UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * * . FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 flSSQDW. MyJCTSffl INDEX-CATALOGUE ft * OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY (ARMED FORCES MEDICAL LIBRARY) AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS FOURTH SERIES VOL. XI MH—MN UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1955 Arc n. £75. M4 s*er, -4 V. H 195" 5" For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D. C. - Price $9 (cloth) LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Armed Forces Medical Library, 21 July, 1955. Major General Silas B. Hays, The Surgeon General, United States Army. General: I have the honor to transmit herewith the Eleventh Volume of the Fourth Series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon General's Office. This is the fifty-eighth volume of the publication, begun under the direction of Dr. John Shaw Billings in 1880; it is the last volume to be issued in the traditional format. Following this, the Library plans to issue a five- or six-volume Supplementary Series of the Index-Catalogue, greatly modified as to form and content; in this work we are currently engaged. When the Supplementary Series is eventually completed, sometime within the next decade, the Index-Catalogue will be at an end. The reasons for closing out this great medical bibliography have been described in detail in an article published in Texas Reports on Biology and Medicine (8:271-300 [1950]). It is perhaps well to repeat the main argument here. In 1921, when the Third Series was underway, Gen. Robert E. Noble, then Librarian, proposed changing the method of publishing the Index-Catalogue, to pro- vide for an annual volume, complete in itself for a given time span, rather than for extended serial publication requiring a twenty-year cycle for completion of any one Series. General Noble was alarmed at the ever-increasing gulf between the number of items indexed and the number of items published; even in his day the unpublished backlog consisted of over 1,000,000 items. In 1926, Col. James M. Phalen, then Librarian, announced that beginning with Volume VI of the Third Series, subject entries for periodical articles would be made only for material which had appeared before that date. This policy was reversed beginning with the publication of the first volume of the Fourth Series in 1936. In 1938 Col. Harold W. Jones, then Librarian, attempting to find a solution to this problem of accumulated unpublished references, proposed the regular annual publication of alphabetical volumes, and this policy was followed until 1943. In 1944 Colonel Jones called a conference of consultants, which considered the possibility of adopting a 12-year cycle for each alphabetical series. Concurrently, the Library was surveyed by a special committee of the American Library Association; the report of this committee contained a number of suggestions for the future of the Index- Catalogue. In 1947 Col. Joseph H. McNinch, then Director, recommended that an advisory committee of consultants on the indexes published by the Army Medical Library be appointed; this Committee came into being in the summer of 1948. Its membership was carefully selected to represent the best thought available on medical bibliography. Over a period of three and a half years, first under the chairmanship of Dr. Lewis H. Weed, and later under the chairmanship of Dr. Chauncey D. Leake, the Committee held twelve meetings in which it systematically explored the questions of use of and in IV LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL need for medical indexes, and of techniques, including new machine methods, which might be employed in constructing them. During the life of the Committee, a special research project was undertaken at Johns Hopkins University by Dr. Sanford V. Larkey, who also served as a member of the Committee; the studies of the research project were available to the Committee for its deliberation. The Committee learned that the unpublished file of cards totalled 1,750,000; and that the file was increasing at a rate of better than 200,000 cards per year. Publication was progressing at the rate of one volume of 80,000 references every three years. Considering that by 1950 a total of 2,865,000 references had already been published in the four series of the Index-Catalogue, and projecting the rates of indexing and publishing beyond that time, it was apparent that if the Index-Catalogue were to continue in its present form, by the year 1958 the total number of items published would be 3,105,000, whereas the total number of items in the unpublished backlog by 1958 would be 3,150,000. In other words, by 1958 the Index-Catalogue would be withholding from publication more information than it had been able to publish in the 78 years from 1880 to 1958. Thereafter, even if annual volumes of 80,000 ref- erences could be published, an annual publishing deficit of 120,000 items would be incurred, swelling the gigantic backlog. The Committee recommended that the Index-Catalogue be brought to a close with the volume then in preparation (the present volume); that selected monographic material from the backlog (the Supplementary Series) be published, and that the Library continue to develop an indexing program of its current receipts of current material. In response to the last charge, the Library rehabilitated its monthly Current List of Medical Literature, in which since 1950 it has indexed the current significant periodical literature of medicine at a consistent rate of 100,000 items annually, with semi-annual cumulations of subject and author indexes. In addition, the Library has published an annual Catalog, containing author and subject entries for all mono- graphic items processed in the Library during the year; it is to be noted that the first five-year cumulation of the Catalog has been published this year. The basic concept of our program is that the four series of the Index-Catalogue, along with the Supplementary Series to be published, constitute the subject key to our holdings up to 1950; beginning in 1950 and thenceforth, the Catalog and the Current List fulfill our obligations in this area. This present volume of the Index-Catalogue illustrates well both the great virtues and the great defects of the old system. The virtues hinge on the tremendous pano- rama of medicine which is disclosed; the defects revolve around a catchword style of subject entry almost inescapably inherent in the old plan, limiting complex material to entry under a single subject, and especially the time lag of decades between appear- ances of volumes containing material under the same letter. These aspects are most striking in the Military Section, where a complete alphabetical range is displayed within a single volume, rather than in a single series. Four men have edited the Index-Catalogue throughout its existence—Fletcher, Garrison, Alleman and, for the Fourth Series, Claudius F. Mayer. Dr. Mayer left the Library staff in September 1954; at the time of his departure all material included in this volume was already in the hands of the printer. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL V The box-score for the Index-Catalogue over the years is indicated in the following tabulation: Author titles Subject titles Books and pamphlets Journal articles First series (v.1-16,1880-95)___ Second series (v.1-21,1896-1916) Third series (v.1-10,1918-32)... Fourth series (v.1-11,1936-55): Volume One (A) 1936_____ Volume Two (B) 1937...... Volume Three (C) 1938___ Volume Four (D) 1939____ Volume Five (E, F) 1940... Volume Six (G) 1941_____ Volume Seven (H) 1942___ Volume Eight (I, J) 1943... Volume Nine (K, L) 1945.. Volume Ten (M,) 1948____ Volume Eleven (M2) 1955.. Total for Fourth series... Grand total___________ 176,364 169,182 88, 876 2,779 8,892 4,281 3,798 5,499 5,836 6,443 2.928 10,462 7,214 2,012 60,144 494, 566 168, 537 136, 405 57,034 4,454 3,631 4,302 4,375 5,630 3,125 6,542 3,616 3,967 5,890 10, 801 56,533 418,309 511,112 645, 557 603,600 71,168 79,874 77,479 55,950 88,048 58, 871 60, 502 51,319 91,337 62, 876 98,343 795, 767 2,556,036 The 3,000,000 subject references in the 58 volumes of the Index-Catalogue (vol- umes found on medical library shelves throughout the world) constitute a permanent body of reference covering publications of the 15th to the 20th century. The continu- ing usefulness of this material is assured. The Armed Forces Medical Library now turns its attention to the more pressing tasks of providing bibliographic keys to the current literature of medicine which will appear promptly, will be reasonably compre- hensive in scope, and will be as convenient to use as our ingenuity can devise, or as time and money limitations may dictate. Frank B. Rogers, Lieutenant Colonel, Medical Corps, United States Army The Director, Armed Forces Medical Library SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SERIAL PUBLICATIONS USED IN THE FOURTH SERIES OF THE INDEX - CATALOGUE* Arsber. Akad. sjukhus. Uppsala Arsber. Provlak. Goteborg Arsber. Provlak. Kronoberg Arsber. Provlak. Vastmanland Aarsber. Retslaegeraad., Kbh. Arsb. Goteborgs tandlak. sallsk. ABC Rep., Wash. Aberdeen M. Mag. Abh. Gesch. Med. & Naturwiss. Abh. Naturhist. Ges. Niirnberg Abh. Physiol, inst. Freiburg Abstr. Alabama Acad. Sc. Abstr. Bk Internat. Congr. Genet. Abstr. Bull. Insect Control Com. Abstr. Congr. internac. lepra Abstr. Curr. Inform. Insect Control Abstr. Declass. Docum., Oak Ridge Abstr. Papers Am. Chem. Soc. Abstr. Papers N. York Ass. Pub. Health Laborat. Abstr. Papers School Health Off. Kansas 1. Arsberattelse fran Kungl. Akademiska sjukhuset i Uppsala. Stockholm, &c. 2. Arsberattelse fran forste Provinsiallakaren i Goteborgs och Bohus Ian. Goteborg. 3. Arsberattelse fran forste Provinsiallakaren i Kronobergs Ian. Vaxjo. 4. Arsberattelse fran forste Provinsiallakaren i Vastman- lands Ian. Koping. 5. Aarsberetning; Retslaegeraadets. K0benhavn. 6. Arsbok; Goteborgs tandlakare-sallskap. Goteborg. 7. A[ccident]B[oards &]C[ommissions] reporter. Wash- ington. 8. Aberdeen medical magazine. Aberdeen. 9. Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Medizin und der Naturwissenschaften. Berlin. 10. Abhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Niirnberg. Niirnberg. 11. Abhandlung aus dem Physiologischen Institut Freiburg im Breisgau. Freiburg im Breisgau. 12. Abstracts; Alabama Academy of Science. Birming- ham. 13. Abstract book; International Congress of Genetics. Stockholm. 14. Abstract bulletin of the Insect Control Committee, National Research Council. Washington. 15. Abstracts; Congreso internacional de la lepra. La Habana. 16. Abstracts of current information on insect and rodent control. Washington. 17. Abstracts of declassified documents. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 18. Abstracts of papers; American Chemical Society. Washington, &c. 19. Abstracts of papers and summaries of discussions; New York State Association of Public Health Labora- tories. Albany. 20. Abstract of papers; School for Health Officers and Public Health Nurses, Kansas. Topeka. * This list forms a supplement to the List of Abbreviations published in Series 4, Volume 10. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series;----1 [ 1 ] [2J Abstr. Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Invest. Abstr. Theses Cornell Univ. Academy Bookman, N. Y. Accion farm., B. Air. ACHA News, Chic. Acquis, med. rec, Par. Acta allerg., Kbh. Acta cancr., Budap. Acta cancr. jugosl. Acta chem. scand. Acta chir. patav. Acta endocr., Kbh. Acta genet., Basel Acta gnath., Kbh. Acta haemat., Basel Acta haemat. jap. Acta hist. sc. natur. med., Kbh. Acta Inst. anat. univ., Helsin. Acta Inst. zool. Univ. athen. Acta jap. med. trop. Acta med., Hukuoka Acta med. hidalg. Acta med. hokkaidon. Acta med. ital. Acta med. iugoai. Acta med. leg. social.. Brux. Acta med. patav. Acta med. turc. Acta neur., Nap. Acta neur. psychiat. belg. Acta nippon. med. trop. Acta otolar. orient., Tel Aviv Acta otorhinolar., Brux. Acta paediat. belg. Acta paediat. lat., Parma Acta pediat. espan. Actas Ciba, B. Air. Actas Conf. asist. social lepra, B. Air. Actas Conf. salub. pub. (Panama) Actas Congr. Confed. soc. sudamer. pediat. Actas Congr. med. Iat. amer. Actas Congr. nac. med. trabajo Acta serol., Tokyo Acta ses. pub. Acad. med. cir. Bar- celona Actas ginecotoc, Montev. Actas Inst, policlin., Barcel. Actas Jornada san. (Chile) Actas Jornadas med. quir. nac. livia) Actas Jornadas rioplat. obst. gin. Actas lusoespan. neur. Acta Soc. sc. fenn. Actas Soc. oft. hisp. amer. Acta tuberc. belg. Acta Univ. hung. Franc. Joseph. Acta urol., Budap. Acta vet. neerl. (Bo- 21. Abstract of the proceedings of the annual meeting; American Society for Clinical Investigation, [n. p.] 22. Abstracts of theses; Cornell University. Ithaca. 23. Academy (The) bookman. New York. 24. Acci6n farmaceutica. Buenos Aires. 25. A[merican]C[ollege of]H[ospital]A[dministrators] news. Chicago. 26. Acquisitions (Les) m^dicales r6centes. Paris. 27. Acta allergologica, K0benhavn. 28. Acta cancrologica. Budapest. 29. Acta cancrologica Jugoslavica. ^ Beograd. 30. Acta chemica Scandinavica. K0benhavn. 31. Acta chirurgica Patavina. Padova. 32. Acta endocrinologica. K0benhavn. 33. Acta genetica et statistica medica. Basel. 34. Acta gnathologica. K0benhavn. 35. Acta haematologica. Basel. 36. Acta haematologica Japonica. Nagoya. 37. Acta historica scientiarum naturalium et medicinalium. K0benhavn. 38. Acta Instituti anatomici universitatis. Helsinki. 39. Acta Instituti et musei zoologici Universitatis Athe- niensis. Athenai. 40. Acta Japonica medicinae tropicalis. Taihoku, For- mosa. 41. Acta medica. Hukuoka. 42. Acta medica hidalguense. Pachuca. 43. Acta medica Hokkaidonensia. Sapporo. 44. Acta medica Italica. Milano. 45. Acta medica Iugoslavica. Zagreb. 46. Acta medicinae legalis et socialis. Bruxelles, &c. 47. Acta medica Patavina. Padova. 48. Acta medica Turcica. Ankara. 49. Acta neurologica. Napoli. 50. Acta neurologica et psychiatrica Belgica. Bruxelles. 51. Acta Nipponica medicinae tropicalis. Taihoku, For- mosa. 52. Acta oto-laryngologica orientalia. Tel Aviv, &c. 53. Acta oto-rhino-laryngologica Belgica. Bruxelles. 54. Acta paediatrica Belgica. Bruxelles. 55. Acta paediatrica Latina. Parma. 56. Acta pedi&trica espafiola. Madrid. 57. Actas Ciba. Buenos Aires. 58. [Actas]; Conferencia de asistencia social de la lepra. Buenos Aires. 59. [Actas]; Conferencia de salubridad publica y asistencia social (Republica de Panama) Panama. 60. [Actas] Congreso de la Confederaci6n de sociedades sudamericanas de pediatrfa. Santiago de Chile. 61. Actas y trabajos; Congreso medico latino americano. Lima, &c. 62. [Actas]; Congreso nacional de medicina y seguridad del trabajo. Madrid. 63. Acta serologica et immunologica. Tokyo. 64. Acta de la sesi6n publica inaugural; Academia de medicina y cirugia de Barcelona. Barcelona. 65. Actas ginecotocol6gicas. Montevideo. 66. Actas de las reuniones cientificas del Cuerpo facul- tativo del Instituto policlfnico. Barcelona. 67. Actas y trabajos de la Jornada sanitaria (Chile) Santiago. 68. Actas y trabajos; Jornadas m6dico-quirurgicas nacio- nales (Bolivia) La Paz. 69. [Actas] Jornadas rioplatenses de obstetricia y gine- cologia [v. p.] 70. Actas luso-espafiolas de neurologia y psiquiatria. Madrid. 71. Acta Societatis scientiarum Fennicae. Helsinki. 72. Actas de la asamblea anual; Sociedad oftalmol6gica hispano-americana. Barcelona. 73. Acta tuberculosea Belgica. Bruxelles. 74. Acta litterarum ac scientiarum Reg. Universitatis hung. Francisco-Iosephinae. Budapest. 75. Acta urologica. Budapest. 76. Acta veterinaria Neerlandica. Utrecht. [3] Acta vitamin., Milano Actes Com. internat. biblioth. Actes Congr. internat. anthrop. Actes Congr. penit. internat. Actes Inst, internat. anthrop. Activit. Bull. Ohio River Pollut. Surv. Activit. Commun. Dis. Center, Atlanta Activite sc. med. Activit. Rep. U. S. Quartermast. Food & Cont. Inst. Actual, biochim., Liege Actual, biol. Inst. Rocha Cabral Actual, derm, vener. Actual, med., Brux. Actual, med. mund., B. Air. Actual, odontostomat., Par. Actual, otorhinolar., Par. Actual, util. med., Lisb. Acuff Clin. Bull. ADA Forecast, Brooklyn ADTIC Digest, Eglin Field Advance. Biol. M. Physics Advance. Enzymol., N. Y. Advance. Food Res. Advance. Genet. Advance. Surg. Aerztebl. Bayern Aerztebl. Berlin Aerztebl. Sachsen Aerztl. Forsch. Aerztl. Mhefte, Berne Aerztl. Monogr. Aerztl. Nachr., Aussig Aerztl. Sammelbl. Aerztl. Wegweiser Aesculapiad, Bost. Aesculapian, Chic. Afkomst & toekomst Africa med., Lisb. Agfa Rontgenbl. Agra M. Coll. J. Air M. News Lett., Lond. Aiti igakkai zassi Aix les Bains med. Akad. zahnarztl. Fortbild. Akarui boeki Alabama Cancer Bull. Alameda Co. Pub. Health News Alberta M. Bull. Alberta Pub. Health Bull. Alexian, Chic. Alkoholfrage, Schwarzenb. Allg. Offertbl. Krankenhausb. Allg. path. Schr. Almanach Internat. Psychoanal. Verl., Wien Alman. lazni Alman. salud, B. Air. Alpenpost, Glarus Alumnae Bull. Yale School Nurs. Alumnae News N. York Hosp. School Nurs. 77. Acta vitaminologica. Milano. 78. Actes du Comit6 international des bibliotheques. Uppsala, &c. 79. [Actes du congres]; Congres international d'anthro- pologie & d'archeologie prehistorique. Paris. 80. Actes du Congres penitentiaire international. Gro- ningen. 81. [Actes]; Institut international d'anthropologie. Paris. 82. Activities bulletin; Ohio River Pollution Survey. Cincinnati. 83. Activities; Communicable Disease Center. Atlanta. 84. Activite' (L') scientifique et m^dicale. Paris. 85. Activities report of the (U. S.] Quartermaster Food and Container Institute for the Armed Forces. Chicago. 86. Actualites biochiiniques. Li6ge. 87. Actualidades biol6gicas; conferencias realizadas no Instituto Rocha Cabral. Lisboa. 88. Actuality (L') dermato-v6n6r6ologique. Paris. 89. Actuality m6dicales. Bruxelles. 90. Actualidad medica mundial. Buenos Aires. 91. Actualites odonto-stomatologiques. Paris. 92. Actualites oto-rhino-laryngologiques. Paris. 93. Actualidades e utilidades medicas. Lisboa. 94. Acuff Clinic bulletin. Knoxville. 95. A[merican]D[iabetes]A[ssociation] forecast. Brooklyn. 96. A[rctic]D[esert &]T[ropic]I[nformation]C[enter] digest. Eglin Field, Fla. 97. Advances in biological and medical physics. New York. 98. Advances in enzymology and related subjects of bio- chemistry. New York. 99. Advances in food research. Xew York. 100. Advances in genetics. New York. 101. Advances in surgery. Xew York. 102. Aerzteblatt fur Bayern. Miinchen. 103. Aerzteblatt fur Berlin. Berlin. 104. Aerzteblatt fur Sachsen, Prov. Sachsen, Anhalt und Thiiringen. Dresden. 105. Aerztliche Forschung. Bad Worishofen. 106. Aerztliche Monatshefte fur berufliche Fortbildung. Berne, &c. 107. Aerztliche Monographien. Wtirzburg. 108. Aerztliche Nachrichten. Aussig. 109. Aerztliche Sammelblatter. Stuttgart. 110. Aerztlicher Wegweiser. Berlin. 111. Aesculapiad (The) [Harvard Medical School] Boston. 112. Aesculapian (The) Chicago. 113. Afkomst en toekomst. 's Gravenhage. 114. Africa medica. Lisboa. 115. Agfa Rontgenbliitter. Berlin. 116. Agra Medical College journal. Agra, India. 117. Air medical news letter. London. 118. Aiti igakkai zassi. Nagoya. 119. Aix-les-Bains medical. Lyon. 120. Akademie fur zahnarztliche Fortbildung. Berlin. 121. Akarui boeki. Shizuoka. 122. Alabama (The) cancer bulletin. Montgomery. 123. Alameda County public health news. Oakland, Calif. 124. Alberta (The) medical bulletin. Calgary. 125. Alberta public health bulletin. Edmonton. 126. Alexian (The) Chicago. 127. Alkoholfrage (Die) Schwarzenburg. 128. Allgemeines Offertenblatt fiir Krankenhausbedarf. Berlin. 129. Allgemeinpathologische Schriftenreihe. Stuttgart. 130. Almanach fiir das Jahr; Internationaler Psycho- analytischer Verlag., Wien. 131. Almanach ldznf Ceskoslovensk6 Republiky. Praha. 132. Almanaque de la salud. Buenos Aires. 133. Alpenpost (Die) Glarus, &c. 134. Alumnae bulletin; Yale University School of Nursing. New Haven. 135. Alumnae news; Cornell University-New York Hos- pital School of Nursing Alumnae Association. New York. [4] Alumni Bull. Albany M. Coll. Alumni Bull. Coll. Dent. Univ. Illinois Alumni Bull. (School Med.) Clevel. Ambix, Lond. Am. Heart AMI, Barcel. Am. J. Human Genet. Am. J. Occup. Ther. Am. J. Physics Am. M. Practitioner Am. OSE Rev. Am. Podiatrist Am. Practitioner Am. Prosthet. Amtl. Mitt. Landesversicher. Anst. Rheinprovinz Amtl. Nachr. Reichsversicher. An. Acad, deont., Madr. An. Acad, farm., Madr. An. Acad. med. cir. Barcelona Anaesthesia, Lond. An. As. espan. progr. cienc. An. Ass. quim. Brasil An. Ateneo din. quir., Montev. An. Ateneo med. leon. An. Azevedos An. Cated. din. med. Mazzei An. cient., S. Paulo An. Clin, gin., S. Paulo An. Clin. med. A, Montev. An. Clin. pat. quir., Barcel. An. Colonia G. Riedel, Rio An. Congr. brasil. ortop. An. Congr. brasil. urol. An. Congr. nac. saude escol., S. Paulo An. Conv. med. indust., B. Air. An. enferm., S. Paulo An. Esc. med., Mex. Anex. Mem. Min. trab. Colombia An. Fac. cienc. Porto An. Fac. farm, odont. Univ. S. Paulo An. Fac. farm. Porto An. Fac. med. Bahia An. Fac. odont. Univ. nac, Asuncion An. farm, bioquim., Bogota Angiologia, Barcel. Angiology, Bait. Anglo-French Med. Topics, N. Y. An. hig. escol., Mex. An. Hosp. ninos, B. Air. An. Hosp. ninos Rosario 136. Alumni bulletin; Albany Medical College. Albany. 137. Alumni bulletin; College of Dentistry; University of Illinois. Chicago. 138. Alumni bulletin (School of Medicine, Western Re- serve University) Cleveland. 139. Ambix. London. 140. American (The) heart. New York. 141. AMI [Ayuda medica extranjera] Barcelona. 142. American (The) journal of human genetics. Balti- more. 143. American (The) journal of occupational therapy. Boston. 144. American journal of physics. Lancaster. 145. American medical practitioner. New York. 146. American OSE review; American Committee for Pro- tection of the Health of the Jews. New York. 147. American (The) podiatrist. New York. 148. American practitioner and Digest of treatment. Philadelphia. 149. American prosthetics. Kansas City, Mo. 150. Amtliche Mitteilungen der Landesversicherungsan- stalt Rheinprovinz. Diisseldorf. 151. Amtliche Nachrichten fiir Reichsversicherung. Ber- lin. 152. Anales de la Academia deontol6gica. Madrid. 153. Anales de la Real Academia de farmacia. Madrid. 154. Anales; Academia de medicina y cirugia de Barce- lona. Barcelona. 155. Anaesthesia. London. 156. Anales de la Asociaci6n espafiola para el progreso de las ciencias. Madrid. 157. Anais da Associagao quimica do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro. 158. Anales del Ateneo de clinica quirurgica. Montevideo. 159. Anales del Ateneo medico leones de la Asociaci6n de la prensa medica espafiola. Le6n. 160. Anais Azevedos. Lisboa. 161. Anales de la C&tedra de clinica m6dica del Dr. E. S. Mazzei. Buenos Aires. 162. Anais cientificos. Sao Paulo. 163. Anais da Clinica ginecol6gica da Faculdade de medi- cina da Universidade de S. Paulo. Sao Paulo. 164. Anales de la Clinica medica A. Montevideo. 165. Anales de la Clinica de patologia quirurgica. Barce- lona. 166. Anais da Colonia Gustavo Riedel. Rio de Janeiro. 167. Anais do Congresso brasileiro de ortopedia e trau- matologia. [v. p.] 168. Anais do Congresso brasileiro de urologia. Rio de Janeiro. 169. Anais do Congresso nacional de saude escolar. Sao Paulo. 170. Anales de la Convenci6n de los medicos de la industria. Buenos Aires. 171. Anais de enfermagem. Sao Paulo. 172. Anales de la Escuela N[acional] de medicina; Uni- versidad nacional de Mexico. Mexico. 173. Anexos a la Memoria del Ministro de trabajo, higiene y previsi6n social; Republica de Colombia. Bogotd. 174. Anais da Faculdade de ciencias do Porto. Porto. 175. Anais da Faculdade de farmacia e odontologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 176. Anais da Faculdade de farmacia do Porto. Porto. 177. Anais da Faculdade de medicina da Bahia. Bahia: 178. Anales; Facultad de odontologia; Universidad na- cional. Asunci6n. 179. Anales de farmacia y bioquimica. Bogota. 180. Angiologia. Barcelona. 181. Angiology. Baltimore. 182. Anglo-French medical topics. New York. 183. Anales de higiene escolar. Mexico. 184. Anales del Hospital de ninos. Buenos Aires. 185. Anales del Hospital de ninos e Instituto de pueri- cultura de Rosario. Rosario. [5] An. Hosp. S. Jose (C. R.) An. Hosp. Varsovia, Toulouse. An. Inst, cirug. exp., Caracas An. Inst. hig. Montevideo An. Inst. Llorente An. Inst. med. exp. Yalencia An. Inst. mun. radiol., B. Air. An. Inst. pat. digest. Hosp. Rawson, B. Air. An. Inst, pediat., B. Air. An. Inst, pediat. Hosp. ninos, B. Air. An. Inst, radioquir. Guipuzcoa An. Laborat. centr., Cochabamba An. med. dr., Barcel. An. med. Concepcion An. med. leg., Barcel. An. med. pub., Santa Fe An. med. Sta Maria (Brazil) Ann. Acad. med. Rio Ann. Acad. sc. fenn. Ann. ACFAS, Montreal Ann. belg. med. mil. Ann. belg. stomat. Ann. brasil. derm. syph. Ann. chim., Par. Ann. chir. gyn. fenn. Ann. Clin laborat., Par. Ann. Ecole sup. med. pharm. Indochine Annee clin. Annee endocr. Annee sc. indust., Par. Ann. enf., Par. An. neuropsiq., Bogota Ann. Fac. fr. med. pharm. Beyrouth Ann. Fac. med. Parana Ann. Hosp. S. Creu, Barcel. Ann. Inst. obst. gyn., Helsin. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille Ann. ital. derm. Ann. med. exp. biol. fenn. Ann. med. int. fenn. Ann. med. sociale Ann. med. Vittel Ann. Merck, Milano Ann. nutrit., Par. Ann. Orgone Inst. Ann. pedol., Brux. Ann. pharm. belg. Ann. R. Coll. Surgeons England Ann. san. pubb., Roma 186. Anales del Hospital de San Jose. San Jos6, Costa Rica. 187. Anales del Hospital Varsovia. Toulouse. 188. Anales del Institute de cirugia experimental. Ca- racas. 189. Anales del Instituto de higiene de Montevideo. Montevideo. 190. Anales del Instituto Llorente. Madrid. 191. Anales del Instituto de medicina experimental de Valencia. Valencia. 192. Anales del Instituto municipal de radiologia y fisio- terapia. Buenos Aires. 193. Anales del Instituto de patologia digestiva y de la nutrici6n Francisco T. Olivera; Hospital Rawson. Buenos Aires. 194. Anales del Instituto de pediatria y puericultura de la Facultad de ciencias medicas. Buenos Aires. 195. Anales del Instituto de pediatria del Hospital de ninos. Buenos Aires. 196. Anales del Instituto radio-quirurgico de Guipuzcoa. San Sebastian. 197. Anales del Laboratorio central. Cochabamba, Bo- livia. 198. Anales de medicina y cirugia. Barcelona. 199. Anales medicos de Concepci6n. Concepci6n, Chile. 200. Anales de medicina legal, psiquiatria y anatomia patologica. Barcelona. 201. Anales de medicina publica. Santa Fe. 202. Anais de medicina de Santa Maria. Santa Maria, Brazil. 203. Annaes da Academia de medicina do Rio de Janeiro. Rio de Janeiro. 204. Annales Academiae scientiarum Fennicae. Helsinki. 205. Annales de l'A[ssociation]C[anadienne-]F[rancaise pour l']A[vancement des]S[ciences] Montreal. 206. Annales beiges de medecine militaire. Liege. 207. Annales beiges de stomatologie. Bruxelles. 208. Annaes brasileiros de dermatologia e syphilographia. Rio de Janeiro. 209. Annales de chimie. Paris. 210. Annales chirurgiae et gynaecologiae Fenniae. Hel- sinki. 211. Annals of the Clin laboratories. Paris. 212. Annales de l'Ecole superieure de medecine et de pharmacie de l'lndochine. Hanoi. 213. Annee (L') clinique. Paris. 214. Annee (L') endocrinologique. Paris. 215. Annee (L') scientifique et industrielle. Paris. 216. Annales (Les) de l'enfance. Paris. 217. Anales neuro-psiquiatricos del Frenocomio de mujeres de Bogota. Bogota. 218. Annales de la Faculte franchise de medecine et de pharmacie de Beyrouth. Beirut. 219. Annaes da Faculdade de medicina do Parand. Curitiba. 220. Annals de l'Hospital de la Santa Creu i Sant Pau. Barcelona. 221. Annales Instituti obstetricii et gynecologici Uni- versitatis. Helsinki. 222. Annales de l'lnstitut Pasteur de Lille. Paris. 223. Annali italiani di dermatologia e sifilografia. Napoli. 224. Annales medicinae experimentalis et biologiae Fen- niae. Helsinki. 225. Annales medicinae internae Fenniae. Helsinki. 226. Annales (Les) de medecine sociale. Lyon, &c. 227. Annales m^dicales de Vittel. Saint-Dizier. 228. Annali Merck. Milano. 229. Annales de la nutrition et de l'alimentation. Paris. 230. Annals of the Orgone Institute. New York. 231. Annales (Les) pedologiques. Bruxelles. 232. Annales pharmaceutiques beiges. Bruxelles. 233. Annals of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London. 234. Annali della sanita pubblica. Roma. [6] Ann. Soc. biol. Pernambuco Ann. Soc. pharm. chim. S. Paulo Ann. statist., Roma Annuaire stat. hydromin. &c. France Annual Health Rep. Co. M. Off. Hampshire Annual Meet. Am. Ass. Health Phys. Educ. Annual Meet. Ass. Surgeon South. Railw. Co. Annual Meet. Com. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Annual Meet. N. England Hosp. Ass. Annual Meet. Philippine Coll. Sur- geons Annual M. Rep. Basutoland Annual M. Rep. Chicago Tuberc. Inst. Annual M. San. Rep. Cyprus Annual Rep. Admin. South Sea Islands Annual Rep. Alberta Hosp. Annual Rep. Am. Acad. Orthop. Sur- geons Annual Rep. Armored M. Res. Laborat. Annual Rep. Bact. Laborat. Kenya Annual Rep. Baruch Com. Phys. M. Annual Rep. Bd Health Florida Annual Rep. Bd Health Georgia Annual Rep. Bd Health Indiana Annual Rep. Bd Health S. Carolina Annual Rep. Bd M. Exam. California Annual Rep. Bilharzia Snail Destr. Sect. Min. Pub. Health Egypt Annual Rep. Broome Co. Tuberc. Hosp. Annual Rep. Bur. Health Philippine Islands Annual Rep. Bush Nurs. Ass. Annual Rep. Canad. Ass. Prev. Tuberc. Annual Rep. Centr. Bd Health S. Australia Annual Rep. Centr. Coop. Antimalaria Soc, Calc Annual Rep. Centr. Maine Gen. Hosp., Lewist. Annual Rep. Centr. Res. Inst. Kasauli Annual Rep. Centr. State Hosp., Indianap. Annual Rep. Chicago Mat. Center Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Bd Educ. Gr. Britain Annual Rep. Coll. Pharm. Soc. Gr. Britain 235. Annaes da Sociedade de biologia de Pernambuco. Recife 236. Annaes da Sociedade de pharmacia e chimica de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 237. Annali di statistica. Roma. 238. Annuaire des stations hydrominerales climatiques et baln6aires de France. Paris. 239. Annual health report of the County Medical Officer, Hampshire County. Southend-on-Sea. 240. Annual meeting; American Association for Health and Physical Education. Washington. 241. Annual meeting of the Association of Surgeons of the Southern Railway Company. New York. 242. Annual meeting of Committee on Aviation Psychol- ogy [U. S.] National Research Council. Washington. 243. Annual meeting; New England Hospital Association. Boston. 244. Annual meeting [Program and abstracts] Philippine College of Surgeons. Manila. 245. Annual medical and public health report; Medical Department, Basutoland. Morija. 246. Annual medical report of the Chicago Tuberculosis Institute. Chicago. 247. Annual medical & sanitary report; Director of Medi- cal and Health Services; Cyprus. Nicosia. 248. Annual report to the League of Nations on the administration of the South Sea Islands under Japanese mandate. Tokyo. 249. Annual report, Alberta municipal hospitals; Depart- ment of Public Health. Edmonton, Can. 250. Annual report; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons [Chicago?] 251. Annual historical report; Armored Medical Research Laboratory. Fort Knox, Ky. 252. Annual report of the Bacteriological Laboratory; Kenya. Nairobi, &c. 253. Annual report; Baruch Committee on Physical Medicine. New York. 254. Annual report; State Board of Health, Florida. Jacksonville. 255. Annual report of the State Board of Health of the Commonwealth of Georgia. Atlanta. 256. Annual report of the State Board of Health of Indiana. Indianapolis. 257. Annual report; State Board of Health, South Caro- lina. Columbia. 258. Annual report; Board of Medical Examiners of the State of California. Sacramento. 259. Annual report; Bilharzia Snail Destruction Section, Ministry of Public Health Egypt. Cairo. 260. Annual report of the Broome County Tuberculosis Hospital. Chenango Bridge, N. Y. 261. Annual report of the Bureau of Health, Philippine Islands. Manila. 262. Annual report; Bush Nursing Association, New South Wales. Sydney. 263. Annual report; Canadian Association for the Preven- tion of Tuberculosis. Toronto. 264. Annual report; Central Board of Health, South Australia. Adelaide. 265. Annual report of the Central Co-operative Anti- malaria Society. Calcutta. 266. Annual report; Central Maine General Hospital. Lewiston. 267. Annual report of the Central Research Institute, Kasauli. Delhi. 268. Annual report; Central State Hospital. Indianapolis, Ind. 269. Annual report; Chicago Maternity Center. Chicago. 270. Annual report of the Chief Medical Officer of the Board of Education; Great Britain. London. 271. Annual report of research; College of the Pharma- ceutical Society of Great Britain, University of London. London. [7] Annual Rep. Com. Acute Resp. Dis. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Epidem. Surv. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Growth (Nat. Res. Counc.) Annual Rep. Com. Immuniz. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Liver Dis. Army Epidem. Bd Annual Rep. Com. Mening. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Neurotr. Virus Dis. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Co. M. Off. West Riding Annual Rep. Com. Virus Dis. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Dep. Health Alabama Annual Rep. Dep. Health Baltimore Annual Rep. Dep. Health N. Jersey Annual Rep. Dep. Ment. Hyg. N. York Annual Rep. Dep. Pub. Health Illinois Annual Rep. Dep. School Hyg. Milwau- kee Annual Rep. Dep. Vet. Sc. Tanganyika Annual Rep. Div. Vener. Dis. Brit. Columbia Annual Rep. Duval Co. Welf. Bd Annual Rep. Food & Drug Com. Mis- souri Annual Rep. Georgia Bd Health Annual Rep. Glasgow Cancer Hosp. Annual Rep. Gorgas Mem. Laborat. Annual Rep. Haffkine Inst. Annual Rep. Health Cheltenham Annual Rep. Health Com., S. Louis Annual Rep. Health Dep. North. Rho- desia Annual Rep. Health Leicester Annual Rep. Hosp. Sect. Duke Endow. Annual Rep. Indiana Counc. Ment. Health Annual Rep. Internat. Ass. Milk San. Annual Rep. Internat. Health Div. Rockefeller Found. Annual Rep. Jamaica Yaws Com. Annual Rep. Kansas City Acad. M. Annual Rep. King Edward VII Welsh Nat. Mem. Ass. 272. Annual report; Commission on Acute Respiratory Diseases (U. S. Army Epidemiological Board) Wash- ington. 273. Annual report; Commission on Epidemiological Sur- vey; U. S. Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 274. Annual report; Committee on Growth (National Re- search Council) Washington. 275. Annual report of the Commission on Immunization; U. S. Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 276. Annual report of the Commission on Liver Disease of the Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 277. Annual report; Commission on Meningococcal Men- ingitis [U. S.] Army Epidemiological Board. Washing- ton. 278. Annual report of the Commission on Neurotropic Virus Diseases of the [U. S.] Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 279. Annual report of the County Medical Officer; County Council of the West Riding of Yorkshire. Yorkshire. 280. Annual report of the Commission on Virus and Rickettsial Diseases [U. S.] Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 281. Annual report; State Department of Health, Ala- bama. Montgomery. 282. Annual report; Department of Health, Baltimore. Baltimore. 283. Annual report of the Department of Health of the State of New Jersey. Trenton. 284. Annual report; Department of Mental Hygiene, State of New York. Albany. 285. Annual report; Department of Public Health, Illinois. Springfield. 286. Annual report of the Department of School Hygiene of the Board of School Directors of the City of Milwau- kee. Milwaukee. 287. Annual report of the Department of Veterinary Science and Animal Husbandry; Tanganyika Territory. Dar es Salaam. 288. Annual report; Division of Venereal Disease Control; Department of Health and Welfare; Province of British Columbia. Victoria. 289. Annual report; Duval County Welfare Board. Jacksonville. 290. Annual report of the Food and Drug Commissioner; State of Missouri. Jefferson City. 291. Annual report of the Georgia State Board of Health. Atlanta. 292. Annual report; Glasgow Royal Cancer Hospital. Glasgow. 293. Annual report of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama. Washington. 294. Annual report of the Haffkine Institute. Bombay. 295. Annual report on the health of Cheltenham; Medical Officer of Health. Cheltenham. 296. Annual report of the Health Commissioner. St. Louis, Mo. 297. Annual report; Health Department; Northern Rho- desia. Lusaka. 298. Annual report upon the health of Leicester. Leicester, Engl. 299. Annual report; Hospital Section; Duke Endowment. Charlotte, N. C. 300. Annual report of the Indiana Council for Mental Health. Indianapolis. 301. Annual report of the International Association of Milk Sanitarians. Albany. 302. Annual report; International Health Division, Rocke- feller Foundation. New York. 303. Annual report of the Jamaica Yaws Commission. Kingston. 304. Annual report; Kansas City Academy of Medicine. Kansas City, Mo. 305. Annual report; The King Edward VII Welsh Na- tional Memorial Association. Cardiff. [8] Annual Rep. Laborat. Serv. Uganda Annual Rep. League of Nat. Health Org. East. Bur. Annual Rep. Letchworth Village Annual Rep. Life Insur. M. Res. Fund Annual Rep. Los Angeles Co. Health Dep. Annual Rep. Manhattan Eye &c Hosp. Annual Rep. M. Dep. Field Res. Lab- orat., Fort Knox Annual Rep. M. Dep. Hong Kong Annual Rep. M. Dep. Singapore Annual Rep. M. Dep. Tanganyika Annual Rep. Mellon Inst., Pittsb. Annual Rep. Min. Pub. Health Egypt Annual Rep. M. Off. Health, Salford Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Holborn Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Krugers- dorp Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Notting- ham Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Plymouth Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Pretoria Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Southamp- ton Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Sunder- land Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Swansea Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Wallasey Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Wrexham Annual Rep. Mosquito Contr. Serv. Brit. Guiana Annual Rep. Nat. Vet. M. Ass. Gr. Britain Annual Rep. N. Hampshire Tuberc. Ass. Annual Rep. N. York Ass. Blind Annual Rep. N. York State Vet. Coll. Cornell Univ. Annual Rep. Ophth. Sect. Kasr el-Aini Hosp. Annual Rep. Pasteur Inst. South. India Annual Rep. Progr. Chem., Lond. Annual Rep. Pub. Health Dep. Edin- burgh Annual Rep. Red Cross S. John Nat. Coord. Com., Johannesb. Annual Rep. R. Edinburgh Hosp. Ment. Nerv. Dis. Annual Rep. Res. Inst. Tuberc. Kana- zawa Annual Rep. Roswell Park Mem. Inst. (Buffalo) Annual Rep. R. Victoria Hosp., Belfast 306. Annual report of the Laboratory Services Division of the Medical Department; Uganda. Entebbe. 307. Annual report; League of Nations Health Organisa- tion Eastern Bureau. Singapore. 308. Annual report; Letchworth Village. Albany, &c. 309. Annual report; Life Insurance Medical Research Fund. New York. 310. Annual report; Los Angeles County Health Depart- ment. Los Angeles. 311. Annual report of the Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital. New York. 312. Annual historical report; Medical Department Field Research Laboratory. Fort Knox, Ky. 313. Annual report of the Medical Department; Hong Kong Government. Hong Kong. 314. Annual report of the Medical Department; Colony of Singapore. Singapore. 315. Annual report; Medical Department, Tanganyika Territory. Dar es Salaam. 316. Annual report; Mellon Institute. Pittsburgh. 317. Annual report on the work of the Ministry of Public Health. Cairo. 318. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health. Salford. 319. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; the metropolitan borough of Holborn. London. 320. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; Krugersdorp. Krugersdorp, S. Afr. 321. Annual Report of the Medical Officer of Health, City of Nottingham. Nottingham, Engl. 322. Annual Report of the Medical Officer of Health, City of Plymouth. Plymouth, Engl. 323. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health, Pretoria. Pretoria. 324. Annual report; Medical Officer of Health; County Borough and Port of Southampton. Southampton. 325. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; County borough of Sunderland. Sunderland. 326. Annual report; Medical Officer of Health, Swansea. Swansea. 327. Annual Report of the Medical Officer of Health and School Medical Officer, County Borough of Wallasey. Birkenhead. 328. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; Wrexham Rural District Council. Wrexham. 329. Annual report; Mosquito Control Service; Medical Department; British Guiana. Georgetown. 330. Annual report & balance sheet; National Veterinary Medical Association of Great Britain & Ireland. Lon- don. 331. Annual report; New Hampshire Tuberculosis Associa- tion. Manchester. 332. Annual report; New York Association for the Blind. New York. 333. Annual report of the New York State Veterinary College at Cornell University [Albany?] 334. Annual report of Ophthalmic Section; Kasr el-Aini Hospital. Cairo, Egypt. 335. Annual report of the Director; Pasteur Institute of Southern India. Coonoor. 336. Annual reports on the progress of chemistry. London. 337. Annual report of the Public Health Department, Edinburgh. Edinburgh. 338. Annual report on the occupational therapy training scheme in the royal naval & imperial military hospitals in South Africa; Red Cross-St. John National Co- ordinating Committee of South Africa. Johannesburg. 339. Annual report; Royal Edinburgh Hospital for Mental and Nervous Disorders. Edinburgh. 340. Annual report of the Research Institute of Tubercu- losis, Kanazawa Medical College. Kanazawa. 341. Annual report of the Board of Visitors and Director1 Roswell Park Memorial Institute (Buffalo) Buffalo' N. Y. 342. Annual report; Royal Victoria Hospital. Belfast. [9] Annual Rep. Safety in Mines (Gr. Britain) Annual Rep. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res. Annual Rep. S. Afr. Nat. Counc. Ment. Health Annual Rep. Saito Found., Sendai Annual Rep. School M. Off. Colchester Annual Rep. S. Elizabeth Hosp., Rich- mond Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. Annual Rep. U. S. Farm Secur. Admin. M. Off. Annual Rep. Vet. Serv. Egypt Annual Rep. Washington State Dep. Health Annual Rep. Westchester Co. Dep. Health Annual Rev. Microb. Annual Sc. Award Cerem. Am. Pharm. Manufact. Ass. Annual Sc. Discov., Bost. Annual Summaries Aeromed. Laborat. U. S. Air Forces Annual Surv. Res. Pharm. Annual West. Br. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Annuario Esc. med. cir. Lisboa Annuario statist. Genova Annuario Univ. Sassari Ann. Univ. Ferrara Ann. Univ. Lille Ann. Univ. Lublin An. oft., Asuncion Anot. med., Habana An. otorinolar., Recife An. Policlin. enferm. infec, B. Air. An. Sec urol. Hosp. Salvador, Santiago An. Serv. ap. digest. Policlin. Cordoba An. Serv. cirug. Hosp. Cosme Argerich, B. Air. An. Serv. neur., Valencia An. Soc. biol. Pernambuco An. Soc farm. quim. S. Paulo An. Soc. med. Porto Alegre Anthologica, Modena Antibiotiki, Moskva Antifasc. Meet. Soviet Scientists Antifash. mit. sovet. uchen. Antituberc Bull., Manila Anuario argent, med. cir. pract. Anuario bibliogr. peru. Anuario bibliogr. venezol. Anuario Guine port. Anuario med. Peru Anuario san. mun., Habana An. Univ. centr. Ecuador An. Univ. Montevideo 343. Annual report on safety in mines research (Great Britain. Ministry of Fuel and Power) London. 344. Annual report; South African Institute for Medical Research. Johannesburg. 345. Annual report; South African National Council for Mental Health. Johannesburg. 346. Annual report of the work; Saito Gratitude Founda- tion. Sendai. 347. Annual report of the School Medical Officer; Borough of Colchester. Colchester. 348. Annual report of St. Elizabeth's Hospital. Rich- mond. 349. Annual report of the Board of Regents of the Smith- sonian Institution. Washington. 350. Annual report; United States Farm Security Admin- istration, Office of the Chief Medical Officer. Wash- ington. 351. Annual report; Veterinary Service, Flgypt. Cairo. 352. Annual report; Washington State Department of Health. Olympia. 353. Annual report; Westchester County Department of Health. White Plains, N. Y. 354. Annual review of microbiology. Stanford, Calif. 355. Annual scientific award ceremony; American Pharma- ceutical Manufacturers' Association. New York. 356. Annual of scientific discovery. Boston. 357. Annual summaries; university contracts with Aero Medical Laboratory, U. S. Air Forces. Dayton. 358. Annual survey of research in pharmacy. Baltimore. 359. Annual; Western Branch, American Public Health Association. San Francisco. 360. Annuario; Escola medico-cirurgica de Lisboa. Lisboa. 361. Annuario statistico di Genova. Genova. 362. Annuario per gli anni accademici; Universita degli studi di Sassari. Sassari. 363. Annali della Universita di Ferrara. Ferrara. 364. Annales de l'Universite de Lille. Lille. 365. Annales Universitatis Mariae Curie-Sklodowska Lublin. Lublin. 366. Anales de oftalmologia y oto-rino-laringologia del Paraguay. Asunci6n. 367. Anotaciones medicas. La Habana. 368. Anais de oto-rino-laringologia. Recife. 369. Anales de la Sala VIII Policlinica de enfermedades infecciosas; Hospital F. J. Mufiiz. Buenos Aires. 370. Anales de la Secci6n de urologia del Hospital del Salvador. Santiago de Chile. 371. Anales del Servicio del aparato digestivo, nutrici6n y secreciones internas de la Policlinica municipal de C6rdoba. C6rdoba, Spain. 372. Anales del Servicio de cirugia; Hospital Cosme Argerich. Buenos Aires. 373. Anales del Servicio de neurologia de Prof. J. J. Barcia Goyanes. Valencia. 374. Anais da Sociedade de biologia de Pernambuco. Recife. 375. Anais da Sociedade de Paulo. Sao Paulo. 376. Anais da Sociedade de Porto Alegre. 377. Anthologica. Modena. 378. Antibiotiki. Moskva. 379. Anti-Fascist Meeting of Soviet Scientists. Moskva. 380. Antifashistskii miting sovetskikh uchenykh. Moskva. 381. Anti-tuberculosis bulletin. Manila. 382. Anuario argentino de medicina y cirugia pr&cticas. Buenos Aires. 383. Anuario bibliogrdfico peruano. Lima. 384. Anuario bibliografico venezolano. Caracas. 385. Anudrio da Guine' portuguesa. Bissau. 386. Anuario m6dico del Peru. Lima. 387. Anuario de la sanidad municipal. La Habana. 388. Anales; Universidad central del Ecuador. Quito. 389. Anales de la Universidad [de Montevideo] Monte- video. farmacia e quimica de Sao medicina de Porto Alegre. X24787—VOL. 11, 4th series- [10] Anya & csecsemoved. Apothekersblad, Brux. Apuntes cient., Cabimas Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Kyoto Arb. Deut. psychiat. Univ. Klin. Prag Arb. Kodeafd. Rigshosp., Kbh. Arb. 1. Med. klin., Stockh. Arb. Jap. mil. arztl. Lehranst., Tokyo Arb. Ludwig Aschoff Haus, Freib. Arb. Med. Fak. Okayama Arb. Med. Univ. Okayama Arb. Paul Ehrlich Inst. Frankfurt Arb. Psychiat. Inst. Tohoku Univ. Arb. Serobakt. Inst. Univ. Helsinki Arb. Staat. Inst. exp. Ther. Arch, alchem. Forsch. Arch, anat., Santiago (Sp.) Arch, argent, kines. Arch, argent, psicol. norm. pat. Arch. belg. derm. syph. Arch. biol. hungar. Arch, boliv. med. Arch, boliv. pediat. Arch. Centre anticancer. Geneve Arch, chir., Budap. Arch. chir. inf., Roma Arch. chir. neerl. Arch. chir. torace Arch. Clin. obst. gin. Eliseo Canton Arch. clin. radiol. ther. rhumat. Arch. Col. med. Salvador Arch. derm. syph. Clin. Hop. S. Louis, Par. Arch. De Vecchi Arch, droit climat. Arch, droit med. Arch, enferm. corazon Arch. Gabinete med., La Paz Arch. gen. biopsied., Roma Arch, hig., B. Air. Arch. hist, filoz. med., Poznan Arch, histol., B. Air. Arch, hosp., Bilbao Arch, hosp., Par. Arch. Hosp. univ., Habana 390. Anya-6s csecsemoV^delem. Budapest. 391. Apothekersblad (Het) Bruxelles. 392. Apuntes cientificos. Cabimas, Venezuela. 393. Arbeiten aus der dritten Abteilung des Anatomischen Institutes der Kaiserlichen Universitat Kyoto. Kyoto. 394. Arbeiten aus der Deutschen psychiatnschen Uni- versitats-Klinik in Prag. Berlin. 395. Arbejder fra F0deafdeling A og Gynaekologisk afdeling; Rigshospitalet. K0benhavn. 396. Arbeten och smatryck fran 1. Medicinska khniken, Serafimerlasaret. Stockholm. 397. Arbeiten aus der K. Japanischen militar-arzthchen Lehranstalt. Tokyo. 398. Arbeiten aus dem Ludwig Aschoff-Haus. Freiburg im Breisgau. 399. Arbeiten; Medizinische Fakultat, Okayama. Oka- yama. 400. Arbeiten aus der Medizinischen Universitat zu Okayama. Okayama. 401. Arbeiten aus dem Paul Ehrlich-Institut und dem Georg Speyer-Hause zu Frankfurt a. M. Jena. 402. Arbeiten aus dem Psychiatrischen Institut der Kaiser- lichen Tohoku Universitat zu Sendai. Beitrage zur Psychoanalyse [und Psychopathologie] Sendai. See Beitr. Psychoanal., Sendai. 403. Arbeiten aus dem Sero-Bakteriologischen Institut der Universitat Helsinki. Helsinki. 404. Arbeiten aus dem Staatlichen Institut fiir experi- mented Therapie und dem Forschungsinstitut fiir Chemotherapie zu Frankfurt a. M. Jena. 405. Archiv fiir alchemistische Forschung. Berlin. 406. Archivos de anatomia. Santiago, Spain. 407. Archivos argentinos de kinesiologia. Buenos Aires. 408. Archivos argentinos de psicologia normal y patol6gica, terapia neuro mental y ciencias afines. Buenos Aires. 409. Archives beiges de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. Bruxelles. 410. Archiva biologica Hungarica. Tihany. 411. Archivos bolivianos de medicina. Sucre. 412. Archivos bolivianos de pediatria y puericultura. La Paz. 413. Archives du Centre anticance>eux et du Radium institut de Geneve. Geneve. 414. Archivum chirurgicum. Budapest. 415. Archivio di chirurgia infantile. Roma. 416. Archivum chirurgicum Neerlandicum. Arnhem. 417. Archivio di chirurgia del torace. Firenze. 418. Archivos; Clinica obst^trica y ginecol6gica Eliseo Cant6n. Buenos Aires. 419. Archives cliniques, radiologiques et the>apeutiques*de rhumatologie. Lyon. 420. Archivos del Colegio medico de El Salvador. San Salvador. 421. Archives dermato-syphiligraphiques de la Clinique de l'Hopital Saint-Louis. Paris. 422. Archivio De Vecchi per l'anatomia patologia e la medicina clinica. Firenze. 423. Archives (Les) du droit climatique et de l'hygiene. Paris. 424. Archives (Les) du droit medical et de l'hygiene. Paris. 425. Archivos de enfermedades del coraz6n Barcelona. 426. Archivo del Gabinete medico del Comity nacional de deportes. La Paz. 427. Archivio generale di biopsicologia, biopsicopatologia e biopsicoterapia. Roma. 428. Archivos de higiene. Buenos Aires. 429. Archiwum historji i filozofji medycyny oraz historji nauk przyrodniczych. Poznan. 430. Archivos de histologia normal y patol6gica, Buenos Aires. 431. Archivos del hospital. Bilbao. 432. Archives hospitalieres. Paris. 433. Archivos del Hospital universitario. La Habana. y vasos. [11] Arch. inn. Med., Stuttg. Arch. Inst. Hessarek Arch. Inst. Pasteur Martinique Arch, med., Lima Arch, med., Marseille Arch, med., Mex. Arch. med. chir. Normandie Arch. med. exp., Madr. Arch. med. farm., Trujillo Arch. med. Hosp. Ramos Mejia, B. Air. Arch. med. int., Parma Arch. med. quir., Barcel. Arch. Meteor., Wien Arch. nac. biol. med., La Plata Arch, neuropsiq., Habana Arch. neur. psiq., Habana Arch. Orthodont., Brux. Arch, parana. med. Arch. Path. Inst. London Hosp. Arch. peru. pat. clin. Arch, policia, S. Paulo Arch. port. sc. biol. Arch, rhumat., Lyon Arch. sal. pub., B. Air. Arch. sc. physiol., Par. Arch. Seer. sal. pub. (Argentina) Arch. Soc. med. Valdivia Arch, stomat., Liege Arch, sudamer. oft., Santiago Arch, tisiol., Nap. Arch, trimestr. Inst. Luxembourg Arch, tuberc, Madr. Arch, venezol. card. Arch, venezol. pat. trop. Arch, wallon. stomat. Arcisped. S. Anna di Ferrara (Riv.) Ardeal. med., Cluj Argomenti farm. ter. Argus, Battle Creek Arizona Pharmacist Arkansas Dent. J. Arkansas Health Bull. Arkh. anat., Leningr. Arkh. Glavna dir. narod. zdrave, Sofia Arkh. oft., Moskva Arkh. otolar., Moskva Arkh. pat., Moskva Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent Army M. Serv. Mag., Aldershot Arq. anat. pat. Coimbra Arq. biol. teen., Curitiba Arq. brasil. cardiol. Arq. brasil. neuriat. psiquiat. 434. Archiv fiir innere Medizin. Stuttgart. 435. Archives de l'lnstitut d'Hessarek (Institut Razi) Teheran. 436. Archives de l'lnstitut Pasteur de la Martinique. Fort-de-France. 437. Archivos medicos. Lima. 438. Archives de medecine g6n6rale et coloniale. Marseille. 439. Archivos medicos. M6xico. 440. Archives (Les) m6dico-chirurgicales de Normandie. Le Havre. 441. Archivos de medicina experimental. Madrid. 442. Archivo de medicina y farmacia. Ciudad Trujillo. 443. Archivos medicos del Hospital Ramos Mejia. Buenos Aires. 444. Archivo di medicina interna. Parma. 445. Archivos medico quiriirgicos y del trabajo. Bar- celona. 446. Archiv fiir Meteorologie, Geophysik und Bioklima- tologie. Wien. 447. Archivos nacionales de biologia y medicina. La Plata. 448. Archivos de neuro-psiquiatria. La Habana.- 449. Archivos de neurologia y psiquiatria. La Habana. 450. Archives of orthodontics. Bruxelles. 451. Archivos paranaenses de medicina. Curitiba. 452. Archives of the Pathological Institute of the London Hospital. London. 453. Archivos peruanos de patologia y clinica. Lima. 454. Archivos de policia e identificagao. Sao Paulo. 455. Archives portugaises des sciences biologiques. Porto. 456. Archives de rhumatologie. Lyon. 457. Archivos de salud publica. Buenos Aires. 458. Archives des sciences physiologiques. Paris. 459. Archivos de la Secretaria de salud publica de la naci6n (Argentina) Buenos Aires. 460. Archivos de la Sociedad medica de Valdivia. Val- divia. 461. Archives de stomatologie. Li6ge. 462. Archivos sud-americanos de oftalmologia. Santiago de Chile. 463. Archivio di tisiologia. Napoli. 464. Archives trimestrielles; Institut grand-ducal de Luxembourg. Luxembourg. 465. Archivos de tuberculosis de la Enfermeria de Cha- martin de la Rosa. Madrid. 466. Archivos venezolanos de cardiologia y hematologia. Caracas. 467. Archivos venezolanos de patologia tropical y para- sitologia medica. Caracas. 468. Archives wallonnes de stomatologie. Li6ge. 469. Arcispedale (L') S. Anna di Ferrara (Rivista) Ferrara. 470. Ardealul medical. Cluj. 471. Argomenti di farmacoterapia. Reggio-Emilia. 472. Argus. Battle Creek, Mich. 473. Arizona pharmacist. Phoenix. 474. Arkansas (The) dental journal. Conway. 475. Arkansas health bulletin. Little Rock. 476. Arkhiv anatomii, histologii i embriologii. Leningrad. 477. Arkhiv; Glavna direkcia na narodnoto zdrave. Sofia. 478. Arkhiv oftalmologii. Moskva. 479. Arkhiv otolaringologii. Moskva. 480. Arkhiv patologii. Moskva. 481. Armed services research and development report on insect and rodent control. Washington. 482. Army (The) Medical Services magazine. Aldershot. 483. Arquivos de anatomia patol6gica, patologia correla- tive e neuro-ergonologia [Formerly: Arquivos de ana- tomia patol6gica, patologia correlative e histo-fisiologia] Coimbra. 484. Arquivos de biologia e tecnologia. Curitiba. 485. Arquivos brasileiros de cardiologia e hematologia. Rio de Janeiro. 486. Arquivos brasileiros de neuriatria e psiquiatria. Rio de Janeiro. [12] Arq. brasil. nutr. Arq. brasil. urol. Arq. cirurg., Rio Arq. cirurg. ortop., Recife Arq. Clin, gin., Rio Arq. Clin, med., Porto Arq. Esc. sup. vet. Minas Gerais Arq. Fac. hig. saude pub. S. Paulo Arq. Inst. anat. pat., Coimbra Arq. Inst, farm., Coimbra Arq. Inst. mil. biol., Rio Arq. Inst. quim. biol. Minas Gerais Arq. Jornada brasil. puericult. Arq. med. cir. Pernambuco Arq. med. mun., S. Paulo Arq. Min. educ. saude, Rio Arq. Serv. nac. lepra, Rio Arq. Univ. Bahia Fac. med. Ars medica, Pavia Articulator, Sydney Art med., Nice Art & med., Par. Art med. Anvers ASEC Bull., N. Y. Ash's J., Lond. Ash's Month., Lond. Ash's Q. Circ, Lond. As. interamer. ingen. san. Askeri vet. dergisi Asklepios Bibl., Wiirzb. Assemb. gen. Ligue fr. cancer Assicur. sociali Ass. internat. femme medecins Ateneo parm. Athanor, Santiago Atomes & radiat., Par. Atomic Energy in Biophys. Atomic Energy Yearb., Lond. Attendant, Phila. Atti Accad. sc. Torino Atti Ass. cult, liberi doc. Univ. Napoli Atti Centro internaz. difesa sociale, Genova Atti Clin, otolar. Napoli Atti Clin, otorinolar. Torino Atti Congr. internaz. piante med. Atti Congr. internaz. trasfus. sangue Atti Congr. ital. eugen. sociale Atti Congr. ital. genet. Atti Congr. naz. chirurg. guerra 487. Arquivos brasileiros de nutricao. Rio de Janeiro. 488. Arquivos brasileiros de urologia. Sao Paulo. 489. Arquivos de cirurgia. Rio de Janeiro. 490. Arquivos de cirurgia e ortopedia. Recife. 491. Arquivos de Clinica ginecol6gica da Faculdade nacional de medicina. Rio de Janeiro. 492. Arquivos de Clinica medica (2?) Porto. 493. Arquivos da Escola superior de veterinana do estado de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte. 494. Arquivos da Faculdade de higiene e saude publica da Universidade de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 495. Arquivos do Instituto de anatomia patol6gica. Coimbra. 496. Arquivos do Instituto de farmacologia e terapeutica experimental. Coimbra. 497. Arquivos do Instituto militar de biologia. Rio de Janeiro. 498. Arquivos do Instituto quimico-biol6gico do estado de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte. 499. Arquivos; Jornada brasileira de puerieultura e pediatria. Rio de Janeiro, &c. 500. Arquivos de medicina e cirurgia de Pernambuco. Recife. 501. Arquivos medicos municipals. Sao Paulo. 502. Arquivos; Ministerio da educagao e saude. Rio de Janeiro. 503. Arquivos do Servico nacional de lepra. Rio de Janeiro. 504. Arquivos da Universidade da Bahia, Faculdade de medicina. Salvador. 505. Ars medica. Pavia. 506. Articulator (The) Sydney. 507. Art (L') medical. Nice. 508. Art et medecine. Paris. 509. Art (L') medical d'Anvers. Anvers. 510. A[merican]S[ociety of]E[uropean]C[hemists and Phar- macists] bulletin. New York. 511. Ash's journal. London. 512. Ash's monthly. London. 513. Ash's quarterly circular. London. 514. Asociaci6n interamericana de ingenieria sanitaria. Washington. 515. Askeri veteriner dergisi. Ankara. 516. Asklepios Bibliothek. Wiirzburg. 517. Assemblee generale; Ligue francaise contre le cancer Paris. 518. Assicurazioni (Le) sociali. Roma. 519. Association internationale des femmes medecins. Paris. 520. Ateneo (L') parmense. Parma. 521. Athanor. Santiago de Chile. 522. Atomes et radiations. Paris. 523. Atomic energy in biophysics, biology and medicine. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 524. Atomic energy year book. London. 525. Attendant (The) Philadelphia. 526. Atti della Reale Accademia della scienze di Torino. Torino. 527. Atti dell'Associazione culturale dei liberi docenti della R. Universita di Napoli. Napoli. 528. Atti del Centro internazionale di studi di difesa sociale. Genova. 529. Atti della Clinica otorinolaringologica della R. Uni- versita di Napoli. Napoli. 530. Atti della Clinica otorinolaringologica della R. Uni- versita di Torino. Coma. 531. Atti ufficiali; Congresso internazionale fra i paesi europei interessati alia coltivazione ed al commercio delle piante medicinali aromatiche ed affini. Venezia. 532. Atti del Congresso internazionale della trasfusione del sangue. Milano. 533. Atti; Congresso italiano di eugenetica sociale. Roma. 534. Atti; Congresso italiano di genetica ed eugenica. Roma. 535. Atti del congresso: Congresso nazionale di chirurgia di guerra. Roma. [13] Atti Congr. naz. med. lavoro Atti Congr. naz. radiol. Atti Congr. sc. osped. Atti Congr. Soc oft. ital. Atti Congr. stud, col., sez. pat. Atti Conv. med. idrol. Atti Conv. naz. Lega ital. c tumori Atti Conv. sc. fis. mat. natur. Atti 1st. Angelo Mosso Atti 1st. med. leg. Univ. Padova Atti 1st. naz. assicur. Atti sc. ital. Atti Settim. med. internaz. Atti Soc. lombarda med. Attivita sc. 1st. clin. med. Univ. Bologna. Atual. med. san., Rio Australas. Homoeop. M. Gaz. Australas. J. Optometry Australas. Pharm. Notes Austral. J. Sc. Res. Avvenire farm. Avvenire san. 536. Atti; Congresso nazionale di medicina del lavoro. Torino. 537. Atti del Congresso nazionale di radiologia medica. Venezia. 538. Atti dei Congressi scientifici ospedalieri. Genova. 539. Atti del Congresso della Societa oftalmologica italiana. Roma. 540. Atti del Congresso di studi coloniali, sezione patologia e igiene [coloniale] (title varies slightly) Firenze. 541. Atti del Convegno medico idrologico. Milano. 542. Atti del Convegno nazionale; Lega italiana per la lotta contro i tumori. Firenze. 543. Atti; Convegno di scienze fisiche, matematiche e naturali. Roma. 544. Atti dello Istituto Angelo Mosso sul Monte Rosa. Cirie. 545. Atti dell'Istituto di medicina legale e delle assicura- zioni della R. Universita di Padova. Treviso. 546. Atti; Istituto nazionale delle assicurazioni. Roma. 547. Atti [Congresso] degli scienziati italiani. Napoli. 548. Atti della Settimana medica internazionale. Salso- maggiore; Roma. 549. Atti e memorie della Societa lombarda di medicina. Milano. 550. Attivita scientifica dell'Istituto di clinica medica generale e terapia medica della R. Universita di Bologna. Bologna. 551. Atualidades medico-sanit&rias. Rio de Janeiro. 552. Australasian homoeopathic medical gazette. Dune- din. 553. Australasian (The) journal of optometry. Sydney. 554. Australasian (The) pharmaceutical notes and news. Sydney. 555. Australian journal of scientific research. East Mel- bourne. 556. Avvenire (L') della farmacia. Roma. 557. Avvenire (L') sanitario. Milano. B Band, Bern Banner, Devils Lake Bayer. Aerztebl. Bayern in Zahlen Beacon, Augusta Beacon (Wisconsin Sanat.) Behaviour, Leiden Behringwerk Mitt. Beitr. arztl. Fortbild. Beitr. allg. Med. Beitr. Anat. funkt. Syst. Beitr. Psychoanal., Sendai Beitr. schweiz. Statist. Belg. tschr. mil. geneesk. Beneficencia, Maracaibo Ber. Arbeitstag. berat. Aerzte Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte Ber. Augenh. Ber. Cancerforen. Stockholm Ber. Gr0nlands styrel. Ber. Internat. Congr. Psychol. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Schulhyg. 558. Band (Das) Bern. 559. Banner (The) Devils Lake. 560. Bayerisches Aerzteblatt. Miinchen. 561. Bayern in Zahlen. Miinchen. 562. Beacon (The) [Oliver General Hospital] Augusta. 563. Beacon (Wisconsin State Sanatorium) Statesan. 564. Behaviour. Leiden. 565. Behringwerk-Mitteilungen. Berlin. 566. Beitrage zur arztlichen Fortbildung. Aussig. 567. Beitrage aus der allgemeinen Medizin. Stuttgart. 568. Beitrage zur Anatomie funktioneller Systeme. Leip- zig. 569. Beitrage zur Psychoanalyse [und Psychopathologie]; Arbeiten aus dem Psychiatrischen Institut der Tohoku K. Universitat. Sendai. 570. Beitrage zur schweizerischen Statistik. Bern. 571. Belgisch tijdschrift voor militaire geneeskunde. Liege. 572. Beneficencia (La) Maracaibo. 573. Bericht iiber die Arbeitstagung der beratenden Aerzte [Berlin?] 574. Bericht iiber die Arbeitstagung Ost der beratenden Facharzte [Berlin?] 575. Bericht iiber die Leistungen und Fortschritte der Augenheilkunde. Wiesbaden. 576. Berattelse fran styrelsen for Cancerforeningen i Stockholm. Stockholm. 577. Beretninger vedr0rende Gr0nlands styrelse. K0ben- havn. 578. [Bericht]; Internationaler Congress fiir Psychologic. Miinchen. 579. Bericht; Internationaler Kongress fiir Schulhygiene. Niirnberg. [14] Ber. Kriegstag. berat. Facharzte Ber. Landsfor. bekaemp. b0rnelam. Berl. homoop. Zschr. Berl. Statist. Ber. Naturwiss. med. Verein. Inns- bruck Ber. Naturwiss. Ver. Schwaben. Ber. Nord. vet. Ber. San. insp. Goteborg Ber. Staatl. Inst. exp. Ther. Frankfurt a. M. Ber. Sundhedsstyrel. Gr0nland laege- eksp. Betriebskrankenkasse Bibl. card., Basel Bibliogr. acad. Univ. Louvain Bibliogr. biotheor., Leiden Bibl. & mus. Neuchatel Bibl. tuberc, Basel Bibl. vracha, Berl. Bienn. Rep. Bd Health Mississippi Bienn. Rep. Colorado Bd Health Bienn. Rep. Com. Health Alaska Bienn. Rep. Dep. Health Tennessee Bienn. Rep. Dep. Inst. Louisiana Bienn. Rep. Kansas Bd Health Bienn. Rep. Louisiana Bd Health Bienn. Rep. Minnesota Div. Pub. Inst. Bienn. Rep. Missouri Com. Blind Biochem. Prepar., N. Y. Biochim. biophys. acta, Amst. Bioclima, Tor. Biokhim. J., Kiev Biol, educ, S. Paulo Biol. Heilkunst Biol. Human Affairs, Lond. Biol, lek., Warsz. Biol, listy, Praha Biol. & med., Marseille Biol. & med., Par. Biol. med. Taschenb., Stuttg. Biologe, Munch. Biol. Pract., Lond. Biopsychology, Phila. Bios, Lpz. Bios, Oklahoma BIOS Final Rep., Lond. Biosphaera, Tokyo Blgar. klin. Bl. Lebensmagnet. Bloodless Phlebotomist Bloodless Surgeon Blue Bk, N. Y. Blue Print for Health Bl. Untersuch. &c. Instrum. Bl. Zahnh., Ziir. Bohm. mahr. Gesundhbl. 580. Bericht iiber die Kriegstagung der beratenden Fach- 581. Beretning fra Landsforeningen til bekaempelse af b0rnelammelse og dens f0lger. K0benhavn. 582. Berliner homoopathische Zeitschrift. Berlin. 583. Berliner Statistik. Berlin. . . 584. Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlich-medizinischen Vereines in Innsbruck. Innsbruck. 585. Bericht des NaturwissenschaftHchen Vereins fur Schwaben und Neuburg. Augsburg. 586. Beretning; Nordiska veterinaerm0te. Oslo. 587. Berattelse om Sanitara inspektioner m. m. i Gote- borgs och Bohus Ian. Goteborg. 588. Bericht iiber die Tatigkeit des Staatl. Instituts fur experimentelle Therapie in Frankfurt a. M. Wiesbaden. 589. Beretning fra den Sundhedsstyrelsen til Gr0nland udsendte laegeekspedition. K0benhavn. 590. Betriebskrankenkasse (Die) Essen. 591. Bibliotheca cardiologica. Basel. 592. Bibliographie academique; Universite catholique de Louvain. Louvain. 593. Bibliographia biotheoretica. Leiden. 594. Bibliotheques et musees de la ville de Neuchatel. Neuchatel. 595. Bibliotheca tuberculosea. Basel. 596. Biblioteka vracha. Berlin. 597. Biennial report; State Board of Health, Mississippi. Jackson. 598. Biennial report; Colorado State Board of Health. Denver. 599. Biennial report of the Office of the Commissioner of Health, Alaska. Juneau. 600. Biennial report; Department of Public Health, Ten- nessee. Nashville. 601. Biennial report of Department of Institutions, State of Louisiana. Baton Rouge. 602. Biennial report; Kansas State Board of Health. Topeka. 603. Biennial report; Louisiana State Board of Health. New Orleans. 604. Biennial report; State of Minnesota, Division of Public Institutions. Stillwater. 605. Biennial report of the Missouri Commission for the Blind. St. Louis, &c. 606. Biochemical preparations. New York. 607. Biochimica et biophysica acta. Amsterdam. 608. Bioclima. Torino. 609. Biokhimichny jurnal. Kiev. 610. Biologia (A) educacional. Sao Paulo. 611. Biologische Heilkunst. Dresden. 612. Biology and human affairs. London. 613. Biologia lekarska. Warszawa. 614. Biologicke" listy. Praha. 615. Biologie et medecine. Marseille. 616. Biologie et medecine. Paris [print. Rouen] 617. Biologisch-medizinisches Taschenbuch. Stuttgart. 618. Biologe (Der) Miinchen. 619. Biological practice. London. 620. Bio-psychology. Philadelphia. 621. Bios. Leipzig. 622. Bios. Oklahoma City; Mount Vernon, Iowa. 623. B[ritish]I[ntelligence]0[bjectives]S[ub-Committee] fi- nal report. London. 624. Biosphaera. Tokyo. 625. Blgarska klinika. Sofia. 626. Blatter fiir Lebensmagnetismus. Leipzig. 627. Bloodless (The) phlebotomist. New York. 628. Bloodless (The) Surgeon. Norfolk, Va. 629. Blue book [International & Spanish Association of Physicians, Dentists & Pharmacists] New York. 630. Blue print for health. Chicago. 631. Blatter fiir Untersuchungs- und Forschungs-Instru- mente. Rathenow. 632. Blatter fiir Zahnheilkunde. Zurich. 633. Bohmisch-mahrische Gesundheitsblatter. Prag. 15 Borgyogy. vener. szemle Borsenbl. deut. Buchhandel Boj o zdrav., Bratisl. Boj proti tuberk. Bol. Acad. peru. cirug. Bol. admin. Seer. sal. pub. (Argentina) Bol. A. M. E., La Paz Bol. As. gen. antituberc Puerto Rico Bol. Asilo alien. Oliva Bol. As. med. Santiago (Domin.) Bol. As. patron, mecan. dent., B. Air. Bol. Ass. filos. natur., Porto Bol. Ass. quim. Brasil Bol. bibliogr., Montev. Bol. bibliogr. mex. Bol. Bibl. nac, Lima Bol. Centro estud. Hosp. serv. estado. Rio Bol. Centro gen. vacuna, Habana Bol. Clin, ginecotocol., Montev. Bol. clin. Hosp. colon. Lisboa Bol. Col. brasil. cirurg. Bol. Col. med., Montev. Bol. Col. med. mun. S. Spiritus Bol. Col. of. med. Provinc Malaga Bol. Com. antituberc. (Uruguay) Bol. Confed. farm, bioquim. argent. Bol. Cons. gen. col. odont. Bol. Cons. nac. tuberc, Habana Bol. Cruz Roja cubana Bol. cult. Cons. gen. col. med. Espana Bol. cult. Guine port. Bol. Dep. med. social, Quito Bol. Dep. protec mat. inf. Peru Bol. Dir. salub. pub., Lima Bol. econom., Lour. Marques Bol. Esc. nac. vet., Rio Bol. Esc. odont., Quito Bol. espan. cancer. Bol. espan. hidrol. med. Bol. espan. otorrinolar. Bol. espan. urol. Bol. estadist., Madr. Bol. estadist. peru. Bol. Fed. farm. B. Aires Bol. Fed. med. peru. Bol. Hosp. Melchor Romero Bol. Hosp. mil., Habana 634. B6rgy6gyaszati es venerologiai szemle. Budapest. 635. Borsenblatt fiir den deutschen Buchhandel. Leipzig. 636. Boj o zdravie. Bratislava. 637. Boj proti tuberkulose. Praha. 638. Boletin de la Academia peruana de cirugia. Lima. 639. Boletin administrativo de la Secretaria de salud publica de la naci6n (Argentina) Buenos Aires. 640. Boletin de la A[grupaci6n]M[edica de]E[studios] La Paz. 641. Boletin de la Asociacion general antituberculosa de Puerto Rico. San Juan. 642. Boletin del Asilo de alienados en Oliva. Oliva. 643. Boletin de la Asociaci6n medica de Santiago (Domin- ican Republic) Santiago de los Caballeros. 644. Boletin de la Asociaci6n patronal de mec&nicos dentales. Buenos Aires. 645. Boletim da Associagao da filosofia natural. Porto. 646. Boletim da Associagao quimica do Brasil. Sao Paulo. 647. Boletin bibliogrdfico. Montevideo. 648. Boletin bibliogrdfico mexicano. Mexico. 649. Boletin de la Biblioteca nacional. Lima. 650. Boletim do Centro de estudos do Hospital dos servidores do estado. Rio de Janeiro. 651. Boletin; Centro general de vacuna de la Isla de Cuba. Habana. 652. Boletin de la Clinica ginecotocol6gica, Cdtedra del Prof. Manuel B. Rodriguez. Montevideo. 653. Boletim clinico e de estatistica do Hospital colonial de Lisboa. Lisboa. 654. Boletim do Colegio brasileiro de cirurgioes. Rio de Janeiro. 655. Boletin del Colegio medico del Uruguay. Monte- video. 656. Boletin del Colegio medico municipal de Sancti Spiritus. Sancti Spiritus. 657. Boletin del Colegio oficial de medicos de la Provincia de Malaga. M&laga. 658. Boletin; Comisi6n honoraria para la lucha antitu- berculosa (Uruguay) Montevideo. 659. Boletin; Confederaci6n farmaceutica y bioquimica argentina. Buenos Aires. 660. Boletin oficial del Consejo general de colegios de odont61ogos. Madrid. 661. Boletin de informacion; Consejo nacional de tubercu- losis. La Habana. 662. Boletin oficial de la Cruz Roja cubana. La Habana. 663. Boletin cultural e informativo; Consejo general de colegios medicos de Espana. Madrid. 664. Boletim cultural da Guine portuguesa. Lisboa. 665. Boletin del Departamento medico-social; Instituto nacional de previsi6n. Quito. 666. Boletin; Departamento de protecci6n materno- infantil, Peru. Lima. 667. Boletin; Direcci6n de salubridad publica. Lima. 668. Boletim econ6mico e estatistico. Lourenco Marques. 669. Boletim da Escola nacional de veterin&ria. Rio de Janeiro. 670. Boletin de la Escuela de odontologia; Facultad de ciencias m^dicas; Universidad central del Ecuador. Quito. 671. Boletin espanol de cancerologfa. Madrid. 672. Boletin espanol de hidrologia medica y climatologia. Madrid. 673. Boletin espanol de otorrinolaringologia y bronco- esofagologfa. Madrid. 674. Boletin espanol de urologia. Madrid. 675. Boletfn de estadistica. Madrid. 676. Boletin de estadistica peruana. Lima. 677. Boletin quincenal; Federaci6n farmaceutica de la Provincia de Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires. 678. Boletin de la Federaci6n medica peruana. Lima. 679. Boletin del Hospital Melchor Romero. Melchor Romero, Argentina. 680. Boletin del Hospital militar. La Habana. [16] Bol. inform., Bogota Bol. inform. As. med. peru. Bol. inform. Clin, laborat., Zaragoza Bol. inform. Cons. gen. coleg. farm. Espana Bol. inform, estadist. san., Tetuan Bol. inform. Inst. nac. previs., Madr. Bol. inform, parasit. chile. Bol. inform, teen, (parasit.) Santiago Bol. Inst. nac. radium, Bogota Bol. Inst. Oscar Freire, S. Paulo Bol. Inst. pat. med., Madr. Bol. Inst, puericult., Rio Bol. Inst. sup. hig. Jorge, Lisb. Bol. internac bibliogr. argent. Boll. Accad. Lancisi. Boll. CESPERA Boll. Consorz. antituberc. Livorno Bol. Liga urug. cancer uterino Boll. 1st. pat. libro Boll. 1st. sanat. tisiol., Nap. Boll. Lega ital. c cancro Boll. Lega ital. c tumori Boll, med., Trapani Boll. med. Svizzera ital. Boll. Ord. med. chir. Napoli Boll, san., Roma Boll, schermogr., Roma Boll. Soc. ital. microb. Boll. Soc. med. chir. brescia. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Cremona Boll. Soc. med. chir. trevig. Boll. Soc. piemont. ost. gin. Boll. Soc. trivenet. chir. Boll, statist. Africa ital. Bol. lucha antituberc, Habana Bol. med., Caracas Bol. med. mun. Habana Bol. Min. agric, Rio Bol. odont. paul. Bol. of. As. quim. Puerto'Rico Bol. Of. inform, san., Madr. 681. Boletin informativo. Bogota. 682. Boletin informativo de la AsociaciOn medica peruana Daniel A. Carrion. Lima. 683. Boletin informativo de Clinica y laboratono. Zara- 684. Boletin de informaci6n; Consejo general de colegios oficiales de farmaceuticos de Espana. Madrid. 685. Boletin mensual de informaci6n estadistica, sanitaria y demogrdfica. Tetuan, Morocco. 686. Boletin de informaci6n del Instituto nacional de previsi6n. Madrid. 687. Boletin de informaciones parasitarias chilenas. Santiago de Chile. 688. Boletin de informaci6n t^cnica; Departamento de parasitologia. Santiago de Chile. 689. Boletin del Instituto nacional de radium. Bogota. 690. Boletim do Instituto Oscar Freire. Sao Paulo. 691. Boletin del Instituto de patologia medica. Madrid. 692. Boletim do Instituto de puericultura da Universidade do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro. 693. Boletim do Instituto superior de higiene Doutor Ricardo Jorge. Lisboa. 694. Boletin internacional de bibliografia argentina. Buenos Aires. 695. Bollettino e atti della Accademia Lancisiana di Roma. Roma. 696. Bollettino; CE[ntro]SPE[rimentale di]RAdiestesia] Roma. 697. Bollettino consorziale; Consorzio antituberculare, Provincia di Livorno. Livorno. 698. Boletin oficial de la Liga uruguaya contra el cdncer uterfno. Montevideo. 699. Bollettino del R. Istituto di patologia del libro. Roma. 700. Bollettino dell'Istituto sanatoriale Principi di Pie- monte dell'L N. P. S., Clinica tisiologica delta R. Uni- versita di Piemonte. Napoli. 701. Bollettino della Lega italiana per la lotta contro il cancro. Milano. 702. Bollettino della Lega italiana per la lotta contro i tumori. Roma. 703. Bollettino medico degli ospedali e dispensari di Trapani e provincia. Trapani. 704. Bollettino dei medici della Svizzera italiana. Lo- carno. 705. Bollettino dell'Ordine dei medici-chirurgi di Napoli e provincia. Napoli. 706. Bollettino sanitario; Laboratorio di accertamenti epidemiologic! e profilattici; Istituto di sanita pubblica. Roma. 707. Bollettino schermografico. Roma. 708. Bollettino della Societa italiana di microbiologia. Milano. 709. Bollettino della Societa medico chirurgica bresciana. Brescia. 710. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgica di Cre- mona. Cremona. 711. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgica trevigiana. Treviso. 712. Bollettino della Societa piemontese di ostetricia e ginecologia. Torino. 713. Bollettino della Societa triveneta di chirurgia. Pa- dova. 714. Bollettino statistico dell'Africa italiana. Roma. 715. Boletin de lucha antituberculosa. Habana. 716. Boletin medico. Caracas. 717. Boletin medico municipal de La Habana. La Ha- bana. 718. Boletim do Ministerio da agricultura, Brazil. Rio de Janeiro. 719. Boletim odontologico paulista. Sao Paulo. 720. Boletin oficial de la Asociaci6n de quimicos de Puerto Rico. San Juan. 721. Boletin de la Oficina de informaci6n sanitaria [Insti- tuto de biologia y sueroterapia] Madrid. [17] Bol. previd. social, Coimbra Bol. provis. Com. interamer. segur. social Bol. Repart. san. panamer. Bol. Rev. iber. amer. cienc. med. Bol. san., Ascuncion Bol. san. mil., Mex. Bol. segur. hig. trabajo Bol. Serv. hig. rural, Torreon Bol. Serv. nac. lepra, Rio Bol. SESP, Rio Bol. Soc. argent, cirug. ortop. Bol. Soc argent, oft. Bol. Soc. cirug. Cordoba Bol. Soc espan. radiol. Bol. Soc. med. cir. S. Jose do Rio Preto Bol. Soc. venezol. cirug. Bol. tisiol., Mex. Bol. tisiol., Porto Bol. vet. Exerc, Rio Botyu kagaku Brain & Nerve, Tokyo Brit. Chem. Digest Brit. Chemist Brit. Chiropod. J. Brit. J. Addict. Brit. J. Cancer Brit. J. Nutrit. Brit. J. Plastic Surg. Brit. J. Psychiat. Social Work Brit. M. Students J. Brit. Optician Brit. Red Cross Soc Q. Rev. Brit. Sc. News Brit. Vet. J. Brooklyn Pharmacist Buckeye Osteopath. Bucks Co. M. Month., Perkasie Budapest szekesf. kozegeszs. Budapest szekesf. statiszt. havifiiz. Biich. d. Augenarzt. Bui. As. psihiat. Romania Bull. Acad. nat. med. Bull, actual, med., Beirut Bull. Akron Dent. Soc. Bull. Alameda Co. M. Ass. Bull. Alameda Dent. Soc. Bull, alger. cancer. Bull, alger. carcin. Bull. Am. Ass. Pub. Health Dentists Bull. Am. Coll. Radiol. Bull. Am. M. Ass. Vienna, Wien Bull. Am. Pharm. Ass. Bull. Am. Protest. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Am. Regist. Path. (NRC) Wash. 722. Boletim da previdencia social. Coimbra. 723. Boletin provisional; Comite interamericano de seguri- dad social. Montreal. 724. Boletim da Repartigao sanitaria pan-americana. Washington. 725. Boletin de la Revista ibero-americana de ciencias m6dicas. Madrid. 726. Boletin sanitario. Ascunci6n. 727. Boletin de sanidad militar. Mexico. 728. Boletin de seguridad e higiene del trabajo. Madrid. 729. Boletin de los Servicios de higiene rural y medicina social en la Comarca Lagunera. Torreon. 730. Boletim do Servigo nacional de lepra. Rio de Janeiro. 731. Boletim do S[ervigo]E[special de]S[aude]P[ublica] Rio de Janeiro. 732. Boletines y trabajos; Sociedad argentina de cirugia ortop^dica. Buenos Aires. 733. Boletin de la Sociedad argentina de oftalmologia. Buenos Aires. 734. Boletines y trabajos; Sociedad de cirugia de Cordoba. C6rdoba. 735. Boletin de la Sociedad espafiola de radiologia. Madrid. 736. Boletim da Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia de Sao Jose" do Rio Preto. Sao Jose do Rio Preto. 737. Boletin de la Sociedad venezolana de cirugia. Cara- cas. 738. Boletin tisiologico dispensarial. Mexico. 739. Boletim de tisiologia do Sanatorio-hospital Rodrigues Semide. Porto. 740. Boletim veterinario do Exercito. Rio de Janeiro. 741. Botyii kagaku. Kyoto. 742. Brain and nerve (No oyobi sinkei) Tokyo. 743. British (The) chemical digest. London. 744. British (The) chemist. London. 745. British (The) chiropody journal. London. 746. British (The) journal of addiction (to alcohol and other drugs) London. 747. British (The) journal of cancer. 748. British (The) journal of nutrition. Cambridge. 749. British journal of plastic surgery. Edinburgh. 750. British journal of psychiatric social work. London. 751. British (The) medical students' journal. London. 752. British (The) optician. London. 753. British Red Cross Society quarterly review. London. 754. British science news. London. 755. British (The) veterinary journal. London. 756. Brooklyn (The) pharmacist. Brooklyn. 757. Buckeye (The) osteopathic physician. Columbus. 758. Bucks (The) County medical monthly. Perkasie, Pa. 759. Budapest szekesfov&ros kozegeszs6gugye. Budapest. 760. Budapest sz6kesf6va>os statisztikai havifiizetei. Bu- dapest. 761. Biicherei des Augenarztes. Stuttgart. 762. Buletinul Asociatiei psihiatrilor din Romania. Iasi. 763. Bulletin de l'Acad^mie nationale de medecine. Paris. 764. Bulletin des actualites medicales. Beirut. 765. Bulletin; Akron Dental Society. Akron, Ohio. 766. Bulletin (The) of the Alameda County Medical Association. Oakland, Calif. 767. Bulletin; Alameda County District Dental Society. Oakland, Calif. 768. Bulletin algerien de cancerologie. Alger. 769. Bulletin algerien de carcinologie. Alger. 770. Bulletin (The) of the American Association of Public Health Dentists. Lansing, Mich. 771. Bulletin; American College of Radiology. Chicago. 772. Bulletin; American Medical Association of Vienna. Wien. 773. Bulletin; American Pharmaceutical Association. Chicago. 774. Bulletin; American Protestant Hospital Association. Evansville, Ind. 775. Bulletin [Subcommittee on the] American Registries of Pathology (Committee on Pathology; National Re- search Council) Washington. [18] Bull. Am. Student Health Ass. Bull. Am. Women Hosp., N. Y. Bull, analyt. bibliogr. hellen. Bull. Animal Res. Vect. Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Arkansas Bd Health Bull. Army Health Statist., Lond. Bull. Ass. Advance. Psychoanal., N. Y. Bull. Ass. gyn. obst. fr. Bull. Ass. med. fr. Amerique du Nord Bull. Ass. med. haiti. Bull. Atomic Scientists Bull. Audiom. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Austral. Ass. Occup. Therapists Bull. Bergen Co. M. Soc. Bull. Berks Co. M. Soc. Bull. Blood (NRC) Wash. Bull. Blood Subst. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Brit. Sc. Instrum. Res. Ass. Bull. Buchanan Co. M. Soc. Bull. Buffalo Hosp. Bull. Buncombe Co. M. Soc. Bull. Bur. Am. Ethnol. Bull. Bur. Med. Econom. Am. M. Ass. Bull. Camden-Clark Mem. Hosp. Bull. Cardiovasc Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Chemother. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Chicago Hosp. Ass. Bull. Chicago Tuberc Inst. Bull. Christ. M. Counc. Overseas Work Bull. Cleveland Gen. Hosp. Bull. Colorado State Hosp. Bull. Columbus Acad. M. Bull. Columbus Dent. Soc Bull. Com. M. Social Eye Workers Bull. Commun. Dis. UNRRA Bull. Com. Path. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Com. Veterans M. Probl. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Cons. nat. Ordre nat. chir. den- tist. 776. Bulletin; American Student Health Association. Minneapolis, &c. 777. Bulletin; American Women's Hospitals. New York. 778. Bulletin analytique de bibliographie hellemque. Athenes. 779. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Animal Reservoirs and Vectors of Disease (National Research Council) Wash- ington. 780. Bulletin; Arkansas State Board of Health. Little Rock. 781. Bulletin of Army health statistics. London. 782. Bulletin; Association for the Advancement of Psycho- analysis. New York. 783. Bulletin de l'Association des gynecologues et obste- triciens de langue frangaise. Paris. 784. Bulletin; Association des medecins de langue fran- gaise de 1'Amerique du Nord. Montreal. 785. Bulletin de l'Association medicale haitienne. Port- au-Prince. 786. Bulletin; Atomic Scientists of Chicago. Chicago. 787. Bulletin [Panel on] Audiometry (Committee on Hear- ing, National Research Council) Washington. 788. Bulletin; Australian Association of Occupational Therapists. Sydney. 789. Bulletin of the Bergen County Medical Society. Teaneck, N. J., &c. 790. Bulletin of the Berks County Medical Society. Reading, Pa. 791. Bulletin [Committee on] Blood and Blood Derivatives (National Research Council) Washington. 792. Bulletin [of the Subcommittee on] Blood Substitutes (National Research Council) Washington. 793. Bulletin; British Scientific Instrument Research Association. London. 794. Bulletin of the Buchanan County Medical Society. St. Joseph, Mo. 795. Bulletin; Buffalo City Hospital. Buffalo. 796. Bulletin; Buncombe County Medical Society. Ashe- ville, N. C. 797. Bulletin; Bureau of American Ethnology; Smith- sonian Institution. Washington. 798. Bulletin; Bureau of Medical Economic Research; American Medical Association. Chicago. 799. Bulletin of the Camden-Clark Memorial Hospital staff conference. Parkersburg, W. Va. 800. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Cardiovascular Diseases (Committee on Medicine, National Research Council) Washington. 801. Bulletin [Committee on] chemotherapy (National Research Council) Washington. 802. Bulletin of the Chicago Hospital Association. Chicago. 803. Bulletin of the Chicago Tuberculosis Institute. Chicago. 804. Bulletin of the Christian Medical Council for Over- seas Work. New York. 805. Bulletin of the Cleveland General Hospital. Cleve- land. 806. Bulletin; Colorado State Hospital. Pueblo. 807. Bulletin; Columbus Academy of Medicine Colum- bus, O. 808. Bulletin; Columbus Dental Society. Columbus Ohio. 809. Bulletin; Committee of Medical Social Eye Workers. New York. 810. Bulletin of communicable diseases and medical notes1 European Regional Office, Health Division, United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration [London?] 811. Bulletin; Committee on Pathology, National Re- search Council. Washington. 812. Bulletin] CVMP; Committee on Veterans Medical Problems (National Research Council) Washington 813. Bulletin du Conseil national; Ordre national des chirurgiens-dentistes. Paris. [19] Bull. Corydon Palmer Dent. Soc. Bull. Counc. Christ. M. Work, Shang- hai Bull. Counc. Pub. Educ. Am. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Counc. Pub. Relat. Am. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Dent. Laborat. California Bull. Dent. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Div. Labor Stand., Wash. Bull. Douglas Park Br. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Drug Addict. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Ecole psychol., Par. Bull. Equip. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Essex Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Evanston Br. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Fac. med. Univ. Montreal Bull. Food Supply (NRC) Wash. Bull. Free Hosp. Women, Bost. Bull, from Britain Bull. Garfield Co. M. Soc. Bull. Garfield Hosp., Wash. Bull. Geisinger Mem. Hosp. Bull. Georgetown Univ. M. Center Bull. Greene Co. M. Soc. Bull. Hawaii M. Ass. Bull. Hearing (NRC) Wash. Bull. Hop. S. Michel, Par. Bull. hyg. indust., Ottawa Bull. Indust. Hyg. Found. Bull. Infect. Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull, inform. Min. san. pub. Bull. Insect Contr. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Inst. Appl. Biol. Bull. Inst. Marine Trop. M., Gdansk Bull. Inst. M. Res. Madrid Bull. Inst. nat. orientat. prof., Par. Bull. Interamer. Com. Social Secur., Montreal Bull, internat. CI. sc. math. Acad, sc, Praha Bull, internat. protect, enf., Brux. 814. Bulletin of the Corydon Palmer Dental Society. Youngstown, O. 815. Bulletin of the Council on Christian Medical Work of the Chinese Medical Association. Shanghai. 816. Bulletin; Council on Public Education, American Hos- pital Association. Chicago. 817. Bulletin; Council on Public Relations, American Hospital Association. Chicago. 818. Bulletin of Dental Laboratory Society of California. Los Angeles. 819. Bulletin [Committee on] Dentistry (National Re- search Council) Washington. 820. Bulletin; Division of Labor Standards; U. S. Depart- ment of Labor. Washington. 821. Bulletin of the Douglas Park Branch of the Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 822. Bulletin [Committee on] Drug Addiction and Nar- cotics (National Research Council) Washington. 823. Bulletin de l'Ecole de psychologie et de la Soci6te de psychotherapie. Paris. 824. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Equipment (Committee on Blood and Blood Derivatives; National Research Council) Washington. 825. Bulletin; Essex County Dental Society. Newark, N. J. 826. Bulletin of Evanston Branch of Chicago Medical Society. Evanston. 827. Bulletin de la Faculte de medecine de l'Universite de Montreal. Montreal. 828. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Food Supply [Committee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment] (National Research Council) Washington. 829. Bulletin; Free Hospital for Women. Boston. 830. Bulletins from Britain. New York, N. Y. 831. Bulletin; Garfield County Medical Society. Enid, Okla. 832. Bulletin; Garfield Memorial Hospital. Washington. 833. Bulletin of the [Geo. F.] Geisinger Memorial Hospital [and Clinic] (title varies) Danville, Pa. 834. Bulletin; Georgetown University Medical Center. Washington. 835. Bulletin of the Greene County Medical Society. Springfield, Mo. 836. Bulletin; Hawaii Territorial Medical Association. Honolulu. 837. Bulletin [Committee on] Hearing (National Research Council) Washington. 838. Bulletin de l'Hopital Saint-Michel et bulletin [du Service] de gastro enterologie (title varies) Paris. 839. Bulletin de l'hygiene industrielle. Ottawa. 840. Bulletin; Industrial Hygiene Foundation. Pitts- burg. 841. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Infectious Diseases (Committee on Medicine, National Research Council) Washington. 842. Bulletin d'information; Ministere de la sant6 pu- blique, France. Paris. 843. Bulletin [Committee on] Insect and Rodent Control (National Research Council) Washington. 844. Bulletin of the Institute of Applied Biology. Brook- lyn. 845. Bulletin of the Institute of Marine and Tropical Medicine. Gdansk, Poland. 846. Bulletin of the Institute for Medical Research; University of Madrid. Madrid. 847. Bulletin de l'lnstitut national d'orientation pro- fessionnelle. Paris. 848. Bulletin; Inter-American Committee on Social Security. Montreal. 849. Bulletin international; Classe des sciences math6- matiques, naturelles et de la medecine; Acad6mie tcheque des sciences [formerly: Acad6mie des sciences de l'Empereur Frangois Joseph] Praha. 850. Bulletin international de la protection de l'enfance. Bruxelles. [201 Bull. Iowa Div. Am. Cancer Soc. Bull. Iowa Nurses Ass. Bull. Jackson Park Br. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Jefferson Co. M. Soc. Bull. Lake Co. M. Soc Bull. Liver Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Los Angeles Surg. Soc Bull. McGregor Clin., Hamilton Bull. Margaret Hague Mat. Hosp., Jersey City Bull. Mason Clin., Seattle Bull. Massachusetts Soc. Social Hyg. Bull. M. Coll. S. Carolina Bull. med. Afrique occid. fr. Bull. Med. (NRC) Wash. Bull. med. Serv. san. pub. Haiti. Bull. med. Univ. Aurore, Shanghai Bull. med. Univ. Changhai Bull. Meharry M. Coll. Bull. mens. Union ass. internat. Bull. Mount Sinai Hosp., Chic. Bull. Mun. Com. Tuberc. S. Louis Bull. M. Women Club Chicago Bull. Narcotics (U. N.) Bull. Nassau Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Nat. Counc. Phys. Fitness Can- ada Bull. Nat. Dent. Ass. Bull. Nat. Soc. M. Res. Bull. N. Carolina Hosp. Ass. Bull. Neur. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Neuropsychiat. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Neurosurg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. North Br. Chicago M. Soc Bull. N. York Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. N. York Optometr. Soc. Bull. Oakland Co. M. Soc. Bull. Oklahoma Dent. Ass. Bull. Oklahoma Health Dep. Bull. Oncol. (NRC) Wash. 851. Bulletin; Iowa Division; Field Army of the American Cancer Society [varies: Bulletin; Iowa Division; Wo- men's Field Army] Des Moines. 852. Bulletin of the Iowa State Nurses' Association. Des Moines. 853. Bulletin, Jackson Park Branch, Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 854. Bulletin; Jefferson County Medical Society. Bir- mingham, Ala. 855. Bulletin; Lake County Medical Society. North Chicago, 111., &c. 856. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Liver Diseases (Com- mittee on Medicine, National Research Council) Washington. 857. Bulletin of the Los Angeles Surgical Society. Los Angeles. 858. Bulletin; McGregor Clinic. Hamilton, Ont. 859. Bulletin of the Margaret Hague Maternity Hospital. Jersey City. 860. Bulletin of the Mason Clinic. Seattle. 861. Bulletin of the Massachusetts Society for Social Hygiene. Boston. 862. Bulletin of the Medical College of the State of South Carolina. Charleston. 863. Bulletin medical de 1'Afrique occidentale frangaise. Dakar. 864. Bulletin [Committee on] Medicine (National Research Council) Washington. 865. Bulletin medical du Service de la sante publique; R6publique d'Haiti. Port-au-Prince. 866. Bulletin medical de l'Universite l'Aurore. Shanghai. 867. Bulletin de medecine; Universite de Changhai. Shanghai. 868. Bulletin of Meharry Medical College. Nashville. 869. Bulletin mensuel; Union des associations inter- nationales. Bruxelles. 870. Bulletin of the Mount Sinai Hospital. Chicago. 871. Bulletin of the Municipal Commission on Tubercu- losis of Saint Louis. St. Louis. 872. Bulletin of the Medical Women's Club of Chicago. Chicago. 873. Bulletin on narcotics (United Nations) Lake Success, N. Y. 874. Bulletin of the Nassau County Dental Society Glen Cove, N. Y. 875. Bulletin; National Council on Physical Fitness, Canada. Ottawa. 876. Bulletin; National Dental Association. Manassas; Chicago. 877. Bulletin of the National Society for Medical Re- search. Chicago. 878. Bulletin; North Carolina Hospital Association. Charlotte. 879. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Neurology (Committee on Neuropsychiatry; National Research Council) Wash- ington. 880. Bulletin [Committee on] Neuropsychiatry (National Research Council) Washington. 881. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Neurosurgery (Com- mittee on Surgery, National Research Council) Wash- ington. 882. Bulletin of North Suburban Branch of Chicago Medical Society. Evanston. 883. Bulletin; New York County Dental Society New York. 884. Bulletin; New York Optometric Society New York. 885. Bulletin; Oakland County Medical Society. Pon- tiac, Mich. 886. Bulletin (The) of the Oklahoma State Dental Asso- ciation. Oklahoma City. 887. Bulletin; Oklahoma State Health Department. Oklahoma City. 888. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Oncology (Committee on Pathology, National Research Council) Washing- ton. [21] Bull. Ophth. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Ordre med., Par. Bull. Ordre pharm., Par. Bull. Orthop. Surg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Path. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Personnel (NRC) Wash. Bull. Pharm. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Pharm. Ther. Com. Univ. Hosp., Ann Arb. Bull. Potter Co. M. Soc. Bull. Prosth. Dev. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Provident Hosp., Bait. Bull. Psychiat. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Pub. Health Supr. Command. Japan Bull, quarant., Alexandrie Bull. Radiol. (NRC) Wash. Bull. rech. genese &c cancer, Dijon Bull. Rex Hosp., Raleigh Bull. Riverside Hosp., Jacksonv. Bull. Russ. M. Soc. N. York Bull. Saginaw Co. M. Soc. Bull. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash. Bull. S. Barbara Co. M. Soc. Bull. S. Clair Co. M. Soc. Bull. S. Elizabeths Hosp., Wash. Bull. Shelter (NRC) Wash. Bull. Shock (NRC) Wash. Bull. S. Ind. M. Union, Madras Bull. Soc amis d. sc. Poznan Bull. Soc. beige derm. Bull. Soc. beige gyn. Bull. Soc. biol. Alger Bull. Soc. chir. Bordeaux Bull. Soc. chir. Marseille Bull. Soc. fr. micr. Bull. Soc. fr. opht. Bull. Soc. fr. phleb. Bull. Soc. hist, pharm., Par. Bull. Soc. med. chir., Hanoi Bull. Soc. med. emul., Par. Bull. Soc. med. hist., Par. Bull. Soc. med. Passy Bull. Soc. med. Pau 889. Bulletin [Committee on] Ophthalmology (National Research Council) Washington. 890. Bulletin de l'Ordre des medecins. Paris. 891. Bulletin de l'Ordre des pharmaciens. Paris. 892. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Orthopedic Surgery (Committee on Surgery, National Research Council) Washington. 893. Bulletin [Committee on] Pathology (National Re- search Council) Washington. 894. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Personnel (Committea on Dentistry; National Research Council) Washington. 895. Bulletin; Subcommittee on] Pharmacy (National Research Council) Washington. 896. Bulletin (The) of the Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee; University Hospital. Ann Arbor, Mich. 897. Bulletin of the Potter County Medical Society. Amarillo, Texas. 898. Bullfetin; Committee on] Prosthetic Devices (Na- tional Research Council) Washington. 899. Bulletin; Provident Hospital. Baltimore. 900. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Psychiatry (Committee on Neuropsychiatry; National Research Council) Washington. 901. Bulletin; Public Health and Welfare Section; Supreme Commander for the Allied Powers (Japan) [n. p.] 902. Bulletin quarantenaire hebdomadaire. Alexandrie, Egypt. 903. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Radiology; (Committee on Surgery; National Research Council) Washington. 904. Bulletin des recherches sur la genese et la prophy- laxie du cancer. Dijon. 905. Bulletin of the staff of Rex Hospital. Raleigh, N. C. 906. Bulletin of the Riverside Hospital. Jacksonville, Fla. 907. Bulletin of the Russian Medical Society of New York. New York. 908. Bulletin; Saginaw County Medical Society. Saginaw, Mich. 909. Bulletin [Committee on] Sanitary Engineering and Environment (National Research Council) Washington. 910. Bulletin of the Santa Barbara County Medical So- ciety. Santa Barbara, Calif. 911. Bulletin; St. Clair County Medical Society. East St. Louis, 111. 912. Bulletin; St. Elizabeths Hospital. Washington. 913. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Shelter and Clothing (Committee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment; National Research Council) Washington. 914. Bulletin [Committee] on Shock [and Transfusions (National Research Council) Washington. 915. Bulletin of the South Indian Medical Union. Madras 916. Bulletin de la Society des amis des sciences de Poznan. Poznan. 917. Bulletin de la Societe beige de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. Bruxelles. 918. Bulletin de la Societe' royale beige de gyn^cologie et d'obstetrique. Bruxelles. 919. Bulletin des filiales de la Societe de biologie de Paris; Societe de biologie d'Alger. Alger. 920. Bulletins et m6moires de la Societe de chirurgie de Bordeaux et du Sud-Ouest. Bordeaux. 921. Bulletins et m^moires de la Soci6t6 de chirurgie de Marseille. Paris. 922. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise de microscopie. Paris. 923. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe frangaise d'ophtal- mologie. Paris. 924. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise de phlebologie. Paris. 925. Bulletin de la Societ6 d'histoire de la pharmacie. Paris. 926. Bulletin de la Societe m^dico-chirurgicale [de l'lndo- Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong] Hanoi. 927. Bulletins de la Soci6t6 medicale d'emulation. Paris. 928. Bulletin de la Societe medico-historique. Paris. 929. Bulletin et memoires de la Societe medicale de Passy. Martel de Janville. 930. Bulletin de la Societe" medicale de Pau et du Syndicat medical du Beam. Pau. [22] Bull. Soc neur. Paris Bull. Soc. neur. psychiat. Jassy Bull, soc opht. France Bull. Soc. opht. Lyon Bull. Soc. path, comp., Par. Bull. Soc. pharm. Bordeaux Bull. Soc. pharm. Cote d'Or Bull. Soc roumain. neur. Bull. Soc. sex., Par. Bull. Soc. vaud. sc. nat. Bull. South Chicago M. Soc. Bull, statist, gen. France Bull. Subcom. Am. Reg. Path. Bull. Subcom. Prosthes. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Suffolk Co. M. Soc Bull. Surg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Synd. nat. gyn. fr. Bull. synd. pharm. reg. paris. Bull. Tarrant Co. M. Soc. Bull. Thorac Surg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Toronto East M. Ass. Bull. Tuberc. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Tucker Sanat., Richm. Bull. Tufts Dent. Club N. York Bull. Tumor Clin., Huntington Bull. Union Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Univ. Aurore, Shanghai Bull. Univ. Minnesota Hosp. Bull. U. S. Bur. Labor Stand. Bull. U. S. Nat. Soc. M. Res. Bull. Vener. Dis., Bost. Bull. Vener. Dis. Control, Ottawa Bull. Vener. Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Washington Univ. M. School, S. Louis Bull. Waste Disp. (NRC) Wash. Bull. West Suburb. Hosp., Oak Park Bull. Wichita Falls Clin. Bull. Wisconsin Nurs. Ass. 931. Bulletins officiels; Society de neurologie de Paris. 932. Bulletin et mSmoires de la Societe" de neurologie, psychiatrie, psychologie et endocrinologie de Jassy. Iasi. 933. Bulletin des society d'ophtalmologie de France. Paris. 934. Bulletin de la Societe d'ophtalmologie de Lyon. Lyon, &c. 935. Bulletin de la Societe de pathologie comparee. Paris. 936. Bulletin des travaux de la Societe' de pharmacie de Bordeaux. Bordeaux. 937. Bulletin de la Societe syndicale des pharmaciens de la Cote-d'Or [formerly: Societe des pharmaciens de la Cote-d'Or] Dijon. 938. Bulletin de la Society roumaine de neurologie, psy- chiatrie, psychologie et endocrinologie. Iasi. 939. Bulletin; Societe de sexologie. Paris. 940. Bulletin de la Soei6t£ vaudoise des sciences naturelles. Lausanne. 941. Bulletin; South Chicago Branch, Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 942. Bulletin de la statistique generale de la France. Paris. 943. Bulletin; Subcommittee on the American Register of Pathology, National Research Council. Washington. 944. Bulletin; Subcommittee on Prostheses. (National Research Council) Washington. 945. Bulletin of the Suffolk County Medical Society. Huntington, N. Y. 946. Bulletin [Committee on] Surgery (National Research Council) Washington. 947. Bulletin du Syndicat national des gynecologues frangais. Paris. 948. Bulletin des syndicats pharmaceutiques de la region parisienne. Paris. 949. Bulletin of the Tarrant County Medical Society. Fort Worth, Tex. 950. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Thoracic Surgery (Com- mittee on Surgery; National Research Council) Wash- ington. 951. Bulletin (The) of the Toronto East Medical Associa- tion. Toronto, Can. 952. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Tuberculosis (Committee on Medicine; National Research Council) Washington. 953. Bulletin of the Tucker Sanatorium. Richmond, Va. 954. Bulletin; Tufts Dental Club of New York. New York. 955. Bulletin; Tumor Clinic, St. Mary's Hospital. Hunt- ington, W. Va. 956. Bulletin of the Union County Dental Society. Newark, N. J. 957. Bulletin de PUniversit6 l'Aurore. Shanghai. 958. Bulletin of the University of Minnesota Hospitals and Minnesota Medical Foundation. Minneapolis. 959. Bulletin; United States Department of Labor; Bureau of Labor Standards. Washington. 960. Bulletin of the [United States] National Society for Medical Research. Chicago. 961. Bulletin of venereal diseases. Boston. 962. Bulletin of venereal disease control; Department of Health, Ontario. Ottawa. 963. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Venereal Diseases (Com- mittee on Medicine, National Research Council) Wash- ington. 964. Bulletin of the Washington University Medical School. St. Louis. 965. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Waste Disposal [Com- mittee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment; National Research Council) Washington. 966. Bulletin; West Suburban Hospital. Oak Park, 111. 967. Bulletin of the Wichita Falls Clinic-Hospital! Wi- chita Falls, Tex. 968. Bulletin; Wisconsin State Nurses Association. Cud- ahy. [23 Bull. Woman Aux. Am. M. Ass. Bull. Woman Hosp., N. Y. Bull. World Fed. Ment. Health, Lond. Bull. World Health Org., N. Y. Bull. World M. Ass. Bull. Yellow Fever Bur., Liverp. Butll. Sind. metg. Catalunya BVA Bull., N. Y. Byositu & kenkyusitu 969. Bulletin of the Woman's Auxiliar}' to the American Medical Association. Chicago. 970. Bulletin of the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York. New York. 971. Bulletin (The) of the World Federation for Mental Health. London. 972. Bulletin of the World Health Organization. Xew York. 973. Bulletin; World Medical Association. Mt Morris, 111. 974. Bulletin; Yellow Fever Bureau. Liverpool. 975. Butlleti del Sindicat de metges de Catalunya. Bar-. celona. 976. B. V. A. (The) bulletin [Blinded Veterans Association] New York. 977. Byositu to kenkyusitu. Tokyo. Cademario Nachr. Cadern. cient., Lisb. Caduceus, Manila Caduceus, Poughkeepsie CAEME, B. Air. Cah. alger. san. Cah. climat., Par. Cah. Laennec Cah. med., Alger Cah. med. fr. Cah. med. trav. Cah. med. vet. Cah. nordafr. hyg. med. sociales Cah. pharm. France Cah. psychiat. California Hosp. Messenger California Pub. Health Guard. Caliper, Ottawa C. A. M., Porto Alegre Camice bianco, Fir. Campaign Bull. Am. Heart Ass. Camp, antituberc, Guayaquil Canad. Druggist Canad. J. Psychol. Canad. Physician, Toronto Cancer Bull., Houston Cancer Bull., Rochester Cancer Bull., Wash. Cancer News, N. Y. Canje, B. Air. Capitolium, Roma Carmichael M. Coll. Mag. Carnet d. econome Carolina Mountain Air Carta odont., Lima Cas. cesk. lek. Cas. cesk. vet. Casist. chir., Tor. Casist. med., Tor. Catalyst, Phila. Catedra & clin., B. Air. CDC Bull., Atlanta Cebu M. Soc. Bull. Celula, Habana CEM, Quito Centr. J. Homeop. 978. Cademario-XTachrichten. Cademario, Switz. 979. Cadernos cientificos. Lisboa. 980. Caduceus (The) Manila. 981. Caduceus (The) Poughkeepsie. 982. CA[mara]deE[specialidades]ME[dicinales] Buenos Aires. 983. Cahiers (Les) algeriens de la sante. Alger. 984. Cahiers (Les) de climatologie. Paris. 985. Cahiers Laennec. Paris. Cahiers medicaux de l'union frangaise. Alger. Cahiers (Les) medicaux frangais. Paris. Cahiers de medecine du travail. Paris. Cahiers (Les) de medecine v^terinaire. Paris. Cahiers nord-africains d'hygiene et de medecine sociales. Alger. 991. Cahiers du pharmacien de France. Paris. Cahiers de psychiatrie. Clermont-Ferrand. California (The) hospital messenger. Los Angeles. California public health guardian. Los Angeles. Caliper (The) Ottawa. Cfentro] A[cademico de] M[edicina Sarmento Leite] Porto Alegre. 997. Camice bianco. Firenze. 998. Campaign bulletin; American Heart Association. New York. 999. Campafia antituberculosa. Guayaquil. 1000. Canadian druggist. Toronto. Canadian journal of psychology. Toronto. Canadian (The) Physician. Toronto. Cancer (The) bulletin. Houston. Cancer bulletin. Rochester, N. Y. Cancer (The) bulletin. Washington. Cancer news. New York. Canje (El) Buenos Aires. 986. 987. 988. 989. 990. 992. 993. 994. 995. 996. 1001. 1002. 1003. 1004. 1005. 1006. 1007. Medical College magazine. 1008. Capitolium. Roma. 1009. Carmichael (The) Calcutta. 1010. Carnet de l'6conome. Paris. 1011. Carolina mountain-air. Asheville, N. C. 1012. Carta (La) odontol6gica. Lima. 1013. Casopis cesk^ho lekdrnictva. Praha. 1014. Casopis ceskoslovenskych veterin&fu. Praha. 1015. Casistica chirurgica. Torino. Casistica medica. Torino. Catalyst (The) Philadelphia. Cdtedra y clinica. Buenos Aires. C[ommunicable]D[isease]C[enter] bulletin 1016. 1017. 1018. 1019. Ga. 1020. 1021. Cebu Medical Society bulletin. Celula. La Habana. 1022. C[entro de]E[studiantes de]M[edicina Espejo] Quito. 1023. Central journal of homeopathy. Chardon, Ohio, &c. Atlanta, Cebu City, P. I. Eugenio [24] Centr. Pharm. J., Chic. C. E. O., Asuncion (erebr. Palsy Rev. Cesk. dent. Cesk. derm. Cesk. nemoc Cesk. stomat. Ceylon Health News Ceylon J. M. Sc. Chain Store Age, Orange Challenge, Chic. Charing Cross Hosp. Gaz. Chatterbox, Hartford Chemicals & Drugs Chemist &c Australasia Chemist News, Bombay Chemists J., Lond. Chemoterapia, Tor. Chemotherapy (NRC) Wash. Chemother. Rep. (OSRD) Wash. Chem. pharm. techn., Dordrecht Chicago V. D. Bull. Child Study, N. Y. Chin. Rev. Trop. M. Chir. ital. Chiropodist, Lond. Chiropractor Chirurgia, Milano Christ Hosp. M. Bull., Cincin. Chron. med. Bigorre Chron. Omaha Dent. Soc. Chron. World Health Org. Chunghwa ihsiieh tsachih Chymia, Phila. Ciba tschr., Basel Ciba Zschr., Basel Cienc. med. hisp. amer. Cinchona, Bandoeng Cinchona Rev., N. Y. CIOS Rep., Lond. Circ. Chief Surgeon's Off. U. S. Army Fore Pacific Circ. Dep. Health Scotland Circ. farm., Barcel. Circ. Lett. Brit. M. Liais. Off., Carlisle Circ. Lett. U. S. Army Far East Off. Theater Surgeon Circ M. Sect. Far East Command Circulation, N. Y. Cirug. & med., Mex. Cirug. ortop. traumat., Madr. Citta di Milano (Rass.) Clarke School Stud. Hered. Deaf. Clin. Conf., Los Ang. Clin, contemp., Lisb. Clinica, Valladolid Clinico, N. Goa Clin. Invest. Rep. (NRC) Wash. 1028 1029 1030 1031 1024. Central pharmaceutical journal. Chicago. 1025. Cfentro] E[studiantes de] Ofdontologia] Asunci6n, Paraguav. 1026. Cerebral palsy review. Wichita. 1027. Ceskoslovensky dentista. Praha. Ceskoslovenska dermatologie. Praha. Ceskoslovenska nemocnice. Praha. Ceskoslovenska' stomatologie. Praha. Ceylon health news. Colombo. 1032. Ceylon (The) journal of medical science. Colombo, Ceylon. 1033. Chain store age. Orange, Conn. 1034. Challenge (The) Chicago. 1035. Charing Cross Hospital gazette. Blandford, &c. 1036. Chatterbox (The) Hartford. 1037. Chemicals and drugs. Washington. 1038. Chemist (The) & druggist and pharmacist of Australasia. Sydney, &c. 1039. Chemist [&'drugstore] news (title varies) Bombay. 1040. Chemists' (The) journal. London. 1041. Chemoterapia. Torino. 1042. Chemotherapy (Committee on Chemotherapeutic and Other Agents; National Research Council) Wash- ington. 1043. Chemotherapy report (Committee on Medical Research; Office of Scientific Research and Develop- ment) Washington. 1044. Chemische en pharmaceutische techniek. Dord- recht. 1045. Chicago V. D. bulletin. Chicago. 1046. Child study. New York. 1047. Chinese (The) review of tropical medicine. Taipeh, Taiwan. 1048. Chirurgia italiana. Belluno. 1049. Chiropodist (The) London. 1050. Chiropractor (The) Davenport, Iowa. 1051. Chirurgia. Milano. 1052. Christ Hospital medical bulletin. Cincinnati. 1053. Chronique (La) medicale de la Bigorre. Tarbes. 1054. Chronicle of the Omaha District Dental Society. Omaha. 1055. Chronicle of the World Health Organization. New York. 1056. Chunghwa ihsiieh tsachih. Shanghai. 1057. Chymia. Philadelphia. 1058. Ciba-tijdschrift. Basel. 1059. Ciba Zeitschrift. Basel. 1060. Ciencias medicas hispano-americanas. Madrid. 1061. Cinchona. Bandoeng. 1062. Cinchona review. New York. 1063. Cfombined] I [ntelligence]0[bjectives]S[ubcommittee] report. London. 1064. Circular letter; Chief Surgeon's Office, United States Army Forces in the Pacific, [n. p.] 1065. Circular; Department of Health for Scotland. Edinburgh. 1066. Circular farmaceutica. Barcelona. 1067. Circular letter; British Medical Liaison Officer; Medical Field Service School. Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 1068. Circular letter; United States Army Forces in the Far East, Office of the Theater Surgeon, [n. p.] 1069. Circular; Medical Section, Far Eastern Command, United States Army. [n. p.] 1070. Circulation. New York. 1071. Cirugia y medicina. Mexico. 1072. Cirugia ortopedica y traumatologia. Madrid. 1073. Citta di Milano; rassegna mensile del Comune e bollettino di statistica. Milano. 1074. Clarke School studies concerning the heredity of deafness. Northampton, Mass. 1075. Clinical conferences. Los Angeles. 1076. Clinica contemporanea. Lisboa. 1077. Clinica. Valladolid. 1078. Clinico (O) Nova-Goa. 1079. Clinical investigation report (National Research Council) Washington. [25] Clin. Invest. Rep. (OSRD) Wash. Clin. J. Japan Clin. & laborat., Par. Clin. M. Digest, Tokyo Clin. Misc., Spring!. Clin, ortop., Parma Clin, otorinolar., Roma Clin. Path. Conf. Percy Jones Gen. Hosp. Clin. Path. Conf. U. S. Army Brooke Gen. Hosp. Clin. Path. Conf. U. S. Army Madigan Gen. Hosp. Clin. Proc Jewish Hosp., Phila. Clin. Rep. Adelaide Child. Hosp. Clin. Soc. J., Agra Clin. Soc. J., Lucknow Clin. Suppl. King's Coll. Hosp. Gaz., Lond. Clin. Symposia, Summit Clin, torax, B. Air. Clin, trabajo, B. Air. CML C Q. Progr. Rep. Insect & Rodent Contr. Colec monogr. Inst, tisiol., Montev. Collect, droit social Collect. Papers Brit. Postgrad. M. School Collect. Papers Dep. Biochem. Peiping Union M. Coll. Collect. Papers Dep. Helminth. London School Trop. M. Collect. Papers Dep. Physiol. Long Island Coll. M. Collect. Papers Dep. Physiol. Univ. Pennsylvania Collect. Papers Inst. Med. Vet. Sc. Collect. Papers Inst. Physiol. Univ. Glasgow Collect. Papers Lister Inst. Prev. M., Lond. Collect. Papers Physiol. Dep. Univ. Glasgow Collect. Papers Res. Laborat. Parke Davis & Co. Collect. Repr. California Stomat. Res. Gp Collect. Repr. Comly & Coleman Fund M. & S. Res. Ohio Univ. Collect. Repr. Com. M. Res. Off. Sc. Res. U. S. Collect. Repr. Dep. Biol. Cath. Univ. America Collect. Repr. Nat. Found. Iniant. Paralysis Collect. Repr. U. S. Nat. Inst. Health Collect. Repr. Wilmer Ophth. Inst. Collect. Stud. Dep. Bact. N. York Post- grad. M. School 1080. Clinical investigation report (Committee on Medical Research; Office of Scientific Research and Develop- ment) Washington. 1081. Clinical (The) journal of Japan (Nippon rinsyo) Osaka. 1082. Clinique et laboratoire. Paris. 1083. Clinical medicine digest. Tokyo. 1084. Clinical miscellany. Springfield, 111. 1085. Clinica (La) ortopedica. Parma. 1086. Clinica (La) otorinolaringoiatrica. Roma. 1087. Clinico-pathological conference; Percy Jones Gen- eral Hospital; U. S. Army. Battle Creek, Mich. 1088. Clinico-pathological conference [U. S. Army] Brooke General Hospital. Fort Sam Houston, Texas. 1089. Clinical-pathological conference [U. S. Army] Madigan General Hospital. Tacoma. 1090. Clinical proceedings of the Jewish Hospital. Phila- delphia. 1091. Clinical reports of the Adelaide Children's Hospital. Adelaide. 1092. Clinical Society journal. Agra, India. 1093. Clinical Society journal. Lucknow. 1094. Clinical supplement to King's College Hospital Gazette. London. 1095. Clinical symposia. Summit, N. J. 1096. Clinica del torax. Buenos Aires. 1097. Clinica del trabajo. Buenos Aires. 1098. C[he]M[ica]L C[orps] quarterly progress report on insect and rodent control. Washington, &c. 1099. Colecci6n de monograffas; Instituto de tisiologia Prof. Dr. J. B. Morelli. Montevideo. 1100. Collection droit social. Paris. 1101. Collected papers; British Postgraduate Medica. School. London. 1102. Collected papers; Department of Biochemistry, Peiping Union Medical College. Peiping. 1103. Collected papers; Department of Helminthology, London School of Tropical Medicine. London. 1104. Collected papers from the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology; Long Island College of Medicine. Brooklyn. 1105. Collected papers; Department of Physiology, School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. 1106. Collected papers; Institute of Medical and Veter- inary Science. Adelaide. 1107. Collected papers; Institute of Physiology, University of Glasgow. Glasgow. 1108. Collected papers; Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine. London. 1109. Collected papers; Physiological Department, Uni- versity of Glasgow. Glasgow. 1110. Collected papers from the Research Laboratory, Parke, Davis & Company. Detroit, Mich. 1111. Collected reprints from the California Stomatologi- cal Research Group of the University of California. Berkeley. 1112. Collected reprints; Comly and Coleman Fund for Medical and Surgical Research of the Ohio State Uni- versity. Columbus. 1113. Collected reprints; Committee on Medical Research, Office of Scientific Research and Development, United States. Washington. 1114. Collected reprints; Department of Biology, Catholic University of America. Washington. 1115. Collected reprints of the grantees; National Founda- tion for Infantile Paralysis. New York. 1116. Collected reprints [U. S.] National Institutes of Health. Washington. 1117. Collected reprints from the Wilmer Ophthalmologi- cal Institute of the Johns Hopkins University and Hos- pital. Baltimore. 1118. Collected studies of the Department of Bacteriology, New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital. New York. [26] Collect. Stud. Dep. Biol. Chem. Univ. Illinois Collect. Stud. Dep. Laborat. N. York Postgrad. M. School Collect. Stud. Glen Lake Sanat. Collect. Works Parasit. Laborat. Keio- gijuku Univ. Colloq. med., Oranienb. Coll. Pharm. News, Iowa City Colonial Res., Lond. Colorado Health News. Columbia Optometr. Comment. Pontif. acad. sc. Commonw. Dent. Rev., Sydney Commun. Congr. colit. (France) Compend. med., Phila. Compens. M., N. Y. Comun. Congr. internac hisp. port. derm. Comun. Congr. sudamer. otorrinolar. Comune di Bologna (Rass.) Conf. Ass. fr. avance. sc. Confidential- from Washington Conf. Inst, perfec. med. quir., B. Air. Conf. internat. rat Conf. Liga port, profil. social Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht Conf. Metab. Asp. Convalesc. Conf. pediat., Lisb. Conf. techn. Ass. gen. hygienist. mun. Conf. Ultrasonics [U. S.] Congr. interamer. cirug. Congr. med. mut. Uruguay Connaitre, Par. Connecticut Cancer Bull. Connecticut M. J. Consolid. Pharmacist, Brooklyn Constit. Med., Lond. Construct. S. & M. Contr. Dan. Pharmacop. Com. Contr. Dep. Gyn. City Hosp. N. York Contr. Dep. Hyg. Gov. Res. Inst. For- mosa Contr. Male Dep. Copenhagen Ment. Hosp. Contr. Neur. Inst. N. York Contr. Univ. Inst. Foren. M. Kanazawa Contr. Univ. Inst. Gen. Path. Copen- hagen Convalesc. Rehabil. Rep. 1119. Collected studies from the Department of Biological Chemistry, University of Illinois College of Medicine. Chicago. 1120. Collected studies of the Department of the Labora- tories, Xew York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital. New York. 1121. Collected studies from Glen Lake Sanatorium. Oak Terrace, Minn. 1122. [Collected] works from the Parasitology Laboratory, Faculty of Medicine, Keio-gijuku University. Tokyo. 1123. Colloquium medici. Oranienburg/Berlin. 1124. College of Pharmacy news. Iowa City. 1125. Colonial research; reports of the Colonial Research Committee, &c. London. 1126. Colorado health news. Denver. 1127. Columbia (The) optometrist. New York. 1128. Commentationes; Pontificia academia scientiarum. Roma. 1129. Commonwealth (The) dental review. Sydney. 1130. Communications, discussion des rapports et compte rendu du Congres; Congres des colites (France) Plom- bieres-les-Bains. 1131. Compendio medico. Philadelphia. 1132. Compensation medecine. X^ew York. 1133. Comunicagoes portuguesas; Congresso internacional hispano-portugues de dermatologia. Lisboa. 1134. Comunicaciones; Congreso sud americano de otor- rinolaringologia. Montevideo. 1135. Comune (II) di Bologna (Rassegna) Bologna. 1136. Conferences; Association frangaise pour l'avance- ment des sciences. Paris. 1137. Confidential from Washington. Washington. 1138. Conferencias; Instituto de perfeccionamiento medico- quirurgico. Buenos Aires. 1139. Conference internationale du rat. Paris. 1140. Conferencias; Liga portuguesa de profilaxia social. Porto. 1141. Conference of the medical consultants to the Wehr- macht. [n. p.] 1142. Conference on metabolic aspects of convalescence including bone and wound healing. New York. 1143. Conferencias de pediatria na Clinica meMica pedid- trica do Hospital D. Estefania. Lisboa. 1144. Conference technique; Association generale des hygienistes & techniciens municipaux. Paris. 1145. Conference on ultrasonics and explosive decompres- sion [United States] Washington. 1146. Congreso interamericano de cirugia. [v. p.] 1147. Congreso de medicos mutuales organizado por el Colegio medico del Uruguay. Montevideo. 1148. Connaitre. Paris. 1149. Connecticut (The) cancer bulletin. Waterbury. 1150. Connecticut (The) State medical journal. Hartford. 1151. Consolidated (The) Pharmacist. Brooklyn. 1152. Constitutional medicine, endocrinology and allergy. [Title varies: v.l, Constitutional medicine and endo- crinology] London. 1153. Constructive surgery and medicine. Chicago. 1154. Contributions from the Danish Pharmacopoeia Commission. K0benhavn. 1155. Contributions from the Department of Gynaecology of the City Hospital, New York. New York. 1156. Contributions from the Department of Hygiene, Government Research Institute, Formosa. Taihoku. 1157. Contributions from the Male Dept. of Copenhagen's Mental Hospital, St. Hans Hospital. K0benhavn. 1158. Contributions from the Third Division Neurological Institute of New York. New York. 1159. Contributions from the University Institute for Forensic Medicine, Kanazawa. Kanazawa. 1160. Contributions from the University Institute for General Pathology, Copenhagen. Copenhagen. 1161. Convalescence and rehabilitation report. Wash- ington. [27] Cooper, Melun Cooperador dent., B. Air. Cord, Aylesbury Cornell Conf. Ther., N. Y. Cornell M. J. Corpuscle, Chic. Correio mundo farm., Rio County Intern, Chic. Courage, Sapulpa Courier, Wash. CRDA News, Chic. C. rend. Acad, bulgare sc. C. rend. Ass. anat. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance sc. C. rend. Conf. internat. rhumat. chron. C. rend. Congr. chim. biol.. Par. C. rend. Congr. egypt. med. C. rend. Congr. fr. gyn. C. rend. Congr. internat. amelior. aveugles C. rend. Congr. internat. anthrop. C. rend. Congr. internat. lumiere C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. sport. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. vet. C. rend. Congr. internat. plant, med. C. rend. Congr. internat. sc. anthrop. C. rend. Jour. med. Beyrouth C. rend. Jour. med. Com. nat. sports C. rend. Jour. dent. Paris C. rend. Reun. med. chir. morph. C. rend. Soc. obst. France C. rend. Soc. obst. Lille C. rend, stenogr. Conf. internat. hyg. bien-etre marine march. C. rend. Union internat. peril vener. Crianca portug. Cruz Roja espan. Cruz Roja venezol. Cuadern. amaril. Cont. san. panamer. Cuadern. farm., Granada C. U. C. P. Alumni J., N. Y. Cult. Stomat., Tor. Current Med., Johannesb. Current Ther., Phila. 1162, Cooper. Melun, France. 1163. Cooperador (El) dental. Buenos Aires. 1164. Cord (The) Aylesbury, Engl. 1165. Cornell conferences on therapy. New York. 1166. Cornell medical journal. Xew York. 1167. Corpuscle (The) Chicago. 1168. Correio do mundo farmaceutico. Rio de Janeiro. 1169. County (The) intern. Chicago. 1170. Courage. Sapulpa, Okla. 1171. Courier of the George Washington University Hospital. Washington. 1172. C[hicago]R[etail]D[ruggists']A[ssociation] news. Chicago. 1173. Comptes rendus de l'Academie bulgare des sciences. Sofia. 1174. Comptes rendus de l'Association des anatomistes. Paris, &c. 1175. Compte rendu; Association frangaise pour l'avance- ment des sciences. Paris. 1176. Comptes-rendus; Conference scientifique interna- tionale du rhumatisme chronique progressif g6n6ralise [var.: ... le rhumatisme chronique deg£ne>atif] Cham- bery. 1177. Compte rendu general du Congres; conferences; Congres de chimie biologique. Paris. 1178. Comptes rendus; Congres egyptien de medecine. Le Caire. 1179. Comptes-rendus; Congres frangais de gynecologie. Paris. 1180. Compte rendu general; Congres international pour l'amelioration du sort des aveugles. Le Caire. 1181. Compte rendu; Congres international d'anthro- pologie et d'archeologie prehistoriques. [v. p.] 1182. Comptes-rendus; Congres international de la lu- miere. K0benhavn. 1183. Compte-rendu general; discussions des rapports et communications; Congres international de medecine et de pharmacie militaires. Basel. 1184. Compte rendu; Congres international de medecine sportive appliquee a la natation. Paris. 1185. Compte rendu du Congres international de medecine veterinaire. Bruxelles. 1186. [Compte rendu] Congres international des plantes medicinales et des plantes a essences. Paris. 1187. Compte rendu; Congres international des sciences anthropologiques et ethnologiques. K0benhavn. 1188. Comptes-rendus; Journees medicales de Beyrouth. Paris. 1189. Comptes rendus des Journees medicales du Comite national des sports. Paris. 1190. Compte-rendu des seances, allocutions et communi- cations; Journees dentaires de Paris. Paris. 1191. Comptes rendus des stances; Reunions medico- chirurgicales de morphologie. Paris. 1192. Compte rendu des stances; Societe obstetricale de France. Paris. 1193. Comptes-rendus des travaux de la Societe d'ob- stetrique de Lille. Lille. 1194. [Compte rendu stenographique]; Conference [inter- national] sur l'hygiene et le bien-etre dans la marine marchande. Paris. 1195. Compte rendu des d6bats; Comite executif et conseil de direction; Union interna tionale contre le peril venerien. Paris. 1196. Crianga (A) portuguesa. Lisboa. 1197. Cruz Roja espafiola. Madrid. 1198. Cruz Roja venezolana. Caracas. 1199. Cuadernos amarillos; Conferencia sanitaria pan- americana. Caracas. 1200. Cuadernos de farmacologia. Granada. 1201. Cfolumbia] U[niversity] Cfollege of] P[harmacy] alumni journal. New York. 1202. Cultura (La) stomatologica. Torino, &c. 1203. Current medicine. Johannesburg. 1204. Current therapy. Philadelphia. [28] CWS Month. Progr. Rep. Insect & Rodent Contr. CWS Q. Progr. Rep. Insect & Rodent Contr. Cyprus M. J. Cytologia, Tokyo Czas. sad. lek. 1205. C[hemical]W[arfare]S[ervice] monthly progress report on insect and rodent control. Washington, &c. 1206. C[hemical]W[arfare]S[ervice] quarterly progress re- port on insect and rodent control. Washington, &c. 1207. Cyprus medical journal. Nicosia. 1208. Cytologia. Tokyo. 1209. Czasopismo sadowo-lekarskie. Warszawa. D Dai Nippon sika igakkai kaisi Dai Nippon zibiinkoka kai kaiho Dalhousie, M. J. Dansk farm. aarb. Dansk klin. Dansk otolar. selsk. forh. Dansk R0de Kors tskr. Dansk sundhedstid. Dansk tskr. farm. Debreceni Tisza Istvan Tud. Egyet. evk. Delaware Co. Pharmacist Delaware Nurse Delaware Pharmacist AeXnov larpoxeip. eratp. K-drivojv Demogr. colomb. Dens sapiens, Kbh. Dent. Abstr., N. Y. Dentalargus, Milano Dentalia, N. Orl. Dentaljournal, Weinfelden Dent, colomb. Dent. Concepts, N. Y. Dent. Dienst Dent. Econom. Dent. J. Palestine Dent. Laborat. News, N. Y. Dent. Laborat. Rev. Dent. Outlook, Tokyo Dent. Q., Nanking Dent. Rdsch. Dent. Reflector, N. Y. Dent. Technician, Lond. Dent. World, Minneap. Derm. & Vener., Amst. Deut. Apoth. Deut. Arztrecht Deut. Badebetr. Deut. dent. Wschr. Deut. dent. Zschr. Deut. Drogistensch. Deut. Drogist. Ztg Deut. Lebensmitt. Rdsch. Deut. med. Rdsch. Deut. Zahnarztekalend. Deut. Zschr. Homoop. Diabetes & Obesity Rev. Diabet. J., Lond. Diabet. News, Phila. Diagnosi, Nap. Difesa antituberc. Digest Osteopath. M., Carthage Dionysos, Par. Diritto san. 1210. Dai Nippon sika igakkai kaisi. Tokyo. 1211. Dai Nippon zibiinkoka kai kaiho. Tokyo. 1212. Dalhousie medical journal. Halifax. 1213. Dansk farmacevtisk aarbog. K0benhavn. 1214. Dansk klinik. K0benhavn. 1215. Dansk oto-laryngologisk selskabs forhandlinger. K0benhavn. 1216. Dansk R0de Kors tidsskrift. K0benhavn. 1217. Dansk sundhedstidende. K0benhavn. 1218. Dansk tidsskrift for farmaci. K0benhavn. 1219. A Debreceni M. Kir. Tisza Istvan-Tudomanyegye- tem eVkonyve. Debrecen. 1220. Delaware (The) County pharmacist. Ridley Park, Pa. 1221. Delaware nurse. Wilmington. 1222. Delaware (The) pharmacist. Wilmington. 1223. AeXriov 'larpoxn-povpyiKris eratpias 'k&rjvuiv. 'Adr/vat,. 1224. Demografia (La) colombiana. Bogotd. 1225. Dens sapiens. K0benhavn. 1226. Dental abstracts. XTew York. 1227. Dentalargus; rassegna di stomatologia, odontotec- nica e medicina generale. Milano. 1228. Dentalia. Xew Orleans. 1229. Dental-journal. Weinfelden, Switz. 1230. Dentista (El) colombiano. Bogota. 1231. Dental concepts. New York. 1232. Dental Dienst. Bielefeld. 1233. Dental economics. Chicago. 1234. Dental (The) journal for Palestine and the X'ear East. Jerusalem. 1235. Dental laboratory news. New York. 1236. Dental laboratory review. Minneapolis. 1237. Dental outlook. Tokyo. 1238. Dental quarterly. Nanking. 1239. Dentistische Rundschau. Berlin. 1240. Dental reflector. New York. 1241. Dental technician. London. 1242. Dental world. Minneapolis. 1243. Dermatology and venereology. Amsterdam. 1244. Deutsche (Die) Apotheke. Berlin. 1245. Deutsches Arztrecht. Berlin. 1246. Deutsche (Der) Badebetrieb. Berlin, &c. 1247. Deutsche dentistische Wochenschrift. Miinchen. 1248. Deutsche dentistische Zeitschrift. Miinchen. 1249. Deutsche Drogistenschaft. Eberswalde. 1250. Deutsche Drogisten-Zeitung. Miinchen. 1251. Deutsche Lebensmittel-Rundschau. Stuttgart. 1252. Deutsche medizinische Rundschau. Ludwigshafen a. Rh. 1253. Deutscher Zahnarztekalender. Miinchen. 1254. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Homoopathie und deren Grenzgebiete. Berlin. 1255. Diabetes and obesity review. New York. 1256. Diabetic (The) journal. London. 1257. Diabetic news. Philadelphia. 1258. Diagnosi (La) Napoli. 1259. Difesa (La) antitubercolare. Genova. 1260. Digest (The) of osteopathic medicine. Carthage Mo. 1261. Dionysos. Paris. 1262. Diritto (II) sanitario. Roma. [29] Discours Conf. Internat. Feder. Eugen. Org. Discurs. Conf. san. panamer. Discurs. Reun. nac. derm, espan. Divulg. dent. Veracruz. Divulg. med. dent., Villa Azueta Doctor & Law, Ft Wayne Docum. alger. Docum. Congr. internat. tr. hyg. pub. Documentaire med., Par. Docum. inform, psychiat., Par. Docum. med., Par. Docum. med. (Croix-Rouge) Docum. neerl. indones. morb. trop. Docum. ophth., Ziir. Docum. prep. Ass. internat. protect. enf. Docum. U. S. Atom. Energy Com. Docum. World Health Org. Doklady Akad. nauk SSSR Domus medici, Madr. Dopovidi Akad. nauk URSR Dozin igaku Dozinkai igaku zassi DRK-Arbeitsbrief DR Letter, Tokyo Drogist Drome & Ardeche med. Druggist Advert. Drug Markets, Pittsfield Drug merchand., Toronto Drug Progr., Chic. Dymphna, Roermond 1263. Discours prononces a la Conference organised par The International Federation of Eugenic Organisations. Amsterdam. 1264. [Discursos]; Conferencia sanitaria panamericana. San Jose, C. R. 1265. Discursos, intervenciones en las ponencias, comuni- caciones; Reuni6n nacional de dermat61ogos espafioles. Barcelona. 1266. Divulgaci6n-dental veracruzana. Villa Azueta, Mex. 1267. Divulgaci6n medico-dental. Villa Azueta, Mex. 1268. Doctor (The) and the law. Fort Wayne; Wheaton, 111. 1269. Documents alg6riens. Alger. 1270. Documents du Congres international des travaux d'hygiene publique. Geneve. 1271. Documentaire (Le) medical. Paris. 1272. Documents de l'information psychiatrique. Paris. 1273. Documents medicaux. Paris. 1274. Documentation medicale a l'usage des d616gu6s (Comite international de la Croix-Rouge) Geneve. 1275. Documenta Neerlandica et Indonesica de morbis tropicis. Amsterdam. 1276. Documenta ophthalmologica. Zurich, &c. 1277. Documents preparatories; Association internationale pour la protection de l'enfance. Bruxelles. 1278. Document; United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 1279. [Documents] World Health Organization. Geneve. 1280. Doklady Akademii nauk SSSR. Moskva. 1281. Domus medici. Madrid. 1282. Dopovidi Akademii nauk URSR. Kiev. 1283. Dozin igaku. Tokyo. 1284. Dozinkai igaku zassi. Tokyo. 1285. DRK-Arbeitsbrief. Potsdam. 1286. D[isaster]R[elief] letter [Japanese XTational Red Cross] Tokyo. 1287. Drogist (Der) Berlin. 1288. Drome & Ardeche medicales. St-Vallier. 1289. Druggists' advertiser and trade journal. New York. 1290. Drug markets. Pittsfield, Mass. 1291. Drug merchandising. Toronto. 1292. Drug progress. Chicago. 1293. Dymphna; tijdschrift voor verplegenden van zenuw- en zielszieken. Roermond. E Echo med. Cevennes Echos med., Par. Eco med. quir., Valladolid Edinburgh Phren. J. Education (N. Zealand) Educ. Psychol. Measur. Educ. Sess. Am. Hosp. Admin. Eesti arst Effeta, Bologna Egeszsegvedelem Einfiihr. med. Laborat. techn. Eisei kogyo kyokai si Eisei sikenzyo iho Eiyogaku zassi Eiyo syokuryo gakkai Kansai bukai ho Eksp. klin. issledov. 1294. Echo (L') medical des Cevennes. Nimes. 1295. Echos (Les) de la medecine. Paris. 1296. Eco (El) medico-quiriirgico. Valladolid. 1297. Edinburgh phrenological journal and magazine of moral & intellectual science. New York. 1298. Education; [child welfare, state care of children] special schools, and infant-life protection, Ministry of Education, New Zealand. Wellington. 1299. Educational and psychological measurement. Lan- caster, Pa., &c. 1300. General educational session [var.: Educational session addresses] and the report of the President; American College of Hospital Administrators. Chicago. 1301. Eesti arst. Tartu. 1302. Effeta. Bologna. 1303. Egeszsegvedelem. Budapest. 1304. Einftihrung in die medizinische Laboratoriums- technik in Einzeldarstellungen. Wien. 1305. Eisei kogyo kyokai-si. Tokyo. 1306. Eisei sikenzyo iho. Tokyo. 1307. Eiyogaku zassi. Tokyo. 1308. Eiyo-syokuryo gakkai, Kansai-bukai ho. Kyoto. 1309. Eksperimentalnye i klinicheskie issledovania. Le- ningrad. [30] Eksp. med., Kharkov Electroencephalography, Montr. Electromed. Rev., Holliston Electron. M. Digest Elgin Papers Endocr. gin. obst., Cluj Enfance, Par. Engin. Inform. Letter, Pittsb. Enquiry, Lond. Entomon, Munch. Entretiens de Bichat Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quar- termast. Gen.) Ephemeris med., Louisville Epidem. Rec Austral. Pacific Zone Epilepsia, Amst. Erfelijkheid Erg. Forsch. & Praxis Essentially Yours, Union Estud. inform, oft., Barcel. Ethnie fr. Etoile bleue, Par. Etudiant med. Eugenics, N. Haven Eugeniko, Osaka Eugenique Eugen. polska Europ. Sc Notes Evaluat. Rep. Brit. Intell. Obj. Subcom. Evolution, Lane Evolut. psychiat., Par. Exp. Cell Res. Exposes ann. biochem. med., Par. Exterminators Log, Kansas City 1310. Eksperimentalna medicina. Kharkov, &c. 1311. Electroencephalography and clinical neurophysi- ology. Montreal, &c. 1312. Electro-medical (The) review. Holliston, Mass. 1313. Electronic medical digest. San Francisco. 1314. Elgin papers [Elgin State Hospital] Elgin, 111. 1315. Endocrinologie, ginecologie, obstetrica. Cluj. 1316. Enfance. Paris. 1317. Engineering information letter (Industrial Hygiene Foundation) Pittsburgh. 1318. Enquiry, London. 1319. Entomon. Miinchen. 1320. Entretiens (Les) de Bichat. Paris. 1321. Environmental Protection Section report (Research and Development Branch, U. S. Office of the Quarter- master General) Washington. 1322. Ephemeris medica. Louisville, Ky. 1323. Epidemiological record of the Austral-Pacific zone; Commonwealth of Australia. Canberra. 1324. Epilepsia. Amsterdam, &c. 1325. Erfelijkheid bij de mens. 's-Gravenhage. 1326. Ergebnisse aus Forschung und Praxis. Berlin. 1327. Essentially yours. Union, N. J. 1328. Estudios e informaciones oftalmol6gicas. Barcelona. 1329. Ethnie (L') frangaise. Paris. 1330. Etoile (L') bleue. Paris. 1331. Etudiant (L') medecin. Paris. 1332. Eugenics. Xew Haven. 1333. Eugeniko (La) Osaka. 1334. Eugenique. Paris. 1335. Eugenika polska. Warszawa. 1336. European scientific notes (U. S. Office of Naval Research, London Branch) London. 1337. Evaluation report; British Intelligence Objectives Sub-Committee. London. 1338. Evolution. Lancaster. 1339. Evolution (L') psychiatrique. Paris. 1340. Experimental cell research. New York, &c. 1341. Exposes annuels de biochimie medicale. Paris. 1342. Exterminators log. Kansas City, Mo. Fachzschr. Schweiz. Zahntechn. Family, Albany Farmacia, Cali Farmacia, Caracas Farmacia, S. Jose Farmacias, Marianao Farmacista, Roma Farmacognosia, Madr. Farmacoterapia, Mex. Farm, aikak. Farmalecta, B. Air. Farm, cubana Farm, mod., N. Y. Farm, nueva, Madr. Farm, nuova, Tor. Farm, pract., Habana Farm, rev., Stockh. Farm. & ter., Madr. Farm, tid., Kbh. Faro, Genova Fed. med., Roma Fed. med., Toulouse Fed. Sc. Progr., Wash. Feincone Seminar, N. Y. Fertil. & Steril., N. Y. Feuill. praticien. FIAT Rev., Wiesb. Fiches med. 1343. Fachzeitschrift; Schweizerische Zahntechniker-Ver- einigung. Zurich. 1344. Family (The) Albany. 1345. Farmacia. Cali. 1346. Farmacia. Caracas. 1347. Farmacia. San Jose, C. R. 1348. Farmacias. Marianao. 1349. Farmacista (II) Roma, &c. 1350. Farmacognosia. Madrid. 1351. Farmacoterapia. Mexico. 1352. Farmaseuttinen aikakauslehti. Helsinki. 1353. Farmalecta; publicaci6n del Instituto Massone Buenos Aires. 1354. Farmacia (La) cubana. La Habana. 1355. Farmacia (La) moderna. New York. 1356. Farmacia nueva. Madrid. 1357. Farmacia (La) nuova. Torino. 1358. Farmacia (La) practica. La Habana. 1359. Farmacevtisk revy. Stockholm. 1360. Farmacologia y terapeutica. Madrid. 1361. Farmaceutisk tidende. K0benhavn. 1362. Faro (II) Genova. 1363. Federazione medica. Roma. 1364. Federation (La) medicale. Toulouse. 1365. Federal science progress. Washington. 1366. Feincone seminar. New York. 1367. Fertility and sterility. New York. 1368. Feuillets (Les) du praticien. Paris. 1369. FIAT review of German science. Wiesbaden. 1370. Fiches (Les) Medicales. Paris. [31] Field M. Bull. (Burma) Fiopian Footprints Fitoterapia, Milano Fiziol. J. SSSR Forh. Nord. kir. foren. Forh. Nord. kongr. inv. med. Forh. Nord. vet. Forh. Sven. lak. sail. Fogorv. szemle Fol. biotheor., Leiden Fol. card., Milano Fol. clin. orient., Tel Aviv Fol. endocr., Pisa Folks guezunt, B. Air. Fol. neurob., Haarlem Fol. path., Istanbul Fol. phoniat., Basel Fol. psychiat. &c neerl. Fol. psychiat. neur. jap. Fol. ther., Berl. Fontilles, Valencia Food Drug &c Rev. Food & Drug Rev. Food Sc Abstr., Lond. Foreign News Lett., Wash. Foreign Serv. Bull., Phila. Forenses, Madr. Forge, Phoenixville Forh. Dansk kirurg. selsk. Forh. Dansk selsk. int. med. Forh. Kebenh. med. selsk. Forh. Med. selsk. K0benhavn Forh. Nord. kir. foren. For Iowa's Health Forsch. & Fortsch. Fortsch. Orthodont. Fortsch. Zool. Framingham Monogr. France med. Croix Rouge Franche-Comte & Montbeliard Franco Brit. M. Rev., Lond. Freie Apoth. Stimmen, Wien Freund d. Kranken Friuli med. Fronte san., Genova Froriep's Notiz., Jena Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi Fungus, Amersfoort 1371. Field medical bulletin; United States Army Forces, India Burma Theater; Office of the Surgeon, [n. p.] 1372. Fiopian footprints. Xew York. 1373. Fitoterapia. Milano. 1374. Fiziologicheskii Jurnal SSSR. Moskva. 1375. Forhandlingar[na] vid Xordisk kirurgisk forenings. Lund. 1376. Forhandlingarnfa] vid Nordiska kongressen for invartes medicin. Lund, &c. 1377. Forhandlingar; Xordiska veterinarmote. Stock- holm, &c. 1378. Forhandlingar vid Svenska lakaresallskapets. Stock- holm. 1379. Fogorvosi szemle. Budapest. 1380. Folia biotheoretica. Leiden. 1381. Folia cardiologica. Milano. 1382. Folia clinica Orientalia. Tel-Aviv. 1383. Folia endocrinologica. Pisa. 1384. Folks (Far'n) guezunt. Buenos Aires. 1385. Folia neuro-biologica. Haarlem; Leipzig. 1386. Folia pathologica. Istanbul. 1387. Folia phoniatrica. Basel. 1388. Folia psychiatrica, neurologica et neurochirurgica Neerlandica. Amsterdam. 1389. Folia psychiatrica et neurologica Japonica. Oka- yama. 1390. Folia therapeutica. Berlin. 1391. Fontilles. Valencia. 1392. Food, drug, and insecticide review. Washington. 1393. Food and drug review. Washington. 1394. Food science abstracts. London. 1395. Foreign news letter (Division of Medical Sciences; Xational Research Council) Washington. 1396. Foreign service bulletin (American Friends Service Committee) Philadelphia. 1397. Forenses. Madrid. 1398. Forge (The) (Valley Forge General Hospital; U. S. Army) Phoenixville, Pa. 1399. Forhandlinger; Dansk kirurgisk selskab. K0ben- havn, &c. 1400. Forhandlinger; Dansk selskab for intern medicin. K0benhavn. 1401. Forhandlinger; I\0benhavnske medicinske selskab. K0benhavn. 1402. Forhandlinger; Medicinske selskab i K0benhavn. K0benhavn. 1403. Forhandlinger ved Nordisk kirurgisk forenings. Oslo, &c. 1404. For Iowa's health. Des Moines. 1405. Forschungen und Fortschritte. Berlin. 1406. Fortschritte der Ortbodontik in Theorie und Praxis. Berlin. 1407. Fortschritte der Zoologie. Jena. 1408. Framingham monograph. Framingham, Mass. 1409. France medicale; edition medicale de France Croix- Rouge. Paris. 1410. Franche-Comte et Montbeliard. Besangon. 1411. Franco-British (The) medical review. London. 1412. Freie Apotheker-Stimmen. Wien. 1413. Freund (Der) der Kranken. Basel. 1414. Friuli (II) medico. Udine. 1415. Fronte sanitario. Genova. 1416. Froriep's Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- und Heilkunde. Jena. 1417. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi. Fukuoka. 1418. Fungus. Amersfoort. G Gac farm., Caracas Gac. med., Guayaquil Gac med. Ciudad Bolivar 1419. Gaceta farmaceutica. Caracas. 1420. Gaceta medica. Guayaquil. 1421. Gaceta medica de Ciudad Bolivar. Ver.ez. Ciudad Bolivar, 32 Gac med. norte, Bilbao Gakko eisei Galenica, Geneve Galenica acta, Madr. Gallica biol. acta Gartnavel Gaz. Gastroenter. bohema Gateway to Health Gaz. Fac. Med., Cairo Gaz. farm., Rio Gaz. med. limousine Gaz. med. port. Gazz. san. Geisteskrankenpflege Geka Gemeinniitz. med. Mag. (J. H. Rahn) Ziir. GEN, Caracas Gen. Bull. Soc N. York Hosp. Geneesk. tschr. Rijksverzek. Gen. M. Interest Lett., Ottawa Gen. Pract., Lond. Germs, N. Y. Gesetze Lebensmitt. Gesetze Nahr. & Genussmitt., Berl. Gesundheitsdienst, Praha Gesundheitsfiihrung Gesundh. & Leben, Krakow Ges. Vortr. Aerztl. Fortbild. Bad Kissingen Gezondheidsblad, Amst. GHA news Gin. & akush. Gior. ital. oft. Gior. ital. tuberc. Gior. med. Marca trevig. Gior. med. nap. Gior. sc. arti, Fir. Gior. toscano sc. med. Glasgow Health Bull. Glasnik za stales, zdrav. pitanj. Godishn. Sofiisk. univ. Godishn. Sofiisk. univ. Med. fak. Goteborgs lak. sail. forh. Gotting. Anz. Grandgousier Grant M. Coll. Mag., Bombay Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gremio med., Caracas Grenzgeb. Med. Gross-Berl. Aerztebl. Gruzlica. Guia of. bain. Espana Guide to Pub. Res. Atom. Energy, Oak Ridge Guildcraft, Phila. 1422. Gaceta medica del norte. Bilbao. 1423. Gakko eisei. Tokyo. 1424. Galenica. Geneve. 1425. Galenica acta. Madrid. 1426. Gallica biologica acta. Paris. 1427. Gartnavel (The) gazette. Glasgow. 1428. Gastro-enterologia Bohema. Praha. 1429. Gateway (The) to health. New York. 1430. Gazette of the Faculty of Medicine. Cairo. 1431. Gazeta (A) da farmacia. Rio de Janeiro. 1432. Gazette (La) medicale limousine et Limousin medical. Limoges. 1433. Gazeta medica portuguesa. Lisboa. 1434. Gazzetta sanitaria. Milano. 1435. Geisteskrankenpflege. Halle a S. 1436. Geka. Tokyo. 1437. Gemeinntitziges medizinisches Magazin (J. H. Rahn) Zurich. 1438. G[astroenterologia]E[ndocrinologfa y]N[utrici6n] Caracas. 1439. General bulletin; the Society of the New York Hospital. New York. 1440. Geneeskundig tijdschrift der Rijksverzekeringsbank. Amsterdam. 1441. General medical interest letter. Ottawa. 1442. General practice and review of British and foreign medicine. London. 1443. Germs. New York. 1444. Gesetze und Verordnungen sowie Gerichtsent- scheidungen betreffend Lebensmittel. Miinchen. 1445. Gesetze und Verordnungen sowie Gerichtsentschei- dungen betreffend Nahrungs- und Genussmittel und Gebrauchsgegenstande. Berlin. 1446. Gesundheitsdienst fur's Volk. Praha. 1447. Gesundheitsfuhrung (Die) Berlin. 1448. Gesundheit und Leben; Amstblatt der Gesund- heitskammer im Generalgouvernement. Krakow. 1449. Gesammelte Vortrage des Aerztlichen Fortbildungs- kurses, Bad Kissingen. Wiirzburg. 1450. Gezondheidsblad ter onderrigting en waarschuwing voor alien die prijs stellen op leven en gezondheid. Amsterdam. 1451. G[roup]H[ealth]A[ssociation] news. Washington. 1452. Ginekologia i akusherstvo. Moskva. 1453. Giornale italiano di oftalmologia. Firenze. 1454. Giornale italiano della tubercolosi. Milano. 1455. Giornale medico della Marca trevigiana. Treviso. 1456. Giornale medico napolitano. Napoli. 1457. Giornale di scienze ed arti. Firenze. 1458. Giornale toscano di scienze mediche, fisiche e naturali. Pisa. 1459. Glasgow health bulletin. Glasgow. 1460. Glasnik za staleska i zdravstvena pitanja. Zagreb. 1461. Godishnik na Sofiiskia universitet. Sofia. 1462. Godishnik na Sofiiskia universitet; Medicinski fakultet. Sofia. 1463. Goteborgs lakaresallskaps forhandlingar. Stock- holm. 1464. Gottingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen. Gottingen. 1465. Grandgousier. Paris. 1466. Grant Medical College magazine. Bombay. 1467. [Great Britain] Flying Personnel Research Commit- tee. London. 1468. Gremio medico. Caracas. 1469. Grenzgebiete der Medizin. Miinchen. 1470. Gross-Berliner Aerzteblatt. Berlin. 1471. Gruzlica. Warszawa. 1472. Guia oficial de los balnearios y aguas medicinales de Espana. Madrid. 1473. Guide to published research on atomic Oak Ridge, Tenn. 1474. Guildcraft. Philadelphia. minero- energy. [33] II Hahnemannian Halfyear. Rep. Austral. Inst. Trop. M. Hamdard i sehat, Delhi Handb. Deut. Apoth. Handel. Klin, genoot. Rotterdam Handicap, Wash. Hansen, Cali Harlem Hosp. Bull. (N. Y.) Harveian Rev., Loma Linde Haver-Glover Messenger Health, Madison Health, N. Y. Health Activ. Bull., Phoenix Health Builder Health Bull., Bakersfield Health Bull., Delhi Health Bull. Teachers, N. Y. Health Center J., Columbus Health Comment., Seattle Health Educ, Johannesb. Health & Empire, Lond. Health Express, Jacksonv. Health Finder, Simsbury Health from Herbs, Lond. Health (Homeop.) Lond. Health & Life, Lond. Health & Midwif., Tokyo Health News Lett., Provid. Health Notes, Adelaide Health Notes S. Australia Health Panorama, Austin Health Pract. Pamphl., Chic Health Progr. (N. Jersey) Health Rev., Provid. Health S. Australia Health Unlimit., S. Franc. Health (U. S. War Dep. Surg. Gen. Off.) Healthways Health & Welf. Notes, Augusta Hearing Aid, S. Paul Heer. Druckvorschr. Heilbrig ftisskyrslur Heilpadag. Werkbl., Luzern Helbredelse, Kbh. Helsowannen, Stockh. Hemat. Monogr. Henry's Private Adviser Heredity, Lond. Heure med., Par. Hig. & salub., Bogota Hig. san., Montev. Hig. tr., Moskva Hihu & hitunyo Hihuka seibyoka zassi Hippocrate, Par. Hippocrates, Lond. Hist. Ser. U. S. Nat. Tuberc. Ass. HNO, Berl. Horrohr Hoken igaku zassi Hoken ziho Hokkaido igaku zassi Hokkaido sika-isikai-si 824787—VOL. 11, 4th SBEIES----HI 1475. Hahnemannian (The) Philadelphia, &c. 1476. Half-yearly reports; Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. Townsville. 1477. Hamdard-i-sehat. Delhi. 1478. Handbuch der Deutschen Apothekerschaft. Berlin. 1479. Handelingen van het Klinisch genootschap te Rotterdam. Rotterdam. 1480. Handicap. Washington. 1481. Hansen. Cali, Colombia. 1482. Harlem (The) Hospital bulletin (New York) Balti- more. 1483. Harveian (The) review of the College of Medical Evangelists. Loma Linde, Calif. 1484. Haver-Glover messenger. Kansas City, Mo. Health. Madison. Health. New York. Health activities bulletin. Phoenix. Health (The) builder. Garden City, N. Y. Health bulletin. Bakersfield, Calif. Health bulletin. Delhi, &c. Health bulletin for teachers. New York. 1492. Health Center journal. Columbus, Ohio. 1493. Health (The) commentator. Seattle. Health education. Johannesburg. Health and empire. London. Health express. Jacksonville, Fla. Health finder. Simsbury, Conn. Health from herbs. London. 1499. Health through homeopathy. London. 1500. Health and life. London. Health and midwifery. Tokyo. Health news letter. Providence. Health notes. Adelaide. Health notes for South Australia. Adelaide. Health panorama. Austin. Health practices pamphlet. Chicago. Health progress (New Jersey Health and Sanitary Association) Freehold. 1508. Health review. Prividence. 1509. Health for South Australia. Adelaide. 1510. Health unlimited. San Francisco. 1511. Health (U. S. War Department. Surgeon General's Office) Washington. 1512. Healthways. Webster City, Iowa. 1513. Health and welfare notes. Augusta, Maine. 1514. Hearing aid. St. Paul. 1515. Heeres-Druckvorschrift; Oberkommando des Heeres. Berlin. 1516. Heilbrig6isskyrslur. Reykjavik. 1517. Heilpadagogische Werkblatter. Luzern. 1518. Helbredelse. K0benhavn. 1519. Helsowannen. Stockholm. 1520. Hematology monographs. Chicago. 1521. Henry's private adviser. Rossville, Md. 1522. Heredity. London. 1523. Heure (L') medicale. Paris. 1524. Higiene y salubridad. Bogotd. 1525. Higiene sanitaria. Montevideo. 1526. Higiena truda. Moskva. 1527. Hihu to hitunyo. Hukuoka. 1528. Hihuka seibyoka zassi. Tokyo. 1529. Hippocrate. Paris. 1530. Hippocrates. London. 1531. Historical series; [United States] National Tubercu- losis Association. New York. 1532. H(als),N(ase),0(hr) Berlin. 1533. Horrohr (Das) Leipzig. 1534. Hoken igaku zassi. Tokyo. 1535. Hoken ziho. Tokyo. 1536. Hokkaido igaku zassi. Sapporo. 1537. Hokkaido sika-isikai-si. Sapporo. 1485. 1486. 1487. 1488. 1489. 1490. 1491. 1494. 1495. 1496. 1497. 1498. 1501. 1502. 1503. 1504. 1505. 1506. 1507. [34] Hokuetu igakkai zassi Homo, Stuttg. Homoeopathy, Lond. Homoeop. mbl., Arnhem Homoop. Zschr. Honzo, Tokyo Hoppo igaku Hormoon Hosp. argent. Hosp. Bull. Levi Mem. Hosp., Hot Springs Hosp. concentr., Torre6n Hospital, Tokyo Hospitalia, Brux. Hospitalis, Ziir. Hosp. Rev., Williamsbridge Hsin chung hua i yao yiieh k'an Hukuoka ikadaigaku zassi Human Organiz., N. Y. Human Relations, Lond. Hungar. acta med. Hungar. acta physiol. Hygienist, Denver Hyg. par exemple Hyg. rev., Lund Hyg. Rev., S. Ant. Hyg. tskr., Stockh. 1538. Hokuetu igakkai zassi. Niigata. 1539. Homo. Stuttgart. 1540. Homoeopathy. London. 1541. Homoeopathisch maandblad. Arnhem, Zwolle. 1542. Homoopathische Zeitschrift. Berlin. 1543. Honzo. Tokyo. 1544. Hoppo igaku. Sapporo. 1545. Hormoon (Het) 's-Hertogenbosch, &c. 1546. Hospital (El) argentino. Buenos Aires. 1547. Hospital bulletin; Leo N. Levi Memorial Hospital. Hot Springs, Ark. 1548. Hospital de concentraci6n. Torre6n, Mex. 1549. Hospital. Tokyo. 1550. Hospitalia. Bruxelles. 1551. Hospitalis. Zurich. 1552. Hospital review. Williamsbridge. 1553. Hsin chung hua i yao yiieh k'an. Chungking. 1554. Hukuoka ikadaigaku zassi. Hukuoka. 1555. Human organization. New York. 1556. Human relations. London. 1557. Hungarica acta medica. Budapest. 1558. Hungarica acta physiologica. Budapest. 1559. Hygienist (The) Denver. 1560. Hygiene (L') par I'exemple, ligue d'hygiene scolaire. Paris. 1561. Hygienisk revy. Lund, &c. 1562. Hygienic review (Dr. Shelton's) San Antonio, Tex. 1563. Hygienisk tidskrift. Stockholm. Iconogr. derm., Kyoto Igaku Igaku chuo zassi Igaku kenkyu Igaku & minsei Igaku no ayumi Igaku & seibutugaku Igaku soran Igaku tusin Igyo & syakai Ikai ziho Ika kikaigaku zassi Illini Scope Illust. Annual Phrenol., N. Y. Immunite Impressions, N. Orl. Ind. Dent. Rev. Ind. & East. Chemist, Calc Indianap. M. Soc Bull. Individ. Psychol. Bull. Ind. J. Malariol. Ind. J. M. & S. Ind. J. Pharm. Ind. M. Guide Indust. Bull., N. Y. Indust. Doctor Indust. farm, venezol. Indust. Health, Chic. Indust. Health Rev., Ottawa Indust. Hyg., N. Y. Indust. Hyg. Abstr., Wash. Indust. Nurses Digest Infancia, B. Air. Infect. Wounds & Burns Rep. (OSRD) Wash. 1564. Iconographia dermatologica, syphilidologica et uro- logica. Kyoto. 1565. Igaku. Tokyo. 1566. Igaku chuo zassi. Tokyo. 1567. Igaku kenkyu. Hukuoka. 1568. Igaku to minsei. Kiriu City. 1569. Igaku no ayumi. Tokyo. 1570. Igaku to seibutugaku. Tokyo. 1571 Igaku soran. Tokyo. 1572. Igaku tusin. Tokyo. 1573. Igyo to syakai. Tokyo. 1574. Ikai ziho. Tokyo. 1575. Ika-kikaigaku zassi. Tokyo. 1576. Illini (The) scope. Chicago. 1577. Illustrated (The) annual of phrenology and physi- ognomy. New York. 1578. Immunite (L') Paris. 1579. Impressions. New Orleans. 1580. Indian (The) dental review. Karachi. 1581. Indian and eastern chemist. Calcutta. 1582. Indianapolis Medical Society bulletin. Indianapolis. 1583. Individual psychology bulletin. Chicago. 1584. Indian journal of malariology. Calcutta. 1585. Indian (the) journal of medicine & surgery. 1586. Indian (The) journal of pharmacy. Benares. 1587. Indian medical guide. Bombay. 1588. Industrial bulletin. New York. 1589. Industrial (The) doctor. Buffalo. 1590. Industria farmaceutica venezolana. Caracas. 1591. Industrial health. Chicago. 1592. Industrial health review. Ottawa. 1593. Industrial hygiene (Division of Industrial Hygiene* New York State Department of Labor) New York. 1594. Industrial hygiene abstracts. Washington. 1595. Industrial (The) nurses' digest. New York. 1596. Infancia. Buenos Aires. 1597. Infected wounds and burns report (Committee on Medical Research of the Office of Scientific Research and Development) Washington. [35] Inferm. ital. Inferm. laica, Milano Inform. Congr. panamer. oft. Inform, dent., Madr. Informe anual Serv. esp. profit. Bolivia Inform, epidem., Alexandrie Inform. Inst. nac. hig. Ecuador Inform. lucha antituberc. Espana Inform, med., Genova Inform, med. quir., Zaragoza Inform. Progr. Rep. Toxicity &c (Univ. Chicago Toxicity Laborat.) Infortun. traumat. lavoro Insectic. Abstr., Lond. Insight, N. Y. Instant, med., Par. Instruct. Course Lect. Orthop. Surgeons Intercamb. uroL, Barcel. Inter Exter, Par. Interim. Rep. Com. Australia Am. Acad. Social Secur. Internac med. rev., Brux. Internat. Arch. Allergy, Basel Internat. Child Welf. Rev., Geneve Internat. Digest Health Legisl., Geneve Internat. Health Bull., Geneve Internat. J. Indivd. Psychol. Internat. J. Sex., Bombay Internat. M. Abstr., Calc. Internat. Neomalth. Birth Control Conf. Internat. Nurs. Bull., Lond. Internat. Rev. Chiropr. Internat. Zschr. Alkohol., Berl. Internat. Zschr. Vitaminforsch., Bern Interprof. Bull., N. Y. Iodine Facts, Lond. Iowa Pharmacist Irish Chemist Irish Nurs. News Irkutsk, med. J. Iryo Isotopes Branch Circ Italia med. ITA Topics Iwate igakkai zassi Iwate igaku gakko zassi Izi eisei Izv. Akad. nauk SSSR, otdel. khim., Moskva Izv. Biol, nauch. issledov. inst., Perm 1598. Infermiera (L') italiana. Roma. 1599. Infermiera (L') laica. Milano. 1600. Informes, comunicaciones y actas; Congreso pan- americano de oftalmologia. Montevideo. 1601. Informaci6n dental del Colegio oficial de odontologos de la 1." regi6n. Madrid. 1602. Informe anual; Servicio especial de profilaxia Bolivia. Cochabamba. 1603. Informations epidemiologiques. Alexandrie, Egypt. 1604. Informe de labores; Instituto nacional de higiene Leopoldo Izquieta Perez, Ecuador. Guayaquil. 1605. Informaci6n sobre la lucha antituberculosa en Espana y memoria; Patronato nacional antituberculoso. Madrid. 1606. Informatore (L') medico. Genova. 1607. Informaci6n medico-quirurgica. Zaragoza. 1608. Informal [bi-monthly] progress report on toxicity and irritancy of chemical agents (University of Chicago Toxicity Laboratory) Chicago. 1609. Infortunistica e traumatologic del lavoro. Torino. 1610. Insecticide abstracts and news summary; Inter- Departmental Insecticide Committees. London. 1611. Insight. New York. 1612. Instantanes (Les) medicaux. Paris. 1613. Instructional course lectures; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. Ann Arbor. 1614. Intercambio urol6gico por correspondencia. Bar- celona, &c. 1615. Inter-Exter. Paris. 1616. Interim report from the Joint Committee on Social Security; Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. Canberra. 1617. Internacia medicina revuo. Bruxelles. 1618. International archives of allergy and applied immunology. Basel. 1619. International child welfare review. Geneve. 1620. International digest of health legislation. Geneve. 1621. International health bulletin of the League of Red Cross Societies. Geneve. 1622. International journal of individual psychology. Chicago. 1623. International (The) journal of sexology. Bombay. 1624. International medical abstracts & reviews. Cal- cutta. 1625. International neo-Malthusian and birth control conference. New York. 1626. International (The) nursing bulletin. London. 1627. International review of chiropractic. Davenport, Iowa. 1628. Internationale Zeitschrift gegen den Alkoholismus. Berlin. 1629. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Vitaminforschung. Bern. 1630. Interprofessional (The) bulletin of the New York Association for the Advancement of Professional Pharmacy. New York. 1631. Iodine facts. London. 1632. Iowa (The) pharmacist. Des Moines. 1633. Irish (The) chemist and druggist. Dublin. 1634. Irish (The) nursing news. Dublin. 1635. Irkutskii medicinskii jurnal. Irkutsk. 1636. Iryo. Tokyo. 1637. Isotopes Branch circular; United States Atomic Energy Commission. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 1638. Italia (L') medica. Milano. 1639. I. T. A. topics [Iowa Tuberculosis Association] Des Moines. 1640. Iwate igakkai zassi. Morioka. 1641. Iwate igaku senmon gakko zassi. Morioka. 1642. Izi eisei. Tokyo. 1643. Izvestia Akademii nauk SSSR, otdelenie khimi- cheskikh nauk. Moskva. 1644. Izvestia Biologicheskogo nauchnoissledovatelskogo instituta. Perm. [36] Jaarb. genees &c kunde Jaarversl. Afd. trop. hyg. Indisch inst., Amst. Jaarversl. Gemeent. geneesk. dienst Rotterdam Jaarversl. Vereen. Ind. inst., Amst. Jacksonville Health Digest J. Acoust. Soc. America Jahrb. Ambul. Verb. Krankenkass. Berlin Jahrber. Deut. Kriegerkurh. Davos Jahrber. Inst. Tuberkforsch. Kanazawa Jahrber. Kurasiki Zentr. Hosp. Jahrb. Volksgesundh., Ziir. Jahrb. Zahnarzt. J. All India Dent. Ass. J. Am. Acad. Appl. Nutrit. Jamaica (N. Y.) Hosp. News J. Am. Ass. Health J. Am. Ass. M. Rec Librarians J. Am. Naturopath. Ass. J. androl., Rio J. Antibiot., Tokyo Jap. Dent. Rev. Jap. deut. Zschr. Wiss., Kobe Jap. J. Bact. Jap. J. Constit. M. Jap. J. Derm. Vener. Jap. J. Hyg. Jap. J. Neur. Jap. J. Nurs. Jap. J. Nutrit. Jap. J. Otorhinolar. Jap. J. Sc. Labor Jap. J. Urol. Jap. J. Vener. Dis. Jap. med. Wschr. Jap. M. J. Jap. M. J. (w.) J. Appl. Physiol. Jap. Zschr. Mikrob. J. Ass. Mil. Dent. Surg. U. S. J. Ass. M. Women India J. Ayurveda, N. Delhi J. beige gastroenter. J. beige radiol. J. beige urol. J. brasil. neur. J. brasil. psiquiat. J. Brit. Ass. Chemists 1645. Jaarboeken der genees- heel- en natuurkunde. Am- sterdam. 1646. Jaarverslag der Af deling tropische hygiene; K. Vereeniging Indisch instituut. Amsterdam. 1647. Jaarverslag; Gemeentelijke geneeskundige- en ge- zondheidsdienst, Rotterdam. Rotterdam. 1648. Jaarverslag; Vereeniging Indisch Instituut. Am- sterdam. 1649. Jacksonville health digest. Jacksonville, Fla. 1650. Journal (The) of the Acoustical Society of America. Lancaster, Pa. 1651. Jahrbuch der Ambulatorien des Verbandes der Krankenkassen Berlin. Berlin. 1652. Jahresbericht; Deutsches Kriegerkurhaus, Davos- Dorf. Leipzig. 1653. Jahresberichte des Instituts fiir Tuberkulosefor- schung der Medizinischen Fakultat, Kanazawa. Kana- zawa. 1654. Jahresbericht des Kurasiki-Zentralhospital. Kura- siki. 1655. Jahrbuch Volksgesundheit. Zurich. 1656. Jahrbuch des Zahnarztes. Leipzig. 1657. Journal of the All-India Dental Association. Cal- cutta. 1658. Journal of the American Academy of Applied Nutrition. Los Angeles. 1659. Jamaica Hospital news. Jamaica, N. Y. 1660. Journal of the American Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Washington. 1661. Journal of the American Association of Medical Record Librarians. Chicago. 1662. Journal (The) of the American Naturopathic Asso- ciation. Pella, Iowa. 1663. Jornal de andrologia. Rio de Janeiro. 1664. Journal of antibiotics. Tokyo. 1665. Japan dental review (Nippon sika hyoron) Tokyo. 1666. Japanisch-deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaft und Technik. Kobe. 1667. Japanese journal of bacteriology. Tokyo. 1668. Japanese (The) journal of constitutional medicine. Kyoto. 1669. Japanese (The) journal of dermatology and venereol- ogy. Tokyo. 1670. Japanese journal of hygiene. Tokyo. 1671. Japanese (The) journal of neurology and psychiatry. Tokyo. 1672. Japanese (The) journal of nursing. Tokyo. 1673. Japanese (The) journal of nutrition. Tokyo. 1674. Japanese journal of otorhinolaryngology. Tokyo. 1675. Japanese (The) journal of science of labour. Tokyo. 1676. Japanese (The) journal of urology. Tokyo. 1677. Japanese (The) journal of venereal diseases. Tokyo. 1678. Japanische medizinische Wochenschrift. Tokyo. 1679. Japanese (The) medical journal. Tokyo. 1680. Japanese medical journal (weekly) Tokyo. 1681. Journal of applied physiology. Washington. 1682. Japanische Zeitschrift fur Mikrobiologie und Patho- logic Kyoto. 1683. Journal of the Association of Military Dental Surgeons of the United States. New York. 1684. Journal of the Association of Medical Women in India. Calcutta. 1685. Journal (The) of Ayurveda. New Delhi. 1686. Journal beige de gastro-enterologie. Bruxelles. 1687. Journal beige de radiologic Bruxelles. 1688. Journal beige d'urologie. Bruxelles. 1689. Jornal brasileiro de neurologia. Rio de Janeiro. 1690. Jornal brasileiro de psiquiatria. Rio de Janeiro. 1691. Journal (The) of the British Association of Chemists. London. [37] J. Canad. Physiother. Ass. J. Chemother., Tokyo J. Child Psychiat. J. Chiropr. Spinogr. J. Clark Co. M. Soc. J. Clin. M., Shanghai J. Clin. Path., Lond. J. Clin. Psychopath. J. Colloid Sc. J. Constit. M., Kyoto J. Docum., Lond. Jefferson M. Coll. Alumni Bull. Jelent. Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. Jena. Zschr. Med. J. Fac M. Iraq J. Fac. Sc. Hokkaido Univ. J. fr. med. chir. thorac J. Hirosima M. Ass. J. Ind. Anthrop. Inst. J. Ind. Army M. Corps J. Irish Dent. Ass. J. Jap. Bain. Clim. Ass. J. Jap. Dent. Ass. J. Jap. Gyn. Soc. J. Jap. M. Ass. J. Jap. Orthop. Surg. Soc J. Jap. Physiol. Soc. J. Jap. Pract. Surg. Soc. J. Jap. Soc. Food & Nutrit. J. Jap. Soc. Int. M. J. Jap. Vet. M. Ass. J. Juzen M. Soc J. Kansas City Dent. Soc. J. Kentucky Dent. Ass. J. Kinki Gyn. Soc J. Kumamoto M. Soc J. M. Ass. Formosa J. Med. Coll. Keizyo (Seoul) J. Med. Phys. Res. J. med. vet., Par. J. Michigan Druggists J. Mississippi Dent. Ass. J. Neur., Lond. J. North. California Dent. Assist. Ass. J. N. York State Optometr. Ass. 1692. Journal (The) of the Canadian Physiotherapy Association. Toronto. 1693. Journal (The) of chemotherapy & hormone therapy. Tokyo. 1694. Journal (The) of child psychiatry. New York. 1695. Journal of chiropractic spinography. Detroit. 1696. Journal (The); Clark County Medical Society. Springfield, Ohio. 1697. Journal (The) of clinical medicine. Shanghai. 1698. Journal of clinical pathology. London. 1699. Journal of clinical psychopathology and psycho- therapy. Monticello, N. Y. 1700. Journal of colloid science. New York. 1701. Journal (The) of constitutional medicine. Kyoto. 1702. Journal of documentation. London. 1703. Jefferson Medical College Alumni bulletin. Phila- delphia. 1704. Jelentes; Magyar Kiralyi Orszagos Kozegeszsegiigyi Intezet. Budapest. 1705. Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medizin und Naturwissen- schaft. Leipzig; Jena. 1706. Journal of the Faculty of Medicine of Iraq. Bagh- dad. 1707. Journal of the Faculty of Science; Hokkaido Imperial University. Sapporo. 1708. Journal francais de medecine et chirurgie thoracique. Paris. 1709. Journal of Hirosima Medical Association. Hirosima. 1710. Journal (The) of the Indian Anthropological Insti- tute. Calcutta. 1711. Journal of the Indian Army Medical Corps. Poona. 1712. Journal (The) of the Irish Dental Association. Dublin. 1713. Journal of Japanese Balneo-Climatological Associa- tion. Tokyo. 1714. Journal of the Japan Dental Association. Tokyo. 1715. Journal of the Japanese Gynecological Society. Tokyo. 1716. Journal (The) of the Japan Medical Association. Tokyo. 1717. Journal of Japanese Orthopoedic Surgical Society. Tokyo. 1718. Journal of Japanese Physiological Society. Tokyo. 1719. Journal of the Japanese Practical Surgeon Society. Tokyo. 1720. Journal of Japanese Society of Food and Nutrition. Tokyo. 1721. Journal of Japanese Society of Internal Medicine. Tokyo. 1722. Journal of the Japanese Veterinary Medical Associa- tion. Tokyo. 1723. Journal of Juzen Medical Society. Kanazawa. 1724. Journal (The) Kansas City District Dental Society. Kansas City, Mo. 1725. Journal of the Kentucky State Dental Association. Louisville. 1726. Journal of the Kinki Gynecological Society. Kyoto. 1727. Journal of the Kumamoto Medical Society. Kuma- moto. 1728. Journal of the Medical Association of Formosa. Taihoku. 1729. Journal of the Medical College in Keizyo (Seoul) Keizy5. 1730. Journal (The) of medico-physical research. Chicago. 1731. Journal de medecine veterinaire et comparee. Paris. 1732. Journal (The) for Michigan druggists. Detroit. 1733. Journal (The); Mississippi Dental Association. McComb. 1734. Journal of neurology, neurosurgery and psychiatry (Title varies: Journal of neurology and psychiatry) London. 1735. Journal of the Northern California Dental Assistants Association. San Francisco. 1736. The journal of the New York State Optometric Association. New York. [38] J. N. York Tuberc. Ass. J. obshch. biol., Moskva J. obshch. khim. J. Ohio Dent. Ass. J. opht. sociale, Par. Jordemodern Jornada med., B. Air. Jornadas clin. verano, Vina d. Mar Jornadas rioplat. obst. Jornadas venezol. puericult. J. Pediat. Prax., Tokyo J. Penicillin, Tokyo J. Pharm., Lond. J. Pharm. Ass. Siam J. Pharm. Soc. Japan J. Philadelphia Gen. Hosp. J. Philippine Dent. Ass. J. Philippine Pharm. Ass. J. phys., Par. J. Phys. Educ, Lond. J. physiol., Par. J. priklad. khim., Moskva J. Psychiat. Social Work J. Pub. Health, Tokyo J. radiol., Brux. J. Radiol., Kanazawa J. Res. Bur. Stand. J. S. Afr. Soc. Physiother. J. S. Antonio Dent. Soc. J. Social Casework J. Soc. Org. Synth. Chem. Japan J. Southeast. Res., Atlanta J. South Ind. M. J. South. Res. J. Speech Disord. J. Straits M. Ass., Singapore J. Texas Pub. Health Ass. J. Tyosen M. Ass. Jungarzt J. Vener. Dis. Inform. J. Vichy J. Yokohama M. Ass. Dental Association. Paris. 1742 1743 1744 1745 1737. Journal; New York Tuberculosis and Health Asso- ciation. New York. 1738. Jurnal obshchei biologii. Moskva, 1739. Jurnal obshchei khimii. Moskva. 1740. Journal of the Ohio State Columbus. 1741. Journal d'ophtalmologie sociale. Jordemodern. Stockholm. Jornada medica. Buenos Aires._ Jornadas clfnicas de verano. Vina del Mar. Jornadas rioplatenses de obstetncia y ginecologia. Buenos Aires. . ,, , • +„/„ 1746. Jornadas venezolanas de puencultura y pediatria. 1747. Journal for pediatric praxis. Tokyo. 1748. Journal of penicillin. Tokyo. 1749. Journal (The) of pharmacy and pharmacology. London. ... , a. 1750. Journal of the Pharmaceutical Association of biam. Bangkok. . , T 1751. Journal of the Pharmaceutical Society of Japan. 1752° Journal (The) of the Philadelphia General Hospital. Philadelphia. 1753. Journal (The) of the Philippine Dental Association. Manila. . 1754. Journal of the Philippine Pharmaceutical Associa- tion. Manila. . 1755. Journal de physique theorique et appliquee. Pans. 1756. Journal of physical education. London. 1757. Journal de physiologie [et de pathologie generale] (title varies) Paris. 1758. Jurnal prikladnoi khimii. Moskva. 1759. Journal of psychiatric social work. New York. 1760. Journal (The) of public health. Tokyo. 1761. Journal de radiologic Bruxelles. 1762. Journal of radiology and physical therapy in Kana- zawa. Kanazawa. 1763. Journal of research; Bureau of Standards; U. S. Department of Commerce. Washington. 1764. Journal of the South African Society of Physio- therapists. Capetown. 1765. Journal (The) of the San Antonio District Dental Society. San Antonio, Tex. 1766. Journal of social casework. Albany. 1767. Journal (The) of the Society of Organic Synthetic Chemistry, Japan. Tokyo. 1768. Journal (The) of Southeastern research. Atlanta. 1769. Journal'of South Indian medicine. Madras. 1770. Journal (The) of Southern research. Atlanta. 1771. Journal (The) of speech [and hearing] disorders (title varies) Columbus, &c. 1772. Journal of the Straits Medical Association. Singa- pore. 1773. Journal of the Texas Public Health Association. Austin. 1774. Journal of the Tyosen Medical Association. Tyosen. 1775. Jungarzt (Der) Berlin. 1776. Journal (The) of venereal disease information. Washington. 1777. Journal de Vichy. Vichy. 1778. Journal (The) of Yokohama Medical Association. Yokohama. K Kagaku Kaigun gun ikai zassi Kaiho Rengo sika igaku sei kai, Tokyo Kanko sikiso Kanpo & kanyaku Kansas Cancer Bull. Kansas Cancer News 1779. Kagaku. Tokyo. 1780. Kaigun gun-ikai zassi. Tokyo. 1781. Kaiho; Rengo sika igaku-sei kai. Tokyo. 1782. Kanko sikiso. Kyoto. 1783. Kanpo to kanyaku. Tokyo. 1784. Kansas cancer bulletin. Topeka. 1785. Kansas (The) cancer news. Topeka. [39] Kar Med. Coll. Mag., Calc. Keio igaku Keio kiseityugaku bu gyoseki syu Kenko hoken Kenkyu hokoku Byorigaku kyositu Keio daigaku Kenkyu hokoku Hoten zyueki ken- kyuzyo Kentucky Pharmacist Kenya M. J. Keystone Mag. Optometry Khim. farm, promyshl. Khir. & ortop., Sofia Kinderfehler, Langensalza Kinesiologia, B. Air. King Co. Hosp. Bull., Seattle Kinsei igaku Klin, esploro, Tokyo Klin, oczna, Warsz. Klin, wspolcz. Kneipp Bl. Kozl. Magyar Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. Kogyo yakuhin nenpo Koho Kokin bussitu kenkyu Kokubyogakkai zassi Kokumin eisei Kokumin iryo Kongrber. Internat. Kongr, Rettungswes. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte Kdsei kagaku Kosei no tomo Kosyu eiseigaku zassi Kotu igaku KPA News, Topeka Krankenhausbeilage, Bern Krankenschwester, Wien Kresge Eye Inst. Bull. Kriegsbeschad. &c Furs. Kriegsbeschadigtenfursorge Kumamoto igakkai zassi Kur & rekonval., Kbh. Kurstedsbladet, Oslo Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk. Kw. psychol., Poznan Kyobu geka Kyoto byorigaku kyositu gyoseki syu Kyoto huritu ika daigaku ronbun syu Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi Kyoto igaku zassi Kyu dai iho 1786. Kar (R. G.) Medical College magazine. Calcutta. 1787. Keio igaku. Tokyo. 1788. Keio gizyuku daigaku igaku-bu kiseityugaku-bu gyoseki syti. Tokyo. 1789. Kenko hoken. Tokyo. 1790. Kenkyu hokoku; Byorigaku kyositu; Igaku-bu: Keio gizyuku daigaku. Tokyo. 1791. Kenkyu hokoku; Hoten zyueki kenkyuzyo. Hoten, Manchuria. 1792. Kentucky (The) pharmacist. Louisville. 1793. Kenya (The) medical journal. Nairobi. 1794. Keystone magazine of optometry. Philadelphia. 1795. Khimiko-farmacevticheskaia promyshlennost. Moskva. 1796. Khirurgia i ortopedia. Sofia. 1797. Kinderfehler (Die); Zeitschrift fiir padagogische Pathologie und therapie in Haus, Schule und sozialem Leben. Langensalza. 1798. Kinesiologia. Buenos Aires. 1799. King County Hospital bulletin. Seattle. 1800. Kinsei igaku. Tokyo. 1801. Klinika esploro. Tokyo. 1802. Klinika oczna. Warszawa. 1803. Klinika wsp61czesna. Warszawa. 1804. Kneipp-Blatter. Miinchen. 1805. Oesszegyiijtott kozlemenyek; Magyar Kiralyi Orszd- gos Kozegeszsegiigyi Intezet. Budapest. 1806. Kogyo yakuhin nenpo. Tokyo. 1807. Koho. Tokyo. 1808. Kokin bussitu kenkyu. Kyoto. 1809. Kokubyogakkai zassi. Tokyo. 1810. Kokumin eisei. Kyoto. 1811. Kokumin iryo. Tokyo. 1812. Kongressbericht; Internationaler Kongress fiir Ret- tungswesen und erste Hilfe bei Unfallen. Zurich. 1813. Correspondenz-Blatt fiir Schweizer Aerzte. Basel. 1814. K5sei-kagaku. Tokyo. 1815. Kosei no tomo. Tokyo. 1816. Kosyii eiseigaku zassi. Tokyo. 1817. Kotu igaku. Tokyo. 1818, K[ansas]P[harmaceutical]A[ssociation] news. To- peka. 1819. Krankenhausbeilage zur Schweizerischen Aerzte- zeitung. Bern. 1820. Krankenschwester (Die) Wien. 1821. Kresge Eye Institute bulletin. Detroit. 1822. Kriegsbeschadigten- (Die) und Kriegerhinterblie- benen-Fiirsorge. Berlin. 1823. Kriegsbeschadigtenfursorge (Die) Berlin. 1824. Kumamoto igakkai zassi. Kumamoto. 1825. Kur og rekonvalescens. K0benhavn. 1826. Kursteds-bladet. Oslo. 1827. Kvartalsskrift; Svenska nationalforeningens mot tuberkulos. Stockholm. 1828. Kwartalnik psychologiczny. Poznan. 1829. Kyobu geka. Tokyo. 1830. Kyoto teikoku-daigaku igaku-bu byorigaku kyositu gyoseki syti. Kyoto. 1831. Kyoto-huritu ika-daigaku ronbun syu. Kyoto. 1832. Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi. Kyoto. 1833. Kyoto igaku zassi. Kyoto. 1834. Kyu[syu teikoku] daifgaku] iho. Hukuoka. Laborat. & Clin., Tokyo 1835. Laboratory and clinic. Tokyo. Laborat. & Med. Progr., Cairo 1836. Laboratory and medical progress. Cairo. Laborat. prakt., Moskva 1837. Laboratornaia praktika. Moskva. Laegeforen. aarb. 1838. Laegerforeningens aarbog. K0benhavn. Lake Co. Health News 1839. Lake County health news. Tavares, Fla. Lamp, Indianap. 1840. Lamp (The) Indianapolis. Lamp Post, Howell 1841. Lamp (The) post. Howell, Mich. Landarzt 1842. Landarzt (Der) Stuttgart. [40] Lav. Clin. med. Perugia Lav. Clin. ocul. Univ. Roma Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Pavia Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Perugia Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Sassari Lav. 1st. chim. biol., Roma Lav. 1st. chim. fisiol., Roma Lav. 1st. din. med. Univ. Bologna Lav. 1st. med. lavoro Univ. Napoli Lav. 1st. pat. gen., Roma Lav. 1st. pat. Univ. Padova Lav. Soc. ital. med. int. Lawrence Co. M. Soc. Bull. Layman Speaks, Wash. Lebensmitteltierarzt Lecons Clin Tarnier, Par. Lect. Pub. Health Ser., Chic. Lederle Bull. Lederle Bull. Newslett. Legisl. Min. educ. saude (Brazil) Leibesiib. & korp. Erzieh. Lek. kolej., Warsz. Lek. listy Lek. vest., Praha Lek. wojsk., Edinb. Leopoldina, Lpz. Leper Q., Shanghai Lepr. in India, N. Delhi Leprosy Missions Digest Lesson Wayne School Nurs., Chic. Leucocyte, Detr. Libr. Bull. M. Coll. S. Carolina Libre pharm., Par. Libri & period., Roma Libr. J., N. Y. Libro de actas Congr. nac. pediat. Libro de actas Jorn. med. espan. Lighthouse News, N. Y. Lingnan M. Newslett. Lister J. Living, Menasha LOBUND Rep., Notre Dame Lond. Newslett., Lond. Lucha c cancer, B. Air. Lucha pop. c cancer, B. Air. Luftwaff. Druckvorschr. 1843. Lavori della Clinica medica di Perugia. Perugia. 1844. Lavori eseguiti nella Clinica oculistica della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 1845. Lavori dell'Istituto di anatomia e istologia pato- logica della R. University di Pavia. Pavia. 1846. Lavori dell'Istituto di anatomia e istologia pato- logica della R. University degli studi di Perugia. Perugia. 1847. Lavori dell'Istituto di anatomia e istologia pato- logica della R. Universita di Sassari. Sassari. 1848. Lavori dell'Istituto di chimica biologica della R. University di Roma. Roma. 1849. Lavori dell'Istituto di chimica fisiologica della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 1850. Lavori; Istituto di clinica medica generale e terapia medica della R. University di Bologna. Bologna. 1851. [Lavori] Istituto di medicina del lavoro della R. Universita di Napoli. Napoli. 1852. Lavori dell'Istituto di patologia generale della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 1853. Lavori dell'Istituto di patologia generale della Universita di Padova. Padova. 1854. Lavori dei Congressi di medicina interna; Societa italiana di medicina interna. Roma. 1855. Lawrence County Medical Society bulletin. New Castle, Pa. 1856. Layman (The) speaks. Washington. 1857. Lebensmitteltierarzt (Der) Hannover. 1858. Lecons du jeudi soir a la Clinique Tarnier. Paris. 1859. Lecture; Public health series (National Advisory Council on Radio in Education) Chicago. 1860. Lederle bulletin. New York. 1861. Lederle (The) bulletin newsletter. New York. 1862. Legislagao do Ministerio da educagao e sadde (Brazil) Rio de Janeiro. 1863. Leibesiibungen und korperliche Erziehung. Berlin. 1864. Lekarz kolejowy. Warszawa. 1865. Lekafske listy. Brno. 1866. Lekarnick^ vestnfk. Praha. 1867. Lekarz wojskowy. Edinburgh. 1868. Leopoldina. Leipzig. 1869. Leper (The) quarterly. Shanghai. 1870. Leprosy in India. New Delhi. 1871. Leprosy missions digest. New York. 1872. Lesson; Wayne School of Practical Nursing. Chicago. 1873. Leucocyte (The) Detroit. 1874. Library bulletin of the Medical College of the State of South Carolina. Greenville. 1875. Libre (La) pharmacie. Paris. 1876. Libri e periodici. Roma. 1877. Library journal. New York. 1878. Libro de actas; Congreso nacional de pediatria. Santander. 1879. Libro de actas de las Jornadas medicas espafiolas. Zaragoza. 1880. Lighthouse news. New York. 1881. Lingnan medical newsletter. Canton, China. 1882. Lister (The) journal. Glasgow. 1883. Living. Menasha, Wise 1884. LOBUND reports; a publication from the Labora- tories of Bacteriology, University of Notre Dame. Notre Dame. 1885. London newsletter. London. 1886. Lucha contra el cancer. Buenos Aires. 1887. Lucha popular contra el cancer. Buenos Aires. 1888. Luftwaffen-Druckvorschrift. Berlin. M McLeod Infirm. Bull. Madigan messenger Mag. Naturk. Helvet. 1889. McLeod (The) Infirmary bulletin. Florence S C 1890. Madigan messenger. Tacoma. 1891. Magazin fiir die Naturkunde Helvetiens. Zurich [41] Magnetiseur, Geneve Mag. R. Free Hosp. School M., Lond. Magy. belorv. arch. Magy. orv. szemle Makedon. med. pregl. Malaria Month., Amst. Malati medici medicine Manchoukuo Yearb. Manitoba M. Rev. Manual of Steriliz., Erie Manufact. Optician, Lond. Margin, derm., Fir. Margin, otolar., Fir. Marine Druckvorschr. Marseille chir. Maryland Nurs. News Maryland Pharmacist Matern. & inf., S. Paulo Mbl. geest. volksgezondh. Mecanico dent., Habana Med. Advance, N. Y. Med. arh., Sarajevo Med. Arts & Sc, Takoma Medber. Danmark Med. Ber. Deut. Schutzgeb. Med. & biol., Liege Med. Bookman, Lond. Med. Bull. Continent. Air Command Med. Bull. Europ. Command Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command Med. BulL U. S. First Army Med. & cienc. afin., Bogota Med. & cir. auxil., Madr. Med. cir. farm., Rio Med. clin., Barcel. Med. Dep. Rep. San. Off. S. Francisco (U. S. Army) Medd. Farm, foren., Stockh. Medd. Hyg. inst. Univ. K0benhavn Med. digest, Lond. Med. Directors Q. Medd. K0benhavn univ. Pat. anat. inst. Medd. Med. for., Stockh. Medd. Medicinalstyr., Stockh. Medd. Psykiat. klin., Kbh. Medd. Stat. bakt. laborat., Stockh. Medd. Stat, seruminst., Kbh. Medd. Stat. Vitaminlab., Kbh. Medd. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series--- 1892. Magnetiseur (Le) Geneve. 1893. Magazine of the Royal Free Hospital School of Medicine. London. 1894. Magyar belorvosi archivum. Budapest. 1895. Magyar orvosi szemle. Budapest. 1896. Makedonski medicinski pregled. Skopje, Yugo- slavia. 1897. Malaria monthly. Amsterdam. 1898. Malati, medici, medicine. Torino. 1899. Manchoukuo (The) year book. Hsinking. 1900. Manitoba medical review. Winnipeg. 1901. Manual (The) of sterilization, disinfection and re- lated surgical techniques. Erie, Pa. 1902. Manufacturing (The) optician. London. 1903. Marginalia dermatologica. Firenze. 1904. Marginalia otolaryngologica. Firenze. 1905. Marine-Druckvorschrift; Oberkommando der Kriegs- marine. Berlin. 1906. Marseille chirurgical. Paris. 1907. Maryland nursing news. Baltimore. 1908. Maryland (The) pharmacist. Baltimore. 1909. Maternidade e infancia. Sao Paulo. 1910. Maandblad voor de geestelijke volksgezondheid. Amsterdam. 1911. Mecanico (El) dental. La Habana. 1912. Medical (The) advance. New York. 1913. Medicinski arhiv. Sarajevo. 1914. Medical arts and sciences. Takoma Park, Md. 1915. Medicinalberetning for Kongeriget Danmark. K0- benhavn. 1916. Medizinal-Berichte fiber die Deutschen Schutzge- biete. Berlin. 1917. Medecine et biologie. Liege. 1918. Medical bookman [and historian] (title varies) London. 1919. Medical bulletin; Office of the Surgeon; Continental Air Command. Mitchel Air Force Base, N. Y. 1920. Medical bulletin of the European Command Medical Division, [n. p.] 1921. Medical bulletin; Office of the Chief Surgeon, European Command, United States Army. [n. p.] 1922. Medical bulletin; First Army, United States Army. Governors Island, N. Y. 1923. Medicina y ciencias afines. Bogota. 1924. Medicina y cirugia auxiliar. Madrid. 1925. Medicina, cirurgia, farmdcia [formerly: Medicina, cirurgia, pharmacia] Rio de Janeiro. 1926. Medicina clinica. Barcelona. 1927. [Medical Department reports]; Chief Sanitary Officer for the City of San Francisco (U. S. Army) San Francisco. 1928. Meddelanden fran Farmaceutiska foreningen. Stockholm. 1929. Meddelelser; Universitetets hygiejniske institut og Dr. med. Vilh. Budde og hustru's hygiejniske labora- torium. K0benhavn. 1930. Medical digest. London. 1931. Medical directors quarterly. Louisville. 1932. Meddelelser fra K0benhavns universitets Pato- logisk-anatomiske institut. K0benhavn. 1933. Meddelanden fran Medicinska foreningen. Stock- holm. 1934. Meddelanden fran Kungl. Medicinalstyrelsen. Stockholm, &c. 1935. Meddelelser fra K0benhavns universitets psykia- triske klinik og Psykiatrisk laboratorium [varies: Meddelelser fra Rigshospitalets psykiatriske klinik og Universitetets psykiatriske laboratorium] K0benhavn. 1936. Meddelanden fran Statens bakteriologiska labora- torium i Stockholm. Stockholm. 1937. Meddelelser fra Statens seruminstitut. K0benhavn. 1938. Meddelelser; Statens Vitamin-laboratorium. K0- benhavn. 1939. Meddelande fran Svenska nationalforeningen mot tuberkulos. Stockholm. [42] Medd. Univ. psykiat. laborat., Kbh. Medd. Univ. Retsmed. Inst., Kbh. Medecin chez Iui Medecin de Lorraine Meded. Chir. univ. klin. Groningen Meded. Kolon. inst. Amsterdam Meded. Laborat. physiol. chem. Univ. Amsterdam Med. educ phys. sport Medentian, Buffalo Med. fis., B. Air. Med. forens., Cordoba Med. forum, Kbh. Med. Freedom, N. Y. Med. glasn. Med. homeop., Santiago Medical Alliance Rev., N. Y. Medicamenta, Rio Medicina, Roma Medicina (Rev.) Bogota Medicineren, Kbh. Medico, Nova Goa Medicus, Vatican Med. Illust., Lond. Med. Invest. Accid. Bull. Med. J., Kiev Med. J., Tokyo Med. J. Malaya Med. J. (R. Canad. Navy) Med. & Laborat. Progr., Cairo Med. Iatina, Habana Med. Leg. J., Lond. Medlemsbl. Dansk. tandtekn. forb. Med. letopisi, Sofia Med. libre, Par. Med. Market. Med. Mitt. Med. Mitt. Reichsforsch. Med. & morale, Tor. Med. Mschr. Med. News Bull., Beirut Med. News Lett., Wash. Med. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl., Wash. Med. Nutrit. Rep. (OSRD) Wash. Med. & Pharm., Tokyo Med. pharm. Rdsch., Wien Med. podmlad., Beograd Med. pract., Zaragoza Med. Press., Lond. Med. & probl. humains, Lyon Med. Progr., Manila Med. & progr., Par. Med. Progr. (Panamer. Airw. Syst.) Med. promyshl. SSSR Med. & przyroda Med. Q., Ottawa Med. Radiogr., Rochester Med. Rdsch., Mainz 1940. Meddelelser fra Universitetets psykiatriske labora- torium og Kommunehospitalets nerve-sindssygeafdeling. K0benhavn. . , T 1941. Meddelelser fra Universitets Retsmedicmske Insti- tut. K0benhavn. 1942. Medecin (Le) chez lui. Pans. 1943. Medecin (Le) de Lorraine et du Nord-Est. Verdun. 1944. Mededeelingen uit de Chirurgische universiteits- kliniek te Groningen. Assen. 1945. Mededeeling; Koloniaal instituut te Amsterdam [Var.: K. Vereeniging Koloniaal instituut] Amsterdam. 1946. Mededeelingen uit het Laboratorium voor physiolo- gische chemie der Universiteit van Amsterdam en uit het Nederlandsch instituut voor volksvoeding. Amster- dam. . 1947. Medecine, education physique et sport. Pans. 1948. Medentian (The) Buffalo. 1949. Medicina ffsica. Buenos Aires. 1950. Medicina forense. C6rdoba. 1951. Medicinsk forum. K0benhavn. 1952. Medical freedom. New York. 1953. Medicinski glasnik. Beograd. 1954. Medicina homeop&tica. Santiago de Chile. 1955. Medical Alliance review. New York. 1956. Medicamenta. Rio de Janeiro. 1957. Medicina. Roma. 1958. Medicina; revista cientifica colombiana. Bogotd. 1959. Medicineren. K0benhavn. 1960. Medico (O) Nova Goa. 1961. Medicus. Vatican City. 1962. Medicine illustrated. London. 1963. Medical investigators' accident bulletin. Langley Field, Va. 1964. Medichnii zhurnal. Kiev. 1965. Medical journal. Tokyo. 1966. Medical (The) journal of Malaya. Singapore. 1967. Medical journal (Royal Canadian Navy) [Ottawa?] 1968. Medicine and laboratory progress. Cairo, &c. 1969. Medicina Iatina. La Habana. 1970. Medico-legal (The) journal. London. 1971. Medlemsblad; Dansk tandtekniker forbund. K0- benhavn. 1972. Medicinski letopisi. Sofia. 1973. Medecin (Le) libre. Paris. 1974. Medical marketing. Rutherford, N. J. 1975. Medizinische Mitteilungen. Berlin. 1976. Medizin; Mitteilungen des Reichsforschungsrates. Berlin. 1977. Medicina e morale. Torino. 1978. Medizinische Monatsschrift. Stuttgart. 1979. Medical news bulletin. Beirut. 1980. Medical news letter. Washington. 1981. Medical news letter. Aviation supplement. Wash- ington. 1982. Medical nutrition report (Committee on Medic Research of the [United States] Office of Scientific Research and Development) Washington. 1983. Medicine and pharmacy. Tokyo. 1984. Medizinische und pharmazeutische Rundschau. Wien. 1985. Medicinski podmladak. Beograd. 1986. Medicina prdctica. Zaragoza. 1987. Medical press. London. 1988. Medecine et problemes humains. Lyon. 1989. Medical progress. Manila. 1990. Medecine et progres. Paris. 1991. Medical program and policies and annual reports (Pan American Airways System) Boston. 1992. Medicinskaia promyshlennost SSSR. Moskva. 1993. Medycyna i przyroda. Warszawa. 1994. Medical quarterly. Ottawa. 1995. Medical radiography and photography. Rochester. N. Y. 1996. Medizinische Rundschau; Monatsschrift mit arzt- licher Akademie. Mainz. [43] Med. Rep. Glasgow Mat. Hosp. Med. Rep. North. Rhodesia Med. Reporter, Manila Med. Res. Bull. S. Elizabeths Hosp., Wash. Med. Rev., Edinb. Med. Rev. of Rev., Delhi Med. spec. laegepraks., Kbh. Med. statist. Mitt. Gesundhamt., Berl. Med. Targets Med. Techn., Berl. Med. Technicians Bull. Med. techn. Mitt. Schweiz Med. Time, Tokyo Med. Trends, Orange Med. trop., Marseille Med. Women Internat. J., Par. Med. wspolcz. Meet. Penicillin Invest. Mem. Congr. Ass. med. fr. Amerique du Nord Mem. Congr. centroamer. vener. Mem. Congr. farm centroamer. Mem. Congr. med. dominie Mem. Congr. med. ecuator. Mem. Congr. mex. pediat. Mem. Congr. nac. brucel., Montev. Mem. Congr. panamer. med. leg. Mem. Congr. venezol. nino Mem. Dep. Health Scotland Mem. Dir. gen. san., Madr. Memento Beta, B. Air. Mem. Fac cienc. med. La Plata Mem. Fac. cienc. nat. farm., Guate- mala Mem. Fac. med. farm. Guatemala Mem. hig., Bogota Mem. Inst, radioquir. Guipuzcoa Mem. Inst, serol., Habana Mem. Junta gen. benefic Cundina- marca Mem. med. Squibb Mem. Min. hig. Nicaragua Mem. Min. trab. Panama Mem. Patron, lepr. (Argentina) Mem. Rep. Climat. Res. Laborat., T flwrpneo Mem. Rep. Envir. Protect. Sect. (U. S. Quartermast. Gen.) Mem. Secc estadist. Min. salud pub. Paraguay 1997. Medical report; Glasgow Royal Maternity and Women's Hospital. Glasgow. 1998. Medical report on health and sanitary conditions, Northern Rhodesia. London. 1999. Medical reporter. Manila. 2000. Medical research bulletin; St. Elizabeths Hospital. Washington. 2001. Medical (The) review. Edinburgh. 2002. Medical (The) review of reviews. Delhi. 2003. Medicinske specialer i laegepraksis. K0benhavn. 2004. Medizinal-statistische Mittheilungen aus dem Kai- serlichen Gesundheitsamte. Berlin. 2005. Medical targets; U. S. Naval Technical Mission to Japan, [n. p.] 2006. Medizinische Technik. Berlin. 2007. Medical technicians bulletin. Washington. 2008. Medizinisch-technische Mitteilungen fiir die Schweiz. Bern. 2009. Medical time. Tokyo. 2010. Medical trends. Orange. 2011. Medecine tropicale. Marseille. 2012. Medical women's international journal. Paris. 2013. Medycyna wsp61czesna. Warszawa. 2014. Meeting of penicillin investigators. Washington. 2015. Texte des memoires; Congres de l'Association des medecins de langue frangaise de 1'Amerique du Nord. Montreal, &c. 2016. Memoria del Congreso centro-americano de vene- reologia. San Jose, C. R. 2017. Memoria del Congreso farmaceutico centro-ameri- cano. San Salvador. 2018. Memoria; Congreso medico dominicano. Santiago, R. D. 2019. Memoria del Congreso medico ecuatoriano. Guaya- quil. 2020. Memoria; Congreso mexicano de pediatria. Mexico, D. F. 2021. Memorias; Congreso nacional de la brucelosis. Montevideo. 2022. Memoria; Congreso panamericano de medicina legal, odontologia legal y criminologfa. La Habana. 2023. Memoria; Congreso venezolano del nino. Caracas. 2024. Memorandum; Department of Health for Scotland. Edinburgh. 2025. Memoria de la Direcci6n general de sanidad. Madrid. 2026. Memento Beta. Buenos Aires. 2027. Memoria; Facultad de ciencias medicas, Universidad nacional de La Plata. La Plata. 2028. Memoria de los trabajos de la Facultad de ciencias naturales y farmacia; Universidad nacional. Guatemala. 2029. Memoria de la Facultad de medicina y farmacia. Guatemala, Guatemala. 2030. Memoria de higiene [Ministerio de higiene, Colom- bia] Bogotd. 2031. Memoria del Instituto radio-quirurgico de Guipuz- coa. San Sebastian. 2032. Memoria; Instituto de serologfa. La Habana. 2033. Memoria de la Junta general de beneficencia; Departamento de Cundinamarca. Bogota. 2034. Memoria medica Squibb. New York. 2035. Memoria; Ministerio de higiene y beneficencia pii- blicas, Republica de Nicaragua. Managua, D. N. 2036. Memoria; Ministerio de trabajo, previsi6n social y salud publica, Panama^. Panama. 2037. Memoria del Patronato de leprosos (Argentina) Buenos Aires. 2038. Memorandum report; Climatic Research Laboratory (U. S. Army) Lawrence, Mass. 2039. Memorandum report; Environmental Protection Section; Research and Development Branch; Military Planning Division (U. S. Army. Office of the Quarter- master General) Lawrence, Mass. 2040. Memoria; Secci6n estadistica, Ministerio de salud publica, Paraguay. Asunci6n. [44] Mem. Seer. san. asist. pub., Ciudad Trujillo Mem. Semana med. Veracruz. Mem. Semana nac. antivener. (Costa Rica) Mem. Serv. antivener. Valparaiso Mem. Serv. nac salub. Chile Mem. Soc. fr. hist. med. Mens. Insp. hyg. mun., S. Paulo Ment. Health, Beloit Ment. Health, Clevel. Mental Health (Utah) Ment. Hyg. News, Milwaukee Mesech. izvest., Sofia Mese san., Milano Mesic. Ciba Messenger, Los Ang. Meth. Med. Res., Chic. Mikrob. J., Kiev Mikrochim. acta, Wien Mikroskopie, Wien Miktab lehaber Mil. Rep., Wash. Minerva chir., Tor. Minerva gin., Tor. Minerva pediat.. Tor. Minerva urol., Tor. Minnesota Health Minnesota Pharm. Minnesota Welf. Minutes Armed Forces Vision Com. Minutes Army Navy Vision Com. Minutes Ass. State Com. Postgrad. M. Educ. Minutes Chemother. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Dent. Bd U. Kingdom Minutes Gen. M. Counc. Gr. Britain Minutes Streptomycin Conf. Minutes Subcom. Armored Vehicl. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Color Vision U. S. Armed Forces Vision Com. Minutes Subcom. Hist. Rec. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Publicity (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Surg. Inf. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Visibility U. S. Army Navy Vision Com. m6dica veracruzana. (Costa 2041. Memoria; Secretarfa de estado de sanidad y asisten- cia publica; Republica dominicana. Ciudad 2042. Memoria de la Semana n C6rdoba. , . , 2043. Memoria; Semana nacional antivenerea Rica) San Jose. ,. , „ j_ inH 2044. Memoria; Comite tecmco coordinator de a protective. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 69: 140.—Khocianov, I.. K. [Mica as protective glass] Hig. & zdorov., 1942, 7: No. 7, 46. MICAELLI, Louis Rene, 1914- ♦Con- siderations sur la reprise du travail des tubercu- leux pulmonaires, porteurs de pneumothorax therapeutique. 118p. tab. 24cm. Alger, Impr. nord-afr., 1939. MICA operation. See Mika. MICAUD, Pierre, 1912- *Les fractures isolees du condyle humeral; fractures par de- calottement de Mouchet. 83p. pi. 25J^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. MICA worker. See also Dust; Pneumokoniosis; Sericite; Sili- cosis. Dmitriev, M. A. [Condition of eyes in women workers of the Irkutsk mica factory] Med. biul., Irkutsk, 1939, 87-93, pi — Kohan-Jasni, V. M. [Silicosis universalis in mica workers] Vrach. delo, 1926, 9: 633-40.—Policard, A. Etude expen- mentale de Taction des poussieres de mica sur le tissu pul- monale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 243. ----— The action of mica dust on pulmonary tissue. J. Indust. Hyg., 1934, 16: 160-4. MICELLE. See also Colloid, Structure; Macromolecule. For cellular micelle see Cell, Cytoplasm: Struc- ture. Baule, B., & Kratky, O. Die Dehnung der amorphen Be- reiche bei affiner Verzerrung eines micellaren Netzes. Zschr. phys. Chem., 1942, 52: Abt. B, 142-52.— Bungenberg de Jong, H. G. Situation des coacervats parmi les systSmes micellaires. In his Coacervation, Par., 1936, 1: 20-3.—Cluzet, G. Modi- fications micellaires produites par l'addition de cristalloides dans le se>umsanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 458-61.— Hoar, T. P., & Schulman, J. H. Transparent water-in-oil dispersions; the oleopathic hydro-micelle. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 102.—Klevens, H. B. Critical micelle concentrations as determined by refraction. J. Phys. Colloid Chem., 1948, 52: 130-48.—Staudinger, H. Ueber die altere und neuere Micel- larlehre. In his Makromol. Chem., Basel, 1947, 11-8.— Young, G., & Reiner, J. M. Mechanical forces and torque on an ellipsoid in diffusion fields in connection with the problem of orientation of colloidal micellae in biological systems. Growth, Ithaca, 1937, 1:251-61. ---- ionic. See also Electrolyte; Ion, complex. Hartley, G. S. The critical concentration for micelles in solutions of cetane sulfonic acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58: 2347-54.—Hoerr, C. W., & Ralston, A. W. Studies on high- molecular-weight aliphatic amines and their salts; transference numbers of some primary amine hydrochlorides in aqueous solution and their significance in the interpretation of the micelle theory. Ibid., 1943, 65: 976-83.—Randall, M., & Cann, J. V. Micelles and base exchange. Chem. Rev., Bait., 1930, 7: 369-406.—Wright, K. A., & Tartar, H. V. Studies of sul- fonates; densities and viscosities of sodium dodecyl sulfonate solutions in relation to micelle formation. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 544-9. MICELOTTA, Vincenzo. La scrofolosi. 89p. 18cm. Nap., L. Vittorio, 1872. -—— La materia medica nelle presenti con- dizioni della medicina. 22p. 21}£cm. Nap., G. De Angelis, 1877. Reprint from Gazz. med. pubb. MICHAEL, Saint. San Michele Arcangelo, patrono dei radiologi. Radiol. med., Milano, 1941, 28:477-82. MICHAEL, B. F. [author?] Not one person in 5,000 knows what is in this book! [hernia] 28p. illust. 8? [Binghamton, N. Y., 1935] MICHAEL, Catherine Edwards, 1912- See Mallmann, W. L., & Michael, C. E. The development of mold on cold storage eggs, and methods of control. 34p. 8? East Lansing, 1940. MICHAEL, Herbert. Die Schadlingsbekam- pfung im Rahmen der offentlichen ^^.dh^{ pflcge 77p. illust. 23cm. Dresd., Deut Verl. Volkswohlfahrt, 1930. Forms H. 8, Veroff. Hyg. Akad. Dresden. ■--- Leitfaden fiir die Laienhilfe. 160p. illust. 19cm. Dresd., Deut. Hyg. Mus^ 1941 See also Gebh.nl, B., Michael, H. [et al.] Wunder des Lebens. 427p. 4? Stuttg. 1936 -Gre.mer, K , & Mlchae'- H. Handbuch des praktischen Desinfektors. 3. Aufl. 203p. 8? Dresd., 1937. MICHAEL, Jeffrey Charles, 1888-1936 For obituary see Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 33. 7.^-4. MICHAEL, Maurice Albert, 1903- For portrait see Postgrad. M., 1947, 2: 283; 415. MICHAEL, Max Joseph, 1887- Die Be- gutachtung beruflicher Hauterkrankungen. 40p. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1932. Forms H. 12, Hefte z. Unfallh. MICHAEL, Pieter Roelof, 1892- ♦Osteo- chondritis deformans juvenilis [Utrecht] xii, 116p. illust, tab. 23>^cm. Zalt-Bommel, Van de Garde & Co., 1923. ---- Heelkundige opstellen. ix, 149p. illust. pi. portr. diagr. 26cm. Utrecht, A. Oosthoek, 1948. For portrait see Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: No. 36, front. MICHAEL, William Howard, 1888- The importance of adequate records of the sick and wounded in the military services in time of war, and the best methods for obtaining them; by Toubib [pseud.] 17p. form. 26#cm. [n. p., 1939?] Typewritten. For portrait see Hosp. Management, 1943, 55: No. 4, 21. MICHAELIDES, Aegli, 1905- ♦Ueber ein gramnegatives coliahnliches Bakterium im Rohwasser eines Wasserwerkes; ein Beitrag zur Colifrage [Berlin] 24p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. MICHAELIDES, Christos G., 1902- *Der heutige Stand der Ansichten iiber die Erythro- cyten-Struktur, mit einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Becholdsche Methode. 24p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. MICHAELIDES, Georges, 1906- ♦Glyco- suries infundibulo-hypophysaires. 103p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. MICHAELIS, Edith, 1914- ♦Vom Zu- sammenhang der Zahnerkrankungen mit Erkran- kungen der benachbarten Organe. 24p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. MICHAELIS, H. K. Aetiologie en therapie van pathologische afwijkingen van de gingiva en mondslijmvlies. 32p. illust. pi. 21}£cm. Leiden, H. E. Stenfert Kroese, 1945. MICHAELIS, Hanns, 1913- ♦Eine Tri- chineninfektion von 25 Fallen im Kriege. 34p. tab. 21cm. Munch., J. Gotteswinter [1940?] MICHAELIS, Henriette, 1849- comp. A new dictionary of the Portuguese and English languages. 8. ed. 2v. 729p.; 742p. 22cm. Lpz., F. A. Brockhaus, 1932. MICHAELIS, Hildegard, 1906- ♦Unter- suchungen und Erfahrungen mit Tiranal. 23p. 8? Lpz., n. p., 1932. MICHAELIS, Use, 1909- ♦Finden sich Basophilic und andere Alterationen des Blut- bildes bei entzundlichen Prozessen der Mund- und Rachenhohle? [Leipzig] 28p. 8? Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1933. MICHAELIS, Karl Alex Erich, 1911- *Ueber zerstuckelnde Operationen. 16p. 8? Greifsw., E. Panzig & Co., 1934. MICHAELIS, Leonor, 1875-1950. Die Wasser- stofnonenkonzentration; ihre Bedeutung fiir die Biologie und die Methoden ihrer Messung. xiii, 210p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914. MICHAELIS 3 MICHAELSEN ---- The same [2. Teil] Oxydations-Reduc- tions-Potentiale mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer physiologischen Bedeutung. 2. Aufl. xi, 259p. diagrs. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Forms Bd 17, Monogr. Physiol. ---- The same. Hydrogen ion concentration; its significance in the biological sciences and methods for its determinations, v.l: Principles of the theory. Transl. from the 2. German ed. by W. A. Perlzweig. xiv, 299p. illust. tab. diagr. 23#cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1926. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Am. Scientist, 1946, 34: 574. MICHAELIS, Lili, 1905- ♦Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Reticulocyten und ihrer klinischen Bedeutung [Berlin] 18p. 8? Quakenbriick, C. Trute, 1933. MICHAELIS, Lorenz S., 1902- ♦Ueber sekundare Todesfalle nach Operation wegen Ruekenmarkstumor [Berlin] 37p. 8? Char- lottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. ---- Vergleichende mikroskopische Unter- suchungen an rezenten, historischen und fossilen menschlichen Knochen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Svphilis. viii, 92p. pi. 8! Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. Forms 6. Bd, H. 1, Veroff. Geb. Kriegs & Konst. Path. (Aschoff & Borst) Jena, 1930. ---- First aid through photographs. 64p. illust. 12^cm. x 19cm. Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1941. ---- How the body works. 64, xvi p. illust. pi. diagr. 21^cm. Lond., Longmans, Green & Co. [1941] ---- Anatomical atlas of orthopaedic opera- tions. 67p. illust. 26cm. Lond., W. Heine- mann, 1946. MICHAELIS, Oscar, 1907- ♦Die Brauch- barkeit der histochemischen Methoden des Goldnachweises. p. 478-88. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1929-30, 225: MICHAELIS, Reinhold. Die Holunderkur, ein altbewahrtes Naturheil- und Vorbeugungs- mittel von vielseitiger Wirkung gegen Stoff- wechselkrankheiten, besonders gegen Gicht und Rheumatismus. 2. Aufl. 24p. 8? Lpz., A. Michaelis [1916] MICHAELIS, Rudolf, 1907- *Vier Falle von Lymphogranuloma maligna (!) der Haut (Hodgkin'sche Krankheit) [Freiburg i. B.] 23p. 21cm. Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1934. MICHAELIS-TAPPOLET, Agnes [M. D., 1935, Basel] ♦Ueber die Einwirkung von Leber- praparaten auf Hamoglobingehalt und Erythro- zytenzahl des Blutes beim Kaninchen. 16p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1935. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, N. 27. MICHAELS, George, 1903- See Sundstroem, E. S., & Michaels, G. The adrenal cortex in adaptation to altitude, climate and cancer. 409p. 32J^cm. Berkeley, Calif., 1942. MICHAELS, Joseph, 1911- ♦Ergebnisse und Fortschritte in der Anwendung anisotoni- scher Losungen bei der Behandlung des erhohten Hirndruckes (unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eigener Beobachtungen in Krankenhausern von New York) 24p. 21cm. Munch., P. Waiz- mann, 1937. MICHAELS, Joseph Porter, 1838-1912. Thorpe, B. L. Joseph Porter Michaels, biologist, micro- scopist, chemist, prosthetist. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 669-73, portr. For obituary see Dent. Cosmos, 1912, 54: 622-7, portr. MICHAELSEN, Johann Wilhelm, 1860- Scientific results of an expedition to rain forest regions in eastern Africa; Oligochaeta. p.433-77. 8? Cambr., 1937. Forms No. 8, v.79, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ. MICHAELSEN, Knud, 1915-43. For obituary see Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 1019 (Andersen S. R.) MICHAELSEN, Uwe, 1912- ♦Schizo- phrenieahnliche Krankheitsbilder im Erbgesund- heitsverfahren [Kiel] 28p. 21cm. Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1937. MICHAIL, Dumitru, 1885- [Fiftieth anniversary of Prof. D. Michail] Cluj. med., 1935, 16: 619, portr.—Vancea, P. Vue d'ensemble sur l'activite' scientifique du professeur D. Michail. Ibid., 1936, 17: 275-90, portr. MICHAIL, Jean. ♦Les modifications apportees dans les conceptions de la collapsotherapie par la pleuroscopie precoce [Lausanne] 46p. illust. tab. 23cm. Aigle, J. Borloz, 1943. MICHAILOFF, Dimiter, 1903- ♦Ulcus- sarkom des Magens. 24p. 8? Munch., F. Pinn, 1929. MICHAILOFF, Dimiter M., 1905- ♦Ueber die tuberkulose Sehnenscheidenent- zundung [Zurich] 31p. 8? Sofia, P. Glusch- koff, 1931. MICHALAKEFF, Georgi, 1898- ♦Beob- achtungen iiber chronische Meningokokken- Meningitis an der Leipziger Medizinischen Klinik [Leipzig] 30p. 8? Lucka i. T., R. Berger, 1926. MICHALEFF, Dobri, 1901- *Die Metho- den der Resektion des Oberkiefers und ihre Immediat-Prothese. 16p. 8? Lpz., n. p., 1929. MICHALIS, Spyro, 1903- ♦Reine recidi- vierende Agranulocytose. 37p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. MICHALLET, Louis, 1912- *Un cas clinique d'osteopathie bismuthique. 43p. 24^cm. Lyon, Impr. du Salut public, 1939. MICHALOVICI, Eugenie [M. D., 1939, Geneve] ♦L'etat des nerfs sympathiques et parasympathiques dans les pneumopathies aigues et chroniques [Geneve] 72p. pi. 23}£cm. Ambilly, Presses zoniennes, 1939. MICHALOWICZ, Jerzy, 1903-36. For obituary see Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 705, portr. (Stein, J.) MICHALOWSKY, Ernst Heinrich, 1898- *Ein Fall von Echinokokkus disseminatus mit Vereiterung und Ruptur eines Leberechinokokken. 19p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., A. Luck, 1925. MICHALSKI, Pinkus [M. D., 1935, Basel] ♦Veranderungen in der Mundhohle bei Diabetes mellitus. 23p. 8? Basel, Philogr. Verl., 1935. MICHALSKI, Werner, 1912- *Lst die Paradentose durch Kurzwellentherapie beein- flussbar? 24p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. MICHALSKY, Walter, 1910- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der Berufsfahigkeit derjenigen, die in der Jugend wegen angeborenen Stars operiert wurden [Greifswald] 19p. 22}£cm. Glogau, C. Altmann, 1937. MICHANS, Juan [M. D., 1925, B. Aires] Antecedentes, titulos y trabajos. 18p. 23cm. B. Air., A. G. Buffarini, 1942. ---- Antecedentes, titulos y trabajos; con- curso de profesor ad junto de clinica quirurgica. 19p. 23cm. B. Air., A. Lopez, 1943. MICHARD, Louis, 1910- ♦Contribution a l'etude de la vaccination associee antitypho- paratypho-diphtSrique. 92p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. MICHAUD, Andre. *Contribution a l'histoire MICHAUD 4 MICHEAU de la prothese dentaire g6n6rale en Suisse [Geneve] 63p. 23cm. Chateau-D'Oex, E. Burri, 1939. MICHAUD, Gilbert, 1911- ♦Les stations thermo-climatiques de la valine du Tech; leurs caracteristiques essentielles; leurs indications respectives. 45p. 23%cm. Par., L. Flandin, 1939. MICHAUD, Jacques, 1910- ♦Le traite- ment moderne de l'impetigo par la vaccino- th^rapie ou la medication sulfamidee. 87p. 24#cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. MICHAUD, Jacques, 1915- *La vita- mine Bi et le traitement des polynevrites al- cooliques. 32p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. MICHAUD, Leon. *Les apothicaires de l'Angoumois [Strasbourg] 159p. illust. pi. map. 24cm. Clermont-Ferrand, J. de Bussac, 1943. MICHAUD, Louis, 1880- ♦Ueber das Scheidevermogen der Niere bei Blutentzug und iiber die Wirkungsweise der Diuretica [Bern] 83p. 8? Munch., R. Oldenbourg, 1904. For Festschrift see Hommage a Louis Michaud, 8 juin 1940. 674p. 26cm. [Lausanne, 1940?] See also Barraud. A Louis Michaud. Rev. m£d. Suisse rom., 1940, 60: 409. Also in Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, ix.—Bridel, P., & Montmollin, C. de. Hommage au patron. Ibid., 51-5.-—Chuard, E. L'appel a Lausanne. Ibid., 1.—Copeau, J. Lettre au professeur Louis Michaud pour ses 60 ans. Ibid., 3.—Miiller, F. von. Ein Brief an Herrn Professor Dr Michaud zur Feier seines 60. Geburtstages. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 495-8.—Pochon, A. Andante sostenuto; pour quatuor a cordes; ecrit a l'occasion du 8 juin 1940; d^die' en toute amitie' au professeur Louis Michaud. In: Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, 29-36.—Professor Dr Louis Michaud zum 60. Geburtstage. Ibid., xi. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 493, portr.-—Weingartner, F. Michaud der Freund. In: Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, 49. For portrait see in Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, front. MICHAUD, Pierre, 1911- ♦De l'interet des reactions de Aschheim-Zondek et Friedmann- Brouha dans les suites de la m61e hydatiforme. 42p. 8? Lyon, Ass. typogr., 1935. MICHAUD-ELSKES, Marthe [M. D., 1937, Lausanne] ♦Contribution a l'etude des diverti- cules du duodenum. 63p. 24cm. Lausanne, La Concorde, 1937. MICHAUD Festschrift. See Hommage a Louis Michaud, 8 juin 1940. 674p. 26cm. [Lausanne, 1940?] MICHAUT, Jean, 1907- ♦Spirochetose ictero-hemorragique de l'homme et du singe. 117p. pi. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1932. MICHAUT, Pierre, 1902- ♦La cure de soif dans le traitement de la bronchectasie in- fantile [Paris] 63p. 8? Nancy, Impr. centr. de Test, 1927. MICHAUT, Regine, 1909- *Du traite- ment vaccinotherapique de la tuberculose chi- rurgicale. 32p. 8° Par., P. & E. Davy, 1934. MICHAUT, Robert, 1908- ♦Contribution a l'etude des tuberculoses pulmonaires graves; les evolutions d'une seule tenue. 88p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1938. MICHAUX, Frangois Andre, 1770-1855. For portrait see Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1897) 1901, pt 2, pi. 58. MICHAUX, Jacob, 1851-1915. For obituary see Tr. Tristate M. Ass., 1916, 18: 50. MICHAUX, Leon, 1899- *La neuro- mvelite optique aigue. 291p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1930. MICHAUX, Roger, 1909- ♦Etude du temps de disintegration par hydrolyse de quel- ques microbes; essai d'application clinique des desint6grats au diagnostic de certaines maladies. 47p. 25cm. Lyon, Impr. I. L., 1933. MICHEAU, Andre, 1903- *La region de Die Kunst des 21cm. Solothurn, Zoumi (Maroc nord-est) son Slevage boyin, ovin etcaprin [Alfort] 36p. 8? Par., Nos Animaux, !930. , . ,n10 MICHEAUX, Andre Lafaye de, 191JT *La thoracoplastie superieure; historique, in- dications, technique, rSsultats [Marseille] xiv, 133p. 24i/2cm. Bellegarde, Impr Sadag, 1939. See also Angirany, J., Michon, L., & Micheaux, A. L._ de. La thoracoplastie elective: primitive, dissociation, de substi- tution. 127p. 23cm. Par., 1940. MICHEEL, Bruno, 1902- ♦Die Vorteile der direkten Endoskopie und der Rontgen- durchleuchtung bei Erkennung und Behandlung von Fremdkorpern der tieferen Luftwege und der Speiserohre. 40p. 8° Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930 MICHEL, Albert Ehregott Christoph, 1910- ♦Zehnjahrige Erfahrungen mit der Anaes- thesie und Narkose im poliklinischen Betriebe [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1936. MICHEL, Antoine, 1911- ♦Sur un cas de pleurSsie purulente f6tide de la grande cavite a colibacilles. 44p. 25^cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. MICHEL, Bertha Vogler Krankseins. 2. Aufl. 113p. Vogt-Schild, 1944. MICHEL, Carl, 1890-1946. For obituary see Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1946, 25: 767. Also Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1946, 15: 197. Aleo Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 265. MICHEL, Charles H., 1867-1937. See Loeper, M. R., & Michel, C. H. Formulaire pratique de therapeutique et de pharmacologic. 34. £d. 1030p. 16cm. Par., 1938. Also Spanish ed. 1069p. 15>4cm. Madr., 1944. For obituary see Bull. Soc. nuSd. Paris, 1938, 18 (Luquet, G., & Grain, R.) MICHEL, Charlotte, 1904- ♦Die Ergeb- nisse poliklinischer Geburtshilfe [Breslau] 34p. 8? Gottesberg. i. S., Wochenbl. Druck.. 1931. MICHEL, Ernst, 1911- ♦Ueber Diagnose und Differentialdiagnose bei Grawitzschen Tu- moren [Giessen] 33p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. MICHEL, Eugen, 1897- ♦Die Anwendung der Kalte in der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. MICHEL, Eugene, 1914- ♦Contribution a l'etude des amygdalectomies abusives et de l'amygdalite iliaque. 48p. 24cm. Par., Vigot fr. 1939. MICHEL, Eugene Gaston, 1874-1937. For biography see in Souvenirs (Binet, A.) Par., 1946, 166. For obituary see Gyn^cologie, 1937, 36: 193 (Binet, A.) Also Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1938, 11. Congr., 1: 196-200 (Guibal, J.) Also Rev. meU Nancy, 1937, 65: 283-7, portr. (Guibal, J.) ---- MUTEL, Maurice Gustave, & ROUS- SEAUX, Rene. Les traumatismes ferm6s du rachis. vii, 330p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. MICHEL, Evariste. Chateaubriand; interpre- tation m6dico-psychologique de son caractere. vii, 150p. 8? Par., Perrin & cie, 1911. MICHEL, Friedrich, 1907- ♦Ueber ab- sichtlich erzeugte Hautbeschadigungen (Arte- fakte) 93p. pi. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, R. Windsheimer, 1935. MICHEL, Georges, 1913- *La place actuelle de la myomectomie dans le traitement des fibromes uterins. 52p. 25#cm. Lyon, Bosc tr., 1938. MICHEL, Gertrud, 1909- *Die primare Insulinhyperglykamie wahrend der Schwanger- schaft (experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Schwangerschaftsleber) 25p. 8? Bonn H Trapp, 1935. MICHEL 5 MICHEL MICHEL, Gustave Hillarion, 1859-1926. Home science; a treatise upon the causes, pre- vention and treatment of disease, xi, 571p. 8? Clevel., Home Science Co., 1900. MICHEL, Guy, 1913- ♦La chrysothSra- pie intra-pleurale dans les pneumothorax in- efficaces. 67p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Charity, 1939. MICHEL, Helmut, 1911- ♦Ueber das Adenocarcinom der Appendix unter dem Bilde der eitrigen Appendicitis [Breslau] lip. 22}^cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. MICHEL, Henri, 1914- *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des diphte'ries graves par l'extrait cortico-surrenal a hautes doses. 38p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1942. MICHEL, Henriette [nee Lauriat] 1905- ♦La neuro-syphilis parenchymateuse chez le musulman tunisien et l'ars^notherapie. 56p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. MICHEL, Henriette Marie Amelie [nee Re- naud] 1909- ♦Le traitement du trachome par les sulfamides et en particulier par le G. 33. 174p. 24cm. Nancy, Impr. nance., 1944. MICHEL, Hubert, 1913- ♦Ueber die abtotende und entwicklungshemmende Wirkung von Benzoesaure und Natriumbenzoat bei ver- schiedenen Temperaturen [Miinchen] 25p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. MICHEL, Hubert Romaric, 1904- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de la rachianalg6sie; son m^canisme; reflexions sur la diffusion. 55p. 24cm. Nancy, Impr. Lorraine, Rigot & cie, 1934. MICHEL, Jean, 1908 [15. July]- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de la pachydermie vorticeliee du cuir chevelu. 73p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. MICHEL, Jean, 1908 [18. Dec.]- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de la pathogenie et du traite- ment des etats psychoneurastheniques. 109p. 25cm. Nancy, L. Stoquert, 1933. MICHEL, Jean, 1909- ♦Valeur pharma- cologique de l'hyposulfite de soude. 64p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1933. MICHEL, Jean Auguste Rene, 1888- ♦Le zebu au Maroc [Alfort] 57p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. MICHEL, Jean Guy, 1912- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude du fond d'oeil senile, plus particu- lierement au cours de l'hypertension [Marseille] 103p. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. MICHEL, Jean Marie, 1908-44. For obituary see Lyon chir., 1945, 40: 5-7, portr. (Mallet- Guy, P., & Romand-Monnier, J. M.) MICHEL, Jean Maurice [D. Vet., 1941, Alfort] Le poumon des ruminants en inspection des viandes. 94p. 24cm. Par., R. Foulon, 1941. MICHEL, Joseph Guillaume, 1913- ♦La torsion appendiculaire m^canique. 32p. 25^cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. MICHEL, Jules, 1908- *La morve; maladie professionnelle du veterinaire [Alfort] 46p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. MICHEL, Julius von, 1843-1911. Die Krank- heiten der Augenlider. vi, 473p. illust. pi. 8? Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1908. Forms 5. Bd, 2 Abt., Handb. ges. Augenh. (Saemisch, T., & Hess, C.) 2. Aufl. . ,, For obituary see Arch. Augenh., 1911, 70: H. 2, p. l. Also Ophth. Yearb., 1912, 9: 15. MICHEL, Karl, 1907- ♦Ueber die Pro- lapsoperationen der Klinik vom 1. X. 1920 bis 31.. XII. 1932 [Miinchen] lip. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. MICHEL, Karl Heinz, 1908- ^Zur Kenntnis der Nasenhohlengeschwulste [Breslau] p.354-71. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1932. MICHEL, Lotte, 1904- ♦Synechien der kleinen Labien [Miinchen] 35p. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1929. MICHEL, Lucien, 1885- Le pied bot congenital, p.3907-75. 8? Par., Masson & cie. 1937. In: Traite" chir. orthop. (Ombr^danne, L.) Par., 1937, 5: MICHEL, Marie Maurice. *Contribution a l'etude des maladies parasitaires des ombelliferes utiles [Strasbourg] 141p. illust. 23}^cm. Toul, Impr. touloise, 1936. MICHEL, Maurice, 1865-1944. For obituary see Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1944, 60: 258 (Lemierre) 444. MICHEL, Paul, 1907- ♦Contribution a l'etude des accidents cutan^es de la ph^nolphta- leine. 44p. 8? Par., Presses modernes, 1937. MICHEL, Paul, 1911- ♦Ueber Hyper- emesis gravidarum [Wiirzburg] 46p. 8? Ochsenf. a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. MICHEL, Paul, 1912- ♦Contribution a l'etude de la lithiase sous-maxillaire; diagnostic clinique et radiologique; traitement. 96p. illust. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1940. MICHEL, Raoul, 1905- ♦Contribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de invagina- tion intestinale; exteriorisation de l'appendice; trois observations. 53p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. du Progres, 1934. MICHEL, Raymond, 1914- ♦Recherche sur la biochimie de la phenylalanine [Marseille] 89p. tab. diagr. 24cm. Lons-le-Saunier; M. Declume, 1944. MICHEL, Robert, 1911- ♦La destruction des ordures menageres par la methode du depot controie. 70p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1936. MICHEL, Roberto. ♦La operaci6n de Portes [Guadalajara] 5p. 1., 24p. illust. 22cm. [Gua- dalajara? Mex., n. p.] 1927. MICHEL, Roger, 1903- ♦La maison maternelle nationale de St-Maurice (Seine) sa creation, son fonctionnement, ses resultats. 68p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1930. MICHEL, Roger, 1908- ♦Contribution a l'etude des parapl£gies tardives par projectile latent dans les blessures du rachis. 62p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Presse, 1935. MICHEL, Roger, 1909- ♦Reaction psy- chomotrice et chronaxie vestibulaire; chronaxie du nerf phrenique et phrenicoexerese. 72p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1934. MICHEL, Rudolf, 1870- Lehrbuch der forensischen Psychiatrie. 274p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. MICHEL, Ruth, 1909- ♦Ueber eine traumatische Trigeminusschadigung [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8? Halle a. S., H. John, 1935. MICHEL, Theodor [M. D., 1931, Basel] *Bader, Scherer, Chirurgen, Hebammen und Apotheker im alten Luzern (1300-1798) 102p. 8? Basel, P. v. Matt & cie, 1931. MICHEL, Walter [M. D., 1937, Geneve] Contribution a l'etude du diabete surrlnal. 43p. 23cm. Geneve, Impr. Victoria-Hall, 1937. MICHEL, Walter, 1907- ♦Der Einfluss der Zerkleinerung bei der Ausnutzung der Leguminosen im Darmkanal des Menschen. 29p. 20cm. Frankf. a. M., F. Eberling, 1938. MICHELANGELO [Buonarroti] 1475-1564. For biography see: Clement, C. Michelangelo, lllp. 8? Lond., 1888. MICHELANGELO 6 MICHELI Sec also Anile, A. II volto di Michelangelo. Illust. med. ital., 1925, 7: 70-2.—Gleichen, A. von. Michelangelo und Vittoria Colonna. Neue (icncration, 1912, 8: 173-80.— Intersessualita di Michelangelo. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 1, varia, 110-2.- MacI.ean.M. The horns on Michelangelo's Moses. Art & Archaeol., 1917, 6: 97, pi.—N., W. A mao esquerda de Miguel Angelo. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1941, 8: 335.— Vidoni, G. La giovinezza di Michelangelo. Illust. med. ital., 1923, 5: 62-5. MICHELAZZI, Augusto Massimo, 1904- Cardiopatologia; elementi di semeiotica, dia- gnostica e terapia delle malattie cardiovasali. xv, 469p. illust. pi. diagr. 25cm. Tor., Rosenberg & Sellier, 1947. ---- & De RENZI, Salvatore. II puntato linfoghiandolare. 126p. illust. pi. tab. 23%cm. Pisa, Xistri-Lischi ed., 1940. Also Omnia med., Pisa, No. 15, Suppl. MICHELAZZI, Augusto Massimo, & MELOSI, Enea. La uveo-parotite. 22p. illust. 27};>em. Bologna, L. Cappelli, 1941. Forms (No. 64) No. 65, ser. 1, Coll. med. attual. sc. MICHELAZZI, Luigi. Elementi di fisio- patologia ad uso delle allieve ostetriche. 77p. pi. 241/2cm. Pisa, G. Cursi & figli, 1939. MICHELBACHER, Otto Wilhelm, 1901- ♦Die medikamentose Behandlung der Hyper- toniekrankheiten mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Cholinpraparates Pacyl. 33p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1929. MICHEL-BECHET, Regis. See Godard, H., & Michel-Bechet, R. Nouvelles techniques traitement des fractures. 406p. 24J^cm. Par., 1948. ----PUIG, Rene, & CHARVET, Pierre. Localisations viscerales et aspects chirurgicaux des brucelloses. 168p. illust. diagr. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1939. MICHEL de Pierredon, Constance Polignac, 1883- ♦Les polynevrites par desequilibre nutritif. 56p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1942. MICHEL-DURAND, Emile. Le phosphore des v£gotaux; son role dans 1'energetique cellu- laire. v.l & 3. 2v. 2512cm. Par., Presses univ. France, 1940. MICHELEAU, Paul Etienne, 1875-1940. For obituary see J. m£d. Bordeaux, 1940, 117: 221. MICHELER, Joseph Alfred, 1861-1931. For portrait see Collection in Library. MICHELET, Carl, 1862- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 124, portr. MICHELET, Jules, 1798-1874 [La femme] Woman. Transl. by J. W. Palmer, xi, 283p. 18>4cm. N. Y., Rudd & Carleton, 1860. See also Guy-Grand, G. Proudhon et Michelet. Rev. philos. France, 1948, 138: 385-408. MICHELET, Leon, 1904- ♦La vie d'Ambroise Pare. xii, 159p. portr. 25cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1930. ■--- L'asthme. x, 104p. illust. 15}£cm. Par., Libr. Maloine, 1941. MICHELET, Paul, 1913- ♦Essai d'obste- trique caprine [Vet.] 69p. diagr. 24^cm. Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1934. MICHELI, Cesare, 1866-1943. Editor & translator of Fehling, H. J. K. L'ostetricia operativa della pratica e della clinica. 300p. 23cm. Milano, 1912. For obituary see Ann. ostet. gin., 1943, 65: 317 (Malcovati, P.) Also Clin, ostet., 1943, 45: 96. Also Policlinico, 1943, 50: sez. prat., 331. Also Riv. ital. gin., 1946, 29: 90. MICHELI, Ferdinando, 1872-1936. Tuberco- losi polmonare. p.283-495. 8? Tor., Minerva med., 1932. In: Med. int. (Ceconi, A.) Tor., 1932, 1: See also Ceconi, A., & Micheli, F. Medicina interna. 2. ed. 6v. 26cm. Tor., 1944. For biography see Atti Conv. sc. fis. mat. natur. (1933) 1934, 378, portr. For obituary see Arch, pat., Bologna, 1937-38, 17: No. 2, 1. Also Arch. sc. med.. Tor., 1937 63: pi. pX^hTT^V: Also Athena, Roma, 1936 5: 50, portr. Also BlagMvu >. . /, 159 (Marcolongo. F) Also Chn med ltaL, 1937 68. M/ « portr. (Cesa Bianchi, D.) Also Gior. Accaa. mea. fe 1Q37 inn- 122-47 Dortr. (Gamna, C.) Also i_.otxa mucn,., HIV s «77 81 nortr (Bocchetti F.) Also Osp. maggiore I?37' 8 ,q/tli-TRl%nortr (Pietra, P.) Also Policlinico, Novara, 1937, 14: . _,. , 91qo_on2 1937, 44: sez. prat., 1217-9, portr. (Bastaii. P.) >^»2 ff (Frugoni, C.) Also Q. radiol Belunno, 1937 8. 364 b portr. (Bastai, P.) Also Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1937, 8. 151. portr. (Vigliani, G. A.) MICHELIA. See under Magnoliaceae. MICHELIS, Use, 1915- ♦Die Pynfer- Behandlung der multiplen Sklerose. 37p. 20>2cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. MICHELIS, Otfried, 1908- ♦Verande- rungen im Bereiche der oberen Luftwege bei der chronischen Arsenvergiftung der Wembauern [Freiburg i. B.] 27p. 8? Gott., Gotting. Handelsdr., 1934. MICHELL, Jan Petersen, 1760-95. Onder- zoek aangaande het nut van de kraakbeen-sneede in moeijelijke verlossingen [Orig. 1781] P-71_ 114. 8? Amst., Ned. maatsch. geneesk., 1932. In: Opusc. select. Neerl. art. med., 1934, 12: ---- Nadere ophelderingen over de historie en het nut der schaambeensneede in moeielijke verlossingen. p.115-47. 8? Amst., Ned. maatsch. geneesk., 1932. In: Opusc. select. Neerl. art. med., 1934, 12: MICHELLI, Sir James, 1853-1935. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 808. Also Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 874. MICHEL-MARGUERIT, Paul, 1908- *Contribution au traitement non sanglant des fractures de la malleole tibiale posterieure, isoiees ou associes; la flexion extreme par traction axiale en decubitus ventral dedive, figee dans le platre. 41p. pi. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Presse, 1933. MICHELOTTI, Luigi. For biography see Minerva med., Tor., 1948, 39: pt 2, Varia, 298. MICHELS, Helmut, 1902- ♦Maul- und Klauenseuche beim Menschen [Freiburg i. B.] 22p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1933. MICHELS, Joseph, 1908- ♦Die Aetiologie der Odontoide [Miinster] 55p. 8? Rheine i. W., J. Vienerius, 1933. MICHELS, Kurt, 1905- ♦Ueber die Be- handlung der Gaumenspalten [Berlin] 34p. 8? Lippstadt i. W., Thiele, 1933. MICHELS, Nicholas Aloysius, 1891- The mast cells, p.235-372. illust. pi. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1938. In: Handb. Hemat. (Downey, H.) N. Y., 1938, 1: For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 304, portr. Also Q. Phi Beta Pi M. Fratern., 1945-46, 42: 153, portr. MICHELS, Rene, 1914- ♦L'operation systematique d'urgence dans les appendicites aigues [Strasbourg] 36p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. MICHELSEN, August, 1876- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 125, portr. MICHELSEN, Gustav Lauritz, 1862- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 125, portr. MICHELSEN, Ingeborg, 1901- *Beitrage zur Frage der apoplektiformen Laesionen von verlangertem Mark und Briicke [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. MICHELSOHN, Harry, 1902- ♦Bericht iiber 712 Gallensteinoperationen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Dauerresultate [Kiel] 30p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1928. MICHELSON 7 MICHIGAN MICHELSON, Albert Abraham, 1852-1931. See [America] Optical Society of America. Proceedings of the Michelson Meeting, p.149-286. 24'.cm. Menasha, 1928. For biography see Sc. Month., 1939, 48: 17-27, portr. (Millikan, R. A.) See also Bibliography of publications of Albert A. Michelson. Proc. Optic. Soc. America, 1928, 151-4.—Shibayev, V. A. Professor Albert A. Michelson and his contribution to science. J. Urusvati Himalay. Res. Inst., Calc, 1932, 2: 1-4, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Proc. Optic. Soc. America, 1928, opp. p. 148. Also Sc. Month., 1939, 48: front. MICHELSON, Henry Ernest, 1888- For portrait see Bull. Linn Co. M. Soc, 1947-48, 16: 11. Also California M., 1948, 68: 192. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1948, 137: 575. Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 49. MICHELSON, Jacques, 1904- ♦Etude statistique de la mortalite infantile. 66p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1930. MICHELSON, N. M. See Rauer, A. E., & Michelson, N. M. HjiaCTHHeCKHe OnepariHH Ha JIHrre. 254p. 26cm. Moskva, 1943. MICHELSON, Nicholas, 1897- See Boas, E. P., & Michelson, N. The challenge of chronic diseases. 197p. 8? N. Y., 1929. MICHELSON, Truman, 1879-1938. Notes on the Fox Wapanowiweni. v, 195p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1932. Forms Bull. 105, Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. ---- Fox miscellany, v, 124p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print, Off., 1937. Forms Bull. 114, Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. For obituary see Am. Anthrop., 1939, 41: 281-5 (Cooper, J. M.) MICHELSSON, Friedrich Alexander, 1881- Knochen- und Gelenktuberkulose. p.403- 53. 25cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. In: Tuberk. Mensch. (Alexander, H., et al.) Lpz., 1939. See also Borchard, A., Brunn, W. V., & Michelsson, F. A. Deutsches Chirurgen-Verzeichnis. 3. Aufl. 898p. 21J^cm. Lpz.. 1938. MICHELY, Jean Maurice, 1914- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des anevrysmes arterio- veineux entre la carotide externe et la jugulaire interne. 55p. illust. 25cm. Nancy, Impr. Grandville, 1942. MICHENER, Robison E., 1861-1947. For obituary see Nat. Eclect. M. Q., 1947-48, 39: 18. MICHEZ, Jules, 1897- For biography see Who's Important, N. Y., 1947, 1: 415. MICHIELS, Jean Jules Marie, 1914- *Sur quelques causes accidentelles dans l'etiologie de la demence precoce. 115p. 24)^cm. Bord., Impr. Biere, 1939. MICHIELS, Louis, 1886-1936. For bibliography see Bibliogr. acad. Univ. Louvain (1914-34) 1937, 6: pt 2, 286-9. For obituary see Bull. Acad. m£d. Belgique, 1936, 6. ser., 1: 31-3; 1939, 4: 122-32, portr. (Wattiez, N.) MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Health. Annual report of the Commissioner. Lansing, 1. (1873) 1874- 1873-1917/18 issued by the State Board of Health. ---- Reprint series. Lansing, No. 1-58, 1921-30. ---- County and district health departments in Michigan. 21p. diagr. 23cm. Lansing, 1942. ---- Teacher observation of health conditions of school children. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1942. —— Tularemia (rabbit fever) prevention requires careful handling of wild rabbits. 3p. 23cm. Lansing [1942?] ---- The health service in the schools. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. —■— Scarlet fever; spread of the disease is often caused by mild cases of infection. [4]p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. ----Nurses employed for public health work in Michigan. Lansing, 1949- See also Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruc- tion & Children's Fund of Michigan. Health in education. 179p. 23cm. Lansing, 1944.—Michigan, U. S. A. Depart- ment of Public Instruction & Michigan Department of Public Health. Leads to better community health. 28p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943.—Michigan State Medical Society & Michi- gan Department of Health. Cancer: a manual for physicians. 225p. 23 Hca Lansing, 1944. See also Michigan Department of Health celebrates 75th anniversary. Michigan Pub. Health, 1948, 36: 110-2.— Semi-centennial celebration of the establishment of the Michigan Department of Health. Pub. Health Michigan, 1924, n. ser., 12: Suppl., 5-15.—Slemons, C. C. Michigan's depart- ment of health. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931, 30: 176-9. See also Michigan, U. S. A. State Board of Health. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Health. Bureau of Records and Statistics. Annual re- port, including the annual registration report, 1933-1939. 7v. tab. 23cm. Lansing, 1936-41. For earlier and later reports see the Annual report of the Department of Health. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Mental Health. Monthly bulletin. Lansing, v.l, 1945- MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction. Bulletin No. 316: Temperance edu- cation. 80p. 23cm. Lansing, 1942. ---- Bulletin No. 336: Nutrition education in high schools; suggestions for improving food habits. 39p. form. 23cm. Lansing, 1945. ---- Instructional Service Series. Bulletin No. 3017A: Interpretations of the basic instruc- tional policy, health education. 11 1. 28cm. Lansing, 1942. Mimeographed. ---- Instructional Service Series. Bulletin No. 3029A: Bibliography on temperance educa- tion, including material on the effects of alcohol, tobacco, and narcotics. 2p. 1., 13 1. 28cm. Lansing, 1943. Mimeographed. See also Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Health. The health service in the schools. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. ------ Teacher observation of health conditions of school children. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1942.—Michigan, U. S. A. Joint Committee on Health Education. The problem solving approach in health teaching. Rev. ed. 37p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943.—Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction & Children's Fund of Michigan. Health in education. 179p. 23cm. Lansing, 1944.—Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction & Michigan Department of Public Health. Leads to better community health. 28p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction & CHILDREN'S Fund of Michigan. Health in education; schools, district health departments, and communities cooperate in a school health project, Osceola-Sanilac Counties, 1939-42. 179p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Lansing, 1944. Forms No. 329, Bull. Dep. Pub. Instr. Michigan. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction, & DEPARTMENT of Health. Leads to better community health; outcome of the Experi- mental Community Health Service Project, Julv, 1943. 28p. illust. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. Forms No. 328, Bull. Dep. Pub. Instr. Michigan. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of State. State of Michigan laws relating to public health; revision of 1943. 206p. 23cm. Lansing, Frank- lin De Kline Co., 1944. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Governor. Progress report. 76p. map. tab. 28cm. Lansing, 1945. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Joint Committee on Health Education. The problem solving ap- proach in health teaching. Rev. ed. 37p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. Forms No. 326, Bull. Dep. Pub. Instr. Michigan. ---- Experiences in healthful living, developed by teachers. 70p. 27cm. Ann Arb., 1944. Forms No. 4, School Health Bull. ---- School health bulletin. Ann Arb., No. 4, 1944- MICHIGAN 8 MICHIGAN MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Office of Government Reports. Michigan directory of Federal and State agencies, lxvi, 112p. 27cm. Detr. [1942] Mimeographed. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. State Board of Health. Bulletin of vital statistics, v. 1-24 [No. 1-3 only] 24v. in 6. tab. 23cm. [var. to 31}£cm.] Lan- sing, 1897/98-1921. Volumes 1-18 have title: Monthly bulletin of vital statistics. See also Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Health. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. State Board of Health. Tuberculosis Survey. Report for the twelve months from October 1, 1915, to October 1, 1916. 89p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Lansing, 1917. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Stream Control Com- mission. Second biennial report, 1933/34. 70p. illust. portr. map. tab. diagr. 23cm. Lan- sing, 1935. No previous report was published. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. See also Health organization; also names of Michigan towns. Michigan, U. S. A. Stream Control Com- mission. Second biennial report. 70p. 23cm. Lansing, 1935. Morley, F. Michigan and its resources. 144p. 8° Lansing, 1881. Dustin, F. Caches of prehistoric artifacts discovered in Saginaw County, Michigan. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1941) 1942, 27: 505-10.—Farwell, O. A. Notes on the Michi- gan flora. Ibid. (1940) 1941, 26: 3-20.—Hanes, C. K. Addi- tions to the flora of Michigan. Ibid., 21 (1942) 1943, 28: 37-40.—McLennan, H. Sod busting for social work in rural Michigan. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work., 1939, 66: 477-80.— Quimby, G. I., jr. European trade articles as chronological indicators for the archaeology of the historic period in Michi- gan. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1938) 1939, 24: pt 4, 25-31, 2 pi.—Wills, H. M. Michigan; climatic summary. Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr., 1941, 914-24. ---- Hospitals and medical services. Michigan State Medical Society. Com- mittee on Survey of Medical Services and Health Agencies. Report of the Committee ... to the House of Delegates. 174 1. 8? Grand Rapids, 1933. Flath, C. I. Michigan plan assists hospitals in 1941 Hospital Day program. Hosp. Management, 1941, 52: No. 4, 15.— Guide to medical facilities in Wayne County, Michigan. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 213B-6B.— Kaiser, B. K. Michigan acts for public medical care. Med. Care, 1942, 2: 18-24.— Lake, G. B. Michigan's medical center. Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 317-22.—Michigan, hospital and other institutional facilities and services, 1939. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S., 1941, 13: 207-16.—Michigan medical service. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 653. Also J. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 180; 626.— Michigan's sanatoria. Health, Lansing, 1941, 28: No. 1, 3.-— Novy, R. L. Michigan Medical Service; report of the President. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1944,43: 108-16.— Smith, R.R., Vaughan, J. W., & Marshall, W. H. Survey of hospital charity in Michi- gan; community hospitals; university hospitals; preliminary report of the Committee appointed to investigate the charity work of our Michigan hospitals. Ibid., 1927, 26: Suppl., 1-26. ---- Medical history. Burr, C. B. Medical history of Michigan. 2v. 829p.; 940p. 8? Minneap., 1930. Anderson, F. J. The doctor and the newspaper in the terri- tory of Michigan, 1817-1837. J. Hist. M., N. Y., 1947,2: 20—47.—Andrews, E. The aboriginal physicians of Michigan. Contr. Med. Res. V. C. Vaughan Anniv., 1903, 42-50.— Fifty years of public health laboratory service in Michigan. Michigan Pub. Health, 1937, 25: 197-202.—Harison, B. D. The past and present status of the medical profession in Michi- gan. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1905, 4: 349-68.—Huntley, V. F. Memories of incidents and some of the accidents in the practice of medicine in Michigan nearly fifty years ago. Ibid., 1927, 26: 521-6.—Kleinschmidt, E. E. Pioneer sanitarians in Michigan. Ibid., 1939, 38: 659-68.—Le Fevre, G. L. State society activi- ties. Ibid., 1934, 33: 120.—Michigan health departments win awards in National Health Conservation Contest. Michigan Pub. Health, 1940, 28: 114.—Michigan one hundred years ago. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1927, 26: 227; 285.—Penberthy, G. C. Some significant contributions to the basic sciences made in Michigan. Ibid., 1936, 35: 627-32.-—Physicians given honorary degrees. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1940, 6: 59.—Pino, R. H. Michigan medicine in these crucial years. Df^**^ News, 1942-43. 34: No. 18, &-7.-Itaiidall, H.E. One hundred years of medicine in Michigan. J. Michigan M. Soc.. ■«d7'* ■ 973I5 —Reminiscences. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1943, 41: 64; 87.^Se?mon, B. Blackwell footsteps in Michigan. Women in Med., 1940, No. 67, 21-7.—Slemons, C. C. Public healTh progress in Michigan under the Social Security Act education in Michigan J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33. 537 9. Michigan and our profession, yesterday, and today. ------ lviicnigan auu uui tiiun»™«", /-» — --- . —-. u;~„„ Ibid 1935 34: 575-81.—Story of pubhc health in Michigan in graphs. 'Michigan Pub. Health, 1942, 30: 230. ——^— Statistics. Birth and death rates in Michigan, 1907-36. Michigan Pub. Health, 1937, 25: 136-43.—Births and deaths by months. 1939-40 Ibid., 1940, 28: 120.—Births and deaths m 1933. Ibid.. 1934, 22: 43.—Deacon, W. J. V. Principal■ causes of death in Michigan in 1937 by age and sex groups. Ibid.,19d8, 26- 143-52.—Deaths, death rates, births, birth rates, infant mortality, infant mortality rates, maternal mortality, materna mortality rates, and stillbirths in Michigan by counties, rural and urban, during the year 1939. Ibid., 1940, 28: H6-8.— Diagnostic examinations by counties, made at Lansing, Orand Rapids, Houghton, and Powers laboratories, for fiscal years of 1938-39 and 1939-40. Annual Rep. Michigan Dep. Health, 1939-40, 68: 117.—Michigan closes a year of good health for the state; births will exceed 100,000 for the first time. Michigan Pub. Health, 1941, 29: 223—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1940. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S., 1941-42 14: 887-910.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1941. Ibid., 1943, 18: 302-14.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, .1944. Ibid., 1946, 24: 423-41.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1945. Ibid., 1947, 26: 273-83.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1946. Ibid., 1948, 28:401-18.—Moyer.H. A. Health of the State. Michigan Pub. Health, 1939, 27: 223-6 — Myers, W. J. The health of Michigan in 1937. Ibid., 1937, 25: 239-45.—Prevalence of disease, 1940. Ibid., 1940, 28: 119.—Vital statistics summary, Michigan, 1939. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S., 1940, 10: 623-54. MICHIGAN Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Annual report. Lansing, v.l (1894-99) 1900- v.22 (1920) 1921. ----Bulletin. Agr. Coll., Mich., v.1-4, 1904-09. ---- Papers. N. Y. [Ac] v.l (1921) 1923- See also Coons, G. H. The Michigan Academy of Science. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sc, 1920, 1-3.—McCartney, E. S. The beginnings and growth of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1933, 19: 1-19. MICHIGAN Agricultural College [East Lansing] See Michigan State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. [MICHIGAN] Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion. Technical bulletin. East Lansing, No. 8, 1911- CONTENTS No. 8. Studies of agglutination reactions in hog cholera during the process of serum production. Giltner, W. 1911. No. 9. The influence of the products of lactic organisms upon Bacillus typhosus. Northrup, L. Z. 1911. No. 10. The fermenting capacity of the average single cell of Bacterium lactis acidi. Rahn, O. 1911. No. 174. The development of mold on cold storage eggs, and methods of control. Mallmann, W. L., & Michael, C. E. 1940. — Quarterly bulletin. East Lansing, v.l-[15] 1918-[33] ---- Memoir bulletin, No. 5. East Lansing, 1943. See Chamberlain, F. W. Atlas of avian anatomy. 213p. 35cm. East Lansing, 1943. MICHIGAN Anti-tuberculosis Association. See Michigan Tuberculosis Association. MICHIGAN Association of Osteopathic Phy- sicians and Surgeons. Directory of members. Highland Park, 1949- Issued in numbers of Osteopathic Bulletin. See also Osteopathic (The) bulletin. Highland Park, v.14, 1949- MICHIGAN Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. See Michigan Tuberculosis Association. MICHIGAN bacillus. See under Corynebacterium. MICHIGAN 9 MICHIGAN [MICHIGAN] Children's Fund of Michigan. Annual report. Detr., 2. (1930/31) 1931- ---- Implication of nutrition and public health in the postwar period; the proceedings of a conference held at Detroit, Mich., November 3, 1944. 206p. illust. portr. 23cm. Detr. [1944?] See also Michigan, TJ. S. A. Department of Public Instruc- tion & Children's Fund of Michigan. Health in education. I79p. 23cm. Lansing, 1944. [MICHIGAN] Conference of the Health Officers in Michigan [2. Conf., 1894] Proceed- ings. 63p. tab. diagr. 23^cm. Lansing, R. Smith & Co., 1894. Forms Suppl. to Rep. Michigan Bd Health, 1894. See also [Michigan] Sanitary Convention [&c] MICHIGAN Crippled Children Commission. Report. Lansing, 1. (1927/32) 1932- ---- Quadrennial statistical report of services to crippled and afflicted children. Lansing, 1943/47- MICHIGAN Crippled Children Commission. Afflicted Children Division. Report. Lansing (1932/34) 1934- MICHIGAN Crippled Children Commission. Crippled Children Division. Report. Lansing (1932/34) 1934- MICHIGAN Health Council. See Foot, Cone & Belding. Research Department, Chicago. Public relations of the medical profession, State of Michigan; a survev made ... for the Michigan Health Council. 164 1. 29cm. Chic, 1944. MICHIGAN Historical Records Survey. Vital statistics holdings by government agencies in Michigan; birth records. 166p. 22cm. Detr., 1941. [MICHIGAN] Homeopathic Medical Society of the State of Michigan. For official organ see Central Journal of homeopathy. Chardon, Ohio [&c] v.4, 1923- MICHIGAN Hospital Survey Committee. Hospital resources and needs; report, xxiv, 172p. map. tab. ch. 23cm. Battle Creek, Mich., Kellog Found., 1946. Prepared by the Commission on Hospital Care from data supplied by the Michigan Hospital Survey Committee. MICHIGAN medical and dental directory; complete directory of physicians, dentists and hospitals in Michigan. Detr., 1945- MICHIGAN out-of-doors. Ann Arb., v.7-21, 1918-1934. Continuation of Bulletin of the Michigan Tuberculosis Association; continued as Health, Lansing. MICHIGAN public health. Lansing, v.l, 1906- MICHIGAN Public Health Association. Michigan Public Health Association celebrates first 21 years. Michigan Pub. Health, 1940, 28: 183-7. [MICHIGAN] Sanitary Convention of the State of Michigan. Proceedings and addresses. Lansing, 37. Conv., 1892- Forms Suppl. to Rep. Michigan Bd Health. See also [Michigan] Conference of the Health Officers [&c] MICHIGAN State Chiropractic Society. Your spine and your health. 12p. 16cm. Detr., 1944. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Department of Bacteriology and Hygiene. Laboratory manual in general microbiology. xvi, 418p. illust. pi. tab. diagr. form. 20cm. N. Y., J. Wiley & Sons, 1916. Also 3. ed. 472p. 1926. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Department of Physiology and Pharmacology. A laboratory manual for experi- mental physiology; rev. 1940, by R. V. Brown and B. B. Roseboom. vi, 61p. 27cm. Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1944. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Experiment Station. See [Michigan] Agricultural Experiment Station. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Extension division. Bulletin. East Lansing, No. 2, 1916- CONTENTS No. 2. The Babcock test. Newlander, C. E. 1916. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. School of Veterinary Medicine. Report. East Lansing, 1937/38- See also Group portrait, veterinary class 1941, Michigan State College. M. S. C. Vet., East Lansing, 1940-41, 1: 80. MICHIGAN State Dental Society. Journal. Lansing, v.5, 1923- See also Dow, T. D. History of the Michigan State Dental Society. J. Michigan Dent. Soc, 1935, 17: 137; passim.— Le Gro, A. L. Michigan State Dental Society. In: Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 893-900. MICHIGAN State Medical Society. Journal. Detr., v.l, 1902- ---- Report of the Committee on Survey of Medical Services and Health Agencies to the House of Delegates, viii, 174p. map. diagr. 8? Grand Rapids, 1933. ---- Postgraduate medical education and the needs of the general practitioner, iii, 62 numb. 1. [33] 1. tab. form. 27cm. Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1934. ---- What everyone should know about cancer. 16p. 8? Lansing, 1938. See also Cook, H. The Michigan State Medical Society— a review. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 160-3.—Cummings, H. H. President's address. Ibid., 1942, 41: 839.—Donaldson. W. F. Review of report of the Committee on Survey of Medical Services and Health Agencies to the House of Delegates, Michigan State Medical Society. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 673-9.—Grand Rapids, our 1939 convention city. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1939, 38: 784.—Jennings, A. F. Heretofore unpublished records of the Medical Society of the Territory of Michigan. Ibid., 1913, 12: 33; passim.—Members of the House of Delegates, 1939; Michigan State Medical Society. Ibid., 1939, 38: 603-6.—Michigan State Medical Society past presidents, 1866-1937. Ibid., 684.—Michigan State Medical Society, past presidents 1866-1939. Ibid., 1941, 40: 620.— Michigan State Medical Society; roster, 1937 [etc.] Ibid., 1937, 36: 303-17; also yearly in subseq. vols.—Michigan State Medical Society; 78. annual session; proceeding of House of Delegates, Pantlind Hotel, Grand Rapids, Michigan, Septem- ber 21-22, 1942. Ibid., 1942, 41: 960-93.—Outline of general assembly program, 76. annual meeting, Michigan State Medical Society, Grand Rapids, September 17, 18, 19, 1941. Ibid., 1941, 40: 469.—Peterson, R. President's annual address, the past, present and future of the Michigan State Medical Society. Ibid., 1915, 14: 501-14.—Ranney, G. E. Retrospect of the early history of the Michigan State Medical Society. Ibid., 517-21.—Seventy-fifth (The) annual meeting of the Michigan State Medical Society, Detroit, 1940. Ibid., 1940, 39: 497; passim.—Seventy-sixth (The) annual meeting, Grand Rapids, 1941. Ibid., 1941, 40: 717-39.—State medical meeting at Grand Rapids. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 962.—Warnshuis. F. C. The Michigan State Medical Society, its strength and weaknesses. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 125-31. MICHIGAN State Medical Society & MICHI- GAN Department of Health. Cancer; a manual for physicians, vi, 225p. 23J^cm. Lansing, 1944. MICHIGAN State Pharmaceutical Association. Proceedings. Ann Arb., v.1-22, 1883-1902. Ceased publication with v.39, 1923. See also Journal (The) for Michigan druggists. Detr., v.30, 1942- MICHIGAN State Sanatorium. See Howell, Michigan. Michigan State Sanatorium. MICHIGAN State Student Chapter of the American Veterinary Medical Association. M. S. C. (The) veterinarian. East Lansing, v.l, 1941- MICHIGAN Tuberculosis Association. Bul- letin. Ann Arb., v.2-6, 1913-17. Continued as Michigan out-of-door 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----2 MICHIGAN 10 MICHIGAN ---- Posters. Lansing, 1931- CONTENTS Eat. 1931. Play. 1931. Bathe. 1931. Sleep. 1931. Be your age when you play. 1942. C'mon in, the water's fine. 1942. Keep fit, use the health service of your community. 1942. Danger ahead. 1942. Germs hate soap. 1943. TB is catching. 1944. Fatigue can get you down. 1944. Start the day right. 1944. The doc says I'm OK. 1944. Brace up. 1944. Eat right. 1945. Get your chest X-ray now. 1945. Sleep repairs. 1945. Christmas seals protect your home from tuberculosis. 1945. TB may hit you. 1945. You have a share in your town. 1945. ---- The harvest; report of the Executive Secretary. Lansing (1940/41) 1941- See also Wolverine health bulletin. Lansing, v.3, 1928- [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Cata- logue. Ann Arb., 1854- ---- Death notices, supplementary to Gen- eral Catalogue of officers and students, 1837- 1921. Ann Arb., 1925- ---- Education monographs, No. 3, 1942. See Otto, H. J., Barnard, J. D. [et al.] Community work- shops for teachers [&c] 303p. 24cm. Ann Arb., 1942. See also Menezes de Oliveira, R. A Universidade de Michi- gan. Hospital. Rio, 1945, 28: 691-7.—Origin (The) and history of the University of Michigan. Phi Chi Q., 1937, 34: 317-20, illust.—Smith, R. R. The University of Michigan. J. Michi- gan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 121. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Col- lege of Dental Surgery. Hoff, N. S. College of Dental Surgery of the University of Michigan. In: Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 472-6. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Con- ference on Psychiatry. For record see Sladen, F. J. Psychiatry and the war. 505p. 23Hem. Springf., 111., 1943. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. De- partment of Medicine and Surgery. See Contributions to medical research, dedicated to Victor Clarence Vaughan. 620p. 29cm. Ann Arb., 1903. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. De- partment of Obstetrics and Gynecology. Con- tributions. Ann Arb., v.1-6, 1893-1928. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. De- partment of Physical Education for Women. Physical education activities for high school girls. xii, 322p. pi. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1928. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Divi- sion of Hygiene and Public Health. Public health reviews. Ann Arb., v.1-10, 1932-41. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Gen- eral Library. See Bishop, W. W. A preliminary checklist of American copies of Short title catalog books. 173p. 27J4cm. Ann Arb., 1941.—Spaulding, T. M., & Karpinski, L. C. Early military books in the University of Michigan libraries. 45p. 29cm. Ann Arb., 1941. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Health Service. Report. Ann Arb. (1942/43) 1944- Published as numbers of University of Michigan Official Publication. ---- College student health tables, health service, 1913-1942. 66p. 23cm. Ann Arb , 1945. Forms No. 119, v.46, Univ. Michigan Off. Pub. ---- Monthly report. Ann Arb., Apr. 1946- [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Lab- oratory of Vertebrate Biology. Contributions. Ann Arb., No. 1, 1936- Title varies: Nos 1-19, 1936-42, Contributions from the Laboratory of Vertebrate Genetics. CONTENTS Xo. 1. The estrous cycle of the deer-mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus. Clark, F. H. 1936. No. 2. The estrous cycle of the cotton-rat, Sigmodon hispidus. Clark, F. H. 1936. . No. 3. A graphic method for comparing several sets ol measurements. Dice, L. R., & Leraas, H. J. 1936. No. 4. Fertility relations in the Peromyscus leucopus group of mice. Dice, L. R. 1937. , No. 5. Partial infertility between two members of the Peromyscus truei group of mice. Dice, L. R., & vVatson, M. L. 1937 No. 6. Variation in Peromyscus maniculatus osgoodi from the Uinta Mountains, Utah. Leraas, H. J. 1938. No. 7. Inheritance and linkage relations of mutant charac- ters in the deer mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus. Clark, b. H. 1938. No. 8. Variation in the cactus-mouse, Peromyscus erenucus. Dice, L. R. 1939. No. 9. Variation in the wood-mouse, Peromyscus leucopus, from several localities in New England and Nova Scotia Dice, L. R. 1939. , . . ,, No. 10. An estimate of the population of deer-mice in the Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Dice, L. R. 1939. No. 11. The inheritance of epilepsy and of waltzing in Peromyscus. Watson, M. L. 1939. No. ]2. Variation in the deer-mouse (Peromyscus mani- culatus) in the Columbia Basin of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho and Oregon. Dice, L. R. 1939. No. 13. Intergradation between two subspecies of deer- mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) across North Dakota. Dice, L. R. 1940. No. 14. The theoretical effectiveness of adverse selection. Dice, L. R. 1940. No. 15. Variation of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus mani- culatus) on the sand hills of Nebraska and adjacent areas. Dice, L. R. 1941. No. 16. Color variation in the spotted ground squirrels of the Tularosa Basin, New Mexico. Blair, W. F. 1941. No. 17. The small mammal population of a hardwood forest in northern Michigan. Blair, W. F. 1941. No. 18. Variation in the deer-mouse, Peromyscus mani- culatus, in parts of Oregon, California, and Baja California. Dice, L. R. 1941. No. 19. Variation in the deer-mouse (Peromyscus mani- culatus) of the Bad Lands and Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Dice, L. R. 1942. No. 20. Ecological distribution of mammals in the Tularosa Basin, New Mexico. Blair, W. F. 1943. No. 21. Population of the deer-mouse and associated small mammals in the Mesquite Association of southern New Mexico. Blair, W. F. 1943. No. 22. Hybridization in nature between species of catosto- mid fishes, fiubbs, C. L., Hubbs, L. C, & Johnson, R. E. 1943. No. 23. Hybridization in nature between species of Ameri- can cyprinodont fishes. Hubbs, C. L., Walker, B. W., & Johnson, R. E. 1943. No. 24. Biological and morphological distinctness of a previously undescribed species of the Peromyscus truei group from Texas. Blair, W. F. 1943. No. 25. Inheritance of the white-cheek character in mice of the genus Peromyscus. Blair, W. F. 1944. No. 26. Experimental evidence of sexual isolation between three forms of mice of the cenospecies Peromyscus maniculatus. Blair, W. F., & Howard, W. E. 1944. No. 27. The inheritance of eye color in man. Hughes, B. O. 1944. No. 28. Variation of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus manicu- latus) in parts of Idaho, Montana, Utah, and Wyoming. Dice, L. R. 1944. No. 29. Serological differences in the genus Peromvscus demonstrable with normal human sera. Cotterman, C. W 1944. No. 30. Variation of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus manicu- latus) in a mountainous area of southern New Mexico. Dice, L. R. 1944. No. 31. Speciation in limpets of the genus Acmaea. Test, A. R. G. 1946. No. 32. Occurrence of parallel series of associated physio- logical and morphological characters in diverse groups of mos- quitoes and other insects. Hovanitz, W. 1947^ No. 33. A weighting system for the estimation of gene fre- quencies from family records. Cotterman, C. W. 1947. No. 34. Effectiveness of selection by owls of deer-mice (Peromyscus maniculatus) which contrast in color with their background. Dice, L. R. 1947. No. 35. An analysis of certain genetic variations in pelage color of the Chihuahua deer-mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus blandus) Blair, W. F. 1947. No. 36. Estimated frequencies of the buff and gray genes (G, g) in adjacent populations of deer-mice (Peromyscus mani- culatus blandus) living on soils of different colors. Blair, W. F. 1947. No. 37. Variation in shade of pelage of local populations of the cactus-mouse (Peromyscus eremicus) in the Tularosa Basin and adjacent areas of Southern New Mexico. Blair W F 1947. ' No. 38. The occurrence of buff and gray pelage in widely MICHIGAN 11 MICHIGAN separated geographic races of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) Blair, W. F. 1947. No. 39. Cellular antigens in three stocks of Peromyscus maniculatus from the Columbia River Vallev. Moody, P. A. 1948. No. 40. Variation in the pygmy mouse (Baiomys taylori) from Texas and Arizona. Blair, V\ . F., & Blossom, P. M. 1948. No. 41. Differences in the field activity of two female color phases of Colias butterflies at various times of the day. Ho- vanitz, W. H. 1948. No. 42. Occurrence of neoplasms in three related individuals of laboratorv-bred Peromyscus. Fliegelman, M. T., & Harris, V. T. 1948. ---- Report. Ann Arb. (1943/44) 1944- [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Lab- oratory of Vertebrate Genetics. See [Michigan] University of Michigan. Laboratory of Vertebrate Biology. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Medi- cal School. Announcement. Ann Arb., No. 1. (1850/51) 1850- ---- Demonstration course in obstetrics. 82p. 4? Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1926. ---- Medical incunabula in the Library of the University of Michigan Medical School, p. 110- 3. 28cm. X. Y., P. Hoeber, 1931. Also Ann. M. Hist., 1931, n. ser., 3: — Lectures. Ann Arb., No. 1 (1943) 1944- CONTENTS No. 1. The origin of overt behavior. Hooker, D. 1944. See also Jackson, G. H., jr. Some early printed documents of the Medical Department of the University of Michigan. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 28-32—Mayo, W. J. Recollec- tions of the Medical School of the University of Michigan in 1880-83. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1937, 29: 935-7.— Medical (The) Faculty of the University of Michigan, en- graved for the class of 1851-52. See portrait collection in Li- brary.—Novy, F. G. A brief history of the University of Michigan Medical School. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1936, 2: 13; 22. Also Phi Chi Q., 1937, 34: 323-8, illust.— University of Michigan medical buildings [Illust.] Nu Sigma Xu Bull., 1942, 31: 12. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Medi- cal School. Department of Roentgenology. In- troduction to radiology. Pt 1: Diagnostic roentgenology, vii, 170p. 21cm. Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1937. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Mu- seum of Anthropology. Occasional contributions. Ann Arb., No. 5, 1936- CONTENTS No. 5. Perforated Indian crania in Michigan. Hinsdale, W. B., & Greenman, E. F. 1936. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Mu- seum of Zoology. Occasional papers. Ann Arb., No. 145, 1923- CONTENTS Vol. 6 (1923-24) No. 145. Two new freshwater snails from Michigan. Winslow, M. L. No. 148. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; notes on species of Goodea and Skiffia. Hubbs, C. L. Vol. 10 (1929-31) No. 208. Revision of the phyllopod genus Eubranchipus, with the description of a new species. Creaser, E. P. No. 209. Goniobases bf the vicinity of Muscle Shoals. Goodrich, C. , TT . . , No. 210. The mollusca collected by the University of Michigan Williamson expedition in Venezuela. Baker, H. B. No. 211. Contribution to the knowledge of the reptiles and amphibians of Greece, especially the Aegean Islands. Werner, F. No. 212. Some factors influencing the distribution of mammals in Ohio. Enders, R. K. , No. 213. Mammal distribution in the Alamogordo region, New Mexico. Dice, L. R. No. 214. Lepidoptera of the Beaver Islands. Moore, S. No. 215. The summer crane-fly fauna of the Cumberland plateau in Tennessee. Rogers, J. S. No. 216. Five new Mexican dragonfhes (Odonata) William- son, E. B., & Williamson, J. H. No. 217. The North American phyllopods of the genus Streptocephalus. Creaser, E. P. No 218. Two new neotropical aeschnmes (Odonata) Williamson, E. B., & Williamson, J. H. . No. 219. A new squirrel from Costa Rica. Harris, W . P., jr. No. 220. Mexican mollusks collected for Dr Bryant Walker in 1926. Baker, H. B. No. 221. The life history of Lampetra planeri Bloch, with a statistical analysis of the rate of growth of the larvae from western Washington. Schultz, L. P. No. 222. A new blind isopod of the genus Caecidotea, from a Missouri cave. Creaser, E. P. No. 223. The pleurocerid genus Eurycaelon. Goodrich, C. No. 224. Three new crayfishes (Cambarus) from Puebla and Missouri. Creaser, E. P. No. 225. A new North American Somatochlora (Odonata- Cordulinae) Williamson, E. B. No. 226. Importance of laboratory-raised snails in helmin- thology with life history notes on Gyraulus parvus. Krull, W. H. No. 227. A new squirrel of the Sciurus hoffmanni group from Costa Rica. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 228. A new squirrel from China. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 229. Pleurobema aldrichianum, a new naiad. Good- rich, C. No. 230. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; a new and primitive genus of Poeciliidae from Central America. Hubbs, C. L. No. 231. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; four nominal species of Fundulus placed in synonymy. Hubbs, C. L. No. 232. The scientific name of the Columbia River chub. Hubbs, C. L., & Schultz, L. P. No. 233. Mollusks of Keweenaw County, Michigan. Good- rich, C. No. 234. Parexoglossum laurae, a new cyprinid fish from the upper Kanawha River system. Hubbs, C. L. No. 235. Parexoglossum hubbsi, a new cyprinid fish from western Ohio. Trautman, M. B. Vol. 11 (1932-33) No. 236. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; the taxonomic status of the genus Drymobius Fitzinger. Stuart, L. C. No. 237. Studies on the life history of Diplodiscus tempera- tus Stafford from the frog. Krull, W. H, & Price, H. F. No. 238. On an increase in the naiad fauna of Saginaw Bay, Michigan; the naiad species of the Great Lakes. Goodrich, C, & Van der Schalie, H. No. 239. Variation in a geographic race of the deer-mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus bairdii. Dice, L. R. No. 240. Dragonflies collected in Missouri. Williamson, E. B. No. 241. Notes on the period of post-depositional develop- ment in several common lizards. Ruthven, A. G., & Stuart, L. C. No. 242. Cottus tubulatus, a new sculpin from Idaho. Hubbs, C. L., & Schultz, L. P. No. 243. Notes on the amphibians and reptiles of Utah. Ruthven, A. G. No. 244. The lizards of the middle Pahvant Valley, Utah; materials for a study in saurian distribution. Stuart, L. C. No. 245. A new Oryzomys from a pine ridge in British Honduras. Murie, A. No. 246. The amphibians and reptiles of the Guadalupe Mountains of New Mexico and Texas. Mousauer, W. No. 247. Two newspeciesof Styluxus(Odonata-Gomphina?) Williamson, E. B. No. 248. Four new mammals from Costa Rica. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 249. The Japanese flounders of the genera Tanakius, Microstomus and Glyptocephalus. Hubbs, C. L. No. 250. An annotated list of the forms of the genus Pitu- ophis. Stull, O. G. No. 251. The status of the snake genus Rhadinaea Cope. Dunn, E. R. No. 252. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; a new genus related to Empetrichthys. Hubbs, C. L. No. 253. Seasonal changes in the male population of Faxo- nius propinquus (Girard) Creaser, E. P. No. 254. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; some new species and subspecies of Eudryas Fitzinger, with an annotated list of the forms of Eudryas boddaertii (Sentzen) Stuart, L. C. No. 255. Some birds of the Rio Grande delta of Texas. Van Tyne, J. No. 256. A new solitary vireo from British Honduras. Van Tyne, J. No. 257. Description of a new Anolis from Yucatan. Ruthven, A. G. No. 258. Notes on the brackish water bivalve, Polymesoda caroliniana (Bosc) Van der Schalie, H. No. 259. Report on a collection of amphibians and reptiles from Sonora, Mexico, with the description of a new lizard. Allen, M. J. No. 260. A new skink from Mexico. Ruthven, A. G., & Gaige, H. T. No. 261. Somatochlora ozarkensis, a new species from Oklahoma (Odonata-Cordulinae) Bird, R. D. No. 262. A new Somatochlora from Florida (Odonata- Cordulinae) Williamson, E. B., & Gloyd, L. K. No. 263. A new Gastrotheca from Colombia. Gaige, H. T. No. 264. The status of Sympetrum assimilatum (Uhler) and Sympetrum decisum (Hagen) (Odonata-Libellulinae) Williamson, E. B. No. 265. Description of a new rock pocket-mouse and a new desert-mouse from southern Arizona. Blossom, P. M. MICHIGAN 12 MICHIGAN Vol. 12 (1933-34) No. 266. A new tree squirrel and a new cottontail rabbit from Costa Rica. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 267. Two new subspecies of the family Boidae. Stull, O. G. No. 268. Contributions toward a knowledge of the natural history and immature stages of the crane-flies; the genus Polymera Weidemann. Rogers, J. S. No. 269. A check list of nearctic Zonitidae. Baker, H. B. No. 270. The ecological relationship of two subspecies of Peromyscus in the Glacier Park region, Montana. Murie, A. No. 271. Variation in Peromyscus maniculatus rufinus from Colorado and New Mexico. Dice, L. R. No. 272. A new species of Pseudacris from the southeastern United States. Brandt, B. B., & Walker, C. F. No. 273. A new woodrat from southwestern Arizona and a new rock pocket-mouse from northwestern Sonora. Blossom, P.M. No. 274. A new corduline dragonfly, Tetragoneuria sepia, from Florida (Odonata) Gloyd, L. K. No. 275. Descriptions of some new and poorly known species of North American crayfishes. Creaser, E. P. No. 276. A study of Polygyra inflecta (Say) Archer, A. F. No. 277. Description of a new kinosternid from Yucatan. Hartweg, N. No. 278. A faunistic area of five isolated species of crayfish in southeastern Missouri. Creaser, E. P. No. 279. A new Pitta from Palawan, Philippine Islands. Brodkorb, P. No. 280. Fifty years of bird migration in the Ann Arbor region of Michigan, 1880-1930. Wood, N. A., & Tinker, A. D. No. 281. A new Hyla from Guatemala. Gaige, H. T., & Stuart, L. C. No. 282. A new genus and species of blind amphipod with notes on parallel evolution in certain amphipod genera. Creas- er, E. P. No. 283. The broad-banded copperhead; a new subspecies of Agkistrodon mokasen. Gloyd, H. K, & Conant, R. No. 284. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; an apparently new species of Coluber from Guatemala. Stuart, L. C. No. 285. A new crayfish from North Carolina. Creaser, E. P. No. 286. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (i) Goodrich, C. No. 287. The taxonomic status, range, and natural history of Schott's racer. Gloyd, H. K., & Conant, R. No. 288. Dragonflies collected in Kentucky, Tennessee, North and South Carolina, and Georgia in 1931. Williamson, E. B. No. 289. Report on a collection of reptiles and amphibians made in Arizona during the summer of 1933. Campbell, B. No. 290. An unusual situation in the salamander Amblys- toma jeffersonianum (Green) Clanton, W. No. 291. A preliminary list of Utah Odonata. Brown, C. J. D. No. 292. A contribution to a knowledge of the herpetological fauna of El Peten, Guatemala. Stuart, L. C. No. 293. Geographical variation in Belonopterus chilensis (Molina) Brodkorb, P. No. 294. Progomphus dorsopallidus, a new species from Venezuela (Odonata-Gomphinae) Byers, C. F. No. 295. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (ii) Goodrich, C. Vol. 13 (1934-36) No. 296. Two new rodents of the genera Glaucomys and Zapus from Utah. Hall, E. R. No. 297. The naiad of Celithemis monomelaena Williamson (Odonata-Libellulidae) Leonard, J. W. No. 298. Coelorhynchus marinii, a new macrouroid fish from Argentina and South Georgia. Hubbs, C. L. No. 299. Asiatic fishes (Diploprion and Laeops) having a greatly elongated dorsal ray in very large postlarvae. Hubbs, C. L., & Chu.Y. T. No. 300. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (iii) Goodrich, C. No. 301. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; Quintana atrizona, a new poeciliid. Hubbs, C. L. No. 302. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; Plectrophallus regarded as a distinct genus. Hubbs, C. L. No. 303. The name of the western race of red-headed wood- pecker. Brodkorb, P. No. 304. Notes on Texas robber flies with the description of a new species of Proctacanthella (Asilidae-Diptera) Bromley, S. W. No. 305. The scientific name of two sunfishes, Helioperca macrochira (Rafinesque) and Eupomotis microlophus (Giinther) Hubbs, C. L. No. 306. A new flycatcher from Texas. Brodkorb, P. No. 307. Observations on Typhlops from Puerto Rico and some of the adjacent islands. Ruthven, A. G., & Gaige, H. T. No. 308. Mullus argentinae, the surmullet of southern South America. Hubbs, C. L., & Marini, T. L. No. 309. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; a new snake of the genus Lampropeltis from Yucatan. Stuart, L. C. No. 310. A new Anolis from northern Central America. Stuart, L. C. No. 311. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (iv) Goodrich, C. No. 312. A study of racial hybrids in the deer-mouse, Pero- myscus maniculatus. Dice, L. R. __,.„„ Confinl No. 313. A new race of Leptodeira from northern Centiai America. Dunn, E. R., & Stuart, L. C. i oftoj fli-ior No. 314. Two new subspecies of the red-shafted flicker. Br 1ao1QanSto0nSn^el^1lmc^obioloSia- Bo11- Ist- sieroter, milan,, 1930, 9: 397; 521.—Castelli, T. Recherches micro biologiques sur des terrains de l'Afrique Orientale Italienne. Boll, bez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1938, 10: 251-8 — Dannemann, F Die Erforschung der Mikroorganismen. In his Werden naturwiss. Probl., Lpz., 1928, 314-6.— Freund, E. Chemische Ergebnisse auf mikrobiologischem Gebiete in Wien. Wien med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 750-2.—Gellner, G. [Survey of Czech literature on microbiology] Cas. lek. desk., 1925, 64: M™Amv7 ?cLk£, Bi,h- [Microbiology in the USSR for 25 years (1917-1942)1 Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1942, 11: No 5 IhiH~XiVQk«;'i7rT77 Mikrobiologia y Akademii Nauk SSSR! [W5' I4 ,13I-*5- ---7^ Ocherki iz istorii mikrobiologii v Rossn. Bull. Acad. sc. URSS, ser. biol., 1945, 229^6.— iviuyver, A. J. Three decades progress in microbiology. MICROBIOLOGY 21 MICROBIOLOGY Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 13: 1-20.—Micro- biologia (La) nel mondo. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 14: 177; passim.—Microbios (Los) y la individualizaci6n de la Academia de medicina de Paris. Rev. homeop. catalana, 1883, 1: 115-9.—Olivier, H. R. Bilan de l'oeuvre pastorienne. In his Microbes en deroute,_ Par., 1946, 105-12.—Recio y Forns, A. Apuntes sobre la microbiologia en Cuba. An. Acad. cienc. med., Habana, 1923-24, 60: 648-63.—Senevet, G. Bibliographie algerienne des travaux de microbiologie et de parasitologie parus en 1926 et 1927. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1928, 6: 99-108.—Torrandell Forment, R. Historia de la microbiologia hasta los trabajos de Louis Pasteur. Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med., Madr., 1932-33, 1: 577-81, portr.— Uspensky, E. E. [Main principles and achievements of Soviet microbiology during the last 20 years] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 948-63.—Van Niel, C. B. Recent advances in our knowledge of the physiology of microorganisms. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1944, 8: 225-34.—Waksman, S. A. Microbiology in the Soviet Union. Am. Rev. Soviet M., 1946-47, 4: 314-21. ------ Microbiology in the U. S. S. R. in 1946. So. Month., 1947. 64: 289-96. ---- Institutes, laboratories and stations. See also Bacteriology, Institutes; Pasteur In- stitute. Baku. Azerbaidzhansky institut mikro- biologii I HIGIENY IM. G. MUSABEKOVA. TpVAM. Baku, v.1-5 (1924) 1925-31. Moskva. Mikrobiologicheskii nauchno- issledovatelyskii institut narodnogo ko- missariata po prosveshcheniyu. tpyah. Moskva, v.1-5, 1925-30. Nancy, France. Universite de Nancy. Faculte de pharmacie. Laboratoire de microbiologie. Travaux. Nancy, No. 1, 1928- Isachenko, B. L. [The Department of general microbiologyl In: Mat. istor. Vsesoiuzn. inst. eksp. med. Gorkovo, Moskva, 1941, 1: 87-103.—Kaliaev, A. V. [Scientific Research Micro- biological Institute of the People's Commissariat for Education (Narkompros) during 1923-1937] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1938, 19: 781-9.-—Krichevsky, I. L. [The Microbiological Institute of Moskva] Arb. Microb. Inst. Volksunterrichtskom., Moskva, 1925, 1: 3-11, illust.—LeSage, A. Notes sur l'lnstitut de microbiologie et d'hygiene de Montreal, apres 8 ans d'cfforts. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 470-6.—Marusenko, P. E. [Ten years of scientific research work by the Zabolotny Insti- tute of Microbiology and Epidemiology] J. mikrob., Kiev, 1940, 7: 39-52.—Mathis, C. J. Les Instituts Pasteur de l'A. O. F. et les laboratoires de microbiologie. In his Oeuvre pastor. Afrique noire, Par., 1946, 19-30.—Statement by Sir Raphael Cilento to the Council on recent research work in the Laboratory of Microbiology and Pathology, Brisbane; an approved research institution. Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1938, 5. session, 21.—Sulkin, S. E. Bac- teriologv and Immunology Department of Southwestern Medical College. Dallas M. J., 1945, 31: 69-71. Instruction. Hart, F. Microbiology versus bacteriology. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1932, 21: 675-80.—Morton, H. E. Report on the work of the Committee on Materials for Visual Instruction in Microbiology, Society of American Bacteriologists. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 304 (Abstr.)—Quaintance, C. W. Micro- biology first; integrated instruction of biological science in a pre-nursing curriculum. Am. J. Nurs., 1945, 45: 476-8.— Sartory, A. L'enseignement de la microbiologie dans les facultes de pharmacie. Strasbourg med., 1946, 106: 113.— Visual instruction in microbiology. Science, 1943, 98: 213. Manual. Allen, P. W., & Cameron, G. M. Micro- biology laboratory manual. 243p. 27^cm. S. Louis, 1940. Bachmann, A., Quiroga, R., & Negroni, P. Microbiologia; curso en base a conferencias dictadas. 2v. 571p.; 590p. 26cm. B. Air., 1944. Barzizza, C. M., & Manso Soto, A. Micro- biologia. 2. ed. 2v. 603p.; 612p. 27cm. B. Air. 1941. Birkeland, J. M. A work book for general microbiology. 52 numb. 1. 28cm. Cincm., 1941. Boivin, A. Bacteries et virus. 146p. 19cm. Par., 1941. , . Burdon, K. L. Textbook of microbiology. 3. ed. 728p. 22cm. N. Y., 1947. Calder, R. M. Microbiology. 3. ed. 317p. 20^cm. Phila., 1943. Castelli, A., & Dal Borgo, J. Elementos de microbiologia. 339p. 26^cm. Concepci6n, 1940. Colien, F. E., & Odegard, E. J. Principles of microbiology. 444p. 22>£cm. S. Louis, 1941. Di Aichelburg, U. Vita dei microbi. 210p. 20cm. Milano, 1942. Giltner, W. An elementary textbook of general microbiology. 471p. 8? Phila., 1928. Lutman, B. F. Microbiology. 495p. 8? N. Y., 1929. Michigan State College op Agriculture and Applied Science. Laboratory of Bac- teriology and Hygiene. Laboratory manual in general microbiology. 418p. 20cm. N. Y., 1916. Also 3. ed. 472p. 1926. Obold, W. L., & Diehm, M. M. Manual of microbiology for the study of bacteria, yeasts and molds. 140p. 8? Phila., 1932. Odegard, E. J. Microbiology laboratory manual. 183p. 28cm. S. Louis, 1944. Peragallo, I. Tecnica microbiologica. 2v. 1131p. 25cm. Milano, 1945. Rippel, A. Vorlesungen uber theoretische Mikrobiologie. 171p. 8? Berl., 1927. Sangiorgi, G. Lezioni di microbiologia. 5. ed. 253p. 24cm. Citta di Castello, 1945. Smeeton, M. A. Practical microbiology. 5. ed. 305p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. Smith, K. M. Beyond the microscope. 112p. 17}£cm. Harmondsworth, 1943. Tanner, F. W. Bacteriology; a text-book of micro-organisms. 3. ed. 510p. 8? N. Y., 1937. Also 4. ed. (with F. W. Tanner, jr.) 625p. 1948. Thompson, L. V. Introduction to micro- organisms. 445p. 20>^cm. Phila., 1944. Trouessart, E. L. Les microbes; les ferments et les moisissures. 2. ed. 282p. 22cm. Par., 1891. Forms v.54, Bibl. sc. internat. Utenkov, M. D. MuKporeHepupoBaHue. 151p. 21}^cm. Moskva, 1941. ---- Manual—for nurses. Bolduan, C. F., & Bolduan, N. W. Applied microbiology and immunology for nurses. 8. ed. 280p. 20^cm. Phila., 1940. Broadhurst, J., & Given, L. I. Microbiology applied to nursing. 3. ed. 564p. 8? Phila., 1936. Also 4. ed. 653p. 1939. Also 5. ed. 569p. 1945. Burdon, K. L. A textbook of microbiology. 2. ed. 3. print. 638p. 22cm. N. Y., 1940. Carter, C. F. Microbiology and pathology for nurses. 682p. 8? S. Louis, 1936. Kilduffe, R. A. Bacteriology, pathology and applied immunology for nurses. 2. ed. 377p. 20^cm. N. Y., 1939. Morse, M. E., & Frobisher, M., jr. Micro biology for nurses. 6. ed. 466p. 20J/2cm. Phila., 1941. Also 7. ed. 521p. 1946. ---- & Rabin, C. B. Microbiology and pathology for nurses. 575p. 20#cm. Phila., 1942. Also 2. ed. 758p. 20cm. Phila., 1946. PANAGI6TATOS, A. G. Td fipadwa y.adi)iiaTa rrjs Tpir-ns'fj,M.adr)fia.Ta niKpo(3i.o\oyla.s. 153p. 18cm. Alexandreia, 1928. Piette, E. C, & White, J. M. Microbiology and nursing. 331p. 22^cm. Phila., 1940 Also 2. ed. 331p. 1943. Roberts, J. G. Manual of bacteriology and MICROBIOLOGY 22 MICROBIOLOGY pathology for nurses. 7. ed. 272p. S? Phila., 1936. Rogers, H. Notes on bacteriology and clinical pathology for nurses. 31p. 12? Lond., 1938. Sinclair, C. G. Microbiology and elementary pathology for the use of nurses. 362p. 8'? Phila., 1931. Also 2. ed. 377p. 1934. ---- Microbiology for nurses. 4. ed. 264p. 22}2cm. Phila., 1938. Also 6. ed. 265p. 1945. ---- medical. See also Antibodies; Antigens; Bacteriology; Disinfection; Immunology: Microparasitology; Serology; Vaccine; Vira; also in 5. ser., Antibiosis. Birkeland, J. M. Microbiology and man. 478p. 23^cm. Bait., 1942. Bizzarrini, G. Microrganismi e malattie infettive. 1: Parte generale (con cenni pratici sui metodi generali di ricerche bacteriologiche, ecc.) 138p. 16? Livorno, 1918. Burdon, K. L. Medical microbiology. 763p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. Calmette, A., Negre, L., & Boquet, A. Manuel technique de microbiologie et serologie. 2. eU 640p. 8? Par., 1926. Also 3. ed. 759p. 1933. Carter, C F. Microbiology and pathology. 2. ed. 755p. 22cm. S. Louis, 1939. Also 3. ed. 777p. 1944. Dahmen, H. Lehrbuch der Veterinar-Mikro- biologie. 3. Aufl. 249p. 25^cm. Berl., 1944. Dessy, G. Lezioni di microbiologia e im- munologia. 455p. 24>km. Milano [after 1934] GAMALEYA, N. F. y^e6HHK MeAHUHHCKOft MHKpoSnojiorHH. 363p. 26cm. Moskva, 1943. GARcfA Velez, J. Tratado elemental de microbiologia aplicada. 2v. 456p.; 602p. 22cm. Granada, 1943-44. Gershenfeld, L. Bacteriology and sanitary science for students in pharmacy, chemistry and allied sciences. 2. ed. 493p. 8? Phila., 1933. Gronchi, V. Appunti di batteriologia e immunologia; raccolti dalle lezioni del prof. V. Gronchi anno accademico 1933-34. 460p. 25cm Padova, 1934. Gundel, M., & Schurmann, W. Lehrbuch der Mikrobiologie und Immunobiologie. 456p 23^cm. Berl., 1939. Hetsch, H. Mikrobiologie und Immunitats- lehre. 443p. 8? Berl., 1931. Kennedy, J. A. Laboratory manual of medi- cal bacteriology, mycology, and immunology. 245 1. 27^cm. Louisville, 1941. Klein, E. E. Los microbios y las enferme- dades. 278p. 23cm. Madr., 1885. Also 2 ed 201p. 18cm. Lond., 1885. Kolle, W., & Hetsch, H. Experimentelle Baktenologie und Infektionskrankheiten, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Immunitats- lehre. 9. Aufl. 848p. 24^cm. Berl., 1942. Ivolle, W., Kraus, R., & Uhlenhuth, P. Handbuch der pathogenen Mikroorganismen ToooqV 10v' in 19 [incL indexl 8? Jena, Lacorte, J. G. Bacteriologia e imunologia 2. ed. 461 p. 23^cm. Rio, 1936. Lins, A. Microbiologia clinica. 437p. 23Kcm Rio, 1940. McBurney, R. A laboratory manual of bac- teriology, serology and immunity for medical students. 8. ed. 194p. 28cm. S. Louis, 1943 Martinez Bruna, J. La microbiologia al servicio del medico practice 171p. 23i%cm Madr., 1943. Matilla, V. Manual de microbiologia medica. 2v. 509p.; 55 lp. 25cm. Barrel., 1942-44. Also 2. ed. 2v. 509p.; 511p. 1944-46. ---- & DE la Lastra Soubrier, J. M. Tec- nica bacterioI6gica y parasitologica. 480p. 21'km. Madr., 1946. Muller, R. Medizinische Mikrobiologie, Parasiten, Bakterien, Immunitat. 405p. 25cm. Miinch., 1939. Also 2. Aufl. 455p. 1944. Also 3. Aufl. 488p. 25^cm. Berl., 1946. Nattan-Larrier, L. A. A. Traite de micro- biologie. v.l, 1099p. 8? Par., 1931. Pankalos, G. E. KXivlkti nucpoPioXoyia. i/3'. 338p. 23cm. Athenai, 1940. Park, W. H., Williams, A. W., & Krum- wiede, C. Pathogenic microorganisms; a prac- tical manual for students, physicians and health officers. 9. ed. 819p. 8? Phila., 1929. Also 10. ed. 867p. 1933. Also 11. ed. 1056p. 1939. Polettini, B., & Severi, R. Microbiologia medica. 3. ed. 505p. 25cm. Padova, 1944. Puntoni, V. Manuale di microbiologica medica. 2. ed. 876p. 8? Roma, 1935. Also 3. ed. 998p. 1943. Rice, T. B. A textbook of applied micro- biology and pathology. 2. ed. 271p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. ---- & Coy, F. Microbiology and pathology. 397p. 22cm. N. Y., 1942. Sawa, K. 'EyxeipiSiov p.iKpojiio\oyla.s. y' end. 616p. 24cm. Athenai, 1922. Sharp, W. B. Practical microbiology and public health. 492p. 22cm. S. Louis, 1938. Sinclair, C. G. Microbiology and elementary pathology. 362p. 8? Phila., 1931. Also 2. ed. 377p. 1934. Also 3. ed. 377p. 1936. Also 5. ed. 393p. 1940. Also 6. ed. 396p. 1944. Southwestern Medical Foundation, Dal- las. School of Medicine. Department of Bacteriology and Public Health. Labora- tory manual of medical bacteriology and im- munology. 97 1. 22^cm. Dallas, 1944. Tropeano, A., & Cortes, A. R. Bacteriologia y micologia medica. 534p. 23Ucm. B. Air., 1940. Vedder, A. Leerboek der bacteriologie en immunologie. 477p. 8? Haarlem, 1935. Wagener, K. Kursus der veterinarmedi- zimschen Mikrobiologie. 3. Aufl. 117p. 23cm Berl., 1947. Whitby, L. E. H. Medical bacteriology, descriptive and applied, including helminthologv. 3. ed. 372p. 8? Lond., 1938. Wilhelm, B. A. Grundriss der Bakteriologie und Immunitatslehre. 1.-2. Aufl 202d 8° Berl., 1936. Zapatero Ballesteros, E. Lecciones de microbiologia medica. 630p. 22cm. Valla- dolid, 1940. Also 2. ed. 604p. 22cm. San- tander, 1945. Zinsser, H. A textbook of bacteriology, with a section on pathogenic protozoa. 7. ed. 1226p 24^cm. N. Y., 1937. iqw«P7mM ^,icr?biol?Fla lirica- Rev. med., Puebla Rr«i?m h: ?a%2L 13;-Fe"a", A. Microbiologia clinica. Brasil med. 1942, 56: 4o7.-Garrod, L. P. Microbiology and medicine S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1936-37, 44: 120-2 — Kusso C. Nuovi onentamenti della microbiologia medica. dor. ital. clin. trop., 1937, 1: 67-77. ---- Methods. See also Micropathology; Microscopy. Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmetho- den. Abt. 12: Leistungen der niederen Organis- ^en0w* T. 2, I & II: Spezielle Methoden. Bd 2, 3. 2 v. 1655p. 8? Berl., 1939. MICROBIOLOGY 23 MICROBIOLOGY Stanier, R. Y. Some aspects of microbiologi- cal research in Germany. 15p. 25cm. Lond. [1947?] Forms Rep. No. 691, Item No. 24, BIOS Final Rep., Lond. Angulo, J. J. Una soluci6n al problema de la termola- bilidad de los azucares para pruebas de fermentacion en micro- biologia; adicion de la soluei6n esteril del azucar al tubo de fermentacion. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 81-3.—Bachmann, F. M. A bacteriological method useful for the study of other micro-organisms. Am. J. Bot., 1918,-5: 32-5.—Baker, F. A. Comparison between direct microscopical and purecultural methods of observation of micro-organisms. Proc. Nutrit. Soc, Cambr., 1946-47, 5: 199-203, pi—Benedek, T. The cantharides blister and its application in microbiologi- cal research; a review of the literature and some suggestions. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 42: 81-6.— Bessemans, A. Essai de classement, dans le cadre de la microbiologie, de quelques nouveautes relatives k la microscopie directe et a la micrographie. Bruxelles med., 1938-39, 19: 36-50.—Castro Marcal, J. M. de. O pH em microbiologia. Rev. brasil. med. farm., 1933, 9: 245-68.—Comandon, J., & Fonbrune, P. de. La chambre a huile, ses avantages pour l'etude des micro- organismes vivants, la culture des tissus et la micromanipula- tion. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 60: 113-41, 4 pi — Delpiano, G. Sopra un metodo fisico di dimostrazione dei microorganismi al microscopio. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1924, 4. ser., 30: .">.">-8.—Demeter, K. J. Neue Methoden zur mikrobiologischen Untersuchung von Boden. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939, Abt. 12, T. 2, Bd 1: 771-887.—Deribere, M. La notion de pH en microbiologie. Ann. hyg., Par., 1934, n. ser., 12: 358-70.— Dhere, C, Gliicksmann, S., & Rapetti, L. Sur les applications de la spectroscopic et de la spectrographie de fluorescence en microbiologie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1250-3 — Dickinson, S. The technique of isolation in microbiology. Phytopathology, 1933, 23: 357-67.—Hauduroy, P., & Sanson- nens, R. Valeur des techniques usuelles pour l'obtention de poids determines de corps microbiens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 247.—Koffman, M. Eine Methode zur direkten Untersuchung der Mikrofauna und der Mikroflora des Bodens. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1928, 75: 28^5, 2 pi.—Lacassagne, A. Quelques exemples de l'utilisation des rayons de roentgen pour des recherches biologiques ultramicroscopiques. Experientia, Basel, 1945-46, 1: 296-8.—Moshkovsky, S., Babakina, V. G., & Kutkova, K. S. [Methods in microbiological study of raw animal material] Mikrobiologia. Moskva, 1934, 3: 382-91.— Oker-Blom, M. Eine einfache Methode Mikroorganismen aus der Luft aufzufangen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1912, 65: Orig., 220-3.—Pijper, A. Filming as a method of research in micro- biology. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 12: 26-32.— Raistrick, H. Reflections on some present tendencies in microbiological chemistry. In: Perspectives in Biochem. (Needham, J., & Green, D. E.) Cambr., 1937, 263-73 — Soulier, A. Nouveau mode d'extraction des elements micro- biens, histologiques et h'vuriens des liquides et exsudats de l'organisme. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1914) 1915, 43: 897-900.—Techoueyres, E. La microbiologie et ses methodes; reflexions critiques. Union med. nordest, 1938, 61: 49; 65.— Vuckovic, V. Eine Vereinfachung der Lindner'schen Tropf- chenmethode. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1938-39, 99: 32-4. ---- Periodicals. annual review of microbiology. Stanford, Calif., v.l, 1947- Archiv fur Mikrobiologie; Zeitschrift fur lie Erforschung der pflanzlichen Mikroorganis- men. Berl., v.l, 1930- Boletin biologico; publicaci6n del Instituto de microbiologia, micologia y parasitologia de la Facultad de ciencias medicas, Universidad na- cional de La Plata. La Plata, No. 13, 1943- [California] University of California. Publications in microbiology. Berkeley, No. 1, 1943- Ergebnisse der theoretischen und ange- wandten Mikrobiologie. Neudamm, v.l, 1943- Folia microbiologica; Nederlandsch tijd- schrift voor mikrobiologie. Delft, v.1-5, 1912-19. Journal (The) of general microbiology. Lond., v.l, 1947- Jurnal epidemiologii I mikrobiologii. Moskva, v.1-2, 1932-33. Jurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i im- munobiologii. Moskva, v.2, 1925- Medical microbiology and hygiene. Amst., v.l, 1948- Forms Sect. 4, Excerpta med. Mikrobiologia; jurnal obshchei [etc.] Mosk- va, v.l, 1932- Mikrobiologichesky jurnal. Leningr., v. 7- 13, 1928-31. Mikrobiologichnii jurnal. Kiev, v.l, 1934- Revue de microbiologie appliquee a l'agri- culture, a l'hygiene, a l'industrie. Par., v.3, No. 5-6, 1937. ---- Problems. Gildemeister, E. Die kommenden Aufgaben der Mikro" biologie. Reichsgesundhbl., 1937, 12: 4-7.—Picken, L. E. R- The fine structure of biological systems. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1940, 15: 133-67.—Rivers, T. M. The infinitely small in biology. Diplomate, 1941, 13: 184-6.—Ruska, H. Ueber Grenzfragen aus dem Gebiet der Strukturforschung und Mikrobiologie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 281-6, pi. ---- Societies. [International] Societa internazionale de microbiologie; Sezione italiana. Bollet- tino. Milano, v.1-12, 1929-1940. For continuation see: Bollettino della Societa italiana di microbiologia, v. 13, 1941- [ITALY] SOCIETA ITALIANA DI MICROBIOLOGIA. Bollettino. Milano, v.13, 1941- Continuation of: Bollettino della Sezione italiana; Societa internazionale de microbiologia, v.1-12, 1929-40. Nancy, France. Universite de Nancy. Fa- culte de pharmacie. Association des diplo- mes de microbiologie. Bulletin. Nancy, No. 24/25, 1942- SCHWEIZERISCHE MIKROBIOLOGISCHE GESELL- SCHAFT. Verhandlungen ... Jahresversammlung. Basel, No. 3, 1944- Issued in Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt. Association Suisse des microbiologues. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 592 (Abstr.)—Bericht uber die 1. Grossdeutsche (18.) Tagung der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikrobiologie in Wien vom26.-30. Marz 1939. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1940, 136: 1-21 — Duran-Reynals, F. The Inter-American Society of Micro- biology. Chron. bot., Waltham, 1940-41, 6: 134.—Flu, P. C. [Recent history; further adventures of the Netherlands Society for Microbiology] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1936, 3: 101-9.—Folpmers, T. [Report of the meeting of the Nether- lands Society for Microbiology, November 12, 1938, Utrecht] Ibid., 1938-39, 5: 67-73.—German (The) Society for Micro- biology. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 346.—Klein, A. [Founda- tion of the Netherlands Society for Microbiology] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1936, 3: 92-100.—Kraus, R. Zur lOjahrigen Tagung der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikro- biologie. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1924, 41: 493-6— Krehnke. 18. Congresso della Societa tedesca di microbiologia, Vienna, 26-30 marzo 1939. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 655- 61.—Microbiological Society of Palestine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1105.—Mitgliederliste der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikrobiologie. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937, 140: Beih., 303- 8.—Nederveen, H. J. van [Reports of the meeting of the Netherlands Society of Microbiology, Nov. 18, 1933, Utrecht] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1934, 8: 340-56. ------ [Report of the meeting of the Netherlands Society for IMicrobiology] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935, 2: 8; 112; 1936, 3: 83- 254.—[Report of the meeting of the Netherands Society of Microbiology, April 2, 1938, The Hague] Ibid., 1938-39, 5: 4-14.—Society for General Microbiology; inaugural meeting. Nature, Lond., 1945, 155: 340.—Society for General Micro- biology. Ibid., 796.—Wohlfeil, T. Bericht uber die 1. Gross- deutsche (18.) Tagung der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikro- biologie vom 27. bis 30. Marz 1939 in Wien. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 134: Beih., 1-330. MICROBIOPHOTOMETRY. See also Microbe, Cultivation; Microorganism, Cultivation. Faguet, M. Etude photometrique de la multiplication microbienne. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 498-500. ----— Inscription graphique de la multiplication microbienne; varia- tion de la phase de latence en fonction du nombre de germes ensemences. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 967. —■—— La technique des enregistrements continus des courbes de croissance microbienne par le microbiophotometre. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 1135-8. ----— & Nitti, F. En- registrement continu des courbes de croissance microbienne a l'aide du microbiophotometre. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 69: 126-8. MICROBIOTIC. See in 5. ser., Antibiotic. MICROBISM 24 MICROCEPHALIA MICROBISM. See also Bacillus-carriers; Infection, latent. Albespy. Communication sur le microbisme latent. Mont- pellier med., 1916, 39: 205-9.—Hess, L. Zur Frage des latenten Mikrobismus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1907, 44: Orig., 1-10 — Le Ray. Microbisme latent; sa frequence, ses effets, ses con- sequences. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1905, 2: 2241-50.—Masmon- teil, F. Trois observations de microbisme latent. Mem. Acad. chir., Par., 1946, 72: 444.—Vecchi, A. Sul cosl detto micro- bismo latente. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1908, 32: 409-70. MICROBLASTOSPORION. See also Saccharomycetaceae; also Torula. Ciferri, R. Microblastosporon, nuovo genere di Torulopsi- daceae. Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 71: 420-4. MICROBOTHRIUM. See also Monogenea. Jones, E. I. Studies on the Monogenea (Trematoda) of Plymouth; Microbothrium caniculae (Johnstone 1911) Para- sitology, N. Y., 1933, 25: 329-32. MICROBRACON. See also Hymenoptera. Glover, P. M., Venkatraman, T. V., & Gupta, S. N. On the function of the feeding tubes of Bracon (Microbracon) greeni Ashm. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1947, 16: 383.—Krishnamurti, B., & Seshagiri Rao, D. A preliminary note on the breeding of a beneficial ectophagous larval parasite (.Braconidae) on a laboratory host. Ibid., 1944, 13: 81.—Morrill, A. W., jr. Notes on the biology of Microbracon hebetor. J. Econ. En torn., 1942, 35: 593.—Smith, H. D. Laboratory rearing of Micro- bracon vestiticida Vier. on the bean weevil, with notes on the life history of the parasite. Ibid., 1943, 36: 101-4. MICROBURET. See under Buret. MICROBURNER. See also Laboratory, Instruments. Cool, R. D. An inexpensive microburner. Chemist Analyst, 1939, 28: 23; 1941, 30: 68. MICROCAMERA. See under Microcinematography; Micropho- tography; Photography. MICROCEPHALIA [& microcephaly] See also Brain, Abnormities; Head, Abnormi- ties; Mental defective, Associated defects; Mental deficiency, Pathology. Buckmann, P. W. F. *Mikrocephalie [Greifs- wald] 25p. 8? Osnabruck, 1934. Amati, G. Contributo clinico alio studio della microcefalia. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1932, 13: 56-70, 3 pi.—Bais [Micro- cephaly] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 998.—Benda, C. E. Microcephaly. Am. J. Psychiat., 1940-41, 97: 1135-46, 4 pi.—Brushneld, T., & Wyatt, W. Les enfants microcephales. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1927, 20. ser., 2: 12-5. [Case of microcephaly in a young child] Pediatria, Moskva, 1928 12: 567-76.—Vanelli, A. Quattro casi di microcefalia. Rass'. studi psichiat., 1931, 20: 1204-31. ---- Etiology. See also Birth injury, intracranial; Cranium, Abnormities; Hydrocephalus; Syphilis, prenatal. Apert, E., Stevenin, H., & Benoist, F, Microcephalic> post- hydrocephalique. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1926, 24: 142-4 — Cruchet & Dupin, J. Presentation d'une microcephale, in- fluence possible des vapeurs de petrole. J. med. Bordeaux 1938 115: 512-1.— Fincher, E. F. Microcephalus secondary to Dirth trauma. J. Neurosurg., 1944, 1: 265-74 . [Discussi™] 339.—Fiirstenheim. Die Entstehung der Kleinkopfigkeit. Verh. Ges. phys. Anthrop., 1929, 3: 41-9.-Gautret& Guinau- deau. Foetus microcephale. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Pans, 1928, 17:237.—Jelgersma, H. C. [Causes of malformations especially of microcephaly] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 7?: pt 2 «5700-|. Also German transl. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 125. 83-91. ---- experimental. Patch, C. L. Microcephaly; a report on the Shah Daulah's mice. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 297-301—Tondury, G. Ueber experimentell erzeugte Mikrokephalie bei Urodelen. Arch. Entwmech., 1937, 136: 529-62. ------ Weitere Beitrage zur Frage der Kopfentwicklung bei Urodelen; Erzeugung von Mikrokephalie durch Einwirkung von Lithiumchlond auf die Gastrula von Triton alpestris. Ibid., 1937-38, 137: 510-39. ---- Genetics. Microcephaly. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1927, 24: 24-31.—Grebe, H. Mikrokephalie, Mikrocephalie oder Mikrozephalie? Med. Klin., Berl., 1943, 39: 629.—Kloppner, K. Mikrocephalie beim Neugeborenen. Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 871-82.—Morrow. A little fellow. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1945, 4: 395-8.—Netto, B. Consideracoes sobre um nanocranio. Arq. Inst. Benjamin Baptista, 1941, 7: 103-14.—Whitney, E. A. Microcephaly. Med. J. & Rec. 1932. 135: 166-8. ---- Clinical aspect. Almeida, L. de. Encefalopatias infantis. Coimbra med., 1945, 12: 1-37.—Brushneld, T., & Wyatt, W. Microcephalic children. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1926, 23: 265-70.—Bueno Ituarte, R. Un caso de nanocefalia en un negro. Bol. Inst. pat. med., Madr., 1946, 1: 85-8.—Filo, E. [An unusual case of microcephalia] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1928, 8: 202-12.—Giannelli, V. Due idioti microcefalici. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1930, 19: 217—17.—Karlson, S. [Case of microcephaly] Hygiea, Stockh., 1936, 98: 115-20.—Kurbitz, W. Mikrocephalie und Schwach- sinn. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 94: 172-97.— Kujath, G. Ueber Mikrozephalie bei einem 41^jahrigen Madchen. Mschr. Psychiat., 1937, 97: 229-56.—Mayer, C, & Reisch, O. Kli- nische Studie an zwei Mikrocephalen nebst Bemerkungen zur Auffassung der Mikrocephalie. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929-30, 89: 662-89.—Meltzer. Demonstration der verschiedensten Formen mikrocephaler Idiotie und Mikrocephalie. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1938.—Modi, N. J. Microcephaly. Ind. J. Pediat., 1934-35, 2: Suppl. 1, 310-3, 2 pi.—Nikolsky, I. N. Araoz Alfaro, G., & Velasco Blanco, L. Breves considera- ciones sobre una afecci6n heredo-familiar. Arch. amer. med., B. Air., 1927, 3: 23-5.—Delay, J., & Pichot, P. Maladie microcephalique familiale et pseudo-microcephalies sympto- matiques; valeur diagnostique de l'encephalographie gazeuse. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1946, 104: pt 2, 236-9.—Fattovich, G. Sulla microcefalia vera familiare. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1946, 72: 7-19.—Grebe, H. Beitrag zur familiaren Mikro- cephalie. Zschr. menschl. Vererb., 1939-40, 24: 506-15.— Halperin, S. L. Three pedigrees of microcephaly; with a note on their genetic implications. J. Hered., 1944, 35: 211-4.— Jacob, H. Eine Gruppe familiarer Mikro- und Mikrencephalie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1936, 156: 633-45.—Newton, L., & McLean, T. S., jr. Microcephaly in three successive preg- nancies. Connecticut M. J., 1947, 11: 617-9.—Parhon, C. J., Ballif, L., & Lavrenenco, N. Microcephale familiale; acromicrie et syndrome adipeux-genital. Rev. fr. endocr., 1929, 7: 307-18.-—Paterson, D. Case of familial microcephaly. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 60.— Ruttner, F. Beitrag zum Erbbild der Mikrokephalie. Erbarzt, 1944, 12: 93-105. ---- Head and brain. Stumpenhausen, H. *Beitrage zum klini- schen Bild und zur Morphologie der Mikroce- phalie sowie zur Frage ihrer Erbbiologie [Kiel] 51p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1937. Berliner. Das Gehirn der bekannten Mikrocephalin M. B. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 81: 755.—Brummelkamp, R. Caractere anthropoide du cerveau dans un cas de micro- cephalie. Acta neerl. morph., 1941-42, 4: 135—60.—Cappon, D. Intracerebral calcification in a microcephalic. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 795, pi.-—Courville, C._ B. Congenital malformation of the cerebrum associated with microcephaly. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1936, 1: 2-4—Fattovich, G. Considera- zioni su di un caso di microcefalia con eterotopia della sostanza grigia. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1948, 74: 151-63.—Fontes, V. La microcephalic en rapport k quelques types morphologiques. Arq. anat., 1937, 18: 215-25. Also Verh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 197.—Freeman, W. Microcephaly and diffuse gliosis; a clinico-pathological study of four cases. Brain, Lond., 1927, 50: 188-215.—Gartner, S. Congenital retinal folds and micro- cephaly; report of a case. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 93-100.—Hara, S. Ueber den Schadel eines Mikrokephalen. Fol. anat. jap., 1927, 5: 1-8, 2 pi., 2 tab.—Ilberg, G. Ein mikrocephaler Fetus ohne Augen und Nase mit schweren Defekten des Vorderhirns, Kleinhirns, inneren Ohres und der endokrinen Driisen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935-36, 154: 1-17.—Jager, O. Beschreibung eines Mikrocephalenge- hirns. Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt., 1925-26, 12: 728-39.— Keen, J. A. Microcephaly in a newborn infant with almost total absence of brain. S. Afr. M. J., 1942, 16: 116-21.— Lebzelter, V. Ueber einen zwerghaften Singhalesenschadel. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1932-33, 31: 276.—Lopes de Andrade, A. Um microcefalo; observacao an&tomo-clinica. Arq. anat., (1926) 1927, 10: 383-99.—Morselli, G. E. Microcefalia ed encefalografia. Riv. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 1356-60 — Mouriquand, Bernheim & Gardere. Microcephalie avec aspect anthropoide. Lyon med., 1926, 138: 404.—Nagtegaal, C. G. An interesting arrangement of fissures in the brain of a micro- cephalic idiot. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1929, 32: pt 2, 786-92, 2 pi.—Rostan, A. Contributo alio studio della mor- fologia di cervelli microcefalici. Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43: 327-30.—Turkewitsch, B. G. Eigentiimlichkeiten im anatt- MICROCEPHALUS 25 MICROCHEMISTRY mischen Bau des knochernen inneren Ohres bei Mikrocephalia. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1934, 47: 159-67. ---- Pathology. Lewentaner, M. *Pathologische Studie uber Microcephalie. 37p. 8? Ziir., 1876. Jelgersma, H. C. [Microcephaly and Bolk's foetalization theory] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 1, 2843-54. ------ Die sogenannte Entartungszeichen der Mikrocephalen und die Fetalisationslehre. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 112: 88-100.—McGavack, T. H., & Reinstein, H. Brachydactyly, polyphalangism, and brachymetapodism in a moronic individual with microcephaly, internal frontal hyperostosis, and endo- genous obesity. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 45: 55-62.—Pedercini, E. Indagini sul microcefalo Martino. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1927, 3. ser., 15: 497-520.—Skinner, H. H. A microhydro- anencephalic anaric ancyclopic monster. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 16-8. ---- radiogenic. Doll, E. A. Fetal irradiation and microcephalic idiocy; report of a case in litigation. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 527. ----- & Murphy, D. P. A case of microcephaly following embryonic Roentgen irradiation. Am. J. Psychiat., 1929-30, 9:871-8. ------ & Shirlock, M.E. Microcephaly following maternal pelvic irradiation for the interruption of pregnancy; report of a case. Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 48: 356-9.—Goldstein, L. Radiogenic microcephaly; a survey of nineteen recorded cases, with special reference to ophthalmic defects. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 24: 102-15. ------ & Murphy, D. P. Microcephalic idiocy following radium therapy for uterine cancer during pregnancy. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18: 189-95 [Discussion] 281-3.—Hirvensalo, M. Ueber rontgeno- gene fetale Mikrokephalie. Acta paediat., Upps., 1937, 21: 188-204.—Magliano, H., Manara, H. I., & Slech, T. Micro- cefalia e idiocia; por traumatismo roentgenologico fetal? An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1942, 8: 165-72 [Discussion] 197 — Maxfield, F. N. A case of microcephaly following prenatal Roentgen irradiation. Am. J. Ment. Defic, 1940-41, 45: 358-65.—Moody, E. Maternal responsibility in microcephaly. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 658-61.—Pauly, R., Cantorne, G., & Bentegeat, J. Un microcephale, enfant des rayons X. J. med. Bordeaux, 1941, 118: 537-51.—Zappert, J. Ueber rdntgenogene fotale Mikrozephalie. Arch. Kinderh., 1926-27, 80: 34-50. ---- true. Brunschweiler, H. Contribution a la connaissance de la microcephalia vera. 129p. 8° Ziir 1928 Also in'Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 21: 246; passim. Brummelkamp, R. [Microcephalia vera] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4286-91. Also Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1935, 39: 246-52.—D'Arrigo, M. Sopra un caso di micro- cefalia pura con speciale riguardo alle alterazioni delle ghiandole endocrine (ricerche istologiche) Cervello, 1928, 7: 209-24, 4 pi.-—Greenfield, J. G., & Wolfsohn, J. M. Microcephalia vera; a study of two brains illustrating the agyric form and the complex microgyric form. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 1296-1316. Also Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934, 60: 206-8 — Monakow, C. von. Biologisches und Morphogenetisches iiber die Mikrocephalia vera, 4monatiger echter Mikrocephalus mit einem Hirngewicht von nur 25 gr! Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 18: 3-39.—Riva, E., & De Paoli, M. Un nuovo caso di microcefalia pura; ricerche antropologiche ed istologiche. Riv. sper. freniat., 1927, 51: 173-222. MICROCHEMISTRY. See also Analysis, chemical, micro; Blood chemistry, Methods: Micromethods; Histochem- istry; Microphysics; Trace element, etc. Benedetti-Pichler, A. A. Microchemistry. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1943, 12: 639-60.—Gicklhorn, J. Mikrochemie und Mikrophysik (ihre biologische Auswertung in Gegenwart und Zukunft) Protoplasma, Lpz., 1927, 2: 89-125.—Leuthardt, F. Les infiniment petits chimiques. Praxis, Bern, 1945, 34: 323-7._Liidy-Tenger, F. Mikrochemie im pharmazeutischen Alltag. Schweiz. Apoth. Ztg, 1947, 85: 213-5.—Small stuff. Sc. Illust., N. Y., 1946, 1: No. 2, 102-4.—Wilson, C. L. The teaching of analytical chemistry in Great Britain; with special reference to microchemistry. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 588-90. ------ Microchemistry in Great Britain. Mikro- chemie, Wien, 1947-48, 33: 352-60. ---- Apparatus. See also Microtitration; also under such terms as Buret, etc. Colson, A. F. Some useful microchermcal apparatus. Analyst, Lond., 1946, 71: 322-6, 2 pi.—Erdos, J. Mikro- apparat fur Reakticnen in der Tarrpf- und Gasphase. Mikro- chemie, Wien, 1947-48, 33: 361-4.—Crargtud, R. Micro- dosage par diffusion des substances volatiles; description d'un nouvel appareil; application au dosage des carbonates et plus particulierement a ceux de l'os. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1942, 136: 529-31.—Kun, E. A modified Warburg vessel. Science, 1947, 106: 550.—New (A) auxiliary heater for micro analysis. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 68.—Scott, F. W. Suction filter apparatus for micro determinations. Chemist Analyst, 1937, 26: 56. ■ Congresses. Verslag van de vergadering van de Sectie voor analytische en microchemie, gehouden op donderdag 23 Juli 1942 te Utrecht. Chem. wbl., Amst., 1943, 40: 45. ---- History. Donan, J. Fortschritte der Mikrochemie im Jahre 1913. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 250-7.—Vaughan, E. J. Developments in microchemical analysis. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 555.—Wenger, P. L'evolution d'une science et la micro- chimie. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern, 1943, 34: 250-62. ---- Manuals and periodicals. Benedetti-Pichler, A. A. Introduction to the microtechnique of inorganic analysis. 302p. 24cm. N. Y., 1942. Chamot, E. M., & Mason, C. W. Handbook of chemical microscopy. Vol. 2: Chemical methods and inorganic qualitative analysis. 411p. 8? N. Y., 1931. Emich, F. Lehrbuch der Mikrochemie. 2. Aufl. 273p. 8? Munch., 1926. Kley, P. D. C. Behrens-Kley mikrochemische Analyse. 1. Teil. 4. Aufl. 368p. 24cm. Lpz., 1921. Mikrochemie. Wien, v.2, 1924- ---- medico-biological. See also Blood chemistry; Toxicology, etc. King, E. J. Micro-analysis in medical bio- chemistry. 168p. 22cm. Lond., 1946. Martinez Nevot, F. Metodos microquimicos de investigaci6n de la sangre y humores. 139p. 23cm. Madr., 1926. Pincussen, L. Mikromethodik; quantitative Bestimmung der Harn- und Blutbestandteile in kleinen Mengen fiir klinische und experimentelle Zwecke. 116p. 8? Lpz., 1921. Also 4. Aufl. 200p. 1928. Also 5. Aufl. 225p. 1930. Fischer, R., & Linser, E. Der mikrochemische Nachweis geringer Mengen von Arbutin und Urson in Pflanzen. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1930, 268: 185-90.— Kirk, P. L. The applica- tion of microchemistry to biochemical analysis. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1940, 9: 593-616.—Lieb, H. Die quantitative mikrochemische Elementaranalyse. In: Handb. Pflanzen- analyse (Klein, G., ed.) Wien, Bd 1, 1931, 149-90.—Macallum, A. B. Die Methoden und Ergebnisse der Mikrochemie in der biologischen Forschung. Erg. Physiol., 1908, 7: 552-651.— Nichols, R. R., & Eckert, H. W. Microanalysis. Annual Rep. Div. Laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, 26-8. Also Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, 26 — Reimers, F. Unders0gelser over mikrokemiske metoder; anvendelse af mikrokemiske metoder i farmakopeen. Dansk tskr. farm., 1947, 21: 1-13. ---- Methods. See also Microcrystal; Microincineration; Microscopy; Microtechnic; Microtitration; Mi- crurgy, etc. Haitinger, M. Die Fluoreszenzanalyse in der Mikrochemie. 192p. 8? Wien, 1937. Amelink, F. Identificatie van enkele nieuwere genees- middeen langs microchemische weg. Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1948, 83: 545-60.— Brandstatter, M. Zur Methodik der orien- tierten Aufwachsungsversuche. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1947, 33: 184-7.—Chamot, E. M., & Mason, C. W. Chemical microscopy. In: Standard Meth. Chem. Analysis (Scott, W. W.) 5. ed., N. Y., 1939, 2434-59—Colson, A. F. The rapid micro-analytical determination of carbon and hydrogen in organic compounds. Analyst, Lond., 1948, 73: 541-7.— Coujard, R. Mise en evidence des phenols dans les tissuspar formation de polymeres du tyre-bakeiite; application a la coloration du chondriome. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1942, 136: 407 — Dubeky, J. V. Organische Mikroelementaranalyse. In: Meth. org. Chem. (Houben, H. H. M. J., ed.) Lpz., 3. Aufl., Bd 1, 1925, 133-76.—Engstrcrn, A. Qualitative microchemical analysis by microradiography with fluorescent screen. Expe- rientm, Easel, 1947, 3: 208. —----& Lindsirom, B. Histo- MICROCHEMISTRY 26 MICROCINEMATOGRAPHY chemical analysis by X-ray.s of long wavelengths. Ibid., 191- 3.—Habler, C, & Noetzel, B. Beitrage zur Mikromethodik, Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214: 201-3— Hafford, B. C. The esti- mation of small quantities of boron and magnesium. Summa- ries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wisconsin, 1942, 7: 205-7.— Houghton, A. A. Micro determination of mixed met box v-ct boxy groups. Analyst. Lond., 1945, 70: 19-21.------& Wilson, H. A. B. Micro determination of alkoxyl values. Ibid., 1944, 69: 363- 7.—Ingram, G. A critical examination of the empty tube combustion method. Ibid., 1948, 73: 548-51.—Keller, R. Neue Methoden in der Mikro-Physiko-Chemie. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 168: 88-93.—Kofler, L. Ueber Mikroschmelz- punktbestimmung und Mikrosublimation. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1932, 270: 293-303, 3 pi. ------ Mikromethoden zur Untersuchung von organischen Stoffen und Stoffgemischen. Mitt. Deut. pharm. Ges., 1942, 19: 53-6.—Korenman, I. M. Kachestvennyi polumikrokhimicheskii analiz. Farmacia, Moskva, 1946, 9: 12-8.—Lieb, H. Die Mikroelementaranalyse nach Pregl. In: Die Fermente (Oppenheimer, C.) Lpz., 5. Aufl., Bd 3, 1929, 197-243.—Lovell, C. Simple apparatus for micro- sublimation. Lancet, Lond., 1946, 2: 348.—Ludy-Tenger, F. Einige neue mikrochemische Identitiitsreaktionen fiir die pharmazeutische Praxis. Pharm. acta helvet., 1944, 19: 385-98, 5 pi.—Martini, A. Fundamentos y nuevas orienta- ciones del aniilisis microquimico. Proc Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 7: 129-34 [Discussion] 135.—Rosenthaler, L. Mikrochemische Identifizierung der festen offizinellen anorgani- schen Verbindungen. Pharm. acta helvet., 1943, 18: 637-48.— Schiller, W. A system of inorganic qualitative micro analysis. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1931, 7: 196-9.—Sinkora, F., & Hora, A. [Refractometric microanalysis] Cas. l£k. cesk., 1922, 61: 901-3.—Strauss, F. B. A new technique for the ultimate microanalysis of organic compounds. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 446.—White, E. V., & Wright, G. F. Microchemical technique; some innovations in the micromethoxyl and micro- carbon-hydrogen determination. Canad. J. Res., 1936, 14: 427-9.—Wilson, C. L. Micro-tests for elements in organic compounds. Analyst, Lond., 1938, 63: 332-5. ------ Some physicochemical methods in microchemistry: viscosity, surface tension and refractive index. Ibid., 1946, 71: 117. ---- quantitative. See also Microtitration. Friedrich, A. La pratique de la microanalyse organique quantitative. 387p. 21cm. Par., 1939. Mika, J. Die exakten Methoden der Mikro- [Stuttg., 1939] 180p. 25cm. Ann massanalvse Arb., 1943. NlEDERL, methods of J. B., & Niederl, V. Micro- quantitative organic elementary analysis. 271p. 8? N. Y., 1938. Pregl, F. Die quantitative organische Mikro- analyse. 4. Aufl. [Berl., 1935] 328p. 24cm. Ann Arb., 1945. Also 3. Engl. ed. 271p. 8! Lond., 1937. Also 4. Engl. ed. 238p. 1945. Engstrom, A. Quantitative microchemical and histo- chemical analysis of elements by X-rays. Nature, Lond., 1946, 158:664.—Hallett, L.T. Quantitative microchemical analysis. In: Standard Meth. Chem. Analysis (Scott, W. W.) 5. ed., N. Y., 1939, 2460-547.—Sobel, A. E. Quantitative micro- chemistry in clinical laboratories. Laborat. Digest, S. Louis, 1945r46, 9: No. 3, 1-5.—Sozzi, J. A. Microdeterminaci6n gravim^trica de algunos aldehidos y cetonas; vanillina, aceto- fenona. fluorenona, ciclohexanona, menadiona y furfural. An. farm, bioqufm., B. Air., 1943, 14: 41-7. ---- semi-micro. Belcher, R., & Godbert, A. L. Semi-micro quantitative organic analysis. 168p. 22cm. Lond., 1945. Clark, E. P. Semimicro quantitative organic analysis. 135p. 23^cm. N. Y., 1943. Heisig, G. B. The theory and practice of semimicro qualitative analysis. 331p. 22cm. Phila., 1943. Smith, L., & Peterson, R. E. The semi-micro adaptation of the Iowa system of qualitative analysis. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sc, 1940, 47: 171-6. MICROCHIROPTERA. Anthony, R., & Vallois, H. Considerations anatomiques sur le type adaptatif primitif des microcheiropt^res. Internat. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1913, 30: 169-225, pi. MICROCINEMATOGRAPHY [i. e., cine- micrography] See also Microbiology, Methods; Microfilm; Microphotography; Motion picture; Tissue cul- ture, Recording. Bayne-Jones, S., & Tuttle, C. An apparatus for motion photomicrography of the growth of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1927 14: 157-70, 2 pl.-Comandon, J. La rnicro-cin^emato- graphie Protoplasma, Lpz., 1929, 6: 627-32.-Earle, W. R. & Crisp, L. R. Production of malignancy in vitro; microcinemato- graphic equipment. J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 1943-44, 4. 147- 64 -Emmett, H. Cinemicrography in scientific research. j'RMicr. Soc, Lond., 1943, 63: 26-33, 4 pl.-Fortner, H. Die Punktweg-Methode; ein Verfahren zur quantitativen Auswertung von Mikrokinematogrammen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr 1933, 50: l-62.-Goetz, A., & Romer, A. An electric driving and timing apparatus for microcinematography. Rev. Sc Instrum., 1936 7: 6-13.-Hutchinson, W. G...& McCracken, M. R. Study of flagella of a fresh water bacterium by motion microphotography and electron micrography. L Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 305 (Abstr.)-Kahn, M. C. Motion pictures of the development of bacteria from a single cell. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr Microb. (1939) 1940, 160.—Kaufmann, N Mikro- Rontgen-, Schlieren- und Endo-Kinematographie. Ciba Zschr., Basel? 1947, 9: 3964-9.-Muhlens, P. Kine- und Mikro- kinematographie als Lehrmethoden. In: Probleme Bakt (Kolle, W.) Lpz., 1935, 19-23.—Pijper, A. Filming Vi agglu- tination and some remarks on microcinematography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1942-43, 11: 65-73. :----- & Poole, L. B. A simple technique for time lapse cinemicrography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 235-41.—Rosebury, F., & Rosebury, T. A simplified apparatus for dark-field cinemicrography. Ibid., 1941-42 27: 1487-90.—Rosenberger, H. Micro-cinematogra- Phy in medical research. J. Dent. Res., 1928-29, 9: 343-52 - Sano, M. E., & Gault, E. S. Cine-photomicrographic apparatus with constant temperature chamber for tissue culture studies. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 563-6.—Scheffer W. Ueber mikrokinematographische Aufnahmen. Berl. klin Wschr., 1910, 47: 536.—Scheminzky, F., & Kann, S. Die Verwendbarkeit des Pathg-Schmalfilms fur wissenschaftliche Zwecke, besonders fur Mikrokinoaufnahmen; Beschreibung einiger neuer Hilfsapparate fur die wissenschaftliche Mikro- kinematographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1928, 45: 11-33 — Sorgenfrei, P. Ein neuer Mikro-Kino-apparat zur Herstellung von Reihenbildern von lebenden Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1912, 29: 195-9.—Tuttle, H. B. Cinephotomicrography In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 183-94. MICROCLIMATE [incl. microclimatology] See also Climate; Climatology; Climatotherapy, artificial; Meteorobiology; also Air, Purification and conditioning; Asthma, Treatment: Air con- ditioning. Biittner, K. Die Bedeutung des Mikroklimas fiir die Klima- dosierung. Kongrber. Internat. Kongr. Lichtforsch., 1936, 3. Congr., 700-5. Also Strahlentherapie, 1938, 61: 705-10.— Creyx, M., & Cazaux, P. Climats et microclimats du sud- ouest; des zones sanitaires et de leur perspective d'organisation. J. med. Bordeaux, 1947, 124: 398-409.—Delore, P., & Striffling, M. Etude du microclimat d'une salle d'hopical. Techn. hosp., Par., 1946-47, 2: No. 15, 19-21.—Eggler, J. Klein- klimatische Untersuchungen in den Flaumeichenbestanden bei Graz. Bioklim. Beibl., 1942, 9: 94-110.—Guiot, G. Les microclimats. Rev. kinesither., 1948, 5-7.—Haurwitz, B., & Austin, J. M. Microclimatologv. In their Climatology, N. Y., 1944, 157-75.—Matits, L. [Reply to the article of O. Orszagh: Importance of microclimate] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 428.— Meyer, E. G. Zimmerklimatische Studien. Strahlentherapie, 1942-43, 72: 347.—Orszagh, O. [Importance of microclimate] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 358-60.—Wachsmuth, G. Die Pflanze im Kraftfeld der Erde; Makroklima und Mikroklima. In his Erde & Mensch, Kreuzlingen, 1945, 346. MICROCOCCACEAE. See also Eubacteriinae; see also genera of Coccaceae as Gaffkya; Micrococcus; Sarcina. For older literature see Staphylococcus, in 3. ser., also Gonococcus; Meningococcus. Blair, J. E. The staphylococci. In: Bact. Mycot. Infect. Man (Dubos, R. J.) Phila., 1948, 325-43.—Foubert, E. L., jr, & Douglas, H. C. Studies on the anaerobic micrococci; taxo- nomic considerations. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 56: 25-34.— Hucker, G. J. The agglutination reaction as a test for differen- tiating the micrococci. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1926, 68: 8-16. ------ Further studies on the classification of the micrococci. Ibid., 1. Abt., 1929, 111: 9-22. ------ & Robertson, A. H. The agglutinability of strains of micrococci isolated from similar habitats. Ibid., 2. Abt., 1926, 68: 1-8.—Isaacs, A., & Scouller, J. M. Catalase production by gram-positive cocci; a simple test for differentiating enterococci from micrococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1948, 60: 135.—Nunheimer, T. D., & Fabian, F. W. Respiratory studies of the micrococci. J. Bact., Bait. 1942, 44: 215-32. MICROCOCCIN. See also Micrococcus pyogenes, Antibiosis. Su, T. L. Micrococcin, an antibacterial substance formed by a strain of Micrococcus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1948, 29: 473-81. MICROCOCCOSIS 27 MICROCOCCOSIS MICROCOCCOSIS. See also under clinical types of infection as Abscess; Cellulitis; Pyemia; Sepsis; Suppura- tion; also under specific names of micrococci as Micrococcus pyogenes (var. aureus) Infection; also Micrococcus sepsis. Bezancon, F., & Philibert, A. Infections a microcoques. p.17-134. 8? Par., 1935. In: Precis path. med. (Bezancon, et al.) 2. ed., Par., 1935, 1: Bradford, W. L. Staphylococcal infections. In: Child in Health, &c (Grulee, C. G.) Bait., 1948, 294-9.—Butler, E. C. B., & Valentine. F. C. O. Further observations on acute staphylo- coccal infection. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 194-7.—Campbell, A. C. P. The incidence of pathogenic staphylococci in the throat, with special reference to glandular fever. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1948, 60: 157-69.—Carey, B. W. Staphylococcal infections. In: Advance. Pediat., N. Y., 1942, 1: 106-8.— Dowling, G. B. Staphylococcal infections. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1926, n. ser., 122: 380-4.—Engeland. Die pathogenen Staphyiokokken an Bord. Veroff. Marine San., 1914, H. 10, 1-42.—Farrag, H. Study on micrococci. Vet. J., Lond., 1948, 104: 388, 2 pi.—Forman, L. Some staphylo- coccal infections. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1934, 48: 120-2.— Frankau, C. Staphylococcal infections. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1934, 57: 103-21 .—Gross. H. Die Staphylokokkeninfektionen. In: Ansteck. Krankh. (Gundel, M.) 3. Aufl., Lpz., 1944, 85- 93.—Huard, P., & Meyer May, J. L'infection staphylococcique aux colonies. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1936, 34: 793-938, 7 pi. Also Rev. chir., Par., 1936, 55: 439-58.—Huard, P., & Montagne, M. L'infection staphylococcique aux colonies. In: Clin. chir. pays chauds (Botreau-Roussel) Par., 1938, 136-55.—Hughes, W. Staphylococcal infections at Singapore. Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1938, 7: 537-53.—Joyce, J. L. A study of staphylococcal disease. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 80: 169-93.—Lovell, R. I., & Jones, T. C. Notes on sporadic infection by staphylococci. Vet. Bull., Wash., 1938, 32: 252-4.—Macaigne, M. Staphylococcic. In: Nouv. traite med. (Roger) Par., 1920,1: 262-78.—Martelli, C. Stafilococcie Rinasc. med., 1929, 6: 227-9. Also in Lez. med. biol. (Martelli) Nap., 1930, 516-24.—Meyer, F. Die menschliche Staphylo- kokken-Infektion (Krankheitsbild, Diagnose, Behandlung) Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1931, 22: H. 10, 34-43.—Moore, J. A remarkable staphylococcic infection. Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland, 1911, 29: 16-20. Also Dublin J. M. Sc, 1911, 130: 27-9.—Morian. Staphvlokokkeninfektionen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1913, 50: 91.—Panton, P. N., & Valentine, F. C. O. Staphylococcal infection and re-infection. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929, 10: 257-62, pi.—Phemister, D. B. Staphylococcus in- fections. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1930) 1931,6:152-4.—Pires de Mesquita, E. Estafilococcias. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1944, 4: 1-181, 3 pi. ------ As estafilococcias em higiene e saude publica. Hospital, Rio, 1945, 27: 245-60.—Quervain, F. de. Ueber einen ungewohn- lichen Fall von Staphylokokkeninfektion. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 449-51.—Smith, W., Allison, V. D., & McDiarmid, A. Discussion on staphylococcal infections. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1948, 41: 427-30.—Staphylococcal infection. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 1167-9.—Staphylococcal infection in a maternity home. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1942, 1: March, 7.—Stookey, P. F., & Ferris, C. R. Staphylococcal infections in the human body. South. M. J., 1942, 35: 761-5.—Thiroux, A. A propos des staphylococcies chez les indigenes des colonies frangaises. Presse meU, 1938, 46: 33-5.—Wolff, L. K. [Staphylococcus infections] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1203-11. ----Allergy. Bocage, A., & Mercier, P. L'intradermoreaction a la toxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 937-9.—Bonnet, H., Thieffry, S., & Sabetay, C. Reaction intradermique a la toxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. Ibid., 1937, 124: 240-3.—Coggi, G. Studi sulle infezioni stafilococciche; l'allergia nel decorso delle infezioni da stafilo- cocco; studio clinico e sperimentale. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1939, 18: 281-315.—Costantini, P. L'allergia nelle infezioni stafilococciche curate con autovaccini. Ibid., 1932, 11: 691- 702.—Debre, R., Bonnet, H. [et al.] Reaction intradermique a la toxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 792-4.—Gernez, C, & Pannequin, C. L'intra- dermoreaction a la toxine et a l'anatoxine staphylococciques comme test de l'immunit6 et de l'allergie antistaphylococciques chez l'homme. Rev. immun., Par., 1937, 3: 97-135.—Ivanov, E. V. [Antistaphylolysin reaction in surgical diseases and pulmonary tuberculosis] Vest, mikrob., 1926, 5: 259-62.— Julianelle, L. A., Jones, D., & Hartmann, A. F. Experimental hypersensitiveness to Staphylococcus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 945-8.—Moriconi, L. M. Oftalmoreazione 3tafilococcica. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 723-6.—Pugnani, E. Sul comportamento della intradermoreazione da stafilococco nella cavia in pianura ed in alta montagna in rapporto alle radiazioni solari. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 857-63.— Smagin, G. A. [Cutaneous reaction to staphylotoxin in children and adults] Ter. arkh., 1937, 15: 604-10.—Smirnov, P. P. Experiences visant a obtenir I'anaphylaxie des animaux au moyen des microbes et des histolysats de I'oreille humaine. I Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 12-7.—Tiirk, E. Untersu- chungen iiber Staphylotoxin-Reaktionen bei Kindern. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1941, 100: 198-236. ----epidemic. Elliott, S. D. Staphylococcal nursery. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 440.—Fremantle, F. Report on an epidemic of a micro- coccal infection simulating scarlatina, influenza, meningitis, etc. Pub. Health, Lond., 1905-06, 18: 457-61.—Hobbs, B. C. Epidemic staphylococcal infections in nursing homes. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1944, 3: 11-7. ----Food infection. See also Food poisoning; Gastroenteritis; Meat poisoning; Micrococcus pyogenes, Enterotoxin; Abele, C. A., & Damon, S. R. An outbreak of gastro- enteritis caused by milk-borne staphylococci producing an enterotoxin. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1939-40, 9: 1^4.—Allison, V. D.t Hobbs. B. C, & Martin, P. H. A widespread outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1949, 8: 38-47.—Azzi Leal, R. Consideracoes sobre as intoxicacoes alimentares de origem estafilococica. Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1941, 9: 1-10— Bamm, B. L. [Food poisoning caused by staphylococci] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, 91-5.—Barrett, H. V. The use of Chapman's in vitro tests for food-poisoning staphylococci in milk. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 286.—Barton, E. I.., Edge, G. E. A., & Hardman, R. P. Phage typing in the investigation of an outbreak of food poisoning of staphylococcus etiology. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1948, 39: 76.—Belam, F. A. Staphylococcal food-poisoning by meat-pie jelly. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 1: 64.—Bertarelli, E. Le tossinfezioni alimentari da stafilococco. Med. internaz., Milano, 1948, 56: 19-22.—Bradshaw, D. B. Staphylococcal food poisoning. Med. Off., Lond., 1943, 69: 71.—Bronstein, L. G. [Role du staphylocoque dans ies intoxications ali- mentaires] Hig. & zdorov., 1941, 6: No. 3, 35-40.—Buttiaux. R., Gervois, M., & Liegeois, D. Intoxications alimentaires dues k certains staphylocoques pathogenes. Arch. mal. app digest., Par., 1947, 36: 90-4.—Buttiaux, R., & Paris, J. Au sujet des toxiinfections d'origine alimentaire dues a certains staphylocoques pathogenes. Acta gastroenter. belg., 1948, 11: 1-6.—Chapman, G. H. Culturally typical food-poisoning staphylococci in persons with low-grade illness. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 74. ------ The value of biochemical properties in studies of staphylococcus food poisoning. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 377-93. ------ A sugges- tion for the rapid presumptive examination of foods suspected of having caused staphvlococcal food poisoning. Food Res., 1944, 9: 377.—Caudill, F. W., & Humphrey, E. C. Staphylo- coccus food poisoning; report of an outbreak. Kentucky M. J., 1939, 37: 373.—Dack, G. M. Staphylococcus food poisoning. Proc Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 361. ------ Staphylococcus food poisoning still a serious problem. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1946-47, 28:218-20. Also Food Indust., 1947, 19: 1868, &c.------& Cary, W. E. Experimental staphylococcus food poisoning in thirty-two human volunteers. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 49.—Davey, J. E., Deadman, W. J., & Elliott, F. J. A fourth outbreak of staphylococcal food poison- ing in Hamilton, Canada, May, 1941. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1942, 33: 82-5.—DeLay, P. D. Staphylococcal enterotoxin in bread pudding. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 72, 71-3.—Dolman, C. E. A small outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning in Vancouver. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1936, 27: 494-7.—Dorling, G. C. Staphylococcal food-poisoning due to contaminated soup. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 382.—Felsenield, O. Contribution k l'etude des staphylocoques agents de toxi- infections alimentaires. Rev. hyg., Par., 1938, 60: 533.— Gernez-Rieux, C, Buttiaux, R., & Brogniart. Lestoxi-infections alimentaires provoquees par le staphylocoque. Presse m6d., 1947, 55: 565.—Getting, V. A., Rubenstein, A. D., & Foley, G. E. Staphylococcus and streptococcus carriers; sources of food-borne outbreaks in war industry. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 833-40.—Gillespie, E. H. An outbreak of staphylo- coccal food poisoning; the possible source traced by means of bacteriophage typing. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1947, 6: 8-10.—Giovanardi, A. Le intossicazioni alimentari da stafilococco. Rass. clin. sc, 1940, 18: 449-54. Also Portug. transl., Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1941, 10: 143-8.— Grant, K. J., & McMurray, .1. An outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1948, 7: 133-5.—Hakeem, A. Z. An outbreak of food poisoning traced back to staphylococci. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1941, 16: 531 (Abstr.)—Haugh, P., & Petran, E. Staphylococci food poisoning. Annual Rep. Bur. Bact. Maryland Dep. Health, 1944, 19.—Haynes, W. C, & Hucker, G. J. The food poisoning micrococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 48: 262. ■------A review of micrococcus enterotoxin food poisoning. Food Res., 1946, 11: 281-97.—Hobbs, B. C, & Thomas, M. E. M. Staphylo- coccal food poisoning from infected lambs' tongues. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1948, 7: 261-6.—Hussemann, D. L., & Tanner, F. W. Relation of certain cooking procedures to staphylococcus food poisoning. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1947, 37:1407-14. ■------ A comparison of strains of staphylococci isolated from foods. Food Res., 1949, 14: 91-7.—Improved cat test to determine staphylococcus food poisoning. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1941-42, 5: No. 9, 5.—Kodama, T., Hata, M., & Sibuya, Y. An outbreak of staphylococcal food-poisoning in Yokosuka city. Kitasato Arch., 1940,17: 115-26.—Marche, MICROCOCCOSIS 28 MICROCOCCOSIS J. Les toxi-infections alimentaires provoquees par certains staphylocoques. J. med. chir., Par., 1946, 117: SO-8.—Miller, A. A. An outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning probably ilno to tinned sausage. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 11)48, 7: 178-80- Murphy, W. A., & Edward. D. G. F. An outbreak of foci poisoning caused by staphylococcal entero- toxin. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1944, 3: 100-3.—Natvic. H. Stafylokokker og matin- feksjoner. Nord. hyg. tskr., 1948. 58-64.—Neves da Silva, N. Intoxicacao alimentar de origem estafilococica; grave surto em cfirca de 500 pessoas. Hospital. Rio, 1945, 28: 411-6. —---- Surtos de intoxicacao alimentar estafiloc6cica e o encontro do portador de germes. Arq. Dep. estad. saude Rio Grande do Sul (1946) 1947, 137-9. Also Hospital, Rio, 1946, 30: 419-22 — Nunheimer, T. D., & Fabian, F. W. Influence of organic acids, sugars, and sodium chloride upon strains of food poisoning staphylococci. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30: 1040-9 — Oddy, J. G., & Clegg, H. W. An outbreak of staphylococcal food-poisoning. Brit. M. J., 1947, 1: 442-4.—0degaard, K., & Lerche, C. Stafylokokkmatforgiftning; meddelelse om et tilfelle av forgiftning etter spisning av hermetiske reker. Tskr. Norske laegeforen., 1948, 68: 136.—Outbreak (An) of staphylo- coccal food poisoning at Barnstaple. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1943, 2: 73.—Perkins, J. E. Food poisoning outbreaks probably due to staphylococcus toxin. Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, 62: pt 1, 159-72.—Ritchie, J. M., Murray, D. L., & Holgate, M. An outbreak of staphylococcal food-poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 2: 256.—Roberts, J., Deadman, W. J. [et al.] The epi- demiology of staphylococcal food poisoning in three outbreaks in Hamilton, Canada. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 369-76.—Rutherford, P. S. Two epidemics of staphylococcal toxin food poisoning. J. Canad. M. Serv., 1944-45,2:473-6. ------& Crowson, C. N. The bacteriology of an epidemic of staphylococcal food poisoning. Canad. M Ass. J., 1945, 52: 19.—Saint-Martin, M. les intoxication alimentaires dues au staphylocoque. Union m£d. Canada, 1948, 77: 936-42.—Scott, W. J., & Stewart, D. F. An outbreak of food poisoning due to staphylococci. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 211.—Selberg, L. Fatal staphylococcal poisoning of a breast-fed infant whose mother suffered from staphylococcal mastitis. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1947, 27: 275-83.—Slater, B. J., & Norris, J. L. Food poisoning caused by hemolytic staphylococcus in a defense plant. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 854—6.—Slocum, G. G. Studies on food poisoning staphylo- cocci. Abstr. Theses Grad. School Univ. Maryland, 1938-40, 11.------Staphylococcal food poisoning. South. M. J., 1942, 35: 765-71.------& Linden, B. A. Food poisoning due to staphylococci; with special reference to staphylococcus agglutination by normal horse serum. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1939, 29: 1326-30.—Smith, J. E., & Nagle, N. An outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1943, 40: 135.—Smith, W. W., & Iba, S. Survival of food-poisoning staphylococci on nut meats. Food Res., 1947, 12: 400-4.— Soriano, A. M. de. Los estafilococos como causa de intoxica- ci6n alimentaria. Rev. As. argent, diet., 1943, 1: 21—4.-— Staphylococcic food poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1568. Also Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1942-43, 6: No. 7, 13. Also Med. Off., Lond., 1943, 69: 35.—Staphylococcal food poisoning at Leicester. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1942, 1: Dec, 6.—Stone, R. V. A staphylococcus index for routine control in food production. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 395-404 — Weed, L. A., Michael, A. C, & Harger, R. N. Fatal staphylo- coccus intoxication from goat milk. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 1314-8.—Williams, G. C, Swift, S. [et al.] Three outbreaks of staphylococcal food poisoning due to ice-cream. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1946, 5: 17-25.—Wilson, R. J. Laboratory procedures in staphylo- coccal food poisoning. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1940, 31: 607-12. ----— Staphylococcal food poisoning. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1940-41, 18: 190-3. ---- Forensic aspect. Viglino, J. R. O. Muerte provocada por infecci6n estafilo- c6cica; responsabilidad del profesional. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1942, 30: 17-29. Immunology. See also subheadings of Micrococcus pyogenes (Anatoxin; Antitoxin; Antivirus; Enterotoxin, etc.) Delaunay, A. F. M. *De 1'immunite anti- staphylococcique; 6tude exp6rimentale et histo- pathologique. 262p. 2512cm. Par., 1938. ... Antonioli, G. M. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie; 1 infezione stafilococcica sperimentale nel conigho in inanizione e in avitaminosi. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 797-820.— Ashcar, H. Ensaios sobre imunidade antiestafiloc6cica. Mem Inst. Butantan, 1941, 15: 399-421.—Bentivoglio, G. C, & Moschini, S. L'immunita antistafilococcica naturale 'nel lattante e nel bambino. Lattante, 1937, 8: 107-29.—Bonnet, H., Thieffry, S., & Montefiore, C. Reaction de fixation du complement dans les infections staphylococciques. C rend Soc biol., 1935, 120: 1058-61.—Borra, E. Reactions immuni- taires a la suite d'mfections experimentales par des stafilocoques chez des cobaves tuberculeux. Boll. .-'ez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 705-7.—Boscardi, F. Studi sui complessi lipoproteici del siero nell'infezione da stafilococco. Ann. igiene, 1940, 50: 590-603.—Bryce, L. M., & Burnet, F. M. Natural immunity to staphylococcal toxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 183-91.—Ceruti, G. Equihbno e difese immunitarie nell infezione sperimentale da stafilococco. Att, Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 395. Also Gior. batt. immun., 1932. 8- 561-82. Also French transl., Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internazi microb., Milano, 1931, 3: 312.—Ciaranfi. E. L'importanza del fattore permeabilita dei tessuti nel meccanismo dell'immunita ocale verso lo stafilococco. Sperimentale, 1933, 87: 663-78.—; Clemente, G. Azione profilattica e curativa dei terreni vaccinati nelle infezioni sperimentali da stafilococco (contributo alia dottrina dell'immunita locale) Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 19: 590-614.—Connor, J. I., & McKie, M. A study of the anti- haemolvtic titre of sera of man and animals following staphylo- coccal infection. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1933, 36: 353-7.— Courmont, T., & Rochaix, A. De l'immunisation contre le staphylocoque pvogene par voie intestinale. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1912, 156: 572-4.—Cowan, S. T. Staphylococcal infection in rabbits; antibacterial and non-specific immunity. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1939, 48: 545-55.—Cucco, G. P. Ghiandole a secrezione interna e difese immunitarie nella infezione speri- mentale da stafilococchi. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 393-5. Also Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 8: 449-78.—Cuizza, T. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie dell'organismo; esperienze con l'infezione sperimentale da stafilococco nella cavia. Ibid., 1931, 7: 65-85.—Del Vivo, G. Immunita e immunizzazione locale della pelle nelle lesioni da stafilococco (contributo speri- mentale e clinico) Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1927, 68: 1353-89 — Descazeaux, J., & Richou, R. Recherches sur l'immunita antistaphylococcique naturellement acquise chez differentes espece animales. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935. 8: 374-83 — Einaudi, M. Le difese immunitarie di conigli tubercolosi nell'infezione sperimentale con stafilococco. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 1030-59—Faust, F. B.. & Etris. S. Staphylo- coccal vaccine-toxoid combined in human immunization. J. Immun., Bait., 1913, 46: 315-7.—Finucci, V. Equilibrio delle difese immunitarie; localizzazione sperimentale nella milza. Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13: 678-704.—Forsfrnan, J. Staphylo- coccus immunity. Acta path, microb. scand., 1935, 12: 536- 50. ------ On the course of staphylococcus infection in normal and immunised rabbits. Ibid., 1936, 13: 453-8. -—■---- Ueber die Ursachen der Staphylococcenimmunitiit. Ibid., Suppl. 26, 116-8. ------ The mechanism in staphylococcal infection and immunity. Ibid., 1937, 14: 468-77. ------ What role do staphylococcus lysin against rabbit's blood cor- puscles and its antilysin play in staphylococcus infections in human beings? Ibid., 1938, 15: 184-97. ------ A further contribution to the understanding of the immunity to staphylo- cocci. Ibid., 396-425; Discussion, Suppl. 38, 136.—Franco, E. Immunity antistaphylococcique et systeme r^ticulo-histio- cytaire. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1936, 8: 139-41. ------ Recherches exp6rimentales sur 1'immunite' antistaphy- lococcique. Ibid., 141-3.—Freedlander, S. O., & Toomey, J. A. The role of clasmatocytes and connective tissue cells in non- specific local cutaneous immunity to staphylococcus. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 663-75, 4 pi.—Gernez, C, & Pannequin, C. L'intradermo-reaction a la toxine staphylococcique comme test de 1'immunite antitoxique naturelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 124: 69-72.—Gratia, A. Sur 1'immunite' antistaphylococcique par les mycolysats. Ibid., 1930, 104: 1058.—Immunology of staphylococcal infections. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 860.—Jobim, H. Imunidade antiestafiloc6cica. Arq. rio grand, med., 1939, 18: 189-^95.—Jona, A. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie dell'or- ganismo; infezione sperimentale da stafilococco piogeno. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 126-49.—Julianelle, L. A. Experi- mental staphylococcal infection and passive protection. J. Immun., Bait., 1944, 48: 155-61. ■------ & Hartmann, A. F. The immunological specificity of staphylococci. J. Exp. M., 1936, 64: 149-59— Julianelle, L. A., 5, 1: 301-6.—Nelis, P. Une nouvelle therapeutique des staphylo- coccies; la vaccinoth6rapie par 1'anastaphylotoxine. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1141-4.------A Pierard, J. Le traitement des affections a staphylocoques par 1'anastaphylotoxine. Bruxelles med., 1936-37, 17: 412; 502.—Pouche, A. Le applicazioni pratiche della anatossina stafilococcica in terapia. Terapia, Milano, 1938, 28: 353-60.—Rabboni, F. L'anatossina stafilococcica nell'osteomielite cronica. Arcb. Soc ital. chir. (19o8) 1939, 45: 712-8.—Raiga, A. Essai de synthese des travaux parus sur l'anatoxitherapie staphylococcique. Gaz. med. France, 1938, 45: 19-37.—Ramon, G. L'anatoxine staphylococcique et la therapeutique des affections dues au staphylocoque; resultats, renseignements theoriques et pra- tiques. Arch. med. enf., 1938, 41: 665-94.------Bocage, A. [et al.] L'anatoxine staphylococcique et son emploi dans le traitement specifique de certaines affections dues au staphylo- coque. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1137-41; 1936, 44: 186-8. •—■----Sur 1'immunite antistaphylococcique provoquee par l'anatoxine d'affections dues au staphylocoque. Ibid., 1936, 44:281-4. ------ Resultats d'ensemble de l'anatoxitherapie specifique des affections staphylococciques. Ibid., 1937, 45: 889-92.------L'anatoxitherapie specifique des affections staphylococciques. Ibid., 929-32.—Ramon, G., Djourichitch, M., A Richou, R. Sur 1'immunite antistaphylococcique provoquee par l'anatoxine specifique et par differents antigenes vis-a-vis de l'infection experimentale par le staphylocoque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1160-4.—Ramon, G., Mercier, P., A Richou, R. L'anatoxitherapie specifique des affections dues au staphylocoque; resultats; precisions sur la conduite du traitement. Rev. immun., Par., 1942, 7: 179-87.—Ramon, G., A Nelis, P. L'immunisation antistaphylococcique experi- mentale au moven de 1'anastaphylotoxine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1250-2.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Reactions de certains lapins k des melanges neutres de toxine et d'antitoxine staphylococciques; phenomenes d'hypersensibilite naturelle- ment acquis6e. Ibid., 1936,121: 1064-8.------A Djouri- chitch, M. Sur le mecanisme de 1'immunite conferee par l'ana- toxine staphylococcique a regard de l'infection par le staphylo- coque virulent. Ibid., 122: 1164-8. ----— Influence de 1'immunite antistaphylococcique naturelle sur le developpement de 1'immunite artificiellement provoquee par l'anatoxine specifique. Ibid., 1937, 124: 200-2— Ramon, G.. Richou, R., A Holstein, G. L'application de l'anatoxine staphylococcique au traitement specifique de diverses affections dues au staphylo- coque chez les animaux domestiques. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1942, 15: 55-9. Also Rev. immun., Par., 1942, 7: 241-4 — Ribeiro, G. N. IntroduccSo ao estudo da anatoxina esta- phylococcica em cirurgia. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1937, 45: 199-214.—Richou, R., A Holstein, G. Le developpement de l'antitoxine staphylococcique chez les animaux soumis aux injections d'anatoxine specifique. Rev. immun., Par., 1940-41, 6: 363-80. ------ L'anatoxitherapie staphylococcique en medecine veterinaire; resultats obtenus chez le cheval dans le traitement des maux de garrot et des maux de croupe et de nuque. Bull. Acad. v6t. France, 1943, 16: 206- 12.—Richou, R., A Mercier, P. Rapprochement des injections d'anatoxine staphylococcique et developpement de 1'immunite antitoxique chez la lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 19o7, 124: 202.— Rous?et. Staphylococcie a localisations multiples, entre autres, epididymaire, guerie par l'anatoxine staphylococcique Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 787-97.—Sato, S., A Kodama, T. Studies of intranasal immunization with staphylococcal toxoid. Kitasato Arch., 1939, 16: 323-39.—Sauve, L. L'ana- toxine staphylococcique en chirurgie. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 52: 45-9.—Smith, M. L. Circulating antitoxin and resistance to experimental infection with staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 45: 305-10.—Takahasi, S. 3:4 benzo- pyrine hatuka-nezumi nikusyu ni tai-suru sin-budo-zyo- kyukin-toxoid no eikyo. Osaka igakkai zassi, 1943, 42: 1505- 7.—Tamargo Iribarria, A. Tratamiento de las estafilococias externas por la anatoxina especifica. Rev. san. mil. (Chile) 1936-37, 4: 261-302.—Tangari, C. Azione dell'anastafilo- tossina applicata localmente sulle ferite infette e sui focolai intiammatori in genere. Riforma med., 1938, 54: 343-6.-— Timmerman, W. A. [Staphylococcus toxoid as remedy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1725-35.—Tratamiento de las esta- filococcias por la anatoxina estafilocficcica. Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1521.—Wilson, H. M. Use of staphylococcal toxoid in the field. Vet. Rec. Lond., 1942, 54: 137. ---- Antibiosis. See also subheading Symbiosis. Bernard, H. *Recherches sur l'antagonisme du staphylocoque et du bacille de Loeffler [LyonJ 82p. 8? Bourg, 1936. Barber, M. Coagulase-positive staphylococci resistant to peniciUin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1947, 59: 373-84, pi.------ Sensitisation of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 730.—Bellamy, W. D., A Klimek, J. W. Some properties of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 153-60.—Bifti Gentili, G. Sulle modificazioni mor- fologiche in vitro dello Staphylococcus pyogenes in presenza di penicillina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1946, 22: 197.—Bondi, A., jr, A Dietz, C. C. Penicillin resistant staphylococci. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 60: 55-8.—Card, D. H. Penicillin resistance of staphylococci. Med. J. Australia, 1948, 1: 767.— Di Marco, A. Ricerche sulle caratteristiche di ceppi di stafilo- cocco artificialmente resi penicilhno-resistenti. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1946, 25: 234-8.—Dujardin-Beaumetz, E. Action antibiotique d'une variete de staphylocoque a regard des bacilles gram-positifs et acido-resistants. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 110: 1210.—Eriksen, K. R. Studies on induced resistance to penicillin in staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1946, 23: 284-92.—Fredericq, P. Sur la sensibilit6 et l'activite antibiotique des staphylocoques. C. rend. Soc biol., 1946, 140: 1167-70. ------ A Betz, M. Rapports entre les proprietes biochimiques des staphylocoques et leur sensibilite a divers antibiotiques. Ibid., 1191.—Frieden, E. H., Whiteley, H. R., A Frazier, C. N. Some characteristics of penicillin- resistant staphylococci. Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1947, 5: 74-91.— Gale, E. F., A Rodwell, A. W. Amino acid metabolism of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 161-7.—Graessle, O. E., A Frost, B. M. Induced in vitro resistance of staphylococci to streptomycin and peniciUin. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1946, 63: 171-5.—Jennings, M. A., A Sharp, A. E. Antibacterial activity of the Staphylococcus. Nature, Lond., 1947, 159: 133.-Lesbre, P., A Merle, A. Interet epidemiologique et pratique d'un antagonisme nature! du staphylocoque vis-a-vis du bacille de Loeffler. Presse med., 1947, 55: 719.—Luria, S. E. A test for penicillin sensi- tivity and resistance in Staphylococcus. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1946, 61: 46-51.—McMillan, I. K. R. Penicillin- sensitive staphylococci; report of laboratory procedures. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1946, 44: 135-8.—Magrassi, F., A Spiga, A. Studi su un principio antibatterico d'origine coccica; estrazione, purificazione, caratterizzazione chimica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1946, 22:317-9.—Mason, H.C. Food-poisoning staphylococci and the order of their resistance to penicillin. J. Immun., Bait., 1945, 51:307; passim.—Morra, F. Sensibilita degli stafilococchi alia penicillina ed alia streptomicina. Riv. 1st. sieroter. ital., 1948, 23: 1. sez., 106-12.—Nekam, L., jr, A Polgar, P. The inhibitory effect of a mold upon staphylococcus. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1948, 52: 372-5.—Neter, E. Relative sus- ceptibility of staphylococci to the bacteriostatic action of antibiotics. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 58: 126-8 — Parker, R. F., A Luse, S. The action of penicillin on Staphy- lococcus; further observations on the effect of a short exposure. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 56: 75 81— Parker, R. F., A Marsh, H. C. The action of penicillin on Staphylococcus. Ibid., 1946, 51: 181-6.-—Prica, M. Ueber die antagonistische Wirkung von Staphylokokken gegenuber kapseltragenden Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1938-39, 121: 81-9.—Schuler, W. Zur Wirkung von Penicillin auf Staphylokokken und deren Hemmung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 1192.—Tulasne, R., A Vendrely, R. Cytology of staphylococci before and after treatment with penicillin. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 316.—Winner, H. I. Quantitative sensitisation of a penicillin-resistant Staphylo- coccus. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 674. ---- Antibodies. See also other subheadings (Anatoxin; Anti- toxin, etc.) MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 37 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES Frenzel, L. *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Gehalt an Staphylococcen-Antitoxin und bakteriziden Antikorpern gegeniiber Staphy- Iococcen im Men'schen- und Tierblut [Breslau] 27p. 8? Liebau, 1934. Ajo, C. Sur la valeur de la reaction de deviation du comple- ment pour l'etude des anticorps staphylococciques et des anticorps normaux en general. C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 122: 276-80.—Bekker, J. H. Studies on staphylococci; antistaphy- locoagulase in human serum. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947,13:128-34.—Brzezinski, S. Untersuchungen iiber die normalen Antistaphylolvsine des menschlichen Serums. Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path., 1939, 2: 18-30.—Burky, E. L. Antitoxin content of rabbit serums immune to staphylococcus toxin and the precipitin reactions of such serums. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 25: 419-37. —---r The production of staphylo- coccal antibodies in human subjects by the injection of staphy- lococcus toxin. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 48.—Carlinfanti, E. Les anticorps deviant le complement en presence d'antigenes staphylococciques (toxine, anatoxine, germe) chez les animaux normaux et immunises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120:1055-7.— Caulfeild, A. H. W. Local passive transfer to a frequently re- covered strain of Staphylococcus hemolyticus; case report. J. Allergy, 1931, 2: 372-4.—Combiesco, D., Istrati, G., A Combiesco, N. Sur les proprietes antihemolytiques et anti- necrotiques d'un serum antistaphylococcique prepare chez le cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 626-8.—Forssman, J. On active immunity against staphylococcal infections and its relation to known antibodies against staphylococci or products of these bacteria. Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, 13: 459- 85.—Nelis, P. Considerations sur les toxine et antitoxine staphylococciques. Rev. beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 538-43.— Neuber, E. A staphylococcus agglutininjeinek €s opsoninjainak kepzodese helyerol a szervezetben. Orv. hetil., 1914, 58: 287-92.—Parish, H. J., A Clprk, W. H. M. Staphylococcal toxin and antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 251-8.— Ramon. G., Nfilis, P., A Richou, R. Sur la neutralite du melange floculant toxine- antitoxine staphylococciques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1306-8.—Savino, E. Anticorps du serum anti- staphylococcique. Ibid., 1932, 109: 328.—SzSp, J. [Effect of skin extracts on the production of staphylococcal opsonin] Orv. hetil., 1939, 83: 158.—Timmerman, W. A. [Staphylo- coccic toxins and antitoxins] Ned. tschr. h3'g. microb., 1932-33, 7: 178-94. ---- Antigenicity. Gengou, O. Contribution a l'etude des antigenes et des anticorps staphylococciques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1932, 48: 135-43.------Nouvelle contribution a l'etude des proprietes cytolytiques et toxiques des cultures staphylo- cocciques. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1934-35, 9: 413-26.—Goadby, K. W. The antigenic properties of different fractions of Staphylococcus. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 657.—Hobbs, B. C. A study of the serological type differentia- tion of Staphylococcus pyogenes. J. Hyg., Lond., 1948, 46: 222-38.—Holm, A., Anderson, J. F., A Leonard, G. F. Com- bined staphylococcal endo- and exo-antigen. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 502-4.—Julianelle, L. A. The im- munological specificity of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33:49.------A Weighard, C. W. Immunological specificity of carbohydrates derived from staphylococci. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. V., 1934, 31: 947-9.--Koizumi, K. Ueber die Darstellung von spezifischen Rezeptoren bei Staphylococcus pyogenes. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939, 35: 572-5.—Oka, S. Ueber das die grosste Phagozytose von Staphylokokken im zirkulierenden Blute veranlassende Antigen, sowie den Unter- schied zwischen der unspezifischen und spezifischen Zellakti- vierung. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1929, 11: 19.— Tamaki, S. Experimentelle Studien iiber das Staphylolysin und Leucocidin von pathogenen Staphylokokken. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi, 1928, 21: 14-6.—Thompson, R., A Khorazo, D. Anti- genic and biochemical properties of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 51. ------ Correlated antigenic and bio- chemical properties of staphylococci. Ibid., 34: 69-79.— Verwey, W. F. A type-specific antigenic protein derived from the Staphylococcus J. Exp. M., 1940, 71: 635-44— Weighard, C. W., A Julianelle, L. A. The immunological specificity of staphylococci; the chemical nature of the soluble specific sub- stances. Ibid., 19i>5, 62: 23-30. ----Antitoxin. See also subheading Immune serum. Bentivoglio, G. C. Sul contenuto di antitossina stafilo- coccica nel siero di sangue del bambino. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1936, 62: 448-57.—Bonnet, H., Thieffry, S., A Monte- fiore. L'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle chez lasouris. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 781.—Brogi, G. Sulla presenza di antitossina stafilococcica negli essudati pleurici e nel liquido cefalorachidiano. Pediatria (Riv.) 1941, 49: 65- 74.—Carlinfanti, E. Presence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle et reaction dermique aux antigenes staphy- lococciques chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 942-4.—Clinical (The) use of staphylococcus antitoxin. Bull. Lederle Laborat., 1940, 8: 69.—Djourichitch, M. Sur la pre- sence de staphylocoques toxigenes et d'antitoxine staphylo- coccique chez le cobaye neuf. C. rend, Sec. biol., 1938, 122: 609-11.—Dolman, C. E. Staphylococcus antitoxic serum in the treatment of acute staphylococcal infections and toxaemias. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 601; 31: 1; 130.------Antitoxic immunity in the prophylaxis and treatment of staphylococcal infections. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 48.—Eschen, J. [De- termination of the diagnostic significance of staphylococcal antitoxins] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 741.—Ghosh, B. N., A Ray, N. N. The Danysz phenomena in staphylococcal toxin- antitoxin reaction. Ind. J. M. Res., 1937, 25: 477-82.— Glenny, A. T., A Stevens, M. F. Staphylococcus toxins and antitoxins. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 201-10.— Gratia, A., A Nelis, P. L'ultracentrifugation du serum anti- staphylotoxique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 840.—Gross, H. Die Wertbestimmungsmethoden des antitoxischen Sta- phylokkenserums. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 79: 163-70.-— Hartley, P., A Smith, M. L. A proposed international standard for staphylococcus antitoxin. Q. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1935, Jan., 68-120.—Ipsen, J. La presence naturelle des antitoxines staphylococciques a et j9 chez 1'humain. Acta path. microb. scand., 1940, 17: 42-5. ------ [Diagnostic signifi- cance of staphylococcal antitoxins] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 739-41.------A Rostock, O. A provisional standard for staphylococcus /S antitoxin. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1945-46, 12: 390-3.—Johnson, F. H., A Wright, G. G. In- fluence of hydrostatic pressure on the denaturation of staphy- lococcus antitoxin at 65° C. Proc Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1946, 32: 21-5.—Kleiger, B., A Blair, J. E. The specific use of anti- toxin in staphylococcal infections. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. V., 1942, 3: 119-24.—Kourilsky, R., A Corre, L. Influence de la sous-alimentation sur le developpement de l'antitoxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1945, 139: 169.—Lichty, J. A., jr, A Katsampes, C. P. A method for the determination of staphylococcal antitoxin and anricapsular agglutinin using capillarv blood. J. Laborat. Chn. M., 1942-43, 28: 1258-61.—Miller, W. T., A Heishman, J. O. Staphylo- coccal antitoxin in the blood, milk, and colostrum of cows. Am. J. Vet, Res., 1943, 4: 265-9. -Mineit, F. C. Staphylo- coccus antitoxin in the blood and milk of cows and other ani- mals. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1937, 50: 173-90.—Nelis, P. Action du serum antistaphylotoxique sur les paralysies staphy- lotoxiques experimentales du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 212-5.------Infection experimental et immunite anticoxique staphalococciques. Ibid., 1384-7. ------ L'im- munite antitoxique staphylococcique. Rev. immun., Par., 1935, 1: 152 76. ------ A Picard, E. Sur la toxicite. de certains melanges neutres toxine-antitoxine staphylococciques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 610-2—Nelis. P., A Poncelet, F. L'antitoxine staphylococcique naturelle chez l'homme. Ibid., 118: 312-5.—Panton, P. N., Valentine, F. C. O., A Dix, V. W. Staphylococcal infection and antitoxin treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 2: 1180-3.—Parker, J. T., A Banzhaf, E. J. Pro- duction of staphylococcus antitoxin in horses. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 13: 25-9.—Ramon, G., Bonnet, H. [et al.] Sur la production du serum antistaphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1002-4.—Ramon, G., Nelis, P., A Bonnet, H. Sur la floculation dans les melanges de toxine staphylococcique et de serum specifique; son aspect, ses caracteristiques, sa signification. Ibid., 1935, 119: 787-90.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. L'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle, chez le cobaye et chez le lapin, suivant leur provenance, leur habitat, leur race; consequences theoriques et pratiques. Ibid., 1936, 121: 621-5.------Sur la production de l'antitoxine staphy- lococcique chez le cheval; influence de l'etat d'immunite naturelle et du rapprochement des injections d'antigene. Ibid., 1937, 124: 315-7. ■-----■ Sur la production rapide d'un serum antistaphylococcique de valeur antitoxique eievee. Rev. immun., Par., 1939, 5: 427-31. ------A Descazeaux, J. L'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle, chez l'homme et chez differentes especes animales. Ibid., 1935, 1: 401-14. ------Sur la presence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle chez l'homme et chez differentes especes animals. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1070-2.—Richou, R. Sur la presence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle chez le rat, la poule et le pigeon. Ibid., 1936, 123: 741.------ Sur l'absence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien de sujets qui renferment dans leur serum cette antitoxine a des taux variables. Gaz. hop., 1940, 113: 468.—Ridgon, R. H. The effect of staphylococcus antitoxin on rabbits given broth cultures of staphylococci intravenously. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1937-38, 23: 159-63. ------ Effects of intraperitoneal injections of staphylococcus antitoxin in subcutaneous staphylococcic infection in mice. Ibid., 1939-40, 25: 251-7. ------ Localization and concen- tration of staphylococcus antitoxin in areas of rabbit's skin. Ibid., 1941-42, 27: 37-40.—Scapaticci, R. L'antitossina sta- filococcica nel colostro e nel latte di donna e di vacca. Lattante, 1938, 9: 363-71.—Seely. D. D., Stookey, P. F., A Sherwood, N. P. A study of staphylococcus antitoxin titers in normal human sera. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1944, 29: 1162-7.—Smith, M. L. The stability of staphylococcus a-antitoxin at different temperatures. Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1939, 12: 699-706. ------ A Ipsen, J. The preparation of a second international standard for staphylococcus antitoxin. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1938, 7: 845-52.—Staphylococcus antitoxin; refined and concentrated. Glasgow M. J., 1938, 129: 142.—Terpstra, J. I. De behandeling van staphylococcen-infecties met toxoid. Tschr. diergeneesk., 1947, 72: 204-11.—Timmerman, W. A. The assay of staphylococcus antitoxin by the haemolytic method. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1937, 18: 406-11.—Travassos, J. Sur une nouvelle methode du dosage de l'antitoxine staphy- lococcique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 114: 371.------Pou- MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 38 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES voir preventif et curatif de l'antitoxine staphylococcique en relation avec l'effet tetanisant de la toxine. Ibid., 1934, 115: 1356-8.—Weaver, J. B., Tyler, M. W., A Schuerman, D. K. The production of staphylococcus antitoxin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1775-85.—Weiss, C. Availability of staphylococcal antitoxin after intramuscular injection into normal monkeys and men. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 43: 441-5.—Wright, G. G., A Srhomaker, V. Studies on the denaturation of antibody; the influence of pH and certain other factors on the rate of inactivation of staphylococcus antitoxin in urea solutions. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 175: 109-77. ---- Antivirus. See also Micrococcus pyogenes (var. aureus) Pathogenicity. Garin, F. Contribution a l'etude des reac- tions intradermiques a 1'antivirus staphylococ- cique. 46p. 22^cm. Lausanne, 1938. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1938, 58: 129-70. Aitoff, M. De i'antivirus staphylococcique en injection intraveineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1026-8.— Balsamelli, F. Recherches experimentales sur les antivirus staphylococciques. Boll. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1935, 7: 134—41.—Barg, G. S. Versuche zur Analyse der Immunisie- renden Wirkung der Staphylokokkenfiltrate. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 108: 341-52.—Barnes, La V. A note on the use of specific wet dressings of staphylococci according to the method of Besredka. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 41.—Ceppi, E. Infection staphylococcique grave rapidement enrayee par I'antivirus. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1261.— Fabiani, G. Mecanisme de Taction immunisante des antivirus en application local. C. rend. Soc biol., 1934, 116: 1076-8.—Gallenga, R. Ricerche sull'immunita locale dell'occhio coll'antivirus sta- filococcico. Boll, ocul., 1928, 7: 725-37.—Hunwicke, R. F. Note on the inhibitory effect of a staphylococcus anti- virus in relation to the pH of the medium. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 771.—Hitch, Z., A Duran-Reynals, F. De I'anti- virus staphylococcique et de divers modes de sa prepara- tion. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 94: 1176.—Karetnikova, V. [Staphylococcic antivirus] Arch. biol. nauk, 1927, 27: 135-9.— Kato, M. Ueber den Einfluss von Staphvlokokken-Antivirus auf die Gewebskultur. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 15: 321.—Kihoin, A., A Mori, N. Studien uber die Immunitat des Staphylokokkenantivirus. Ibid., 1938, 24: 875.—Marginesu, P. Ricerche sull'antivirus stafilococcico. Igiene mod., 1928, 21: 15-22.—Oesterlin, E. Ueber die Wirkung des Antivirus in vitro und in vivo. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938, 142: 473-8.— Poleff, L. Action de l'adrenaline sur l'immunization locale par I'antivirus staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 431-3.—Verlende, J. Recherches experimentales sur le pouvoir immunisant specifique du bouillon-antivirus staphylococcique. Rev. beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 817-49. ---- Bacteriophage [Staphylophage] Kasparek, B. *TJeber Staphylophagen [Frank- furt a. M.] p.369-79. 8? Beri., 1931. Also Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1931, 49: AssuncSo, L. de. Estudo sobre um estafibacteriofago isolado de polpa vacfnica. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1933, 2: 140-59, 2 pi.—Berezman, G. I. [Etude experimental de Taction de Tantiphagine sur le cours des infiltrations staphylococciques] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940, No. 7, 27-30.—Bulgakov, N., A Sertic, V. Sur des races de staphyphages isoiees de Teau d'egout. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1258-60.—Burky, E. L. The effect of normal and immune staphylococcus rabbit serums on the action of staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 24: 513-8. ------ The in vivo action of staphylococcus bacteriophage in presence of staphylococcus antitoxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 31: 75-7.— Burnet, F. M., A Lush, D. The staphylococcal bacteriophages. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 455-69.—Burnet, F. M., A McKie, M. Type differences amongst staphylococcal bacterio- phages. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1929, 6: 21-31.—Callow, B. R. Further studies on staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41: 124-36.—D'Herelle, F., A Rakieten, M. L. The susceptibility of hemolytic staphylococci to bacteriophage. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1014. ------ The adaptation of a staphylococcus bacteriophage to an artificially produced anti- bacteriophagic serum. J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 28: 413-23.— Duran-Reynals, F. Recherches sur un staphylocoque resistant au bacteriophage. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 695- 711.—Eaton, M. D. A quantitative study of the respiration of staphylococcus cultures lysed by bacteriophage. J. Bact, Bait., 1931, 21: 143-56.—Eisenberg-Merling, K. B. Micro- scopical observations on the bacteriophage of the Staphylo- coccus. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1941, 53: 385-90, pi.—Elford, W. J., Smiles, J. [et al.] Electron micrographs of Staphylo- coccus bacteriophage K and the viruses of vaccinia and New- castle disease. Biochem. J., Lond., 1947, 41: Suppl., p. xxv.— Fiszerow, H. [Specificity of staphylococcic bacteriophage; absorption of bacteriophage by various strains of staphylococci] Med. dosw., 1937, 22: 316-22.—Fong, J., A Krueger, A. P. The effect of sodium chloride on phage formation by staphy- lococci at elevated temperatures. J. Gen. Physiol., 1948-49, 32: 279-89.—Ganc, P. [Specificity of staphylococcic bacterio- phage; relation between agglutination of staphylococcic strains and their behaviour to bacteriophage] Med. do£w., 1937, 22: 323-30.—Givago, N., A Nikolsky, A. Sur l'etude du staphy- lophage. Rev. hyg., Par., 1930, 52: 431-40.—Gratia, A. Preliminary report on a staphylococcus bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1920-21, 18: 217-9. ------ Re- cherches sur Torigine du bacteriophage du staphylocoque. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 622-34. ------ Sur Torigine du bacteriophage du staphylocoque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 941-3. ------A Namur, M. de. Individua- lite des principes lytiques staphylococciques de provenances differentes. Ibid., 1922, 87: 364-6.—Gratia, A., A Rhodes, B. Action du principe lytique sur les emulsions de staphylocoques vivants et de staphylocoques tues. Ibid., 1923, 89: 1171.— Henry, J. E., A Henry, R. J. Studies on the relationship between bacteriophage and bacterial host cell; adsorption of phage by resistant variants of Staphylococcus. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 481-6.—Hewitt, L. F. Oxidation-reduction potentials of staphylococcus cultures; effect of bacteriophage. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 2068-71.—Himmelweit, F. Combined action of penicillin and bacteriophage on staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 2: 104.— Jern, H. Z., A Meleney, F. L. Studies in bacteriophage; the behavior of staphylococcus bacteriophage in human serum and blood. Surgery, 1943, 13: 434-43.—Krop- veld, S. M. [Studies on the bacteriophagy of staphylococci] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 1, 1228-32.—Levin, B. S., A Lominski, I. Inhibition et affaiblissement de la lyse micro- bienne transmissible en presence de diverses lecithines. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1220-3.—Lominski, I. Action a distance du bacteriophage staphylococcique sur le staphylo- coque. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 168-70. ------ Re- cherches sur la teneur en catalase des filtrats de cultures et des cultures microbiennes lvsees par le bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 839-41.— McKinley, E. B., A Douglass, M. Adsorption of staphylococcus bacteriophage by serum globulins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1929-30, 27: 844.— Nelson, Barbosa. AccSo curativa do bacteriophago estaphylo- coccico. Brasil med., 1923, 37: 297.-—Nicolle, P. Recherches sur le mode de multiplication des bacteriophages (bacteriophage staphylococcique Twort) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1940, 134: 547-50.—Northrop, J. H., A Krueger, A. P. The role of intra- cellular bacteriophage in lysis of susceptible staphylococci. J. Gen. Physiol., 1932, 15: 329-32.—Rakieten, M. L. Studies with staphylococcus bacteriophage; the preparation of poly- valent staphylococcus bacteriophage. Yale J. Biol., 1932, 4: 807-18, pi. •—-—• The effect of staphylococcus bacteriophage lysin on resistant strains of staphvlococci. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 25: 127-37. ------ Rakieten, T. L., A Doff, S. The absorption of staphylococcus bacteriophages. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 505-18.—Rakieten, M. L.. A Tiffany, E. J. The absorption of staphylococcus bacteriophages by enterococci. Ibid., 1938, 36: 155-73.—Renaux, E. Presence de principes lytiques dans les vieilles cultures de staphylocoques. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1934, 5. ser., 14: 655-67."—Roda, A. P. de. Staphylococcus bacteriophage; susceptibility of sixty-four Philippine strains of staphylococci to four races of imported polyvalent staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 459-63. ------ Sensitiveness of staphylococci from different sources to bacteriophagy. Ibid., 670-3.—Rountree, P. M. Staphylococcal bacteriophages; bacteriophage absorption by staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1947, 25: 203-12.—Sachs, I. Esperimenti di adatta- mento di un batteriofago antistafilococcico alTorganismo vivente mediante passaggi nell'animale. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1936, 15: 18-21.—Spaulding, E. H., A Sage, D. The use of enzymatic hydrolysate of casein as a medium for the preparation of intravenous staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 106.—Wagon, P. Sur une forme speciale de plage claire d'un staphybactenophage, cultive sur geiose. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 706.—Wahl, R. Modi- fication profonde (mutation?) d'un staphylocoque sous l'in- fluence du bacteriophage. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 277-82.—Walker, J. E. The action of bacteriophage and chemical disinfectants on staphylococcus in subcutaneous injections. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46: 324-7.—Watanabe, T. Ueber die Wirkung von Staphylokokkenbakteriophagen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 603.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. An ultra- centrifugal analysis of concentrated staphylococcus bacterio- phage preparations. J. Gen. Physiol., 1937-38, 21: 367-73, 2 pi.—Zaytzeff-Jern, H., A Meleney, F. L. Studies in bac- teriophage; the effect of sulfapyridine and sulfanilamide on staphylococci and B. coli and their respective bacteriophages. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1756-67. Bacteriophage: Resistance. Bernhof, F. G., A Rodkevich, L. V. [Staphylococcic anti- phagin] Sovet. med., 1944, 8: No. 6, 24.—Clifton, C. E. Photo- dynamic action of certain dyes on the inactivation of staphy- lococcus bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 745. ------ A Lawler, T. G. Inactivation of staphylo- coccus bacteriophage by toluidine blue. Ibid., 1929-30, 27: 1041.—Fong, J. The protective effect of sodium chloride against thermal destruction of the phage-forming mechanism in staphylococci. J. Gen. Physiol., 1947-48, 31: 473-6.— Krueger, A. P. The heat inactivation of antistaphylococcus bacteriophage. Ibid., 1932, 15: 363-8. ------ A Baldwin, D. M. The inactivation of bacteriophage by mercury bi- chloride; the reactivation of bichloride-inactivated phage. Ibid., 1933, 17: 129-33.—Krueger, A. P., Scribner, E. J., A MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 39 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES Mecracken, T. The photodynamic inactivation of phage precursor by methylene blue. Ibid., 1939-40, 23: 705-17.— Krupin, N. V., A Farafontova, K. A. [Effect of freezing on staphylococcic bacteriophage] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, No. 3, 76-84.— Nanavutty, S. H. The favourable influence of gelatin in the medium of the activity of a staphylococcus bacteriophage. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 5-7.— Neter, E., A Clark, P. The effects of penicillin on Staphylo- coccus bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 48: 261.-—Price, W. H. Bacteriophage formation without bacterial growth; formation of staphylococcus phage in the presence of bacteria inhibited by penicillin. J. Gen. Physiol., 1947-48, 31:119-26.— Rakieten, M. L., Rakieten, T. L., A Doff, S. Inhibition of staphylococcus bacteriophage and the virus of vesicular sto- matitis. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 31: 55.—Robinson, G. H. The interference of antistaphylococcus serum with staphylo- coccus bacteriophage. Ibid., 1940, 39: 72.—Rountree, P. M. Staphylococcal bacteriophages; the effect of penicillin on staphylococcal bacteriophages. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1947, 25: 9-15.—Schultz, E. W. Inactivation of staphylococcus bacteriophage by trypsin. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1927- 28, 25: 280-2. ------ A Krueger, A. P. Inactivation of staphyloccus bacteriophage by methylene blue. Ibid., 1928- 29, 26: 100.— Steinmann, J., A Weibel, S. Action des ondes courtes sur le bacteriophage antistaphylococcique. Rev. physiother., Par., 1938, 14: 356-63. ---- Bacteriophage: Therapeutic use. See also Micrococcosis, Treatment: Biological products; Micrococcus sepsis, Treatment: Bio- logical products. Bronfenbrenner, J., A Sulkin, S. E. Deleterious effects of local application of staphylococcus bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1419-22. ------ Bacterio- phage therapy; on the nature of the deleterious effect of the local application of staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1939, 65: 64-72—King, W. E., Boyd, D. A., jr, A Conlin, J. H. The cause of local reactions following the administration of staphylococcus bacteriophage. Am. J. Chn. Path., 1934, 4: 336-45.—Moore, W. F., A Love, J. W. A preliminary report on the clinical application of a polyvalent staphylococcus bacteriophage in bronchoscopy. Am. J. M. Sc, 1935, 189: 91-5, pi.—Solovieva, J. V., A Borodai, V. M. [Purification of small-pox vaccine by means of staphyloccocal bacteriophage and preservation of the virulence of the vaccine] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 11, 48-51. ---- Biology. Naidtj, P. M. N. *Beitrag zur Biologie der pyogenen Mikrokokken (Staphylokokken) der Haustiere. 62p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Blair, J. E. The stability of biological and biochemical properties of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 52.— Burke, V., Swartz, H., A Klise, K. S. Morphological life cycle of a staphylococcus-like organism and modification of the cycle. Ibid., 1943, 45: 415-30, pi.—Caminiti, S. SulTassocia- zione dello stafilococco con germi saprofiti; ricerche speri- mentali. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1939, 18: 651-76.—Feld- man, H. A. Incidence of certain biological characteristics among food poisoning staphylococci. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1946, 36: 55-7.—Gregoire, C. Contribution a l'etude de Themophagie staphylococcique de L. Muller. Sang, Par., 1930, 4: 546-97.—Gross, H. Zur Biologie der Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 59: 510-6.—Ohtake, K. On the biologic character of staphylococci (first report) Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1931, 20: 2-4.—Sankin, S. L. [Peculiarities of the simultaneous development of B. mirabilis and Staphy- lococcus) J. mikrob., Moskva, 1941, No. 3, 91-4. ---- Carriage. Martin, T. D. M., A Whitehead, J. E. M. Carriage of penicillin-resistant Staph, pyogenes in healthy adults. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 173-5.—Mercier, P., A Pillet, J. Les porteurs de germes staphylococciques; role de l'infection nasale dans la diffusion de la maladie. Bull. Acad. nat. med., 1948, 132: 269-71. ----■— A Le Mer, G. Les fosses nasales, reservoir de virus staphylococcique? Presse med., 1948, 56: 658. ---- Chemistry. Akano, R. Biochemische Untersuchungen uber pathogene Bakterien; chemische Analyse von Staphylococcus pyogenes albus, aureus und citreus. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 10: 464.—Arjona Trigueros, E. Composici6n qufmica de los esta- filococos, polisacaridos y proteinas. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 1652 (Abstr.)—Carrere, L. De Tobtention rapide des con- stituants somatiques du staphylocoque. Montpellier med., 1948, 33:-34: 213.—Krueger, A. P., A Nichols, V. C. The denaturation of staphylococcal proteins. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30:401-9. ---- Classification and typing. See also subheading Identification. Seedorff, J. *Staphylococci; serological and fermentative classification of types as to staphy- lococcus sufferings (!) vaccine-treatment in cases of acne and furunculosis. 102p. 8? Kbh., 1924. Blair, J. E., A Hallman, F. A. Serologic grouping of staphy- lococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 81.—Cowan, S. T. The classification of staphylococci by precipitation and biological reactions. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 46: 31-45.—De Alessi, E. Prove culturali eseguite su 35 stipiti di stafilococchi isolati da elementi normali e patologici. Gior. med. mil., 1939, 87: 1028-35.—Goyle, A. N., A Minchin, R. L. H. A note on the biochemical and serological classification of the staphylococci. Ind. J. M. Res., 1939-40, 27: 611-6.—Hegemann, G. Unter- suchungen iiber Typendifferenzierung der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937-38, 140: 108-12.—Julianelle, L. A. Determination of staphylococcal types by fermentation of mannite. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36: 117-9. ------ A Weighard, C. W. The immunological specificity of staphylococci; the occurrence of serological types. J. Exp. M., 1935, 62: 11-21.—Khan, B. N., A Aggarwal, L. C. In- vestigation into a special strain of staphylococcus. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 68: 261-4.—Kourilsky, R., A Mercier, P. Sur les caraoteres differentiels des staphylocoques pathogenes et non pathogenes. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1945, 3: 272.— McCltire, W. B., A Miller, A. M. Identification of identical strains of staphylococci in food poisoning and other infections by bacteriophage typing. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1946, 55: 36-9.— Moss, E. S., Squires, G. V., A Pitts, A. C. Classification of staphylococci. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1941, 11: 857-63.—Pera- gallo, I. Sulla possibile identificazione di eventuali tipi im- munologic! dello stafilococco. Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 18: 577-89.—Pirodda, A. Sui tipi sierologici di stafilococchi isolati del condotto uditivo esterno. Rass. med. sarda, 1938, 40: 279-85.—Rakieten, M. L., A Rakieten, T. L. Relationships between staphylococci and bacilli belonging to the subtilis group as shown by bacteriophage absorption. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 34: 285-300.—Rochaix, A., A Rivollier, P. Staphylo- coques dores et staphylocoques blancs. Progr. med., Par., 1939, pt 2, 1045.—Slanetz, L. W., A MacLeod, H. P. Studies on staphylococci of bovine origin. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 93.—Smith, H. W. The typing of staphylococci of animal origin by the bacteriophage method. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1948, 58: 179-88.------Investigations on the typing of staphylococci by means of bacteriophage; the origin and nature of lysogenic strains. J. Hyg., Lond., 1948, 46: 74—81. •----■— The significance of lysogenic strains in staphylococcal type designation. Ibid., 82-9.—Thompson, L. Morphologic and cultural study of staphylococci with special reference to source. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1932, 2: 125-34.—Typing of staphylococci. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1942, 1: Nov., 1.—Wilson, G. S., A Atkinson, J. D. Typing of staphylococci by the bacteriophage method. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 1: 647. ---- Coagulase [Staphylocoagulase] Schwerin, J. *Nogle unders0gelser over sta- phylocoagulase [K0benhavn] 155p. 22^cm. Aalborg, 1946. Agnew, S., Kaplan, M., A Spink, W. W. Comparative inhibitory effect of penicillin and streptomycin upon the action of staphylocoagulase. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 65: 38-40.—Araujo Costa, G., A Trejos, A. Influencia da penicilina sobre alguns dos produtos metab61icos dos estafilococos; pesquisas sobre o mecanismo de inativacao da estafilocoagulase. Brasil med., 1946, 60: 156-60.—Ashcar, H., A Pires de Mes- quita, E. Identificacao dos estafilococos patogenicos; prova da plasmocoagulacao. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1943, 3: 44-58.—Bekker, J. H. Studies on staphylococci; plasma coag- ulation reaction. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 13: 63-6. Also Geneesk. gids, 1947, 25: 199-203.— Berens, C, A Chapman, G. H. Comparison of solid and liquid media for testing the coagulase activity of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 107.—Bergamini, L. Contributo alio studio della coagulasi stafilococcica. Boil. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1946, 25: 205-8.—Blair, J. E. The coagulase reaction for the identi- fication of pathogenic staphylococci. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y., 1946, 7:82.— Bruining, M., A Cohen, H. H. An investiga- tion about anticoagulase, ferment said to be produced by staphy- lococci. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1948, 14: 87-96. ------De techniek van de plasmabereiding voor de routine test, ter aantoning van het staphylocoagulase. Geneesk. gids, 1948, 26: 479-82.—Cadness-Graves, B., Williams, R. [et al.] Slide-test for coagulase-positive staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 736-8.—Chapman, G. H. The comparative value of human plasma and human whole blood for testing the coagu- lating power of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 211. ------ Differences in susceptibility of human blood to coagula- tion by staphylococci. Ibid., 1945, 50: 119. ------ The value of concentrated human whole blood and agar cultures for testing the coagulating power of staphylococci. Ibid., 1946, 52: 234. ------Berens, C, A Stiles, M. H. The coagulation of plasma by staphylococci. Ibid., 1941, 41: 431-40.—Coagulase (The) test for staphylococci. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1941^2, 5: 4.—Colbeck, J. C, A Proom, H. Use of dried rabbit plasma for the staphylococcus coagulase test. Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 471.—Cruickshank, R. Staphylocoagulase. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 45: 295-303.—Dienst, R. B. A study of recently isolated strains of staphylococci and their ability to coagulate human plasma. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 663-5.—Evans, J. B. Studies of staphylococci MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 40 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES with special reference to the coagulase-positive types. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 793-800.—Fairbrother, R. W. Coagu- lase production as a criterion for the classification of the staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 50: 83-8.— Field, H. I., A Smith, H. W. The coagulase test for staphylo- cocci. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1945, 55: 63-9.—Fisk, A. The technique of the coagulase test for staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1940, 21: 311-4.—Foley, E. J. The use of dried plasma for the coagulase test. Science, 1942, 95: 416.— Gerheim, E. B. Staphylococcal coagulation and fibrinolysis. Nature, Lond., 1948, 162: 732. ------ Ferguson, J. H., A Travis, B. L. Activation of staphylocoagulase. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 66: 525-7. ------ Staphylocoagulase and staphylokinase. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1948, 7: 41.—Gross, H. Der Plasmagerinnungsstoff der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 122: 354-61.—Hale, J. H., A Smith, W. The influence of coagulase on the phagocytosis of staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1945, 26: 209-16.—Harper, E. The routine use of the coagulase test for staphylococci. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1943, 2: 19-22.— Hodgson, R. Coagulase-positive staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 174.—Kaplan, M. H., A Spink, W. W. Studies of the staphylocoagulase reaction; nature and properties of a plasma activator and inhibitor. Blood, Bait., 1948, 3: 573-85. Also in Sympos. Hemat., N. Y., 1949, 476-88.—Kemkes, B. Plasmakoagulase und Pathogenitat der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 109: 11-6.—Lominski, I., A Milne, J. A. Heat resistance and filterability of staphylocoagulase. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1947, 59: 516-8.—Lominski, I., A Roberts, G. B. S. A substance in human serum inhibiting staphylo- coagulase. Ibid., 1946, 58: 187-99.—Martyn, G. Staphylo- cocci in the newborn; their coagulase production and resistance to penicillin and streptomycin. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 710-2.-— Mercier, P., Pillet, J., A Defosse, G. Action inhibitrice d'un extrait de rate sur la staphylocoagulase. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1947, 141: 139.—Mercier, P., Pillet, J., A Pery, R. Pouvoir antigenique de la coagulase staphylococcique; etude du plasma des lapins traites avec cette substance. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 74: 148-50.—Miale, J. B., A Frye, J. W. Standard test for staphylococcus coagulase activity. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1948, 18: 95.—Needham, G. M., Ferris, V., A Spink, W. W. The correlation of the rapid slide method with the tube method for differentiating coagulase-positive from coagulase-negative strains of staphylococci. Ibid., Techn. Sect., 1945, 9: 83-5.— Penfold, J. B. Coagulase production by staphylococci on a solid medium. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 247-50.— Pijoan, M. A study on the blood-coagulating substance pro- duced by staphylococci and its relation to disease. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 32: 476-81.—Pillet, J., Mercier, P., A Pery, R. Pouvoir antigenique de la coagulase staphylococcique; etude du serum des lapins traites avec cette substance. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 74: 150-3.—Reid, J. D., A Jackson, R. M. An improved method for determining the coagulase activity of staphylococci by means of the plasma agar plate. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 155-60.—Schalm, O. W. Hotis test re- actions produced by toxicogenic, coagulase-positive staphylo- cocci. Am. J. Vet. Res., 1948, 9: 11-9, pi.—Smith, W., Hale, J. H., A Smith, M. M. The role of coagulase in staphylococcal infections. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1947, 28: 57-67.—Spink, W. W., A Jermsta, J. The coagulase test for staphylococci. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1244.—Spink, W. W., A Vivino, J. J. The coagulase test for staphylococci and its correlation with the resistance of the organisms to the bactericidal action of human blood. J. Clin. Invest., 1942, 21: 353-6.—Sudhues, M., A Schimrigk, R. Beitrag zum Plasmagerinnungsphanomen bei Staphylokokkenerkrankungen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 80: 42-51.—Tager, M. Studies on the eoagulase-reacting factor; the reaction of staphylocoagulase with the components of human plasma. Yale J. Biol., 1947-48, 20: 369-80. ------ Concentration, partial purification, properties, and nature of staphylocoagulase. Ibid., 487-501. ■------ A Hales, H. B. Quantitative coagulase and toxin production by staphylococci in relation to the clinical source of the organisms. Ibid., 41-9. ------ The experimental production of antibodies to staphylo- coagulase. J. Immun., Bait., 1948, 60: 475-85.------ Differences in the resistance of human plasmas to staphylo- coagulase. Yale J. Biol., 1948-49, 21: 91-7.—Taylor, J. I., A McDiarmid, A. The use of plasma, incorporated in solid medium, for the detection of coagulase positive staphylococci of bovine origin. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1948, 58: 134-7.— Techniek (De) van de plasmabereiding voor de routine test, ter aantoning van het staphylocoagulase. Geneesk. gids, 1948, 26: 529.—Vanbreuseghem, R. Solubilite de la fibrine formee par Taction de la staphylocoagulase sur le liquide d'ascite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1235-7. ------ Solubilite de la fibrine formee par Taction de la staphylocoagulase sur le plasma oxalate. Ibid., 1237.—Vedder, A., Meylink, B., A Uyldert, I. E. Staphylocoagulation. Acta brevia neerl., 1947-48, 15: 78-82, pi.—Walker, B. S. Staphylocoagulase and related substances. Bull. N. England M. Center, 1946, 8:54-9.------Schaffer, N. K., A Derow, M. A. Inactivation of staphylocoagulase by trypsin and pepsin. Science, 1947, 106:347. ------ The partial purification of staphylocoagulase and the effect of certain presumptive inhibitors upon its plasma- coagulating action. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 56: 191-4.—Walston, H. D. The clotting of plasma through staphylococci and their products. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1935, 35: 549-58.—Washburn, R. E. The coagulase test for pathogenic staphylococci. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1944, 6: 151-3.—Williams, R. E. O., A Harper, G. J. Determination of coagulase and alpha-haemolysin production by staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1946, 27: 72-81.—Woods. E. F., A Parkin, B. J. The plate test for coa, gulase production by staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol- 1946, 24: 33-5.—Zunz, E. Emploi de la staphylocoagulase pour mesurer la dur6e de la transformation du proserozyme eD serozyme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 185-7. ---- Culture. Ohashi, S., & Hong, L. Y. Beitrag zur Kul- turmethode der Staphylokokken fiir die Ge- winnungvonFiltratgift. p.83-91. 8? Shanghai, 1937. Forms Separate Print No. 2, Shanghai Sc. Inst. Dep. Bact. Canger, G. Sul alcuni caratteri culturali degli stafilococchi e degli streptococchi piogeni. Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 19: 694-704.—Chapman, G. H. The significance of sodium chloride in studies of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1945, 50: 201-3.------Ad vantages of incubation at 30° C for the study of staphylococci. Ibid., 1947, 53: 367.—Hughes, T. P. Growth requirement of staphylococci. Ibid., 1932, 23: 437-47.— Mitchell, P. D., A Valyi-Nagy, T. Estimation of growth rate of a staphylococcus. J. Gen. Microb.. Lond., 1949, 3: Suppl., p. xviii.—Oerskov, J. Zuchtung einiger Virusstamme von der Kaninchenhaut. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 121: 49-54.— Porter, J. R., A Pelczar, M. J., jr. Biotin, bios Hb, vitamin H, an essential growth factor for certain staphylococci. Science, 1940, 91: 576.—Sartory, A., Meyer, J., A Netter, A. Etude de Teffet activant de differents melanges de facteurs energe- tiques, combines a la dose optima, sur la croissance d'un Staphylocoque et d'une levure abiotiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 208: 1931-3.—Tria, E., A Lenzi, G. Ricerche sull'azione della penicillina e della vitamina B sullo sviluppo dello stafilo- cocco in vitro. Riv. clin. med., 1947, 47: 120. ---- Culture medium. Stegmuller, H. *Der Einfluss der Mucila- ginosa auf das Wachstum von Staphylokokken. 15p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. Chapman, G. H. Specificity of the dye in the crystal-violet agar reaction of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 199-205. ------ Specificity of selective isolation media for probable pathogenic staphylococci. Ibid., 1942, 43: 105. ------ The reliability of bromthymol-blue lactose agar and bacto phenol-red mannitol agar for the isolation of pathogenic staphylococci. Ibid., 1944, 48: 555-7. -—---- An improved Stone medium for the isolation and testing of food-poisoning staphylococci. Food Res., 1948, 13: 100-5. ------A Berens, C. Crystal violet agar as a differential medium for staphy- lococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 437-48.—Chapman, G. H., Lieb, C. W., A Curcio, L. G. The use of bromthymol blue agar and phenol red mannitol agar for the isolation of pathogenic types of staphylococci. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1938, 8: Suppl., 3-11.—Gross, H. Ueber das Verhalten der Staphylokokken in der Plasmakultur. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 107: 198-202.— Koch, F. E. Elektivnahrboden fur Staphylokokken. Ibid., 1942-43, 149: 122-4.—Kuroya, M., A Kurose, M. Ueber die Differenzierung der pathogenen Staphylokokken durch ihr Glukosamin spaltendes Vermogen und uber ihre Virulenz- steigerung auf Glukosaminnahrboden. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1940, 38: 590-601.—Maitland, H. B., A Martyn, G. A selective medium for isolating Staphylococcus based on the differential inhibiting effect of increased concentrations of sodium chloride. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1948, 60: 553-61.— Ne4is, P. Nouveau milieu de culture pour la production de la toxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 724.—O'Meara, R. A. Q., A Macsween, J. C. The failure of staphylococcus to grow from small inocula in routine laboratory media. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1936, 43: 373-84. ------ The influence of copper in peptones on the growth of certain pathogens in peptone broth. Ibid., 1937, 44: 225-34.—Onufrio, O. Sopra un terreno elettivo (agar-alcool 10%) per l'isolamento di stafilococchi commisti ad altri batteri. Gior. batt. immun., 1929, 4: 461-4.—Segalove, M., Davison, E., A Dack, G. M. Growth of a food-poisoning strain of staphylococcus experi- mentally inoculated into canned foods. Food Res., 1943, 8: 54-7.—Sonnenschein, C. Bakterienwachstum auf Nahragar mit 10% Alkohol; Elektivnahrboden fur Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930, 116: 218-20.—Truffi, G. Lo sviluppo dei germi patogeni sui tessuti morti (esperienze con otafilo- cocchi) Pathologica, Genova, 1931, 23: 582-5.—Verge, J., A Thieulin, G. Le milieu eiectif d'Onufrio pour la culture des staphylocoques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 850. ---- Ecology. Gillespie E. H., Devenish, E. A., A Cowan, S. T. Patho- genic staphylococci; their incidence in the nose and on the skin, Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 870-3.—Smith, A. N. The incidence of potentially pathogenic staphylococci in the nose and on the skin of healthy subjects. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76:341-4. ---- Enterotoxin. See also subheading Toxin; also Micrococcosis. Food poisoning. Bayliss, M. Studies on the mechanism of vomiting pro- duced by staphylococcus enterotoxin. J. Exp. M., 1940, 72: MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 41 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 669-84.—Buttiaux, R., A Brogniart, R. Techniques d'isole- ment des staphylocoques pathogenes; identification des staphy- locoques enterotoxiques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1947, 73: 830-4.—Davison, E. Some physical and chemical properties of staphylococcus enterotoxin. Arch. Path , Chic, 1939, 27: 803.------• A Dack, G. M. Some chemical and physical studies of staphylococcus enterotoxin. J. Infect. Dis., 1939, 64: 302-6. ------ Production of staphylococcus enterotoxin in canned corn, salmon, and oysters. Food Res., 1942, 7: 80^4. ------ A Cary, W. E. Attempts to assay the enterotoxic substance produced by staphylococci by parenteral injection of monkeys and kittens. J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 62: 219-23.— Dolman, C. E. Staphylococcus enterotoxin. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5:363-8. — ■---- Antigenic properties of staphylococcus enterotoxin. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 35: 337-51. ■------A Wilson, R. J. Experi- ments with staphylococcal enterotoxin. J. Immun., Bait., 1938, 35: 13-30. ------ The kitten test for staphylococcus enterotoxin. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1940, 31: 68-71. ------ A Cockcroft, W. H. A new method of detecting staphylococcus enterotoxin. Ibid., 1936, 27: 489-93.—Favorite, G. O., A Hammon, W. McD. The production of staphylococcus entero- toxin and alpha hemolysin in a simplified medium. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 305-16.—Foley, G. E., Wheeler, S. M., A Getting, V. A. Food-borne streptococcus poisoning and infec- tion; the differentiation of staphylococcal enterotoxin from toxic substances produced in minced tissue media by hemolytic streptococci and other agents. Am. J. Hyg., 1943, 38: 250-9.— Fulton, F. Staphylococcal enterotoxin, with special reference to the kitten test. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1943, 24: 65-72.— Hammon, W. McD. Staphylococcus enterotoxin; an improved cat test, chemical and immunological studies. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: 1191-8.—Hopkins, E. W., A Poland, E. F. Young pigs as test animals for staphylococcus enterotoxin. Food Res., 1942, 7: 414-9. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 269.— Kupchik, G. J. Some cultural and biochemical characteristics of enterotoxic staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61: 320-4.— McBurney, R. A critical review of studies on the methods used for detecting enterotoxic strains of staphylococci involved in food-poisoning outbreaks. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1S39) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 405-11.—North, W. R., jr. Staphylococcus enterotoxin in relation to alpha-hemolvsin production in simple media. Food Res., 1943, 8: 169-78.— Phatak, N. M., A Pentler, C. F. Anesthetized kittens used to test for staphy- lococcus enterotoxin. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 43: 258.—Reich, N. E. Epidemiology of a food poisoning epidemic (staphylococcus enterotoxin) Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1947, 14: 238-40.—Richmond, J. J., Reed, C. I. [et al.] The effect of staphylococcus enterotoxin on isolated rabbit gut segments. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 201-5.—Rigdon, R. H. Observations on Dolman's test for determining the presence of staphylococcal enterotoxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 82-4.— Segalove, M. The effect of penicillin on growth and toxin production by enterotoxic staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1947, 81: 228-43. ------ A Dack, G. M. Relation of time and temperature to growth and enterotoxin production of staphylococci. Food Res., 1941, 6: 127-33— Silvestri, G. Infarti intestinali sperimentali da schoc da intolleranza medi- ante tossina stafilococcica enterotossica. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 36: 283.—Surgalla, M. J. A study of the production of staphylococcal enterotoxin in chemically defined mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1947, 81: 97-111. ------ A Hite, K. E. A study of enterotoxin and alpha- and beta-hemolysin production by certain staphylococcus cultures. Ibid., 1945, 76: 78-82. ------ Production of staphylococcal enterotoxin in chemically defined media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1946, 61: 244. --- Enzyme. Ashworth, P. An enzyme in staphylococci. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 36.—Bergamini, L. Studio sui rapporti fra coagulasi ed a-emolisina stafilococcica, e sulla loro distribuzione nei tessuti durante Tinfezione. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1946, 25: 246-53. —Birch-Hirschfeld, L. Die Staphylokokkenesterase und ihre Beziehung zum Hemolysin. Zschr. Hyg., 1936-37, 119: 431-9.—Bruni, A. La determinazione della lipasi tributir- rinolitica degli stafilococchi quale mezzo di possibile diffe- renziazione dei patogeni dai non patogeni; con un grafico nel testo. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 22:42-9.—Chapman, G. H., A Stiles, M. H. Carbohydrate fermentation reactions of staphy- lococci. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1940, 10: 380-6.—Franco, E. Ricerche sulla lipasi tributirrinolitica dello stafilococco; azione dei R. U. V. e delle sostanze fotodinamiche. Igiene mod., 1936, 29: 269-79.—Gerheim, E. B., A Ferguson, J. H. Species reactivity of staphylocoagulase and staphylokinase. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 56.—Gross, H. Ueber Staphylokokken- fermente. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 108: 241-5.------ Die Fermente und Giftstoffe der Staphylokokken. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1932, 13: 516-58, 3 pi.—Neter, E. Fibrinolytic, anti- coagulating and plasma-clotting properties of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 34: 243-54.—Nicolai, H. W., A Kageura, N. Ueber den Fermentstoffwechsel der Bakterien; Untersu- chungen am Staphylokokkus. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 196: 246-56.—Villara, G. Effetti delle modificazioni del pH ambien- tale sulla lipasi dello stafilococco. Riv. pat. sper., 1937, 18: 95-103. ---- Fibrinolysis Chapman, G. H. Lysis of precipitated fibrinogen in agar medium by staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 313— j Fisher, A. M. The fibrinolytic properties of staphylococci. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1936, 59: 415-26.—Gengou, O. Contribution k l'etude de Taction du staphylocoque sur le plasma oxalate et sur le fibrogene. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 14-31.—Gerheim, E. B., Ferguson, J. H. [et al.] Staphylococcal fibrinolysis. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1948, 68: 246-8.—Gratia, A. Action fibrinolytique du staphylocoque. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1921, 18: 355-7.—Madison, R. R. Fibrinolytic staphylococci. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1935-36, 33: 209-11. —— A Dart, E. E. Veterinary staphylo-fibrinolysin. Ibid., 1936, 34: 299.—Rountree, P. M. Some observations on fibrinolysin and beta toxin of staphy- lococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1947, 25: 359-61. ---- Filtrate and lysate. See also subheading Toxin. Bertini, G. Ricerche sperimentali intorno all'azione dei filtrati di stafilococco sull'immunita peritoneale. Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 1784-96.—Birch-Hirschfeld, L. Ueber die Wirksamkeit der Extrakte von auf Zellophanagar geziichteten Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933-34, 81: 260-85.— Bormann, F. von. Hautreaktionen mit Filtraten der Staphy- lokokkenbouillonkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937, 140: Beih., 97-9.—Borthwick, G. R. Experimental observations on the toxic effects of staphylococcal filtrates introduced enterally in laboratory animals. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1933, 14: 236-40.—Dack, G. M., Jordan, E. O., A Woolpert, O. Attempts to immunize human volunteers with staphylococcus filtrates that are toxic to man when swallowed. J. Prev. M., 1931, 5: 151-9.—Dediulin, I. M. [Intracutaneous reaction in guinea pigs for sedimentation products of staphylococcic filtrate] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929, 9:296-300.—Dei Rossi, A. Ricerche sperimentali su filtrati di stafilococco osteomielitogeno. Arch. ital. chir., 1929, 23: 153-71.—Ebert, B., A Saschina, S. Experi- mentalstudien zur Frage iiber die Wirkung von Staphylokokken- bouillonfiltraten nach Besredka. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926, 99: 259-63.—Gross, H. Die Kulturfiltratstoffe der Staphylokokken und deren Beziehungen zueinander. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931-32, 73: 14-26.—Jordan, E. O., Dack, G. M., A Woolpert, O. The effect of heat, storage and chlorination on the toxicity of staphylococcus filtrates. J. Prev. M., 1931, 5: 383-6.— Jordan, E. O., A McBroom, J. Results of feeding staphylo- coccus filtrates to monkeys. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931, 29: 161.—Levine, B. S. Studies in staphylococcus toxin; the phenomenon of hot-cold lysis by active staphylococcus filtrates. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61: 345-7.—Neuman, I. L. [Active, prophylactic immunization with staphylofiltrate by Prof. A. M. Krichevsky's method] Vrach. delo, 1936, 19: 285-8.—Berne, G. Versuche mit Staphylokokkenkultur- filtraten. Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 48: 70-3.—Rigano-Irrera, D. II comportamento dell'attivit& fagocitaria per azione di filtrati di brodocultura di stafilococco introdotti nel cavo peritoneale. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 11: 17-22.—Schmidt, H., A Greifen- stein, A. Ueber wachstumshemmende und bakterienlosende Eigenschaften der Filtrate alter Staphylokokken-Bouillon- Kulturen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 744.—Smith, G. H. Some properties of staphylococcus culture filtrates. Yale J. Biol., 1939-40, 12: 591-9.—Stookey, P. F., A Scarpellino, L. A. Dermonecrotic properties of staphylococcus filtrates. South. M. J., 1935, 28: 148-52.—Zhurbina, V. I. [Antigenous proper- ties of staphylococcic Iysates obtained by lysozyme] Ann. Mechnikov. Inst., Kharkov, 1936, 5: 219. ---- Genetics. Mellon, R. R., A Caldwell, D. W. Studies in microbic heredity; the genetic origin of Staphylococcus albus and aureus from common ancestral strains. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 409-26. ---- Hemolysin [Staphylolysin] St>e also subheading Toxin. Benedek, T. Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungsdynamik des normalen Pferdeserums als Antistaphylolysin in klinischer, bakteriologischer und histologischer Beziehung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 47: 97-110— Beumer, J. Thermore- sistance ou thermolabilitede Themolysine staphylococcique; influence du pH. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 283-6.------ Action du saccharose sur le comportement a, la chaleur de la staphylohemolysine. Ibid., 286-8.—Bigger, J. W., Boland, C. R., A O'Meara, R. A. Q. A new method of preparing staphylococcal hsemolysin. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1927, 30: 271-7.—Burnet, F. M. Observations on Miiller's phenomenon; distant punctate haemolysis of blood agar by staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1928, 5: 207-12, 2 pi.—Casman, E. P. Further studies on the production of staphylococcal a-hemo- lysin in fluid media. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 84. ■------ The production of staphylococcal alphahemolysin; the role of agar. Ibid., 40: 601-17.—Christie, R., A Graydon, J. J. Observations on staphylococcal haemolysins and staphylo- coccal lipase. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1941, 19: 9-16.—Dudgeon, L. S., A Goadby, H. K. Further observations on the staphy- lococci, with special reference to their haemolysins and varia- bility. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1930-31, 30: 180-95, pi.—Flaum, A., A Forssman, J. Experimental investigations of staphy- lolysin. Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, 13: 263-72.— Forssman, J. Studien iiber das Staphylolysin. Biochem. j Zschr., 1933, 265: 291-319. ------ Recherches sur la sta- 824787—VOL. 11, 4th series----4 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 42 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES phylolysine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 639-41. ------ The fixation of staphylolysin by blood corpuscles and the haemolvtio action of stanhvlolvsin. Acta path, microb. scand., 1939, 16: 335-45.—Gillespie, W. A., A Simpson, P. M. Patho- genic staphylococci: detection of or-lysin production on rabbit- and sheep-blood-agar plates. Brit. M. J., 1948, 2: 902.— Gladstone, G. P. The production of staphylococcal a-haemo- lvsin in a chemically-defined medium. Prit. J. Exp. Path., 1938, 19: 208-26.—Gross. H. Pas Filtrathamolysin der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt.. 1. Abt., 1931-32, 123: 212-8. ------Ueber die Brauchbarkeit und den diagnostischen Wert der Antistaphylolysinreaktion. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 907.— Hertel, F. Der Wert der Antistaphvlolvsinreaktion. Zbl. Chir., 1938. 65: 1575. —----A Sartorius. F. Neuere Ergeb- nisse zur Technik und klinischen Brauchbarkeit der Anti- staphylolysinreaktion Beitr. klin. Chir., 1939, 169: 635-49.— Mcllwain, H. The effect of agar on the production of staphy- lococcal a-haemolysin. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1938, 19: 411-7 — Mercier. P. Sur le mecanisme de Tinhibition de pouvoir hemolvtiqu e de la toxine staph vlococcioue par Ta oid e ascorbiou e (vitamine G) C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1938, 127: 297-9.—Mondry. F. Zur klinischen Bedeutung der Antistaphvlolvsinreaktion und der Staphvlokinasewirkung (zugleich ein Beitrag zur infektiosen Thrombose) Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932-33, 238: 713-29.—Ohtake, K. Study on biological character of Staphy- lococci, with special reference to various conditions of the production of staphylolys'n. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1931, 20: 3. ------ On non-haemolytical variant cocci of hae- molvtic staphylococci (additional study of Dudgeon and Goadby's work) Ibid., 1932, 21: 11.—Packalen, T. Observa- tions on a peculiar tvpe of staphylococcal hemolysis. Acta path, microb. scand., 1938, Suppl. 38, 142-4.—Panayotatou. A. Contribution k l'etude du pouvoir hemolytioue des staphy- locoques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 194.—Podetti, V. II significato del potere emolitico della stafilococco rispetto ai corpuscoli rossi del soegetto da cui a stato isolato. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 15: 633-9.—Rhodes, G. B. Satellite hemolytic zones in blood agar staphylococcus cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 62: 124-8.—Roy. T. E. The titration of alpha and beta haemolysins in staphylococcal toxin. .T. Immun., Bait., 1937, 33: 437-69.—Silvestri, G. Ricerche sull'azione di attenuazione che esercitano i globuli bianchi sul potere emolitico della tossina stafilococcica. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 36: 457-65.— Smith, M. L., A Price, S. A. Staphylococcus |8-haemolysin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 47: 361-77. ------ Staphylo- coccus -y-haemolysin. Ibid., 379-93.—Taper, M. Factors modifying the reaction of alpha staphylolysin to heat. Yale J. Biol., 1941-42, 14: 69-88.—Thayeen, E. H. Differentiation of beta staphylolysin in two antigenicallv different components. Acta path, microb. scand., 1948, 25: 529-39.—Williams, R. E. O., A Harper, G. J. Staphylococcal haemolysins on sheep-blood agar with evidence for a fourth haemolvsin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1947, 59: 69-78, 3 pi. ---- Identification and differentiation. See also other subheadings (Classification and typing; Culture medium: Pathogenicity) Liebmann, I. *Zur Differenzierung der Sta- nhvlokokken [Rostock] 30p. 8° Charlottenb., 1933. Reamer, P. R., Goodof, I. I.. A Smilh, F. B. Evaluation of clinical laboratory tests for pathoeenic staphylococci based on histologic examinations of lesions in the tissues. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1944, 14: 350-7.—Bier, O. Sobre a diferenciacao entre os estafilococos piogenicos e os estafilococos da pele. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1932, 1: 415-23.—B0e. J. On the distinction between pathogenic and non-pathogen'c staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 721-30.—Brairin, Z. R. K vonrosu o differenciacii stafilokokkov. Vrach. gaz., 1911, 18: 757.—Bru°chettini, G. Sulla differenz:azione degli stafilococchi. Ann. igiene, 1942, 52: 249-60.—Burke, V., A Kaplan, A. M. Comparison of the Dolman kitten test, the Stone cultural screen test, and the Slocum-Linden agglutination test for enterotoxic staphylococci. Food Res., 1943, 8: 243-8.— Chapman, G. H. The isolation and testing of probable patho- genic staphylococci. J. Bact., Fait., 1940, 39: 5. ------ The isolation of pathogenic staphylococci from feces. Ibid., 1944, 47: 211. ------Berens, C. Tet all The differentiation of pathogenic staphylococci from non-pathogenic tvpes. Ibid., 1938, 35: 311-34.—Chapman, G. H., I ieb, C. W. [et al.] The isolation of probable pathogenic staphylococci. Ibid., 1937, 33: 533-43.—Curcio, L. G., A Chapman, G. H. The isolation of pathogenic staphylococci from mixed cultures. Ibid., 55.— Dudgeon, L. S., A Simp°on, J. W. H. On the differentiation of the staphylococci, with special reference to the precipitin reactions. J. Hye., Cambr., 1927-28, 27: 160-73.—Fredericq, P., A Betz, M. Differenciation des staphylocoques pathogenes et non pathogenes par Taction antibiotique d'un bacille gram positif. C. rend. Soc biol., 1946, 140: 1192-4.—Kourilsky, R., A Mercier, P. Sur les methodes de differenciations entre les staphylocoques pathogenes et non pathogenes. Rev. immun., Par., 1942, 7: 53-73.—Kuroya, M., A Kurose, M. Olukosamin und pathogene Bakterien; weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Differenzierung der pathogenen Staphylokokken durch ihr Glukosamin spaltendes Vermoaen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1943-44, 46: 68-75.—Meyer. R. Zur Isolierung von Staphy- lokokken aus stark verunreinigtem Material unter Ausnutzung der Kochsalzresistenz. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1943-44, 151: 264-9.—Muramoto, G. Ueber eine neue Differenzierungs- methode von Staphylokokken (Epsteinsches Phanomen) Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1936, 40: 171.—Petragnani. V. Isolamento ed identificazione dei caratteri morfologici, colturali e biologici del botriococco. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1932, 11: 33-8.— Pinetti, P. Sulla possibility di differenziare gli stafilococchi patogeni in base al loro comportamento sui terreni al cristal- violetto. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 215-36.—Savitch, M. Zur Differenzierung der Staphylokokken und urethralen grampositiven Kokken. Zbl. Pakt., 1. Abt., 1931-32, 123: 27-34.—Sickles, G. M. Staphylococcus cultures obtained at autopsy from rabbits under immunization with pneumococci. Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, lO.-r-Strean, L. P. The combining power of staphylococcus toxoid as an identity test. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1607. ---- Immune serum. Bonnet. H., Thieffry. S., A Montefiore, C. Action du serum antistaphylococcique dans l'infection staphylococcias experi- mentale du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1004-6.— Bi'ttner, R. Vergleichende bakteriologische und klinische Untersuchungen iiber das normale Pferdeserum und anti- toxische Staphylokokkenserum als Antistaphylotoxine. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1936-37, 248: 391-401.—Combiesco, D., Istrati, G. let al.] Action du serum antistaphylococcioue dans l'in- fection staphylococcique experimental chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 121: 177-9.—Farrell, L. N., A Fitchinp, J. S. Passive protection of mice with immune horse serum against living staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 50: 439-53.— Forssman, J. On the aspecific and specific effect of sera against staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, 13:486-501.— McNamee, H. G. The treatment of severe staphylococcal infection with specific type-A antibacterial serum. Ann. Surg., 1942, 115: 308-17.—Virgilio, F. Ricerche sperimentali intorno alia vaccinazione stafilococcica e relativa produzione di siero immune. Arch, sc biol., Nap., 1926, 8: 338-46. ---- Kinase [Staphylokinase] Lack, C. H. Staphylokinase; an activator of plasma pro- tease. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 559.—Lieb, F.. A Moee, J. Versuche iiber Staphylokinase und Antistaphvlokinase. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1949, 61: 74-6. ---- Leukocidin. Proom, H. The inter-relationships of staphylococcal leucocidins. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 425-9.—Wright, J. Staphylococcal leucocidin (Neisser-Wechsberg type) and anti- leucocidin. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1002-4. ---- Metabolism. Colwell, E. V. The relation of aerobiosis to the fermentation of mannitol by staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 37: 245-50.-—Evans, J. B. Anaerobic fermentation of mannitol by staphylococci. Ibid., 1947, 54: 266.—Fisk, R. T., A Mordvin, O. E. Digestion of casein by staphylococci on milk agar con- tainingserum. Ibid., 1943, 46: 392.— Hewitt, L. F. Oxidation- reduction potentials of staphylococcal cultures. Biochem. J., I ond., 1930, 24: 676-81.—Lieb. F.. A Vallender, B. Ueber den Aminosaurestoffwechsel verschiedener ruhender Staphylo- kokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 144: 528-30.— Segal, B. The utilization of acetyl methyl carbinol by Staphylococcus albus and aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 747-9.—Spink, W. W., Wright, L. D. [et al.] Para-aminobenzoic acid produc- tion by staphylococci. J. Exp. M., 1944, 79: 331-9.—Tiba, K. [Ueber die Zuckerspaltune: der Staphylokokken; LJntersu- chungen uber die Zuckerspaltungsgeschwindigkeit der Staphylo- kokken] Sei i kai, 1941, 60: 582-620.------[Ueber'die Zuckerspaltung der Staphylokokken; beeonders Zweifel an der Zuckerspaltung der Tri- und der Polysaccharide von Staphy- lokokken] Ibid., 621-9.—Trussell, R. E.. A Weed, L. A. The lipolytic action of staphylococci on some pure triglycerides. J. Bact,, Bait., 1937, 33: 381-8. ---- Mutation and dissociation. Chiatellirto, A., A Pavasini, G. Ricerche sulla dissociazione negli stafilococchi; agglutinazione da tripaflavina e gram- resistenza degli stafilococchi nei focolai suppurativi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1934, 13: 815-23.—Gilbert, I. Dissociation in an encapsulated staphylococcus. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 157-60.—Haberman, S. Dissociation of staphylococci bv X-rays; toxin-producing abilities of X-ray variants. Ibid!, 1941, 42: 148.—Hale, J. H. Studies on Staphylococcus muta- tion; characteristics of the G (gonidial) variant and factors concerned in its production. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1947, 28: 202-10, pi.—Hotchkiss, R. D. The assimilation of amino acids by respiring washed staphylococci. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 263.—Marziani, R. Phenomenes de mutation pr6- sentes par des staphylocoques, eonsecutivement a des passage? par Torganisme du cobaye. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927 3. ser., 98: 527-30.—Melnyk, V. Zur Frage der Veranderlich keit der Mikroben. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 110: 113-20.— Penso, G. Sui fenomeni dissociativi e le variant i cromogene d uno stafilococco non patogeno. Rendic. 1st. san. pubb Roma 1938, 1: 68-76.—Rochaix, A., A Rivollier, P. Sur une dissocia MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 43 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES tion du staphylocoque. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 213-5. ------ Recherches sur une dissociation du staphylocoque. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1939, 62: 577-94.— Rountree, P. M. Preliminary note on the dissociation of staphylococci into alpha and beta toxigenic variants. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1936, 14: No. 2, 93-5.—Sabatucci, M. La dissociazione nel Micrococcus pyogenes. Ann. igiene, 1932, 42: 551-63.—Vlastelica, L. S. [Certain data on the filtrable forms of the staphylococcus] J. mikrob.. Moskva, 1941, No. 3, 83-6.—Walle, N. van der [On the dissociation of staphylococci] Antonie van Leeuwen- hoek, Amst., 1936. 3: 334-54. ---- Pathogenicity. Lucking, B. *Ueber die Methoden zur Be- stimmung der Pathogenitat der Staphylokokken unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Blut- plasmakoagulation. 32p. 22cm. Bonn, 1937. Monin, M. *Rapports entre les staphylo- coques pathogenes et les staphylocoques non pathogenes [Pharm.] 87p. 24cm. Par., 1943. Aoi, F. On the fibrolysis of the staphylococcus. Kitasato Arch., 1932, 9: 171-201.—Bigger, J. W. The staphylo- cocci pathogenic for man. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 8 37- 41.—Blair, J. E. The pathogenic staphylococci. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1939, 3: 97-146.—Brazil,V., filho. Contribuicao ao estudo da pathogenia dos estaphylococcos. Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil, 1930, No. 13, 20-4.—Chapman, G. H. Com- parison of animal inoculation tests with in vitro reactions of staphylococci and streptococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 31: 57. ------ Staphylococci in gastroenterology. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1945, 12: 399. ------Berens, C. [et al.] Coagulase and hemolysin tests as measures of the pathogenicity of staphy- lococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 343-63.—Christie, R., A Keogh, E. V. Physiological and serological characteristics of staphylococci of human origin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 51: 189-97.—Christie, R., North, E. A., A Parkin, B. J. Criteria of pathogenicity in staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1946, 24: 73-8.—Daranyi, J. Pathogenitat und Einteilung der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926, 99: 74-9. ------ Ueber den Nachweis der Pathogenitat der Staphylokokken. Ibid., 1935, 134: 13.—Geisse, A. Zu der vorstehenden Arbeit von B. Kemkes: 1st die Erzielung pathogener Eigenschaften bei saprophytischen Staphylokokken nach Geisse moglich? Zschr. Hyg., 1928, 109: 372-4.—Guilherme Lacorte, J., A Santos, M. Estafilococos patog6nicos e nSo patogenicos. Brasil med., 1947, 61: 199-201.—Hagan, W. A. The staphylococci. In his Infect. Dis. Domest. Animals, Ithaca, 1943, 97-102.—Hesina- Lurie, M. E. [Chapman's method and its clinical significance in the determination of the pathogenicity of staphylococci in purulent wounds] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1944, No. 6, 61-5.— Jona, A. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie; ricerche speri- mentali sulla localizzazione elettiva dello stafilococco piogeno. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 339.—Kemkes, B. 1st die Erzie- lung pathogener Eigenschaften bei saprophytischen Staphy- lokokken nach Geisse moglich? Zschr. Hyg., 1928, 109: 354-71.—Kleiger, B., Blair, J. E., A Hallmann, F. A. Behavior of rabbits after infection with toxigenic and nontoxigenic staphylococci. Arch. Surg., 1942, 45: 571-7.—Kourilsky, R., A Mercier, P. Etudes sur l'infection staphylococcique chez l'homme; variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque suivant son habitat. Rev. immun., Par., 1940, 6: 17-30. ------ Etude experimentale sur les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque. Ibid., 116-31. ------ Etudes sur les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque; constatations histo-pathologiques. Ibid., 291-306. ------ Les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque chez l'homme, suivant son habitat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1941, 135: 16-8. ------ Etude experimentale sur les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque. Ibid., 159-61. ■—---- Effet des facteurs de croissance specifiques du staphylocoque sur le pouvoir pathogene local de ce gerrne. Ibid., 1943, 137: 97.—Larregla, S. Valoraci6n patogenica de estafilococos. Bol. Inst. pat. med., Madr., 1947, 2: 183-5.—La Terza, E. Ricerche sulla elettivita organotropica sperimentale di stafilo- cocchi coltivati in terreni con organi. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1937, 43: pt 1, 118-26.—Levine, M., A Creevy, C. D. The pathogenicity of staphylococci isolated from the urine. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 515-21.—Long, P. H. Untersuchungen uber das Verhalten von Staphylokokken verschiedener Herkunft im Organismus des Meerschweinchens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 58: 578-85.—Mirolli, A. Gli stafilococchi della cute dell'operando e la ricerca del loro potere patogeno. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 113-46.— Salm, R. A comparison of pathogenicity tests for staphylococci. Edinburgh M. J., 1945, 52: 22-9.—Saski, S., A Fejgin, B. Au sujet des proprietes proteolytique et fibrolytique de staphylocoques en connexion avec leur pouvoir toxigene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 139-41.—Smith, H. W. The examination of staphylococci of animal origin with particular regard to the determination of criteria of pathogenicity. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1947, 57: 98-115.—Smith, J. F. A contribution to the study of the staphylococci of the skin. Brit. J. Derm., 1928, 40: 483-93 — Stevenson, J. W., A Reed, G. B. Chemotactic response to Staphylococcus strains of varying pathogenicity. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 40: 239-45.—Utevskaia, S. L. Ueber den Einfluss der Staphylokokken auf die Funktion der Gefasse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 60: 583-90. ---- Pigment. Chapman, G. H. Determination of the chromogenic property of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 405-11.—Spink, W. W., A Vivino, J. J. Pigment production by sulfonamide- resistant staphylococci in the presence of sulfonamides. Science, 1943,98:44. ---- Precipitation. Dudgeon, L.. S., A Bamforth, J. On staphylococcal precipi- tin reactions in cases of acute and chronic infections and also in serum sickness. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1924-25, 23: 375-88. ---- Resistance and virulence. Barber, M., A Rozwadowska-Dowzenko, M. Infection by penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 2: 641-4. —B0e, J., A Vogelsang, T. M. Penicillin-resistant pathogenic staphylococci isolated from the upper respiratory tract. Acta path, microb. scand., 1949, 26:71-6.—Calissano, G. Ricerche sulTidentificazione della virulenza dello stafilococco Gior. batt. immun., 1927, 2: 464-73.—Daranyi, J. Ueber die Virulenz der Staphylokokken. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 149.—Demerec, M. Production of Staphylococcus strains resistant to various concentrations of penicillin. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1945, 31: 16-24.— Eriksen, K. R. Studies on the mode of origin of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1949, 26: 269-79.—Fekete, Z. Influence de la quantite des staphylocoques sur le rapport temps-dose dans Taction de la penicilline. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1948, 8: 499.—Finkelstein, U. A., Rozhansky, V. I., A Khessina, M. J. [Methods of determination of the virulence of staphy- lococci] Vener. derm., Moskva, 1931, 8: 60-7.—Gagna, F. Stovarsolo irradiato e stafilococchi; ricerche sul potere batteri- cida esplic^to in vitro sullo Staphylococcus pyogenes dallq stovarsolo sodico irradiato con raggi ultravioletti e con raggi roentgen. Arch. ital. med. sper., 1939, 4: 827-32.—Gross, C. E., A Vinton, C. Thermal death time of a strain of Staphy- lococcus in meat. Food Res., 1947, 12: 188-202.—Gross, H. Ueber Virulenz und Virulenz-Priifungsmethoden von Staphy- lokokken. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2281-3. Also transl., Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., Lpz., 1929, 2: 307-11.—Hanasiro, Z., A Hukusima, G. Kory5 no budozy5-kyukin hatuiku sosi sayo ni tuite. Kokumin eisei, 1937, 14: 429-48.—Heise, M. D., A Starin, W. A. The effect of azochloramid on certain physio- logically active products of staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1940, 67: 70-3.—Hill, L., A Eidinow, A. Protection afforded by short infra-red and red rays to a lethal dose of Staphylo- coccus. Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 388.—Hirsch, J., A Dosdogru, S. The antistaphylococcal effect of penicillin, streptomycin, and 5,7-dichloro-8-hydroxyquinaldine (sterosan) in vitro. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1947, 14: 213-27.—Hotchkiss, R. D. Peni- cillin and amino acid assimilation in staphylococci. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 208.—Kirby, W. M. M. Bacteriostatic and lytic actions of penicillin on sensitive and resistant staphylo- cocci. J. Clin. Invest., 1945, 24: 165-9. ----;— Properties of a penicillin inactivator extracted from penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Ibid., 170-4.—Lankford, C. E., A Lacy, H. In vitro response of Staphylococcus to aureomycin, strepto- mycin, and penicillin. Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1949, 7: 111-24.— Liebermeister, K. Die Wirkung von Sulfonamid auf hamo- lytische Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1943, 103: 439-49.—Link, T. Ueber die Chemoresistenz von Staphy- lokokken gegenuber Sulfonamiden. Ibid., 104: 441-62.-— Oakberg, E., A Luria, S. E. Mutations to sulfonamide re- sistance in Staphylococcus. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 152.— Phillips, R. L. Development of resistance in staphylococci to natural inhibitory substances. J. Franklin Inst., 1942, 233: 396—401.—Rossel A Biaudet. Cibazol et staphylocoques. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1942, 62: p. xci-ciii.—Serra, G. Arseno- benzolo irradiato e stafilococchi; ricerche sul potere battericida esplicato in vitro sullo Staphylococcus pyogenes dall'arseno- benzolo irradiato con raggi ultravioletti e con raggi Roentgen. Riv. pat. sper., 1940, 24: 25-32.—Sevag, M. G., A Green, M. N. Lack of correlation between the formation of arylamines and resistance of staphylococci to sulfonamides. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 451.—Silvestri, G. Ricerche sul valore di alcune prove sperimentali di virulenza degli stafilococchi in rapporto alia loro virulenza clinica nelle infezioni chirurgiche. Gior. batt. immun., 1946, 35: 217-36.—Silvestrini, V. Sulla virulenza degli stafilococchi. Ibid., 1937, 18: 590-611.— Spink, W. W. The bactericidal effect of sulfanilamide upon pathogenic and non-pathogenic staphylococci. J. Immun., Bait., 1939, 37: 345-58. ------ Hall, W. H., A Ferris, V. Clinical significance of staphylococci; with natural or acquired resistance to the sulfonamides and to penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 128: 555-9— Spink, W. W., Vivino, J. J., A Mickel- sen, O. Effects of cozymase upon the growth of staphylococci and antistaphylococcal action of the sulfonamide compounds. J. Clin. Invest., 1942, 21:645.—Studzinski,L. [Newest methods in determining the virulence of staphylococci] Lek. wojsk., 1935, 26: 556-69.—Suter, E., A Vischer, W. A. Untersuchun- gen an in vitro gegen Penicillin und Streptomycin resistent geziichteten Staphylokokken. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1948, 11: 428-37.— Sziits, A. On the photosensibilizing effect of aniline dyes on staphylococci and streptococci. Magy. orv. arch., 1932, 33: 268-73.—Thompson, R., A Gallardo, E., jr. The susceptibility of the antigenic types of staphylococci to several protective enzymes. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 36: 302.— Vivino, J. J., A Spink, W. W. Sulfonamide-resistant strains of MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 44 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES staphylococci; clinical significance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 50: 336-8.—Voureka, A., A Hughes, W. H. Fre- quency of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 395.-—Wolff, L. K. Ueber die Virulenz von Bakterien; die Virulenz von Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 62: 1-27.—Wollman, E., A Wollman, E. Lyse secondaire non bacteriophagique du staphylocoque. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 110: 636-8. ---- Sporogenesis. Saslaw, S., Scherago, M., A Weaver, R. H. Heat-resistance and possible spore-formation in a food-poisoning Staphylo- coccus. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 16. ---- Spreading factor. B0e, J. Investigations on the Duran-Reynals spreading factor in staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 587-95.—Duran-Reynals, F., A Pi Suiier, J. Exaltation de Tactivite du staphylocoque par les extraits testiculaires. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 1908-11.—Schwabacher, H., Cunliffe, A. C. [et al.] Hyaluronidase production by staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1945, 26: 124-9. ---- Staining. Bolte, W. *Ueber die reduzierenden Wir- kungen von Staphylokokken. 35p. 8? Berl., 1937. Lesbre, P., A Jausion, H. Pouvoir reducteur des staphylo- coques vis-a-vis du bleu de methylene; ses rapports avec la virulence. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 586-8.—Wilson, R. J. The staphylococcus. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1939-40, 2: 49-57. ---- Stimulatory factor [1949 Sloane] Sloane, N. H., A McKee, R. W. Isolation of the staphylo- coccus stimulatory factor(s) Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 252. ---- Symbiosis. See also subheading Antibiosis. Ignatova, M. I. [The carrying of pigeon-pox virus by staphylococci] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1937, 18: 618-23. ---- Toxin [Staphylotoxin] See also subheadings (Anatoxin; Enterotoxin; Filtrate; Leukocidin) Schwartz, J. C. E. Contribution a l'6tude de la toxine staphylococcique. 134p. 8? Par., 1937. Thieffry, S. E. E. *La toxine staphylococ- cique; 6tude immunologique, clinique et thera- peutique. 209p. 8? Par., 1937. Bamm, B. L., A Smirnova, A. V. [Staphylococcal toxin] Sovet. vrach. J., 1938, 42: 655-60.—Bassi, P. L'azione della tossina stafilococcica sul rene sottoposto ad interruzione tem- poranea discontinua della circolazione arteriosa e venosa. Ann. ital. chir., 1939, 18: 187-200.—Bayliss, M. Effect of sulfanila- mide, sulfapyridine, and sulfathiazole on staphylococcus toxins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 525-9.—Beumer, J. L'action du serum de cheval normal sur la staphylotoxine. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 61: 54-71.—Bose, H. N., A Saha, M. Recent studies on Staphylococcus pyogenes with particular reference to its exotoxin, anatoxin and antitoxin. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38, 7: 585-600.—Burky, E. L. Staphy- lococcus toxin and antitoxin. Internat. Clin., 1936, 46. ser., 3: 258-89, 7 ch.—Burnet, F. M. The interactions of staphylo- coccus toxin, anatoxin and antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1931, 34: 471-92.------The flocculation reaction with staphylococcal toxin. Ibid., 759-69.-—Combiesco, D., Istrati, G., A Combiesco, N. Recherches sur Texotoxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 292-4.— Debre, R., Bonnet, H., A Thieffry, S. Toxine, antitoxine, anatoxine staphylococciques. Ann. med., Par., 1937, 42: 252-313.— Deotto, R. Ricerche sulla tossina stafilococcica. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1938, 17: 763-78.—Dolman, C. E., A Kitching, J. S. Staphylococcus toxin, toxoid, and antitoxin. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1936, 27: 529-35.—Gengou, O. Contribution a l'etude des poisons eiabores par les staphylocoques. Arch. internat. med. exp., Liege, 1929-30, 5: 633-9. ------ L'im- munite acquise contre la toxine staphylococcique est-elle de nature humorale ou de nature cellulaire? In: Hommage m6m. J. Cantacuzene, Par., 1934, p.269-76. ------ Acides amines et toxine staphylococcique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1935, 55: 129-47. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylo- coccique et de son derives. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1935, 15: 508-11.-—Haberman, S. Toxin production by staphylo- coccus variants. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 22 (Abstr.)— Hait, S. L. [Investigation and titration of staphylococcal toxin, anatoxin and staphylococcic serums] J. mikrob., Moskva 1937, 18: 858-68.— Ibanez, R. Nota sobre la acci6n de la estafilotoxina sobre hematies humanos de los diversos grupos sanguineos. Rev. san., Madr., 1948, 22: 441-4.—Johlin, J. M., A Rigdon, R. H. The detoxification of staphylococcal toxin by adsorption on organic liquids. J. Immun., Bait., 1941, 41: 233-40.—Kodama, T., A Kojima, T. Studies of staphylo- coccal toxin, toxoid and antitoxin. Kitasato Arch., 1938, 15: 247; 1939, 16: 36; 197, pi.—Mercier, P., A Richou, R. Con- servation des souches de staphylocoques toxigenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 834.—Morgan, F. G., A Graydon, J. J. Toxins of the staphylococcus, with special reference to the estimation of potency. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1936, 43: 385- 401.—Nelis. P. Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 113: 7-9.------ Action de certains corps chimiques sur la toxine staphylococcique. Ibid., 114: 598-601. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylococcique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1934, 52: 597-644. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylo- coccique et de ses derives. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1935, 15: 539-68. ------ Sur Texistence d'une paratoxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 808-10.—Panton, P. N., A Valentine, F. C. O. Staphylococcal toxin. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 506-8.—Parish, H. J., O'Meara, R. A. O., A Clark, W. H. M. The clinical investigation of staphylococcal toxin, toxoid, and antitoxin. Ibid., 1934, 1: 1054-7.—Ramon, G., Bonnet, H. [et al.] Sur une methode d'evaluation du pou- voir antigene de la toxine staphylococciaue par la floculation specifique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 119: 790-2.—Ramon, G., Mercier, P. Tet al.] Sur la preparation, au moyen d'un nouveau milieu a base de digestion papainique de viande de cheval, de la staphylotoxine destinee a ia production de l'ana- toxine staphylococcique. Ibid., 1942, 136: 329-31.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Sur le dosage de la toxine staphylococciaue. Ibid., 1936, 121: 379-82.—Rigdon, R. H. Inhibitory effect of hypertonic solutions of sodium chloride on staphylococcus hemotoxin. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 25-31. ------ Effect of heat on the hemolytic and skin-necrotizing factors in sta- phylococcus toxin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 142-6. ------ Staphylococcus toxin: a resume. Am. J. M. Sc, 1940, 199: 412-31. —---- A Freeman, P. R. Experimental study of the effects of sulfapyridine on staphylococci and sta- phylococcus toxin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1939-40, 25: 1125- 34.—Rigdon, R. H., A Harris, H. Deterioration of staphy- lococcal toxin in saline. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 39: 585-8— Rigdon, R. H., Haynes, A., A Lipscomb, A. Effect of sulfapyridine on staphylococcus toxin: an in vivo study in the rabbit. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1111-5.—Schwartz, J. Action de Thuile d'oeillette et de Thuile cholesterinee sur la toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1006-9.—Seiffert. W. Das Staphylotoxin. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1935-36, 135: 100-8.—Sineer, A., A Hagan, W. A. Staphylo- coccal toxins. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 74.—Slanetz, L. W. Studies on staphylococcal toxins. Ibid., 1942, 43: 105.— Smith, G. H. The thermostability of staphylococcus toxins. Yale J. Biol., 1940-41, 13: 409-22.—Sulkin, S. E. Flocculation with staphylococcal toxin and antitoxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 365-8.—Timmerman, W. A. [On staphylotoxin and -toxoid] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935,2:377-87.—Travasos, J. Estudos experimentaes sobre a toxina estaphylococcica. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 971; passim; 1935, 49: 11; passim.-—Vanbreuseghem, R. Staphylotoxine et staphylocoagulase. C. rend. Soc biol., 1934, 116: 650-2.— Wilson, R. J. Staphylococcus toxin. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1939-40, 2: 119-27.—Wittier, R. G., A Pillemer, L. The immunochemistry of toxins and toxoids; the solubility of sta- phylococcal toxin in methanol-water mixtures under controlled conditions of pH, ionic strength, and temperature. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 174: 23-9.—Woodward, J. M., A Slanetz, L. W. Studies on staphylococcal toxins. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 817. ---- Toxin: Effect. Bruck, C. *Skin changes in rabbits' ears produced by repeated injections of diluted sta- phylotoxin. 200p. 24Kcm. Helsin., 1942. Latjer, R. *Ueber die anamisierende Wirkung des Staphylococcengiftes und die Neutralisation des Giftes durch Immunserum [Wiirzburgl 32p. 8? Schweinfurt, 1913. Allen, J. H., A Braley, A. E. Staphylococcus toxin; an experimental study in rabbits. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 11-5.—Avery, R. C, Rigdon, R. H., A Johlin, J. M. Effect of various salts on hemolysis and skin necrosis produced by staphylococcus toxin. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 37: 131-4.—Balsamelli, F. Action des toxines staphylococ- ciques et dysenteriques (Shiga) et des staphylocoques vivants mocuies apres leur enrobage dans de la lanoline ou dans un melange de cholestenne et d'huile d'olive. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1935, 7: 203-9.—Bonnet, H., A Nelis, P. Action de la toxine staphylococcique injectee dans le canal rachidien chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 866-8.— Briick, C. Skin changes in rabbits, arising from repeated in- jections of diluted staphylococcic toxin. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1939, 20: 719-22. Also Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3678.— Burky, E. L. The production in the rabbit of hypersensitive reactions to lens, rabbit muscle and low ragweed extracts by the action of staphylococcus toxin. J. Allergy, 1934 5: 466- 75.—Burnet, F. M., A Kellaway, C. H. Recent work on sta- phylococcal toxins, with special reference to the interpretation of the Bundaberg fatalities. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 295- 301.—Delaunay, A. Tactisme leucocytaire et exotoxine staphy- lococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1943,137: 209.—De Walsche, L. Recherches sur les ondes de mitoses et de psychoses provoquees MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 45 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES par la toxine staphylococcique. Arch, biol., Liege, 1931, 42: 185-200.—Dolman, C. E. Pathogenic and antigenic properties of staphylococcus toxin. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1932, 23: 125-32. ------Taylor, H. E., A Chang, H. The nephrotoxic action of staphylococcus beta-toxin. Ibid., 1949, 40: 36 [Abstr.]—Feldberg, W., A Keogh, E. V. Liberation of hista- mine from the perfused lung by staphylococcal toxin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1937, 90: 280-7.—Forssman, J. Demonstra- tion of the action of staphylococcal toxin on kidneys. Acta path, microb. scand., 1932, Suppl. 11, 202^.—Gengou, O. De Taction du serum sanguin sur la cytolyse par la toxine staphylococcique. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1939, 14: 23-7.—Johlin,-J. M. The effect of temperature and of serum on the detoxification of staphylococcal toxin by interfacial adsorption. J. Immun., Bait., 1947, 56: 179-81.—Joyner, A. L., Rigdon, R. H., A Hare, R. A study of the effects of staphylococcus exotoxin on leucocytes and bone marrow of the rabbit. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 47.—Levine, B. S. Studies of staphylococcal toxin; the toxin-red-cell reaction. J. Immun., Bait., 1938, 35: 131-9. ------ The unity of the haemolytic, dermonecrotic and lethal properties of staphylococcal exotoxin and of their corresponding counterparts in staphvlococcal antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., I'XV.K 48: 291-8.—Lucie, H. Sensi- tization of rabbits to uveal tissue by the synergic action of staphylotoxin. Arch. Oplnh., Chic, 1939, 22: 359-69. Also Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. fc., 1939, 40: 273-5.—Marsh, H. C. The synergic activity of Maphvlococcus toxin. Yale J. Biol., 1944^5, 17: 359-82.— NeMis, P. Production experimentale de paralysies peripheriques par la toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 756-8. —---- A Bonnet, H. Mecanisme d'action de la toxine staphylococcique injectee dans le canal rachidien (region sous-occipitale) du lapin. Ibid., 1935, 118: 136-8.—Nelis, P., A Bouckaert, J. J. Action cardiaque de la toxine staphylococcique chez le lapin et chez le chien. Ibid., 1933, 113: 1157.—Nelis, P., A Picard, E. Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylococcique; etude anatomo-pathologique des lesions aigues provoquees par ce poison. Ibid., 1321-3.—Nelis, P., A De Weerdt, W. L'in- fluence de la toxine staphylococcique sur la formule sanguine du lapin. Ibid., 1935, 120: 394-6.—Olin, G., A Lithander, A. Toxin-forming staphylococci as cause of deaths on the injection of infected bacteriological preparations. Acta path, microb. scand., 1948, 25: 152-60.—Panebianco, G. Stafilococchi, glicemia e ipertermizzazione passiva; ricerche sperimentali. Med. sper., Tor., 1940, 7: 619-24.—Rigans-Irrera, D. Com- portamento dei fagociti di animali trattati con tossina stafilo- coccica. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 11: 23-30.------ Sul rapporto tra potere complementare e potere opsonico del siero di sangue di animali iniettati con tossina stafilococcica. Ibid., 31-5. ------A Niclotti, G. II comportamento delle perossi- dasi dei leucociti in seguito ad introduzione endoperitoneale di tossine stafilococciche. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 11: 529-36.— Rigdon, R. H. Early lesions following intravenous administra- tion of a filtrable staphylococcus toxin; a study on the dog and rabbit. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 201-8. ------ Effect of staphylococcus toxin on the dog's blood pressure. Ibid., 1936, 22: 806-12. •------ Effect of staphylococcus toxin on the knee joints of rabbits. Ibid., 1937, 24: 215-22. ------ Some of the experimental lesions produced by staphylococcus toxin. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 798-802. ------ Local lesions produced in mice by staphylococcus toxin and by toxin- and nontoxin-producing strains. Surgery, 1939, 6: 91-7. ------ Joyner, A. L., A Ricketts, E. T. A study of the action of a filtrable staphylococcal toxin on the kidneys of normal rabbits. Am. J. Path., 1934, 10: 425-33, 2 pi.—Travassos, J. Sur l'action de la toxine staphylococcique inocuiee directernent dans le cerveau du cobaye et du lapin. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 114: 369. ------ Estudo experimental sobre toxina estaphylococcica. Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1933-34, 8: 233-346, 10 ch., 2 pi. ------ A propos de la toxine staphylococcique; action tetanisante et effet de la concentration. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1354-tf.—Youmans, G. P., A Colwell, C. A. The effect of staphylocdccus toxin on antigen dilution and anti- body dilution precipitin titers in the albino rat. J. Infect. Dis., 1940, 66: 235-9. ---- Toxin: Production. Bonnet, H., A Thieffry, S. Production de la toxine staphy- lococcique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 118: 1062.—Bryce, L. M., A Rountree, P. M. The production of 0-toxin by staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1936, 43: 173-89.— Burnet, F. M. The production of staphylococcal toxin. Ibid., 1930, 33: 1-16.—Gasman, E. P. The production of staphy- lococcus toxin in fluid media. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 13.— Chaudhuri, N. R. Preparation and standarisation of staphy- lococcus toxin and toxoid. Calcutta M. J., 1939, 35: 177-88.— Christie, R., A North, E. A. Observations on staphylococcal beta toxin and its production by strains isolated from staphy- lococcal lesions in man. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1941, 19: 323-7.—Gengou, O. Signification des substances toxiques eiaborees par les staphylocoques et conditions favorables a leur production. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1930-31, 6: 211-8.—Gratia, A., A Nelis, P. Ultracentrifugation de la staphylotoxine. C. rend. Soc biol., 1938, 127: 350-2.— Gross, H. Ueber Bildung und Nachweis des Staphylokokken- toxins. Zschr. Hyg., 1928-29, 109: 479-81.—Jones, M. The production of staphylococcus toxin in the chorio-allantoic fluid of the embryonated egg. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 789.— Leonard, G. F., A Holm, A. A method for the production of staphylococcus toxin and toxoid. Ibid., 1935, 29: 45. Also J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 29: 209-21.—Lithander, A. Method of producing staphylococcic toxin. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 764-7.—McBroom, J. Relation of hemotoxin pro- duction to metabolic activities of staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 364-9— McClean, D. Staphylococcus toxin; factors which control its production in a fluid medium. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 47-70.—Mercier, P. Sur la toxinogenese staphylococcique. Rev. immun., Par., 1939, 5: 289-98. ------ A Lehoult, Y. La culture du staphylocoque et sa toxinogenese sur un milieu a base d'acides amines. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 468-70.—Mercier, P., A Pillet, J. Adaptation d'un milieu k base de digestion papainique de viande pour la production reguliere de la toxine staphylo- coccique avec la souche Wood. Ibid., 1947, 73: 809-11.— Minett, F. C. Staphylococci from animals with particular reference to toxin production. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1936, 42: 247-63.—Mlcochova, L. [Preparation of pyococcal toxin] Cas. lek. Cesk., 1941, 80: 298-302.—Ohashi, S., A Hong, L. Y. Beitrag zur Kulturmethode der Staphylokokken fiir die Gewinnung von Filtratgift. J. Shanghai Sc. Inst., Sect. IV, 1937-38, 3: 83-91.—Ramon, G. Sur la production de la toxine et de l'anatoxine staphylococciques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 375-9.------ Berthelot, A., A Amoureux, G. Sur un nouveau milieu de culture pour la production de la toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 515.— Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Sur certaines particularites de la toxinogenese dans les cultures de staphylocoques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 61: 789.—Schwartz, J. Variations du pH dans le milieux de culture destines a production de toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 1085.— Sinelnikov, Z. I. [Significance of the products of basal metab- olism of the colon bacillus in formation of staphylococcal toxins in vitro] Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 255-8.—Turner, F. C. The standardization of staphylococcus toxic products. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 47.—Walch, E. W. Oyer de vorming van exotoxine door staphylococcen. In: Wielen Festschr., Amst., 1934, 44-55, pi. ---- Use. Daranyi, J., A Buzna, D. Ueber die Verwendung von Staphylokokken bei Desinfektionsversuchen. Zschr. Hyg., 1925-26, 105: 560. ---- Vaccine. See also subheading Anatoxin. Lamasson, F. indications et resultats therapeutiques du vaccin antistaphylococcique a forte concentration prepare suivant la methode du Docteur Demonchy. 112p. 8? Par., 1935. Leblanc, L. G. *Etat actuel de la vaccino- therapie staphylococcique; importance des pro- duits solubles microbiens. 63p. 8? Par., 1930. Barto, L. R. The clinical use of staphylococcus vaccine. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1941, 98: 152.—Celarek, J., A Fejgin, B. Au sujet de la vaccinotherapie staphylococcique en connexion avec la staphylotoxine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 137.— Clawson, B. J., A Allen, P. K. Intravenous vaccine therapy in staphylococcic infections. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 23: 894-900.—Colella, L. Sulla possibility di esaltare Tazione preventiva del vaccino stafilococcico. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1932, 13: 676.—Combiesco, D. Immunite hereditaire chez les animaux vaccines par la voie cutanee contre le staphy- locoque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1733.—De Potter, F. Immunisation antistaphylococcique au moyen d'un vaccin prepare avec une solution aqueuse d'huiles essentielles. Ibid., 1939, 131: 1322-4.—Downie, A. W. A comparison of the value of heat-killed vaccines and toxoid as immunising agents against experimental staphylococcal infection in the rabbit. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 573-87, 3 pi.—Etris, S. A comparison of the antigenic properties of staphylococcal vaccine, staphy- lococcal toxoid, and the two in combination. J. Immun., Bait., 1943, 46: 309-14.—Flandin, C, A Duchon, L. Infections a staphylocoques et vaccinotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 258-60.—Gratia, A. L'action lytique des staphylocoques vivants sur les staphylocoques tues. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 734. ----— A Rhodes, B. De l'action lytique des staphylocoques vivants sur les staphy- locoques tues. Ibid., 1924, 90: 640-2.—Gross, H., A Konig, E. Die Behandlung von Staphylomykosen mit Autovakzinen. Fortsch. Ther., 1936, 12: 610-2— Hellerstrom, S. Peculiar local tissue changes following intracutaneous injection of staphylococcal vaccine. Dermatologica, Basel, 1947, 94: 309-14.—Kittinger, A. Erfahrungen mit Staphar bei Staphy- lokokkeninfektionen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 351.— Lamasson, F. Que peut-on attendre de la vaccinotherapie antistaphylococcique? Progr. med., Par., 1933, 2257-65.— Miller, J. Case treated by injections of bacterial vaccines; staphylococcus infections. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1909-10, 9: 109-13.—Nouvelles applications des vaccins anti- staphylococciques curatifs; traitement des meningites genera- lisees k staphylocoques; traitement de la leucorrhee equine. Biol, med., Par., 1931, 21: 355-9.—Olitzki, L. Endotoxic reactions produced by heat-killed staphylococci. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1947, 32: 56.—Panebianco, G. Vaccinazione anti- stafilococcica e assideramento; ricerche sperimentali. Arch. MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 46 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES ital. med. sper., 1939, 4: 939-44.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Sur Timmunisation experimentale au moyen de staphylocoques vivants et pathogenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 125: 792-6.— Simitch, T. V., A Mrchevitch, S. L'immunite locale et la vaccination antistaphylococcique par voie cutanee. Rev. immun., Par., 1937, 3: 463-71.—Stajano, C, A Hormaeche, E. Nota de terapeutica practical la vacunaci6n local en las esta- filococcias rebeldes. An. Fac med., Montev., 1926, 11: 46- 52.-—Staphylococcus vaccines. In: De re medicina (Lilly Comp.) 2. ed., Indianap., 1941, 180.—Thomson, D.. A Thom- son, R. Oral staphylococcal vaccines. In their Oral Vaccines, Lond., 1948, 213-5.—Urbain, A. Vaccination du lapin contre le staphylocoque par la voie digestive. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1336-8.—Velu, H., A Sarthou, C. Pouvoir antigenique des vaccins staphylococciques sodiques. Ibid., 1937, 124:638-40.— Wolfsohn, G. Ueber eine Modification des Staphylokokken- vakzins. Deut. med. Wschr., 1913, 39: 463.—Wollman, E. Action lytique des staphylocoques vivants sur les staphylocoques tues (a propos de la note de A. Gratia) C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 679. MICROCOCCUS pyogenes (var. albus) [1889 Rosenbach] See also in 3. ser., Staphylococcus. Carmona, L. SulTazione dell'idrogeno solforato sopra due stipiti di stafilococco albo patogeno per il cane. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1935, 14: 389-413—Fosdick, L. S., A Rapp, G. W. The degradation of glucose by Staphylococcus albus. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1942-43, 1: 379-89.—Gibbs, C. S. A com- parative study of human and avian strains of Staphylococcus albus. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 81.—Grassellino, V. SulTazi- one delTanidride carbonica sopra due stipiti di stafilococco albo patogeno per ilcano. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1936, 15:262-70.— Jeney, A., Vaczi, L., A Toth, I. Wirkung von Sulfanilamiden und Vitaminen auf die Warmeproduktion des Staphylococcus albus. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1944, 105: 272-84.—Rapp, G. W., A Fosdick, L. S. Glucose degradation by Staphy- lococcus albus. J. Dent. Res., 1943, 22: 199— Tauber, O. E., A Griffiths, J. T., jr. Isolation of Staphylococcus albus from hemolymph of the roach, Blatta orientalis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 51: 45-7.—Tilmant, A. Action attenuante des lipoides hepatiques a Tegard du Staphylococcus pyogenes albus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1914, 76: 388. ---- Infection. See also under names of organs and regions as Eyelid, Abscess. Conklin, C. B. A sporadic outbreak of neonatal pneumonia with accompanying skin lesions due to Staphylococcus albus hemolyticus. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1936, 5: 264- 9.—Malcev, M. Staphylococcus albus et aureus: vozbuditeli krupoznago vospaleniya v legkikh. Sborn. tr. Kharkov. vet. inst. (1891-94) 1895, 4: 127-34.—Yras, J. M. Un caso de blefaro-conjuntivitis ulcerosa cronica; por estafilococos blancos? An. Soc. mex. oft., 1938, 13: 40. ---- Sepsis. See also Micrococcus sepsis. Barber, M. A case of Staphylococcus albus septicaemia; with reactions of 150 strains of staphylococci. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 407-9.—Bland, J. H. Hemolytic staphylococcus albus bacteremia and pericarditis treated with sodium salt of peni- cillin and penicillin in beeswax and peanut oil. Am. J. Med., 1948. 5: 298-303.—Dassen, R., Martinez, F., A Fisher, A. Septicemia a estafilococus albus, de caracteres raros. Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: 1202-5—Ericksen, O. C. Staphy- lococcus albus osteomyelitis and septicemia treated with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 1053.—Galewski, S., & Stannus, H. S. Septicemia due to Staphylococcus albus. treated with M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 1067.— Herbst, R. H., A Merricks, J. W. Staphylococcus albus septicemia following nephrolithotomy; recovery with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 518.—Leopold, J. S. Staphylo- coccus albus septicemia in an infant aged 6 weeks; recovery with penicillin. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1944, 61: 347-51.— Pettigrew, A. Septicemic post-abortum a staphylocoques Wanes. Union med. Canada, 1938, 67: 256-9.—Roehm, H. R Staphylococcus albus septicemia; report of two cases. Arch Pediat., N. Y., 1932, 49: 165-9. MICROCOCCUS pyogenes (var. aureus) [1884 Rosenbach] See also in 3. ser., Staphylococcus. Bach, D. Les donateurs d'hydrogene pour le staphylocoque dore. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 608-10.—Brewer, C. M. Use and abuse of Staphylococcus aureus as a test organism. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 401-5.—Doudoroff, M. Associa- tion of characters among dissociates from Staphylococcus aureus. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 216.—Durfee, O. • Classification of 110 strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 589-95.—Dyar, M. T. Studies on the surface lipids of Micrococcus aureus. Ibid., 1947, 54: 17.— Fisk, R. T., A Mordvin, O. E. Studies on staphylococci; further observations on bacteriophage typing of Staphylo- coccus aureus. Am. J. Hyg., 1944, 40: 232-8.—Gilbert, R. An interesting strain of Staphylococcus aureus. Annual Rep. Div. Laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1938, 34.—Hoff- stadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. The genetic significance of the dissociants of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 27: 551-60. ----■—- Dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus; the relation of filtration to dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 250-2.—Kelly, T. A., McDow- ell, M. A., A Nutini, L. G. Effect of a Staphylococcus aureus extract on bacteria. Stud. Inst. Divi Thomae, Cincin., 1946—47, 5: 49-54.—Macdonald, A. Staphylococcus aureus in cows' milk; the results of phage-typing. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1946, 5: 230-3.—Miescher, G., Lincke, H., A Storck, H. Analytische Untersuchungen epi- cutan wirksamer Stoffe der Staphylokokken (Staphylococcus aureus) Bull. Schweiz. Akad. med. Wiss., 1948-49, 4:355-73.— Nutini, L. G., Kelly, T. A., A McDowell, M. A. Effect of Staphylococcus aureus extracts on various bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51:533-8.—Park, J. T., A Johnson, M. J. Accumu- lation of labile phosphate in Staphylococcus aureus grown in the presence of penicillin. J. Biol. Chem., 1949, 179: 585-92.— Pinner, M., A Voldrich, M. Derivation of Staphylococcus albus, citreus and roseus from Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 50: 185-202.—Talcott, T. B., A Webb, L. J. Queensland plants tested against Staphylococcus aureus. Austral. J. Sc, 1947-48. 10: 82. f ---- Allergy. Afremov, M. L., A Pilot, I. Skin tests with filtrates and vaccines of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 45: 167-71.—Kobak, A. J., A Pilot, I. Skin reactivity of mothers and infants to staphylococcus aureus filtrate and vaccine. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 584-6.—Miani, G. Microbidi cutanei a tipo papuloso con reperto positivo di stafilococco aureo nei tessuti e nel sangue. Atti Soc. ital. derm. sif., 1938, 1: 184-92. ---- Antagonism. Kelly A McDowell. Studies in vitro and in vivo on the effects of a Staphylococcus aureus extract on mouse carcinoma. Cancer Res., 1948, 8: 495-9.—Vanbreuseghem, R. Antago- nisme des cultures de Staphylococcus aureus et de Tricho- phyton (Achorion) schoenleini. Ann. parasit., Par., 1948, 23: 47-54. ---- Antigenicity and antibodies. Blavet di Briga, C. Equilibrio della difese immunitarie delTorganismo; ricerche sullo stafilococco piogeno aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 935-50, pi.—Day, H. B. The preparation of antigenic specific substance from Staphy- lococcus pyogenes aureus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1928, 9: 198- 206.—Fellowes, O. N., A Routh, J. I. A study of the chemical composition and antigenic properties of a polysaccharide frac- tion of 3-hour cultures of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1944, 29: 1054-61.—Finucci, V. Equilibrio delle difese immunitarie delTorganismo; ricerche sullo stafilococco piogeno aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 659-72, pi.— Fisher, A. M. The plasma-coagulating properties of staphylo- cocci. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1936, 59: 393-414.— Hoffstadt, R. E., A Clark, W. M. Studies on the antigenic structure of the variants of Staphylococcus aureus; the carbo- hydrates of the rough and smooth forms of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1935, 56:250-4. ------ The chemical composition and antigenic properties of fractions of the smooth and rough strains of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1938, 62: 70-82.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. Antigenic reac- tions of Staphylococcus aureus and its variants. Ibid., 1935, 56: 288-96.—Hopkins, J. G., A Barrie, N. Antigenic relation- ships of certain strains of Staphylococcus aureus as shown by agglutinin absorption. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 701.—Lenti, G., A Janella, L. Modificazioni nei batteri coltivati su agar-organi; variazioni del potere emolitico dello stafilococco aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 37: 31-7.— Lichty, J. A., jr, Katsampes, C. P., A Baum, W. S. A study of humoral antibodies for Staphylococcus aureus in infants and their mothers. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1943, 22: 549-58.— Marsalek, J. [Immunity of Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus from lactic acid] Cas. lek. desk., 1927, 66: 1312-4.—Millet, M., A Schmitz, P. Proprietes serologiques comparees de souches de staphylocoques dores et de leurs mutants blancs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 334.—Packalen, T. A peculiai type of hemolysis produced by Staphylococcus aureus (Themo- phagie staphylococcique de Muller) Acta path, microb. scand., 1938, 15: 117-49.—Schacf, F., A Robert, P. Der Antigenge- halt von Staphylococcus-aureus-Kulturfiltraten (Antigen- analyse mit Hilfe des Schultz-Daleschen Versuchs) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1937, 90: 192-206.—Simizu, M. Ueber die Saureagglutination von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus und ihre klinische Bedeutung (eine neue Methode zur Virulenz- bestimmung) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 77: 323-17. ------ Ueber Lipingehalt und Agglutinabilitat. Ibid., 1933, 90: 208-15.—Shrigley, E. W. The agglutination of Staphylo- coccus aureus in the presence of chorio-allantoic fluid from hens' eggs; a description of the phenomenon. J. Bact., Bait., 1945,50:611. Also Science, 1945,102: 64. ------Theaggluti- nation of Staphylococcus aureus in the presence of normal or influenza virus-infected mouse lung filtrates and of chorio- allantoic fluids. Yale J. Biol., 1945-46, 18: 81-102, pi------ MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 47 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES A Maculla, E. S. Preliminary studies on the identification of the principle in chorioallantoic fluid responsible for the ag- glutination of some strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 62.—Takayasu, A. 1st die allgemeine roborie- rende Wirkung [tuberculin] auch im Antigen aus Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus enthalten? Kekkaku, 1938, 16: 15.—Toomey, J. A., A Freedlander, S. O. Further experiences with non- specific local cutaneous immunity to Staphylococcus aureus; local non-specific protection. J. Exp. M., 1931, 53: 363-75. ---- Bacteriophage. Callow, B. R. Bacteriophage phenomena with Staphylo- coccus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 30: 643-50.—Fisk, R. T. Studies on staphylococci; occurrence of bacteriophage carriers among strains of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1942, 71: 153-60. ------ Identification of Staphylococcus aureus strains by means of bacteriophage. Ibid., 161-5.-—Freeman, M. The phage inactivating agent in extracts of Staphylo- coccus aureus. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1937, 15: 221-5.-— Gates, F. L. Results of irradiating Staphylococcus aureus bacteriophage with monochromatic ultraviolet light. J. Exp. M., 1934, 60: 179-88.—Gratia, A., A Mutsaars, W. L'action inhibitrice du serum normal sur la lyse du staphylocoque dore par les bacteriophages staphylococciques polyvalents. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 943-5.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Almaden, P. Dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus; relation of bacterio- phage to the dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 253-8.—McKinley, E. B., A Camara, J. Re- sistance of hemolytic staphylococci to bacteriophage lytic for non-hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 846.—McKinniss, E. E. Compati- bility of Staphylococcus aureus bacteriophage and maggot- extract. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull., 1934, 31: No. 1, 618.— Mutsaars, W. De Taction protectrice exercee par le serum normal sur les staphylocoques dores, contre la fixation du bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 235-7. ------ De l'action du sang normal sur la lyse transmissible du staphy- locoque dore. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 605-25. ------ La lyse du staphylocoque dore par le principe corres- pondant et son inhibition par le serum normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1212-4.—Simizu, M. Ueber das d'Herellesche Phanomen des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 157: 154-65.—Williams, R. E. O. Skin and nose carriage of bacteriophage types of Staph, aureus. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1946, 58: 259-68.—Wynd, F. L., A Bronfen- brenner, J. The nature of the catalase reaction in the residue of Staphylococcus aureus lysed by bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 38: 659-75. ---- Carriage. Loghem, J. J. van. Le staphylocoque dore dans le nez sain et les agglutinines naturelles. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 978-80.—Miles, A. A., Williams, R. E. O., A Clayton- Cooper, B. The carriage of Staphylococcus (pyogenes) aureus in man and its relation to wound infection. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 513-24.—Moss, B., Squire, J. R. [et al.] Nose and skin carriage of Staphylococcus aureus in patients receiving penicillin. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 320-5.-—Roberts, J. Nose and skin carriage of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 3g7_—Vierthaler, R. W. The relation between bacterial con- tent and the physiological condition of the epidermis, with special reference to the occurrence of persistent carriers of pyogenic cocci. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 17: 136 (Abstr.) ---- Culture and growth. Homp, U. *Beeinflussung von Gelbkeimen mittelst Passagen durch Pflanzensafte. 19p. 8? *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Stoff- Micrococcus pyogenes aureus 8? Munch., 1909. Bach, D. Evolution des deshydrogenases du staphylocoque dore au cours de la culture. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 673. .----— Sur Temploi des creusets a plaque de verre fritte pour la determination ponderale des bacteries; etude du developpement du staphylocoque dore. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1937, 44: 479-87.—Bigger, J. W., Boland, C. R., A O'Meara, R. a! Q. Variant colonies of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1927, 30: 261-9, pi.—Brandt, S. On catalase in Staphylococcus aureus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 867-81.—Brewer, C. M. A study of certain factors which influence the resistance of Staphylococcus aureus when grown in beef extract. Abstr. Theses Grad. School Univ. Maryland, 1938-40, 9.—Byatt, P. H., Jann, G. J., A Salle, A. J. Variation in pigment production in Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 787-92.—Clark, W. M. The chemical analysis of Staphylococcus aureus and a rough variant. Ibid., 1937, 33: 20.—Clifton, C. E. Oxidation-reduction potentials in cultures of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1933, 25: 495-507.— Demerec, M. Genetic aspects of changes in Staphylococcus aureus producing strains resistant to various concentrations of penicillin. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 1945, 32: 131-8.— Elliott, W. H., A Gale, E. F. Glutamine-synthesizmg system of Staphylococcus aureus; its inhibition by crystal violet and methionine-sulphoxide. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 129.— Fildes, P., A Richardson, G. M. The nutrition of btaphylo- Konigsb., 1935. RlEMER, M. wechsels des [Rostock] 94p. coccus aureus: sulphur requirements. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1937,18:292-304. ----—[etal.] A nutrient mixture suitable for the growth of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1936, 17: 481-4.—Friedemann, T. E. The carbohydrate metabolism of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Biol. Chem., 1939, 130: 61-5.— Gladstone, G. P. The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; nitrogen requirements. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1937,18:322-33.— Hills, G. M. Aneurin (vitamin Bi) and pyruvate metabolism by Staphylococcus aureus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1938, 32: 383-91.—Hirsch, J., A Midler, A. W. Zur Bedeutung des Peptons als Nahrsubstrat aerober Bakterien; die Verwertung des Peptons durch Staphylococcus aureus. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 443-94.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. A single cell study of the smooth and rough strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 31. ---->— Dissociation of single cell cultures of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1938, 35: 511-4.—Holiday, E. R. Spectrographic identification of nicotinic acid in Staphylococcus aureus growth factor con- centrates. Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 1299-302.—Hughes, D. E. Glutamine and the growth of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 176: 1473.—Kendall, A. I., Friedemann, T. E., A Ishikawa, M. Quantitative observations on the chemical activity of resting staphylococcus aureus; studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Infect. Dis., 1930-31, 47: 223-8.— Kligler, I. J., Grossowicz, N., A Bergner, S. Studies on the role of niacin and thiamine in the metabolism of glucose by Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 46: 399-403.— Knight, B. C. J. G. An essential growth factor for Staphylococ- cus aureus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 315-26. r— The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; nicotinic acid and vitamin B. Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 731-7. ——--- The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; the activities of nico- tinamide, aneurin (vitamin Bi) and related compounds. Ibid., 966-73. ------ A Mcllwain, H. The specificity of aneurin and nicotinamide in the growth of Staph, aureus. Ibid., 1938, 32: 1241-51. Lenti, G., A Jannella, L. Modificazioni nei batteri coltivati su agar-organi; variazioni di alcune attivita fermentative dello Stafilococco aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 37: 19-30.—Lominski, I. Preparation of cell-free plasma coagulase of Staphylococcus aureus. Nature, Lond., 1944, 154: 640.-—Ludlam, G. B. A selective medium for the isola- tion of Staphylococcus aureus from heavily contaminated material. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1949, 8: 15-20.—Markees.S. Ueber Wachstumsversuche mit Staphylo- coccus aureus im vollsynthetischen Nahrmedium und zur Frage des Pantothensaure-Salicylat-Antagonismus. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1946, 9: 88-124.—Oesterle, P. Die Ver- schleimung des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus; Beitrag zur Biologie der Aureusstamme. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936, 136: 221-5.—Packalfin, T. On the phenomenon of satellite zones produced by Staphylococcus aureus in some solid media. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 257. Also Am. J. Hyg., 1941, 33: Sect. B, 56-62.—Pasqualino, G. Sulle pro- priety culturali morfologiche e biologiche dello stafilococco aureo proveniente da ascessi di animali sottoposti a dieta al- calosica ed acidosica. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 14: 623-32.— Porter, J. R., A Pelczar, M. J., jr. The nutrition of Staphy- lococcus aureus; the influence of biotin, bios IIb and vitamin H on the growth of several strains. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 173-92.—Powelson, D. M., Wilson, P. W., A Burris, R. H. Oxidation of glucose, glycerol and acetate by Staphylococcus aureus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1947, 41: 486-91.—Richardson, G. M. The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; necessity for uracil in anaerobic growth. Ibid., 1936, 30: 2184-90. -----r The necessity for nucleic acid components in the anaerobic growth of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1937, ser. B, 124: 10-2.—Sevag, M. G., A Green, M. N. Indis- pensibility of tryptophane, and glucose or pyruvate for the formation of arylamines (paraaminobenzoic acid) by Staphy- lococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 450. —'---- The role of carbohydrates in the development of pigment by Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 48: 496,-^Shands, A. R., jr. An experiment with broth cultures of Staphylococcus aureus and gentian violet. Arch. Surg., 1928, 16: 1078.—Simizu, M. Ueber das fettlosliche Vitamin von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1935, 25: 94.—Swingle, E. L. Studies on small colony variants of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 891-3. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 467-88, pi—Tocco, L., A Taormina, A. Sulla presenza in molte piante superiori di sostanze attivanti (filobio- tiche) lo sviluppo dello stafilococco piogeno aureo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1947, 23: 136.—Webster, M. D. Change in amino acid oxidation following dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 289-92 — Wyss, O., Stone, W. S., A Clark, J. B. The production of mutations in Staphylococcus aureus by chemical treatment of the substrate. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 767-72.—Youmans, G. P. Production of small-colony variants of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36: 94-6. ---- Detection. Forssman, J. Staphylokokken und Gramfarbung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Auflosung des Staph, aureus im infizierten Organismus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, Suppl. 54, 1-13.—Lominski, I., A Grossfeld, E. A direct coagulase test for rapid detection of Staphylococcus aureus. Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 854.------An improved direct coagu- lase test for the rapid detection of Staphyloccus aureus. Ibid., 1948. 1: 343. MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 48 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES ---- Food infection. See also Food poisoning; Micrococcosis, Food infection. Avdeeva, E. A. [Three cases of food poisoning caused by Staphylococcus aureus] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, No. 5, 75-8.—Cherviakov, M. P., Fisher, G. M., A Belikov, L. A. [Staphylococcus aureus as causative agent of food poisoning] Sovet. med., 1943, 7: No. 10, 24.—Fingerov, L. S. [Staphy- lococcus aureus as the cause of mass food poisoning] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940, 115.—Geiger, J. C, A Crowley, A. B. Illness due to commercially prepared egg and olive sandwiches contaminated by a probable carrier of hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30: 1351-4.—Giovanardi, A., A Stoppa, G. Un episodio epidemico di intossicazione alimentare da stafilococco piogene aureo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1939, 11. ser., 7: 44. Also Minerva med., Tor., 1939, 30: pt 2, 333-40.—Lawson, G. M., A Englar, T. S. An out- break of food poisoning due to Staphylococcus aureus. Virginia M. Month., 1944, 71: 253-5.— Pikkarainen, J. Ueber Nah- rungsmittelvergiftungen, verursacht durch Staphylococcus aureus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938-39, 143: 60-6.—Sangster, C. B., A Constance, T. J. An outbreak of food poisoning due to Staphylococcus aureus. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 264-6.— Semikoz, F., Voronova, S., A Gorbacheva, M. [Mass food poisoning by Staphylococcus aureus] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1937, 18: 173-6. ---- Infection. See also Micrococcosis; also under names of infections as Conjunctivitis; Endocarditis, Bac- teriology; Epididymitis, etc. Ernst, J. * Untersuchungen iiber die pyogenen Wirkungen des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus im Unterhautzellgewebe des Kaninchens. 27p. 8? Wiirzb., 1886. Avdeeva, E. A. [Three toxicoinfections caused by Staphy- lococcus aureus] Hig. san., Moskva, 1943, 8: 44-6.—Bliss, E. A., A Long, P. H. Comparative therapeutic effects of sulfapyridine in experimental Staphylococcus aureus infections in mice. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 32-4.—Carroll, G., A Kappel, L. The first clinical case to receive sulfamethyl- thiazol for treatment of virulent Staphylococcus aureus infec- tion with recovery; case report. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1939-40, 34: 197.—Dadlez, J., A Koskowski, W. Les 6changes gazeux dans la fievre provoquee par le Staphylococcus aureus. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 301.—Di Gioia, C. La leucocitosi nelle infezioni sperimentali da stafilococco piogeno aureo. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1926, 16: 249-81.—Dingle, J. H., Hoff, H. E. [et al.] The effect of Staphylococcus aureus exotoxin on the rabbit heart. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1937, 61: 121-9.— Dohmen, A. Scarlatiniforme Exantheme bei Infektionen mit dem Staphylococcus aureus haemolyticus. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1689-91.—Einaudi, M. Ricerche sulla localizzazione elettiva dello stafilococco piogeno aureo dopo passaggi in vitro ed in vivo su pelle. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 10: 957-80.— Ercoli, N., Lewis, M. N., A Harker, E. M. The chemothera- peutic activity of sulfonamides in the Staphylococcus aureus infection of mice. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 451.—Fiorio, A. Infezione sperimentale da stafilococco piogeno aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 635-58.—Fischer, G., A McClure, L. E. Penicillin therapy of Staphylococcus aureus hemolyticus infec- tion in an allergic infant. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1945, 27: 436- 41.—Fitch, T. S. P. Sulfathiazole in Staphylococcus aureus; epidural abscess with septicemia and pyemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1940, 57: 119-24.—Greenbaum, S. S., A Harkins, M. J. Staphylocin: its use in Staphylococcus aureus infections of the skin. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 776-82.—Herrell, W. E., A Brown, A. E. The clinical use of sulfamethylthiazol in infec- tions caused by Staphylococcus aureus; preliminary report. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1939, 14: 753-8.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. Staphylococcus aureus; dissociation and its relation to infection and to immunity. J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 51: 216-42.—Jeffery, C. C, Sevitt, S., A Topley, E. Acute osteomyelitis due to a penicillinase-producing Staphylococcus aureus. Lancet, Lond., 1949, 1: 259-61.—Kiang, S. Staphy- lococcus aureus infection in new born infants; three case reports with autopsy findings. Chin. M. J., Chengtu Ed., 1942-43, 61 A: 158-60.—Knott, F. A., A Blaikley, J. B. The control of Staphylococcus aureus infections in a maternity department. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1944, 51: 386^00.- Krock, F. H-, A Chamberlain, C. T. The clinical use of sul- famethylthiazol in infections caused by Staphylococcus aureus; case report. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1939-40, 36: 247.—McBryde, A. Hemolytic staphylococcus pneumonia in early infancy; response to penicillin therapy. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1944, 68: 271.—Michael, M., jr. Staphylococcus aureus pneumonia; with special reference to its occurrence as a complication of influenza. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 869-74.—Nutini, L. G., A Lynch, E. M. Effect of tissue extracts in controlling Staphy- lococcus aureus infections. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 419. ------ Comparative action of an extract of brain tissue and penicillin on Staphylococcus aureus infections. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 681-4.—Osgood, E. E., Joski, J., A Brownlee, I. E. The superiority of neoarsphenamine and sulfathiazol in the therapy of Staphylococcus aureus infections in marrow cultures. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 71: 445-50.—Pardo, E. A. _ Historia de un caso mas para servir al estudio de la estafilococia dorada del recien nacido. Rev. obst., B. Air., 1905, 3: 127-36. ; Peracino, M. Infezione da stafilococchi piogeni aurei e narcosi eterea. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 13: 901-10.—Rolla, C. Contributo alio studio delT infezione da stafilococco piogeno aureo. Ann. 1st. Maragliano, Genova, 1908-09, 3: 311-8.— Simizu, M. Ueber Einfluss des Staphylococcus aureus auf B-Avitaminose. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1936, 26: 19.—Stevens, F. A. The occurrence of staphylococcus aureus infection with a scarlatiniform rash. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1957. ---- Pathogenicity. Abe, T. Ueber die Proteasenwirkung von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1947, 49: 33-7.—Fiorio, C. Die Wirkung des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus auf den Glukosestoffwechsel. Wien. med. Wschr., 1943, 93: 184 (Abstr.)—Geisse, A. Erzielung pathogener Eigenschaften bei saprophytischen Staphylokokken. Zschr. Hyg., 1914, 77: 482-94.—Hoff, H. E., Dingle, J., A Nahum, L. H. The effect of staphylococcus aureus toxin on the heart. Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 119: 337.—Johnson, A., A Siebert, W. J. Injections of caffeine and adrenalin and subsequently staphylococcus aureus suspensions on myocardium and endocardium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 726.—Kisi, S. Erforschung iiber die virulizide Wirkung des sogenannten Antivirus von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg., 177.—Lieb, F., A Nothhacksberger, W. Ueber Plas- magerinnung durch Wirkung des Staphylokokkus pyogenes aureus. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1943, 131: 31-4.—Ligas, A., A Trasino, M. Sul pneumotropismo sperimentale dello sta- filococco aureo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1942, 17: 495.— Menkin, V., A Walston, H. D. Role of coagulating principle of Staphylococcus aureus in relation to invasiveness of this microorganism. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1259-63.—Thompson, R. H. S., A Dubos, R. J. Production of experimental osteomyelitis in rabbits by intravenous injection of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Exp. M., 1938, 68: 191-206, 2 pi.—Weld, J. T. P., A Gunther, A. Differentiation between certain toxic properties of filtrates of hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid.. 1931. 54: 315-22. ---- Resistance and virulence. Abraham. E. P. The effect of mycophenolic acid on the growth of Staphylococcus aureus in heart broth. Biochem. J., Lond., 1945, 39: 398-^08. —---- Callow, D., A Gilliver, K. Adaptation of Staphylococcus aureus to growth in the presence of certain antibiotics. Nature, Lond., 1946, 158: 818-21.— Bach, D. Sur la destruction des dehydrogenases du staphy- locoque dore par la chaleur; action protectrice du substrat. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1937, 204: 158-60.------A Lambert, J. Action de quelques antiseptiques sur la lactico-deshydrogenase du staphylocoque dore. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 298-300. ----<— Action des anesthesiques et dea hypnotiques sur les deshydroxygenases du staphylocoque dore. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938, 20: 679; 818.—Borgen, L. O. To penicil- linresistente staphylococcus aureus-stammer. Nord. med., 1947, 34: 1259.—Cramer, D. L. The mode of action of nitro- furan compounds; application of physicochemical methods to the study of action against Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 119-25.—Faguet, M. Obtension d'un Staphy- lococcus aureus resistant a la penicilline et etude de ses carac- teres. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 74: 451-7.—Flocks, R., Fellowes, O. N., A Kerr, H.. D. The combined action of Roentgen rays and sulfanilamide on Staphylococcus aureus. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 44: 115.—Frieden, E. H., A Frazier, C. N. The effects of various agents upon the sensitivity of Staphy- lococcus aureus to penicillin. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1947, 15: 265-78.—Gale, E. F. Correlation between penicillin resistance and assimilation affinity in Staphylococcus aureus. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 407. Also Biochem. J., Lond., 1948, 42: Suppl., p. i. ------ A Rodwell, A. W. The assimilation of amino-acids by bacteria; the nature of resistance to penicillin in Staphylococcus aureus. J. Gen. Microb., Lond., 1949, 3: 127-42, pi.—Gale, E. F., A Taylor, E. S. The assimilation of amino-acids by bacteria; the action of penicillin in preventing the assimilation of glutamic acid by Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1947, 1: 314-26.—Grossowicz, N. Glutamine, an anti- metabolite for Staphylococcus aureus. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 173: 729-36.—Grubb, T. C, A Edwards, M. A. A method for restoring and maintaining the phenol resistance of certain strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 205-10.—Hoerlein, B. F. The inhibiting effect of normal serum and its gamma globulin fraction upon the variation of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1948, 56: 139.—Klimek, J. W., Cavallito, C. J., A Bailey, J. H. Induced resistance of Staphy- lococcus aureus to antibiotics. Ibid., 1946, 51: 580; 1948, 55: 139-45.—Latarjet, R., A Sournia, J. Diminution chrono- logique de la resistance du staphylocoque dore aux rayons ultra-violets. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 570-3.—Laurel 1, A. The effect of physiological salt solution on Staphylo- coccus j pyogenes aureus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, Suppl. 16; 204-18.— Mallmann, W. L., Leavitt, A., A Joslyn, D. A. Effect of medium on resistance of Staphylococcus aureus to quaternary ammonium compounds. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1948, 68: 401-3.—Morton, H. E., A Baralt Perez, M. J. Staphylococcus aureus; drug-fastness studies with penicillin and sulfactin. Ibid., 69: 26-9. Nutini, L. G., & MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 49 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES Lynch, E. M. Further studies on effects of tissue extracts on Staphylococcus aureus. J. Exp. M., 1946, 84: 247-61 Response of penicillin-resistant strains of Staphylococcus aureus to extract of beef brain. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 281.— Plough, H. H. Penicillin resistance of Staphylococcus aureus and its clinical implications. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1945, 15: 446-51.—Poston, M. A. Comparison of in-vitro effectiveness of various sulfonamides on 110 strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 74.—Quisno, R., Foter, M. J., A Gibby, I. W. A technique for maintaining standard phenolic re- sistance of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1946, 52: 499.— Rake, G., A McKee, C. M. Action of sulfathiazole and sul- fa methyl thiazole on Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 43: 561-4.—Rammelkamp, C. H. Observa- tions on resistance of Staphylococcus aureus to action of ty- rothricin. Ibid., 1942, 49: 346-50. ------ A Keefer, C. S. Sulfathiazole; effect on Staphylococcus aureus in vitro. Ibid. 1940, 43: 664-8.—Reddish, G. F., A Burlingame, E. M. The effect of peptone on the resistance of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1938, 27: 331-4. ------ A Wood, L. B. Resistance of Staphylococcus aureus cultured in semi-synthetic and F. D. A. media. Am. J. Pharm., 1946, 118: 4-10.—Serra, G. Ricerche sulla distribuzione dei germi e sul potere bat- tericida nella infezione sperimentale di stafilococco piogeno aureo in conigli preventivamente trattati con iniezioni di piccole dosi di arsenobenzolo. Dermosifilografo, 1935, 10: 36-43. ------ Ulteriore contributo alio studio del potere battericida esercitato in vitro dall'arseno-benzolo sullo stafilococco piogeno aureo. Ibid., 171-7.—Sevag, M. G., A Green, M. N. The mechanism of resistance to sulfonamides; factors controlling the formation of arylamine from tryptophane by Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 48: 615-22.—Stone, W. S., Wyss, O., A Haas, F. The production of mutations in Staphylococcus aureus by irradiation of the substrate. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1947, 33: 59-66.—Sullivan, M., Stahiy, G. L. [et al.] Reciprocal sensitivities of Staphylococcus aureus to strepto- mycin, streptothricin, and penicillin. Science, 1946, 104: 397.—Tobler, A. B., A Pinner, M. The effects of pleural ef- fusions on the growth of Staphylococcus aureus in vitro. J. Bact., Bait., 1942,43: 104.—Vicher.E. E., Meyer, E., A Gather- coal, E. N. Phenol resistance of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1937, 26: 590-3.—Warmer, H., A Amluxen, J. Comparison of in vitro and in vivo penicillin resistance of a strain of hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 419-21.—West, R., A Coburn, A. F. The rela- tionship of sulfapyridine, nicotinic acid, and coenzymes to the growth of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Exp. M., 1940, 72: 91-7.— Youmans, G. P., A Delves, E. The effect of inorganic salts on the production of small colony variants by Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 127-36.— Zambruno, D. Azione della colchicina, della narcotina, e dell'androstendione sulla moltiplicazione dello Staphylococcus aureus. Gior. batt. immun., 1946, 34: 55-7. ---- Sepsis. See also Micrococcus sepsis; also Puerperal infection. Deboos, P. Contribution k l'etude du traite- ment des septicemies a staphylocoque dore" par la penicilline. 55p. 24cm. Par., 1946. Apert, E., A Porak, R. Septicemic a staphylocoque dore, abces miliaire et cavernes dans les poumons et les reins. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1911, 3. ser., 32: 149-52.—Barnstein, N. J. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia, chemotherapy. Jackson Clin. Bull., Madison, 1940, 2: 40.—Blumberg. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1943, 60: 580-2.— Brehant, J. Septicopyohemie a staphylocoque dore. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 1110.—Burford, T. H., Samson, P. C. [et al.] Recovery from hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia attributed to penicillin therapy; case report. J. Thorac. Surg., 1945, 14: 483-6.—Cabot, R. C, A Richardson. [Septicemia, staphylococcus aureus.] Case Rec. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp., 1920, 6: No. 40, pt 1, 1-6.—Cochrane, R. F. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia following abortion; report of a case, with autopsy. Nicollet Clin. Bull., 1941-42, 2: 33.— Cohen, S., A Austin, R. Mycotic aneurysm of the aorta, chronic suppurative osteomyelitis and pyarthrosis, psoas abscess and chronic suppurative cellulitis; organizing sero-fibrinous pericarditis; miliary abscesses of kidneys and spleen (staphy- lococcus aureus septicemia) Cincinnati J. M., 1946, 27: 447- 54.—Corner, B. D. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia with recovery, treated with M A B 693. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1939-40, 33: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 627.—Cresson. Trois cas de septicemies prolongees provoquees par le staphylocoque dore. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1937, 29: 69-73.—Dowd, J. F. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia treated with sulfamethyl- thiazol; report of two cases. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 358-60.—Dudgeon, L. S., A Goadby, H. K. The examination of the tissues and some observations on the blood platelets of rabbits at intervals of five minutes, and later, after intravenous inoculations of Staphylococcus aureus and indian ink. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1931, 31: 247-56, 3 pi.—Farber, H. W. A case of staphylococcus aureus septicemia treated with sulfamethyl- thiazol. South. M. A S-, 1940, 102: 352-4.— Flandin, C, A Chapuis, J. L. Septicemic a staphylocoques dores mortelle a la suite d'une injection de 4 cc. de propidon pour un anthrax de la region sacr6e. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1943, 59:408.— Girard, M., Viallier [et al.l Reactivation de la sero-agglutina- tion typholdique chez un ancien vaccine, au cours d'une sep- ticemic k staphylocoques. Lyon m6d., 1948, 179: 232-5.— Goldberg, S. L., A Sachs, A. Sulfapyridine in the treatment of Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1639-41.—Grenet, H., Gautheron A Saulnier. Septicemie et meningite k staphylocoque dore. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1939-40, 37: 574-8.—Impink, R. R., Denhoff, E., A Vanderveer, J. B. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia, with osteomyelitis, pneumonia, and acute purulent pericarditis. Am. Heart J., 1943, 26: 699-708.—LeCocq, E. The use of neosalvarsan in the treatment of acute osteomyelitis and blood stream infec- tions caused by the Staphylococcus aureus. West. J. Surg., 1936, 44: 655-7.—Lehmann, O. Fulminating staphylococcus aureus sepsis treated with staphylococcus antitoxin and sulfa- pyridine. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1S39-40, 6: 338- 41.—Lenti, G. Modificazioni nei batteri c^tivati su agar- organi; contegno della setticemia da StafilococJb aureo coltivato su agar fegato. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 37: 38-48.—Likely, D. S., A Swirsky, M. Y. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia treated with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 956-8.— Mackay-Dick, J. A case of septicaemia, haernolytic Staph- ylococcus aureus, confused with clinical hepatic amoebiasis. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 90: 171.—Mackenzie, G. M. Scarlatiniform eruption followed by desquamation, associated with Staphylococcus aureus bacteriemia. In: Clin. Misc. Bassett Hosp., 1934, 1: 48-52.—MacNeal, Staphylococcus aureus septicemia; a preliminary report. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1939,5:58.—Mathew, P. W., A Shera, A. G. Staphy- lococcus aureus haemolyticus septicaemia successfully treated with thiazamide. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 258.—Mathew, R. Y. The Staphylococcus aureus as the probable cause of a fatal disease simulating laryngeal diphtheria. Med. J. Australia, 1930,1: 34-6.—Miley, G. Disappearance of hemolytic staphy- lococcus aureus septicemia following ultraviolet blood irradia- tion, Knott technic Am. J. Surg., 1943, 62: 241-5.—Mitchell, O. W. H., A Chapman, O. D. Staphylococcus aureus septi- cemia. N. York State J. M., 1940, 40: 1308-11.—Mondon, H., Pirot, R. [et al.] Septicemie a staphylocoque dore hemo- lytique; guerison par le traitement sulfamide. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1942-43, 58: 443.—Parker, J. T., Hopkins, J. G., A Gunther, A. Further studies on the production of Staphy- lococcus aureus toxin. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 344-6.—Patrick, A. Staphylococcus aureus septicaemia; as a complication of influenza in an epidemic in Malta. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 137.—Preti, L. Stafilococcemia da stafilococco aureo con localizzazioni all'endocardio, ai reni, ai polmoni, alia pleura, alia prostata. Gior. clin. med., 1935, 16: 1-6.— Rammelkamp, C. H., A Keefer, C. S. Sulfathiazole therapy of staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. N. England J. M., 1940, 223: 877-85.—Schwartz, B.—The successful treatment of a case of staphylococcus aureus septicemia with sulfathiazole. Bull. Buncombe Co. M. Soc. 1941, 5: No. 3, 15-8.—Silver- thorne, N. Penicillin in the treatment of haernolytic staphylo- coccal septicaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 49: 516.— Skinner, D., A Keefer, C. S. Significance of bacteremia caused by Staphylococcus aureus; a study of 122 cases and a review of the literature concerned with experimental infection in animals. Arch. Int. M., 1941, 68: 851-75.—Stevenson, H. A case of staphylococcus aureus septicaemia with multiple haematogenous pneumonic areas, spontaneous pneumothorax, pyaemic abscess in medulla; recovery under penicillin therapy. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1947, 96: 237-43, 4 pi.—Thompson, G. J., A Buchtel, H. A. Septicemia caused by Staphylococcus aureus; spontaneous recovery. Proc Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 193-5.—Verge. Traitement d'un cas de septicemie a staphy- locoque dore. Union med. Canada, 1941, 70: 1258.— Zimmerman, J. J., A Durgin, B. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia and pericarditis treated with penicillin. Am. Heart J., 1946. 31:93-7. ---- Toxin. See also subheading Antigenicity and anti- bodies. Burnet, F. M. The exotoxins of Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1929, 32: 717-34.—Glahn, W. C, A Weld, J. T. The effect of Staphylococcus aureus toxin on the kidney. J. Exp. M., 1935, 61: 1-8, pi.—Inoue, S. Studien iiber die giftigen Leibessubstanzen von Staphylo- coccus aureus. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1942, 43: 1; 176—Kella- way, C. H., Burnet, F. M., A Williams, F. E. The pharma- cological action of the exotoxin of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1930, 33: 889-912.—Morimoto, T. Osyoku budozyo-kyukin no dokuso sansei to baiyo yoyaku to no kanren ni tuite. Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1935, 13: 748-60.— Okitu, W. Studien iiber das Toxin des Staphylococcus aureus. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1927, No. 77, 64-86.—Stokinger, H. E-, Ackerman, H., A Carpenter, C. M. The pH-stability of toxic filtrates of Staphylococcus aureus and certain species of the genus Clostridium. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 135.—Weld, J. T., A Mitchell, L. C. Agglutination of rabbit leucocytes by staphylococcus aureus toxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. V.. 1942, 49: 370-4. MICROCOCCUS pyogenes (var. citreus) See Micrococcus. M. citreus. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 50 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS MICROCOCCUS sepsis. See also Micrococcosis; Micrococcus pyogenes (var. albus) Sepsis; Micrococcus pyogenes (var. aureus) Sepsis; Pyemia; Sepsis, Bacteriology. Felsenthal, W. *Ueber Staphylokokken- sepsis [Frankfurt] p. 185-262. 8? Jena, 1930. Also Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1930, 42: Alison, M. Septicemies a staphylocoques. Inter Exter, Par., 1947, 1: No. 8, 21.—Almeida Prado, A. de. Septico- pyohemia estaphylococcica. In his Lie- conf. clin. med., S. Paulo, 1934, 8-23.—Bariety, M. Septicemies a staphylocoque. Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: No. 29, Suppl., 1-3.—Beddard, A. P. Staphylococcal septicaemia. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926 40: 10»5.—Bouduin. Septicemie a staphylocoque. J. med. Paris, TO38, 58: 214-6.—Brookbank, E. B. Staphylo- coccic septicemia. Med. Sentinel, 1930, 38: 9-12.—Cohn, B. Staphylokokken-Sepsis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 243.— Dupe>ie. Septicemie staphylococcique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1911, 41: 699.—Generalised staphylococcal infection. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 1076.—'Gonzalez Suarez. Septicemia esta- filoc6cica pura. Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 1, 830.—Gupta, S. P. Staphylococcal septicaemia. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1946-47, 16: 121.—Keeler, H. R. Staphylococcus septicemia. J. Chemo- ther., 1932, 9: 4-11.—Larue, L. Septicemics a staphylocoques. Laval med., Quebec, 1936, 1: 182.—La Torre. Septicemias estafiloc6ccicas. Sugestiones, Mex., 1947—18, 13: No. 153, 100-2. ------ TTranga Prado, H., A Alvarez Hernandez, P. Septicemia estafilococcica. Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex., 1948, 5: 352-62.—Lemierre, A., A Worms, R. Septicemics staphylo- cocciques. In: Traite d. med., Par., 1948, 1: 68-92.—Lowen- stein, P. S. Stanhylococous septicemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1931, 181: 196-203.—Ludbrook, S. L. Staphylococcal septicaemia. N. Zealand M. J., 1943, 42: 229.—Millet. J. Septicemie staphylococcique. Union med. Canada, 1935, 64: 400-6.— Qoervain, de. Staphvlokokkenpyamie. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1918, 48: 149.—Reed, A. C, A Stiles, F. E. Staphylo- coccus septicemia. California West. M., 1927, 26: 492.— Salveraglio, F. J. Las estafilococemias. An. Clin, enferm. infecc, Montev., 1940-42, 2: 65-79.—Stookey, P. F., A Scarpellino, L. A. Staphylococcus septicemia. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 173-9.—Sutherland, R. T. Staphylococcic septi- cemia. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 66: 1-10.— Torroella. E. Septico- piohemia estafiloc6ccica. In his I.eoc. clin. quir., Habana, 1944, 956-69. ---- Bacteriology. See also under specific name of microbe as Micrococcus, M. epidermidis; Micrococcus pyo- genes (var. aureus) Sepsis. Bourges, H., Langelin, R., A Joly, P. R. Septicemie a microcoque (diplococcemie) Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1915, 29: 831.—Cantor, I. B. Staphylococcus hemolyticus bacteremia; report of case with recovery. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1946, 35: 328-30.—Lemierre, A. Sur un cas de septicemie a staphylo- coques anaerobies. Bull, med., Par., 1948, 62: 441-4.— Mach, R. S., A Mach, E. Baciliemie tuberculeuse muette seconde au cours d'une septicemie a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 1199-202.—Roberts, C. G. Septicopyemia due to Staphylococcus hemolyticus. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 12: 76-9.— Wolfe, A. G. Hemolytic staphylococcus septicemia. Illinois M. J., 1941, 80: 457-62. ---- Bones and joints. See also Osteomyelitis; Rheumatism. L'Honore, P. *Contribution a l'etude des metastases osteoarticulaires subaigues dans les septicemies a. staphylocoques. 74p. 8? Par., 1934. Eabinovici, J. H. *Contribution a l'etude des septicemics staphylococciques lentes a locali- sations ost£o-articulaires. 47p. 8? Par., 1935. Baker, L. D. Acute osteomyelitis with staphylococcus septicemia; a clinical report on the use of chemotherapy and staphylococcus antitoxin in its treatment. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 619-27.—Bernard, A., A Basuyau, T. Localisations rachidiennes des staphylococcemies. J. sc. med. Lille, 1947, 65: 455-61.—Bosch Olives, V. Focos oseos en la sepsis esta- filoc6cica; apofisario y epifisario. Rev. espan. reumat., 1947-48, 2: 496-501.—Bourgeois, J., A Porin, J. Forme pseudo- rhumatismale des staphylococcemies. Bull, med., Par., 1931, 45: 859-61.—Curtillet A Aubaniac. Une observation de septico- pyohemie staphylococcique a determination osseuse chez 1 'adulte. Afrique fr. chir., 1948, 75-7.—Debre, R., A Leveuf, J. Osteomyeiites aigues avec bacteriemie et septicemies a staphy- locoques. Presse med., 1939, 47: 361-4.—Gennes, L. de, Bricaire, H. [et al.] Osteite condensante, pseudo-neoplasique, au cours d'une septicemie a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1946, 62: 466.—Gennes, L. de. Worms [et al.] Septicemie staphylococcique lente a localisations osteo-articu- laires. Ibid., 1934, 3. ser., 1634-40.—Grenet, H., Levent, R., A Isaac-Georges, P. Septicemie staphylococcique k forme rhumatismale. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1939^0, 37: 571-4.— Hart, F. D. Acute rheumatism occurring in the course of a staphylococcal septicaemia. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1937- 38, 31: 357.—Kendrick, J. I. Staphylococcus septicemia with septic arthritis of the knee treated with sulfapyridine; report of a case. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1940, 7: 35.—Lattes, A., A Pe>oz, A. A propos d'un cas de staphylococcemie consecutive a une osteite diffuse du maxillaire superieur. Rev. stomat., Par., 1929, 31: 92-8.-—Leveuf, J. Formes bacteriemiques des osteo- myeiites aigues et septicemies a staphylocoques. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 537-47.—Rocher, H. L., A Villar, H. Pyo-septicemie staphylococcique consecutive a une osteomyeiite bipolaire du tibia. J. med. Bordeaux, 1913, 43: 517. ---- Cardiovascular system. See also Endocarditis, Bacteriology. Anderson, W. L. Staphylococcic septicemia and endocar- ditis; report of a recovered case. Harper Hosp. Bull., Detr., 1941-42, 1: 84.—Ehrich, W., Wohlrab, R., A Voigt, W. Ueber die Reaktionen des Gefassbindegewebsapparates auf intra- venose Staphylokokkeninjektionen und ihre Bedeutung. Beitr. path. Anat., 1934, 93: 321-70, pi.—Hiller, K. Staphy- lococcal septicaemia with ulcerative endocarditis of the tri- cuspid valve following on a boil. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1932, 3: 33.—Lombard, P. Trois cas de septicemie staphylococcique suraigue; les thromboses arterielles dues au staphylocoque. Algerie med., 1941, 4. ser., 45: 2-5.—McDer- mott, V. T. Report of a case of staphyloccic bacteremia with endocarditis and myocarditis treated successfully with peni- cillin. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater U. S., 1944, 2: 10-2.— Velasco Mora, G., Weinstein R. F. [et al.] Septicemia estafilo- c6cica; endocarditis bacteriana aguda; curaci6n con penicilina. Rev. med. Chile, 1945, 73: 1086-9.—Rigdon, R. H. Capillary permeability and inflammation in rabbits with staphylococcic septicemia; an experimental study. Arch. Surg., 1942, 44: 129-38.—Walton, C. H. A. A cured case of staphylococcal septicaemia with endocarditis. Manitoba M. Rev., 1947, 27: 583. ---- Cases. Aris, J. Septicemia estafilococica. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 8: 239-45.— Ben Salem. A propos de deux cas de septicemie a staphylocoques. Tunis, med., 1948, 36: 384-6.— Bourrat, L., A Vincent, M. Septico-pyohemie et infection generale a staphylocoques chez Tadulte. Lvon med., 1931, 147: 37-41.— Derot, M., Canivet, J., A Lefort, J. Staphylo- coccie maligne de la face avec thrombo-phiebite du sinus ca- verneux, meningite staphylococcique et sequelles de paralysie oculaire; guerison par les sulfamides malgre accident anurique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1946, 62: 479-81.—Gasperini, U., A Edel, L. Stafilococcemia o i misfatti di un callo. Fracastoro, 1910, 6: 23-5.—Graham, J. A. Presentation of a case of staphy- loccic septicemia. Proc. Univ. Hosp. Oklahoma School M., 1940-41, 1: No. 2, 110— Greengard, J. Staphylococcic septicemia. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1945, 69: 60.—Guimaraes, A. G. Sobre um caso de septicemia estaphylococcica. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1919, 10: 258.------Sobre dois casos de septicemia estaphylococcica (appendicite hematogenica; bron- cho-pneumonia, derrame purulento) Brasil med., 1919, 33: 269.—Gupta, S. P. A case of staphylococcal septicaemia. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38, 7: 659.—Hamilton, J. W., A Price, L. W. An unusual case of staphylococcal pyaemia. Glasgow M. J., 1941, 136: 33-40, 2 pi.—Hosford, B. B. Four cases of staphy- lococcal septicaemia. West London M. J., 1929, 34: 100-4.— Larue, L., A Patry, L. Un cas de septicemie a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1935, 341-3.— Leo, G. De Themoculture positive avec staphylocoques. Bull. Soc chii. Paris, 1929, 21: 761-5.—Lindborg. B. Fall av staphvlococc- sepsis. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 1567.—McCIeave, T." C. A case of staphylococcus septicemia. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1928) 1930, 28: 40-3—MacNeal, W. J., Frisbee, F. C, A McRae, M. A. Staphylococcemia 1931-40; five hundred patients. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 12: 281-94.—Massias, C. Quatre cas de septicemie staphylococcique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 581-4— Mendell, T. H. Staphylococcic septicemia; a review of 35 cases, with six recoveries, 29 deaths and 16 autopsies. Arch. Int. M., 1939, 63: 1068-84.—Menendez, P. Septicemia estafiloc6ccica medica. Gac. med. Occidente, S. Ana, 1945-16, 8: 1633-7.—Merino Reyna, A. Septico-piohemia estafiloc6cica. Gac. peru. cir. med., 1939-40, 2: No. 13, 11-5.— Monnier, IT. Contribution a l'etude des septicemics staphylo- cocciques: a propos d'un cas de staphylococcemie. J. med. chir., Par., 1919, 90: 49-66.—Morris, J. F. Staphylococcus septicemia; case report. West Virginia M. J., 1939, 35: 186.— Mouisset, M., A Delachanal, J. Septicemie staphylococcique avec pseudo-rhumatisme et meningite cerebro-spinale. J. physiol. path, gen., 1911, 13: 581-8.—Nestor.N.I., A Vasilescu, G. Un caz de septicemie stafilococcica. Spitalul, 1913, 33: 445-8.—Raybaud, A., A Cousin, J. A propos d'une septicemie a staphylocoques. Marseille med., 1934, 71: 413-6.—Rousla- croix A Giraud, E. Septicemie mortelle a staphylocoque; haute virulence du germe pour le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 47-9.—Russum, B. C. Staphylococcus septicemia; clinico- pathological presentation of three cases, two with autopsy findings. Nebraska M. J., 1926, 11: 214-9.—Sarrouy, Prost A Ferrand. Un cas de septicemie a staphylocoques. Algerie med 1948, 51: 161-4.—Tait, J. T., A Bolton, J. H. A case of staphylococcal septicaemia with recovery. Melbourne Hosp. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 51 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS Clin. Rep., 1934, 5: 50-5.—Vires, J., Deshons, A. [et al.] Sur un cas de staphylococcemie suraigue. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 390-6.—Wooley, I. M. Staphylococcic septicemia; report of a case with complete recovery. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1929, 46: 741-8. ---- chronic. Nedelkoff, S. I. *Contribution a l'etude des septicopyohemies staphylococciques a evolution prolong6e. 64p. 8? Par., 1932. Arnaud, M. A propos des septicemies a staphylocoques et a evolution chronique et prolongee. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 240—4.—Bovier, M. Reflexions sur le staphylocoque; a propos d'une septicemie a staphylocoques suivie depuis neufs ans. Bull. Soc. chir.. Par., 1936, 28: 557-63.—Masselot, F., A Fleury de la Ruelle, R. Staphylococcie prolongee a foyers successifs. Gaz. med. France, 1931, 278.—Oury, P., A Le Bars, L. Les septico-pyohemies staphylococciques chroniques a evolution prolongee. Presse med., 1935, 43: 161-3.—Perrin, E., A Duroux, P. E. Une observation typique de septico- pyohemie chronique a staphylocoque. Lyon chir., 1943, 38: 291-4.—'-Raiga, A. Deux septicemics a staphylocoque gueries depuis quatre et cinq ans; le processus de la guerison naturelle et son utilisation therapeutique. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1937, 29: 102-13.—Rebeck, P. Setticopiemia stafilococcica cronica. Clinica, Bologna, 1936, 2: 12-22. ---- Clinical aspect. Corctjff, B. *Contribution It l'etude des septicemics a staphylocoques. 66p. 8? Par., 1937. Desrosiers, L. C. Contribution a l'etude des septicemics a staphylocoques. 97p. 8? Par., 1935. Fieschi, P. Contribution a l'etdde des septicemies staphylococciques. 56p. 24}£cm. Par., 1939. Giroire, H. Contribution a l'etude clinique et anatomie-pathologique des septicemies staphy- lococciques malignes. 124p. 8? Par., 1926. Mailliez, A. Contribution a l'etude clinique des septicemics staphylococciques. 56p. 24^cm. Par., 1939. George, P., A Giroire, H. A propos de faits nouveaux de staphylococcemies: etude clinique et anatomo-pathologique. Presse med., 1926, 34: 611-5.—Kleiger, B., A Blair, J. E. Correlation between clinical and experimental findings in cases of invasion of the blood stream by staphylococci. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 30: 640-2.—Ryle, J. A. Staphylococcal fever. Clin. J., Lond., 1930, 59:493; 511. ------ The natural history, prognosis and treatment of staphylococcal fever. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 80: 137-52.—Schulten, H. Ueber ver- schiedene Formen der Allgemeininfektion mit Staphylokokken. Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1161-3.—Vandini, D. Con- tributo alia conoscenza della stafilococcemia. Gazz. osp., 1912, 33: 273-6.—Worms, R. Formes cliniques des septicemics staphylococciques. Prat. med. fr., 1935, 16: 332-7. ---- Diagnosis. Hueber, E. Vorstellung eines Patienten mit dem Krank- heitsbild einer Dermatomyositis. Wien. med. Wschr., 1942, 92: 32.—MacNeal, W. J., Frisbee, F. C, A McRae, M. A. The criteria for diagnosis of staphylococcemia. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1941, 11:643-52.—Rose, I. Staphylococcal septicaemia simulating left perinephric abscess. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2:831. ---- Etiology. See also such headings as Face, Furuncle; Tonsillitis. Bardi, M. P. Un caso de estafilococcia consecutiva a un flem6n de origen dentario tratada con penicilina. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1945, 33: 130.—Gozberk, R. Sur un cas de septicemie a staphylocoques consecutive a une meibomite suppuree. Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: 159-65.—Jutoran, M., A Matusevich, J. Estafilococcemia con abscesos multiples de origen amigdalino. Arch. Hosp. israel., B. Air., 1937, 1: 101-4.—Lacomme A Siguier. Septicemie k staphylocoque au cours de la gestation. Gyn. obst., Par., 1942, 42: 212.—Lewin, C. Ein Fall von kryptogenetischer Staphylokokkensepsis. Fortsch. Med., 1904, 22: 1077.—Murrah, T., Gilmour, M. T., A Kemmelstiel, P. Staphylococcic septicemia of unusual origin. Bull. Char- lotte Mem. Hosp., 1944, 1: 5-8.—Rock, J. E. Staphylococcic septicemia, tonsillar in origin. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 34: 10-3.—Sigurta, G. B. Stafilococciemia da tromboflebite infettante? a proposito di un caso di operazione Freyer. Pen- sieromed., 1914.4:225. ---- experimental. De Blasi, A. La batteriemia sperimentale stafilococcica. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. chir., 501-20—Ortiz Patto. Anti- toxina e septicemia experimental estafilococicas. Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil, 1938, No. 20, 17-20.—Sorkina, A. 1. [Experi- mental staphylococcic sepsis] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1944, No. 8, 29-32. ---- Hematopoietic system. Donath, F. Ueber einen Fall von Staphylokokkensepsis mit subakut leukamischem Ausgang. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 1470-3.—Falkenberg, T. Macrophages in the peri- pheral blood in staphylococcic sepsis. Acta path, microb. scand., 1947, 24: 1-10.—Glatt, A. Ueber Penicillinwirkung bei einem Fall von Staphylokokken-Sepsis mit schwerer mye- loischer Reaktion des Blutbildes. Wien. med. Wschr., 1947, 97: 73.—Loeper, M., A Loewe. Staphylococcemie avec anemie, leucopenie et hypogranulocytose. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 23-7.—Lundholm, I. Fall von Staphylokokkensepsis mit Entwicklung zu lymphatischer Leukamie. Acta ptediat., Upps., 1929, 9: 137-53, pi.—Red- dick, G. Staphylococcic septicemia with leukemoid blood picture; with a note on the origin of the basket cell. Dallas M. J., 1928, 14: 129-31.—Witts, L. J. Staphylococcal septi- caemia complicating Addison's anemia. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930. 80: 203-7. ---- Immunology and serology. Abderhalden, R. Untersuchungen iiber das Auftreten und das Verhalten der Abwehrproteinasen im Verlauf der experi- mentellen Staphylokokkensepsis. Fermentforschung, 1942—44, 17: 202-8.—-Di Grazia, A. Effetti della reiniezione di germi sulla batteriemia stafilococcica sperimentale. Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 17: 52-8.—Storp, A. Positiver Ausfall der WaR. im Verlauf einer Staphylokokkensepsis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923. 49: 1014. ---- Manifestation. Petroff, A. Contribution a l'etude de staphylococcemies a formes douloureuses. 59p. 8? Par., 1932. Kleiger, B., A Blair, J. E. Correlation between clinical and experimental findings in cases showing invasion of the blood stream by staphylococci. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 71: 770-7.— Steen, R. E. Case of staphylococcal septicaemia with unusual features. Irish J. M. Sc, 1945, 126-8.—Veccia, P. Un caso di pseudo-tifoide da stafilococcemia senza localizzazioni. Tommasi, 1911. 6: 331-4. ---- Nervous system. Rosenfeld, J. Contribution a l'etude des septicemies a staphylocoque et en particulier a leur forme meningee. 76p. 8? Par., 1929. Bezancon, F., Weismann-Netter, R., A Destouches. Un cas de staphylococcemie avec meningite suppuree ayant abouti a la guerison. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 1764-8.-—Carr, J. G. Staphylococcic septicemia with menin- gitis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 15: 627-33.-^Chabrol, E. Des effets de l'anatoxine dans une septicemie staphylococcique de forme prolongee avec reactions meningees et radiculaires. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 53: 48-51.—Diaz Rousselot, J., Cardelle, G., A Marinello, Z. Sindrome septico; sindrome de hipertensi6n intracraneal; conferencia anatomo-patol6gica. Arch. med. inf., Habana, 1948, 17: 26-36.—Doicescu, T., A Ionescu, M. [Staphylococcic septico-pyemia, following pyo- dermitis with cerebellar localization, and complicated by basilar meningitis] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1939, 38: 72-7.—Leyritz, J. Confusions mentales staphylococcemiques gueries par l'ana- toxine staphylococcique et le serum antistaphylococcique. Paris med., 1939, 111: 450-2.—Machado, R., Borges y Her- nandez, F., A Fernandez del Moral, E. Absceso epidural y meningitis purulenta, sin germenes; septico-piohemia esta- filoc6ccica. Arch. med. inf., Habana, 1942, 11: 77-84.—i Martmer, E. E., A Penberthy, G. C. Perimeningitis; staphy- lococcus septicemia complicated by osteomyelitis of the second lumbar vertebra. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 6: 226-8.— Monges, J., Recordier, A. M. [et al.] Septicemie aigue a staphylocoques; parapiegie brutale par spondylite avec eff ondre- ment de D5 Da; laminectomie et extension continue; guerison actuelle de la septicemie et tr£s grande amelioration de la parapiegie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1946, 62: 505-9.— Santarelli, A. Su di un caso di sepsi stafilococcica con trombosi del seno cavernoso e meningite, curato con penicillina. Poli- clinico, 1946, 53: sez. prat., 48-50.—Wahl, E. F. Clinical note on staphylococcus septicemia with diffuse involvement of the nervous system (purulent meningitis; encephalomyelitis with involvement of the basal ganglia) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1928, 67: 351-4. ---- Pathogenesis. See also subheading Etiology. Berchmann, D., A Schedrovicky, S. G. Zur Frage der Sta- phylokokkensepsis. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927, 102: 213-8.— Forssmann, J. Verbreitung der Staphylokokken in Kaninchen nach intravenosen Injektionen von Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1937, 91: 165-75.-—Gonzalez Suarez. Estudio patogenico y clinico de la septicemia estafiloc6cica pura. Med. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 52 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 641.—Janbon, M., Bigonnet, J., A Rabe- jac, J. Septicemie staphylococcique aigue sans porte d'entree apparente. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1939, 20: 343-8.—Lyons, C. Bacteriemic staphylococcal infection. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1942, 74: 41-6.—Potie, G. Trois cas de metastases staphylococciques. J. sc. med. Lille, 1921, 39: pt 2, 100-4.—Van den Brenk, H. A. S. Cryptogenic staphy- lococcal pyaemia. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 2: 83. ---- Pathology. Agosta, G. Sul comportamento del sistema reticolo-istio- citario nelle setticemie stafilococciche. Arch. ital. chir., 1937- 38, 47: 389-431.—Arnaud, Stora A Verrier. Au sujet d'un cas de septico-pyemie aigue staphylococcique. Maroc med., 1939, 19: 170-4; Disc, 150-3.—Fedeli, F. As septicemias por estafilococos, do ponto de vista biologico. Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1947, 16: 55;.93.—Lemierre, A. Les septi- cemies k staphylocoques. J. med. chir., Par., 1927, 98: 381- 95.—Long, C. H., A Longacre, A. B. Staphylococcus septi- cemia; observations relative to the state of hydration in the dog and in man. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1942, 74: 353-60.— Phillipps, F. A. Relapsing staphylococcal septicaemia; associ- ated with cirrhosis of the liver and splenomegaly. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 1050.—Wilberforce, O. Fatal staphylococcal septicaemia with pseudomyxoma peritonei. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1:269. ---- Prognosis. Batista, V. Cura espontanea de um caso de septicemia estafiloc6cica. Pediat. prat., S. Paulo, 1935, 6: 1-6.—Gilbert, W. M. Staphylococcus bacteremia; report of a case with recovery. Colorado M., 1934, 31: 66-9.—Learmonth, J. R., A Moersch, H. J. Recovery from staphylococcus pyemia: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1932, 7: 465.—McLellan, N. W., A Goldbloom, A. The prognosis and treatment of staphylococcal septicaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 46: 136-43.—Merz A Touzard, J. Septicemics mortelles a staphy- locoque. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32: 388-94.—Millar, J. H. D. Recovery from haernolytic streptococcal septicaemia in patient with diabetes. Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 404.—Pichler, H. Bericht iiber einen Todesfall durch Staphylokokkenpyamie. Zschr. Stomat., 1928, 26: 267.—Sison, A. B. M. A case of staphylococcus septicemia that recovered. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1937, 17: 387-91. ---- Respiratory system. Bondoux, P. Contribution a l'etude des localisations pulmonaires au cours des staphylo- coccemies. 105p. 8? Par., 1935. Araoz Alfaro, G., A Hitce, J. M. Septicemia y pleuresia purulenta estafiiococcicas. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1914, 8: 201-10.—Artagaveytia, A. C, A Bazzano, H. C. Pioneumot6rax doble simultdneo por estafilococcia en un nifio de 9 afios de edad. Rev. tuberc. Uruguay, 1943-44, 11: 254-62.—Berger, J., A Worms, R. Septicemie a staphylo- coques avec determinations pulmonaires multiples; traitement par l'anatoxine et le serum antistaphyloccique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 141-51.—Di Sant'Agnese. Septicemia staphylococcus; bronchopneumonia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1942, 59: 333-5.—Johnson, A. Report on a case of staphylococcal pneumonia with staphylococcal septicaemia; treated with penicillin. Ulster M. J., 1944, 13: 144-9, 2 pi.— Lagarde, J. L., A Jullien, W. Image de pseudo-tuberculose pulmonaire au cours d'une pyohemie a staphylocoques; gueri- son et nettoyage radiologique a la penicilline. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1944-15, 9: 386-8.—Lag eze, P., A Cahen, P. Les com- plications pulmonaires des septicemies a staphylocoques. J. med. Lyon, 1947, 28: 281-6.— Piaggio Blanco, A., A Salvera- glio, F. ^ Manifestaciones pulmonares en las septicopiohemias estafiiococcicas. Rev. tuberc. Uruguay, 1939, 8: 12-7.— Scarf, M., Rosenthal, S., A Marquis, H. H. Staphylococcic septicemia following uncomplicated upper respiratory infec- tion. Northwest M., 1944, 43: 201-3. ---- Skin. Bernard, A. Les placards erysipeiatoides dans les staphy- lococcemies. Bruxelles med., 1937-38, 18: 1535-8.—Rathery, F., Derot, M., A Conte, M. Septicemie staphylococcique k forme de gangrene cutanee diffuse des extremites. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1935, 51: 436-10.—Renard, G. La forme erysipelatoide de la staphylococcemie maligne. Arch, opht Par., 1929, 46: 544-50.—Thiodet. Staphylococcemies sub- aigues avec purpura. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3 ser 54: 52-6. ---- Surgical aspect. Debre, R. A propos des septicemics a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr 530-6.—Dziembowski, S. de. Sur la septicemic a staphylo- coques. Ibid., 553-8.—Leriche, R. Sur le terrain dans les septicemies staphylococciques. Ibid., 558-65.—Moiroud, P. Septicemies a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical; traitement" J. chir., Par., 1938, 52: 458-77. ------A Patel) J. Forrnes cliniques et traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical. Ibid., 433. Also P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 371-529. Also Paris med., 1938, 110: 289-97. Also Presse med., 1938, 46: 1577-9.—Sauve. Sur les septicemics a staphylocoques. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 565-7. ---- Treatment. See also Micrococcosis, Treatment. Bariety, M. Le traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques. 68p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Rosenfeld, H. *Le traitement des septi- cemics a staphylocoques. 63p. 23j^cm. Strasb., 1936. Bariety, M. Quelques notions recentes sur la clinique et le traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques. J. med. chir., Par., 1936, 107: 589-98.—Collins, J. A., jr. The treatment of staphylococcus septicemia. Pennsylvania M. J., 1944—45, 48: 345-8.—Koek, C. [Case of staphylococcic sepsis successfully treated] Geneesk. gids, 1934, 12: 601-5.—MacDowell. Um caso de cura de septicemia staphilococcica. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1934, 105: 744-54.—Marks, I. L. The treatment of staphylococcus septicemia; report of case. Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond, 1940, 11: 86-90. ---- Treatment: Anatoxin. Hamonet H. *Les septicemies a staphy- locoques; contribution a l'etude du traitement par l'anatoxine staphylococcique de Ramon. 63p. 8? Par., 1938. Cazals, J., A Riotte, R. Staphylococcemie k localisations multiples guerie par l'anatoxine staphylococcique. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32: 492.—Debre, R., Levy, P. P. [et al.] L'anatoxine staphylococcique; son emploi dans un cas de staphylococcemie grave k foyers multiples termine par la guerison.^ Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1334- 41.—Luccioni, F., A Blanchard, J. Sur Taction de l'anatoxine anti-staphyloccique de Ramon dans un cas de staphylococcemie a forme grave. Marseille med., 1936, 73: pt 1, 734-6.— Merklen, P., Waitz, R., A Pernot, R. Staphylococcemie grave; injections d'anatoxine; transfusions. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 459-64.—Mirallie. Septico-pyohemie a staphylocoques; action heureuse de l'anatoxine antistaphyr lococcique. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 1004.— Pagniez, P., Plichet, A., A Rendu, C. Staphylococcemie grave, traitee et guerie par l'anatoxine. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 1318-21. Also J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 427.— Soupault A Bernardini. Un cas de septicemic k staphylocoques traitee et guerie par l'anatoxine staphylococcique. Mem. Acad. chir., Par., 1936, 62: 162-8. ---- Treatment: Bacteriophage. Artarit, G. *Traitement des septicemies staphylococciques par les injections intra-vei- neuses de bacteriophage de d'Herelle. 46p. 8? Par., 1935. Gross, A. *Des septicemies a staphylocoques (formes chirurgicales, osteomyeiites exceptees) et de leur traitement par le bacteriophage intra- veineux. 99p. 8? Par., 1937. Bacteriophage for staphylococcal septicaemia. Brit. M J 1940, 2: 676.—Bronfenbrenner, J., A Sulkin, S. E. Effect of bacteriophage in experimental staphylococcal septicemia in rabbits. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 61.—Davioud. Septico- pyohemie k staphylocoques traitee et guerie par un auto- bacteriophage intraveineux. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929 55: 1127-34.—Dutton, L. O. The therapeutic use of bac- teriophage, with special reference to staphylococcus septicemia. Southwest J. M. A S., 1933, 17: 374-9.—Flandrin, P., A Sobieski, E. Septicemie a staphylocoques chez un prostatique, guerie par Tinoculation intraveineuse de stock staphy-bac- tenophage. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 524-9.—Longacre, A. B., Zaytzeff-Jern, H., A Meleney, F. L. The treatment of Staphylococcus septicemia with bacteriophage. Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1940, 70: 1-11— MacNeal, W. J., A Frisbee, FC Bacteriophage as a therapeutic agent in staphylococcus bac- teremia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 1150. ------ Bacterio- phage service to patients with staphylococcus septicemia. Am. J"-*??\ScU }936' 191: 17-°~8: ------ °ne hundred patients with staphylococcus septicemia receiving bacteriophage service. Ibid., 179-95 —--- A Slavkin, A. E. Mechanism of bac- teriophage action in staphylococcus bacteremia. Proc. Soc Exp Biol., N. Y 1932, 30: 12.-Raiga, A. Septicemic a staphylocoque guerie par une inoculation intra-veineuse de bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1931, 23: 441-50. ______ Guerison, par une inoculation intra-veineuse de bacteriophage um? septicemie a staphylocoque compliqUee d'une osteo- myeiite vertebrate k deux foyers, corporeal et lamellaire; acte chirurgical reduit; resultat eioigne de deux ans. Ibid., 1933, 25: x5~68A_:ReuCamier' J- & s<»bieski. Un cas grave de septi- cemic^ staphylocoque gu6n par le bacteriophage intraveineux. Bull Soc nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 60.—Sauve. Un cas de staphylococcie de tres haute gravite traite et gueri par des injections intraveineuses de bacteriophage. Ibid., 1933, 59: MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 53 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 1382.—Sulkin, S. E., Douglass, D. D., A Bronfenbrenner, J. Bacteriophage therapy; effect of bacteriophage in experimental staphylococcal septicemia in rabbits. J. Infect. Dis., 1942, 70: 92-5.-—Ulrich, P. Septicemics k staphylocoques et phago- therapie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 586-8. ---- Treatment: Biological products. Bothel, W. Giinstiger Erfolg bei Staphylokokkensepsis durch kiinstlichen keimfreien Abscess, Olobintin-Klingmuller. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 273.—Combiesco, D., A Popesco, C. Donnees experimentales sur le traitement specifique des septicemics staphylococciques. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936, 1: 394-404.—Frassineti, C. Cura delle infezioni da sta- filococco con la piolisina. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1010-2.—Joyner, A. L., A Smith, D. T. Acute staphylococcus osteomyelitis; the use of staphylococcus antitoxin as aid to management of toxemia and staphylococcemia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 1-6.—Oules. Staphylococcemie penicillino- resistante; emploi de produits biologiques. Concours med., 1948, 70: 2488.—Parker, H. M. The treatment of staphy: lococcic septicemia; with a specific antitoxin. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1938, 35: 30-2.—Sager, W. W., Hunter, O. B., A Tolstoi, G. Staphylococcal septicemia treated with staphy- lococcal antitoxin; report of a case. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1940, 9: 306-8. ---- Treatment: Chemotherapy. Bantman, H. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des staphylococcemies par l'iodo- sulfamidotherapie. 84p. 24cm. Par., 1945. Lebow, E. E. *Staphylococcal septicemia; report of a case of recovery with therapy of sulfa- thiazole together with a review of the literature [U. S. Marine Hosp.] 8 1. 28cm. N. Or!., 1941. Applebaum, I. L. Complications of staphylococcus sepsis: treatment by intrapleural and intrapericardiac injections of sulfa compounds. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 424-9.—Arguello, R. A., A Otero, O. Sobre un caso de septicemia a estafilococos tratado con quimioterapia. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1942, 26: pt 2, 406 (Abstr.1—Arnaud, L. Traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical par les injections intra- arterielles et intracardiaques de mercurochrome. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 575-85.—Aversa, T. Sepsi stafilococcica (tromboflebite del seno cavernoso, meningite purulenta ed osteomielite) guarita con trattamento sulfamidico. Pediatria (Riv.) 1943, 51: 164-71.— Blumenthal, J. S. Sulfa- pyridine in the treatment of staphylococcus septicemia. Min- nesota M., 1940, 23: 122.-—Cardelle, G. Septicemia estafilo- c6ccica en un lactante de seis meses, curada con inyecciones de rivanol. Bol. Soc cubana pediat., 1938, 10: 395-101.— Carroll, G., Kappel, L. [et al.] Sulfamethylthiazol; a report of its clinical use in Staphylococcus septicemia with apparent success; report of animal experiments. South. M. J., 1940, 33: 83-7.—^Eberlin, E. Zur Chemotherapie der Staphylokok- kensepsis. Zbl. inn. Med., 1943, 64: 521-3.—Fenton, W. J., A Hodgkiss, F. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated by M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 667.—Flowers, W. S., Collins, D. H., A Hardy, K. H. Staphylococcal septicaemia; two cases treated with sulphathiazole. Ibid., 1942, 1: 470-3.—Glorig, A., A Englander, H. H. A case of staphylococcus septicemia treated with sulfamethylthiazol. Ohio M. J., 1941, 37: 962.— Goldberg, S. L., A Bloomenthal, E. D. Staphylococcic septi- cemia; treatment by chemotherapy and serotherapy. Surgery, 1941, 9: 508-23.—Hamburger, M., A Ruegsegger, J. M. Treatment of staphylococcal septicemia with sulfamethyl- thiazole and sulfathiazole; a report of 12 cases. Ann. Int. M., 1940—41, 14: 1137-54.—Heselson, J. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated with sulphathiazole. Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 311.—Huber, J., Florand A Duperrat. Septicemie a strepto- coques hemolytiques, traitee exclusivement par la para-amino- phenylsulfamide. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1937, 35: 582-93.— Jackman, W. A., A Martin, N. H. Staphylococcal septicaemia; recovery with sulphathiazole. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 135-7.— Jarrell, K. M. Blood stream infection due to a carbuncle; recovery following the use of mercurochrome 220. Internat. J. Surg., 1927, 40: 168.—Keliher, T. F., A Carlen, S. A. Treat- ment of staphylococcal septicemia with sulfamethylthiazol; report of a case with recovery. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1940, 9: 78-80.—Kenney, J. F. Report of a case of staphylo- coccus bacteremia treated with sulphadiazine and penicillin. Rhode Island M. J., 1944, 27: 663-5.—Maxwell, J. Staphy- lococcal septicaemia treated with M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1233.— Mondon, H., Pirot, R. [et al.] Septico-pyo- hemie a staphylocoques; guerison par Tiodo-sulfamidotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1942^3, 58: 445.—Norman, H. B. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated with sulphadiazine. Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 183.—O'Brien, E. J., A McCarthy, C. J. Sta- phylococcal septicaemia treated with M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1232.—Pinto, J. C, A Appollonio, H. C. Septi- copiohemia estafiloc6ccica tratada con sulfamerazina. Com- pend. med., Phila., 1945, No. 37, 1-3.—Pound, J. H. A case of staphylococcic septicemia treated with sulfamethylthiazole. J. Florida M. Ass., 1940-41, 27:451-3.—Spink, W. W.,Hansen, A. E., A Paine, J. R. Staphylococcic bacteremia; treatment with sulfapyridine and sulfathiazole. Arch. Int. M., 1941, 67: 25-35.—Sulfatiazol (El) en las septicemias estafiloc6ccicas. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 875.—Thornhill, W. A., jr, Swart, H. A., A Reel, C. Sulfanilamide in staphylococcic septicemia; two cases with recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1638.— Torrey, R. G., Julianelle, L. A., A McNamee, H. G. The sulfonamide therapy of staphylococcal septicemia. Ann. Int. M., 1941-12, 15: 431^5.—Wade, H. J. Staphylococcal septi- caemia treated with M. A B. 693; report of a case. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 756. ------ Staphylococcal meningitis and subacute bacterial endocarditis treated with M. A B. 693. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1940, 26: 379-85.—Weinstein, M., A Greenberg, I. Sulfapyridine in the treatment of staphylo- coccus septicemia; report of a successfully treated case. N. York State J. M., 1940, 40: 1799-802. ---- Treatment: Hemotherapy. Cadenat, Funck-Brentano A Falgairolle, P. Septicemie staphylococcique par abces du sein post-puerperal, guerie par la transfusion du sang normal. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1925-26, 7: 355-62.—Estiu, M., Pessacq, T. S., A Gayoso Rojas, B. Inmunotransfusi6n en una estafilococcemia. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 47: 2854-8.—Lereboullet, P., Joseph, R., A Brincourt, J. Un cas de septicemie k staphylo- coques chez un nourrisson traite avec succes par la perfusion veineuse continue. Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1937, 35:117-22.— Vanlande, M. Septicemics k staphylocoques et immuno- transfusion. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 572—4. ---- Treatment: Methods. Bonoli, U. Le vitamine B e C nella sepsi sperimentale da stafilococco. Clinica, Bologna, 1939, 5: 596-606.—Brown, A. K. Intensive therapy in staphylococcal septicaemia. Edin- burgh M. J., 1943, 50: 469-73.—Casella, G. Azione del glu- cosio nelle sepsi stafilococciche; variazioni del quadro emato- logico. Fol. med., Nap., 1937, 23: 247-54, ch.—Giangrasso, G. La vitamina C nelle stafilococcemie sperimentali; suq mec- canismo d'azione dimostrato dal comportamento del sistema reticolo-istiocitario. Fisiol. A med., Roma, 1947, n. ser., 1: 339-66.-—Miley, G. Efficacy of ultraviolet blood irradiation therapy in the control of staphylococcemias. Am. J. Surg., 1944, 64: 313-22.-—Ogilvie, J. M. A case of staphylococcic septicaemia treated with injections of boiled milk. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 40: 270.—Simici, Pavelescu, N., APopescu.M. [Case of staphylococcal septicemia (.treatment by fixation abscess with immunotransfusion by Wright's method)] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1933, 32: 75-9.—Villaret, M., Justin-Besan- ton, L., A Fauvert, R. Sur le mode de guerison d'une septi- cemie k staphylocoques (role de Tabces de fixation et effets secondaires sur Involution d'une tuberculose pulmonaire) Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 472r6. ---- Treatment: Penicillin. Anderson, J. D., A Hill, L. F. Penicillin in the treatment of severe staphylococcic bacteriemia with complications; report of a case. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 34: 191-8.—Bashinsky, L. Unusual fulminating generalized staphylococcus infections treated with penicillin. J. Pediat., 1945, 27: 448-52.—Boiler, R. J. Case of staphylococcic septicemia treated with peni- cillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 629-31.—Costantini, H. Septicemie k staphylocoques dedenchee par un traumatisme; guerison par penicillinotherapie. Afrique fr. chir., 1947, 193- 5.—Denning, B. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated with penicillin. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 2: 158.—Dow, J. A case of staphylococcal septicaemia treated with penicillin. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1945, 31: 58-60.—Gaquiere, A. Staphylo- coccemie; guerison par la penicilline et la sulfamidotherapie iodee. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 442-4.—Howells, L., Hughes, R. R., A Rankin, R. Staphylococcus pyogenes septicaemia treated with penicillin; report of two cases. Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 901-3.—Lombard, P. Septicemie staphylo- coccique suraigue; osteomyeiite du tibia; perfusion de peni- cilline; guerison. Afrique fr. chir., 1947, 195. ------ Septi- cemie a staphylocoques; perfusion a la penicilline; abces sous penostique; guerison. Ibid., 341.—Loon, J. A. van, A Kleyn, G. H. de. Penicillinetherapie van een staphylococcussepsis. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1946, 90: 59.-—Loygue. Septicemie a staphylocoques, sulfamidotherapie; guerison par la penicilline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 153.—MacNeal, W. J., Blevins, A., A McGrath, R. Septic staphylococcemia success- fully treated by penicillin and bacteriophage. Arch. Int. M., 1947, 79: 391-400.—Mugler, A., A Rouillard, J. M. Guerison d'une staphylococcemie aigue par des doses massives de peni- cilline. Strasbourg med., 1948, 108: 13.—Nicaud, P., Lafitte, A., A Dessertenne. Septicemie a staphylocoques guerie par la penicilline et compliquee d'hydro-pneumothorax. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1947, 63: 834-6.—Nichols, D. R., A Herrell, W. E. Penicillin in the treatment of staphylococcic sepsis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944, 28: 860-8.—Palacio, J., A Magalhaes, E. Septicemia estafiloc6ccica y penicilina. Relat. Congr. argent, med. int. (1944) 1945, 2. Congr., 393. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1945, 59:277.—Schlossberg,T. Staphy- lococcal septicaemia treated with penicillin. Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 326.—Swyer, G. I. M. Staphylococcus pyogenes septi- caemia treated with penicillin. Ibid., 1945, 2: 532.—Terrasse, J., Lere, J., A Boucharenc, G. Septicemie, osteomyeiite, pericardite suppuree a staphylocoques; guerison par la peni- cilline intra veineuse, intramusculaire, intrapericardique. Bull- Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 400-2.—Visani, A., A Gueli, U. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 54 MICROCOLORIMETER La penicillina nelle sepsi stafilococciche. Clin, nuova, Roma, 1948, 7: 395-^07.—Yazigi, R. Septicemia estafiloc6cica tratada con penicilina. Rev. med. Chile, 1944, 72: 902-5. ---- Treatment: Serum and vaccine. Antoni, V. de. Autovaccinotherapia endovenosa nella sepsi stafilococcica. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat., 763-77.— Caroli, J., A Bons, G. Septicemie staphylococcique guerie par le serum et l'anatoxine staphylococcique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1396-9.—Clinical (The) administration of specific antibacterial serum in staphylococcal septicemia. Bull. Lederle Lab., 1941, 9: 77-80.—Didier. Un cas de septi- cemic a staphylocoque traitee par la vaccinotherapie et suivie de guerison. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1937, 31: 597-600.— Fac6e- Schaeffer, N. J. M. Een voorbeeld van prompte werking van het serum antistrepto en antistaphylo-coccium van Spronck bij staphylococcaemie. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1911, 2: 436-9.—Julianelle, L. A. Observations on the specific treat- ment (type A antiserum) of staphylococcal septicemia. Ann. Int. M., 1939-40, 13: 308-16; 1942, 16: 303-26. -----r The treatment of staphylococcal septicemia with specific antiserum. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1940, 3: 66-8.—Roux, G., Chaptal, J. [et al.] Septico-pyohemie a staphylocoques a localisations osteoarticulaires multiples et avec souffle mitral d'apparence organique; guerison de la periode aigue et d'une rechute grave par les immuno-transfusions. Montpellier med., 1942, 21:-22: 26-8.—Wanchoo, S. P. Serum treatment in a case of acute staphylococcal septicaemia. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 592. ---- Urogenital apparatus. Chollet, C. *Les localisations prostato- vesicales au cours des septicemies staphylococ- ciques. 61p. 8? Par., 1919. Cilento, M. Le localizzazioni nei reni, funzionalmente affaticati, nel corso di setticemie stafilococciche sperimentali. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 530-12.—Fey, B., Quenu, J., A Bonnard. Abces multiples et dissemines du rein au cours d'une septicemic a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 66-72. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 27: 234-40— Flandin, C. Un cas de staphylococcie generalisee, avec abcSs perinephretique gueri par Tintervention chirurgicale, et localisation cardiaque guerie par la vaccinotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 1698-700.—Gruber, G. B. Pyamie nach akuter staphylomykotischer Spermatozystitis. Munch, med. Wschr., 1911, 58: 1014-7.—Legueu. Stafilococcia generalizzata di origine urinaria. Gazz. osp., 1913, 34: 1544-6.—Sarperi, A. Contributo alia conoscenza clinica delle setticemie da stafilo- cocco e delTascesso pararenale. Prat, pediat., Genova, 1929, 7: 219-22. ---- in animals. Foggie, A. The prevention of tick pyaemia in lambs with staphylococcus toxoid. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1943, 55: 317. ------ Studies on the source of the staphylococcal infection found in tick pyaemia of lambs. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1947, 57: 245-60.—McDiarmid, A. Studies on enzootic staphylo- coccal infection in lambs associated with tick-bite; patho- genicity of the causal organism in the guinea-pig. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1946, 58: 431. ------ Pathogenicity of the causal organism in the lamb. Ibid., 1948, 60: 1-3.—Zaki, O. A., A Saleb, G. A case of fatal staphylococcal pyaemia in a dog, with abscess formation at the site of penicillin injection. Ibid., 109. ---- in children. Aguiar, A. de, A Moreira Lopes, W. Sobre um caso de septicemia estafilococica em crianca. Fol. med., Rio, 1944, 25: 145-8.—Bahl, E. Spontan geheilte Staphylokokkensepsis eines acht Wochenalten Sauglings. Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47:166.— Fornara, P. Considerazioni sulle setticemie stafilococciche nell'infanzia e sulla loro cura. Atti Accad. med. lombarda, 1941, 30:437-56.—Marino, E. Le stafilococcemienell'infanzia. Med. ital., 1927, 8: 658-68.—Salvioli, G., A Mazzetti, G. Contributo alio studio della sepsi stafilococcica nella puerizia. Riv. chn. pediat., 1936, 34: 961-71.—Simonini, A. Considera- zioni terapeutiche su di un caso de sepsi de stafilococco in un neonate di giorni 15. Lattante, 1947, 18: 98-102.—Wu, J. P. Staphylococcus bacteremia in children: a clinical study of forty-three cases. Chin. M. J., 1937, 52: 807-16. MICROCOLORIMETER. See also Colorimetry, Methods; also under names of substances examined. Baudoin, A., A Bernard, H. Un nouvel instrument (micro- colorimetre et nepheiemetre) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 602.— Dumazert, C, A Poggi, R. Sur le microdosage colorimetrique de Targinine et de divers derives guanidiques monosubstitues; application aux hydrolysats proteiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1939, 21: 1381-8.—Evelyn, K. A., A Gibson, J. G., II. A new type of absorption cell for the photoelectric microcolori- meter. J. Biol. Chem., 1937-38, 122: 391-4.—Horvath, S. M., A Knehr, C. A. Adaptation of the Folin-Malmros micro blood sugar method to the photoelectric colorimeter. Ibid., 1941, 140: 869-77.—Sols. A. Utilizaci6n microcolorimetrica sencilla de la colorimetria de dos standards. Laboratorio, Granada, 1946, 1: 121-3. Microcosm (The) a monthly journal of sub- stantialism and collateral discussions; the organ of the substantial philosophy, v.6, extra No. 16, p. 27 cm. N. Y., 1889. MICROCOSM. See also Cosmos; Ideology, philosophical; Renaissance, Medical history. Mikrokosmus; aus dem Hortus Deliciarum [Illust.] In: Eingeweide (Bargheer, E.) Berl., 1931, opp. p. 16.—Plarr, V. G. The poetry of the microcosm. Brit. M. J., 19JU, 2: ggg —strebel, J. Quid est Archeus? Archeus als individuelles und kollektives Seelenprinzip des Mikro- und Makrokosmos. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1130-3.—Strunz, F. Mensch und Natur in der Weltanschauung des Paracelsus. Acta para- cels., Munch., 1930-31, 108-120.—Titley, A.F. The macro- cosm and the microcosm in mediaeval alchemy. Ambix, Lond., 1937-38, 1: 67-9, ilTust. MICROCOSMUS (gen.) See also Ascidiacea. Karrer, P., Manunta, C, A Schwyzer, R. Ueber em Vor- kommen von Purinen und eines Pterins in einer Ascidienart (Microcosmus polymorphus) Helvet. chim. acta, 1948, 31: 1214-8. MICROCOTYLE. See also Monogenea; Trematoda. Fujii, H. Three monogenetic trematodes from marine fishes. J. Parasit., Lane, 1944, 30: 153-8.—MacCallum, G. A. Fertilization and egg-laying in Microcotyle stenotomi. Science, n. ser., 1913, 37: 340.—Remley, L. W. Morphology and life- history studies of Microcotyle spinicirrus; a monogenetic tre- matode from the gills of Aplidonotus grunniens. Univ. Iowa Doct. Diss., 1941, 2: 291 (Abstr.) ------ Morphology and life history studies of Microcotyle spinicirrus MacCallum 1918, a monogenetic trematode parasitic on the gills of Aplodinotus grunniens. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1942, 61: 141-55. MICROCRYSTAL. See also Crystal; Microchemistry, Methods; also under specific names of microcrystalline substances as Sulfonamide, etc.; also Blood-stain, Identification. Bacharach, A. L. The separation of crystals and gums on the micro or semimicro scale. Analyst, Lond., 1947, 72: 244.— Grimes, M. D., Bond, J. M., A Shead, A. C. Angular con- stants of microcrystalline profiles and silhouettes in conclusive identification of substances; metallic helianthinates, 00 tropae- olinates, and miscellaneous compounds. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sc, 1940, 20: 111-6.— Keenan, G. L., A Eisenberg, W. V. Tables for the microscopic identification of N. F. VII crystal- line substances. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1946, 35: f 4-6.—Perez, L., A Villamil, J. Las cristalizaciones argenticas en microqui- mia. Arch. med. leg., Lisb., 1933, 6: 358-65.—Sandoval S., L. La microcristalografia en policia cientifica. Criminalia, Mex., 1943-44,10: 81-4, pi.—Saredo, J. F. Reacciones micro- cristalinas con germenes. An. As. quim. farm. Uruguay, 1947, 49: 3-38.—Schindel, L. Micro-crystals, a new drug principle. Acta med. orient., Jerusalem, 1947, 6:_ 170-5.—Sergent, E. Observation, au microscope, de la formation et de la croissance de cristallites dans des milieux organiques. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1945, 23: 1-20.—Weimarn, P. P. t. [Ultramicroscopy of crystallization phenomena] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1915, 47: 2140-63, 5 pi. MICROCTONUS. See also Tobacco, Parasites. Wene, G., A Dominlck, C. B. The abundance of Microc- tonus epitricis (Vier.) in Virginia. J. Econom. Entom., 1943, 36: 114. MICROCULTURE. See also Bacteria, Cultivation: Culture media; Fungi, Cultivation; Micromanipulation; Micros- copy, Technic; Mycosis, Diagnosis. Aleksieeva. K tekhnikle prigotovlenia visjachel kapli. Kharkov. M. J., 1913, 16: 55-7. Brown, J. H. A fungus culture slide. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1942, 70: 460-2.----— A micro-culture slide for fungi. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 16.—Greene, R. A. A vaseline dispenser for hanging drop preparations. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 978—Hogue, M. J. A method for preventing moisture condensation during photography of tissue cul- tures in hanging drops. Science, 1949, 110: 198.—Johnson, MICROCULTURE 55 MICROFILARIA E. A. An improved slide culture technique for the study and identification of pathogenic fungi. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 689-94. ------ The use of an improved slide culture tech- nique for identification of pathogenic fungi. Proc. Am. Fed. Clin. Res., 1947, 3: 30.—Method for slide culture of fungi. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 78, 18.—Popov, 1. S., A Kirillova, N. I. [Methods of cultivation of microcultures of fungi] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, 154.— Willard, D. G. A convenient method of preparing a vaseline ring for hanging drop preparations. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1921, 15: 92.—Wil- son, J. W. An improved method for preparing permanent slides of fungus cultures. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1945, 52: 267.—Zimerinov, A. A., A Rafalovich, S. M. An attempt to investigate fungus cultures in the hanging drop; preliminary report. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1948, 60: 238-43, 3 pi. MICROCYCLUS. 0rskov, J. Beschreibung eines neuen Mikroben, Microcy- clus aquaticus, mit eigentumlicher Morphologie. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928. 107: 180-4. MICROCYSTIS. See also Plankton; Schizophyceae. Ashworth, C. T., A Mason, M. F. Pathological changes produced by a toxic component in Microcystis aeruginosa. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1945, 4: 81. MICROCYTOSIS. See Erythrocyte, Size: Variation: Anisocytosis. MICRODERMA. See also Trematoda. Mehra, H. R. On a new trematode Microderma elinguis n. g, n. s. Parasitology, Lond., 1931, 23: 191-5. MICRODIPODOPS. See also Rodent. Hall, E. R. Revision of the rodent genus Microdipodops. In: Papers Mammal. (Chicago Field Mus.) Chic, 1941. MICRODIFFUSION. See also Diffusion; Microchemistry, Methods. Brady, T. G. Microdiffusion analysis. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1948-19, 34: 120.—Conway, E. J., A O'Malley, E. Microdif- fusion methods; ammonia and urea using buffered absorbents, revised methods for ranges greater than 10 /ig. N. Biochem. J., Lond., 1942, 36: 655-61. MICRODISSECTION. See Micrurgy. MICRODON. See also Syrphidae. Andries, M. Zur Systematik, Biologie und Entwicklung von Microdon Meigen. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1912, 103: 300-61, 3 pi.—Carrera, M., Souza Lopes, H. de, A Lane, J. Um novo genero e auas especies de Microdontinae; Diptera-Syrphidae. Brasil med., 1947, 61: 245.—Hecht, E. Notes biologiques et histologiques sur la larve d'un diptere (Microdon mutabilis L.) Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1899, 3. ser., 7: 363-82, pi. MICROELECTROANALYSIS. See also Electrocataphoresis; Electrochemistry; Electrolysis; Microchemistry, Methods. Hallett, L. T. Microelectroanalysis. In: Standard Meth. Chem. Analysis (Scott, W. W.) 5. ed., N. Y 1939, 2510-21.- Laitinen, H. A., A KolthofT, I. M. A study of diffusion pro- cesses by electrolysis with microelectrodes. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3344-9.—Lindsey, A. J. A review of electrolytic methods of microchemical analysis. Analyst, Lond., 1948, 73: 67-74.—Zworykin, V. K. Using electrons ^or microanalysis. Science, 1944, 99: 334. Microentomology. Stanford Univ., v.l, 1936- MICROFAUNA. See also Microorganism, Ecology; Soil, Micro- biology. TT Fahrion, H. *Die Mikrofauna des Unteren Doggers in Schwaben. 37p. 8? Tub., 1935. Koffman, M. Die Mikrofauna des Bodens; lhr Verhaltnis zu anderen Mikroorganismen und ihre Rolle bei den mikrobio- logischen Vorgiingen im Boden. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1934, 5:246-302. MICROFILARIA [and microfilariasis] See also Filariasis; Filariinae; Filaroidea; also under names of filarial genera as Acanthochei- lonema; Dirofilaria; Loa; Onchocerca; Wuche- reria, etc. Bergman, R. A. M. Mikrofilarien und Blutleukozyten in Kulturen in vitro. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1932, 13: 491-509.— Foshay, L. The cuticular morphology of some common micro- filariae. Am. J. Trop. M., 1947, 27: 233^3, inch 2 pi.— Gonnert, R. Zur Lebensdauer menschlicher Mikrofilarien. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1942-43, 149: 75-81. Also Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 41: 172. Also Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 160-2 (Abstr.)—Joyeux, C, A Sautet, J. Contribu- tion a l'etude de la culture des microfilaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 361.— Laas, E. Blutzellen und Mikrofilarien bei Auspflanzung. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 16: 270-4.— Sautet, J., A Palais, M. Recherches experimentales sur Taction de quelques produits sur les microfilaires en culture. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1937, 29: 241-5. ---- M. actoni. Rao, S. S. A new species of human microfilaria (Microfi- laria actoni sp.nov.) from eastern India allied to microfilaria of Acanthocheilonema perstans. Ind. J. M. Res., 1930-31, 18: 979-81, pi. ---- M. bancrofti. See under Wuchereria, bancrofti. ---- Detection. Brady, F. J., A Lawton, A. H. New method for quantitative estimation of microfilariae in blood samples. J. Parasit., Lane, 1944, 30: 34.—Demonstration of microfilaria. Am. J. Ophth. 1942, 25: 215.—Franks, M. B., A Stoll, N. R. The isolation of microfilariae from blood for use as antigen. J. Parasit., Lane, 1945, 31: 158-62.—Galliard, H., A Ngu, D. V. Recherches sur la filariose; choix d'une technique de numeration des micro- filaires du sang. Ann. parasit., Par., 1947, 22: 158-63.—Har- ris, J. S., A Summers, W. A. A concentration method for demonstrating microfilariae in blood. Am. J. Trop. M., 1945, 25: 497.—Khali), M. B. Microfilariae disappear into the lym- phatics when absent in the peripheral blood. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1938, 21: 595.—Knott, J. A method for making micro- filarial surveys on day blood. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 32: 191-6.—Semadeni, B. Erster Nachweis in der Schweiz am Spaltlampenmikroskop von zahlreichen Mi- krofilarien der beiden Augen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 275. ---- diurnal. See Loa loa. ---- M. immitis. See under Dirofilaria. ---- Infestation. See also Filariasis; also under generic names of filarial worms. Augustine, D. L. Observations on living sheathed micro- filariae in the capillary circulation. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 55-60—Biglieri A Araoz, J. L. Estudios sobre microfilarias (16 casos argentinos) Prensa med. argent., 1914-15, 1: 234-6.—Brochard, V. Recherches sur une microfilaire humaine des lies Wallis. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, 3: 138-42.—Fiilleborn, F. Ueber Mikrofilarien des Menschen im deutschen Sudsee-Gebiet und deren ''Turnus", nebst Bemerkungen iiber die klinischen Manifestationen der dortigen Filariasis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1912, 16: 533- 47.—Harant, H., A Bres, A. A propos de deux cas de para- sitisme par filaires immatures. Bull. Soc path, exot.. Par., 1946, 39: 286.—Hartz, P. H., A Stadt, F. R. van de. Micro- filarial granulomas, elephantiasis and adenosis of the breast. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1947, 17: 823-6.—Heijde, C. G. van der. [Investigation on microfilaria carriers among the Chinese workers in the tin industry in Banka] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 1288-97.—Lane.C. The mechanism of microfilaria! periodi- city. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 1100.—Okada, K. Ketunyu- binyo-syo no 1 rei; microfilaria yusyutu-ho ni tuite. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1942, 39: 375-7.—Ovalle Quintero, F. Un por- tador de microfilarias. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1940-41, 9: 377-9.—Rodenwaldt, E. Die Verteilung der MikrCfilarien im Korper und die Ursachen des Turnus bei Mikrofilaria nocturna und diuturna; Studien zur Morphologie der Mikrofilarien, Arch. Schiffs. Tropenhyg., 1908, 12: Beih. 10, 1-30, 4 pi.— Semodeni, B. Histologischer Befund bei einem Fall von zahl- reichen Mikrofilarien beider Augen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1943, 109: 35-41.—Suarez Morales, O. Microfilariosis en Montea- gudo, Chuquisaca, Bolivia. Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 2, 1838-41.—Van der Sar, A., A Hartz, H. The syndrome, tropical eosinophilia and microfilaria. Am. J. Trop. M., 1945, 25: 83-96. MICROFILARIA 56 MICROFILARIA ---- Infestation—in animals. See also Dirofilaria; Heart worm; Litomosoides. Floch, H., & Lajudie, P. de. Sur vingt-huit microfilaires animales en Guyane frangaise. 30p. 22Hcm. Cayenne, 1942. Aldice, E. Microfilariose du cheval en Afrique Occidental Francaise. Rec med. vet., 1920, 96: 46-54.—Archetti, I. Descrizione di alcune nuove microfilarie di vertebrati africani Rendic 1st. san. pubb., Roma, 1947, 10: 643-63.—Bacigalupo, J. La evoluci6n en el Taeniorhynchus titillans. Walker, de la microfilaria de nuestros perros. Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: 718-23.—Battelli, C. Segnalazione di una microfilaria sanguicola del Corvus frugilegus. Boll. Soc. ital. med. igiene trop. (Sez. Eritrea) 1942. 1: No. 2, 49-52, pi. —----_ Se- gnalazione di una microfilaria sanguicola del cane in Eritrea. Ibid., 1943, 2: No. 3, 51-4.—Beltran, E. Hallazgo de microfi- larias en aves mexicanas. Rev. Soc. mex. hist, natur., 1942, 3: 85.—Berke. Mikrofilarien von einen Haushuhn. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1911, 58: Orig., 326-30, pi.—Boughton, D. C, Byrd, E. E., A Lund, H. O. Microfilarial periodicity in the crow. J. Parasit., Lane, 1938, 24: 161-5.—Carballo Pou, M., Viera, O. [et al.] Primera conprobaci6n de microfilarias del perro en el Uruguay. An. Fac. vet., Montev., 1938, No. 4, 355-8.—Car- rodetti, A. Una nuova microfilaria rinvenuta nel dig-dig, specie di antilope della Dancalia Meridionale. Riv. parassit., 1939, 3: 335-8.—Cassamagnaghi, A. hijo. Nueva especie de micro- filaria localizada en nodulos de la pleura, en Callus gallus domee- ticus. An. Fac. vet., Montev., 1944, 4: 439-41. ------ Mi- crofilarias en los pajaros del Uruguay. Ibid., 1945-46, 4: 505- 14.—Christensen, N. O. Filariasis and microfilariasis in the horse. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 804.—Curasson, G. Essai de traitement de la microfilariose du charognard. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1920, 13: 654.— Dacorso Filho, P. Notas anatomopatologicas; encefalite por microfilaria em c5o. Bol. Soc. brasil. med. vet., 1944, 13: 211-7, 2 pt.—Datta, S. Microfilarial pityriasis in equines (lichen tropicus) Vet. J., Lond., 1939, 95: 213-22, 2 pi.—Dios. R. L., A Zuccarini, J. A. Microfilaire du sang des chevaux. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 827.—Faure. Microfilariose equine en Tunisie. Rec med. vet. exot., 1928, 1: 84.—Foley, H., A Catanei, A. Microfilaire sanguicole de la caille. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1941, 19: 342-5.—Jakimov, W. L., A Shokhor, N. I. Les microfilaires des animaux domestiques au Turkestan. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1914, 7: 188. ------[et al.] Microfilaires des animaux au Turkestan russe: chiens, bovides, grenouilles. Ibid.. 1917, 10: 102-5.—Jakimov, W. L., A Strischewsky, N. W. La microfilariosi dei cavalli in Transcaucasia. Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1932, 13: 531-7.—Leger, M. Microfilaire et filaire du cra- paud, Bufo marinus L. Ibid., 1918, 11: 182-7—Mazza, S. Espiroquetas y microfilarias en comadrejas (D. paraguayensis) de la zona biol6gica chaquena. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region (1935) 1939, 9. meet., 3: 1941-5.------ A Franke, I. Micro- filarias de ranas (Leptodactylus occelatus L.) del norte argen- tino. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 383-5, pi. ------A Alvarado, S. Algunas nuevas microfilarias de aves del norte. Ibid., 1928,4:625-7.—Mazzotti.L., A Osorio, M.T. Presencia de microfilarias sanguineas en perros de la ciudad de Mexico. Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1941, 2: 363.—Peel, E., A Chardome, M. Sur des filarides de chimpanzes Pan panicus et Pan satyrus au Congo beige. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1946, 26: 117-56, 23 pi.—Rao, K. S. P. Cutaneous microfilaria. Ind. Vet. J., 1941-42, 18: 170.—Ray, H., A Gupta, M. D. Mi- crofilaria columbae n. sp. du sang d'un pigeon indien: Columba intermedia. Ann. parasit., Par., 1936, 14: 256-60, 2 pi.— Romanovitch. Microfilaire hemorragique du cheval. C. rend. Soc biol., 1916, 79: 744.—Schnelle, G. B., A Young, R. M. Clinical studies on microfilarial periodicity in war dogs. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 80, 52-9.—Sergent, E. Modi- fication experimentale de la periodicite d'une microfilaire aviaire. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1941, 19: 346-52, 2 pi.—Tisseuil, J. Processus de destruction des microfilaires vivantes par Tepiploon chez la Sarigue philander. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 735-7. ----— De la longevite des microfilaires de la Sarigue philander dans la circulation generale. Ibid., 1935, 28: 193. ---- M. malayi. See under Wuchereria, malayi. ---- M. medinensis. See Dracunculosis. ---- nocturnal. See ur\der Wuchereria. ---- M. ozzardi [Mansonella ozzardi] Brevi, H. Mansonella ozzardi (Microfilaria demarquayi or Microfilaria tucumana) in one hundred consecutive admissions to Central Camp Hospital, Argentina. Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) NY., 1941-43, 5: 372.—McCoy, O. R. The occur- rence of Microfilaria ozzardi in Panama. Am. J. Trop. M., 1933, 13: 297-306, 4 pi.—Mazzotti, L. Comprobaci6n de la existeneia de Microfilaria ozzardi en Mexico. Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1942, 3: 223-8, pi.—Vogel, H. Ueber Mikrofilaria demarquayi und die Mikrofilaria aus Tucuman in Argentinien. Arb. Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927. 573-84. — M. perstans. See under Acanthocheilonema, perstans. — M. sanguinis. See under Wuchereria. — M. streptocerca. See under Wuchereria, bancrofti. — Vector. Toumanoff, C. A propos de la degenerescence brune des microfilaires chez les moustiques, sa nature; analogie avec les black spores de Ross. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1940, 33: 372-7.—Transmission (The) of a microfilaria of monkeys. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1941, 44: Suppl., 40. ---- M. volvulus. See under Onchocerca. MICROFILM. See also Documentation; Motion picture; Photoduplication; Science, Information service; also Photograph; Radiograph. Seidell, A. Filmstats, a new means for the advancement of science. p.415-8. 28}^cm. [n. p.] 1935. Repr. from J. Chem. Educ, 1935, 12: No. 9. Carter, R. W. Metal film for permanent records. J- Docum. Reprod., 1938, 1: 354-61.—Michel, K. Der plastische Mikrofilm. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 240-9.—Normalisa- tion des films parlants de 16 mm.; rapport ... de TAmerican Standards Association. P. verb. Congr. internat. photogr. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 655-66 [Discussion] 837.—Proposed American standard practice for microfilms, Z38.7.8. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1944, 34: 243.—Zisman, S. B. Photorecord microfilm. In: Graphic Graflex Photog. (Morgan, W. D., A Lester, H. M.) N. Y., 1943, 127. ---- Acquisition and preservation. See also Library, Acquisition. Documentary reproduction. Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 103.— Lilliput library. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 21.—Metcalf, K. D. Implications of microfilm and microprint for libraries. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 718-23.—Pratt, V. E. The micro-copy film situation; a discussion of films for library use. Ibid., 1936, 61: 260-3.—Walter, M. E. Practical points on microfilms. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30: 80-4.—Wilson, W. J. Manu- scripts in microfilm; problems of librarian and custodian. Libr. Q., 1943, 13: 212-26. ------ Manuscripts in microfilm; problems of cataloger and bibliographer. Ibid., 293-309. ---- Photography. See also Microphotography 1. De Sola, R. Microfilming. 258p. 16cm. N. Y., 1944. Greenwood, H. W. Document photography. 2. ed. 163p. 19cm. Lond., 1943. Raney, M. L. Microphotography for li- braries. 138p. 22cm. Chic, 1936. Bennett, M. A., A Litchfield, D. H. Problems of micro- photography. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1939-40, 28: 105-9.— Danton, J. P. Microphotography in a University Library. J. Docum. Reprod., 1938, 1: 297-315.—Fletcher, H. F. Textual microphotography for the individual scholar. Ibid., 316-29.— Johnson, A. Some early experiences in microphotography. Ibid., 9-19.—Litchfield, D. H., A Bennett, M. A. Teaching microphotography to librarians. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 734-7.—Microfilm photography. Science, 1942, 96: 266.— Microfilming, a new servant of science. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 12-5.—Peters, M. L. Cleveland calls micropho- tography an essential library service. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 726-30.-—Robertson, B. Microphotography in Australia. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 30-6.—Rush, N. O. Micropho- tography in the curriculum of the liberal arts college. Ibid., 89-92. ---- Photography: Equipment. Bendikson, L. The miniature camera in library work. Army M. Bull., 1938, 45: 37-40.—Bobb, F. W. Microfilm camera adapted for reproducing photographs. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 219-21.— Brennan, J. P. Microfilming, machine tool of management. Ibid., 81-8.—Caggiano. D. An improved book holder. Ibid., 216-8.—Microfilm (The) MICROFILM 5 i MICROFILM equipment. Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1937) 1938, 100-6.— Moen, A. J. Adapter for processing 70-mm. roll film in open tanks. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1947, 62: 512, pi.—Robins, A. B. An improved filing cabinet for 35-mm. film. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 42: 708-11.—Useful (A) microfilming accessory. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 66. ---- Projects. Cibella, R. C. Directory of microfilm sources, including photostat service. 56p. 25 ^cm. N. Y., 1941. Committee on Scientific Aids to Learning. Microphotography for scholarly purposes; report of an inquiry. 40 numb. 1. 27J4cm. N. Y., 1940. Microfilm abstracts. Ann Arb., v.2, 1940- Dahl, F., A Knutsson, K. Om mikrofotografering av tid- ningar; tva foredrag hallna vid svenska bibliotekariesamfundets mote i Upsala den 6 juni 1948. Biblioteksbladet, 1948, 33: 148-57.—Erickson, E. L. A program for microcopying his- torical materials. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 3-29.------ Microphotography at the American Historical Association. Ibid., 49-52.—Jenkins, W. S. Peregrinations of an itinerant microphotographer; microfilming the journals of state legis- latures. Ibid., 177-97.—Jolley, L. The use of microfilm for completing sets. J. Docum., Lond., 1948-49, 4: 41—4.— Libri sintetici. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 128.— Lodge, C. Acquisition of microfilms; commercial and institu- tional sources. Coll. A Res. Libr., Chic, 1946, 7: 226-30.— Micro-books to be mass produced. Connecticut M. J., 1943, 7:719.—Shaw, R. R. Continuous fotoprinting at the U. S. D. A. Library. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 738-41.—Tate, V. D. File microcopy projects; the National Archives. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 227-35.—Worth, J. T. Microfilming in Kentucky. Ibid.. 93-7. ---- Reading machine. Draeger, R. H. Microfilm reading machine. 13p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. l.Res. ProjectX-l71,U.S. Nav. M.Res.Inst. Litchfield, D. EL, & Bennett, M. A. Micro- film reading machines; reprints, v. p. 25cm. Morningside Heights, 1943. Ciechanow, S. A. Film viewer. U. S. Patent Off., 1939, No. 2,182,514.—Litchfield, D. H., A Bennett, M. A. Microfilm reading machines. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1943, 34: 15; passim.— Microfilm projector for Army hospitals. Bull. IT. S. Army M. Dep., 1945, No. 88, 62.—Microfilm projectors. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 1: 382.—Microfilm reader. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1942, 13: 271.—Microfilm and slide hand viewer. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1261.—Naramore, W. W. Viewer for transparencies. U. S. Patent Off., 1944, No. 2,345,416.—O'Gorman, W. F. Microfilm reader. Ibid., 1946, No. 2,403,747.—Proposed American standard specifications for microfilm readers, Z38.7.9. J. Optic Soc. America, 1944, 34: 244.—Raney, M. L. Reading miniature photo-copy. Libr. J., N. Y., 1936, 61: 136-8.—■ Rush, N. O. Notes on building a reading machine. J. Docum Reprod., 1943, 5: 146-9.—Schuster, E. H. J. A new form o microfilm reader. Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 155-7.—Stahl K. M. Viewing device. U. S. Patent Off., 1912, No. 1,019,853 ---- Use. See also Record, medical. Beeny, L. E. Don't be afraid to microfilm. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Librarians, 1948, 19: 31.—Bobb, F. W. Applying micro- film in a war agency. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1948, 39: 50-2.— Davis, W. Microfilm in research. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 727-9.—File it on microfilm. Sc. Illust., N. Y., 1948, 3: No. 2, 96.—Glanzer, P. They file on film. Brit, Chem. Digest, 1946^7, 1: 338.—Green, P. D. Microfilm magic. Sc. American, 1947, 177: 60-3.—Hallock, M. Micro- filming, why we decided against it. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Librarians, 1948, 19: 35.—Hayt, E. The legal future of micro- filmed records. Mod. Hosp., 1944, 62: 61.—Jortberg, C. A., jr. Perpetuation of essential records by microfilming. Water Works A Sewer., 1943, 90: 439-42.—Kogel, G. Das Kleinstbild. Arch. Krim., 1926, 79: 167.—Larsen, A. O. The pros and cons of microfilming. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec Librarians, 1948, 19: 33.—McMahon, L. N. Little pictures; big savings; microfilm has joined the war effort, lending its advantages to civilian and military uses alike. Sc. American, 1942, 167: 121^4.— Microfilm; for tomorrow's vital information. Am. Opt. Vision, 1942 26: 14.—Moholy, L. Documentary reproduction. Nature, Lond., 1946, 157: 29; 38.—Ogilvie, D. W. Micro- filming in the hospital. Canad. Hosp., 1944, 21: No. 11, 34. ------Microfilming in Canadian hospitals. Ibid., 1947, 24: NTo. 3, 48.—Sister Virgine. How micro-filming has solved our problem. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Librarians, 1947, 18: 37.— Tate, V. D. Microphotography in wartime. J. Docum. Reprod. 1942, 5: 129-38. ---- Use, documentary and scientific. See also Research, Methods. Special Libraries Association. Directory of microfilm services in the United States and Canada. 30p. 23cm. N. Y., 1946. Washington, D. C. American Documenta- tion Institute. Bibliofilm service. 6p. 21^cm. Wash., 1938. Washington, D. C. Army Medical Library. Medicofilm service. Medicofilm service of the Army Medical Library. 26p. 21%cm. Wash., 1940. Adams, K. A microfilm service in Washington, D. C. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 103-7.—Brown, F. M. The use of slidefilms in libraries. Spec Libr., Newark, 1942, 33: 363.— Bultingaire, L. L'extension de la documentation scientifique par une utilisation plus rationelle des periodiques. Rev. sc, Par., 1938, 76: 447-53.—Burrow, K. W., A Mellor, D. P. Microfilm for the scientist and scholar. Austral. J. Sc, 1945, 8: 4-6.—Busson, F. Le microfilm. Med. trop., Marseille, 1948, 8: 492-4.—Chilton, L. V. Microfilm and other means of documentary reproduction. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 24-6.— Comparative cost estimated in microfilm service and book lending. J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 2265.—Dally, P. Micro- films. Presse med., 1937, 45: 1879-81— Hahn, A. A propos d'un nouveau systeme mondial de bibliographic medicale. Sem. hop. Paris, 1946, 22: Suppl., 19.—Hsiao, T. Y. Micro- film and the reconstruction of China. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 222-6.—Jones, H. W. Medical research and the microfilm. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 172-6.—Kappes, M. Microfilm in the Joseph Brennemann Library. Case Rep. Child. Hosp., Chic, 1943, 2: No. 9, 18.—Library facilities. Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: 2.—Litchfield, D. H. Station WIP broadcast on microfilm. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1942, 33: 364-7.—Mayer, C. F. Bibliofilm service. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1937, 26: 153.—Metcalf, K. D. Usos del microfilm y de la microfotografia en las bibliotecas. Fenix, Lima, 1945, 395-407.—Microfilm and medical literature. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 2: 856.—Policard, A. Renseignements sur Temploi des microfilms dans la documentation scientifique d'aujourd'hui. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1946, 23: 14-6.— Raney, M. L. Microphotography in the service of science. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1936, 25: 81-8.—Redepenning, W. Ueber Probleme der Lesefilm-Technik. Zbl. Biblioth., 1948, 61: 121-8.—Seidell, A. Microfilm copies of scientific literature. Health Off., Wash., 1936-37, 1: 388. ------ Utilization of microfilms in scientific research. Science, 1939, 89: 32-4. ------ Microfilm copying as an extension of library service. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1944, 35: 417-9.—Servicio de biblio- pelicula de la Biblioteca medica de la Escuela de medicina tropical. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1946, 38: 182.—Shaw, R. R. Bibliofilm service of the U. S. Department of Agriculture Library. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 198-208.—Storing (The) of data on microfilm. Brit. Chem. Digest, 1947-18, 2: 135.—Transfer of ASLIB Microfilm Service. Brit. M. J., 1946, 1: 173. MICROFILM abstracts; a collection of ab- stracts of doctoral dissertations which are avail- able in complete form on microfilm. Ann Arb., v.2, 1940- MICROFILM letter; Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. No. 3. 6p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Mimeographed. MICROFLORA. See also Soil, Microbiology. Bogopolsky, M. D. [Biological activity of the soil microflora of the Stakhanov fields (Ukraine)] J. mikrob., Kiev, 1940, 7: No. 4, 79-95, pi.—Gibson, T. The urea-decomposing micro- flora ofsoils. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1935, 92:364;414.—Kholodny. N. G. A soil chamber as a method for the microscopic study of the soil microflora. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1934, 5: 148-56. ----— [Investigation of soil microflora by means of germina- tion of soil dust] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1936, 5: 159-66, 2 pi. Also Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1936, 7: 286-96.—Krasilnikov, N. [Microflora of soils as influenced by plants] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1944, 13: 187-98.------Kriss, A. E., A Litvinov, M. A. [Effect of the root-system on the soil microflora] Ibid., 1936, 5: 270-86.—Kubiena, W., A Renn, C. E. Micropedo- logical studies of the influence of different organic compounds upon the microflora of the soil. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1934-35, 91: 267-92, 3 pi.—Newman, A. S., A Norman, A. G. The evaluation of the microflora of soil at various depths. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 144. MICROFORM (1945) See Cornea, Erosion, in 5. ser. MICROGAMETE. See Gamete; Gametocyte; Protozoa. MICROGASTERINAE 58 MICROGLIA MICROGASTERINAE. See also Hymenoptera. Kutfn, A. Die gelbbeinige Schlupfwespe (Microgaster glomeratus L.) der Verderber der Kohlraupe, als indirekter Schadling des Weizens. Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1916, 26: 452-4.— Reum, W. Zur Biologie der Gattung Microgaster Latr. unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Entwickelung aus der Puppe von Tieris brassicae L. Biol. Zbl., 1912, 32: 722. MICROGENESIS. See Abnormities; Dwarfism; Growth, abnormal and retarded. MICROGENIA. See Chin, Diseases; Jaw, Macro- and micro- gnathism. MICROGEOMETRY. See also Micrometry; Microscopy, Methods. Okajima, K. Mikrogeometrische Messung. p.2021-41. 8°. Berl., 1932. In: Handb. bioi. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Abt. 5, Teil 2, pt. 2. MICROGLIA. See also Brain, Histology; Cerebellum, Histol- ogy; Glioma, Astrocytoma; Nervous system, Histology; Neuroglia; Spinal cord, Histology. Bairati, A. Studi sulla nevroglia; struttura degli astrociti. Monit. zool. ital., 1947, 56: Suppl., 188-91.—Bourgeois, P. La nevroglie et la microglie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1930, 7: 853-62.—Cherniakhovsky, A. G. [Effect of cytotoxic anti- reticular serum on microglia] J. med., Kiev, 1939-40,9: 1201- 9,7 pi.—Del Rio Hortega, P. Concepts histogenique, morpholo- gique, physiologique et physio-pathologique de la microglie. Rev.neur.,Par.,1930,37: ptl, 956-86. Also Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1930, 88: pt 2, 347-9. ------ The microglia. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1023-6.—Dewulf, A. La microglie normale chez le singe (Macacus rhesus) J. beige neur. psychiat., 1937, 37: 341-65, 12 pi.—Gans, A. [Del Rio-Hortega's third element in the central nervous system] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 2, 1024-7.—Gozzana, M. Osservazioni sulla microglia in alcune specie di vertebrati. Riv. neur., Nap., 1929, 2: 322-7.— Mlyagawa, R. Untersuchung tiber Hortegaschen Zellen. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1933,23:915-20.—Nlculescu I. T. [Neuroglio- microglialsystem] Rev. ?t. med., Bucur., 1931,20:1336-47.— Schaffer, K. Ueber die Hortegasche Mikroglia. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 81: 715-9. ---- Diseases. Bolsi, D. Le trasformazioni patologiche della microglia stu- diate con un nuovo metodo d'impregnazione all'argento ridotto (cellule a bastoncello e corpi granulo-adiposi) Riv. pat. nerv., 1927, 32: 907-47. ------ Ricerche sulla microglia ed oligo- dendroglia; corpo granulo-adiposi. Ibid., 1930, 36: 74-104. ------ Richerche sulla microglia e la oligodendroglia; altera- zioni degenerative. Ibid., 1931, 37: 1—13.—Bratiano, S., A Llombart, A. La mesoglie (microglie) dans la maladie de Borna. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 792-4.—Cardenas Pupo, M. D. Intervenci6n de la microglia en la meningoencefalitis por Salmonella. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1938, 4: 55-7, 5 pi.—Cardona, F. Sui quadri istopatologici della micro- glia cerebrale umana. Riv. pat. nerv., 1937, 50: 141-7.— Creutzfeldt, H. G., A Metz, A. Ueber Gestalt und Tatigkeit der Hortegazellen bei pathologischen Vorgangen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 106: 18-53.—Frigerio, A. Reazioni mi- crogliali a cause tossinfettive. Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 35: 256.—Garofeanu, M., A Ornstein, I. Reaction de la micro- glie dans Tinanition. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1179.— Gozzano, M. La microglia e la nevroglia nelle lesioni speri- mentali iente del cervello; compressioni cerebrali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 242-5.—Kallo, A., A Dubrauszky, V. Sulle alterazioni postmortali della microglia. Riv. neur., Nap., 1931, 4: 84-9.—Lorente, A. La microglie dans les ectodermoses neurotropes. Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1027.—Marco- vitz, E., A Alpers, B. J. Swelling of the microglia; reaction to intoxication. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31: 1045- 54.—Marinesco. G. Recherches sur la structure normale et pathologique de la microglie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1930, 7: 153-99.—Meduna, L. Beitrage zur Histopathologie der Mikro- glia. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 82: 123-93.—Mogilnitzky, Marcuse, K., A Shdanov, I. Die Ein wirkung der Sensibilisie- rung auf die Mesoglia und das retikuloendotheliale System. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 46: 210-7.—Penfield, W. Micro- glia and the process of phagocytosis in gliomas. Am. J. Path., 1925, 1: 77-89, 8 pi.—Scholz, W. Einiges fiber progressive und regressive Metamorphosen der astrocytaren Glia. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 147: 489-504.—Seifried, O. Die Horte- gaschen Zellen im entziindlichen Reaktionskomplex der Borna- schen Krankheit Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931, 63: 294- 306.—Shakhnovich, R. A. [Microglia (mesoglia) reaction in infections of the central nervous syst em] J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1931, 24: 68-72.—Testa, M. Le cellu e di yluBe' ie cellule a bastoncello di Nissl e la mesoglia. Fol med., f^P-- 14: 725-34.—Ugurgieri, C. La microglia e 1 oligodendroglia nelle intossicazioni da istammina, guanidina, acido "^"^"cOj tallio e piombo. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1930, 19: Jbl /». tlrechia, C. I., A Mihalescu. Recherches experimentales sur la microglie. Arch. gen. neur., Nap., 1930, 11: 95-101, 4 pl.- Vizioli, F. Alterazioni tossiche e post-mortah della> microglia e delToligodendroglia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 1031- 6 ------ La microglia e Toligodendrogha nelle intossica- zioni sperimentali e nelle alterazioni post-mortali. Riv. neur., Nap., 1929, 2: 365-86, pi. ---- Function. Bazgan, J., A Enachescu, D. Recherches experimentales sur la microglie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1929, 6: 44-56 — Belezky, V. K., A Garkavi, N. L. [Protective role of the mesoglia cells and hemato-encephalic barrier] J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1930, 23: 33-41—Bratianu, S., A Guerriero, C. Nouvelles recherches experimentales sur les cellules & tonc- tion colloidopexique de Tencephale et sur la^ microglie de Del Rio Hortega. Arch. anat. micr.. Par., 1930, 26: 335-7A 7 pi — Bufio, W. Sobre las relaciones entre la microglia y el sistema reticulo-endotelial. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1933, 18: 732-47, 3 pi.—Campanini, A. La funzione ed il significato della micro- glia alia luce delle moderne vedute. Gior. batt. immun., 193b, 16- 619-39 —Daddi, G. Studi sulla microglia; dimostrazione di una probabile propriety lipopessica delle cellule microghali. Sperimentale, 1931. 85: 5-24, pi.—Dunning, H. S., A Furth, J. Studies on the relation between microglia, histiocytes and mono- cytes. Am. J. Path., 1935, 11: 895-913, 3 pi.—Urechia, C. I., A Elekes, N. Contribution a l'etude de la microglie. Arch. internat. neur., Par., 1926, 19. ser., 2: 81-96, 5 pi. ---- Histology and staining. Belezky, V. K. Die Pyridinsodamethode zur Impregnation der Mesoglia (Hortegazellen, Oligodendroglia, Drenagezellen) und Reticuloendothelzellen (fur Gelatin und Celloidinsclinitte) Virchows Arch., 1931, 282: 214-24.—Bertolucci, I. Un nuovo metodo per la microglia (metodo Bianchi) Rass. stud, psichiat., 1935, 24: 659-72.—Bolsi, D. Nuovi metodi per Timpregnazione della microglia. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1927, 4. ser., 33: 262-6. ------ Un nuovo metodo d'impregnazione della micro- glia. Riv. pat. nerv., 1927, 32:898-907. ------ Ricerche sulla microglia ed oligodendroglia; metodi d'impregnazione. Ibid., 1930, 36: 60-73.—Bozzolo, E. Estudios acerca de la microglia v de su tecnica histol6gica. An. Fac med., Montev., 1931, 16: 735-48. Also Arch. Soc. biol. Montevideo, 1931, 3: 151-61.— Buno, W. Colorisation vitale de la microglie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 783.—Cardona, F. Osservazioni sui metodo ad impregnazione della microglia; un nuovo metodo per la dimostrazione della microglia su materiale umano fissato in for- malina. Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 36: 603-10.—Carrillo, R. As- pectos morfologicos de la astroglia microglia con el metodo cromoargentico de Hortega, derivado de Golgi. Arch, argent, neur., 1938, 19: 99-114.—Dubrauszky, V. [New method for impregnation of the microglia] Magy. orv. arch., 1931, 32: 159-63.—Giuntoli, L. II nuovo metodo Bolsi per la microglia. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1927, 16: 537-47.—Hornet, T., A Pfleger, R. Sur une metode d'impregnation de la microglie par le sul- fate d'argent, C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 277-9.— Kanzler, R. Eine Modifikation der Darstellung der Hortegaschen Glia- zellen fiir Formalinmaterial. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 122: 416-9.—King, L. S. Vital staining of microglia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 656-72.—Kufs, H. Bemerkungen zur Kanzlerschen Modifikation der Darstellung der Hortega-Zellen fiir Formalinmaterial. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 122: 420-2.—Lippi Francesconi, G. Comparazione di alcuni metodi d'impregnazione argentica della microglia su materiale fissato in formolo. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1931, 20: 543-54.—Mir, L. Methode nouvelle pour la coloration de la microglie dans les pieces anciennement formoiees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 657. Also Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1930, 56: 1.—Miyagawa, R. Studien fiber die Hortegaschen Zellen; Studien fiber die Farbungsmethoden zur Darstellung der Hortegaschen Zellen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1933, 9: 476. ----— Histologische Studien iiber die normale Form der Hortegaschen Zellen. Ibid., 749.—Negrin, J., jr. A method for staining microglia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 30: 768-71.—Pacifico, A. Possibility d'im- pregnazione della microglia su fette in paraffina. Riv. neur., Nap., 1936, 9: 298-303.— Pancanti, G. I metodi Belloni e Bianchi per la microglia. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1937, 26: 781-9. ------ II metodo del Dubrauszky per la microglia ottenuto partendo dal formolo. Ibid., 1939, 28: 52-8.— Piolti, M. Ten- tatives de coloration vitale de la microglie. Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1004-11.—Russell, D. S. Intravital staining of microglia with trypan blue. Am. J. Path., 1929, 5: 451-7, 2 pi.—Stern, J. B. Neue Silberimpragnationsversuche zur Dar- stellung der Mikro- und Oligodendroglia (an Celloidinserien- schnitten anwendbare Methode) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psvchiat., 1932, 138: 769-74.—Wells, A. Q., A Carmichael, E. A. "Micro- glia; an experimental study by means of tissue culture and vital staining. Brain, Lond., 1930, 53: 1-10, 3 pi. ---- Morphogenesis. Bolsi, D. II problema della origine della microglia. Riv. pat. nerv., 1936, 48: 1-128.—Dougherty, T. F. The origin and MICROGLIA 59 MICROGRAPHY structure of the microglia cells. Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 407 (Abstr.)—Ferrer, D., A Salvans, I. Acerca del origen de la microglia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 143-59.—Gozzano, M. Ricerche sull'istogenesi della microglia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 1028-31. ------ Quelques observations sur Torigine de la microglie. Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1024-7.------L'istogenesi della microglia. Riv. neur Nap., 1931, 4: 225; 374. ------ Sulla istogenesi della micro- glia. Monit. zool. ital., 1932, 42: suppl., 141-4.—Ionesco- Mihaesti, C, A Tupa, A. A propos de Torigine mesodermique de la microglie et de son role physiologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1084.—Juba, A. Untersuchungen uber die Entwicklung der Hortegaschen Mikroglia des Menschen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1933, 101: 577-92. ------ Das erste Erscheinen und die Urformen der Hortegaschen Mikroglia im Zentralnervensystem. Ibid., 1934, 102: 225-32.—Stern, I. B. [Histo-cyto-morphogenesis of neurology in man; criticism of conceptions on the mesenchymal origin of microglia] Tr. Inst. Gannushkina, Moskva, 1940, 5: 670-98, 6 pi.—Testa, M. Sulla genesi della microglia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 761, pi. ---- Topography. Blanchini, F. Microglia e reticolo diffuso-pericellulare. Riv. neur., Nap., 1935, 8: 40-4.—Civalleri, A. Microglia e sistema reticolo-endoteiiale. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 12-37.—Tolone, S. Sulle terminazioni parenchimali dell'astro- glia. Acta neur., Nap., 1948, 3: 335-44, 4 pi.—Vazquez-Lopez, E. Ueber die Beziehungen der Mikroglia zu den Gefassen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1935-36, 104: 652-62.— Visintini, F. Sulla presenza di cellule ramificate simili alia microglia, nel cuore, nei muscoli volontari e nella vescica urinaria. Riv. pat. nerv., 1931, 37: 36-47.—Winkler, E., jr. [The significance of Rio del Hortega's study of the neuroglia in the histopathology of the central nervous system] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1926, 30: 91-101, 4 pi. ------ [Importance of microglia in the formation of senile plaques] Ibid., 1933, 37: 15-25, 22 pi. MICROGNATHY. See Jaw, Macro- and micrognathism; Mandi- bula, Micrognathy and hyperplasia; Maxilla, Abnormity. MICROGRAPH ,. See also Diagnosis, Instruments; Kinetography. Austin, J. H., A Piersol, G. M. The use of the Crehore micrograph in clinical and experimental studies of cardio- vascular conditions (Abstr.) Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1913, 15: 32.—Crehore, A. C, A Meara, F. S. The micrograph: an instrument which records the microscopic movements of a diaphragm by means of light interference, and some records of physiological events showing the registration of sound waves including the human voice. J. Exp. M., 1911, 8: 616-25, 9 pi. MICROGRAPH 2. See also Microgeometry; Micrography, Pho- tomicrography; Microscopy, Methods; Motion picture. Baecker, R. Einfache Bestimmung der Vergrosserung von Mikrophotographien. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 101.— Bryson, V. Curvature of field in photomicrographs. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 181-3.—Heard, O. O. Direct photomicrographic half-tone negatives for color reproductions. Ibid., 1936-37, 5: 57-63, pi.—Hellmer, A. M. Recording magnification in photomicrographs. Ibid., 1944-45, 13: 41.— Kieffer, J. Print criticism; photomicrography of leucocytes. Ibid., 1936-37, 5: 194.—Ledden Hulsebosch, C. J. van. Haarscherpe fotografieen. Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1928, 65: 493-5.—Lunkevich, M. V. K demonstracii cvletnikh mikro- fotogramm. Tr. Imp. Kavkazsk. med. obshch., 1907-08, 44: 311-8.—McComb, S. J. Duplicating color slides. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1940-11, 9: 210-3.—Mandle, R. J. Artifacts in gold shadowed electron micrographs due to electrons of high intensity. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 64: 362-6.— Medina, F. Expresi6n grafica del aumento en las microfoto- grafias. Rev. mex. biol., 1929, 9: 90-1— Rosch, S. Kenn- zeichnung des Vergrosserungsgrades bei Mikrophotogrammen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1933-34, 50: 273-84.—Schmidt, L. The preparation of photomicrographs and the effective grouping of prints in pages. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935, 3: 123-9.— Smith, H. A. A technique for making photomicrographic prints in color. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1939,19:45-51, pi.— Tomlinson, W. J. Clinical laboratory photography with a new method of preparing photomicrographs. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1064-71.—Villasefior, C. Estampas histol6gicas. Rev. cirug. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1937, 8: 19.—Weber, J. Unusual photomicrographic studies of normal and pathologic tissues. Merck Rep., 1944, 53: 16; passim.—Williams, R. C, A Wyckoff, R. W. G. Shadowed electron micrographs of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 59: 265-70—Wyckoff, R. W. G. Electron micrographs from concentrated solutions of the tobacco mosaic virus protein. Biochim. biophys. acta, Amst., 1947, 1: 143-6, 4 pi. MICROGRAPHY,. See also Microgeometry; Micrograph 2; Micro- projection; Microscopy; Motion picture. Baker, H. The microscope made easy; or, I. The nature, uses, and magnifying powers of the best kinds of microscopes described, calcu- lated, and explained ... II. An account of what surprizing discoveries have been already made. 4. ed. 3Jlp. 21cm. Lond., 1754. Gonzalez Alvarez, R. Manual de tecnica micrografica. 3. ed. 208p. 21%cm. Madr., 1944. Soueges, R. Analyse micrographique; tech- niques, interpretations. 2. ed. 240p. 8? Par., 1932. Hittmair, A. Das Photographieren und Zeichnen mikro- skopischer Praparate. In: Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1933, 2: 1. Halfte, 229-38.—Kimpflin, G. L'enseigne- ment de la micrographie et son utilite. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1912) 1913, 41: 1027-33.—Salazar, A. L. Procede rapide de dessin microscopique. Fol. anat. Univ. conimbr., 1932, 7: No. 12, 1-9, 4 pi.—Shennan, T. A simple method of preparing accurate pen-and-ink drawings of specimens. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1929, 32: 164, pi.—Walsem, G. C. van. Weiss auf Schwarz bei der Ausfiihrung mikroskopischer Zeichnungen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1915-17, 33: 345-8. ------ Bemerkungen zur Technik des mikroskopischen Zeichnens. Ibid., 1928, 45: 59. ---- Apparatus. See also Microprojection; Microscope. Allen, W. F. An inexpensive microscopic projection and drawing apparatus. Anat. Rec, 1918, 15: 53-5.—Begg, A. S. A simple form of drawing apparatus. Ibid., 1915, 9: 715-7.— Edinger, L. Zwei neue Apparate zum Zeichnen mikroskopischer Praparate. Munch, med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 2322. —— Ein neuer Apparat zum Zeichnen und Projizieren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 26-34.—Gage, S. H. Recent developments in drawing by the aid of projecting apparatus used on house lighting system. Tr. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1912, 31: 177-97, 7 pi.—Gunther, H. Edingers Zeichenspiegel. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1914—15, 8: 154-6.—Isaacs, R. A mechanical device to simplify drawing with the microscope. Anat. Rec, 1915, 9: 711-3.—Kasper, A. Der Abbesche Zeichenapparat, ein Uni- versalzeichenapparat. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 176-89.— Kurati, M. Ueber den einfachen Zeichenapparat von Kurati. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 2796.—Metz, C. Zeichen- apparat zum Zeichnen in nattirlicher Grosse oder bei schwacher Vergrosserung oder Verkleinerung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912, 29: 79-81. ------ Der makroskopische Zeichenapparat. Ibid., 1920, 37: 55-8.—Pohlman, A. G. Ein neues Projektions- zeichenbrett. Ibid., 1906, 23: 41-4.—Rowntree, C. W. A simple apparatus for drawing from the microscope. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1908, 13: 206-8— Studnicka, F. K. Ueber die Verwendung des Abbeschen Zeichenapparates in Verbindung mit dem Mikroskope zum Zeichnen makroskopi- scher Gegenstande. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1925, 42: 324-8.— Tafner, H. Das Zeichnen auf einer durchsichtigen Zeichen- flache. Ibid., 1909, 26: 384-7.—Weill, P. Ein einfacher Zeichenapparat fiir mikroskopische Zwecke. Munch, med. Wschr., 1918, 65: 879. ---- Chronophotography. Chevroton, L. Dispositif pour les instantanes et la chrono- photographie microscopiques; technique des prises de vues. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 340-2.— Storch, O. Ueber eine Einrichtung fiir mikroskopische Zeitdehneraufnahmen und fiber die wissenschaftliche Auswertung von Filmaufnahmen Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1929, 46: 21-44. ---- Kinemicrography. See also under Motion picture. Carlile, J. A. Photomicrography of moving objects using SM photoflash lamp. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 187-90.—Franke, K. Die Technik photographischer Auf- nahmen bei mikroskopischen und fluoreszenz-mikroskopischen Lebendbeobachtungen. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abder- halden, E.) Berl., 1938, Abt. 5., T. 10, Bd 4, 973-86.—Hughes, A. F. W. Cine-photo-micrography using the phase contrast method. Europ. Sc Notes, 1949, 3: 55-7. ------ The technique of cine-photomicrography of living cells. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 69: 53-64, 2 pi.— Kazeeff, W. N. Moving photomicrography. Annual Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst., 1937, 323-38, 12 pi.— Kingery, H. M. Inexpensive motion photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 2: 130-40.— Schulz, U. K. T. Das Mysterium des Lebens vor der Mikro- Kamera. Biologe, Munch., 1939, 8: 131-6.—Webster, S. H., Liljegren, E. J., A Zimmer, D. J. Photomicrography of moving objects by electronic photoflash technique. Brit. Chem. Digest, 1947-48, 2: 394-6. MICROGRAPHY 60 MICROGRAPHY ---- Photomicrography. For photographic diminution of macroscopic objects see Microfilm; Microphotography2; Mo- tion picture; Photography. Allen, R. M. Photomicrography. 2. print. 365p. 23#cm. N. Y., 1943. Dalimier, H. Notes pratiques de photo- micrographie. 34p. 12? Par., 1909. Eastman Kodak Company. Photomicrogra- phy; an introduction to photomicrography with the microscope. 14. ed. 174p. 22>^cm. Roches- ter, 1944. Laubenheimer, K. Lehrbuch der Mikro- photographie und Mikroprojektion. 2. Aufl. 272p. 8? Berl., 1931. London, Engl. Photomicrographic So- ciety. Journal. Lond., v.4, 1915- Shillaber, C. P. Photomicrography in theory and practice. 773p. 22cm. N. Y., 1944. Stade, G., & Statjde, H. Mikrophotographie. 202p. 24cm. Lpz., 1939. Barnard, J. E. Photomicrography. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1146-9, pi.—Benedek, T. Use of photomicrography in my- cological research. Chron. bot., Leiden, 1940-41, 6: 201.— Berg. Ueber Mikrophotographie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1910, 36: 2202.—Boltjes, T. Y. K. Some remarks on microphotog- raphy. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 12: 232- 42.—Butterfield, J. V. Faults in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-^2, 10: 175^83.—Cheavin, W. H. S. Mi- crography records in medical science; the value of low power photomicrography. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1935, No. 220, 55-63.—Ciaiola, L. F. Practical photomicrograph v. Science Stud., S. Bonavent., 1939-40, 8: No. 3, 9-11.—Foster, L. V. Photomicrography. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 1008-13.—Hanna, G. D. The photography of small ob- jects. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1927, 46: 15-25.—Hardy, A. C. Depth of field in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 119-23.—Harrison, V. G. W. Aspects of photo- micrography. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 367-9.—Hutchinson, C. M. Photography from the microscope. Ind. J. M. Res., 1925-26, 13: 449-66, 5 pi.—Jasienski, S. Micro-Wle et t£l<5- photomicrographie. P. verb. Congr. internat. photogr. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 756-61.—Knaysi, G. A photomicrographic Btudy of the rate of growth of some yeasts and bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 40: 247-53.—Kroning, F. Aus der Praxis der Mikroskopie und Mikrophotographie. Zeiss Nachr., 1939- 40, 3. Folge, 34-9.—Liesegang, R. E. Prinzip des minimalen Vorsprunges. Zbl. Physiol., Wien, 1910, 24: 514.—McComb, S. J. Some experience with microphotography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 115-20.—Michel, K. Die Klein- bildphotographie in der Mikroskopie. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 121-9.—Moore, R. A. Recent advances in photomi- crography. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1939, 19: 20-6.— Neu- bauer, H. Die Mikrophotographie, ein Hilfsmittel bei der mi- kroskopischen Untersuchung von Futter- und Nahrungsmitteln. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1904) 1905, 2. Teil, 170.—Peter- sen, H. Mikrophotographie als graphisches Problem. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n. F., 52: 45-55.—Reukauf, E. Mit Mikroskop und Kamera; ein Wort zur Einfuhrung. Mi- krokosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 55-64.—Richards, O. W. Photomicrographic notes. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 109-12.—Schloemann, E., A Trabert, E. Die Mikrophoto- graphie als Hilfsmittel bei der Untersuchung von Photopa- pieren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 145-58.—Seron, S. M. Photomicrography. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 556.— Stevens, R. B., A Taylor, J. H. Photomicrography at your convenience. Science, 1948, 108: 420.—Trivelli, A. P. H. Photomicrographic investigations on the resolving power of microscope objectives with the violet mercury monochromat (Wratten filter No. 50) Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1930, 49:258-63.— Vries, W. M. de. Mikrophotographieen in kleuren. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1908, 2. R., 44: 1. Afd., 153-9.—Williams, R. C, A Wyckoff, R. W. G. Electron shadow-micrographs of haemocyanin molecules. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 68-70. ------ Electron shadow micrography of the tobacco mosaic virus protein. Science, 1945, 101: 594-6. ---- Photomicrography: Color and illumination. Binkin, J. *Mikro-Photographie mit infra- roten Strahlen [Basel] 10 p. 8? Bialystok, 1933. Knofel, W. * Wissenschaftliche Mikrophoto- graphie im durchfallenden Licht mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Phototechnik [Leipzig] 31 p. 8? Glauchau, 1932. Auer, A. Die Verwendung des Rollfilms und die Messung der Belichtungszeit in der Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 259-64.—Bacteria sit for color portraits in new microscopic technique. Sc. Illust., N. Y., 1946, 1: 72-5.— Baird, T. T. Polarized light in photomicrography; its principles and applications. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 4d-»<. Balado, M., A Franke. E. Procedimiento rapido para la obten- ci6n de microfotograflas en colores. Arch, argent, neur., 19^8, 2: No. 2, pi.—Berkhofer, W. R. Photomicrographic exposure. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 131-5—Berthelsen, H. Eine objektive Methode zur Bestimmung der genauen Exposi- tionszeit bei der Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934- 35, 51: 383-7.—Bodecker, C. F. Microphotography in natural colors. Dent. Rev., Chic, 1910, 24: 1203-7—Boisseau, J. Technique de la microphotographie en couleurs. Tribune med., Par., 1910, n. ser., 43: 325.—Buchthal, F., A Knappeis, C. G. Eine Blitzlichtlampe zur Herstellung von Momentaufnahmen in der Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935, 52: 37-44, 3 pi.—Butterfield, J. V. An illuminating system for large trans- parent sections in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1937-38,6:155-71. ------ Color photomicrography. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1946, 17: No. 2, 11-8. Also Sc. Month., 1946, 63: 30-6, pi.—Cole, W. V. The demonstration of cellular e'ements by the use of niters in photomicroscopy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1948-49, 17: 115-20.—Collin, R. Double colo- ration des microphotogrammes par Temploi des chromogenes. Bibliog. anat., Par., 1909-10, 19: 25.—Connolly, V. J. Calcu- lating exposure in photomicrography. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1947, 27: 205-8.— Ehrlich, J. C. Photomicro- graphy with 35 mm. kodachrome. Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 33: 263-6—Ernest, H. C, A Wolbach, S. B. Ultra-violet photomicrography (a preliminary communication) J. Med. Res., 1906, n. ser., 9: 463-9.—Faure, G. La luce monocro- matica in fotomicrografia. Arch. farm, sper., 1913, 2: 218-23, 3 pi.—Foster, C. S. A laboratory setup for photomacrography of stained slides. Med. Radiogr., Rochester, 1949, 25: 19-21.— Foster, L. V. Photomicrography in the ultra violet. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935, 4: 14-23.—Frantzell, A. Mikrophoto- graphischer Vergleich zwischen silberimpragnierten histolo- gischen Schnitten, photographiert auf orthochromatischen und fiir Ultrarot sensibilisierten Platten. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1943-44, 49: 237-44, 3 pi.—Grabner, K. E. Graphische Dar- stellung der Filterfunktionen; ein Hilfsmittel fiir die Mikro- fotografie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1943, 59: 12-21—Gravelle, P. O. Surface illumination in low and medium power photo- micrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1938-39, 7: 27-32, 3 pi.—Grim, K. B. Kodachrome photomicrography. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 146.—Hansen, F. C. C. Einige Farbfilter, sowie einige histologische Farbungen fiir mikrophotograohi- sche Aufnahmen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 410-4.—Hef- ley, H. M., A Smith, A. I. A method for determining exposures for photomicrographs. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 165-71.—Hyndman, O. R., A Putnam, T. A method of three- color photography, adapted to photomicrography, lantern slides, and paper prints. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 850-60.—Jones, W. R. Lantern slides of photomicrographs in color; a simplified method. Ibid., 1937-38, 23: 1297.—KiefTer, J. Improved illuminating system for photomicrography with immersion lenses. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 103-13.— Koch, W. Increasing the depth of focus in photomicrography by incident light. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1941, 61: 86, pi.— Kodachrome photomicrography by transmitted light. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr., 1942, 18: 12-9.—Kohler, A. Einige Neuerun- gen auf dem Gebiet der Mikrophotographie mit ultraviolettem Licht. Naturwissenschaften, 1933, 21: 165-73.—Kornhauser, S. I. Experience in kodachrome photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 47-53.—Laven, L. Lichtfilter fur mikrophotographische Zwecke und ihre Herstellung. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 121-5.-—Letherby, A. Systematic exposure with transmitted light in photomicrography. J. R. Mici. Soc, Lond., 1907, 651-5.—Lowenstein.E. Versuche fiber Dreifarben-Mikrophotographie. Zschr. Tuberk., 1906-07, 10: 34.------Fluorescence photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 121-9.—Loveland, R. P. Kodachrome pho- tomicrography of stained slides. Ibid., 143-57. —---De- termination of exposure in kodachrome photomicrography. Ibid., 1944-45, 13: 79-97.—Maas, H. Erfahrungen mit dem Leitzschen Monochromator. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938-39, 55: 41-3, 2 pi.—McComb, S. J. Three-color transparencies; a method of reproducing microscopic stained sections of tissue. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 31-4.—McWhorter, F. P. Application of fine grain processing and condenser illumination enlarging to photomicrography. Stain Techn., 1939, 14: 87- 96.—Maurer, J. A. Exposure control in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 173-85.—Metzner, P. Einfache Einrichtungen zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie und Fluo- reszenzmikrophotographie. Biol, gen., Wien, 1930, 6: 415-32, 3 pi.—Mueller, W. The colour plate in photomicrography. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1935, 14: 54-9.— Munhoz Braga. A diferenca de tonalidade em microfotografia com o emprfigo de filtros corados. Arq. pat., 1938, 10: 285-93.— Noda, S. Sigai-sen kenbikyo-syasin ni tuite [. . . with UV rays] Zikken igaku zassi, 1937, 21: 385.—Reinert, G. G. Die Verwendung von Farbfiltern in der Mikrophotographie und ein neuer prak- tischer Filterhalter. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934, 51: 253-7.— Richards, O. W. Color and illumination in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1940-11, 9: 77-86.— Royer, G. L., Maresh, C, A Harding, A. M. Optical staining. Ibid., 1944- 45, 13: 123-30, pi.— Scheffer, W. Bemerkungen zur Beleuch- tung mikroskopischer Gbjekte mit auffallendem Licht fiir die Mikrophotographie mit kurzbrennweitigen photographischfB Objektiven. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 373-9.—Schrotter, H. von. Beitrag zur Mikrophotographie mit ultraviolettem Lichte nach Kohler. Virchows Arch., 1906, 183: 343-76. 3 MICROGRAPHY 61 MICROGRAPHY pi.—Shropshire, R. F. Oblique photomicrographic illuminator Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1947, 66: 269-71.—Sikl, H. Vereinfachte Berechnung der Belichtungszeit fiir die Mikrophotographie im durchfallenden Lichte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr.,1936,53: 295-302.— So 6s, A. Eine Herstellung farbiger Mikrophotogramme. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1920, 57: 66.—Stahli, F. Die Mikrophotographie mit ultravioletten Strahlen. Apothekerzeitung, 1905,20: 267; 289.—Stempell, W. Ueber feinste organische Strukturen und ihre Auflosung durch Mikrophotographie mit ultraviolettem Licht. Sitzsber. Naturhist. Verein. preuss. Rheinlande (1909,1 1910,TeilC,21.—Stttber, C. FarbigeMikrophotographieimpo- larisierten Licht unter Verwendung der Kleinbildkamera. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-10, 3. Folge, 326-31.—Sweet, A. P. S., & Brown- ell, C. G. Photomicrography in full color. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30: 545-52.—Tanchester, D. Photomicrography in color. Mod. Hosp., 1943, 61: 114-6.—Teitelbaum, H. A., A Plagge, J. C. A simple method for determination of exposure time in photomicrography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 846-50.—Waller, R. K., A Breedis, C. Photomicrography in colors. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 71-7, pi.—Weiss, R. M., A Noback, C. R. Determination of exposure time in color photomicrography. Science, 1948, 108: 362.—Wieland, M. Ein Messverfahren zur Bestimmung der Belichtungszeit fur die mikrophotographische Aufnahme. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 183-92.— Wolff, M. Eine selbstregulierende 2-Amp.- Fixpunkt-Bogenlampe als Miniaturscheinwerfer fiir subjektive Beobachtung und Mikrophotographie. Anat. Anz., 1912, 42: 346-50.—Wycherley, S. R. Photomicrography and record photography with Dufaycolor. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1938, 58: 244-9.—Zieler, W. Illumination systems for photomicro- graphy by transmitted fight. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1933, 2: 16-22. ---- Photomicrography: History. Belin, M. B. M. L'evolution de la technique photomicrographique. 85p. 25J^cm. Par., 1938. Harvey, E. B. Earlv biological photomicrographs. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 177-80.— Lawson, H. B. Early photomicrography. Ibid., 1945-46, 14: 91-4.—Lombardo, C. Di due mende della lettera di Giovan Cosimo Bonomo al Redi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 337.—Schlumberger, H. G. J. J. Woodward and photomicrography during the Civil War. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1945. 25: 81-6. ---- Photomicrography: Instruments. See also Microprojection; Microscope. Celloidine; directions for making collodion with same, for photographic and microphoto- graphic purposes. 2 1. 8? Bait., ca 1907. Aosima, S. Hutu no camera wo motiite okonau kan-i kenbikyo syasin satuei-ho ni tuite. Igaku A seibutugaku, 1942, 1: 202.—Ardaseer, G. Photo-micrography without a micro- scope; simple apparatus for low power magnification. Sc. Am. Month., 1920, 1: 229.—Baecker, R. Zur Mikrophotogra- phie mit dem photographischen Okular Phoku (Zeiss) Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1929, 46: 257.—Boutry, G. A., A Billard. P. L. Un nouveau type d'objectif pour le microscope photographique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 1496-8.— Bowen, J. P. Micro- photography with professional view camera. J. Nat. M. Ass., 1939, 31: 246.-—Colombo, L. Banco ottico per microfoto- grafia, fotografia di soggetti, riproduzioni, ingrandimenti, osservazione e fotografia del fondo oculare. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1919, 3. ser., 7: 199-202.—Dammrich, R. Einige Versuche fiber die Brauchbarkeit der Lifa-Lichtfilter fiir mikrophotographische Zwecke. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1926- 27, 20: 45-8.—Delattre, G. Sur une chambre noire pour ph'otograpbie microscopique. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1913, 7. ser., 8: 118-20.—Durante, G. Un appareil simple pour la micro-photographie. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 145-50.— Earle, W. R. A simple photoelectric exposure meter for use in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1938-39, 7: 54-8. ------ Production of malignancy in vitro; photo- micrographic equipment. J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 1943-44, 4: 135-45.—Feldman, W. H. A simple inexpensive photomicro- graphic apparatus. Arch. Path., Chic, 1929, 8: 78-80.— Freund, H. Panphot, ein neues mikroskopisch-mikrophoto- graphisches Gerat. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 50-6.— Gaudet, A., A Delattre. C. Sur une nouvelle chambre micro- photographique. C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm. (1910) 1911, 117-9.-—Gimesi, N. Das Mikrophotographieren mit Klein- kameras. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1933-34, 50: 419-27.—Gopsill, W. L. Construction of a micro-camera, also utilizable for telephotography, at a maximum cost of £2. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 248-50.—Gross, L., A Johnson, C. A. A photoelectric exposure meter for photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1933, 1: 172-99.—Guth, G. Mikrophotographie mit Flachkameras. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg.. 1913-14, 7: 273.— Hallett, G. E. M. Photomicrography for the amateur, a simple home-made apparatus. Brit. Dent. J., 1942, 73: 29-33.— Introducing the microdak; equipment for photomicrography with ordinary microscopes. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr., 1935, 11: No 4 13.—Jorg, M. E. Mikrophotographisches Arbeiten mit der Contax. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 332-41.—Jones, F. T. Shutter shadow in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1946-47, 15: 193.—Koch, W. Eine einfache Vorrichtung zur Mikrophotographie und zur Photographie kleiner lebender Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 37-42.—Kufferath, A. Ueber apparative Neuerungen auf dem Gebiete der Mikro- fotografie. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 87: 579.—Leak. W. N. Photomicrography with ordinary cameras; a simple technique. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 787.—Lendrum, A. C. A new aid for photomicrography and general laboratory photography. Ibid., 1947, 2: 585.—Leroux, R. Appareil de microphoto- graphie et microprojection. Presse mid., 1924, 32: annexe, 1641.—Loveland, R. P. Simplified photomicrography with a hand camera. Science, 1943, 97: 24-6.—Marshall, G. S., A Howard, J. G. An inexpensive, coarse adjustment, remote control for photomicrography. Anat. Rec, 1934, 60: 19-21.— Meneses Hoyos, J. C6mo tomar microfotograffas con una camara de menisco. Rev. mid. mil., Mix., 1940, 3: No. 2, 29.— Michel, K. Ein Vergrosserungsrechenstab fur die Mikro- photographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935-36, 52: 293-305 — Minoprio, J. L. Nuevo modelo de cdmara de microfotograffas adaptable a los binoculares. Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 1380.-—Murray, N. A. A combined 35mm. and cut film photo- micrographic apparatus. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1944, 24: 46-50.-—Parker, H. B. Microphotography with simple ap- paratus. Bull. Hyg. Laborat., Wash., 1902, No. 7, 7-10.— Pence, R. J. A simple attachment to increase depth of focus of microscope objectives for photomicrography. Science, 1948, 107: 631.—Photography with the electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1945, 155: 68.—Pollister, A. W., A Moses. M. J. A simplified apparatus for ' photometric analysis and photo- micrography. J. Gen. Physiol., 1948-49, 32: 567-77, inch 3 pi.-—Price, Z. An auxiliary microscope base for use in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1948-49, 17: 59-63.-—Proell. Ein Universalapparat fiir Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 42-6.—Raeburn, L. T. Side- focusing eyepiece for small micro-cameras. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1944, 64: 147.-—Rappoport, A. E. Apparatus for photo- micrography or microprojection. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1946, 5: 487.—Reyniers, J. A. A special camera for routine photomicrography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 979.— Robinson, W. L. A simple photomicrographic camera. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1934, No. 13, 67-70.— Ruge, H. Ein einfaches Hilfsmittel zur mikrophotographischen Aufnahme von kleineren Gegenstanden bei schwacher Ver- grosserung und auffallendem Licht (Doppelspiegel nach Plett) Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 454.—Russow, K. E. Apparat for teckning af mikroskopiska bilder. Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1916, 58: 549-54.—Sadler, A. Amplifying lenses for biological photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1946-47, 15: 31- 45.—Sandino, P. M. Manera de hacer una camara para microfotografia. Bol. odont., Bogota, 1943, 9: 93-6.—Scheffer, W. Ueber eine Spiegelreflexkamera fiir Mikrophotographie und einen Mikroskopietisch fiir subjektive Beobachtung und Pho- tographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 84-96.—Weber, J. Photomicrography with the Graflex. In: Graphic Graflex Photogr. (Morgan, W. D., A Lester, H. M.) N. Y., 1943, 319- 31.—Wolff, M. Mikrometerokulare fiir mikrophotographische Zwecke. Zeiss Nachr., 1943, 4. ser., 149-54.—Wrighton, H. An outfit for photomicrography. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1935, 55: 79-82, 2 pi. ---- Photomicrography: Methods and tech- nique. See also Histology, Methods; Pathology, Methods. Aguirre, F. Tecnicas microfotograficas adaptadas a nues- tros trabajos de anatomfa patologica. Bol. Liga cancer, Ha- bana, 1936, 11: 63-72.—Barker, E. C. A few fresh-water micro-organisms. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1948-49, 17: 98- 100.—Barnard, J. E. A simple method of obtaining instantan- eous photomicrographs. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1911, 19.— Bowell, E. W. The mounting of radulae for photomicrography. ibid., 1924, pt 3, 292-4.—Bowen, J. L. A simple technique for photomicrography. Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 685.—Car- rillo, L. A. Tecnica semimicrofotografica, aplicable en parasi- tologia, entomologia y en botanica microsc6pica. Mem. Congr. farm. Centr. America (1938) 1940, 2. Congr., 604, 9 pi.—Dreu, W. Zur Mikrophotographie. Mschr. prakt. Derm., 1905, 41: 306-13.—Dutton, L. O. A simple method of making microphotographs. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1931, 16: 831-6.—Froome, K. D., A Jarrett, B. A. The instantaneous photomicrography of living microorganisms. J. R. Micr Soc, Lond., 1944, 64: 136-46.—Gomez Rodriguez, M. El contraste en microfotografia. Med. col., Madr., 1944, 4: 120- 8.—Greenberg, S. A new method of photographing microscope slides. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1945-46, 14: 155.—Haam, E. von, A Simmon, R. L. The microphotography of opaque tis- sues. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1936, 15: 59-61.—Hellwig, C. A. Photographic and photomicrographic technic. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1937, 7: 184-92.—Henbest, L. G. Exposure de- termination in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 3: 2-23.—Huldschinsky, K. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Her- stellung von Mikrophotogrammen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1913, 30: 206.-—John, K. Ueber ein Verfahren zur Erzielung guter Mikrophotographien von weniger guten Praparaten. Ibid., 1927, 44: 470.—Katznelson, Z. S. Microphotographie ohne Photokamera. Ibid., 1930, 47: 216-20.—Kieffer, J. Photo- micrography by the Finlay process. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 2: 178-88, pi.—Krogh-Christoffersen, A. Das Mikro- photographieren ohne photographische derate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 301-8.—Lambertini, G. Di un metodo pra- MICROHYDRA MICROGRAPHY tico per eseguire microfotogra fie in assenza delle comuni macchine microfotografiche. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 25-31. Also Monit. zool. ital., 1935-36, 46: 39-42.—Leak, W. N. A simple technique for photomicrography. Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 563.—Leonard, D. W. Photomicrography; a short method using negative projection prints. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1946, 31: 373-8.—Levin, E. Photoaufnahmen mikroskopischer Pra- parate ohne Apparatur sowie eine einfache und billige Methode, um Literaturbelege zu gewinnen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938, 55: 470.—Linde, O. Kleine Beitrage zur Mikrophotographie. In: Festschr. 70. Geburtst. Alexander Tschirch, Lpz., 1926, 142- 8.—Lonert, A. C. Notes on photomicrography. Turtox News, 1948, 26: 14; passim.—McKay, H. C. Routine record photo- micrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935-36 4: 86-94—Ma- zurkiewicz, L., A Bukowiecki, H. [Microphotography in darkness] Acta biol. exp., Warsz., 1930, 4: 287-91.—Mellon, R. R. Precision photomicrography in bacteriology. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 52: 60-88.—Meyer, F. Eine einfache Methode zur Anfertigung von Mikrophotogrammen. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 103.—Naumann, E. Ueber das Mikrophoto- graphieren mit Gaslichtpapieren in direkt positivem Bild. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 474, pi.—Pence, R. J. A simple device to increase background contrast in photomicrography. Science, 1947, 105: 503.—Richards, O. W. Phase photomicro- graphy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1947-48, 15: 29-38.—Rich- ards, T. W., A Archibald, E. H. A study of growing crystals by instantaneous photomicrography. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sc, 1900-01, 36: 341-53, 3 pi.—Sadler, A. Some aspects of photo- micrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 161r72 — Sanmartin, R. Procedimiento empleado para tomar microfo- tograffas. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1925-26, 17: 256-9 — Schaum, K. Mikrophotographische Aufnahmen im Tubus. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 93.—Schmidt, L. Photomaero- graphy (enlarged photography without the use of a compound microscope) J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1937, 6: 47-61. Also Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Res., 1938, 106: 231-45.—Sobolev, L. V. O kombinacii mikrofotografii s risunkom. Vrach. gaz., 1912, 19: 1187. Also German transl. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1911, 28: 445-8.—Stange. Praktische Winke fur Mikrophotographie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1915, 62: 1170. Also Zschr. arztl. Fort- bild., 1917, 14: 108.—Staub. Technik der Mikrophotographie. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern, 1926, 17: 207-21 — Teitel-Bernard, A. Sur une technique de reconstruction micro- phocographique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 985.—Thulin, I. Note sur une methode microphotographique pour l'etude des structures moindres que 0.2ju. Bibliogr. anat., Par., 1914, 24: 116-22—Trivelli, A. P. H., A Lincke, E. Photomicro- graphy of Amphileura pellucida. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1932, 52: 26-9, pi.—Weber, J. A new technic in photomicrography. Merck Rep., 1946, 55: 11.—Wolff, M. Bemerkungen und Bei- trage zur Praxis der wissenschaftlichen Makro- und Mikro- photographie, einschliesslich der Farbenphotographie mit Au- tochromDiatten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912, 29: 145-81.— Wright, E. S. A simple method of photomicrography. Am. J. Ophth., 1948, 31:611. ---- Stereomicrography. Defrise, A. Ricostruzione stereografica di oggetti micro- scopici. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 618-25.—Gird- wood, G. P. Stereomicrography. Proc. R. Soc. Canada (1913) 1914, 7: Sec 3, 79.—Guieysse, A. Platine oscillante de Nachet pour la microphotographie st€reoscopique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 18.—Lebedkin, S. Projectionsrekonstruktionen und stereoskopische Rekonstruktionen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 1-86, 3 pi.—Lutigneaux, H. Une methode de reconstitu- tion photographique dansl'espace reel desobjets microscopiques: Ia.stereophotographie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 289-91. ------La sensation de perspective dans les reconstitutions microphotographiques et stereographiques. Ibid., 291.—Mur- ray, J. A. Stereo-photomicrography by object displacement at right angles to the optic axis. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1935, 55: 83-5, pi.—Quidor, A. Un appareil pour la micro- photographie stereoscopique et son utilization en systematique. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1910, 5. ser., 5: p. Ixvii-lxxxi.— Scheffer, W. Ueber einen neuen mikrostereophotographischen Okularaufsatz des Leitz-Werkes fur Beleuchtung in auffallen- dem und durchfallendem Licht. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 233-40. MICROGRAPHY 2. See also Graphology, Medical diagnostic use; Handwriting, Disorder; Paralysis agitans, Mani- festations. Pick, At Ueber motorisch bedingte Mikrographie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1906, 19: 756-9.—Stankovic, R. Prilog poznavanju motoriCne mikrografije. Lijed. vjes., 1911, 33: 369-72. MICROGYRIA. See Rrain cortex, Abnormities. MICROHISTOLOGY. See Histology. MICROHYDRA. See also Medusa. Backhoff. Ein neuer Fundort von Microhydra ryderi Potts. Zool. Anz., 1923-24, 58: 194.—Roch, F. Microhydra germani- ca, eine neue Siisswassermeduse. Ibid., 131-6. MICROHYLA. See Anura. MICROICHTHYS. Facciola, L. Sul Microichthys coccoi Riipp. Monit. zool. ital., 1900, 11: 188-94, pi. MICROILLUMINATOR. See also Illuminant; Lamp; Microscope lamp. Barta, T. [The microilluminator] Magy. orv. arch., 1933, 34: 438-46. Also Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935-36, 52: 276-92, 2 pi. ------ Mikroskopische Untersuchung von Organen in vivo mit Hilfe des Mikroilluminators. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1936-37, 19: 405-9.—Wolff, M. Ein automatisch regulieren- der Miniaturscheinwerfer (2 Ampere-Fixpunktbogenlampe) fur mikroskopische und makroskopische arztliche Untersuchungen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1912, 49: 2462. MICROINCINERATION. See also Chemistry, Methods; Histochemistry; Metal, Chemistry; Mineral, Chemistry; also such headings as Pneumokoniosis; Silicosis, etc. Policard, A. La methode de la microincinera- tion; expose1 pratique. 50p. 25%em. Par., 1938. Baginski, S. Mikroveraschung; einige praktische Hinweise. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938, 55: 241-8, pi.—Brenner, M. W., A Harris. P. L. An improved method of the wet ashing of bio- logical materials. Chemist Analyst, 1939, 28: 55.—Gage, S. H. Apparatus and methods for micro-incineration. Stain Techn., 1938, 13: 25-36.—Godlewski, H. Quelques obseiva- tions concernant la microincineration effective a l'aide d'un dispositif nouveau permettant le controle de ce processus. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1938, 15: 245-64.—Gorbach, G. Eine Mikromuffel zum Universalheizstativ nach Gorbach. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1948-49, 34: 189-91.—Herrmann, F. Zur Methode der Veraschung von Gewebsschnitten und der Aschen- differenzierung (Darstellung von Magnesiumsalzen und Phos- phaten) Zschr. w'ss. Mikr., 1932, 49: 313-32, pi.—Krogh, A. Eine Mikromethode fiir die organische Verbrennungsanalyse, besonders von gelosten Substanzen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 221: 247-63.—Maclennan, R. F., A Murer, H. K. Localization of mineral ash in the organelles of Trichonympha, a hypermasti- gote flagellate from Zootermopsis angusticollis. J. Morph., 1934, 56: 231-41.—Man, E. B., A Siegfried, D. A. Micro per- manganate acid ashing method for determination of serum io- dine. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 224.—Policard, A. Twenty years of microincineration; cytological results. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1942, 62: 25-35. ------ Caracteres des micro-inci- nerations et ultra-structures. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 785.—Reed, H. S., A Dufrenoy, J. Histochemical analysis of plant tissues for iron and zinc by a combination microincinera- tion and microanalysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: p. lxx.— Roddy, W. T. Frozen section micro-incineration. Stain Techn., 1941, 16: 101-4.—Sanchez Calvo. La microincinera- ci6n. Med. espan., 1940, 3^ 500-7.—Struckmeyer, B. E. Techniques used for the microincineration and mineral analysis of plant tissue. Am. J. Bot., 1943, 30: 477-81. MICROINJECTION. See also Micromanipulation; Micrurgy. Buck, J. B., A Specht, H. Ureteral catheter for microinjection tubing. Science, 1947, 106: 551.—Chambers, R. A simple micro-injection apparatus made of steel. Ibid., 1921, n. ser., 54: 552.—Hoyer, H. Eine neue Vorrichtung zu Injektionen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1908, 25: 412-20.—Konaschko, P. Zur Technik der Injektion feiner Gefiisse. Ibid., 1905, 22: 179.— Mozejko, B. Ueber mikroskopische Injektionen nach der Methode des Prof. Heinrich Hoyer in Krakau. Ibid., 1911-12, MICROINSTRUMENT. See under Micrurgy. MICROKLOSSIA. See also Klossiella. Krassilstschik, J. Sur une affection parasitaire des lepi- dopteres produite par un sporozoaire nouveau (Microklossia prima) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1905, 58: 656. MICROKYMATOTHERAPY. See Microwave, Diathermy. MICROLEPIDOPTERA 63 MICROMANIPULATOR MICROLEPIDOPTERA. See also Moth. Beirne, B. P. A list of the Microlepidoptera of Ireland, p.53-147. 8? Dubl., 1941. In: Proc. R. Irish Acad., 1941, 47: sect. B, 53-147. MICROLESTES. See also Coleoptera. Holdhaus, K. Monographic der palaarkti- schen Arten der Coleopterengattung Microlestes. p.477-540. 4? Wien, 1913. In: Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., Wien, 1913, 88: MICROLICHUS. See also Mange. Henry, A., A Guilhon, J. Gale deplumante d6termin6e par Microlichus avus Tr. chez un serin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 431. MICROLITHIASIS. See under such headings as Biliary calculus, Microlith; Nephrolithiasis, etc. MICROLOGY. See also Micrography; Microscopy. Geiser, S. W. Syllabus of practical exercises in invertebrate micrology. 16p. 8? Ann Arb., 1934. Guyer, M. F. Animal micrology; practical exercises in microscopical methods. 240p. 23cm. Chic, 1906. Also 3. ed. 303p. 1930. Placido da Costa, A. *Apontamentos de micrologia medica. 61p. 22cm. Porto, 1879. MICROLYNCHIA. See Hippoboscidae; also Pigeon, Diseases. MICROMANIA. See under Manic-depressive psychosis, De- pressed phase. MICROMANIPULATION. See Micrurgy; see also Micromanipulator; Microtool. MICROMANIPULATOR. See also Cytology, Methods; Microbiology, Methods; Microtool; Micrurgy. Barer, R., A Saunders-Singer, A. E. A new single-control micromanipulator. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1948, 89: 439-47, pi.—Bergman, R. A. M., A Mertens, W. K. [The micromanipu- lator and single-cell cultures of Bacterium cocovenenans] Meded. Dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1938, 27: 236-44 — Browaeys, J. Presentation d'un micromanipulateur a panto- graphe. Presse mid., 1943, 51: 96 (Abstr.)—Cailloux, M. Un nouveau micromanipulateur hydraulique. Rev. canad. biol., 1943, 2: 528-40.—Christophersen, J. Eine neue Methode zur Isolierung von Mikroorganismen mit Hilfe des Mikro- manipulator. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., Orig., 1939-40,145: 366-8 — Dunn, F. L. The use of hydraulic devices for obtaining micro- manipulation. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 40: 383-8.—Fulton, G. P. A silver-glass micro-electrode for use in a micro-manipulator. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 48: 427.—Hansen, WW. On a new design of micromanipulator. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1938, 58: 250-2, pi.—Hauser, E. A. Ueber die An- wendung des Mikromanipulators und anderer neuer optischer Instrumente bei mikroskopischen Studien an Kautschuk- milchsaften in den Tropen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 465-80.—Nygaard, G. A simple micromanipulator. Science, 1949 110: 165.—Peragallo, I. Dispositivo pratico per micro- mani'polazioni. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 23: 591-3.—Peterfi, T., A Bergonzini, M. L'isolamento e la cultura dei micro- organismi con 1'aiuto del micromanipolatore di Peterfi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932. 7: 647-52.-TReinert, G. Ein neuer Mikromanipulator fiir Arbeiten bis zu I"=2500 x. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39, 22: 681-5.—Schouten, S. L. [The micro- manipulator; the apparatus] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935, 2: 207-24, 2 pi.------[Certain applications of the micromanipulator] Ibid., 250-74, 4 pi. ----— Der Mikromanipulator. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934-35, 51: 421-515. ------The micromanipulator. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1949, 18: 34.—Soriano, S. Dispositivo sencillo para micromanipula- cionesj Fol. biol., B. Air., 1935, 205-10.—Thaysen, A. C, A Morris, A. R. The preparation of microtools for the micro- manipulator. J. Gen. Microb., Lond., 1947, 1: 221-31, pi. MICROMASTIC reaction. See under Cerebrospinal fluid, Colloidal reac- tions: Mastic and modifications. MICROMELIA. See also Achondroplasia; Dwarfism; Extremity, Absence and hypoplasia; Extremity, lower, Absence and hypoplasia; Extremity, upper, Abnormity; Growth (Human) Disorders. Asmundson, V. S. An inherited micromelia in the domestic fowl. J. Hered., 1942, 33: 328-30.—Benvenuti, M. Su di una forma particolare di micromelia superiore, bilaterale, ereditaria; contributo alio studio delle malformazioni congenite. Neo- psichiatria, Pisa, 1938, 4: 725-90.—Mindlin, S. Ein seltener Fall von Mikromelie. Anat. Anz., 1929-30, 68: 324-36.— Rieti, E. Contributo alia conoscenza della micromelia. Poli- clinico, 1930, 37: sez. prat., 289-91.—Rizzatti, E. Un singo- larissimo caso di micromelia (pseudo-acondroplasia?) (cenni sulla medicina legale della mostruosita) Gior. clin. med., 1928, 9: 404-12.—Seze, de A Houdart, R. A propos d'un cas de nanisme micromelique d'origine hypophysaire probable; dis- cussion du syndrome dit acromicne. Presse med., 1943, 51: 231 (Abstr.)—Zwilling, E. Association of hypoglycemia with insulin micromelia in chick embryos. Anat. Rec, 1948, 101: 662. MICROMERIA. See also Lamiaceae. Naves, V. R. Etudes sur les matieres v6g€tales volatiles; sur Thuile essentielle de Micromeria abyssinica (Hochst.) Benth., source de (i-isomenthone. Helvet. chim. acta, 1948, 31: 932-6. MICROMERISM. See also Living matter. Holmes, S. J. Micromerism in biological theory. Isis, Bost., 1948-49, 39: 145-58. MICROMEROZOITE. See under Plasmodium; Sporozoa. MICROMETHOD. See under such headings as Microbiology, Methods; Microchemistry, Methods; Micro- manipulator; Microscopy, Methods, etc. MICROMETRY [incl. micrometer] See also Microgeometry; Microscope. Georgi, J. Zur Verwendung flachenmessender Instrumente in der Mikrotechnik. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1918, 35: 175-88.— Lendenfeld, R. von. Bemerkungen iiber die technische Aus- fiihrung und biologische Verwertung mikroskopischer Mes- sungen. Ibid., 1911, 28: 27-34.—McPherson, A. I., A Douglas, D. G. Measurement of the thickness of thin nvlon films. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 457.—Nelson, E. M. On the measurement of very minute microscopical objects. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1909, 549.—Peragallo, I. Misurazione micrometrica. In his Techn. microb., Milano, 1945, 1: 47.— Stahn, R. Eine neue Methode zur Messung der Flachenaus- dehnung mikroskopischer Bilder. Naturwissenschaften, 1943, 31: 19. ---- Instruments. See also Blood sedimentation, Methods, micro- metric; Photometer. Allison, A. C, A Chacko, L. The use of a camera lucida for micrometry and counts of nerve fibres and other small objects. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 69: 18.—Easier, A. Ein Gerat fiir mikroskopische Messungen an sich bewegenden Objekten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 98-101-Bauer, A. Die neue Leitzsche Mikrometerbewegung mit Kugelfiihrung. Ibid., 1926, 43: 372-4.—Beppu, H. MakS syowa; micrometer ni tuite. Ika kikaigakuzassi, 1935-36, 13: 175-9.—Clendinnen, F. J. Micrometric measurements by a projected scale. Tr. Austral- as. M. Congr. (1908) 1909, 2. Congr., 377, pi.—Conger. P. S. A simple method for micrometric ruling, and some applications. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1944, 63: 358-61.—Eyster, J. A. E., A Hippie, J. S. A micrometer curve measuring apparatus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 1205-7.—Field, R. H. A large cylinder and taper comparator for gauge measurement. Canad. J. Res., 1947, 25: F, 238-41, 3 pi.—Fiorentino, M. Nuova camera per conteggi microscopici e sue applicazioni pratiche. Diagn. teen, laborat., Nap., 1930, 1: 949-57.— MICROMETRY 64 MICRONESIA Cordon, R. M. A counting apparatus for use with the micro- scope. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1930-31, 24: 81-3, pi.—Gueguen, F. Reglette a lecture directe pour mensurations microscopiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 117.—Howard, H. J. A stereomicrometer. Am. J. Ophth., 1920, 3. ser., 3: 417-21.—Koch, E. Measuring to 1/10,000 of an inch. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1944, 15: 39-^2.—Kuhl, W. Die Anwendung des Zeichenapparates zur Messung von Kriimmungen unter dem Mikroskop durch Projektion eines Systems konzentrischer Kreise (oder anderer Kurven) in das mikroskopische Bild. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1925, 42: 265-9.—Lecteur (Le) micro- m6trique de la Societe optique et precision de Levallois. Rev. opt., Par., 1948, 27: 510-2.—Levison. W. G. Photographed ocular micrometers. Ann. N. York Acad. Sc, 1898, 11: pt 3, 405.—Lotze, J. C, A Yiengst, M. J. An apparatus for measuring microscopic objects. Science, 1941, 93: 45.— Malassey, L. Sur les oculaires a glace micromfitrique et a usages multiples. Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France, Par., (1901) 1903, 1-12. —---- Nouveau modele d'oculaire a glace micrometrique. Ibid., 13-5.—Palmes, E. D. The filargraph; a recording device to facilitate filar micrometry. J. Indust. Hyg., 1944, 26: 64-7.—Pulling, H. E. The angular micrometei and its use in delicate and accurate microscopic measurements. Am. J. Bot., 1916, 3: 393-406.—Quastler, H. Steigerung dei Messgenauigkeit bei Messung kleinster sichtbarer Grossen mit dem Schraubenmikrometerokular. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1932-33, 49: 195-207.-—Schilainer, M. Regelbare Vorrichtung zur Feineinstellung fur Mikroskope. Ibid., 1924, 41: 155-66.— Witt, W. Eine Methode zur Sichtbarmachung von Faden- kreuzen, Strichmikrometern usw. beim ultramikroskopischeij Beobachten von Kolloidteilchen. Ibid., 1935-36, 52: 315-7.— dimmer, K. G. Statistische Ultramikrometrie mit Rontgen-, Alpha-, und Neutronenstrahlen. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1944, 20: 106-8. MICROMONOSPORA [1923 0rskov] See also Streptomycetaceae. Erikson, D. Studies on some lake-mud strains of Micro- monospora. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 277-300.—Hungate, R. E. Studies on cellulose fermentation; an anaerobic cellulose- decomposing actinomycete, Micromonospora propionici. n. sp. Ibid., 1946, 51: 51-6.—Waksman, S. A., Geiger, W. B., A Bugie, E. Micromonosporin, an antibiotic substance from a little-known group of microorganisms. Ibid., 1947, 53: 355- 7.—Welsch, M. Les proprietes antibiotiques d'une espece du genre Micromonospora; la micromonosporine. Rev. beige path.. 1947, 18: 235-42. MICROMYCES. See also older literature under Actinomyces; also Asterococcus; Micromycetes; Peripneumo- nia. Neumann, A. N. Die pathogene Bedeutung des polymor- phen Mikroorganismus, Myxomycet-Schmidt, Onkomyxa- Nebel, Micromyces blastogenes-Gerlach. Krebsarzt, Wien, 1948, 3: 209-12.— 0rskov, J. On the morphology of some species of Micromyces. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 179.— Speiser, P. Zur Frage des Vorkommens des Micromyces blastogenes Gerlach in menschlichen Leichen. Krebsarzt, Wien, 1947, 2: 523-30. MICROMYCETES. See also Cancer, Etiology; Micromyces; Peri- pneumonia. Gerlach, F. Methoden zur Sichtbarmachung des bei bosartigen Geschwulsten aufgefundenen Mikromyzeten. Mi- kroskopie, Wien, 1949, Sonderbd 3, 43-58. ------ Zur Frage der Pathogenitat des in bosartigen Geschwulsten aufge- fundenen Mikromyzeten. Krebsarzt, Wien, 1949, 4: 171-83. — Pucher, S. Die Mikromyzeten als Krankheitsursache. Ibid., 1947, 2: 513-23.—Sydow, H., A Sydow, P. Enumeration of Philippine fungi, with notes and descriptions of new species. Micromycetes. Philippine J. Sc, 1913, 8: Sect. C, 265-85.— Theiss, O. Mikromyzeten und L-Kulturen. Zbl. Bakt 1 Abt., Orig., 1947-48, 152: 209-14.—Vogel, A. Ueber das Vorkommen der Mikromyzeten in Pflanzen. Krebsarzt. Wien 1948,3:468. MICRON. See also Measure; Micrometry. Heimstadt, O. Beugungserscheinungen an Ultramikronen Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1943, 59: 153-62.—Microns, use in botanical monographs. Bull. Nat. Formulary Com. U. S., 1939-40, 8: 35. MICRONEMEAE. See Fungi imperfecti. MICRONESIA. See also Marshall Islands; Pacific. Arnold, H. L., jr. Two weeks in Micronesia. Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1949, 15:21-32.—Coolidge, H.J. The 1947 invasion of Micronesia. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1948 June, 1-6 — Kanehira, R. On the phytogeography of Micronesia. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1940, 6. Congr., 4: 595-611—Mur- dock, G. P. New light on the peoples of Micronesia. Science, 1948, 108: 423-5. ---- Anthropology. Ike, S. Mariana-gunto-zin no taisitu-zinruigaku-teki kenkyu. Tyosen igakkai zassi, 1941, 31: 380; 545; 859, 4 ol.—Murdock, G. P. Anthropology in Micronesia. Tr. N. Vork Acad. Sc, 1948-49, 11: 9-16.—Murrill, R. I. Ponape; a Micronesian culture of the Caroline Islands. Ibid., 1947- 48. 10: 154-8. Diseases. United States. Navy. Bureau of Med- icine and Surgery. Compilation on the diseases of naval importance in Micronesia; including the identification and distribution of arthropods of medical importance. 107p. 27cm. Wash., 1944. Farner, D. S. Arthropod-borne diseases in Micronesia. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 977-89.—Gilbert A Ellice Islands [medical and sanitary reports, 1932] Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1934, 31: Suppl., 166. MICRONUTRIENT. See also Food; Mineral; Trace element; Vita- mer; Vitamin. Allison, I. Trace elements and their importance to man. J. Missouri Dent. Ass., 1949, 29: 119-23.— Arenz, B. Einfluss und Stellung der Spurenelemente in der Pflanzenernahrung und in der landwirtschaftlichen Praxis. Naturwiss. Rdsch., 1948, 1: 61-6.—Auchter, E. C. Micro-elements as affecting health and disease. Plantation Health, Honolulu, 1947, 11: 10-8.— Bertrand, D. Les infiniment petits chimiques indispensables a la vie. Atomes, Par., 1948, 3: 221-6.—Green, H. H. Trace elements in relation to health of livestock. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1947, 34: 159-65.—Harvey, D. G. Trace elements in plant and animal nutrition. Vet. J., Lond., 1947, 103: 278- 69.—Kollath, W. Die Spurenelemente. In: Blut A Boden, Niirnb., 1939, 83-115, 2 tab.—Moore, C. V. Trace elements in nutrition; iron and the essential trace elements. In: Dieto- therapy (Wohl, M. G.) Phila., 1945, 98-120.—Randoin, L. Recherches experimentales sur la necessite' absolu de la presence des oligo-el^ments dans une ration alimentaire et sur le r61e de certains oligo-ele'ments dans les phenomenes vitaux essentiels. Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1944, 32: 105-12.—Rygh, O. Unders0kelser over mikronaeringsstoffer. Tskr. Norske laegeforen., 1949, 69: 6-9. ------ Importance of trace elements in nutrition. Research, Lond., 1949, 2: 340 (Abstr.)— Salisbury, E. J., Wallace, T. [et al.] The significance of trace elements in plants and animals. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond , 1947, 34: 144-65.—Salter, W. T. Tracer substances in nu- trition. In: Dietotherapy (Wohl, M. G.) Phila., 1945, 188- 207.—Schwarz, R. Die physiologische Bedeutung der Spuren- elemente. Aerztl. Wschr., 1946-47, l:-2: 743-5.—Simpson, H. N. Quantification of micronutrients. Science, 1946, 104: ;i03.—Stiles, W. Trace elements. Science Progr., Lond.. 1947, 35: 716-23.—Voss, R. C. Trace elements and animal health. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1949, 61: 39. MICRO-OPERATION. See Micrurgy. MICROORGANISM. See also Algae; Bacteria; Cell; Fungi; Microbe; Microbiology; Microfauna; Microflora; Mold; Mycology; Plankton; Protophyton; Protozoon; Spore; Virology; Virus; also such headings as Detergency; Disinfection; Sterilization. Akehurst, S. C. A trap for free-swimming organisms. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1914, 2. ser., 12: 279.—Barnard, J. E Towards the smallest living things. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond. 1939, 59: 1-10, pi.—Booth, V. H., A Green, D. E. A wet- crushing mill for micro-organisms. Biochem. J., Lond , 1938 32: 855-61, pi.—Carpenter, P. D. An apparatus for the con- tinued observation of micro-organisms. Turtox News, 1949, 27: 12-6.—Cimmino, R. I microrganismi. Med. ital., 1907 No. 6, 111 passim.—Gaudin. Levures,sarcines, coccus, bacilles et streptothnx. Arch. meU Angers, 1914, 18: 137; passim.— Glasser. Zelle, Bakterium und mikroskopisch unsichtbare Lebewesen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 52: 501-3.—Mur- ray, J. A. The open-tube-pvroxylin method of manipulating small organisms. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1924, pt 3, 289-91.— Nomenclature of nutritional types of microorganisms. Sympos Quant. Biol., 1946, 11: 302.—Oelze, F. W. Beobachtungs- kammer fur Mikroorganismen und Blutkorperchen im ruhen- den Medium fur Hell- und Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung, nebst MICROORGANISM 65 MICROORGANISM Spezialobjektiv. Munch, med. Wschr., 1921, 68, 130.— Pratt, R. Armageddon of the microbes; a consideration of certain relationships in a microbiological society. Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1949, 7: 12-21.— Rinne, F. Parakristalline Lebe- wesen. Kolloid Zschr., 1931, 56: 71-7.—Schouten, S. L. [Individual treatment of micro-organisms] Ned. tschr. geneesk.. 1924. 68: pt 2, 1814-7.—Taylor, W. R. A method of demonstrating the sheath structure of a desmid. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1921, 40: 94.—Wegener, E. E. [Methods of pre- paring complete specimens of microscopically small organisms] Arch. russ. anat., 1940, 23: 185. ---- Antagonism. See also Antibiosis, in the 5. series. Bachmann, W. Ueber Fernwirkung einer Hefekultur auf Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 124: 113-22.— Dmitrievskaia, N. A., A Chebotarevich, M. F. [Manifesta- tions of antagonism among microorganisms] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 43: 337-44.—Gratia, A. Techniques se'lectives pour la recherche syste'matique dans la nature, de microorga- nismes doues, soit de proprietes antibiotique?, soit de proprietes antibactlriophages, soit de proprietes antagonistes des antibio- tiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1947, 29: 352-4.—Kasa- hara, M., Oyama, H., A Sugada, E. Saikin-tai-nai no bisyo- seikatu-tai ni tuite. Osaka igakkai zassi, 1943, 42: 1085; passim.-—Melin, E. Zur Frage des Antagonismus zwischen frei lebenden Mikroorganismen; Untersuchungen an Holz- schliff; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933. 4: 509-13.—Noster, K. Antagonismus zwischen einem apatho- genen und zahlreichen pathogenen Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., Orig, 1949, 153: 32-9.— Rosenfeld, W. D., A ZoBell, C. E. Antibiotic production by marine microorga- nisms. J. Bact., Bait, 1947, 54: 393-8.—Schiller, 1. Ueber erzwungene Antagonisten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1925, Orig., 94: 64-6.—Sickles, G. M., A Shaw. M. The antibacterial activity of microorganisms and their products. Annual Rep. Div. laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1945, 10.—Waks- man, S. A. Antagonistic relations of microorganisms. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1941, 5: 231-91. Also Chron. bot., Waltham, 1940-41, 6: 145-8.—Wilska. A. Spray inoculation of plates in the detection of antagonistic micro-organisms. J. Gen. Microb., Lond., 1947, 1: 368.—ZoBell, C. E. The antagonistic effects of microorganisms. In his Marine Microb., Waltham, 1946, 80-2. ---- aquatic. See also Hydrobiology; Plankton; Protozoa. Brehm, V. Die Rotfarbung von Hochgebirgsseeorganis- men. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1938, 13: 307-18.— Korinek, J. Ueber oligonitrophile Mikroben im Meere. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1932, 86: 201-6.—Peters, A. W. The biochem- ical action of copper sulphate on aquatic microorganisms [Abstr.] Science, 1908, n. ser., 27: 1909. Association. Castellani, A. Fermentation phenomena when different species of micro-organisms are in close association. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 481-8.—Jensen, H. L., A Swaby, R. J. Association between nitrogen-fixing and cellu- lose-decomposing microorganisms. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 147.—Karaffa-Korbutt, K. von. Ueber die Symbiose einiger saproyphten Bakterienformen und der Blastomyceten. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1914, 40: 239-43. ---- Biological role. See also Microorganism, Use. Gabbett, H. S. Beneficent germs. 12p. 20cm. N. Y., 1900. Taliaferro, W. H. Microorganisms and their roles in nature, p.448-85. 23#cm. Garden City, N. Y., 1937. In: World A Man (F. R. Moulton) N. Y., 1937. Banjee, D. N. Microbe, our very best friend, our deadliest enemy. Ind. M. Rec, 1943, 63: 161; 193.—Berry, H. The use of bacteria and moulds in industry. Pharm. J., Lond., 1942, 95: 20.—Owen, E. C. The role of micro-organisms in the nutrition of farm animals. Proc. Nutrit. Soc, Cambr., 1946-47, 186-99.—Schwarz, C. Die physiologische Bedeutung der Mikroorganismen im Kreislauf des Lebens. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1930, 17: 462-8. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1946, 58: 173-5. Composition. Raistrick, H. Studies in the biochemistry of micro-organisms. p. 1-367. 29cm. Lond., 1931. In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc, Lond., 1931, ser. B, 220: Ay res, G. B., A Tobie, W. C. The isolation of crude pro- teolytic enzymes from microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 18 (Abstr.)—Bois, E., A Savary, J. Les amylases des micro-organismes. Canad. J. Res., 1945. 23: Sect. B. 208- 13.—Boivin, A. Les nucleoprot&des et la constitution chimique 824787—vol. 11, 4th series-----5 des microorganismes. Bui1 Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 41: 177 (Abstr.)—Eyre, J. V. Unicellular chemistry: the part played by external influences in determining the chemical character and biological behaviour of unicellular organisms. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1935, 201-7, 2 pi.—Karstrom, H. Enzymatische Adaptation bei Mikroorganismen. Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 350-76.—Niel, C. B. van. Biochemistry of microorganisms. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1943, 12: 551-86.—Sarciron, R., Vendrely, R., A Briand, O. Recherches sur les nucleopro- teides des micro-organismes; contribution a l'etude du probleme analytique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1945, 71: 147-51.— Stacey, M., A Webb, M. Some components of the lytic system of gram-positive micro-organisms. Nature, Lond., 1948, 162: 11-3.—Stokes, J. L.. A Gunness, M. The amino acid composition of microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 570; passim.—Werle, E. Ueber das Vorkommen von Diaminoxydase und Histidin-decarboxylase in Mikroorganis- men. Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 41: 188 (Abstr.)— Yud- kin, J. Enzyme variation in micro-organisms. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1938, 13: 93-106. ---- Cultivation and growth. See also Microbioassay; Microculture. Kuster, E. Anleitung zur Kultur der Mikro- organismen. 3. Aufl. 233p. 8? Lpz., 1921. Yamada, Y. Biseibutu no hatuiku ni tai-suru tansan-gasu no eikyo [ . . . influence of carbon dioxide] p.325-793. 21cm. Kyoto, 1934. In: Kokumin eisei, 1934, 11: Axelrad, C. Ueber Fortpflanzung und WachBtum der Mikroorganismen. Pharm. Prax., Wien, 1904, 111: 49-52, pi.—Fulmer, E. I. Colloids and the growth of microorganisms. In: Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J.) N. Y., 1928, 2: 557-65.— Gee, A. H., A Hunt, G. A. Single cell technic; a presentation of the pipette method as a routine laboratory procedure. J. Bact., Bait., 1928. 16: 327-48, 3 pi.— Harmsen, G. W., & Kolff, W. J. Cultivation of microorganisms with the aid of cellophane membranes. Science, 1947, 105: 582.—Holzinger, F. Ueber den Einfluss osmotischer Vorgiinge im Medium auf das Wachstum von Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1908, 21: 449-59.—Johnson, F. H. A micro-method for determining the utilization of carbohydrates and polyhydric alcohols by microorganisms. Science, 1935, 81: 620.—Kyo, K. Tanko-kin film baiti baivS-ho wo oyo-seru saikin no hatuiku keisiki ni kan-suru kenkyu; saikin no S-kei, R-kei no hatuiku keisiki ni kan-suru kansatu. Zikken igaku zassi, 1935, 19: 1383-7, pi.—Moor, W. A. The continuous cultivation of micro- organisms. Science, 1945, 102: 594.—Morton, H. E. An im- proved technic for growing microorganisms under anaerobic conditions. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 46: 373-6.—Negroni, P. Procede' de culture monocellulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1931, 106: 388.—Nieuwenhuis, A. W. Wijze om microorganismen uit e^n eel te kweeken. Verh. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1910, 19: 522-34. 2 pi.—Nunes Vaz, C. Do cultivo artificial em microbiologia. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 344, 29-^37.— 0rskov, J. Zur Morphologie der von G. Seiffert kultivierten Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938, 141: 229-32.— Palm, B., A Hinricsson, H. [The impression method in study of microorganisms on certain substrates] Tskr. mil. halsov., 1940, 65: 147-51.—Simonart, P. Facteurs de croissance. In his Introduct. microb. gen., Liege, 1947, 53-60.—Slator, A. A note on the lag-phase in the growth of micro-organisms. J. Hyg., Lond., 1917, 16: 100-8.—Stearn, E. W., A Steam, A. E. A modification of the 0rskov single cell culture technic. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 276-8.— Stockhausen, F. Die Ziichtung der technischen Mikroorganismen auf Leistung. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.. 1925-26, 97: 31-11.—Utenkov, M. D. [Invisible stages of microorganisms and one-cell cultures] Vest, mikrob., 1928, 7: 190-3. ---:— [Cultivation of micro- organisms during a considerable period of time] Microbiology, Moskva, 1944, 13: 310-4.—Van Laer, M. H., A Merten. J. L'acidite' libre et son influence sur la reproduction des levures et des microbes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 990-2.—Van Niel, C. B. The kinetics of growth of microorganisms. In: Chem. A Physiol. Growth (Parpart, A. K.) Princet., 1949, 91-105. ---- Culture media. See also Bacteria, Cultivation. Lafay, G. *Contribution h l'etude des varia- tions de la reaction des milieux de culture, sous l'influence des microorganismes [Lyon] 70p. 8? Trevaux, 1934. Schmtjtz, D. *Methodes de contr61e de croissance des bact^ries en rapport avec l'addi- tion prealable de vitamines hydrosolubles. 96p. 24cm. Strasb., 1938. Achorn, G. B., jr, A Schwab, J. L. A method for the aera- tion of liquid cultures of microorganisms. Science, 1948, 107: 377.—Belenkyi, D. E., Popova, N. N., A Khalt, S. L. [Use of soya culture medium in microbiology] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, 9: 83-5.—Bordet, P. Les facteurs de croissance chea les microorganismes. Ann. Soc. sc. m£d. natur. Bruxelles, MICROORGANISM 66 MICROORGANISM 1938, Bull., 51-67.—Bovarnick, M. R. Substitution of heated asparagine-glutamate mixture for nicotinamide as a growth factor for Bacterium dysenteriae and other microorganisms. J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 148: 151-61.—Cicconl, M. Reiskleie- extrakt als Nahrboden fOr Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1942-43, 149: 61-4.—Das Gupta, G. C, A Guha. B. C. The effect of vitamin C and certain other substances on the growth of micro-organisms. Ann. Biochem. Exp. M., Calc, 1941, 1: 14—26.—De Gara, P. Nuovo metodo di microcul- tura con le "slide-cells". Diagn. teen, laborat., Nap., 1935, 6: 21-6.—Demby, K. G. La concentration optima en ions hydrogene favorisant le developpement de certains microor- ganismes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1921, 35: 277-90.—Gach, I.. & Poluliakh, N. [Fish nutritive mediums; use of auto- digestive products of the stomach of certain fishes instead of peptone for microbiological nutritive mediums] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 41: 65-112.—Gehrke, C, A Weiser, H. H. Com- parative studies on growth and biochemical features of micro- organisms grown in cow's and soybean milk. Food Res., 1947, 12: 360-4.—Goy, P. Physiologie microbienne et facteur ac- eeesoire de la croissance. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174:1579.— Harrison, F. C. A study of some organisms which produce black fields on aesculin-bile salt media. Science, 1915, n. ser., 42: 468.—Hidalgo Larrua, F. Estado actual de algunas in- vestigaciones sobre factores vitamlnicos indispensables al creci- miento bacterial. Rev. med. cubana, 1939, 50: 1021-4.— Hruszek, H. Pilz-, Sporotrichon-, Actinomyces-, Hefe-, Bak- terien- und andere Kulturen auf Gurkenschnitten. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934, 170: 670-5.—Humfeld, H., A Feustel, I. C. Utilization of asparagus juice in microbiological culture media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 54: 232- 5.—Ingelman, B., A Laurell, H. The preparation of silicic acid jellies for the cultivation of microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1947. 53: 364.—Kanel, E. S. [Oxidation-reduction po- tential of the medium as a restraining factor in the development of mikroorganisms] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937,6: 254—66.— Kharasch, M. S., Conway, E. A., A Bloom, W. Some chem- ical factors influencing growth and pigmentation of certain microorganisms. J. Bact.. Bait., 1936, 32: 533-40.—Kimler, A. Vegetable juice in the cultivation of pathogenic micro- organisms. South. M. J.. 1947, 40: 1026.—Koser, S. A. Growth factors for microorganisms. Annual Rev. Microb.. 1948, 2: 121-42. ------ A Saunders, F. Accessory growth factors for bacteria and related microorganisms. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1938, 2: 99-160.—Lewis, R. W., A Lucas, E. H. Ap- garatus for growing microorganisms on a flowing medium. cience, 1945, 101: 364.—Liggett, R. W., A Koffler, H. Corn steep liquor in microbiology. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1948, 12: 297-311.—Loureiro, J. A. M. de. Aerobiose forcada; um aerador aseptico para culturas Hquidas em profundidade de microorganismos aer<5bios. Cadern. cient., Lisb., 1946-47, 1: 22-44, 2 pi.—Lulla, B. S. _ Utilization of desizing washings for the culture of industrially important micro-organisms. Current 8c, Bangalore, 1948, 17: 24.—Lwoff, A. Les facteurs de croissance pour les microorganismes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938. 61: 580-617; Disc. 777.—Mario, F. Milieu solide pour l'isolement et la conservation des microorganismes degra- dant la cellulose en aerobiose. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1939, 11: 82-4.—Moore, H. N. The use of silica gels for the cultivation of halophilic organisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 40: 409-13; 1941, 41: 317-21.—Naegeli, O. Studien uber die gegenseitige Beeinflussung von Pilzkulturen auf kunstlichen Nahrboden (Pilzkolonien als Nahrboden fiir andere Mikroorganismen) In: Sobernheim Festschr. (Burgi, E., et al.) Basel. 1935, 117-23, pi— Pezzi, A. Ricerche sullo svilup- go di diversi microrganismi sul terreno al lattosiero del carbone. loll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1940, 19: 48-50.—Pratt, E. L. The growth of' microorganisms on media exposed to ultra-violet radiations. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 613-9.—Reader, V. The relation of the growth of certain micro-organisms to the composition of the mediu m; the addition of mannitol. Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 61-7.—Sahyun, M., Beard, P. [et al.] Growth stimulating factors for microorganisms. J. Infect. Dis., 1936. 58: 28-44.—Salk, J. E. Method for separation of micro-organisms from large quantities of broth culture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 228-30.—Schweizer. G. Die Kaltsterilisation von Nahrboden und ihre Bedeutung fur die Reinkultur von Mikroorganismen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1936, 7: 297-314.—Scott, W. J. The growth of micro-organisms on ox muscle; the influence of temperature. J. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb., 1937, 10: 338-50, 4 pi.—Simmonds, S., A Fruton, J. S. A microorganism exhibiting a growth require- ment for peptides. Science, 1949, 109: 561.—Snell, E. E. Growth factors for microorganisms. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1946, 15: 375-96.—Spector, H. The comparative effect of the fatty acids of butterfat and corn oil on the growth and metabo- lism of microorganisms. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1946, 11: 167-77.—Stokes. J. L., Gunness, M., A Foster, J. W. Vita- min content of ingredients of microbiological culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 293-9.—Stringer, W. J. A simple dispenser for microbiological media. Analyst, Lond., 1948, 73: 508.—Sturm, L. D. [Cultivation of microorganisms on solid starch media and on gypsum plates] Microbiology, Moskva, 1944, 13: 45-53.—Tatum, E. L. Are gene mutations responsi- ble for the growth factor requirements of microorganisms? J Bact., Bait., 1945. 49: 202.—Torri, O. II glucosio nelle cul- ture dei microorganismi. Clin, mod., Fir., 1905, 11: 361.— Vacirca, F.. A Spiga, A. Azoto aminico del terreno e sviluppo dei microorganismi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1946, 22: 229 — Vladimirov, B. D., & Nefedjeva, N. P. Mavonnaisen. als Nahrboden fUr die Entwicklung der Mikroorganismen] Vopr. pitan., 1937, 6: 85-96.—Weleminski, F. Ueber Zuchtung von Mikroorganismen in stromenden NahrbSden. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.. 1906, 42: 280; 376.—West, P. M., A Wilson, P. W. Growth factor requirements of the root nodule bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 37: 161-85, incl. 3 pi.— Williams. J. W. Growth of microorganisms in shake cultures under increased oxygen and carbon dioxide tensions. Growth, Ithaca, 1939, 3: 21-33.------The nature of gel mediums as determined by various gas tensions and its importance in growth of microor- ganisms and cellular metabolism. Ibid., 181-96.—Yosida, N. Nicotinic acid and co-enzyme of respiration as growth-promoting substances for microorganisms. Fukuoka acta med., 1939, 32: 88. ---- Ecology. Deposit of micro-organisms at Southport. Rep. Invest. At- mosph. Pollut. (Gr. Britain Dep. Sc Indust. Res.) 1930. 16: 11.—Lipman, C. B. Living microorganisms in ancient rocks. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 22: 183-98.—Manns, T. F. Peat organ- isms that slowly liquefy agar. Science, 1916, n. ser., 43: 289.— Meier, F. C, A Lindbergh, C. A. Collecting micro-organisms from the Arctic atmosphere, with field notes and material. So. Month., 1935, 40: 5-20.—Raadt, O. I.. E. de. Over het voor- komen van een tot dusver onbekend microorganisme in het lichaam van den mensch in Nederlandsch-IndiS. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1917, 1: 1604-8.—Shaposhnikov, V. N. [Significance of physiological characteristics in the taxonomy of microorgan- isms; criticism of contemporary classifications] Microbiology, Moskva, 1942, 11: 1-14. ------ [R61e of physiological char- acteristics in the taxonomy of microorganisms; the genetic re- lation of energetic processes] _ Ibid., 1944, 13: 1-22.—Soule, M. H. A microorganism carried by the dust-storm. Science, 1934, 80: 14.—Sternberg, C. Ueber den Einfluss von Licht, Luft und Feuchtigkeit auf das Vorkommen von Mikroorga- nismen in der Aussenwelt. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, 47: 2565- 74.—Trotman, S. R. A new chromogenic organism. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond.. 1909, 28: 1238. ---- Evolution and genetics. Cold Spring Harbor symposia on quanti- tative biology, v. 11: Heredity and variation in microorganisms. 314p. 28cm. Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., 1946. Lwoff, A. L'evolution physiologique; etude des pertes de fonctions chez les microorganismes. 308p. 25cm. Par., 1944. Bastian, H. C. The forms of lower organisms as dependent upon molecular constitution and environmental conditions. Lancet, Lond.. 1915, 2: 624.—Beijerinck, W. Over het ni- traatferment en over physiologische soortvorming. VersL Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1914, 22: 1163-70. Also Eng. transl., Proc Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1914, 16: 1211-7.— Chodat, F. Chimie et gene'tique des microorganismes. Chi- mia, Zur., 1949, 3: 53-6.—Pontecorvo, G. Microbiology, bio- chemistry, and the genetics of microorganisms. Nature, I^ond., 1946,157:95. ------ Genetics of microorganisms. Schweis. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1948, 11: 395-407. ------ New fields in the biochemical genetics of micro-organisms. Biochem. J., Lond., 1949, 44: Suppl., p. xviii.—Tausson, W. O. [Evolution of microorganisms during the geological periods] Arch. biol. nauk, 1936, 43: 267-86. ---- filtrable. See also Virus. Schatjpp, E. *Beitrag zur Methodik der Fil- tration kleinster Korperchen [Konigsberg] 31 p. 20 Hem. Sarata, 1938. Ledingham, J. C. G. Unclassified filtrable microorganisms; historical review and brief statement of the present position. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 175.—Milne, G. R. Filtration of suspensions of micro-organisms through filter paper and 5-on-3 Jena sintered glass filter. Pharm. J., Lond., 1937, 86: 5.— Schmidt-Lange, W., A Hepp, W. Unter- suchungen uber Filtrierbarkeit an Bakteriophagen, Lyssavirus und Diphtheriebazillen. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1940-41, 125: 53-64.—Seiffert, G. Ueber das Vorkommen filtrabler Mikro- organismen in der Natur und ihre Ziichtbarkeit. Zbl Bakt 1. Abt., 1937. 139: 337-42. ' fossil. Deflandre, G. Considerations biologiques sur les microor- ganismes d'origine planctonique conserve's dans les silex de la craie. Bull. biol. France, 1935, 69: 213-44, 5 pi.—Galippe. V., & Soufnand, G. Recherches sur la presence dans les meteorites, les pierres dures, les minerals, le quartz, le granite, le ba«alte, les cendres et les laves volcaniques, d'organites susceptibles de reviviscence et sur leur resistance aux hautes temperatures. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1921, 172: 1252-4.— Moodie, R. L. Thread molds and bacteria in the Devonian. Science, 1920. n. ser., 51.: 14.—Rippel, A. Fossile Mikroorganismen in einem per- mischen Salzlager. Arch. Mikrob., BerL, 1935, 6: 350-8. MICROORGANISM 67 MICROORGANISM ---- Metabolism. Fulmer, E. I., Werkman, C H. [et al.] An index to the chemical action of microorganisms on the non-nitrogenous organic compounds. 198p. 23cm. Springf., 111., 1930. Bibliogr.: p. 167-98. Anslow, W. K., A Raistrick, H. Studies in the biochemistry of micro-organisms; the molecular constitutions of catenarin and erythroglaucin, metabolic products respectively of Helmintho- sporium catenarium Drechsler and of species in the Aspergillus glaucus series. Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 1124-33.—Aubei, E. Sur le me'thylglyoxal consider comme intermediate au cours de la degradation du glucose par les microorganismes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926. 183: 572-4.r-Challenger, F., A Ellis, L. The formation of organc-metalloidal compounds by micro- organisms. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1935, 396; 1936, 264.— Chase, M. W. A microorganism decomposing group-specific A substances. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 36: 383-90.—Cholodny. N. G. Volatiles evolved by flowers and leaves as a source of nutriment for micro-organisms. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1944, 43: 71—4.—Cimino, S. La produzione di catalasi da partedei microviventi in rapporto all'eta delle culture. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1947, 23: 230-2.—Clifton, C. E. Oxidative assimila- tion by various microorganisms. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 12: 186-92.—Crablll, C. H., A Reed, H. S. Con- venient methods for demonstrating the biochemical activity of microorganisms, with special reference to the production and activity of enzymes. Biochem. Bull., 1915, 4: 30-44, pi.— Dieckmann, H. Neuere Untersuchungen uber den 0*-Ver- brauch von Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1 Abt., 1934, 114: 193-211.—Doudoroff, M. On the utilization and synthesis of sucrose and related compounds by some microorganisms. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1945, 4: 241-7.—Franke. Neuere Erkenntnisse mm Stoffwechsel der Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1942-43, 105: 425 (Abstr.)—Frei, W. Oxydation und Zell- teilung bei Mikroorganismen. Schweiz. med. Wscbr., 1947, 77: 23-5.—Grinev, D., A Svitalskaia, N. [R61e of microbes in carbohydrate metabolism and its changes] Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 547-51.—Hesselink van Suchtelen, F. H. Ueber den Zu- Bammenhang zwischen den thermochemischen Eigenschaften der Verbindungen und der Angreifbarkeit dieser Substanzen fur Mikroorganismen. Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Natur. Heilk., na- turwiss. Abt., 1933, 15: 166-83.—Hutner, S. H. The calcium requirements of purple bacteria, green algae, and Spirodela polyrrhiza. J. Bact.. Bait., 1947, 54: 18.— Karpman, L. [Ob- servations on the production of sulphur hydride by microor- ganisms] Med. dosw., 1936. 21: 255-8.—Kluyver, A. J. At- mung. Caning und Synthese in ihrer gegenseitigen Abhangig- keit. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1930, 1: 181-96.—Loofbourow, J. R., A Morgan, M. N. Investigation of the production of growth-promoting and growth-inhibiting factors by ultra-violet irradiated microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 437-53.— McCloskey, C. M., A Porter, J. R. Utilization of certain rare sugars by microorganisms. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 60: 269-71.—Meewes. K. H. Neuere enzymatische Unter- Buchungen an technisch schadlichen Kleinlebewesen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 144: Beih., 135-8 [Discussion] 138-40.— Meissel, M. N. Hyper- and avitaminosis in micro-organisms. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 269.—Nikitinsky, J. Die anaerobe Bindung des Wasserstoffes durch Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1907, 19: 495-9.—Novy, F. G. Respiration of microorganisms. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1932. 17: 731-47.— Perin, A. Contributo sj erimentale alio studio dei microorga- nismi indolgeni. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1921-22, 1: 279-97.— Pickett, M. J. On the relation between the oxidation and assimilation of simple substrates by microorganisms. Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ. (1942-43) 1943, 18: 26-8.—Pulley, H. C, A Greaves, J. D. An application of the autocatalytic growth curve to microbial metabolism. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 24: 145- 68.—Rodionova, E. A. [Influence of metabolism products of micro-organisms on the development of others] Arch. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 335-44.—Sanborn, J. R. Materials manufac- tured by microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 97.— Sickles, G. M. Microorganisms which decompose bacterial carbohydrates. Annual Ren. Div. Laborat. N York State Dep. Health, 1935, 9; passim in subseq. vols.—Simonart, P. Sources d'azote. In his Introduct. microb. gen., Liege, 1947, 44-53.—Smith, E. F. Two sources of error in the determina- tion of gas-production by microorganisms. Science, 1909, n. ser.. 30:224. [Abstr]—Stephenson, M., A Gale. E. F. Metabol- ic processes in micro-organisms. Brit. M. Bull., 1947-48, 5:305- 7.—Tausson, V. O. [Transformation of energy by microorgan- isms] Mikrobiologia. Moskva, 1933. 2: 19-50; 1938, 7: 445- 65.—Verkade, P. E. Ueber die Angreifbarkeit organischer Verbindungen durch Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2 Abt., 1920, 52: 273-80.—Waksman, S. A. The influence of avail- able carbohydrates upon ammonia accumulation by microor- ganisms. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1917, 39: 1503-12.—Wedberg, S. E., A Rettger, L. F. Factors influencing microbial thermo- genesis. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 23— Wedum, A. G., A Golden, B. L. The carbohydrate gradient of certain microor- ganisms. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 94-8.—Woods, D. D- Wider aspects of studies of the nutrition of microorganisms. Brit. M. Bull., 1947-48, 5: 308-12.—ZoBell, C. E. Action of microorganisms on hydrocarbons. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1946, 10: 1-49. ---- pathogenic. See Microbe; Micropathology. ---- Physiology. Bushnell, L. D. Micro-organisms and the struggle for ex- istence. Tr. Kansas Acad. Sc, 1945-46, 48: 55-69.—Fischer, H. Physiologische Leistungen primitivster Organismen in ihrer stammesgeschichtlichen Bedeutung. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1921, 55:1-5.—Herman, M. L'infiniment petit vivant. Liege med., 1931, 24: 1589-611.—Hirsch, J. Zum Nachweis von Faktoren, welche die Vermehrung aerober Mikroorganismen beeinflussen. Enzymologia, Amst., 1937, 4: 94-106, ch.—Jen- nings, H. S. The behavior of unicellular organisms. BioL Lect., 1900, 93-112.—Micro-organisms and their environment. Nature, Lond.. 1946, 157: 27.—Mishustin, E. N., A Vasileva, O. I. Termofilnye mikroorganizmy pochvyi prichiny, vyzy- vaiushchie ikh rasprostranenie. Mikrobiologia. Moskva, 1945, 14: 237—43.—Miiller, P. T. Die allgemeinen Lebensbedingun- gen der Mikroorganismen. Erg. Physiol., 1905, 4: 138-83.— Niel, C. B. van [Methods of locomotion of microorganisms] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1927-28, 2: 93-112.—Perec, L. G.t A Mostova, R. S. [Reciprocal action of microorganisms at a distance] Vest, rentg., 1935, 14: 352-5; 1936, 17: 510-8.— Seigneurin, R. Age physique et age physiologique des micro- organismes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 682-5.— Zikes, H. Vergleichende Untersuchungen Uber Sphaerotilus natans (Kiitzing) und Cladothrix dichotoma (Cohn) auf Grand von Reinkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1915, 43: 529-52. ---- Population [and count] Allen, E. S. The accuracy of the dilution method of esti- mating the density of a population of micro-organisms. J. Sc. Iowa Coll., 1931-32, 6: 251-62.—Forster. W. H. C. A simple technique for the enumeration of organisms in any fluid. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 1:1641.—Fortner, H., A Kalmus. H. Die quantitative Darstellung von Protisten und Bakterien mit Hilfe der FUtermethode nach Gimesi. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1928, 45: 61-4.—Hwang, Y. Ueber die Moglichkeiten der logarithm mischen Darstellung der Mikroorganismenzahlen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1938, 9: 253-67.—Lilly, D. M. A photoelectric method for counting microorganisms. Anat. Rec, 1946, 96: 550.—Reimesch, E. Zur Frage der quantitativen Bestimmung von Mikroorganismen nebst einer neuen diesbezuglichen, all- gemeinen Bestimmungsmethode. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1934- 35, 91: 460-8. ---- Preservation. Resseler, R. Het droog-bewaren van micro- biologische wezens en hun reactieproducten; de droogtechniek. 63p. 24#cm. Brux., 1946. Forms Pt 2, v. 15, M6m. Sect. sc. natur. Inst. col. beige (Collect. 8!) Bushnell, O. A. A simple method for the preservation of bacteria and yeasts by cryochemic means. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 152.—Coupin, H._ Sur la conservation en prepara- tions microscopiques des moisissures et des peronospor^es. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 209.—Gordon, R. E., A Smith. N. R. Preservation of certain microorganisms under paraffin oil. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 53: 669.—Ibanez, R. Preservaci6n de mi- croorganismos. Rev. san., Madr., 1949, 23: 395-410, 4 pL ---- Resistance and viability. See also Disinfection. Kasimir, I. *Schadliche Einflusse auf Mikro- organismen. 22 p. 8? Konigsb., 1933. Mannozzi-Torini, M., & Vendramini, R. Effetti biologici delle radiazioni sui microorga- nismi. p. 1467-525. 25cm. Roma, 1939. In: Trat. radiobiol. (Balli, R.) Roma. 1939, 3: Banr, M. Studien uber chemische Konstitution und Wir- kung; die Wirkung einiger a, a-Diaryl-/3-amino-athanen auf Bakterien und Protozoen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 42: 651-60.—Bokorny, T. Einwirkung einiger basischer Stoffe auf Keimpflanzen; Vergleich mit der Wirkung auf Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1912, 32: 587-605.—Bortels, H. Meteoro- biologische Reaktionen einiger Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1942, 105: 305-25.—Brticke, F. Ueber die naturliche Sulfonamidre- sistenz der Mikroorganismen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1948, 60: 89-91.—Chistyakov, F. M. [Effect of temperature on micro- organisms] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 810-24. ------ A Noskova, G. L. [Effect of low temperatures on the develop- ment of microorganisms; effect of low temperatures on the de- velopment of bacteria and yeasts] Ibid., 1938, 7: 565-78.— Dozois, K. P., A Hachtel, F. The influence of heat and storage on the electrophoretic migration velocities of various microorganisms. J. Bact.. Bait., 1935, 30: 473-7.—Dreyer, G., A Walker, E. W. A. Res>stance_ of micro-organisms sus- pended in glycerin or oil to the sterilizing action of heat [Abstr.] Proc. Path. Soc. Gr. Britain, 1912-13. 17: 142.— Frouin. A. Influence des phosphates sur le developpement des microorga- nismes dans les milieux non albuminoldes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1910, 68: 801-3.—Fulmer, E. I., A Buchanan, R. E. Studies MICROORGANISM 68 MICROORGANISM on toxicity. J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 77-89.—G., H. Ueber einige chemische Reaktionen der Mikroorganismen und ihre Bedeutung fiir chemische und biologische Prol leme. Naturwissenschaften, 1913, 1: 981.—Haines, R. B. The freez- ing of microorganisms. Rep. Food Invest. Bd Gr. Britain, 1936, 40.—Hartoch, O., A Kanewskaja, M. Beitrag zur Lehre von der mechanischen Schadigung der Kleinlebewesen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932-33, 127: 263-8.—Hinterberger, A. Geis- seln und Mvzele unter der Einwirkung von Warme. Ibid., 1921, Orig., 86: 233-5.—Hollaender, A. Modes of action of monochromatic ultraviolet radiation on microorganisms. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 264.—Irwin, J. O. The distribution of the logarithm of survival times when the true law is exponential. J. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 42: 328-33.— Jahnel, F. Ueber das Ueberleben von Trypanosomen und Re- kurrensspirochaten nach Abkiihlung in flussigem Helium bis auf —269,5° C, d. i. 3,7° vom absoluten Nullpunkt entfernt. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1938, 94: 328-41.—Janke, A. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Radon sowie von Gasteiner Thermalwasser auf Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1938, 98: 97-109.— Jennings, H. S. Papers on reactions to electricity in unicellu- lar organisms. J. Comp. Neur., 1905, 15: 528-34. ------ Age, death and conjugation in the light of work on lower organ- isms. Harvey Lect., Phila., 1911-12, 7: 256-76— Jennison, M. W. The growth of bacteria, yeasts, and molds in a strong magnetic field. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 15.—Jettmar, H. M. Ueber das Vorkommen von Mikroorganismen hochster Thermo- resistenz in der Natur. Abh. Hyg., 1936, H. 22, 1-58.—Jong, D. A. de. Micro-organismes et basses temperatures. Arch. neerl. physiol., 1922, 7: 588-91.—Kanunnikova, Z. A. [Action of the high frequency field on certain microorganisms] In: Biol, deist, ultravys. chast. (Kupalov, P. S., et al.) Moskva, 1937, 294-301.—Khalil, F. The effect of drying on the micro- biological processes in soils. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1929, 79: 93-107.—Kossarev, V. A., A Koshelev, V. I. [Effect of chloro- picrin on vegetable microorganisms] Eksp. vet., Moskva, 1926, 3: 3-9.—Levine, A. S., A Fellers, C. R. The inhibiting effect of acetic acid with sodium chloride and sucrose on microorgan- isms. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 17.—McFarlane, V. H. Be- havior of microorganisms at subfreezing temperatures; influence of sucrose and hydrogen-ion concentrations. Food Res., 1941, 6:481-92.—Marrassini, A. A proposito di alcuni procedimenti sperimentali, fondamentali, nella valutazione della attivita svolta dalla enorgia raggiante sui microorganismi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1937, 16: 794.—Matuda, M., A Wakahara, H. Tyoonpa sayS no biseibutu ni oyobosu eikyo ni kansuru zikken- teki kenkyu [supersonic effect] Igaku A seibutugaku, 1944, 5: 461-3.—Metalnikov, S., A Jakimash, A. Action du rayonne- ment radioactif sur la multiplication et sur la structure des microorganismes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1940, 64: 47-54. ------A Jadov, O. Action du rayonnement radioactif sur la multiplication et la structure des microbes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 208: 605; 1692.—Moiler, L. Die Einwirkung von Dicy- andiamid auf das Wachstum verschiedener Mikroorganismen. Biochem. Zschr., 1918, 88: 85-96.—Morton, H. E. The sur- vival of microorganisms in fixed and stained preparations. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1939, 9: Suppl., 68-70.—Nadson, G. Sur T ac- celeration du tempo de la vie et le vieillissement premature1 chez les organismes infeneurs sous l'influence des rayons X et du radium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1585.—Pickett, M. J., A Clifton, C. E. The effect of selective poisons on the utili- zation of glucose and intermediate compounds in microorgan- isms. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1943, 22: 147-65.—Rippel, A., A Heilmann, F. Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Kohlensiiure auf Heterotrophen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1930, 1: 119-36.—Sabalichka. T., A Dietrich, K. R. Ueber das Verhalten von Mikroorganismen im luftverdiinnten Raum. Apothekerzeitung, 1926, 41: 68.—Salle, A. J., A Morrison, J. L. Studies on the virulence of organisms. J. Immun., Bait., 1939, 36: 385-94.—Schopfer, W. H. Recherches sur Taction des produits animaux sur le developpement d'un micro- organisme (Phycomyces) Taction du lait. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1937, 8: 231-43.—Schumacher, J., A Liese, W. Ueber den Abbau der Mikroorganismen in vivo. Zschr. Hyg., 1926, 106: 28-35.—Shillinglaw, C. A. Effect of carbon dioxide and acids on survival of micro-organisms. J. Sc Iowa Coll., 1941- 42, 16: 132.^Slater, C. The effect of disruptive discharges and high-tension and high-frequency electrical currents on microorganisms. Rep. Clin. Res. Laborat. George Hosp., Lond., 1910, 58-65.—Soshestvensky, N. A., A Sisov, P. V. [Effect of chloropicrin on sporogenic microorganisms] Eksp. vet., Moskva, 1926, 3: 10.—Stille, B. Ueber den Verlauf des Absterbens von Mikroorganismen bei wiederholtem Gefrieren. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1942-43, 13: 293-300.—Tanner, F. W., A Appling, J. W. Bactericidal effect of ultraviolet rays on non-spore forming bacteria and mold spores. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1941, 47: 47-51.—Tanner, F. W., A Houston, C. W. Survival of microorganisms in physiological sodium chloride solutions and in distilled water. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1940, 102: 353-61.—Tanner. F. W., A Wallace, G. I. Effect of freezing on microorganisms in various menstrua. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931. 39: 32-4.—Teternik, D. M. [Effect of sugar and alcohol on the viability of various microflora in hematogenj Vopr. pitan., 1939, 8: 106-10.—Trigg, C, A Stanly, G. L. Some effects of plant growth-regulating sub- Btances on microorganiBms. Ohio J. Sc, 1948. 48: 49-55.— T'ung, T. Recent studies on the effect of photo-dynamic ac- tion on microorganisms. Chin. M. J., Supol., 1940, 3: 304- 20, pi.—Werkman, C. H. Factors influencing the thermal death time of microorganisms. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sc. 1928, 35: 97.—Wertheim, H. Ueber die Beeinflussung von Lebens- vorgiingen der Mikroorganismen durch die Bestrahlung mit Kurzwellen und Ultrakurzwellen. Wien. klin. W?chr.. 1937, 50: 1296-300.—Worth, W. A., jr. A McCabe, A. M. Differ- ential effects of 2,4-D on aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative anaerobic microorganisms. Science, 1948, 108: 16-8. ---- Size and weight. Dervichian, D. Sur les dimensions des microoriranismes consid<5rees a Techelle moleculaire. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1943, 13: 207 (Abstr.)—Hinkelmann, A. J. Micro-organic weight. Illinois M. J.. 1916, 29: 202-6.— Lange, L. B. The dimensions of dividing microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 14: 275-8. ---- Staining. Babes, V. Ueber safraninophile Mikroorganismen. Bull. Acad, roumain., sect, sc, 1916-17, 5: 211-5.—Brossa. G. A. Assorbimento di sostanze coloranti per mezzo di microrga- nismi. Igiene mod.. 1921, 14: 194-9.—Burdon, K. L. Fatty ma- terial in bacteria and fungi revealed by staining dried, fixed slide preparations. J. Bact., Bait., 1946. 52: 665-78.—Callerio, C. Ricerche col metodo di Feulgen su alcuni micro organismi. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia. 1938, 52: 747-53, pi.—Fischel, R. Beroerkungen zu den Methoden der Mikroorganismenfarbung von Waelsch und von Kraus. Arch. Derm. Syph., Bei I., 1905, 76: 399-402.—Gray, P. H. H. A solution for staining differ- entially the spores and vegetative cells of micro-organisms. Canad. J. Res., 1941, 19: Sec. C, 95-8.—Hatcher, J. Gram positive and negative organisms. Brit. J. Nurs., 1942, 90: 16.—Hoffmann, E. Einfache Dauerfarbung von Hautpilzen und Mikroorganismen mit Azureosinglycerin. Klin. Wfchr., 1938, 17: 1622.—Krajian, A. A. A new and rapid staining method for Gram-positive and Gram-negative organisms in frozen and paraffin sections. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1602-6.—Maneval, W. E. Staining bacteria and yeasts with acid dyes. Stain Techn., 1941, 16: 13-9.—Mazza, S. Sobre las ventajas del nuevo metodo llamado de la imagen brillante de Hoffman para la observaci6n de microorganismos coloreados en campo obscuro. Rev. As. m£d. argent., 1921, 34: Sect. Soc. med. intern., 372-81.— Muller, H. E., A Cher- mock, R. L. A rapid staining technique for acid-fast organ- isms. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 169-71.—Neumann, F. Ueber Geisseldarstellung bei Mikroorganismen im Dunkelfeld, mit Lichtbildern, mikrokinematographischen Demonstrationen von Infusorien, Trypanosomen und Bakterien, sowie Lebend- vorfiihrung begeisselter Proteusbazillen. Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hyg., 1926, 30: Beih. 1, 125-32.—Nitzsche. P. Verwendung kolloidaler Metalle an Stelle der Tusche bei Burri-Praparaten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1912. 63: Orig., 575.—Patocka, F., A Ilavsky, J. [New method in staining microorganisms] Cas. \ik. cesk., 1937. 76: 1457-60.—Piffard, H. G. A new staining method for microorganisms. N. York M. J., 1907, 86: 965.— Pinner, M. Atypical acid-fast microorganisms. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y., 1935, 31: 147. ---- Suspension. See also Vaccine. Stier, T. J. B. A perfusion method for suspensions of micro- organisms. Am. J. Physiol., 1940. 129: 475.—Williams, R. J., McAlister, E. D., A Roehm, R. R. A rapid and accurate method for determining the quantity of yeast or other micro- organisms in a suspension. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 315-20. ---- Therapeutic use. See also Antibiotic; Vaccine, etc. Merck & Company. Bactericidal substances derived from microorganisms; annotated biblio- graphy. 47 1. 27>£cm. Railway, 1942. Florey, H. W. The use of micro-organisms for therapeutic purposes. Brit. M. J., 1945, 2: 635-42. Also Produits pharm., 1946, 1: 373-8. Also Sem. meU, B. Air., 1946, 53: pt 2, 377- 84. Also Yale J. Biol., 1946-47, 19: 101-17, pi. ---- Type collection. See also under Bacteria. Catalogue of the National Collection of Type Cultures, maintained by the Council at the Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine. 4. ed. 159p. 8? Lond., 1936. Forms No. 214, Spec. Rep. Ser. Med. Res. Counc. Gegenwartige (Der) Bestand der Kralschen Sammlung von Microorganismen, October 1901. 37p. 8? Praha, 1901. Gundel, M. Die Typenlehre in der Mikro- biologie; ihre Grundlagen und ihre Bedeutung fur die Epidemiologic, Klinik und Therapie. 192p. 8? Jena, 1934. Pribram, E. Der gegenwartige Bestand der vormaligen Kralschen Sammlung von Mikroor- ganismen. 148p. 8? Wien, 1919. MICROORGANISM 69 MICROPATHOLOGY Catalogue of type cultures [England] J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1575.—Collection of cultures of micro-organisms. Brit. Sc. News, 1947—48, 1: No. 7, 21.—Collections of micro-organ- isms. Nature, Lond., 1946, 157: 360.—Conference on culture collections of micro-organisms in London. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1947, 16: 374.—Dmitrevskaia, N. A. |History of the Museum of Living Cultures] In: Mat. istor. Vsesoiuzn. inst. eksp. med. Gorky, Moskva, 1941, 1: 143-6.—Green, R. The collection of type cultures maintained in the Division of Bacteriology, Institute for Medical Research. Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res., Kaula Lumpur (1936) 1937, 53-60.—Hauduroy, P. The collection center for microbic types at the School of Medicine of Lausanne. Med. Times, N. Y., 1946, 74: 243- 6.—National (The) collection of tvpe cultures. Lancet, Lond., 1925, 2: 1086.—Prevot, A. R., A Bonneroi, A. Le centre de collection de types microbiens. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1947, 73: 280-5.—St John-Brooks, R. The National Collection of Type Cultures. Brit. M. Bull., 1944, 2: 284-6. ---- Use. See also subheadings (Biological role; Thera- peutic use) Marchal, J. G., A Thomas, P. Un indicateur biologique du fer constitue1 par les produits de secretion d'un microorganisme chromogene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 168.—Marshal, C. E. The technical application of microorganisms to agricul- ture. Science, 1915, 42: 257-64. ---- Variability. Bordet, J., A Bordet, P. Le role du calcium dans la disso- ciation microbienne. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1941, 4: 321-31.—Gause, G. F. [Variation and heredity among micro- scopic organisms] Usd. sovrem. biol., 1945, 19: 132-4.—Kor- shikov, A. A. On some new organisms from the groups Volvo- cales and Protococcales, and on the genetic relations of these groups. Arch. Protistenk., 1926, 55: 439-503, 9 pi.—Krasil- nikov, N. A. [Individual variability of microorganisms] J. obshch. biol., Moskva, 1943,4:15-27.—Maccolini.R. Variabili- dad y especificidad de los microorganismos. Farmalecta, B. Air., 1947-48, 2: 75; 109.—Petri, L. Les saltations des mi- crorganismes et leur signification biologique. Bol. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 260-94.—Pontecorvo, G., A White, M. J. D. Heredity and variation in micro-organisms. Nature, Lond.. 1946, 158: 363.—Souknev, V. V. [Variability of microorganisms according to the Marx-Lenin theory] Vest. mikrob., 1932, 11:3-16. MICROPARASITOLOGY. See also Bacteriology; Microbe; Microbiology; Microorganism; Parasitology. Dougherty, J. M., & Lamberti, A. J. A textbook of bacteriology and immunology. 360p. 25cm. S. Louis, 1946. Gotschlich, E., & Schurmann, W. Tratado prdctico de microparasitologfa y serologic, con- siderando especialmente los metodos de investi- gacidn que se exponen en los cursos de bacterio- logia. 2. ed. 355p. 23#cm. Madr., 1932. Gtjndel, M. G. P. Grundriss der Mikropara- sitologie und der Infektionskrankheiten. 2. Aufl. 214p. 22cm. Lpz., 1944. Logan, W. R. Bacteriology and protozoology; in medicine and public health. 5. ed. 2 pts in 1 v. 155 p. 18J4cm. Edinb., 1945. Polettini, B., & Severi, R. Lezioni di micro- parassitologia umana. 553p. 24}£cm. Padova, 1938. . Steinhatjs, E. A. Insect microbiology; an ac- count of the microbes associated with insects and ticks with special reference to the biologic rela- tionships involved. 763p. 24cm. Ithaca, 1947. VIsokovich, V. K., & KleIn, B. I. Mikro- parazitologia. p. 471-542. 8? S. Peterb., 1911. In: Osnov! klin. diag. (Levin A Visokovich) Doetschman, W. H. Some suggestions in microtechnique particularly useful in microentomology and parasitology. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1944, 63: 175-8.—Eisenstein, V. W. Ills, pills and bills; Alice's adventures in germ-land or through the micro-glass. Phi Delta Epsilon News, 1934. 26: 197-211.— Rodrignez L6pez-Neyra, C. La microparasitologfa al traves de los tiempos. Actual. meU, Granada, 1946, 32: 435-46. MICROPATHOLOGY. See also Bacteriology; Histopathology; Micro- biology, medical. JKypHaji MHKpo6HOJioruH, anujieMHOjiorHH a HMMyHo6uojiorHH. Moskva, v. 2, 1925- Silveira Moreno, J. A. *Os microbios e o seu papel pathogenico. 147p. 8? Lisb., 1885. Bizzarrini, G. Contributi della scienza italiana nel campo della microbiologia patologica. Minerva med., Tor., 1949, 40: Varia, 323-9.—Kaempffert, W. La ferocidad del mundo micro- biano. Rev meU, Pueblo, 1940, 13: No. 124, 24-8.—Lamb, J. E. Micro-organisms and disease. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1896, 28: 202-21.—Ordonez, A. Los microorganismos con- siderados como geYmenes pat6genos; causas y condiciones de la infeccidn. Rev. med. cir., Barranquilla, 1939, 6: No. 7, 20-45.—Sopp. Mikrobernes sygdomme; infektions-begrepets utvidelse. Norsk mag. laegevid., 1915, 5. R., 13: 1073-99, 5 pi.—Wohlfeil, T. Allgemeine Morphologie und Biologie der pathogenen Mikroorganismen. In: Grundr. Hyg. (Fliigge, C.) 11. Aufl., Berl., 1940, 580-615. ---- History. Allen, P. W. The story of microbes. 2. ed. 454p. 23}£cm. S. Louis, 1938. ARABANTINOS, A. P. Td niKfibfiia.' (Vtopiki) Kai avaXvTtKri AieXerTj. 302p. 19cm. Athenai, 1900. Hauduroy, P. Microbes; de la naissance et de la vie de quelques dScouvertes illustres en microbiologie. 136p. 19^cm. Lausanne, 1944. Allen, P. Early American animalcular hypotheses. Bull. Hist. M., 1947, 21: 734-43.—Daranyi, J. Entwicklung und Einteilung der Lehre der lebenden Krankheitserreger (Meta- zoologie, Protozoologie, Bakteriologie, Virologie) Munch, med. Wschr., 1939, 85: 220.—Field, A. G. An historic paper relation of micro-organisms to disease. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1934, 24: 41.—Haagensen, C. D., A Lloyd, W. E. B. The germ theory; the attack on the germ outside the body. In their Hundred Years of Med., N. Y., 1943, 86: 104.—Leikind, M. C. The discovery of pathogenic germs. Ciba Sympos., 1940-41, 2: 726-51.—Miller, A. A. [Achievements in microbiology and epidemiology] In: Dreizehn Jahre wiss. Med. Nord.-Kau- kasus (Benkovich, I. L.) Rostov, 1934, 39-62.— Pazzini, A. Ultime lotte ed ultime vittorie della teoria microbica. Athena, Roma, 1940, 9: 123-5.—Troicky, V. L. [Achievements of Russian microbiology and immunology in the past 25 years J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, No. 11, 37-49. ---- Methods. Buddingh, G. J., A Womack, F. C, jr. Observations on the infection of chick embryos with Bacterium tularense, Bru- cella, and Pasteurella pestis. J. Exp. M., 1941, 74: 213-22, 3 pl_—Falkovich, L. I. [Use of the chorion-allantoid membrane of the chick embryo in study of infection and immunity, associ- ated with microorganisms] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940. No. 4, 12-7.—Gerlach, F. Ueber Versuche zur Sichtbarmachung und Ziichtung spezifischer Mikroorganismen bei Virus-Infektions- krankheiten und bosartigen Geschwiilsten. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1938, 25: 165-88, pi.—Habs, H. Die Entnahme des Untersuchungsmaterials und die allgemeine Bewertung mikro- biologischer Befunde. In: Ansteck. Krankh. (Gundel, M.) 3. Aufl., Lpz., 1944, 735—47.—Radna, R. La microscopie de fluorescence comme mode de recherche du bacille de la lepre et des tryDanosomes. Ann. Soc. beige m6d. trop.. 1938, IK: 623-8. ---- veterinary. Hagan, W. A. An outline of lectures on patho- genic bacteriology (veterinary) and immunity. 98 1. 8? Rochester, N. Y., 1936. Schnurer, J. Entwicklung und Leistungen der Veterinar- Medizin auf dem Gebiete der Mikrobiologie in Oesterreich. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 777-9. MICROPECHIS. See Colubridae. MICROPHAGE. See also Leukocyte; Phagocyte. Verrey, F. Microphages dans l'humeur aqueuse. Schweiz med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 1557. MICROPHALLINAE. See also Heterophyidae; Trematoda; also names of genera as Levinseniella; Maritrema. Timon-David, J. Sur un tr^matode parasite des crabes en Mediterranee. Ann. parasit., Par., 1949, 24: 25-8. ---- Gynaecotyla. Rankin, J. S., jr. Studies on the trematode family Micrc- phallidae Travassos, 1921; the life cycle and ecology of Gynae- cotyla nassicola (Cable and Hunninen, 1938) Yamaguti, 1939. Biol. Bull.. 1940, 79: 439-51. MICROPHALLINAE 70 MICROPHONE ---- Microphallus. Osborn. H. L. Observations on Microphallus ovatus, sp. nov., from the crayfish and black bass of Lake Chautauqua, N. Y. J. Parasit., Lane, 1918-19, 5: 123-7, pi.—Rausch, R. New host records for Microphallus ovatus Osborn, 1919. Ibjd., 1946, 32: 93. ------_ The raccoon, a new host for Microphallus sp., with additional notes on M. ovatus from turtles. Ibid., 208. ------ Some observations on the host relationships of Microphallus opacus (Ward, 1894) (Trematoda; Microphallidae) Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1947, 66: 59-63.— Strandine, E. J. Variations in Microphallus, a genus of trema- todes, from fishes of Lake Lelanau, Michigan. Ibid., 1943. 62: 293-300. ---- Spelotrema. Chen. H. T. Spelotrema pseudogonotyla n. sp. (Trematoda; Microphallidae) from Hongkong. J. Parasit., Lane, 1944, 30: 159-61.—Rankin, J. S., jr. Studies on the trematode family Microphallidae Travassos, 1921; the genus Spelotrema Jager- skiold, 1001, and description of a new specie1', Spelotrema pa- pillorobusta. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1940, 59: 38-47. MICROPHANURUS. See also Serphoidea. Nixon, G. E. J. A synopsis of the Ethiopian and Indo- Malayan species of Microphanurus (Serphoidea, Scelionidae) Bull. Entom. Res., Lond.. 1943-44, 34: 135-44. MICROPHOBIA [1945] See Phobia. • MICROPHONE. See also Phonograph; Radio; Sound; Tele- phone. McLennan, M. A. Single pickup for photo- electric ear volume and ear pulse. 7 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-696-4E, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Bonner, R. W.. A Kirschbaum, H. M. Microphonic trans- mitter. U S. Patent Off, 1941, No. 2.254.206.—Donoher, E. P. Support and hair covering for earphones. Ibid., 1938, Reissue, 20,871.—Gaumont, L. Un nouvel amob'ficateur des sons. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1922, 175: 1051-3.—Logemann, H. Simple RC equalizer circuits. Rev. Sc. Instrum , 1948 19: 196.—Manfredi. A. Di un altoparlante elettrolitico. Fisiol. A med., Roma, 1947, n. ser., 1: 121-7.—Microphones. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com., 1946. No. 651. 15.—[Royal (The) Air Force microphonel Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min., Lond., 1949. 121-5.—Schmitt, O. H. Cathode phase inversion. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1941, 12: 548-51.—Sturtevant, J. M. A stable selective audio amplifier. Ibid., 1947, 18: 124-7.—Wass, C. A. A. Feedback amplifiers. Nature, Lond. 1942, 150: 381.—Wilson. R. G. A note on the photoelectric amplifier of Heidelberg and Rense. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1942. 13: 300.—Zwaardemaker, H. Eine Camera plumbica fur Microphone. Onderzoek. Physiol, laborat. Utrecht., 1912, 5. ser., 13: 49-53. ---- History. Frederick, H. A. The development of the microphone, p. 164-88. 25Hcm. N. Y., 1931. Clipping from Bell Teleph. Q., 1931, 10: Berliner, F. Vocal physics; historic notes. J. Franklin Inst.. 1929, 208: 13-6.—Owen, G. R. The microphone, stethoscope, telephone, and artificial aids to hearing; their historical relationship. California West. M., 1939, 51: 169-71. ---- Medical use. See also under Audition, Test; Auscultation; Deaf, Apparatus; Percussion; Phonendoscope; Phonocardiograph; Stethoscope; also Audiome- try, in 5. series. Holden, A. N. The development of the West- ern Electric audiphone. p.251-8. 25^cm N. Y., 1933. Clipping from Bell Teleph. Q., 1933, 12: Causse, R„ A Gondet, I. Notions theoriques et pratiques sur les appareils amplificateurs pour sourds. Ann. otolar Par., 1948. 65: 117-36.—Davis, R. C. The design and testing of multiple amplifiers for action potential recording. J. Exp Psychol., 1943, 32: 270-1.—Eddy. W. C. Sound pickup unit U. S. Patent Off., 1948. No. 2.439.459.—Laim6. Microphone pour sourds. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1909-10, 15: pt 2. 75.— Maicophone hearing aid acceptable. J. Am. M. Ass.,' 1940 114: 413.—Microphone (Le) appliqu^ a la medecine. Nature! Par., 1879-80, 8: 388.—Western Electric audiphone ortho- technic model acceptable. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1939, 112: 1062.— Western Electric ortho-tronic audiphone acceptable. Ibid., 1943, 121: 1283. ---- Physiology. See also Audition, Theory; Sound, Localiza- tion; Speech. Leiri, F. Eine Theorie vom Horen als Folge von Mikrophonwirkungen im Ohr. 115p. 8? Helsin., 1935. In: Acta Soc med. Duodecim. 1935. 21: ser. B. No. 5. Castro Sanchez, E. R. La radiotelefonia aplicada a la localizaci6n acustica. Rev. mil., B Air., 1941. 41: pt 2. 1079- 86.—Curtis. J. F. Intelligibility related to microphone position, Speech Monogr., 1946. 13: No. 2. 8-12.—Davis. H.. Gernandt, B. E. [et al.] Aural microphonics in the cochlea of the guinea pig. J. Acoust. Soc. America. 1949, 21: 502-10.—Leiri. F. Ueber Mikrophoneffekte im Ohr. Acta otolai.. Stockh.,_ 1935, 22: 111-23.—Revesz. G. Tonsystem jenseits des musikilischen Gebietes, musikalische Mikrosysteme und ihre Beziehung zu der musikalischen Akustik. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1935. 134: 25-61.—Wagner, R., A Zintl. H. Versuche zur selektiven Verstarkung bestimmter Gebiete des Ton- bereichs mit Hilfe von polyphonen Memhranen Zschr. Biol., 1937. 98: 11-25.—Way, B. The electric and magnetic principles in the hearing aid. In: Ear A its Dis. (Whitaker, E.) Lond., 1940. 77-100. MICROPHONIA. See under Phonasthenia; Voice, Disorder. MICROPHOTOGRAPHY! [1858] See also Microfilm, Photography; Microradi- ography; Motion picture; Photography; also such headings as Anthropology, Methods; Criminology, Methods, etc. See also next heading. Raney, M. L., ed. Microphotography for libraries. 138p. 22cm. Chic, 1936. Barleben, K. A., jr. The miniature camera in scientific photography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 2: 157-66.— Borges, T. La cdmara de comparaci6n fotomicrogrfifica y su aplicaci6n policiol6gica. Criminalia, Mix., 1945, 11: 160.— Hagelstein, F. Die Kleinhildphotographie im Dieni«te der Wissenschaft. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes.. 1933, 29: 254-6.— Jack. A., A Bornhofen. O. Die Leica als Hilfsmittel in Eisen- hutten-Forschungsan'talten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 193-200.—Johnston, G. F. The miniature camera approach to visual education. J. laborat. Clin. M , 1942-43. 28: 241-9.— Karsten, A. Neue Methoden der Mikrophotographie im Dienste der Kriminalistik. Arch. Krim., 1937, 101: 71-6.— Langenbruch, H. Kriminalistische Fltraviolett-Reflcx-Mikro- photographie mit einer neuen nach Angahen des Verfassers herge«tellten Optik. Ibid., 1936, 99: 15; 119. ------ Die Technik der Ultraviolett-Reflex-Mikrophotographie. Ibid., 1938, 102: 43-8. 3 pi.—Losert, W. Der Sehmalfilm im Dienste der Oto-Rhino-Laryngologie. Zschr. Hals Ac Hei'k., 1937, 42: 382-4.—Pierce, H. F. Case-history photographs with the miniature camera. Am. J. Ophth., 1934, 3. ser., 17: 527-9.— Tucker, S. J. Further notes on microphotography in anthro- pology. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 139-41.—Van Slyke, E. Photography of living tissue in situ. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935, 4: 24-6.—Webster, S. H., I.iljegren, E. J., A Zimmer, D. J. Photomicrography of moving objects by electronic photoflash technique. Ibid., 1947-48, 16: 98-102. MICROPHOTOGRAPHY 2 [1860] See also Histology, Methods; Microbiology, Methods; Microcinematography; Micrography, Photomicrography [idem] Microscopy. Balmasova, Z. N., Brumberg, E. M., A Kozlov, V. E. O mikrofotografii v infrakrasnykh luchakh. Izv. Akad. nauk SSSR, s(ique; enregistrements pl^thysmographiques et photo- electriques du pouls de la pulpe du doigt chez l'homme. Acta physiother. rheumat. belg., 1949, 4: 28-35.—Matthes, K., A Hauss, W. Lichtelektrische Plethysmogramme. Klin. Wschr., 1938. 17: 1211-3. MICROPLEXIA. See under Dementia, Schizophrenic (Physio- pathology; Psychopathology) MICROPOLAROGRAPHY. See also Electrometry; Polarography; Trace element; also Chemistry, Microchemistry. _ Catch, J. R., Cook, A. H., A Kitchener, J. A. Apparatus for microtitrations with a glass electrode. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1945, 319.—Everdingen, W. A. G. van A Idzerda, J. [Tech- nique of measuring small potential variations for biological purposes] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1932-33, 7: 299-317.— Forche, H. E. Vereinfachung der polarographischen Methode durch Einfiihrung des Stufenquotienten. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1938, 25: 217-24.—Janke, A., A Mikschik, E. Ueber eine Mikromethode zur potentiometrischen Formoltitration. Ibid., 1939, 27: 176-9.— Mtiller, O. H. Polarographic study with a microelectrode past which an electrolyte is flowing. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1947, 69: 2992-7.—Stock, J. T. A micro cell for polarography and amperometric titration. Analyst, Lond. 1946, 71: 583-5.—Teisinger, J. Mikropolarographische Bestimmung von Nitrobenzen im Blut. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1938. 25: 151-6.—West, P. W., A Amis, E. S. A microcalomel electrode for polarographic measurements. Science, 1945, 101: 71. MICROPORADENITIS INGUINALIS. See Lymphogranulomatosis inguinalis. MICROPOTENTIOMETRY. See Micropolarography. MICROPROJECTOR. See also Micrography, Apparatus; Microscope; Projection. Bascom, F. S. Projection of microscopic slides; for demon- stration or photography. California West. M., 1934, 41: 43.— Benda, C. Vorfiihrung des neuen Zeifjschen Projektionsappa- rates. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 873.—Brownell, C. G. Simplified micro-projection for small groups. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1944, 24: 51-4.—Hartridge, H. A microscope projector for lecture purposes. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1932, 52: 269-72, pi.—Hastings, W. S. A more convenient micro- projection apparatus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934, 20: 93-5.— Kohler, A. Die Leistung der Projektionsapparate, insbesondere des Projektionsmikroskops. Naturwissenschaften, 1935, 23: 27-35.—La rose, P. A convenient microprojection apparatus. Canad. J. Res., 1936, 14: Sect. A, No. 7. 131-3.—Lossen, F. Neuer Projektionsapparat von hoher, vielseitiger Leistung bei geringstem Stromverbrauch. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 487-92. ------ Neuerungen in Mikroprojektion durch Verwendung von Gluhlampen. Ibid., 1927, 44: 289-95.— Matthews, G. P. A method for vertical microprojection with the carbon arc as illuminant. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1932, 52: 134-7, 2 pi.—Microprojecteur. Rev. opt., Par., 1938, 17: 285, illust.—Miliar, W. G. A simple medium-power apparatus for direct micro-projection. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1933 53: 319-22.—Naumann, E. Ueber die Mikroprojektion ' des lebenden Limnoplanktons. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1922, 39: 155-9.—Pernkopf, E. Eine besondere Art der Mikroprojektion von grosseren Uebersichtsbildern mittels des Mikropianara f=10cm. Ibid., 1921, 38: 261-3.—Reinders, E. Mikroprojek- tion; Betatigung des Mikrometers, des Kreuztisches und der Aperturblende von der Bildwand aus. Ibid., 1929, 46: 11-20.— Studnicka, F. K. Wie kann man im Sehfelde des Mikroskopes zwei verschiedene Praparate gleichzeitig zu sehen bekommen und gleichzeitig projizieren? Ibid,, 1907, 24: 34-8.—Wallin, I. E. An inexpensive projection apparatus. Anat. Rec, 1917, 13: 127-9, pi.—Wilkinson, H. J. A low-power micro-projection apparatus. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1934, 54: 97. MICROPSIA. See also Hallucination, visual; also under names of primary conditions as Arachnoiditis; Lens, Abnormity; Mydriasis, etc. Anelli, D. La micropia nella midriasi. Boll, ocul., 1933, 12: 457-73.—Bartemeier, L. H. Micropsia. Psychoanal. Q., 1941, 10: 573-82.—Esser, A. A. M. Spiegazione fisica della micropsia e macropsia accomodativa. Boll, ocul., 1925, 4: 603-5.—Freeman, E. The extent of the field of vision in lens micropsia. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930, n. ser., 3: 331-4.— Heine, L. Makropsie und Mikropsie. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk., 4. Aufl., Berl., 1910, 9: 123-5.—Isakowitz, I. Messende Versuche iiber Mikropsie durch Konkavglaser nebst Be- merkungen zur Theorie der Entfernungs- und Grossenwahr- nehmung. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1907, 66: 477-96—Matavulj, N., A Sicard, J. Micropsie, symptome oculaire accessoire dans un cas d'arachnoidite opto-chiasmatique. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1949, 21: 249-51.—Meige, H. Micropsie chez un tiqueur b^gue. Bull. Soc. neur. Paris, 1903, 5: 27.—Schwarz. O. Zur akkommodativen Mikropsie. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1907, 45: 42-6.—Sinemus, A. Untersuchungen uber Beleuchtungs- und Korperfarbe bei Mikropsie. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., Lpz., 1932, 125: 1-37.—Thiebaut, F., A Matavulj, N. Hemi-micropsie relative homonyme droite en quadrant inferieur. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1949, 21: 245. MICROPYKNOMETER. See also Specific gravity, Determination. Clemo, G. R., & McQuillen, A. A micropyknometer method for density determinations. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1935, 1220.— Houghton, A. A. A micro-pyknometer. Analyst, Lond., 1944, 69: 345.-—Lanz, W. Une methode de microdensimetrie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 510-3. MICROPYLE. See under Coccidia; Oocyst. MICRORADIOANALYSIS. See under Microradiometry; Micr ©teleradi- ography; also such headings as Radioanalysis; Radiochemistry; Radioelement, etc. MICRORADIATOR. See also Radiobiology, Methods; Radiotherapy, Apparatus; Radon, Therapeutic use. *, Kornalik, F. Biologische Reaktionen radioaktiver Mikro- strahler. Strahlentherapie, 1938, 62: 714-24. ------ & Altschul, W. Zur biologischen Wirkung radioaktiver Mikro- strahler; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Ibid., 1933, 47: 746-53. MICRORADIOGRAPHY! [1896] Syn.: Abreugraffa; fluoradiography; fluoroent- genography; fluorography; fluorophotography; Kleinbildschirmphotographie; Leuchtschirmpho- tographie; micromirografia; minography; photo- fluorography (miniature) photofluoroscopy; pho- tography (fluoroscopic screen, roentgen) photo- radiography; photoroentgenography; radiography (indirect, mass, miniature) radiophotography; roentgenography (fluoroscopic, mass) roentgen- photography; schermo(foto)grafia; Schirmbild- photographie; Schirmbildverfahren; screenpho- tography. See also Radiodiagnosis; Radiography; Thorax, Radiography. Ab'e«. M. de. Roentgen fotografia. Rev. As. med. argent., J9^8, 5^: 460-3.—Abreugraffa. Arch, argent, enferm. ap. resp., 1941. 9: 41—Beaudoin, H. Quelques aspects de la photo- fluorographie. Union med. Canada, 1946, 75: 1051-5.— Berner, F. Rontgenschirmbild-Photographie und Rontgen- reihenbildner. Umschau, 1938, 42: 986-90, illust.—Boelen, L. J. [Photography of roentgenoscopic pictures] Tegen de MICRORADIOGRAPHY 73 MICRORADIOGRAPHY tuberculose. 1939, 35: 98-101.—Bonte. G. La methode radio- photosraphique. Presse m6d., 1943, 51: 38.—Cranch, A. L. Miniature radiography. Pub. Health, Lond., 1939-40, 53: 176, pi.—Dormer, B. A., A Collender, K. G. Miniature radiography. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1309-11, pi.—Douglas. B. H. The miniature X-ray film of the chest. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1940-41, 13: 212.------A Birkelo, C. C. The miniature X-ray film of the chest. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1941, 43: 108-16.—Fralick, F. T., McClintock, H. T. [et al.] Miniature chest X-rays. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1947, 57: 567-72.—Grechish- kin. S. V. [Micro-roentgenography] Priroda, 1937, 26: No. 5, 1-11.—Leeming, D. Miniature radiography. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.. 1941. 55: 283.—Mistal, O. M. La radiophoto- graphie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1944, 74: 261-7.—Osetinsky, T. G. Fotografirovanie s rentgenovskogo ekrana; fluorografia, ekranografia. Hosp. delo, 1945, No. 3, 46-8.—Paula, A. de, A Benedetti. F. Roentgenfotograffa a vitoria duma idea. Med cir. pharm., Rio, 1940, 167-76.—Pizon. A propos de la radio- photographie. Concours med., 1947, 69: 1666.—Reynolds, R. A. Miniature chest radiography. Irish J. M. Sc, 1945. 187-91.—Rosenthal. A. D. Fluorography. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1940-41, 17: 380.—Schinz. H. R. Zweck, Organisation, Durchfiihrung und vorlaufige Ergebnisse der Schirmbilduntersuchung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1944, 74: 879-86. ------ Die Schirmbildphotographie. Radiol, clin., Basel, 1946, 15:36.—Schondube. W. Das Schirmbildverfahren im Dienste der Klinik. Munch, med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 70-3.— Shellshear, K. E., A Stuart, B. P. A. Photofluorography; the use of the miniature film in X-ray diagnosis. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 265-7, pi.—Speder, E. La radiophotographie. Maroc med., 1943, 236.—Sutherland, C. G. Fluorography. Am. J. M. Sc, 1940, 199: 737-45.—Valverde S., J. B. Otros aspectos sobre abreugraffa. Protec social, La Paz, 1947, 10: No. 114, 12-5.—Zuppinger, A. Rontgenologic et radiophotographie. Mid. A hyg., Geneve. 1946. 4: No. 88, 7. ---- Apparatus. See also other subheadings; also Radiation Gamma, Generator; Rectifier; Roentgen tube; Transformer, etc. Abreu, M. de. Roentgen-fotografia; disposittvos y aparatos para roentgen-fotografia y catastro rad'ol6gico social. Dfa med., B. A'r., 1937, 9: 794-6. ------ Dispos:tivo y aparato para roentgen-fotografia. Ibid., 1938. 10: 157-60. Also Zschr. Tuberk., 1938, 80: 70-91. Also Am. J. Roentg., 1939, 41: 662-6.—Alexander, S. A simple serialograph. X-ray Technician, 1944-45, 16: 203.—Cano Gironda, L. El metodo de Abreu con el aparato General Electric roentgenfotograffa. Commun. Congr. panamer. tuberc, 1940, 5. Congr., 3: 162-4.— Davies, S. W. V. Daylight screening aid for mass radiography. Brit. M. J., 1948, 2: 1117.—Dormer, B. A., A Gibson, M. Miniature radiography with two tubes, two cameras, and only one generator. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 1026.—Fenz, K. J., A Verse, H. Ein Kleinapparat fiir Reihendurchleuchtungen und Aufnahmebetrieb. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1942, 66: 135- 40.—Fossati, F., A Gallone, P. Informazioni critiche su nuovi accessorii schermografici. Radiol, med., Milano, 1947, 33: 79-83.—Franke, H. Die techrischen Mittel der Leucht- schirmphotographie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 890.— From chests to castings; the G-E photoroentgen unit plays dual role in America's war efforts. Surg. Equip., 1942, 9: No. 5, 10.—Holfelder, H. Verfahren und Apparatur zur kollektiven Rontgenphotographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: 181-7.—I innett, B. J. A device for chest measurement in mass radiography. Radiography, Lond., 1947, 13: 152.—Morgan, R. H., A Murphy, E. G. A light, compact X-ray generator of high efficiency for mass radiography of the chest. Pub. Health Rep., Wash.. 1946, 61: 982-9, 2 pi.—Morgan, R. H.. A Van Allen, W. W. Standardization of photofluorographic equip- ment. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1946, 53: 291-6.—Noschis, K. W. Solution of technical problems connected with economical light-weight apparatus for mass miniature radiography. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1948, 29: 268-76.—Photoroentgen camera tube coupling device. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 83, 32—4.—Ponzio, M. Mezzi e metodo moderni di indagine Bchermografica. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 70-9.— Prozzo, E. Indagine schermografica con apparecchio photocron Kelley-Koett. Ibid., 34, 4 pi.—Segre, M. Di un nuovo dispositivo per le radiografie mirate e per le seriografie. Arch. ital. mal. app. diger., 1935, 4: 281-5— Solovkin, E. V. [A plateglass fluorograph] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 9, 54-8.— Worrad, H. S. The pneumodigraph Radiography, Lond., 1945, 11:4-7. ---- Apparatus: Automobile. Boeglin, P. Was muss man von einem Schirmbild-Rontgen- Auto verlangen? Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1945, 75: 1137.— Grunbers, M. Was muss man von einem Schirmbild-Rontgen- Auto-verlangen? Ibid., 930-2.—Holmgren, B. Med Svenska nationalforeningens mot tuberkulos skfirmbildsbuss i Oerebro Ian. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1943. 38: 100-7.— Kristofferson, C. E. Med Nationalforeningens skarmbildsbusa i Angermanland. Ibid., 1942, 37: 76-86.—Maisani, A. Breve nota suU'impiego di un nuovo tipo di accessori per stazione schermografica mobile. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 80-4.—Nationalforeningens skarmbildsbuss. Kvartalsskr., Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1942, 37: 58. ---- Camera. Draeger, R. H. The development of an automatic photofluorographic camera. lip. 26>km. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Project X-135, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Birkinshaw, F. The miniature camera in medicine. N. Zealand M. J., 1943, 42: 253-5.—Development (The) of an automatic photofluorographic camera. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst., 1944, July, 7.—Gallone. P. L'im- portanza dell'obiettivo a specchio sferico nella schermografia. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1949, 2: 7-14.—Heaf. F. The use of the Leica camera in making records of radiographs. Tubercle, Lond., 1936-37, 18: 65.—Hill, T. Herstellung von Ront- gendiapositiven mit der Leica. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 127-32.—Morgan, R. H., Gould, D. M„ A Van Allen, W. W. Two Danish photofluorographic cameras of the original Schmidt type. Am. J. Roentg., 1948. 59: 416-9. ---- Diagnostic aspect. See also other subheadings (Image; Use) also under names of various diseases as Bronchiec- tasis; Lung cancer, etc. Ax en, O., Lundqnist, J., A Nordlander, O. Rontgendiag- nostik med skarmbild. Nord. med., 1943, 20: 2041.—Calchi Novati, G. Sulle possibility pratiche dell'indagine schermo- grafica. Atti Accad. med. lombarda, 1941, 30: 351-5.— Dick, W. P. Mass radiography in early diagnosis. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 118.—Franzetti, C. O. Algunas indicaciones para la lectura de las roentgenfotografias. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1945, 44: 857-61.—Gilson A Lamy, R. La radiophoto- graphie pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. peuiat. Paris, 1941, 38: 312-4.— Gould, D. M. Nontuberculous lesions found in mass x-ray surveys. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 753-6.—Hoffstaedt, E. G. W. Mass radiography in the early diagnosis of chest disease. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 2: 955-8.—Kling, L. E. Chest pathology among apparently well individuals screened on a miniature film. Bull. Pottawatomie Co. M. Soc, 1946, 9: No. 12, 5-11.—Maxwell, J., Kerley, P., A Paxon, T. Dis- cussion on non-tuberculous conditions revealed by mass radi- ography. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1949, 42: 1039-44.— Morse, D. Detection of various chest lesions by mass X-ray survey. Illinois M. J., 1949, 95: 279-85.—Overholt, R. H., A Wilson, N. J. Silent and masquerading intrathoracic lesions; the importance of proper identification of lesions discovered during x-ray surveys. N. England J. M., 1946, 234: 169-80.— Pomelcov, K., Vasilieva, S„ A Oblogina, E. [Diagnostic value of fluorography as compared with roentgenoscopy in mass examinations] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1943, No. 5, 34-7.— Salsano, P. La schermofotografia; valore e limiti delle sue possibility diagnostiche nelle affezioni toraciche. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1943, 17: 78-103.—Scheel, A. Beinvevets re- aksjon ved forskjellige patologiske tilstander belyst ved en mikror0ntgenologisk metode. Nord. med., 1950, 43: 81.— Schirmbilder mit besonderem Befund. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1949, 30: 142.—Tuberculosis as revealed by the roentgeno- gram; eight pages of chest films. Ther. Notes, Detr., 1942, 49: 233-40. ---- Evaluation. Beilin, I. B. Rannee vyjavlenie tuberkuleza metodom fiuorografii. Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1948, No. 5, 59-61.— Brailsford, J. F. Mass miniature photography of the fluorescent image, a criticism. Pub. Health, Lond., 1942-43, 56: 117-9.— Brooks, W. D. W. The place of miniature radiography in the diagnosis of diseases of the chest. Brompton Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1943, 12: 87-98.------White, J. D.. A Trail, R. R. Discussion on the place of miniature radiography in the diag- nosis of diseases of the chest. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1942—43, 36: 155-60 (Abstr.)—Chambers, W.. A Behrens, C. F. Roent- gen photography; an economical method for group survey. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1940, 38: 297-9, pi.—Collari, S. II valore clinico della schermografia nella diagnosi di tubercolose polmonare. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1949, 2: 15; 161.— Ferreira, C. A roentgcnfotografia ou metodo de Manuel de Abreu; seu valor na profilaxia da tuberculose. Rev. paul. tisiol., 1940, 6: 6-9.—Fleishman, M. Case-finding value of miniature X-rays of the chest. Nebraska M. J., 1948, 33: 92-5.—Gioia. F. G. Contributo alio studio del problems schermografico. Lotta tuberc, 1942, 13: 622-30.—Hasche, E. Zur Frage von Rontgenreihenuntersuchungen. Rontgenpraxis, 1941, 13: 111-3.—Maingot, G. A propos de la radiophoto- graphie du thorax. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1939, 5. ser., 5: 802-5.— Poirot, M. La radiophotographie dans le depistage des primo- infections tuberculeuses. J. radiol. flectr., 1946, 27: 544-6, illust.—Pomelcov, K. V. [Roentgen photography and its practical significance] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1940, No. 7, 94-8.—Raclavsky, V. Eine kurze Wiirdigung der indirekten Rdntgenphotographie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1940. 90: 743.— Reviglio, G. M. Considerazioni sul valore pratico della schermo- fotografia. Minerva med., Tor., 1942, 33: 469-73.—Santos Neves. J. Roentgenfotografia e tuberculose pulmonar. Rev. brasil. tuberc, 1942, 11: 149-70.—Schermografia (La) al XV. Congresso nazionale di radiologia medica. Boll, schermogr. Roma, 1948, 1: 85-9.—Souza, H. S. de. Valor da roentgen. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----6 MICRORADIOGRAPHY 74 MICRORADIOGRAPHY fotografia dos pulmSes. Arq. brasil. med. nav., 1946, 7: 979.— Tempini, G., A Ribotto. L. Considerazioni critiche in tema di schermografia. Lotta tuberc, 1947, 17: 67-9.—Value of miniature roentgenography. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1941, 39: 573.—Webb, A. S. The value of miniature chest films. Illinois M. J., 1943, 83: 412-5.—Westergren, A. Om lungtuberkulos- diagnotisk och radiologisk utbildning samt massundersokningar. Sven. lak. tidn.. 1944, 41: 684-9. ---- Evaluation, comparative. Behrens, C. F.. Hilleboe. H. E. [et al.] Evaluation of the comparative efficiency of various methods of mass radiography. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945, 45: 635-46.—Brailsford, J. F. Mass radiography; its evaluation as a contribution to preven- tive medicine, particularly as regards tuberculosis. Queen M. Mag., Birm., 1945, 38:98-103.—Branscheid. Die Leistungs- fahigkeit von Schirmbild- und Rollpapieraufnahmen bpj Reihenuntersuchungen. Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 365 (Abstr.)—Christie, A. C. Evaluation de los mStodos empleados para examenes del tfirax en gran numero. Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1942, 9: 211-6.—Clark. K. C, Cordiner, G. R. M., A Ellman, P. Experiments in X-ray screen photography with control direct radiographs. Brit. J. Radiol., 1941, 14: 54-62.— Clark, K. C. A Poulsson, K. T. Further experiments in X-ray screen photography; 1,011 subjects with control direct radio- graphs. Ibid., 250-4.—Gines, A. R., A Martinez. C. D. Imagen radiofotografica pulmonar de torax de 2,000 reactores negativos a la tuberculina. Rev. san. mil., Asunci6n, 1944, No. 141, 93-100.—Griesbach, R. Die Kleinbild-Schirmphoto- graphie; ihre derzeitige Bedeutung unter den Methoden der Reihenuntersuchungen des Brustkorbes. Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 82: 81-91.—Hauser, H., A Dundon, C. C. Miniature chest fluorography with control study. Am. J. Roentg., 1945, 54: 470-3.—Lommel. F. Vergleichende Rontgenreihenuntersu- chung mit Schirmbild und Rollpapierfilmaufnahmen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1939, 93: 363-80. Also Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 67 (Abstr.)—Milani, E. Radioscopia, radiografia, schermo- grafia; valore e limiti. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 19-23.—Paula Souza, R. de, A Certain, D. A. RelacSo entre as reacSes tubercullnicas e os achados roentgenfotogr&ficos. Commun. Congr. panamer. tuberc, 1940, 5. Congr., 3: 172—5.— Pendergrass, E. P., Warren, S. R., jr, A Haagensen, D. E. A comparison of stereoscopic miniature chest films, single roentgenograms on paper, and single roentgenograms on large films. Proc. Indust. Hyg. Found. America, 1941, 6. meet., 56.—Plunkett, R. E.. Weber. G. W., A Katz, J. Comparative value of roentgen-photographic methods. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: 772-6. Also Span, transl., Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1942, 9: 67-71.—Robins. A. B. A comparative study of chest x-ray survey methods. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1943, 41: 1036-40.—Ronneaux, G., A Lejard, S. De la valeur comparee des radiophotographies et des radiographics pulmonaires classiques. J. radiol. electr., 1942-43, 25: 144.—Schorr. H., A Willbold, O. Ueber die Leistungsfahigkeit der Schirmbild- photographie im Bereich der klin-'schen Rontgendiagnostik. Rontgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 77-85.—Torelli. G. Ricerche com- parative sulla visibility dei focolai polmonari con la radiografia e la roentgenfotografia. Minerva med.. Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, 425-8.—Waedt, J. Die Bedeutung des Schirmbildverfanrens nach Professor Dr Holfelder und der immunbiologischen Hautreaktionen im Kampf gegen die Tbc. Klin. Med., Wien, 1947, 2: 657-9. ---- Exposure. Francis, T. Das Verhaltnis der Belichtungszeit zur Span- nung und Objektdicke in der Rontgentphotographie. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1940, 21: 510-8.—Gilardoni, A. Controllo rapido dei tempi di esposizione radiografici con schermo fluorescente a lunga luminosity residua. Radiol, med., Milano, 1939, 26: 1131.—Hondius Boldingh, W. Belichtingstijden en beeldscherpte bij r6ntgenschermbeeldphotographie met spiegel- camera. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1948, 92: 374-7.—Morgan, S. H. The automatic control of exposure in photofluorography. Pub. Health Rep.. Wash., 1943, 58: 1533-41, pi. Also Die. Chest, 1945, 11: 150-5.------A Hodges, P. C. An evalua- tion of automatic exposure control equipment in photofluo- rography. Radiology, 1945, 45: 588-93. ---- Film. Alexander, S. 35 mm. fluorography; a study of construction, method and usage. X-ray Technician, 1943—44, 15: 16 Ac— Aspray, M. The copying of roentgenograms on miniature film. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 46: 276.— Aujaleu A Djian, A. Le format en radiophotographie. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr., 1945, 39: 283-9.—Boots, E. C. 35 mm. films in diagnosis of chest conditions. Ann. Int. M., 1943, 18: 997. ------ Praise and warning for 35 mm. films in diagnosis of chest conditions. Pittsburgh M. Bull., 1943, 32: 752.—Brown, R. A. Thirty- five millimeter fluorography in mass chest x-ray surveys. N. Orleans M. A S. J., 1944-45, 97: 4-9.—Chantraine. Kleinst- format oder Mittelformat bei Schirmbildaufnahmen? Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1943, 99: 273-90.—Colburn, J. R. Medical films in miniature. Mod. Hosp., 1940, 55: 69.—Copying radiographs on 16 mm. motion-picture film. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr., 1940, 16: 49.—Delorenzi, E. Confronto fra schermo- grafia a piccolo e a medio formato. Radiol, med., Tor., 1948, 34:139—42.—Franzetti,C. O. Camionesradiograficos y pelfcula de setenta milfmetros. Rev. san. mil. argent., 1947. 46: 401- 12.— Gajewski, H. Ueber einige charaktenstische Verar- beitungsfehler auf Rontgen-Fluorapid-Film fur die Leucht- schirmphotographie. Rontg. Photogr., Stuttg., 1947-48, 1: 47-50.—Gilson, M., A Lamy, R. Emploi du format moyen en radio-hotographie pulmonaire. J. radiol. electr., 1944-^45,_26: 28.—Katd, T. 35 mm. film kansetu kySbu syasin no sinrai-do ni tuite. Keio igaku, 1944, 24: 308.—La Vette, H. F. X. Elimination of static marks from photo-roentgenographic films. X-ray Technician, 1944-40, 16: 191-5.—Ledoux- Lebard, R., A Djian, A. Les acquisitions recentes et la question du format en radiophotographie. J. radiol. electr., 1946, 27: 345-52.—Maclnnis, W. R. The use of the 35 mm. fluorograph in mass surveys of the chest. X-ray Technician, 1945-46, 17: 225-7.—Malcolmson, P. H. Direct positive micro-film for the reproduction of radiographs. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 46: 68.— Miller, H. F. A developing frame for 70 mm. photofluoro- graphic film. X-ray Technician, 1948-^9, 20: 227.—Naguib, A., A Gamal el Din Massoud. Mass chest survey (70 mm. miniature films) report on chests of 700 new university students. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1948, 31: 964-9.—Ondrejifka, G. Zur Wertung der Schirmbildphotographie (mittleres Format) Wien. med. Wschr., 1943, 93: 185 (Abstr.)—Ouinn, B. Mass miniature radiography of the chest using 4" x 5" film. Radi- ography, Lond., 1945, 11: 33-7.—Tice, F. Photoroentgeno- graphic results; a comparison of the 4" x 5" and the 70 mm. equipment in 1,713 cases. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1946, 53: 454- 67.—Zakovsky, J. Ueber ein neues Verfahren bei Schirmbildauf- nahmen; Schirmbildaufnahmen auf Mittelformat. Wien. med. Wschr., 1939, 89: 1042. ------ Ueber die Weiterentwicklung der Schirmbildphotographie auf Mittelformat. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1943, 67: 246-51. ---- Film: Processing. Draeger, R. H. Instructions for the con- struction of photofluorographic film drying reel. 41. 26y2cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Suppl. to Rep. No. 1, Res. Project X-135, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Developer for fluorographic films. Burned News Lett., Wash., 1943, 2: No. 8, 12.—Fitzpatrick, W. G. A method of filing miniature radiograms^ Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 447.— Lewis, 1. Photofluorographic roll-film viewers. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1946, 61: 294-7, 2 pi.—Oeser, H., A Schumichen, C. Zur Aufbewahrung und Betrachtung der Rontgenschirm- bildphotos. Rontgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 53. ■---- Follow-up. Aspin, J. The management of mass radiography suspects; a two-year follow-up. Tubercle, Lond., 1949, 30: 170-7.— Griesbach. Wiederaufnahme der Rontgen-Reihenuntersu- chungen zurErkennungder Lungentuberkulose. Tuberkulose- arzt, 1948, 2: 223.—Mark, H. Follow-up of abnormal pul- monary findings observed in mass chest x-ray surveys. Minne- sota M., 1947, 30: 1251.—O'Connor, A. The investigation of photo-radiographic pick-up cases. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1949, 35: 90—4.—Oscarsson, P. N. Massundersokning kommunyis med skarmbildsfotograferiDg efterkontroll och tuberkulin- provning; BCG-vaccination i en seans. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1945, 40: 76-85.—Pfreimbter, R. Die facharztliche und klinische Nachprflfung der Ergebnisse der Rontgenreihenuntersuchung des Gaues Mecklenburg. Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 83: 280-91.—Stoffels, H. Durchfuhrung und Ergebnis von Nachuntersuchungen auf Grund der Rontgen- Reihendurchleuchtung nach Prof. Holfelder. Oeff. Gesundh- dienst., 1940-41, 6: A, 637-40.—Weisswange, W. M. H. Zur Frage der Einschrankung der Verdachtsfalle beim Volks- rSntgenkataster. Ibid., 1944, 10: A, 14-6.—Wlllner, I. Masa chest X-ray and follow-up; a municipal problem. J. M. Soo. N. Jersey, 1950, 47: 120-3. ---- Forensic aspect. Birkhauser, H. Rechtsfragen beim Schirmbildverfahren. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1945, 26: 157-61.—Derobert, L., A Pizon, P. La semi-micro-radiographie; son application en medecine legale a l'etude des lesions de l'appareil osteocartilagineux larynge' au cours de la strangulation. Ann. m6d. USg., 1945, 25: 193-205. ---- Grid and screen. Buckstein, J. Spot film fluororoentgenography with movable grid. Am. J. Roentg., 1945, 53: 608-10.—Griffel, W. The photofluoroscope in screen photography. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 401.—Levy, L., A West, D. W. L'effetto della luminosita e della grana su schermi fluoroscopici usati per la schermografia. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 147-50, 10 pi.—Stanford, B. A research into the physical factors concerned in indirect radiography; a simple method of detecting experimentally the presence of the phenomenon of latent image reinforcement in a fluorescing screen. Brit. J. Radiol., 1941, 14: 213. ------ The quantitative estimation of the actinic value of the afterglow of a fluorescing screen. Ibid., 244-6. ---- Hazard. Gerrits, J. C. Waarschuwing bij de beoordeling van rSntgen- foto's en doorlichtingen. Tschr. sociale geneesk., 1947, 25: MICRORADIOGRAPHY 75 MICRORADIOGRAPHY 351.—Janker, R. Ueber den Strahlenschutz bei Rontgen- reihenuntersuchungen. Zschr. Tuberk., 1942-43, 89: 219-23.— Mass radiography; a cautionary notice by the Ministry of Health. Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 350.—Morgan, R. H.. A Lewis, I. Notes on the use of protective glass in photofluorographic equipment. Am. J. Roentg., 1945, 54: 403-6.—Rump, W. Ueber den Strahlenschutz bei Schirmbild-Reihenaufnabmen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1942, 65: 42-8. ---- Health survey [1936 Abreu] See also under Thorax; Tuberculosis. Abreu, M. de. Exame sistematico pela roentgen-fotograffa. p. 177-284. 23^cm. Rio, 1940. In: Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1940. Abreu, M. de. Radio-photographie collective. J. radiol electr., 1938, 22: 232-5. ------ El registro fluorografico, base de la profilaxia de la tuberculosis. Rev. mex. tuberc, 1945, 7: 377-89.—Beckwith, C. J. W. Mass radiography. Phi Chi Q., 1949, 46: 54.—Beynon, A. E. Civilian mass radi- ography. Brit. M. J., 1945. 1: 639. —— Mass miniature chest radiography. Med. Press, Lond., 1949, 221: 548; passim. ------ A Bermingham, W. T. Mass radiography. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 304.—Bohme, W. Zur Frage des Grossangriffs auf die Tuberkulose mit Hilfe der Schirmbildphotographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: Tagungsh., 37-45.— Braeuning, H. Welche Bedeutung hat die Durchfiihrung des Rontgenkatasters in Mecklenberg fur die Tbc.-Bekampfung, und was hat nun in der Angelegenheit zu geschehen? Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 83: 292-5.—Brailsford, J. F. Mass radiography. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 2: 808-12.—Brown, E. Mass miniature radiography. Med. Off., Lond., 1942, 68: 188.—Chambonnet. La roentgenphotographie de masses. Algerie med., 1947, 50: 449. Also Cah. med., Alger, 1947, 2: 399.—Clark, K. C. The mass examination of the lungs by miniature radiography. Radiography, Lond., 1942, 8: 18-28.—Duncan, R. E., A Ricen, E. The role of photoroentgenograms in the elimination of endemic pulmonary tuberculosis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1941, 39: 519-21, 3 pi.—Heaf, F. Mass radiography. Pub. Health, Lond., 1942-43, 56: 112-5.—Hiebert, H. L. The use of miniature X-ray films in tuberculosis control. J. Lancet, 1944, 64: 101-3.—Hoffstaedt, E. G. W. Mass radiography at the cross roads. Pub. Health, Lond., 1944-45, 58: 7.—Jader- holm, K. B. Om filmstorleken vid massundersokning av lungorna. Nord. med. tskr., 1937, 14: 1884.—Janker, R. Leuchtschirmphotographie; Rontgenreihenuntersuchung. Med. Novit., Lpz., 1939, 48: 1.—Jurado Lopez, E. G. La foto- fluorografia y la campana antituberculosa. Gac. mid., Guaya- quil, 1947, 2: 104-11.—Kiyono, H., Inone, K., A Hirahuku, I. Syudan kyobu roentgen kensa ni tuite. Gun idan zassi, 1940, No. 321, 115-34, inch 6 pi.—Lavelle, J. Mass radiography. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 773.—Lendrum, J. D. Miniature radi- ography survey. Annual Health Rep. Co. M. Off. Hampshire, 1947, 58-66.—Lossen, H. Rontgen-Schirmbilduntfirsuchungen. Med. Mschr., 1948, 2: 250-2.—McDougall, J. B. La schermo- grafia di massa. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 53; passim.—Marinaro, N. A., A Phelps, P. S. Photo-roent- genography in tuberculosis case finding. Connecticut M. J., 1942, 6: 948-50.—Mass miniature radiography of the lungs. - Tubercle, Lond., 1942, 23: No. 8, p. iv.—Mass radiography. Rep. Chief M. Off. Min. Health, Lond. (1947-48) 1949, 77 — Mass radiography of the chest. Radiography, Lond., 1940, 6: 235.—Mass radiophotography. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 897 — Microradiography and the tuberculosis problem in Australia. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 479.—Montagar, F. La radio- photographie dans le depistage de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Med. aeronaut., 1946, 1: 606-17.—Petersen, G. F. Mass radiography of the chest. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1947, 28: 400-4.—Pindell, M. L. Photoroentgenography in a tubercu- losis program. Radiology, 1942, 38: 224-31.—Pollitzer, G., A Berlin, L. Foto-impressao radiografica. Rev. paul. tisiol., 1939, 5: 377-84, inch 4 pi.—Potter. H. E. Miniature films in chest surveys. Radiology, 1940, 34: 62-5.—Rahm, N., Wester- gren, A. [et al.] Skarmbildsfotografering. Nord. med., 1942, 15: 2192-8.—Ribeiro, L. Collective examination of the thorax by Manoel de Abreu's method. In his Brazil. M. Contr., Rio, 1939, 151-4, 2 pi.—Robins, A. B. Chest X-ray survey methods in practice. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 637-42—Rosem- berg, J., Gikovate, F. [et al.] Abreugrafia. Rev. brasil. tuberc, 1947-48,16: 307-10.—Roy, S. C. Miniature mass radiography; a plea for its adoption. Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 209.—Shanks, S. C. Mass radiological examination of the chest. Tubercle, Lond., 1939-40, 21: 185-91.—Sparks, J. V. Some problems of miniature mass radiography. Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 917-20.— Stuart, B. P. A. Mass radiography of the chest. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 27-9.—Sutton, P. G. Mass radiography of the chest, with special reference to the pulmograph. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1940, 34: 55-60, pi.—Torelli, G. Sulla schermo- grafia di massa. Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini, 1942, 6: 318-20 — Tornell, E. Massundersokningar med skarmbildsapparat. Sven. lak. tidn., 1940, 37: 2054-8. Also Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1941, 36: 8-13.—Trail, R. R. Miniature mass radiography in perspective. Pub. Health, Lond., 1942—43, 56: 115-7.—Uehlinger, E. Le r61e de la radiophotographie dans la lutte contre la tuberculose. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1949, 30: 142-6.—Ulrici, H. Mit der Rontgenmusterung auf der Suche nach der unbekannten Tuberkulose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939. 65: 869-71.—Weber, F. J. Community-wide chest x-ray surveys; an introduction to the problem. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1947, 62: 652-8.—Wunderly, H. W. Miniature radiography and mass surveys. Med. J. Australia, 1948, 2: 268-71. ---- Health survey: Industrial workers. See also subheading (military) Andrade, H. L. de, A Oliveira, A. J. A. de. Importancia da abreugraffa sistem&tica nos estabelecimentos industriais. An. med. Sta Mario (Brazil) 1947, 4: 57-64. Also Clin, tisiol., Rio, 1947, 2: 349-58.—Biittner, H. E. Rontgenreihenunter- suchungen verschiedener Betriebe und Berufsgruppen in einer ostdeutschen GroCstadt. Deut. med. Wschr., 1944, 70: 314.— Cornet, A., A Cornet, A. Radioscopie et radiophotographie systgmatiques; leur application a la medecine du travail. Arch. mal. profess., Par.. 1944-45, 6: 329-33.—Davey, E. L. The miniature film program in a small industry. Indust. Nurs., 1943-44, 3: No. 4, 62.—Dick, W. P. Mass miniature radi- ography of factory groups in Middlesex. Brit. M. J., 1945, 2: 568. ------ The yearly re-examination of a factory group by mass miniature radiography. Ibid., 1948, 1: 689-91.—Elkin, W. F., Irwin, M. A., A Kurtzhalz, C. A mass chest X-ray survey in Philadelphia war industries. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1946, 53: 560-5.—Ellman, P. Mass radioscopy in factories. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 242.—Gilson, Gros [et al.l La radio- photographie en medecine du travail. Presse mea., 1942, 50: 51-3.—Gilson, M., A Lamy, R. La radiophotographie en milieu industriel. J. radiol. electr., 1942-43, 25: 146.—Hilleboe, H. E., A Newitt. A. W. Small film radiography in industrial groups. J. Lancet, 1945, 65: 133-7.—Kramer, M., Comstock, G. W., A Stocklen, J. B. An evaluation of a chest X-ray resurvey of an industrial plant. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1946, 61: 990-1001.—Langert, S., A Runstrom, G. Nagra erfarenheter fran ett ars skarmbildsundersokning av personalen vid Svenska Kullagerfabriken, Goteborg. Nord. med., 1945, 25: 630-2.—Montesano, G. La schermografia nell'esame degli operai addetti alle Industrie minerarie. Med. lavoro, 1945, 36: 89-94, illust.—Piatt, A. D. A radiographic chest survey of patients from the Dachau Concentration Camp. Radiology, 1946, 47: 234-8.—Retief, F. Miniature radiography of mine native labourers at the W. N. L. A. depot. Proc Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass., 1941-43, 22: 181-7. ------ Normal and abnormal radiographic studies and miniature radiography. Ibid., 1946-47, 26: 39-51.—Schommel, H. Ergebnisse der Rontgenreihenuntersuchung in verschiedenen Betrieben des Gaues Wurttemberg. Oeff. Gesundhdienst., 1944, 10: A, 1-13.—Seydl, G. Das Rontgenreihenbild in einem GroCbe- trieb der Kriegsmarine. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 728 (Abstr.)— Silva, L. E., Paitovf, C. A., A Soler, J. C. Resultados de los examenes roentgenfotogrdficos en establecimientos industriales. Rev. As. med. argent., 1942, 56: 394-7.—Sparks, J. V. Minia- ture mass radiography and industry. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1944, 7: 8-10.—Tillich, A. Schirmbildphotographie und betriebsarzt- liche Tatigkeit. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941, 54: 571-3.—Torp, I. M. Problems of mass chest x-ray in industry. X-ray Technician, 1946-47, 18: 216-9.—Vargas Lopez, R. Apuntes sobre radiograffas sistematizadas del t6rax en grupos aparente- mente sanos. Bol. san., Managua, 1946, 6: No. 41, 11.— Vigliani, E. G, Parmeggiani, L., A Zanetti, E. II controllo schermografico della tubercolosi e della silicosi nelle industrie metalmeccaniche dell'Italia settentrionale. Med. lavoro, 1948, 39: 1-6.—Zacks, D. Massachusetts industrial x-ray program. Massachusetts Health J., 1946, 27: 12. ---- Health survey: Schools. Bannen, J. E. The routine chest radiological examination of school children; is it desirable? Med. Press A Circ, Lond., 1944, 212:347-9.—Bennholdt-Thomsen, C. Erste Erfahrungen mit dem Rontgen-Reihenbildner (von Holfelder) im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh., 1939, 79: 386-8.—Boulanger-Pilet, G. Sur les examens radioscopiques pratiques en grande serie dans les ecoles de Paris et de la Seine. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941, 38: 171-4.—Cano Gironda, L. La pesquisa de la tuberculosis en los escolares por la foto-roentgenografia. Rev. mid., Puebla, 1942, 15: No. 149, 4-6.—Hopf, M. Reihendurchleuchtungen von Schulkindern auf dem Lande. Praxis, Bern, 1939, 28: 577-80.—Parrique, M. G. Resultats des examens radiologiques svst^matiques dans les Ecoles. Ann. hyg., Par., 1943, 21: 7-14.—Pe>ez, J. C. La importancia de la abreugraffa en el medio escolar. Bol. Inst, protec inf., Montev., 1944—45, 18: 424-9. Also Portug. transl., Arq. pediat., Rio, 1944-45, 17: 285-90.—Pettinati, S., A Dall'Acqua, R. L'esame schermo- grafico nelle universita. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 112-24.—Phillips, L. D., Dietrich, A. M., A Evans, G. T. High school x-ray survey. Delaware M. J., 1944, 16: 120-2.— Quinche, P. Depistage de la tuberculose par la radiophoto- graphie dans les ecoles de Neuchatel-Ville. Bull. Eidg. Ge- sundhamt., 1944, 192-6.—Raimondi, A. A., Gallo, J., A Bon. fante, L. M. El catastro radiografico mediante el metodo de Abreu para la admision de los ninos en la Colonia maritima de Necochea. Prensa mid. argent., 1940, 27: 437-41.—Reale, M., A Fiorentini, C. Indagine schermografica ed allergica sugli alunni delle scuole elementari di Forll e Predappio. Minerva med., Tor., 1941. 32: pt 2, 603-6.—Reynolds, R. A. Mass miniature radiography of children. Irish J. M. Sc, 1946, 134-6.—Samukawa, M. Ippangakudo ni okeru kyobu roent- gen-sen kansetu satuei-zo ni tuite. Acta paediat. jap., 1948, MICRORADIOGRAPHY 76 MICRORADIOGRAPHY 62- 51.—Spiridonov, U. D. [Result of mass roentgen examina- tion of the lungs with aid of the cryptoscope] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1942. No. 4. 63-5. ---- Health survey: Statistical results. Fotjrestier, M. L'experience de Montreuil- sous-Bois; une tentative de depistage de la tuberculose pulmonaire par Pexamen radio- photographique systematique de toute la popula- tion d'une grande ville frangaise. p.232-305. 25cm. Par., 1947. In: Rec. tr. Inst. nat. hyg., Par., 1947-48, 3: Abreu, M. de. Zwei Jahre kollektive Rontgenphotographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938,58:574-87. ------ Ilprohlema della tubercolosi nel Brasile; profilassi e servizio schermografico. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1949, 2: 96-105.—Bacon, R. D. The 1946 Erie County chest X-ray survey. Pennsylvania M. J., 1947-48, 51: 141-7.—Bartlett, N. Nouvelle methode d examen radiographique des collectivites pour combattre la tuberculose en Australie. Bull. Union internat. tuberc, 1949, 20: 176-87 (inch Engl, transl.)—Berner, F. Die rontgenfacharzthche Auswertung von Qber 640,000 Rontgenaufnahmen aus Mecklen- burg. Zschr. Tuberk., 1939. 83: 268-79.—Bohatyrtschuk, F. Ueber Ergebnisse der Mikrordntgenographie. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1944, 25: 351-65.—Burke, R. M. Chest X-ray survey program in Oklahoma. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1948, 41: 192-6.—Campano, J., A Pierres, C. A. de. Resultados de las primeras 10,000 abreugraffas en la ciudad de Tres Arroyos. Ufa meU, B. Air., 1948, 20: 2470-2.—Danmans, E. Halsmgar passera rontgenkameran. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1944, 39: 116.—Davies, T. W. Report of the medical officer in charge of the mass radiography unit. Annual Rep. King Edward VII Welsh Nat. Mem. Ass., 1946-47, 35: 61-9. ------A Davies, M. Mass radiography in Wales; experience with a mobile unit. Brit. J. Tuberc. 1945, 39: 23-37, pi.— Delos, J. Sur quatre annaes de pratique de la radiophotographie dans les collectivity. J. meU Bordeaux, 1942, 119: 622-9.— Determann, A. Ueber die Ergebnisse von Rontgenschirm- bilduntersuchungen im Vergleich zur Tuberkulosehaufigkeit. Tuberkulosearzt, 1948, 2: 574-80.—Fine, A., A Steinhausen, T. B. Experiences with the photoroentgen method in chest surveys; analysis of 156,000 examinations. Ohio M. J., 1945, 41: 709.—Fischer, F. K., A Schinz, H. R. Zurcher Erfahrungen der kantonalen Schirmbildaktion bei iiber 65,000 untersuchten und abgeklarten Fallen; ein Beitrag zur priiventiven Medizin. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1948, 78: 217-20.—Flancher, L. H. Case-finding programs in state-wide clinics and mass X-ray surveys. Tr. Nat. Tuber.-. Ass., N. Y. (1947) 1948, 43: 377 — Garsche, R. Die Schirmbild-Reihenuntersuchung im Kindes- alter; Erfahrungen und Ergebnisse. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 39-43.—Gj0en, P. Erfaringer ved skjermbilledfoto- graferingen i Trondheim. Tskr. Norske laegeforen., 1948, 68: 110-2.—Gould, D. M. Mass X-ray survey in San Antonio. Pub. Health Rep.. Wash., 1945, 60: 117-26— Griesbach, R. Durchfiihrung, Auswertung und Ergebnisse der Schirmbild- photographie in Augsburg. Zschr. Tuberk., 1943, 90: 262-70.— Hall, J. D. Mass radiography in Bermuda. NAPT Bull., Lond., 1947, 9: 114-6.—Humbert, R. Les examens radio- photographiques dans le canton de Neuchatel. Radiol. Clin., Basel, 1946, 15: 37-49.—Kollbrunner. F. Resultats statistiques des radiophotographies. Mid. A hyg., Geneve, 1946, 4: No. 88, 7. ------A Markoff, N. Schirmbild und Abklarung; Churer Erfahrungen. Schweiz. Zschr. Tuberk., 1947, 4: 337-59.—Krasnitz, A. Mass X-ray survey in Burlington County. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1947, 44: 493-5.—La Cruz Lora, R. de, A Inchaustegui C, S. S. Encuesta radiol6gica de San Crist6bal. Rev. med. dominie, 1948, 3: 36-46.—Lee, R. E., Fine, A., A Steinhausen, T. B. Experiences with the photoroentgen method in chest surveys; analysis of 100,000 examinations. South. M. J., 1944, 37: 217. Also Span, transl., Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1945, 12: 83.—Leffler, A. Mass radiography in Leeds. Radiography, Lond., 1944, 10: 72.— Lozina, C. L'indagine schermografica nazionale per la tuber- colosi in Danimarca. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 66-9.— Lnnd-Johansen, F. Omkring skjermbildefotograferingen i Strinda. Nord. med., 1948, 37: 229-31.—Maclean, A. Mass radiography in Glasgow; report on first 50,000 examinations. Edinburgh M. J., 1947, 54: 488-95.— Magan, M. G. Mass radiography service in Dublin. Irish J. M. Sc, 1947, 580-6.— Mascher, W. Skarmbildsundersokningen i Sodermanlands Ian. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1949, 44: 15-26. Also Sven. lak. tidn., 1949, 46: 816-32.—Mass x-ray survey; summary of miniature film and 14" x 17" x-rav follow-up [tab.] Annual Rep. Bd Health Florida (1947) 1948, 48: 39.—Merkert, C. E. The Minneapolis chest x-ray survey. J. Lancet, 1947, 67: 223.—Molnar, V., A Witkowsky, T. A MABI-ban vegzett rontgenernyrifenykepezes eredmenyei. Nepeg^szsegttgy, 1949. 30: 9-11.—Nathan, C. R. Early observations in a Veterans Administration clinic during a mass chest x-ray survey. Bull. Am. Ass. M. Social Work., 1948, 21: 24-8.—Nelson, A. Skarm- bildsundersokningar vid storre foretag. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1943, 38: 107-11.—Neumuller, H. Miniature X-ray examinations made in Poland in 1948. Acta tuberc. ecand., 1949, Suppl. 21, 71-87.—Orsi, A. La schermografia nel comune di Milano. Gior. ital. tuberc, 1947, 1: 211-3.— Oscarsson, P. N. Fran skilrmbildundersokningarna i Mal- mohus Ian. Sven. lak. tidn., 1945, 42: 478-90.—Papanicolaou. B. Photofluorographic survey of 33.971 apparently healthy persons in Greece. Dis. Chest. 1948. 14: 585-95.------ & Papastathopoulos. Photofluorographic survey in Athens and Salonica. Acta tuberc. scand.. 1949, 23: 188-202.—Pau a, A. de, A Benedetti, F. Pnmeiros resultados dos exames cole- tivos pela roentgenfotografia. Med. cir. pharm., Rio. 1939, 87_90.—Reuterskiold, G. Om skarmbildsundersokningen l Uppsala Ian. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1946, 41: 15-21.—Rochat, P. 5,000 radiophotographies a Lausanne, 1943 a 1945. Radiol, clin., Basel, 1946, 15: 49-53.—Sauter, A. Zur Frage des Schirmbildkatasters. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt., 1944, Gegen Tuberk., 73-80.—Schicht, A. J. El catastro roentgen-fotografico por el metodo de Abreu en la capital. Rev. med., B. Air., 1939, 1: 19-26.—Schrag, E. Der Volks- rontgenkataster im Kriege und die dabei in Wurttemberg, besonders in Stuttgart gemachten Erfahrungen. Oeff. Gesundh- dienst., 1943, 9: B. 169-81.—Sherman, G. A. Five year review of Michigan's mass X-ray service. Michigan Pub. Health, 1946 34: 123-6.—Steiger, J. Die Ergebnisse von Reihen- durchleuchtungen im Kanton St Gallen und Furstentum Liechtenstein. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1944, 74: 1187-90.— Sucksdorff, M. Betydelsen av firliga skarmbildsundersokningar. Nord. med., 1947, 33: 164-9.—Szakkay, A. Statisztikal beszamol6 a haboru utan vegzett elso 100.000 rontgensziirdsrol. Nepegdszsegugy. 1948, 29: 693-7.—Urech, E., A Rochat, P. La radiophotographie a Vallorbe. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt., 1944, 197-200.—Vaccarezza, R. A., A Zunino, L. R. Cinco afios de examenes roentgen-abreugraficos. Bol. Soc. tisiol. Hosp. nac. centr., B. Air., 1943, 9-16.— Volksuntersuchungen mit dem Rontgen-Reihenbildner. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 132.—Weber, C. R. Mass survey of the city of Windsor. Treatm. Serv. Bull., Ottawa, 1949, 4: No. 8, 9.—Weisswange, W. Ergebnisse der ersten fiinf Millionen Volksrontgenunter- suchungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1943, 39: 44. ------ Buchtala, V , A Delius, H. Abschliessender Bericht uber die Rontgen- reihenuntersuchungen in der Slowakei, durchgefuhrt im Jahre 1940. Zschr. Tuberk., 1943, 90: 186-95.—Wilson, R. M. M. Radiografias en masa en la Gran Bretafia. Medicina, Habana, 1944, 2: No. 16. 7-9.—Zanca, P., A Herpel, F. K. A statistical analysis of 100,000 examinations of the chest by the photo- roentgen method. Radiology, 1944, 43: 122-8. Also Span. transl., Rev. radiol. fisioter.. Chic, 1945, 12: 109-14. ---- History. Collar!, S. Origini, sviluppi e avvenire della schermografia. Lotta tuberc, 1947, 17: 265-70.—Doppler, W. A. What's new and news in group chest X-raying. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y. (1946) 1947, 42: 98-101.—Graf, H. Zur Geschichte der Rontgen-Schirmbildrhotographie. Rontg. Photogr., Stuttg., 1947-48, 1: 25-30.—Hilleboe, H. New developments in masa radiography of the chest. Hosp. Counc. Bull., 1945, 8: No. 8, 9-12.—Jaderholm, K. B. Skarmbildsfotograferingens utveck- ling. Nord. med., 1944, 21: 620-2.—Lindberg, D. O. N. His- tory of practical chest roentgen photography, 35 mm. film method. J. Lancet. 1944, 64: 113.—Rebello. C S. A evolucSo da roentgenfotograffa. Lisboa med., 1940, 17: 237-64. ---- Image (inch photographic aspect) Axen, O. Vergleich zwischen der Detailerkennbarkeit aut Schirmbildphotographien, bei der Durchleuchtung und auf Orossfilmaufnahmen. Acta radiol.. Stockh., 1941, 22: 547- 55.—Berkhoff, W. Grenzen der Abbildungsmoglichkeit in der Schirmbildphotographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1942, 65: 33-42.—Borges de Faria. Limites da roentgenfotografia no diagnostico da tuberculose pulmonar. Med. cir. farm., Rio, 1946, 523-34.— Fossati. F.. A Gallone. P. L'esame dello schermogramma. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 24—30.— Hasche, E. Zur objektiven Priifung der bei Rontgenaufnahmen erzielbaren Bildgute, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Schirmbildphotographie. Rontgenpraxis. 1941, 13: 108-lL— Kieffer, J. Uniformity in chest radiographs for serial studies. Bull. Am. Acad. Tuberc Physicians, 1942, 6:10-8.—Lecoeur, J. Les lacunes de la radiophotographie. Rev. tuberc. Par., 1944-45, 9: 57-9.—Lindgren, M. Photographische Pchirm- bildfragen. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1946, 27: 374-84.—Pigorini, L. Alcune considerazioni sul disegno polmonare soprattutto in rapporto alia lettura dello schermogramma. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 97; 137.—Schopper, E. Photographische Fragen des Leuchtschirmbildes. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1939, 60: 181-5. ---- institutional. Belli, M., A Baroni, V. Stazione schermografica e dispensario centrale di un grande centro urbano. Lotta tuberc, 1942, 13: 616-21.—Bondi, J. L„ Scartascini, R.. A Lamolls, F. A. La radiografia de t6rax en el medio dispensarial antituberculoso (sueerencias v conclusiones que se desprenden del estudio de 6.700 radiografias) Prensa mid. argent., 1944, 31: pt 2, 1826- 32.—Bradbury. F. C. S. The Lancashire masa radiography unit. Med. Off., Lond., 1947, 77: 153-6.—Burnett, J. W., A Tice, G. M. Mass chest survey at the University of Kansas Medical-Center out-patient dispensarv. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1948, 49: 19-22.—Cabello Campos, J. M. O servico de roent- genfotografia do Instituto de Tisiologia Clemente Ferreira. Rev. paul. tisiol., 1943, 9: 150-65.—De Loge. M. Photc- roentgenography at Herman Kiefer Hospital. X-ray Tech- MICRORADIOGRAPHY 77 MICRORADIOGRAPHY nician, 1942-43, 14: 13-7.—Hi'leboe, H. E. Mass radiography in general hospitals. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1947, 62: 29-31.—Ickert. Rontgenschi rmbild oder Durchleuchtung im Gesundheitsamt? Oeff. Gesundhdienst., 1939-40, 5: B, 91.— Larisch, R. Ein Jahr Schirmbildphotographie im Rahmen des Gesundheitsamtes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 1377.— Nezlin, S. E., A Zakin, M. M. Fluorografia v dispansernoi praktike. Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1948, No. 5, 55-9.— Nordgren, B. Centraldispensararbetet pa Gotland efter 1943 ars allmanna skarmbildsundersokning. Nord. med., 1947, 33: 160-4.—Ochsner, H. C. The chest survey in a general hos- pital. Hoosier Health Herald, 1946-47, 28: 121-5.—Olivo, J. J. La necesidad de establecer el servicio de microradiograffa como rutina en los hospitales oficiales y privados. Sugestiones, M6x., 1947-48, 13: No. 156, 23-5. Also Torre6n mid., 1948, 3: 88-91.—Olsen, J. Skjermbildefotograferingen ved Bergen helser&d; erfaringer. Nord. med., 1948, 38: 994.—Pereira da Silva, C. A radio-fotografia de Manoel de Abreu no Servico de assistencia a psicopatas do E. de S. Paulo. Arq. Serv. assist. psicopat. S. Paulo, 1939, 4: 235-42, 11 pi.—Scatchard, G. N., A Duszynski, D. O. Miniature chest X-ray films in general hospitals. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 746-8. ------ Routine chest roentgenograms of hospital admissions. Dis. Chest, 1947, 13: 312-20.—Vera Toledo, J. La radiologia de las colecti- vidades en la Caja de seguro obligatorio. Bol. mid. social, Santiago, 1945-46, 13: 750-5. ---- kinematographic [1897 Mclntyre] See also Radiography, instantaneous. Abreu, M. de. Tecnica de la roentgencinematograffa. Arch, argent, enferm. ap. resp., 1941, 9: 283-99. Also Dfa mid., B. Air., 1941, 13: 896; 908.—Bohme. W. Ueber Rontgen- schmalfilmkinematographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 57: 59-64.—Castex, M. R., Mazzei, E. S.. A Malenchini, M. Roentgencinematograffa (con tecnica de Abreu) su aplicacion al estudio de las afecciones toracicas. Arch, argent, enferm. ap. resp., 1941, 9: 300-6. Also Prensa med. argent., 1941, 28: pt 2, 2031-4.—Cineroentgenography. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct.. 143.—Dariaux A Djian. Solu- tion pratique de radioscopie cinematographique par le procede' du docteur Georges Djian. Bull. Soc. radiol. mid. France, 1935,23:344-6.------Procede de radiocinematographie du Docteur Georges Djian. J. radiol. electr., 1936, 20: 158.— Dessauer, F. Ueber Kinematographie mit Rontgenstrahlen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 56: 126-31; Disc, 141.— Djian, G. Proc6d6 du radioscopie cinematographique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1443. ------ Evolution de la radiocinematographie. J. radiol. 61ectr., 1944—45, 26: 356-63.— Fischmann, M. [A rontgen kinematographia] Gy6gyaszat, 1937, 77: 198-200.—Graf. Technische Grundlagen der in- direkten Rontgenkinematographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 56: Kongr., 87-90.—Hartung, E. Photographie von Rontgenschirmbildern; Beitrag zur rontgenkinematogra- phischen Aufnahmetechnik. Deut. med. Wschr., 1913, 39: 1106.—Janker, R. Der Stand der indirekten Rontgenkinema- tographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 56: 131; Disc, 141. ------ Die Photographie des Leuchtschirmbildes (Einzelbild und Rontgenkinematographie) Rontgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 271-84.—Jarre. H. A. Roentgen cinematography. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 1259.—Kaestle. Ueber Rontgenkinematographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: Tagungsh., 88.—Larru, E. La cinematograffa roentgen (proyecci6n de una pelfcula) An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1932-33, 4: 9-14.—Methodik der Rontgenkinematographie: gleichzeitige Aufschrift von Puis- und anderen Kurven auf denselben Film. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1944. 70: 127-31 — Moretzsohn de Castro, J. Princfpios fundamentais para apli- cacao da cineradiograffa como mltodo auxiliar do diagn6stico radiologico. Sao Paulo mid., 1944, 17: pt 2, 81-7. Also Am. J. Roentg., 1947, 57: 103-14. ------ A Jany. J. O metodo brasileiro de cinerradiograffa clfnica. An. paul. med. cir., 1942, 43: 505. Also Rev. med. cir. S. Paulo, 1942, 2: 122-8. Also Sao Paulo med., 1942, 15: pt 2, 207-24. ---— Apre- sentacao dos primeiros trabalhos de cinerradiograffa clinica. Rev. paul. tisiol.. 1942. 8: 36. ------ O metodo brasileiro de cinerradiograffa clfnica; processo de hipersensibilizacao previa das emulsSes acess6rio para filmagen cinerradiografica. Ibid., 110-38.—Ramsey, G. H. S., Watson, J. S., jr [et al.] Cine- fluorography; a progress report on technical problems, dosage factors, and clinical impressions. Radiology, 1949, 52: 684- 90.—Reynolds, R. J. Some experiments on the production of rapid serial skiagrams from the screen image by means of a cinemagraph camera. Brit. J. Radiol., Roentg. Soc. Sect., 1927, 23- 33-44------Cineradiography. Brit. J. Radiol., 1934, n ser 7:415-24. Also Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 522-8. Also Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl.. 1936, 53: 602-6. Also Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1936, 44:26-30. ------ X-ray cinematography. Irish J. M. Sc, 1936, 6. ser., 267-71. ------ Cineradiography indirecte. J. radiol. electr., 1936, 20: 159-62. __ Aspect of X-ray cinematography. Newcastle M. J., 1936, 16: 101-7. ------ Praktische Kineradiographie durch die indirekte Methode. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 56: 132-9; Disc, 141 .------ Cineradiography, its technic and application. Arch. Phys. M., 1948, 29: 147-9— Stewart, W. H. Cine- fluorography of today. J. Thorac. Surg., 1937-38, 7: 223-b. ------ A Ghise!in, F. H. Recent developments m the cine- matography of the fluoroscopic image. South. M. J., 1937, 30: 268-70. ------ Cine-fluorography. South. Surgeon 1940, 9:21-5. ------A Hoffman, W. J. Cinefluorography. Am. J. Roentg., 1937, 38: 465-9.—Torelli, G. Lo stato attuale della roentgencinematografia. Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini, 1939, 3: 160-70. ------ La roentgencinematografia con film ad anello. Ibid., 383.—Watson, J. S., jr, A Weinberg, S. A 35-mm. unit for cinefluorography. Radiology, 1948, 51: 728-32. ---- kinematographic, direct [Rhegmography] Belot A Pilon. Fabrication du tube Coolidge; film cinema- tographique; cinemaradiographie. Bull. Soc. radiol. mid. France, 1920, 8: 156.—Bohme, W. [Physiologisch-tierexperi- menteller Teil mit rontgenkinematographischen Demonstra- tionen] Magy. rontg. kozl., 1939, 13: 109.—Bonnefoy. Lea films radiographiques de Path6-Cin£ma. Bull. Soc. radiol. mid. France, 1923, 11: 18-21.—Bouwers, A. [Technic of instantaneous roentgen pictures] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 2, 1981-4.—Cignolini, P. La regmografia. Radiol. med., Milano, 1939, 26: 44-51.—Dessauer, F. Neue Probleme der radiologischen Technik (Aufnahme in einer Hoo Sekunde, Herzkinematographie) Beibl. Mitt. Ges. phys. Med., Wien, 1911, 4: 1-13.------Weitere Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete der Blitzaufnahmen und der Rontgenkinematographie. Verh. Oes. deut. Naturforsch. (1912) 1913, 84: 2. T., 2. Halfte, 72 — Franke, H. Ueber die derzeitigen Moglichkeiten einer Ront- genkinematographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1926, 35: Beih., 18. ------ A Groedel. Ueber technische Fortschritte rler direkten Rontgenkinematographie. Verh. Deut. Rontg. Ges., 1933, 26: 65-7.—Holmgren, B. S. Roentgen cinema- tography as a routine method. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1945, 26: 286-92.—Hubacher, O. Rontgenkinematographie. Radiol. clin., Basel, 1947, 16: 379-82.—Janker, R. Zur Rontgenkine- matographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1931, 44: 658-68. Resultats obtenus en radio-cinematographie avec presentation de fragments choisis de films, et d'un film sonore radio-cinematographique. P. verb. Congr. internat. photogr. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 753-5; Disc. 835. ------ Roentgen cinematography. Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 36: 384-90. ------ Apercu sur lei resultats de la roentgencinematographie. Arch. electr. mid., 1937, 45: 49-63.—Kastle, C. Zur Geschichte der Rontgenkinematographie (Biorontgenographie) und ihrer Leistungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 56:144-8. ------ Rieder, H., A Rosenthal, J. Ueber kinematographisch auf- eenommene Rontgenogramme (Bio-R6ntgenographie) der inneren Organe des Menschen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1909, 56: 280-2.—Lomon A Comandon. La radiocinematographie par la photographie des ecrans renforcateurs. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1911, 3: 127-34. pi. ------ La cine- matographic radiologique. J. radiol. electr., 1924, 8: 433-7.— Lossen. H. Rontgenkinematographie. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 29.—Melville, F. X-ray cinematography. Brit. J. Radiol., Roentg. Soc Sect., 1927, 23: 217-20.—Palmieri, G. G. Fatti ed ipotesi intorno alia cinematica cardiopolmonare desunti dsll'indagine roentgenchimografica. Radiol, sper., Parma, 1948, 2: 148-68.—Petrov, V. A. [Roentgenokinematography] Vest, rentg.. 1937, 18: 74-6.—Pigorini. Neue direkte Methode der Rontgenkinematographie, die regmographische Methode Cignolinis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 687 (Abstr.)—Reynolds, R. J. Demonstration-lecture on X-ray cinematography. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 985-90.—Scaglietti, O. 1st die praktische Anwendung der Rontgenkinematographie heute bereits erreicht? Radiol. Rdsch., 1937-38, 6: 230-4.—Stuertz, E. Ueber den Begriff Rontgen-Momentaufnahme und iiber Priifung der Rontgenapparate auf ihre Fahigkeit, Moment- aufnahmen sich bewegender innerer Organe zu liefern. Deut. med. Wschr., 1911, 37: 869-71.—Van De Maele. Appareils de radiocinematographie directe. J. radiol. electr., 1936, 20: 163-5. ------ La radiocinematographie directe. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1937, 6. ser., 2: 287-90, pi. Also Bruxelles mid., 1937-38, 18: 101-6: No. Spec. 1937, 78-81. Also Acta Unio internat. cancr.. Par., 1939, 4: 277-84. Also Brit. J. Radiol., 1938, 11: 804-8. Also Radiology, 1938, 30: 750-5. ---- kymographic. Ball!, L., A Lancellotti, G. II microchimografo rotante. Radiol, sper., Parma, 1948, 2: 138-41— Torelli, G. La roentgen-cine-chimografip; nota di tecnica. Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini, 1939, 3: 836. ---- Laws and regulations. Bachmann, E. Ueber die Durchfiihrung des Schirmbild- verfahrens. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1944, 25: 479; passim.— Hojer, J. A. Medicinalstyrebens forslag om allman skarm- bildsundersokning. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1944, 39: 68-86.—Hopf, M. A propos de la radiophotographie obligatoire en Suisse. Med. A hyg., Geneve, 1948, 6: 240.— Lov om tuberkuloseunderstfkelser ved skjermbildefotografering. Norske nasjon. foren. tuberk., 1943, 33: 155.—Mistal, O. M. La tuberculose est-elle contagieuse? faut-il rendre la radio- photographie obligatoire? Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 119.—Rochat, P. Les medecins vaudois et l'obligation de la radiophotographie. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1948, 29: 187-9. ---- Manuals and atlases. Fossati, F., & Gallone, P. Radiologia schermografica. 387p. 26cm. Milano, 1949. Bibliogr.: p. 353-75. MICRORADIOGRAPHY 78 MICRORADIOGRAPHY Griethuysen, B. G. van. Theoretische en practische grondslagen der rontgenkleinbeeldfoto- grafie. 104p. 24cm. Amst., 1941. Gutierrez del Olmo, J. Foto-radioscopfa; tecnica, aplicaciones, resultados. 63p. 18cm. Barcel., 1941. Hilleboe, H. E., & Morgan, R. H. Mass radiography of the chest. 288p. 18>6cm. Chic. [1945J Holfelder, H., & Berner, F. Atlas des Rontgenreihenbildes des Brustraumes. 95p. 2934cm. Lpz., 1939. Janker, R. Leuchtschirmphotographie, Ront- genreihenuntersuchung; die Photographie des Leuehtschirmbildes; eine Methode der Ront- genreihenuntersuchung. 57p. 8? Lpz., 1938. Forms H. 69. Tuberk. Bibl. Mottez, M. *La radiophotographie; methode de radiographic indirecte par photographie de l'6cran fluorescent; ses principales applications. 99p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Trail, R. R., Trenchard, H. J., & Kennedy, J. A. Mass miniature radiography. 96p. 19cm. Lond., 1943. Zacks, D. Photoradiography in search of tuberculosis. 297p. 26cm. Bait., 1949. —— Method and technic. See also subheadings (Exposure; Organization) Abreu, M. de. Rontgen-photographia. Rev. Ass, paul. med., 1936, 9: 313-24, 4 pi.—Aikawa, T. Syudan-kensin-ho tosite no roentgen-kansetu-satuei zyutu. Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 741; pt 2, 733; 943.—Available methods of mass radiological examination. Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1944, 18. sess.. 100-4.—Bachmann, E. Das Schirmbild ver- fahren. Bull Eidg. Gesundhamt., 1944, Gegen Tuberk., 41- 51.—Bailey, W. X-raying large groups. Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass., 1942, 72: 389.—Covello. M.. jr. A prop6sito da roentgenfotograffa. Rev. paul. tisiol., 1939, 5: 339—44.— Dearing, W. P. Chest fluorography with portable X-ray equipment on 35 mm. film. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1940, 55: 2369-77, 4 pi.—Dudley, S. F. Miniature radiography for mass examination. Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 531.—Eddy. C. E. The technical aspects of miniature radiography. Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia. 1940, 8. sess., 33-6.— Ellman. P. Mass radioscopv and radiography. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 366.—Gallone, P., & Fossati. F. L'applicazione degli obiettivi catadiottrici alia schermografia. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1948,22:344-51. ------ Osservazioni circa il rendimento del contrasto di radiazione con particolare riguardo alia schermo- grafia. Radiol, med., Tor., 1948, 34: 278-80.—Gough, H. B. Photofluorography. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 267-71.— Hall, C. Mass X-ray examination using miniature films. Illinois M. J., 1948, 94: 369-72.—Halter, K. Beitrag zur Technik der Reihen-Rontgen-Durchleuchtung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 1137.—Heaf, F. Mass radiography in practice. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 611.—Hei?ig, F. Rontgen- reihenphotographie. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1939, 93: 353-63.— Hennessey, J. H. Partial chest surveys utilizing the photo- roentgenographic unit and the phototimer. X-ray Technician, 1948-49, 20: 275-80.—Hirsch, I. S. Fluorography; its technic and application. N. York State J. M., 1940. 40: 1579-85.— Hopf, M. Die Reihendurchleuchtung und das Schirmbild- verfahren. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1944, 74: 1356-60; 1945, 75: 1062.—Huzimoto, T.t & Yamamura, M. Film eisya-siki kokyu kyokusen byosya-b.6 ni tuite. Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1939-40, 17: 332.—Jaubert de Beaujeu. A. La radiophoto- graphie a tres haut voltage. J. radiol. electr., 1946, 27: 352.— Kerley, P. Technique in mass miniature radiography. Brit. J. Radiol., 1942, 15: 346.—Kupriianov, V. F., & Schechtman, J. L. [Fluorography as a method of mass x-ray examination] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1941, No. 11, 42-9, 2 pi.—Kurose. Y. Kyobu hutari dSzi X-sen-satuei-ho ni tuite [... of two persons simultaneously] J. Radiol., Kanazawa, 1947, 5: 30-3.— Lemberg, A. A., & Hievich, A. I. [Methods of microroent- genography] Vrach. delo, 1941, 23: 425-32.—Lenarduzzi. Primi risultati con lo schermografo a distanza focale variabile. Rabiol. med.. Tor.. 1948, 34: 711.—Lewis, I. Miniature photo- fluorography of the clothed subject. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1946, 61: 1002-4.—Maclean, A. Some experiences in miss radiography. Edinburgh M. J., 1946, 53: 52—4.—McNett, L. W. Technique in mass x-rays of the chest. X-ray Tech- nician, 1947-48, 19: 28; 55.—Maisani, A. L'istruzione tecnico- sanitaria con particolare riferimento alia tecnica schermografica. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1949, 2: 81-5.—Mart, J. A., Powers, K. V., & Barth. E. E. Routine photofluorography of the chest. Illinois M. J., 1949, 95: 236-9.—Mattson, S. Technique for spot radiography. X-ray Technician, 1942-43, 14: 233 Ac- Morgan, R. H. Problemas ffsicos de la fluoroscopia y de la radiografia seriada (transl.) America clin., 1949 15: 511-8.— Muir, J. S. Some experiences in running a mass radiography unit. Radiography, Lond., 1946, 12: 21-3.—Nicolaev, A. Aperfeicoamento tecnico na execucao da abreugrafia. Clfn. tisiol., Rio, 1949, 4: 115-8.—Parkin, J. T. Tecnica y resultados de las radiografias toracicas en masa. Hospital (America clin.) N. Y., 1948, 4: 28-30.—Paula, A. de, & Benedetti. F. Tecnica da roentgenfotografia. Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1940, 301-36.— Pendergrass, E. P. Practical X-ray techniques for mass physical examinations. Proc. Indust. Hyg. Found. America, 1942, 7. meet., 34.—Pollitzer, G., & Bett. C. La radiofotografia de Abreu; dispositivo simplificado y tecnica usada en la Catedra de patologia y clinica de la tuberculosis. An. Soc. med. cir. Rio. 1940, 53: No. 2. 5-13.—Potter, H. E. Technical factors underlying miniature roentgenography of the chest. Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 47: 71-5. Also Span, transl., Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic. 1942, 9: 171-5.—Pruzhansky, S. V.. Zhegalkin, G. A., & Schechtman, J. L. K state prof. J. L. Pchechtmana, K metodike fluorograficheskikh obsledovanii. Probl. tuberk., Moskva. 1948, No. 5, 51-5.—Sayago, G., & Gargiulo. A. La roentgenfotograffa segiin el metodo de Abreu. Prensa mid. argent., 1939, 26: pt 2. 1971-8.—Schinz. H. R.. & Kollbrunner, F. Die Schirmbildphotographie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1945, 75: 897-908.— Sievert, R. M. Two methods of roentgen microphotography; preliminary report. Acta radiol.. Stockh., 1936, 17: 299-309.—Simonetti, C. La fotografia dello schermo fluorescente. Boll. Soc. ital. med. igiene trop. (Sez. Eritrea) 1942, 1: No. 4, 111-5.—Sparks, J. V. Some problems of minia- ture mass radiography. Brompton Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1942, 11: 1-12.-—Sutton, P. G. The technical problems of mass radiography of the chest. Tubercle, Lond., 1939-40, 21: 192-6.—Torelli, G. La roentgenfotografia. Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini, 1939, 3: 171-85.—Torp, I. M. Methods for mass survey of the chest. X-ray Technician, 1940-41. 12: 92-5.— Turner, J. W. Simple method of X-ray serialography. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1945, No. 89, 115-7.—Varden, L. E. Fluorography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 399-415.— Wegelius, C. Kritiska synpunkter pa skarmbildsfotograferin- gen i dess nuvarande utforande. Nord. med., 1946, 32: 2504- 8.—Zeyss, W. Die Schirmbildphotographie. Deut. Aerztebl., 1944, 74: 193-5. ---- military. Abello Pascual, J., & Gutierrez del Olmo, J. Estudios sobre fotorradioscopfa. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr., 9-15.—Alpern, A. N., & Benjamin, J. E. The in- duction film as an aid in appraising subsequent pulmonary lesions. Radiology, 1944, 43: 548-62.—Aston, M. J.. & Loeser, W. D. Mass photofluorography in a naval shipyard. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1948, 48: 809-18.—Behrens, C. F., & Britten, S. A. Five years of photofluorography in the Navy. Ibid., 1945, 45: 1203-7.—Bew. D. F.. Tilney, R. W.. jr, & Maher, W. E. J. A review of 283,225 chest photofluorograms at the United States Naval Personnel Separation Center. Lido Beach, Long Island, N. Y. Ibid., 1947. 47: 749-53.—Borges de Faria. Analise de mil roentgenfotografias. Rev. med. mil.. Rio. 1946, 35: 83-100.—Bowie. E. B.. & Jacobson. H. G. Routine chest, roentgenography on Negro inductees at Fort Benning, Georgia. Am. J. Roentg., 1944, 52: 500-4.—Boyd. R. W. Results of a random chest x-ray survey of healthy troops in Canada. Canad. M. Ass. J.. 1946, 54: 16-9.—Brian, E. G.. & Ricen, E. Recruit examination; the need for chest x-ravs. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1940, 38: 299-301.—Britten, S. A. Photofluoro- graphic examinations of the chest of all Navy and Marine Corps personnel, 1944-1945. Ibid., 1946, 46: 1479-81. ------ & Charter, W. V. Routine photofluorographic examinations of Naval and Marine Corps personnel; end results. Ibid., 1947. 47: 733-8.—Brooks, W. D. W. Fluorography. S. Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1944, 50: 2-5.—Canal, M. F. Selective Service examinations. Radiology, 1941, 36: 238.—Catastro radiografico en el ejercito, afio 1936. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1937, 36: 3-38.—Chest x-ray planned for draftees. Pub. Health News. Trenton, 1941, 25: 218.—Clemente. M. La roentgen-fotografia; tecnica e possibility di pratica applicazione nella Marina militare. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1939, 45: 417-31. Also Span, transl., Rev. san. nav., Valparaiso, 1940, l0: 33-42. ------ L'esame radiologico sistematico del torace nelle visite di arruolamento. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1940, 46: 409-33. —----- Utilita del metodo roentgen-fotografico come controllo degli organi toracici dei militari in servizio. Ibid., 1941, 47: 116-31. ------ & Ghersi. E. Primi risultati del controllo rontgen-fotografico del torace applicato aU'arruola- mento dell'elemento volontario della R. Marina. Ibid., 1940, 46: 213-23.—Cooper, E. L. Pulmonary tuberculosis in re- cruits; experiences in a survey by the microradiography method. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 245-8.—Dudley, S. F. Pul- monary tuberculosis in the Royal Navy and the use of mass miniature radiography in its control. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 401-6.—Duncan, R. E. Thirty-five mm. fluoro- graphy as used by the U. S. Navy. Dis. Chest. 1941, 7: 333-6. ——— Photofluorographic chest survey of Naval personnel. Ibid., 1943, 9: 269-73.—Edwards. H. R. X-raying military men. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1941, 42: 436-8.—Ellman, P. Mass radiography in the early detection of intrathoracic disease, with special reference to pulmonary tuberculosis in recruits. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond.. 1940-41, 34: 595-602.—Evans, A. G. Results of mass radiography of R. A. F. ex-prisoners-of-war from Germany. Brit. M. J., 1946, 1: 914.—Fine, A., & Stein- hausen, T. B. A survey of chest lesions in 32,000 prospective aviation cadets. Army M. Bull., 1943, No. 68, 113-7.— MICRORADIOGRAPHY 79 MICRORADIOGRAPHY Fitzpatrick, W. G. C. Mass miniature photoradiography in the Royal Navy. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1941, 27: 3-20.—Fournie & Frezouls. La radiophotographie; premiers essais d'application au depistage de la tuberculose pulmonaire dans l'armee. Rev. tuberc. Par., 1939. 5. ser.. 5: 795-802. ------ & Guerinet. La radiophotographie; essais d'application au depistage de la tuberculose pulmonaire dans la collectivity militaire. Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr., 1939, 33: 132-7. Also Deut. Militiirarzt, 1940, 5: 506.—Frank, A. Bericht uber das Ergebnis der Rontgenreihenuntersuchung an 5,681 Mannern des Sicher- heitsdienstes. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1943, 67: 194.—Frey. F. Kurzer TJeberblick iiber Entwicklung von Schirmbild- reihenuntersuchungen und Ergebnisse beziiglich Tuberkulose bei Soldaten wahrend der letzteu Kriegsjahrc. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1947. 101: 33-46.—Fuchs. A. W. Photoroentgen technique; employing optimum Kv. P. principles. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944. No. 73, 90-5. ------ Military photo- roentgen technique employing optimum kilovolt (peak) principles. Am. J. Roentg., 1945, 53: 587-96.—Galbraith, D. Pulmonary tuberculosis in _ recruits; further experience in a Burvey by the method of miniature radiography. Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 699-701.— Gebert. Die Bedeutung der Reihenront- genuntersuchung in der Wehrmacht. Veroff. Heer. San., 1938, H. 105,_ 443-51.—Giovinazzo, V. L'utiliti della schermografia nella diagnosi precoce della tubercolosi polmonare con parti- colare riferimento agli arruolamenti dei militari di P. S. Boll. Bchermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 151-6.—Grass. The organization of investigation of photofluoroscopy in the armed forces. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Project 1, pt 6, 289-93.—Grzybcwski, S. Masowa radiografia. Lek. wojsk., Edinb., 1946, 37: 162-4.—Hawickhorst, H. Die Anwendung der Leuchtschirmphotographie bei den Reihen- rontgenuntersuchungen in der Wehrmacht. Deut. Militararzt, 1939. 4: 255-61.—Holfelder, H. Der erste Grosseinsatz des Rontgenreihenbildners im SS-Lager zu Niirnberg. Munch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 1465-7. ------ Der Einsatz des Rontgensturmbanns-SS-Hauptamt zur Erstellung eines Volks- rontgenkatasters und die Einsatz moglichkeit der gleichen Truppe als Feldrontgentruppe. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 493-5. ------ Einsatz und Tatigkeit der Rontgenreihen- bildnertruppe der SS in Mecklenburg. Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 83: 257-64. ------& Berner, F. Stand und Aussichten der Kleinbildfotografie vom Rontgenschirm unter Beriicksichtigung der Erfahrungen mit dem Rontgen-Reihenbildner im SS-Lage* Niirnberg. Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 1818-23.—Janker. R. Die Leuchtschirm-Photographie zur Einzelaufnahme und zur Reihenuntersuchung in der Wehrmacht. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1941, 6: 238-43.—Jones, W. A. Routine chest x-ray examination of recruits; a survey of results. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940, 43: 213-7.—Kinzer, R. E. The chest x-ray examina- tion; an analysis of disqualifying conditions found among 105,141 selectees. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 128: 4997502.— Lamma, V. L'importanza dell'indagine radiografica di massa nella medicina sociale e l'apporto della schermografia secondo i risultati di un'indagine clinico schermografica di una collettivita militare presunta sana. Q. radiol., Belluno, 1942, 7: 230-9.— Lore, J. M., jr. Air-borne photofluorographic unit. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1948, 48: 490-5.— Marciak, M. O miniaturo- wych zdjeciach rentgenowskich. Lek. wojsk., 1943, 35: 64—6.—Mass miniature radiography in the detection of pul- monary tuberculosis among recruits to H. M. forces. Bull. War M., Lond., 1942-43, 3: 282.—Mercer, N. Choosing a method for mass x-raying of service men. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 772-6. Also Virginia M. Month., 1941, 68: 589-91.— Micro-radiographie dans la Royal Air Force. Bull. Commun. Dis. UNRRA, 1946, 5: 838-44.—McGufnn, W. H. Observa- tions gleaned from clinical and radiological chest examina- tions of recruits. Radiology, 1941, 36: 413-20.—O'Loughlin, B. J. A study of 24,615 separation chest roentgenograms. Ibid., 1947, 48: 389-91.—Picciochi, J. M., & Bolin, J. B. Report of 250,000 chest photofluorographs in Naval recruits. J. Omaha Clin. Soc, 1944, 5: 20-2.— Price, S. H. R. Mass X-ray examination of the chest. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1947, 33: 99-102, 2 pi.—Quinn. Technique adopted for mass radi- ography examinations in the Royal Air Force. Radiography, Lond., 1944, 10: 1-5.—Raess, A., & Teschendorf, W. Ront- geareihenuntersuchungen mittels Schirmbildaufnahme. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 249-53.—Rahm, N. Resultatet av klinisk undersokning av skarmbildspositiva militarer. Sven. lak. tidn., 1942. 39: 1630-2.—Roentgenographic examinations of the chests of Navy and Marine Corps personnel [Form letter] Burned News Lett., Wash., 1944, 4: No. 3, 26-9; 1945, 5: No. 5, 38-43.—Ronnen, J. R. von. Ervaringen met de zgn. screen-picture apparaten in het Militair Hospital I te Batavia. Med. mbl., Batavia, 1949, 2: 321-7.—Ruzo.G., Oribe, J. A., & Bocalandro, C. A. Resultados de la aplicaci6n de la roentgen- fotograffa en la selecci6n del soldado argentino. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1943, 42: 75-80.—Salsano, P. La schermografia nell'esercito. Policlinico, 1944, 51: sez. prat., 10-24.—Schedt- ler, O. Die Rontgenschirmbildphotographie im Dienst der Wehrmacht. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 253.—Schiller, I. A. Chest photoroentgenography in Army physical examinations. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1946, 53: 103-14.—Schink, W. Praktische Erfahrungen fiber Rdatgen-Reihen-Schirmbildaufnahmen beim Feldheer. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 428-36.—Schneider, L. Separation center chest survey. Dis. Chest, 1946, 12: 147- 52.—Schulz, E. Rontgenreihenuntersuchungen bei der Wehrmacht mit dem Scnirmbildverfahren. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 402-9.—Seydl, G. Das Rdntgenreihenbild in einem Grossbetrieb der Kriegsmarine. Ibid., 1942, 7:15-8.—Shapiro, R. Pulmonary tuberculosis in Navy recruits; a review of 50,100 photofluorographic chest examinations. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1944, 49: 485-9.—Spiihler, O. Ueber Rontgen-Reihendurch- leuchtungen in der Armee. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 653.—Standardized (A) photoroentgen technique. Bull. IT. S. Army M. Dep., 1943. No. 69. 22.—Tenner, K. T., & Neumer, W. Reihen-Rontgendurchleuchtung innerhalb einer Division des Feldheeres. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 474-6.— Trail, R. R., Trenchard, H. J. [et al.] Mass miniature radi- ography in the Royal Air Force, a report on 250,027 consecutive examinations of R. A. F. personnel. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1944. 38: 116—40.—Vandor, F. Ujoncok rontge nsorozat vizsgalata. Orvostud. kozl., 1944, 5: 363.—Verstand'g, C. C. Pulmonary pathology in rejectees; a survey of 100.000 photoroentgeno- grams performed at the induction center in Connecticut. Connecticut M. J., 1946, 10: 103-5. ------ & Ainsworth, C. W. Photoroentgenographic technique and dark room pro- cedure used at the Army Recruiting and Induction Station, New Haven, Connecticut. Am. J. Roentg., 1944, 52: 547-50.— Wayburn, E. Mass miniature radiography; a survey in the United States Army Air Forces. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1946, 54: 527-40.—White, B. _ Mass radiography of the thorax, with special reference to its application to recruits for the army. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 23-7.—Wyman, S. M. Report of a roentgenologic chest survey. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater U. S., 1945, 3: 15.—X-ray examinations in the Selective Service. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 819.—X-raying military men. Pennsyl- vania M. J., 1941-42, 45: 70.— Zarkevich, N. F. Fotosnimki svetiashchegosia rentgenovskogo ekrana. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 15-9. ---- Organization of service. Almeida Pintos, R. Algunos problemas que plantea el examen roentgenfotografico de las colectividades. Dia raid. urug., 1947-48, 15: 911-20.—Behr. Die Organisation der NSV. zur Erfassung der Menschen fiir die Rontgenreihen- untersuchungen. Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 83: 265-8.—Bene, J. A n£pj6l6ti minisztenum rontgenernyokep felvevo kesziihfke megkezdte miik6d£s6t. N6pegeszs£giigy, 1948, 29: 157.— Benham, L. R. Organisation of a mass miniature radiography survey. Pub. Health, Lond., 1948-49, 62: 79.—Birkhauser, H. Ueber die Organisation des Schirmbildwesens. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 465-7, pi.—Bloom, S. Social service and the mass chest x-ray survey. Bull. Am. Ass. M. Social Work., 1948, 21: 22.—Brehm, P. A. Administrative aspects of mass radiography. Indust. M., 1946, 15: 391-3.—Brunner, E. L'organisation de la radiophotographie a Zurich. Mid. & hyg., Geneve, 1946, 4: No. 88, 7.—Biichel, H. L'organisation du service des radiophotographies dans le canton de Zurich. Ibid., 7.—Conti, C. Durchfiihrung der Rontgenreihenunter- suchungen. Gesundheitsfiihrung, Berl., 1943, No. 1, 25.— Fillinger, F. Das Rontgenschirmbildverfahren im vertrau- ensarztlichen Dienst. Vertrauensarzt, 1941, 9: 73-7.—Gines, A. R. La libreta de salud y el metodo radiofotogriifico de Abreu en Asunci6n del Paraguay. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1943, 22: 314.—Gioia, F. G. Contributo alio studio del pro- blema schermografico. Lotta tuberc, 1942, 13: 622-30.— Goldsbrough, J. Mass X-ray and health propaganda. Tu- bercle, Lond., 1948, 29: 82.—Hoffstaedt, E. G. W. Mass radiography and after; a plea for a mobile chest service. Brit. J. Tuberc. 1949, 43: 36-40, 2 pi.—Kol I brunner, F. Das Schirmbild in USA. Praxis, Bern, 1946, 35: 741-3.—Maisani, A. Organizzazione e sviluppo delle indagini schermografiche di massa. Notiz. ammin. san. (1946) 1947, 7: 42-54. ------ Creazione e sviluppo del servizio schermografico in Italia; contributo statistico. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 6-18. ------ ContributodeU'Alto Commissariato per 1'igiene e la sanity pubblica alle indagini schermografiche di massa; organizzazione e sviluppo del servizio schermografico in Italia; nuovo orientamento della lotta antitubercolare in Italia. Ibid., 105-11.—Nationalforeningens skarmbildsbyra i Stockholm. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1943, 38: 117-9.— Note relative a ['utilisation de la technique dite radiophoto- graphie. Bull. H6p. Sadiki, Tunis, 1943-44,2: 71-3.— Nylander, E. Organisationen av skarmbildsundersokning pa landsbygden. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat.. foren. tuberk., 1945, 40: 23-30.— PSster, H. O. Les reactions du public en face des experiences de radiophotographie._ Mid. & hyg., Geneve, 1946, 4: No. 88, 7.—Proton. La pratique de la radio-photographie dans lea pays Anglo-Saxons. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr., 1945, 39: 165- 73.—Reggiani, G., & Vespignani, A. Per un piano di schermo- grafia in una provincia. Nuntius radiol., Siena, 1944-46, 12: 123-34.—Reinberg, S. A. Neskolko soobrazhenii o fluorografii v nashikh usloviakh. Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1948, No. 5, 42-8.—Robertson, J. S. Civilian mass radiography. Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 711.—Sauter, A. Les problemes que l'Etat dolt resoudre a propos des examens radiophotographiques de la population. Med. & hyg., Geneve, 1946, 4: No. 88, 7.— Thorelli, H. Skarmbildsfotograferingens organisation vid L. M. Ericsson. Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk., 1943, 38: 112-6.—Wegelius, C. A centralised organisation for mass radiography. Newcastle M. J., 1949-50, 24: 19-21. ----- Organization of service: Unit and staff. Bradbury, F. C. S. Minimal requirements for mass radi- ography. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 2: 293.—Cave, P. Mass miniature radiography units. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 172.— MICRORADIOGRAPHY 80 MICRORADIOGRAPHY Ellman, P. Staffing mass miniature radiography units. Ibid., 146.—Essential requirements in respect of technical, clinical and clerical aspects of miniature radiography. Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1944, 18. sess., 97-9.— Ferrier, H. T. Staffing of miniature mass radiography units. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 616.—Greene, A. B. The role of the x-ray technician in mass-survey. X-ray Technician, 1942-43, 14: 108 &c.—Henderson, N. P. Staffing mass miniature radiography units. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 81.—Muir, J. S. Mobile or static mass radiography? Radiography, Lond., 1947, 13: 150.—Sackett, G. L. The role of the radiologist in mass chest X-ray survey. Radiology, 1949, 53: 274.—Sparks, J. V. Staffing of miniature mass radiography units. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 398.—Zimmer, E. A. Erste praktische Erfahrungen mit einem aufnahmebereiten Radiophotographiewagen in der Schweiz; zugleich Stellungnahme zur Arbeit Hopf: Reihendurch- euchtung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1945, 75: 501-4. —— Physician's aspect. Beust, A. v. Schirmbildverfahren und arztliches Geheimnis. Praxis, Bern. 1947, 36: 43.—Hilleboe, H. E. Community. wide chest x-ray surveys and the general practitioner. J, Lancet, 1947, 67: 225-8. Also Minnesota M., 1947, 30: 625-34. Also Pub. Health News, Trenton. 1948, 29: 77-83.— Roloff, W. Rontgenmusterung und praktischer Arzt. Deut. Tuberk. Bl., 1939. 13: 257-60.—Bossier, P. H., & Maier, C. Radiophotographie et secret medical. Mid. & hyg., Genlve, 1946, 4: No. 88, 7.—Van Zwalenburg, B. R. Mass chest X-rays and the practicing physician. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1949. 48: 1365. ---- Radiological aspect. Abreu, M. de. Collective fluorography. Radiology, 1939- 33: 363-71.—Bohatyrtschuk, F. Die Fragen der Mikro- rontgenographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1942, 65: 253-61.— Bouwers, A. The indirect radiograph. Radiology, 1939, 33: 357-62.—Braeuning, H. Lungendiagnostik; die Rontgen- Reihenuntersuchung. RSntgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 391-8.— Branscheid, F., Steps, H., & Wandersleb, E. Einzelaufnahmen von Rontgenleuchtschirmbildern und deren Anwendung bei Reihenuntersuchungen. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: 174-80.—Cranch, A. L. The indirect radiograph, mass radi- ography; some technical data. Radiography, Lond., 1943, 9: 1-5.—De Witte. Quelques reflexions au sujet de la radiopho- tographie. J. beige radiol., 1948, 31: 47-9.—Grechishkin, S. V. fMicroroentgenography] Vest, rentg., 1938, 20:397- 408.—Hiramatu, H. X-sen kansetu satuei-h^ gaisetu [General theory ...] Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1942-43, 20: 117-26.—Hirsch, I. S. Fluorography; the photography of the fluorescent image. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 43: 45-52.—Jaderholm, K. B. Schirm- bildphotographie. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1942, 23: 44-50.— Janker. Die Leuchtschirmphotographie. Fortsch. Rontgen- strahl., 1938. 58: 588-93.—Lowis, V. N. The factors involved in x-ray screen photography. Radiography, Lond., 1943, 9: 17-9.—Lust, F. J. The fluoroentgenograph. Am. J. Roentg., 1940. 43: 141.— Mfgon, M. W. Photofluorography for chest surveys. Radiology, 1944, 43: 499-503.—Masy, S. La radiophotographie. J. beige radiol., 1948, 31: 22-31.—Pender- grass, E. P. Practical X-ray techniques for mass physical examinations. Indust. M., 1943, 12: 17 (Abstr.)—Potter, H. E., Douglas, B. H., & Birkelo, C. C. The miniature X-ray chest film. Radiology, 1940, 34: 283-91.—Previte, S. Some aspects of mass radiography. Radiography, Lond., 1945, 11: 9.—Shanks. S. C. Mass radiography of the chest, et alia. Brit. J. Radiol., 1941, 14: 45-53.—Stanford, B. A research into the physical factors concerned in indirect radiography; the optimum combination of film and fluorescing screen for use in indirect radiography. Ibid., 128-55.—Stassens. La radiophotographie. J. beige radiol., 1948, 31: 32-9.—Taylor, R. G. Radiographs made on the fluoroscope. Radiology, 1936, 27: 615.—Van der Plaats, G. J. Quelques observations fondamentales au sujet de la radiophotographie. J. belee radiol., 1948, 31:40-6. ---- stereoscopic. See also Radiography, stereoscopic. Ayres de Sousa. Bases tecnicas da regmografia. Gaz. me'd. port., 1949, 2: 543-52.—Eichler, P. Das Raumschirmbild. Deut. med. Wschr., 1940,66: 882-4.—Levitin, J. Ten thousand chest examinations with the stereoscopic photoroentgen unit. Am. J. Roentg.. 1943, 49: 469-75. Also Span, transl., Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1945, 12: 1 &c.—Lewis, I., & Morgan, R. H. The value of stereoscopy in mass radiography of the chest. Radiology, 1946, 46: 171.—Mannila, T. O. Stereo screen photography. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1948. 29: 65-70 — Warren, S. R., jr, Pendergrass, E. P., & Haagensen, D. E. A comparison of stereoscopic miniature chest films, single roentgenograms on paper, and single roentgenograms on large films. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y., 1942, 38: 57-60. —— stratigraphic. See also Radiography, stratigraphic. Bibikov, N. V. Otechestvennyi tomofluorograf. Med promyshl. SSSR, 1949, 40, illust.— Dimitrov, M. Schirm- bildschichtphotographie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1942, 65: 241-8.—Gorodecky, A. A. Ispolzovanie fluorografii dlya posloinykh issledovanii (tomofluorografia) Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1948, No. 5. 49-51.—Soares, D. Metodo tomografico seriado: tomografia seriada; serioplanigrafJa e serioplanigraffa visadamilim^trica. Rev. brasil. med., 1947, 4: 589-99.— Vallebona, A. La stratimicroradiografia. Cult. med. mod.. Pal., 1940. 19: 8. ---- Use. See also under names of medical branches as Surgery; Urology, etc. Aiello, G., & Antoniotti, F. Le indagini schermografiche nella patologia del lavoro. Boll, schermogr., Roma, 1948, 1: 144-6.—Etevens, F. L. Combatiendo las enfermedades con peliculas. Medicina, Habana, 1943, 1: No. 4, 3-6.—Heisig, W. Diapositive und Kopien von Rontgenbildern durch Klein* bildphotographie. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 265.—Hirsch, I. S. The utility of fluorography. Radiology, 1941, 36:1-11.— Hospitals, too, are finding a place for photoroentgenography. Surg. Equip., 1941. 8: No. 3, 14.—Itikawa, T., & Aikawa, T. Leuchtschirmphotographie in der Urographie. Zschr. Urol., 1940, 34: 182.—Janker, R. Die Leuchtschirmphotographie in der Chirurgie. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 2353-66.—Rebello, C. S. A roentgenfotograffa nos exames funcionais; experitecias preliminares. Lisboa med., 1940, 17: 264-72, 2 pi.—Ronneaux, G. Les utilisations diverses de la radiophotographie. Bull. Soc. electroradiol. mid. France, 1939, 27: 385-99.—Sanderson, S. S. A simplified method of preserving radiographs and allied records on miniature film. Radiology, 1941, 37: 616-21.— Smith, J. Radiography in public health work. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1947, 43: 70-2.—Stumpf, P. Der Unterricht in der Rontgenologie; Schirmbildaufnahme und Laufbild als Lehr- mittel. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: 411-20.—Suther- land, C. G. The reproduction of roentgenograms on films of millimetric dimensions and suggested potentials of utility in this procedure. Radiology, 1941, 37:622-7.—Viehmann. Indirekte Rontgenphotographie mit der Kleinbildkamera in der Veteri- narmedizin. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1939, 47: 145. MICRORADIOGRAPHY^ See also Radiation gamma (Absorption; Diffrac- tion) Radioisotope, Metabolism; also such head- ings as Histology; Metallurgy; Microscopy, electronic; also under names of objects examined as Cellulose; Keratin; Wood, etc. Barclay, A. E., Daniel, P. [et al.] Radio-micrography. J. Physiol., Lond., 1946-47, 105: Proc, 28.—Clark, G. L. Medi- cal, biological and industrial applications of monochromatic radiography and microradiography. Radiology, 1947, 49: 483-95. ------ & Eyler, R. W. A camera for stereoscopic microradiography. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1943, 14: 277.— Dauvillier, A. Application de la diffraction des electrons a 1 £tude des substances organiques; structure de la cellulose. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 191: 708-11.—Engstrom, A. Micro- radiography. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1949, 31: 503-21.— Goby, P. Une application nouvelle des rayons X; la micro- radiographie. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1913, 156: 686-8, illust.— Guinier, A. Methode d'analyse quantitative de constituanta microscopiques par des mesures d'absorption de rayons X. Ibid., 1943, 216: 48-50.—Massazza, A., & Vallebonaf A. La micrografia diretta con radiazioni di diversa lunghezza d'onda. Accad. med., Genova, 1937, 52: 273-8.—Mikroradiographie; fJ?,eo n?u£ Untersuchungsmethode. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg.. 1913-14 7: 85.—Saulnier, A., & Trillat, J. J. Radiographic et microradiographie par electrons secondaires. Rev. sc. Par 1945, 83: 211-4.—Sherwood, H. F. Vacuum exposure holder for microradiography. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1947, 18: 80-3 — Jo iat'„.. - \l microradiographie. Nature, Par., 1947, 2 n ~Y.n"?n(5oscopique pour travaux micro- graphiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 573.—Lemche, J. A new type of reading-lens. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 2: 1027. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1949, 111: 370.—Lower power binocular magnifier. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1912, 10: 264-6.— Mayer, P. Die Lupen und ahnlichen optischen Gerate von Carl Zeiss. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 113-22.—Murr, E. Eine Stativlupe von vielseitiger Verwendbarkeit. Ibid., 1926, 43: 87-93.—New miniature magnifier, Mini-Mag. Dent. Items, 1946, 68: 913-5.—Ombredanne. Presentation d'une loupe binoculaire. Ann. otolar., Par., 1948, 65: 706.—Rappa- port, F., & Eichhorn, F. An illuminating magnifier for the reading of the rapid test for syphilis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1946, 54: 345-7.—Sato, A., & Nuklyama, H. Kosei tyosin-ki no kenkyu. Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1926-i7, 4: 321-7.— Schabadasch, A. Anwendung von photographischen Objek- tiven mit kurzer Brennweite fiir kleine Vergrosserungen. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1928, 86: 505-8.—Stegeman, R. F. E. Magnifying device. U. S. Patent Off., 1945, No. 2,389,282; 1946, No. 2,394,946.—Weber, M. Ueber ein neues Lupen- stativ mit Beleuchtungsvorrichtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 258-60. ---- spectroscopic. See Microspectroscope. ---- Stage, and substage. See also other subheadings (Accessories; Stand) also Micrometer; Microscope condenser; Micro- scope heater; Microscope illuminator, etc. Bauersfeld, W. Microscope stage. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 1,998,216. ------ Substage for microscopic condensers and the like. Ibid., No. 2,014,161.—Coon, J. M. Note on a new finder for the microscope. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1905-06, 2. ser., 9: 327-30.—Holland, W. Circular stage for a micro- scope. Chemist Analyst, 1942, 31: 71.—Kozlowski, A. An adjustable stage for microscopes. Science, 1934, 79: 388.— Ott, H. N. Mounting for substage parts of microscopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1947, No. 2,43^,583.—Riley, C. P. Gripping means for microscope mechanical stages. Ibid., 1949, No. 2,474,163.—Robert, H. Ein neuer Hilfsapparat fur Mikroskope (Kreuzschiene Robert) Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 60.— Schorr, G. Ein neues Modell eines einfachen beweglichen Objekttisches. Ibid., 1906, 23: 425-7.—Studnicka, F. K. Eine Kombination des Kreuztisches und des Pendeltischea, nebst einigen Bemerkungen uber die Kreuztische der Mikro- skope Uberhaupt. Ibid., 1926, 43: 172-7. ---- Stand. See also other subheadings (Focusing mech- anism; Nosepiece) also Microscope heater. Aitcheson, T. G., & Gradisar, A. A. Pivotal mounting means for microscope arms and the like. U. S. Patent Off., 1949, No. 2,474,644.—Bauersfeld, W. Microscope stand. Ibid., MICROSCOPE 86 MICROSCOPE CONDENSER 1935, No. 2,000,737.------Pillar bracket for monobjective microscopes. Ibid.. No. 2,014,874.—Beck, C, & Ogilvy, J. W. Microscope stands. Nature, Lond., 1911-12, 88: 480.—Corl, C.J. ZusammenklappbaresTaschen- Praparier-und Plankton- lupenstativ. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1923, 40: 294-6.—Jeantet, P. Nouveau statif de microscope sp^cialement amenage' pour la photomicrographie. Rev. opt., Par., 1940, 19: 27-35, illust.— Metz, C. Neuere Vervollkommnungen der Leitzschen Mikro- skop-Stative. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906. 23: 430-9.— Metzner. P. Ueber ein Horizontal-Vertikal-Mikroskop. Ibid., 1928, 45: 1-10.—Seters, W. H. v. Tripod and pillar microscopes. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1928, 48: 385-8.—Spitta, E. J. The relative merits of the long- and short-tube microscopes. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1905-06, 2. ser., 9: 279-86.— Steinach, E. Ein neues Mikroskop-Stativ. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 308- 12.—Wiedling, M. The use of ball-bearings in the construction of microscopes. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1936, 56: 31-8.— Wittig, C. H. O. Adjustable pinion shaft bearing for micro- scopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1948, No. 2,449,156. ---- stereoscopic. See also Microscope, binocular. Gramont, A. de. Nouveau microscope stereoscopique. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1932, 1: 45-50.—Helmstadt, O. Ein stereoskopischer Aufsatz fur Mikroskope. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 321-33.—Kofler, L. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit eines neuen Stereoaufsatzes fiir Mikroskope. Ibid., 363-5.— Loury, A. Loupes binoculaires a grand champ et grand effet stere'oscopique. Bull. Soc. fr._ micr., 1932, 1: 81, illust.— Mummery, J. H. A communication on stereoscopic micro- scopes. Tr. Odont. Soc. Gr. Britain, 1903-04, n. ser., 36: 147-50.—Pesonen, N. Ett stereomikroskop. Nord. med., 1943, 18: 1069.—Rheinberg, J. On stereoscopic effect and a suggested improvement in binocular microscopes. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1905-06, n. ser., 9: 371-94.— Takagi, Z. Kenbikyo- z5 hukugo soti ni tuite. Igaku : 263-5. ------ A new hand slit lamp. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Oto'ar., 1948-49, 53: 357.—Lemoine & Valoi?. Une nouvelle 'amne a fente a lumi^re homogene. Bull. Soc. fr. opht, 1933, 46: 159-62.— Mayou (The) slit-lamp. Brit. J. Ophth., 1927, 11: 337.— Minsky. H. The linear-streak lamp, pocket slit lamp. Am. .T. Ophth., 1942, 25: 74-82.—Mulock Houwer TOoldmann's slit-lamp] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940. 80: 377.—Portable slit lamp. Eausch & Lomb Mag., 1949, 25: No. 3, 18.— Ribas Valero, R. Hendidura estenop^ica. Arch. Soc. oft. hisp. amer., 1946, 6: 384-409.—Schoeer, A. Eine verbesserte Spaltlampe. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1939-40, 243: 94.—Stein, L. Flexible cable slit control for biomicroscope. Am. J. Ophth., 1948, 31: 1166-8.—Stenstrom, S. Demonstration av skia^kope- ringsram av nv modell; soaltlampa for allmnnpraktiker. Nord. med., 1947, 33: 571.—Young, M. N. Field construction of an improved slit lamp and chin rest. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 134-6. MICROSCOPE lens. See also Lens (optical) Microscope condenser; also under names of special types of microscopy. Baud, C. A.. & Locquin, M. L abaissement du pouvoir r^flecteur des surfaces optiques et son inte>6t en microscopie. Bull, histol. anpl., Lyon, 1948, 25: 139-41.—Berner. L. Pro- tection of microscope lens from fungus. Trop. M. News, N. Orl., 1945, 2: 15.—Gardner, I. C, & Case, F. A. The lateral chromatic aberration of apochromatic microscope systems. Pev. Sc. Instrum., 1931, n. ser., 2: 416-28.—Heusner. H. L. Ein neuer BehSlter zum Aufheben der Obiektivtrager. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1915, 62: 1608.— Rhumbler. L. Vorschlag zur besseren ausserlichen Kenntliehmachune mikroskopischer Linsensysteme. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934-35, 51: 352-60. ---- Correlation of objective and ocular. Foster, L. V. The correlation of microscope objectives and eyepieces. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 2: 140-50.—Guilloz, T. Sur la re'ation qui doit exister entre le num6ro de 1'oculaire, le numAro de I'objectif et son ouverture numtrique pour pouvoir b£n6ficier dans l'observation microscopique de tout le pouvoir sfiparateur de rinstrument. C. rend. Soc biol., 1905, 58: 730-2. ------ Le champ dans l'observation microscopique Heduit des numlros dioptriques de I'objectif et de 1'oculaire. Ibid., 60: 490-2. ---- electron. See under Microscopy, electron. ---- Numerical aperture. Foster, L. V. The intelligent use of numerical anerture. T. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1939-40, 8: 60-8, 2 pi.—Harlridge, H. The measurement of working aperture. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1913, pt 4, 363.—Horsfall. R. B., jr. Measurement of numerical anerture. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1942, 61: 297-301.— Metz, C. Apertometer fiir Trockensvsteme und Oelimmersio- nen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1920, 37: 53.—Metzner. P. Einfache Methode der Aperturbestimmung au ImmersionsoKiektiven. Ibid.. 203-5.—Nelson. E. M. An improved form of Cheshire's aoertometer. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1914, 2. ser., 12: 281.— Neuwei'er, N. G. Die Bestimmung der numerischen Apertur von Trockenobjektiven. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938-39. 55: 217-9. ---- Objective. Ainslie, M. A. An addition to the objective. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1915. 12: 561-76.—Bennett, A. H. The develop- ment of the microscope objective. J. Optic. Soc America, 1943, 33: 123-8.—Drew, R. L. Flat-f elded reflecting micro- objectives. Nature, Lond., 1949, 164: 360.—Foster, L. V. Microscone objectives and a new stereo-nolarizer. J. Bact., Bait., 1942. 43: 116.—Gallasch, G. P., & Kurtz. H. F. Objec- tive mount. U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,093,605.—Grey, D. S. A_ new series of microscope objectives; preliminary investigation of catadioptric Schwarzschild svstems. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1949, 39: 723-8. ------ & Lee, P. H. A new series of microscone objectives; catadioptric Newtonian sys- tems. Ibid., 719-23.—Giinther. H. Neue Objektive. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg.^ 1914-15, 8: 161.—Ma'assez. L. Sur la notation des ob'ectifs microscopiques. Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France (1904) 1905, 291-371. Also C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1906. 61: 669-71.—Objective screw thread. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1915, pt 3, 230.—Oelze. F. W. Neuere Universalobjek- tive fur Hell- und Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 86: 760.—Ott, H. N. Means for centering microscope objectives. U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,195,657.—Rams- thaler. P. Zur Geschichte der Mikroskopobjektive. Schweiz. Zschr. Optik, 1947, 23: 26-9. ------ Ueber Mikroskop- objektive mit ebenem Bildfeld. Ibid., 1948, 24: 12-6 MICROSCOPE LENS 89 MICROSCOPE LENS ---- Objective: Aberrations and corrections. Boegehold, H. Die Verbesserung des Bildfeldes der Mikro- skopobjektive (Planachromate) Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938-39, 55: 17-25, 3 pi.—Clay, R. S., & Court, T. H. The early achro- matic objective; a further note. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1935, 55: 95-8.-—Cruickshank. F. D. The trigonometrical correction of microscope objectives. J. Optic Soc. America, 1946, 36: 296-8.—Foster, L. V., & Thiel, E. M. An achromatic ultra- violet microscope objective. Ibid., 1948, 38: 689-92.—Kings- lake, R. The measurement of the aberrations of a microscope objective. Ibid., 1936, 26: 251-6.—Stuhlman, O., jr. Micro- scope objective corrections. In his Introd. Biophysics, N. Y., 1943, 32J-8.—Van Heurck. H. L'objectif apochromatique a verres durs ds M. Carl Reichert. Ann. Soc. beige micr., 1900- 06. 27: 39-42. ---- Objective, adjustable. Bauersfeld, W. Adjusting device for a pair of objectives of binocular microscopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,975,629.—Bracey, R. J. A universal tube-length and cover- glass correcting lens system for use with microscope object- glasses. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1931, 51: 20-3. ---- Objective: Magnification and evaluation. Crozant, L. de. Nouvelles formules pour la determination des grossissements utiles minima et maxima des objeciifs de microscope. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1936, 5: 8-17.—Malassez, L. Sur le pouvoir grossissant des objectifs microscopiques; sa definition. Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France (1905-06) 1907, 22: 36; 42; 94. ------ Evaluation de la puissance des objectifs microscopiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1906, 142: 773-5.—Nelson, E. M. On the measurement of the initial magnifying powers of objectives. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1914, 2. ser., 12: 295-300.—Osterberg, H., & Wilkins, J. E., jr. The resolving power of a coated objective. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1949, 39: 553-7.—Osterberg, H., & Wissler, F. C. The resolution of two particles in a bright field by coated microscope objectives. Ibid., 558-66.—Ramsthaler, P. Ueber die Berechnung von Mikroskopobjektiven. Schweiz. Zschr. Optik, 1948, 24: 24; passim.—Siadbei, G. Sur la methode de Hartmann pour l'etude des objectifs. Rev. opt., Par., 1927, 6: 257-63. ---- Objective: Working distance. Deflandre, G. Augmentation de la distance frontale dea objectifs de microscopes. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1936, 5: 150—4. ------ Procedfi pratique d'augmentation de la distance frontale des objectifs de microscopes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 1242-4.—Dyson, J. A unit-magnification optical system with long working distance for microscopical applica- tions. Nature, Lond., 1949, 163: 400.—Long working distance microscope objective for photographic emulsion work. _ Europ. Sc. Notes, 1950, 4: 29.—Malassez, L. Evaluation des distances foco-faciales des objectifs microscopiques. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1906, 142: 926. Also Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France (1905-06) 1907, 22: 97-9.—Wilson, D. P. Note on a method of obtaining long working distances with low-power objectives. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1927, 47: 335-7. ---- Ocular. See also Microscope, comparison; Microscopy, polarizing; Microspectroscope. Healy, D. J. A comparison ocular. J. Am. M. Ass., 1913, 61: 1958.—Kaufmann. Neues Okular von starker Vergros- serung und grossem Gesichtsfeld fiir Mikroscope. Verh. Deut. Kongr. inn. Med., 1912, 29: 287-9.—Lane, G. R. Coat- ing of microscope eyepiece lenses. Nature, Lond., 1949, 164: 452.—Langeron, M. C. P. Oculaires. In his Precis d. micr., 7. ed., Par., 1949, 97-104.—Nelson, E. M. Eye-pieces for the microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1907, pt 5, 525-31; 1908, pt2, 146-9.—Offutt. E. P. Anew ocular disc of special useful- ness'in medical parasitology. Proc N. York Ass. Pub. Health Laborat., 1949, 29: 4.—OU, H. N. Adjustable microscope eyepiece mounting. U. S. Patent Off., 1948, No. 2,439,526.— Schmidt, W. J. Zur Geschichte des dichroskopischen Okulars. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934-35, 51: 369.—Stempel, W. M. _ An empirical approach to lens designs; the Huygens eyepiece. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1943, 33: 278-92. ---- Ocular, compensating. Ashcar, H., & Beck, E. Novo dispositivo para correcao do astigmatismo do microscopista; ocular complementar de microsc6pio. Hospital. Rio. 1949, 36: 279-84.—Hartridge, H. Eye-pieces with adjustable compensation. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1919, 15-9.—Metz. C. Neue Okulare zur Ebnung der Gesichtsfelder der Apochromate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1920, 37* 45-52, pi.—Pauly, A. Ein einfaches Kompensatorokular. Ibid., 1906, 23: 38-41. ---- Ocular: Pointer and measurer. See also Micrometry, Instruments. Bazin, H. Reseau oculaire pour le dessin, la mensuration et la numeration microscopiques. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1919 12: 135.—Jarocki, A. I. O neobkhodimosti snabzhat okulyart mikroskopov nityami; k metodikle nablyudeniya i schota bakteriy i klletok. Russ. vrach, 1912, 11: 464-6. Also S. Petersb. med. Zschr., 1912, 37: 197-9.—Jedrzejowski, Z., & Swiqtkiewicz, W. [Practical method of inserting the pointer into the microscope] Lek. wojsk., 1936, 27: 699.— Naumann, E. Ein einfaches Zeigerokular. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1918, 35: 248.—Utermohl, H. Unzulanglichkeiten bei den bisherigen Einteilungen des mikroskopischen Gesichtsfeldea und ihre Beseitigung durch das Zahlstreifen-Okular. Ibid., 1927. 44: 466-70. ---- Resolving power [and magnification of microscope] See also Microscope, History; Microscopy, electron; Microscopy, fluorescence; also Micro- scopy, Theory. Arnulf, A. La thiorie de la limite de visibility par le microscope. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1939, 8: 63-95.—Auwers, O. v., & Vahlen, T. Zur Ueberschreitung der Grenze des licht- mikroskopischen Auflosungsvermogens. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1942, 18: 291.—Bayard, A. Un curieux proced6 pour la resolution des diatomees. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1932, 1: 40-2.— Beck, C. Notes on resolution. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1921, pt 4, 373-7.—Berek, M. Betrachtungen zur Darstellung des Abbildungsvorganges im Mikroskop und zur Frage des Auf- losungsvermogens im Hellfeld und Dunkelfeld. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 1-15.—Cheshire, F. J. Notes on some focometric apparatus. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1914, pt 6, 513-9.—Coleman, H. S„ & Harding, S. W. A method for making precise resolution measurements. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1947, 37: 263-71.—Jentzsch, F. Grenzen der Mikroskopie, Beginn der Molekularoptik. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1930, 47: 145-71.—Johnson, B. K. Some introductory experi- ments dealing with a quantitative^ method of determining the resolving power of microscope objectives. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1928, 48: 144-58, 2 pi.—Kazmaier, H. Ueber die Grenzen der mikroskopischen Sichtbarkeit. Rontg. Photogr., Stuttg., 1948-49, 2: 53-8.—Kohler, A. Abbildung und Auflosungsvermogen im Mikroskop. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 2-19. ------ Zur Tiefenscharfe des Mikroskops. Ibid., 1944-49, 5. Folge, 158-63.—Lapeyre, F. Pouvoir separateur du mieroscope. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1933, 2: 61-6.— Leitz, E. The resolving power of the microscope. Lancet, Lond., 1911, 2: 253.—Luntz, J. Systemes optiques pour les examens aux limites de la visibility. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1933, 2: 35-9.—Markbreiter, I. [Magnification by microscope, especially its relation to refraction and accommodation] Gy6gyaszat, 1938, 78: 366.—Merling-Eisenberg, K. B. Fur- ther observations on the limits of resolution and visibility of the microscope. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1937, 1: 311-23, 2 pi.—Morley, E. W. On the limits of accuracy in measure- ments with the microscope. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sc, 1878-79, n. ser., 6: 164-7.—Nelson, E. M. On the limits of resolving power for the microscope and telescope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1906, pt. 5, 521-31.—Ott, H. N. Means for improving the available resolving power of microscopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1939, No. 2,182,499.— Sliusarev, G. G. [Calculations of optical systems] Priroda, 1937, 26: 12-24.—Urech, C. Le grossissement des microscopes modernes. Schweiz. Drogist. Ztg, 1949, 49: 65-8.—Wright, F. E. The contrast sensibility of the eye as a factor in the resolving power of the microscope. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1919, 2:-3: 101-7. ---- Test object. See also Micrometry. Barnard, J. E., & Welch, F. V. The resolution of Amphi- pleura pellucida. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1932, 52: 121, pi.— Coleman, H. S., & Clark, D. G. The production and calibra- tion of Foucault test objects of various contrasts. J. Optic. Soc America, 1947, 37: 272-4.—Comparateur optique a micro- scopes. Rev. opt., Par., 1927, 6: 487-90, illust.—Goosmann, C. Test objects for the microscope. Cincinnati J. M., 1948, 29: 511-3.—Hamly, D. H., & Watson, J. H. L. Electron and optical microscope interpretation of the wall of Pleurosigma angulatum. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1942, 32: 433-42.— Mai lock, A. Test-plates for microscopes and microscopio definition. Nature, Lond., 1922, 109: 205.—Martin, L. C. Some experimental rulings by the late Mr. H. J. Grayson. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1938, 58:239-43, pi.—Stigmatometre (Le) nouvel pour la verification des objectifs de microscope. Rev. opt., Par., 1927, 6: 134-9, illust.—Swatman, C. C. The technique of diatom cleaning. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1937, 1: 333-40.—West, T. Nobert's test-lines. Recreat. Sc, Lond., 1860, 1:333-5. MICROSCOPE slide. See also Microscopy subdivisions (Record of observations; Specimen preparation) Micro- section; Microtomy; Mounting; also such head- ings as Blood picture, Technic; Histology, Methods, etc. Hinterberger, A. Wie kann man absolut reine oder auch beschickte Deckglaser transportieren, Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 145-7.—Littman, M. L. A special microslide for MICROSCOPE SLIDE 90 MICROSCOPE SLIDE culture of fungi. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1949, 19: 278-83.— Martin, A. Zur Geschichte des Objekttragers und der Herstel- lung mikroskopischer Praparate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr , 1927. 44: 212-4.—-Nagel, A. Ein Verfahren zur quantitativen Wieder- gewinnung von Deckglasern und Objekttragern aus unbrauch- baren mikroskopischen Praparaten. Ibid., 1933, 50: 181-4.— Oliver. W. H.. jr. Microscopic slide. U. S. Patent Off., 1944, No. 2,351,282.—Pi^natari, R. Dei vetri copri-oggetti azzurri. Monit. zool. ital., 1911. 22: 204.—Porter, H. M. Microscope slide. U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,090,914. ---- Cabinet, and tray. Radnsch, H. E., & Fanz, J. I. An adjustable slide basket. Anat. Rec. 1917. 13: 227-32.—Tyzzer, E. E. The application of the card-cabinet svstem in the storage of microscopical slide- preparations. J. Med. Res., 1907-08, 16: 219-21.—Wachen- feld, S. v. Ein neuer Kasten zum Aufbewahren von mikro- skopischen Praparaten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 396-9. ---- Cell chamber. See also Microculture; Micrurgy. Bennett, A. H. Microscope and counting chamber therefor. U. S. Patent Off., 1948, No. 2,435,952.—Bigger, J. W., Thomas, G. E., & Caldwell, W. G. D. A modified slide cell. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 266-9.—Chambre claire pour micro- scope. Rev. opt., Par., 1933, 12: 179-83.—Fonbrune, P. de. Constitution d une chambre a huile. In his Techn. micro- manip.. Par.. 1949, 130-47. ------ Conditions de survie dans la chambre k huile; microcultures. Ibid., 135-7, illust.— Langeron, M. C. P. Chambers claires proprement dites. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id.. Par., 1949, 140-5, illust.—Naumann, E. Zwei neue Typen von Planktonkammern. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1922, 39: 163.—Peterfl, T. Die heizbare feuchte Kammer. Ibid., 1927, 44: 296-308.—Richter, K. M. An improved moist chamber slide for use in micromanipulation. Science, 1948, 108: 192.—Riepert, H. Cooling chamber for micro- scopes. U. S. Patent Off.. 1941. No. 2,234,578.—Watts, R. H. A simply constructed cell-chamber for the micro-observation of thick tissues. Turtox News, 1949, 27: 269.—Weygand, C. Cooling chamber for microscopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,232.354. ---- Cleaning. Gage, S. H. Cleaning slides and covers for dark-field work. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1922. 41: 56.—Gordon, H. A simple apparatus for cleaning coverslips. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1931, 17: 190-2.—Miller, H. F. A note on slide cleaning. Am. J. M. Techn., 1939, 5: 188.—Snieszko, S. F. Detergents and staining of bacteria. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1942-43. 6: No. 8, 9.—Spencer, G. J. A cheap and speedy method of cleaning old microscope slides. Science, 1946, 103: 456.— Walsem, G. C. v. Die Reinigung der Objekttrager. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1925, 42: 438.—Wyant, Z. N. Cleaning used Bhdes and cover glasses. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1947, 17: 917. ---- Coverslip. tw*w- "" Alberico, A. M. A method employing ethyl chloride~for the removal of broken coverglasses. Turtox News, 1947, 25: 14f-—Brookover, C. Celluloid covers for large microscopic slides. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc., 1914, 33: 56.—Busse, R. W. Cover slip. U. S. Patent Off., 1944, No. 2,342,918.—De Angel is, E. The use of plastics to replace cover glasses in microscope slide preparations. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 469-71.—Gonzalez Ancira, E. Un dispositivo que sus- tituye la lamina cubre-objetos. Medicina, Mex., 1943, 23: 177.— Jochims, J. Ein neues Deckglas zur Ausfuhrung mikro- chemischer Reaktionen in der Zeiszschen Quarzkammer. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 214-6.—Moore, R. A. Glass cover slips. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1940, 20: 4.—Miiller, H. [Easily obtainable cover-glasses] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1938, 78: 44.—Para, M. The application of a processed glue as a substitute for glass coverslips in histologic technique. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1944, 29: 1294-9.—Petroff, S. A. A useful coverslip holder. Ibid., 1930-31, 16: 314.—Pons, C. A. Cellophane cover slips. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1942, 6: 57.—Prevost, J. V. Cellophane coverslips for micro- scopic mounts. U. S. Nav. M. Bull.. 1942, 40: 721.—Richards O W., Small, J. H., & Collyer, P. W. Microscopy with plastic substitutes for cover glasses. Stain Techn., 1944. 19- 59-62.—Russell, W. O. Plastic cover slips; a critical evalua- tion. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1942, No. 22, 65-70. Also Canad. J. M. Techn., 1943, 5: 13-6.—Shortage of microscopic elide cover glasses. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1940-41 4- No. 6, 5 —Tierney, C. Thin glass for microscope cover-slipa Nature, Lond.. 1941. 148: 86.—Weller, C. V. Some substitutes tor glass for covering microscopical sections, gelatin, pyralin Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Ann Arb., 1916, 58-60. ---- Holder. See also Microscope, Accessories; Microscopy, Accessories. »T-P°eni,B,„ H* Ein einfacher Objektfiihrer. Zschr. wiss Mikr., 1928 45: 40-5 -Eckler, C. R. Slide holder and^ MCt%i?r,th,eof"..S- £,E-T^rming sta8e- J- Laborat. Clin. M., 1915. 1: 191-4. Also Lilly Sc. Bull., 1917, No. 8. 293-6.— Heimstadt, O. Objekttrager fiir Untersuchungen bei Dunkel- feldbeleuchtung. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1925, Orig., 96: 175.— Pepper, W. A cover-slip holder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50: 122.—Radasch, H. E. A slideholder for serial work. Anat. Rec. 1909. 3: 114-6.—Wagoner, G. W. Adjustable, multiple cover glass and slide holder. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1921. 77: 1423.— Wolff, M. Ein Objekthalter fiir Zeiszsche anastigmatische Doppellupen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 380-3. ---- Labeling and cataloging. See also Microscopy, Record of observations. Ebersole, J. B. An improved method for attaching paper labels to slides. Stain Techn., 1948, 23: 220.—Fishbsck, H. R., & Gregersen, A. A permanent method of labelling microscope slides. Am. J. Clin. Path.. 1939, 9: Suppl. 134-6.— Nesbit, R. M., & Baum, W. C. A slide catalogue and file system for the urologist. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1949. 53: 522-30.— Otis, C. H. Labeling of microscopical slides in staining tech- nique. Science, 1918, n. ser., 47: 219.—Reynolds, E. S. Labeling microscopic slides. Ibid., 1913, n. ser., 38: 363.— Sahni, B. Permanent labels for microscope slides. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 485. ---- Mounting. See under Microscopy, Specimen preparation. ---- Vibrator. Ardenne, M. v. Der Objekttrager-Vibrator, ein neuea Hilfsgerat der Uebermikroskopie und Mikroskopie. Kolloid Zschr., 1940, 93: 158-63. MICROSCOPIC anatomy. See Anatomy; Cytology; Histology; Mor- phology. MICROSCOPIST. See also Microscope, History; Microscopy, History; also such terms as Histology; Patholo- gist; Tissue explantation, etc. ( Brocher, F., & Doret, F. Le travail au microscope et 1 accommodation: l'oeil, le microscope, la chambre-claire et... l'observateur. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1911, 31: 666-72.— Dannemann, F. Die Entdeckungen der ersten grossen Mikro- skopiker. In his Werden naturwiss. Probl., Lpz., 1928, 220-2.— Dock, W. The lure of medical history; Malpighi and Leeuwenhoek; the early microscopists. California West. M., 1928, 29: 333.—Krauss, W. C. The need of a trained microscopist in every community. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. York, 1906, 13: 79-87. Also Buffalo M. J., 1906-07, 62: 715-23.—Locy, W. A. Malpighi, Swammerdam and Leeu- wenhoek. Pop. Sc. Month., 1900-01, 58: 561-84.—Maxwell, E. K. The amateur microscopist during wartime. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1919, 2. ser., 14: 63-72.—Morales, L. M. Medicos, technologos medicos, y microbios. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1941, 33: 335-9.—Rooseboom, M. Some notes upon the life and work of certain Netherlands artificers of micro- scopic preparations at the end of the xvm. century and the beginning of the XIX. Janus, Leiden, 1940, 44: 24-44, 2 pi.— Schurhofr, P. N. Aus der Geschichte des Mikroskops: Wil- helm Fnednch von Gleichen, genannt Russworm. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg., 1926-27, 20: 25-8. ---- Accessories. Kellert, E. An eye-shade for use with the microscope. J. Am. M. Ass., 1916. 66: 1023.—Plaut, A. Eveglassos to be used with the binocular microscope. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 756.— Shattock, S. G. An adaptable eye shade for microscopic use. Brit. M. J., 1915, 2: 504. ---- Health, and occupational hazards. See also under names of diseases of the eye; also such terms as Eye refraction; Eyestrain; Retinal detachment, etc. Druault, A. Troubles de la vision survenant apres 1'usage du microscope. Ann. ocul.. Par., 1946, 179: 138-42.—Graper, «; ,. ,™2rungen beim monokularen Mikroskopieren. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 680—Gutzeit. R. Zur Augenpflege des mikro- skopierenden Biologen. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1942-43 50: 561 (Abstr.)— Walsem. G. C. Zur Hygiene des Mikroskopikers. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 112-5. MICROSCOPY. See also Cytology, Technic; Histology, Technic; Microbiology; Microcinematography; Microcul- ture; Microdissection; Microgeometry; Micro- graphy; Microincineration; Micromanipulator; Micrometry; Micropathology; Microphotography; Microprojector; Microscope; Microscopist; Mi- MICROSCOPY 91 MICROSCOPY crosection; Microtechnic; Microtomy; Micrurgy; also such terms as Hematology; Pathology, etc. Brown, L. H. The new deal in microscopy. 20p. 14cm. N. Y., 1934. Bragg. L. Seeing ever-smaller worlds. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 545-7.—Exploring the invisible world. Health, Chic, 1923. 3: No. 5, 33-9.—Fairchild. D. Report on micros- copy. Tr. Iowa M. Soc (1883-85) 1885, 6: 422-31.—Goret, P., Joubert, L., & Thiery, G. Du nouveau en microscopie. Rev. mM. vet., 1949, 12: 548-52, 2 pi.—Guyenot, E. Le microscope et I'examen microscopique. Biologica, Par., 1914, 4: 27; 61; 93.—Hauduroy. P. Le microscope; son utilisation, son entretien, ses accessoires; principe du microscope elec- tronique; la microscopie en fluorescence. In his Microb. g6n., Lausanne, 1947, 128—47.—Horine, E. F. Microscopical find- ings and review of literature. Kentucky M. J., 1911, 9: 191-3.—Langeron, M. C. P. L'observation microscopique. In his Precis d. micr., 7. ed.. Par., 1949. 173-90. illust.—Martin, L. C. Ultra-violet and electron microscopy. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1940-41, 31: 171-85, 2 pi.—Richards. O. W. When to use special microscopes. In: Biophvsic. Res. Meth. (Uber, F. M.) N. Y., 1950, 343-80. illust.—Rozhdestvensky, D. S. [What the microscope has mastered and what it still has to conquer] Priroda, 1936, 25: 13-24. ---- Accessories. See also Microscope. Accessories. Akehurst, S. C. New tank, and pond weed holder, to be used with the Greenough microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1916, pt 6, 534, 2 pi.—Bien, Z. Eine neue Objektiv- und Praparatschutzvorrichtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 277-9.—Bodecker, C. F. Maschinen zur Herstellung von Sch'iffen zum Zwecke der mikroskopischen Untersuchung orgaiischarmer Gewebe. Ibid., 153-66.—Cori. C. J. Der Schlammsauger. Ibid.. 1924, 41: 261-3.—Detto, C. Ein neues Gleitlineal. Ibid., 1906, 23: 301-7.—Gilardoni, E. Di una nuova pinza per allestire estemporaneamente preparati microscopici su vetrini porta-oggetti. Gior. med. esercito, 1905, 53: 888-91.—Gueguen. Chevalet permettant d'observer au microscope les tubes de culture. C. tend. Soc. biol., 1906, 61: 229.—Huss, H. Eine Abanderung des Mayer'schen Chlorentwickelungsapparates zum Aufhellen von Pflanzen- stoffen fiir die mikroskopische Untersuchung. Zschr. Nah- rungsmitt., 1906, 12: 221-3.—James, W. M. Microscopical equipment; comments on choice and use of instruments; notes on the selection of a microscopical equipment. California West. M., 1928, 29: 12-5.—Picque. R. Necessaire de micro- scopie de campagne du medecin-major Rubenthaler. Bull. Soc chir. Paris. 1916, n. ser., 42: 1931-6.—Reese, A. M. A microscopii- trap. Science, 1918. n. ser., 48: 248.—Schaffnit, E. Ein Apparat zur mikroskopischen Beobachtung gefrierender Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1911, 28: 45-8.—Schauke. E. Eine behelfsmassige Drahtschlinge fiir mikroskopische Aus- strichpraparate. Derm. Wschr., 1924, 78: 344.—Schechtman, A. M. A simple device for the rapid observation of objects in lateral and ventral views. Science. 1935, 81: 404.—Studnicka, F. K. Ein neues Kompressorium. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1930, 47: 203-7.—Walsem, C. G. Praktische Notizen aus dem mikroskopischen Laboratorium; iiber den Gebrauch der Zentrifuge sowie iiber eine Handzentrifuge; der Wasserstrahl- brecher; Microscopista dioptrophorus. Ibid., 1921, 38: 62-6.—Warming 48 slides simultaneously. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1941, 12: 106. ---- Accessories: Tissue-mincer. Foley. E. J. Protective caps for glass tissue grinders. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 1337.—Mickle, H, Tissue disintegrator. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond.. 1948, 68: 10-2, pi.— Mitchell, H. K. A simple microgrinder for tissues. In: Stud. Vitamin Content (Univ. Texas) 1942, 145.—Seevers, M. H., & Shideman, F. E. A mincer adaptable to small quantities of tissue. Science, 1941, 94: 351. Accessories: Washer. Bowen, R. H. A simple device for washing microscopical material. Anat. Rec, 1926-27, 34: 397-400.—Breuning, F. Eine e nfache Wasserungsvorrichtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 227.—Farkas, B. Bemerkungen uber das Aus- waschen und Beschreibung eines einfachsten Auswaschap- parates. Ibid., 1913, 30: 33-9.—Gairns, F. W. The washing bobber. Stain Techn., 1942, 17: 131.—Hirschler. J. Ueber einen Apparat, der als Fixierungsmeliorator und Entwiis- serungsbeschleuniger wirkt. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1915, 32: 164-7.—Pietsch, A. Auswaschapparat fiir mikroskopische Objekte. Ibid., 1916, 33: 252.—Romeis. B. Eine neue Vorrichtung zum Wassern, Entwassern und Entkalken. Ibid., 1911, 28: 12-7. ------ Ein Wasserungsapparat. Ibid., 1914 31: 236-40.—Schaffnit, E. Ein einfacher Auswasch- apparat. Ibid., 1911, 28: 49.—Suzuki. B. Eine einfache Entwasserungs-, Hartungs- und zugleich Auswaschungsvor- richtung fiir mikrotechnische Zwecke. Ibid., 1909, 26: 211-9. ---- Application. See also other subdivisions; also such terms as Bacteriology; Histology; Laboratory, Methods; Nuclear physics, Methods; Radiometry; Tech- nology, etc. _ Agramonte, A. Algunos procesos vitales revelados por el microscopio. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1904, 9: 75-8.— Carleton, S. H. Baking under the microscope. Sc. American, 1947, IT7: 216-8.—Fraser, W. S. The microscope in industry. Manufact. Chem.. Lond.. 1949, 20: 19-24.—Hadfield, R. [The micro- scope and its applications] J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1920, 4. pt, 5-29.—Hintzsche, E. Os principios da anatomia micro- scdpica. Actas Ciba, Rio. 1948, 15: 252-8.—Hochholzer. H. Mikroskopische Bodenuntersuchung. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 203-17.—Hoffmeyer. I. [On the use of the micro- scope] Pharm. tid., Kbh.. 1863-64, 3: 277-9.—John. K, Unser Weltbild und deutscher Erfindergeist; das Mikroskop in Forschung und Technik. Optik, Weimar, 1944, 44-6.— Joseph, R. Sight and science. Visual Digest, 1940-41, 4: 11.—Kiplinger, C. C. A simple method for determining the approximate index of refraction of liquids with a common microscope. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1924, 963-5.—Kiihnelt, W. Mikroskopie der Bodentiere. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 120-8.—Lavin, G. I.. & Pollister, A. W. Some observations with a simplified quartz microscope. Biol. Bull., 1942, 83: 299 (Abstr.)—Marshall. M.S..Gunnison. J. B. fetal.] Micros- copy. In: Appl. M. Bact. (Marshall. M. S.) Phila., 1947, 9-19.—Murray, J. A. Microscopy and zoology. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1940, 60: 41-4.—Pijper. A. The microscope in biology. Ibid.. 1912, 62: 36-50.—Poschl. V. Eine neue Methode der Hartemessung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1909, 26: 101-10.—Slack, H. J. Microscopic preserves. Recreat. Sc., Lond., 1861. 2: 114-9. ---- binocular. See under Microscopy, Microscope, binocular. stereoscopic; also ---- capillary. See also Capillaroscopy; Microscope, capillaro- scopic. Boehm, R. H. *Der heutige Stand der Kapillarmikroskopie in seiner Beziehung zur Konstitutionsforschung. 20p. 22%cm. Greifsw., 1937. Parma, K. *Kapillarmikroskopische Unter- suchungen bei Schwangeren, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Zahnfleischkapillaren. p. 1-187. 24Kcm. Helsin., 1939. In: Suom. hammaslaak. toim., 1939, No. 66. Travi, A. M. *Estudio capilarosc6pico de algunos modificadores vasculares. 39p. 24^cm. B. Air., 1930. Davis. E. A simple technique for capillary microscopy. Proc.R. Soc. M., Lond.. 1945-46. 39:314. ------ Capillary microscopy, with special reference to capillary petechiae. Am. J. M. Sc, 1946, 212: 192-6.—Ducach. J. La capilaros- copia y capilarograffa en estado normal y patol6gico. Prensa med. argent., 1937, 24: 333-49.—Jaensch, W. Die Hautcapil- larmikroskopie am Lebenden. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 9., T. 3.. 2. Halfte, 865- 940.—Jimena de la Vega. Capilaroscopfa; tecnica del examen capilar. Medicina, Madr., 1941, 9: pt 2, 347-50. ------ Capilaroscopia; morfologfa capilar. Ibid., 1943. 11: 295-302, 2 pi.—Orloff, D. La capillaroscopie et son importance dans l'etude des reactions circulatoires lors et apres des cures creno- climatotherapiques. Acta physiother. rheumat. belg., 1949, 4: 247-9.—Quirno, N. La capilaroscop'a en condiciones normales y patol6gicas. Dia med., B. Air., 1937, 9: 814-9.— Pasini, A. Capillariscopia della circolazione cutanea a forte ingrandimento. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935- 37, 9. Congr., 1: 9.—Pieri, G. La capillaroscopia nelle affezioni vascolari degli arti. Chir. ital., 1948, 2: 19-28.— Pototzky, C. Capillaro-microscopy and child psychiatry. Proc. Rudolf Virchow M. Soc. N. York, 1944, 3: 52— Ravi?. E. Capillaroscopia in neuropsichiatria infantile. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1938, 20: 492.—Schonfeld. W. Vorlaufer der heutigen Capillarmikroskopie. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938-39, 178: 201-15. ------ Capillarmikroskopie und Capillarphoto- gramme der ausseren mannlichen Geschlechtsteile. Ibid., 276- 87.—Solovev, V. Kapilliaroskopia v rannikh stadijakh posle- rodovykh zabolevanii. Akush. gin., 1950, 30-3.—Vazquez, M. Capilaroscopia. Arch. lat. amer. card.. Mix., 1932-33, 3: 231-50. ------ La capilaroscopia como procedimiento de elecci6n en la exploracion de los slndromes capilares de las extremidades. Cir. cirujan.. Mix., 1939, 7: 347-64.—Xavier, J. F. Questoes de capillaroscopia. In: Quest, clin. actual. (Vaz, R.) Rio, 1932, 2. ser., 211-37. ---- chemical and pharmacological. See also Histochemistry; Microchemistry; Microspectrography; Pharmacognosy; Pharma- cology, Methods, etc. MICROSCOPY Chamot, E. M. Elementary chemical micros- copy. 2. ed. 479p. 8? N. Y., 1921. Eno strom, A. *Quantitative micro- and histochemical elementary analysis by roentgen absorption spectrography [Karolinska Inst.] 106p. 25cm. Stockh.. 1946. Forms Suppl. 63, Acta radiol., Stockh. Greene, L. W. Chemical microscopv of fats and waxes; oxygen bubbles in oil. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1933, 52: 269.— Simmonite, D. The microscone in the examination of complex emulsions. Pharm. J., Lond., 1949, 109: 386-8— Wilson, C. L. The microscope as a chemical tool. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1948-49, 34: 120. ---- dark-ground. See as subsequent main subject Microscopy, darkfield. ---- Drawing. See also Micrograph; Micrography; Micro- manipulator; Microprojector. Browaeys, J. * Micromanipulateur a panto- graphe pour le travail microscopique a un grossissement limits. 42p. 24cm. Par., 1942. Appareil a projeter, photographier ou dessiner les images obtenues au moyen du microscope. Rev. opt., Par., 1925, 4: 260-3, illust.—Boldrini, B. Presentazione di un apparecchio micrografico universale. Ateneo parm., 1935, 7: 164-7.— Harris, R. H., jr. Device for drawing objects in perspective. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 1,986,506.—Langeron, M. C. P. Appareils k dessiner. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id., Par., 1949, 133-51, illust.—Neuer (Ein) Mikro-Zeichen- und Projektions- apparat. Schweiz. Zschr. Gesundhpfl., 1926, 6: 139.—Soueges, R. Coffret-support pour dessin a la chambre claire de Malassez. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1934, 3: 119-22, illust.—Studricka, F. K. Ein Schrank zum Zeichnen mikroskopischer Praparate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1923, 40: 353-8. ---- electron. See as subsequent main subject Microscopy, electron. ---- fluorescence. See as subsequent main subject Microscopy, fluorescence. ---- forensic. See also Crime, Medical aspects; Criminology, Methods; Forensic medicine, Methods; also such terms as Blood-stain, Identification; Hair, Foren- sic aspect, etc. Anuschat, E. Das Taschenmikroskop und seine Verwendung in der kriminalistischen Praxis. Arch. Krim. Anthrop., 1906, 25: 1-63.—Castellanos, I. Microscopy in criminal investiga- tion. Laborat. Digest, S. Louis, 1948-49, 12: No. 4, 2-5.— Hepner, W. Falschungsnachweis durch mikroskopische Trenn- randuntersuchung. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 318-29.— Kirk, P. L. Microscopic evidence; its use in the investigation of crime. J. Crim., Chic, 1949-50, 40: 362-9.—Langeron, M. C. P. Technique microscopique medico-legale. In his Precis d. micr., 7. ed., Par., 1949, 1297-302.—Perez Argiles, V. Nuevas aplicaciones medico-legales del microscopio de Florence. Arch. Fac. med. Zaragoza, 1932, 1: 171-8.—Salisbury, G. R. El cuarto grado. Policia seer, nac, Habana, 1942-43, 11: 187-90. ---- History. See also Microscope, History; Microscopist; Microscopy, electron, History; also such terms as Microphotography, etc. Piney, A. Recent advances in microscopy; biological applications. 260p. 8? Lond., 1931. Sachs, P. J. Messis observationum microsco- ficarum e variis authoribus collectarum. p. 47- 61. 4°. Par.. 1672. In: Misc. med. phys. Acad, natur. curios, germ., Par., 1672. 1:47-61. Stehli, G. Das mikroskopische Schrifttum; eine Bibliographie der fur den Mikroskopiker wichtigsten Literatur des In- und Auslandes. 70p. 8? Stuttg., 1925. Baker, F. W. Progress of microscopy, from a manufacturer's point of view. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1920, 4. pt, 81-3.— Bargmann, W. Aus der Frfihzeit der Mikroskopie. Natur, MICROSCOPY Lps., 1927. 18: 63; passim.—Bayer, F. W. Anfange mikro- skopischer Forschung in der Medizin, 17. Jahrhundert. Klin. Wschr., 1944, 23: 31-3.—Beck, C. Some recent advances in microscopy. J. R. Micr. Soc. Lond., 1934, 54: 1-8.—Da Costa, A. C. Reflexoes sobre a hist6ria da microscopia portuguesa. Lisboa med., 1941, 18: 633-42.—Findlav, G. M. The debt of medicine to microscopy. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1940, 60: 36-40.—Fischer, I. Das erste Jahrhundert arztlicher Mikro- skopie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1000; 1020.—Gershen- feld, L. The historv and romance of microscopy. Pop. Sc. Talks, Phila., 1934, i2: 130-80.—Haden, R. L. The early use of the microscope in Ohio. Ohio Archaeol. Hist. Q., 1942, 51: 271-8.—Hintzsche, E. Die Anfange der mikroskopischen Anatomic Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1947-48, 10: 4055-60. ------ Os primeiros ensaios microfotogrrificos. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1949, 16: 154.—Lucas, F. F. Late developments in microscopy. J. Franklin Inst., 1934, 217: 661-707.—Luntley, J. L. Glanures de microscopie historique; les photographies microscopiques et J. B. Dancer. Bull. Soc fr. micr., 1939, 8: 40-2.—Martin, I.. C. Ultra-violet and electron microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1940, 146: 288-92.—Morgan, R. L. Recent developments in microscopy. Cambridge Univ. M. Soc Mag., 1948-49, 26: 52-6.—Richards, O. W. Some recent advances in microscopy. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1949, 68: 292-303.—Woodruff, L. L. Microscopy before the nineteenth century. Am. Natur., 1939, 73: 485-516. Also in Biol. Sympos. (Cattell, J.) Lane, 1940, 1: 5-36. ------ The advent of the microscope at Yale College [1734] Am. Scientist, 1943, 31:241-5. Also Connecticut M. J., 1944, 8: 93-5. ---- Image [inch field of vision] See also subheadings (Interpretation of ap- pearances; Record of observations; Theory) also Microscope, Optics; Microscope lens; Micros- copy, electron, Image. Langeron, M. C. P. Formation de l'image microscopique. In his Precis d. micr., 7. ed., Par., 1949, 105T12.—Moore, H. The mode of formation of the image in the microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1928, 48: 133-43. ------ Theories of image formation in the microscope. Ibid., 1940, 60: 140-51.— Naumann, E. Ueber die okulare Begrenzung des mikroskopi- schen Gesichtsfeldes. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1918, 35: 241.— Siedentopf, H. Die Sichtbarmachung von Kanten im mikro- skopischen Bilde. Ibid., 1908, 25: 424-31, pi.—Zernike, F. De theorie van de microscopische beeldvorming. Ned. tschr. natuurk., 1942, 9: 357-77. ---- Image: Contrast. See also under names of methods used for in- creasing contrast as Embedding; Microscopy, darkfield; Microscopy, fluorescence; Microscopy, phase-contrast; Staining. Ambronn, H. Farbenerscheinungen an den Grenzen farb- loser Objecte im Mikroskop. Ber. Sachs. Ges. Wiss., 1896, 48: 134-40.—Keck, P. H., & Brice, A. T. Image contrast in phase- contrast microscopy. J. Optic Soc. America, 1949, 39: 507- 14.-—Merton, T. On a method of increasing contrast in micros- copy. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., Ser. A., 1947, 189: 309-13, pi. ---- Immersion system [incl. oil] For lenses see Microscope condenser; Micro- scope lens; see also names of oils and balsams. Brug, S. L. The use of cajuputih oil in microscopy. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1942, 61: 84.—Calvef, R., & Morato, T. De l'application des solutions de naphtaline dans quelques huiles comme liquides d'immersion pour les objectifs de microscope. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932,110:260. ------ Nouvelles composi- tions economiques pour remplacer l'huile de cedre comme liquide d'immersion pour les objectifs de microscope. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1933, 2: 4.—Fitting, H. Ueber Wasserimmersionen mit Fassungen aus rostfreiem Stahl. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 478-80.—Gilman, L. L. A convenient oil dropper. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 68: 1177.—Guida. C. L'olio di ulivo in microscopia. Boll, med., Trapani, 1945, 12: No. 2, 28-31.—Jensen, V. En ny immersionsvaedske. Hospitalstidende, 1914, 5. R., 7: 1424-7. Also Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1921-22,2:155.—McCartney, J. E. A new immersion oil (polyric) J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 265.—Metelkin, A. I. [Flask for immersion oil] Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 1319.—Perruche, L. La recuperation pour l'usage en microscopie des huiles de cedre 6paissies. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1939, 8: 147.—Wasicky, R. Der Ersatz von Zedernol durch andere Immersionsflussigkeiten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1920, 37: 206-8. ---- Incident light. See also Microscope illuminator; Microscopy, phase-contrast; also Episcope. Hauser, F. Das Arbeiten mit auffallendem Licht in der Mikroskopie, Mikro- und Makro- photographie. p.3717-849. 25cm. Berl., 1939. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Abt. 2, T. 3, 2. Hftlfte. 2 MICROSCOPY 93 MICROSCOPY Abramow, S. Ueber die Verwendung der mikroskopischen Auflichtbeobachtung in der pathologischen Anatomie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58:340-5.—Antoine,T.. & Grunberger, V. Auflichtmikroskopie in der Gynakologie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1949, 61:159.—Hauser, F. Mikroskopie im auffallenden Licht. Umschau. 1929, 33: 715-9.—Obi*lio, J. R. Epimicroscopia sensibilizada. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 1119-24.— Veiga de Carvalho, H.. & Almeida Braga, R. de. Contributes paulistas para o estudo das applicacoes m4dico-legaes da epi- microscopia; trabalho elaborado no Instituto de medicina legal Oscar Freire da Faculdade de medicina da Universidade de Sao Paulo. Arch. med. leg. ident., Rio, 1935, No. 11. 46-52, 19 pi.—Vonwiller, P. Microscopy with incident light and its application to living objects. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1927, 47: 325-30. ------ Ueber den heutigen Stand der Mikro- skopie im auffallenden Licht. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1932, 49: 289-304. ------ Die Auflichtmikroskopie; ihre Entwicklung, Anwendung, Ergebnisse und Zukunftaussichten in der Biologie und Medizin. Wien. klin. Wschr.. 1947, 59: 693-6. ---- Institute and laboratory. See also Health laboratory; Histology, Institute and laboratory; Laboratory; Microbiology, In- stitutes, laboratories and stations, etc. Ambronn, H. Ueber Institute fiir wissenschaftliche Mikro- skopie und deren Aufgaben. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 1-12.—Paulson, R. Microscopy at Ruhleben. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1918, 26.—Submicroscopical (The) research center at Stanford University. Science, 1941, 94: 295—Vialatte. C. Rapport sur le fonctionnement du Laboratoire de microscopie de Beni-Abbes (Sahara-Oranais) Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1916, 9: 469-86. ---- Institute and laboratory: Equipment. See also other subheadings; also Laboratory, Construction, equipment and planning. Cobb, N. A. Masonry bases for the installation of micro- scopes and their accessories, including the camera lucida and the microscope camera. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1916, 35: 7-22, 4 pi.—Gage, S. H., & Kingsbury, B. F. Some apparatus for the microscopical laboratory. Anat. Rec, 1916, 10: 527-36.— Jones, L. H. Coin mats for the microscopist. Science, 1941, 94: 446.—Kamiefiski, F. Nowe ulatwienie w badaniach mikroskopowych i mikrofotografii stereoskopowej (stolik wahajacy si§) Rozpr. wydz. mat. przyrod. Polska Akad. (1908) 1909. 3. ser., 8: A, 169-79.—Lehmensick, R. Die Wasserstrahl- Luftpumpe im Dienste der mikroskopischen Technik. Zool. Anz., 1929-30, 86: 75-9.—Lehner, J. Ein Hangekasten fur Wandtafeln. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1923, 40: 1-6.—Neumayer, L. Ein elektrisch heizbarer Universalwarmeschrank. Ibid., 1913, 30: 49-58.—Spendlove, G. A., Cummings, M.. & Patnode, R. Arm rest for use in microscopy. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1948, 63: 1046.—Walker, E. R. A photographic dark box for field work. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1914, 33: 51-4, pi.—Walsem, G. C. Der Arheitsraum des Mikroskopikers. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1915, 32: 69-79. ------ Arbeitstisch und Fenster. Ibid., 1925, 42: 435-7.—Wittlake, E. B. An efficient vacuum apparatus for microtechnic Ohio J. Sc, 1942, 42: 65-9.— Wolff. M. Das Geigersche Universal-Tisch-Stativ fiir Mikro- projektion, Mikro- und Makro-Photographie sowie iiber einen neuen Prapariertisch. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 448-63. ---- Instruction. Buttner, H. E., & Mohr, L. Zur Frage der Vereinfachung des Unterrichts in der medizinischen Mikroskopie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 273-8.—Johnson, F. M. The union of the teachings in cystoscopy and microscopy. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, 151:132.—Rucker, E. S., jr. A practical test on the use of the microscope in general biology. J. Tennessee Acad. Sc 1949 24: 211.—Wolf, J. Kurs pro vedeckou mikroskopii v Jen'e. Cas. lek. 6esk.. 1921. 60: 797. ---- interference. See under Microscopy, phase-contrast. ---- intravital [Biomicroscopy] See also Microscope subheadings (corneal; intravital; operating) also Microscopy, ophthal- mologic; Microscopy, fluorescence; Staining, intravital; also Microscope illuminator, Trans- mitted light. Clark, E. R., & Sandison, J. C. Methods for the microscopic study of living cells and tissues in the tail of the amphibian larva and in a transparent chamber introduced into the rab- bit's ear. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 54.—Ellinger, P., & Hirt, A. Mikroskopische Untersuchungen an lebenden Organen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 145: 193-210. ------ Intravitalmikroskopie. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1929, 90: 791-802.—Rokhlina, M. L. [Research methods in vital microscopy] Usp. sovrem. biol., 1936, 5: 537—43.—Singer, E. Microscopic representation of the surfaces of living organs. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 226.—Sturm, F. Neue Beobachtungen mit Hilfe der Intravitalmikroskopie. Biol, gen., Wien, 1938-39. 14: 55: 145, 2 pi. ---- Interpretation of appearances. See also such terms as Brownian movement; Cytodiagnosis; Histology, Problems, etc. Berek, M. Grundlagen der Tiefenwahmehmung im Mikro- skop mit einem Anhang iiber die Bestimmung der obersten Grenze des unvermeidlichen Fehlers einer Messung aus der Haufigkeitsverteilung der zufalligen Maximalfehler. Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1927, 62: 189-223.— Dufour. M. De certains ph£nomenes optiques qui peuvent troubler l'ob- servation microscopique. C. rend. Ass. anat., 1932, 27: 240-8, illust.—R. Tiipfelreaktionen unter dem Mikroskop. Umschau, 1938, 42: 1059, illust.—Rubenthaler, G. Methode geneYale de fixation avant pour but de restreindre les artefacts. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907. 24: 133-8. ---- Liquids, oils, and reagents. See also other subheadings (Immersion system; Specimen preparation; Technic) also under names of liquids, oils, and reagents used in microscopy as Celloidin; India ink; Orcein; also names of stains. Schreiber, H. J. E. *Untersuchungen iiber die theoretischen Grundlagen der farbener- haltenden Konservierung mittels Salzformalin und Leuchtgas [Kiel] 21 p. 8? Halle-Saale, 1932. Berdichevsky, V. L. [On the use of acetone in microtechnic] Dnipropetr. med. J., 1928, 7: 202-6.—Ettisch, G. Nicht- wassrige biologische Medien (fiber n-Dekan, Dioxan und Triolein) Arq. pat., 1940, 12: 529-35.—Hamburger, H. J. Injektionen mit Eiweiss- und Serumtusche zu mikroskopischen Zwecken. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1908, 25: 1-3—Huilaux. R. Quelques mots sur les gommes laques utilisables en microscopie. Bull. Soc, fr. nvcr. 1937,6: 148,—Langeron. M.C. P. L'quides d'examen. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id., Par., 1949, 363-6.— Lefebure, P. Liqueurs a fortes densitfis. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1934, 3: 38.—Marpmann, G. Aceton in der mikroskopischen Technik. Zschr. angew. Mikr., 1906, 12: 157-61.—Mozejko, B. Bemerkungen zu dem Art'kel des Rudolf Krause [Herstellung von transparenter, roter Leiminjektionsmasse] Zschr. wiss. Mikr.. 1909, 26: 1; 1910, 27: 374-8—Perasallo, I. Sopra 1'impiego di materiali plastici, acetato di cellulosa, viscosa, resine sintetiche, nella tecnica microscopica, porta- e copri- oggetto, ed in quella di sperimentazione batteriologica. Ann, igiene, 1940, 50: 25-7.—Perruche, L. Determination au micro- scope de 1'indice de refraction des liquides. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1939, 8: 45.—Shufeldt, R. W. Balsam St. Rocco; a new bio- logical preserving fluid. Mus. Work, Provid., 1919, 1: 179- 83.—Van Cleave, H. J., & Ross, J. A. Use of trisodium phos- phate in microscopical technic. Science, 1947, 106: 194.— Walsem, G. C. v. Ueber Balsamflaschen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1917-18, 34: 245-7.------Ueber die Verwendung des Kopaivabalsams in der mikroskopischen Technik. Ibid., 1926, 43: 515-7. ---- luminescence. See under Microscopy, fluorescence. ---- Manual. See also Histology; Histopathology; Micros- copy other subheadings (medical; Technic) also subsequent main subjects of Microscopy, elec- tron; Microscopy, fluorescence; Microscopy, phase-contrast. Allen, R. M. The microscope. 286p. 23^cm. N. Y., 1940. Beale, L. S. How to work with the micro- scope. 124p. 20cm. Lond., 1857. Also 4. ed. 383p. 23cm. Phila., 1870. Beavis, G. The book of the microscope. 246p. 8? Lond., 1931. Beck, C. The microscope; theory and prac- tice. 264p. 8? Lond., 1938. Behrens, W. Tabellen zum Gebrauch bei mikroskopischen Arbeiten. 4. Aufl. 245p. 8° Lpz., 1908. Belling, J. The use of the microscope; a handbook for routine and research work. 315p. 8? N. Y., 1930. Clavera, J. M. Teorfa y manejo del micro- scopio. 123p. 23cm. Barcel., 1942. MICROSCOPY 94 MICROSCOPY Ehringhaus, A. Das Mikroskop. 2. Aufl. 156p. 18Hcm. Lpz., 1938. Gage, S. H. The microscope. 15. ed. 589p. 23^cm. Ithaca, 1932. Also 16. ed. 617p. 1936. Also 17. ed. 1941. Garner, W. Industrial microscopy. 389p. 22cm. Lond., 1932. Griebel, C. Mikroskopie. p.463-536. 8? Berl., 1933. In: Handb. Lebensmittchem. (Bomer, A. et al.) 1933, 2: Teil 1. Griffith, J. W. An elementary text-book of the microscope; including a description of the methods of preparing and mounting objects, etc. 192p. 20cm. Lond., 1864. Hager, H. Das Mikroskop und seine An- wendung. 13. Aufl. 373p. 8? Berl., 1925. Also 14. Aufl. 368p. 1932. Hogg, J. The microscope; its history, con- struction, and applications. 440p. 22cm. Lond., 1854. Koch-Larsen, J. Kursus i praktisk mikro- ekopi. 136p. 24cm. Kbh., 1936. Lambinet, L. Pour utiliser le microscope. 128p. 18cm. Par., 1941. Laporte, L. J., & Gatjdfernatj, E. Atlas de microscopie generale. v.l. 255p. 28cm. Par., 1937. Lee, A. B. The microtomist's vade mecum. 6. ed. 538p. 23cm. Lond., 1905. Metzner, P. Das Mikroskop; ein Leitfaden der wissenschaftlichen Mikroskopie. 2. Aufl. 509p. 26cm. Lpz., 1928. Muffoz, F. J., & Charipper, H. A. The microscope and its use. 334p. 22J4cm. N. Y., 1943. Neill, R. M. Microscopy in the service of man. 256p. 16? N. Y., 1926. Niklitschek, A. Mikroskopie fiir Alle. 175p. 23^cm. Wien, 1948. Phin, J. How to use the microscope, being practical hints on the selection and use of that instrument. 5. ed. 238p. 19cm. N. Y., 1882. Pujitjla, J. Microscopio y otros instrumentos de laboratorio. p.5-71. 24%cm. Barcel., 1931. In his Citologfa, 2. ed., Barcel., 1931, 2: Quekett, J. T. A practical treatise on the use of the microscope. 3. ed. 556p. 23cm. Lond., 1855. Richards, O. The effective use and proper care of the microscope. 60p. 19^cm. Buffalo, 1941. Scales, F. S. Practical microscopy; an intro- duction to microscopical methods. 3. ed. 332p. 12? Lond., 1926. Seguy, E. Le microscope. T. 1. [v. p.] 16cm. Par., 1942. Shipley, A. E. Hunting under the microscope. 184p. 8? Edinb., 1928. Spitta, E. J. Microscopy. 2. ed. 502p. 22cm. Lond., 1909. Stephanides, T. The microscope and the Eractical principles of observation. 160p. 23cm. ond., 1947. Upton. J. R. The microscope; its construction and its use in biology. 104p. 8? Lond., 1937. Venglovsky, R. I. Kratkii uchebnik mikro- Bkopicheskol i laboratornol tekhniki. 273p. 8? S. Peterb., 1907. Wythe, J. H. The microscopist; a manual of microscopy. 4. ed. 434p. 23cm. Phila., 1880. ---- medical [incl. veterinary] See also names of special studies and subjects related to medical microscopy such as Cyto-1 diagnosis: Cytology: Dermatology, Problems and research; Diagnosis subheadings; Hematology, Methods; Histology; Histopathology; Laboratory medicine; Medical research, Method; Micro- technic, etc. Cowdry, E. V. Microscope technique in biology and medicine. 206p. 23J>£cm. Bait., 1943. Cutter, E. Primer of the clinical microscope. 24p. 8? Bost., 1879. I6ANNIDES, G. S., & Pankalos, G. N. KXi^iki) nixpooKovia Kai (3io\oyla. 2v. 451 p.; 360p. 22cm. Athenai, 1928. Kowarski, A. Klinische Mikroskopie; Atlaa und Leitfaden. 172p. 4? Berl., 1932. Also 2. Aufl. 178p. 1947. Langeron, M. C. P. Precis de microscopie; technique, experimentation, diagnostic. 6. ed. 1340p. 20cm. Par., 1942. Also 7. ed. 1430p. 1949. Legrain, E. Microscopie clinique. 278p. 18cm. Par., 1894. Matteo, A. L. Las tecnicas microsc6picas modernas. p.635-98. 28cm. Montev., 1946. In: An. Fac. med., Montev., 1946, 31: Nikiforov, M. Mikroskopicheskaya tekhni- ka, posobie pri prakticheskom izuchenii patolo- gicheskoi histologii. 6. izd. 248p. 8? Moskva, 1906. Oelze, F. W. Die mikroskopische Ausrustung des Arztes. 112p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Richards, O. W. Microscopy in medicine. 28p. 19}£cm. Buffalo, 1937. Schild, E. Praktische Mikroskopie fiir den Arzt und Biologen. 2. Aufl. 216p. 21cm. Wien, 1947. Stiles, K. A. Handbook of microscopic characteristics of tissues and organs. 3. ed. 214p. 23#cm. Phila., 1946. United States Army. Enlisted Techni- cian's School. Letterman General Hospital [San Francisco, Calif.] Laboratory techni- cian's use and care of the microscope. 6p. 27cm. S. Franc, 1943. Wood, F. C. Chemical and microscopical diagnosis. 2. ed. 767p. 24Hcm. N. Y.. 1909. Barnard, J. E. Resolution and visibility in medical micros- copy. J. R. Micr.'Soc, Lond. ",1930, 50: 1-14, 4 pi.—Carl. Histologische Diagnostik auf dem Wege des Ausstrichpra- parates, insbesondere bei Tuberkulose. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1923, 31: 397-402.—Carrol). J. The microscope in its relation to medicine. Bull. Univ. Nebraska Coll. M.. 1906, 1: 129-46. Also Clin. Rev., Chic, 1906-07, 24: 108 27.—Catlin, J. J. The microscope in diagnosis. J. Minnesota M. Ass.. 1906, 26: 351.—Gaither, J. G. The use of the microscope by the general practitioner. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., 1910, 43: 116-20, Disc, 129.—Homann, H. Das Mikroskop als Augen- spiegel. Zeiss Nachr., 1943, 4. eer., 173-8.—Kaka'ia. D. F. The physician and the microscope. Nat. M. Coll. Mag., Bombay, 1946, May, 133.—Knap. W. H. Elementary medical micro-technique; for physicians and others interested in the microscope. J. Appl. Micr., Rochester, 1902, 5:1929; passim.— Kufferath, A. Ueber eine eigenartige Entwicklung der Mikro- skopiertechnik und ihre Bedeutung fiir tierarztliche Unter- suchungen. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 87: 222-4. ------ Ueber den heutigen Stand der Mikroskopiertechnik im Dienste der Heilkunde. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 973-7.—Langeron, M. Technique microscopique appliquee k la medecine coloniale. Arch, parasit., Par., 1908,12:135-63.— Lefferty, R. H. Microscopy in medicine. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1911, 58: 433-7.—Liesegang, R. E. Adenoide Resorption. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 14-30, pi.— Little, T. R. The microscope in general practice. Med. Counc, Phila., 1904, 9: 392; passim.—Lockett, E. A. The use of the microscope in general practice. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1906. 53: 330-3.—McLaughlin. J. W. The ad- vantages and use of the microscope to the general practitioner in diagnosis and therapy. Med. Age, 1905, 23: 457-63.— Mayer, O. Ueber die Verwendung der Lupenbrille nach Zeiss. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1941, 75: 351-3.—Megaw, J. W. D.. & Mullick, M. N. Some laboratory findings and their significance. Ind. M. Gaz.. 1928. 63: 113-7.—Salmony, A. II nuovo sviluppo della tecnica microscopica medica. Rinasc. med., 1937,14: 627, pi.—Schild, E. Praktische Mikro- MICROSCOPY 95 MICROSCOPY ekopie fiir den Arzt. Wien. med. Wschr., 1942, 92: 825; passim.—Shattock, S. G., & Selons, C. F. Two methods of comparing normal with abnormal tissues beneath the micro- Bcope. Tr. Path. Soc. London, 1904-05, 56: 53-7.—Simpson, T. A reliable method for table microscopic diagnosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1915, 64: 1909.—Stout, R. B. Clinical cinemi- oroscopy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1932, 1: 18-21.—Taussig, A. E. The use and abuse of the microscope in general practice. Interstate M. J., 1907, 14: 923-8.—Todd. J. C. & Sanford, A. H. The microscope. In their Clin. Diagn. Laborat., 11. ed., Phila., 1948, 1-21.—Van Riper, W. Chasing the cure with a microscope. J. Outdoor Life, 1925, 22: 125; passim. ---- Method. See also such headings as Embedding; Histol- ogy, Method; Microgeometry; Microincinera- tion; Microtomy; Smear; Staining, etc. Flatters, A. Methods in microscopical re- search; vegetable histology. 116p. 25cm. Lond., 1905. Stiles, K. A. Handbook of microscopic characteristics of tissues and organs. 2. ed. 204p. 23>icm. Phila., 1943. Beck, C. Research in the use of the microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1920, 4. pt, 79.—Bullon Ramirez. A. Prin- cipios de un nuevo metodo de investigaci6n microscdpica. Med. & cir. guerra, 1947, 9: 465-71.—Lake, G. B. Two laboratory suggestions. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, 89: 422.— Megaw, J. W. D. Hints on the use of the microscope. In: Trop. Med. (Rogers, L., & Megaw, J. W. D.) 4. ed., Lond., 1942. 509-17. ---- ophthalmologic. See also Eye, Biomicroscopy; Microscope, corneal; Ophthalmology, Methods; Slit-lamp; also under names of various parts of the eye as Lens, Examination. Berliner, M. L. Biomicroscopy of the eye; slit lamp microscopy of the living eye. 2 v. 1512p. paged continuously. 26}£cm. N. Y., 1949. Bibliogr.: p. 671-90; 1467-85. Doggart, J. H. Ocular signs in slit-lamp microscopy. 112p. 24cm. S. Louis, 1949. Panico, E. Biomicroscopia del margine pal- pebrale e della congiuntiva. 103p. 23cm. Nap., 1934. Sala, G. Elementi di biomicroscopia oculare. 206p. 25cm. Bologna, 1935. Vogt, A. Handbook and atlas of the slit lamp microscopy of the living eye. v. 3: Iris, vitreous body, conjunctiva. 2. ed. p. 771- 1058. 28cm. Ziir. [1947] Adrogue, E. Importancia clfnica actual de la microscopia del ojo vivo. Cr6n. med. mex., 1926, 25: 73-82.—Berliner. M. L. Contributions of the slit-lamp (biomicroscope) in the elucidations of clinical entities. In: Modern Trends in Ophth., N. Y., 1947, 2: 111-29, pi.—Crawford. H. E. Biomicroscopic surgery and treatment. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1944, 32: 215.— Doggart, J. H. Slit-lamp microscopy. Brit. J. Ophth., 1948, 32: 232-47.—Donaldson, D. D., & Cogan, D. G. A fixation aid for slit lamp biomicroscopy. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1950, 43: 555, illust.—Goldmann, H. Einige Ergebnisse der Spalt- lampenuntersuchungen des Kammerwinkels und des Augen- hintergrundes. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 920.— Hruby, K. Spaltlampenmikroskopie des hinteren Augen- abschnittes ohne Kontaktglas. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1942, 108: 195-200. ------ Weitere Vereinfachungen der Spalt- lampenmikroskopie des hinteren Augenabschnittes. Oph- thalmologica, Basel, 1948, 115: 290-6. ------ Ergebnisse und praktische Bedeutung der Spaltlampenmikroskopie des hinteren Augenabschnittes. Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1948-49, 50: 118. ------ Slitlamp microscopy of the posterior section of the eye with the new preset lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1950, 43: 330-6, illust.—Hume. E. M., & Krebs, H. A. Summary of the report by W. J. Wellwood Ferguson on the slit-lamp examination of the eye. Spec. Rep. M. Res. Counc. Lond., 1949, No. 264, 123.—Kaminskaia-Pavlova, Z. A. [Method of the eliding ray in biomicroscopy! Vest, oft., 1939, 14: No. 4, 53.—Kleefeld. G. Le focaliseur d'ombre (shadow-casting device) comme aide pour la localisation en biomicroscopie oculaire. Bull. Soc. beige opht.. 1948, 438-43.—Mulder, W. Microscopy of the living eye by means of Gullstrand's slit- lamp. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1923, 21: 415-21.—Poser. M. Bio- microscopy. Eye Ear &c. Month., 1941-42, 20: 108-10.— Rehsteiner, K. Biomicroscopy. In: Eye & its Dis. (Berens, C.) 2. ed., Phila., 1949, 225-9, illust.—Rubbrecht. L'examen de l'oeil au moyen de la lampe a fente et du microscope corneen. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1922, No. 46, 27-33.—Silva. A. G. da. Uma nova modalidade de exame biomicrosc6pico; retro-trans- iluminacao. Arq. brasil. oft., 1949, 12: 87-97, pi., inch Engl. transl.-—Troncoso, M. U. Microanatomy of the eye with the slitlamp microscope; comparative anatomy of the ciliary body, zonula and related structures in Mammalia. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 1-31, 4 pi.—Vogt. A. Ausgewahlte Kapitel aus dem 3. Band des Lehrbucb.es und Atlas der Spaltlampenmikro- skopie. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1941, 107: 435-42. ---- Periodicals. See also subheading (Societies) also Cytology, Manuals and periodicals; Pathology, Periodicals. Mikrokosmos; Zeitschrift fur angewandte Mi- kroskopie, Mikrobiologie, Mikrochemie u. mikro- skopische Technik. Stuttg., v.6, 1912- Mikroskopie; Sonderband. Wien, v. 1,1949- Mikroskopie; Zentralblatt fiir mikrosko- pische Forschung und Methodik. Wien, v. 3, 1948- Quarterly journal of microscopical science. Lond., v. 1-8, 1853-60; n. ser., v. 1, 1861- Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Mikroskopie. Braunschweig, &c, v. 1, 1884- ---- phase-contrast. See as subsequent main subject Microscopy, phase-contrast. ---- Plastic reconstruction. See also Histology, Method; Model; Moulage. Cummins, H. Serial reconstruction with sheets of balsa wood; a teaching model of a 10 mm. pig embryo. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1942, No. 22, 81-4.—Dubreuil, G. Methode de reconstruction graphique stereoscopique d'objets micro- scopiques grossis. C. rend. Ass. anat., 1921, 16: 99-110.— Lebedkin, S. Zur Technik der plastischen Rekonstruktion. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914,31:114-9.—Ortmann, R. Vorschlage zur Vereinfachung und Verbesserung der Wachsplattenrekon- struktionsmethode. Ibid., 1941-42, 58: 240-4.—Osterhout, W. J. V. Some models of protoplasmic surfaces. Sympos. Quant. Biol., 1940, 8: 51-62.—Peter, K. Ueber das Platten- modellieren bei Anwendung starker Vergrosserungen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 209-17.—Schummer, A. Technische Erleichterungen bei der Herstellung von Wachsplattenmodellen. Ibid., 1934-35, 51: 525-8.—Wilson, J. T. Improved methods of utilising organized structures as directing marks for plastic reconstruction, and other notes on microscopical technique. Ibid., 1910, 27: 227-34. ---- polarizing. See under main subject Microscopy, polarizing. ---- projecting. See also Microcinematography; Microprojec- tor; Microscope, projecting. Microscopic slide projections using standard Army equip- ment. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep.. 1945, No. 87, 30.— Pereire, M. Microcinematographie d'amateur. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1936, 5: 98-100, pi.—Savage, A., & Jamieson, M. C. Note on the combined use of photoelectric cell and projection micro- scope. Canad. J. Res., 1930, 3: 322-6.—Studnicka. F. K. Makroprojektion mit der Beniitzung des Mikroskopes. Anat. Anz., 1911-12, 40: 652-4.—Zoth, O. Notiz, betreffend die Verwendung der direkten Kiihler fiir Projektion. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 97. ---- Record of observation. See also subheadings (Image; Interpretation of appearances; Plastic reconstruction) also such terms as Microcinematography; Microgeometry; Micrography; Micrometry; Microphotography, etc. Castren, H. [A simple method for marking certain places in microscopic preparations! Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1923, 65: 542-7.—Curreri, G. Methodi vecchi e nuovi per determinare e ritrovare la posizione di uno o piu punti interessanti di pre- parati microscopic!. Ricer. Laborat. anat. norm. Univ. Roma, 1906-07, 12: 53-85. pi.—Herzog. A. Ein einfaches Verfahren zum Markieren mikroskopischer Praparate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr.. 1923. 40: 284-7.—Kirkroan, H., & Kopan. J. A. At- taching pointers to microscope slides. Science, 1944, 100: 86.—Meik, L. Das Bezeichnen und Wiederfinden beachtens- werter Praparatestellen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1920. 37: 42-5.— Nicolas, E. L'observation microscopique et les arts du decor. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1932, 1: 24-7.—Olson, C. jr. A device for marking fields on microscope slide*. J. Laborat. Clin. MICROSCOPY 96 MICROSCOPY M., 1941-42. 27: 939.—Sikl. H. [Simple method in marking important places in microscopic preparations] Cas. lek. fesk., 1936, 75: 53.—Studnicka, F. K. Eine einfache Vorrichtung zum Markieren der mikroskopischen Praparate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1930. 47: 207-9.—Wolf, J. Eine neue Methode der Markierung bestimmter Stellen im Praparate. Ibid., 1938-39, 55: 44-8.—Wood. H. Permanent marking of special fields on microscopic slides. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1947, 9: 134.—Woodbridge, H. M. Marking the microscope field by a simple method. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1949, 20: 14. ---- reflecting. See also Microscope, reflecting. Barer, R. The reflecting microscope in anatomical research. J. Anat., Lond., 1949. 83: 73.—Spectroscopy with the reflecting microscope. Europ. Sc. Notes, 1949, 3: 51-3. ---- roentgen. See also Microscope, roentgen. Lacassagne, A. Quelques exemples de ^'utilisation des rayons de roentgen pour des recherches biologiques ultramicro- scopiques. Experientia, Basel, 1945-46, 1: 296-8.—Marco, F. de. A prioridade brasileira do microscopio com raios x (rontgen) An. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45: 179-87. ---- Societies. See also under Microscopy, electron. [France] Societe FRANgAisE de micro- scopie. Bulletin. Par., v.l, 1932- New York Microscopical Society. Annual exhibition (18., 1897) 19p. 16cm. N. Y., 1897. American Microscopical Society. List of members and sub- scribers, corrected to January 30, 1938. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1938, 57: 93-105.—Beale. L. S. Address; Annual meeting, 11th February, 1880, Royal Microscopical Society. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond, 1880, 3: 202-24.—Deflandre. G. Clanures de microscopie historique; k propos dune ancienne Societe frangaise de microscopie, 1880-1881. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1936, 5: 65-70.—Hewlett, R. T. One hundred years of microscopy; the Royal Microscopical Society. Nature, Lond., 1939, 144: 850-2.—Societes et institutions avec lesquelles la Societe beige de microscopie est en relations d'€change. Ann. Soc. beige micr.. 1900-06. 27: 113-9. ---- Specimen preparation. See also such terms as Dehydration; Embed- ding; Gold impregnation; Histology, Method; Mounting; Staining; also terms directly related to microscopy as Microdissection; Microincinera- tion; Microsection; Microtomy; Micrurgy; also special types of microscopy as Microscopy, electron; Microscopy, fluorescence, etc. Davies, T. The preparation and mounting of microscopic objects. New ed. 214p. 17cm. Lond., 1905. Ktjrze Anleitung zur Herstellung mikro- skopischer Praparate (Fixierungs-. Hartungs-, Einbettungs- und Farbungsmethoden) 41p. 12? Wiirzb., 1905. Barnard, J. E., & Welch, F. V. A method of sealing wet preparations. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1934, 54: 29-31.— Biffi, U. Un nuovo metodo per l'allestimento delle preparazioni microscopiche a fresco. Bull. sc. med. Bologna, 1908, 8. ser., 8: 113; 204. AlsoCazz. med. lombarda, 1908, 67:171-3.—Boissy, J. Emploi_ de la potasse comme reactif eclaircissant pour l'examen microscopique de certaines poudres veg^tales. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1935, 4: 155-7.—Bridre, J. Examen micro- scopique des frottis sans coloration. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1917, 80: 332.—Clerc. W. Die Methode der Schliffe in ihrer An- wendung auf das Studium der Mikrostruktur der Holzkohle, Knochen und Holzfasern. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 417-34.—Cooper, K. W.. & Ris, H. Handling small objects in bulk for cytological preparations. Stain Techn., 1943, 18: 175.—Cordonnier. E. Tour de main pour obtenir, sur une meme preparation microbiologique deux plages comparatives: violet, violet-Gram. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1933, 40: 220.— Courteville, H. Montages directs et preparations semi-perma- nentes. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1937, G: 137^3.—Crozant, L. de. Dechirures des coupes de botanique par deshydratation. Ibid., 47-9.—Drasch, O. Ueber die Herstellung von Delami- nationspraparaten von Huhnerkeimscheiben. Zschr. wiss Mikr., 1914, 31: 193-201, 6 pi.—Evens, E. D. Mounting freshwater algae, mosses, etc. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1919-21, 2. ser., 14: 225—8.—Gandara, G. Tecnica para hacer prepara- ciones microsc6picas, segun el sistema de los laboratorios de los Estados Unidos. Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate, 1914, 32: 201-7.— Hartz, P. H. La fijaci6n de las biopsias y de las piezas qui- rurgicas para el examen microsc6pico. Rev. Policlin. Caracas 1945,14:249-55.—Herzog. A. Ueber das Schleifen pflanzlicher Objekte zu mikroskopischen Zwecken. Zschr. wiss. A lkr., 1917-18, 34: 241-4, 5 pi.—Kuhn. M. J. Modification du proc6d6 de Medvedev pour des preparation aratomiques en plaques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 381.—I acoste. A., & Lachaud, R. de. Preparation et utilisation dun nouveau milieu de montage d'observation et de conservation des coupes histologiques avec ou sans lamelles. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1943, 20: 159.—I.athrop. G. E., & Krupp, R. Microscopy of latex rubber-injected specimens. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1944, 8: 128-30.—Lefebure, P. Preparations en milieu liquide. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1934, 3: 37.—Lewi«. R. W. An all-day water mount for microscope slides. Turtox News, 1949, 27: 230.—Longstreet, A. H. Device to facilitate mount- ing specimens on microscope slides. U. S. Patent Off., 1947, No. 2,417.802.—Mayer, P. Allerlei Mikrotechnisches; Knochen-, Knorpel- und Sponginfarbung; Gelatinekapseln; Chromoform; Fehlmanns und Faures Medien. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1916-17, 33: 238-47.—Morrison, W. The preparation of simple micro- scope slides. Turtox News, 1948, 26: 273: passim.—Murray, G. Microscopical specimens. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1897, 5: 40.—Peyrone", B. Un vecchio e semplice procedimento per ottenere dei buoni preparati microscopici delle muffe. Gior. batt. immun., 1940. 24: 81-3.—Ruckes, H. Washing microscopic organisms. Science, 1918, 48: 44.—Schild, E. Kuvetten-Mikroskopie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1949, 99: 235-8.— Setala, K. Nestemaisen ilmai kaytt'imifesta mikroskooppisten valmisteiden kiinnitvksessa [The use of liquid air in fixation of microscopical specimens] Duodecim, Helsir., 1946, 62: 666-71.—Soezia, G. Sulla reaziore del Van Deen. Cirillo, Aversa. 1904, 12: 136-8.—Stewart, F. W. General introduction to histological technique; a simplified account of microscopic slide preparation. Dent. Students Mag., 1945—46, 24: No. 10, 13-6.—Streeter, G. L. Technical experiences; cataloguing lantern slides; permanent dry-mounts of the larvngeal cartilages; the use of large tissue sections for demonstration purposes; degreasing bones. Anat. Pec, 1914, 8: 124.—Strelin, G. S. Soosob immobilizacii melkikh vodnvkh zhivotnvkh. Zool. J., Moskva, 1949, 28: 183-5.—Terry, B. T. Eine verbesserte, schnelle und leichte Methode, fixierte Cewebe fiir mikro- skopische Untersuchuneen mit reflektiertem oder durchfallen- dem Lichte zu praparieren. Munch, med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 1612.—Waleem, G. C. Praktische Notizen aus dem mikro- skopischen Laboratorium: zur Entkalkungsfrage. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 328-31.—Wilson, L. B. A method for the rapid preparation of fresh tissues for the microscope. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1905. 45: 1737.—Wolf, J. Ueber die Herstellung mikroskopischer Priiparate der Oberflachen verschiedener Obiekte mit Hilfe der Adhasionsmethode. Zschr. wiss. Mikr.. 1939. 56: 181-201. ---- Specimen preparation, permanent. See also Microscope slide; Mounting. Stephenson, E. M. Permanent microscopical preparations of animal material. 12p. 8? Birm., 1932. Barehoorp. E. S. _ Use of phenol formaldehyde and vinyl resins in sealing liquid mounting media on microscope slides. Science, 1947, 106: 299.—Barret. H. P.. & Culp. T. A method for the protection of microscopic mounts for mailing. J. Laborat. Clin. M.. 1937-38, 23: 1300.—CasFata. C. Une nouvelle methode facile et economique pour la conservation des prepares de microscopie et de parasitologic. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1932, 4: 11.—Courteville, H. La glycerine gelatinee en micrographie; preparation et methode de montage. Bull. Soc. fr. micr.. 1937, 6: 58-64.—Crozant, L. de. Nouvelle methode de montage des preparations au baume du Canada. Ibid., 75-8.—Droste, M. E. A simple method of making permanent rings for glass slides. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect.. 1944. 8: 136.—Heidenhain, M. Ueber die Halt- barkeit mikroskopischer Praparate, insbesondere fiber die Nachbehandlung jodierter Gewebe mit Natriumthiosulfat. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1908, 25: 397-401.—John. K. Ueber die Verhiitung der langsamen Ertfarbung der in Fanadabalsam eingeschlossenen Praparate. Ibid., 1928, 45: 482-4.—Kampt- ner, E. Geharteter Kopal-Oellack als Deckglaskitt fur mikro- skooische DauerprSnarate mit wasserigem Einschlussmedium. Ibid.. 1936, 53: 170-7.—Kenbikyo-teki tyohin no huten-ryfi. Vakugaku zassi, 1883, 576-8.—Kovacs, N. Ein einfacher Apparat zur miihelosen Herstellung von mikroskopischen feuchten Dauerpraparaten. Zbl. inn. Med., 1922, 43: 249.— I ie=eeang, R. E. Ersatz des Kanadabalsams bei histologischen Praparaten. Munch, med. Wschr.. 1918, 65: 1327.—Lutz, A. A new method of enclosing and preserving small objects for microscopic examination. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1941, 11: 809.— Neumann, K., & Hueber, J. Verbesserte Methode zum Um- randen von Glyzerinpraoaraten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927 44: 332.—Neurraver, L- Ein Beitrag zur Technik der Platten- modelliermethode. Ibid., 1907, 24: 140-4.—Parker, B. W. An electrically-heated slide-ringing device. Science, 1934, 80: 456.—Plaut. M. Eire Praparatenverschlusskanne (D. R. G. M. 577570.) Venezianisc^es Terpentin als Deckglaskitt. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1913, 30: 476-8.—Riemsdijk, M. v. [Simple method of preserving microscopical smear preparations] Ned. tech-, geneesk.. 1930, 74: pt 2, 5915-7.—Rohnstein, R. Erne einfache Conservitrungsmethode fur die Zwecke der khnisch-mik-oskoDischen Diagnostik. Fortsch. Med., 1902 20: 41-4.—Rosenbaum, B. M. The use of clarite in preparing MICROSCOPY 97 MICROSCOPY whole microscopic mounts. Stain Techn., 1946, 21: 73.— Roussy, G. Conservation de pieces macroscopiques dans le gelatine glycerinee en boites de P6tri. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 308.—Sand, K. [Mounting permanent van Gieson- Hansen preparations (Preliminary communication)] Hos- pitalstidende, 1917, 8. R., 10: 1221-6.—Schweinberger, W. Schnelle Herstellung mikroskopischer Dauerpraparate. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg., 1949-50, 39: 114.—Williams, G. R. Perma- nent mounts of microscopic preparations. Am. Med., n. ser., 1912, 7: 276-9.—Wittlake, E. B. Permanent prestaining in botanical microtechnic. Ohio J. Sc, 1944, 44: 36-8. ---- spectral. See Microspectrography. ---- stereoscopic. See also Microscope (binocular; stereoscopic) Bayard, A. Les projections st£r£oscopiques par le procede des anaglyphes. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1932, 1: 28-31.—Heim- stadt, O. Stereoscopic vision with the microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1927, 47: 331-4.—Munoz Urra. Estereo- scopfa microsc6pica y ultramicrosc6pica. Progr. clin., Madr., 1920, 15: 45; 85.—Takagi, Z. Kenbikyo-zo hukugo soti ni tuite; tokuni seppen seisaku gizyutu ni tuite no iti kdsatu. Igaku & seibutugaku, 1944, 5: 31. ------& Ro, U. R. Sinkei sen-i-soku no kaibo; kenbikyo-zo hukugo soti ni yoru kenkyu. Ibid., 33. ------ Sekizui zenkon no kaib6; kenbikyo-zo hukugo soti ni yoru kenkyu. Ibid., 35-7.—Welch, A. S. Motion pictures with a binocular microscope. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1938-39, 7: 127-9. ---- Technic. See also Histology, Technic; Microtechnic; also other subheadings of Microscopy. Beccari, N. Elementi di tecnica micro- scopica. 217p. 16? Milano, 1916. Chashin, S. S. Kratkij kurs mikrosko- picheskoj tekhniki. lllp. 8? S. Peterb., 1910. Cowdry, E. V. Laboratory technique in biology and medicine. 2. ed. 269p. 23}£cm. Bait., 1948. Enzyklopadie der mikroskopischen Technik. 3. Aufl. 3v. 8? Berl., 1926-27. Kaiser, W. Die Technik des modernen Mikroskopes. 2. Aufl. 614p. 25Hcm. Wien, 1906. Pantin, C. F. A. Notes on microscopical technique for zoologists. 75p. 22J4cm. Cambr., Engl., 1946. Romeis, B. Taschenbuch der mikroskopischen Technik. 12. Aufl. 717p. 12? Munch., 1928. Also 13. Aufl. 801p. 8? 1932. Also 14. Aufl. 956p. 1943. ---- [The same] Mikroskopische Technik. 15. Aufl. 695p. 24}4cm. Munch., 1948. Stephanides, T. Contribution k la technique du microscope. 163p. 8? Par., 1929. Tobias, J. C. The student's manual of microscopic technique with instructions for photomicrography. 210p. 8? Lond., 1936. Carl. Zur mikroskopischen Technik. Munch, med. Wschr., 1922, 69: 1785. Also Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1923, 31: 149.— Crossmon, G. C. Optical staining of tissue. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1948, 38: 417.—Davenport, H. A., & Barnes, J. R. The strip method for counting nerve fibers or other microscopic units. Stain Techn., 1935, 10: 139-43.—Denson, J. L. Some practical points on the use of the microscope. Texas M. News, 1904-05, 14: 441-5.—Escomel, E. Ligeras anotaciones sobre tecnica microsc6pica. In his Obras cient., Lima, 1929, 2: 18-21.—Fay, A. C. A generally applicable method for the enumeration of microscopic objects. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 1088.—Forgan, W. A simple method of obtain- ing a large field of view with the compound microscope. Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, 1899-1903, 3: 32-4—Frigimelica, C. Due nuovi metodi di microcolorazione e nuovi principii di tecnica microscopica generica. Policlinico, 1939, 46: sez. prat., 490-3.—Gastinel, P. Technique generate d'examen micro- scopique. In his Precis d. bact med., Par., 1949, 147753.— Hansemann, D. v. Einige Bemerkungen zur mikroskopischen Technik. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1910, 47: 1766.—Kabsch. Technisches aus dem Laboratorium. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1913, 30: 68-72.—Kisser, J., & Serentechy, W. Eine einfache Reaktion zur Temperaturkontrolle bei der Herstellung pflanzlicher Aschenbilder. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1949, 4: 376-9—Korn- hauser, S. I. Suggestions on the use of the microscope. Stam Techn., 1935, 10: 91-4.—Leishman, W. B. The correction of errors of refraction for microscope work. Brit. M. J., 1912, 824787—vol. 11, 4tb series----7 1: 123.—McClung, C. E. Cooperative technique. Anat. Rec, 1917-18, 12: 363.—Masson. Note de technique micro- scopique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1909, 84: 125.—Micro- scopical technic. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34: 398-401.— Perruche, L. Le savon d'aluminium en technique micro- scopique. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1939, 8: 147.—Purkis, J. W. Some suggestions regarding visual efficiency in the use of the microscope and other optical instruments. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1916, pt 3, 272-7.—Ross, H. First aid for the micro- scope; how physicians, pharmacists, and chemists can increase its efficiency. Merck Rep., 1943, 52: No. 3, 14-8. Also Laborat. Digest, S. Louis, 1943-44, 7: No. 11, 2-7.—Schmelzer, W. Das Formalin-Pressverfahren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1932- 33, 49: 427-45.—Walsem, G. C. Praktische Notizen aus dem mikroskopischen Laboratorium; Immersionsol, einfachste Farbezelle. Etikettieren. Ibid., 1923, 40: 312-5. ---- Technic, special. Capdecomme, L., & Cambon, T. Sur la mesure des pouvoirs reflecteurs de sections polies immergees sous le microscope. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 816-8.—Caspersson, T. Die Absorptionsmessung im mikroskopischen Praparat als mikro- chemische Methode. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1937, 77: 23.—Gabler, F. Ultraschall und mikroskopische Methoden der Ultraschalltechnik. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3:218-24.— Kogel, P. R. Ueber die Herstellung von Klar-Mattscheiben auf photochemischem Wege. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1920, 37: 99.—Lebrun, H. Application de la methode des disques rotatifs a la technique microscopique. Ibid., 1906, 23: 145- 73.—Lefebure, P. Le proced6 aristochrom applique a la micro- photographie. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1937, 6: 79-81.-—Naumann, E. Ueber die Kammerzahlung von narkotisiertem Plankton- material. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1922, 39: 153.—Saylor, C. P. Control and measurement of temperature under the microscope, In: Temperature (Am. Inst. Physics) N. Y., 1941, 673-81, illust.—Vialli, M., & Reggiani, M. Methoden fiir die Kolori- metrie und Photometrie mikroskopischer Praparate. Mikro- skopie, Wien, 1949. 4: 158-61. ---- Theory. See also Microscope, Optics; Microscope lens, Resolving power; Microscopy, electron, Optics. Ambronn, H. Ein Demonstrationsversuch zur Abbeschen Theorie der mikroskopischen Wahrnehmung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1913, 30: 289-99.—Berek. M. Zur Theorie der Ab- bildung im Mikroskop. Optik, Stuttg., 1946, 1: 475-86.— Conrady, A. E. Note on an early criticism of the Abbe theory. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1906, 645-7.—Dempster, W. T. Visual factors in microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1944, 34: 711-7.—Herzberger, M. Theory of microscope vision. Ibid., 1936, 26: 52-62.—Joos, G., & Kohler, A. Ueber die Abbesche Mikroskoptheorie und die mit ihr zusammenhangen- den Koharenzfragen. Naturwissenschaften, 1942, 30: 553- 63.—Langeron, M. C. P. Theorie d'Abb e. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id., Par., 1949, 63-5.—Leffler' G.H. Optical principles in^practical microscopy. X-ray Technician, 1933-34, 5: 162—5.—Strehl, K. Beugungsbild und Absorptionsbild. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22: 1-10.—Walsen, G. C. v. Hat das Massenwirkungsgesetz fiir die mikroskopische Praxis irgendwo besondere Bedeutung? Ibid., 1927, 44: 480. ---- Ultramicroscopy. See also Colloid chemistry; Microscopy, elec- tron; also in 3. ser., Ultramicroscopy. Bechhold, H., & Sierakowski, S. Erfahrungen mit der Goldverstarkungsmethode zur Sichtbarmachung ultravisibler Gebilde. Zschr. Hyg., 1926, 106: 580-6.— Bechhold & Villa. Die Sichtbarmachung subvisibler Gebilde. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1925-26, 97: 162-71.—Blunck-Mirow, G. Eine einfache Anordnung zur Ultramikroskopie. Naturwiss. Wschr., 1915, 14: 494.—De Blasi, D. Saggi di osservazione ultramicro- scopica. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1906, 32: 248-54.— Dufour, Lamy & Pacaud. Sur les observations ultramicro- scopiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1138.—Frey, A. Das Reich des Ultramikroskopischen in der Biologie. Proto- plasma, Lpz., 1928, 4: 139-54.—Gordon, J. W. High power microscopy. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain (1905), 1906-07, 18: 11-22, 3 pi.—Gradenwitz, A. Ein neuer Fortschritt der Mikroskopie. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1926-27, 20: 165.— Heine, H. Der Ultropak. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1931-32, 48: 450-65, 4 pi.—Ignatovski, V. S. Ultramikroskopia. Protok. zasied. Obshch. morsk. vrach. Kronstadt (1904-05) 1907, 42: No. 2, 61-70.—Kogel, G. Die ultramikroskopischen Ver- fahren und Hilfsmittel. In: Handb. d. Pflanzenanalyse (Klein, G.) Wien, 1931, 1: 406-10.—Kosonogov, I. I. [Altera- tion in the process of ultramicroscopy of fluids] Univ. izv., Kiev (1912-13) 1914, 54: Protok. Fiz. med. obshch., 8-18 — Krause, F., & Mahl, H. Die Ubermikroskopische Ober- nachenabbildung medizinischbiologischer Objekte nach dem Abdruckverfahren. Kolloid Zschr., 1943, 105: 53-5 — Langeron, M. C. P. Notions sur l'ultramicroscopie. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id., Par., 1949, 280-4.—Poser, M. Ultra- microscopy. In: Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J.) N. Y., 1926, 1: 814-6.—Thirkill, H. Ultramicroscopy and ultramicroscopio particles. Science Progr., Lond., 1909, 4: 55-89. MICROSCOPY 98 MICROSCOPY, DARKFIELD ---- ultraviolet. See also Microscope, ultraviolet; Microscopy, fluorescence; Microscopy, phase-contrast. Barnard, J. E. Some aspects of ultra-violet microscopy. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1929, 49: 91-101, 3 pi. ------ & Welch, F. V. Microscopy with ultraviolet light; a simplifica- tion of method. Ibid., 1936, 56: 365-71, pi.—Brumberg, E. M. [New method of microscopy in ultra-violet rays] Bull. Acad. sc. URSS, 1942, 6: 32-41.—Caspersson, T. Ultra- violettmikroskopien och dess anvandningsomraden. Nord. med. tskr., 1934, 7:337-40. ------ Ueber Ultraviolettmikro- skopie. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 61-9.—Johnson, B. K. Notes on ultra-violet microscopy. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1931, 51: 268-71, 4 pi.—Kohler. Die Untersuchung un- gefarbter Gewebe mit ultraviolettem Lichte. Verh. Kongr. inn. Med., 1906, 23: 666.—Koga, A., & Amano, S. Ultra- violettmikroskopie in der Pathologie. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1940, 30: 115-20.—Langenbruch, H. Eine neue Filtertechnik fiir die Ultraviolett-Mikroskopie. Arch. Krim., 1943, 113: 1-4, pi.—Larionov, L. P., & Brumberg, E. M. Living and dead cells under the ultraviolet microscope. Am. Rev. Soviet M., 1947-48, 5: 111-4.—Lavin. G. I. Simplified ultraviolet microscopy. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1943, 14: 375.—Loofbourow, J. R., & Bear, R. S. Developments in ultraviolet microscopy. Annual Rep. Com. Growth (Nat. Res. Counc.) 1948-49, 4: 116.-—Lucas, F. F. Late developments in high power and ultra violet microscopy; their value from an accident preven- tion viewpoint for detecting flaws in metal structures. Tr. Nat. Safety Counc, 1936, 25. Congr., 1: 193-5.—Moiseev, E. A. Issledovanie khromatofilnogo veshchestva citoplazmy nervnykh kletok pri pomoshchi ultrafioletovogo mikroskopa; nervnye kletki spinalnykh gangliev vzroslogo zhivotnogo. Fiziol. zh. SSSR, 1947, 33: 557-62, pi.—Saxe, E. Extremste Mikroskopie. Umschau, 1929, 33: 56f>-2.—Smiles, J. Dark- ground illumination in ultra-violet microscopy. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1933. 53: 203-12. MICROSCOPY, darkfield. See also Microscopy, Methods. Anting, E. Neue Anwendungsweise der von Siedentopf angegebenen Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 2118.—Balazsy, D. Zur Glimmertechnik. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 12-4.—Gage, S. H. Modern dark-field microscopy and the history of its development. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1920, 39: 95-141.—Graf, H. Improvisierte Dunkelfeld- mikroskopie. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 166.—Jeantet, P L'examen sur fond noir au microscope des preparations fix£e« et colore"es. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 805.—Kern, C. Fluoreszenz- und Beugungserscheinungen im Dunkelfeld. Zschr. wiss. Mikr.. 1926, 43: 305-37.—Knack, A. V. Die Untersuchung im kunstlichen Dunkelfeld. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1915, 76: Orig., 235.—Langeron, M. C. P. Technique de l'examen sur fond noir. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id.. Par., 1949, 276-80, illust.—Maey, E. Die raumliche Lagerung von Kanten im mikroskopischen Objekt bei Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912, 29: 48-57.—Oelze, F. Wl Dunkel- felduntersuchungen und Azimutfehler. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1921-22, Orig., 87: 76-80. ------ Methodik der Dunkel- feldmikroskopie. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939, Abt. 12, T. 2, Bd 1, 413-82.—Shmamine, T. Agar als Einsehlussmedium fiir die Untersuchung im Dunkel- feld. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926-27, 101: 279-81.—Siedentopf, H. Ueber mikroskopische Beobachtungen bei Dunkelfeldbe- leuchtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1908, 25: 273-81, pi.—Voigt, J. Zur Technik der Dunkelfelduntersuchung unter Verwendung kolloider Metalle fiir anatomische und physiologische Unter- suchungen. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1925-26, 3: 229-34. ---- Condenser. See also Microscope condenser. Engelmann, F. Ein neuer Kondensor fiir Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 247. Kraft, P., & Straubel, R. Dark-field condenser for micro- scopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 1,999,240.—Maynar, f Dispositivo para utilizar el condensador ordinario como con- densador de fondo negro en ultra-microscopfa. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1916, 4: 76-8, pi.—Oelze, F. W. Neuere Dunkelfeld- und Helldunkelfeldkondensoren. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 1639-45.—Peterfi, T. Die Praparier-Wechsel-Kondensoren und ihre Handhabung bei Dunkelfeld-Manipulationen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 186-214.—Young, S. An improvised dark ground condenser. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 41. ---- Condenser, cardioid and paraboloid. Lange, L. B. A method of centering the cardioid darkfield condenser. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 80.—Siedentopf, H. Paraboloid-Kondensor, eine neue Methode fiir Dunkelfeld- beleuchtung zur Sichtbarmachung und zur Moment-Mikro- photographie lebender Bakterien etc. (insbesondere auch fiir Spirochaeta pallida) Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 104-8. ------ On the theory of the reflecting condenser for dark-field Uumination. J. R. Micr. Soc, 1929, 49: 349-58. ---- Illumination. See also Microscope illumination, Kohler system. Ainslie, M. A. Dark-ground illumination in microscopical work. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1913, 20: 379-414, pi.— Berck, M. Ueber selektive Beugung im Dunkelfeld und farbige Dunkel- feldbeleuchtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1921, 38: 237-57.— Goosman, C. Dark-ground illumination with ordinary micro- scope equipment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1909, 52: 1580.—Hittmair, A. Die Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. In: Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld), Berl., 1933, 2: 1. Halfte, 21-8.—Kraemer, W. Anwendung der Schlierenmethode zur Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 390-3.—Kronberger, H. Eine einfache Methode der Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1919, 45: 662.—Langeron, M. C. P. Eclairage a fond noir et ultramicroscopie. In his Precis d. micr., 7. id.. Par., 1949, 259-84, illust.—Metz, C. Die Leitzsche Dunkelfeld- beleuchtung bei Verwendung der homogenen Oelimmersion. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22: 114-8.—Munoz, F. J. Darkfield illumination technics. Merck Rep., 1944, 53: No. 3, 18-20.— Nelson, E. M. On dark-ground illumination. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1910-12, 2. ser., 11: 203-8.—Parsons, H. H. A substitute darkfield. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 540.—Price, S. R. The method of dark-ground illumination in botanical research. Science Progr., Lond., 1913, 5: 343-54.—Stokes, W. B. On resolutions obtained with dark-ground illumination and their relation to the spectrum theory. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1910-12, 2. ser., 11: 497-500. ---- Lamp. See also Microscope illuminator; Microscope lamp. Falkenthal. Eine neue Dunkelfeldlampe. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1921-22, Orig., 87: 398-400.—Gerlach, J. J., jr. New dark field microscope illuminator for opaque objects producing annular, cross fire, and indirect illumination. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1931, 2: n. ser., 412-5.—Harrison, L. W. A simple lamp for dark-ground illumination. Lancet, Lond., 1917, 2: 500.— Oelze, F. W. Mikroskopierlampen'fur Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 1022-8.—Shipley, R. M. Dark field illuminator. U. S. Patent Off., 1939, No. 2,157,437.—Smiles, J., & Barnard, J. E. The correction of high-angle dark-ground illuminators. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1924, pt 4, 365-73.— Witlin, B. Darkfield illuminators in microscopy. Science, 1945, 102: 41.—Wood, R. M. A darkfield colony illuminator. Am. J. Pub. Health. 1947, 37: 205. ---- Medical application. See also Syphilis, Diagnosis; Treponema pallidum, Examination; also such headings as Bacteriology, Methods and technic, etc. C, E. P. Dark-field microscopic technic, advantages of high dry objective and other hints. Burned News Lett., Wash., 1943, 2: No. 2, 18.— Casselman, A. J. Darkfield facilities in New Jersey. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1936, 33: 369-71.—Kleefeld, G. Le focaliseur d'ombre (shadow-casting device) comme aide pour la localisation en biomicroscopie oculaire. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1948, 438-43.—Konzelmann, F. W. Dark-field micros- copy. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila.. 1939, 2: 100-9.— Mahoney, J. F., & Bryant, K. K. Delayed dark-field examina- tion. Vener. Dis. Inform., 1930, 11: 103-8. Also Army M. Bull., 1938, No. 44, 84-92.—Mazzotti, L. Examen micro- sc6pico de campo oscuro. Rev. mid. veracruz., 1942, 22: 3646.—Posner, C. Die Verwendbarkeit der Dunkelfeldbe- leuchtung in der klinischen Mikroskopie. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1908, 45: 1444-7; Disc, 1469; 1471.—Reynolds, F. W., & Hesbacher, E. N. Darkfield microscopy; some principles and applications. J. Vener. Dis. Inform., 1950, 31: 17-23.— Witlin, B. Technic of darkfield microscopy. Vener. Dis. Inform., 1943, 24: 297. k MICROSCOPY, electron. See also Microscope, Ultramicroscope; Micros- copy, Ultramicroscopy. Borsch, H. Ioneiibermikroskopie. Experientia, Base) 1948, 4: 1-5.—Bragg, L. Seeing ever-smaller worlds. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain (1941-43) 1944, 32: 475-81.—Bretschneider, L. H. Das Prinzip des Elektronenmikroskopes. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 12-22.—Bueker, E. D. We keep on looking for smaller things. Q. Chicago M. School, 1943-44, 4: 10.— Electrons now extend vision. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1941, 12: 34.—Goldschvartz, J. M. Microscopia electr6nica. Cienc. & invest., B. Air., 1948, 4: 246-8.—Haine, M. E. Microscopy with electrons. Brit. Sc. News, 1948-49, 2: 66-9.—Hillier, J. New worlds for study. Sc Month., 1949, 69: 161-8.—Kellen- berger, E. Microscopie Electronique. Experientia, Basel 1948, 4: 449; 1949, 5: 253.—Langeron, M. C. P. Microscopie electronique. In his Precis d. micr., 7. ed., Par., 1949, 1385.— Mundo (Um) infinitesimal. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 335, 129-31.—Policard, A. Apercu sur Yitat actuel de la micro- scopie electronique. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1946, 23: 164- 70.—Renda, C. Fondamenti della microscopia elettronica. Policlinico, 1949, 56: sez. prat., 1142-4.—Ruska, E. Das MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON 99 MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON Elektronenmikroskop als Uebermikroskop. Forsch. & Fortschr. 1934, 10: 8.—Scott, R. A. Electron microscopy. Science Progr., Lond., 1947, 35: 638-51, pi.—Sharp, D. G. Electron microscope; new tool for research. Mod. Hosp., 1945, 65: No. 3, 81-3.—SjSstrand, F. Electron-microscopic examination of tissues. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 725.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. Some recent developments in the field of electron microscopy. Science, 1946, 104: 21-6.—Zworykin, V. K., & Hillier. J. Electronic microscopy. Sc. Month., 1944, 59: 165-79. ---- Accessories. See also other subdivisions. Abrams, I. M., & McBain, J. W. A closed cell for electron microscopy. Science, 1944, 100: 273.—Barbour, I. A panto- graph and tilting stage for use with nuclear plates. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 530.—Bares, W. M. Two accessories for the electron microscope laboratory (A) specimen stage (B) plate reader. Canad. J. Res., 1946, 24: F, 402-5, pi.—Ellis, S. G. The use of diaphragms in the electron microscope. Ibid., 1947, 25: A, 322-37.—Grey, C. E. An electron microscope specimen punch. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1948, 19: 369.—Hoffmann, K. Ueber eine neue Lichtquelle fiir die Ultramikroskopie, die Hg-H6chstdrucklampe. Kolloid Zschr., 1938, 83: 9-13, 2 pi.—M tiller, H. O. Einrichtung zur genauen Exponierung ubermikroskopischer Aufnahmen. Ibid., 1944, 109: 152-6.— Quynn, J. T. Adjustable aperture for electron microscope, RCA type EMU. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1948, 19: 472.—Simard, G. L., & Stryker, C R. A diffraction specimen holder for electron microscopes. Ibid., 1945,16: 146-8.—Stuhlman, O., jr. Two-stage magnetic electron microscope projector. In his Introd. Biophysics, N. Y., 1943, 342-5. ---- Application. See also other subdivisions. Uebermikroskop (Das) als Forschtjngs- mittel; Vortrage, gehalten anlasslich der Eroff- nung des Laboratoriums fiir Uebermikroskopie der Siemens & Halske A. G., Berlin. 104p. 21Hcm. Berl., 1941. Bretschneider, L. H. Anwendung und Ergebnisse der Elek- tronenmikroskopie. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 160-75.— Dupouy, G. Quelques travaux effectuEs avec le microscope electronique magnetique. Rev. opt.. Par., 1950, 29: 89-100.— Golz, E. Das Elektronenmikroskop als Gebrauchsgerat. Umschau, 1943, 47: 149-51.—Harrington, J. Seeing with electricity; new electron microscopes now being developed far outdo high-powered optical microscopes, reveal a world hitherto unseen by man. Sc. American, 1940, 163: 20-^3.—Krause, F. Das magnetische Elektronenmikroskop und seine Anwendung in der Biologie, Kolloidchemie und Medizin. Radiologica, Berl., 1938, 3: 122-45, 2 pi.—Lot, F. Le microscope Elec- tronique et l'infiniment petit. Nature, Par., 1947, .9-11.— Marton, L. Le microscope Electronique et ses applications. Rev. opt.. Par., 1935, 14: 129-45. ------ Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit: Einige praktische Anwendungen der Elektronen- optik, von Dr Fritz Luft. Rontgenpraxis, 1938, 10: 352.— National (The) Research Council's Committee on the Applica- tions of the Electron Microscope. Science, 1942, 95: 348.— Schaper, A. Selection des taureaux au microscope Electronique. Nature, Par., 1948, 310.—Watson, J. H. L. Applied electron microscopy. Canad. J. Res., 1943, 21: Sect. A, 89-98, 7 pi. ---- Biological application. See also Cytology, Methods; also under names of cellular and tissue elements as Cell, Chondrio- some; Chromosome, etc. Broussy, J. Microscope Electronique et biologie; les ap- plications de l'optique corpusculaire k la dEcouverte de l'in- finiment petit. J. mEd. Lyon, 1950, 31: 1-11.—Claude, A. Electron microscopy of animal cells. Proc. N. York Ass. Pub. Health Laborat., 1946, 26: 12-6—Cordier, M. El microscopio electr6nico y sus aplicaciones a la biologia. An. med. cir., Barcel., 1949, 26: 1-9.—Donovan, G. E. Biological applications of the electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1944, 154: 356-8.—Frey-Wyssling, A., & Blank, F. Ermittlung submikroskopischer Strukturen. Tabulae biol., Gravenh., 1948, 19: 30-71.—Groupe, V. Surface striations of Euglena gracilis revealed by electron microscopy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 64: 401-3.—Haam, E. v., & Schuh, M. Cytologic studies with the electron microscope. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1942, No. 22, 75-80.—Huber, W., & Haasser, C. Electron-microscope study of the peritrophic membrane in Dixippus morosus. Nature, Lond., 1950, 165: 397.— Krause, F. Die Darstellung von Geweben mit dem Elek- tronenubermikroskop. Med. Klin., Berl., 1944, 40: .475.— Leili, G. Microscopio elettronico e prime applicazioni in biologia. Oncologia, Roma, 1949, 23: 203-6.—Lepine, P. Les applications biologiques du microscope Electronique. Atomes, Par., 1948, 3: 3-8.—Marton, L. La microscopie Electronique des objets biologiques. Bull. Acad. Belgique, 1934, 5. ser., 20: 439; 1935, 5. ser., 21: 606. —---- Ls microscope Electronique et son application en biologie. Bull. Soc. philomath. Paris (1936) 1937, 119: 54-67. —:--- L« microscope Electronique en biologie. Acta Unio internat. cancr., Par., 1939, 4: 221-9. Also Annual Rev. Biochem., 1943, 12: 587-614.—Nielsen, J. E. Electron microscope reveals a possible valve structure of Amphipleura pellucida. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1947, 66: 140-3.—Okuno, H. Keiso saiho-maku no densi-kenbikyo-teki kansatu [Observations on the cell-membranes of diatoms by means of the electron- microscope] Kagaku, 1950, 20: 40; passim.-—Ruska, E. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von F. Krause, Das magnetische Elektronenmikroskop und seine Anwendung in der Biologie. Naturwissenschaften, 1938, 26: 759. ------ & Fruhbrodt. E. Die Uebermikroskopie als Untersuchungsverfahren. Biologe, Munch., 1940, 9: 69-75, 4 pi.—Schmitt. F. O. Some com- mentaries on electron microscopy as applied in biology. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 530-5.—Sen, A. N. The electron micro- scope and its use in biology. Ind. M. Gaz., 1946, 91: 247-50, pi.—Signer, R., & Studer, H. Erforschung biologischer Strukturen mit Hilfe des Elektronenmikroskops. Chimia, Zur., 1947, 1: 136.—Sponsler, O. L., & Bath, J. D. Electron microscope studies of submicroscopic structures of Ankistrodes- mus falcatus. Am. J. Bot., 1949, 36: 756-8, illust.—Williams, R. C. Some possibilities of the electron microscope in biology. Michigan Pub. Health, 1946, 34: 207. ------ The electron microscope in biology. Growth, Ithaca, 1947, 11: 205-22.— Wyckoff, R. W. G. An electron microscopic study of the antigen-antibody reaction. Rep. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1947) 1949, 4. Congr., 341. ---- Chemical, industrial, and physical applica- tion. See also such terms as Cellulose; Dispersion; Powder, Examination; Soap, etc. Anderson, T. F. The study of colloids with the electron microscope. In: Advance. Colloid Sc. (E. O. Kraemer et al.) N. Y., 1942, 1: 353-90.—Bates, T. F. The electron microscope applied to geological research. Tr. N. York Acad. Sc, 1948—49, 11: 100-7.—Beischer, D. Das Elektronenmikroskop als neues Hilfsmittel der Kolloidforschung. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1938, 14: 296-8.—Boersch, H. Ueber die Kontraste von Atomen im Elektronenmikroskop. Zschr. Naturforsch., 1947, 2a: 615-33.—Clews, C. J. B. Metallurgical applications of the electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1950, 165: 390-3.— Donnet, J. B. Etude des sols de V2O5 au microscope Elec- tronique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1948, 227: 508-10.—Hall, C. E., & Schoen, A. L. Application of the electron microscope to the study of photographic phenomena. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1941, 31: 281-5.—Hass, G., & Kehler, H. Ueber eine temperaturbestandige und haltbare Tragerschicht fiir Elektroneninterferenzaufnahmen und iibermikroskopische Un- tersuchungen. Kolloid Zschr., 1941, 95: 26-9.—Hillier, J. Electron microscopy and microanalysis; new methods in chemistry. In: Recent Advanc. Analyt. Chem., N. Y., 1949, 103-56, illust.—Kitaigorodsky, I. I. Electron microscope and investigation of the structure of ceramic materials. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1945, 48: 563, pi.—Kiihle, L. Werden Molekule sichtbar? Med. techn. Mitt. Schweiz., 1945, 2-4.— Malfatti, M. G. La ultramicroscopfa y las estructuras mole- culares a travEs de los rayos roentgen. Dla mEd., B. Air., 1945, 17: 600-4.—Molekul-Gitter im Elektronen-Mikroskop. Kolloid Zschr., 1949, 114: 167, illust.—Moore, C. A. Some geological applications of the electron microscope. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sc. (1946) 1947, 27: 86-90.—Raether, H. Elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchung elektrolytisch po- lierter Metallnachen. Optik, Stuttg., 1946, 1: 69-75.— Robillar, J. Utilisation du microscope Electronique dans l'industrie optique; application a l'Etude des couches antirEflEchissantes. Rev. opt., Par., 1949. 28: 129-45 — Schoenholz, D., & Kimball, C. S. The electron microscope studies; bright-drying wax dispersions. Soap, N. Y., 1947, 23: No. 8, 131-5.—Sedlecky, I. D. [Electronic microscope and its role in colloidal chemistry] Priroda, 1944, 33: 60-2.— Villanova, A. C. A microscopia eletronica e a pesquisa cientifica. Rev. quim. farm., Rio, 1949, 14: 177-82.— Wambacher, H. Mikroskopie und Kernphysik. Mikros- kopie, Wien, 1949, 4: 92-110.—Watson, J. H. L. Electron microscopy of radiation polymerization products. J. Phys. Colloid Chem., 1948, 52: 470-4.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. The electron microscopy of macromolecular crystals. Collect. Repr. U. 8. Nat. Inst. Health, 1948, 2: No. 100A, 292-4, 4 pi. ------ The electron microscopy of particle suspensions. In his Electron Micr., N. Y., 1949, 117-49, illust.—Zahn, H. Zur Elektronenmikroskopie der Naturseide. Kolloid Zschr.. 1949, 112: 91-4, illust. ---- Congresses, and societies. Conference on electron microscopy. London Newslett., Lond., 1947, 1: No. 13, 7.—-Conference on electron microscopy at Delft. Nature, Lond., 1949, 163: 759; 164: 481.—Cosslett, V. E. Electron microscopy conference. Ibid., 32-4.— Mollenstedt, G. Erste Tagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Elektronenmikroskopie in Mosbach/Baden vom 23. und 24. April 1949. Kolloid Zschr., 1949, 113: 130. ---- Current stabilization. Crane, H. R. Additional stabilization for the beam current in the RCA Type B electron microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1945, 16: 58.—Cuckow, F. W. Beam current stability in RCA electron microscopes. Ibid., 293. MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON 100 MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON ---- Fluorescent-screen viewer. Bishop, F. W. A device for producing an easily identified area on the electron microscope specimen screen. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 324.------ A technique for the produc- tion of silica-filmed electron microscope screens in quantity. Ibid., 529.—Merling, K. B. A new fluorescent screen for the electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1949, 163: 541. ---- Gabor principle. Gabor, D. The electron microscope; its development, present performance and future possibilities. Rev. ed. 164p. 21cm. Brook- lyn, 1948. Gabor, D. A new microscopic principle. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 777. ------ Microscopy by reconstructed wave- fronts. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., ser. A, 1949, 197: 454-87, 3 pi. ---- History. See also Microscope, History; Microscopy, History. Hawley. G. G. Seeing the invisible; the story of the electron microscope. 195p. 19cm. N. Y., 1945. Plenk, H. Von der Lupe zum Elektronen- mikroskop. 67p. 20}$cm. Wien, 1948. Cosslett, V. E. Recent advances in electron microscopy in the United Kingdom. Research, Lond., 1947-48, 1: 293- 304.—Grottrup, H. Entwicklung und Stand der Elektronen- mikroskopie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938, 55: 289-96.—Karsten, W. Der Stand der Uebermikroskopie. Zschr. ges. Naturwiss., 1940, 6: 192-4.—Kinder, E. Die Entwicklung der Elek- tronenmikroskopie in den USA. Grenzgeb. Med., 1949, 2: 54-61.—Martin, L. C, Parnum, D. H., & Speak, G. S. A report on experimental work on the development of the electron microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1939, 59: 203-16, 3 pi.— Reed, R. Progress in electron microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 762.—Ruchardt, E. Neuere Entwicklung und neuere Ergebnisse der Elektronenmikroskopie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 1832-7.—Williams, R. C. Recent develop- ments in electron microscopy. J. Washington Acad. Sc, 1948, 38: 283. ---- Image. See also subheading (Optics) Borsch, H. Ueber Rander m elektronenmikroskopischen Abbildungen. Kolloid Zschr., 1944, 106: 169-74, pi.—Borries, B. v., & Ruska, E. Eigenschaften der iibermikroskopischen Abbildung. Naturwissenschaften, 1939, 27: 281-7.—Hillier, J. Some remarks on the image contrast in electron microscopy and the two-component objective. J. Bact., Bait., 1949, 57: 313-7.—Kisch, B. A crossed-fibre effect in electron micros- copy. Exp. M. & S., 1948, 6: 366.—Lepine, P. Premieres images biologiques obtenues avec un microscope Electronique de construction frangaise. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 656.—Mahl, H. Ueber die Deutung Qbermikroskopischer Elektronenbilder. Optik, Stuttg., 1947, 2: 106-13.— Risco. Images microscopiques correspondant a un Electron illuminE. J. phys. radium., Par., 1947, 8: 123-8. ------ Images microscopiques produits par un faisceau d'Electrons de recul. Ibid., 1948, 9: 150-2.— Ruska, E. Beitrag zur iibermikro- skopischen Abbildung bei hoheren Drucken. Kolloid Zschr., 1942, 100: 212-9—Villanova, A. C. ModificacSes dos espe- cimes na microscopia eletr6nica, determinada pela emissao cat6dica. Rev. qufm. farm., Rio, 1949, 14: 123-6, pi.— Zworykin, V. K. Image formation by electrons. Symnos. Quant. Biol., 1941, 9: 194-7, pi. Also Sigma Xi Q., 1941, 29: 3-22. Also in Science in Progr. (Baitsell, G. A.) N. Haven, 1942, 3. ser., 69-107. ---- Magnetic lens. See also other subdivisions (Optics; Resolving power) Amaldi, E. Le lenti elettroniche. p.362-415. 24^cm. Roma, 1943. In: Rendic. 1st. sup. san., Roma, 1943, 6: Barden, R. B. Magnification, 100,000 times. Univ. South. California M. Bull., 1948, 1: 14-7.—Bertein, F. Optique Electronique; une mEthode de calcul des aberrations de forme des lentilles Electrostatiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 225: 863-7. ------& Regenstreif, E. Sur l'aberration d'ellipticitE des lentilles Electrostatiques. Ibid., 224: 737-9. ------ Emploi des rayons marginaux dans l'Etude des dissymEtriea chez les lentilles Electrostatiques. Ibid., 1949, 228: 1854-6.— Borries, B. v. Ein magnetostatisches Objektiv-Projektiv- System fiir das Elektronenmikroskop. Kolloid Zschr., 1949, 114: 164-7. ;-----Ruska, E. [et al.] Uebermikroskopische Abbildung mittels magnetostatischer Linsen. Naturwissen- schaften, 1940, 28: 350.—Chanson, P., Ertaud, A., & Magnan, C. Sur l'aberration de relativitE des lentilles Electrostatiques, excitEes au potentiel de la cathode. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1944, 218: 912. ------ DEtermination des ElEments du premier order des lentilles Electrostatiques symEtriques. Ibid., 1945, 221: 233-5.—Gabor, D. A zonally corrected electron lens. Nature, Lond., 1946, 158: 198.—Glaser, W. Maxwell's fish eye as an ideal electron lens. Ibid., 1948, 162: 455.—Horvath, J. I. Notices on proposed magnetic lenses of toroidal type. Experientia, Basel, 1949, 5: 112-4.—Hutter, R. G. E. The class of electron lenses which satisfy Newton's image relations, and a special investigation of the lens properties of two lenses belonging to this class. Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ. (1944—45) 1945, 20: 63-5.—Kinder, E., & Recknagel, A. Ueber Fres- nelsche Beugung beim Licht- und Elektronenmikroskop. Optik, Stuttg., 1947, 2: 346-63.—Le Rutte, W. A. Chromatic aberration of electrostatic lenses. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 392.—Mulvey, T., & Jacob, L. Distortion-free electrostatic lenses. Ibid., 1949, 163: 525.—Prebus, A. Improved pole piece construction of the objective lens of a magnetic electron microscope. Canad. J. Res., 1940, 18: Sect. A, 175-7.— Rudenberg, R. Electron lenses of hyperbolic field structure. J. Franklin Inst., 1948, 246: 311; passim.—Sayers, J. Pulsed electron microscope magnetic lens. Europ. Sc. Notes, 1950, 4: 3.—Scherzer, O. Spharische und chromatische Korrektur von Elektronen-Linsen. Optik, Stuttg., 1947, 2: 114-32.— Stuhlman, O., jr. Electron lenses. In his Introd. Biophysics, N. Y., 1943, 332-6. ------ The magnetic-field electron lens. Ibid., 338-41. ---- Manual. Bravo Rey, A. Hipermicroscopio, proyeccidn de mundos invisibles. 224p. 25cm. Madr., 1944. Burton, E. F., & Kohl, W. H. The electron microscope. 233p. 23Hcm. N. Y., 1942. Also 2. ed. 325p. 1946. Codazzi Agtjirre, J. A. Mas alki del ultra- microscopio. 105p. 23cm. Rosario, 1937. Cosslett, V. E. The electron microscope. 128p. 19cm. Lond., 1947. Prebtts, A. F. The electron microscope. p. 152-235. 23Hcm. N. Y., 1944. In: Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J., ed.) N. Y., v.5, 1944. Wyckoff, R. W. G. Electron microscopy; technique and applications. 248p. 23^cm. N. Y, 1949. ---- Medical and pharmaceutical application. Anderson, T. F. Applications of the electron microscope to biology and medicine. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1942, 70: 394. ------ The electron microscope in medical research. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr., 1946, 22:15-9.—Balla, B. Elektronen- mikroskop az orvosi kutatas szolg&lat&ban. Orvostud. kozl., 1942, 3: 736.—Bessis, M. Les applications du microscope Electronique en hEmatologie. Presse mEd., 1949, 57: 954-6.— Brdicka, R. Princip a upotfebenf elektronovE mikroskopie. Cas. lEk. cesk., 1943, 82: 16-9, pi.—Deno, R. A. Pharmacy has questions for the new electron microscope. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract. Pharm. Ed., 1941, 2: 160-2.—Electron microscopy. Squibb Mem., 1947, 26: 14—6.—Electron microscopy of tissue sections. Europ. Sc. Notes, 1950, 4: 71.—Gessler, A. E., Grey, C. E. [et al.] Notes on the electron microscopy of tissue sections; normal tissue. Cancer Res., 1948, 8: 534—47, inch 5 pi.— Greenroyd, J. Optical and electronic microscopy in hospitals. Hosp. & Health Management, Lond., 1948, 11: 473-5.— Grey, C. E., & Kelsch, J. J. Use of the electron microscope and high-speed microtome in medicine. Exp. M. & S., 1948, 6: 368-89.—Haslett, A. W. An approach to electron microscopy. Brit. M. J., 1949, 2: 1286-9.—Houwink, A. L. De electronen- microscoop en enkele toepassingen. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1949, 93: 2563.—John, M. Ueber die Untersuchung von gewerblichen Stauben im Elektronenmikroskop. Wien. med. Wschr., 1948, 98: 318-20, pi.—Karsten, W. Einige Anwen- dungsgebiete des Siemens-Uebermikroskops. Ibid., 1940, 90: 913-6.—Krause, F. Die Anwendung des Elektronenmikro- skopes in Biologie und Medizin. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938- 39, 22: 668-72. ------ Die Darstellung von Geweben mit dem Elektronenubermikroskop. Deut. med. Wschr., 1944, 70: 532-4.—Mahl, H. Die Elektronenmikroskopie in Deutschland. Grenzgeb. Med., 1948, 1: 177-86.—Malfatti, M. G. Aplica- ciones de la difracci6n de rayos x y microscopia electronica. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1949, 56: 45-50.—Martell, H. Ein Blick in das Unsichtbare; das Wunder des Uebermikroskops. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1941, 38: 533-6.—Marty, C. La"microscopie Electronique. Concours mEd., 1947, 69: 1079.—Merling, K. B. Electron-microscopy. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1949, 49: 154—8, illust.—Mudd, S. Electron microscopy in relation to the medical sciences. Ann. Int. M., 1949, 31: 570-81.—Miiller, H. O. Das Uebermikroskop in der Medizin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 1041-3.—Pereira Forjaz, A. Microscopia de electrSes. J. farm., Lisb., 1942, 3. ser., 188.—Sebruyns, M. Nieuwe onderzoekingsmethoden op het gebied der histochemie; het gefractionneerd centrifugeren en het electronenmicroscoop. Belg. tschr. geneesk., 1948, 4: 354-7.—Siebeck, R. Medizi- MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON 101 MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON nische Forschung und Uebermikroskopie. In: Uebermikroskop [Siemens & Halske] Berl., 1941, 13-9.—Werzner, V. I., & Golydin, L. S. Elektronno-mikroskopicheskie issledovanija histologicheskikh objektov. J. obshch. biol., Moskva, 1948, 9: 423-40, 12 pi.—Zworykin, V. K., & Hillier, J. Electron microscopy. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract. Pharm. Ed., 1945, 6:384-8. ---- Methods. See also Microtomy. Anderson, P. A. Development of new techniques for the study of intracellular structure in the electron microscope. Annual Rep. Com. Growth (Nat. Res. Counc.) 1948-49, 4: 59.-—Ardenne, M. v. Stereo-Uebermikroskopie mit dem Uni- versal-Elektronenmikroskop. Naturwissenschaften, 1940, 28: 248-52. -——— Elektronen-Uebermikroskopie lebender Substanz. Ibid., 1941, 29: 521-3. ------ Erhitzungs-Ueber- mikroskopie mit dem Universal-Elektronenmikroskop. Kol- loid Zschr., 1941, 97: 257-72. ------ Reaktionskammer- Uebermikroskopie mit dem Universal-Elektronenmikroskop. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1942, 52: 61-71.—Borries, B. v., & Ruska, E. Aufnahmen mit dem Siemens-Uebermikroskop. Umschau, 1938, 42: 818-22, illust.—Hillier, J. Electron microscopy. In: Biophysic. Res. Meth. (Uber, F. M.) N. Y., 1950, 381-416, illust.—Kinder, E. Emissions-Uebermikro- skopie mit magnetischen Linsen. Naturwissenschaften, 1942, 30: 591.—Konig, H. Gitterkonstantenbestimmung im Elek- tronenmikroskop. Ibid., 1946, 33: 343.—Krause, F. Die Erzielung iibermikroskopischer Elektronenbilder von Ge- webeschnitten; das Dachschnittverfahren, das Ultraschall- mikrotom und das Gewebeoberflachenabdruckverfahren. Virchows Arch., 1944, 312: 346-91.—Mahl, H. Stereoskopische Aufnahmen mit dem elektrostatischen Uebermikroskop. Naturwissenschaften, 1940, 28: 264.—Miiller, H. O. Die Ausmessung der Tiefe iibermikroskopischer Objekte. Kolloid Zschr., 1942, 99: 6-28.—O'Brien, H. C, jr. New techniques in electron microscopy. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull., 1946, 42: No. 2, 158-65.—Ruska, E. Technik und Forschungsergebnisse der Elektronenmikroskopie. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 149.-— Ruska, H. Uebermikroskopische Untersuchungstechnik. Naturwissenschaften, 1939, 27: 287-92.—Wolf, J. Plasticka elektronovA histologic vlhk^ch objektu. Sborn. lEk., 1949, 51: 261-82, 19 pi. ---- Microbiological application. See also Bacteriology, Methods; Microbiology, Methods; Virology. Bacterias, rickettsias y virus vistos con el supermicroscopio electronico. Notas pract. diagn. ter., Barcel., 1946, 5: 117- 29.—Bhattacharya, D. L., & Sen, B. B. Some common bacteria as shown by the electron microscope; a preliminary report. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1948-49, 18: 453—Bonet-Maury, P. Micro- scopie Electronique. In: Ultravirus (Levaditi, C, et al.) Par., 1943, 217-34.—Borries, B. v., Ruska, E., & Ruska, H. Bak- terien und Virus in iibermikroskopischer Aufnahme (mit einer Einfiihrung in die Technik des Uebermikroskops) Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 921-5.—Brieger, E. M., Crowe, G. R., & Cosslett, V. E. Electron microscopy of bacteria. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 864.—Briiche, E., & Haagen, E. Ein neues, einfaches Uebermikroskop und seine Anwendung in der Bak- teriologie. Naturwissenschaften, 1939, 27: 809-11.—Evans, C. A., & Underdahl, N. R. Spore wall demonstrated with the electron microscope. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 53: 647.—Favre, J., Kellenberger, E., & Weigle, J. Possibilite d'emploi du micro- scope Electronique pour l'Etude des spores de champignons. Bull. Schweiz. Akad. med. Wiss., 1948-49, 4: 275-9.—Foster, R. A. C, & Antes, L. L. A comparison of electron micrographs with photomicrographs of young bacterial cultures stained to demonstrate desoxyribosenucleic acid. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 584.—Gratia, A. Le microscope Electronique et les bac- teriophages. Bull. Acad. mEd. Belgique, 1943, 8: 607-16 — Heden, C. G., & Wyckoff, R. W. G. The electron microscopy of heated bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1949, 58: 153-60.—Isaev, B. M., Kriss, A. E., & Rnkina, E. A. Nekotorye nabliudenia nad citologiei bakterii s pomoschiu elektronnogo mikroskopa. Izv. Akad. nauk SSSR, sEr. biol., 1945, 678-88, illust., 3 pi — Jakob, A., & Mahl, H. Strukturdarstellung bei Bakterien, insbesondere die Kapseldarstellung bei Anaerobiem mit dem elektrostatischen Elektronen-Uebermikroskop. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1942, 24: 87-104.— Jakus, M. A., & Hall, C. E. Electron microscope observations of the trichocysts and cilia of Paramecium. Biol. Bull., 1946, 91: 141-4— Khodukin. N. I. Elektronnaia mikroskopia v mikrobiologii. Usp. sovrem. biol., 1948, 26: 599-614.—Kimura. K., & Higasi, N. Densityo- kenbikyo ni yoru saikingaku-teki kenkyu; density6-kenbikyo ni yoru saikin no ni dai-bunrui ni tuite [Bacteriological studies ... division of microorganisms into two groups with the electron microscope] Nippon igaku, 1944, 236-44, illust.—Kriss, A. E., Rnkina, E. A., & laayev, B. M. Study of the structure of micro- organisms with the aid of the electron microscope. Am. Rev. Soviet M., 1946-47, 4: 212-22, 4 pi.—Lembke, A. Ueber- mikroskopische Untersuchungen an Bakterien. In: Ueber- mikroskop [Siemens & Halske] Berl., 1941, 33-47.—Levaditi, C, & Bonet-Maury. Les ultravirus considErEs a travers le microscope Electronique. Presse mEd., 1942, 50: 203-7.— Lofgren, R. Electron microscopy as applied to some bac- teriological problems. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 271.—McFar- lane, A. S. Electron microscopy of bacteria and viruses. Brit. M. J., 1949, 2: 1247-50, 2 pi.—Marton, L. The electron micro- scope; a new tool for bacteriological research. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 397-413. Also Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1943, 42: 517-24.-—Morton, H. E., & Anderson, T. F. Observations on the morphology of Leptospira and the Nichols' strain of Treponema pallidum with the aid of the RCA electron micro- scope. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 64.—Mudd, S. The sub- microscopic structure of the bacterial cell as shown by [the] electron microscope. Rep. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1947) 1949, 4. Congr., 342. ------ & Anderson, T. F. Pathogenic bacteria, rickettsias and viruses as shown by the electron microscope; their relationships to immunity and chemotherapy; morphology. J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126: 561-71. Also Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1944-45, 20: 529; pt 2, Suppl., 1. ------ & Polevitzky, K. Bacterial morphology as shown by the electron microscope; Treponema pallidum, T. macrodentium and T. microdentium. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 46: 15-24.— Porter, K. R., Claude, A., & Fullam. E. F. A study of tissue culture cells by electron microscopy; methods and preliminary observations. J. Exp. M., 1945, 81: 233-46, 5 pi.—Reagan, R. L., Hickman, J. W. [et al.] Morphological observations by electron microscopy of the hamster-adapted and the mouse- adapted Newcastle virus after culture in chick embryos. J. Infect. Dis., 1949, 85: 256-8.—Romanzi. C. A. Primi risultati dell'applicazione del microscopio elettronico alia microbiologia Igiene mod., 1946, 39: 1-11.—Ruska, H. Uebermikroskopische Darstellung organischer Struktur (vom Grossenbereich der Zelle bis zum Ultravirus) Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39, 22: 673-80.—Schultz, E. W. The electron microscope in bac- teriological and virus research. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., 1941-42, 30: 83-6.-—Shwartzman, G. Some recent advances in bacteriology and virus research with special reference to electron microscopy. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1944-45, 11: 137-58.—Stanley, W. M. Viruses and the electron micro- scope. Chron. Bot., Waltham, 1942-43, 7: 291-4.—Treccani Benetti, R., & Eletti, N. Tentativi di impiego di tecniche diverse per l'osservazione dei microrganismi al microscopio elettronico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1949, 25: 730, cb.— Turumi, S„ Atami, S. [et al.] Densi-kenbikyo to biseibutu [The electron-microscope and microbes] Nippon igaku, 1944, 270; passim.—Werner, G. H., & Kellenberger, E. Le role du microscope Electronique dans l'Etude du mode d'action des anti- biotiques. Bull. Schweiz. Akad. med. Wiss., 1948-49, 4: 263-74.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. The electron microscopy of microorganisms. Proc. Internat. Congr. Trop. M., 1948, 4. Congr., 1: 310-3, 2 pi.—Zworykin, V. K., Hillier, J., & Smith, P. C. Electron microscopy in the field of bacteriology. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 431. ---- Microscope. See also Microscope, roentgen. Malfatti, M. G. R. El microscopio elec- tr6nico. p. 333-89. 26Hcm. B. Air., 1948. In: Rev. pub. nav., B. Air., 1948, 1: 333-89. Ardenne, M. v. Eigenschaften und Ergebnisse des Uni- versal-Elektronenmikroskopes. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1940, 16: 194, illust. ------ Ergebnisse einer neuen Elektronen- Uebermikroskop-Anlage. Naturwissenschaften, 1940, 28: 113-27. ------ Neuere Arbeiten am Universal-Elektronen- mikroskop. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1942, 18: 32-5. Also Res. & Progr., Berl., 1942,8:275-84.—Bajoel microscopioelectr6nico. Mem. mEd. Squibb, 1947, No. 22, 12-6.—Becker, J. A., & Ahearn, A. J. Electron microscopes and their uses. Sc. Month., 1941, 53: 309-24.—Beltran, E. El microscopio electronico y sus posibilidades. Ciencia, MEx., 1941, 2: 165-8.—Berger, M. Le microscope Electronique. Gaz. mEd. France, 1949, 56: 969-78.—Big, E. J. The electron microscope. Bios, Mount Vernon, 1943, 14: 128-38.—Bocciarelli, D., & Trabacchi, G. C. II microscopio elettronico dell'Istituto Superiore di Sanita. Rendic. 1st. sup. san., Roma, 1946, 9: 762-8, 9 pi. ------ Modifica al microscopio elettronico dell'Istituto Superiore di Sanita. Ibid., 1948, 11: 794-800.— Borsch, H. Das Schatten-Mikroskop, ein neues Elektronen- Uebermikroskop. Naturwissenschaften, 1939, 27: 418.— Bonet-Maury. Microscope Electronique. Presse mEd., 1943, 51: 69 (Abstr.)—Borries, B. v., & Ruska, E. Ein Ueber- mikroskop fur Forschungsinstitute. Naturwissenschaften, 1939,27:577-82. ------ Aufbau und Leistung des Siemens- Uebermikroskopes. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 317-33.— Brush Foundation acquires electron microscope. Clin. Bull. School M. West. Reserve Univ., 1943, 7: 36.—Bucher, O. Das Elektronenmikroskop. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1939-42, 7: 2566.—Burton, E. F., Hillier, J., & Prebus, A. The con- tribution of the electron microscope to medicine; the electron microscope described. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940, 42: 116-9.— Conklin, E. A. The electron microscope. Hygeia, Chic, 1941, 19: 890.—Cordingley, E. W. Science's newest ally; the electron microscope. _ Chiropody Rec, 1941, 24: 8-10.— Corsi, A. II microscopio elettronico. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1935, 11. ser., 3: suppl., 175-84.—De Florentiis, G. II 8uper-microscopio elettronico. Natura & vita, Milano, 1947, 2: 259-61.—Dfaz, S. El microscopio electr6nico. Bol. Soc. mutual. mEd. farm. Guadalajara, 1945, 17: 25-32.—Dinichert. P., & Kellenberger, E. Microscopie Electronique; nouvel appareil pour les procEdes d'empreintes. Experientia, Basel, 1948, 4: 407.—Dorgelo, H. B. [Introduction of electron MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON 102 MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON microscopes of various kinds] Ned. tschr. natuurk., 1940, 7: 157-70.—Dosse, J. Elektronenstrahl-Mikroskope. Umschau, 1940, 44: 548-53.—Edler, W. Das Elektronenmikroskop. Mitt. Deut. pharm. Ges., 1942, 19: 50.—Electronenmicroscoop. Chem. pharm. techn., Dordrecht, 1948-49, 4: 259-61.— Electron (The) microscope. Clin. Med., 1941, 48: 84.— Electron microscopes. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1944, 15: 154.— Frey-Wyssling, A. Das schweizer Elektronenmikroskop der Firma Triib, Tauber & Co., Zurich. Schweiz. Apoth. Ztg, 1947, 85: 133.—Gaede. Das Elektronenmikroskop. Deut. med. Wschr., 1940, 66: 858-60.—Gross, J. The electron microscope. Med. Bull., N. Y., 1941-42, 7: 143-5.—Guthe, T. Elektronmikroskopet (overmikroskopet) Medicineren, Kbh., 1940, 5: No. 4, 1-7.—H., H. Electron microscope. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 155.—Hackel, J. P. The electron microscope. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 153: No. 7, 18.— Hintzsche, E. Das Elektronenmikroskop. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1947-49, 10: 4338-40. Also Actas Ciba, B. Air., 1949, 99-102. Also Actas Ciba, Rio, 1949, 16: 147-50.—Horning, E. S. The electron microscope. In: Cytology (Bourne, G.) Oxf., 1942, 167-9.—Jupe, J. H. The electron microscope. Brit. M. J., 1945, 2: 500.—Karsten, W. Das Uebermikroskop. Zschr. hyg. Zool., 1940, 32: 155.—Kempkens, K. Das neue elektrostatische Uebermikroskop. Umschau, 1940, 44: 345.— Knoll, M. Das Elektronenmikroskop. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 644-7.—Langeron, M. C. P. Microscopes Elec- troniques.^ In his PrEcis d. micr., 7. Ed., Par., 1949, 327-38, illust.—Lepine, P. Un microscope Electronique francais. Bull. Acad. mEd., Par., 1945, 129: 653-5.—Ling, L., & Knight, V. The electron microscope. Contact Point, 1941-42, 19: 36—42.—Lo Monaco, G. II microscopio elettronico. Set- timana med., 1940, 28: 672-5.—Mahl, H. Ueber ein neues elektrostatisches Klein-Elektronenmikroskop. Optik, Stuttg 1947, 2: 190-5.—Martin, L. E. The electron microscope. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1945, 7: 142-4.— Marton, L. A 100 KV electron microscope. Science, 1944, 100: 318-20.—Newman, L. T. The electron microscope. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1942- 43, 20: 228-34.—Norman, D. H. A note on the electron microscope. Dent. Rec, Lond., 1946, 66: 136.—Pampana, E. J. II microscopio elettronico. Ann. igiene, 1939, 49: 160-6.—Parouty. Le microscope Electronique R. C. A Nature, Par., 1948, 236-9.—Petrilli, F. L. Caratteristiche costruttive e di funzionamento del microscopio elettronico Siemens. Igiene mod., 1945, 38: 1-12, illust.—Rosengarten, G. The electron microscope. Am. J. Pharm., 1941, 113: 358-63.__ Schaefer, H. E. Das Elektronenmikroskop, sein Aufbau und seine Verwendung. Schweiz. Chem. Ztg, 1946, 29: 369-72.— Scott, G. H. The electron microscope. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1941, 4: 165-71.—Sebruyns, M. Een oor- spronkelijke methode voor het vervaardigen van draagvliesjes ten behoeve van het electronen microscoop. Belg. tschr mil geneesk., 1948, 101: 61-6.—Seflk Bara. Mikroskop elektronik! Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1945, 74: No. 45, 50.—Selme. Le microscope Electronique. Sciences, Par., 1946—47, 74: 272- 87.—Simazu, S. SM-1 gata densi-kenbikyo ni tuite [...SM-1 model] Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1948, No. 2, 9.—Smith, T. A. The electron microscope. Sc. Month., 1941, 52: 337-4L Also in: Science Yearb. (Ratcliff, J. D.) N. Y., 1942, 28-33.— Sommerfeld, A., & Scherzer, O. Ueber das Elektronen- mikroskop. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1859.—Stockl, K. Das Elektronenmikroskop. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 50.__ Strohl, A. Le microscope Electronique. Presse mEd., 1935, 43: 1533.—Sudre, R. Un nouveau microscope corpusculaire! CaducEe, Port-au-Prince, 1947, No. 30, 11. Also Laval mEd 1947, 12: 1096-9.—Taft, A. E. Electron microscope. J. Am M. Ass., 1941, 117: 954.—Takemura, M. Densi-kenbikyo ni tuite. J. Radiol., Kanazawa, 1948, 6: 125-36.—Thomson, G. Le microscope Electronique. Endeavour, Lond., 1943,' 2: 125-35, illust.—Trabacchi, G. C. II microscopio elettronico] Rendic. 1st. sup. san., Roma, 1947, 10: 1222-35, 15 pi.__ Vallejo, A. O microsc6pio electronico. Hospital, Rio 1941 19: 905-28.— Winter, M. E., & Seidel, R. E. The new electron microscope. _ J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1942, 35: 284.—Zworykin, V. K. Electric microscope. Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob ' 1934, 1. Congr., 1: 672-86. ------ An electron micro- Bcope for the research laboratory. Science, 1940, 92: 51-3 ---— Hillier, J., & Vance, A. W. Electron microscope. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 387-403. ---- Optics. See also other subdivisions (Gabor principle; Image; Magnetic lens; Problems; Resolving power) Meryman, H. T., & Sipe, H. M. An electro- magnetic focusing device for the electron micro- scope. 5p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 4, Project NM 000 002, U. S. Nav M Res. Inst. Ardenne, M. Zur Abbildungstreue von nahe der Auf- losungsgrenze liegenden Objektstrukturen bei Lichtmikroskop und Elektronenmikroskop. Kolloid Zschr., 1942, 100: 206- 11.—Bertein, F. Sur les imperfections de forme dans les instruments d optique Electronique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947 224: 106.—Bishop, F. W. A magnetic beam-splitting focusing device for the electron microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949 20: 532.—Broglie, L. de. La diffusion cohErente et le 'micro- scope corpusculaire. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 1743.— Chanson, P. L'optique Electronique. Atomes, Par., 1947, 291-6.—Dupouy, G. Vers la vision de l'infiniment petit, le microscope Electronique. Rev. gEn. sc. pur., 1948, 55: 77-88.— Fritz. L'Etat actuel de l'optique Electronique et le microscope a Electrons. Gaz. sc. mEd. Bordeaux, 1938, 59: 608-13.— Gramont, A. de. L'onde associEe de Louis de Broglie et le microscope Electronique. Atomes & radiat., Par., 1946—47, 1: 6-12.—Hoffmann, K. Grundziige der optischen Abbildung durch Elektronen und Anwendungen, Elektronenmikroskopie. Kolloid Zschr., 1939, 89: 59-76.—Kerwin, L., & Geoffrion, C. Further improvements in magnetic focusing. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 381-4.—Kossel, W. Linien gleicher Dicke im Elektronenmikroskop. Naturwissenschaften, 1943, 31: 323.—Martin, L. C. The optics of the electron microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1939, 59: 217-31, pi.—Marton, L., & Lachenbruch, S. H. Electron optical observation of magnetic fields. J. Res. U. S. Nat. Bur. Stand., 1949, 43: 409-28.— Picard, R. G., & Reisner, J. H. The universal electron micro- scope as a high resolution diffraction camera. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1946, 17: 484-9.—Raether, H. Refraction effects in electron diffraction and in electron microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 311.—Ruska, E. Zur Entstehung der Saume um ubermikroskopisch abgebildete Partikel und iiber ihre Veranderung mit der optischen Einstellung. Kolloid Zschr., 1943, 105: 43-52, 2 pi.—Veith, W. L'optique Elec- tronique du convertisseur d'image. Rev. sc. Par., 1948, 86: 67-76.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. Adjustment of the electron microscope. In his Electron Micr., N. Y., 1949, 29-49, illust. Problems. Borries, B. v., & Glaser, W. Ueber die Temperaturer- hohung der Objekte im Uebermikroskop. Kolloid Zschr., 1944, 106: 123-8.—Burton, E. F., Sennett, R. S., & Ellis, S. G. Specimen changes due to electron bombardment in the electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 565-7.—Kopp, C, & Mollenstedt, G. Eigenschaften ausserst feinzeichnender photographischer Emulsionen bei Elektronenbestrahlung. Optik, Stuttg., 1946, 1: 327-41.—Marton, L., Das Gupta, N. N., & Marton, C. Modifications of specimens in electron microscopy. Science, 1946, 104: 35.—Pease, D. C. The disappearance of salt from glass ice during low-temperature dehydration, and its implication in electron microscopy. Ibid., 1947, 106: 543.—Ruess, G. Zur Objekterwarmung im Siemens-Elektroneniibermikroskop. Kolloid Zschr., 1944, 109: 149-52.—Silverman, L. B., Elliott, S. B., & Greenfield, M. A. Radiation survey of x-ray output of an electron microscope from personnel hazard viewpoint. Science, 1949, 110: 376. ---- protonic. Chanson, P. Les ElEments optiques des lentilles Electro- statiques et le microscope k protons. Ann. phys., Par., 1947, 2: 333—413.—Magnan, C. Du microscope Electronique au microscope protonique. Atomes, Par., 1947, 334-9. ------ The proton microscope. Nucleonics, 1949, 4: No. 4, 52-66. ------Chanson, P., & Ertaud, A. Sur un projet de microscope protonique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1945, 220: 770-2. ---- Replica technic and shadow casting. See also names of electron stains as Chromium; Gold; Mercuric chloride, etc. Maxfield, M., & Levich, C. The con- struction and analysis of a metal evaporator for use with the electron microscope. 19p. 26%cm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Project NM 000 002, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Anderson, T. F. The shadow-casting technioue in electron microscopy. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 563. ------ A shadow-casting adaptor for the electron microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1946, 17: 71.—Bishop, F. W. A device to deposit automatically the proper thickness of metals used in shadow- casting in electron microscopy. Ibid., 1949, 20: 527-9 — Bocciarelli, D., & Trabacchi, G. C. Tecnica delle ombre nella microscopia elettronica. Rendic. 1st. sup. san., Roma, 1948, 11: 127-31, 10 pi.------Perfezionamenti dell'ap- parecchio per la tecnica delle ombre nella microscopia elet- tronica. Ibid., 791-3, 7 pi.—Brown, A. F., & Jones, W. M. A methyl methacrylate-silica replica technique for electron microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1947, 159: 635.— Claude, A. Electron microscope studies of cells by the method of replicas. J. Exp. M., 1949, 89: 425-30, 2 pi.—Crane, H. R., Levinstein, H., & Williams, R. C. A shadow casting unit for the RCA electron microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1945, 16: 296.— Dempster, W. T., & Williams, R. C. Shadow-casting; a technique to show surface texture in microscopical material. Anat. Rec, 1946, 96: 27-39.—Schaefer, V. J. Dry stripped replicas for the electron microscope. Science, 1943, 97: 188.— Scott, D. B., & Wyckoff, R. W. G. Metal shadowing for the optical microscopy of certain tissues. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1949, 19: 63-6.—Skilling, W. T. Gold shadowing in electron microscopy. Sc. Month., 1946, 62: 559-61.—Thomassen, L., Williams, R. C, & Wyckoff, R. W. G. Surface replicas for electron microscopy. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1945, 16: 155.— Wyckoff, R. W. G. Surface replicas. In his Electron Micr., MICROSCOPY, ELECTRON 103 MICROSCOPY, FLUORESCENCE N. Y., 1949, 63-9. ------ Positive replicas. Ibid., 69-72, ------ Atomic replicas. Ibid., 72. ---■— Metal shadow- ing and the visualization of very small objects. Ibid., 79-95, illust. ------ The use of surface replicas. Ibid., 97-115, illust. Resolving power. See also subdivisions (Magnetic lens; Optics) Borsch, H. Erhohung der Auflosung im Emissions- Elektronenmikroskop. Naturwissenschaften, 1942, 30: 120.— Bruck, H. Sur la limite de rEsolution du microscope Elec- tronique; lentille ronde. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 1553-5. ------ Lentille dissymEtrique. Ibid., 1628. ------ Limite de rEsolution de I'objectif Electrostatique dEcentrE. Ibid., 1818-20. ------ & Grivet, P. La limite de rEsolution de I'objectif Electrostatique a trou central ovalisE. Ibid., 1768.— Briiche, E. Die Auflosungsgrenze des Emissions-Elektronen- mikroskops. Kolloid Zschr., 1942, 100: 192-206.—Chanson, P. Sur le pouvoir sEparateur du microscope Electronique Electrostatique. J. phys. radium. Par., 1947, 8: No. 2, Suppl., 4 S.—Sugada, E. Tyo-kenbikyo no seino ni tuite. Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1939-40, 17: 316-22. scanning. Zworykin, V. K. The scanning electron microscope; high magnifications of opaque objects with new instrument combin- ing developments in many fields. Sc. American, 1942, 167: 111-3. ---- Specimen preparation. See also Microincineration; Microtomy; also under names of objects of investigation. Vanamee, P., Murphy, J. S., & Bergner, A. D. The preparation of tissues for electron microscopy. 31p. 26}4cm. Army Chem. Cent., Md., 1949. Forms Rep. No. 209, Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Babudieri, B. Un nuovo procedimentq per l'allestimento di preparati batterici destinati all'osservazione col supermicro- scopio elettronico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1948, 24: 62. Also Rendic 1st. sup. san., Roma, 1948, 11: 572-6. Note di tecnica per la microscopia elettronica; fissazione di preparati. Ibid., 1225-9, 11 pi.—Barski, G., Maurin, J., & Croissant, O. MEthode de montage d'ElEments cellulaires en vue de l'examen au microscope Electronique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1949, 76: 1-5, pi— Buchholz, J. T. Methods in the preparation of chromosomes and other parts of cells for examination with an electron microscope. Am. J. Bot., 1947, 34: 445-54.—Claude, A., & Fullam, E. F. The preparation of sections of guinea pig liver for electron microscopy. J. Exp. M., 1946, 83: 499-504, pi.—Cosslett, V. E. Beryllium films as object supports in the electron microscopy of biological speci- mens. Biochim. biophys. acta, Amst., 1948, 2: 239-45.— Crane, H. R. Direct centrifugation onto electron microscope specimen films. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1944, 15: 253—Dalton, A. J., Kahler, H. B. [et al.] A smear technique for preparing cells for study under the electron microscope. Anat. Rec, 1949, 103: 437.—Hillier, J., & Baker, R. F. The mounting of bacteria for electron microscope examination. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 411-6. —---- & Knaysi, G. New preparation techniques for the electron microscopy of bacteria. Ibid., 1948, 56: 569-76.—Induni, G. Ueber eine neue Praparationsmethode fur elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchungen. Experientia, Basel, 1947, 3: 247.—Laurell, A. H. F. A method of sectioning bacteria in situ for electron-microscopical and cytochemical investigations. Nature, Lond., 1949, 163: 282.—O'Brien, H. C, jr. A vibrating muller for the preparation of dispersions of fine pigments for electron microscopy. Science, 1946, 103: 429.—Pease. D. C, & Baker, R. F. Sectioning techniques for electron microscopy using a conventional microtome. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1948, 67: 470-4.—Porter, K. R. The fixation of cells for electron microscopy. Anat. Rec, 1950, 106: 311.—Ribi, E., & Ranby, B. G. Zur elektronen- mikroskopischen Praparation von Kolloiden. Experientia, Basel, 1950, 6: 27.—Riedel, G. Ein elektrischer Kernfaller zur Gewinnung iibermikroskopischer Praparate. Kolloid Zschr., 1943, 103: 228-32.—Robinson, R. A., & Bishop, F. W. Methods of preparing bone and tooth samples for viewing in the electron microscope. Nuclear Sc. Abstr., 1950, 4: 259.— Ruska, H. Objektwahl, Objektvorbereitung und Deutung des Bildes in der Uebermikroskopie. In: Uebermikroskop (Siemens & Halske) Berl., 1941, 88-104—SjBstrand, F. Fixenng och Dreparering for elektronmikroskopisk undersokning av yavnad. Nord. med., 1943, 19: 1207-12— Wirth, J. Technique de flottaison permettant la mise en place contr61Ee de membranes plastiques sur les diaphragmes ou grilles de microscopes Elec- troniques; adaptation a l'Etude de cultures cellulaires. C. rend. Acad sc, 1947, 225: 899-901.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. Frozen- dried preparations for the electron microscope. Science, 194b, 104-36 ------ Preparations for electron microscopy. In his Electron Micr., N. Y., 1949, 51-77. ----— ^rT^9\e s"ipen," sions. Ibid., 53-8. ------ Thin sections. Ibid., 58-62. —--- Membranes and surface films. Ibid., 62. MICROSCOPY, fluorescence. See also Fluorescence. Bock, E., & Oesterlin, M. Ueber einige fluoreszenzmikro- skopische Beobachtungen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938-39, 143: 306-18.—Boettcher, A. Physikalische Grundlagen der Fluo- reszenzmikroskopie. Rontg. Photogr., Stuttg., 1948-49, 2: 126.—Brautigam, F„ & Grabner, A. Fluoreszenzmikroskopie. In: Beitr. z. Fluoresz. Mikr. (Brautigam, F.) Wien, 1949, 25-34, 4 pi.—Eto, T. Keiko-kenbikyo-teki gyoseki kaiko [Review of achievements] Niigata igakkai zassi, 1947, 61: 347-51.—Haitinger, M. Fluoreszenzmikroskopie. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1937, 13: 281. Also in Handb. Virusforsch. (R. Doerr, et al.) Wien, 1. Halfte, 1938, 231-51.—Zamkov. V. A. Prostoe prisposoblenie dlia fluorescentnoi mikroskopii. Micro- biology, Moskva, 1948, 17: 400. ---- Application. See also other subdivisions (medical) also Bacteriology, Methods; Chemotherapy, Methods; Entomology, etc. Haitinger, M. Fluoreszenzmikroskopie; ihre Anwendung in der Histologic und Chemie. 108p. 23cm. Lpz., 1938. Bukatsch, F. Einige Anwendungsgebiete der Fluoreszenz- mikroskopie. Zschr. ges. Naturwiss., 1941, 7: 287-96, pi.— Ellinger, P. Fluorescence microscopy in biology. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1940, 15: 323-50.—Kudo, T. Ueber die histologische Anwendung des Fluoreszenzmikroskops. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1941, 9: Anat., Proc, 48.—Levaditi, J. C. La microscopie en fluorescence, des virus et des bactEries. Biol. mEd., Par., 1946, 35: 33-59.—Meisel, M. N. Fluorescentnaia mikroskopia i ee primenenie v mikrobiologii. Microbiology, Moskva, 1947, 16: 527-44.—Metcalf, R. L., & Patton, R. L. Fluorescence microscopy applied to entomology and allied fields. Stain Techn., 1944, 19: 11-27.—Strugger, S. Der gegenwartige Stand der Forschung auf dem Gebiet der fluores- zenzmikroskopischen Untersuchung der Bakterien. Mikro- skopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 23-38. ------ Die Fluoreszenz- mikroskopie im Dienste der biologischen Forschung. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1942, 18: 332-4.—Wimmer, C. Fluoreszenzunter- suchungen iiber Verholzung. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 225-33. ---- Illumination. See also Microscope illumination, ultraviolet; Microscopy, ultraviolet. Clauberg, K. W. Vereinfachte Fluoreszenzmikroskopie mit einer neuen Beleuchtungseinrichtung. Klin. & Prax., Munch., 1946, 1: 138.-—Daugherty, T. H. A new ultraviolet microscope illuminator, and its application to the study of rayon. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull., 1934, 31: 66-70.—Fellinger, K., & Schmid, J. Ueber eine neue Lampe zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie. Mikro- skopie, Wien, 1948, 3: 314-7.—Gobde, G. Vereinfachte Fluoreszenzmikroskopie mittels einer neuen Beleuchtungsein- richtung. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1943-44, 151: 158-60.—Melczer, N., & Venkei, T. Bemerkungen zu unserer Arbeit: Die Queck- silberhochdrucklampe als Lichtquelle fiir Fluoreszenzmikro- skopie und Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939-40, 56: 453.—Stevens, D. S. Light source for fluorescent micros- copy. J. Laborat. Chn. M., 1945, 30: 188. ---- Lamp. See also Microscope lamp. Faure, H. P. La microscopie de fluorescence en lumi^re ordinaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1947, 141: 1219.—Himmelweit, F. Fluorescence microscopy on living virus with oblique incident illumination. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 444.—Ziegen- speck, H. Die Emission polarisierten Fluoreszenzlichtes (Difluoreszenz) durch gefiirbte Zellulose- und Kutinmembranen von Pflanzen. In: Beitr. z. Fluoresz. Mikr. (Brautigam, F.) Wien, 1949, 71-85. ---- Luminescence microscopy. See also Microscopy, intravital. Atjge, H. *Lumineszenzmikroskopische Un- tersuchungen an den Organen junger Ratten in den ersten 8 Lebenswochen. 27p. 21cm. Frankf. a. M., 1939. Ellinger, P., & Hirt, A. Eine Methode zur Beobachtung lebender Organe mit starksten Vergrosserungen im Lumineszenzlicht (Intra- vitalmikroskopie) p. 1753-64. 8? Berl., 1932. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden E.) Abt. 5, Teil 2, pt 2. Hirt, A. Die Lumineszenzmikroskopie und ihre Bedeutung fiir die medizinische Forschung. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 82-106.—Kiesselbach, A. Lumineszenzmikroskopische Untersuchungen an lebenden Ciliaten. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1940, 16: 21.—Patzelt. Lumineszenzmikroskopie. Med. MICROSCOPY, FLUORESCENCE Klin., Berl., 1943, 39: 748. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 676.—Strugger, S. Die Anwendung der Lumineszenz- mikroskopie in der Botanik. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 69-82. ---- Medical use. See also under names of bacteria and diseases as Mycobacterium; Mycosis; Trypanosomosis, etc.; also Fluorescence, Biological and patho- logical aspect. Fartjgk, G. *Der fluorescenzmikroskopische Nachweis der Di-Bakterien [Berlin] 23p. 23cm. Charlottenb., 1940. Arens, K. Progressos da fluoromicroscopfa. Arch, brasil. med., 1949, 39: 41-6.—Arredondo C, F. Investigacion del bacilo tuberculoso por medio de la microscopia fluorescente. Bol. Chn. Martinez Villarreal, Monterrey, 1946, 2: 23-7.— Clauberg, K. W. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit des Fluoreszenz- mikroskopes in der bakteriologischen Praxis, zugleich iiber die Frage des Vorkommens virusartiger Mikroorganismen in menschlichem Krebsgewebe. Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18: 632-5.— Cruickshank, D. B. Towards fluorescence microscopy. Tubercle, Lond., 1947, 28: 97-9.—Eppinger, H. Die Bedeu- tung der Fluoreszenzmikroskopie fiir die Pathologie. In: Beitr. z. Fluoresz. Mikr. (Brautigam, F.) Wien, 1949, 37-45, 6 pi.—Evans, J. N., & Singer, E. Fluorescence microscopy applied to ocular tissues. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 1007-19.—Fahr, E. Forderung pathologisch-anatomischer Probleme durch die Fluorescenzmikroskopie. Virchows Arch., 1943, 310: 123-59—Fellinger, K., & Pakesch, F. Fluo- reszenzmikroskopie im hamatologischen Bereich. Klin. Med., Wien, 1948, 3: 569-78.—Fischer, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Moglichkeit der fluoreszenzmikroskopischen Blut- diagnostik. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1949, 56: 59.—Gartner, H. Wie hoch ist der Gewinn an positiven Tuberkulosepra- paraten durch das Fluoreszenz-Mikroskop? Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 83: 27-31.—Goosmann, C. Fluorescence microscopy. Cincinnati J. M., 1948, 29: 567-9.—Gram in, A. L. The excretion of fluorescein by the liver under normal and abnormal conditions, observed in vivo with the fluorescence microscope. Am. J. Anat., 1947, 81: 63-116.—Hagemann, P. K. H. Die Fluoreszenzmikroskopie in der Tropenmedizin. Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 1: 452-6.—Haitinger, M., & Schwertner, R. Beitrage zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie in der Bakteriologie. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939-40, 145: 141-4.— Hamper!, H. Fluorescence microscopy. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 838. ------ Fluoreszenzmikroskopie; Wesen und Anwendung in der Medizin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1943, 39: 781-4. ------ Wert und Anwendung der Fluoreszenz- mikroskopie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1944, 94: 308. ------ Microscopia de fluorescencia; su esencia y su empleo en medicina (Transl.) Odontoiatria, Madr., 1947, 4: 468-77.—Hansen, C. R. [Fluorescence microscopy] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 1008-10.—Helander, S. Fluorescence microscopy. Acta med. scand., 1948, Suppl. 206, 600-3.—Keller, R., & Pisha, B. V. Fluorescent microscopy of fluid movements in living tissue. Clin. Med., 1947, 54: 394.—Kufferath, A. Das moderne Fluoreszenzmikroskop als Hilfsmittel in der Veterinarkunde. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 86: 316-8.—Miescher, G. Fluoreszenzmikroskopische Untersuchungen zur Frage der Penetration von fluoreszierenden Stoffen in die Haut. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1080.—Polacsek, R. A. Ueber die Fluoreszensmikroskopie. Med. Mschr., 1947, 1: 37-9.— Radice, J. C. Macroscopfa y microscopfa fluorescentes. Rev. espan. enferm. ap. digest., 1949, 8: 278-98.—Richards, O. W. Fluorescence microscopy; demonstration of tubercle bacilli and other acid-fast organisms. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 452-4.—Strugger, S. Der gegen- wartige Stand der Forschung auf dem Gebiet der fluoreszenz- mikroskopischen Untersuchung der Bakterien. In: Beitr. z. Fluoresz. Mikr. (Brautigam, F.) Wien, 1949, 86-101, illust.— Stnrdza, S. A. [Results obtained in microbiology by fluo- rescence microscope] Rev. §t. med., Bucur., 1940, 29: 551-67.—Sutro, C. J. Fluorescent microscopy. Arch. Path., Chic, 1936, 22: 109-12.—Unholtz. K. Kritische Untersu- chungen zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie. Zschr. Tuberk., 1949, 305-10.—Zimmerman, W. Beitrag zum fluorescenzmikro- skopischen Nachweis von Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1939—40, 122: 684-91. ---- Methods. See also Staining, intravital. Brautigam, F., & Grabner, A. Beitrage zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie. 130p. 23^cm. Wien, 1949. Forms Sonderbd 1, Mikroskopie, Wien, & No. 1, Fluo- reszenzmikroskopie, Wien. Barnard, J. E., & Welch, F. V. Fluorescence microscopy with high powers. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1936, 56: 361-4 , Fl. ------ The principles of fluorescence microscopy. bid., 1937, 57: 256-9, pi.—DangI, F. Ein vorteil hafter Spezialobjekttrager fur fluoreszenzmikroskopische Vital unter- suchungen. Mikroskopie, Wien, 1949, 4: 188.—Fluorescent microscopy. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1942-43, 6: No MICROSCOPY, FLUORESCENCE 7, 8.—Graham. C. F. Simplification of fluorescence micros- copy. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941^2, 27: 1188-91.—Haitinger, M. Die Grundlagen der Fluoreszenzmikroskopie und ihre Anwendung bei der Untersuchung tierischer Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1933, 50: 195-8.—Hamly, D. H., & Sheard, C. Factors in fluorescence microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America. 1947, 37: 316-20.—Jenkins, R. Microscopy with fluorescent light. Stain Techn., 1937, 12: 167-73.—Kloeck, J. M., & Sweany, H. C. Binocular fluorescent microscopy. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1943, 13: 96-8— Langeron, M. C. P. Fluoroscopic et microfluoroscopie. In his PrEcis d. micr., 7. Ed., Par., 1949, 299-307.—Patzelt, V. Sjostrands Verfahren zur Feststellung einer Eigenfluoreszenz in animalen Geweben sowie seine Befunde in diesen und besonders der Niere. In: Beitr. z. Fluoresz. Mikr. (Brautigam, F.) Wien, 1949, 127-9.— Petrovskaia, O. A. Primenenie v biologii metoda fluorescent- noi mikroskopii. Usp. sovrem. biol., 1948, 26: 703-10.— Pot, A. W. [Fluorescence microscopy according to Keller] Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: 648-50. ---- Microscope. Brumberg, E. M. [A fluorescence microscope] Priroda, 1940, 29: No. 3, 18-35.—Haitinger, M. Ein Fluoreszenz- mikroskop mit einfachen Mitteln. Biol, gen., Wien, 1930, 6: 125-32, 4 pi.—Metzner, P. Ein einfaches Fluoreszenz- mikroskop. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1928, 45: 51-3.—Onognti, Z., & Takayama, T. Ho-san koatu-suigin keiko kenbikyo no kyoran [High-voltage mercury fluorescent microscope pro- duced in Japan] Hokuetu igakkai zassi, 1942, 57: 1144; 1943, 58: 851-7.—Tozawa, H. Keiko-kenbikyS no konzyaku. Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1942^3, 20: 87-91. ---- Microscope, luminescence and phosphor- escence. Harvey, E. N., & Chase, A. M. The phosphorescence microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1942, 13: 365-8.—Kogel, G. Ueber die neuesten Verbesserungen des Lumineszenzmikro- skopes. Biol, gen., Wien, 1929, 5: 665-74. ---- Staining. See also Staining, intravital; also names of fluorescent dyes as Fluorescein; Primulin, etc. Augier, J., & Prudhomme, R. O. Ecrans liquides adaptes a la microscopie en fluorescence utilisant l'auramine comme fluorochrome. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 75: 223-5.— Brumberg, E. M. Colour microscopy in ultra-violet rays. Nature, Lond, 1943, 152: 357.—Haitinger, M., & Geiser, P. Ueber ein neues Fluorochromierungsverfahren und seine Anwendung; fluorescenzmikroskopischer Beitrag zur Eiweiss- und Permeabilitatspathologie. Virchows Arch., 1944, 312: 116-37.—Holier, K. Fluorochromierungsstudien an Pflanzen- zellen. In: Beitr. z. Fluoresz. Mikr. (Brautigam, F.) Wien, 1949, 46-70, pi. ------ & Mullner-Haitinger, T. Zur Wirkung des Coriphosphins auf die Pflanzenzelle. Ibid., 119-26, pi.—Hughes, G. C. An improved stain for fluo- rescence microscopy. Tubercle, Lond., 1946, 27: 91.— Levaditi, J. C, Prudhomme, R. O., & Augier, J. Comparaison des spectres d'absorption des Ecrans et des spectres d'absorption et d'Emission des fluorochromes au cours de la microscopie en fluorescence. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 75: 217-22. MICROSCOPY, phase-contrast. See also Microscopy subdivisions (Image: Contrast; Incident light) also Microscopy, po- larized. Barer, R. Recent advances in microscopy; phase-contrast microscopy. Brit. Sc. News, 1947-48, 1: No. 9, 10-3, 4 pi.— Bennett, A. H., Jnpnik, H. [et al.] Phase microscopy. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1946, 65: 99-131.—Holzer, W. Ergeb- nisse und Probleme mikroskopischer Forschung. Wien. Zschr. inn. Med., 1947, 28: 307-24.—Langeron, M. C. P. Microscopie par contraste de phase. In his PrEcis d. micr., 7. Ed., Par., 1949, 252-8.—Loos, W. Das Phasenkontrastver- fahren. Umschau, 1941, 45: 635-7, illust.— Magliozzi, J. Phase contrast microscopy. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1948, 19: 6-12.—Richards, O. W. Phase difference microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1944, 154: 672. ------ Phase microscopy. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 563. ----Application. See also other subheadings. Albertini, A. v. Pflasterepithelzellen im Phasenkontrast- bild. Acta anat., Basel, 1945-46, 1: 463-8.—Barer, B. Some applications of phase-contrast microscopy. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1947, 88: 491-500, 4 pi—Bennett, A. H. Phase microscopy, its development and utility. Sc. Month., 1946, 63: 191-3.—Haselmann, H. Protoplasmastrukturen und die Phasenkontrastmikroskopie. Med. Klin., Munch., 1948, 43: 496.—Kohler, A. Das Phasenkontrastverfahren, eine neue Untersuchungsmethode mit dem Mikroskop. Forsch. 4 Fortschr., 1942, 18: 173-5.—Loos, W., Klemm, W., & Smekal, A. Anwendung der Phasenkontrast-Mikroskopie auf Modell- versuche zum Poliervorgang an Glasern. Naturwissenschaften, MICROSCOPY, PHASE-CONTRAST 105 MICROSCOPY, PHASE-CONTRAST 1941, 29: 769-71.—Man, T., & Diehl, F. Die Anwendung des Phasenkontrast-Verfahrens in der Oberflachenmikroskopie Ibid., 1948, 35: 91.—Michel, K. Das Phasenkontrastver- fahren und seine Eignung fiir zytologische Untersuchungen. Ibid., 1950, 37: 52-7, illust.—Reumuth, H. Zur Anwendung der Phasenkontrast-Mikroskopie auf Probleme der Faser- forschung und Textiltechnik. Zeiss Nachr., 1944—49, 5 Folge, 229-52.— Richards, O. W. Phase-difference microscopy for living unstained protoplasm. Anat. Rec, 1944, 89: 548. ------ The size of living bacteria, measured with the phase microscope. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 585. ------ Bi- ological phase microscopy. Sympos. Quant. Biol., 1946, 11: 208-14, 2 pi. ------ Phase microscopy in bacteriology. Stain Techn., 1948, 23: 55-64.—Scandone, F. Microscopia in contrasto di fase. Monit. zool. ital., 1947, 56: Suppl., 232-42.—Smith, A. U. Cultivation of rabbit eggs and cumuli for phase-contrast microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1949, 164: 1136.—Taylor, E. W. The practical application of phase- contrast to the biologist's microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc. Lond. (1946) 1948, 66: 1-8, 5 pi.—Zollinger, H. U. Phasen- mikroskopische Beobachtungen an Zellkulturen. Mikros- kopie, Wien, 1948. 3: 1-11. ---- Illumination, and lamp. Bennett, A. H., Woernley, D. L., & Kavanagh, A. J. Ultra- violet phase microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1948, 38: 739.—Jupnik, H., Osterberg, H., & Pride. G. E. Phase micros- copy with vertical illumination. Ibid., 1946, 36: 710; 1948, 38: 338.—Osterberg, H. Phase microscopy with critical illumination. Ibid.. 1099. ---- Interference microscopy. See also Interferometry. Dyson, J. A transmission-type interferometer microscope. Nature, Lond., 1949, 164: 229.—Merton, T. On interference microscopy. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., Ser. A, 1947-48, 191: 1-6.— Raether, H. Ueber die Struktur verguteter Steinsalzober- flachen. Optik, Stuttg., 1946, 1: 296-319.—Rheinberg. J. On the influence on images of gratings of phase-differences amongst their spectra. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1906, pt 5, 532—4.—Richards. O. W. Interference microscopy. Anat. Rec, 1949, 103: 498. ---- Medical use. Albertini, A. v. Zur Anwendung der Phasenkontrastmikro- skopie in der pathologischen Histologic. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1945, 8: 298-310. ------ La mEthode du contrast* de phases en histologic Rev. hEmat., Par., 1948, 3: 139-53.— Barer, R. Phase contrast microscopy in anatomy. J. Anat., Lond., 1949, 83: 61.—Buchsbanm, R. Individual cells observed under phase microscopy during fixation. Anat. Rec, 1947, 99: 640. ------ Individual cells under phase microscopy before and after fixation. Ibid., 1948, 102: 19-35, illust.—Crawford, G. N. C, & Barer, R. The action of fixatives on living cells as studied by phase-contrast microscopy. J. Anat., Lond., 1949, 83: 73.—Culiner, A., & Gluckman, J. The use of the phase- contrast microscope in clinical gynaecology; a preliminary report. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1948, 55: 261-7, 4 pi.— Dobeln, W. v. Till metodiken vid morfologiska blodunder- sokningar med faskontrastmikroskopi. Nord. med., 1945, 26: 1017.—Dnstin, P., jr. Le microscope k contraste de phase et son utilisation en cvtologie pathologique. Acta clin. belg., 1949, 4: 70-86—Feissly. R., & Liidin, H. Microscopie par contrastes de phases; applications a 1'hEmatologie. Rev. hEmat., Par.. 1949, 4: 481- 501.—Feissly, R., & Quebatte. R. L'examen microscopique par les contrastes de phases; ses applications a l'histologie pathologique et a la cytologie sanguine. Ibid., 1947, 2: 411-24.—Haselmann, H. Mikroskopie histologischer Objekte und das Phasenkontrastverfahren. Aerztl. Wschr., 1948, 3: 381.—Locquin & Baud. C. A. Contraste d'amplitude et contraste de phase; 1'apprEciation des contrastes de phases et son utilitE dans l'examen microscopique. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1947, 24: 41-6.—Ludford, R. J., Smiles, J.. & Welch, F. V. The study of living malignant cells by phase-contrast and ultra-violet microscopy. J; R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1948, 68: 1-9, 2 pi.—Miczb&n, I. Ujabb experimentalis iranyok a szovettanban; faziskontrasztmikroszk6pia. Orvosok lap., 1949, 5: 541-4.—Peters, V. B., Flynn, J. P., & Warner, L. The use of phase microscopy for the study of fixed material. Anat. Rec, 1950, 106: 311.—Walch, H. Phasecontrastmethode van Zernike. Med. mbl., Batavia, 1949, 2: 99-103.—Weel, P. B. v. Nieuwe mogelijkheden in het cytologisch en histologisch onder- zoek door middel van het phase-contrast-microscoop. Ibid., 103-6.—Zollinger, H. U. Cytologic studies with the phase microscope; morphologic changes associated with the death of cells in vitro and in vivo. Am. J. Path., 1948, 24: 1039-53, illust. ---- Method. Baker, J. R., Kempson, D. A., & Brunet, P. C. J. A simple method for phase-contrast microscopy; improvements in technique. Q. J. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 90: 323-9.—Barer, R. Variable colour-amplitude phase-contrast microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1949, 164: 1087.—Bennett, A. H. Phase-difference microscopy for transparent objects. Anat. Rec, 1944, 89: 547.—Cole, W. V. Rapid methods of preparation of slides for | 824787—vol. 11, 4th series-----8 phase contrast observation. J. Osteopathy, 1949, 56: No. 3, 14-6.—Crossmon. G. C. Dispersion staining with phase- contrast microscope accessories; the microscopic identification of quartz. Science, 1949, 110: 237. ------ Mounting media for phase microscope specimens. Stain Techn., 1949, 24: 241-7.—Grigg, F. C. Colour-contrast phase microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1950, 165: 368.—Martin, L. C. Phase-contrast methods in microscopy. Ibid., 1947, 159: 827-30.—Osterberg, H., & Pride, G. E. The measurement of unresolved, single particles of uniform thickness by means of variable phase microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1950, 40: 64-73.— Richards, O. W. Contrast control in phase microscopy from appropriate choice of mounting medium. Anat. Rec, 1949, 105: 546.—Zernike, F. Phase-contrast, a new method for the microscopic observation of transparent objects. In: Achievem. in Optics (Bouwers, A.) N. Y., 1946, 116-35.—Zollinger, H. U. Cytologic studies with the phase microscope; alterations in the nuclei of resting and dividing cells induced by means of fixatives, anisotonic solutions, acids, and alkali. Am. J. Path., 1948, 24: 797-811, illust. ---- Microscope. Francon, M. Nouveau dispositif k contraste de phase pour microscope. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1949, 229: 183-5. ------■ Le microscope k contraste de phase. Nature, Par., 1949, 357-9. ------ Dispositif k contraste de phase pour microscope. Rev. opt., Par., 1950, 29: 129-34.—Osterberg, H. The multipupil in phase microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1948, 38: 668; 685.—Phase-contrast microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 535.—Powell, R. H. The Galileo phase-contrast microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 69: 237.—Rentzsch, I. W. Die optischen Grundlagen des Phasenkontrastverfahrens. Schweiz. Optiker, 1949, 25: 21-5.—Saphir, O. The phase microscope. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1947, 17: 728.—Taylor, E. W. The phase- contrast microscope with particular reference to vertical inci- dent illumination. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 69: 49-52, 13 pi. ---- Microscope: Polanret. Osterberg, H. Polanret microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1946, 36: 710. ------ The polanret microscope. Ibid., 1947. 37: 726-30. ---- Optics [inch phase plate] Brice, A. T., & Keck, P. H. The most favorable absorption of the phase plate in phase contrast microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1947, 37: 647-51.-—Crossmon, G. Refractive index and phase microscopy. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1949, 20: No. 2, 13-5, illust.—Francon, M. Limite de sEparation du microscope a contraste de phase. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1949, 228: 1413.—Hartley, W. G. A variable phase-contrast system for microscopy. Nature, Lond., 1947, 159: 880.—Lachenaud, M. Le procEdE k contrastes de phase de F. Zernike appliquE a la microscopie. Rev. opt., Par., 1947, 26: 205-28.—Magliozzi, J. Contrast effects of phase changing elements in microscopy. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1947, 37: 982.—Richards, O. W. Image contrast control with phase microscopy. Bbid., 1948, 38: 668.— Richter, R. Eine einfache Erklarung des Phasenkontrast- mikroskops. Optik, Stuttg., 1947, 2: 342-5.—Taylor, E. W. The control of amplitude in phase-contrast microscopy. Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,. Ser. A, 1947, 190: 422-6. ------ & Payne, B. O. A variable phase-contrast system for microscopy Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 338. MICROSCOPY, polarizing. See also such terms as Microspectrography; Mineralogy, Methods; Polariscope; Polarization; Polarizer; also under names of birefringent sub- stances. Rinne, F., & Berek, M. Anleitung zu optischen Untersuchungen mit dem Polarisa- tionsmikroskop. 279p. 8? Lpz., 1934. BEkesy, N. Ueber Mikropolarisation. Biochem. Zschr., 1942, 312: 103-6.—Bryant, W. M. D. Optical crystallographic studies with the polarizing microscope; measurement of several types of selective dispersion in organic compounds. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 511-6.—Capdecomme, L. Sur l'adapta- tion du microscope polarisant aux mesures photomEtriques rEalisation d'un nouvel affaiblisseur. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1943 217: 367.—Langeron, M. C. P. Emploi du microscope pola- risant. In his PrEcis d. micr., 7. Ed., Par., 1949, 230-6.— Luntley, J. L. Sur quelques modes d'utilisation des Ecrans polarisants en polaroid. Bull. Soc fr. micr., 1939, 8: 44.— Monroy, A. Possibility e limiti di impiego dell'esame in luce polarizzata nello studio della struttura submicroscopica delle cellule e dei tessuti animali. Ricer. sc, 1947, 17: 643-5.— Pfeiffer, H. H. Studies on Chironomus chromosomes with the polarizing microscope. Nature, Lond., 1939, 143: 335.-----■ Polarisationsmikroskopische Messungen an gerichtet gespann- ten Mutterstucken von Ganglienkulturen in vitro. Natur- wissenschaften, 1943, 31: 47.—Schmidt, W. J. (Methods and results of examination of the animal body with the polarization microscope] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 364-6, ------ Polarisationsmikroskopische Beobachtungen an Acti- MICROSCOPY, POLARIZING 106 MICROSECTION nosphaerium eichhornii. Biol. Zbl., 1944, 64: 5-14.—Sommer- feldt, E. Eine einfache Methode zur Justierung der Nikols am mineralogischen Mikroskop. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 24.—West, C. D. Polarizing attachment for optical instru- ments such as microscopes. U. S. Patent Off., 1939, No. 2,152,513.—West, P. W. Polarized light microscopy. Chemist Analyst, 1946, 35: 28-35. —— Microscope [inch accessories] Bell, R. N. Polarizing microscope, a quality control instru- ment. Food Indust., 1948, 20: 1775-8.—Benford, J. R.. & Turner. A. F. Polarized light compensator for vertical illumina- tion. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1941, 31: 756. ------ Polarized light compensating system. U. S. Patent Off., 1942, No. 2,303,906.—Bennett, A. H. Polarizing microscope and polariz- ing haemacytometer therefor. Ibid., 1948, No. 2,435,953.— Bryan, G. H. A polariscope for dissecting and pocket micro- scopes. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1921, pt 2, 149-52.—Derow, H. A. An inexpensive polarizing device for microscopes. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 694.—Johnson. B. K. Polariz- ers for the microscope. J. R. Micr. Soc., Lond., 1921, pt 2, 147. ------ The polarization microscope. Endeavour, Lond., 1948, 7: 57-65, illust.—Luntley, J. L. Adaptation des Ecrans polariseurs en polaroid II, aux microscopes binoculaires et monoculaires. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1938, 7: 144.—Reichert, C. Ueber neue Polarisations-Mikroskope. Zschr. angew. Mikr., 1908, 14: 57-60.—Turner, A. F. Optical instrument. U. S. Patent Off., 1944, No. 2,359,694.—Wehrli, S. . Eine Polarisationslupe fiir toxikologische Analysen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med.. 1937-38, 29: 101-3. ---- Polarized light. Cole, W. V. Polarized light in photo-microscopy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1947-48, 16: 146-50.—Hopkins, H. H. Resolving power of the microscope using polarized light. Nature, Lond., 1945, 155: 275.—Langeron, M. C. P. Emploi de la lumiere poIarisEe. In his PrEcis d. micr., 7. Ed., Par., 1949, 216-51, illust. ------ Polarisation par rEflexion vitreuse. Ibid., 236-51, illust.—Maniganlt, P. Emploi de la polarisation par rEflexion vitreuse dans les loupes et micro- scopes stErEoscopiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 648- 50.—PEreire, M. Pratique de la IumiEre polarisEe, en lumiEre parallele. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1933, 2: 9-11.— Ullrich, H. Ueber die Bedeutung anastigmatischer Beleuchtung fiir die Polarisationsmikroskopie schwach doppelbrechender Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1943, 59: 8-11. MICROSECTION. See also Microtome; Microtomy. Abercrombie, M. Estimation of nuclear population from microtome sections. Anat. Rec, 1946, 94: 239—47.—Bordier. DEterminations de 1'Epaisseur des coupes anatomiques faites au microtome. Lyon mEd., 1910, 114: 1121.—Faberge, A. C. Measuring . he thickness of very thin microtome sections. Science, 1949, 110: 73.—Marengo, N. P. Paraffin section thickness, a direct method of measurement. Stain Techn., 1944, 19: 1-10.-—Pfuhl, W. Die Auszahlung der zweikernigen Zellen im mikroskopischen Schnitt. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1931, 39: 214.—Weigert, C. Ueber Aufbewahrung von Schnitten ohne Anwendung von Deckglaschen. In his Gesammt. Abh., Berl., 1906, 2: 564.—Weiss, R. A device for the protection of microtome sections. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1944, 29: 525. ---- Mounting. See also Microscope slide; Microscopy, Speci- men preparation. ClaouE, C. Le collage des coupes dans la technique micro- scopique; contribution a l'Etude du collodionnage. Gaz. sc. mEd. Bordeaux, 1920, 41: 210.—Cobe, H. M., & Schaeufle, A. A practical and inexpensive method for fixation of paraffin sections to slides. Am. J. Chn. Path., Techn. Sect., 1946, 10: 31.—Faulkner, R. R., & Lillie, R. D. Dried egg white for Mayer's albumen glycerol fixative. Stain Techn., 1945, 20: 99.—Helly, K. Zur Technik der Wasseraufklebung von Paraffinschnitten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 330.— Hirschler, J. Formalin als gutes Aufklebemittel fiir Schnitte, Ausstriche und Kleinobjekte. Ibid., 1941-42, 58: 145-8.— Iwanoff, X. Ueber das Aufkleben von Gefrierschnitten. Ibid., 1936, 53: 48.—Lewis, L. W. Method for affixing cel- loidin sections. Stain Techn., 1945, 20: 138.—OIL Das Aufkleben mikroskopischer Schnitte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 323-8.—Pollaci, G. Ein hochst einfaches Mittel zum automatischen Aufkleben der mikroskopischen Schnitte gleichzeitig mit dem Schneiden. Zbl. allg. Path.. 1911 22: 289. ---- Processing. See also Histology, Methods; Microscopy, Methods; also such terms as Dehydration; Staining, etc. Adelhelm, E. Handling extremely thin paraffin sections. Stain Techn., 1943, 18: 144.—Barrett, A. M. On the removal of formaldehyde-produced precipitate from sections. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 135.—Culling, C. F. A. The mass staining of paraffin sections before the removal of wax. J Clin. Path., Lond., 1949, 2: 146-8.—Eichorn, K. B. Note on a simple method for zenkerizing paraffin sections of formalde- hyde-fixed tissues. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1942-43, 4: 76.— Funk, C. A propos de la dEshydratation des coupes montEea sur lames porteobjet. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1909, 26: 422-4.— Grocott, R. G. Simplified economical section preparation for large pathologic laboratories. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn, Sect., 1945, 9: 54.—Rawlins, T. E., & Takahasi, W. N. Elimi- nation of distortion and poor staining in paraffin sections of plant tissues. Stain Techn., 1947, 22: 99-102— Reid, R. D. Rapid preparation of sections suitable for examination with oil immersion objectives. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 47: 348.—Vandegrift, W. B. A dehydrating fixative for general use, including a description of techniques and stains for paraffin and celloidin sections. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1942, 71: 96-111.—Wellings, A. W. The technique of preparing sections for microscopic examination. Tr. Internat. Congr. Med. (1913) 1914. Sect. XVII, Stomat., pt 2, 79-86. ---- serial. See also Microtomy. Ask, F. Eine kleine Bemerkung zur Schnittserienmethode von Suzuki. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 367.—Honigmann, H. Ein Hilfsapparat fiir die Herstellung liickenloser Schnitt- serien, speziell fiir Rekonstruktionen. Ibid., 229-35.— Minckler, D. A plastic mount for serial sections. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1942, 6: 47-9.—Strasser, H. Ueber die Nachbehandlung der Schnittserien auf Papierunterlagen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1910, 27: 339-44.— Tishutkin, N. P. Opisanie pribora dlya odnovremennol obrabotki mnogochis- lennlkh mikroskopicheskikh srlezov i o primienenii etogo pribora dlya obrabotki melkikh histologicheskikh obiektov (zarodishel, jaits, i t. p.) Russ. vrach, 1906, 5: 97-101. Also Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 45-58.—Wallart, J. Coupes sEriEes k la celloidine. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1934, 11: 334-6. MICROSEDIMENTATION. See also Blood sedimentation, Methods, micro- metric; Microchemistry, Methods; Sedimenta- tion; also Centrifugation; Molecular weight, Determination, etc. Vladesco, R. Le dosage des chlorures par microsEdi- mentation; application au lait. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1941, 212: 238-40. ------ Le dosage du potassium dans les liquides biologiques par microsEdimentation. Ibid., 394-6. ------ Le dosage du phosphore par microsEdimentation; application aux liquides biologiques. Ibid., 641-3. ---- Medical use. See also Cytology, Methods; Erythrocyte, Sedimentation. Bennhold, H. Die Mikrosenkungsreaktion von Ernst Muller-Scheven. Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 681.— Bostrom, L. [Microscopic control of the sedimentation reaction] Nord. med., 1940, 6: 1007-9.—Brooks, C. A new micro-pipette for blood sedimentation measurements. Am. J. M. Techn., 1937, 3: 1-7.—Davidsen, H. G. Forenklet opstilling af mikrosaenkningsreaktionen. Ugeskr. laeger, 1948, 110: 33.—Goldberger, E. W. A comparative study of the erythrocyte sedimentation test with the Hellige-Vollmer (Langer) microsedimeter and the modified Westergren method. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1939-40, 25: 657-60.—Gragert, O. Kritisches zur Mikrosedimentrie (Linzenmeier und Raunert) Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 2436-8.—Heidemann, W. Erfahrungen mit Mikromethoden der Blutkorperchensenkungsreaktion. Deut. Tuberk. BL, 1940, 14: 197-202.—Herzog, R. S. The microsedimentation rate. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 355-64.—Ibaiiez, J. MicromEtodo de eritrosedimentaci6n. An. Inst. Llorente, 1945, 49.—Jochims, J., & Hopker, M. Klinische Erfahrungen mit der Mikro-Blutsenkung im Sauglingsalter. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1944, 15: 20-9.—Kato, K. Use of combination microhemopipet, with special reference to sedimentation rate, packed cell volume and icteric index in pediatric practice. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1940, 59: 310-21.— Kohan I., R., & Kohan I., M. La micro-eritro-sedimentaci6n en pediatria. Rev. med., Valparaiso, 1945-46, 19: 199-217. Also Pediat. AmEricas, MEx., 1947, 5: 212-27.—Kiister, F. Welche Verbreitung hat die Mikro-Blutsenkung erlangt und welche Methode wird bevorzugt? Zschr. Kinderh., 1947-48, 65: 175-8.—Landau, A. [A microsedimentation apparatus capable of being used in ambulatory practice] Sven. lak. tidn., 1932, 29: 737-44.—McLean, C. C. Microsedimentation in children. South. M. J., 1944, 37: 726-9.—Murakami, K. Ueber die Mikromethode fur die Erythrozytensenkungsreak- tion. Acta paediat. jap., 1938, 44: 8 (Abstr.)—Nadvornik, O. [Sedimentation of erythrocytes by Steiger's micromethod] Cas. lEk. desk., 1934, 73: 825-9.—Nielsen, G., & Rode-M0ller. I. Heparin blood and Landau's micro-sedimentation method. Acta med. scand., 1943, 113: 463-5.—Olbrechts, E. Valeur des micromEthodes proposEes pour la recherche de la vitesse de sEdimentation des globules rouges. Rev. beige tuberc, MICROSEDIMENTATION 107 MICROSEROLOGY 1928, 19: 19-25.—Pechenko, A. I. [Clinical significance of the six-stage micromethod in the sedimentation reaction in obstetrics and gynecology] Kazan, med. J., 1939, 35: No. 7, 62-7.—Rogatz, J. L. Microsedimentation of the erythrocytes in infants and in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1938, 56: 1037-45. ------ A simple micrometric apparatus for de- termining the sedimentation rate of the erythrocytes. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1842-9.—Sindo, M. Biry5 sekkekkyu tinko hanno no mondai. Zika sinryo, 1949, 12: 34-6.—Thillard, P. PrEsentation d'appareillages pour micro- sEdimentation. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1947, 5: 52-5.—Trought, H. Micro-method for the estimation of the sedimentation rate of red cells. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1942, 17: 136-8.— Vollmer, H. Microsedimeter for erythrocyte sedimentation test. N. York State J. M., 1939, 39: 1583-6.—Wang, C. Y., & Chu, F. T. A simple micro-method for the determination of erythrocyte sedimentation rate in children. Chin. M. J., 1939, 55: 220-30. MICROSEDIMETRY. See under Microsedimentation, Medical use. MICROSEROLOGY [incl. microhemodi- agnostics] See also Serodiagnosis; Serology; also names of tests under such headings as Blood serum, Coagulation: Weltmann's test; Rickettsiasis, Diagnosis; Salmonellasis, Diagnosis, etc. La port e, R., & Hardre de Looze, L. Sur l'utilisation pratique des micromEthodes en sErologie. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 437-9.—Mounier, P. Les micro-rEactions en sErologie. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1945, 3: 225-33.—Suchet, A. ElEments de micro-sErologie. Ibid., 82-9. ---- Blood typing. See also Blood group, Determination. Mas y Magro, F. La prueba directa para la elecci6n de dador en la transfusi6n sanguinea de urgencia; nota de un micromEtodo. Clin, hisp., 1946, 2: 118.—Ponsold, A. Die Kapillarmethode in der Blutgruppenbestimmung. Munch. med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 305-8.—Schafer, W. Ueber eine Methode der Blutgruppenbestimmung mit auf Objekttragern fixiertem Trockentestserum. Ibid., 1943, 90: 205.—Schnir, M. Sueros testigos desecados sobre porta-objetos. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1947, 19: 1871.—Wagner, G. F. Blutgruppenbestim- mungen im trockenen Serumtropfen bei Reihenuntersu- chungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 164-6. ---- Chediak microreaction. See also under Syphilis, Serodiagnosis. Althatjs, H. R. L. *Entwicklung der Flok- kungsreaktionen bei Syphilis und Ergebnisse mit der Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak [Heidel- berg] 23p. 22cm. Wiirzb., 1939. Bernhart, T. F. *Klinisch-experimenteller Beitrag zur Chediak'schen TBR. auf Lues. 15p. 23cm. Berl., 1940. Bilsdorfer, L. *Die Brauchbarkeit der Chediak'schen Flockungsreaktion auf Lues in der serodiagnostischen Praxis. 25p. 22cm. Bonn, 1937. Boureau, R. C. *La reaction de Chediak en particulier au point de vue medico-legal. 40p. 25cm. Par., 1939. Grahner, M. *Die Untersuchung auf Lues aus einem Blutstropfen nach Chediak-Dahr [Frankfurt a. M.] 15p. 23cm. Wiirzb., 1938. Montes Gonzalez, A. *Microrreacci6n de Chediak. 33p. 21^cm. Granada (Nicaragua) 1941. Vivanco Kamann, A. *Estudio comparativo de la micro-reaccidn de Chediak con las reacciones de Wassermann y Kahn [Chile] 86p. 25cm. Santiago, 1939. Volk, N. *Mikromethoden zur Luesdiagnose unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Trocken- blutreaktion (TBR) 9p. 22cm. Freib. l. B., 1936. Albrecht, B. Die Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak beim syphilitischen und beim normalen Kaninchen. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1941, 100: 91-8. ------ Ueber die Spezifitat der Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak beim syphilitischen Ka- ninchen und die Diagnostizierung sogenannter Pallidakulturen mit der TBR. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51: 145 (Abstr.)—Amma- tuna, E. S. Modificaci6n de la reacci6n de Chediak. Rev. san- mil., Asunci6n, 1944, No. 141, 129; passim.—Balina, P. L., & Jachesky, L. Dispositivo pr&ctico para la remisi6n de muestras de sangre destinadas a la reacci6n de Chediak. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1940, 47: pt 2, 105. ---:— & Noussitou, F. La micro- rreacci6n de Chediak para la sifilis; nuestra experiencia personal. Ibid., 1; passim. Also Rev. mEd. cubana, 1941, 52: 563-71.— Barzizza, C. M. La microrreacci6n Chediak para el diagn6stico de la sifilis realizada con una gota de sangre seca; su utilidad en clinica obstEtrica. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1939, 46: 313-8.— Battaglia, A., & Etcheverry, M. A. Reacci6n de Chediak; conservacion de muestras de sangre testigo. Rev. med. quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1944, 23: 413-34. Also Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1944, 51: pt 2, 833-7.—Bohme, G. 1st die Trockenblutreaktion auf Lues nach Chediak zuverlassig? Derm. Wschr., 1937, 105: 1062. ------ Die Brauchbarkeit der Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak zur Serodiagnostik der Syphilis. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 225; 1026.—Camacho Banos, I., & Garrido Blanco, A. Sobre la reaccion de Chediak, modificada por Meinicke para el diagn6stico de la lues. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 62-9.—Castaneda-Palacios, R. Ergebnisse einer Nachprufung der Chediakschen Luesreaktion im klinischen Betriebe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 1155.—Chediak, A. El diagnostico de la sifilis practicado en una gota de sangre desecada y desfi- brinada. Rev. mEd. cubana, 1932, 43: 947-53.------ Simplificaci6n del diagn6stico serologico de la sifilis por la microrreacci6n Chediak realizada con una gota de sangre seca. Arch. med. int., Habana, 1935, 1: 528-83. ----— Caracte- rfsticas prdcticas utilizables en pediatria de la microrreacci6n Chediak para el diagn6stico de la sifilis con una gota de sangre seca. An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1938, 4: 335. ------■ Cinco anos de experiencia con la microrreacci6n Chediak para el diagn6stico de la sifilis con una gota de sangre seca. Rev. mEd. cubana, 1938, 49: 464-505. ------ O diagnostico rapido da sifilis pela micro-reacao de Chediak, executada com uma gota de sangue dessecada. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1939, 14: 195-204. ------ Caracteristicas practicas de la micro- rreacci6n Chediak utilizables en pediatria. An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1939, 5: 16-32.—Cirera, P. Contribution k l'Etude de la miero-rEaction de Chediak. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1946, 4: 194-7. Also Rev. mEd. cubana, 1947, 58: 930-4.— Dahr, P. Die Luesdiagnose aus einem angetrockneten Tropfen Blut. Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 94-6. —■--- Serologische Schnelldiagnose der Lues. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 265-8. 1st die Trockenblutprobe auf Lues nach Chediak zuverlassig? Derm. Wschr., 1937, 104: 709; passim. ------ Die Brauch- barkeit der Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak zur Serodiagnos- tik der Syphilis. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 1025. ------ Erfahrungen bei Massenuntersuchungen mit der Trocken- blutreaktion auf Lues. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 144: 259-63; Disc, 267.—Diaz Albertini, A., Lage, G., & Recio, A. La micro-reacci6n de Chediak y su importancia en la acci6n sanitaria. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 6: 119. Also Rev. san. mil., Habana, 1940, 4: 132-43. Also Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1941, 20: 792-8.—Etcheverry, M. A., Battaglia, A., & Tropeano, A. Microrreaccion de Chediak; estudio com- parativo con las reacciones de Wassermann y Kahn standard. Prensa mEd. argent., 1940, 27: 1025-37. Also Rev. mEd. quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1940, 15: 251-68.—Falc6n, S., & Chediak, A. El diagn6stico de la sifilis en el reciEnnacido por la micro- reacci6n Chediak. Rev. mEd. cubana, 1934, 45: 919-41.— Gabriele, L. Valore della reazione di Chediak nella diagnosi di lue. Dermosifilografo, 1939, 14: 192-6.—Giaccio, E. Re- sultados de la reaccion de Chediak y proyecto de ordenanza sobre censo serol6gico municipal. Prensa mEd. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1515.—Gondesen, H. Die Modifikation der Trocken- blutreaktion auf Lues nach Chediak mit Fliesspapier. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1948-49, 72: 256.—Grahner, M., & Bertram, M. Die Untersuchung auf Lues aus einem Blutstropfen nach Chediak-Dahr. Derm. Wschr., 1938, 107: 1119-21.—Heinke, E. Die Wichtigkeit der Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak bei zunehmender Durchseuchung mit Lues. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1947, 18: 358-61.—Hombria & Carbonero. Sero- diagn6stico de la sifilis en gota seca. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 474.—Hostalka, R. Ueber die Verwendbarkeit der Chediak- reaktion bei Lues congenita. Arch. Kinderh., 1940, 120: 152-8. Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 492.—Jiiptner, W. Die Zuverlassigkeit der Trocken-Blut-Reaktion nach Chediak fiir die Sero-Diagnose der Syphilis gegeniiber den grossen Sero-Reaktionen. Deut. Gesundhwes., 1949, 4: 267.—Kathe, J. 1st die gesetzliche Anordnung der Trockenblutreaktion zur Syphilisdiagnose nach Chediak vertretbar? Ibid., 1948, 3: 630.—Kubanyi, K. Ueber die Chediaksche Luesreaktion. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 468 (Abstr.)—Kwiesielewicz, K. [Diagnosis of syphilis from a dry blood-drop according to Chediak's reaction and the value of this method in comparison with other serological reactions] Przegl. derm., Warsz., 1938, 33: 441-65.—Lepolard Antunes, M., & Ruggiero, J. A micro- reaccao de Chediak. Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1940, 8: 4-12.— Lohe. Hat die Trockenblutprobe nach Chediak fur die Er- fassung Syphiliskranker irgendwelchen spezifischen Wert und wie ist die Technik derselben? Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1938, 35: 591.—Meinicke, E. Ueber die Zuverlassigkeit der Trocken- blutreaktion nach Chediak und deren Verwendbarkeit in der Wehrmacht. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 301.—Navarini, E. P. La heredolues en la casa cuna y hospital de ninos del Hospicio de HuErfanos de Rosario; ventajas en pediatria de la microrreacci6n de Chediak. Gac. mEd. MExico, 1944, 74: 573-6.—Navratil, E. Erfahrungen iiber die Bluttrockenreak- MICROSEROLOGY 108 MICROSEROLOGY tion auf Lues nach Chediak in der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 2429-33.—Pastinszky, I. [Experiences with the Chediak microreaction] Orv. hetil., 1939, 83: 834-6 Chediak reactio viselkedEse ingersav6ban, nyirokcsom6nedvben Es vErben. Orvostud. kozl., 1944, 5: 53-5.—Peralta Ramos, A., & Barzizza, CM. La microrreacci6n de Chediak; su utilidad en clinica obstEtrica. Prensa mEd. argent., 1940, 27: pt 2, 1929-37.—Pisacane, C. Sul valore della nuova reazione di Chediak-Leipner nella diagnosi della sifilide. Riforma med., 1937, 53: 677-81.—Polony, B. [Value of Chediak's reaction] Borgyogy. urol. vener. szemle, 1940, 18: 5.—Pontoppidan, B. The reaction of dried-blood according to Chediak in the diag- nosis of syphilis. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1942-43, 23: 313-26.—Recio Forns, A. Importancia de la micro-reacci6n Chediak empleando un antfgeno estabilizado. Rev. cubana laborat. clin., 1948, 2: 286-8.—Rezola Azpiazu, A. Utilidad de la microrreacci6n de Chediak en pediatria. Libro de actas Congr. nac. pediat. (1944) 1945, 6. Congr., 619-23. ---:— El diagn6stico de la sffilis por la microrreacci6n de Chediak ejecutada en una gota de sangre seca. An. Casa sal. Valdecilla, 1946, 9: 119-48.—Rodrigo, A. F. La microrreacci6n Chediak; sifilis, en sangre de madre e hijo; su importancia en clfnica obstEtrica; estudio comparative con las reacciones de Wasser- mann y Kahn standard y presuntiva. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1940, 47: 1367-78.—Roelen, W. Ueber die Leistungen der Chediak-Trockenblut-MKR; Reaktion im Vergleich zu den Blutseroreaktionen. Derm. Wschr., 1939, 109: 1142-5.— Rosner, J., & Strzyzewski, S. [Chediak's reaction in syphilis] Przegl. derm., Warsz., 1939, 34: 45-59.—Sammartino, E. S., & Bufill.E. M. Microrreacci6n de Chediak; su importancia en el estudio de los hemodadores; nuestro instrumental para la practica de la misma; simplificaci6n de su tEcnica. Rev. med., B. Air., 1939, 1: No. 2, 46-51.—Schiavone, E. L. Estudio comparative de la reacci6n de Chediak con las reacciones de Wassermann, Kahn standard y presuntiva. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 927; passim.—Schuck, J. Die Chediaksche Reaktion auf Syphilis und ihre klinische Verwendbarkeit. Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 566 (Abstr.)—Sikorski, H. Lues-Reihenuntersuchungen mit modifizierter Chediak-Reak- tion. Klin. Wschr., 1948, 26: 437-41.—Sorondo Garcia, E. Diagn6stico de la sffilis por la microrreacci6n Chediak. Rev. mEd. cubana, 1933, 44: 1043-53.—Stahn, I. Erfahrungen uber die Trockenblutprobe auf Lues nach Chediak. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937, 139: 188-93.—Szodoray, L., & Kaldor, I. Ta- pasztalataink a Chediak-Dahr-fEle reactioval Es ennek Zim- merman dltal tortEnt m6dosft&s&val. B6rgy6gy. vener. szemle, 1948, 2: 103-5.—Takats, L. Chediak-reakci6 a gyakorl6orvos kezEben. NEpegEszsEgiigy, 1944, 25: 661.—Tecnica da micror- reacSo de Chediak. Arq. hig., Rio, 1944, 14: 177-9.—Vidal Vera, A. Diagn6stico serol6gico de la sffilis por la micro- rreacci6n de Chediak realizada con una gota de sangre seca. Rev. mEd. Yucatan, 1944-46, 23: 447-50. Also Sugestiones, MEx., 1945-46, 11: No. 124, 120-4.—Virasoro, J. E., Pellerano, J. C, & Savon Salaberry, J. Consideraciones sobre la reacci6n de Chediak en el lactante. Rev. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1947, 13: 25-30.—Vogt, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Chediaksche Trockenblutreaktion und eine Abanderung der Dahrschen Technik. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 1802-4.—Von der Heydt, A. Die Trockenblutreaktion nach Chediak; eine einfache fiir die Praxis geeignete Schnellreaktion auf Lues. Med. Klin., Munch., 1948,43:113.—Weilenmann.E. DieChediak-Methode eine wertvolle Erganzung serologischer Untersuchungsmethoden bei Lues. Derm. Wschr., 1939, 108: 325-9.—Wendebom, H. Untersuchungen fiber die Zuverlassigkeit einer Trockenblut- probe nach Chediak als Luesreaktion. Ibid., 1935, 101: 1543-7. ------ 1st die Trockenblutprobe nach Chediak als Lues- reaktion wertvoll? Ibid., 1937, 105: 1173-7.—Wendlberger, J. Ueber die klinische und praktische Verwertbarkeit der Lues- diagnose aus einem eingetrockneten Tropfen Blut. Ibid., 1441-5. ------& Schreiner, K. Ueber die Luesdiagnose aus einem eingetrockneten Tropfen Blut nach Chediak. Ibid., 1935,101: 1539-43.—Zimmermann, E. DieChediak-M.K.R.-II; Untersuchungen iiber neue Moglichkeiten. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 507. ---- Complement fixation. See also Complement fixation; Syphilis, Sero- diagnosis; Wassermann test. Giraut-Erler, L. Micro-rEactions de Bordet-Wassermann et de Hecht. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1948, 6: 277-9.—Provera, P. Microtechnique pour exEcuter les sErodiagnostics macrosco- piques sur des petites quantitEs de sang prElEvables d'un doigt; microtechnique pour la rEaction de Wassermann. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1939, 11: 47-51.—Roulin, G. Une micro-sErologie simple et sans appareils spEciaux (rEaction de fixation) Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1947, 5: 284-6.—Suchet, A. Une rEaction qualitative et quantitative de dEviation du com- plEment rEalisEe avec 0,02 centimetres cubes de sErum frais. Prophyl. antivEnEr., 1945, 17: 597-600. ---- Flocculation, and precipitation slide tests. See also other subdivisions; also Flocculation; Precipitation; also names of diseases. Boerner, F., Jones, C. A., & Lukens, M. Simplified micro- scopic and macroscopic flocculation tests for the diagnosis of Byphilis. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1940, 4: 141-51 — Brown, R. Cardiolipin in macro- and microprecipitation testa for syphilis. J. Bact., Bait., 1945, 49: 199.------ Pre- liminary standardization of the cardiolipin-lecithin-cholesterol antigen for a microprecipitation test for syphilis. Annual Rep. Div. Laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1946, 27 Also J. Immun., Bait., 1946, 53: 171-7.—Chargin, L., Eller, J. J., & Rein, C. R. Microscopic slide precipitation test for diagnosis of syphilis with chancre fluid, including a com- parison of the Kline, Wassermann, Kahn and Hinton blood serum tests in one hundred and ten patients with suspected syphilitic sores. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 26: 965-9.— Davies, J. A. V. A microflocculation test for syphilis. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 959-66. ---:— A method of collecting small blood specimens; with special reference to microflocculation tests for syphilis. Ibid., 1937-38, 23: 1206-9.—De La Rosa, G., & Utrilla, A. La reacci6n de Leiboff sobre portaobjetos para el serodiagn6stico de la sifilis. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 259-61.—Dussert, E. Reac- ciones de floculaci6n en portaobjeto. Bol. Inst. bact. Chile, 1942, 1: 61-72.—Eagle, H., 4cm. N. Y., 1948. MacLennan, R. F. Cytoplasmic inclusions. p.111-90. 23^cm. N. Y., 1941. Beck, W. A. The organization of protoplasm. Growth, Ithaca, 1944, 8: 259-309.— Blaschko, H., & Jacobson, W. Enzyme systems of cells. In: Cytology (Bourne, G.) Oxf., 1942, 189-225, 2 pi.—Bungenberg de Jong, H. G. Modele de cellule ne comprenant que des coacervats complexes. In his Coacervation, Par., 1936, 1: 50-2.—Chadefaud, M. L'infra- structure du protoplasme et du caryoplasme d'apres l'Etude des euglenes. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39, 22: 483-6.— Claude, A. Particulate components of cytoplasm. Sympos. Quant. Biol., 1941, 9: 263-71, pi.—Diller, W. F. A peculiar cytosomal structure in Homalozoon vermiculare (Stokes) Anat. Rec, 1946, 94: 383.—Frey-Wyssling, A. Ultrastruktur des Plasmas und der Plasmaprodukte. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39, 2: 477-80. ------ Der Feinbau der Zellwande. Naturwissenschaften, 1940, 28: 385-94. Also Science Progr., Lond., 1939-40, 34: 249-62. ------ Feinbau und Ultra- struktur des Zytoplasmas. Umschau, 1940, 44: 500; 540. Also J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1940, 60: 128-39. ------ Ueber den submikroskopischen Feinbau der Zellbestandteile. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1944, 74: 330-4. ------ Miihlethaler, K., & Wyckoff, R. W. G. Mikrofibrillenbau der pflanzlichen Zell- wande. Experientia, Basel, 1948, 4: 475.—Glassman, J. M. Fibrillae of cells; a need for further investigation. Yale J. Biol., 1946-47, 19: 991-4.—Hall, R. P. Reaction of certain cytoplasmic inclusions to vital dyes and their relation to mito- chondria and Golgi apparatus in the flagellate Peranema tricho- phorum. J. Morph., 1929, 48: 105-21.—Haselmann, H. Protoplasmastrukturen und die Phasenkontrastmikroskopie. Klin. Wschr., 1948, 26: 701.—Jeener, R., & Brachet, J. Asso- ciation, dans un mfime granule, de ferments et des pento- senuclEoprotEides cytoplasmiques. Acta biol. belg., 1941, 1: 476-81.—Jones, R. The nature and relative specific gravities of the inclusions in ultracentrifuged cells of Elodea and Triticum. Cellule, Louvain, 1938, 47: 61-76, 2 pi.—Lazarow, A. The chemical organization of the cytoplasm. Biol. Bull., 1944, 87: 156.—Luyet, B. J. Water and the ultra-structure of proto- plasm. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39, 22: 487-91.—Marui, K. A contribution to the knowledge of cell-granule; on the nucleoproteid-like granule (Marui) and X-granule (Marui) Jap. M. J., 1948, 1: 155-60.—Nicolau, S., & Kopciowska, L. Inclusions cellulaires acidophiles dans le tissu nerveux et dans le rein des pigeons normaux. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 60: 308-15.—Pfeiffer, H. H. Experimentelle Beitrage zur leptonischen Struktur undifferenzierten Protoplasmas. Kol- loid Zschr., 1941, 96: 355-8.—Pischinger, A. Zellstrukturen und KoUoidchemie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 129-33.— Riley, V. T., Hesselbach, M. L. [et al.] Application of chroma- tography to the segregation of subcellular particulates. Cancer Res., 1949, 9: 614.—Schmidt, W. J. Molekulare Bauweisen tierischer Zellen und Gewebe und ihre polarisationsoptische Erforschung. Naturwissenschaften, 1938, 26: 481; 509.— Schmitt, F. O. The ultrastructure of protoplasmic constituents. Physiol. Rev., 1939, 19: 270-302. ------Hall, C. E., & Jakus, M. A. The ultrastructure of protoplasmic fibrils. Biol. Sympos., Lane, 1943, 10: 261-76, inch 2 pi.—Schneider, W. C. Methods for the isolation of particulate components of the cell. In: Manometr. Techn. &c. (Umbreit, W. W.) 2. ed., Minneap., 1949, 148-55.—Seifriz, W. Frey-Wyssling, A.: Submicroscopic morphology of protoplasm and its derivatives [Bk rev.] J. Colloid Sc', 1949, 4: 441-4.—Wergin, W. Direkte Beobachtung von 0,2 n grossen Strukturelementen der pflanzlichen Zellwand. Naturwissenschaften, 1938, 26: 613. MICROSOMIA. See under Dwarfism; Nanism. MICROSPECTROGRAPHY [incl. micro- spectroscopy] See also Microscopy, ultraviolet; Spectrogra- phy- ... j Engstrom, A. *Quantitative micro- and histochemical elementary analysis by roentgen absorption spectrography [Karolmska Inst.] 106p. 25cm. Stockh.; 1946. Forms Suppl. 63, Acta radiol., Stockh. Gailliard, P. *L'histospectrographie quanti- tative; etude critique de ses methodes [Lyons] 58p. 24cm. Besancon, 1944. P£tey, M. *L'histospectrographie; etude de ses techniques [Lyon] 140p. 25^cm. Tr6- voux, 1933. „ „, T t j Barer, R., Cole. A. R. H., & Thompson, H. W. Infrared spectroscopy with the reflecting microscope in physics, chem- istry and biology. Nature, Lond., 1949, 163: 198-201 — Benoit W. Ueber spektrographische Untersuchungen an Gewebsschnitten menschlicher Organe unter Verwendung dea Hochfrequenzfunkens nach Gerlach-Schweitzer. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90: 421-64.—Bonavolonta, G. Osservazioni spettro-microscopiche sull'occhio vivente. Ann. ottalm., 1948, 74: 339-49.—Casella, C, & Reggiani. M. Istospettro- grafia di fluorescenza. Arch, biol., LiEge, 1949, 60: 207-34.— Cole, P. A., & Brackett, F. S. Technical requirements in the determination of absorption spectra by the ultraviolet micro- scope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1940, 11: 419-27.—DeMent, J. Fluorescence spectromicroscopy. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1942, 61: 306.—Favero, F., & Veiga de Carvalho, H. Consideracoes em torno da epimicroespectroscopia. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1929, 4: 265-7, pi.—Fox, H. M., & Ramage, H. A spectro- graphic analysis of animal tissues. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1931, ser. B, 108: 157-73, pi.—Gailliard, P. Sur la technique du microdosage en histospectrqgraphie. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1943,20:175-88. ------ L'histospectrographie quantitative; quelques conditions de son application. Ibid., 1944, 21: 81-6.— Greaves, A. V. A new microscope adapter for the hand spectro- scope. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 755.—Jelley, E. E. An improved grating microspectrograph and its use in chemical microscopy. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1936, 56: 101-12, 2 pi.— Malmgren, B., & Heden, C. G. Studies of the nucleotide metabolism of bacteria; ultraviolet microspectrography as an aid in the study of the nucleotide content of bacteria. Acta path, microb. scand., 1947, 24: 417-36.—Murray, W. M., jr, Gettys, B., & Ashley, S. E. Q. Properties and use of a high frequency spark discharge for local micro-analysis. J. Optic Soc. America, 1941, 31: 433-8.—Policard, A., & Morel, A. Utilisation de la spectrographie des raies en histochimie (histo- spectrographie) Presse therm, dim., 1933, 74: 73.—Rank, D. H. High precision achromatic autocollimator. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1946, 17: 243.—Scott, G. H., & Williams, P. S. A new development in histospectrography. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 505-7.—Sheldon, J. H., & Ramage, H. Spectrographie analysis of human tissues. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1608-27, pi—Vies, F. Problemes actuels de la microspectroscopie biologique. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1944, 17: Suppl., 98-100.—Wilson, G. E. A micro filter stick for use in spectrographie analysis. Analyst, Lond., 1946, 71: 375.—-Wyckgram, E. Ueber Mikro-Spektrographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912. 29: 339-46. MICROSPERMATOZOON. See Spermatozoon. MICROSPHEROCYTOSIS. See Erythrocyte, Size: Variation: Spherocy- tosis; Icterus, hemolytic familial. MICROSPHYGMIA. See also Mental deficiency; Pulse, weak; also Frostbite; Vasoconstriction. Cottet, J. [REponse k] M. de Girardier, rEsultats obtenus par les thErapeutiques sympathiques dans le traitement des gelures. Presse mEd., 1941, 49: 157.—Richet, C, jr, & Saint- Girons, F. Le microsphygmie. Rev. mEd., Par., 1908, 28: 987-99. •------ & Bourneville. Note sur la microsphygmie. C. rend. Congr. mEd. aliEn. neur. France, 1908, 18. Congr., 321-4.—Variot. Microsphygmie avec kEratose pilaire et dEbilitE mentale. Bull. Soc. pEdiat. Paris, 1906, 8: 158.------ Microsphygmie. J. mEd. int., Par., 1908, 12: 358. ------ & Grandjean, E. Microsphygmie permanente et microcEphalie avec dEbilitE mentale. Bull. Soc. pEdiat. Paris, 1914, 16: 121-5. MICROSPIRA [Schroeter] See Vibrio; also Spirilleae. ---- M. phosphoreum [Yasaki] See also Bacterium (phosphoreum) Yasaki, Y., Nisio, M. [et al.] Bacteriological studies on bioluminescence; on the nature of the new luminous bacterium, Microspira phosphoreum (Yasaki) Sei i kwai M. J., 1926, 45: No. 3, 20. MICROSPIRILLUM. See also Spirilleae. Carpano. M. Sur un nouveau spirille de tres petite taille chez les oiseaux: Microspirillum avium, n. g., n. sp. Ann. parasit., Par., 1936, 14: 375-9, pi. MICROSPIRONEMA [1905 Stiles] See Treponema. MICROSPLANCHNIC [1925 Viola] See Body constitution, Types. MICROSPORA 1 MICROSPORA [1900 Migula] See Spirillum; Vibrio. MICROSPORANGIUM. See also Sporangium; also Microspore. Kidston, R. On the microsporangia of the Pteridosperms. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1905-06, Ser. B, n. ser., 77: 161 (Abstr.) MICROSPORE. See also Microsporangium; Pollen; Protozoa; Spore; see also Microsporogenesis. Hofker, J. Die Teilung, Mikrosporen- und Auxosporen- bildung von Coscinodiscus biconicus v. Breemen. Ann. protist., Par., 1928, 1: 167-94.—Jouvenel-Marcillac, M. Evolution du noyau de la microspore chez les cruciferes. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1941, 212: 716-8.—Lima-de-Faria, A. Disturbances in microspore cytology of Anthoxanthum. Hereditas, Lund, 1947, 33: 539-51.—Sax, K., & Husted, L. Polarity and differ- entiation in microspore development. Am. J. Bot., 1936, 23: 606-9. MICROSPORELLASIS. See also Dermatomycosis; Dermatophyte; Dog, Diseases; Microsporum. el Dabh, S. G. *Contribution a l'etude d'une teigne animale [Strasbourg] 67p. 24cm. Clermont-Ferrand, 1942. MICROSPORIA [1843 Gruby] See also Dermatomycosis; Epidermophytosis Microsporum; Mycosis; Scalp, Mycosis; Tri» chophytosis. Arzt, L. Die Mikrosporie; ein Geleitwort zu einem Le und Aufklarungsfilm, zusammengestellt auf Grund von Er- fahrungen aus der Wiener Epidemie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1922, 72: 1473-6.—Bogrov, S. L. Mikrosporia i borba s nel. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bolezn., 1912, 24: 3-9, pi.—Keddie, J. A. G. Ringworm of the scalp in children; its causation, detection, and treatment, and a report on an outbreak. Health Bull., Edinb., 1946-47, 5: 66-8.—N. Sulle tigne tonsuranti. Gazz. osp., 1937, 58: 656-8.—Negroni, P. Microsporia. In his Dermato- micosis, B. Air., 1942, 294-314.—Pignot, M. Symptomatologie, diagnostic, prophylaxie et traitement des teignes tondantes. Presse mEd., 1937, 45: 379.—Reif, F. Ueber Mikrosporie. Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg, 1922, 92: 97. ------Lurie, A. G. [et al.] [Die Mikrosporie und ihre Bekampfung] Vest, vener., 1941, No. 4, 6.—Werther. Die Mikrosporie der Kinder. Derm. Wschr., 1929. 89: 2007-13. ---- Allergy [Microsporid] See also other subheadings (Immunology) Arzt, L., & Fuhs, H. Zur Entstehung der Allgemeinexan- theme bei Mikrosporie. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1923, 143: 52-6.—Blumenfeld, A. Kerion microsporicum with hemato- genous and ectogenous microsporids; report of a case, with reference to the literature. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 24: 607-13.—Giardini, A., & Farina, L. Microsporide a sede congiuntivale nel corso di microsporia infiammatoria cutanea. Ann. ottalm., 1946, 72: 575; 690.—Pavia, M. Contributo alio studio delle microsporidi nell'infanzia. Arch. ital. pediat., 1932-33, 1: 573-89— Quiroga, M. L, Negroni, P., & Cordero, A. M. Microsporide vesicopustulosa; su patogenia. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1937, 21: 202-7.—Werther. Ueber die Dresdner Epidemie von Mikrosporie und Alopecia parvi- maculata und Deutung der letzteren als Mikrosporid. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1931, 163: 402-19.—White, C. J.. & Welfeld, J. Microsporon type of tinea capitis with grouped papular microsporid. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 609. ---- Cases. For cases see also under specific names of Microsporum. Arievich, A. M. [Microsporia of the scalp in adults] Vener. derm., Moskva, 1929, 6: 31-6, pi.—Cipollaro, A. C. Tinea capitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1945, 52: 56.—Henry, A., & Bory, L. Plusieurs cas de microsporie cutanEe dans une m6me famille. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 930.—Jackson, J. W. Ringworm of the scalp. Q. Bull. Indiana Univ. M. Center, 1949, 11: 56.—Joseph, M. Herpes tonsurans im Kindesalter. Zbl. Kinderh., 1903, 8: 49-54.—Kerl, W. Mikro- Bporie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1919, 32: 572. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1919, 69: 1088.—Lewis, G. M. Tinea capitis in a two year old child. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1946, 53: 144.— Lima Carneiro, A. Cinco casos de microsporia. Med. contemp. Lisb., 1937, 55: 334-6.—Livingood, C. S., & Pillsbury, D. M. Ringworm of the scalp; prolonged observation, family investi- gation, cultural and immunologic studies in 130 cases. J. Invest. Derm., 1941, 4: 43-57.—MacLeod. J. M. H. Case of MICROSPORIA ringworm of the scalp due to microsporon fungus in an adult. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1908-09, 2: Sect. Derm., 89.— Madden, J. F. Tinea capitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1946, 53: 516.—Murillo, B. A. Un caso de tifia tonsurante del cuero cabelludo. Rev. mEd., Puebla, 1938, 11: No. 93, 16.—Pro- chacki. Microsporia. Przegl. derm., Warsz., 1948, 35: 473.— Zacharieff, B. Miciosporia capillitii. Derm. Wschr., 1943, 116: 186. ---- Clinical aspect. Andrews, G. C. Tinea capitis, without alopecia. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1946, 54: 250.—Braude, R. S., & Masslov, P. E. [Microsporia in adults] Sovet. vest, vener., 1933, 2: 377-80.—Mitchell, J. H. Epidemic ringworm of the scalp. Med. Clin. N. America, 1948, 32: 283-96.—Montanaro, E. Tigna torpida tonsurante insorta in soggetto adulto affetto da nanismo. Arch. ital. derm., 1948, 21: 364-9.—Negroni, P.. Pierini, L. E., & Cordero, A. A. Alopecia parvimaculata de origen microsp6rico [Disc] Prensa mEd. argent., 1941, 28: 520.—Niemeyer, A. Um caso di tinha microspdrica psoriasi- forme. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1945, 20: 392.—Nifio, F. L. Tricopatfa microsp6rica ectothrix del cuero cabelludo. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1931) 1932, 7. meet., 384-100, 5 pi.— Ramos e Silva, J. Sobre alguns casos de microsporia. Ann. brasil. derm, syph., 1927, 3: 15-22.—Vanlair. Sur un cas d'herpes tonsurant. Presse mEd. beige, 1870-71, 23: 406; 413. ---- Diagnosis. Curry, J. A portable Wood's light for ringworm diagnosis. Med. Off., Lond., 1948, 80: 240.—Gottschalk. Zur Diagnose und Therapie der Mikrosporie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51:870. ---- Epidemiology. See also subheading Geography. Bornhauser, S. Ueber eine Mikrospone-Epidemie in einem Kinderheim. Dermatologica, Basel, 1949, 98: 222-7.— Danilevskaya, E. D. [Period of isolation from school of children with herpes tonsurans] Sovet. vest, vener., 1934, 3: 679-81.— Epstein, S. Beitrage zur Epidemiologic und Therapie der Mikrosporie. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1930, 162: 9-18.— Karrenberg, C. L. Beitrage zur Epidemiologie der Mikrosporie. Ibid., 1932, 166: 14-29.—Nagy, G. [Epidemic of microsporia and its thallium treatment at KecskemEt] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1938, 36: 703-9.—Nomland, R. Epidemic ringworm of the scalp in children. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1946, 36: 155-7.—Rauber. Ein Beitrag zum epidemischen Auftreten von Herpes tonsurans. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1903,16: 865-7.—Zakon, S. J., & Goldberg, A. L. The problems of epidemic ringworm of the scalp. Illinois M. J., 1947, 92: 232-4. ---- Etiology. See also specific names under Microsporum. Dosa, A. [Experiments on etiology of microsporia] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 1145. Also Derm. Wschr., 1936, 102: 75-8. ------ Mikrosporon felineum und Mikrosporon fulvum an Hand von Herpes tonsurans erythematosquamosus, beziehungs- weise Herpes tonsurans Fallen. Ibid., 103: 1281-4.—Loewen- thal, K. Tinea capitis due to combined infection with Micro- sporum audouini and Microsporum lanosum; report of a case. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1948, 58: 27-33. ---- Geography. Elkan, K. *Mikrosporie-Epidemie in Miin- chen. 13p. 8? Munch., 1917. Hetjck, A. *Ueber die Mikrosporie in Ham- burg [Kiel] 20p. 8? Hamb., 1932. Htjenges, C. E. *Die Microsporie in Strass- burg i. E. 40p. 8? Strassb. i. E., 1914. Nagel, H. *Ueber das Auftreten der Mikro- sporie in Heidelberg. 51p. 8? Heidelb., 1915. Poss, W. *Ausbreitung der Mikrosporie in Bonn und Umgebung. 36p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Schertlin, E. *Eine Mikrosporie-Epidemie in Wurttemberg [Tubingen] 12p. 8? Stuttg., 1913. Stein, A. *Ueber eine erneute Mikrosporie- endemie zu Dresden, p.461-70. 8? Breslau, 1932. In: Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932-33, 167: Aldick, W. Ueber eine Mikrosporieepidemie in Schleswig- Holstein und ihre Behandlung mit Zimtchloroform. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934, 170: 473-84.—Alkiewicz, J. Epi- demiologia mikrosporii w Polsce. Przegl. epidem., Warsz., 1948, 2: 152.—Arievich, A. M., Bekkerov, G. E., & Poryvaeva, V. F. Novye dannye k epidemiologii mikrosporii v SSSR. Vest, vener., 1949, No. 3, 21-6.—Carrick, L. The epidemiology of tinea capitis in Detroit school children. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1946, 45: 347-52.—Caruso, S. La microsporia in Sicilia. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67: 278-80.—CaUnei, A. Huit 2 MICROSPORIA 113 MICROSPORIA nouvelies observations algEriennes de microsporie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur AlgErie, 1935, 13: 216-8— Cisneros, G. J. de. Estudio cllnicoepidemiol6gico de una epidemia de microsporia en Murcia. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1934-35, 27: 718-21. Also Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 687-9.—Dobes, W. L. Ringworm of the scalp; an epidemic in Georgia. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1947, 36: 259^-63.—Fischer, W. Studien und Betrachtungen iiber die Berliner Microsporieepidemie. Acta derm, vener., Upps., 1921, 2: 35-68, 3 pi.—Hoffmann, E. Ueber gehauftes Vorkom- men von Mikrosporie im Rheinland. Derm. Zschr., 1920, 31: 140.—Klehmet, W. Eine Mikrosporie-Epidemie mit eigen- artigem Verhalten in Hannover. Deut. med. Wschr., 1919, 45: 1189.—Lanteri, G. Alcuni casi (7) di microsporia a Catania. Arch. ital. derm., 1930-31, 6: 355-67.—MacHaffie, L. P., Penny, S. F., & Beck, E. C. Ringworm of the scalp in Ottawa public schools, 1946-47. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1948, 39: 83.—Masuda, R. Morioka wo tyusin to suru tiho no sizy6- kin-sei hihusikkan, koto-ni hakusen no kenkyu [Skin diseases caused by Trichophyton and Microsporon in the city of Morioka] Iwate igakkai zassi, 1947-49, 1: 181-95.—Moncorps, C, & Gante, E. Ueber eine Mikrosporieepidemie in Westfalen 1946-47. Derm. Wschr., 1947, 119: 81-7.—Montpellier & Lacroix, A. Sur un cas de microsporie rencontrE k Alger. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1920, 27:145.—Obrtel, J. [Incidence of microsporia in Praha] Cas. lEk. desk., 1934, 73: 143-5.— Ormea, F. Su di alcune epidemie di microsporia in Germania, 1945-48. Riv. 1st. sieroter. ital., 1949, 24: 2. sez., 95-101.— Ponthus, P., & Berbir, A. Les teignes au Liban et en Syrie; considErations gEnErales et thErapeutiques. Rev. mEd. Moyen Orient, 1949, 6: 153-62.—Schertlin, E. Eine Mikrosporieepi- demie in Wurttemberg. Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg, 1913, 83: 549-52.—Soetomo. Microsporie bij Javaansche kinderen en hare epidemiologic. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1924, 64: 720-5, pi.—Specht. Eine Mikrosporieepidemie im rheinisch- westfalischen Industriebezirk. Derm. Zschr., 1920, 31: 87- 90.—Spencer, G. A. Ringworm infection of the scalp in the Harlem area. N. York State J. M., 1944, 44: 1486-90 — Stiimpke, G. Ueber den weiteren Verlauf der hannoverschen Mikrosporieepidemie. Derm. Wschr., 1922, 74: 472-5.— Talice, R. V„ & Mackinnon. J. E. Dermatomicosis por Micro- sporum (Sabouraudites) en el Uruguay. Arch. Soc. biol. Montevideo, 1931, 3: 19-31.—Teodorescu, S. Premiere EpidEmie de microsporie en Roumanie. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 407. Also Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1927, 16: 46-50. Also Rev. fr. derm. vEnEr., 1927, 3: 142-6.—Winkler, M. Ueber die Mikrosporie-Epidemie in Luzern. Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1919, 49: 1497-502. ---- Immunology. See also subheading Allergy. Rothman, S., Smdljanic, A. M., & Weitkamp. A. W. Mech- anism of spontaneous cure in puberty of ringworm of the scalp. Science, 1946, 104: 201-3. ---- lichenoides [1894 Pellizzari] See under subheading Allergy. ---- Pathology. Felsher, Z. Observations on the fluorescent material in hairs infected by Microsporon in tinea capitis. J. Invest. Derm., 1949, 12:139-44.—Neuber, E. [Pathology and therapy of microsporia in man] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 1095. Also Derm. Wschr., 1930, 90: 366-9. ---- Site [other than scalp] See also Scalp, Mycosis. Silberlast, N. * Mikrosporie der unbe- haarten Haut. 20p. 8? Basel, 1915. Costa, O. G. Microsporon infection of the palpebral and ciliary regions. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 65-9.— Montgomery, R. M. Tinea ciliorum and tinea corporis. Ibid.. 1945. 52: 426. i Transmission from animals. Cunha, C. Tinha microsporia de origem animal. Rev. mEd. Parana, 1947. 16: 6-8.—Henry, A., & Bory, L. Micro- sporie du chien transmise a l'homme. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1934, 41: 1885.—Stevenin, G. Trois cas de microsporie humaine d'origine animale. Rec. mEd. vEt., 1937, 113: 149-51. ---- Treatment. Arievich, A. M. Sovremennoe sostoianie voprosa o lechenii trikhofitii, mikrosporii i parshi. Vest, vener., 1949, No. 3, 40-5 —Baschke, A., & Klemm, G. Zur Behandlung der Mikrosporie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1920, 16: 1158-60— Fischer, F. Erfahrungen bei der Behandlung der Mikrosporie. Derm. Zbl 1912-13, 16: 227.—Leinbrock. Neue Behandlungs- vers'uche bei Mikrosporie. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1949-50, 74: 28.—Lewis, G. M. Ringworm of the scalp; curability, without depilating measures, of infections caused by animal micro- sporons. Am. J. M. Sc. 1935, 189: 364-70. -----; Silvers S H fet al 1 Measures to prevent and control an epidemic of ringworm of the scalp. N. York State J. M., 1944, 44: 1327- 33.—Lieberthal, E. P. Treatment of microsporon infection of the scalp. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 18: 97.— Morehead, M. A. Control of epidemic ringworm of the scalp. Med. Woman J., 1949. 56: No. 6, 11-5. ---- Treatment: Epilation. See also other subdivisions of Treatment; also Thallium, Therapeutic use. Felden, B. F. Epilation with thallium acetate in the treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp in children. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 17: 182-93.—Kopsa. Vier Falle von Thallium- behandlung bei Mikrosporie-Rezidive. Klin. Med., Wien, 1947, 2: 635.—Speierer, C. Rontgen- oder Thalliumepilation bei Mikrosporie? Strahlentherapie, 1931, 41: 395-400.— Urabe, H. Ueber die Epilation zweier Falle von Herpes tonsu- rans capillorum mit Thallium aceticum. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1934, 23: 56-63.—Voipertas, S. [Buschke-Langer's method of depilation with thallium-acetate in the treatment of micro- sporia and trichophytosis] Medicina, Kaunas, 1927, 8: 141-4 ---- Treatment: Hormones. Poth, D. O., & Kaliski, S. R. Estrogen therapy of tinea capitis; preliminary report. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 45: 121-8.—Thiel. Versuche iiber die Behandlung der Mikro- sporie mit Keimdrilsenhormonen. Deut. Gesundhwes., 1949, 4:31. ---- Treatment, local. Bang, H. Behandling af mikrospori i haarbunden med mycocten. Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: Jydsk med. selsk. forh., 20-3.—Berde, K. Von der Oppenheimschen Tartarusbe- handlung der Mikrosporiasis. Derm. Wschr., 1925, 81: 1263- 8.—Loomis, E. C. Ringworm of the scalp; treatment with thymol and oil of cinnamon. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 26: 495-8.—Moriame. Un an d'expErience du traitement des teignes microsporiques par applications locales de pEnicilline. Arch. belg. derm, syph., 1948, 4: 143-6. Also Scalpel, Brux., 1948, 101: 137.—Oliva Funes, E. Tratamiento de la tifia microsp6rica del cuero cabelludo con sodio 4-nitro 3-bisacetoxi- mercurio 2-cresol. Dfa mEd., B. Air., 1945, 17: 1246. Also Rev. mEd. C6rdoba, 1945, 33: 756.—Pechernikov, P. V. [Treat- ment of trichophytosis and microsporia with chloracid] Kazan. med. J., 1939, No. 5, 84-6.—Steiner, E. Die Behandlung der Mikrosporie mit Tartarus-stibiatus-Salbe (nach Oppenheim) und hierbei auftretende besondere Eigentiimlichkeiten des Verlaufes dieser Erkrankung. Derm. Wschr., 1925, 80: 51-5.— Strickler, A. The treatment of tinea capitis with special iodine and dilute acetic acid; report of results in a larger series of patients. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1947, 51: 264-7.—Tanissa, A. O tratamento local das tinhas tonsurantes. Gaz. mEd. port., 1948, 1: 689-94.—Touraine & Gallerand. Teigne tondante guErie apres frictions a l'acide salicylique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1948, 55: 20.—Wilson, J. F. Tinea capitis cured with local applications. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1946, 53: 389; Disc, 389-92. ---- Treatment: Radiation. Hohmann, H. Das Ergebnis einer Nachuntersuchung von 79 Mikrosporiefallen (3-10 Jahre nach der Rontgenepilation) Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 244-8.—Kleinschmidt, L. Zur Rontgenbehandlung der Mikrosporie. Derm. Wschr., 1921, 73: 855-7.-—Krantz. Der Heilungsvorgang bei der Rontgenbe- handlung der Mikrosporie. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928, 155: 86-9.—Lydon, F. L., Stephanides, T., & Robb, T. M. Ringworm of the scalp; treatment by x-ray expilation without subsequent local application. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 523.— Roland, C. F. Roentgen ray treatment of tinea capitis. Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr., 1949, 27: 29-33.—Sabouraud, R., & Noire, H. Traitement des teignes tondantes par les rayons x a l'Ecole Lailler (H6pital St-Louis) Ann. Electrob., Lille, 1905, 8: 79-105, 3 pi.—Shanks, S. C. X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1944, 3: 188-93.—Stiimpke, G. Zur Bewertung der Rontgentherapie bei Mikrosporie. Strahlentherapie, 1927, 25: 358-61. ---- Treatment, specific. Smith, L. M. Ringworm of the scalp; treatment of micro- sporon infections with a specific culture filtrate. South. M. J., 1935, 28: 610-5. ---- in animals. See also Microsporum species (M. canis; M. felineum) Feret, O. R. *La microsporie du chat et sa transmission a l'homme. 55p. 8? Par., 1934. Hebrant & Antoine. Teigne a Microsporum chez le chien et le chat. Ann. mEd. vEt., Brux., 1913, 62: 65-8.— Heelsbergen, T. Trichophytie en microsporie bij het paard. Tschr. dier- geneesk., 1918, 45: 477-86, pi.—Kaiser, M. Ueber einen Fall von Herpes tonsurans beim Impftier. Zschr. Hyg., 1935, 117: 106-9.—Rathsmann. Borkenflechte (Herpes tonsurans crus- tosus) bei einem Pferde der 1. Eskadron Reiter-Regiment Nr. 5. Zschr. Veterinark., 1923, 35: 243-7. MICROSPORID 114 MICROSPORIDIIDA MICROSPORID. See under Lichen; Microsporia, Allergy. MICROSPORIDIIDA [1899 Labbe] See also Cnidosporidia; Microsporidiosis; Myxo- sporidia; also Fish, Disease; Insecta, Diseases; also under names of insects as Bee, Diseases, etc. Debaisietjx, P. Etudes cytologiques sur quelques microsporidies. p.387-452. 4? Lou- vain, 1928. In: Cellule, Louvain, 1928, 38: pt 3. JfROVEC, O. Cizopasnfci nasich perloocek; mikrosporidie. lOp. 25cm. Praha, 1943. Forms No. 23. VEst. Cesk. spol. nauk, tf. mat. pffrod. (1942) 1943. Cardamatis, J. P. De quelques microsporidies chez la mouche domestique. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1912, 65: Orig., 77-9, pi.—Debaisieux, P., & Gastaldi, L. Les microsporidies parasites des larves de Simulium. Cellule, Louvain, 1919-20, 30: 185-213, 6 pi.—Fantham, H. B., Porter, A., & Richardson, L. R. Some microsporidia found in certain fishes and insects in eastern Canada. Parasitology, Lond., 1941, 33: 186-208, pi.—Jlrovec, O. Zur Kenntnis einiger Cladoceren-Parasiten. Zool. Anz., 1942, 140: 129-33. ------ Revision der in Simu- lium-Larven parasitierenden Mikrosporidien. Ibid., 1942—43, 142: 173-9.—Leger, L., & Duboscq, O. Sur une microsporidie parasite d'une grEgarine. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1909, 148: 733.— Mercier, L. Sur une microsporide du talitre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1906, 61: 90. ------ & Poisson, R. Microsporidies parasites de Mysis (Crust., Schizopodes) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 182: 1576-8.—Nemeczek, A. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Myxo- und Microsporidien der Fische. Arch. Protistenk., 1911, 22: 143-69, 2 pi.—Perez, C. Sur une microsporidie, nouvelle parasite dea crabes du bassin d'Arcachon. P. verb. Soc. sc phys. natur. Bordeaux, 1903-04, 105-8.—Sen, P. On the Microsporidia infesting some anophelines of India. J. Malaria Inst. India, 1941, 4: 257-61, pi.—Steinhaus, E. A., & Hughes, K. M. Two newly described species of Microsporidia from the potato tuberworm, Gnorimoschema operculella (Zeller) (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae) J. Parasit., Lane, 1949, 35: 67-75, incl. pi.—Welser, J. Zur Kenntnis der Mikro- sporidien aus Chironomiden-Larven. Zool. Anz., 1942, 140: 126; 1943, 141:255. ---- Duboscqia [1908 Perez] See also Termes. Kudo, R. R. Microsporidian parasitic in Reticulitermes flavipes. J. Parasit., Lane, 1938, 24: 377. ------ Notes on a microsporidian parasite, Duboscqia sp., of Reticulitermes of Maryland. Ibid.. 1941, 27: No. 6, Suppl., 32. On the microsporidian, Duboscqia lEgeri PErez 1908, parasitic in Reticulitermes flavipes. J. Morph., 1942, 71: 307-33, 4 pi.— PErez, C. Sur Duboscquia lEgeri, microsporidie nouvelle parasite du Termes lucifugus et sur la classification des micro- sporidies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 631-3. ---- Encephalitozoon. See Encephalitozoon; also under Rabies, Etiology. ---- Glugea [1891 Thelohan] Jfrovec, O. Ueber eine neue Microsporidienart (Glugea acerinae, n. sp.) aus Acerina cernua. Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 72: 198-213, 2 pi. ---- Mrazekiidae [1922 Leger] See also subdivision Octosporea. Debaisieux, P. Deux microsporidies nouvelle de larves de Chironomus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 913-5.—Jfrovec, O. Zur Kenntnis von in Oligochaten parasitierenden Microspo- ridien aus der Familie Mr&zekidae. Arch. Protistenk., 1936, 87: 314-44, 4 pi.—Leger, L., & Hesse, E. Mrazekia, genre nouveau de microsporidies a spores tubuleuses. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1916, 79: 345-8, pi. ---- Nosema [1857 Nageli] See also names of insects as Bee; Bombyx; Pulex, etc Kudo, R. R. Morphology and development of Nosema notabilis Kudo, parasitic in Sphaero- spora polymorpha Davis, a parasite of Opsanus tau and O. beta. 83p. 26#cm. Urbana, 1944. Also Illinois Biol. Monogr., 1944, 20: 7-83. Abdel-Malek, A., & Steinhaus, E. A. Invasion route of Nosema sp. in the potato tuberworm, as determined by liga- turing. J. Parasit., Lane, 1948, 34: 452.—Alpatov, V. V.. & Gnbin, A. F. [On the action of different chemicals on Nosema apis Z. (Protozoa, Microsporidia)] Zool. J., Moskva, 1942, 21: 147-52.—Isiwata, S. Note on a species of Nosema infecting Attacus cynthia Drury. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1917, 3: 136.— Koegel, A. Kontrastfarbung von Nosemasporen in Ausstrichen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 44: 354.—Kudo. R. R. Eine neue Methode die Sporen von Nosema bombycis Nageli mit ihren augeschnellten Polfaden dauerhaft zu praparieren und deren Lange genauer zu bestimmen. Zool. Anz., 1913, 41: 368-71. Studies on Microsporidia parasitic in mosquitoes; on a microsporidan, Nosema aedis, n. sp., parasitic in a larva of Aedes aegypti of Porto Rico. Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 69: 23-38, 2 pi. ------ The development of Nosema notabilis Kudo, a microsporidian, and of its host myxosporidian, Sphaero- spora polymorpha Davis, parasitic in Opsanus tau. Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl., 133 (Abstr.) ------ Nosema termitis n. sp., parasitic in Reticulitermes flavipes. J. Morph., 1943, 73: 265-79, 2 pi.—-Marzocchi, V. Sul cosidetto microspoiidio poliedrico del giallume del Bombyx mori. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1907, 4. ser., 13: 382-4. Also Riv. igiene san. pubb., 1907, 18:551-60, pi.; 1908, 19:678-80. ------ Sul parassita del giallume del Bombyx mori (Microsporidium polyedricum Bolle) Arch, parasit., Par., 1908-09, 12: 456-66.—Masera, E. Autres hdtes du Nosema bombycis Nageli. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1939, 11: 138.—Ohmori, J. Zur Kenntnis des Pebrine-Erregers, Nosema bombycis Nageli. Arb. Gesundhamt., 1912, 40: 108-22, pi.—Paillot, A. Sur le cycle Evolutif de Nosema bombycis parasite de la pEbrine du ver a soie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 81-3. ------ Le cycle Evolutif de Nosema carpocapsae, microsporidie nouvelle parasite du carpocapse, Laspeyresia pomonella L. Ibid., 1938, 127: 1138-40.—Poisson, R. Recherches sur les microsporidies parasites des hEmiptdres; Nosema veliae, n. sp., microsporidie parasite de Velia currens Fab. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1929-30, 69: Notes & rev., 55-63.—Schiller, J. Bildet Nosema apis physiologisch verschiedene Rassen? Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1938, 25: 754—6.—Weissenberg, R. Microsporidien aus Tipulidenlarven (Nosema binucleatum n. sp., Thelohania tipulae n. sp.) Arch. Protistenk., 1926, 54: 431-67, 3 pi. ---- Octosporea [1911 Flu] See also Drosophilidae, and the names of affected species. Brug, S. L. Octosporea monospora (Chatton u. Krempf) Arch. Protistenk., 1914, 35: 127-38, 2 pi.—Thomson, J. G. A microsporidian (Octosporea) in the intestine of Musca sorbeni Wied. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 6. ---- Perezia [1909 Leger] Leger, L., & Duboscq, O. Perezia lankesteriae n. g., n. sp., microsporidie parasite de Lankesteria ascidiae (Ray-Lank.) Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1909-10, 1: Notes & rev., p. lxxix-xciii.— Paillot, A. Deux microsporidies nouvelies parasites des chenilles de Pieris brassicae. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1918, 81: 66-8. ------ Perezia legeri, n. sp., microsporidie nouvelle, parasite des chenilles de Pieris brassicae. Ibid., 187-9. ------ Contribution a l'Etude des microsporidies parasites de Pieris brassicae L. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1929, 25: 212-30. ---- Plistophora [1893 Gurley] See also Aedes; Simulium, and other affected insects. Georgevitch, J. Nouvelies recherches sur les microsporidies; contribution a la connaissance du cycle Evolutif de Plistophora blochmanni Zwolfer. Arch. Protistenk., 1929, 65: 124-50, 3 pi.—Mercier, L. Sur la mitose des cellules a Bacillus cuenoti. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1907, 145: 833-5.—Sprague, V., & Ramsey, J. A preliminary note on Plistophora kudoi n. sp., a micro- sporidian parasite of the cockroach. Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl., 132 (Abstr.) ------ Further observations on Plisto- phora kudoi, a microsporidian of the cockroach. J. Parasit., Lane, 1942, 28: 399-406, pi.—Zwolfer, W. Plistophora blochmanni, eine neue Microsporidie aus Gammarus pulex L. Arch. Protistenk., 1926, 54: 261; 341; 5 pi. Stempellia [1910 Leger] See also Culex; Ephemeridae; Moniezia. Jones, A. W. Stempellia moniezi n. sp., a microsporidian (Protozoa; Sporozoa) parasite of Cestodes. J. Parasit., Lane, 1942, 28: Suppl., 10 (Abstr.) ------ A further description of Stempellia moniezi Jones, 1942, a microsporidian parasite (Nosematidae) of Cestodes. Ibid., 1943, 29: 373-8. Thelohania [1892 Henneguy] See also affected hosts as Aedes; Anopheles; Simulium, etc. Debaisieux, P. Microsporidies parasites des larves de Simulium; Thelohania varians. Cellule, Louvain, 1919-20, 30: 45-79, 5 pi.—Mattes, O. Ueber den Entwicklungsgang der Microsporidie Thelohania ephestiae und die von ihr hervorge- rufenen Krankheitserscheinungen. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1928, 132: 526-82, 4 pi.—Paillot. A. Sur Thelohania mesnili, micro- sporidie nouvelle, parasite des chenilles de Pieris brassicse L. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 501-3. MICROSPORIDIOSIS 115 MICROSPORUM MICROSPORIDIOSIS. See also Microsporidiida; also names of affected hosts as Bee; Bombyx; Crustacea; Fish, Disease; Insecta, Diseases, etc. Botjguereatj, M. *Les maladies des abeilles legalement contagieuses; les loques, l'ascariose, la nosemose. 67p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1933. Allen, H. W., & Brunson, M. H. Control of Nosema disease of potato tuber worm, a host used in the mass production of Macrocentrus ancylivorus. Science, 1947, 105: 394.— Burnside, C. F., & Revell, I. L. Observations on nosema disease of honey bees. J. Econom. Entom., 1948, 41: 603-7.—Claussen, L. Mikrosporidieninfektion beim gefleckten Seewolf. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 44: 307-10.—Fantham, H. B., & Porter, A. The Isle of Wight disease of bees (Microsporidiosis) Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc. (1912) 1913, 515.—Farrar, C. L. Nosema losses in package bees as related to queen supersedure and honey yields. J. Econom. Entom., 1947, 40: 333-8.— Gasperini, G. Sui microsporidi del farcino criptococchico o della cosl detta saccaromicosi equina. Atti Soc. tosc. igiene, 1905, 5: 41-8; Disc, 17.—Le Danois, E. Sur une tumeur a microsporidies chez un crEnilabre. Bull. Soc. sc. mEd. ouest, 1910, 19: 210.—Levaditi, C, Nicolau, S., & Schoen, R. La microsporidiose du lapin; ses relations avec la rage. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 178: 256-8.—Mercier, L. NEoplasie du tissu adipeux chez des blattes (Periplaneta orientalis L.) parasitEes par une microsporidie. Arch. Protistenk., 1908, 11: 372-81, pi.—Neumtiller, O. Zur Diagnose und Veterinarpolizeilichen Bekampfung der Nosemaseuche der Bienen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1942, 123-5.—Paillot, A. Sur la transmission des maladies k microsporidies chez les insectes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 90: 504-6.—Poisson, R. Sur une infection a micro- sporidie chez la nEpe cendrEe (hEmiptEre-hEtEroptEre) la rEac- tion des tissue de l'hote vis-4-vis du parasite. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1927-28, 67: Notes & rev., 129-37.—Schiller, J. Versuche zur Ermittlung eines Vorbeugemittels gegen die Nosemaseuche. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1941, 28: 130-5.—Schonberg, F. Ueber Zystenbildung und Schwarz fleckigkeit der Seefisch- muskulatur, verursacht durch Mikrosporidien. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1938-39, 49: 329.—Shere3hevsky. H. Mikro- sporidien als Erreger einer Muskelerkrankung der Flusskrebse. Zool. Anz., 1925-26, 65: 69-74. MICROSPOROCYTE. See also Cell-division. Devise, R. Le fuseau dans les microsporocytes du Larix. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1914, 158: 1028-30. ■------La figure achromatique et la plaque cellulaire dans les microsporocytes du Larix europsea. Cellule, Louvain, (1921) 1922, 32: pt 2, 247-309, 4 pi. MICROSPOROGENESIS. See also Microspore; Sporogenesis. Camara, A. Efeitos do calor sobre a microsporogEnese do Secale cereale. Sc. genet., Tor., 1939, 1: 86-102.—Heimlich, L. F. Microsporogenesis in the cucumber. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc U. S., 1927, 13: 113-5. ■----— Microsporogenesis in Cucumis sativus. Cellule, Louvain, 1929-30, 39: 5-24, 3 pi.— Joshi, A. C, & Rao, B. V. R. A studv of microsporogenesis in two Menispermaceae. Ibid., 1935-36, 44: 219-34, 2 pi — Santos, J. V. A microsporogenesis of Spathoglottis plicata Blume. Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1937, No. 12, 152.—Woodworth, R. H. Meiosis of microsporo- genesis in the Juglandaceae. Am. J. Bot., 1930, 17: 863-9, 2 pi. MICROSPORON [1853 Robin] See Microsporum. For certain species see also Malassezia. MICROSPOROSIS. See Microsporia. MICROSPORUM [1843 Gruby] See also Microsporia; Mycosis; Scalp, Mycosis; Trichophytoneae. Conant, N. F. Studies in the genus Microsporum; cultural studies. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 33: 665-83. -----r Biometric studies. Ibid., 34: 79-89.------ Taxonomic studies. Ibid., 1937, 36: 781-808. ------■ A statistical analy- sis of spore size in the genus Microsporum. J. Invest. Derm., 1941, 4: 265-78.—Kligman, A. M., & Rebell, G. The routine cultural identification of microsporum ringworm of the scalp. Ibid., 1949, 13: 135-7.—Lanteri, G. Tipi di microsporia riconosciuti nell'uomo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 499.—Loewenthal, K. Fuseaux formation of the genus Micro- sporum. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1950, 61: 455-9.—Maple- stone P. A., & Dey, N. C. A microsporum new to India. Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 148-51, pi.—Nakamura, T. Ueber eine bisher nicht beschriebene Art von Microsporon in Japan. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1931, 31: 152.—Negroni, P. Micologfa de los Microsporum. In his Dermatomicosis,. B. Air., 1942, 315-40.—O'Farrell, N. M. Differentiation of Microsporon audouini from Microsporon lanosum by fluorescence. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1948, 57: 919.—Sartory, A., Sartory, R., & Anselm, P. Etude d'un Microsporum parasite de l'enfant. Bull. Acad. mEd., Par., 1943, 127: 459-62.—Talice, R. V., & Mackinnon, J. E. Sabouraudites (Microsporum) parasites de l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 883. ---- amethysticum [1928 Weidman] See Trichophyton. ---- anomeon [1882 Vidal] See Micrococcus. ---- asteroides [1928 GuiartJ See M. mentagrophytes; also Ectotrichophyton, in 5. ser. ---- audouini [1843 Gruby] Syn.: Martensella microsporum (1895 Vuil- lemin) Trichophyton (decalvans, 1848; micro- sporum, 1892) Benedek, T. On the growth of Microsporum audouini and its production of perithecia on rice medium in the presence of a new stimulating saprophytic bacillus. Chron. bot., Waltham, 1942-43, 7: 203.—Berde, K. [On the resistance of Microsporon audouini] Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 112-21. Also Arch. Derm. Syph.. Berl., 1926, 150: 225-34.—Card, J. R. Diagnosis and treatment of tinea capitis due to Microsporon audouini infection. Bull. Toronto East M. Ass., 1948, 13: 15-7.— Carrick, L. Methods of local therapy for tinea capitis due to Microsporon audouini. J. Am. M. Ass., 1946, 131: 1189-94.— Catanei, A. Recherches sur les teignes dans la rEgion d'Oran (AlgErie) deuxieme observation algErienne de microsporie due a M. audouini. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 177-81.— Dey, N. C, & Ghosh, L. M. Studies of ringworm; Microsporum audouini infection in India. Ind. M. Gaz., 1944, 79: 51-5, 2 pi.—Felsher, I. M., & Finnerud, C. W. Tinea capitis in a woman aged 46, mother of two children with tinea capitis (Microsporon audouini type) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1948, 58: 517.—Fox, H. Ringworm of the scalp in the adult; report of a case of kerion due to Microsporon audouini. Ibid., 1926, 13: 398-400.—Gaul, L. E. Ringworm of the scalp due to Microsporon audouini; report of cases in Dubuque, Iowa. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1945, 35: 253-5.—Gilbert, R. O. Report of an outbreak of ringworm of the scalp due to M. audouini. California M., 1949, 70: 194-7.—Glass, F. A. Viability of fungus in hairs from patients with tinea capitis; Microsporon audouini. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1948, 57: 122-4.— Hazen, E. L. Microsporum audouini; the effect of yeast extract, thiamine, pyridoxine, and Bacillus weidmaniensis on the colony characteristics and macroconidial formation. Mycologia, Lane, 1947, 39: 200-9.—Jaeger, H., & Zimmer- mann, P. Sur la teigne due au Microsporum audouini. Derma- tologica, Basel, 1949, 98: 227-37.—Klumpp, M., & Reiss, F. Tinea capitis due to Microsporon audouini. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1947, 56: 547-50.—Lattman, I. Roentgen therapy in ringworm of scalp due to Microsporon audouini. Clin. Proc. Child. Hosp., Wash., 1947-48, 4: 312—Leao A. E. de A., & Cury, A. Sobre a exigencia de acido nicotfnico observada em cogumelo filamentoso, Microsporum audouini. Hospital, Rio, 1949, 35: 347-51.—Lewis, G. M. Tinea capitis ("Microsporon audouini) associated with alopecia areata. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1945, 51: 288.—MacKee, G. M., Hermann, F., & Karp, F. L. A new treatment for anthro- pophilic tinea tonsurans (Microsporon audouini) J. Invest. Derm., 1946, 7: 43-52.—Manca, V. Su un caso di microsporide con reperto del Microsporon audouini dal sangue circolante. Dermosifilografo, 1932, 7: 57-76.—Pinkus, H. Ringworm of the scalp caused by MicrosporoD audouini in Monroe County. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1945, 44: 823-6.—Price, H. The local treatment of tinea capitis due to Microsporum audouini. Ann. West. M. & S., 1949, 3: 210-6.—Reif, F. B. Ringworm of the scalp due to Microsporum audouini during pregnancy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1949, 59: 662.—Robinson, H. M., jr. In vitro studies of Microsporon audouini infection of the hair. Ibid., 1948, 57: 991-7.—Rothman, S., Smiljanic, A. M., & Shapiro, A. L. Fungistatic action of hair fat on Microsporon audouini. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 60: 394.— Saito, K. Audouin-si-kin ni yoru tobu sinzai-sei hakusen no iti rei [Ein Fall von Kerion Celsi, von Microsporon audouini verursacht] Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1939, 46: 485.—Schmidt. P. W. Ueber die Pilzflora Westfalens, insbesondere des Miin- sterlandes (Beitrage zur Klinik besonderer Erkrankungsformen bei Pilzerkrankungen, sowie iiber Doppelinfektionen mit verschiedenen Pilzarten, Ziichtung von Mikrosporon audouinii aus dem stromenden Blute) Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932-33, 167: 418-47.—Scully, J. P., Livingood, C. S., & Pillsbury, D. M. The local treatment of tinea capitis due to M. audouini; the importance of inflammatory reaction as an index of cura- bility. J. Invest. Derm., 1948, 10: 111-8.—Silvers, S. H. MICROSPORUM 1 16 MICROSPORUM Microsporon audouini infection of the eyelashes. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 436.—Sweitzer. S. E. Tinea capitis due to Microsporon audouini C3 cases) Ibid., 1947, 55: 147. ---- audouini: Variants. See other subdivisions (canis; equinum) ---- caninum [1908 Sabouraud] See M. canis. ---- canis [1897 Bodin] Syn.: Microsporum audouini var. macrosporum (1921) Microsporum lanosum (1907) Sabourau- dites felineus (1930 pro parte) Trichophyton tonsurans (1876) Appel. B., & Ansell, H. B. Large spores (macroconidia, fuseaux) of Microsporum canis in vivo; report of two cases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1949, 59: 168-74.— Botvinick, I., Peck, S. M., & Schwartz, L. An outbreak of Microsporon lanosum infection from a kitten. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1943, 58: 317-9.—Castro, A. M. de. Tinhas dos animaes domEsticos em Sao Paulo; microsporia: Microsporon felineum C. Fox-e F. Blaxall, 1896 e Microsporon canis Bodin-Almy, 1897 = Microsporon lanosum Sabouraud, 1907. Arch. Inst. biol., S. Paulo, 1928, 1: 201-16, 7 pi.—Conant, N. F. Syno- nymie de Microsporum canis, Bodin 1902 et de M. equinum Nicolas et Lacomme 1906. Ann. parasit., Par., 1935, 13: 161-4.-—GatE, M. [et al.] Plaque unique de teigne micro- sporique due au Microsporon lanosum; lEsions d'herpEs circinE diffusEment rEparties sur un grand nombre de points du tEgu- ment. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 392-4.—Gauvain, E. A. Tinea capitis in an adult, Microsporon lanosum. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1949, 60: 860.—Gonzalez Och6«, A. El Microsporum canis (Bodin y Almy, 1897) en MExico. Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., MEx., 1941, 2: 319-26, pi—Gri- goraki, L., & David, R. Caracteres biochimiques du Micro- sporum canis, Bodin, 1897, Grigoraki et Guiart, emend, 1928. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 203-5.—Hagan, W. A. Micro- sporum canis synonyms; this species is apparently identical with Microsporum lanosum (of man) and Microsporum feli- neum (of cats) In his Infect. Dis. Domest. Animals, Ithaca, 1943, 360.—Langeron, M., & Talice, R. V. Nouveau type de lEsion pilaire expErimentale produite par la culture purement plEomorphique du Sabouraudites felineus. Ann. parasit., Par., 1930, 8: 419-21. ------ ImmunitE produite par des souches plEomorphiques de Sabouraudites felineus. Ibid., 509-11.— Lewis, G. M. Tinea barbae and tinea corporis due to Micro- sporum lanosum. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 50: 144. ------ & Hopper, M. E. Mechanism of cure of infections caused by Microsporon lanosum. Ibid., 1937, 36: 1194—6.— Lewis, G. M., & Miller, H. C. Ringworm of the scalp; a report of three cases due to Microsporon lanosum with a tend- ency to spontaneous recovery. Ibid., 1934, 29: 890-2.— Burtiansky, I. [On the cellular structure of the spindles of Microsporum lanosum Sabouraud] J. mikrob., Kiev, 1940, 7: No. 4, 149-58.—Martins, C. Microsporum lanosum et trois especes cryptogamiques satellites isolEes dans un cas de teigne tondante. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1164-6.—Peck. S. M. Failure of local therapy in tinea capitis due to Microsporon lanosum. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 444.—Sartory, A., Sartory, R., & Anselm, P. Etude biologique et biochimique de Microsporum lanosum variEtE album. Bull. Acad. mEd., Par., 1944, 128: 376.—Zollikofer, R., . Berde, K. [Trichophyton gypseum subfuscum] Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 936.—Bocobo, F. C, & Benham, R. W. Pigment pro- duction in the differentiation of Trichophyton mentagrophytes and Trichophyton rubrum. Mycologia, Lane, 1949, 41: 291-302.—Cole, P. A. The ultraviolet absorption spectra of different regions of Trichophyton mentagrophytes spores. Am. J. Bot., 1941, 28: 931-4.—Emmons, C. W. Trichophyton mentagrophytes (Pinoyella simii) isolated from dermatophy- tosis in the monkey. Mycopathologia, Gravenh., 1939, 2: 317-9, 2 pi.—Furtado, A. R. A prop6sito de uma epidemia de tinha no Rio de Janeiro, causada pelo Trichophyton menta- grophytes (Ch. Robin, 1853) Blanchard, 1896. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1947, 45: 407-40.—Georg, L. K., & Maechling, E. H. Trichophyton mentagrophytes, variety _ nodular, a mutant with brilliant orange-red pigment isolated in nine cases of ringworm of the skin and nails. J. Invest. Derm., 1949, 13: 339-50, illust.—Ghosh, L. M.. Dey, N. C, & Panja, D. Studies of ringworm; incidence of Trichophyton gypseum in India. Ind. M. Gaz., 1947, 82: 73-5, pi.—Grigoraki, L., & David, R. Caracteres bio-chimiques de Microsporum gypseum, Bodin, 1907. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 448-50.— Haro, A. S. Un cas de Sabouraudites gypseum en Finlande. Ann. med. exp. biol. fenn., 1949, 27: 134-6.—Hagan, W. A. Trichophyton mentagrophytes; synonyms, Ectotrichophyton mentagro- phytes; Trichophyton gypseum; Trichophyton asteroides. In his Infect. Dis. Domest. Animals, Ithaca, 1943, 361.— Herrick, J. A. Effects of gliotoxin on Trichophyton gypseum. Ohio J. Sc, 1945, 45: 45.—Lecoulant, P. KErion de Celse du a Microsporon gypseum atypique. Ann. derm, syph., Par.- 1937, 7. ser., 8: 638-46.—Mandels, G. R., & Shotts, H. G. Amino acids of wool keratin in the nutrition of Microsporum gypseum. Am. J. Bot., 1947, 34: 594.—Marcussen, P. V. Laboratory mice as a cause of trichophyton epidemics (Trichophyton gypseum asteroides) Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1942-43, 23: 394.—Page, R. M. Studies on keratin digestion by Micro- sporum gypseum. Am. J. Bot., 1947, 34: 595.—Peck, S. M., & Li, K. K. Factors in amorphous penicillin G influencing growth of fungi; effect on elaboration of trichophytin by Trichophyton gypseum. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1949, 59: 498-505.—Petges, G., & Le Conlant, P. Le Microsporon gypseum burdigalense, nouvel agent d'une microsporie des parties glabres. J. mEd. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 462—5.— Bobbins, W. J., & McVeigh, I. Effect of hydroxyproline on Trichophyton mentagrophytes and other fungi. Am. J. Bot., 1946, 33: 638-47. ------ The dual phenomenon and Tricho- phyton mentagrophytes. Mycologia, Lane, 1949, 41: 128- 40.—Teaauro, S. Considerazioni cliniche su di un caso non comune di microbide da Trichophyton gypseum asteroides. Gazz. osp., 1939, 60: 755-61. ---- minutissimum [1859 Burchard] See also Actinomyces, in 5. ser. Hoffmann, E. Ueber eine einfache Schnellfarbung von Hautpilzen (Microsporon minutissimum) in Schuppen und Abklatschpraparaten solcher. Derm. Zschr., 1938, 78: 379-83. ---- muris [1857 Gluge] See under Achorion. — persicolor [1928 Guiart] See under Epidermophyton. ---- pseudo-umbonatum [1949 Sartory] Sartory, A., Sartory, R. [et al.] Un nouveau Microsporum parasite de la peau, Microsporum pseudo-umbonatum. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1949, 229: 138-40. ---- quinckeanum [1928 Guiart] See under Achorion. ---- radiatum [1925 Thompson] See M. felineum. ---- radiolatum [1928 Guiart] Syn.: Trichophyton gypseum var. radiolatum; Trichophyton r. See also M. mentagrophytes; also in 5. ser., Ectotrichophyton. CaUnei, A. REsultats d'inoculation de cultures de Tricho- phyton radiolatum dans I'organisme de cobayes dont on scarifie la peau. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 886.—Duche, J. Fre- quence du Trichophyton radiolatum dans les Epidermomycoses dyshidrosiformes des pieds. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932, 39: 160.—Gougerot, Duche & Ganot. EczEma et mycoses; Trichophyton radiolatum et champignon indeterminE. Ibid., 158-60. ---- sapporense [1934 Takahasi] Takahasi, S. Dobutu-kisei-sei sy5-gaho-kin no iti sin-syu ni tuite [Ueber eine neue Art von tierischem Microsporon, Microsporon sapporense, Sabouraudites sapporensis] Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1934. 36: 261-6. ---- scorteum [1914 Priestley] Syn.: Ectotrichophyton s. (1935 Dodge) Priestley, H. Microsporon scorteum (n. sp.) from a case of ringworm in man. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1914-15, 8: 113-8, pi. ---- simplex [1913 Cazalbou] Cazalbou, L. Note sur le Microsporon simplex, n. sp., et sur les Microsporon k culture glabre. Bull. Soc. centr. mEd. vEt., Par., 1913, 90: 227-35. ---- stilliansi [1937 Benedek] Benedek, T. On a new species of the genus Microsporum, Microsporum stilliansi Benedek, 1937, n. sp., with special con- sideration of the phenomenon of dissociation in fungi imperfecti. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 41: 114-8, 4 pi. ---- tropicum [1905 Castellani] See under Malassezia. — xanthodes [1918 Fischer] Syn.: Aleurocloster x. Fischer, W. Sycosis parasitaria durch ein neues Mikro- sporon vom Tiertyp (M. xanthodes) Derm. Wschr., 1918, 66: 241-7. MICROSTAT. See also Electrotherapy; Microscope subdivi- sions (Accessories; Stage) Ranschburg, P. Mikrostat, egyetemleges kEzi kapcso- i6kEsziilEk a villamossag orvosi alkalmaz&sanak czEljaira. [... a universal switch for medical application of the electric current] Orv. hetil., 1912. 56: 844-6. MICROSTETHOSCOPE. See under Stethoscope. MICROSTOMIA. See under Mouth. MICROSTOMUM. See also Turbellaria. Stirewalt, A. Preliminary report on the handling of certain inclusions by Microstomum. Proc. Virginia Acad. Sc, 1935-36, 45. MICROSTROMA [1861 Niessl] See also Fungi, pathogenic; Juglandaceae. Maire, R. La structure et la _ position systEmatique des Microstroma et Helostroma. Rec. jubilE sc. Prof. Le Monnier, Nancy, 1913, 131-40. MICROSTRONGYLUS. See also Trichostrongylus. Cameron, T. W. M. On Microstrongylus genettae, g. and sp. nov., a trichostrongyle parasite of Genetta senegalensis. J. Helminth., Lond., 1927, 5: 81-8. MICROSUBLIMATION. See also Microchemistry; Sublimation. Mladek, A. [Microsublimation] Cas. lEk. desk., 1924, 63: 886-9. MICROSURGERY. See Micrurgy. MICROSWINGING. See also Ataxia; Tremor; also such terms as Aviator, Test; Equilibrium; Muscle, Electro- physiology; Myography, etc. Fisher, M. B„ Birren, J. E., & Leggett, A. L. Standardiza- tion of two tests of equilibrium; the railwalking test and the ataxiagraph. J. Exp. Psychol., 1945, 35: 321-9.-—Rohracher, H. Ueber eine standig vorhandene Mikroschwingung dea menschlichen Korpers. Klin. Med., Wien, 1947, 2: 939. MICROSWINGING 118 MICROTHERMOMETRY Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1947, 59: 456.—Travis, R. C. A new stabilometer for studying dynamic equilibrium in the standing position. Psychol. Bull., 1944, 41: 586. MICROSYNTHESIS. See also Microchemistry; Synthesis, chemical; Trace element; also such terms as Radiochem- istry, etc. Foreman, W. W., Murray, A., Ill, & Ronzio, A. R. Micro- Byntheses with tracer elements; methyldi-(beta-chloroethyl) amine hydrochloride (nitrogen mustard) and methyl bromide labeled with 0«. J. Org. Chem., 1950, 15: 119-22.—Spoehr, H. A., Smith, J. H. C. [et al.] The synthesis of organic matter by Chlorella cells. Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1946-47, No. 46, 93. MICROTAENIELLA. See also Gregarinina. Calkins, G. N. Microtaeniella clymenellae, a new genus and new species of colonial gregarines. Biol. Bull., 1915, 29: 46-9.—Poche, F. Die Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der ver- meintlichen Gregarine Microtaeniella clymenellae Calk. Arch. Protistenk., 1916, 37: 6-14. MICROTECHNIC. See also Microchemistry; Micromanipulation; Microscopy subdivisions (Method; Technic) also Micrurgy; Nuclear physics; Radiochemistry; Trace element, etc. Adams microtechnic system. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1940-41, 4: No. 5, 2.—Bessey, O. A. Micro methods, their use in surveys and education. Proc Food Nutr. Bd U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 1944-45, 4: 271-4.—Browaeys, J. Essai de micromanipulation chimique colorimEtrique (salicylate, sulf- amides) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 149-53 — Hirschler, J. Ein Deckglashalter aus Glas. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 148-50.—Klein, B. M. Mehrschichtentrans- parente fiir raumkorperliche Darstellungen. Ibid., 5-13.— Kogel, G. Die expansive Umrandung. Ibid., 1-4, pi.— Nordenskiold, E. Microscopies and microtechnology. In his Hist. Biol., N. Y., 1928, 158-73.—Queen, F. B. The permanent preservation of stained and unstained blood films and bacterial smears by paraffin coating. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1943, 7: 50.—Reid, W. M. A simple technique for the transfer of small objects. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1943, 62:423.—Schneider, H. Mikrotechnische Mitteilungen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1916- 17, 33: 248-51.—Shaw, W. R. Some microtechnical methods and devices. Philippine J. Sc, 1918, 13: Sec. C, 241-61.— Turchini, J. Un nouveau moyen d'investigations physique appliquE k histologic; la radiographic histologique. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1942, 5: 137-19.—Wilhelm, S. K. A brief discussion of microtechnique. J. Wayne Univ. Coll. Med., 1939-40, 3: No. 3, 6-9. MICROTELERADIOGRAPHY. See also Microradiography; Radiography, Tele- radiography. Simonetti, C. Microteleradiografia. Boll. Soc ital. med. igiene trop. (Sez. Eritrea) 1943, 2: No. 4, 140. MICROTHERM. See under Microwave. MICROTHERMOMETRY [incl. micro- calorimetry] See also Calorimeter; Calorimetry; Heat, Measurement: Instruments; Thermocouple; Thermopile. Blaschko, H. Mikrocalorimetrie. In: Fermente (Oppen- heimer, C.) Lpz., 5. Aufl., 1929, 3: 688-99.—Gucker, F. T., jr, Pickard, H. B., & Planck, R. W. A new microcalorimeter; the heats of dilution of aqueous solutions of sucrose at 20? and 30? and their heat capacities at 25? J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 459-70.—Ivlev, V. S. Eine Mikromethode zur Bestimmung des Kaloriengehalts von Nahrstoffen. Biochem. Zschr., 1934-35, 275: 49-55.—Jones, R. C. The absolute sensitivity of existing heat detectors. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1948, 38: 1099.—Knoppers, A. T. An apparatus for electrical thermometry based on the compensation principle and allowing temperature readings in tenths of centigrades. Acta brevia neerl., 1942, 12: 90.—Mason, L. S. A thermopile for micro- calorimetry. Rev. Sc Instrum., 1944, 15: 205-7.—Micro- calorimetry. Europ. Sc. Notes, 1949, 3: 159.—Sanielevici, A. Sur un microcalorimEtre adiabatique non isotherme pour l'Etude des effets thermiques de corps radioactifs. J. chim phys., Par., 1933, 30: 513-27.—Stall, D. R. A semi-micro calorimeter for measuring heat capacities at low temperatures. J Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 2726-33.— Szatay, A., & Jeney, A. Ein Differentialmikrokalorimeter fur biologische Unter- suchungen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1943, 104: 474-81.—Tamiya, H., & Yamamoto, A. Ueber ein neues Mikrokalorimeter zur Messung der Warmeabgabe von Schimmelpilzkultur. Stud. Tokugawa Inst., 1934-35, 3: H. 1, Art. 4, 245-63. MICROTHYRIACEAE. See also Fungi. Theissen, F. Ueber Membranstructuren bei den Micro- thyriaceen als Grundlage fiir den Ausbau der Hemisphaeriales. Mycol. Zbl., 1913, 3: 273-85; pi. MICROTIA. See Ear (External) Abnormity. MICROTITRATION. See also Buret; Microchemistry subdivisions; Micropipette; Microvolumetry; Titration; Volu- metry. Catch, J. R., Cook, A. H., & Kitchener, J. A. Apparatus Tor microtitrations with a glass electrode. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1945, 319.—Claff, C. L. Magnetic-flea agitating device for microtitration. Science, 1948, 108: 67.—Clark, W. G., Levitan, N. I. [et al.] Titrimetric microdetermination of chloride, sodium, and potassium in a single tissue or blood sample. J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 145: 85-100.—Dallemagne, M. J. Une ultramicroburette destinEe aux mesures de trEs petites quantitEs de liquide. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1941, 23: 321-6.— Frahm, H. Ueber massanalytische Submikromethodik. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., Orig., 1947-48, 152: 253-8.—Heatley, N. G. An easily made microburette. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1939, 26: 147-9.—Johnson. D. L., & Shrewsbury, C. L. An improved mercury control for capillary burettes. Ibid., 143-6.—King, E. S., & Chastain, L. L. A simple and inexpensive microtitra- tion apparatus, especially useful for titrating culture media. J Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1375.—Levatinsky, P. A stirring device for use in microtitrations. Ibid., 1937-38, 23: 532.-—Mika, J. Ueber die zu elektrometrischen Mikro- titrationen geeigneten Biiretten. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1938, 25: 109-23.-—Nagel, R. H. A micro-titrimetric dry combustion method for carbon; a modified titration vessel. Ibid., 1939, 26: 22-4. MICROTOME. See also Microsection; Microtome knife; Microtomy. Richards, O. W. The effective use and proper care of the microtome. 88p. 19)4cm. Buffalo, 1942. Boeke, J. Ueber ein verbessertes Rocking-Microtome. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1909, 26: 242-55.—Broek, A. J. P. v. d. Ein einfaches Mikrotom fiir Serienschnitten. Ibid., 1907, 24: 268-74.—Chinoy, J. J. A simple inexpensive hand-microtome. Current Sc., Bangalore, 1947, 16: 24.—Cooke, H. The handi- tome; a simple device for cutting sections. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 456.—Courteville, H. Les microtomes pour coupes dans la moelle de sureau. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1935, 4: 132-7.— Crooks, D. M. The use of a translongitome in making and interpreting alternate transverse and longitudinal serial sections. Chron. bot., Leiden, 1939, 5: 440-2.— Hassak, K. Neue Mikro- tome. Zschr. angew. Mikr., 1907, 13: 1-6.—Haupt, C. Die Selbstanfertigung eines Mikrotoms. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 197-9.—Henneberg. Neues Mikrotom von Leitz. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22: 125-30.—Hintzsche, E. Krajenl mikrotomem a jeho vyvoj. MEsfE. Ciba, 1948, 150-2.— Okajima, K. Ein neuer Beschneiderritzer fiir die plastische Rekonstruktion. Anat. Anz., 1922, 55: 199-201.—Romeis, B. Das Mikrotom. In his Mikrosk. Techn., 15. Aufl., Munch., 1948, 114-25.—Sachariew, G. Das Transplantationsmikrotom, eine neue Apparatur zur Erzielung gleichmassig dicker Epi- dermis- und Cutistransplantate. Chirurg, 1943, 15: 94-6.— Stadie, W. C., & Riggs, B. C. Microtome for the preparation of tissue slices for metabolic studies of surviving tissues in vitro. J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 154: 687-90—TEllez, H. Dos nuevos tipos de micr6tomos. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1918, 6: 245-78.—Vonwiller, P. Microtome pour surfaces cylindriques, coniques et sphEriques. C. rend. Ass. anat., 1925, 20: 414.— Weigert, C. Ein neues Tauchmikrotom, besonders fur grosse Schnitte (1885) In his Gesamt. Abh., Berl., 1906, 2: 714-9. ---- Accessories. See also Microtomy, Accessories; also Grafting, cutaneous: Methods; Plastic surgery, Instru- ments. Crozant, L. de. Dispositif permettant d'exEcuter avec le microtome Lelong des coupes d'objets inclus dans la paraffine. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1938, 7: 50-3.—Hance, R. T. A simple paraffin ribbon winder. Anat. Rec, 1916, 10: 523-6.—Henne- berg. Hilfsapparate zum Mikrotom. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 274-7.—Hirschler. J. Einfache Kuhlvorrichtung am MICROTOME 119 MICROTOME KNIFE Thermostat und am Mikrotom. Ibid., 1941-42, 58: 150-4.— Popp, W. H., & MacDonald, G. S. Object clamp for micro- tomes, etc. U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,212,953. ---- freezing. See also Histology, Methods; Microtomy, Embeddi»g media. Anders, M. V. An inexpensive apparatus for cutting tissue sections on the sliding microtome by the dry ice method. Stain Techn., 1942, 17: 85-7.—Bulliard, H., & Grundland, I. Emploi de l'air liquide pour la congElation avec le microtome a paraffine, type Minot. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1949, 26: 111.—Burfitt, N. E. A technique for the cutting of frozen sections with the Cambridge rocking microtome. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 443—5.—Dry (A) ice attachment for a microtome. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1940, 11: 86.—Fallon, J. Reserve carbon dioxide supply for the freezing microtome. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1941, 5: 125.—Harman, N. B. An accessory for freezing microtomes. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 1: 1505.—Krause, R. Eine neue Gefrier- und Kiihlvorrichtung fur das Mikrotom. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1908, 25: 289-300 — Mason, W. Apparatus for cutting frozen sections on the rocking microtome. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1939, 19: 86-8.— Nageotte, J. Nouveau microtome universel appareil a congEla- tion pour les grandes coupes. Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France (1908-09) 1910, 163-5. Also C. rend. Soc biol., 1909, 67: 503-5.—Nickerson, M. A dry ice freezing unit for rotary microtomes. Science, 1944, 100: 177.—Roberts, N. A freezing microtome. Mil. Surgeon, 1910, 26: 396-8.—Rounseville, W. E. A simple freezing microtome stage. Yale M. J., 1909-10, 16: 382-5.—Sobolev, L. W. Ueber das Studenten-Gefrier- mikrotom der Firma Sartorius-Gottingen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1911-12, 28: 448-50.—Tellez, H. Appareil portatif pour coupes par congElation. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 1284. ---- History. See also Microscopy, History. Fox, H. M. Origin of the automatic microtome. Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 727.—Hintzsche, E. Bases prEvias e desen- volvimento da microtomia. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1944, 11: 198- 201. Also Ciba tschr., Basel, 1947, 918-20.—Klaauw, C. J. v. d. [Old microtomes in the Leiden Museum of Natural Sciences] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4549-57, pi.—Minot. C. S. The history of the microtome. J. Appl. Micr., 1903, 6: 2157; passim. ------ The historv of the microtome. N. York Physician, 1939, 12: No. 1, 24; passim.—Threlfall, R. The origin of the automatic microtome. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1930, 5: 357-61. ---- Patent descriptions. Bausch. E. Microtome. U. S. Patent Off., 1939, No. 2,155,523.—Hardy, J. I. Device for rapidly making cross sections of fibers. Ibid., 1936, No. 2,048,335.—Johnson, H. R. Microtome and electrostatic dispersal apparatus therefor. Ibid., 1949, No. 2,473,753.—Richards, O. W. Microtome. Ibid., 1942, No. 2,292,973.—Rupp, J. J., & Kosobud, O., jr. A simple microtome for use aboard ship. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1946. 46: 441-3. ---- rotary. Cowles, R. P., & Richards, O. W. The Pfeifer and Minot automatic rotary microtomes. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1947, 66: 379-82.—Ladd, W. A. Microtome with rotating cutter and specimen feed-mechanism supported therewith. U. S. Patent Off., 1949, No. 2,482,853.—Triepel, H. Ein Zylinder-Rotations- Mikrotom. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22: 118-25. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 1484.—Voigt, R. Die Kreismesser- methode, ein neues Verfahren zum Schneiden tierischer und pflanzlicher Stoffe. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1944, 281: 1-6.— Vonwiller, P., & Low, W. Das Kreisschnittmikrotom und die Mikrotomie regelmassig gewolbter, zylinder-, kegelmantel- und kugelschalenformiger Korper. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 215-33.—Wolff, M. Ueber ein neues kleines Minot-Mikrotom, das noch fiir feinste histologische und embryologische Arbeiten ausreicht. Ibid., 1909, 26: 84-104. ---- sliding. Autrevaux, Y. d\ Modifications apportEes au microtome a celloldine de Nageotte. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1926 311.— Duckworth. New sliding microtome. Brit. M. J., 1910, 2: 792.—Frazer, A. Frazer's sliding microtome. Proc. Scot. Micr Soc. 1890-95, 1: 211.—Micr6tomo com carro de desliza- mento, da casa E. Leitz [Illust.] Actas Ciba, Rio, 1944, 11: 200. ---- Ultramicrotome. Fullam, E. F., & Gessler, A. E. A high speed microtome for the electron microscope. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1946, 17: 23-35.— O'Brien, H. C, & McKinley, G. M. New microtome and sectioning method for electron microscopy. Science, 1943, 98: 455. ---- vertical. Radais, M. Microtome a chariot vertical et sans glissiere. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1903, 4. ser., 1: p. lxv-lxxvi. MICROTOME knife. See also Microtome; Microtomy. Duffield, J. W. Temperature control for microtome knives. Stain Techn., 1941, 16: 123.—Heard, O. O. Microtomy with a reciprocating circular knife and a mechanism for sharpening the knife. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1946, 17: 227-32.—Kisser, J. Methoden zur Bestimmung der Winkelgrossen an Mikro- tommessern. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 452-9.—Notice in regard to microtome knives. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1936, 34: 398. ---- Guard and holder. Bablik, C. Eine Schutzvorrichtung an Mikrotommessern. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934, 51: 250.—Huettner, A. F. Safety microtome knife holder. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 1,998,428.— Krautman, B. A microtome knife-guard. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1945, 9: 79-82.—MacDonald, G. S. Microtome blade holder. U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,232,008.—Ott, H. N. Knife holder for microtomes. Ibid., 1948, No. 2,439,671. ---- Sharpening. Crozant, L. de. Affutage des rasoirs de microscopie; mEthode des stries croisEes. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1939, 8: 121-6.— Culbertson, C. G. A simple sharpener for microtome blades. Am. J. Chn. Path., Techn. Sect., 1946, 10: 97-100.—Evenden. W., & Schuster, C. E. A new sharpening back and procedure of sharpening for microtome knives. Stain Techn., 1939, 14: 69-71.-—Funck, C. A propos de l'aiguisage des rasoirs k microtome. C. rend. Ass. anat., 1909, 11: 294. ------ MEthode et appareil facilitant l'aiguisage des rasoirs a micro- tome. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1910, 27: 75-91.—G., M. J. Strop- ping machine for microtome knives. Anat. Rec, 1915, 9: 26-8.—Hartman, F. W., jr, & Hartman, F. W. Improved mechanical microtome knife sharpener. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 167-9.—Johnston, F. J. A rapid glass plate method for sharpening microtome knives. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1948, 10: 157-62.—Kisser, J. Die Art des Schliffes der Mikrotommesser und ihre Zurichtung fiir diinnste Schnitte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 361-70.—Pritchard, J. E. An inexpensive, easily constructed mechanical microtome knife sharpener. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1934, No. 13, 88-92.—Putnam, T. J. A simple automatic sharpener for microtome knives. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1933, 19: 199- 202.—Rice, W. G. An improvised microtome knife sharpener. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1949, 19: 1089.—Sugiura, H. Faster sharpening of microtome knives by the use of alumina-dreft suspension. Science, 1948, 107: 324.—Two new strops for microtome knives. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 18.— Uber, F. M. Microtome knife sharpeners operating on the abrasive-ground glass principle. Stain Techn., 1936, 11: 93-8.—Walsem, G. C. v. Ueber das Schleifen der Mikro- tommesser auf dem Rasiermesserschleifapparat Pandora. Zschr. wiss. Mikr.. 1933, 50: 177-9. ---- Substitutes. Feder, J. M. Adaptation of the Rolls razor to a new type of microtome blade. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1939-40, 25: 202-4.— Moon, V. H. A safety razor blade as a microtome knife. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1913, 9: 46.—Nelson, I. A. The use of razor blades for tissue sectioning. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 956.—Terry, B. T. An inexpensive, easily made, safety razor blade microtome with technic especially useful in the immediate microscopic diagnosis of tissue. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1937, 7: No. 6, Suppl., 69-87. MICROTOMY. See also Microtome; Microtome knife; also such terms as Grafting, cutaneous: Methods; Microsection; Microtechnic; Micrurgy. Clayden, E. C. Practical section cutting and staining. 129p. 21cm. Lond., 1948. Lee, A. B. The microtomist's vade-mecum. 5. ed. 432p. 22}4cm. Phila., 1903. Duckworth, W. L. H. Note on some anatomical specimens of anthropological interest, prepared by means of the new microtome of the Cambridge Scientific Instrument Company. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc (1910) 1911, 80: 729.—Richards, O. W. Microtomy. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944. 750-9. ---- Accessories. See also Microtome, Accessories. Book, M. H. An inexpensive trimmer for paraffin blocks. Stain Techn., 1943, 18: 25.—Conger, M. E. Paraffin tissue- block trimmer. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1949, 19: 1070.—Milligan, M. An instrument to level tissue in paraffin embedding. Ibid., 897.—Rhorer, A. A steel paraffin embedding boat. Ibid., Techn. Sect., 1943, 7: 40.—Waterman, F. A. An im- proved trimmer for paraffin blocks. Stain Techn., 1941, 16: 59-61.—Wilson, R. A. J. A combination cork-paraffin tissue trimming board. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1944, 8: 17 MICROTOMY 120 MICROTOMY ---- celloidin. See also Celloidin. Feeney, J. F., jr. The rapid preparation of celloidin serial sections following India ink injections. Stain Techn., 1944, 19: 137-40—Fowler, E. P., jr. A method for serial sections in celloidin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 1103-5.— Fresemann Vietor, E. J. Glas als Material zum Aufkleben yon Praparaten fiir das Celloidin-Mikrotom. Zbl. allg. Path., 1907, 18: 435.—Walls, G. L. A rapid celloidin method for the rotary microtome. Stain Techn., 1936, 11: 89-92. ---- combined. See also Embedding, celloidin-paraffin. Thomlinson, B. C. Combined frozen and paraffin method for rapid sections. Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 33: 935. Also Canad. J. M. Techn., 1943, 5: 74. Embedding media. See also Embedding; Histology, Methods; Microscopy, Specimen preparation; Mounting medium; also under names of embedding media as Celloidin; Paraffin, etc. Andreassi, G. L'uso del metilbenzoato-celloidina nel procedimento della inclusione; nota di tecnica istologica. Ricer. morf., 1940, 18: 509-13.—Auger, C, Bonenfant, J. L.. & St Maurice. A rapid paraffin inclusion method for small tissue fragments. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1948, 10: 60-2.—Aurell, G. Ueber ein neues Einschlussmittel fur sehr dicke mikroskopische Schnitte nebst einer Untersuchung iiber die Brechzahl ver- Bchiedener fixierten Organe einiger Wirbeltiere. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 113-21, pi.—Bander. Bericht iiber eine Schnelleinbettungsmethode fur Paraffinschnitte. Med. Klin., Berl., 1949, 44: 746.—Banny, T. M., & Clark, G. A simplified method for the double embedding of tissue. Stain Techn., 1949, 24: 223.—Bauer, F. R. Ueber ein neues Pyridio-Zelloidin- Einbettungsverfahren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 44 — Bell, A. W. On paraffin embedding. Science, 1948, 107: 166.— Chesterman, W.. & Leach, E. H. Low viscosity nitrocellulose for embedding tissues. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1949, 90: 431- 4.—Dempster, W. T. Properties of paraffin relating to micro- technique. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1943) 1944, 29: 251- 64, pi.—Farago, J. Parafina para impregnacao e inclusao histol6gica; uma f6rmula com 10 anos de uso. Arq. biol., S. Paulo, 1947, 31: 22.—Foster, A. S., & Gifford, E. M., jr. Improvements in the paraffin method. Stain Techn., 1947, 22: 129-31.—Hirschler, J. Ein Paraffineinbettungsverfahren fur kleine Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 143-5.— Khan-van-Kien, L., & Sentein, P. Sur une nouvelle technique d'inclusion par la mEthvlsalicylate de celloldine. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1948, 25: 137.—Koch, W. Preparing paraffin for imbedding purposes. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 932.— Policard, A. Les recherches de Dempster sur les conditions physiques intervenant dans l'inchision a la paraffine. Bull. histol. appl., Lyon, 1946, 23: 35-9.—Popham, R. A. The importance of controlling cooling temperatures during em- bedding in paraffin. Science, 1947, 106: 475.—Seki, M. Untersuchungen mit nichtwasserigen Flussigkeiten; Erfah- rungen auf dem Gebiete der Celloidineinbettung. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1937, 26: 338-50.—Steedman, H. F. Ester wax; a new embedding medium. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1947, 88: 123-33.—Stern, I. B. Modifikaciia metoda Bilshovskogo dlia celloidinovogo materiala. Arkh. pat., Moskva, 1949, 11: No. 5, 83-5, illust.—Zach, O. Die naturgemasse Zelloidin- Einbettung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938, 55: 299-307. ---- Frozen section technic. See also Histology, Methods; Microtome, freezing. Adamstone, F. B., & Taylor, A. B. A method for the rapid preparation of frozen tissue sections. Anat. Rec, 1947, 99: 639. ------ The rapid preparation of frozen tissue sections. Stain Techn., 1948, 23: 109-16.—Boy, J. ProcEdE permettant de faire facilement des coupes fines d'histologie par congElation. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1947, 5: 424.—Dunn, F. L. The use of solid carbon dioxide (dry-ice) in the freezing of tissues for micro- tome sectioning. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 627.— Evenden. W., & Schuster, C. E. The use of agar as a matrix for sectioning plant material with the freezing microtome. Stain Techn., 1938,13:145.—Frey, E. Eine Methode zur Darstellung von liickenlosen Gefrierschnittserien. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 1265.—Gersh, I. Application in pathology of the method of fixation by freezing and drying of tissues. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1948, 28: 179-85.—Grad- wohl, R. B. H., & Kralian, A. A. The frozen section method of tissue diagnosis; the method of choice. Laborat. Digest, B. Louis, 1943-44, 7: No. 10, 2-7.—Hartz. P. H. Frozen sections from Bouin-fixed material in histopathology. Stain Techn., 1945. 20: 113.—Hazard, J. B., & Stevenson, G. F. A frozen section technic. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1949, 19: 873-9.— Hildebrand, E., & Cheatle, E. L. Frozen sections. Ibid., Techn. Sect., 1946, 10: 69.—Hino, M. Ueber die Proteasen- wirkungen der Gefrierschnitte der Gewebe; vergleichende Beobachtungen _ iiber die Proteasenwirkungen der Gefrier- schnitte mit derjenigen der Mazeration und des Trockenprapa- rats der verschiedenen Organe. Tohoku J. Exp. M.. 1944 47. 165-74.—Hoerr, N. L., & Scott, G. H. Frozen-dehydration method for histologic fixation. In: Med. Physics (Glasser. O.) Chic, 1944. 466-8—Krajian. A. A. Frozen section method for preparation of permanent tissue sections. Am. J. Glin. r"atn., Techn. Sect., 1940, 4: 82-8.—Taft, E. B. An evaluation of the Adamstone-Taylor frozen section technic for use in routine surgical pathology. Am. J. Path., 1949, 25: 824—"Baylor, A. C. Apparatus for the freezing-drying of tissues for storage. J. Laborat. Clin. M.. 1944, 29: 657-63.—Wang, K. J., & Gross- mann, M. I. A simplified vacuum dehydration technique for the preparation of sections by freezing-drying. Ibid., 1949, 34: 292-6.—Willis, B. C. The importance of a positive diagnosis in surgery by means of frozen sections. Tr. M. Soc. Virginia, 1911 42-114-6.—Wilson, D. C. A rapid frozen section method. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1944, 6: 6-8. ---- Mechanics. Dempster, W. T. The mechanics of microtome sectioning. Anat. Rec, 1941, 79: Suppl. No. 2, 18. ------ Distortions due to the sliding microtome. Ibid., 1942, 84: 269-74.— Fernandez, M. Fehlerhafte Schnittdickenangabe bei Mikro- tomen mit schiefer Ebene. Anat. Anz., 1912, 40: 549.— Graf, W. The microtome as an error-producing factor in quantitative histological investigations. Acta anat., Basel, 1948, 6: 141—4.—John, K. Ueber die Konstanz der Schnitt- dicke beim Schneiden mit dem Mikrotom. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1929, 46: 201-14.—Low, W. Ueber den ziehenden Schnitt, das bogenformige Messer und das scheibenformige Rotations- messer und dergleichen nicht ganz neue Probleme. Ibid., 1931, 48: 343-53.—Walsem, G. C. v. Ueber die Limit-Dicke der Schnitte und den Mechanismus der Schnittbildung. Ibid., 1929, 46: 352-8, pi. Orientation of objects. See also Embedding. Buck, J. B. A device for orienting and embedding minute objects. Stain Techn., 1938, 13: 65-8.—Francis, T. Methode zur Orientierung der in Paraffin eingebetteten Objekte. Acta path, microb. scand., 1940, 17: 100-3.—Overgaard, C. A simple method for orientating small objects for sectioning, with special regard to nematodes. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1948, 89: 437.—Wilson, D. P. An improved method of orien- tating minute specimens for section cutting. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond.. 1933. 53: 220-6. ---- paraffin. See also Histology, Methods; Paraffin; also other subdivisions (Embedding media; Technic) Aigner, M. Fehlerfreier Anschnitt bei kleinen, wertvollen, in Paraffin eingebetteten Objekten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1930, 47: 210.—Blochmann, F. Neue Hilfsmittel beim Herstellen und Weiterbehandeln von Paraffinschnitten. Ibid., 1921, 38: 51-9.—Burton, D. Difficulties in paraffin sectioning. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1943, 5: 101-3.—Dempster, W. T. The me- chanics of paraffin sectioning by the microtome. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 241-67. ------ Paraffin compression due to the rotary microtome. Stain Techn., 1943,18:13-24.—Edmonson, V. R. A rapid method for routine preparation of paraffin sections. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1949, 11: 126-31.—Kriiger, F. Ueber das Hartwerden in Paraffin eingebetteter Praparate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 31-42.—Lendrum, A. C. On the cutting of tough and hard tissues embedded in paraffin. Stain Techn., 1944, 19: 143.—Moss, E. S., & Squires, G. V. The use of filtra-pak bags in a rapid method for paraffin sections. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 12: Suppl., 93-5.—O'Brien, J. P. Paraffin sections of tissue fragments. Stain Techn., 1947, 22: 71.—Sass, J. E. Schedules for sectioning maize kernels in paraffin. Ibid., 1945, 20: 93-8.—Schechtman, A. M. A convenient cooling method in paraffin sectioning. Ibid., 1941, 16: 85.—Siding, A. Ein Beitrag zur Paraffinschneidetechnik. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22: 177.—Tillotson, A. E. A rapid routine method for producing paraffin sections. Am. J. M. Techn., 1936, 2: 215-7.—Watts, R. H. A mass-production method for paraffin and frozen sections. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond. (1947) 1948, 67: 19.—Wilson, R. A. J. Celloidin-gum mastic film on microtome knife edge to facilitate sectioning of paraffin-embedded brain tissue. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Sect., 1946, 10: 57. ---- Technic. Kisser, J. Die botanisch-mikrotechnischen Schneidemethoden. p.391-738. 4? Berl., 1939. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939, Abt. 11, T. 4, 1. Halfte. Apathy, S. Neuere Beitr&ge zur Schneidetechnik. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912, 29: 449-515.—Garner, J., & Maguire, M. A few hints on routine sectioning. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1938- 39, 1: No. 2, 31-5.—Hall, W. E. B. Advances in rapid tissue section methods; an evaluation of more recently developed techniques. Am. J. Surg.. 1938, 41:458-61.—Hildebrand, E., & Cheatle, E. L. Rush section. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Seot., 1946, 10: 65.—Kisser, J. Der heutige Stand botanisch- mikrotechnischer Schneidemethoden. BioL gen., Wien, 1928, MICROTOMY 121 MICROTOOL 4:131-80, 3 pi.—Lorz, A. P. A simplified diffusion-dehydration technique in the microtomy of tissues. Science, 1948, 107: 278.—MacMahon, H. E., & DelVecho, S. B. A simple technic for rapid sectioning. N. England J. M., 1944, 231: 794.— Martin, A. W. A rapid means of preparing uniform tissue sections. Endocrinology, 1942, 30: 624.—Newman, S. B., Borysko, E., & Swerdlow, M. New method for microsectioning. Anat. Rec, 1949, 105: 267-72, illust.—Pakesch, E. Ueber ein einfaches Verfahren zur Herstellung sogenannter Schnell- schnitte. Zbl. allg. Path., 1943, 81: 206.—Serrano Quesada, M. Sectioning methods for histopathological studies used in the Laboratorio de investigaciones anatomopatologicas of the Hospital general of Mexico City. Med. Woman J., 1949, 56: No. 2, 50-3.— Simpson, W. M., & Kreager. H. H. A rapid inexpensive method for preparing permanent tissue sections. J. Laborat. Clin. M.. 1930-31. 16: 611-7. ---- Technic: Hard objects. See also such terms as Bone, Histology, etc. Drew, K. M. Use of hydrochloric acid for softening algal tissues for microtome sections. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 479.-—Kisser, J. Die Dampfmethode, ein neues Verfahren zum Schneiden hartester pflanzlicher Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 346-54. ------ Neue Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete des Schneidens harter Objekte. Ibid., 1931, 48: 320—42.—Kolin, M. Technic for sectioning soft bones and hard tissues by celloidin and paraffin methods. Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 33: 86.—Lendrum, A. C. On the cutting of difficult tissues. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 416.—Ruth, E. B. A method for making section of bones and teeth. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43. 28: 751-5. ---- Ultramicrotomy. See also Microtome, TJltramicrotome; also Microscopy, electron. Ardenne, M. v. Die Keilschnittmethode, ein Weg zur Herstellung von Mikrotomschnitten mit weniger als 10-3 mm. Starke fiir elektronenmikroskopische Zwecke. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 8-23, pi.—Gessler. A. E., & Fullam, E. F. Sectioning for the electron microscope accomplished by the high speed microtome. Am. J. Anat., 1946, 78: 245-83, incl. 12 pi.—Microtomy. Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1946-47, No. 46, 119.—Newman, S. B., Borysko, E., & Swerd- low, M. Ultra-microtomy by a new method. J. Res. U. S. Nat. Bur. Stand., 1949, 43: 183-99. ------ New sectioning techniques for light and electron microscopy. Science, 1949, 110: 66-8.—Rhoades, R. P. Low speed microtomy for the electron microscope. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1949, 71: 660.—Richards, A. G., jr, Anderson, T. F., & Hance, R. T. A microtome sectioning technique for electron microscopy illustrated with sections of striated muscle. Ibid., 1942, 51: 148-52. MICROTOOL. See also Micromanipulation; Microscope il- lumination; Microscope slide, Cell chamber; Microtechnic; Micrurgy. Browaeys, J. *Micromanipulateur a panto- graphe; pour le travail microscopique a un grossissement limite. 42p. 24cm. Par., 1942. Klingstedt, H. Ueber die Konstruktion von Mikromanipulatoren nach dem Hebelprinzip. 8p. 2334cm. Helsin., 1943. Arndt, G. Beitrage zur Technik und Methodik der mikro- skopischen Doppelsage. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22:104-13.— Bergold. G. Eine Mikroinjektionsspritze und Mikrobiirette bis zu 0,1 cmm. Biol. Zbl., 1941, 61: 158-62.—Bretey, J., & Browaeys, J. Confection des microinstruments au moyen des micromanipulateurs auxquels ils sont destinEs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 465. ------ PrEsentation d'un appareil de fabrication de microinstruments. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1945, 38: 182-4.—Buchthal, F. Ein neuer Mikromanipulator mit Zusatzgeraten (Mikromesser und unpolarisierbare Mikro- elektroden) Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1941-42, 58: 126-33.— Buck, J. B. A versatile microinjection and micropipettmg syringe. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 676.—Cannon, H. G. A note on fine needles for dissection. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1941, 61: 58.—Chakhotine, S. Nouveau dispositif pour la mEthode de la radiopuncture microscopique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1921, 85: 137-9. ------ La micro-instrumentation pour les recherches de cytologic expErimentale. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1935, 4: 138-53. ------ Un nouveau microcompresseur universel pour la cytologic expErimentale. Ibid., 1936, 5: 90-8.—Comandon, J., & Fonbrune, P. de. Fabrication simph- fiEe de micro-instruments: scalpels de verre et Electrodes mEtalliques isolees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1351-rf.— Fonbrune, P. de. Device for controlling from a distance the displacements of certain organs. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 1,987,733. ■------ MEthode pour couder un micro- instrument par inEgalite de fusion. In his Techn. micromanip., Par 1949 53-6. ------ Micro-aiguilles. Ibid., 65-72, Ulusl ------ Micro-Electrodes. Ibid., 72-8.—Harding, J. P. A simple instrument for dissecting minute organisms. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1939, 59: 19-25.—Kufferath, H. Deux appareils simples de laboratoire pour la sEparation des orga- nismes microscopiques. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1933, 2: 32-5.— Langeron, M. C. P. Micromanipulateurs. In his PrEcis d. micr., 7. Ed., Par., 1949, 310-26.—Reyniers, J. A., & Trexler, P. C. The design of micrurgical machines for use in bacteri- ology. In: Micrurg. & Germfree Techn. (Reyniers, J. A.) Springf., 1943, 5-25.—Richter, K. M. A constant-temperature micromanipulation chamber. Science, 1948, 108: 119-21.— Schaper, A. Neuer Apparat zur Application elektrischer Strome auf mikroskopische Objecte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1897, 14: 436-41.-—Schouten, S. L. Methode zur Anfertigung der glasernen Isoliernadeln, gehorend zu dem Isolierapparat fiir Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1907, 24: 258-68.—Schuster, E. H. J. A simple micromanipulator. J. Anat., Lond., 1947, 81: 281.— Scouten, S. L. [The microcauter and preparation of needles] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935, 2: 275-302, 5 pi.— Symons, P. H. An improvised micro-manipulator. J. S. Air. Chem. Inst., 1936, 19: 24. MICROTRANSPLANTATION. See Cytology, Methods; Micrurgy. MICROTREMA. See under Liver, Distomatosis. MICROTRICHOPHYTON [1921 Neveau- Lemaire] See under Microsporum; also Ectotrichophyton, in 5. ser. MICROTROMBIDIUM. See Acarina; Trombidiidae. MICROTUS. See also Muridae; also under names of diseases transmitted as Plague, etc.; also Epidemic hem- orrhagic fever, in the 5th series. Kellogg, R. A revision of the Microtus cali- fornicus group of meadow mice. 42p. 8° Berkeley, 1918. Forms No. 1, v.21, Univ. California Pub. Zool. ---- A study of the California forms of the Microtus montanus group of meadow mice [and] a synopsis of the Microtus mordax group of meadow mice in California. p.245-302. 8? Berkeley, 1922. Forms No. 7-8, v.21, Univ. California Pub. Zool. Astanin, L. P. [Heat exchange of Microtus socialis in Crimea] Zool. J., Moskva, 1944, 23: 98-101.—Camacho. V. Los metoritos del Valle de MExico. Rev. Soc. mex. hist, natur., 1939-40, 1: 109-18.—Eadie, W. R. Shrew-mouse predation during low mouse abundance. J. Mammal., 1948, 29: 35-7.— Elton, C. Biological control of voles in France. In his Voles, Mice &e, Oxf., 1942, 28-47.—Feniuk, B. K., km. Concepci6n, 1939. Akimoto, Y. Tyotanpa ryoho no tiyu seiseki [Curative results of treatment with ultra-short waves] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1938, 32: 317.—Barunin, I. [Investigations on clinical use of electrical field of ultra-high frequency or Hertz' radio- waves] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 11, 73-82. ------ [Prin- ciples of the therapeutic effect of an electric field of ultra-high frequency] Kazan, med. J., 1939, 35: No. 7, 87-93—Bis- triceanu, I. [New data on ultra-short-wave therapy] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1938, 27: 537-43.—Bouska, J. NovE poznatky pfi lEcent kondensatorovym polem. Vest. Cesk. fysiat. spol., 1948, 27: 188-92.—Briinner-Ornstein, M. Zur Frage der Warmetherapie mittels ultrakurzer elektromagnetischer Schwin- gungen. Ref. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen, 1937, 1. Kongr., 342.—Brugsch, H., & Pratt, J. H. Short wave and ultra short wave diathermy. Am. J. M. Sc, 1939, 197: 653-63.—Bruns- wick, E. L. Short and ultra-short wave therapy. Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1936, 13: 5-7.—Cabitto, L. La terapia con onde corte ed ultracorte. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1935, 12: 640-54.— Caso, G. La terapia con le onde corte ed ultracorte. Fol. med., Nap., 1935, 21: 85-93.—Diaz Qui nones, M. Diatermia, onda corta y ultra corta aplicadas en clinica. Arch, hosp., Habana, 1940, 11: 207; passim.—Dieffenbach, W. H. Ultra short wave therapy. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1935, 28: 679-82.— Egan, W J. Clinical experiences with ultra short wave therapy. Wisconsin M. J., 1936, 35: 192-5.—Ezerin, E. M. [On applica- tion of ultra-short waves in therapy] In: Nerv. trof. (Speransky, A. D.) Moskva, 1936, 2: 411-22. Also Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1942, 40: 167-74.—Frenkel, G. L. [Ultra-high frequency waves for the past 5 years; basic trend of work (1935-39)] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1940, 15: No. 2, 108-13.—Freund, E., & Isler, L. Behandlung mit Ultrakurzwellen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 203-6.—Friederwitzer, H. H. The ultra- short wave; theory and practice, with a review of 94 cases treated. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1936, 144: 399-401.—Friedrich. Diathermie mit Ultra-Kurzwellen. Umschau, 1931, 35: 698.— Gale, C. K. Moot aspects of short and ultrashort wave therapy. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1935, 16: 80-3.—Ginsberg, A. J. Ultra- short radio waves as a therapeutic agent. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934 140: 651-3.—Gyarmati, L. [Ultra short wave therapy] Gy6gyaszat, 1936, 76: 183-7.—Hallberg, J. H. Ultrashort wave therapy development. J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass., 1934, 11: 317-21. ------ Ultrashort wave therapy and tuning. Ibid 1935 12: 137—41. ------ Ultrashort wave selective therapy- Ibid- 1939- 16: 17S 40.—Harrison, W. J. Ultra- short wave therapy. Dent. Rays, Pittsb., 1935-36, 11: 94.— Hathaway, J. L. Short-wave radiotherapy system. U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,223,447.—Heegenvaldt, E. Trata- miento con ondas ultra-cortas. Rev. med. aliment., Santiago, 1933-35, 1: 227.—Hillerson, A. B. [Applications of short and ultrashort-wave in medicine] Centr. ref. med. J., Moskva, 1935, 15: 5-31.—Hollmann, H. E. Das Problem der Behand- lung biologischer Korper im Ultrakurzwellenstrahlungsfeld. In: Erg. biophys. Forsch. (B. Rajewsky) Lpz., 1938, 1: 232- 49.—Kling, D. H. Results of short wave and ultrashort wave therapy (radiothermy) Arch. Phys. Ther., 1935, 16: 88-95.— Kondo, K. Tyotanpa ryoho no tiyu seiseki; tuika [treatment with ultra-short waves] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1938, 32: 318.— Liebesny, P. Strahlentherapie mit elektromagnetischen kurzen und ultrakurzen Wellen. Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1933 7: 68_73.—Lubowe, 1. S. Ultra-short-wave therapy. Am. Med 1936, 42: 169-71.—Microwave therapy. Brit. M. J., 1950 1: 1264.—Mouromtseff, I. E. Ultra high frequency for therapeutic purposes. U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,259,318.— Nedler, E. A. [Bibliographical index of works on the biological action and therapeutic application of ultra high frequency] In: Biol, deist, ultravys. chast. (Kupalov, P. S. et al.) Moskva, 1937 413-69.—Noack. Ultrakurze elektromagnetische Wellen eigne'n sich fur Diathermie und Therapie. Munch, med. Wschr 1928 75: 1763.—Oliva, J. S. TerapEutica por ondas cortas y ultracortas. Med. fis., B. Air., 1949, 11: 99-106.— Patzold, J. Spezielle Fragen zur Ultrakurzwellentherapie. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 627-31. ------ Newer studies on the clinical application of very short electrical waves. Radiology, 1938, 31: 707-12.—Ravault, P., Ceccaldi, A., & Duranceau. De l'utilisation thErapeutique des ondes^ hert- ziennes courtes. Lyon mEd., 1932, 150: 3; 33.—Rechou, Wangermez [et al] Les ondes courtes et ultra-courtes en thErapeutique. Arch. Electr. mEd., 1933, 41: 291-321.— Richter, W. Allgemeine Betrachtungen zu der Diathermie- Kurzwellen- und Ultra-Kurzwellenbehandlung. Derm. Wschr., 1937 105: 1237-42.—Ryvlin, L. S. [Results in therapeutic application of ultra-high frequency] In: Biol, deist, ultravys. cnast. (Kupalov, P. S. et al.) Moskva. 1937, 380-410.— Salas Quezada, A. Estado actual de la diatermia de onda larga, corta y ultracorta. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1939, 27: 118- 27—Schliephake, E. Ultrashort waves in medicine. Phys. Ther., 1931, 49: 415-8. Also Umschau, 1932, 36: 845-9. La terapEutica por ondas ultracortas. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 1014. Also Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 191-5. Also Brit. J. Phys. M., 1934, 9: 196-8. Also J. radiol. Electr., 1935, 19: 274-9. ------ The importance of ultra-high frequency therapy. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1933, 14: 389-92. ------ Ultra-short electric waves; a new development in diathermy. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1933, 8: 69-71. ------ Die klinische Verwendung der elektrischen Ultrakurzwellen. Klin. Fortbild., 1933, 1: 475-516. Also Neue deut. Klinik, 1933, 11: 475-516. ------ Krankenbehandlung mit sehr kurzen elektrischen Wellen. Zbl. inn. Med., 1933, 54: 977; 993. ------ Biologie und Klinik der Ultrakurzwellentherapie. In: Erforsch. Warmebehandl. (Frankf. Konf. med. naturwiss. Zusammenarb.) 1937, 2. Konf., 95-126. ------ Der gegen- wartige Stand der klinischen Erfahrungen in der Ultrakurz- wellentherapie. In: Erg. biophys. Forsch. (B. Rajewsky) Lpz., 1938, 1: 250-98.—Schmidt, W. H. Ultrashort wave therapy. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1936, 17: 231-5.—Shehadi, W. Les ondes courtes et ultra-courtes en thErapeutique. Ann. Fac. fr. mEd. pharm. Beyrouth, 1936, 5: 373.—Swanson, J. Treatment with the ultra short wave current. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q., 1942-43, 34: No. 4, 32-7.—Trossbach, H. Use of the ultrashort wave apparatus in the alleviation and cure of disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1936, 143: 414-6.—Ultrakurz- wellentherapie mit Wellen unter sechs Meter. Radiol, clin., Basel, 1947, 16: 147.—Ultra-short wave therapy. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1935, 190: 571-3.—Vaernet, C. [Ultra-short wave and short wave therapy] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 115- 24.—Verde, M. Le onde corte ed ultra corte in terapia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 211-7— Walawski, H. [Short and ultra-short waves in medicine] Pedjat. polska, 1935, 15: 271-307.—Wegelius, C. [Ultra-short waves in medicine] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1935, 77: 442-60.—Weissenberg, E. Biologische Wirkungen und therapeutische Anwendungs- moglichkeiten kleinster Hochfrequenzenergien, insbesondere der Kurzwellen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 588-92.— Went, J. M. v. [Ultra short-wave therapy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1588.—Wittenbeck, F. Weitere Erfah- rungen mit der Ultrakurzwellentherapie in der Gynakologie. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 50: 348-50. ---- Therapeutic use: Dosage, and indication. Babin-Chevaye, A. *Les ondes hertziennes courtes; leur utilisation therapeutique dans les maladies de la nutrition. 102p. 8? Par., 1933. Hegedus, E. *Les ondes hertziennes courtes et leurs applications en gynecologic 70p. 8°. Par., 1935. Barunin [Use of ultra-short waves in treatment of various diseases] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 59-61.—Besuch, H. Das Wesen der Ultrakurzwellen und ihre therapeutische Aus- niitzunginder Stomatologie. Zschr. Stomat., Wien., 1933, 31: 958-61.—Bistriceanu, I. V. [Deep cranio-maxillary-facial radiothermy with short and ultra-short waves] Rom&nia med., 1934, 12: 294.—Brass, H. Ultra-short wave therapy in veter- inary medicine. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1942, 12: 178.—Burki, E. Ueber Ultrakurzwellentherapie in der Ophthalmologic Oph- thalmologica, Basel, 1940, 100: 43-67.—Dereviagin, M. P. [Counter-indications for the application of the electric field of ultra-high frequency during pregnancy] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1940, 15: No. 4, 17-21.—Deutsch, J. I. [Ultra-short waves in treatment of internal diseases] Radianska med., 1939, 4: No. 3, 57-64.—Freire, M. A. Las ondas ultra-cortas en el tratamiento de las ginecopatias. Prensa mEd. argent., 1937, 24: 2338-56.—Fritsch, V. Das Dosierungsproblem in der Ultrakurzwellenmedizin vom Standpunkt der Funkphysik. Strahlentherapie, 1938, 62: 733-5.—Galata, G. [Analysis of corrections for the basic parameters in the Tatarinova-Guliaeva- Ushinskaia method of dosage in ultra-high frequency therapy] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1941, No. 3, 65-7.—Govea, J., & Fernandez Brito. Tratamiento de ciertos casos de hipertensi6n arterial por radiaciones de ondas ultra-cortas transcerebrales. Rev. cubana cardiol., 1945, 6: 43-6.—Grinevich, V. M. [Short- and ultra-short-waves in dermatology and venerology] Fizio- terapia, Moskva, 1939, No. 2, 71-8.—Hallberg, H. J. Ultra- short wave therapy from the selective aspect. Ref. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen, 1937, 1. Kongr., 337-9.—Hasche, E., & Leunig, H. Zur Dosierungsfrage in der Ultrakurzwellenthera- pie; Einfluss von Feldstarke und Frequenz auf Staphylokokken und Streptokokken in vitro. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 50: 351-6.—Hill, T. Zur Frage der Dosierung in der Ultrakurz- wellentherapie. Med. Mschr., 1947, 1: 121-3.—Hoeffler, H. Erste Erfahrungen mit der Ultrakurzwellentherapie im Kindes- alter. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1934, 5: 291-5.—Hollmann, H. E. Zum Problem der Ultrakurzwellenbehandlung durch Anstrah- lung. Strahlentherapie, 1939, 64: 691-702.—Kato, K. San- huzinka-ryoiki ni okeru tyStanpa-tyoh5 seiseki ni tuite [Ultra- short-wave therapy in obstetrics] Mitt. Jap. Ges. Gyn., 1936, 31: 1028.—Koleszar, L. Der Wert der Ultrakurzwellenbe- handlung in der Hals-Nasen-Ohrenheilkunde. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 1089-95. Also Cluj. med., 1938, 19: 612-8.— Liebesny, P. Welches sind die Indikationen und Kontraindi- kationen der Kurzwellentherapie und muss man je nach Art der Erkrankung mit Kurzwellen verschiedener Wellenlange bestrahlen? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 55-7.—Michelson, V. Einfluss der UKW auf einige patho-physiologische Prozesse MICROWAVE 128 MICRURGY im Organismus und die UKW-Behandlung einiger innerer Erkrankungen. Ref. Internat. Kongr., Kurzwellen, 1937, 1. Kongr., 246-9. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 762-4 — Mogendovich, M. R. [Ultra-short-wave therapy and stoma- tology] Stomatologia, Moskva, 1939, No. 1, 71.—Mottola, N. Quali sono le indicazioni e controindicazioni della terapia della onde corte, e se si deve irradiare con onde di diversa lunghezza a Beconda del genere di malattia. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 430-2.— Patzold, J. Zum Problem der Ultrakurzwellenbehandlung durch Einstrahlung. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: Tagungsh., 69; Disc, 74-6. ------ & Wittenbeck, F. Die Ultrakurzwellentherapie in der Gynakologje. Strahlentherapie, 1933, 47: 540-6.—Reisinger, C. Leistungsmessung von Hochfrequenz, besonders als Dosimeter fiir Kurzwellen und Ultrakurzwellen. Ref. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen, 1937, 1. Kongr., 142.—Schaefer, H., & Schafer, W. Zur Frage der Dosismessung im Ultrakurzwellen-Kondensatorfeld. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936-37, 100: 691-705.—Schliephake, E. Die Ultra-Kurzwellentherapie in der inneren Medizin. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1216-20. Also Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1934, 8: 249-52.—Schwarz, G. Die Senderleistung und das Dosismessproblem in der Ultra-Kurzwellentherapie. Ref. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen, 1937, 1. Kongr., 145-9.— Sei, S. Ueber die Erfolge der Ultrakurzwellentherapie in der Chirurgie. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1940, 30: 421-31.—Stock, J. P. P. Treatment of sepsis and trauma by 3 to 6 metre shortwave currents. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 1012-4.—Takagisi, E. Ueber eine Dosismessmethode fur die Ultrakurzwellentherapie. Strahlentherapie, 1940, 67: 152-8.—Tatarinov, V. V., & Be- lickaia, F. S. [Notes on the dosage of ultra high frequency] In: Biol, deist, ultravys. chast. (Kupalov, P. S. et al.) Moskva, 1937, 84-8.—Totigi, M. Tyotanpa-ryoho no koka ni oyobosu tosya-hatyo narabi-ni y5ry5 no eikyo ni kan-suru zikken-teki kenkyu [Experimentelle Untersuchung iiber den Einfluss der bestrahlten Wellenlangen und Dosis auf die Wirkung der Ultrakurzwellentherapie) Mitt. Jap. Ges. Gyn., 1938, 33: 1468-91.—Vaiyi, S. [Ultra-short wave therapy in acute puru- lent surgical diseases] Orv. hetil., 1939, 83: 491.—Volkova, E. P. Lechenie elektricheskim polem ultravysokoi chastoty ostrykh vospalitelnykh processov; metodika obluchenija i dozirovka. Vest, khir., 1948, 68: No. 5, 77.—Wilson, J. Ultra-short wave treatment in gynaecology. Brit. J. Phys. M. 1939. n. ser.. 2: 208-14. ---- Therapeutic use, experimental. Mitjra, W. Tyotan-denpa no igaku-teki kenkyu [Medical studies on ultra-short electrical waves] [63]p. 25cm. Sendai, 1937. In: Tohoku igaku zassi, 1937, 20: 207; 678. Effect of high-frequency field (ultra-short wave) on tumours. Annual Rep. Brit. Empire Cancer Campaign, 1936, 13: 197.— Frenkel, G. L. [Experimental attempts in use of the electric field of ultra-high frequency] Tr. Ukrain. sezd. terapeutov (1936) 1939, 4. Congr., 208-14. Also Ter. arkh. 1937, 15: 883-93. ------ [Experimental application of ultra-short waves in surgical practice] Vest, khir., 1941, 61: 435-45.— Heller, R. Lokalisierte Durchwarmung und Gewebszerstorung mittels Ultrakurzwellen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 83: 299.—Herrick, J. F., Krusen, F. H. [et al.] Experimental studies on microwaves and possible applications in physical medicine. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 129.—Langendorff, H., & Langendorff, M. Untersuchungen iiber die Ultrakurzwellen- wirkung auf Impftumoren. Strahlentherapie, 1939, 64: 512- 9.—Malov, N. N., Obrosov, A. N., & Friedman. L. V. [On the application of decimetric waves in biology and experimental medicinel Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1940, 15-26.—Mikawa, M. Effect of heat and ultra-short wave rays on radiosensitivity; effect of heatand ultra-short wave rays on the tissue respiration and glycolysis of rabbit spleen and malignant tumor. Jap. J. Obst., 1938. 21: 303-5.—Nobuoka, N. Ueber den Einfluss der Ultrakurzwellendurchflutung auf das Wachstum des Kaninchensarkoms; Einfluss der lokalen Durchflutung auf den ganzen Korper eines Individuums. Gann, Tokyo, 1939, 33: 294-314.—Research on the action of short wireless waves; controlled tumour-heating in vivo with ultra-short waves. Annual Rep. Brit. Empire Cancer Campaign, 1940,17:141-3.— Slavsky, G. M. [Experimental bases for the methods in thera- peutic application of short- and ultra-short waves with dis- cussion] Tr. Ukrain. sezd. terapeutov (1936) 1939, 4. Congr., 216-25.—Sokolnikov, A. I. [Biochemical principles of clinical application of ultra-short waves] Ibid., 214-6.—Wakim, K. G., Herrick, J. F. [et al.] Therapeutic possibilities of micro- waves; experimental and clinical investigation. J. Am M Ass.. 1949. 139: 989-93. MICROZOON. See Protozoon. MICROZYME. See also Enzyme. Bechamp, G. Sur les microzyma cretae. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1913, 156: 1570.—Dubois, R. Microzymas, coccolithes de la craie et vaculoides. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1913) 1914, MICRURGY [1927 Peterfi] See also Bacteriology, Methods; Cytology, Methods; Micromanipulation; Microtechnic; Mi- crotool. Fonbrune, P. de. Technique de micromani- pulation. 203p. 25Hcm. Par., 1949. Reyniers, J. A. Micrurgical and germ-free techniques. 274p. 23cm. Springf., 1943. Chakhotine, S. Analyse du mEcanisme de la cyclose chez la paramEcie au moyen de la micropuncture ultra-violette. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 738-40.—Chambers, R. Etudes de microdissection; les structures mitochondriales et nuclEaires dans les cellules germinales males chez la sauterelle. Cornell Univ. Stud. Anat., 1925-26, 11: Repr. 5, 2 pi. ------ The nature of the living cell as revealed by micromanipulation. In- Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J.) N. Y., 1928, 2: 467-86. ------ The micromanipulation of living cells. In: Pub. Am. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1940, No. 14, 20-30. ------ Micrurgical studies on protoplasm. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1949, 24: 246-65.—Comandon, J., & de Fonbrune, P. Sortie d'une hEmogrEgarine de son kyste endoglobulaire, obtenue par une nouvelle technique de microdissection. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 111: 999-1001.—Doty, M. S. A useful sectioning tech- nique. Science, 1949, 110: 118.—Fonbrune, P. de. La cyto- chirurgie et ses moyens techniques. J. mEd. Bordeaux, 1941, 118: 825-37. ------ MEthodes de micromanipulations. Ibid., 1943, 120: 131. ------ Les micro-injections. In his Techn. micromanip., Par., 1949, 114-28. ------ Cyto- chirurgie. Ibid., 167-82, illust. ------ Micro-injections et cicatrisation cellulaire. Ibid., 179-82.—Harder, R. Ueber mikrochirurgische Operationen an Hymenomyzeten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 173-82.—Himmelweit, F. New micro- surgical methods and their use in the study of infection and immunity, as demonstrated by tissue cultures infected with Spirochaeta gallinarum. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 452.—Kopac, M. J. Some micrurgical applications of surface chemistry. Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl., 73 (Abstr.) ------ Micrurgical application of surface chemistry to the study of living cells. In: Micrurg. & Germfree Techn. (Reyniers, J. A.) Springf., 1943, 26-71.—Krontovksy, A. [Micro-operations on cell and tissue cultures] Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 985-8.— Kyo, K. Ueber die Anwendung der Mikrurgie in der Bakterio- logie und ihre Technik. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1935, 25: 50.— Micro-surgery. Sc Illust., N. Y., 1947, 2: No. 10. 99.— Peterfi, T. Die Mikrurgie der Gewebskulturen. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1927, 4: 165-74.—Reinert, G. G. Fortschritte in der Technik des Mikromanipulierens. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40 3. Folge. 107-21.—Schouten, S. L. [Isolation and micro- operation] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935, 2: 225- 50.—Wamoscher, L. Sur la micrurgie, technique des opEra- tions cellulaires. Bull. Soc. fr. micr., 1934, 3: 5-30, illust., 2 pi. MICRURUS. See also Elapidae; Ophidia, poisonous; Snake bite. Arantes, J. B., & Neiva, C. Toxicidade do veneno de Micrurus frontalis para o cobaio; via intramuscular; via intra- peritoneal. Brasil med., 1942, 56: 97; 187. ------ Anago- toxia para o veneno de Micrurus frontalis em aguas de Caxambu. Ibid., 188.—Machado, O. Estudo comparativo das elapideas do Brasil. Bol. Inst. Vital Brazil, 1945, 5: 37-46.—Vellard, J. El veneno de las viboras de coral (Micrurus) Sem mEd, B. Air., 1947, 54: 87.—Yered, D. Um caso de acidente offdico por Micrurus coralhnus (coral venenosa) Gaz. clin. S. Paulo 1942, 40: 261. MICTEROTHRIX. Baumeister, W. Eine neue Micterothrix-Art (Micterothrix rottalensis sp. n.) aus schneewassergefullten Wiesenmulden. Arch. Protistenk., 1943, 96: 377-82. MICTURITION. See also Bladder, Physiology; Defecation; Diuresis; Urine. Langworthy, O. R., Kolb, L. C, & Lewis, L. G. Physiology of micturition. 232p. 23Hcm. Bait., 1940. Serrallach i Mauri, N. Interpretaci6n clfni- ca de los an&lisis de orina, diuresis y micci6n. 280p. 8? Barcel., 1915. Anders, F. Gelangt spontan gelassener Urin in das distale Ende der Scheide? Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 524-7.—Best, C.H..& Taylor, N. B. Micturition. In their Physiol. Basis Med. Pract., 3. ed., Bait., 1943, 686-94.—Bizard, G. Le mEcanisme de la miction. Bull. gEn. thEr., 1939, 189:129-32.— Boucher, R. De quelques mictions bien spEciales. Union mEd. Canada, 1946, 75: 193-5.—Conforto, C. Osservate la vostra minzionel Assist, san., Roma, 1940, 9: 109-11.—Dungan, J. A. Positional MICTURITION 129 MICTURITION urination in prostatic hypertrophy. Clin. M. & S., 1934, 41: 421.—Hibbs, D. K. Physiology of micturition. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 257-63.—Keller, O. REflexions sur la miction. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 403-16— Kolb, L. C. The effect upon micturition of removal of the vesical trigone; a discussion of the mechanics of micturition. Am. J. Physiol., 1939-40, 128: 195-201.—Mladoveano, C. Mictions Electriques. Ann. Electrob., Lille, 1905, 8: 368-71.—Retief, P. J. M. Physiology of micturition and ejaculation. Sc. Papers M. Ass. S. Africa, 1949,103-6.—Riondato, O. Osservazioni sul meccanismo della minzione volontaria dell'uomo. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1944, 22: 48-53, illust.—Serrallach i Mauri, N. Influencia de l'aparell genital sobre la micci6. Ann. med., Barcel., 1933, 27: 160.—Smith, J. C, & Smithwick, R. H. Physiology of micturi- tion. In their Auton. Nerv. Syst., 2. ed., N. Y., 1941, 375-9.— Takahasi, A. Hainyo seiri ni kan-suru kenkyu. Jap. M. J. (w.) 1949, p. 1937, &c—Trabucco, A. La micci6n normal y patol6gica. In: Afecc. obstr. uretra (Castafio, E.) B. Air., 1943, 45-53.—Zhuravlev, 1. N. [Urine secretion and muscular activity] In: Jubil. sborn. nauch. tr. (Omsk. med. inst.) 1935, 51-62. ---- Anuria. For its secretory form see such terms as Di- uresis, Disorders; Uremia; Urinary suppression. For i ts excretory form see subheading Obstruc- tion; also under names of primary diseases as Urethra, Stenosis, etc. ---- automatic. See also subheading Disorder (neurogenic) also names of primary diseases as Spinal cord, Injury, etc. Colombino. La miction automatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1921, 21. Congr., 391-1.—Martin, J., & Davis, L. Studies upon spinal cord injuries; the development of automatic mictu- rition. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1947, 65: 92-7.—Vampre, E. Funccionamento automatico da bexiga. Sao Paulo mEd., 1931-32, 4: pt 2,605-30. ---- Behavior pattern, and training. Scoe, H. F. Bladder control in infancy and early childhood. 83p. 23}4cm. Iowa City, 1933. Blum, E., & Blum-Sapas, E. Vom Sinn und Unsinn der Reinlichkeitsgewohnung. Mschr. Psychiat., 1946, 112: 108; 195.—Hull, C. L., & Hull, B. I. Parallel learning curves of an infant in vocabulary and in voluntary control of the bladder. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1919, 26: 272-83.—Huschka, M. A study of training in voluntary control of urination in a group of problem children. Psychosomat. M., 1943, 5: 254-65.— Levy, D. M. Bowel and bladder control. In his Matern. Overprot., N. Y., 1943, 186-9.—McGraw, M. B. Neural maturation as exemplified in achievement of bladder control. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1940, 16: 580-90.—Maurel, E. Contribu- tion a l'hominiculture; Education urinaire. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1910) 1911, 39: T. 4, 176-83. ---- Detrusor and sphincter muscles. See also subheading Nervous control; also Bladder, Muscles. Ingersoll, E. H., & Hegre, E. S. Observations on the ac- tivity of the detrusor muscle during spontaneous activity and during sympathetic stimulation. Anat. Rec, 1948, 100: 677.— Kennedy, W. T. The muscle of micturition; its role in the sphincter mechanism with reference to incontinence in the female. Am. J. Obst., 1946, 52: 206-17.—Lang, H. Ein Fall von partieller Detrusorlahmung der Harnblase. Cbirurg, 1946-47, 17:-18: 571-3.—Schiile, F. Histologischer Ver- gleich der Verhaltnisse des Blasenausganges beim jungen und beim alten Mann als Beitrag zur Frage der Harnverhaltung. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 734-9.—Zimmerman, I. J. The neuro- muscular physiology of the detrusor muscle of the urinary bladder. J. Urol.. Bait., 1938, 40: 766-88. ---- Disorder. See also other subdivisions (Frequency; In- continence; Retention) also Dysuria; also names of primary diseases as Bladder, Calculus; Pros- tate, Hypertrophy, etc. Cohn, T. Klinik der Storungen der Harnent- Ieerung. p.390-415. 8? Berl., 1928. In: Handb. Urol. (Lichfenberg, A., et al.) Berl., 1928, 3: T. 1. Fey, B., & Corbineau, H. Pollakiurie et dysurie. Progr. mEd., Par., 1945, 73: 246-8.—Meyer, K. O. Untersuchungen Uber mechanische Ein wirkungen des Ductus deferens auf den Ureter bei peripheren Harnabflusshindernissen. Zschr. Urol., 1948 41:79-87.—Posner, C. Dysurie. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk 4. Aufl., Berl., 1908, 4: 127.—Schlink, H. H. The disorders of micturition. Med. J. Australia, 1946, 2: 512-6.— 824787—vol. 11, 4th series-----9 Starna, A. La difficoltS, di mingere, disuria. Assist, san., Roma 1937, 6: 243-6.—Teixeira, C. P. Fisio-patologia mic- cional. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 1099-123.—Trainor, D. C, Chapman, C. L., & Laidley, J. W. S. Disorders of mictu- rition. Med. J. Australia, 1946, 2: 536.—Trottarelli, P. Dis- turbi della minzione e valutazione dei rischi in assicurazione vita. Assist, san., Roma, 1933, 2: 272-4.—Viranyi, I. [Dis- orders of urinary excretion] Magy. urol., 1940, 3: 165-9.— Walker, K. Disturbances in micturition. Clin. J., Lond., 1933, 62: 381-4.—Yanagibara, H. Hainyo no izyo [Ab- normalities in micturition] Jap. J. Urol., 1931, 20: 61-90, 4 pi. ---- Disorder: Age aspect. Boler, T. D. Urinary disturbances in the aged. Nebraska M. J., 1945, 30: 202.—Braithwaite, J. V. Disorders of mictu- rition in childhood. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1944, 20: 350-4.— Fraser, J. Some disturbances of micturition in childhood; their explanation and treatment. Clin. J., Lond., 1933, 62: 221-9.—Morson, C. Disturbances of micturition in old age. Practitioner, Lond., 1940, 145: 9-14. ---- Disorder: Etiology. Glazenburg, J. *Experimenteele bijdrage tot de kennis van den aard der mictiestoornissen bij het adenoma peri-urethrale [Leiden] 136p. 23y2cm. Amst., 1946. Irger, J. M. [Post-operative and postnatal ischuria] 127p. 22cm. Minsk, 1932. Engel, A. Blasrubbningar genom kyla (dysuria e frigore) Sven. lak. tidn., 1941, 38: 1190-3.—Laird, S. M. Distension dysuria. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 292.—Matlin, E. Urinary symptoms in general practice. Am. Practitioner, 1947-48, 2: 105-7.—Van Duzen, R. E. Causes of dysuria after prostatic surgery. Tr. South Centr. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass., 1939, 101-4.—Yanagihara, E. Nyohei no iroiro. [Various causes of ischuria] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1941, 38: 314; passim. ---- Disorder, neurogenic [and functional] See also Bladder, Nervous disorders; also sub- divisions of Micturition (Incontinence; Retention) also under names of diseases of the nervous system as Brain tumor; Cauda equina, Injury; Multiple sclerosis; Paraplegia; Poliomyelitis; Tabes etc. Pointener, H. *Traitement des dysuries d'origine cerebrate par les injections epidurales sacro-coccygiennes. 47p. 25cm. Marseille, 1935. Alajouanine, T., & Thurel, R. Les troubles de la miction en pathologie nerveuse. Monde mEd., 1934, 44: 955-62.— Ansell, I. The anatomy and physiology of micturition and the effect of various neurological disorders upon this function. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1944, 20: 333-9.—Baumrucker, G. O. Clinical aspects of the neurogenic bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1950, 30: 87-109, illust.—Bemardi, R. Fisiopatologia de la vejiga; vejiga neuropdtica; cistometria. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1941, 13: 1337-40.—Binotto, A. La neurotizzazione somatomotrice della vescica urinaria. Med. sper., Tor., 1940, 7: 239-72.—Burack, W. R. The pharmacology of the bladder and its application in the treatment of neurogenic bladder dysfunction. J. Bowman Gray School M., 1948, 6: 110-23.— Creevy, C. D. The treatment of neurogenic vesical dysfunction complicated by lesions of the vesical outlet. Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1936, 49-53.—Dees, J. E. Transurethral resection for neurological bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1948, 60: 907-14.—Deussen, J. Funktionelle Miktionsstorungen im Kriege. Deut. med. Wschr., 1944, 70: 272.—Donoso Castro, L. Vejiga neurogEnica. Rev. med., Valparaiso, 1943-44, 17: 569-79.—Emmett, J. L., Daut, R. V., & Sprague, R. G. Trans- urethral resection for neurogenic vesical dysfunction in cases of diabetic neuropathy. J. Urol., Bait., 1949, 61: 244-57.— Engel, W. J. Vesical neck resection for neurogenic bladder. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1949, 16: 211-5.—Evans, J. P. The physiologic basis of the neurogenic bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 1927-30.—Gill, R. D. Neurogenic disturbances of the bladder; physiology, pathology, symptomatology, and diagnosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 797-804.—Giordano, G. B. Rilievi speciali sulle disfunzioni vescicali neurogene. Riv. otoneur., 1940, 17: 72.—Heimburger, R. F. Physiological factors in neurogenic bladders. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 127.—Herbst, W. P. Treatment of neurogenic diseases of the bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 789-96.—Higgins, C. C, Gardner, W. J., & Nosik, W. A. Suprapubic puncture in the treatment of neurogenic bladder. Cleveland Clin. Q.. 1941, 8: 162-6.—Ito, K. Hansya-sei munyo wo tyusin to suru nyoro kino ni kan-suru zikken-teki kenkyu [Experimental studies in the function of the ureters in reflex ischuria] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1941, 38: 287; passim. ------ & Yamamoto, T. Hansya-sei munyo ni kan-suru kenkyu; syozyozin ni okeru zikken seiseki [Studies in ischuria produced by reflex action; experiments on a normal kidney] Ibid., 37: 106. ------ Hansya-sei munyo wo tyusin to suru nyoki kind ni kan-suru kenkyu [Studies in the function of the urinary organs from MICTURITION 130 MICTURITION the standpoint of reflex ischuria] Ibid., 173.—Jacobson, C. E., jr. Neurogenic vesical dysfunction; an experimental study. Proc Mayo Clin., 1942, 17: 286-8. ------Braasch, W. F., & Love, J. G. Presacral neurectomy for intractable vesical pain and neurogenic vesical dysfunction. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1944, 79: 21-6.—Klovekorn, H. Ueber das Blasengefiihl bei alteren Mannern. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1180.— Kobayasi, S. Nyohei no 1 rei [Case of ischuria in myelitis] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1941,38:307.—Korhonen, A. On neurotic bladder. Ann. chir. gyn. fenn., 1949, 38: 121-33.—Lange, O. DisfuncSes vesicais de origem neurol6gica. Rev. paul. med., 1948, 33: 201-12.— Langworthy, O. R. A new approach to the diagnosis and treatment of disorders of micturition in diseases of the nervous system. Internat. Clin., 1936, 46. ser., 3: 98-117, 4 pi.— Lee, L. W. Neurogenic dysfunctions of the bladder. Nebraska M. J., 1949, 34: 59-64.—Levison, H. [Cystometric examina- tion of functional disturbances of the bladder in cases of cerebral affections] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1062-8.—Lewis, L. G. Vesical dysfunction from lesions of the cauda equina; the physiology of micturition. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 823-8. ------ Treatment of bladder dysfunction after neurologic trauma. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago. 1944-45, 15: 359. ------& Dees, J. E. Diagnosis and treatment of neurological bladder. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 1257-72.—McLellan, F. C. The neurogenic bladder, a preliminary report. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1938, 4: 43-5.—Malament, M., & Bunts, R. C. Transurethral resection and the neurogenic bladder. Virginia M. Month., 1949, 76: 243-6.—Murray, G. E. The care of the neurogenic bladder with special regard to transurethral resec- tion. Bol. As. mEd. Puerto Rico, 1949, 41: 340-4.—Nesbit, R. M., & Gordon, W. G. The uninhibited neurogenic bladder; a clinical syndrome with report of 25 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1939, 32: 213-24. ------ The neuro- genic bladder. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-10, 43: 1261-8. ------ The surgical treatment of the autonomous neurogenic bladder. J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 1935-7.—Ney, C, Auer- bach, O., & Hoen, T. 1. Pseudo-sphincter formation in neuro- genic bladder. J. Urol., Bait., 1947, 57: 858-68.—Ninomiya, S. Kanrei-sei hainyo syogaisyo syorei [Case of difficulty in urination during cold weather] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1943, 41: 264.—O'Heeron, M. K. The neurogenic bladder. Med. Rec, Houston, 1941, 35: 780-5.—Paetzel, W. Zum Abbau der Blasenneurosen. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 494-8.—Peirson, E. L., & Twomey, C. F. Neurogenic dysfunction of the bladder due to spinal anesthesia. Tr. N. England Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1939, 22-30.—Refsum, S. B., & R6vig, G. [Experiences with carbaminoyl-cholin-chloride (doryl) in neurogenous disfunction of the urinary bladder] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3075-80.— Riches, E. W. The neurogenic bladder. Practitioner, Lond., 1943, 151: 328-33.—Rieser, C. Spinal anesthesia and injury to the nervous mechanism of micturition. J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 98-100.—Robertson, E. G. Disorder of micturition due to cerebral lesions. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1942, 13: No. 2, 61-5. ------ Bladder; neurogenic disturbances. In: Brit. Surg. Pract., Lond., 1948, 2: 123-30, pi.—Rodriguez Diaz, L. H. La vejiga neurogEnica; su fisiopatologfa y trata- miento. Rey. urol., Caracas, 1947, 6: 28-38.—Rose, D. K. The diagnosis of neurogenic bladder. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1939-40, 34: 123-6.—Sarff, O. E. A cure for neuro- genic bladder; case study. Minnesota M., 1948, 31: 381-3.— Semans, J. H. Neurogenic disease of the bladder. In: Urol. Surg. (Dodson, A. I.) 2. ed., S. Louis, 1950, 494-506, illust.— Shullenberger, W. A., & Wishard, W. N., jr. Neurogenic bladder associated with herpes zoster. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1949, 53: 321-4.—Simons, I. Neurogenic bladder; microcystometry and treatment; studies in bladder function. J. Lancet, 1943, 63: 74-9. ------ The treatment of neurogenic dysuria with trasentin. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 186-96.—Smith, E., & Strasberg, A. The upper urinary tract in cases of neurogenic bladder; preliminary communication. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 49: 803-7.—Stewart, O. W. The neurogenic bladder; combined tidal irrigator and cystometer. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 287-9.—Thompson, G. J., & Jacobson, C. E., jr. Neurogenic vesical dysfunction due to spina bifida and myelodysplasia; treatment by transurethral resection of the vesical neck. Am. J. Surg., 1943, 61: 224-38.—Tosatti, E., & Montagnani, C. A. Disturbi nervosi della minzione e interventi chirurgici sul rachide lombo-sacrale. Chir. org. movim., 1947, 31: 146-50.— Uthoff, C. J. The autonomic nerves in neurogenic vesical dysfunction. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 298-300.—Valladares A., H. Vejiga neurogEnica; contribuci6n neurol6gica. Arch. Soc. cirujan. hosp., Santiago, 1947, 17: 583-90.—Van Duzen, R. E. Operations for urinary control of neurogenic bladders. J. Urol., Bait., 1945, 53: 565-71.—Voris, H. C, & Landes, H. E. Cystometric studies in cases of neurologic disease. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1940, 44: 118-39. ------ Therapy of the neurogenic bladder. Ibid., 1942, 47: 1066. Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 5: 206-15.—Vvedensky, D. A., Stekolnikov, B. A., & Bogorodinsky, D. K. [Resection of the hypogastric nerve in neurogenous dysuria] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 28-33.—Whitmore, W. F., & Isales, L. M. Some observations on the neurogenic bladder. N. York State J. M.. 1948. 48: 869-74. ---- Disorder, prostatic. See also Bladder, Neck: Diseases; also sub- divisions of Micturition (Retention, prostatic) also Prostate, Hypertrophy. Fischer, G. Quand une complication attire l'attention des prostatiques; incontinence, rEtention, cystite, hEmaturie. Concours mEd., 1940, 62: 1193.—Kulenkampff, D. Warum kann der Prostatiker kein Wasser lassen? zugleich ein Beitrag zur Genese und Behandlung der Epididymitis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 13.—Lendorf, A. Om prostatas betydning ved vandladningen og om mekanismen ved prostatisk vandlad- ningsbesvaer. Hospitalstidende, 1912, 5. R., 5: 109; 751. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1912, 97: 973-92.—Martino Savino, F. Patogenia de la disuria prostatica. Arch, espan. urol., 1946-47, 3: 182-9.—P., A. Noticias actuales sobre un caso ya publicado de pseudo-prostatismo femenino. Intercamb. urol., Madr., 1949, Feb., 6.—Prostatic dysuria. Yearb. Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn, 1912, 53-7.—Riggall, F., & Riggall, C. Micturition and the prostate. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 868.—Serrallach, N., & Serrallach, F., jr. Pourquoi les prostatiques ne peuvent pas uriner? J. urol. mEd., Par., 1928, 26: 304-30.—Szenkier- Mazurek, T. Prostatismus u kobiety. Polski przegl. chir., 1949. 21: 551-5. ---- Disorder: Treatment. Marini, A., & Squillario, G. La chirurgia del sistema nervoso periferico della vescica; ricerche sperimentali. p.431-501. 24}4cm. Bi- ella, 1941. In: Boll. Soc. piemont. chir., 1941, 11: 431-501. Pariente, R. E. *Traitement endoscopique des dysuries cervicales, les hypertrophies pros- tatiques exclues. 48p. 8? Par., 1936. Richer, V., & Ginestie, P. J. Chirurgie du systeme nerveux vesical. 277p. 22cm. Par., 1948. In: P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1948. 42. Congr. Ito, K. Hansya-sei munyo wo tyusin to suru nyoro kino ni kan-suru zikken-teki kenkyu; boko sigekini yoru hansya-sei munyo ni oyobosu syosyu yakubutu narabi ni syoti no eikyo ni tuite [Experimental studies in the function of the ureters in reflex ischuria] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1942, 39: 153; 227.— Mascio, A. La infiltrazione anestetico-alcoolica dello spazio epidurale sacrale nella debolezza irritabile della vescica. Riv. ital. gin., 1948, 31: 77-92.—Minet, A. Massagem intra- vesical. Porto med., 1906, 3: 229.—Winsbury-White, H. P. Diagnosis and treatment of disturbances of micturition and backache of genito-urinary origin due to commonplace causes. West London M. J., 1938, 43:163-78.—Yamamoto, T. Hansya- sei munyo no tiryo ni kan-suru zikken-teki kenkyu [Experi- mental studies in the cure of reflex ischuria] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1942, 39: 151. ---- Disorder—in animals. Beckman, C. H. Dysuria in dogs and cats. Vet. Med., Chic, 1948. 43: 431. ---- Disorder—in women. See also other subdivisions (Frequency; In- continence; Retention) Bjerre, H. [Mechanical hindrance in urination at ori- ficium urethrae internum feminae] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: 216-9.—Curtis, A. H. Management of the female urinary bladder after operation and during pregnancy; a further study of residual urine in its bearing on urinary tract disturbances. J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 80: 1261-9.—Geist, S. H., & Salmon, U. J. The relationship of estrogens to dysuria and incontinence in post-menopausal women. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1943^44, 10: 208-11.—Kano, K., & Nabeyama, Y. Zwei weibliche Falle bei denen Miktionsschmerzen durch Kauterisa- tion des Sphincter externus ausgeheilt wurden. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1938, 44: 107 (Abstr.)—Schwartz, F. L. Secondary urinary problems in the female. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 551.—Sorrentino, B. L'incontinenza e la ritenzione di urina nella donna. Monit. ostet. gin., 1933, 5: 244-57.—Vogt, E. Zur Behandlung der Dysurie nach gynakologischen und ge- burtshilflichen Eingriffen. Zbl. Gyn., 1941, 65: 1164-7.— Walker-Smith, A. B. Disorders of micturition in the female. Med. J. Australia. 1946, 2: 516-9. ---- Dysuria. See subdivision Disorder. ---- Endocrine aspect. Bodechtel, G. Zur Behandlung Von Miktionsstorungen mit mannlichem Sexualhormon. Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 219-21.— Martins, T., & Valle, J. R. L'attitude de miction du chien et les hormones sexuelles; expEriences sur des miles et des femelles. C. rend. Soc biol., 1947, 141: 620-6. ------ A atitude do cao na miccfio e os hormonios sexuais; experiencia em rEcem-nascidos. Rev. brasil. med., 1947, 4: 85-9. ------ Hormonal regulation of the micturition behavior of the dog. J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol., 1948, 41: 301-11. MICTURITION 131 MICTURITION Endoscopy. See also subdivision Measurement. Caporale, L. Su un nuovo metodo personale di indagine nella diagnostica urologico-ginecologica; la studio endoscopico del vuotamento vescicale. Ginecologia, Tor., 1938, 4: 573- 92.—Phelip, L. Endoscopic de la miction normale; constata- tions dans les cas de rEtention; indications de l'emploi du punch. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1928, 28. Congr., 646-51, Les indications de la rEsection endoscopique de la prostate doivent Etre basEes sur l'endoscopie de la miction. Lyon mEd., 1935, 156: 193-5. ---- Enuresis. See Enuresis. — Frequency [incl. disorders] Bachrach, R. Ueber nicht prostatogene Pollakiurie alter Leute und deren Behandlung. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 297-9. ------ Zur Behandlung einiger Formen von Pollakiurie nichtentzundlichen Ursprungs. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 337-9.—Chwalla, R. Die Reizblase, ihre Aetiologie und Therapie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1946, 96: 337-40. ------ Reizblase und Bettnassen. Ibid., 1948, 98: 505-8.-—Cibert, J., & Cavailher, H. Une indication nouvelle de 1'opEration de Richer. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1943, 51: 122-4. Also Lyon chir., 1943, 38: 571-4.—Conger, K. B. Functional urinary frequency in the soldier. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1947, 7: 441-4.—Crowell, A. J. The symptom of frequent urination and its etiology. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1926, 19: 245-52.—Deussen, J. Die Blasenneurose unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der sogenannten Kriegs-Pollaki- urie. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1944, 117: 424^2.—Dodson, A. I. Frequency of urination. Internat. Surg. Digest, 1933, 15: 323-31.—Hamburger, F. Ueber Pollakiurie bei Kindern. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 836.—Hammond, T. E. The causes and diagnosis of frequency of micturition. Clin. J., Lond., 1927, 56: 316-23. ------ Frequency of micturition and its treat- ment. Ibid., 1932, 61: 546; 558.—Kraines, S. H. Frequency of urination. In his Ther. Neuroses, Phila., 1941, 310.— MacGregor, C. A. Urinary frequency among personnel at sea. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1945, 44: 1007-9.—Maitland, A. I. L. The differential diagnosis of frequency of micturition. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 204: 324-6.—Meuwsen, L. Feld- beobachtungen uber die Reizblase; ihre Deutung als vegetative Regulationsstorung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1944, 70: 66-8.— Muller, A. Zur Aetiologie der Reizblase. Munch, med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 337.—Musumeci Grasso, F. La pollachiuria. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 1147-50.—Nicholson, J. C. Frequency of micturition. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 203: 410-3 — O'Heeron, M. K. A common cause of urinary frequency in American troops in India, and its treatment. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1944, 3: 116-20.—Paterson, D. _ Fre- quency of micturition in infancy and childhood. Practitioner, Lond., 1926, 116: 418-21.—Rathbun, N. P. Frequency of urination. Long Island M. J., 1926, 20: 274.—Roche, A. E. The causes of increased frequency of micturition. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1935, 191: 278-81. ------ Frequency of micturition in the adult. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 1522. Also Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1936-37, 1: 49-56. ------ In- creased frequency of micturition. Med. Press, Lond., 1948, 220: 298-300.—Schwarz, O. [Pollakiurie] Wien. med. Wschr., 1920, 70: 477.—Szold, E. Pollakiuria nervosa. Acta urol., Budap., 1948, 2: 65.—Van der Heide, C. A case of pollakiuria nervosa. Psychoanal. Q., 1941, 10: 267-83.—Vascoboinic, H., Angustin, A., & Goldstein, M. Pollakiurie essentielle (maladie par carence) considErations cliniques et thErapeutiques. Acta urol., Budap., 1948, 2: 157-60.—Winsbury-White, H. P. A postgraduate lecture on frequency of micturition. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1933, 9: 206-15. ---- Frequency—in women. Bancroft, F. W. Frequency of micturition and partial lack of urinary control in women. Repr. Fifth Ave. Hosp., N. Y., 1931-33, 1-6, 3 pi.—Bass, F., & Braun, J. De la pollakiurie au camp de TErEzin (Theresienstadt) Gynaecologia, Basel, 1947, 123: 126-30.—Bridges, J. P. Causes and treatment of urinary frequency in women. Bull. Tarrant Co. M. Soc, 1946, 18: No. 6, 3-5.—Lazarus, J. A. Increased urinary frequency in women caused by extrinsic genitourinary tract lesions. N. York State J. M., 1946, 46: 501-6.—Riba, L. W. The fre- quency of urination in women. Illinois M. J., 1949, 95: 44-7.— Sure, J. H. Urinary frequency of gynecological origin. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 369-71. ---- Incontinence [of urine] See also Bladder, Incontinence. Almeida, L. de. EnurEsia ou incontinEncia essencial da, urina. Coimbra mEd., 1939, 6: 213-23.—Barnes, A. C. A method for evaluating the stress of urinary incontinence. Am. J. Obst., 1940, 40: 381-90.—Block, F. B. Urinary in- continence. Am. J. M. Sc, 1942, 204: 905-13.—Constantinesco, P. Contributions au mEcanisme de I'incontinence d urine et de la miction. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1948, 42. Congr.. 472-81.— Convelaire, R., & Trevenard, P. Quelques considErations a propos de I'incontinence d'urine chez 1'adulte. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1940, 127-32. Also J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 59-65.— Frumkin, A. P. [Incontinence of urine] Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 5, 27-31.—Heyster, H. Incontinentia urinae. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1947, 91: 3470-3.—Langworthy, O. R., Jarvis, J. A., & Lewis, L. G. Incontinent patients in a chronic hospital. South. M. J., 1937, 30: 968-73.—Legueu. L'incontinence d'urine. Rev. gEn. clin. thEr., 1930, 44: 737.—Lonjumeau, P. Incontinence d'urine. In: Urol. gyn. mEd., 2. Ed. Par., 1940, 33-40.—Mezan, S. Contribution a l'Etude de I'incontinence d'urine. Paris mEd., 1928, 69:148-50.—Muschat, M. Graphic illustration of various forms of incontinence. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 31: 104.—Norman, H. L. Results of a London inquiry. Brit. M. J., 1936, 1: 902.—Pessagno Espora, M. A. Incon- tinencia esencial de orina. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1937, 44: 1170-9.—Ravara Alves, L. A prop6sito de incontinEncia de urina. Impr. mEd., Lisb., 1940, 6: 85-91.—Rebaudi, L. Sobre una incontinencia de orina. Rev. argent, urol., 1940, 9: 425.— Rose, D. K. Urinary incontinence. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1935, 32: 363-7.—Ruland, L. Incontinence of urine. In his Pastoral Med., S. Louis, 1936, 37.—Schramm, C. Die Klinik der Inkontinenz beim Manne. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 221-30.—Steinitz, G. Ueber Harninkontinenz. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1932, 28: 1493-6. ---- Incontinence: Etiology. See also Bladder, Neck: Disease; Catheteriza- tion, Effect; Ureter, ectopic, etc. Amselem, A., & Reig, J. T. Un caso poco frecuente de incontinencia urinaria. Intercamb. urol., Madr., 1949, Feb., 2.—Begg, R. C. Incontinence of urine of renal origin. Brit. J. Surg., 1927-28, 15: 229-44.—Belt, N. Catheter incontinence following cystoscopy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 1038.— Benjaminsson, G. Incontinentia urinae og bacteriuri hos sindssyge. Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 980-3.—Chavigny, M. L'incontinence essentielle d'urine. Paris mEd., 1933, 89: 151-3.—Cristol, D. S., & Greene, L. F. Urinary incontinence in female from ectopic ureteral orifices. J. Am. M. Ass., 1946, 130: 1061-3.—Faria, G. de. IncontinEncia urinaria por dis- plasia do colo da bexiga com refluxo paradoxal vesico-ureteral; nefroureterectomia e operacao de Young; classificacao da incontinEncia urinaria. Hospital, Rio, 1948, 34: 795-806.— Fey, B., & Lacour, M. Incontinence d'urines d'origine endo- crinienne. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 338-40.—Frumkin, A. P. Incontinence of urine due to an accessory ectopic ureter. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 547-9.—Gasparian, A. M. [Causes of incontinence of urine] Tr. Moskov. gosud. med. inst., 1935, No. 3, 200-5.—Greene, L. F., & Ferris, D. O. Urinary in- continence due to bilateral ectopic ureters. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1946, 82: 712-6.—Legueu, F. L'incontinence d'urine d'origine urEtErale. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 770-5. Also Livre jubil. J. Verhoogen, Brux., 1929, 449-54.—Morawski, W. [Pathogenesis of urine incontinence in adults] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 941-3.—Muellner, S. R. Lack of a specific urethral lesion in exertional urinary incontinence. N. England J. M., 1946, 234: 400-2.—Nikiforov, M. I. Ektopische Mun- dung des iiberzahligen Harnleiters als atiologisches Moment der Harninkontinenz. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 30: 63-9. Also Vest, khir., 1932, 26: 194.—PErard, J. Une incontinence d'urine de cause peu commune au cours de la tuberculose urinaire. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944, 52: 49.—Richardson, J. P. A case of urinary incontinence of unknown origin and 19 years' duration. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass., 1944. 12: 86.— Riley, A., & Gaston, E. A. Incontinence of urine due to ureteral ectopia. N. England J. M., 1934, 211: 666-75.—Starcke. A. [Paradosis; one case] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1820-8.— Tavernier & Cibert. Fausse incontinence d'uiine par abouche- ment extravEsical d'un uretEre; guErison par hEminEphrectomie. Lyon chir., 1938, 35: 456-9.—Van Buskirk, E. M. Pelvic kidney with ureter opening near urethral orifice; report of case. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 34: 395.—Voss, F. Durch Malariabe- handlung provozierte Urininkontinenz und ihre Behebung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1670.—Wilson, T. S. Inconti- nence of urine in the aged. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 2: 374-7. ---- Incontinence, infantile. See also Diaper; Enuresis. Marechal, J. *L'electro-coagulation du col vesical dans le traitement de l'incontinence urinaire infantile. 107p. 23cm. Par., 1939. Alesio, C. La cura dell'incontinenza essenziale secondo Cahier. Pediat. med. prat.. Tor., 1938, 13: 700*4.—Babies, A. Besonderer Fall standigen Harntraufelns im Sauglingsalter. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 288.—Dauchez. Incontinencia da urina nas creancas. Novid. med. pharm., P6rto, 1903-04, 9: 45.—Lanman, T. H. Urinary incontinence; its surgical sig- nificance. Pediatrics, Springf., 1948, 1: 776-9. ------ & Moore, J. H. The surgical significance of urinary incontinence in infants and children. N. England J. M., 1938, 219: 777-82.— Ranee. Les incontinents d'urine; EnurEsie infantile. Gaz. hop., 1948, 121: 254.—Sabourin, J. Notes prEliminaires sur un nouveau traitement de l'incontinence urinaire infantile; ^Electrocoagulation du col vesical. J. mEd. Paris, 1938, 58: 723-6. Also MEd. inf., Par., 1938, 45: 231-42. ------ Les traitements mEdicaux et chirurgicaux de l'incontinence urinaire infantile. J. mEd. chir., Par., 1939, 110: 31-7—Thevenin, L„ & Pugeat, H. EnurEsie et incontinence infantiles. PEdia- MICTURITION 132 MICTURITION trie, 1949, 4: 75-82.—Zahorsky, J. The ammoniacal diaper in infants and young children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1915, 10: 436-44. ---- Incontinence, juvenile. Larrieu, G. *L'incontinence d'urine dite essentielle de la jeune fille; son traitement par le resserrement du sphincter vesical ou operation de Marion. 62p. 25#cm. Lyon, 1938. Huber, F. Incontinence of urine in children. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1947, 64: 199-205.—Lepoutre, C. Incontinence d'urines; lithiase rEno-urEtErale ignorEe chez un enfant de huit ans. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 353-5.—Patoir, G., & Desruelles, J. A propos de l'incontinence d'urine essentielle chez les jeunes. France mEd., 1949, 12: No. 8, 18.—Peddie, C. Treat- ment of incontinence in children over 4. Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 600. ---- Incontinence: Military aspect. Borgard, W. Ueber die Beurteilung der Blasensehwache im Kriege. Munch, med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 488-90.—Kaczanow- ski, G. [Incontinence of urine among soldiers] Lek. wojsk., 1939, 33: 90-3.—Trommer, K. Feldbeobachtung iiber ge- hauftes Auftreten von Urogenitalneurose. Munch, med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 825. ---- Incontinence, neurogenic. See also Bladder, Distension; Laughter; Spina bifida. Bardinon, J. *Les mictions involontaires en pathologie nerveuse et leur traitement. 64p. 8? Par., 1937. Alajouanine, T., & Thurel, R. Les mictions involontaires en pathologie nerveuse et leur traitement; contribution k l'Etude de la dissociation des activitEs volontaires et rEflexes. Rev. mEd., Par., 1933, 50: 181-94.—Brechot, A. Role des Epaississe- ments dure-mEriens congEnitaux dans l'incontinence d'urine et le pied creux. In: Oeuvres (Delbet, P.) Par., 1932, 315-22.— CaffE, L., Bainglas, M., & Comsa, G. Le traitement des in- continences d'urine par injections intraveineuses d'urotropine dans les maladies nerveuses. Bull. Soc. mEd. h6p. Bucarest, 1929, 11: 189-94.—Chavany, J. A. Un cas de paralysie hys- tErique invEtErEe avec Emission spontanEe des urines et des matieres. J. mEd. chir., Par., 1935, 106: 741-7.—Chwalla, R. Harninkontinenz beim Lachen; Diabetes insipidus mit zentraler Blasenatonie und rezidivierender Harnverhaltung; ein Beitrag zur Pathologie des Zwischenhirns. Wien. med. Wschr., 1946, 96: 44-8.—Creevy, C. D. Treatment of the overflow incon- tinence of neurogenic vesical dysfunction. Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 17-24. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 507-14. Also Minnesota M., 1936, 19: 269-73.—Edelberg, H. L'incontinence durable d'urine apres une peur. Progr. mEd., Par., 1936, 641-5— Ewert, E. E., & Flint, L. Rectus muscle transplant for incontinence of neurogenic origin. Lahey Clin. Bull., 1946-47, 5: 148-55.—Hanlon, R. E. Treatment of urinary incontinence in vesical paralysis. J. urol., Bait., 1945, 53: 572-83.—Joosse. Demonstratie van patienten, die lijdende waren aan incontinentia urinae van neurologische oorsprong. Ned. tschr. verlosk., 1949, 49: 203-5.—Kiihn, H. Sakrale Inkontinenz bei congenitaler Missbildung des Kreuz- beines. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1454-6.—Lavenant, A. In- continence d'urine et spina bifida occulta. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1942, 50: 127.—Monashkin, G. B. [Neurophysiological factors in incontinence of urine] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 45-57.— Paulian, D., & Bistriceanu, I. Essential incontinence of urine; syndrome of pelvic hypervagotonia. Spitalul, 1931, 51: 496-502.—Rabiner, A. M., & Perkins, O. C. Urinary incon- tinence of cerebral origin. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1940, 44: 452-5. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1940, 92: 216-21. Urinary incontinence of cerebral origin; a note on the influence of consciousness on sphincter control. Brooklyn Hosp. J., 1941, 3: 211-5.—Simons, I. The treatment of neurogenic urinary incontinence with trasentin; report of a case. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y., 1942, 3: 26-31.—Spiegel, E. A. Die Klinik der Inkontinenz (neurologischer Teil) Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 201-17. ---- Incontinence, nocturnal. See Enuresis. ---- Incontinence, postmictional. Serrallach. L'incontinence d'urine post-mictionnelle dans les affections des organes gEnitaux. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1926, 22: 471-8. Klinisches und Experimentelles zur Behandlung der relativen Harninkontinenz mittels der Elektrokoagulation am Blasenhals Chirurg, 1933, 5: 129-33. ---- Incontinence: Surgery. Incontinence, relative. Borngen, H. Therapeutische Erfahrungen bei Blasen- Bchliessmuskelschwache. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1430.— Chwalla, R. Die endovesikale Behandlung der relativen Harninkontinenz. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 946-9.— Stoeckel. Relative Inkontinenz durch Elektrokoagulation verschlimmert. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 2859.—Viethen. H. See also subdivision (—in women: Surgery) Gtjnkel, I. *Die Pyramidalisplastik oder die Goebell-Frangenheim-Stoeckersche Operation. 21p. 8? Konigsb., 1936. Petit, P. *Etude critique des neo-sphinc- terisations de la vessie pour incontinence d'urine. 47p. 25y2cm. Lyon, 1944. Acero Santamaria, E. La operaci6n de plicatura de Lowsley en el tratamiento quirurgico de la incontinencia de orina. Med. & cir. guerra, 1946, 8: No. 20, 15T8.—Akerberg, E. [Operative treatment of incontinence of urine] Nord. med., 1939, 2:1026; 1940, 5:621.—Azevedo, G. V. de. L'incontinence d'urine et son traitement par 1'opEration de Goebell-Frangen- heim-Stoeckel. Rev. sudamEr. mEd., Par., 1932, 3: 129-42. ------ MEtodos operat6rios de tratamento da incontinEncia urinaria. An. paul. med. cir., 1945, 50: 501.—Baidin, A. Intervention dans les cas d'activitE insuffisante du sphincter urEthro-trigonal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 630.—Bailey, H. Incontinence of urine treated by constructing a sphincter urethrae from the gracilis muscle. Brit. J. Urol., 1939, 11: 250.-—Bartlett, M. K. The surgical treatment of urinary incontinence. N. England J. M., 1947, 236: 965-9.— Bedrna, J. A contribution to the operative treatment of urinary incontinence of the male. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 818-20.— Berri, H. D. Incontinencia de orina por relajacion del esffnter vesical; tratamiento quirurgico; curaci6n. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1940,47:401.—Chapman, T. L. Incontinence of urine. Surgo, Glasg., 1948-49, 15: 117-21.—Charbonnel & Masse. In- continence d'urine par dEficience sphinctErienne; opEration de Marion; guErison. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 277-9.—Cibert, J., & Pen-in, J. Incontinence complete d'urine aprEs rEsection transurEtrale guErie par 1'opEration de Goebell-Stoeckel. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1942, 51: 25. :------ Traitement de l'incontinence d'urine par la suspension aponEvrotique du col (dErivEe de 1'opEration de Goebell-Stoeckel) Lyon chir., 1944, 39: 243-6.—De Grisogono, A. L'operazione di Goebell- Stoeckel nella cura dell'incontinenza d'urina. Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1921, 21: 453-62.—Deming, C. L. Transplantation of the gracilis muscle for incontinence of urine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 822-5.—Fishberg, M. True urinary incontinence of traumatic origin in the male; report of three cases cured by plication of the bulbocavernosus muscle. Brooklyn Hosp. J., 1948, 6: 95-9.—Foley, F. E. B. An artificial sphincter; a new operation and device for control of urinary incontinence and nocturnal enuresis. Minnesota M., 1946, 29: 1041. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1947, 58: 250-9.—Frost, I. F. Urinary inconti- nence; with special reference to certain factors which are neces- sary in the cure of this condition. Am. J. Surg., 1946, 71: 172-80.—Gautier, J. Traitement des incontinences graves d'origine urEtrale par la plicature vEsico-urEtrale. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1937, 44: 55-68.—Goebell, R. Zur Sphinkter- plastik an der Blase. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1587.—Hayes, B. A. Urinary incontinence and its surgical treatment. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1929, 22:412-6.—Heyn, W. Zur Technik der Stoeckel- schen Faszienringplastik bei Blaseninkontinenz. Zbl. Chir., 1947, 72: 1555.—Huggins, C. B. Urinary incontinence; the surgical physiology involved in the cure of certain types. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1929, 22: 190-2.—Kenny, M. Urinary incontinence cured by operation; an uncommon case. Lancet, Lond., 1950, 1: 71.—Keyes, E. L. An operation for inconti- nence of urine following perineal prostatectomy. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 423.—Kusunoki, T. Senten-sei katuyaku-sayo huzen ni yoru nyo-sikkin (iny5-syo) no geka-teki seikei-zyutu ni tuite _ [Ueber die plastische Operation der Harninkontinenz (Enuresis) bei der angeborenen Storung von Sphincterme- chanismus] Jap. J. Urol., 1942, 33: 57-68.—Lewis, G. M. The operative treatment of urinary incontinence in the male. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1949, 42: 547.—Loughnane, F. M. Transplantation of the gracilis muscle to cure stress incontinence in women. Brit. J. Urol., 1939, 11: 142-6.—Lowsley, O. S. Relief of congenital and traumatic incontinence of urine by operation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 511-8. ------ New operations for the relief of incontinence in both male and female. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 400-13. ------& Hunt, R. W. A new operation for the relief of incontinence of urine and feces; preliminary report. Ibid., 1939, 41: 252-63.—Mandelstamm, A. Totale, durch Pyramidalisfaszienplastik geheilte Harnin- kontinenz. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 942.—Martin, R. H. Les rEsultats des resserrements de l'uretre pour incontinence d'urine par insuffisance sphinctErienne. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944-45, 52: 136^0.—Martius, H. Ueber die operative Be- handlung der Blaseninkontinenz der Frau. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1705-8. ------ Gewebsersatz bei Harnfistel- und Inkontinenz-Operationen. Handel. Internat. congr. verlosk., 1938, 2: 307-9, 4 pi.—Mason, G. A. Transplantation of ureters for congenital incontinence; a final result. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1928, 3: 109-13.—Meigs. J. V. The fascial sling opera- tion for incontinence of urine. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1947-48, 14: 504-14.—Millin, T. Some observations on the surgical treatment of urinary incontinence. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Urol., 777-90, pi. ------ Three MICTURITION 13 cases illustrating result of author's operation for urinary in- continence. Ibid., 1940-41, 34: 765. ------ La chirurgie de l'incontinence urinaire chez l'homme et chez la femme. MEd. & hyg., Geneve, 1949, 7: 79.—Mingazzini, E. Contributo clinico alia cura dell'incontinenza d'urina. Atti Soc. romana chir., 1939, 1: 200-3.—Mironov, A. I. [Remote sequels of operative treatment of certain forms of incontinence of urine] Urologia, Moskva, 1941, 18: No. 2, 86.—Murillo R., F. La incontinencia de orina; correcci6n por via retropiibica. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1949-50, 3. Epoca, 5: 9-15.—Novak, J. Principles and evaluation of the various operations for urinary incontinence. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1945, 49: 425-8.—Ombredanne. Autoplastics d'appui et mEcanismes de fermeture pour orifices incontinents. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1920, 46: 1180.—Price, P. B. Plastic operations for incontinence of urine and of feces. Arch. Surg., 1933, 26: 1043-53.—Richer, V. OpEration de Goebell-Stoeckel simplifiEe pour incontinence. MEm. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63:315-9. ------ L'opEration de Goebell-Stoeckel (technique personnelle) J. urol. med., Par., 1944-15, 52: 296-9. ---■--- Levatorplastik de Franz pour incontinence. Ibid., 334-6. Also Lyon chir., 1946, 41: 68-70.—Rubin, J. S., & Marx, R. Transplantation of abdominal fascia for relief of urinary in- continence. West. J. Surg., 1948, 56: 491-3.—Runge. Ergeb- nisse operativer Behandlung von Harnfisteln und Harnin- kontinenz. Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 2505.—Sarafoff. D. Die kiinstlich gesetzte ringformigeNarbe;ein einfaches und sicheres Mittel zur Beseitigung des Mastdarmvorfalles sowie der Incontinentia alvi und der Incontinentia urinae. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 1584-94.— Sidor, M. [Frangenheim-Goebell-Stoeckel operation in a case of incontinence of urine] Polska gaz. lek., 1939, 18: 231.—Stevens, P. A. Incontinence of urine treated surgically. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 2: 207.—Swenson, O., Rheinlander, H. F., & Merrill, K., jr. A method for controlling urinary incontinence; experimental observations. Surgery, 1949, 26: 405-12.—Szendi, B. [Surgery of dysfunction of the vesical sphincter] Orvostud. kozl., 1940, 1: 352-5.—Tauber, R. The twin-stitch technic for urinary incontinence. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1948, 52: 666.—TeLinde, R. W. The modified Goebell- Stoeckel operation for urinary incontinence. South. M. J., 1934, 27: 193-7.—Vehaskari, A. Virtsanpidatyskyvynpuut- teesta; sen hoidossa bulbocavernosus-plastiikalla (a. m. Martius) saaduista tuloksista. Duodecim, Helsin., 1944, 60: 313-32.— Wedenski, D. A., Levitanus, M. B. [et al.] Chirurgische Beseitigung der Harninkontinenz bei einigen Missbildungen der harnabfuhrenden Organe. _ Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 394- 409.—Young, H. H. Surgical aspects of urinary incontinence. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1929) 1930, 5. meet.. 328-32, 14 pi. ---- Incontinence: Treatment. Broutin, M. T. Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'incontinence essentielle d'urine. 71p. 24cm. Lille, 1935. Maurisset, M. E. Observations sur la therapeutique de l'incontinence essentielle d'urine dans ses rapports avec le desequilibre acido- basique [Paris] 31p. 8? S. Cloud, 1937. Aldridge, A. H. An evaluation of methods for the treatment of urinary incontinence. Am. J. Obst., 1946, 51: 299-315.-— Barber, K. E., Adams, J. F., & Sosinski, L. D. Control of incontinent urine by using external drainage. Am. J. Nurs., 1949, 49: 526.—Bedrna, J. [Treatment of incontinence of urine in men] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1930, 10: 435-46.—Hayes, B. A. The treatment of urinary incontinence. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1947, 40: 482-5.—Mougrain, L. Traitement de l'incontinence d'urine. MEd. libre, Par., 1949, 23: No. 5, 8.— Mozota Sagardia, S. TerapEutica de la incontinencia de la orina. Inform. mEd. quir., Zaragoza, 1949, 9-12.—Nordgren, R. [Treatment of incontinence of urine] Hygiea, Stockh., 1926, 88: 719.—Orum, H. P. T. [Incontinence of urine and its treatment] Ugeskr. lseger, 1926, 88: 784-8.—Pleschner, H. G. Wie soil sich der praktische Arzt bei der Incontinentia urinae des Mannes verhalten? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1298- 300.—Traitement de l'incontinence de l'urine. MEdecine, Par., 1922-23, 4: 887.—Voitashevsky, J. B. [Treatment of incontinence of urine] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 69-76. ---- Incontinence: Treatment: Methods. Orrico, J. *Incontinencia esencial de orina y su tratamiento por las inyecciones epidurales. 63p. 25^cm. B. Air., 1906. Cafffe, L., Bainglas & Comsa. Traitement des incontinences d'urine par injections intraveineuses d'urotropine dans les maladies nerveuses. Presse mEd., 1929, 37: 1202.—Chesser, E. S. Incontinence; the application of electro-therapy to the bladder and urethra. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1929, 25: 1260-2 — Corazzini. A propos de huit cas d'incontinences d'urine traitEs par injections Epidurales de lipiodol. AlgErie mEd., 1931, 35: 294-7.—Lepoutre. Traitement de 1'iDcontinence essentielle des urines par l'appareil avertisseur. Concours mEd., 1946, 68: 1147 —Marion, G. Des injections bulbaires dans l'incontinence d'urine. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944-45, 52: 242.—Mueller, B. Ein selbstgefertigter Urinhalter, ein Kuriosum. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 165-7.—Nagamatu, G., Johnson, T., & Silverstein, MICTURITION M. E. A new skin treatment for the incontinent patient; a preliminary report. Geriatrics, 1949, 4: 293-302.—0rkild, E. [Dysuria and ephedrin; report on treatment of nocturnal and myelitic enuresis] Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 851-3.—Player, L. P., & Callander, C. L. A method for the cure of urinary incontinence in the male; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 989-91.—Rousseau, P. Le traitement Electrique de l'incontinence d'urine (essai de classification) Gaz. mEd. France, 1930, 260-5.—Salomon, H. Un remedio sencillo en los casos de la incontinencia urinaria. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1947, 19: 2300.—Schulze. Die epidurale Kochsalzinjektion bei der Harninkontinenz. Zbl. Chir., 1948, 73: 666.—Sorrentino, M. La marconithErapie dans l'incontinence essentielle d'urine. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1937, 44: 501. ---- Incontinence—in animals. Schnelle, G. B. Diethylstilbestrol in the treatment of incontinence in spayed bitches and other conditions. North Am. Vet., 1942, 23: 447. Also Vet. Pract., Evanston, 1942, 23: No. 10, 17. ---- Incontinence—in women. Azevedo, G. V. de. *Da incontinencia uretral na mulher. 93p. 22cm. S. Paulo, 1938. Orriols Leverett, M. *Incontinencia de orina en la mujer [Chile] 62p. 26cm. Santiago de Chile, 1946. Bourque, J. P. L'incontinence des urines chez la femme. Union mEd. Canada, 1945, 74: 1569-76.—Brack, C. B. Urinary incontinence in the female. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 273-7.— Clute, H. M. Urinary incontinence in women; a case report. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 751-5.—Coll de Carrera, J. Incontinence d'urines prolongEe du post-partum. Bull. Soc obst. gyn. Paris, 1929, 18: 255.—Counselled V. S. Urinary incontinence in women. Am. J. Obst., 1943, 45: 479-89.—■ Couvelaire, R. L'incontinence d'urine chez la femme. Progr. mEd., Par., 1946, 74: 7-9.—Ercole, R., & Iturralde, J. M. Incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1943, 15: 1029; 1050.—Franjois, J. L'incontinence d'urine chez la femme. Scalpel, Brux., 1947, 100: 271-6.—Hance, B. M. A urologic and gynecologic problem; case report. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1948, 52: 21.—Hartmann, I. P. Om urininkontinens hos kvinden. Nord. med., 1942, 13: 251.—Kennedy, W. T. In- continence of urine in the female. Am. J. Obst., 1937, 33: 19-29.—Lira Valencia, A. Incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Rev. mEd. Chile, 1945, 73: 945-9. Also Rev. med., Valparaiso, 1945-46, 19: 310-^5.—Martinez de Hoz, R. La incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Rev. mEd. quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1943, 21: 255-9.— Mikulicz-Radecki, F. v. Klinik und Therapie der Inkontinenz bei der Frau. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 218-20. Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 136; 180.—Natvig, H. [Incontinence of urine in women] Norsk mag. hegevid., 1931, 92: 325-91, 2 pi.—Ottow, B. Zur Technik der Blasenuntersuchung bei volliger urethraler Inkontinenz. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1719-21.—Sanchez Sairudo, L., & Lebron Pagano, R. F. La incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1948, 20: 1084-8.—Sorrentino, B. L'incontinenza di urina nella donna. Monit. ostet. gin., 1935, 7: 599-606.—Sure, J. H. Urinary incontinence in the female. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 399.—Wesselink, D. G. [Inconti- nence of urine in women] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1696-700.—Zambelli, R. Osservazioni cliniche su alcuni casi di incontinenza uretrale in condizioni di deficiente o cessata attivita ovarica. Ann. ostet. gin., 1941, 63: 1587-615. ---- Incontinence—in women: Etiology. Alberto, C, & Castafio, E. Incontinencia de orina y fibroma uterino. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 642-6.—Am re ich, I. Die Harninkontinenz beim Weibe; Aetiologie und Therapie der Inkontinenz; Operationsindikationen. Chirurg, 1932, 4: 234- 40.—Bokelmann. Weibliche Sphinkterschwache. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1944, 41: 10.—Bruni, C. Eine sehr seltene Ursache von Harninkontinenz bei einer Frau; Wiederherstellung des Blasenhalses und der Harnrohre; Heilung. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 836-8. Also Med. prat., Nap., 1928, 13: 264-7.—Chochol- ka, E. F. [Cystoscopic modifications in incontinence in women, caused by changes in the genital apparatus] Cas. lEk. desk, 1931, 70: 565-70.—Cvetkov, V. P. [Constant incontinence of urine in women with anomalies of the urinary tract] J. akush., 1933, 44: 117-25.—Darget & Mandillon. Incontinence vraie d'urine par insuffisance sphinctErienne chez une femme de 50 ans k dEbut remontant a l'enfance. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 204-7.—Davids, A. M., Newman, H. F., & Rubin, I. C. The mechanism and treatment of partial urinary incontinence in women. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937738, 4: 861-81.— Franck, A., & Adrian, C. Incontinence d'urine par abouche- ment vulvaire d'un uretEre surnumEraire; guErison par hEmi- nEphrectomie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 207-14.—Galloway, C. E. Some common causes of urinary incontinence in women; case reports. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 610-3.—Gayet, R., & Gaillard, G. La maladie du col vEsical chez la femme. Lyon mEd., 1941, 165:281-92.—Gomez B., C. Incontinence d'urine chez la femme par relachement du sphincter vEsical et son traitement. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1938, 46: 344-56.—Heidler, H. Incontinentia urinae relativa climacterica. Wien. med. Wschr., MICTURITION 134 MICTURITION 1930, 80: 1200-5.—Heyns, O. S. Urinary incontinence in the female without obvious anatomical cause. Clin. Proc, Cape Town, 1943, 2: 311-22, pi.—Iancu, 1. [Various causes of incontinence of urine in women] Rev. roman. urol., 1937, 4: 322-4.—Incontinenza di urine e prolasso vaginale. Rinasc med., 1934, 11:634.—Kamniker, H. Ursachen und Behandlung der Incontinentia urinae beim Weibe. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1932, Aerztl. Prax., 114-8. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 272-6.—Kennedy, W. T. The muscle of micturition; its role in the sphincter mechanism with reference to inconti- nence in the female. Am. J. Obst., 1946, 52: 206-17.—Manso, E. C. Um caso raro de incontinEncia uretral na mulher. Rev. paul. med., 1948, 33: 286.—Marion. Des incontinences d'urine chez la femme, et en particulier de l'incontinence par insuffisance sphinctErienne. Concours mEd., 1941, 63: 59-61. Also J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 131-40.— Mikulicz-Radecki, F. v. Rontgenologische Studien zur Aetiologie der urethralen Inkontinenz. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 795-810.—Moir, J. C. Urinary incontinence following childbirth, including vesico- vaginal fistulae. Edinburgh M. J., 1947, 54: 368-81.—Rapin. Incontinence d'urine et prolapsus vaginal. Rev. beige sc. mEd., 1934, 6: 577-89.—Rihmer, B. v. Von einem durch Gabelung des linken Ureters und Einmiindung eines Zweiges in die Vagina verursachten Harntraufeln bei einem 17 jahrigen Madchen; Ureterresektion und Neoimplantation in die Blase. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 55-9.—Ten Berge, B. S. [Post- partum incontinence of urine] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1541-8.—Traut, H. F. Acquired incontinence of the urinary bladder in the female. Med. Rec, Houston, 1940, 34: 522-5. ---- Incontinence— in women, orthostatic and stress. Aldridge, A. H. Transplantation of fascia for relief of urinary stress incontinence. Am. J. Obst., 1942, 44: 398—411. ------ Stress incontinence of urine. Progr. Gyn., N. Y., 1946, 481-90.—Armstrong, J. T. Surgical treatments for the relief of urinary stress incontinence. Texas J. M., 1947—48, 43: 500-5.—Bourg, R. L'incontinence orthostatique et 1'opEration de Michon. Bull. Soc. beige gyn., 1947, 17: 217. Also Bruxelles mEd., 1948, 28: 2505. Also Gynaecologia, Basel, 1948, 125: 281-301.—Brito, J. A. de, & Vaz, O. A operacSo de Studdiford na incontinEncia urinaria feminina de esforco. Med. cir. farm., Rio, 1948, 144-62.—Cannon, D. J. Stress incontinence in women. J. M. Ass. Eire, 1947, 21: 57-9. ------ Urinary stress incontinence. Irish J. M. Sc, 1949, 775-7.—Chapman, T. L. The difficult case of stress inconti- nence. Glasgow M. J., 1948, 29: 49-52.—Couvclaire, R. ConsidErations sur la technique, les indications et les rEsultats de la suspension aponEvrotique du col vEsical dans le traitement de l'incontinence d'urine. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944—45, 52: 234—8. ------ Remarques sEmEiologiques k propos de l'incontinence d'urine dite orthostatique. Ibid., 1946—47, 53: 149-51.—Currie, D. W. Some comments on the treatment of stress incontinence. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1949, 56: 670.—Davies, J. W. Urinary stress incontinence; the anatomi- cal defect found and a rational method for its treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 273-80. ------ Urinary stress in- continence; its relation to cystocele and lacerations of the pelvic floor. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 536-43. ------ Vulvitis due to stress urinary incontinence. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1947, 51: 635—42.— Del inotte. Un procEdE simplifiE de suspension aponEvrotique du col vEsical pour incontinence orthostatique d'urine. J. beige urol., 1946-47, 15: 761-3.—Duggan, A. R. H. Urinary stress incontinence in women. Med. J. Australia, 1948, 2: 286-91.—Duvergey, H.. & Laporte, L. P. Incontinence d'urine congEnitale orthostatique chez un garcon de 10 ans; resserrement du col par voie transvEsicale. J. urol. mEd., Par. 1949, 55: 477-80.—Goldberger, M. A., & Davids, A. M. The treatment of urinary stress incontinence by the implantation of a tantalum plate. Am. J. Obst., 1947, 54: 829-37.—Gomes, K. IncontinEncia de urina ao esforco na mulher. Rev. clin. Inst, mat., Lisb., 1947, 1: 55-76, 3 pi.—Graber, E. A. Urinary stress incontinence in women. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1944, 48: 133.—Hannon, T. R. Urinary stress incontinence; a gyne- cological problem. Med. Rec, Houston, 1945, 39: 1017-9.— Hock, E. Stress incontinence. J. Urol., Bait., 1947, 57: 1069-84.—Hoyt, H. S. Stress incontinence due to pheno- barbital. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1949, 53: 408.—Ingelman-Sundberg, A. Extravaginal plastic repair of the pelvic floor for prolapse of the bladder neck; a new method to operate for stress in- continence. Gynaecologia, Basel, 1947, 123: 242-54. ------ The pubovesical ligament in stress incontinence. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1948-49, 28: No. 3, 185-8.—Kegel, A. H. Urinary stress incontinence; physiologic restoration of function of sphincter muscles. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1949, 34: 31 (Abstr.)—Leger, L. Traitement de l'incontinence orthostatique des urines chez la femme, la cervico-cystopexie par lambeaux aponEvrotiques. Presse mEd., 1946, 54: 876. Also Union mEd. Canada, 1948, 77: 911-5.—Macky, F. An operation for the cure of stress incontinence in the female. J. Urol., Bait., 1944, 52: 27T35.—Magder, E. L'incontinence vEsicale ortho- statique fEminine traitEe par cervicocystopexie. Paris mEd., 1947, 37: 528-30.—Mahfouz, N. Stress incontinence of urine! In his Atlas Obst. Gyn. Museum, Altrincham, 1949, 2: 593.— Malpas, P. Stress incontinence. Lancet, Lond., 1946, 1: 55.— Marchetti, A. A. The female bladder and urethra before and after correction for stress incontinence. Am. J. Obst., 1949, 58: 1145-54, illust. Also Harper Hosp. Bull., Detr., 1949, 7: 290.— Marion, G. Levantamiento del cuello vesical por via vaginal en las incontinencias ortost&ticas. Rev. argent, urol., 1948, 17: 1-6.—Marshall, C. M. Relief of severe stress incontinence; technique and anatomy of two suprapubic fascial operations. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1948, 55: 126-34, 4 pi.—Marshall, V. F., Marchetti, A. A., & Krantz, K. E. The correction of stress incontinence by simple vesicourethral suspension. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1949, 88: 509-18.— Mathieu, J. Cervico-cystopexie dans l'incontinence orthostatique des urines. Lyon chir., 1948, 43: 315.—Michon, L. Incontinencia ortostatica en la mujer. Clin, laborat., Zaragoza, 1949, 48: 241-6.—Michon, P. Traite- ment de 1'incontinence essentielle orthostatique d'urine chez la femme par la vitamine Bi. Presse mEd., 1947, 55: 549.— Millin, T. Stress incontinence in women. In his Retropub. Urin. Surg., Bait., 1947, 184-93. ------& Read, C. D. Stress incontinence of urine in the female. Overseas Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1947-48, 2: 293-306. Also Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1948, 24: 3; passim.—Mougenot, J., & Lombard, A. L'incontinence d'urine orthostatique chez la femme. France mEd., 1948, 11: No. 3, 9-12.—Muellner, S. R. The etiology of stress inconti- nence. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1949, 88: 237-42.—Ormond, J. K. Treatment of stress incontinence in women. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1946) 1947, 38: 79-85, Also J. Urol., Bait., 1947, 57: 326-30.—Padovec, J. PffspEvek k otazce chirurgickE lEEby relativni inkontinence mo6e u zen; zprava o 47 operovanych pfipadech. Cesk. gyn., 1947, 12: 345-58.— Pen-in, E. Cervico-cystopexie et incontinence orthostatique. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944-45, 52: 239-42. ------ Un cas d'incontinence orthostatique traitE par cervico-cysto-pexie. Lyon chir., 1945, 40: 102. ------ Deux cas d'incontinence orthostatique d'urines traitEs par cervico-cystopexie. Ibid., 642-4.—Philip, A. Gynecological operations in the treatment of stress incontinence of urine. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1947, 51: 80.—Reddington, M. Stress incontinence. Brit. J. Urol., 1948, 20: 77-81.—Reich, W. J., Wilkey, J. L., & Silverman, H. E. Urinary stress incontinence in the female; a combined gyno-urological approach to its correction. Am. J. Surg., 1945, 70: 341-53.— Reis, R. A., & DeCosta, E. J. Stress in- continence in the female. Am. J. Obst., 1947, 53: 776-86.— Renauld, J. M. A propos de la chirurgie rEtro-pubienne; une technique de Terence Millin; la suspension en Echarpe du col vEsical, traitement de l'incontinence orthostatique. Cah. mEd., Alger, 1948, 3: 423-32.—Schneider, P. The Halban operation for the treatment of urinary stress incontinence with a discussion of the anatomical factors involved. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1944, 48: 134-41.—Shaw, W. An operation for the treatment of stress incontinence. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 1070-3.— Stern, D. M. The cause and treatment of stress incontinence in women. Clin. J., Lond., 1944, 73: 102.—Stress incontinence. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 723.—Studdiford, W. E. Transplanta- tion of abdominal fascia for the relief of urinary stress inconti- nence. Am. J. Obst., 1944, 47: 764; 1945, 50: 119. ------ The problem of stress incontinence and its surgical relief. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1946, 83: 742-50.—Treahy, P. A., & Pacey, H. K. Stress incontinence in the female. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1947-48, 17: 247-52.—Van Duzen, R. E. Stress in- continence in women. J. Urol., Bait., 1946, 55: 648-50.— Vartan, K. Treatment of stress incontinence. Brit. M. J., 1949, 2: 99.—Wahren, H. The operative treatment of female stress incontinence. Acta chir. scand., 1948-49, 97: 331-7.— Williams, E., Millin, T. [et al.] Discussion on stress inconti- nence in micturition. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.. 1946-47. 40: 361-70. ---- Incontinence—in women: Surgery. See also Micturition, Incontinence: Surgery. Betjtel, G. A. F. J. *Ueber Incontinentia urinae des Weibes und ihre operative Behandlung [Berlin] 44p. 8? Pasewalk, 1931. Esnault, R. *Traitement par la plicature vesico-uretrale des formes graves de l'inconti- nence d'urine d'origine uretrale chez la femme [Paris] 63p. 8? Angers, 1936. Huot, P. *L'incontinence d'urine associee au prolapsus uterin; son traitement par l'operation de Marion. 43p. 24cm. Lyon, 1944. Abud P., E. Incontinencia de orina en la mujer; operaci6n de Aldridge. Arch. Soc. cirujan. hosp., Santiago, 1943, 13: 201.—Akerberg, E. Om urinblasinkontinens hos kvinnor och dess operativa behandling. Nord. med., 1942, 15: 2277.— Baumm, H. Beitrag zur Operation der Inkontinentia urinae nach Goebell-Frangenheim-Stoeckel. Mschr. Geburtsh., 1931, 87: 66-75.—Bengolea, A. J., Bazterrica, E., & Peralta Ramos, A. G. Incontinencia de la orina en la mujer; operaci6n de Aldridge. Prensa mEd. argent., 1945, 32: 65-70.—Bierring, K. [Treatment of incontinence of urine by a modified Goebell- Stoeckel operation] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: For. Gyn. Obst. Forh., 70-3.—Bouwdijk Bastiaanse. Kunstmatige blassfistels. Ned. tschr. verlosk., 1948, 48: 280-5.—Burger, K. Einfaches Verfahren zur Beseitigung partieller Urininkontinenz der Frauen. Zbl. Gyn., 1943, 67: 1086. ------ Neuere operative Heilmethode der Harninkontinenz. Ibid., 1389.— Carloni, E. Un nuovo procedimento operativo nella cura dell incontinenza funzionale urinaria. Monit. ostet. gin., 1930, 2: 40-51.—Cibert, J. Sur le traitement de l'incontinence MICTURITION 135 MICTURITION d'urine chez la femme. Lyon chir., 1944, 39: 663-6.—Conrad, G. Beitrag zur Pyramidalisfascienplastik bei der weiblichen Incontinentia urinae. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 3359-62.—Cramer, H. Grundsatzliches und Technisches der Goebell'schen Opera- tion zur Beseitigung der Incontinentia urinae. Ibid., 342-7.— Douglass, M. Operative treatment of urinary incontinence. Am. J. Obst., 1936, 31: 268-79.—Ferreira, L. Tratamento cirurgico da incontinEncia de urina na mulher. Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1939, 599-603.—Figarella, J. A propos de quatre cas de suspension pubienne du col vEsical dans l'incontinence d'urine chez la femme. Lyon chir., 1944, 39: 239-42.— Fornero, A. L'operazione di Schauta-Wertheim usata con successo in due casi di incontinenza urinaria funzionale e su alcune modificazioni di tecnica. Riv. ital. gin., 1928, 7: 209- 20.—Frankel, W. K. Inkontinenzbehandlung bei Frauen mit intravesicaler Elektrokoagulation. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1287.—Frank, R. T. Operation for the cure of incontinence of urine in the female. Am. J. Obst., 1947, 53: 618-26.— Franz, R. Ueber die Behandlung der Harninkontinenz mit Hilfe der Levatorplastik. Zbl. Gyn., 1943, 67: 1930-50.— Frigyesi, J. Ueber die Inkontinenz der weiblichen Harnblase und deren Therapie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 369-88. ------ Ueber Inkontinenz- und Urinfisteloperationen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936, 161: 174-8; Disc, 188-90. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 78.—Gasparian, A. M., & Epstein, I. M. [Contem- porary viewpoint on incontinence of urine in women and newest methods in treatment, electrocoagulation] Urologia, Moskva, 1932, 9: 8-19.—Geyer, M. Considerazioni sulla cura chirurgica dell'incontinenza d'urina nella donna. Clin, ostet., 1940, 42: 521-32.—Goria, V. Contribuci6n al tratamiento quirurgico de la incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Rev. argent, urol., 1948, 17: 695-702.—Held, E. Bemerkungen und Demonstration zur Inkontinenz-Operation nach Terence Millin. Gynaecologia, Basel, 1949, 128: 397-400. ------ Ueber die operative Be- handlung der weiblichen Inkontinenz ohne Descensus. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 1004-7.—Higgins, C. C, & Schlum- berger, F. C. Surgical management of urinary incontinence in women. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1937, 17: 1517-24.—Hijmans, F. Die Operation nach Rapin zur Behebung der Harnin- kontinenz beim Weibe. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 235-9.—Hue, G., & Goidin, E. Du traitement des incontinences d'urine chez la femme. MEm. Acad, chir., Par., 1943, 69: 127.—Israel, W. Die endovesikale Behandlung der Incontinentia urinae des Weibes mit Thermokoagulation. Fortsch. Ther., 1931, 7: 78-81.—Jaeggy, E. A propos de la cystalgie et de l'incontinence d'urine chez la femme et de leur traitement par l'Electrocoagulation. Praxis, Bern, 1934, 23: 477-9.—Johnston, H. W. Urinary incontinence following childbirth: its surgical treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 97-101.—Kanisch, I. Ueber Dauererfolge nach direkter Muskelplastik wegen urethraler Inkontinenz. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 1115-7.—Kennedy, W. T. Urinary incontinence relieved by restoration and maintenance of the normal position of the urethra. Am. J. Obst., 1941, 41: 16-28.—Labry, R., & Charvet, J. REsultats EloignEs de la cervico-cystopexie; opEration de E. Perrin. Lyon chir., 1948, 43: 247-50.—Leger, L. Tech- nique de cervico-cystopexie par lambeaux aponEvrotiques. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1946-47, 53: 151-3.—Levin, M. M. [Opera- tive treatment of incontinence of urine in women] Vest, khir., 1930, 21: 129-33.—Lira Valencia, A. Incontinencia de orina en la mujer; tratamiento quirurgico. Rev. Soc. chilena urol., 1945, 8: 1344-9.—McCutchen, G. T., & Kinder, E. C. Report of a case of urinary incontinence complicated by recto-vaginal fistula. Rec. Columbia M. Soc. Richland Co., 1948, 12: 14-7.—Manujlow, A. Operative Behandlung der Harnin- kontinenz beim Weibe. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934-35, 40: 455-61.—Martius. Ueber Harnfistel- und Inkontinenz- operationen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936, 161: 167-74; Disc, 188-90. ------ Bericht iiber einige Harninkontinenzopera- tionen. Zbl. Gyn., 1947, 69: 999-1001.—Mayer, A. Die operative Behandlung der Blasensphinkterschwache. Ibid., 418-22.—Mazhbitz, A. M. [Surgical therapy of urinary in- continence in women, caused by obstetric trauma] J. akush., 1931, 42: 409-18. ------ Dauerresultate der direkten Muskelplastik bei Harninkontinenz des Weibes. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 2307-9.—Meschede, H. Zur Behebung der trau- matischen Inkontinenz der Frauen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 22-5.—Mestitz, W. Zur operativen Behandlung der Incontinentia urinae. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 3046-56.—Michon, L. Traitement de I'incontinence d'urine de la femme par la suspension aponEvrotique du col vEsical. MEm. Acad, chir., Par., 1943, 69: 121-6.—Mikulicz-Radecki, F. v. Die Incon- tinentia urinae beim Weibe und ihre Therapie. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 957-75. ------ Zur operativen Behandlung der Incontinentia urinae [mit Kasuistik] Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 3075-92.—Miller, N. F. The surgical treatment of urinary incontinence in the female. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 628-32.— Miiller, G. [Causes and operative treatment of incontinence of urine in women] Cas. lEk. desk., 1933, 72: 1483-6.—Nisot P. Myorraphie des caverneux. Bruxelles mEd., 1947, 27: 110b- 10.—Nora, G. REfection du col vEsical pour incontinence d'urine chez la femme. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1934, 26: 135- 42. Also J. mEd. Paris, 1934, 54: 787-9.—O'Conor, V. J. Functional incontinence of urine in women; repair by a modi- fication of Kelly's operative technic. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitounn. Surgeons, 1931, 24: 341-3. Also Surg. Chn. N. America, 1931, 11: 205-8.—PaixSo, W. Em torno de um caso de in- continencia urinaria na mulher, operado pela tEcnica de Goebell-Stoeckel-Frangenheim. Rev. gin. obst., Rio, 1943, 37: pt 2, 337-^9.—Palik.F. Erfolge mit der Stoeckelschen direkten Muskelplastik bei der weiblichen Blasensphinkterin- suffizienz. Zbl. Gyn., 1947, 69: 422-7.—Perrin, E. Technique, indications et rEsultats de la cervico-cysto-pexie. Lyon chir. 1946, 41: 270-8.—Phaneuf, L. E., Hefferan, R. J., & Kasdon, S. C. Functional urinary incontinence in women; a report of 23 cases treated by the Kennedy operation. N. England J. M., 1943, 229: 743-8.—Pollosson, E. Sur le traitement de l'in- continence d'urine chez la femme. Lyon chir., 1944, 39: 672—4.—Pou Orfila, J. Los mEtodos de tratamiento de la incontinencia de orina en la mujer, con especial menci6n de la cisto-uretroplastia aponeur6tica de Stoeckel. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1930, 15: 1-14, 6 pi.—Rodriguez Santana, L. Un caso de incontinencia de orina en la mujer, tratado por la operaci6n de Goebell-Stoeckel. Bol. hosp., Caracas, 1939, 38: 496-509.—Romanov, M. A. [Surgical treatment in inconti- nence of urine in women, caused by functional insufficiency of the vesical sphincter] J. akush., 1929, 40: 493-9.—Salgado, C, & Rocha, A. _ Miorrafia sub-uretral dos bulbo-cavernosos para correcao da incontinEncia uretral. An. brasil. gin., 1949, 27: 359-70.—Samuel, M. Die Heilung der Harninkontinenz durch vaginale Korpusamputation. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 2944.—Scheffelaar Klots, T. [Treatment of partial incon- tinence of urine in women by electrocoagulation of the neck of the bladder] Geneesk. gids, 1932, 10: 1005-14. ------ [Successful treatment of partial incontinence of urine in a woman by electrocoagulation] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 4, 5254-8.—Serrallach Julia, F. Patogenia y tratamiento de la incontinencia de orina en ia mujer. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1933, 6:310.—Shereshevsky, J. Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der Harninkontinenz beim Weibe. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 157-78.—Smith, M. K. The surgical treatment of urinary incontinence in women. Ann. Surg., 1930, 92: 394-9.— Sobolev, L. N. [Goebell-Stoeckel operation in functional urine incontinence in women] J. akush., 1931, 42: 352-6.—Sorren- tino, M. Contributo alia cura chirurgica dell'incontinenza di urina nella donna. Riforma med., 1934, 50: 286-90.— Stanca, C. [Incontinence of urine and surgical treatment by Goebell-Stockel method] Cluj. med., 1929, 10: 153-5. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 2101-4.—Stoeckel. Heilung einer In- continentia completa durch Uterusinterposition. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 379. ------ Heilung der Inkontinenz durch Levatorplastik. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934-35, 98: 237.— Subocky, V. E. [Electrocoagulation as a method in treatment of incontinence of urine in women] Urologia, Moskva, 1932, 9: 24-7.—Szendi, B. Beitrage zur operativen Behandlung der Incontinentia urinae partialis der Frau. Zbl. Gyn., 1940, 64: 2201-10.—Te Linde, R. W. Surgical cure of urinary inconti- nence in women. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1946) 1947, 58: 356-89. Also Ann. Surg., 1947, 126: 64-97.—Vozza, F. L'al- lungamento dell'uretra nella cura dell'incontinenza di urina nella donna. Atti Soc lombard. sc med., 1929, 18: 45-59.— Werhatzky, N. P. Ueber kunstliche Sphinkterbildung (Pyra- midalisfascienplastik der Harnblase) bei Harninkontinenz der Frauen. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 489-98.—Zappala, G. L'in- continenza di urina nella donna; sei casi eurati con metodo di Goebell-Stoeckel. Arch. ital. urol., 1932-33, 9: 186. ---- Incontinence—in women: Treatment. Renatjx, E. A. Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'incontinence d'urine d'origine uretrale chez la femme. 51p. 24cm. Lille, 1936. Arenas, N. Tratamiento de la incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Bol. Soc. chilena obst. gin., 1941^2, 7: 614-9.— Atabekov, D. N. [Therapy of urine incontinence in women] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 21-3. ------ [Treatment of incontinence of urine in women by means of physical culture] Akush. gin., 1939, No. 10, 31-5.—Banasz, A. [Treatment of incontinence of urine in women] Warsz. czas. lek., 1933, 10: 153.—Bathurst, L. W. Treatment of incontinence of urine in women by electro-therapeutic means. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Electrother., 35-8.—Berman, A. [Treatment of incontinence of urine in women] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 3148-53.—Bertone, C. Sul trattamento dell'incontinenza d'orine acquisita nella donna. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 973.—Casper, L. Zur Therapie der Incontinentia urinae des Weibes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1212.— Ferris, D. O. Management of urinary incontinence in women Surg. Clin. N. America, 1947, 27: 857-65.—Fulkerson, L. L. Incontinence of urine in women; urethrocele; relaxed vesical sphincter; urethral dilatation. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 569-73.—Hoffmann, F. Ueber die Behandlung der Blasenin- kontinenz mit Follikelhormon. Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61: 2545-8. Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1938, 166: 240; Disc, 242-52.— Josserand, A. De l'emploi de petites doses associEes de strych- nine et d'acide phosphorique dans le traitement de l'inconti- nence urinaire des vieilles femmes. Lyon mEd., 1949, 181: 278.—Kamniker, H. Zur Behebung der weiblichen Harnin- kontinenz. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 718-20.—Kennedy, W. T. Incontinence of urine in the female, the urethral sphinc- ter mechanism, damage of function, and restoration of control. Am. J. Obst., 1937, 34: 576-89. ------ Incontinence of urine in the female: study of the urethral sphincter under hydrostatic pressure with roentgenograms; sphincter mechanism, loss of control, restoration. N. York State J. M., 1938, 38: 256-61.— Kushelevsky, A. P. [Treatment of incontinence of urine in women by d'arsonvalization] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1939, MICTURITION 136 MICTURITION No. 6, 46-9.—L., C. Tratamiento de la incontinencia de orina en la mujer. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 741.—Marti, T. Zur Behandlung der durch ungeniigenden Sphinkterschluss bedingten Harninkontinenz der Frauen. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 692-6.—Martius, H. Ueber die Behandlung der Harnin- kontinenz bei der Frau. Med. Klin., Berl., 1938, 34: 1283.— Muret, M., & Rapin, O. J. Du traitement de l'incontinence d'urine chez la femme. Gyn. obst., Par., 1937, 36: 81-113. Also GynEcologie, 1938, 37: 154-61.—Paetzel, W. Ueber ambulante Behandlung der haufigsten Formen weiblicher Inkontinenz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 240-9.—Palmer, R. L'insufflation urEtEro- vEsical e dans l'incontinence d'urine. GynEcologie, 1938, 37: 168-71.— Penkert, M. Ueber Harninkontinenz bei der Frau und ihre Therapie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1939, 36: 71-4.—Picard, E. Die endovesikale Behandlung der Incontinentia urinae beim Weibe. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 654-6. ------ Zur Therapie der weiblichen Harninkontinenz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 233.—R., J. C. Traitement de l'in- continence d'urine chez la femme. J. prat., Par., 1948, 62: 43.—Rashbaum, M., & Mandelbaum, C. C. Nonoperative treatment of urinary incontinence in women. Am. J. Obst., 1948, 56: 777-80.—Santi, E. Zur Behandlung der Harnkonti- nenz beim Weibe. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 685-9.—Schumann, E. A. The management of urinary incontinence in women. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 445-50.—Starobinskaia, S. M., Popova, A. V., & Poselskaia, C. J. [Treatment of in- continence of urine in women by means of physical culture] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 2, 50.—Stockl, W. Zur Behandlung der Harninkontinenz bei Frauen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1939, 89: 572.—Subocky, B. W. E. Die Elektro- koagulation als Behandlungsmethode der Harninkontinenz bei der Frau. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 819-28.—Surraco, L. A., & Lockhart, J. Tratamiento de ciertas formas de la incontinencia de orina de la mujer. Arch. urug. med., 1949, 34: 525-36.— Violet, H. Le traitement de l'incontinence d'urine chez la femme. Lyon mEd., 1932, 150: 597-601. Also Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1932, 23: Suppl., 551-5.—Werner, P. El tratamiento de la incontinencia urinaria en la mujer. Rev. mEd. quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1939, 14: 1217-23. ---- Inhibition. Suppl., 137-56. ------ Zur cystometrischen Technik. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1939, 45: 72-9. ------ Cvstometrimetode til praktisk-klinisk brug. Nord. med., 1942, 14: 1470-2.— Rose, D. K. The present status of cystometry. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1534-7. ------ An improved continuous flow recording cystometer. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 43: 718. Freeman, G. L. Postural accompaniments of the voluntary inhibition of micturition. J. Exp. Psychol., 1938, 23: 45-61. ------ The effect of inhibited micturition upon interrupted and completed acts of unrelated origin. J. Gen. Psychol., 1938, 19: 277-83.—Jones, M. R. Studies in nervous move- ments; the effect of inhibition of micturition on the frequency and patterning of movements. Ibid., 1943, 29: 303-12. Ischuria. See subdivision Retention. — Measurement. See also Bladder (Cystometry; Examination) Ballesteros M., M. La cistometria. Rev. urol., MEx 1945, 3: 206-23.—Band, D. Cystometry. Brit. J. Urol.! 1945, 17: 1-25.—Baumrucker, G. O. A new instrument; the fluid volume gauge; its use in cystometry. J. Urol., Bait. 1939, 42: 629-36.—Bell is, C. J. Cystometry after spinal anes- thesia. Surgery, 1944, 16: 896-905.—Boyd, M. L., & Smith, W. A. Why are abnormal cystometrograms obtained in normal patients? J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 513-8.—Carle ton, S., <& Nagamatsu, G. R. A new cystometer. Ibid., 1939, 41: 941.—Cheetham, J. G. A clinical evaluation of the cystometer. Ibid., 1938, 39: 569-88.—Drake, W. M., jr. The uroflometer; an aid to the study of the lower urinary tract. Ibid., 1948, 59: 650-8.—Gandin, H. A recording continuous flow cystometer. N. Zealand M. J., 1947, 46: 428.—Hartley, C. C. Cystometry and the cystometrogram. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1946—47, 50: 105-10.—Heusser, H. Die Manometrie der Harnblase (Cystometrie) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 312-25.—Irazu, J. Cistometria en la fisiopatologia vesical. Rev. med., B. A*ir ' 1943, 5: 755-8.— Jacobson, C. E., jr. A simple and practical cystometer. J. Urol., Bait., 1944, 51: 189.—Landes, H. E., & Voris, H. C. A new cystometer incorporating the advantages of a water manometer and a continuous tracing. Ibid., 1938 39: 813-6. ------ An electrocystometrograph; report of a new instrument. Ibid., 1940, 43: 345-55.—Lane, C, & Hoff- man, E. An easily constructed cystometric set-up for office use Urol Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 27.—Lewis, L. G. A new clinicai recording cystometer. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 41- 638-45 ——— & Langworthy, O. R. Cystometry. Ibid., 1938, 40: 677-83.—Lowsley O. S., & Hunt, R. W. A new clinical cystometer. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 545-50.—McCrea, L. E. Cystometry and its interpretation. Ibid., 1940 44- ?52'T6•^T^,eh,' R* Die Blasendruckmessung (Cystometrie) Med. Klin., Munch., 1947, 42: 809-11.—Muschat, M Cysto- metric studies; the value of follow-up examinations Am t M Sc, 1936,. 192: 693-7.------ Simplified deterrmnatTon and practical interpretation in cystometry; a critique of attempts made to complicate this procedure. J. Urol., Bait 1940 43- 582-7. ------Carp, J & Charny, C. W. The normal cysto- metrogram. Ibid., 1937, 37: 718-20.—O'Heeron M K Cystometry; its value and limitations. Ibid., 1942 47- 824- 37-—Povlsen, O. [Cystometry] Hospitalstidende,'1938 81- Cystometry. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 295-9.—Sato, A. Boko naiatu sokutei [Cystometry] Jap. J. Urol., 1940, 29: 447; passim.—Schultz, W. H. Studies of the rat's genito-urinary tract; quantitative measurements of intravesical volume and pressure and of the urethral outflow. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 156-65.—Simons, I. Neurologic studies by means of the microcystometer and the sphinctero- meter; studies in bladder function, preliminary report. Ibid., 1938, 39: 791-812. ------ Cystometry; its status and out- look, with special reference to microcystometry and sphinctero- metry. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 316-22.—Terruzzi, B. La cistometria nella pratica urologica. Arch. ital. urol., 1947- 48, 22: 360-75.—Tracanella, D. Cistometria. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1940, 17: 301-10.—Valk, W. L. A simple and inexpensive cystometer. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 838.— Vargas Zalazar, R. Cistometria y su aplicaci6n clinica. Rev. Soc. chilena urol., 1945, 8: 1350-9. Also Rev. med.. Val- paraiso. 1945-46, 19: 316-26.—Vellela Itibere, D., & Traca- nella, D. Kystometria, seu emprego e vantagens. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1940, 17: 284 (Abstr.)—Weyrauch, H. M., Lucia, E. L., & Howard, J. The failure of the cystometrogram as a diagnostic test; clinical observations and statistical analysis. J. Urol., Bait., 1944, 51: 191-209.—Winton, F. R. The record- ing of urine flow. J. Physiol., Lond., 1939, 95: Suppl., 60.— Wood, L. G. Cystometry. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass., 1940-41, 17: 299-303. ---- Nervous control and reflex. Barrington, F. J. F. The effect of lesions of the hind- and mid-brain on micturition in the cat. Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1925, 15: 81-102. ------ The component reflexes of micturition in the cat. Brain, Lond., 1931, 54: 177; 1941, 64: 239.—Chatonnet, J., Cier, J. F., & Vial, J. Effets de la des- truction de la moelle dorso-lombo-sacrEe sur la miction chez le rat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1947, 141: 931. ------ Les troubles de la miction chez le rat k section mEdullaire dorsale. Ibid., 1948. 142: 99.—Clark, G. The central control of mic- turition. Urol. Cut. Rev.. 1945. 49: 612-7.—Ecker, A., & Laurie, T. F. Bladder control; a brief review. J. Urol., Bait., 1941, 45: 397-403.—Evans, C. A. L. The nervous control of micturition. In his Recent Advance. Physiol., 6. ed., Phila., 1939, 310^51.—Galperine, S. I., & Chernigovsky, W. N. [Contribution a l'Etude des rEflexes axoniques de la vessie] Bull. biol. mEd. exp. URSS, 1936, 1: 267.—Hah, W. Y. Unter- suchungen iiber die Nervenwirkung im Miktionsmechanismus der Katze. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1937, 27: 26.—Kuhn, R. A. A note on identification of the motor supply to the detrusor during anterior dorsolumbar rhizotomy. J. Neurosurg., 1949, 6: 320-3.—Kwang, K., Hsu, S. H.. & Chu, H. N. A study of the pressor reflex from the urinary bladder in the cat. Proc. Chin. Physiol. Soc. (Chengtu) 1942-43, 1: 78-80.—Lang- worthy, O. R. Control of micturition by the central nervous system. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 37: 210-3. ------ & Hesser, F. H. Periodic micturition in the cat after section of the sacral nerves. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 115: 685-93. ------ An experimental study of micturition released from cerebral control. Ibid., 694-700.—Langworthy, O. R., Lewis, L. G. [et al.] Control of micturition by the central nervous system. Ibid., 116: 95.—Levin, P. M., & Langworthy, O. R. Extra- pyramidal control of micturition; the effects of lesions of the tegmentum of the mid-brain. Ibid., 1937, 118: 483-91 — McMichael, J. Spinal tracts subserving micturition in a case of Erb s spinal paralysis. Brain. Lond., 1945, 68: 162-4.— Nash, D. F. E. The development of micturition control with special reference to enuresis. Ann. R. Coll. Surgeons England, 1949, 5: 318-44, illust.—Newton, W. H. The nervous control of micturition and defecation. In his Recent Advance. Physiol., 5. ed., Lond., 1936, 438-83.—Richer, V., & Cier, J. F. Les effets sur le detrusor urinae et sur le col vEsical de l'excitation des nerfs de la vessie chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1948, 142: 344.—Simons, I. Further neurologic studies by means of the microcystometer and the sphincterometer; studies in bladder function. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 331-42.—Vidal, F., & Irazu, J. Area pre6ptica e hipotalamo lateral en el tonismo vesical. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1942, 14: 154. ---- nocturnal. See subdivision Rhythm. For nocturnal in- continence see Enuresis. ---- Obstruction. See also under names of obstructed parts of the urinary tract as Kidney pelvis; Ureter; Urethra; also such terms as Nephrolithiasis; Urolithiasis, etc. Conradt, J. Contribution experimentale et clinique a l'etude de I'anurie par obstruction. p.91-195. 24cm. Brux., 1939. In: J. beige urol., 1939, 12: MICTURITION 137 MICTURITION Geisthovel, W., & Kirchhoff, A. Ueber die postoperative Anurie; insbesondere die extra- renal bedingte Form. 79p. 21cm. Hildesheim, 1947. Forms H. 5, Samml. Lax. Young, H. H., & Waters, C. A. Obstructive conditions of the urinary tract, p. 163-242. 4? N. Y., 1928. In: Ann. Roentg., N. Y., 1928, 7: Andrus, E. C. The renal manifestations of obstruction of the lower urinary tract. Tr. Am. Clim. Clin. Ass., 1931, 47: 104- 16.—Ballenger, E. G. The relationship of obstructions to urinary affections. J. Florida M. Ass., 1944-45, 31: 13-5.— Bandler, C. G. Urinary obstruction in children. Tr. South- west. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1938, 88-103. ------ & Milbert, A. H. Obstructive uropathies in children. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 690-704.—Bernardi, R. Uro- patias obstructivas. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1941, 13: 836; 1066.— Birdsall, J. C. The management of acute urinary tract ob- struction. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 1424-33. Obstructive lesions of the urinary tract and_ their relationship in the production of renal pathology. Clinics, 1944—45, 3: 70-89.—Boden, O. Harnwegshindernisse; eine Demonstration von 37 Fallen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1943, 46: 456-78.—Braasch, W. F. Symptoms and complications of chronic urinary obstruc- tion. Minnesota M., 1930, 13: 154-7.—Campbell, M. F. Viscerosensory phenomena in acute obstruction of the upper urinary tract; the subinguinal syndrome of urinary colic. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1327-31. ------ Lower urinary tract obstruction in children. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940, 20: 377-92. ------ Urinary obstructions in infants and children. Pennsylvania M. J., 1941^2, 45: 783-9.—Caulk, J. R. Urinary obstructions in infants and children. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 80-5, 3 pi.—Church, C. K. Upper urinary tract obstruction. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 614-9.—Conradt, J. Contribution expErimentale et clinique a l'Etude de I'anurie par obstruction. Bruxelles mEd., 1938-39, 19: 1097T9. ---:--- Diagnostic et traitement de I'anurie par obstruction. LiEge mEd., 1939, 32: 559-65.—Coppridge, W. M. Congenital urinary obstruction. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1926, 73: 345-8.—Cutler, I. H. Obstruction of the urinary tract. Internat. J. Surg., 1927, 40: 328-34.—Davis, D. M. Mild and obscure forms of urinarv obstruction. Pennsylvania M. J., 1936-37, 40: 714-20.—Frontz, W. A. Congenital urinary obstructions in male children with reports of cases presenting Lunusual anomalies. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 489-501.— Helmholz, H. F., & Thompson, G. J. Urinary obstruction and nfection among children; the importance of their early recog- nition. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1941, 16: 6-11.—Henkel, M. Drei Falle von plotzheher Harnverhaltung, Anurie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1307.—Hubbard, R. W. Mechanical obstruc- tion to the urinary tract. Eclect. M. J., 1934, 94: 452-4.— Hukuda, S. Nyohei no su rei; tuika [Examples of stoppage of urine] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1938, 32: 211.—Hyde, C. Q Urinary obstruction among children. Tr. North Centr. Br. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 44-9. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 534-9.—Jacobs, A. Obstructive anuria. Glasgow M. J., 1937, 127: 105-14, 2 pi.—Kimball, F. N. Obstructions to the upper urinary tract. N. York State J. M., 1934, 34: 756-62 — Kirkland. S. A. Obstruction in higher urinary tract. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1937, 26: 443-9.—Kretschmer, H. L. Urinary obstruction. Proc. Interst. Postgr. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 225-31. Also Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 15: 225-31.— Lacal, F. Anurias excretorias unilaterales; importancia de la pielografia por excrecion. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1943, 42: 108-12.—Macalpine, J. B. On urinary obstruction. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1931, 127: 349-58.—McCahey, J. F. Urinary bladder obstructions in children. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1949, 12: 170-6.—McGregor, D. U. Anuria due to obstruction; case report. Bull. McGregor Clin., Hamilton, 1942, 4: No. 2, 26-8.—MacKenzie, D. W., & Ratner, M. Urinary obstruction in children. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 529-53.—Meng, T. C. Nyohei no sO. rei; tuika [Examples of stoppage of urine] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1938, 32: 211.— Mixter, C. G. Urinary obstructions in childhood. Ann. Surg., 1926, 84: 533-48.—Neale, A. V. Four cases of urinary ob- struction. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1932, 7: 97-103.— Olson, P. F. The effect on the urinary bladder of obstruction to its outlet. Illinois M. J., 1938, 73: 151-4.—Owens, C. A. The diagnosis of urinary obstructions. Nebraska M. J., 1929, 14- 463-7.—Parker, G. The extra-urinary causes of urinary obstruction. Brit, J. Urol., 1937, 9: 231-53, pi.—Parton, L. I. Urinary obstruction. N. Zealand M. J., 1948, 47: 494.— Pearlman, S. J. Lower urinary tract obstruction in children, with two case reports. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1939, 36: 216-21.— Pugh, W. S. Urinary obstruction. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928 8: 383-406. ------ Obstruction of the lower urinary tract. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 301; 369.—Randall, A., & Hughes, P. B. Obstructive uropathies. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: 546-8.—Riba, L. W., & Schmidlapp, C. J. Surgical treatment of urinary obstruction in Army general hospitals. Ibid., 1945, 80: 368-72.—Ross, W. J., jr. Urinary obstruction. Northwest M., 1937, 36: 129-32. ------ Mild urinary tract obstruction. Tr. West. Br. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1938, 7: I35I9.—Russ, F. H. Urinary obstruction and gastro-mtestmal symptoms; report of 2 cases. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1942, 17: 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----10 257-60.—Saxl, N. T. Congenital obstruction of the urinary tract. Ann. Int. M., 1930-31, 4: 1006-13— Simon, O. Pyelo- graphische Befunde bei Verschlussanurie. Rontgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 170-4.—Sinkoe, S. J. Obstructive lesions of the urinary tract. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1937, 26: 219-22.—Temkin, I. S. [Subrenal anuria] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 32-45.— Thompson, A. R. The association of chronic Bright's disease with obstruction in the lower urinary tract. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1927, 77: 464-9.—Timberlake, G. Urinary obstruction; recognition of its cause and relief. J. Florida M. Ass., 1932, 19: 153-8.—Tzschirntsch. Komplette Harnsperre beim Weibe hervorgerufen durch eine kindskopfgrosse rechtsseitige Dermoid- ovarialcyste. Zschr. Urol., 1944, 38: 390.—Walters. W. Obstructions of the upper portion of the urinary tract with presentation of cases. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1928, 3: 242-4. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 167-89.—Weber, E., & Selbach, H. Ueber die Verlaufsphasen der experimentellen (subrenalen) Anurie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1937-38, 102: 484-93.—Wolbarst, A. L. Urinary obstruction. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1936, 144: 460-2.—Yanagihara, H. Nyohei no su rei [Examples of stoppage of urine] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1938, 32: 211. ---- Obstruction, calculous. See also Nephrolithiasis. Alapin, H. I. Zur Frage der kalkulosen Anurie. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 744-53.—Alesio, C. Anuria calcolosa in rene unico-solitario. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: No. 8, 69-78.— AHEsref Giirsel [Case of calculous anuria] Bull. Soc. turque mEd., 1940, 6: 276-9.—Armo, S. M. Anuria calcolosa pro- tratta. Gazz. med. nap., 1923, 6: 388-90.—Bate, J. Cal- culus anuria. Kentucky M. J., 1927, 25: 211-9.—Baynard, E. C, & Ravenel, J. J. Calculus anuria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1136.—Benedetti-Valentini, S. ( Su di un caso di anuria per incuneamento di calcolo nell'uretere sinistro in soggetto portatore di rene unico congenito. Policlinico, 1948, 55: sez. prat., 668-73.—Bertone, C. Anuria calcolosa in nefrectomizzato. Riforma med., 1946, 60: 496-8.—Boysen, J. Anuria calculosa bei Schwangerschaft. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 164: 586-94.—Brandt, H. Anurie durch Steineinklem- mung bei angeborener Einzelniere. Zschr. Urol., 1948, 41: 72-8.—Cahill, G. F. The medical and surgical treatment of calculous anuria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1306-9. ------& Gile, H. H. Calculous anuria. Ibid., 1928, 91: 1970-4.— Caulk, J. R. Calculus anuria. Atlantic M. J., 1923-24, 27: 401-5.—Cook, G. T. A case of calculous anuria. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 1120-2.—Davis, L. Calculous anuria, with report of two cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1914, 18: 676-83.— Dax, L. Deux cas d'anurie calculeuse par calculs invisibles aux rayons x. J. mEd. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 187-9.—Eisendrath, D. N. Calculous anuria; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 2057-9.—Frank, L. Anuria due to unilateral calculous obstruction. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1915, 20: 526-36.—Gottlieb, J. Anurie infolge Steinverschlusses bei kongenital solitar angelegter Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 97-102.—Guidoni. Colique nEphrEtique et anurie calculeuse; traitement par infiltrations anesthEsiques du pEdicule rEnal. Marseille mEd., 1939, 76: pt 2, 502-5.—Huzimaki, S. Kanton kesseki ni yoru nyo-hei [Anuria due to incarcerated calculi] Syuzyutu, 1949, 3: 37- 41.—Ijiri, T., & Akita, G. Ueber zwei Falle von Anuria cal- culosa nach Nephrektomie wegen Tuberkulose. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1929, 14: 268.—Inclan Bolando, J. L., & Vara Lopez, R. Sobre dos casos de anuria calculosa. Urol. clin. Hosp. provinc, Madr., 1928-30, 2: 235-7.—Jeanbrau, Bonnet [et al.] A propos de trois cas d'anurie calculeuse traitEs par le cathE- tErisme urEtEral. Bull. Soc. sc. mEd. biol. Montpellier, 1923-24, 5: 274-80.—Joly, J. S. Anuria as a complication of lithiasis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1934, 27: 209-39.— Konig. Ueber totale Steinanurie. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 2255.— Lownes, J. B. Anuria calculosa; cistitis alcalina incrustante. Intercamb. urol., Madr., 1946, 1: No. 24, 3.—Melen, D. R. Calculous anuria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 520-6.—Mon- tenegro, A. Anuria calculosa en periodo t6xico. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1922, 29: 817.—Paillard, H., & Idoux, G. La thEra- peutique mEdicale de I'anurie calculeuse. Clinique, Par., 1927, 22: 123-5.—Papin, E. Anurie calculeuse. J. mEd. fr., 1923, 12: 451-3.—Parin, B. V. [Calculous anuria] Vest, khir., 1933, 30: 101-11.—Perinelll, F. Un caso di anuria calcolosa intermittente con una crisi durata 11 giorni. Riv. med., 1934, 42: 165-7.— Pugh, W. S. Unilateral renal block by calculus. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 11: 499-502.—Richer, V. Interventions multiples pour anurie calculeuse; guErison. Lyon mEd., 1933, 152: 651-3.—Rochet, V. Traitement de I'anurie calculeuse. Lyon chir., 1920, 16: 375.—Rosenfeld, G. Zur Harnverhaltung bei Nierensteineinklemmung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 594.—Stohr, R. Anurie durch beiderseitigen Steinverschluss des Nierenbeckens bei einem 16 Monate alten Kinde. Mschr. Kinderh., 1928, 40: 124-9.—Weyl, R. Un cas de diagnostic diffErentiel d'anurie chez un lithiasique. Clinique, Par., 1932, 27: 283.—White, H. P. W. Calculous anuria. Lancet, Lond., 1929. 1: 918. ---- Oliguria. See under subdivision Frequency. ---- Pharmacology. See also Diuresis; Diuretic. MICTURITION 138 MICTURITION Lintgen, C. A comparative study of the efficacy of certain drugs in promoting evacuation of the female bladder following gynecologic operations. Am. J. Obst., 1948, 56: 1112-8.— Richer, V., & Cier, J. F. Les effets de 1'acEtylcholine et de 1'adrEnaline sur le detrusor urinae et sur le col vEsical chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1948, 142: 527.—Winter, I. C. The pharmacology of micturition; the effect of drugs on the bladder and urethra with autonomic supply intact. J. Urol., Bait.. 1941. 46: 952-80. ---- Polyuria. See also Diabetes insipidus; Diabetes mellitus; Water metabolism, Disorder. Sandel, G. *Zwei Falle von iibermassiger Harnabsonderung. 26p. 8? Tub., 1842. Aussilloux, Metenier & Blaquiere. A propos de deux cas de polyurie simple post-traumatique. Arch. Soc sc. mEd. biol. Montpellier, 1939, 20: 28-33.—Bergman, A. Acci6n del oloruro de sodio y del sulfato de magnesia sobre la poliuria experimental. Prensa mEd. argent., 1932-33, 19: 132-43.— Bloom, F. Differential diagnosis and treatment of polyuria in dogs. North Am. Vet., 1942, 23: 727-32.—Broers, H. Experimental polyuria. Acta brevia neerl., 1932, 2: 2.— Cabrini, S. Patogenesi di un caso di poliuria. Pensiero med., 1935, 24: 267-81.—Chilla, A. Poliuria da nervosi neurove- getativa. Fol. med., Nap., 1932, 18: 1455-70.—Courmont, P. Anurie et polyurie, physiologie pathologique. Province mEd., Par., 1908, 19: 39-44.—Dalous, E., & Fabre, J. Les polyuries. Bruxelles mEd., 1938-39, 19: 1092.—Decourt, J., Sassier, R., & Bastin, R. Sur une forme polyurique des troubles liEs au dEsEquilibre alimentaire. Bull. Soc. mEd. hop. Paris, 1941, 57: 811-4.—Elfving, A. R. Welche sind die Ursachen der nacht- hchen Polyurie der Prostatiker? Acta chir. scand., 1932, 71: 212-7.—Ellis, H. L. Polyuria of unknown origin. Proc. R. Soc. M.; Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Stud. Dis. Chil., 1169.— Ferrannini, A. La idruria come significato patogenetico pro- nostico. Riforma med., 1923, 39: 684.—Fiessinger, N. Poly- uries. In his Diagn. prat., Par., 1948, 269-77.—Giraud, G., Bert, J. M., & Desmonts, T. OedEmes et polyuries; syndromes chniques actuels en rapport avec le dEsEquilibre alimentaire. Montpellier mEd., 1942, 21:-22: 278-81.—Janssen, S., & Schmidt, J. Die Carotissinuspolyurie. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 171: 672-90.—Lazarus, J. A., & Marks, M. S. The significance of hyposthenuria in prostatism, with special reference to nocturia; a clinical study. N. York State J. M., 1945, 45: 1218-21.—LEvy-Darras. ConsidErations sur l'hy- drune expErimentale. Vie mEd., Par., 1925, 6: 135-7.— Lobo Onell, C. Consideraciones sobre poliuria. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1924, 37: Soc. urol., 220-8.—Magee, W. S. Polyuria. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1940, 12: 14-6.—Minniti, G. Su un caso anomalo di poliuria. Arch. ostet. gin., 1933, 2. ser., 20: 683-6.—Molen, H. J. v. d. [Case of polyuria] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1935, 4: 280-4.—Rojas, C. M. A prop6sito de una poliuria en un nifio. Med. Iatina, Habana, 1948, 7: 219.—Sasa, R. Tanyo ni tuite. Igaku, 1949, 7: 33-6.—Schaffler, J. [Treatment of polyuria with coffo- theosan] Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 708.—Sharpey-Schafer, E. Experimental polyuria. Brit. M. J., 1925, 2: 185-7 Also Med. Biol. J., Moskva, 1925, 1: No. 4, 3-21.—VanEura, A. [Significance of polyuria in hypertrophy of the prostate] Cas. lEk. desk., 1937, 76: 1290-2.— Verney, E. B. Polyuria. Lancet Lond., 1929, 1: 539; passim.—Vifias Carre, A. Poliurias Medicamenta, Madr., 1949, 7: pt 2, 95-100. ---- Pressure [incl. disordersj See also subdivision Measurement. Tries, H. *Bestimmung des Harnblasen- und Sphinkterschliessungsdruckes zur Beurteilung des Detrusor- und Sphinktertonus bei Normalen im Vergleich zu 2 Fallen von Enuresis nocturna [Frankfurt a. M.] 20p. 21cm. Gelnhausen, 1941. Alvarez Rivas, E. Estudio cistomEtrico de la influencia de la prensa abdominal en la miccion normal y la de los retencio- mstas. Rev. clin espan., 1948,29: 237-40.—Ballenger,E. G.,& McDonald H. P. Voiding distance decrease an important early symptom of prostatic obstruction. South M J 1932 25:863. & Elder, O. F. The menace of a weak urinary stream in elderly men. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 432 — De Gironcoh, F. L lpotonia dello sfintere vescicale interno e la sua lmportanza diagnostica. Urologia, Treviso, 1946 13- 50-3 —Kaneue, H. Boko naiatu sokutei tiken hoi; nenrei narabi ni seibetu ni yoru soi [Internal pressure of bladder' variation according to age and sex] Igaku & seibutugaku, 1946! 91 143r5-—M««*ado Macedo. L'atonie vEsicale chez la puer- pEre; traitement. Arq. obst. gin., 1936-37, 2: 664-9—Mel. lanby, J., & Pratt, C. L G. The reactions of the urinary'bladder of the cat under conditions of constant pressure Proc R Ih^L0Dt- 'F' ?' 19?V27: 307-22.-Muschat, M„ & Edeiken L. Contour of the neurogenic bladder; hypotonic InT^nUr°LtCu!- ?ir" 194?' 44:. 273.-Peretti, G. Ricerche sul tono postura e della vescica urinaria; effetti immediati della soppressione della innervazione estrinseca. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1947, 23: 89.—Trabucco, A., & Bogado Sabelli, R. Sindrome de hipertonia vesical. Rev. argent, urol., 1948. 17: 677-88. ---- Psychoanalytic aspect. Christoffel, H. Harntriebausserungen, insbesondere Enu- resis, Urophilie und Uropolemie. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1935, 21: 374-88. ------ Urophilie und Uropolemie bei Rabelais und Swift. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 516.—London, L. S., & Caprio, F. S. Urolagnia. In their Sex. Deviat., Wash., 1950, 576-87.—Menninger, K. A. Some observations on the psychological factors in urination and genito-urinary afflictions. Psychoanal. Rev., 1941, 28: 117-29.—Plokker, J. H. Psycha- gogiek bij een lijder aan een sexuele perversie. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1947, 91: 3184-91.—Van Rampaey. Comment Gargantua paya sa bien venue aux Parisiens [caricature] In: MEmento thEr., Par., 1946, 6. ---- Radiography. See also Bladder, Examination, roentgeno- graph^; Urography. Edling, N. P. G. *Urethrocystography in the male, with special regard to micturition [Karo- linska inst.] 144p. 25cm. Stockh., 1945. Forms Suppl. 58, Acta radiol., Stockh. Dillon, J. R. Excretory cystograms after voiding. Cali- fornia M., 1947, 67: 17-22.—Muellner, S. R., & Fleischner, F. G. Normal and abnormal micturition; a study of bladder behavior by means of the fluoroscope. J. Urol., Bait., 1949, 61: 233-43.—Raspail, F. V. Etudes physiologiques sur l'Emission des urines. Rev. compl. sc. appl. mEd., Par., 1856-57, 3: 260; passim.—Stobbaerts, F. L'urEtrocystographie miction- nelle k double contraste. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1946, 40. Congr., 264-7, 2 pi. ---- Reflux [urethro-vesical and vesico-ure- teral] Griesbeck, J. *Ein Beitrag zur Frage des vesico-urethralen Refluxes nach Ureterimplanta-. tionen [Berlin] 20p. 8? Charlottenb., 1934. Hazera, J. A. G. W. *Contribution a l'etude du reflux ur^throvesiculaire. 58p. 25cm. Bord., 1939. Cace, M. Sul reflusso vescico-ureterale. Policlinico, 1939, 46: Sez. chir., 53-63.—Duvergey, H. Sur deux cas de reflux urEtro-vEsiculo-dEfErentiel. J. mEd. Bordeaux, 1939, 116: pt 2, 355-60.—Henningsen, O. Klinisch-experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Moglichkeiten eines Blasen-Harnleiter- ruckflusses. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 505-23.—Ito, K. Hansya- sei munyo wo tyosin to suru nyoro kino ni kan-suru zikken-teki kenkyu; yunyokan gyaku-ryu gensyono ikkei narabi ni sono hassei insi ni tuite [Experimental studies in the function of the ureters in ischuria] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1942. 39: 387-417.— Lepoutre. Le reflux vEsico-urEtEral. J. sc. mEd. Lille, 1926, 44: pt 2, 291-6.—Papin, E. Le reflux vEsico-urEtEral chez les prostatiques. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 328-34. Also Arch. mal. reins, 1929-30, 4: 617-23, 6 pi.—Perez Castro, E. Con- cepto actual del reflujo vEsicoureteral. An. Casa sal. Valdecilla, 1946, 9: 429-46. Also Arch, espan. urol., 1946-47, 3: 122-44 — Perves, J., & Duvergey, H. Du reflux urEtro-vEsiculo-dEfEren- tiel. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1939, 48: 97-113.—Prather, G. C. Vesico-ureteral reflux; report of case cured by operation. J. Urol., Bait. 1944, 52: 437-47.—Sousa, A. de, & Caldeira, F. A quimografia no diagn6stico do refluxo vEsico-uretErico. Bol. clin. hosp. civ. Lisboa, 1948, 12: 242-7, 5 pi.—Souza, E. de, & E*z' £„J?a* ^ Dois casos de refluxo ureteral. Hora med., Rio, 1939, 3: No. 4, 35-48.—Wethall, A. G. A unique case of longstanding pyelectasis and ureterectasis with vesico-ureteral reflux. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 304. ---- Residuum. See also subdivision Retention. Busson & Michel. DEtermination du volume du rEsidu chez les prostatiques par la mEthode d'opacification au tEnEbryl. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 345-8.—Chwalla, R. Zur Aetio- logie des Restharns. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934 47: 1545-7 — Constantinesco, N. N., & Picarda, J. A. Bas-fond et rE-adu vesical chez les prostatiques. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1930, 30: 545-S1.—Dossot, R. Variations du rEsidu vEsical; le rEsidu proyoquE. Ibid. 1943, 51: 100-2.—Henningsen, O. Nieren- schadigung bei Prostatahypertrophie ohne Restharn in der Blase. Zschr Urol., 1936, 30: 772-8.—Kirwin, T. J., & Hawes, ^" , t, ft.e ^i?08*10 value of residual urine estimation. J. Urol Bait 1939, 41: 413-30.-Miller, A. G. Further note on the treatment of residual urine in connection with enlarged prostate. Edinburgh M. J., 1911, n. ser., 6: 25 ----— Is enlarged prostate the cause of residual urine? Practitioner, Lond. 1913, 91: 703—Newman, D. Residual urine in the senile bladder, with special reference to the conduct of the case, at a? in%st22ne, or avoid the use of the catheter. Glasgow M. j., 1917, 87: 1; passim.—Parker, D. Physiologic changes m presence of residual urine. Northwest M., 1948 47- 346-9 MICTURITION 139 MICTURITION ---- Retention. See also subdivision Obstruction. Amtjssat, J. Z. Amussat's lectures on reten- tion of urine. 103p. 23cm. Phila., 1840. Antelo, M. Retenci6n de orina. Prensa mEd. argent., 1946, 33: 753-9.—Arango Mejia, M. S. Retenci6n de orina. Bol. clin., Medellin, 1941, 7: 88-90.—Arneosen, A. [Demonstration of cases of retention of urine] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1937, 98: Forh. kir. foren. Oslo, 75-8.—Chien, J. N. Nyohei wo syuso to seru sikkan no rinsyo rei [Clinical cases of diseases with ischuria as one of the symptoms] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1943, 42: 66.— Cunningham, J. H. Urinary retention, its significance and treatment. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1924, 7: 202-10 — Dhacka, J. A. Retention of urine. Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras, 1941, 10: 329-37.—Diner, M. Retenci6n de orina, apuntes de una conferencia del Prof. B. Maraini. Rev. Circ mEd. argent., 1930, 30: 1516-22.— Fossen [Retentio urinae] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 1862.—Frankel, W. K. Ueber Harnverhaltung. Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg., 1928-29, 2: 275-83.—Frisch, B. v. Die Harnverhaltung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1944, 57: 66.—Grandjean, A. Les rEtentions d'urine. MEdecine, Par., 1938, 19: No. 18, 3-27.—Grimaldi, F. E. Los grandes sindromes urinarios; retenci6n de orina. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 317.—Guerrant, E. O. Urinary retention. Kentucky M. J., 1938, 36: 21-4.—Heras Montero, M. La retenci6n de orina. Sem. mEd. espan., 1943, 6: 142-7.— Joly, J. S. Retention of urine. Chn. J., Lond., 1932, 61: 181-4.—Lichtenstern, R., & Marburg, O. Ueber eine be- sondere Form der Harnretention und deren Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 778-80.—Loughnane, F. M. Retention of urine. Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1115-8.—McCurrich, H. J. Retention of urine. Ibid., 1929, 1: 683; 1930, 1: 192.—Meltzer, M. Estasis urinaria, su diagn6stico temprano y tratamiento. Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 1035 — Mena Rincon, R. Retenci6n de orina. Med. & cir. auxil., Madr., 1949, 10: 26-8.—Michon, E. Les rEtentions d'urine. In: Urol. gyn. mEd., Par., 2. Ed., 1940, 7-16.—Narahara, K. Einige Falle von Harnretention. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1934, 36: Suppl., 108.—Navas, J. Problemas que plantean las retenciones de orina. Intercamb. urol., Madr., 1949, mar., 7.—Posner, C. Ischurie. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk., 4. Aufl., Berl., 1909, 7: 482-5.—Purcell, F. M. A case of retention of urine. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 1260.—Riches, E. W. Retention of urine. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 887-90.—Ritenzione vescicale. Conf. prat, urol., Milano, 1922, 1: 166-75.—Sacchi, M. La riten- zione di urina. Gazz. med. ital., 1938, 97: 240-7.—Sawada, M. Nyohei no 1 rei [Case of ischuria] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1941, 38: 206.—Smith, O. Retention of urine and its relief. Tr. Tristate M. Ass. Carolinas & Virginia, 1908, 10: 349-64.— Surra Canard, R. de. Retenci6n de orina. In: Afecc. obstr. uretra (Castafio, E.) B. Air., 1943, 131-11.—Swan, R. H. J. Suppression and retention of urine. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1926-27, 2: 129-33.—Tatum, W. B. Retention of urine. Med. Times, N. Y., 1931, 59: 321-3.—Watkins, K. H. Retention of urine. Clin. J., Lond., 1937, 66: 452-6. ---- Retention, acute. Abraham, J. J. Acute retention of urine and its treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 325-31.—Bandler, C. G., & Milbert, A. H. Acute retention of urine. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 36: 162-71.-—Burgot, P. REtention aigue d'urine; signes, diagnostic et indications thErapeutiques. Inter Exter, Par., 1947, 1: No. 7, 3.—Butts, J. W. The treatment of acute re- tention of urine in the male. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1928-29, 25: 115-7.—Castafio, E., Grinberg, J., & Wilber, S. Sobre un caso de retenci6n aguda de orina a causa poco comun. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt 2, 1800.—Dash, S. A case of acute retention of urine. Antiseptic, Madras, 1945, 42: 453.— Desai, D. B. Acute retention of urine and its treatment. Ind. M. Rec, 1945, 65: 116-9.—Dukhanov, A. J. [Case reports of acute retention of urine in girls] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 98.—Fergusson, J. D. Acute retention. Practitioner, Lond., 1949, 163: 383-5.—Greenberg, A. L. Acute urinary retention in female. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 735.—Hryntschak, T. [Methods of intervention in cases of acute retention of urine] Cluj. med., 1929, 10: 54-6.—Kaliniewicz, S. [Treatment in cases of sudden complete retention of urine] Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 435-9.—Laidley, J. W. S. Acute retention of urine. Yearb. R. Prince Alfred Hosp., Sydney, 1933, 142-5.— Lobb, R. A. Acute urinary retention. Bull. Toronto East M. Ass., 1947-48, 12: No. 11 [8-14]—Margolin, E. S. Acute urinary retention from the standpoint of a pathologist. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 654-7.—Maron, V. Retencao aguda de urina provocada por dois fragmentos 6sseos desgarrados de um f6co recente de osteite do ramo esquerdo do pubis e encravados na uretra posterior. An. Soc. med. cir. Itabuna (1942-43) 1944, 192-200, 3 pi.—Power, S. Treatment of acute urinary reten- tion. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1946, 215: 36-8. Also Mod. Treat. Yearb., Lond., 1946, 256-62.—Rathbun, N. P. Acute retention of urine. Long Island M. J., 1926, 20: 242.—Salleras, J. Retenci6n aguda de orina por calculo ureteral. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1924, 37: No. 231, Soc. argent, urol., 17-9. Also Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt 2, 1237.—Sintomi e cura di malattie mediche e chirurgiche d'urgenza; ritenzione acuta di orina. Progr. ter., Milano, 1906, 204.—Taylor, C. J. G. Acute retention of urine; an unusual coincidence. Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 632.—Vermooten, V. The treatment of acute retention of urine. S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 209-12.—Ward, R. O. Acute retention of urine. Brit. M. J., 1939,1: 121-3. Also in Treatm. Gen. Pract., 1940, 4: 239-46.—Waugh, J. R. Acute retention of urine. Hosp. News, Wash., 1934, 1: No. 11,1-11.—Werneck, C. Retengao aguda de urina. Rev. brasil. med., 1946, 3: 38-41.—Witt, P. A. Hospital management of acute urinary retention due to vesical neck obstruction. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1945-46, 45: 165-74. ---- Retention, chronic. Berg, G. Chronische, inkomplette Retention bei infizierter Blase und bestandigem Abgang von Konkrementen und Hamaturie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1911, 58: 2085.—Bodon, G., & Melly, B. [Alterations in the elastic fibers of the bladder in chronic urinary retention] Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 941; 969.— Butignot. REtention d'urine chez un vieillard de 82 ans; ponction de la vessie, rEtablissement du cours de l'urine aprEs environ un mois et demi; guErison du malade. J. mEd. Tou- louse, 1862, 4. sEr., 1: 206-10.—Cibert, J., & Roux, M. RE- tention vEsicale chronique incomplEte avec distension. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 437-45.—Darget, R., & Labat, P. Deux cas d'ablation du col de la vessie pour rEtention chronique. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 368-72.—Farkas, I. [Chronic urinary retention treated by transurethral prostate operation] Gy6gyaszat, 1935, 75: 179; passim.—Riches, E. W. The effects of rapid decompression of the bladder in chronic reten- tion. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1943^4, 37: 226. ---:--- Hey, W. [et al.] Discussion on chronic retention of urine. Ibid., 1949, 42: 987-1004, illust.—Ward, R. O. Chronic re- tention of urine. In: Treatm. Gen. Pract., 1940, 4: 247-52 — Wells, C. Studies in chronic retention. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1950. 43: 43-52, illust. ---- Retention: Diagnosis. Forssmann, W. Harnverhaltung und Harnsperre. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 1262-4.—Fuchs, F. Ueber Ischuria paradoxa. Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 307.—Goldstein, A. E. The diagnosis and treatment of urinary stasis. West Virginia M. J., 1926, 21: 505-10.—Mercier, O. A propos du diagnostic de la rEtention d'urine. Union mEd. Canada, 1929, 58: 30-7.—Negrini, B. A urografia nas constipacoes urinarias. An. paul. med. cir., 1945, 49: 395.—Paschkis, R. Diagnostik und Therapie der Harnverhaltung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 311.—Richer, V. L'Epreuve de la pilocarpine dans le diagnostic et le traitement des rEtentions d'urine sans obstacle mEcanique. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1930, 131.—Stewart, W. H. Intermittent vesical retention; a case report. Am. J. Roentg., 1926, n. ser., 16: 168.—Velarde, M. T. Diagnostico diferencial entre anuria y retenci6n urinaria. Medicina, MEx., 1944, 24: 121-3. ---- Retention: Etiology and pathogenesis. Bernigatjd, G. *Du r61e de la barre inter- ureterale dans les retentions vesicales. 73p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Balderi, G. Ritenzione vescicale incompleta cronica settica con distensione.per rarissimo vizio di conformazione del sistema urinario destro. Arch. ital. urol., 1937, 14: 86-96.—Boeming- haus, H. Senkungsabszess und Harnverhaltung. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 194-6.—Cavailher, H. REtention d'origine cervicale aprEs rupture traumatique de l'uretre membraneux. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944-45, 52: 287-9.—Chesterman, J. T. Retention of urine, due to hyperplasia of the seminal vesicles; a report of two cases. Brit. J. Urol., 1942, 14: 174-7.—Doyle, P. J. Urinary retention; outline of causes and treatment. N. England J. M., 1933, 209: 351-8.—Dragonas, E. G. Etude sur le mEcanisme de quelques cas de rEtention d'urine. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1929, 28: 341-7.—Emmett, J. L. Urinary retention from imbalance of detrusor and vesical neck; treatment by transurethral resection. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 43: 692-704 — Gioja, E. Sopra un caso di ritenzione vescicale permanente completa senza ostacolo meccanico, guarita mediante cistotomia e divulsione digitale del collo. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1931, 45: 231-53.—Gripekoven, A. Causes Etiologiques de la rEtention d'urine. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1926, 27: 161- 76.—Herman, L., & Greene, L. B. Nonobstructive retention of urine. Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 36: 319-22.—Krecke, A. Ueber Bedeutung und Behandlung der Harnverhaltung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1204-7— Luys, G. Le diag- nostic Etiologique de la rEtention d'urine doit Etre indiscutable- ment et irrEvocablement Etabli avant toute dEcision opEratoire. Bull. mEd., Par., 1949, 63: 385.—Macedo, M. Duas causas pouco frequentes de retencao vesical. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1930, 3. ser., 48: 141—4.—Maisonnet & Delaye. A propos de quelques causes de rEtention d'urine dans le jeune kge et chez 1'adulte. J. mEd. chir., Par., 1935, 106: 320-6.—Mitchell, J. M. Retention of urine caused by faecal impaction. Brit. M. J., 1929, 2: 1198.—Nitch, C. A. R. The causes and treat- ment of retention of urine. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1935, 35: 184-7.—Nitschke, P. H. Causes and treatment of urinary retention. Northwest M., 1936, 35: 95-400.—Ortiz, A. F., & Gazzolo, J. J. Retenciones vesicales de orina de origen no prostatico. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1928, 41: 133-58. Also Rev. mEd. lat. amer., B. Air., 1927, 12: 436r51.—Palit, A. N. Obstructive retention of urine. Antiseptic, Madras, 1938, 35: 966-8.—Pelaez Redondo, M. Algunos casos in- MICTURITION 140 MICTURITION teresantes de retenci6n completa de orina. Medicamenta, Madr., 1949, 7: pt 2, 373.—Perrucci, A. Iscuria e calcolosi. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1923, 10. ser., 1: 157-67.—Rubritius, H. Ueber die Pathogenese der Harnverhaltungen prostatischer und nicht prostatischer Natur. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1168-70. ------ Harnverhaltung durch Blasenhalsklappe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 1265. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1940, 90: 985. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941, 54: 700 — Sanchez de Rivera, D. Las retenciones de orina en los viejos que no son por hipertrofia de pr6stata. Clin, laborat., Zaragoza, 1930, 15: 276-9.—Sigematu, H. Etude expErimentale de la rEtention d'urine. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1928, 25: 16-21.— Trabucco, A. PathogEnie de la rEtention urinaire. Ibid., 1936, 41: 307-22.—Unusual cause of urinary stasis with infection. South. M. & S., 1937, 99: 600-2.—Urinary retention; etiology and pathology. California West. M., 1936, 45: 498-501.— Willan, R. J. The common causes of retention of urine and their treatment. Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz., 1926-27, 26: 173-5. ---- Retention: Forensic aspect. Frizzera, A. Perizia medico-legale su un caso di retenzione d'orina. Boll. med. trent., 1933, 48: 123; passim. ---- Retention, neurogenic. See also subdivision Disorder (neurogenic) also under names of diseases of the nervous system as Paraplegia; Tabes, etc. Aschieri, G. Sull'uso della pilocarpina nella ritenzione urinaria di origine nervosa e psichica. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1937, 66: 63-86.—Bernardi, R. Obstrucci6n urinaria de origen neuropatico. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1941, 13: 1136-9.—Bolgert & Viala, P. J. Action favorable de la gEnEsErine sur les rEtentions d'urine d'origine nerveuse. Progr. mEd., Par., 1944, 72: 147.— Cassuto, A., & Pollitzer, R. Nuova cura delle ritenzioni uri- narie da malattie del sistema nervoso centrale e periferico. Progr. ter., Milano, 1949, 34:166-8.—Cibert, J., & Cavailher, H. Traitement chirurgical de la rEtention vEsicale chronique chez les tabEtiques. Lyon mEd., 1941, 166: 997; 1021.—Dean, J. S. The effect of pilocarpine on neurogenic urinary retention. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1937, 6: 154-62.—Grey, J. M. Neuro- cirurgia da bexiga; a prop6sito das cistalgias rebeldes e de certas retencoes de causa nervosa. Arch, brasil. med., 1947, 37: 69-80.—Hue. A propos de deux rEsections du nerf hypo- gastrique. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1943, 51: 124.—La Pefia, A. de, & La Pefia, E. de. Hemorragia vesical masiva por retenci6n completa de orina neur6gena. Clin, hisp., 1946-47, 3: 49.— Marik, M. Idegeredetu vizeletrekedEs mutEte. Orv. hetil., 1942, 86: 187. Also Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 1154-6.—Scott, M. Retention of urine of neurogenic origin; relief by subcutaneous injection of pilocarpine hydrochloride. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 582-4.—Stolze, M. Eine seit zehn Jahren bestehende Harn- retention auf Grund einer Meningitis adhaesiva circumscripta. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 747-50.—Verriere, P. REtention complEte depuis 18 mois; guErison apres section des nerfs hypogastriques et rEsection partielle des ganglions hypo- gastriques. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944, 52: 23. ---- Retention: Physiopathology. Schtjlte, H. *Ueber die Vorgange in der Niere bei akuten Stauungszustanden in den oberen Harnwegen. 17p. 23M>cm. Marb., 1936. Cerulli, G., & Fischler, F. II muco dell'urina nei ritenzionisti cronici. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1936, 46: 466-75.— Cilento, M. Eosinofilia negli stati di ritenzione d'urina. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 461-98.—D'Alfonso, F. Ricerche speri- mentali sulla patogenesi della eosinofilia nelle ritenzioni urinarie. Ibid., 1935, 12: 665-94—Ferrandiz Senante. Los enfermos que no orinan; las retenciones; fisiopatologia y diagn6stico. Notas mEd., LErida, 1948-49, 3: No. 29, 7-15.—Frey. Ueber Riickresorption aus den abfiihrenden Harnwegen bei Abfluss- storung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 167: 121-6.—Lichtenberg, A. Clinical evaluation of blood indican tests in cases of urinary retention. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1930, 23: 301-5.—Lombroso, U., & Di Frisco, S. Sul contenuto globale in azoto di ratti con impedito deflusso urinario. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 129-32.—Oppenheimer, R. Retenci6n de orina e hipertensi6n arterial. Medicina, MEx., 1943, 23: 11-5. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1945, 49: 602-4.—Wullenweber, G. Zur Frage der arteriellen Hypertonic bei Harnabflusshindernis. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 730-2. ---- Retention, postoperative and post-partum. Sizaire, R. *La retention d'urine post- operatoire. 60p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Aguilo Aguilo, P. Tratamiento de urgencia de la retenci6n aguda de orina. Rev. cirug. Barcelona, 1936, 11: 261-72.— Azagra Cotado, L. Revisi6n del tratamiento de la retenci6n vesical postoperatoria._ Hispalis med., 1947, 4: 385-95.— Banchieri, F. R. Considerazioni su un nuovo metodo di cura (procaina endovenosa) della ritenzione urinaria post-operatoria. Gazz. osp., 1948, 69: 179-84.—Barber, H. S. Postoperative retention of urine and its treatment. Irish J. M. Sc, 1938 6. ser., No. 146, 68-87.—Bazterrica, E., & Poch, A. J. Trata- miento de la retenci6n de orina en el post-operatorio de las grandes intervenciones pelvianas. Rev. mEd. quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1942, 20: 186-8.—Bisquertt T., J. E., & Emmett, J. L. Transurethral resection to relieve urinary retention following operations on the rectum and sigmoid. J. Urol., Bait., 1947, 57: 771-80.—Boland, F. K., jr. Post-operative urinary reten- tion. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 323-7.—Bolton, J. H., & Brown, J. G. Esmodil in the treatment of post-operative retention of the urine. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1937, 8: 110-2.—Boman, K. Till behandlingen av den postoperative urinretentionen. Nord. med., 1941, 12: 3705.—Brimberg, S. [Treatment of postoperative retention of urine by doryl] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 569-72.—D'Agostino, M. II clor- idrato di pilocarpina nel trattamento della ritenzione urinaria postoperatoria. Riforma med., 1947, 61: 38.—Feldmann, J. Ueber die postoperative Harnverhaltung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 218.—Franz, S. PfispEvek k profylaxi pooperafini retence moce po gynaekologickych operaefch. Cesk. gyn., 1949, 14: 65-72.—Garvey, F. K., Bowman, M. C. & Alsobrook, W. L. The use of beta-methylcholine urethane in postoperative urinary retention. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1949, 88: 196-200.— Goldberger, M. A., Landesman, R., & Burke, J. B. Furfuryl trimethyl ammonium iodide for postoperative urinary retention. Am. ,T. Obst., 1949, 58: 376-84.—Hanssen, P. [Doryl; remedy for treatment of post-operative retention of urine] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1937, 98: Forh. Norsk, med. selsk., 143-6.—Helfert, I., & Granet, E. Prevention of acute urinary retention following anorectal and perineal surgical procedures. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 53: 129.—Jahier, M. La rEtention vEsicale septique d'urinea des suites de couches. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1937, 26: 653-6.—Jalcowitz, A. Die postoperative Harnverhaltung als Symptom der allgemeinen postoperativen Krampfbereitschaft und ihre Behebung durch Sauretherapie. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1926. 40: 34-42.—Johnson, F. L. Postoperative urinary retention; its treatment by instillation of mercuro- chrome. Ohio M. J., 1941, 37: 635.—Jomain, J. Traitement de la rEtention d'urine post-opEratoire par infiltration novo- cainique du sympathique lombaire. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1944- 45, 52: 357-9.—Kantor, Z. M. [Control of postoperative retention of urine with subcutaneous injections of pilocarpin] Nov. khir. arkh., 1938, 41: 560-5.—Kohler, H. Anasthesierung der Rektalschleimhaut, eine neue Methode zur Behebung der postoperativen Harnverhaltung. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 2899- 901.—Kreutzmann, H. Zur Behandlung der Harnverhaltung im Wochenbett und nach Operationen mit Doryl. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 1675.—L., L. Traitement de la rEtention d'urine post-opEratoire par l'infiltration novocainique du sympathique lombaire. Presse mEd., 1946, 54: 846.—Lampert, F. Die Anwendung von Pilokarpin bei postoperativer Harnverhaltung (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 469-71.— Lipton, J. H., Beaser, S. B., & Altschule, M. D. The action of furmethide, furfuryl-trimethyl-ammonium iodide, on the bladder in patients with urinary retention following surgery on the rectum; preliminary report. N. England J. M., 1942, 226: 138-12.—Lonergan, R. C, & Cattell, L. M. Postoperative urinary retention following orthopedic operations. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1948, 52: 12-4.—Losinsky, L. I. [Postoperative retention of urine] Vest, khir., 1930, 22: 99-104.—McLaughlin, C. W., jr, & Brown, J. R. Postoperative urinary retention; a clinical study of 1,964 naval recruits subjected to general surgical procedures. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 42: 1025-32.—Maxwell, J. S. The treatment of post-operative retention of urine with doryl. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 263.—Moir, C. The use of doryl (carbaminoylcholine) in post-operative and post-partum retention of urine. Ibid., 261-3.—Moore, T. D., Herring, A. L., & McCannel, D. A. The management of the postoperative retention of urine. South. Surgeon, 1942, 11: 189-92.— Nesbit, R. M., & Cummings, R. H. The use of prostigmine in the management of post-operative urinary retention. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1941, 34: 257-60; Disc, 272-6.— Nilsson, F. [Treatment of post-operative retention of urine] Sven. lak. tidn., 1933. 30: 305-8.— Nolting, D. E., & Althabe, O. M. El tratamiento de la retencion de orina post-operatoria y post-parto por la carbaminoilcolina. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1939, 46: 1347-9.—Novak, E. [Postoperative urine retention] Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: mell., 25.—Ostry, H. Post-operative voiding and catheterization. Alberta M. Bull., 1948, 13: No. 4, 17-9.—Palmer, D. W. Postoperative urinary retention. West. Virginia M. J., 1945, 41: 72-4—Papai, Z. [Treatment of postoperative retention of urine] Cluj. med., 1937, 18: 322-7.—Parker, H. W. Postoperative urinary retention following ano-rectal surgery. J. Nat. Proct. Ass., 1948-49, 21: 36-9.—Podvinec, J. Le traitement de la rEtention d'urine post-opEratoire par injections intraveineuses d'une solution d'urotropine en combinaison avec l'acide du camphre. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 503-5.—Ravara Alves, L. Retencao vesical por apertos traumaticos, post resec?ao do colo. Intercamb. urol., Madr., 1948, -3.—Rohrer, P. A. Postopera- tive urinary retention. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1949, 53: 620-3.— Schwartz, J. The treatment of post-operative retention of urine with carbaminoyl-choline-chloride; doryl. Ibid., 1938, 42: 872-4.—Stalker, L. K., & Schulte, T. L. A bacteriologic study of postoperative retention of urine. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1939, 14: 730-4.—Stupperich, G. Zur Behandlung der post- operativen Harnverhaltung. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 182-4.— Szenthe, L. [Treatment of postoperative urinary retention] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: mell., 147— Toland, J. J., III. Use of furmethide in postoperative urinary retention. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1947, 7: 879-87.—Vassallo, S. M. Post- MICTURITION 141 MICTURITION operative urinary retention. East Afr. M. J., 1939-40, 16: 148-51.—Vignes, H. La ritenzione d'orina post partum. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: 279. ---- Retention, prostatic. See also Prostate, Hypertrophy; Prostatism. Matjrer, C. *Etude des prostatiques a la periode de retention chronique incomplete d'urine avec distension [Strasbourg] 48p. 24cm. Schirmeck, 1940. Allemann. R. Zum Mechanismus der prostatogenen Re- tention. Helvet. chir. acta, 1947, 14: 315-9.—Campbell, E. W. The significance of hypertension in prostatics with chronic urinary retention. J. Urol., Bait., 1941, 45: 70-81.—Caporale, L. Sul meccanismo della ritenzione cronica d'urina di origine prostatica. Minerva med., Tor., 1928, 8: pt 2, 174-80.— Casariego, A. G. Die Behandlung der Harnverhaltung bei akuter gonorrhoischer Prostatitis mittelst Prostatotomie. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 103-5. —;---- El problema de la retenci6n de orina, de origen prost&tico. Vida nueva, Habana, 1933, 31: 110-4.—Cathelin, F. ConsidErations cliniques et chirurgicales sur le mEcanisme de la rEtention des prostatiques. MEd. prat., Par., 1909, 5: 53-5.—Chute, A. L. Some observa- tions on cases of prostatic obstruction presenting over-distended bladders. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1913,7:169-84.— Dodd, H. The management of retention of urine due to an enlarged prostate; decompression of the bladder. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 204: 229-31. —Enlarged prostate, re- tention; extravasation of urine; peritonitis; hydronephrosis. S. Thomas Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, n. ser., 34: 289.—Goli- gorsky, S. Quelques rEflexions sur le mEcanisme des rEtentions d'urine chez les prostatiques et les rEtrEcis. Monde mEd., 1938, 48: 119-22. Also Monde mEd. (Ed. espan.) Barcel., 1944-45, 47: 59-62.—Hoff, A. Die naturgemasse Behandlung der Harnverhaltung bei Vergrosserung der Vorsteherdruse. Hippo- krates, Stuttg., 1937, 8: 594-7.—Hoffheinz, S. Ueber die Anwendung der Payrschen Pepsin-Pregl-Losung zur Beseiti- gung durch krankhafte Veranderungen der Vorsteherdruse bedingter Harnverhaltung. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1926, 198: 231-49.—Hukke.H. Nyohei no 1 rei [Case of ischuria due to hypertrophy of prostate gland] Acta derm., Kyoto, 1942, 39: 375.—Janecek, V. [Aetiology and treatment of acute retention of urine in hypertrophy of prostate] Cas. lEk. Eesk., 1922, 61: 1149-52.—Keyes, E. L. Cases of retention of urine due to posterior urethral valve and cyst of prostate. N. Albany M. Herald, 1926, 35: 82-5. ------ A case illustrating the clinical history of prostatic retention of urine and its management. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 227-37.—Laurence, J. Que doit-on faire en prEsence d'une rEtention d'urine chez un prostatique? Rev. gEn. clin. thEr., 1923, 37: 476.—Papin, E., Chauffour & Bouland. La rEtention dans l'hypertrophie de la prostate. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 77-86.—Pasteau, O. Du mEcanisme de la rEtention chez les prostatiques. Paris chir., 1912, 4: 81-95.—Pila de Pollazzi. Pour combattre chez les prostatiques la rEtention urineuse chronique incomplEte sans recourir au cathEtErisme. Paris mEd., 1926, 61: 393.—Plasch- kes, S. Akute Harnretention der Prostatiker bei starker Diurese. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 152.—Remijnse, J. G. The treatment of complete retention of urine of prostatic origin by electro-coagulation. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 750-2. Also Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1928-29. 5: 125-8.—Schiller, V., & Altschul, W. Die Rontgenbehandlung der Prostata bei Re- tentio urinae. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 36: 179-82.—Shastri, T. S. A case of retention of urine due to enlarged prostate. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1935-36, 5: 462.—Sikemeier, E. W. Over de oorzaken van de urine-retentie bij den prostaatlijder. Med. rev., Haarlem, 1910, 10: 479-87.—Simeone, F. A. The treat- ment of dehydration in patients with hypertrophy of the pros- tate, retention of urine and impairment of renal function. N. England J. M., 1941, 225: 299-304.—Stutzin, J. J. Die Blasenentleerung bei Prostatikern. Med. Welt., 1929, 3: 1550.—Svinth [Retention of urine in hypertrophy of the prostate gland] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: Jydsk med. selsk. forh., 103-9.—Thompson, A. R. Enlargement of the prostate; certain difficulties. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1929, 43: 35-7.— Verriere. Comment et pendant combien de temps faut-il Bonder un prostatique atteint de rEtention aigue pour que la rEtention soit jugEe dEfinitive. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1911) 1912, 15: 704-16, ch.—Walters, G. A. B. Immediate pros- tatectomy for retention of urine. Brit. M. J., 1948, 1: 638-40. ---- Retention: Sequelae. See also Bladder, Inflammation; Kidney, Hydronephrosis; Pyonephrosis, etc. Alves Pereira. Retencionistas distendidos e assEpticos; seu tratamento. J. mEd., Porto, 1944-45, 5: No. 97, 21 — Blanc, H. Troubles graves de rEtention urinaire par maladie du col vEsical chez un enfant de onze ans; opEration; guEnson. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1938, 45: 450-3.—Cibert, J., Froment, R., & Marion, J. Les troubles cardio-vasculaires des distendus vEsicaux; leur rEgression par l'Evacuation vEsicale. Ibid., 1941, 49: 5-15.—Dumas, B. A propos d'un cas de rEtention urinaire avec symptdmes graves. Union mEd. Canada, 1930. 59: 630.— Grimaldi, F. E. Hemorragias consecutivas a las retenciones de orina. Dia mEd., B. Air., 1940, 12: 421.—Hayrettin Saykam [Febrile conditions in retention of urine] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1941, 70: 71-6.—Hildebrand, K. H. Gefahren und einleitende Behandlung hochgradiger Harnstauung. Zbl. inn. Med., 1932, 53: 648-54.—Litzner, S. Die Harnstauungsniere. Klin. & Prax., Munch., 1946, 1: 203-6.—Martin, O. F. Some of the possible end results of urinary retention. J. Am. Osteo- path. Ass., 1937-38, 37: 358-61.—Peracchia, G. C. L'influenza della stasi urinaria ureterale per la localizzazione renale dei batteri presenti in circolo. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 351-80.- Also Clin, laborat., Zaragoza, 1930, 15: 186-221.—Rohr, J. U. Urinary stasis; its influence on chronic infection of the urinary tract. West Virginia M. J., 1935, 31: 12.—Stewart, S. G. Problems of cardiac disease associated with urinary retention Am. J. M. Sc, 1931, 181: 362-9.—Vargas Velez, E. Una rara complicaci6n en un retencionista; historia clinica. Rev. med. cir., Barranquilla, 1940, 7: Ed. extraord., 126-32. ---- Retention: Surgery. Bell, R. Prostatectomy for retention of urine. Brit. M. J. 1948, 1: 756.—Bonnet. Traitement par diathermo-coagulation endoscopique de certaines rEtentions vEsicales. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32. Congr., 487-90.—Cardoso, A. Retencao de urina e punccao vesical nos casos do catheterismo difficil ou irrealisavel. Med. mod., Porto, 1908, 15: 281-3.—Chauvin, E. La destruction diathermique des obstacles cervicaux chez les rEtentionnistes. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32. Congr., 490-8.—Clunie, T. Surgical emergencies; retention of urine. Native M. Pract., Suva, 1932, 1: 80-4.—Emmett, J. L. The surgical treatment of urinary retention. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1949-50, 52: 234-40.—Gammeltoft, S. A. [A case of urine retention treated by Goebell-Stoeckels operation] Hospitalsti- dende, 1926, 69: 169-83.—Gayet, G., & Gayet, R. Quelques cas de resection endoscopique du col vEsical chez la femme rEtentionniste. Lyon chir., 1941-42, 37: 121-5.—La Pefia, A. de. Un nuevo tratamiento endoscopico de la retencion de orina; resultado de los primeros casos operados en Espana. Inform. mEd., Valladolid, 1931, 8: 145-52—Levy, F. Sobre o tratamento de urgencia das retencoes vesicais. Clin. hig. & hidr. Lisb., 1939, 5: 354-6.—Michon, L., & Vincent. Sonde a demeure k dEbit ralenti ou cystostomie d'emblEe chez les rEtentionnistes avec distension. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1941, 49: 149-63; Disc, 171-5.—Perazzo, E., & Caceres, M. A. La punci6n de la vejiga urinaria como tratamiento de emergencia de la retenci6n de orina. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1944, 51: pt 2, 691—4.—Richer, V. Traitement de certaines rEtentions d'urine par la section des nerfs hypogastriques. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1929, 28: 5-7.—Secretan, M. REtention d'urine complete chronique chez un homme de 43 ans, sans obstacle urEtro- prostatique ou cervical; dilacEration simple du col vEsical; guErison. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 952.—Thompson, C. M. Prostatectomy for retention of urine. Ind. M. Gaz., 1908, 43: 378.—Tramoyeres Cases, A. Tratamiento de la re- tenci6n de orina por la resecci6n transuretral. Rev. espan. cirug., Valencia, 1945, 2: 255-64.—Vinella, R. Iscuria vescicale organica; punctura col troicart dall'ipogastrio; guarigione. Severino, Nap., 1852, 1: 145-50.—Ward, R. O. Surgical procedures in general practice; chronic retention of urine. Brit. M. J., 1939, 1: 177. ---- Retention: Treatment. Adams, A. W. The treatment of retention of urine. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 196: 524-8.—Bell, J. G. Y. The treatment of retention of urine. Practitioner, Lond., 1948, 160: 70-3.—Blatt, P. Behandlung der verschiedenen Formen der Harnverhaltung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 1347-51. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 180.—Brecher, E., & Chwall, R. Neues zur Therapie der Harnretention nebst Untersu- chungen iiber die Entlastungsreaktion und die Diurese bei chronischer Harnstauung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 266^-312.—Hammond, T. E. Retention of urine and its treat- ment. Practitioner, Lond., 1932, 128: 592-606. Also Canad. J. M. & S., 1933, 74: 127-38.—Joseph, E. Praktische Therapie der Harnverhaltung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1770-3.— Kirkland, K. Immediate relief of urinary retention. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 739.—Macpherson, N. S. Treatment of retention of urine in the male. Antiseptic, Madras, 1946, 43: 153-7.—PhElip, L. REflexions sur le traitement des rEtentions vEsicales, d'aprEs 200 cas. Bull. mEd., Par., 1929, 43: 1007.— Pollazi, P. Nouveau traitement pour combattre la rEtention urinaire. Paris mEd., 1934, 93: 284.—Praetorius, G. Ueber die erstmalige Behandlung hochgradiger Harnverhaltungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 875-8.-rSpoiala, T. [Treatment of functional retention of urine] Cluj. med., 1930, 11: 611.— Walker, K. M. The relief of retention. Practitioner, Lond., 1931, 126: 240-50.—Werwath, K. Zur Therapie der Harn- verhaltung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 45-8— Younger, C. El tratamiento en las retenciones vesicales de orina. Medicina, Madr.. 1949, 17: pt 2, 236-43. ---- Retention: Treatment—Catheterization. See also Bladder, Catheterization. Chwalla, R. Zur Frage der Blasenentleerung bei Harnver- haltung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935736, 41: 206-11.—Ferrandiz Senante. Los enfermos que no orinan; el cateterismo asEptico en las retenciones; la punci6n vesical. Notas mEd., LErida, 1948-49, 3: No. 30, 1-12.—Harris, R. G. S. Retention of urine and the use of urethral catheters. Med. J. Australia, 1937, 1: 583-6.—Homb, A. The significance of the so-called MICTURITION 142 MICTURITION reaction of decompression in chronic retention of urine. Acta chir. scand., 1947-18, 96: 297-307.—Kaufman, L. R. Use of the catheter in retention. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 7: 785- 94.—Uebelhbr, R. Die rasche Entleerung der Blase bei der chronischen Harnverhaltung und ihre Folgen. Zschr. Urol., 1938. 32: 217-26. ---- Retention: Treatment—Drug. Brown, G. The use of derivatives of acetyl choline and eserine in retention of urine. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 2: 863.—McCluer, B. Chloroform anaesthesia in retention of urine. Tr. Iowa M. Soc. (1883-85) 1885, 6: 115-7.—Mark- walder, J. Behandlung einer hormonalbedingten Harnver- haltung mit Bellafolin. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 40: 183.— Neff, J. H. Resection of prolapsed mucosa at the vesical neck for retention of urine in the female. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1938, 31: 263-70; Disc, 295-7.— Tokutomi, M. Nyohei to ensan-pilocarpin. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1940, 47:165. ---- Retention—in animals. Bell, J. Retention of urine in the dog. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1930, 10: 1117.—Luton. REtention d'urine chez une cheval, ponction de 1'urEtre. J. mEd. vEt., Lyon, 1849, 5: 266-75.— Rousseau. Note brEve sur un cas de rEtention d'urine guErie par une injection de 0, 20«r de cocaine. Rec. mEd. vEt., 1916, 92: annexe, 363. ---- Retention—in children. Bynum, T., jr, & Cooper, S. Retention of urine in the fetus; report of a case. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 93-5.—Cervini, P. R., Oliva, F., & Weissmann, M. Retencion completa de orina en un lactante. Arch, argent, pediat., 1943, 19: 411-5. Also Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1943, 14: 521. Also An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1943, 9: 80 (Abstr.)—Didi, M. L. Re- tention of urine in a new-born. Ind. M. Gaz., 1942, 77: 544.— Hoffman, H. L. Retention of urine in a child, due to an appen- dix abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 778.—Howze, C. P., & Jaeger, D. S. Retention of urine in children due to extra- vesical pelvic disease; report of two cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1944) 1945, 37: 5-12. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1944, 52: 319-25.—McNulty, P. H. Complete retention of urine in infancy; a common cause. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1946, 50: 144.—Mercier, O. Un cas de rEtention complEte d'urine chez un enfant de deux ans et demi. Union mEd. Canada, 1931, 60: 15.—Mutel. Deux cas de rEtention d'urine chez le nouveau-nE. Rev. mEd. Nancy, 1937, 65: 555-7.—Palaez Brihuega, J. Retenci6n vesical aguda completa de orina en un nifio de tres afios. Actual. mEd., Granada, 1940, 16: 237-9.— Parmenter, F. J., & Leutenegger, C. Retention of urine in children with and without demonstrable cause. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1926, 32: 692-700.—Rost, F. Ueber Harnverhaltung bei Kindern ohne mechanisches Hindernis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 148-52.—Sala, A. Tre casi di ritenzione d'urina nell'infanzia. Policlinico, 1926, 33: Sez. prat., 1533-5.— Stulik, C. K. Urinary retention. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 48: 458.—Thevenard, Burgeat & Mirault. REtention complEte d'urine, persistant depuis 16 mois, chez une jeune fiUe. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1934, 26: 282-4.—Zaorski, J. [Daily medical practice] Pedjat. polska, 1935, 15: 331. ---- Retention—in women. Addis, W. R. A note on impaction of the bladder. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1936, 43: 1028-30.—Attwater, H. L. A case of chronic urinary retention in a woman. Brit. J. Urol., 1944, 16: 61—4.—Contiades, X. J. Etude radiologique de la stase urinaire gravidique par 1'urEtEro-pyElographie ascendante. Gyn. obst., Par., 1936, 34: 448-60.—Derom, F. Sympathi- cusresectie wegens chronische urineretentie bij de vrouw. Verh. Vlaam. Acad, geneesk. Belgie, 1947, 9: 274-80.—Des- bonnets, G., & Danes, A. Enorme rEtention vEsicale, in- complete et chronique simulant un kyste de l'ovaire. J. sc. mEd. Lille, 1925, 43: 254-7.—Grayson, C. C. Retention of urine and pyelitis in girls. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 657.—Kvater, E. J. [Pathogenesis of puerperal ischuria] Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 444-6.—Lazarus, J. A. Two cases of urinary retention from vaginal occlusion. N. York State J. M., 1932, 32: 339.— Leander, G. Urinretention hos kvinnor. Nord. med., 1944, 23: 1277.—Marcel, J. E. Le rEtentissement urinaire des affec- tions gEnitales de la femme. France mEd., 1947, 10: No. 7, 15-8.—Marion, G. Du soulEvement du col par voie vaginale. Bol. As. mEd. Santiago (Domin.) 1948, 6: 405-10.—Mascaro Porcar, J. M., & Cols Baques, A. Consideraciones a prop6sito de un caso de retenci6n de orina en la mujer. Med. clin., Barcel., 1948, 10: 178-80.—Mauks, K. Beitrage zur Frage der Harnverhaltung in der Schwangerschaft und im Wochenbett. Zbl. Gyn., 1942, 66: 695.—Mouradian, A. H. Acute urinary retention due to hematocolpometra. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135: 369.—Pouliot, L. La rEtention d'urine pendant la grossesse. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., 1909, 1: 1-31.—Salvini, A. Su alcuni casi di ritenzione acuta completa delle urine da fibroma. dell'utero. Clin, ostet., 1942, 44: 214-20.—Snodgrass, M. R. Acute urinary retention in the female; report of case due to hematocolpometra. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 777.—Spurr, R. Retenci6n extemporanea de orina por quiste hidatico del Douglas. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2: 970-7.—Talwar, B. K. Haematocolpos as the cause of the retention of urine. Anti- septic, Madras, 1947, 44: 539.—Warner, H. Harnretention bei der Frau. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1928) 1929, 8. Kongr., 170-2.—Winsbury-White, H. P. Two cases of retention of urine in women. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1008.—Zwillinger, A. Une cause rare de rEtention chez la jeune fille; 1'hEmato-colpo- mEtrie. J. urol. mEd., Par., 1938, 45: 158. ---- Rhythm [incl. disorders] Lacassie, R. EnurEsie et rythme urinaire. Presse mEd., 1946, 54: 462. ------ Formes cliniques de 1'EnurEsie de 1'adulte et perturbations de guerre du rythme urinaire. Paris mEd., 1947, 37: 168-71.—Molnar, S. Die Urineinschrankung in der Nacht; Bemerkungen zur gleichnamigen Arbeit von Tores. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1933-34, 176: 679-82.— Porak, R. Recherches sur le rythme du dEbit urinaire. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1932-33, 21: 468-83. ---- Volume. See also Bladder, Cystometry; Kidney func- tion, Test; Micturition, Measurement. Leonard, W. E., & Brooks, C. M. Factors influencing mictu- rition volume in the rat. Am. J. Physiol., 1943, 139: 532-42. in animals. Berg, I. A. Development of behavior; the micturition pattern in the dog. J. Exp. Psychol., 1944, 34: 343-68.— Freud, J., & Uyldert, 1. E. Micturition and copulation be- haviour patterns in dogs. Acta brevia neerl., 1948, 16: 49-53.— Hediger, H. Die Bedeutung von Miktion und Defakation bei Wildtieren. Schweiz. Zschr. Psychol., 1944, 3: 170-82.— Maluf, N. S. R. Micturition in the crayfish and further ob- servations on the anatomy of the nephron of this animal. Biol. Bull., 1941, 81: 134-48, 3 pi.—Muschart, J. L'influence des variations de volume et de pression sur le travail de la vessie isolEe de grenouille. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 1291-4. MICUCCI, Maria, 1912- *De la cardia- zoltherapie non convulsivante. 74p. 24cm. Par., Impr. Foulon, 1940. MICUIM. See also Dermatosis, parasitic; Tetranychus; Trombidiosis. Bassewitz, E. v. O micuim. Brasil med., 1917, 31:115; 122. MIDAS. Lehmann-Nitsche, R. Die Eselsohren des Midas. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1937, 13: 247. MIDAVAINE, Isidore Fleury Simple, 1795- 1871. For biography see in Biogr. nat., Brux., 1897, 14: 819. MIDBRAIN. See Brain, Mesencephalon. MIDDEL, Lucie, 1904- *Der Peritonsi- larabszess; seine Gefahren und seine Behandlung. 24p. 20y2cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1938. MIDDEL, Margret, 1911- *Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Elektrokardiogramm- typ bei Steinstaublungenkranken. 16p. 22Mcm Bonn, Gebr. Scheur, 1937. MIDDELBURG, Netherlands. Zeeuwsch Ge- nootschap der Wetenschappen. Gedenkboek uitgegeven ter gelegenheid van het anderhalve- eeuwfeest ... 1769-1919. 115p. 4? Middelburg, J. C. & W. Altorffer, 1919[?] MIDDELBURG, Netherlands. See also Netherlands. Fokker, M. Proeve van eene lijst bevattende de vroegere namen der huizen in Middelburg. lOlp. 4? Middelb., 1904. Man, J. C. de. De Geneeskundige School te Middelburg, 1825-66. 2v. 221p- 152p. 8? Middelb., 1902-04. Schoute, D. De levensloop van een zieken- huis; geschiedenis van het Gasthuis te Middel- burg. 149p. 23#cm. Middelb., 1916. MIDDELDORF, Hugo, 1910- *Unter- suchungen iiber den serologischen Krebsnachweis nach Lehmann-Facius [Minister] 15p. 21cm. Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1937. MIDDELDORPF, Albrecht Theodor, 1824-68. For obituary see AnnEe sc. indust., Par. (1868) 1869,13:500. MIDDELDORPF 143 MIDDLE AGE MIDDELDORPF, Konrad, 1896-1938. For obituary see Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: H. 8, p. i. MIDDELMANN, Hans, 1906- *Ent- fernung der ganzen Schilddrtise als Behandlungs- verfahren bei Versagen des Herzens [Berlin] 32p. 21cm. Gutersloh i. W., Thiele, 1937. MIDDELMANN, Wilhelm, & HUERTER, Joseph. Die Ernahrung des Kranken. 202p. illust. tab. diagr. 21J^cm. Stuttg., Wiss. Verlagsges., 1947. MIDDENDORF, Hildegard, 1913- *Der Verlauf der Tuberkulose- und Krebssterblichkeit im Kreise Coesfeld von 1900 bis 1935 [Minister] 27p. S? Lengerich i. W., Lengerich. Handelsdr., 1937. MIDDENDORF, Max von, 1861- For biography see in Aerzte Estlands (Brennsohn, I.) Riga. 1922, 276. MIDDENDORP, Jacob, 1537-1611. Academia- rum universi terrarum orbis libri tres. 11 1., 1 blank 1. 634p. 10 1. 8? Koln, Maternus Cholin, 1583. MIDDLE age. See also Age; Climacteric; Evolution; Geria- trics; Growth; Life; Menopause; Rejuvenation. Cowdry, E. V. Problems of ageing; biological and medical aspects. 758p. 23}$cm. Bait., 1939. Also 2. ed. 936p. 1942. L\wton, G. Ageing successfully. 266p. 22cm. N. Y., 1946. Niemoeller, A. F. Men past forty. 154p. 19cm. N. Y., 1938. Williams, L. L. B. Middle age and old age. 296p. 22y2cm. Lond., 1925. Wuscher, H. Menschen iiber Vierzig; Korper und Seele, Gesundheit und Krankheit in der zweiten Lebenshalfte. lOOp. 8? Ziir., 1948. Calver, G. W. The man past the forties. Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc, 1937, Suppl., Jan., 5.— Curran, D. The assess- ment of the mental changes in middle age. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934,188: 513.—Davidson, G. M. Passing the meridian of life. Psychiat. Q., 1942, 16: 692-706.—Grinker, R. R. So now you're middle-aged. Surv. Graphic, 1947, 36: 678-81.— Harris, D. B. Maturity and ageing; a course in the Institute of Child Welfare of the University of Minnesota. J. Geront., 1948 3: 18-20.—Horn, W. S. The approach years. J. Kansas M Soc, 1939, 40: 368-72.—Man (The) of 50. Sauibb Mem., 1937 16: 6; 1938, 17: 15.—Middle age. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1934-35 9: 223.—Potter, G. R. Late middle age. Med. World Lond., 1946, 64: 616-23.—Ruhberg, G. N. The pre- senium. Minnesota M., 1934, 17: 182^.—Smithline J. Middle life and old age. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1945,158: 409-11.— Something should be done about the man of 50. Squibb Mem., 1937, 16: No. 2, 12-4. ---- Hygiene. See also Employment; Industrial worker, Absenteeism; Occupation; Unemployment. Carroll, R. S. Old at forty or young at sixty; simplifying the science of growing old. 147p. 8? N. Y., 1920. Haggard, H. W. Staying young beyond your years. 89p. 16? N. Y., 1937. Hans, A. *K6rperbauuntersuchungen an Personen im Umbildungs-, Ruckbildungs- und Greisenalter. 38p. 8? Bonn 1933. Hirsch, E. W. Feel like thirty at fifty [2. print.] 116p. 15}4cm. Chic, 1939. . Hollander, W. v. Der Mensch uber Vierzig. 223p. 20cm. Berl., 1938. Johnson, W. M. The years after fifty. 153p. 21cm. N. Y., 1947. . Podolsky, E. Old age outwitted. l»5p. lb. N. Y., 1936. t „ . , . Sokolov, B. F. Middle age is what you make it. 204p. 8? N. Y., 1938. Stieglitz, E. J. The second forty years. 317p. 22cm. Phila., 1946. Bird, C. Age and greatest achievement. In his Social Psychol., N. Y., 1940, 403-12.— Bonomo, J. What is all right at 25 may be all wrong at 50. Healthkeeping, N. Y., 1940, 1: 34.—Comrie, J. D. Diet in middle age. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1934-35, 9: 224-6.—Deparis, M. HygiEne du quinquagEnaire. In: Actual. mEd. chir. prat., Par., 1948, 2: 161-70.—Dunphy, E. B. How does middle age affect the eyes? Sightsav. Rev., 1949, 19: 139-46.—Faught, F. A. Characteristic findings after forty years of age. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 140: 343-6.— Gardner, L. P. Attitudes and activities of the middle-aged and aged. Geriatrics, 1949, 4: 33-50.—Handley, W. S. The deferment of senescence, prophygeria. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1943-46, 64: 171-5.—Lee, R. I. Health and fitness at 50. Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 818; 873. Also Proc. Mayo Clin., 1942, 17: 378; 397.—Lehman, H. C. The creative years in Bcience and literature. Sc. Month., 1936, 43: 151-62. ------ The creative years; best books. Ibid., 1937, 45: 65-75.---— The creative years; medicine, surgery and certain related fields. Ibid., 1941, 52: 450-61.—Rathe, H. W. Health guidance in maturity. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1947. 37: 270.—Skinner, G. A. Physical rehabilitation of the middle-aged. Clin. M. & S., 1935,42:538-41. ------ The price of physical fitness; middle life and old age. Everybody's Health, S. Paul, 1944, 29: No. 3, 5.—Thomen, A. A. Why should you take it easy after forty? In his Doctors don't believe it, N. Y., 1941, 80-3. ---- Medical aspect. Boas, E. P. Treatment of the patient past fifty. 324p. 21cm. Chic, 1941. Also rev. ed. 414p. 1944. Also 3. ed. 479p. 1947. Bassler, A. Aging, arteriosclerosis, and cardiac conditions from a biotoxic intestinal viewpoint. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 153: 20-2.—Burke, G. T. The middle-aged patient, and later, a lecture to post-graduates. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 153-7.— Crandall, L. S. Maturity and medical treatment. Minnesota Welf., 1948-49, 4: 6-9.—Derecq. La thErapeutique dans les troubles de la cinquantaine. J. mEd. Paris, 1935, 55: 258.— Downes, J. Chronic disease among middle- and old-age persons. Milbank Mem. Fund Q., 1941, 19: 5-25.—Faria, T. V. de. A ginecologia na idade mEdia. Rev. med. Rio Grande do Sul, 1948-49, 5: 363-75.—Gorrell, R. L. Treatment of sexual decline in middle-aged men. Clin. M. & S., 1938, 45: 422-5.—Heiser, V. G. The influence of nutrition on the diseases of middle and old age. Sc. Month., 1939, 49: 304-10.— Henry, C. Diseases of the middle age and later-on. Ind. M. Rec, 1946, 66: 85-92.—Ide, M. Le traitement spEcifique des maladies de la cinquantaine. Rev. mEd., Louvain, 1926 117-21.—Jacobson, E. Progressive relaxation and diseases of middle age. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1935-36, 10: 14-6.—Kennedy, F. Borderline mental problems in late maturity. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1942, Suppl. No. 168, 64-72.—Kuhlen, R. G. Psychological trends and problems in later maturity. In: Introd. Clin. Psychol. (Pennington, L. A.) N. Y., 1948, 218- 48.—Lawton, G., Gilbert, J. G. [et al.] Psychological problems of later maturity; round table. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1944, 14: 266-84.—Podolsky, E. Danger signals after 40. Health, Mount. View, 1943, 10: No. 8, 6.—Prout, C. T., & Bourcier, A. U. Mental problems of mid-life; a review of 100 cases. N. England J. M., 1940, 223: 576-81.—Stransky, E. Psy- chotische Zustandsbilder des Praseniums. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1429.—Weiss, O. L. Das Prasenium und seine therapeutische Beeinflussung. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 212.—Williams, T. A. Some besetments of mid-life. Edinburgh M. J., 1937, 44: 621-32. MIDDLE Ages. See also Civilization; Culture; History; Medi- cine—by periods; also under branches of sciences as Anatomy, History; Surgery—by periods; also names of medieval customs and institutions as Manuscript; Monastic medicine; also names of people, countries and cities as Arabs, Medicine and science; France, Medicine; London, Medical history; also names of professions as Barber- surgeon; Knight-hospitaler; also names of medie- val personalities as Cermisone; Ibn Sina; also other medical and historical subjects as Balne- ology, History; Blood circulation, History; Burial place, Ethnography and history; Leprosarium, History, etc. Cambridge (The) medieval history. 8v. 24cm. N. Y., 1926-36. Chevalier, C. U. J. Repertoire des sources historiques du moyen age. v. 1: Bio-bibliographie. Nouv. ed. 2v. 4831p. paged continuously. 28cm. Par., 1905-07. ---- The same, v.2: Topo-bibliographie. 2v. 3383p. paged continuously. 28^cm. Mont- beliard, 1894-1903. MIDDLE AGES 144 MIDDLE AGES Paetow, L. J. A guide to the study of medieval history. Rev. ed. 643p. 24cm. N. Y., 1931. Speculum; a journal of mediaeval studies. Cambr., v.ll, 1936- Howland, A. C. The Lea Library of medieval history. In: Fac. Survey Univ. Pennsylvania Libraries (Phila. Bibliogr. Plan. Com.) Phila., 1940, 71-3.—Jimenez Rueda, J. El concepto de la Edad Media. Rev. univ., Guadalajara, 1943,1: No. 2, 64.—Roussell, A. Mediaeval archaeology. In: Human. & Sc. in Denmark, Kbh., 1948, 71-4.—Van Hoesen, H. B. A guide to the study of mediaeval history by L. J. Paetow [Bk Rev.] Libr. Q., 1932, 2: 80-2.—Varron, A. G. Der Mensch des Mittelalters. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1936-37, 4: 1579-1605. ---- Byzantine era. Nemesius, G. N. De natura hominis [Greek and Latin text] 181p.; 142p. 16? Antwerpen, 1564. Bariety. La mEdecine byzantine dans l'Alexiade d'Anne CommEne. MEm. Soc. fr. hist. mEd., 1947, 3: 17-21. Also Sem. hop., Par., 1947, 23:959.—Botta Micca, A. Psicopatologia femminile alia corte di Bisanzio. Minerva med., Tor., 1948, 39: Varia, 14-20.—Brunet, F. Contribution des mEdecins byzantins k l'histoire des plantes et a la botanique mEdicale en France. Hippocrate, Par., 1937, 5: 524-31.— Codellas, P. S. The Pantocrator, the imperial Byzantine medical center of XII. century A. D. in Constantinople. Bull. Hist. M., 1942, 12: 392-410.—Mayer, C. F. A Magyar Nemzeti Muzeum Ori- basius k6dexe [The Oribasius Codex of the Hungarian National Museum] Orv. hetil., 1925, 69: 1040.—Mieli, A. La dEcadence de la science ancienne classique a partir du III. siecle n'est pas encore un effondrement; la science de l'Epoque de Justinien. In his Science arabe, Leiden, 1938, 38-40.—Santifaller, L. Neue Forschungen zur Geschichte des lateinischen Patri- archats von Konstantinopel. Forsch. & Fortsch.. 1939, 15: 5. ---- Culture. See also subheadings (Medical life; Salernitan culture; Science) also such terms as Humanism, etc. Arnold, Sir T. W, & Guillaume, A. The legacy of Islam. 2. print. 416p. 19cm. Lond., 1943. Fabretti, A. La prostituzione in Perugia nei secoli XIV e XV. 46p. 8? Tor., 1885. Jacob, P. L. Curiosites de l'histoire des croyances populaires au moyen age. 325p. 16y2cm. Par., 1859. Balderston, W. Law-making in mediaeval England from the 7. to the 14. century. Abstr. Theses Cornell Univ. (1941) 1942, 129-32.—Bouvier, J. Fournitures faites par les apo- thicaires de Romans, en DauphinE, aux XIV. et XV. siEcles. Tr. Soc. hist, pharm., Par. (1942) 1943, 44-6.—Brandl, A. The Beowulf epic and the crisis in the Mercian dynasty about the year 700 A. D. Res. & Progr., Berl., 1936, 2: 195-203.— Cohen, G. Amours mEdiEvales. PsychE, Par., 1947, 2: 274- 82.—Derbolav, W. Gauklerkunste des ausgehenden Mittel- alters. Umschau, 1938, 42: 747-50, illust.—Haug, H. Por- traits strasbourgeois de la fin du moyen age. Synthese, Par., 1935, 3: No. 2, 71-81, 2 pi.—Jenny, W. A. v. Die darstellende Kunst der Germanen im friihen Mittelalter. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1938, 14: 193.—Marr, G. S. The sex factor in the medieval church. In his Sex in Relig., Lond., 1936, 92-122.— Rojas, N. Un crimen medioeval en la actualidad. Med. argent., 1932, 11: 1220-3.—Singer, C, & Rabin, C. General character of medieval Hebrew. In their Prelude to Mod. Sc, Lond., 1946, p. lxxviii. ---- Health and disease. See also under names of infections and diseases as Leprosy, History; Plague, History, etc. Baas, K. Gesundheitspflege im mittelalter- lichen Basel. 120p. 22J4cm. Zur., 1926. Forms v.6, Ziirch. med. gesch. Abh. Auch im Mittelalter wurden die Seuchen bekampft. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 447.—Bircher, R. Fleischkonsum im deutschen Mittelalter. Wendepunkt, Ziir., 1936-37, 14: 282-4.—Brinch, O., & M0ller-Christensen, V. On comparative investigations into the occurrence of dental caries in archaeo- logical skulls with a preliminary report on investigations of caries frequency in medieval times in Denmark, Aebelholt Abby. Odont. tskr., 1949, 57: 357-80.—Codazzi Aguirre, J. A. Indicaciones estEtico-quirurgico-faciales de Guy de Chauliac. Relat. Congr. lat. amer. cir. plast. (1947) 1949, 4. Congr., 460-7.—Fischer, A. Bilder zur mittelalterlichen Kulturhygiene im Bodenseegebiet. Schweiz. Zschr. Gesundhpfl., 1923, 3: 57-92.—Fosseyeux, M. Cure balnEaire et thaumaturgique des ahEnEs au moyen age. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. mEd., 1939, 33: 21- 32.—Gallinek, A. Psychogenic disorders and the civilization of the Middle Ages. Am. J. Psychiat., 1942-43, 99: 42-54.— Gottschalk, A. L'alimentation humaine depuis la prEhistoire jusqu'a nos jours; l'alimentation au moyen-age. Hippocrate, Par., 1947, 15: 257; 305.—Isager, K. [From the cemetery of a mediaeval monastery] Nord. med., 1940, 5: 165-8. ------ Die Skelette. In his Krankenfiirs. dan. Zisterzien. 0m, Kbh., 1941, 15-21. ------ Knochenveranderungen infolge von Krankheiten. Ibid., 62-116.—Mayer, C. F. A gy6gyszertan multj&bol [From the past of pharmacy] Orv. hetil., 1925, 69: 847-9. ------ A vizeletvizsgalat diagnosztikai jelentosEge a kozEpkorban [Diagnostic value of urinalysis in Middle Ages] Ibid., 889-90. ------ KozEpkori egEszsEgugyi propaganda- mesEk a l&zr61 Es a podagr&rol [Medieval tales on fever and podagra for health education of the public] Ibid., 1928, 72: 372.—M^Iler-Christensen, V., & Brinch, O. Tooth infection and spinal joint diseases in medieval Denmark. Paradentologie, Geneve, 1948, 2: 12-7, 2 pi.—Mousson-Lanauze, J. B. O. P. Die Therapie im Mittelalter. In his Entw. Heilk., Par., 1913, 43-52, illust., pi.—Sandberg, T., & Mellquist, C. Odontolo- gische und anthropologische Studien an ca. 1400 Schadeln aus dem Mittelalter in Schweden und Gronland. Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk., 1940, 7: 1-8.—Seracsin, A. Seuchenbekampfung im friihen Mittelalter. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1940, 16: 85-7.— Treichler, A. Ueberblick iiber die Pestepidemien Europas und der Schweiz im Mittelalter. Ziirch. med. gesch. Abh., 1926, 7: 9-11.—Underwood, E. A. How pestilence changed the Middle Ages. Health Educ. J., Lond., 1949, 7: 160, pi. ------ Three remedies of the Middle Ages. Ibid., 1950, 8: 29, pi.— Wickersheimer, E. Faits cliniques observEs a Strasbourg et a Haslach en 1362 et suivis de formules de remedes. Bull. Soc fr. hist. mEd., 1939, 33: 69-92. Literature. See also Book; Illustration; Manuscript; also names of medical specialties. Adelardus. Die Quaestiones naturales des Adelardus von Bath. 92p. 24^cm. Miinst., 1934. Forms No. 2, v.31, Beitr. Gesch. Philos. & Theol. Mittelalt. Albertus Magnus. De animalibus libri xxvi; nach der Coiner Urschrift. 2v. 1664p. paged continuously. 8? Miinster i. W., 1916-20. Bacon, R. Opus Majus; transl. by R. B. Burke. 2v. 840p. paged continuously. 8°. Phila., 1928. Chauliac, G. A. P. M. *Guy de Chauliac, fondateur de la chirurgie didactique; La grande chirurgie (1363) premier monument de la chi- rurgie moderne. 63p. 251/2cm. Bord., 1936. Englert, L. G. A. *Die medizinhistorische Bedeutung des Fragmentum Donaueschingense. 28p. 8? Lpz., 1933. al-GafiqJ, Ahmad ibn Muhammad. The abridged version of The Book of' Simple Drugs. Fasc 1-4. 4v. 24cm. Cairo, 1932-40. [Hie nempt war sy des menschen lyb st inwendig gestalt] Ein deutscher anatomischer Text aus dem 15. Jahrhundert. 24p. 24cm Bern, 1943. Forms No. 2, Berner Beitr. Gesch. Med. Lauchert, F. Geschichte des Physiologus. 312p. 8? Strassb., 1889. Liber (The) de diversis medicinis in the Thornton manuscript (Lincoln Cathedral A 5 2) 160p. 22}4cm. Lond., 1938. Meyerhof, M. Die literarischen Grundlagen der arabischen Heilmittellehre. p.2957-88 24cm Basel, 1942. In: Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1942, 8: Mondeville, H. de. La chirurgie de maitre Henri de Mondeville; traduction contemporaine de l'auteur, publiSe d'apres le ms. unique de la Bibhotheque Nationale par A. Bos. 2v 287d • 340p. 23J4cm. Par, 1897-98. Peyser E. *Eine hebraische medizinische Handschrift; Beitrag zur Komplexionenlehre. 52p. 22^cm. Basel, 1944. Physiologus. Die aethiopische Uebersetzung j ^slologus' nach Je einer Londoner, Pariser und Wiener Handschrift hrsg., verdeutscht und mit einer historischen Einleitung versehen von Fritz Hommel. 166p. 22cm. Lpz, 1877 MIDDLE AGES 145 MIDDLE AGES Wright, T. Popular treatises on science written during the middle ages in Anglo-Saxon, Anglo-Norman, and English. 140p. 21^cm. Lond, 1841. Yperman, J. De Cyrurgie. 285p. 8°. Leiden, 1912. ---- [The same] Livres I et II. 121p. 25J4cm. Par, 1936. Bareaud, E. Von illustrierten arztlichen Handbiichern der spaten Antike und des Mittelaters. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1934- 35, 2: 449-52.—Book (The) of Joseph, which is a collection of all therapeutics [transl. from the Persian by H. A. Lightwardt] Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 332-8.—Bugiel. Contribution a la mEdecine mEdiEvale, les deux mEdecins, hEros d'un conte des Gesta Romanorum. Liber mem. Congr. hist, art guErir (1920) 1921, 1. Congr., 94-101.—Buhler, C. F. Medieval texts and their first appearance in print, by E. P. Goldschmidt [Bk Rev.] Papers Bibliogr. Soc. America, 1943, 37: 310-4.—Chaytor, H. J. The medieval reader and textual criticism. Bull. John Rylands Libr., 1941-42, 26: 49-56.— Cramer, F. H. Study of scientific medieval manuscripts. Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1948) 1949, 188-91.—Del Gaudio, A. Fisiologia della genera- zione umana nel canto 15. del Purgatorio. Arch. stor. sc, 1927, 8: 176-99.—Dubreuil-Chambardel, L. Un manuscrit mEdical du 15. siecle d'origine mancelle. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. mEd., 1904, 3: 497-527.—Kremers, E. An Arzney Holbuch. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 1189-92.—Lutz, F. J. The first German book on surgery. Brit. M. J., 1913, 1: 1172.—Mayer, C. F. A Budapesti Egyetemi Konyvtar nEh&ny orvosi ko- dexErol [A few medical codices of the University of Budapest University Library] Orv. hetil., 1926, 70: 118-22, 3 pi. Egy 14. szazadbeli kEziratos orvosi tankonyv [A 14. century medical manuscript textbook] Ibid., 1927, 71: 857 A medieval English leechbook and its 14. century poem on bloodletting. Bull. Hist. M., 1939, 7: 381-91. —— The collection of Arabic medical literature in the Army Medical Library, with a checklist of Arabic manuscripts. Ibid., 1942, 11: 201-16.—Mediaeval politics and pharmacy; a sidelight extracted from The Libelle of Englyshe polycye, a vigorous 15. century polemic in verse. Chemist & Druggist, Lond., 1930, 112: 796.—Mieli, A. Les premiers traducteurs en arabe dans le monde islamique. In his Science arabe, Leiden, 1938, 68-71. ------ Quelques savants arabes et quelques ouvrages a partir du 14. siEcle; Ecrivains scientifiques. Ibid., 261-7.— M0ller-Christensen, V. Laegevidenskabelige vaerker i domka- pitlets bibliothek. Acta hist. sc. natur. med., Kbh., 1944, 3: 78-81.—Neuss, W. Ein Meisterwerk der karolingischen Buchkunst aus der Abtei Priim in der Biblioteca nacional zu Madrid. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1940, 16: 382.—Neves de Sousa Silveira, M. A. Livros-guias da arte farmaceutica portuguesa no sEculo 15. J. farm., Lisb., 1949, 8: 47.—Ogden, M. S. The medical background of the text. In: Liber de divers, med., Lond., 1938, p. xv-xxvi.—[Pharmacies in the 14th century] Ny pharm. tid., Kbh., 1874, 6: 334.—Pollacci, G., & Lo Vasco, A. Di un codice erbario inedito del sec. 15. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1940, 15: 330.—Richter, H. Englische Geschicht- schreiber des 12. Jahrhunderts. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1940, 16: 267.—Scalinci, N. Su Arnaldo di Villanova e il suo Breviarium practicae. Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1947, 13: 27; passim.— Schmidt, W. Schrifttum und Leserkreis im deutschen Mittel- alter. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1938, 14: 410.—Schneider, F. Neue Boccaccic-Forschungen. Ibid., 64.—Seeberg, E. Fragen zu Meister Eckhart. Ibid., 1940, 16: 286-8.—Simonini, R. Formulario in Medicinae varia, codice mss. dell'8.secolo conservato nella Metropolitana di Modena. Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1941, 7: 10; passim.—Sudhoff, K. Ueber eine pro- vencalische Chirurgie eines Stephanus Aldebaldi aus Mont- pellier um 1340-50. Janus, Leiden, 1929, 33: 191-8.—Siiheyl. A. Sur un manuscrit mEdical illustrE, du 15. siEcle; traitE de chirurgie. Congr. internat. hist. mEd., Bucur., 1932, 72.— Wessler, J. Sancta Apollonia und ihr Bild in mittelalterhchen Handschriften. Schweiz. Vjschr. Zahnh., 1920, 30: 178-93, pi.—Wickersheimer, E. Un manuscrit mEdical du 12. siEcle ayant appartenu a l'Abbaye de Saint-Germain d'Auxerre. In: Neuburger Festschr., Wien, 1948, 478-81. ---- Medical life. Wickersheimer, E. Dictionnaire biographi- que des medecins en France au moyen age. 2 vol. 867p. paged continuously. 8? Par, 1936. Audry, J. La chirurgie a Lyon, pendant le moyen age. Lyon mEd., 1927, 140: 470; 502.—Barr, D. A. The practice of medicine in 14. century England. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1948-49 26: 260-2.—Carbonelli, G. Mediaeval pharma- copolists; a short exposition of Venetian retail drug vending based on contemporary iconography. Chemist & Druggist, Lond 1930 112: 798. ------ Medici, chirurghi e barbien piemontesi dal sec. 13. al sec. 16. Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1942 8- 78-88.—Chevalier, A. Konsihen im mittelalterhchen Paris'. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1945-47, 9: 3810.—De Mets. La corporation des chirurgiens-barbiers d'Anvers et 1 enseignement de la chirurgie a Anvers, depuis la fin du moyen-age jusqu k la REvolution francaise. Liber mem. Congr. hist, art guEnr (1920) 1921, 1. Congr., 210-30, facsim.—Dnbrfime, J. C. Medecins et mEdecines du moyen-age. Chron. mEd., AsniEres, 1933, 40: 81-6.—Dubreuil-Chambardel, L. De l'emploi au moyen-age des mots medicus et physicus. Liber mem. Congr. hist, art de guErir (1920) 1921, 1. Congr., 294.—Erkamo, V. Vanhin Suomesta tunnettu laakeopillinen kirjoitus. Duo- decim, Helsin., 1944, 60: 210-22.—Fosseyeux, M. Les hopi- taux en France, du moyen kge a nos jours. Hippocrate, Par., 1939, 7: 257; 346.—Garcia del Real, E. Algunos mEdicos y cirujanos notables de los siglos 13 y 14. Siglo mEd., 1933, 92: 437; passim.—Guillot. Une consultation en l'an 1460, sous le rEgne de Philippe-le-Bon, Due de Bourgogne. Bull. Soc. pharm. Cote d'Or, 1885, No. 4, 64-70. ------ Un cas d'exer- cice illEgal de la mEdecine et de la pharmacie a Dijon, 1438, 9 aofit. Ibid., 1887, No. 5, 82-4.—Irsay, I. Teachers and text- books of medicine in the medieval University of Paris. Ann. M. Hist., 1926, 8: 234-9.—Karsner, H. T. Notes on medieval guilds of medicine. J. Maine M. Ass., 1943, 34: 103-6.— Mayer, C. F. Orvosok Es patikusok biinei a xv. sz&zadban [Sins of physicians and pharmacists in the 15. century] Orv. hetil., 1925, 69: 937. ------ Az orvosok muveltsEge Es tekintElye a xii.-xvi. szazadban [Culture and reputation of the physicians in the 12.-16. centuries] Ibid., 1012-4.— Medical students and their studies in the Middle Ages. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1950, 46: 117-20, illust.—Monjardino, J. Na idade mEdia. Impr. mEd., Lisb., 1940, 6: 192-5.—Mousson- Lanauze. Les chirurgiens italiens en France au moyen-age. Paris mEd., 1920, 36: annexe, 40.—Nasalli Rocca, E. La preghiera collettiva dei malati negli ospedali medioevali e particolarmente negli ospedali gerosolimitani. Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1941, 7: 173-9.—Pinsolle, S. Le plus ancien document sur les apothicaires champenois, 1248. In her Con- trib. hist, pharm. Champagne, La Garenne, 1937, 15-7, pi.— Ravon, E. La vie mEdicale en France a travers les siecles; prErenaissance du 13. siEcle. Loire mEd., 1937, 51: 212; passim.—Roemisch, B. Die deutschen Wundarzte im mittel- alterlichen Danemark. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1943, 14: 364-6.—Sigerist, H. E. Sidelights on the practice of medieval surgeons. Fed. Bull., Chic, 1935, 21: No. 10, 292-6.—Singer, C. Sketches in the history of English medicine; dawn; Celtic and Anglo-Saxon medical and pharmaceutical practice from the 9. to the 13. centuries. Chemist & Druggist, Lond., 1928, 108: 823-32, illust.—Some masters of mediaeval surgery. Hospital, Lond., 1917-18, 63: 335.—Todd, T. W. The medieval physician. Ann. M. Hist., 1929, n. ser., 1: 615-28.— Torretta, P. Une pharmacie du moyen age. Paris mEd., 1911-12, No. 50, p. xvii-xix.-—Underwood, E. A. Some surgeons of the Middle Ages. Health Educ. J., Lond., 1949, 7: 112, pi.—V. Sektionen im mittelalterlichen Abendland. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 1205.—Walsh, J. J. The professional spirit in the Middle Ages. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1929, 13: 23-30.— Welborn, M. C. The errors of the doctors according to Friar Roger Bacon of the Minor Order. Isis, Bruges, 1932, 18: No. 52, 26-62.—Wickersheimer, E. MEdecins et chirurgiens dans les hopitaux du moyen age. Janus, Leiden, 1928, 32:1-11. ---- Salernitan culture. See also Salerno. Ackermann, J. C. G. Das medizinische Lehrgedicht der Hohen Schule zu Salerno (Regimen Sanitatis Salerni) aus dem Lateinischen ins Deutsche ubertragen von P. Tesdorpf und T. Tesdorpf-Sickenberger. 95p. 12? Berl, 1915. Beck, C. H. *Studien iiber Gestalt und Ursprung des Circa Instans, durchgefuhrt an den drei altesten bisher bekannten Handschriften [Berlin] 63p. 23cm. Wurzb.-Aumuhle, 1940. Codex Salernitanus (Cod. 1302, Breslau) De nominibus herbarum et specierum et mor- borum et aliorum que autonomas ponuntur (f. 130v-138v) ed. by H. O. K. Balzli. p.3-21. 28^cm. Lpz, 1931. In: Stud. Gesch. Med., H. 21. Colombo, A. Le regole sanitarie della scuola medica Salernitana. 2. ed. 721p. 17%cm. Milano, 1939. Giacosa, P. Magistri Salernitani nondum editi; catalogo ragionato della Esposizione di storia della medicina aperta in Torino nel 1898. 723p. 8? Tor, 1901. Moeller. L'ecole de Salerne et les medecins du moyen-age d'apres le Professeur von Ziemssen. 26p. 8? Louvain, 1878. Muller, E. *Der Traktat Liber iste, die sogenannten Glossae Platearii, aus dem Breslauer Codex Salernitanus. 56p. 23cm. Wiirzb, 1942. Regimen Sanitatis Salernitanum; a cura di G. Barbensi. x, 27p, 22 cm., Fir., 1947. MIDDLE AGES 146 MIDDLE AGES Reinhardt, M. G. H. *Auszug aus der A.bhandlung; ein Tractat iiber Arzneiwasser, nach ihren Wirkungen zusammengestellt, aus dem Breslauer Codex Salernitanus zum ersten Male herausgegeben und mit dem Texte eines Codex aus der Biblioteca Angelica zu Rom verglichen (Ausz.) [Leipzig] 22p. 8? Freib, i. S, 1921. Schlenkermann, E. *Ein Traktat iiber ausserlich anzuwendende Heilmittel (Umschlage, Salben, Streupulver) aus dem Breslauer Codex Salernitanus [Leipzig] 35p. 8? Zeulenroda- Thiir. [n. d.] Sudhoff, K. Zum Regimen Sanitatis Salerni- tanum. [v. p.] 8? Lpz, 1914-20. In: Arch. Gesch. Med., 1914, 7: 360; 1915, 8: 292; 1915-16, 9: 221; 1917, 10: 91; 1920, 12: 149. Ullmann, M. A. *Geflugel, Eier, Fische, Friichte und Gemtise im Circa instans des Codex Salernitanus in Breslau [Breslau] 26p. 8° Oschatz, 1926. Van den Berg, W. S. Eene Middelneder- landsche vertaling van het Antidotarium Nicolai (Ms. 15624-15641 Kon. Bibl. te Brussels) met den latijnschen tekst der eerste gedrukte utg. van het Antidotarium Nicholai. 278p. 8? Leiden, 1917. Wiberg, J. Laegeskolen i Salerno; medicinsk- historisk studie. 94p. 20 cm. Kbh, 1940. B., E. La Scuola di Salerno e i suoi fondamentali precetti d'igiene. Gazz. san., 1949, 20: 132-4.—Bellelli, F. Grandezza e decadenza della Scuola di Salerno. Riforma med., 1942, 58: 19-24, illust.—Bizzarini, G. Le regole sanitarie della Scuola medica salernitana; 1'Italia maestra, sempre, di civilta e di sapere la medicina che torna alle sue fonti piu pure. Riv. Soc. ital. igiene, 1940, 62: 108-10.—Breslin, E. The School of Salerno. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1926-27, 4: 138-40.—Brunns, W. v. Salerno. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 205.— Byrne, J. M., Donnelty, H. [et al.] Salerno. Australas. J. Pharm., 1943, 24: 553.—Cantarella, R. Una tradizione ippo- cratica nella Scuola Salernitana: il giuramento dei medici. Archeion, Roma, 1933, 15: 305-20.—Capparoni, P. Regimen sanitatis, flos medicinae Salerni; traduzione e note di Andrea Sinno [Bk rev.] Atti Accad. stor. arte san., 1942, 8: 67-72.— Castiglioni, A. The School of Salerno. Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait.. 1938, 6: 883-98.—Chevalier, A. G. Salerno. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1937-38, 5: 1918-44. ------ Das Regimen Sanitatis Salernitanum. Ibid., 1931-8. ------ Der Salerni- taner Arzt. Ibid., 1940-4. ------_ Die ersten deutschen Uebersetzungen des Regimen Sanitatis Salernitatum. Ibid., 1945. ------ The beginnings of the School of Salerno. Ciba Symposia, 1943-44, 5: 1719-24. ------ The Salernitan physician. Ibid., 1738-42. ------ The rediscovery of the School of Salerno. Ibid., 1744.—Chronological (A) history of Salerno. Ibid., 1718.—Corner, G. W. The rise of medicine at Salerno in the 12. century. Ann. M. Hist., 1931, n. ser., 3: 1-16. Also in: Lect. Hist. Med. (1926-32) Phila., 1933, 371- 99. ------ On early Salernitan surgery and especially the Bamberg surgery. Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait., 1937, 5: 1-32, 5 facs. ------ Salernitan surgery in the 12. century. Brit. J. Surg., 1937, 25: 84-99.—Creutz, R. Die Hochblute der Schule von Salerno im 12. Jahrhundert und ihre Koryphaen. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1566-70. ------ Der Magister Copho und seine Stellung im Hochsalerno. Sudhoffs Arch., 1938, 31: 51-60. ------ Wer ist der Verfasser des Regimen Sanitatis Salernitanum? Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1938-39, 6: 2487. ------ Die Griindung der Schule von Salerno und das Fruhsalerno. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 1279-82.—Ecole (L') de Salerne. AnnEe sc. indust., Par., 1862. 6: 322-8.—Einaudi, C. I precetti medici della Scuola Salernitana. Igiene & vita, Roma, 1926, 9: 9-11.—Fergus, J. F. The School of Salerno and its Regimen Sanitatis. Proc R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow, 1926-27, 55: 96- 130. ------ The School of Salerno. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1929, 22: 160-98. Also Glasgow M. J., 1929, 111: 1; 86.—Froehner, R. Die Eigenschaften verschiedener Fleisch- sorten nach der Diaeta Theodori medici. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1941, 49: 459.—Giuliani, G. M. Chirurghi preciani e norcini e loro rapporti con la Scuola di Salerno e l'ordine di S. Benedetto. Accad. med., Tor., 1949, 64: 181. Also Chir. ital., 1949, 3: 331-6.—Grassi, G. La chirurgia cranica nella Rolan- dina. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1941, 50: 108-11.—Hauberg, P. [Influence of Salerno on Danish medical literature] Arch. pharm., Kbh., 1928, 35: 22-8.—Helme, F. L'Ecole de Salerne. Presse mEd., 1910, 18: annex, 282-5.—Idelberger, K. Die medizinische Hochschule zu Salerno im Mittelalter. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 722.—[Influence of Salernitan writings on Scandinavian literature] Arch, pharm., Kbh., 1928, 35: 71.— Kristeller, P. O. The School of Salerno; its development and its contribution to the history of learning. Bull. Hist. M., 1945, 17: 138-94.—Lejenne, F. Die mittelalterlichen Regimina Sanitatis. Zschr. Altersforsch., 1941, 3: 171.—Leveen, J. A pharmaceutical fragment of the 10. century in Hebrew, by Shabbethai Donnolo. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Hist. M., 67-70.—Lopez Prior, A. La Escuela de Salerno; su significacion en la historia de la medicina y de la farmacia. Actual. mEd., Granada, 1947, 33: 303-9.—Magister Miner- vinus. De sanitate tuenda. In: Malati medici medicine, 1947,16: No. 2, 5.—Medical (The) School of Salerno, 848 A. D.-1811 A. D. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1918, 12: 225-42.—Micheloni, P. La Anatomia porci di Maestro Cofone salernitano. Progr. ter. (Riv.) Milano, 1949, 34: 97-104.—Mieli, A. PremiEres transmissions de la science arabe a I'Occident chrEtien; l'Ecole de Salerno et Constantin l'Africain. In his- Science arabe, Leiden, 1938. 219-23.—Mitchell, R. Salerno; past and present. Hist. Bull., Calgary, 1945-46, 10: 51-4.—Moll, H. H. The School of Salernum. Univ. Leeds M. Soc. Mag., 1934, 4: 92-5.—Monte Cassino and Salerno; two early Italian medical centers. Clin. Excerpts, N. Y., 1944, 18: 131-40.—Oehm, A. Wandering and musing about Salerno and Monte Cassino. Med. Life, 1927, 34: 198-217.—Petella, G. La scuola medica di Salerno (a proposito di un manuale di dietetica dell'anno 1100) Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1922, 1: 48-56.—Poletti, E. M. La Scuola Salernitana. In his Storia d. pens. med. ital., Roma, 1942, 113-20.—Reichborn-Kjennerud, I. [The School of Salerno and surgery in saga times] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1935, 96: 793-817. ------& Tjomsland, A. The School of Salerno and surgery in the North during the Saga age. Ann. M. Hist., 1937, 9: 321-37.—Riedl, L. Osobnosti skoly salernskE. Cas. lEk. cesk., 1942, 81: 863.—Ruiz Moreno, A. El primer texto anatomico de la Escuela de Salerno. Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1941, 48: pt 1, 1210-2.—S, C. Salerno; its medical school and its medical legends. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 402.—Salerno. Virginia M. Month., 1943, 70: 586-8. Also Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1945, 25: 283-7.—Scalinci, N. II contenuto salernitano negli scritti su le malattie oculari di Pietro Ispano e di Arnaldo da Villanova. Rass. clin. ter., 1937, 36: Suppl., 54-75.—Sigerist, H. E. A Salernitan student's surgical notebook. Bull. Hist. M., 1943, 14: 505-16.—Silvette, H. Some bibliographical notes and queries on Philemon Holland's translation of the Regimen Sanitatis Salerni. Isis, Bruges, 1939-40, 31: 305-8.—Singer, C. A legend of Salerno; how Constantine the African brought the art of medicine to the Christians. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1917, 28: 64-9, 2 pi.—Starkenstein, W. Ein Beitrag zur Circa instans-Frage (auf Grund von zwei neu aufgefundenen mittel- alterlichen Handschriften des Liber de simplicibus medicinae) Sudhoffs Arch., 1934-35, 27: 370-81.—Sudhoff, K. Die Salernitaner Handschrift in Breslau (ein Corpus medicinae Salerni) Arch. Gesch. Med., 1920, 12: 101^8, pi. ------ Nochmals die beiden Schreiber des Breslauer Codex Salerni- tatus (Stadtbibliothek) Ibid., 191. —---— Salerno. Munch. med. Wschr., 1920, 67: 1301. ------ Ein Handschriftenfund zur Frage der Beziehungen von Montpellier zu Salerno um 1200. Ibid., 1927, 74: 1900. ------ Salerno, eine mittelalterliche Heil- und Lehrstelle am Tyrrhenischen Meere. Sudhoffs Arch., 1929, 21: 43-62. ------ Konstantin der Afrikaner und die Medizinschule von Salerno. Ibid., 1930, 23: 293-8.— Tellesson, W. G. The Salerne School. Sydney Univ. M. J., 1949, 39: Nov., 60-6.—Tesdorpf, P. H. Deutsche Uebertra- gungen aus den Additamenta_ Regimen Sanitatis Salerni nebst Mitteilungen iiber die Verbreitung des Regimen in Norwegen, Danemark, Schweden und Finnland. Janus, Leiden, 1934, 38: 223-40.—ThErapeutique (La) de l'Ecole de Salerne (12. siEcle) Rev. gin. clin. thEr., 1918, 32: Suppl., p. cdxxv.— Underwood, E. A. The School of Salerno. Health Educ. J., Lond., 1949, 7: 33.—Vaccaro, L. S. The School of Salerno. Med. Life, 1929, 36: 271-84. ------ The Abbey of Monte Cassino and the School of Salerno; ancient beacons of medical learning. Med. World, Phila., 1944, 62: 168-71.—Van Dries- sche, A. Spreuken uit en naar de School van Salerno. Belg. tschr. geneesk., 1948, 4: 19; passim.—Wickersheimer, E. Note sur les oeuvres mEdicales d'Alphane, ArchevEque de Salerne. Janus, Leiden, 1930, 34: 273-8. ---- Science [incl. medicine] Acker, A. A. *Raymond Lulle et le remede universel. 64p. 24cm. Par, 1946. Crump, C. G, & Jacob, E. F. The legacy of the Middle Ages. 549p. 19cm. Oxf, 1938. Langlois, C. V. La connaissance de la nature et du monde au moyen age; d'apres quelques Merits frangais a l'usage des laics. 400p. 8? Par, 1911. Mayer, C. F. Die Personallehre in dei Naturphilosophie von Albertus Magnus, p. 191- 257. 8? Lpz, 1929. Also Kyklos, Lpz., 1929, 2: M0ller-Christensen, V. Middelalderens Iaegekunst i Danmark. 247p. 24^cm. Kbh, 1944. In: Acta hist. sc. natur. med., Kbh., 1944, 3: Sarton, G. Introduction to the" history of | science. 3v. in 5. 4? Bait, 1945-48. MIDDLE AGES 147 MIDDLE AGES CONTENTS v.l. From Homer to Omar Khayyam. v.2. From Rabbi Ben Ezra to Roger Bacon. v.3. Science and learning in the 14th Century. Thorndike, L. A history of magic and experi- mental science. 6v. 8? N. Y, 1923-41. ---- Science and thought in the 15. century. 387p. 23}4cm. N. Y, 1929. Walsh, G. G. Medieval humanism. 103p. 19^cm. N. Y, 1942. Barbosa Sueiro, M. B. La rEnovation de l'Etude de l'ana- tomie humaine aux 13., 14., et 15. siEcles. Arq. anat., 1937, 18: 175-99.—Bologna and the beginnings of anatomy. Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 509.—Brown, A. The renaissance of surgery in Europe toward the close of the Middle Ages. Colorado M., 1928, 25: 3-8.—Chappie, I. L. Some aspects of mediaeval physiology. Trephine, Brisbane, 1946, 2: 93-7.—Chronologische tabel over de geschiedenis der anatomie in de oudheid en in de middel- eeuwen. Ciba tschr., 1948, 1098.—Clagett, M. Giovanni Marliani and late medieval physics [Bk rev. by Durand, D. B.] Isis, Menasha, 1942-43, 34: 166-8. ------ Some general aspects of physics in the Middle Ages. Ibid., 1948-49, 39: 29-44.—Dalmases, V. Renacimiento de la diseccion anatomica y Mondino de Luzzi. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1945, 59: 493-7.— Diepgen, P. Medizinisches aus theologischen Schriften des Mittelalters. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, 9: 80; passim.—Dieulafe, R. La chirurgie francaise au 13. siEcle. J. prat., Par., 1949, 63: Suppl., 186; passim.—Funkhouser, H. G. A note on a tenth century graph. In: Osiris, Bruges, 1936, 1: 260-2.— Garland, J. "Medicine of the Moslem Empire. In his Story of Med., Bost., 1949, 50-6.—Gessler, J. MEdecins et chirurgiens d'apres les manuels de conversation du 14. et du 15. siEcle. Janus, Leiden, 1932, 36: 311-7.—Goldschmidt, G. Ueber die Natur des Menschen. Gesnerus, Aarau, 1947, 4: 85-98.— Grabmann, M. Der deutsche Anteil am Aristotelismus des Mittelalters. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1941, 17: 320.—Herpin, A. A propos de l'enseignement de l'anatomie au moyen age. MEm. Soc. fr. hist. mEd., 1947, 3: lOl-^.—Hintzsche, E. Investigapoes anatomicas no Ocidente medieval. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1947, 14: 96-108. ------ Anatomische onderzoekingen in het middeleeuwse Avondland. Ciba tschr., 1948, 1114-26.— Holmqvist, W. Medeltida munkkirurgi. Sven. lak. tidn., 1941, 38: 2468-75.—Isager, K. Die mittelalterliche Medizin und der Norden. In his Krankenfiirs. dan. Zisterzien. 0m, Kbh., 1941, 117-25.—Islam et la science; passE et avenir. Endeavour, Lond., 1945, 4: 1.—Johnsson, J. W. S. Neuere Funde betreffend die danische Medizin im Mittelalter. Mitt. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss., 1913, 12: 582.—Lippmann, E. O. Chemisches und technologisches bei Dante. Arch. stor. sc, 1922, 2: 45-56.—Mayer, C. F. Az orvosi astrologi£rol [Medical astrology] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 913-5.—Mieli, A. La dEca- dence des 12. et 13. siEcles en Orient; chimistes et alchimistes. In his Science arabe, Leiden, 1938, 155-8. ------ La dEca- dence des 12. et 13. siEcles en Orient; mEdecins. Ibid., 162-6. ------ L'age d'or de la science arabo-ibErique; pharmacolo- gues, botanistes et historiens. Ibid., 205-7. ------ Le dEclin de la science arabo-ibErique; botanique et pharmacologie. Ibid., 212-4. ------ Le dEclin de la science arabo-ibErique; mEdecine et histoire. Ibid., 214-6. ------ El desarrollo de la ciencia islamica segun un historiador musulman del siglo 14. Archeion, Santa FE, 1942, 24: 82-96.—Nimeh, W. La contri- buci6n de los Arabes a la cirujia. Proc Internat. Coll. Surgeons (1941) 1943, 3. Congr., 279-86.—Pazzini, A. L'anatomia nei crocifissi dei secoli 12. e 13. e un'ipotesi di fisio-patologia. Gazz. san., 1949, 20: 62-5.—Ping, L. G. Medicine in ancient Ireland with a brief outline of developments in the Middle Ages. Chemist & Druggist, Lond., 1935, 122: 811-8, illust.— Podolsky, E. Pharmacy during the Middle Ages. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 340-2.—Quadro cronol6gico da hist6ria da anatomia na idade antiga e na idade mEdia. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1947, 14: 78.—Ricci, J. V. The mediaeval finale and the beginnings of anatomy of the female genitalia. In his Geneal. of Gyn., Phila., 1943, 265-75.— Roderick, H. B. The history of surgery; the Muhammedan period. Cambridge Univ. M. Soc. Mag., 1929, 6: 77-86.—Sarton, G. La transmission au monde moderne de la science ancienne et mEdiEvale. Rev. hist, sc, Par., 1948-49, 2: 101-38.—Simili, A. Contributi, celebrita e stipendi dei lettori di medicina e chirurgia nello studio di Bologna dal 1460 al 1500. Med. internaz., Milano, 1942 50: 62-8, illust.—Singer, C. A modernists view of mediaeval science. Ann. M. Hist., 1917,1:435—Stegmann, O. Die Anschauungen des Mittelalters iiber die endogenen Er- scheinungen der Erde. Arch. Gesch. Naturwiss., 1913, 4: 328* 409 —Streeter, E. C. Cultural factors influencing science in the pre-Renaissance. Bull. Med. Chir. Fac Maryland, 1920-21 13: 2-8.—Sypkens Smit, J. H. Pathologie en chi- rurgie in de Middeleeuwen. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1942, 86: 2236-8.—Thompson, C. J. S. Chirurgie anglo-saxonne. Liber mem. Congr. hist, art de guErir (1920) 1921, 1. Congr., 61-4, dI.—Turner, C. W. Einflusse des Islam und seiner Medizm auf das Abendland. Ciba Zschr., Basel, 1934-35, 2: 509-14.— Underwood, E. A. The rise of anatomy m the Middle Ages. Health Educ. J., Lond., 1949, 7: 81, pi.—Van de Vyver, A. L'Evolution scientifique du haut moyen age. Archeion, Roma, 1937 19* 12-20 —Van Wyck, H. B. Mediaeval medicine and its age. "Univ. Toronto M. J., 1949-50, 27: 169-75.—Walsh, J. J. Science at the medieval universities. Pop. Sc. Month., 1911, 81: 445-59. ------ Medieval science and surgery. Linacre Q., 1933, 1: No. 3, 48-50.—Wellcome, H. S. Anglo- Saxon pharmacy and herb-lore. In his Anglosax. Leechcraft, Lond., 1912, 81-90.—Wickersheimer, E. Anatomy in the Middle Ages. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 385; 448.—Withing- ton, E. T. Mediaeval science. Brit. M. J., 1921, 2: 489. ---- Sociological aspect. Jarrett, B. Social theories of the Middle Ages, 1200-1500. 2. print. 280p. 23cm. Westminster, Md, 1942. Barraud. La vie charitable et mEdicale au moyen age. J. prat., Par., 1948, 62: Suppl., 670; passim.—Chaumartin, H. De l'Etat de la sociEtE mEdiEvale; perturbations sociales et dErEglements atmosphEriques qui marquErent cette pEriode. In his Mai des ardents, Par., 1946, 141-8.—Krekel, H. Middel- eeuwsche en moderne gemeenschapsorde. Ned. tschr. psychol., 1934-35, 2: 42-60.—Sapori, A. I precedenti della previdenza sociale nel medioevo. Assicur. sociali, 1939, 15: 18-31. MIDDLEBROOKE, Herbert Edwin, 1882- 1948. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1948, 1: 710. MIDDLEBROOKS, John Raymond, 1889- 1921. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 78: 140. MIDDLEBURY College [Middlebury, Vt] Waite, F. C. Three episodes in medical education at Middle- bury college (1810-37) N. England J. M., 1932, 206: 729-35. MIDDLE class. See also Group, Organization; Sociology; Wel- fare. See also such headings as Birth-rate; Communism; Community; Culture; Economics; Education (secondary and higher; Social aspect) Environment; Family; Income; Medical care; Occupation; Relief; also names of middle-class occupations as Engineer; Lawyer: Physician, etc. Bertrand, R. Nouveaux riches et nouveaux pauvres. PsychE, Par., 1947, 2: 183-90—Clark, R. E. Psychoses, income, and occupational prestige. Am. J. Sociol., 1948—49, 54: 433—40.—Cost of raising a child in higher income families. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur., 1944, 25: 9.—Cowdery, K. M. An evaluation of the expressed attitudes of members of three professions (medical, engineering, and legal) Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ., 1924-26, 1: 11-9.—Lotze, R. Die Ueber- fiillung der akademischen Berufe; ihre volksbiologischen Ursachen und eugenische Folgen. Eugenik, Berl., 1931-32, 2: 34-40.—Putter, E. Der Mittelstand und seine soziale Fiirsorge. Zschr. Krankenpfl., 1919, 41: 3-12.—Schmitz, O. A. H. Der Zerfall des biirgerlichen Menschen. Zschr. Menschenk., 1929, 5: 73-81.—Schottlaender, F. Kleinbiirgerliches Inferno. In his Mutter als Schicksal, Stuttg., 1947, 119-43.—Smith, C. C. The white collar fallacy. Occupations, 1941-42, 20: 442-4.— Suarez de Mendoza. Introduction aux statuts de 1'Union internationale pour le sauvetage des intelligences d'Elite en dEtresse. Arch. mEd. chir. spEc, Par., 1908, 9: 169-77.— Wallace, J. M, jr, Williams, F. W., & Cantril, H. Identifica- tion of occupational groups with economic and social class. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1944, 39: 482-5.—Wassermann, R. Die Besteuerung der freien geistigen Berufe. Munch, med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 819. MIDDLEDITCH, Alvarado. Doctor's advice; or, How, when and what to eat and drink, xiv, 544p. 8? Phila, P. W. Wiegler & Co, 1898. MIDDLE ear. See also Ear; Ear, nose and throat; Eustachian tube; Labyrinth; Mastoid; Petrous bone; Tem- poral bone. Ardotjin, P. A. L'oreille moyenne; anatomie et histologic comparers. 179p. 25cm. Par, 1941. Burlet, H. M. de. Die mittlere Ohrsphare. In: Handb. vergl. Anat. (Bolk, L., et al.) Berl., 1934, 2: 1381-432 — Eggers, F. Tympanale Gehororgane bei Schmetterlingen. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1934, 10: 361-3.—Gohrbandt, I. Das Tympanalorgan der Drepaniden und der Cymatophoriden; zugleich ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Morphologie und Histologic der Lepidopteren. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1936-37, 149: 537-600. ------ Ein neuer Typus des Tympanalorgans der Syntomiden. Zool. Anz., 1939, 126: 107-16.—Hildebrandt, H. Das Mittelohr des Elefanten. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1925, 22: 121-40.—Holz, K. Vergleichende anatomische und topo- graphische Studien iiber das Mittelohr der Saugetiere. C. rend. Ass. anat., 1930, 25: 357.—Schwarzbart, A. New otological views. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1944, 59: 47-61.—Sewall, E. C. MIDDLE EAR 148 MIDDLE EAR The middle ear. Progr. Med., Phila., 1924, 1: 248-54.— Sick, H. Die Tympanalorgane der Uraniden und Epiplemiden. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1937, 63: 351-98.—Stadtmiiller, F. Varianten im Mittelohrgebiet bei Bombinator (Columella auris, Hyalbogenspange, Tuba auditiva) Morph. Jahrb., 1931, 66: Teil 1, 196-219.—Walker, F. I. [Surgical anatomy of the middle ear and its additional cavities] Jubil. sborn. Grekova, 1921, 221-8.—Westoll, T. S. The hyomandibular of Eusthe- nopteron and the tetrapod middle ear. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., ser. B, 1942-13, 131: 393-414. ------ The mammalian middle ear. Nature, Lond., 1945, 155: 114.—Wotzel, F. Zur Kenntnis der Tympanalorgane der Hydrocores. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1933, 143: 241-62.—Yates, A. L. The anatomy of the middle ear. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 837-40, 20 pi. ---- Abnormities. See also other subdivisions (Aplasia; Muscle, supernumerary, etc.) Russo-Frattasi, G. Rara anomalia dell'orecchio medio in disostosi cleido-cranica. Otorinolar. ital., 1934, 4: 484-502.— Sendulski, I. Entziindung bei Mittelohrmissbildung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 454-9. ---- Absorption from. Ross, E. L., & Rawson, R. W. Absorption from the middle ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 22: 312-6.—Zalewski, T. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Resorptionsfahigkeit der Trommelhohle. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl., 1917, 51: 9-23. ---- Actinomycosis. Hegemann, F. *Aktinomykose des Mittel- ohres [Erlangen] 24p. 8? Essen-Altenessen, 1933. Cann, L. W, & Hollis, G. J. A case of actinomycotic cerebro- spinal meningitis associated with aural actinomycosis. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 130.—Odom, S. G., Rodenberg, E. J, & Schain, P. Streptomyces (actinomyces) albus in the ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: 137^3.—Rockemer, K., & Wirth, E. Bakteriologische und histologische Untersuchungen eines Falles von nichtdrusenbildender Ohraktinomykose mit Kleinhirn- abszess. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1928, 27: 10-20, pi.—Tackto, L. Nagot om aktinomykos i orat i anslutning till ett fall. Nord. med., 1941, 12: 3366-9. Also Engl, transl., Acta otolar., Stockh., 1942, 30: 363-72.—Takahara, S. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Aktinomykose des Ohres. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 3.—Townrow, V., & Barrie, H. J. Fatal actinomyces infection of the middle ear. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1945, 60: 329, pi. ---- Aditus ad antrum. Oezan, V. Un cas de double aditus. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 844.—Suehiro, E. Nyiiyo-do iriguti no keitaigaku-teki kansatu narabi-ni sono rinsy5-teki igi ni tuite [Morphological studies of the entrance to the mastoid antrum, and their clinical sig- nificance] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 628-32. ---- Allergy. See also subdivision Hydrotympanum; also Middle-ear inflammation. Dohlman, G. Allergiska processer i mellanorat. Nord. med., 1943, 17: 224-6. Also Engl, transl., Acta otolar., Stockh., 1944, 32: 292-9.—Koch, H. Allergy in the middle ear. In: Fortsch. Allergie (Kall6s, P.) Basel, 1949, 2: 134-66, illust.— Pildner v. Steinburg, K. Gibt es eine allergische Erkrankung der Schleimhaut des Mittelohres? Wien. med. Wschr., 1942, 92: 130.—Proetz, A. W. Allergy in the middle and the internal ear. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1931, 40: 67-76.—Smirnov, P. P. Importance de l'allergie pour I'oreille moyenne, d'aprEs les donnEes expErimentales. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 25: 568-78.—Staffieri, M. Introduzione alio studio dell'allergia dell'orecchio medio. Minerva med., Tor., 1947, 38: 530. ---- Anesthesia. See also subdivision Surgery. Mangabeira Albernaz, P. Da anesthesia cirurgica do tym- pano. Brasil med., 1928, 42: 63-8.—Unger, M. Cocainizing the tympanum via the eustachian tube; a new method. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1947, 45: 693-6. ---- Aneurysm and arteriovenous fistula. Smith, F. Congenital arteriovenous fistula in the tympanum. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 32-8.—Takahara, S., & Ryozi, Y. Kiyii-naru kositu-nai dozyomyaku-ryu no iti rei [rare case of arteriovenous aneurysm in the tympanic cavity] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 278-84. ---- Angioma. See also Cerebral nerves, Paralysis: Causes. Svartman, J. *Angiome de I'oreille moyenne. 48p. 8? Par, 1932. Bergara, R., & Bergara, C. Angioma primitivo del oido medio. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1933, 46: 3192-8, 2 pi.— Bourgeois, H. Angiome de I'oreille moyenne. Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 45: 24-31.—Carrea, R. M. E., & Insausti, T. Angioma originado en el ofdo medio con lesi6n unilateral de V, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI y XII pares craneanos. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1943, 57: 281-6. Also Arch, neurocir., B. Air., 1944, 1: 67-82, Disc, 89.—Falk, G. Zur Kenntnis des Angioma des Mittel- ohres. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1943, 31: 436-43.—Hampton, A. O, & Sampson, D. A. Roentgen diagnosis and treatment of angioma of the tympanic cavity. Am. J. Roentg., 1939, 41: 25-31.—Jeschek, J. Ueber Blutgefassgeschwulste des Ge- horganges und des Mittelohres. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 1297-302.—Jones, J. A. Haemangioma of the tympanic cavity. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1930, 45: 265.—Ramadier. Un faux aspect d'angiome de la caisse. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 597.—Regules, P. Tumores vasculares del ofdo medio. Comun. Congr. sudamer. otorrinolar. (1944) 1945, 2. Congr., 2: 121-6.—Thevoz. PrEsentation d'un cas d'hEmangiome de I'oreille moyenne. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 106.— Trutnev, V. K, & Borshchev, K. G. [Vascular tumor of the tympanum] In: Jubil. otorinolar. sborn. posv. A. N. Zimin (Novosibirsk. Inst, usoversh. vrachei) Novosibirsk, 1933, 152-4. ---- Antrum. See also subdivision Epitympanic recess; also Mastoid. Suehiro, K. Nyuyo ddnyfiko ni tuite. Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 873. ---- Anulus tympanicus. See Middle-ear drumhead. ---- Aplasia. See also subdivision Abnormities. Greig, D. M. Congenital absence of the tympanic element of both temporal bones. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1927, 42: 309-14, 2 pi.—Marinho Filho, R. Ausencia da camada cuticular e dErmica do timpano. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1942, 10: 740.— Rouget, J., & Cottenot. Absence congEnitale de I'oreille moyenne; examen stErEoradiographique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 1260. ---- artificial. See subheading Prosthesis. ---- Aviation aspect. See also Aviator, Ear and equilibrium; Middle- ear inflammation, Aerootitis; also other sub- divisions (Injury: Barotrauma; Pressure, etc.) Armstrong, H. C, & Heim, J. W. The effect of flight on the middle ear. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 417-21.—Effect of flight on the middle ear. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 1028.— Mikhlin, E. G. Znachenie anatomicheskogo sostoianiia barabannykh pereponok i prokhodimosti evstakhievykh trub pri poletakh na razlichnykh vysotakh. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 54-8.—Zasosov, P. A. O barofunkcii ukha. Ibid., 19. ---- Bacteriology. For bacteriology of diseases see subheadings (Disease: Etiology; Injuries, etc.) also Middle-ear inflammation, Bacteriology. Citelli, S. Investigaciones bacteriol6gicas sobre el ofdo medio en condiciones normales. Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1904, 4:94-6. ---- Blood flow. See also names of arteries supplying the middle ear as Carotid, external; Meningic artery; Pharyngeal artery, etc. Gardner, W. J. The middle ear and its problems from the standpoint of vascular anatomy and its complications. Penn- sylvania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 849-52.—Orts Llorca, F. L'artEre stapEdienne chez I'embryon humain et la cause mEcanique probable de son atropine. Arq. anat., Lisb., 1933-34, 16: 199-207. ---- Calcification. See also Middle-ear inflammation, sclerosing. Meyer, M. Ueber Bindegewebsverkalkung, Bindege- websverknocherung und Konkrementbildung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung dieser Vorgange in der Paukenhohle des Menschen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926, 16: 481-515. ---- Cancer. See also other subheadings (Carcinoma; Epithe- lioma; Sarcoma, etc.) MIDDLE EAR 149 MIDDLE EAR Spar, A. A. * Malignant lesions involving the middle ear and mastoid process; a study of eighty cases [Minnesota] 58 1. 27cm. Rochester, 1948. Bellussi, G. Tre casi di tumori maligni dell'orecchio medio. Atti Clin, otorinolar. Univ. Torino (1940-42) 1943, 6: 468-97, illust.—Figi, F. A., & Hempstead, B. E. Malignant tumors of the middle ear and the mastoid process. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1942-43, 47: 210-29. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 149-68. Also Minnesota M., 1945, 28: 38-43.—Guisez, J., & Richez, P. Le cancer primitif de I'oreille moyenne; radium- thErapie. Bull, otorhin., Par., 1929, 26: 164-7.—Heschelin, A. Primarer Krebs des Mittelohres. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1924-25, 7: 412-8.—Hosoda, C. Ueber Transplantations- versuche artfremder Geschwiilste in die Mittelohrenhohle; die dritte Mitteilung in Bezug auf Transplantationsversuche bosartiger Geschwiilste im Gehororgane. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 232.—House, H. P. Early detection of middle ear malignancy. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1949, 37: 119-28, illust. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1949, 58: 789-97, illust.—Korotkova, U. K. Sluchai pervichnogo raka sredniago ukha. Vest. otorinolar., 1947, No. 4, 65.—Maestranzi, M. Contributo alio studio anatomo-clinico del cancro dell'orecchio medio. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1927, 3. ser., 15: 481-8.—Morrison, L. E. Cancer of the middle ear; report of four cases. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1946, 39: 167-70.—Okonogi, S., & Okonogi, T. Kyodai- naru no-noyo wo tomonaeru genpatu-sei tyuzi-gansyu no iti rei [primary cancer of the middle ear accompanied by a tremen- dously large brain abscess] Nippon zibiinkoka gakkai kaiho, 1947-48, 51: 83-5.—Pletnickaia, O. A. [Two cases of primary cancer of the middle ear] Vest, otorinolar., 1940, No. 6, 60-4.— Portmann, G, & Corgnet, G. J. Contribution a l'Etude des dysembryomes de I'oreille moyenne et de la trompe d'Eustache. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1947, 68: 241-76.—Potashev, A. M. [Vernet's syndrome in malignant tumors of the middle ear] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 224-6.—Prizant, M. G. [Cancer of the middle ear] Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 567.— Rosenblat, M. S., & Zaevloshin, M. N. [Case of primary cancer of the middle ear] Vest, otorinolar., 1937, 83-6.—Shambaugh, G. E., & Hagens, E. W. Malignant growth involving both middle ears; report of a case with autopsy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 602-11.—Thorell, I. Treatment of malignant tumours of the middle ear at Radiumhemmet, Stockholm. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1935, 16: 242-53, 2 pi.—Tobi, P. [Prim- ary cancer of middle ear] Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 1109-12.— Trossat. Tumeur maligne de I'oreille au cours d'une otite suppurEe ancienne. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 658. Also Lyon mEd., 1938, 161: 519.—Yosida, T. Taisoku hansin-mahi wo tomonaeru tyoki-gan no iti rei [case ... accompanied by hemi- plegia] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 892-6. ------& Fuku- moto, M. A case of cancer in middle ear. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1934, 23: 6. ---- Cancer, metastatic. Johnson, H. R. Metastatic malignant neoplasm of the external auditory canal and middle ear; report of case. West Virginia M. J., 1941, 37: 128-30.—Mollison, W. M. Car- cinoma of middle ear, apparently secondary to carcinoma mammffi. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Otol., 39. ---- Cancroid. Mayer, J. Kankroid des Ohres. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1947, 81: 683-6. ---- Carcinoma. See also subheadings (Cancer; Epithelioma) Riedel, K. *Ueber ein primares Karzinom des Mittelohres auf nicht entziindlicher Basis [Erlangen] 17p. 8? Dresd, 1935. Spring, E. W. *Ueber das primare Mittel- ohrkarcinom mit Beschreibung eines operierten und seit 4 Jahren rezidivfreien Falles. 18p. 8? Giessen, 1929. Berendes, J. Zur Entstehung des primaren Mittelohr- karzinoms. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1937-38, 144: 425-9.— Bot tar i, G. Sopra due casi di carcinoma primitivo dell'orecchio medio. Valsalva, 1947, 23: 188-96.—Bowman, R. J. Car- cinoma of the external auditory canal, middle ear and mastoid. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49: 225-31.—Buckman, L. T. Car- cinoma of the middle ear and mastoid. Ibid., 1943, 52: 194- 201. Also Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1943, 1-8.—Cheri- djian, Z., & Sciclounoff, T. A propos de deux cas de carcinome de I'oreille moyenne, dont l'un guEri depuis 55 mois, sans rEcidive. Rev. mEd. Suisse rom., 1938, 58: 96-105.—Chou, T. P. Carcinoma of the middle ear and its treatment- report of a case. Chin. M. J., 1938, 53: 64-7.—Christen, R. Car- cinome de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. mEd. Suisse rom., 1923, 48: 752-4.—Cusatelli, A. Sopra tre casi di carcinoma dell'orecchio medio; contributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico. Arch. ital. otol., 1942, 54: 91-122.—Diamant, M. Carcinoma in the middle ear; case report. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1941, 29: 77-9.— Grossman, A. A, Donnelly, W. A, & Snitman, M. F. Car- cinoma of the middle ear and mastoid process. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1947, 56: 709-21.—Hautant, A. DifficultEs de dEpister le carcinome primitif de I'oreille moyenne dEs sa pEriode initiale. Ann. otolar., Par., 1944-45, 151.—Matschnig, F. Mittel- und Innenohr-Karzinom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1946, 79:-80: 541.—Rachmilewitz, L. Ein Fall von primarem Karzinom des Mittelohres. Ibid., 1932, 66: 1388.—Settelen, M. E. Primares Mittelohrcarcinom. Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1946, 8: 534-6. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1947, 77: 365.—Smith, C. H. Primary carcinoma of the middle ear and mastoid; the endaural approach to the mastoid. Laryngoscope, 1940, 50: 547-54.— Uestel, S. A. Beitrag zur Rontgendiagnose des Karzinoms des Mittelohrs. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 815.—Weiss, M. Pri- marni karcinom srednjega una. LijeC. vjes., 1949, 71: 262-4.— Yates, E. C. Primary carcinoma of the middle ear. Kentucky M. J., 1936, 34: 501-6. ---- Carcinoma: Adenocarcinoma. Furstenberg, A. C. Primary adenocarcinoma of the middle ear and mastoid. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1924-25, 33: 677-86, 2 pi.—Grabscheid, E. Adenocarcinoma involving the middle ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 43(^3.—Gritti, P. Adeno- carcinoma dell'orecchio medio. Otorinolar. ital., 1934, 4: 503-15.—Malan, A. Adenocarcinoma dell'orecchio medio. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 15-9.—Stupka, W. Durch Rontgenbe- strahlung geheiltes malignes Adenom des Mittelohres. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1941, 75: 363-6. ---- Cavity [Cavum tympani] See also subdivisions (Epitympanic recess; Floor; Tegmen) also Temporal bone. Groterjahn, G. A. K. *Ueber den Bau der Paukenhohle bei Pferd, Rind, Schaf, Schwein, Hund und Katze [Gottingen] 55p. 8. Dresd, 1922. Tropp, E. *Untersuchungen iiber den Raum- inhalt der Paukenhohle [Wiirzburg] 8p. 21cm. Ochsenfurt a. M, 1938. Holzel. Das Mittelohr als Cavum serosum. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925, 12: 477, Disc, 487.—Kiss, F. [On the con- nection between the cavity of the tympanum and fossa tempo- ralis] Magy. orv. arch., 1926, 27: 7. Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 81: 618.—Lambert, V. Extensions of the tympanic cavity. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1949, 42: 421-4. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1949, 63: 711-33, 7 pi.—Ohkura, T. Tenziku-nezumi to tanuki no kositu no keitai [the shape of the tympanic cavity of a guinea pig and of a badger] Okayama igakkai zassi, 1947, 59: 26.—Schwarzbart, A. Suggested new anatomic classification of the tympanic spaces and Eustachian tube; draft of a new clinical classification on this basis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1948, 48: 681-7.—Toyooka, T. Nyuzi tyuziko- nai koyo-sosiki no sonzai igi ni tai-suru iti kosatu [significance of gelatinous tissue in the tympanic cavity of infants] Nagoya igakkai zassi, 1943, 57: 676. ---- Chloroma. Krepuska, S. Chlorom des Gehororganes. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925, 11: 196-205. ---- Cholesteatoma. See also Ear, Cholesteatoma; Mastoid, Choles- teatoma; Middle-ear inflammation, cholesteatom- atous. Albrecht, W. Die rontgenographische Darstellung der Cholesteatomhohle nach Jodipinfullung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 21: 1-5.—Baldenweck, L, & Leroux-Robert, J. Le cholestEatome de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. mEd. fr., 1936, 17: 591-6.—Bombelli, U. Aspetto e sede insolita di colestea- toma dell'orecchio medio. Valsalva, 1932, 8: 603-10.— [Cholesteatoma, fissura horyzont. labyrinthi] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1945, 28: 199.—Creyx, M., Massiere, R., & Leger, H. Syndrome hypophyso-thyro-gEnital; cholestEatome auriculaire et endocranien. J. mEd. Bordeaux, 1938, 115: 209-18.— Hudgins, A. P. Cholesteatoma; with case report of a bilateral external cholesteatoma. West Virginia M. J., 1934, 30: 114-8—Jobson, T. B. Cholesteatoma in aural suppuration; its relation to prognosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 490-504. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1932, 47: 380-94 — Kirstein, R. Zur chemischen und mikroskopischen Diagnose des Cholesteatoms. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1941-43, 48: 108-12.—Kraus, L. Ueber grosse Cholesteatome. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1941, 149: 46-55.—Lange, W. Zur Pathologie des Mittelohrcholesteatoms. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 762. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 605. ------ Tief eingezogene Membrana flaccida und Cholesteatom. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1931-32, 30: 575-82. ------ Das Cholesteatom des Mittel- ohrs. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 1350-3.—Lund, R. [Case of cholesteatomatous middle ear suppuration] Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 635-40.—Markova, V. I., & Wolfkovich, M. I. Ob osobennostiakh kholesteatomy ukha u detei. Vest, otorinolar., 1945, 7: No. 2, 18-22.—Martone, M. Colesteatoma gigante perilabirintico. Atti Clin, otolar. Napoli, 1939—11, 15: 407- 16.—Matschnig, F. Cholesteatom des Mittelohres und der MIDDLE EAR Schliifebcinsehuppe. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1947, 81: 274.— Merelli, G. Due casi poco comuni di colesteatoma dell'orecchio medio. Arch. ital. otol., 1925, 36: 491-500.—Monteiro, A. Perola epitelial do timpano. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1941, 9: 403.—Murphy, L. Cholesteatoma. Clin. Proc. Child. Hosp., Wash, 1945^6, 2: 273-6.—Nylen, C. O. Le signe fistulaire de Mygind dans un cas de cholestEatome avec membrane du tympan intacte. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926, 10: 249-52.— Oppikofer. Mikroskopische Befunde bei Mittelohrcholestea- tom. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1929, 24: 432-44, Disc, 446-62.— Port man n & Valette. CholestEatome de l'oreille avec pseudo- syndrome d'abces encEphalique chez un homme atteint d'in- fantilisme a type Gandy. Rev. laryng., Par., 1928, 49: 211- 21.—Rejto, A. Bemerkungen zu der Mitteilung von Doz. Dr H. Eschweiler, Zur mikroskopischen Diagnose des Cholestea- toma. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1940-41, 47: 333. ------ Bemerkungen zu der Mitteilung von Dr Richard Kirstein, Zur chemischen und mikroskopischen Diagnose des Cholestea- toma. Ibid., 1941-43, 48: 337.—Rosenhaus, D. E. [Cases of gigantic pseudocholesteatoma of the middle ear] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 227-9.—Santos, I. B. dos. Imagem radio!6gica de radical natural por colesteatoma da orelhamEdia. Brasil med., 1944, 58:196-8.—Torii.K. Itazura- mono mimi-sinzyu-syu [cholesteatoma of the ear, the mischief- maker] Tiryo, 1949, 31: 214-9.—Trible, G. B, & Tibbets, A. P. Cholesteatoma; case reports. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 512-6.—Volkmar, H. Rontgenerfahrungen bei Cholesteatomen des Mittelohres. Zschr. Laryng., 1931, 21: 424-37.—Waltner, J. G. Roentgen diagnosis of cholesteatoma of the middle ear. Am. J. Roentg., 1949, 62: 674-84, illust.—Washington, E. J. Cholesteatomas. Manitoba M. Rev., 1948, 28: 82.—Welin, S. Om rontgendiagnostiken av cholesteatom. Nord. med., 1944, 22: 789-91. ---- Cholesteatoma: Complication. See also Middle-ear inflammation, cholesteato- matous. Fritsch, E. *Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose der Labyrinthitis infolge Cholesteatoms des Mittelohres. 14p. 8? Erlangen, 1937. Bertein. Paralysie faciale dissociEe par cholestEatome de I'oreille; intervention; guErison. Lyon mEd., 1924, 133: 682.— Brunner, H. Cholesteatom des Mittelohres, Pachymeningitis der hinteren Schadelgrube, Sinusthrombose, Kleinhirnabszess, tiefer Extraduralabszess, meningogene Labyrinthitis, Exitus an Atemlahmung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 115-20.— Edel, W. Cholesteatomrezidiv und Fazialislahmung nach Totalaufmeisselung der Mittelohrraume. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1644.—Forschner. Cholesteatomdurchbruch bei einer 75jahrigen, bisher niemals behandelten Frau, Operation in Lokalanasthesie, Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 613.—Grabscheid, E. Akut exazerbiertes Cholesteatom; Radikaloperation; eine Woche nach der Operation Fazialis- lahmung mit wechselnder Intensitat; Skleroma multiplex incipiens (?) Ibid., 1935, 69: 113-5.—Hosiya, H. Experi- mentelle Studien iiber die Komplikationen des Mittelohr- cholesteatoms. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 14: 1299- 1362, 6 pi. Also Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 48.—Jauquet, E., & Fallas, A. A propos d'un cas de cholestEatome compliquE de I'oreille moyenne. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1908-09, 14: 83-6.—Mayer, E. G. Differential- diagnostische Erwagungen bei ausgedehnten destruktiven Prozessen am Schlafenbein an Hand eines seltenen Falles von fast volliger Destruktion der Pyramide durch ein Cholesteatom. Fortschr. Rontgenstrahl., 1925, 33: 889-93.—Meda, P. Colesteatoma auricolare gigante a evoluzione petrosa e sinto- matologia dell'angolo ponto-cerebellare. Minerva med., Tor., 1948, 39: 556.—Meyer, M. Ueber Entstehung, knochenzer- storende Ausbreitung und theoretische Einordnung des se- kundaren Cholesteatoms und iiber seinen Einfluss auf die Pneumatisation des Warzenfortsatzes. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1935, 139: 127-49.—Montandon, A. Syndrome d'irritation du canal vertical antErieur. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1949, 21: 233.— Nager. Cholesteatom (Perforation der Membrana Shrapnelli) und Spontandurchbruch der Cholesteatomhohle nach aussen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1921, 51: 62.—Rasmussen, H. Choles- teatoma processus mastoidei; abscessus cerebelli. Nord. med., 1946, 31: 1835-7.—Rejto, A. Totale Labyrinthsequestration infolge Cholesteatoms. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1929, 63: 1022.—Rendu, R., & Japiot. Radiographic a l'huile iodEe d'un Enorme cholestEatome d'oreille avec prolongement occi- pital. Lyon mEd., 1924, 134: 793-5, pi.—Richter, H. Klinische Erfahrungen iiber das Cholesteatom des Mittelohrs und seine Komplikationen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1938, 44: 340-7. ------ Ueber labyrinthogene Spatmeningitis und Bulbusphle- bitisinfolgeCholesteatoms. Ibid., 1944,50:226-32.—Schaeffer, H., & Hubert. Spasme du facial suivi de paralysie par choles- tEatome de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1933, 11: 765-7.—Stupka, W. Rezidivierendes Cholesteatom der rechten Mittelohrraume, Labyrintheinbruch, Kleinhirnabszess, mehr- fache Operationen, Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 350-6.—Takahasi, S. Zentei oyobi hankikan wo sinsyu-seru tyuzi kasei sinzyusyu rei [aural pseudocholesteatoma which invaded the vestibule and the semicirucular canals] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 680.—Von Leden, H., & Williams, H. L. Cholesteatoma with fistula into the labyrinth; report of a case in which the roentgenologic findings were confusing. Arch. MIDDLE EAR Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: 432.—Wilmot, T. J. Cholesteatoma causing cerebellar abscess. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1949, 63: 682-1. ---- Cholesteatoma, congenital. De Vanna, F. Colesteatoma congenito. Ann. Fac. med. chir., Bari, 1943, 2: 263-72.—Hesse, W. Zur Differential- diagnostik wahrer und falscher Ohrcholesteatome nebst kurzer Kritik der bisher beschriebenen kongenitalen Schlafenbein- cholesteatome. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1925r26, 114: 242-61.— Laskiewicz, A. Du cholestEatome congEnital. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1937, 58: 281-98. illust.—Riccabona, A. Angeborene Cholesteatom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1947, 81: 305-12. ---- Cholesteatoma: Pathogenesis. Berberich, J. *Das Mittelohrcholesteatom; experimentelle und pathologisch-anatomische Un- tersuchungen [Frankfurt a. M.] 94p. 8? Berl, 1927. Also Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1927-28, 26: Debain, J. J. Considerations sur le cholestea- tome primitif. 50p. 23cm. Par, 1941. Albrecht, W. Zur Pathogenese des Mittelohrcholesteatoms. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 15: 375-8.—Altmann, F. Zur Pathogenese der Cholesteatome des Recessus epitympanicus. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1934, 68: 271-5.—Berberich, J. Das experimentelle Mittelohrcholesteatom. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 311, Disc, 358-64. ------ Erwiderung auf Wittmaacks kritische Bemerkungen zu meiner Arbeit: Das Mittelohrcholesteatom. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1928, 27: 196-202. ------ Zur Rontgenologie und Pathogenese des Cholestea- toms. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 119-21.—Kelemen, G. Traumatische Cholesteatomgenese. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1934, 20: 211-30.—Lange, W. Ueber die Entstehung der Mittelohr-Cholesteatome. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925, 11: 250-71.—Mayer, O. Die Entstehung des Attikcholesteatoms. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930, 14: 242-8— Nager, F. R. The cholesteatoma of the middle ear; its etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis and therapy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1925-26, 34: 1249-58.—Nienhuis, J. H. [Pathogenesis of cholesteatoma of the middle ear; a case in a rabbit] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 1687. Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928,19: 186-94.— Simonetta, B. Volumineux pseudo-kyste cholestErinique de l'apophyse mastoide aprEs Evidement pEtromastoidien; con- sidErations sur Torigine des cholestEatomes. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1932, 53: 1309-13.—Steurer, O. Zur Pathogenese der Mittelohrcholesteatome. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1929, 24: 402-15, Disc, 446-62. ------ Traumatische Cholestea- tomentstehung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1944, 154: 169-82 — Teed, R. W. Cholesteatoma verum tympani, its relationship to the first epibranchial placode. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 24: 455-74.—Wittmaack, K. Kritische Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit: Das Mittelohr-Cholesteatom von J. Berberich. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1928, 27: 1-5. ------ Cholesteatombildung, Pneumatisation und Pneumatisationslehre. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1930, 125: 218-34. ---- Cholesteatoma: Treatment. Birkholz. Rontgenographische Kontrollversuche der Wir- kung des Hartmannschen abgebogenen Paukenrohrchens bei typischer Cholesteatomeiterung des Ohres. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 22: 326-34.—Dundas-Grant, J. Conservation de la matrice dans les opErations pour cholestEatome de I'oreille moyenne. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1919, 7: 393-403. ------ Case of attic cholesteatoma with vertigo; ossiculecto- my; relief. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Otol., 6. ------ Vertigo arising from cholesteatoma in the middle ear; complete relief after ossiculectomy. Ibid., 1933, 26: 302.— Hopmann, E. Ueber Alkoholausspulungen mit dem Paukenrohrchen bei Cholesteatom. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925, 11:423; 1926, 14: 646.—Kutvirt, O. De l'agrandissement de la cavitE cholestEatomateuse. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1925-26, 8: 517-26.—Meneses, B. Colesteatoma do ouvido medio curado pela_ natureza. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1943, 11: 139-41.—Rejto, A. Weitere Beitrage zur chemischen Diagnose und Therapie des Mittelohr-Cholesteatoms. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1932, 17: 304-10. ------ Vom Cholesteatom (neuere Prinzipien in der Behandlung des Cholesteatoms; Versuche zum chemischen Nachweis des Cholesteatoms) Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 836.—Ruedi, L. Zur Klinik und Therapie des Mittelohrcholesteatoms. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 411-8.—Thormann, H. Ueber Alkohol- ausspulungen mit dem Paukenrohrchen bei Cholesteatom. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1925-26, 13: 572.—Urbantschitsch, E. v. Beiderseitiges typisches Mittelohrcholesteatom bei einem Kleinkind; beiderseits konservative Radikaloperation. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1941, 75: 368.—Weder, A. Beitrag zur endau- ralen Radikaloperation bei Cholesteatom. Pract. otorhinolar.. Basel, 1947, 9: 285-7. ---- Cylindroma. Gardies, S. L. E. *Tumeurs cylindromateuses de I'oreille moyenne [Paris] 61p. 24cm. Reims, 1943. 50 MIDDLE EAR 151 MIDDLE EAR ---- Cyst. Jenkins, G. J. Cysts of the temporal bone involving the middle ear and the jugular fossa. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect. Otol., 61-7. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1930, 45: 623-31. ---- Development [incl. phylogenesis] See also Branchial apparatus; also Pharynx, Development. Ruedi, L. Die Mittelohrraumentwicklung von 5. Embryonalmonat bis zum 10. Lebens- jahr. 132p. 8? Helsin, 1937. Forms Suppl. 22, Acta otolar., 1937. Anson, B. J, Karabin, J. E., & Martin, J. Stapes, fissula ante fenestram and associated structures in man; from the fetus at term to the adult of seventy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 939-73.—Bast, T. H., Anson, B. J., & Gardner, W. D. The developmental course of the human auditory vesicle. Anat. Rec, 1947, 99: 55-74, incl. 3 pi.—Cauldwell, E. W., & Anson, B. J. Stapes, fissula ante fenestram and associated structures in man; from embryos 6.7 to 50 mm. in length. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 891-925. Also Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 404 (Abstr.) ------ Stapes, fissula ante fenestram and associated structures in man; from fetuses 75 to 150 mm. in length. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 650-71. Also Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 395 (Abstr.) ---;— Stapes, fissula ante fenestram and associated structures in man; from the fetus of 160 mm. (5 months) to newborn infant. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1948, 48: 263-300.—Crowe, S. J, & Polvogt, L. M. Embryonic tissue in the middle ear and mastoid; report of two cases. Ibid., 1930, 12: 151-61.—Dohrer, J. Die Entwicklung der Paukentasche bei Chelydra serpentina. Morph. Jahrb., 1916, 50: 103-7, pi.—Gerrie, J. The phylogeny of the mammalian tympanic cavity and auditory ossicles. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1948, 62: 339-57.—Hendleman, S. Introduction to an onto- genetic and phylogenetic study of the mastoid and middle ear. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 710-8.—Holz, K. Vergleichende anatomische und topographische Studien fiber das Mittelohr der Saugetiere. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1931, 94: 757-91.—Ortmann, R. Ueber die morphologische Bedeutung des sogenannten Kiemenrudimentes (Grosser) der Paukenhohlentasche mensch- licher Embryonen. Anat. Anz., 1938-39, 87: 1-12.—Parring- ton, F. R. Remarks on a theory of the evolution of the tetrapod middle ear. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1949, 63: 580-95, illust.— Ponomarewa, W. N. Ueber die Dauer der Induktionswirkung bei der Bildung der Horblase. Bull. biol. mEd. exp. URSS, 1936, 2: 325.—Richter, H. Die Morphogenese des Mittelohres; eine vergleichend morphologische Betrachtung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1938, 145: 322-44. ------ Die Entwicklung des Mittelohres. Sitzber. Phys. med. Soz. Erlangen (1938) 1939, 70: 338-40. ------ Betrachtungen zur Entwicklung des Mittelohres. Hals &c. Arzt, 1939, 30: 375-86.—Ruhwandl, G. Die Entwicklung der Paukentasche beim Kanarienvogel (FringiUa canaria) Morph. Jahrb., 1916, 50: 75-102, 2 pi. ------ Bemerkungen iiber die Entwicklung der Paukentasche bei der Hauskatze (Felis domestica) Ibid., 108-12, 2 pi.— Stewart, J. P. The persistence of fetal blood sinuses and their relation to the middle ear spaces. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 266-75.—Truscott, B. L, & Struthers, P. H. The embryo- logical development of the middle ear of the field mouse, Microtus pennsylvanicus. J. Morph., 1941, 69: 329-16, 3 pi.— Violette, H. N. An experimental study on formation of middle ear in Rana. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, .25: 684 ------ The endodermal origin of middle ear cartilages of Rana. Ibid., 1931, 39: 94-6.—Zwilling, E. The determination of the otic vesicle in Rana pipiens. J. Exp. Zool., 1941, 86: 333-42. Disease. military life. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. War, 135-54.—Snyder, C. P. Diseases of the middle ear. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1945-46, 45: 133.—Turtur, G. Contributo aH'anatomia patologica della cassa timpanica. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1935, 53: 393-408.—Wishart, D. E. S. Chronic disease of the middle ear. Health, Toronto, 1939, 7: 7. ---- Disease: Complications. Bratesco, V, Giurea, G. N. [et al.] ConsidErations sur la structure de l'apophyse mastoide pendant les affections de I'oreille moyenne. Ann. otolar., Par., 1932, 1333-42.—Brawner, L. E. Middle ear diseases with complications and sequelae. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1926, 15: 198-203.—Dintenfass, H. Facial paralysis from acute middle ear disease. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 854-7.—Franchini, Y., & Riccitelli, E. Impor- tancia del tratamiento mEdico general y biol6gico en algunas afecciones complicadas del oido medio y cavidades anexas. Actas Congr. nac med., B. Air. (1934) 1935, 5. Congr., 6: 263-7. Also Sem. mEd., B. Air., 1935, 42: 1267-9.—Gifford, H. An unfortunate but instructive case of middle ear disease. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1896, 28: 169-73.—Ninger, F. [Par- ticipation by otoliths in diseases of middle ear] Cas. lEk. Eesk., 1927, 66: 535-41.—Zavadsky, S. 1. [Case of limited trophic baldness caused by an affection of the middle ear] Vest. otorinolar., 1941, No. 2, 57. ---- Disease: Diagnosis. See also other subdivisions (Actinomycosis; Allergy, etc.) also Eustachian tube, Diseases and tumors; Mastoid, Disease; Middle-ear drum- head, Disease; Middle-ear inflammation; Petrous bone, Disease, etc. AlcaIno, A. Affecciones cr6nicas del oido externo y medio. 105p. 25cm. Santiago de Chile, 1940. T „ , Andrews, A. H. Diseases of middle ear. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 5: 322-40, 6 pi.—Babbitt, J. A. Symposium on the middle ear; the middle ear and its problems. Pennsylvania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 844-9.—Beyer. Seltene Erkrankungen des Trommelfells und des Mittelohrs. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933, 34: 377-9.—Bourgeois, H. Maladies de I'oreille moyenne. In: PrEcis d. path, chir., 6. Ed..Far., 1938, 2: 357-461.—Claus. Mittelohraffektionen. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk., 4. Aufl., Berl., 1910, 9: 853-78.—Cohen, S. Ear thoughts. Eye Ear &c. Month., 1934, 13: 145-50 — Curry, L. T. Common acute middle ear diseases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 13-20.—Dowling, J. R. Acute middle ear disease. Ohio M. J., 1936, 32: 436-40— Gilmer, H. D. Acute ear conditions in general practice. Virginia M. Month., 1927-28, 54: 351-3.—Ranken, D., Scott, S. [et al.] Discussion on the effects of middle-ear disease on efficiency in civil and See also Deafness; Tinnitus; Vertigo. Catalano, N. L'audiometria, per via aerea, nelle affezioni auricolari medie acute. Otorinolar. ital., 1939, 9: 295-310.— Eisinger, K., & Mayer, E. G. Ueber die Rontgenuntersuchung des kindlichen Schlafenbeines bei Mittelohrerkrankungen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 218-21.—Fisher, L. The middle ear and its problems from the standpoint of vertigo. Pennsylvania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 852-5.—Lishman, F. J. G. Prevalence of middle-ear disease in elementary school children; otoscopy as an adjunct to routine medical inspection. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 1165-8.—Weyl, R. Ueber sympathisch be- dingte Pupillendifferenzen bei Mittelohrerkrankungen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 134: 217-43.—Yates, A. L. Methods of estimating certain alterations in the middle-ear by means of quantitative tests of hearing. J. Laryng., Lond., 1928, 43: 398-406. ---- Disease: Etiology. Stix, K. E. *Pneumatisationsverhaltnisse des Warzenfortsatzes bei verschiedenen Mittelohrer- krankungen grosserer Kinder. p.474-82. 8? Wiirzb, 1935. Also Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1933-34, 31: McCarthy, M. F. The relationship of nasal and middle ear disease. J. Med., Cincin., 1933, 14: 462-70.—Nelson, J. B, & Gowen, J. W. The establishment of an albino rat colony free from middle ear disease. J. Exp. M, 1931, 54: 629-36.— Zezza, P. Sulla transrmssione ereditaria di una labihta dell orec- chio medio. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1937, 8: 195-201.—Zucker- man, M. A. [Histopathological changes in the middle ear in acute disorders of alimentation and dysentery in young children] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1941, 18: 177-87. ---- Disease: Pathology. Brunetti, F., jr. Velocity di sedimentazione e numero dei leucociti in affezioni acute e croniche dell'orecchio medio. Val- salva, 1937, 13: 49-66.—Dean, L. W., & Bnnch, C. C. The study of the tonal ranges in lesions of the middle ear. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1922, 16: 249-81.—Jacques, P. Contribution a la physiologie normale et pathologique de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. laryng., Par., 1930, 51: 507-10. Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 15: 308-11.—Lierle, D. M., & Potter, J. J. Physiology and histopathology of the middle ear. In: Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 391-442. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1941, 50: 235-70.—Scheibe, A. Ueber die Definition, Nomenklatur und Einteilung der Mittelohrer- krankungen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1925, 113: 1-15.— Schlittler, E. Histologische Demonstrationen iiber Mittel- ohrresiduen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 298. ---- Disease: Treatment. See also Mastoidectomy, Indications; also subdivision Surgery. Beddoe, M. The influence of the Egyptian climate on diseases of the middle ear. C. rend. Congr. Egypt. mEd. (1902) 1904, 1. Congr., 1: 815-8.—Bellussi, G. La crenoterapia sulfurea nelle otopatie con un nuovo apparecchio per insuffla- zioni tubotimpaniche. Valsalva, 1942, 18: 146-52.—Bo, A. La diatermia nella cura delle affezioni dell'orecchio medio. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1925, 43: 13-8.—Clarke, T. A. Chemo- therapy in middle-ear disease. Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 317.— Hassan Bey Shaheen. An outline of the routine treatment of middle ear diseases as practised in Kasr-El-Aini Hospital. Fol. otolar. orient., 1932-33, 1: 3-9.—Linn, E. G. Diathermy in middle ear pathology; preliminary report. J. Radiol., 1925, 6: 102-7.—Miller, M. V. Treatment of ear conditions through MIDDLE EAR 152 MIDDLE EAR the Eustachian tubes, with consideration of indications and difficulties. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 108-16.—Neer, E. D. Early treatment of middle ear disease. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 441-51.—Reuling, F. H. Complications in middle ear diseases following sulfanilamide therapy. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1940, 30: 400-2.—Rottb0ll Hansen, B. Investigations in the effect of chemotherapy on acute middle ear affections. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1945, 33: 289-99.—Scheffer. Ueber die Be- handlung von Mittelohrerkrankungen Tuberkuloser mit kiinstlicher Hohensonne. In: Lichtbehandl. deut. Lungen- heilanstalten (Liebe, G., ed.) 3. Aufl., Lpz., 1926, 20-21.— Wood, E. L. The use of benzedrine in the Eustachian tube and middle ear with apparatus for application. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1936, 33:410. ---- Disease—in animals. Hillenbrand, K. Spontane Mittelohrerkrankung bei Meerschweinchen und ihr rontgenologischer Nachweis. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1934, 138: 256-63.—Saxinger, G. Die Spiegel- untersuchung des Hunde- und Katzenohres, ein Beitrag zur Diagnose der Mittelohrerkrankungen. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 33: 277-81. ---- Disease—in children. See also Middle-ear inflammation, infantile. Boies, L. R. Middle ear disease in children. J. Lancet, 1944, 64: 361-5. ------ The management of middle ear disease in younger children. Med. World, 1945, 63: 502-6.— Chalmeton, J. L'examen otoscopique du nouveau-nE et du nourrisson; ses indications, ses donnEes, ses incertitudes. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1946, 67: 677-93.—Gilbert, J. G. Middle ear diseases. In: Ther. Infancy (Litchfield, H. R., et al.) Phila., 1942, 2: 1067-88, pi.—Sheshko, S. M. [Characteristics of middle ear disease in children] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1934, 27: 168.—Wilkins, E. H. The importance of routine otoscopy in school children; a survey of 2,033 cases. Med. Off., Lond., 1940. 64: 157-9. ---- Endocrine aspect. De Mars, H., Boyden, G. [et al.] Influence of endocrine imbalance on middle ear structure; histological study in white rat. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 322.—Knapp, E. Ueber die Einwirkung von Hormonen auf die Mittelohrschleimhaut; experimentelle Untersuchungen an Ratten. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1944, 78: 486-9. ---- Endothelioma. See also subheading Perithelioma. Barola, A. Linfangioendotelioma dell'orecchio medio. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1935, 53: 185-97.—Capps, F. C. W. Two cases of haemangeio-endothelioma of middle ear. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1944, 59: 342-6.—Colledge, L. Two cases of endothe- lioma of the middle ear. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1302.—German, T. [Endothelioma in the middle ear] Buda- pest orv. ujs., 1941, 39: 61-3.—Kravchenko, F. K. [Lymphen- dothelioma of the middle ear] Kuban, nauch. med. vest., 1930, 12:-13: 145-9.—Monteiro, A. Hemangioendotelioma do ouvido mEdio. Hospital, Rio, 1943, 23: 271-5. Also Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1943, 11: 201-6.—Seiffert, A. Endotheliom des Mittelohres kompliziert durch Sinusthrombose. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933-34, 35: 348-51. ---- Epithelioma. See also subheading Carcinoma. Bouyer, J. *A propos de trois nouveau cas d'epithelioma primitif de I'oreille moyenne. 52p. 25cm. Lyon, 1945. Cabarrouy, J. E. *Epitheliomas de I'oreille moyenne et cholestEatome. 67p. 25cm. Bord, 1938. Wirz, R. *A propos de trois cas d'epithelioma primitif de I'oreille moyenne. 89p. 8? Par, 1931. Antognoli, G. C. ^ Complicazioni endocraniche e patogenesi degli epiteliomi dell'orecchio medio. Riv. otoneur., 1935, 12: 596-624.—Bremond & Burkard. Syndrome du trou dEchirE postErieur avec paralysie du nerf facial causE par un Epithelioma de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1936, 14: 121-3.— Cabarrouy, J. E. EpithEliomas de I'oreille moyenne et chole- stEatome. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1938, 59: 722-65.—Colleville. EpithElioma spinocellulaire de I'oreille moyenne. Ann. otolar., Par., 259-61.—Dal Lago, E. Su di un caso di epitelioma dell'o- recchio medio. Gior. med. Marca trevig., 1945, 5: 61-9.— Galli, M., & Di Lauro, E. Su un caso di epitelioma della mucosa della cassa timpanica. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 212.— Goris. De la technique de l'extirpation de l'EpithElioma de I'oreille. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1902, 7: 127.—Ingersoll, J. M. Primary epithelioma of the middle ear. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc 1924, 16: 757-61. — Lacerte, J. EpithElioma de I'oreille moyenne. Laval mEd., 1945, 10:268-70. — Medicis, J. de A. Sobre um caso de epitelioma do ouvido medio. An. otorinolar., Recife, 1937, 3: 45-52, 2 pi.—Morange, M. EpithElioma de I'oreille moyenne. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 394.—Rebattu, J, & Gallet, M. L'EpithElioma primitif de I'oreille moyenne. J. mEd. Lyon, 1944, 25: 627-38.— Sargnon, Creyssel [et al.] EpithElioma spino-cellulaire de I'oreille moyenne et de la mastoide; paralysie faciale; curage ganglionnaire, cure radicale, radiumthErapie. Lyon mEd., 1938, 162: 255-7.—Urban- tschitsch, E. v. Basalzellenkarzinom (Epithelioma cysticum adenoides) als Ursache hochgradiger Schwerhorigkeit; nach Operation anatomische und funktionelle Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1944, 78: 272. ---- Epitympanic recess. Syn.: Attic; Cupular recess; Vault. See also subdivision Cavum tympani; also Middle-ear inflammation, Epitympanitis. Hotz, F. C. A contribution to the treatment of the diseased attic. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1905, 10: Otolar. Sect., 123-40.—Solero, C. Del diaframma membranoso inter-atticc- timpanico. Valsalva, 1948, 24: 153-5.—Truffert, P. L'attique; Etude anatomique et chirurgicale. Rev. mEd. fr., 1931, 12: 19-36. ---- Examination. See also subdivision Functional test; also Middle-ear drumhead, Examination: Otoscope. Calogero, G. La microscopia del timpano vivente con la lampada a fessura di Gullstrand. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1927, 1: 124-7.—Kratter, J. Paukenhohlenprobe. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk., 4. Aufl., Berl., 1911, 11: 419-24. ---- Fenestrae. See also Labyrinth, Fenestrae. Culler, E., Finch, G, & Girden, E. Functions of the round window in hearing. Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 111: 416-25.— Hallpike, C. S., & Scott, P. Observations on the function of the round window. J. Physiol., Lond., 1940, 99: 76-82, pi.— Herzog. Die Verstopfung des runden Fensters und ihre Folgen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1910, 44: 1311.—Kobrak, H. G. Round window membrane of the cochlea; experiments demonstrating its physical responses. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1949, 49: 36-47.—Krainz, W. Die funktionelle Bedeutung des runden Fensters. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 433-6, Disc, 476-85.—Leiri, F. Ueber die Knorpelfuge vor dem ovalen Fenster. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 15: 74-84.—Macnally, W. J. Punktion des runden Fensters beim Kaninchen. Ibid., 1927, 11: 460-70.—Milstein, T. N. Zur Technik der Ein- mauerung des runden Fensters und iiber die im Zusammenhang damit stehenden Fragen der Physiologie und Pathologie des Ohres. Ibid., 1937, 25: 387-402.—Oppikofer, E. Ueber das Vorkommen von Fett in der runden Fensternische. Zschr. Ohrenh., 1917, 75: 50-66.—Wever, E. G., & Lawrence, M. The functions of the round window. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1948, 57: 579-89. ---- Fissula ante fenestram. See also subdivision Development. Anson, B. J, & Cauldwell, E. W. The fissula ante fenestram of the human temporal bone. Anat. Rec, 1946, 94: 510. ------ The normal and the pathologic structure of the fissular region of the temporal bone. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1946, 55: 700-5. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1946, 44: 641-4. ------& Bast, T. H. The fissula ante fenestram of the human otic capsule; developmental and normal adult structure. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1947, 56: 957-85. ------ The fissula ante fenestram of the human otic capsule; aberrant form and con- tents. Ibid., 1948, 57: 103-28.—Anson, B. J., & Martin, J., jr. Fissula ante fenestram; its form and contents in early life. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 303-23.—Anson, B. J., & Wilson, J. G. Structure of the petrous portion of the temporal bone; with special reference to the tissues in the fissular region. Ibid., 1939, 30:922-42. ---- Fistula. See also Neck, Fistula. Druss, J. G., & Allen, B. Congenital fistula of the neck communicating with the middle ear. Arch. Otolar.. Chic. 1940, 31:437-43. ---- Floor [i. e, jugular wall] See also subheading Cavum tympani; also Jugular vein. Drury, D. W. Dehiscence of the floor of the middle ear. Boston M. & S. J., 1926, 195: 657-60.—Federici, F. Le emorragie da paracentesi della membrana timpanica e la frequenza ed il significato della deiscenza della fossa giugulare nel cavum tympani. Arch. ital. otol., 1936, 48: 145-84. ---- Foreign bodies. See also subheading Injury; also Ear, External, Foreign bodies. MIDDLE EAR 153 MIDDLE EAR Aprile, V. Un coleottero nell'orecchio medio. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1933, 7: 97-111.—Fabroni, M. Otite media puru- lenta cronica da corpi estranei (frammenti di vetro) penetrati nellaregioneperiauricolare sinistra. Valsalva, 1926, 2:313-5.— Jewett, M. L. Case of larvae of fly in tympanum. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1925, 15: 1053.—Mangabeira-Albemaz, P. Syndrome de Gradenigo par corps Etranger. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1929, 35: 1051-66.—Mosher, W. F. Foreign bodies of external canal, middle ear and mastoid and their complications; report of 3 cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 679-86.—Ochs, 1. L. Foreign body of the middle ear. Ibid., 1948, 47: 670-2.— Pfister, F. Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Fremdkorper in der Paukenhohle. Zschr. Laryng., 1924-25, 13: 279-84.—Reis, G. doe. Um caso interessante de corpo estranho do ouvido. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1940, 8: 341-4.—Seiffert, A. Fremd- korper im Mittelohr. Chirurg, 1928-29, 1: 312. ----Fossae and sinuses. Rainer, A. Die Verknocherung der Fossa subarcuata unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des knochernen Feinbaues. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1936-37, 41: 446-63. ---- Fracture. See subheading Injury; also Petrous bone, Fracture; Temporal bone, Fracture. ---- Function. See also subheadings (Physiology; Sound con- duction) Delia Cioppa, D. Una nuova applicazione della prova del Weber. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1932, 50: 287.—Esser, M. H. M. The mechanism of the middle ear; the two piston problem. Bull. Math. Biophys., 1947, 9: 29-40.—Onchi, Y. A study of the mechanism of the middle ear. J. Acoust. Soc. America, 1949, 21:404-10. ---- Functional test. See also Audiometry; Audition, Test; Eusta- chian tube, Examination. Batier, G. La contre-Epreuve de Rinne et la simulation. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1920, 4: 528.------ DeuxiEme note sur la contre-Epreuve de Rinne et la simulation. Ibid., 1921, 5: 392-6.—Federici, F. Nouvelle Epreuve acoustique ayant surtout pour but de dEceler une ankylose entre l'Etrier et la fenetre ovale. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 16: 15-38.— Huizinga, E. [Tests of the function of the middle-ear] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 2390-2.—Kobrak, F. W. New tests and clinical experiments on hearing. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1940, 55: 405-23. ---- Functional test: Tullio reaction. Eunen, A. J. H. v., Huizing, H. C, & Huizinga, E. Die Tulliosche Reaktion in Zusammenhang mit der Funktion des Mittelohres. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1943, 31: 265-339.— Huizinga, E. Die Tulliosche Reaktion in Zusammenhang mit der Funktion des Mittelohrapparates. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1938, 145: 447-60. Also Acta brevia neerl., 1939, 9: 37. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 2389. ---- Giant-cell tumor. Selsrf, S. Et tilfselde af ksempecelletumor i mellem^ret. Nord. med., 1947, 33: 546. Also Nord. med., 1948, 38: 1047. Also Engl, transl., Acta otolar., Stockh., 1948, 36: 546. ---- Gland. Gioacchini, R. Sulla supposta presenza di glandole nella mucosa della cassa timpanica. Valsalva, 1935, 11: 165-79. ---- Glomus tumor. See also subdivision Paraganglion. Lattes, R, & Waltner, J. G. Nonchromaffin paraganglioma of the middle ear; carotid-body-like tumor; glomus-jugulare tumor. Cancer, N. Y., 1949, 2: 447-68.—Lundgren, N. Tympanic body tumours in the middle ear; tumours of carotid body type. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1949, 37: 367-79, illust. ---- Hamartoma. Miindnich, K. Ueber das Hamartom im Bereich der Pau- kenhohle. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1939, 73: 239-44. ---- Helminthosis. Ko, G. Zi-nai yu-sei ibutu (kaityu) syorei [Otitis media acuta verursacht durch einen lebendigen Spulwurm] Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1935, 34: 361-3.—Obara, U. Yu:sei lbutu-sei tyuzien no 1 sy6 rei (kaityu) [case of otitis media caused by Ascaris] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1948, 20: 109.— Steinman, K. B. Un ascaris en la ap6fisis mastoides. Rev. mEd. Chile, 1931, 59: 167-71.—Takahasi, T. Ohsikan-nai kaityu meinyu ni kiin-suru tyuzien iti rei [Otitis media acuta verursacht durch Einwanderung eines Spulwurms in die Tube] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1937, 10: 1024-6.—Uehara, Z. Kaityu meinyu ni yoru tyfizi-en iti rei [Ascaris lumbricoides] Dozin igaku, 1937, 10: 761.—Yamaguti, M. Tyuzien keika-tyu ni mitometaru kositu-nai kaityu meinyu no iti rei [Ascaris lumbricoides in the tympanic cavity in otitis media] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 502-6, pi. ---- Hemorrhage [incl. hematoma] See also Cranium, Fracture; Head injury; Middle-ear drumhead, blue; Noise, Effect. Bo, A. _ Ematoma della cassa timpanica con epifora di origine labirintica? Boll. mal. orecchio, 1924, 42: 133-6.— Cerqueira Falcao, E. de. Hematoma do tympano por trauma sonoro (grito) Mem. Congr. med. (Brazil) 1936, 1. Congr., 153-5. Also Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 629-32. Also in his Res hippocr., Santos, 1937, 54-8.—Fontana, D. Caso singolare di otorragia in isterica. Ann. laring., Tor., 1942, 42: 101-8.—Friedland, A. [Case of arterial hemorrhage from the ear] Vest, otorinolar., 1939, No. 6, 92.—Lima, C. Otorragia de causa ignorada, provavelmente menstrual. Bahia mEd., 1935, 6: 125.—Meyrelles do Souto, A. O valor semiologico da otorragia. Amatus Lusitanus, Lisb., 1945, 4: 132-42.— Popper, J. Bulbusblutung aus dem Mittelohr. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1949, 83: 36.—Thormann, H. Ueber Rontgen- bestrahlung der Milz zur Stillung schwerer Blutungen im Bereich der oberen Luftwege und des Ohres. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 21: 551-62. ---- Hernia. See also Middle-ear drumhead, Hernia. De Lens, A. S. Gryzha barabannoi polosti. Russk. vrach, 1905, 4: 496. Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1905, 31: 241-4. ---- Hydrotympanum. See also subdivision Allergy. Claus, G. Gibt es einen sogenannten Hydrops tympani ex vacuo beim Menschen? Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933, 33: 162- 73.—Dishoeck, H. A. E. v. Hydrotympanum in the different clinical aspects of the tubo-tympanical catarrh. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1948, 36: 429-36. ------ Ex-vacuo-theorie voor hydrotympanum. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1948, 92: 3586.— Lannois, M. Hydropisie chronique de I'oreille moyenne et de la mastoide. Ann. otolar., Par., 1932, 737-40.—Shahinian, L. Fluid in the middle ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 38: 328- 37.—Staffieri, M. Idrope acuto allergico dell'orecchio medio provocato da antigeni cutanei diagnostici. Arch. ital. otol., 1947, 58: 111-5. ---- Infection. See with Middle-ear inflammation. ---- Inflammation. See as main heading Middle-ear inflammation. ---- Inflation [incl. insufflation] See also subheading Pressure; also Eustachian tube, Catheterization. Arnold, G. Zwei Vorschlage zur Erleichterung der Durch- blasung der Ohrtrompete. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1944, 78: 146-52.—Borries, G. V. T. Nystagmus bei Lufteinblasungen in das Mittelohr. Ibid., 1930, 64: 730-45.—Cambrelin. Modification de la mEthode de Crowe. Ann. otolar., Par., 1948, 65: 786-8. ------ Statistiques provisoires de la mEthode de Crowe. Acta otorhinolar., Brux., 1949, 3: 507-10.—Delsaux. Le bougirage a 1'adrEnaline de la trompe d'Eustache. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1902, 7: 153-5.—Favre, F. Sensibilisation de la manoeuvre de Valsalva. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 514.— Fowler, E. P., jr. A simple politzerization instrument. Air Surgeon's Bull., 1945, 2: 92.—Heyninx. Un instillateur oto- tubaire. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1906-07,12: 36-43.—Holmgren, G. Die Bedeutung der Kopfstellung bei Lufteinblasung ins Mittelohr. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 137/9-83 — Kiml, J. Kritika Politzerovy akustickE vysetfovaci methody pruchodnosti Eustachovy trubice. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 336-40.—Koenig, C. J. Contribuci6n al estudio del bujiraje de la trompa de Eustaquio; modificaci6n de la sonda de Itard permitiendo simult&neamente la ducha de aire comprimido y la introducci6n sin dolor de la bujia. Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1904, 4: 434.—Langenieux, J. Le service des insufflations tubo- tympaniques de l'Etablissement thermal d'Allevard. Otorhino- lar. internat., Lyon, 1934, 18: 817721.—McBean, G. M. Val- salva's method of inflating the middle ear. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 642.—Mezrin, M. [Method in determining the permeability of the Eustachian tubes in recruiting of aviators] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 82-6.—Stefanini, A. La prova pneumo- timpanica. Arch. ital. otol., 1931, 42: 305. ---- Injury. See also subheading Foreign bodies; also Cranium, Fracture; Head injury; Middle-ear drumhead, Injury; Middle-ear inflammation, traumatic. MIDDLE EAR 154 MIDDLE EAR Arslan, K. Asimmetria tonica del padiglione auricolare nel coniglio in seguito a lesione dell'orecchio medio. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1932-33, 31: 235-49.—Bourgeois, H. La blessure du tympan. Progr. mEd., Par., 1938, 17.—Cheval, V. Blessure des mEninges, du cerveau et du ventricule latEral gauche par corps Etranger ayant pEnEtrE par I'oreille; mEningite; trEpana- tion; guErison. Bull. Soc beige otol., 1906-07, 12: 73-6 — Grandjean, H. LEsion traumatique du tympan; commotion labyrinthique. Rev. mEd. Suisse rom., 1933, 53: 34.—Grove, W. E. Management of injuries to middle and internal ear including fractures of the temporal bone. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1941, 31: 264-72. Also Laryngoscope, 1941, 51: 957-63. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 170-2.—Hildmann. Ungewdhnliche Verletzung des Mittelohrs. Munch, med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1090.—Kleyn, A. P. H. A. de. [Injuries of the middle and internal ear through carelessness] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 682-8.—Kramm, H. Schadigungen des Mittelohres durch Bestrahlung. Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 167-72.—Miodofiski, J. [Anisocoria resulting from injury to the middle ear] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 134. Also Otolar. slav, Praha, 1931, 3: 56-60.—Monteiro, A. Trauma do tim- pano. Acta med., Rio, 1941, 7: 101-4.—Rudkov, G. [Symp- toms of the middle ear in closed trauma of the skull] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 37-40.—Tetera, F. [Affections of the middle ear following injuries] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1938, 18: 262-4.— Whittaker, R. Wounds in the ear and mastoid region. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1944, 59: 205-17.—Zbrozhek, V. R. [Clinical aspect of injury of the middle ear due to lightning] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1933, 26: 197-9. — Injury: Barotrauma. See with Middle-ear inflammation, Aero-otitis. ---- Injury: Blast injury. See also Explosion; Middle-ear drumhead, Injury: Protection. Alexander, A. B. Blast injuries to the ear. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1943, 209:249-51.—Bettington, R. H. B. Injuries to the ear due to blast. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 2: 210.— Craig, D. H. Explosion injuries of the ear. Practitioner, Lond., 1940, 145: 400-4. ------ Blast injuries of the ear. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1944, 59: 443-56.—Escher. Trouble rEflexe extenso-progressif consEcutif k un traumatisme acoustique. Praxis, Bern, 1947, 36: 16.—Grossman, F. M. Sound trans- mission through the ear and its relation to sound injury. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1943, 52: 666-74.—Henry, G. A. Blast injuries of the ear. Laryngoscope, 1945, 55: 663-72.—Korkis, F. B. Effect of blast on the human ear. Brit. M. J., 1946, 1: 198- 201.-—Paredero del Bosque, J. Lesiones de timpano por causa traumatica indirecta, ruido, mortero, explosiones, etc. Sem. mEd. espan., 1941, 4: pt 2, 322-6.—Perlman, H. B. Observa- tions on acoustic trauma in war and in peace. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 541-4 (Abstr.)— Ruedi, L., & Furrer, W. Tonhoheempfindung (pitch) und akustisches Trauma. Expe- rienta, Basel, 1945-46,1: 201. ■—--- Das akustische Trauma. Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1946, 8: 177-372, pi., Disc, 504. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 843-51.—Schmidt, M. Das akustische Trauma. Ibid., 1945, 75: 978.—Zangemeister. Die Hamburger Erfahrungen bei Luftstofischaden des Ohres. HNO, Berl., 1947-48, 1: 136. ---- Injury: Blast injury: Military aspect. Coll ier, D. J. Injuries to the ear in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1942, 207: 337.—Gehorschadigungen im Kriege. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 712.—Hofer, I. Ueber indirekte Kriegsverletzungen des Gehororgans durch Luftdruck infolge Granat-, Schrapnell- und Minenexplosionen, Abfeuerns schwerer und schwerster Granaten und Platzens von Bomben. In: Urbantschitsch Festschrift, Wien, 1919, 343-72—Kaser, R. Beitrag zur Frage des akustischen Traumas im Militardienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 990.—Kiml, J. Charakteris- tickE audiometrickE vzorky poSkozeni sluchu stfelbou. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 210-2.—Krassnig, M. Ueber die Horstorungen durch Geschossplatzungen und ohrnahe Knochen- schusse. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1949, 83: 249-57.—Lawner, S. Kriegserfahrungen iiber die Explosionsschadigungen des Ohres. In: Urbantschitsch Festschrift, Wien, 1919, 389^02.— Lukovsky, L. A. Kommocionno-kontuzionnoe porazhenie ukha po materialam frontovogo hospitalja. Vest, otorinolar., 1948,. 25-32.—Miihlberg. Das akustische Trauma im Militardienst Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1949, 79: 990.—Oyarzun Day, J. Las heridas del timpano en las guerras modernas. Congr. med. cir. nav. mil. Chile, 1929, 585-8.—Rigaud, M. Les traumatismes de guerre de I'oreille interne. Rev. Serv. san. mil., Par., 1940, 112: 443-65. ---- Injury, gunshot. Albernaz, M. Sfndroma de Gradenigo; bala no ouvido; sindroma de Oradenigo com paralisia do facial dois anos apos o trauma; intervencao e cura; reincidEncia; intervencSo e morte por abcesso do cErebro. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1929, 4: 117- 31.—Guillermin & Guillermand. Eclat de grenade del'attique; extraction par voie d'accEs postEro-supErieure respectant le tympan. Lyon mEd., 1947, 177: 119. ---- Innervation. See also subdivisions (Muscle; Paratympanic organ) Botner, V. Sulle comunicazioni nervose tra orecchio medio ed interno attraverso la parete mediale della cassa timpanica. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1947, 25: 320-5, illust.—Ernyei, S., & Bacsich, P. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Nerven und Ganglien der Paukenhohle bei Ratten und Meerschweinchen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1934-35, 37: 276-83.—Manasse, P. Ueber die Empfindlichkeit des Trommelfells und der Pauken- hohlen schleimhaut fiir aussere Reize unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 50: 477-87.—Tuchiya, S. Studien iiber das Nervengewebe in der Auskleidung der Paukenhohle und der Mastoidealzellen. Zschr. Otorhinolar., Tokyo, 1938, 44: 88-90. ---- Insufficiency. Kobrak, F. Die Mittelohrinsuffizienz, eine funktionelle Miterkrankung des Mittelohrs. Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1938, 1: 293-300. ---- Irrigation and suction. Bernovits, M. Modifizierter Attikspiilapparat nach Prof. Rejto. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1930, 26: 42.—Leasure, J. K. Tympanic cavity irrigation. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1941, 25: 39-46. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 253-6 — Sharrett, G. O. Middle ear suction canula with handle instru- ment shown. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 373. ---- Juxtatympanic membrane. Baurowicz, A. [Terminology of juxtatympanic membrane] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 199. ---- Lymphatics. Delia Cioppa, D. Ricerche embriologiche ed istologiche sulla mucosa della cassa timpanica per la discussa presenza di pro- liferazioni ghiandolari. Arch. ital. laring., 1940-41, 55: 129- 51.—Tanturri, D. Die Lymphbahnen zwischen Mittelohr und Schadelinnerem. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1930, 64: 1005-15. ---- Meningocele. See also Meningocele. Clerc. Un accident rare et imprEvisible de la paracentEse du tympan; l'ouverture d'un mEningocEle de la caisse. Ann. otolar. Par., 1944-45, 106-8. ---- Mucosa [incl. folds] See also subheadings (Gland; Lymphatics) Alexander, G. Zur Histologic der Mittelohrschleimhaut. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1927, 61: 446-50, pi.—Meyer, M. Ueber Konstitution und Mittelohrschleimhaut. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1931, 29: 106-13.—Papale, R. Pliche mucose dell'orec- chio medio ed arresto di sviluppo embrionale. Arch. ital. otol., 1925, 36: 323-30.—Schwarz, M. Das individuelle Verhalten der Schleimhaut propria im Mittelohr in ihrer Entwicklung und ihrem Gewebsaufbau. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1931, 29: 98- 106, Disc, 113.—Sternberg, H. Ueber therapeutische Jodin- jektionen (freies Jod in Spuren) bei sekretorischen Storungen der Schleimhaut der Tuben und des Mittelohres. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1103-5—Wittmaack, K. Ueber die Entste- hung der Schleimhautkonstitution des Mittelohres. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 25: 414-29. ---- Muscles. Altmann, F. Zur Kenntnis der iiberzahligen Mittelohr- muskeln. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1932, 133: 28-37.—Chin, K. Ueber die Wirkung des entweder lange dauernden oder mit regelmassigen Pausen sich wiederholenden starken Klingelns auf die Mittelohrmuskein beim Meerschweinchen. Jap. J. M. Sc. Anat., 1940, 8: Proc, 61. —- Histologische Unter- suchung iiber die Mittelohrmuskeln; Veranderungen der Muskeln durch langdauernden Schallreiz (Versuche an Meer- schweinchen) Okajimas fol. anat., 1941, 20: 299-305. —— Wirkung von intermittierenden Schallreizen (Versuche an Meerschweinchen) Ibid., 307-10.—Emanuel, E. A case of clicking ears. Brit. M. J., 1946, 2: 652.—Fontes, V. Contri- buicao para o estudo dos musculos intrinsecos da orelha e das insercoes auriculares dos extrinsecos. Arq. anat., Lisb, 1939- 40, 20: 75-87.—Hallpike, C. S. On the function of the tym- panic muscles. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 226-33. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 362-9, pi.—Kobrak, F. W. A study of the activities of the intratympanic muscles. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1941-42, 35: 791.—Kobrak, H. Unter- suchungen iiber die pathologische Physiologie der Pauken- muskeln. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1932, 30: 255-73.—Krassnig, M. Das Zusammenspiel der beiderseitigen Binnenohrmuskel. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1938, 44: 362-5.—Tada, S. Zi-nai ni- syokin-nai sibo-sosiki ni kan-suru kenkyu [Fettgewebe der Binnenohrmuskeln] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1936, 19: Suppl. 2, 71-108, 2 pi. Also Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1936, 9: 65-80, 2 pi. Also Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 5.—Thielemann. Muskelschmarotzer in der Binnen- | ohrmuskulatur. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 21: 547-50.— MIDDLE EAR 155 MIDDLE EAR Toti, E. Ricerche di anatomia patologica sui muscoli della cassa timpanica [46 cases] Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 406-35, 3 pi.—Tukamoto, H., & Sinomiya, M. Binnenohrmuskeln und Steigbugel. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1934-35, 37: 249-54. ------ & Toida, M. Binnenohrmuskeln und Trommelfell. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1936, 141: 185-94.—Wiggers, H. C. The functions of the intra-aural muscles. Am. J. Physiol, 1937, 120:771-80. ---- Muscles: Laxator tympani. Walls, E. W. The laxator tympani muscle. J. Anat, Lond., 1946, 80: 210. ---- Muscles: Reflex. Kobrak, H. Beobachtungen des Stapediusreflexes am Menschen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1932, 32: 8-22. ------ Utilization of the tensor tympani muscle reflex in the analysis of the function of the middle and internal ear structures. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1936, 45: 830-7. ------Lindsay, J. R. [et al.] The effect of limited cochlear lesions on cochlear potentials and middle ear muscle reflexes. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 93. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 27: 59-66.—Lorente de No, R. Acoustic reflexes on the muscles of the middle ear (preliminary communication) Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 801. ------ & Harris, A. S. Experimental studies in hearing; the threshold of the reflexes of the muscles of the middle ear; the hearing-loss after extirpation of the tvmpanic membrane. Ibid, 1933, 43: 315-26.—Perlman, H. B., & Case, T. J. Latent period of the crossed stapedius reflex in man. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 48: 633-76. ---- Muscles: Stapedius. Lindsay, J. R., Kobrak, H., & Perlman, H. B. Relation of the stapedius reflex to hearing sensation in man. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 23: 671-8.—Portmann, M. Le muscle du mar- teau; son innervation. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1949, 70: 534-46.— Schimert, J. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Musculus stapedius beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., 1933, 76: 317-32. ---- Muscles: Tensor tympani. May, H. *Ueber die Fetteinlagerungen im Muse, tensor tympani [Wurzburg] 8p. 8? Berl, 1934. Liischer, E. Ueber reflektorische Trommelfellbewegungen und iiber die Funktion des Musculus tensor tympani beim Menschen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1930-31, 28: 40-57 — Malan, E. Decorso spirale ed irregolare delle miofibrille nel muscolo tensore del timpano. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 533. ------ Morfologia comparata del muscolo tensor tympani. Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1934, 103: 409-37.—May, H. Ueber die Fetteinlagerungen im Musculus tensor tympani. Beitr. prakt. theor. Hals &c Heilk., 1934-35, 31: 361-8 — Romano, S. Le connessioni tra il tensor tympani e il tensor veli palatini nell'embrione umano. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 515-7, pi.— Smith, H. D. Audiometric effects of voluntary contraction of the tensor tympani muscles. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 38: 369-72.—Spiesman, I. G. Ueber die Fetteinlagerungen im Musculus tensor tympani am gesunden und am kranken Ohr nebst entwicklungsgeschichtlichen und vergleichend-anatomi- schen Bemerkungen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1927, 61: 971- 83.—Torre, M. Dati quantitative sulla innervazione del muscolo tensore del timpano. Riv. otoneur, 1948, 23: 306.— Wagner, R. Ueter den Rhythmus des Tensor tympani bei willkiirlicher Innervierung. Zschr. Biol., 1924, 81: 217-23.— Wassif, K. The processus muscularis and the tensor tympani muscle of bats. Nature, Lond., 1946, 157: 877.—Wever, E. G., & Bray, C. W. The tensor tympani muscle and its relation to sound conduction. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1937, 46: 947-61. ---- Mycosis. See also subheadings (Actinomycosis; Sporo- trichosis) Shea, J. J. Mycosis of the middle ear and mastoid. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1942, 32: 39-48. Also Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 784-9. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 125 (Abstr.)— Sollini, A. Ascesso retro-mastoideo prodotto da Oidium albicans. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 218-22. ---- Myiasis. Dudarev, K. S. [Chronic suppurative otitis complicated by fly larvae] Vest, otorinolar, 1940, No. 11, 116.—Gil y Gil, L. M. Mastoiditis por euliasis. Rev. clin. espan., 1949, 35: 332.—Keresztesi, I. T. Ein wirksames Mittel zur Vertilgung der Fliegenmaden im eitemden Ohr. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1944, 78: 159.—Maggots in the middle ear. South. M. & S., 1942 104: 479.—Perez Ruiz, J. Miasis otomastoidea. Medi- camenta, Madr, 1949, 7: pt 2, 286-8. ---- Myosarcoma. See also subheading Sarcoma. Karatay, S. Rhabdomyosarcoma of the middle ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1949, 50: 330-4. ---- Myxosarcoma. See also subheading Sarcoma. Borriglione, G. B. Mixosarcoma della mastoide. Ann. laring. Tor, 1942, 42: 70-8. ---- Ossicles. See also Ear ossicles; Incus; also subheading Sound-conduction: Apparatus. Anson, B. J. The development of the auditory ossicles in man. Anat. Rec, 1946, 94: 447. ------ Development of the auditory ossicles. Laryngoscope, 1946, 56: 561-9. Also Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. (1946) 1947, 34: 22-31. -----: The adult structure of the temporal bone and auditory ossicles in the light of their development. Ibid, 1948, 36: 84-9. ------ The development of the auditory ossicles and the temporal bone; a'summary of research. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1949, 49: 230-4. ------ & Bast, T. H. The development of the auditory ossicles and associated structures in man. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1946, 55: 467-94. —— Development of the auditory ossicles, otic capsule and air cells of the temporal bone. Anat. Rec, 1948, 100: 636.—Ardonin, P. Contribu- tion k l'Etude de la chatne des osselets de l'ouie chez les mam- mifEres placentaires. Rev. laryng., Bord, 1941, 62: 1; pas- sim.—Higasi, T. Nippon-zin taizi tyosyokotu no keitai no keisoku teki kansatu [measurements of the shape of the small bones of the ear of Japanese fetuses] Keio igaku, 1944, 24: 463; 481.—Nelson, E. M. The comparative morphology of the Weberian apparatus of the Catostomidae and its significance in systematics. J. Morph., 1948, 83: 225-51, incl. 3 pi.— Stroganov, S. U. Morphological characters of the auditory ossicles of recent Talpidae. J. Mammal., 1945, 26: 412-20.— Tukawaki, T. Ueber die Entwicklung des Meckelschen Knorpels, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Beziehung zwischen dem Meckelschen Knorpelund den Gehorknochelchen. Jap. J. M. Sc, Anat, 1940, 8: Proc, 47.— Tumarkin, A. On the phylogeny of the mammalian auditory ossicles. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1948, 62: 687-90.—Weil, R. Development of the ossicula auditoria in the opossum. Ann. N. York Acad. Sc, 1899, 12: pts 2/3, 103-12.—Westoll, T. S. New light on the mammalian ear ossicles. Nature, Lond, 1944, 154: 770. ---- Ossicles: Articulations and ligaments. Capello, A. La connessione incudo-timpanica di alcuni mammiferi domestici. Arch. ital. otol., 1948, 59: 49-88.— Davies, D. V. A note on the articulations of the auditory ossicles and related structures. J. Lar. Otol., Lond, 1948, 62: 533-6, 2 pi.—Stuhlman, O, jr. Mechanical advantage of the malleus-incus articulation. In his Introd. Biophysics, N. Y., 1943, 271.—Tanturri, V., & Malan, E. La connessione incudo-timpanica nei roditori. Rass. ital. otorinolar, 1936, 10: 1-31. ---- Ossicles: Disease. Keen, J. A. The ossicles in middle-ear suppuration and their comparative size in children and adults. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1927, 42: 174-80. ------ Ankylosis of the malleus and incus. Ibid., 1930, 45: 848-54, pi.—Kelemen, G. Zur Pathologie der Hammer-Ambossverbindung. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1929-30, 124: 254-75.—Runstrom, G. [Roentgen anatomy of the ossicles and roentgen pathology with changes originating from the middle ear] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: Dansk. radiol. selsk. forh., 34-9. ---- Ossicles: Malleus. Higasi, T. Nippon-zin taizi tyosyokotu no keitai no keisokuteki kansatu; dai ni hen, tinkotu tuikotu [measure- ments of the shape of the small bones of the ear of Japanese fetuses; the incus and the malleus] Keio igaku, 1944, 24: 481-98.—Keller, A. P., jr. Fracture of the malleus. Eye Ear &c Month., 1949, 28: 531.—Leblanc, E., & Torreilles, J. L'appareil fibreux tympano-mallEolaire. Ann. anat. path.. Par., 1935, 12: 797-806.—Wassif, K. Anterior process of the malleus in rodents. Nature, Lond, 1946, 157: 630. ---- Ossicles: Stapes. See al?o subdivision Development. Altmann, F., & Waltner, J. G. Slight operative injuries of the stapes; histopathologic study of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1945, 42: 42-6.—Anson, B. J. Major features in the developmental history of the human stapes. Q. Bull. North- west. Univ. M. School, 1940, 14: 250-7. ------ Develop- ment of the human stapes. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 449-51. ------ & Cauldwell, E. W. Growth of the human stapes. Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1941, 15: 263-9. ------ The developmental anatomy of the human stapes. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 891-904. Disc, 1943, 52: 245-7. ------ & Reimann, A. F. Terminal stages in the development of the human stapes. Ibid., 1944, 53: 42-53. ------ The human stapes, a nonconformist among bones. Anat. Rec, 1944, 88: 421. Also Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1944, 18: 33-40.—Bartoli, D. II foro acustico e il martello nell'orecchio. In: Antologia d. prosa sc. ital. d. seicento (Falqui, E.) Fir., 1943, 2: 419-21.—Beaton, L. E.. & Anson. B. J. Adult form of the human stapes in tbe light of MIDDLE EAR its development. Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1940, 14: 258-69.—Bekesy, G. Suggestions for determining the mobility of the stapes by means of an endotoscope for the middle ear. Laryngoscope, 1950, 60: 97-110, illust.—Bostrom, H. Fall av stapesluxation vid direkt trauma mot trumhinnan. Nord. med., 1946, 30: 790.—Constas, N. P. Un cas d'anky- Iom- stapEdienne unilatErale. Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 7-8—Evans, T. H. Stapes human (left) from Lake Pelican area, Minnesota; other ear ossicles. Anat. Rec, 1950, 106: 302.—Higasi, T. Nippon-zin taizi tyosyokotu no keitai no keisoku-teki kansatu; dai ippen, tokotu [measurements of the shape of the small bones of the ear of Japanese fetuses; the os stapedius] Keio igaku, 1944, 24: 463-80.—Jager, E.F.J, de. Some points in the development of the stapes of Ichthyophis glutinosus. Anat. Anz., 1947-48, 96: 203-10—Merelli, G. Ulteriore contributo alio studio delle prove per la ricerca dell'an- chilosi stapedio-ovalare. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 433-8.—Wolff, D. An exostosis causing pressure erosion and ankylosis of the stapes. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932, 15: 258-60. ---- Ossicles: Surgery. See also Middle-ear inflammation, Otorrhea. Bowen, H. M. Ossiculectomy. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 49: 46.—Horiuti, J. Untersuchung von Gehorknochelchen, die bei der Radikaloperation des Mittelohrs entfernt wurden. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 16.— Petsch, J. Frische und ausgeheilte operative Fussplatten- verletzung des Steigbiigels. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1943-44, 49: 197-226.—Rubaltelli, E. Chirurgia endo-timpanica; l'ossiculectomia nelle otorree. Arch. ital. otol., 1931, 42: 530-49. ---- Otalgia. See also Earache; Mastoiditis, Manifestation; Middle-ear inflammation, Manifestation. Benevides, W. Otalgias. An. otorinolar, Recife, 1936, 2: 28-58.-—Fridenberg, P. The clinical significance of otalgia. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1905, 10: Otolar. Sect, 216-24.— Gatscher, S. Ein Diagnostikum bei Otalgie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1942, 55: 190.—Gorokhov, A. V. [Application of novocain block in otalgias] J. ushin. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1941, 18: 42-4.—Kretschmann, F. Beitrag zur Entstehung des nichtentzundlichen Ohrschmerzes. In: Urbantschitsch Festschrift, Wien, 1919, 382-8.—Liaras, G., & Bouyer, A. De las algias histEricas de la mastoides, pseudomastoiditis. Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1901, 1: 158-60.—Moritz, W. Zur Theorie der Reflexotalgie. Zschr. Laryng., 1948, 1: 282-6.—Pouliot, G. E. Otalgies sans otite. Union mEd. Canada, 1943, 72: 212 (Abstr.)—Schugt, H. P. Pain referred to the face, neck, upper extremity and chest due to lesions in the ear; report of 2 cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: 430.—Starna, A. II dolore d'orecchio. Assist, san., Roma, 1933, 2: 246.—Szende, B. [Otalgia irradiata] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: mell. 36. ---- Paraganglion. See also subheading Glomus tumor. Watzka, M. Paraganglion tympanicum? Anat. Anz, 1932, 74: 241. ---- Paratympanic organ [1911, Vitali] See also Branchial apparatus. Benjamins, C. E. Einiges iiber die Entwicklung der In- nervation des von Vitali entdeckten Sinnesorgans im Mittelohr der Vogel. Anat. Anz, 1925-26, 60: 129-37. Also Ned., tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 458. Also Rev. laryng., Par., 1926, 47: 58-61. ------ L'organe paratympanique de Vitali, soi-disant organe du vol des oiseaux, chez le pingouin. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 266-70, illust.—Federici, F. Ueber die Innervation des von Vitali entdeckten Sinnesorgans im Mittelohr der Vogel (sogenannten paratympanischen Organs) Anat. Anz., 1926-27, 62: 241-54.—Giussani, M. Nota sulla innervazione dell'organo paratimpanico del Vitali. Arch. ital. otol., 1928, 39: 120^0, 2 pi.—Ikeda, Y, Yokote, S. [et al. Vitali-si ki no hikaku-kaibogaku narabi ni hassei-gaku-teki kenkyu; dai ippo, Vitali-si ki no has-seigaku-teki tiken hoi [studies of Vitali's organ from the point of view of comparative anatomy and of embryology; supplement to information on Vitali's organ from the standpoint of embryology] Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1940, 18: 75-85, 6 pi.—Ohmura, Y. Vitali-si-ki no hikaku-kaibogaku narabi-ni hasseigaku-teki kenkyu; Vitali- si-ki no keitai to sihai-sinkei no keiro ni kan-suru tiken hoi [comparative anatomical and genetic studies on Vitali's organ ("paratympanic organ") supplementary information on the morphology of Vitali's organ and on the path of the regulatory nerves] Ibid., 1942, 20: 1221-46, 3 pi.—Vitali, G. Alcune considerazioni sulla pubblicazione del Prof. Benjamins della presenza dell'organo paratimpanico nel pinguino. Anat. Anz., 1941, 91:364-8. ---- Perithelioma. See also subheading Endothelioma. Matusevich, J. Fibro-angioma-peritelioma de ofdo medio; peripecias diagn6sticas y terapEuticas. Rev. As. mEd. argent., 1946. 60: 239-41. MIDDLE EAR — Pharmacology. Czurda, O. Klinische Erfahrungen mit Otodyn. Prakt. Arzt, Wien, 1949, 3: 186.—Ognibene, S. Ageusia produzida por instilacao medicamentosa no ouvido. Rev. brasil. oto- rinolar., 1940, 8: 54-6.-—Wood, E. L. A new drug for treat- ment of the Eustachian tube and middle ear, with an apparatus for its use. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 588-90.—Yamakawa, K. Die Wirkung der arsenigen Saure auf das Ohr. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1929, 123: 238-96. ---- Physiology. See also subheading Function; also Ear, Physiology; Middle-ear drumhead, Physiology. Byrne, J. G. Studies on the physiology of the middle ear. 298p. 8? Lond, 1938. Delia Cioppa, A. Sur la physiologie de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 1215-9. Also Boll. mal. orecchio, 1936, 54: 201-7. Also Proc Internat. Physiol. Congr. (1935) 1938, 15. Congr., 444-6.—Philip, R. La physiologie de I'oreille moyenne. Rev. l&ryn., Par., 1932, 53: 695-748. ---- Pneumatization. See also Middle-ear inflammation, Pneumatiza- tion aspect. Albrecht, W. Zur Frage der Pneumatisation des Mit- telohres; histologische Untersuchungen am Schlafenbein des Neugeborenen. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930, 14: 221-8 — Forester, H. B. Pneumatic spaces in the petrous bone and their communications with the middle ear. Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wisconsin, 1940, 4: 3-5.—Vau, E. Ueber die Zweiteilung der Bulla tympanica beim Rinde. Anat. Anz., 1938-39, 87: 125-35.—Yamashita, K., & Kurata, T. Beitrage zur Pneumatisation des Schlafenbeins. Zschr. Otorhinolar., Tokyo, 1938, 44: 139. ---- Polypus. See also Middle-ear inflammation, Complica- tion. Garcia Tapia, A. Polipo aEreo del timpano. In his Anto- logfa, Madr., 1945-46, 2: 24-6.—Lederer, F. L. Clinical significance of aural polyps. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 1008-27.—Piazza, A. De l'utilite de monter avec du crin de cheval le serre-noeud pour polypes de I'oreille. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1922, 6: 513.—Schwabach, D. Ohrpolvpen. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk., 4. Aufl., Berl., 1911, 11: 26-31.— Seydell, E. M. Ear polypi in acute otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1925-26, 34: 925-31.—Simonetta, B. I polipi dell'orec- chio medio; considerazioni sulla loro struttura (con speciale riguardo alia questione dei microcolesteatomi) e sui loro rapporti con gli pseudo-botriomicomi. Otorinolar. ital, 1934, 4: 535- 51.'—TrEtrtp. Neuf cas de polypes auriculaires. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1903, 8: 39-45.—White, L. E., & Quevedo, J. Chronic suppurative otitis media on the right, with labyrin- thitis following the removal of an aural polyp. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 35: 344—6.—Worms. Polypose rEcidivante de la caisse du tympan. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 1114. ---- Pressure. See also subheadings (Aviation aspect; Infla- tion) also Middle-ear drumhead, Relaxation; Middle-ear inflammation, Aero-otitis. Van den Borg, R. E. Een onderzoek naar den druk in het cavum tympani bij schoolkinderen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1942, 86: 53-5.—Wever, E. G, Bray, C. W, & Lawrence, M. The effects of pressure in the middle ear. J. Exp. Psychol, 1942, 30: 40-52—Wever, E. G, Lawrence, M., & Smith, K. R. The effects of negative air pressure in the middle ear. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1948, 57: 418-28. ---- Pressure; Aviation aspect. Borshchevsky, I. J. [Training for altitude flights in chambers and their effect on the functions of the ear] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1939, 16: 64-71.—Canfield, N, & Bateman, G. H. Myringopuncture for reduced intratympanic pressure; report of pressure chamber experiments. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 340-3.—Frenzel, H. Nasen-Rachendruckversuch zur Spren- gung des Tubenverschlusses. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 203-5.—-Koch, J. Die Untersuchung der Ohrtrompeten und der Gleichgewichtsapparate; Verwertung der Priifungsergeb- nisse fiir die Beurteilung der Fliegertauglichkeit. Ibid, 1936- 37, 1: 305-13.—Kos, C. M. Effect of barometric pressure changes on hearing. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1944-45, 49: 75-81.—Le Pavec, E. F. Physiologic study of tubotympanic air adjustment. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 348-52 (Abstr.)— McGibbon, J. E. G. Aviation pressure deafness. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1942, 57: 14-22, pi.—Nordhoff, H. Ein einfaches Verfahren, um bei gleichzeitiger Messung der im Valsalvaschen Versuch oder im Nasen-Rachendruckversuch erzeugten Hochst- driicke festzustellen, welchen der beiden Versuche der Flieger zum Druckausgleich im Mittelohr anwendet. Luftfahrtmedi- zin, 1942-43, 7: 269-71.—Ohnacker. P. Zur Symptomatologie )6 MIDDLE EAR 157 MIDDLE EAR der Druckanstiegschaden des Gehororgans der Flieger; Not- wendigkeiten und Grenzen der Prophylaxe. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1943-44, 153: 14-25—Pittman, C. D. The middle ear and accessory nasal sinuses from a flight surgeon's point of view. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 378-82. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 518-22.—Sternstein, H. J, & Mc- Gregor, J. B. The effect of nasal ventilation upon tubal equal- izing efficiency in flying personnel. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 244-57.—Willhelmy, G. E. Ear symptoms incidental to sudden altitude changes, and the factor of overclosure of the mandible; preliminary report. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1936, 34: 533-41. Also J. Aviat. M, 1936, 7: 177-81. ---- Pressure: Measurement. Dishoeck, H. A. E. v. De pneumophoon, een toestel ter bepaling van den druk in het middenoor. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: 13-8. Also Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1937-38, 144: 53-8. ----—• [Theory and practice of the pneumophone] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1939, 83: 3654-8. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1939, 146: 5-11. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 362 (Abstr.)—Drennova, K. A. [Aural manometry and its relation to selection of recruits for the army] Tr. Acad. mil. mEd. Kiroff, 1935, 2: 194-203.—Flodgren, E. En apparatur for matning av trumhaletrycket. Nord. med, 1943, 20: 2239-42.— Kostelijk, P. J. Rechtstreeksche registratie van den druk in het middenoor. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1944, 88: 790-2.— Nikhinson, A. G. [Methods of aural manometry] Vest. otorinolar, 1939, No. 6, 78-82.—Takahara, S. Iwayuru osi- kan tyiizi catarrh no tyfizi-ko in-atu ni tuite [effect of catarrhal inflammation of the Eustachian tube on negative pressure in the tympanic cavity; a new device for determination of the middle-ear air-pressure] Zibiinkoka, 1948, 20: 143-51. ---- Pressure: Variation. See also Eustachian tube, Disease. Gordienko, S. M. Patomorfologicheskie izmeneniia v ukhe zhivotnvkh pri kumuliacii ponizhennogo davleniia. Vest. otorinolar, 1949, 11: No. 6, 9-15, illust.—Huzisawa, H. Ueber die Veranderung des Horvermogens bei der Atmosphaeren- druckerniedrigung. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1938, 50: 2118.— Kiml, J. O zmfinach tlaku ve stfedouSi za polknuti. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 122-6.—Loch, W. E. Effect of experi- mentallv altered air pressure in the middle ear on hearing acuity in man. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 995-1006 — Rips, S. L. [Change of pressure in disorders of the ventilation of the ear] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 3, 3-9, pi.—Ruedi, L. Gehoruntersuchungen an ohrgesunden und ohrkranken Ver- suchspersonen auf dem Jungfrau-Joch (3460 m) Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 176-88.—Takahara, S, & Tani, Y. Iwayuru O-si-kan-tyuzi catarrh to kiatu to no kankei ni tuite [relation between the so-called Eustachian tube-middle ear catarrh and the air pressure] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1948, 41: No. 5, 1-7.— Van den Borg, R. E. An investigation about the pressure in the tympanic cavity in school-children and the consequences of an abnormal pressure for hearing. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1942, 30: 500-11.—Zollner, F. Versteckte Storangen des Druckaus- gleiches im Mittelohr. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1939, 146: 12-5. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 363 (Abstr.) ---- Prosthesis. See also Deaf, Apparatus; Middle-ear drum- head, artificial. . Lebo, C. P, & Palermo, A. L. Tantalum-acrylic middle ear prosthesis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1948, 57: 1027-31— Pohlman, A. G. The mechanics of the middle ear prosthesis. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1936-37, 40: 487; Disc, 488-91. —;— The artificial middle ear. Proc. Am. Soc. Hard of Hearing, 1940 21 meet, 36-41. ------ The diaphragm-rod prosthesis for the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 37: 628-44.— Pohlman, M. E. The artificial middle ear. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1947, 56: 647-57. ---- Radiography. See also Middle-ear inflammation, Radi- ography. . ,. .. . , Chausse, C. L'oto-radiogrammEtne ou radiogrammEtrie de I'oreille. Bull. Acad. mEd, Par, 1941, 125: 45-50. - Incidence du dEfilE antro-attico-tympanal. J. beige radiol, 1946-47 30: 17-23, 2 pi.—Faccini, M. Visualizzazione con mezzi di contrasto opachi del cavo del timpano e della tuba auditiva; prime esperienze sui cani. Radiol, med, lor, 1948, 34: 842-8. ---- Reflex. See also subheading (Muscles: Reflex) Brisotto, P. Riflessi timpanici, ventilazione tubana e sali- vazione. Otorinolar. ital, 1948, 17: 95-112.—Tasumi, K. Zi-sei hansya-sei gaisosya ni tuite no tiken hoi [cough due to ear reflex] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 276. ---- Reticuloma. Pietrantoni, L. Reticoloendotelioma e reticoloistiocitome dell'orecchio medio. Arch. ital. otol, 1948, 59: 197-221. ---- Sarcoma. See also subheadings (Cancer; Myosarcoma; Myxosarcoma) Achard, Y. Contribution a l'etude du sarcome de I'oreille moyenne chez l'enfant. 84p. 8? Par, 1929. Kober, H. *Zwei bemerkenswerte Falle von Sarkom des Mittelohres [Wiirzburg] 16p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M, 1934. Dondi, R. Sopra un caso di sarcoma dell'orecchio medio. Rinasc. med, 1939, 16: 613-5.—Halphen. Sarcome de I'oreille moyenne. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 607. Also Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1926, 32: 849.—Iterson, C. J. A. v. [Sarcoma of the middle ear] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt 2, 482.— Iwamatu, T. Ueber einen Fall von Mittelohrsarkom. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 51.—Maconie, A. C. Sarcoma of the middle ear and mastoid. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1944, 59: 32-5, pi.—Meda, P. Sarcoma primitivo dell'orecchio medio; studio istopatogenetico e clinico. Arch. ital. otol, 1944-45, 56: 56-76.—Rachmilewitz, L. Ein Fall von primaren Sarcom des Mittelohres. Fol. otolar. orient, 1935, 2: 169-73.—Ranucci, F. Sopra due casi di sarcoma dell'orecchio medio e cavita accessorie. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 929-35.—Robbio Campos, J. Sarcoma fibroblastico de oido medio, fuso-celular, Virchow. Rev. As. mEd. argent, 1939, 53: 16-8.—Silvagni, M. II sarcoma dell'orecchio medio (osserva- zioni cliniche) Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat, 447-9.— Stupka, W. Primares Sarkom des Schlafenbeines und Mittel- ohres; Heilung durch Radiumbestrahlung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1940, 74: 473-7.—Turtur, G. Sarcoma dell'orecchio medio e della mastoide in una bambina di tre anni affetta da otite media purulenta cronica. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1930, 48: 1-10.—Vitolo, E. Sarcoma della cassa timpanica; studio clinico istologico. Arch. ital. otol, 1924, 35: 215-22. ---- Sclerosis. See also Middle-ear inflammation, sclerosing; Otosclerosis. Mouret, J. De la prEtendue sclErose des os qui contiennent des cavitEs pneumatiques. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 846- 72.—Stameri, M. Sulla presclerosi timpanica di Citelli. Arch. ital. otol, 1946, 57: 125-38. ------ Sul trattamento termale solfureo delle timpanosclerosi post-catarrali. Boll. mal. orec- chio, 1947, 65: 258-70. ---- Secondary tympanic membrane. See also subdivision Fenestrae. Kiippers, L. Riss der Steigbiigelmembran [Discussion] Munch, med. Wschr, 1939, 86: 1356.—Meda, P. Contributo alia conoscenza della finestra rotonda e della membrana del timpano secondaria. Arch. ital. otol, 1947, 58: 55-73. ---- Sialoma. Novak, F. J., III. Salivary gland tumor of the middle ear and Paget's disease (osteitis deformans) of the skull. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 477-82. ---- Sound conduction. See also Audition; Sound. Alexander, G. La teoria della trasmissione aerea con speciale riguardo alia anatomia e alia clinica. Rass. ital. oto- rinolar, 1931, 5: 3-60.—Bekesy, G. The structure of the middle ear and the hearing of one's own voice by bone conduc- tion. J. Acoust. Soc. America, 1949, 21: 217-32, illust.— Brisotto, P. Funzione complementare delle vie osteo- ed aero-timpanica nella trasmissione dell'onda sonora in rapporto alia sua recezione e smorzamento. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1940, 58: 3; 41.—Emerson, F. P. The gradual change in the otol- ogist's conception of the conduction and perception of sound impulses. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 710-6.—Frank, O., & Petter, J. Statik der Membranmanometer und der Lufttrans- mission. Zschr. Biol, 1906, 48: 489-528.—Herzog. Die Schalleitung im Walohr. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1928, 12: 71-82.—Karazawa, I. Kikai-setu narabi ni seiki-setu kanten yori suru onkyo dendo mondai ni tuite [on the subject of the transmission of sound considered from the theories of mechanism and vitalism] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1941, 36: 635-43.—Kluge. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber die Schallaufnahme des Ohres. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1933, 34: 236; Disc, 245-9— Kobrak. H. G. Experiments on the conduction of sound in the ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1938, 27: 248. ------ A cinematographic study of the conduction of sound in the human ear. Stud. Douglas Smith Found. M. Res, 1941-42, 14: No. 17, 179-81 — Lierle, D. M, & Reger, S. N. Threshold of feeling in the ear in relation to sound pressures. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 23: 653-64.—Pohlman, A. G. The conduction of air sounds to the cochlea. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 717-47. ------ A variable in the sensitivity to bone-conducted sounds. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1940, 45: 662-4— Shambaugh, G. E., jr. The interpretation of bone conduction and other tests of hear- ing. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 779-97.—Wever, E. G, Lawrence, M., & Smith, K. R. The middle ear in sound con- duction. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1948, 48: 19-35. MIDDLE EAR ---- Sound conduction: Apparatus. Fumagalli, Z. Ricerche morfologiche sull'ap- parato di transmissione del suono. 323p. 25cm. Milano, 1949. Forms Suppl. 1 to v. 60, Arch. ital. otol. Folena, S. II valore morfologico dell'apparato scheletrico guidatore del suono. Arch. ital. anat, 1936-37, 35: 430-80.— Kellaway, P. Pathways of transmission to the cochlea. Am. J. Psychol, 1945, 58: 25-42.—Mink, P. J. Ueber die Funktion des Trommelfells und der Gehorknochelchen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 1477-94.—Minton, J. P. The dynamical function of the tympanic membrane and its associated ossicles. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc U. S, 1925, 11: 439-45.—Perlman, H. B. Physics of the conduction apparatus. Laryngoscope, 1945, 55: 337—48. ------ Some physical properties of the conduction apparatus. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1947, 56: 334-46— Tukamoto, H, Sinomiya, M, & Nagami, H. Auditory ossicle conduction. Polyclin. Dairen, 1930-33, 5: No. 1, 41-6.—Tumarkin, A. The evolution of the auditory conducting apparatus; a new synthesis based on functional considerations. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1948, 41: 877-88. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 119; 193, illust.—Tunematu, K. Den-on rensa kino to sono igi ni tuite no kosatu [observations of the functioning of the chain of transmission of sound and its significance] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 427-64. ---- Sound conduction: Deafness. See also Deafness; Middle-ear inflammation, Deafness. Schneider, C. F. *Der Einfluss von Schal- leitungsstorungen auf die Perception sdauer [Gottingen] 45p. 8? Wiirzb, 1909. Guild, S. R. Interpretation of hearing tests; with special reference to conduction deafness. J. Am. M. Ass, 1950, 142: 466-9, illust.—Johansen, H. Lydledningslidelsernes indfly- delse paa tfverste h0regraense. Nord. med, 1943,18:958-62.— Moody, F. S. Conduction deafness in children. Jefferson Hillman Hosp. Bull, 1948, 2: 94-103.—Mygind, S. H. Die nicht-suppurativen Schalleitungsleiden. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1931, 16: 333-61. ------ Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Entstehung von Schalleitungsstorun- gen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 1050-4.—Perlman. H. B. Lesions of the conduction apparatus. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 37: 680-90. ------ Stiffness lesions of the con- ducting mechanism. Laryngoscope, 1946, 56: 497-509. ------ Some physical problems in conduction deafness. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1949, 58: 86-110— Pohlman, A. G. A note on the greater disability for hearing high tones in cases of con- duction deafness. Ibid, 1939, 48: 596-9—Selfridge, G. Eighth nerve and conduction deafness. California West. M, 1940, 52: 214-7. ---- Sound conduction: Deafness: Treatment. Bordley, J. E. The use of radium in the treatment of con- ductive deafness. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1947, 84: 839-44.—Dixon, O. J. An operation for the relief of conductive deafness. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1939, 348-66.—Farrior, J. B, & Richardson, G. A. Nasopharyngeal radium applicator. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35:811 .—Fisher, G. E. The use of radium in conduction deafness. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 473-6.— Friesner, I, & Druss, J. G. Critique of the present treatment of deafness due to lesions in the conduction mechanism. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 118-30.—Goff, W. F. What can be done for conduction deafness. Northwest M, 1947, 46: 372-4— Josephson, E. M. The relief of con- duction deafness in progressive deafness. In his Your Life is Their Toy, N. Y, 1940, 440.—Pang, L. Q. The diagnosis and treatment of early conductive deafness. Hawaii M. J, 1946- 47, 6: 165-9.—Rosenberger. H. C. Radiation therapy for conductive deafness; report of results and discussion of roentgen and radium irradiation. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 49: 504- 10.—Sachsse, H. Die Behandlung der Mittelohrschwerhorig- keit. Volksgesundheit, Rastatt, 1949, 375.—Selfridge, G. Present status of vitamins in relation to eighth nerve and con- duction deafness. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 34: 125—40.— Trowbridge, B. C. Injection of the tympanum for chronic conductive deafness and associated tinnitus aurium; a pre- liminary report on the use of ethylmorphine hydrochloride. Ibid, 1944, 39: 523-6.—Uffenorde, W. Die Mittelohrschwer- horigkeit und ihre Behandlung. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1944, 35: 24-38. ---- Sound conduction, experimental. Grobbelaar, C. S, & Keen, J. A. Hearing in a dog after the removal of the tympanic membrane and the malleus on both sides. Clin. Proc, Cape Town, 1944, 3: 346-54.—Kobrak, H. G. Experiments on the conduction of sound in the ear. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 47: 166-75. ------ Experiments on the conduction of sound through the air of the middle ear cavity. Am. J. Physiol, 1941, 133: 352. ------ Experi- ments on conduction of sound through the cavity of the middle ear. Stud. Douglas Smith Found. M. Res, 1942-43, 15: No. 17, 1-6. ----- & Perlman, H. B. Animal experiments on MIDDLE EAR normal and pathological sound conduction. Am. J. Physiol, 1937,119:353. ------& Lindsay, J. R. Acoustic stimulation of inner ear by application of sound into cavity of middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 23: 39-47— Tukamoto, H„ & Nagami, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Mechanismus der Schalleitungskette. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1934, 138:236-43. ---- Sound conduction: Test. See subheading Functional test. ---- Sporotrichosis. Andrade, C. de. Sporotrychose oto-mastoidea. Rev. med. hyg. mil, Rio, 1924, 10: 27-35. ---- Suprameatal spine [Henle] Mancioli, T. Osservazioni sulla spina di Henle. Atti Clin. otorin. Roma, 1905, 3: 191-5.—Yearsley, M. The constancy and variations of the suprameatal spine of Henle. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1904, 13: 632-6. ---- Surgery. See also subheadings (Anesthesia; Ossicles: Surgery) also Ear, Surgery; Mastoid, Surgery; Mastoidectomy; Middle-ear drumhead, Para- centesis; Middle-ear inflammation, Surgery. Boyce, G. H. Double traumatic injury of jugular bulb. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 91: 2064.—Fabinyi, G. Ohrenopera- tionen im fruhesten Sauglingsalter. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1943, 77: 477-80.— Giese, W. Spontane Blutungen aus dem Sinus nach Ohroperationen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1939, 146: 23-32.—Nakazima, K. Tyuzi konzi-syuzyutu ni kankei-aru gaku-kansetu kotu-sei yutyaku no iti syorei [a case of adhesion of bone in the jaw-joint connected with radical operation on the middle ear] Tiryo & syoho, 1944, 25: 110-5.—Tamari, M. Spatkomplikationen nach Radikaloperation. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 286-302.—Usui, S. Tyuzi-konzi-syuzyutu-go no hasyohu ni tuite [tetanus following a radical operation on the middle ear] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 102.—Voorthuysen, D. G. W. v. Een plastische methode voor sluiting van een retro-auriculaire fistel na radicale middenooroperatie. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 5120-3, pi.—Whitaker, C. F., jr, Juers, A. L, & Shambaugh, G. E., jr. A modified endaural incision with nerve block anesthesia for fenestration and mastoidectomy. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 662-7, pi.— Yamamoto, S. Tyuzi konzi syuzyutu no k5-ryoho ni tuite [iiber die Nachbehandlung der Radikaloperation des Mit- telohres] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1943, 16: 389-96.— Yates, A. L. Repair in the middle ear. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1930, 45:785-98. ---- Surgery: Effect on hearing. Grimoud, P. *L'audition et l'evidement petromastoi'dien. 119p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1939. Wiegandt, P. *H6rbefunde nach vollstan- diger Aufmeisselung der Mittelohrraume TGot- tingen] 19p. 8? Wanfried, 1920. Arnold, G. E. Das Horvermogen nach Mastoidektomie; Ergebnis einer Nachuntersuchung an 100 Kranken der Klinik. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1940, 147: 336-47—Lundgren, N. Horselfunktionen efter uppmejsling i spadbarns- och tidiga barnaaldern. Nord. med, 1943, 20: 2244-8. ---- Surgery: Methods. Alcaino, A. La operaci6n radical por el conducto. Rev. chilena otorinolar, 1936-37, 1: 39-58.—Aubry, M, Bourgeois, R. [et al.] Voies d'abord de I'oreille moyenne. Ann. otolar. Par. 1949, 66: 492.—Bogomilsky, R. D. Pervichnyi shov pri radikalnoi operacii srednego ukha u detei. Vest, otorinolar, 1948, No. 3, 14-7.—Botey, R. La trepanaci6n del ofdo a la fresa elEctrica. Rev. mEd. Barcelona, 1926, 2. ser, 6: 100-2.— Bozzi, E. La radicale antro-epitimpanica secondo Ramadier. Arch. ital. otol, 1948, 59: 138-48.—De Greift. Mode de pansement aprEs 1'opEration de Stacke. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1903, 8: 239-41.—Delattre. Un nouveau procEdE d'antrotomie. Ann. otolar. Par, 1949, 66: 321.—Francuzov, B. L. [Modifica- tion of endaural, radical operation] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 3, 59-64.—Gaston, A. Atticotomie transmastoldienne avec conservation du Shrapnell. Ann. otolar. Par, 1942, 140.—Haase, E. B. Sulfathiazolplombering og primaer lukning ved simpel 0re-opmejsling saerligt ved komplicerede tilfaelde. Nord. med, 1946, 30: 885.—Hohlbrugger, H. Zur Nachbe- handlung des radikaloperierten Mittelohres; Thiersch'sche Transplantation in Kombination mit Sulfonamides Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1946, 79:-80: 457-61.—Jampolsky, L. N. [Technique of operations on the middle ear] Arkh. med. nauk, 1929, 1: 269-300.—Kitagawa, S, Hurukawa. M, & Oka, H. Oh-si-kan heisa wo hodokositaru hi-seikei-teki tyuzi- sakkai-zyutu ni tuite [non-plastic operation on the middle ear with closure of the Eustachian tube] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 197-201.—Knapp, E. Eine Modifikation der Passowsche 58 MIDDLE EAR 159 MIDDLE EAR Plastik zum Verschluss retroauricularer Mulden. HNO, Berl, 1947-49, 1: 550-2.—Landry. L'Evidement partiel spontanE par la voie du conduit. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1928-29, 13: 241-6.—Lange, W. Gehorgangsplastik durch einfachen Langs- schnitt in der Grenze der hinteren und oberen Wand. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1928, 21: 311-3.—Lempert, J. Endaural, antauricular surgical approach to the temporal bone; principles involved in this new approach; summary report of 1,780 cases. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1938, 27: 555-87.—Lenart, Z. Trans- meatalna attico-antrotomia. Sloven, lekar, 1949, 11: 124.— Liveriero, E. Esiti lontani della radicale per via del condotto. Atti Clin, otorin. Roma (1943-47) 1948, 7: 65-78.— Maruyama, S. Tyuzi konzi-syuzyutu ni okeru hihu sekkai-sen ni tuite [the skin incision in radical operation on the middle ear] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 536-55.—Peters, E. A. Operative isolation of the petrous bone. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 541-3.—Rosen, S. Is it possible to cover the fenestra nov- ovalis with Shrapnell's membrane? an anatomic study. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 49: 529-34.—Scevola, P. Trattamento postoperatorio dell'intervento radicale dell'orecchio con anti- biotici e trapianto dermoepidermico alia Tiersch. Arch. ital. otol, 1948, 59: 295-304.—Schubel, J. Retroauriculare Periostlappenplastik. HNO, Berl, 1947-49, 1: 548-50.— Shulga, A. O. Modifikaciia endauralno-konservativnoi radikal- noi operacii. Vest, otorinolar, 1947, No. 2, 15-7.—Takahasi, K. Verbesserte Mastoidektomie und ihre Nachbehandlung ohne Tamponierung. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 60.—Takahasi, R. Ueber die konservative Radikal-Operation des Mittelohres. Ibid, 59.—Tatigi, Y. Tyiizi konzi syuzyutu no rinen [a reasonable idea concerning radical operation on the middle ear] Tokyo izi sinsi, 1948, 65: 61-4.—Tato, M. Las diferentes vfas de acceso en otocirugia desde el punto de vista estEtico. Temas Congr. lat. amer. cir. plast. (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 111-4.—Tullio, P., & Caliceti, P. Sopra la micro- chirurgia auricolare. Otorinolar. ital, 1936, 6: 407-15. ---- Syphilis. See under Syphilis. ---- Tegmen tympani. See also Temporal bone. Loreti, F. Osservazioni sulla scissura glenoidea dell'osso temporale e sulla cresta del tegmen tympani. Zschr. ges. Anat, 1. Abt, 1932, 98: 293-304.—Whitfield, A. J. Fracture of the tympanic plate of the temporal bone. Pacific Dent. Gaz, 1933. 41: 505-8. ---- Tube. See also Eustachian tube; Nasopharynx. Olmsted, F. Modifications of a device for testing patency of the Eustachian tube. 4 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1945. Form No. 53, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Brown, F. E. A study of the Eustachian tube with specia' reference to the recognition and preservation of its delicate functions in the ventilation of the middle ear. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto Ophth. Soc, 1924, 12: 108-14.—Graebner, H. The Eustachian tube and its relation to flight. Eye Ear &c. Month, 1947, 26: 369-71. ---- Tuberculosis. See Middle-ear inflammation, Bacteriology; also with Tuberculosis, Ear. ---- Tumor. See subheadings (Angioma; Cancer; Carcinoma; Chloroma; Cholesteatoma; Cyst; Endothelioma; Epithelioma; Giant-cell tumor; Glomus tumor; Hamartoma; Myosarcoma; Myxosarcoma; Peri- thelioma; Polypus; Reticuloma; Sarcoma; Sia- loma) also Middle-ear inflammation, Complica- tions. Beck, J. C. Tumors of the middle ear, with report of two rare varieties. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1905, 10: Otolar. Sect, 175-86.—Causse, R. Tumeur non extEriorisEe de la caisse du tympan ayant donnE lieu a une paralysie faciale et a une surditE totale. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 222-4.—Henke. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis kongenitaler Mittelohrgeschwiilste. Zschr. Hals. &c. Heilk, 1924, 10: 377-82.—Heyninx. Tumeur latErale du cavum, avec extension endocranienne. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 467.—Lemoyne, J. Petite tumeur primitive de la caisse du tympan. Ibid, 1942, 99.—Lbwy, K. Primarer Tumor des Mittelohres. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1938, 72: 96.—Portmann. Despons & Larial. Sur un cas de paralysies multiples des nerfs craniens, par tumeur de l'oreille moyenne. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1937, 15: 192—Pfecechtel, A. Tumeur et inflammation de I'oreille moyenne dans leur relation anatomo- pathologique et clinique. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1938, 26: 321-40, pi.—Rosenwasser, H. Neoplasms involving the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 32: 38-53.—Schall, L. A. Neoplasms involving the middle ear. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 97-102. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935, 22: 548-53. ---- Tympanic membrane. See Middle-ear drumhead. ---- Tympanic plexus. Marcondes Calasans, O. *Anatomio do plexus tympanicus no homem. 138 p. 2334cm. S. Paulo, 1940. Also Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1942, 10: 611-21 Cordier & Coulouma. Les nerfs carotico-tympaniques; leurs rapports avec la caisse du tympan et leurs relations avec le rameau de Jacobson. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1934, 34: 1270-81.—Portmann, G, & Puig, E. Le plexus tympanique. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1949, 70: 1-47, 2 pi.—Rosen, S. Chorda tympani nerve section and tympanic plexectomy; new technic used in cases of deafness, tinnitus and vertigo. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 50: 81-90.—Schneider, D. A. The growth concept of nervous integration; on real hearing; first contribution to a new theory of hearing; the tympanic plexus as a critical portion of the vegetative sound system; the neurophysiologic rationale for tympanic plexicectomy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1947, 105: 133-48. ---- Varicose vein. Fempea, V. Un cas rare de varices du tympan. Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 625. ---- Ventilation. See also subheadings (Inflation; Pressure) Sugaya, S. Kositu kanki syogai no ty5ki ni oyobosu eikyo ni kan-suru kenkyu [Einfliisse der Ventilationsstorungen der Paukenhohle auf das Gehororgan] [162]p. 25cm. Taihoku, 1935. In: Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1935, 34: 899; 1072. Le Pavec, E. F. Etude physiologique de 1'aEration tubo- tympanique. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 110: 447-55. ---- Xanthoma. Kaneko, K. Nyusi-hoka-nai ni hassei-seru osyoku-syu syorei [xanthoma in the mastoid cells] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 208-12, pi.—Takahara, T., Watanabe, D, & Ito, K. Ohsyoku- syu (nyflsi-hoka-nai) ni rei ni tuite [two cases of xanthoma in the cellula mastoideae] Ibid, 411-20, pi. MIDDLE-EAR drumhead. Syn.: Drum membrane; Eardrum; Membrana tympani; Myrinx; Tympanic membrane. See also Ear; Middle ear. Alagna, G. Contributo alio studio dei linfatici della mem- brana del timpano. Boll. Soc. med. chir, Pavia, 1906, 1-7.— Andrews, A. H. Drum membrane. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila, 1939, 5: 323-5.—Groen, J. J, & Jongkees, L. B. W. The measurement of the temperature at the eardrum during the caloric test of the labyrinth. J. Physiol, Lond, 1949, 108: 33-6.—Mackenzie, G. W. The appearance and behavior of the normal tympanic membrane. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1924, 30: 215-54.—Srnetz, A. 1st das Trom- melfell des Hundes von aussen sichtbar? Prag. tierarztl. Arch, 1934, 14: 24L-7.—Zalewski, T. Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Resistenzfahigkeit des Trommelfells. Zschr. Ohrenh, 1906, 52: 109-28, pi.—Zickero, F. Ueber die Elas- tizitat des Trommelfelles bei Hunden. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1927, 61:902-15. ---- Abnormity. Eschweiler. Spaltbildung in den Trommelfellen. Zschr. Laryng, 1927, 16: 105.—Grabscheid, E. Ein Fall von Inser- tion des Trommelfelles an der hautigen Bulbuswand. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 354.—Suarez, C. Un caso de duplici- dad unilateral del timpano. An. Casa sal. Valdecilla, 1947, 10: 64. ---- Aging. Verse. Arcus lipoides myringis arteficialis. Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 219.—Zanzucchi, G. Sulle modificazioni delle fibre elastiche della membrana timpanica in rapporto coll'eta. Arch. ital. otol, 1938, 50: 203-21.—Zisenis, K. Ueber das Vorkommen von Fettstoffen im menschlichen Trom- melfell, sowie deren Entstehung und deren Beziehungen zum Arcus lipoides corneae. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1926-27, 116: 96-115, pi. ---- Anesthetization. Beckmann, W. *Beitrag zur Frage der Trom- melfellanaesthesie nebst Versuchen mit Phenol- MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD 160 MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD Psicobenyl undeinigenweiteren Anwendungsmog- lichkeiten des Psicobenyls [Miinchen] 17 p. 8°. Bottrop, 1931. Also Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1933, 136: 172-5. Citelli. Liquide trEs efficace pour 1'anesthEsie de la mem- brane tympanique. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1922, 6: 257-9—Eustathianos, N. Ueber ein Verfahren und einen neuen Apparat zur lokalen Anasthesierung des Trommelfelles. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 1256-9.—Koch. Die Betau- bung des Trommelfells mit Othaesin. Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63: 1843.—Mangabeira Albernaz, P. Soluto concentrado para a anestesia cirurgica do tfcmpano. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 517, Disc, 532-4. Also Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 1097 —Petermann, H. I. Die Anasthesie des Trommelfells mit Karbolsiiure. Ther. Gegenwart, 1925, 66: 598. ---- Angioma. Androsov, M. D. K kazuistike hemangiom barabannoi pereponki. Vest, otorinolar, 1950, 12: 70, illust.—Richman, F. Report of a case of vascular tumor of the membrana tympani. Laryngoscope. 1928. 38: 94-7. ---- Annulus tympanicus. Gatscher, S. Partielle Ostitis des Annulus tympanicus. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1940, 74: 31.—Ruttin, E. Isolierte Fraktur des Annulus tympanicus. Ibid, 1937, 71: 1259. ---- artificial [incl. prosthesis] See also Middle ear, Prosthesis. Eckert, F. *Das kiinstliche Trommelfell [Miinchen] 36p. 8? Lpz., 1928. Longtjet, B. Y. *Le tympan artificiel et la prothese tympanique. 77p 8? Par., 1930. Alexander, G. Zur Technik des kiinstlichen Trommelfelles Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 997.—Aubry. Un nouveau cas de tympan artificiel EtudiE a 1'audiomEtre. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 167.—Bielogolovov, M. D. Primieneniye yaichnoi plenki dlya zazhivleniya perforaciy barabannikh pereponok. Ezhemies. ushn. gorlov. nosov. boliezn, 1906, 1: 149-52.—Boke, G. A mestersEges dobhartyar61. FOlEszet, 1905, 13.—Canuyt, G, & Horning, T. A propos du tympan artificiel chez une malade opErEe d'Evidement pEtro-mastoIdien. Strasbourg mEd, 1928, 86: 191.—Causse, R. Remapques sur deux cas de tympan artificiel (Etude audiomEtrique) Ann. otolar. Par, 1944-45, 185-91.—Delstanche, J. P. De l'emploi du tympan artificiel. Bruxelles mEd, 1935-36, 16: 1115.— De Simoni, A. Sulla chiusura artificiale delle perforazioni timpaniche. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1897) 1899, 3: 248.—Garcia Blanco, A. Audici6n y timpano artificial. Medicina, Madr, 1949, 17: pt 2, 180-6.—Gomperz, B. Neue kiinstliche Trommelfelle. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1902) 1903, 2: 2. H, 433-6. ------ Ueber kiinstliche Trommelfelle aus Paraffin und Silber. Deut. med. Wschr, 1906, 32: 2065.—Hamm. Kiinstliche Trommelfelle aus Paraffin. Ibid, 307.—Holmgren, L. A demonstration of cases with tympanic membrane prothesis. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1943, 31: 84-6.—Houghton, H. C. The artificial membrana tympani considered as a splint or crutch. Homoeop. Eye Ear &c J, 1899, 5: 176-9.—Kessel, O. G. Ein neuer Trommelfellersatz. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1925-26. 114: 223.-—Lucae, A. Eine bisher unbekannte Wirkungsart des sogen. kiinstlichen Trommelfells. Arch. Ohrenh, 1901-02, 54: 268-71.—McAuliffe, G. W. An ear drumhead model. Laryn- goscope, 1936, 46: 686-91. — Nadoleczny-Millioud. Das kiinstliche Trommelfell im Vergleich zu den Horapparaten. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 700.—Nasiell, V. Till 300- Srsminnet av den konstgjorda trumhinnans tillkomst. Nord. med, 1941, 11: 2564-7; 12: 3360 (Abstr.) Also Engl, transl. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1942, 30: 332-43.—Peltzer, F. Ueber gehorverbessernde Wirkung von Trommelfellprothesen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Salbenprothesen nach Radikaloperation (Beobachtungen am eigenen operierten Ohr) Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1925-26, 114: 198-222.—Pohlman, M. E. The artificial middle ear drum. Ann. West. M. & S, 1948, 2: 413. Also Rev. otoneur, B. .Air, 1949, 24: 27 — Randall, B. A. Some facts about artificial drumheads and other aids of hearing. N. England M. Month, 1905, 24: 351-3.—Richter, E. Seidenpapier als Trommelfellersatz. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1906, 40: 725-38.—Ruskin, S. L. Gold prothesis in drum defects. Laryngoscope, 1940, 50: 573-5.— Steinmann, E. P. Ueber die Verwendung der Cellophane fiir Trommelfellprothesen. Praxis, Bern, 1945, 34: 647-52.— Stinson, W. D. Closure of perforations of membrana tympani with Cargile membrane. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 191-4. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 178-81 — Tamari, M. Ueber die Wirkung des kiinstlichen Trommelfells; Untersuchungen mit dem elektrischen Otoaudion. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931, 81: 1599.—Ueda, Y. Ayamareru zinko komaku siyo ni yoru zisei nodoku syorei [case of aural sepsis caused by the use of the wrong artificial tympanic membrane] Zibi- inkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 785-9.—Urfer, F. Einfluss des kunst- lichen Trommelfells auf das Horbild. Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1944, 6: 230-40. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1945, 75: 959.—Yates, D. G. The treatment of perforations of the tympanic membrane, with especial reference to the use of gutta- percha tissue. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, 68: 777-9. ---- Blood vessels. See also Tinnitus. Christensen, S. On the superficial vessels of the tympanic membrane. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1942, 30: 461-80.—Ham- berger, C. A, & Lindgren, A. G. H. Ueber die Gefassversor- gung des Trommelfells. Ibid, 1941, 29: 99-112.—Luscher E. Zur Topographie und Physiologie der cutanen oberflachlichen Trommelfellgefasse (nach Beobachtungen am lebenden Men- schen) Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1928, 22: 12-52.—Suarez, G. O. Circulaci6n arterial en la membrana del timpano. Rev. mEd. C6rdoba, 1948, 36: 454-61.—Watuzi, H. Ueber Schattenbild der in die Trommelhohle hineinragenden Vene am Trommelfell. Zschr. med. Ges. Tokyo, 1895, 9: 323-8. ---- blue. See also subheadings (Color; Hemorrhage) also Middle ear, Hemorrhage. Baldenweck. Un cas de tympan bleu opErE. Ann. otolar. Par. 1943, 103.—Bruck, A. [Sogenanntes blaues Trommelfell] Deut. med. Wschr, 1905, 31: 243.—Fiedler, M. Zur Casuistik des sogenannten blauen Trommelfelles. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1906, 40: 106-8.—Fortes, A. B., & Salem, W. Timpano azul; caso raro de surdez central com amaurose unilateral e confusao mental de inicio r&pido por oto-6tico-neurite, e ence- falite provavelmente gripal. Hospital, Rio, 1938, 14: 941-5.— Isikawa, K, & Soda, S. Takaku-teki zimei wo gappei-suru ao-iro komaku no iti rei [sog. Blautrommelfell mit objektivem Ohrgerausch] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1935, 8: 1113-7.— Kler, J. H. The blue drum membrane. Eye Ear &c. Month, 1948, 27: 29.—Koch-Bergemann. Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung einer Blaufarbung des Trommelfelles. CharitE Ann, Berl, 1905, 29: 749-54.—Lemaitre, Y, & Forges. PrE- sentation d'un tympan bleu. Ann. otolar. Par, 1937, 57.— Masini, V. L'emato-timpano. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1929, 47: 95-7.—Melo Filho, G. de. Timpano azul. Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier, 1940-42, 6: 427 (Abstr.)—Monteiro, A. Timpano azul. Hospital, Rio, 1938, 13: 281-7. Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1939, 45: 242-6.—Neumann, B. Hamatotympanon nach Adenotomie. Hals &c Arzt, 1939, 30: 289-94—O'Don- nell, J. H. Blue drum, or idiopathic haemotympanum, in children. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 86.—Ranger, D. Idiopathic haemotympanum. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 672-81.— Shambaugh, G. E. The blue drum membrane. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1929, 10: 238-40. ---- Bulging. Berberich, J. Die Bedeutung der epitympanalen Vorwol- bung des Trommelfells. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1929, 122: 15-24. ---- Burns. See also Middle ear, Injury. Akai, M. Ryusan himatu ni yoru komaku husyoku no iti rei [ein Fall von Aetzung des Trommelfells durch Schwefel- saure-Tropfen] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1937, 10: 811—3.—Bijtel, J. Letsel van het trommelvlies door een vonk. Geneesk. tschr. Rijksverzek, 1925, 10: 259.—Bialik, M. G. Dva sluchayfi ozhoga barabannoi pereponki. Ezhemies. ushn. gorlov. nosov. boliezn, 1906, 1: 152.—Guerin, E. Briilure du tympan par de l'eau bouillante. Ann. mal. oreille, 1906, 32: 52—4.—Haug. Eine eigenartige Verbrennung des Trommelfells. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1905, 11: 278.—Hosaka, S. Komaku kasyo no san » yorei ni tuite narabi-ni tyoki nessyo ni kan-suru ippan-teki kansatu [drei Falle von Verbrennung des Trom- melfells und statistische Beobachtung der Verbrennung und Verbriihung des Gehororgans] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1936, 19: Suppl. 2, 286-99.— Itikawa, Z. Komaku kasyo ni tuite [Ver- briihung des Trommelfells (kasuistische Mitteilung)] Oto- rhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1935, 8:1012-5.—Kubo.M. Komaku no kasyo. Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 804.-—Lion, H. Iso- lierte Trommelfellverbrennung. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1929, 122: 195-7.—Mathiesen, H. [Exudate in the middle ear and serous labyrinthitis as a result of a burn of the external ear and tympanic membrane] Nord. med, 1939, 4: 3860. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1941, 29: 87.—Puerner, J. W. Perforating burn of the tympanic membrane. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1948, 48: 249-51. ---- Calcification. See with subheading Osteoma. ---- Chorda tympani. See also Chorda tympani. Babkin, B. P., Alley, A, & Stavraky, G. W. Humora transmission of a chorda tympani hormone. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 26: 582.—Babkin, B. P., Gibbs, O. S. [et al.] Die humorale Uebertragung der Chorda tympani-Reizung. Arch. exp. Path, Lpz, 1932, 168: 32; 64.—Boudreaux, J. La corde | du tympan. Gaz. hdp, 1936, 109: 1397-402.—Causse, R., & MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD 161 MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD Lacassagne, A. Section de la corde du tympan, chez la souris, par ossiculectomie du marteau. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1941, 135: 183. ■—;---- Modifications des glandes salivaires de la souris consEcutivement a la section de la corde du tympan. Ibid, 241—4.—Findlay, J. P. Herpes zoster of the nervus chorda tympani with facial paralysis. Med. J. Australia, 1949, 2: 380-2.—Foley, J. O. The ratio between sensory and motor fibers in the chorda tympani and greater superficial petrosal nerves. Anat. Rec, 1944, 88: 432. ------ The sensory and motor axons of the chorda tympani. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. N. Y, 1945, 60: 262-7.—Gatscher, S. Die Beteiligung der Chorda tympani an der Horfunktion innerhalb der re- flektorischen Schutzmechanismen des Ohres. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 1274.-—Roasenda, G. L'esame funzionale della corda del timpano mediante lo stimolo elettrico (anode) a livello della colonna cervicale. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1927, 4. ser, 33; 207-15.—Rosen, S. Chorda tympani nerve graft; report of follow-up observations one year postoperatively. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 50: 243-8. ---- Collapse. See under subheading Relaxation. ---- Color. See also other subheadings (blue; Hemorrhage) Yearsley, M. Case of abnormal colour of membrana tvmpani; shown for diagnosis. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. K, 1905-06, 7: 18-21. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1906, 21: 138-41. ---- Cyst. Wullstein, H. Angeborene Missbildung des ausseren Gehorganges (Plattenepithelcyste am oberen Trommelfell- Umschlag) (differentialdiagnostische Schwierigkeiten) Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1936, 141: 150-4. ---- Delling. See under other subheadings (Relaxation; Shrapnell membrane) ---- Dermatosis. Krukover, I. M. [Psoriasis of the tympanum] In: Jubil. otorinolar. sborn. posv. A. N. Zimin, Novosibirsk, 1933, 72, pi.— Lake, R. Four cases with sketch drawings of the membrana tympani; one case exhibited herpes and three cases a condition nearly allied to, if not actually, herpes. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. K, 1903-04, 5: 44.-—Neuziel, H. Ueber einen Fall von Herpes- eruptionen am Trommelfell bei einer beiderseitigen akuten katarrhalischen Mittelohrentzundung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 1213.—Pastinszky, S. v. Ueber seltene Falle von Trommelfellpsoriasis. Derm. Wschr, 1940, 111: 1103-6. ---- Disease. See also Middle-ear inflammation. Andreev, A. M, Bronstein, A. I, & Gershuni, G. V. [Effect of alternating current on the ear deprived of the tympanum] J. Physiol. USSR, 1937, 22: 53-61.—Babbitt, J. A. Pathologic information from the tympanic membrane. Pennsylvania M. J, 1932, 36: 254-61.—:Baginsky, B. Trommelfellkrankheiten. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1913, 14: 704-10.— De Martini, R. Su di un particolare quadro di lesioni produt- tive della membrana timpanica. Arch. ital. otol, 1947, 58: 204-11.—Looser, R. Ueber herdformige Trommelfellverande- rungen bei rezidivierendem Mittelohrkatarrh. Pract. oto- rhinolar, Basel, 1946, 8: 558-61. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1947, 77: 366.—Okunev, V. N. O patologicheskikh svietovykh refleksakh barabannoi pereponki i liniakh eksudata. Ezhemies. ushn. gorlov. nosov. boliezn, 1914, 9: 33-41.—Ravdin, B. D. Pathology of the tympanic membrane. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1936, 29: 273-5.— Schnurman, A. G. Two interesting ear cases. Virginia M. Month, 1948, 75:89.—Vassal, L. Thorax et tympan; accidents mEcaniques; accidents inflammatoires. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 1308-10.—Whitehead, A. Sketch and notes of a case of emphysema (?) of the membrana tympani. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. K, 1904-05, 6: 58. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1905, 20:255. ---- Epithelial migration. Magnoni, A. Osservazioni sulla migrazione dell'epitelio della membrana timpanica. Valsalva, 1938, 14: 234-40. ---- Examination. See also Middle ear, Examination. Muller, L. *Systematische Vergleichung beider Trommelfelle bei pathologischen Verande- rungen [Freiburg] 25p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1939. Down the rubber ear-hole. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 315.— Hayden, A. A. Presentation of instruments; autotympanos- copy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1932, 38: 307.—Luscher, E. Trommelfellbilder in 10-30-facher Vergrosserung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1927-28, 18: 485-9; Disc, 504.—Passow. Ueber die Veranderungen des Trommelfellbildes durch optische 824787—vol. 11, 4th series-----11 Verkiirzung und die Fehler der Quadranteneinteilung. Verh. Deut. otol. Ges, 1906, 203-9. Also Arch. Ohrenh, 1906, 69: 241-5.—Starna, A. Qualche elemento di otoscopia, la membrana uditiva. Assist, san, Roma, 1940, 9: 251-4.— Voss, O. Ein Apparat zur vielfachen Vergrosserung des Trommelfells im aufrechten stereoskopischen Bild unter ultropaker Beobachtung. Zschr. Laryng, 1932, 23: 324-30. ---- Examination: Otoscopy. Arnesen, W. A. Otoscope and similar instrument. U. S. Patent Off, 1939, No. 2,154,885. ------ Otoscope. Ibid, 1944, No. 2,343,841.—Baginsky, B. Ohrspiegeluntersuchung (Otoskopie) In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1911, 11: 31-7, pi.—Busch, H. G. Selbsthaltendes Speculum fiir Radikaloperationen durch den Gehorgang. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1937-38, 43: 430-4.—Carroll, G. G. The myringoscope. J. Am. M. Ass, 1913, 61: 2065.—Dittmer, A. F. Otoscope. U. S. Patent Off, 1939, No. 2,184,414.—Ferrari Leili, G. Microscopio auricolare S. I. S. M. E. modello 101. Margin. otolar. Fir, 1946-47, 5: 437-41.—Fitzhugh, W. M, jr, & Hass, C. E. Otoscopic attachment. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 997.—Gilbert, I, & Powis, P. R. O. The Brunton auriscope; a simple and effective method of obtaining satisfactory lighting when using a Brunton auriscope. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 189.—Goldstein, M. A. The oto-projectoscope. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1905, 10: Otolar. Sect, 201-9.—Heyninx. Le spEculum grossissant de I'oreille ou mEgalotoscope. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1903, 8: 122-4.— Imhofer, R. Die Schwierig- keiten der otoskopischen Untersuchung beim Sauglinge. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 507-9.—Jannulis, G. E. Historisches iiber die Erfindung des Ohrtrichters. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 176.—Kirchhof, A. C, & Burns, A. Conversion of an otoscope into an infant laryngoscope. West. J. Surg, 1948, 56:208.—Maietta, A. L. An easily improved otoscope. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 22, 18-21.— Marschik, H. Lupenendoskopie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1941, 75: 351.—Miller, A. A modified Siegel's speculum. Brit. M. J, 1935, 1: 1321.—Parcher, A. H. Otoscopic or like device. U. S. Patent Off, 1942, No. 2,292,237.—Pitman, L. K. A glareless ear speculum. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1937, 25: 210. ------ Improved otoscope and ophthalmoscope. Ibid, 26: 203.—Seiffert, A. Modifizierte Briiningssche Ohrlupe. HNO, Berl, 1947, 1:41.—Williams, A. H. Handle for aural speculum. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 596-8. ------ Un espEculo auricular sencillo para la otoscopia en masa. Hospital (AmErica clin.) N. Y, 1947, 3: No. 3, 38.—Wilson, M. B. El mEdico escolar y el otoscopio. Rev. mEd, Puebla, 1943, 16: No. 153, 18.—Yokoi, M. Kakudai zi-kyo no kairyo; yo no koan-seru kakudai zi-kyo ni tuite [... the enlarged ear-speculum ...] Ika kikaigaku zassi, 1941-42, 19: 237-9. ---- Flaccid portion. See subheading Shrapnell membrane. ---- Foramina. Luscher, E. Ueber das Vorkommen kleiner, trockener Defekte (Foramina Rivini) in der Pars flaccida. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1929-30, 25: 129-36.—Ramadier, J, & Pialoux, P. Le foramen de Rivinus. Ann. otolar. Par, 1949, 66: 433-8. ---- Foreign bodies. Hicguet, X. M. Grenaille de fer incluse dans le tympan; radio; extraction. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 637-9. ---- Genetics. Landolt, R. *Otomikroskopische Trommel- fellbeobachtungen an eineiigen Zwillingen. 30p. 23cm. Bern, 1941. Helff, O. M. Studies on Amphibian metamorphosis; direct tympanic membrane formation from dermal plicae, integument transplanted to the ear region. J. Exp. Biol, Lond, 1937, 14: 1-15, 2 pi.—Luscher, E. Ueber erbbiologische Merkmale an Zwillingstrommelfellen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1941, 149: 277-97. ------ Otomikroskopische Beobachtungen an Zwil- lingstrommelfellen. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1944, 6: 278. Also Arch. Julius Klaus Stift, 1944, 19: 461.—Popov, V. V. Induction of tympanic membrane in Bombina and Pelobates fuscus. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1945, 48: 374-6. ---- Hemorrhage. See also subheadings (blue; Color) also Middle ear, Hemorrhage. Edman, W. [Case of grave hematotympanum in a flier] Sven. lak. tidn, 1935, 32: 1098-103—Hayasi, K, & Mori, H. Komaku sensi ni yori sikketusi wo mitaru odan no iti rei [case of jaundice in which death due to hemorrhage resulted after puncture of the tympanic membrane] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 499-501.—Kraus, L. Rezidivierende Spontanblutung aus dem Trommelfell. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1928, 62: 1275-7, 2 pi.—M'Kernon, J. Hemorragia grave despuEs de una paracentesis del timpano. Siglo med, 1898, 45: 696.— Trimarchi, A. Otorragia da paracentesi timpanica in emofilico. Arch. ital. otol. 1924, 35: 353-5. MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD 162 MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD Hernia. See also Middle ear, Hernia. Botella, E. Hernia considerable del timpano simulando un p61ipo. Libro de actas Congr. espan. otorinolar, 1910, 3. Congr, 365-8. ---- Hyperemia. See also subheading Injury. Korkis, F. B. Blast hvperaemia of the tympanic membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1950, 64: 70-81, pi.— Salaris, E. La terapia della congestione timpanica con la tintura d'iodo. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1948, 66: 41-4. ---- Injury. See also other subheadings (Burns; Foreign bodies; Rupture) also Burns; Explosion; Middle ear, Injury. Bargeton, G. R. J. M. *Contribution a l'6tude des traumatismes de la membrane tym- panique [Nancy] 141p. 24cm. Lille, 1937. Darge, G. *TJeber indirekte Trommelfell- ruptur durch Sturz. 23p., 8? Berl., 1925. Alekseev, D. I. [Traumatic injuries of the tympanum] Vest, otorinolar, 1940, No. 11, 114.—Alexander, A. B. Rup- ture of the drumhead as a wartime injury. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 195. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 148-53. Rupture of the drumhead as a peace and war-time injury. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1942, 4: 332-42.—Alkalaj, M. [In- juries of the ear drum during high altitude flights] Voj. san. glasnik, 1937, 8: 500-2.—Arkhipov, A. I. K voprosu ob etiologii travmaticheskikh povrezhdenii barabannoi pereponki u nizhnikh chinov nashei armii. Voen. med. J, 1906, 217: spec. pt, 623-35.—Aronheim. Drei Falle von indirekter trau- matischer Trommelfellruptur. Mschr. Unfallh, 1905, 12: 336-8.—Berberich, J. Radium-Roentgenschadigung des Trom- melfelles. Fol. otolar. orient, 1935, 2: 323.—Bordley, J. E., & Hardy, M. Effect of lesions of the tympanic membrane on the hearing acuity. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1937, 26: 649-57.— Braislin, W. C. Traumatic rupture of the tympanic mem- brane. Brooklyn M. J, 1898, 12: 9-15— Broderick, C. E. Traumatic tympanic rupture. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1929, 19: 495-7.—Chavasse, P. Perforation de la membrane du tympan de I'oreille droite par la pointe d'un sabre de cavalerie pendant une charge. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1905, 19: 364-6.— Fitz-Hugh, G. S. Traumatic perforation of the ear drums. Virginia M. Month, 1946, 73: 504.—Goufas, G. Contribution a l'Etude anatomo-clinique des ruptures traumatiques de la membrane tympanique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 57-77.— Hartung, F. Traumatismo raro da membrana timpanica. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1939, 7: 361.—Haug, R. Kann eine durch Luftdusche veranlasste Ruptur des Trommelfells als fahrlassige Verletzung angesprochen werden? Aerztl. Sach- verst. Ztg, 1906, 12: 493.—Imasawa, M. [Perforation of the tympanic membrane from injury] Sei i kwai M. J, 1905, 24: No. 278, pt 2, 8-21.—Javurek, J. A clinical note on traumatic ruptures of the tympanic membrane. Otolar. slav, Praha, 1931, 3: 539-43, 2 pi.—Jones, H. M. Drawing of a traumatic perforation of the tympanic membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1905, 20: 157-9.—Kelly, D. B. Rupture of the drumhead as a wartime injury. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 388.—Krepuska, G. A dobhdrtya kozvetlen sEriilEsEnek egyik szokatlanabb m6dja. Orr gEge fulgyogy, 1905, 9-11.—McNaughton-Jones, H. Drawing of a traumatic perforation of the tympanic mem- brane. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. K, 1904-05, 6: 50-2.—Milovanovic, M. Blitzschlag und Trommelfellrupturen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 489-92.—Monteiro, A. Perfuracao traumatica do timpano por espirro. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1943, 11: 135.—Moreira, D. Ruptura traumatica da membrana tym- panica. Fol. med, Rio, 1937, 18: 249—Nepveu, A. De- struction traumatique to tale du tympan et restitution ad integrum. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1948, 32: 187.— Ramirez Santalo, A. Roturas timpanicas de causa traumatica. Libro de actas Congr. espan. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr, 543-6.—Simizu, S. Usoku naizi siso no iti rei ni tuite [case of a punctured wound in the inner ear on the right side] Nagoya igakkai zassi, 1943, 57: 455.—Vaida Voevod, A, & Weinstein, I. [Injuries of the tympanum] Cluj. med, 1935, 16: 472-8.— Wullstein, H. Trommelfellzerreissung durch Blitzschlag. Munch, med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 802.—Yamada, Y. Ueber die klinischen Beobachtungen der indirekten Trommelfellverletz- ungen. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 70; 134.— Yamakawa, K. Gaisyo-sei komaku senko [perforation of the membrana tympani caused by external injury] Dozin igaku, 1936, 9: 476-9.—Ygberg, N. H. Till fr&gen om behandlingen av traumatiska tnimhinnerupturer. Nord. med, 1943,17: 234. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 370-6.—Zaviska. P. [Traumatic rupture of the tympanum] Bratisl. lek. listy. 1937, 17: 504-11.—Zurik, S. Treatment of traumatic perforation of the ear drum. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 571-3. ---- Injury: Blast. See also Middle ear, Injury: Blast. Baron, S. H. The repair of the eardrum in blast injuries. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1948, 52: 314-25. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1948, 57: 143-52.—Blast injuries of the ears. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 13.—Cantor, J. J. Rupture of the tympanic membrane due to blast; a mechanical hypothesis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 554-67.—Chavanne. F. Ruptures du tympan par Eclatement d'obus ou dEtona- tions a proximitE; compliquEes d'otite moyenne purulente aigue; statistique d'aprEs 543 cas personnels. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1919, 7: 148-51.—Craig, D. H. Injury to tympanic membrane caused by explosions; 6 cases. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 40.—Folbre, T. W. Blast rupture of the tympanic membrane. Texas J. M, 1947-48, 43: 397-400.—Glass, E. J. G. Blast injury of the tvmpanic membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 441-4.—Hall, R. A, & Linn, L. Rupture de la membrane tympanique suivant des explosions avec Etude psychiatrique. AlgErie mEd, 1943, 211.—Ireland, P. E. Traumatic perforations of tympanic membrane due to blast injury. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1946, 54: 256-8.—Kindler, W. Trommelfellverletzungen durch Knallerbsen und Brandsatz (Elektronthermit) und ihre Folgen. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 346-50.—Korkis, F. B. Rupture of the tympanic membrane of blast origin. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1946, 61: 367-90 — Kriegsmann, G. Ueber Trommelfellveranderungen nach dem Schiessen mit dem Panzerabwehrgeschiitz. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1939, 146: 402-8.—Lubliner, L. O urazach blony, bebenkowej wywolanych wybuchem bomb. Medycyna, 1906, 34: 656-60.—Palmer, G. W. Blast perforation of ear-drums. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 233. —Perforation of drum membrane and exposure to noise. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 840.—Rice, A. H. Blast perforation of the ear drum. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 49: 316-30. Also AmErica clin, 1949, 15: 263-6.— Sherman, M. [Rupture of the tympanic membrane due to the explosion of bombs] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1941, 20: 38 — Simizu, S, Goto, S, & Hirata, S. Gaisyo-sei komaku-senko ni tuite [rupture of the tympanum caused by external injury] Nagoya igakkai zassi, 1943, 57: 675. ---- Lymphangioma. Yamasita, K, & Hirose, W. Komaku rinpakan-syu [lym- phangioma of the tympanic membrane] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38:384-6, pi. ---- Massage. Beck, J. C. A new method of tympanic massage by means of metallic mercury. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1905, 14: 784-8. Also Laryngoscope, 1905, 15: 1913-6; Disc, 971-6. Also Prat. mEd. fr, 1906, 20: 1-4.—Lester, J. C. Pneumotympanic vibrator. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1931, 270-3. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 596-9.—Truss, H. S. A new form of tym- panic masseur. Lancet, Lond, 1906, 1: 682.—Vasiliu, D. ProcEde personnel de massage vibratoire du tympan par voie salpingienne. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1926, 32: 996- 1000.—Wiening, H. Ein neuer Trommelfellmassageapparat Tromafix. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1550. ---- Movement. See also subdivision Vibration. Balla, A. I movimenti respiratori anormali della membrana timpanica. Arch. ital. otol, 1905-06, 17: 381-5.-—Bonain, A. Contribution k la physiologie de I'oreille moyenne; note sur les mouvements de la membrane du tympan a l'Etat normal et leur relation avec les Echanges des atmosphEres gazeuses de I'oreille moyenne et des cavitEs naso-pharyngEes. Bull. Acad. mEd, Par, 1925, 93: 627-9. Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 784- 91.—Borries, G. V. [Movements of drum head with respira- tion] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 60-3.—Casella, B. Sulla fatica periferica dell'orecchio; nuovo metodo di registrazione grafica dei movimenti del timpano. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 289-98, 2 pi.—Citovich, M. F. K voprosu o dykhatelnykh i pulsatornykh dvizheniyakh barabannoi pe- reponki. Russk. vrach, 1906, 5: 699-701.—Colquhoun, W. Recent physical researches on the nature of vowel tones in regard to their bearing on movements of the tympanic mem- brane. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. K, 1903-04, 5: 78-87.—Frenckner, P. A method for registering the movements of the tympanic mem- brane in the living person, a preliminary report. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1939, 27: 707-12.—Kostelijk. Adembewegingen van het trommelvlies. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1942, 86: 2671.— Perov, N. Sluchai ritmicheskoi podvizhnosti barabannoi pereponki v zavisimosti ot dykhatelnykh dvizhenii. Ezhemies. ushn. gorlov. nosov. boliezn, 1906-07, 1: 94.—Wessely, E, & Schwarz, A. Filmaufnahme eines Trommelfelles mit exzessiven respiratorischen Bewegungen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1927- 28, 18: 422-4; Disc, 476-85. ---- Muscle. See Middle ear, Muscles: Tensor tympani. ---- Mycosis. Mougneau, R, & Le Coulant, P. Myringomycoses dues a Sterigmatocystis nigra. Gaz. sc. mEd. Bordeaux, 1936, 57: 19-21. MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD 163 MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD ---- Myringitis. Bouchet & Debain. Sur un cas de myringite. Ann. otolar. Par, 1946, 13: 246.—Josephson, E. M. Tinnitus and deafness due to interstitial myringitis. Eye Ear &c. Month, 1931, 10: 421.—Riegele, L. Ueber Veranderungen am Nervenapparat des entzundeten Trommelfells. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1933- 34, 35: 139-45. ---- Myringitis bullosa (et vesiculosa) Racca, U. Un caso di miringite vescicolosa primitiva. Valsalva, 1939, 15: 456-60, pi—Senturia, B. H, &. Sulkin. S. E. The etiology of myringitis bullosa hemorrhagica; pre- liminary report. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 476-82.— Tanturri, D. La miringite vescicolosa primitiva. Rinasc. med, 1939, 16: 673.—Ullmann, E. V. Zur Aetiologie dei Myringitis bullosa. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1926, 60: 41-8. ------ Myringitis bullosa; its symptoms and etiology. North- west M, 1931, 30: 14-6.—Weiss, J. Inflamaciones de la membrana del timpano; miringitis vesiculosa y otitis externa vesiculosa. Semana mEd, B. Air, 1931, 38: 172-4.—Ziegel- man, E. F. Myringitis bullosa; report of two cases. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931, 14: 472-5. ---- Myringitis granulosa. Hochfilzer, J. J. Myringitis granulosa. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1945, 326-34. Also Laryngoscope, 1945, 55: 509-18.—Kriegsmann, G. Zur Erkennung der granulierenden Entztindung der Trommelfellmembran (Myringitis granulosa) Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 340.—Moffett, A. J. Granulating myringitis; an unusual affection of the ear drum. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1943, 58: 453-6, 2 pi. ---- Myringitis hemorrhagica. See also other subheadings (blue; Color; Hemorrhage) Rueda, F. Paquitimpanitis hemorragica 6 hemotimpano. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar, Madr, 1912, 4. Congr, 588-92. ---- Myringitis reflexa. Cora Eliseht, F, & Montero, J. Miringitis refleja menin- gogena. Prensa mEd. argent, 1944, 31: pt 2, 2652.—Marinho, J. Da miringite reflexa. Hospital, Rio, 1936, 10: 1353-7. ---- Nerve supply. Causse, R. Etude clinique de la sensibilitE de la membrane tympanique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1938, 16: 33-8.—Deineka, D. Ueber die Nerven des Trommelfells. Arch. mikr. Anat, 1905, 36: 116-20, pi.—Kaji, H. On the nervous system of the membrana tympani and the sympathetic nerve-cells in the outer ear. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1931, 1: 95-124,4 pi.—Manasse. Ueber die Empfindlichkeit des Trommelfells fur aussere Reize. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1922, 3: 69-74.—Riegele, L. Histo- logische Studie zur Innervation des menschlichen Trommel- fells. Ibid, 1933, 33: 239-67. ---- Osteoma [incl. calcification] Androsov, M. D. Sluchai mnozhestvennoi osteomy baraban- noi pereponki. Vest, otorinolar, 1949, 11: No. 5, 73, illust.— Berberich, J. Multiple Osteome des Trommelfells. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1926, 115: 182-6, pi.—Boke, G. A dobhartya szovetelemeiben elofordul6 elmeszesedEsrol. FulEszet, 1905, 25. ---- Paracentesis [Myringotomy] See also subdivision Hemorrhage; also Middle- ear inflammation subheadings (Diagnosis; Sur- trery) Laval, R. *La myringotomie atrio-atticale; ses justifications; sa technique. 71p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1938. Ott, H. *Aufgabe und Anzeigenstellung des Trommelfellschnittes. 14p. 8? Erlangen, 1937. Renac, R. *De l'importance de la ponction exploratrice du tympan dans les otites latentes du nourrisson. 72p. 8? Par., 1930. . Akune, M. Kyu-sei tyuzien s8ki sindan-h5 tosite no kositu siken sensi [experimental puncture of the tympanum .,] Nagoya igakkai zassi, 1943, 57: 456.—Andrade Pradillo, J. El signo de crujido al iniciar la paracentesis del timpano. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, MEx, 1936, 7: 1075-7.—Asai, R. Komaku sekkai. Igaku, 1947, 3: 120-2.—Aubry, M. Les mdications de la paracentEse du tympan. Presse mEd, 1937, 45: 423.— Berini, F. Miringotomia; su tEcnica e mdicaciones. Rev. med. cir, Barcel, 1904, 18: 537-47.—Bettin, G. G. Lesione del bulbo della giugulare da paracentesi timpanica. Ann. laring. Tor, 1933, 33: 124-8.—Birkholz. Ueber die Probe- punktion des Trommelfelles. Zschr. Laryng., 1928, 17: 245-7 —Connal, J. G. Incision of the tympanic membrane. Practitioner, Lond, 1905, 75: 318-22—Deleau. Sur un nouveau procEdE pour la perforation du tympan, afin de rendre l'oule. Bull. Soc. mEd. emul. Par, 1822, Suppl, 49-51 — Druss, J. G. Incisions of drum membrane in otitis media. Am. J. Surg, 1937, 36: 102-6.—Errecart, P. L, & Prini, A. Paracentesis del timpano (mirmgotomfa) Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1937, 36: 1148-55.—Escat, E. De la paracentese maxima ou myringotomie atrio-atticale. Ann. otolar. Par, 1934, 861-3.—Ficht, F. Ueber einen interessanten Fall von kiinst- licher Vergrosserung einer Trommelfellperforation. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1931, 128: 154-6.—Fraser, J. S. Drainage of the middle-ear cleft. Brit. M. J, 1935, 1: 1289.—Geschelin, A. Indications for paracentesis in children. Fol. otolar. orient, 1932-33, 1: 307-16.—Gluck. C. The unnecessity of myrin- gotomy in acute middle ear inflammations. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 427-33— Grahe, K. Der Trommelfellschnitt. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 241-3.—Hagedorn, M. Die Indikation und die Technik der Paracentese (des Trommelfells) in der Praxis. Med. Woche, Halle, 1906, 7: 389-91.—Hunter, K. Paracentesis tympani. Ulster M. J, 1941, 10: 45.—Jack, F. L. Some of the indications for opening the membrana tympani. Med. Commun. Massachusetts M. Soc, 1896-98, 17: 471-4.— Jobson, T. B. Paracentesis and myringotomy; a question of terminology. Brit. M. J, 1946, 1: 21.—Klein, V. En para- centese naal til trommehinden. Ugeskr. laeger, 1906, 5. R, 13: 342-4.— Lampe, R. Ein historischer Beitrag. Zbl. Chir, 1926, 53: 2405.—Lavigne, R. J. Myringotomy. Tufts M. J, 1939- 40, 6: 42-4.—Leroux-Robert. Comment explorer la caisse du nourrisson? (a propos de 2,000 ponctions d'auteurs Canadiens) Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 389-91.—Miiller, F. Sobre a dificuldade da indicacao acertada da paracentese da membrana do timpano e a possibilidade de evitar-la. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 645-52.—Miindnich, K. Die Anzeige zum Trommelfellschnitt an der Prager Deutschen Ohrenklinik seit Emanuel Zaufal. Munch, med. Wschr, 1938, 85: 1946-9.— Myers, J. L. A study of the complications that may follow myringotomy. Ann. Otol, Rhinol, 1930, 39: 807-13, pi — Nussbaum, S. Paracentesis of tympanum. In: Ther. Infancy (Litchfield, H. R, et al.) Phila, 1942, 1: 146.—Ohzawa, R. Komaku sekkai ni tuite. Operation, Tokyo, 1947, 1: 316-20.— Olivares, M. G. Otitis media y paracentesis del timpano. Pediat. AmEricas, MEx, 1944, 2: 223-6.—Reiniger, A. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung der Mittelohrpunktion. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932,66: 694-701.—Shea, J. J.—Myringotomy; incision of the ear-drum membrane. Wisconsin M. J, 1939, 38: 273.—Stuart-Low, W. Paracentesis tympani; a practi- tioner's operation. Practitioner, Lond, 1927, 119: 39-41.—■ Takahasi, M. Komaku sekkai-zyutu ni tuite [the tech- nique .,] Operation, Tokyo, 1947, 1: 234-6.—Tapia Acuna, C. La miringotomia; critica de los procedimientos. Pediat. AmEricas, MEx, 1947, 5: 496-500.—Thost, A. Die Anasthesie und Parazentese des Trommelfells. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1929, 120: 211-3.—Vermeesch. De kunstmatige doorsnijding van het trommelvlies. Handel. Vlaamsch. natur geneesk. Congr. (1903) 1904, 7: 208-12.—Vilar Sancho, R. Tiene con- traindicaci6n la miringotomia en los procesos inflamatorios exudativos cerrados del oido medio en la infancia? Libro de actas Congr. nac. pediat, Santander (1944) 1945, 6. Congr, 758.—Wanner, F. Die Parazentese. Zschr. Laryng, 1929-30, 19:349-52.—Wein Z. Parazentese-Phantom. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71:551-4. ---- Photography. Schtjlz van Treeck, A. *Die Photographie des Trommelfells. 20p. 23cm. Berl., 1938. Hantman, I. A simple technic for photography of the drum head. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 34: 7-10, pi.—Hegener, J. Die Photographie des Trommelfells. Handb. Hals &c. Heilk. (Denker & Kahler) 1926,6: 944-9.—LaRue, M. W, & Brubaker, J. D. Ear-drum and macro-cinematography in kodachrome. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass, 1946-47, 15: 3-12, pi.— Schulz van Treeck, A. Ein neues Instrument zur Untersuchung und Photographie des Trommelfells. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1938, 44: 326-31. ---- Physiology. See also Middle ear, Sound conduction. Dishoeck, H. A. E. v, & De Wit, G. Loading and covering of the tympanic membrane and obstruction of the external auditory canal. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 99-111.— Esser, M. H. M. The mechanism of the middle ear; the drum. Bull. Math. Biophys, 1947, 9: 75-91.—Gianni, O. Contributo alio studio del potere assorbente della membrana timpanica. Valsalva, 1935, 11: 157-65.—Hamberger, C. A, & Lindgren. A. Nagra ord om karlforhallandena i trumhinna och mellanora [Discussion] Nord. med, 1941, 12: 3361.—Heinrich, W. Sur la fonction de la membrane du tympan. Tr. Laborat. psychol. exp, Krak6w, 1926, 127-41.—Luscher, E. The functional effect of loading of the tympanic membrane. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1945, 33: 265-72.—Restivo, P. Modificazioni respira- torie e circolatorie da compressione delle membrane timpaniche. Valsalva, 1930, 6: 710-5—Stagnitta, G. Sul potere assorbente della membrana timpanica. Ibid, 1933, 9: 42-8. ---- Protection. See also subheading (Injury: Blast) MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD 164 MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD Edwards, D. A. W. Observations on the de- sign and development of ear defenders. 20p. 32'2cm. Lond., 1948. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 700a, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Baum, E. Eardrum protector. U. S. Patent Off, 1941, No. 2,230,738.—Cantor, J. J. Device for protecting the ear drum. Ibid, 1948, No. 2,441,866.—James, J. A. Gun blast and the use of moulded ear defenders. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 294-7, pi.—Kragh, J. Om multigheden af at beskytte 0ret mod staerke lyde. Militaerlaegen, 1948, 54: 81-92.— Prevention of ear damage; directions for the use of the V-51 (R) NDRC ear warden. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 4, 24.—Ruedi, L, & Furrer, W. Vorlaufige Mitteilung iiber ein neues Schallschutzgerat. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1944, 6: 255-65.-—Some general and special remarks on the investigations regarding aural protections in the army during the autumn of 1941. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 502-9. — Watson, N. A, Veneklasen, P. S. [et al.] Ear defender. U. S. Patent Off, 1948, No. 2,437,490.—Weisner. Ein Ohrschutz beim Tauchen, Artillerieschiessen, bei Sprengungen usw. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 328. ---- Pulsation. See also subheading Bulging. Bustin, E, & Korosi, A. Objektiv horbares Ohrgerausch mit sichtbarer Trommelfellpulsation. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1928, 62: 507-11.—Liischer, E. Trommelfell- und Exsudat- pulsation im otomikroskopischen Bilde. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1937-38, 43: 458-63. ---- Regeneration. Amersbach, K. Ueber die Bedeutung von Trommelfell- regeneraten. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1928, 118: 226-34.— Stinson, W. D. Reparative processes in the membrana tym- pani; some interesting manifestations. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 24:600-5. ---- Relaxation, retraction, and tension. See also Middle ear, Pressure; Middle-ear inflammation, Manifestation. Araki, T. Komaku tikan-bu ni kansuru tiken hoi [., on the relaxed part of the tympanic membrane] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1944, 39: 35-72, pi.—Blake, C. J. Relachement du segment postEro-supErieur de la membrane du tympan. Ann. mal. oreille, 1899, 25: 555-8.—Bryant, W. S. Collodion; its use when the membrana tympani and maleal ligaments are relaxed. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1905, 14: 283-8. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1905, 20: 354-8.—Dishoeck, H. A. E. v. Meas- urement of the tension of the tympanic membrane and of the resistance of the eustachian tube. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 34: 596-602.-—Korner, O. Die Verkleinerung des Hammer- winkels durch chronische Einwartsdrangung des Trommelfells. Zschrs. Ohrenh, 1905, 50: 431-3.—Lichtenberg, K. Dob- hartya-collapsus. Budap. Orvosegy. Evk. (1891) 1892, 91-3. ---- Rupture. See also other subdivisions (Injury: Blast; Shrapnell membrane; Surgery) Memmert, W. D. *Ursachen und Prognose der Trommelfellrupturen. 20p. 21%cm. Marb., 1937. Arkhipov, A. M. K voprosu o Hechenii sukhikh perforatsii barabannoi pereponki trikhloruksusnoi kislotol (po sposobu V. N. Okuneva) Ezhemies. ushn. gorlov. nosov. boliezn, 1906, 1: 317-26.—Asherson, N. A note on the light reflex and the permanent perforation of the tympanic membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 512-7.—Barclay, R. To heal persistent perforations of the drum-head. Med. Fortnightly, S. Louis, 1906, 30: 581; 643.—Barraud, A. Perforations sEches du tympan et lavages d'oreilles. Rev. mEd. Suisse rom, 1931, 51: 356-8.—Benesi, O. Alte Trommelfellperforationen und ihre Behandlung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 27-31 — Dundas-Grant, J. A case of perforation occupying almost the whole of the tympanic membrane, closed by repeated applica- tion of trichloracetic acid; cicatricial membrane still complete after ten years. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect. Lar. Otol, 112. Also Boll. mal. orecchio, 1935, 53: 156.— Griot, G. A. Old perforations of membrana tympani closed by the use of heat. Nebraska M. J, 1931, 16: 402.—Konisi, H. Komaku-senko BEnesi-si-ho tuisi seiseki [results of the BEnesi method of treatment of perforated tympanic membrane] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 402.—Luscher, E. Otomikroskopische Untersuchungen iiber die Heilungsvorgange und Narbenbil- dungen nach Trommelfelldefekten. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1938, 72: 13-22, pi.—Monteiro, A. Perfuracao necr6tica da membrana do timpano. Acta med, Rio, 1942, 10: 55-7. Also Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1942, 10: 701.—Muncy, W. M. Aids to pathologic drums. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1937, 30: 721.—Osolikhina, M. M. [On the fitness for aviation of in- dividuals with cicatricial changes on the tympanic membrane] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 5, 96.—Politzer, A. Moyen d'as- surer la permanence de la perforation artificielle du tympan. Presse mEd. beige, 1868-69, 21: 221; 229.—Puchkovsky, A. M. K liecheniyu probodeniy barabannoi pereponki. Ezhemies. ushn. gorlov. nosov. boliezn, 1908, 3: 29-34. ------ Tri- khloruksusnava kislota pri sukhikh probadeniyakh barabannoi pereponki. Voen. med. J, 1906, 216: med. spec, pt, 201-20 [i. e, 501-20]—Rakhmilevich, A. G. Dva sluchaia razryva barabannoi pereponki u letchikov vo vremia pikiruiushchikh poletov. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 102.—Riiedi, L. Ueber die Entstehung, die klinische Bedeutung und die Behandlung der oben randstandigen, kleinen Trommelfell-Perforationen. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1948, 10: 613-25, pi—Schmidt, M. Nicht tuberkulose multiple Trommelfellperforationen. Ibid, 1940-41, 3: 292-4.—Szpunar, J. O leczeniu suchych otwor6w Srodkowych blony bebenkowej metoda. Okuniewa. Otolar. polska, 1947, 1: 124-41. ---- Rupture: Complication. Bargellini, D. Storia di sordita per rottura delle membrane del timpano, curata coll'applicazione del cotone umido. Gazz. toscana sc. med. fis, 1850, 8: 267-72.—Birkholz. Schwerste Labyrinthreizungen (Labyrinthitis serosa?) nach Anwendung von Karbolglyzerin als Ohrentropfen bei Bestehen einer per- sistenten trockenen Durchlocherung des Trommelfells. Zschr. arztl. Forbild, 1931, 28: 588.—Muntsch, O, & Prathithavanija, B. Gasschutz bei Perforation des Trommelfelles. Arch. Gewerbepath, 1937-38, 8: 317-20.—Schlittler, E. Ertrin- kungstod infolge persistenter Trommelfellperforation. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 561-3.—Spear, E. D. Does a hole in the drum-head destroy the hearing? a popular delusion re- garding the human ear. Ann. Gyn. & Paediat, Bost, 1901, 14: 263-9.—Switzer, J. L, & Gates. L. E. The effect of a perforated eardrum upon the basal metabolic rate. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1950, 35: 348-50. ---- Rupture, spontaneous. Panneton, P. Sur un cas de perforation spontanEe du tympan. Union mEd. Canada, 1935, 64: 884-7. Also Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 277-80.—Rupture accidentelle et spontanEe du tympan, avec hEmorrhagie du conduit auditif. Bull. Soc. mEd. Emul, Par, 1822, Suppl, 51-4.—Voorthuysen, D. v. [Spontaneous and artificial healing of protracted ruptures of the ear drum] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1936, 80: 1275. ---- Secondary tympanic membrane. See under Middle ear, Secondary tympanic membrane. ---- Shrapnell membrane [Flaccid portion] Ntjssbatjm, R. *Das Rontgenbild bei Per- foration und Einziehung der Shrapnellschen Membran [Berlin] 29p. 8? Rietberg, 1928. Brock, W. Mikroskopischer Nachweis des Vorkommens von Spontanperforationen im Bereich der Membrana Shrapnelli bei der akuten Otitis. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1933-34, 35: 439-51.—Lindsay, J. R. Cholesteatoma associated with an isolated perforation in Shrapnell's membrane. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1934, 20: 47-56.—Marx, R. Ueber den Bau der Shrap- nellschen Membran. Beitr. prakt. theor. Hals &c. Heilk, 1933-35, 31: 431-43.—Oltmann, H. Ueber den Bau der Shrapnellschen Membran und ihre Beziehungen zum Bau des Mittelohres. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1940, 147: 325-35 — Schiffers. Inflammation suppurative de la rEgion de Shrapnell. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905, 10: 60.—Schwarz, M. Die Ein- senkung der Shrapnellschen Membran und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1932, 131: 16-37. ■----- Zur Erblichkeit der Shrapnelleinsenkung. Ibid, 1944, 154: 165-8.—Sourdille, M. Les suppurations de Shrapnell; Etude anatomo-clinique et thErapeutique. J. mEd. chir. Par, 1928, 99: 739-54.—Tunematu, K. Ueber die funktionelle Bedeutung der Shrapnellschen Membran des Trommelfelles. Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 539-48. ---- Structure. Filogamo, G. Sulla morfogenesi e sull'architettura della membrana del timpano. Zschr. Zellforsch, 1943-44, 33: 14-39. ------ Recherches sur la structure de la membrane du tympan chez les diffErents vertEbrEs. Acta anat, Basel, 1949, 7: 248-72.—Fumagalli. Z. Contributo alia conoscenza della struttura della lamina propria della membrana del timpano umana. Arch. ital. otol, 1942, 54: 369-401.—Leonardelli, G. B. Contributo alia conoscenza dei sistemi di fibre a parabola della lamina propria della membrana del timpano umana. Ibid, 1948, 59: 15-28.—Miodonski, J. Beitrag zur Mikro- skopie des Trommelfelles. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 742-51. ---- Surgery. See also subdivisions (artificial; Paracentesis) Zhirmtjnsky, M. S. HoBbift onepaTHBHHfl cnoco6b rrjia AocTHJKeHua He3ajKHBaiomaro uc- KyccTBeHHaro npo6oAeHHH 6apa6aHHoft nepe- noHKH. 8p. 23cm. S. Peterb., 1891. MIDDLE-EAR DRUMHEAD 165 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Baginsky, B. Myringoplastik. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1911, 10: 192.—Clark, A. F., jr. Closure of perforations of the membrana tympani of traumatic and infectious origin. Texas J. M, 1950, 46: 145-8.—Dunlap, A. M, & Schuknecht, H. F. Closure of perforations of the tympanic membrane. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1947, 51: 215-27. Also Laryngoscope, 1947, 57: 479-90.—Fox, S. L. On closing tympanic membrane perforations. South. M. J, 1945, 38: 492.—Kerekes, G. A dobhArtyahiany plasztikai zarasanak m6dszere. Orv. lap, 1948, 4: 1419.—Leicher, H. Ueber den Verschluss von zentralen Trommelfellperforationen. Zschr. Laryng, 1930-31, 20: 323-38.—Linn, E. G. Closure of tympanic membrane perforations. Eye Ear &c Month, 1944, 23: 185-7. ---- Vibration. See also subdivision Movement; also Middle ear, Sound conduction. Guelke, R, & Keen, J. A. A study of the vibrations of the tympanic membrane under direct vision, with anew explanation of their physical characteristics. Physiol, Lond, 1949, 110: 226-36, pi.—Wilska, A. Eine Methode zur Bestimmung der Horschwellenamplituden des Trommelfells bei verschiedenen Frequenzen. Skand. Arch. Physiol, Berl, 1935, 72: 161-5. MIDDLE-EAR inflammation [Otitis me- dia] See also Mastoditis; Middle ear, Hydro- tympanum; Middle-ear drumhead, Disease. Portmann, G., & Kistler, K. Les otites movennes. 211 p. 8? Par., 1929. Aboulker, H. Le mal d'oreille. AlgErie mEd, 1935, 39: 877-900.—Anderson, J. O. Otitis media. Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1933-34, 4: 3.—Birrell, J. F. The unsafe ear. Edin- burgh, M. J, 1945, 52: 213-8, pi.—Christenberry, H. E. Otitis media. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1925-26, 18: 331-4.—Coakley, C. G. Otitis media. J. Florida M. Ass, 1934, 20: 568-70 — Crebbin, J. T. Infections of the middle ear. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1937-38, 90: 274-9.—Del Villar Madrid, R. Las otitis medias. Torre6n mEd, 1948, 3: 61-8.—DorE, J. L. Otites, mastoidites, sinusites. In his MEd. en l'an 2000, Par, 1949, 55.—Errecart, P. L. Otomastoiditis. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1933, 3: 109-16.—Harris, H. H. Non-suppurative otitis media. Dallas M. J, 1943, 29: 125-31.—Harry, P. A. Otitis media. Prescriber, Edinb, 1928, 22: 234-8—Layton, T. B. Inflammations of the middle ear cleft. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1940, 54: 202-6.—Leidler, R. Otitis media. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 263-6.—Marvil, J. E. Otitis media. Delaware M. J, 1941, 13: 39-44.—Montis. Estado actual de los conocimientos mEdicos en la otitis media. Medicina, Madr, 1933, 4: 368-81.—Moore, P. M, jr. Infections of the middle ear. Cleveland Clin. Q, 1941, 8: 5-11.—Morgan, T. K. Re- cent advances in ear infections. Middlesex Hosp. J, 1944, 44: 47-9.—Salerno, E. D. A infecao no ouvido medio. Comun. Congr. sudamer. otorrinolar. (1944) 1945, 2. Congr, 2: 62-74.— Saruwatari, Z. Tyuzi-en. Nippon rinsyo, 1948, 6: 127-30.— Wilkinson, J. A. Otitis media. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1930- 31, 83: 710-4. ---- acute. See also subheadings (secretory; suppurative, acute) Mayer, O. Die akute Mittelohrenontziin- dung. 47p. 8? Wien, 1928. Mollison, W. M. Acute otitis media. 71 p. 16? Lond., 1932. Arellano, E. R. Otitis media aguda. Vida nueva, Habana, 1941 47: 368-70.—Austin, E. R. Acute otitis media. Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1945, 11: 115-9.—Beckner, W. F. Acute otitis media. West Virginia M. J, 1926, 22: 658-62.—Bias- singame, C. D. Acute otitis media. Mississippi Doctor, 1937-38, 15: No. 9, 42.—Browne, H. S. Etiology, diagnosis and treatment of acute otitis media. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1925, 18: 159-61.—Buikstra, C. R. Symposium: the middle ear and mastoid; the acute middle ear. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1938 31: 14-6.—Cassady, J. V. Acute otitis media. Ibid, 1936, 29: 17; 55.—Chlanda. Die akute Otitis. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1946, 58: 635-7.—Cohen. S. Acute otitis media. Atlantic M. J, 1924-25, 28: 291-5.—Dunn, J. F. Acute in- fection of the middle ear. Kentucky M. J, 1939, 37: 9-12.— Gershkovich, I. M, & Frei, S. L. [Acute affections of the external and middle ear and treatment] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 2, 55-7.—Gibson, M. R. Acute exudative middle- ear catarrh. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1924, 71: 427-34. Also South M. & S, 1924, 86: 343-6.—Glass,E. J. G. Acute infec- tion of the middle ear tract. Med. Press, Lond, 1950, 223: 239-41.—Guthrie, D. The acute ear in general practice. Brit M J 1934, 2: 4-6.—Haymann, L. Der Tuben-bezie- hungswe'ise" Mittelohrkatarrh. Munch, med. Wschr, 1940, 87- 606-11.—Hoople, G. D, & Blaisdell, I. H. The problem of acute catarrhal otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1943 18-23.__■---- Some clinical observations on acute catarrhal otitis media. Proc. R. Soc M, Lond, 1943-44, 37: 270-4.—Jewell, J. H. A. Otitis externa and acute otitis media. Brit. Guiana M. Annual, 1947, 28: 77-84.—Jones, C. C. Acute catarrhal otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 379-83.-—Jory, N. A. Acute otitis media. Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1938, 14: 197-203.—Joublin, J. De l'otite aiguE. Progr. mEd, Par, 1948, 76: 17-21.—Kearby, D. O. Acute otitis media. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1927, 20: 64-7.—Kirkpatrick, H. L. Acute otitis media. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1936, 37: 401-3.—Linck, A. Die akute Otitis media ohne Mastoiditis. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1938, 145: 174-99.—Macdonald, E. I. A. Acute otitis media. N. Zealand M. J, 1949, 48: 58-64.— Marsh, F. D. Acute otitis media. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1936, 192: 52-5.—Martin, R. F. J. Acute otitis. In: Fasc. Cestriens, Macclesfield, 1934, 214-9.—Metzenbaum, M. Acute inflammations of the middle ear. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 809-11.-—Mollison, W. M. Acute otitis media. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1942, 148: 321-6. —— The acute ear. Brit. M. J, 1949, 2: 923-5.—Neumann, H. Ueber die akut entziindlichen Erkrankungen des Mittelohres. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 539.—Ockel, Glama & Wreden. Die katarrhalische Entziindung (der einfache Ohrkatarrh) S. Petersb. med. Zschr, 1863, 5: 257-93.—Page, J. R. Acute infections of the middle ear and mastoid. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1935, 60: 578.—Pandullo Solsona, L. Las otitis medias agudas en la practica del mEdico general y del pediatra. Med. & cir. guerra, 1947, 9: 165-77.—Perwitzschky, R. Die akute Otitis media. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 1167-72.—Pitman, L. K. Acute otitis media in adults. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 600-4.-— Richardson, J. R. Observations in acute otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 804-16.—Richter, H. Grundsatzliches uber den Verlauf der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Med Klin, Berl, 1949, 44: 295-8.—Ridout, C. A. S. The acute ear. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1928-29, 22: Sect. Otol, 80-5 — Rimaud, L. Sur deux formes d'otite moyenne aigue. Loire mEd, 1927, 41: 507-16.—Robbio Campos, J, & Arpon O'Con- nor, F. Otitis media aguda. Accion mEd, B. Air, 1940, 10: 723-5.—Rodger, T. R. The problem of the acute ear. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1926, 16: 903-8—Sanjeeva Rao, M. Acute otitis media. Punjab M. J, 1942, 7: 376-83— Seiferth, L. B. Klinisches zur akuten Otitis und Mastoiditis und deren Kom- plikationen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1928, 27: 68-107.—Sullivan, J. A. Acute otitis media. Univ. Toronto M. J, 1940-41, 18: 123-8.—Tumarkin, A. Acute otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1936, 1: 911.—White, C. P. Certain phases of acute otitis media. Delaware M. J, 1936, 8: 146-51.—Williams, J. P. Acute otitis media. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1900, 32: 292-7. ---- acute: Complication. See also subdivision Complication. Blank, H. *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Be- ziehungen zwischen den Erregern und den endo- craniellen Komplikationen der akuten Mittel- ohrentziindung [Erlangen] 31p. 8? Forchheim, 1936. Opfermann, H. *Ueber einige seltene Kom- plikationen bei akuter Mittelohrentziindung (Senkungsabszess am Foramen magnum der Schadelbasis, Bulbusthrombose mit Lahmung des Nervus glossopharyngeus, Vagus und Acces- sorius, ferner ein Fall von Gradenigoschem Symptomenkomplex) 31p. 8? Wiirzb., 1928. Reichard, W. *Ueber die in den Jahren 1929-1936 in der Erlanger Klinik beobachteten lebensgefahrlichen Verwicklungen der akuten Mitterlohrentzundung. 35p. 22cm. Erlangen- Bruck, 1937. Baudet, P. M. G, & Baudet, A. Infections otitiques aigues et leurs complications observEes pendant l'hiver 1935-1936. Rev. serv. san. mil. Par, 1937, 107: 199-217.—Bozzi, E. Osteomielite dello sfenoide e della rocca petrosa da adenotomia in individuo affetto da otomastoidite acuta. Arch. ital. otol, 1937, 49: 395-412.—Brock. W. Ueber die Entstehung der Komplikationen bei verschiedenen Formen der akuten Mit- telohrentziindung. Zschr. Laryng, 1927-28, 16: 287-9. Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1927-28, 19: 476-99. —— Zur Entstehung der Komplikationen bei der akuten Otitis. Ibid, 1928, 20: 190-9; Disc, 212-24.—Clay, J. V. F. The complica- tions of acute suppurative disease of the middle ear and mastoid. Hahneman. Month, 1924, 59: 153-63.—Fuller, C. K. Acute nonsuppurative otitis media and sequelae; a review of one hundred cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 1007-12.— Gadolin, H. R. An uncommon syndrome, acute otitis, facial paralysis, labyrinthine vertigo, vertical compression nystagmus, and the underlying patho-anatomy. Acta otolar, Helsin, 1948, Suppl. 67, 24-7.—Gisselsson, L. Frekvensen av mas- toiditkomplikationer vid akutaotiterfrantvaolikaupptagnings- omraden. Nord. med, 1947, 36: 2118.—Hochfilzer, J. J. Early or late operative treatment in complications of acute otitis media. Minnesota M, 1930, 13: 238-41.—Hume, J. R. The acute ear; its dangers and complications. Mississippi Doctor, 1938-39, 16: No. 2, 1-3.—Krainz, W. Ueber Fruh- M[DDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 166 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION komplikationen der akuten Otitis media. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1931, 44: 864-7.—Lavrand, A. Otite moyenne aigue avec abcEs sous-mastoidien sans mastoidite. J. sc mEd. Lille, 1923, 41: pt 2, 99-101.—Marcotte, R. H. Clinical aspects of acute otitis media and complications, from viewpoint of the general practitioner. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 1930, 95-107. Also N. England J. M, 1930, 203: 681-5.—Neumann, H, Akute Mittelohrentziindung und ihre Auswirkung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 437-9.—Rosenhagen, H. Ein seltenes Hirnnervensyndrom bei akuter Mittelohrerkrankung. Zbl. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1942, 102: 190.—Seydell, E. M. Acute otitis media and mastoiditis. South. M. J, 1942, 35: 658^-60.— Simons, P. C. Ingewikkeld beloop van een acute midden- oorontsteking. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: pt 3, 4277-9.— White, G. W. Acute suppurative otitis media and its com- plications. Kentucky M. J, 1933, 31: 569-72.—Zange, J. Die akute Mittelohrentziindung und ihre Behandlung; welche Verwicklungen kommen als besonders gefahrlich in Betracht und wie ist ihr Eintritt rechtzeitig zu erkennen und zu be- handeln? Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 441-3. ---- acute: Diagnosis. See also subdivisions (Diagnosis; Radiography) Butzbach, J. *Le signe de Tangle retro- tympanique dans les otites aigues en particulier chez 1'enfant, 72p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Zangemeister, H. E. Die akute Mittel- ohrentziindung; ihre zeitgemasse Beurteilung und Behandlung. S3p. 22cm. Munch., 1944. Asherson. N. Common conditions simulating acute otitis media; aural furunculosis. Clin. J, Lond, 1933, 62: 28-34. —---- Uncommon conditions simulating acute otitis media. Ibid, 117-20.—Biehl, C. Die akute A'ittelohrentziindung; diagnostische Irrtiimer. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1935, 9: 149. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935. 48: 341.—Botella. E. Sobre las diferentes formas de las otitis medias agudas. Siglo mEd, 1918, 65: 202-4.—Diamant, M. [Acute or chronic otitis?] Hygiea, Stockh., 1937, 99: 21.—Doyle, G. F. The importance of the early diagnosis and treatment of acute inflammation of the middle ear. Kentucky M. J, 1937, 35:517-20.—Fitzgerald, J. H. The diagnosis and treatment of acute exudative catarrh of the middle ear. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1935, 82: 248-51 — Forster, H. V. Diagnosis and treatment of acute otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1931, 2: 645-7.—Mackenzie, G. W. The diagnosis and treatment of acute exudative catarrh of the middle ear. Eye Ear &c. Month, 1928, 7: 249-56.—Marsh, F. D. Acute otitis media. Birmingham M. Rev, 1927, n. ser, 2: 1-14, pi.—Neumann, H. Diagnose und Therapie der akuten Otitis (verschiedene Formen und Komplikationen) Wien. klin. Wschr, 1924, 37: 1337.—Nylen, C. O. Cancer metastasis in the temporal bone simulating acute inflammation in the middle ear. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1936, 24: 242-52, pi— Panneton, P. Diagnostic de l'otite moyenne aigue. Union mEd. Canada, 1943, 72: 71.—Savulesco, A. Otite moyenne aigue et dEsen- sibilisation mEtamErique; pathogEnie angulaire de l'otite moyenne; le signe de la cervicalgie auriculaire provoquEe. Ann. otolar. Par, 1939, 163-9.—Schmidt. W. Zur Beurteilung akuter Mittelohrentziindungen ohne Sekretion. Med. Klin, Munch, 1948, 43: 328-30. ------ Der Wert des Blutbildes bei der akuten Mittelohrentziindung und ihren Komplikationen. HNO, Berl, 1947-49, 1: 529-37.—Schousboe, J. Nipple formation on the drum in acute otitis media. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1943, 31: 365-78. ---- acute: Etiology. See also subdivision Bacteriology. Nielsen, J. C. Studies of the aetiology of acute otitis media. 191p. 24^cm. Kbh., 1945. Clay, J. V. F. Acute otitis complicating acute upper res- piratory infection. Hahneman. Month, 1941, 76: 221-8.— Dupont-Haibe, P. Otite movenne aigue, d'origine hEmatogone probable. LiEge mEd, 1937. 30: 611-3.—Richter, H. Die akute Mittelohreiterung bei Residuen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81:1498.—Sarasina, K. Biko oyobi huku-biko syuzyutu- go ni heihatu-suru kyu-sei tyuzien no tokei-teki kansatu [statistische Beobachtungen iiber die akute Mittelohrentziin- dung als Spatkomplikation nach den Operationen der Nase und ihre Nebenhohlen] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1939, 12: 939-49.—Vaheri, E. [Pathogenesis of acute inflammation of the middle ear] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1939, 55: 160-4. Also Nord. med, 1939. 2: 1674.—Yamasita, K, & Hamano, H. Kyusei zySkido sikkan narabi-ni kyusei tyuzi-en no hassei to kiko yoso to no kankei [relationship between the development of acute diseases of the upper respiratory tract and acute otitis media, and climatic factors] Igaku & seibutugaku, 1943, 3: 118-22. ---- acute: Pathology. See also subdivision (very acute) Thielemann, U. *Beitrag zur Frage des Einflusses der anatomischen Verhaltnisse und der Erreger auf den Verlauf der akuten Otitis media [Heidelberg] 25p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1938. Villnow, F. *Ueber die Verschiedenheit in der Verlaufsweise der akuten epitympanalen und mesotympanalen Mittelohrentziindung. 16p. 8? Heidelb., 1926. Bensch. L. Rbntgenbild und Operationsbefund des Warzen- fortsatzes bei Otitis media acuta. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1935-36, 39: 502-20.—Ferraris, G. Condizioni generali dell'organismo e capacita di guarigione in tema di otomastoidite acuta. Otorinolar. ital, 1936, 6:434-50.—Kubo.M. Kyu-sei tyuzi-en ni okeru zikan tuki ni tuite [passage of air through the auditory canal in acute otitis media] Nippon rinsyo, 1943, 1: 178-80.—Meller, H. Die Stadien der akuten Mit- telohrentziindung im Hinblick auf ihre Gefahrlichkeit. Wien. med. Wschr, 1943, 93: 459-64.—Moe, R. Regarding the causes of the variations in the clinical course of acute inflam- mations in the middle ear. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1943, 31: 173-222.—Nikaido, Y. Ueber die pathologische Veranderung des Knochen bei der akuten Mastoiditis. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 37-40.—Richter, H. Ueber Sequesterbildung bei der sogenannten Uebergangsform der akuten Mittel- ohrentziindung. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1937-38, 43: 301-5 — Ruttin, E. Auftreten des Hennebertschen Symptoms wahrend acuter Otitis. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1939, 27: 16-8.—Tobey, H. G. Acute catarrhal otitis media with effusion. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1948, 36: 51-71.—Van Caneghem. La pathogEnEse des dEviations successives de la tete au cours des otites aigues. Acta otorhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 270-4.—Wirth, E. Die Abhangigkeit des Verlaufs der akuten Mittelohrentziindung von bakteriologischen und anatomischen Einfliissen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1927-28, 18: 350-4; Disc, 358-64. ------ Ueber die Beteiligung des Gehorganges bei akuten Mittel- ohrentziindungen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1941, 149: 10-26.— Zambrini, A. R, & Podesta, R. Algunos aspectos histo- patologicos de las otitis medias agudas. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1933, 3: 161-6. ---- acute: Surgery. See also Middle-ear drumhead, Paracentesis. Bondarenko, A. T. [On the effect of novocain block of the nervous system on the course of acute otitis, mastoiditis and septicemia] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1939, 16: 297-303.— Cruz Bustillos, C. A. Otitis media aguda y paracentesis. Vida nueva, Habana, 1942, 50: 157-70.—Diggle, F. H. A plea for the earlier operative treatment of acute otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1924, 2: 940.—Koch, J. Die Behandlung der nicht perforierten akuten Mittelohrentziindung und die Anwendung der Parazentese. Fortsch. Ther, 1933, 9: 652-8.—Malherbe, A. Traitement chirurgical de l'antro-tympanite aigue in- fectieuse. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir, 1911, 24. Congr, 359-64.— Richter, H. Die Beriicksichtigung der anatomischen Struktur des Schlafenbeines bei der Anzeige zur Operation der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1939, 45: 266-83.—Unterberger, S. Die akute Mittelohrentziindung und ihre Behandlung; die konservative Behandlung, einschliess- lich des Trommelfellschnittes und wann er am Platze ist. Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 357-9.—Weichmann, M. Zur Operation und Nachbehandlung der akuten Otitis media, insbesondere Indikationsstellung, Zeitpunkt der Operation und Operationsmethode; statistische Studie iiber die Gesamtheit der in den letzten 4 Jahren an der Erlanger Ohrenklinik beo- bachteten akuten Otitiden. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1928, 119: 1-52. ---- acute: Treatment. Bail, M. R. Treatment of acute otitis media. Antiseptic Madras, 1938, 35: 951-4.—Beck, F. L. Care of the ear in acute otitis media. Colorado M, 1937, 34: 734-6.—Blackwell, H. B. The value of dry treatment in acute infections of the ear and mastoid. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 390-3.—Blomroos, T. [Treatment of acute inflammation of the middle ear] Fin. lak. sail, hand, 1932, 74: 793-825.—Boies. L. R. Acute otitis media. Current Ther, Phila, 1949, 37").—Bolotte, M. Le traitement des otites movennes aigues. Arch. mEd. pharm. mil, 1929, 90: 209-29.—Campbell, A. Acute otitis media; its treatment with_ results. Ind. M. Gaz, Calc, 1936, 71: 543-5.—Chausse, C. L'avEnement de la radio-clinique oto- logique aurait-il un retentissement sur la conduite du traitement des otites et des mastoidites aigues? J. mEd. Paris, 1941, 61: 11-4.—Clein, N. W. Pediatric treatment of the acute ear. Northwest M, 1940, 39: 135-7.—Coakley, L. P. Some obser- vations in the care of acute otitis media. Nebraska M. J, 1937, 22: 48-52.—Conde Jahn, F. Acerca del tratamiento de la otitis media aguda. Rev. med. cir. (Maracay) Caracas, 1935, Feb, 15-20.—Cowherd, D. H. The acute ear from an oste- opathic standpoint. College J, Kansas City, 1942, 26: 21-3.— Cunningham, A. T. Some observations on acute otitis media. Brit. Homoeop. J, 1933, 23: 141-59.—Dean, L. W, jr. Acute otitis media and mastoiditis. In: Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait, 1940, 3: 3539-42.—Diggle. F. H. The treatment of acute otitis media. Practitioner, Lond, 1930, 124: 104-26. Also Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1935, 190: 595-8.—Dokuro, A. Hihu-byo oyobi kyu-sei tyuzien no tiken [successful treat- ment of skin disease and acute otitis media] Kanpo & kan- yaku, 1942, 9: 506.—Errecart, P. L. Tratamiento de la otitis media aguda. Rev. san mil, B. Air, 1937, 36: 77-87.— Esteban, J. El problema terapEutico de las otomastoiditis MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 167 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION agudas. Actual. mEd, Granada, 1942, 18: 76-86.—Fox, S. L. The management of the acute ear. Laryngoscope, 1946, 56: 312-9.—Gaston, A. A propos du traitement abortif des otites aigues de 1'adulte. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 518-21.— Gaston, I. E. Care of acute otitis media. Northwest M, 1930, 29: 101-4.—Goto, S. Kyu-sei tyuzien no tiryo. Tiryo, 1948, 30: 294-9— Graham, T. O. The treatment of acute otitis media in acute febrile conditions. Brit. M. J, 1933, 1: 287-90.—Hamon, L. Quelques rEflexions sur l'Evolution et le traitement de l'otite aigue. Gaz. mEd. France, 1932, 834-6.— Harpman, 3. A. Treatment of acute otitis media. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1945, 214: 214-6. Also Punjab M. J, 1947, 12: 25-8.—Haymann, L. Grundsatze und Richtlinien fur die Behandlung und Beurteilung der akut-entziindlichen Prozesse des Mittelohres. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 942; 984.— Hays, H. The management of acute otitis media. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: Suppl, 420-4— Heine, L. H. The treat- ment of acute otitis media. Nebraska M. J, 1941, 26: 395-7.— Hetrick, J. A. W. The use of posture in the treatment of acute otitis media. J. Ophth. Otol, 1927, 31: 183-8.—Hoople, G. D, & Blaisdell, I. H. The problem of acute catarrhal otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 359-63.—Jacobowitz, K. Zur Therapie der nicht perforierten Otitis media acuta. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1587.—Jauerneck, A. Die Behandlung der akuten Mittelohreiterung durch den praktischen Arzt. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1939, 36: 44-7.—Jones, S. The management of acute middle ear infection. Proc. Aesculap. Soc Wabash Valley, 1923, 7: 68-80.—Jory, N. A. Treatment of acute otitis media. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 205: 294-7. Also Mod. Treat. Yearb, Lond, 1942, 8: 154-9. Also Punjab M. J, 1942, 7: 217-22.—Juers. A. L. Management of acute middle ear infection. Kentucky M. J, 1942, 40: 190-3.— Kindler, W. Die akute Mittelohrentziindung und ihre Be- handlung: welche Formen sind als fiir die Praxis wichtig zu unterscheiden und wie sind sie zu erkennen? Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 316-8— Kobrak, F. Leitende Gesichts- punkte in der Behandlung der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1926, 23: 45-50.—Lapointe, J. Traite- ment de l'otite movenne aigue. Union mEd. Canada, 1942, 71: 952; 1943, 72: 72.—Layton, T. B, Woodman, M. [et al.] Causes of failure in treatment of otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 877. Also Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1940-41, 34: 225-32. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1941, 56: 15-28.—Leibovich, B. M. [Practical experience of the ambulatory otiatrist in treatment of acute inflammation of the middle earl Vest. otorinolar, 1941, No. 5, 57.—MacAdam, E. W. Postural treatment of otitis media acuta. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1925, 18: 1063-5.—Mclnnis, M. J. Nursing care in acute otitis media. Canad. Nurse, 1942, 38: 169.—Mennitti-Ippolito. R. Terapia della otite acuta. Rinasc med, 1935, 13: 26-9.-— Moulonguet, A. Traitement et surveillance des otites moyen- nes aigues. Sem. hop. Paris, 1936, 12: 169-74.—Neumann, H. Woran erkennt und wie behandelt man die verschiedenen Formen und Komplikationen der akuten Otitis? In: Wien. med. Seminar, Wien, 1927, 350-2.—Obermiiller. Die Behand- lung der akuten Mittelohrentziindung in physikochemischer Betrachtung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1931, 128: 263-71 — O'Malley, J. F. Importance of early treatment of acute otitis. Brit. M. J, 1924, 2: 1193-5. Also Eve Ear &c. Month, 1925-26, 4: 213-5.—Oppikofer. E. Die Behandlung der akuten Otitis durch den praktischen Arzt. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 686-8.—O'Shea, H. V. Modern treatment of acute otitis media. Med. Press, Lond, 1947, 218: 79-82. Also Mod. Treatm. Yearb, Lond, 1948, 181-8, pi.—Owen, F. S. Treat- ment of acute otitis media by the general practitioner. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1901, 33: 159-70.—Pompe, J. Otitis media acuta i njegova terapija. Med. glasn, 1949, 3: 102-7.—Rao, U. D. G. The treatment of acute otitis media. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1932-33, 2: 147-9.—Rauch, M. Der Einfluss intraglu- tealer Proteinkorperzufuhr auf den Verlauf akuter Mittel- ohrentziindungen. In: Urbantschitsch Festschrift, Wien, 1919, 537-76.—Reid, W. O. Treatment of acute otitis media bv decongestion. Brit. M. J, 1946, 1: 648.—Richter, H. Die akute Mittelohrentziindung; eine Darstellung fiir den Dienst am Kranken. Hals &c Arzt, Teil 2, 1937, 44: 1; 97—Rigg, J. P. Rational therapy in acute otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1945, 41: 137-9.—Roy, D. Some observations on the management of acute inflammation of the middle ear in adults. Med. Times, N. Y, 1929, 57: 105.—Singleton, J. D. Acute otitis media; its management by the general practitioner and pediatrician. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1946, 39: 325-8.—Torviso, R. E. Tratamiento de las otitis agudas. Sem. mEd, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt 2, 1240-3.—Uffenorde, W. Praktische Theraoie der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 643; 699.—Whale, H. L. The treatment of acute otitis media. Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 1032.—Woodman, M. Causes of failures in the treatment of acute otitis media. Ibid, 1940, 2: 746.—Woods, R. H. Hospital management of acute otitis media. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1948-49, 48: 484. ---- acute: Treatment: Antibiotics. Ball, S. Penicillin in acute otitis media and mastoiditis; a report of cases. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1945, 41: 109-12 — Bateman. G. H. The place of chemotherapy and penicillin in the treatment of acute otitis media. Irish J. M. Sc, 1947, 457-64.—Belfort, F. Nova tEcnica de tratamento de otites mEdias agudas por meio de antibioticos. Med. cir. farm, Rio, 1950, 96-8.—Black, J. I. M. Acute mastoiditis in children treated by penicillin. Med. World, Lond, 1948-49, 69: 425-7.—Christierson, S. v. The use of penicillin in acute otitis media and its complications. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1945, 237-47— Grebelius, N, & Sjoberg, A. Erfarenheter av penicillinbehandling vid akut otit. Sven. lak. tidn, 1949, 46: 581-94. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 286-98.— Kidokoro, S. Kyu-sei tyuzi-en ni tai-suru penicillin ryoho ni tuite [penicillin therapy] Rinsyo, 1949, 2: 293-5.—Layton, T. B, Collins, E. G. [et al.] Discussion on penicillin treatment in acute otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 608-12.— Lundgren, N. Penicillinterapi vid akuta otiter. Nord. med, 1949, 42: 1401-3.—Riskaer, N. Penicillin treatment of simple acute otitis media. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1949, 37: 230-8. ------& Ipsen, J. Penicillin instillation in acute otitis media. Ibid, 1948, 36: 377-87.—Sobieski, E. Essai de pEnicillino- thErapie locale dans les otites aigues. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 340-2. ------ PenicillinothErapie locale des otites moyennes aigues. Concours mEd, 1949, 71: 1193.—Strandberg, O. Lokal penicillinbehandling ved otitis media acuta. Nord. med., 1946, 31: 1830.—Takahara, K, Amagasaki, M. [et al.] Tyuzien oyobi sono gappei-syo ni tai-suru peniciUin ryoho no syo-ken. Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 60-3.—Thumim, M. Aure- omycin in penicillin-resistant acute otitis media. Laryngo- scope, 1949, 59: 1133.—Weiss, J. A. Transtubal instillation of penicillin in acute otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 17.—Wilcox, J. G. Penicillin treatment of acute middle ear and mastoid infections. Pennsylvania M. J, 1946-47, 50: 574-7.—Wilson, C. P. Report on 110 cases of acute infection of the ear treated with penicillin. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1945-46, 39: 812-6. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1946, 61: 404-10. Also Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 708.—Yambao, C. V, & Bongco, F. Penicillin in acute mastoiditis with report of three cases recovered. J. Philippine M. Ass, 1948, 24: 119-22. ---- acute: Treatment: Chemotherapy. Hamberger, C. A. *Ueber die Behandlung der Otitis media acuta und gewisser otogener Komplikationen mit Sulfanilamidderivaten [Karolinska inst.] 160p. 23Hcm. Stockh., 1942. Also forms Suppl. 46, Acta otolar, Stockh. Le Roy, P. G. *La sulfamidotherapie des otites moyennes aigues. 32p. 23cm. Par., 1944. Aynesworth, H. T. Sulfonamides in acute otitis media and mastoiditis. Med. Rec, Houston, 1943, 37: 606-11.—Babcock, J. W. The role of sulfanamide in acute otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 390-3. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 32: 246-9.—Baker, D. C, jr, & Bradford, G. E. Sulfanilamide therapy for acute otitis media and acute mas- toiditis. Ibid, 1939, 29: 334-44.—Becker-Christensen, P. [Sulfamethylthiazol content in the organism in treatment of acute inflammation of the middle ear] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 867-74.— Brovelli, A. Considerazioni cliniche sul trat- tamento delle otoantriti acute con sulfamidici associati a vac- cini antipiogeni polivalentL Arch. ital. otol, 1941. 53: 265-90, 3 tab.—Chausse, C. La conduite du traitement des otites aigues et la sulfamidothErapie. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1942, 63: 201-16. ------ Faut-il sulfamider les otites aigues? J. mEd. Paris, 1946, 66: 37-9.—Chemotherapy in acute otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 20.—Colledge, L. Chemo- therapy in acute otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 455.— Diamant, M. Sulfabehandling vid akut otit hos barn. Sven. lak. tidn, 1948, 45: 1617-8.—Duggan, J. H. T. Chemotherapy in acute ear disease. Irish J. M. Sc, 1940, ser. 6, No. 174, 261; No. 175, 302.—Farquharson, I. M. The masking effect of sulphonamide when used in the treatment of acute otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 269-78.—Ganz, R. N, Lyons, C, & Ferguson, C. F. Chemotherapv and serotherarjy of acute otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 1185-8— Goto, S. Kyu-sei tyuzien ni tai-suru kagaku-ryoho-zai no tekio to sono genkai [Suitability of drugs used in chemotherapy ...] Rinsyo, 1949, 2: 94-7.—Hebble, H. M. Sulfanilamide in treatment of acute infection of the ear and of the mastoid in infants and in children; quantitative study of 17 cases. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 31: 808-18.—Hetroy, M. Les sulfamides dans les otites aigues et subaigues. Concours mEd, 1946, 68: 505.—Hild, A. M. Die Cibazoltherapie der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 1410-4.—Horan, V. G, & French, S. G. Prevention of mastoiditis; survey of 621 cases of acute otitis media treated with sulphanilamide. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 680-2.—Houser, K. M. A survey of the use of sulfanilamide in acute otitis media. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1939, 29: 336-47. Also Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 825-32. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 31: 224—M0rch, P., & Theil- gaard, E. Kombineret sulfathiazol- og lucosilbehandling af acut otitis media. Nord. med, 1944, 24: 1979-82.—Monteiro, A. Sulfas e penicilina no tratamento das otites mEdias agudas e suas complicacoes; estudo comparativo. Hospital, Rio, 1949, 36: 23-53.—Piquet, J. La sulfamidothErapie dans les otites aigues d'aprEs les publications des auteurs nordiques. Ann. otolar. Par, 1946, 63: 344-7.—Ramadier, J. A. Une sErie de dEboires avec la sulfamido-pEnicillinothErapie dans le traitement des otites aigues. Ibid, 1947, 64: 487-93. Also Sem. hop. Par, 1947, 23: Supp, 2579-83— Reading, P. The use of chemotherapy and penicillin in acute infections, with par- ticular reference to the ear. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1946, 42: MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 168 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 309.—Rodel, A. Zur Behandlung der akuten Mittelohrentziin- dungen mit Sulfonamiden. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1946, 8: 499-504.-—Rottbtfll Hansen, B. [Treatment of acute inflam- mation of the middle ear with M & B 693] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 1087-91.—Seal, J. C. Evaluation of sulfanilamide therapy in acute otitis media and mastoiditis. N. York State J. M, 1939, 39: 1790-4.—Schwartz, H. W. The sulfonamides and acute ear infections. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1944, 51: 245-8. Also Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1944, 23: 246-51.—Selander, P, & Kronkvist, B. Sulfabehandling vid akut otit hos barn. Sven. lak. tidn, 1948, 45: 1471-7.—Taillens, J. P. L'Etat actuel du traitement des otites moyennes aigues par les sul- famidEs. Praxis, Bern, 1945, 34: 233. Also Rev. mEd. Suisse rom, 1945, 65: 381-4. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1945, 75: 466-71.—Tobey, H. G. The sulfonamide drugs in the treat- ment of acute otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 945-54.-—Volkmar, E. Soil man bei der akuten Otitis media Sulfonamide verordnen? Med. Klin, Munch, 1948, 43: 390.— Williams, H. L, Brown, A. E. [et al.] Sulfonamide therapy for acute otitis media and mastoiditis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 336-48.—Woodward, F. D. Sulfanilamide and Roentgen ray therapy for acute otitis media and mastoiditis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1939, 29: 237-45. Also Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 572-9. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 31: 219. ---- acute: Treatment, local. Alfdldy, J. [Value of ear-drops in acute otitis media] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1940, 38: 171-3.—Ersner, M. S, & Saltz- man, M. Ear drops in acute otitis media; an evaluation of various medicaments and an analysis of the untoward effects of antipyrine and benzopyrine. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 471-5.—Gantier, K. Ohrtropfenbehandlung bei akuter Mit- telohrentziindung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1938, 64: 641.— Haardt, W. Ueber die Behandlung der akuten Mittelohrent- ziindung mit Detoxin-Puder. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1938, 145: 231-6.-—Layton, T. B. Acute otitis media with discharge: ear mopping. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1950, 46: 261-3.-—Lins e Silva, M. Terebenthinotherapia na otite mEdia aguda. Fol. med, Rio, 1936, 17: 556.—Mahu, G. Application de la mEthode de Carrel au traitement des mastoidites aigues. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1918, 6. annEe, 705-19.—Shapiro, D. Irrigation of the ear in aoute otitis media; is there risk of spreading the infection to the mastoid cells? Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 17:384. ---- acute: Treatment: Radiotherapy. Barajas y de Vilches, J. M. Las irradiaciones infrarrojas en el tratamiento de la otitis media aguda. Siglo mEd, 1929, 83: 154-7.—Dowdy, A. H, Heatly, C. A, & Pierce, W. W. The evaluation of roentgen irradiation as an adjunct in the treatment of acute otitis media. Radiology, 1939, 32: 661-8.— Goldmann, R. Die Behandlung der akuten Entziindung der Mittelohrraume mit Rontgenstrahlen. Zschr. Laryng, 1929- 30, 19: 53-63.—Menck-Thygesen, P. Behandlung von Otitis media acuta mit Rontgenbestrahlung. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1939, 2: 105-13. ------ Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen iiber den Wert der RSntgenbehandlung akuter Otitis media. Acta otolar, Helsin, 1944, Suppl. 51, 283-6. ---- acute—in children. See also other subdivisions (infantile; suppura- tive, acute) Hecht, A. F. Die akute Mittelohrentziindung als Kinderkrankheit, 126p. 8? Wien, 1928. Alvarez Gonzalez, D. Otitis medias agudas de los ninos. Med. ninos, 1927, 28: 115-24.—Braun, L. L, & Bigler, J. A. Sulfanilamide in the treatment of acute otitis media in children. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1941, 62: 521-9.—Childs, H. C. Acute otitis media in children. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1936, 29: 387.— Dean, L. W. Acute otitis in infants; its influence on certain systemic conditions and the influence of these conditions on the method of treating the coexisting acute otitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1927, 6: 201-12.—Emswiler, H. D. Acute ear infections in children. Proc. Postcolleg. Chn. Assemb. Coll. M. Ohio Univ, 1939, 6: 277-9.—Ersner, M. S, & Shapin, S. Factors delaying recovery from acute otitis media in children. Med. J. & Rec. 1932, 135: 281-3.—Greene, J. B. Acute otitis media in children. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1923, 70: 395-401 — Hershberger. J. W. The treatment of acute otitis media in children. Pennsylvania M. J, 1941-42, 45: 355-7.—Krassnig, M. Die akuten Mittelohrentziindungen im Kleinkindesalter. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1928, 118: 285-302.—Le MEe, Zha & Butzbach. Les rEsultats obtenus par l'emploi du propidon comme traitement adjuvant dans 29 cas d'otite aigue de l'enfant. Ann. otolar. Par, 1939, 698-700.—Mackenzie, G. W. Acute inflammation of the middle ear in children. J. Ophth. Otol, 1928, 32: 1-8.—Matison, E. A. Acute middle ear infections in children. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 615-7.— Middleton, L. J. Some notes on the treatment of otitis media and acute-mastoiditis in children. Ibid, 1928, 1: 744-7. ------ Treatment of otitis media and acute mastoiditis in children. Eye Ear &c Month, 1933, 12: 426-9.—Monti, P. C. L'otite media acuta infantile. Prat, pediat, Milano, 1935. 13: 21-8.—Neumann. H. Ueber die akute Otitis im Kindes- alter. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 865-8.—Pierce, M. M. Acute otitis media in childhood. Manitoba M. Rev, 1947, 27: 283-6.—Shefferd, J. M. Acute otitis media in children. Med. Woman J, 1925, 32: 317-9.—Strachan, J. G. Acute otitis media in children. Bull. Acad. M, Toronto, 1936, 9: 197-200.—Sykes, E. M. Acute middle ear infections in children. Texas J. M, 1924-25, 20: 394-7.—Uflenorde. W. Die Behandlung der akuten Mittelohrentziindung im Kin- desalter. Fortsch. Ther, 1931, 7: 429-36. Also Ther. Gegen- wart, 1938, 79: 481-7. ------ Die akute Mittelohrentzun- dung im Kindesalter. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 14; 135.— Van Poole, G. M. Acute otitis in children. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 655-9.—Williams, H. J. Acute otitis media and mastoiditis in children. Pennsylvania M. J, 1940-41, 44: 590-2. ---- adhesive. See also subheading (dry) Hamberger, C. A. Fonsteroperation vid kronisk adhaesiv- otit. Nord. med, 1948, 38: 1256-9.—Mathe. K. Gehorver- bessernde Eingriffe bei Verwachsungen im Mittelohr nach chronischer Mittelohreiterung. Zschr. Laryng, 1929-30, 19: 424-6.—Shilov, K. [Adhesive otitis as contraindication for aviation candidates] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 34—7.— Tarasov, V. V, & Shilov, K. N. [Baroscopic function of the ear in cicatricial changes of the tympanum] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 3, 46-9. ---- Aero-otitis. See also Aviator, Ear and equilibrium; Eusta- chian tube, Disease; Middle ear, Aviation aspect; also Caisson workers. Campbell, P. A. Measurement of Eustachian tube resistance in individuals not subject to aero-otitis media. 61. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 6, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. FPRC 608: Head measure- ments in cases of recurrent otitic barotrauma. 4 1. 18y2cm. Lond., 1945. Ogden, F. W. Tubal resistance and aero- otitis media. 5 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 268, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. Air Force. Aero Medi- cal Laboratory [Wright Field, Ohio] Memo- randum report No. ENG-49-698-11: Aero-otitis media in high altitude chamber nights. 9p. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Accorrinti, V. Lieve disturbo funzionale uditivo aggravate intensamente, dopo un periodo di volo, in un giovane pilota, affetto. da modico catarro cronico nella cassa timpanica. Arch. antrop, crim. Tor, 1928, 48: 264-7.—Acute otitic barotrauma. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 12.—Aero-otitis media. Eye Ear &c Month, 1945, 24: 530.—Aldao, C. N. G. Barotrauma; trastomos dependientes de las cavidades neu- m&ticas craneofaciales provocadas por el aire comprimido. Rev. pub. nav, B. Air, 1949, 2: 63-86.—Armstrong, H. G, & Heim, J. W. The effect of flight on the middle ear. In: Outline Otolar. (Hargreayes, J. M, ed.) Randolph Field, 1939, 21-31.'—Aschan, G. Ciliefunktionen vid barotrauma. Nord. med, 1946, 30: 789.—Barnes, H. A. Aero-salpingotympanitis with delayed vestibular symptoms; report of a case. U. S Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 830-2.—Barotrauma. R. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, No. 22, 53-7.—Barrios Ortiz. R. Barotrauma 6tico. Rev. otorrinolar. (Chile) 1948, 8: 41-66.—Bergin, K. G. Otitic barotrauma. In his Aviat. Med, Bristol, 1949, 221-34, illust, 2 pi.—Boyer, N. Aero-otitis media. J. Bowman Gray School M, 1945, 3: 196-8.—Campbell, P. A. The present status of the problem of aviation deafness. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1944-45, 49: 72-4.—Causse, R, & Falconnet, P. La sordera profesional del aviador (transl.) Rev. san. aeronaut, B. Air, 1948, 1: 145-58.—Chebotarev, A. I. [Con- cerning the clinics and therapy of barotraumatic otitis] Vest. otorinolar, 1945, 8-11.—Cheetham, R. W. S. Otitic baro- trauma. S. Afr. M. Congr, 1948, 36. Congr, 80.—Chester, L, & Drooker, J. C. Aero-otitis media and aero-sinusitis. Laryn- goscope, 1943, 53: 203-9— Dickson, E. D. D, McGibbon, J. E. G. [et al.] An investigation into the incidence of acute otitic barotrauma as a disability amongst 1,000 aircrew cadets during a decompression test. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1944, 59: 267-95.—Gaulejac, R. de. Les otites moyennes des aviateurs. Ann. otolar. Par, 1938, 588-95.—Harvey, W. Investigation and survey of malocclusion and ear symptoms, with particular reference to otitic barotrauma; pain in ears due to change in altitude. Brit. Dent. J, 1948, 85: 219; 249.—Larkin, J. C. Aero-otitis media; a roentgenologic study. Am. J. Roentg, 1944, 51: 178-85.—Lentine, J. A review of 100 cases of acute aero-otitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 293-7.—McGibbon, J. E. G. Aviation pressure deafness. Proc. R. Soc M, Lond, 1941-42, 35: 251-7. ------ The nature of the valvular MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 169 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION action, passive opening, of the Eustachian tube in relation to changes of atmospheric pressure and to aviation pressure deafness. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1942, 57: 344-50, 2 pi.— Matthews, R. M. S. Eustachian obstruction and otitic baro- trauma in air-crews of heavy bombers. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 523-5.-—Pennington, G. W. Observations on chronic aero- otitis media. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 269.—Pothoven, W. J. Vliegtuiglawaai als oorzaak van vliegerdoofheid. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 93: 2403-8.—Rafferty, J. A. Barotitis media, hypoxia, airsickness and bends in the U. S. Eighth Air Force during World War II. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 356-9.— Requarth, W. H. Aero-otitis media in compressed air workers; treatment with helium-oxygen mixtures. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 1766-9.—Senturia, B. H. Hearing changes during pilot training. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 205-8.—Shilling, C. W, & Haines, H. L. Aerotitis media; a brief presentation of its symptomatology, prevention and treatment. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 48-55.—Stewart, C. B, Warwick, O. H, & Bateman, G. L. Acute otitic barotrauma resulting from low- pressure chamber tests. Ibid, 1945, 16: 385-408.—Valder- rama Herrera, M. Un caso de aero-otitis media; problema de interns para el cirujano dentista. ADM, M6x, 1948, 5: 168-74.—Weersma. P. Barotrauma. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 1598-1601.—Weymuller, E. A, & Magnuson, P. L. Report of 52 cases of recurrent aerotitis, First Air Force, Mitchel Field, New York. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 684.—Wright, R. W. Aero-otitis media; a further report of purulent otitis media complicating aero-otitis media. Ibid, 499-512.—Zivanovic, V. Aero-otitis. Voj. san. pregl, 1947, 4: 255-60. ---- Aero-otitis, experimental. Aschan, G. K. Aero-otitis media and aero- sinusitis; experimental histo-pathological changes due to oxygen deficiency and oxygen poisoning. 93p. 24cm. Uppsala, 1948. Forms Suppl. 69, Acta otolar, Stockh. McGibbon, J. E. G., & Campbell, A. C. P. Summary of a report on clinical finds observed in cases of acute otitic barotrauma and their rela- tionship to the changes produced experimentally in cats by alteration of atmospheric pressure. 7 1. 32}icm. Lond., 1943. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 557, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Ogden, F. YV. A study of altitude chamber aero-otitis media. 61. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 147, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Continuous pressure politzerization in the prevention of altitude chamber aero-otitis media. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 211, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Also forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 177, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ■---- A study of the effects of vasocon- strictor solutions on altitude chamber aero-otitis media. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 170, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc Also forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 159, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Dickson, E. D. D, McGibbon, J. E. G. [et al.] An investiga- tion into the incidence of acute otitic barotrauma as a dis- ability amongst 1,000 aircrew cadets during a decompression test. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1944, 59: 267-95. ------ & Campbell, A. C. P. Acute otitic barotrauma; clinical findings, mechanism and relationship to the pathological changes pro- duced experimentally in the middle ears of cats by variations of pressure. Ibid, 1943, 58: 465-88, 16 pi.—Lieberman, A. T. Aero-otitis media in pressure chamber flights. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 500-7.—Riecker, O. E. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchung iiber Veranderungen der Funktion und Struktur des Gehororgans nach Unterdruckwirkung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1944, 154: 390-420. ---- Aero-otitis: Prevention and treatment. Ogden, F. W. Modified politzerization in treatment of aero-otitis media. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 173, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Bell, J. J. Aero-otitis, treated with thermotherapy. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 10.—Bowen, W. J. Delayed acute aero-otitis media and methods of prevention. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 247-52.—Chebotarev, A. J. K voprosu kliniki i terapii barotravmaticheskikh otitov. Vest, otorinolar, 1945, 7: 8-11.—Collins, B. E, Eschenbrenner, J. W., jr, & Lyle. P. L. Aerotitis and radium therapy in the Eighth Air Force. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 694-707.—Dickson, E. D. D., & McGibbon, J. E. G. The treatment of recurrent otitic barotrauma by irradiation with special reference to lymphoid tissue in the sub-mucosa of the Eustachian tube. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 647-71, 12 pi.—Fowler, E. P., jr. Radon treatment for otitis due to barotrauma. Ibid, 1943, 58: 489-92. ------ Use of radon to prevent otitis media due to hyperplasia of lymphoid tissue and barotrauma (aero- otitis) Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 40: 402-5. ------ Ir- radiation of the Eustachian tube; an anatomic, physical and clinical study of a treatment for recurrent otitis media applied to aero-otitis. Ibid, 1946, 43: 1-11.—Grauber, J. J, Smith, J. W, & Earl, D. H. Report of the Third Air Force Irradiation Unit, 31 August 1945. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 686-93 — Hall, J. F., jr. The use of helium-oxygen mixtures in aviation for the prevention of painful ear symptoms. J. Aviat. M, 1940, 11: 81-6.—Hendricks, J. E, & Lieberman, A. T. Activ- ities of the irradiation clinic at Westover Field, Massachusetts. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 662-83.—Kelly, W. J., & Lang- heinz, H. W. Dental treatment for the prevention of aerotitis media. Ibid, 1946, 55: 13-28. ------ A rapid dental treatment for the prevention of aerotitis media. Dent. Digest, 1946, 52: 310-4.—Lamport, H. Maneuver for the relief of acute aero-otitis media. J. Aviat. M, 1941, 12: 163-8.— Leucutia, T. Aerotitis and its prevention by the use of radium. Am. J. Roentg, 1946, 55: 483-7.—Lovelace. W. R, Mayo, C. W, & Boothby, W. M. Aero-otitis media; its alleviation or prevention by the inhalation of helium and oxygen. Proc Mayo Clin, 1939, 14: 91-6.—MacGregor, J. B, Fronek, G. J, & Doyle, F. G. Prevention of aero-otitis media; use of dif- ferential pressure at simulated high altitudes in low pressure chamber. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1744.—Mikell, J. S. The use of radium in the aerotitis control program in the Twelfth Air Force. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 708-15.— Morris, F. O. The relation of deep roentgen therapy to aero- otitis. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 266-8. Also California M, 1947, 67: 100-2.—Northington, P. Radium therapy in aerotitis media. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1559-67.— Ogden, F. W. Politzerization; a simple and effective method in treatment of aero-otitis media. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 4, 18-20.—Shilling, C. W, Haines, H. L. [et al.] The prevention and treatment of aerotitis media. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1529-58.—Smedal, H. A, Bierman. H. R, & Lilienthal, J. L, jr. The treatment of aero-otitis media by rede- compression. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 211-5.—Spiegel, F. S. Aero-otitis, treated by inflation with helium. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 9.—Sternstein, H. J. Nasal resistance inhaler; a new method for the prevention and treatment of aerotitis media and aerosinusitis; preliminary report. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 266-78.—Thorne, I. J. The administra- tion of helium and oxygen mixtures in the treatment of disabling ear symptoms caused bv changes in atmospheric pressure. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 378-85.—Tomb, J. W. Amyl- nitrite in the treatment of acute aero-otitis media. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 109'.—Trapasso, T. J. Aerotitis program in the Fifteenth Air Force. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 716-21.—Trowbridge, B. C. A new treatment of acute aero- otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 50: 255-63.—Use (The) of radium in the aerotitis control program of the Army Air Forces. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 650-60.—Wiseheart, R. H. A new method for treatment of acute aero-otitis media. Ibid, 1943, 52: 581-8. ---- Aero-otitis—in submariners. See also Submarine. Haines, H. L., & Harris, J. D. Aerotitis media in submariners. 73 1. 27cm. N. Lond., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. X-434, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Laborat. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1946, 55: 347-71. Diver's ear; otitic barotrauma. R. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, No. 5, 13.—Shilling, C. W. Aero-otitis media and loss of auditory acuity in submarine escape training. Arch. Otolar, 1945, 42: 169-72. ---- agranulocytotic. See also Agranulocytosis. Oppikofer, E. K. Ueber Otitis und Rhinitis necroticans agranulocytotica. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1941-43, 48: 495-502. ---- Allergy. See also Middle ear, Allergy. Koch, H. Allergical investigations of chronic otitis. 201p. 24cm. Lund, 1947. Forms Suppl. 62, Acta otolar, Stockh. Gonda, K. Allergy-sei tyuzi-en rei. Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 549.—Hiller, B. Allergic otitis media and mastoiditis. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 1: 549-51.—Koch, H. Experimentell allergisk otit. Nord. med, 1947, 36: 2116-8.—Lewis. E. R. Otitis media and allergy. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929. 35: 427-30. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 185-8. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----12 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 170 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION ---- Associated diseases. See also such diseases as Diabetes mellitus; Malaria; Syphilis; Tuberculosis. Barth, H. Otitis media acuta und Diabetes. Klin. Wschr, 1937, 16: 198-201.—Cisneros, J. Mastoiditis de Bezold en un diabetico; aticoantrectomia-decorticacion de la ap6fisis; cura- ci6n. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1904, 4: 245-9.—Huizinga, E. Ueber einen Fall von akuter Otitis bei Diabetes mit merk- wiirdiger Trommelfelrperforation. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1931, 128: 247-54.—Humayer, K. Cukorbajos beteg kozepfiilgyul- ladasa es csecsnvulvdnyanak sequestralodasa. Orv. hetil, 1942, 86: 199.—Jon-os, Z. [Otitis media and tuberculous meningitis] Cas. lek. cesk, 1938, 77: 761-70.—Majer, E. H. Otitis bei Diabetes. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 305-18 — Miindnich, K. Akute Mittelohrentziindung und Malaria. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1936, 141: 358-62.—Paula Pinto Hartung, F. de. Otite media e suas complicacoes no diabetico. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1943, 11: 5-16.—Rehof, V. [Otitis media complicated by diabetes] Cas. lek. cesk, 1935, 74: 1236-8 — Vesely, J. Acute otitis media and syphilitic basal meningitis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 590-2. ---- Bacteriology. See also subdivisions (Clostridium; Colon bacillus; Corynebacterium; Diphtheria bacillus; Diplococcus; Enterococcus; Funduliformis; Fusi- formis; Gonococcus; influenzal; Micrococcus; Mucosus type; Pasteurella; Pneumococcus; Pseu- domonas; Salmonella; scarlatinal; Streptococcus) Bonnahon, J. *Contribution a l'etude bac- teriologique des suppurations auriculaires a microbes pyogenes aerobies. 80p. 8? Par., 1930. Folt, C. *Ueber die Bedeutung der bakteno- logischen Untersuchung des Ohrsekretes bei akuten und chronischen Mittelohreiterungen fiir die Prognose und Therapie dieser Etnziindungen. 71p. 221/2cm. Bonn, 1937. Glenk, H. *Ueber die bakteriellen Erreger der akuten Mittelohrentziindung [Erlangung] 31p. 8? Niirnberg-Zirndorf, 1936. Vaheri, E. *Bakteriologisch-klinische Unter- suchungen iiber operativ behandelte Komplika- tionen der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. 227p. 8? Helsin., 1938. Forms Suppl. 29, Acta otolar, Stochk. Alfoldy, .1. [Bacteriology of otitis media] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 493-5. ■------ [Bacteriology of specific otitis media] Ibid, 1935, 79: 501-3.—Ananthanarayanan, R. Bacterial flora of ear pus in South Indians. Ind. J. Surg, 1948, 10: 302.-—Angelescu. G, Boeriu, V, & Toma, A. [Chronic suppurative otitis of the middle ear; is it sometimes tubercu- lous?] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1933, 32: 285-301.—Bonnahon, J. Contribution a l'etude bacteriologique des suppurations auriculaires a microbes pyogenes aerobies. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1930, 36: 897-939.—Calvet, J. Importance de l'examen bacteriologique dans les oto-mastoidites. Oto- rhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1937,21: 377-406.—Caminiti, F. P. Negativita della ricerca del bacillo di Koch in soggetti tuber- colotici affetti da otite media purulenta cronica. Rass. ital. otorinolar, 1934, 8: 88-92.—Cared, P. Sulla gram-resistenza dei piogeni delle suppurazioni timpaniche acute. Otorinolar. ital, 1930-31, 1: 581-90—CaselSa. B. Flora batterica nelle otiti medie purulente croniche. Gior. med. mil, 1925, 73: 422-31.—Cristiani, M. Infezioni per via auricolare da B. paratyphi B e C, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Ibid, 1939, 87: 500-15.—Dei Rossi, A. Ricerche sulla flora aerobica delle mesotimpaniti acute e croniche. Arch. ital. otol, 1931, 42: 441-66.—Donadei, G. Contributo alio studio della flora batterica delle suppurazioni croniche auri- colari. Atti Soc. lombard. sc med, 1927, 16: 257-67 Ricerche ed osservazioni sui cocchi patogeni delle otiti medie purulente acute. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 245-53. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1933, 5: 186-9.—Fairen Guillen, M. Bacteriologia de las otitis del lactante; conside- raciones sobre 416 casos. Tr. Inst. nac. cienc. med, Madr. (1946^7) 1947, 8: 221-31— Fowler, E. P., jr. The bacteri- ology of acute otitis media and its course under new and old methods of treatment. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1941, 44: 372-80.— Frauenberger, G. S. Infections of the middle ear as related to other respiratory infections. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 1105.—German, T. [Importance of bacteriological findings in acute inflammation of the middle ear] Orvoskepz^s, 1933, 23: 469-75.—Grekowitz, G. Die Keimflora fotider akuter Kinder- otitiden. Wien. med. Wschr, 1938, 88: 291-4.—Grusroan, M. A, & Pugach, P. M. [Microflora of acute suppurative otitis in relation to its course and complications] Vest, sovet. otorinolar, 1932, 25: 398-409.—Harboe, W. Prognostic ex- periments on the activity of virus in otology according to Skajaa's method. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1926-27 10: 356-61.— Hart. V. K. The bacteriology of acute ears. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 56-61.—Henry, L. D, & Kuhn. H. A. Bacteriological studies of acute infections of the middle ear. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 384-9. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1940, 49: 519-25.—Hermitte, L. C. D. A practical contribu- tion to the bacteriology and treatment of otitis. Tr. R. Soc. Trop M. Hyg, Lond, 1932, 26: 189-94.—Hesse. W. Beitrage zur Bakteriologie und Klinik akuter Mittelohreiterungen, akuter Mastoiditiden und deren Komplikationen. /schr. Hals See. Heilk, 1928-29, 22:372-411. -----Zur Bakterio- logie der chronischen Mittelohreiterung. Ibid, 19.il, *»: 360-8; Disc. 376.—Hofmann, L. Die Keimflora fotider akuter und chronischer Otitiden. Ibid, 1929, 24: 423-32; Disc, 446-62.—Ibuki, K. Zur Bakteriologie der akuten Mittel- ohreiterung. Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1936, 9: 1101.— Khatenever, A. M. [Microflora of suppurative otitis] Vest. otorinolar, 1940, No. 11, 107—Kopac, S. [Bacteriology of post-scarlatinal and post-diphtheritic otitis] Cas. lek. cesk, 1928 67: 1777-9.—Martin Calderin, A. Valoracion clinica de la bacteriologia de las otitis medias. Medicina, Madr, 1949, 17- 59-78—Monti, P. C. I germi anaerobi nelle otiti e loro compiicanze. Arch. ital. otol, 1929, 40: 185-94. Also Fr. abstr. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 12-4.— Nakamura, S. Tyuzien no saikingaku-teki kenkyu. Jap. Zschr. Mikrob, 1940, 34: Suppl, 28; passim.—Nelson. J. B. The bacteria of the infected middle ear in adult and young albino rats. J. Infect. Dis, 1930, 46: 64-75.—Neumann, H. Welchen Einfluss hat die Bakterienflora auf den Verlauf der akuten Mittelohrentziindung? Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1935, 9: 288. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1935, 48: 275. Also Wien med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 1090.—Newhart, H. Report of unusual bacterial findings in a fatal case of chronic otitis media with complications. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1939, 29: 348-55. Also Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 1024-30.—Nielsen, J. C. Spaed- b0rnsotiternes bakteriologi. Nord. med, 1945, 28: 2236-8.— Page, J. R. Bacteriology of acute middle ear and mastoid infections. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1934, 24: 39-44. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1934, 20: 447-51.—Pinegina, N. L, & Korovma, N. M. Mikroflora barabannoi polosti pri khronicheskikh gnoinykh otitakh. Vest, otorinolar, 1949, 33-7.—Rizzi, G. Ricerche batteriologiche sull'otite media nella prima infanzia. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 41: 262-74.—Rudberg, R. Bacteri- ological investigation of the auditory canal secretion in acute otitis. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, Suppl. No. 74, 194-202.— Sala, O. Sull'importanza de fattori costituzionali nell'otite media cronica; i germi aerobi nella otite media purulenta cronica varieta epitimpanica e marginale. Margin, otolar. Fir, 1948- 49, 6: 161-73, tab.—Scharfe, E. E. Bacteriologic review of the cases of suppurative otitis media and mastoiditis observed in the Royal Victoria and the Montreal General Hospital during 1938. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 131-3.—Schemer, K. Jahreszeitliche Schwankungen der Erreger bei Otitis media. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1940-41, 47: 32-46.—Takata. A. Kyu- sei tyuzien no kien-kin oyobi sono-go no ziro-tyu saikin no hen sen ni tuite [bacterial types in acute otitis media; changes in the flora during the progress of aural discharges] Zibiinkoka, 1950, 22: 58-61.—Tanaka, G, & Ohhasi, Z. Waga kyositu ni okeru tyuzien no saikingaku-teki kensa seiseki ni tuite [results of the bacteriological examination of otitis media ...] Kumamoto igakkai zassi, 1940, 16: 681.—Torrini, U. L, & Morandini, G. Contributo alio studio della flora batterica delle compiicanze otitiche, con speciale riguardo alia clinica. Ann. laring. Tor, 1927, 28: 7-28.—Valentine, E. Bacteri- ologic study of middle ear infections. J. Infect. Dis, 1924, 35: 177-206.—Vedder, A. Bacteriologische waarnemingen bij een epidemie van otitis media en mastoiditis. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 291-3.—Winnik, S. A. Contribution a l'etude de la correlation bacteriologique des otites moyennes suppurees et des mastoldites. Otolar. slav, Praha, 1931, 3: 328-38.— Wirth, E. Studien zur klinischen Bakteriologie der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1927, 26: 190; 1928, 27: 21. ------ Seltene gramnegative, anaerobe Bazil- len als ungewohnlich bosartige Erreger von akuten Mittel- ohrentzundungen. Zbl. Bakt, 1927-28, 105: 201-4. ------ Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Bakteriologie und Patho- logie der chronischen Mittelohrentziindungen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1934-35, 37: 316-56. ---- Bathing and swimming. See also Swimming-pool, Hazards. Aural and paranasal infection in swimmers. Med. J. Australia, 1939, 2: 692.—Harry, P. A. Swimmer's otitis. Prescriber, Edinb, 1940, 34: 125.—Hasty, F. E. Otitis media and swimming. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 246-54.-—Hill, F. T. Otologic complications from swimming in summer camps; an attempt at prevention. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 444-54.—Kagan, S. E. [Otitis during the bathing season] Sovet. vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 921-4.—Kettel, K. [Bathing otitis] Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 869-71 — McAuIiffe, G. B. The prevention of so-called bathers' ear. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 327.—Mathieu, C. L'otite dea baigneurs. J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1942, 11: 216-8.—Nesbit, W. M. Sinus and ear infections due to swimming. Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull, 1945, 7: 12-4.—Nielsen, J. C. Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Badeotitis. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1942, 30: 234-48. ------ Badeotiter; aetiologi, symptomatologi og pathogenese. Ugeskr. laeger, 1944, 106: 1116-8. Also MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 171 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Acta otolar, Stockh, 1945, 33: 31-5.------Bathing otitis from the season of 1943. Ibid, 155. Also Nord. med, 1945, 28: 2213.—Saunders, G. C. Sinusitis and otitis in swimmers. Am. J. Hyg, 1929, 10: 253-60.—Swimming ear. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 2: 1036.—Taylor, H. M. Otitis and sinusitis in the swimmer, with emphasis on man's lack of adaptation to an aquatic environment. Tr. Sect. Lar. Otol. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 17-28. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 891-4.—Truffert, P. L'otite des piscines. Bull, mid., Par, 1929, 43: 1257-9. ■ bilateral. See also subdivision Lateralization. Gellein, P. Ueber die Prognose bei doppelseitiger akuter Otitis media suppurativa. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1934, 20: 458-70. Also Nord. med. tskr, 1934, 7: 467.—Lurie, M. H, Goodale, R. L, & Slaughter, E. C. Chronic bilateral sup- purative hemorrhagic otitis media with meningitis and temporal lobe abscess. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 138. ■——— Bilateral acute suppurative otitis media with meningitis. Ibid, 139.—Maus. Doppelseitige Mittelohrentziindung mit dop- pelseitiger Abduzenslahmung. Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin, 1931, 97-102.—Ross, A. M. Bilateral chronic suppurative otitis media with complications. Brit. M. J, 1947, 2: 56.— Tobey, H. G, & McCall, R. E. Chronic suppurative otitis media on the right side; acute otitis media with mastoiditis on the left side. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 35: 346—Tretrop. Otite moyenne purulente bilaterale, antrite, mastoidite aigues avec 6tat typhique; guerison sans operation. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1905, 10: 144-6.—Zapasnik-Kobierska, H. Przypadek nagminnego zapalenia opon mozgowych z r6wnoczesnym obustronnym zapaleniem uszu. Pediat. polska, 1948, 22: 291. ---- Blood picture. See under subdivision Hematology. ---- Brain [and spinal cord] See also other subdivisions (Brain abscess; Cerebellum; Encephalitis; Meningitis) Rfegg, C. *Beitrag zur Frage iiber Haufig- keit und Vorkommen otitischer Hirnkomplika- tionen [Basel! 38p. 8? Laupen b. Bern, 1927. Agra, A., & Dickmann, G. H. Valor diagnostico de la ventriculogram en las complicaciones cerebrales de la otitis supurada. Sem. med, B. Air, 1938, 45: pt 2, 1106-9 — Behlau, C. Statistische Mitteilungen iiber die in den Jahren 1920-26 an der Heidelberger Klinik beobachteten otogenen Hirnkomplikationen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1928, 21: 26-47.—Bonaba, J, & Saldun de Rodriguez, M. L. Crisis encefalopaticas hipotaliimicas consecutivas a otomastoiditis cr6nica aparentemente curada. Arch. mid. mex, 1948, 6: 422.—Courville, C. B, & Nielsen, J. M. Cerebral manifesta- tions following acute otitis media in infancy and in early child- hood with particular reference to the occurrence of Jacksonian convulsions, conjugate deviation of the head and eves and hemiplegia. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1935, 49: 1-27.—Falkenberg, K. HirndruckfernwirkungotogenerHerkunft. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1940, 74: 369-71.—Fracassi, T, Ameriso, J, & Marelli, F. L. Complicaciones cerebrales de las otitis. Rev. argent. neur. psiquiat, 1942, 7: 160-2.—Grant, A. L, jr. Meningeal and cerebral complications of otitic origin; report of four cases. J. Maine M. Ass, 1926, 17: 189-95.—Giittich. A. Zur Diag- nostik der Hirnerkrankungen bei Mittelohreiterungen. Beitr. Anat, Ohr, 1930, 28: 213-20.—Kan. P. T. L. [Observations on the paths of infection in otogenic brain diseases] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: pt 2. 3760-9—Korsakov, I. V. Sindrom mozgovogo stvola pri oslozhnennom khronicheskom otite. Vest, otorinolar, 1949, 11: No. 5, 76.—Krepuska, I. Ein Fall von Konglomerattuberkel im Gehirn im Anschluss an chronische Mittelohreiterung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1927-28, 117: 219-24, pi.—Murphy, J. W. Brain infection of otitic origin, with report of five cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1915, 21: 58-68.—Ombredanne, M. Oedeme cerebral a forme corticate compliquant une otomastoidite aigue; large decompressive temporale; guenson. Arch. fr. pediat, 1944-45, 2: 205-9.—Peyre, E. L. Mastoidite et compression cerebrale a distance. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1923, 7: 460-4.— Rueg?, K. Beitrag zur Frage uber Haufigkeit und Vorkommen otitischer Hirnkomplikationen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1927, 19: 345-7.—Steurer. Ueber die Entstehung von cerebralen Komplikationen bei akuten und chronischen Mittelohrentziin- dungen. Korbl. Allg. arztl. Verein. Thuringen, 1926, 55: 188. ---- Brain abscess. See also subdivisions (Brain; Cerebellum) For epidural abscess see subdivision Meningitis. See also Brain abscess, otogenous. Keller, H. *Kasuistischer Beitrag zu den otogenen Schlafenlappenabszessen. 35p. 21cm. Frankf. a. M.. 1940. Aboulker & Badaroux. Abces cortico-meninge' d'origine otitique. Algerie med, 1931, 35: 29-31.—Allison, P. R, Hellier, F. F, & Seed, G. S. Brain and lung abscesses and benign spontaneous pneumothorax as complications of otitis media. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 1060-2.—Asherson, N. Two cases of brain abscess secondary to acute otitis media, with unusual symptoms; operation; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1939, 54: 141-4.—Baron, S. H. Perforated peptic ulcer from an abscess of the brain of otitic origin; report of a case. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 29: 919-26.—Belinoff, S. Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik des otitischen Hirnabscesses. In: Urbantschitsch Festschrift, Wien, 1919, 89-92.—Blonder, E. J. Visualization of otitic brain abscess with iodized oil. J. Am. M. Ass, 1946, 130: 635.-—Boss, L. Case of left temporal lobe abscess, ex- tradural abscess and lateral sinus thrombosis, following ex- acerbation of chronic suppurative otitis media; drainage, recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 216.—Bratescu, V., & Racoveanu, V. [Left oto-mastoiditis; cerebral abscess of left hemisphere; motor aphasia; right hemiplegia; paralysis of the left external motor oculi] Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1932, 31: 399-401.—Brunner, H. Otitic brain abscess. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 1161-4 (Abstr.) Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 36: 306-8.—Calvet, J, & Claux, J. Abces silencieux d'origine otitique du lobe temporal. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1947, 19: 375.—Carrega, N, Paillas, J. E. [et al.] Abces du cerveau d'origine otitique; guerison tres rapide, mais recente. Ibid, 1938, 16: 683-6.—Coates, G. M, & Case, E. A. Report of a case of multiple abscess of the brain following chronic sup- purative otitis media and suppurative labyrinthitis with unu- sual pathologic findings at autopsy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1924-25, 33: 335-41.—Colleville. Abces du cerveau chez une otorrheique gauche s'accompagnant d'aphasie; operation; guerison. Echo med. nord, 1937, 8: 398-400.—Das, U. N. Brain abscess of otitic origin. Calcutta M. J, 1931-32, 26: 361-7.—David, M, Askenasy, H, & Petel, R. A propos d'un cas d'abcSs encapsule du lobe temporal d'origine otitique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1937, 896-907.—Davis, E. D. D. A specimen of a chronic abscess of the pons arising from middle ear suppuration. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24, 17: Sect. Otol, 69-71.—Despons & Ve>in. Abces cerebral d'origine otique. Arch. fr. pediat, 1946, 3: 491.— Eaddy, N. O, & Sekerak, R. Otitic brain abscess. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1937, 33: 49-53.-—Escat, M. Les abces c6rebraux d'origine otique et sinusienne; considerations therapeutiques. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1947, 19: 374. Also Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1948, 32: 57.—Etchelar, R, & Simon, G. Absceso cerebral de origen otico curado. Arch. mid. mex, 1944, 2: 217.—Faaborg-Andersen, K. Et tilfaelde af otogen epidu- ralabsces med intakt trommehinde. Nord. med, 1948, 38: 1059.—Faunce, C. B, & Shambaugh, G. E, jr. Brain abscess following mild transitory otitis media. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1933, 39: 371-6.—Fernandez Seco, I. Mastoiditis aguda y absceso extradural en la evolucion de una supuraci6n cr6nica del oido medio. Siglo med, 1921, 68: 552-6— Fetisov, A. G. [Treatment of cerebral abscess of otitic origin] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1941, 18: 11-21.—Fisher, L. A proven case of brain abscess complicating middle ear suppura- tion; methods of diagnosis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1930, 39: 961-5.—Fracassi, T. Abscesos cerebrales otogenos. Rev. med. Rosario, 1936, 26: 613-20—Gensollen & Montauffier. Abces cerebral otitique, gueri par drainage et injection de penicilline in situ. Ann. otolar. Par, 1946, 13: 268-70.— Gerlings, P. G. Metastatische hersenabscessen na otitis media. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 1601.—Goodof, I. S. Otitis media; abscesses of the brain. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q, 1942-43, 6: 108-10.—Goto, S. Man-sei tyuzien ni yoru no-noyo no iti tiken rei. Iryo, 1950, 4: 30-2.—Graham, T. O. Otitic meningitis and brain abscess. Irish J. M. Sc, 1948, 240.—Heimendinger, Greiner & Rohmer, F. Con- siderations sur deux abces otogenes du lobe temporo-sphenoidal droit. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1947, 19: 176-81— Hickey, B. B. A case of subarachnoid abscess of otitic origin. Brit. J. Surg, 1943-44, 31: 409-11.—Hoekstra, K. A. Een geval van hersen- absces in aansluiting aan een acute middenoorontsteking. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1416. Also Acta otorhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 84.—Hofmann, L. Schlafelappenabszess rach Otitis media suppurativa acuta; Heilung mit Auspang in Amaurose. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 86-92.—Hubert, C, & Leroux, M. Abces du cerveau post-otitique a strepto- coques incise et draine; traitement sulfamide; guerison rapide. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1939, 23: 242-4.—Jansen, A. Beitrag zu raschem Hirnabszessverlauf bei akuter Otitis media purulenta. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 249-52.—Javier Perez, F. Abscesos oticos. Rev. mid. Rosario, 1936, 26: 607-12.—Koyama, Y. Kyusei tyuzi-en ni zokuhatu-seru no- noyo ni tai-suru kosatu [studies on the cerebral abscess from acute otitis media] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1937, 20: 397-418, pi.—Kristensen, H. K. Et tilfaelde af otogen, subdural absces med intakt trommehinde. Nord. med, 1948, 38: 1045-7.— Leitch, J. W. A case of acute bilateral otitis media associated with large abscess of the right frontal lobe. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1924, 39: 209-12.—Lemoyne, J, & Henrot. Abces temporal a anaerobies compliquant une otite chronique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1944-45, 73-5.—Meurman, Y. Abscess of the left temporal lobe after clinically subsided otitis; operation; recovery. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1949, 37: 212.—Moulonguet, A. Les faux abces du cerveau. Bull. m6d. Par, 1949, 63: 117-21.—Muck, O. Betrachtungen iiber die Ursache des Heilerfolges sowie des todlichen Ausgangs bei einer Reihe von Hirnabscessfallen. Zschr. Hals. &c. Heilk, 1928, 21: 410-26 — Nielsen, J. M, & Courville, C. B. Pseudo-abscess of the brain: intracranial disease during otitis media simulating encephalic abscess. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 972-87.— MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 172 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Novotny, O. Chronische Mittelohreiterung, Stauungspapille, Abszessverdacht. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 3779.— Pastor, C, & Montes, O. Absceso cerebral de origen otico. Arch. Hosp. ninos, Santiago, 1947, 15: 45-8— Peabody, J. R. Brain abscess complicating acute otitis media, with case report. Kentucky M. J, 1935, 33: 465-74.—Perrenoud. Au sujet de la sulfanilamidotherapie dans un cas d'abces cer6bral otogene avec meningite. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1944, 74: 847.— Powell, L. Four cases of brain abscess of otitic origin, with comments. Rep. R. Berkshire Hosp, 1934-35, 82-93 — Richter, H. Grosser Hirnabszess mit Ventrikelruptur bei anscheinend harmloser chronischer Mittelohreiterung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1942, 151: 17-24. ------ Ueber otitische Hirnabszesse. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1943, 77: 577-81.— Rimini. Sulla diagnosi precoce dell'ascesso cerebrale otitico. Boll, ocul, 1924, 3: 1056.—Rohanet, de. Abces du cerveau; complication mortelle d'une otorrhee ancienne. Ouest med, 1949, 2: 539.—Roullet & Savin. Abces c£rebral d'origine otique oper6; mort trois semaines apr£s l'operation par hemor- ragie cerebrale. Rev. mid. Centr. Ouest, 1932, 4: 253-5 — Rutenburg, D. M. [New method of post-operative treatment of cerebral abscess of otitic origin] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1941, 18: 3-10.—Schmitz, C. Metastatischer Rticken- marksabszess im Anschluss an Gehirnabszess infolge chronischer Mittelohreiterung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1926-27, 116: 68-70.—Schnierer, J. Zur Pathogenese des otogenen Schlafen- lappenabszesses bei der akuten Otitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 1441-67.—Seyffarth, O. Temporallappenabszess als Spatkomplikation nach Radikaloperation der Mittelohrraume. Zschr. Laryng, 1934, 25: 432.—Silva Alves. Un caso de ab- cesso de c6rebro otogeneo. Amatus Lusitanus, Lisb, 1946, 5: 288.—Simeoni, C. Sull'ascesso encefalico di origineotitica; considerazioni cliniche e statistiche. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1938, 56: 401-23.—Smith, S. M. A brief consideration of otitic brain abscess, with special reference to diagnosis and localiza- tion; presentation of cases and specimens. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1924, 46: 453-72.—Tabachnik, M. M. Opukhol levoi visochnoi doli, simulirovavshaia abscess mozga pri khronieheskom gnoinom otite. Vest, otorinolar, 1947, 77.— Tawse, H. B. Acute middle-ear suppuration (left) with symp- toms suggesting meningitis and temporal lobe abscess; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1927, 42: 535-7.—Tejerina Fotheringham, W. Absceso encefalico de origen otico; anatomia quirurgica; su tratamiento. Rev. med. Rosario, 1936, 26: 621-53, illust.— Togasi, Z. Zi-sei soku-toyo noyo no iti tiken rei [case of cure of otogenous abscess of the temporal lobe] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 207.-—Tretrop. Volumineux abces du cerveau consecutif a une otite moyenne purulente. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 20-4.—Unterberger. Bemerkenswerter Fall von Heilung eines otogenen Hirnabszesses; subakute Otitis media, Mastoiditis, Mastoidektomie, Pyramidenspitzenprozess, Menin- gitis, postmeningitische progrediente Encephalitis purulenta des Schlafelappens, erweiterte Trepanation, Eroffnung und Tamponade der Hirneinschmelzungshohle, maximaler Pyoze- phalus, spontane Ventrikelfistel, Heilung. Mschr. Ohren.. Wien, 1943, 77: 602.—Urbantschitsch, E. Ausgedehnte Sinusthrombose und Schlafelappenabszess bei akuter Exazerba- tion einer chronisch-eitrigen Mittelohrentziindung. Ibid, 1935, 69: 620-2. ------ Vollig abgekapselter und von seiner Umgebung losgeloster otogener Schlafelappenabszess bei einem Kinde im Verlaufe von Scharlach. Ibid, 1940, 74: 364-7 — Van de Calseyde, J. Abces otitique latent et multiples foyers d'encephalite du lobe temporal gauche avec temporal montrant la voie d'infection. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1908-09, 14: 36 — Van den Wildenberg. Les abces multiples du cerveau d'origine otique. Scalpel, Brux, 1936, 89: 161-6, illust.—Vermes, E. Linksseitiger Schlafenlappenabszess bei chronischer Mit- telohrentziindung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 102-7.— Vincent, C, David, M, & Askenasy, H. Abces temporal d'origine otitique guiri par ponction et large decompression. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1937, 15: 81-6, 4 pi.—Winter, P, & Lemoyne, J. Suggestions en vue de mettre au point la question du traitement des abcis otitiques du cerveau et du cervelet. Ann. otolar. Par, 1944-45, 75-84.—Witek, S, & Wolkowyski, N. [Case of abscess of the left temporal lobe following sup- purative inflammation of the left middle ear] Nowinv lek, 1937, 49: 259-62. ■---- Cardiovascular system. See also subdivision Sinus thrombosis. Barwich, I. M. Primare septische Bulbusthrombose bei akuter Otitis mit Leukopenic. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 244.—Bertoin, R. Thrombo-phl6bite de la veine cave inferieure d'origine otique. Lyon m6d, 1925, 135: 544-6.— Lanet & Agostini. A propos des complications veineuses des oto-mastoldites et de leur traitement. Maroc med, 1945, 24: 9-12.—Lannois & Gaillard, R. Quelques cas de complications veineuses des oto-mastoldites. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 567-82.—Novotny. Otogener Nackenabszess durch primare Bulbusthrombose. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1944, 78: 166.— Niihsmann. T. Die klinische Bedeutung von Pulsverande- rungen im Verlauf komplizierter und nichtkomplizierter oti- tischer Erkrankungen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1926, 115: 281-300.-—Tre4r6p. Phiebite septique et osteite cervicale consecutives k une otite moyenne. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1912, 17: No. 4, 145-8.—Znllner, F. Versteckte Bulbusthrom- bose und ihre Klarung durch rontgenologische Darstellung des Foramen jueulare. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1939 .146: 33-8. ---- Cerebellum. See also Cerebellum, Abscess. Asherson, N. El abceso cerebelar otog6nico con referenda especial al sindrome de liquido cefalo-raqiiideo de la fosa pos- terior. Dia med. urug, 1945-46, 13: 131.—Brown, L. G. Chronic suppurative otitis media with lateral sinus thrombosis and cerebellar abscess. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect. Otol, 73.—Cisneros, J. Absceso cerebeloso de origen otico. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1906, 6: 66-71.—De Stella. Otite moyenne purulente aigue compliquee de thrombosinusite et d'abces sous-dural du cervelet; operation; mort. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1903, 8: 228-30.—Ikema, M. Zi-seisyono noyo no iti rei [case of otogenous abscess of the cerebellum] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 887-91, pi.—Krepuska, I. [Sinus phlebitis and abscess of the cerebellum with acute purulent inflammation of the ear] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 1124-6.—Mosquera, J. E, & Toce, A. Consideraciones sobre un caso de absceso de cerebelo post-otitico. Prensa med. argent, 1936, 23: 2752-7.— Ruttin, E. Diffuse eitrige manifeste Labyrinthitis, Klein- hirnabszess und Sinusthrombose. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1934, 68: 359-63.—Shapiro, S. L. Pseudocerebellar abscess. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1937, 25: 17-22.—Symonds, C. P. Acute otitis media; cerebellar abscess. Postgrad. M. J, Lond. 1925-26, 1: 35.—Tobey. H. G., MacMillan, A. S. [et al.] Chronic suppurative otitis media and cerebellar abscess on the leftside. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 40: 419.—Van den Widen- berg. Volumineux abces du cervelet d'origine otitique. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1906-07. 12: 34. ---- Cerebrospinal fluid. Bjork, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Liquor- verhaltnisse bei der akuten Mittelohrentziindung und ihren Komplikationen. 290p. 8? Helsin., 1937. Forms Suppl. 24, Acta otolar, Stockh, 1937. Buccelli, A. Sul comportamento del liquido cerebro-spinale nelle flogosi auricolari. Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 525-9.— Czernic, S. Zmiany w plynie mozgowo-rdzeniowym w prze- biegu powiklan wewnatrzczaszkowych pochodzenia usznego z uwzglednieniem leczenia penicylina. Otolar. polska, 1948, 2: 261-302, 2 tab.—Eisinger, K. Liquorveranderung bei Extraduralabszess im Verlaufe einer akuten Otitis; Operation; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1938, 72: 545.—Juderias, A. Valor diagn6stico de la puncion lumbar en las enfermedades del oido. Notic. m6d. espan, 1948, 8: No. 169, 3-6— Letnik, S. F. [Pathology of cerebrospinal fluid in intracranial com- plications of otitic origin] Odess.med. J, 1929, 4: 344—52.— McConnell, A. A. Abnormalities in the amount and circulation of the cerebrospinal fluid associated with otitis media. Brain, Lond, 1937, 60: 315-28.—Sauvain, G. Ecoulement de liquide cephalo-rachidien au cours d'une otite moyenne spontanement ouverte. Ann. otolar. Par, 1939, 404-10.—;Van Caneghem. La pression du liquide rachidien dans les complications clinique- ment extraduremeriennes des otites. Ibid, 1933, 1413-21. ---- cholesteatomatous. See also Middle ear, Cholesteatoma. Hornberger, T. *Ueber die Doppelseitigkeit der Cholesteatomeiterung des Mittelohres (stati- stische Erhebungen) [Tubingen] lip. 8? Wiirzb., 1937. Mtjrga, H. R. *Otitis media cr6nica colestea- tomatosa y su tratamiento quirurgico por via endoaural. 88p. 27y2cm. B. Air., 1940. Szenasi, W. L. *Unter dem Bilde der schweren akuten Mastoiditis verlaufende Falle von Mittelohrcholesteatom. 24p. 8? Wiirzb., 1929. Agra. Otitis media supurada colesteatomatosa; absceso del 16bulo temporo-esfenoidal izquierdo. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 49: 281-5.—Altmann, F. Chronische Otitis rechts (exazerbierte Cholesteatomeiterung) Sinusthrombose-, Radikal- und Sinus-Jugularis-Operation, peribulbare Eiterung, mehr- fache Bulbussptillungen, vom unteren_ Winkel der Jugularis- wunde ausgehende Gasphlegmone, multiple Inzisionen; Heilung. Mschr. Ohren, Wien, 1935, 69: 504-7.—Arauz, S. L. Otitis media supurada crdnica colesteatomatosa; absceso cerebral temporal. Rev. As. med. argent, 1935, 49: 210-3. -----• Otitis medias supuradas colesteatomatosas. In his Lecc. clin. otorinolar, B. Air, 1943, 163-71. ------ Otitis media cronica colesteatomatosa; meningitis; encefalitis. Ibid, 203- 19. ------■ & Agra. Otitis media supurada cronica colestea- tomatosa pio-laberintitis difusa; meningitis purulenta. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 49: 971-3.—Berberich. Akute Otitis und Cholesteatom. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1928, 20: 347- 52.—Bianculi, H, Rapaport, B, & Rojas, J. A. Tratamiento de las otitis cronicas colesteatomatosas por lavados de atico. Sem. med, B. Air, 1944, 51: pt 2, 173-5.—Burg, L. W. van der, & Noosten, H. H. [Value of roentgenological examination in chronic otitis media and cholesteatoma] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie 1934 74: 536-44.—Chvojka J. Hliza mozkova MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 173 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION a extraduralni s meningitidou pri pocasnem z&nStu stfedoustiim s cholesteatomem a labyrintitidou. Cas. lek. cesk, 1946-47, 85: 1821.—Cojazzi, L, & Pozzan, A. Sull'importanza dei fattori constituzionali nell'otite media cronica; il valore di una diagnosi chimica nell'otite colesteatomatosa. Margin, otolar. Fir, 1946-47, 5: 577-83.—Diamant, M. Cholesteatoma and chronic otitis; etiologic problems. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1948, 47: 581-9.—Di Vestea, D. Colesteatoma dell'orecchio e otite media purulenta acuta (osservazione clinica) Valsalva, 1927, 3: 467-70.—Dworetzky, W. Modified technic of plastic pro- cedure in radical mastoidectomy; report of results in a case of circumscribed labyrinthitis and periphlebitis of the lateral sinus in the course of chronic purulent otitis media with cholesteatoma. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 50: 821-6, illust.— Emiliani, C. M, & Farjat, F. P. Otitis media colesteatomatosa; laberintitis granulante, secuestro de laberinto, operacion. Rev. As. med. argent, 1937, 50: 323.—Fioretti, F. II dolore oculare in un caso di otite cronica colesteatomatosa riacutizzata. Riv. otoneur, 1933, 10: 583-9.—Glowacki. B. F. Chronic otitis media complicated by cholesteatoma, labyrinthitis and suppurative meningitis, with recovery. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1927, 5: 230-3.—Goldberger. Otitis med. supp. chron, verjauchtes Cholesteatom, Sinusthrombose ohne Fieber. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 764.—Grabscheid, E. Chronic purulent middle-ear suppuration with cholesteatoma. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 415. ■------ Otitis media supp. chron. bilat.; akute Exazerbation eines Cholesteatoms links; Mastoiditis links; Pachymeningitis beider Schadelgruben; zirkumpskripte Meningitis der hinteren Pyramidenflache; Phlegmone des ausseren Gehorganges. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 356-8.—Hofmann, L. Otitis media chronica choleste- atomatosa bei einem 5jahrigen Kind; Exazerbation nach Sturz; Periostalabszess und Sinusthrombose, Operation, Heilung. Ibid, 1936, 70: 614-6.—Ide, D. Otitic cholesteatoma with special reference to symptomatology. Eye Ear &c Month, 1942-43, 21: 233-8.—Kearney, H. L. Cholesteatoma in sup- purative otitis media. Dis. Eye &c. Throat, 1942, 2: 222-4 — Kelemen, G. Cholesteatomatose, beiderseitige Panotitis beim Kaninchen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1926-27, 116: 71-82.— Koch, H. A case of chronic otitis with cholesteatoma and intracranial air accumulation. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1940, 28: 352-4.—Land, F. T. C. S. O. M, acute exacerbation with perisinus abscess and meningitis; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 186.—Lillie, H. I, & McBean, J. B. Chronic mastoiditis with cholesteatoma and stenosis of the external auditory meatus; report of two cases. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1947, 22: 246-8. Also Minnesota M, 1947, 30: 161.—MacMillan, A. S. Cholesteatoma in chronic otitis media. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 747-50.—Majer, E. H. Cholesteatomotitis, Schadel- basisfraktur, labyrinthogene Meningitis, Labyrinthoperation, Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1947, 81: 42. ------ Schlafenbeinfraktur bei chronischer Otitis und Cholesteatom. Pract. Otorhinolar, Basel, 1947, 9: 338-45.—Mare, G. de. Ein geheilter Fall von chronischer Otitis mit Cholesteatom, Sinusthrombose und Temporallappenabszess mit Ventrikel- durchbruch. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1937, 25: 27-36.—Mauth- ner, O. Chronische rechtsseitige Mittelohreiterung, Choles- teatom; operative Sinusverletzung; postoperative otogene Allgemeininfektion; Jugularisunterbindung; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1928, 62: 222.— Mazzola, W. J. Forced drain- age als behandeling van meningitis na otitis media met chole- stoatoom. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: pt 3, 4287 — Metzenbaum, M, & Eisineer, O. Cholesteatomotitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1926, 3: 353-6.—Novotny, O. Cholesteatom- otitis, Sinusthrombose, Kleinhirnabszess. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1947, 81: 426-8.—Nylen, C. O. A contribution to the diagnosis of cholesteatoma in otitis. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1936, 24: 298-301.—Owen, G. R. A simplified method of producing the axial view of Mayer in chronic mastoiditis and attic cholesteatoma. Am. J. Roentg, 1947, 57: 260-3.— Podesta, R. Demostraci6n de pieparados de otitis media supurada cr6nica colesteatomatosa en relaci6n con los beneficios que podrfan obtenerse con la osiculectomfa. An. Inst, pediat. Hosp. ninos, B. Air, 1937, 1-9.—Rebattu & Mounier. Menin- gite puriforme aseptique au cours d'une otorrhee chronique avec cholesteatome. Lyon med, 1926, 138: 397-9— Rejto, S. Sopra la terapia delle suppurazioni dell'orecchio medio com- plicate da colesteatoma. Valsalva, 1930, 6: 281-6. Also Orvoskepzes, 1934, 24: 71-4. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1934, 20: 230-5. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 544_8.—Riecke, H. G. Ein differentialdiagnostisch interes- santer Fall von Meningitis bei Cholesteatom des Mittelohres, Lues und Miliartuberkulose. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1930, 126: 284-8.—Rojas, F. A, & Nijensohn, M. Otitis media supurada cr6nica colesteatomatosa; comentarios sobre una pseudo-complicaci6n cerebral. Rev. med, B. Air, 1939, 1: 26-9.—Ruttin, E. Cholesteatom und akute Otitis. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1929, 120: 125-32. Scheibe, A. Die Unter- scheidung der gefahrlichen Cholesteatomeiterung von der ungefahrlichen einfachen chronischen Mittelohreiterung. Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 738-40.—Schlander, E. Otitis med. chron, Cholesteatom, Schlafelappenabszess, durch Dauertamponade geheilt. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 23o_2 ------ Otitis media chronica links, Cholesteatom; Kleinhirnabszess. Ibid, 1947, 81: 217-9.—Silva Alves, F. Algumas consideracSes acerca da otite media cr6nica colestea- tomatosa. Clfn.hig. &hidr, Lisb, 1946,12:12-22—Soubiron, N., v. & Gerchunoff, G. Otitis media cr6nica colesteatomatosa exacerbada; laberintitis difusa; laberintectomia. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1935, 49: 1044.—Tavani, E. Atresia congenita incompleta del meato acustico esterno ed otite media purulenta cronica colesteatomatosa; rilievi sul complesso di malformazioni dell'orecchio esterno e medio osservate nello stesso caso. Otorinolar. ital, 1946, 14: 310-25.—Tetera, F. [Chemical diagnosis of cholesteatoma in otitis media] Cas. lek. cesk, 1936, 75: 438-40.—Toriik, M. [Middle ear suppurations with cholesteatoma in children] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1938, 36: 904-6.—Uffenorde, W. Muko-Pyocele im Warzenfortsatz hinter einem Epitympanum-Antrum-Cholestea- tom mit Schlafenlappenabszess. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1944, 78: 37-41. ---- chronic. See also subdivisions (Otorrhea; suppurative) Almour, R. The significance of the squamous epithelium in the cause and repair of chronic middle ear disease. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1930, 35: 357-77.—Andrews, A. H. Otitis media nonpurulenta chronica. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila, 1939, 5: 336-40.—Arauz. S. L. Otitis media cronica simple. In his Lecc. clin. otorinolar, B. Air, 1943, 77-86.—Arpon O'Connor, F, & Robbio Campos, J. Otitis cr6nica. Accion med, B. Air, 1940, 10: 739-41.—Arslan, K. Sull'importanza dei fattori costituzionali nell'otite media cronica; impostazione delle ricerche; anomalie timpaniche di natura costituzionale. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1938, 16: 80-6.—Babcock, E. S. Chronic otitis media in infancy. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1927, 44: 508-12.—Bernfeld, K, Feilchenfeld, M, & Hirsch, W. Die chronische Otitis im Kindesalter als Allgemeinerkrankung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Vitamin-C-Stoffwechsels. Ann paediat, Basel, 1939, 153: 222-32.—Brock. Mikroskopischer Befund eines Falles von anscheinend einfacher chronischer Mittelohreiterung mit letalem Ausgang. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1925, 22: 25-32.— Chronic middle ear disease. R. Naval M. Bull, 1944, No. 8. 9-11.—Cullom, M. M. Chronic middle ear and mastoid infection. South. M. J, 1937, 30: 785-92. Also J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1938, 31: 11-7.—Diamant, M. Acute or chronic otitis? Acta otolar, Stockh, 1937, 25: 507-23.—Dutt, N. Chronic discharging ear. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1948-49, 18: 471-5.-—Fernandez Soto, E. Otitis media cronica. Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 47: 371-9.—Gledhill, H. The challenge of chronic otitis media. Med. Times, N. Y, 1936, 64: 79; 96.—Hall, I. S. Chronic otitis media. Practitioner, Lond, 1947, 158: 97-101.—Ibbotson, W. The menace of chronic otitis media. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1934, 188: 439-41.— Lodge, W. O. Morbid anatomy of chronic otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 71.—McGuckin, F. Chronic otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 328-36.—Magauran, W. H. B. Chronic otitis media. Med. Press, Lond, 1948, 220: 69-71 — Miyao, M. Iwayuru mansei tyuzi-catarrh no kyomi-aru dai ni rei [the second interesting case of the co-called chronic catarrh of the middle ear] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 485, pi.—Nakamura, H. Man-sei tyuzi-en to 6-si-kan [chronic otitis media and the Eustachian tube] J. Hirosima M. Ass, 1949, 2: 91-3.—Riccabona, A. Zur Pathogenese der chro- nischen Mittelohrentziindung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1949, 83: 367.—Rokusima, T. Nippon seki-zyuzi-sya Sizuoka-sibu Byoin ni okeru iwayuru man-sei sinsyutu-sei tyuzien no tokei- teki narabi-ni rinsyo-teki kansatu [statistische Beobach- tungen iiber den sog. chronischen exsudativen Mittelohrkatarrh im Roten Kreuzhospital zu Sizuoka] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1939, 12: 929-38.—Rucker, R. W. Chronic otitis media. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1941, 34: 144-7.—Ruedi. Ueber die Entstehung der chronischen Mittelohrentziindung. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 689.—Unger, M. Chronic otitis was once an acute otitis. Med. World, 1945, 63: 11-5.—Wilkins, E. H. Should chronic otitis media be notifiable? Med. Off, Lond, 1943. 69: 15. ---- chronic: Surgery. See also subdivision Surgery. Alonso, J. M. Les indications de la chirurgie conservatrice dans l'otite chronique. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1940, 61: 345- 73.—Bockstein, F. S. Die Radikaloperation durch den Gehorgang bei chronischen Otitiden. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 776-99.—Latorre Agiiero, A. La cirugia endopre- auricular en el tratamiento de las otitis medias cr6nicas. Rev. otorrinolar. (Chile) 1947, 7: 57-70.—Lodge, W. O. An opera- tion for chronic otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1941, 56: 327, 2 pi. ------ Preventive treatment of chronic otitis media and surgical approach via the cavum conchae. Ibid, 1943, 58: 243-50, pi. ------ Operative treatment of chronic otitis media. Ibid, 1945, 60: 315-22, 5 pi.—Olaison, F. Om operationsindikationerna vid den kroniska otiten. Nord. med. tskr, 1933, 5: 591; 727.—Varga, G. Az idiilt kozepfulgyul- ladas sebeszi therapiaja. Otorhinolar. danub, 1947, 1: 91-102. ---- chronic: Treatment. Carpentier, P. *Les irradiations generates ultra-violettes dans le traitement des otites chroniques chez Penfant. 55p. 8? Par., 1927. Poncelet, M. *L'ionisation dans le traite- ment des otites chroniques et des laryngites; etude comparative des resultats. 114p. 8? Par., 1935. MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 174 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Aagesen, W. J. Penicillin in chronic otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 50: 716-23.—Alekseev, D. T. Lechenie khronicheskikh gnoinykh otitov v usloviiakh stroevoi chasti. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 52-6.—Angyal, F. [Chronic otitis media; cure resulting in a natural radical cavity] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1940, 38: 556.—Babbit, J. A. The treatment of chronic middle ear infection. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 594- 609.—Banham, T. M. The treatment of chronic otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 307-14. ------ Modern treat- ment of chronic otitis media in adults. Med. Press, Lond, 1949, 222: 577-82.—Bondy. G. Die Behandlung der chro- nischen Mittelohrentziindung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 1390-3. Also Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1934, 8: 17-21.—Calvet, J., Claux, J, & Bonafous, J. L'action de la penicilline dans les otites chroniques. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1947, 31: 237. Also Toulouse m6d, 1948, 49: 280—Correa Netto, O. Algumas consideracoes sobre a Souvironterapia e aplicacoes correlatas. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1947, 15:122-8.—Cristiani, M. La penicillina idro-alcoolica nella terapia locale delle otiti croniche e nel trattamento delle radicali. Minerva med. Tor, 1948, 39: 259.—Dohlman [Chronic otitis and its treatment] Lunds lak. sail, forh, 1932-33, 48-67. Also Nord. med, 1943, 20: 2236-8.—Franquet & Landry. L'ionisation dans les otites chroniques non suppurees. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 47-9.— Goodyear, H. M. Modern treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media, or slow progressive deafness. Ohio M. J, 1924, 20: 220—4.—Guttman, J. A new instrument for the treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media with superheated air. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1926, 3: 453-5.—Honzyo, S. Mansei tyuzi- catarrh no tyo-tanpa ryoho [ultra-short wave treatment .,] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 464-9— Ibbotson, W. The treat- ment of chronic tympanico-mastoid disease in children and adolescents. Med. World, Lond, 1948-49, 69: 231-5 — Jakabfi, I, & Kocsar, L. Penicillin a chronikus otitisek is radicalis iiregek gyogykezeieseben. Otorhinolar. danub, 1948-49, 2: 201-5.—Johnston, C. M. The treatment of chronic otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 303-6.—Kennedy, R. L, & Boland, J. W. Penicillin in chronic ear disease. Brit. M. J, 1946, 1: 13.—Kotyza, F. [Treatment of chronic otitis of the middle ear and post-operative states with alcohol and combination of boric acid and iodine] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1939, 78: 510-3.—Landry, M. Behandlung der chronischen, nicht- eitrigen Ohrenentziindungen mittels der Dielektrolyse in Verbindung mit der Hochfrequenz. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1936-37, 40: 673-6. -—— L'ionotherapie dans les otites chroniques; acquisitions recentes et resultates. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1941, 25: 65-9.-—Malherbe. A. Traitement des affections chroniques non suppurees de I'oreille moyenne par la galvanisation tubo-tympanique. Ann. electrob, Lille, 1906, 9: 88-93.—Marinelli, P. I sulfamidici in polvere nella terapia della otorree croniche; ricerche clinico-batteriologiche. Atti Clin, otolar. Napoli (1942-43) 1943, 16: 159-78.—Mathieu, C. T. La diathermie dans les otites catarrhales chroniques. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 404.—Mayer, O, & Riccabona, A. v. Ueber die Ursache und Behandlung der chronischen Mittelohreiterung ohne Cholesteatom. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1942, 151: 189-96.—Merlins, P. S, jr. Use of urea in treat- ment of chronic otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1937, 26: 509-13.—Mollison, W. M. The treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media (excluding otosclerosis) and of deafness and dry suppurative otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 516-32.—Neville, W. S. T. Treatment of chronic otitis media Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 594.—Pitman, L. K. A suggestion regard- ing the treatment of conditions ordinarily included under chronic catarrhal otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1928, 8: 70-4.—Prenn, J. Penicillin instillations in chronic otitis media and sinus infections; clinical appraisal, preliminary report. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1945,158: 741.—Rejto, S. [Present status of treatment of chronic otitis media] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1937, 35: 481-6.—Scharfstein, M. Spuman-Therapie der chronischen Otitiden. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 978-81.—Shemeley, W. G. The treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media. J. Ophth. Otol, 1927, 31: 261-7.—Tolosa. E. E. El tratamiento de las otitis medias cr6nicas por la ionizaci6n de zinc. An. Fac. cienc. med. La Plata, 1942, 8: 147-57.— Tremble, G. E. The use of urea and caroid in chronic otitis media. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1939, 40: 149-53.—Tuda, S, Huzimori, Y. [et al.] Man-sei tyuzien no hozon-teki ryoho [preservative treatment of chronic otitis media] Jap. M. J. (w.) 1949, 22-30.—Udvarhelyi, K. [Chronic otitis media and its treatment] Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 176-9.—Vanstane. V. R. Some uses of picratol with special reference to chronic otitis media. Illinois M. J, 1933, 63: 168-72. ------ Supple- mentary report. Ibid, 1939, 75: 444-6.—Wilkerson, W. W., jr, Cayce, L. F., & Ivie, J. M. The use of radium in the middle ear for selected cases of chronic otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1949, 59: 1248-54.—Yocom, A. L., jr. X-ray treatment of chronic otitis media. Med. Herald, 1925, 44: 268.—Zaviska, P., & Carsky, K. [Bacillus bulgaricus cultures in treatment of chronic otitis] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927-28, 7: 323-7. ---- Classification and nomenclature. See also subdivision Pathology. Beltran, R. C. Sobre una nueva clasificacion de las otitis medias. Clin, laborat, Zaragoza, 1931, 17: 27-31.—Errecart, P. L. Bases para una clasificaci6n de las otitis medias. Prensa mid. argent, 1946, 33: 801-7.—Linck, A. Inwieweit ent- sprechen die Begriffe Otitis media und Mastoiditis unseren heutigen Anschauungen und den Anforderungen einer klaren, zweckmassigen Krankheitsbezeichnung? Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1931, 129: 181-206.—Mangabeira-Albernaz. P. Um problema de terminologia otologica; otite s6ca, otite adesiva, otite cicatricial. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1945, 13: 209-15.— Podesta, R. Sobre las tituladas oto-mastoiditis; una impropia denominacion usual en otologfa. Rev. As. med. argent, 1933, 46: 3199-203.—Thornval, A. Description of the different otites with the aid of an easily surveyable scheme. Acta otolar, Helsin, 1944, Suppl. 51, 259-73.—Uffenorde, W. Zur Nomen- klatur und Einteilung der nicht spezifischen Mittelohrentziin- dung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1926, 115: 83-104.—Vahldieck, W. Ist die Unterscheidung in akute mesotympanale, epitym- panale und retrotympanale Otitis media berechtigt? Ibid, 1933-34, 137: 187-97. ---- Clinical aspect. See also other subdivisions (latent; Manifesta- tion; masked, etc.) Richter, H. Die entzundlichen Erkrankungen des Mittelohres; eine Darstellung fiir den Dienst am Kranken. 2. Aufl. 92p. 25cm. Lpz., 1947. Borries, G. V. T. [Otitis media in general practice] Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 541-7.—Keeler, C. J. Middle ear infection and its clinical significance as observed by the family physician. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1925, 22: 13-7.—Lewis, W. W. In- flammatory affections of the middle ear; a responsibility of the general practitioner. J. Lancet, 1926,46: 428-33.—Mitermaier, R. Ueber den Verlauf der entzundlichen Erkrankungen des Mittelohres. Deut. med. Wschr, 1944, 70: 38-41.—Nathanson, A. M. [Clinical-anatomical parallels in infectious otitis] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1940, 17: 279-83.—Panse, K. A case of otitis media. Antiseptic, Madras, 1948, 45: 414.— Sellers, L. M. Clinico-pathological observations of otitis media and paratympanitis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 46: 1074-95.—Strohmenger, W. L. Case report. J. Med, Cincin, 1939-40, 20: 490.—Watson, O. A. Otitis media. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1945, 38: 93-6. ---- Clostridium infection. See also subdivision Bacteriology. Oda, D. Zyo-kositu yori zenpS ni hattatu-seru ganki-hoka ni tai-suru syoti ni tuite [the treatment of gas phlegmon developing anteriorly from the epitympanic cavity] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 871-86. ---- Colon-bacillus infection. See also other subdivisions (Bacteriology; Sepsis) Charousek, G. Ueber die Koliinfektion des Mittelohres. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 15-7.—Druss, J. G. Otitic sepsis due to the colon bacillus. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 687-92. ---- Complications. See also subdivisions (acute: Complication; Prognosis; suppurative: Complication) also Middle ear, Polyp. Maspetiol, R. *Les suppurations exocra- niennes d'origine otitique. lOlp. 8? Par., 1937. Aboulker, H. Les complications silencieuses des otites. Presse med, 1925, 33: 1059-61. ------ Notions generates sur les otites et leurs complications. Gaz. hop, 1936, 109: 799; 833.—Alonso, J. M. Complicaciones de las otitis y de las mastoiditis. Arch. urug. med, 1942, 21: 449-69.—Beek, T. J. A. C. M. v. Eenige verwikkelingen bij middenoorontste- king. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: pt 2, 2754-6.—Brock, W. Ueber die Entstehung der Komplikationen bei den akuten und chronischen Mittelohreiterungen. Munch, med. Wschr, 1931, 78: 795; 838.—Burns, C. C. Complications of tympanic inflammation. Tristate M. J, 1936-37, 9: 1723; 1731.— Campbell, E. H. Complications of otitis media and mastoiditis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 209-41.—Colledge, L. Acaseof otitis media with complications. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 48: 546.—Daily, L., & Dean, J. L., jr. Complications of chronic otitis media; report of a case. Texas J. M, 1944—45, 40: 590-3.—Dowling, 3. T. Otitis media; its complications and treatment. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1928, 16: 44-53.—Duntze. Considerations sur les complications graves des otites suppurees aigues. Arch, internat. laryng. Par., 1929, 35: 1072-6.—Dysart, B. R. Otitis media and complica- tions. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 39: 87; passim.—Fontana, L. Sopra un caso di complicanza auricolare a decorso insolito. Valsalva, 1933, 9: 624-30.—Fowler, E. P., jr. Otitis media and its extensions. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1940, 16: 24-37.— Galcsik, B. Cases of spontaneous sinus rupture in the course of infectious ear disease. Acta otolar., Stockh, 1939, 27: 441.—Gilse, P. H. G. v. Aan de grens van het uithoudings- vermogen door talrijke verwikkelingen bij chronische otitis media. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1941, 85: 3737-42.—Gross, J. C. Las complicaciones de las otitis medias. Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 47: 383-91—Hesse, W. Ist das Auftreten von Kom- plikationen im Anschluss an akute Mittelohrentzundungen MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 175 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION ba kteriologisch oder anatomisch bedingt? Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1925, 113: 156-75.—Kopetzky, S. J. Otitic complica- tions as they occur in everyday otology. Pennsylvania M. J, 1933, 36: 739-47.—Love, A. A. Complications of otitis media without rupture of the membrana tympani. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 17: 297-310.—Martin Vila, A. Las com- plicaciones silenciosas de las otitis. Notic med. espan, 1948, 8: No. 166, 19.—Otitis media y sus complicaciones. Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 47: 363.—Reuben, M. S. Otitic com- plications. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1930, 47: 88-112.—Richards, L. G. Otogenic complications; a resume and discussion of the literature for 1938; 1941. Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 739; 1942, 52: 745.—Sargnon, A. La curabilite des complications graves multiples des mastoidites. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1922, 6: 497-508, pi.-—Schlander, E. Infektiose Erkrankungen des Mittelohres und ihre Komplikationen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1947, 59: 661-5.—Stamatiu, C. Contributiuni la studiul complicatiunilor grave chirurgicale ale otitelor medii supurate. Rev. chir, Bucur, 1934, 37: 726-42.—Steele, F. H. Com- plications of chronic otitis media with case report. Bull. Toronto East M. Ass, 1948, 12: No. 12 [3-7]—Thevoz, E. A propos des otites, de leurs dangers et de leurs traitements. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom, 1932, 52: 585-609.—Thorburn, I. B. The early recognition of complications of otitic infection. Clin. J, Lond, 1945, 74: 57-61.—Tvermoes, V. Hyppigheden af otiterne og deres komplikationer. Nord. med. tskr, 1934, 7: 467.—Williams, I. G. Otitis media and some of its com- plications. Middlesex Hosp. J, 1933, 209: 104-12.—Woodson, B. An evaluation of some early otogenic complications. South. M. J, 1943. 36: 486-8. ---- Complications, intracranial. See subdivision Cranium. ---- Complications: Prevention and treatment. Richter, H. Die Verhutung lebensgefahr- licher Komplikationen der entzundlichen Er- krankungen des Mittelohres. 2. Aufl. 80p. 24cm. Lpz., 1947. Forms H. 4, Hals Nasen & Ohrenh. Covili-Faggioli, G. La proteinoterapia aspecifica nel trat- tamento delle compiicanze otitiche. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 358- 60.—Dowling, J. T. Otitis media; its complications, manage- ment and treatment. Northwest M, 1928, 27: 472-4. Also Eye Ear &c Month, 1929, 8: 4-13.—Hayes, M. B, & Hall, C. F. A newer concept of the management of otogenic infec- tion. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1948, 47: 289-302.—Kahler. O. Akut bedrohliche Zustande bei Otitis media. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1944, 41: 49-54.—Koebbe, E. E, & Potter, J. J. Complications of otitis media and their treatment. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 40: 382-4.—Koenigsberger, E, & Muss- liner, S. Zur Klinik und Therapie der Komplikationen kindlicher Mittelohrerkrankungen. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 824; 875.—Luscher, E, & Iselin, H. Die Wirksamkeit der Sulfonamide in der Verhutung und Behandlung schwerer akuter Mittelohrentziindungen, der Mastoiditis und der in- trakraniellen Komplikationen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1947, 77: 133-9.—Rubin, H. G, Sanger, W. W., & McBean, J. B. Otitic complications and the sulfonamides. Ohio M. J, 1943, 39: 125-7.—Tondo, F. Otite media acuta, cronica e com- piicanze. Studium, Nap, 1929, 19: 71r3.—Treer, J. [In- flammation of the middle ear, complications and treatment] Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 273-7.—Whitaker, J. G. Complicacoes das otites; symptomatologia; tratamento m6dico-cirurgico e sua technica. Sao Paulo med, 1936-37, 9: 89-105.—Xirau, J. Terapeutica quirurgica y sulfamidada en dos casos de com- plicaciones endocraneales ot6genas. Vida nueva, Habana, 1943, 52: 264-71. ---- Contagiousness. See also subdivision Notification. Bernheim, Mayoux, R, & Martin, H. De la notion de contagion dans rantro-mastoldite du nourrisson; histoire d'une creche. Lyon med, 1946, 176: 92-4.—Lermoyez, M. La contagion des otites moyennes aigues. Ann. mal. oreille, 48: 549-51. ---- Corynebacterium infection. See also subdivision Diphtheria. Rosa, A. Sulla frequenza dei corynebacteri nel condotto uditivo esterno in soggetti normali ed in otitici. Gior. batt. immun., 1949, 41: 212-7. ---- Cranium [inch intracranial disorders] See also subdivisions (Complications; Musculo- skeletal system) Haege, E. *Ueber endokranielle Verwick: Iungen infolge akuter Mittelohrentziindung bei Residuen. 23p. 20J/2cm. Erlangen, 1937. Le Gal, G. L. Complications centrales aigues des otites; conduite du diagnostic et traitement. 79p. 24cm. Par., 1944. Schonholzer, A. *Ueber die endocraniellen Komplikationen der Mittelohrentziindungen [Bern] [48]p. 24cm. Basel, 1943. Also Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1943, 5: 113; 194. Alonso, J. M. Complicaciones endocraneanas de las otitis medias supuradas. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1935, 10: 293-303.— Andrew, F. Intracranial suppuration of otitic origin. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 1: Suppl, 377-9.-—Aubriot. A propos d'un cas dosteomy61ite k distance, avec complications endocra- niennes, consecutive a une otorrh6e chronique. Rev. laryng. Par, 1926, 47: 268-72.—Barnhill, J. F. The diagnosis of intracranial complications of suppurative ear disease. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Laryng. Otol, 1905, 56: 113-22.—Bergara, R. A, & Bergara. C. Importancia de los pequefios smtomas en el diagn6stico precoz de las complicaciones endocraneanas de las otitis. Sem. med, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt 2, 1984-7.—Bokstein, F. S. Diagnosticheskie oshibki pri otogennykh vnutricherep- nykh oslozhneniiakh. Sovet. med, 1949, 13: No. 8, 18.— Briihl, G. Intrakranielle Komplikationen bei Eiterungen mit zentralen Durchlocherungen. Zschr. Hals. &c Heilk, 1928, 21: 69-76.—Cheng, Y. L. Intracranial complications of sup- purative middle ear disease; a report of eight cases. China M. J, 1929, 43: 1064-86.—Cheval. Deux cas de complica- tions endocraniennes de la pyotite. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1904, 9: 108-10.—Clay, J. V. F. Chronic suppurative otitis media and its intracranial complications. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1935, 28: 216-8.—Collins, E. G. Unusual intracranial com- plications of otitic origin; report of three cases. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 56-67.—Courville, C. B., & Nielsen. J. M. Fatal complications of otitis media, with particular reference to the intracranial lesions in a series of ten thousand autopsies. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1934, 19: 451-501. —---- Intracranial complications of otitis media and mastoiditis; statistical study with survey of 10,000 necropsies. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1934- 35, 21: 19-60. ------ Syndromes indicative of benign intracranial complications of otitis media and mastoiditis. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1940, 5: 202-9.—Cousteau, J. Phlegmon sous-occipital d'origine mastoidienne avec peri- phiebite du sinus lateral et pachymeningite cerebelleuse sans troubles auriculaires anterieurs. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1918, 6. annee, 737-40.-—Davis, E. D. D. Discussion; treatment of endocranial complications of otitic origin. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1944-45, 38: 421-30.—Dinolt, R. Value of en- cephalography in the diagnosis of otogenic intracranial com- plications. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 31: 431-6.—Duel, A. B. Symptoms of intracranial complications of purulent otitis. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Laryng. Otol, 1909, 136-51.— Duensing, F, & Kirstein, R. Hirnelektrische Befunde bei otogenen endokraniellen Komplikationen. Nervenarzt, 1949, 20: 20-6.— Fallas. Nouvelle contribution k l'etude de la formule hi- matologique dans les complications endocraniennes des otites moyennes purulentes. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1908-09, 14: 121-7.—Fenton, R. A. Intracranial complications of chronic suppurative otitis media, as seen by the ophthalmologist. Am. J. Ophth, 1926, 3. ser, 9: 321-32.—Fraser, J. S, & Halliday, G. C. Report upon 891 consecutive cases of acute middle-ear suppuration and mastoiditis with intracranial com- plications in 139 cases during the period 1920-34. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1936, 51: 619-30.—Friesner, I, & Druss, J. G. Intracranial complications of otitic origin. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1931, 21: 120-43. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1932, 15: 356-67.—Grange, L. La ponction lombaire dans les com- plications endocraniennes des otites. Rev. laryng. Par, 1932, 53: 310-38.—Halsted, T. H. The importance of early dif- ferential diagnosis of the intracranial complication of middle ear inflammation. N. York State J. M, 1924, 24: 831-7.— Haymann, L. Ueber endokranielle Komplikationen bei Eite- rungen des Mittelohres und der Nasennebenhohlen. Munch. med. Wschr, 1932, 79: 781; 874—Hohlbrugger, H. Ueber leuko- zytares Blutbild und Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen in ihrer diagnostischen Verwertbarkeit bei otogenen endokraniellen Komplikationen (nebst yergleichenden Untersuchungen bei akuten und chronischen Mittelohrentziin- dungen) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1947, 81: 324; 397; 440.— Horowitz, S. Otogenic intracranial hypertension. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 363-81.—Jakabfi, I. Beitrag zur Rolle des Penicillin in der Therapie otogener intrakranieller Infek- tionen. Klin. Med, Wien, 1947, 2: 78-83.—Jankowski, W. [Intracranial complications in otitis media] Polska gaz. lek, 1938, 17: 519; 549; 568.—Kecht, B. Ueber endokranielle Komplikationen bei chronischer mesotympanaler Otitis; zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des otogenen retrolabyrinthfiren Symptomenkomplexes. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1947, 35: 180- 210. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 49-73.—Kindler, W. Zur Frage der Erkennung endokranieller Erkrankungen als otogene Komplikationen bei chronischer Mittelohreiterung mit harmlosem Ohrbefund. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1930, 28: 66-76.—Kowatscheff, L. Intrakranielle Komplikationen der akuten Otitis im Rontgenbilde. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1941- 43, 48: 236-59.—Krejci, F. Zur Pathologie der Virchow- Robin'schen Raume bei den otitischen endokraniellen Kom- plikationen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1949, 83: 258-64.— Lorenz, H. Beitrag zu den intrakraniellen Verwicklungen nach Mittelohrentziindung und Granatsplitterverletzung bei gleichzeitiger Sulfonamidtherapie. Ibid, 1944, 78: 193-204.— Luscher, E. Zur Mitteilung, iiber die endocraniellen Kom- plikationen der Mittelohrentziindungen, von Anna Schonholzer. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1943, 5: 213.—McArthur. G. A. D. 76 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Some intracranial complications of otitis media. Med. J. Australia, 1928, 2: 558-60— McConnell. A. A. Nonsup- purative intracranial complications of otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1937, 2: 659.—McGuckin, F. Intracranial complica- tions of suppurative otitis media. Newcastle M. J, 1931, 12: 31-8.—Martinaud, G. Traitement medical chirurgical des complications craniennes des otites. Rev. ouie, 1948, 25: 8; passim.—Miroir & Piette. Complications intracraniennes des otites et des sinusites traitees par la penicilline. Acta oto- rhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 399-408—Ninger, F. [Atlanto-oc- cipital osteomyelitis as complication of otitis media] Cas. lek. cesk, 1936, 75: 1296.—Olavarria, L. de. Signos fisicos oft&lmicos en las complicaciones intracraneales de origen otftico. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar, Madr, 1912, 4. Congr, 472-8.—Oppikofer, E. Zur Diagnose der otogenen endo- kraniellen Komplikationen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 468.—Otte, Pastur & Emhart. Complicaciones intracraneales de las otitis medias supuradas. Arch. Hosp. ninos, Santiago, 1947, 15: 42-5.—Poirier, G. H, White, L. E. [et al.] Acute suppurative otitis media on the left, with mastoiditis and osteomyelitis of the skull. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940; 31: 553-5.—Prada y Vizmanos. E. Algunas complicaciones endo- craneanas de las otitis, y dificultades diagnosticas a que puede dar lugar el empleo a ciegas de las sulfamidas y de la penicilina. Medicamenta, Madr, 1948, 6: 311-3.—Richter, H. Ueber endokranielle Komplikationen bei mesotympanaler chronischer Mittelohreiterung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1929, 120: 194- 210.—Rott, O. M. A method of procedure in the diagnosis of otitic intracranial complications. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto Ophth. Soc, 1939, 27. meet, 81-94. Also Northwest M, 1940, 39: 92-5.-—Sadowski, N. Intrakranielle Komplikationen bei einfachen, harmlosen chronischen Mittelohreiterungen mit zentraler Perforation. Zschr. Hals. &c Heilk, 1931-32, 30: 590-4.—Secondi, U, & Martelli, F. Sulle alterazioni endo- craniche tardive di derivazione oto-mastoidea. Atti Clin. otorin. Roma (1943-47) 1948, 7: 301-26.—Shuster, B. H. A case of chronic purulent otitis media with several intracranial complications. Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 680-6. ■----— Intracranial complications of otitic origin, with reference to diagnosis and management. Ibid, 1927, 37: 897-919.-— Stern, K. Ergebnisse der Blutiibertragung bei endokraniellen Verwicklungen akuter und chronischer Mittelohrentziindungen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1941-43, 48: 297-301.—Suma [Osteo- myelitis of skull following otitis] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1925, 64: 166-74.—Tomas Alvaro, L. G. Consideraciones sobre un caso de complicaci6n endocraneana de origen 6tico, con compresi6n cerebral compensada. An. med, Barcel, 1947, 34: 219.— Urbantschitsch, E. Ueber atypische Blutbefunde bei otogenen intrakraniellen Komplikationen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1927, 61: 464-79.—Vila Abadal, L. Diagn6stico diferencial de las complicaciones endocraneanas de las otitis medias supuradas. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1926, 2. ser, 6: 18-31.—Waar, C. A. H. Penicilline bij otogene intracranieele complicatie. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1410-2. Also Acta otorhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 83.—Wagner, K. [Otogenous intracranial complica- tions] Orv. hetil, 1930, 74: 648-50.—Warren, W. C, jr. Intracranial complications in purulent otitis media. Arch. Surg, 1929, 18: 1552-61.—Whale, H. L. Otitic intracranial infection. Brit. M. J, 1925, 1: 920—Wharry, H. M. Three cases of middle-ear disease with intracranial complications. Ibid, 1926, 1: 85-7.—Wiegmann, F. Akute und chronische Mittelohreiterung mit endokraniellen Komplikationen in wechselseitiger Beziehung zur Schwangerschaft. Zschr. Laryng, 1933, 24: 115-25.—Wright, C. D. A. A study of the deeper cranial infections resulting from otitis media and mastoiditis. Internat. J. M. & S, 1931, 44: 105-20. ---- Deafness. See also subheading Hearing; also Middle ear, Sound conduction: Deafness; Middle-ear drum- head, Rupture. Babbitt, J. A. Relation of infection in the middle ear to deafness. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 1106.—Beaudoux, H. A. Permanent perforations of the membrana tympani and chronic middle ear suppuration, a critical study, with sug- gestions for improvement of partial or total deafness. Eye Ear &c Month, 1934, 13: 161-5.—Cherian, P. V. Deafness and mastoid disease. Antiseptic, Madras, 1933, 30: 360-5.— Cipolloni, S. Otite catarrale ed ipoacusia. Assist, san, Roma, 1935, 4: No. 3, Spec ed, 1-3.—Hughson, W. Relief of deafness in chronically infected ears. Dis. Eye &c Throat, 1942, 2: 258-66.—Mandl, R. Mit bedeutender Erhohung der Schallperzeption geheilte Mittelohrentziindungen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1927, 61: 363.—Oaks, L. W, & Merrill, H. G. A rational treatment of chronic progressive middle ear deaf- ness. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 190-7.—Snyder, W. S. Ca- tarrhal deafness. Kentucky M. J, 1946, 44: 272.—Strum, F. P. Observations on intra-labyrinthine pressure-balance, with special reference to the significance of signs of labyrinth deafness in cases of middle ear disease in children. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1925, 40: 178-85. ---- Dental aspect. Bierman, H. R, & Brickman, I. W. The relationship of dental malocclusion to vacuum-otitis media and the use of dental splints during descent from altitudes. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1946, 55: 5-12.—Bmnetti, F. Le otiti da dentizione. Stomatologia, Roma, 1931, 29: 22-8.—Caboche, H. Trois cas de n6vralgies dentaires au cours des otites moyennes suppurees; leur signification. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1925, 31: 513-9. ---- Diagnosis. See also other subdivisions (acute: Diagnosis; false; infantile: Diagnosis; suppurative: Diag- nosis) Biehl, C. Diagnostische Irrtumer bei Mittelohrentziindung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 1090.—Egmond. A. A. J. v. [Diagnostic difficulties in lingering cases of inflammation of the middle ear] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 525-32.— Hand, R. F. Diagnosis and treatment of acute and chronic middle-ear infection. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1945, 31: 18-23.— Jay, H. M. Aspiration through the tympanic membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1940, 55: 385—Lemperg, F. Ein diag- nostisch-anatomischer Beitrag zur Otitis media. Arch. klin. Chir, 1924, 131: 511-3.—Muller, E. Diagnose und Therapie der Mittelohrentziindungen. Deut. Gesundhwes, 1947, 2: 694—7.—Nelson, R. F. Exact diagnosis of otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 37: 810-2.—Ruedi, L. Diagnose und Therapie der Mittelohrentziindungen. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 617-9. ---- Digestive system. See also subdivisions (Complications; infantile: Dystrophy) Acosta y Lara, V. R. Absceso del hfgado, a neumdcocos, consecutivo a otitis aguda. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, B. Air, 1927, 3. ser, 21: 302-4. ---- Diphtheria bacillus. See also subheading Bacteriology; also Diph- theria, Ear. Andrieu, J. B. De quelques cas de diphtherie de I'oreille moyenne et de la mastoide. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 273-82.—Carrari, G. G. Contributo alio studio batteriologico delle suppurazioni dell'orecchio medio (un particolare bacillo pseudodifterico) Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 8-24.—Chvojka, J. L'importanza della paradifterite iperacida nelle otiti medie. Minerva med. Tor, 1948, 39: pt 2, 30-2.—Filipo, D. L'otite media acuta nei difterici. Policlinico, 1939, 45: 191-6.— Kato, A, & Matumura, M. Tyuzi-diphtheria ni kan-suru gigi; kano-sei tyuzi-en bunpibutu-tyu ni okeru iwayuru rui-diph- theria-kin no biseibutugaku-teki kenkyu [doubtful points regarding otitis media diphtherica] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 19-27.—Keller, W. F. Diphtheria of the middle ear. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1941, 34: 519-21.—Pierangeli, C. E. Sulla presenza del Corynebacterium diphtheriae nel condotto uditivo di ammalati di otite media purulenta cronica. Valsalva, 1948, 24: 261-7.—Poltev, K. [Croupous otitis] Klin, med, Moskva, 1925, 6: 185.—Riwoldt. Zur Beurteilung des Nach- weises von Diphtheriebacillen bei akuter und chronischer Otitis media auf Grund klinischer Beobachtungen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1944, 50: 205-14.—Rtiter, E. Ueber einen Fall von Otitis media diphtherica. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1929-30, 124: 286-91.—Sato, V. Tyuzi-diphtherie ni tuite. Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1934, 12: 844-51.—Schvouka, J. Vyznam hyperacidni paradifterie pfi zanetech stfedouSnfch; studie bakteriologickd a klinicksi. Sborn. lek, 1947, 49: 455- 501.—Theissing, G. Zur Klinik der Mittelohrdiphtherie. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1943-44, 153: 256-70.—Urbantschitsch, E. Ueber Mittelohrentziindung bei Diphtherie, Mittelohr- diphtherie und diphtheritische Mittelohrentzundung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 775-804.—Zoeller & Manoussakiss. De la presence du bacille de Loffler dans certaines lesions de I'oreille moyenne. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1924, 18: 382. ---- Diplococcus infection. Baum, H. L. Pneumonic otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1935, 21: 96.—Bombelli, U. Sulle meningo-otiti strepto- diplococciche. Ann. laring. Tor, 1940, 40: 89-97.—Carlens, E. Serological studies of acute otitis with particular regard to non-specific capsular swelling of type 27 pneumococci. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1941, 29: 316-29.—Dereux, J., & Buisine, A. M6ningite otitique a pneumocoque suivie d'encephalite choreique et de polymyosite aigue; guerison par les sulfamides et la penicilline. J. sc. m6d. Lille, 1948, 66: 575; 1949, 67: 189.—Forschner, L. Diplococcus lanceolatus as the cause of serous middle-ear catarrh. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1934, 49: 200.—Hansen, B. R. The pneumococcal types of middle ear suppurations. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1940, 28: 340-51.— Herberts. The bacteriology of pneumococcic otitis. Ibid, 1941, 29: 448-51.—Lopes, O. de C. Meningite otogena (pneumococica) e tromboflebite do seio lateral de evolucao acidentada. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1947, 15: 112-21.— Mathiesen, H. A case of otogenous pneumococcus sepsis cured by serum treatment. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1941, 29: 86.—Modestini, M. Due casi di meningo-otite da pneumococco guariti con cura associata sulfamido-penicillinica. Ann. laring. Tor, 1947, 46:15-9.—Moran, C. T. Pneumococcus septicemia following a middle ear abscess. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1938, 39: 303.-—Nakamura, M. Etude experimentale sur I'inflammation MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 177 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION de l'organe de l'ouie provoquee par le diplocoque de la pneu- monic Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi, 1927,20: 51.—Portmann, G, & Robin. Quelques considerations sur la penicillinotherapie intra-rachidienne dans la meningite otogene a pneumocoques. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1947, 68: 508-13.—Paul, J. R, & Wies, C. H. Type I pneumococcus otitis media (a case report and discussion) Yale J. Biol, 1929-30, 2: 437-42.—Quirk, L. A. Otitis media with pneumococcic meningitis, treated with sulfapyridine. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1940, 43: 593.—Ruttin. E. Diplokokkenotitis mit Sinusthrombose und Diplokokkensepsis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1925, 59: 1319.—Siemens, B. W. L. [On pneumococcus types in acute otitis media] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1939, 83: 5405. ---- Diplococcus infection: Mucosus type. See subdivision Mucosus type. ---- Discharge. See also subdivisions (Bacteriology; Otorrhea) Czeladzin, P. S. Eiteruntersuchungen auf Kalkgehalt bei eitrigen Knochenerkrankungen unter besonderer Beriicksich- tigung des Mittelohres. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1938, 72: 185-96.—Goedel & Kutscher. Vergleichende Stickstoffunter- suchungen an Mittelohrsekreten bei akuter Otitis und beim Tubenmittelohrkatarrh. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1933, 34: 265-79; Disc, 314-6.—Hesse. Supravitalfarbung von Sekret- leukocyten bei akuten Mittelohreiterungen. Ibid, 1927-28, 18: 377-82; Disc, 386.—Koch, H. Sekretundersokningar vid kroniska otiter. Nord. med, 1946, 31: 2160-3—Lowy, K. Ueber die Peroxydasereaktion des Ohreiters. Wien. med. Wschr, 1931, 81: 1586.—Maekawa, S, Hasimoto, T, & Sato.O. Tyuzi tyoryii-eki no Ide-si hanno ni tuite [iiber die Idesche Reaktion des Mittelohrsekrets] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1943, 16: 463-6.—Mitchell, A. G, McCarthy, M. F. [et al.] Otitis media and its relation to gastro-enteritis. J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 92: 970-4.—Rejt<\ S. [Preoperative determination of the cholesterine index of pus and blood in otitis medial Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 735-7.—Scovola, P. Calcio, magnesio e fosforo nel pus di soggetti con affezioni infiammatorie acute dell'orecchio. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1938, 26: 366-8 — Tanemura, T. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen der pH- Konzentration des Sekretes aus dem Mittelohr und den Ent- ziindungserregern. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 20.—Watanabe, T. Ueber das Fett in den neutrophilen Leukocyten des bei der Mittelohrentziindung abgesonderten Eiters. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 31. ------ Ueber den Glykogengehalt in den Leucocyten des Ausflusses bei Mittelohreiterung. Jap. J. M. Sc, Oto- rhinolar, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 19.—Zah. K. Exsudat oder Transs-udat? zytologische und rontgenologische Unter- suchungen. Hals &c. Arzt, Teil 1, 1936, 27: 190-6. ---- dry. See also subdivision (adhesive) Bergonie & Roques, C. Traitement palliatif de l'otite seche par les courants faradiques. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1906, 35: 270.—Durand, J. Etiologie et signes de l'otite seche de Lermoyez. Medicine, Par, 1925-26, 7: 302. -----r Diag- nostic et traitement de l'otite sdche de Lermoyez. Ibid, 1927, 8: 302-5.—Got & Pommez. Le traitement hydro-mineral des otites seches. J. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 413-7. Also Presse therm, clim, 1924, 65: 336.—Hubin, E. Considerations sur le traitement chirurgical des otites seches. Liege med, 1939, 32: 423-6.—Mesolella, V. A proposito delle otiti secche diatesiche. Atti Clin, otolar. Napoli, 1939-41, 15: 173-9 — Roure, M. De la dilataci6n de la trompa de Eustaquio en el tratamiento de las otitis medias secas; instrumentos. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1904, 4: 431. --- Empyema. See also subdivision (suppurative) Beck, K. Ueber mehrfache Empyeme bei der genuinen akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Hals Ac Arzt, Teil 1, 1936, 27: 196-200.—Scheibe, A. Meine Lehre vom Empyem; Warnung vor der Bezeichnung Mastoiditis. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1926, 14: 555-86. ---- Encephalitis [incl. myelitis] See also subdivision Brain; also Encephalitis, otitic; Hydrocephalus. ,,_,,.. Cavazzani, F. La mielite metastatica purulenta d origine otitica. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1941, 19: 215-8.— Gerlings. P. G. Metastatic brain abscesses and encephalitis of otitic origin. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 525-32 incl. 2 pi —Hutton, T. B. Response of observed otitic encephalitis to penicillin and chemotherapy. Ibid, 603-5.—LarroudeC. Etio-patogenia e formas anatomo-patol6gicas das encefalites otogeneasf Amatus Lusitanus, Lisb, 1946, 5:289.—Riccabona, A. v. Otogene Meningitis, Encephalitis, Hirnabszess, Ven- trikeleinbruch. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948 82: .177-80.- Richtner, N. G. On encephalitis otogenica locahsata non suppurativa. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1947, 35: 156-79.— Rosenthal. S. R. Hemorrhagic encephalitis following otitis mcutr. In: Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, p. 278-80. Enterococcus infection. See also subdivision Streptococcus. Fornari, G. B. Nuovo contributo alio studio delle sup- purazioni timpaniche e compiicanze da enterococco. Arch. ital. otol, 1936, 48: 355-65.—Piazza Missorici, A. A proposito di un caso di otite media purulenta acuta da enterococco (ricerche sperimentali e considerazioni cliniche) Ibid, 1925, 36: 555-70. ---- Epitympanitis. See also Middle-ear drumhead, Bulging. Vatjtrin, R. L. Considerations sur l'attique. 58p. 8? Par., 1934. Ciurlo, L. Contributo alia conoscenza delle epitimpaniti acute. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1937, 55: 210-26.—Garbini, C. Sulle epitimpaniti acute. Otorinolar. ital, 1935, 5: 169-78.— Jobson, T. B. Case of chronic suppurative otitis media of attic type; cessation of discharge after removal of outer attic wall by electrolysis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24, 17: Sect. Otol, 79.—Kerangal, Y. de. Traitement des atticites chroniques par l'aerothermo-cupro-insufflation. Rev. laryng. Par, 1931, 52: 556-62—Kosokabe, H, & Hamaya, M. Zyo- kositu kano-syo [purulent condition of the attic] Rinsyo no Nippon, 1936, 4: 104-11.—Ladyzhenskaia, E. A. Ob ostrom negnoinom epitimpanite. Vest, otorinolar, 1948, 22-5.— Lugli, G. Considerazioni sopra un caso di osteite della parete esterna dell'attico. Valsalva, 1932, 8: 595-603.—Milligan, W. Epitympanic suppuration. Practitioner, Lond, 1929, 123: 97-102.—Pages, R. A propos dune nouvelle observation d'atticite exteriorisee. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 914—6.— Peroni, A. Le otiti acute epitimpaniche. Otorinolar. ital, 1932, 2: 23-42.—Perrone, P. Contributo alia conoscenza delle celluliti squamose epitimpaniche. Valsalva, 1925, 1: 41-9.-—Truffert & Pag6s. Les atticites exteriorisees; con- tribution a l'etude des suppurations de la fosse temporale d'origine otique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1924, 43: 664-82.— Wardale, A. The surgery of attic suppuration. N. Zealand M. J, 1947, 46: 102-5. ---- Erysipelas. Dixon, O. J. Erysipelas as a complication of early surgica 1 interference in mastoiditis. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1930, 27: 530-3.—Grossmann, F. Weiteres iiber Otitis media ery- sipelatosa. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1925, 22: 56-61. ---- Etiology. See also other subdivisions (Bathing; Clostri- dium infection, etc.) also subheadings of Middle ear (Abnormity; Allergy; Helminthosis, etc.) Iancovici, L. *Les causes les plus fr^quentes des otites chez les enfants. 80p. 8? Par., 1935. Atfoldy, A. [Otitis from tampons] Orv. hetil, 1935, 79: mell, 44.—Baer, M. Otite moyenne et vitamine C. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1938, 59: 165-73. ------ Mittelohrentziin- dung und Ernahrung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 266- 74. Also Praxis, Bern, 1940, 29:33-5.—Brewster, G.O. The relation between otitis media and diseased teeth. Dent. Outlook, 1919, 6: 208-10.—Byford, H. T. The danger in blowing the nose. Chicago M. Rec, 1927, 49: 95— Claus, G. Kohle-Compretten als Ursache einer akuten Mittelohrent- ziindung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1928, 21: lllr3.—Gill, J. P. Use of nasal inhalers as a possible cause of otitis media. Eye Ear &c Month, 1946, 25: 396.—Haan, P. de. Fenestratie en ontsteking van het middenoor. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 93: 311.-—Hofhauser, J. [Causes of otitis media due to colds] Orv. hetil, 1936, 80: 987-90.—Mahu, G. De las mastoiditis en los casos de atresia del conducto auditivo. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1904, 4: 416.—Pinaud. Otites et mastoidites pro- voquees par le tamponnement posterieur des fosses nasales. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1935, 56: 106-8.—Ruedi, L. Mittelohr- raumentwicklung und Mittelohrentziindung. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1939, 45: 175-213—Smith, D. T. Causes and treat- ment of otitis media. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 1-15 — Tatibana, M. Kyusei nyusi-tokkien wo zyakki-seru senten-sei gai-tyodo heisa-syo no iti tiken rei. [treatment of congenital atresia of external auditory meatus which caused mastoiditis] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1941, 36: 798.—Teed, R. W. A contribu- tion of war experience to the etiology of otitis media. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1948-49, 53: 254-60.—Thomas, C. H. Otitis media following nasal syringing. Lancet, Lond, 1927, 2: 413.—Townsend, J. F. The development of the ear and its relation to otitis media and mastoiditis. South. M. J, 1931, 24: 402-6.—Uffenorde, W. Beziehungen zwischen Erkaltungskrankheiten und Mittelohrentziindung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1940. 66: 98-100. ---- Etiology: Acute infectious disease. See also other subdivisions (Influenza; Scarla- tina) also under names of acute infectious diseases as Measles; Pertussis; Zoster, etc. Chavanne, F. Zona de I'oreille avec paralysie faciale, oto- mastoidite concomitante. Lyon med, 1933, 152: 105.— MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 178 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Emiliani, C. L. Le lesioni dell'orecchio medio negli herpes zoster della faccia. Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 486-8.—Gowen, F. V. The incidence of otitis in 15,000 acute exanthemata, with a report of the method of handling scarlet fever otitis-mastoiditis at the Philadelphia Hospital for Contagious Diseases. Laryn- goscope, 1926, 36: 799-805.—Hernandez, A. Las otitis en las enfermedades infecciosas; slntesis de la clase dictada por el Dr. Carlos Mercandino en su servicio del Hospital Muniz. Prensa med. argent, 1945, 32: 195-202.—Howell. N. G. The value of paracentesis in the acute specific fevers. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: 572T6.—Kolesnikova, V. G. [Micro- flora of otitis and mastoiditis in scarlet fever and measles] Tr. Nauch. issledov. inst. fiziol. Saratov, 1934, 1: 401-6.-—Leroux- Robert, J. Sur la frequence et la gravite des oto-mastoidites du nourrisson et de l'enfant au cours de la coqueluche. Bull. med. Par, 1942, 56: 329. ------ & Ramaroni, J. Les oto- mastoidites du nourrisson et de l'enfant au cours des maladies contagieuses; frequence; caracteres et gravite selon la maladie en cause; bacteriologie; note preiiminaire sur Taction des sulf- amides. Ann. otolar. Par, 1943, 35-43.—Mayoux, Prost & Chayanne, H. Zona otitique avec troubles vestibulaires persistants. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1942, 26: No. 2, 37-40.—Sarrouy, C, Combe & Nourredine. Oto-mastoidite, ulcerations trophiques de la bouche et laryngite au cours d'une rechute de fievre typhoide chez une enfant de trois ans. Algerie med, 1946, 345-51.—Schattner, A. Symposium on the oto- logical complications of the acute infectious (contagious) diseases; otological considerations; lantern slides. Laryn- goscope, 1940, 50: 32-47.—Urbantschitsch, E. v. Otogene intrakranielle Komplikationen bei Infektionskrankheiten. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1944, 78: 425-52. Sequard causata da otomastoidite acuta. Riv. otoneur, 1935, 12: 284-7.—Piquet & Coulouma. Les signes oculo-sympa- thiques dans les otites et leurs raisons anatomiques; a propos d'un syndrome de Brown-Sequard au cours d'une otomastoldite aigue. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1934, 276-80, 7 pi. Also Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 1003-13.—Ramirez Mohedano, M. A. Sindrome de excitaci6n del simpatico ocular en un operado de vaciamiento petromastoideo. Rev. espafi. otoneuroft, 1949, 8: 238-45.—Sears, W. H. Surgical indications in affections of the ocular nerves following suppurative otitis media and its complications. Atlantic M. J, 1925-26, 29: 773-8.—Stein, R. Thrombophlebitis der gegenseitigen Orbita und gekreuzte Abduzensparese bei Otitis media; Statistisches iiber Augen- symptome bei Otitis media und ihren Komplikationen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1928, 80: 22-9.—Torrini, U. L. L'anisocoria nelle lesioni infiammatorie auricolari. Riv. otoneur, 1934, 11: 252-4.—Vom Hofe, K, & Perwitzschky, R. Pupille und Mittelohr. Arch. Augenh, 1927, 98: 181-3.—White, L. E. Papilledema of otitic origin. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 2: 371-8. ---- false. Larroque, L. Les fausses otites moyennes et les otalgies reflexes. Paris med, 1937, 105: 170-2. experimental. See also subdivision Pathogenesis. Cornet, P. Recherches experimentales sur la pathogenie de l'otite moyenne aigue; des lesions determinees chez le lapin par I'obstruction nasale. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1907, 6: Jul. 11; Oct, 5.—Ibusuki, Y. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Entziindung des Mittelohres beim Vogel. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1939, 27: 426-^8— Linnell, E. A, & Burnham, H. H. The production of otitis media and labyrinthitis in rabbits. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 782-7, 18 pi.—Natanson, A. M. [Otitis and otogenous complications from the experimental point of view] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1940, 17: 182; 1941. 18:22. ---- External ear. Bubes, G. F. [Dermatitis of the external ear and tympanum with the aspect of chronic, suppurative inflammation of the middle ear] Vest, otorinolar, 1937, 90-2.—D'Onofrio, F. Su di una forma rara di otite esterna circoscritta complicante le otiti medie purulente acute. Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 118-21.—Ormerod, F. C. Intractable forms of dermatitis of the external ear in cases of chronic suppurative otitis media. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: Sect. Otol, 10-2. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1927, 42: 165-7.—Schramek, W. Ueber Sequesterbildung im knochernen ausseren Gehorgang bei chronischer Mittelohreiterung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 213-5.—Simonton, K. M. Foreign bodies in the external auditory canal causing otitis media. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin. (1947) 1948, 39: 429-31. ---- Eye. See also subdivision Paralysis. Cable, A. Contribution a l'etude des mani- festations oculaires des otites suppurees et de leurs complications. 68p. 8? Par., 1936. Berens, C. Intracranial lesions of otitic origin; the oph- thalmologist's point of view. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1931, 21: 67-116.—Blomqvist, E. On the occurrence of nystagmus in acute otitis. media. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, Suppl. No. 74, 203-7.—Caboche, H. A propos du symptSme douleur oculaire, au cours de l'otite moyenne suppuree; un cas guiri sans antrotomie. Ann. otolar. Par, 1931, 649-51.—Coates, G. M. Pathological conditions of the ocular nerves following otitis media. Atlantic M. J, 1925-26, 29: 770-3.—Curcio, G. Reazione pupillare nelle otiti medie purulente. Otorinolar. ital, 1933, 3: 533-41.—Due, C, & Petterino-Patriarca, A. Anisocoria e otite media. Arch. ital. otol, 1935, 47: 403-29.— Gardner, W. J. Choked discs associated with otitis media; an explanation of the mechanism in certain cases. Cleveland Clin. Q, 1938, 5: 176-80.—Got, A. Otite moyenne aiguS avec torpeur et biepharospasme chez une malade mastoldectomisee depuis quinze jours. Rev. laryng. Par, 1928, 49: 520-2.— Lawson, L. J. Metastatic panophthalmitis following pneu- mococcic otitis media. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 599.— Meyer, S. J. Intracranial lesions of otitic origin from the viewpoint of the ophthalmologist. Illinois M. J, 1933, 64: 37&-81.—Moulonguet, A._ La douleur oculaire, indication de revidement petromastoidien au cours des suppurations aigues de I'oreille. Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 679-85. familial. Ocular pain in aural suppurations. French M. Rev, Par, 1932, 2: 438-43.—Novotny, O. Chronische Mittelohreiterung, Stauungspapille, Abszessverdacht. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1949J 61: 270.—Petterino-Patriarca, A. Sindrome oculare di Brown- See also subdivision Genetics. Richter, H. Ueber familiares Auftreten entziindlicher Mittelohrerkrankungen. Zschr. Laryng, 1931, 21: 319-26. ---- fetal. Hemsath, F. A. Intra-uterine and neonatal otitis, a study of seven cases including a case of otitic meningitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 23: 78-92.—Schwarzbart, A. Otitis media foetalis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 718-27. ---- Fever [incl. local temperature] See also subdivision Manifestation. Jtjsseatjme-Gillet, M. *Etude de quelques courbes de temperature observees au cours d'otites moyennes aigues suppurees. 65p. 24cm Par., 1940. Meyer, L. *Ueber den Temperaturverlauf der akuten Mittelohreiterung des Kindes [Wiirz- burg] [20]p. 8? Kallmunz, 1933. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1933, 135: 1; 77. Schiessl, M. *TJeber den Temperaturverlauf der akuten Mittelohreiterung des Erwachsenen [Wiirzburg] 16p. 8? Oberviechtach, 1931. Also Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1931, 129: 299-306. Thiele, H. *Ueber den Temperaturverlauf bei der Otitis media acuta bei Kindern. 27p. 2iy2cm. Marb., 1936. Weiss, K. G. *Ueber den Temperaturverlauf bei der Otitis media acuta der Erwachsenen. 20p. 8? Marb., 1935. Beck, J. Ein Beitrag zur differentialdiagnostischen Bewer- tung hoher Temperaturen sowie zur Beurteilung einiger Symp- tome im Verlauf von Mittelohreiterungen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1930, 125: 66-78.—La Rosa, C. de. Otitis aguda y fiebre adenoidiana. Actual, med, Granada, 1946, 32: 605.— Leidler, R. Types of fever in otitic general infection. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1930, 14: 144-57.—Lillie. H. I. A septic type of temperature not referable to the ear in cases of acute sup- purative otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1922, 28: 93-7.—Meyer, L. Ueber den Temperaturverlauf der akuten Mittelohreiterung des Kindes. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1933, 135: 77r86.—Rendu, R. De la fievre adenoidienne au cours de l'otite moyenne aigug. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 390-7. Also J. m6d. Lyon, 1936, 17: 115-9.—Richter, H. Ueber die Beurteilung des Fiebers zu Beginn der akuten Mittelohrentziindung. Hals &c. Arzt, T. 1,1936, 27:333-45.— Shirokov, S. F., & Popereka, J. P. K voprosu o diagnostiches- kom znachenii sravnitelnoi mestnoi termometrii pri otitakh u detei. Vest, otorinolar, 1949, No. 2, 21-3.—Wolkowyski, N. Temperaturmessungen an der Haut im Bereiche des Ohres bei akuter Mittelohr- und Warzenfortsatzentziindung und ihre diagnostische Bedeutung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937. 71: 480-94. ---- fibrinous. Chatellier & Fouquet. Otite moyenne aigue a forme fibrino- leucocytique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1943, 64.—Neumann, H. Zur Klinik und Pathologie der Otitis media acuta fibrinosa. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1932, 31: 410-7; Disc. 417.—Tamari, M. De l'otite fibrineuse. Rev. laryng, Bord., 1937, 58: 58-76, illust. MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 179 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION ---- Forensic aspect. Frey. H. Luftzug als Ursache von Mittelohreiterungen; ein gerichtsarztliches Gutachten. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 561-5.-—Schlittler, E. Ein interessanter Begutachtungsfall. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1936, 66: 490. ---- Funduliformis infection. Kapsenberg, G. Otitis media, gepaard met septische toestanden, veroorzaakt door Bacteroides fundiliformis. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 890-2. ---- Fusobacterium infection. Eppenstein, S. *Ueber Gehorgangs- und Mittelohr-Entzundungen mit fusospirillarer Sym- biose (Plaut-Vincent-Bazillen) [Berlin] 24p. 8? Berl., 1928. Araujo, C. da S. Otite causada pela associacao da sym- biose fusoespirillar com o bacillo pseudo-diphterico. Brasil med, 1924, 38: pt 2, 27.—Bogomilsky, R. D. O lechenii nikotinovoi kislotoi vensanovskikh otitov i mastoiditov u detei. Vest, otorinolar, 1947, 71-5.—Busacca, G. Sur l'importance de l'association fuso-spirochetique dans les complications des suppurations chroniques de I'oreille. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1929, 35: 295-301.—Caliceti, P. Sul valore dell'associa- zione fuso-spirillare nelle otiti medie purulente croniche. Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 363-72.—Kameneva, E. P. [Un cas de guerison d'une otite suppuree provoquee par le bacille de Vincent dans la premiere enfance] Pediatria, Moskva, 1941, No. 7, 93.—Luongo, R. A. Vincent's infection of the middle ear and mastoid. Pennsylvania M. J, 1932, 36: 840.— Mangabeira Albernaz, P. Otite fuso-espiroquetica. Tribuna med, Rio, 1926, 30: 85-92. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 12: 49-62.—Motta, R. Su due casi di otite media purulenta cronica con associazione fuso-spirillare. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. prat, 83-5.—Salvadori, G. La terapia delle otorree a reperto fuso-spirochetico. Arch. ital. otol, 1925, 3. ser, 36: 440-61.—Winnik, S. A. Zur Frage iiber die Rolle der Fuso- spirillosis-Infektion bei der eitrigen Entziindung des Mit- telohres. Otolar. slav, Praha, 1932-33, 4: 272-7. ---- gangrenous and necrotic. Imai, T, & Kataoka, N. Eso-sei tyuzi-en no syuzyutu-go ni hassei-seru zengaku-bu oyobi biyoku-bu taizyo-hosin ni tuite [herpes zoster frontalis and nasalis which developed after operation on gangrenous otitis media] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1941, 28: 1108-12.—Imai, T, & Takahasi. T. Hukuzatu- naru keika wo toreru eso-sei tyuzi-en, zikasen zyoka-bu noyo, noyo sekkai, hukotu tekisyutu, keikai [gangrenous otitis media which took a complicated course of abscess of upper and lower parotid gland; operation on abscess, removal of the se- quester, and relief] Ibid, 1113-5.—Portmann, G, & Kistler, K. L'otite moyenne aigue necrosante. Presse med, 1929, 37: 375-7. ---- Genetics. See also subdivision (familial) Beselin, O. Erbliche Neigung zu Mittelohrentziindungen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1932, 132: 335.—Tukada. M. Sosei-zi ni okeru tyuzien, kogai-hentosen-hidai oyobi man-sei bien no tokei-teki idengaku-teki kansatu [statistical studies from the standpoint of heredity of otitis media, hypertrophy of the tonsils, and chronic inflammation of the nose, in twins] Rinsyo keirin. 1942-43, 4: 239-56. ---- Geography and incidence. Bernfeld, K. Ueber den Verlauf der acuten sogenannten genuinen Mittelohrentziindung in Palastina auf Grand kli- nischer Beobachtung (December 1925-Juli 1928) Acta otolar, Stockh, 1928, 13: 120-5. ------ Acute Mittelohrentziin- dung in Palestina; Beitrag zur Frage der Ueberhitzungskrank- heiten. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop, 1928, 3: 359-65. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1929, 63: 1267-73. ------ The coincidence of acute unspecified ear inflammations and the bearing of climatological factors thereon; contribution to the study of the inflammation of the ear in Palestine. Fol. otolar. orient, 1932-33, 1: 81-5—Chausse, C. Incidence du defile antro-attico-tympanal. J. m6d. Paris, 1940, 60: 129-32.— Dean, W. Otitis media still takes its toll. South. M. J, 1944, 37: 17-20.—Guthrie, D. Suppuration de 1 oreille moyenne; sa frequence et son etiologie. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1927, 33: 153-7.—Rubin, H. Observations on the otitis morbidity in Palestine; occult middle ear complica- tions. Fol. otolar. orient, 1932-33, 1: 222-8.—Tvermoes. V. Ueber die Haufigkeit der Otitiden und ihrer Komplikationen. Acta otolar, Stockh., 1934, 20: 453-7. ---- Gonococcus infection. See also subdivision Neisseria infection; also Gonorrhea, Ear. Grossi, G. Su di un caso di otite media purulenta bilaterale da gonococco. Ann. ostet. gin., 1929, 51: 745-52. ---- Hearing. See also subdivision Deafness; also Deafness; Noise. Andrews, H. *Ueber die obere Horgrenze bei akuter Mittelohreiterung. 21p. 22%cm. Wiirzb., 1937. Ltjndgren, N. E. M. The auditory function after otitis media in infancy and earliest child- hood. 156p. 24cm. Lund, 1944. Forms Suppl. 53, Acta otolar, Lund. Almour, R. The conservation of hearing in the suppurative middle ear diseases in childhood. Med. J. & Rec, N. Y, 1924, 120: p. clxxviii-clxxx.—Carl ens, E. The nature of the acoustic lesion in acute otitis media; a comparison between otitic infec- tions due to pneumococcus type III and those of other origin. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 453-66.—Chavanne, F. Con- tribution a l'etude de l'audition musicale dans l'otite moyenne purulente aigue. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1920, 4: 191.— Ciocco, A. Hearing acuity and middle ear infections in con- stitutional types. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1932-33; 18: 365- 80.—Hillka, J. H. Bone conduction changes in acute otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 333-50.—Kestermann, E. Vergleichende Funktionspriifungen des cochlearen und vestibularen inneren Ohres im Verlaufe der akuten Tuben- Mittelohrentzundung. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1930, 126: 1-34.—Lundgren, N. Horselfunktionen efter otiter i tidiga barnaaldern. Nord. med, 1944, 24: 1902-6.—Maxwell, J. H. Consideration of hearing impairment in the treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1947, 84: 845-9.— Meltzer, P. E. Hearing in chronic otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 727-36— Miiller, F. Resultado singular do exame da agudez auditiva e anotacoes sobre aplicacoes de duchas de ar em casos de otite media aguda. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 653-60.—Nuka, H. Tyuzien keika-tyu ni okeru tyoryoku sySgai ni tuite no zikken-teki kenkyu [experi- mental studies on the difficulty of hearing during the develop- ment of otitis media] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1941, 36: 369; 459, 2 pi.-—Peyser, A. Om kroniska mellanoreaffektioners in- flytande pi, horselorganets resistens mot buller. Nord. med, 1943, 20: 2242-4.—Seiffert. Diplacusis und andere unge- wohnliche Erscheinungen bei einer Otitis media. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1929, 23: 150-2.—TJffenorde. Geschlossene Mit- telohrentzundung und Taubheit. Ibid, 1939, 46: 278-89. ---- Hematology. Frenckner, P., & Hamberger, C. A. Die Senkungsreaktion bei Otitis media und ihren Komplikationen. 126p. 24}2cm. Stockh., 1939. Forms Suppl. 39, Acta otolar, Stockh. Koskinen, P. *Das Blutbild und die Sen- kungsreaktion bei otogenen Infektionen. 268p. 23y2cm. Helsin., 1938. Forms Suppl. 25, Acta otolar, Stockh. Lehmann, J. *Das Blutbild bei otitischen Erkrankungen. 31p. 8? Lpz., 1926. Balden, L. Die diagnostische Bedeutung des Blutes bei otogenen Krankheiten. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1927, 25: 227-65.— Barola. A. Sulla velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi nelle flogosi suppurate dell'orecchio medio. Otorinolar. ital, 1936, 6: 16-41.—Boies, L. R. Immature white blood cells in otologic infections. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931, 13: 238754.— Couper, E. C. R. The Schilling haemogram in otitis media and mastoiditis of infancy. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1940, 15: 27-42.-—Elmenhoff-Nielsen, B. Hamatologische Untersu- chungen bei Otitis media acuta. Actaotolar, Stockh, 1935, 22: 592-604. ------ [Hematological examination in acute otitis media] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 869-77.—Engelbreth-Holm, J, & J0rgensen, A. [Examination of the blood in acute in- flammation of the middle ear] Ibid, 1936, 98: 707-11.— Frenckner, P. Sedimentation reaction in otitis media and its complications. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1938, 26: 309-20 — Glasscheib, A. Die Bedeutung des Haemogramms fiir die Differentialdiagnose otogener Komplikationen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1927, 61: 3-24.—Goto, S. Kyusei tyuzi-en, haiketu-syo narabi-ni kano-sei nomaku-en ni okeru kessyohan- su no syoto ni kan-suru zikken-teki kenkyu [experimental studies on the variation of the blood platelets in acute otitis media, septicemia and suppurative meningitis] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1939, 24: 156-66.—Gyorgy, E, & Flesch, I. [Evaluation of hematological examinations in infantile otitis media] Or- voskepzes, 1938, 28: Febr. kulonf., 91-7. Also Arch. Kinderh, 1938, 113: 92-102.—Hart, V. K. Sedimentation rate in acute otitis media and its complications. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1929, 9: 622-4.—Heidemann, J. Das Hamogramm bei den otogenen Infektionen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1925, 22: 203-36.—Herbst, K. Blutbild und Senkung bei Komplikationen der Otitis media. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1947, 81: 661-4.—Hesse. Das Blut- bild und die Entstehungsbedingungen von Komplikationen im Anschluss an Mittelohreiterungen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur klinischen Verwertung des Blutbildes. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1926, 15: 232-41; Disc. 270-3.—Hlavacek, V. [Erythrocyte MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 180 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION sedimentation in inflammation of the middle ear] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1928, 67: 1395-7—Hohlbrugger, H. Ueber leukozytares Blutbild und Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkor- perchen in ihrer diagnostischen Verwertbarkeit bei otogenen endokraniellen Komplikationen (nebst vergleichenden Unter- suchungen bei akuten und chronischen Mittelohrentziindungen) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1947, 81: 324; passim.—Hume, J. R, & Kahn, H. Blood sedimentation in acute otitis media and its complications. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 29: 820-8.— Jerkovic, N. Blutbefunde bei eitrigen Entziindungen des Mit- telohres und deren Komplikationen. Otolar. slav, Praha, 1931, 3: 13-55.—Koch, H. Cytological studies of chronic otitis with special regard to eosinophil leucocytes. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1946, 34: 317-30.—Kumpf, A. Das Blutbild bei den entzundlichen Mittelohrerkrankungen und ihren Komplika- tionen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 24: 165-263.—Mathe, K. Der Wert der Blutkorperchensenkungsreaktion bei Otitis media. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1944, 50: 185-93.— M0rch. P. Studies on the sedimentation reaction in suppuration of the middle ear. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1935, 22: 189-200.—Pieri, P. F. La formula di Arneth nelle otiti medie purulente acute e loro compiicanze mastoidee. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 332-45.— Rosenwasser, H, & Rosenthal, N. The blood picture in otitic infections. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931. 14: 291-308.—Schwarz- bart, A. Graphische Hamogrammdarstellung nach neuem Prinzip und ihre Verwendung bei Otitis media. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1931, 29: 381792.—Spira, J. [Diagnostic value of the blood picture in otitis of the middle ear] Polska gaz. lek, 1932, 11: 861-4. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 28- 38.—Strumia, M. M. Blood pictures in middle ear infection, with special reference to differential diagnosis and prognosis. Pennsylvania M. J, 1935-36, 39: 852-7.—Tolczynski, B. [Comparative value of the blood picture and Zebrowski's re- action in acute otitis media] Nowiny lek, 1936, 48: 736; 765. ---- Hemorrhage. Cherubino. M. Considerazioni sulla terapia delle emorragie della carotide intrapetrosa. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1947, 65: 185-99.—Eadie, C. M. Acute suppurative otitis media and mastoiditis with severe haemorrhage from the ear; presumed erosion of the internal carotid artery, ligation of internal, external and common carotid arteries. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 9-12.—Pauwen, L, & Roskam, J. Nouvelle methode pour l'etude pharmacodynamique des hemostatiques, basee sur la correlation existant entre les temps de saignement moyen de l'une et l'autre oreille. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1937, 124: 279.— Singer, L. Ueber profuse Spontanblutungen aus dem Ohr, Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1929-30, 124: 198-211. ---- Hydrocephalus. See also Hydrocephalus. Ahari, H. Otitic hydrocephalus meningeal hydrops; case report. Clin. Proc. Child. Hosp, Wash, 1948-49, 5: 246-50 — Bourgeois, R. Un cas d'hydrocephalie otitique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1942, 89-91. ■-----■ Hydrocephalic aigue d'origine otique. Ibid, 1946, 13: 229.—Craig, A. Otitic hydrocephalus. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 398.—Ferrer, E. A, & Obrador Alcalde, S. Observaciones sobre el cuadro clinico de la hidro- cefalia otitica en relacion con un caso personal. Rev. clin. espan, 1947, 25: 19-25.—Goodhart, S. P, & Savitsky, N. Otitic hydrocephalus. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1934, 32: 1345-7.—Graf, K. Der otitische Hydrocephalus. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1946, 8: 154-61.—Hamberger, C. A. On otitic hydrocephalus. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1946, 34: 11-8.— Katzschmann. Akuter Hydrocephalus internus nach Mit- telohreiterung. Zschr. Laryng, 1928-29, 17: 463-8—Kyhl- stedt, S. Hydrocephalus ex otitide. Sven. lak. tidn, 1944, 41: 198-201.—McKenzie, W. A case of otitic hydrocephalus. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 391-3.—Russell, D. S. Otitic hydrocephalus. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1943-44, 37: 391. ---- hyperplastic. See also subdivisions (adhesive; infantile) Franchini, Y. Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de las otitis hiperpiasicas del lactante. Sem. med, B. Air, 1941, 48: 929-34.—Monteiro, A. Otite media hiperplastica de tipo hipert6xico. Brasil med, 1943, 57: 211-3. ---- Incidence. See under other subdivisions (Geography,; in- fantile: Statistics; Statistics) ---- Industrial aspect. Johnston, C. M. The incidence and treatment of infective ear disease in factory employees. Brit. M. J, 1948, 2: 1049-59. ---- infantile. See also other subdivisions (acute—in children; suppurative—in children) also the last subheading d1 Middle-ear inflammation. Paredero del Bosque, J. Otitis del lactante. 96p. 2iy2cm. Madr., 1942. Rozenfeld, N. *L'otite chez les nourrissons. 20p. 8? Geneve, 1931. Vesselle, P. *L'otite du nourrisson. 239p. 8? Par., 1925. Andersen, H. C. Otitis media hos b0rn under 2 aar. Nord. med, 1945, 28: 2232-5.—Asherson, N. Acute otitis media in infancy. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1932, 7:159-68.—Bergh.E. Otitis acuta in infants. Acta paediat, Upps, 1935, 17: 313.— Bukowska, F, & Luxenburgowa, W. [Inflammation of the middle ear in the new-born] Pedjat. polska, 1935, 15: 20—4.— C, J. Les oto-mastoidites des nourrissons. Arch. med. enf. Par, 1937, 40: 644-57.—Cardelle Penichet, G, Duran Castillo, B, & Borges Hernandez, F. Otitis del lactante. Bol. Soc. cubana pediat, 1941, 13: 9-29. Also Pediat. Americas, Mex, 1945, 3: 215-22.—Carrera Portela, J. Otitis del lactante. Rev. inform, med. ter, Barcel, 1945, 20: 489-93.—Comby, J. Las oto-mastoiditis de los lactantes. Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1937, 8: 711; 767.—('sap 6, J. Otomastoiditis csecsemoknei. Orv. hetil, 1936, 80: 283-8— Cunha, E. Oto-antrite do lac- tante. Med. cir. pharm, Rio, 1941, 65-74.—David-Galati. Otite moyenne des nourrissons. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1924, 30: 838-40.—Debain, J. J. Les otites du nourrison. Inter Exter, Par, 1947, 1: No. 8, 1-4.—Der ham, R. Otitis media in infancy. Brit. M. J, 1948, 1: 835.—Despons, J. L'otite du nourrisson. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1942, 63: 225-31. - L'oto-antrite du nourrisson. J. med. Bordeaux, 1947, 124: 148-52.—Dolan. D. J, & Grand. M. J. H. Purulent otitis media in the newborn. N. York State J. M, 1935, 35: 669.—Elizalde, F. de. Otitis y mastoiditis en la primera infancia. Dia med, B. Air, 1931-32, 4: 729.—Fiessinger. C. Les oto-mastoidites du nourrisson. J. prat. Par, 1946, 60: 299-302.—Grenet, H, L'Hirondel [et al.] L'oto-mastoidite du nourrisson. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941, 38: 217-36.— Hartung, F. de P. Otites em lactentes. Pediat. prAt, S. Paulo, 1942, 13: 279-90. Also Rev. paul. med, 1942, 20: 371; 21: 526.—Hautant, A. La otitis media en el recien nacido; segun los recientes trabajos norte-americanos. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1932, 7: 373-6.—Hernandez, A. Otomastoiditis en el lactante. Prensa med. argent, 1944, 31: pt. 2, 2545-9.— Imhofer, R. Ueber Sauglingsotitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1925, 21: 951-4.—Jaccottet, M. L'oto-mastoidite du nourrisson. Ann. paediat, Basel, 1947, 169: 282; 1948, 171: 366.—Jakabfi, I. Ueber die Mittelohrentziindung im Sauglingsalter. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 13-7.—Jimenez Cervantes, J. Otitis media del lactante. Arch, med, Madr, 1936, 39: 83-94.— Kassay, D. Csecsemdkori otitisek. Otorhinolar. danub, 1947, 1: 58-72.—Kidney, W. C. Otitis media in infancv. Irish J. M. Sc, 1948, 203-17.— Klauco, P. Otity. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1949, 5: 249-54.—Klotz. A. La otitis media en el recien nacido; segun los trabajos recientes alemanes. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 19S2, 7: 325-8.—Kostelijk, P. J. Otitis media bij zuigelingen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1412. Also Acta otorhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 83.—Kiirthy, L. Cse- csemokori otitisekrol. Otorhinolar. danub, 1947-48, 1: 178.—■ Lapointe, J. Oto-mastoidite du nourrison. Ann. med. chir. Hop. S. Justine, Montreal, 1940, 3: No. 3, 71-95.—Larroque, L. Les oto-mastoidites des enfants. Prat. med. fr, 1935, 16: 128-34.—Lasagna, F. Le otomastoiditi acute dei neonati e dell'infanzia. Athena, Roma, 1938, 7: 159.—Le Mee, J. M, Rodger, T. R. [et al.] Discussion on otitis media in early childhood, under 5 years. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 1293-318. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1937, 52: 685-719. Also Lancet, Lond, 1937, 1: 1171.—Lereboullet. A propos des mastoidites des nourrissons. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941, 38: 251-62.—Leroux, L. H. L'otite du nourrisson. J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 246.—Leroux, R. L'oto-antrite du nouveau-ne. Vie med, 1925, 6: 1953-5.—Levesque, J, Perrot, R, & Renault. Sur les oto-mastoidites du nourrisson. Bull, med. Par, 1942, 56: 121-6.—Mollison, W. M. Otitis media in sucklings. Brit. M. J, 1932, 2: 581-3.—Monscourt, H. Otite du nourrisson. Gaz. hop, 1949, 122: 370.—Monti, P. C. L'otite media nell'infanzia. Ann. laring. Tor, 1942, 42: 1-40.—Morote Calafat, A. La oto-mastoiditis del lactante. Hispalis med, 1947, 4: 531-47.—Nazareth, S. Otite media, aguda, simples, no lactente. Sao Paulo med, 1941, 14: 387- 94.—Oreggia, J. C. La otomastoiditis del lactante. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1939, 9: 57-96. Also Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1939, 10: 527; 585.—Pearlman, S. Mastoiditis in infancy. Clin. Rep. Adelaide Child. Hosp, 1947-48, 1: 79- 85.—Rouget, J. Otitis in infants. Caduceus, Manila, 1940- 41, 1: No. 11, 3-25.—Royle, E. The prevention and prev- alence of otitis media in infancy. Am. J. Nurs, 1936, 36: 896-8.—Salazar de Souza, C. A oto-mastoidite do lactante. J. pediat, Rio, 1948, 14: 325-48.—Salgueiro, B. As otites medias do lactente. Rev. clin. Inst, mat, Lisb, 1950, 2: 27-38.—Sparrevohn, U. R. Otitis media suppurativa acuta hos spaedbpfrn. Nord. med, 1945, 28: 2230.—Tecoz, H. Les oto-mastoidites du nourrisson. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 737-40.—Ten Bokkel Huinink, A. [Otitis in infants] Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1935, 4: 219-23.—Tesaf, V. [Otitis media in infants] Cas. lek. desk, 1935, 74: 1258-60.—Thomas, R. S. W. Mastoiditis in infancy. Med. J. Australia, 1949, 1: 8-12.— Wiskovsky, B. Stfedousniizanfity kojencu. Pediat. listy, 1948, 3: 206-10. MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 181 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION ---- infantile: Clinical aspect. Le Grand, L. *Etude clinique de l'otite aigue du nourrisson. 42p. 8? Par., 1935. A(agna, G. Sulla mastoidite dei lattanti e dei bambini nei primi anni di vita. Med. internaz, Milano, 1934, 42: 221-3. ------ Otite media acuta nei lattanti e nei bambini nei primi anni di vita. Rass. clin. sc, 1934, 12: 531.—Alexander, G Otitis und Mastoiditis im Sauglingsalter. Mschr. Ohrenh Wien, 1931, 65: 437-45.—Amaral, O, & Vieira Filho, O. Breves consideracoes em torno de dois casos de oto-antrite em lactantes. An. Hosp. centr. exerc, Rio, 1940, 5: 207-10.— Appaix, A. L'otite banale du nourrisson. Sud med. chir, Marseille, 1945, 77: 117-24.—Balzano, I. L'otite media purulenta nei poppanti. Pediatria (Riv.) 1934, 42: 817-37.— Baron, F, & Planson, E. L'otite du nouveau-ne a la maternite. Clinique, Par, 1946, 41: 115-8.—Becuwe. Mastoidite clinique- ment primitive chez l'enfant. Echo med. Nord, 1936, 5: 284-7.—Bentivoglio, G. C. Considerazioni sulle otiti medie latenti nel lattante. Lattante, 1933, 4: 487-509.—Bernovits, M. [Acute inflammation of the middle ear in infants and young children] Budap. orv. ujs, 1929, 27: 1473-9.—Bertoin. R. A propos de l'otite aigue du nourrisson. J. med. Lyon, 1949, 30: 741-4.—Caruana, M. Le probleme de l'oto-mas- toidite en pediatric Tunis, med, 1948, 36: 590.—Caussade & Henry. Considerations sur l'oto-mastoidite des nourris- sons. Gaz. med. France, 1946, 53: 200-4.—Chavanne, L. Point de vue sur la mastoidite du nourrisson. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1948, 32: 197-205.—Codinach, A. Otitis media aguda en el nifio, otitis media latente del recien nacido y del lactante. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1932, 37: 609-28.— Cone, A. J. Incidence of acute otitis media in infants and in young children during 1930-31; variations in the clinical picture. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1931, 14: 797-814.—Csapo, J. Bedeutung der Mittelohrentziindung und Mastoiditis im Sauglingsalter vom Standpunkt des Kinderarztes. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges, 1935, 7: 52. Also Arch. Kinderh, 1936, 109: 203-23.—Di Lauro, E. L'otite latente acuta della prima infanzia. Clin, igiene inf., 1933, 8: 29-36.—Drury, D. W. Infantile otitis media. Boston M. & S. J, 1926, 194: 96-9.— Erdelyi, J, & Bedo, I. [Inflammation of the middle ear in infants] Gyogyaszat, 1926, 66: 486-8.—Erlich, M. Un syndrome d'otite moyenne aigue du nouveau-ne. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 346.—Gerloczy, F. Fiilmegbetegedesek csecsemogyogyaszati jelentosege. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1947, 2: 25-58.—Goto, S. Nyuyozi kyu-sei tyuzien no rinsyo- teki kansatu [clinical observations ...] Nagoya igakkai zassi, 1943, 57: 455.—Grenet & L'Hirondel. A propos des oto- mastoidites des nourrissons. Bull, med. Par, 1941, 55: 324.— Gyorgy, E. Csecsemokori fiilbetegsegek gvakorlati kerdese. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1947, 2: 160-79.—Hernandez, A, & Villegas, 3. L. Otitis en el lactante; sfntesis de la clase del Prof. Adj. Yago Franchini en la Casa de exp6sitos. Prensa med. argent, 1944, 31: pt 2, 2448-51.—Hofmann, L. Ueber die Sauglingsotitis. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1934, 8: 197-202. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 434-40.—Holsclaw, F. M, Boehm, C. A, & Bierman, J. M. Otitis media and mastoiditis in infants under three months of age. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1930, 39:747-57.—Holub. PfispSvek ke kojeneckym mastoi- ditidam. Cas. lek. cesk, 1949, 88: 575.—Jones, M. F, & Gerstly, J. M. Ear infections in babies. N. York State J. M, 1930, 30: 1-8.—Knauer, H. Das Problem der Otitis media des Sauglings und Kleinkindes. Arch. Kinderh, 1935, 106: 227-34.—Lavrand, A. Considerations sur l'otite latente de l'enfant, J. sc. med. Lille, 1925, 43: pt 2, 367-70.—Le Mee, J. M, & Bloch, A. Les formes cliniques de l'otite latente chez l'enfant; diagnostic et traitement. Monde med, 1926, 36: 552- 64.—Le M6e, J. M, & Tran Hun. Les oto-mastoidites du nour- risson; le point de vue de l'otologiste. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941, 38: 237-46.—Levesque, J, Bastin & Brisset. A propos de la communication de M. Causse sur la mastoidite des nourrissons. Arch. fr. pediat, 1946, 3: 37-9.—Lierle, D. M. Otitis media in infants. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 604-20, 4 pi, 6 ch.—McConkey, G, & Couper, E. C. R. Otitis media and mastoiditis in infancy. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1938, 13: 137-44.—Mares, A. A contribution to the question of otitis media in infants. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 207- 30.—Marfan, A. B. Note sur les suppurations de I'oreille moyenne et de la mastolde chez le nouveau-ne et le nourrisson. Nourrisson, 1941, 29: 222-7.—Meyer, M. Ist die akute Mittelohrentziindung des Sauglings und Kindes klinisch erundsatzlich anders zu bewerten als die des Erwachsenen? Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 668-70.—Moretti, M. Considerazioni sull'otite media del lattante. Med. inf., Roma, 1941, 12: 263-8.—Nazareth, S. Otite media, aguda, simples no lactente. Impr. med, Rio, 1941, 17: No. 328, 59-62.—Oreggia, J.C. La otitis del lactante. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, B. Air, 1929, 3. ser, 23: 765-75. -----— Otitis media aguda en el lactante; estudio clinico. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1933, 3: 235-41.— Otitis latente en los lactantes (P. Tenoese) Arch, espan. pediat, 1927, 12: 617; 727.—Ottoni de Rezende. M. A otite media aguda e a mastoidite aguda no lactante e em suas relac5es com a pediatria. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 377-87.—Paschlau, G. Mittelohr- und Warzenfortsatzentziin- dungen im Krankheitsgeschehen des Sauglings und Klein- kindes. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1935, 6: 218-30—Pauly, R. Zur Frage der akuten Mittelohrerkrankung und Intoxikation beim Saugling. Arch. Kinderh, 1944, 132: 137-53.—Riviere & Chastrusse. Notre experience de l'oto-antrite du nouveau-ne. Gyn. obst. Par, 1947, 46: 358. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1947, 124: 384.—Rohmer, P. Observations cliniques et therapeu- tiques dans l'otite et l'antrite du nourrisson. Ann. paediat, Basel, 1947, 169: 283. •------ & Sourdille, M. A propos de l'otite latente du nourrisson. Vie med. Par, 1948, 29: 126.— Sargnon, A. Les otites moyennes aigues et latents de la premiere enfance. J. med. Lyon, 1926, 7: 1-17. ------ Considerations cliniques sur l'otite moyenne aigue de l'enfance. Avenir med, Lyon, 1927, 24: 200; 236.—Srheideler, J. Zum Problem der akuten Mittelohrentziindung im Kindesalter. Arch. Kinderh, 1938, 113: 211-23.—Sheridan, M. R, & Ban ham, T. M. Antral infection in children. Brit. M. J, 1948, 1: 74.—Sparrevohn, U. R. Acute suppurative otitis media in infants. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1945, 33: 162; 365.— Sudaka, P. Considerations sur les oto-antrites du nourrisson; le point de vue d'un otologiste. Algerie med, 1947, 50: 669- 73.—Tesone, P. Otitis latente en los lactantes. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1927, 40: 479-545.—Torday, F. [Inflammation of the middle ear in infants] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 1046-8.— Weidenslaufer Lawrence, A. Contribucion al estudio de las otitis en el lactante. Rev. chilena pediat, 1937, 8: 7-12, tab. ---- infantile: Complication. Catalao, P. V. B. Oto-mastoidite bilateral e osteomielite craneana em lactente. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1943, 11: 258-66.—Chaptal. J, Brunei, D. [et al.l Contribution a l'etude etiologique et pathogenique de l'oedeme subaigu du poumon chez le nourrisson; l'oedeme subaigu pulmonaire, expression isoiee du syndrome neurotoxique par otite. Montpellier med, 1949, 35:r36: 26— Coates, G. M. Middle ear and mastoid infection in the infant as a focus of systemic disease. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1930, 47: 275-85.—Collet, F. J. Otite et hemonagie meningee du nourrisson. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1934, 364-8.—Dodds, G. H. Otitis media with purulent meningitis in an infant nine days old. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1931, 6: 71-3.—Franchini, Y. Consideraciones sobre los abscesos de la region mastoidea en el nino de pecho. Dia med, B. Air, 1948, 20: 2092-4.—Hofmann, L. Tetanie und (serose) Meningitis bei latenter Sauglingsotitis; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 886.—Krassnig, M. Die Sauglingsotitis und ihre Komplikationen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1931-32, 130: 335-44.—Levesque, J, Dailly, R, & Boeswillwald, M. Lesions cerebro-meningees, arachnoidite optochiasmatique au decours des oto-mastoidites du nourrisson. Arch. fr. pediat, 1946, 3: 333-8.—L'Hirondel. J. Complica- tions de l'otite moyenne chez l'enfant. Gaz. hop, 1942, 115: 173.—Neboliubov, E. 1. [Significance of otic affections in the pathology of early childhood] Pediatria, Moskva, 1939, No. 1, 35-41.—Oreviceanu, I, Herovici, I, & Griinberg, W. Troubles graves produits par l'otite et la mastoidite latente chez le nourrisson; contributions a l'etude du diagnostic et du traitement precoce. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 425-7.— Schneegans, E. Complications des otites aigues et latentes chez le nourrisson. Rev. fr. pediat, 1939^10, 15: 435-42.— Sindoni, M. B, & Gucciona. F. Pleurite purulenta destra da perforazione di focalai broncopneumonici suppurati; endo- cardite; peritonite acuta sierofibrinosa; parenchimatosi del fegato e dei reni; pachimenengite emorragica; otite media purulenta bilaterale. Pediatria, Nap, 1925, 33: 893-901.— Uffenorde, W. Die Knochenveranderungen des Felsenbeins bei der Sauglingsotitis und ihre Verwicklungen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1937, 42: 116-48; Disc, 172-81.—Wood, V. V. Acute otitis media, mastoiditis and their complications in young children and infants. Week Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 29: 111-6. ---- infantile: Diagnosis. Evrard, J. M. L. *Contribution apportee par la radiologie au diagnostic et au pronostic de l'otomastoidite de la premiere enfance. 44p. 24cm. Par., 1943. Pommeret, L. *Essai clinique sur l'antrite du nourrisson; diagnostic et traitement. 97p. 23V2cm. Par., 1943. Archibald, H. C. Colic or otitis media? Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1942, 59: 767-71—Babonneix, L, & Le Pavec. E. Le diagnostic des oto-mastoidites latentes des nourrissons. J. med. Paris, 1940, 60: 227-9. Also Mid. inf., Par, 1940, 47: 35-44.—Beraud, A, & Ducuing, L. La mastoidite latente du nourrisson. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1945, 29: 209; passim.— Berini Ferran, J. Las otitis medias supuradas no diagnosticadas en la infancia. Med. ninos, 1927, 28: 242-5.— Beselin, O. Zur Diagnose der Mittelohrentziindung bei Sauglingen und kleinen Kindern. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 833.—-Brunner, H. Wann muss der Praktiker bei einem Sauglinge an Otitis media denken? Ars medici, Wien, 1934, 24: 564-9.—Causse, R. Comparaison de documents histo- logiques et radiographiques sur l'otite du nourrisson. Ann. otolar. Par, 1944-45, 176.—Descazeaux, J. Contribution a l'etude des otites latentes du nourrisson; moyens de diagnostic. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1946, 67: 489-535.—Gignoux, M, & Wenger. La ponction d'antre dans les otomastoidites latentes du nourrisson; sa valeur diagnostique. J. med. Lyon, 1944, 25: 653-5.—Grenet, H, & L'Hirondel, J. Etude clinique de l'oto-mastoidite du nourrisson; la ponction d'antre. Presse med, 1942, 50: 533.—Le Mee, J. M. Diagnostic et frequence MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 182 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION de l'otite latente chez le nourrisson et chez l'enfant. Arch- internat. laryng. Par, 1924, 30: 961. ------ L'examen du tympan en pathologie infantile n'est i >as un monopole. Hopital, Par, 1936, 24: 217-9.—Levesque, J, Perrot, R, & Renault. La ponction de l'antre dans le diagnostic des oto-mastoidites des nourrissons. Arch. fr. pediat, 1942-43, 1: 100-2.—Link, R. Die Antrumpunktion und Antrumspulung bei der Diagnose und Behandlung der Sauglingsotitis bzw.-antritis. HNO, Berl, 1947-48, 1: 112-9.—Marafies, F. Diagn6stico y trata- miento urgente en la otitis del lactante. Gac. m6d. espan, 1942, 16: 554-6.—O'Donnell, W. S, & Myers, C. Otitis media in infancy; its diagnosis by means of cultures taken from the middle ear; description of method. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1929, 38: 49-51.—Panneton, P, & Longpre, D. De l'im- portance primordiale de la ponction exploratrice de I'oreille moyenne chez le nourrisson. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 911-8.—Rendu, R. De la ponction aspiratrice du tympan dans le diagnostic de l'otite du nourrisson. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1924, 30: 840-2. ------ Utilit6 et innocuite de la ponction aspiratrice du tympan dans le diagnostic de l'otite chez l'enfant. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 873-84.—Rivero. F. H. Sobre diagnostico y tratamiento de la otitis latente del lactante. Arch, venezol. Soc. otorinolar, 1942, 3: 179-85.— Rohmer, P, Schneegans, E, & Wild, C. La valeur de la ponction d'antre pour le diagnostic de l'antrite du nourrisson. Arch. fr. pediat, 1947, 4: 194-7.—Sonnauer. P. Beitrage zur Rontgendiagnostik der Otitis und Mastoiditis des Sauglings- und Kindesalters. Arch. Kinderh, 1941, 122: 77-85. Also Paediat. danub, Budap, 1947, 2: 147-59, 2 pi—Yuasa, K. Komaku ni byohen wo tomonawanai nytizi nyusi-tokkien ni rei [zwei Falle von Mastoiditis ohne Trommelfellbefund bei Sauglingen] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1943, 16: 525-31.— Zapatero. F. El fen6meno de Griinfelder en el diagnostico de las otitis del lactante. Libro de actas Congr. nac. pediat, Santander (1944) 1945. 6. Congr, 760. ---- infantile: Dystrophy. Barbier, J. *Les etats choleriformes avec lesions de I'oreille moyenne au cours de la premiere enfance. 96p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Alden, A. M. Gastro-intestinal disturbances in infants as a result of streptococcus infection in the ears. South. M. J, 1926, 19: 360-2.—Bourgeois, R, & Franck, G. L'antrite dans le syndrome athrepsique du nourrisson; le lavage d'antre. Sem. hop. Par, 1947, 23: 682-4—Burghi, S. E, & Gianelli. C. Perturbaciones digestivas y de la nutricion producidas por la otitis media aguda latente en el lactante. An. Fac. med, Montev, 1929, 14: 1045-70. Also Arch. lat. amer. pediat, B. Air, 1929, 3. ser, 23: 629-48. Also Rev. fr. pediat, 1929, 5: 681-705.—Cathala, J, Lorain & Morel. Oto-mastoidites latentes et etats de denutrition aigue chez les nourrissons. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 505-19.—Chapognitch, D. Otite moyenne et troubles digestifs chez le nourrisson. Strasbourg med, 1926, 84: 227-43.—Combe, P. Oto-mastoidites, troubles digestifs et etats de denutrition du nourrisson. Algerie med, 1947, 50: 651-68—CoufaMk, T. O. Mastoiditis occulta a jejf vztah ke kojeneckym intoxikaclm. Lek. listy, 1948, 3: 184-7.—Druss, J. G. Infection of the ear, in cases of infection of the gastro-intestinal tract in infants. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1932, 43: 356-64.—Eigler, G. v. Die Genese der Dyspepsie- Otitis mit retro tympan aler Eiterung. Zschr. Laryng, 1949, 28: 37-44. Also Zbl. Hals &c. Heilk, 1948, 38: 132!—Ferri, II. L'otite latente e disturbi di nutrizione dei bambini lattanti. Lattante, 1939, 10: 143-52. ------ & Petterino, A. A proposito di due casi di otomastoidite in lattante atrofico. Policlin. inf., Tor, 1939, 7: 109-19.—Franchini, Y. Las otoantritis del lactante: su relaci6n con los estados distroficos. Prensa med. argent, 1946, 33: 1827-37. Also Rev. As. med. argent, 1947, 61: 306-12— Franck, W. Dyspeptische Sym- ptome ex constitutione und Otitis-Dyspepsie. Deut. Gesundh- wes, 1947, 2: 697-9.—Gerloczy, F. Ueber otogene De- kompositionen. Arch. Kinderh, 1944, 131: 98-100.—Hall, W, McGibbon, J. E. G. [et al.] Discussion on the association of otitis media with acute non-specific gastro-enteritis of infants. Proc. R. Soc M, Lond, 1948, 41: 1-14. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 396-416—Hartung, F. Otites e enterites infantis. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1940, 8: 43-50.— Hofmann, L. Schwere otogene Ernahrungsstorung bei einem Saugling; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 878-80. ------ & Barwich. M. Otitis und Ernahrungsstorung beim Saugling. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1936-37, 142: 325-35 — Koenigsberger, E. Mittelohrentziindung und Ernahrungs- storung beim Saugling. Med. Welt, 1932. 6: 1240.—Krepler, P. Ein Fall von Sauglingsmastoiditis als Ursache von wieder- holt rezidivierender Pneumonie und Dyspepsie mit Atrophie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1946, 96: 291.—Levesque, J, & Perrot, R. A propos des troubles digestifs et des etats de denutrition du nourrisson secondaires a une infection parenterale. Bull med. Par, 1936, 50: 795-9.—Levy-Solal, E, Lelong, M. [et al.] L'otite du nouveau-ne; ses rapports avec le syndrome de denutrition progressive du nouveau-ne. Presse med, 1946, 54: 25.—Marfan, A. B. Bemerkungen uber den Zusammenhang von Ohreiterungen bei Sauglingen mit einer schweren Ernah- rungsstorung oder einem Gallensyndrom. Zbl. Gyn, 1943,67: 901 (Abstr.)—Marquez Reveron, V. La otomastoiditis' del lactante y su relacion con los trastornos de la nutrici6n. Arch. venezol. puericult, 1942, 4: 729-54.—Meneghello, J, Gil. G, & Barilari, E. Otitis en el lactante distr6fico. Rev. chilena pediat, 1948, 19: 101-7.—Monastier. W. A otite oculta noa disturbios agudos do intercS.mbio nutritivo do lactente. Rev. med. Parana, 1949, 18: 26-34.—Monti, P. C. L'otite media purulenta e sue compiicanze quali cause di disturbi enterici e della nutrizione nel lattante e nel bambino. Otorinolar. ital, 1937, 7: 565-83.—Moraga Fuenzalida, G. Trastornos nu- tritivos en el lactante producidos por el smdroma 6tico. Rev. chilena pediat, 1934, 5: 245-54.—Nevelson, L S. [Clinical aspect and course of dysenteric otitis in voung children] Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 243-6.—Odoevsky, A. P. Vozbuditeli ostrykh otitov pri dizenterii u detei rannego vozrasta. Vest, oto- rinolar, 1948, 45-51.—Oreviceanu, 1, Herovici, I, & Griinberg, W. [Digestive disturbances as cause of otitis and latent mas- toiditis in infants; diagnosis and earlv treatment] Rev. st. med, Bucur, 1932, 21: 533-59.—Otitis (La) y la antritis del lactante y sus repercusiones sobre el estado digestive Acci6n med, B. Air, 1941, 11: 87.—Prudente de Aquino. F. As otites medias agudas e latentes e suas correlagoes com os dis- turbios gastro-entericos das criancas. An. paul. med. cir, 1942, 44: 344-50. Also Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1942, 10: 732-6. Also Rev. paul. med, 1942, 20: 394; 21: 61. ------ As otites medias agudas e latentes e suas correlagoes com os disturbios gastrentericos das criancas na primeira infancia. Med. cir. "farm, Rio, 1944, 434-40.—Reerink, H. Over zuigelingentoxicose met zoogenaamde latente mastoiditis. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 710-3.—Roberts, J. Gastro-enteritis and mastoiditis. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 2: 490.—Rohmer, P. Le traitement des troubles digestifs consecutifs aux oto- mastoidites du nourrisson. Schweiz, med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 1180-2. ■----— Die Rolle der Otitis media in den Ernah- rungsstorungen des Sauglings. Oesterr. Zschr. Kinderh, 1949, 3:117-23. ■——— & Schneegans, E. A propos de la dyspepsie aigue du nourrisson, consecutifs a une otite. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 405-10. ------ & Wild, C. Otite moyenne et troubles digestifs du nourisson; indications therapeutiques. Strasbourg med, 1948, 108: 375; 1949, 109: 61.—Sam sono va, V. S, Petrova, A. F, & Putilov, A. K. [Otitis-mastoiditis in acute disorders of digestion and nutrition in young children and their surgical treatment] Pediatria, Moskva, 1944, No. 5, 36-41.-—Schlesinger, B. Mastoiditis and gastro-enteritis. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 2: 563—Schneeeans, S, & Wild. C. De l'importance de l'otite et de l'antrite dans l'etiologie et le traitement des troubles digestifs des nourrissons. Vie med. Par, 1948, 29: 126-8.—Sokolow, A. S. Akute Ernahrungs- storungen im Sauglingsalter und die Infektion des Mittelohres und des Warzenfortsatzes. Zschr. Kinderh, 1932-33, 54: 10-37.—Tatrallyay, Z. [Otitis media and mastoiditis in dehydrated infants] Orv. hetil, 1940, 84: 342-4.—Ten Bokkel Huinink, A. [Otitis and nutrition disorders in infants] Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1937. 7: 91-106.—Weise, F, & Wedemeyer, F. W. Okkulte Mastoiditis und chronische Ernahrungs- storung des Sauglings. Aerztl. Wschr, 1946-47, 1 :-2: 941-5.— Weisse, K. Zur Klinik der okkulten Mastoiditis mit akuter Ernahrungsstorung. Zschr. Kinderh, 1947-48, 65: 376-93. ------ Penicillinbehandlung der okkulten Mastoiditis mit akuter Ernahrungsstorung. Ibid, 1948-49, 66: 121-8.— Zuckerman, M. A. [Sur la therapie rationelle de l'otite-antrite dans les affections aigues de nutrition et dans la dysenterie chez les enfants du premier age] Pediatria, Moskva, 1941, No. 7, 28-33. ---- infantile: Etiology and pathogenesis. See also subdivision Mucosus type. Chatellier, H. P, & Lemoine. J. Le diaphragme interattico- tympanique du nouveau-ne; description de sa morphologie; considerations sur son role pathogenique dans les oto-mastoi- dites cloisonnees du nourrisson. Ann. otolar. Par, 1946, 13: 534-66.—Dean, L. W. The influence of acute otitis in infants upon certain svstemic conditions and the influence of certain systemic conditions in infants upon the method of treating the co-existing acute otitis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1927. 17: 749-72.— Fairen Guillen, M. Consideraciones patogenicas sobre la otitis del lactante. Rev. espan. pediat, 1947, 3: 237-40.— Gechko, I. Prichiny, vzaimootnoshenie i preduprezhdenie otitov i ponosov. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1949, 6: 1-8.— Giraud & Bergier, P. Considerations etiologiques k propos de l'otite aigue du nourrisson. Marseille med, 1943, 80: 98-100 — Kiraly, D. Die Rolle der Rachitis bei der Mastoiditis der Sauglinge. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1943, 77: 556-68—Kocka, Z. [Bacteriological examination of latent otitis media in infants] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1934, 73: 1054-6.—Levy-Decker, M, Walter, P, & Pigement, M. L'otite latente du nouveau-ne; le role de la trompe d'Eustache dans sa pathogenie. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 281-93.—Moorehead, G. C. Otitis media in lung and intestinal diseases of infancv. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, 1902, 20: 430.—Naftziger, J. B. Nasal sinus and ear infections in children and infants. Nebraska M. J, 1929, 14: 73-5.—Pfecechtel, A. [Clinical and physiological importance of histology of the middle ear in the new-born with abnormal fetal position] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1929, 68: 149-56.—Toyoda, B. Nyuzi tyuzien ni miraruru sinsyutu-sei taisitu no hyotyo ni tuite [exudative diathesis in the otitis media of' infants] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 562-4.—Urbantschitsch, E. Die Sauglingsotitis, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Muco- susotitis, ihre Komplikationen und ihre Beziehungen zu anderen Krankheitszustanden. Oesterr. Zschr. Kinderh, 1948, 2: 119-39.—Urioste Arana, C. La succi6n pueril mediante el MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 183 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION chupete, causa de las otitis infantiles. Rev. med, Rosario, 1927, 2: 180-2.—Yamazaki. S. Bonyu no san-, alkali-do no nyiizi sikkan (kano-kin-sei-en [kogi]) ni oyobosu eikyo (syoku- motu ni kan-suru siken); tyuzi-en, sissin, inko-noyo syorei [Effect of the acidity or the alkalinity of mother's milk upon the diseases of nurslings—cases of otitis media, eczema, and retropharyngeal abscess] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 689-99. ---- infantile: Manifestation. See also other subdivisions (latent; Toxemia) Beroff, V. *Les otites latentes des nour- rissons. 14p. 8? Geneve, 1927. Boileatj, C. C. *Etude clinique des otites dites latentes des nourrissons. 123p. 2534cm. Nancy, 1943. Roche, M. D. *Contribution a l'etude de l'oto-mastoidite latente du nourrisson d'apres 166 observations. 50p. 24cm. Lyon, 1946. Aguiar, A. de. Otite media; oto-antrite e toxicose do lactante. Rev. med. mun, Rio, 1941, 1: 575-7.—Barthe Pastrana, E. La otomastoiditis latente del lactante. Rev. inform, med. ter, Barcel, 1946, 21: 685-94.—Bile. G. L'oto- mastoidite latente del lattante. Diagnosi, Nap, 1949, 5: 97-9.—Bize, P. R. Trois cas d'otite du nourrisson avec temperature oscillante d'allure septicemique posant in question de 1'intervention mastoidienne et gu6ris par le traitement medical. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 500-5.—Bloch, A, & Vesselle. P. Otites latentes; otites meconnues chez l'enfant. Sem. hop. Paris, 1925, 1: 547-52.—Borghesan, E. Le otiti e mastoiditi latenti del lattante. Atti Clin, otorin. Roma (1939-43) 1947, 1095-117. Also Boll. mal. orecchio, 1949, 67: 146.—Bortolotti, R. L'otite latente del lattante. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1942, 24: 1-47.—Debre, R. Les oto- antritis du nourrisson atteint de neurotoxicose. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 621-8.—Eisenberg, C. Latent mastoiditis in infancy. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1945, 29: 259-61.—Escat. A propos des oto-antrites dites latentes du nourrisson. Toulouse med, 1946, 47: 77.—Garelli, F. L'otoiatra e l'otite latente del lattante. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1947, 22: 121-43.— Gerloczy, F. Otogene Toxikosen des Sauglingsalters. Arch. Kinderh, 1944, 131: 92-7.—Gignoux & Devant. La mastoidite latente du nourrisson. J. med. Lyon, 1942, 23: 513-8.— Gotcu, P. [Latent otitis in children] Romania med, 1938, 16: 177.—Gyorgy, E. Megjegyzes Kecskes Z. A csecsemok lappang6 dob- es csecsiireg gyulladdsSrol cimii kozlemenyere. Orv. hetil, 1942, 86: 94— Hachfeld. F. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der okkulten Mastoiditis im Sauglingsalter. Deut. med. Wschr, 1949, 74: 50-3.—Hartung. F. P. P. Otite latente no lactante. Rev. paul. med, 1948, 32: 355-62.—Jaguaribe Filho. Otites latentes. Bol. Inst, puericult, Rio, 1948, 6: No. 9, 46—51.—Jannuzzi, S. II valore dell'anisocoria provocata nella diagnosi di otite nell'infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1937, 45: 39-50.-—Kecskes. Z. A csecsemok lappango dob- 6s csecsiireg gyullad&sarol. Orv. hetil, 1942, 86: 64.------ Valasz E. Gyorgy megjegyzesere. Ibid, 121.'—Kirk, E. Om acidose ved akut purulent otitis media hos spaede b0rn. Nord. med, 1945, 25: 309-13.—Krassnig, M. Von der latenten Otitis der Sauglinge und Kleinkinder. Mitt. Verein. Aerzte Steiermark, 1928, 65: 164-70.—Kutvirt, O. Rapport entre l'eclampsie des nourrissons et l'otite moyenne aigue. Rev. laryng. Par, 1922, 43: 803-9.—Laplane. R. Les manifesta- tions pulmonaires des otomastoidites du nourrisson. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941, 38: 407-14.—Lapouge. Un cas d'eclampsie otitique du nourrisson. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1926, 4: 280-2.— Lemariey, A, & Debray, P. Le syndrome neuro-toxique du nourrisson. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 246-80.—Le Mee, J, Bloch, A, & Cazejust, P. Les otites latents chez l'enfant. Presse med, 1925, 33: 1491-4. Also Vie med. Par, 1925, 6: 1939-41.—Le Mee, J, & Bouchet, M. L'otite latente de l'enfant. J. med. fr, 1924, 13: 390-4 — Lepage, G, & Destree, A. Otites, oto-antrites et oto-mastoi- dites latentes du nourrisson. Rev. med. Liege, 1947, 2: 83-6.— Lichkus, M. G. [Otitis in infants and their relation to in- toxications] Vest, sovet. otorinolar, 1934, 27: 105-11. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1934, 81: 1492-5.—Maini. G. La oto- mastoidite latente del lattante. Lattante, 1947, 18: 690-7.— Mayoux, R. Les signes otologiques dans la mastoidite du nourrisson. J. med. Lyon, 1948, 29: 651 -3.—Monti, P. C. II problema dell'otomastoidite infantile latente. Arch. ital. otol, 1942, 54: 143-53.—Mordret, J. Les oto-antrites latentes de la premiere enfance. Arch. med. Angers, 1930, 34: 23-7.— Nunan, B. As otites silenciosas da primeira infancia. Impr. med, Rio, 1939, 15: 1708-12.—Prada. E. La otitis media purulenta latente o desconocida en los lactantes yen la primera infancia. Arch, espan. pediat, 1929, 13: 275-9.—Rogers, J. S. Systemic manifestations of otitis media and mastoid involve- ment in very early infancy. J. Lancet, 1926, 46: n. ser, 34—6.—Rothe, H. Der Griinfeldersche Zehenreflex, ein neues Symptom der Otitis media im Kindesalter. Deut. med. Wschr, 1930, 56: 1822-4.—Salazar de Sousa, C. L'importance de l'otite dans la toxicose du nourrisson. Rev. portug. pediat, 1949, 12: 241-4.—Salzberger, M, & Rabinovici, E. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Toxikose und Otitis media der Sauglinge. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 188-206.—Sergent, H. Mastoidite latente du nourrisson et ponction d'antre. Maroc m6d, 1948, 27: 59.—Sorel, Levrat [et al.] Le role des oto- mastoidites dans les toxicoses du premier age. Vie med. Par, 1948, 29: 92; passim.—Southby, R. Symptomless otitis media of infancy and childhood; some post-mortem observations. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 1: 410-2.—Steeger. Otitis latente de lactante. Rev. chilena pediat, 1934, 5: 568-70.—Surjan, L. Data on the problem of latent middle-ear inflammation of infants. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1950, 12: 23-31.—Tavares, A. Sindrome asfictico de origen otftico. Acta pediat. espan, 1947, 5: 1191-4.—Ten Bokkel Huinink, A. [Otitis and toxicosis in infants] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1936, 80: 4874-9.—Terol Figuerola, J. A. El reflejo de Griinfelder-Rotte, de los dedos del pie, en el diagndstico de la otitis media aguda del lactante; algunas aportaciones clfnicas. Medicamenta, Madr, 1947, 5: 45-7.—Tetera, F. Zanety stfedouSni a poruchy vyzivy u kojencu. Cas. lek. Cesk, 1946-47, 85: 1821.—Tetu, J, & Metianu, J. Reflexions sur l'otite latente des nouveaux-nes. Otorhinolar. danub, 1947, 1: 54-7.—Trimarchi, A. L'otite latente nell'infanzia. Arch. ital. otol, 1926, 37: 469-75.— Ungari, C. Considerazioni critiche suH'otomastoidite latente del lattante. Policlin. inf., Mod, 1942, 10: 350-8—Utrata- Banyai, J. Die latente Otitis media bei Sauglingen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 954 (Abstr.)—Werbin, B. Latent mastoiditis in infancy. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1945, 29: 257-9.— Withalm, A. Sauglingsotitiden bei Intoxikationen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 393-400.—Wolf, M. Zur Frage der okkulten Mastoiditis im Sauglingsalter. Arch. Kinderh, 1943, 130: 39-45.—Zaliouk, A. Les otites latentes de l'enfant. Fol. otolar. orient, 1932-33, 1: 231-6. ---- infantile: Pathology. L'Hirondel, J. A. E. *La ponction d'antre; importance de l'oto-mastoidite dans la pathologie du nourrisson [Paris] 214p. 24cm. Vincennes, 1941. Schneider, H. *Les mastoidites chez le nourrisson; etude anatomo-chirurgicale [Mont- pellier] 91p. 25cm. Lyon, 1933. Aschoff, L, & Fuld, J. Zur Frage der Otitis media bei Sauglingen und kleinen Kindern. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 23: 379-91.—Cornelli, G. Lo sviluppo morfologico dell'orecchio medio e la sua importanza in rapporto alia patogenesi, al decorso e alia cura delle otiti medie infantili. Arch. ital. otol, 1935, 47: 457-86.—Gilse, P. H. G. [Histological examination of petrous bone in an infant of 11 months with otitis media] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: 1981.—Giraud, L. Otite bila- terale chez un nourrisson. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser, 51: 465-7.-—Kirk, E. Om acidose ved akut purulent otitis media hos spaede b0rn. In: Festskr. Harald Abrahamsen, Kbh, 1945, No. 12, 1-11. Also Nord. med, 1945, 26: 1303, 28: 2235.—Meyer, M. Bisogna ritenere la infiammazione acuta dell'orecchio medio essenzialmente diversa nel lattante, nel bambino e nell'adulto? Rass. ital. otorinolar, 1932, 6: 281-8—Palacky, A. F, & Strycek, R. ZmSny v bilkovinach krevni plasmy pri tSzkych otomastoiditidach kojencu a n6ktere therapeuticki moznosti z nich vyvozene. Pediat. listy, 1949, 4: 97-101.—Renaud, M, & Girard, L. Les otites latentes du nourrisson; 6tude anatomique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 341-51, 5 pi.—Rokay, Z. Die Sauglingsotitiden in hamatolo- gischer Beleuchtung. Zschr. Kinderh, 1927, 44: 347-57. ------ [Special pathology of inflammation of the middle ear in infantsl Budap. orv. ujs, 1929, 27: 35-41.—Salvadori. G. Le otiti medie dell'infanzia e l'integritil della funzione uditiva. Med. inf., Roma, 1931, 2: 65-7.—Toyooka, T. Eine experi- mentelle Studie iiber Sauglingsotitis. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 69. ---- infantile: Prognosis. See also subdivision Prognosis. L'Hermtjziere, J. de. *Pronostic immediat et suites eloignees de l'antrotomie pour oto- mastoidite du nourrisson; d'apres 290 observa- tions [Lyon] 116p. 25cm. Trevoux, 1947. Bloch, A, & Lemoine, J. Mort subite au cours d'une oto- mastoidite non op6ree chez un nourrisson. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1927, 33: 998.—Bunch, C. C, & Grove, R. C. Some effects in later life of otitis media in infancy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1930, 39: 1-55.—Dudas, P, & Halka, S. Bemer- kungen zur Prognose der Mittelohrentziindungen des Saug- lingsalters mit Riicksicht auf die Rolle der Krankheitserreger. Arch. Kinderh, 1941, 122: 85-94.—Franchini, Y, & Riccitelli, E. Las otitis prolongadas de los ninos de pecho. Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: 1788-92.—Marx, H. Zur Frage der Bedeu- tung der Mittelohrentziindung des friihestenKindesalters fiir spater. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1930, 126: 71-8.—Meyer, M. Die akuteMittelohrentziindung im Kindesalter; Beitrage zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatom'e d;eser Erkrankung. Zschr. Laryng, 1931, 21: 217-82.—Wittmaack, K. Zur Frage der Bedeutung der Mittelohrentziindungen des friihesten Kindesalters fiir spater. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1931, 129: 207-50. ---- infantile: Statistics. See also other subdivisions (Geography; Statistics) MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 184 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Andersen, H. C. The material of infant patients with otitis media in the Kommunehospital of Copenhagen. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1945, 33: 163.—Arrighi. A propos de 40 cas d'otite latente du nourrisson. Alglrie med, 1947, 50: 65-70.— Babcock. E. S, & Jones, J. R. Masked otitis media and mastoiditis in infancy; report of cases. California West. M, 1929, 31: 90-3.—Baron & Planson. L'otite du nouveau-ne a la Maternite de Dijon. Arch. fr. pediat, 1946, 3: 325.— Boursier, R, & Ducassou, J. L. L'otite du nouveau-ne a la maternite de Pellegrin de novembre 1945 a juin 1946. Ibid, 489. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1946, 123: 417r20.—Bozer, H. E. A study of surgical mastoiditis occurring in children at the Buffalo Children's Hospital during the years 1945-1946. N. York State J. M, 1948, 48: 183-6.—Caldas. S. A prop6sito de dois casos de otite latente. An. otorinolar, Recife, 1936, 2: 105-11.—Falbe-Hansen, J, & Hansen, W. Blegdams- hospitalets materiale af spaedbo'msotiter fra en 5 aars periode. Nord. med, 1945, 28: 2231. Also English tr. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1945, 33: 162.—Franchini, Y. Otitis media latente del recien nacido y del lactante (92 observaciones) Sem. med, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt 2, 196-213. ------& Tesone, P. Otitis media latente del recien nacido y del lactante. Rev. As. med. argent, 1928, 41: 227-93.—Hinnen, A. B. Mededeeling om- trent 13 zuigelingen met toxicose, bij wie een mastoidoperatie is gedaan en latente mastoiditis werd gevonden. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1412-6. Also French summ. Acta oto- rhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 83.—Mayoux. R, Roche, M. [et al.] A propos de 40 observations d'oto-mastoidite chez le nourrisson. 3. mid. Lyon, 1944, 25: 647-52.—Parsell. L. A. Acute otitis media in the newborn; report of 4 cases. Northwest M, 1939, 38: 471-3.—Plisnier. H. Les oto-mastoidites du nour- risson; statistique. Bruxelles m6d, 1949, 29: 3187-91.— Riviere, Chastrusse & Moure. A propos de 30 nouveaux cas d'otites chez le nouveau-ne. J. med. Bordeaux, 1946, 123: 413-6.—Torday, F. Ueber Mittelohrentziindungen im Saug- lingsalter. Zschr. Kinderh, 1927. 44: 339-46. ---- infantile: Surgery. See also subheading Surgery. Botjche, J. *Indications, technique et re- sultats de l'antrotomie dans les oto-mastoidites du nourrisson. 155p. 24cm. Par., 1943. Baudy, R. Penicilline et novocaine en ponction d'antre chez le nourrisson. Pediatrie, 1949, 4: 261-3.—Bernheim, M, Jeune, M, & L'Hermuziere, J. de. Pronostic immediat et suites eioignees de l'antrotomie pour oto-mastoidite du nour- rison. Nourrisson, 1947, 35: 219-25.—Cathala, J, Laplane, R. [et al.] Sur les oto-mastoidites du nourrisson; resultats de l'antrotomie. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1941, 38: 246-50.— Debray, P. A propos des indications de l'antrotomie dans l'oto-mastoidite toxigSne du nourrisson. Nourrisson, 1949, 37: 13-9.—Despons, Moure & V6ron. Resultats de l'antro- tomie dans les syndromes toxi-infectieux du nourrisson. Arch. fr. pediat, 1946, 3: 490. ------ Enquete sur les resultats de l'antrotomie dans les syndromes toxi-infectieux du nourrisson avec otite: hiver 1945-1946. J. med. Bordeaux, 1947, 124: 423.-—Dicke, W. K. Over de punctie van het antrum ma- stoideum. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1098. ——■— Over de resultaten van de punctie van het antrum mastoideum bij zuigelingen. Ibid, 1904.—Elizalde, P. de & Gonzalez, A. Significado y valor actual de la antrotomia en el tratamiento de la otitis del lactante. Arch, argent, pediat, 1946, 26: 212-4.—Franchini, Y. Indicaciones de la paracentesis en el tratamiento de la otitis media latente y aguda de los ninos de pecho. Sem. med, B. Air, 1929, 36: pt 2, 827-30. ------ Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento quirurgico de las oto- antritis del lactante. Congr. interamer. cirug, 1946, 3. Congr, 3: 169-90.—Gyorgy, E. Penicillin hat&sa alatt operalt otogen- toxikus csecsemok. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1949, 5: 302-4.— Hermanne, J. Ponction d'antre et antrotomie chez le nour- risson. Acta paediat. belg, 1946-47, 1: 76-80.—Lallemant, M, & Tomatis, A. La ponction d'antre mastoidien du nour- risson. Entretiens de Bichat, 1949, chir, 347.—Levesque, J, & Lafourcade, J. Le probleme de l'antrotomie dans les etats neuro-toxiques du nourrisson. Nourrisson, 1947,35:99-111.— Loebell, H. Doppelseitige Ohraufmeisselung bei Sauglingen mit alimentarer Intoxikation. HNO, Berl, 1947-48, 1: 55-7.— Mendizabal, P. Las otomastoiditis en la infancia y su trata- miento quirurgico. Cir. cirujan, Mex, 1937, 5: 543-9.— Padoin, L. Oto-mastoidite e mastoidectomia nei lattanti. Otorinolar. ital, 1939. 9: 33-48— Ribadeau Dumas, Chabrun & Fenard. Statistique des operations de mastoidite des nour- rissons. Bull, med. Par, 1941, 55: 324.—Romanova, M. A, & Wolfson, S. I. [Diagnosis and indications for surgical treat- ment of otitis-antritis in infants] Pediatria, Moskva, 1943, 61-7.—Sandler, R. J. Ob aktivnom khirurgicheskom lechenii otoantritov u detei rannego vozrasta. Vest, otorinolar, 1948, 42-5.-—Torday. F. [Surgical indications in complicated otitis media in infants] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1934, 32: 820-7.— Uffenorde, W. Eroffnung der retrotympanalen Raume bei der Sauglingsotitis mit alimentarer Intoxikation. Klin. & Prax, Munch, 1946, 1: 70-2.— Wolfsohn, S. I. Novyi variant razreza miagkikh tkanei pri antrotomii u detei grudnogo vozrasta. Vest, otorinolar, 1945, 7: No. 2, 8-10. ---- infantile: Treatment. See also subheading Treatment. Damian, P. *Contribution a la th6rapeutique de l'oto-mastoidite du nourrisson en tant qu'elle reste maladie locale. 42p. 24cm. Par., 1943. Boursier, R, Riviere [et al.] Penicilline et otite du nouveau- ne. Gyn. obst. Par, 1947, 46: 499. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1948, 125: 535.—Chavanne, L. Injections retrotympaniques de penicilline chez un nourrisson pour otites recidivantes; guerison. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 48. Also Lyon med, 1948 179: 46-8.—Del Villar, R. Terapeutica moderna de las otomastoiditis. Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex, 1949, 6: 607-14.— Franchini. Y, & Cervini. P. R. Tratamiento de las otitis en la primera infancia. Actas Congr. nac. med, B. Air. (1931) 1932, 4. Congr, 4: 221-7.-—Gyorgy, E. Penicillin hatasa antro- tomisalt csecsemoknei 6s gyermekeknei. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1947, 1: 46-59.—.lastrzebski, L. O leczeniu zapalenia ucha irodkowego u niemowlq.t. Otolar. polska, 1948, 2: 442-5.—Kameneva, E. P. [Treatment of grave forms of suppurative otitis in early childhood by lactic cultures of B. bulgaricus] Vest, otorinolar, 1941, No. 3, 74-7.—Latorre Agiiero, A. Nuestra experiencia con la quimioterapia sul- famidada en el tratamiento de las otitis medias agudas supu- radas de la infancia. Rev. chilena pediat, 1943, 14: 323-8.— Letarte, F. Traitement de l'otite moyenne aigue (premiere enfance) Laval med, 1946, 11: 577-80.—Lewenfisz, H. A new approach to acute otitis in infancy. Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1948, 24: 609-11. Also Overseas Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1948-49, 3: 344-6.—Meyer, L. F, Finkelstein, H. [et al.j Behandlung der Otitis und Mastoiditis im Sauglingsalter. Kinderarztl. Prax, 1930, 1: 28; 79; 125.—Montandon, A. L'effet masquant de la penicilline dans deux cas de mastoidite chez des enfants. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1947, 9: 115.— Munyo, J. C, & Sal dun de Rodriguez, M. L. Consideraciones sobre la sulfonamidoterapia en las otitis del lactante. Arch. pediat. Uruguay, 1944, 15: 500-8.—Otite moyenne aigue de l'enfance; traitement symptomatique. J. mid. Bordeaux, 1941, 118: 226.—Paredero del Bosque, J. Sulfamidas en las otitis del lactante. Medicina, Madr, 1944, 12: 912-9. Also Libro de actas Congr. nac pediat, Santander (1944) 1945, 6. Congr, 746-53.—Parrel, G. de. Les otites latentes chezle nourrisson et l'enfant: leur traitement. Evolut. med. chir, 1925. 6: 82-4.—Rumpf, C. W. Treatment of acute otitis media in infants and children. Minnesota M, 1929, 12: 694-9 — Sigalov, D. L, & Voiler, I. M. [Nouvelies voies du diagnostic et de la therapie de l'otite-antrite chez le nourrisson] Pedi- atria, Moskva, 1941, No. 7, 23T8.—Summers, C. B. Con- servative treatment of otitis media of infants. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1929, 30: 169-71.—Vezina, N. Traitement de l'otite rebelle du nourrisson par des injections de penicilline dans la caisse. Union med. Canada, 1946, 75: 1557-62. ---- Infectious focus. See also Infection, Focal. Krogstad, A. A case of focal infection from chronic otitis media, cured after radical treatment. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1938, 26: 197.—Ruttin. Ueber latente Eiterherde im Mit- telohr. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1923, 6: 349-61; Disc, 389- 94.—Watson-Williams, E. The middle ear as source of chronic septic absorption. Practitioner, Lond, 1925, 115: 185-9. ---- Influenza. See also Influenza, Ear. Benciolini, F. Meningoencefalite acuta emorragica in corso di otomastoidite influenzale bilaterale. Riv. otoneur, 1931, 8: 361-9.—Brailovsky, J. Z, & Kuroedova, I. J. [Case of unusual course of suppurative otitis media with pure culture of Pfeiffer's bacillus in the purulent discharge] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1939, 16: 177.—Cadawas, E. L'otite moyenne aigug et ses complications en rapport avec la grippe. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 1011-6.—Chiappe, E. Otite media purulenta acuta bilaterale postinfluenzale; encefalite cerebellare. Accad. med, Genova, 1941, 56: 331-9— Ernoul, Eschbach & Pizon. Abces extra-dural de la region cerebelleuse au debut d'une otite grip- pale avec reaction meningee chez un enfant de 5 ans; septicemic postop6ratoire sans identification microbienne; metastase peritoneale; laparotomie; guerison. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1937, 58: 929.—Gufement. Un caso de otitis media supurada del lado izquierdo postgrippal; mastoiditis, afasia y hemiplegia lado derecho, concomitantes. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1904, 4: 445.— Letnik, S. F. [Peculiar forms of influenzal otitis] Odes. med. J, 1929, 4: 587.—Nielsen, J. Den acute suppurative otitis media foraarsaget af bac Pfeiffer. Nord. med, 1944, 24: 1892-4.—Papillon. Otite moyenne aigue suppuree postgrip- pal; reaction puriforme meningee aseptique; guerison par les sulfamides sans intervention chirurgicale. J. med. Bordeaux, 1940, 117: 474-6.—Pchelkin, N. A. Influenzal otitis media. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop, 1936, 47: 437-9.—Polednak, L. [Type of otitis media during influenza in 1928] Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1929, 68: 1508-11.—Sasaki, H., & Hirakawa. K. Influenza - kin-sei zi-sei nomakuen ni tuite [otitic meningitis caused by ...] Zibiinkoka, 1950, 22: 4-8.—Zorzoli, E. Osservazioni sul trattamento nel bambino delle compiicanze innuenzali sup- purative acute dell'orecchio medio con penicillina stabilizzata in sangue. Terapia, Milano, 1949, 34: 149. ---- Klebsiella infection. Altmann, F. Zur Symptomatologie und Klinik der Fried- lander-Otitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1935, 69: 513-37. MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 185 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION —----■ Zur Klinik der Friedlander-Otitis. Ibid, 624-6.— Cachin. Un cas d'otite a bacille de Perez. Ann. otolar. Par, 1946, 13: 225.—Eigler, G. Ueber Friedliinder-Bazillen- Otitiden. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1933, 136: 318-31.—German, T. Friedlander-Otitis als typische und epidemische Erkran- kung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 1050-60.—Ghiselin, A. D, & Robertson, R. B. Friedlaender's bacillus meningitis secondary to otitis media; a report of a case with recovery and a review of the literature. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 432-45.—Gowen, G. H. A case of Friedl&nder bacillus meningitis secondary to bilateral acute otitis media. Illinois M.J, 1934,65:533-5.—Urbantschitsch, E. Ueber Friedlander- Otitis. Fol. otolar. orient, 1937, 4: 13-9. ---- Labyrinth. See also other subdivisions (Complication: Meningitis) also Labyrinth, Labyrinthitis. Ardouin, P. Les reactions sereuses du labyrinthe au cours de l'otite moyenne aigue simple. Prat. med. fr, 1933, 14: 181-93.—Basavilbaso, J. Laberintitis difusa, manifiesta, supurada. Rev. espec, B. Air, 1926, 1: 171-7.—Behrman, W. Om falska labyrintitsymtom vid otit. Nord. med. tskr, 1934, 8: 1067-70.—Bijtel, J. Labyrinthaire verwikkelingen bij acute en chronische middenoorontsteking. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1949. 93: 3534-41.—Branchi, P. P. Sulle indicazioni della labirintotomia e sulla opportunity di eseguire a freddo l'opera- zione radicale nelle labirintiti acute da otomastoiditi croniche riacutlzzate. Otorinolar. ital, 1947, 15: 427-38.—Brohm, F. Dva pfipady ohranicene labyrintitidy s piSteii v horizont&lnim kanalku jako komplikaee prudkeho zdn£tu stfedousniho. Lek. listy, 1946, 1: 381-5.—Campbell, A. A. Chronic suppurative otitis-media with a fistula of the external semi-circular canal. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1924, 14: 856.—Citelli, S. Preferibile praticare a freddo l'operazione radicale nelle labirintiti da otorrea riacutizzata. Med. internaz, Milano, 1934, 42: 450-3.—Dean, L. W, & Wolff, D. Pathology and routes of infection in labyrinthitis secondary to middle-ear otitis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc,' 1934, 24: 168-86. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 702-17.—Del Sei, J. A, & Agra, A. Otitis media aguda; laberintitis supurada tardia laberintectomia; curaci6n. Rev. As. med. argent, 1937, 50: 676.—Fernandez Soto. E. Panotitis unilateral de etiologia desconocida, con perdida completa de la funcion coclear y vestibular. Vida nueva, Habana, 1937, 39: 320-6.—Fletcher, J. R. Discussion of the symptoms and diagnosis of infection of labyrinth resulting from suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol, 1910, 159-67.—Frenkel, O. M, & Kanevsky, V. I, [Sensorv functions of the vestibular apparatus in acute and chronic otitis] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 44: 175-84.—Gerchunoff, G, & Bottinelli, J. A. Otitis media aguda; mastoiditis; labe- rintitis difusa completa tardia; laberintectomia. Rev. As. med. argent, 1936, 50: 1887-90.—German, T. Akute Mittelohr- entziindung und diffuse eiterige Labyrinthitis. Zschr. Laryng, 1932. 23: 172-8.—Hinsberg, V. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der akuten Labvrinthitis bei akuter Otitis media. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930,'64: 1263-75.—Hofmann, L. Eitrige Labyrinthitis mit Fazialparese nach akuter Rezidivotitis; Radikal-Labyrinth- operation; Heilung. Ibid, 1934, 68: 507-9.—Holinger. J. The pathology and prognosis of internal ear complications resulting from inflammatory middle-ear diseases. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol, 1910, 149-58.—Kaulich, F. Chro- nische Mittelohreiterung, partielle Labyrinthnekrose. vestibulare Ausschaltung bei erhaltenem Gehor. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 37.—Kecht, B. Ueber symptomlose Ausschaltung des Labyrinthes bei akuter Mittelohreiterung. Ibid, 1938, 72: 1137-47.—Kecskes, Z. [Sequestration of the labyrinth in chronic suppurative otitis] Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 65. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1939, 27: 438.—Koch. F. Ueber schwere Labyrinthkomplikationen bei akuten und chronischen Mit- telohreiterungen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1933, 67: 1251-6.— Kopetzky, S. J. Differential diagnosis in labyrinthitis second- ary to otitic infections. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 718-26.— Krepuska, G. [Purulent inflammation of labyrinth (302 cases)] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 939^7. Also Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges, 1933, 5: 65.—Lapouge. Fenestration spontanee en cours d'otite moyenne suppuree chronique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1949 66:575.—Lillie, H. I. Suppurative labyrinthitis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1924, 4: 513-20.—Luongo, R. A. Two cases of diffuse labyrinthitis complicating acute serous otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 872-5.—McCoy. J. Two cases with severe labyrinth symptoms occurring following O. M. C. C. Ibid, 1931, 41: 420.—Mackenzie, G. W. Suppurative labyrinthitis with report of cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 1019-59, 18 pi.—Politzer. Sobre los cambios patologicos del laberinto en las supuraciones cr6nicas del oido medio. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1904, 4: 411.—Pollak, R. Ein Fall von Otitis med. chron. supp. mit seroser Spatlabyrinthitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 759.—Quix, F. H. [Infection of the labyrinth as complication of middle ear infection] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 2. 1975-84. ------ Court apercu des svmptomes de labyrinthite des otites moyennes. Bull, hoc beige otol 1934, 353-63.—Richter, H. Die Prufung des Vestibulara'pparates und ihre klinischdiagnostische Bedeutung. Med Klin Berl, 1930, 26: 761-3— Ruf. Mastoiditis mit eitricer Labvrinthitis bei Persistenz des Hiatus subarcuatus. Zscrfr Hals&c. Heilk,. 1928, 20: 199-201, Disc 212-24- Ruttin E Zur Pathologie der akuten Otitis und der Labyrin- thitis bei'akuter Otitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Vv len, 1927, 61:451-9, 4 pi.—Schmidt, V. [Labyrinthine oedema with acute middle ear suppuration] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 801-16. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1926-27, 10: 541-56.—Simpson, W. L. Chronic suppurative otitis media with fistula of the labyrinth. Memphis M. J, 1945, 20: 174.—Smeraldi, R. Contributo alio studio delle complicazioni rare delle flogosi purulente della cassa timpanica; necrosi e sequestro del labirinto posteriore. Ann. laring. Tor, 1946, 45: 8-16.—S0rensen. K. [Case of otitis media, complicated by facial paralysis and labyrinthitis, developed as a sequel of instillation of alcohol and pressure on the tragus] Nord. med, 1939, 4: 3858.—Spira, J. .Ueber operative Indikation in Fallen akuter diffuser Labyrinthitis im Verlauf akuter eitriger Mittelohrentziindung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 695-708. Also Polska gaz. lek, 1936, 15: 26-9.-—Tamari, M, & Hirsch, L. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media with positive fistula symptoms. Illinois M. J, 1945, 87: 144.—Thornval, A. Tilfaelde af otit. med. chr. suppurat. med labyrintfistel og labyrintitis og meningitis. Nord. med, 1943, 18: 962—Truffert, P. Laby- rinthite aigue suppuree, reaction meningee; evidement petro- mastoidien; trepanation labyrinthique; guerison. Bull, med. Par, 1924, 38: 612.—Urbantschitsch, E. Beiderseitigea Fistelsymptom (Hennebert) bei einseitiger chronischer Mit- telohreiterung; konservative Radikaloperation ohne Erhaltung des Ambosses mit bedeutender Horbesserung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 865.—Watkyn-Thomas, F. W. Two unusual cases of suppurative labyrinthitis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1931, 46: 332-5.—Winston, J. Acute suppurative labyrinthitis complicating acute otitis media; report of case. Pennsylvania M. J, 1934, 37: 490.—Wright, R. P. Chronic suppurative otitis media with labyrinthitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 140. ---- latent. See also subdivisions (infantile: Manifestation; masked) Alexander, G. Ueber latente Otitis. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk, 1926, 14: 1-8.'—Amarante, R. Oto-antrite latente. Hora med, Rio, 1939, 3: No. 5, 33.—Baptista, V. Otites ignoradas. Pediat. prat, S. Paulo, 1942, 13: 269; 1943, 14: 245.—Goris, C. Un cas d'otite latente a symptomatologie exceptionnelle. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1927, 28: 81.—; Goto, T, & Kawahara, H. Nyuyo-hoka no saisei to senzai-sei ensyo [on regeneration of the mastoid cells and on latent inflammation] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 95-7.—Hornicek. [His- tological changes in case of latent otitis] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1927, 66: 514-8.—Joslin, C. L. The frequency of unrecognized otitis media in children. Bull. Univ. Maryland School M, 1926-27, 11: 156-61.—Montandon, A. Les oto-mastoidites latentes. Praxis, Bern, 1939, 28: 705-7.—Renaud, M. Les otites la- tentes et meconnues; leur importance dans les etats infectieux. J. med. fr, 1924, 13: 384-9.—Tavares, A. Otite latente. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1940, 8: 323-9.—Wolfkovich, M. I. O diagnostike i lechenii tak nazyvaemykh latentnykh otitov i antritov v grudnom vozraste. Vest, otorinolar, 1945, 7: No. 2, 10-8. ---- Lateralization. See also subdivision (bilateral) Cann, R. J. Three cases of chronic suppurative otitis media on the right (i. e, the exposed) side of motor drivers. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect. Otol, 5.—Griolet. Considerations anatomo-cliniques sur la predominance possible de lateralisation a gauche des otites suppurees. Bull. Soc med. mil. fr, 1946, 40: 117-9.—Kindler. Akute Mittelohrentziin- dung mit Neurolabvrinthitis der anderen Seite (sympathische Otitis) Hals &c. Arzt, T. 2, 1936, 42: 64. ---- Mandibular joint. Burgass, H. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der otogenen entzundlichen Durchbruche in das Unterkiefergelenk. 28p. 8? Greifsw., 1933. Bercher. Arthrite temporo-maxillaire consecutive k une oto-mastoidite. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1933, 27: 34-7 — Kaulich, F. Ueber Kiefergelenkskomplikationen bei Mittel- ohreiterungen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1944, 78: 415-21.— Petropoulos, G. Die Beteiligung des Kiefergelenkes bei entzundlichen Ohrenerkrankungen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1940-41, 47: 412-29.—Shambaugh, G. E, jr. Involvement of the jaw joint in acute suppurative otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 975-81. ---- Manifestation. See also other subdivisions (Clinical aspect; Diagnosis; Fever; infantile: Manifestation; latent; masked, etc.) also such terms as Earache; Mas- toiditis, Manifestation; Tinnitus; Vertigo. Caliceti, P. Sull'esistenza di un frequente punto doloroso della mastoide all'apice nelle suppurazioni timpaniche acute. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1926, 44: 133-7.—Frenzel, H. Massives Fistelsymptom ohne Fistel bei Mittelohreiterungen; Pseudo- fistelsymptom mit Verzogerung nach starker Kompression. Arch Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1943, 152: 207-21.—Got. Le signe du MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 186 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION sou dans les otites avec epanchement. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 154. Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 44-6.—Grimoud, P. A propos de la valeur serneiologique des points douloureux mastoidiens au cours des otites aigues suppurees. Toulouse med, 1946, 47: 546-51.—Kakljugin, P. [Role of old age in the semeiologv of otitis] Cas. lek. eesk, 1929, 68: 812.—Layton, T. B. The earliest physical signs of otitis media. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1933, 26: 568-72.— Leiri, F. Ueber Ohrensausen bei Mittelohraffektionen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1930, 64: 805-8.—Maffeo, L. Semiologia delle otiti medie. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1565-9.—Miyakogawa, T. Ueber den Mastoidismus. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 42-4.—Popper, J. Chronische Otitis mit seit kurzer Zeit aufgetretenen Schwindelanfallen vom Typus Meniere. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 758.—Quix, F. H. De klachtduizelig- heid bij bestaande middenoorontstekingen en andere aando- eningen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1943, 87: 723-8.—Reaves, R. G. Acute otitis media with pain in trigeminal region. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1932, 25: 88-94.— Salaris. E. Contributo al significato dei dolori nevralgici a carico del trigemino nelle otiti medie purulente acute. Med. prat. Nap, 1928, 13: 57-62.—Velloso, A. L. As mastoidites atipicas. An. oto- rinolar, Recife, 1936, 2: 1-13.—Watkyn-Thomas, F. W. Vertigo in suppurative conditions of the middle ear. Brit. M J, 1931, 2: 242-6.—Yosida, S. Tyuzien no gappei-svo. Tiryo, 1946, 28: 77-84. ■------ Tyuzien to totu [otitis media and pain] Rinsyo igaku, 1948, 33: No. 2, 24-7.— Yosida, T. Tyuzien kanzya no toi [position of the head of a person suffering with otitis media] Dozin igaku, 1934, 7: 883. ---- masked. See also other subheadings (latent; Treatment: Chemotherapy) Barrett, J. H. Acute mastoiditis masked bv penicillin therapy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1947, 56: 134-40.—Cirillo, A. A. Masking of the pathologic status in otitis media bv chemo- therapy. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 36: 541-7.—Fine. J. Sulpha-masked mastoiditis; report of a case. S. Afr. M. J. 1949, 23: 512-4.—Franck, G. Mastoidites et sulfamido- therapie. Concours med, 1943, 65: 973-5.—Mariani, M. A. Cuadro clinico de las infecciones de origen otico obscurecido por la sulfanilamida. Bol. As. med. Puerto Pico, 1910, 32: 15.—Maybaum, J. L, Snyder, E. R, & Coleman, L. L. Ex- periences with sulfanilamide therapy for otogenous infections; with special reference to masking of the clinical course. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 557-75. ------ The value of sulf- anilamide in otogenous infections, with special reference to its masking effect. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 2589-92.— Rezende Barbosa, J. E. Otite media aguda complicada de mastoidite mascarada pela sulfanilamidoterapia. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1945, 13: 83-7.—Terracol. J, & Guibert. H. L. Les lesions histologiques des mastoidites masquees par les sulfamides. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 125-7.—Wilner, A. S. Masking of mastoiditis symptoms by penicillin. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1946, 43: 140. ---- Mastoid. See also Mastoiditis; Petritis. Aloin, M. H. A propos de la suture immediate et totale dans les mastoidites aigues. Ann. otolar. Par, 1949, 66: 481-3.—Barlow, R. A. Discussion of acute otitis media with mastoiditis. Wisconsin M. J, 1926, 25: 81-3—Blaquiere. G. Mastoidite masquee par sulfamidotherapie mal dirigee. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1946, 30: 159-61.—Bolotte, M. Otites moyennes aigues prolongees et mastoidites latentes. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1932, 92: 167-75.—Citelli. Sur la periostite mastoidienne chez les enfants et sur la periostite mastoidienne consecutive k l'otite movenne aigue en general. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1921, 5: 97-110— D'Alo SaVerno, E. Oto-antrite e abcesso retro-auricular; osteite do conduto. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1943, 11: 89-96.—Davies. T. A. When is a middle-ear a mastoid? Eve Ear &c Month, 1938-39, 17: 236—Dolowitz, D. A, & Wakefield. R. H. A case of mastoiditis without apparent otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1949, 58: 512-6.—Driver, W. E. The dwarfed and deformed mastoid a sequel to imperceptible mastoiditis complicating chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Tristate M. Ass. Caro- linas & Virginia, 1906, 8: 336-56.—Effler, L. R. A flurry in mastoids. Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 671-6.—German, T. [Inflammation of the middle ear and necrosis of the mastoid process] Orv. hetil, 1928, 72: 440-2. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1928, 118: 235-40.—Helsmoortel, J, jr. Les mas- toidites et leurs complications. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1923, 7: 65-8.—Kerekes, G. Ueber die Veranderung des Krankheitsbildes der Mastoiditis. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1947, 9: 138-47.—Kubo, M. Komaku syoken wo kaku nyuyotokkien ni tuite [mastoiditis without symptomatic indications on the part of the tympanic membrane] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 1107-9.—Latorre Agiiero, A. Mastoiditis aguda sin perforaci6n timpanica. Rev. med, Valparaiso, 1945-46, 19: 516-20.—Lilly, J. M. The importance of the earlv diagnosis and treatment of the mastoid complication of middle ear disease. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1908, 55: 594-6.— Nieuwenhuijse, A. C. Chemotherapie bij dreigende mastoid- complicaties. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1420.—Nisihata, T. Kyusei tviizien no baai nyuyo-hoka wa itu okasareru ka9 [when will the cellulae mastoideae be attacked in case of acute otitis media?] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 1-6.—Novotny, O. Mastoiditis bei durch Sulfonamide ausaeheiltcr Mittelohr- entziindung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 460-2.— Opheim, O. Acute purulent middle ear lesions and the pneu- matic cellular svstem in the mastoid process. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1941, 29: 251-72.—Oppegaard, C. L. Acute sup- purative otitis media and mastoiditis. Eye Ear &c Month, 1938-39, 17: 202-5.—Price, C. E. The early recognition and treatment of mastoid involvement in otitis media. Proc. Aesculap. Soc. Wabash Valley, 1921, 6: 179-82.—Reverchon, L, & Worms, G. Etude radiologique des alterations de l'apophyse mastoide dans les otites aigues et chroniques. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1923, 7: 201-18— Richter. H. Die Aussenflache dos Warzenfortsatzes bei entzundlichen Krankheiten des Mittelohres. Munch, med. Wschr, 1943, 90: 143-6.—Roll-Hansen. D. H. Is there always present a mas- toiditis in serious complications derived from inflammatory conditions in the middle-ear? Acta otolar, Stockh, 1942, 30: 272-5.—Sargnon, A. Trois cas r6cents de mastoidites graves. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1940, 24: 225-8.—Shambaugh, G. E. Acute otitis media complicated by mastoiditis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 137-44.—Shea, J. J. Acute in- fections of the middle ear and the mastoid cells. South, M. J, 1937, 30: 322-6.—Tangen, G. M. Chronic otitis media and mastoiditis. Staff Meet. Bull. Hosp. Univ. Minnesota, 1942- 43, 14: 72-84.—Tibbets, A. P. Gross pathological changes in mastoids on various days following the onset of acute sup- purative otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 369-72.— Tivnen, R. J. Middle-ear & mastoid infections. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 9: 1283-303.—Vreeland, R. J. Otitis media and acute mastoiditis. J. Ophth. Otol, 1929, 33: 293-307 — Wada, T. Zien-sei gappei-syo toku-ni nyusi-tokkien no sindan ni tuite [diagnosis of otitic complications, especially mas- toiditis] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1934-35, 17: Suppl, 2, 50-61.— Watson-Williams, E. Specimen, sequestrum of the mastoid cells. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 1126.—Yamasaki, S. Kyusei tyuzi-en gappei-syo; nyuyo-tokki-en syoki sindan- h6 tosite dasin oyobi onsya kensa-h5 [complications of acute otitis media; percussion and tuning-fork methods as a diagnosis in the early stage of mastoiditis] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1943, 38: 591-7. ---- Meningitis. See also other subdivisions (Complications; Cranium; Labyrinthitis) also Meningitis, otog- enous. Fortin, J. *Le probleme de la mastoidite au cours de la sulfamidotherapie des otites aigues. 66p. 24cm. Par., 1946. Aboulker, H. Essai de classification des meningites d'origine otitique. Avenir med, Lyon, 1937, 34: 118-20. -----■ Brissac & Flogny. Meningite ventriculaire avec paralysie du membre sup6rieur, suite, d'otite; operation; guerison. Algerie med, 1931, 35: 338-40.—Acute otitis media, mastoiditis, sinus thrombosis, fibrinopurulent meningitis (S. hemolyticus) Bull. Staff Meet. Minnesota Gen. Hosp, 1930-31, 2: No. 19, 6 — Adam, J, & Connal, E. A. M. Purulent meningitis; nine con- secutive cases with seven recoveries. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1937, 52: 87-97.—Akune. M. Zisei soki nomaku-en. Dozin igaku, 1937, 10: 265 72.—Amagisi, T. Zi-sei kano-sei nomaku- en no ni tiken rei [two cases of cure .,] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 203-6.—Ballenger, H. C. A case of chronic suppurative otitis media, facial paralysis, circumscribed meningitis and acute labyrinthitis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 286 — Bodechtel, G, & Richter. H. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie des Ohres; Otitis media acutissima und Labyrin- thitis purulenta links, Meningitis purulenta; doppelseitige vestibulare Unerregbarkeit infolge Zellerkrankung in den Vestibulariskernen (zugleich ein Hinweis auf die Anordnung der Funktion im Kerngebiet des N. vestibularis) Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk, 1935, 140: 126-36.—Bousis. P. Meningite otogene et sulfamidotherapie. Acta otorhinolar, Brux, 1948, 2: 387-94.—BradfieVI, S. G. Meningitis following acute otitis media treated with sulphapyridine. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 529.-—Bradley, B. Chronic otitis media and mastoiditis, lateral sinus thrombosis, labyrinthitis, serous meningitis, operation, recovery. S. Michael Hosp. M. Bull, Toronto, 1928, 3: 67-9.—Biihr, R. Chronische Mittelohreiterung mit Per- foration der Membrana Shrapnelli, Verdacht auf Kleinhirnab- szess; Liquorstauungszyste infolge Pachymeningitis haemor- rhagica interna. Zschr. Laryng, 1931, 2i: 443-7.-—Buzoianu, G. Die tympano-mastoidale Kraniotomie, eine Typus-Opera- tion der fokalen Chirurgie bei ot'tischer Meningitis. Mschr, Ohrenh, Wien, 1943, 77: 264-9.—Chavanne, F, & Troullieur. M. Un cas de rhumatisme cerebral en ayant impose quelque temps pour des complications meningees d'origine otique. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1922, 6: 617-9.-—Chimani. Hamatogene Herdosteomyelitis nach komplizierter Otitis media (Meningitis, Pyramidenspitzensymptome) Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1941, 75: 356-8.-—Chronic otitis media, mastoiditis (acute exacerbation) fibrinopurulent meningitis. Bull. Staff Meet. Minnesota Gen. Hosp, 1930-31, 2: No. 19, 7-9.—Conde Jahn, F, & Castro, P. B. Meningitis otogena tratada y curada por la paramidofenilsulfamida intravenosa. Arch, venezol. Soc. otorinolar, 1940, 1: 1-10.—Crowe, S. J. Inflammation of the ear in meningitis based on the study of the pathological MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 187 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION findings in 75 cases. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1928, 18: 210-4 — Delsaux, V. Otite moyenne purulente; abces du cerveau; evidement petromastoidien et trepanation de la fosse cerebrale moyenne; ponction et drainage de l'abces; meningite; mort; autopsie. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1902, 7: 54-9.—Dethes, C. Suppression de la plastique de la conque et du conduit, apres 6videment petro-mastoidien, dans l'une des indications de cette intervention; complication m6ningee d'otite moyenne aigue. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1949, 70: 93.-—Devic & Ricard. Arachnoidite de la fosse posterieure, sequelle d'otite suppuree ancienne; nevralgies du trijumeau; operation; guerison. Lyon chir, 1938, 35: 690-4.—Dintcnfass, H. Streptococcic otitic meningitis with recovery. Tr. Coll. Physicians, Philadelphia, 1936-37, 4: 40.—Ebert, E. Otite aigue, meningite k strepto- coques, operation, guerison. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1933-34, 19: 506-8. ------ Otite moyenne aigue compliquee de mastoidite et de meningite purulente; guerison. Sem. hop. Par, 1949, 26: 384-8.—Feenstra, J. A. Dood aan meningitis na otitis media gevolg van een ongeval? Geneesk. tschr. Rijksverzek, 1929, 14: 179; 211.—Ferretti, C. Sulla lepto- meningite da otite acuta (contributo clinico) Arch. ital. otol, 1925, 36: 628-37.—Fischer. H. Kritische Bemerkungen zur Sulfanamid- und Penicillinbehandlung bei otogenen und rhinogenen Meningitiden. Zschr. Laryng, 1948, 1: 247-60.— Fonvieille. Meningite purulente septique et paralysie faciale otogenes. Bull. Soc med. mil. fr, 1926, 20: 180-5.—Franchini, Y. Meningitis por otitis media aguda supurada; accidente por sulfamida intrarraquidea; curaci6n. Prensa med. argent, 1944, 31: 660-3.—Goto. T. Zi-sei kano-sei nomakuen ni okeru nosekizui-eki Ca, K, Mg oyobi P-rvo no syotyo ni tuite [das Ca-, K-, Mg- und P-wechsel der Cerebrospinal-fliissigkeit bei der otogenen Meningitisl Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1934, 12: 1248-62.—Guillemet, Hurez [et al.] Oto-mastoidite avec septico-pyohemie; meningite k streptocoque; guerison par la serotherapie (serum anti-pneumococcique) associee k ligature de la jugulaire. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 83072.—Guillemin, M. Meningite otitique k pneumocoque; evidement, sulfa- midotherapie, guerison. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1945, 29: 90.—Hamon & Bolzinger. Meningite k streptocoques hemolvtiques d'origine otitique, traite par le serum de H. Vincent et la mastoidectomie. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1936, 3. ser, 115: 163-6.—Hazama, T. Zur Kenntnis der Entstehung der bei akuter Mittelohrentziindung auftretenden Spatmenin- gitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1928, 62: 680-9—Hetroit. Reflexions sur deux cas de meningites otiques non gueries par les sulfamides. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1944, 65: 3-8.—Hofer, I. Rechtsseitige Abduzenslahmung infolge traumatischer, zirkumskripter seroser Meningitis im Verlaufe einer beidersei- tigen chronischen Mittelohreiterung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1925, 59: 687-96.—Huizinga, E. [Intradural complications in chronic and acute middle ear inflammation] Geneesk. gids, 1925, 3: 561-70.—Ibos, F. Les meningites otitiques et la penicilline. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1947, 68: 330-79.—ltd, T, & Sone, Z. To-kyositu ni okeru zi-sei kano-sei nomaku-en no tiryo ni tuite no keiken [experience in the treatment of otitic suppurative meningitis] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1948, 41: No. 3, 7-10.—Iubu, M, Dumitras, P, & Cernescu. M. Meningite otique chez un enfant de 16 mois guerie par cranieetomie tvmpano-mastoldienne et administration de sulfamides. Rev. sc. otorhinolar, Cluj, 1946, 10: 49-54.—Joglekar, G. V. Meningitis of otitic origin. Antiseptic, Madras, 1941, 38: 843-6.—Kasiwado, T. Mucosus-kin tyuzi-en-sei nomaku-en to rensazyo-kyukin kyu-sei tyuzi-en-sei n5maku-en to no rinsyo syoken no hikaku kosatu narabi-ni Sulfonamid-zai tiko ni kan-suru rinsyo-teki kansatu [comparative studies on clinical observation on otitic meningitis caused by Streptococcus mucosus and on acute streptococcal otitic meningitis, and clinical observations on the efficacy of treatment with sulfona- mide preparations] Nippon zibiinkoka gakkai kaiho, 1947-48, 51: 73-8.—Konno, I. Zi-sei nomaku-en no sindan to tiryo [diaum antistreptococcique de Vincent. 80p. 25cm. Montpel., 1936. Reliqtjet, P. *Contribution k l'etude du traitement medical des septicemies a streptocoque d'origine auriculaire. 122p. 8? Par., 1933. Bobone, T. Successi ed insuccessi nella cura della settico- piemia da tromboflebite otitica del seno sigmoide; considera- zioni d'ordine dottrinale ed operatorio. Arch. ital. otol 1926 37: 119-25. ------A De March!. M. A. Come fu curato e guanto un malato di setticemia otitica. Boll. mal. orecchio 1935. 53: 287-94—Bogomilsky, R. D. Penicillin pri otogennoi septikopiemii u detei. Vest, otorinolar., 1949, 11: No. 5, 38-42.—Castex, M. R., Camauer, A. F.. A Battro. A. Sobre un caso de septicemia de origen 6tico por laberintitis aguda, curada con tratamiento midico-quirurgico. Prensa m6d. argent, 1927, 14: 161-7.—Grove, W. E. Symposium on care of the patient following operations for sepsis of otitic origin; nursing, feeding and the use of parenteral fluids. Tr. Am. Car. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1939, 45: 4-8. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 872-5.—Harpman, J. A. Treatment of otogenic blood stream sepsis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 11-21.— Hibler, N. Primare septische Bulbusthrombose oder Kornersche Osteophlebitis bei otogener Sepsis im Kindesalter. HNO, Berl, 1947-48, 1: 61-9.—Hinsberg, V. Zur Technik der Jugularisausschaltung bei otitischer Pyamie. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1929, 122: 130-2.—Jacques. P, A Grimaud, R. Septi- cemie otogene a streptocoques gu6rie par le s6rum de Vincent. Rev. m6d. est, 1932, 60: 833-6.—Jobson. T. B. Zinc ionisation in tympanic sepsis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1926, 41: 383-9.— Koch, F. X. Beitrage zur operativen Therapie der otogenen Sepsis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 421T35— Krepuska, S. Die Bedeutung der Ausschaltung der Vena jugularis interna und des venosen Systems des Felsenbeines bei den septischen Ohrenerkrankungen im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wschr, 1941, 91: 466-9— Lafite-Dupont A Souchet. Otorrh6e r6- chauff6e, mastoidite, thrombo-phiebite du sinus, m6ningite purulente, septicemic gu6rison par la p6nicilline. Ann. otolar. Par, 1944-45, 12: 532.—Lemoine, J., A Bloch, A. Otomastol- dite avec septicemie; gu6rison par le s6rum auto-streptococcique. Ibid, 1933, 832-4.—Li!lie. H. I. General sepsis of otitic origin; treatment by blood transfusion and germicidal dye. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1928, 7: 30-40.—Lynch, M. G. Immuno- transfusion in otology. N. Orleans M. A S. J, 1938-39, 91: 89-92.—Maduro, R. Trois cas de septic6mie d'origine otique gu6ris par transfusion de sang. Arch, internat. larvng. Par, 1926, 32: 782-95— Mauthner, O. Akute Mittelohreiterung und Mastoiditis; otogene Allgemeininfektion post antroto- miam; Nephritis haemorrhagica; Pleuritis exsudativa; Punk- tion; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1928, 62: 222. ------ Otitis media chron. dextra; Mastoiditis; Sinus- und Bul- busthrombose; Meningitis circumscripta; otogene Allgemein- infektion, Jugularisunterbindung, Thrombusausraumung; pro- trahierter Verlauf; Heilung. Ibid, 223.—Maxwell, J. H. The management of the septic patient with otitis media. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 110: 1536-8.—Orhan Mahir. Septico- pyohemie otogene; operation (mastoldectomie, ligature de la jugulaire et curetage du sinus) injections de sang active; gu6rison. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 459-61.—Podesta, R, A Tato, J. M. Sepsis otogena por tromboflebitis sinusobulbar; operaci6n de Griinert-Tandler. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1934, 48: 654—9.—Reverchon. L'immunotransfusion dans le traite- ment de la septicemie d'origine auriculaire. J. m6d. Paris, 1932, 52: 937.—Rothschild, M. A. Symposium on otolaryngo- logical problems in sepsis; summation of treatment of sepsis from the medical standpoint. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44:465-9.— Rubaltelli, E. Orientamenti terapeutici pratici nelle settico- pioemie otogene con particolare riguardo all'alcool terapia endovenosa ed alle trasfusioni di sangue puro. Otorinolar. ital, 1937, 7: 584-600.—Sutherland. J. M. Transfusions of blood in the care of patients after operations for otitic sepsis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 876-900.—Terracol, Drouot A Joyeux. Septico-pyoh6mie a streptocoque h6molvtique d origine otog6ne; traitement par le s6rum de Vincent; guerison. Arch. Soc. sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1933, 14: 362-7.— Terracol, Galavielle, J, A Cadilhac. Septic6mie a streptocoques h6molytiques d'origine otique; traitement par le s6rum de Vincent; gu6rison. Ibid, 417-20.—Vasiliu. D, A Colitza, M. [Treatment of septicemia of otic origin] Spitalul, 1934, 54: SO9-.11-—Wessely. E' Otogene Sepsis, Bluttransfueion. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1940, 74: 191-5. ---- Serology. Winblad, S. The importance of the antistreptolysin titer in oto-laryngological practice. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, 36: 541. ---- serous. See also subdivision (secretory) Carpenter, R. C. Serous otitis media. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1949, 39: 57-61.—Tobey, H. G. The role of virus infections in the etiology of serous otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1949, 59: 35—47. ---- Sequelae. See also other subdivisions (Complications; Deafness; Hearing) also such headings as Head- ache; Meniere syndrome; Trigeminus neuralgia. Aubin A Clerc. Traitement des s6quelles douloureuses cranio-faciales des oto-mastoidites par la section du contingent ophtalmique du trijumeau. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1948, 20: 351-60. ------ C6phal6e post-otitique, section du grand nerf p6treux superficiel; gu6rison. Ann. otolar. Par, 1949 66: 5J9- , —--- & Hiverlet, E. Traitement chirurgical des cephalalgies post-otitiques; section du contingent ophtalmique S1. ,trl,J^m,eau ei secti°n du grand nerf p6treux superficiel. Ibid.. 1948, 65: 737-48.—Aubry, Ombredanne A Bourgeois, R. Syndrome de M6ni6re post-otitique gu6ri, apres 6chec de la trepanation labynnthique, par la section du VIII. Ibid, MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 199 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 1936, 719-25.—Biancalana, L. Stellectomia nelle sindromi di Meniere postotitiche. Boll. Soc. piemont. chir, 1939, 9: 183-7.—Hansen, B. R. The sequelae of otitis in children. Acta otolar, Helsin, 1944, Suppl. 51, 201-10.—Lillie, H. I. The effect of otitis media on patients previously operated on for mastoiditis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 149. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1928, 8: 183.—Tuiki, Y. Ueber die postotitischen Erkrankung. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 138. ---- Sinus thrombosis. See also subdivision (Cardiovascular system) also Dura mater, Sinus: Thrombosis; Jugular vein, Thrombosis. Gadolin, H. R. *Klinische Studien iiber die durch akute Mittelohrentziindung verursachte Sinusthrombose. 300p. 8? Helsin., 1934. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1934-35, 20: Ser. B, fasc. 2-3, No. 6. Helf, T. *Urobilinogennachweis im Harn (Ehrlichsche Aldehydreaktion) als Hilfsmittel bei Erkennung von Hirnblutleitererkrankungen im Verlauf eitriger Mittelohrentziindung. 20p. 8°. Munch., 1926. Ltjtz, F. L. *Zur Frage der Jugularisunter- bindung bei Sinusphlebitis infolge chronischer Otitis media purulenta. 54p. 8? Erlangen, 1919. Reck, H. v. *Metastase im Bulbus oculi bei Sinusthrombose im Anschluss an akute Mittel- ohreiterung. 23p. 8? Munch., 1926. Alexander. G. Otitische Phlebothrombose des Sinus trans- versa und sigmoideus, des Bulbus und der Vena jugularis an einem fiinfjahrigen Knaben bei akuter Otitis. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 705-7.—Bourgeois, H. Digression sur le traitement de la thrombo-phiebite otitique du sinus lateral. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1944, 28: 286-8.—Brindel. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral et du golfe de la jugulaire au cours d'une otite moyenne aigue suppur6e droite chez une fillette de 12 ans. Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 791-3. Also Bull. Soc. m6d. chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 382-9 — Brunner, H. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der otogenen Caverno- susphlebitis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1926, 60: 2-41.—Buch- band, M. Zur Pathologie und Klinik der fieberlosen Sinus- thrombosen bei akuter Otitis. Ibid, 1937, 71: 977-9; Disc, 980.—Bung, G. Bericht iiber die von 1903 bis 1929 an der Universitatsklinik beziehungsweise Poliklinik zu Breslau beob- achteten 175 Falle von Sinusphlebitis. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1929, 23: 509-37.—Chatellier. Au sujet des infections sinuso-jugulaires dans les oto-mastoidites. J. m6d. Paris, 1926, 45: 1034-6.—Chesnokova, K. S. [Thrombosis of the sinus in non-perforating otitis] In: Jubil. otorinolar. sborn. posv. A. N. Zimin (Novosibirsk. Inst, usoversh. vrachei) Novosibirsk, 1933, 166-8.—Continiu, A, A Bernea, L. Otite moyenne suppuree chronique droite; mastoidite compliqu6e; trombophiebite du sinus caverneux; abces orbitaires; opera- tions; gu6rison. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 693-5.—Crooks, J. Lateral sinus thrombosis due to acute mastoiditis; recovery with penicillin. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1945-46, 39: 588 — Dajani, H. W. Intracranial complications of middle ear in- flammations, jugular-bulbo-sinus thrombosis (a new treat- ment) J. Palestine Arab M. Ass, 1945-46, 1: 84-6.—Didier, G. Thrombo-phiebite des sinus chez un enfant consecutive a une otite moyenne. J. sc. m6d. Lille, 1925, 43: pt 2, 449-52 — Druse, J. G. Labyrinthitis and sinus thrombosis complicating suppuration of the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1934, 19: 671-83.—Dundas-Grant, J. Case of acute suppuration of the middle-ear with comparative absence of aural symptoms; thrombophlebitis of lateral sinus; operation; recovery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1927-28, 21: Sect. Otol, 41.—Errecart. P L. A proposito de dos casos de tromboflebitis del seno lateral por otitis media aguda. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1924, 87: Soc. otorrinolar, 15-22.—Falbe-Hansen, L Et tilfaelde af otitis media supp. ac. med sent optraedende perismu^s absces og thrombosis sin. sigm. Nord. med, 1945, 28: 2220. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1945, 33: 159.—Fallas, A. Otite purulente chronique; thrombose sinusienne; gu6rison sans ligature. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1908, 14: 86— Friihwald, H. E. Beitrag zur Pathologie und Klinik der otogenen Sinusphlebitis. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1935, 21: 394-415.—Galcsik, B. [Spon- taneous rupture of dural sinuses from infective otitis] Orv. hetil, 1938, 82: 1238-40.—Gardner, W. J. Otitic sinus throm- bosis causing intracranial hypertension. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 253-68.—Guillermin. Thrombophl6bite suppuree sinuso-jugulaire; arthrite suppur6e sterno-claviculaire du meme c6te; ablation totale de la jugulaire apres resection de I'extr6mit6 interne de la clavicule; s6rum de Vincent. Oto- rhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1935,19: 747.—Haardt, W. Spontan- rupturen des Sinus sigmoideus bei entzundlichen Erkrankungen des Mittelohres. Klin. Med, Wien, 1946,1:446-51—Halphen, E. Thrombo-phl6bite du sinus caverneux consecutive a une otorrh6e chronique r6chaufT6e. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1924, 30: 167-72.—Hofmann, L. Abduzensparese bei Sinus- thrombose infolge Scharlachmastoiditis. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 1256-8.—Hutchinson, K. O. Acute exacerba- tion of chronic suppurative otitis media with thrombosis of the lateral sinus in a child, treated by mastoidectomy, ligation of the internal jugular vein and sulfapyridine. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 35: 993.—Jimenez Andrades, D. Tromboflebitis fria de senos cavernosos de origen otico, en el curso de una otomastoiditis aguda, curada clinicamente con sulfamidas. Medicamenta, Madr, 1948, 6: pt 2, 45.—Klestadt, W. Zere- brale Symptomenkomplexe bei otogener Sinusphlebitis. Zschr. Laryng, 1924, 13: 83-105.—Klicpera, L. Sinusthrombosen bei chronischer Mittelohreiterung mit zentraler Perforation. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 979; Disc, 980; 1321.— Koch, F. X. Beitrage zur Jugularisunterbindung bei Sinuser- krankungen am Mittelohr. Ibid, 1938, 72:672-81.—Kopetzky. S. J. Acute and chronic otitis media and sinus thrombosis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1926, 4: 241; passim. ------ Acute and chronic otitis media, sinus thrombosis and petrosal pyramid suppuration. Ibid, 1933, 18: 344; 1934, 20: 396. ------ Purulent otitis media, sinus thrombosis and suppuration of the petrous pyramid; acute and chronic forms. Ibid, 1938, 28: 626-48.—Liebault, G. La methode de Murphy (goutte a goutte intra-rectal) dans le traitement des phlebites du sinus lateral. Rev. laryng. Par, 1917, 38: 537-46.—Lindsay, J. R. Thrombosis of intracranial venous sinuses in middle ear sup- puration. Illinois M. J, 1942, 81: 467-74.—Lopez Andrade, I, A Nacif, V. Otitis cr6nica agudizada; absceso perisinusal con trombosis parietal de seno lateral; operaci6n; curaci6n. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1940, 54: 40.—Mauthner, O. Otitis media acuta, sin.; Mastoiditis, Perisinusitis et Thrombosis; Streptococcus haemolyticus und Bact. coli im perisinuosen Eiter; Jugularisunterbindung, Thrombusausraumung; post- operativer zerebraler Komplex; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1928, 62: 221.—Mayoux, R. L'6preuve de Queckenstedt en otologie; causes d'erreur; interpretation des resultats. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1929, 9: 376-81.—Neubauer, A. Nach akuter Mittelohrentziindung aufgetretene Sinusthrom- bose mit Aphasie und Hemiplegie. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1924, 3. F, 54: 361-4.—Novotny, O. Mastoiditis, Sinusthrombose, perilabyrinthare Eiterung mit meningealer Reizung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1948, 82: 186.------ Chronische Otitis, Sinusthrombose, vorgetauschter Kleinhirnabszess. Ibid, 1949, 83: 215.-—Rinaldi, R. Trombosi del seno sagittale da oto- mastoidite. Ann. laring. Tor, 1926, 27: 28-43.—Rosenwasser, H. Unusually early pleuropulmonary suppuration in sinus thrombosis; a case report. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 519-22.— Simpson, W. L. Acute suppurative otitis media with lateral sinus thrombosis and suppuration. Memphis M. J, 1942, 17: 84.—Tvermoes, V. [Case of acute otitis with thrombosis of the cavernous sinus] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh, 74—7. ---- Statistics. See also other subdivisions (Geography; in- fantile: Statistics) Plaz, L. G. v. [nee Dessloch] *Entziindliche Knochenerkrankungen; auf Grund der Beob- achtungen der Chirurgischen Universitats-Klinik Miinchen von 1928-36, Geheimrat E. Lexer. 51p. 21cm. Munch., 1941. Stern, M. *Die Otitis media chronica in den Jahren 1911-21 an der Universitats-Ohrenklinik Frankfurt a. M. [Frankfurtl p. 161-83. 8° Munch., 1926. Also Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1926, 16: Hilton, G. E. M., A Stuart, E. A. Review of cases of acute suppurative otitis media at the Royal Victoria Hospital and the Montreal General Hospital in 1940, with comparative analyses for 1937, 1938, and 1939. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 36: 443/—Kertesz, E, A Kocka, Z. [Statistical review on otitis media and its complications, observed during the last 10 years (1923-32) at the Otolaryngological Clinic of Charles IV of the University of Prague] Cas. 16k. desk, 1935, 74: 1192- 202.—Kopecky, M. [Statistical data on acute inflammation of the middle ear] Ibid, 1941, 80: 272-6.—I.arroude. C. Quatrocentos setenta casos de otites m6dias. Amatus Lusi- tanus, Lisb, 1946, 5: 288.—Paee, J. R. Report of acute in- fections of middle ear and mastoid process at Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital during 1934; their prevalence and virulence. Laryngoscope, St. Ix>uis, 1935, 45: 839-43.— Smith, D. T. Causes and treatment of otitis media; observa- tions on 205 cases occurring in 613 consecutive hospital ad- missions. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1924, 28: 1-15.—Sovak, M. [Course of inflammation of the middle ear according to observa- tions by Prof. J. Brdlik in the 1st Children's Ward for the period of one year] Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1941, 80: 333; 370. ---- Streptococcus infection. See also other subdivisions (Enterococcus; Erysipelas; Meningitis) also Streptococcosis. Alonso, J. M. Complicaciones de las otitis a estreptococo hemolitico. An. Fao. med, Montev., 1930, 15: 365-76. Also MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 200 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Rev. laryng. Par, 1930, 51: 157-63.—Bareichnikov, J. Les oto-mastoidites du streptocoque h6molytique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1932, 46-51.—Brown, E. E. Streptococcic dissociation in otitis and mastoiditis. Northwest M, 1945, 44: 311-3.— Converse, J. M. Recurrence of otitic infections due to the betahemolytic streptococcus following inadequate sulfanila- mide therapy. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol, 1939, 78-92.— Denegri, J. _Un caso de otitis media supurada cr6nica recalen- tada, complicada de mastoiditis, de septicemia otogena. de laberintitis y meningitis estreptoc6cicas, seguida de curaci6n. Rev. m6d. peru, 1933, 5: 1026-36, ch.—Eiman, J. Otitis media due to hemolytic streptococcus followed by meningitis. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 36: 964—Flake, C. G., A Carey. B. W, jr. Para-aminobenzenesulfonamide and its derivatives in the treatment of beta hemolytic streptococcus infections of the middle ear and mastoid; report of six cases in children. N. England J. M, 1937, 217:1033-8.—Hennebert, C. Septico- pyohemie k streptocoque h6molytique par thrombose suppur6e du sinus lateral au cours d'une otite purulente chronique; operation; gu6rison. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1934, 299-303.— Ingraham, N. R. Streptococcic infection of the ears. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1940. 42: 738.—Lupton, I. M. Clinical observations in the treatment of acute streptococcic otitis media during sulfanilamide therapy. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto- Ophth. Soc, 1939, 27. meet, 107-16.—Mathieu, Gilbert A Tanovarn, de. Otites a streptocoques; septic6mie; s6rum de Vincent. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 921-3. Also Arch. m6d. pharm. nav, 1936, 126: 382-93.—Mollison, W. M. Acute streptococcal infections of the middle ear. Brit. M. J, 1936, 2: 615-7. Also Lancet, Lond, 1936, 2: 274-6.—Pilot, I, Lampert. M, A Davis D. J. Otitis media and mastoiditis due to Streptococcus epidemicus. J. Infect. Dis, 1931, 48: 498- 500.—Vitale, S. Ricerche sperimentali sull'autovaccino- profilassi, l'autovaccinoterapia, la proteinoterapia aspecifica nelle otiti medie di natura streptococcica e sulla vaccinazione locale nelle riniti purulente. Gior. med. mil, 1935, 83: 749- 70.—Wirth, E. Die Virulenz hamolysierender Streptokokken im Verlaufe von akuten Otitiden und von akuten Anginen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1932-33, 30: 327-40. ---- subacute catarrhal. Petzinger, K. J. S. v. *Ueber Wesen und Bedeutung der subakuten Mittelohrentziindung. 21p. 8? Konigsb., 1928. Hlavacek, V. [Recovery in a case of subacute otitis with localized cerebral symptoms] Cas. 16k. cesk, 1930, 69: 1041- 5.-—Hopmann, E. Subakute einfache Mittelohrentziindung, Labyrinthentziindung, Sequester des Promontoriums, Heilung. Zschr. Laryng, 1926-27, 15: 165.—Krassnig, M. Beitrag zur Therapie subakut verlaufender Mittelohrentziindungen. Mschr, Ohrenh, Wien, 1931, 65: 478-80.—Robison, J. M. Subacute catarrhal otitis media and mastoiditis with effusion; a symptom and a clinical entity. South. M. J, 1942, 35: 815-25.—Yates, A. L. Subacute otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1931, 2: 647-50. ---- sclerosing. See also other subdivisions (adhesive; dry; hyperplastic) also Middle ear, Osteoma [incl. calcification] Malherbe, A. Technique de l'61ectroionisation transtym- panique dans l'otite ost6o-spongieuse. Bull. m6d. Par, 1928, 42: 1193-5.—Meyer, M. Ueber Verkalkung und Knochen- bildung im Mittelohr bei chronischer Mittelohrentziindung. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1926, 15: 471.—Vila i Adal, L. Otitis esclerosants. Ann. med, Barcel, 1933, 27: 165-7. ---- suppurative. See also other subdivisions (cholesteatomatous; chronic; Empyema; Otorrhea) Bolotte, M. L'otite moyenne suppuree chronique. p. 65-129. 8? Par., 1928. In: Arch. m6d. pharm. mil, 1928, 88: Bozer, H. E. *Chronic suppurative otitis media [Minnesota] 18 1. 27y2cm. Rochester, 1922. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1923, 32: 277-84. Onillon, A. *De l'automatisme ambulatoire dans l'otite chronique moyenne suppuree. 86n 8? Par., 1926. Robledo Haro, J. de J. *Estado actual en los estudios de las otitis medias cr6nicas su- puradas. 121p. 22}4cm. Mex., 1949. Amarante, R. Otite media supurada cronica. Hora med, Rio. 1940, No. 29, 19-23.—Andrews, A. H. Otitis media pu- rulenta chronica. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, 1939, 5: 330-4, pi.—Atkins, W. L. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Tristate M. J, 1932, 4: 927-9.—Biehl, K. Die eitrige Mit- telohrentziindung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 283-90.— Bishop, F. J. Fundamentals of otitic suppuration. Med. Soc Rep, Scranton, 1941, 35: No. 8,14.—Boies, L. R. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1945, 54: 265- 82.—Brown, L. G. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: 746. Also Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2: 1025.— Buzoianu, G. [Otitis media suppurativa acuta et chronica in medical practice] Cluj. med, 1935, 16: 511-8.—Cheridjian. Otite purulente chronique. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom, 1938, 58: 608.—Clay, J. V. F. The chronic suppurating ear. Hahneman. Month, 1925, 60: 553-7.—Cullom, M. M. Chronic purulent otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 46: 137-52. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, 36: 422-8.—Culpin, E. Chronic middle ear suppuration. Brit. M. J, 1947, 1: 312.—D'Alo Salerno, E. A infeccao no ouvido m6dio. Rev. brasil. oto- rinolar, 1945, 13: 33-48.—Dean, L. W, jr. Chronic purulent otitis media and chronic mastoiditis. In: Modern Med Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait, 1940, 3: 3542-4.—Downey, J. W., Jr. Chronic suppurative otitis media (observations regarding its prevention; the examination and treatment) West Virginia M. J, 1934, 30: 97-106.—Errecart. P. L. Supuraci6n de ofdo medio. Dia m6d, B. Air, 1931, 4: 53.—Foster, W.J. Chronic suppuration of the middle ear. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1932, 22: 167-70.—Gallaher, C. Otitis media, chronic, suppurative. Bull. Pottawatomie Co. M. Soc, 1947, 10: No. 2, 6-8.— Ganzel, A. W. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Eclect. M. J, 1930, 90: 746-52.—Gardiner, C. A. A clinical report of two cases of suppuration of the middle ear. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, 1902, 23. sess, 345.—Hayes, G. H. Chronic aural sup- puration. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1934, 20: 379.—Hitschler, W. J, A Vastine, M. F. A study of chronic suppurative otitis media at the Pennsylvania School for the Deaf. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 226-42.—Hompes, 3. 3. Chronic purulent otitis media. Nebraska M. J, 1941, 26: 398-401.—Jenrich. LTeber chronische Mittelohreiterungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1943, 69: 225-7.—Large, S. H. Foreign clinics [chronic sup- purative otitis media] Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1929, 34: 352.—Lawson, L. J. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 38: 550-60—Mercaldo, H. O problema das otites purulentas. Fol. m6d, Rio, 1930, 11: 121-4.—Morrison, W. Present day conceptions of chronic suppurative otitis media. N. York Physician, 1941, 16: No. 5, 24-7. ------ A modern conception of the pathology, diag- nosis and treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 5-21.—Nothenberg, O. J. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Illinois M. J, 1926, 50: 337-41.— Palit, A. N. Suppuration of the middle ear; its causes, symp- toms, diagnosis and treatment. Ind. M. Gaz, Calc, 1927, 62: 19-23.—Peters, A. L. Suppurative otitis media. N. Orleans M. A S. J, 1934, 87: 90-2.—Poos, E. E. Chronic suppurations of the middle ear. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1934, 13: 103-5.—Rambo, G. S. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Clin. Osteopath, 1940, 36: 322-33.—Shambaugh, G. E. A discussion of some of the clinical problems of chronic suppura- tive otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 593-9. ------ The clinical problems of chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1930, 20: 132-9. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1930, 12: 753-9.—Shambaugh, G. E, jr. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Med. Rec, Houston, 1938, 32: 623-7.—Simpson, W. L. Suppurative otitis media. Ibid, 1941, 35: 896-905.—Smith, J. A. Chronic purulent otitis media. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1932, 21: 190-3.—Stark, W. B. Clinical classification of chronic suppurative diseases of the middle ear. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 609.—Straus, G. D. Some practical aspects of chronic suppurative otitis media. Wisconsin M. J, 1942, 41: 214-6.—Tobey, G. L, jr. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1930, 20: 140-9.—Voorhees, I. W. Chronic purulent otitis media. Med. World, N. Y, 1947, 65: 390.—Welty. C. F. Chronic suppuration of the middle ear. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1924, 12: 101-7.—Wieder, H. S. Suppurative otitis media and mastoiditis; instructive cases. Med. Times, N. Y, 1930, 58: 134-6.—Williams, H. L. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Minnesota M, 1937, 20: 85-90. Also Pennsylvania M. J, 1944-45, 48: 1159-61.—Young, S. Some aspects of otitis media suppurativa. Glasgow M. J, 1925, 103: 293-301. ---- suppurative, acute. Andrews, A. H. Suppurative otitis media; otitis media purulenta acuta. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, 1939, 5: 325-30, pi.—Asherson, N. Acute suppurative otitis media. Clin. J, Lond, 1932, 61: 500; 509; 519.—Connor, C. E. Acute suppurative otitis media, a reconsideration. Minnesota M, 1943, 26: 257-63.—Dempeey, P. Acute otitis media suppu- rativa. Irish J. M. Sc, 1927, 6. ser, 585.—Fawcett, I. Early diagnosis and treatment of acute purulent otitis media. West Virginia M. J, 1926, 21:405.—Glatt. M. A. Acute suppurative otitis media and mastoiditis. Illinois M. J, 1939, 76: 254-8.— Howe, A. W. Acute suppurative otitis media. Northwest M, 1926, 25: 33-5.—Loper, A. N. Acute purulent inflamma- tion of the middle ear. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1897, 29: 352-6.—Mackenzie, A. V. Acute middle ear suppuration. Med. World, 1939, 57: 241-4.—Maxwell, J. H, A Brownell, D. H. Acute suppurative otitis media; a statistical study of 1,514 cases, of which 896 were surgical. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1940, 49: 973-90.—Olaison, F. [Seasonal variations in the frequency of acute, suppurative otitis] Nord. med, 1939, 3: 2873.—Oppegaard, C. L. Acute suppurative otitis media and mastoiditis. Minnesota M, 1937, 20: 576-9.—Parada, M. Otitis media supurativa aguda parcial y otitis media supurativa aguda difusa, tabicada secundariamente. Rev. chilena oto- rinolar, 1936-37, 1: 26-8.—Patterson, N. Acute suppurative MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 201 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION otitis media and mastoiditis; some remarks on diagnosis and treatment. Practitioner, Lond, 1935, 135: 619-28.—Roberts, E. R. Observations in acute suppurative otitis media. La- ryngoscope, 1931, 41: 7-10.—Schmidt, V. Nogle ord om otitis media suppurativa acuta i praksis. Mskr. prakt. laegegern, Kbh, 1931, 9: 1-17. Also Nord. med. tskr, 1931, 3: 497- 504.—Smith, B. B, A Coon, E. H. A r6sum6 of our cases of acute purulent otitis media; for the first 6 months of 1931. Med. Times, N. Y, 1932, 60: 107.—Smith, L. S. Otitis media purulenta acuta. Med. J. A Rec, 1926, 123: 148-50.—Stuart, E. A. Acute suppurative otitis media; a review of cases en- countered during a 5 year period. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 734-48.—Szmurlo, J. Contribution a la clinique de l'otite moyenne aigue purulente des adultes. Fol. otolar. orient, 1936, 3: 19-27.—Wasowski, T. Quelques remarques sur les m6thodes auxillaires d'examen dans l'otite aigue suppur6e. Ann. otolar. Par, 1937, 690-2.—Weaver, D. W. Acute purulent otitis media. Eye Ear Ac Month, 1933, 12: 33. ---- suppurative: Bacteriology. See under subdivision Bacteriology. ---- suppurative: Complication. See also other subdivisions (Complications, etc.) also Middle ear, Myiasis; Middle-ear drum- head, Rupture. Tang, F. J. J. *Chronische Mittelohreiterung und Hirntumor [Berlin] 45p. 8? Charlot- tenb., 1930. Biehl, K. Woran erkennt man Komplikationen nach eitriger Mittelohrerkrankung? In: Wien. med. Seminar, Wien, 1927, 353-6.—Bondy. G. Die Gefahren der Stapesluxation bei bestehender Mittelohreiterung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 557-63.—Brinck. Hipertension intracraneana en un sifilitico con otitis cronica supurada. Rev. m6d. Chile, 1926, 54: 555.—Brunzlow. Ein ungewohnlicher Fall von Kuppelraumeiterung. Hals Ac. Arzt, 1939, 30: 149.—Burri, C. Di alcune compiicanze dell'otite media purulenta. Riv. chir, Como, 1925, 4: 97-109.—Cahill, H. P, Fred, G. B, A Drooker, J. C. Chronic suppurative otitis media on the right with com- plications. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1940, 31: 555.—D'Agostino, N. Le otiti purulente nei soggetti con tubercolosi polmonare. Gior. tisiol, 1938, 11: 117-24.—Fonvielle. Un cas d'h6mor- ragie du sinus lateral par la caisse et le conduit auditif externe au cours d'une otite movenne chronique suppur6e. Arch. internat. laryng. Par, 1929, 35: 313-^5.—Gerrie, J. Acute exacerbation, chronic suppurative otitis media, left, with temporo-sphenoidal abscess. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 704.—Gooch, J. O., Simonton, K. M. Diagnosis of complica- tions of chronic suppurative otitis media; report of case. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1947, 22: 519-24.—Hofer, G, A Motloch, T. Ueber otogene Komplikationen bei Schleimhauteiterungen des Mittelohres. Oesterr. Arzt, 1936, 3: 252.—Hubby, L. M. A brief consideration of complications of purulent otitis. Med. J. A Rec, 1932, 136: 330-3.—Jimenez Andrades, D. Profilaxis de las complicaciones endocraneales de las otitis medias puru- lentas cronicas. Med. A cir. guerra, 1946, 8: No. 14, 37.— Joubert, L. de G. Les dangers de l'otite moyenne suppur6e chronique, au point de vue fonctionnel et vital. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1938, 7:32; 129.—Kopetzky, S. J. Acute and chronic suppurative otitis media including acute infection of the blood stream. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925, 2: 271-81.—Lederer, F. L. The suppurating ear with particular reference to the early evaluation of otogenic complications. Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1942, 4: 121-32.—MacCready, P. B. Complications of suppurative otitis media, systemic and intracranial. In: Pract. Libr. M. A S, N. Y, 1937, 11: 516-42.—Martin, R. C„ Danno, D., A Skelly, J. F. Suppurative otitis media and its complications. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 37: 727-36 — Richter, H. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie des Ohres; operative Luxation des ankylosierten Stapes bei chronischer Mittelohreiterung mit entzundlichem Granulom und doppel- seitiger Otosklerose; labyrinthogene Meningitis. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1935, 139: 181-8.—Sargnon A Bruas. Otite sup- puree ancienne; cure radicale; d6g6n6rescence n6oplasique 6pith61iomateuse. Ann. otolar. Par, 1938, 655-8. Also Lyon m6d, 1938, 161: 486-90.—Smith, R. C. Complications of suppurative inflammation of the middle ear. Wisconsin M. J, 1925-26, 24: 125-9.—Stewart, J. P. Chronic suppurative disease of the middle ear and its complications. Med. Press A Circ, Dubl, 1935, 191: 454-7. ------A Fraser, J. S. The mastoid, labyrinthine, and intracranial complications of chronic suppurative otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1930, 45: 111; passim.—Unterberger, S. Acht Tage alte Otitis media pur. mit septischen Temperaturen; doppelseitige Mastoidektomie. trotzdem Weiterbestehen des septischen Krankheitsbildes, Heilung nach Bluttransfusion. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 689.—Usset, A. L. Chronic purulent otitis media and its complications. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 441-3.—Vila-Abadal. L. Sintomatologfa sintetica de las complicaciones graves en la otitis media supurada. Ars. medica, Barcel, 1928, 4: 26. ---- suppurative: Diagnosis. Gaston, A. La ponction occipito-atloidienne dans les com- plications de l'otite moyenne suppur6e. Arch, internat. laryn,, 824787—vol. 11, 4th series—■—14 Par, 1929, 35: 385-401.—Mackenzie, G. W. The diagnosis of chronic middle ear suppuration. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1926, 19: 1-5.—Quix, F. H. [Case of chronic suppurative otitis with symptoms of a tumor of the auditory nerve] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt 2, 1695-7.—Unterberger, S. Diagnostik und Behandlung der akuten Mittelohreiterung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1944, 57: 198-201.—Walthall, T. J. Differential diagnosis in operative and nonoperative purulent otitis media chronic. Texas J. M, 1926-27, 22: 13-6.—Wasowski, T. Osservazioni sui metodi ausiliari d'indagine nell'otite media suppurata. Rinasc. med, 1937, 14: 7. ---- suppurative: Etiology. See also subdivision (traumatic) also Middle ear, Foreign bodies. Baer, M. Chronische Mittelohreiterung und Vitamin C. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 394.—Bourgeois, H. Sur les causes de la chronicite des otites suppur6es. J. m6d. fr, 1924. 13: 381-3.—Cheatle, A. H. [Chronic middle ear sup- puration; its etiology and prevention] Svensk. lak. tidn, 1923, 19: 505-15.—Chimani, F. Chronische Mittelohreiterung und Vitamin C, experimentelle Untersuchungen Uber C- Vitamin und Mittelohrschleimhaut. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1939, 73: 123-39.—Cornelli, G. Ricerche sperimentali sulla reazione anacorica nell'orecchio medio e sulla sua possibile ripercussione nella patogenesi delle otiti medie purulente. Arch. ital. otol, 1935, 47: 834-63.—Cullom, M. M. Etiology of middle ear suppuration. South. M. J, 1930, 23: 1091-7 — Garcia Tapia, A. Otitis cr6nica supurada en una nifia que tenia estenosis cicatrizal del conducto auditivo externo. In his Antologia, Madr, 1945-46, 2: 78-80.—Halphen A Breton. Fracture longitudinale du rocher compliqu6e secondairement de paralysie faciale et d'otite moyenne suppur6e; int6r6t de la radiographic; probleme therapeutique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1939, 687-90.—Motta, R. Le otiti purulente nei tubercolotici. Ann. Ist. Carlo Forlanini, 1937, 1: No. 2, 94.—Mouret, J, A Portmann, G. La structure anatomique de I'oreille moyenne et son influence sur le cours des suppurations de I'oreille. Rev. laryng. Par, 1928, 49: 556; 595.—Nicolas, J., A Chanial, G. Lesions suppur6es de I'oreille datant de 7 mois; corps etranger probable. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1935, 42: 678. ---- suppurative: Pathology. See also subdivision (Infectious focus) Boland, J. Zur Histopathologic der serosen und eitrigen Entziindungen der Mittelohrraume. Med. Korbl. Wurttem- berg, 1932, 102: 367.—Druss, J. G. R61e which the epidermis plays in suppurations of the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 17: 484-502.—Karpov, N. A. [The nervous component in otitis media suppurativa] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 45: 123-32.—Keen, J. A. Some points in the pathology of chronic middle-ear suppuration. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1928, 43: 574- 9.—Kopetzky, S. J. Clinical application of physiology and histopathology to the study of suppurative lesions of the midde ear. In: Pract. Libr. M. A S, N. Y, 1937, 11: 443-58.— Mouret, J, A Portmann, G. La structure anatomique de I'oreille moyenne et son influence sur le cours des suppurations de I'oreille. Rev. laryng. Par, 1928, 49: 555.—Rips, S. L. [Effect of increased atmospheric pressure on the ear in chronic, suppurative inflammation of the tympanic region] Vest. otorinolar, 1939, No. 3,10-3. ------ O histopatologicheskikh izmeneniiakh vo vnutrennem ukhe zhivotnykh pri khroniche- skom gnoinom vospalenii barabannoi polosti. Ibid, 1946, 8: 30-3.-—Rodger, T. R. Muco-purulent tubo-tympanic infec- tions. Brit. M. J, 1934, 2: 544-8.—Soubiron, N. v., A Bisi, R. H. Clasificaci6n de las otitis medias cr6nicas supuradas. Comun. Congr. sudamer. otorrinolar. (1944) 1945, 2. Congr, 2: 127-37.—-Yamamoto, Y. Zikken-teki kano-sei tyuzien ni okeru kotu-byohen ni tuite [bony changes in experimental suppurative otitis media] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 98-101. ---- suppurative: Surgery. See also subheading Surgery; also Middle ear, Surgery. Szterenfeld, S. *L'aspiration prolongee; traitement de l'otite moyenne aigue suppuree. 52p. 8? Par., 1934. Aboulker, H. La trepanation a distance de I'oreille qui suppure; trepanation temporale au occipitale sous anesthesie locale; methode g6n6rale de diagnostic et de traitement de toutes les complications intra-durales des otites. Presse m6d, 1928, 36: 1546.—Amersbach, K. Neuere Bestrebungen in der chirurgischen Behandlung chronisch eitriger M ittelohrprozesse. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 19: H. 11, 25-34. Also Beitr. arztl. Fortbild, 1929, 7: 72. ------A Melzer. Zur Frage der konservativen Operation bei chronisch eitrigen Mittelohr- prozessen. Zschr. Laryng, 1928-29, 17: 451-5— Babbitt, J. A. A modified attic drainage in chronic suppurative otitis media; preliminary report. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 348-59. ------ Surgery in chronic middle-ear infection. Ann. Surg, 1935, 101: 407-10. Also in Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila, 1935, 407-10.—Brown, L. G. Chronic suppurative otitis media; modified radical operation. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1937-38, 31: 343.—Cornelli, G. II trattamento post- MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 202 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION operatorio dello svuotamento petrotimpanico; operazione radicale per otite media purulenta cronica. Atti Accad. med. lombardo, 1940, 29: 225-8.—Daggett, W. I. Operative treat- ment of chronic suppurative otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1949, 63: 635-46, 3 pi.—Davidson, J. P. Operative treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle ear. Tr. Tristate M. Ass. Carolinas A Virginia, 1905, 7: 317-23.— Frey, H. Wann miissen Mittelohreiterungen operiert werden? Ars medici, Wien, 1933, 23: 679-84. Also Ars medici (Am. M. Ass. Vienna) Wien, 1934, 12: 99-103.—Hempstead, B. E. Operative procedure in chronic suppurative otitis media with mastoiditis. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 615-7.—Hill, F. T. Ossiculectomy in the treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1942, 32: 111-25. Also Laryngo- scope, 1942, 52: 514-21. Also Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 37: 134-6 (Abstr.)—Jenkins, G. J. Operative treatment of chronic middle ear suppuration. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1926-27, 5: 25-30. ------ Scott, S. R. [et al.] Discussion on operative treatment of chronic middle-ear suppuration. Brit. M. J, 1925, 2: 1109-15.—Joseph, L. Die Indikationen zu den opera- tiven Eingriffen bei den akuten und chronischen Mittelohreite- rungen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kindesalters. Klin. Wschr, 1930, 9: 841-3.—Kramm, H. Zur Atticotomie bei akuten Eiterungen. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1940, 148: 348-50.—Lempert, J. Lempert endaural subcortical mas- toidotympanectomy for the cure of chronic persistent suppura- tive otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 49: 20-35.— Liliie, H. I. Indications for surgical interference in case of chronic suppurative otitis media with mastoiditis. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 613.—Lodge, W. O. Operative treatment of chronic otitis media. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1947, 10: 197-207. incl. 3 pi.—M'Kenzie, D. Severe early symptoms an indication for opening the tympanic antrum in acute sup- puration of the middle ear. Med. Press, Lond, 1925, n. ser, 119: 315.—Madge, F. T. The results of transmastoid drainage of the middle ear for chronic suppurative otitis media in children. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1938, 53: 711-3.—Mygind, S. H, A Thornval, A. [Indications for operative treatment in otitis media suppurativa chronica] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 1-38.—Newhart, H. Indications for operative interference in middle ear suppuration. Minne- sota M, 1934, 17: 439-42.—Pratt, J. A. Our eighteenth cen- tury method of treating suppurative otitis media. J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95: 1258-61.—Reese, M. D. Ossiculectomy in the treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. Laryngo- scope, 1927, 37: 121-31.—Rentschler, H. D. Early drainage of middle ear abscess. Bull. Guthrie Clin, 1933, 2: 157-60.— Rosenhaus, D. E. [Operative treatment of chronic suppurative otitis by Heermann's method; data from the Ukrainian Oto- laryngological Institute] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1939, 16: 114-20.—Schlander, E. Akute Mittelohreiterung, Mas- toiditis, Pyramidenzelleneiterung, Operation nach Frenckner. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1949, 61: 46.—Sheridan, M. R. Chronic suppurative otitis media; its operative treatment. Brit. M. J, 1936,1:791.—Soyka.L. ZurDringlichkeitoperativerMassnah- men bei akuter Mittelohreiterung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 956.—Sutphen, E. B. The question of operation in acute purulent otitis media. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1929, 26: 209-11.— Tumarkin, A. Transmeatal attico-antrotomy in chronic tympanomastoid suppuration. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1946-47, 40: 761-72.—Weill, G. A. L'aspiration dans le traitement de l'otite moyenne aiguS suppur6e. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1930, 14: 384-7— Wood, V. V. Early and late operation for acute suppuration of the middle ear and temporal bone. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass, 1935, 41: 58-70. ---- suppurative: Treatment. See also subdivision (Otorrhea: Treatment) Morales Miranda, E. *Contribuci6n al estudio del tratamiento de las otitis medias cr6nicas supuradas [Chile] 59p. 26%cm. Nufioa, 1938. Rtjbio, D. *La otomastoiditis supurada; su tratamiento. 79p. 21J4cm. Guadalajara, 1905. Teixeira Bastos, F. G. *Otite m^dia pu- rulenta e scu tratamento. 47p. 8? Lisb., 1889. Birdsall, S. E. The treatment of suppurative otitis media. Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1946, 22:144-6.—Blalock, A, A Crowe, S. J. The treatment of chronic middle ear suppuration. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1925. 1: 267-71.—Brown, L. G. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: 986-90. Also Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 492-3.—Buev. P. D. [Treatment of suppurative chronic otitis] Kazan. med. J, 1941, 37: No. 2, 53-60.—Buzoianu, G. V. [Treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle ear] Romania med, 1931, 9: 39.—Coates, G. M. The treatment of chronic running ears, or chronic suppurative otitis media. Ohio M. J, 1931, 27: 128-33.—Day, K. M. The treatment of chronic sup- purative otitis media. Pennsylvania M. J, 1934-35, 38: 505-7.'—Dean, L. W. Therapy of otitis media suppurativa chronica. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, 1902, 20: 396-421.—Del Villar, R. Terap6utica moderna de las otomastoiditis. Acta m6d. hidalg, Pachuca, 1949, 2: 180-8.—Dietl, E. L. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1947, 40: 434-6.—Gilliland, O. S. Treatment of ear suppurations. Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc, 1935, 11: No. 5, 11-3 — Grain, R. L'otite moyenne chronique suppur6e et son traite- ment. Bull. Soc. m6d. Paris, 1938, 771-7. Also J. m6d. Paris, 1939 59: 349.—Gratiot, H. B. The treatment of acute sup- purative otitis media. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, 1902, 20: 422-9 — Harris, R. A treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol, 1937, 140-3. ------ A clinical note on the treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1938, 44: 370.—Hassan Bey Shaheen. Treatment of middle ear suppuration. Brit. M. J, 1929,1:643.—Hernandez Gonzalo, P. Las supuraciones cronicas del ofdo medio; concepto practico de su tratamiento. Villaclara m6d, S. Clara, 1941, 9: 159-69— Horn, J. The conservative treatment of chronic otitis media purulenta; pre- liminary report. Med. J. A Rec, 1927, 125: 721-3—HybaSek, J. [Chronic suppurative otitis and its treatment] Cas. 16k. desk, 1933, 72: 973-5.—Joiner, W. E. The treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1926, 2: 53-5.—Jones, C. C. Treatment of acute suppurative otitis media. Cincinnati J. M, 1925-26, 5: 336-41— Kono, K, A Nomura, S. Zi-sei kano-sei nomaku-en tiken rei [ex- perience in treatment ...] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 396-401.— Lawson, L. J. Chronic suppurative otitis media; a revision of therapeutic practice. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1943, 306-20.—Liilie, H. I. Treatment of acute and chronic sup- purative otitis media. Tr. Am. M. Ass, Sect. Lar. Otol, 1940, 55-61. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 506-8.—Lindsay, 3. R. Recent progress in management of acute suppuration of the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 39: 492-7.—Lurier, M. S. K klinike atipichnogo techeniya srednikh gnoinykh otitov i ikh oslozhnenii. Vest, otorinolar, 1948, No. 4, 21- 31.—McEImeel, E. F. Some experiences in the treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Minnesota M, 1946, 29: 1003.—Maduro, R. Etat actuel du traitement des suppura- tions chroniques de I'oreille. Sem. h6p. Par, 1949, 25: 947- 51.—Malhotra, S. N. Suppurative otitis media, treatment. Antiseptic, Madras, 1934, 31: 954-6.—Nager. F. Ueber die chronischen Mittelohreiterungen, ihre Behandlung und ihre Komplikationen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1927, 57: 301.— Owen, F. S. Some remarks upon the treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle ear. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1897, 29: 313-21.—Phillips, J. R. The management of chronic sup- purative otitis media. N. Orleans M. A S. J, 1940-41, 93: 93-5.—Rodger, T. R. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1933, 48: 525-34.—Ryan, M. J. Acute suppurative otitis media and its management. Kansas City M. J, 1941, 17: No. 6, 17-21.—Schlittler, E. Ueber die Behandlung der akuten und chronischen Mittelohreiterung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1932, 62: 1149-52.—Schmidt, V. [Treatment of otitis media suppurativa acuta] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 1018-22.—Sellers, L. M. Management of chronic suppurative tympanomastoiditis. Texas J. M, 1948-49, 44: 378-81.—Shambaugh, G. E. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 364-8.—Shambaugh, G. E, jr. End results in the treat- ment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Illinois M. J, 1939, 75: 180-3.—Tobey, G. L., jr. Treatment of chronic sup- purative otitis media. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 509-16.—Volfkovich, M. I. Lechenie khronicheskogo gnoinogo otita. Sovet. med, 1948, 12: No. 11, 24-6 — Voorhees, I. W. The treatment of suppurating ear. Med. World, 1945, 63: 213-5.—Wells, A. G. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Practitioner, Lond, 1942, 148: 334-41.—-Williams, H. L. Classification and management of chronic suppurative otitis media. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 346-52.—Zak, N. V. [Treatment of suppuration of the ear] Mosk. M. J, 1924, 4: pt 2, 47-9. ---- suppurative: Treatment: Antibiotics. Collins, E. G, A Hughes, K. E. A. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media by the local application of penicillin and other drugs. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1944, 59: 81-95.—Conley, J. J. Treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media with penicillin. Arch. Otolar, 1945, 42: 374-7.— Dunn, R. E. Penicillin in the treatment of discharge from the middle ear. Med. J. Australia, 1947, 1: 289-93—Eidel- stein, S. I. Lechenie gnoinykh srednikh otitov nativnym streptomicinom. Vest, otorinolar, 1947, No. 6, 21-6.— Friedberg, S. A. Chemotherapy and use of antibiotics in combating aural suppuration. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1947, 74: 631-5.-—Gershanovich, N. L. Mestnoe primenenie penicillina pri khronicheskikh gnoinykh otitakh i khronicheskikh vos- paleniiakh Haimorovoi polosti. Vest, otorinolar, 1947, No. 4, 24-7. Also Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1947, 4: 271-3.—Harris, H. W., Kilham, L„ A Finland, M. _ Local streptomycin therapy for suppurative otitis; bacteriologic and clinical observations. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 49: 69-77.—Hinge. J, A Menck- Thygesen, P. On penicillin treatment of otitis media sup- purativa. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, 36: 333-9.—Holt, J. B, A Snell, F. B. Streptomycin used in the treatment of sup- purative otitis media; a preliminary report. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 169-72.—lokheles, Z. J. [Experimental treatment of chronic purulent otitis with gramicidin] Vest. otorinolar, 1945, No. 3, 32.—Kamio, T. Kano-sei tyQzieD ni tai-suru penicillin tekiyo ni tuite. Tokyo izi sinsi, 1948, 65: 41.—Koll &r, D. K6z6pfulgyulladasok kezelese dobiiregi penicil- lin-toltessel. Otorhinolar. danub, 1947-48, 1: 179.— Loeb, MIDDLE-BAR INFLAMMATION 203 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION W. J. Penicillin ear drops in the treatment of suppurative otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 586-92.—Lundon, A. E. Streptomycin by topical application in treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Ibid, 1948, 48: 418-29.— Nakamura, S, Kosaka, S, A Naganuma, K. Tyuzi-en ni taisuru penicillin no domyaku tyusya ryoho [... with penicillin by intra-arterial injection] Zibiinkoka, 1948, 20: 233-9.— Rendu, R. Arr6t imm6diat sous l'influence de la p6nicilline d'une suppuration d'oreille datant de 3 mois. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 541.-—Streptomycin therapy in chronic sup- purative otitis media. Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1948, 3: No. 6, 23-6.—Szolcsanyi, J. A penicillin dobiiregi alkalmazasa genyes koz6pfulgyullacUisokban. Otorhinolar. danub, 1947- 48, 1: 179.—Weinstein, L, A Atherton, H. B. The treatment of acute suppurative otitis media with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 129: 503-8.—Young, A, A Hall, I. S. Penicillin treatment in acute suppurative otitis media with special reference to long-term hearing. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 551-6. ---- suppurative: Treatment: Drugs. Emmantjelli, F. *Emploi des sulfamides dans les otites suppurees. 35p. 25cm. Marseille, 1939. Litty, H. *Die Behandlungsergebnisse mit Cumasina-Praparaten bei chronischen Mit- telohreiterungen [Konigsberg] 16p. 8? Giiters- loh-Westf., 1937. Morsak, L. *Ueber die Behandlung von chronischen Mittelohreiterungen mit Spuman Argentum nitricum. 24p. 8? Miinch. [1930?] Antommattei, A. Tratamiento de la supuracion cronica del oido por la insuflaci6n de la sulfanilamida. Bol. As. m6d. Puerto Rico, 1942, 34: 281.—Avrunev, I. Z. [Treatment of non-complicated suppurative otitis with streptocid] Vest. otorinolar, 1939, No. 5, 79-83.—Bager, C. C. [Experiences with chemotherapeutic treatment of acute suppuration of the middle ear] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 1091-3 [Treatment of acute suppuration of the middle ear with sulfa- pyridin and acetylsuHapyridin] Ibid, 1941, 103: 878.— Bowers, W. C. Observations on 793 cases of acute purulent otitis media; with chemotherapy in 396 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 178-81.—Brown, E. A., A Owen, W. E. Treatment of chronic purulent otitis media with glycerite of hydrogen peroxide. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 605-12.—Christoph, C. H. Treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media with iodine powder. Illinois M. J, 1937, 71: 176-9.—Curtin, J. F. Chemotherapy in acute otitis media and mastoiditis. Min- nesota M, 1941, 24: 1063-6.—Falbe-Hensen, I., A Becker- Christensen, P. Om sulfonamidbehandling af den acute suppurative otitis media med saerligt henblik paa otitis hos b0rn; 658 tilfaelde af otitis. Ugeskr. laeger, 1944, 106: 163-7. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 209-20—Fletcher, R. Chronic purulent otitis media; its treatment with iodin powder (Sulzberger) California West. M, 1933, 39: 32-4.—Foster, H. Dry treatment of suppurative otitis media with (Sulzberger) iodine powder. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1931, 24: 1282-5 — Fotiade, V. Traitement des otites moyennes suppur6es et catarrhales par la solution de Calot. Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 1041-8. Also Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1925, 31: 1038-46. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1926, 60: 171-8 — Gromov, V. [Results in treatment of chronic, suppurative otitis with granulin] Vest, otorinolar, 1941, No. 3, 69-73 — Gnttman, M. R. Chronic otorrhea; its response to Calot's solution. Illinois M. J, 1927, 52:143-6— Hirst, O. C. Treat- ment of acute suppurative otitis media; does douching of the ear spread infection to the mastoid cells? Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1939, 30: 755-61.—Howard, R. C. Allergy to argyrol in a patient with chronic purulent otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 215-8.—Hubbard, T. The ether treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1924,16: 647-52. Also Laryngoscope, 1924, 34: 941-4.—Hubert, C. Role des traitement sulfamides dans la therapeutique des suppurations auriculaires et de leure complications. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon. 1939, 23: 236-41. Also Rev. laryng, Bord, 1939, 60: 405-10.—Jessiman, J. B. Chemotherapy and conservatism in acute suppurative otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 399- 401.—J^rgensen, A. [Treatment of acute suppurative otitis media with alcohol irrigation] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 1022-7. Also Pract. otorhinolar, Basel, 1939, 2: 261-75 — Joseph, L. Muzidanspiilungen bei chronischen Mittelohreite- rungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1924, 50: 1335.—Kline, O. R. The conservative treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media; efficacy of iodin dusting powder in the local therapy. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 976-91, ch— Lederman, M. D. The nonsurgical dry treatment of chronic suppurative otitis with iodine powder (Sulzberger) Ibid, 1930, 40: 397-417. —— Twenty years' experience with iodine powder (Sulzberger) in the conservative treatment of aural and nasal suppuration. Ibid, 1937, 47: 110-25.—Lindsay, J. R. Chemotherapy in the treatment of complications of acute suppuration of the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 327-30; Disc, Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 599-601.—McAuliffe, G. B. A contribution to the efficacy of ether in the treatment of suppurative otitis media. Med. J. A Rec, N. Y, 1926, 123: 503.—McKenzie, D. Case showing the influence of insulin upon acute suppuration of the middle ear in a glycosuric patient. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: Sect. Otol, 65.—Maness, G. M. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media with iodine powder. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1932, 25: 445-9.—Maxwell, J. H. The sulfonamide drugs in the treatment of acute suppurations in the middle ear and mastoid. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1942, 74: 573-7.—Miller, M. E. Treatment of acute suppurative otitis media by local sulfonamide therapy; a report of 84 cases. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1944, 37: 11.—Osada, K. Ueber den Ein- fluss der autonomen Nervengifte auf die Ohrenausflussmenge bei eitriger Mittelohrentziindung. Zschr. Otorhinolar, Tokyo, 1938, 44: 77.-—Owen, W. E. The treatment of chronic purulent otitis media with glycerite of hydrogen peroxide. Laryngo- scope, 1949, 59: 1030-5.—Pieri, P. F. II sulfamitol-1 e il sulfamitol-2 nelle affezioni purulente dell'orecchio. Ann. laring. Tor, 1948, 47: 25-30.—Reis, W. M. dos. Tratamento das otites m6dias suppuradas cronicas pelos corpos espumantes. Fol. med, Rio, 1937, 18: 179-84. Also Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1937, 5: 223-36. Also Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1937, 71: 930- 40.—Riccitelli, E, A Franchini, Y. El liquido de Calot en el tratamiento de las otitis medias supuradas cronicas. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1926, 33: pt 2, 496-8.—Rossi, E. Die Sulfone in der Behandlung der Otitis purulenta perforata des Kindes. Praxis, Bern, 1947, 36: 597-600.—Salaris, E. Sono pericolose, o dannose, o da raccomandarsi le irrigazioni nelle otiti medie purulente? Arch. ital. otol, 1937, 49: 115-24.—Seal, J. C. Chronic otorrhea; remarkable results with the use of Calot's solution. Eye Ear Ac Month, 1928, 7: 501-3—Schmidt, V. Treatment of acute suppurative otitis media by syringing with alcohol. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1935, 50: 594-9. »Also Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1936, 142: 37-42. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 465. Also Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1936-37, 40: 503. The treatment of patients with otitis media sup- purativa acuta; especially with regard to the value of alcohol syringing. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1939, 27: 136-46—Sharp, V. R. Sulphapyridine in suppurative otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 211.—Sidling, P. Propamidinbehandling af otitis med. supp. chron. og af sinuitis maxillaris. Nord. med, 1946, 31: 1831-4.—Stevenson, R. S. The treatment of chronic aural suppuration with iodine powder. Brit. M. J, 1933, 1: 95-7.—Torrigiani, C. A. La cura insulinica nelle suppurazioni auricolari a decorso subacuto. Ann. laring. Tor, 1936, 36: 18-32.—Ushakov, A. A. [Bactericide treatment of otorrhea] Vet. otorinolar, 1939, No. 1, 117-9.—Vaidya, D. N. Suppura- tion of the middle ear treated with urea solution. Ind. M. Gaz, 1942, 77: 150.—Wonsowski, T. Ueber die Calotsche Losung bei der eitrigen Mittelohrentziindung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien 1927. 61:921-3. suppurative: Treatment: Insufflation. Schultz, A. *Ist der Katheterismua (Luft- dusche) bei der akuten Otitis media purulenta wegen einer komplizierenden Mastoiditis in- diziert oder kontraindiziert? [Bern] 22p. 8°. Luzern, 1905. Birkholz. Versuch, eine historisch gewordene konservative Behandlung chronischer Mittelohreiterungen durch neue Indikationsstellung wieder einzufuhren; Tubenbehandlung nach Schwartze-Politzer. Med. Klin, Berl, 1927, 23: 87-90.— Ermolaev, P. I. [Effect of gaseous chlorine on the course of suppurative otitis] Tr. Nauch. inst. fiziol, 1934, 1: 497-500.— Khatenever, A. M. [Effect of chlorination on the course and microflora of suppurative otitis] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 1, 74-83.—Mossbock, F. Die Behandlung chronischer Schleimhauteiterungen des Mittelohres mit Chlorgas. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 76. ------ Die Behandlung chro- nischer Mittelohre:terungen mit Chlorgas. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1935, 38: 158-62. ---- Suppurative: Treatment: Ionization. See also subheading (Treatment: Ionization) Lacaille, A. * Valeur de l'ionisation au zinc dans le traitement des suppurations chroniques de I'oreille moyenne et des cavit6s d'eVidements. 118p. 8? Par., 1930. Nicoloff, T. *Le traitement de l'otite purulente moyenne chronique par l'ionisation de zinc. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1929. Amarante, R. C. L. Tratamento das otites m6dias sup- puradas chronicas pelos ionios de zinco. Brasil med, 1933, 47: 143-6.—Asherson, N. Zinc ionization in the treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 141-7.—Blackmar, F. B. Zinc ionization in the treatment of purulent otitis media. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1928, 17: 540-6.— Crosbie, W. E. Zinc ionization in the treatment of suppurative otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1927, 1: 918. Also Am. J. Phys. Ther, 1927-28, 4: 161.—Friel, A. R. Three cases of chronic suppurative otitis media treated by ionization. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24, 17: Sect. Otol, 83—Granberry, C. E. Zinc ionization in the treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. N. Orleans M. A S. J, 1925-26, 78: 157-9.—Harter, J. H. Zinc ionization in the treatment of suppurative otitis MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 204 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION media. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1925-26, 4: 137-9.—Hetrick. J. A. W. Zinc peroxide in the treatment of chronic sup- purative otitis media. Bull. N. York M. Coll., 1938, 1: 236- 40.—Hett. G. S., Welle. A. G, A Levick, G. M. Ionization in suppuration of the middle ear. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1929, 8: 451—4.—Lacai.le, A. Valeur de l'ionisation au zinc dans le traitement des suppurations des cavites d'6videment. Ann. otolar. Par, 1931, 667-74.—Lister, N. The results of ionic medication in chronic middle-ear suppuration. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1926, 41: 94-6.—McLaggan, J. D. The treatment of middle-ear suppuration by ionisation. Lancet, Lond, 1929, 1: 975.—McLaurin, H. L. Zinc ionization in the treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. Texas J. M, 1926-27, 22: 519-22.—Norrie, F. H. B. Indications for ionisation in chronic suppurative otitis media, with notes on the treatment of attic and antrum infections. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1928, 43: 786- 91.-—Schmidt, V. Zinc-ion-treatment of acute and chronic middle ear suppuration. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1924, 6: 568- 80, pi.—Tilley, H. The treatment of chronic suppurative otorrhoea by zinc ionization. Child, Lond, 1926-27, 17: 257-9.—Venecianova, M. S. [Treatment of chronic, sup- purative otitis of the middle ear with zinc ionophoresis] Tr. Gosud. nauch. inst. fizioter. Semashko, 1934, 2: 129-32.— Warwick, H. L. The so-called ionization treatment of sup- purative otitis media. Dallas M. J, 1927, 13: 60-3. Also Arch. Phys. Ther, 1928, 9: 152-4.—Zinoviev, P. N. [Treat- ment of suppurative otitis and hearing by iontophoresis with 1% argenti nitrici] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 6, 67-70. ---- suppurative: Treatment: Methods. Sachs, M. *Zur conservativen Behandlung der chronischen Mittelohreiterungen. 31p. 8? Lpz., 1901. Adams, W. S. The Schmidt treatment of acute suppurative otitis media. Birmingham M. Rev, 1936, 11: 33-8.—Atwood, E. A. Chronic suppurative otitis media; conservative manage- ment and treatment. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 304-10.— Banham, T. M. The conservative treatment of chronic suppu- rative otitis media in adults. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1944, 59: 117-35.—Beck, J. C. Non-surgical treatment of chronic middle ear suppuration based upon 25 years experience. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 169-75. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 1150-4, pi.—Bockstein, A. S. [Treatment of suppurative, chronic otitis with lysozyme] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 6, 34-7.—Boebinger, M. P. A new method of treat- ment for chronic suppurative otitis media. Pract. Med, Delhi, 1924, 22: 221-4.—Bondarenko, A. T. [Treatment of suppurative otitis with lysozyme] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 4, 60-6.—Bondy, G. Zur Behandlung der chronischen Eitening der oberen Mittelohrraume. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1927, 61: 459-63.—Bracht. R. La electr61isis de la trompa de Eustaquio come tratamiento de las supuraciones del oido medio. Rev. As. m6d. argent, 1933, 47: 2942-8. Also Prensa m6d. argent, 1933-34, 20:1853-7.—Briihl, G. Zur Behandlung der akuten und chronischen Mittelohreiterung. Erg. ges. Med, 1929, 13: 59-72.—Chimani, F. Chronische Mittel- ohreiterung und Vitamin C. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1943—14, 49: 113-6.—Clemiton, F. J. The conservative treatment of middle-ear suppuration. Practitioner, Lond, 1935, 135: 629-40.—Fremel, F. Wie behandelt der praktische Arzt die chronische Mittelohreiterung? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1928, 41: 313. ------ Die chronische Mittelohreiterung und ihre konservative Behandlung. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1937, 11: 296-9.—Gorman, J. R. Non-operative treatment of chronic otitis media suppurative. Virginia M. IV'onth, 1926-27, 53: 378-82.—Guida, G. Vecchi e nuovi metodi di terapia nelle suppurazioni croniche dell'orecchio. Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. prat, 1381-6.—Hall, G. C. A method of treating chronic ear suppuration. Kentucky M. J, 1936, 34: 441-4.—Harris R. A treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1937, 26: 522-5.----— A clinical note on the treat- ment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 276.—Haskin, W. H. Conservative treatment of the chronic suppurative ear. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1924, 16: 601-17. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1924-25, 33: 1272-86.—Hassam Bey Shaheen. A note on the treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle ear by the subcutaneous or intramuscular injection of boiled milk. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1929, 44: 27.—Hernandez Gonzalo, P. El tratamierto de las supuraciones cr6nicas del ofdo por el metodo de desplazamiento o de substitucion asocia- do a la vitaminoterapia C. Vida nueva, Habara, 1943, 51: 116-24.—Hirohire, S. Kyu-sei kano-sei tyuzi-en ni tai-suru A, D cap-san kyokusyo-teki oyo [local use of vitamins A and D and capric acid in acute, suppurative otitis media] Iwate igaku gakko zassi, 1942-43, 6: 154-8.—Hollender, A. R, A Cottle, M. H. Comparative value of physical measures in the treatment of chronic purulent otitis media. Clin. M. A S, 1927, 34: 692-6.—Hymes, C. New and effective non-surgicai method for the treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle ear. Minnesota M, 1931, 14: 1054-7.—Kline, O. R. Con- servative management of chronic middle ear suppuration. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 837-41.—Lakhovsky, G. Two cases of chronic and suppurating media otitis. In his Radiat. A Waves, N. Y, 1941, 78-82.— Leroux, L. Comment traiter un 6coulement chronique de I'oreille. J. m6d. chir. Par, 1932, 103: 561-71.—Liebault, G. Traitement medical de l'otite moyenne aigue suppur6e. J. m6d. fr, 1924, 13: 395-9.— Mignon, M. Application de la m6thode de substitution au traitement de l'otite moyenne suppur6e. Ann. otolar. Par, 1934, 141-51.—Mollison, W. M. The treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media and dry suppurative otitis media. Clin. J, Lond, 1934, 63: 465-8. ------Wilson, C. P. [et al.] Dis- cussion on the treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media (excluding otosclerosis) and of deafness and dry suppurative otitis media. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1934, 27: 1069-80.— Miiller, I. [Role of acid-base equilibrium and lipoids in the therapy of chronic, purulent otitis media] Gy6gyaszat, 1929, 68: 332-6.—Mulsow, J. E. Conservative treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Wisconsin M. J, 1925-26, 24: 130-2.—O.ivares, M. Consideraciones al margen del trata- miento de las supuraciones del ofdo. An. Soc. mex. oft, 1936-37, 11: 29-35.—Packard, F. R. The home management of cases of acute suppurative otitis media. Ther. Gaz, Detr, 1926, 3. ser, 42: 850—Perez, J. R. Treatment of acute and chronic otitis media purulenta with sterilized milk. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass, 1932, 12: 382-4.—Pichler, G. Beitrag zur konservativen Behandlung chronischer Mittelohr- und Kieferhohleneiterungen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 681.— Pitman, L. K. The treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media with tubal perforation with the aid of the catheterizing eustachioscope; case reports. N. York State J. M, 1927, 27: 1061-4.—Quiroga, J. Cuatro casos de curaci6n radical de otitis media purulenta cr6nica por un tratamiento m6dico personal. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1941, 48: 101-4.—Rodger, T. R. The modern treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Med. Press A Circ, Lond, 1938, 196: 350-3.—Roques. Le traitement des otites moyennes, aigues, suppur6es, par la prot6inoth6rapie. Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr, 1937, 31: 411-5.— Sourdille, M, A Lou 6, A. Sur 275 cas de suppurations aigues oto-sinusiennes traitees en sept ans par la prot6inoth6rapie. Ann. otolar. Par, 1937, 137-45.—Stevenson, R. S. Conserva- tive treatment of chronic middle-ear suppuration. In: Recent Advance. Otolar, 2. ed, Lond, 1949, 165-78. ------ A BaUantyne, J. C. The conservative treatment of chronic sup- purative otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1945, 60: 166-73. Also Arch. Phys. M, 1947, 28: 29-33.—Stovin, J. S. Improved treatment for purulent otitis media. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1940, 151: 430.—-Tanaka, S. Man-sei tyflzi-en no domyaku tyusya ryoho ni tuite [intra-arterial parenteral therapy .,] Zibiinkoka, 1949, 21: 155-7.—Unger. M. Difficulties in the treatment of O. M. P. C. and methods of overcoming them. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1944, 23: 479-82. ------ A different treatment of chronic purulent otitis media; deep lavage, aeration and application of gold foil membrane bearing ointment of scarlet red. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 46: 670-80.—Voorhees, I. W. Non-surgical treatment of chronic suppurative otitis media. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1944, 23: 26-8. Also Med. World, N. Y, 1946, 64: 441.—Walker, I. D. Chronic purulent otitis media; combined treatment. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1928, 21: 281.— Williams, C. The medical and surgical treatment of suppura- tive affections of the middle ear. Tr. Minnesota M. Ass, 1903, 35: 271-7.—Winnik. S. A. Die Chemo-Immunitats- therapie der chronisch-eitrigen Mittelohrentziindungen nach der Methode von Prof. Daiches. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1931, 16: 83-96.—Yosida, T. Kyusei kano-sei tytizi-en no ryoho. Tohoku igaku zassi, 1936, 19: Suppl. 2, 278-85. ---- Suppurative: Treatment: Radiotherapy. Delfraissy, A. *Traitement des otitea moyennes suppurees trainantes par irradiations mastoi'diennes a l'aide de l'arc polymetallique. 59p. 8? Par., 1929. Atkarskaia, A. [Treatment of chronic suppurative inflam- mations of the middle ear with ultra-violet rays] Vest, oto- rinolar, 1939, 625-30.—Duerto, J. El tratamiento de las otitis medias supuradas por los ravos ultravioletas. Ars medica, Barcel, 1930, 6: 327-9. Also Rev. med, Bosario, 1931, 6: 254-8.—Kobayasi. N, A Takayanagi. O. Kano-sei tyuzi-en no Lipiodol-Rontgen tiryo-ho ni tuite [Lipiodol- Rontgen-Therapie bei eitriger Mittelohrentziindung] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1936,19: Suppl. 3, 353-6.—Lfiwy, K. Bemerkungen zur Kurzwellen behandlung der chronischen Mittelohreiterungen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1937, 87: 761.— Rabinovitch, Z. G. La roentgentherapie des otites chroniques purulentes. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1936, 57: 660-89.—Worms, P. Indications et r6sultats de la radioth6rapie dans les otites moyennes suppur6es. Ann. otolar. Par, 1933, 1016. ---- suppurative: Treatment: Sera, vaccines, etc. Jusseatjme, G. E. J. *De l'emploi du bac- teriophage de d'H6relle comme traitement dea otites moyennes suppurees. 56p. 8? Par., 1931. Alves, A. A vacinoterapia nas otites m6dias supuradas. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1926, 44: 193.—Andrianov, S. F. [Vac- cinotherapy of chronic middle ear suppuration] Mosk. med. J, 1925, 5: pt 11, 32-6.—Atkarsky, V. A. [Treatment of suppurative otitis with lactic serum of the Bulgarian bacillus and the nature of its effect] Tr. Nauch. inst. fiziol, 1934, 1: 398-400.—Cuntz, W. Behandlung eines Falles von chronischer Mittelohreiterung mit einer vom Institut fiir experimentelle Therapie Emil von Behring in Marburg-Lahn hergestellten MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 205 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Yatren-Auto vaccine. Fortsch. Ther, 1928, 4: 694.—Di Donato, D. Sul comportamento dell'indice opsonico rispetto ai piu comuni germi delle otiti medie purulente croniche e loro compiicanze, in individui trattati con autovaccinoterapia e proteinoterapia. Arch. ital. otol, 1924, 35: 163-81.—Donadei, G. L'antivirus Besredka nel trattamento delle otiti medie purulente croniche. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb, 1929, 1: 55. Also Gior. batt. immun, 1929, 4: 340-4.— D'Onofrio, F. La vaccinoterapia associata a chemioterapia con coloranti azoici nella cura delle otiti medie purulente acute. Riv. chir. Nap, 1938, 4: 405-8.—Fernandez Seco, I. Las vacunas microbianas en el tratamiento de las supuraciones del ofdo; consideraciones sobre varios casos clinicos. Siglo m6d, 1920, 67: 526; 547.—Genn. Traitement de l'otite moyenne en voie de suppuration par le pyophage d'H6relle. Rev. g6n. clin. th6r, 1934, 48: 151.—Hagens, L. G. [Some cases of chronic middle ear suppuration treated with vaccine] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87: 398.—Kuznecova, N. A. Opyt primeneniia autovakciny s askorbinovoi kislotoi pri vialo zazhivaiushchikh posleoperacionnykh ranakh ukha i gnoinykh otitakh. Vest. otorinolar, 1949, No. 2, 18-20.—Leak, W. N. Antivirus therapy for otitis media. In: Fasc. Cestriens, Macclesfield, 1934, 219-21.—Meerowitsch, O. S, A Kalinin, A. M. Bak- teriotherapie der eitrigen Mittelohrentziindungen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1926, 60: 877-83. — Zur Frage der Bakteriotherapie (Bac bulgaricus) eitriger Mittelohrentziin- dungen und chronischer Kieferhohleneiterungen. Ibid, 1929, 63: 427-44.—Rubaltelli, E, A Denes, G. Trattamento delle suppurazioni sub-acute e croniche dell'orecchio medio con I'antivirus Besredka. Ann. laring. Tor, 1931, 31: 125-44.— Schaefer, H. Klinische Versuche mit Trockenimpfstoffen zur Therapie akuter Mittelohreiterungen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1936, 70: 14-21.—Secondi, U. L'autovaccinoterapia locale intradermica nella cura della otiti medie purulente croniche. Ann. laring. Tor, 1934, 34: 59-75.—Westphal A Willfiihr, G. Autovakzine Behandlung der Otitis media purulenta. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 1344.—Wirth, E. Zur Behandlung chronischer Mittelohr- und Nebenhohleneiterungen mit Bac bulgaricus-Kulturen. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1929, 23: 285- 7.—Yoel, M. Un nouveau traitement des otites purulentes. Arch, internat. laryng. Par, 1929, 35: 279-84. ------ Sur le vaccin antistaphylococcique curatif des otites suppur6es. Ibid, 285-94. ------ Le vaccin antistaphylococcique contre les affections purulentes de I'oreille. Ann. otolar. Par, 1932, 159-61. ---- suppurative—in children. See also subdivision (infantile) Beney, C. The treatment of the chronic discharging ear in children. Med. Press A Circ, Dubl, 1937,194: 29-31.—Davis, L. Non-draining purulent otitis a source of danger to the heart in children. Virginia M. Month, 1929-30, 56: 80-2.— Gilhespy, F. B. Report on the operative treatment in children with chronic suppurative otitis media. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1927, 42: 520-S.—Hinojar, A. Tratamiento de las otitis supuradas en los ninos; indicaciones quirurgicas. Pediat. espan, 1927, 16: 114-20.—Hoffman, E. Om behandlingen af den mere end 30 dage gamle otitis media suppurativa hos b0rn. Nord. med, 1941, 10: 1599-603.—Klos, J. PHciny mastoidek- tomii pH moznosti 16ceni prudkych stfedousnich zanetu det- sk6ho v6ku penicilinem. Cas. lek. Cesk, 1949, 88: 1481.— Liefskind, R. A. [Treatment of chronic suppurative otitis and slight deafness of various forms in children by d'Arsonval's current] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1939, No. 2, 65-70.—Mattison, E. A. Middle ear infections in children. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1926-27, 5: 633-5.—O'Donnell, J. H. The treatment and prognosis of chronic suppurative otitis media in children. Med. Press, Lond, 1947, 218: 323-7.—Persky, A. H. Chronic suppurative otitis media. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1937, 54: 425-33.—Silva, J. de. La supuraci6n de oido en la edad infantil. Siglo m6d, 1933, 92: 202.—Simard, L. C. Sur la frequence de l'otite moyenne aigue' suppur6e chez l'enfant. Union m6d. Canada, 1936, 65: 1085-7.—Stuart, E. A. Acute suppurative otitis media in a child with impaired myeloid activity following the use of sulfapyridine. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 35: 995.— Trible, G. B. Surgical treatment of suppurative otitis media in children. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1925, 23: 362-8—Villiers. R. de. Algunas consideraciones sobre la supuraci6n auricular aguda en la infancia. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1936, 41: 756- 64.—Zharkovsky, G. L. [Conservative treatment of chronic, suppurative otitis in children and adolescents] Kazan, med. J, 1939. 35:56-62. ---- suppurative—in pregnancy. Bondy, G. Die Frage der Beeinflussung der Mittelohreite- rung durch die Graviditat. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924 58: 643 ------ A Neumann, H. Mittelohreiterung und Gra- viditat. In: Urbantschitsch Festschrift, Wien, 1919, 97-104 — Lillie, H. I. Suppurative otitis media, acute suppurative labyrinthitis and meningitis complicating pregnancy. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 363-9. ---- Surgery. See also other subdivisions (acute: Surgery; chronic: Surgery; infantile: Surgery; suppurative: Surgery) also Mastoid, Surgery: Middle ear, Surgery; Middle-ear drumhead, Paracentesis. Hamade, C. Considerations au sujet des indications operatoires dans les mastoidites. 71p. 25cm. Bord., 1937. Alexander, G. In welchem Zustand ist eine Ohrenerkran- kung als chirurgische Krankheit zu betrachten? Wien. klin. Wschr, 1927, 40: 496-8.—Caliendo, M. L'olio de fegato di merluzzo nel trattamento post-operatorio delle otomastoiditi. Gior. med. mil, 1936, 84: 349-52.—Kaneno, I. Tyuzien no syuzyutu. Operation, Tokyo, 1947, 1: 534—40.—Lawner, S. Ohrdrain; Beitrag zur konservativen Behandlung der Mit- telohrentziindung. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1932, 66: 7-13.— Mahu, G. Note sur l'indication op6ratoire dans les mastoidites aigues. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1920, 4: 229-34.— Matis, I. [Contemporary methods in treatment of inflamma- tion of the middle ear; modification of the radical operation of the ear.] Medicina, Kaunas, 1940, 21: 776-89.—Sellers, L. M. A preliminary report on the results of suction treatment of otitis media in 150 consecutive cases. Texas J. M, 1932, 28: 351—4.—Takahara, T. Tyuzi konzi syuzyutu-naru meisyo no kahi ni tuite [correctness of the term radical treatment of otitis media] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 373-7. ---- sympathetic. Scheller, H. *Ueber sympathische Otitis. p. 124-42. 8? Berl., 1926. Also Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 24: Becker. Ueber sympathische Otitis. Zbl. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1948, 38: 133. Also Zschr. Laryng, 1949, 28: 151-6 — Giittich. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der sympathischen Otitis. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1928, 27: 6-9, pi.—Kindler, W. Die endokraniellen Verwicklungen bei akuter Mittelohrent- ziindung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der sympathischen Otitis. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 193-6. ------ Zur sympathischen Otitis (Giittich) Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1943, 152: 222-7.—Scheller, H. Ueber sympathische Otitis. Beitr. Anat. Ohr, 1926, 24: 124-42. ---- Temporal bone. Aboulker, H. La temporalite (essai de synth6se des otite6 et de toutes leurs complications) Rev. laryng, Bord, 1935, 56: 1126-34.—Alpin, J. Ein Fall von diffuser, akuter, otogener Osteomyelitis beider Schlafenbeine. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1931-32, 30: 105-9.—Brock, W. Beitrag zur Lehre der soge- nannten otogenen akuten progressiven Osteomyelitis des Schlafenbeins beim Kinde. Zschr. Laryng, 1931, 21: 295- 308.—Charousek. Zur klinischen Analyse des Entwicklungs- ganges otogener Schlafenbeinerkrankungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 132; 174.—Delobel. A propos de quelques cas d'ost6op6riostite du temporal d'origine otogenic J. sc. m6d. Lille, 1912, 2: 241-8.—D'Hoore, Ost6o-my61ite du temporal gauche, suite d'otite moyenne purulente chronique; abces sous-dural. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1903, 8: 231-9.—Grahe. K. Pneumatisation der Schlafenschuppe als Ursache von Kompli- kationen bei akuter Mittelohreiterung (Squamitis) darunter ein Fall von Hirnabszess mit Ventrikeleinbruch. Zschr. Laryng, 1935, 26: 365-72.—Jones, M. F. Infections of the temporal bone with secondary manifestations. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1934, 24: 77-99.—Luc, H. Pour clore la s6rie de mes faits d'abc6s sous-p6riost6s du temporal d'origine auriculaire sans suppuration intra-osseuse. Rev. laryng. Par, 1918, 39: 326—9.—Mouret, J. Le pied de l'os 6cailleux; ses rapports avec I'oreille et avec les suppurations otiques. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 101-70.—Norup, S. Treatment of ostitis temporalis chronica by simple chiselling, sulf athiazol plombage and primary suture; with special reference to chronic otitis with central perforation. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, 36: 7-16. ---- Toxemia. See also subdivision (infantile: Manifestation) De Stella, H. Toxin6mie d'origine otitique. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1919, 7:425-32. ------ Toxin6mied'origine otitique sans thrombose des sinus. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1937, 373-6.—Halasz, I. [Otitis media complicated by ali- mentary toxicosis] Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 463-6.—Hompes, J. J. Toxic otitis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 463-9. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 280-7.—Keller, W. Okkulte Mastoiditis und Toxikose. Mschr. Kinderh, 1941-42, 89: 78-82.—Lemoine, J. A propos de deux types de syndromes hypertoxiques auriculaires observ6s en clientele. Ann. otolar. Par, 1948, 65: 294-304.—Rebattu, J., Moindrot, M„ A Buta- vand, M. Oto-mastoidites latentes et toxicose. J. m6d. Lyon, 1949, 30: 725-30.—Ross, E. L, A Rawson, R. W. Effects of bacterial toxins in the middle ear. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1936, 24: 51-8. ---- traumatic. See also subdivisions (Aero-otitis; Military aspect) also Cranium, Fracture; Middle ear, Injury; Middle-ear drumhead, Injury. Baccarani, C. Un caso di otomastoidite traumatica con paresi del facciale e sindrome petrositica. Gior. med. mil. MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 206 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 1943, 91: 55.—Davydov, S. M. K klinike pozdnikh post- kontuzionnykh otitov i mastoiditov. Vest, otorinolar, 1947, No. 6, 39-42.—Frotzel, J. [Acute otitis media with injury of the pyramid of the tympanum] Cas. 16k. 6esk, 1937, 76: 1493.—Gaston, A. Les otites traumatiques. Actual, oto- rhinolar. Par, 1948, 119-28.—Hutchison, K, A Chapin, W. N. Acute suppurative otitis media with meningitis following fracture of the skull. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1941, 33: 1103.— Kindler, W. _ Die durch Detonation entstandeDe Mittel- ohreiterung; ihre Besonderheiten und Verlauf. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1942, 151: 52-6.—Lazzaro, C. Otite media puru- lenta post-traumatica con osteite dell'osso timpanico da schegge di ghisa fusa. Settimana med, 1942, 30: 103-5.—Malfatti, G. Stenosi cicatriziale del condotto uditivo da ferita di scheggia di granata, otomastoidite secondaria; operazione con plastica alia Caliceti, guarigione; considerazioni sulla su If amido terapia locale preventiva delle ferite del condotto uditivo esterno. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1943, 61:191-9.—Masciotra, A. A. Menin- gitis difusa mortal por otitis purulenta a causa de un trauma facial. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1935, 42: pt 2,1838-41.—Simonton, K. M. Foreign bodies of the external auditory canal causing otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1949, 49: 16-9. ---- Treatment. See also other subdivisions (acute; Aero-otitis; chronic; Complications; infantile; Mucosus type; Otorrhea; scarlatinal; Sepsis; suppurative) Blashki, E. P. Otitis media, with reference to modern treatment. Bull. Postgrad. Com. Med. Univ. Sydney, 1947- 48, 3: 27-31.—Bourguet, J, A Le Branchu, J. Conduite a tenir en presence d'une otite aigue ou d'une otite chronique. Ouest m6d, 1949, 2: 87-95.—Formby, M. Treatment of otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1938, 1: 1014; 1061.—Giittich. Was soil der praktische Arzt bei der Behandlung der Mit- telohrentziindung wissen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63: 1799-801.—Harkins, J. P. Otitis media and the family physician. Wisconsin M. J, 1933, 32: 81-4.—Harner, C. E. Otitis media, its management and treatment. California West. M, 1931. 34: 156-8.—Hasselt, E. H. v. [Inflammation of the middle ear and its treatment by the general practitioner] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 2765-78.—Hata, H. TyOzi-en no tiryo. Sogo igaku, 1949, 6: 162; 220.—Hofer, G. Wann soil eine Mittelohrentziindung dem Facharzte iiber- antwortet werden? Wien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 605-10.— Johnston, C. M, Harper, A. R. [et al.] Infective ear disease. Brit. M. J, 1949, 1: 237-9 — Komuro, K. TyCzi-en oyobi hubu-biko-en no ryoho ni tai-suru hiken [iiber die Behandlung der Nebenhohlenentziindung der Nase und der Mittelohrent- ziindung] Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1934, 12: 553-7.—Kuyer, A. Behandeling van otitis media. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1924, 64: 179.—McAuliffe, G. B. A neglected phase of treat- ment in middle ear disease. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1927-28, 6: 393.—McMahon, B. J. Abstract of instruction on infections of the middle ear and mastoid. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1931, 37: 177.—Otitis media and its therapy. Med. Times, N. Y, 1948, 76: 286-97. Also Am. Profes. Pharmacist, 1949, 15: 541, 636.-—Popper, J. Middle ear infection; common forms and their management. N. York State J. M, 1930, 30: 1146-9.—Roy. B. N. C. The treatment of otitis media. Ind. M. Gaz, 1939, 74: 80-2.—Stahr, R. Otitis media; its manage- ment. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 475-7. ---- Treatment: Antibiotics. Alvarez Perez, R. La penicilira en las otitis medias. Med. A cir. guerra, 1948, 10: 343-5.—Blake, F. G. The use of peni- cillin in otitic infections. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1945, 41: 392.— Christierson, S. v. Penicillin in otitis media; treatment of the disease and its complications. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 919-25.—Gottlieb, I. Penicillin in otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1948, 1: 124.—Iwata, I. Penicillin no kyokusyo oyo ni yoru tyuzien no iti sin-tiryo-ho. Sindan A tiryo, 1949, 37: 174.— Karatay, S. Treatment of otitis media and sinusitis with penicillin. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 288793.—Kollar, D. Traitement des otites moyennes par l'injection de la peni- cilline dans la cavite tympanique. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1948, 3: 87-96.—Nakamura, S., A Kosaka, S. Tyuzi-en ni tai-suru penicillin no domyaku-tyusya ryoho farterial injection of peniciUin for otitis media] J. Otorhinolar. Soc. Japan, 1949, 52: 38.—Ohhuzi, T. Penicillin-ryoho no kozai; tyuzien no kiroku yori ippan i ni simesu. J. Jap. M. Ass, 1949, 23: 448-51.—Ortega. La penicilina en las otitis. Galicia clin, Corufia, 1947, 19: 207-12.—Piquet, J. Le traitement par la p6nicilline des otites et des mastoiditis aigues. Echo m6d. nord, 1948, 19: 152-5.—Poujol. Oto-mastoidites gu6ries par instillations de p6nicilline. Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr, 1946, 40: 50.—Senturia, B. H. Ear infections. In: Streptomycin (Waksman, S. A.) Bait, 1949, 501-10— Streptomycin therapy in otitis externa, otitis media, mastoiditis, bra;n abscess, and meningitis; results of therapy with streptomycin in a group of 37 cases. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 22. ---- Treatment: Balneo-, climato- and creno- therapy. Bufalini, B. Delle malattie curate in Cortona; otitidi ed altre affezioni dell'orecchio. Gior. progr. pat, Venez, 1844, ser. 2, 5: 384-6.— D'Onofrio, F. Udito ed altitudine; favorevole influenza del clima di altitudine sulle otiti catarrali. Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 603-10.—Melzi, U. Le otiti medie catarrali, la loro importanza dai punto di vista funzionale e il loro tratta- mento colle insufP.azioni endotimpaniche solforose di Vinadio. Pensiero med, 1937, 26: 112-8. ---- Treatment: Chemotherapy. De Canio, J. *Sulfanilamide in otitis media and mastoiditis [S. Mary Hosp., Hoboken] 17p Ms. 28cm. Hoboken, 1940. Adams, W. S, Martin, G. E. [et al.] Discussion on the use and misuse of sulphonamides in otitis media. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1943-44, 37: 743-50.—Alloway, F. L. Sulfathiazole in the treatment of otitis media; report on 32 cases. J. Tennes- see M. Ass, 1941, 34: 217-9.—Anglesio, D. Anemia aplastica da preparati sulfamidici in un caso di otite media purulenta subacuta. Ann. laring. Tor, 1941, 41: 8-17.—Barnes, E. B. Sulphonamides in otitis media. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 658.— Bartual Vicens, R. Quimioterapia de las otitis. Bol. cult, Cons. gen. Col. m6d. Espana, 1946-47, 2: No. 8, 29-36 — Bienes Gomez-Aragon, R. Nueva aportaci6n a la quimio- terapia de las infecciones del oido. Medicina, Madr, 1944, 12: pt 2, 525-31.—Bilchick, E. B, A O'Kane, G. H. Sulfanilamide in otitis media in children. Laryngoscope, 1941, 51: 197-201; 1942, 52: 341-5.—Boserup, O. [Mercurochrome treatment of aural disease] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: Dansk otolar. selsk. forh, 82.—Bourgeois, R, A Franck. Trois cas d'oto-mastoidites traitees par sulfamidotherapie.^ Ann. otolar. Par, 1943, 152.— Bowman, S. H. Prontylin in otitis media. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1937, 30: 591.—Chase, W. D. The use of the sulfo- namides in middle ear infections. S. Luke Hosp. Bull, Bethle- hem, 1948-49, 3: 119.—Curran, M. Chemotherapy of middle- ear disease in dispensary practice. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 615.— Davidson, E. W. Chemotherapy and antibiotics in infections of the ear. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1948-49, 48: 158-61.— Figueiredo, N. P. de. O mercuro-cromo nas otites externas e m6dias. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1945, 34: 129-36.—Fisher, G. E. Sulfanilamide in the treatment of otitis media. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 2271.—Gerlings, P. G. Chemotherapie bij otitis media. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1941, 85: 2083-6.—Glass- burn, E. W. Chemotherapy in otitis media. Hahneman. Month, 1947, 82: 239-42.—Hall, D. S. Sulfathiazole in the treatment of otitis media. Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 182-6.—House, H. P. Otitis media; a comparative study of the results obtained in therapy before and after the introduction of the sulfonamide compounds. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 43: 371-8.—Iwaszkiewicz, J. W sprawie leczenia ostrego zapalenia ucha srodkowego sulfamidami. Lek. wojsk, Edinb, 1945, 36: 147-50.—La Rue, C. L. Disappointing effects of sulfanilamide in the treatment of middle ear infections. Tristate M. J, 1941-42, 14: 2849.-—Latraverse, V. Nouveau traitement de l'otite catarrhale; ponction du tympan et sulfathiazol sodique en solution. Union m6d. Canada, 1941, 70: 1319-22.— Layton, T. B. Chemo-therapy and the middle ear cleft. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1941, 55: 302-4.—Lindsay, J. W, Rice, E. C, A SeMnger, M. A. Sulfanilamide therapy with special reference to ear infections. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1940, 9: 115-9.—Maier, N. R. F., A Sherburne, B. J. An experimental study of sulfanilamide treatment for middle ear infection in the rat. J. Psychol, Provincet, 1940, 9: 387-92.—Morrow, P. N. Chemotherapy in otitis media and mastoiditis. Nebraska M. J, 1942, 27: 51—4.—Perez Brotons. N. Sulfamidas y otitis. Medicamenta, Madr, 1947, 5: 197-205.—Romm, S. Z. [Streptocide in treatment of otitis] Vest, otorinolar, 1938, No. 2, 198-201.—Schwartz, E. M. Chemotherapy in otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1925-26, 34: 932-7.—Shanks, J. Mastoiditis, otitis media and the sulfonamides. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1941, 154: 211-4.—Stagni, G. Lo stato attuale della terapia sulfamidica nei processi infiam- matori dell'orecchio medio e nelle loro compiicanze. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1943, 61: 46-66.—Sulfani'amide in otitis media and mastoiditis. Bull. Pract. Ophth, S. Franc, 1940, 10: 33-7 ---- Treatment: Diathermy and heat. Blumenthal, L. Ein zweckmassiges Heizkissenmodell zur Behandlung der Otitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 2015 — Hund, L. M. The use of surgical diathermy about the mouth of the Eustachian tube for infection and catarrh of the middle ear. Med. J. A Rec, 1931, 133: 176-8.—Rubley, S. J. Dia- thermy in the treatment of otitis media. Am. J. Phys. Ther, 1926-27, 3: 305-8. Also Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1926-27, 5: 522; 1933, 12:327. ---- Treatment: Drugs. Dinolt, R. Erfahrungen mit Syngasept in der Oto-Rhino- Laryngologie. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1938, 72: 222-4.— Douglass, C. C. The use of furacin in the treatment of aural infections. Laryngoscope, 1948, 58: 1274-8.—Hamburger, H. Ueber Mucidan-Rhenania-Behandlung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 855.—Koerner, H. J. Zur Otitis-Therapie mit Algolyt. Wien. med. Wschr, 1939, 89: 1011.—Sternberg, H, A Goldberger, K. Ueber die Wirkung kleiner Joddosen bei katarrhalischer Affektion des Mittelohres (vorlaufige Mittei- lung) Wien. klin. Wschr, 1926, 39: 594.—Struycken, H. J. L. Het yatreen-caselne bij otitis media. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: 209.—Wahl, R. Turgasept in der medikamentdsen MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION 207 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION Behandlung der Mittelohrentziindungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1938, 34: 438.—Wirth, E. Untersuchungen liber die wach- stumshemmende, keimtotende und virulenzherabsetzende Wirkung der Borsaure auf die Erreger der akuten und chroni- schen Otitis media. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1926-27, 17: 499-505. ---- Treatment: Insufflation. Bazzana, E, A Lombardo, L. L'aerosolterapia della tromba di Eustachio e della cassa. Arch. ital. otol, 1949, 60: 361-9.— Corone, A. Un nouvel appareil pour insufflations tubo-tympa- niques; experimentation clinique avec 1 eau de Cauterets transportee. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 1330-7. ---;--- A6ro- soltherapie de la trompe d'Eustache et de la caisse. Acta otorhinolar, Brux, 1947, 1: 34072.—Dundas-Grant, J. Two cases illustrating trans-tubal irrigation. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1923-24, 17: Sect. Otol, 74.—Frances. Aportaci6n a la t6cnica y al tratamiento endotubarico de los procesos inflamatorios del ofdo medio. An. Acad. m6d. quir. espan, 1945-46, 30: 127-33. Also Actual. m6d, Granada, 1946, 32: 248.—Guida, G. Alcune considerazioni sull utilita del cate- terismo medicato per tubam. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1926, 5: 151-5.—Jahontov, S. P. [Methods in treatment of otitis with chlorine] Tr. Nauch. inst. fiziol, 1934, 1: 494-6.—Netto, O. C. A eficacia dos gases sulfurosos no tratamento das otites. Brasil m6d, 1948, 62: 427.—Velikorusova, N. V. lEffect of weak concentrations of chlorine gas on the microflora of otitis media] Tr. Nauch. inst. fiziol, 1934, 1: 449-59. ---- Treatment: Ionization. See also subheading (suppurative: Treatment: Ionization) Quenin, P. *Ionisation dans le traitement des otites chroniques non suppurees et des acou- phenes; 6tude comparative des differents ions. 36p. 24'^cm. Par., 1939. Causse, R. L'ionisation du zinc dans la therapeutique otologique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 40-6.—Karangal, Y. de. La thermo-m6tallo-ionisation dans les otorrhees anciennes et quelques autres cas d'oto-rhino-laryngologie. J. m6d. Paris, 1936, 56: 79-82.—Kimbrig, M. A useful self- retaining electrode for zinc ionization in chronic suppurative otitis media. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1932, 15: 750-2— Landry, M. Recherches exp6rimentales sur l'impr6gnation iono- th6rapique du rocher. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1931, 16: 73-82. ------Franquet A Paris. La p6n6tration ionoth6rapique par voie transtympanique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 235—41.— Lierle, D. M., A Sage, R. A. Underlying factors in the zinc ionization treatment of middle ear infections. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 359-68.—Pothoven, W. J. [The iontokine- trou] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1939, 83: 5416-8.—Stevenson, H. M. The so-called ionization treatment of otitis media; its physicochemical aspects. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 694-710.—Warwick, H. L., A Stevenson, H. M. Zinc ioniza- tion as an advance in the treatment of otitis media. Texas J. M, 1925-26. 21:442-8. ---- Treatment, local. Brown, E. A., A Kelemen, G. The use of glycerite of hydro- gen peroxide in inflammatory aural conditions. Laryngoscope, 1946, 56: 556-60.—Bryant, F. L. Local use of sulfanilamide in otogenic infections. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 35: 281-5.— Domide, L. Beitrage zur lokal-therapeutischen Wirkung der Oto-Spumane und des Kamillen-Spumans und deren An- wendungsweise bei Otitiden. Wien. med. Wschr, 1943, 93: 691.—Helms, F. Lokale Globucidanwendung bei Mittel- ohrentziindung. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1943-44, 49: 188 — L, C. La glicerina fenicada en las otitis. Dia m6d, B. Air, 1932-33, 5: 659.—McLaurin, J. W. The local application of sulfamylon in otitis externa and chronic otitis media; a pre- liminary report of 141 infections in 108 patients. Laryngoscope, 1948, 58: 1201-5.—Rohmer, P, Schneegans, E.. A Wild, C. Indications et resultats therapeutiques des lavages d'antre a la penicilline. Arch. fr. p6diat, 1948, 5: 428-31— Zeidler, R. Die Saugspulung, eine neue konservative Behandlung der Mittelohrentziindung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1938, 85: 597. ---- Treatment: Methods. Anderson, G. M. Conservative treatment of otitis media. Minnesota M, 1933, 16: 610-2—Colledge. L. The manage- ment of otitis media and sinusitis complicating the common cold. Practitioner, Lond, 1936, 136: 33-6—Haiman, J. A. Conservative treatment in otitis media chronic and acute. N. York Physician, 1940, 14: 20; 1940-41, 15: 20.—Hamrick, D. W. Management of middle ear infections. Mississippi Doctor, 1942-43, 20: 166-9—Hanckel, R. W. A suggested method of treatment for acute and chronic infections of the middle ear. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1944, 40: 187-9.—Isii, T. Tyuzi-en sokko kyu no siken [moxibustion ...] Kanpo & kanyaku, 1935, 2: 1403-6.—Jannulis, G. E. Diatbehandlung bei Otitiden. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1940, 74: 22^4 — Komnki. S. TyQzi-en sokko-kyu [moxibustion ...] Kanpo & kanyaku, 1935, 2: 1266-70.—Layton, T. B. Posture as a therapeutic measure; with special reference to otitis media. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1940, 54: 51-4.—Mackenzie, G. W. How do you treat middle ear catarrh? J. Ophth. Otol, 1929, 33: 1-9.—Madritsch. Ueber die Wirkung parenteraler Ein- verleibung aseptisch gewonnener Milch bei Mittelohrentajjn- dungen. Mschr. Ohrenh, Wien, 1924, 58: 614-6.—Meyer, M. Ueber die Behandlung der Mastoiditis. Jahrb. Kinderh, 1933, 3. F, 88: 114-8.—Nakazima, K. Tyuzi-en no saisin ryoho [New treatment] Dozin igaku, 1937, 10: 611-4.—O'Kane, G. H, A Biichick, E. B. Otitis media; new and old methods of therapy. Med. Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 693-701.— Pulleine, R. Conservatism in the treatment of middle ear disease. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: suppl, 419.—Sevket Hiisnii Taroy [Treatment of inflammation of the middle and inner ear] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, i939, 68: No. 28, 21-7.—Tatigi, Y. Tyuzien no saisin tiryS-h6 [the most recent developments ,.] Rinsyo A kenkyu, 1949, 26: 773-7.— Wada, S. Tiken-roku yori; tyuzien. [Treatment... by means of Chinese medicine] Kanpo A kanyaku, 1936, 3: 692-4.— Weissenstein. G. Zur Behandlung der Mittelohrentziindungen. Zschr. Laryng, 1926, 15: 112-4. ---- Treatment: Radiotherapy. Brown, J. P., Titche, L. L, A Lawson, W. E. Roentgen therapy in acute and chronic otitis media. Am. J. Roentg, 1939, 42: 285-9.—Chapman, F. J. Actinic therapy in middle ear infections. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 20-2.—Fuchs, G. Zur Strahlenbehandlung der entzundlichen Mittelohraffek- tionen. Strahlentherapie, 1938, 61: 379.—Goldmann, R. Zur Rontgenbehandlung der akuten Entziindung der Mit- telohrraume. Ibid, 1929, 33: 152-5.—Grande, C. La cura delle otiti medie catarrali coi raggi roentgen. Arch. ital. otol, 1925, 36: 197-205.—Hollender, A. R, A Cottle, M. H. Clinical value of artificial light in otitis media. Clin. Med, 1925, 32: 593-60). ------ Radiant energy in the treatment of otitis media. Am. J. Phys. Ther, 1925-26, 2: 19-24. Also Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1925-26, 4: 37-41.—Lucinian, J. H. Treatment of otitis media and mastoiditis by the roentgen ray; analysis of 50 consecutive cases. Am. J. Roentg, 1936, 36: 946-53.—Titche, L. L. The mode of action of X-ravs in otitis media. N. Orleans M. A S. J, 1939-40, 92: 203-8. •------ A Lawson, W. E. Roentgen therapy in otitis media. Am. J. Roentg, 1942, 47: 764.—Vassallo de Mumbert, A. El trata- miento de las otitis medias catarrales recidivantes por la aplicaci6n nasotubarica de radium. Medicamenta, Madr, 1950, 8: 16.—Warner, C. F. Roentgen rav treatment of chronic catarrhal otitis media. J. Ophth. Otol, 1925, 29: 203-5. ---- Treatment: Sera, vaccines, etc. Di Blasi, A. SuU'efficacia della tubercolinoterapia nelle otomastoiditi specifiche operate. Otorinolar. ital, 1936, 6: 160-5.—Girou, J. Contribution a la stock-vaccinoth6rapie en chirurgie oto-p6tro-mastoldienne. Otorhinolar. internat, Lyon. 1923, 7: 333-43.—Jankowski, M. [The use of serums and autovaccines in the treatment of otitis media] Lek. wojsk, 1928, 11: 379-92.—Monti, P. C. La batteriofagoterapia nelle otiti. Terapia, Milano, 1931, 21: 292-7.—Nelson, J. B. The reaction of the albino rat to the intra-aural administration of certain bacteria associated with middle ear disease. J. Exp. M, 1930, 52: 873-83.—Wolfkovich, M. I., A Temkin, J. S. [Treatment of otitis media by Bezredka method] Mosk. med. J, 1926, 6: No. 10. 21-6. ---- Tuba Eustachii. See also Eustachian tube, Disease; also Naso- pharynx. Heimendinger, E. *Otite catarrhale et trompe d'Eustache. 91p. 24cm. Strasb., 1938. Arellano, E. R. Catarro tubarico. Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 47: 365-7.—Armengaud. L'utilisation des gaz thermaux sulfur6s dans le traitement du catarrhe tubaire chronique. Presse therm, clim, 1925, 66: 695.—Beselin, O. Die trans- tubare Infektion des gesunden Ohres. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1927, 19: 329-44.—Blegvad, N. R. Tubar occlusion or catarrh of the middle ear. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1941, 29: 178; 1942, 30:255.—Caliceti, P. Sulle cosidette otorree tubariche. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1948, 66: 72.—Canestrini, S. Ueber die Be- handlung des Schwindels bei Tubenkatarrh. Ars medici, Wien, 1932, 22: 444-6.—Conde Flores, E. Un caso de otorrea tubaria cronica tratado por la auto-vacuna. Mem. Congr. venezol. m6d. (1924) 1925, 4. Congr, pt 1, 120-3. Also Gac. m6d. Caracas, 1925, 32: 178-80.—Cristiani, M., & Franciosi, A. Trattamento radium del tessuto adenoideo peritubarico nella terapia delle sordita di origine tubarica e delle otiti recidivanti dell'infanzia. Otorinolar. ital, 1949, 18: 45-65.—Delrez, A. Revision de la notion de l'otorrh6e tubaire. Ann. otolar. Par, 1942, 133-8. Also Acta otolar, Stockh, 1943, 31: 475- 518.—Dishoeck, H. A. E. v. Negative pressure and loss of hearing in tubal catarrh. Ibid, 1941, 29: 303-12.—Dundas- Grant, J. Chronic non-suppurative catarrh of the middle ear and Eustachian obstructive catarrh. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1926, 41: 732-8.—Eiras, F. Um caso de surdes e de ruidos intensos do ouvido esquerdo, acompanhados de estado ver- tiginoso e curado com uma s6 sessSo de catheterismo da trompa de Eustaquio. Mem. Congr. m6d. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr, 2: 670.—Errecart. P. L. Trompa de Eustaquio y oido 08 MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION MIDDLE-EAR INFLAMMATION medio; consideraciones clfnicas. Sem. m6d, B. Air, 1927, 34: pt 2, 873-6.-—Haymann, L. Tuben- beziehungsweise Mit- telohrkatarrh. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 1031 (Abstr.)— Heetderks, D. R. The relation of upper respiratory infection to the middle ear. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1929, 28: 494-6 — Kerangal, Y. de. Le catarrhe rhino-salpyngo-tubo-tympanique cophog6ne et son traitement par les a6rothermo-m6tallo-iono- insuffloinhalations de termions d'argent et de cuivre. Oto- rhinolar. internat, Lyon, 1938, 22: 529-48.—Kibata, T. Ex- perimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Pathologie der Ohrtrompete bei der Mittelohrentziindung. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1928, 40: 1009, pi.—Lavrand, H. Traitement du catarrhe tubaire chronique. J. sc. m6d. Lille, 1921, 39: pt 2, 361-6.— Maduro A Eyries. Traitement des otorrhees tubaires. Ann. otolar. Par, 1949, 66: 224.—Matusima, T. Histologische Verande- rungen der Tuba Eustachii bei experimenteller Mittelohrentziin- dung. Fukuoka acta med, 1935, 28: 59.—Royet. Sobre el sindrome, que es la consecuencia de las sinfisis salpingofaringeas; en particular bajo el punto de vista otitico. Bol. lar. otol, Madr, 1904, 4: 430.—Welin, S. On the radiological examina- tion of the Eustachian tube in cases of chronic otitis. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1947, 28: 95-103.—Zollner. Die Ohrtrompete bei akuter und chronischer Mittelohreiterung (histologische Untersuchungen) Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1933, 34: 301-16. ---- Urogenital apparatus. Arione, L. Due casi di otite e mastoidite bilaterale con complicanza renale; contributo casistico. Arch. ital. otol, 1929, 40: 31-41.—Giese, W. Akute Mittelohrentziindung und Nierenentziindung. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk, 1938, 145: 159-73.—Hart, V. K. Acute otitis media, acute mastoiditis and nephritis; operation under local anesthesia with complete recovery; complete tabulation of kidney functional tests before and after operation. South. M. A S, 1925, 87: 718-21.— Hiroto, S. Experimentell-histopathologische Untersuchung des Gehororgans bei Nephritis und iiber deren Einflusse auf die eitrige Mittelohrentziindung. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 6.—Kindler, W. Die Beziehungen zwischen Mittelohrentziindung und Nierenerkrankung. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1761. ------ Die Mittelohrentziindung als Fokalinfektion; ein Beitrag zur Frage der otogenen Nieren- entziindung. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1934, 36: 359-75 — K6, T. Kyu-sei kano-sei tyuzi-en ni gappei-seru kyu-sei zinzo- en narabi-ni syoka-huryo-syo ni tuite [combination of acute nephritis and dyspepsia with acute, suppurative otitis media] Iwate igaku gakko zassi, 1940-41, 5: 137-43.—Watanabe, H. Zikken-teki tyuzien ni yoru biman-sei sikyutai-zin-en no seisei ni tuite [development of diffuse, glomerular nephritis caused by experimental otitis media] Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1942, 20: 2116-30, 3 pi.—Wolff. S. Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehung zwischen Mittelohrentziindung und Nierenerkrankung. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 161. ---- vasomotor. See also subdivision Allergy; also Middle ear, Allergy. Yamada, Y. Kyu-sei tyuzien no iti ikei; kekkan-undo- sinkei-sei tyuzien ni tuite [otitis media vasomotorica] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1943, 16: 83-97.—Yamazaki, S. Kyu-sei tyuzien no iti ikei (Otopathia vasomotoria [kamei]) Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1940, 35: 271-5. ---- Zygoma. See also Mastoiditis, zygomatic. Wendel, A. F. *Ueber die Beteiligung der pneumatischen Zellen des Jochbogens an der akuten Mittelohr-Entziindung und die Not- wendigkeit ihrer operativen Beriicksichtigung. 25p. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, 1937. Reading, P. Zygomatic mastoiditis. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 1: 702—4.—Rosenwasser, H, A Druss, J. G. Zygomatic infections as a factor in otitic complications. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1933, 17: 625-34.—Sargnon. Otite aigue gauche, con- duit auditif externe gauche tres r6tr6ci; paracentese difficile; mastoidite zygomatique; paralysie; cure. Ann. otolar. Par, 1935, 343-6.—Schmidt-Hackenberg. Karies des Jochbeins bei akuter Mittelohreiterung. Hals Ac. Arzt, 1937, 28: 232-6. ---- very acute [O. m. acutissima] Chvojka, J. Dva pMpady otitis media acutissima. Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1942. 81: 736-9. ---- in animals. Maillard, G. G. J. *Contribution a l'etude et au traitement des otites chez les petits animaux [Alfort] 36p. 8? Par., 1926. Alvanos, C. S. Non-surgical treatment of canine ear infec- tion. M. S. C. Vet, East Lansing, 1942-43, 3: 57—Auchter- lonie, L, A Glass, E. J. G. Otitis media, with complications, in a horse. Vet. J, Lond, 1933, 89: 231-3.—Berge, F., A Cohrs, P. Mittelohrvereiterung und Facialisliihmung beim Pferde. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1934, 68: 295-304.—Causse, R. Sur l'otite chez la souris blanche. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1942, 136: 726.— Craig, J. F. Middle ear suppuration or otitis media in sheep. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1931, 11:1039.—Forgeot, P. Presentation d'un lapin atteint d'otite moyenne suppur6e. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1946, 72: 696.—Freudenberger, C. B. The incidence of middle-ear infection in the Wistar albino and the Long-Evans hybrid strain of the Norway rat. Anat. Rec, Phila, 1932, 54: 179-84.—Gil se, P. H. G. v. [Spontaneous otitis media in a cat] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: pt 2, 1694.—Huizinga, E. Entziindung des Mittel- und Innenohres beim Vogel. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1938, 44: 126-35.— Low, D. G. Chronic otitis media in a dog. Vet. Med, Chic, 1947, 42: 232.—McCordock, H. A, A Congdon, C. C. Sup- purative otitis of the albino rat. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1924-25, 22: 150-4.—Meyer, M. Ueber die entzundlichen Erkrankungen des Mittelohres; zur pathologischen Anatomie spontaner und experimenteller entziindlicher Mittelohr- veranderungen bei Affen mit einigen allgemeinen Vorbemer- kungen iiber den Bau des Affenmittelohres. Zschr. Laryng, 1930-31, 20: 89-123.—Nashed Helmy Bastawy. Treatment of otitis in dogs with zinc sulphophenate (CiaHioOjSaZn, 8H2O) Vet. Rec, Lond, 1948, 60: 3.—Wilkinson, D. E. Chronic otitis media in the dog. Ibid, 1932, 12: 1381. ---- in children. See also subdivision (infantile) also the same caption under other subheadings (acute; suppura- tive) Arlington, B. The treatment of otitis media in children. Med. Press A Circ, Lond, 1937, 194: 612-6.— Brennemann, J. Otitis media as a pediatrician sees it. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97: 449-52.—Campbell, G. A. Otitis media from the paedia- trician's viewpoint. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1939, 40: 146-9.— DeSanctis, A. G, Larkin, V. D, A Gougelman, W. A. Otitis media and mastoiditis in children, a survey of 1,992 cases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 1087-93.—Federico Gomez, C. Las otitis en pediatria. Gac. m6d. mil, M6x, 1934-35, 2: 43-6.—Gyorgy, E. Die Rolle der Otitis in der Kinderheilkunde. Arch. Kinderh, 1935-36, 107: 28-39. Also Orv. hetil, 1936, 80: 139-42.—Heller, G. A statistical study of otitis media in children. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1940, 17: 322-30.—Koepcke, G. M. Otitis media in children. Eye Ear Ac. Month, 1940-41, 19: 276.—Laskiewicz, A. Les facteurs morphologique et con- stitutionnel dans les otites moyennes, aigues et chroniques chez les enfants. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1934, 55: 175-202. Also Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk, 1936-37, 40: 578; Disc, 581-6.— McWhorter, W. B. Otitis media in children. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1927, 23: 445-7.—Mattison. E. A. Middle ear infec- tions in children. Med. Brief, S. Louis, 1927, 55: 7-10.— Pikler. L. [Neglect of otitis media in childhood] Orvosk6pz6s, 1934, 24: Dec. klilonf. (Apponyi Festschr.) 185-8.—Raiford, M. B. Otitis media in children. Virginia M. Month.. 1942, 69: 385-8.—Rietschel, H. Afeccdes do ouvido, ouvido externo, trompa de Eustaquio e caixa de timpano; otite media. Arq. pediat, Rio, 1945-46, 18: 420-4.—Uffenorde, W. Klinische und pathohistologische Erfahrungen bei der Otitis media im Kindesalter. Zschr. Laryng, 1931, 21: 308-13.—Vandevere, W. E, A Spearman, M. P. Otitis media in childhood. South- west. M, 1941, 25: 114-6.—Voss, O. Statistisches und Klini- sches zur Otitis media im Kindesalter. Zschr. Laryng, 1931 21: 313-8.—Watson-Williams, E. Otitis media in children. Med. Press A Circ, Dubl, 1934, 188: 8-11.—Wicht, J. D. Otitis media in children's diseases. S. Afr. M. J, 1935, 9: 536.—Ygberg, N. H. [Blood injections in treatment of in- flammatory affections of the ears in children] Sven. lak. tidn, 1935, 32: 1762-76.—Yosie, Y. Syoni oyobi nyQzi no tyuzi-en no sindan oyobi tiryo [diagnosis and treatment of otitis media in infants and children] Dozin igaku, 1936, 9: 117-27. MIDDLE East. See also names of countries and towns of Southwestern Asia; also Asia; Asia Minor; East; Mediterranean Subregion; Red Sea, etc.; also such terms as Arabs; Balneography; Health organization; Hospital report; Jew, etc. Beale, T. W. An oriental biographical dic- tionary. New ed. rev. & enl. by H. G. Keene 431p. 25cm. Lond., 1894. Behr, J. v. d. Reise nach Java, Vorder- Indien, Persien und Ceylon, 1641-50. 155p. 23cm. Haag, 1930. Forms v.4, Reisebeschr. West A Ostind. Komp, Haag. Saar, J. J. Reise nach Java, Banda, Ceylon und Persien, 1644-60. 195p. 23cm. Haag, 1930. Forms v.6, Reisebeschr. West A Ostind. Komp., Haag. Stripling, G. W. F. The Ottoman Turks and the Arabs, 1511-74. 136p. 26^cm. Urbana, MIDDLE EAST 209 MIDDLE EAST T. C. Resm! gazete. Ankara, Nos 4549-54, 1940. United States. Army. Engineers. Turkey and parts adjacent. June, 1877. Map. 1:2,800,000. 115x65cm. Wash., 1877. Worthington, E. B. Middle East science; a survey of subjects other than agriculture. 239p. 25cm. Lond., 1946. In step with the Q. A.'s; Middle East, Palestine, Arabia, Iraq. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 716.—Kataev, I. A. O nekotorykh rzhavchinnykh gribakh na zlakakh Turkmenskoi SSR. Doklady Akad. nauk SSSR, 1948, 59: 351-3.—Koenig, G. Reise von Beirut nach Konstantinopel im Herbst 1915. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 150. Also in: Vor 20 Jahren (Deut. med. Wschr.) Lpz, 1935, 2. F, 108-11.—Petrie, P. W. R, A Seal, K. S. The occupation of Aden. In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, 1-3. ------ The Fadhli tribal district. Ibid, 7-18. ------ Shuqra. Ibid, 9-14. ------ The Abdali tribal district. Ibid, 18.------ Geography of Abdali country. Ibid, 18, map. ———■ Haski. Ibid, 19, map. ------ El Waht. Ibid, 26-31, map. Geography of the Subeihi country. The journey to Tor am Baha. Roid, - The journey to Khor 'Umeira. Ibid, 42-4, Lahej. Ibid, 32. Ibid, 32, map 32-42. map. ■—■---- Geography of the Haushabi tribal district. Ibid, 49, map. ------ Museimir. Ibid, 50-6. ------ The journey to Kirsh. Ibid, 56. —---- Kirsh. Ibid, 57-63, map.------ El Milah. Ibid, 63-7. —— The Amiri tribal district. Ibid, 67, map. •——■—■ Jebel Jehaf. Ibid, 68-73. ------ Dhubiyat. Ibid, 74-6.—Ross, E. D. Turkestan unveiled. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1936, 29: pt 2. 189-93. ---- Anthropology. Aristov, N. A. [Ethnological relations on the Pamir and its surrounding countries according to ancient, mostly Chinese, historical data] Russ. antrop. J, 1900, 1: No. 3, 1; passim.— Bloch, A. De Torigine des Turcs et en particulier des Osmanlis. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1915, 6. ser, 6: 158-68.—Canaan, T. Arab fertility and child mortality. J. Palestine Arab M. Ass, 1947-48, 3: 25-42.—Christian, V. Bericht iiber eine archaolo- gische Studienreise nach Vorderasien. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1936, 66: 205-20.—Cipriani, L. Arabi dello Yemen e dell'Higiaz. Arch, autrop. etnol. Fir, 1938, 68: 115-77 — Frazer, J. G. Afghanistan. In his Native races of Asia, Lond, 1939, 287-95. ------ Syria. Raid, 312.—Ginsburg, V. V. [Anthropological composition of the population of the Western Pamir according to N. V. Bogoiavlensky] Antrop. J, Moskva, 1937, No. 1, 91-114.—Kansu, C. A. Etude anthropologique de quelques squelettes d'Alacahoyiik. Anthropologic, Par, 1937, 47: 35-9.—Kusnezov, N. N. Zur Frage der vertikalen Verteilung der Faunenelemente Turkestans. Zool. Anz, 1925, 62: 107-17.—Maslovsky, S. [The Galchas; ancient population of Turkestan] Russ. antrop. J, 1901, 2: No. 2, 17-32 — Minorsky, V. The tribes of western Iran. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1945, 75: 73-80, 3 pi.—Morant, G. M. A contribution to the physical anthropology of the Swat and Hunza valleys based on records collected by Sir Aurei Stein. Ibid, 1936, 66: Jan-Jun, 19-42, 3 pi.—Miiller. G. Sprachen und Rassen in Afghanistan. Zschr. Ethnol. (1939) 1940, 71: 219-29.—Miiller, L. R. Beitrag zur Psychologie der Turken. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1918, n. F, 45: 111-34.— Shanklin, W. M. Polynuclear count of the Alouites. Tr. R. Soc. Trop M. Hyg, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 173-8. ------ Anthropometry of Syrian males. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1938, 68: 379-414, 7 pi. ------ Anthropology of the Arab Bedouin. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1946, 4: 260—Szpid- baum, H. Die Samaritaner. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1927, 57: 139-58.—Timmermans, I. De Irakse vrouw en haar leven. Stethoscoop, Paramaribo, 1948-49, 5: No. 61, 16-9.—Tuppa, K. Anthropologische Untersuchungen an kriegsgefangenen Tipteren. Verh. Deut. Ges. Rassenforsch, 1938, 9: 141-4.— Yarho, A. I. [Gandsha Turks Aserbaidzhan ASSR] Antrop. J, Moskva, 1932, No. 2, 49-83. ------ [Brief review of anthro- pological study of the Turkish peoples in S. S. S. R. during the last ten years] Ibid, 1937, 46-64. Civilization and culture. See also subheading Medicine; also such terms as Babylonia and Assyria; Islam, etc. Carleton, P. Buried Empires; the earliest civilization of the Middle East. 290p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. Patai, R. On culture contact and its working in modern Palestine. 48p. 24^cm. Menasha, 1947- Rodale, J. I. The healthy Hunzas. 263p. 23>km. Emmaus, Pa., 1948. Abul-Hassan Sassani. The development of the control of education in Iran. Microfilm Abstr. Doct. Diss, 1941, 3: 13 —Amira. B. Les relations culturelles entre Israel et les nations. Rev. hist. m6d. h6br. Par, 1948, No. 2, 33-9.— Amschler, J. W. Die Knochenfunde aus dem Konigshugel Shah Tep6, in Nordiran. Forsch. A Fortsch, 1939, 15: 115.— Bircher, R. Die Hunsa. Wendepunkt, Zur, 1939-40, 17: 90; 131. ------ Aus dem Leben des Hunsa-Volkes. Ibid, 1940-41, 18: 19; passim, 8 pi.—Budge, E. A. W. Arab and Persian amulets and talismans. In his Amulets A Superstit, Lond, 1930, 33-81, incl. 9 pi. ------ Syriac amulets. Ibid, 272-82.—Eberhard, W. Kulturtypen im alten Turkestan. Forsch. A Fortsch, 1941, 17: 129-31.—Glueck, N. The excavations of Solomon's seaport, Ezion-geber. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1941) 1942, 453-78, 14 pi.—Hamilton, R. A. B. A greeting ceremony in the Aden Protectorate. Man, Lond, 1942, 42: 88-90.—Henninger, J. Fell- und Lederkleidung in Arabien. Internat. Arch. Ethnogr, Leiden, 1941-42, 40: 41-50.—Keith, A. Prehistoric people of Mount Carmel. Brit. M. J, 1938, 1: 390.—Kelso, J. L, A Thorley, J. P. Palestinian pottery in Bible times. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1946) 1947, 361-71, 3 pi.—Lentz, W. Ueber einige Fragen der materiellen Kultur von Nuristan. Zschr. Ethnol, 1937-38, 69: 277-306.—Leslau, W. Bibliography of the modern South Arabic languages. Bull. N. York Pub. Libr, 1946, 50: 607-9.—MacCurdy, G. G. Prehistoric man in Pales- tine. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1936, 76: 523-41, 16 pi — McGuire, B. Arab life in Syria, through the eyes of a private. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1943-44, 15: 13-5.—Mecquenem, R. de. Fouilles pr6historiques en Asie occidentale, 1934-37. Anthro- pologic, Par, 1938, 48: 55-71.—North Syria as a cultural link in the ancient world. Nature, Lond, 1943, 151: 144.—Petrie, P. W. R, A Seal, K. S. Charcoal burning [El Milah] In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, 67. ------ The cereals. Ibid, 105. ■—-—■— The seasonal varieties, the storing and the preparation of grain. Ibid, 106. ------ Chewing of the qat leaf. Ibid, 109-11. ------ Kaif. Ibid, 110.— Risdon, D. L. A study of the cranial and other human remains from Palestine excavated at Tell Duweir (Lachish) by the Wellcome-Marston archaeological research expedition. Biometrika, Cambr, 1939, 31: 99-166, 6 tab, 23 pi.—Rutten, M. Les embl6mes g6om6triques dans la civilisation ancienne du Moyen-Orient. Rev. hist, sc. Par, 1948-49, 2: 333-9.—Sandrock. Bei dem Vahli von Puscht-i-Kuh. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1525-30. Also in: Vor 20 Jahren (Deut. med. Wschr.) Lpz, 1935, 2. F, 92-107.—Schaeder, H. H. Der Alte Orient und die Volker des Nordens. Forsch. A Fortsch, 1937, 13: 31.— Shalem, N. Nota preliminare su alcuni nuovi giacimenti preistorici in Palestina. Arch, antrop. etnol. Fir, 1937, 67: 123-39.—Stchepinsky, V. Paleobiogeographie de la Turquie. Rev. sc. Par, 1947, 85: 716-24.—Vallois, H. V. Les ossements natoufiens d'Erq-el-Ahmar (Palestine) Anthropologic, Par, 1936, 46: 529-39.—Vaufrey. R. Pal6olithique et m6solithique palestiniens. Rev. sc. Par, 1939, 77: 390-406.—Vinchon, J. Le culte du feu et les gu6bres de Perse. M6m. Soc. fr. hist. m6d, 1947, 3: 38-40.—Woolley, L. North Syria as a cultural link in the ancient world. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1942, 72: 9-18. ---- Diseases. See also under specific names of diseases as Leishmaniasis; Leprosy; Malariography; Middle- east granuloma; Schistosomosis, etc. Schneller, P. Die Krankheiten Palastinas und ihre Bekampfungsmoglichkeiten. 96p. 8? Hannover, 1923. Abourousse, S. A propos de l'amibiase au Liban; reflexions sur quelques erreurs de diagnostic. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 2477-9.—Advier, M. The intestinal parasites in Lebanon. Med. News Bull, Beirut, 1948, 1: No. 4, 21-30. ------ A Abdo, R. La rage au Liban. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 2489-92.—Armin, K. L'etude histologique de 100 cas de lymphogranulomatose maligne en Iran. Rev. Fac. m6d, Teheran, 1949, 7: 1.—Aysoy, S. L'action du climat d'Ankara sur le developpement des animaux ch6vres, chats, lapins d'Ankara. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1947, 47: 170-5.—Bab, W. Augenuntersuchungen bei Anwartern auf ein Palastina-Zerti- fikat in Deutschland. Fol. ophth. orient, 1936, 2: 344-8.— Balcet, C. La patologia oculare in Transgiordania. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1942, 23: 373-82.—Basiliou, B. J. Con- tribution a l'etude clinique, psychiatrique et therapeutique des empoisonnements par le gardenal et la s6rie barbiturique au Liban. Rev. sc. m6d. fr. Moyen Orient, 1943, 2: 387-9.— Beklemishev, V, A Shipicina, N. Nakhozhdenie Anopheles marteri v severo-zapadnom Irane. Med. parazit, Moskva, 1947, 16: 66.—Bloomberg, B. M. Clinico-pathological aspects of disease in the Middle East. Leech, Johannesb, 1944, 15: No. 2, 25-8.—Braham, G. N. Hydatid disease in Iraq. J. R. Fac. Med. Iraq, 1943, 7: 19-21.—Bremond. Quatorze cas de fi6vres r6currentes a tiques observes dans le Hauran. Rev. sc. m6d. fr. Moyen Orient, 1942-43, 1: 215.—Canaan. L'amibiase en Palestine. Rev. m6d. fr. Moyen-Orient, 1943-44, 2: 22-8.— Ciaudo, D, Maroun, T. [et al.] Le goitre au Liban. Sem. h6p. Par, 1948, 24: 2502-7.—Cook, A. T, A Marmion. D. E. Chloromycetin in the treatment of typhoid fever; 14 cases treated in the Middle East. Lancet, Lond, 1949, 2: 975-9.— Delpy, L. P. Nouvelies recherches sur la theileriose bovine pathog6ne en Iran. Arch. Inst. Hessarek, 1947, No. 5, 14-32. ------A Kaweh, M. Existence de la brucellose en Iran; isolement de Brucella abortus. Ibid, 1946, 2: 55-9.—Delpy, MIDDLE EAST 210 MIDDLE EAST L. P, A Rafyi, A. La trypanosomiase du dromadaire en Iran; 6tude experimentale de Trypanosoma evansi, Steel 1885. Ibid, 1947, No. 5, 33-50, 2 pi.—Dostrowsky, A. Some endemic skin diseases in Palestine. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr, 2: 606-10.—Eckstein, A. Nos etudes sur 39 cas de noma observes k Ankara. Arch, balkan. m6d. chir. Par, 1939. 1: 186-92.—Edge, P. G. Palestine, 1939. Trop. Dis. Bull, Lond, 1946, 43: Suppl, 102-5. ------ Aden, 1939. Ibid, 127-9.—Epidemics in the agricultural districts [Palestine letter] J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 126: 783.—Erikson, E. V. [Nervous and mental diseases in Turkestan] Nevr. vestn, Kazan, 1914, 21: 523-98.—Falk, W. Have contagious diseases in Palestine a specific course and character? Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1943, 24: 55.—Flschel, M. Errors and faults in diagnosis and treatment of infectious diseases in Israel. Hebrew M. J, N. Y, 1949, 1: 151-60.—Fischer, L. Aerztliche Erfah- rungen in Afghanistan, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Krankheits- geographie Mittelasiens. Deut. tropenmed. Zschr, 1944, 48: 209—44.—Fruchaud, H, Aris [et al.] L'ulc6re duodenal au Liban et en Syrie. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 2480-7 — Glass, J. Bruceloza ws>6d uchodictwa polskiego w Teheranie w latach 1942-45. Lek. wojsk, Edinb, 1946, 37: 102-10 — Goor, S. Cattle plague in the Middle East; history, spread and distribution [Hebrew text] Refuah vet, 1948, 5: 43-50.— Habibi. M. Contribution a l'etude de Rhinosporidium seeberi; description de 15 cas observes en Iran. Rev. sc. med. fr. Moyen Orient, 1943, 2: 513-28, 2 pi.—Herold, B. Medizi- nisches aus Afghanistan. Fortsch. Med, 1927, 45: 136.— Honot, A. Quelques remarques au sujet de la pathologie chirurgicale au Djebel Druze. Rev. sc. m6d. fr. Moyen Orient, 1943, 2: 473-83. ------A Giraud-Costa. Etude clinique de cinq cas de fi6vre recurrente observes dans le Djebel Druze. Ibid, 1942-43. 1: 216.—Hudson, E. H, A Young, A. L. Med- ical and surgical practice on the Euphrates River; an analysis of 2,000 consecutive cases at Deir-ez-zor, Svria. Am. J. Trop. M, 1931, 11: 297-310.—Jablonski, W. Augenarztliche Ein- driicke im Orient. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1946, 112: 39- 46.—Jakimov, V. L. [Brief notes on the expedition for the study of tropical diseases of men and animals in Turkestan in 1913] Vest. Obshch. vet, 1914, 26: 1-9.—Jebejian, R. Le probleme des infections conjonctivales en Svrie. Rev. internat. trachome, 1948, 25: 263-70.—Kahn, W. Ueber Erscho- pfungszustande unter dem Einfluss des Sommerklimas in Palastina. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 343-5.—Ka- landadze, L. P., A Kaviladze, O. P. Materialy k izucheniiu krovososushchikh komarov zapadnoi chasti Iranskogo Azer- baidzhana. Med. parazit, Moskva, 1947, 16: 57-65.— Khoury, E, A Abirached, J. La filariose au Liban. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 2487-9.—Klopstock, A. Typhus, typhoid and paratyphoid in Palestine. Med. Leaves, 1939, 83-90.— Lederer, R. A new form of acute haernolytic anaemia, Baghdad spring anaemia. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1940-41, 34: 387-94.—Leffkowitz, M. The course of con- tagious diseases in Palestine and abroad. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1943, 24: 60.—Lichtwardt, H. A. Leprosy in Iran; a brief survey and statistical review of 520 cases. Leper Q, Shanghai, 1940, 14: 12-8.—McRobert, G. R. East of Suez. Brit. M. J, 1945, 2: 128.—Maner, R. H. Ordu asi hazirlama evi ve mesaisi hakkinda (bir hul&sa) Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1946, 75: No. 46, 22-4.—Marchionini. Hautkrankheiten des Orients. Zschr. Haut A Geschlkr, 1950, 8: 118.—Mauric, G., Merab, A. [et al.] L'ankylostomiase au Liban. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 2508-1 i.—Melchior, E. Chirurgisches aus der Tiirkei. Ars medici, Basel, 1946, 36: 675-80.—Petrie, P. W. R, A Seal, K. S. The examination of the people; Zanzibar and Museimir. In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, 15. ------ The Haski survey. Ibid, 20-3. Signs suggesting dietetic deficiencies [Subeihi] Ibid, Evidences of bilharziasis [Subeihi] Ibid, 38. 36. ------ Special investigations regarding bilharziasis [Mu- seimir] Ibid, 56. ------ Special investigations re bil- harziasis [Jebel Jehaf] Ibid, 73. ------ Map of malarial areas visited. Ibid, opp. p. 79. ------ Yemen ulcer. Ibid, 87. ------ Bahaq and bashash [Microsporon mi- nutissimum] Ibid, 88. ------ Blue skin disease. Ibid, 88. ------ Bejel. Ibid, 95. ------ Bilharziasis in South Arabia. Ibid, 153.—Poursines, Y, Lys, P., A Brounst, G. Essai d'appr6ciation de l'importance quantitative du para- sitisme amibien intestinal a Beyrouth. M6d. trop, Marseille, 1943, 3: 222-5.—Poursines, Y, A Maroun, T. Donn6es histologiques sur un processus mycosique, rencontre au Liban, n'appartenant pas aux formes classiques. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 2498-500.—Pouya, Y. La kala-azar en Iran. Rev. Fac. m6d, Teheran, 1949, 7: 11-4.—Rafyi, A. Sur la fi6vre r6currente sporadique en Iran; etude experimentale de Spiro- chaeta persica. Arch. Inst. Hessarek, 1946, 2: 37-42.— Reitler, R, A Kott, J. Erschopfungszustande bei Einwanderern in Palastina. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg, 1930, 34: 42-50.— Rizk, E. A. Faune parasitologique intestinale au Liban; 6tude de 6,100 analyses coprologiques. Rev. mid. Moyen Orient, 1945-46, 4: 480-90—Rousselot, R. Parasites du sang de divers animaux de la region de Teheran. Arch. Inst. Hessarek, 1947, No. 5, 62-72, 2 pi. ----— A Duvolon-Rafin, S. Sur une souche de spirochetes isol6ed'une gerbille iranienne, Tatera indica. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1948, 41: 458-63.— Russell, P. F. Some remarks about malaria. Rev. Fac. med, Teheran, 1949, 6: No. 9, 17-26.—Saad, B. La dengue au Liban. Sem. h6p. Par, 1948, 24: 2496-8.—Sadoughi, G. la conjonctivite trachomateuse en Iran. Rev. internat. trachome, 1948, 25: 204-6.—Sautet, J. Faible immunite produite par le spirochete de la fi6vre r6currente libano-syrienne. Med. trop, Marseille, 1942, 2: 724.—Scrocca, P. La malaria nell'Iran. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1941, 22: 782^4.—Seferian, V., A Mamo, A. Un cas de bilharziose v6sico-rectale en Dj6zireh, Syrie. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1948, 41: 487-90. Also Rev. m6d. Moyen Orient, 1948, 5: 349-52.—Seide, J. The geographical pathology of Palestine. Hebrew M. J, N. Y, 1942, 2: 149-61.— Silberstein, S. [The dermatological physiognomy of Palestine] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1944, 27: 63-6.—Sondag, A. V. A. Notes sur la pathologie syrienne. Arch. m6d. pharm. mil, 1930, 93: 493-513.—Stekoulis, C. Esquisse sur la peste bubonique en Turquie pendant les 5 dernieres ann6es 1897-1902. C. rend. Congr. 6gypt. m6d. (1902) 1904, 1. Congr, 1: 256-61.—Siiheyl Unver, A. Le folklore dermatologique en Turquie. Deliber. Congr. derm. internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr, 2: 800-6.—Witri, H. Some facts about the incidence of diseases in Iraq. J. Palestine Arab M. Ass, 1946, 1: 48-51.—Worthineton, E. B. Human diseases. In his Middle East Sc, Lond, 1946, 140-58. ------ Diseases of the environment. Ibid, 142-50. ------ Dis- eases of insanitary conditions. Ibid, 150-6. ---- Health and sanitation. See also Health organization and its sub- divisions. Canaan, T. The hygienic and sanitary con- ditions of the Arabs of Palestine. 15p. 24%cm. Jerusalem, 1946. Petrie, P. W. R., & Seal, K. S. A medical survey of the Western Aden Protectorate, 1939- 40. 167p. 32^cm. Lond., 1943. Wrench, G. T. The wheel of health. 147p. 22cm. Lond., 1941. Ashkenazi, T. Hygiene and sanitation among the Bedouina in Palestine. Hebrew M. J, N. Y, 1946, 1: 146-9.—Asira Arar. L'hygiene rurale en Turquie. In: Probl. san. pop. rurale Romania, Bucur, 1940, 1045-51.—Baruch, H. Hygiene et medecine hebraiques en Palestine. Rev. hist. m6d. h6br. Par, 1948, 42-59.—Baruch, J. Z. De zorg voor de volksge- zondheid in Palestina. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 393.— Bodenheimer, F. S. Bemerkungen zur Biogeographie Palasti- nas. Fol. med. int. orient, 1932-35, 1: 268-74.— Braunert. In tiirkischen Bergwerken. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 926.—Canaan, T. Die hygienischen und sanitaren Verhaltnisse Palastinas vor dem Kriege. Fol. med. int. orient, 1932-35, 1: 300-7. ------ A Karam, A. Statistical record of medical and hygienic progress in Palestine. J. Palestine Arab M. Ass, 1946-47, 2: 170-4.—Charooz, Y. Public health in Syria. Publ. Health Nurs, 1935, 27: 90-3.—Collins, R. K. Observa- tions on public health in Turkey. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag, 1938, 27: 4-8.—Cudmore. S. A. Vital statistics and public health in Palestine. Nat. Health Rev, Ottawa, 1941, 9: 81-90.—Dreizin, S. A. Nekotorye osobennosti pitevogo vodosnabzheniia v Severnom Irane. Hig. A san, Moskva, 1948, 13: No. 3, 49-61.—Earle, W. One aspect of Palestine. Pub. Health, Johannesb, 1946, 10: No. 10, 7, illust.—Emirate of Trans-Jordan [medical and sanitary reports, 1934-38] Trop. Dis. Bull, Lond, 1936, 33: Suppl, 109; passim — Fischer, L. Afghanischer Brief. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1939, 36: 724-7.—Gotschlich, E. Jahreszeit, Witterung und Sterb- lichkeit in Ankara 1937-39. Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1941-42, 127: 179-211, incl. 4 pi.—Greene, P. F. Mohammedanism in Turkey, with special references to health. Phi Beta Pi Q, 1929-30, 26: 135-50.—Hardy, E. Hygiene in Palestine. Lancet, Lond, 1948, 2: 470.—Health of Palestine. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 19.—Hoover, A. R. Conquered by dirt and disease; Turkey's appeal to American sanitary and medical aid. Survey, N. Y, 1917-18, 38: 467-72.—Hygiene rurale en Turquie. Tr. Sem. m6d. balkan, 1935, 3. Congr, 38-42.— Kleeberg, J. Untersuchungen uber den Einfluss des Klimas der Jordan-Senke (Totes Meer) auf Gesunde. Fol. med. int. orient, 1932-35, 1: 274-82.—Lewis, T. P. Health, physical education, and recreation in Lebanon and the Near East. J. Am. Ass. Health, 1949, 20: 159-61.—Medical survey of Aden, 1933. Ind. M. Gaz, 1934, 69: 594-6.—Mendelsohn, I. W. Sanitation in the Holy Land. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1935 25: 989-1000.—Meyer, J. Health problems of Palestine. In: Med. Leaves (J. C. Beck) Chic, 1937, 133-6.—Mundlak, A. The health of the Yishuv's young generation. Hebrew M. J, N. Y, 1947, 1: 171-5.—Noir, J. La sant6 publique dans les 6tata du Levant sous le mandat francais. Concours m6d, 1945, 67: 889-91.—Oberling, C. Certain aspects of public health in Persia. Proc. N. York Ass. Pub. Health Laborat, 1942, 22: 37-9.—Palestine. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 1: 535 — Palestine [medical and sanitary reports, 1929-38] Trop. Dis. Bull, Lond, 1931, 28: Suppl, 34; passim.—[Palestine] report of the health department. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 578.— Petrie, P. W. R., A Seal, K. S. Housing; Shuqra. In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, 14.------Teeth and gums IKhor 'Umeira] Ibid, 45. ------ Nutrition, Khor Umeira. Ibid, 47._ - - Dry refuse. Ibid, 99. - Human excreta. Ibid, 99-102, illust. Ibid, 102-5. - - Report on visit to Lahej. Ibid, 149° Housing. 51.—Public health of Palestine in peace and war. Health MIDDLE EAST 211 MIDDLE EAST Off, Wash, 1939, 3: 349.—Rapport de la mission charg6e par le Conseil sup6rieure de sante de Constantinople d'6tudier la defense sanitaire de la partie septentrionale de la fronti6re turco-persane [Extrait] Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub. Par, 1912, 4: 643-58.—Rodale, J. I. The food of the Hunzas. In his Healthy Hunzas, Emmaus, 1948, 168-97.—Saba, M. In- spection des viandes et abattoirs en Syrie. Rec. m6d. v6t. exot, 1936, 9: 70; 102.—Sabri Baki Ersoy [On the improve- ment of living conditions in the southern provinces] Askeri tibbibaytari mecmuasi, 1937, 14:307-15.—Sante (La) publique et l'assistance sociale en Turquie. Bull. Hyg, Lond, 1942, 17: 671 (Abstr.)—Seide, J. [The public hospitals in the post-war period] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1944, 26: 166-70.—Trans-Jordan [medical and sanitary reports, 1929-33] Trop. Dis. Bull, Lond, 1931, 28: Suppl, 37; passim.—Tugan, B. Health or- ganization in Turkey. Brit. M. J, 1944, 1: Suppl, 137. Also Canad. Doctor, 1944, 10: No. 11, 34-40.—Vine, J. M. Public health in Turkey. Newslett. Massachusetts Dep. Pub. Health, 1949, 19: 49-51.—Ward, E. S. J. Synopsis of the sanitary situation of lower Palestine. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1919, 25: 337-40.—Water supply in Palestine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1919, 73: 341.—Worthington, E. B. Injurious practices. In his Middle East Sc, Lond, 1946, 157. ---- Medical care, and facilities. Iran. Conseil sanitaire de l'empire de Perse. Proces-verbal. Teheran, 98., 1912-; [2. ser.] 1., 1921- . Palestine. Department of Health. An- nual report. Jerusalem (1921) 1922- [Palestine] Hadassah Medical Organiza- tion. Twenty years of medical service to Palestine, 1918-38. 223p.; 151p. 24cm. [Pales- tine] 1939. Turkey. Direction Generale de la Presse. La sante publique et l'assistance sociale en Turquie. lOOp. 24cm. Ankara, 1941. Turkey. Saglik ve sosyal yardim rakan- lik. Dergisi. Istanbul, v. 19, 1945- ---- Saglik ve sosyal yardim bakanhginm 25 yillik cah?malan. 118p. 24cm. Istanbul, 1948. Walden, R. [nee Rozenblum] *L'assistance mSdico-sociale en Palestine. 65p. 8? Par., 1937. Witry, H. al. Health services in Iraq. 29p. 18cm. Jerusalem, 1944. Amitin-Shapiro, Z. L. [Popular medicine of the native (Bokharan) Jews in Turkestan] Biull. Sredne Asiat. Gosud. Univ, Tashkent, 1926, 13: 1-17.—Appreciation from surgeon and matron of Red Cross service in the Middle East. Austral. J. Dent, 1942, 46: 100-2.—Assim Arar. The Turkish Red Crescent. Month. Bull. League Red Cross Soc, 1935, 16: No 12 [223]—Bluestone, E. M. The humorous side of medical life in Palestine. Hebrew M. J, N. Y, 1945, 1: 153.—Bub- caglione, C. I nuovi ospedali chirurgici di Roci, Tripoli, del Libano e Haifa in Palestina. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1934, 22: 111-21.—Cecil, G. Dentistry in Afghanistan. Oral Health, Toronto, 1928, 18: 420-3. ------ Afghan dentistry. Dent. Student, 1931-32, 10: No. 2, 16, Ac—Cottard. La chirurgie francaise en Syrie; 6 ans de pratique chirurgicale a Beyrouth. Seances Congr. fr. Syrie, 1. Congr, 1919, Sect. m6d, 95-8 — Etessami. S. Le march6 pharmaceutique en Iran. Libre pharm. Par, 1948, 5: No. 37, 7—Fischer, L. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der afghanischen Volksheilkunde. Deut. tropenmed. Zschr, 1943, 47: 346-54—Goldwasser, M. Medical care in Palestine as observed on a recent visit. Ann. West. M. <& b, 1948 2*368-72. ------ The status of the medical profession in the new state of Israel. Med. Woman J, 1949, 56: No. 7, 36—Greene, P. F. Medical practices in Turkey. Phi Beta Pi Q 1928-29, 25: 216-23.—Griscom, M. The medical situation for women in Persia, India and China. Tr. Alumnae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Pennsylvania, 1920, 45: 79-86 — Huffman A. V. Public welfare in Afghanistan and existing theories of philanthropy; social amelioration limited to most primitive of levels. Welf. Bull, Springf 1944, 35: No. 2 7.— Hussameddin. L'h6pital dans I'ensemble de 1action hygienique et sanitaire en Turquie. Nosokomeion Stuttg, 193^, d. 36-45—M.. J. M. Nursing in Transjordan. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1939, 35: 562-4.—Marcus, E. Medicine in Israel; prewar, military, postwar. Q. Chicago M. School, 1949-50, 11: 17-21.—Medical progress in Palestine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938 111: 1485.—Melchior, E. Zur Chirurgie Anatoliens. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941, 71: ip65-71.-Nesterovsk. I. Yest li v Palestinle podkhodyashchiya miesta dlya khmati- cheskago liecheniya? Yevr. med. golos, Odessa, 1909, 2. 29-32.—Nursing in Persia. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., 1943, 39. •>1fi_o__Nuzhet-Tchevik. Etat actuel des hopitaux en T^quieNNtseo^mdoVn,-Stuttg, 1936, 7: 49-52.-Orr-Ewine, H. J. Medical practice in Palestine. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1934 id, 141.-—Moorad, P. J. A comparative study of medicine among the ancient races of the East: Egypt, Babylonia, and Assyria. Ann. M. Hist, 1937, 9: 155-67.—Miiller, L. R. Erfahrungen eines Internisten in der Tiirkei. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1917, 64: 192.—Muley. K. Die Entwicklung der tiirkischen medizinischen und pharmakologischen Fachsprache. Ibid, 1929, 76: 796. ------ Brief aus der Tiirkei. Deut. med. Wschr, 1932, 58: 263.-—Palestine; medical research. In: Med. Res. in Colonies (Gr. Brit. Colon. M. Res. Com.) 1929, 36—41.—Parmelee, R. A. Reminiscences of twenty years in the Near East. Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1935, 41:399-405 — Raulin, L. Les origines de la m6decine dans l'lran antique. Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1937, 58: 601-5.—Refik Saydam. Bir siival takririne cevab. Anadolu klin, Istanbul, 1941, 9: 142-7.—Reichert, I. La mycologie palestinienne avec une 6tude historique sur la mycologie chez les Juifs. Rev. hist. m6d. h6br. Par, 1948, No. 2, 20-8.—Reutter, L. De l'enseigne- ment pharmaceutique en Syrie. Schweiz. Apoth. Ztg, 1923, 61: 287.—Rouillard. C. D. The Turk in French history, thought and literature, 1520-1660. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1936) 1938, 392-5.— Rubitschung, O. Brief aus Jaffa (Palastina) Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 982.—Ruska, J. Ueber das Fortleben der antiken Wissenschaft im Orient. Arch. Gesch. Math. Naturwiss, 1927, 10: 112-35.—Savage, H. L. Fourteenth century Jerusalem and Cairo through western eyes. In: Arab Heritage (Faris, N. A, ed.) Princet, 1944, 199-220.— Sayili, A. M. Turkish medicine. Isis, Bruges, 1936, 26: pt 2, 403-14.------Miller, B.: The Palace School of Muhammad the Conqueror [Bk Rev.] Ibid, 1942-43, 34: 168.—Schaeder, H. H. Von der griechischen zur arabischen Eroberung des Orients. Forsch. A Fortsch, 1937, 13: 70.—Schuurmans Stekhoven, W. Een geneeskundige studiereis in het land van de Halve Maan. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1918, 2: 1693-7.—Sennels, A. [A letter from a journey to Syria] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 632.-—Sinderson, H. C. Some recollections of Iraq, 1918-46. Med. Press, Lond, 1949, 221: 221-4.—Siiheyl, A. Zur Geschichte der Medizin und der Hygiene in der Tiirkei. Ciba Zschr, Basel, 1934-35, 2: 515-22.—Tev6k, Saglam. Turk hekimliginde Giilhanenin rolii. Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1944, 73: No. 43, 1-15.—Torkomian, V. Les anciens professeurs arm6nies de la Faculte de Medecine de Constantinople. Programme Congr. internat. hist. m6d, 1932, 9. Congr, 75.-—Trans-Jordan; medical research. In: Med. Res. in Colonies (Gr. Brit. Colon. M. Res. Com.) 1929, 41.—Tutunji, D. F. About medical things in Transjordania. Fol. med. int. orient, 1932-35, 1: 318-22.-—Van Wyck, H. B. Humanism and medicine; the pre-Hellenic world; the valley civilizations. Univ. Toronto M. J, 1948-49, 26: 107-11. ---- Military aspect. See also Military campaign; 'also other main military topics in this volume. . Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres. [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. la. Anh. 2. Merkblatt 53d/56: Der Arzt im Nahen Osten und in Nordafrika. 96p. 21 ^cm. Berl., 1942. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. la. Anh. 2. Merkblatt 53e/68: Afghanistan; geo- graphisch-hygienische Bemerkungen. 19p. 2iy2cm. Berl, 1942. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 64: Medical and sanitary data on Turkey. 24p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 126: Medical and sanitary data on Palestine and Trans-Jordan. 45p. 26Hcm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 128: Medical and sanitary data on the Levant States (Greater Syria) 19p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. Boyd, F. D. Experiences of a consulting physician on duty on the Palestine lines of communication. Edinburgh M. J, 1919, n. ser, 22: 276-87.—Bunker, C. W. O. Medicine in Turkey. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1927, 25: 229-53.—Erkul. E. [World war experience in Turkey] Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 499 (Abstr.)—Health precautions for the African Asiatic countries along the southern and eastern Mediterranean Sea, the Red Sea, and the Persian Gulf. Army M. Bull, 1942, No. 63, 71-89.-—Joynt, C. N. H. A summer tour in the Persian Gulf. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1945, 31: 237-45.—Leslie, R. W. D. The medical services in Palestine, 1936. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 289-303.—Macias Teixeira, L. A saude das tropas no M6dio Oriente. J. m6d, Porto, 1946, 8: 199; 281.— Medical ethnography of the Middle East, 1944. Bull. Army Health Statist, Lond, 2. ser, 1945-46, No. 2, 13-20.—Medical supplies. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 912.—Medical wastage in the Middle East 1943 and 1944. Bull. Army Health Statist, Lond, 2. ser, 1945-46, No. 6, 19-34.—Miihlens, P. Vier Jahre Kriegshygiene in der Tiirkei und auf dem Balkan. In: Vor 20 Jahren (Deut. med. Wschr.) Lpz, 1935, 2. F, 141- 60.—Overseas notes; Palestine. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1941-42, 13: 33-6.—Palestine in wartime. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1942, 28: 144-6. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 1509 — Partridge, M. A. Psychiatry in the Levant. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1946, 32: 115-26.—Petrie, P. W. R, A Seal, K. S. [Map showing tribal areas visited, Yemeni-Aden] In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, opp. p. 4. ------ Subehi survey [map] Ibid, opp. p. 32. ------ Ghariq [map] Ibid, opp. p. 33. ------ Diet of the soldiers [Subeihi] Ibid, 40. ------ Khor Omeira [map] Ibid, opp. p. 43. ------ Subehi survey [map] Ibid, opp. p. 44. ----— Haushabi survey [map] Ibid, opp. p. 49. ------ Amiri survey [map] Ibid, opp. p. 6&.—Trembur, H. Aerzt- liche Tatigkeit in der Tiirkei bei der Mittelmeerdivision wahrend des Weltkrieges. In: Vor 20 Jahren (Deut. med. Wschr.) Lpz, 1935, 2. F, 9-67.—Whayne, T. F. Medical and sanitary data for Levant States. Army M. Bull, 1943, No. 65, 50-72.—Willrich, G. Die Deutsch-Turkische Poliklinik der Mittelmeerdivision in Emirghian bei Stenia am Bosporus. In: Vor 20 Jahren (Deut. med. Wschr.) Lpz, 1935, 2. F, 257-66. ---- Nature and resources. Bertram, C. K.R. Death of St. Peter's fish in Lake Huleh, Palestine. Nature, Lond, 1942, 150: 58.—Combier. C. La climatologie de la Syrie. Ann. Fac. fr. m6d. pharm. Beyrouth, 1933, 2: 295-303.—Della Valle, P. II ciaclacucci. In: Anto- logia d. prosa sc. ital. d. seicento (Falqui, E.) Fir, 1943, 1: 328.—Fahri. Les plantes m6dicinales et a essences existantes en Syrie et au Liban. C. rend. Congr. internat. plant. m6d. (1931) 1932, 4. Congr, 282-7.—Gy, R. Irak, Iran, Sziria 6s Palesztina gazdas&gi jelzdt&bl&ja, 1938. Magy. statiszt. szemle, 1941, 19: 669.—Hardy, E. Animal husbandry on Palestine's new farms. Vet. Med, Chic, 1947, 42: 460.— Petrie, P. W. R, A Seal, K. S. Water supply; Shuqra. In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, 12.---— Water supplies. Ibid, 118-21.—Rousselot, R. Les rongeurs de la r6gion de T6h6ran. Arch. Inst. Hessarek, 1947, No. 5,51-61, pi.—Worthington, E. B. Atmospheric circulation and climate. In his Middle East Sc, Lond, 1946, 27-9. ------ Plants and animals. Ibid, 82-91. ---- Social aspect and demography. Bachi, R., Bavly, S. [et al.] Inquiry into poverty and malnutrition among the Jews of Jerusalem. 132p. 22cm. Jerusalem, 1943. Turkey. Office Central de Statistique. Recensement general de la population au 20 octobre 1935, T. 60: Population de la Turquie, resultats definites. 404p. 29cm. Ankara, 1937. Auerbach. Soziales und hygienisches aus Palastina. Med. Reform, Berl, 1912, 20: 163-8.— Aybar, D. Le second recense- ment g6n6ral de la population de la Turquie. Bull. Inst. internat. statist. Have (1936) 1937, 29: No. 2, 3-9.—Barak, H. Le Kibboutz palestinien. Psyche, Par, 1948, 3: 878-90.— Blumenthal, K. Problems of social psychiatry in Palestine. Am. J. Psychiat, 1947-48, 104: No. 9, 563-8.—Carmichael, J. Notes on Arab unity. Foreign Affairs, 1943-44, 22: 148-53 — Friedenwald, J. S. Population growth in Palestine. Human Biol, 1937, 9: 347-56.—Glass, D. V. Population trends in Palestine. Eugen. Rev, Lond, 1946-47, 38: 79-86.—Gy., R. Afganisztan. Magy. statiszt. szemle, 1941, 19: 670. ------ Sziria. Ibid, 670. ------ Palesztina. Ibid, 671.—Huffman. A. Social welfare in Mohammedan kingdom [Afghanistan] of ten million inhabitants. Welf. Bull, Springf, 1943, 34: No. 12, 14— Libby, V. K. Middle East relief. Red Cross Courier, 1941-42, 21: No. 12, 9.—Notestein, F. W., A Jurkat, E. Population problems of Palestine. Milbank Mem. Fund Q, 1945, 23: 307-52.—Oppenheimer-Bluhm, H. Industrialization in Palestine. Social Res, 1941, 8: 438-53.—Parker, J. Modern Turkey. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1940-41, 31: 357-72, 4 pi.— Petrie, P. W. R., A Seal, K. S. Vital statistics. In their Med. Surv. West. Aden, Lond, 1943, 96-9.—Spizman, L. The natural growth of the Jewish population in Palestine. Am. OSE Rev, 1943, 2: No. 3, 25-7.—Tannous. A. I. Social MIDDLE EAST change in an Arab village. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1941, 6: 650-62. ------ The Arab village community of the Middle East. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1943) 1944, 523-43, 14 pi.— Turkish (The) Halk-Evi in London. Man, Lond, 1942, 42: 68.—Weulersse, J. Influences confessionnelles sur la demo- graphie du Proche-Orient. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 6: 23-6.—Worthington, E. B. Population and social studies. In his Middle East Sc, Lond, 1946, 181- 95. ------ Social studies. Ibid, 193-5.—Young Turkey; orphan children find happiness in the Red Crescent Home at Kecioren near Ankara. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1949, 45: 759-62. MIDDLE-EAST granuloma [1945] See also Granuloma venereum. Cowe, W. R. S. Middle East granuloma; is it granuloma venereum? Brit. J. Vener. Dis, 1945, 21: 34-40. MIDDLE East Supply Centre [Cairo, Egypt] Report to the Director General, No. 2. 4? Lond., 1946. See Worthington, E. B. Middle East science. 239p. 24cm. Lond, 1946. MIDDLEKAMP, H. H. For portrait see J. Missouri M. Ass, 1950, 47: 256. MIDDLEKAUFF, Casper Joseph, 1887-1918. For portrait see Collection in Library. MIDDLEKAUFF, Woodrow Wilson, 1913- See Carpenter. S. J, Middlekauff, W. W, A Chamberlain, R. W. The mosquitoes of the southern United States east of Oklahoma and Texas. 292p. 24cm. Notre Dame, Ind, 1946. MIDDLE life. See Middle age. MIDDLEMASS, Mary, -1942. For obituary see Q. Rev. Med. Women Fed, Lond, 1942, July, 71. MIDDLEMISS, Kenneth Chisholm, 1886- 1947. For obituary see Glasgow M.J, 1947, 28: 98. MIDDLEMORE, Merell Philippa, 1898- The nursing couple, xvii, 195p. 19cm. Lond., H. Hamilton, 1941 [i. e. 1945] MIDDLE piece. See Spermatozoon. MIDDLESBROUGH, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. Middlesbrough (1898) 1899- MIDDLESBROUGH, Engl. School Medical Officer. Annual report. Middlesbrough (1944) 1945- MIDDLESEX, N. J. See under Health organization. MIDDLESEX County, Conn. Fisher, J. W. Yesterday in Middlesex County Medical Association. Connecticut M. J, 1943, 7: 700-4. MIDDLESEX County, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. Lond., 1905- See also under Health organization. See also: Sykes, J. F. J. Report upon the Administra- tive County of Middlesex, based upon the reports of the District Medical Officers of Health and upon the census and Registrar-General's returns for the year 1892. 116p. 8? Lond., 1893. MIDDLESEX County Medical Society [N. Jersey] Kler, J. H. Middlesex. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1943, 40: 206. MIDDLESEX Hospital. See under London, Engl. Middlesex Hospital. MIDDLESEX Hospital and Cancer Wing. Report. See London, Engl. Middlesex Hospital and Cancer Wing. Report. Lond. (1867) 1868- MIDDLESEX Hospital Journal. Lond., v.l, 1897- MIDDLESEX HOSPITAL SCHOOL MIDDLESEX Hospital Medical School. See under London, Engl. Middlesex Hospital Medical School. MIDDLESEX University. School of Medicine [Waltham, Mass.] Laboratory manual in phar- macology. 75 1. 23cm. Waltham, Mass., 1943. See also In Re the Trustees of Middlesex University; findings, rulings and order for decree. N. England J. M, 1945, 232: 362-4. MIDDLESEX (The) veterinarian; published by the School of Veterinary Medicine, Middlesex University. Waltham, v.3, 1943- MIDDLETON, Allan H., & MIDDLETON, Louisa Mosebar. A synopsis of nursing texts. 154p. 27cm. S. Bernardino, the Authors, 1930. Also 2. ed. 153p.;8p. Loma Linda, 1931. Also 3. ed. 157p.; 9p. 1931. Also 4. ed. 142p.; 9p. 1932. Mimeographed. MIDDLETON, Anthony Wayne, 1907- *A study of the relationship of renal adenomas to carcinomas [Univ. Minnesota] 1 p. 1., 24 1. illust. 27^cm. Rochester, Minn., Mayo Found. M. Educ. & Res.,. 1938. Typewritten. MIDDLETON, Austin Ralph, 1881- The University of the Americas. 24p. 23cm. Louis- ville, Ky., Mayes Print. Co., 1942[?1 MIDDLETON, Conyers, 1683-1750. G, M. The dignity of the medical profession; a bygone squabble. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 825. MIDDLETON, David, 1705-85. For biography see Cat. Portr. R. Coll. Surgeons, Lond, 1930, 45. MIDDLETON, Donald Stewart, 1899-1942. For obituary see Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 650. Also Edinburgh M. J, 1942, 49: 779. Also Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 685. MIDDLETON, Ethelyn Friend, 1871- The pretty girl's book; a guide to health and beauty. 204p. portr. 19cm. Chic, Congr. Drug Co., 1913. MIDDLETON, George Stevenson, 1853-1928. For obituary see Brit. M. J, 1928, 1: 575. Also Glasgow M. J, 1928, 109: 322-30, portr. Also Lancet, Lond, 1928, 1: 735. MIDDLETON, Henry Arthur, 1888- Legal survey with respect to occupational disease resulting from air pollution, comprising a study of the statutes and court decisions of states of the United States. Pt 1-7, and Suppl. No. 1. 7v. 23%cm. Pittsb., Air Hyg. Found. America, 1936-37. Forms No. 1, Legal Ser. Bull. Air Hyg. Found. America. MIDDLETON, Horace Pechin, 1839-67. For biography see in Hist. M. Soc. Distr. Columbia, Wash, 1909, 272, portr. MIDDLETON, Johnson Van Dyke, 1834-1907. For biography see in Hist. M. Soc. Distr. Columbia, Wash, 1909, 257, portr. MIDDLETON, Louisa Mosebar. See Middleton, A. H, A Middleton, L. M. A synopsis of nursing texts. 154p. 27cm. S. Bernardino, 1930. Also later eds. MIDDLETON, Thomas Hudson, 1863-1943. For obituary see Vet. Rec, Lond, 1943, 55: 224. MIDDLETON, William, 1893- For portrait see Collection in Library. MIDDLETON, William Drummond, 1844- 1902. For obituary see Tr. Iowa M. Soc, 1902, 20: 44-6. MIDDLETON, William John, 1858-1937. For obituary see Dauphin M. Acad, 1937, 26: No. 6, 6 (Bloom, J, Van Sickle, F, A Culp, J. F.) MIDDLETON, William Shainline, 1890- For biography see Ann. Int. M, 1949, 30: 1312, portr. Also Q. Phi Beta Pi M, 1946-47, 43: 167, portr. (Bland, P.) Also Wisconsin M. J, 1935, 34: 479. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Annual Rep. Commonwealth Fund, N. Y. (1940-41) 1942, 23: opp. p. 40. 2] MIDDLETON 214 MIDGET Also Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1946, 38: 499. Also Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1947-48, 50: 588. Also Wisconsin M. J, 1942, 41: 326; 1945, 44: 895; 1946, 45: 34. MIDDLETOWN, Conn. State Hospital. Re- port. Middletown (1934-36) 1936- MIDDLETOWN, N. Y. Board of Health. Report. Middletown, 1901/02-1915. Incomplete. MIDDLETOWN, N. Y. State Homeopathic Hospital. Annual report. Alb., 4. (1873-74) 1875- See also under Health organization. MIDELFART, Hans Christian Ulrik, 1865- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist, 1915, 2: 126, portr. MIDELFART, Johan Andreas Kraft, 1866-99. For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist, 1915, 2: 126, portr. MIDELFART, Johann Vilhelm, 1835-98. For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist, 1915, 2: 127, portr. MIDELFART, Peter Albert Hande, 1905- For portrait see Wisconsin M. J, 1949, 48: 329. MIDGE. See also Chironomidae; Diptera; Nematocera. Carter, H. F., Ingram, A., & Macpie, J. W. S. Observations on the ceratopogonine midges of the Gold Coast with descriptions of new species, p. 187-274. 8? Liverp., 1920-21. In: Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp, 1920-21, 14: Scotland. Department op Health. Scien- tific Advisory Committee. The second report on control of midges, lip. 24Hcm. Edinb., 1948. Bourne, A. I., A Shaw, F. R. Chironomid larvae in a tobacco Beed bed. J. Econ. Entom, 1947, 40: 749.—Carpenter, S. J. Blood worms in water supplies; description of the life cycle of chironomids and methods for controlling such growths. Water Works Engin, N. Y, 1942, 95: 887.—Ekkert, N. I. [Parasitic midge in the region of Riezhica County, Vitebsk Government] Vest, obshch. vet, 1915, 27: 580-2.— Fell Ion, H. L. The use of chlorinated benzenes for the control of aquatic midges. J. Econ. Entom, 1941, 34: 192-4.—Kruger, F. Eine parthe- nogenetische Chironomide als Wasserleitungsschadling. Naturwissenschaften, 1941, 29: 356-8.—Lindquist, A. W, A Deonier, C. C. Emergence habits of the Clear Lake gnat. Rev. Appl. Entom, Lond, 1943, 31: ser. B, 138 (Abstr.)— Macfie, J. W. S. A new blood-sucking midge from Singapore. Bull. Entom. Res, Lond, 1924-25, 15: 349-51.—Morikawa, Y. Tobun Dairen ni san-su [varieties of gnats found in Dairen] Acta derm, Kyoto, 1942, 40: 67.—Sabrosky, C. W. On the distribution and correct name of Oscinis pallipes, the swarming gnat of the Sudan. Bull. Entom. Res, Lond, 1949-50, 40: 61.-—Sen, P. On the occurrence of symbiotic micro-organisms in the Cecidomyiidae, or gall midges (Diptera) with special reference to the larvae of Rhabdopbaga saliciperda Duf. Arch. Protistenk, 1935, 85: 1-9.—Shields, S. E., A Hull, J. B. The seasonal incidence of sand flies in Florida. J. Econ. Entom, 1943, 36: 625.—Stuart, T. A. Chironomid larvae of the Millport shore pools. Tr. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1941-42, GO: 475-502.—Tokunaga, M. Chironomidae from Japan, Diptera; new or little-known midges, with descriptions of the metamorphoses of several species. Philippine J. Sc, 1938, 65: 313-83. ------ New or little-known Ceratopogonidae and Chironomidae. Ibid, 1940, 72: 255-311, 4 pi.—Townsend, C. H. T. An interesting blood-sucking gnat of the family Chironomidae. Psyche J. Entom, 1892-93, 6: 369-72, pi.— Walshe, B. M. The oxygen requirements and thermal resist- ance of chironomid larvae from flowing and from still waters. J. Exp. Biol, Lond, 1948, 25: 35-44.—Wautier, J. A propos d'une larve de chironomide trouv6e en Lorraine. Bull. biol. France, 1947, 81: 433.—Young, M. Midges. Lancet, Lond, 1905. 2: 628. MIDGET. See also Dwarfism; Nanosomia; Pygmy. Bodin, W., & Hershey, B. It's a small world; all about midgets. 312p. 8? N. Y., 1934. Kong, E. Ein Fall von primordialem Zwerg- wuchs. 41p. 21cm. Zur., 1946. Bodin, W., A Hershey, B. A day in the life of a midget. In their It's a Small World, N. Y, 1934, 11-24, pi. ----— What is a midget? Ibid, 41-61, pi. ------ Birth, child- hood and adolescence of midgets. Ibid, 80-95, pi. -----■ Historical midgets. JJoid, 189-207, pi.—Dupertuis, C. W. An anthropological study of midgets. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1940) 1942, 17-20. The size and proportions of adult midgets. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1945, 3: 111-28.—Ecke, W. Zur Morphologie und Genese des Zwergwuchses; Untersuchungen an Liliputanern. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1939, 60: 107-34.—Grebe, H. Ueber Dif- ferentialdiagnose und Erbverhaltnisse beim primordialen Zwergwuchs. Deut. med. Wschr, 1943, 69: 317 (Abstr.)— Giinther, H. Proportionsstudien en Zwergen; hypophysare und primordiale Zwerge, Miniaturmenschen. Virchows Arch, 1940-41, 307: 641-53.—Hrdlicka, A. Skull of a midget from Peru. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1943, n. ser, 1: 77-82, incl. pi.—Koch, H. H. Demonstration eines Zwerges, 130 cm. gross, 23 Jahre alt. Deut. med. Rdsch, 1950,4:51.—M, G. Bebe. Minerva med. Tor, 1943, 34: Varia, 302-4.—McCune, D. J., Merritt, K. K, A Kenyon, J. Hi. Clinical and anthropometric observations on the circus midget. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1941, 62: 424-6.—Otto. H. W. Lady Dot das kleinste Madchen der Welt. In his Abnormitiiten, Dusseld, 1900, 24, illust. ------ Marquis Wolga und Marquise Louise, das Konigspaar der Liliputaner. Ibid, 30, illust. ------ Albert Brough und General Thorn, Riese und Zwerg. Ibid, 43, illust.-—Schwalbe, E. Zwergwuchs. In his Morph. Missbild, Jena, 1909, 3. Abt, 17-25.—Verschuer, O. v, A Conradi, L. Eine Sippe mit rezessiv erblichem primordialem Zwergwuchs. Zschr. menschl. Vererb, 1938-39, 22: 261-7. MIDGLEY, Albert Leonard, 1878- For portrait see J. Am. Coll. Dentists, 1945, 12: 159. MIDHURST, Engl. King Edward VII Sanato- rium. Annual medical report. Midhurst, Sus- sex (1909/10) 1911- MIDLAND Doctor [pseud.] See Layton, Frank George, 1872-1941. MIDLO, Charles, 1901- See Cummins, H, A Midlo, C. Finger prints, palms and soles; an introduction to dermatoglyphics. 309p. 23Hcm. Phila, 1943. MIDMENSTRUAL pain. See under Menstrual cycle, Phase I. MIDNIGHT rambler; or, New nocturnal spy for the present year. 2 p. 1., 152p.; 12p. 8? London, J. Cooke [1780?] MIDORIZIN. See also Penicillin, Preparations. Tutimoto, S. Midorizin no yakko ni tuite [pharmacological efficacy of Midorizin] Sogo igaku, 1948, 5: 216-8. ------ Midorizin wo siyo-site [use of midorizin] Hirosima igaku, 1949, 2: 163. MID-PACIFIC. See also Micronesia; Pacific Ocean; also names of Pacific islands. United States. Army. Surgeon General's Office. Historical Division. A history of preventive medicine ... in World War II. v.10: United States Army Forces, Middle Pacific. 235p. 27Kcm. Wash., 1948. Mayer, A. G. The islands of the mid-Pacific. Sc. Month, 1916, 2: 125-48.—Preventive medicine in the Middle Pacifio In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 10: 3-24. MIDRASH. See under Bible; Talmud. MIDTOWN Dental Society. See under New York, N. Y. Midtown Dental Society. MIDULLA, Carmelo. Antropologia fisica; antropometria, accrescimento, tipi morfologici costituzionali nell'adulto e nell'eta evolutiva. 288p. illust. ch. 8? Roma, P. Cremonese, 1931. ---- Lesioni violente e soccorsi d'urgenza. 2. ed. 185p. 8? Roma, Cremonese, 1937. MIDWAY Island. See also Mid-Pacific; Pacific Ocean. De Jongh, H. J. Midway Island. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 4, 76.—W., S. L. Notes from Midway Island. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1928, 7: 416-9. MIDWESTERN Discussion Group [5. meet., 1942] Proceedings; progress reports on massive dose therapy of early syphilis, [v. p.] illust. tab. diagr. 28cm. [Frankfort? Ky.] 1942. MIDWESTERN 215 MIDWIFE MIDWESTERN (The) druggist. Kansas City, v.15, 1940- MIDWIFE (The) or; Old (The) woman's magazine; containing all the wit, and all the humour, and all the learning ... published pursu- ant to several acts of Parliament, and by the permission of their most Christian and most Catholic Majesties, the Great Mogul and the States General, v.l & 3. 2v. 151p.; 288p. 17cm. Lond., Printed for Mary Midnight and sold by T. Carnan, 1751-53. MIDWIFE. See also Midwifery; also such terms as Ma- ternal welfare, Personnel; Medical personnel; Nurse. Bertazzoli, A. Levatrice od ostetrica? Clin, ostet, 1925, 27: 294.—Bignami, O. Levatrice e non ostetrica. Ibid, 444.—Burger, L. La sage-femme. In: Mddecin (Barjon, L.) Par, 1948, 264.—Cayford, L. A. The midwife; past, present and future. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1947, 43: 295.—Crumpler, P. The midwife. Charlotte M. J, 1916, 73: 159.—Dubrisay, L. L'aide maternelle. Rapp. Conf. internat. nursing, 1907, 115.— Edgar, J. C. Why the midwife? Am. J. Obst, 1918, 78: 242-55; Disc, 227.—Hebammen. Med. statist. Mitt. Ge- sundhamt, Berl, 1901, 6: 69-73.—Inoue, N. Zyosanpu, kangohu, hokenpu no minamina samagata e [to midwives, nurses, and public health workers] Jap. J. Nurs, 1947, 2: No. 5, 2-4.—Key, A. C. W. Midwives to-day, stocktaking. Midwives Chron, I-ond, 1945, 58: 171.—La Torre, F. Pro e contro l'emancipazione delle levatrici. Clin, ostet, 1917, 19: 153-68.—Le Lorier, V. La levatrice di ieri, d'oggi e di domani. Arte ostet, 1934, 48: 215-9.—Pachinger, H. The midwife. Med. Life, 1923, 30: 158-62.—Pascasio, V. Delle levatrici. Severino, Nap, 1852, 2: 246; 305.—Quisling, N. A. Jordmor- fjJdselshjelperske? Tskr. jordmpU, 1910, 16: 61-5.—Shaw, W. F. The scientific outlook. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1948, 59: 311-7.—Stahle. Die Hebamme von heute. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1942, 55: 561-6.—Vanverts, J. Attribution des sages- femmes. Nord med, Lille, 1948, 46: 34-8.—Wehmer, R. Hebammen. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1909, 6: 299-307 ---- Activities, and duties. See also Child welfare; Infant welfare; Ma- ternal welfare; Maternity, Nursing, etc. Reed, L. S. Midwives, chiropodists, and optometrists, their place in medical care. 70p. 8? Chic, 1932. Anderodias, J. Ce que les sages-femmes ne doivent pas faire. Puericulture, 1949, 23: 4-13.—Baker, J. The function of the midwife. Woman M. J, 1913, 23: 196.—Blackburn, L. The midwife as an allv. Am. J. Nurs, 1942, 42: 57. ------ Midwife teaches nurse. Nat. Negro Health News, 1942, 10: 37 (Abstr.)—Bossi, L. M. La missione della levatrice nella famiglia e nella societa sotto il punto di vista della psicologia ginecologia. Gin. mod, Genova, 1908, 1: 42-5.—Breay, M. The scope of the maternity nurse. Bapp. Conf. internat. nursing, 1907, 110-4.—Calderini, G. La ginecologia nella pratica della levatrice. Lucina, Bologna, 1913, 18: 149; 165.— Carreras Reura, M. La comadrona como piofesional cien- tifico y como factor social. Rev. espan. obst, 1933, 18: 121- 30.—Colombini, C. Perche la levatrice diventi la buona con- sigliera nelle famiglie. Arte ostet, 1924, 38:17-21.—Couvreur. Rapports entre la famille et la sage-femme. J. obst. gyn, Lille, 1936, 7: No. 3, 3-16.—Dossena, G. E'necessario un piu adeguato riconoscimento dei meriti delle levatrici condotte, per ottenerne la migliore utilizzazione. Arte ostet, 1936, 50: 137-9.—Gaifami, P. La missione della levatrice. In his Convers. & lez. ostet. gin, Roma, 1933, 412-25. t ——— Le doti che si richiedono dalle levatrici. Ibid, 437-46.— Haony, L. A propos de I'extension du role imparti a la sage- femme. Puericulture, 1948, 22: 252-5.—Isidori, T. I compiti della levatrice moderna. Clin, ostet, 1921, 23: 282-7.— Maczewski, S. [The midwife in social organization] Polska gaz. lek, 1936, 15: 734-7.—Malinovsky, M. S. [Patronage work of the midwife in gynecological consultation] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 1-5.—Massazza. SuH'opportunita che la levatrice conosca i sussidi di laboratorio piu comuni nella pratica medica. Arte ostet, 1925, 39: 91-6— Matusita, [Value of midwives] Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1928-29 32: 281-90.—Mitarbeit der Hebammen in der Arbeit der NbV. Zbl. ges. Hvg, 1943, 51: 117 (Abstr.)—Paz Soldan, C. E. Deberes y perspectivas de la profesi6n de obstetnz en el Perfi. Reforma med, Lima, 1946, 32: 353-9.—Potter, M. F. Mid- wives and medical aid. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1946, 59: 10.—Richemont-Dessaignes. Du r61e social de la sage-femme dans la societe contemporaine. Rev. prat. obst. paediat, 1908, 21: 145-53.—Roume, A. Les limites du role de la sage-femme. Rev. med. Centr. Ouest, 1936, 8: 191-6.—Sippel. Die Stellung der Hebamme in der Heilkunst. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1907, 22: 495-8.—Solomons, B. The work of the midwife. Irish J. M. Sc, 1932, ser. 6, 213-6.—Yokoyama, T. Totobu besi sanba no iti gon [respect the words of maternity-nurses] Dozin igaku, 1936, 9: 178. ---- Almanacs, and directories. California, U. S. A. Board of Medical Examiners. Directory of physicians and sur- geons, naturopaths, drugless practitioners, chi- ropodists, midwives holding certificates issued under the medical practice acts of the state of California, also licentiates in government service Report of Board of Medical Examiners. Sacra mento (1923-)1924- Kalendar dlya aktjsherok. 1892; 1894. 2 v. 12? S. Peterb., 1892-94. Madras (the) nurses and midwives regis- ter. Madras, 1932— Ottow, B. Deutscher Hebammen-Kalender fur das Jahr 1937. 48. Jahrgang. 336p. 16! Berl., 1937. Practising midwives and maternity nurses; 1923-24. 231p. 32? Lond., 1923. Schweizerischer Hebammen-Kalender; von G. Rossier. 16? Genf, 1904. ---- Catholic. Bernard, R. P. La sage-femme catholique aux missions. J. obst. gyn. Par, 1935, 6: No. 8, 24-32.—Brys, J. De katholieke vroedvrouw en het doopsel. Ibid, 1936, 7: No. 3, 34—48.-—Cauchois. Les differentes orientations de la profes- sion. Ibid, 1934, 5: No. 6, 4-34. —r— L'action per- sonnels de la sage-femme catholique. Ibid, 1935, 6: No. 9, 14-26.—Congres (1.) international des sages-femmes catho- liques. Ibid, 1934, 5: No. 4, 3-23.—Congres (3.) international des sages-femmes catholiques, Paris, 8 juillet, 1937. Bull. Soc. med. S. Luc, Bourges, 1937, 43: 244.—Dauwe. Deuxieme congres international des sages-femmes catholiques, Bruxelles, 13 juillet, 1935. J. obst. gyn. Par, 1935, 6: No. 10, 3-12.— Lefebvre, A. Attitude de la sage-femme catholique vis-a-vis de sa cliente avant l'accouchement. Ibid, 1934, 5: No. 4, 26-36. ------ La necessity sociale de la sage-femme catho- lique. Ibid, 1935, 6: No. 9, 27-32—Lemaire, P. De vroed- vrouw en de catholieke actie. Ibid, 15-23.—MacKintosch. L'accoucheuse catholique et les problemes sociaux du jour. Ibid, 27-41.—Mercken. La sage-femme oil l'accoucheuse catholique aux missions du Congo-Beige. Ibid, No. 8, 3-23.— Verstraete. De katholieke vroedvrouw en het beroepsgeheim. Ibid, 1936, 7: No. 3, 19-33. ---- Congresses, and societies.1 See also Obstetrician, Congresses and so- cieties. [Germany] Vereinigung deutscher Hebam- men. Offizieller Bericht uber die Verhandlungen des 14. Delegiertentages ... am 25. und 26. Mai 1908 in Miinchen. 128p. 8? Berl., 1908. Balard, P. Huitieme Congres international des ac- coucheuses, Paris, avril 1938. Presse med, 1938, 46: 765.— Baum, P. Ruckblicke auf die letzte Tagung der Vereinigung zur Forderung des Hebammenwesens, Miinchen, Juni 1911. Zschr. ges. deut. Hebam. Wes, 1911-12, 3: 289-308.—Bignami, E. La voce degli ostetrici e delle levatrici per la federazione. Rass. ostet, 1908, 17: 775-82.—Bond (De) van vrouwelijke verloskundigen in Nederland. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1908-09, 12: 283; passim.—Congres (1.) national des sages-femmes francaises. Puericulture, 1948, 22: 222-8.—Congreso (1.) nazionale delle ostetriche, Roma, 4-6 novembre, 1946. Lucina, Roma, 1946, 211-21.—Ferrari, F. II primo congresso delle Guardie ostetriche italiane. Italia san, 1909, 5: 158.— Kentucky State Association of Midwives, Inc. Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv, Lex, 1938-39, 14: No. 4, 19-23 — Mathes, K. Hebammengremien in Oesterreich. Zschr. ges. deut. Hebam. Wes, 1910-11, 2: 329-34.—Patterson, H. M, Milnor, G. C. [et al.] Symposium on obstetric care. Planta- tion Health, Aiea, 1946, No. 2, 15-24.—Pye, E. M. Impres- sions of the 8. International midwives' Congress, Pans, April 1938. Internat. Nurs. Rev, Geneve, 1938, 12: 277-85.— Rissmann, P. Ueber den weiteren Ausbau der Vereinigung zur Forderung des Hebammenwesens. Zschr. ges. deut. Hebam. Wes, 1910, 2: 268. ------ Die Vereinigung der Vereinigungen. Gyn. Rdsch, 1914, 8: 131.—Riihle-Elberfeld, W. Die Vereinigung zur Forderung des Hebammenwesens. Frauenarzt, 1913, 28: 398-405.—Voeux du Congres inter- national des accoucheuses; Paris, 11-13 avril 1938. J. med Paris. 1938. 58: 727. MIDWIFE 216 MIDWIFE ---- Diseases, hygiene, and mortality. Bathel, H. *Bakteriologische Untersu- chungen iiber den Zustand der Mundhohle bei praktizierenden Hebammen. 30p. 8? Bonn, 1920. Haas, H. *Zahnarztliche Untersuchungen iiber den Zustand des Gebisses und der Mund- hohle bei Hebammen. 37p. 8? Bonn, 1929. Berkeley, C. The death-rate of midwives. Med. Off, Lond, 1945, 74: 194.—Bettica-Giovannini, R. Le malattie delle levatrici nel De morbis artificum di Bernardino Ramazzini. Minerva gin. Tor, 1949, 1: 152-4.—Ekstein, E. Ueber Vorschlage zu Reformen des Hebammenwesens und die Bekampfung des Puerperalfiebers. Samml. klin. Vortr, 1906, No. 432, Gyn, No. 159, 735-50.—Freund, H. W. Hebam- menwesen und Puerperalfieber. Strassb. med. Ztg, 1906, 3: 219-22.—Guttmann, G. Die Mundhohle der Hebammen eine Infektionsgefahr fiir die Wochnerinnen. Deut. Mschr. Zahnh, 1910, 28: 385-99.—Lowenstein, G. Zur Frage der Vornahme der Wa. R. bei der Auswahl von Hebammen als Bezirkshebammen gemass der Durchfiihrung des Preussischen Hebammengesetzes. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 71. ---- Education, and qualifications. See also other subheadings (Examination; Instruction; Schools) Scuderi, C. Necessity di una cultura migliore per le levatrici in Italia. 15p. 8? Nap., 1905. Also Rass. ostet, 1905, 14: 324; 379. Balard, P. La capacite professionnelle de la sage-femme. J. med. Bordeaux, 1929, 59: 165-72.—Ekstein, E. M it welcher Berechtigung ist eine hohere Vor- und langere Ausbildung fur Hebammen zu fordern? Gyn. Rdsch, 1915, 9: 8-14.—Gaifami, P. La buona e la cattiva levatrice. In his Con vers. & lez. ostet. gin, Roma, 1933, 460-7.—Gow, W. J. The education of the maternity nurse. Brit. J. Nurs, 1906, 37: 447-50.— Iapelli, M. Lettera alle levatrici. Bass, ostet, 1919, 28: 304-15.—Knoop, J. Klinische opleiding voor kraamverzorg- sters. Tschr. sociale gereesk, 1947, 25: 185.—Kosmack, G. W. Does the average midwife meet the requirements of a patient in confinement? Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1912) 1913, 3: 238-60.—Leopold. Die Gewinnung von Angehorigen gebildeter Stande fiir den Hebammenberuf. Gyn. Rdsch, 1908, 2: 110-20.—McCord, J. R. The education of midwives. Am. J. Obst, 1931, 21: 837-52.—McGarvah, E. Bringing up the Detroit midwife. Mother & Child, 1923, 4: 400-3.— Morris, P. Education and health. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1946, 59: 193.-—N.-r. Eene verbetering van de uitrustirg der verloskundige. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1910-11, 13: 73-7.— Regan, A. The midwife of 1950 and her predecessor. J. R. San. Inst, 1936-37, 57: 202-11.—Rissrnann, P. Kann man die Einrichtung spezieller Kurse fiir gebildete Frauen em- pfehlen? Zschr. ges. deut. Hebam. Wes, 1911-12, 3:333-5.— Russell, V. Midwives of the future. Publ. Health, Lond, 1934-35, 48: 314-7.—Wenrich, M, & Justus, K. M. The family care study; a method of teaching total maternity care. Am. J. Nurs, 1948. 48: 179-84. ---- Employment. Alin, E. Hvad bor sta i ett barnmorskekontrakt? Jorde- modern, Stockh, 1911, 24: 145-54.—Freudenthal, P. [Shall midwives be without bread?] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 598.—Mannheircer, C. Forslag till normalkontrakt for kom- munelt aristallda barnmorskor. Jordemodern, Stockh, 1911, 24: 194-6.—Rie'.ander, A. Wie ist eine Besserurg der Hebam- menvertriige zu erreichen? Zschr. ges. deut. Hebam. Wes 1910-11, 2: 346-54.—Spence, J. E. The training and employ- ment of midwives. J. R. San. Inst, 1930-31, 51: 487-92.— Training (The) and employment of midwives. Lancet, Lond. 1929, 2: 680-3.—Watson, B. P. Is there a place for the trained obstetric nurse or midwife in American obstetrics? Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. America (1929) 1930, 5: 287-91. ---- Errors. See also subheading Malpractice. Ando, K. Sizen-teki kiken-sei wo kyoka-suru bunben kaizyo- ho [method of assisting delivery which increases natural hazards] Sanka & huzinka, 1946, 13: No. 2, 4-7.—Gewin, W. C. Careless and unscientific midwifery with special refer- ences to some features of the work of midwives. Alabama M. J, 190o-06, 18: 629-35.—Knight, H. W. Midwifery customs in India which favor tetanus and pressure gangrene of mother and decomposition of the unborn; case reports N Orleans M. & S. J, 1933, 86: 172-8.—Mallon, W. The mid- wife's relation to our high maternal mortality. Trained Nurse NY, 1929, 82: 765-8— Perondi. G. G. La morti-natalita' in Italia e i limiti d'azione della levatrice. Riv. med, 1929, 37: 129-33.—Rezza, T. Gli errori piu comuni nella practica della levatrice. Lucira, Bologna, 1909, 14: 33; 49, 65.— Rucker, M. P. The relation of the midwife to obstetric mortality, with especial reference to New Jersey. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1923, 13: 816-22.—Sosenkova, N. 3. [Errors and negligence in the work of the licensed midwife] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, No. 3, 36-40.—Worrall, R. Some common faults in midwifery practice. Med. J. Australia, 1918, 2: 386-8. ---- Ethics. See also Abortion, criminal; Secrecy. Donaldson, M. The ethics of midwifery. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1926, 10: 355-7.—Formation (La) morale de la sage-femme; par un groupe d'616ves de l'Ecole de sages-femmes de la Faculte catholique de Lille. J. obst. gyn, Lille, 1938, 9: No. 3, 15-24.—Garau Semino, F. Doveri morali dell'ostetrica. Lucira, Roma, 1946, 187-9.—Gerdessen. K. Schweigepflicht und Meldepflicht des Geburtshelfers. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1928, 80: 318-34.—Lacomme, M. A propos des sages-femmes avorteuses. Sem. hop. Par, 1947, 23: 1-4.—Prospering F. Problemi morali dell'ostetrica. Lucina, Roma, 1946, 242-7.— Victoria, M. The nurse's difficulty in enforcing ethical standards in the obstetrical operating room. Hosp. Progr, 1934. 15: 395. ---- Examination, and licensing. See also other subheadings (Inspection; Laws; Organization, etc.) [United states] national league of nurs- ing education. Department of measure- ment and guidance. Achievement examination in obstetric nursing, Form 149. 17p. 28cm. N. Y., 1948. ---- Obstetric nursing; graduate nurse exam- ination, Form 149A. 14p. 28cm. N. Y., 1949. ---- Obstetric nursing; state board test pool examination, Form 949. 14p. 28cm. N. Y., 1949. Beitler, F. V. Registration and practice of midwifery. Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1911) 1912, 2: 226-31.— Berkeley, C. The midwife's title. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 562. ----- Designation of midwives. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 127.—Brown, L. F. The Central Midwives Board and the Midwifery Service. Ibid, 1939, 61: 227-31. ------ Habit- ually and for gain. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 548.—Central (The) Midwifes Board. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 57 — Charter (A) for midwives [Gt. Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 163.—Cullingworth, C. J. The Obstetrical Society of London and its examinations for midwives; a chapter in the history of the midwives question. Lancet, Lond, 1907, 1: 528-35.—Derryberry, M, & Daniel, J. The development of a technique for measuring the knowledge and practice of mid- wives. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1936, 51: No. 24, 757-71.— Documents officiels; administration du service de sant6 et de 1'hygitoe; examens de sage-femme. Mouvement hvg, Brux, 1908, 24: 302-9.—Dohrn, R. Erfahrungen bei Prufungen und dem Nachexamen der Hebammen. Zbl. Gyn, 1906, 30: 901-9.—Doktor, S. A b&baiigy fejlesztese numerus clausua megszabasaval. Budapesti Orvosegy. evk, 1904, 96-100.— Hebamme, Zuriickrahme des Priifungszeugmsses. Reichs- gesundhbl, 1936, 11: 166.—Maister, M. The control of nursing homes arid midwives; legal aspects and education of uncertificated midwives. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 118- 28.—Medical Practice Act, Michigan; license not required to practice midwifery. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 1400.—Muralt, J. Das Hebammen-Examen in Frag und Antwort. Sachs. Hebam. Ztg, 1905, 2: 38; pass'm.—Romo Daviia, A. Obste- tricia; ejercicio ilegal, proyecto de ley. Mem. Congr. mid. ecuator. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr. 754-62. ---- Experiences. See also Midwifery subheadings (Cases; Practice) Burger, L. [pseud.] Memoirs of a midwife. 305p. 8? N. Y., 1934. Campbell, M. Folks do get born. 245p. 21cm. N. Y., 1946. Drogendijk, A. C. [The diary of Mrs. Waltman; midwife of the 19th century in Dordrecht] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1936, 80: 981-8.—Epler, B. N. Obstetrical observations on an isolated island; sketch of a heroic midwife. South. M. & S, 1930, 92: 724-8.—Fjelletrom, A. Bref fran en barnmorskemis- sionar i Kina. Jordemodern, Stockh, 1909, 22: 73-6.—Ford. R. K. Personal experiences in midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1930, 2: 726-8.—Gregory, A. S. The romance of a district midwife's life. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1917, 1: 91-4.— Leaves from a midwife's diary; on guardians of the poor. Ibid, 94.— Robinson, A. I. With a midwife round the slums. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1947-48, 86: 451.—Wragge, S. Leaves from a midwife's diary; gold hair. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1917, 1: 193—Wri«ht, F. S. Eighty-four years old and still a mid- wife. Pub. Health Nurse, Clevel, 1919, 11: 979-81. MIDWIFE 217 MIDWIFE History. See also Midwifery, History; Obstetrics, History. Ditton, M. *Die Bedeutung der Frauen bei der Entwicklung der Geburtshilfe. 40p. 8? Miinch., 1930. Wille, F. C. Ueber Stand und Ausbildung der Hebammen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert in Chur-Brandenburg. 24p. 8? Berl., 1934. Forms Heft 4, Abh. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss. Allan, R. M. The story of two famous midwives. Australas. Nurs. J, 1934, 32: 167; 189.—Andel. M. A. v. [Midwives' signs, 18. century] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1928, 72: 2665-9.— Balard, P. Le controle de la profession de sage-femme sous 1'ancien regime. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 45: 6.— Berard, L. & De'aunay, P. Les cours de sages-femmes dans la geneValite' d'Alencon au 18. siecle. France mid., 1909, 56: 177.—Billard, M. Une expertise en ecriture sous la Terreur; la sage-femme Bertheaux et sa lettre contre Robespierre (documents intuits) Chron. m6d. Par, 1913, 20: 353-60.— Bollag, K. Ein alter Brief zur Hebammenfrage. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 608.—Cohen, J. Growth of the nursing and midwifery professions in England and Wales. In: Minor. Rep. Work. Party Recruitm. Nurses Gr. Britain, Lond, 1948, 78.—Corbiere, E. Mme. Duroucher; la primera partera graduada en Brasil. Accion mid., B. Air, 1941, 11: 69.— Creutz, R. Marie-Louise Lachapelle und Marie-Anne Victorine Boivin, zwei hochverdiente Vertreterinnen der Entbindungs- kunst an der Wende des 18.-19. Jahrhunderts. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 520-4.—Defense de pratiques aux sages-femmes reformers (1680) Rev. gen. clin. ther, 19a3, 47: Suppl, 1189.—Delaunay. Les sages-femmes dans le Maine k la fin de 1'ancien regime. Liber mem. Congr. hist, art de guenr (1920) 1921, 1. Congr, 283-9.—De Mets. Le programme d'un concours de sages-femmes a Anvers en 1620. Ibid, 297-304, facsim.—Deux nouvelies figurations des sages-femmes de la Vierge. Aesculape, Par, 1935, n. ser, 25: 262.—Esso, I. v. Hollandsche vroedvrouwen in Rusland in de 18. eeuw. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: pt 2, 2831-3.—Ferguson, J. H. Mississippi midwives. J. Hist. M, N. Y, 1950, 5: 85-95.— Forget, U. Sages-femmes. Union mid. Canada, 1944, 73: 152.—Gils, J. B. F. v. Beroemde vroedvrouwen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1942, 86: 573-9, 2 pi.—Gotthelf, J. Schweizer Dichter iiber den Hebammenberuf. Sachs. Hebam. Ztg, 1906, 2: 133-5.-—Grierson, C. Historia de las obstetricas. Rev. obst, B. Air, 1903, 1: 9-SO.—Gubler, E. Genfer Hebammen und Gesundheitspolizei. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 1161.—Haydon, M. O. The midwife past and present. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1920, 4: 43.—Jung, P. Die Augs- burger erneuerte Hebammenordnung von 1750. Gesnerus, Aarau, 1946, 3: 134-46.— Lannois, M. Les sages-femmes de la Nativity et leurs figurations a Lyon. Lyon med, 1936, 157: 48; 81, 4 pi.—Malcovati, P. Le ostetriche a Milano sotto Maria Teresa. Arte ostet, 1940, 54: 192-4.—Manley, K. Leaves from an 18th century midwife's case book; fi. B. Browne, Whitby Museum, describes a very old case book in the museum, which covers births recorded by Mrs Katherine Manley from 1720-64. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1947-48, 86: No. 2242, Suppl, p. i.—Mousson-Lanauze. Sages-femmes d'autrefois. Paris mid., 1926, 62: annexe, 110.—Nascirnento, A. Maternidades e parteiras. Rev. syniatr, Rio, 1939, 32: 161-3.—Nicatee, V. Les sages-femmes au 16. siecle. France med, 1906, 53: 444-6.—Olow, J. [A few women from the history of obstetrics] Upsala lak. foren. forh, 1928, n. f, 34: 709-30.—One-hundred-year-old Kentucky midwife; she has brought 939 babies into the world [Portrait] Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv, Lexingt, 1943-44, 19: 19—Puech, P. Un procea entre accoucheurs en l'an XII. Montpellier med, 1911, 32: 409-20.—Roshem, J. Accoucheurs de jadis. Paris med, 1912-13, 10: Suppl, 989-95.—Rozova, K. A. [Midwives as predecessors of the Russian women physicians] Feldsher, Moskva, 1944, No. 7, 44-8.—Sainte Marguerite et les femmes en couches. Chron. med. Par, 1926, 33: 341-7.—Schoppler. Der Reichsstadt Regensburg Hebammenordnung im Jahre 1617. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1907, 17: 123-5.—Strauss, P. Sages- femmes et herboristes. Rev. philanthrop. Par, 1916, 19: 405-9.—Teaching (The) of midwifery in London in 1814; Haighton and Blundell. Brit. M. J, 1914, 2: 21-3.—Wilson. E. Die Hebamme in der Dichtung. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg. 1928, 43: 49.—Winkler, J. [Batavian midwives in former times] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 1322-10. ---- Inspection, and control. See also other subheadings (Examination; Laws) Association of Supervisors of Midwives; occasional notes. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 182; 1944, 72: 157—Austin, B. F. Midwife control program. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1935-36, 5: 265-7.—Cassie, E. The public health authority and the midwife. J. R. San. Inst, 1930-31, 51: 481-6—Costill, H. B. Midwifery supervision succeeds in New Jersey. Nation s Health, Chic, 1926, 8: 255-7.—Emmons, A. B., & Huntington, J. L. Has the trained and supervised midwife made good? Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1911) 1912, 2: 199-213.— Fairbairn, J. S. Inspection of midwives. Med. Off, Lond, 1931, 46: 35— Frizelle, M. T. The elimination of ignorant midwifery; either its education, licensure and supervision, or its suppression. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1917, 64: 312-9.— Hedger, C. Investigation of 363 midwives in Chicago. Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1912) 1913, 3: 261-4.—Konrad, J. [Medical supervisors in obstetrical practice] Gy6gyaszat, 1932, 72: 425-9.—Kosmak, G. W. Results of supervised midwife practice in certain European countries; can we draw a lesson from this for the United States? J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 2009-12.—MacEachern, M. T. What every ob- stretical supervisor should know. Am. J. Nurs, 1935, 35: 97-105.—Petition fran barnmorskorna angaende borttagende af de arliga sammenkomsterna infor stadslakaren. Jordemodern, Stockh, 1909, 22: 175-8.—PI ecker, W. A. The first move toward midwife control in Virginia. Virginia M. Month, 1918, 45: 12. ------ Virginia makes efforts to solve midwife problem. Nation's Health, Chic, 1925, 7: 809-11.—Purdy, C. H. Supervision of midwives. Health Notes, Jacksonville, 1934, 26: 41-4.—Roy, D. W. Some notes on the functions of supervisors of midwives. Med. Off, Lond, 1938, 60: 187.— Supervision of midwives in New York City. Week. Bull. Dep. Health City N. York, 1921, n. ser, 10: 153-7.—Williams, J. W. The plan as adopted by Beaufort County for the control of midwifery. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1925, 72: 145-53. Also N. Albany M. Herald, 1926, 35: 134-7. ---- Instruction, and training. See also other subheadings (Education; Schools) also Midwifery, Manuals. Angulo Puente Arnao, G. Programa para la ensenanza de la obstetricia menor en el Peru; obstetricia para obstetrices. 109p. 20cm. Lima, 1915. Campbell, J. M. Training of midwives. 45p. 8? Lond., 1923. Forms No. 21, Rep. Pub. Health & Med. Subj. Min. Health Gr. Britain. Epstein, A. Ueber die Notwendigkeit eines systematischen Unterrichtes in der Sauglings- pflege an Hebammen-Lehranstalten. 27p. 8? Berl., 1916. Larrabure Ugarte, H. Programa de ob- stetricia para la ensenanza exclusiva de las ob- stetrices. p. 3-63. 18cm. Lima, 1915. Malacarne, M. V. G. Dialoghetti per istru- zione delle levatrici idiote. 54p. 8? Padova, 1808. Manrique, B. Programa de obstetricia; curso de la maternidad. 77p. 18%cm. Lima, 1915. Adair, F. L. Undergraduate obstetric education. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1936, 22: No. 10, 299-307. ------ Under- graduate obstetric education. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: i44i.—Advanced obstetric nursing; tentative outline for an advanced course in obstetric nursing for graduate nurses. Am. J. Nurs, 1941, 41: 945-8.—Ahlfeld, F. Drill oder Er- ziehung zur Bewegungsfreiheit, ein Wort zur Hebammenreform. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1909, 65: 305-17.—Annfriev, A. A. O zhelatelntkh reformakh v dielle sovremennago obrazovaniya povivalnikh babok. Sborn. tr. akush. & gin. posv. D. O. Ottu, S. Peterb, 1906, 1: 222-40.— Baer, J. L. Current teach- ing trends in obstetrics. Mother, Chic, 1947-48, 9: No. 3, 5.—Balard, P. Formation technique et perfectionnement de la sage-femme. J. obst. gyn, Lille, 1937, 8: No. 9, 39; pas- sim.—Beaulah, L. E. Post-graduate midwifery. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 260; passim.—Berkeley, C. Why has the teaching of midwifery been so inefficient? J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire. 1926, 33: 634-41. ------ The teaching of midwifery based on the Lloyd Roberts memorial lecture. Ibid, 1929, 36: 701-55.—Bingham, A. W. Education for preventive obstetrics. Publ. Health Nurs, 1937, 29: 362-4. Extension education on maternal and neonatal care. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 820-6.- Blackburn, L. A one-day county institute for midwives. Pub. Health Nurs, 1935, 27: 17.—Brink, J. A. v. d. Wat de vroed- vrouw van breuken dient te weten. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1907-08, 11: 65-70.—Capezzi, L. Sulla istruzione delle levatrici in Toscana. Gazz. toscana sc. med. fis, 1850, 8: 113-5.—Couvelaire. Sur les modifications a apporter au recrutement et a la formation des sages-femmes. Bull. san. Algerie, 1936, 31: 1075.—Dahlmann. Ein Beitrag zur inneren Ausgestaltung des Hebammenunterrichts. Zschr. deut. Hebam. Wes, 1910-11, 2: 126-48.—Doktor, S. A babakep- zesrol. Gy6gyaszat, 1907, 47: 11; 27.—Eggers, J. Educa- tional preparation of nurses for delivery service. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gvn. (1939) 194i, 1. Congr, 859-62. Also Am. J. Nurs, 1940, 40: 428-30.—Ekstein. Oesterreichische Zustande bei der Ausbildung von Hebammen. Ann. ges. Hebammenwes, 1912, 3: 120-3.—Ferraresi, C. Del metodo dimostrativo per l'istruzione nelle societa di levatrici. Boll. MIDWIFE 218 MIDWIFE levatr, 1898. 1: 351; 413, pi.—Findley. P. The teaching of obstetrics and maternal mortality. Am. J. Obst, 1931, 21: 390-8. —■---- The undergraduate teaching of obstetrics. Ibid, 783-808.-—Garipuy. Note sur l'enseignement de I'obstftrique par le cinema. Bull. Sec. obst. gyn. Paris, 1932, 21: 638. ------ Le cinematographe et l'enseignement de l'obstetrique. Ibid, 743-6, illust.—Gillison, J. B. Mid- wifery training in China. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1946, 59: 249.—Gordon, J. E. Midwiferv training in Vienna. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946, 83: 311.—Hall, C. M. Training the obstetrical nurse. Proc. Conf. State Dir. Maternity Act, 1927,4:45-54.—Hammerschlag, S, Orgler, A., & Rauschen- bach, E. Die Aus- und Fortbildung der Hebamme in Hinblick auf neuere Probleme des Mutter- und Siiuglings- schutzes. GesundhfQrs. Kindesalt, 1929, 4: 22-62.—Hannah, C. R. Home delivery service for medical students. Am. J. Obst, 1941, 41: 417-24.—Hauser. Nachprufungen und Fortbildungskurse als Mittel zur Fortbildung der Hebam- men; wie konnen sie zweckmassig ausgestaltet werden? Ann. ges. Hebammenwes, 1912, 3: 1-34.— Havlasek, L. O zlepsenf flrovne a o novych tfkolech porodnich asistentek. Cesk. gyn, 1941, 6: 329-34.—Heusinkveld, G. Training of midwives. Southwest. M, 1934, 18: 303-5.—Hickox, V. F. Content of a course for graduate students in hospital and out- patient departments. Proc Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 394-407.—Hills-Young, E. The training of midwives in the Sudan. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1945, 41: 30.— Horrocks, P. The instruction of midwives in the symptoms and signs of abnormal labour. Brit. M. J, 1907, 2: 785-91.— Ideal (The) training of the midwive. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1917, 1: 415-8.—Ingmann, F. R. Denmark's three years training in midwifery. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946-47, 84: 219.-—Jones, A. M. Extension education for nurses. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 832-8 — Jorderr>0drenes dannelse og addannelse. Tskr. jordmdd, 1908-09, 19: 77-83.—Knott, C. Midwifery; the service which women can give to women. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945-46, 82: 261.-—Kosmak, G. W. Fundamental training for obstet- rical nurses. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1927, 45: 665-71. Also Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc. (1927) 1928, 52: 72-84. ------ Obstetric training of nurses and attendants. Am. J. Obst, 1931, 21: 828-36. _ —----- The training of medical students in obstet- rics; clinical teaching and practical experience as essentials. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1936, 22: No. 9, 259-68. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 1435-8—Lassiter, M. I. Nurse teaches midwife. Pub. Health Nurs, 1941, 33: 461. Also Nat. Negro Health News, 1942, 10: 35 (Abstr.)— Lehmann Ausbildung von Laienhelferinnen in erster Hilfe nach iiber- raschend eingetretenen Geburten. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 540.—Lop, P. H. Reflexion a propos du nouveau regime des etudes des sages-femmes. Ann. mid. leg, 1945, 25: 147- 50.—McCord, J. R. Some aims and methods of the under- graduate teaching of obstetrics. Proc. Annual Congr. M. Educ, 1938, 34. Congr, 25. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 110: 1214.—Metzger, M. L'enseignement des sages-femmes. Progr. med. Par, 1938, 222-32.—M oiler. E. The teaching of midwifery in Sweden. Irish J. M. Sc, 1926, 6. ser, 594-7.— Murray, E. F. Failures in teaching. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946, 83: 26i.—NeaUs. L. M. Maternal and child health demonstration with delivery service. Pennsylvania Health, 1943,_4: No. 2, 6.—Nemec, E. [Education and training of midwives in Carpatho-Russia] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 383-5.—O'Brien. W. A. Continuing education on materral and neonatal care. Proc Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 827-31.—Pall. G. [Postgraduate training of midwives] NepegeszsegQgy, 1937, 18: 113-21. ------ & Dobszay, L. [Postgraduate training of midwives in the care of infants in districts with scattered farmsteads] Ibid, 1940, 21: 655-60.—Phi'lips, M. H. Obstetrical education of the undergraduate. Brit. M. J, 1931, 1: 423.—Piazza, G. Ele- menti di legMazione sanitaria per la diplomande in ostetricia. Arte ostet, 1935, 49: 144; passim, ch.—Pigeaud & Chevalier. Presentation de films obstStricaux destines a l'enseignement. Bull. Soc obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 420.—Proposed (A) course in advanced maternity nursing. Am. J Nurs, 1946, 46: 859-68.—Puppel, E. Die Methodik des Hebammenunter- richtes. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1933, 46: 617-39.—Reed, C. B. Scope and obiectives of the undergraduate teaching of obstetrics. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1936, 22: No. 9, 270-5.—Riley, R. H. The public health aspect of the teaching of obstetrics in under- graduate medical schools. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 1438- 40.—Rissmann, P. Schadigung am Einkommen oder bessere Belehrung der Hebammen. Gyn. Rdsch, 1907, 1: 288-90. ------ Unterricht und Fortbildung der Hebammen auf dem Gebiete der Saugslingsheilkunde und Sauglingsfursorge. Ber. Internat. Sauglingsschutz (1911) 1912, 3: 270-97.— Rowley. E. The training of midwives. China M. J, 1926, 40: 655-8.—Roy. D. W. The training of midwifery of medical students and nurses; some reflections and a scheme. Brit. M. J, 1930, 1: 212-4.—Russell, C. S. Training and recruit- ment of midwives. Brit. M. Bull, 1949, 6: 247.—Saunders, R. G. Midwifery training in Italy. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946- 47, 84: 448.—Scope and objectives of the undergraduate teaching of obstetrics. J. Am. M, Ass, 1936, 106: 1204-6.— Shipp, N. W. The training of midwives in the administration of gas and air analgesia. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 178.— Siirala, M. [Instructions in operative obstetrics for midwivesl Duodecim, Helsin, 1938, 54: 844-9.—Siredey, Bar [et al.] Des modifications a apporter au recrutement et a la formation technique des sages-femmes. Bull. Acad. mid., Par, 1936, 3. ser. 115: 117-9.—Smyly, W. The future teaching of practical midwifery. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1908, 125: 81-6; Disc, 136- ------ The proposed changes in the teaching of practical midwifery. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1908, n. ser, 36.— Spencer, H., Watts, E. [et al.] Discussion on the report of the Departmental Committee on the Training and Employ- ment of Midwives. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1929-30, 23: Sect. Obst. Gyn, 8-12.—Teaching (The) of midwifery and gynaecology. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1942, 40: 90.— Teaching of obstetrics; symposium of obstetrical tutors. Brit. M. J, 1932, 1: 984-7.—Theobald, G. W. A plea for drastic reform in the teaching of midwifery. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1925-26, 19: Sect. Obst. & Gyn, 94-103. Also Lancet, Lond, 1926, 2: 633-7.—Trunkfield-Coper, J. Canada should train midwives. Canad. Doctor, 1941, 7: No. 4, 17-9.—Vogel, M. Zur Geschichte des geburtshilflichen Anschauungsunterrichtes. Munch, med. Wschr, 1929, 76: 2015.—Walther. H. Richt- linien zur Aufnahme und Fortbildung der Hebammen. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1927, 76: 228-o0.—Wrzyszczyfiski, S. 0 awansie spolecznym poloznych. Nowiny lek, 1948, 55: 82—4.—Yang, M. Midwifery training in China. China M.J, 1928, 42: 768-75, pi. ---- Instruction, and training: Manikin practice. See also Obstetrics, Instruction. McNeils, L. G. Obstetrical manikin practice. lllp. 26cm. Bait., 1939. Mormann, M. *Die Geschichte des geburts- hilflichen Phantoms [Wurzburg] 31p. 21cm. Quakenbriick, 1938. Reed, C B. Operative obstetrics on the manikin for students and practitioners. 314p. 8? Phila., 1931. Antz, H. W. A table for manikin demonstrations. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1920, 31: 89.—Beloshapko. P. A. [Pocket-size obstetrical phantom] Akush. gin, 1941, No. 6, 56.—Blum- reich. Zur Erweiterung des geburtshilflichen Phantomunter- richts. Deut. med. Wschr, 1909, 35: 2116.—Fan tome chi- rurgical, ou mannequin pour enseigner l'art des accouchements. Observations (Rozier) Par, 1772, 2: 582.—Fist. H. S. A new fetal manikin for teaching obstetrics. J. Am. M. Ass, 1928, 90: 1707.—Hoffmann, P. E. Inexpensive obstetric manikins. Am. J. Obst, 1938, 35: 715.—Jacobs, J. B. A practical obstetric manikin. Ibid, 1934, 28: 605-8. ------ A manikin for individual student use. Ibid, 19S8, 36: 163,— Knapp, P. Geburtshilfliches Miniatur-Phantom. Zbl. Gyn, 1912, 36: 990.—Longridge, C. N. Artificial pelvic floor for demonstration. Brit. M. J, 1908, 1: 1115.—McMillan, K. Two pieces of teaching apparatus for students and pupil midwives. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 1: 306.—Mannequin (Un) obstetrical en cire de 1786. Sem. med. Par, 1909, 29: annex. p. clxxxvi.—Mount, W. B. A new obstetric phantom. Am. J. Obst, 1939, 37: 507-9.—Raisz. D. [New obstetrical phantoms] Orv. hetil, 1935, 79: 213.—Reed, C. B. Manikin practice in midwifery teaching. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1931, 6: 302-5.— Schlimpert, H. Erfahrungen mit dem Blumreichschen Phan- tom im Unterricht. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1914, 61: 710-2.— Seigneux, de. Adaptation de mon mannequin a l'enseigne- ment des operations obst^tricales. Helvet. med. acta, 1935- 36. 2: 272.—Treub, H. Over de kunstbaarmoeder Handel. vlaamsch natuur & geneesk. congr, 1901, 5: 21-3 ---- Laws, and regulations. See also subheading Organization. Apfelbacher, J. *Die Hebammenordnungen des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts [Wurzburg] 173p. 8? Bottrop i. W., 1936. Victoria, Australia. Nurses Board. Mid- wives Act 1928; midwives regulations. 30p. 24cm. Melb., 1946. Asida, T. Hokenpu zyosanpu kangohu-ho kaisetu. J. Jap. M. Ass, 1948, 22: 209-14.—Contribucion a la ley en proyeeto sobre ejercicio de la medicina y anexos; presentado al De- partamento nacional de higiene por la Asociacion obstetrics nacional. Rev. obst, B. Air, 1905, 3: 110-2.—Escoffery, G. S. The midwifery law, 25 of 1919. Jamaica Pub. Health, 1939, 14: 25.—Fruitnight, J. H. The status of the midwife, legal and professional. Proc Sec. M. Jurispr, N. Y, 1884, 2: 97-117.—Jegel. Unausgefertigte Entwurfe einer NUrn- berger Accoucheurordnung aus der zweiten Halfte des 18. Jahrhunderts. Wien. med. Wschr, 1938, 88: 940.—Mabbott, J. M. The regulation of midwives in New York City. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-07, 259-79. Also Am. J. Obst, 1907, 55: 516-25; Disc, 557-65.—Medical practice acts; sanipractor's right to practice obstetrics [Wash, 1949] J. Am. M. Ass, 1949, 140: 646. ---- Laws, and regulations: Europe. Bignami, M. E. Necessity di riforme radicali nel regolamento ed istruzioni per le levatrici in Italia. 7p. 8? Cremona, 1896- MIDWIFE 219 MIDWIFE Great Britain. Working Party on Mid- wives. Report. 132p. 23Hcm. Lond., 1949. Italy. Direzione generale della sanita pubblica. Raccolta di disposizioni legislative e regolamentari concernenti le ostetriche. 92p. 23cm. Roma, 1941. Back, M, Beaulah, L. [et al.] The Joint Committee Con- cerning Midwifery. Med. Off, Lond, 1943, 69: 77.—Berglund, F. [Responsibility of midwives before the Census Commission, Government and Parliament] Sven. lak. tidn, 1937, 34: 837-43.—Berkeley, C, Potts. T. N. V, & Thomas, E. W. C. The operation of the Midwives Act, 1936. Pub. Health, Lond, 1938, 51: 257-65.—Blackham, R. J. An epitome of the Midwives Act, 1902. J. R. Army M. Corps. 1907. 8: 202-4.— Burn, J. L. Ten critical comments on the report of the Working Party on midwives. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1949. 45: 206.— Chauffard, A. M. E., Cazeneuve [et al.] Discussion du rapport de M. Bar sur la reglementation de la profession de sage- femme. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1923, 3. ser, 90: 423-38 — Chauffard, A. M. E„ Mesureur [et al.] Discussion du rapport de M. Bar sur le statut des sages-femmes. Ibid, 190-9.— Chauffard, A. M. E, Pinard [et al.] Discussion du rapport de M. Bar sur la reglementation de la profession de sage-femme. Ibid, 389-404.—Cocq, V. A propos de la reglementation de la profession de sage-femme. Bull. Soc. beige gvn. obst, 1908-09, 19: 92-104.—Conference on the Midwives Act, 1936, and its operation. J. R. San. Inst, 1936-37, 57: 413-36.— Cousins, J. W. The Midwives Act of 1902, and the only rem- edy for its present difficulties. Med. Mag, Lond, 1908, 17: 636-42.—Couvelaire. Sur un projet de statut professionnel presente par la Confederation nationale des Syndicats de Sages-Femmes. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1935, 3. ser, 114: 789-92.—Daels, F. [Raising the social status of midwives] Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1927-28, 31: 206-10.— Departement du travail, de l'hygiene et de l'assistance publique du Canton de Geneve aux sages-femmes autorisees 4 pratiquer dans le canton. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1942, Gegen Tuberk, 97 — Dodd, J. T., Toogood, S. F. [et al.] The working of the Mid- wives Act, 1902 (Discussion) Tr. Med. Leg. Soc, Lond, 1906- 07, 4: 61-8.—Edgar, C. L'istruzione, la patente (autoriz- zazione) e la sorveglianza della levatrice. Ann. ostet, 1916, 1: 414-28.—Forandringer i jordmorloven. Tskr. jordm0d, 1909, 15: 5-8.—Fosbroke. G. H. The Midwives Act, 1902. Pub. Health, Lond, 1904-05, 17: 557-93. Also Med. Mag, Lond, 1905, 14: 515-37.—Fremande, F. E. The Midwives (No. 2) Bill, 1910. J. R. San. Inst, 1910-11, 31: 589-97 — Herrgott, A. Discussion du rapport de M. Bar, sur la regle- mentation de la profession de sage-femme. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1923, 3. ser, 90: 7-27.—Humphreys, F. R. The history of the Act for the registration of midwives. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1906, 2: 116; 199; 218.—Jones, E. H. Some aspects of the Midwives Act of 1902. J. R. San. Inst, 1906, 27: 734 (Abstr.)—[Law on practice of midwives No. 1001/19401 Nepegeszs6gugy, 1940, 21: 1339-49.—Linroth, K., Petersson, H. [et al.] Medicinalstyrelsens und skrifvelse angaende forslag till nya barnmorskeforfattningar. Jordemodern, Stockh, 1907, 20: 10; passim.—Masay, F. Sur la necessity de reformer radicalement les regies de la profession de sage- femme. Bull. Soc. beige gyn. obst, 1908-09, 19: 49-65 — Meyer-Wirz. Interkantonale Konferenz zur Reform des Hebammenwesens in der Schweiz. Zschr. deut. Hebam. Wes, 1910-11, 2: 149-54.—Midwives Act; what the College has done about it. Nurs. Times, Lond, 19o6, 32: 1023.— Miranda, G. Relazione al Ministero della P. Istruzione sull'or- dinamento dell'insegnamento delle levatrice e sulle loro attri- buzioni. Arte ostet, 1921, 35: 67; passim.—Morgan, M. T. La loi de 1936 sur la profession de sage-femme en Grand- Bretagne. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub. Par, 1938, 30: 1957-9.— Niven. J. The Midwives Act, 1902. Pub. Health, Lond, 1905-06, 18: 499-517.—Pannekoek, M. G. [The new obstetrical law] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77: 4786-90 — Reglementation (La) de la profession de sage-femme. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1923, 3. ser, 90: b02-6— Regolamento sulle attribuzioni delle levatrici. Arte ostet, 1926, 40: 76; 90.— Robinson, A. The working of the Midwives Act in Rotherham. Pub. Health, Lond, 1905-06, 18: 703-6— Rose, P. The Midwives Act; practical suggestions for reducing the puerperal death-rate. Brit. M. J, 1906, 1: 8n.—Shaw. W. F. Local authorities and the midwifery service. Pub. Health, Lond, 1942-43, 56: 101-3.—Smith, E. M. A criticism of the Mid- wives Act, 1902. Ibid, 1905-06. 18: 20-30 (Abstr.)—Smith. M. M. The operation of the Midwives Act in England with a view to its extension to Scotland and Ireland, in relation to infantile mortality. Proc. Nat. Conf. Infant. Mort, West- minster, 1906, 294-309.—Snell, E. H. A note on the operation of the Midwives' Act in Coventry in 1905. Midland M. J, 1906, 5: 35-9.—Sonzogni, C. Doveri deU'ostetrica verso le autorita civili. Lucina, Roma, 1947, 12: 15-7— Thierens, V. T, Thornley, R. L., & Bates, H. T. The Midwives and Maternity Homes Act, 1926. Pub. Health, Lond, 1926-27, 40: 385-9.—Thomas, P. Le rapport Bar et les sages-femmes. Vie mid 1924, 5: 819. — Verordnung Uber das Hebammen- wesen des Kantons Thurgau, vom 20. Juli 1943. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1943, 346; 354.—Wood, K. Midwives bill. Brit. M. J, 1936, 1: 968-72. Also Med. Off, Lond, 1936, 55: 187-9 —Wright W. The Midwives Act and its extension to Scotland. Pub."Health, Lond, 1906-07, 19: 507-11. 20cm. Berl., Klehr, B. hilfe. 19p. Meyer, G. ---- Laws, and regulations: Europe—Ger- many, and Austria. Brennecke, J. Reform des Hebammenwesens oder Reform der geburtshilflichen Ordnung? ein Beitrag zur Kritik der im Konigreich Preussen geplanten gesetzlichen Neureglung des Hebam- menwesens. 119p. 8? Magdeb., 1904. Dientsweisung fiir die Hebammen des Gross- herzogthums Baden vom 2. Januar 1902. 66p. 8? Karlsruhe, 1902. [Germany] Reichsarbeitsgemeinschaft fur Mutter und Kind. Sammlung der gesetz- lichen Vorschriften auf dem Gebiete des Hebam- men- und Wochenpflegerinnenwesens. 64p. 1943. *Zur Neuordnung der Geburts- !? Bresl., 1937. Die Hebammengesetze in Preus- sen; Gesetze, Verordnungen und Entscheidungen fiir den praktischen Gebrauch zusammengestellt. 73p. 12? Halle a. S., 1906. Amreich, A. I. Geregelte Schwangerschafts- und Wochen- bettpflege. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1942, 55: 441-7—Boege. Die Altersversorgung der Bezirkshebammen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Regelung des Hebammenwesens. Zschr. Med- beamte, 1926, 39: 446-50.—Brennecke. Bemerkungen zur Reform des Hebammenwesens, zur Wochnerinnen- und Sauglingsfiirsorge. Deut. Vjschr. off. Gesundhpfl, 1909, 41: 689-708.—Burckhard, G. Ueber Hebammendienstanwei- sungen; eine vergleichende Studie mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der baverischen Anweisung und Vorschlagen zur Ver- besserung derselben. Zschr. deut. Hebamwes, 1910, 2: 3; 193.—Conti, L. Geburtshilfe und Hebammenwesen in Deutschland. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1937-38, 3: 257-77. ------ Leitsatze fiir die Ordnung der Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1940. 64: 1346-8.—Conti, N. Der heutige Stand des deutschen Hebammenwesens nach der gesetzlichen Neuordnung von 1938. Deut. Aerztebl, 1942, 72: 255-7.—Dienstanweisung fur Hebammen. Reichsgesundhbl, 1936, 11: 259-61.—Ekstein, E. Ueber die amtliche Herausgabe neuer Dienstanweisungen fur Hebammen. Frauenarzt, 1906, 21: 434-8. ------ Fiir die endliche Reform des Hebammenwesens. Zbl. Gyn, 1912, 36: 1274- 7.—Franque, O. v. Vorschlage iiber Verbesserungen des Hebammenwesens und Abanderung der Dienstanweisung fiir Hebammen im Grossherzogtum Hessen. Ann. ges. Hebam- menwes, 1911, 2: 23-56.—Freudenberg, K. Ein statistischer Irrtum bei der Begriindung des Gesetzentwurfs iiber Wochen- hilfe. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1037.—Germany: order of the 16th of December, 1941, on the law of the 31st December, 1938, concerning midwives. Bull. Hyg, Lond, 1942, 17: 516 (Abstr.)—Giitt, A. Hebammenwesen. In his Oeff. Gesundhdierst, Berl, 1939, 179-85.—Hammerschlag, S., & Rott, F. Richtlinien zu einem deutschen Reichshebam- mengesetz. Arch, sozial. Hyg, 1928, n. F, 3: 15-9.—Hanauer. Das Gesetz uber die Reichswochenhilfe und Wochenfursorge in seiner heutigen Gestalt. Zschr. Siiuglingsschutz, 1923, 15: 460-83.—Hebammengesetz. Reichsgesundhbl, 1939, 14: 9S-5— Hebammenordnung. Ibid, 1936, 11: 175-7.—Henkel. Hebammenwesen und Hebammenreform. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1907, 17: 601-5. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1907, 54: 2534-7.—Hesse, E. Die Regelung des Hebammenwesens im Deutschen Reiche. Deut. med. Wschr, 1928, 54: 482.— Hirsch, M. Die Frage der geburtshilflichen Neuordnung auf dem Leipziger Kongress. Zbl. Gyn, 1930, 54: 525-35.— Hodann, M. Das Gesetz Uber Wochenhilfe und Wochen- fiirsorge. Deut. med. Wschr, 1919, 45: 1389.—Hussy. Schweigepflicht und Meldepflicht des Geburtshelfers. Praxis, Bern, 1929, 18: 21, 1; 3.—Klotz. M. Zum geplanten Gesetzent- wurf Uber Wochenhilfe. Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 1257.—Koblanck. Grundsatze fur die Regelung des Hebam- menwesens. Deut. med. Wschr, 1918, 44: 102.— Kostlin. Die bisherige Hebammenreform. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1909, 22: 169-74.—Kompert, P. Eine Neuregelung des Hebam- menwesens in Oesterreich. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 1087.— Krohne. Die den Hebammen, Hebammenlehrern und Kreis- arzten durch die Neuauflage des preussischen Hebammenlehr- buches erwachaenden Aufgaben. Ann. ges. Hebammenwes, 1913, 4: 1-63—Kupferberg, H. Vorschlage zur staatlichen Regelung des Wochenpflegerinwesens fur das Grossherzogtum Hessen, unter Anschluss einer Priifungsordnung und einer Dienstanweisung fur staatlich geprUfte Wochenpflegerinnen. Ibid, 1911, 2: 245-60.—Lehmann. Durchfuhrung des Hebam- mengesetzes. Munch, med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 846.—Lustig, W. Die Berufsbezeichnung der Hebammen und ihre Pflicht zur Berufsausubung. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1928, 43: 128.— Martin, E. Die Neugestaltung des Hebammenwesens. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1919, 50: 218-21. ------ Richt- linien zu einem Deutschen Reichshebammengesetz. Ibid, 1928, 79: 315-53. ------ Zweifel [et al.] Umfrage uber das neue Preussische Hebammengesetz. Med. Klin, Berl. 1921, 17: 247; 276; 311.—Mosser. Die Reform des Hebam- menwesens in Elsass-Lothringen. Strassb. med. Ztg, 1914, 11: MIDWIFE 220 MIDWIFE 90-7.—Mugdan, O. Das Gesetz Uber Wochenhilfe und WochenfUrsorge (Reichsgesetzblatt 1919 S. 1757) Zschr. ilrztl. Fortbild, 1920, 17: 144-6.—Nacke, W. Betrachtungen zu § 367 Abs. I des Strafgesetzbuches mit Bezug auf 5 3 Abs. 3 der Dienstanweisung fur die Hebammen im Konigreich Preus- sen. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1918, 31: 239-41.—New regulation of midwives [Germany] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 1008.— Oettingen, K. v. Zur Neuordnung des geburtshilflichen Unter- richtes. Zbl. Gyn, 1932. 56: 1810-5.—Pok, J. Ein Beitrag zur Reform des Hebammenwesens. Gyn. Rdsch, 1916, 10: 187-92.—Re for midwives. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1912, 81: 517. ---- Statistics, and census. Albano, G. Pletora di ostetriche. Lucina, Roma, 1946, 87! passim.—Berkeley, C, & Brown, L. F. The shortage of mid- wives. Brit. J. Nurs, 1943. 91: 107.—Berufsstand (Der) der Hebammen in Zahlen. Med. Klin. Berl, 19?9, 35: 1559.— Boynton, R. E. The midwife survey in Minnesota showing nationality . age and grading of midwives interviewed. Child Health Mag, 1924, 5: 164.—Disappearing (The) midwife. Westchester Health, 1930-31. 1: No. 18, 1.—Guidetti. M. L. Pletora di ostetriche Lucina , Roma, 1947,12: 21.—Prinzing, F. Die Zahl der Hebammen in den europaischen Staaten. Soziale Med. & Hyg, Hamb, 1908. 3: 1-17.—Shortage (The) of midwives. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 333.—Shortage of practicing midwives [Gr. Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 977 — Vanishing (The) midwife. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur, 1948, 29: No. 12, 6-10.—Zahl (Die) der freiberuflich tatigen Hebammen und der Hebammengeburten. Deut. Hebamme, 1945. 60: 3. ---- Unusual type. See also subheading (male) Birth in a boat. Time, 1942, 39: No. 15, 23.—Frane- Nohain. L'accouchement (histoire de gendarmes) Gaz. rrfed. beige, 1906-07. 19: 51-5.—Meiee. H., & Huard, S. Un taureau accoucheur; d'apres une gravure hollandaise du 17. siecle. Aesculape, Par, 1933, n. ser, 23: 67-71.—Mother attending daughter's confinement. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 1: 689. ---- in various countries. See also Midwifery, Geography. Bomcke, G. *Das badische Hebammenwesen [Freiburg] 82p. 8? Wiesenb. (Mark) 1936. African midwife, good progress in Nairobi. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1946, 42: 588.—Angerer, E. Unsere Hebammen. Zschr. Medbeamte. 1908, 21: 529-41.—Bennett, F. W. Mid- wife work in Virginia. Hosp. Social Serv, 1932, 25: 307-9.— Breckinridge, M. Midwifery in the Kentucky mountains; an investigation in 1923. 0. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv, Lex, 1941-42, 17: No. 4, 29-53.—Castillo, J. O. The practice of midwifery in Cebu Province by unlicensed midwives and its relation with puericulture-center work. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1929, 9: 403-6.—Conti, N. Das Hebammenwesen in den Landern Europas. Deut. Aerztebl, 1942, 72: 268-70. ------Hebammen in Kriegseinsatz. Gesundheitsfiihrung, 1944, 79- 82.—Crowell, F. E. The midwives of New York. Charities, N. Y, 190C-07, 17: 667-77- De Normandie. R. L, & Huntington, J. L. Report of New England Committee on midwives. Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1912) 1913, 3: 266-71.—Elder. A. T. The midwife in Northern Ireland. Med. Off, Lond, 1948, 79: 99-102.—Gallardo, M. A. Asis- tencia del parto en El Salvador. Bol. Of. san. panamer, 1924, 24: 118-26.—Ganguillet. Das Hebammenwesen der Schweiz; Ueberblick Uber den gegenwartigen Stand des Hebammen- wesens in den verschiedenen Fantonen der Schweiz. Ann. ges. Hebammenwes, 1911, 2: 276-319.—Jeidell, H, & Fricke. W. M. The midwives of Anne Arundel County, Maryland. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, 1912, 23: 279-81.—Laurence, S. M. The evolution of the Trinidad midwife. Carib. M. J, Trinidad, 1941, 3: 204-8.—Lei°ewiiz. Bericht uber die 14tagi- gen Fortbildungs- und Wiederholungskurse fUr angestellte Hebammen 1909-10 und Uber den Unterricht der Hebam- mensehUlerinnen an der K. Frauenklinik und Hebammen- lehranstalt zu Dresden. Gyn. Rdsch, 1911. 5: 13-20.— Lodge, O. Babin den; midwives' day in Bulgaria. Man, Lond, 1947, 47: 83-5. — Margitay-Becht, D. Magvarorszag bnbaviszonyai 1941-ben. N6pegeszsegugy, 1943, 24: 229-32.— Massee, L. The passing faithful. Trained Nurse, 1941, 107: 24-6.—Mathes, P. Oesterreichisches Hebammenwesen. Zschr. deut. Hebamwes, 1909, 1: 57-71.—Midwifes [Scotland] Annual Rep. Dep. Health Scotland, 1939, 10: 76.—Midwives in emergency. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 370.—Montuoro, F. Ostetricia coloniale (ostetrici bianchi e levatrici negre) Riv. ostet., 1936, 18: 65-7.—Nakayama, K. Gendai sanba ron [midwives of the present day] Health & Midwif, Tokyo, 1949, 3: 7.—Noble, M. R. The present midwife situation in Penn- sylvania. 1922-23. Mothei & Child, 1923, 4: 553-7. ------ Midwife work in Pennsylvania. Atlantic M. J, 1925-26, 29: 625-8.------A summary of the midwife situation in Pennsylvania. Ibid, 1926-27, 30: 67. ------ Lessons from the midwife situation in Pennsylvania. Pub. Health Nurse, Clevel, 1927, 19: 177-9.—Ovesny. L. Ustavy pro vzdelanf a vycvik porodnich asistentek ve Francii. Cesk. gyn, 1949, 14: 515-8.—Pachner, F. Das osterreichische Hebammenwesen und 6eine notige Reform. Zschr. deut. Hebamwes, 1910-11, 2: 355; 1911-12, 3: 120; 203.—Pellissier, P. La sage-femme a Buenos Ayres. Arch. obst. gyn. Par, 1916, 5: 160-8.—Perez Marin, J. Las kablatz o comadronas marro- quies. Rev. pract, Valencia, 1948, 2. epoca, 4: 487-9.— Pickworth, M. H. A midwife with the Munda tribe. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 797.—Flecker. W. A. The midwife problem in Virginia. Tr. M. Soc. Virginia, 1914, 45: 111-3.— Pokrovsky, V. A. [Midwives at the present time (in Soviet Russia)] J. akush, 1930, 41: 554-8.—Raics, J. [Free practice of midwives] N6pegeszsegUgy, 1939, 20: 890-6.—-Rapport der commissie in zake het vroedvroumenvraagstuk hier te lande. benoemd door het hoofdbestuur der Nederlandsche Maat- schappij tot bevordering der geneeskunst, etc. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1911, 1:1105-82.—Reid, B, & Okon, A. A. Midwives varied work in Africa. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1949-50, 90: 69.— Benner, W. Management of labour by native midwives [Sierra Leone] J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1909, 12: 357.— RUsmann, P. Trube Aussichten fur den deutschen Hebam- menstand. Gyn. Rdsch, 1917, 11: 75-7; Disc, 99-102. ------ Zur jetzigen Lage des deutschen und insonderheit des preussischen Hebammenwesens. IV'.schr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1925, 69: 1-3.—Rodenwaldt, E. Eingeborene Hebammen in Anecho, Togo, Westafrika. Deut. med. Wschr, L912, 38: 273-5.—Rodtness, J. Midwives in Denmark. Pub. Health Nurse, 1926, 18: 324-8.—Schmidi-La^berg, H. Leben und Arbeit der Hebammen im heutigen Deutschland. Schweiz. Hebamme, 1948, 46: 26.—Schwass. Die Hebammenver- hnltnisse Hohenzollerns. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1905, 42: Fest. Num., 32-4.—Senn. N. Midwives and dias. In his Around the World, Chic, 1905, 219.—Sherwood, M. The midwives of Baltimore; a report to the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland. J. Am. M. Ass, 1909, 52: 2009.—Sweden; report on a visit by Dr. F. Grundv. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 97-101. —Tatigkeit (Die) der Hebammen in Bavern, Reichsgesundhbl, 1935, 10: 595.—Tuidraki, P. New Hebrides midwife. Native M. Pract, Suva, 1940, 3: 488.—Unscientific midwife. Carib. M. J, Trinidad, 1941, 3: 215.—Wallace. H. M, Mendelson, C. L. [et al.] The practice of midwives in New York City. N. York State J. M, 1948, 48: 67-71 — Watson, E. R. Changing an old Southern custom. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1944, 33: 306-11.—Williams. J. W. Medical educa- tion and the midwife problem in the TTnited States. J. Am. M. Ass, 1912, 58: 1-7.—Wolf, W. Das Hebammenwesen. Reichs Med. Anz, 1911, 36: 456-8.—7ins«er, A. Geschichtliches Uber den Hebammenstand und die Hebammenlehranstalt zu Jena. Zschr. deut. Hebamwes, 1910, 2: 115 25. MIDWIFERY. For the medical practice of midwifery see Obstetrics. See also Midwife; Obstetrician. Helwig, R. R. *Hebammenarbeit; ihre Ent- wicklungsmoglichkeiten und Grenzen. 26p. 8? Bonn, 1935. Marcour, R. O. Midwifery; woman's pro- fession. 7p. 12? N. Orl., 1908. Anderson, V. R. Midwifery; a rc«ume. Pub. Health Nurse, Clevel, 1926, 18: 173-6.—Bonney, V. The necessity of recog- nizing midwifery as a branch of surgery. Brit. M. J, 191^, 1: 552-4.—Campbell, J. Maternitv nursing. Med. Off, Lond, 1929, 42: 27.—Corbin, H. What result, maternitv nursing? Pub. Health Nurs, 1936, 28: 730.—Erostarbe. Asistencia a los partos. Med. pract, S. Fernando, 1905, 4: 253-9.—Evans, D. J. Obstetric nursing. Montieal M. J, 1908, 37: 22-35.— Jones, A. M. Economics of obstetric care from the standpoint of nursing. Tr. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 409-13.—Joseph, Sister M, & Redempta. Sister M. Studies on nursing time requirements; a study of the ratio of nursing care of patient hours between normal mothers and normal infants, normal mothers and premature infants. Hosp. Progr, 1944, 25: 91-5.—Little. H. M. On obstetric nursing. Montreal M. J, 1909. 38: 485-94.—Love, J. W. A babe L« born. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1945-46, 3: 530-2.—MacDonell. W. W. Midwife obstetrics. J. Florida M, Ass, 1919, 6: 39-41 — Springer, R, & Conseil a, M. Studies on nursing time require- ments ; a study of the time required in nursing normal obstetrical patients as compared with the time, element in nursing normal infants. Hosp. Progr, 1944, 25: 96-101.—Vinhaes, D. As- sistencia obst6trica. An. Soc. med. Bahia, 1935, 2: 76-96.— Vogt, W. H. Obstetrical nursing; sectional meeting of the C. H. A. convention. Hosp. Progr, 1937, 18: 340-5. ---- Bibliography. See also subheadings (History; Manuals; Periodicals) Roider, W. *Ein Augsburger Hebammen- buch aus dem Jahre 1751; eine Studie zum Stande der deutschen Geburtshilfe um die Mitte des 18. Jahrhunderts [Miinchen] 36p. 21cm. Tub., 1938. Von Weiberen und Geburten der Kinder, sampt ihren Artzneyen. 106p. 16? Strassb. 1659. Alfieri. E. Una edizione italiana finora sconosciuta del "Rosengarten" di Eucharius Roesslin (Eucario Rhodione) MIDWIFERY 225 MIDWIFERY Atti Accad. stor. arte san, Roma, 1941, 7: 296-8.-—Birnberg, C. H. Saga of obstetrics; first text book on obstetrics in America. Phi Delta Epsilon News, 1937, 28: 125-7.—Boutarel, M. L'accouchement dans la vieille literature. Arch. obst. gyn. Par, 1918, 7: 212-6—Costa-Sacadura. Bibliografia portuguesa da obstetricia; subsfdios seculos 16-18. Arq. obst. gin, 1933, 1: 41; 1934, 1: 153.—D'Arcy, C. E. Two old midwifery books. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 186-90 — Jordan, P. D. Meeker Day on midwifery. Ohio M. J, 1943, 39: 1133.—Knapp, L. Zur Geschichte der Hebammenliteratur. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1914, 27: 892.—Malcovati, P. La Mostra del libro antico di ostetricia e ginecologia (Raccolta Alfieri) Arte ostet, 1936, 50: 283-90.—Pansier, P. Un manuel d'aecouehements du 15. siecle. Janus, Amst, 1909, 14: 217-20, 8 pi.—Phillips, M. [The collecting of old books on midwifery] Proc. Cardiff M. Soc, 1939-40, 61-75.—Roth, E. Allgemeine Bibliographic des Hebammenwesens. Ann. ges. Hebammenwes, 1914, 5: 105-84.—Rucker, M. P. Leaves from a bibliotheca obstetrica. Bull. Hist. M, 1946, 19: 177-99.—Weindler. Das erste deutsche Hebammenbuch von Eucharius Roesslin. Sachs. Hebam. Ztg. 1906, 3: 91-5.— Wille, P. F. C. Friihe Hebammenlehrbiicher. Arch. Gyn, Munch, 1948. 176: 100-8. ---- Cases. See also Midwife, Experiences. Bottcher, T. Vorzeitige Losung der Nachgeburt. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1904, 19: 169. •----— Sturzgeburt- Verblutung. Ibid, 170. ------ Wasserkopf, Anbohrung, Tod der Mutter. Ibid, 171.—Budin, P. Bassin retreci; accouchement spontan6. J. sages femmes, Par, 1904, 32: 137; 153; 161.—Cameron, J. A. Notes on midwifery cases. Australas. M. Gaz, 1904, 23: 400-7.—Campen. Bericht uber eine Sturzgeburt. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1905, 20: 379.— Clancy, W. J. Some surprises in midwifery. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39: 684; 704.—Hillekamp, T. Zwei Geburten mit todlichem Verlaufe. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1906, 21: 198.—Lacrotte, G. Mort subite au cours d'un accouchement normal par syncope? J. sages femmes, Par, 1911, 39: 301.— Legrand, M. V-pare albuminurique et infiltree; hemorragie par placenta lateral; accouchement spontane k 8 mois et demi d'un enfant mort-ne; suites heureuses pour la m&re. J. accouch, Liege, 1905, 26: 300.—Midwifery in the fire zone. Brit. M. J, 1914, 2: 689.—Nebiolo, A. Assistenza ad un parto con pro- cidenza di funicolo e ritenzione di placenta; Envie Cuneo, in tempo di guerra e senza medico. Lucina, Roma, 1948, 13: 367.—Nour, G. E. A fatal obstetric case: illustrating conditions of practice in Egypt. Med. Council, Phila, 1907, 12: 437.— Reid, J. Three cases in midwifery practice. Brit. M. J, 1913, 1: 338.—Roe, T. 1. Report of three cases of midwifery. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, 1904, 12: 136. —Solberg. Et sjeldent tilfselde af selfudirkling. Tskr. jordm0d, 1908, 14: 49 — Sturzgeburt mit starker Blutung. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1906, 21: 381.—Weindler, F. Ueber Sturzgeburten. Sachs. Hebam. Ztg, 1905, 2: 109-12. ------ Eine Sturzgeburt; kasuistische Mitteilung. Zbl. Gyn, 1905, 29: 1127-32.— Wollesen, N. Et tilfaflde af fremfald af livmoderen under fjfdslen. Tskr. jordmtfd, 1890-91. 1: 21. ---- Condition and progress. Schmid, M. v. Mutterdienst; nach einem offentlichen Vortrage zur Hebammenfrage. 24p. 8? Lpz., 1907. Spencer, H. R. The renaissance of mid- wifery. 41p. 8? Lond., 1924. Corbin, H. Modern obstetric nursing. Am. J. Nurs, 1946, 46: 53.5-7.—DeLee, J. B. Meddlesome midwifery in renais- sance. J. Am. M. Ass, 1916, 67: 1126-9.—Doherty, W. B. Old and new arts in parturition. Kentucky M. J, 1911, 9: 517-22 —Emblin, N. Recent advances in obstetrics. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945, 81: 219.—Hemschmeyer, H, Hyder, K. et al.] Obstetric nursing, today and tomorrow; a symposium. Pub. Health Nuts, 1947, 39: 35-9.—Holland, E. The new midwifery. Med. Off, Lond, 1944, 72: 13—Kaye, J. R. Midwifery yesterday, to-day and to-morrow. Mat. & Child Welf Lond, 1929, 13: 159-61.—Lendon, A. A. Modern midwifery. Austral. M. J, 1911 1: 5.—Mcllroy, L..The past and the future of midwifery. Med. Off, Lond 1943, 69: 146.—Murray, E. F. Whither midwifery? Brit. M. J, 1936, 1 • 375-7.—Newer facts in obstetrics. R. N, Rutherford, 1940-41 4: No. 7, 29; 48.—Philpott, N. W. Present day trends in obstetrical care. Canad. Hosp, 1946, 23: No. 5, 31-3.— Pickett, A. N. Obstetrical column. Kentucky M. J, 1923, 21: 520; passim.—Quisling, N. A. Sakkyndig f^dselshjaelp. Tskr. jordm0d, 1910, 16: 17-22. ---- Dictionary. Carter, G. B. The midwife's dictionary and encyclopaedia. 6. ed. 576p. 13cm. Lond., 1939 Llerena, J. G. Terminologfa obstetrica; recopilado del diccionario de medicina. 208p. 17^cm. Lima, 1940. 824787—vol. 11, 4tu series----15 domiciliary. See Midwifery Home care. — Emergency. See also such terms as Dystocia; Parturition, Complication; also Obstetrics, Emergency. William, U. *Betrachtungen iiber die Dauer der Geburt in der Hebammen-Praxis; iiber die Tatigkeit der Hebamme und die Hilfeleistung des Arztes bei Wehenschwache und Dammriss. 37p. 22cm. Konigsb., 1935. Allen, F. R. W. K. Indian village obstetric emergencies. Antiseptic, Madras, 1944, 41: 356; passim.—Bar. Les boiteries au point de vue obstetrical. J. sages femmes, Par, 1906, 34: 35.—Claye. A. M. Some midwifery problems. Clin. J, Lond, 1935, 64: 12-6.—Emergency obstetric service. Rep. Co. M. Off. London Co. Counc. (1946) 1947, 47.—Evans, M. D. A. Complications which may arise in the management of labour. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945, 82: 36.—Hall, E. M. Some danger signals in midwifery. Overseas Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1946-47, 1: 97.-—Howkins, J. Some complications in obstetrics. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1946, 42: 758-60.—Kinkead Allen, F. R. W. Indian village obstetric emergencies. Anti- septic, Madras, 1945, 42: 619-26.—Kushnirskaia, E. S. [Prolonged labor; its prevention and treatment] Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 7, 20; 1942, No. 2, 21.—Levett, J. The flying squad, an emergency obstetrical service in Oxfordshire. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1946, 42: 766.—Mclntyre, D. Midwifery emergencies, Practitioner, Lond, 1938, 140: 435-51.— Marx, S. The tragedies in a consulting obstetric practice. Internat. J. S, 1907, 20: 165-72.—Stabler, F. The Newcastle- upon-Tyne Obstetric Emergency Service. Brit. M. J, 1947, 2: 878-80.—Stallworthy. J. Prolonged labour. Nurs. Mirror, Lond. 1947, 85: 313; passim.-—Taylor, J. S. Obstetric hazards in Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania M. J, 1940-41, 44: 1124-30.— Tucker, B. E, & Benaron, B. W. The management of some obstetrical complications in the home. Med. Clin. N. America, 1938, 22: 197-212. ---- Essays. Herb, F. Topics of interest to midwives. No. 10, 4 p. 8? Chic, 1918. Adair, F. L. The relation of obstetrics to the community. Mother & Child, Bait, 1922, 3: 12-8.—Barrett, C, Barwick, O. L, & Yeats, G. Some aspects of obstetrical nursing. Canad. Nurse, 1943, 39: 650-4.—Carson, A. L, jr. Can obstetric care be improved? Virginia M. Month, 1947, 74: 243-5.—Davis, E. P. Modern obstetrics with relation to the general practi- tioner, the student, the midwife and the specialist. J. Am. M. Ass, 1912, 59: 21-4.—Eustache, G. Pour etre bon accoucheur. J. sc. med. Lille, 1904, 1: 5- 19— Gaifami, P. Sui limiti della attesa nella assistenza ostetrica. In his Convers. & lez. ostet. gin, Roma, 1933, 159-64.—Ground, W. E. A plea for child- bearing women. Northwest. Lancet, 1903, 23: 429-34.— Hemschemeyer, H. The satisfactions of obstetric nursing in a topsy-turvy world. Pub. Health Nurs, 1943, 35: 237.— Kirchner, A. Nursing implications of the care of mother and infant as a unit. Hosp. Counc. Bull, 1947, 10: No. 6, 16-8.— Obstetric (For; nurses. Am. J. Nurs, 1941, 41: 1388.— Obstetricia para enfermeras. Enferm. argent, 1945-46, 2: No. 19, 17; passim.—O'Malley, M, & Eyler, O. Mother and infant logical unit of nursing care. Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1947, 50: 3; 18—Oxley, W. H. F. Forethought in midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1933, 1: 257-60— Rushmore, S. Nursing and maternal welfare. N. England J. M. 1928, 199: 768-73. ---- Folk customs. See also Midwife,—in various countries; Mid- wifery, Geography; also such terms as Birth, Customs; Maternity, Ethnology; Parturition, Ethnology; Puerperium, Ethnology. BtiGGE, G. *Die rationell-empirischen Ele- mente der Geburtshilfe bei den Naturvolkern [Freiburg i. B.] 75p. 8? Stettin, 1930. Lataillade, L. *Coutumes et superstitions obstetricales en Afrique du Nord. 173p. 24%cm. Alger, 1936. Pelkonen, E. *Ueber volkstumliche Ge- burtshilfe in Finnland. 357p. 8? Helsin., 1931. Forms No. 6, v. 16, ser. B, Acta Soc med. Duodecim. Abbatucci, S. La maternite en Afrique noire. Rev. hyg. Par, 1932, 54: 55- 107—Adalja, K. V. Ayurvedic midwifery. East Africa M. J, 1940-41, 17:142-59.—Adriani, N. Zwanger- schap en geboorte bij de Toradja's van Midden-Celebes. Ned. mechr. verlosk, 1918, 7: 380-90.—Albani, C. B. Oste- tricia somala. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1938, 19: 757-60.— Anderson, M. C. Native obstetric nurses in Fiji. Native M. Pract, Suva, 1931, 1: 25-8.—Aujoulat, L., & Olivier, G. MIDWIFERY 226 MIDWIFERY L'obstetrique chez les Yaounde. M6d. trop, Marseille, 1946, 6: 159-90.—B, W. Ein Glas als magischer Heifer bei Ent- bindungen. Ciba Zschr, Basel, 1937-38, 5: 1846.—Bakker, C. [Obstetiic superstitions from Broek] Ned. tschr. verlosk, 1926, 31: 267 90— Beattie, I. H. Practical midwifery in Fiji. Native M. Pract, Suva, 1939, 3: 428.—Bing, M. Schwanger- schaft und Geburt bei den Zigeunerinnen. Ciba Zschr, Basel, 1935-36, 3: 1068.—Boigey, M. Comment accouchent les sahariennes. Presse med, 1907, 15: annexes, 377-9.-—Boland, P. Curiosidades obstetricas de tierra adentro. Arch. Clin. obst. gin. Eliseo Cant6n, 1943, 2: 283-7.—Boshouwers. Geboorte, zwangerschap en abortus bij de bewoners van het eiland Sachalin. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1909-10. 13: 129; passim.—Buschan, G. Die magischen Mittel zur Forderung der Geburt in der Volkerkunde. Deut. med. Wschr, 1938, 64: 1153-6.—Cochrane, R. F. Correspondence on an obstetrical experience; from a reader somewhere in New Guinea. J. Lancet, 1944, 64: 321.—Commeleran, M. La grossesse, l'accouchement et l'avortement au Tagant et a Tidjikdja (Mauritanie) moeurs et coutumes. Ann. hyg. Par, 1908, 11: 200-12.—Davis, C. H. Childbirth; primitive versus modern. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1922, 34: 636-41.—De Castro, L. L'oste- tricia in Abissinia. Atti Soc. ital. ostet, 1906, 12: 514-22.— Devereux, G. Post-partum parental observances of the Mo- have Indians. Tr. Kansas Acad. Sc, 1949-50, 52: 458-65 — Dinguizli. La pratique de l'obstetrique chez les populations indigenes de Tunisie. Rev. internat. med. chir, 1923, 34: 117.—Duvigneau, A. La grossesse, l'accouchement et le nouveau-n6 chez les Annamites a Hu6. Ann. hyg. Par, 1907, 10: 187-203.-—Ford, E. Notes on pregnancy and parturition in the D'Entrecasteaux Islands. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 2: 498-501.—Frazer, J. G. A child is born. In his Native Races of America, Lond, 1939, 25.—Fuller, E. B. A Chinese house- hold manual of obstetrics. S. Afr. M. J, 1940, 14: 112.— Gibson, A. J. Obstetrical customs among savage and bar- barous peoples. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 222-8.—Gros- perrin. Quelques coutumes Ew6 (territoire du Togo) en matiere d'accouchement. Ann. med. pharm. col. Par, 1935, 33: 822-9.—Hocart, A. M. Confinement at puberty. Man, Lond, 1927, 27: 53.—Jackson, M. P. Midwifery among the Metis. Alberta M. Bull, 1949, 14: No. 3, 11-4.—Jackson, R. A. Obstetrics among primitive peoples. Univ. West. Ontario M. J, 1932-33, 3: 144-7.—Jagot. Rites et coutumes de l'accouchement chez les populations du Tonkin septen- trional. Arch. med. Angers, 1907, 11: 27; passim. Also France mid., 1907, 54: p. vii; ix.—Kaberry, P. M. Birth. In her Aborig. Woman, Phila, 1939, 240-5.—Kleiweg de Zwaan, J. P. De couvade, het mannenkraambed. Med. wbl, Amst, 1915-16, 22: 197; 213.—Kohn, F. [Pregnancy, birth and infant's care among the Kachins (Siberia)] Russ. anthrop. J, 1900, 1: No. 4, 68-61.—Legl, G. Geburtshilfe im Urwald. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 632.—Lieneman, J. E. Een bevalling in den harem. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1919, 2: 1284- 7.—Lima Carneiro, A. O parte (notas etnogrificas) J. mid., Porto, 1945, 5: 290-2.—Lombard, E. Der medizinische Inhalt der Schweizerischen Volkskalender im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert; Kinderpflege, Geburtshilfe. Ziirch. med. Gesch. Abh, 1925, 2: 87-92.—MacMillan, H. Nursing and mid- wifery in the colonies. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 426.—Marchand, L. Obstetrics amongst South African natives. S. Afr. M.J, 1932, 6: 329.—Markley, L. R. Obstetrics among the Japanese. Med. Council, Phila, 1908, 13: 27; 47.—Medulla, C. L'oste- tricia presso gli indigeni della Cirenaica. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1935, 16: 437-9.—Mhaskar, K. S. Obstetrics of the ayurvedists. Ind. M. Rec, 1933, 53: 257-78.—Midwifery among the Zulus (Edit.) Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1913, 27: 418.—Nicolas, C. Pratiques obstetricales chez les Canaques. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1909, 2: 502-6.—Nixon. Obstet- rics, far and near. Univ. Coll. Hosp. Mag, Lond, 1947, 32: 35-9.—Olivier, G. L'obstetrique en pays Mossi. Mid. trop, Marseille, 1942, 2: 142; 246. ------ L'accouchement chez la femme noire. Cah. mid., Alger, 1947, 2: 113-8.—Pinto, E. O parte entre os indios do Brasil. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1946, 13: 142-8.—Preston, F. S, & Rutherford, P. I. An Arab custom. Brit. M. J, 1948, 1: 572.—Raebiger, A. Beitrag zur Geburts- hilfe der westafrikanischen Neger. Deut. med. Wschr, 1913, 39: 468.—Bees, P. Primitive midwifery in South China. Lancet, Lond, 1908, 2: 49.—Riet, U. v. Geburtshilfe bei den Indianern im tropischen Bolivien. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1931, 87: 407-10.—Rodecurt, M. Einige noch heute brauch- bare Geburts-Hilfeleistungen der Primitiven. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1767-9.—Sarkar, R. N. Labour a problem of the Mofussils. Ind. M. Rec, 1946, 66: 92-5.—Sasportas. La pierre gravee de Tetaurii; legende tahitienne. Aesculape, Par, 1926, 16: n. ser, 148-51.—Seligmann, C. G. Treatment of the afterbirth. Rep. Cambridge Anthrop. Exp. Torres Straits, Cambr, 1904, 5: 197.—Shelton, A. L. Obstetrics on the Thibetan border. Louisville J. M. & S, 1909, 16: 2.—Souza, M. de. A ginecologia e a obstetricia dos Bor6ros. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1941, 8: 344-7. Also Rev. Ass. paul. med, 1941, 18: 211 (Abstr.)—Stoel, G. [Obstetrics in Suriname] Ned. tschr. verlosk, 1939, 42: 111-28.—Sugie, Y. Tyugoku huzin (Nan- king oyobi sono hukin) no sanpuzinkagaku-teki kenkyQ; kekkon oyobi bunpen ni tuite [obstetrical studies on Chinese women (in Nanking and environs) marriage and parturition] Dozinkai igaku zassi, 1940, 14: 511-30.—Torkomian, V. H. Folklore obstetrical armenien. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. m6d, 1939, 33: 193-5.—Vaughan, K. Primitive midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1949, 1: 498, illust.—Vischer, M. Zwei geburtshilfliche Kunst- griffc der Dajaken in Holl. Siid-Borneo. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 2904.—Weinstock, L. A case of piimitive obstetrics. J. Am. M. Ass, 1911, 56: 812.—Whittington, R. M. Management of obstetrical delivery by the American Indian. Centaur, Mena- sha, 1947-48, 53: 229-31.—Winter, R. Geburt und Geburts- hilfe afrikanischen Eingeborenen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 438; 474. ---- Forensic aspect. See also Obstetrics, forensic. Amaral, V. do. O parto secreto. Rev. gyn. obst, Rio, 1939, 33: pt 2, 85-8.—D'Aprile, F. Pericoli ed errori delle perizie di ufficio. Clin, ostet, 1937, 39: 224-30.—Gras Goyena, A. Introducci6n al estudio de la obstetricia legal. Rev. obst, B. Air, 1906, 4: 87-102.—Schiler. Die Hebamme vor Gericht. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1927, 42: 225-9. ---- Geography. See also Midwife subheadings (Organization; in various countries) Midwifery, Folk customs. Anh, P. *De la pratique obstetricale dans la medecine Sino-Annamite (Indochine) 60p. 8? Par., 1936. Bourrel, M. *L'assistance obstetricale en Algerie. 191p. 24%cm. Alger, 1937. Btjuren, H. B. v. Het verloskundig vraagstuk voor Nederlandsch-Indie. 172p. 8? Amst., 1909. Also Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1909-10, 13: Correa Rodrigo, J. *Asistencia materno- infantil en el municipio de Benito Juarez, Michoacan. 45p. 22cm. M6x., 1949. Llouqtjet, L. *L'assistance obstetricale en Algene. 87p. 24cm. Alger, 1936. Mohammed Hassan Khan Hakim-ed-Dowleh. *Grossesse, accouchement et puericulture en Perse. 102p. 8? Par., 1908. Padovani, R. *L'assistance obstetricale a Alger. 92p. 24cm. Alger, 1939. Pancrazi, G. *L'assistance obstetricale dans la Region de Bone. 74p. 2334cm. Alger, 1937. Rein, G. E., ed. Po;n;oBcnoMosKeHHe b Pocchh. 144p. 8? S. Peterb., 1906. Rodriguez, J. M. *Breves apuntes sobre la obstetricia en Mexico. 48p. 8? Mex., 1869. Spain. Direcci6n general de sanidad. Publicaciones al servicio de Espana y del nifio espanol, No. 84, 85 y 86: Servicios de sanidad infantil y maternal del Estado, afio 1944. 164p. 21^cm. Madr., 1945. Van der Eerden, M. L. *Maternity care in a Spanish-American community of New Mexico. 75p. 23cm. Wash., 1948. Forms No. 13, Anthrop. Ser. Cath. Univ. America. Aaberg. M. E. Obstetrics on Guam. U. S. Nav. M. Bull. 1947, 47: 1027- 36.—Adeodato Filho, J., & Domingos Machado. Assistencia social-obstetrica na Bala. An. Congr. brasil. gin. (1940) 1942, 1. Congr, 3: 89-100.—Balfour, M. I. Maternity conditions in India. Lancet, Lond, 1922, 1: 1161.—Beard, M. Midwifery in England. Pub. Health Nurse, 1926, 18: 634; 1927, 19: 15.—Bertelsen, A. Aeldre og nyere tids f0d- relshjaelp i Grjlnland. Tskr. jordmdd, 1910-11, 21: 105; 117.—Birdwood, G. T. Modern midwifery practice in India. Ind. M. Gaz, 1911, 46: 96-9.—Brandt, K. Ueber das Heb- ammenwesen in Russisch-Polen, Schweden und Norwegen. Gyn. Rdsch, 1908, 44: 608-10.—Cadeau Fessel, B. P. Rela- ci6n del estado actual del arte obstetriz en esta capital y exposici6n de algunos hechos principales de prdctica, observa- dos en estos ultimos afios. In: Bibl. cent. med. Peru (Val- dizan, H. & Bambaren, C. A.) Lima, 1921, 1: 141-54.— Calderon, F. Obstetrics in the Philippine Islands. Philippine J. Sc, 1908, 3: 245-59, 3 pi.------Obstetrics in the city of Manila. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1910, 2: 135-40.—Cocq, V., A Mercken, F. L'assistance obstetricale au Congo Beige. Bruxelles mid., 1934-35,15: 772; passim. ------ L'assistance obstetricale au Congo Beige, y compris le Ruanda-Urundu. Algerie med, 1935, 39: 922. ------ [et al.] L'assistance obstetrical en Afrique frangaise et au Congo Beige. Gyn. obst. Par, 1935, 43: 802-13.—Colby, B. Midwifery in many lands. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: 584.—Cook, A. R. Obstetric treatment in Uganda. Med. Press & Circ. Dubl, 1935, 191: 250-3. ------ Obstetrics in Uganda. Practitioner, Lond, 1935, 134: 748-61.—Corkill, T. F. The trend of obstetric practice in New Zealand. N. Zealand M. J, 1933, 32: 41-52.— Couvelaire, A. L'obstetricie en Argentine, au Chile, en Uru- MIDWIFERY 227 MIDWIFERY guay, au Bresil; impressions de voyage. Bull. Soc. obst. gvn. Paris, 1927, 16: 693-701.—Crozier, J. E. Obstetric practice in India. Physician & Surg, Detr, 1911, 33: 14-7.—Curtis, H. B. A midwifery program in New Mexico. Med. Woman J, 1938, 45: 334-6.—Das, K. Midwifery in India. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1922, 47: 268-77.—Dengel, A. Obstetrics in India. Hosp. Progr, 1925, 6: 77-9.—Doctor, S. Babaugyiink ujabb fejlemenyei. Gy6gyaszat, 1906, 46: 731; 747; 763.—Eerland [Labor management experiences in Kediri] Fin. laksall. hand, 1936, 79: 1163-208.—Eliot, M. M. Future prospects for obstetric care in the United States. Am. J. Obst, 1946, 51: 780-8.—French, M. Midwifery in Great Britain. Internat. Nurs. Rev, Geneve, 1932, 7: 227-41.—Fridericia. H. J. Fae- rtfiske jordemoderforhold. Tskr. jordmetd, 1907-08, 18: 25-34.—Gallardo, M. A, & Magaria, M. T. La asistencia del parto en El Salvador. Estadistica, Mex, 1944, 2: 390-9 — Green, S. F. S. D. Midwifery work at the Curragh Camp. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1909, 12: 664.—Green-Armytage, V. B. Obstetrics in the tropics. Ind. M. Gaz, 1932, 67: 144-8 — Guimaraes Filho, A. Aspectos especiais da assistencia obste- trica. At. Congr. brasil. gin. (1940) 1942, 1. Congr, 3: 189- 211.—Hamilton, V. C. Obstetrica in Scandinavia. Maine M. J, 1938, 29: 43-5.—Heinricius, G. Ueber das Hebam- menwesen in Finnland. Gyn. Rdsch, 1908, 2: 474-7.— Hemschemeyer, H. Midwifery in the United States. Proc Am. Congr. Obst, Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 418-23.— Hinson, W. E. Jungle birth. Trained Nurse, 1948, 121: 342.—Huidige (De) stand van de praenatale zorg en de verlos- kundige hulp in Nederland. Tschr. sociale geneesk, 1947, 25: 250-7.—Jimenez Camacho, J. B. La obstetricia en la sierra del Peru. Actual, med. peru, 1942, 7: 318-20. Also Dia med, B. Air, 1943, 15: 369-71.—Johns, E. The practice of midwifery in Canada. Canad. Nurse, 1925, 21: 10-4.— Karve, S. D. An experiment in midwifery. East Afr. M. J, 1934, 10: 358-63.—Kostlin. Hebammenwesen. In: Preuss. Med. Gesundhwes. (1883-1908) Festschr, Berl, 1908, 384- 402.—Kolosov, M. Rodovspomozheniye v Moskovskom Zemstvie. Russk. vrach, 1910, 9: 1213-5.—Kosmak, G. W. Midwifery in European countries. Proc Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 415-7.—Laffont & Fulconie. L'assistance obstetricale en Afrique Francaise. Algerie m6d, 1935, 39: 917-21.—Lascano, J. C. Aspecto social de la asis- tencia obstetrica; resena historica y legislation Argentina. An. Congr. brasil. gin. (1940) 1942, 1. Congr, 3: 35-61.—Lubowski, M. Das Hebammenwesen in Russland. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1893, 8: 89-93.—M, G. Gravidanza e parto nel Siam. Minerva med. Tor, 1944, 35: Varia, 332-6.—McGrath W. M. Midwifery investigation, Birmingham, Ala. Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1912) 1913, 3: 260.—Marriner, 3. L. Midwifery in Alabama. Pub. Health Nurse, 1926, 18: 128-32.-—Mayo, K. Indische Geburtshilfe. Neue Generation, 1928, 24: 363-71.—Milnor. G. C. Obstetrics in Hawaii. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass, 1937, No. 47, 73-9.—Montuoro, F. L'oste- tricia in India. Riv. ostet, Milano, 1932, 14: 375-9.—Moss, C. F. A. Notes of midwifery cases in Madagascar. Lancet, Lond, 1904, 2: 1213.—Mudaliyar, A. L. Risks of childbirth in India; an investigation in Madras. Ihid, 1934, 1: 151.— Mukherjee, B. The problem of obstetrics and gynecology in India. Calcutta M. J, 1938, 33: 226-42.—Mukherji, G. N. Midwifery in India. Ind. M. Rec, 1924, 44: 292-4.—Obstetric facilities in Venezuela. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 3i4.— Paryshev, D. A. Rodovspomozheniye v Rostii po dannym Vserossiyskol higienicheskol vystavki 1913 g. v S.-Peterburgle. J. akush, 1914, 29: 13-28.—Payne, P. M. A birth in Louisiana. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1934, 140: 520.—Poerwo Soedarmo, R. [The obstetrical problem] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 1538-59.—Poulter, M. C. Obstetrical experiences in Futsing City, Fukien, China. China M. J, 1921, 35: 331-47 — Remmelts, R. [Obstetrics and gynecology in Netherlands Indies] Ned. tschr. verlosk, 1932-33, 36: 1-4.— Rodtness, J. Midwifery practice in Denmark. Mat. & Child Welf, Lond, 1923, 7: 354-6.—Ross, A. H. A new experiment in midwifery Med. Bull, N. Y, 1942-43, 8: 87.— Rouvier & Laffont. Les Mauresques a la Maternite d'Alger. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1912, 1: 787-90.—Roxas, B, & Villarama, A. The actual practice of obstetrics in the Philippine Islands. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1926, 6: 127-30.—Rutishauser, A. Erfahrungen und Beobachtungen in der Geburtshilfe im Gabon, Afrique Equatoriale Francaise. Arch. Julius Klaus Stift, 1941, 16: 235-67.—Sargent, C. A. Midwifery in Dela- ware. Delaware M. J, 1933, 5: 176.—Shaver, E. Midwifery investigation in Louisville, Ky. Tr. Am. Ass. Study Infant Mort. (1912) 1913, 3: 265.—Strieker, L. Midwifery conditions in Cincinnati, with a review of the general situation in Ohio. Ibid. (1914) 1915, 5: 216-22.—Suomen katilolaitoksen pa- rantamisesta. Katilo lehti, Helsin, 1907, 12: 25 31.—Thomas. R. C. Obstetrics in India. Brit. M. J, 1934, 2: 1060-2. ------ Obstetrics and gynaecology in an Indian state. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 205: 499-503.—Underwood, F. J. The development of midwifery in Mississippi. South. M. J, 1926, 19: 683-7.—Uranga Imaz, F. A. La obstetricia en Port of Spain, Trinidad. Dia med, B. Air, 1949, 21: 598—Van D'Elden, E. Etwas iiber Geburtshilfe in China. Aerztl. Rdsch, 1928, 38: 375.—Vorstman, A. H. Eenige opmerkingen betreffende het verloskundige vraagstuk in onze Oost-Indische Kolonien. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1910, 45: 1552-7.—Willeford, M. B. Midwifery in Puerto Rico. Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv, Lex, 1941-42, 17: No. 3, 24-9.—Williamson, W. Mid- wifery in Greece. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 126.— Woodhams, R. C. Obstetrics in the Congo. Homoeop. Rec, 1948-49, 64: 63-5.—Zanela, S. [Birth management in Croatia] Lijec. vjes, 1940, 62: 501-8.-—Zegarra Reyna, J. La obste- tricia en la Republica. Actual, med. peru, 1946-47, 12: 179; 195. ---- History. See also Midwife, History; Obstetrics, History. Beruti, J. A. La raz6n y el absurdo en obste- tricia a travel de las edades y los pueblos. 63p. 27cm. B. Air., 1943. Devraigne, L. L'obstetrique a travers les ages. 129p. 25J/2cm. Par., 1939. Galewski, S. *Versuch einer pragmatischen Geschichte der manuellen Hilfe bei der Geburt. 62p. 8? Lausanne, 1937-38. Hentschel, H. *Bausteine zu einer Fort- fuhrung der Geschichte der Geburtshilfe von Siebold-Dohrn. 93p. 8? Wiirzb., 1936. Schmitt, F. J. *Anfange und Entwicklung der Hebammenkunst, des geburtshilflichen Lehr- stuhles und der Universitats-Frauenklinik in Wurzburg. 44p. 23y2cm. Wiirzb., 1934. Spencer, H. R. The renaissance of mid- wifery; being the Lloyd Roberts lecture. 41p. 8? Lond. [1924] Also Lancet, Lond, 1924, 2: 1049 56. Also Tr. M. Soc. London, 1924-25, 48: 71-105, 3 pi. Adam, S. Obstetrics through the ages; an historical survey. Australas. Nurs. J, 1939, 37: 223; 1940, 38: 1.—Andel, M. A. v. Bijgeloof, onverstand en nalatigheid in de kraamkamer onzer voorouders. Ned. mschr. verlosk, 1919, 8: 465-99.—Anderson, R. M. History of obstetrics. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1926, 19: 173-6.—Barrett, C. V. A hundred years of maternity nursing. Canad. Nurse, 1943, 39: 720-6.—BookmiMer, M. M, & Bowen, G. L. The history of obstetrics and obstetric nursing. In: Textb. Obst. (Bookmiller, M. M.) Phila, 1949, 1-35.— Boutarel, M. La constitution d'un foyer d'aptes les vieux textes. Paris med, 1922, 46: annexe, 56; 114; 1923, 50: annexe, 73.—Buxbaum, H. The historv of obstetrics. Illinois M. J, 1932, 61: 118-25.—Crosse, V. M. Advances in mid- wifery. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 189.—Evans, M. D. A. Milestones in midwifery. Leech, Cardiff, 1948, 3: No. 3, 10-4.—Evers, H. H. And that was yesterday. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 80: 6-11.—Fischer, J. Historisches zur Verwendung der Handschuhe in der Geburtshulfe. Gyn. Bdsch, 1907, 1: 802.—Flack. I. H. The pre-history of mid- wifery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1946-47. 40: 713-22.— Glockner, A. Vom Hebammenwesen in alter und neuerer Zeit. Sachs. Hebam. Ztg, 1906, 3: 127-31.—Greer, H. L. H. Epochs in the history of obstetrics. Ulster M. J, 1935, 4: 169-77.—Hofschlaeger, R. Geburtsbeschleunigung und Schmerzlinderung im Spiegel der Vorzeit. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gvn, 1946-47, 127: 101-14.—Johnstone, R. W. Fifty years of midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1950, 1: 12-6.—Josephson. C. D. Aus der Kindheit der Gcburstshilfe. In: Festskr. J. Aug. Hammar, Upsala, 1921, 1-20.- Kaufman, M. Rozw6j pomocy akuszeryjnej. Med. kron. lek, Warsz, 1912, 47: 43-7.— Lasson, A. Hebammenv/issenschaft vor 150 Jahren. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1928, 43: 319.—Leishman, A. The progress of midwifery. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1948, 44: 664; 688 — Lloyd, J. A. Obstetrics; ancient and modern. S. Afr. M. J, 1938, 12: 666-8.—Madill, D. G. The infancy of midwifery. Irish J. M. Sc, 1929, 6. ser, 55-70.—Marks, A. H. Midwifery since the time of Ambroise Pate [Jackson lecture] Med. J. Australia, 1937, 1: 157-65.—Matousek, M. Dgjinny vyvoj babictvi. Prakt. lek, Praha, 1949, 29: 304-9.—Meyer, F. The makings of obstetrics. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 1: 75-85.-—■ Miller, J. L. Renaissance midwifery; the evolution of modern obstetrics, 1500-1700. In his Lectures on the Hist, of Med, Phila, 1933, 297-33/.—Pastorini, R., & Bosio, B. El ideario de Murri. Sem. med, B. Air, 1939, 46: 10-4, portr.—Peel, J. H. Milestones in midwifery. King's Coll. Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1947, 26: No. 2, 6-12. Also Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1947, 23: 523; 575. Also Overseas Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1947-18, 2: 328-43.—Pfeilsticker, W. Drei kulturhistorische Beitrage. Arch. Gesch. Med, 1926, 18: 367.—Ratnasamy, P. History of obstetrics. Madras M. J, 1931, 13: 185-96.— Reed, E. P. Recuerdos hist6ricos de obstetricia. Med. mod, Valparaiso, 1942-43, 16: 485-92—Ribemont-Dessaignes. Lecon faite le 4. mai 1908 a l'inauguration du cours des sages- femmes, a la Maternite de l'H6pital Beaujon. Ann. gyn. obst. Par, 1908, 5: 257-87.—Robinson, A. L. Ancient and modern. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1934, 41: 509-32, 6 pi.—Salomon- son, J. G. [Labor pains and their prevention during the ages] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: 2367-82.—Schenck, B. R. The evolution of obstetrics. Detroit M. J, 1908, 8: 77-83.— Schlosser, H. Ueber die wichtigsten Fortschritte in der Geburtshilfe vom Ende des Mittelalters bis zum Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1926, 41: 289-91.— Schroder, R. Zur Geschichte des Hebammenwesens. In his Hebammenlehrb, Lpz, 1947, 1-24.—Spiritual midwifery. MIDWIFERY 228 MIDWIFERY Brit. M. J, 1913, 2: 92.—Wegscheider. Bilder aus der Ge- schichte des Hebammenwesens. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1906, 21: 135; 155.—Wichmann, S. E. Piirteita katilokunnan historiasta vanhalta ajalta. Katilo lehti, Helsin, 1914, 19: 145-55. ---- History: American countries. Allport, W. H. Tristram Shandy and obstetrics. Am. J. Obst, 1912, 65: 612-7.—Dietschy, H. Aztekische Geburts- hilfe. Ciba Zschr, Basel, 1936-37, 4: 1467-9. Also Ciba tschr, Basel, 1947, 904-6.—Heaton, C. E. Obstetrics in Colonial America. Am. J. Surg, 1939, 45: 606-10. Also Actas Ciba, Rio, 1942, 9: 315-20.—Jameson, E. M. Eighteenth century obstetrics and obstetricians in the United States. Ann. M. Hist, 1938, n. ser, 10: 413-28.—Ledesma, D. A. La obstetricia bajo el imperio de los Incas. Arch. Clin. obst. gin. Eliseo Canton, 1942, 1: 859-62.—Llames Massini, J. C. Historia de la obstetricia en Buenos Aires. Sem. med, B. Air, 1932, 39: pt 2, 705-8.—Nicodemus, R. E. The history of American obstetrics. Centaur, Menasha, 1945-46, 51: 25-32. Also Phi Lambda Kappa Q, 1945-46, 20: No. 2, 2-8.—Paz Soldan, C. E. La obstetricia en Lima a fines del Virreinato y comienzos de la Republica. Reforma m6d, Lima, 1943, 29: 651-64. —Quiros Rodiles, A. Breve historia de la obstetricia en Mexico. Rev. mex. cirug, 1938, 6: 421-5. Also Obst. gin. lat. amer, B. Air, 1945, 77; passim.—Ramirez Olivella, J. Bosquejo historico y evoluci6n de la obstetricia de Cuba, desde los indigenas hasta nuestros dias. Rev. cubana obst, 1942, 4: 109-3o.—Rucker, M. P. A brief historv of obstetrics and gynecology in Virginia. Am. J. Obst, 1936, 31: 187-97. ------The historv of obstetrics in Virginia. Virginia M. Month, 1936-37, 63: 283-90.—Scheffey, L. C. The earlier history and the transition period of obstetrics and gynecology in Philadelphia. Ann. M. Hist, 1940, 3. ser, 2: 215-24 — Thorns, H. The beainnings of obstetrics in America. Yale J. Biol, 1932, 4: 665-75.—Van Patten, N. Obstetrics in Mexico prior to 1600. Ann. M. Hist, 1932, n. ser, 4: 203-12. ---- History: Ancient times (Egypt, Greece, India, Israel, Rome) See also subheading Iconography. Argenti, P. Childbirth in the Greek Island of Chios in the 6th century B. C, 1780, and 1914. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1944, 51: 344-9, 3 pi.—Arvanitakis, G. A Graeco-Egyptian obstetric inscription. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, 173: 335.— Berns.ein, A. The art of obstetrics as developed from the Talmud. Med. Life, 1938, 45: 195-204.—Das, K. Operative midwifery in the pre-Chamberlen period with special reference to ancient India. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M, 1927-28, 1: 360-9, 11 pi.—Dorland, W. A. N. Obstetric showings of mummies. Clin. M. & S, 1934, 41: 212-4.—Ebn-Adam, J. Rare obstetrical cases in cur ancient literature [Hebrew text] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1945, 29: 130; passim.—Egyptian ob- stetrics as illustrated by a Greek inscription. Lancet, Lond, 1915, 1: 1143.—Green-Armytage, V. B. An address on ob- stetrics and gynaecology in the days of the Patriarchs. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1927, n. ser, 34: 536-45.—Guiart. La obstetricia en el tiempo de los faraones. Dia med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 351.—Loison. A propos des accouchements chez les Hebieux. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med, 1934, 28: 131-45.— Maxwell, P. Obstetrics in China in the 13th centurv. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1927, n. ser, 34: 481 97— Menascha, I. Die Geburtshilfe bei den alten Aegyptern. Arch. Gvn, Berl, 1927-28, 131: 425-61.—Miiller, R. F. G. Zur altindischen Geburtshilfe. Arch. Gesch. Med, 1928, 20: 233-71—Mukher- jee, G. N. Midwifery in ancient India. J. Ayurveda, 1932, 8: 325; 444.—Paucot, H. Les accouchements dans l'Ancien Testament. Echo med. nord, 1943, 14: 161-5.—Wichmann, S. E. Muutamia lisapiirteita roomalaisen obstetriikan his- toriaan. Duodecim, Helsin, 1914, 30: 1-23.—Zolli, I. Una pagina di ostetricia biblica (Es. I, 15-22) Riv. stor. sc med, 1937, 28: 69-77. ---- History: European countries. Kern, H. *Zur Geschichte des Hebammen- wesens in Basel. 40p. 8° Basel, 1929. Muheim, E. *Zur Geschichte des Hebam- menwesens und der staatlichen Gebaranstalt St. Gallen. 75p. 22Kcm. Ziir., 1941. Also forms v. 17, Ziirch. med. gesch. Abh. Spencer, H. R. The history of British mid- wifery. 185p. 8? Lond., 1927. Also Brit. M. J, 1927, 2: 853-6 (Abstr.) Dopson, L. Midwifery in Edinburgh; an historical sketch. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1946, 42: 1013; passim.—Eitel, M. Das bayrische Hebammengewerbe, seine Entwicklung und gegenwartige Lage. Ann. ges. Hebamwes, 1914, 5: 196-355.— Historic (An) event in Scotland. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1946, 59: 118.—Korbuly, G. [History of Hungarian obstetrics] Orvoskepzes, 1936, 26: sept, kulonf. (Toth Festschr.) 164- 270.—Larkey, S. V. Childbirth in the days of Queen Elizabeth. Am. J. Obst, 1934, 27: 303-8. Also Centaur, Menasha, 1936, 41: 243-7.—Levicky, D. I. Iz proshlogo otechestvennogo akusherstva. Akush. gin, 1949, No. 5, 59-61.—McAllister, A. The influence of the Hunterian era on modern midwifery. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond, 1938-39, 3: S-26, 2 pi.—McKenzie, D. The obstetric history of Mary, queen of Scots, at Loch- leven. Caledon. M. J, 1932, 15: 2-6.—Nestlen. Die Ent- wicklung des Hebammenwesens und der praktischen Ge- burtshilfe im Herzogtum Wurttemberg. Med. Korbl. Wurt- temberg, 1906, 76: 787; 818; 996.—Norrie, G. [Historical review on midwifery in Denmark] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 427-44.—Schoppler, H. Das Hebammenwesen im alten Niirnberg. Janus, Haarlem, 1907, 12: 65-70.—Smythe, H. J. D, & Shepherd, H. L. Midwifery in Bristol. Bristol Med. Chir. J.. 1940. 57: 117-20. ---- History: Medieval and modern times. Abdtjl Salam Schahien. *Die geburtshilflich- gynakologischen Kapitel aus der Chirurgie des Abulkasim, ins Deutsche iibersetzt und kommen- tiert. 39p. 21cm. Berl., 1937. Noth, A. *Die Hebammenordnungen des xvin. Jahrhunderts [Wurzburg] 200p. 8? Bottrop i. W., 1931. B, E. S. De geboorte van den Dauphin van Frankrijk, 27 Septbr. 1601. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1910-11, 14: 267-9.— Bacialli, L. Una relazione ostetrica del 1764. Bull. sc. med, Bologna, 1939, 111: 71-80.—Bosch, N. H. v. d. [A delivery in i80o] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 1324.—Capparoni, P. Un fantoccio ostetrico in avorio del secolo 17. Riv. stor. sc. med, 1912, 3: 108, pi.—Castiglioni, A. L'ostetricia italiana nel Rinascimento. Rass. clin. sc, 1928, 6: 224-8, illust.— Childbirth in the eighteenth century [Edit.] Lancet, Lond, 1913, 2: 1201.—Costa Sacadura. A assistencia & mulher pejada e parturiente em Lisboa, defde 1775 a 1934. Impr. med, Lisb, 1935, 1: b02.—Creutz, R. Der persische Arzt- philosoph Avicenna (980 bis 1037) iiber Kunsthilfe bei Ge- burten und Fehlgeburten. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 1582-5.— Danforth, \V. C. The influence of the French school in the 16, 17, and 18. centuries upon the development of gynecology and obstetrics. Am. J. Obst, 1942, 44: 743-61.—Delmas, P. L'obstetrique a Montpellier, des origines au 18. siecle. Presse mid., 1927, 35: 989.-—Devraigne, L. Quelques pionniers de lobstetrice au 16. siecle. Bull, med. Par, 1942, 56: 205-9.— Gall, P. Una priorita della Scuola salernitana. Clin, ostet, 1943, 45: 83-5.—Magyary-Kossa G. [Babak mint kuruzslok] In his Magyar orvosi emlekek, Budap, 1929, 1: 96. ----- Babakolcsonzes (in 1598) Ibid, 1931, 3: 274 (Note 1032) ———■ [BAbak tortenetere vonatkozo jegyzetek a magyar tortenelembol a 16. sz.izadtol kezdve] Ibid, Notes 838; 866; 874; passim.—Maniald, E. de. Accouchement prodigieux survenu a Gradignan pres de Bordeaux en aout 1595. J. med. Bordeaux, 1934, 111: 161.-—Manoncourt, S. de. Un accouche- ment dans une lie de l'Archipel Grec vers la fin du 18. siecle. Monaco mediter. med, 1940, 7: 1-3 — Miillerheim, R. Der Dauphin in Frankreich wird geboren anno 1601. Deut. m6d. Wschr, 1909, 35: 2021.—Obstetric (An) fatality of the 13. century [Edit.] Brit. M. J, 1911, 2: 1026— Ravina, J. Pla- teaux, plats et bols d'accouchees aux 15. et 16. sixties. Aescu- lape, Par, 1935, 25: 60-7.—Sanjuan Perpina, I, Resumen de la historia de la ginecologia y obstetricia hasta el siglo li>. Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med, Madr, 1932-33, 1: 191-214 — Weindler, F. Alter Volksglaube und Volksbrauch in der Geburtshilfe des deutschen Mittelalters, und neue wissen- schaftliche Erkenntnis. Zbl. Gyn, 1938, 62: 243-50. ---- Iconography. Delivery stool as shown in The Expert Midwife, 1637 [Ulustratiorj] J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1944, 51: S45.— Delivery stool in use in Chios up to 1914 [Illustration] Ibid, 348.—Dellinger, S. C, & Wakefield, E. G. Obstetric effigies of the Mound Builders of eastern Arkansas. Am. J. Obst, 19c6, 31: 683. Also Centaur, Menasha, 19i.6-37, 42: 32, 4 figs.—G. Numismatics in the delivery room. Ciba Sympos, 1947-48, 9: 823.—Gall, P. II parto di Almena; una priorita iconografica italiana. Clin, ostet, 1936, 38: 543-6.—Masip & Sanz, J. O parto nas bellas-artes. Porto med, 1907, 4: 103-10.— Method of delivery of the after-birth in Greek Archipelago in 1780 (from Sonninij [Illustration] J. Obst. Gvn. Brit. Empire, 1944, 51: opp. p. 344.—Method of delivery in Greece, 6th century B. C, terracotta in museum at Nicosia in Cyprus [Illustration] Ibid, opp. p. 344.—Noury, P. L'alimentation des accouchees dans l'art. Chron. mM, Par, 1909, 16: 369-77, 2 pi.—Schleuter, R. E. Obstetrical art at St. Peter's in Rome. Ann. M. Hist, 1936, 8: 227-31.—Weindler, F. Mytbische Geburtsszenen in der antiken Kunst. Janus, Leyde, 1926, 30: 271-94,3 pi.------VolkstumlicheKranken- darstellungen und eine wichtige geburtshilfliche Bildurkunde im Utrecht-Psalter. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1937, 34: 87-9. ---- Home confinement. Heese, J. *Die Leistungen der hauslichen Geburtshilfe nach einer Statistik iiber 26,299 geburtshilfliche Falle in Mecklenburg. 24p. 21cm. Rost., 1936. MIDWIFERY 229 MIDWIFERY Kappenberg, W. *Die Leistungen der haus- lichen Geburtshilfe. 31p. 22cm. Rost., 1936. Knispel, F. *Das Ergebnis der hauslichen Geburtshilfe in Mecklenburg-Schwerin vom Jahre 1931. 24p. 8? Rost., 1935. Kruger, E. L. *Erfolge der hauslichen Ge- burtshilfe; Bericht iiber 25,587 Hausgeburten aus Mecklenburg ... aus den Jahren 1926 und 1927. 23p. 21cm. Rost., 1936. Philadelphia, Pa. Jefferson Medical College. Pamphlet guide for students on the conduct and care of maternity patients in private homes. 29p. 15^cm. Phila., 1929. Roesler, L. *Die Ergebnisse der hauslichen Geburtshilfe in Breslau in den Jahren 1924-34. 29p. 22^cm. Bresl., 1937. Stukowski, G. *Die Erfolge der hauslichen und klinischen Geburtshilfe im In- und Auslande. 31p. 21cm. Bresl., 1938. Adeodato, J., filho. Servico obstetrico domiciliar; nossa experiencia em um ano. Rev. gin. obst, Rio, 1949, 43: 40-8.— Aigner, A. Haus- und Anstalts-Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1943. 67: 1273-83.—Amreich, I. A. Die Geburtshilfe im Privathaus; Kontraindikationen und Vorbedingungen. Wien. klin Wschr, 1940, 53: 555-9.-—Antoine, T. Grenzen zwischen Haus- und Klinikentbindungen. Ibid, 1946, 58: 223-5 — Arnold, J. O. Labor; home delivery; particeps criminis. Med. World, 1942, 60: 449.—Bandeira de Melo, L. Servico de a«sistencia obstetrica domiciliar do Centro de saflde de Natal. An. Soc. med. cir. Rio Grande do Norte, 1942, 4: No. 6, 47- 52.— Barker, M. Obstetrics in the home. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1942-4o, 42: 244-7.—Beard, H. E. Home obstetrics. West Virginia M. J, 1940, 36: 18-22.—Beaulah, L. E. Post-graduate midwiferv; in the patient's own home. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941 37:470.—Bemhart, F. Ueber Geburten im Privathause. Wien. med. Wschr, 1917, 97: 379.—Bickel, L. Hauslich operative Geburtshilfe: ein Beitrag zur Frage der Neuorien- tierung in der Geburtshilfe. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1930, 85: 303-24.—Bookmiller. M. M, & Bowen, G. L. Labor in the home. In: Textb. Obst. (Bookmiller, M. M.) Phila, 1949, 351-62. ——— Management of labor in the home. Ibid, 363-72.—Buxbaum, H. Obstetrics in the home. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 45-58.—Cleisz, L. Les pteparatifs de l'accouchement a domicile. Bull, med. Par, 1934, 48: 83-5.— Clifford, M. L. Prob'ems of home delivery nursing service. Connecticut Health Bull, 1941, 55: 336.—Clyne, D. G. W, Macafee, C. H. G, & Somerville, C. L. Domiciliary mid- wifery and the family doctor. Brit. M. J, 1945, 2: 441-3.— Connell, J. S. M. Confinements at home or in hospital. Queen M. Mag, Birm, 1946, 39: 26-9.—Conti, N. Parto in clinica o parto a domicilio? Arte ostet, 1937, 51: 268-71.— Court, 3. Domiciliary midwifery in Calcutta. Nurs. J. India, 1946 37: 187-9.—Curhan, J. H. The management cf home delivery. Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1932-33, 3: 88-92 — Davydov, V. I, & Perlova, R. K. Vnebolnichnye rody. Akush. gin, 1947, No. 6, 45.—Delivery nursing in rural homes. Pub. Health Nurs, 1940, 32: 122—Doderlein, G. Ueber die geburtshilfliche Ausbildung des Arztes und uber die Leistungs- fahigkeit rein hauslicher Geburtshilfe. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1930 142: 185-96. ------ Hausliche und klinische Ge- burtshilfe. Miinchen med. Wschr, 1932 79: 1825-8.— Dowling, J. D, jr. Obstetrical technique in the home. North Carolina M. J, 1946, 7: 108-10.—Dubash, B. M. Maternity hospitals versus domiciliary midwifery. Ind. M. Guide, 1948, 1:25-7.—Eden, T. W. Midwifery in the home. Brit. M. J, 1933 1: 399-403.—Erede, U. Considerazioni sull'assistenza ostetrica" a domicilio. Riv. ostet, Milano, 1941, 23: 35-7.— Fahlbusch, O. Was leistet die hausliche Geburtshilfe? Munch. med. Wschr, 1932, 79: 1746-8. ——- Erfolge der haus- lichen Geburtshilfe. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1932-33, 104: 45-92.—Ferreira Jorge, C. Acao do Servico de assistencia obstetrica a domicilio no Departamento de puericultura. Rev. gin. obst, Rio, 1942, 36: pt 2, 99-106.—Field A. B. Hospital or domiciliary confinement. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: ^01.— Finoeenova. M. D. [Childbirth outside of hospitals; 2,590 cases] Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 10, 48-50.—Flaskamp. Richtlinien zur Abgrenzung hauslicher und klinischer Ge- burtshilfe und Vorschlage zur Reform der geburtshilflichen Ausbildung. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1929 137: 805-7; Disc., 842-66.—Garrison, J. E. Delivering babies at home. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1942-43, 12: 228-31—Geller, F. C. Hausliche und klinische Geburtshilfe. Med. Klin, Berl 1936, 32: 1064-7. Also Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1936, 161: 359-61; Disc, 368-71. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 140—Gerhard!, K. A. Hausentbindung oder Anstaltsentbindung? Zschr. arztl Fortbild, 1935, 32: 311-4.—Giletto, B. J Management of home deliveries. Med. Clin. N. America, 1945 29: 1525-37.— Gillaspie, C. Care of obstetric cases outside of hospitals Colorado M, 1931, 28: 112-7-Gillespie. W P. The home delivery. In: Obst. Manag. & Nurs. (Woodward H. L., A Gardner, B.) Phila, 1936, 707-21; 2. ed, 1940, 715-30; 3. ed 1945 407-23. Also in: Essentials of Obstetrics (Woodward, H. L, & Gardner, B.) Phila, 1943, 377-93.—Gimpelson, D. I. [Confinement at home] Akush. gin, 1939, No. 8, 24-7.— Halter. G. Hausliche Geburtshilfe. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1937, 50: 1333.—Hamilton, J. Domiciliary v. hospital midwifery. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 136-8.—Hamner, J. L. The management of the normal labor in the home. South. M. & S, 1940, 102: 245.—Hausentbindungen oder Anstaltsent- bindungen. Reichsgesundhbl, 1935, 10: 1045.—Hay, J. R. W, Wiseman, D. C A Kelly, C. Domiciliary midwifery and the family doctor. Brit. M. J, 1945, 2: 401.-—Hebammenwesen (Hausentbindungen, Anstaltsentbindungen) Reichsgesundhbl, 1934, 9: 869.—Hefferman, L. W. Domiciliary obstetrics. Med. World, Lond, 1946, 64: 775; passim.-—Hemschemeyer, H. Midwifery in the United States; how shall we care for the million mothers whose babies are born at home? Am. J. Nurs, 1939, 39: 1181-7.—Hirsch, M. Ueber hausliche und klinische Geburtshilfe. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 962-4. Ueber die Arbeitsteihing der Geburtshilfe in hauslich- normale und klinisch-operative. Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 1377; 1431.—Holtermann, C. Grenzen der hauslichen Geburtshilfe bei Stdrungen in der Nachgeburtsperiode. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1935-36, 160: 101; 1936, 161: 361; Disc, 368. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 140-2.—Horn, J. M. Advantages of hospital ob- stetrics over obstetrics in the home. Texas J. M, 1932, 28: 484-8.—Hospital and home confinements [Germany] J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 110: 453.—Hunter, J. M. Domiciliary mid- wifery. Med. Press A Circ, Lond, 1945, 214: 189-91 — Husslein, H. Zur Frage Haus- oder Anstaltsgeburt. Zbl. Gyn, 1940, 64: 1954-61.—James, G. P. Hospital or domi- ciliary confinement. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 138.—Janes, O. G. Obstetrical care in the home. Dallas M. J, 1938, 24:118-21.— Jenkins, H. H. The management of home deliveries. J Tennessee M. Ass, 1937, 30: 211-4.—Johannsen, T. Was leistet die hausliche Geburtshilfe? Zbl. Gyn, 1929, 53: 3523-7.—Johnson, B. M. The hygiene of the domiciliary labour room. J. State M, Lond, 1931, 39: 453-6.—Jones, G. The cost of home delivery service in rural areas. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 810-5.—Jung, P. Ein Versuch zur Beschaffung sterilen Verbandmaterials fiir Geburt und Wochenbett im Privathaus. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1926, 56: 297.—Kermauner, F. Geburtsleitung im Privathaus und ihre Grenzen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1930, 43: 1495-9.— Kirchner, W., A Moell, O. H. Ein Beitrag zur Frage Hausge- burt oder Klinikgeburt. Zbl. Gyn, 1941, 65: 1936-47 — Klahr, C. Zur Neuordnung der hauslichen Geburtshilfe. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1929, 42: 409-13.—Kovacs, F. Vergleich der Leistungsfahigkeit der hauslichen und klinischen Geburts- hilfe auf Grund der Sammelstatistik der neuen ungarischen Geburtshilfeordnung. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1936, 161: 363-8; Disc, 368-71. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1936, 60: 741-50. ------ Aerztliche Gesichtspunkte der hauslichen und Anstaltsgeburts- hilfe auf Grund von 914,516 Enttindungen der Jahre 1933 bis 1937. Ibid, 1939, 63: 830-43. ------ [Obstetrics at private houses and in institutions] Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 657; 687.— Kubert. Hausgeburt oder klinische Entbindung? Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 297-9.—Lackey, W. J. Home obstetrics. South. M. A S, 1941, 103: 553.—Langston, H. J. Delivering babies at home. Ibid, 1943, 105: 119-21—Lantuejoul, P. Les limites de l'obstetrique a domicile. J. med. chir. Par, 1935,106:464-7.—Laycraft, B. Homestead obstetrics. Canad. Nurse 1947, 43: 352-6.—Liebe [Delivery at home or in hospitals?] Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1928-29, 32: 221-4.— Lissack, E. Simple and safe home obstetrics. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1936, 33: 384-7.—Logan, D. D, A MacKenzie, E. K. Domiciliary midwifery and the family doctor. Brit. M. J, 1945 2: 294-6.—Lonie, T. C. The disadvantages of domi- ciliary midwifery. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 63: 227.—Mabbott, J. M. A list of requisites for obstetric cases at home. N. York M. J, 1904, 80: 1194.—McCulloch, M. A normal home delivery. Trained Nurse, 1939, 102: 419-24.—Mcllroy, A. L. Domiciliary midwifery. Mag. Iondon School M. Women, 1934, 29: 101-9.—McNeel, T. The management of obstetric emergencies in the home. Marquette M. Rev, 1942- 4o, 7: 109-15.—Magg. Einige Winke und Bemerkungen zur Ge- burtshilfe im Privathause. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 411-7.—Makepeace, A. W. The home-delivery service; a survey made in 15 medical schools. Child, Wash, 1942-43, 7- 36-9—Matolcsy, K. Beitrage zur Frage der Haus- und Anstaltsgeburt. Zbl. Gyn, 1938, 62: 581-4.—Menzies, M. F. Hospital or domiciliary confinement? Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 35-8 —Micheli, C. Parto negli istituti ostetrici o parto a domicilio? Umbria med, 1937, 17: 3216-20.—Miller, D. G. Home obstetrics. N. Orleans M. A S. J, 1948-49, 101: 467- 71 —Minish, L. T. The care and delivery of the pregnant woman in her home. Kentucky M. J, 1926, 24: 277-90 — Moore, H. C. Home or hospital care at childbirth. Med. World, 1936, 54: 787.—Nijhoff, G. C. De verloskunde in het Ziekcnhuis en in de huispraktijk. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1909, 2- 251-9.—O'Brien, H. R. Nursing study in a home delivery area. Pub. Health Nurs, 1944, 36: 554-61.— Orthner. F. Haus- oder Spitalentbindung? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 279.—Pall, G. [Principles of conducting labor at home] Budapesti orv. ujs, 1933, 31: 657-61.—Palmerton, E. S. Obstetrics in the home. Minnesota M, 1943, 26: 176-9.— Parto no hospital ou a domicilio? An. paul. med. cir, 1943, 46: 169 —Petteway, G. H. Obstetrical delivery in the home. South. M. A S, 1934, 96: 635-7.—Pierce, V. K. The advan- tages of a home obstetrical service. Marquette M. Rev, 1942- 43, 7: 47-53.—Pomeroy, R. H. The primipara belongs to the expert and the hospital; the multipara to the family doctor MIDWIFERY 230 MIDWIFERY and the home. N. York State J. M, 1917, 17: 314-6; Disc, 318-23. ■ Portteus, W. I, Delivery technique in the home. J. Indiana M. Ass, V.>.->'_', 25: 74-7.—Preparing for a delivery at home. Am. J. Nurs, 1940, 40: 1313-27.—Puppel. Moderne Geburtshilfe in Klinik und Haus. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1909, 46: 1261-4.------Richtlinicn fiir die hausliche Geburts- hilfe. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 139-43— Pye, E. M. Domiciliary midwifery in Calcutta. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1946, 59:155.—Ratiff, D. A. Management of labor in the home. Mississippi Doctor, 1935-36, 13: No. 10, 41-5.— Rodecurt, M. Hausliche und Anstaltsgeburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1939, 63: 1929-32.—Rott, Meier A Reichert, F. Betrachtungen uber Anstalts- und Hausgeburten. Ibid, 1940, 64: 1442-54. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 1159 (Abstr.)— Rubbelke, L. Home delivery service in a generalized program. Pub. Health Nurs, 1944, 36: 34-8.—Schauta, F. Ueber Geburtshilfe in Anstalten und ausserhalb derselben. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1908, 21: 1545-9.—Siegel, P. W. Leistungen und Grenzen der hauslichen Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1934, 58: 2642-53- Smith, M. E. Home deliveries. South. M. J, 1935, 28: 511- 20.—Theisen, E. Betrachtungen iiber Anstalts- und Hausge- burten. Zbl. Gvn, 1940, 64: 307- 11. Also Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 465 (Abstr.)—Treloar, G. A. Ideals in domiciliary midwifery practice. _ Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 858.— Vitali, M. Sui limiti e sulle possibility dell'assistenza ostetrica domiciliare. Arte ostet, 1936, 50: 41-7.—Walker, A. Home and hospital confinements. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 265-9.—Winter, E. W. [Principal points in labor manage- ment at home] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1936, 16: Suppl, 205-11. ------Beitrage zur normalen Hausgeburt. Wien. med. Wschr, 1938, 88: 892-4.—Winter, G. Die Zukunft der hauslichen Geburtshilfe. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 8; 56. —;--- Kritische Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz Siegels Leistungen und Grenzen der hauslichen Geburtshilfe. Zbl. Gyn, 1935, 59: 787— Wood, F. L. Antiseptic delivery in the home. Clin. M. & S, 1936, 43: 389-91. ------ Home versus hospital care in childbirth. Med. World, 1936, 54: 517-9.— Zabriskie, L. E. Maternity nursing in hospital and home. Am. J. Nurs, 1929, 29: 1157-65.—Zanela, S. [Where should the woman be confined] Lijec. vjes, 1940, 62: 427-32. ---- Hospital and institutional confinement. See also Maternity hospital; Obstetrics, Institutions. Hampton Court, Engl. Princess Fred- erica's Convalescent Home for Married Women after Childbirth, with their Infants. Financial statement. 4 1. 4° Lond., 1888. Kalt, A. *Die ausschliessliche Benutzung von Entbindungsanstalten zur Abwicklung des Geburtsvorganges und der Wochenbettspflege; eine medizinisch-sociale Studie [Zurich] 33p. 8? Aarau, 1907. Kohler, U. *Kritische Betrachtung der Resultate der Staatlichen Hebammenschule, Entbindungsanstalt und Frauenklinik Bamberg in den Jahren 1943-1945 [Erlangen] 35p. 21cm. Coburg, 1948. Kohl, H. *Zur Frage des Transportes Kreis- sender. 57p. 8? Munch., 1934. Kullmann, K. *Ueber geburtshilfliche Falle, bei welchen der Transport in die Klinik lebens- rettend war [Miinchen] 14p. 8? Diisseld., 1934. Minnesota, U. S. A. Division of Social Welfare. Medical Unit. Directory of ma- ternity homes and hospitals receiving maternity patients. S. Paul, 1938- Sigrist, R. M. *Kritische Betrachtung der Resultate der Staatlichen Hebammenschule, Entbindungsanstalt und Frauenklinik Bamberg in den Jahren 1946-1948 [Erlangen] 87p. 8? Bamberg, 1949. Teichtweier, J. G. *Kritische Betrachtung der Resultate der Staatlichen Hebammenschule, Entbindungsanstalt und Frauenklinik zu Bam- berg in den Jahren 1937-1939. 42p. 8? Er- langen, 1940. Anselmino, K. J. Die Zunahme der Anstaltsen tbindungen im Rheinland und ihre Gefahren fiir die Unterrichtostatten und die freien Hebammen. OefT. Gesundhdienst, 1937-38, 3: B, 765-75.—Betts, B. F. The advantages of hospital treat- ment of maternity cases. Hahneman. Month, 1908, 43: 801-8.—Biancardi, G. Rendiconto clinico statistico dell'Asilo Regina Elena per le madri povere legittime nell'anno 1933. Arte ostet, 1934, 48: 413-9.—Bieiek, T. A szulootthonok szocialis es eg6szs6giigyi vonatkozasair61. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1942, 23: 1428-32.—Browne, H. E. Midwifery at the Hyden Hospital. Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv, Lex, 1942-43, 18: No. 3, 3-7.—Coston, R. H. An analysis of 132 deliveries at the Salvation Army Rescue Home. Alabama M. J, 1908-09, 21: 712-7.—Devraigne, L. Les maternites rurales. Mid. inf., Par, 1947, 54: 49-57.—Edeling, A. Zur Frage der Anstaltsent- bindungen. Zbl. Gyn, 1941, 65: 1700-3.—Franz, R. Be- volkerungsbewegung, Mutter- und Sauglingssterblichkeit im Zusammenhang mit der Anstaltsgeburtshilfe. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1938, 51: 1253-8.—Goldstein, R. Die Zunahme der Anstaltsentbindungen im Deutschen Reich. Arch. Frauenk, 1932, 18: 233-55.—Groves, E. R. Hospital versus home de- livery. In his Marriage, N. Y, 1941, 407-10.—Haselhorst, G. Ergebnisse der Klinikentbindung; Sammelstatistik aus 27 Universita ts-Frauenkliniken und Hebammenlehranstalten. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1942, 173: 247-54. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1942, G6: 114-7.—Haultain, W. F. T. A comparison of maternity hos- pital records during the last 20 years as a basis for thoughts for the future improvement of midwifery. Edinburgh M. J, 1948, 55: 463-87.—Helesfai, S. Hozzasz61as a sziilootthon- kerdfehez. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1943, 24: 755.—Jaeger, H. Anstaltsentbindung und Kostendeckung aus den Leistungen der Wochenhilfe. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes, 1938, 439- 41.—Ledeboer, J. G. Planning a home; making a home; running a home. Mother A Child, Lend, 1946, 17: 82-4.— Levi, M. F. [Prophvlactic work of the kolkhoz lying-in homes] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, 37-43—Lint, J. G. de. [The oldest known lving-in hospitals at Philae, Edfu, Deir el Bahri and Luxor] Ziekenhuis, 1928, 19: 132-4.—Logan, J. S. For and against institutional midwifery. J. R. San. Inst, 1949, 69: 496-502.—Marsh, M. L. Emergency maternity homes, 1939-45. Med. Off, Lond, 1947, 78: 145-9— Orgler, A. Ueber die Zusammenarbeit von Entbindungsanstalt und Miitterheim. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes, 1926, 22: 397.— Plass, E. D. The increase in hospital deliveries. Am. J. Obst, 1940, 40: 659-61.—Pohlen, K. Die Anstaltsentbindungen in Zurich. Deut. med. Wschr, 1935, 61: 1644.—Polya, K. A szul6otthonokr61. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1942, 23: 1263-7.— Remetei, F. A. Hozzasz61ds a sziilootthon-kti-des megoldri- sahoz. Ibid, 1943, 24: 437.—Schauta, F. Ueber Geburtshilfe in Anstalten und ausserhalb derselben. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1908, 21: 1545-9.—Schreiner, E. T. Hospital versus home care of confinement cases. North Am. J. Homeop, 1905, 53: 376-9.—Statistische (Die) Bedeutung der Anstaltsentbin- dungen. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1939, 7: 269-71.—Szabados, S. A tanyai sziilonok sziileti ia gyermekdgyi ell&tasa a sziiloott- honokban Pestvdrmegyeben. N6peglszsegiigy, 1943, 24: 749-53.—Watson, J. M. The making of a good nurse; ad- mitting a new patient. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946-47, 84: 249. ---- Instruments, tools, and records. Angerer, E. Das Hebammendesinfektionskastchen, ein unentbehrlicher Ausriistungsgegenstand der Hebammentasche. Munch, med. WTschr, 1910, 57: 694-6.—Barnes. H. E. W. Aids in the management of labor. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, 1902, 20: 285-94. —Bauer. Die Hebammentasche. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1905, 18: 307-15.—Beattie, J. The equipment and instruments for midwifery in general practice. Practitioner, Lond, 1939, 142: i79-86.—Biscow, H. B. Obstetrical measuring instru- ment. U. S. Patent Off, 1946, No. 2,394,140.—Blackburn, L. Searchin' the midwife's bag. Pub. Health Nurs, N. Y, 1937, 29: 119-21.—Bloom, O. H. A new abdominal binder for intra- partum use. Am. J. Obst, 1943, 45: 1050-3.—Caffaratto, T. M. Nuovi strumenti utili per la pratica ostetrica. Gazz. med. ital, 1938, 97: 414-9.—Caspary, H. Geburtshilflicher Gurfc. Munch, med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1711.—Dobal, E. A bAba eszkozeinek kiegeszitese. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1944, 25: 274.—Dumas. Instrument obstetrical. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1912) 1913, 41: 740-2.—Ebstein, E. Zur Ver- wendung des Handschuhes in der Geburtshilfe im Jahre 1758. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1927, 76: 39.—Elam, J. Gas-and-air apparatus for midwives. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2: 125.i.— Farkas, L. A babanaplok fontossag:1rol fs annak kitolteserol. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1941, 22: 962-5.—Friton, B. Gebarbrett fiir die landliche Geburtshilfe. Med. Klin, Berl, 1943, 39: 219 — Geburtshilfliche und gynakologische Instrumente und Hand- griff e. Schweiz. Hebamme, 1946, 44: 73; 83.—Gossett, W. B. Rubber gloves in obstetrical practice. Kentucky M. J, 1911, 9: 705-9.—Hager, S. The obstetrical binder. N. York M. J. 1905, 82: 335; 386.—Hannes. W. Die Gummihandschuh- prophylaxe in der Geburtshilfe. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1909, 65: 96-128.—Hebammen -Woohenbettpackungen. Reichsge- sundhbl, 1937, 12: 318.—Jones, B. M. Obstetrical appliance. U. S. Patent Off, 1941, No. 2,241,136.—Jones. R. F. A port- able anaesthetic apparatus for self-admin istraticn in mid- wifery. Brit. M..T, 1935, 2:1050.—Klaauw, C.J. v.d. [Former obligatory instrumentarium of the accoucheur] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 4814-23.—Kritzler. Asepti«ches Lochtuch fiir die Aussengeburt3hilfe. Deut. med. Wschr, 1925, 51: 1406.-—Lasaigues, P. Un nouveau percemembranes. Arch. med. Toulouse, 1902, 8: 454.—McKay, F. L. Obstetric package project. Commonhealth, Bost, 1938, 25: No. 1, 47.—Moir, J. C. A new type of nitrous-oxide machine for self-induction of analgesia during labour. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 1281.—New emergency kit for blitz-born babies. Science News Lett, 1941, 40: 57.—Penny, C. J. An improved obstetric belt. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 2: 1480.—Petit. Trousse d'ac- coucheuse chinoise. J. med. Bordeaux, 1906, 36: 747.— MIDWIFERY 23 Phillips, R. E. The sterile obstetrical package. Rocky Moun- tain M. J, 1938, 35: 778.—Price, J. S. Obstetrical instrument. U. S. Patent Off, 1941, No. 2,227,673.—Rashkes, A. S. K voprosu o polzie rezinovykh perchatok v akushorskoi praktikie. J. akush, 1903, 17: 1779-90.—Rothschuh, E. Eine aseptische Wochenbettbinde. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1907, 54: 620.— Saniter, R. Gcburtshilfliches Besteck. Ibid , 1913, 60: 1437.— Segar, H. R. Portable gas and air machine for midwiferv. Brit. M. J, 1936, 2: 630.—Stoger, J. Obstetrical device. U. S. Patent Off, 1912, No. 1,029,034.—Torpin, R. Obstetrical device. Ibid, 1940, No. 2,194,989.—Vanselow. Das Desin- fektionskastchen fiir Hebammen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1910 67: 2768.—Wachenfeldt, S. v. Eine Signaluhr fiir Geburts- helfer. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 2372-4.—Walther, H. Sollen die Landhebammen mit Gummihandschuhen ausgcriistet werden? Miinch. med. Wschr, 1907, 54: 267.—Weinzierl, E. Ge- burtshilflicher Koffer. Med. Klin, Berl, 1929, 25: 437. ---- Lectures. Htjgtjet t L6pez, L., ed. Conferencias sani- tarias para comadronas. 291p. 23%cm. La Habana, 1941. Mtjrga y Serret, J. de. Apuntes de ma- tronas. 2. curso. 162 1. 16% x 22cm. Madr. [After 1930] [Nebraska] University of Nebraska. Col- lege of Medicine. Notes in junior obstetrics. 144p. 8? Omaha, 1929. Ross, A. Midwifery coaching lessons. 12. ed. 364p. 32? Lond., 1937. Sage, E. C. Obstetrical notes for juniors. 154p. 8? Omaha, 1930. Schtjlze, A. G. Outline of lectures in ob- stetrics. 32 1. 8? S. Paul, 1932. Syllabus (A) of lectures on obstetrics for nurses, prepared by a committee appointed by the American Gynecological Society. 38p. 8°. N. Y., 1930. Favreau. Lecons du cours de perfectionnement des sages- femmes, 9. serie. J. obst. gyn, Lille, 1938, 9: No. 3, 51-3.— Obstetricia para enfermeras. Enferm. argent, 1945-46, 2: No. 23, 6; passim. ---- Manuals. See also Obstetrics, Manuals. For textbooks for midwives see also Midwife, Manuals; also under names of specific subjects. AGUSTf Planell, D. Carrera de matrona. 4. ed. 270p. 21cm. Barcel., 1943. Andrews, H. R., & Lack, V. J. F. Midwifery for nurses. 8. ed. 280p. 19cm. Lond., 1939. Also 9. ed. 246p. 20cm. 1945. Banister, J. B. A manual for midwives. 4. ed. 328p. 8? Lond., 1932. Battdelocque, J. L. An abridgment of Mr. Heath's translation of Baudelocque's midwifery. 588p. 8? Phila., 1811. Berkeley, C. Pictorial midwifery. 3. ed. 166p. 23cm. Lond., 1939. Also 4. ed. 1941. ----& Dupuy, G. M. An atlas of midwifery. 160p. 8? Lond., 1926. Bishop, H. D. Obstetric duties of mother and nurse. 2. ed. 96p. 8? Clevel., 1904. Boer, L. J. Abhandlungen und Versuche geburtshilflichen Anhalts zur Begnindung einer naturgemassen Entbindungsmethode und Be- handlung der Schwangern, der Wochnerinnen und neugebohrnen Kinder, nach den an der offentlichen Entbindungsschule am Wiener allge- meinen Gebahrhause gemachten Erfahrungen und gesammelten Beobachtungen. 2v. in 3. 8? Wien, 1791-1806. Bookmiller, M. M., & Bowen, G. L. Text- book of obstetrics and obstetric nursing. 737p. 20%cm. Phila., 1949. Bourne, A. W. Midwifery for nurses. 312p. 8? Lond., 1935. Also 2. ed. 314p. 1939. Also 3. ed. 296p. 1944. Brandt, K. K. H. Laerebok for jordm0dre. 5. utg. 424p. 21cm. Oslo, 1944. MIDWIFERY Brown, R. C, & Gilbert, B. Midwifery. 796p. 19cm. Lond., 1940. Browne, F. J. Antenatal and postnatal care. 6. ed. 644p. 21cm. Lond., 1946. Browne, O. T. D. A manual of practical obstetrics. 2. ed. 267p. 23cm. Bristol, 1948. Bucchi, G., & Morrica, M. L'ostetrica e la sua professione. 301p. 25cm. Roma, 1941. Btjlman, M. W. Midwifery and obstetric nursing. 358p. 22%cm. Lond., 1941. Burns, J. The principles of midwifery; in- cluding the diseases of women and children. 7. ed. 746p. 22cm. Lond., 1828. Cambon, E. Questions de garde d'accouche- ment. 3. 6d. 242p. 18cm. Marseille, 1943. Capuron, J. Cours theorique et pratique d'accouchemens, dans lequel on expose les principes de cette branche de l'art. Nouv. ed. 264p. 23^cm. Brux., 1836. Churchill, F. On the theory and practice of midwifery. Am. ed. from 2. Dublin ed. 510p. 8? Phila., 1851. Cooke, J. B. Nurse's handbook of obstetrics for use in training-schools. 391p. 8? Phila., 1903. Cova, E., ed. Trattato di ostetricia minore. 3v. 24cm. Milano, 1947. ----Viana, O., & Roi, G. Puericultura pre- e postnatale. 388p. 24cm. Milano, 1947. Forms v.3, Tratt. ostet. min. (Cova, E.) Milano, 1947. Issued as the 4. edition of Manuale di puericultura, by Viana & Roi. Cuzzi, A. Manuale di ostetricia ad uso delle levatrici. 9. ed. 610p. 8? Milano, 1936. Davis, M. E., & Carmon, M. C. De Lee's Obstetrics for nurses. 13. ed. 597p. 20^cm. Phila., 1944. Also 14. ed. 640p. 1947. De Cotret, E. A. R. L'obstetrique des gardes-malades. 5. ed. 152p. 23cm. Mon- treal, 1944. Dekker, M. Een nuttige werkkring van de vrouw, miskend. 16p. 8? Purmerend, 1913. De Lee, J. B. Obstetrics for nurses. 3. ed. 512p. 8? Phila., 1908. Also 9. ed. 645p. 1930. Also 10. ed. 666p. 1933. ----& Carmon, M. C. Obstetrics for nurses. 11. ed. 659p. 8? Phila., 1937. Also 12. ed. 651p. 1941. Deleurye, F. A. Traite" des accouchemens. 2. ed. 559p. 20cm. Par., 1777. Dewees, W. P. A compendious system of midwifery. 9. ed. 660p. 8? Phila., 1839. Dobrowolski, S. Nauka poioznictwa dia uzytku poloznych. 414p. 8? Krak6w, 1913. Dubrisay, L., & Jeannin, C. Precis d'ac- couchement. 9. ed. 889p. 18^cm. Par., 1943. Also 11. ed. 895p. 1946. Also 12. ed. 925p. 1949. Duru, M. C. Koy obelerine rehber. 308p. 24cm. Ankara, 1943. Eden, T. W. A manual of midwifery. 518p. 23cm. Lond., 1906. Fairbairn, J. S. A text-book for midwives. 5. ed. 369p. 8? Lond., 1930. Falls, F. H., & McLaughlin, J. R. Ob- stetric nursing. 557p. 22%cm. S. Louis, 1946. Falsia, M. V. Asistencia del parto. 137p. 22^cm. B. Air., 1928. Fullerton, A. M. Handbook of obstetric nursing for nurses, students and mothers. 3. ed. 264p. 12? Phila., 1893. Also 6. ed. 270p. 1903. Gammeltoft, S. A. Obstetrik. 140p. 25cm. Kbh. [1949?] Forms No. 13 v.2.Haandb. sygeplejer, Kbh, 1945-49. MIDWIFERY 232 MIDWIFERY Garran, G. Obstetrical nursing procedures; including the standing orders of the Boston lying-in hospital. 58p. 27%cm. Ann Arb., 1941. Gibberd, G. F. A short textbook of mid- wifery. 529p. 8? Lond., 1938. Also 2. ed. 548p. 1941. Also 3. ed. 542p. 1943. Also 4. ed. 563p. 1947. Green-Armytage, V. B. Tropical mid- wifery; labour-room clinics. 173p. 16? Calc, 1928. Hamilton, A. Outlines of the theory and practice of midwifery; to which are added Smellie's anatomical tables with explanations. 2. ed. 400p. 8? Phila., 1806. Haultain, F. W. N., & Ferguson, J. H. Handbook of obstetric nursing. 229p. 12? Edinb., 1889. Hebammen-Lehrbuch; hrsg. im Auftrage des Preussischen Ministers fiir Volkswohlfahrt. 454p. 8? Berl., 1920. Hollick, F. The matron's manual of mid- wifery, and the diseases of women during preg- nancy and in childbed. 458p. 15cm. N. Y., 1849. Also new ed. 379p. 1890. Jellett, H. A short practice of midwifery, embodying the treatment adopted in the Rotunda Hospital, Dublin. 4. ed. 557p. 19cm. Lond., 1903. Also 5. ed. 654p. 1908. Also 6. ed. 619p. 1913. Also 7. ed. 545p. 1918. Also 9. ed. 591p. 1924. Also 12. ed. 483p. 1942. Also 13. ed. 456p. 1945. ----& Madill, D. G. A manual of midwifery for students and practitioners. 4. ed. 1281p. 8? Lond., 1929. Jewett, C. Manual of childbed nursing. 23p. 12? Brooklyn, 1889. Another ed., 40p. Brooklyn, 1891. Johnstone, R. W. A text-book of midwifery for students and practitioners. 4. ed. 508p. 19cm. Lond., 1923. Also 6. ed. 447p. 8? 1932. Also 8. ed. 471p. 1936. Also 10. ed. 491p. 1939. Also 11. ed. 1942. ---- The midwife's text-book of the principles and practice of midwifery. 365p. 23cm. Lond., 1944. Also 2. ed. 381p. 1946. Jones, A. M. Manual for teaching midwives. 139p. 25cm. Wash., 1941. Jordan, H. Nauka poioznictwa dia uzytku poloznych. 2v. in 1. 216p.; 261p. 22cm. Krak6w, 1872-73. Also 2. wyd. 498p. 26cm. Chic, [1885?] KAIRES, M. G. 'EyicoXiriov rijs (xalas. 456p. 21%cm. Athenai, 1927. ■--- MaieuTi/ci). ind.p'. 959p. 22cm. Athenai, 1930. Kinosita, S. Sanbagaku kogi. 15. han, zosatu; ge kan. p.471-968. 22^cm. Tokyo, 1934. ----Sanbagaku kogi. 16. han, zSsatu; zyo kan. 470p. 22>^cm. Tokyo, 1932. Kirstein, F. Leitfaden fiir den Hebammen- unterricht; auf Grund des Preussischen Heb- ammenlehrbuches. 171p. 8? Berl., 1912. Kouwer, B. J. Kraamerpleging. 208p. 8? Groningen, 1920. Lee, W. G. Childbirth; an outline of its essential features and the art of its management 300p. 8? Chic, 1928. Lukis, C. P. An elementary manual of mid- wifery for the use of Indian midwives in receipt of scholarships from the Victoria Memorial Scholar- ship Fund. 3. ed. 122p. 18cm. Calc, 1925. MAROUDES, G. D. MaitvriKal kirefi^direis. 434p 21cm. Athenai, 1929. Martin, E. Wochenbett- und Sauglingspflege; Leitfaden fiir Mutter und Wochenbettpfle- gerinnen. 2. Aufl. 114p. 8? Berl., 1922. Maunsell, H. The Dublin practice of mid- wifery. 292p. 19cm. N. Y., 1842. Also new ed. 315p. Lond., 1871. Mayes, M. Handbook for midwives and maternity nurses. 467p. 8? Lond., 1937. Also 3. ed. 495p. 1941. Mazarem, J. da R. Compilacao de doutrinaa obstetricas em forma de compendio para a instruccao dos que se dedicao ao estudo desta arte. 395p. 20^cm. Lisb., 1833. Metzger, M. L'accoucheur moderne. 602p. 8? Par., 1931. Also 2. ed. 548p. 1948. Michelazzi, L. Elementi di fisiopatologia ad uso delle allieve ostetriche. 77p. 24%cm. Pisa, 1939. Midwifery. 4. ed., rev. by Douglas Miller. 2 pts. 132p. 18cm. Edinb., 1945. Miller, D. Midwifery for nurses. 2. ed. 264p. 12? Lond., 1937. Moreau, E. Instruction sur l'art des ac- couchemens pour les sages-femmes de la cam- pagne. 44p. 18>^cm. Montreal, 1834. Moreau, F. J. Tratado practico de los partos. Atlas. 33p. 25x33Hcm. Madr., 1849. M6YSEIDES, M. 'Tyitivii rfjs kyuiiov, ttjs ewiTOKOV, rrjs Xex^i-Sos Kai ttjs yaXovxovarjs. 223p. 20}^cm. Alexandreia, 1927. [New York] Maternity Center Associa- tion. Public health nursing in obstetrics. Pt 1. 83p. 23cm. N. Y., 1940. Palmero, A. Elementos de obstetricia para la ensenanza de las seftoras. 295p. 16cm. Mex., 1897. Paucot, H., Bedrine, H. [et al.] Obstetricie pratique. 563p. 25cm. Lille, 1945. Also 2. ed. 567p. 1947. Plenck, J. J. von. Elemens de l'art des ac- couchemens. 248p. 20Kcm. Lyon, 1789. Puxon, C. M. [H.] Handbook of midwifery. 326p. 19cm. Lond., 1949. Reed, C. B., & Cooley, B. I. A textbook of obstetrics, with special reference to nursing care. 476p. 22cm. S. Louis, 1939. Reed, C. B., & Gregory, C. L. Obstetrics for nurses. 3. ed. 399p. 8? S. Louis, 1930. Rice, F. W. Outline in obstetrics for nurses. 228p. 8? S. Louis, 1930. Rochester, Minn. St Mary's Hospital. School of Nursing. Syllabus in obstetrics and pediatric nursing. 56 1. 27cm. Minneap., 1945. Sackett, S. P. Mother, nurse and infant; a manual especially adapted for the guidance of mothers and monthly nurses, comprising full instruction in regard to pregnancy, preparation for child-birth, and the care of mother and child, etc. 387p. 8? N. Y., 1889. Sakuma, K. Sanbagaku kyokasyo. 67. han. 6. kan. 191p. 22cm. Tokyo, 1937. Also 69. han. 3. kan. 140p. 1937. Also 71. han. 5. & 7. kan. 130p.; 120p. 1937. Also 72. han. 2. & 4. kan. 154p.; 70p. 1937. Also 74. han. 1. kan. 170p. 1937. Schroder, R., ed. Hebammenlehrbuch. 585p. 21cm. Lpz., 1947. Shaw, W. Textbook of midwifery. 588p. 23cm. Lond., 1943. Also 2. ed. 649p. 1947. Also 3. ed. 1949. ---- Textbook for midwives. 689p. 19cm. Lond., 1948. Solomons, B. Practical midwifery for nurses. 354p. 8° Lond., 1930. MIDWIFERY 233 MIDWIFERY Spencer, D. System of midwifery, theoretical and practical. 589p. 8? Edinb., 1784. Van Blarcom, C. C. Obstetrical nursing. 3. ed. 651p. 8? N. Y., 1933. Viana, 0. Libro di testo per le scuole oste- triche. 3. ed., v. 2. 446p. 23$cm. Roma, 1941. White, C, Berkeley, C, & Fairbairn, J. S. Midwifery. 5. ed. 740p. 8? Lond., 1935. White, C, Berkeley, C, & Cook, F. Mid- wifery. 6. ed. 676p. 23%cm. Lond., 1938. White, C, Cook, F., & Gilliatt, W. Mid- wifery. 8. ed. 560p. 22cm. Bait., 1948. Woodward, H. L., & Gardner, B. Obstetric management and nursing. 744p. 8? Phila., 1936. Also 2. ed. 752p. 1940. Also 3. ed. 828p. 1945. Worcester, A. Monthly nursing. 250p. 16? Bost., 1886. Zabriskie, L. Nurses handbook of obstetrics. 535p. 8? Phila,*, 1929. Also 2. ed. 561p. 1931. Also 4. ed. 537p. 1934. Also 5. ed. 724p. 1937. Also 6. ed. rev. 740 (i. e. 781)p. 1940. Also 7. ed. 714p. 1944. Also 8. ed. 716p. 1948. Burckhard, G. Das neue preussischen Hebammenlehrbuch. Zbl. Gyn, 1929, 53: 2074-83.—Claren. Ueber die den prak- tischen Arzt interessierenden Bestimmungen des neuen Heb- ammenlehrbuchs. Deut. Med. Ztg, 1905, 26: 289-92 — Findley, P. The midwives' books. Med. Life, N. Y, 1935, 42: 167-86.—Holste, C. Vorschlage zur Verbesserung des neuen preussischen Hebammenlehrbuch.es. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1913, 50: 400-2.—Kschischo. Das neue Preussische Hebam- menlehrbuch. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1928, 25: 196.—Riss- mann. Alte und neue Wunsche zum preussischen Hebammen- Lehrbuche. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1906, 19: 167-74.—Solomons, B. Midwifery, by Ten Teachers [Bk Rev.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1932, 133: 47.—Stoeckel, W. Das neue deutsche Hebammenlehrbuch; eine Besprechung. Zbl. Gyn, 1944, 68: 59-67.-—Stoffels. Das neue preussische Hebammenlehrbuch und die den Arzt interessierenden neuen Bestimmungen desselben. Repert. prakt. Med, Berl, 1905, 2: 293-9 — Szenasy, J. A sziilesznok tankonyve, is jelentosege az anya- es ujsziilottvedelemben. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1948, 29: 465-;7.— Walther. Einige Bemerkungen iiber das neue preussische Hebammenlehrbuch. Prakt. Arzt, 1928, n. F, 13: 261; 291. ---- Medical aspect. See also Midwife, Relations to physicians; also Obstetrics. Asher, E. O. Obstetrics in general practice. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1935, 28: 422-4.—Burn, J. L. The responsibility and opportunities of local health authorities. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 270-2.—DeLee, J. B. Obstetrics versus mid- wifery. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 103: 307-11.—Dewar, J. B, & Lee, A. F. The role of the general practitioner in future mid- wifery practice. Edinburgh M. J, 1947, 54: 228-38.—Dunlop, J. The role of the general practitioner in obstetric practice. J. State M, Lond, 1936, 44: 440-5.—Eastman, N. J. The obstetrician looks at maternity nursing. Pub. Health Nurs, 1946, 38: 641-3.—Farley, B. F. Can antiseptic midwifery be done in general practice? Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1899, 31: 227-30.—General (The) practitioner and midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1934, 2: 211.—Hackney, B. H. The relation of the general practitioner to obstetrics. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1916, 63: 240-2.—Holland, E. The general practitioner and a midwifery service. Practitioner, Lond, 1945, 154: 1-5.— Ingram, A. S. The doctor and midwifery. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1941, 30: 410.—Lapham. M. E. Cooperative obstetric delivery service by private physicians and county health departments. South. M. J, 1939, 32: 191-7.—Logan, D. D. The general practitioner and midwifery. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 1141-3.— Mcllroy, A. L. Midwifery and the general practitioner. J. R. San. Inst, 1925-26, 46: 194-8. ------Oxley, W. H. F. [et al.l Debate: That the general practitioner should not be excluded from the practice of midwifery. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond, 1937-38, 2: 37-52.—Maclean, E. Midwifery and the general practitioner. Practitioner, Lond, 1939, 142: 137-42.—Mills, W. G. Obstetric flying squads. Brit. M. J, 1947, 2: 1055.— Rutkowska, A. [District physicians and obstetrical aid] Polska gaz. lek, 1938, 17: 50.—Stephen, J. A. The role of the general practitioner in obstetric practice from the public health point of view. J. State M, Lond, 1936, 44: 446-54. ---- Methods. See also Obstetrics, Methods; also Parturient, Management; Pregnant, Care; Puerpera, Care. Theobald, G. W. Obstetric regulations for use in obstetric units. 43p. 18? Lond., 1935. Ballantyne, J. W The new midwifery; preventive and reparative obstetrics. Brit. M. J, 1923, 1: 617-21.—Beaulah, L. First aid in midwifery. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 664. ------ Post-graduate midwifery; the visit to the patient's home. Ibid, 1941, 37: 368.—Buchanan, A. Mid- wifery mechanics. Ind. M. Gaz, 1920, 55: 321; 401.—Cart- wright, H. H. Some good and bad procedures in obstetrics. Texas J. M, 1934-35, 30: 711-5.—Claye, A. M. Midwifery. Practitioner, Lond, 1943, 151: 198-203.—Falkiner, N. M. Midwifery. Ibid, 1942, 149: 266-9.—Gaifami, P. Le levatrici e la profilassi ostetrica. In his Convers. & lez. ostet. gin, Roma, 1933, 447-53.------I limiti di azione delle levatrici nella assistenza ostetrica. Ibid, 478-80.—Heardman, H. Physiotherapy; ante-natal and post-natal. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1949, 45: 484.—Johnstone, R. W. The preventive frame of mind in midwifery. Brit. AI. J, 1928, 1: 6-9.—McCall, J. W. Latter months of pregnancy and the first few hours of the puerperal state. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, 1907, 74: 330-3.— Maygrier, C. De l'accommodation pendant la grossesse et le travail. J. sages-femmes, Par, 1904, 32: 18-21.—Myles, M. F. Psychology of mother and baby from a midwife's point of view. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 174.—Needham. The applica- tion of dietetics to the maternity hospital. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1948, 61: 34.—Orlando. Sui limiti d'azione della levatrice nell'esercizio pratico. Pensiero med, 1916, 6: Suppl, p. cclxiv.—Pink, C. V. Physical exercises in midwifery. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 2: 897.—Reed, G. L. Practical mid- wifery methods. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1947, 85: 159; passim.— Taylor, W. Evaluation in normal and abnormal obstetrics. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 103-7.—Walker, A. Con- servative midwifery. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1936, 192: 368-71.—Wasserberg, C, & Northam, E. Some time studies in obstetrical nursing. Am. J. Nurs, 1927, 27: 543.—Water- son, V. Psychological considerations on institutional mid- wifery. Brit. J. Psychiat. Social Work, 1948, No. 2, 24-9 — Willigen, A. W. C. v. d. [Psychic influence of the midwife on her patient] Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1926, 30: 341-9. ---- Methods: Anesthetization. See also Anesthetization, obstetrical; Parturi- tion, Anesthetization. Cantor, I. J. *Schmerzlinderung bei der Geburt in englischsprechenden Landern. 59p. 21cm. Bonn, 1938. Collins, M. Schmerzlose Entbindung; Ver- haltungsmassregeln zur Vermeidung der Schmer- zen und Gefahren bei der Niederkunft. 8. Aufl. 127p. 8? Lorch-Wurttemb., 1937. Drake, E. F. Maternity without suffering. 126p. 16? Phila., 1902. Haberl, F. *Die Schmerzlinderung in der Geburtshilfe. 46p. 8? Wiirzb., 1932. Lloyd-Williams, K. G. Anaesthesia and analgesia in labour. 96p. 8? Lond., 1934. Minnitt, R. J. Gas and air analgesia. 84p. 19cm. Lond., 1938. Stovin, G. H. T. Gas and air analgesia in midwifery. 76p. 16cm. Lond., 1944. Albertelli, J. F, & Wernicke, G. R. Anestesia local y regional en la pr&ctica obstetrica. Bol. Inst, mat, B. Air, 1937, 6: 308-14.—Anaesthetics by midwives. Lancet, Lond, 1938, 1: 799.—-Analgesics suitable for administration by mid- wives. Brit. M. J, 1936, 1: 273-5.—Barr, A., & Tindal. A. A new machine for the self-administration of gas-and-oxygen analgesia in labour. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 1: 1271.—Buswell, C. A. Obstetrical analgesia and anesthesia with special em- phasis on gas anesthesia. Rep. Nat. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1934, 2. meet, 41-6.—Caine, A. M. Inhalation analgesics in ob- stetrics. Am. J. Surg, 1936, 34: 463-7.—Calvert, W. Tri- chlorethylene in midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1947, 1: 469.— Chalmers, J. A. Relief of pain in midwifery. Ibid, 1948, 1: 661.—Conn, L. C, & Vant, J. R. The relief of pain during labour. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33: 484-9.—Devitt. D. C. Analgesia in midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1948, 2: 50.—Elam. J. Gas and air analgesia in labour. Ibid, 1935, 2: 473. ------ Further developments in gas and air analgesia in labour. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1935-36, 43:210-4. ------ Analgesics in labour from the midwife's point of view. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1937, 33: 696-8. ------ Anaesthesia and analgesia in midwifery for general practitioners and midwives. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1938, 140: 243-53. ------ Analgesia in domiciliary midwifery. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1939, 46: 61-70. ------ Anaesthesia and analgesia in midwifery. In: Mod. Anaesth. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) 2. ed, Lond, 1946, 70-88.—Embree, E. D. A discussion of obstetrical anesthesia and analgesia based on 5,000 cases. Texas J. M, 1938-39, 34: 268-71. Also Current Res. Anesth, 1939, 18: 329-33.— Featherstone, H. W. Anaesthesia and analgesia in midwifery. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1938, 196: Suppl. 2, p. xiii-xix.— Freed, F. C. Administering an anesthetic to a maternity patient. Pub. Health Nurs, 1938, 30: 697-700.—Gas and oxygen by midwives. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 183.—Grier, B. M. 824787—vor, 11, 4th si;ries- -16 MIDWIFERY 234 MIDWIFERY Pain relief in labor. Wisconsin M. J, 1938, 37: 204-7.— Grogan, R. L. Analgesia in obstetrics. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1939, 7: 12-6— Gwathmey, J. T. Analgesia in labor. Ibid, 161-6.—Hass, E. C. Caudal analgesia. Trained Nurse, 1947, 119: 358-60.—Hauser, H. Schmerzlinderung wahrend der Geburt mit dem Minnittschen Apparat. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1938, 51: 663-5.—Hiett, C. The trends in obstetrical analgesia and anesthesia. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1937, 5: 287-93.-—Hingson, R. A. The control of pain and fear in the management of labor and delivery. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1945, 25: 1352-81.—Infantozzi, J, & Palma, E. Analgesia obstetrica por gases. Arch. urug. med, 1936, 9: 391-414.— Jerie, J, & Pechar, A. Pouziti kyslicniku dusneho k tiSeni bolseti pfi porodu. Cesk. gyn, 1948, 13: 142-50.—King, E. L. Obstetrical anesthesia. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1938, 6: 67-71.—Legenchenko, I. S. [Simple, safe and effective method in painless birth] Akush. gin, 1938, No. 6, 63.— Lloyd-Williams, K. Analgesia for domiciliary midwifery. Med. Press, Lond, 1948, 220: 182-5.—Mackey, R. Analgesia and sedation in obstetrics. Australas. Nurs. J, 1947, 45: 136-8.-—Mininger, E. P. Continuous caudal anesthesia and analgesia in obstetrics. J. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1946, 14: 7-10.—Minnitt, R. J. Analgesia in midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1937, 2: 538-40. ------ The midwife's vital part in the ad- ministration of gas and air analgesia. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1949-50, 90: 335.—Moore, H. M. Painless childbirth; Dr Read's technique. S. Afr. Nurs. J, 1947-48, 14: No. 9, 12 — Myburgh, A. L. Painless childbirth. S. Afr. Nurse, 1945-46, 1: No. 3, 9; No. 4, 9.—Nixon, W. C. W. Analgesia in mid- wifery. Brit. M. J, 1948, 2: 155.—Peel, J. H. Relief of pain in midwifery. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1947, 86: 229. Also Nurs. Times, Lond, 1948, 44: 366.—Perl-Pertynski, J. Znieczu- lenie podtlenkiem azotu w poloznictwie. Polski tygod. lek, 1948, 3: 517; 559; 585.—Raftery, L. Analgesia and anaesthesia in obstetrics. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1946, 59: 65-7.— Redmon, L. C. Relief of pain during labor. Kentucky M. J, 1930, 28: 277-9.—Reycraft, J. L. Obstetrical analgesia and anesthesia. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1937, 5: 238-43 — Rivett, L. C. Relief from pain at childbirth; British midwives use gas and air apparatus. S. Afr. Nurs. J, 1945-46, 12: No. 2, 9.—Rucker, M. P. An 18. century method of pain relief in obstetrics. J. Hist. M, N. Y, 1950, 5: 101-5 — Seward, E. H. Obstetric analgesia; a new machine for the self-administration of nitrous oxide-oxygen. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1949, 42: 745.------Self-administered analgesia in iabour; with special reference to trichlorethylene. Lancet, Lond, 1949, 2: 781-3.—Sister Peter, M. Modern methods of minimizing pain during labor. J. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1948, 16: 302-5.—Starovoitov, I. M. [1,000 cases of pain- less labour effected by the simplest methods] Akush. gin, 1939, No. 9, 26-8.—Stovin, G. H. T. Analgesia in midwifery. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1947-48, 86: 321— Tretiakov, V. V. [Painless labor accomplished with and without medicaments] Akush. gin, 1937, No. 12, 24.-—Use of analgesics by midwives. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 1104.—Use of analgesics by mid- wives; report of an investigation by the British College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 282.—Wernicke, G. R. La cirugia obstetrica frente a la mo- derna anestesia por gases. Sem. mid., B. Air, 1936, 43: pt 2, 336.—Wessinger, I. Analgesia and anesthesia in obstetrics. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth, 1939, 7: 100-2.—Williams, L. H. W. Anaesthesia during labour. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1933, 56: 111-32.—Woolmer, R. Analgesia in midwifery. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 222. ------ Correct use of pain-relieving apparatus in normal labour. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1948, 87:221; 233. , ---- Methods: Disinfection. Borrmann, K. *Die Verwendbarkeit des Festalkols als Desinfiziens fiir die Hebammen- praxis [Freiburg] 23p. 8? Erlangen, 1914. Also Hyg. Rdsch, 1914, 24: 317-25. Kennel, W. *Heisswasser-Alkohol-Desinfek- tion oder Handschuhprophylaxe in der Geburts- hilfe [Basel] 32p. 8? Sarnen, 1911. Leopold, G. Vorschriften der Reinigung (Desinfektions-Ordnung) fiir die Aerzte, Heb- ammen und Hebammenschulerinnen der Konigl. Frauenklinik in Dresden. 6. Aufl. lip. 8° Dresd., 1909. Maseras y Ribera, M. De la asepsia y antisepsia obstetricas. 45p. 8? Barcelona, 1906. Ahlfeld, F. Die Handedesinfektion in den verschiedenen Ausgaben des Preussischen Hebammen-Lehrbuches. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1913, 26: 346-53.—Antisepsis in midwifery Bull. Vancouver M. Ass, 1940-11, 17: 40.—Arnold, C. Die Beschaffenheit der fur Hebammen bestimmten Kresolseifen unter dem Einfluss der Ministerialverordnung vom 19. Oktober 1907 und des Deut. Arzneib, Ausg. 5. Desinfektion, 1912, 5: 37-42.—Boissard, A. Du sublime en obstetrique; n^cessite d'en supprimer l'usage dans la pratique obstetricale des sages- femmes. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1912, 26: 579.—Bossi, L. M. La teoria della sola asepsi nell'assistenza al parto e le sue conseguenze. Policlinico, 1910, 17: sez. prat, 525-9.—Browne, J. Unnecessary antiseptic treatment in midwifery. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1902, 61: 529-31.—Colebrook, L. Antisepsis in midwifery. Med. Off, Lond, 1934, 52: 101. Also Canad. J. M. & S, 1936, 79: 171-8. ------& Masted, W. R. Anti- sepsis in midwifery. J. Obst. Gyn, Brit. Empire, 1933, 40: 966-90.-—Fabre & Trillat. Porte-compresses savonneuses aseptiques. Bull. Soc. obst. Paris, 1909, 12: 230-2.—Ferri, A. Un metodo semplice ed economico per ottenere la asepsi del dito esploratore nell'assistenza al parto. Arte ostet, 1909, 13: 126-9.—Garrod, L. P. The efficiency of antiseptics used in midwifery. Brit. M. J, 1931, 1: 572-5.—Gove, R. A. Aseptic midwifery. Northwest M, 1908, 6: 90- 6.—Hofmeier, M. Zur Frage der Desinfektion Kreissender. Zbl. Gyn, 1909, 33: 1493-500.—Kadlec, K. Cistota pfi porodu a sestinedelf v domacnosti. Prakt. 16k, Praha, 1949, 29: 33-5.—Kehoe, E. J. Antiseptic midwifery. Lancet Clin, 1909, 101: 201-5.— Koblanck. _ Diirfen wir den Hebammen das Lysoform an Stelle der jetzt vorgeschriebenen Desinfektionsmittel empfeh- len? Ann. ges. Hebamwes, 1911, 2: 230-3.—Lumpe. Zur Handedesinfektion fiir Hebammen. Bbid, 1913, 4: 87-91.—Marconi, A. Asepsi ostetrica. Lucina, Bologna, 1908, 13: 113; 129.—Markoe, J. W. Asepsis in obstetrics in the tenements. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. York, 1917, 11: 167-81.— Piana, G. L'asepsi e l'antisepsi nell'assistenza al parto. Arte ostet, 1916, 30: 317; 334.—Pozzi, A.' Contributo alia tecnica della disinfezione nell'assistenza al parto ed al puerperio. Atti Soc. ital. ostet, 1911, 16: 436-41. ------ & Levi, G. Di un metodo rapido di disinfezione cutanea nell'assistenza al parto normale ed operativo. Ginecologia, Fir, 1910, 7: 709-18.—[Prohibition of the use of bichloride of mercury by midwives; Hungary] Nepegeszsegiigy, 1938, 19: 437.— Sanderson-Wells, T. H. Aseptic midwifery. Med. Mag, Lond, 1908, 17: 706-15.—Sharpe, W. A handy aid to cleanly midwifery. Lancet, Lond, 1904, 2: 306.—Sommerville, D. The midwife and disinfection. Pub. Health, Lond, 1905-06, 18: 99-102. ---- Methods: Examination of parturient. Aust, H. *Die rektale Untersuchung Ge- barender. 26p. 8? Bresl., 1921. Behre, I. *Ueber den Einfluss der vaginalen geburtshilflichen Untersuchung auf die Morbi- dity und Mortalitat im Wochenbett. 19p. 8? Berl., 1931. Schallohr, E. *Ueber die rectale Unter- suchungsmethode in der Geburtshilfe [Berlin] 29p. 8? Charlottenb., 1934. Sciclounoff, T. N. *Enquete sur la valeur du toucher rectal au cours de l'accouchement [Geneve] 31p. 8? Paris, 1934. Also Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1934, 30: 1-26. Tretj, J. *Die Rektaluntersuchung unter der Geburt [Gottingen] 27p. 8? Rietberg, 1925. Abernetty, C. Indikationen zur inneren Untersuchung der Hebammen. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1922, 60: 243-58.— Ballhorn, W. Die rektale Untersuchung durch die Hebammen. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1924, 39: 43-5.—Baumm, H. Wann soil die Hebamme innerlich untersuchen? Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1923-24, 65: 93-102.—Beaulah, L. E. Post-graduate midwifery; the examination of the patient. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 302-4.—Conrad, G. Zur Frage der inneren Untersuchung durch die Hebamme. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 944.—Erizans, H. d'. El tacto rectal en obstetricia. Bol. hosp, Caracas, 1937, 36: 69.—Feldmann, L. Zur Frage der inneren Untersuchung durch die Hebamme. Munch, med. Wschr, 1925, 72: 475-7.—Griinbaum, D. Die Einschriinkung der inneren Untersuchung durch die Hebamme und ihr Einflusa auf die Morbiditat des Wochenbettes. Zbl. Gyn, 1912, 36: 1138—43.-—Lipmanovich, S. G. Nekotorye dannye po voprosu o vnutrennem issledovanii rozhenic. Akush. gin, 1949, 21-7.— Martin, E. Die innere Untersuchung durch die Hebammen. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1923, 61: 259-63. Also Sachs. Hebam. Ztg, 1923, 20: 29.—Meyer, L. Undersdgelse af ftfdende, med saerligt hensyn til den udvendige unders0gelse. Tskr. jordm0d, 1897-98, 8: 25; 37.—Nemes, A, & Bratu, V. [Importance of rectal examination in obstetrics] Cluj. med, 1934, 15: 461-7.— Raics, J. [Internal examination of mothers by the midwife] Nepegeszsegiigy, 1940, 21: 660-70. ------ [Vaginal examina- tion by midwives] Orvostud. kozl, 1941, 2: 191.—Robert, W. Zur Frage der Indikationen zur inneren Untersuchung der Hebammen. Zbl. Gyn, 1923, 47: 550-4.—Semon, M. Ueber Entbehrlichkeit und weitere Einschrankung der inneren Untersuchungen in der Hebammenpraxis. Zschr. deut. Hebamwes, 1912, 3: 336-50—Siissmann, F. Megtiltassek-e a belso vizsgalat a babaknak? Orv. hetil, 1913, 57: 420.— Szathmary, Z. [Prohibition of vaginal examinations made by midwives] Orvostud. kozl, 1940, 1: 341-8.— Szporny, G. A sziileszn6i hiivelyi vizsgalatokr61. Ibid, 1941, 2: 127.— Teverovsky, M. I. [Method of palpatation of the fetal head during the last term of pregnancy and during labor] Feldsher, Moskva, 1944, 26-9.—Vaginal examinations by midwives [Edit.] Lancet, Lond, 1909, 1: 409. MIDWIFERY 235 MIDWIFERY ---- Methods: Infant care. See also Newborn, Care. Halliday, H. M. The midwife and child health. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 805.—O'Loughlin, A. A., & Sawyer, M. C. Method of warming the delivery room crib in use at Fabiola Hospital, Oakland. Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1927, 23: 202.—Poppi, G. La missione della levatrice e la sua opera riguardo alia pro- filassi della infanzia. Arte ostet, 1910, 24: 49-57.—Pye, E. M. The midwife and child health. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 596 — Reed, G. L. Welfare service from birth to adolescence. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945, 81: 249.—Russell, V. The midwife and child health. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 651—Schultz-Schultzen- stein. Ein Beitrag zur Indikationsstellung zur inneren Unter- suchung bei Leitung von Geburten durch Hebammen. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1912, 25: 314-7.—Should the midwife's care of the infant be extended to the end of lactation? Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39: 852.—Sigl, A. Ist die Mitarbeit der Hebam- men bei der Sauglingspflege unentbehrlich? Vorschlage fiir die Vorbildung der Hebammen in der Sauglingsfursorge. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1924. 39: 3-6. ---- Methods: Maternal care. See also Maternity, Nursing. Barrett. The role of the midwife and the protection of motherhood. J. State M, Lond, 1917, 25: 97-102.—Beaulah, L. E. Post-graduate midwifery; ante-natal care, examining the physical health; the mind in the ante-natal period; some conditions arising in the ante-natal period. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 260; 322; 382.—Benenson, S. D. Roi' akusherki v okhrane truda beremennykh i kormiashchikh grud'iu zhenshchin. Feldsher & akush, 1949, No. 6, 16-21 — Bookmiller, M. M., & Bowen, G. L. Maternity care in hos- pitals. In: Textb. Obst. (Bookmiller, M. M.) Phila, 1949, 49-62.—Chamorro, T. A. La partera en la maternidad. Sem. med, B. Air, 1939, 46: 1181-8.—Greenhill, J. P. Antepartum care. Current Ther, Phila, 1949, 565-7.—Kondo, K. Bosi eisei taisaku to zyosanpu no sekimu [responsibility of the mid- wife for the measures to assure proper hygiene for mother and child] Health & Midwif, Tokyo, 1949, 3: No. 5, 3-8 — Konrad, C. M. Nursing the maternity patient. Mod. Hosp, 1940, 54: No. 3, 55; No. 4, 59.—Kritzler-Kosch. Kann die Hebamme etwas gegen die klinische Abwanderung der Ge- barenden tun? Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1928, 43: 413-8 — Mettel, H. B. Report of maternity nursing demonstration services in the state of Indiana. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1941, 34: 572.—Moon, C. F. Pre-delivery care. Clin. Med, 1948, 55: 133.—Schroder, R. Wie kann die Hebamme die Schwanger- schaft erkennen? In his Hebammenlehrb, Lpz, 1947, 128- 30. ------ Schwangerschaftsberatung durch die Hebamme. Ibid, 132-5.—Sievertsen Buvig, S. De vroedvrouw en de praenatale zorg. Tschr. sociale geneesk, 1947, 25: 266.— Vaughan, K. Training for childbirth. Health Educ. J, Lond, 1943, 1: 139-41.—Vermel in, H. Organisation de la protection maternelle et infantile en collaboration avec les sages-femmes. Puericulture, 1949, 23: 162-9.—Zanetti, Z. La levatrice consigliera delle madri; prelezione al Corso di puericultura ed igiene infantile. Arte ostet, 1910, 24: 3-10. ---- Methods: Parturient care. See also Parturition, Management. Brady, M. Y. Having a baby easily. 230p. 22^cm. Lond., 1944. Dye, J. H. Painless childbirth; a book for women; containing practical rules how the pains and perils, the difficulties and dangers of child- birth may be effectually avoided. 200p. 8? Silver Creek, 1880. . . Wolff, A. Leichte Geburten durch nchtige Vorbereitung. 131p. 20%cm. Stuttg., 1939. Zech, W. *Ueber die Dauer der Geburt in der hauslichen Hebammenpraxis, iiber die Tatig- keit der Hebamme und die Hilfeleistung des Arztes bei Wehenschwache und Dammnss. 37p. 20y2cm. Konigsb., 1936. Armstrong, G. Delivery room technique. Canad. Nurse, 1947 43:349-52.—Aschner, B. Ueber Geburtsleitung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 414; 450.—Baker G L. Management of normal labour. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1948, 87: 59; !W. ■ Practical management of normal labour, ibid, 88: 25; passim.—Baldwin, P. The conduction of normal labor. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1930, 27: 217-20.—Barrett, W.M. A normal labor. California J. M, 1908, 6: 347-4).—Beard, S. L. Preparation for a normal labor. Kentucky M. J, 1908, b. 633.—Beaulah, L. E. Post-graduate midwifery; some new procedures during labour. Nurs. Times, Lond 1941, J7: 404 —Beck, A. C. The management of normal labor. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 1742-4.—Bell, W. H. The proper manage- ment of cases of labor. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1903, 185-92.— Berkeley. C. The management of normal labour. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1935, 134: 705-20.-Bland P. B. The manage- ment of labor. West Virginia M. J, 1926, 22: 623-36.— Boice, M, & Newby, F. G. Care for the obstetric patient; it takes gentleness. Am. J. Nurs, 1942, 42: 640-2.—Bourland, J. W. Conduct of normal labor. Texas J. M, 1927-28, 23: 397-400.—Brindeau. Quelques mots sur la conduite k tenir dans l'accouchement normal. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1933, 47: 278-80.—Burns, T. M. The management of labor for nurses. Denver M. Times, 1908-09, 28: 540-5.—Burpee, B. P. The conduct of normal labor. N. England J. M, 1932, 207: 607-13.—Cheadle, C. M. The conduct of normal labor. Illinois M. J, 1909, 16: 483-90.—Corbin, H. Nursing visits to obstetric patients. Pub. Health Nurs, 1939, 31: 197-200. Childbirth without fear; management of the natural physiological function of childbirth without pain. Am. J. Nurs, 1947, 47: 392. ------ Natural childbirth. Ibid, 1949, 49: 660-2.—De Garis, M. C. The application of the new definition of normal labour to the clinical study of obstetrics; a new outlook on midwifery. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 6-10.—Deliveries by midwives. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1064.—Drummond, J. Essentials in the management of a normal case of labour. Northumberland & Durham M. J, 1901, 9: 84-91.—Evans, D. J. The management of normal labour. Montreal M. J, 1909, 38: 802-13. Also Vermont M. Month, 1910, 16: 105-11.—Fowler, W. A. The relation of the physiology and mechanics to the management of labor. Am. J. Obst, 1926, 11: 212-8.—Fries, M. E. Psychogenetic im- plications in the care of obstetrical patients. Trained Nurse, 1941, 107: 19-22.—Frommolt, G. Die Geburtsleitung in der Austreibungsperiode. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 923-5.— Gardini, P. L. L'assistenza della levatrice al parto nelle donne ammalate. Lucina, Bologna, 1907, 12: 49; 67.—Garrett, N. M. The management of normal labor. Kentucky M. J, 1904-05, 2: 227-31.—Geburtsperioden (Die) Schweiz. Hebamme, 1948, 46: 31.—Goodrich, F. W. Experience with natural childbirth. Pub. Health Nurs, 1949, 41: 122-5 — Gosselin. Conduite de l'accoucheur pendant l'accouchement dit normal. Paris med, 1946, 36: No. 51, p. iv— Grinevich, L. A, & Korchinskaia, A. A. [L'emploi d'une methode seche pour faire la toilette des parturientes et des accouchees] Akush. gin, 1941, 44.-—Guchteneere, R. de. La surveillance de l'accouchement et du post-partum. Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1929, 24: 742-56.—Heardman, H. The way to natural childbirth. J. Chart. Soc. Physiother, Lond, 1946-47, 32: 133-6.------ Natural childbirth. Internat. J. Sex, Bombay, 1949-50, 3: 25-7.—Hefferman, L. M. Physiology of parturition. Med. World, Lond, 1946-47, 65: 459-62.—Heidler, H. Moderne Geburtsleitung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 1413-8 — Henkel, M. Ueber die Leitung der Geburt. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1928, 134: 18-43.—Hester, J. H. The management of normal labor cases. Kentucky M. J, 1910, 8: 1575-7 — Hibbert, G. F. The management of the second and third stages of labor. Illinois M. J, 1928, 54: 209-14.—Hoeven, P. C. T. v. d. [Management of labor] Ned. mschr. geneesk, 1929, 16: 322-60.—House, D. E. The patient in labor; the nurse's part in her care. Am. J. Nurs, 1939, 39: 1328-33. Also Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 462-8.—Houston, E. B. Model management of a case of obstetrics. Kentucky M. J, 1908-09, 7: 531-4.—Howat, R. K. On current British teaching about normal labour and its management. Lancet, Lond, 1938, 2: 463-6.—Jeffcoate, T. N. A. The risks to the child during labour; other contributing causes. Nurs. Mirror, Lond 1946-47, 84: 419.—Jelstrup, G. The conduct of normal labor.' Colorado M, 1935, 32: 279-83.—Ketcham, J. M. The management of normal labor. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1908, 1: 345-8.—Kinosita. [Assistance in normal parturition] Nippon igaku 1905, No. 5, 8-15.—Kirkland, J. The lying-down bath in pregnancy and labour. Brit. M. J, 1935, 1: 1240.—Konrad, C. M. Standards of nursing service in the delivery suite. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 842-7. Also Trained Nurse, 1941, 106: 30-3.—Kouwer, B. J. Kraam- verpleging. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1906-07, 10: 7-11.— Kwasniewski, J. O potrzebie wczesnego wydobycia lozyska, tak wbiegu porodu prawidlowego, jako tez i w zboczeniach, tudziez o postepowaniu w tej mierze lekarskiem. Rocz. wydz. lek, Krak6w, 1840, 3: pt 2, 187-236.—Landa, E. La asistencia del parto fisiol6gico solo por exploraci6n externa. Gac. med. Mexico, 1927, 58: 484-95.—Lantuejoul, P. La conduite a tenir dans l'accouchement normal. Paris mid., 1948, 38: 108-11. Also Sem. hop. Par, 1949, 25: 896-8.— Luttge, W. Durfen unter der Geburt Vollbader verabreicht werden? Zbl. Gyn 1940 64: 325. ■——— Vollbader unter der Geburt. Ibid.',' 1941,' 65: 844-55. Also Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1942, 173: 366-9 (Abstr.)—McKelway, A. J. Physical evils of child labor. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1905, 52: 528-31.—MacKenzie, P. Conduct of ordinary labor. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1926, 19: 439-43.-—Magniaux. La delivrance naturelle. Normandie med, 1905, 20: 357-63.—Mamontov, N. I. [Use of the hygienic douche during the postpartum period] Sovet. med, 1940, 4: 37 —Marshall, C. R. Painless childbirth; a suggestion. Brit. M J 1949, 1: 497.—Murphy, F. P. The conduct of normal labor.' Nebraska M. J, 1935, 20: 92-5.—Palm, H. Wodurch kann die Mutter zu einem gliicklichen Geburtsverlauf beitragen? Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1907, 22: 215-8.—Podolsky, E. The physiology of childbirth. Med. World, 1934, 52: 302-4.— Pride, W. T. Conduct of a normal labor case. Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 6, 7-9.—Purslow, C. E. The manage- ment of a case of labour: being the Ingleby lectures for 1906. Birmingham M. Rev, 1906, 59: 305-23; 60: 1-19. Also Brit. M. J, 1906, 1: 1512-7 (Abstr.)—Ramsey, W. R. The effect of intranatal care upon the infant. Tr. Am. Child Health Ass. MIDWIFERY 236 MIDWIFERY 1929, 6: 99.-—Randell, M. The natural way to normal mother- hood. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39:106; passim.—Read, G. D. Some aspects of physiological midwifery. N. Zealand Nurs. J, 1945, 38: 137-9. ------ The relationship between relaxation and easy childbirth. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946, 83: 295; 313; 331. -—---■ Correlation of physical and emotional phenomena of natural labour. Ibid, 423; 443. Also J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1946, 53: 55-61. ------ The conduct of physiological labour. Proc. Cardiff M. Soc. (1945-46) 1947, 36-43. Also Am. J. Obst, 1947, 54: 702-10. ------ The discomforts of childbirth. Brit. M. J, 1949, 1: 651-4. Also Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1949, 89: 203.—Reed, G. L. A considera- tion of childbirth as physiological function. Ibid, 1945, 82: 69.—Rezza, T. Sulla rottura delle membrane. Lucina, Bologna, 1904, 9: 17-24.—Rivers, A. L. Practical suggestions for the care of obstetrical patients. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1946, 42: 298-301— Rodman, H. D. My mode of managing a normal case of labor. Kentucky M. J, 1907-08, 5: 20-2.— Rudaux, P. Conduite a tenir pendant la delivrance normale. Clinique, Par, 1907, 2: 793.—Sawyer, B. Experiences with the labor procedure of Grantly Dick Read. Am. J. Obst, 1946, 51: 852-8.—Schroder, R. Die Aufgaben der Hebamme wahrend der Geburt. In his Hebammenlehrb, Lpz, 1947, 206-40.—Sellheim, H. Schonende Entbindung. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1930, 144: 1-33.—Shaw, E. B. The most unphvsio- logical period of life. California M, 1947, 66: 1-3—Skeel, A. J. Obstetrical technique. Tr. Am. Hosp. Ass, 1936, 38: 561.-—Slemons, J. M. The conduct of a normal labor at the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1906, 2: 197- 201.—Smit, H. P. A. [Promotion of normal parturition] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1936, 80: 5303-10.—Smith, N. C. Man- agement of the parturient. Texas J. M, 1948-49, 44: 524-7.— Snoeck, J, Rocmans, M, & Gosselin, O. Quelle doit etre la conduite de l'accoucheur pendant l'accouchement dit normal. Gyn. obst. Par, 1946, 45: 257-98, 4 pi.—Somers, A. B. Three protective points in the management of labor. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1901, 33: 322-33.—Speidel, E. The conduct of labor. Kentuckv M. J, 1907-08, 5: No. 8, 6-9.—Thorns, H. Natural childbirth. Connecticut M. J, 1949, 13: 47. ------ Natural childbirth in a teaching clinic. N. Zealand Nurs. J, 1949, 42: 198-201.—Tollefson, D. G. Trends in the care of obstetrical patients. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1946, 31: 284.—Torpin, R. Physiology of labor. Am. J. Obst, 1947, 53: 78-81.—Tucker, B. E. Intrapartum nursing care. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 455-61.—Vruwink, J. The con- duct of normal labor. California West. M, 1931, 34: 20-3.— Werboff, J. Eine neue Leitung der Geburt mit Hilfe des medizinischen Pflegerpersonals (Hebammen) Zbl. Gyn, 1928, 52: 1156-60.—Westermann, M. C. [Management of normal labor] Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 746; 769.—Whapham, E. M. Physiology of labour. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945-46, 82: 411.— White, G. M. Technique in labour. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1943, 48: 312-7.—Williams, P. F. Intrapartum care in relation to maternal welfare. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1937, 34: 330-4.— Wright, S. W. Early rupture of the membranes; care and nursing management. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945, 82: 139.— Zadik, E. Easy childbirth. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 740.— Zimmermann, R. Die aussere Geburtsleitung; eine Forderung fiir die praktische Geburtshilfe. Korbl. Allg. arztl. Verein. Thuringen, 1929, 58: 241-53. ---- Methods: Parturient care: Third stage of labor. Ahlfeld, F. Die Erganzungsblatter zum preussischen Hebammenlehrbuch und die Leitung der Nachgeburtsperiode. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1906, 19: 282.—Arnell, R. E, Guerriero, W. F, & Phillips, R. F. The management of the third stage of labor. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1940-41, 93: 308-15—Baer, J. L. Treatment of third stage of labor. Am. J. Surg, 1937, 35: 246-51.-—Baumm, P. Zur Behandlung der Nachgeburts- periode. Med. Klin. Berl, 1908, 4: 1559-63.—Benson, R. C. The management of the third stage of labor. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1942-43, 12: 203-7.—Blacker, G. F. On the manage- ment of the third stage of labour. Lancet, Lond, 1906, 1: 1028-31.—Brandt, M. L. The mechanism and management of the third stage of labor. Am. J. Obst, 1933, 25: 662-7.— Brodhead, G. L. Management of the third stage of labor, and the puerperium. J. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1909, 31: 240. Also Postgraduate, N. Y, 1909, 24: 372-85.—Brooks, W. H. The management of the third stage of labor. J. Bowman Gray School M, 1947, 5: 126-31.—Calkins, L. A. Management of the third stage of labor. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 1128-31 — Das, P. On the management of the third stage of labour. Calcutta M. Rev, 1939, 1: 543-7.—Doherty, E. W. Manage- ment of the third stage of labor. Ohio M. J, 1909, 5: 7-10.— Dreyfus, A. La revision de la cavite uterine faite immediate- ment apres l'accouchement; ses indications, ses tesultats. Strasbourg med, 1933,93:105-16.—Fahmy.E.C. Some observa- tions on the management of the third stage of labour. Edin- burgh M. J, 1936, 43: No. 7, 89-103.—Gardner, A. E. Man- agement of third stage. Kentucky M. J, 1908-09, 7: 22-4.— Graham, B. R. Management of the third stage of labor. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1908, 55: 620-3.—Guess, J. D. The management of the third stage of labor. South. M. J, 1941, 34: 604-10.—Hahl, C. Saannonmukaisen synnytyksen kolmannen ajanvaiheen hoidosta. Katilolehti, Helsin, 1906, 11: 81-5.—Heynemann, T. Die Leitung der Nachgeburts- periode. Klin. Wschr, 1924, 3: 1450-3.—Hoi mer, A. J. M. Over de behandeling van het nageboortetijdperk. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 2610.—Holmes, R. H. The normal third stage of labor, with special reference to its management. Philadelphia M. J, 1902, 10: 190-5.—Jacobs, J. B. The third stage of labor and the puerperium with particular reference to the care of the perineum and the prevention of hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1935, 141: 90.—James, J. E, jr. The man- agement of the third stage of labor. Hahneman. Month, 1906, 41: 915-26.—Leff, M. Management of the third and fourth stages of labor based on eleven thousand deliveries. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1939, 68: 224-9.—Lennon, G. G. The third stage of labour and post-partum haemorrhage. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1949, 62: 76-8.—Lumpe, R. Wie sollen sich die Hebam- men in der Nachgeburtszeit verhalten? Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1906, 24: 629-37.—McPherson, R. The management of the third stage of labor and the care of the puerperium. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1910, 16: 257-62.—Malpas, P. The man- agement of the end stage of labour. Med. World, Lond, 1945, 62: 557-62.—Maugeri, V. Sul trattamento del funicolo ombelicale e sull'assistenza al secondamento nella pratica della levatrice. Riv. ostet. gin, 1927, 9: 44-9.—Miiller, H. Om behandlingen af efterbordsskiftet. Jordemodern, Stockh, 1903, 16: 41-7.—Montuoro, F. II periodo piu difficile d'as- sistenza al parto normale; il secondamento. Riv. ostet. gin, 1939, 21: 69-71.—Morgan, H. S. The management of the third stage of labor. Nebraska M. J, 1936, 21: 14-7.— Murray, G. E. The management of the third stage of labor. Transvaal M. J, 1908-09, 4: 10.—Natale, P. II metodo di Lichtenstein nell'assistenza al secondamento. Arte ostet, 1935. 49: 9-17.—O'Connor, C. T. The conduct of the 3rd stage of labor. Am. J. Obst, 1944, 48: 683-9.—Purdy, J. R. Man- agement of the third stage of labour. Brit. M. J, 1908, 2: 1369.—Rittenhouse, W. The third stage of labor; how to manage it. Am. J. Clin. M, 1909, 16: 1000-3.—Rodman, H. D. Management of the third stage of labor and the proper care of the mother and baby for the next few succeeding days. Am. Pract. & News, 1903, 36: 201-5.—Schuurmans, R. Over de behandeling van het nageboortetijdperk. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 2775; 1948, 92: 521— Upshaw, C. B. Management of the third stage of labor. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 55-60.—Vaden, M. T. Management of the third stage of labor. Virginia M. Month, 1927-28, 54: 440-2.— Williamson, H. The management of the third stage of labor. Illinois M. J, 1937, 72: 445-9.—Winston, J. W. Management of the third stage of labor. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, 72: 604-6 — Woods, T. B. Management of the third stage of labor. J. M, Ass. Alabama, 1941-42, 11: 226-9. ---- Methods: Puerperal care. Cupery, D. P. *Essentials of postpartum care [S. Elizabeth Hosp.] 24p. MS. 28cm. Youngs- town, 1940. Drescher, G. G. *Post partum care [St Agnes Hosp.] 36 1. MS. 28cm. Fond du Lac, 1941. Great Britain. National Baby Welfare Council. The midwife and post-natal care. 2p. 20^cm. Lond., 1945[?1 Forms No. 78, Leaf!. Nat. Baby Welf. Counc. Gr. Britain. M6sEIDfis, M. M. 'Tyuivr) rrjs kyicvov, tvs X«- xcotoos /cat rrjs yaXovxovavs. 223p. 20%cm. Alex- andria, 1927. Olivier-Palltjd, P. *Documents cliniques et experimentaux sur la surveillance et l'hygiene des suites de couches. 74p. 8? Par., 1937. Thiemeyer, W. *Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Leitung der Nachgeburtszeit insbe- sondere Eihautretention. 34p. 8? Strasb., 1911. Wochenpflege (Die) 36p. 16? Potsdam, 1906. Adair, F. L. Postpartum care. Am. J. Surg, 1937, 35: 267-72.—Albrecht, H. Abrutschen der Wochenbettbinden. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 816.—Barsony, J. A gvermek- agy apolasa. Orv. hetil, 1910, 54: 785-9. Also Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1911, 47: 25; 33.—Beierlein, K. M. Postpartum and puerperal care. Am. J. Surg, 1934, 23: 346-51.—Bosse, B. Die Pflege der gesunden und kranken Wochnerin. Zschr. Krankenpfl, 1910, 32: 264-75.—Bourne, A. W, & Williams. L. H. Post-natal care. In their Recent Advance. Obst. Gvn, 5. ed, Lond, 1942, 30-7.—Brady, W. Treatment of the mother after childbirth without an assistant. N. York M. J, 1912, 95: 388.—Braun, E. P. Exercises for the puerpera. Am. J. Nurs, 1934, 34: 231.—Brose, P. Zur Pflege der Bauchdecken nach der Entbindung. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1906, 43: 1339-41.— Bunkley, T. F. Postpartum care of the parturient woman. Texas J. M, 1927-28, 23: 401-4.—Burger, C. P. Over de behandeling van het nageboortetijdperk. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 2478.—Burrus, J. T. Management of the puerperal state before and after labor. Tr. Tristate M. Ass. Carolinas & Virginia, 1905, 7: 271-4.—Collins, C. G., & Mengert. W. F. MIDWIFERY 237 MIDWIFERY Postpartum care. Current Ther, Phila, 1949, 591-4.— Davis, A. W. Post-puerperal treatment. Kentucky M. J, 1936, 34: 142-6.—Davis, C. H. Convalescent care for the obstetrical patient. Internat. J. M. & S, 1930, 43: 80-5 — Der Brucke, M. G. The treatment of the immediate post- partum period. Am. J. Obst, 1940, 39: 821-6.—De Wire, M. V. The aftercare of obstetrical cases in a country practice. Wisconsin M. J, 1908-09, 7: 647-57.—DeWitt. R. F. Post- partum care. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 223.—Dorman, F. A. Care of the patient in the puerperium. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1908, 15-9.—Ehuletche, J. B. Conducta de la partera en el puerperio. Rev. obst, B. Air, 1903, 1: 157-64.—Engelhard, J. L. B. [Certain directions for treatment of puerpera] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1939, 83: 3770-6, pi.—Epstein, A. A. [On the postpartum period] J. akush, 1928, 39: 899-901.— Evseev, V. I. [Management of normal postpuerperal period] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 1314.—Forsyth, D. L. The utilisation of massage and medical gymnastics during the puerperium. S. Afr. Nurs. Rec, 1931, 19: 17.—Fortier, J. Des soins post- puerperaux. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 1298-303. Also J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 94-6.—Fox, P. C. Post partum care. Bull. West Suburb. Hosp, Oak Park, 1948, 2: No. 2, 22-4 — Fraiman, S. A. [Management of normal puerperal period] Akush. gin, 1939, No. 5, 57-60.—Frankenberg, H. v. Die Wanderhilfe fiir Woehnerinnen. Arch. Volkswohlf, 1909, 2: 539-42.—Fullerton, W. D. Post-partum care. Ohio M. J, 1935, 31: 509-11.-—Garriga Roca, M. La asistencia al puerperio por la matrona. Acta mid. hisp, 1947, 5: 272-7.—Gellhorn, G. The phvsical culture of the puerperium. Q. Bull. M. Dep. Washington Univ, S. Louis, 1908, 7: 21-34, 4 pi.—Genter, G. G. [Management of the puerperal period] Sovet. vrach. J, 1936, 1: 962-6.—Gibson, A. D. Management of the mother during childbed period. Wisconsin M. J, 1903, 2: 443-9 — Gill, L. Standards of nursing service for postpartum care. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 848-53 — Gleiser, M. D. [Management of the post-partum period] Akush. gin, 1940, No. 10, 49-51.—Goodwin, W. Post partum exercises. N. York Physician, 1941, 16: 32.—Greenhill, J. P. The essentials of postpartum care. N. England J. M, 1931, 205: 274-80.—Griffin, R. J. Routine postpartum care. Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1938-39, 11: 53.—Gudim-Levkovich, D. A. [Management of the puerperal period] Feldsher, Moskva, 1942, No. 4, 17-9.—Hannah, C. R. The care of the puerpera. Texas J. M, 1910-11, 6: 274; Disc, 279.—Harvey, H. E. Post-partum care. Nebraska M. J, 1936, 21: 17-9.— Hastings, G. L. Mental hygiene of the post-partum period. Trained Nurse, 1935, 95: 549-53.—Hersch, T. F. Modern postpartum care and treatment. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 126-9.—Heusler, K. Der Hocksitz in der Nachgeburtsperiode. Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: 1641-5.—Hoff, L. L, & Neuwelt, L. What is your course of procedure, when without an assistant, as regards the mother after the completion of labor? N. York M. J, 1912, 95: 389; 440; 494.—Holmer, A. J. M. Over de behandeling van het nageboortetijdperk. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 2246-50.—Irvin, J. S. The management of normal labor with especial reference to after-treatment. Tr. Tristate M. Ass. Carolinas & Virginia, 1904, 6: 133-9.— Jones, M. Physiology and conduct of the puerperium. Col- lege J, Kansas City, 1940, 24: 7-10.—Jorge, C. F. Sete anos de servico post-natal a domicilio. Rev. gin. obst, Rio, 1948, 42: 202-9.—Josephson. C. D. [Simple treatment of puer- perium] Hygiea, Stockh, 1919, 81: 490.—Kellgren, N. Post- natal treatment with massage and exercises. Physiother. Rev, 1946, 26: 233.—Kramer, A. Bemerkungen zur Frage des Hocksitzes in der Nachgeburtsperiode. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 157.—Kushnirskaia, E. S. [The post-partum period] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 11, 22-8.—Leff, S. Postnatal examinations; a new approach. Mother & Child, Lond, 1949-50, 20: 46-8.—Leinzinger, E. Weshalb Warzentrocken- pflege im Wochenbett? In: Wander Festschr, Bern, 1940, 451-7.—Lichtenstein, F. Der Hocksitz zur Vorbeugung von Kindbettfieber und Eklampsie (zugleich mit einer neuen Theorie uber die Eklampsie) Fortsch. Ther, 1927, 3: 680-5 — Litwak, M. J. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Nachgeburts- periode. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn, 1933-34, 96: 24-9.—Litzen- berg, J. C. The effect of postpartum care on the mother. Tr. Am. Child Health Ass, 1929, 6: 101-6. —----• Postnatal supervision. Nebraska M. J, 1933, 18: 467-9.—Luikart, R. Postpartum care. J. Omaha Clin. Soc, 1946, 7: 25-8. Also Texas J. M, 1948-49, 44: 543-6.—McCorkle, M. D. What is good postpartum care? Pub. Health Nurs, 1940, 32: 714-8. ------ Postpartum nursing care of the maternity patient. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941 1. Congr, 476-82.— McTlrath, M. B. Post-natal care. Chn. Bull. R. Prince Alfred Hosp, Sydney, 1944, 1: 100-2.—MacKenzie, R. A. Post- partum care. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1940, 37: 23-5—McPher- son, R. The care of the breasts during the puerperium. Med. Times, N. Y, 1909, 37: 239.—Maliphant, R. G. The puer- perium. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1947, 60: 198-200.— Mara, S. Treatment of the puerperium. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1908, 19-33.—Miller, D. The importance of post-natal maternal care; comprising a review of the organization and work of the Post-Natal Clinic of the Edinburgh Royal Ma- ternity Hospital. Brit. M. J, 1929, 1;: .717-20...—TT Post-natal maternal care. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1934 188: 442-4—Moreno, M. Sobre la atenciOn domiciliaria del puerperio. Bol. Soc. chilena obst. gin, 1941-42, 7: 209-15.— Mowry. F. S. Care of maternity patient in postpartum period. Proc. Am. Congr. Obst. Gyn. (1939) 1941, 1. Congr, 469-75 — Myles, M. Modern methods of midwifery; the puerperium. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 804.—Nelson, E. W. Post- partum care. Mississippi Doctor, 1944-45, 22: 171-4.— Nikolaev, A. P. [Methods of managing the postpuerperal period] Vrach. gaz, 1930, 34: 1309-13.—Opitz, E. Erfah- rungen mit moderner Wochenpflege. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, 5: 5; 48.—P. De verzorging van den buikwand na de baring. Tschr. prakt. verlosk, 1908-09, 12: 435-8.—Pardo, E. A. Higiene de las maternidades durante el puerperio normal. Rev. obst, B. Air, 1903, 1: 190-211.—Parker, M. Postnatal maternal care. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 2083-5.—Parks, S. S. Postpartum care. Kentucky M. J, 1939, 37: 163-9 — Peel, J. H. The puerperium. Practitioner, Lond, 1947, 159: 29-32, 2 pi.—Pevzner, S. S. [On hygienic douche in early post- partum period] Sovet. med, 1940, No. 13, 34.—Piccinini, G. II trattamento del puerperio. Policlinico, 1909, 16: sez. prat, 1551.—Pichevin, R. Aptes les couches normales. Sem. gyn. Par, 1906, 11: 297.—Pickett, A. N. Routine postpartum care. Kentucky M. J, 1931, 29: 672-6.—Pierce, J. M. The im- portance of post-natal care. J. Med, Cincin, 1934, 15: 302- 6.-—Pinto, A. Assistenza al puerperio. Diagnosi, Nap, 1948, 4: 267-9.—Polak, J. O. The details of postpartum care. Am. J. Obst, 1927, 13: 432-46.—Poliquin, P. A. Decubitus ventral dans le post-partum. Union mid. Canada, 1937, 66: 1233-9.—Post-natal care. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass, 1941-42, 18: 12; 36.—Poulain, A. Les soins du post-partum. Bruxelles med, 1927-28, 8: 1164-6.—Prieto, I. Conducta del partero durante el puerperio. Mem. Congr. nted. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr, 2: 356-8.—Rezza, T. Sull'assistenza al puerperio. Lucina, Bologna, 1908, 12: 3; passim.—Royston, G. D. Postnatal care. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1932, 29: 198- 205.-—Schultze, G. K. F. Massage und Gymnastik im Wochen- bett. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1938, 166: 415-7. Also Zbl. Chir, 1938, 65: 1952.—Schuurmans, R. Over de behandeling van het nageboortetijdperk. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 2478.—Shoup, J. Immediate and after management of the puerperant. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1910, 11: 84-90.—Smythe, H. J. D. The management of the normal puerperium. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1929, 46: 59-70.—Spence, J. H. Some of the complications of the puerperium. Midwives Chron, Lond, 1949, 62: 19-22.—Stevens, W. J. Puerperal care and some complications. Canad. Nurse, 1945, 41: 349-54.—Studdiford, W. E. Convalescent care for the obstetrical patient. In: Convalesc. Care (N. York Acad. M.) N. Y, 1940, 98-105 — Tebbetts, J. H. The care of the mammary glands, before, during, and after the puerperium. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1910, 77: 1093.—Thies. Zur Behandlung der Nachgeburtszeit. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1938, 166: 401; Disc, 402-4.—Traugott, M. Die Behandlung der Nachgeburtsperiode. Deut. med. Wschr, 1926, 52: 1127-32.—Treatment of the immediate post partum period. South. M. & S, 1940, 102: 395.—Van Auken, W. B. D. An appraisal of the routine use of special post-partum exercise. Am. J. Obst, 1940, 39: 1032-7.—Velde, T. H. v. de. Oneer- lijke mededinging tegenover de kraamvrouwen-verpleegsters. Nosokomos, Amst, 1905-06, 6: 727-31.—Verbrugge. lets over particulier kraamvrouw verplegen. Tschr. prakt. ver- losk, 1905-06, 9: 145-7.—Vignes, H. Ce qu'il faut surveiller pendant les suites de couches. Infirm, fr, 1929, 7: 398-406.-— Von Detten, H. J. Postpartum care. Colorado M, 1935, 32: 292-6.—Walker, J. Management of the postpartum breast. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 418.—Woolling. R. H. Post- partum care of confinement cases. Virginia M. Month, 1930-31, 57: 676-8. operative. See also Obstetrics, operative. Chapman, E. [A treatise on the improvement of midwifery] Abhandlung zu Verbesserung der Hebammen-Kunst, vornehmlich in Ansehung der Operation. Neue Aufl. 148p. 16cm. Magdeb., 1769. Tanganyika Territory. Medical Depart- ment. Medical pamphlet No. 11: Eby'abazaire; ayeshweka burya, tanagire. [1] 1. 25cm. Dar es Salaam, 1937. Broom, R. Version and forceps in midwifery practice. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1926, 24: 290—Chimenti, A. Gli insuccessi dell'ostetricia operativa a domicilio e la prognosi materna e fetale. Clin, ostet, 1935, 37: 473-89.—D'Aprile, F. Tem- pestivita degli interventi ostetrici. Lucina, Roma, 1946, 79-81.—Dorsett, E. L. Meddlesome midwifery. South. M. J, 1949, 42: 439-43—Essen-Moller, E. Surgical tendencies in modern midwifery. Acta chir. scand, 1930, 66: 442-8.—■ Holtermann, C. Misslungene operative Geburtshilfe in der hauslichen Praxis und ihre klinische Behandlung. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1934, 158: 222-56. ■ Ueber das Scheitern operativer Entbindungsversuche in der Hausgeburtshilfe. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 928-31.—Judet de la Combe. Manoeuvres obstetricales de matrones annamites ayant entrain^ la mort de la mere et du foetus. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Indo-Chine, 1912, 3: 70.—Kratochvil, B. [Management and control of labor by external manipulations] Cas. 16k. desk, 1930, 69: 458.—Spruill, J. L. Meddlesome midwifery. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1911, 58: 214-7.—Toskin, D. [Rare case of removal of placenta by midwife] Vrach. gaz, 1928, 32: 743-5. MIDWIFERY 238 MIDWIFERY ---- Periodicals. See also Obstetrics, Periodicals. Aktjsherka, obshchedostupny medicinsky jurnal. Bransk & Odessa, v. 1-6, 1890-95. Avvenire (L') ostetrico. Nap., anno 6, 1940- Deutsche (Die) Hebamme. Berl., v. 60, No. 1/2, 1945- Formerly Berliner Hebammen-Zeitung, v.l, No. 1-4, 1886; Deutsche Hebammen-Zeitung, v.l, No. 5-6, 1886; Allgemeine deutsche Hebammen-Zeitung, v.l. No. 7—v.48, 1886-1933; Zeitschrift, Reichsfachschaft deutscher Hebammen, v.49-54. No. 6, 1934-39. Hoken to zyosan. Tokyo, v.3, 1949- Jordemodern. Stockh., v.l, 1888- Lttcina; rivista mensile delle ostetriche italia- ne; organo del Sindacato nazionale fascista delle ostetriche. Roma, v.9, 1942- Midwives' chronicle and nursing notes; official organ of the College of Midwives, London. Lond., v.58, 1945- Schweizer (Die) Hebamme. Bern, v.42, No. 1, 1944- Sestra i akusherka. Sofia, No. 1, 1949- SURVEY OF CURRENT MATERNITY AND CHILD welfare services. Lond., April/June, 1949- Schlossmann, A. Hebammen, Hebammen-Zeitung und natiirliche Sauglingsernahrung. Zschr. Sauglingsfiirs, 1906-07, 1: 256-66. ---- Pharmacology. See also Midwife, Prescription-writing. Beaulah, L. E. Post-graduate midwifery; some drugs ana their uses. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 432.—Claye, A. M. The use and abuse of drugs in midwifery. Practitioner, Lond, 1937, 138: 484-92— Consoli, D. Ancora sull'abuso degli estratti ipofisari in travaglio di parto. Lucina, Roma, 1946, 41.—Dev&ze, de Rouville & Delmas. Discussion sur l'emploi de la pituitrine et du sublim6 par les sages-femmes. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1922, 11: 131-5.—Emploi de la pituitrine et du sublime' par les sages-femmes. Ibid, 46.—Laffont. Au sujet de l'emploi de la pituitrine par les sages-femmes. Ibid, 162.— Mansell, M. Sedatives, analgesics and stimulants used in labour. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946-47, 84: 379.—Read, B. E. Some of the old Chinese drugs used in obstetrical practice. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1927, n. ser, 34: 498-508.— Rivett, L. C. Drugs and midwifery. Middlesex Hosp. J, 1941, 41: 20-2.—Rouvier. Au sujet de l'emploi du sublimg et de l'hypophyse par les sages-femmes. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1922, 11: 161.—Stovin, G. H. T. Drugs in common use in midwifery. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1947-48, 86: 191. ---- popular. See also Maternity, Manual. Davis, C. H., & Ferguson, D. Childbirth. 183p. 19>^cm. N. Y., 1949. Gossett, W. B. What the public should know about childbirth. 301p. 8? Minneap., 1931. Guttmacher. A. F. The story of human birth. 214p. 18cm. N. Y., 1947. Heardman, H. A way to natural childbirth. 124p. 8? Edinb., 1948. Randell, M. Fearless childbirth; what every mother-to-be should know. 99p. 18cm. Lond., 1948. ---- Training for childbirth. 4. ed. 142p. 22cm. Lond., 1949. Rongy, A. J. Safely through childbirth. 2. print., rev. 192p. 19%cm. N. Y., 1948. Rosenberg, B. D. Como nasce uma crianca. 103p. 24cm. S. Paulo [after 1944] Summerskill, E. Babies without tears. 158p. 19cm. Lond.. 1941. Vaughan, K. O. Safe childbirth; the three essentials—1. round brim, 2. flexible joints, 3. natural posture. 154p. 23cm. Lond., 1937. Birth (The) of a baby—in public. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1937, 30: 577.—Crespo, L. de V. F. La obstetricia en el saber popular espanol. Clfnica, Valladolid, 1948, No. 17, 37-46.— Thorns, H., & Goodrich, F. W., jr. Training for childbirth. J. Am. M. Ass, 1949. 140: 1256-8. ---- Practice. See also subheadings of Midwife (Examination; Experience) Bulman, M. W. B. Psychology of midwifery. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 808.—Forber, J. L. C. The economic condi- tions of midwifery practice. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: 862.— Holland, E. In what ways could the practice of midwifery be improved? Midwives Chron, Lond, 1945, 58: 150-4.— Horrocks, P. Certain questions arising in the practice of mid- wifery. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1905, 19: 468-72.—Jellett, H. Some remarks on practical midwifery. N. Zealand M. J, 1927-28, 26: 203-13.—Kohl. R. N. The psychiatric aspects of obstetric nursing. Am. J. Nurs, 1948, 48: 422—5.—Lendon, A. A. Gleanings from midwifery practice. Med. J. Australia, 1925, 2: 669-71.—Mann, F. Die Kunst des Behelfs in der Praxis der Hebamme. Allg. deut. Hebam. Ztg, 1924, 39: 40-3.—Petragnani, G. Formation culturelle en pratique des sages-femmes en Italic Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub. Par, 1939, 31: 682-7.—Slight, J. D. The element of time in mid- wifery practice. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, 85: 238-50.— Smythe, H. J. D. Recent changes in obstetric practice. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1948. 87: 173. ---- Social aspect. See also Midwife, Relations to hospitals and group medicine; also Maternity, Social aspect. Jungius, M. Wat doet Nederland voor zijne arbeidsterskraamvrouwen? een bijdrage tot de kennis van het leven der arbeidstermoeder. 35p. 8? Amst., 1906. Mornet, J. G. J. *La protection de la ma- ternite" en France (6tude d'hygiene sociale) 315p. 8? Par., 1909. Velde, T. H. v. de. Verbeterde verzorging van minvermogende kraamvrouwen. 47p. 8? Haarlem, 1907. Adair, F. L. The relation of obstetrics to the community. Tr. Am. Child Hyg. Ass. (1921) 1922, 12: 53-64.—Baird, D. Social factors in obstetrics. Lancet, Lond, 1949, 1:1079-83.— Fervers, C. Die geburtshilfliche Neuordnung in der Sozial- versicherung. Zbl. Gyn, 1929, 53: 3278-80.—Guimaraes Filho, A. Aspectos sociais da assistencia obstetrica. Impr. med, Rio, 1942, 18: No. 337, 78-84.—Huguet. L. La ob- stetricia considerada desde el punto de vista social. Rev. cubana obst, 1919, 1: 84-7.—Jaeger, H. Neuerungen in der Wochenshilfe. Bl. Gesundhfurs, 1926, 4: H. 4, 1-8.—Kosmak, G. W. Obstetrics as a community problem. South. M. J., 1935, 28: 231-7.—Lewisohn, L. Die Neuordnung der Ge- burtshilfe und die Sozialversicherung. Zbl. Gyn, 1930, 54: 180-2.—Lilico, G. Insurance scheme for medical assistance in midwives' cases. Med. Off, Lond, 1929, 41: 290.—Neu- mann, H. Familienpflege fiir obdachlose Wochnerinnen und ihre Kinder. Erg. Sauglingsfiirs, 1910, pt 5, 69-76.—Peralta Ramos, A. Aspectos sociales de la asistencia obstetrica. An. Congr. brasil. gin. (1940) 1942, 1. Congr, 2: 429-43.—Schmidt Goffi, P. A assistencia a parturiente pobre na Maternidade de Sao Paulo. Rev. med. cir. S. Paulo, 1948, 8: 145-51.—Sher- wood, M. Community responsibility for better obstetrics. J. Sociol. Med, 1915, 16: 349-56.—Souza, O. de. Aspecto social da assistencia obstetrica. An. Congr. brasil. gin. (1940) 1942, 1. Congr, 3: 63-88.—Verbeterde verzorging van min- vermogende kraamvrouwen. Nosokomos, Amst, 1906-07, 7: 273; 289.—Wischer, F. Die Wochenhilfe; ihre Bedeutung, Geschichte und gesetzliche Regelung. Aerztl. Mitt, Lpz, 1926, 27: 752-5. Statistics. See also Obstetrics, Statistics. Rentsch, A. W. *Kritische Betrachtung der Resultate der staatlichen Hebammenschule, Entbindungsanstalt und Frauenklinik zu Bam- berg in den Jahren 1934-36 [Erlangen] 39p. 20^cm. Numb., 1937. Cameron, J. Midwifery cases. J. Surg. Gyn. Obst, N. Y., 1906, 28: 522-7.—Fonyo, J. A budapesti magyar kiralyl babakepz6 gyermekagyi statisztikaja. Szuleszet & nogy6gy., 1905, 33-43.—Hamilton, A. A. Midwifery statistics. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz, 1908, 27: 473-5. Also J. Surg. Gyn. Obst, N. Y, 1909, 31: 228-32.—Kaboth. Richtlinien fiir die Auf- stellung einer Bilanz der geburtshilflichen Leistung. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1929, 137: 814-8; Disc, 842-66.—Live births with and without medical attention; distribution of births by medical attention by states, counties, and cities, 1935. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1940, 9: 983-1040.— Mauks, K. A budapesti babakepzd sziileszeti osztalyanak 8 evi forgalma, 1898 szeptembertol 1906 augusztusig. Gy- naekologia, Budap, 1906, 394-411.—Pohlen, K. Die neue geburtshilfliche Statistik fiir das Deutsche Reich (Ergebnisse der Hebammen-Tagebucher fiir das Jahr 1936) Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1938, 166: 347-74; Disc, 392.—Reismann, A. A szom- MIDWIFERY 239 MIEG bathelyi magyar kiralyi bdbakepz6 gyermekagyi statisztikaja. Gynaekologia, Budap, 1906, 377-93.—Skrobansky, K. K. [Work of Leningrad obstetricians during the last 25 years] In: Sborn. rabot Leningr. akush. gin. obshch, 1943, 117-22.— Steele, E. J. Report on the 3,000 confinements of the Frontier Nursing Service, Inc. Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv, Lex, 1938-39, 14: No. 3, 23-32.—Wells, A. S. An analysis of 1,250 confinements of coloured women in Cape Town. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925, 23: 398-403.—Woodforde, G. A. W. A report of three months' work in the Extern Midwifery District. S. Barth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1908, 43: 123-36. ---- veterinary. For management of parturient animals see under names of animals; also Obstetrics, veter- inary; Parturition—in animals. ---- in wartime. Childbirth in gas-masks. Nurs. Illust, Lond, 1940, 4: 352; 367.—Hoover, J. M. Wartime adjustment in obstetrics. Am. J. Nurs, 1943, 43: 828.—Klages. Praktische Winke fiir die Leitung der Wochenbettpflege bei Soldatenfrauen. Deut. mil. arztl. Zschr, 1913, 42: 681-92.—Newell, H, & Reid, M. The maintenance of standards of maternity nursing service in the public health field during the present emergency. West. J. Surg, 1943, 51: 62-8.—Obstetrics in wartime. R. N, Rutherford, 1941-42, 5: No. 12, 14-7.—Rabinovich, K. N. [Pregnancy, childbirth and post-puerperal period during the blockade of Leningrad] In: Sborn. rabot Leningr. akush. gin. obshch, 1943, 6-11.—Skrobansky, K. K. [Obstetrical aid in the course of pregnancy and childbirth during the 11-month block- ade from July, 1941, to May, 1942] Ibid, 1-5.—Tollefson, D. G. Obstetrics as affected by the problem of war; nursing care. Tr. Pacific Coast Soc. Obst. (1942) 1943, 12: 55-69. Also West. J. Surg, 1943, 51: 56-9.—Women in labour in air raid shelters. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: Suppl, 5.—Zabriskie, L. Having a baby in wartime. Trained Nurse, 1943, 111: 32—4. MIDWIVES' chronicle and nursing notes; official organ of the College of Midwives, London. Lond., v.58, No. 689, 1945- Former title, 1887-1939, Nursing notes. MIDWIVES S[ub] C[ommittee] notes. See Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Midwives Salaries Committee. Midwives S[ub] Qommittee] notes. Lond, No. 5, 1948- MIDY, Pierre M., 1913- *Essai com- paratif sur la reglementation de l'exercice de la pharmacie en France et a l'etranger; loi du 11 septembre 1941 comprise [Bordeaux] xvi, 414p. 24cm. Par., Anc. impr. Cour d'appel,1942. MIDY, Robert M. Le conjonctif histiocytaire (systeme reticuloendothelial) 2. 6d. 357p illust. pi. 8? Par.. Masson & cie, 1936. MIDY family. For biography see Mexico farm, 1947, 13: No. 155, 9, portrs. MIDZONE. See under Cerebrospinal fluid, Colloidal re- actions: Goldsol. MIECHOWITA, Maciej [Mathias] 1456-1523. For biography see Polski tygod. lek, 1948, 3: 481-4 (Hart- leb, K.) MIECHOWSKI, Jacques. *L'erysipele et son traitement par la septicemine [Geneve] 31p. 8? Par., P. Gourjon, 1933. MIECZKOWSKI, Leon, 1871-1931. For obituary see P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir, 1932, 9. Congr, 1: 166. MIECZKOWSKI, Wiktor, 1906-44. For biography see Gruzlica, 1947, 15: 394. MIECZYNSKI, Franciszek, 1869?-1934. For obituary see Medycyna, 1934, 171. MIEDLIG [August Otto] Erich, 1908- *Die Hamangiome der Wirbelsaule und des Extraduralraumes. 32p. tab. 22}£cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1939. MIE effect. See under Dust, Analysis; Particle, Size: Measurement. MIEG, Johann Ludwig, 1799-1849. For biography see Diet. hist. biog. Suisse, Neuchatel, 1928, 4: 754. MIEG, Johann Rudolf, 1694-1733. For biography see Diet. hist. biog. Suisse, Neuchatel, 1928, 4: 754. MIEGE, Ami. See Menkes, G, Hermann, R, & Miege, A. Cobayes humains; enquete de trois medecins suisses dans les bagnes nazis. 93p. 20cm. GenSve, 1946. MIEHE, Hugo, 1875-1932. Die Bakterien und ihre Bedeutung im praktischen Leben. 141p. illust. 19cm. Lpz., Quelle & Meyer, 1907. Forms Bd 12, Wiss. Bildung. For obituary see Zbl. Bakt, 2. Abt, 1932, 86: p. i, portr. (Kolkwitz, R.) MIEHR, Rudolf, 1910- *Eine anato- mische Nachprvifung von stereo-rontgenogra- phisch lokalisierten Steckschussen. 44p. 8? Erlangen, M. Dores, 1937. MIELI, Aldo, 1879-1950. Manuale di storia della scienza; antichita. xxx, 567p. illust. pi. portr. diagr. 22}£cm. Roma, Casa ed. Leonardo da Vinci, 1925. Forms v.5. Stud, storia pens. sc. ---- La science arabe et son r61e dans devo- lution scientifique mondiale ... avec quelques additions de Henri Paul Joseph Renaud, Max Meyerhof [et] Julius Ruska. xix, 388p. 25cm. Leiden, E. J. Brill, 1938. Also editor of Archivio di storia della scienza. Roma, v.1-8, 1919-27. Also Scienziati (Gli) italiani, dall' inizio del medio evo ai nostri giorni. Roma, v.l, 1921- Also Archeion. Roma, &c, v.8,1927- v.25, 1943. Also Archives internationales d'his- toire des sciences. Par, v.l, 1947- For obituary see Cienc. & invest, B. Air, 1950, 6: 231 (Babini, J.) For portrait see Collection in Library. MIELKE, Benno, 1908- *Die rassen- hygienische und bevolkerungspolitische Bedeu- tung der Ehescheidungen. 38p. 22cm. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1937. MIELKE, Fred, 1922- See Mitscherlich, A, & Mielke, F. Das Diktat der Menschen- verachtung; eine Dokumentation. 175p. 19J4cm. Heidelb, 1947. ------ Doctors of infamy; the story of the Nazi medical crimes. 172p. 21J4cm. N. Y., 1949. MIELKE, Gerhard, 1908- *Falle von Ostitis deformans (Paget) [Berlin] 33p. 21cm. Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1936. MIELKE, Hans, 1900- *Die Blut- korpersenkungsreaktion und ihre Beeinflussung durch Adrenalin. 32p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1930. MIELKE, Heinz, 1910- *Ueber Blut- leukopenie bei Milztuberkulose im Stadium der Generalisierung [Berlin] 23p. 23cm. Char- lottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. MIELKE, Heinz, 1912- *Erfolge der Balkenstichoperation [Kiel] 27p. 20%cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. MIELKE, Herma Charlotte, 1901- *Zur Beurteilung von Schadigungen nach Lokal- anasthesie bei zahnarztlichen Eingriffen. 26p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1930. MIELKE, Hermann, 1908- *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Stickstoffgehalt des Magensaftes und des Blutes. 14p. 8? Greifsw., H. Adler, 1932. MIELKE, Karl Hermann Werner, 1909- *Die Luxationen des 1. Keilbeines. 33p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934. MIELKE, Sophus, 1909- *Ueber die Entgiftung eines hohen zellfremden Alkohols durch Kolloide. 12p. 8? Greifsw., H. Adler, 1933. MIELKE, Ulrich, 1912- ^Capillarmikro- skopische Beobachtungen nach hydrotherapeuti- schen Massnahmen. 43p. illust. tab. 23cm. Berl.-Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1940. MIELKE 240 MIESCHER MIELKE, Werner, 1908- *Kritische Beitrage zur Frage der Fremdkorper, die bei der zahnarztlichen Behandlung in das Antrum Highmori gelangen konnen. 31p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1933. MIELNICKI, Abram. *Hyperemesis gravi- darum et son traitement par l'insuline. 78p. 8? Lausanne, A. Bovard-Giddey, 1932. MIELNIK, Isaac. Translator of Rosenberg, B. D. Como nasce uma crianca. 103p. 24cm. S. Paulo [after 1944] MIELOT, Henri. *L'utilisation de l'hydrate de chloral dans l'anesth^sie; ses indications; ses resultats. 64p. 24cm. Toulouse, H. Cleder, 1935. MIENICKI, Marian, 1890- For biography see in Czy wiesz kto to jest, Warsz., 1938, 485, portr. MIER, Jadraque, Luis. For portrait see Arch. Soc. oft. hisp. amer, 1949, 9: 543. MIEREMET, Christiaan Willem Gabriel, 1887-1938. For obituary see Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: pt 4, 5620, portr. MIERS, Edward Martin, 1886-1948. For obituary see J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1948-49, 45: 71. MIERS, Sir Henry Alexander, 1858-1942. For biography see Nature, Lond, 1943, 151: 111 (Humber- itone, T. L.) MIERSCH, Wilhelm, 1914- *Ueber perforierende Splitterverletzungen; Bericht iiber 488 Falle aus den Jahren 1929-40. 31p. tab. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1942. MIERSIA. Caroli, E. Miersia clavigera Chun, stadio misidiforme di Lysmata seticaudata Risso. Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli, 1918, 2: 177-89. MIERZEJWSKI, Jean de, 1838-1908. For biography see in Index biogr. (Acad, mid.) Par, 1939, 85. MIERZIEWSKI, Wladislaw, 1841- For biography see in Aerzte Livlands (Brennsohn. I.) Mitau, 1905, 292. MIESCHER, Friedrich, 1811-87. For biography see Diet. hist. biog. Suisse, Neuchatel, 1928. 4: 754. For portrait see Actas Ciba, B. Air, 1948, 253. Also Actas Ciba, Rio, 1948, 15: 293. Also Ciba tschr, Basel, 1947, 861. Also Ciba Zschr, Basel, 1934-35, 2: 725. MIESCHER, Guido, 1887- Melanom. p.1005-1135. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. In: Handb. Haut & Geschlkr. (Jadassohn, J.) Berl, 1933 12: pt. 3. See also Brody, C, Miescher. G. [et al.] Le r61e du pigment dans la biologie de la lumiere et dans l'effet therapeutique des bains de lumiere. p.181-296. 24cm. Kbh, 1933. For Festschrift see Dermatologica, Basel, 1947, 94: No 5-6 265-384. For biography see Strahlentherapie, 1947-48, 77: 323, portr (Meyer, H.) ---- & BOEHM, C. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Ausbreitung und Fixierung von Mikroben (Colibazillen, Streptokokken, Gonokokken, Tuberkelbazillen) im Organismus mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Traumas. p.565-620. illust. tab. 25cm. Basel, 1947. In: Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path, 1947, 10: MIESCHER [Johann] Friedrich, 1844-95. Suter, F. [et al.] Friedrich Miescher, 1844- 1895; Vortrage gehalten anlasslich der Feier zum 100. Geburtstag von Prof. Friedrich Miescher in der Aula der Universitat Basel am 15 Juni 1944. 43p. 24cm. Basel, 1944. For biography see Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1945, 75: 652 Also Sc. Month, 1943, 57: 523-32, portr. (Greenstein, J P ) For bibliography see Helvet. physiol. pharm. acta. 1944 Suppl. 2, 39—41. ' For portrait see Helvet. physiol. pharm. acta, 1944 Sunnl 2 opp. p. 3. < ft- • , MIESCHER, Werner. *Ueber ein Angio- fibrom an Stelle der Appendix [Zurich] 13p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1928. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1928, 58: 286-9. MIESCHERIA. See Sarcosporidia. MIESCKE, Klaus, 1911- *Dystrophia musculorum progressiva und Dystrophia adiposo- genitalis. 20p. 23^cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. MIESE, Hermann, 1910- *Studie zur Aetiologie der Wurzelgranulome und ihr histolo- gisches Bild [Minister] 23p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1934. MIESEMER, Karola, 1904- ♦Unter- suchungen uber den Adenylsaure-Gehalt des Blutes. 18p. 8? Heidelb., n. p., 1929. MIESEN, Goswin, 1905- *Die Aus- nutzung der Maronen [Frankfurt a. M.] 18p. tab. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. J. Triltsch, 1940. MIESKE, Hans, 1896- Die Kam- pferversorgung der Welt. 149p. illust. map. 22cm. Berl., E. Eberling, 1929. MIESSEN, Albert, 1910- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Vererbung der sogenannten ange- borenen Hiiftverrenkung. 27p. 21cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. MIESSEN, Erich, 1909- *Makrosko- pisch- und mikroskopisch-pathologische Be- trachtungen an der Tuba Eustachii [Koln] 16p. 22cm. Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. MIESSNER, Hermann, 1870-1949. Kriegs- tierseuchen und ihre Bekampfung; Leitfaden fiir Veterinaroffiziere, beamtete und praktische Tier- arzte. ix, 161p. illust. 23cm. Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1915. [Receives Goethe medal] Deut. tierarztl. Wschr, 1941, 49: 1, illust. For biography see Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh, 1940-41 ,76: 163. For obituary see Wien. tierarztl. Mschr, 1949, 36: 415. MIETH, Nita Neumann, 1898- *Seelische Einfliisse auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel. 29p. 8? Berl.-Friedrichshagen, M. Tismar, 1933. MIETH, Otto, 1902- *Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei Glukosebelastung in der zweiten Halfte der Schwangerschaft [Kiel] 35p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1928. MIETH, Rudolf, 1901- *Der Abszess [Berlin] 37p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoff- mann, 1928. MIETHE, Otto Fritz, 1912- *Primare Morbiditat der Strahlenbehandlung des Collum- Carcinoms beziiglich Blasen- und Mastdarm- schaden; unter Berucksichtigung der in den einzelnen Jahren verschieden angewandten Be- strahlungsmethoden. [Heidelberg] 16p. tab. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1939. MIETKE, Hansheinz, 1907- *Dauer- schadigungen nach Eklampsie. 31p. 22cm. Bonn, L. Heidelmann, 1935. MIETKIEWICZ, Rena. *Contribution aux recherches sur le traitement du psoriasis [Geneve] 16p. 23cm. Annemasse, J. Rosnoblet, 1937. MIETKIEWSKI, Eugeniusz. Wskaz6wki do cwiczen z fizjologii. Wyd. 2. xiv, 185p. illust. tab. diagr. 21cm. Poznan, Ksieg. akad., 1947. MIETKIEWSKI, Kazimierz. Sur l'histo- genese de l'epididyme du cobaye. p.255-306. pi. 25cm. Strasb., 1940. In: Arch, anat, Strasb. (1939) 1940, 28: ---- Badania doSwiadczalne nad ukladem plciowym meskim szczura i swinki morskiej. 105p. illust. pi. 25Kcm. Poznan, 1949. Forms No. 2, v.7, Prace Kom. lek. Poznan. towarz. przyjac. nauk. MIETLING 241 MIGNARD MIETLING, Wolfgang Giinter Frank, 1912- *Ueber die Speichelsteinkrankheit und ihre Entstehung. 35p. 21cm. Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1938. MIETUS, Aloysius Casimir Raymond, 1914- *Carcinoma of the esophagus with a review of twenty-four autopsied cases [Marquette Univ.] 44p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1938. Typewritten. MIETUSCH, Elfriede, 1903- *Beitrag zur Frage; Umwelteinfluss am erblich gescha- digten Auge; Organminderwertigkeit. 19p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. MIETZSCH, Eberhard Richard, 1910- *K6rpermessungen an 4548 hoheren Schiilerinnen aus verschiedenen Teilen Deutschlands [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. MIETZSCH, Wolfgang Friedrich Hermann, 1910- *Bakterio-klimatische Untersu- chungen in Leipzig [Leipzig] 31p. 8? Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. MIEZ, Giorgio, 1904- Die Sauna im Dienste ihrer Gesundheit. 30p. 23cm. Thalwil- Zur., E. Oesch, 1946. MIFFLIN, Thomas, 1744-1800. For biography see Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1940) 1941, 236 (Rossman, K. R.) MIFFRE, Jacques. Contribution a l'etude du venin de cobra dans le traitement des tumeurs et des algies cancereuses. 77p. tab. 24cm. Toulouse, Impr. Sud-Ouest, 1935. MIFSUD, Joseph, 1902- Contribution a l'6tude du traitement par les courants a haute frequence des calculs de l'uretere intravesical. 52p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1931. MIGAULT, Pierre, 1898- *Des rapports des syndromes choreique et maniaque. 98p. 8°. Par., L. Arnette, 1930. MIGAYRON, Andre, 1896-1946? For obituary see Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1946, 40: 112. MIGDEN, I. J., 1911- *De l'allongement du tibia dans certaines lesions inflammatoires. 43p. 25cm. Nancy, P. Ferry, 1937. MIGEON, Guy, 1885- Contribution k l'etude des preparations de cortico-surrenale et a leur titrage biologique [Paris] 92p. tab. 24cm. Poitiers, Soc. fr. impr. libr., 1942. MIGET, Achille, 1901- *Le syndrome d'Ehlers-Danlos. 99p. pi. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933. MIGINIAC, Gabriel, 1883- Nouveau traite de pathologie chirurgicale; g6ne>alit6s. xii, 1319p. pi. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. Forms v. 1, Nouv. traite path. chir. (Basset, A, et al.) See also Brocq. P, & Miginiac, G. Chirurgie du pancreas. 427p. 8? Par, 1934. For portrait see Clm. laborat, Zaragoza, 1934, 25: opp. p. 188. MIGLIARDI, Luigi. Esplorazione della funzi- onalita renale e prognosi chirurgica in urologia. 230p. illust. tab. 24}£cm. Tor., Soc. edit. torinese, 1934. MIGLIETTA, Antonio, 1763-1826. Director of Giornale medico napolitano, v. 1-11. 11 v. 22cm. Nap, 1823-26. MIGLIORI, Vittorio. La pressione sanguigna nell'infanzia in condizioni fisiologiche e patolo- giche. 75p. tab. diagr. 28cm. Bologna, L. Cappelli, 1935. Forms No. 53, Ser. 1, Collez. med. attual. sc. MIGNACCA, Pietro, 18787-1917. For portrait see in Libro d'oro, Roma, 1924, 115. MIGNANI, Vincenzo, fl. 1784. De effectibus terraemotus in corpore humano. 152p. 8! Bologna, Typogr. S. Thomae Aquinatis, 1784. MIGNARD, Maurice, 1881-1925. For biography see Nervenarzt, 1930, 3:31-8. (Minkowski, E.) MIGNARD, Pierre, 1919- *Etude cine- matographique et myographique des crises d'electro-choc chez l'homme. 76p. pi. diagr. 25cm. Lyon, Impr. a Rey, 1947. MIGNARDOT, Jean, 1905- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'allergie syphilitique chez le paralytique general avant et apres malariath6ra- pie. 120p. 25cm. Nancy, A. Tollard, 1935. MIGNAULT, Georges Etienne, 1881-1944. For obituary see Union med. Canada, 1944, 73: 571 (Vidal, J. A.) MIGNAULT, Louis Daniel, 1856-1929. For biography see Union mid. Canada, 1946, 75: 1278, portr. (LeSage, A.) For obituary see Union mid. Canada, 1929, 58: 589-94 (Fortier, L. E.). For portrait see J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1942, 11: 472. Also Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 999. MIGNEN, Arsene, 1906- *Diagnostic differentiel des rhinites purulentes chroniques de la seconde enfance. 13p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. MIGNEN, Charles, 1914- Contribution a l'etude des an^mies pernicieuses; la valeur et les difficultes du traitement. 66p. 24cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. MIGNEN, Marie Joseph, 1904- Con- tribution au traitement chirurgical des luxations inveterees de la hanche (but£e et bifurcation associees) 89p. pi. 8? Par., Libr. Le Francois, 1931. MIGNON, Alfred Henri Alexandre, 1854- 1936. Le Service de Sante' pendant la guerre 1914-18. 4v. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1926-27. For obituary see Arch. mid. pharm. mil, 1936, 105: 253-67. MIGNON, Jean, 1908- *Les meningites a pneumocoque III (Pneumococcus mucosus) 64p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1937. MIGNON, Robert, 1910- *La circulation coronarienne et l'etude experimentale des liga- tures. 166p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1937. MIGNONE, Constantino, 1904- *Da acgao de certas plantas brasileiras sobre a pressao sanguinea. 50p. pi. 8? S. Paulo, Typ. Camargo, 1927. ---- Anatomia pato!6gica da silicose pul- monar. 86p. 23}£cm. S. Paulo, Rossolillo, 1939 MIGNON S granuloma. See also Cholesterosis, osseous; Granuloma, eosinophil; Reticulogranuloma. Galatius- Jensen, E. Eosinofilt knoglegranulom. Nord. med, 1949, 41: 378.—Mignon, F. Ein Granulationstumor des Stiinbeins. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1930, 42: 749-51. MIGNOT, Andre, 1911- *Action com- paree des divers medicaments d'attaque sur la serologic dans les syphilis r^centes. 37p. 8°. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. MIGNOT, Antoine, 1823-1908. For biography see in Index biogr. (Acad. mid.) Par, 1939 85. MIGNOT, Hubert, 1910- *Etude sur les atrophies du cervelet; envisages surtout au point de vue de leur classification nosologique et de leur pathogenic 171p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. MIGfcOT, Jacques, 1918- *Etude art<§rio- graphique de la vascularisation renale; essai de comparaison anatomo-radiologique. 45p. illust. pi. 24cm. Par., Impr. Rey-Robert, 1945. MIGNOT, Roger, 1874-1947. For obituary see Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1947, 105: 355; 403. ----■ & MARCHAND, Leon. Manual tech- nique de l'infirmier des etablissements d'alienSs; MIGNOT 242 MIGRAINE a l'usage des candidats aux diplomes d'infirmier des asiles. 2. ed. xiii, 415p. 8! Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. MIGNOT, Yvon, 1910- *Etude comparee du probleme alimentaire dans divers pays. 45p. 24cm. Par., Jouve, 1939. MIGNOTO, Giammaria, fl. 1528. Mater, C. F. Mignotydea, an undescribed epidemiological monograph of the Cinquecento. p. 184-204. 25^cm. Bait., 1944. Also Bull. Hist. M, Suppl. No. 3, 1944. Also in Essays Hist. Med. (Sigerist, H. E.) Bait, 1933, 184-204. MIGNOTYDEA. See Mignoto; also Renaissance, History. MIGNUCCI, Robert Jacques, 1910- *Le corps etrangers du carrefour aero-digestif chez les animaux domestiques [Alfort] 63p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. MIGONE, Luigi. Sulla cosidetta periarterite nodosa, p.301-409. illust. pi. 24cm. Fir., 1944. In: Arch. De Vecchi, 1943-44, 6: ---- L'angiopatia acuta trombotica necro- sante dei reni; contributo alio studio della necrosi corticale bilaterale dei reni. iv, 164p. illust. 24>km. Pisa, V. Baldacci, 1949. Forms Suppl. 22, Omnia med, Pisa. MIGONE, Luis Enrique For portrait see Rev. brasil. biol, 1944, 4: 132. MIGOZZI, Thomas, 1909- Contribu- tion a l'etude des spasmes d'ouverture des pau- pieres d'origine acquise [Marseille] 103p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. MIGRAF. See also Micrography, Photomicrography. Watkins, R. L. The migraf; a microscope-camera. Med. Times, N. Y, 1912, 40: 115. MIGRAINE. See also Headache. Danielsson, C. N. *Disquisitio in cephalal- giam. 22p. 20cm. Lund, 1821. Ahrens, R. S. Migraine. J. Lancet, 1930, 50: 80-6.— Alvarez, W. C. Migraine. Wisconsin M. J, 1939, 38: 451-6. ------ Sick headaches. Rhode Island M. J, 1944, 27: 451. ------ Essential facts about migraine. Gastroenterology, 1945, 4: 436. ------ Migraine. In: Oxford Med, N. Y, 1940-47, 6: 936 (sub. p. 5-39)—Andresen, A. F. R. Migraine. Med. Times, N. Y, 1931, 59: 414.—Araujo, H. de. Enxaqueca. Brasil mid. cir, 1949, 11: 359-64.—Bandler, P. Ueber Wesen und Behandlung der Migrane. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 190-2.—Barton, J. K. Migraine. West London M. J, 1928, 33: 28; 1941, 46: 44.—Bastos, A. de. Enxaqueca. Hora med, Rio, 1939, 3: No. 9, 15-20.—Bergmark, G. Migran. Nord. med. tskr, 1932, 4: 662-7.—Bolduc. R. Migraine. Med. J. Tufts Coll. School M, 1937-38, 4: No. 4, 2-5 — Bond. S. E. Migraine. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q, 1935-36, 27: 131-4.—Bright, 1. B. Migraine. Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 3, 21.—Burn, E. M. Migraine headache. Rec. Columbia M. Soc. Richland Co, 1948, 12: No. 11, 12-6 — Butler, T. H. Headache and migraine. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1944, 212: 150-5.—Camp, C. D. Migraine. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1941) 1942, 46-9.— Carl, H. A. Migraine. Hahneman. Month, 1938, 73: 1026- 33.—Carmichael, E. A. Migraine. In: Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond, 1938, 8: 604-9.—Caussade, G. La migraine. Gaz. hop, 1935, 108: 1759.—Cawton, F. G. Mi- graine. S. Afr. M. J, 1933, 7: 260.—Colfer, H. F. Migraine; a review of its present status. Marquette M. Rev, 1942—43, 7:157-64. Also Jackson Clin. Bull, Madison, 1944, 6:19-27 — Dalsgaard-Nielsen, T. Om migraeene. Nord. med, 1943, 20: 1656-8.—Dougherty, E. F. Migraine. M. D, Chic, 1948, 3: 117-9.—Douthwaite, A. H. Sick headaches. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1940, 54: 334-8.—Eulenburg, A. Migrane. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1910, 9: 417-27.— Ferguson, F. R, & Critchley, M. Jaqueca [Transl.] Actual. med. mund, B. Air, 1933, 3: 144; passim.—Foote, S. A., jr. Migraine. Med. Rec, Houston, 1937, 31: 975-9.—Fornet, B. A migrainer61. Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 747-50.—Friedman, A. P. The migraine problem. N. York State J. M, 1949, 49: 1831- 4.—Gaba, H. Migraine. North End Clin. Q, 1941, 2: No. 3, 17.—Goltman, A. M. Migraine. Memphis M. J, 1937, 12: 69-71.—Hartsock, C. L. Migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 89: 1489-92.—Hines, E. A, jr. Migraine. Am. J. Nurs, 1938, 38: 988-92.—Jobin, J. B. La migraine. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 291-5.—Karmalska, L. Migraine. Univ. Toronto M. J, 1939-40, 17: 128-32.—Keyes, B. L. Migrame. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1949, 50: 1-6.—Lewis, W. W. The baffling commonplace; migraine. J. Lancet, 1934, 54: 659-63.— McLaren, K. A. Chronic and migraine headache. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1946, 39: 367-70.—Migraines et maux de tete. Votre sante, Par, 1946, No. 5, 3.—Misao. T., & Kimura, M. Henzutu. Rinsyo & kenkyu, 1947, 24: 280-3.—Morris, G. Hemicrania. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1948, 59: 565-7.—Mouri- quand, G. Cephalees; migraines. Medecin chez lui, 1938, 15: No. 14, 9-11.—Murray, R. V. Migraine. Texas J. M, 1933, 29: 514-7.—McGeachy, J. A. Migraine. Univ. Toronto M. J, 1935-36, 13: 155-9.—Newlin, F. P. Migraine. Bull. Pottawatomie Co. M. Soc, 1948, 11: No. 10, 7-11.—Nickum, O. C. Migraine. Nebraska M. J, 1934, 19: 26.—Pagniez, P. A propos de la migraine. Presse mid., 1933, 41: 1666-8.— Purves Stewart, J. Las cefaleas; migraine o jaqueca. Dfa med, B. Air, 1940, 12: 76.—Rehwald, E. Migrane. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 868.—Rowbothant, G. F. Migraine; neuro- pathology and medical and surgical treatment. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945, 81: 299.—Sarma, A. V. S. Migraine. J. South Ind. M, 1937, 4: 153; 175.—Smith, E. B. Migraine. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1946, 157: 320-2.—Smrha. V. V. Migraine. Nebraska M. J, 1936, 21: 423-6.—Storch, T. J. C. v. Migraine, 1947; a review. Am. Practitioner, 1946-47, 1: 631-9.— Touraine, G. A., & Draper, G. Abstract of paper on the mi- grainous patient. Tr. Am. Clin. Clim. Ass, 1933, 49: 27-33.— Wolff, H. G. Migraine. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1939, 165-9. ---- abdominal. See also other subheadings (allergic; digestive; duodenal) Balyeat, R. M. So-called abdominal migraine. Proc Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma City, 1933, 2: No. 3, 15. ------ Migraine attacks diagnosed acute appendicitis. Ibid, 1938, 7: No. 2, 14.—Blitzsten, N. L., & Brams, W. A. Migraine with abdominal equivalent. J. Am. M. Ass, 1926, 86: 675-7.— Boyd, J. S. Migraine simulating appendicitis. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 59.—DebrS, R, & Broca, R. La migraine chez l'enfant et son Equivalent abdominal. Bull, nted. Par, 1935, 49: 467.— Delay, J. Une epilepsie abdominale. Presse mid., 1949, 57: 1129.—Groh, R. H., & Veal, J. R. Cranial and abdominal migraine; report of a case. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1943, 12: 147-51.—Moore, M. T. Symptomatic abdominal epilepsy. Am. J. Surg, 1946, 72: 883-99. ------ Abdominal epilepsy. Rev. Gastroenter, N. Y, 1948, 15: 381-95 — Ornsteen, A. M. Migraine with motor aphasia, sensory aphasia and abdominal crises; report of cases. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1942, 48: 144.—Pollock, L. W, & Barborka, C. J. Abdominal migraine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927-28, 11: 1665-7.—Schapiro, M. M. Abdominal epilepsy; a case report. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1948, 11: 96-100.— Selling, L. Abdominal symptoms in epilepsy; report of five cases. Portland Clin. Bull, 1948-49, 2: 87-94.—Stevens, H. Abdominal epilepsy. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1949, 18: 565-8.—Tittaferrante, A. F. V. La epigastralgia de origen epileptico en los no videntes. Dfa m6d, B. Air, 1947, 19: 2376-9. ---- allergic. See also other subheadings (abdominal; di- gestive; epileptic; histaminic; ophthalmic; Treat- ment: Ergot alkaloids) Alexander, H. L. Allergic-like headaches. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1942-43, 37: 400.—Allan, W. The relation- ship of allergy to migraine. Internat. Clin, 1935, 45. ser, 3: 78-88.—Andresen, A. F. R. Migraine, an allergic phenomenon. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1934-35, 1: 14-7.—Balyeat, R. M. Mi- grainous and nonmigrainous allergic headaches in patients over sixty years of age. Proc Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma City, 1933, 2: 12-6. _------ Migraine; demonstrating the value of the leukopenic index in finding the positive food factors; case report. Ibid., 1937, 6: 8. ------ Incidence of allergic headaches. Q. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1939, 8: 13-7. Indications and contraindications for the use of ergotamine tartrate in allergic headaches. Ibid, 9: No. 2, 6-9. ------ & Brittain, F. L. Allergic migraine; based on the study of 55 cases. Am. J. M. Sc, 1930, 180: 212-21.— Balyeat, R. M, & Rinkel, H. J. Allergic migraine in children. Am. J. Dis. Child* 1931, 42: 1126-33. ------ Further studies in allergic migraine; based on a series of 202 consecutive cases. Ann. Int. M, 1931, 5: 713-28.—Beecher, W. L. Migraine or sick headache; a sensory disturbance due to protein sensitization or idiosyncrasy. Illinois M. J, 1929, 55:123-5.— Berg, W. Ueber Teeranaphylaxie und anaphylaktische Migrane. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 844. Also Zschr. klin. Med, 1928, 108: 482-8.—Bergqvist, N. Migranfall undersdkta ur allergisk synpunkt. Nord. med, 1948, 39: 1600-3.—Claybon, I. H. Allergic headache. Cincinnati J. M, 1947, 28: 23-9.— Curschmann, H. Zur Frage der allergischen Migrane. Ner- venarzt, 1931, 4: 71-5.—Estiu, M., & Dumm. J. F. Cefaleas alergicas. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1944, 52: 23-33.—Fasano, V. A. Considerazioni sulla emicrania e cefalea di origine MIGRAINE 243 MIGRAINE allergica. Arch, psicol. neur, Milano, 1948, 9: 462.—Feinberg, S. M. Allergy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 734. Allergic aspects of headache. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 38: 199. ------ Migraine and allergic headaches. In his Allergy in Pract, 2. ed. Chic, 1946, 733-45.—Foran, F. L. The allergic factor in migraine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1937, 21: 139-47.—Goltman, A. M. The mechanism of migraine. J. Allergy, 1935-36, 7: 351-5.—Hackzell, G, Kraepelien, S., & Vahlquist, B. Migraine and allergy. Acta allerg, Kbh, 1949, 2: 95-104.—Hahn, L. Migrane und Allergic Med. Klin, Berl, 1930, 26: 1219; 1257.—Hamburger, J. Le probleme des migraines allergiques. Rev. immun. Par, 1935, 1: 102-12. Also Strasbourg med, 1935, 95: 112-6.—Hanhart. E. Die idiosynkrasische Migrane. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 2006; passim.—Harkavy, J. Migraine. In: Allergy (Cooke, R. A.) Phila, 1947, 337-52.—Howes. H. A. Allergic headaches. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb, 1942, 8: 47.—Kampmeier, R. H. Ephedrine in allergic migraine. J. Allergy, 1933, 5: 74.— Kennedy, F. Allergy of the nervous system with especial reference to migraine. In: Fortsch. Allergie (Kall6s, P.) Basel, 1949, 2: 265-84.—Moreno, J. Jaqueca y alergia. Prensa med. argent, 1938, 25: pt 2, 2221-4.—Ogden, H. D. Inhalant sensitizations in allergic headaches. South, M. J, 1948, 41: 931-6.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot. Migraines et anaphylaxie. Medecine, Par, 1922-23, 4: 371.—Richards, M. H, & Balyeat, R. M. The inheritance of allergy with special reference to migraine. Genetics, 1933, 18: 129-47. Also Sc. Papers Internat. Congr. Eugen. (1932) 1934, 3. Congr, 314-21.—Rinkel, H. J. Headaches due to specific sensitiza- tion. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1932-33, 1: No. 8, 8-11. ------ Migraine; some considerations of allergy as a factor in familial recurrent headache. J. Allergy, 1933, 4: 303-14.— Rowe, A. H. Allergic migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1932, 99: 912-5.—Schroeder, A. H. Jaqueca con hemianestesia y afasia a repetici6n de origen alergico. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1946. 21: 58-61.—Service, W. C. The role of allergy in migraine. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1939, 36: 471-5.—Seyler, L. E. Beef, a factor in allergic headache. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1935, 4: No. 3, 14.—Shuey. C. B. Vascular mechanisms in allergic headaches. South. M. J, 1947, 40: 440-3.—Sippe, C. Migraine from the allergic viewpoint; results of treatment in 105 cases. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 1: 893-5.—Stexba, R. Asthma bronchiale, migtena a reumatis- mus jakozto alergickS choroby pfemeny laktov6 ovlivnetie' faktory klimatobiologickymi. Prakt. lek, Praha, 1946, 26: 336; passim.—Sweetser, H. B., jr. The allergic factor in migraine. Minnesota M, 1934, 17: 31.—Tuft. L. Allergic migraine. Pennsylvania M. J, 1935-36, 39: 162-6— Turnbull, J. A. Allergy as a factor in headaches. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1948, 15: 16-20.—Unger, L. Migraine reproduced by injec- tions of specific allergens. Mississippi Valley M. J, 1941, 63: 175-8.—Urbach. E, & Gottlieb, P. M. Allergic headaches. In their Allergy, N. Y, 1943, 923. ------ Migraine. Ibid, 924-36.—Vaughan, W. T. Allergic migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1927, 88: 1383-6.—Vemey, L. L'emicrania quale allergopatia. Attual. med, Roma, 1943, 8: 88-96.—Wolf, A. A, & Unger, L. Migraine due to milk; feeding tests. Ann. Int. M, 1944, 20: 828-31.—Zussman, B. M. Allergy of the eye associated with migraine headache: case report. Ann. Allergy, 1949. 7: 524-7. ---- angioparalytic. See subheading (vasomotor) ---- atypical. Betjther, R. P. *Ueber seltene Migrane- formen. 38p. 8? Rostock, 1919. Eckstein, L. *Zwei Falle von atypischer Migrane [Freiburg] 9p. 8? Stockach (Baden) 1932. Didsbury, G. Traitement anatomique de la migraine; etude complementaire des formes atypiques ou dissociees. Presse therm, clim, 1934, 75: 169-72—Heymanowitsch, A. J. Ueber atypische Migrane. Nervenant, 1931, 4: 640^4.— Hoch, P. Ueber seltene Formen der Migrane. Arch. Psy- chiat, Berl, 1932, 97: 553-68.—Mayer, W. Notes on the unusual course in certain cases of migrame. Psychiat. Q, 1941, 15: 571-3.—Riley, H. A, Bnckner, R. M., & Soltz. S. E. Unusual types of migraine. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 19d5, 4: 403-21.—Satre, A. Un cas curieux d'hemicrame. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1918, 18: 258.—Serani, H, & Guzmfin Y. R. Jaquecas atipicas. Rev. med. Chile, 1949, 77: 634-6 — Witt W. H. Migraine, with special reference to certam modifications. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1932, 25: 409-13. ---- Autonomic nervous system. See also subheading Nervous system; also Sympathalgia. . Brunelli. A. Migraine et sympathalgie homolaterale de l-hemicorps. Rev. neur. Par, 1937 68: 167-73.-70™. C Sympathalgia faciales bilaterales k caractere migrarneux, sympathectomies cervicales; guerison. Rey. otoneur. Par, 1947 19- 350-2.—Jimenez Diaz, C, Lorente, L. [et al.] In- vestigaciones sobre el mecanismo de los paroxismos vegetativos (estudios sobre enfermos de jaqueca) Rev. clin. espan, 1941, 3: 417-25.—Lenormand, C. La migraine; le r61es du sympa- thique dans son etiologie, sa pathogenie et son traitement. J. med. chir. Par, 1946, 117: 138-59.—Michaelson. I. C. Angina capitis. Brit. J. Ophth, 1932, 16: 202-17.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot & Hamburger, J. La crise migraineuse est-elle d'origine sympathique? Presse mid., 1934, 42: 1681.— Riley, W. H. Migraine; a disorder of the sympathetic nervous system. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1937, 36: 831-9.—Rowbotham, G. F. Migraine and the sympathetic nervous pathways. Brit. M. J, 1946, 2: 319-22.—Solomon, P. The sympathetic nervous system in migraine; negative effect of ergotamine tartrate on the electrical resistance of the skin during the relief of migraine headache. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1936, 35: 964-74.—Stemmer, W. Die Migrane als Sym- pathikuskrise und ihre Behandlung mit Praephyson. Fortsch. Ther, 1937, 13: 348-51. aviator's. Engel, G. L., Romano, J. [et al.] Electro- encephalograph^ observations of two cases of the scotoma-migraine syndrome complicating decompression sickness. lOp. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 227, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Davis D. B., & Bick, J. W, jr. The diagnosis of migraine in flying personnel. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 17-20.—Hughes, J. P. W. High altitude physiology and the reaction of the migraine subject. East Afr. M. J, 1944, 21: 20-4.-—Scotoma; migraine syndrome. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1947, No. 2, 13; No. 3, 20, ch. ---- cervical. Syn.: Sympathetic cervical posterior syndrome; Barre-Lieou syndrome; Barre-Bartschi syndrome. Baktschi-Rochaix, W. Migraine cervicale; das encephale Syndrom nach Halswirbeltrauma. 188p. 23y2cm. Bern, 1949. Deveze, G. *Le syndrome sympathique cervical posterieur de Barre-Lieou post-trau- matique; a propos de dix-huit observations [Marseille] 99p. 24cm. Nimes, 1937. El Kassab Abdul Majid. *Le syndrome sympathique cervical posterieur de Barre et Lieou; clinique, interpretation pathogenique et radontherapie. 93p. 25^cm. Montpel., 1934. Bartschi-Rochaix, W. Troubles encephaliques apres lesion meconnue de la colonne cervicale; la migraine cervicale. Paris med, 1947, 37: 178-80. ------ La migraine cervicale post- traumatique et ses rapports avec le syndrome sympathique cervical posterieur de Barre. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1947, 19: 16-20. ------ Le diagnostic de l'encephalopathie post- traumatique d'origine cervicale (migraine cervicale) Praxis, Bern, 1948, 37: 673-7. ------ Das Tomogramm bei post- traumatischer migraine cervicale. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1948, 62: 419-23.—Ballivet. J. Le syndrome sym- pathique cervical posterieur de Barre-Lieou. J. med. Lyon, 1947, 28: 605-7.—Barre. Remarques sur les phenomenea d'irritation et de paralysie sympathiques, les troubles circula- toires d'origine sympathique, le R. O. C, le sensibilite k la douleur du sympathique, le syndrome sympathique cervical posterieur, la valeur des tests pharmacologiques et l'importance des troubles sympathiques dans l'hystene. Rev. neur. Par, 1926, 33: 1046-9. ------ Sur un syndrome sympathique cervical posterieur et sa cause frequente; l'arthrite cervicale. Ibid, 1246-8.—Euziere. El sindrome simpatico cervical posterior. Ars medica, Barcel, 1934, 10: 233-43.—Ferreri, G. Sulla sindrome simpatica cervicale posteriore. Riv. otoneuroft, 1928, 5: 541-51.—Gayral, L. Les syndromes du sympathique cervical posterieur. Toulouse med, 1949, 50: 479-503. ---:— Une forme particuliere des syndromes du sympathique cervical posterieur. Ibid., 515.—Guidotti, C. Terapia Roentgen- diatermica in un caso di sindrome simpatico cervicale posteriore o morbo di Barte-Lieou. Arch, radiol. Nap, 1939, 15: 318- 21.—Hunger, C. R., & Mayfield, F. H. Role of the upper cervical roots in the production of pain in the head. Am. J. Surg 1949, 78: 743-51.—Jackson, R. The cervical syndrome as a cause of migraine. J. Am. M. Women Ass, 1947, 2: 529-34.—Streiff, E. B. La symptomatologie oculaire du syndrome cervical posterieur (Barre-Bartschi) Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 697.—Viallefont, H. Les manifestations oculaires du eyndrome sympathique cervical posterieur. Arch. opht., Par, 1933, 50: 630-2. ---- Clinical aspect. Wit, J. C. de. Migraine; vormen, oorzaken en behandelingsmethoden. p.291-347. 24%cm. Haarlem, 1949. In: Geneesk. bl, 1949, 43: MIGRAINE 244 MIGRAINE Allan, F. N. Migraine Lahey Clin. Bull, 1942-43, 3: 55-60.—Alvarez, W. C. Migraine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1940, 24: 1171-7.—Amyot, R. La migraine; etiologie, patho- genie, notions cliniques et traitement. Union med. Canada, 1933, 62: 857-67.—Bassoe, P. Migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 599-605.—Biro, L. Beitrag zur Migriinefrage. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1944, 74: 1040.—Black, G. H. Mi- graine. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 2: 37-46.—Bonn, F. L. Ueber Migrane. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1097-102 — Bramwell, E, McMullen, W. H. [et al.] Discussion on mi- graine. Brit. M. J, 1926, 2: 76.5-75.—Conwell, D. V, & Kurth, C. J. A clinical approach to the migraine problem. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1940, 41: 413-7.—Critchley, M, & Ferguson, F. R. Migraine. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 2: 123; 182.—Dannen- berg, T. B. Migraine, histamine, allergic and other related cephalgias. Permanente Found. M. Bull, Oakland, 1944, 2: 183-91.—Dowling, G. A. Migraine. Clin. Virginia Mason Hosp, Seattle, 1930-31, 9: 57-60.—Elliot, R. H. Migraine. Postgrad. M. J, Lond, 1932, 8: 328; 363. ■------ Migraine, a close analysis of a further series of 100 cases. Ibid, 1935, 11: 314-23.—Enomoto, M. Teikei-teki henzutu no iti rei ni tai- suru rinsyogaku-teki kosatu. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1942, 54: 971-82.—Fennel, E. A. Migraine; a case report. Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1936, 2: No. 10, 13-6.—Geoghegan, J. Migraine. Med. Press & Circ, Dub), 1934, 189: 413-6.—Gordon, A. H. Migraine. Northwest M, 1934, 33: 151-60. ------ A clinical lecture on migraine. N. England J. M, 1935, 213: 1017-21.—Hetenyi, G. Ueber die Migrane-Krankheit. Praxis, Bern, 1944, 33: 321-5.—Hunt. T. C. Migraine. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1937, 419-31.— Ingelrans, L. Les migraines. Echo mid. nord, 1935, 3. ser, 3: 461-75.—Jimenez-Diaz, C, Sanchez Cuenca, B, & Garcia- Donas, A. Estudios sobre la jaqueca habitual. An. Clin. Jimenez Diaz, Madr. (1931) 1932, 4: 261-307.—McClure, C. W, & Huntsinger, M. E. Observations on migraine. Bos- ton M. & S. J, 1927, 196: 270-3.— MacLaughlin, F. A. Mi- graine. Ulster M. J, 1946, 15: 153-64.—Maranon, G. La jaqueca. In his Probl. clin. &c, Madr, 1937, 98-108.— Matzdorff, P. Die Migrane in der arztlichen Praxis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 1434-6.—Osborne, O. T. The migraine svndrome. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 6: 691-6.—Palmer, H. D. Migraine headache. Clinics, Phila, 1945-46, 4: 531-54.— Pinczewski. Un cas de syndrome migraino-tetanique. Rev. neur. Par, 1934, 41: pt 2, 153.—Pineyro, J. A. Considera- ciones acerca de la hemicrania o jaqueca. Cruz Roja dominie, 1948, 14: No. 2, 6-14.—Reymond, J. C. La vraie migraine; etude clinique. J. prat. Par, 1948, 62: 415.—Riley, H. A. Migraine. In: Pract. Libr. M. & S, N. Y, 1936, 9: 943-61 — Romberg, E. Ueber Migriine. Munch, med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 22-5.—Rupert, M. P. S, & Wilson. E. E. A study of migraine. Tr. Alumnae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Pennsylvania, 1918, 43: 81-9.—Scheer. W. M. v. d. Over migraine. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1938, 82: pt 4, 5843-50— Schroeder, M. J. Interesting phases of migraine. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1941, 154: 107.—Simons, D. J. Migraine and other headaches. In: Pract. Med. (Tice, F.) Hagerstown, 1932-48, 10: 281-92.— Slight, D. Migraine. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1936, 35: 268-73.— Storch, T. J. C. v. The migraine syndrome. N. England J. M, 1937, 217: 247-51. Also Med. Clin. N. America, 1938 22: 689-94.—Symonds, C. P, Thursfield, H. [et al.] Dis- cussion on migraine. Proc R. Soc. M, Lond, 1926-27, 20: Sect. Med, 15-28.—Wolf, S, jr, & Wolff, H. G. Intermittent attacks of fever occurring for 13 vears in a patient with migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1942, 48: 852-4.—Worster- Drought, C. Observations on persistent and recurrent headache with special reference to migraine. Postgrad. M. J, Lond. 1939. 15: 309-17. ---- Constitution, habitus, and personality. See also subheading Nervous system. Allan, W. The neuropathic taint in migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1927, 18: 587-90.—Alvarez, W. C. The migrainous personality; an essential feature of the disease. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin. (1945) 1946, 37: 838. The migrainous personality and constitution; the essential features of the disease; a study of 500 cases. Am. J. M. Sc, 1947, 213: 1-8.—Heine. Lebensschicksale von Patienten mit Migrane und Hemianopsie. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1936, 83: 1415; passim.—Knopf, O. Preliminary report on personality studies in thirty migraine patients. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis 1935, 82: 270; 400.—Puyuelo, E. La personalidad de los jaquecosos. Dia med, B. Air, 1949, 21: 1723-6.—Ross, W. D, & McNaughton, F. L. Objective personality studies in migraine by means of the Rorschach method. Psychosomat M„ 1945, 7: 73-9—Stieglitz, E. J. The migraine physique. Am. J. M. Sc, 1935, 189: 359-64.—Touraine. G. A, & Draper, G. The migrainous patient; a constitutional study. J Nerv' Ment. Dis, 1934, 80: 1; 183.—Trowbridge, L. S, Cushman! D. [et al.] Notes on the personality of patients with migraine' Ibid, 1943, 97: 509-17—Wolff, H. G. Personality features and reactions of subjects with migraine. Arch. Neur. Psvchiat Chic, 1937, 37:895-921. y " --- Diagnosis. Balyeat, R. M. treatment. 242p. 8 Migraine; diagnosis and Phila., 1933. Balyeat, R. M. Migraine: diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment. Northwest M, 1934, 33: 343-51.—Castex. Jaqueca. Dia med, B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 265.—Lenormand, C. La migraine; notions acquises et hypotheses tecentes sur son diagnostic, ses causes et son mecanisme. Gaz. mid. France, 1948, 55: 814—22.—Moss, L. Pseudo-migraine and its relation to neurofibrositis of the scalp. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 800.— Nicholls, E. E. The diagnosis and treatment of migraine. Pennsylvania M. J, 1947-48, 51: 423-6.—Riley, H. A, Soltz, S. E. [et al.] The examination by routine laboratory methods of a group of patients suffering from migraine. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1935, 4: 442-50.—Schnitker, M. T, & Schnitker. M. A. A clinical test for migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 135: 89.—Villacian, J. M. Elementos de diagnostico y de trata- miento de la jaqueca. Trazos, Bilbao, 1949, No. 6, 3-8.— Weismann-Netter, R. Le diagnostic differentiel et etiologique des migraines. Gaz. mid. France, 1930, 7-12. ---- digestive. See also subheadings (abdominal; allergic; duo- denal; Liver) Alvarez, W. C, Bargen, J. A, & Brown, P. W. Digestive disturbances associated with migraine. In: Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A, ed.) N. Y, 1940, 3: 223.—Balyeat, R. M. The relation of cyclic vomiting to migraine in adult life. Proc Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1938, 7: 24.—Fruictier, P. La paralysie gastrique dans la migraine. Clinique, Par, 1935, 30: 158.—Jordan, S. M. Relationship of migraine to functional colon disease. Tr. Am. Gastroenter. Ass. (1928) 1929, 31: 332-58.—Kaufman, J, & Levine, I. Acute gastric dilatation of stomach during attack of migraine. Radiology, 1936, 27: 301.—Laing, G. H. Migraine types in relation to the gastro- intestinal tract. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 11: 49-54.— Matignon, J. J. La diarrhee, Equivalent clinique du vomisse- ment chez les migraineux. Paris mid., 1926, 59: 337-9.— Monges, J. La paralysie gastrique dans la migraine. Arch. mal. app. digest. Par, 1934, 24: 984-8.—Origine digestive de la migraine. Clinique, Par, 1936, 31: 229.—Ott. M. D. Gastro- intestinal allergy and migraine in childhood. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 192-4.—Paraf, A. Les migraines digestives. Entre- tiens de Bichat, 1949, med, 255-8.—Seyler, L. E. Acute abdominal symptoms associated with migraine due to food. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1934, 3: 15.—Simons, A. Salz- und Sauregier bei Migrane. Mschr. Psychiat, 1928, 68: 544-50.—Surmont, H. Les migraines d'origine digestive. Echo med. nord, 1929, 33: 493-8.—Todd, L. C. Food allergy with special reference to migraine. South. M. & S, 1933 95: 587-92. ---- duodenal. See also other subheadings (abdominal; di- gestive; Liver) Bonhomme, R. Contribution a l'etude de la migraine duodenale [Paris] 85p. 8? Angers, 1935. Denechau, D, & Bonhomme, R. A propos de la migraine duodenale; deux faits inedits et longuement suivis pouvant s'y rapporter. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser, 51: 363-70. ---- Ear. See also Meniere's syndrome. Adam, J. Case of menterism and migraine; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1940, 55: 224.—Atkinson, M. Meniere's syndrome and migraine; observations on a common causal relationship. Ann. Int. M, 1943, 18: 797-808.—Roger, Simeon & Denizet. Migraine a type otalgique chez un enfant. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1927, 5: 563-5. Endocrine aspect. See also other subheadings (estrogenic; Pitu- itary; Treatment: Hormone) also Myxedema, Manifestations; Ovary, Deficiency; Thyroid, Disorders, etc. Endocrine factor in migraine. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 255.— Glass, S. J. Migraine and ovarian deficiency. Endocrinology, 1936, 20: 333-8— Grunert, K. Dysfunktion der Augen und ovanelle Migrane. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1939, 86: 841-7. T.—71- Augenfehler und ovarielle Migrane. Umschau, 1940, 44: 545-7. Also Med. germ, Rio, 1940-41, 9: 636-41 — Hartung, E. F. Endocrine factors in migraine. Med. J. & Rec. 1930, 132: 497-500—Hoesch, K. Migrane und Neben- schilddriiseninsumzienz. Zbl. inn. Med, 1937, 58: 945-55 — JV>o^erer' HV Migrane und Schilddruse. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1937 50: 307.—Lasz, J, & Steuer, E. I. Beitrag zur Sympto- matologie und Therapie der thyreogenen Migrane. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 853-5.—Ley, A. Migraine et hypothy- roidie. J. neur. psychiat, Brux, 1931, 31: 494-6.—Maranon, ^: ,^ies end°crinos da cefalea e da enxaqueca. Hospital, Rio, 1938, 13: 259-64.—Moehlig, R. C. Migraine; a study based on one hundred cases. Endocrinology, 1931, 15: 11-6.— Potzl, O, Auersperg, A. [et al.] Thyreogene Migrane. Wien. MIGRAINE 245 MIGRAINE med. Wschr, 1939, 89: 743.—Sterling, W. [Role of endocrine, especially of parathyroid glands, in pathogenesis of migraine] Polska gaz. lek, 1929. 8: 765-7. ---- Epilepsy. See also under Epilepsy. Balyeat, R. M. Migraine due to food diagnosed as petit mal; case report. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1932-33, 1: No. 10, 15.—Epilepsy and migraine are related diseases. Science News Lett, 1941, 40: 53.—Haskovec. Petit mal et migrane ophtalmique chez les fteres jumeaux. Bull. Soc. neur. Paris, 1904, 6: 351.—Knapp, A. Genuine Epilepsie und Migrane. Med. Welt, 1941, 15: 1257-61.—Lennox, W. G. Practical points in the diagnosis and treatment of epilepsy and migraine. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1941, 10: 459- 62.—Nielsen, J. M, & Thompson, G. N. Migraine and idiopathic epilepsy. In their Engramme of Psychiat, Springf, 1947, 335-56.—Ruffin. Migraneartig auftretende Starrezu- stande. Deut. med. Rdsch, 1948, 2: 107. ---- Equivalent. See also other subheadings (abdominal; di- gestive) Curschmann, H. Observaciones sobre la jaqueca y sus equivalentes. Rev. mid. germ. iber. amer, 1934, 7: 81-6.— Frouchtman, R. Los equivalentes migranoides. Medicina, Mex, 1949, 29: 151-8.—Neumann, H. Die pathogenetische Bedeutung der Migraneaquivalente. Med. Klin, Berl, 1941, 37: 1133.—Nielsen, J. M, & Ingham, S. D. Evidence of focal vascular disturbance in migraine equivalent; report of four cases. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1940, 5: 113-9.—Slight, D, & Morrison, D. A. R. Migraine equivalents. Am. J. Psychiat, 1940-41, 97: 623-32. ---- estrogenic. See also subheading (Endocrine aspect) Estrogenic migraine and its treatment with progesterone. What's New, North Chic, 1947, No. 118, 6.—Riley, H. A, Brickner, R. M, & Kurzrock, R. The abnormal excretion of tbeelin and prolan in patients suffering from migraine; a pre- liminary report. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1933, 59: 174-6. Also Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York. 1933, 3: 53-83. ---- Etiology. See also other subheadings. Aikin, J. M. Etiology and treatment of migraine. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, 1902, 34: 140-6.—Alvarez, W. C. Migraine, a disease of civilization. Trained Nurse, 1940, 104: 495.— Babcock, C. G. Report of a study of cases with headache as the presenting symptom. J. Am. M. Women Ass, 1947, 2: 329- 35.-—Balyeat, R. M. Migraine occurring in an American Indian. Q. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1938, 7: No. 3, 18 — Bodman, F. On migraine; its aetiology and treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1931, 132: 312—Chenier, G. La mi- graine d'origine alimentaire. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1919, 19: 171-4.—DeJong, R. N. Migraine; etiology and treatment of the sick headache. Am. J. Nurs, 1946, 46: 580-2— Dilata- tion of carotid artery is blamed for migraine. Science News Lett, 1940, 37: 381.—Dossola, A. A. Etiologia y patogenia de la jaqueca. Sem. med, B. Air, 1936, 43: pt 2, 237-45 — Fisher, E. A. Migraine and the closed bite. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 844.-—Gonzalez Deleito, F. Las causas de la jaqueca esencial. Siglo med, 1934, 94: 542-5.—Guillaume, A. C. L'influence du sexe, le facteur individuel, le facteur familial et l'heredite dans la migraine. Arch. mal. app. digest. Par, 1935, 25: 1093-101. —---- Les conditions etiologiques de la migraine; valeur respective des conditions endocriniennes, des conditions m6taboliques et des conditions digestives. Ibid, 1103-14. ■----— Les parentis pathologiques de la migraine. Ibid, 1936, 26: 97-106. Also Gaz. hop, 1936, 109: 619; 677. ------ Existe-t-il une cause anatomique de la migraine? Ibid, 1381-4.—Inskeep, L. D. Etiology and treatment of migraine. Northwest M, 1933, 32: 67-72.— Johnston, C. R. K. Migraine in a patient with essential hyper- tension; report of a case. Cleveland Clin. Q, 1938, 5: 221.— Klotz, H. P. Cephalalgies et migraines sur terrain spasmo- phile. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1949, 65: 1423—Laignel- Lavastine. Migraine et cellulite. Rev. odont. Par, 1946, 68: 363-74.—Luce, R. A, jr. Theories related to the etiology of the migraine syndrome. Tufts M. J, 1945-46, 13: 12-4 — Marshall, W. MigTaine; its causes and treatment with author s theory and therapy. Med. Times, N. Y, 1947, 75: 194-6.— Matzdorff, P. Fieber, Infektionskrankheiten (inkl. Lues) und Migraneanfalle. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1938, 146: 76-101.— Moloney, J. C. The etiology of migraine. Arch. Neur. Psy- chiat, Chic, 1928, 19: 684-8.—Mushin, B. Migraine. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 546.—Nicolai, H. Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Zusammenhanges zwischen Migrane und Fokahnfekt. Ther. Gegenwart, 1939, 80: 285.—Pfeiffer, C, Dreisbach, R. H. [et al.l The etiology of the migraine syndrome, a physiologic approach. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 1219-25.- Pieritz, K. Beitrag zur Frage der Aetiologie und Behandlung der Migrane. Zahnarztl. Rdsch, 1943, 52: 929-34.—Pulsifer, L. Migraine; a common-sense approach. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1935-36, 2: 397-401.—R, A. Jaqueca. Prensa med. argent, 1946, 33: 2340-2.—Renaudin, H, Bernard, L, & Dumazer, R. Migraine et hypertension passagere par 16sion uteterale uni- laterale. Rev. gen. med. chir. Union fr, Alger, 1948, 25: 611-7.—Reymond, J. C. La vraie migraine; 6tiologie et physio- logie pathologique. J. prat. Par, 1948, 62: 439^-41.— Schmitz, K. Uma contribuicao k etiologia e terapeutica da migraine. Med. germ, Rio, 1941-42, 10: 513-5.—Schorn, J. Die Aetiologie und Therapie der Migrane nach dem Schrifttum der letzten Jahre. Fortsch. Neur. Psychiat, 1939, 11: 276- 86.—Segrest, G. O. Etiology and treatment of migraine, with report of case. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1932, 2: 232-5— Slater, J. K. Symposium on headache as a symptom; migraine. Edinburgh M. J, 1948, 55: 173-5.—Thaler, W. H. Observa- tions on the probably basic etiology of migraine. Am. Med, 1936, 42: 558-64.—Wohrmann, W. Die Migrane als Symptom einer Organerkrankung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1940, 90: 371-3. ---- Forensic aspect. Grunert, K. Bewertung der Migrane als Ehehindernis. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 22. ---- fronto-basilary. See also Hemicraniosis. Lunedei, A. Sulle flogosi croniche fronto- basilari iperergiche. p.81-142. 26>/2cm. Fir., 1948. In: Riv. clin. med, 1948, 48: Belloni, G. B. A proposito di flogosi fronto-basilari. Riv. clin. med, 1948, 48: 143-7.—Rubino, A. Segni e sintomi oculari nelle meningo-endocraniosi. Riv. otoneur, 1948, 23: 23-36.—Sa'otti, A. La flogosi cronica fronto-basilare nel quadro roentgen. Riv. clin. med, 1948, 48: 148-61. ---- Heart. See also Angina pectoris; Heart rate, Paroxys- mal tachycardia. Bertagnoni. Tachycardie paroxystique a la suite de mi- graine. Rev. neur. Par, 1925, 32: pt 2, 773-5—Dalsgaard- Nielsen, T. Migraene og paroxysmatisk tachycardi. Nord. med, 1948, 37: 28.—Fitz-Hugh, T, jr. Precordial migraine; an important form of angina innocens. Internat. Clin, 1940 n. ser, 1: 141-7. ---- hemiplegic. See also subheading Nervous system. Roger, H, & Alliez, J. Les migraines hemiplegiques. Rev. neur. Par, 1936, 65: 1423-32.—Roger, H, & Mouren, P. Crises de migraines accompagnees de dysesthgsie cheiro-orales, de paralysie brachiale droite et d'aphasie, d'origine specifique chez un hepatique par ailleurs gaucher. Rev. otoneur. Par. 1947, 19: 229. ---- Heredity. Allan, W. The inheritance of migraine. Arch. Int. M, 1928, 42: 590-9. Also Eugen. News, 1928, 13: 100.—Bell, J. On the inheritance of migraine; a preliminary note. Ann. Eugen, Cambr, 1933, 5: 311-25.—Eichler-Oheim, L. Die Migrane. Fortsch. Erbpath, 1943-44, 7:-8: 1-29.—Faroy, G. Le r61e du foie dans la migraine. Prat. mid. fr, 1935, 16: 92-101.—Jimenez Diaz, C. La neurodistonfa migranoide como ejemplo de herencia de cualidades de reaccion. An. Inst, invest, med, Madr. (1937-41) 1942, 1: 183-8. ------& Oya, J. C. de. Sobre la neurodistonfa migranoide y su trans- mision hereditaria, herencia de la jaqueca. Ibid, 189-207.— Matzdorff, P. Erblichkeitsfragen im Migranekreise. Nerven- arzt, 1940, 13: 529-37. —— Eineiige Migranezwillinge. Ibid, 1942, 15: 204-8.—Schachter, M. Etude genealogique d'une fratrie atteinte de migraine et de gaucherie. M6decin fr, 1947, 7: 225. Also Praxis, Bern, 1947, 36: 588-90. ---- Histamine headache. See also subheading (Treatment: Histamine) Alford, R. I, & Whitehouse, F. R. Histaminic cephalalgia with duodenal ulcer. Ann. Allergy, 1945, 3: 200-3.—Autio, L, & Ermala, P. Determination of histamine in cerebrospinal fluid in some neuro-psychiatric cases. Ann. med. exp. biol. fenn, 1949, 27: 87-101.—Brewerton, D. A. Histamine and headaches. McGill M. J, 1945, 14: 51-61.—Briceno Maaz, T. Cefalalgia histamlnica. Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia, 1941, 15: 1377-9.—Brown, C. Y, & Cline, C. A, jr. A review of his- tamine cephalgia with a report of five cases. Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1948, 3: No. 7, 46-53.—Cattaneo, R. La cefalea provocata da istamina negli allergici. Arch. sc. med. Tor, 1949, 88: 539-54.—Caughey, J. E. Histaminic headache; Horton's syndrome; case report. N. Zealand M. J, 1947, 46: 531.—Cronholm, B. Allergi, histaminoverkanslighet och histaminbehandling vid olika former av huvudvark, spec. migran. Nord. med, 1944, 22: 865-70.—Dalsgaard-Nielsen, T. Histaminhovedpine. Ugeskr. laeger, 1945, 107: 377.— MIGRAINE 246 MIGRAINE Dixon, O. J. The use of histamine in the diagnosis and treat- ment of headache. Kansas City M. J, 1948, 24: 11.—Dooner, H, & Anwandter, J. Sindrome de Horton. Rev. nted. Chile, 1945, 73: 436-40.—Ekbom, K. A. Ergotamine tartrate orally in Horton's histaminic cephalalgia; also called Harris's ciliary neuralgia; a new method of treatment. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1947, Suppl. 46, 105-13—Eszenyi-Halasy, M. La cephalfie histaminique. Gior. med. mil, 1948, 95: 453-8. Also Brit. M. J, 1949, 1: 1121-3.—Fisher, R. L. Histaminic cephalalgia; with case reports. Bull. Alexander Blain Hosp, 1944, 3: No. 2, 17-9.—Friedman, A. P, & Brenner, C. Post- traumatic and histamine headache. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1944, 52: 126-30.—Goodman, E. G, & Coonrad, R. W. Prophylactic effect of benadryl on experimental histamine headache. J. Allergy, 1947, 18: 402-7.—Grana, A. Cefalalgia histamlnica de Horton. Arch. urug. med, 1943 , 22: 553-7.— Guzman, R, & Serani, H. Sindrome de Horton. Rev. mid. Chile, 1949, 77: 284-9.—Haj6s, M. Histamin-fejfajas es allergia. Orv. hetil, 1950, 91: 235-7.—Hamilton, H. S. Histamine cephalalgia with report of two cases. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 154-7. Also Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1947, 2: No. 5, 43-7.—Higgins, W. H. Histaminic cephalalgia with specific therapy. Virginia M. Month, 1944, 71: 578.— Horton, B. T. Histaminic cephalalgia resulting in the produc- tion of acute duodenal ulcer. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1942, 15: 29.—Hug, E. Histamina y hemicrania. Medicina, B. Air, 1945-46, 6: 100-2.—Lee, J. H, jr. Use of benadryl in histamine headache; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1949, 49: 94-6.—Lieder, L. E. Histaminic cephalalgia and migraine. Ann. Int. M, 1944, 20: 752-9.—Little, A. H. Histaminic cephalalgia. Mississippi Doctor, 1942-43, 20: 392- 400.—Martinetti, R, & Pini, E. La stimolazione meccanica del ganglio sfenopalatino e capace d'interrompere la cefalea istaminica provocata. Clin, otorinolar, Roma, 1949, 1: 191- 200.—Mifatsky, Z, & Star?, O. O uCasti histaminu v patho- genese z&chvatu migreny. Neur. & psychiat. 6esk&, 1948, 10: 34-54.—Moss, H. K. Histamine and headache. Cin- cinnati J. M, 1947, 28: 17-22.—Pai, M. N. Relation of histamine headache to post-contusipnal and psychogenic head- ache. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1945, 91: 213-6.—Quirno, N, Sallares, S. A, & Odoriz, J. B. Cefalea histamlnica. Dia med, B. Air, 1942, 14: 1180-4.—Roberg, N. B. A case of probable intracranial aneurysm associated with the syndrome of histaminic cephalalgia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 124: 566-8.— Salinger, S. Histamine in certain types of headache. Wis- consin M. J, 1948, 47: 382-5.—Scarborough, A. M. Case report of histaminic cephalalgia. Bull. Greenville Co. M. Soc, 1941, 4: 179-81—Storch.T. J. C. Relation of experimental histamine headache to migraine and non-migraine headache. Collect. Papers Dep. Nerv. Harvard M. School, 1941, 11: No. 57, 1-7.—Swanson, L. W. Histaminic cephalalgia; report of a case. J. Allergy, 1944, 15: 144-6.—Walker, R. P. His- tamine cephalalgia. Memphis M. J, 1946, 21: 88.—Wilhelm, S. K. Histaminic cephalalgia; a case report. Rocky Moun- tain M. J, 1945, 42: 360-2.—Witkowski, J. L. Histamine headache. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1948, 45: 69. ---- History and iconography. Alvarez, W. C. Was there sick headache in 3000 B. C? Gastroenterology, 1945, 5: 524.—Bartholin, T. Hemicrania periodica. Misc. med. phys. Acad, natur. curios, germ. Par, 1672, 1: 138.-—DeJong, R. N. Migraine; personal observations by physicians subject to the disorder. Ann. M. Hist, 1942, 3. ser, 4: 276-83.—Didsbury, G. Considerations sur la migrame d'apres Atetee de Cappadoce. Bull. Soc fr. hist. med, 1936, 30: 260-7.—Van Rampaey. Oh, ma tete! ma pauvre tete [Caricature] In: Memento ther. Par, 1946, 55. ---- Liver, and biliary tract. Glatter, L. Contribution a l'etude de la migraine biliaire et son traitement. 40p. 8° Par., 1937. Lefrancjois, R. *L'insuffisance hepatique, facteur Stiologique de la migraine. 52p. 8? Par., 1925. Brule, M, & Pestel, M. Les migraines et leurs rapports avec les affections de la vesicule biliaire. Bull. Acad, med Par, 1946, 130: 590-2.—Bullrich, R. A. Tratamiento de la jaqueca de origen hepatico por el drenaje clinico. Dfa med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 977-9.—Caroli, J. La migraine pteicte- nque. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser, 54: 204-8. ■----— Paraf, A, & Alliot, M. Contribution a l'etude physio- pathologique du role du foie dans les migraines. Ibid. 1949 65: 670-88. Also Sem. hop. Par, 1949, 25: 1743-52.— Chiray, M, & Lomon, A. Sur la migraine biliaire et son traitement par le drainage medical des voies biliaires. Bull Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser, 51: 932-8. Also J. med Paris, 1927, 46: 756-8. ------& Triboulet, F. Les migraines biliaires et leur traitement. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 271-5.— Diamond, J. S. Liver dysfunction in migrain; with a report of 35 cases. Am. J. M. Sc, 1927, 174: 695-702.—Etienne, G, & Col lesson, L. Les migraines; r61e du foie dans leur pathogenie; leur traitement par la therapeutique hepatique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser.; 51: 182-8. ------ Etude documentaire sur le substratum et le traitement hepa- tiques de la migraine. Rev. mid. est, 1935, 63: 237-57.— Faroy, G. Le r61e du foie dans la migraine. Progr. mid., Par, 1934, 1241-7.—Guillaume, A. C. Etudes sur la physifo pathologie de la migraine; la place de l'ei6ment hfipato-digesti- dans la maladie migraineuse. Arch. mal. app. digest. Par, 1937, 27: 82-9.—Hunt, T. C. Bilious migraine; its treatment with bile salt preparations. Lancet, Lond, 1933, 1: 279-85.— Jimenez Diaz. Jaqueca y colecistopatia. An. Clin. Jimenez Dfaz, Madr. (1932-33) 1934, 5: 645-8— Leopold-Levi. A propos des migraines hepato-hypophysaires. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1928, 474.—Lyon, D. M. Migraine and biliousness. Edinburgh M. J, 1940, 47: 177-91.—Marshall, W. Simple migraine; a modification of the gallbladder theory of causation. Gen. Pract, Los Ang, 1947, 10: No. 12, 13.—Migrane durch Leberstorung; ein neuer Forschungserfolg. Mitt. Biochem, 1938, 45: 123.— Morlock, C. G, & Alvarez, W. C. Has disease of the liver anything to do with the causation of migraine? J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 114: 1744.—Parturier, G. Semeiologie h6pato-biliaire de la migraine. Rev. nted. chir. mal. foie, 1937, 12: 5-24.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot, L, & Blamoutier, P. Traite- ment de certaines migraines par les tubages duod£naux, indica- tions; tesultats. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser, 51: 925-32.—Pierson, C. A, & Collesson, L. Le facteur hepatique de base dans la migraine essentielle et son traitement; k propos de 250 cas. Maroc med, 1947, 26: 404-8.—Tiprez, J. La migraine vesiculaire; 6tude clinique et radiologique. Echo med. Nord, 1934, 3. ser, 1: 297-308, 4 pi. Manifestations. See also Aphasia; Angioneurotic edema; Nausea; Vertigo; Vomiting, etc. Balyeat, R. M. Symptomatology of migraine. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1934, 3: No. 3, 6-11.—Bonhoeffer, K. Dauerausfallserscheinungen bei Migrane. Deut. med. Wschr, 1940, 66: 521-3.—Butler, T. H. Uncommon symptoms of migraine. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 205-21.— Carp, E. A. D. E. Migraine en periodieke ontstemmings- toestanden. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1944, 88: 418-20.—Chaves Velando, L. A. Sindrome intercalar de las crisis jaquecosas. Actas Jornad. neuropsiqui&t. panamer. (1939) 1940, 2. reun, 2: 80-8.-—Didsbury, G. Quelques considerations au sujet de la migraine. Odontologie, Par, 1931, 69: 254-9.—Goldbaum, R. C, & O'Connor, J. H, jr. The migraine syndrome; a review. Tufts M. J, 1949-50, 17: 16-20.—Grimes, E. The migraine instability. Med. J. & Rec, N. Y, 1931, 134: 417-22.— Guillaume, A. C. La valeur semiologique de la migraine. Hopital, 1936, 24: 640-6.—Leins. Zur Symptomatologie und Therapie der Migrane. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 766-8.—McCarthy, D. J, & Keyes, B. L. Migraine without headache. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1934, 60: 209.—Marshall, D. Migraine syndrome. Univ. West. Ontario M. J, 1949, 19: 64-77.—Raman, I. Fall av paroxysmal ensidig armsmarta hos migranpatient. Nord. med, 1941, 10: 1825 (Abstr.)— Sengupta, K. K. The migraine syndrome. Calcutta M. J, 1947, 44: 305-15.—Seyler, L. E. Migraine associated with purpura, colitis, perennial vasomotor rhinitis and asthma. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1935, 4: 7.—Shapiro, M. D. Migraine. Q. Chicago M. School, 1943-44, 4: No. 3, 6-8 — Sheppard, W. B. A layman considers migraine. Ann. Int. M, 1932, 5: 1532-9—Toyama, T. Zen-hansin no husyu wo tomonaeru kyomi-aru hentotu no iti rei [ein interessanter Fall von Migrane in Verbindung mit Oedem einer ganzen Korperhalfte] Nippon J. Clin. Angiocard, 1937-38, 3: 454-8.-—Tripi, G. Le sindromi emicraniche. Riv. san. sicil, 1936, 24: 937-47.—Wiener, E. Zur Kenntnis der Migrane; Selbstbeobachtung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 1586-9.— Wolf, S, & Wolff, H. G. Intermittent fever of unknown origin; recurrent high fever with benign outcome in a patient with migraine, and notes on neurogenic fever. Arch. Int. M, 1942, 70: 293-302. ------ Intermittent fever occurring for 13 years in a patient with migraine. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1942, 96: 316-8. ---- menstrual. See also Dysmenorrhea. Deslandres, J. L. M. *Des migraines men- struelles; 6tude clinique, hypotheses patho- geniques, essai therapeutique [Paris] 80p. 8°. Dijon, 1928. Alexiu, M, & Vulcanescu, M. Ueber die Pathogenese und Behandlung der Menstruationsmigrane. Arch. Gyn, Berl, 1940, 170: 60-7.—Moffat, W. M. Treatment of menstrual migraine with small doses of gonadotropic extract of pregnancy urine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 612-5.—Peters, R. Tod- liche Gehirnblutung bei menstrueller Migrane. Beitr. path. Anat, 1934, 93: 209-18.—Vignes, H. Migraines et cephaldes menstruelles. Concours med, 1944, 66: 261-4. ---- Metabolism. See also other subheadings (digestive; Urine) also Carbohydrate metabolism, Disorders; Pento- suria. MIGRAINE 247 MIGRAINE Beazell, J, & Crandall, L. A, jr. Blood purine derivatives in migraine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1934-35, 32: 1450.— Bongini, O. Mutamenti biochimici nelTemicrania. Settimana med, 1949, 37: 312-5.—Castro Barbosa, N. de. Equilibrio acido-basico na enxaqueca. Brasil med, 1938, 52: 882—4.— Franck, E. Beziehungen zwischen Stoffwechsel und Migrane. Zschr. klin. Med, 1937, 132: 623-30— Girard, J, & Collesson, L. Migraine et perturbations glycemiques. Presse mid., 1939, 47: 705-7.-—Henszelmann, A. Ein Fall von Migrane als Storung des Kohlehydratstoffwechsels. Wien. med. Wschr, 1942, 92: 66.—Low, H, & Krcma, H. Migrane und Stoff- wechsel. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 1494-6.—Myers, V. C, Muntwyler, E. [et al.] The acid-base balance of the blood in migraine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1934, 31: 622. Also J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1936-37, 22: 877-80— Norman, G. F. Hypocalcemia; its relationship to migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: 529-32.—Palmer, H. D, Scott, D. B. McN, & Elliott, K. A. C. A note on the blood guanidine level in migraine subjects. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 735-7. ---- meteorotropic. See also Meteoropathology; Weather, Effect. Galdi, F. Ueber die meteorotrope Migrane. Med. Klin, Ber, 1940, 36: 136-40. ---- Nervous system. See also other subheadings (Autonomic nervous system; Constitution; traumatic) Dussik, K. T. Zentralnervensystem und Sauerstoffmangel-Belastung. 157p. 24^cm. Wien, 1949. Forms v.2, Wien. Beitr. Neur. Cardona, F. II problema delT emicrania dai punto di vista neurologicopsichiatrico. Settimana med, 1949, 37: 324-9.— Cholerton, M. The hypothalamus in migraine. Optician, Lond, 1948, 116: 275-7.—Dow, D. J, & Whitty, C. W. M. Electro-encephalographic changes in migraine; review of 51 cases. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 2: 52-4.—Frankel, K. Relation of migraine to cerebral aneurysm. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1950, 63: 195-204.—Hyndman, O. R. Migraine caused by demonstrable pathologic conditions; report of a case with cure by removal of small tumor in calcarine fissure. Arch. Surg, 1939, 39: 104-7.—Kennedy, F. Migrame; a localized intracranial edema. Internat. Clin, 1931, 41. ser, 3: 200-4. Also in Barker Festschr, 1932, 200-4. ------ Migraine, a symptom of focal brain edema. N. York State J. M, 1933, 33: 1254-8.—Matzdorff, P. Reflektorisch bedingte und reflek- torisch ausgeloste Migraneanfalle. Nervenarzt, 1939, 12: 225-39.—Richter, H. Die Migrane. In: Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl, 1935, 17: 166-245.—Riley, H. A. Migraine. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1932, 2: 429-544 — Roger, H, & Roger, J. L'eiectro-encephalogramme dans les migraines. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1949, 21: 457-64.—Salmon, A. Le role du systeme diencephalo-hypophysaire dans le mecanisme de la migraine. Arch, neur, Bucur, 1939, 3: 109-30.— Schober, W. Migranesyndrom bei meningealem Konglomerat- tuberkel der rechten Zentralregion. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1942-43, 121: 263-7.—Storch, T. J. C. von, & Merritt, H. H. The cerebrospinal fluid during and between attacks of migraine headaches. Am. J. M. Sc, 1935, 190: 226-31.—Strauss, H, & Selinsky, H. Electroencephalographic findings in patients with migrainous syndrome. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1941, 67: 205-8.— Thurel, R. Migraine et cortex cerebral. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1948, 106: pt 2, 525. Also Concours med, 1949, 71: 114. ---- neuralgic. Giacomini, J. *Etude sur les rapports de la nevralgie faciale avec la migraine. 48p. 25)4cm. Par., 1938. Alajouanine & Thurel, R. Nevralgie faciale et migraine. Gaz. med. France, 1933, 319-21.—Costello, R. T. Migraine and trigeminal neuralgia occurring in a neuropathic family. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1940, 43: 1045.—Haguenau, J, & Kaufmann, H. A propos des rapports entre la migraine et les nevralgies de la face; les nevralgies-migraines. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1939, 17: 321-6.—Ziegler, L. H. Neuralgic migrame. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 13: 1371. ---- occupational. Allan, W. The relation of occupation to migraine. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1927, 66: 131.—Odell, A. G. Occupation and migraine. Clifton M. Bull, 1931, 17: 33-7. ophthalmic. See also other subheadings (ophthalmoplegic; retinal; Vision) . »,,,,,, Mekdjian, A. P. Contribution a l'etude de la migraine ophtalmique. 144p. 8? Par., 1937. Renard, G., & Mekdjian, A. P. La migraine ophtalmique. 146p. 8? Par., 1937. Weil, R. *Ueber drei Falle von Migraine ophtalmique mit langerdauernden Gesichtsfeld- ausfallen [Heidelberg] 16p. 8? Jena, 1929. Andre, Y, & Trelles, J. O. Migraine ophtalmique avec hallucinose, crises oculo-cephalo-gyres et comitiales. Ann, med. psychol. Par, 1933, 91: pt 2, 691-4.—Anton, M. La migrafia oftalmica. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1929, 34: 285-96.— Baude, A. A propos de certains cas de migraine avec diplopie intermittente et transitoire; essai d'explication pathogenique. J. sc. med. Lille, 1944, 62:164.—Berger, H. Selbstbeschreibung eines Falles von Hemicrania ophthalmica. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1439.—Berkley, W. L, & Gilliam, R. D. A case of migraine with lesion localized in the visual tract. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1948, 48: 290-8.—Bonhomme, L. Migraine ophtalmique unilaterale devolution prolongee. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1947, 26-9.—Boudon, L., & Rouquier, A. Un cas d'hemihypercrinie postcommotionnelle plus marquee dans la zone innervee par la branche ophtalmique du trijumeau. Bull. Soc. mid. hop. Paris, 1920, 44:732-4.—Butler, T. H. Scotomata in migrainous subjects. Brit. J. Ophth, 1934, 18: 83-7.—Cantilo, H. La cephalee dans la migraine ophtalmique. Rev. laryng. Par, 1929, 50: 428-30. Also Rev. otoneur. Par, 1929, 7: 639-41.— Chambers, E. R. The ocular signs of migraine. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1926, 43: 29-37.—Dedimos. Pathogenie des photo- psies et de la migraine ophtalmique. Arch, opht. Par, 1933, 50: 677-97.—Dejean, C. L'acetylcholine dans la migraine ophtalmique. Presse med, 1932, 40: 1950.—De Logu, A. Osservazioni cliniche e considerazioni sulla emicrania oftalmica. Boll, ocul, 1928, 7: 317-29.—Didsbury. Migraine ophtal- mique. Paris med, 1929, 71: 138-42.—Donahue, H. C. Migraine and its ocular manifestations. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1950, 43: 96-141.—Drell, M. J. Ophthalmic migraine. Am. J. Ophth, 1946, 29: 1024.—Fridenberg, P. Migraine and eyestrain. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1941, 153: 171; 154: 207. —---- Ocular pathology suggestive of dyscrinism. Ibid, 153: 443.— Fuchs, A. Sobre jaqueca oftalmica. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1932, 7: 281-9. Also Arq. brasil. neur. psiquiat, 1933, 16: 14-23.—Gallois, J. Migrame ophtalmique (scotome scintil- lant) In: Traite opht. Par, T. 6, 1939, 937-51.—Garcin, R, & Halbron, P. Contribution k l'etude des migraines accompagnees et en particulier de la physiopathologie des migraines ophtal- miques accompagnees. Ann. med. Par, 1934, 36: 81-114.— Grunert, K. Ueber augenbedingte Migrane im Kindes- und Jugendalter. Munch, med. Wschr, 1938, 85: 1337-41 — Haskovec, L. Petit mal et migraine ophtalmique chez des freres jumeaux. Bull. Soc. neur. Paris, 1904, 6: 351—Hebert, E. Un singulier cas de migraine ophtalmique. Bull. Soc. beige opht, 1930, No. 60, 46-8. Also Scalpel, Brux, 1930, 83: 577 (Abstr.)—Hoffman, W. L. Ophthalmic migraine. J. Lancet, 1945, 65: 252.—Holden, F. A. Migraine as seen by the ophthalmologist. South. M. J, 1947, 40: 757-60.—Jelliffe, S. E. Migraine, ophthalmic. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila, 1939, 10: 155-65.—Kaech, R. Un cas de mi- graine ophtalmique. Rev. mid. Suisse rom, 1942, 62: 279- 84.—Lashley, K. S. Patterns of cerebral integration indicated by the scotomas of migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1941, 46: 331-9.—Leo & Sedillot. Migraines ophtalmiques; celluiite; guerison des migraines par les massages speciaux de la cellulite. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1931, 78-86.—Monbrun. L'angiospasme et la migraine ophtalmique. Rev. otoneur., Par 1928 6:701.—Moriez, A. Migraine ophtalmique d ori- gine'traumatique. Ibid, 1936, 14: 296-8—Moskowitz, H. I. Ophthalmic migraine treated by the Turville technique with low powered base-in prisms; a case report. Am. J. Optometr, 1948 25: 542-4.—Neyroud, M. La migraine ophtalmique. Praxis, Bern, 1940, 29: 531-5— Parhon, C. J, & Werner, G. Asociation de la tetanie a la migraine ophtalmique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser, 1: 41-7—Redslob, E. Observations tonoscopiques sur la migraine et 1 epilepsie. Bull. Soc. fr. opht, 1947, 60: 208-12.—Robin, I. G. The eye in migraine. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1934, 48: 321; 332.— Roch Migraine amblyopique avec floculation des milieux oculaires. Presse med, 1937, 45: 199. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom, 1937, 57: 56 (Abstr.)—Roger, H, Cremieux, A. [et al.] Migraines ophtalmiques accompagnees de deviation conjuguee de la tete et des yeux, apres encephalite typho'idique. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1937, 15: 54-7.—Sanchez, L. J. Complica- ciones neuro-psiquicas cutaneas y articulares en el curso de una jaqueca oftalmica. An. neuropsiq, Bogota, 1949, 3: 880-98.— Schultze, F. Zur Lehre von der Migrane, besonders der Augenmigrane. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1927, 100: .1-33.— Sison. A. B. M. Ophthalmic migraine of allergic origin. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass, 1933, 13: 250-6—Terrien, F. Valeur semeiologique de la migraine ophtalmique. Progr. med Par, 1930, 957-62.—Toporkov, N. N. [Ophthalmic migraine] J. nevropat. psikhiat, Moskva, 1925, 18: 29-34.— Urechia C. L, & Apostol, O. Migraine ophtalmique et hydro- cephalic. Arch, internat. neur. Par, 1928, 21. ser, 2: 49-53 — Vaz A Migraine ophtalmica n'uma creanca de trez annos e meio. Porto med, 1906, 3: 368-70—Verhoeff, F. H. Re- curring attacks of concomitant exotropia, each followed by transient esotropia; migraine the probable cause. Tr. Am. Ophth Soc, 1943, 41: 282-92. Also Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1943, 30- 727-31; Disc, 1944, 32: 153.—Wacek, S. [Ophthalmic migraine] Lek. wojsk, 1932, 20: 841-8.—Walker, V. B. MIGRAINE 248 MIGRAINE Allergic conditions of the eye; migraine. Brit. J. Ophth, 1948, 32: 764-7.—Wegner, W. Augenspiegelbefunde bei Migrane. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1926, 76: 194-202.—Wibo. La migraine ciliaire. Bull. Soc. beige opht, 1937, No. 75, 66-70. ---- ophthalmoplegic. See also other subheadings (ophthalmic; Surgery) Agnello, F. Sopra cinque casi di emicrania oftalmoplegica; studio clinico. Riv. otoneuroft, 1929, 6: 405-45.-—Behmack, C. Zur Kenntnis der ophthalmoplegischen Migrane. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1928, 114: 264-80.—Bierman, B. N, & Weinberg, I. S. [Case of ophthalmoplegic migraine of trau- matic origin] Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 379-82.—Bouman, L. [Ophthalmoplegic migraine] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 2182-7.—Bruckner, R. Ueber ein bisher nicht beschriebenes oculares Symptom bei Migraine ophthalmoplegique. Oph- thalmologica, Basel, 1941, 101: 91-5.—Biirki, E. Zur Kenntnis der ophthalmoplegischen Migrane. Confinia neur, Basel, 1941-42, 4: 54-80.—Bussola, E. Contributo alio studio deU'emicrania oftalmoplegica. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1928, 16: 407-14.—Ch'eng, Y. L. Ophthalmoplegic migraine; report of a case. Nat. M. J. China, 1930, 16: 255-8, pi.—Costa Rodrigues, I, & Colares, J. V. Enxaqueca dita ophtalmo- facioplegica. Arch, brasil. med., 1930, 20: 51-71, pi.—Daily, R. K. Ophthalmoplegic migraine. Texas J. M, 1940-41, 36: 802-6—Dereux, J, & Berny, L. de. Paralysie p6riodique de la troisieme paire evoluant par poussees douloureuses depuis quinze ans; contribution k l'etude de la migraine ophthalmo- plegique. J. sc. mid. Lille, 1943, 61: 405-8.—Ehlers, H. On the pathogenesis of ophthalmoplegic migraine. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1928, 3: 219-25. Also Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1929, 4: 255-60.—Elliot, A. J. Ophthalmoplegic migraine; with report of a case. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1940, 43: 242-4.— Foucaud, P. Un cas de migraine ophtalmo-hemiplegique d'origine syphilitique. Bull, med. Par, 1938, 52: 426.— Gerini, C. Sopra un caso di emicrania oftalmoplegica. Cer- vello, 1927, 6: 197-208.—Goel, D. N. Migraine ophthalmop- legia, unilateral. Antiseptic, Madras, 1949, 46: 770, illust.— Grewel, F. [Ophthalmoplegic migraine] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 4243-6.—Hansen, K, & Peters, E. Symptomatologie und Pathogenese eines Falles von Migraine ophthalmique associee, Charcot; Syndrom der Arteria chorioidea anterior. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1940, 105: 521-42.—Harlowe, H. D. Ophthalmoplegic migraine; report of a case. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1941, 26: 1058-62.—Kennedy, F. A case of ophthal- moplegic migraine, and a theory for its production. J. Nerv Ment. Dis, 1946, 104: 89-91. Also Arch. Neur. Psvchiat, Chic, 1947, 57: 255-7.—Longo, P. W, Pinto Pupo," P, & Lemmi, O. Enxaqueca oftalmoplegica; estudo clfnico e eletrencefalogrfifico de dois casos. Arq. neuropsiquiat S Paulo, 1948, 6: 178-88.—Macintosh. A. W, & Anderson, A. G. Migraine and ophthalmoplegic migraine. In: Oxford Med (Christian, H. A, ed.) N. Y, 6: 1940, 917-35.—Mackay, R. P. Ophthalmoplegic migraine. Am. J. Ophth, 1929, 3. ser, 12: 889-95.—Morello, G. Sopra due casi di aneurisma della carotide interna con sindrome di emicrania oftalmoplegica Atti Accad. med. lombardo, 1940, 29: 493-501.—Nyquist B, Refsum, S. B, & Torkildsen, A. [Infraclinoid aneurysm of the internal carotid artery; hemicrania ophthalmoplegia! Nord. med, 1939, 3: 2325-35— Pakozdy, K. [Unusual cases of ophthalmoplegic migraine] Orv. hetil, 1928, 72: 1156-8 Also Klin. Wschr, 1929, 8: 216.—Pandelsco & Dumitresco- Mante. Un cas de migraine ophtalmoplegique febrile avec hemianopsie bitemporelle. Bull. Soc. mid. hop. Bucarest, 1927, 9: 23-8.—Peyrecave, J. de. Qu'est-ce que la migraine' migraine ophtalmique, migraine ophtalmoplegique? Med internat. Par, 1935, 43: 330-6.—Refsum, S. [Migraine ophthalmoplegique] Nord. med, 1940, 8: 1885-8.—Roger, H, Sedan, J, & Duplay. Paralysies recidivantes, souvent alternantes, du moteur oculaire commun et migraine ophtalmo- plegique. Rev%otoneur. Par, 1947, 19: 129-43.—Schachter, M. A propos d'un cas de migraine ophthalmoplegique. Arch' med. chir. province. 1935, 25: 191-3. Also Riforma med ' 1935, 51: 679 —Sedlackova, E. [Ophthalmoplegic migraine] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1926, 65: 603-5.—Sjoqvist, O? Ueber in- trakranielle Aneurysmen der Arteria carotis und deren Bezie- hung zur ophthalmoplegischen Migrane. Nervenarzt, 1936 9: 233-41.—Smith, H, B. Ophthalmoplegic migraine, with a report of 2 cases. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1942 26: 52-63— Sorsby, A. Ophthalmoplegic migraine.' Proc! R. Soc M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 387.—Sudo, I. A case of hemicrania ophthalmoplegia and a case of polyneuritis cerebralis menienformis. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1939, 28- 69__ Susman, E. Migraine ophthalmoplegique (Charcot) Med J. Australia, 1929, 2: 793.—Suzuki, S. Gankin-mahi-sei henzutu (Charcot) no iti rei, toku-ni sono rinsyo-syozyo ni kan-suru tiken hoi. Rinsyo ganka, 1948, 2: 205-11 —Town- ?ren^ T;^D;« Ophthalmoplegic migraine. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K, 1930 50: 642.—Villefont, H, & Chaptal, J. La mi- graine ophtalmoplegique. Gaz. hop, 1942, 115- 233-6 — Vogelsang, K. Zur Klinik der ophthalmoplegischen Migrane. Zschr Augenh 1932, 77: 328-33.-Wander, L. [Pathogenesis and treatment of ophthalmoplegic migrainel Warsz mm lek 1935 12: 331; 353.-Yokoti.Y. Ebi Fall von rezidivL- render Okulomotonuslahmung oder Migraine ophthalmo- plegique. Acta Soc. ophth. jap, 1940, 44: 30. Pathogenesis. See also subheading Etiology. Elkind, M. D. *Die Pathogenese der Mi- grane (eine Uebersicht iiber die Erklarungs- versuche des hemikranischen Syndroms) [Basel] 26p. 8? Mulhouse, 1936. Margulies, P. *Etude pathogenique de la migraine. 47p. 8? Par., 1934. Pasteur Vallery-Radot, J. L., Hamburger, J., & Blamoutier, P. Les migraines; 6tude pathogenique, clinique et therapeutique. 231p. 8? Par., 1935. Barros, M. de. Etio-patogenia da enxaqueca. Arch, biol, S. Paulo, 1938, 22: 184-6.—Diamond, J. S. Migraine; pathogenesis and treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1934, 139: 634-8.—Guillaume, A. C. Etude du mecanisme physio- pathologique de la migraine; la facteur intestinal et hepatobiliaire. Arch. mal. app. digest. Par, 1935, 25: 1101-3.—Hamaoka, Z. Henzu-tu hossa no ni syorei; hu, migraine oyobi Meniere's disease no hassei-kiten ni tuite [two cases of migraine spasms; the mechanism of the development of migraine and of Meniere's disease] Rinsyo naika syonika, 1949, 4: 497-500.—Harris, W. Migrainous, ciliary, and post-traumatic dural headaches. Brit. M. J, 1946, 1: 754-7.—Henriksen, K. Z. Migraine; its pathogenesis and treatment with hypophysis extract. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1933, 8: 701-21.—Kerppola, W. Ueber die Entstehung und Eiweissbehandlung der Mi^cm. Lyon, 1938. Gallois, J. Migrame ophtalmique et arteres retiniennes. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1937, 197-9.—Graveson. G. S. Retinal arterial occlusion in migraine. Brit. M. J, 1949, 2: 838-40.— Jousset, P. Hemicranea retiniana. Rev. homeop, Barcel, 1901, 12: 32-4.-—Redslob, E. La tonoscopie retinienne au service du diagnostic de la migraine et de l'ipilepsie tranches. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1948, 20: 362-5. Status hemicranicus. Allan, W. Status hemicranicus and the frequency of mi- graine attacks. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1928, 68: 591-3.— McClure, C. W, & Huntsinger, M. E. Paroxysmal headache; observation on the etiology, symptomatology, and treatment of the migrainous state. N. England J. M, 1928, 199: 1312-7. ---- Surgery. See also Sympathectomy; Temporal artery, Surgery. Ziegler, M. *Migrane und ihre operative Behandlung am Sympathicus [Miinchen] 31p. 21cm. Dachau, 1940. Adson, A. W. Right frontotemporal migraine relieved by surgical methods; report of case. Proc Mayo Clin, 1934, 9: 673-6.-—Dandy, W. E. Treatment of hemicrania (migraine) by removal of the inferior cervical and first thoracic sympathetic ganglion. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1931, 48: 357-61.— Dickerson, D. G. Surgical relief of the headache of migraine. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1933, 77: 42-52.—Fontaine, R. Les in- filtrations autour de 1'artere temporale dans le traitement de la migraine. Presse med, 1943, 51: 580.—Ford, R. Migraine and chronic headache relieved by drainage of the para-nasal sinuses. Clin. J, Lond, 1944, 73: 20-4.-—Frouchtman, R. Tratamiento de la jaqueca con infiltraciones de scurocafna en la region temporal. Medicina, Mex, 1947, 27: 252-6.— Leriche, R. Des migraines fronto-sus-orbitaires; leur traite- ment par l'injection de novocaine autour de 1'artere temporale superficielle. Progr. med. Par, 1943, 71: 203.—Massart, R. L'arteriotomie temporale comme traitement de la migraine. Presse med, 1943, 51: 228. ------ Un cas d'arterite temporale avec migraines traite par la reaction arterielle; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris (1946) 1947, 37: 202-4.—Matzdorff, P. Heilung von Migranekopfschmerz durch Zahnbehandlung. Klin. Wschr, 1940, 19: 720.—Olivecrona, H. Notes on the surgical treatment of migraine. Acta med. scand, 1947, Suppl. No. 196, 229-38.—Paillas, J. E, Boudouresques, J. [et al.] Mi- graine datant de 38 ans accompagnee depuis 18 mois d'hemi- patesie; puis de crises jacksoniennes; essais de traitement par section de 1'artere meiiing^e moyenne. Marseille mid., 1946, 83: 525-8.—Patzer, R, Derbes, V., & Engelhardt. H. Peri- arterial infiltration in diagnosis and treatment of migraine; experimental and clinical experiences with eucupine and pro- caine hydrochloride. Arch. Surg, 1945, 50: 296-300 — Penfield, W. Operative treatment of migraine and observa- tions on the mechanism of vascular pain. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth, 1932, 50-64.—Rowbotham, G. F. The surgical treat- ment of migrame. Abstr. Science Libr, Hartford, 1949, 17: 565. Also Gaz. hop, 1949, 122: 598. Also Presse med, 1949, 57:907. traumatic, and postoperative. See also such terms as Brain concussion; Head injury. Weinberg, S. *Unfall und Migrane [Basel] 28p. 8? S. Louis, 1931. Kato, Y. Kyodo zutii no in wo naseru nyusi-tokki sakkai- zyutu-so ndho [eine Zyste der mastoidektomierten Wunde, die hochgradige Migrane hervorrief] Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1943, 16: 112-6.—Lebourg, L. Migraine due k une blessure de guerre; gu6rison aptes resection de la cicatrice. Rev. stomat. Par, 1942, 43: 27. ------ Les plaies de la face generatrices de migraine. Concours med, 1947, 69: 11.—Leoni, C. Jaqueca post-contusiva. Dfa med, B. Air, 1943, 15: 931.—Matzdorff, P. Migraneanfalle nach Kopfverletzung. Mschr. Unfallh, 1937, 44: 600-16. ---- Treatment. Help your doctor to help you when you have sick headache, or migraine. 37p. 19cm. N. Y., 1941. Anersperg, P. Die Migrane und ihre Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1942, 55: 806,—Burnet, J. Migraine. Pre- scriber, Edinb, 1942, 36: 135.—Cervia. T. Tratamiento de la jaqueca. Dfa med, B. Air, 1943, 15: 1196-9.—Chariar, S. S. MIGRAINE 250 MIGRAINE Migraine. Antiseptic, Madras, 1948, 45: 710-2.—Critchley, M. The mechanism and treatment of migraine. Practitioner, Lond, 1934, 133: 54-61. Also Sind M. J, 1935, 8: 60-4. ------ The treatment of migraine. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: 794-6. Also in: Treat. Gen. Pract, 2. ed, Lond, 1938, 2: 56-62.—Curschmann, H. Behandlung migraneartiger Kopf- schmerzen bei Blutdruckerhohung. Med. Welt, 1941, 15: 1061.—Derber, V. J, Engelhardt, H. T, & Watters, T. A. The management of the migraines. South. M. J, 1945, 38: 533-9.—Drayer, C. S. Migraine. In: Cyclop. Med. Surg. (Piersol, G. M.) 1942, Rev. Serv, 402.—Dussik, K. T. Zur Kasuistik der Migranebehandlung. Wien. Beitr. Neur, 1949, 2: 133-9.—Ekbom, K. A. Migran. Nord. med, 1944, 22: 861-5.—Engelhardt, H. T., & Derbes, V. J. The treatment of the migraines. Am. Practitioner, 1946-47, 1: 392-4.— Ferguson, F. R. Migraine and its treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1933, 136: Suppl. No. 3, p. i-vi.—Friedman, A. P, & Brenner, C. Treatment of the migraine attack. Am. Practitioner, 1947-48, 2: 467-70.—Gaskill, H. S. Migraine. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, Serv. Vol, 1941, 412-5.—Girard, M. Traitement de la migraine. J. mid. Lyon, 1949, 30: 373-5.—Goldkuhl, E. Behandlingen av migrananfall. Nord. med. tskr, 1935, 9: 751.—Goldzieher, M. A. Treatment of migraine and related headaches. N. York State J. M, 1946, 46: 516-8.—Graham, J. R. Principles of treatment for migraine. Bull. N. England M. Center, 1948, 10: 241-7. ------ The treatment of migraine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1948, 32: 1343-55.—Harry, P. A. Treatment of migraine. Prescriber, Edinb, 1936, 30: 74.—Headache; non- migrainous headache; migraine headache. Roche Rev, Nutley, 1941-42, 6: 419; 1942-43, 7: 1.—Heindl, J. O lecbe migteny. Cas. lek. cesk, 1920, 59: 271.—Heupke, W. Die Migrane und ihre Behandlung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1938, 34: 1053-5.—Hoesslin, H. v. Die Behandlung der Migrane. Deut. med. Wschr, 1940, 66: 9-12.—Jacobsen, R. Behandling af migraene. Ugeskr. laeger, 1948, 110: 33.—Lennox, W. G. Some new methods in the study and treatment of migraine. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1934, 80: 205. ------ The treatment of epilepsy and of migraine. N. England J. M, 1940, 222: 657-61.—Lyon, G. Traitement des migraines. Bull, mid., Par, 1929, 43: 1145-8.—Marcovitz, E. Migraine. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, 1937, Serv. Vol, 696; 1938, Serv. Vol, 265; 1939, Serv. Vol, 208.—Marcussen, R. M, & Wolff, H. G. Therapy of migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1949, 139: 198-200.—Martinetti, R. Orientamenti terapeutici per l'emicrania. Settimana med, 1949, 37: 316-24.—Pagniez, P. Les traitement des migraines. Presse m#d, 1935, 43: 11.— Palmer, H. D. Migraine. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, 1937, Serv. Vol, 273; 1941, Serv. Vol, 609.—Parker, H. L. Migraine. Practitioner, Lond, 1941, 146: 249-53 — Pasteur Vallery-Radot. Traitement des migraines. Progr. med. Par, 1934, 1903-11.—Plicque, A. Le traitement de la migraine. J. sc. med. Lille, 1913, 36: 359-65.—Podolsky, E. The treatment of migraine. Med. Rec. Phila, 1949, 162: No. 5, 11.—R, J. C. La vraie migraine; traitement. J. prat. Par, 1948, 62: 463-7.—Riley, H. A. Migraine and its treat- ment. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1932, 8: 717-46.— Saidman, J. Cephases et migraines. Synth, semei. thei\, 1948, 1: 55-61, &c—Schaeffer, H. Donn6es recentes sur le traitement de la migraine. Presse mid., 1942, 50: 30-3.—Schorn, J. Von der Migrane und ihrer arztlichen Behandlung. Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1941, 12: 425-7.—Schiiller. A. Therapie der Migrane. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1933, 46: 1058.—Thomas, J. W. Treat- ment of migraine. Virginia M. Month, 1948, 75: 134-6.— Tratamiento de la jaqueca. Dfa mid., B. Air, 1942, 14: 68.— Treatment of hemicrania. Physician's Bull, 1946, 11: 168-73, incl. pi.—Treatment of migraine. Clin. Proc, Cape Town, 1945, 4: 84.—Wolff, H. G. Migraine. ' In: Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait, 1940, 2: 2068-107. —---- Treat- ment of migraine headache. Mod. Med, Minneap, 1948, 16: No. 10. 39-42. Prax, 252-6.—Gravano, L. Jaqueca curada con tratamiento dietetico. Dfa med, B. Air, 1933-34, 6: 1075-83— Men- ninger, W. C. Migraine and its treatment with ketogenic diet. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1931, 32: 298-301.—Muck, O. Ueber den Einfluss des Hungers auf die Krampfanfallsbereit- schaft bei der Migrane. Klin. Wschr, 1927, 6: 693.—Peritz, G. Diatbehandlung der Migrane. Ther. Gegenwart, 1930, 71: 12.—Podolsky, E. Eating to the best advantage in migraine. Delaware M. J, 1936, 8: 10.—Porges, O. Die Behandlung der Migrane mit kohlehydratbeschrankter Kost. Med. Klin, Berl, 1937, 33: 664; 1209.—Schnabel, T. G. An experience with a ketogenic dietary in migraine. Ann. Int. M, 1928, 2: 341-7. ---- Treatment: Drugs. Treatment: Cyanate. Engle, D. E, & Evanson, C. O. The effect of potassium thiocyanate on the occurrence of migraine. Am. J. M. Sc, 1942, 204: 697-703.—Hines, E. A, jr, & Eaton. L. M. Potas- sium thiocyanate in the treatment of migraine; a preliminary report. Proc Mavo Clin, 1942, 17: 254-6. Also Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1942, 15: 17. ------ & Massie. E. Treat- ment of migraine with potassium thiocyanate. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 1307 (Abstr.) ---- Treatment: Diet. Zwehl. T. von. Diat bei Rheumatismus, Migrane und einigen anderen Krankheiten. 32p. 21cm. Stuttg., 1950. Barborka, C. J. Migraine; results of treatment by ketogenic diet in fifty cases. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1930, 5: 190. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1930, 95:1825-8.—Foldes, E. Dietetic therapy for migraine. Trained Nurse, 1935, 95: 348-52. Also Prensa mid. argent, 1949, 36: 995-9. ------ Migranebehandlung mit kohlehydratarmer Diat. Klin. Wschr, 1939, 18: 390.— Gerson, M. Kochsalz bei Migrane (im Beginn der Diatbe- handlung) Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1930, 42: Kongr, 127-33. ------ Diatbehandlung bei Migrane und Lungen- tuberkulose. Mitt. Volksgesundhamt, Wien, 1932, Aerztl See also Migrainin. Sandoz Chemical Works. Sandoz pharma- cology and therapy. No. 1: Migraine. 32p. 22/2cm. N. Y., 1940. Alvarez, W. C. What to do in a rebellious case of migraine; a list of the drugs being used today. Gastroenterology, 1947, 9: 754-64.—Blomberg, H. v. Migranebehandlung mit dem Verdauungsmittel Gesanit. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1937, 84: 894-7 —Brentan, E. Treatment of migraine with dramamine. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1950, 47: 197.—Biich, E. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Migrane mit Bellergal. Zschr. Laryng, 1934, 25: 177-80.—Chapuis, J. P. Migraines, cephalees et sympathicolytiques. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 1125-7.—Drewyer, G. E. Migraine treatment with chon- droitin. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1940, 39: 486.—Drugs in the treatment of migraine. Practitioner, Lond, 1943, 150: 123.— Fecht, K. E. Die Moloidtabletten in der Behandlung der echten Migrane und der Epilepsie. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1837.-—Glusman, R. B. [Treatment of migraines by intra- venous injections of glucose] Klin, med, Moskva, 1940, 18: No. 5, 146.—Gottlieb. J. S. The effect of benzedrine sulfate in migraine; a preliminary report. Am. J. M. Sc, 1942, 204: 553-9. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1942, 48: 860-2 — Goudsmit, A. On the use of tetraethyl ammonium chloride in migraine; a preliminary report. Bull. Mahoning Co. M. Soc, 1949, 19: 91.-—Gronberg, A. Belladonnabehandling vid migran. Nord. med. tskr, 1934, 8: 1523-5—Kallos, P. Die Therapie der allergischen Krankheiten; Pharmakotherapie der Migrane. In his Fortschr. Allerg, Basel, 1939, 392-5 — Kochs, J. Migraenol. Apoth. Ztg, 1905, 20: 962.—Leroy, A. Traitement de la migraine par les injections ntramusculaires de pentam6thyl6netetrazol. J. beige neur. psychiat, 1939, 39: 735-42.—MacNeal, P. S, & Davis, D. The use of methyl- iso-octenylamine in migraine. Ann. Int. M, 1947, 26: 526.— Marin, R. B. Theophyllin in the treatment of migraine. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1946, 43: 274.—Neugaertner, F. Saridon bei Migraneanfallen und anderen Schmerzen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1935, 31: 321.—Perroni, G. B. Trattamento dell'emi- crania parossistica con cloridrato di paraminobenzoildietil- aminoetanolo per via endovenosa. Riforma med, 1947, 61: 292. Ulteriore contributo alia terapia delle cefalee acces- sionali con cloridrato di paraminobenzoildietilaminoetanolo per via endovenosa. Minerva med. Tor, 1949, 40: pt 2, 557-9.— Pfeiffer, C, Dreisbach, R. H, & Roby, C. C. Therapy of migraine by electrolytes affecting the blood volume. J. Laborat. Clin.M, 1944, 29:709-14.—Pilules contre la migraine. Gaz. san. Par, 1834, 3: 36.—Rozanov, N. I. Kalcieterapiia migreni. Klin, med, Moskva, 1947, 25: No. 6, 64.—Scheidee- ger, W. Mitteilung iiber Erfolg mit Sympathisan bei der Behandlung rheumatischer Erkrankungen und bei Migrane. Praxis, Bern, 1949, 38: 1123-6.—Schwartz, L. Impletol bei Migrane. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1930, 60: 1183.—Seltzer, A. The use of methyl-iso-octenylamine in migraine and related headaches; preliminary report. Med. Ann. District of Colum- bia, 1948, 17: 395.—Serog, M. Behandlung der Migrane mit intravenosen Strontiuminjektionen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24: 1279.—Slaughter, D. The pharmacological thera- peutic aspects of migraine. Dallas M. J, 1946, 32: 39-43.— Stefan, H. Behandlungserfolge mit Lubrokal bei Migrane und Epilepsie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1933, 74: 148-50.—Trow- bridge, L. S, Von Storch, T. J. C, & Moore, M. The drug therapy of migraine headache. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 699. ---- Treatment: Ergot alkaloids. Bartstra, H. K. G. lets over de therapie van migraine. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1786-90.— Blakie, N. H, A Hossack, 3. C. The treatment of migraine with emmenin. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1932, 27: 45-7—Blumenthal, L. S, & Fakler, B. Migraine headache; treatment of 51 patients with dihydroergotamine. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1947, 16: 10-3.—Blumenthal. L. S, & Fuchs, M. The use of ergot- caffeine suppositories in migraine. Ibid, 1950, 19: 77-9.— Brock, S, O'Sullivan, M, & Young, D. The effect of non- sedative drugs and other measures in migraine, with especial reference to ergotamin tartrate. Am. J. M. Sc, 1934, 188: 253-60.—Brusselmans, P. De dihydroergotamine in de behandeling van de migraineuse hoofdpiin. Belg. tschr. geneesk, 1948, 4: 721.—Carter, J. B. Cardiac manifestations following ergotamine tartrate therapy for migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 114: 2298.—Chapuis, J. P. Traitement des MIGRAINE 251 MIGRAINE migraines et troubles associes par un alcaloide d'hydrogene de 1'ergot de seigle. Gaz. nted. France, 1949, 56:596.-—Chiappa, G. II ginergen nel trattamento delle emicranie e cefalee. Gior. clin. med, 1949, 30: 197-205.—Clein, N. W. D. H. E. 45 (dihydroergotamine) in the treatment of allergic migraine. Ann. Allergy, 1946, 4: 128-30.—Dalsgaard-Nielsen, T. Be- handling af migraene med dihydroergotamin. Ugeskr. laeger, 1949, 111: 398-400.—Dannenberg, T. Comparison of di- hydroergotamine, ergotamine and other agents in the treatment of migraine. Permanente Found. M. Bull, Oakland, 1946, 4: 96-103.—Dihydroergotamine and histamine for migraine. Am. Profes. Pharm, 1946, 12: 339.—Ergotamine tartrate for migraine. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 1: 763. Also Trained Nurse, 1937, 98: 61-3.—Friedman, L. L. Treatment of migraine with cafergone. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1949-50, 19: 137.—Friedman, M. D, & Friedman, D. A. Dihydroergotamine in the treat- ment of migraine; preliminary clinical observations. Ohio M. J, 1945, 41: 1099.—Friedman, M. D, & Wilson, E. J. Migraine; its treatment with dihydroergotamine. Ibid, 1947, 43: 934-8.—Gotthelf, E. J. D. H. E. 45 (dihydroergotamine) a new drug in the treatment of migraine. Arizona M, 1946, 3: 307.—Graham, J. R, & Wolff, H. G. On the mechanism of migraine headache and the action of ergotamine tartrate. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1937, 63: 164. Also Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis. (1937) 1938, 18: 638-69. Also Arch. Neur. Psy- chiat, Chic, 1938, 39: 737-63.—Guldager, A. [Experiences with ergotamin tartrate in treatment of migraine] Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 999-1003.—Hartman. M. M. Parenteraluse of dihydroergotamine in migraine. Ann. Allergy, 1945, 3: 440-2.—Hofmann, P. Zur Pathogenese und Therapie des vasomotorischen Kopfwehs mit Dihydroergotamin. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1950, 80: 28-31.—Horton, B. T, Peters, G. A, & Blumenthal, L. S. A new product in the treatment of migraine. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1942, 15: 91. Also Proc. Mayo Clin, 1945, 20: 241-8. Also Festschr. A. Stoll, Basel, 1947, 355-62.—Kelly, T. W. G. Ergotamine tartrate in migraine. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 1: 777; 1939, 2: 100.—Kottmann, K. Ueber Migrane und ihre Behandlung mit Gynergen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1933, 63: 572-5.—Lennox. W. G. The use of ergotamine tartrate in migraine. N. England J. M, 1934, 210: 1061-5. ------ Ergonovine versus ergotamine as a terminator of migraine headaches. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938, 195: 458-68. ------ Ergot and migraine. In: Festschr. A. Stoll, Basel, 1947, 363-70. —— & Leonhardt, H. C. The flow and con- centration of blood as influenced by ergot alkaloids and as influencing migraine. In: J. H. Pratt Anniv. Vol, 1937, 403- 10. Also Ann. Int. M, 1937-38, 11: 663-70.—Lennox, W. G, & von Storch, T. J. C. Experience with ergotamine tartrate in 120 patients with migraine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 169- 71.—Logan, A. H, & Allen, E. V. The treatment of migraine with ergotamine tartrate. Proc Mayo Clin, 1934, 9: 585-8.— Lucchesi, M. Etiopatogenia das crises de enxaqueca e seu tratamento pelo tartrate de ergotamina. Sao Paulo mid., 1939, 12: 169-220.—Maarsso, C. Varicoflebitis efter intra- muskulaere gynergen-injektioner hos migraenepatienter. Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 658.—McNaughton, F. L. The use of ergotamine tartrate in migraine. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1935, 33: 664.—O'Sullivan, M. E. Termination of 1,000 attacks of migraine with ergotamine tartrate. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1208-12.—Pelner, L, & Aibel, M. E. The treatment of severe periodic headaches with desensitizing doses of prostigmine; a new conception and treatment of certain types of headaches including those designated as migraine and histamine headaches. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1941-42, 27: 1546-54.—Pollock, L. A. Dihydroergotamine, a new and effective drug in the treatment of migrame. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1946, 43: 895-7. ------ Further experience with dihydroergotamine methanesulfonate in the treatment of migraine; with a note on the use of cafer- gone. Ann. West. M. & S, 1949, 3: 388-90.—Pool, J. L, von Storch, T. J. C, & Lennox, W. G. Effect of ergotamine tartrate on pressure of cerebrospinal fluid and blood during migraine headache. Arch. Int. M, 1936, 57: 32-45.—Schaeffer, H. Le traitement de la migraine par le tartrate d'ergotamine. Presse med, 1939, 47: 60-4.—Silfverskiold, B. P. Gynergen abuse in cases of migraine. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1947, Suppl. 46, 281-5.—Stewart, H. C. Ergometrine for migraine. Brit. M. J, 1945, 2: 745.—Storch, T. J. C. v. Ueber die Be- handlung des Migraneanfalls mit Ergotamintartrat (Gynergen) Nervenarzt, 1937, 10: 469-74. ------ Complications follow- ing the use of ergotamine tartrate; their relation to the treat- ment of migraine headache. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 111: 293- 300.—Tillgren, N. Treatment of headache with dihydroergo- tamine tartrate. Acta med. scand, 1947, Suppl. No. 196, 222-8. Also Nord. med, 1947, 33: 502; 34: 937.—Trautmann, E. Die Beeinflussung migraneartiger Zustande durch ein sympathikushemmendes Mittel (Gynergen) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 513.—Tzanck, A. Le traitement des mi- graines par le tartrate d'ergotamine. Bull. Soc. m6d. h&p. Paris, 1928, 3. ser, 52: 1057-61. Also Rev. internat. med. chir, 1928, 39: 89-91. Also Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1931, 3. ser, 47: 1663. ---- Treatment: Histamine, and its antago- nists. Macy, D., jr. *The treatment of migraine with histamine [Minnesota] 104 1. 27^cm. Rochester, Minn.. 1946. Biro, L. Migranebehandlung mit Histamin- und Anti- histamin-Stoffen. Praxis, Bern, 1947, 36: 794-6.—Butler, S, & Thomas, W. A. Intravenous histamine in the treatment of migraine; preliminary observations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 128: 173-5.—Ipolyi, F. [Treatment of migraine with endonasal histamin iontophoresis] Gy6gyaszat, 1939, 79: 63; 80. Also Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 260-2. Also Fortsch. Ther, 1940, 16: 8T14.—Macy, D, & Horton, B. T. The treatment of migraine with histamine; review of 144 cases. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1947, 20: 84. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1948, 137: 1110-4.— Nakada, 3. R. Migraine; report of a case relieved by hista- minase, torantil. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1940, 37: 508.—Perrault, M, & Vignalou, J. Action interessante de l'histaminothempie intraveineuse lente dans un cas de migraine rebelle. Paris meU, 1947, 37: 613-5—Stary, O. Udin antihistaminek na migtenovy zachvat. Cas. lek. 6esk, 1949, 88: 502-5.— Thomas, W. A, & Butler, S. Treatment of migraine by intra- venous histamine. Am. J. Med, 1946, 1: 39-44. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1946, 56: 356-62. ---- Treatment: Hormones. Biihler, F. Zur Hormonbehandlung der Migrane. Deut. med. Wschr, 1939, 65: 1739-41.—Dunn. C. W. Sex hormone therapy of migraine in the male. Tr. Coll. Physicians Phila- delphia, 1939-40, 7: 260. —---- Male migraine treated with female sex hormone. Delaware M. J, 1941, 13: 89-95.— Grignon, C. E. Deux cas de migraine traites par opotherapie ovarienne. Union nted. Canada, 1937, 66: 349-52.—Klausner- Cronheim, I. Die Behandlung der Migrane mit Hypophysen- vorderlappenhormon. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 1455.— Lange, F. Die Behandlung der Migrane mit oestrogenen Stoffen. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 246.—Lenoel. Migraine et opotherapie thyro'idienne. Avenir med, Lyon, 1931, 28: 153.—Leyton, N. Migraine relieved with a hormone. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 488. ------ The A. P. L. hormone in the treatment of migraine in the male. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1943, 209: 127.—Loublie, G. Le traitement de la crise migraineuse par les injections intradermiques d'extrait post- hypophysaire. Sem. hop. Paris, 1945, 21: 460-2.—Moehlig, R. C, & Gerisch, R. A. Methyl testosterone for migraine of women. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1949, 48: 1025-8.—Singh, I., Singh, I, & Singh, D. Progesterone in the treatment of mi- graine. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 1: 745-7.—Sperber, P. A. Epine- phrine in the treatment of migraine. Ann. Allergy, 1950, 8: 126.—Zimmermann, H. Behandlung der Migrane mit Corpus luteum-Hormon. Med. Klin, Berl, 1949, 44: 835. ---- Treatment: Hypertonic solutions. Buvat, J. F. *Essai de traitement de la migraine et de l'epilepsie par les solutions hyper- toniques; etude clinique et experimentale. 156p. 8? Par., 1938. Lumiere, A, & Meyer, P. Les injections intra-veineuses hypertoniques magnesiennes contre la migraine. Ann. Laborat. A. Lumiere physiol, 1934, 31. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 115: 534-6. Also Rev. med. hondur, 1934-35, 5: 672.—Perisson, J. Migraine; traitement par les injections intraveineuses de solutions hypertoniques. In: Annee mid. prat. Par, 1939, 18: 311.—Rook, H. C. A note on the relief of migraine by the administration of concentrated salts. Lancet, Lond, 1927, 1: 705.—Sheikin, A. I. [Treatment of attacks of migraine by intravenous injections of hypertonic solution of common salt] Klin, med, Moskva, 1940, 18: No. 11, 117.—Villey, G, & Buvat, J. F. Arret de crises mi- graineuses par injections intraveineuses de serum said hyper- tonique. Paris mid., 1937, 103: 189-91. ------ Buvat- Pochon. Role des solutions hypertoniques dans le traitement de la migraine. Rev. neur. Par, 1938, 70: 32-9. ---- Treatment: Manipulation. Langley, H. V. The migraine lesion, de- scribing the relief and cure of typical migraine by means of manipulative therapy. 26p. 19cm. Lond., 1945. Forms No. 2, Handb. Manipulative Ther. Braaf, M. M. Migraine headache treated successfully by head-traction manipulation and thiamin chloride. N. York State J. M, 1949, 49: 1812-6.—Rowlingson, C. B. Osteo- pathic manipulative treatment of migraine; migraine, hemi- crania, sick headache. J. Osteopathy, 1941, 48: No. 10, 12-5. ----Treatment: Miscellaneous methods. Alajouanine, T„ & Thurel, R. La migraine et son traite- ment physiopathologique. Monde med, 1937, 47: _ 1-6.— Alvarez, W. C. The present day treatment of migraine. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1934, 9: 22-7. ------ A new treatment for migraine. Ibid, 1939, 14: 173. Also Sind M. J, 1939-40, 12: 66-8.—Amerling, K. Ledentf migraeny provazene dys- mikrobil. Prakt. lek, Praha, 1938, 18: 41-4.—Aubertin, E. Les nouveaux traitements de la migraine. J. med. Bordeaux, 1943, 120: 341.—Ball, F. E. Migraine; its treatment with peptone and its familial relation to sensitization diseases. Am. J. M. Sc, 1927, 173: 781-8.—Brown, J. A. Urea for MIGRAINE 252 migraine. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 201.—Brown, T. B. The treatment of migraine and hypertrophic arthritis based on metabolic studies. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians Philadelphia, 1929 44: 215-20.—Brunn, F. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Migrane. Med. Klin, Berl, 1937, 33: 120-2.—Curschmann, H. Die Behandlung der Migrane. Ther. Gegenwart, 1943, 84: 113-6.—Dalsgaard-Nielsen, T. Behandling af migraene med intraventfse injektioner af mangan. Nord. med, 1947, 36: 2315.—Dattner, B. Ueber Migranetherapie. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1930, 4: 134-6.—Didsbury, G. Traitement anatomique de la migraine. Presse therm, clim, 1933, 74: 409-21.—Dollken. Zur Therapie und Pathogenese der Migrane. Munch, med. Wschr, 1928, 75: 291-5.—Eckel. K. Zur Behandlung der Migrane. Prakt. Arzt, 1949, 3: 69-76.— Edmondson, E. E. Recent advances in migraine therapy. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1947, 160: 35.—Feinberg, P. Beitrag zur Migranefrage. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1945, 75: 19—Foldes, E. A new aspect of migraine and certain related conditions, with a discussion of its therapeutic possibilities. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1934-35, 1: 359-68.—Fossey, A. M. de. Le traitement de fond des migraines. Marseille mid., 1928, 65: 573-82. Also Presse therm, clim, 1933, 74: 423-7.—Frankel, W. K. Zur Migranebehandlung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1934, 64: 109.—Glas, E. Meine Methode der endonasalen Migranebe- handlung, wiederentdeckt. Wien. med. Wschr, 1937, 87: 309.—Goldkuhl, E. Zur Frage einer Kausaltherapie des akuten Migraneanfalles. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1935, 10: 33-6.—Gundrum, L. K. Migraine controlled through the nasal ganglion. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1928, 8: 564-6.—Harry, P. A. Eye treatment in migraine. Med. Times, Lond, 1937, 65: 116.—Herrligkoffer, K. M. Die Migrane und ihre Behand- lung. Med. Mschr, 1949, 3: 484-93.—Hyslop, G. H. Mi- graine; suggestions for its treatment. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18: 827-30.—Ignelzi, L. G. Migraine; a comparatively new approach as to therapy. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135: 447_9.—Irwin, C. E. A discussion of and a method of treating migraine. Am. Med, 1931, 26: 150-3.—Kahlmeter, G. Behandlingen av migran. Nord. med. tskr, 1934, 8: 1737.— Lenoel. Migrena i opoterapja tarczycowa. Wied. lek, 1932, 6: 279.—Leyton, N. A new approach to the treatment of migraine. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1944, 211: 302-4. ------ Migrainous headaches; a modern treatment. Med. World, Lond, 1949, 70: 591-3.—LSvgren, O, & Norrman, A. Nya behandlingsforsok mot migran och en jamforelse mellan olika behandlingsmetoder. Nord. med, 1947, 36: 2254.— Martin, P. De la migraine et des moyens de la gueiir; theorie nouvelle proposee. Gaz. san. Par, 1834, 2: 17-29.—Marton, H. B. Observations on the treatment of migraine. Am. J. Optometr, 1943, 20: 400-11.—Migrane (Die) und ihre Be- handlung. Mitt. Biochem, 1934, 41: 135-7.—Migraine; new theories; new treatments. What's New, North Chic, 1946, No. 106, 10.—Moffat, W. M. A method of approach to the treatment of migraine. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 203: 498-501.—Montenegro, A. Trastornos de la sensibilidad subjetiva sobre un caso de jaqueca mejorado con tratamiento convulsivante cardiaz61ico. Pub. med, B. Air, 1945, 11: 174-81.—Nevin, S. The treatment of migraine. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1945, 214: 182-6.—O'Sullivan, M. E, & Raybin, V. T. Vergleichende Prufung verschiedener Migranebehandlungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1937, 67: 1182-4.—Oxengandler, S. M. [Peptone injections in the treatment of migraine] Klin, med, Moskva, 1928. 6: 1204-9.— Pasteur Vallery-Radot. Traitement des migraines. In: Ther. med. (Loeper, M.) Par. 1935, 8: 319-32.—Perrault. M. Le traitement des migraines. Progr. m6d. Par, 1939, 557.— Podolsky, E. Migraine; a new therapeutic approach. West Virginia M. J, 1933, 29: 173-5.—Rabe, H. Homeopathic concept and treatment of migraine. Hahneman. Month, 1941, 76: 704-19.—Rhode, H. Ueber Behandlungsmoglich- keiten der Migrane. Psychiat. neur. Wschr, 1942, 44: 337-9.— Schekter. Traitement humoral des c6phalees migraineuses. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1938, 52: 21-3.—Sicard, J. A. Traitement local de la crise de migraine. C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France, 1924, 28. Congr, 245-7.—Sirota, B. Hentotu no kyu-ti rei [... by means of moxibustion] Kanpo & kanyaku, 1937, 4: 1296-8.—Soltz, S. E, Brickner, R. M. [et al.] The use of orally administered ergotamine tartrate, amniotin and phenobarbital in the treatment of migraine. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1935, 4: 432-41.—Stevens, G. Migraine. Homeop. Rec, 1942-43, 58: 331-8.—Storch. T. J. O. v. On the treatment of migraine. Med. Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 1317-30.—T, F. Quelques nouvelies therapeutiques de la migraine. Arch. med. beiges, 1942, 95: 438-41— Tigges, W. Zur Behandlung der Trigeminusneuralpie und Migraneanfalle. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 663 (Abstr.)—Tillim, S. J. Migraine headaches relieved by hvpoglvcemic reaction; report of 2 cases. Ann. Int. M, 1944, 20: 597-603.—Traitement (Le) neuro- vegStatif de la migraine. Praxis, Bern, 1937, 26: 769-73 — Usui, R. Zur Therapie der Migrane. Wien. klin. Wschr. 1938, 51: 604.—Volgyesi, F. [Migraine and its modern therapy] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 81; 89; 109.—Wagrer- Jauregg. Ueber ausgeartete Migrane und ihre Behandlung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1935, 85: 1—Zajicek, O. Die Therapie der weiblichen Migrane und anderer allergischer Erkrankungen durch Atmungsfermente. Ibid, 1937, 87: 486-8. —---- Zur Therapie der Migrane. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1938 51: 1080.—Zwillinger, L, & Glattauer. A. Die Beeinflussung des intermittierenden Hinkens und des Migraneanfalles durch Gefassdrosselung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1937, 87- 610-2. MIGRAINE Treatment: Physiotherapy. Didsbury, G. De la migraine et de son traitement physio- therapique. Clinique, Par, 1932, 27: 291-6.—Frey, J, & Schneider, M. Der Einfluss der Diathermie auf die Gehirn- durchblutung. Klin. Wschr, Berl, 1934, 13: 1419-22.— Heltman, Z. O. [Results of combined treatment of migraine with valerian zinc and diathermy] Sovet. med, 1941, 5: No. 10, 33.—Henssge, E. Wirkung der Dauergalvanisierung mittels der Sommer'schen Stabilisierung auf die venosen Hirn- sinus. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh, 1928, 102: 198.—Hutet, G. Migraines et cure thermale. J. med. Lyon, 1934, 15: 465-72.— Kellner, D. Eine neue Methode zur Behandlung der Migrane mit Kurzwellen. Refer. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen, 1937, 1. Kongr, 276.—Kovda, R. J. [Treatment of migraines with ultra-violet collars] Tr. Leningr. inst. fizioter, 1935, No. 2, 50-6.—Sheikin, A. I. [Galvanic (calcium) collar in migraine] Sovet. vrach. J, 1939, 43: 647-52. ---- Treatment: Prostigmine. Patton, I. J. Migraine; its treatment with prostigmine bromide. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1946, 54: 588.—Wit, J. C. de. De behandeling van migraine en migraineuze hoofdpijnen met prostigmine. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1948, 92: 3284-91. ---- Treatment: Psychotherapy. Boenheim, C. Migraine. In his Pract. Child Psychother, Lond, 1938, 157-9.—Fritz, M. F. Migraine from the stand- point of psychodietetics. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1936-37, 31: 67-75. ---- Treatment: Sedatives. See also Migrainin. Geiger, A. J, & Goodman, L. S. Trichlorethylene in mi- graine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 1733.— Ide, M. Migraine et luminal. Rev. med. Louvain, 1924, 90; 1927, 188—Knob- lich, M. Zur Therapie der Migrane mit Cibalgin intravenos. Med. Klin, Berl, 1934, 30: 1305.—Kolle, K. Migrane-Be- handlung mit Paracodin. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1930, 77: 487.—Rubinstein, H. S. Use of tri-chlorethylene in the treat- ment of migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1937, 37: 638-^0.—Stiefler, G. Die Behandlung der Migrane mit Luminal; Luminaletten. Wien. med. Wschr, 1926, 76: 429 — Stroomann, G. Luminal bei Migrane. Fortschr. Ther, 1926, 2: 320-2. ---- Treatment: Vitamins. Dalsgaard-Nielsen, T. Migraenebehandling med syntetisk B2-vitamin (Lactoflavin) Ugeskr. laeger, 1948, 110: 1273.— Grenfell, R. F. Treatment of migraine with nicotinic acid. Am. Practitioner, 1948-49, 3: 542-4.—Palmer, H. D. New methods of treatment of migraine; preliminary report on vita- min Bi therapy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1940, 43: 1256-66. ----— Treatment of migraine with vitamin Bi; resume^ of one year's experience. Ibid, 1941, 45: 368-71.— Smith, C. B. The role of riboflavin in migraine. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1946, 54: 589-91.—Thiamin chloride in the treatment of migraine. Physician's Bull, 1941, 6: 39-41. ---- Urine. Jausion, H. A propos de l'etimination dans l'urine des migraineux des principes hypophysaires et de la substance_P. d'Oriel; l'intetet de l'auto-ourotherapie. Bull. Soc. mid. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser, 49: 1622-4.—Margolis, J. I. Chronic pentosuria and migraine. Am. J. M. Sc, 1929, 177: 348-71. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1929, 93: 173-6.—Torda, C, & Wolff, H. G. Experimental studies on headache; pharmacodynamics of urine excreted during migraine headache and its relation to 17-ketosteroid content. J. Clin. Invest, 1943, 22: 853-8. ---- vasomotor. See also other subheadings (Autonomic nervous system; Pathogenesis) Atkinson, M. Migraine headache; some clinical observations on the vascular mechanism and its control. Ann. Int. M, 1944, 21: 990-7.—Dunning, H. S. Intracranial and extracranial vascular accidents in migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1942, 48: 396-406.—Hahn, L. Zur Gefasstheorie der Migrane. Med. Klin, Berl, 1932, 28: 1264-8—Lichtwitz, L. Angiospa- stische Diathese und Migrane. In his Path. Funktionen, Leiden, 1936, 249-63.—Paillard, H. Quelques observations sur les migraines (troubles vaso-moteurs et anaphylactiques) J. med. fr, 1933, 22: 61.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot. Migraines et spasmes vasculaires geiteraux. Liege med, 1938, 31: 373-84. ------& Serane, J. Crises de vaso-dilatation hemicephalique (hypetemie faciale, conjonctivale, pituitaire, sinusale et menin- gee) avec hemicephalee. Rev. neur. Par, 1942, 74: 78-80.—• Rodella, A. Migrane und Hautgefasse. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1931, 61: 1256.—Schumacher. G. A, Cahan. A. M, & Wolff, H. G. Studies on migraine; the contrast of vascular mechan- isms in headache and pre-headache phenomena. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1940, 66: 150-3.—Torda, C, & Wolff, H. G. Experi- mental studies on headache; transient thickening of walls of cranial arteries in relation to certain phenomena of migraine MIGRAINE 253 MIGRANT headache and action of ergotamine tartrate on thickened vessels. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1945, 53: 329-32.— Wolff, H. G, Marcussen, R. M, & Kunkle, E. C. Studies on headache; analysis of the contractile state of the cranial vascular tree in migraine. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1948, 73: 14-7. ---- Vision. See also other subheadings (ophthalmic; pituitary) also Blindness, transient; Hemi- anopsia; Scotoma. Barre & Draganesco. Hemipatesies passagSres et amaurose transitoire chez une femme ayant des crises migraineuses. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1926, 4: 376.—Daniels, B. Ueber die homonyme Hemianopsie bei Migrane. Zschr. Augenh, 1932, 77: 67-82.—Dynes, J. B. Permanent visual field changes in migraine. Lahey Clin. Bull, 1942-43, 3: 82-7.—Engel, G. L, Ferris, E. B, jr, & Romano, J. Focal electroencephalographic changes during the scotomas of migraine. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1944, 17: 63. Also Am. J. M. Sc, 1945, 209: 650- 7.—Mulrenan, J. C. A case of permanent quadrant anopsia, possibly due to migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1922, 8: 449-51.—Rich, W. M. Permanent homonymous quadran- tanopia after migraine. Brit. M. J, 1948, 1: 592-4.—Roger, H. Migraines hfimianopsiques accompagnees d'aphasie ou de paresthesies passageres du membre supeneur. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1928, 6: 709-44. ---- in children. See also other subheadings (abdominal; al- lergic; digestive; ophthalmic) Aversenq. Les migraines dataient de l'enfance. Homoeop. fr 1949, 25: 78-80.—Bowen, R. Cases illustrating migraine in childhood. Proc. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1933, 2: No. 2, 9-11.—Felts, G. R. Migraine in childhood. Q. Balyeat Clin, Oklahoma, 1941, 11: No. 2, 3-6.—Grunert. Ueber kindHche Migrane. Zschr. Augenh, 1934, 84: 360.—Harry, P. A. Juvenile migraine. Prescriber, Edinb, 1940, 34: 243.— Hecker, R. Migrane im Kindes- und Jugendalter. Mschr. Psychiat, 1936, 94: 173; 237.—Jaqueca (La) en el nifio. Dfa med, B. Air, 1930-31, 3: 858.—Liege, R. La migraine dans la pratique medicale infantile. Progr. med. Par, 1940, 25.— Lima, A. de O. O problema clinico da enxaqueca infantil. Brasil med, 1939, 53: 765-71.—Pichon, E. Migraine. In: Traite med. enfants (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par, 1934, 5: 572-80.—Reiche, A. Behandlung der Migrane im Kindesalter mit Luminal. Deut. med. Wschr, 1927, 53: 26.—Riley, H. A. Migraine in children and the mechanism of the attack. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1937, 6: 387-402—Wolfsberg, J. O. Bemerkungen zum Problem der Migrane im Kindesalter. Ann. paediat, Basel, 1949, 172: 426-30. ---- in women. See also other subheadings (estrogenic; men- strual) . . . Allan, W. The sex ratio in migraine. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1932, 27: 1436-40.—Alvarez, W. C. Can one cure migraine in women by inducing menopause; report on 42 cases. Proc Mavo Clin, 1940, 15: 380-2. —---- The migrainous woman and her many troubles. Bull. Alexander Blain Hosp, 1945 i- 5-8—Paresi, J. M. Jaqueca o hemicranea. Rev. med.'quir. pat. fern, B. Air, 1945. 24: 288-93 MIGRAININ. See also Antipyrine; Caffeine; Citric acid. Hoffmann, E. Demonstration eines Falles von Migranin- Exanthem. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1905, 42: 991.—Ito.T. Mi- grainin ni yoru tenzyo-hyoso kakumaku-en no iti rei [case ol keratitis punctata subepithelialis caused by migraininj Kuma- moto igakkai zassi, 1943 19: 1889-92-Kionka.H. Migramn. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1910, 9: 427 — Levin E. Zur Kenntnis der Migranmvergiftung. Berl. klin. Wschr 1906 43: 766.—Migrainin; report of the Council on pharmacy and chemistry rescinding acceptance of the prepara- tion. J.Am.M. Ass, 1909, 52:1851.—Walther F. Migranm Ther. Neuheit, 1906, 1: 51.—Zernik, F. Ueber Migramn Hochst und einige seiner Ersatzpraparate. Arb. Fnarm. Inst. Berlin, 1907, 4: 48-56. MIGRANS bacillus, Rozhdestvensky, V. S, & Medvinskaia, L. J [Motility of colonies in the new species of Bacillus migrans] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1938, 7: 137-42. MIGRANT. See also such terms as Gypsy; Nomadism; Tourist; Vagabond; Vagrant. See also Migra- tion: Migratory instinct; Migratory worker. Anderson N. Highlights of the migrant problem today. Proc Nat Conf .Social Work, 1940, 67:109-17 -Bartels, E. D & Brunt G. The history of the problem of vagrants, with special reference to Danish conditions. In their Gipsies in Denmark, Kbh, 1943, 21-32.—Thompson, W. S. Who are our migrants? In his Popul. Probl, N. Y, 1942, 404-7. ---- deported. See also other subheadings; also Migration, Deportation. Don Zimmet, P. G. *Les conditions d'exis- tence et l'etat sanitaire dans les camps de con- centration de femmes deportees en Allemagne [Geneve] 101 p. 24cm. Ambilly-Annemasse, 1946. Debray, C, Zaracovitch, M. [et al.] Contribution a l'etude de la pathologie des deportes. Sem. hop. Paris, 1946, 22: 863-70.—Inbona, J. M, & Gounelle, H. Apercu general et traitement des etats de denutrition observes chez les deportes a leur retour des camps de concentration allemands. Ibid, 1945, 21: 740.—Maladie (La) et la mort dans les camps de deportes. Praxis, Bern, 1945, 34: 578. ---- destitute. See also Relief. Hall, F. A. The problem of the migration of indigent Puerto Ricans to and from New York City; the problem as seen by the social agency in Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico Health Bull, 1939, 3: 496-504.—Kahn, D. C. Statement for the record of the Committee on interstate migration of destitute citizens. In: Hearings Interstate Migr.U. S. Congr. H. Repr.1941, 76. Congr. 3. sess. H. Res. 63, pt 9, 3644.—Parran, T. Health needs of interstate migration of destitute citizens. Ibid, 3579.— Tate, J. Settlement, residence, and the power of a State to exclude or remove nonsettled needy persons. Ibid, 3514-20. ---- Displaced person. See also other subheadings; also Internment. Care and repatriation or return of displaced persons. Rep. Dir. Gen. U. N. Relief Admin, 1944, Sept, 49-51.—Coigny, R. L. Displaced persons; the medical problems. Lancet, Lond, 1945, 1: 477.—Cook, A. B. Sanitation in European displaced persons camps. Sanitarian, Los Ang, 1946-47, 37.-— Gregg, R. Immunization of European displaced persons. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1950, 65: 754-7.—Hurlbutt, M. E. The United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administra- tion's task for displaced persons. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1944, 71: 100-8.-—Lubitz, J. A. Nutritional status of displaced persons and urban German population in the U. S. Zone, Germany. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 3: No. 2, 16-8.—Marks, E. B, jr. The hard core DP's. Survey, N. Y, 1949, 85: 481-6.—Rehabilitation of displaced persons in India. Internat. Labour Rev, Montreal, 1948, 58: 187-98.—Rehabilitation and resettlement of displaced persons in the Indian Union. Ibid, 1950, 61: 410-26.—Rodgers, M. S. Dental care of displaced persons in the U. S. Occupied Zone of Germany, 1946. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 372-6.—Rosebery, H. L'aide medicale et sanitaire apportee aux personnes d6placees depuis la liberation. Arch. m6d. sociale, 1948, 4: 194-6.—Stern, H. Observations sur la psychologie collective dans les camps de personnes deplacees. Psyche, Par, 1948, 3: 891-907.—Stypul, M. Nursing aboard a D. P. ship. Am. J. Nurs, 1948, 48: 493.—Sutherland, A. B. Dental care of displaced persons. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1946, 12: 543-7.— Whittles, J. H. The early medical problems of displaced per- sons camps in Austria. Med. Off, Lond, 1947, 77: 121-3.— Witham, L, Russell, M. K, & Scott, A. V. [Suggestions for feeding refugees] Nat. M. J. China, 1941, 27: 491-505. ---- Health and welfare problems. See also subheadings of Migration (Problems; Public health aspect) also Housing; Nutrition; Relief; Welfare. Blankenship, C. F., & Safier, F. A study of medical problems associated with transients. 132p. 23cm. Wash., 1940. Forms No. 258, Pub. Health Bull. Lisktjtin, J. Nemocnost odloucenych lid- skfch skupin. p. 49-108. 21cm. Brno, 1948. In: Spisy Lek. Fak. Masaryk. Univ, 1948, 21: Altmeyer, A. J. The Social Security program in relation to defense migration. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 17, 6724.—Bonnell, M. Constructing a congee kitchen for relief feeding in China. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1946, 22: 971-3 — Campeanu-Focsani, M. [Beggars and vagabonds from the medical viewpoint] Spitalul, 1930, 50: 429-31— Coffee, E. R. A study of medical problems associated with transients. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76, Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 9, 3584-92.—Delp, M. How Mrs. Joad learned to use a doctor. Med. Care, 1944, 4: 115-8.—Dickie, W. M. Health of the migrant. J. Am. M. Ass. 1938, 111: 763-6. Also Week. Bull. California Dep. MIGRANT 254 MIGRANT Pub. Health, 1938-39, 17: 81; 86.—Fleming, D. Migrant nursing in wartime. Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1942, 38: 730-2.— Gartside, V. O. B. The medical inspection of aliens. Med. Off, Lond, 1947, 78: 49.—Hoey, J. M. Present situation with regard to migrants and recommendations for their care. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 9, 3504-6.—Hoppe-Seyler, G. Die Krankheiten der Landstreicher und Gelegenheitsarbeiter. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1076-8. Also Umschau, 1927, 31: 1005 — Krapf, E. E. Las depresiones vitales de las mujeres trans- plantadas. Rev. psiquiat. crim, B. Air, 1941, 6: 429-32.— Krotz, R. Die arztliche Betreuung der Bessarabienumsiedler. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1940, 8: 318—Lassabliere, P, & Uzan, M. Le nomadisme en Afrique francaise; enqu&te medico-sociale. Medecine, Par, 1940, 21: 3^7.—McNutt, P. V. Health pro- tection. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 11, 4325 — Mann, W. D. Migrant nursing. Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1941, 37: 658-60.—Medical care of migrants. Chron. World Health Org, 1949, 3: 55.-—Medical examination of evacuees and refugees. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 1103.—Meldung von ansteckenden Krankheiten bei Fliichtlingen. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1944, 226.—NeTgaard, O. Maladies chez enfants de tefugies polonais en Allemagne. Acta paediat, Upps, 1947, 34: 306-14.—Review (A) of the work of the Nursing and Midwifery Committee for Refugees. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 1023.—Roueche. La question des tefugies et le repliement. Bull. Acad, mid., Par, 1941, 125: 275-8.—Ruhland, G. C. Health problem among migrants. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3120-5.—Services provided to transients and travelers by Travelers' Aid societies in 35 urban areas, 1938. Social Statist, 1940, Suppl. 3, 11-4 — Temporary shelter for homeless or transient persons, 1936-38, in 29 urban areas. Ibid, 6-11. ---- Immigrant. See also Migration, Immigration laws; also Emigration. Advises against urging immigrants to stay foreign. Science News Lett, 1941, 40: 159.—Boas, F. Changes in bodily form of descendants of immigrants. Am. Anthrop, 1940, 42: 183-9.—Fischoff, E. Immigrant adjustment in Yankee City. Social Res, 1947, 14: 104-9.—Glick, C. The relation between position and status in the assimilation of Chinese in Hawaii. Am. J. Sociol, 1941-42, 47: 667-79.—Hansen, M. L. The great migration. In his Atlantic Migration, Cambr, 1940, 280-306.—Naturalization of noncitizens in the Army. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 424.—Possibilities for immigrant settle- ment in the Dominican Republic. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1941, 75: 508-18.—Stofflet, E. H. The European immigrant and his children. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1941, 217: 84-92 — Weinberg, A. A. Psychosomatic factors in the adjustment of new immigrants. Acta med. orient, Jerusalem, 1949, 8: 13-9.-—Zilboorg. G. The vicissitude of the intellectual im- migrant of today. J. Social Psychol, 1940, 12: 393-7. ---- Indian. See also Indian and its subheadings: also Migration, Racial aspect. Cook, S. F. Migration and urbanization of the Indians in California. Human Biol, 1943, 15: 32-45. ---- Japanese and Chinese. See also China; Japan; Migration subheadings (Evacuation; Relocation, etc.) United States. Army. Western Defense Command and Fourth Army. Final report: Japanese evacuation from the West Coast, 1942. 618p. 233/2cm. Wash., 1943. Arensberg, C. M. Report on a developing community: Poston, Ariz. Appl. Anthrop, 1942, 2: 1-21.—Embree, J. F. Resistance to freedom; an administrative problem. Ibid, 1943, 2: 10—4. ----;— The relocation of persons of Japanese ancestry in the United States; some causes and effects. J. Washington Acad. Sc, 1943, 33: 238-42.—Hanner, G. M. Hospitalizing of evacuees; a report on the care given to 90,000 Japanese in war relocation centers. Hospitals, 1944, 18: No. 4, 27-9.—Powell, J. W. America's refugees: exodus and diaspora. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1943, 70: 301-9. ---- Jew.. See also Jew, Migration; Israeli, in the 5. series; Middle East; Palestine. American OSE review. New York, v.2, 1943- Brutzkus, J. Medical care for Jewish exiles. Am. OSE Rev, 1943, 2: No. 3, 8-11.—Coni, E. A. Una visita a la Colonia Bar6n Hirsch de la Jewish Colonization Association en Rivera F. C. S. Tr. Fac. agron. vet. Univ. B. Aires, 1929, 25. Anniv. vol, 259-78.—Grushka, T, Noak, F, & Spiro, S. The health condition of the Jewish refugees in Cyprus and suggestions to improve it [Hebrew text] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1947, 33: 149-51.—Merzbach, A. The psychological situation of juvenile immigrants from Western Europe. Ibid, 1945, 29: 77-80.— R, R. A zsid6sag varosbaozonlese. Statiszt. ert, 1941, 237- 9.—Robinson, P. Mass examinations and mass treatment of Jewish D. P.'s. in Austria during the year 1948. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1949, 37: 43-6.—Rosenblum, Z. Jewish children in ghettos, camps and woods, 1939-45. Am. OSE Rev, 1947, 4: 25-33. ---- juvenile. See also Child, vagrant; Migratory instinct; Migratory worker; Minor; Prostitute; Psycho- path; School child, Truancy. Ackerson, L. Truancy from home and staying out late at night. In his Child. Behav. Probl, Chic, 1942, 2: 316-23.— Alencar Neto, M. de. Reeducacao de menores transviados. Arq. Serv. assist, menores, Rio, 1943, 2: 103-26, pi.—Caravedo, B, hijo, & Herencia, C. Algunas consideraciones sobre el problema de la vagancia en Lima. Bol. Dep. protec mat. inf. Peril, 1946, 5: No. 21, 41-7.—Carvalhal, J. F, & Nava, J. A situacSo provisoria dos menores transviados. Arq. Serv. assist, menores, Rio, 1943, 2: 95-100.—Clinton, I. L. A chance for better health comes to children who follow the crops. Child, Wash, 1945-46, 10: 51-3.—Durand, P. A quoi est due l'hecatombe des jeunes campagrards transplantes en ville? Rev. gen. clin. th6r, 1938, 52: 310-2—Gothberg, L. C. A comparison of the personality of runaway girls with a control group as expressed in the themas of Murray's thematic apper- ception test. Am. J. Ment. Defic, 1946-47, 51: 627-31.— Gould, G, & Dickerson, R. E. Vagrancy [District of Columbia] In their Digest Laws Prostit, N. Y, 1942, 71.—Jahr, H. M. Running away. Hygeia, Chic, 1940, 18: 145-8.—Lowrey, L. G. Runaways and nomads. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1941, 11:775-82.—Riemer, M. D. Runaway children. Ibid, 1940, 10: 522-6.—Runaway apprentices. In: Child & State (Abbott, G.) Chic, 1938, 1: 219.—Skinner, M, & Nutt, A. S. Adoles- cents away from home. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1944, 236: 51-9. ---- juvenile: Evacuee, and refugee. See also Migration subheadings; also Orphan. Strachey, A. S. Borrowed children. 149p. 19Kcm. N. Y., 1940. United States. Children's Bureau. Care of children coming to the United States for safety under the Attorney General's order of July 13, 1940; standards prescribed by the Children's Bureau. 28p. 23cm. Wash., 1941. Forms No. 268, Children's Bur. Pub. Alcock, A. T, Kimber. W. J. T. [et al.] War strain in chil- dren ; a debate at the Tavistock clinic. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 121.-—Australian hospitality for [British] doctors' children. Ibid, 1940, 2: 59. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 884 — Banks, A. L, Norman, L. G, & Alden, E. Sick-bays for child evacuees. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 357.—Basque (The) chil- dren's camp. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1937-38, 45: 8; 36.— Blechmann, G. Exode et fievre du nourrisson. Hopital, 1947, 35: 47-9.—Brissaud, J. La protection des enfants evacues en danger moral. Ann. med. leg., 1940, 20: 109-18.—British guest children. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1940, 43: 179.—British refugee children. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1940, 30: 497.—Brown. C. P. Medical and nursing care of evacuee children from arrival in Canada to the Provincial distribution centres. Nat. Health Rev, Ottawa, 1941, 9: 70-2.—Burt, C. The billeting of evacuated children. Brit. J. Educ. Psychol, 1941, 11: 85-98.—Buzzard, R. Refugee children in camp. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond., 1938-39, 46: 143-5.—Caravias Vera. D. Sobre una iniciativa peligrosa; un mill6n de hugrfanos extran- jeros para poblar nuestro pafs; fantasias y realidades. Sem. mid., B. Air, 1944, 51: 445-7.—Chapman, H. American hospitality for child of British dentist. Brit. Dent. J, 1940, 69: 263.—Cheesman, J. E. Growth of evacuated children. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 575.—Children in war-time, and after. Ibid, 1939, 2: 1177.—Cleanliness of evacuable children. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 64: 57.—Davis, M. W. Why the chil- dren must be helped. Red Cross Courier, 1940-41, 20: No. 8, 21.—Dominion hospitality for doctors' children. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: Suppl, 5.—Eliot, M. M. Planning for care of children after evacuation. Child, 1942, 7: 39-42.—Examination of evacuees. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 553.—Gesundheitsschutz (Der) der verschickten Kinder; eine Vereinbarung zwischen NSV und den Tragern der sozialen Krankenversicherung. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1941, 9: 62.—Gibson, R. G. Four thousand Basque children; the refugee camp at Southampton. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 2: 1091-6.—Growth of evacuated children. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 64: 199.—Guest children from Europe and their care. Child, Wash, 1941, 5: 202.—Jordan, E. P. British children in America. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 246.—Kesselring, M. Der Einfluss spaniendeutscher Fliichtlingskinder auf Schulleben und Unterricht. Zschr. padag. Psychol, 1938, 39: 203-14.—Lenroot, K. F. The United States program for the care of refugee children. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 198-207.—Libby, V. K. Partners for the duration. Red MIGRANT 255 MIGRANT Cross Courier, 1940-41, 20: No. 10, 9.—Medical care and refugee children. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 1102.—Medical treatment of evacuated children. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 27.— Padwick, H. B, & Metcalfe. G. A. Canadian hospitality for British doctors' children. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 687. Also Canad. M. Ass. J, 1941, 44: 195.—Plaut. P. Refugee children in England. Ment. Health, Lond, 1940, 1: 37-41.—Poulin, G. Les enfants apatrides. Med. inf., Par, 1946, 53: 185-8.— Problems in reception areas; public health and social welfare. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 207.—Reception a la frontiSre Suisse d'uu convoi d'enfants francais, 25 octobre 1944. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1944, 26: 853-7. 4 pi.—Roueche, H. L'hygiene des enfants tefugies. Med. inf., Par, 1940, 47: 24.—S, H. W. Medical care for our juvenile guests. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1940, 19: 387.—Siao, K. F. La situation actuelle des enfants refugies en Chine. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Heilpadag. (1939) 1940, 1. Kongr, 132-6.—Stones, R. Y. Medical problems of a reception area. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 370.—Straker, A, & Thouless, R. H. Preliminary results of Cambridge survey of evacuated children. Brit. J. Educ. Psychol, 1940, 10: 97- 113.—Swiss aid for France. J. Am. M. Ass, 1914, 116: 430.— Tauber, J. Netherland children in England. Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 486.-—Thatcher, L. The care of children in war-time and after. Edinburgh M. J, 1940, 47: 836-48.—Wasserman, U, & Resek, F. The refugee child; a task for mental hygiene. Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1942, 26: 529-45.—Whitton, C. Children on loan [Canada] Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 219-33.—Williams, H. C. M. The arrival of the Basque children at the port of Southampton. Brit. M. J, 1937, 1: 1209. Also Med. Off, Lond, 1937, 57: 239.—Young (The) visitors. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 264. --- Negro. See also Migration, Racial aspect; Negro. Preas, S, & Downes, J. A study of mobility among tuber- culous households in Upper Harlem. Milbank Mem. Fund Q, 1944, 22: 41-57.—Reid, I. D. Immigration and the law. In his Negro Immigr, N. Y, 1939, 31-5. ------ The Negro immigrant's life story. Ibid, 171-214. ---- political. See Migrant subheadings (deported; Displaced person; Jew; Refugee, etc.) also Migration, Politics. ---- Psychiatric aspect. See also subheading (Health and welfare prob- lems) also Migration, Psychiatric aspect; also such terms as Amnesia; Dream state; Fugue; Head injury, Sequelae; Mental defective; Miinch- hausen syndrome; Poromania. Boody, B. M. A psychological study of im- migrant children at Ellis Island. 163p. 24cm. Bait., 1926. Forms No. 3, Ment. Measure. Monogr. Vergara, M. H. *De la dromomanie des exiles. 42p. 25^cm. Par., 1940 [i. e., 1945] Adell, G. Psychiatric examinations of certain male vagrants and alcoholics in Sweden in the year 1938. Acta psychiat. neur, Kbh, 1938, 13: 447-62.—Belbey, J. Fuga y vagancia. Jornada med, B. Air, 1948, 2: 228-37.— Bryan, J. Y. The mental ability of literate transients. J. Abnorm. Psychol.. 1936-37, 31: 276-84.—Burgess, E. W. The hobo. In: Sex Life Unmarr. Adult (Wile, I. S.) N. Y, 1940, 145.—Devallet, J, & Thibaut, R. Nomadisme d'origine delirante chez une debile polonaise. Echo med. nord, 1939, 3. ser, 10: 522-6.— Dupouy, R, & Schiff, P. Sur l'etiologie et les caracteres cliniques de certaines fugues; automatisme ambulatoire et ambulomanie constitutionnelle. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1923, 81: pt 2, 314-32.—Lang, T. Erste Ergebnisse psychia- trisch-erbbiologischer Untersuchungen an jiidischen Flucht- lingen. Bull. Schweiz. Akad. med. Wiss, 1944-46, 1: 281-95 — Levy-Valensi, J. Les alienes migrateurs. Sem. hop. Paris, 1935, 11: 247-51.—Ostmann. Landstreichen und Betteln bei geistig Abnormen. Mschr. Krim. Psychol, 1928, 19: 677-9.— Poster, M. Le traitement des refugies envisage' comme pro- bleme de la psychologie des masses. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1947, 105: 436. Also Med. & hyg, Geneve, 1947, 5: No. 90, 10. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1948, 61: 404 (Abstr.) Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 755 (Abstr.)—Queen. S. A, & Gruener, J. R. Mobility; the transient. In their Social Path, rev. ed, N. Y, 1940, 390-415—Reiter, K. Les vagabonds asociaux en Allemagne. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub. Par, 1940, 32: 446-8.—Steinert, J. A socio-psychological analysis of 100 adult male transients. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull, 1936, 33: No. 1, 375.—Tulchin, S. H, & Levy, D. M. Ror- schach test differences in a group of Spanish and English refugee children. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1945, 15: 361-8—Urechia. C. I, & Retezeanu, G. Fugues, vagabondage et psychanalyse. Arch, internat. neur. Par, 1931, 23. ser, 1: 491-512—Wil- manns, K. Das Vagabundentum in Deutschland. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat, 1940, 168: 65-111. ---- Refugee. See also Internment; Jew, Migration; Relief. Caillaud, A. *Le Centre d'accueil; travail de l'Inspection departementale d'hygiene de la Gironde [Paris] 39p. 25cm. Bordeaux, 1939. Lerolle, M. E. A. *L'exode d'un peuple; etude des consequences sanitaires du depart des Grecs d'Asie-Mineure apres la guerre Greco- Turque de 1922. 126p. 8? Par., 1931. Action (L') de secours de la Croix-Rouge hongroise en faveur des Polonais tefugies en Hongrie. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1940, 22: 1023-5, pi.—Armand-Delille, P. F. La collaboration de l'Oeuvre Grancher avec les services departementaux d'as- sistance aux eVacues et refugies. Bull. Acad. mid., Par, 1939, 3. ser, 122: 486-8. —---- La collaboration des travailleuses sociales avec les services ptefectoraux des evacues dans les d^partements tefuges. Mid. inf., Par, 1940, 47: 15-24. Also Strasbourg meU, 1940, 100: 125-30 (Abstr.)— Arnstein, M. G. Nursing in the UNRRA Middle East refugee camps. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1945, 41: 308.—Assistance to refugees in India from war zones. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1944, 49: 99.—Bayern, statistisches Landesamt. Die Fluchtlinge in Bayern. Bayern in Zahlen, 1948, 2: 5.—Cavaillon & Le- clainche. Les problemes sanitaires poses par l'exode en France des tefugies espagnols. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1939, 3. ser, 121: 328-36. Also Gaz. hop, 1939, 112: 367.—Chartres. L'assistance aux tefugies a Alep (Syrie) l'effort francais. Mar- seille meU, 1924, 61: 1452-65.—Comite (Le) international de la Croix-Rouge et la guerre. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1940, 22: 355-63, 2 pi.—Comite (Le) international de la Croix- Rouge et l'aide aux refugies de Palestine. Ibid, 1950, 32: 488-94.—Des Gouttes, P. Essai d'adaptation aux civils tefugies dans les it&ts neutres de la Convention sur les droits et les devoirs des neutres. Ibid, 1940, 22: 195-204.—Doxiades. La situation des tefugies en Gtece. Ibid, 1924, 6: 724-34.— Dubief, H., & Thoinot, L. Les asiles parisiens pour tefugies de guerre. Ann. hyg. Par, 1915, 4. ser, 23: 249-69.—Ellis, R. W. B„ O'Donovan, D, & Wilson, F. M. Report on the condition of Polish refugees in Rumania and Hungary. Brit. M. J, 1939, 2: 1013-5.—Forster, G. By way of Manila. Red Cross Courier, 1940-41, 20: No. 3, 19.—Hongrie; Taction de secours de la Croix-Rouge hongroise en faveur des tefugies polonais en Hongrie. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1940, 22: 432-42, pi.—Horowitz, F. Welfare work of the Czech Refugee Trust Fund. Bull. Czech. M. Ass. Gr. Britain, 1941, No. 1, 9-11.—Jackson, T. W. The lot of the innocent bystander in war. Mil. Surgeon, 1916, 38: 391-9, 5 pi.—Kerze, T. Nursing in a Middle East refugee camp. Pub. Health Nurs, 1945, 37: 443-7.—Kraus, H. The plight of refugees in a preoccupied world. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1940, 67: 150-7.— Lepine, P. Quelques remarques a propos d'une visite aux camps de tefugies espagnols des Pyten^es-Orientales. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1939, 32: 377-81.—Lim, E. Q. A report on the incidence of nutritional diseases and food supply in the refugee camps in Shanghai. Caduceus, Hong Kong, 1937, 16: 160-7.—Mann, N. Training programs for refugees. Occupa- tions, 1940-41, 19: 250-4.—Medical care of refugees. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 35.—Nansen, F. La Societe des Nations et les refugies russes. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1922, 4: 785-8.— Pfister, M. The participation of Switzerland in the interna- tional aid for refugees and homeless persons. Gesundheit, Zur, 1949, 29: 357-9.—Reding-Biberegg, R. de. Secours aux tefugies grecs. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1922, 4: 951-60.— Ryan, P. E. News from the International Red Cross. Red Cross Courier, 1940-41, 20: No. 2, 21.—Spanish refugees [in France] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 2075.—Stafford, J. Food for refugees. Science News Lett, 1940, 38: 10.—Taylor, C. E. Epidemiological observations in refugee camps and columns. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1948, 23: 113-6.—Van Cleft, K. Food service in an UNRRA camp in Egypt. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1946, 22: 141-8.—Van Zeeland, P. Refugiados antes y despues de la guerra. Reforma med, Lima, 1944, 30: 131-41.—Wolfson, M. Shanghai's refugees descend upon Manila. Red Cross Courier, 1938-39, 18: 22-4.—World health; refugees. Health Off, Wash, 1939, 4: 125-8. ---- Refugee—in United States. See also Migration subheadings; Migratory worker subheadings (Physician; Refugee) Davie, M. R., & Koenig, S. The refugees are now Americans. 32p. 21cm. N. Y., 1945. Forms No. Ill, Pub. Affairs Pamph. Hall, A. Reviewing the refugee problem; arriving in the United States at the rate of 4,000 a month, refugees are showered with attention and help by streamlined, chromium-plated organizations whose budgets run into millions. p.45-51. 22^cm. Concord, N. H., 1941. In: Scribner's Commentator, 1941, 10: Davie, M. R. Recent refugee immigration from Europe. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: pt 1, 110-23.— MIGRANT 256 MIGRANT Greenleigh, A. D. The work of refugee agencies in the United States; its successes and inadequacies. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 208-18.—Murray, E. French refugees of 1793 in Pennsylvania. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1944, 87: 387-93.— Planning for care of children from overseas seeking refuge in the United States. Child, Wash, 1940, 5: 9-11.—Sachs, J. J. The committee to aid student refugees. Med. Bull, N. Y, 1938-39. 4: 76. ---- repatriated. See also other subheadings (Displaced person; Refugee) also Migration, Repatriation; Prisoner of war. Benjamin, R. Les rapatries. 63p. 8? Par., 1918. Fonteille, A. *La tuberculose tardive des rapatries. 79p. 25cm. Lyon, 1948. Adamson, J. D, Tisdale, P. K. [et al.] Residual disabilities in Hong Kong repatriates. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1947, 56: 481-6. Also Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1947, 2: 7-17.— Basse & Bureste. Examen sanitaire des rapatries; tesultat des examens sErologiques pratiques sur les rapatriEs du dEparte- ment d'Eure-et-Loir. Prophyl. antivEnEr, 1946, 18: 563.— Bernard, E, Bourgeois, P, & Genevrier, R. L'examen radio- logique systematique des rapatriEs. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1944- 45, 9: 232-5.—Clarke, C. A, Sneddon, I. B. [et al.] Nutri- tional neuropathy in repatriated prisoners of war from the Far East. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1945-46, 39: 357r60.—Creveld, S. v. Observations chez des enfants rapatriEs des Indes. Ann. paediat, Basel, 1946, 167: 331—46. ------ Waarne- mingen bij gerepatrieerde kinderen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1909.—Gehlen, A. Ueber einige Kategorien des Entlasteten, zumal des asthetischen Verhaltens. Studium gen, Heidelb, 1950, 3: 54-60.—Godlewski, H. Les rapatriEs; evolution de leur Etat physique et moral. Rev. mEd. fr, 1945, 26: 183-96.—Hanns, A, & Mugler, A. Le paludisme des rapatriEs de Russie. Bull. Soc. mEd. h6p. Paris, 1948, 64: 818-21.—Hulshoff, A. A. Voorloopige indrukken over den gezondheidstoestand der repatrieerenden. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 474.—Knoll, W, & Ruckstuhl, H. Aerztliche Er- fahrungen aus einem Riickwanderer-Lager. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1947, 77: 141-4.—Kopf, H. Heimkehrer; Ausge- wiesene. Med. Klin, Miinch, 1947, 42: 468.—Kouwenaar, W. De behandeling van ziekten bij gerepatrieerden uit Ned. Indie. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 87-94.—Kuroda, K, & Ohkami, M. Sengo kaigai hikiage-sya no eiyo zyotai ni tuite [nutritive condition of the repatriates after the war] Igaku & seibutugaku, 1948, 13: 350-3.—Langen, C. D. de. Moeheid bij gerepatrieerden. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1289.— Letarte, F., & Simard, P. Visual complaints from Hong Kong repatriates. Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1947, 2: No. 9, 14-8.—Main, T. F. Clinical problems of repatriates. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1947, 93: 354-63.—Malten, H. Heimkehrer. Med. Klin, Miinch, 1946, 41: 593-600.—Montella, G. Le neurosi tra i reduci. Diagnosi, Nap, 1946, 2: 92-7.—Morgan, H. J, Wright, I. S, & Van Ravenswaay, A. Health of repatriated prisoners of war from the Far East. J. Am. M. Ass, 1946, 130: 995-9.—Moss, J. E. A medical survey of allied repatriates after liberation from Japanese prisons. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 598-604.— Nepjoleti (A) miniszter 65.650/1948. N. M. sz&mu rendelete a hadifogsagbol hazatErt gum6k6ros hadifog- lyok k6rhazi (gy6gyintEzeti) kezelEse targyaban. NEpegEszsEg- iigy, 1948, 29: 408.—Pineas, H. Der Heimkehrer und der praktische Arzt. Wurttemberg. Aerztebl, 1946, 1: 17.— Psychiatric problems of repatriated prisoners. Brit. M. J, 1946, 1: 402.—Rapatriement d'internEs civils. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1945, 27: 295-7.—Return from Germany. Lancet, Lond, 1945, 1: 636; 670.—Rollin, H. R. The psychological problems of the repatriated prisoner of war. Med. Press, Lond., 1948, 220:301-4.—Ruff, E. Die Lage der heimgekehrten Aerzte. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1918, 31: 1308-11.—Schweitzer, F. Die lipophile Dystrophie der Heimkehrer. Wien. med. Wschr, 1948, 98: 258-60.—Sedlmayr, G. Observations mEdicales faites sur les maladies de carence chez les rapatriEs de Russie; camp gouvernemental de transit d'Ulm-Donau. Docum. mEd (Croix-rouge) 1948, No. 18, 30-4. ------ Erfahrungen in der Behandlung kranker Heimkehrer. Med. Klin, Berl, 1949, 44: 257-9.—Thompson, T. O. Repatriated allied prisoners of war and internees. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 289-93.— Toler, H. P. Repatriated from Italy; the story of an American ambulance driver. Prison. War Bull, 1943, 1: No. 2, 7.— Tuttle, M. J. Analysis of medical repatriations; Canadian Army overseas. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1945-46, 3: 210-26.— Yamada, M, & Yosida, Z. Hikiage ken-eki no gaikyo ni tuite [Quarantine of repatriates (to Japan)] Kosyu eiseigaku zassi, 1946-47, 1: 292-6. ---- Settlement. See also such terms as Indian; Military (Prisoner of war) Rehabilitation; Tropics, Colonization, etc. Bottle-Wilbraham, L. Civil resettlement of ex-prisoners of war. Ment. Health, Lond, 1946, 6: 39-42.—Broek, J. O. M. Climate and future settlement. Yearb. Agr, Wash, 1941, 227-36.—Jones, G. P. Impressions of a medical officer to a civil resettlement unit. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1947, 88: 161- 4.—Richardson, F. L. W, jr. Community resettlement in a depressed coal region. Appl. Anthrop, 1941-42, 1: 24; No. 3, 32.—Settlement of refugees in the Dominican Republic. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1940, 74: 474-7.—Social problems of re-settlement. Nature, Lond, 1946, 157: 774-6. ---- Tourist. See also Camp, Sanitation; Tourism. Jarrett, J. M. The public health aspect of the sanitation problems created by the touring public. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1938, 85: 681-93.—Summer sanitation program de- signed to protect tourist health. Michigan Pub. Health, 1940, 28: 103. MIGRATING erythema. See Erythema, anulare chronicum migrans. MIGRATING flap. See also Grafting subheadings; also Plastic surgery, Methods; and under names of regions and organs. Aldunate Phillips, E. Injertos pediculados. Arch. Soc. cirujan. hosp, Santiago, 1945, 15: 758-64.—Amor, R. Algunas consideraciones sobre la canalizaci6n en cirugfa. Gac. mEd. MExico, 1938, 68: 62-73.—Blocker, T. G, jr, & Mithoefer, J. The pattern flap. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1950, 5: 163-7, illust.—Brown, J. B. The closure of surface defects with free skin grafts and with pedicle flaps. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1947, 84: 862-5.-—Covarrubias Zenteno, R. Colgajos de circulaci6n invertida. Relat. Congr. lat. amer. cir. plast. (1947) 1949, 4. Congr, 173-6.—Cuthbert, J. B. The marsupial skin flap. Brit. J. Plastic Surg, 1949-50, 2: 125-31.—Dellepiane Rawson, R, & Kirshbaum, S. Colgajo migratorio; metodo de la bolsa marsupial (marsupial flap) Relat. Congr. lat. amer. cir. plaat. (1947) 1949, 4. Congr, 212.—Douglas, B, & Buchholz, R. R. The blood circulation in pedicle flaps; an accurate test for de- termining its efficiency. Ann. Surg, 1943, 117: 692-709.— Douglas, B, & Millikan, G. A. The blood circulation in pedicle flaps; preliminary studies on a photo-electric test for determin- ing its efficiency. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1947, 2: 348-57.— Eckhoff, N. L. The use of flaps. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1947, 61: 140-5.—Esser. J. F. S. Biological scrotal flaps; a new approach. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 5: 168-70.— Farina, R. Transplantes pediculados vs transplantes livres. Sao Paulo mEd, 1944, 17: pt 2, 125-32.—Fossen [Pedicle flap] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 756.—Gonzalez Ulloa, M. Colgajos pediculados. Rev. brasil. cir, 1940, 9: 273-6.—Kakorina, A. N. Ukhod za filatovskim steblem. Med. sestra, Moskva, 1949, No. 10, 9-12.—Kubanyi, E. Fagyott vEgtagu katonak lagyteszhiinyainak p6tl£sa nyeles lebeny- atultetEssel. Orvostud. kozl, 1944, 5: 30.—Lang. K. Erfah- rungen iiber gestielte Hautplastiken; aus einer Sonderabteilung fiir Erfrierungen im Bereich der Sanitats-Abteilung Ulm. Chirurg, 1944, 16: 212-24.—Lenggenhager, K. Beitrag zur Wanderlappen-Plastik. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1947, 77: 422.—Matti, H. Ueber Transportplastik. Ibid, 1928, 58: 669-73.—May. H. A simple device to test and to improve the circulation in a pedicle flap. Surgery, 1947, 21: 582-7.— Mills, J. T, & Patterson, J. B. The combined use of multiple excision, the Z-plastic and sliding flaps in the correction of certain congenital and acquired anomalies. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1947, 2: 249-59.—New, G. B. Further uses of the sickle flap in plastic surgery. Ibid, 1946, 1: 271-6.—Olander, G. A. Nicotinic acid and epinephrine test for determining the source of blood supply of delayed skin flaps. Ibid, 1950, 5: 58-65, illust.-—Olsen, G. Stilkede hudlapper; deres anvendelse og teknik ved behandling af st0rre huddefekter pa krop og extre- miteter. Ugeskr. laeger, 1949, 111: 83-9.—Padgett, E. C, & Gaskins, J. H. The use of skin flaps in the repair of scarred or ulcerative defects over bone and tendons. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1944) 1945, 52: 195-211.—Prudente, A. InclusSo previa de material aloplastico nos transplantes pediculados. Temas Congr. lat. amer. cir. plast. (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 379-81.— Reinhard, W., & Lauer, A. Gefahren der gestielten Haut- lappenverpflanzung bei der Homoioplastik. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1940-41, 254: 661-8.—Requarth, W. Use of pedicle skin grafts in repair of surface defects of the lower extremities. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1948, 48: 373-9.—Rosovsky. N. V. [Pre- liminary plastic reconstruction of the hand with the skin of the scrotum] In: Jubil. sborn. Omsk. med. inst, Omsk, 1935, 143-6.—Shaw, D. T. Open abdominal flaps for repair of surface defects of the upper extremity. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1944, 24: 293-308.—Stork, R. B. Pre-operatively applied, mated, plaster of paris casts as an aid in the migration of open- pedicle cross leg flaps. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1947, 2: 433-8. ------ Blood supply of cross leg pedicle flaps. Ibid, 1948, 3: 694-9.—Webster, G. V. Choice of pedicle flaps for plastic and reconstruction surgery. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1944. 24: 1472-82. ---- intermediary. First step, showing raised skin with salve, soaked gauze pulled through incision [illustration] Pharm. Advance, 1942- 43, 14: No. 164, 10.—Second step, transverse cut; 3rd step, MIGRATING FLAP 257 MIGRATING FLAP skin allowed to draw together [illustration] Ibid, No. 164, 10.—Fourth step, skin grafted and arm held in place with harness [illustration] Ibid, No. 164, 11.—Fifth step, skin is severed from arm [illustration] Ibid, No. 164, 11. ---- island (of Esser) Curtillet, E, & Aubaniac. A propos des greffes en ilots; l'Echec par atrophie, l'Echec par enfouissement; pathologie des greffes en ilots. Afrique fr. chir, 1947, 52-4. ------ Le pansement des greffes en ilots par plaque mEtallique. Ibid, 54—6.—Esser, J. F. S. Neue Wege fiir chirurgische Plastiken durch Heranziehung der zahnarztlichen Technik. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1916, 103: Kriegschir. Hefte 6, 547-55. ------ Eigen- artige Ausnutzung einer misslungenen plastischen Operation. Deut. med. Wschr, 1918, 44: 1220. ------ Ueber Plastiken. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1919, 66: 27. —---- Esser inlays as a practical auxiliary operation. Proc. Internat. Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr , 56-9. Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1943. 6: 208-11. ---- local. Boovariwala, D. D. Skin loss replacement by the combined use of direct pedicle flaps and Thiersch's graft. Ind. M. Guide, 1948, 1: 224-7.—Brown, D. O. Repair of limb wounds by the use of direct skin-flaps. Brit. J. Surg, 1942-^3, 30: 307-14 — Limberg, A. A. [Mathematical basis for the selection of differ- ent figures of contiguous triangular skin flaps for the correction of cicatrices on the surface of the body] Vest, khir, 1944, 64: 43-53.—Rubin. L. R. Contiguous skin flaps for wounds of the extremities. Am. J. Surg, 1946, 71: 36-54. ---- tubed pedicle. See also under Grafting. Almeida, F. de. O retalho tubulado. Impr. mEd, Lisb, 1940, 6: 250-3, pi.—Andina, F. Zur Plastik des Rundstiel- lappens. Helvet. chir. acta, 1949, 16: 278-90.—Ardao, H. A, Apolo, E, & Penagaricano, R. El colgajo toraco-abdominal en las reparaciones del miembro superior. Bol. Soc. cir. Uruguay, 1947, 18: 394.—Arhangelsky, P. F. [Twenty-fifth anniversary of the Filatov tubular graft] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredne- aziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 499-501.—Bonola, A. Contributo clinico ai trapianti tubulari in ortopedia. Chir. org. movim, 1947, 31: 95-106.—Caccialanza. P. Contribute alia conoscenza dei lembi tubulati cutanei. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper, 1942, 17: 94-7.—Caminiti-Manganaro, E. Sul ripristino della sensibility nel lembo cutaneo tubulate e nei lembi di cute trapiantati con tale metodo. Atti Congr. europ. chir. plast. guerra (1942) 1943, 289. ------ & Faraone, G. Omotrapianto cutaneo a lembo tubulate alia Filatov-Gillies e gruppi sanguigni. Sangue, Milano, 1949, 22: 215-28.— Carsky, K. Tubalny lalok v plastickej chirurgii. Bratisl. lek. listy, 1947, 27: 612-5, 6 pi.—Claoue, C. Lambeaux cutanEs tubulEs; transports par inclusion dermique ou procEdE de la sangsue. Monde mEd, 1940, 50: 149-52.—Conway, H, Stark, R. B, & Docktor, J. P. Vascularization of tubed pedicles. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg. 1949, 4: 133-43.—Esser, E. Alcune considerazioni sul lembo tubulate. Chir. plast, Roma, 1939, 5- 134—Fardeau, A. Les lambeaux cutanEs tubulEs en chi- rurgie plastique. Bruxeiles mEd. 1949, 29:1136-40—Gabarro, P. A new design for raising a tubed pedicled flap. Surgery, 1945 18: 732-41.—Gillies, H. Practical uses of the tubed pedicle flap. In: Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 137-59. ---— & King L. A. B. Mechanical supports in plastic surgery. Lancet, Lond, 1917, 1: 412-4.—Ginestet, G, & Ginestet, G. Les lambeaux cyhn- driques dans la chirurgie reconstructive. Rev. odont. stomat. Par, 1948, 4: 41; passim.—Gordon, S, & Warren, R. F. Ke- flex vasodilatation in tubed pedicle skin grafts. Ann. Surg, 1946, 123: 436-46.—Havens, F. Z, & Dix, C. R. The axillary- iliac tubed flap. Proc Mayo Clin, 1942, 17: 167-9.—Hynes, W. The rapid transfer of abdominal tubed pedicles. rJnt. J. Plastic Surg, 1949-50, 2: 202- 11, illust. .---—- & Macgregor, A. G. The use of fluorescein in estimating the blood now in pedicled skin flaps and tubes. Ibid. 4-12—Janeiek M. HistologickE zmEny tkani implantovanych podle tilatoya. LEk. listv, 1950, 5: 68-70, illust— Jentzer, A. RecupEration fonctionnelle a l'aide d'un greffon osseux autoplastique et de lambeaux cutanEe tubulEs. Schweiz. med. Wschr 194£, 73: 1023-6—Karell, U. Tube flap grafting. Acta Univ. Tartu. (1937) 1939, A, 33: No. 4, 1-15.—Klein D. Instrument for precise formation of the tube graft and French flap. Am J. Sure 1949 78: 139.—Kroeff, M. Dois casos de autoplastia pelo "processo tubular. Hospital, Rio, 1936, 10: 1417-23 — Laico, J. Tube flap transplantation in plastic repair. Philip- pine J. Surg, 1946, 1: 110-8.-Lapchinsky, A G. Modifikacua obrazovaniia filatovskogo steblia s peremeshcheniem treugol- nykh loskutkov kozhi pod nozhkami v odnu storonu. Khi- rurgia, Moskva 1947, No. 12, 30-3-Lauber, H. J, & AresinJN. Plaitiiche Deckung grosser Hautdefekte Narben und Narben- ulzera mit dem Rundstiellappen. Zbl. Chir, 1947, 72. 363-8— Macomber, W. B, & Briele, H. A. Modern experiences with tubed pedicle flaps of the thigh. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg 1947 2: 163-70.—Merendino, K. A. Full thickness pedicle flap graft from the amputated arm for large skin defects follow- ing interscapulothoracic amputation. Arch. Surg, 1950 60. 376-8, illust -Michelson, N. M. [Poetical suggestions m plastic surgery; the suitcase handle] Nov. khir. arkh, 1941, 49. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----17 272.—Nicola, C. P. de. Secuela de quemaduras; injerto tubular de piel. Bol. Acad, argent, cir, 1949, 33: 839.—Obukhova, L. M. Eshche odna modifikaciia obrazovaniia stebel'chatogo loskuta Filatova. Vest, khir, 1948, 68: No. 2, 47, illust.— Penn, J. Zigzag modification of the tubed-pedicle flap. Brit. J. Plastic Surg, 1948, 1: 110.—Rebello Netto. MEtodo tubular em cirurgia plastica. Bol. Acad. nac. med, Rio, 1939-40, 112: No. 8, 13-8, 5 pi.—Rice, F. A, & Hobbs, M. F. Use of splint in transferring tube skin grafts from forearm to lower leg. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 486-8.—St. Loup Bustillo, E. Consideraciones acerca del colgajo de pedfeulo tubulado. Gac mEd. quir. Bolivia, 1943-44, 1: 30-44.—Sanders, G. B, & Lynn, R. B. Graft fixation beneath tubed pedicle flaps. Am. J. Surg, 1947, 73: 700-2.—Schimka, V. II trapianto cutaneo libero affondato all'uso di lembi tubulari a doppia faccia. Atti Congr. europ. chir. plast. guerra (1942) 1943, 391-3 —Shaw D. T, & Payne, R. L, jr. One stage tubed abdominal flaps; single pedicle tubes. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1946, 83: 205-9.— Soderberg, B. N. The massive combined tube and open flap used as a unity rotation pedicle transplant for repairs of certain deep surface defects. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1948, 3: 407-16.—Sparrow, T. D. The tube pedicle skin graft; its usefulness to the general surgeon. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1938, 85: 562-83.—Steffanoff, D. N. Auriculo-mastoid tube pedicle for otoplasty. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1948, 3: 352-60.—Susoni, A. H. Reparacion plastica por colgajos tubulares. Rev. As. mEd. argent, 1946, 60: 601-5. Also Bol. As. mEd. Puerto Rico, 1947, 39: 47-55.—Usua Marine, J. Algunas consideraciones sobre injertos tubulares. Actas derm. sif, Madr, 1946-47, 38: 1206-17.—Vilesov, S. P. [De la technique de la greffe cutanEe d'apres Filatov] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940, No. 7, 79-84.—Virenque, M. Quelques re- marques sur la mEthode tubulEe; technique de la confection du tube. Rev. odont. stomat. Par, 1947, 3: 81-9. ------ Les indications de la mEthode tubulEe; les tubes inutiles. Ibid, 193-208.—Zhak, E. M. [Methods of formation and cultivation of Filatov's pediculate flap] Hospit. delo, 1944 No. 6, 56-8. ---- Z-plastics. Browne, H. R. Templates as an aid in marking out Z- plastics. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1947, 2: 278-80.—Davis, J. S. Present evaluation of the merits of the Z-plastic operation. Ibid, 1946, 1: 26-38.—Marino, H. Las plasticas en Z. Rev. As. mEd. argent, 1941, 55: 208-11.—Morel-Fatio, D. La plastie en Z. J. chir. Par, 1949, 65: 747-54.—Smith, F. Multiple excision and Z plastics in surface reconstruction. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1946, 1: 170-86.—Stevenson, T. W. Release of circular constricting scar by Z flaps. Ibid, 39-42. MIGRATING ophthalmia. See Ophthalmia, migrans. MIGRATION. See also Anthropogeography; Demography; Emigration; Group, Disease: Etiology; Migrant; Migratory instinct; Migratory worker; No- madism; Population; Statistics; Tourism. International Labour Office. Migration. Internat. Labour Rev, Montreal, 1947, 56: 73; 184; 329.—Lamb, R. K. Migra- tion. Social Work Yearb, N. Y, 1943, 7: 33">-9— Migration [bibliography] Popul. Index, Princet, 1943, 9: 33; passim in subsequent numbers and volumes. ---- Biological aspect. See also Migrant, Immigrant. Brage, D. Conceptos bio-sociales de la inmigracion. Sem. mEd, B. Air, 1947, 54: 123-31.—Crew, F. A. E. The biological aspects of migration. Population, Lond, 1933, 1: 34—41.— Gini, C. The physical assimilation of the descendents of immi- grants. Abstr. Bk Internat. Congr. Genet, 1948, 8. Congr, 48.—Hull, H. E. The physical betterment of future citizens through immigration. Proc. Race Betterm. Conf, 1928, 3. Conf, 186-99.—Johnson, A. The menace of the melting pot myth. Ibid, 200. ---- Control, direction, management, and plan- ning. See also other subheadings. Blakeslee, R. O. Laws and administrative practices as barriers to mobility; remedies in relation to human welfare. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1939, 66: 232-42— Gianturco, M. La selezione tecnica degli emigranti. Riv. internaz. protez. sociale, 1947, 2: 74-89.—Goodrich, C. Possibilities and limits of international control of migration. Proc Mil- bank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 74-81.—International Labour Organization. First meeting of the Permanent Migra- tion Committee. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1947, 55: 98- 108—McCall, B. Migration problems and the Federal Government Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1940, 67:130-9.— McCallum, F. The administrative machinery of migration Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1941, 10. session 8 MIGRATION MIGRATION 2." 16-8.—Montagna, C. P., & Burgos, H. I. Ley de colonizaci6n y natalidad. An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1941, 7: 21-5.— Mukerjee, R. The ecological control of population. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 1: 23-30. ---- defense. See also other subheadings (Evacuation; war- time) also Migratory worker; Mobilization. United States. Congress. House of Representatives. 77. Congr., 1. Sess., H. Res. 113. Hearings before the Select Committee investigating national defense migration. Pt 11, 14, 16-17. 4v. 23cm. Wash., 1941. Altmeyer, A. J. Defense migration. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 17, 6728-32.—Hillman, S. Defense migration, 1940-41, contrasted with 1916-17. Ibid, H. pt 16, 6310.— Mautz, W. H, & Durand, J. D. Population and war labor supply. J. Am. Statist. Ass, 1943, 38: 31-42.—Myers, H. B. Defense migration and labor supply. Ibid, 1942, 37: 69-76.—Taft, C. P. National defense migration and its rela- tion to health, welfare, and related defense activities. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 17, 6710-24.—War time employment in Germany; the mobilization of labor reserves. J. Indust. Hyg, 1942, 24: Suppl, 26 (Abstr.) ---- Demography. See also Population, Growth. Tomblen, R. L. The effect of immigration on population growth and character. p. 119-37. 25^cm. N. Y., 1935. In: Bell Teleph. Q, 1935, 14: Harnisch, R. Zur Frage der Wanderung und Siebung. Arch. Bevolk, 1942, 12: 27-60— Thompson, W. S. Migration. In his Popul. Probl, N. Y, 1942, 372-410. ----— Migration and the growth of population. Ibid, 381-6. ■------ Are emigration and immigration desirable? Ibid, 386-8. ------ The demographic and economic implications of larger immigra- tion. Proc Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 95-109 — Vincent, P. Vieillissement de la population retraites et immi- gration. Population, Par, 1946, 1: 213-44. ---- Deportation. See also Migrant, deported. Vandervelde, P., & Cantineau, G. La dEportation des civils flamands en 1916; considErations mEdicales; premiere sErie de 200 cas soignEs k l'Hopital Saint-Pierre. Bull. Acad. mEd. Belgique, 1919, 4. ser, 29: 129-208. ---- Displacement. See also Migrant, Displaced person. Ktjlischer, E. M. The displacement of population in Europe. 171p. 24cm. Montreal, 1943. Burg, H. M. v. Fliichtlingselend in Deutschland. Schweiz. Rot-Kreuz Kalend, 1950, 89-91.—Displacement of European populations. Month. Labor Rev, 1943, 57: 1167-73. ---- Evacuation. See also Migrant, juvenile: Evacuee; see also under such terms as Disaster; Earthquake; Flood, etc. Adamson, M. R. The evacuation of children; a question and some notes. Cath. M. Guard, Lond, 1939, 17: 58-63.— Boyd, W. The effects of evacuation on the children. Brit. J. Educ. Psychol, 1941, 11: 120-6.—Brothwood, W. C. V. Ex- perience of evacuation in a county reception area. Pub. Health, Lond, 1939-40, 53: 125-9.—Crosse, V. M, Jones, M. J. [et al.l Maternity and child welfare experience and problems arising from evacuation. Ibid, 172-6.—Deportation of children from England to Canada. In: Child & State (Ab- bott, G.) Chic, 1938, 2: 157-63.—Evacuation of children. Med. Rec, 1941, 153: 381.—Evacuation of the London school children. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 2074.—Evacuation of mothers and young children. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 1031.— Evacuation and reception. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 65: 61.— Evacuation in retrospect; the Cambridge survey. Ibid, 1942, 67: 149.—First lessons of evacuation. Ibid, 1940, 64: 50.— Glover, J. A. Evacuation; some epidemiological observations on the first four months. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1939-40 33: Sect. Epidem. & State M, 399-412. Also Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 629-31 (Abstr.)—Government (The) evacuation scheme. Ibid, 1939, 1: 81. Also Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 63: 214.—Health problems and evacuation. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 525.—Let hem, W. A. Medical problems of evacua- tion. J. R. San. Inst, 1939-40, 60: 123-8.—Livingstone, F. D. M. Some problems of evacuation as experienced in a Midland county. Practitioner, Lond, 1940, 144: 268-75.— M, D. Evacuation, the first year, by a Provincial medical practitioner. Cath. M. Guard, Lond, 1939-40, 17: 278-81.— Maude, E. J. Evacuation; health and welfare services. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 65: 56.-—Medico-social problems of evacua- tion. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 660.—Mesures de dEfense passive. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1940, 22: 309-11.—Problems of evacuation and nursing services. Pub. Health, Lond, 1939—40, 53: 178.—Shakespeare, G. Sociological aspects of evacuation. Nature, Lond, 1941, 147: 272.—Social problems of war-time evacuation. Ibid, 1939, 144: 1025-7.— Tangye, C. H. W. Some observations on the effect of evacuation upon mentally defective children. Ment. Health, Lond, 1941, 2: 75-8.— Webster, R. C. Some public health aspects of the evacuation scheme. Pub. Health, Lond, 1939-40, 53: 33. ---- Factors. See also such terms as Civilization; Depression; Economics; Employment; Military (Military oc- cupation) Pauperism; Unemployment, etc. Bicanic, R. [Economical factor in the increase of population] Lijec. vjes, 1940, 62: 585-8.—Falchi, N. Presupposti della ripresa emigratoria. Probl. assist, sociale, 1947, 2: 182-4.— Ferris, J. P. The migrant problem and its background. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 9, 3798-805.—Griaule, M. Du dEguerpissement comme moyen prophylaciique ou thEra- peutique. Presse mEd, 1942, 50: 187.—Palmer, E. N. Culture contacts and population growth. Am. J. Sociol, 1947-48, 53: 258-62.-—Pessler, W. Volkstumsverbreitung und ihre Ur- sachen. Sc. Papers Internat. Congr. Eugen. (1932) 1934, 3. Congr, 95-8.—Schmidt, I. Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Landflucht und Intelligenz. Umschau, 1939, 43: 1047.— Smith, M. Some relationships between intelligence and geo- graphical mobility. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1943, 8: 657-65.— Thompson, W. S. War, famine, and disease as factors in population growth. In his Popul. Probl, N. Y, 1942, 44-62. ------Factors affecting out-migration. Ibid, 401-4. ---- Family studies. See also Family. Lenroot, K. F. Extent and character of family migration. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 10, 4005-9.—Rider, R. V, & Badger, G. F. Family studies in the Eastern health district [Baltimore] a consideration of issues involved in determining migration rates for families. Human Biol, 1943, 15: 101-26. ---- Geography. See also under names of countries. South Africa (Union) Office of Census and Statistics. Statistics of migration. Pre- toria, 11. (1937) 1938- Aumont. L'Emigration au Canada. MEm. Congr. Ass. mEd. fr. AmErique du Nord (1904) 1905, 2. Congr, 483-7.— Barrett, J. W. Australia and post-war immigration. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 494.—Hailey. M. The non-European im- migrant communities. In his Afr. Survey, Lond, 1939, 316- 44.—Indian emigration to Ceylon in 1942. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1944, 49: 520.—J, M. E. In step with the Q. A.'s; receiving Polish refugees in Persia. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 589, &c.—Perry, A. Indian native coolie immigration. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M, 1912, 2. Congr, 374-81.—Population redistribution and urbanization (in Korea) Popul. Index, Princet, 1944, 10: 232-4.—Skirving, R. S. Recollections of the emigration service to Australia in sailing ships in long-past years. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 689-97.—Social reconstruction in China. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1944, 49: 657.—Thomas, B. Migration and the British Commonwealth. Eugen. Rev, 1948, 40: 127-36. --- Geography: Europe. k0benhavn, denmark. society for the Study of the Social Consequences of the War. Bulletin [No. 3] Fluctuation of the popu- lations during the World War; Germany and France. 141p. 25Hcm. Kbh., 1917. European migrations before and during the present war. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur, 1941, 22: No. 5, 1-3.— Europe on the move. Popul. Index, Princet, 1948, 14: 102-4.— Fazio, E. Sviluppi e caratteri del movimento migratorio dei paesi mediterranei. Ann. statist, Roma, 1948, 2: 215-41.— Krebs, N. Typen europaisoher Wanderbewegung. Forsch. & Fortsch, 1942, 18: 105-8. Also Research & Progress, Berl, 1943, 9: 3-9.—MacDougall. G. D. A. Inter-war population changes in town and country. J. R. Statist. Soc, Lond, 1940, 103: 30-60.—Migration within and from Interwar Europe. Popul. Index, Princet, 1948, 14: 100-2.—Overseas settlement and population trends. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 111: 731. --- Geography: Europe—France. France. Institut national de la statis- tique et des etudes economiques. Etudes MIGRATION 259 MIGRATION demographiques. No. 3: Les naturalisations en France, 1870-1940. 148p. 28cm. Par., 1942. ---- Etudes demographiques. No. 4: Mouve- ments migratoires entre la France et l'6tranger. 122p. 27cm. Par., 1943. Bourdon, J. Les types d'Emigration. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 1: 222— Carnot, P. Le probleme qualitatif et quantitatif de la repopulation; renatalitE, immigra- tion, croisements. Paris mEd, 1947, 37: No. 2, p. i-v.— Lavalee, G. La France aux prises avec des nEcessitEs d'immi- gration et des dEsirs d'Emigration. Concours mEd, 1946, 68: 1088.—Mauco, G. L'organisation de l'immigration en France. MEdecin fr, 1946, 6: 39-41.—Poignant, R. Etude sur l'as- similation de ['immigration polonaise dans le Pas-de-Calais. Population, Par, 1949, 4: 157-62. ---- Geography: Europe—Germany. Berlin; Statistisches Amt. Wieviele Berliner werden noch zuriickerwartet? Berl. Statist, 1947, 1:3.—Gradmann, R. Altbesiedeltes und jungbesiedeltes Land. Studium gen, Heidelb, 1947-48, 1: 163-77.—Haubold. Bericht uber die Riickfuhrung der Wolhynien- und Galiziendeutschen. Klin. Wschr, 1940, 19: 846.—Kellerer, H. Die Wanderungsbe- wegung in Bayern 1947. Bayern in Zahlen, 1948, 2: 168-71 — Reichling, G. The refugee in Bavaria. Ibid, 5-9.—Schulze- Manitius, H. Deutsche Ostwanderungen. Arch. Bevolk, 1943, 13: 158-64, ch.—Ungern-Sternberg, R. v. Die Be- volkerungsvermehrung bei uns und in den Nachbarlandern, unter Berucksichtigung der wirtschaftlichen Lage. Zbl. ges. Hyg, 1934, 31: 1-22.—Vogt, A. Die Auswanderung aus Wiirttemberg-Baden vor und nach dem Kriege. Statist. Mhefte Wiirttemberg-Baden, 1949, 3: 358. ---- Geography: Latin America. [Arango Sanin, A.] Inmigraci6n. Colombia mEd, 1939,1: 357-9.—Azevedo, S. de A. Imigracao e colonizacao no estado de Sao Paulo. Rev. Arq. mun, S. Paulo, 1941, 7: 105-59.—Brazil- ian immigration restrictions. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1941, 75: 434.—Correa Lima, H. A protecao mEdico-sanitaria as popu- lacoes que emigram para a Amazonia. Ceara mEd, 1944, 23: No. 8, 25-8.—Doria de Vasconeeios, H. O problema imigra- torio no Brasil sob aspecto mEdico-social. Impr. mEd, Rio, 1944-45, 20: No. 372, 83-5—Foulon, L. A, & Aiub, A. Co- rrelacion entre la inmigracion y la importacion en la Repfiblica Argentina. Rev. Fac. agron. vet, B. Air, 1943, 10: 294-307, ch.—Garbarini Islas, G. Sintesis del problema inmigratorio en el momento actual. Tr. Fac. agron. vet. Univ. B. Aires, 1929, 25. Anniv. vol, 315-7.—Gomensoro, J. Los problemas de la inmigracion y la poblacion de nuestro pafs. Bol. sal. pub, Montev, 1942, 2. Epoca, No. 4, 98-120.—Instrucoes para a admissao de trabalhadores bracais e as exigeiicias do servico militar. Arq. hig, S. Paulo, 1942, 7: No. 14, 192.—James, P. E. The problem of foreign immigration in Brazil. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1939) 1940, 25: 385-95.—Kuczynski- Godard, M. H. Algunos preceptos socio-sanitarios acerca de la inmigracion europea en el Peru. Reforma mEd, Lima, 1947, 33: 113-8.—La Rosa, L. de. La Secretarfa de salubridad y asistencia ante los mexicanos residentes en los Estados Unidos. Bol. Of. san. panamer, 1948, 27: 752-6.—Loyo Gonzales, G. The redistribution of native groups in Mexico. AmErica indfgena, MEx, 1943, 3: 39-47.—Naranjo Martinez, E. Ne- cesidad de la inmigraci6n a Colombia. Rev. Fac. med, Bogota, 1934-35, 3: 332-5.—Portillo, H. La inmigracion problema mEdico-social del Peru. Cron. mEd, Lima, 1947, 64: 3; 33.— Some Brazilian views on immigration. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1944, 49: 381.—Vartas, G., Campos, F. [et al.l Entrada de estrangeiros no territorio nacional. Arch. med. leg. identif, Rio, 1938, 8: 542-55.—Wilks, A. La inmigracion como factor de delincuencia en la Republica Argentina. Policia seer, nac, Habana, 1942, 11: 102-5.—Willems, E. Accultura- tion and the horse complex among German-Brazilians. Am. Anthrop, 1944, 46: 153-61. ---- Geography: United States. See also other subheadings (interstate) also Migratory worker. Lively, C E., & Beck, P. G. Movement of open country population in Ohio. 48p. 8? Wooster, 1930. Forms No. 467, Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. U. S. Library of Congress. Division of Bibliography. Immigration in the United States; a selected list of recent references. 94p. 4? Wash., 1943. Appleton, J. B. Migration and economic opportunity in the Pacific Northwest. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr, 9: 199.—Bowman, R. T. The problem of migration in Pennsylvania. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3141-5 — Brender, E. V, & Merrick, E. Early settlement and land use in the present Toccoa Experimental Forest. Sc. Month, 1950, 71: 318-25.—Foreign-born (The) among us. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur, 1943, 24: No. 2, 6-9.—Gillette, J. M. Some population shifts in the United States, 1930-40. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1941, 6: 619-28.—Hansen, M. L. The peopleing of the colonies. In his Atlantic Migration, Cambr, 1940, 25-52. ------ Pioneers of the great migration. Ibid, 120- 45.—Intrinsic and environmental factors in American popula- tion growth; symposium arranged by the Population Associa- tion of America. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1939, 80: 474-626 — Lorentz, P. The entire country is on wheels; letter. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 11, 4294.—McEntire, D, & Clawson, M. Migration and resettlement in the Pacific North- west, 1930-40. Social Sc, 1941, 16: 102-15.—Miller, H. A. Immigrant classification by mother-tongue. Proc. Nat. Conf. Race Betterm, 1914, 1. Conf, 551 .—Packard, W. E. Can migrants be placed to advantage on lands to be served by the Central Valley project? In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3268-91, 6 pi.—Patterson, J. M. Migration in Maryland. Ibid, 3139-41— Redistribution of U. S. population. Popul. Index, Princet, 1943, 9:2; passim in subsequent numbers and volumes.—Stauffer, W. H. Migrants in Virginia. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3133.—Thompson, W. S. The direction of internal migration in the United States. In his Popul. Probl, N. Y, 1942. 394-7. --- Immigration laws and regulations. See also other subheadings (Biological aspect; Public health aspect, etc.) United States. Government Printing Office. Superintendent of Documents. Im- migration ... list of publications for sale. lip. 23Kcm. Wash., 1942. Entrada de estrangeiros no territorio nacional. Arq. med. leg. ident, Rio, 1938, 16: 542-55.—Hutchinson, E. P. The present status of our immigration laws and policies. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 82-94.—Immigration policy in the British Commonwealth. Internat. Labour Rev, Montreal, 1947, 55: 135-9.—International Labour Office. Migration. Ibid, 434—53.—Medical inspection of Irish labourers. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 402.—Pirotto, A. D. Con- sideraciones sobre las leyes de inmigracion. Bol. sal. pub, Montev, 1942, 2. Epoca, No. 4, 77-97.—Solis-Cohen, R. T. The exclusion of aliens from the United States for physical defects. Bull. Hist. M, 1947, 21: 33-50.—Ward, R. D. Race betterment and our immigration laws. Proc. Nat. Conf. Race Betterm, 1914, 1. Conf, 542-6.—Willcox, W. F. The statis- tical basis of the American National Origins law restricting immigration. Bull. Inst, internat. statist, Haye, 1931, 26: 124-54. ---- Infiltration. Warnotte, D. De la pEnEtration lente d'ElEments Etrangers dans certaines populations a raison de circonstances Econo- miques; a propos de deux notes de M. Ridolfo Livi sur l'esclavage en Italie au Moyen Age. Bull. Soc anthrop. Bruxelles, 1909 28: 128-45. ---- internal. See also subheading Geography. Goodrich, C. Internal migration and economic opportunity in the United States. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 4: 86-92.—Hobbs, A. H. Specificity and internal migration. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1942, 7: 772-81.—Internal migration in the United States. Popul. Index, Princet, 1944, 10: 72-6.—Thompson, W. S. The source of internal migrants. In his Popul. Probl, N. Y, 1942, 393.—Webb, J. N. Internal migration; asset or liability? Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1939, 66: 243-52. ---- international. International migration. Popul. Index, Princet, 1948, 14: 97-9. Also in: Demogr. Yearb, Lake Success (1948) 1949, 31-5.—Ravnholt, H. A quantitative concept of the interna- tional mobility of population and its application to certain European countries in the period 1851-1935. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 1: 224-9.—Thompson, W. S. The future of international migration. In his Popul. Probl, N. Y, 1942, 389-91. ---- interstate [in U. S.] See also other subheadings (Geography: United States) United States. Congress. House of Representatives. 76. Congr., 3. Sess., H. Res. 63, 491, & 629. Hearings before the Select Committee to investigate the interstate migra- tion of destitute citizens. Pt 8-10. 3v. 23cm. Wash., 1941. 60 MIGRATION MIGRATION Bright. M. L, & Thomas, D. S. Interstate migration and intervening opportunities. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1941, 6: 773-83.— Fleming, P. B. Proposed Federal legislation in relation to interstate migration. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3377-3400.—Goodrich, C. Study of population redistribution. Ibid, pt 9, 3757-9.—Ryan, P. E. State and local organization for coping with interstate migration. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1940, 67: 140-9. ■------Falk, M. [et al.] Platform on interstate migration. Ibid, 1941, 68: 154-7. ---- Medical and nursing problems. See also Migrant, Health and welfare prob- lems; also other subheadings of Migration (Psy- chiatric aspect; Public health aspect, etc.) _ Faivre, A. *Aspect medical et social du probleme des etrangers en France. 84p. 25cm. Par., 1939. Medical problems of immigration. 153p. 24cm. Easton, Pa., 1913. Pinon, L. L. *Les problemes medicaux de 1'immigration, 63p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Haines, S. J. Nursing aspects of the refugee problem. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1949, 45: 84.—Huber, J, & Besson, A. Technique du controle mEdical obligatoire des immigrants. Ann. hyg. Par, 1947, 25: 291-6 (Abstr.) ----— ^ Probleme de 1'immigration; de la nEcessitE absolue d'un controle mEdical obligatoire et sEvere. Sante pub. Par, 1947, 2: No. 7, 1, &c— Ipsen, J, jr. Attack rates among immigrants to infected human populations. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1950, 40: 136-42 — Krueger, F. J. An interesting diagnostic problem in immigra- tion examination; case report. Hosp. News, Wash, 1941, 8: No. 23, 27-30, 2 pi.-—Lattes, L. Medicina ed emigrazione. Arch, antrop. crim, Milano, 1948, 68: 93-130.—McCallum, F. Some medical aspects of migration. Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1941, 10. Session, 8-21.—Melnotte. Main- d'oeuvre indigene et maladies exotiques. MEd. usine, Par, 1950, 12: 94-100.—Roquete Pinto, E. Selegao no imigrante para o Continente Americano. Impr. mEd, Rio, 1946-47, 22: No. 394, 26. ----pendulum. Guth, H. Die Pendelwanderung, eine Massenerscheinung des 20. Jahrhunderts. Gesundheit, Zur, 1946, 26: 407-27 — R. Az ingavandorldsok statisztikaja. Statiszt. Ert, 1942, 43-8.—Zanten, J. H. v. La migration et le mouvement alternants. Bull. Inst, internat. statist, Haye, 1938, 28: 106-9. ---- Political aspect. See also Geopolitics, in 5. series; also Migrant subheadings (Japanese; Jew; juvenile: Evacuee, etc.) Argentine Republic. Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Worship. Project of convention on the right of asylum. 51p. 8? B. Air., 1937. Can migrations aid the peace goals? In: Human Breed. (Burch, G. I.) rev. ed, N. Y, 1947, 72-86.—Migrations [after Potsdam decision] Popul. Index, Princet, 1948, 14: 296.—Poggi, J. Politica imigratoria; o papel do mEdico na realizacao do magno problema. Labor, clin, Rio, 1947, 27: 9; passim.—Sauvy, A. Union europEenne et migrations. Atomes, Par, 1948, 3: 327-30. ---- postwar. See also subheadings of Migrant worker. Milbank Memorial Fund [Proceedings, 1946] Postwar problems of migration. 175p. 23cm. N. Y., 1947. Bruner, J. S. How much post-war migration? Am. J. Sociol, 1943-44, 49: 39-45.—Doublet, J. Mouvements migra- ted es d'apres guerre. Population, Par, 1947, 2: 497-514.— Lorimer, F, Lenroot, K. F, & Coil, E. J. Problems relating to migration and settlement in the postwar period. Rep. Com. Organiz. Peace, 1942, 2: 184-94.—Moses, R. Post-war im- migration. Congressional Rec, 1943, 89: A1324-6.—Wael- broeck, P. Postwar international migration. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1944, 71: 91-9. ---- Problems. See also other subheadings; also such terms as Education; Food supply; Housing; Sanitation; Water supply, etc. United States. National Resources Com- mittee. The problems of a changing population. 306p. 29cm. x 23/2cm. Wash., 1938. Barnes, H. E, & Teeters, N. K. Immigration as a factor in criminality. In their New Horiz. Crim, N. Y, 1943, 125-31.— Carneiro de Mendonca. F. Problemas de imigracao. Rev. brasil. med, 1945, 2: 434.—Godoy, O. de. Imigracao e crimi- nalidade. Rev. Arq. num., S. Paulo, 1939-40, 6: No. 67, 149-66. --- Psychiatric aspect. See also Migrant, Psychiatric aspect. Beaudouin, H, & Beaudouin, J. L. Le probleme psychia- trique de 1'immigration; les stades du dEpistage. Ann. mEd. psychol. Par, 1947, 105: 416-20.—Carvalhal Ribas, J. Imi- gracao e higiene mental. Bol. hig. ment, S. Paulo, 1945, 1: No. 7, 1-3.-—Cavalcanti, A. de L. O problema da imigracao em face da higiene mental. Arq. brasil. hig. ment, 1945-46, 16:-17: 52-4.—Davenport, A. B. Selecting immigrants. Proc. Am. Ass. Study Feebleminded, 1920, 44. Session, 178.—Kaplun, D. Feeblemindedness as a factor in transiency. Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1937, 21: 96-100.—Medeiros, M. de. Imigragao. Bol. hig. ment, S. Paulo, 1946-47, 3: No. 29, 1. ------ O pro- blema da imigracao. Arq. brasil. hig. ment, 1947, 18: 34-50.— Pacheco e Silva, A. C. Immigracao e hygiene mental. Arch. brasil. hyg. ment, 1925, 1: No. 2, 27-35— Pedersen, S. Psychopathological reactions to extreme social displacements (refugee neuroses) Psychoanal. Rev, 1949, 36: 344-54.— Reichard, J. D. Immigration and the mental health of com- munities. In: Ment. Health (Am. Ass. Advance. Sc.) Lan- caster, 1939, 115-9.—Roxo, H. Imigracao e higiene mental. Arq. brasil. hig. ment, 1947, 18: 31-3. ---- Public health aspect. See also Migrant, Health and welfare problems; also such terms as Medicine, colonial. Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Re- port on conditions in reception areas. 18p. 24^cm. Lond., 1941. Board, L. M, & Dunsmore, H. J. Environmental health problems related to urban decentralization, as observed in a typical metropolitan community. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1948, 38: 986-96.—Bonifaci. Aspectos sanitarios de la emigraci6n espafiola. An. Hosp. Varsovia, Toulouse, 1948, 1: 7-9.— Chavez, L, & Quiroz Cuaron, A. Medidas profilacticas de delincuencia en materias migratoria y de sanidad internacional. Criminalia, MEx, 1946, 12: 476-88.—Clerc, M. NEcessitE d'une teglementation internationale ayant pour but d'unifier les conditions d'hygiEne exigEes dans le transport des Emi- grants. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1914) 1915, 43: 1137-42 — Didonna, P. Conseguenze d'ordine demografico-sanitario del fenomeno emigratorio. Riv. infort. mal. profes, 1949, 36: 114-9.—Fracasso, P. Aspetti sanitari dell'emigrazione. Notiz. ammin. san, 1949, 2: 80-5.—Geiger, J. C, & Owen, E. An acute public health problem of immigration. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 247.—Lorentz, P. Break-down in health service. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 11, 4298 — Manassei, C. L'emigrazione ed i suoi problemi sanitari. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1946, 51: 311-22.—Marzeev, A. N. Sani- tarno-eoidemiologicheskoe obsluzhivanie dvizhushchikhsia mass. Hig. san, Moskva, 1945, 10: No. 6, 37-40— Maxcy, K. F. Epidemiological implications of wartime population shifts. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 1089-96.—Medeiros, M. de. O problema da imigracao. Rev. mEd. brasil, 1948, 25: 233- 40.—Sysin, A. [Sanitary measures during mass migration of the civilian population] Hig. & zdorov, 1941, 6: No. 7, 12-6. ---- Racial aspect. See also subheadings of Migrant (Indian; Japanese; Jew; Negro) American (An) dilemma by G. Myrdal [Bk Rev.] Popul. Index, Princet, 1944, 10: 76-8.—Florant, L. C. Negro in- ternal migration. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1942, 7: 782-91.—Holmes, S. J. The effect of migration on the natural increase of the Negro. Sc. Papers Internat. Congr. Eugen. (1932) 1934, 3. Congr, 119-23.—International Labour Office. Survey of Chinese emigration. Internat. Labour Rev, Montreal, 1949, 60: 289-301.—Price, D. O. Non white migrants to and from selected cities. Am. J. Sociol, 1948, 54: 196-201.—Reid, I. D. A. Special problems of Negro migration during the war. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 150-8. Also Milbank Mem. Fund Q, 1947, 25: 284-92.—Zeisel, H. The race question in American immigration statistics. Social Res, 1949, 16: 222-9. ---- Relocation. See also Migrant subheadings (deported; Japanese) also Migration, Control: Migratory worker, Physician; Mobilization; Physician, Distribution. United States. War Relocation Author- ity. A story of human conservation. 212p. 8° Wash., 1946. Baketel.H.S. Resettlement; an acute need. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 11, 27.—Hoey, J. M. Mass relocation of MIGRATION 261 MIGRATION aliens. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1942, 69: 194-9.— Hollister, J. L. Manpower board undertakes to allocate civilian doctors; shortages are said to exist in more than 300 communi- ties. Med. Econom, 1942-43, 20: 37; 108.—Lamb, R. K, & Hoey, J. M. Mass relocation of aliens. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1942, 69: 186-99— Mountin, J. W. Relocation of physicians; a prerequisite to better medical care. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1944, 30: 356-64. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 126: 203-5. —---- Relocation of physicians. Diplomate, 1945, 17: 53-8.—Preliminary report on the post war relocation survey of the Committee on Medical Care and Health of Connecticut Post War Planning Board. Connecticut M. J, 1944, 8: 769- 71.—Roy, C. H. USPHS devises way to measure M. D.'s capacity for service; procedure is suggested as aid in estimating relocation needs. Med. Econom, 1943-44, 21: No. 12, 36-9. ---- Repatriation. See also Migrant, repatriated; Military (Pris- oner of war) Valette, P. *L'organisation du service de sante du rapatriement. 35p. 24cm. Par., 1945. Adam, R. F. Settling down in Civvy Street. Health & Social Welf, Lond, 1945-46, 140-3.—Cahen. EugEnisme et retour des prisonniers. Sante homme, 1946, No. 34, 16.— Communique a paraitre en zone libre; rapatriement des mem- bres du personnel sanitaire; preuve de leur qualitE. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1941, 23: 817-22.—Curie, A. Transi- tional communities and social re-connection. Human Rela- tions, Lond, 1947, 1: 42; 240.—Dear, R. H. B. Medico- military aspects of the repatriation of sick and wounded. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 64-71.—Egberts, A. E. Jersey City; repatriation way-station. Red Cross Courier, 1940-41, 20: No. 11, 23.—Germany violates international convention for repatriation of sick and wounded soldiers. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1996.—Koppius. P. W. Medische ervaringen in Nederland tijdens de bezetting; repatrieering. In: Med. ervar. in Nederland (1940-45) Groning, 1947, 245-57.—Rapatriement de la population civile italienne d'Ethiopie. Rev. internat Croix Rouge, 1943, 25: 188-91, 2 pi.—Rapport sur le rapatrie- ment des prisonniers de guerre pour raisons de sante et leur hospitalisation en pays neutres. Ibid, 1947. 29: 791-813. ---- rural-urban. See also other subheadings (Control; Demog- raphy; Problems) Population; Town planning; Urbanism. Biss, K. *Sozialpsychiatrische Probleme der Landflucht; eine Untersuchung iiber den Zusam- menhang von Begabung und Abwanderung in zwei Juradorfern [Basel] 23p. 24cm. Ziir., 1939. Levi Bianchini, M. Igiene mentale e ur- banismo nella civilta attuale. 75p. 24cm. Salerno, 1946. Forms No. 1, Collana di monogr. Igiene & san. pubb. Bunle, H. Comparaison internationale des agglomErations urbaines. Bull. Inst, internat. statist, Haye, 1938, 28: 80 — Burgdorfer, F. Verstadterung im Lichte der Bevblkerungs- statistik und Bevolkerungspolitik. Volk & Rasse, 1936, 11: 169-78.—Carroll, J. B. Zipf's law of urban concentration. Science, 1941, 94: 609.—Freedman, R. Health differentials for rural-urban migration. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1947, 12: 536- 41.—Gist, N. P., & Clark, C. D. Intelligence as a selective factor in rural-urban migrations. Am. J. Sociol, 1938-39, 44: 36-58.—Hauser, P. M, & Eldridge, H. T. Projection of urban growth and migration to cities in the United States. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 159-73. Also Milbank Mem. Fund Q, 1947, 25: 293-307.—Heberle, R. The causes of rural-urban migration; a survey of German theories. Am. J. Sociol, 1937-38, 43: 932-50.—Hoyt, H. Forces of urban centralization and decentralization. Ibid, 1940-41, 46: 843-52.—Landflucht (Die) als biologisches Problem. Praxis, Bern, 1945, 34: 111.—Legge (La) contro l'urbanesimo; effetti, riflessi bellici e interferenze. Notiz. demogr, Roma, 1943, 16: 27-31.—Lively, C. E. The development of research in rural migration in the United States. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 4: 93-107.—Marquez, F. P. Despoblacion rural. Congr. argent, urbanismo (1935) 1937, 1. Congr, 2: 297.—Miiller, K. Siebungsvorgange bei der Bildung von Grosstadtbevolkerungen. Arch. Bevolk, 1942 12: 1-26 — Sonnenberg, W. Gedanken iiber Wesen und Behandlung der Landflucht. Deut. med. Wschr, 1939, 65: 523.—Taeuber, C. Recent trends of rural-urban migration in the United States. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 124-34.—Thomp- son. W. S. Some data on country-to-city migration. In his Popul Probl, N. Y, 1942, 398-401.—Whitney, V. H. Rural- urban people. Am. J. Sociol, 1948 54: 48-54. ---- Sociology. See also other subheadings (Factors; Family studies, etc.) Bird, C. Population changes. In his Social Psychol, N. Y, 1940, 396-403.—Hobbs, A. H. Specificity and selective migra- tion. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1942, 7: 772-81.—Humphrey, N. D. On assimilation and acculturation. Psychiatry, Bait, 1943, 6: 343-5.—Mowrer, E. R. Migration and mobilitv. In his Disorg. Pers. & Social, Phila, 1942, 59-64.—Warren, G. L. Aliens and foreign born. Social Work Yearb, N. Y, 1913, 7: 51-60.—Woofter, T. J, jr. Possibilities of future migration. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work. 1940, 67: 118-29. ---- Statistics. See also Habitation; Population. Hamilton, C. H, & Henderson, F. M. Use of the survival rate method in measuring net migration. J. Am. Statist. Ass, 1944, 39: 197-206.—Lacroix, M. Problems of collection and comparison of migration statistics. In: Probl. Collect. Internat. Statist. (Milbank Mem. Fund) (1948) 1949, 71-105.—Molinari, A. Projet d'une mEthode internationale uniforme pour les statistiques des migrations. Bull. Inst, internat. statist, Haye, 1938, 27: 55-7.—Miihsam, H. A note on migration and Verhulst's logistic curve. J. R. Statist. Soc, Lond, 1939, 102: 445-8.—Problem (The) of measuring replacement of popula- tion. Nature. Lond, 1949, 164: 291-3. ---- wartime. See also other subheadings (Control; defense; Displacement; Evacuation, etc.) Contrasts in wartime population growth. Statist. Bull. Metrop. Life Insur, 1944, 25: No. 4, 1-3.—Huruya, Y. Rinsen taisei-ka no zinko mondai [population problems under wartime regulations] Mitt. Jap. Ges. Gyn, 1942, 37: 505-8.—Sanchez Verdugo, J. Influencia de la guerra en algunos fenomenos demograficos. Rev. san, Madr, 1948, 22: 324-41.—Shryock, H. S, jr. Internal migration and the war. J. Am. Statist. Ass, 1943, 38: 16-30. ------ Wartime shifts of the civilian population. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund (1946) 1947, 23: 135-49. Also Milbank Mem. Fund Q, 1947, 25: 269-83 — Vincent, P. Guerre et population. Population, Par, 1947, 2: 9-30.—Wartime migrations present problems for common- wealth; civilian population gain in defense areas due to military and industrial activities. Welf. Bull, Springf, 1943, 34: No. 3, 3.—Wright, Q. Population changes and war. In his Study of War, Chic, 1942, 2: 1118-45. ---- westward. See also Migration, pendulum. Carnot, P. Les dEplacements de population et la tetro- rotation occidentale. Paris mEd, 1946, 36: No. 7, 1.—Hansen, M. L. The westward impulse. In his Atlantic Migration, Cambr, 1940, 3-24. ---- of animals. See also Bird, Migration; Migratory instinct. For phototropic migration see Phototropism. Sanchez y Sanchez, D. Contribuciones para la investigation biologica; los desplazamientos de los animales; emigraciones. p.61-136. 24J/£cm. Madr., 1944. In: Tr. Inst. Cajal See. fisiol, 1944, 36: 61-136. Dementev, G. P. Obzor rabot central'nogo biuro kol'cevaniia za gody voiny, 1941-45. Izvest. Akad. nauk SSSR, sEr. biol, 1949, 48-53.—Feniuk, B. K, & Demiashev, M. P. [Study on the migration of gerbilles (Mammalia; Glires) by means of the ear-clip method] Vest, mikrob, 1936, 15: 89-106.—Fontaine, M, Lachiver. F. [et al.] La fonction thyroidienne du saumon (Salmo salar L.) au cours de sa migration reproductrice. J. physiol. Par, 1948, 40: 182A-184A.^Gladkov, N. A. K voprosu o migracijakh ptic; vesennii prilet ptic kak fenolo- gicheskoe iavlenie. In: Pamiati akad. M. A. Menzbir, Moskva, 1937, 69-91.—Gray, J. Migration of vertebrate animals. Endeavour, Lond, 1946, 5: 83-9.—Heribert, J. Les migra- tions des poissons. Nature, Par, 1947, 311.-—Larionov, V. F. Issledovanie periodicheskikh javlenii u ptic i ikh znachenie dlia problemy perelotov. Izvest. Akad. nauk SSSR, sEr. biol, 1949 40-7.—Leiper, R. T. Some inhabitants of man and their migrations. Univ. Toronto M. J, 1923-24, 1: No. 4, 36-9.— Loeser, J. A. Bird migration. In his Animal Behav, Lond, 1940, 151-62.—Merkel, F. W. Zur Physiologie des Vogel- zugtriebes. Zool. Anz, 1937, 117: 297-308.—Noble, G. K., & Breslau, A. M. The senses involved in the migration of young fresh-water turtles after hatching. J. Comp. Psychol, 1938, 25: 175-93.—Parker, H. W. The herpetological fauna of the Galapagos Archipelago. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance Sc, 1935, 389.—Promptov, A. N. Sezonnye migracii ptic kak biofiziolo- gicheskaia problema. Izvest. Akad. nauk SSSR, sEr. biol, 1949, 30-9.—Putzig, P. Die Triebkrafte des Vogelzugs. Umschau, 1938, 42: 866-9.—Ritchie, J. A study of bird migra- tion. Nature, Lond, 1941, 147: 91.—Sanderson, I. T. The mystery of migration. In: Science Yearb. (Ratcliff, J. D.) N. Y, 1945, 213-24.—Schneirla, T. C. Nomadism in the swarm-raiding army ants as an instance of animal migration. Anat. Rec, 1944, 89: 552 (Abstr.) Also Biol. Bull, 1945, 88: MIGRATION 262 MIGRATORY WORKER 166-93.—Stickel, L. F. The source of animals moving into a depopulated area. J. Mammal, 1946, 27: 301-7.—Sulkin, N. M, Beams, H. W, & King, R. L. Migration and buoyancy regulation in Corethra. Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl, 129 (Abstr.)—Tugarinov, A. J. Sovremennoe sostoianie ucheniia o sezonnvkh migraciiakh ptic. Izvest. Akad. nauk SSSR, sEr. biol, 1949, 7-29. ---- of plants. See also Ecology; Plant, Geography. Holttum, R. E. The uniform climate of Malaya as a barrier to plant migration. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1940, 6. Congr, 4: 669-71. MIGRATION of ions. See Electrocataphoresis; Iontophoresis. MIGRATION of leukocytes. See Leukocyte, Diapedesis; Phagocyte. MIGRATION of nations. See also Man, early; Middle Ages; Prehistory; Paleontology; also under names of countries and nations. Hansen, M. L. The Atlantic migration, 1607- 1860. 391p. 22Hcm. Cambr., Mass., 1940. Ratzel, F. [Origin and migration of peoples from the geo- graphical view-point] Russ. antrop. J, 1901, 2: 82-95.— Tischler, F. Die menschliche Beharrungstendenz und die urgeschichtlichen Volkerwanderungen in ihrer Beziehung zur Umwelt. Forsch. & Fortsch, 1948, 24: 28-32. MIGRATORY instinct. See also Bird, Migration; Migration—of animals; also under names of migratory animals. Rowan, W. Homing, migration and instinct. Science, 1945, 102: 210. ---- human. See also Impulse; Migrant, juvenile; Vagabond. Davenport, C. B. The feebly inhibited; nomadism or the wandering impulse, with special reference to heredity. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S, 1915, 1: 120-2.—Kline, L. W. Truancy as related to the migrating instinct. Pedag. Semin, Worcester, 1897-98, 5: 381-420.—Scharling, H. [Boys with the wander- lust] Nyt tskr. abnormvaes, Kbh, 1908, 10: 138-42 — Seelig, E. Der nichtsesshafte Mensch. Mschr. Kriminalb, 1939, 30: 141-8.—Vessie, P. R. The wanderlust impulse. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 19-22. MIGRATORY worker. See also Employee; Employment; Industrial worker; Migration, defense; Unemployment; Workman. United States. Federal Interagency Com- mittee on Migrant Labor. Migrant labor ... a human problem; report and recommendations. 58p. 19cm.x25cm. Wash., 1947. Falk, M. America's second army. Trained Nurse, 1942, 108: 106-10.-—German free workers in France. Internat. Labour Rev, Montreal, 1948, 8: 227-30.—Green, W. The part of organized labor in defense migration. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 16, 6414.—International Labour Office. The recruitment of French labour for Germany. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1943, 47: 312-43.------Soviet workers in Germany; methods of recruitment and condi- tions of employment. Ibid, 576-90.—Krueger, C. G. New Jersey State panel on migratory labor. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 14, 5607-10.—Migrant labor in New York. Health News, Albany, 1948, 25: No. 27, 10-4.—Moore, W. E. The migration of native laborers in South Africa. Milbank Mem. Fund Q, 1946, 24: 401-19.—Perkins, F. Excerpts from an unpublished report of the Secretary of Labor. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 10, 4085-195.—Read, M. Migrant labour in Africa and its effects on tribal life. Internat. Labor Rev, Montreal, 1942, 45: 605-31.—Sauvy, A. Some aspects of the international migration problem. Ibid, 1948, 58: 18-37.—Speek, P. A. Foreign workers and manpower in Germany. Month. Labor Rev, 1943, 57: 495-8.—U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics; labor conditions in French North Africa. Ibid, 56: 858-75. ---- Farmer. See also Agriculture—in war; Farmer. Agricultural migrants. Final Rep. White House Conf. Child. Democr, 1940, 38-41.—Castaldi, L. Costituzioni e attitudini ai lavori dei campi. Rass. med. indust, 1941, 12: 487 (Abstr.)—Evans, D. T. Farm Labor Survey; report on cooperating Government agencies, June 16, 1941. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 14, 5612.—Evans. R. M. Agricultural conservation. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. V. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3230-2.— Farm labor supply situation in southern New Jersey, 1941; prepared by the Labor Division, Farm Security Administration. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr, H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res. 113, pt 14, 5849-58.—La Follette, R. M, jr. Agricultural migration; past, present and future. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 145-53— Liske, C. Girl Scout experimental farm-work camp. Child, \\ ash, 1944-45, 9: 3-9.—Maddox, J. J. The Farm Security Admin- istration in southern communities. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1942, 69: 109-18.—Medical care for farm workers in California and Arizona. Month. Labor Rev, 1942, 55: 957-9.— Miura, U. Hokuman manzin nomin narabi-ni honpo nogyo imin no i-syoku-zyu [food, clothing, and shelter of North Manchurian native farmers and of the Japanese farmer- immigrants] Kokumin eisei, 1938, 15: 393-414.—Packard, W. E. Can the low-income and destitute farm population improve their status through cooperation. In: Hearings Interstate Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 76. Congr, 3. sess, H. Res. 63, pt 8, 3295-3303. ------ Consumer coopera- tion in agriculture. Ibid, 3313.—Schmidt, C. T. Changes in American agriculture and some of the results. Ibid, pt 9, 3767-82.—Taylor, P. S. Forces that jeopardize the security of farm people. Ibid, pt 8, 3246-52. ------& Allen. W. W. Factors underlying the insecurity of farm people in the corn belt. Ibid, pt 10, 4063-85.—Tolley, H. R. Potential migration as a problem of American agriculture. Ibid, pt 8, 3194.— Wilson, M. L. Meeting the farm labor shortage through U. S. Crop Corps. Occupations, 1942-43, 21: 627-30. ---- Laws, and regulations. See also Employment, compulsory; Mobiliza- tion; Slavery. Franco-Italian (The) migration agreements. Internat. Labour Rev, 1947, 55: 395-402.—Hailey. M. Control of migratory labour and travellers in Africa. In his Afr. Survey; Lond, 1939, 1199. ---- Medical care. Barnett, E. D. Migratory Mexican laborers pose special health care problems for California Medical Association. Hospitals, 1944, 18: No. 3, 43.—Dickie, W. M. Migratory labor in California. California West. M, 1937, 47: 106 — Green, W. Health. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, H. Res, 113, pt 16, 6421.—Health of transient and migratory laborers in Cali- fornia. Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1937-38, 16: 125; 131.—Health and welfare of migratory labor. Month. Labor Rev, 1940, 51: 1363-6.—Hettema, E. M, & Ranson. B. R. Nursing in a medical care program for migrant farm workers. Pub. Health Nurs, 1947, 39: 398-402.—Liebold. Aufgaben der Gesundheitsamter bei der Ueberwachung und Betreuung fremdvolkischer Arbeiter. Desinfekt. & SchSdlings- bekampf, 1943, 35: 51-3.—Medical care for migratory labor. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 2189.—Mott, F. D. Health services for migrant farm families. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1945, 35: 308-14. ------& Roemer, M. I. A Federal program of public health and medical services for migratory farm workers. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1945, 60: 229-49.—Schaupp, K. L. Medi- cal care of migratory agricultural workers; a story of accom- plishment. California West. M, 1944, 60: 238-41— Turner, D. H. Dental care in migratory labor camps. J. Florida Dent. Soc, 1944, 15: No. 5, 7.—Wade, M. A, & Jones, L. W. The Land Army nurse. Am. J. Nurs, 1944, 44: 849-52. ---- Occupational aspect. See also other subheadings; also names of migratory occupations as Farmer; Employee, government; Librarian; Lumberman; Miner; also Migration, postwar. Alexander, W. W. Interstate migration and industrial opportunity today. Proc Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 134—44.—Ferreira, I. Proyecto de resolucion acerca, de la situaci6n de incertidumbre y desamparo de los obreros jornale- ros en nuestro pais. Bol. Soc. med. quir. centr, Montev, 1937, 21: No. 21, 29.—Freedman, R, & Hawley. A. H. Migration and occupational mobility in the depression. Am. J. Sociol, 1949-50, 55: 171-7.—Menefee, S. C, & Cassmore, O. C. The pecan shelters of San Antonio; the problem of underpaid and unemployed Mexican labor. J. Indust. Hyg, 1941, 23: Suppl, 139 (Abstr.)—U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Sources of labor supply in West Coast shipyards and aircraft-parts plants. Month. Labor Rev, 1942, 55: 926-31.—Webb, J. M. Nomads. Personnel J, 1937-38, 16: 125-33. MIGRATORY WORKER 263 MIGRATORY WORKER ---- Physician, and scientist. See also Licensure, Laws; Physician, Distri- bution. Emigration of physicians from Germany in 1933. J. Am. M. Ass, 1934, 102: 1241.—Greene, J. E. Interregional migra- tion of psychological talent. J. Social Psychol, 1941. 14: 119-28.—Lassek, A. M. Medical statistics of South Carolina; the factors of urbanization and county wealth in the state distribution of physicians. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1943, 39: 228-32.—Location and movement of physicians, 1923 to 1938; effect of local factors upon location. California West. M, 1943, 58: 247.—Medical practice acts; graduates from foreign medical schools; foreign licensure requirement. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1942, 28: 63.—Mountin. J. W, Pennell. E. H, & Brock- ets G. S. Location and movement of physicians, 1923 and 1938; changes in urban and rural totals for established physicians. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1945, 60: 173-85.—Mountin, J. W, Pennell, E. H, & Nicolay, V. Location and movement of physicians, 1923 and 1938; general observations. Ibid, 1942, 57: 1363; 1752. Also Fed. Bull, Chic, 1942, 28: 324-38. Also Diplomate, 1943, 15: 1-10. ------ Location and move- ment of physicians, 1923 and 1938; effect of local factors upon location. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1942, 57: 1945-54. ------ Location and movement of physicians, 1923 and 1938; age distribution in relation to county characteristics. Ibid, 1943, 58: 483-90. ------ Location and movement of physi- cians, 1923 and 1938; turnover as a factor affecting state totals. Diplomate, 1943, 15: 123-30.—Muhlens. Zur Frage der Auswanderung von Aerzten nach Lateinamerika und anderen Landern. Deut. med. Wschr, 1919, 45: 1389.—Nelson, L. Distribution, age, and mobility of Minnesota physicians, 1912-36. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1942, 7: 792-801.—Pennell, E. H. Location and movement of physicians; methods for estimating physician resources. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1944, 59: 28i-96.—Schilling, C. Auswanderung und Aerzte. Reichs Med. Anz, 1920, 45: 145-7.—Wallner, A. Auswanderung nach Nordamerika (Ratschlage fiir junge Aerzte) Miinch. med. Wschr, 1926, 73: 1757. --- Physician, alien. Alien (The) doctor question. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: Suppl, 62.—Alien doctors' employment. Ibid, 1941, 2: 598.—Alien doctors; list of alien doctors licensed by the Commonwealth Alien Doctors Board, at 1st January, 1944. Australas. J. Pharm, 1943, 24: 679.—Alien physicians. Northwest M, 1942, 41: 261.—Alien physicians; shall they be licensed; standards must be maintained. California West. M., 1942, 57: 257.—Alien practitioners. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 65.— American doctors [question in Parliament] Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 682.—Borrell. J. H, Hamilton, B. W, & Bauer, J. L. Bill proposes ban on aliens in practice of medicine in N. Y. Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc, 1938-39, 3: No. 7, 7—Castiglioni, P. L'esercizio dei medici stranieri. Ann. med. pubb.., 1877, 11: 89-91.—Concession to alien physicians [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 474.—Cowan, D. R. W. Alien medical practitioners. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 686.—E, K. A. The emigre physician. Week. Roster, Phila, 1941-42, 37: 801.—Edsall, D. L. The emigre1 physician in American medi- cine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 114: 1068-73. Also Fed. Bull, Chic, 1940, 26: 115-28. ------& Putnam, T. J. The emigte physician in America, 1941; a report of the National Com- mittee for Resettlement of Foreign Physicians. Ibid, 1942, 28: 7-27.—Effect of the modified Armbruster Law on foreign physicians. J. Am. M. Ass, 1935, 105: 211.—Employment of alien physicians in hospitals. Ibid, 1942, 119: 200.—Employ- ment of alien practitioners. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: Suppl, 49.— Foreign doctors; a meeting at B. M. A. house. Ibid, 1944, 2: 732.—Foreign doctors in France. Ibid, 1935, 2: 117. Also Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2: 42.—Foreign physicians in Britain. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 600.—Friedemann, U. The problem of the physician emigte. Med. Leaves, Chic, 1942, 4: 198- 202.—Graham-Little, E. Private practice of alien doctor. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 148— Haseltine, M. Temporary registra- tion in the United Kingdom for Canadian and U. S. A. doctors. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1940-41, 14: 37.—Interment of alien physicians and nurses [Englandl J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 144.—Lavalee, G. La situation baroque des ntedecins Strangers. Concours med, 1940, 62: 129.—Laval le Argudin, R. Un caso de justicia. Rev. med. Veracruz, 1943, 23: 3947-9.—Medical (The) emigre. West Virginia M. J, 1942, 38: 124.—Mordagne, M. Exercice de la medecine par les strangers. Presse med, 1935, 43: 1118.—Muhlens, P. Zur Frage der Auswanderung von Aerzten nach Lateinamerika und anderen Landern; Brasilien und Mexiko. Deut. med. Wschr, 1920, 46: 468 — Musil, E. Moglichkeiten der Auslandstatigkeit. Oesterr. Aerzteztg, 1948-49, 4: 77-9.—National Security (Alien Doctors) Regulations; list of alien doctors licensed by Commonwealth Alien Doctors' Board at September 1, 1942. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 709.—Overcrowded (An) profession? Lancet, Lond, 1938, 1: 1022.—Pfaff, R. A. Concerning emigre physicians and the California laws. California West. M, 1942, 56: 108. Also Fed. Bull, Chic, 1942, 28: 115 (Abstr.)— Registration The) of alien doctors. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 269.—Registration (The) of alien practitioners. Ibid, 1941, 2: 522.—Rice, E. E. Alien physicians. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1943, 36: 111.—Schmid, F. Die Zulassung von Auslandern zur Ausubung der arztlichen Praxis zu den arztlichen Priifun- gen und zu den klinischen Assistenzstellen in Deutschland und der Schweiz. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1898, 28: 762-72 — Status of foreign physicians. N. York State J. M, 1943, 43: 123-34.—Todavia el asunto de los medicos extranjeros. Labor med, Mex, 1940, 8: 58. ---- Refugee. See also Migrant, Refugee. International Refugee Organization. Health Division [Geneve] Professional medi- cal register. 421p. 24cm. Geneve [1949?] Amir Chand. The problem of refugees and refugee doctors. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1947-48, 17: 383-6.—Bunting, R. W. The educational problem presented by the refugee dentist from Europe. Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools, 1939, 16: 40-6 — Burgess, A. M. Resettlement of the displaced physician in the United States. J. Am. M. Ass, 1950, 143: 413-7.—Edsall, D. L. A program for the refugee physician. Bull. Am. Psy- choanal. Ass, 1938-39, 2: 51-5— Findlay, L, & Burgess, A. M. Refugee physicians in the U. S. Zone of Germany and the Munich Medical Teaching Mission of 1948. J. Am. M. Ass, 1948, 138: 813-6.—Frederick, B. N. What of the refugee physician? Canad. Doctor, 1939, 5: No. 7, 13-9.—[Great Britain] A propos d'un refus. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 571.— Kelly, A. D. Refugee physicians. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass, 1946-47, 23: 328-32. Also Manitoba M. Rev, 1947, 27: 695-8. Also Ontario M. Rev, 1948, 15: 14-20.—Maris, R. Doctors from abroad. Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 102.—Medical refugees in England. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 49.—Menges, R. Enter the DP physician. Med. Econom, 1949-50, 27: 67-70.—Navarrete B, F. Pobre medico mexicano. Rev. med, Puebla, 1943, 16: No. 152, 40-2.—Problem (The) of the refugee physician. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 111: 1102.—Refugee doctors for rural areas [Australia] Ibid, 1939, 113: 345.—Refugees and the professions. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1939, 25: 356-62.— Refugee wins right to take examination to practice. Ibid, 1942, 28: 185. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 356.—Report of the Emergency Committee on Relief and Immigration. Bull. Am. Psychoanal. Ass, 1938-39, 2: 41-3.—Taylor, P. S, & Rowell, E. J. Refugee labor migration to California, 1937. Month. Labor Rev, 1938, 47: 240-50.—Warburg, B, Lewin, B. D, & Kubie, L. S. The emergency committee on relief and immigration of the American Psychoanalytic Association. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1941, 93: 416. MIGROL. See under Phenazon, Derivatives. MIGROPHEN. See under Phenyl derivative. MIGROPLASTICS. See Migrating flap. MIGUEL, Benito de. *Los cirrosis de origen esplenico. 109p. 27cm. B. Air., E. Spinelli, 1905. MIGUEL Gomara, Jaime. Estudio experi- mental del shock traumatico; influencia de la vasoconstricci6n arteriolar sostenida y el tono vasoconstrictor en la patogenia del shock. p.32-96. diagr. 24cm. Barcel., 1946. In: Rev. espafl. fisiol, 1946, 2: MIGUEL Martinez, Jose. Tratado de anes- tesia. xxiv, 726p. illust. portr. tab. 25cm. Barcel., Salvat ed., 1946. MIGUEL y Viguri, Issidoro de, 1851-99. Indicaciones de la trepanaci6n en los trau- matismos del craneo. 112p. pi. 8? Madr., R. Rojas, 1898. For biography see in Mid. madrilefi, Madr, 1934, 167 (Alvarez-Sierra, J.) MIGUERES, Paul, 1909- Contribution a l'etude du pneumothorax therapeutique et de ses resultats chez l'indigene algerien Musulman tuberculeux adulte [Alger] 83p. 25cm. Lyon, M. & L. Riou, 1936. MIGULA, Emil Friedrich Walter, 1863-1938. Die Brand und Rostpilze; ein Hilfsbuch zu ihrem Erkennen, Bestimmen, Sammeln, Untersuchen und Praparieren. 132p. pi. 26^cm. Stuttg., Franckh. Verl., 1917. Forms Bd 13, Handb. prakt. naturwiss. Arbeit. For obituary see Chron. bot, Leiden, 1939, 5: 285, portr. MIGULANUM 264 MIKAMI MIGULANUM. See also Bacillus. Enderlein, G. Ein neues Bakteriensystem auf vergleichend morphologischer Grundlage. Sitzber. Ges. Naturforsch. Freunde, Berl, 1917, 309-19. MIHAELIDOS, Nikolaos A. 'EpyavrvpiaKi, biayvoxTTtui)- 2v. in 1. 6', 1 1., 299p.; p. 1., 480p. illust. plates. 23}^cm. Athenai, P. D. Sakel- larios, 1927. MIHAILOFF, Nicolas, 1906- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude de la tuberculose du testicule a forme hypertrophique. 89p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. MIHAILOVIC, Vojislav, 1879-1948. For obituary see Srpski arh. celok. lek, 1948, 46: 728-31. MIHAILOW, Nicolas [M. D., 1931, Geneve] ♦Contribution a l'etude de la toxemie gravidique recidivante [Geneve] 33p. 8? Annamasse, Impr. Granchamp, 1931. MIHALAKEAS, N. P. 'AvaroiiLKV tov avdp&Trov. y' eKd. 2v. in 1. r,', 0', 490p., 12p.; p. 1., p. 491-913. paged continuously, illust. 26%cm. Athenai, Typogr. Pyrsos, 1931. MIHALOVICI, Abraham, 1910- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des meningites a pneumo- coques. 60p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1937. MIHARA, RySseki, 1805-86. For biography see in Sinsen dai zinmei ziten, Tokyo, 1940, 6: 140. MIHARA, Tokinobu, 1897- ed. English- Japanese dictionary in roman letters, xvi, 541p. 20Hcm. Salt Lake City, Orient. Cult. Bk Co., 1947. MIHM, Balthasar, 1908- *Die Falle von Gonoblennorrhoe der Neugeborenen der Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik Berlin aus den Jahren 1926-34. 31p. 8? Berl., P. Brandel, 1935. MIHOFF, Nicolas T., 1904- ♦Invagina- tion intestinale provoquee par le diverticule de Meckel. 62p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1933. MIHURA, Jules. See Prieur, L, & Mihura. J. Guide administrate des ques- tions medico-legales. 179p. 8? Par, 1917. MIJLPAAL-SERIE. Brux., 1944- CONTENTS No. 9. Eerste hulp bij ongevallen. 2. uitg. De Groote, M, 1944. MIJNLIEFF, Cornells Johannes. Die Patho- genese des Ertrinkens in Zusammenhang mit der Behandlung. 58p. pi. 8? Berl., C. Heymann, 1937. ---- & QUANJER, Aaldert Arnold Jan. Gegevens ... op het gebied van het reddingwezen en eerste hulp bij ongelukken. viii, 244p. tab. 23^cm. Rotterdam, W. L. & J. Brusse, 1915. MIKA, Josef, 1897- Die exakten Metho- den der Mikromassanalyse. xii, 180p. illust. tab. diagr. 25cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1939 (Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1943) Forms Bd 42, Die chemische Analyse. MIKA. See also Birth control; Hypospadias; Penis, Surgery; Urethra, Fistula. Lehmann-Nitsche, R. Der Zweck der Mika-Operation der Eingeborenen Australiens. Mitt. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss, 1929, 28: 249.—Lorentzen. Die Mikaoperation; Bemer- kungen zu dem Aufsatze von A. Hegar. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1912,59:202.—Senn, N. The mika or kulpi operation. In his Around the World, Chic, 1905, 113. MIKAELIAN, Ruben Khristoforovich, 1891- 1945. For obituary see Vest, oft, 1946, 25: No. 2, 38. MIKAMI, Haruo. Konwa-seraretaru tan- pakusitu no kanetu hensei ni kan-suru kesseigaku- teki kenkyu; syosyu no kessei ni kan-suru kenkyu. p.2105-68. tab. ch. 26cm. Tokyo, 1937. In: Sei i kai M. J, 1937, 56: MIKAMO, Yosio, 1875-1950. Ityo-byo (koto- ni musansyo) to hinketu. p.623-78. tab. 23^cm. TokyS, 1935. In: Nippon syokakibyo gakkai zassi, 1935, 34: MIKAN, Josef Bohumir, 1742-1814. For biography see Nature, Lond, 1942, 150: 628. MIKANIA. See also Compositae; see also Guaco, in 1st and 2nd series. Gomez da Cruz, J. P, & Liberalli, C. H. Contributo alio studio della Mikania hirsutissima DC. Boll. chim. farm, 1938, 77: 693-702. Also Rev. flora med, Rio, 1938, 4: 323; passim.— Lucas, V. Estudo farmacognostico do guaco, Mikania glo- merata Sprengel; Compositae. Ibid, 1942, 9: 101-32. MIKAWA, Sabur5. Zyohi-syotai tekisyutu ni yoru zikken-teki hakunaisyo no kenkyu. p. 1063- 127. illust. pi. tab. ch. 26cm. Tokyo, 1936. In: Acta Soc. ophth. jap, 1936, 40: MIKESELL, William Henry, 1887- Men- tal hygiene, xvi, 456p. illust. diagr. 21cm. N. Y., Prentice-Hall, 1939. MIKHAIL, Georges [M. D., 1941, Geneve] ♦Contribution a l'etude des porteurs de germes diphteriques. 24p. tab. 23cm. Geneve, Impr. du Progres, 1941. MIKHAIL, Makram, 1911- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude des suites des operes de l'appendi- cite aigue [Lyon] 52p. 8? Villefranche, Impr. Reveil du Beaujolais, 1937. MIKHAIL, Rouchdi Guindi. ♦Contribution experimentale a l'etude du rapport lipidique de Macheboeuf et Sandor chez l'homme [Stras- bourg] 159p. tab. 24}ocm. Clermont-Ferrand, Impr. Mont-Louis, 1940. MIKHAIL, William, 1917- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude du pemphigus aigu, maladie pro- fessionnelle. 67p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1940. MIKHAILOV, D. ^Ito TaKoe aceHCKue 6ojie3Hu. 32p. illust. 17cm. Moskva. Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. MIKHAILOVKA, Russia. Punin, N. Sanitarnyi ocherk derevni Mikhailovki bliz Krasnago Sela (Peterburgskoi gubernii) Voen. med. J, 1893, 178: unoffic. pt, 2. sect, 214-60. MIKHAILOVSKY, Ivan Osipovich, -1937. For obituary see Khirurgia, Moskva, 1938, No. 7, 171, portr. (Voronkov) [MIKHTOV] ra*ran nyp nxn -anV ansa Tel-Aviv, No. 9, 1941- MIKI, Yosihide, 1887- Eisei-bu syoko netti eisei tyui-syo. 2p., 8p., 168p. tab. 13cm. Tokyo, 1940. Forms v. 96, Tyoi-syo Imu-kyoku Rikugun-syo. MIKI, Yosiro. Tai-gai baiyo sosiki no hatuiku ni oyobosu vitamin no eikyo. p. 1-57. tab. ch. 25#cm. Kyoto, 1943. In: Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1943, 33: MIKI, Yosisada, -1942. For obituary see Okayama igakkai zassi, 1942, 54: 1007. MIKISKA, Alois. Dite, klenot nejdrazsi; osetfenf. a vyziva ditete. 380p. illust. tab. ch. form. 20%cm. Praha, Zivot a Prace, 1946. MIKK, Paul, 1889- For biography see in Aerzte Estlands (Brennsohn, I.) Riga, 1922, 481. MIKKELSEN, Ejnar, 1906- For biography see in Danske laegestand, 11. udg, Kbh, 1936, 1100. MIKKELSEN, Kristian Zachaeus, 1893-1941. For biography see in Danske laegestand, 11. udg, Kbh, 1936, 688, portr. MIKKELSEN 265 MIKROCHEMIE MIKKELSEN, Otto Johan Michael Brasch, 1895- ♦Unders0gelser over de hos mennesket forekommende former af Bacterium coli. 150p. tab. 26cm. Kbh., Kandrup & Wunsch, 1927. For biography see Nord. med. tskr, 1937, 14: 1067, portr. For portrait [caricature] see Medicineren, Kbh, 1938, 3: No. 3, 15. MIKKELSEN, Svend Kurt, 1908- For biography see in Danske laegestand, 11. udg, Kbh, 1936, 688, portr. MIKKELSEN, Viggo Helweg, 1909- ♦Kvantitativ bestemmelse af glycerin i galeniske praeparater. 170p. tab. ch. 23J4cm. Kbh., E. Munksgaard, 1949. Also Arch, pharm, Kbh, 1949, 56: MIKLASZEWSKI, Walenty, 1868- For biography see in: Czy wiesz kto to jest, Warsz, 1938, 488. MIKLAW, Alexander, 1899- ♦Die Be- handlung der Harnrohrenrupturen sowie der traumatischen und entzundlichen Harnrohren- strikturen in der Chirurgischen Universitats- klinik Rostock [1901-24] 32p. 8? Rostock, W. H. Winterberg, 1927. MIKLAW, Eduard, 1871- For biography see in Aerzte Livlands (Brennsohn, I.) Mitau, 1905, 292. MIKLER, Jonas, 1910- ♦Contribution a l'etude de revolution de la scarlatine chez l'enfant. 31p. 8? Par., Impr. Pascal, 1934. MIKOL, Edward Xavier, 1905- A man- ual of methods for organizing and maintaining a central tuberculosis case register. 70p. illust. form. 23cm. N. Y., Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1943. MIKOREY, Max, 1899- ♦Ueber einen atypischen Fall metastatischer Wirbelkarzinose mit syringomyelieahnlichem Symptomenkomplex und ein Sarkom des extraduralen Raumes. 32p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1928. MIKOSCH, Lambert. Stirbt unser Volk? der Geburtenriickgang in Oesterreich und seine Folgen. 47p. illust. 8? Klagenfurt, F. Klein- mayr, 1937. MIKOSIBA, Kageyuki. Usen-sei usnin-san narabi-ni sono bunkai-seiseki-tai no yakurigaku- teki kenkyu. [57]p. tab. ch. 25y2cm. Tokyo, 1933 In:'Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1933, 47: 1429; 1645. MIKOVITCH, Bochko, 1905- ♦Les hema- tomes extra-duraux a symptomatologie anormale. 63p. 8? Par., Presses Modernes, 1931, MIKRANDER, Lorenz, -1706. For biography see in Aerzte Livlands (Brennsohn, I.) Mitau, 1905, 292. MIKRO ... See also Micro ... MIKROBIN. See also Food, Preservation. Neisser, M, & Tillmans, J. Ueber Mikrobin. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1927, 54: 315.—Von der Heide,C'.,& Fbllen, R. Zur Mikrobinfrage. Ibid, 1926 51: 198-203. ------ Ueber das Mikrobin. Ibid, 1927, 53: 487-509. MHKPOEHOJIOrHH; KypHaji oSmeft, ce;ib- CK0X03$n4CTBeHH0H H nDOMblULieHHOH MUKpo6l40- jiophh. Moskva, v.l, 1932- MHKPOEHOJIOrHH; HHcbeKinioHHbie Oojie3mi, 3nn,o,eMno/iorH5L See CuBeTCKoe mcahuhhckoc perpepaTHBHoe o6o3peHHe. MuKpo6Ho;iorHH, HHdpeKUHOHHbie 6ojie3HH, anHAeMHO^orHH. Moskva, v.l, 1948- MHKPOEHOJIOrHHECKHW wypHaji. v.7-9, 11, 13. 5v. illust. pi. tab. 24cm. Leningr., 1928—31 MIKPOEIOJIOriHHHH wypHaji. Kiev, v.l, 1934- MIKROCHEMIE; Zeitschrift fiir das Ge- samtgebiet der Mikrochemie und Mikrophysik. Wien, v.2, 1924- Absorbed Mikrochimica acta, July 1938. MIKROCHIMICA acta; Organ fiir reine und angewandte Mikrochemie; Organ der Oester- reichischen mikrochemischen Gesellschaft und des Microchemical Club (Great Britain) 1.-3. Bd. 3v. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Wien, 1937-38. For continuation see Mikrochemie. MIKROKOSMOS; Zeitschrift fur angewandte Mikroskopie, Mikrobiologie, Mikrochemie u. mikroskopische Technik; Jahrbuch der Mikro- skopie. Stuttg., v.6, 1912- Continuation of Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Mikroskopie. MIKROSKOPIE; Zentralblatt fur mikro- skopische Forschung und Methodik. Wien, v.3, 1948- ----Sonderband. 3v. illust. ch. 23y2cm. Wien, G. Fromme & Co., 1949- CONTENTS v.l. Beitrage zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie. Brautigam, F, & Grabner, A, eds. 1949. v.2. Das Mikroskop und seine Nebenapparate. Patzelt, V. 1950. v.3. Mikroskopische und chemische Beitrage zum Krebs- problem. Coronini, C, ed. 1949. MIKTOHAPLONT. See under Chromosome; also Genotype. MIKULA, Metod, 1885- For biography see Prakt. lek, Praha, 1945, 25: 160, portr. Also Cas. \ik. desk, 1945, 84: 711, portr. MIKULICZ cell. See under Rhinoscleroma. MIKULICZ disease [1888; 1892] See also Granuloma benignum; Lacrimal gland, Disease; Mikulicz syndrome; Parotid, Disease; Reticulosis; Salivary gland, Disease; Submandi- bular gland, Disease; Uveoparotid fever. Aboulker, P, & Dreyfuss, A. La maladie de Mikulicz. Presse med. Par, 1936, 44: 1139-41. Also Rev. stomat. Par, 1936, 38: 812-23.—Abraham, A. Ueber Mikuliczsche Krank- heit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1759-61.—Barclay, L. Mikulicz's disease. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1930, 22: 498T501 — Bergeret & Gahinet. A propos de la maladie de Mikulicz. Bull, med. Par, 1936, 50: 122; 143.—Celoria, J, & Gueglio, J. A. Enfermedad de Mikulicz. Rev. Soc. pediat. Rosario, 1945, 10: 253-9.—Cheinisse, L. La maladie de Mikulicz. Sem. med. Par, 1905, 25: 37-9.—Gaines, T. R. Mikulicz' disease. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1936, 32: 232.—Garcia Carrillo, E. Un afeccion muy rara; la enfermedad de Mikulicz. Rev. med, S. Jose, 1941-43, 5: 178-80.—Geisler, E. K. [Miku- licz's disease] Vrach. gaz, 1923, 27: 268-71.—Gukovski, E. I. [O bolezni Mikulicz'a] Vest, oft, 1909, 26: 337.—Gundrum, F. S. Mikuliczeva bolest. Lijed. vjes, 1908, 30: 202-8 — Heaton, T. G, & Shannon, E. H. Mikulicz's disease. Canad. M Ass. J, 1948, 58: 368-70.—KUlbs. Ueber Mikuliczsche Krankheit. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1908, 18: 754-61, pi.—Kuhlmann, F. Ueber die Mikuliczsche Krankheit. Med. Zschr, 1944-45, 1: 130-2.—Laroy, L. La maladie de Mikulicz. J. chir, Brux, 1907, 7: 517-49, 5 pi.—Lehman, J. A, & Lea- man, W. G, jr. Mikulicz' disease. Internat. Clin, 1940, 3 ser 3: 105-11, pi.—Mensi, E. II morbo di Mikulicz nell'eta infantile. Minerva med. Tor, 1926, 6: 165-74.—Mikulicz's disease. Med. Classics, 1937-38, 2: 135.—Monteiro, A. Do- enca de Mikulicz. Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1942, 10: 702-4.— Moura, P, & Moura, L. Doenca de Mikulicz. Rev. brasil. med, 1949, 6: 130-2.—Puscariu, E, & Lazarescu, D. La malattia di Mikulicz. Ann. ottalm, 1933, 61: 161-9.— Redslob. Quelques mots au sujet de la maladie de Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1938, 284.—Tiscornia, A, & Nano, H. M. Enfermedad de Mikulicz. Sem. med, B. Air, 1940, 47: 301-7 — Walsh, J. Mikulicz's disease. Am. J. Oohth, 1945, 28: 1369. ---- Associated diseases. Gaevich, E. P. [Mikulicz' disease and tuberculosis] Sovet. vest oft, 1936, 9: 337-41.—John, H. J. Mikulicz's disease and diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass, 1933, 101: 184-7.—Nolan, M. J. A case of Mikulicz's disease associated with dementia prsecox. Irish J. M. Sc, 1928, 6. ser, 223-7, 2 pi.—Schmidt. R. Miku- liczsche Krankheit plus Paralysis agitans sine agitatione. Med. Klin, Berl, 1918, 14:405. 8247X7 vol. 11, 4th sehies- -18 MIKULICZ DISEASE 266 MIKULICZ DISEASE ---- Cases. Rtjnge, F. E. G. *Ueber einen Fall von Mikulicz'scher Krankheit (Auszug) [Leipzig] 8p. 8? Roding., 1923. Aboulker, P. Un cas de maladie de Mikulicz. Ann. otolar. Par, 1936, 893-900.—Atkinson, J. Case of Mikulicz's disease. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1912-13, 6: Laryng. Sect, 1 — Bankovsky. E. G. [Mikulicz's disease; easel Vest, sovet. otorinolar, 1932, 25: 97.—Barbrick, J. F. Mikulicz's disease; clinical report of a case with presentation of the patient. Cali- fornia Eclect. M. J, 1915, 8: 187-90, pi.—Bentsen. K. G. Et tilfaelde af Mikulicz' sygdom. Nord. med, 1945, 25: 698.—Courchet. Un cas grave de maladie de Mikulicz. Rev. stomat. Par, 1927, 29: 756-60—Dejean, C, & Vergues. Un cas de maladie de Mikulicz. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1938, 19: 404-6.—Denning, B. Mikulicz's disease. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 154.—Egerton, G. B. A case of Mikulicz's disease. Brit. M. J, 1926, 2: 686.— Evans, J. J. A case of Mikulicz's disease. Birmingham M. Rev, 1911, 70: 80-7.—Folk, M. R. . Bilateral dacryoadenitis with involvement of right parotid and submaxillary glands, Mikulicz's disease. Am. J. Ophth, 1938, 3. ser, 21: 1268.— Fridericia, L. S. Et tilfaelde af morbus Mikulicz. Forh. Dansk selsk. int. med, 1916-17, 16. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1917, 79: 341.—Grieg, H. [A case of Mikulicz' disease] Med. rev, Bergen, 1920, 37: 350-4.—Harmel. Ein Fall von Mikuliczscher Krankheit. Deut. med. Wschr, 1909, 35: 1616— Hirschfeld, K. Mikulicz's disease. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 629 — Kawasaki, S. Ueber zwei Falle der sogenannten Mikuliczschen Krankheit. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1934, 46: 802.—Letulle, M, & Duclos, L. Maladie de Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. fr. opht, 1929, 42: 452-61.—Marques, P, & Canihac, J. A propos d'un cas de maladie de Mikulicz. J. radiol. electr, 1949, 30: 723.—Morgan, O. G. Bilateral enlargement of lacrimal gland; case report. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1937-38, 31: 1100 — Narog, F. [A case of Mikulicz' diseasel Polska gaz. lek, 1924, 3: 186-8.—O'Brien, J. P. A case of Mikulicz's disease; ex- hibition of case. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1924, 3. ser, 46: 356.—Owen, H. B, & Hennessey, R. S. F. A case of Mikulicz' disease. Brit, J. Ophth, 1930, 14: 582-7, pi — Posey, W. C. Mikulicz's disease. Tr. Coll. Physicians Phila- delphia, 1916, 3. ser, 38: 345. Also Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1916, 25: 286-9.—Richard. Maladie de Mikulicz; presentation d'un cas. Rev. stomat. Par, 1927, 29: 761-3.—Rodolfo, A. Sobre un caso de enfermedad de Mikulicz. Sem. med, B. Air, 1919, 26: 124.—Ross, J. A, & Shepheard-Walwyn. A case of Mikulicz's disease. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K, 1923, 43: 332-40 — Segagni, S. II morbo di Mikulicz nell'infanzia. Clin, igiene inf., 1927, 2: 80-5.—Shoemaker, W. T. A case of bilateral enlargement of the lacrimal glands. Ann. Ophth, S. Louis, 1904, 13: 513-9.—Siebenmann. Ein Fall von Mikulicz'scher Krankheit. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1916, 46: 1175.—Smith, J. F, & Bump, W. S. Lymphoid hyperplasia of lacrymal and salivary glands; Mikulicz' disease. Ann. Surg, 1928, 88: 91-7.—Thibault, R. G, Hennion, P., & Bataille. Un cas de maladie de Mikulicz. Rev. stomat. Par, 1943, 44: 150.— Van der Straeten. Gonflement bilateral des glandes lacrymales et saliyaires et maladie de Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 46:442-64. ---- Diagnosis. See also Mikulicz syndrome. Cipriani, P. L. La sindrome e la malattia di Mikulicz; due rare osservazioni di malattia di Mikulicz. Arch. De Vecchi, 1949, 12: 619-41.—Dixon, F. W. Mikulicz' disease and syndrome. Arch. Otolar, Chin, 1932, 15: 438-41.—Franke. Mikuliczsche Krankheit, Deut, med. Wschr, 1918, 44: 87.— Griffith, J. P. Mikulicz's disease and the Mikulicz syndrome. Am. J. M. Sc, 1929, 178: 853-60, pi.—Heath, P. Mikulicz's disease and syndrome. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1947, 45: 269- 81, 3 pi. Also Am. J. Ophth, 1948, 31: 955-64.—Leucutia, T, & Price, A. E. Mikulicz's disease and the Mikulicz syn- drome; their treatment by irradiation. Am. J. Roentg, 1930, 24: 491-515.—MacKee, G. M. A case for diagnosis, Mikulicz' disease? Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1940, 42: 726-8.—Molina, R. J. Enfermedad o sindrome de Mikulicz. Rev. Fac. cienc. med. Univ. Cordoba, 1946, 4: 15-33.—Procopio. F. Malattia e sindrome di Mikulicz nei bambini. Rinasc. med, 1930, 7: 554. ---- Pathogenesis. See also Mikulicz syndrome. Broicher, G. *Ist die Mikulicz'sche Krank- heit eine Infektionskrankheit, eine Erkrankung sui generis? 27p. 8? Bonn, 1932. Aschner, B. Zur Kenntnis des Morbus Mikulicz als System- erkrankung der Speicheldrvisen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med, 1937, 30: 327-36.—Carlborg, V. Mikulicz' sjukdom, febris uveo- parotidea, keratoconjunctivitis sicca. Nord. med. tskr, 1937, 13: 629-31.—Coppez, H. Remarques sur un cas de fiSvre uv<;o-parotidienne; maladie de Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. beige opht, 1922, No. 45, 40-8, illust.—Jackson, E. Mikulicz's disease and uveo-parotitis. Am. J. Ophth, 1935, 18: 469.— Lehmann, K. [Uveoparotitis] Hospitalstidende, 1917, 8. R, 10: 1045-7.—Macdonald, A. D. Mikulicz disease and uveo- parotid fever. Abstr. Theses Univ. Aberdeen, 1934, 30 — Schultz, A. Boeck's sarcoid with uveoparotitis and dacryo- adenitis; report of a case. Am. J. Ophth, 1945, 28: 1010-4.— Weve H. [Familial pseudotuberculosis; Mikuhcz-Heerfordt disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1926, 70: pt 2, 2187-9. ---- Pathology. Carl, F. *Ueber Schadigungen der Mund- hohle bei der Mikuliczschen Krankheit (Auszug) 7p. 8? Lpz., 1922. Chirac, A. de. Contribution a l'6tude de la maladie de Mikulicz. 55p. 8? Par., 1936. Deslandres, J. M. Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de Mikulicz. 63p. 8? Dijon, 1930. Ardoin & Dechaume. Une observation de forme tumorale de maladie de Mikulicz fruste. Rev. stomat. Par, 1938, 40: 248-56.—Baldenweck, L, & Leroux-Robert, J. Maladie de Mikulicz avec participation laryngee. Ann. otolar. Par, 1940, 1-8.—Bourgain, M, & Laborit, H. Bacillose atypique; teticulo-endotheliose ganglionnaire cervicale, de nature tuber- culeuse, au cours d'une maladie de Mikulicz. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1944-45, 9: 306-8.—Georgievskaia, V. S. [Various forms of Mikulicz' disease] In: Sborn. Abrikosova (P. D. Solovev) Moskva, 1936, 262-7.—Groag, P. Ueber das Verhalten des Leukozyten- und sonstigen Blutbildes bei einem Fall von Mikulicz-Erkrankungen nach Kurzwellenbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1934, 47: 1165-9: Disc, 1422.—Hargreaves, J. M. Mikulicz's disease. In: Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, J. L, et al.) 2. ed. Chic, 1942, 151, pi.—McDonald, S, & Wardale, J. D. Note on a case of Mikulicz's disease. Proc. Path. Soc. Gr. Britain, 1912-13, 17: 113.—Proby, H. Les rapports de la maladie de Mikulicz avec les diverses formes de parotidite subaigu e ou chronique. Ann. otolar. Par, 1938, 524-8.— Rebattu, Mounier-Kuhn & Sprecher. Stenose sous-glottique et maladie de Mikulicz. Ibid, 472. ---- Treatment. Campuzano Cacho, P. Enfermedad de Mikulicz y trata- miento Roentgen. Siglo med, 1934, 94: 119-21.—Hodges, F. M. Treatment of Mikulicz's disease. Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp, Richmond, 1935, 5: 100-7. Also South. M. J, 1935, 28: 205-9.—Huss, J. H, & Wilson, J. A. Treatment of a case resembling Mikulicz's disease. Meriden Hosp. Bull, 1947-48, 1: No. 4, 1-8.—Jackson, A. S. Mikulicz's disease; a report on a patient treated with penicillin. Am. J. Surg, 1945, 68: 358- 63.—Kindler, W. Zur Entstehung und Behandlung der Miku- liczschen Krankheit, Zschr. Laryng, 1935, 26: 22-5.—Liioin, M. Die Mikulicz'sche Krankheit und ihre Behandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1915, 45: 1014.— Pinch, A. E. H. Two cases of Mikulicz's disease treated with radium. Brit. M. J, 1926, 2: 586.—Smith, J. F, & Bump, W. S. Mikulicz' disease. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1927) 1928, 37: 53-65.—Villanueva, M, & Darnel, C. S. Enfermedad de Mikulicz. Arch, oft, B. Aires, 1943, 18: 599-602.—Wright, R. E. Mikulicz disease treated bv X-ray. Am. J. Ophth, 1927, 3. ser, 10: 903-5.—Ziegler, J. Zur Rontgenbehandlung der Mikuliczschen Krankheit. Strahlentherapie, 1926, 23: 528-31. MIKULICZ drainage. See also Drainage, in medicine; also Abdomen, Surgery: Drainage; Wound, Drainage. GonzAlez Ortiz, J. J. *E1 Mikulicz en cirugia abdominal. 25p. 22cm. Mex , 1933. Mazza, A. S. *A drenagem pelo methodo Mikulicz nas laparatomias gynecologicas [Pa- rana] 55p. 21^cm. Curitiba, 1929. Terral, H. J. L. *Les eventrations apres le Mikulicz. 47p. 25cm. Bord., 1940. Auvray. A propos du Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. nat. chir. Par, 1926, 52: 729-32.—Cotte, G, & Mathieu, J. Indications du Mikulicz en gynecologic Rev. fr. gyn. obst, 1944, 39: 201- 10.—Faure, J. L. Utilite du drainage Mikulicz systematique. In: Prat. chir. illust. (Pauchet, V.) Par, 1931, 2: 22-30 — Jones, T. E, Paxton, J. R, & Brubaker, R. E. The intra- abdominal use of the Mikulicz pack. Ann. Surg, 1943, 117: 256-62.—Laporte, F. Le drainage a la Mikulicz sans suture associe a la derivation des matieres, comme methode de traite- ment des plaies du segment peritoneal du rectum. Bordeaux chir, 1944, 72-4.—Maizel, M. B. [Mikulicz tampon in gyne- cology] Sovet. vrach. J, 1936, 1: 1223-8—Mukuda, T. A study on the significance of Mikulicz drainage, especially the significance for the prevention of postoperative infection. Jap. J. Obst, 1939, 22: 195; 218.—Opazo, Bunster [et al.] Sobre el uso del Mikulicz. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1930, 8: 343; 371 — Perrin. Fistules sigmoido-vlsicale et v£sico-cutan6e k la suite d'un drainage abdominal a la Mikulicz. Lyon chir, 1935, 32: 581-3.;—Salvini, A. Note cliniche sull'uso del drenaggio alia Mikulicz nella chirurgia addominale ginecologica. Ginecologia, Tor, 1936, 2: 285-304.—Violet, H. Comment terminer les MIKULICZ DRAINAGE 267 MIKULICZ SYNDROME operations gynecologiques au point de vue du drainage et de l'emploi du Mikulicz. Avenir med, Lyon, 1927, 24: 146-50.— W, T. S. Mikulicz's drain. Am. J. Surg, 1930, 8: 1103, portr. MIKULICZ-KUEMMEL syndrome. See Lip, Cheilitis (exfoliativa) MIKULICZ-RADECKI, Felix von, 1891- Geburtshilfe des praktischen Arztes. 3. Aufl. xii, 529p. illust. tab. form. 26cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1943. See also Bauer, K. H, & Mikulicz-Radecki, F. v. Die Praxis der Sterilisierungsoperationen. 176p. 8! Lpz, 1936. MIKULICZ-RADECKI, Johann von, 1850- 1905. Schramm, H. Wspomnienia o Janie Mikuliczu. Arch. hist. filoz. med, Poznan. 1932, 12: 230-4. For biography see Beitr. klin. Chir, 1930, 150: 1-6 (Kiittner, H.) Also Med. Classics, 1937-38, 2: 107-34, portr. For obituary see Boston M. & S. J, 1905, 153: 64. Also Lancet, Lond, 1905, 1: 1756. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Bull. Hist. M, 1942, 12: 609. Also Zbl. Gyn, 1926, 50: H. 4, front. ---- Etiology, and pathogenesis. Escande, E. P. Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie du syndrome de Mikulicz. 54p. 8? Par., 1933. Alvarez Lovell. Sfndrome de Mikulicz de origen sifilitico? Actas derm, sif, Madr, 1946-47, 38: 565-8, pi.—Bazan, F, & Maggi, R. Consideraciones sobre el sfndrome de Mikulicz descripcion de un caso clfnico; parotiditis cronica bilateral en un disendocrinico heredoluetico. Sem. mid., B. Air, 1925, 32: 1214-8.—Bishop, R. C, & Rawson, R. W. Mikulicz's syndrome with fever as an unusual complication of thiouracil therapy. J. Clin. Endocr, 1946, 6: 262-5.—Charvat, J. [Mikulicz syndrome in diabetes; internal secretion of the salivary glands] Cas. lek. desk, 1932, 71: 133-7.—Cohen, C. Syndrome de Mikulicz au cours d'une leucemie lymphoide. Scalpel, Brux, 1937, 90: 584.—Danlos, Blanc & Gaston. Lymphomes syme- triques des paupieres, de la joue et de I'oreille gauche sans leucemie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1907, 18: 336-41 — Givner, I. Sarcoid simulating Mikulicz's disease and Pari- naud's syndrome. Am. J. Ophth, 1948, 31: 340.—Hamburger, L. P, & Schaffer, A. J. Uveoparotid fever as a manifestation of Mikulicz's syndrome. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1928, 36: 434- 44.—Hufnagel. Syndrome de Mikulicz et syphilis. Prat med. fr, 1930, 11: 397-400.—Imaizumi, K. Ein noch nicht beschriebener Fall von primarer Amyloidentartung der Tranen- und Speicheldriisen unter dem Bild der Mikuliczschen Krank- heit. Tohoku J. Exp. M, 1942, 44: 381-95.—Jeanselme, H. L, & Desbrousses. Syndrome de Mikulicz chez un syphilitique tertiaire. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1928, 35: 20-2.—Lederer, J. Syndrome de Mikulicz avec fiSvre provoque par un traite- ment par l'aminothiazol. Ann. endocr. Par, 1947, 8: 87-9.— Massary, E. de, & Tockmann, L. Syndrome de Mikulicz de nature syphilitique gu6ri par le traitement mixte. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1918, 3. ser, 42: 987.—Plate, E, & Lewan- dowsky, F. Ueber einen Fall von symmetrischer Schwellung der Speichel- und Tranendriisen nebst Beteiligung des lympha- tischen Apparates und der Haut. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir, 1912, 25: 539-48.—Rees, W. E. Mikulicz syndrome in association with tuberculosis; report of a case. Lancet, Lond, 1934, 2: 749-51.—Tanahasi, Y. Mikulicz-si syokogun malignes lymphom no iti rei [case of Mikulicz' syndrome with malignant lymphoma] Okayama igakkai zassi, 1947, 59: 34.—Thomas, C. C. Sarcoidosis, subcutaneous nodules only, and involvement of the right lacrimal gland? Mikulicz syndrome. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1942, 46: 564.—Vanderstraeten, Appelmans & Massa. Hypertrophic sym6trique des glandes lacrymales et salivaires (syndrome de Mikulicz) lymphome orbitaire; radio- thSrapie. Bull. Soc. beige ophth, 1934, No. 68, 71; No. 69, 137.—Ziegler, A. Beitrag zum Fragenkomplex des Mikulicz- schen Syndroms. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1949, 61: 722-4. ---- Complication. Appelmans, M. La kerato-conjonctivite s£ehe de Gougerot- Sjogren; ses rapports avec le syndrome de Mikulicz et la kerato-conjonctivite filamenteuse; sa pathogenie et son traite- ment. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1947, 12: 555-71.—Lar- mande, A. M., & Palomba. Syndrome de Mikulicz, infantilisme et conjonctivite phlyctenulaire. Algerie mid., 1947, 50: 77.— Riser, R. Mikulicz's syndrome; right facial paralysis. Am. J. Ophth, 1945, 28: 412.—Wood, C. G. R. Mikulicz's syndrome complicated by Graves' disease. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K, 1928 48: 398-401. ----Pathology. Gerbasi, M, & Ajello, L. Considerazioni cliniche ed anato- mo-patologiche sopra un caso di sindrome di Mikulicz. Clin. igiene inf., 1930, 5: 385-401.—Kalt, M. Syndrome de Miku- licz avec tumefaction ecchymotique des glandes lacrymales et salivaires (lymphomatose disstaiinee) Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1930, 220-6.—Kubo, M. Kyusei-gata Mikulicz-si syokogun. [acute-type .,] Zibiinkoka rinsyo, 1942, 37: 44.—Miller, J. R, & Eusterman, G. B. Mikulicz' syndrome; report of a case with associated pulmonary and gastric lesions. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1944, 19: 425-31.—Ronchetti, V, & Vigand, A. Contributo alio studio della sindrome di Mikulicz. Haematologica, Pavia, 1941, 23: 477-519.—Schupfer, F. Sindrome di Mikulicz; contributo clinico ed istologico. Boll, ocul, 1938, 17: 452-83.— Wijn, C. L. Over den samenhang der verschijnselen bij het symptomencomplex van Mikulicz. Med. wbl, Amst, 1914-15, 21: 586-90. MIKULIN, Alexandr Alexandrovich, 1895- For biography see in: 220 let (Akad. nauk SSSR) Moskva, 1945, 6L MIKULLA, Emerentia, 1903- *Die Win- kelmannsche Operation als Behandlungsmethode der Hydrocele im Kindesalter [Mtinster] 18p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1931. MIKULOWSKI, Wlodzimierz, 1886- For biography see in: Czy wiesz kto to jest, Warsz, 1938, 489, portr. MIKULSKI, Wilhelm Aleksander, 1869- For biography see in: Czy wiesz kto to jest, Warsz, 1938, 488, portr. MIKULICZ syndrome. See also Mikulicz disease; also such terms as Leukemia, Manifestation; Leukosis, aleukemic; Lymphadenosis; Lymphosarcomatosis; Reticu- Ioendotheliosis; Sarcoidosis; also under names of primary diseases as Gout; Syphilis; Tuberculosis. Berthon, G. *Contribution a l'etude du syndrome de Mikulicz. 56p. 8? Par., 1911. Franzoxi, W. *Ueber den Mikuliczschen Symptomenkomplex. 30p. 8? Miinch., 1931. Ptjrckhatjer, W. *Ueber einen Fall mit Mikuliczschem Svmptomenkomplex. 30p. 8? Wiirzb., 1926. Wetland, J. *Contribution a. l'etude du syndrome de Mikulicz. 83p. 8? Par., 1927. Boettner, J. M. Sindrome de Mikulicz. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1935, 7: No. 71, 5-7, illust.—Browning, W. H. Mikulicz's syndrome; case reports. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1934, 87: 389.—Carreras, B. Un caso de sindrome de Mikulicz. Arch. oft. hisp. amer, 1933, 33: 506-14.—Cimmino, M. Su di un caso di sindrome di Mikulicz. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 655-60.—Darnel, C. C. Contribucion del estudio del sindrome de Mikulicz. Rev. espec, B. Air, 1926, 1: 251-63.—Daniels, D, Polisner, S. R. [et al.] [Mikulicz's syndrome] J. Maine M. Ass, 1949, 40: 186-8.—Davoli, R. La sindrome di Miku- licz; contributo casistico. Clinica, Bologna, 1938, 4: 346- 58.—De Angelis, F. Sulla sindrome di Mikulicz nell'infanzia. Cult, stomat. Tor, 1930, 7: 239-42.—De Jong, S. I, & Joseph, H. Un cas fruste de syndrome de Mikulicz chez un infantile. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1908, 3. ser, 25: 140-4.—Fernandez, J. G, Carri, M. A. [et al.] Consideraciones a proposito de un caso de sindrome de Mikulicz. An. Hosp. ninos, B. Air. (1939-40) 1941, 147-50. Also Sem. med, B. Air, 1941, 48: 15-8.—Ferreira, F. Sobre o sindromo de Mikulicz; em torno de uma observacao clinica. Rev. med. Bahia, 1941, 9: 20-5.—; Formiggini, B. Contributo alia casistica della sindrome di Mikulicz. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med, 1926, 15: 84-95. Also Gazz. med. lombarda, 1926, 85: 73-6. Also Cult, stomat. Tor, 1928, 5: 766-73.—Frenkel, H. Sur le syndrome de Mikulicz a l'etat physiologique. J. med. fr, 1908, 2: 780-6, 2 pi.—Giannini, E. Contributo alio studio della sindrome di Mikulicz. Riv. osp, 1940, 30: 209-26.—Grandi, G, & Mura- tori, A. Contributo alio studio della sindrome di Mikulicz. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1948, 26: No. 3, 7.—Hermann, P. Syndrome de Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1948, 512- 5.— Hird, A. J. Mikulicz's syndrome. Brit. M. J, 1949, 2: 416-8 — King-Lewis, F. L. Mikulicz's syndrome. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1948, 41: 99.—Marquez, M. Un caso de sindrome de Mikulicz atipico. Arch. oft. hisp. amer, 1934, 34: 513-26. Also Ann. ocul. Par, 1934, 171: 641-51. Also Bull. Soc. fr. opht, 1934, 47: 84-94.—Naegeli, O. Differentialdiagnose des Mikuliczschen Symptomenkomplexes. In his Differ. Diagn. inn. Med, Lpz, 1936-37, 91.—Nida. Syndrome de Mikulicz. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1923, 35: 339. ------ Syndrome de Mikulicz traite avec succes par la radiothe>apie. Ibid, 1924, 36: 29.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot, G. P., Blamoutier, P. [et al.] Radiotherapie et pilocarpine dans le traitement de deux cas de syndrome de Mikulicz avec hypocrinie salivaire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser, 51: 410-8.—Schaffer, A. J., & Jacobsen, A. W. Mikulicz's syndrome; a report of ten cases. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 34:327-46.— Sepiilveda R..D. Sfndroma de Mikulicz. Bev. chilena pediat, 1946, 17: 691-701. Also Pediat. Americas, Mex, 1947, 5: 129-36.—Subba Rao, P. R. A case of Mikulicz's syndrome. Proc. All India Ophth. Soc, 1931, 2: 98-103,4 pi.—Taylor, F. R. Mikulicz's syndrome. In; Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A, ed.) N. Y, 1940 5: 1085. MIKWEH 268 MILANO MIKWEH. See under Jew, Hygiene and sanitation; also Bath subheadings (History; Social aspect) MILA, Mercedes. Florence Nightingale. 18p. portr. 8? Madr., Cruz Roja espan., 1933. MILACEK, Frantisek, 1868- For biography see Cas. lek. 6esk, 1948. 87: 1213. MILAM, Carl Hastings, 1884- For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed, N. Y, 1942, 289. MILAN, Michael Bernard, 1862-1946. For obituary see Rhode Island M. J, 1947, 30: 64. MILANES, Kit, & CRUICKSHANK, Norah Blake Stack. Health and beauty for children. 88p. illust. 12? Lond., Blackie & Son, 1937. MILANES y Alvarez, Fernando [M. D., 1927, La Habana] Sprue y otros sindromes gloso- entero-neuro-anemicos similares; estudio de diag- n6stico y de patogenia, deducciones terap^u- ticas. 222p. illust. pi. tab. (1 fold.) 20>^cm. La Habana, 1941. Forms v.2, Bibl. mid. autores cubanos. MILANI, Eugenio, 1887- L'indagine radiologica nei tumori del polmone. 131p. illust. 8? Nap., F. Giannini & figli, 1931. —— Semeiotica radiologica dello scheletro. 2. ed. 450p. illust. 27cm. Roma, Soc. ed. univ., 1948. See also Montalenti, G, & Milani, E. Radiogenetica. p.l 143-203. 25cm. Roma, 1939. For portrait see Clin, nuova, Roma, 1946, 3: opp. p. 280. Also Q. radiol, Belluno, 1934, 5: 197. Also Riforma med, 1946, 60: 591. ---- & GRILLI, A. Introduzione alio studio della radiologia medica. viii, 540p. illust. 25cm. Treviso, Longo & Zoppelli, 1943. MILANI, Eugenio, & TURANO, Luigi. Fonda- menti di radiobiologia e rontgenterapia; con la collaborazione del G. Bernardini. 464p. illust. 25cm. Roma, Ed. Italiane, 1943. MILANO, Italy. Accademia medica lombarda. Atti. Milano, v.l, 1912- Volumes 1-19, 1912-30 issued as Atti della Societa lombarda di scienze, mediche e biologiche. MILANO, Italy. Centro d'informazioni e studi sugli antibiotici. Pubblicazioni. Milano, v.l, 1947- MILANO, Italy. Commissione sanitaria muni- cipal. II cholera-morbus in Milano nell'anno 1854; relazione. 119p. tab. 35cm. Milano, G. Pirola, 1855. MILANO, Italy. Commissione straordinaria de sanita di Milano. Breve istruzione popolare pel caso che si sviluppi il cholera. 8p. 21cm. Milano, 1865. ——■ Breve istruzione popolare pel caso che si sviluppi il cholera. 1 1. Milano, Redaelli, 1865. Supplement* straordinario al No. 251 del Pungolo. ---- Proposta di regolamento pei casi d'in- vasione del cholera morbus o di altre simili malattie. 20p. 21>/2cm. Milano[?] 1867[?] ---- Proposta di regolamento pei casi di epidemia di cholera morbus. 20p. 23^cm. Milano[?] after 1867[?] MILANO, Italy. Consiglio degli istituti clinici di perfezionamento. Gli istituti clinici di perfezionamento in Milano. lxxi, 450p. illust. tab. 28cm. Milano, La Gutenberg, 1912. [MILANO, Italy. R. Governatore] Tavole di ragguaglio dei pesi e delle misure in uso in Lombardia con quelle del sistema metrico deci- male. 28p. 23cm. Milano, R. Stamperia, 1860. MILANO, Italy. Istituto biochimico italiano. Archivio. Milano, v.l, 1929- MILANO, Italy. Istituto italiano de vita- minologia Giovanni Lorenzini. Atti. Milano, v.l, 1942- Forms supplement to Rassegna clinico-scientifica. MILANO, Italy. Istituto sieroterapico mi- lanese Serafino Belfanti. Bollettino. Milano, v.l, 1917/20- Parte sperimentale della rivista Terapia. ---- Atti della Riunione per lo studio dell'in- fluenza, tenutasi in Milano nei giorni 27-28 Aprile 1919. 172p. 26cm. Milano, Stucchi Ceretti & cia, 1919. ---- L'Istituto sieroterapico milanese nel primo venticinquennio, 1894-1919. 135p. illust. portr. plan. 33cm. Milano, Bertieri e Van- zetti, 1919. ----Cenni di terapia immunitaria de alcune malattie infettive dell'infanzia. 38p. 8? Milano, Stucchi Ceretti & cia, 1929. ---- Cenni di opoterapia ed immunoterapia delle malattie del sangue e del ricambio. 47p. 8? Milano, 1932. ----■ Cenni di opoterapia ipofisaria. 43p. 20cm. Milano, 1939. ---- Gli ormoni sessuali e il loro uso in terapia clinica. 142p. pi. diagr. 18cm. Milano, 1942. ---- Terapia biologica; immuno-, opo-, ormono-, chemioterapia. xxviii, 539p. 15cm. Milano, 1942. ----Terapia specifica del tifo addominale; vaccinoterapia, aptenoterapia, sieroterapia, fago- terapia. 114p. illust. 17cm. Milano, 1943. For related publications see also Vigano, L, Orsi, A, & Belfanti, S. Dei sieri [etc.] 355p. 16? Milano [1916] Also Trattato di endocrinologia. Milano, v.l, 1939- See also Attivita scientifica dell'Istituto sieroterapico milanese nell'anno 1936. Terapia, Milano, 1937, 27: 97-107.— Devalle, G. La vita dell'Istituto dalla fondazione. In: 1st. sieroter. milan. (Milano. Istituto) 1919, 27-69, illust.—Tron, G. L'attiviti scientifica dell'Istituto sieroterapico milanese nell'anno 1937. Terapia, Milano, 1938, 28: 97-109. MILANO, Italy. Istituto stomatologico italiano. For archives see Rassegna trimestrale di odontoiatria. Milano, v.28, 1947- See also Palazzi, S. I quarant'anni di vita dell'Istituto stomatologico. Rass. odont, Milano, 1948, 29: 218-21. MILANO, Italy. Istituto di tisiologia. For organ see Studi clinici e sociali di tisiologia. Milano, v.2, 1930- MILANO, Italy. Istituto vaccinogeno anti- tubercolare. For organ see Patologia comparata della tubercolosi. Milano, v.l, 1935- MILANO, Italy. Ospedale maggiore. Ordini appartenenti al governo dell'Hospitale Grande di Milano, et di tutti gli altri hospitali a questo uniti. 174p. 26cm. Milan, G. B. & G. C. Malatesta, 1642. .---■ Materiale rappresentante l'organizza- zione dell'Istituto anatomo-patologico diretto dai dottore Cav. Visconti. 12p. 21 ^cm. Milano, 1881. For history see: Majocchi, A. Nostalgie fra le rovine; pagine di vecchia vita chirurgica. 3. ed. 373p. 21V£cm. Milano, 1946. See also Alberti, A. Cenni statistici sui metodi di anestesia impiegati presso la divisione ostetrico-ginecologia dell'Ospedale maggiore di Milano; giugno 1941-giugno 1946. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1947, 35: 445-7.—Bottero, A. II medico residente nell Ospedale maggiore in un regolamento del secolo xvn. Ibid, 1942, 30: 28-30.—Casielli, G. II LaZZaretto dell'Ospe- dale maggiore. Ibid, 1938, 26: 121-6. ------ Un medico niZ7Zao a11 Ospedale maggiore di Milano. Ibid, 1939, 27: 427_9.- ITT, La antiche scuole mediche dell'Ospedale maggiore. Ibid, 1943, 31: 211-8. ------ L'Ospedale maggiore e l'Universite di Milano. Ibid, 277-83. ------ 9na:ni1o0 edlficl° ospedaliero sede dell'Ateneo milanese. Ibid, 305-12. —---- H Perdono al nuovo Ospedale maggiore. MILANO 269 MILANO Ibid, 377-85.—Costruzione (La) del nuovo Ospedale maggiore; Torigine e lo sviluppo dell'idea. Ibid, 1926, 3. ser, 14: Parte amministrat, 37-9.—Della Porta, M. Dal vecchio al nuovo Ospedale maggiore. Ibid, 1934, 22: 300; 364.—Distel, H. Das neue Ospedale Maggiore in Mailand. Zschr. ges. Kranken- hauswes, 1936, 279-82.—Ferrari, A. La Festa del Perdono nell'Ospedale maggiore di Milano. Minerva med. Tor, 1947, 38: Varia, 20-3.—Festa (La) del Perdono all'Ospedale maggiore di Milano. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1937, 25: 113-24 — Guida dell'Ospedale maggiore di Milano e degli istituti annessi. Ibid, 1926, 3. ser, 14: Parte amministrat. No. 8, 93; No. 10, 132.—Pini. II nuovo regolamento dell'Ospedale maggiore di Milano. Italia san, 1910, 6: 185.—Ronzani, E. Cronicari e reparti ospedalieri di smistamento. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1942, 30: 293-6.—Seymer. L. R. A visit to the Ospedale Maggiore, Milan. Internat. Nurs. Rev, Geneve, 1936, 10: 314-20, pi. (incl. French & German transl.)—Spinelli, S. II nuovo Ospedale maggiore di Milano e la vecchia storia del Perdono. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1940, 28: 377. MILANO, Italy. Pio istituto dei rachitici. Relazione sanitaria e amministrativa per l'anno 1875. 56p. pi. tab. 2iy2cm. Milano, G. Pirola, 1876. MILANO, Italy. Societa d'incoraggiamento di scienze, lettere ed arti. Alberi ed arbusti da frutta. p.5-46. 23/12cm. Pavia, 1865[?] MILANO, Italy. Societa lombarda di medi- cina. See [Lombardia, Italy] Societa lombarda di medicina. MILANO, Italy. Universita cattolica del Sacro Cuore. Pubblicazioni. Ser. 6: Scienze biolo- giche. Milano, v.8, 1935- ---- Laboratorio di psicologia; contribute Milano, v.6, 1935- Forms numbers of Pubb. Univ. catt, Milano, Ser. 6, Sc. biol. See also Ricci, A. La scuola psicologica di Milano. Arch. ital. psicol, 1940-41, 18: 85-92. MILANO, Italy. Universita di Milano. Scuo- la di storia della medicina. Contributi. See La Cava, A. F. La peste di S. Carlo; note storico- mediche sulla peste del 1576. 239p. 25cm. Milano, 1945. MILANO. See also under Health organization. Milano. Italy. Map [n. s.] 17.25cm. x 14.25cm. [n. p., n. d.] ---- Map, scale 1:21,328. 18.5cm. x 25.75cm. [n. p., n. d.] Zoja, L. La clinica medica della R. Universita di Milano dai suo inizio (1924) al 28 ottobre 1937. 377p. 23J4cm. Fidenza, 1941. Baldassari, L. Sull'andamento ospitaliero nel triennio 1922-24. C~]>. maggiore, Milano, 1925, 3. ser, 13: 350-3, pi.— Ballerini, M. T. Studio sulle condizioni alimentari della popo- lazione milanese in tempo di guerra. Natura & vita, Milano, 1947, 2: 184.—Bauer, R. Del concetto moderno di assistenza sociale e di un caratteristico istituto assistenziale, la Societa umanitaria di Milano. Riv. infort. mal. profes, 1947, 34: 635-49.—Biblioteca comunale Castello Sforzesco; segnalazioni bibliografiche. Citta di Milano (Rass.) 1949, 66: 16; passim.— Ca (Dalla) granda al nuovo ospedale del Perdono, Milano. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1938, 26: 224-31, diagr.—Carozzi, L. Le condizioni igieniche dei locali tipografia in Milano. Lavoro, 1912, 5: 337; 361; 369.—Centro di studi di genetira umana. Riv. Soc. ital. igiene, 1941-42, 63:-64: 36.—Clara, I. Sguardo all'attivita esplicata dalla Stazione sperimentale malattie infettive del bestiame di Milano negli anni 1945-47. Clin. vet, Milano, 1948, 71: 3.54-63.—Facolta (La) di medicina dell'Universita milanese. Gazz. osp, 1924, 45: 1154-66 — Fantonetti, G. B. Prospetto e rendiconto medico degli esposti ricoverati e nutriti nella pia casa di Santa Catterina alia Ruota in Milano l'anno 1841. Gior. progr. pat, Venez, 1842, ser. 2. 1: 509-30.—Ferraro, F. Natalita e mortalita del lattante in Milano con speciale riferimento alio state demografico delle citta. Lattante, 1930, 1: 96-124.—Gelato. II regolamento d'igiene del comune di Milano. Italia san, 1910, 6: 65.— Lazzarini, L. Quattro anni di chirurgia nell'Ospedale di circolo di Rho. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1943, 31: 373-6.— Luraschi, C. Milano e la quistione ospitaliera. Italia san, 1909, 5: 205-7. ■------Per una direzione di Assistenza sanitaria in Milano. Ibid, 1910, 6: 21—Mangiagalli, L. II Senatore Mangiagalli risponde aH'Associazione sanitaria milanese: una clinica murri in Milano. Ibid, 1908,4:209-11.— Massarotti, V. Istituto medico-chirurgico 28. ottobre; Cassa Soccorso, Azienda tramviaria municipale, Milano. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1933, 21: 624-9.—Nuovo (II) Ufficio di statistica sanitaria degli Istituti ospitalieri di Milano. Ibid, 1915, 3: 112-6.—Palazzi, S. Universita degli studi di Milano; Scuola di specializzazzione in odontoiatrica. J. Dent. Educ, 1948-49, 13: 153.—Pia Opera Valetudo, Prof. Pasini, Asilo per bambini eredoluetici; fondazione di Guido Sacchi in Milano [Illustration] Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr, 4: 357.—Pozzato, P. II posto di pronto soccorso sotterraneo dell'Ospedale policlinico di Milano. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1941, 29: 313-7.—Ratti, A. La sorveglianza igienica delle abitazioni e delle industrie e la prevenzione degli infortuni in Milano nel 1919. Gior. Soc. ital. igiene, 1921, 43: 1-9.— Rondoni, P. Relazione sulla attivite dell'Istituto nazionale per lo studio e la cura dei tumori di Milano per l'anno 1946. Tu- mori, Milano, 1947, 33: 1-9.—Ronzani, E. Per la delimitazione di una zona di rispetto intorno al Nuovo Ospedale di Milano. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1938, 26: 28.— Scotti Douglas, R. La Facolta di Milano. Minerva med. Tor, 1934, 25: 753-63.— Sollazzo, G. L'organizzazione sanitaria ed il nuovo piano regolatore della citta di Milano. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1947, 35: 448-57.—Spinelli, S. II rendiconto sanitario statistico del prof. Enrico Ronzani sull'attivita degli Istituti Ospedalieri di Milano nel quinquennio 1932-36. Ibid, 1939, 27: 55-8 — Succursali (Le) degli istituti ospitalieri di Milano a Lodi, Rho e Venegono. Ibid, 1943, 31: 315-7.—Zanetti, E. II centro di accertamento sanitario per gli studenti delle Uni- versita e del Politecnico di Milano. Med. lavoro, 1947, 38: 60-5. ---- History. Bajla, E. La scienza di Esculapio in Milano; note di storia e curiosita di medicina e d'igiene. 302p. 8? Milano, 1930. Bizzarrini, G. In margine alia descrizione manzoniana della peste di Milano. Minerva med. Tor, 1947, 38: pt 2, Varia, 494-8.—Brunelli, G. A, & Caneva, L. M. La casa di Via Mozart a Milano. Riv. internaz. ingegn. san, 1938, 6: 24-9.— Castelli, G. Gli antichi ospedali e la unificazione ospitaliera milanese del 15. secolo. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1937, 25: 467; 555, ch.—Festa (La) del Perdono; relazione del presidente degli Istituti Ospedalieri di Milano sulTandamento degli Istituti nel biennio 25 marzo 1937-25 marzo 1939. Ibid, 1939, 27: 141-5.—La Cava, A. F. Le magistrature milanesi; il magistrate della sanitA. In his Peste di S. Carlo, Milano, 1945, 93-6. ------ II Lazzaretto e Fra Paolo Bellintano. Ibid, 173-95.—Latronico, N. Dentisti e cavadenti nel sette- cento milanese. Atti Accad. stor. arte san, 1941, 7: 277-82.— Malcova'i, P. Le ostetriche a Milano sotto Maria Teresa. Arte ostet, 1940, 54: 192-4. MILANO (Provincia di) Italy. Ferraro, F. L'organizzazione sanitaria dell'Opera nazionale Balilla nel Comitate provinciale di Milano. Riv. sc. appl. educ. fis, 1932, 3: 435-49.—Medici esercenti inscritti aH'ordine dei medici della Provincia di Milano. Attualita med, 1917, 6: 91-186. MILANOL. See Bismuth, Preparations. MILARAS, Themistocles, 1914- *Le glaucome sans hypertension [Strasbourg] 55p. 24cm. Clairvivre, Impr. Clairvivre, 1940. MILARAS, Triandaphyllos, 1909- /^Va- riations structurales entre les tumeurs intra- oculaires et leurs propagations. 49p. 24Hcm. Strasb., Impr. Bourse, 1939. MILATZ, Willem Frederik Jacobus, 1877- For biography see Geneesk. gids, 1942, 20: 163, portr. MILBANKE, William Byron, 1867-1947. For obituary see Brit. M. J, 1947, 1: 700. MILBANK Memorial Fund. Report. N. Y., 1922— ---- Quarterly. N. Y., v.l, 1923- v.l-ll have title Quarterly bulletin. ---- Milbank Memorial Fund; a meeting commemorating the twenty-fifth anniversary, New York, April the third, 1930. 75p. illust. portr. 28cm. N. Y., Rogers Kellogg Stillson Co., 1930. ---- News digest. N. Y., v.l, 1934- Ceased publication with v.7, 1940. ---- Proceedings [of annual conference] N. Y., 13., 1935- CONTENTS 13. Policies and procedures in public health. 115p. 1935. 14. The next steps in public health. 90p. 1936. 15. New health frontiers. 107p. 1937. 16. Modern health trends. 115p. 1938. 17. New light on old health problems. 91p. 1939. 18. The changing front of health. 104p. 1940. MILBANK MEMORIAL FUND 270 MILCHRIST 19. Proceedings (Repr. from Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: No. 9) 28p. 1941. 20. Proceedings. 77p. 1942. 22. (1944) Pt 1. Demographic studies of selected areas of rapid growth. 158p. 1944. Pt 2. New steps in public health. 148p. 1945. 23. (1946) Pt 1. Postwar problems of migration. 175p. (1947) Pt 2. A now approach to nutrition services in state health departments. 108p. 1947. 24. (1947) Pt 1. International approaches to problems of undeveloped areas. 77p. 1948. Pt 2. Backgrounds of social medicine. 202p. 1949. 25. (1948) Pt 1. Problems in the collection and compara- bility of international statistics. 165p. 1949. Pt 2. The family as the unit of health. 128p. 1949. ---- Milbank Memorial Fund; thirty-five years in review 1905-40. 75p. illust. portr. 23cm. X. Y., 1940. --- Report on public health in Greece. 51 1. map. diagr. 28cm. X. Y., 1941[?] Mimeographed. ---- Report on public health in Yugoslavia. 571. map. tab. diagr. 28cm. N. Y., 1942[?] ---- Report on public health in Rumania. 2 p. 1., 101 1. map. tab. 29cm. N. Y., 1944. See also Boudreau, F. G. Milbank Fund Annual Confer- ence; foreword. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: 967.—Eight- eenth (The) annual dinner meeting. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1940, 18: 71-97.—Josephson, E. M. Milbank Memorial Fund. In his Your Life is Their Toy, N. Y, 1940, 61-9.— Milbank, A. G. The relationship of the Milbank Memorial Fund to the field of health and the medical profession. Mil- bank Mem. Fund Q, 1935, 13: 99-121. Also J. Indiana M. Ass, 1935, 28: Suppl, 1-8. ------ Greeting on behalf of the board of directors. Proc. Milbank Mem. Fund, 1937, 15: 79-85. ------Boudreau, F. G. [et al.] The sixteenth annual dinner meeting. Ibid, 1938, 16: 93-109.—Rosenthal, P. The defeat of an ideal; the Milbank Foundation and the doctor. Med. Rev. of Rev, 1932, 38: 567-76. MILBANK Memorial Fund. Division of Re- search. Annual report on research. X.Y., 1 (1928) 1929- No. 1-2 published in the Fund's Report, 1928-29; No. 2- published in its Collected papers on research, 1930- ---- Collected papers on research. N. Y., 1929- ----Program, 1928-40. 55p. 23cm. N. Y., 1941. MILBERG, Moisei [M. D., 1930, Basel] *Ueber Erkrankungen des Nervensystems im Anschluss an Erysipel [Basel] 19p. 8? St. Louis, Edit. Alsatia, 1930. MILBRADT, Giinther, 1907- *Ueber die V'ererbung der Zahnfarbe [Gottingen] lip. 8? Weende, A. F. Pieper, 1934. MILBRADT, Herbert Wilhelm, 1907- *Lipamiestudien [Breslau] p.278-322. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Biochem. Zschr, 1929-30, 223: MILBURN, Charles Henry, 1860-1948. For obituary see Brit. M. J, 1948, 2: 839. Also J. R. Army M. Corps. 1949, 92: 51, portr. Also Univ. Durham M. Gaz, 1947-49, 2: 269. MILBURN, Eugene, 1889- 1 or biography see Bull. Massachusetts Dent. Soc, 1943, 19: No. 4, 9, portr. MILCH, Eva Johanna, 1906- *Verlauf der Erkrankungen an Puerperalsepsis unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der chirurgischen und der Vaccinetherapie an der Breslauer Uni- versitatsklinik von L. Fraenkel wahrend der Jahre 1926-30. 23p. ch. tab. 4? Bresl., Quader, 1931. MILCH, Henry, 1895- Osteotomy of the long bones, xiv, 294p. illust. tab. diagr. 24cm. Springf., C. C Thomas, 1947. MILCHEN, Carl, 1912- *The treatment of scarlet fever with scarlet fever convalescent serum [Marquette Univ.] 19p. 28cm. Mil- waukee, n. p., 1937. Typewritten. MILCHRIST, Elizabeth Hayward. State administration of child welfare in Illinois, xi, 130p. 23cm. Chic, Univ. Chicago Pr., 1937. MILCHTALER, Johansen, fl. 1534. [Pestregi- ment] [8] 1. 20cm. Schwaz, 1534. Also Arch. Gesch. Med, 1911, 4: 22-30. MILCHWIRTSCHAFTLICHES Zentralblatt; Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche und praktische Milchkunde. Hannover, v.71, 1942- MILDAU, Frieda Karoline Sofie, 1911- *Kurzwellentherapie an der Universitats-Frauen- klinik zu Heidelberg [Heidelberg] 15p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Xolte, 1937. MILDENBERGER, Dorothee, 1908- *Die Beeinflussung des Blutcholesterinspiegels bei essentieller Hypertension und bei endogener Fettsucht durch Nebennierenrindenextrakt [Tu- bingen] 31p. 8? Marbach-N., A. Remppis, 1936. MILDENBERGER, Wilhelm, 1902- *Ueber traumatische Epiphysenlosungen. 30p. 8? Wiirzb., Buchdr. Bavaria, 1927. See also Orator, V. Leitfaden der Feldchirurgie im Be- wegungskrieg. Mit einem augenarztlichen Beitrag von Dr Mildenberger. 2. u. 3. Aufl. 225p. 21cm. Lpz, 1943. MILDENSTREY, Charlotte, 1911- *Gibt es einen Rhythmus der Blutmauserung? 15p. 22cm. Rostock, G. Neumann, 1936. MILDEW. See also Cladosporium; Fungi, parasitic; Peronosporeae; Phytophthora; Puccinia, etc.; also under names of plants attacked as Potato, Disease, etc. Briggs, F. N. The inheritance of resistance to mildew. Am. Natur, 1938, 72: 34-41.—Debraux, G, & Gavaudan, P. Recherches sur la prophylaxie du mildiou de la vigne par lea composes organiques. Gallica biol. acta, 1948, 1: 138-46.— Dorogin, G. Vorlaufige Mitteilungen iiber ein neues Mittel zur Bekampfung des amerikanischen Stachelbeermehltaues. Zschr. Pflanzenkr, 1913, 23: 334— Herter, W. Weitere Fortschritte der Stachelbeerpest in Europa. Zbl. Bakt, 2. Abt, 1907, 18: 828-31.—Horsey, R. E. Mildewproofing composition containing copper naphthenate and bis-(5-chloro- 2-hydroxyphenyl) methane. U. S. Patent Off, 1949, No. 2,468,068.—Laurent, J. Les conditions physiques de resistance de la vigne au mildew. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1911, 152: 103-6.— Lesser, M. A. Mildew preventives. Soap, N. Y, 1947, 23: No. 11, 119-23.—Mildew resistance of cotton bags. J. Frank- lin Inst, 1941, 232: 490.—Miiller, K. Ueber das Auftreten von zwei epidemischen Mehltaukrankheiten in Baden. Zschr. Pflanzenkr, 1909, 19: 143.—Salmon, E. S. Der Ausbruch des amerikanischen Stachelbeer-Mehltaus in England. Ibid, 1907, 17: 12-21. ------ On forms of the hop (Humulus lupulus L. and H. americanus Nutt.) resistant to mildew (Sphaerotheca humuli (DC.) Burr.) Ann. Appl. Biol, Lond, 1920, 6:293; 1921, 8: 146. ---- downy. See also Perenosporeae. Felton, M. W. Downy mildew of cabbage and related plants. Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wisconsin, 1942, 7: 61-3.— Harter, L. L, & Zaumeyer, W. J. Downy mildew of lima beans in Colorado. Phytopathology, 1942, 32: 438.—Hoerner, G. R. A study of spreaders for use on hops in the field control of downy mildew. Ibid, 820-3.—Jenkins, J. M, jr. Downy mildew resistance in cucumbers. J. Hered, 1942, 33: 35-8.— Yarwood, C. E. Fungicide treatment of string supports for control of hop downy mildew. Phytopathology, 1942, 32: 830.-—Young, P. A, & Morris, H. E. Plasmopara downy mildew of cultivated sunflowers. Am. J. Bot, 1927, 14: 551, pi. ---- Poisoning. Baker, E. T. Mildew poisoning in sheep. Vet. Med, Chic, 1943, 38: 487.—Smith, W. R. A case of alleged poisoning from mildew, with some general remarks. J. State M, Lond, 1927, 35:48-51. ---- powdery [Erysipheae] Alderson, V. G, & Mason, L. R. Powdery mildews as allergens. California West. M, 1941, 55: 241-3.—Brannon, L. W. Control of Mexican bean beetle and corn ear worm in the presence of powdery mildew on snap beans. J. Econ. Entom, 1945, 38: 101.—Brodie, H. J. Protoplasmic continuity in the powdery mildew Erysiphe graminis DC. Canad. J. Res, 1942, MILDEW 271 MILES 20: Sect. C, 595-601, pi. ----— & Neufeld, C. C. The de- velopment and structure of the conidia of Erysiphe polygoni DC, and their germination at low humidity. Ibid, 41-61.— Dimock, A. W. Powdery mildew on ribbon-bush, Homalo- cladium platycladum Bailey. Phytopathology, 1943, 33: 745.—Dundas, B. Perithecia of bean powderv mildew. Ibid, 1942, 32: 828.—Gorlenko, M. V. Modes of hibernation of mildew (Erysiphe graminis DC.) on cereals. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1942, 35: 187.—Mains, E. B. Phlox resistant to powdery mildew. Phytopathology, 1942, 32: 414-8.—Pryor, D. E. The influence of vitamin Bi on the development of cantaloupe powdery mildew. Ibid, 14. ------ & Whitaker, T. W. The reaction of cantaloupe strains to powdery mildew. Ibid, 995-1004.—Yarwood, C. E. Stimulatory and toxic effects of copper sprays on powdery mildews. Ibid, 19. Also Am. J. Bot, 1942, 29: 132-5. ------ Association of thrips with powdery mildews. Mycologia, Lancaster, 1943, 35: 189-91. ------ Observations on the overwintering of powdery mildews. Phytopathology, 1944, 34: 937. MILDNER, Theodor Georg Heinrich, 1902- See Driess, E, Mildner, T. G. H, & Fischer, C, eds. Herba, Krauter-und Pflanzen-Buch. 91p. lS'jem. Plochin- gen, 1947. MILDT, Fritz Kurt, 1906- *Ueber Bauchfellvereiterung nach Entbindung und Fehl- geburt [Berlin] 59p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1937. MILEFF, Alexandre, 1913- *Recherches sur l'histophysiologie normale et pathologique de la muqueuse vaginale. 172p. 25cm. Lyon, A Rev 1939 MILEFF, Dimiter [M. D., 1926, Miinchen] *LTntersuchungen zur Vitalfarbung roter Blut- korperchen (Auszug) 8p. 8? Miinch., n. p., 1926. MILEK, Elisabeth [nee Langer] 1901- *Ein Fall von Blasenmole mit Vermehrung des Zottenstromas und intravasaler Knotenbildung. 12p. pi. 8? Berl., n. p., 1930. MILENKOVIC, Zivojin N., 1874-1948. For obituary see Srpski arh. celok. lek, 1948, 46: 1018. MILES, Albert Baldwin, 1852-94. For biography see N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1943-44, 96: 521, portr. (Matas, R.) MILES, Alexander, 1865- Surgical ward work and nursing; a handbook for nurses and others. 5. ed. viii, 418p. 8? Lond., Faber & Gwyer, 1928. See also Thomson, Sir H. A, & Miles, A. Operative surgery. 3. ed. 619p. 19cm. Lond, 1920. ------ Manual of surgery. 6. ed. [Libr. has v.3. 578p.] 19cm. Edinb, 1921. Also 7. ed. [Libr. has v.2. 663p]. 19cm. Lond, 1926. Also 8. ed. 3v. 1931. Also 9. ed. 2v. 1939. For biography see Edinburgh M. J, 1936, 43: 217-9, portr. ----& NUTTALL, G. F. Surgical ward work and nursing; a handbook for nurses. 7. ed. viii, 295p. illust. 22cm. Aberdeen, Faber & Faber, 1943. MILES, Alexander, & WILKIE, David Perci- val Dalbreck. Operative surgery, xviii, 590p. illust. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. Pr., 1933. Also 2. ed. xx, 631p. 1936. For former version of this work see Thomson, A, & Miles, A. Operative surgery. 3. ed. Lond, 1920. MILES, Arnold, & MARTIN, Lowell. Public administration and the library. xiii, 313p. 21^cm. Chic, Univ. Chicago Pr., 1941. MILES, Arnold Ashley, 1904- See Williams, R. E. O, & Miles, A. A. Infection and sepsis in industrial wounds of the hand. 87p. 24^cm. Lond, 1949. Also editor of Topley, W. W. C, & Wilson, G. S. Topley and Wilson's Principles of bacteriology and immunity. 3. ed. 2v. 2054p. Paged continuously. 25cm. Bait, 1946. See also Nature (The) of the bacterial surface. 179p. 22^cm. Oxf, 1949. MILES, Catharine Cox, 1890- Sex in social psychology, p.683-797. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ. Pr., 1935. ---- Psychological study of a young adult male pseudohermaphrodite reared as a female. p.209-27. tab. diagr. 22^cm. N. Y., McGraw- Hill Bk Co., 1942. See also Terman, L. M, & Miles, C. C. Sex and personality. 600p. 8! N. Y, 1936. See also Klein, V. Psychometric tests by L. M. Terman & C. C. Miles; Bk rev. In her Femin. Character, N. Y, 1949, 104-12. MILES, Charles Edwin, 1830-1910. For portrait see Collection in Library. MILES, Elizabeth Ann. How life begins; the wonderful story of birth and growth; by Milton R. Kent [pseud.] [3. ed.] 36p. illust. 21cm. Wellington, X. Z., A. H. & A. W. Reed, 1944. MILES, Eustace Hamilton, 1868- , & COLLINGS, C. H. The uric acid fetish (exposure of a popular theory) 266p. 8? Lond., E. Miles [after 1913] MILES, Frederick Thomas, 1869-1924. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass, 1924, 82: 1799. MILES, Hallie Eustace Killick. Health without meat. 8. ed. x, 133p. 12? Lond., Methuen & Co., 1923. MILES, John Francis Marshall, 1845-1912. For obituary see Brit. M. J, 1912, 1: 1401. MILES, Lee Ellis, 1890-1941. For obituary see Phytopathology, 1942, 32: 267-70 (Neal, D. C.) MILES, Leon Octave Jean Roger, 1859- See Roger-Miles, Leon Octave Jean. MILES, Louis Wardlaw, 1873- Miles (Dr) retires. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag, 1941-42, 30: 118, portr. MILES, Maurice William Holt, 1893-1918. For obituary see Lancet, Lond, 1918, 2: 896. MILES, O. P. Messages to the people; a se- ries of short interesting, beautiful, inspiring essays on human life and experience. 190p. portr. 8? Butler, Ind., Higley Print. Co., 1933. MILES, Perry Watson, 1883-1948. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass, 1948, 137: 713. Virginia M. Month, 1948, 75: 157. MILES, Raymond Bernard, 1898-1944. For obituary see Brooklyn Hosp. J, 1946, 4: 11, portr. (De Veer, J. A.) Also Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 393. MILES, Thomas George, 1878-1921. For obituary see Brit. M. J, 1921, 1: 286. MILES, Walter Howard, 1891- The im- portance of adequate records of the sick and wounded in the military service, in time of war, and the best methods of obtaining them. lOp. 35/2cm. n. p., 1920[?] Typewritten. MILES, Walter Richard, 1885- Age in human society. p.596-682. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ. Pr., 1935. ---- Psychological studies of human varia- bility, xxxvi, 415p. ch. tab. 8? Princet., Psychological Rev. Co., 1936. Forms No. 2, v.47, Psychol. Rev. Pub. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Am. Scientist, 1945, 33: 14C. Also J. Consult. Psychol, 1940, 4: No. 3, front. MILES, William Ernest, 1869-1947. Cancer of the rectum, viii, 72p. illust. pi. 8? Lond., Harrison & Sons, 1926. ----Rectum and anus. p. 1259-480. illust. 8? X. Y., D. Appleton-Century Co., 1936. In: Post-Grad. Surg. (Maingot, R.) 1: ---- Rectal surgery; a practical guide to the modern surgical treatment of rectal diseases. xi, 359p. illust. diagr. pi. 22>^cm. Lond., Cassell & Co., 1939. Also 2. ed. 1944. For obituary see Brit. J. Surg, 1947-48, 35: 320, portr. Also Brit. M.J, 1947, 2: 550, portr. (Lahey, F. H, Smyth, M.) [et al.] Ibid, 633 (Gordon-Taylor, G.) Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 135: 658. Also Lancet, Lond, 1947, 2: 527, portr. For portrait see Ann. R. Coll. Surgeons England, 1949, 4: 83. Also Ann. West. M. & S, 1949, 3: 170. MILESIA. See under Syrphidae. 72 MILIAN MILESTONES IN MEDICINE MILESTONES in medicine. See New York Academy of Medicine. Lectures to the laity, No. 2. 276p. 19!-2cm. N. Y, 1938. MILETTO, Pietro. See Pio, G, & Miletto, P. L'exeresi totale della sfera genitale interna nella cura della tubercolosi annessiale et utero- annessiale. p.213-75. 24cm. Siena, 1943. MILEWICZ, Wladyslaw, 1893- For biography see in Czy wiesz kto to jest, Warsz, 1938, 489, portr. MILEWSKI, Kurt, 1911- *Osteopsathy- rose. 23p. 21cm. Miinch., Buchdr. Hohen- haus, 1936. MILEWSKI, Tadeusz Teofil [M. D. Krakow, 1914] For biography see in Czy wiesz kto to jest, Warsz, 1938, 489. MILFOIL. MILFORD, Conn. Department of Health. Annual report. Milford (1942-43) 1943- MILFORD, Mass. Milford Hospital. Annual report. Milford, Xo. 8 (1910-11) 1911- See also under Hospital report. MILHAU, Joseph M., 1862-1933. For obituary see Montpellier med, 1933, 4: 382. MILHAUD, Alfred Marcel, 1905- *L'im- munite et les traitements biologiques du chancre mou. 80p. 8? Par., Libr. Le Francois, 1931. See also Piery, M, Milhaud, A. M, & Van der Elst, R. Traite de climatologie biologique et medicale. 3v. 8? Par, 1934. MILHAUD, Georges, 1894-1932. For obituary see Montpellier med, 1932, 1: 204-7. MILHAVET, Albert, 1908- *Xotes radio- logiques et cliniques sur les pachypleurites me- diastines. 64p. illust. 24%cm. Marseille, Impr. Soc. petit marseillais, 1936. MILHIET, Henri, 1904- *Traitement chirurgical du dolichocolon par le procede de la resection en un temps avec suture termino- terminale exteriorisee. 47p. pi. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. MILHIT, Jules Joseph, 1880-1943. For obituary see Arch. fr. pediat, 1942-43, 1: 112. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1943, 59: 59; 462. Also Gaz. hop, 1943, 116: 66. MILIAN, Gaston Auguste, 1871-1945. —— Le chancre mou; symptomatologie, complications, diagnostic, traitement. 52p. pi. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. ---- Physiologie de la peau. p.983-1054. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1935. In: Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger, G. H, & Binet, L.) Par, 1935, 10: ---- Titres et travaux scientifiques. 247p. 27cm. Par., M. Pigelet, 1936. ---- La syphilis occulte. 173p. illust. ch. 23cm. Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1944. Also 2. ed. 181p. 1946. ---- Les contagions de la syphilis; contacts, heredite, reinfection, guerison. 205p. illust. 24cm. Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1946. See also his contributions in: Xouvelle Pratique Dermatologiqtje. 8v. 8? Par., 1936. CONTRIBUTIONS v.2. La syphilis, p.639-946. v.4. Streptococcies. p.35-146. Dermatoses aitificielles chimiques de cause interne, p.630-754. Dermatoses pro- fessionnelles. p.821-60. v.7. Maladies des ongles. p.275-324. See also Loeper, M, Milian, G. [et al.] Peau, syphilis et cancer. 408p. 8° Par, 1932. See also Perin, L. Hommage au Dr. G. Milian. Paris m6d, 1937, 104: annexe, p. ii, portr. For biography see Paris med, 1948, 38: No. 12, p. i, portr. Also Rey. urug. derm, sif, 1936, 1: 248-50, portr. For obituary see Actas derm, sif, Madr, 1945-46, 37: 865 (Sainz de Aja) Also Ann. derm, syph. Par, 1945, 5: 225-7, portr.; passim. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 191."), 61: 460-3. Also J. med. Lyon, 1946, 27: 156. Also Rev. argent, derm, sif, 1946, 30: 185. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr, 4: 75; 110. Also P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr, 1926, 3. Congr, opp. p. 32. MILIAN erythema [1932] See Erythema, ninth-day. For the Milian tri-syndrome see also Dyshidrosis; Parakeratosis. MILIAN reaction. See Nitritoid crisis; also under Arsenicals, Poisoning: Nitritoid crisis. MILIARIA. See also Miliaria cristallina; Miliaria rubra; Miliary fever. Ferreira da Rosa, A. Erupcoes sudoraes. Fol. med, Rio 1930, 11: 205.—Hart-Drant, P. Miliaria. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, 1939, 10: 165-7.—Kreibich, K. Mili- aria. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1910, 9: 445.—Lawrence, H. Atypical miliaria. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1946, 53: 52.—Simons, R. D. G. P. Studies on prickly heat; miliaria and sudamina. Dermatologica, Basel, 1946, 93: 172-82. ---- epidemic. See Miliary fever; also Acrodynia. ---- erythematosa et papulosa tropica. See Miliaria rubra. ---- profunda. See Miliaria rubra, Second stage. ---- scarlatinosa. See under Scarlet fever. MILIARIA cristallina. Syn: Sudamina. See also Dyshidrosis; Perspiration, Disorders; also names of febrile diseases as Pneumonia; Rickettsiasis; Sepsis; Typhoid fever. Kodama, H. Kansen-s\u no 1 rei. Acta derm, Kyoto, 1941, 37: 380.—Kreibich, C. Zur Pathogenese der Miliaria crystallina. Derm. Wschr, 1923, 76: 497.—Matui, T, & Kodama, H. Kannosyu no 2 rei. Acta derm, Kyoto, 1941, 37: 100.—Shelley, W. B, & Horvath, P. N. Experimental miliaria in man; production of sweat retention anidrosis and miliaria crystallina by various kinds of injury. J. Invest. Derm, 1950, 14: 9-20, illust.—Sulzberger, M. B, Herrmann, F, & Zak, F. G. Studies of sweating; preliminary report with particular emphasis on a sweat retention syndrome. Ibid, 1947, 9: 221-42.—Watanabe, S. Konka no kokusyo to ni-san hihubyo no kankei [klinische Beobachtungen iiber Sudamina und Pyodermien in diesem ausserordentlich heissen Sommer in Keizyo (Seoul, Korea)] Jap. J. Derm. Urol, 1940, 47: 78. ---- Epidemic. See Acrodynia; also Miliary fever—in children. MILIARIA rubra. Syn.: Bourbouille; Heat rash; Lichen tropicus; Miliaire; Prickly heat; Schweissflechte. See also Heat, Pathological effect. Acton, H. W. Prickly heat. Ind. M. Gaz, 1926, 61: 321- 4-—Bagby, J. W. A tropical lichen planus-like disease. Arch. Derm. Syph, 1945, 52: 1-6.—Blomfield, D. M. Prieklv heat. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1942-43, 36: 239-46 — Cilento, R. Prickly heat. In his Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. ed, Brisbane, 1942, 347-9.—Dantzig, L, & Marshall, L. E. Tropi- cal lichen planus, New Guinea variety; a clinical report on 24 cases. N. York State J. M, 1946, 46: 991-5.—Fay, F. R, & Susman, E. On the prickly heat. Med. J. Australia. 1945. 2: 453-6.—Generoso, I. II lichene dei tropici. Gior. ital. mal. esot, 1931, 4: 22-5.—Joly, P. R. Bourbouilles. Caducee, Par, 1909, 9: 66-8—Schlammadinger, J. Sudamina, und zwar Miliaria rubra [Illustration] Derm. Wschr, 1943, 117: 607.—Soscia, E. II lichene tropicale. Rinasc. med, 1935, 12: o3.->.—Srinivasan, P. S. Prickly heat. Antiseptic, Madras, 1926, 23:3.58—Thomson, S. Prickly heat. In: Brit. Encycl. Med. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond, 1938, 10: 139-42. MILIARIA RUBRA 273 MILIARIASIS ---- Military aspect. Duffner, G. J. Heat rash as a problem in the naval service. Am. J. Trop. M, 1946, 26: 539-41.—Ribble, G. B, Luede- mann, W. S, & Peabody, S. M. Epidemic of prickly heat on aircraft carrier. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 77-82 — Robertson, A. M. Prickly heat and tropical pemphigus. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1945, 31: 258-60.—Soubigou. Le lichen tropi- cus. Arch. med. pharm. nav, 1934, 124: 556-70.—Studies of experimental heat rash. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 26. ---- Pathogenesis. Home, G. O, & Mole, R. H. The effect of water and salt intake on prickly heat. Lancet, Lond, 1949, 2: 279-81.— O'Brien, J. P. A study of miliaria rubra, tropical anhidrosis and anhidrotic asthenia. Brit. J. Derm. Syph, 1947, 59: 125-58, 27 pi.—Reiss, F. Syringadenitis suppurativa tropi- calis, a complication of lichen tropicus; histologic appearance and etiologic considerations particularly as to a possible re- lationship of ascorbic acid and carbohydrate metabolism. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 1082-92.—Shelley, W. B, Horvath, P. N. [et al.] Experimental miliaria in man; produc- tion of sweat retention anidrosis and vesicles by various kinds of injury. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 155: 469. ------ Experi- mental miliaria in man; production of sweat retention anidrosis and vesicles by means of iontophoresis. J. Invest. Derm, 1948, 11:275-91. ------ Experimental miliaria in man; production of miliaria rubra (prickly heat) Ibid, 1950, 14: 193-204, illust.—Smith, E. C. Prickly heat; its aetiology and pathology. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1926-27, 20: 344-51, 9 pi.— Sulzberger, M. B, & Emik, L. O. Studies on prickly heat; clinical and statistical findings. J. Invest. Derm., 1946, 7: 53-9. ■----— & Zimmerman, H. M. Studies on prickly heat. Ibid, 53-68.—Sulzberger, M. B, & Leider, M. Prickly heat. Current Ther, Phila, 1949, 350.—Sulzberger, M. B, & Zimmerman, H. M. Studies on prickly heat; experimental and histologic findings. J. Invest. Derm, 1946, 7: 61-8. ---- Second stage [Tropical anidrosis] Wolkin, J, Goodman, J. I, & Kelley, W. E. Failure of the sweat mechanism in the desert; thermogenic anhidrosis. Seminar Papers Dep. Surg. Univ. Iowa, 1946-47, 96-104. ---- Third stage [Tropical anidrotic asthenia] See also Heat stroke. Allen, S. D, & O'Brien, J. P. Tropical anidrotic asthenia; a preliminary report. Med. J. Australia, 1944, 2: 335.— Baird, V. C. Heat exhaustion. Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y, 1935-36, 2: 22-4— Friedfeld, L. Prophylaxis and treat- ment of heat-reaction states. N. England J. M, 1949, 240: 1043-7.—Ladell, W. S. S, Waterlow, J. C, & Hudson, M. F. Desert climate; physiological and clinical observations; heat exhaustion, types I and II. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 2: 491; 527.— Love, R. J. M. Heat exhaustion and other effect of heat. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 963-6 — MacLean, K. S. Observations on sunstroke and heat exhaus- tion in the tropics. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 31-6 — O'Brien, J. P. Tropical anhidrotic asthenia; its definition and relationship to other heat disorders. Arch. Int. M, 1948, 81: 799-831.—Taylor, H. L, Henschel, A. [et al.] The effect of the sodium chloride intake on the work performance of man during exposure to dry heat and experimental heat exhaustion. Am. J. Physiol, 1943, 140: 439-51.—Wallace, A. W. Heat exhaustion. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 140-6.—Wooders, M. A, & Curtis, D. A. Heat exhaustion. In their Emergency Care, Phila, 1942, 99-102. ---- Treatment. Fletcher, H. H. Treatment of prickly heat (lichen tropicus) Am. J. Derm, 1906, 10: 257.—Kessler, A. Behandlung und Vorbeugung des Lichen tropicus. Trop. Dis. Bull, Lond, 1943, 40: 628 (Abstr.)—Kewalram. Prickly heat and its treat- ment. Ind. M. Rec, 1930, 50: 109a.—Lewis, R. R. A rapid and certain cure for miliaria rubra. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942 78: 86-9.—Radclyffe, L. Alleviation of prickly heat. Brit.'M. J, 1947, 2: 1012. ---- in children. See also Acrodynia; Strophulus. Griffe. La miliaire rouge du nourrisson. Infirm, fr, 1926, 4: 107-11. MILIARIA sebacea. See also Acne; Cholesterosis; Sebaceous gland, Retention cyst: Sebocystomatosis. Gordon, I. Miliary sebaceous cysts and blisters in the healthy newborn. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1949, 24: 286-8, illust—Meyer, W. J. Miliaria sebacea mit universeller Aussaat. Wien. med. Wschr, 1940, 90: 656— Novy, F. G, jr. Tropical acne. California M, 1946, 65: 274-7. —---- A severe form of acne developing in the tropics. Arch. Derm. Syph Chic, 1949, 60: 206-16.—Sulzberger, M. B, Adden- brooke. F. [et al.] Tropical acne. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946 6: 149-54. Also U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1178-84. MILIARIASIS. See Miliaria rubra. MILIARY fever. Syn.: Sudor Anglicus; Suette miliaire; Sweating sickness. See also Acrodynia. Buhl, P. *Der epidemiologische Charakter des Schweissfriesels und seine Beziehung zu anderen Infektions- und Nervenkrankheiten [Wurzburg] 32p. 8? Ochsenfurt-Main, 1933. Immermann, H. Der Schweissfriesel. 80p. 8? Wien, 1898. In: Spec. Path. & Ther. (Nothnagel, H.) Wien, 1898, 5: 4.T. Roffia, G. La febbre miliare essenziale. 39p. 8? Mantova, 1902. Balduzzi, A. Nuovi chiarimenti intorno alia febbre miliare. Gazz. osp, 1927, 48: 265-8.—Bieling, R. Schweissfrieseln. In: Handb. Viruskr. (E. Gildemeister, et al.) Jena, Bd 1, 1939, 452.—Couvee. Febris miliaris. Med. rev, Haarlem, 1907, 7: 520-7.—Cuneo, N. L, & Segura, G. Suette miliaire. Sem. med, B. Air, 1923, 30: pt 2, 252-5.—Davezac. A propos de la suette miliaire. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1906) 1907, 362.—Duclos. Un cas isole de suette miliaire a Eruptions multiples et generalises. Arch. med. Toulouse, 1909, 16: 49-52.—Enriquez, E, & Carrie, P. A. Suette mili- aire. In: Nouv. tr. path, int., Par, 1926, 1: 259-65.—Hamill, S. M. Miliary fever. In: Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly] Phila, 1911, 2: 635-9— Hirigoyen, P. G. Un cas sporadique de suette miliaire a debut brusque. J. mid. Bor- deaux, 1906, 36: 589-91.—Le Blaye, R. Notes hematologiques sur la suette miliaire. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3. ser, 50: 1551-3. Also Arch. med. chir. province, 1926, 16: 534-6.— Miller, L. E. Sweating disease. Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass, 1931-32, 11: 44-8.—Penolazzi, I. Della migliare perniciosa. Mem. med. contemp, Venez, 1845, 14: 273-301.— Proctor, R. L. G. Some observations on the investigation of a case of pyrexia of uncertain origin. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26:211-21.—Saric, R. La suette miliaire. In: Traite d. m^d. Par, 1948, 1: 756-9.—Tanon, L. La suette miliaire. Progr. med. Par, 1926, 41: 977-82.—Taylor, F. R. Miliary fever. In: Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A, ed.) N. Y, 1940, 5: 1089- 92.—Wallis, C. Exantema febril, vesiculoso, miliar, de caracter epidemico; sudor miliar? Arch. mex. veneV, 1946, 2. epoca, 5: 234-8. Also Medicina, Mex, 1947, 27: 94-7. ---- Geography. C, R. L'epid6mie de suette miliaire dans les Charentes. Hyg. gen. appl. Par, 1906, 1: 321-3.—Chantemesse & Re- nault, J. Prefecture de la Charente; suette miliaire. Limousin med, 1906, 30: 164.—Chassevant. L'epidemie de suette miliaire dans les Charentes. Bull, med. Par, 1906, 20: 544.— Devaux, P. Epidemie de suette miliaire dans la Charente. Limousin med, 1906, 30: 159-64.—Haury. L'epidemie de suette miliaire des Charentes. Ann. hyg. Par, 1907, 4. ser, 8: 277-81.—Le Blaye, R. La suette miliaire. Prat. mid. fr, 1927, 6: 539-50.—Lemser, H. Der Englische Schweiss in seiner Abhangigkeit von Rasse, Boden und Klima (ein Beitrag zur Geomedizin der Seuche) Zschr. Hyg, 1936-37, 119: 476-504.—Orsolato, G. Delia costituzione epidemica di febbri miliari che domino nel comune di Saonara ed in alcuni altri della provincia di Padova nell'estate degli anni 1845-46. Gior. progr. pat, Venez, 1847, ser. 2, 12: 91; 161.—Rousseau, L. La suette miliaire dans le Montmorillonnais; considerations generates; quelques caracteristiques de l'epidemie de 1926. Arch. med. chir. province, 1935, 25: 232-40. Also Bull. Acad. med. Par, 1935, 3. ser, 113: 293-302. Also Rev. med. Centr. Ouest, 1935, 7: 296-308. Also Presse med, 1935, 43: 367 (Abstr.)—Zeiss, H. Ueber Englischen Schweiss und Schweiss- friessel in Russland. Arch. Hyg, Munch, 1931-32, 107: 243-54. ---- History. Chardac, P. *Histoire de la suette miliaire en Poitou, 1845-1940. 79p. 24cm. Par., 1941. Roze, G. *Le suette picarde; 6tude m^dico- historique. 43p. 24cm. Par., 1942. Senf, R. H. *Ein kartographischer Beitrag zur Geschichte des englischen Schweisses. p.273- 91. 8? Lpz., 1930. Also Kyklos, Lpz, 1930, 3: Braun, A. Zur Geschichte des englischen Schweisses. Munch, med. Wschr, 1934, 81:1981.—Filippi, E. Una malattia epidemica scomparsa; la migliare. Riv. stor. sc. med, 1929, 3. ser, 20: 217-45.—Fischer, I. Der Englische Schweiss. Ciba Zschr, Basel, 1942-44, 8: 3406.—Galtier, L. Rapport sur l'epidemie de suette miliaire, qui a rigni dans l'arrondissement de Castelnaudary, Aude, pendant une partie de l'annee 1864. J. med. Toulouse, 1866, 4. ser, 5: 69; passim.—Hecker, G. F. C. MILIARY FEVER 274 MILIARY LUPOID II suythSme cutan6 chronique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser, 50: 889-97— Freeman, W. Pernicious anemia complicated by acute miliary tuberculosis; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass, 1931, 97: 996-8.—Kaplan, E. N. [Streptococcal septicemia and miliary tuberculosis] Vrach. delo, 1938, 20: 297-300.—Pachioli, R. Su un caso di granuloma maligno associato a tubercolosi miliare. Riv. clin. pediat, 1939, 37: 398-435. ---- bovine. See subheadings (Pathogenesis—in animals) ---- Cardiovascular system. See also Tuberculosis, Cardiovascular system. Heinzelmann, L. *LTeber Endokarditis bei Miliartuberkulose [Tubingen] 16p. 8? Metzin- gen, 1934. Aguilar, O. P., & Sirlin, G. Trombo-arteritis tuberculosa de la aorta abdominal v granulia terminal. Rev. As. mid. argent, 1940, 54: 929-33.—Chiu, Ho Hung. Tuberculosis of the endocardium in 4 cases of miliary tuberculosis. Caduceus, Hong Kong, 1941, 20: 171-5, pi.—Eliashevich, P. A. [Parietal miliary tuberculosis of the endocardium] Dnipropetr. med. J, 1929, 8: 319-26.—Gines, A. R. Alteraciones histopatologicas de la arteria radial en el curso de la granulia aguda. Arch. urug. med, 1940, 16: 140-5.—Goldstein, J. Tuberculous pericarditis as a forerunner of generalized miliary tuberculosis. Tubercle, Lond, 1949, 30: 14-6—Gregoire, G. Aspect radiologique de tuberculose miliaire chez certains cardiaques. Union med. Canada, 1946, 75: 678-83. ------ Caron, M, & Labrecque, J. E. Pericardite tuberculeuse et granulie. Laval med, 1946, 11: 1003-7.—Kalbfleisch, H. H. Kasige Venen- tuberkulose und Miliartuberkulose des Affen. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1934, 47: 412-20.—Mignone, C, & Gikovate, F. Lesoes tuberculosas cardfacas em tuberculose generalizada aguda de adulto. Clin, tisiol, Rio, 1946, 1: 341-56.—Reichenfeld, L. [Miliary tuberculosis of the myocardium] Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 1006. ------ Miliartuberkulose und Tuberkulose des Herzmuskels. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1939, 31: 697-701.— Roguski, J. [Miliary tuberculosis in chronic cardiac insuffi- ciency] Polska gaz. lek, 1934, 13: 499-501.—Tallqvist, H. Ocklusion av arteria dorealis pedis hos ett barn med miliar- tuberkulos. Nord. med, 1948. 39: 1464-6.—Waser, P. Die miliare Aorten tuberkulose; Betrachtungen anhand einer Miliartuberkulose mit tuberkuloser Lebercirrhose. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt, 1948, 11: 29-41. ---- Cases. See also other subheadings (acute; subacute and chronic) Bernard, E, & Weil, J. Sur un nouveau cas de tuberculose miliaire 6pisodique. Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1940-41, 56: 690-4.—Braggion, N. F. Un caso di tubercolosi miliare acuta post-laparotomica. Riv. ostet. gin, 1927, 9: 101-3.—Gold- man, A, Freilich, E. B. [et al.] [A case of miliary tuberculosis] Bull. Mount Sinai Hosp, Chic, 1949, 1: No. 4, 3-17, incl. pi — Keizer, D. P. R. [Miliary tuberculosis in relation to some rare cases] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 351-9, pi.— Laurier, Y. Un cas atypique de granulie. Union mid. Canada, 1945, 74: 452-8.—Lepage, F, Langevin, G, & Lesne. A propos de trois cas de granulie. Gyn. obst. Par, 1947, 46: 479-83.—Marti, G. Dos casos de granulia. Asistencia, Mex, 1934-35, 1: No. 3, 24-6.—Meakins, J. C. Two cases of dis- seminated tuberculosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 16: 739-49.—Miles, T. F, & Curwen, M. A case of tuberculosis. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 850.—Miliary tuberculosis. Bull. Staff Meet. Minnesota Gen. Hosp, 1930-31, 2: No. 27, 2-4 — Mondon, H, Lahillonne, P. [et al.] Sur trois cas de tuberculose miliaire. Lyon med, 1936, 157: 777-83.—Nambiar, K. P. S. A case of miliary tuberculosis. Antiseptic, Madras, 1947, 44: 105-8.—Navarro V, M. Un caso de tuberculosis miliar. Rev. san. mil. La Paz, 1939, 4: 753.—Sygnatowicz. Przypa- dek gruzlicy prosowkowej, o niezwvklym przebiegu u chlopca 10 letniego. Pediat. polska, 1948, 22: 316. ---- Clinical aspect. Mamie, M. *Les poussees miliaires successives et terminales dans la phtisie pulmonaire. 66p. 24cm. Lausanne, 1942. Burnand, R. Considerations sur quelques cas de tuberculose miliaire. Rev. mid. Suisse rom, 1947, 67: 201-3.—Chatterjee, G. C. Massive infection by tuberculosis. Ind. M. Rec, 1927, 47: 45-7.—Delarue, J. Les limites du cadre anatomo-clinique de la tuberculose miliaire. Rev. med. fr, 1932, 13: 561-3 — Docter, A. Die verschiedenen anatomisch-klinischen Formen der Sauglingstuberkulose unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der supramiliaren (grossknotigen) Form. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1937-42, No. 35, 1-7.—Escribano Ortiz, G. Algunas consideraciones sobre facetas clfnicas poco MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 277 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS divulgadas de la tuberculosis miliar. Medicamenta, Madr, 1948, 6: pt 2, 39.—Garcia Otero, J. La tuberculosis miliar. An. Clin, med, Montev, 1938, 21-46, 5 pi.—Gazmuri Ojeda, O. Consideraciones sobre la tuberculosis miliar. Arch, med, Santiago, 1938, 5: No. 6, 30-4. Also Arch. Clin. med. E. Prado Tagle (1937-39) 1940, 4: 179-84— Iberbein, M. [Mili- ary tuberculosis] Warsz. czas. lek, 1935, 12: 17; 36; 59.— Loeschcke, H. H. Ueber die Frage der Schiibe bei Miliar- tuberkulosen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1937, 90: 154-63 — Lucca, A, & Reviglio. G. M. Contributo alio studio clinico e radiolo^ico della tubercolosi miliare nella prima infanzia. Pediat. med. prat. Tor, 1934, 9: 449-62.—Nordgren, A. Two cases of miliary tuberculosis with an unusual course. Acta paediat, Upps, 1933-34, 15: 140.—Olman. A. E. [The clinical forms of miliary tuberculosis and errors of differential diagnosis] Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1944, No. 3, 41-51.— Rist, E, Rolland, J. [et al.] Contribution a l'etude anatomo- clinique de la tuberculose miliaire. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1927, 3. ser, 8: 625-67.—Schipper, H. Atypischer Beginn allge- meiner Miliartuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1936, 49: 177_9 —Straub, M. De vormen van miliaire tuberculose. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1948, 92: 2782-96, 5 pi.—Takahasi, Y. Tokui-naru keika wo torisi zokuryu-kekkaku-syo no iti rei [a particular case of miliary tuberculosis, with an unusual course] Annual Rep. Res. Inst. Tuberc. Kanazawa, 1948, 7: 27-33.—Vorobiev, S. I. [Clinical syndrome of hematogenous disseminated pulmonary tuberculosis] Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1941, No. 3. 16-23. ---- congenital. Gane, T, Vasilescu, C, & Petrescu, S. Un cas de tubercu- lose congenitale, forme hepato-splenoganglionnaire; complexe primaire pulmonaire gauche; granulie generalisee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1939, 21: 217-41.—Hainiss, E. Placento- gen entstandene allgemeine Miliartuberkulose beim Neuge- borenen. Arch. ital. pediat, 1940-41, 8: 10-7—Husted, E. Un cas de tuberculose miliaire congenitale. Acta path, microb. scand, 1933, Suppl. 16, 163-71.—Jacobson, E. [Case of con- genital miliary tuberculosis] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 418- 21.—Trillat, Eparvier [et al.] Tuberculose congenitale con- secutive a une granulie. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 724-7. Also Nourrisson, 1937, 25: 168-71—Wetterwald, M. Sur un cas de tuberculose congenitale. Rev. mid. Suisse rom, 1928, 48: 459-64. ---- Diagnosis. Craddock, C. G, & Meredith, H. C, jr. Punch liver biopsy in the diagnosis of miliary tuberculosis; report of a case. N. England J. M, 1949, 241: 527.—Deelman, H. T. [Miliary tuberculosis incidentally discovered] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1930, 74: pt 2, 5820-7, 3 pi. Also Ann. anat. path. Par, 1931, 8- 1077-88—Even, R. Diagnostic des miliaires pulmonaires. In: Actual, med. chir. prat. Par, 1948, 2: 93-102.—Heim, P. [Diagnosis of miliary tuberculosis in children] Orv. hetil, 1927, 71: 1043.—Holthusen. Diagnose und Differentialdiag- nose' der Miliartuberkulose. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1918, 65: 1062.—Janbon, M, Cazal, P, & Bertrand, L. La ponction biopsie du foie dans les tuberculoses miliaires. Presse med., 1949 57:854-6.—LaSage, A. Est-ce la granulie? Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 623-8. ---- Diagnosis, differential. See also such terms as Silicosis, etc. Kaiser, J. *Das Krankheitsbild der gutartigen disseminierten Lungentuberkulose und seme Abgrenzung von der akuten allgemeinen Miliar- tuberkulose. oop. 8? Bonn, 1933. Bezancon. F, & Braun, P. Granulation tuberculeuse et tubercule miliaire. Rev. tuberc. Par 1928, 3. ser, 9: 429- 39 —De Masi, G. Su di un caso di tubercolosi miliare discrete simulante una melitense. Morgagni 1932, 7i: 1676-b.— Fiedeldy Dop. P. H. Miliaire tuberculose en syndroom van Loffler. Ned tschr. geneesk, 1949, 93: 1469.-Holthusen. Ueber Friih- und Differentialdiagnose der Miliartuberkulose. Deut. med. Wschr, 1918, 44: 1151.—Kading, K. Zur Differen- tialdiagnose der Miliartuberkulose mit besonderer Berucksich- tigung der Rontgenuntersuchung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1928, 24. 47-51 —Lundqvist, J. [Case of miliary tuberculosis with the clinical aspect of cancer of the stomach] Hygiea, Stockh, 1933, 95: 530.—Munchbach, W. Ein Beitrag zur Differential- diagnose der Miliartuberkulose. Beitr Kim. Tuberk, 1928- 29 71- 166-71.—Niissel, K. Ein Beitrag zur sogenannten pulmon'alen Form der akuten allgemeinen todhchen Miliar- tuberkulose und ihrer klinischen Differentialdiagnose gegenuber der schweren haematogenen disseminierten Lungentuberkulose im Kleinkindesalter. Ibid, 1932, 79: 58- 64.-Patrass, G & Rizzetto, E. Aspetti clinici e motivi patogenetici della pseudo- granulia siderocalcifica polmonare dei mitralici. Acta med. patav, 1947, 8: 125-40.—Peterson, W. E, & Canfield, A. Miliary tuberculosis vs typhoid fever; case reports; J. Lancet 1945, 65: 138.—Tesseraux, H, & Olmos, R. Miliare Sihkose oder abgeheilte Miliartuberkulose? Beitr. Kim Tuberk 1933-34 84: 12-21—Vajda, L. Typhus exanthematikust utanzo miliaris giimokor. Orv. hetil, 1943, 87: 47o. Digestive system. See also subheadings (ulcerative) also Tubercu- losis, Digestive system. Henze, H. *TJeber die Pathogenese der Tuber- kulose der grossen Mundspoicheldriisen und insbesondere iiber deren Verhalten bei allge- meiner Miliartuberkulose [Erlangen] 37p. 8°. Ochsenfurt, 1930. Maillet, Y. *Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose miliaire de l'oesophage. 60p. 8°. Par., 1938. Becker, F. Isolierte, selbstandige Miliartuberkulose der Magenschleimhaut als Ursache schwerer Magenblutungen. Helvet. med. acta, 1937, 4: 683-5.—Cameron, O. Tuberculosis of the mouth; a review, with report of a case of chronic miliary tuberculosis complicated by the condition. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1939, 33: 157-62, 2 pi.—Collinson, H, & Stewart, M. J. Chronic peptic ulcer of the stomach with acute miliary tubercu- losis of the gastric mucosa. Brit. J. Surg, 1927-28, 15: 626- 34.—Day, T. D. The relation of giant cell formation to casea- tion in miliary tubercles in the human liver. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1934, 38: 175-8, 2 pi—Fiildi, A. Histologische Be- funde bei Miliartuberkulose der Mundschleimhaut, des Kiefers und der Zahne. Zschr. Stomat, Wien, 1932, 30: 1087-94, illust.—Kirch, E. Ueber die Mitbeteiligung der grossen Mundspeicheldriisen an der allgemeinen Miliartuberkulose. Zbl. allg. Path, 1930, 48: 12-7.—Massias, C, & Nguyen- Dinh-Hao. Tuberculose ulceree (deux cas) et tuberculose granulique (un cas) du caecum sans ulcerations sur les anses gteles chez trois phtisiques. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1947, 11: 869.—Mir Junco, J. M, Gomez Vila, M, & Valdes, I. T. Tuberculosis hematogena generalizada a predominio clinico entero-peritoneal. Rev. cubana tuberc, 1945, 9: 230-6.— Muniagurria, C. Polipo del recto; miliar tuberculosa en un lactante. Rev. med, Rosario, 1926, 1: 133-9.—Naegelsbach, F. W. Ein seltener Fall von blutender Miliartuberkulose des Magens. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1943, 258: 113-7.—Randolph, B. M. Acute miliary tuberculosis of the liver. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1930, 22: 593-7.—Sachs, H. W. Die miliare Tuberku- lose im Pankreas bei Kindern. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1937-38, 51: 63-8.—Schleussing, H. Ueber die reaktiven Vorgange bei der Entstehung des miliaren Lebertuberkels. Beitr. Khn. Tuberk, 1926-27, 65: 521-66.—Schmidt, O. E. L. Unilateral ulceration of the mouth (tuberculosis orificialis?) probably with miliary and ileocecal involvement. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1947, 55: 580.—Wessely, E. Demonstration eines Kindes wegen Dysphagie infolge miliarer Tuberkulose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1922, 72: 96.—Wolf, G. A, jr, & Flory, C. M. Miliary tuberculosis of the liver. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1945, 51: 553-60. ---- Ear. See also Tuberculosis, Ear. Bondy, G. Mittelohrtuberkulose als Teilerscheinung einer akuten allgemeinen Miliartuberkulose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1933, 83: 1225.—Richter, H. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie des Ohres; iiber Miliartuberkulose der Felsenbein- spitze bei sekundiirer Mittelohrtuberkulose. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1936, 141: 167-76.—Ziegler, E. Miliartuberkulose und Mittelohrentziindung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk, 1935-36, 39: 391-414. ---- Endocrine system. See also Tuberculosis, Endocrine system. Frederiksen, J, & Portman, A. [Case of miliary tuberculosis in adenomatous thyroid gland] Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72: 1286-93. ---- experimental. See also Tuberculosis, experimental. De Castro, U. L'alveolite milianca ematogena sperimentale; contributo all'istogenesi del tubercolo miliare del polmone. Arch, pat, Bologna, 1931-32, 11: 219-30.—Foot, N. C. Studies on endothelial reactions; the endothelium in experimental general miliary tuberculosis in rabbits. J. Exp. M, 1921, 33: 271-86, pi.—Jones, O. R, & Piatt, W. D. Miliary tuberculosis caused by intravenous self-injection of tubercle bacilli, treated successfully with streptomycin therapy. Tr. Am. Clin. Clim. Ass. (1948) 1949, 60: 1-11.—Macaigne, M, & Nicaud. P. Granulie experimentale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3. ser, 46: 517-24.—Nasta, M, & Blechmann, M. Contribu- tions experimentales au probleme de la granulie. Arch. roumain. path, exp. Par, 1930, 3: 375-426, 2 pi.—Nicaud, P. Tuberculose miliaire chronique experimentale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser, 941-6.—Puder, S. The dermato- pulmonary reaction; influence of the dermato-pulmonary re- action upon experimental miliary tuberculosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1941, 43: 709-12. ---- Eye. See also subheading (Meningitis) also Tubercu- losis, Eye. MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 278 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS Monbrvn, A. A., & Lavat, J. Ophtalmoscopie et dissemination tuberculeuse. cxxxii p. 24cm. Par., 1949. Forms Suppl. to No. 3, Bull. Soc. opht. France, 1949. Arezzi, F. Difficolta della diagnosi in un caso di tubercolosi miliarica a localizzazione prevalentemente oculare. Riforma med, 1936, 52: 228-31.—Bendinelli, C. Contributo alio studio delle forme letinocoroidcali tubercolari miliari a tipo discrete. Rass. ital. ottalra, 1032, 1 : 655-62.—Bergmeister, R. Ueber primare und miliare Tuberkulose der Retina. Wien. med. Wschr, 1929, 79: 1116-9.—Bile, G. Le manifestazioni oftalmologiche delle miliari e delle meningiti tubercolari. Diagnosi, Nap, 1948, 4: 470-3.—Bollack, J, Hillemand, P, & Laporte, A. Tuberculose miliaire de la choroide. Bull. Soc. fr. opht, 1927, 40: 421-3.—Bonnet, P. Tuberculose miliaire de l'iris. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1933, 129; 441.------Granu- lations miliaires de l'iris; valeur s6meiologique. Arch, opht. Par, 1939-40, n. ser, 3: 812.------& Bonamour. Granula- tion miliaires de l'iris; valeur sem£iologique. Ibid, 1022.— Bryn, A. Ein Fall von chronischer Miliartuberkulose. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1935, 94: 643-6.—De Jaeger, A. Un cas de tuberculose miliaire de l'iris. Bull. Soc. beige ophth, 1934, No. 69, 31-40.—Diacicov, M, Munteanu, V. I, & Gavrilescu, S. [Two cases of miliary tuberculosis of iris cured by radio- therapy] Cluj. med, 1930, 11: 496-501.—Manschot, W. A. Oogafwijkingen bij miliaire tuberculose en meningitis tubercu- losa. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 93: 2925-8.—Morelli, E. Sull'importanza dell'infezione tubercolare nel determinismo delle affezioni corio-retineali del polo posteriore (corioretinite tubercolare miliare a tipo discrete?) Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1931, 5: 741-57— Rodin, F. H, & Dickey, L. B. Tubercle of the choroid in miliary tuberculosis; case report. California West. M, 1928, 28: 807-9.—Santoro, N. Su due casi non frequent! di coroidite tubercolare cronica miliariforme. Boll. ocul, 1941, 20: 493-502.—Stock, W. Ueber Blutungen in der Retina bei Miliartuberkulose. Tr. Internat. Congr. Med. (1913) 1914, Sect. IX, Ophth, pt 2, 193-6—Tooke, F. Tu- berculosis of the choroid associated with generalized miliary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Ophth, 1936, 20: 23-32.—Werdenberg, E. Miliary tuberculosis of the eye. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1938. 19: 629. ---- Forensic aspect. Firket, J. Tuberculose miliaire traumatique; etude patho- genique et medieo-legale. Rev. beige sc. mid., 1931, 3: 533- 48. Also Liege med, 1936, 29: 1229-49.—Schnizer, v. Tod an Miliartuberkulose nicht Folge einer Dienstbeschadigung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1926, 22: 1807.—Zollinger, F. Miliartu- berkulose und Trauma. Wien. med. Wschr, 1927, 77: 1281; 1317. ---- generalized. See also other subheadings (acute; Pathology) also Tuberculosis subheadings (generalized; mul- tiple) Baker, M. P, Hampton, A. O. [et al.] Miliary tuberculosis, generalized; tuberculous ulceration of duodenum, with perfora- tion ; tuberculosis of retroperitoneal lymph nodes. N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 773-6.—Nimitz, H. J, & Ritterhoff, R. J. [Generalized hematogenous tuberculous infection involving lungs, peritoneum, liver, spleen and possibly the kidneys and pericardium] Cincinnati J. M, 1947, 28: 249-63.—Nyiri, W. Fall von allgemeiner Miliartuberkulose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1921, 71: 1855.—Rosenthal, S. R. Generalized miliary tu- berculosis. In: Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, 415-7 — Valle, L. R. Diseminaci6n hematogena v tuberculosis miliar generalizada. Dfa med, B. Air, 1936, 8: 359. ---- Genitourinary organs. See also Tuberculosis subheadings (genito- urinary; Kidney) Aisner, M. [Generalized miliary tuberculosis arising from tuberculosis of the tubes] Tufts M. J, 1947-48, 15: 20-4.— Brass, K. Akute allgemeine Miliartuberkulose nach Aus- sehabung eines graviden, tuberkulos erkrankten Uterus (zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Miliartuberkulose) Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1941-42, 56: 276-84.—Biingeler, W. Akute Miliartuberkulose nach Ausschabung bei tuberkuloser Endometritis. Ibid, 1934-35, 47: 313; 558.—Cade, R. Tuber- culose generalisee consecutive a un rein tuberculeux exclus. Lyon med, 1928, 141: 9579.—Genova, A. Un caso di tuberco- losi miliare acuta in seguito a discissione uterina. Riv. ostet gin, 1926, 8: 209-12.—Isii, T, & Hukuda. M. Rinpa-inno wo tomonatta zokuryu-kekkaku no iti rei [a case of lymph scrotum accompanying miliary tuberculosis] Rinsyo & kenkyu, 1949, 26: 158-60.—Levine, V. Late tuberculous generalization following a gaseous tuberculosis of the left epididymis and seminal vesicles. In: Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, 818-20.—Lindbom, A. Miliary tuberculosis after retrograde pyelography; report of a case. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1944, 25: 219-23.—Magosi, N. Hensoku-sei hasyu-zyo zokuryfl-kei zin- kekkaku ni tuite [uber die einseitige disseminierte miliare Form der Nierentuberkulosel Jap. J. Urol, 1940, 29: 1114-31, incl 2 pi.—Miiller, W. Miliartuberkulose nach Sondierung bei tuberkuloser Urethrastriktur. Acta chir. scand, 1933-34, 72: 507-20.-—Siozawa, M. Zin-kekkaku syuzyutu-go zensin zokuryii-kekkaku wo zokuhatu-seru iti boken rei, toku-ni sinzo-kekkaku-kessetu no byori-sosikigaku-teki syoken [autopsy case in which miliary tuberculosis developed in the entire body after operation on renal tuberculosis] Tohoku igaku zassi, 1941, 29: 509-15, incl. 2 pi.—Wiseman, J. R, & Retan, H. W. Tuberculosis following delivery originating from genital tuber- culosis. Arch. Int. M, 1927. 40: 65-72. ---- Hematology. See also Leukosis, Etiology; Myelophthisis; Tuberculosis, Blood picture. Takamura, R. Zikken-teki zokuryu-kekkaku- syo ni okeru kyokusyo narabi-ni zensin-teki hakkekkyti-sei hanno ni tuite [iiber die lokalen und allgemeinen leukozytaren Reaktionen bei der experimentellen Miliartuberkulose] p.373-504. 25cm. Nagasaki, 1938. In: Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1938, 16: Arneth. Ueber das qualitative Blutbild der Blutplattchcn bei der akuten Miliartuberkulose. Klin. Wschr, 1936, 15: 964-7.—Bernabo-Silorata, A, & Saita, G. Ricerche culturali e morfologiche sul midollo sternale nel vivente in casi di tubercolosi miliare diffusa. Lotta tuberc, 1938, 9: 208-24.— CiufRni, P. Leucocitosi granulocitica con eritropoiesi a tipo macrocitico in corso di tubercolosi miliare acuta. Riforma med, 1939, 55: 1390-5.—Fischer, W. Miliartuberkulose und Leukamie. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1935-36, 87: 334-8 — Gardner, F. H, & Mettier, S. R. Lymphocytic leukemoid reaction of the blood associated with miliary tuberculosis. Blood, Bait, 1949, 4: 767-75.—Glass, B, & Golab, W. [Acute miliary tuberculosis and clinical value of the leukocytic formula in differential diagnosis] Polska gaz. lek, 1932, 11: 769-72 — Gottlieb, H. Ueber akute, unter dem Bilde schwerer Bluter- krankung verlaufende Miliartuberkulose. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1931, 78: 36-44.—Halfer, G. Sulla formula emo-leucocitaria nella tubercolosi miliare. Clin, pediat, Modena, 1926, 8: 400-6. ------ II sangue nella tubercolosi miliare. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1936, 8: 465-8.—Harbitz, F. Acute atypical miliary tuberculosis, i. e. without macroscopically evident findings, cases showing the clinical picture of lymphatic leu- caemia. Acta tuberc. scand, 1936, 10: 59-65.-—Jensen, O. Akutt leukemi og miliartuberkulose. Nord. med, 1941, 12: 3595-8.—Kriech, H, & Heni, F. Zusammentreffen von akuter Miliartuberkulose und Panmyelophthise? Klin. Wschr, 1935, 14: 781-3.—Lenhartz, H. Zusammentreffen von akuter Miliartuberkulose und akuter Myeloblastenleukamie? Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1932, 79: 501-7.—Reggiani, G. Akute thrombo- penische Purpura bei Miliartuberkulose. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 371-3.—Roskott, L. [Miliary tuberculosis with hypereosinophilia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 180-2.—Roth, O. Ueber einen bemerkenswerten Blutbefund bei einem Fall von subakuter Miliartuberkulose, ein Beitrag zur Frage der akuten myeloischen Leukamie. Zschr. klin. Med, 1913, 78: 75-90, pi.—Scorgie. D. R. A case of miliary tubercu- losis with a blood count simulating splenic anaemia for a considerable period. Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass, 1946- 47, 26: 31-3— Shapiro, J. E, & Salman, M. I. O kombinacii leikozov i ostrogo miliarnogo tuberkuleza i o leikemoidnoi reakcii pri tuberkuleznoi infekcii. Ter. arkh, 1949, 21: No. 4, 45-53.—Sterner, L. G. [Case of miliary tuberculosis; myelo- leucemoid blood picture] Nord. med, 1939, 2: 1457-9. ---- Hemoptysis. Cattenoz, F. *La tuberculose miliaire aigue posth^mopto'ique. 77p. 24cm. Nancy, 1944. Coutinho, G. Disseminat,ao post-hemoptoica calcificada. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1941, 2: 595-614, 4 pi. ---- Immunology. See also other subheadings (Allergy; Patho- genesis) Giithert, H. Vergleichende immunbiologische und mor- phologische Betrachtungen zum Formenkreis der Miliar- tuberkulose. Aerztl. Wschr, 1948, 3: 449-54. ---- Incidence. See also subheading (Cases) Behn, F. Estadistica de granulias del Instituto de anatomia patologica de Concepci6n. Rey. med. Chile, 1941, 69: 192-5.— Fiessinger, N, Leroux, R, & Fauvet, J. La frequence actuelle et les anomalies cliniques des granulies. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1941, 125: 241-4.—Lemierre, A, & Morin, M. Sur la frequence actuelle et les aspects cliniques des tuberculoses granuliques. Ibid, 1946, 130: 701-6.—Reichle. H. S, & Work, J. L. Incidence and significance of healed miliary tubercles in the liver, spleen and kidneys. Arch. Path, Chic, 1939, 28:331-9. MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 279 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS ---- Lung. See also other subheadings (Radiography; subacute; Treatment: Streptomycin) also Tuber- culosis, pulmonary. Tsinikas, P. N. *Le diagnostic differentiel au point de vue clinique et radiologique de la bronchite capillaire, tuberculose miliaire et lym- phangite carcinomateuse pulmonaire. 39p. 8? Geneve, 1931. Bernard, E, Kreis, B. [et al.] Interet de la recherche des signes de diffusion au cours des tuberculoses pulmonaires de type miliaire et nodulaire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1948, 64: 1005-11.—Bondo Gravesen, P. [Sixty-two cases with miliary symptoms in the lungs] Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 1288-91.—Bourgeois, P. Les tuberculoses miliaires. In his Tuberc. pulm. Par, 1949, 283-95, illust.—Bravo Frias, J. Algunas consideraciones sobre un caso de tuberculosis miliar del pulmon en un nifio de cuatro meses. Arch, espan. pediat, 1927, 11: 449-55, pi.—Cantagrill. Granulies pulmonaires et opacites granuleuses. Gaz. hop, 1937, 110: 605-13.—Carpi, V. Tubercolosi miliare polmonare. Rass. clin. sc, 1938, 16: 493-8 —Chopra, B. L. Afebrile case of acute miliary tubercu- losis of both lungs. Ind. M. Gaz, 1946, 81: 140.—Clemm, W. N. Gibt es Schmerzkrisen bei Alveolarphthise? Fortsch. Med, 1924, 42: 217.—Divis, J. Pocatek miharni tuberkulosy pfedstirajici podbranieni hlizu. Prakt. lek, Praha, 1928, 8: 716.—Even, R. Diagnostic des miliaires pulmonaires. Bull. med. Par, 1948, 62: 171-4.—Gloor, W. Beitrag zur Diffe- rentialdiagnose der Miliartuberkulose und der miliaren Karzi- nosis der Lunge. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1929, 59: 151-4.— Kuznecova, S. M, & Katzman, A. J. [Disseminated pul- monary tuberculosis in adults] Vest, rentg, 1935, 14:104-16.— Langer, H. Zur Symptomatologie des pramiliaren Stadiums der kindlichen Tuberkulose. Zschr. Tuberk, 1932, 65: 293-8.— Lejmbach, Z. Przypadek gruzlicy prosowkowej pluc i gornych drog oddechowych u chlopca 4-letniego. Pediat. polska, 1948, 22: 124.—Leproni, F. Sulla tubercolosi miliare del polmone. Gior. tisiol, 1934, 165-73.—Lozano Ugena, V. Granulia pulmonar en el lactante. Arch, espan. pediat, 1929, 13: 619-21.—Mourier, P. Om miliaertuberkulose i lungerhe. Ugeskr. laeger, 1948, 110: 921-8.—Paraf, J. La granulie pulmonaire. Progr. med. Par, 1938, pt 2, 1776-80.—Sayers, R. R, & Meriwether, F. V. Miliary lung disease due to un- known cause. Am. J. Roentg, 1932, 27: 337-51.—Wely. H. v. [Miliary tuberculosis of lungs] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1925, 69: pt 2 1113-5.—Wilkoszewski. Przypadek gruzlicy prosdwko- wejphic. Pediat. polska, 1949, 23:634. ---- Lung: Complications. Anspach, W. E. Miliary pulmonary hemorrhages on ne- cropsy roentgenograms of children. Am. J. Roentg, 1933, 30: 768-73.—Bernard, E, & Delarue, J. Tuberculose miliaire subaigue laryngo-pulmonaire a precession clinique laryngee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 174.—Blan, P. Granulie froide associee a des localisations bacillaires extra-pulmonaires. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1947, 41: 44.—Brand, T. A, & Burkin- shaw, J. Fatal bronchospasmodic crisis complicating miliary tuberculosis of lungs. Brit. M.J, 1949, 2: 793 — Gomez, F, & Salas, M. Tuberculosis generalizada con gran caverna pulmo- nar, en una nifia de seis meses. Bol. nted. Hosp. inf., Mex, 1945 2: 223-34.—Hollmann, W. Pneumokoniose und Miliar- tuberkulose. Deut. Tuberk. Bl, 1935, 9: 68-72—Lamy, M, Aussannaire, M. [et al.] Tuberculose miliaire des poumons compliquee d'emphystaie mediastinal et generalise. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1948, 64: 1111-4.—Llambias, J, Mainini & d'Amato, W. Tuberculose miliaire et pneumonie catarrhale; abces froid post- et intracricoidien; mort par cedeme glottique. Ibid, 1928, 3. ser, 52: 584-92, 4 pi.—Marias, D. P. Stenosis of the left primary bronchus following disseminated tuberculous infiltration of the left lung. Clin. Proc, Cape Town, 1946, 5: 172 —Stivelman, B. P. Calcified pulmonary miliary tubercu- losis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1932, 26: 437-41—Wahed, A. K. M. A, & Yazdani, G. A case of pleurisy with effusion on left side which ended in miliary tuberculosis of the lungs. Calcutta M. J, 1942, 39: 219-23. ---- Lung: Pathology. Delarue, J. Les formes anatomo-cliniques des granulies pulmonaires; formes miliares de la tuberculose des poumons. *01p. 8? Par., 1930. Rotjff, M. H. *Tuberculose miliaire pulmo- naire et tuberculose externe. 47p. 23Hcm. Par., 1939. , £ t ,. Armand-Delille. Primo-infection: stade de generalisation; granulie aigue. J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 275; 1927, 46: 652. Also Med. inf., Par, 1926, 32: 47-52—Barker L. F. Pul- monary and general miliary tuberculosis in an infant (possibly antenatal infection; possibly postnatal primary skin inocula- tion) with comments upon the peculiarities of tuberculous lesions in the nonimmunized. _ Med Chn. N. America 1930 14: 207-13.—Bernard, E, Kreis, B. [et al.l Sur les confins des tuberculoses pulmonaires miliaires et nodulaires dissemmees. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1948, 64: 1002-5.—Bezancon, F, & Braun, P. Granulation tuberculeuse et tubercule miliaire. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1926, 3: 957-72.—Bezancon, F, & Delarue, J. Les formes histologiques des nodules miliaires des poumons. Ibid, 1930, 7: 249-89. ------ Granulie et granu- lation tuberculeuse. Presse med, 1930, 38: 309-73.—Brass, K. Einseitige miliare Lungentuberkulose. Frankf. Zschr. Path, 1943-44, 58: 255-62.—Courcoux, A. A propos de la granulie. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1930, 3. ser, 11: 818-25.—Daddi, G, & Pana, C. Per una suddivisione patogenetica della tubercolosi miliare polmonare. Clin, nuova, Roma, 1945, 1: 5-14.— Damiani, F. Tubercolosi miliari calcifiche localizzate del polmone. Lotta tuberc, 1941, 12: 532-46.—Deelman, H. T. [Histology of pulmonary tubercles in miliary tuberculosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: 1305-17, 2 pi. —---- [Poly- morphism of hematogenous miliary tuberculosis of lungs] Ibid, 1930, 74: 1584-96, 2 pi.—Deul, W. Verlaufsformen der akuten hamatogenen Lungentuberkulose im Kindesalter (miliare Lungenaussaat) Zschr. Kinderh, 1927-28, 45: 615-34.—Dufourt, A, & Brun, J. Sur certaines miliaires pulmonaires ptecoces ante-allergiques ou k allergie retardee. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1939, 5. ser, 5: 317-26— Edel, H. Zur Genese der miliaren Lungenstreuung. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1932, 80: 599-611.—Even, R. La forme pleurale de la granulie. J. med. Paris, 1937, 57: 37-9.—Gallone, L. L'istogenesi dei focolai tubercolari nella granulia polmonare. Arch. Ist. bio- chim. ital, 1938, 10: 415-36.—Gamna, C. Tubercolosi polmonare evolutiva a forma di complesso primario in adulto, con esito in miliare generalizzata. Minerva med. Tor, 1930, 21: pt 2, 299-307. ------ Forme miliariche regionali discrete di tubercolosi polmonare. Ibid, 1933, 24: 121-5.—Giraud, A. La granulie et les tuberculoses pulmonaires k foyers micro- nodulaires dissemines. Rev. gen. clin. ther, 1934, 48: 801-6.— Gonzalez Gil, U. La aparente localizacion ^pulmonar, uni- lateral, de algunas granulias agudas. Rev. clin. espan, 1948, 30: 18-25.—Grethmann, W. Zur Pathologie der akuten dis- seminierten Miliartuberkulose der Lungen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1928-29, 1-55.—Huebschmann, P. Rankesche Stadieneinteilung und Miliartuberkulose. Klin. Wschr, 1928, 7: 486-90.—Huguenin, R, & Delarue, J. Essai pathogenique sur la tuberculose miliaire des poumons. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1930, 7: 415-38, pi.—Korteweg, R. [Various forms of pulmonary tubercles in miliary tuberculosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1927, 71: 3223-7.—Kourilsky, R, & Fourestier, M. Miliaire pulmonaire calcifiee; resistance remarquable a l'infec- tion tuberculeuse chez un enfant de sept ans. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1947, 63: 425-31.—Lelong. M, Delarue, J, & Rossier, A. La forme granitee diffuse de la lesion pulmonaire initiale de la tuberculose acquise du nouveau-ne. Ann. med. Par, 1946, 47: 111-7, pi.—Letulle, M, & Bezancon, F. La granulation tuberculeuse et le tubercule miliaire des poumons. Presse med, 1922, 30: 817-21.—Macaigne, M, & Nicaud, P. Les lesions alveolaires de la granulie experimentale. Ibid, 1930, 38: 1732-5.—Medlar, E. M, Pesquera, G. S, & Ordway, W. H. A comparison of roentgenograms with the pathology of experimental miliary pulmonary tuberculosis in the rabbit. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1944, 50: 1-23, incl. 6 pi— Missirliu, V, Craciun, E. C, & Ursu, A. Les lesions tecentes de la broncho- alveolite tuberculeuse. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1932. 14: 579-85.—Negovsky, N. P. [Observations on hematogenous, disseminated forms of pulmonary tuberculosis] Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1937, 104-9.—Ottaviani, G, & Botner, V. Osserva- zioni anatomo-microscopiche sui vasi linfatici del polmone umano nella tubercolosi miliare e nella pneumonite caseosa. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1939, 10: 579-89- Pesci, G, & Cassi- nelK, G. Contributo alio studio delle forme micronodulari del polmone. Riv. clin. pediat, 1938, 36: 33-44.—Piazza. R. Le lesioni istologiche nelle forme acute, subacute e croniche della tubercolosi miliare del polmone. Rinasc. med, 1929, 6: 555 pi.—Pissavy, A. Les formes granuliques de la tuberculose pulmonaire. Paris med, 1920, 35: 19-23.—Rest, A, Lewins, N, & Riemer, A. Miliary pulmonary infiltrations. Tubercu- lology, Denver, 1942-43, 6: 95-8.—Riehl. Miliare Lungen- tuberkulose mit Dermotropismus nach Impfung mit lebenden Tuberkelbazillen. Klin. Med, Wien, 1947, 2: 291.—Rosen- berg, W. Miliartuberkulose nach primiirer Pleuntis exsuda- tiva. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk, 1929, 72: 589-92—Valledor Cur- belo, R. G. Oranulia aguda a forma bronco-neumonica; caso clinico; breve revisi6n del capitulo de la granulia. Villaclara med, S. Clara, 1940, 8: 171-94— Vorobiev, S. I. [Patho- morphology of hematogenous disseminated pulmonary tuber- culosis] Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1940, No. 10, 55-GO. ---- Lung: Prognosis. See also subheading (Prognosis) Berkowitz, D. *Zum Problem der Heilung miliarer Lungentuberkulose [Jena] 36p. 8? Jena, 1929. c ,_ , Banyai, A. L. Miliary tuberculosis of the lungs with re- covery; report of case. Wisconsin M. J, 1930, 29: 705-7.— Beverly, S. S. Healed miliary pulmonary tuberculosis. Dis. Chest, 1942, 8: 147-9.—Borsella, C, olyserositis] Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1940, No. 7, 65-7.—Lifvendahl. Tuberculous polyserositis; multiple tuberculomata of the brain. In: Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, 50-2.—Nastasi, A. Sopra un caso di tubercolosi miliarica del peritoneo e delle pleure (osservazioni cliniche) Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. prat, 2090-5.—Pelfort, C. Peri- tonitis tuberculosa en un lactante; forma exudativa de comienzo y adhesiva de terminacion, granulia terminal. Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1937, 8: 577-81.—Rey, A. J, Masse, R. J, & Vivoli, F. Poliserositis; tuberculosis miliar emigratoria de las serosas; tuberculosis caseosa peritoneal encapsulante. Catedra & clin, B. Air, 1949, 98-102.—Rougier, J, & Roux, J. Peritonite tuberculeuse encapsulante; granulie pulmonaire terminale. Lyon med, 1941, 166: 814-6.—Rubinovich, M. O. [The clinical aspect of tuberculous polyserositis in children and adolescents] Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1943, No. 3, 25-9.— Sala, P, Castro, F. de, & Izquierdo, M. Peritonitis aguda tuberculosa, miliar, tratada con estreptomicina. Bol. Inst. pat. med, Madr, 1948, 3: 249-53.—Sovena, E. Tubercolosi miliarica del peritoneo a sindrome pseudocolecistitica. Boll. Accad. Lancisi, 1932-33, 6: 270-3. ---- Skin. See also other subheading (ulcerative) also Miliary lupoid; Miliary lupus; Miliary tubercu- lid; Tuberculosis cutis luposa. Beintema, K. Occurrence of acute miliary tuberculosis in a lupus patient treated by salt-free diet. Urol. Cut. Rev, 1933, 37: 97-9.—Bernard, E, Meyer, J, & Genevrier, R. Lupus vulgaire et tuberculose miliaire des poumons. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 65-9—Degos, R, Perrot, R, & Delzant, O. Tuberculose miliaire cutanee associ6e k une tuberculose miliaire pulmonaire devolution chronique, au cours d'une primo-infection. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1939, 46: 317-9.—Ehrner, L. A case of lymphogranulomatosis benigna (Schaumann) complicated by miliary tuberculosis, in a B. C. G. vaccinated patient. Acta tuberc. scand, 1946, 20: 138-57, 2 pi.—Frey, U. Uebergang von Boeck'scher Krankheit in Miliartuberkulose; ein Beitrag zum Problem der atypischen Tuberkulosen. Helvet. med. acta, 1948, 15: 129-51.—Gaede, M. S, & Vaughn, J. O. Miliary tuberculosis with purpura in infancy. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1931, 43: 869- 73.—Geipel, P. Die Beteiligung der Haut bei Miliartuberku- lose. Virchows Arch, 1932, 286: 591-603.—Kalkoff, K. W. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Hauttuberkulose und allge- meiner Miliartuberkulose; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Impfhauttuberkulose als Behandlungsmethode der Lungen- tuberkulose nach Kutschera-Aichbergen. Arch. Derm. Syph, Berl, 1940-41, 181: 770-82. ------ Allgemeine Miliartuber- kulose und Lupus vulgaris. Derm. Wschr, 1941, 112: 305. Also Zbl. Haut Geschlkr, 1941-42, 67: 120.— Kuklova- Sturova. Chronicka miliarnf tuberkulosa a Schaumannova choroba. Bratisl. lek. listy, 1947, 27: 802-18.—Miiller, J, & Pedrazzini, A. Morbus Besnier-Boeck mit Uebergang in Miliartuberkulose. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 126-8.— Pollitzer, R. M, Simmons, J, & Yasser, I. Generalized miliary tuberculosis with tuberculides; report of case. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1942, 59: 218-22.—Pruvost, P., Hautefeuille, E. [et al.] Etude anatomo-clinique d'un cas de maladie de Besnier-Boeck- Schaumann termhte par une tuberculose disseminee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1941, 57: 484-90. ---- Spleen. See also other subheadings (Digestive system)' also Tuberculosis, Spleen. Purzer, A. *Ueber isolierte, operativ heilbare Miliartuberkulose der Milz. 19p. 8? Miinch., 1933. Cynman, B. Die isolierte selbstandige Miliartuberkulose der Milz. Deut. Zschr. Chir, 1930, 226: 110-24.—Graberg, E. Die Lokalisation der miliaren Tuberkelknoten in der Milz beim Menschen. Virchows Arch, 1926, 260: 287-307 — Greppi, E. Splenomegalia tubercolare primitiva con diffu- sione miliarica terminale. Haematologica Pavia, 1933, 14: 101-23.—Hickling, R. A. Tuberculosis splenomegaly, with miliary tuberculosis of the lungs. Q. J. Med, Oxf, 1938, 7: 263-9, 2 pi.—Kellert, E. Miliary tuberculosis of the spleen with thrombopenic purpura hemorrhagica. J. Am. M. Ass. 1931, 96: 2193. ---- subacute and chronic. See also subheading (Lung: Subacute and chronic type) Hoyle, J. C, & Vaizey, J. M. Chronic miliary tuberculosis. 140p. 8? Lond., 1937. MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 284 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS Lechtuz, CI. *Considerations anatomo-patho- logiques sur les granulies tuberculeuses au long cours. 95p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Xeval, R. ^Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose miliaire a evolution lente (granulie chronique) chez l'enfant. 62p. 8? Par., 1933. Tschope, U. *Ueber heilbare chronische Miliartuberkulose im Kindesalter [Miinchen] 37p. 20#cm. Wartha, 1941. Wolff, C. Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose miliaire chronique episodique. 71p. 25}£cm. Par., 1938. Abrahams, A. Chronic miliary tuberculosis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1941-42, 35: 12.—Accorimboni, M. Forme croniche della tubercolosi miliare. Gior. tisiol, 1933, 35-43.-— Af Ekenstam, H. Fall av kronisk miliaris. Nord. med. tskr, 1938, 16: 1927-31.—Agrikoliansky, B. N. [Various cold forms of chronic, miliary tuberculosis] Kazan, med. J, 1940, 36: No. 5, 42-5.—Arloing, F, Dufourt, A, & Malartre. A propos de l'anatomie pathologique des tuberculoses miliaires subaigues et chroniques. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1926, 3: 984-8.— Barbieri, D. Tubercolosi miliare fredda ab initio e cronica- mente progressiva. Arch. ital. anat. pat, 1937-38, 8: 177-99.— Bernard, E, Lotte, A, & Wolff, C. Tuberculose miliaire chronique Episodique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser, 54: 1520-5.—Bjering. T. [Splenomegaly due to chronic miliary tuberculosis] Ugeskr. lfpger, 1927, 89: 675.—Buinewitsch, K. Ein Fall von Tuberculosis miliaris lenta. Deut. med. Wschr, 1938, 64: 859.—Burrell, L. S. T. A case of sub-acute miliary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1938, 32: 3.—Creveld, S. v, & Huet, G. J. Chronic miliary tuberculosis. Acta med. scand, 1943, 113: 135-62.—Elias, G. Chronische Miliartuberkulose. Mschr. Kinderh, 1931, 49: 397-401.—Fish. R. H. Chronic miliary tuberculosis in children. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1937, 12: 1-24.—Fusiki. T, & Matubara, K. Sur deux cas de tuberculoses miliaires chroniques. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1934, 15: 1.—Grenet, H. Les formes chroniques et curables de la tuberculose miliaire chez l'enfant. In his Conf. clin. med. inf., Par, 1936, 4. ser, 27-55. ------ & Isaac-Georges, P. A propos de trois observations de tuberculose micronodulaire subaigue ou chronique chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser, 50: 914-8.—Hedvall. Kronisk miliartu- berkulos. Lunds lak. sail, forh, 1934-35, 56-70.—Heinrich, M. Ein geheilter Fall von chronischer Miliartuberkulose im Sauglingsalter. Arch. Kinderh, 1943, 130: 186-8—Hellberg, S. Fall av kronisk miliartuberkulos. Nord. med. tskr, 1937, 13: 277.—Hoyle, C. Chronic miliary tuberculosis. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1937-38, 1: 682-9. Also Brompton Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1938, 7: 32-9.—Hutchison, P. Chronic miliary tuber- culosis. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1942, 36: 177-9, pi—Illing, R. B. The prognosis of chronic miliary tuberculosis in children. Ibid, 1945, 39: 79-85, 2 pi.—Lindau, A. So-called chronic miliary tuberculosis. Acta path, microb. scand, 1936, Suppl. 26, 157-73.—McPhee, H. R. Miliary tuberculosis; report of a case of long duration without chemotherapy. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1950, 61: 138-44, illust.—Nava Uriza, E. Un caso de tuberculosis miliar cronica. Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex, 1947, 4: 613-8.—Nonnenbruch, W. Ueber eine besondere Form von gutartiger chronischer Miliartuberkulose. Deut. med. Wschr, 1931, 57: 919-21.—Pabel, W. Chronic disseminated tubercu- losis. Brit. M. J, 1937, 2: 555.—Piaggio Garzon, W. Sobre un caso de granulia a evolution lenta, revistiendo la forma de granulia cronica. Arch. lat. amer. pediat, B. Air, 1926, 3. ser, 104-28.—Rennebaum, H. Beitrag zum Verlauf der chronischen Miliartuberkulose im Kindesalter. Beitr. klin. Tuberk, 1932, 80: 500-6.—Rogers, W. N. Chronic miliary tuberculosis. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1947, 41: 79-84, pi.—Savshinsky, A. I, Schenkman, D. I. [et al.] [Chronic miliary tuberculosis in early childhood] In: Vopr. legoch. tuberk. (Medovikov, P. S.) Leningr, 1936, 102-27, 14 pi—Say6, L. Tuberculosi- miliar ctenica. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 387-423. Also Tubercle, Lond, 1936-37, 18: 153-60.—Schlesinger. W. Zur Pathogenese der chronischen, hamatogen disseminierten Tuberkulose. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 196-200.— Simon, J, & Carrasco, C. Tuberculosis miliar cronica. Prensa med, Habana, 1931, 22: No. 12, 15-23.—Vaizey, J. M. Chronic miliary tuberculosis. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 1208-10.—Welch, E. J. Chronic miliary tuberculosis; report of a case. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 1025-9. ---- Treatment. Panchenkov, T. P. (Lympho-hematogenous disseminated tuberculosis) Ter. arkh, 1934, 12: 307-16, 15 pi.—Perry, T. L. Treatment of miliary and meningeal tuberculosis in infants and children. California M, 1950, 72: 159-63.—Rodkin, S. V, & Klimenko, P. S. [Treatment of miliary tuberculosis in young children] Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 23-30.—Ruziczka, O. Bisherige Erfahrungen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1948, 60: 787. ---- Treatment: Chemotherapy. Lincoln, E. M, Stone, S, & Hoffman, O. R. The treatment of miliary tuberculosis with promizole. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp, 1948, 82: 50-75.—Milgram, L., Levitt, I, & Unna, M. S. Promizole treatment of miliary tuberculosis; toxic effects on thvroid gland and maturation. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1947, 55: 144-59. ---- Treatment: Miscellaneous methods. Ghetti, E. Tubercolosi miliare nell'infanzia e vaccinazione terapeutica. Clin, pediat. Mod, 1942, 24: 387-98.—Kohl, H, & Seige, G. Ueber den Wert der Bluttransfusionen in der Behandlung der Miliartuberkulose. Mschr. Kinderh, 1943, 92: 1-9.—Pozzi, G, & Rasi, E. Primi risultati della terapia con vitamina D2 urto nelle miliari polmonari. Gior. ital. tuberc, 1947, 1: 130-4.—Tapie, J, Laporte, J, & Monnier. Les indi- cations de la ponction lombaire dans la conduite du traitement des miliaires tuberculeuses. Sem. hop. Par, 1949, 25: 1877-81. --- Treatment: Streptomycin. Debre, R., Thieffry, S. E. E., & Brissaud, H. E. La streptomycine appliquee au traitement de la meningite tuberculeuse et de la tuberculose miliaire chez l'enfant. 203p. 25%cm. Par, 1948. Anderson, T. Streptomycin in the treatment of miliary tuberculosis. Glasgow M. J, 1949, 30: 169-75.—Appelbaum, E, & Halkin, C. Tuberculous meningitis and miliary tubercu- losis arrested with streptomycin. J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 135: 153-5.—Appelmans, M, & de Graeve, A. Oogletsels optre- dend bij granulie en tuberculeuse meningitis en hun behande- ling met streptomycine. Belg. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 5: 685- 97, pi.—Aris, P, Chantegreil & Pecastaing. Granulie pulmo- naire et meningite traitees par la streptomycine. Rev. tuberc. Par, 1947, 11: 847-51.—Armand-Delille, P. A propos du traitement streptomycinique des granulies; tuberculose mili- aire secondaire par propagation lymphatique et granulie generalisee par effraction vasculaire dans les tuberculoses anciennes. Bull. Acad. nat. med. Par, 1949, 133: 146-8.— Baggenstoss, A. H, Feldman, W. H, & Hinshaw, H. C. Strep- tomycin in miliary tuberculosis; its effect on the pathological lesions of generalized miliary tuberculosis in human beings. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1947, 55: 54-76.—Beraud, A. Strepto- mycine et tuberculose du jeune enfant. Ouest m£d, 1949, 2: 208-10.—Bernard, E, Kreis, B. [et al.] La rechute de la tuber- culose miliaire traitee par la streptomycine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1949, 65: 891-9. ------ La tuberculose miliaire des poumons et son traitement par la streptomycine. Sem. hop. Par, 1949, 25: 2087-94.—Bernard, E, & Renault, P. Note sur l'etude anatomique des tuberculoses miliaires traitees par la streptomycine. Ibid, 2095.—Bornstein, P. K. Strep- tomycin in miliary tuberculosis with tuberculous meningitis; case report with autopsy findings. Q. Bull. Sea View Hosp, N. Y, 1946, 8: 219-27.—Bunn, P. A. Miliary and meningeal tuberculosis treated with streptomycin. J. Clin. Invest, 1947, 26: 1176. ------ Studies on miliary tuberculosis and tubercu- lous meningitis. Minutes Streptomycin Conf, 1947, 3. Conf, 95-8. ------& Hauser, F. E. Miliary and meningeal tubercu- losis. Ibid, 1949, 7. Conf, 277-89.—Carstensen, B. Miliar- tuberkulos behandlad med p-aminosalicylsyra samt med p- aminosalicylsyra+streptomycin. Nord. med, 1948, 40: 2039-42.—Case (A) history of a child with miliary tuberculosis treated by streptomycin. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1947, 43: 690.—Chauvire, E. Conjonctivite de type allergique au cours d'une miliaire pulmonaire traitee par la streptomycine. Bull. Soc. opht. France, 1949, 397-9—Cobley, G, & Goettsch. E. Streptomycin in the treatment of miliary tuberculosis. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1947, 31: 70-4.—Cocchi," C. Primi risultati ottenuti nella terapia della tubercolosi miliare ed in alcune forme di tubercolosi polmonare con streptomicina associata a solfone ed a vitamina A. Riv. clin. pediat, 1947, 45: 378-80. ——--- II trattamento della meningite tubercolare e della miliare con streptomicina, solfone e vitamina A. Lotta tuberc, 1949, 19: 287-99— Colarizi, A, & Lenzi, M. Osservazioni cliniche e radiologiche sulla tubercolosi miliarica in rapporto alia terapia streptomicinica. Arch, tisiol. Nap, 1948, 3: 27-36.—Courmont, P, Sedallian, P. [et al.] Pronostic, par la serologie, des miliaires aigues tuberculeuses traitees par la streptomycine. Bull. Acad. nat. med. Par, 1949, 133: 386- 91-—Craig, R. H. Miliary tuberculosis treated with strepto- mycin. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1947, 57: 289.—Daddi, G, & Pana, C. Reperti anatomici di un caso di tubercolosi miliare generalizzata trattato con streptomicina. Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini, 1948, 11: 317-23.—Di Lollo, F. II comportamento della yelocita di sedimentazione delle emazie nei tubercolosi miliarici e meningei trattati con streptomicina. Lotta tuberc, 1949, 19: 326-31— Dollfus, M. A. Fundus lesions in tubercu- lous meningitis and miliary pulmonary tuberculosis treated with streptomycin (Transl.) Am. J. Ophth, 1949, 32: 821-4 — Doret, J. P, & Halberg, J. P. Tuberculose de la choroide dans un cas de tuberculose miliaire traite par la streptomycine. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1948, 78: 696.—Ferrari, A, & Salvetti, F. Tubercolosi miliare od ileotifo? discussioni e confronto di due casi controversi trattati con streptomicina. Gior. ital. tuberc, 1949, 3: 231-5.—Fontan, Verger & Aussarresses. Le traitement de la granulie chez l'enfant par la streptomycine. Arch. fr. pediat, 1949, 6: 219. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1949, 126: 488-90.—Fouquet, J. Meningites tuberculeuses et tu- berculoses miliaires aigues traitees par la streptomycine. MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 285 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS Arch. fr. pediat, 1948, 5: 418-20. ------ Heinman, V, & Meyer, B. Adetio-phlegmon tuberculeux mortel au decours d'une granulie traitee par la streptomycine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1949, 65:59-63.------[etal.] Reflexions sur les menin- gites survenant au decours des miliaires et des primo-infections traitees par la streptomycine. Ibid, 1264-70.—Frankowska, J. Zmiany oczne w gruSliczym zapaleniu opon mozgowordzenio- wych i prosdwce pluc u dzieci leczonych streptomycynrs. Pediat. polska, 1948, 22: 406.—Gilg, A. Ein Streptomyciner- folg bei frischer miliarer Streuung wahrend Schwangerschaft und Puerperium. Schweiz. Zschr. Tuberk, 1949, 6: 250-4 — Giraud, G, Cazal, P. [et al.] Suppurations tuberculeuses torpides apres streptomycotherapie. Poumon, 1949, 5: 421- 5.—Godward, A. C, jr. Streptomycin and lipotrophic agents in miliary tuberculosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1947, 55: 412-7.— Gobel, F. Zur Streptomycinbehandlung der tuberkulosen Meningitis und Miliartuberkulose. Deut. Gesundhwes, 1949, 4: 268.—Grant, R. L. T. A case of miliary tuberculosis and tuberculous meningitis treated with streptomycin. Clin. Rep. Adelaide Child. Hosp, 1949, 1: 225.—Hauser, F. E. Miliary and meningeal tuberculosis treated w;ith continuous and intermittent streptomycin regimens. Minutes Strepto- mycin Conf, 1949, 7. Conf, 286-9.—Hooft, C. Ervaringen met streptomycine bij tuberculeuse meningitis en miliair tuberculose. Belg. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 5: 67-9.—Houstek, J. Dosavadnf vysledky s lecbou streptomycinem u basil&rni a miliarnf tbc u detf. Rozhl. tuberk, 1949. 9: 141-4.—Hueber, E. Streptomycinbehandlung bei Miliartuberkulose. Wien. Zschr. inn. Med, 1948, 29: 432. Also Wien. med. Wschr, 1949, 99: 75.—Janbon, M, Bertrand, L. [et al.] Streptomycine et miliaires tuberculeuses. Montpellier nted, 1948, 33:-34: 356-61. ------ Granulie pulmonaire et hepato-splenique chez un nourrisson de 2 mois; 6chec de la streptomycine. Pediatric, 1949, 4: 731-3 — Johnson, P. B, & Sitkin, R. S. Miliary tuberculosis; response to streptomycin. South. M. J, 1948, 41: 678-81.—Jones, O. R, Piatt, W. D, & Amill, L. A. Miliary tuberculosis caused by intravenous self-injection of tubercle bacilli, treated successfully with streptomycin therapy. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1949, 60: 514-9—Kalmthout, J. M. v. Een geval van acute miliaire tuberculose genezen na toediening van streptomycine. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 93: 3256-60.— Kola?, J. Streptomycin u miliarnf tuberkulosy. Cas. 16k. cesk, 1949, 88: 455.—Leszynski, H. A. Streptomycin in miliary tuberculosis and tuberculous meningitis. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1948, 34: 125-7.—Lichtenstein, A. Streptomycin vid miliartuberkulos och tuberkulos meningit. Nord. med, 1947, 36: 2548-53.—Lincoln, E. M, & Kirmse, T. W. Strepto- mycin and promizole in miliary tuberculosis and tuberculous meningitis in children. Lancet, Lond, 1949, 1: 767-73. ------ Streptomycin-promizole therapy of miliary and menin- geal tuberculosis in children. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1950, 61: 159-70.—Llaurado Tomas, F. Tuberculosis miliar, forma pulmonar; cura con estreptomicina. Rev. espan. pediat, 1949, 5: 855-65.—Lombardi, A. Cronicizzazione di un caso di tubercolosi miliare acuta generalizzata mediante terapia con streptomicina. Minerva med. Tor, 1947, 38: pt 2, 281-3.— Lyttle, J. D, Goettsch, E, & Cobley, G. Streptomycin in the treatment of miliary tuberculosis; report of a case. Am. J. Dis. Child, 1948, 75: 430-3.—McDermott, W, Muschenheim, C. fet al.l Meningitis and generalized hematogenous tubercu- losis. In: Streptomycin &c. in Tuberc, N. Y, 1949, 185-229, illust.—Marks-Zakrzewska. Dwa przypadki gruzlicy pro- sowkowej pluc leczone streptomycyna z wynikiem niepo- myslnym. Pediat. polska, 1949, 23: 635.—Martinez Garcia, P. La estreptomicina en la tuberculosis miliar infantil. Med. clin, Barcel, 1948, 10: 345. Also Rev. espan. pediat., 1948, 4. sol.—Mattei, C. Recidives et accidents apres interruption du traitement par streptomycine des tuberculoses pulmonaires miliaires. Bull. Acad. nat. med, 1947, 131: 640.—Meyer, A, Brunei, M, & Massin, M. Adenopathie cervicale apparue au cours d'un traitement d'une tuberculose miliaire par la strepto- mycine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1949, 65: 87-90.—Mezei, P, & Flesch, I. Kartina glaznogo dna i ee znachenie pri tuberkuleznom meningite i miliarnom tuberkuleze detskogo ► vozraste, lechennym streptomicinom. Paediat. danub, Budap, 1949, 6: 121-33.—Milian V, J. Recidiva de granulia tratada' con estreptomicina. Rev. chilena pediat, 1949, 20: 77-81.—Morin. La streptomycine dans la meningite tubercu- leuse et dans la tuberculose miliaire aigue chez 1'adulte. Acta tuberc. belg, 1949, 40: 67.—Murano, G, & Melino, C. Con- siderazioni sul comportamento del potere hpohtico del plasma in bambini con tubercolosi meningea o miliarica trattati con streptomicina. Pediatria (Riv.) 1948, 56: 401-19—Paraf, J. Diagnostic et traitement des tuberculoses miliaires pulmo- naires. Progr. med. Par, 1949, 77: 28-32. —--- Desbordes. J, & Paraf, M. L'association streptomycine acide para- amino-salicylique dans le traitement des miliaires et des menin- gites tuberculeuses. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1949, 65: 57 — Pefia Luengo, T. Tuberculosis miliar aguda tratada con estreptomicina. Medicina, Madr, 1948, 16: 482-6.—Rey, J. C, & Natin, I. Tuberculosis miliar faringolaringopulmonar tratada con estreptomicina; exantema medicamentoso. Sem. med. B. Air, 1948, 55: pt 2, 12-5.—Ricci, G., & D Agostino, S. Porpore in corso di tubercolosi miliare e terapia streptomicinica. Clin nuova, Roma, 1949, 9: 12-25.—Robert, P. Rasche Heilung von tuberkulosen Ulzerationen der Lippen und der Zunge durch Streptomycin in einem Fall von Miliartuberkulose. Dermatologica, Basel, 1949, 98: 32-4-Roch M, & Doret. J. P. Un cas de granulie traite par la streptomycine. Rev. mid. Suisse rom, 1948, 68: 189.—Rosnowska & Winnicka. Przypadki tbc miliaris leczone streptomycyna w obrazach radiologicznych. Pediat. polska, 1949, 23: 645.—Roza. Przypadek gruzlicy prosowkowej u dziewczynki w w. 6 lat i 8 miesiecy, leczony streptomycyna. Ibid, 642.—Ruigomez Iza, L. Sobre un caso de tuberculosis miliar del pulmon tratada con estreptomicina. Rev. clfn. espan, 1949, 33: 416-8.—Ruziczka, O. Streptomycinbehandlung der miliaren Tuberkulose. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1948, 60: 840-2. Also Klin. Med, Wien, 1949, 4: 38. ------ Zwischenbericht uber Streptomycinbehandlung bei tuberkuloser Hirnhautentzun- dung und miliarer Lungentuberkulose. Wien. med. Wschr, 1948, 98: 294-6.—Sahlgren, E. Streptomycinbehandlat fall av miliartuberkulos med tuberkulos meningit. Nord. med, 1948, 37: 498.—Scheidegger, S, & Staehelin-Schlienger, C. Einwirkungen der Streptomycinbehandlung auf miliare Tuberkulose und Meningitis tuberculosa. Schweiz. Zschr. Tuberk, 1948, 5: 352-64.—Schiff. Streptomycinbehandlung der Miliartuberkulose. Tuberkulosearzt, 1949, 3: 160.— Schoo, A. G. De behandeling van meningitis tuberculose en miliair tuberculose met streptomycine. Mschr. kindergeneesk, 1948, 16: 168-76.—Sedallian, P, Maral, R. [et al.] Role dans le determinisme des rechutes de miliaires d'un foyer bacillaire residuel, persistant aptes le traitement streptomycin^. J. med. Lyon, 1949, 30: 585-7.—Sedallian, P, Moinecourt, J. [et al.] Les miliaires aigues tuberculeuses traitees par la streptomycine. Ibid, 1948, 29: 461-76. ------ Granulie et streptomycine. Lyon med, 1948, 179: 283-90.—Shamaskin, A. Streptomycin in the treatment of tuberculous meningitis and miliary tubercu- losis. Minutes Streptomycin Conf, 1948, 6. Conf, 129-31.— Shopov, A. Razseianata belodrobna tuberkuloza i strepto- micint. Blgar. klin, 1949, 20: 336-55.—Sorribes Santamaria, V. Tuberculosis miliar y estreptomicina. Rev. clfn. espan, 1949, 35: 120-5.—Stojalowski, K. Zmiany anatomopatolo- giczne u dzieci gruSliczych leczonych streptomycyna. Pediat. polska, 1948, 22: 375-9.—Suckling, P. V. Streptomycin in the treatment of acute miliary tuberculosis with a note on tubercu- lous meningitis. Sc. Papers M. Ass. S. Africa, 1949, 226-9.— Svoren, J. Pripad milidrnej tuberkulozy liecenej streptomycf- nom. Bratisl. lek. listy, 1948, 28: 709-25, 4 pi.—Sykowski, P, & Lawrence, W. Streptomycin in ophthalmomiliary tuberculosis. Am. J. Ophth, 1948, 31: 1629.—Taylor, F. H, & Snively, G. G. Miliary tuberculosis treated with streptomycin; report of case with necropsy findings. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1947, 56: 438-41.—Ten Bokkel Huinink, S. A. Eenige op- merkingen over het gebruik van streptomycine, in het bijzonder bij miliaire tuberculose. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1949, 93: 2094- 8.—Thompson, J. L, jr, & Wagenheim, H. H. The use of streptomycin in acute miliary tuberculosis; report of a case. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1946, 15: 265-70.—Traissac, F. J. Influence de la streptomycine sur revolution des images de granulie pure et des miliaires d'accompagnement au cours de la tuberculose. J. med. Bordeaux, 1948, 125: 103-8.— Van Goidsenhoven. La streptomycine dans la meningite tuberculeuse et dans la tuberculose miliaire aigue chez 1'adulte. Acta tuberc. belg, 1948, 39: 337.—Walker, A. W., Shamaskin, A. [et al.] Miliary-meningeal tuberculosis; discussion of results. Minutes Streptomycin Conf, 1948, 6. Conf, 123-37.—Zollin- ger, H. U. Die Streptomycin-behandelte Meningitis tubercu- losa und Miliartuberkulose. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt, 1949, 12: 176-9. ---- Treatment: Streptomycin: Statistics. Dietrich, J. *Premiers resultats de Taction de la streptomycine sur la granulie chez l'enfant et chez l'adolescent. 48p. 25cm. Lyon, 1948. Arlt, H. G. Erfahrungen in der Streptomycin-Behandlung bei Kindern; Miliartuberkulose. Deut. med. Wschr, 1950, 75: 210-3.—Auerbach, O, & Bunn, P. The miliary tuberculosis and the tuberculosis meningitis cases. Minutes Streptomycin Conf, 1947, 4. Conf, 28.—Bunn, P. A. One hundred cases of miliary and meningeal tuberculosis treated with streptomycin. Am. J. M. Sc, 1948, 216: 286-315. ------ Two-year follow up report of patients with miliary and meningeal tuberculosis treated with streptomycin. Ibid, 1950, 219: 127-32.— Debre, R, Thieffry, S, & Brissaud, H. E. Meningite tubercu- leuse et tuberculose miliaire aigue chez l'enfant traitees par la streptomycine; premiers resultats. Presse m6d, 1948, 56: 121.—Frontali, G. La granulie et la meningite tuberculeuse traitees par la streptomycine (etude de 85 cas) Ann. paediat, Basel, 1948, 171: 286-90.—Giunchi, U. Sulle variazioni del quadro radiologico polmonare in miliare acuta e subacuta in soggetti trattati con streptomicina. Radiol, med. Tor, 1948, 34: 93.—Hirata, Y. Zokuryii-kekkaku no streptomycin ryoho- tyu mirareta karyu-saiho-gensyo-syo no syorei ni tuite [cases of agranulocytosis observed during the treatment of miliary tuberculosis with streptomycin] Zika sinryo, 1949,12:354-7.— Monbrun & Lavat, J. Les tubercules de Bouchut et les altera- tions des nerfs optiques dans les miliaires et les meningites tuberculeuses de l'enfant; k propos de 135 cas traites par la streptomycine k la Clinique medicale des enfants, Hopital des enfants malades, Paris. Rev. otoneur. Par, 1948, 20: 308- 11.'—Tanguy & Quillec. Nos premiers tesultats du traitement par la streptomycine en milieu sanatoria!. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr, 1949, 43: 50.—Van Goidsenhoven. La streptomycine dans la meningite tbc et dans la tbc miliaire aigue chez 1'adulte; commentaire des tesultats personnels. Scalpel. Brux, 1948 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 286 MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS 101:1144. ■----— & Stevens, R. La streptomycine dans le traitement de la meningite tuberculeuse et de la granulie aigue chez 1'adulte et l'adolescent; resultats eloignes. Bruxelles med 1949, 29: 1803-15.—Walker, W, Bellinger, G. C, & Guild. C. S. [Results of streptomycin in the treatment of tuberculous meningitis and acute miliary tuberculosisl Min- utes Streptomycin Conf, 1948, 5. Conf, 131-5.—Winnicka, W. Leczenie gruzliczego zapalenia opon mozgowordzeniowych l pros6wki pluc streptomycyna. Pediat. polska, 1948, 22: 397-405. ----ulcerative. Syn.: Tuberculosis ulcerosa miliaris cutis. See also other subheading (Skin) Bogoliepov, A. K voprosu o tuberculosis ulcerosa miliaris (tuberculosis cutis orificialis) s opisaniem sluchaia. 17p. 8? Tomsk, 1911. Bruckner, W. *Zur Epidemiologic und Klinik der Tuberculosis ulcerosa miliaris [Bres- lau] 35p. 22}/2cm. Liebau i. Riesengeb., 1936. Schetjnemann, H. *Statistische Untersu- chungen an Fallen von Tuberkulosis ulcerosa miliaris [Berlin] 19p. 8? Charlottenb., 1934. Arndt. Tuberculosis miliaris ulcerosa. Deut. med. Wschr, 1917 43:832.—Marin, A. La tuberculose des orifices. Union med. Canada, 1931, 60: 35-8. ----in animals. See also Meat inspection, Diseased or objec- tionable animals; Tuberculosis, Bovine. Trtjmmlitz, L. E. F. M. *Lassen sich TJnter- schiede zwischen Aspirationsblutungen und Blu- tungen, die bei der akuten Miliartuberkulose auftreten, in der Lunge des Rindes schonmakro- skopisch feststellen? 32p. 21cm. Lpz., 1937. Cohrs, P. Zur Differentialdiagnose der Miliartuberkulose. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg, 1940-41, 51: 141-3.—Davies, A. A. Generalized tuberculosis in a goat. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1947, 110: 322.—Drennen, R. E. Miliary tuberculosis of the lungs in a draught horse. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1927, 7: 423.—Miyata, S. Pathologisch-histologische Studien iiber die Lungentuberkulose des Kaninchens (Beitrage zur Pathologie der Miliartuberkulose der Lunge) Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1931, 21: 491-3.—Miiller, M. Die ausgebreitete Tuberkulose als Generalisation im Sinne der Stadienlehre. Deut. Schlachthofztg, 1943, 43: 197-201.— Nieberle, K. Studien zur pathologischen Anatomie und Pathogenese der akuten Miliartuberkulose; Untersuchungen uber die Tuberkulose des Schweines. Zschr. Infektkr. Haus- tiere, 1926, 29: 265-316, 7 pi.—Platen, J. Ein Fall von akuter Miliartuberkulose bei einem Reh. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1939, 55: 536.—Pommer, A, & Richter, R. Generalisierte Miliar- tuberkulose beim Hunde mit Verkalkungen in der Pleura costalls. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr, 1930, 17: 679-82.—Trasbot. Tuberculisation miliaire. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vit., Par, 1878, 32: 125-32.—Vendeuvre. Granulie pulmonaire a forme broncho-pneumonique. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1924, 24: 376.—Vries, G. de [Observations on miliary tuberculosis] Tschr. diergeneesk, 1931, 58: 519-27. ---- in pregnancy and puerperium. See also other subheading (Genitourinary organs) Philipp, R. *Ueber die Miliartuberkulose in der Frauenheilkunde. 44p. 22^cm. Ziir., 1941. Bidoire, A. Granulie des poumons chez une accouchee. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1935, 24: 37.—Bungeler. Demon- stration angeborener Tuberkulose beim Neugeborenen und Miliartuberkulose der Mutter im Wochenbett. Med. Klin, Berl, 1949, 44: 476.—Falkenfleth, G. [Miliary tuberculosis and puerperal state] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 37-40.— Hacke, W. Miliartuberkulose im Anschluss an Schwanger- schaft. Zbl. Gyn, 1947, 69: 1430-2. ------ Akute Miliar- tuberkulose mit Meningitis tuberculosa wahrend der Gestation; Plazentartuberkulose. Zschr. Geburtsh, 1948, 129: 310-38 — Holtz, F. [Case of miliary tuberculosis following abortion] Nord. med, 1940, 8: 2164.—Lundstrom, P. On miliary tuber- culosis in association with pregnancy and delivery or abortion. Acta obst. gyn. scand, 1947, 27: 84-93.—Paruch, T. [Miliary tuberculosis in puerperal state] Polska gaz. lek, 1931, 10: 647.—Rossi, D. Le pseudo-infezioni puerperali; granulia acuta e puerperio infetto. Riv. ostet. gin, 1927, 9: 313-5.—Sai, Z. S. Ninsin-san-ka getu ni gappei-seru zokuryu-sei hai-kekkaku no iti rei [pregnant suffering from miliary pulmonary tuberculosis] Mitt. Jap. Ges. Gyn, 1944, 39: 169-74, incl. pi—Schmid. Miliartuberkulose mit Meningitis tuberculosa bei Schwanger- schaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. Geburtsh. & Frauenh., 1948, 8: 719.—Schoch, W. Ueber ursachliche Beziehungen zwischen der akuten Miliartuberkulose und den Gestations- vorgangen. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1924- 26, No. 118, 1-5.—Schoop, A. Schwangerschaft und Miliar- tuberkulose. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1936, 42: 243-5 — Stopczyk, J. Przypadek gruilicy prosowkowej po porodzie, leczonv odma. oplucna. i streptomycyna. [case of post-delivery miliary tuberculosis] Gruzlica, 1949, 17: 63-7.—Vejlens, G, & Westberg, V. Seven cases of miliary tuberculosis in puerperium collected over 3 years. Acta obst. gyn. scand, 1943, 24: 29-44. MILICE-BONNAFOUS, Helene Serieux, 1905- *Une maison d'alien^s et de correction- naires au xvm. siecle; la Charite de Senlis. 336p. ch. 8? Par., Presses univ. France, 1936. MILICH, Jakob, 1501-59. For portrait see Collection in Library. MILICYN, Vladimir Aleksandrovich, 1890- [Twenty-five years of medical, scientific and social work] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1940, 15: No. 2, 149, portr. MILIEU. See Environment. MILIEU therapy. See under Psychotherapy. MILIKAN, Jacob [M. D., 1914, Leiden] *Bijdrage tot de kennis van de oxyhaloi'den der alkalische aarden. xii, 123p. tab. diagr. 24^cm. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1914. MILISCH, Irmtraut, 1913- *Schlagfestig- keits-Untersuchungen an Zinkphosphat-Zemen- ten wahrend ihres Erhartungsvorganges an der Luft und im Hygrophor bei Korperwarme [Berlin] 24p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. MILITAERAERZTLICHE Publicationen. Wien, No. 52, 1900- CONTENTS No. 52. Handbuch fiir k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fiir das Jahr 1899. Myrdacz, P. 1900. No. 68. Der Sanitatsdienst bei der englischen Armee im Kriege gegen die Buren. Herz, L. 1902. No. 72. Taschenbuch fur praktische Untersuchungen der wichtigsten Nahrungs- und Genussmittel. Senft, E. 1903. No. 95. Das Militarsanitatswesen in Schweden und Nor- wegen. Steiner, J. 1906. No. 96. Repetitorium des osterreichisch-ungarischen Heer- wesens im Felde; fiir Militararzte. Hahn, F. 1906. No. 97. Handbuch fur k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fiir das Jahr 1905. Myrdacz, P. 1906. No. 99. Epidemiologic der Garnisonen des k. u. k. Heeres in den Jahren 1894-1904. Myrdacz, P. 1906. No. 103. Handbuch fiir k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fur das Jahr 1906. Myrdacz, P. 1907. No. 104. Kriegschirurgische Erfahrungen aus dem russisch- japanischen Kriege. Hoorn, F. 1907. No. 105. Kriegswaffen und Feldsanitatsdienst. Cron, K. 1907. No. 107. Die Ohren- und Augenerkrankungen in der k. u. k. osterr.-ung. Armee. Richter, M. 1907. No. 108. Ein applikatorisches Beispiel iiber Krankentrans- port zu Wasser. Cron, K. 1907. No. 116. Handbuch fur k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fiir das Jahr 1907. Myrdacz, P. 1908. No. 124. Handbuch fiir k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fiir das Jahr 1908. Myrdacz, P. 1909. , « No. 126. Leitfaden des Verfahrens bei Geisteskrankheiten und zweifelhaften Geisteszustanden fiir Militararzte. Drastich, B. 1909. No. 130. Behelf zur Losung von Aufgaben aus dem takti- schen und operativen Sanitatsdienste im Rahmen von Armee, Korps und Division. Hoen, M. v, & Szarewski, M. 1910. No. 131. Die Armee im Felde. Hoen, M. v, & Szarewski, M. 1910. No. 132. Behelf zum Studium des Militarsanitatswesens an den k. u. k. Korpsoffiziersschulen. Cron, K. 1910. No. 133. Die operative und sanitatstaktische Tatigkeit des Armeechefarztes. Hoen, M. v, & Szarewski, M. 1910. No. 134. Handbuch fiir k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fiir das Jahr 1909. Myrdacz, P. 1910. No. 135. Anleitung zur Fuhrung eines Marodenhauses. Rosier, K. 1910. No. 139. Handbuch fiir k. u. k. Militararzte; Nachtrag fiir das Jahr 1910. Myrdacz, P. 1911. MILITAERLAEGEN. Kbh., v. 1, 1893- MILITAER - MEDICINISCHE Zeitschrift [Moskva] See Voenno-medicinsky jurnal. Moskva, &c, v.l, 1930- MILITAERSANITAET 287 MILITARY MILITAERSANITAET (Die); Zentralblatt des Schweizerischen Militar-Sanitats-Vereins. Zur., v.294, 1942- MILITARISM. See in alphabet of military subjects in the fol- lowing Military Section. MILITARY dental journal. Wash. &c, v.1-7, 1917-24. Title varies: v.l, No. 1-3, 1917, Bulletin of the Association of Military dental surgeons; v.l, No. 4-v.3, No. 4, 1917-19, Journal of the Association of Military dental surgeons. MILITARY fumigation manual. See American Cyanamid and Chemical Corporation [New York, N. Y.] Military fumigation manual. 48p. 17^cm. N. Y, 1943. MILITARY medical acts. See BoeHHo- caHHTapHo jiejio. Sofia, v.2, 1947- MILITARY medical journal [Bangkok] See Wittayah sarn saynah ruk. Bangkok, v.l, 1948- MILITARY medical manual, iv, 774p. 8? Wash., Nat. Serv. Pub. Co., 1931. Also 2. ed. 686p. illust. Harrisb., Mil. Serv. Pub. Co., 1937. Also 3. ed. 837p. 1940. Also 4. ed. 877p. 1940. Also 5. ed. 1007p. 1942. Also 5. ed., rev. 1018p. 1943. Also 6. ed., 1945. MILITARY medicine as a specialty; how can a knowledge of it be promoted in the medical profession in civilian life and in the reserves? [MS of essays for the Sir Henry Wellcome Prize of the Association of Military Surgeons of the United States] 14 MS. [Size varies] Wash., 1933. [Note: This subject had no winner; a second subject The value of studies in health and sanitation in war planning was won by E. E. Hume] CONTENTS No. 2. Moxness, B. A. 19p. 8°. No. 5. Hubbs, R. S. 19 1. 4? No. 6. Traub, H. W. 28p. 8? No. 8. Blech, G. M. 22 1. 8? No. 9. Stalnaker, P. R. 50 1. 8? No. 12. Hennessy, H. R. 22p. 8? No. 15. McDiarmid, N. L. 16 1. 4! No. 16. White, S. J. 30 1. 4? No. 19. Dietrich, S. E. 27 1. 4? No. 20. Roddy, J. A. 9 1. 4? No. 21. Brodkin, H. A. 19 1. 4! No. 22. Reid, H. S. 10 1. 4? No. 23. Young, C. 15 1. 4? No. 25. Dow, W. S. 26 1. 4? MILITARY ophthalmological meeting. See United States. Military ophthalmological meeting 1945] Proceedings. 173p. 26J.£cm. Clevel, 1945. MILITARY SECTION SUBJECTS ABATTOIR ACCELERATION ABATTOIR. United States War Department. Army Regulations. No. 40-2155. Veterinary ante- mortem inspections. 3p. 8? Wash., 1921. Cerbulescu, C. Pieile tabacite necesare armatei. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1152-4.—Ranc, A. Sur l'emploi des dechets d'abattoirs des armees en campagne. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1917, 17: 134.—Salhoff, S. Mit einem Schlachtereizug im Osten und Westen. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg, 1940-41, 51: 155-7.—Schmidt & Reiter. Schlachtereikompanien in Nord- afrika. Ibid, 1941-42, 52:183-6.—Schwerdt. Schlachtereizuge fiir die Heeresverpflegung. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1940, 282.— Wagemann, H. Vom Einsatz einer Schlachterei-Kompanie. Deut. Schlachthofztg, 1944, 44: 45-7. ABDOMEN. See under section headings Disease; Injury-— by organs; Wound—by organs. ABDOMINAL surgery. See as subdivision under section heading Surgical technic. ABSENCE without leave. See also in this section Discipline; Leave. Clark, 3. H. Clinical use of the Altus 36 point adjustment test in screening Army A. W. O. L.'s. J. Consult, Psychol, 1948, 12: 276-9.—Heine, R. W. Absence without leave among mentally retarded trainees. J. Clin. Ps3'chol, 1945, 1: 141-6. ABYSSYNIA. See as subdivision under section headings Wars and campaigns; World War II. ACADEMY. For military and naval academies see section heads Education; School. ACCELERATION [incl. speed] See also Dive bombing. Acceleration in aircraft. In: Flight Surgeon Ref. File, Wash, 1945, AAF Man. 25-0-1, Sect. 8, No. 5, 9-15.—Arkhangelsky, A. [The aviator and speed] Voen. san. delo, 1938, No. 2, 37-42.— Henschke, U, & Keidel, W. D. Short duration ac- celerations. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-56, 54.—Eomendantov, G, & Levashev, V. Uskorenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 659-69.— Pertzoff, V. A, & Britton, S. W. Effects of high acceleratory forces. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 55.—Poppen, J. R. High acceleration of short duration. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 30-2.— Wood, E. H., Lambert, E. H. [et al.] Effects of acceleration in relation to aviation. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1946, 5: 327-44.— Wulff, V. J., & Lovelace, W. R. Acceleration. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-56, 10-7.------Accelera- tions occurring during flight. Ibid, 16. ---- angular. MacCorquodale, K. The effects of angular acceleration and centrifugal force on non-visual space orientation during flight; methodology and preliminary results. 21 1. 27cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 14, Res. Proj. X-148 (Av-4-3) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. ----Graybiel, A., & Clark, B. The effects of angular acceleration and centrifugal force on non-visual space orientation during flight; in- fluence of habituation and technique of assuming the turn. 12 1. 27cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 15, Res. Proj. X-148 (Av-4-3) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. Groen, J. J, & Jongkees, L. B. W. The threshold of angular acceleration perception. ,T. Physiol, Lond, 1948, 107: 1-7.— Ruff, S. Influence of great tangential forces on the human organism. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 534-6 (abstr.) ---- Biological effect. See also Fighter; Flight, Dive. Jones, B. F., Chapman, F. D. [et al.J The effect of repeated exposure to low atmospheric pressure upon tolerance to positive acceleration in monkeys. 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 104, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Ruff, S., & Strughold, H. The effects of acceleration. 83 1. 20%cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 422, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Verliac, F. A. *Connaissances actuelles sur l'influence des accelerations en avion sur I'orga- nisme. 53p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Williams, M. M. D., Baldes, E. J. [et al.] Are the intervertebral disks compressed or dis- placed during positive acceleration? 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 255, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Wood, E. H., Baldes, E. J., & Code, C. F. Changes in the external appearance of the human being during positive acceleration. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 391, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Armstrong, H. G, & Heim, J. W. The effect of acceleration on the living organism. .1. Aviat. M, 1938, 9: 199-215.— Bauer, L. H. Effects of high speed. Cvclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila, 1939, 1: 886.—Bazett, H. C. Physiological reac- tions to the stresses imposed by high-speed aircraft. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 393.—Bergeret, P. M. Effets physiologiques de la vitesse et des accelerations en avion. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1937, 107: 301-24. Also Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1938, 37: 616-35.— Bergin, K. G. Effects of acceleration on man. In his Aviat. Med, Bristol, 1949, 109- 15, illust.—Binet, L, & Bargeton, D. Etude de la course a vitesse forced chez le rat; technique et representation des tesultats. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1945, 139: 255.—Code, C. F., Wood, E. H. [et al.] The sequence of physiologic events in man during exposure to positive acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 14.—Dias Campos, F. Influeticia das acelerac5es sobre o organismo, en aviacao. Rev. med. Rio Grande do Sul, 1944-45, 1: 278-87.—Diringshofen, H. v. Ueber die Wirkung hoher Beschleunigungen und Fliehkrafte auf den Menschen. Luftfahrtmed. Abh., 1936-37, 1: 72-85.—Gauer, O. Atmung und Beschleunigung. Ibid, 1938, 2: 190. ------ Wirkung hoher Fliehkrafte auf den Menschen. Klin. Wschr, 1942, 21: 847.—Gomez Gomez, L. A. Aceleraci6n y desaceleraci6n en aviacion, y su influencia en el organismo humane Med. cir, Bogota, 1945, 10: 1-19.—Gray, G. W. The physiology of ac- celeration. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 240-3.— Green, H. D. Aviation physiology; acceleration. Clin. Bull. School M. Western Reserve Univ, 1943, 7: 25-8.—Gurvich, K, & Miroliubov, V. [Effect of increased speed during flight on the aviator] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 42-7.—Lambert, E. H. Comparison of the physiologic effects of positive acceleration on a human centrifuge and in an airplane. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 308-35. ------Hallenbeck, G. A. [et al.] The symptoms (289) 8247S7—vol. 11, 4th series----19 ACCELERATION 290 ACCELERATION which occur in man during exposure to positive acceleration. Fed Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 43.—Lombard, C. F., Roth, H. P., & Drury, D. R. The influence of radial acceleration, centrifugal force, on respiration in human beings. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 355-64.—Lovelace, W. R, II, & Gagge, A. P. Human stresses resulting from high speed flight. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 5-19, ulust.- Luczak, A. Dzialanie przyspieszen na usttej czlowieka. Lek. wojsk, 1945, 36: 17-40, pi.—Poppen, J. R. The effects of cold and high speed on the flyer. Internat. Chn, 1942, n. ser, 1: 60-7 —Ranke, O. F. Beschleunigungswirkung. Luftfahrt- medizin, 1937-38, 2: 243-58.—Ruff, S. Ueber den Einfluss hoher Fliehkrafte auf den menschlichen Organismus. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1939, 52: 861-4.—Shavcov, S. I. [The effect of acceleration on the organism of aviators] Feldsher, Moskva, 1942 No. 5, 15-8.—Silvette, H., & Britton, S. W. Acceleratory effects on renal function. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 155: 195- 202 —Simmonds, W. J. Problems of acceleration. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 127-9.—Sundgren, N. Accelerationsyerkan vid flygning. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 188-201 — Tisseuil, J. Essai de svnthese de la reaction d'acceleration. Bull. Acad. nat. med, 1949, 133: 558-62.—Vohmianin, P. [Effect of increase of speed in stunt flying] Voen. san. delo, 1938, No. 2, 42-5.—Wood, E. H„ Baldes, E. J., & Code, C. F. External appearance of human being during positive accelera- tion. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 117. ---- Blackout. See also subheading (Protection: Clothing) Hoff, E. C, & Fulton, J. F. Acceleration and black-out (amaurosis fugax) in aviation, from NRC aviation bibliography. 4 1. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Forms Suppl. 5, Rep. No. 16, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Andina, F. Ueber Schwarzsehen als Ausdruck von Blut- druckschwankungen bei Sturzflugen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1937, 67: 753-6.—Diringshofen, H. v. Mattscheibe, schwarzer Vorhang Wegsein; die Belastungsfahigkeit des Menschen durch Fliehkrafte im Flugzeug. Umschau, 1943, 47: 230-2.— DuVal, R. A. A flying accident possibly due to the effect of centrifugal force. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30: 54-6.— Fortunate, A. Fisio-patologia della picchiata. Rinasc. med, 1941, 18: 91.—Lambert, E. H. The physiologic basis of black- out as it occurs in aviators. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 43.— Livingston, P. C. The problem of black out in aviation; amau- rosis fugax. Brit. J. Surg, 1938-39, 26: 749-56.—Mayerson, H. S. A cardiovascular blackout test. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 304-15.—Phenomenon (The) of black-out. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1940, 43: 271-3.—Phillips, R. B., & Sheard, C. Amaurosis fugax; effect of centrifugal force in flying. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1939 14: 612-8.—Van de Water, M. Pulling out of fast dives. Chem. Leaflet, 1942-43, 16: No. 10, 19-22. ---- Cardiovascular effect. See also other subheadings (Blackout; centrifu- gal; high altitude; negative; Tolerance) Ham, G. C, & Landis, E. M. Apparatus for the study of changes in the peripheral circulation during acceleration. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 48, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Sturm, R. E., & Wood, E. H. An instan- taneously recording cardiotachometer; applicable to the study of heart rate changes in human beings during exposure to acceleration, lip. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 371, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, Wilkins, R. W., Driedland, C. K., & Brad- ley, S. E. Estimations of cardiac and vaso- motor reserve, especially in response to strains designed to simulate those of acceleration. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 177, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Akesson, S. Accelerationspaverkan och hjarnans blodfor- sorjning. Nord. med, 1948, 37: 70-7.—Britton, S. W. Com- parative effects on the circulatory system of positive and nega- tive accelerations; the Marey law. Am. J. Physiol, 1949, 156: 1-11.—Diringshofen, H. v. Die Wirkung von Fliehkraften auf den Blutkreislauf des im Flugzeug sitzenden Menschen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1941-42, 6: 152-65. Also English summary, Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 350.—Fischer, U. Der Kreislauf unter Beschleunigung; Rontgenaufnahmen beim Affen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1937-38, 2: 1-13.—Gauer, O., & Wieckert, H. Das Elektrokardiogramm des Menschen bei Fliehkraftwirkung. Ibid, 1944, 9: 121-30.—Gauer, O., Henry, J. P. [et al.] Arterial oxygen saturation and intracardiac pres- sures during acceleration in relation to cardiac damage. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1949, 8: 54.—Hamacher, J. M. Der Kreislauf unter Beschleunigung; Elektrokardiogramm beim Kaninchen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1940-41, 5: 149-60.—Knabenhof, V. G., Danzig, L. M., & Simonian, G. I. [Hemorenal interrelations under the influence of rapid flight] Klin, med., Moskva, 1943, 21: No. 3, 47-50.—Koenen, R., & Ranke, O. F. Der Kreislauf unter Beschleunigung; blutige Blutdruckmessung am Hund. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1937-38, 2: 14-26.—Miiller, E. A. Die Beanspruchung des Kreislaufs bei hohen Beschleunigungen im Flugzeug. Med. Klin, Berl, 1936, 32: 1703-5—Nisida, I., & Huzita, K. Kasokudo no zyunkan ni oyobosu sayo ni kan-suru kenkvu F... upon the circulation of blood] Okayama igakkai zassi 1947, 59: 13.—Pertzoff, V. A., & Britton, S. W. Force and time elements in circulatory changes under acceleration; carotid arterial pressure deficiency areas. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 152: 492-8.—Romberg, H. W. Das anatomische Bild der Blutverteilung bei Beschleunigungswirkung. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1939-40, 4: 192-203.—Ruff, S. Ueber das Verhalten yon Blutdruck und Pulsfrequenz unter dem Einfluss von Flieh- kraften und uber Versuche zur Steigerung der Beschleunigungs- ertraglichkeit. Ibid, 1937-38, 2: 259T80. , Ueber den Kreislaufkollaps bei grossen Beschleunigungen im Flugzeug. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 69-71. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 370 (Abstr.).—Sturm, R. E., Wood, E. H., & Lambert, E. H. Determination of man's blood pressure on the human centrifuge during positive acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4. 69.—Vilela, A. A., Llns Filho, W., & Lobao, A. Aceleracao e sistema venoso; uma nova doenca profissional. Rev. med. aeronaut, Rio, 1949, 1: 9-24. ---- centrifugal. See also Centrifugal force. Clark, W. G., Gardiner, I. D. R. [et al.] The effect of positive acceleration on fluid losa from blood to tissue spaces in human subjects on the centrifuge. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 468, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Ham, G. C, & Landis, E. M. Objective measurements of circulatory changes in man during acceleration in the centrifuge and in the plane. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 67, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lambert, E. H. Comparison of the physio- logic effects of positive acceleration on subjects in the Mayo centrifuge and in an A-24 airplane. 34p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 467, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Wood, E. H., Lambert, E. H., & Sturm, R. E. Systolic blood pressure in man during exposure to high accelerations of the centrifuge. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 338. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Bergeret, P. M., & Gougerot, L. Les forces centrifuges; effets circulatoires, respiratoires et vestibulaires. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 111: 251-92. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 519 (Abstr.).—Bergin, K. G. Centrifugal acceleration with subject inverted. In his Aviat. Med, Bristol, 1949, 119 — Diringshofen, H. v. Untersuchungen der Ertraglichkeitsgren- zen fiir Zentrifugalkraft im Motorflug. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch, 1936, 9: 288-90. ------ Untersuchungen im Motorflugzeug zur Bestimmung der Ertraglichkeitsgrenzen gegenuber Fliehkraften. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1937-38, 2: 321- 32.—Gauer, O. Rontgenkinematographische Darstellung der Fliehkraftwirkung. Ibid, 1944, 9: 109-20.—Ham, G. C. Effects of centrifugal acceleration on living organism. War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 30-56.—Pedrazzini, F. De la circulation cetebro-spinale particulierement par rapport aux effets que la force centrifuge exerce sur ce systeme et sur la circulation generale chez les aviateurs. Presse M6d, 1938, 46: 1164-7. ---- centripetal. Code, C. F., Wood, E. H. [et al.] The lim- iting effect of centripetal acceleration on man's ability to move; an appraisal of some of the diffi- culties which may be encountered when attempt- ing escape from a spinning aircraft. 19p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 436, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- high altitude. See also Altitude; Anoxia. Britton, S. W. Acceleration and anoxia. Q. Project Sum. mary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July. 393-5.—Diringshofen, H. v. Increased danger of circulatory collapse due to simultaneous action of altitude and acceleration in airplanes. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 373 (Abstr.)—Fulton, J. F. Physiology and high altitude flying; with particular reference to air embolism and the effects of acceleration. Science, 1942, 95: 207-12.— Hannisdahl, B. Flymedisinske problemer i forbindelse med de 0kte hastigheter og flyging i store h0yter. Norsk tskr. mil. med, 1947, 25-42.—Herlitzka, A. El factor humano en los ACCELERATION vuelos a gran altura y velocidad. Resenha clin. cient, S. Paulo, 1945, 14: 51-8.—Van Middlesworth, L. Pulse rate responses to acceleration under reduced barometric pressure. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 152: 157-61.—Webster, A. P. High altitude-high velocity flying; with special reference to the hu- man factors; outline of important problems. Med. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1949, 10: No 2, 1-6. ---- Immersion in fluid. Stauffer, F. R., Beckman, E. L., & Thorn, J. I. The effect of external fluid pressure during positive acceleration upon the respiratory rate, pulse rate and right intra-auricular pressure of rabbits; high acceleration study in animals. 33 1. 27cm. Pensacola, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. NM 001 048, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Code, C. F., Wood, E. H., & Baldes, E. J. Hydrostatic anti- blackout protection; the protection afforded man against the effects of positive acceleration by immersion in water (motion picture) Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 15.—Greenfield, A. D. M. Effect of acceleration on cats, with and without water immer- sion. J. Physiol, Lond, 1945-46, 104: Proc, 5. ---- Injuries and disease. Fortunate, A. Alterazioni istologiche nelle glandole a secre- zione interna per effetto delle accelerazioni centrifughe. Fol. med. Nap, 1939, 25: 759-74.—Garrote Vega, M. Enfermedad de las aceleraciones de los aviadores. Medicina, Madr, 1942, 10: 330-7. ------ Aceleropatfas. Gac. mid. espafi.. 1948, 22: 132-8.—Mesolella, V. Alterazioni istologiche dell'orecchio, del naso, della laringe e della trachea per effetto dell'accelera- zione centrifuga; ricerche nelle cavie. Fol. med. Nap, 1940, 26: 566-82, 10 pi.—Shaw, R. C. Ruptured intervertebral disc from positive acceleration. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 276-8.— Tavel, F. v. The importance of the time factor for disturbances due to acceleration during military flight. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1947, 77: 611-4. ---- Measurement. Guillemin, V., jr, & Oestreicher, H. Ac- celerometer design. 69p. 26>^cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-695-79, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Medical aspect. Borscevsky, I. J. [Effect of flight acceleration on the ear, nose and throat] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez, 1939, 16: 201-7.—Diringshofen, H. v. Luftfahrtmedizinische Fragen und Aufgaben unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beschleu- nigungswirkungen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med, 1935, 47. Kongr, 27-39.—Panov, E. N., & Ivanov [Sanitary service for rapid flight and high altitude aviation] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 8, 83-6. ---- negative. See also subheading (Cardiovascular effect) Gamble, J. L., & Shaw, R. S. Pathology in dogs exposed to negative acceleration. 16p. 27cm. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-695-74B, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ----[et al.] Venous pressure in the head un- der negative acceleration. [12]p. 27cm. Day- ton, 1948. TT a A. Forms No. MCREXD4-695-74D, Memo Rep. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Laborat. ---- Physiological changes during negative acceleration. 20 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-695-74L, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Kingsley, H. D., & Rushmer, R. F. Effects of abrupt deceleration on the electrocardiogram (lead II) in the cat in the supine position. 20p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 459, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. McDonald, R. K, & Kelley, V. C. The type and degree of injury resulting from abrupt deceleration; the quantitative determination of pulmonary hemorrhage, lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. A. ^ a. . Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 494, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ACCELERATION ---- & Kaye, R. The type and degree of injury resulting from abrupt deceleration; the etiology of pulmonary hemorrhage in cats ex- posed to abrupt deceleration. 18p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 494, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Rushmer, R. F. Internal injury produced by abrupt deceleration of small animals. 14p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 241, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Comparison of experimental injuries re- sulting from decelerative forces applied to the ventral and dorsal aspects of rabbits during simu- lated aircraft accidents. 14p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 301, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----The changes in pressure in the peritoneal cavity produced by sudden deceleration of exper- imental animals. 15p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 472 U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Shaw, R. S., & Henry, J. P. The significance of the volume of blood contained in the legs in negative acceleration. 5p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-395-74J, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Britton, S. W., & Pertzoff, V. A. Comparative effects of positive and negative accelerations. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1947, 6: 82.—Gamble, J. L, jr, Shaw, R. S. [et al.] Cerebral dys- function during negative acceleration. J. Appl. Physiol, 1949- 50, 2: 133-40.—McDonald, R. K. The type and degree of injury resulting from abrupt deceleration. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Mar, 15.—Shaw, R. S. Human tol- erance to negative acceleration of short duration. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 39-44. ------ Negative acceleration. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 483-7. ------ Henry, J. P. [et al.] Variations in venous pressure under negative acceleration. J. Appl. Physiol, 1948, 1: 441-7.—Stapp, J. P. Problems of human engineering in regard to sudden decelerative forces on man. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 99-102.—Wurzel, E. M. Con- cepts concerning effects on man of abrupt decelerations. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 191. ---- Nervous system. See also subheadings (high altitude; negative) also Anoxia. United States. Air Force. Aero Medical Laboratory [Wright Field, Ohio] Memo- randum report No. ENG-49-696-4B: Confer- ences on acceleration at the Montreal Neuro- logical Institute. 4 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1943. Buen, V. de. Factores que intervienen en las perturbaciones psico-fisiol6gicas producidas por el movimiento. Rev. psicol. gen. apl, Madr, 1949, 4: 55-84.— Henry, J. P., Gauer, O. [et al.] Factors determining cerebral oxygen supply during posi- tive acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1949, 8: 73.—Linear ac- celeration and non-visual orientation. Burned News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947-48, 9: No. 3, 5.—Pescador, L. Study of disturbances in aviators during acrobatic flight; cerebral factor. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 378 (Abstr.)— Rushmer, R. F., Beckman, E. L., & Lee, D. Protection of the cerebral circulation by the cerebrospinal fluid under the influence of radial acceleration. Am. J. Physiol, 1947-48, 151: 355-65. --- Performance. Connell, L., Orlansky, J., & Coakley, J. D. The effect of heat upon the performance of men in high speed aircraft; a critical review. 107 1. 28cm. Port Washington, 1948." Forms No. 151-1-17, Rep. Spec. Dev. Center U. S. Off. Nav. Res. Morehouse, L. E. Muscular performance during positive radial acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1949, 8: 175. ---- Protection. See also subheading (Immersion in fluid) Britton, S. W., Corey, E. L., & Stewart, G. A. Effects of high acceleratory forces and their alleviation. Am. J. Physiol, 1946, 146: 33-51.—Britton, S. W., & French, C. R. Conditions ACCELERATION 292 ACCELERATION modifying resistance to acceleration forces and protection by abdominal pressure. Ibid, 1949, 156: 137-44. ------ & Pertzoff, V. A. Effects of acceleratory forces and their ameliora- tion. Proc. Virginia Acad. Sc, 1945-46, 24: 94.—Landis, E. M. The effects of acceleration and their amelioration. In: Ad- vance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 232-60, 2 pi.—Lo Monaco & Vannutelli. Metodo per prevenire i disturbi provocati dalle accelerazioni in volo. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1948, 11: 469-72.— Wood, E. H, & Hallenbeck, G. A. Voluntary (self protective) maneuvers which can be used to increase man's tolerance to positive acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 78. ---- Protection: Clothing and air pressure. See also section Clothing, Air Force. Davidson, S. Trials of the R. A. F. anti-G suit, modified Q harness and seat back cushions in 2nd T. A. F. 13 1. 22Kcm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 622, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Fulton, J. F. Pneumatic and water suits, and other agents designed to counteract acceleration in aircraft. 71. 28cm. N. Haven, Conn., 1941. Forms No. 5, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 15, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Herrington, L. P., Lamport, H., & Hoff, E. C. Analytic studies of pressure transmission factors in anti-G suits. [4]p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 129, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lambert, E. H., Wood, E. H. [et al.]. Com- parison of protection against the effects of positive acceleration afforded by the standard gradient pressure suit (G. P. S.) and a simplified single pressure suit. 16p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 308, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lamport, H., & Herrington, L. P. Pressure exerted on the lower extremity by the latest models Berger Single Pressure Anti-G Suit and Pneumatic Lever Anti-G Suit. 6p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 294, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- & Hoff, E. C. Review of methods of applying air pressure to the extremities for pro- tection against acceleration with measurements of the effective pressures on the skin. 16p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 228, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lamport, H., Hoff, E. C. [et al.] Tests of protection against the effects of acceleration afforded the human by the use of the latest model of the gradient pressure suit (G. P. S.) when inflated by three different pressure arrangements. 12p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms. Rep. No. 187, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Maaske, C. A., Hallenbeck, G. A., & Martin, E. E. Evaluation of anti-G suits. 19 1. 26^cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 4, Proj. No. ENG-49-696-51-D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Maison, G. L. Evaluation of anti-G suits. 8 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-51C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Martin, E. E. JP-8 pressure regulating valve for anti-G suits in jet propelled aircraft. 18p. 26^cm. Dayton, 1946. Forms No. TSEAA-695-68, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Service test report on TJSAF Type G-4A Pilots' Pneumatio Suit, Anti-G. 12p. 26^cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-689-2E, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Wood, W. H., Lambert, E. H. [et al.] Factors involved in the protection afforded by pneumatic anti-blackout suits. 22p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 351, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Air Surgeon's Office G suit. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 45.— Maison, G. L, Maaske, C. A. [et al.] Acceleration and the G suit. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1945, 2: 3-7.—Mazer, M. The G suit in combat. Ibid, 236.—Rushmer. R. F. A roentgeno- graphs study of the effect of a pneumatic anti-blackout suit on the hydrostatic columns in man exposed to positive radial acceleration. Am. J. Physiol, 1947-48, 151: 459-68.—Versoy, I. R, & Loeffel, L. H. Acceleration belt and stocking for aviators. U. S. Patent Off, 1946, No. 2,397,710.—Wood, E. H, Clark, D. M, & Lambert, E. H. An analysis of factors involved in the protection afforded man by pneumatic anti-blackout suits. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 79. ---- Protection: Drug. See also subheading (Tolerance) also Aviator, Drugging. Hasegawa, T. Prevention of the disease by acceleratde motion by intravenous injection of sodium bicarbonate. Jap. M.J, 1948, 1:431-8. ---- Protection: Inhalation of C02. Matthes, M. Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten einiger Kreislauf grossen bei hohen Beschleunigungen im Flugversuch und iiber den Einfluss von C02-Zusatz zur Atemluft auf die Beschleunigungsertraglichkeit. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1939-40, 4: 123-37 (microfilm)—Van Middlesworth, L, & Britton, S. W. Protection against acceleratory forces by CO2 inhalation. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1946, 5: 264.—Van Middlesworth, L, & Kline, R. F. Protection against acceleratory forces by carbon dioxide inhalation. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 152: 22-6. ---- Protection: Position. See also subheading (negative) also Aircraft, Prone position. Wood, E. H., Code, C. F., & Baldes, E. J. Protection against the effects of acceleration afforded the human by assumption of the prone position. 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 158, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Diringshofen, H. Untersuchungen im Motorfluge iiber den Einfluss der Korperhaltung fiir das Ertragen hoher Beschleuni- gungen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936-37, 1: 226-40.—Drury, D. R. Physiological, biochemical, and anatomical effects of body acceleration relative to piiot position in high-speed aircraft. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 392.—Tidd. Floating posture of the unconscious bodv. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1944, No. 564, 4.—Wiesehofer, H. Ueber Flugversuche zur Frage der Ertraglichkeit hoher Beschleuni- gungen bei liegender Unterbringung der Flugzeuginsassen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1939-40, 4: 145-55. ---- Research methods. See also Centrifugal force; Centrifuge; Re- search. Baldes. E. J, & Porter, A. N. Human centrifuge for use in studies of man's reaction to acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 4.—Gauer, O. Ueber den neuesten Stand der Be- schleunigungsforschung in der Luftfahrtmedizin. Deut. Mili- tlirarzt, 1939, 4: 497-503. ■------& Strughold, H. Rontgen- kinematographie im Dienste der physiologischen Beschleuni- gungsforschung. Schr. Deut. Akad. Luftfahrtforsch, 1943, 7: 57-60.—Hill. H. W. The Acceleration Unit, School of Aviation Medicine. Contact, Pensacola, 1946-48, 6: 228-31.—R.C.A.F. (The) Human Centrifuge and Acceleration Laboratory. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 95-111.—Spassky, V. Kabina samoleta. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med,'Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1055-63. ---- rotary. See also Equilibrium. Everling, E. Messen von Drehgeschwindigkeiten durch das Gleichgewichtsorgan. Acta aerophysiol, Hamb, 1933-34, 1: fasc. 2, 30-40.—Illusory rotation. Burned News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947, 8: No. 12, 2-4.—Travis, R. C. Perception and bodily adjustment under changing rotary acceleration; a new technique. Am. J. Psychol, 1944, 57: 468-81. ---- Sense organs. Blakemore, C. Visual complications of high-speed flying. Tr. Ophth. Soc. Australia, 1940, 2: 28-33.—Canfield, AA, Com- rey, A. L. &Wilson, R. C. A study of reaction time to light and sound as related to increased positive radial acceleration. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 350-5.—Capucci, M. Occhio ed accelera- zioni in volo. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 261-7. ---- Tolerance. See also Anoxia. Clark, W. G., & Jorgenson, H. Effect of ingestion of food and fluid on tolerance of human subjects to positive acceleration [1] 1. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 502, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ACCELERATION 293 ADMINISTRATION Greeley, P. O., Jorgenson, H. [et al.] Effect of anoxia on man's tolerance to positive accelera- tion. [1] 1. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 500, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lamport, H., Hoff., E. C, & Herrington, L. P. Statistically valid tests of drugs and other factors affecting the resistance of mice to accelera- tion. Ip. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 298, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Ruff, S. Human tolerance of acceleration and measures in aircraft construction to increase it. 6 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. P2-46-17, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Transl. from Zschr. Ver. Deut. Ingen, 1940, 84: 817. Ames, W. H. Human tolerance to high linear accelerations of short duration. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 96-9 Sweeney, H.M,&Savely,H.E. Human tolerance to accelera- tion in pilot ejection. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 548-53, &c.—An- drews, A. H. Acceleration tolerances of the human body. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXXII-83, 1-5.—Downey, V. M, Lorentzen, F. V, & Lambert, E. H. Effect of the crouch position on the increase in tolerance to positive acceleration afforded by an antiblackout suit. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 289-99.—Greeley, P. O, Jorgenson, H. [et al.] Effect of anoxia on man's tolerance to positive acceleration. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1946, 5: No. 1, pt. 2, 35.—Maher, P. J, jr, Gauer, O. [et al.] Venous pressure as a factor limiting tolerance of acceleration in the prone position. Ibid, 1949, 8: 104.— Poppen, J. R, & Watts, D. T. Human tolerance to high positive acceleration of short duration. Ibid, 1947, 6: 181.— Wood, E. H. Use of the Valsalva maneuver to increase man's tolerance to positive acceleration. Ibid, 229. ---- transverse. Lambert, E. H., Wood, E. H., & Baldes, E. J. Man's ability to withstand transverse acceleration when in the sitting position; preliminary report. 3p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 418, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. --- vertical (Seat ejection) See also Aircraft, Ejection seat. Devaux. P. La resistance physiologique au catapultage et aux acrobaties aeriennes. Nature, Par, 1939-40, 67: 299- 302.—Evrard, E. Observations experimentales relatives aux effets des vitesses ascensionnelles rapides sur I'organisme de l'aviateur. Bruxelles med, 1949, 29: 3639; 3689.—Watts, D. T, Mendelson, E. S, & Kornfield. A. T. Preliminary tests of sudden upward acceleration on sitting men. Am. J. M. Sc, 1947, 213: 754. ------ Tolerance to vertical accelera- tion required for seat ejection. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 554-64. ACCIDENT. See also Aircraft crashing; Anoxia, Sequelae; Dead; Fighter aviation; Flying, Accident; Injury, accidental; Prisoner of war, Accidents, etc. United States. Army. Office of the Pro- vost Marshal General. Accident prevention program, p. 35-42. 33cm. Wash., 1945. Also in: Month. Progr. Rep. Army Serv. Force, 1945, Sect. 11, Dec. No. Cohen, S. A. Accidents in the Army and their prevention. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 434-43.—Question (The) of accidents. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 185. ACCLIMATIZATION. See under Altitude; Anoxia, Tolerance. ACTIVE duty. See under Reserve officer; Training. ACUITY of vision. See Vision. ADJUSTMENT. See under Life; Veteran. ADMINISTRATION. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual TM 12-250: Administration, Octo- ber 10, 1942. 455p. 22cm. Wash., 1942. Administrative supervision; bibliography. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. C, 18.—Smith, E. E. Military and naval administration. Proc. Postgrad. Course Aviat. Ophth. George Washington Univ, 1940, 1: 227-37. ---- medical. See also Hospital administration; Medical Service Corps. Cohen, J. Administrative notes for Royal Army Medical Corps officers. 52p. 18^cm. Aldershot, 1941. Grenon, P., & Teule, M. Vade-mecum de l'officierd'administrationde reserve. 3.ed. 260p. 12?. Par., 1936. Snell, C. F. Notes on administration. Rev. ed. vii, 64p. plan. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1938. Abielhe, F, Rodriguez Fito, & Abdal y Sibila, J. Estudio comparado de los servicios administrativos de ios diferentes ejercitos de tierra, de mar y de aire. Congr. internaz. med. farm, mil, Madr, 1933, 5: 7. Congr, 91-114.—Bowers, W. F. Administration of the surgical service; aids to general admin- istrative efficiency. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 186- 97—Dowse, J. C. Textbook administration of medical serv- ices in a division. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 19-25.—Fenton, B. C. T. The importance of Medical Department administration. Med. Bull. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 7, 29-32.—Maslinkovsky, T. Voenno- medicinskaia administracia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 371.—Medical administration. Circ. Lett. Surgeon Mediterr. Theater U. S. Army, 1945, 1-49, 12 tab.—Medical administration foreword. Circ. Lett. Surgeon Mediterr. Theater U. S. Army, 1946, No. 3, 1-50, 2 tab.—Mor- gan, C. V. Medical administration. Med. Bull. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 4, 17-20.—Progent, L. E. J. Les actes de la comptabilite—deniers. Arch. med. pharm. mil. Par, 1924, 80: 413-9.—Suarez Torres, G, & Leal Rodriguez, A. Especializacion tecnica de los oficiales de administracion del servicio sanitario. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1939, 10. Congr, 275-88; Discussion, Proc, 219-29. --- veterinary. See also Veterinary Corps. United States. War Department. Techni- cal manual TM 8-450: Veterinary administration. 39p. 23cm. Wash., 1941. ADMINISTRATION of records. See Records administration. ADMINISTRATION of veterans. See Veterans Administration. ADMINISTRATIVE officer. See Administration; Hospital staff. ADMITTANCE to hospital. See Hospitalization. ADRIANOPLE (1913) See Wars and campaigns. ADRIATIC sector. See under World War II. ADULTERATION. See Food; Ration. AERO-EMBOLISM. See under Altitude. AEROMEDICAL Laboratory. See Medical laboratory, Air Force. AEROMEDICINE. See also Air Force Medical Service; Preventive medicine, Aviation. Miller, W. H. Analysis of the aviation medi- AEROMEDICINE 294 AEROMEDICINE cine situation and recommendations for a Bureau program. 7p. 27cm. Wash., 1940. Armstrong, H. G. Aviation medicine. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 1: 868.—Aviation medicine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 124: 237.—Baxter, J. P., III. Aviation medicine. In his Scientists Against Time, Bost, 1946, 377-93.—Benson, O. O, jr, Dill, D. B, & Lovelace, W. R, II. Medical activities in military aviation. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin. (1943) 1944, 35: 820-6.— Bronk, D. W. Aviation medicine; introduction. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 207-21.—Diringshofen H. v. Fur den Truppenarzt praktisch wichtige Fragen der Luftfahrt- medizin. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 252.—Emard, L. M. La medecine et l'aviation. Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 1333-9.—Fiumel, A. Zadania lekarza w lotnictwie bojowym. Lek. wojsk, 1941, 34: 158-60.—Gray, G. W. Aeromedicine. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 224-48.—Hankwitz, A. W. Aviation medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 363-7 — Igarasi, K. Kessen-ka no koku-igaku [War-time aviation medicine] Nippon rinsyo, 1944, 2: 421-8.—Ivy, A. C. Aviation medicine. Clin. Med, 1942, 49: 130.—Jensen, W. S. Aviation medicine. Proc. Am. Drug Manuf. Ass, 1943, 32. meet, 111-21.—Jones, G. I. Aviation medicine and its strength through co-ordination. Mil. Surgeon, 1937, 81: 122-4.— Le Messurier, E. H. Aviation medicine. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 2: 442.—Medico (O) na aviacao militar. Impr. mdd, Rio, 1942, 18: No. 344, 129.—Mitchell, A. M. Aviation medi- cine. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1940, 33: 459-62.—Ricketts, H. T. Aviation medicine. In: Med. & War (Taliaferro, W. H.) Chic, 1944, 107-31.—Simpson, J. D. The medicine of flying. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 249-58.—Strong, R. A. Aviation medicine. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 121-33.—Terres y Prieto, R. La medicina en aviaci6n. Mem. Convene, nted. mil. mex, 1936, 205-8.—Whittingham, H. E. Some medical aspects of flying. Med. Times, N. Y, 1944, 72: 359-62. ------ Aviation medicine. Lancet, Lond, 1945, 1: 231. ---- Bibliography. Beyne, P. J. E. Revue de medecine aeronautique, 1937-38, Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 111: 215-39. ---- Committees and congresses. Fulton, J. F. Memorandum concerning re- ports of the Committee on Aviation Medicine, with an Appendix on safeguarding military in- formation. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Forms Rep. No. 1, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Also Suppl. 1. [IIP- 1941. Also Suppl. 2. [l]p. 1941. Also Suppl. 3. 3p. 1942. Also Suppl. 4. 3p. 1942. Also Suppl. 5. 5p. 1943. Army air forces (U. S.) J. Aeronaut. Sc, Rev. Sect, 1941-42, 9: No. 2, 37. ---- Essays. Barach, A. L. Principles of aviation medicine. War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 336-56.—Beaven, C. L. The doctor stays at home. Mil. Surgeon, 1938, 82: 391-9.—Carson, L. D. Aviation medicine is industrial medicine. Ibid, 1948, 102: 27.—Fulton, J. F. Medicine and air supremacy. J. Maine M. Ass, 1942, 33: 201-10. Also N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 873-80. Also Resenha clin. cient, S. Paulo, 1942, 11: 443-51.—Glenn, C. R. Aviation medicine in peace and war. California West. M, 1944, 60: 278-82.—Grant, D. N. W. Military aviation medicine as related to national defense. J. Aviat. M, 1940, 11: 197-201. ------ The general mission of military aviation medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 281-90 Also J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 577-85. ------ Address. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 654. ------ We are not content. Kentucky M. J, 1944, 42: 63-7.—Jensen, W. S. Todav and tomorrow in aviation medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 89-92.—Sarmiento Lasuem, J. Abastecimiento aereo; ravitaillement a6rien. Congr. internat. med. farm, mil, Madr. 1933, 7. Congr, 2: 233-7.—Terasi, Y. Koku igaku no genzai to syorai [The present and the future .,] Gun idan zassi. 1938 No. 300, 431-5. ---- Evaluation. Benson, O. O. L'application a la medecine generale des recherches en medecine aeronautique effectuees par l'aviation militaire des Etats-Unis (transl.) Bruxelles med, 1948, 28: 1935-44.—Schulz, A. Flugmedizin im Dienste der Kriegs- fuhrung. Deut. Aerztebl, 1943, 73: 42.—Tuttle, A. D, & Armstrong, H. G. The role of aviation medicine in the develop- ment of aviation. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 285-301. Also Proc Internat. Congr. Mil. M. & Pharm, 1939, 10. Congr 81-95 Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 292 (Abstr.) ---- Experiences. For experiences in World War I and II see these main headings within section. Bergeret, P. Quelques enseignements medico-aeronautiques ?q '* derniere guerre. Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1946, ?oi>T ™ 5t Also Turkish transl, Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1947, 76: No. 49, 7-19. ------& Giordan, P. Le record du monde de saut et chute libre; observation m^dico-physiologique. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 111: 327-40— Grow, M. C. Aviation medicine in World War II. Digest Treat, Phila, 1941-42, 5: 600.—Labarthe, P. R, Giordan, P. F. J., & Cur- veilte, J. Enseignements medico-physiologiques des croisiete9 aenennes coloniales. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 111: 317-25.—Rivet, L. Les enseignements ntedico-aeronautiquea de la derni^re guerre. Presse med, 1946, 54: 848. ---- History. Beaven, C. L. A chronological history of aviation medicine. 23p. 25^cm. Randolph Field, 1939. Also Army M. Bull, 1940, 51: 49-64. Also Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 185-206. Robinson, V. Aviation medicine in the A. E. F. Ciba Sympos, 1943-44, 5: 1639-46. ---- Institutes. See Medical laboratory; School. ---- Instruction. Great Britain. Air Ministry. Syllabus for training of airmen of the medical and dental branches. 3. ed. 77p. 8? Lond., 1937. Forms No. 985 Air Publ. Strughold, H. Aero medical instruction of the flying personnel of the Luftwaffe. 3 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. U3-46-6, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Instruction in aviation medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 71.—Mashburn, N. C. The school exhibit at Rochester, Minn. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 33-6. Manual. Armstrong, H. G. Principles and practice of aviation medicine. 496p. 23>^cm. Bait., 1939. Also 2. ed. 514p. 1943. Great Britain. Air ministry. Manual for medical and dental officers of the Royal Air Force. 446p. 21 Hem. Lond., 1938. ---- Air publication 1269A: Appendices to Manual for medical and dental officers of the Royal Air Force, v.p. 23cm. Lond., 1940. Kossmann, C. E. Flight surgeon's reference file. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 397, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Malmejac, J. Medecine de l'aviation; bases physiologiques et physio-pathologiques. 333p. 28Kcm. Par., 1948. Ruff, S., & Strughold, H. Atlas der Luft- fahrtmedizin. viii 1., 100 1. of pi. 28cm. Lpz., 1942. United States. Air Force. AAF Manual 25-0-1: Flight Surgeon's reference file. [v. p.] 27^cm. Wash., 1945. Loose-leaf. United States. Army Air Forces. School of Aviation Medicine. Flight surgeon's hand- book. 160p. 24}'2cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Also 2. ed. 320p. 25cm. 1943. ---- naval. See subheading (—by countries: U. S. Navy) — Nomenclature. See Research, aeromedical. Problems. See also section headings Acceleration, Medical aspect; Altitude, Medical aspect; and similar terms. Bergeret. Problemes d'aujourd'hui et de demain en mede- cine aeronautique. Bull. Soc. meU mil. fr, 1946, 40: 235-9.— Carlson, W. A. Aviation and its medical problems. Army M. Bull, 1940. 53: 11-20.—Fiumel, A. Wsp61czesne zagadnienia medycyny lotniczej. Med. & przyroda, 1938, 2: No. 3, 29.— Grant, D. N. W. Problems in aviation medicine affecting mill- AEROMEDICINE 295 AEROMEDICINE tary aviation. J. Aviat. M, 1941, 12: 274-9.—Graybiel, A. Some problems in aviation medicine. Collect. Lect. Metrop. State Hosp, Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 1, 227-36.—Grow, M. C. Current problems in aviation medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 14-7.—Jokl, E. [Medical problems of aviation] Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 502 (Abstr.)—Langraf, F. Oto-rhino- pharyngologische Probleme der Fliegermedizin. Vjschr. Bchweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1949, 26: 125-37.—Placidi, T. L'aviation de guerre: position generale du probleme m^dico-physiologique en l'etet actuel de nos connaissances. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1937, 107: 289-300.—Schmid, E. Aktuelle fliegermedi- zinische Fragen und Probleme. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1949, 26: 59-65.—Strughold, H. Die Aufgaben der Luftfahrt- medizin im Lichte der technischen Entwicklung der Luftfahrt. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 29-36. ---- Progress. Adams, J. C. Developments in aviation medicine in the field. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 124-6.—Shepler, H. G., Smedal, H. A., & Christy, R. L., jr. Some recent advances in aviation medicine. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1949, 49: 775-87.—Zamkova, Z. N. Razvitie aviacionnoi mediciny i podgotovka aviacionnykh vrachei. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 90—4. ---- Relationships. Lovelace, W. R., II, Gagge, A. P., & Bray, C. W. Aviation medicine and psychology. 137p. 27^cm. Wright Field, Ohio, 1946. Wigodsky, H. S. The application of war research to civil aviation medicine. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 115-7. •---- Research facilities. See Research, aeromedical. ---- Stratosphere medicine. See also Stratosphere. Takata, M. Seisoken igaku kakuritu no yomu [Importance of establishment of stratosphere medicine] Nippon rinsyo, 1944, 2: 428-37. ---- Therapeutics. See also Acceleration, Protection; Altitude, Pharmacological aspect; Aviator, Drugging. Oberst, F. W., & Ely, H. M. The use of drugs in aviation medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1950, 106: 192-7. ---- by countries: Canada. Hall, G. E. Aviation medicine in the Royal Canadian Air Force. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 1104-7.—Institute of Avia- tion Medicine. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 5-9. ---- by countries: Germany. Freiburg i. B. Institut fur luftfahrt- medizinische Pathologie des Reichsluft- fahrtministeriums. Arbeiten. Freib. i. B., 1943/44- ---- by countries: Great Britain. Rook, A. F. Medicine in the Royal Air Force. In: Inter- allied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 496-8.—Stafford-Clark, D. Aspects of war medicine in the Royal Air Force. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 139.—Whittingham, H. E. Progress of aviation medicine in the Royal Air Force and its application to the problems of civil aviation. Ibid, 1946, 2: 39-45. Also Rev. san. mil. argent,, 1947, 46: 695-713. ---- by countries: Poland. Kurzrok, M. Dziesie6 lat polskiej medycyny lotniczej. Med. & przyroda, 1938, 2: No. 3, 22. ---- by countries: Russia. Khilov, K. [Accomplishments of Prof. V. I. Vojadek and his school in military aviation] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 7-13.— Samter, J. F. [Aviation medicine] Feldsher, Moskva, 1940, No. 4, 65-7.—Strelcov, V. Aviacionnaia medicina. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 16-9. ---- by countries: United States. Aviation medicine in the Armed Forces. Rep. Com. M. & Hosp. Serv. U. S. Dep. Defense, 1949, Sect. P, 8p— Grant, D. N. B. Medical problems of the Air Corps. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 1317.—Wiirfler, P. Luftfahrtmedizin in den Vereinigten Staaten. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 208-11. ---- by countries: U. S. Army. United States. Air Force. Aero Medical Center [Heidelberg, Germany] Report from Heidelberg; the story of the Army Air Forces Aero Medical Center in Germany, 1945-1947. 52 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1947. Grow, M. C. Aviation medicine in the Eighth Air Force. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 8, 1-3. ------ Aero medical program in the Army Air Forces. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 52-5.—Reinartz, E. G. Aviation medicine in the Army. Sc. Month, 1944, 59: 451-5. ---- by countries: U. S. Navy. Adams, J. C. Comments on aviation medicine for the Navy for 1942. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 71-4. ------ Aviation medicine in the Navy. Ibid, 1947, 18: 379-83.—Aviation medicine. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1936, 34: 562.—Aviation Medicine Division. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 2, 64-8.—Ceres, F. Aviation medicine in the United States Navy. War Med, Chic, 1941, 1: 43-9.—Groesbeck, B., jr. Modern trends in the teaching of Naval aviation medicine. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 182-5.— Leslie, A. A brief introduction to aviation medicine. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1942-13, 9: 967-70.—Mclntire, R. T. Aviation medicine in the Navy. Med. Ann. District of Colum- bia, 1941, 10: 437-40. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 331-5.—Shaw, C. C. Aviation medicine. Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland, 1943-44, 28: 153-62.—Vann, J. W. Aviation medicine. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1937, 35: 55-9. AERONAUTICS. See also Aerostatics; Aircraft; Aviation; Flying. Gray, G. W. The National Advisory Committee for Aero- nautics. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 50-3.— Hunsaker, J. C. Aeronautical research. J. Franklin Inst, 1942, 234: 133-6.—Vannutelli, R. Aeronavigazione; orto- dromie e lossodromie. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1947, 10: 223-5. ---- Charts. United States. Air Force. Aero Medical Laboratory. Memorandum report No. ENG— 49-698-18. Aeronautical charts prepared for use in daylight, under white, ultra-violet and amber and red lights. 4 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. AERO-OTITIS. See also Barotrauma; Deafness; for further references see also in 4. ser. of Index-Catalogue the heading Middle ear, Inflammation: Aero- otitis. Bergin, K. G. Aviation deafness. In his Aviat. Med, Bristol, 1949, 235—46.—Bunch, C. C. A possible clue for cause of plane crashes. California West. M, 1942, 56: 116.— Campbell, P. A. The problem of aviation deafness; the airman, his history and his plane. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1945, 41: 319-21.—Causse, R., & Falconnet, P. La surdity profession- nelle de l'aviateur. Ann. otolar. Par, 1947, 64: 436-50.— Fowler, D. P., jr. Causes of deafness in flyers. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1945, 42: 21-32.—Hallpike. An investigation into the incidence of acute otitic barotrauma as a. disability amongst 1,000 air-crew cadets during a decompression test. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1943, No. 566, 1-3.—Heyden, R. Aviators' deafness. Acta otolar, Stockh, f944, 32: 164-75.— Iwaszkiewicz, J. Zagadnienie narz^du sluchu u lotnik6w. Lek. wojsk, 1945, 36: 53-6.—Malone, P. W. Aviation deaf- ness. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 40: 468-74.—Merkel, B. M. Aviation deafness. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1946, 36: 288-91.— Rezende Barbosa, J. E. de. Ouvido e aviacao; alteracao da audicao nos aviadores. An. paul. med. cir, 1944, 47: 513.— Salem, W. Existe a surdez profissional em aviacao? Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1942, 31: 281-6. ------ A labirintocoptose em face da aviacao. Pub. mid., S. Paulo, 1944—15, 16: No. 2, 21-8.—Statistical analysis of 108 cases of otitic barotrauma. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1943, No. 512, 2.—Suggests a possible clue for cause of plane crashes. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1942, 39: 364.—Use of amyl nitrite in acute otitic baro- trauma. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1943, No. 527, 1.—Ushakov, A. Aerootit. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 347.—Wright, R. W. Aero-otitis, com- plicated by purulent otitis media. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 8. AEROSTATICS. See also Aeronautics; Airship. Milly. Observations sur les experiences de MM. de Mont- golfier, Robert et Charles, avec les moyens de les rendre plus aisees et moins dangereuses. Observations (Rozier) Par, 1784, 24: 64-9.—Tissandier, G. La calibration du centenaire de la premiere ascension a^rostatique faite en Angleterre le 14 septembre 1784; Vincent Lunardi; documents utedits. Nature, Par, 1884, 12: pt 2, 339-42, illust. AFRICA 296 AIR AMBULANCE AFRICA. See various headings of military section as Hospital report; Prisoner of war—by captor powers: Africa; World War II; see also references to South Africa and West Africa within section: AGE. See Recruit, Age. AGGRESSION. See under Militarism. AID man. See Aid station; also Medical troops. AID station. See also other headings in section as Ambu- lance; Battalion; Casualty; Collecting station; Combat; Evacuation; First aid; Injury; Litter; Medical service; Regiment, etc. Graziani, F. II posto di medicazione; richiami de chirurgia di guerra. 48p. 20 cm. Roma, 1941. Spangler, H. J. Mobile aid station. 18 1. 28cm. Camp Lejeune, 1949. Forms Res. Proj. NM 112 043, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Ancien. Le poste de secours. J. me'd. Paris, 1940, 60: 9-11.—Bazin, F. Le poste de secours de bataillon. Rev. gen. clin. thir., 1918, 32: suppl, p. cmxcvii.—Bernhoff, G. [Sick sta- tions during campaigns] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1935, 60: 123-56.— Binet, L. L'organisation et le fonctionnement d'un poste de secours tegimentaire. Paris mid., 1915-16, 17: 489-92.— Bonnette. Installation d'un poste de secours (amenagement propose^ Gaz, hop, 1905, 78: 713.—Cheyron. Du fonction- nement d'un poste de secours dans un secteur d'attaque. J. med. Bordeaux, 1917, 47: 68-71.—Clark, F. J. A suggestion for modification of the advanced dressing station. J. R. Armj M. Corps, 1939, 72: 236-43.—Cot & Genaud. Le poste dt secours mobile etanche; son role en mati^re d'organisation sanitaire de defense passive; sa realisation par surpression et emploi de reserves d'air comprint. Presse me'd, 1939, 47: 1391—4.—Gabriele, D. J. Mobile aid station. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 202.—Gaujard, M. Quelques considerations sui les postes de secours. Arch. me'd. pharm. mil, 1918, 69: 499- 512.—Gildensk01d, S. N. [Division of the first aid unit in battle] Voen. san. delo, 1943, 41-6.—Grantham-Hill, C. Mobile first- aid posts. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 594.—Lacey, T. W. A dresser's experience. Ibid, 1914, 2: 729.—Laval, E. Installation originale d'un poste de secours. Caduc^e, 1905, 5: 300-02.— Leonardov, B. Punkt medicinskoi pomoshchi. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1934, 28: 66-71.------Post medicinskoi pomoshchi. Ibid, 70.—Levy, B. A mobile dressing post. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 178.—Lister, W, & Sandiford, H. A. A de- scription and notes on uses of a mobile dressing station. Ibid, 1933, 60: 166-73.—Michael, P. R. [First-aid dressing stations Mil. spectator, Haag, 1940, 109: 481-8.—Nabhan, F. N. Glancing around AED; experiences of a combat medical aid man. Scalpel, N. Orl, 1946-47, 17: 35-7.—Nicholls, T. B., & Weatherhead, A. G. N. The organization of a first-aid post. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 1038-46.—Open sesame; South African field dressing station in the desert [Illust.] Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39: 494.— Packer, M. E. J. Mobile first-aid posts. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 671.—Richter, A. Erfahrungen von Hilfsplatz eines Infan- terieregiments. Militararzt, 1915, 49: 417-23.—Salinas, E. Puestos de soccorro en el campo de batalla. Rev. mil. La Paz, 1932, 11: 3-11.—Seeley, C. Organization of the emergency medical services; first aid posts. In: War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 243-50— Shakhbazian, E. S., & Martynov, D. A. [Characteristics of the surgical work at the first-aid field sta- tions] Nov. khir. arkh, 1941, 49: 263-5.—Shaposhnikov, A. Post pervoi pomoshchi na korabliah. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 777. ----— Punkt medicinskoi pomoshchi. Ibid, 992.—Shlykov, A. Medicinsky punkt. Ibid, 3: 1000-2.—Sklifosovski, P. T. [Conclusion concerning O. M. Kholbek's article: First aid in the war, and his Obligatory rules in the treatment of wounds at first-aid stations] Voen. med. J, 1915, 242: med. spec, pt, 233-41.—Smith, S. M. Treatment of the wounded in the aid posts and field ambulances. Brit. M. J, 1918, 2: 127-9.—Teneff, S. Posto di medicazione. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 25.—Underground aid station and bomb protected surgery. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945. 2: 86. AIR ambulance. See also Air evacuation; Ambulance; Heli- copter, etc. Clark, D. M. Improved case for Chest, Air- plane Ambulance [6] 1. 28Hcm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-697-2-I, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Piper Navy HE-1 modified for Army Air Force use as single-litter airplane ambulance. 12 1. 3lKcm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. ENG-49-697-2C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Schickele. The transformation of private and commercial aeroplanes for air ambulance purposes. 5p. 4? (n. pi.) 1937. White, E. C, Connor, C. A. R., & Heming- way, A. The feasibility of using the personnel pressure bag in the air evacuation of casualties in the standard types of airplane ambulances. 4 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 236, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Airplane (The) ambulance. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1923, 5: 416-25.—Anderson, O. W. L-5B litter support installation. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 8, 19. ------ Litter support installation for C-46 air- planes. Ibid, No. 11, 20.—Beaven, C. L. The present need for airplane ambulances by the United States Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1935, 77: 138-46.—Bowman, R. A. Litter support installations in C-87 aircraft. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 10, 11.—Brand!, B. Die Verwendung von Tragschraubern im Sanitatstransportwesen. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 293- 300.—Clark, D. M. UC-64A litter installation. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 3, 18. ------ Litter support installations for the C-47 airplane. Ibid, No. 4, 10. ------ C-54 litter supports. Ibid, No. 7, 17.—Collins, J. M. Litter loading device. Ibid, No. 9, 22.—Green, D. M., & Shipp, J. D. Evacu- ation of patients by bomber. Ibid., No. 5, 19.—Groskloss, H. H, & Smith, F. K. Oxygen equipment in the ambulance plane; justification for its use. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 501-7.—Jeep ambulance planes. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 3, 32-7.—Kreiser, A. E., & Peace, J. E. Entrance to and exit from air evacuation aircraft for ambulatory patients. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan. 37.—Litter raft. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 85.—Mercier, R. G. Aviones sani- tarios. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 174.—Midzuno, M. Eisei hikoki [The airplane ambu- lance] Gun idan zassi, 1925, No. 148, 1310-5.—Miscellaneous equipment for air evacuation. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 78.— Owen, W. O. Origin of the flying hospital. J. Am. M. Ass, 1917, 69: 1289.—Palitz, L. L. Oxygen equipment for air evacuation. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 106.—Photos of Air- plane ambulance; the plane in flight over Langley Field. In: Collection of pictures in Library.—Roenneke, S. Die Verwen- dung von Sanitatsflugzeugen. Deut. Aerztebl, 1940, 70: 274, illust.—Whelan, S. M., Rodewald, F. A, & Dooley, M. E. Improvement of sanitary conditions on air evacuation aircraft. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 38.—Williams, A. W. The flying ambulance. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 443- 6.—Wright, J. G. The air ambulance. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 143-7. AIRBASE [and station] See also Aircraft carrier; Airfield; Airport. Allman, T. L., Creech, W. D., & McKinley, E. G. Destruc- tive pests at an air station. Hosp. Corps Q, 1948, 21: No. 3, 49-52.—Flynn, V. P. Semi-annual examination at Head- quarters Air Corps Detachment, Army Air Base, Long Beach, California during July, 1938. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 31-2.—Elinger, L. Industrial hygiene at an airbase. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 389.—Monat, H. A, Thompson, W. J, & Stevens, V. G. Suggested plan for aviation dispensary units at advance bases. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 879-83. AIRBORNE disease. See under Epidemic. AIRBORNE division. See under Division. AIRBORNE troops. See also Division, Airborne. Benford, R. J. Medical aspects of troop carrier aviation. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 478-82.—Castex, M. R., Orosco, G„ & Capdehourat, E. L. Importancia del aprovisionamiento de alimentos frescos al ejercito en maniobras con aviones de gran tonelaje. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1940, 39: 44-7.—Schickele, A., & Evrard, E. Les troupes a^roportees et leur service de sante. Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1947, 20: 401-29. AIR COMBAT 297 AIRCRAFT AIR combat. See below under Combat. AIR conditioning. See Aircraft (Air conditioning; Altitude cabin) Ventilation. AIR Corps. See below under Air Force. AIRCRAFT. See also Acceleration, Tolerance; Airship; Bomber; Fighter; Helicopter. Loucks, R. B. Evaluation of aircraft attitude indicators on the basis of Link Instrument 19p. 27cm. airplane, en- 4 1. 28cm. Ground Trainer performance Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 341, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---> Acceptance inspection. Castellano, C. T-29A [airplane] engineering acceptance inspection. 5 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-720-149, Memo. Rep. Aero. M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Heckerman, F. R. YC-125B gineering acceptance inspection. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-720-144, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- C-124A airplane, engineering acceptance inspection. 6 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-720-145, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- RB-36D airplane, engineering accept- ance inspection. 3 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-720-146, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- C-124A airplane, engineering accept- ance inspection. 3 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-720-150, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- T-6G airplane, engineering inspection. 3 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-720-151, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- RB-29 airplane, engineering inspection. 4 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-720-152, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Accident. See Aircraft crashing. --- Air conditioning and ventilation. Gullord, E. G, & Hansen, R. P. Portable air cooler. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 116. ---- Altitude cabin. See also Aviation physiology. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. FPRC 710: Physiological requirements for airconditioning in the cabins ol pressurized aircraft. Ip. 33cm. Lond., 1949. Penrod, K. E. Ventilation rate of sealed air- craft cabins. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1943 Forms Rep. No. 276, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- [The same] 12 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943 Forms No. ENG-49-696-42-B, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Also Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 460-5. Armstrong, H. G. The medical problems of ;sealed high- altitude aircraft compartments. J. Aviat. M, 1966, 7. Z-X. Benzinger, T. Physiologische Voraussetzungen fiir aie Verwendung von Hohenkammern in Flugzeugen. Deut Militararzt, 1939, 4: 297-300.—Gates. D. C. The development and present status of sealed high altitude aircraft cabins. Con- 8247*7—VOL. 11, 4th SERIES----20 tact, Pensacola, 1942, 2: 6-14.—Lovelace, W. R., II, & Gagge, A. P. Aero medical aspects of cabin pressurization for military and commercial aircraft. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Love- lace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 105-14.—Nixon, F., & Marples, E. I. B. High-altitude aircraft. U. S. Patent Off, 1942, 2,284,984.—Pfau, H. Ventilation of altitude cabins, in particular for aircraft. Ibid, 2,297,495. ------ Devices for controlling the pressure and temperature in altitude cabins, particularly for airplanes. Ibid, 1943, No. 2,328,489.—Pres- sure cabins, solution to high altitude flight. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 354.—Pressurised cabin design and explosive decompres- sion. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 37.— Voight, W., Helmschrott, J. [et al.] Pressure cabins and pilot ejection seats. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI- 56, 58, 60.—Wagner, H. Means for maintaining air pressure in airplane cabins. U. S. Patent Off, 1941, No. 2,265.461. ---- Altitude indicator. Browne, R. C. Comparative trial of two altitude indicators. 4 1. 29cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 611a, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Cnm. ——— Automatic recorder. Loucks, R. B. Assessment of instrument flying performance; techniques for automatic graphing of an aircraft's flight path. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 383, U. S. Air Force Schoo Aviat. M. ---- Assessment of instrument flying per- formance; further methods for automatic record- ing of an aircraft's flight path. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 383, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Bomber. See Bomber. ---- Cockpit. See also subheadings (Control; Illumination) Morant, G. M., & Smith, H. P. R. Body measurements of pilots and cockpit dimensions. 36p. 32^cm. Lond., 1947. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 689, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Characteristics of forward motion of personnel in an F4U-1 cockpit. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 27.—King, B. G, Morrow, D. J, & Vollmer, E. P. Biological measurements as a basis for establishing the dimen- sions of the cockpit working area for the operation of manual controls in aircraft. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 205-8. ---- Comfort of environment. Henry, J. P. A method for the assessment of seat comfort with a description of some results obtained with the p;lot's seat of the Douglas BT2D bomber [17]p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 489, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hertzberg, H. T. E. Comfort tests of the pulsating seat cushion and lumbar pad. lip. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-695-82, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Roxburgh, H. L. A review of environmental factors affecting comfort in aircraft. 6 1. 33cm. Lond., 1947. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 686, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Taylor, C. L. Thermal requirements for air- craft cabins. 53 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-56, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Macpherson, R. K. Temperature of stationary aircraft in the tropics. Secret Rep. Fatigue Laborat. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1945, No. 7, 1-4, 6 tab. [declassified] — Control. Brennan, T. N. N., & Morant, G. M. Selection of knob shapes for radio and other controls. 6p. 33cm. Lond., 1950. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 702a, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. AIRCRAFT 298 AIRCRAFT Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. FPRC 621: Report on an investigation into the effects of asymmetry of air- craft controls. 3 1. 29cm. Lond., 1945. Hick, W. E. Friction in manual controls with special reference to its effect on accuracy of corrective movements in conditions simulating jolting. 9p. 31^cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 623, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. King, B. G., Morrow, D. J., & Vollmer, E. P. Cockpit studies; the boundaries of the maximum area for the operation of manual controls, v. p. [41]p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-651, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Warrick, M. J. Direction cf motion stereo- types in positioning a visual indicator by use of a control knob; results from a printed test. 21p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-694-19A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Weitz, J. Effect of the shape of handles and position of controls on speed and accuracy of performance. 7 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 266, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Effect of shape of handles and position of controls on speed and accuracy of performance when visual cues are restricted. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 351, U. S. Air Force School Aviat M. Whittingham, D. G. V. Experimental knob shapes. 4p., 11 1. 32^cm. Lond., 1948. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 702, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res Com. ■--- Design. Chapanis, A. Rotoformed plastic bubble canopies. 9 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-48J, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Hertzberg, H. T. E. Contoured seat for the top of an experimental rigid dinghy box. 3 1. 261/km. Dayton, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. MCREXD-670-9D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Patt, D. I. Pulsating parachute seat cushion; report No. 2. 3 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-58B, Memo. Rep. Aero. M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Design: Medical aspect and human en- gineering. Fitts, P. M., jr. Psychological research on equipment design. 276p. 24cm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 19, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. ---- Psychological aspects of equipment design. 99p. 28cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. 5829, USAF Techn. Rep. Gagge, A. P. Human factors in aircraft design. 11 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-53, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Lawrence, M., & MacMillan, J. W. Anno- tated bibliography on human factors in engineer- ing design. 209p. 27cm. Wash., 1946. Forms No. X-651 (Av-340-A) Res. Rep. Bur. M. & S. U. S. Navy. Weiss, R. A. Analysis of the safety factor in the use of blocks in the indoor shuttle-run. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 360, U. S. Air Force School Aviat M. Aircraft trooper seat trials. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, No. 13, 10.—Bray, C. W. Fitting the machine to the man. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 119-24. ------ Fitting the man to the machine. Ibid, 124-34.—Design of aircraft and equipment to fit man. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 45.—Furnas, C. C. Crash injury potentials of air- craft cabin installation. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 422.—Gagge. A. P. Human factors in aircraft design. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 298-301.—Groesbeck, B., jr. The human factors in high performance aircraft. Ann. Int. M, 1948, 28: 552-6.—Lovelace, W. R., II, & Gagge, A. P. Aero medical research in aircraft design. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 42-61, illust.—Orlansky, J. Human factors in aircraft design. Med. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947-48, 9: No. 5, 1-4.— Pinson, E. A, & Chapanis, A. Visual factors in the design of military aircraft. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 115-22.—Reynolds, S. R. M. Human engineering in the Army Air Forces. Sc. Month, 1945, 61: 277-86.—Talenti, C. Aspetti di medicina aeronautica di particolare interesse per l'efficienza bellica degli equipaggi di volo. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1941, 4: 369-85. ---- Detection. See also Spotting. Keil, F. K. Apparent size of aircraft at various altitudes. [4] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 56, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. —— Ejection seat. See also Acceleration, vertical. Geertz, A. *Limits and special problems in the use of seat catapults [Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart] 56 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. 2, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Hill, T. C, & Savely, H. E. Tests of T-8 indoctrination catapult. 61. 26Kcm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-695-66K, Memo. Rep. Aero. M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Lippisch, A. M., & Noble, R. Trajectories of upward seat ejection. 23p. 28J4cm. Phila., 1948. Forms No. 7 (or, Rep. No. 6, TED No. NAM 256005) Rep. U. S. Nav. Air Mater. Center. Mazza, V., & Savely, H. E. Pneumatic cata- pults for simulated seat ejection tests. 15 1. 26Hcm. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-695-66F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Savely, H. E., & Ames, W. H. Arm rests on ejection seats. [8] 1. 26^cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. TSEAA-695-66G, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ----& Sweeney, H. M. Laboratory tests of catapult ejection seat using human subjects. 36p. 26Hcm. Dayton, 1946. Forms No. TSEAA-695-66C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Shaw, R. S., & Savely, H. E. Acceleration- time diagrams for catapult ejection seats. lOp. 27cm. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-695-66D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Stewart, W. K. Ejection of pilots from air- craft; a review of the applied physiology. 19p. 32cm. Lond., 1946. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 671, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. AMC training pilots in use of pilot-ejection seat. Techn. Data Digest, Dayton, 1949, 14: No. 23, 12, illust.—Ames, W.H. Tolerance to acceleration in the automatic pilot ejection seat. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 776-86.—Ejection seats. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-15, 42, illust.— Komendantov, G., & Levashev, V. Katapultirovanie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1159-67. ---- Fighter. See Fighter. ---- Harness. See Harness. ---- Hazards. See also Aircrew, Hygiene. Jordi, A. Toxikologische Fragen in der Flugmedizin. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1949, 26: 86-91.—Noxious gases AIRCRAFT 299 AIRCRAFT and vapors in aircraft. In: Flight Surgeon Ref. File, Wash, 1945, AAF Man. 25-0-1, Sect. 8, No. 10, 1-7.—Whittingham. Protection against carbon monoxide inhalation. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 424, 5. ---- Helicopter. See Helicopter. ---- History. Moore-Brabazon, J. T. C. Development of heavier-than- air craft. Nature. Lond, 1941, 148: 213-5. --- Illumination. Hartline, H. K., McDonald, R., & Milli- kan, G. A. Tests on the impairment of pilots' night vision due to illuminated instrument panels; comparison of red and green illumination. 3 1. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Forms Rep. No. 4, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Keil, F. C. The effect of aircraft cockpit fluorescent lighting on visual acuity and dark adaption. 6 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 64, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. National Research Coun- cil. Committee on Aviation Medicine. Re- port No. 37: Report on work relating to problems of vision, aircraft illumination, and optical instru- ment design relating to military aviation. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Wise, H. G., jr. A survey of current research and development on cockpit and instrument panel lighting systems by airlines and aircraft manufac- turers. 14p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-694-8D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Buckle. Lighting of cockpits. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 408, 5.—Kondratowicz. Wzrok w lotnictwie. Lek. wojsk, 1927, 9: 240-5.—Pol, W. Wyb6r kolorowego swiatla do oswietlenia kabiny samolot6w. Ibid, 1933, 21: 585-95. ---- Insignia. See also subheading (Detection) Haber, H., & Gerathewohl, S. A study on the visibility of aircraft insignia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan., 11. ---- Instrument panel and dials. See also subheading (Illumination) Chapanis, A. Summary and evaluation of the status of research on the effect of the optical quality of transparent aircraft panels on vision. 14p. 27cm. Dayton, 1946. Forms No. TSEAA-696-93, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ----& Schachter, S. Visual effectiveness of low reflectance coatings applied to transparent areas of aircraft. 24 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-62, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Loucks, R. B. Legibility of aircraft instru- ment dials; the relative legibility of tachometer dials. 13p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj, No. 265, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Legibility of aircraft instrument dials; a further investigation of the relative legibility of tachometer dials. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944 Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 265, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Legibility of aircraft instrument dials; the relative legibility of various climb indicator dials and pointers. 15p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944 Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 286, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Legibility of aircraft instrument dials; the relative legibility of manifold pressure indi- cator dials, lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 325, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Smith, H. P. R. The design and display of pilots' instruments. 19p. 32}|cm. Lond., 1948. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 692, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Warrick, M. J., & Grether, W. F. The effect of pointer alignment on check reading of engine instrument panels. 33p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-694-17, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Zielinski, E. J., & Jennings, J. W. Study of the design of a unit mounted personal equipment panel. 13 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-660-53-Z-1, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. --- Jet propulsion. Turner, J. M., Consolazio, W. V., & Gersh, I. Toxic gases from assisted take-off units (JATO) 6 1. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-463, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Jet air intake danger. Med. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947-48, 9: No. 10, 4-7.—Kendricks, E. J, & Gagge, A. P. Aeromedical aspects of jet propelled aircraft. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 497; 552; 660.—Tosti, C. R, & Tuzen, J. B. Jet propulsion. Sc. Month, 1949, 69: 398-403, illust. ---- Noise. Ghose, S. C. Comparative measurement of the noise spectra from piston and turbo-jet engines. 2p. 33>^cm. Lond., 1949. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 727a, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Peugnet, H. B. Measurements of noise in aircraft. 29p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 296, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Senturia, B. H, & Peugnet, H. B. Noise in aircraft. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 12. ---- Oxygen installations and equipment. See also Aircrew, Oxygen supply; Oxygen equipment; Oxygen generator. Heckerman, F. R. Low pressure oxygen hose assemblies, Flex-O-Tube Company, Part No. HA-9052. 2 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-660-109-B-1, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Hose assemblies, low pressure (for breathing oxygen) Flex-O-Tube Company, Part No. HA-9074. 2 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-660-109-E-1, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Weaver, H. S., & King, B. G. Field tests on oxygen systems for transport planes and addi- tional physiological observations on flight from Patuxent River, Maryland to Port Lyautey, North Africa. 7p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-239 (TED No. PTR 2516) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Berner, F. W, & Good, D. R. Development of aircraft oxygen equipment by the USAF. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 2- 11.—Bullowa, J. G. M, & Ratish, H. D. Oxygen enrichment. U. S. Patent Off, 1943, No. 2,310,277.—Carlson, L. D. A concise description of the demand oxygen system. Air Surgeon Bull 1944, 1: 14-7.—Davidson, W. M. Dual diluter demand oxygen regulator. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 368-70 — Deming, G. M. Aircraft breathing regulator. U. S. Patent Off, 1943, No. 2,310,189.—Evaluation of the use of fixed oxygen installations in submerged aircraft. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 29.—Fegler, J. [Inhal- ators, used in aviation] Polski przegl. med. lot, 1937, 6:1-14.— Ferguson, J. K. W. The effectiveness of certain systems of oxygen supply. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 486-9.—Fink, R., Tessman, J. R. [et al.] Oxygen distribution system and regu- lator therefor. U. S. Patent Off, 1942, 2,306,382.—Heim, J. W. An oxygen and carbon dioxide analyzer and an oxygen flowmeter for use in aircraft compartments at high altitudes. J. Aviat. M, 1938, 9: 144-9.—Leaflet for medical officers on AIRCRAFT 300 AIRCRAFT pressure breathing oxygen equipment. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1944, No. 628, 4-10— Lovelace, W. R, II, & Gagge A. P. Personal equipment and oxygen equipment. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1>)46 24-41, illust.—Martin, D. S, jr, Nachtneb, N. D, & Seeemiller J. E. Inert gas eliminator for high altitude oxygen apparatus. U. S. Patent Off, 1948, No. 2,456,606—Matthews, B H. C. The general position of oxygen equipment in the K. A. F , Canada and the U. S. A. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com., 1941 No 366, 2-5. ------ The oxygen equipment position in Ferry Command. Ibid, 5. ------ Oxygen liquefier sepa- rator. Ibid, 1942, No. 424, 4.—Oxygen improvisations. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 43.—Poppen, J. R. Oxygen supply systems for military flying. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1942 18: 102-11.—Pressure breathing equipment. Gr. Britain flying Pers. Res. Com, 1944, No. 628, 1-3.—Prikladovitsky, S, & Gurvich, K. [Oxygen apparatus in altitude flights! Voen. san. delo, 1936, 47-57.—Rand, H. J. Oxygen regulating.device. U. S. Patent Off, 1942, 2,299,109.—Savely, H. E. Portable oxygen equipment. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 21 — Seeler, H. Oxygen demand breathing system, including means for automatic altitude regulation. U. S. Patent Off, 1951, No 2 552 595.—Stettner, L. W. Aeronautical oxygen regulator. Ibid 1943, 2,308,124.—Thomas, P. M. Airplane oxygen system. Ibid, 1941, 2,266,939. ---- Pressure. Cooper, J. B. Aircraft cabin pressure controller. U. S. Patent Off, 1943, 2,307,199.—Gregg, D, & Lawrence, D. M. Pressure control system. Ibid, 2,309,064. ---- Prone position. See also Acceleration, Protection: Position. Amtmann, H. H. Proposal for a high per- formance prone position test airplane. 6p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-695-72-D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Brown, C. W.. Ghiselli, E. E. [et al.] Mag- nitude of forces which may be applied by the prone pilot to aircraft control devices; three- dimensional hand controls. 68 1. 26^cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-694-4J, Memo. Rep. Aero M Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Hertzberg, H. T. E., & Colgan, J. W. A prone position bed for pilots. 32p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-695-71D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Swearingen, J. J. Determination of the most comfortable knee angle for pilots. 5p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. NM 001 007 (or, X-651) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ' ---- Rocket. See Rocket. ---- Sanitation. See also below, Aircrew, Hygiene. United States. Air Forces Board. Project No. 4671B725: Disinsectization of aircraft using DDT. 182p. 4? [Eglin Field] 1946. Whittingham, Sir H. Disinsectization of aircraft and crazing of perspex windows. 2p. 33cm. Lond., 1949. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 712, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Disinfestation of aircraft and aerodromes. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv, Lond, 1944, 3: 108-10 — Disinsectization of aircraft. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 75.—Gordon, J. E. Disinsectization of aircraft. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 3, Sect. 8, 20.—Lawlor, W. K. Standardization of insecticide operations involving naval aircraft. Proc. N. Jersey Mosquito Exterm. Ass, 1948, 35: 143-6. ---- Space. See Aircrew, Space. ---- Spinning. For references see under Acceleration, centri- petal. AIRCRAFT apprentice. Stanbridge, R. H. The occupational selection of aircraft apprentices of the Royal Air Force. Proc. R. Soc. M Lond, 1935-36, 29: 1183-8. Also Lancet, Lond, 1936, 1: 1426-30. AIRCRAFT carrier. Behnke, A. R., Houghten, F. C, & Pace, N. Report of an investigation of carbon monoxide concentration in the hangar space and ready room of escort aircraft carrier U. S. S. Natoma Bay (CVE-62) 11 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Res. Proj. X-154-A, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Behnke, A. R., Houghten, F. C. [et al.] CO tests aboard aircraft carrier; U. S. S. Card. 21p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-154, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ----CO tests aboard aircraft carriers; U. S. S. Cowpens. 7 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-154, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Report on an investigation of carbon monoxide concentration in the hangar space and a ready room of aircraft carrier U. S. S. Franklin (CV-13) 15p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-154-B, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Behnke, A. R., Pace, N., & Consolazio, W. V. Report on the medical aspects of carbon monoxide concentrations aboard the aircraft carrier U. S. S. Block Island (CVE-106) 6p. 26>km. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Res. Proj. X-154-D, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Consolazio, W. V., Pecora, L. J., & Pitts, G. C. An investigation of carbon monoxide concentration in the hangar space, ready rooms and other ship's compartments during warm-up tests on the aircraft carrier USS Midway (CVB- 41) 21p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Res. Proj. X-154-E, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. McCay, C. M. Observations of the messing aboard an aircraft carrier, 20 January to 1 March 1945. 18p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 8, Res. Proj. X-184, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Schiller, A. A. The visual aspects concerned with landing aircraft aboard carriers at night. 16p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. NM 001 008, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Hildebrand, P. F. Dental activities aboard an aircraft carrier. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 485-9.—McKay. Bridge instrument lighting on H. M. S. Illustrious. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 434, 5.—Ocko, F. H. Duties of a flight surgeon on an aircraft carrier. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 2: 15-7.—Royer, C. A. Remarks on dutv with a Carrier Aircraft Service Unit. Ibid, 1944-45, 4: 281-5.—Shishov, A. Avianosec. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 10-2.—Smedal, H. A. Carrier organization and operation. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 364-9.—USS Shangri-La (CV 38) In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. B, 4.—USS Wasp (CV 18) Ibid, 3.—Visual (The) aspects concerned with landing aircraft aboard carriers at night. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, July, 1.—Yanquell, C. C. Hvgiene for aviation personnel in aircraft carriers. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 43-8. AIRCRAFT carrier warfare. See also below, Air warfare. Owsley, J. Q. Medical aspects of aircraft carrier warfare. Virginia M. Month, 1944, 71: 4-8. AIRCRAFT crashing. See also Accident; Aero-otitis; Anoxia, Se- quelae; Flying, Accident; Injury, accidental, Aircraft crash; Survival kit. Bond, D. D. Psychopathologic reactions to aircraft accidents. lOp. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 183, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. AIRCRAFT CRASHING 301 AIRCREW Lovelace, W. R, II, & Gagge, A. P. Human stresses pro- duced by crashing and ditching aircraft. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 22 — Matthews. Prevention of injury in aircraft crashes. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1944, No. 564, 4.—Psycho- logical impact of aircraft accidents. Accid. Bull. (U. S. A. Air Forces) 1947, 3: No. 2, 11-25. Also Med. Invest. Accid. Bull, 1947, 3: No. 2, 11-25. AIRCRAFT warning service. See Air defense, Reconnaissance; Spotting. AIRCREW. See also Bombardier; Flight personnel; War neurosis; Wound—by branches of service: Air Force. Collias, N. E., & Bachrach, W. H. Interro- gation of combat veterans. 3 1. 26%cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-697-15, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Henderson, V. E. Air crew in their element; hints for the maintenance of fitness and confi- dence. 35p. 19cm. Toronto, 1942. Attitudes of aircrew personnel returned from combat toward further dutv. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 16, 266-75.—Kennard. W. J. Aircrew maintenance; a problem of aviation preventive medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 336—41.—Studies in the acquisition and retention of aircrew skills. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 16, 255-65.—Summary and evaluation. Ibid, 276-89. ---- Escape. Haas, G. A study of factors which operate against the successful escape of occupants from aircraft. 5p. 28cm. Wash,, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 307, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- [The same] 7 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. 1 Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 249, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Hygiene. See also Aircraft, Noise; Airsickness. Smith, P. K. Carboxyhemoglobin concentra- tions in personnel after flying P-40-N aircraft. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 384, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Benjamin de Viveiros, L. A intoxicacao pelos gazes do motor; problemas medico-higietiicos de aviacao. Arch, brasil. med, 1940, 30: 221-35.—Goett, G. Les principales intoxica- tions auxquelles peut 6tre expose1 le personnel navigant des forces aenennes de terre et de mer. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1937, 107: 397-412.—Hygiene in military aircraft. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, No. 12, 16-9 — Protection of air crew against aircraft noise. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 13.—Tice, J. W. Education of aircrew by medical officers. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 9, &c. ---- Oxygen supply. See also Aircraft (Altitude cabin; Oxygen installations) Altitude, Respiratory aspect; Anoxia; Oxygen equipment; Oxygen generator; Oxygen mask. Bateman, J. B. Tracheal versus alveolar air; a review of the methods of selecting certain physiological data bearing on the design of oxygen supply system for aviators. 15p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 222, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Bennett, M. Oxygen consumption of air- crew in combat, Report No. 2. 7p. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-660-48-H, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Burns, H. L. Italian automatic continuous flow oxygen regulators. 7 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-447-31-D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- The effect of the type A-3 oxygen flow indicator installation, on oxygen consumption of Pioneer type A-12 diluter demand regulators. 7 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-660-52-E, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Carlson, L. D. Studies on various types of male quick disconnects. 8 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-660-55, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Clarke, R. W., Bloom, W. L. [et al.] Ob- servations on the F. W. B. oxygen recirculator. 5 1. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 25, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Gemmill, C. L., Steele, J. M. [et al.] Com- parative testing of oxygen equipment. 49p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 191, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hart, D. V., & Bachrach, W. H. Use of oxygen equipment as reported by fighter pilots. 5 1. 26>^cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-697-41, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. King, B. G., Futcher, P. H., & Pecora, L. J. Study of British bail-out oxygen equipment. 14p. 26/2cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-216, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Millikan, G. A. A suggested oxygen supply system for airplane crews. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Forms Rep. No. 6, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Natwick, J. W., jr. Oxygen disconnect as- sembly. 3 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-660-120-G, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Shelesnyak, M. C, Whaley, R. V., & Gold- man, D. E. Physiological evaluation of U. S. Army Air Forces H-2 bail-out oxygen equipment. 7p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-440, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Sweeney, A. R., jr. The efficiehcy of the FWB aviation oxygen recirculator. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 223, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. United States. Air Force. Technical order (T. O.) No. 03-50-1: Use of oxygen and oxygen equipment [Revised] 53p. 27}4cm. S. Louis, 1944. Weatherby, J. H., & Burt, A. S. Peak rates of oxygen flow from oxygen supply systems. 13 1. 26Mcm. Pensacola, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. X-324, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. ---- Peak rates of oxygen flow from oxygen supply systems; frequency of simultaneous in- spirations in a group of ten subjects. 13 1. 26}icm. Pensacola, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 5, Proj. No. X-324, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Winfield, R. H. Exercise Musk-Ox; the medical aspects of air supply. 10 1. 33cm. Lond., 1947. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 685, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Wulff, V. J., & Bennett, M. Oxygen ex- penditure by aircrew in combat. 12 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-660-83C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Air fighters should tank up on oxygen belore ascents. Science News Lett, 1940, 37: 12.—Apollonov. A, & Miroliubov, V. [Oxygen supply in flights at various altitudes during rest and workl Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 4, 8-12.—Benzinger, T. Die Regulierung der Ventilationsgrosse. Luftfahrtmedizin, AIRCREW 302 AIR DEFENSE 1939-40, 4: 42-50.— Clamann, H. G, & Hartmann, H. Die Abkiihlung des Aortenblutes bei Beatmung mit Kaltluft und deren Einfluss auf das Sauerstoffbindungsvermogen. Ibid, 1936-37, 1: 292-300.—Gagge, A. P., & Allen, S. C. Pressure breathing. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 9, 1-4.—Gemmill, C. L. The use of liquid oxygen for altitude flying. Contact, Pensacola, 1943-44, 3: 263-5.—Goett. L'oxygenotherapie et son emploi pratique dans les troupes en campagne: oxygene et aviation. Proc. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. & Pharm, 1939, 10. Congr, 257.—Grayson-Smith, H, & Findlay, J. C. Liquid oxygen in aircraft. Chem. Rev, Bait, 1946, 39: 397-402 — Improvement of the oxygen supply in aircraft. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 28-34.—Oxygen discipline. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 3, 24.—Physiological evalua- tion of U. S. Army Air Forces H-2 bail-out oxygen equipment. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 37.— Pressure breathing equipment instructions for aircrew. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1944, No. 628, 11-24. illust ---- Selection. See with Aviator, Selection. ---- Space. See also Aircraft (Design; Space) Human engineering. King, B. G., Vollmer, E. P. [et al.] Measure- ments of aircrewmen and aircrew spaces in naval aircraft. 12p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-651, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Vollmer, E. P., Henson, M. [et al.] Freedom of movement and performance of aircrewmen in relation to aircraft space and size of the man. 14p. 26>km. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-651, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Freedom of movement and performance of aircrewmen in relation to aircraft space and size of the man. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 38.—Measurements of aircrewmen and aircrew spaces in naval aircraft. Ibid, 37. AIR defense. See also other headings of Military Section as Air raid; Antiaircraft; Civilian defense; Defense; Gas warfare; Hospital administration, Protec- tion; Shelter; Spotting. Doering, W. Luftschutz und Gasschutz; Merkbuch fiir den Wehrfahigen. 48p. 18? Bresl., 1934. Gasschutz und Luftschutz. Berl., v.7, 1937- Germany. Luftwaffe [Luftwaffen-Druck- vorschrift] L. Dv. 410/7: Luftschutzdienst in Unterkunften, Anstalten und Anlagen der Wehr- macht. Anlage 7: Baulicher Luftschutz in Lazaretten, Krankenhausern, Heil- und Pflege- anstalten. 25p. 17cm. Berl., 1938. Great Britain. Home Office. Air raid precautions. Memorandum. Lond., No. 1, 1935- [International] Conference technique inter- nationale des secours aeriens [1. Conf., Budapest, June 11-14, 1937] Comptes rendus. 42 1. 26>km. Par., 1937. Kalass, W. Luftschutz-ABC; eine kurze Dar- stellung der Aufgaben und der Organisation des zivilen Luftschutzes. 48p. 16! Lpz., 1935. United States. Strategic Bombing Sur- vey. Field report covering air-raid protection and allied subjects in Nagasaki, Japan. 133p. 25Hcm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 5 of its Reports, Pacific War. ---- Final report covering air-raid protection and allied subjects in Japan. 243p. 26cm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 11, of its Reports, Pacific War. ---- Civilian Defense Division final report. 2. ed. v. p. [289]p. illust. tab. ch. 26&cm. Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1947. Forms No. 40 of its Reports, European war. Wessman, H. E., & Rose, W. A. Aerial bom- bardment protection. 372p. 23Kcm. N. Y., 1942. Wirth, F., & Muntsch, O. Die Gefahren der Luft und ihre Bekampfung im taglichen Leben, in der Technik und im Krieg. 3. Aufl. 287p. 24cm. Berl., 1940. Air-raid warning for denture wearers. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 23.—Andreev, F. F. [Methods of rational use of sur- gical instruments in the surgical stations of the aerial defense] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1939, No. 2-3, 58-61.—Anschiitz. Ueber Organisation und Transport im Luftschutzsanitatsdienst. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1939, 86: 1715-20. Also Deut. Aerztebl, 1940, 70: 265-7.—Civil Air Patrol. Air Pilot & Technician, 1943, 30: No. 4, 20-3 (clipping).—Droege, H. Der Luftschutz im Rahmen der Kriegfuhrung. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 1-17.—Flood, W. J. Chemical protection of air force. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1940, 26: 50-6.— Hancock, A. C, & Forsythe, T. R. Air-raid precautions in a mental hospital. Lancet, Lond, 1938, 1: 589-91.—Harden- berg. Der Luftschutz der Kulturgiiter des deutschen Volkes. Gasschutz, 1942, 12: 215-20.—Hotzl, H. A. Der Luftschutz- sanitatsdienst bei der Truppe. Ibid, 1943, 13: 47.—Kipnis, A. B. [Problems and place of the physician in air defence] Vrach. delo, 1938, 20: 975-8.—Krylov, S. Voiska protivo- vozdushnoi oborony. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 985-9.—Mann, W. L. First international technical conference on aerial relief. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 9-10.—Michael, J. Die Verwaltungsanordnungen zur Sicherung wertvollen Schriftgutes im Werkluftschutz. Gas- schutz, 1942, 12: 233-7.—Perignon. R. Soldatsein und Luft- schutz. Ibid, 1943, 13: 63.—Ray, K. S. Air-raid precautions and medical men. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1942-43, 12: 319.—Rick- man, J. The mental aspects of A. R. P. In: War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 167-72.—Smith, S. B. Air raids and protective construction. Mil. Engin, 1941, 33: 287-93.— Tanaka, H. _ Kessen-ka no boku to kOku-igaku [The air defense (in) the decisive battle and aeronautic medicine] Senzi igaku, 1944, 1: 5-7.—Vespermann. Der Arzt im Luftschutz. Deut. med. Wschr, 1937, 63: 1163.—Waitt, A. H. Protection against air chemical attack and civil protection. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 240-54, pi.—Wiedner, H. Ueber Organisation und Transport im Luftschutzsanitatsdienst. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 624. ---- atomic. See Atomic warfare, Defense. AIRDROME. See Airport. AIR evacuation. See also Air ambulance; Air Transport Service; Air travel; Evacuation; Wars and campaigns. Air evacuation. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 91: 43-5. Also Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1948, 3: 3.—Arguelles, A. E. El transporte aereo de enfermos. Prensa mid. argent, 1950, 37: 283-5.—Baker, D. M., McClelland, R. S., & Aitken, A. J. Notes on air evacuation. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 164-72.—Bandeira de Mello, N. O transporte aireo de doentes e feridos. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1940, 29: 174-9.— Cendali, G. Feriti di guerra e loro trasporto aereo. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 194*, 47: 428-37.—Dixon, F. Transport of casualties by air. C. rend. Congr. internat. me'd. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 208-12.—Dragan, 1. Aviatfa sanitara in rasboiul modern. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1934, 33: 363-70.—Evacuation of casualties by aeroplane. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: 454.—Evacuation of wounded by air. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 1: 562.—Gallouin. Bibliographic sommaire concernant l'evacuation sanitaire par la voie aenenne. Mid. aeronaut, 1946, 1: 322-36.—Garrote Vega, M. Evacuaci6n en avi6n de heridos y enfermos. Gac. mid. espan, 1947, 21: 413-6.— Glynn, A. S. The transport of casualties by air. J. R Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 73-86. Also Flight Surgeon Topics1,1939, 3: 1-11. Also In: Org. Strat. & Tact. Army M. Serv. War (Nicholls, T. B.) Lond, 2. ed, 1940, p. 210-7.—Grant, D. N. W. Air evacuation. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 80-2.—Guilford, F. R, & Soboroff, B. J. Air evacuation; an historical review. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 601-16.—Hall, W. F., & Nolan, J. D. Advantages of air transportation of patients. U. S. Armed Forces M. J, 1950, 1: 115-8.—Harrison, E. F. Evacuation of sick and wounded via air. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 32-7.—Hippke, E. Ueber den Lufttransport Kranker und Verwundeter. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 1-4. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 439-44.— Holbrook, P. Air evacuation. Arizona M, 1944, 1: 119.—Kirk, N. T. Air evacuation of wounded. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1946-47, 26: No. 10, 27-33.—Leibowitz, S. Air evacuation of sick and wounded. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 7-10.—Lovelace, W. R., II. Trans- portation of patients by airplane. Proc. Mayo. Clin, 1941, 16:221-3. ------& Gagge, A. P. Research in air evacuation. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 62-6, illust.—Lovelace, W. R., II, & Hargreaves, J. AIR EVACUATION 303 AIR EVACUATION Transportation of patients by airplane. J. Aviat. M, 1942, 13: 2-25.—Marr, D. J. Evacuation of wounded by air. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 144 —Meiling, R. L. Air evacuation. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 93-7. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 143-6.—Mendonga Castro. A aviacao sanitdria e o transporte em aviao. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 18: No. 354, 94-8.—Niedz- wirski, E. Ewakuacja lotem rannych i chorych. Lek. wojsk, 1945, 36: 75-9.—Oliver, A. G., & Robinson, H. C, jr. Domes- tic air transportation of patients. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 400.—Patients moved by air. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 7.—Pletcher, K. E. Newer concepts with reference to the movement of the sick and wounded by air. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 344-8.—Richardson, G. S. Air evacuation. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 23, 23-6.— Schmidt, F. Verwundetentransport im Flugzeug. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 7-10. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 136- 41.—Steinberg, M. M. Evacuation of patients by air. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-43, 23: No. 8, 42.—Verkhovsky, I. M. Primenenie aerosanei v sanitarnoi evakuacii. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 9, 65-72.—Wells, H. V. The evacuation of sick and wounded by air. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 29-40—Whittingham, H. E. Air transport of casualties. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 32-6.—Will, G. W. S.W.I. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 161-5.—Winter, S. The air transport of sick and wounded. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1948, 34: 86 [Hebrew text] ---- Combat zone. Air evacuation of casualties. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 21.—Anikin, I, & Sergeev, A. [Aero-evacuation during war] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 11-12, 48-58.— Banaitis, S. [Evacuation of wounded from battle field by airplanes] Ibid, 1936, 14-8.—Barnes, S. R. Air evacuation of casualties from combat areas. Contact, Pensacola, 1943-44, 3: 227-34.—Brim, J. R. Evacuation of casualties by air transport. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: 8-10.—Ernst, M. Przygotowanie rannego do transportu samalotem z linji frontu do szpitala. Lek. wojsk, 1942, 34: 244 (Abstr.)—Grant, D. N. W. Airplane ambulance evacuation. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 238-43. ------ A review of air evacuation opera- tions in 1943. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 4, 1-4. :----- Air evacuation of one million patients; review of operations to VE-day. Ibid, 1945, 2: 334-6.—Halbouty, M. R., Puppel, A. D, & Bybee, C. E. Air evacuation in the combat zone. Ibid, 337.—Kaktysh, P. 1. [The work of medical aviation at the front] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 10, 52-7.—Meiling, R. L. Wings for the wounded. Air Force, 1943, 26: No. 12, 21; 53 (clipping) ---- Effect, and clinical aspect. Duff, F. L., Pletcher, K. E., & Cutler, S. J. An analysis of the effects of aerial transportation on patients, lip. 25>^cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-035, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Langford, W. S. Air evacuation of psychotic patients. 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 457, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Banaitis, S. [Medical indications and contraindications for aero-evacuation of the wounded] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 19-31.—Barinstein, L. A, Babskij, A. A., & Rosenberg, S. P. Ueber Erweiterung der Indikationen fiir den Sanitatsflug- transport. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 501 (Abstr.)—Caster, M. R., Orosco, G., & Capdehourat, E. L. Transporte aereo de heridos de torax y abdomen; sus ventajas. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1940, 39: 221-3. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 522 (abstr.)—Duff, F. L. Physical factors in air evacuation. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 860-8.—Escudero, E. Contraindicaciones m^dico-quirdrgicas del transporte en aviones Banitarios. Rev. san. mil, Madr, 1935, 25: 259-70.—Greene, R. Air transport flying from the medical standpoint. J. Aviat. M, 1939, 10: 12-30.—Hippke. Zur Frage des Ver- wundetentransportes auf dem Luftwege. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 300-2.—Kowalzig, H. Verwundetentransport auf dem Luftwege iiber weite Strecken und in grossen Hohen. Ibid, 1940, 5: 10-4. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 565-71.—Lo Monaco Croce, T. Le controindicazioni al trasporto di ammalati e feriti a bordo di velivoli. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 219-36.—Lovelace, W. R., II, & Hinshaw, H. C. Aerial transportation of patients with special reference to traumatic pneumothorax, diaphragmatic hernia and mediastinal emphysema. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 580-5.—Owston, A. V. Air evacuation; clinical aspects. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1949, 93: 80-4.—Pletcher, K. E. Effect of air evacuation upon clinical states. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, June, 20; 1948, Jan, 36; Apr, 43.—Sawicz, W. [Indications for and against transportation by planes] Lek. wojsk. 1937, 29: 695-702.—Schaeffer, J. N. Deaths in air evacuation. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 100-7.— Skoda, E. A mellkaslovott seriiltek legi uton val6 kiuritesi problemai. Honv^dorvos, 1952, 4: 307.—Tillisch, J. H., Stotler, J. F., & Lovelace, W. R, II. Study of the effects of airplane transportation of 200 patients. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 162-72.—Tonnis, W. Der Lufttransport von Verwundeten und Kranken als arztliches Problem. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 5-7. Also, Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 22-5.—Turner, T. Reflections of a surgeon on the use of aeroplanes in surgical cases. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. Med. & Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 66-9. ---- Laws and regulations. Julliot, C. L. Quelques precisions relativement au nouveau projet de convention additionnelle a la Convention de Geneve du 27 juillet 1929, concernant l'emploi des ae>onefs sanitaires en temps de guerre. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1936, 18: 177-203. ---- Nursing. Baran, A. M. Nursing care of casualties in long distance air evacuation. Am. J. Nurs, 1946, 46: 104-6.—Bierman, H. R. A suggested method for simultaneous intubation and oxygen administration in aerial transportation. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1417-20.— Lazaro, A. R. The role of the flight nurse in air evacuation. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 60-4.—Purvis, E. G. Nursing in air evacuation. Ibid, 1947, 100: 165-8.— Range, R. W. Hygienische Fragen beim Kranken- und Verwundetentransport mit dem Flugzeug. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S.) Berl, 1944, 509-12.—Stakeman, G. H. Air evacuation nursing. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 45-50. ---- Organization. Air evacuation by the AAF. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 127: 525.—Air evacuation training. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 26.—Berlin, P. B. Zadachi sanitarnoi sluzhby avia- cionnoi chasti. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 3, 62-6.—Casualty air evacuation in Italy. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-44, 23: No. 12, 67.—Evacuation of wounded and transportation of hospitals by airplane. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 877.— Ginsburg, D. Medical air evacuation in the Army Air Forces. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 204-10.—Henning, B. H. The air- holding unit. Ibid, 1949, 104: 253-9.—Herbert, W. N. Evac- uation of wounded from military aircraft. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 61.—Keynes, G. Reception and disposal of air-borne casualties. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 441-6.—Mayer, W. V. Casualty loading procedures for large cargo planes. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 10, 14.—Meiling, R. L. Organized air evacuation service of the Army Air Forces. Ohio M. J, 1944, 40: 434-6.—Nonamker, E. P. The work of the air evacuation section overseas. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1946, 25: 196.—Pletcher, K. E. Suggested plan for the air evacuation of casualties. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 62-4.— Pollard, J. P. Experiences of a medical officer in the air trans- port of patients by the Naval Air Transport Service. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 1000-4. ------ Yood, N. L., & McWilliams, J. G. Transportation of patients by Naval Air Transport Service. Ibid, 1945, 44: 1213-20.—Robinson, G. E. Air evacuation procedures. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: 61-6.— Shmelev, A. A. Organizacia medicinskoi pomoshchi v aviacii v osobykh geograficheskikh usloviiakh. Voen. med. J, 1946, No. 1-2, 34-8.—Shoshin, A. Evakuaciia ranenykh samole- tami iz glubokogo tyla protivnika. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 10, 53.—White, M. S. The air evacuation of ground force troops. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 99-109. ---- by countries. Bauer, F. On sick-transport by aeroplane in Sweden. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. Med. & Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 61-5.—Beforderung Schwerverwundeter aus der Kampfzone nach den Heimatlazaretten durch Fliegerambulanzen in den USA. Mil. Wbl, Berl, 1936-37, 121: 1867.—Bentzen, H. Kort orientering om den medisinske del av redningstjenesten ved luftforsvarets stasjoner. Norsk tskr. mil. med, 1948, 29-32.—Bocalandro, C. A., & Lavezzo, P. Socorros aereos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 706-18.—Evacuation of an R. A. F. hospital. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1948, 92-4.—Federici, R. II servizio soccorso aereo. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 394-9, 2 pi.—Heckenroth. L'aviation sanitaire a Madagascar. Ann. mid. pharm. col. Par, 1937, 35: 224-6.—Hug, V. Bergung von Verwundeten und Kranken auf dem Luftweg im Gebirge. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1947, 24: Spec. No, 112-20.—Huszcza, A. Obecny stan lot- nictwa sanitarnego w Polsce i warunki jego dalszego rozwoju. Lek. wojsk, 1933, 21: 890-900.— Jakobsson, S. Flygtrans- porter av krigsskadade. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1949, 74: 1-10.— Krzyczkowski, Z. Stan dzisiejszy i rozw6j lotnictwa sanitarnego w Polsce. Lek. wojsk, 1929, 13: 186-96.—Mereu, R. Avio- trasporti sanitari. Atti Congr. naz. chir. guerra (1942) 1943, 1. Congr, 55-73.—Navy inaugurates coast to coast airplane ambulance service for wounded and sick. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 283.—Pivovarov, M. Aviacia sanitarnaia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946^8, 1: 25-34, pi. ------ Samolet sanitarnyi. Ibid, 4: 1306-8, 2 pi.—Sauvaget, J. F. M. L'aviation sanitaire au Levant depuis ses debuts. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 110: 75-98.—Schickele, M. J. A. L'avia- tion sanitaire dans la guerre moderne. Arch. mid. pharm. mil, 1932, 96: 9-51. ------ L'aviation sanitaire sur les T. O. E. et dans 1'Afrique du Nord en 1935. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1936, 105: 795-8. ----- L'aviation sanitaire dans 1'Afrique du Nord et au Levant en 1938. Ibid, 1939, 111: 951-9.— Westerberg, E. [Aviation in the transportation of sick and AIR EVACUATION 304 AIR FORCE MEDICAL SERVICE wounded] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1935, 60: 105-22. ------ L'organisation de l'aviation sanitaire en Suede. Sess. Off. internat. docum. mid. mil, 1938, 8. sess, 347-56. Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 441 (Abstr.)— Zhilkin, K. N. Iz opyta raboty sanitarnoi aviacii na N-skom fronte. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 4, 26-9. AIRFIELD. See also Airbase; Airport. Gerathewohl, S. S., & Haber, H. 1. A study of runway markings. 2. A proposed run- way identification lighting system. 4p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2 & 3, Proj. No. 21-02-007, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Jennings, A. L., Haber, H., & Gerathewohl, S. A study of runway markings. 14p. 26%cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 512, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Haber, J, & Gerathewohl, S. A study of runway markings as to color and pattern to determine maximum visual perception and orientation through fog and haze. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 41; 1949, Jan, 9.—Miller, J., jr. Construction and defense of the airfield. In: U. S. Army in World War II, Wash, 1949, 2: 83-90, illust. AIR Force. See also various other headings in Military Section such as Clothing, Air Force; Convalescent; Injury—by branch of service; Wound—by branch of service. Cuneo, J. R. Winged Mars, v.l: The German air weapon, 1870-1914. 338p. 24cm. Harrisb., Pa., 1942. Germany. Luftwaffe. [Luftwaffen-Druck- vorschrift] L. Dv. Berl., No. 43a, 1941- India. Army. Medical Directorate. Cate- gorisation and disposal of other ranks of the Royal Indian Air Force on discharge from hos- pitals or convalescent depots. p.2-3. 25cm. Delhi, 1945. Forms No. 258, Admin. Instr. M. Dir. Army India. Antezana Villagran, J. Criterios para la organizacion de las fuerzas aereas. Rev. mil. La Paz, 1942, 6: 351-6.—Mugica G., D. Desarrollo de la aviaci6n y la fuerza aeVea. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1942, 42: pt 2, 463-75.—Pardo, L. A study of elimina- tions during aviation training for service in the Philippine Air Corps. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 146-9.—Shishov, A. Voenno-vozdushnye sily. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 858-68. ---- United States. See also Morbidity; Venereal diseases—by countries; World War II, U. S. Air Force. United States. Army Air Forces. Or- ganization and functions. [85] 1. 28x43cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Report of the Commanding General of the Army Air Forces to the Secretary of War. Bait., v.3, 1945- United States War Department. Air Corps. Newsletter. Wash., v.18, 1935- Flanagan, J. C. Scientific development of the use of human resources; progress in the Army Air Forces. Science, 1947, 105: 57-60.—Kirtland, R. C. Graph showing probable trend of ability of air corps officers along the lines of flying, tactics, administration, command, and military experience. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 3, 79-83. AIR Force Medical Service. See also the following other section headings: Dental care; Dental Corps; Dental officer; Dental service; Flight surgeon; Hospitalization; Journalism; Medical care; Neuropsychiatry examination; Neurosis; Psychiatry; Surgeon General's Office; Veterinary medicine. Alksnis, J. I. [Problems of medical service in aviation] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 4, 6-8.—Thulliez. Le service medical de l'aeronautique. Arch, beiges Serv. san. armie, 1938, 91: 145-68.—Tuttle, A. D. An airline medical department. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 66-87. ---- by countries. Delgadillo, J. R. La organizaci6n sanitaria militar en aereo- nautica. Rev. san. mil. La Paz, 1938, 4: 584-8.—Gentry, T. C. The medical service of the American Volunteer Group. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 491-4.—Huszcza, A. Organizacion de un r&pido socorro quirurgico en el frente por medio de una flotilla sanitaria aerea. Cong, internac. med. farm, mil, 1933, 7. Congr, 2: 99-102.—R. C. A. F. safeguards its warbirds. Canad. Hosp, 1944, 21: No. 8, 34-6.—Royal (The) New Zealand Air Force medical service. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1948, 94-7.—Ryan, R. W. Medical aspects of the Air Force. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1940, 43: 316-20.— Servi$o de Saude do Exercito ao Servico de Sadde da Aero- ndutica. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1942, 31: 224-7.—Surgical organization in the R. C. A. F. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 86-9.—Tice, J. W. Medical problems in the RCAF. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 4-9.—Tolun, Z., & Akyildiz, H. Askeri hava hekimligi. Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1946, 75: No. 47, 1-18.—Zivkovif, Z. [Health service aviation] Voj. san. glasnik, 1938, 9: 390. ---- by countries: Germany. Benzinger, T. The Medical Department of the Erprobungsstelle der Luftwaffe, Rechlin, 1934-44. 8 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. 02-46-15, Transl. U S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Germany. Luftwaffe. Sanitatsbericht. Berl. (1937/38) 1939- Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. F. P. R. C. 384. Medical services in the German Air Force. 2 1. 23Hcm. Lond. [1941?] Photoprint. Hippke, E. Organisation des Sanitatswesens bei der Flieger- truppe. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1936-37, 1: 135. Also Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1942, 5: 5-8.—Strughold, H. The aviation medicine organization of the Luftwaffe. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXIH-10, 3-6.— Vespermann. Die Tatigkeit des Sanitatsoffiziers im Luftschutzsanitatsdienst. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 368. ---- by countries: Great Britain. India. Army. Medical Directorate. Medical boards; R. A. F. and Dominion per- sonnel, and allied personnel serving with the R. A. F. p.2. 25cm. Delhi, 1945. Forms No. 292, Admin. Instr. M. Dir. Army India. Coleman, R. Los especialistas me'dicos atienden con esmero a los miembros de la RAF. Medicina, Habana, 1944, 2: No. 11, 10-3.—Fleet air arm; medical instructions. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 90-102.—Kazii, T. Eikoku kiigun no izi eisei ni tuite [On hygiene in the English Air Service] Gun idan zassi, 1929, No. 191, 695-710.—Leedham, C. L. Shortage of medical oncers in British services. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 10-2.—Mathewson, F. A. L. A review of th activities f the RCAF Medical Service. J. Aviat. M, 1944 15: 186-9. Medical braneh of the Royal Air Force. Lancet, Lond. 1936 2: 530-2; 1937, 2: 538-40; 1938, 2: 514-6 — Mortimer. R. The Royal Air Force medical services in war- time. Med. Press, Lond, 1948, 219: 53-9.—RAF Medical Services and their contribution to the war effort. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 9, 23.—These forms; 10,000,000 odd cards have been amassed by Air Ministry Medical Records since the R. A. F. was formed in 1918. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, 102.—Whittingham, H. E. Royal Air Force medical organization. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942- 45) 1947, 25-8. ---- by countries: Poland. See also above, Aeromedicine. Fiumel, A. The Polish air force medical service. Polish Sc. & Learn, Oxf, 1944, No. 4, 30-4. ------• Sluzba zdrowia w lotnictwie polskim, 1928-1939. Lek. wojsk, 1945, 36: 7-17.—Huszcza, A. Medycyna na uslugach lotnictwa. Ibid, 1929, 13: 51-63. --- by countries: Sweden. Sweden. Flygforvaltningen. Flyg- styrelsen. Halso- och sjukvard vid flygvapnet. Stockh. (1931) 1932-(1942) 1943. Bound with: Halso- och sjukvard vid armen, Arm^for- valtningen, Sjukvardsstyrelsen. For continuation see: Halso- och sjukvard vid forsvaret och Veterinarvard, Statistiska centralbyran (1943) 1944- At head of title: Sveriges officiella statistik, Halso-och sjukvard. Sweden. Forsvarets Sjukvardsforvalt- ning. Forteckning over forsvarets sjukvards AIR FORCE MEDICAL SERVICE 305 AIR RAID utrustning. Del. 1: Armen och flygvapnet. 390p. 21>/2cm. Stockh., 1945. Westerberg. A organizacao da aviacao sanitdria na Suecia. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1940, 29: 156-9. --- by countries: United States. United States. Army Air Forces. Aero- Medical Center. Monthly status report [n. p.] No. 1, 1945- United States. War Department. Air Service. Division of Military Aeronautics. Air Service Medical. 446p. 26^cm. Wash., 1919. Grant, D. N. W. Medical service, Army Air Forces. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 11, 56-8. ------ The Army Air Force medical service. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 15-22. ------ The medical mission in the Army Air Forces. In: Doctors at War (Fishbein, M.) N. Y, 1945, 275-301, 4 pi.—Grow, M. C. Medical service Air Corps posts. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 132-3.—Hakaln, E. W. Utilization of M. A. C. officers in new capacities. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 3, 25.—Hargreaves, C. J. Medical service of the service and depot groups, Army Air Forces. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 112.—Jensen, W. S. Medical service with the Army Air Forces. Ibid, 1944, 15: 127, &c—K., J. A. They must be white. J. Nat. M. Ass, N. Y, 1941, 33: 86.—Lovelace, W. R, II, & Gagge, A. P. Service functions. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 94-101.— Medical Department of the Air Force. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 7, 5.—Medical facilities of the Arctic, Desert, and Tropic Branch, AAF Tactical Center, Orlando, Florida. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 58.—Page, R. C. Professional medical services in the Army Air Forces. Indust. M, 1944, 13: 35-7.—Richardson, G. S. Ninth Air Force Sanitation Team. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 22.— Rusk, H. A. Medical service in the Army Air Forces. Con- necticut M. J, 1944, 8: 151-3. ---- by countries: United States Navy. Administration of Headquarters Squadron. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. A, 9.—Duties of the wing medical officer. Ibid, 10.—Expan- sion of Medical Department activities. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 2: 97.—Squadron group medical departments. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. A, 10. AIR intelligence. See under Intelligence. AIRMAN. See Aircrew; Aviator; Flight personnel. AIR materiel command. See also Materiel; Supply. United States. Naval Air Material Cen- ter [Philadelphia, Pa.] Report. NAMC, Phila., No. 7, 1948- United States. Air Force. Material Com- mand. Selected listing of air technical publica- tions. 30p. 27}km. Dayton, 1947. AIRPORT. See also section headings Sanitation; Water supply. Canton i, G. Organisation du service medical sur les aero- dromes dans la cadre de la securite' aerienne. Mid. aeronaut, 1947, 2: 358-60.—Constructing a minor Army airport in Texas. Pub. Works, N. V, 1941, 72: No. 9, 25.—Gordon, J. E. Sani- tary control of airports. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 3, Sect. 8, 10. ------ Regulations for the sanitary control of airports. Ibid, 13-6.—Gutierrez Ibanez, A. Contribuci6n al estudio del problema del paludismo en los aer6dromos de vanguardia; estudio de la etiologia y profilaxis. Rev. espan. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 500-13.—Kalmykov, P. E. Zashchita ot kholoda v usloviiakh polevykh aerodromov. Voen. san. delo, 1941, 95-7.—Kirkpatrick, R. D. The Japanese water supply on the airport at Guadalcanal. Mil. Engin. 1943, 35: 276.—Marafies. Aerodrome physician and health of aviators. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 528 (abstr.)—Popov, A. Aerodrom. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 344-7.—Shavcov, S. I. Eshche o mediko-sanitarnom obsluzhivanii aerodroma v voennoe vremia. Voen. san. delo. 1941, 78-80.—Tatarinov, I. P. K voprosu ob organizacii medicinskogo punkta na aerodrome. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 6, 24. AIR raid. See also such other headings in this section as Air defense; Air warfare; Bombardment; Casu- alty, Air raid; Combat, Air combat; Dead. Injury, Air raid; Shock; Wound—by weapons; Wounded, Air raid. Castellani, A., Amalfitano, G. [et al.] Osservazioni e ricerche su individui esposti a bombardamenti aerei, aereo-navali e mitraglia- menti. p.561-82. 24cm. Roma, 1945. In: Comment. Pontif. acad. sc, 1945, 9: United States. Office of Strategic Serv- ices. Research and Analysis Branch. R & A No. 1801: Notes on air-raid damage and health in Germany; a survey of recent intelligence con- cerning the impact of Allied air raids on German public health [10 March 1944] 6 1. 24cm. Wash., 1944. Aoki, K. Boku iryo kyugo to senryoku [Medical aid under the air attack and fighting power] Senzi igaku, 1944, 1: 7-9.— Bauer, F. K. Dust inhalation. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 27.— Bernal, J. D. The physics of air raids. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1940-41, 31: 262-79, 2 pi. Also Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 93: 109. Also Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 6.— Blacker, C. P. Psychiatric air-raid casualties. In his Neu- rosis, Lond, 1946, 164-70.—Christy, H. Catatonies et bom- bardements aeriens. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1943, 52: 148-51.—Gillespie, R. D. Salmon lecturer reports on psychological effects of air war in England. Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1942, 26: 146-8.—Goldstein, R. Mental casualties. In: Essent. Emerg. Tr. (Connecticut M. J.) N. Haven, 1942, 138-44.—Gunzin igaku; boku kyugosyo ni okeru geka iryo no mondai [., surgical treatment in an air-defense first-aid station] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 358.—Hoche, A. E. Beobachtungen bei Fliegerangriffen. In his Aus. d. Werkstatt, Miinchen, 1937, 244-54.—Hoff, E. Organization of medical services for the care of civilians injured in air attacks. Connecticut M. J, 1940, 4: 501-8.—Holtzer, P. A. F. H. Over de behandeling van shock bij luchtbombardementen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1944, 88: 203-5.—Johnson, L. W. Medical and sanitary care of the civilian population necessitated by attacks from hostile aircraft. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 1-24.—Kamibayasi, Y. Isi no tai-teki-kusyu taisei [The attitude of doctors towards enemy air attack] Senzi igaku, 1944, 1: 4.—Ledfors, G. E. Medical and sanitary care of the civilian population necessi- tated by attacks from hostile aircraft. J. Aviat. M., 1940, 11: 143-65.—Lueth, H. C. The medical and sanitary care of civilian population necessitated by attacks from hostile air- craft. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 597-616.—Makarenko, A. I. [On the work of the surgeon during air raids] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1939, No. 1, 73-6.—Mituki, Y. KusyQ-ka ni okeru i-zin no kokoro-gamae [Preparedness of medical men under air attack] Senzi igaku, 1944, 1: 2—1.—Miyata, K. Kusyii;ka ni okeru kyiikyu-ho [,. emergency aid under air attack] Ibid, 29-38.—Psychologic effects of air raids. N. York State J. M, 1942, 42: 769.—Russell, J. Crop damage by air attack. Nature, Lond, 1941, 148: 215-7.—Schonfeld, W. Priapismus durch Fliegeralarm. Derm. Wschr, 1943, 116: 153-7.—Some psychological effects of air raids. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 730.—Thomson, D. Operating under the bombs. Mani- toba M. Ass. Rev, 1941, 21: 189. AIR raid precaution. See Air defense. AIR raid shelter. See also Shelter in this section. Fisher, G. J. B. Bomb shelters; remarks on a recent General Electric Science Forum broadcast over station WGY, Sche- nectady, N. Y. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 89-93.—Maksi- mov, G. A. Nekotorye voprosy teorii ventilirovaniia gazou- bezhishch. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot otech. voiny (Leningr. inst. hig. truda) Leningr, 1945, 258-70.—Sankovich, N. N. Metodika priemki i sravnitel'naia ocenka gazoubezhishch s postoiannym obemom. Ibid, 274—80. ------ K voprosu o priemke gazoubezhishch, imeiushchih fil'troventiliaciiu. Ibid, 281-90.—Sidiakov, P. V. K voprosu o dveriakh i liukakh gazou- bezhishch. Ibid, 271-3.—Theissen. Der Luftschutzraum in Wehrmachtanlagen. Gasschutz, 1943, 13: 278-81. AIR reconnaissance. See Reconnaissance; Spotting. AIR Service Command. See with Air Force. AIRSHIP 306 AIRSICKNESS AIRSHIP. See Aerostatics. Vannutelli, R. Utilita del dirigibile specialmente come aeronave-ospedale. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 268-78. AIRSICKNESS. See also in this section Altitude, Biological effect; Kinetosis; Seasickness. Brown, G. L., McArdle, B., & Magladery, J. W. Interim report on clinical investigations into air-sickness. 8 1. 29cm. Lond., 1941[?] Forms F. P. R. C. No. 410a, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Campbell, P. A., Thorner, M. W. [et al.] A preliminary report on the study of airsickness. 24p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 74, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada. Royal Canadian Air Force. Director Medical Services. D. M. S. cir- cular order No. 34: Survey of air sickness; air- crew trainees. 9p. 23^cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 335, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Dickson, E. D. D. Report on the incidence of air sickness amongst air crews; with details of 23 cases categorised unfit on account of dis- abling symptoms. 31 1. 23^cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 220b, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. Sub-Committee on Air- sickness. Minutes of the meeting. Lond., 4.. 1941- Forms Nos. of the Committee's F. P. R. C. reports. Greenberg, R. J. The incidence of airsick- ness in AAF training and combat [18]p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 467, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Hemingway, A. Results on 500 swing tests for investigating motion sickness. 9 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 31, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- An apparatus for measuring the onset of sweating during the development of motion sickness [5] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 92, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Motion sickness among air crew per- sonnel. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 152, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- Incidence of swing sickness in eight categories of Army personnel. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 180, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- Improvements in design and construc- tion of swing for testing individuals susceptible to motion sickness. 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 84, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Motion sickness history and results of the swing test of one hundred and seven (107) airsick eliminees from flight training. 5 1. 27cm Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 170, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Survey of research on the problem of airsickness in the Army Air Forces. 36p. 27cm Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 381, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. —— & Green, E. L. Incidence of airsick- ness in cadets during their first ten flights. 12p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 5, Proj. No. 170, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Maaske, C A. Production of motion sickness by swinging in the prone position. 6 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-696-44, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. McDonough, F. E. Airsickness in navigation training. 18p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 181, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- [The same] 218p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 218, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Marbarger, J. Proposed equipment for the selection of personnel with respect to the prob- lem of motion sickness [4] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 84, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Thorner, M. W. Questionnaire analysis of the problem of airsickness as it is met with in stations in the continental United States. 8p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 83, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----Cortical activity in airsick personnel. lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 169, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. Air Force. School of Aviation Medicine [Randolph Field, Tex.] Research report, project No. 165, report No. 1: Airsickness in navigation training. 29p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Agrelo, R. Mal de altura; mal de vuelo. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1947, 46: 275-85.—Air sickness. Naval Aviation News, 1943, Oct. 1, 20 (clipping)—Airsickness. In: Flight Surgeon Ref. File, Wash, 1945, AAF Man. 25-0-1, Sect. 8, No. 5, 1-3. Also News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1948, No. 7, 10-4.—Armstrong, H. G. Airsickness. In his Principles Aviat. M, Bait, 1939, 233-43. ----- Acute altitude sick- ness. Ibid, 261-78.—Garrote Vega, M. Enfermedad de la altura, de los aviadores. Medicina, Madr, 1941, 9: pt 2, 400- 8.—Gray, G. W. Altitude sickness. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 226-8.—Green, D. M. Airsickness in bomber crews. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 366-72.—Hemingway, A, & Green, E. L. Airsickness during early flying training. Ibid, 1945, 16: 409-16.—Holling, H. E. Wartime investigations into sea- and airsickness. Brit. M. Bull, 1947, 5: 46-50.— Hornberger, W. Ein schwerer Fall von Hohenkrankheit im Flugzeug. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 294 (Abstr.)—Levy, T. Observations on air sickness. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93:147-51.— Meneses Hoyos, J. Mal de altura. Sugestiones, Mix., 1943-45, 9: No. 115, 45—51.—Rubin, H.J. Air sickness in a primary air force training detachment. J. Aviat. M, 1942,13:272-6.—Rtihl, A. Das Bild der Hohenkrankheit. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 502 (Abstr.) Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 673-6 (Abstr.)— Rtistii Bilge. Ucucularin hastaligi. Askert sihhiye mecmuasi, 1942, 71: 18-22.—Sami Giir'un [Some physiopathological symptoms in air-sickness] Ibid, 1941, 70: 33-7.—Skrypin, V. Vysotnaia bolezn. In: Encikl, slovar voen, med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 1107-9.—Vohmianin, P. F. [Clinical aspect and practical diagnosis of altitude sickness in aviators at aero- dromes] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 43-9. Also Am. Rev. Soviet M, 1943-44, 1: 140-4.—Witts. Airsickness. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 424, 6-8.—Witwer, R. G. Airsickness. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 34-6.— Yanauell. C. C, Airsickness. Ibid, 1939, 37: 486-9. ---- Pathogenesis. See also below, Anoxia. Bond, D. D. A study of the emotional factors involved in a group of thirty consecutive naviga- tion cadets in the process of elimination for severe airsickness, lip. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 147, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- [The same] 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 136, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- A psychiatric analysis of forty (40) sub- jects made sick by a swing. 9p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, Tex., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 149, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. AIRSICKNESS 307 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICE Hallpike, C. S., & Fitzgerald, G. M. Ob- servations of the pathology of airsickness. 2 1. 2SY2cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 334, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Hemingway, A. The effect of environmental temperature on motion sickness [4] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 170, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Winfield, R. H. Preliminary report on the incidence and causation of airsickness in opera- tional aircrews. 5 1. 27cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 220a, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Ealmanson, G. M. Investigation into the role of allergy in altitude sickness. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, June, 17. ---- Prevention. Hemingway, A. Adaptation to flying motion by airsick aviation students. 6 1. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 4, Proj. No. 170, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. McDonough, F. E. The use of drugs in the treatment of airsickness. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 194, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Lilienthal, J. L., jr. The effect of hyoscine on motion sickness in aircraft. 8 1. 26}£cm. Pensacola, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. X-252, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Smith, P. K. The effectiveness of some motion sickness remedies in preventing air sickness; preliminary report. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 261, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The effectiveness of some motion sick- ness remedies in preventing airsickness in navi- gation students. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 261, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Use of hyoscine hydrobromide for the prevention of airsickness in flexible gunnery students. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 261, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Effects on swing sickness and side effects of some atropine-like drugs. 9p. 27cm Ran- dolph Field, Tex., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 297, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Attempts to find a remedy superior to hyoscine for motion sickness. 4p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 333, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Present status of drugs for use in motion sickness with particular reference to airsickness. 32 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1. Proj. No. 468, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Apostol, O. [Syndrome of kinetosis; treatment of hypsipeto- pathy] Cluj. med, 1936, 17: 455.—Brooks, M. M. Methylene blue, an antidote to altitude sickness. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 298.—McDonough, F. E., & Bond, D. D. Management of the airsick aviator. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 3, 5-7.— Smith, P. K. The effectiveness of some motion sickness reme- dies in preventing air sickness in Air Force Navigation students. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 343-5. ------ Use of hyoscine hydro- bromide for the prevention of airsickness in flexible gunnery students. Ibid, 346. AIR Training Center. See School. AIR Transport Service (MATS) See also Air ambulance; Air evacuation, Organi- zation; Air travel. Air transport grows with the air corps. News Lett. U. S. A. Air Corps, 1940, 23: no. 19, 7.—Day, E., Miller, R. B. [et al.] Medical problems in an overseas air transport service. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 2-8.—White, M. S. Global aviation medicine in the Air Transport Command. Ibid, 1946. 17: 579-83. AIR travel. See also other headings of section such as Air ambulance; Airborne troops; Flight. Beaven, C. L. The first ferry flight to the Canal Zone via Cuba. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 143-5.—Berquist, E. L. First B-10, B-18 ferry flight from Canal Zone. Ibid, 1939, 3: 101-2.—Grandpierre, R., & Franck, C. Les contre-indications medicales du transport de personnel par avion. Mid. aeronaut, 1946, 1: 297-305.—S., D. F. Immunizations preparatory to departure overseas by aircraft. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 6, 1-3.—Woolford, W. S. Ferry flight from the Canal Zone. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 150-5. ---- Safety and sanitation. Atmer, S. Gesetze und Verordnungen gegen Weiterver- breitung der Infektionskrankheiten durch den Luftverkehr. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 484-7.— Jackson, W. P. The possible dangers of transmission of disease by airplane. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 115-23.—Rose, G. Luftverkehr, Flugzeuge und Seuchenverbreitung. In: Wehrhy- giene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 476-84.—Spassky, V. Aviacionnaia higiena. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 12-5.—Wilson, K. G., & Helmholz, H. F, jr. Safety advantage of rearward seating in passenger aircraft. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 455. AIR University. See under School. AIR warfare. See also such other section headings as Air defense; Air raid; Atomic warfare; Bombard- ment; Bomber; Combat, Air combat; Dive bombing; Gas warfare; Gunnery; Warfare. Patrick, M. M. Military aircraft and their use in warfare. 15p. 8? Phila., 1924. Baxter, J. P, III. Air warfare. In his Scientists Against Time, Bost, 1946, 83-99. ------ New devices for air warfare. Ibid, 187-200.—Greenwood, M. Epidemiological reflections on the air war. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 677.—Luftkrieg und Luftschutz im April 1943. Gasschutz 1943, 13: No. 5, 92-5.— Mercier, R. G. En lucha con los pedigros del aire. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 102.— Mission objectives. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 12-8.—Peck, J. L. H. War moves to the strato- sphere. Popular Sc, 1941, 139: Nov, No. 5, 102-9, 220, 222, 224 (Clipping)—Rose. Todesursachen und gesundheitliche Gefahren im Luftkriege. Ber. Arbeitstag. berat. Aerzte, 1944, 4: 19-31. Also English tr, Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehr- macht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 2, 10-25.—Yun En T*an. Chinese pilots' attitudes toward war. Psychol. Bull, 1945, 42: 663-5. AKHAL-TEKINSKY expedition (1879-81) See under Wars and campaigns. ALAMEIN. See with World War II, in this section. ALASKA. See with World War II, in this section. ALBANIAN campaign. See with World War I, and World War II. ALBUMINURIA. See Medical examination, Proteinuria. ALCOHOLISM. Alcohol and morale. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 383.— Barrett, T. M. Chronic alcoholism in veterans. Q. J. Alcohol, 1943-44, 4: 68-78.—Berlien, I. C, Alcohol and the soldier. Ibid, 1944-45, 5: 405-12.—Bostock, J. Doctors and the drink ALCOHOLISM traffic. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 88.—Challman, S. A, & Moore, M. The soldier who drinks too much. Mil. Surgeon, 1942,91:648-50.—Charny, G. Liquor and a long war. Narc. Rev, Chic, 1942, 7: No. 4, 1-3.—Delore. L'armee devant le probleme de l'alcoolisme. J. mid. Lyon, 1940, 21: 81-3.— Eccles, W. McA. The menace of alcohol in war. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 205: 503-5.—Effects of alcohol on the average man, with particular attention to wartime. Sc. Tem- perance J, 1943-44, 51: 5-7.—Godinho dos Santos, A. 0 alcoolismo na vida do soldado; influeiicia sobre a sua vida fisica, moral e militar. Arq. brasil. hig. ment, 1943, 14: 52- 64.—Harrison, F. M. The alcohol problem in the Navy. Q. J. Alcohol, 1944-45, 5: 413-25.—Hercod, R. War and alcohol. Sc. Temperance J, 1941-42, 49: 18.—Howard, G. C. Alcohol education for the Army. Sc. Temperance J, 1941-42, 49: 33; 51.—Hugonot, G, & Mazel, P. L'armee devant le probleme de l'alcoolisme. J. mid. Lyon, 1940, 21: 77-80.— Hyland, H. H. Some observations on alcoholism in a Canadian military hospital overseas. Univ. Toronto M. J, 1942-43, 20: 221-7.—Irwin, B. E. Chronic alcoholism; time lost due to misconduct. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 4, 20.— Jarvis Nye, L. J, & Marks, E. O. The Society of Returned Medical Officers of Queensland; alcoholism and morale. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 386.—Kittel, W. Alkohol und Wehr- macht. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 237-41.—Lapique. Au sujet de l'alcoolisme. Monaco m^diter. me'd, 1940, 7: 70.—Moore, M. Alcoholism in military service. Collect. Lect. Metrop. State Hosp, Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 1, 60-73. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 29-39. Also J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 515-24. Also Q. J. Alcohol, 1942-43, 3: 244-56.—Myerson, A. Alcoholism and induction into military service. Ibid, 204-20.—Nogueira Ribeiro, L. G. Contribuicao ao estudo do alcoolismo no meio militar. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1939, 28: 18-27.—Nye, L. J. J. Doctors and the drink traffic. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 33.—Skinner, G. A. Confusing in wartime. Sc. Temperance J, 1942-43, 50: 71-4.—Soldier (The) who drinks too much. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 700 — Strecker, E. A. Alcohol and alcoholism. In: Man. Mil. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C, & Yakovlev, P. I.) Phila, 1944, 180-4.—Suda de Andrade, C. O alcoolismo e o exercito. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1937, 26: 138-49. ---- Disposition. Froment, J, & Barbier, J. Importance du facteur alcoolisme comme cause d'inaptitude militaire. J. mid. Lyon, 1940, 21: 80.—Giraud. Importance de l'alcoolisme comme cause d'eli- mination de l'armee. Ibid, 123.—Nunan, T. R. A note on the handling of alcoholics in a Navy camp. Q. J. Alcohol, 1944-45, 5: 426-9. ---- Forensic aspect. See also sect, head Forensic medicine. Hall, W. W. Drunkenness, naval medico-legal aspects of the diagnosis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1936, 34: 149-63.— Mattausschek. Ueber die forensische Beurteilung akuter Rauschzustande vom Standpunkte des Militarstrafgesetzbuches. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1906, 19: 498-504. ---- Prevention. Caiuby Novaes, A. Alcoolismo agudo e cronico; disturbios mentais; consequentes ao alcool e as toxicomanias nas linhas de frente e na retaguarda; profilaxia. In: Psiquiat. guerra (Fac. med. S. Paulo) 1943, 149-63.— Danielski, J. O alkoholizmie i jego zwalczaniu w wojsku. Lek. wojsk, 1921, 2: 1529-31.— Des Cilleuls, J. M, & Guillobey, J. La prophylaxie de l'al- coolisme dans 1'armee. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1936, 105: 505-28.—Gruber, M. v. Bekampfung des Alkoholmissbrauchs. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, 3. Aufl, Munch, 1917, pt 2, 250-2. ALEUTIAN Islands. See with World War II. ALGERIA. For reference material see Hospital report; Morbidity; World War II. ALGERIAN conquest (1830-47) See Wars and campaigns. ALLERGY [and anaphylaxis] See Disease; Tuberculosis. ALLOCATION of physicians. See Physician in this section. ALSACE. See with World War II. ALTITUDE ALTITUDE. See also Acceleration, High altitude; Aircraft (Altitude indicator; Altitude cabin) Airsickness; Anoxia; Aviation; Flight; Flying. Capek, D. Le plafond physiologique de l'aviateur. Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, 1936, 6. Sess, 111-29.— Drexhage, M. G. Das Problem des Hohenfluges. Umschau, 1938, 42: 369-71.—Foa, C. Le condizioni fisiologiche del volo d'alta quota. Gior. med. mil, 1936, 84: 605-11.—Hill, A. V. Probleme des Fluges in grossen Hohen. Naturwissenschaften, 1938, 26: 662.—Matthews, B. H. C. El limite humano en los vuelos a gran altura. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43: 1687- 95.—PrikladoVitsky, S. [Physiological limits of altitude in aviation] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 31-8.—Skrypin, V. Vysota. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 1097-107. ------Perepad davleniia. Ibid, 4: 445-9.—Spassky, V. Vysotnyi polet. Ibid, 1: 1109-15. ---- Acclimatization. See also Atmospheric chamber, Training. Houston, C. S. A study of the physiological changes which occur during acclimatization to high altitude; background and organization. 8p. 27cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-720 (Av-376-s) U. S Naval School Aviat. M. ■—■— & Riley, R. L. A study of the physio- logical changes which occur during acclimatiza- tion to high altitude; respiratory and circulatory findings. 41p. 27cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1947. Forms Rep. No. 4 (amplified) Res. Proj. X-720 (Av-376-s) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. ----& Jarvis, W. H., jr. A study of the physi- ological changes which occur during acclimatiza- tion to high altitude; respiratory and circulatory findings. 26 1. 27cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-720 (Av-376-s) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. Benzinger, T. Der Hohenflieger im Schutz der natiirlichen Hohenanpassung. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1937-38, 2: 167-84.— Blasius, W, & Bauereisen, E. Eine neue Moglichkeit zur Beeinflussung der Hohentoleranz des Mesnchen in der Unter- druckkammer. Ibid, 1941-42, 6: 67-82. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 410 (Abstr.)—Diringshofen, H. v., & Lottig, H. Die Lehruntersuchung auf Hohen wirkung. Ibid, 410 (Abstr.)—Gemmill, C. L. Acclimation to high altitudes; a review of physiological observations. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 178-87.—Piery, M, Enselme, J, & Peschiera, C. L'adaptation chimique de l'homme k la depression atmos- phenque. J. meU Lyon, 1939, 20: 409-20.—Reissmann, K. R. Investigations on the mechanism of changes in the blood during high altitude adaptation in parabiotic rats. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan. 2; July, 2; Oct. 1, 1949, Jan. 2 July, 4. ---- Aeroembolism. Catchpole, H. R., & Gersh, I. Physiological factors affecting the production of gas bubbles in rabbits decompressed to altitude. 12p. 26>2cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 6, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Physical factors in the pathogenesis of aeroembolism; a review. 25p. 27cm. Bethesda, Md., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 11, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Gersh, I., Hawkinson, G. E., & Jenney, E. H. Comparison of vascular and extravascular bubbles following decompression from high pres- sure atmospheres of oxygen, helium-oxygen, argon-oxygen and air. 23p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 5, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Gray, J. S. Effect of denitrogenation at various altitudes on aeroembolism in cadets. 8p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 216, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Aeroembolism induced by exercise in cadets at 23,000 feet. 2 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 227, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ALTITUDE 309 ALTITUDE Grulee, C. G., jr. Eleven cases of aeroem- bolism requiring hospitalization. 23p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 87, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Houston, C. S. A study of the physiological changes which occur during acclimatization to high altitude; occurrence of aero-embolism at moderate altitudes. 51. 27cm. Pensacola, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-720 (Av-376-s) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. Lund, D. W., Lawrence, J. W., & Lawrence, L. B. Case report on a severe, delayed reaction with cerebral involvement following decompres- sion. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 396, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Masland, R. L. Injury of the central nervous system resulting from decompression to simulated high altitude. 13p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 481, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Smaller, B. Pre-selection test for suscepti- bility to aeroembolism. lOp. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-M-49-695-27, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Appearance and distribution of gas bubbles in rabbits de- compressed to altitude. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 16.—Armstrong, H. G. Aeroembolism. In his Principles Aviat. M, Bait, 1939, 340-63.—Carson, L. D. A critical evaluation of recent investigations of the phenomenon of aero-embolism. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 284-90.— Comparison of vascular and extravascular bubbles following decompression from high pressure atmospheres of oxygen, helium-oxygen argon-oxygen and air. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 24.—Fulton, J. F. Physiology and high altitude flying; with particular reference to air em- bolism and the effects of acceleration. War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 357-67. Also Resenha clin. cient, S. Paulo, 1943, 12: 107-12.------ Altitude decompression sickness. In; Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 318-30.—Gersh, I, Hawkinson, G. E., & Jenney, E. H. Comparison of vascular and extravascular bubbles following decompression from high pressure atmospheres of oxygen, helium-oxygen, argon-oxygen and air. J. CeUul. Physiol, 1945, 26: 63-74.—Gersh, 1, Hawkinson, G. E., & Rathbun, E. N. Tissue and vascular bubbles after decompression from high pressure atmospheres; correlation of specific gravity with morphological changes. Ibid, 1944, 24: 35-70, 5 pi.—Lovelace, W. R, Boothby, W. M, & Benson, O. O., jr. Aeroembolism; a medical problem in aviation at high altitude. Sc. Month, 1941, 53: 30-7.— Najfeld, A. Problem aeroembolizma u avijaciji. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 448-50.—Physiological factors affecting the production of gas bubbles in rabbits decompressed to alti- tude. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. 1\I. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.- June 15.—Rathaus, L. Letno-podemnyi sostav. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 484-6.—Whiteley, A H, McElroy, W. D. [et al.] Bubble formation in animals; denitrogenation. J. Cellul. Physiol, 1944, 24: 257-71.— York, D. E. A case of aeroembolism. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 5. ---- Aeroembolism: Bends. Anthony, R. A., Clarke, R. W. [et al.] Effects of local compression, impairment of venous return and arterial tournequet upon the intensity of established bends pain. 6 1. 28cm. N. Haven, Conn., 1943. At t Forms No. 19, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 143, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Behnke, A. R. A review of physiologic and clinical data pertaining to decompression sick- ness. 75p. 26#cm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-443, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Burkhardt, W. L., Thometz, A. F., Ivy, A. C- The effect of deliberate hyperventilation on the incidence of intolerable cases of bends and chokes. 3p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 438, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. De Burgh Daly, I., Eggleton, P., & Eledon, S. R. An investigation into the cause of bend and other ill effects in animals subjected to pres- sures below atmospheric. 16 1. 22cm. Lond., [1940?] Forms F. P. R. C. 100, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gray, J. S. The location, severity, and alti- tude of disappearance of the bends. 8p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 117, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Present status of the problem of decom- pression sickness. 43p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 458, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. F. P. R. C. No. 267: Ob- servations on decompression sickness in man. 13 1. 23Kcm. Lond., 1941. Ivy, A. C, Burkhardt, W. L., & Thometz, A. F. The effect of pecuniary incentive on the incidence of intolerable cases of bends and chokes. 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 422, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Karpovich, P. V. Relation between bends and physical fitness [2] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 192, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Matthews, B. H. C, & Carmichael, C. A. Chronological development of symptoms in bends in subjects breathing pure oxygen; with neurologi- cal report. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1940. Forms Rep. No. 22, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Pask, E. A. Preliminary note on a method of investigating the site of origin of pain in decom- pression sickness. 3 1. 22^cm. Lond., 1942. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 484, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Smedal, H. A. Review of existing data on the incidence of decompression illness in personnel at and below 30,000 feet. 9 1. 26cm. Pensa- cola, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. NM 001 017 (or, X-762) Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Smith, P. K. The use of morphine at high altitudes for the relief of decompression pain. 6 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Proj. No. 175, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Allan, J. H. Decompression disease of bone. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 105-11.—Behnke, A. R. A review of physiologic and clinical data pertaining to decompression sickness. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1948, No. 5, 9-14.— Bierman, H. R. Decompression illness in aviation. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q, 1942^3, 6: 169-78.—Bridge, E. V, Henry, F. M. [et al.] Decompression sickness; nature and incidence of symptoms during and after artificial decompression to 38,000 feet for 90 minutes with exercise during exposure. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 316-27.—Bunge, J. Tierexperimenteller Beitrag zur Frage Hohenkrampfe und Lufttemperatur. Luftfahrt- medizin, 1941-42, 6: 127-31.—Burkhart, T. M. Decreased tolerance to bends. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 38-43.— Cook, S. F., Williams, O. L. [et al.] A comparison of altitudes and exercise with respect to decompression sickness. War Med, Chic, 1944, 6: 182-7.—Decompression illness. Burned News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947^8, 9: No. 2, 1-7.—Decom- pression sickness. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940- 45, June, 36.—Denzer, H. W. Untersuchungen uber die spezielle und individuelle Variabilitat der Hohenkrampfschwelle; der Einfluss der Luftfeuchtigkeit auf die Hohenfestigkeit weisser Mause. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942-43, 7: 137-40. ——— & Stanislaus-Ruhl, M. Untersuchungen iiber die spezielle und individuelle Variabilitat der Hohenkrampfschwelle. Ibid, 1941-42, 6: 83; 1942-43, 7: 137.—Erbsloh, F. W. Untersuchun- gen uber die spezielle und individuelle Variabilitat der Hohen- krampfschwelle; die Abhangigkeit der Hohenkrampfschwelle von der Adaptationstemperatur bei Inzuchten von weissen Mausen. Ibid, 1943, 8: 129-40—Fulton, J. F. Some factors affecting the incidence of bends at altitude. Mil. burgeon, 1944, 94: 199.—Gray, J. S. Prevention of decompression sick- ness by denitrogenation. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 8.— Guest, M. M. The incidence of bends during different periods of the day. Ibid, No. 6, 5.—Harvey, E. N. Decompression sickness and bubble formation in blood and tissues. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1945, 21: .505-36.—Homberger, W., & Ben- zinger, T. Druckfallkrankheit. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942, 7: ALTITUDE 310 ALTITUDE 9-34. Also Bull. War. M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 584 (Abstr.)— Houston, C. S. Occurence of bends, scotomata and hemianop- sia at altitudes below 20,000 feet. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 165-8.—Karpovich, P. V. Relation between bends and phys- ical fitness. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 5.—Korb, J. H. Bends in high altitude flying. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 282-4.—Mackenzie, C. G., & Riesen, A. H. The production by moderate exercise of a high incidence of bends at altitudes of 26,000 to 28,000 feet. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 124: 499-501 — Matthews, B. H. C. Decompression sickness. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 1049.—Occurrence of bends. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 4, 9.—Quantitative (The) physiological basis of inert gas exchange; applications to decompression sickness. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 1.—Rodbard, S. Recurrence of decom- pression sickness on reascent to high altitudes. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 6.—Smedal, H. A., Brown, E. B., jr, & Hoffman, C. E. Incidence of bends pain in a short exposure to simulated altitudes of 26,000, 28,000 and 30,000 feet. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 67-9.—Some characteristics of decompres- sion sickness. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1950, No. 13, 8.—Streltsov, V. V. [Nature of pains in aviators, arising while flying at high levels] Klin, med, Moskva, 1940, 18: No. 9, 42-52. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 237 (Abstr.) — Strughold, H. Zur Frage der Hohenkrampfe. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1936-37, 1: 181.—Thomas, S. F., & Williams, O. L. High-altitude joint pains (bends) their roentgenographic as- pects. Radiology, 1945, 44: 259-61.—Tobias, C. A, Lyons, W. R. [et al.] Study of bends; a comparison in low pressure chamber and actual flight. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 10.—Webb, J. P., Engel, G. L. [et al.] The mechanism of pain in aviators' bends. J. Clin. Invest, 1944, 23: 934.—Wclharn, W., & Yarbrough, O. D. Decompression sickness (bends) following an oxygen dive. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 150-2. ---- Aeroembolism: Prevention and treatment. Catchpole, H. R., & Gersh, I. Bubble forma- tion in rabbits decompressed to altitude; effect of preoxygenation, electrical stimulation, and some pharmacological factors. 8p. 26}^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 7, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Dtjffner, G. J., Van Der Aue, O. E., & Behnke, A. R. The treatment of decompression sickness; an analysis of 113 cases. 13p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-443, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Fegler, J., & Hebb, C. O. The selective bene- fit of oxygen-pretreatment in the case of decom- pressed animals having low corpuscular haemo- globin values. 18 1. 26Hcm. Lond., 1944. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 595, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gray, J. S. The prevention of aeroembolism by denitrogenation procedures. 7 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 101, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The effect of exercise at altitude on aeroembolism in cadets. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 156, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---— The effect of varying periods of denitro- genation on aeroembolism in cadets. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 164, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The effects of pressure breathing on decompression sickness and circulatory reaction in cadets. 14 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 248, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- & Mahady, S. C. F. The prevention of aeroembolism in cadets at 45,000 feet by denitro- genation. 6 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 252, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- & Masland, R. L. The effect of breath- ing carbon dioxide in oxygen on altitude decom- pression sickness. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 409, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. King, B. G., & Futcher, P. H. Evaluation of the altitude pressure bag. 2 1. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-303, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Knisely, M. H. Methods and testing of therapeutic agents in relation to bends. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 473, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Van Der Aue, O. E., White, W. A., jr [et al.] Physiologic factors underlying the prevention and treatment of decompression sickness; a pro- cedure for the treatment of caisson disease and traumatic air embolism. 16p. 26^cm. Be- thesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-443, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Winfield, R. H. A note on the effect of pre- oxygenation in the prevention of decompression sickness. 5 1. 27J^cm. Lond., 1943. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 542, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Bjurstedt, H., & Severin, G. The prevention of decompres- sion sickness and nitrogen narcosis by the use of hydrogen as a substitute for nitrogen, the Arne Zetterstrom method for deep- sea diving. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 107-16.—Bubble forma- tion in rabbits decompressed to altitude; effect of preoxygena- tion, electrical stimulation, and some pharmacological factors. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 15.—Effect of pre-oxygenation on decompression illness. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1943, 1: No. 6, 8.—Henry, F. M., Lawrence, J. H. [et al.] Protective effects of preoxygenation on abdominal gas pain; results of a study of preflight breathing of oxygen on pain resulting from decompression to 38,000 feet. War Med, Chic, 1944, 6: 395-7.—Klemin, A. Supercharging the pilot; aeroembolism prevented by pre-flight administration of oxygen. Sc. American, 1941, 164: 302.—Lansing, A. I. Treatment of aeroembolism by pressure application to arteries. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 5, 5.—Physiologic factors underlying the prevention and treatment of decompression sickness; a procedure for the treatment of caisson disease and traumatic air embolism. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 26.—Thometz, A. F. The etiology of aeroembolism and aeroemphysema and hyperventilation as a prophylactic and therapeutic measure. Contact, Pensacola, 1946-48, 6:237-46. ---- Biological effect. See also Acceleration, High altitude. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. F. P. R. C. No. 305: Synopsis of physiology of high altitude flying. 12 1. 23Kcm. Lond. [1941?] Behnke, A. R., & Willmon, T. L. Physiological effects of high altitude. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 163-78.—Berge- ret, P. M. Effets physiologiques de l'altitude en avion. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1937, 197: 325-53.—Boothby, W. M„ Lovelace, W. R., II, & Benson, O. O. High altitude and its effect on the human body. News Lett. U. S. A. Air Corps, 1941, 24: No. 2, 11-6.—Borshchevsky, I. J. O nekotorykh osobennostiakh dlitelnykh vysotnykh poletov. Voen. san. delo, 1941, 1-5.—Diet, oxygen want, and high flying. Brit. M. j, 1940, 1: 57.—Grandpierre, R. Les effets physiologiques du vol en avion aux hautes altitudes. Rev. physiother. Par, 1939, 15: 49-73. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 515-9 (Abstr.)—Knox, J. M. The future of altitude physiology. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 2, 3-11.—Lovelace, W. R., II. & Gagge, A. P. Human stresses produced by flight at high altitude. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 19-22.—Oprisescu, S. Modificari bio- cbimice produse in organism la altitudine. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1248-53.—Streltsov, V. V. [Accomplish- ments in physiology of altitude flights] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 44-8.—Strughold, H. Biologic effect of high altitude from the point of view of aviation. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 532-4 (Abstr.)—Towner, A. A. Physiological effects of high altitude flying. U. S. Armed Forces M. J, 1950, 1: 317-20. ---- Calculation. Gray, J. S. The calculation of equivalent altitudes. 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 291, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. --- Cardiovascular system. See also subheading Acclimatization. Graybiel, A., Patterson, J. L., & Houston, ALTITUDE 311 ALTITUDE C. S. A study of the physiological changes which occur during acclimatization to high altitude; the changes in heart size in man during partial acclimatization to simulated high altitudes. 20 1. 26^cm. Pensacola, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 6, Proj. No. NM 001 013 (or, X-720) Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Koch, E. Symptomatology of the circulatory system with decreasing air pressure in high alti- tude fitness testing. 6 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms Feb. 26 issue of Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. United States. Naval School of Aviation Medicine. Medical Research Division. Pulse rates during altitude indoctrination runs. 15p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 91, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. White, M. S., Kossmann, C. E., & Ershler, I. The effect of high altitude and of rebreathing on the duration of electrical systole in man. 15p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 53, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Euler, U. S. v. Nagra fysiologiska synpunkter pa hojd- flygning med sarskild hansyn till andning och cirkulation. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 173-81.—Fiumel, A. [Effect of various altitude flights on the circulatory system] Lek. wojsk, 1936, 28: 41-7.—Kreiemberg & Winter. Altitude tolerance in hyper- and hypo-tonia. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 237.—Masland, R. L. Collapse at high altitude. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 3-5.—Mateeff, D., & Schwarz, W. Der orthostatische Kreislaufkollaps; Gravita- tionsshock, bei vermindertem Luftdruck. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1935, 236: 77-92.—Matuo, T. An experimental study on the influence of the low atmospheric pressure upon the cardiac functions. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1938, 27: 56; No. 10, 5-7.—Meier-Miiller, H. Zirkulation und vegetatives Nerven- system im Hochleistungsflug. Helvet. med. acta, 1941, 8: 780-3.—Ranke, O. F. Der Ueberlastungskollaps. Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 461-3.—Romano, J., Engel, G. L. [et al.] Syncopal reactions during simulated exposure to high altitude in decompression chamber. War Med, Chicl, 1943, 4: 475- 89.—Schneider, M. Die Gehirndurchblutung im Hohen- kollaps. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1941-42, 6: 323-6.—Schumann, H. Ueber den Energiestoffwechsel des Herzmuskels unter den Bedingungen des Hohenfluges. Ibid, 1939-40, 4: 204-8 — Tavel, F. v. Neuere Ergebnisse iiber die Beanspruchung der Zirkulationsorgane im militarischen Hochleistungsflug. Helvet. med. acta, 1941, 8: 784-7.—White, M. S. The effect of anoxia in high altitude flights on the electrocardiogram. J. Aviat. M, 1940, 11: 166-80. ---- Compression sickness. See Compression sickness. ---- Decompression. See also subheading (Aeroembolism) De Burgh Daly, I. Decompression experi- ments on rabbits. 2 1. 23>^cm. Lond. [1941?] Forms F. P. R. C. 238, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. F. P. R. C. No. 347: Note on the effect of decompression on cerebro-spinal fluid pressure. 3 1. 23J^cm. Lond., 1941. Miller, R. A., Taylor, C. B., & Heagan, B. The oxygen content of arterial blood of dogs exposed to diminished pressures in a decompres- sion chamber. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 414, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Mitchell, D. F. Effects of oxygen and de- compression on saliva. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 392, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Smedal, H. A. Effects of repeated decompres- sion of 25 subjects to a simulated altitude of 20,000 feet during approximately one month. 5 1. 26y2cm. Pensacola, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. X-762, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. .---- & Graybiel, A. Effects of decompres- sion on thirty-five subjects repeatedly exposed to a simulated altitude of 20,000 feet during approxi- mately one month. 31p. 27cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-762 (Av-390-k) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. [The same] 33p. 26%cm. Pensacola, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. X-762, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Trowell, O. A. Histological changes in the lungs of rabbits decompressed to 40,000-47,000 feet. 3 1. 23Mcm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 317, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Behnke, A. R. Effects of decompression from high pressure atmospheres; studies of Gersh. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 60.—Boycott, G. W. M. The application of the principle of partial pressure of gases to Haldane's method of stage de- compression. J. Hyg, Lond, 1943-44, 43: 409. ---- Decompression, explosive. See also Aircraft, Altitude cabin. Bancroft, R. W., Coulson, C. K. [et al.] Effects of explosive decompression on dogs dur- ing pressure breathing. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field 1949. Forms Rep'. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-075, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Berg, W. E., Baumberger, J. P. [et al.] Explosive decompression; lung damage correlated with the respiratory cycle in explosive decom- pression. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 173, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Clamann, H. G. Explosive decompression tests on human subjects; tests of explosive de- compression without oxygen. 8 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. S2-46-9, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Transl. from Forschber. Zentr. wiss. Ber. Wesen Luftfahrtforsch, 1940, No. 1096. ---- Luft, U. C, & Adler, H. F. Alveolar gases in rapid decompression to high altitudes. lip. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-046, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Fegler, J. Observations on guinea pigs ex- plosively decompressed to equivalent heights of 41,000 to 45,000 ft. 9 1. 23^cm. Lond. [1941?] Forms F. P. R. C. 349, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gersh, I. Correlation of X-ray and gross observations on gas bubbles in guinea pigs de- compressed from high pressure atmospheres. 6p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 9, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Gas bubbles in bone and associated structures, lung and spleen of guinea pigs de- compressed rapidly from high pressure atmos- pheres. 15p. 26>km. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 10, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- & Catchpole, H. R. Appearance and distribution of gas bubbles in rabbits decom- pressed to altitude. 15p. 26>km. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 8, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Gersh, I., & Hawkinson, G. E. The forma- tion and appearance of tissue and vascular gas bubbles after rapid decompression of guinea pigs from high pressure atmospheres. 27p. 26}4em. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- [et al.] Changes in specific gravity of tissues, organs, and the animal as a whole result- ing from rapid decompression of guinea pigs from ALTITUDE 312 ALTITUDE high pressure atmospheres. 12p. 26!2cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Hebb, C. O. Observations on gas bubble formation and lung damage in animals rapidly decompressed to 43,000-47,000 feet. 71. 2SY2cm. Lond. [1941?] Forms F. P. R. C. No. 316, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. ---- A critical effect of temperature in rapid decompression of rats to 44,000 feet. 3 1. 30cm. Lond., 1944. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 625, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Laurent, M. *Les accidents de l'aviation aux hautes altitudes; recherches experimentales sur les decompressions brusques par ruptures des cabines Stanches. 55p. 25cm. Par., 1939. Mahoney, D. I. Repeated explosive decom- pressions. 4 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-107H, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Sweeney, H. M. Explosive decompression; human subjects. 6 1. 28}2cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-29-B, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Trowell, O. A. A histological examination of the spinal cord of animals rapidly decom- pressed to 40,000-45,000 feet. 5 1. 23>km. Lond. [1941?] Forms F. P. R. C. 345, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Wagner, C. E. Observations of gas bubbles in pial vessels of cats following rapid decompres- sion from high pressure atmospheres. 6p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-284, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Wilson, J. W. Explosive decompression at high altitude. 21p. 28cm. Dayton, 1947. . Forms No. TSEAA-696-104B, Mem. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Pathology in rats explosively decom- pressed to high altitudes. 17p. 28cm. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-696-104C, Mem. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Explosive decompression to 30 mm. Hg. 76p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-104I, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Whitehorn, W. V., Lein, A., & Edelmann, A. The effect of explosive decompression on the blood pressure of anesthetized dogs. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 479, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Wood, J. A. Emergency descents following rapid decompression to altitudes above 46,000 feet. 9p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-107E, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Adler, H. F. The effect of explosive decompression on vita- nun C deficient guinea pigs. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Mar, 23; June, 15. ------ & Ivy, J. H. The effect of explosive decompression on vitamin C deficient guinea pigs. Ibid, Oct, 35.—Benzinger, T. Explosive decompres- sion. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-56, 83 — Burkhardt, W. L., & Adler, H. F. Effects of explosive decom- pression on dogs during pressure breathing. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 21; 1949, Jan, 23. ------. & Timmons, D. E. Explosive decompression on dogs during pressure breathing. Ibid, 1948, Jan, 26; Apr, 33.—Clamann, H. G., Adler, H. F., & Luft, U. C. Extent of pathological dam- age to animals in a cold environment who are explosively decompressed. Ibid, 1947, Oct, 7. ------ [et al.] Extent of pathological damage to animals in a cold environment who are explosively decompressed. Ibid, 1948, Jan, 24; Apr 31- July, 20; Oct, 14; 1949, Jan. 22.—Explosive decompression! News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1949, No. 10, 3-14 ch — Flickinger, D., & Adler, H. F. Extent of pathological damage to animals in a cold environment who are explosively decom- pressed. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 53. ------ Effect of explosive decompression on vitamin C deficient guinea pigs. Ibid, 53.—Gas bubbles in bone and associated structures, lung and spleen of guinea pigs decompressed rapidly from high pressure atmospheres. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 17.—Hitchcock, F. A. Physi- ological effects of explosive decompression. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 119.—Keiler, H. Versuche uber die Wirkung schneller Luftdruckerniedrigung an Tieren. Luft- fahrtmedizin, 1941^2, 6: 93-104.—Kilches, R. Atmospha- rischer Drucksturz und Warmbliiterorganismus. Ibid, 1942, 7: 35^15. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 584 (Abstr.)— Luft, U. C, Clamann, H. G, & Adler, H. F. Oxygen diffusion and transport in explosive decompression. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 89-97. ------ Alveolar gases in rapid decompression to high altitudes. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Apr, 28; 1949, Jan, 22.—Lutz, W. Die Ueberlebenszeit nach Drucksturz in grossten Hohen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942^3, 7: 84-97. ------ Explosive de- compression, comparable with that produced by puncture of high pressure cabins at great altitudes, and rapid and slow descent from high altitudes, comparable with free fall and with descent by parachute. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXIX-21, 7-14.—Observations of gas bubbles in pial vessels of cats following rapid decompression from high-pressure atmospheres. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 13, 15. Also Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 24.—Origin of tissue and vascular gas bubbles after rapid decompression of guinea pigs from high pressures. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 10, 3.—Schubert, G, & Griiner, A. Die Entstehung freier Gase in Blut und Geweben bei rascher Dekompression. Klin. Wschr, 1939, 18: 988-90.— Sweeney, H. M. Explosive decompression. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 10, 1-4. --- Decompression: Resistance. United States. Naval School of Aviation Medicine. Medical Research Division. Change in resistance to decompression. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms. Rep. No. 92, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Dental and oral effect. Brickman, I. W. Toothache in the low-pressure chamber. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 292-6.—Dental pain at high altitudes. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 11, 16.— Girod, C. E, jr. Oral aspects of high altitude flights. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 1486-8.—Schuessler, C. The effect of high altitude on oral tissues. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 318-22. Ear, nose and throat. Gurkov, A. D. [Significance of the accessory sinuses of the nose in the pathogenesis of headaches during training in the barometric chamber and during high altitude flights] J. med. Kiev, 1940,10: 1635; 1941, 11: 305.—Mikhlin, E. G. [Vascular reaction of mucous membrane of the nasal cavity during flights at various altitudes] Vest, otorinolar, 1939, No. 5, 69-73. [Sensation of pain in the region of the frontal sinuses in aviators at high altitude] Ibid, 1941, No. 3, 35-40.— Popov, A. [Pains in the accessory sinuses of the nose in high altitude flying] Voen. san. delo, 1938, No. 2, 45-9. ---- Eye and vision. Moss, H. L., & McDonald, P. R. The effect of high altitude on the curvature of the cornea. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 61, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Rose, H. W. Study of acclimatization during a two-week exposure to moderate altitude (10,000 feet) effect of altitude adaptation on night vision and ocular muscle balance. 16p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-029, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Grether, W. F., Cowles, J. T., & Jones, R. E. The effect upon four visual illusions of anoxia produced by exposure to a pressure altitude of 15,000 feet. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 19, 250-3. ---- Fatalities. See also below, Anoxia. Gelfan, S. Survival time of animals exposed to extremes o altitude. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 117. Fluctuation. Mahady, S. C. F. Incidence of aircrew dis- comfort during exposure to limited fluctuations in altitude. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 185, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ALTITUDE 313 ALTITUDE ---- Gastrointestinal tract. Adler, H. F., & Grodins, F. S. Abdominal symptoms at altitude, v. p. [43] 1. 27cm Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 493, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. McDonough, F. E. Roentgenographic obser- vations on the amount and distribution of in- testinal gas at altitude in relation to abdominal symptoms. 21p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 193, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Tillisch, J. H. The effect of diet on gas- trointestinal symptoms at altitude. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 208, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Adler, H. F. Abdominal symptoms at altitude. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, June, 24-7.—B, R. B. Gas pains while flying. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1943, 2: 9.—Callouin, L, & Grognot, P. Dimensions de l'aire cardiaque du personnel navigant d'une formation militaire. Mid. aeronaut, 1947, 2: 176-9.—Influence of altitude flying on gastric function. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 238 (Abstr.) ---- Hematology. McDonald, R. K., & Kelley, V. C. Study of acclimatization during a two-week exposure to moderate altitude; some observations on the effects of altitude on metabolism; hemoglobin metabolism and ervthropoiesis. lOp. 26}£cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 21-02-029, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Mahady, S. C. F. A study of the blood and cardiovascular system following exposure to a simulated altitude of 38,000 feet. 6 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 207, U. S. Air Force School Aviat, M. Rushmer, R. F. The effect of simulated flights to 35,000 feet on bleeding and clotting times [6] 1., 2p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 182, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Mazza, M. A. La f6rmula leucocitaria v sus variaciones en la altura. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 977-88.—Reiss- mann, K. Investigations on the mechanism of changes in the blood during high altitude adaptation in parabiotic rats. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 8. ------ The importance of polycythemia in increased altitude tolerance. Ibid, 1948, Apr, 3; July, 3; Oct, 2; 1949, Jan, 2; July, 4. ---- Immunological aspect. Flickinger, D, & Adler, H. F. Effect of altitude on resist- ance and immunity. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 43.— Kalmanson, G, Garrard, W, & Irwin, C. The effect of the anoxia produced at high altitude on infection and immunity. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat, M, 1947, Oct, 14. ---- Injuries. Goggio, A. F, & Houck, G. H. Physiologic abnormalities and pathologic changes following exposure to simulated high altitudes. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 152-6. ---- Instruction. Carson, L. D. Indoctrination of flying personnel in physi- ologic effects of high altitude flying and need for and use of oxygen. J. Aviat. M, 1942, 13: 162-9. ---- Medical aspect. Armstrong, H. G, & Heim, J. W. Medical problems of high altitude flying. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1940-41, 26: 263-71.— Behnke, A. R. Concepts derived from investigations pertain- ing to high altitude flight. J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 133: 450-6.— Grant, D. N. W. Medical aspects of high altitude flight. Ann. Int. M, 1943, 18: 1006-11.—Marshall, G. S. Medical notes on altitude flying. Brit. M. J, 1936, 2: 731.—Rickard, H. J. Medicos in the stratosphere or high altitude flying with both feet on the ground. Contact, Pensacola, 1941-42, 1: 12-7. ---- Metabolic effect. McDonald, R. K, & Kelley, V. C. Study of acclimatization during a two-week exposure to moderate altitude; some observations on the effects of altitude on metabolism; liver function. 8p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 21-02-029, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. —;— Studies of the effects of acute exposure to simulated altitudes on dextrose tolerance and insulin tolerance. 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 502 U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Busing, K, & Kauff, W. Untersuchungen iiber den Kreatin- haushalt unter den Bedingungen des Hohenfluges und seine Beeinflussbarkeit durch Vitamin Bi. Zschr. physiol. Chem, 1943, 276: 87-96.—Fancher, J. A, jr. Studies of effects of alti- tude on liver function: correlation of changes in clinical tests with changes in protein and lipid constituents of the blood. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 3. ------ Keyes, G. fl. [et al.] Some studies of metabolism during adap- tation to altitude. Ibid, 1949, Jan, 2.—Flickinger, D, & Adler, H. F. Effects of reduced atmospheric pressure on excre- tory function. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 45.— Keyes, G. H, Burkhardt, W. [et al.] Some studies of meta- bolism during adaptation to altitude. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Oct, 2.—Riihl, A, Kiihn, W., & Miiller, G. Zur Frage einer therapeutischen Beeinflussung des Arbeits- stoffwechsels im Unterdruck. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1938-39, 3: 285-301. ---- Musculoskeletal system. Ratnoff, O. D. The absence of roentgeno- graphically demonstrable bony changes at the hip joint in subjects exposed to simulated high altitudes. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 201, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Nervous system. Hall, F. G. The effect of prone position upon the duration of useful consciousness at altitude. 6 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-107I, Memo, Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- The interval of useful consciousness at various altitudes. 16p. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-696-107J, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Thorner, M. W. A study of cerebral physi- ology at high altitudes. 2 pts 7p.; 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943-44. Forms Rep. No. 1 & 2, Proj. No. 60, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Brown, G. A, Cronick, C. H. [et al.] Nervous system dys- function in adaptation to high altitude and as postflight reac- tions. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 157-61.—Engel, G. L., Romano, J. [et al.] A migraine-like syndrome associated with exposure to high altitude. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1943, 16: 86. ------ A migraine-like syndrome complicating decompression sickness; clinical and elect roencephalographic observations. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1944, 70: 60-4.------ A migraine-like syndrome complicating decompression sick- ness; scintillating scotomas, focal neurologic signs and head- ache; clinical and electroencephalographic observations. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 304-14.—Migraine-like syndrome com- plicating decompression sickness. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 7, 8.—Schneider, M. Die Gehirndurchblutung im Hohen- kollaps. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 130 (Abstr.) ---- Oxygen toxicity. See section heading Oxygen poisoning. ---- Performance. Grodins, F. S. The effect of seven hour ex- posure to a pressure altitude of 10,000 feet on psychomotor performance. 8p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 402, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Russell, R. W. The e'ffects of high altitudes (decreased barometric pressure) on simple mental work. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 20, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Foltz, E. E, & Ivy, A. C. Effect of simulated high altitudes on subsequent work output. War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 471- 4.—Nystrom, E. V. Hojdverkan ur praktisk synpunkt. Tskr. mil. hiilsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 182-7. ALTITUDE 314 ALTITUDE Pharmacological aspect. See also subheading (Tolerance) also Aviator, Drugging. Smith, P. K. Effects of some central nervous system depressing drugs on intellectual and psychomotor performance at 18,000 feet with and without supplementary oxygen. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 270, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lehman, A. J. Some pharmacologic problems of high alti- tude flying. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 59: No. 2, 104. Research. De Burgh Daly, I. Proposed researches [on sensitivity to high altitudes] 2 1. 23Kcm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 343, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. United States. Naval School of Aviation Medicine and Research. Operation Everest. 47p. 23cm. Pensacola, Fla., 1946. ---- Respiratory aspect. See also Aircrew, Oxygen supply; Hyper- ventilation. Masland, R. L. Altitude tolerance when breathing oxygen and when breathing oxygen supplied under positive pressure, lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 313, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Wulff, V. J. Arterial oxyhemoglobin per- centages measured at and computed for altitude. 14 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG^9-660-48-A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Becker-Freyseng, H., Luft, U., & Opitz, E. Eichung der Matthesschen Sauerstoffuhr mit Alveolarluft. Luftfahrt- medizin, 1938^39, 3: 309713.—Butler, A. M., Wilson, J. L. [et al.] Certain observations in low-nitrogen, normal-oxygen atmospheres related to the problems of high-altitude flying. N. England J. M, 1941, 225: 255-8.—Henson, M, Goldman, D. E. [et al.] Arterial oxygen saturation at altitude. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 149-57.—Hetherington, A. W., Luft, U., & Ivy, J. H. Changes in alveolar gas tensions during acclimatization at 10,000 feet and the effect of the latter on altitude tolerance. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 83-7.—Jongbloed, J., & Wildschut, A. J. H. Carbon dioxide or oxygen-supply at high altitudes? Acta brevia neerl, 1938, 8: 107.—Marshall, G. S. Respiration in high flying. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 217-30. Also Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 63-72, 5 fig.— Pickering, J. E., Talbot, J. M., & Chinn, H. I. Isotopic oxygen consumption at low oxygen tensions. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 18.—Talenti, C. Variazioni della respirazione a bassa pressione barometrica ed in ambiente a basso contenuto di ossigeno. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1939. 2: 209-39. ---- Respiratory aspect: Anoxia. See Anoxia. ---- Tolerance. Loeckle, W. Improving altitude tolerance, the effect of small doses of ammonia compounds 16 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. U 11-46-24, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Lucas, B. G. B. Effect of large doses of as- corbic acid on altitude tolerance above 40 000 feet. 4 1. 26Kcm. Lond., 1944. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 581, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Korkes, S., Chinn, H., & Marriott, W. Studies of effect of injected cytochrome c on altitude tolerance. Q. Res ReD U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 15. ---- Tolerance: Classification and testing. Gray, J. S. Certain advantages of a simulated flight at 38,000 feet for high altitude classification. 6 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. AviatrM Rep' N°' *' Proj' No' 14, U' S' Air Force Sch°o1 ---- Symptoms experienced during repeated low pressure chamber flights and their significance for high altitude classification. 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 57, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The reliability of procedures for high altitude classification. 6 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 70, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Grenell, R., Humm, F. D. [et al.] The re- liability of the Decompression Subcommittee's 90 minute preselection test. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 355, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- [The same] 41. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 28, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Koch, E. [Symptomatologie des Kreislaufea bei Verminderung des Luftdruckes im Hinblick auf die Hohentauglichkeitsprufung] Sympto- matology of the circulatory system with de- creasing air pressure in high altitude fitness testing. 6 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms Feb. 26 issue of Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Mahady, S. C. F. The use of cardiovascular changes in the prediction of untoward reactions following a chamber flight. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 261, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Prout, E. B., & Nims, L. F. The practical aspects of the selection of men suitable for experi- mental and high altitude flight for the aircraft industry. 10 1. 28cm. N. Haven, Conn., 1945. Forms No. 48, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Robinson, T. W. High altitude tolerance tests. 34 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-1-F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- & Donnelly, D. P. High altitude tolerance tests. 27 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-1-G, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. United States. Naval School of Aviation Medicine. Medical Research Division. Final report on research project R7-2; Research project regarding classification tests in low pressure chambers. 21p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 89, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Wigodsky, H. S. Repeated low pressure cham- ber flights as an improved procedure for high altitude classification. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 67, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Benzinger, T., Doring, H., & Hornberger, W. Wissen- schaftliche Grundlagen der Prufung auf Hohenfestigkeit mittel* Atmung definierter Gasgemische. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942- 43, 3: 411 (Abstr.)—Scholtz, G., & Gordon, H. AerztUche Untersuchung der Hohenflieger. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 275 (Abstr.) ---- Training. See Atmospheric chamber. ---- Urogenital apparatus. Kelley, V. C. Studies of renal function in dogs repeatedly exposed to moderate altitudes. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 1. ALTITUDE cabin. See under Aircraft. ALTITUDE chamber. See Atmospheric chamber. AMBULANCE. See also in this section Ambulance Corps; Ambulance service; First aid; Hospital, mobile; AMBULANCE 315 AMBULANCE Motor transport; Transportation; Vehicle; Wounded, Transportation. U. S. War Department. Army regulations. No. 40-75. Ambulances; general provisions. 2p. 8? Wash., 1924. Americans give ambulances. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 313.—Perry, E. H. Improvised ambulances. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 693-6.—Timofeevsky, P. Povozka sanitarnaia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 642-51.— Zehnder, M. Der Sanitatswagen. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitats- off, 1946, 23: 64-8. ---- Airplane. See Air ambulance. ---- amphibious. See also Amphibious warfare. Newhouse, N. H. Alligator ambulance. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 719, pi. ---- animal-drawn. See also Dog; Horse. Kawinski, J. Rapport compl^mentaire sur la voiture sani- taire hippomobile. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1936, 18: 107-9.—Semeka, S. Konnyi sanitarnyi transport. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1425-35.— Timofeevsky, P. Nartovyi sanitarnyi transport. Ibid, 3: 1236-40.—Weaver, J. U. Report of field test of an experi- mental animal drawn ambulance. Mil. Surgeon, 1936. 78: 81-92. ---- auxiliary (Reinforcement) See also Winter warfare. Brodsky, E. M., & Artemiev, A. I. Uteplenie avtogruzovykh mashin dlia evakuacii ranenykh v zimnikh usloviiakh. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 9, 63.—Evacuation of wounded during operations involving the use of armoured personnel carriers. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 91: 46-8.—Goto, K. Hoheitai danyakusya riyo ni yoru sisaku tyodatu-siki kanzya-yusogu ni tuite [Experiments in converting the ammunition wagons of artillery regiments into wagons for conveying ill or wounded soldiers (i. e, temporary conversion)] Gun idan zassi, 1936, No. 273, 211-20, incl. 6 pi.—Heavy vehicles as ambulances. Brit. M. J, 1939, 2: 934. ---- Boat and ship. See also Hospital ship. Evans, J. Motor barge as ambulance ship. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 59.—Lane, F. E. The ambulance boat. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1124-6.—Ranney, A. B. Use of engineer stream- crossing equipment to transport litter patients. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 303-5. ---- dental. See also Hospital. American dental ambulance aids R. A. F. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1632.—First American dental ambulance sent to England. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1940, 27: 1327.—French dental motor car; developed at Paris by Dr Gaumerais (Photograph) Frater, Menasha, 1917, 16: 371. ---- Equipment. See also First aid; Litter. International Red Cross Conference. Document No. 18a. Report of the Standing International Commission for the Study of Am- bulance Equipment. 20p. 8? Geneve, 1938. Scotland. Department of Health. D. P. Circular No. 24: Air-raid Precautions Act, 1937. Ambulance services, stretcher-carrying fitments for small ambulances. 3p. 24^cm. Edinb., 1939. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Project No. 2: Operations at high temperatures] Sub-Project No. 2-8: Report on evaporative ambulance cooler. 3p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1942. Ahern, D. Emergency transport of the sick; the Berridge apparatus. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 172.—Dueno, F. P. First aid appliances for the ambulance surgeon. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 435-9. ---- field. See Field ambulance. ---- History. See also with various references under section headings World War I; World War II. British ambulances for Greece. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 1980.—Castro, A. de. Impress5es da guerra; nas ambulancias. Portugal mid., 1918, 4: Suppl, p. cclxxxiii-ccxcii.—Omnibus (An) ambulance of the French Red Cross on a battlefield during the Franco-Prussian War of 1870-71 [Illust.] Ciba Sympos, 1942-43, 4: 1388.—Picque, R. Description de la voiture de chirurgie, module 1899, transformed en preparatoire a sterilisa- tion (type ambulance 3/18) Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1915, n. ser, 41: 1792-1803. ---- motor and jeep. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 2: High temperatures in tanks. Final report on Sub- Project No. 2-29: Test of truck, % ton, refriger- ated ambulance, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. ---- Project No. 10: Final report on Project No. 10: Test of truck, % ton, improved insulated ambulance, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. American front line ambulances. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 580.—Bailey, K. V. A light trailer ambulance. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 296.—Bruner, C. R. Conversion of jeep ambu- lance for all types of litters. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 1077.—Flickinger, D. D. The Porter radio-equipped Air Corps ambulance. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 156.— Moir, J. L. A light trailer ambulance. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 160.—Patterson, J. K. A jeep ambulance. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1127-30.—Timofeevsky, P. Avtomobil sani- tarnyi. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 40-4.—Wallin, S. P. Simple method of converting Stokes stretcher-type jeep ambulance into a field Utter-type ambu- lance. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1184-6.—Wilmot, T. J. T. A light trailer ambulance. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 566. ---- parachute. See under Field ambulance. ---- radiological. See also Radiology. Crespellani, C. Le nuove autoambulanze radiologiche da guerra nodello 1935. Nuntius radiol, Siena, 1936, 4: 3-17, 5 pi. ---- sleigh, sled, and ski. Harvey, P. W. The traineau pourcier. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 91: 297-300.—Johnson, J. B., jr, & Wilson, G. H. The Davisson ski ambulance. In: Hist. Wartime Res. M. Field Equip. (U. S. Army Surgeon General Office) Wash, 1946, 186. ------ Snow and ice ambulance. Ibid, 228, 235.—Macauley, W. C. A sand sledge. Brit. M. J, 1917, 2: 805.—Schaefer, W. O. Der neue Schlitten der Gebirgstruppe fur den Verwundetentransport. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 238.—Timofeevsky, P. Lyzhno-nosilochnye ustanovki. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 595-601. ---- special. Clark, D. M. Modification of ambulances for crash use. 15 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. TSEAL-3-698-29, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Stretcher on wheels. See also Litter, Two-wheel. Britnev, V. [First-aid two-wheeler] Voen. med. J, 1915, 244: med. spec, pt, 596-601.—Chalier, A. Nouveau modele de chariot-brancard. Lyon chir, 1936, 33: 326-8.—Demolder, P. Rapport a la Commission de standardisation de materiel sanitaire sur l'adaptation du brancard de campagne standard sur roues. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1929, 11: 849-77, 8 pi.—Georgievsky, A. [Changes in the construction of the canvas top of the two-wheel ambulances] Voen. san. delo, 1936, No. 12, 41.—Kawinski, J. Rapport sur l'amenagement de la charrette a bras a deux roues pour le transport de deux blessed. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1936, 18: 106—Schulz. Fahrraderbahren zum Krankentransport. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 1010 (Abstr.)—Timofeevsky, P. Nosilki. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1370-9, 2 pi. AMBULANCE Corps (and Company) Bastion, J. E., & Webster, H. B. Ambu- lance company training and equipment. 40p. 24cm. Camp Greenleaf, 1918. Smith, . H. L. Memoirs of an ambulance company officer. 226p. 19>^cm. Rochester, Minn., 1940. AMBULANCE CORPS 316 AMBULANCE SERVICE British American Ambulance Corps. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 146.—Jackson, D. N. The mobile unit in action. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 682, plan.—Scott. M. M, Dundon, H. C. [et al.] The mobile unit in action. Ibid, 1941, 1: 99.—U. S. Army ambulance corps (ca 1901) For photograph see Collect, in Libra ry. AMBULANCE section. See also Unit, medical. Forteza, S. Las escuadrillas de salvamento de tripulaciones aeronrtuticas internacionales del Puerto de Pollensa. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 225.—Royal Australian Air P'orce Air Ambulance Unit. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 373. AMBULANCE service. See also Evacuation; Wounded, Transporta- tion. Aparicio de Santiago, J. Modernizaci6n de los servicios de evacuacion. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 212.—United States Army Ambulance Service. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Armv in the World War, Wash, 1925, 8: 223-59. ---- air. See Air evacuation. ---- Convoy. O'Grady, P. J. S. The organization and uses of a motor ambulance convoy. J. R. Army M. Corps, 19->7, 69: 167-77.— Organization and operation of a motor ambulance convoy. Ibid, 1935, 65: 99-107.—Stephen, R. A. Road movement by field ambulance on convoy. Ibid, 1940, 75: 189-92. ---- field. See Field ambulance. ---- History. See also subheading (Red Cross) American Ambulance Field Service. Sec- tion VIII. Diary. 71p. 20cm. Bost., 1917. Geer, A. Mercy in hell. 3. print. 264p. 21cm. N. Y., 1943. Sttjrtevant Engineering Co. Sturtevant war letters [America's Ambulance at Neuilly] 3 p. I, p.219-30. illust. plates. 4? Par., 1915. Trtjby, A. E. History of the airplane ambu- lance, compiled in the office of the chief of air service, v. p. 4? Wash., D. C, 1922. Colaco Belmonte, A. [With the ambulance of the Nether- lands Red Cross to Finland] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 2839-47.—Depage, A. Ambulance beige a Constantinople pendant la guerre des Balkans. Anjou mid., 1913, 20: 97- 114. Also J. meU Bruxelles, 1913, 18: 165-72.—Erhardt, R. Reseberiittelse fran Svenska ambulansen i Turkiet under I. Balkankriget. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1914, 39: 147-83.—Green- ough, R. B. Report of Harvard University Service at the American Ambulance, Lycee Pasteur, Neuilly-Sur-Seine, France. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, 173: 735-40.—Lachaise, J. M. P. R, Meidinger, F. E, & Demontes, R. E. Une ambu- lance d'evacuation et son groupe chirurgical dans les operations de police de l'Atlas, de mai a septembre 1932. Arch. me'd. pharm. mil, 1935, 103: 765-809, map.—Melly, J. M. An ambulance service for Ethiopia. Lancet, Lond, 1935, 2: 632.— Osgood, R. B. The Harvard unit at the American Ambulance in Paris. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, 172: 727.—Ransom, J. E. Care of the sick and wounded in early wars; the prehistory of ambulance service. Ciba Sympos, 1946-47, 8: 541-6. ------ The development of ambulance service in the armies of Great Britain, the United States and other countries. Ibid, 553-9.— Rebreyend. Philippopoli et son ambulance francaise. Hygiene, Par, 1913, 4: No. 41, 9-14.—Ribbing, S. [Roentgenological experiences of the Swedish Red Cross ambulance in Finland] Nord. med, 1940, 8: 2712.—Skinner, H. G. Notes on a mule borne A. D. S. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 173.—Swiss (A) ambulance unit in the Finnish war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 429.—Szczechura, R. [History of the first Polish ambulance Lek. wojsk, 1936, 28: 453-65.—Townshend-Stephens, C. R. John Melly; or, The British ambulance service in Ethiopia. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1935-36, 43: 223-30. ---- Instruction. Balaszeskul, F. O wyszkoleniu szeregowych sanitarnych funkcyjnych. Lek. wojsk, 1927, 9: 316-9.—Cox, W. L. S. Mechanized field ambulance training; Gibraltar. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 179-84.—Fotheringharp, J. B. Training a (mechanized) cavalry field ambulance; Egypt, 1930. Ibid, 72: 151-63.—Gibson, N. J. Random notes in field ambulance training. Ibid, 1941, 77: 92-4.—Hood, A. Training with a cavalry field ambulance. Ibid, 1935, 65: 320^4, ch.—[Instruc- tions in ambulance training and service] Militserlsegen, 1936, 42: 167-211.—Kinnear, J. Territorial field ambulance training in camp. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 102-5.—Lethem, W. A. The training of a territorial field ambulance in camp. Ibid, 1939, 72: 26-9.—Stewart, D, O'Dwyer, J. J., & Donnelly, J. H. An account of the annual training of a cavalry field am- bulance (1938) Ibid, 224-35.—Winter, H. G. The training of personnel in field ambulance duties. Ibid, 1936, 67: 321-5. ---- marine. Marine ambulance service at Miami, Fla. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1942, 57: 1944, 2 pi. ---- motor. Bouissou. Services de sante1 et motorisation. Bull, internat. Serv. sante\ Liege, 1937, 10: 599-615. ------ Also Engl. transl, 616-8.—Darnall, C. R. Mechanized evacuation within the combat regiment. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 395-113.— Delvoye, P. J. De l'organisation et du fonctionnement du service chirurgical dans un hopital d'evacuation motorist. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1945, 1: 97-115.—Garcia Valcarcel, A. La evacuaci6n hasta ei autom6vil-ambulancia. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 5: 234-48.—Marotte. Sur l'utilisation des automotrices pour le transport des blesses. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1936, 18: 110-3.— Motorised field ambulance. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 2: 665.—Nisimura, S, Nakazima, E, & Isii, Y. Kanzya zidosya oyobi zido-kasya ni yoru kanzya yuso no kenkyu [., transportation of patients by auto-ambu- lance and by auto-truck] Gun idan zassi, 1936, No. 276, 645-64, incl. 2 pi.—Sabrie, L. R. Les Evacuations en auto- rails; organisation et fonctionnement. Sess. Off. internat. docum. meU mil, 1936, 6. Sess, 191-216. Also Bull, internat. Serv. santE, Liege, 1937, 10: 525-41. Also English trans!, 541-7.—Scott, T. G. Motor transportation requirements for shipside evacuation of sick and wounded. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1944, 24: No. 5, 39-41.—Semeka, S. Avtomobilnaia sanitarnaia rota. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 44-9, pi.—Timofeevsky, P. Avtomobilnyi sani- tarnyi transport. Ibid, 54-64.—Vernengo, A. R. Ventajas de la motorizaci6n sanitaria en el transporte y tratamiento del herido de guerra. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1940, 40: pt 2, 1173-80. ---- naval. Holmgren, B. Evacuation of the wounded from naval forces. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 218.—Keevil, J. J. Disposal of casualties during and after a naval action. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 29-32.—Morrison, O. B., jr, & Mazet, R, jr. How shall we evacuate the casualties? U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1848-52.—Shestov, V. Evakuacia medicinskaia morskaia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 1110-2. ---- Red Cross. See also sect, head Red Cross. Groth, K. E. [Experiences of the Swedish Red Cross ambu- lance No. 1, in southern P'inland] Nord. med, 1940, 8: 2695- 705.—Hylander, F. [Experiences with the Finnish ambulance at the front and during the last phase of the Russo-Finnish war in the Karel forests] Ibid, 2705-11.—Odelberg, A. [Ex- periences of the Red Cross ambulance in Finland] Ibid, 2690-2.—Outline of Red Cross aid in evacuation of casualties. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 4, 29.—Palmer, I. [Statistics of medical attendance by the Red Cross Ambulance No. 2, in northern Finland] Nord. med, 1940, 8: 2692-5.— [Red Cross ambulance in Ethiopia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 1782-90.— Salmson, G. [Experiences with the Red Cross ambulance at the front, in Kemijarvi] Nord. med, 1940, 8: 2695. ---- reinforced. See also subheading (auxiliary) Kato. Sityo-hei tyutai wo motte suru kanzya yus5 kenkyu [Study on transportation of the sick by unloaded commissariat companies] Gun idan zassi, 1927, No. 164, 161-70.—Use of the metropolitan ambulance. Month. Health Rep. Mil. Distr. Washington, 1948, 1: No. 4, 15. AMEBIASIS. See under Epidemic. AMMUNITION. See Atomic bomb; Bombardment; Chemical agent; Explosive; Gas; Gunpowder; Materiel; Munitions; Ordnance; Weapon. AMPHIBIOUS forces. See also section heads Amphibious warfare; LST; Vessel. AMPHIBIOUS FORCES 317 ANIMAL Duties of Force Surgeon, Seventh Amphibious Force, 1943. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. A, 7.—Functions of Force Medical Officer, Amphibious Force, Eighth Fleet, 1944. Ibid, 3.—Rear eche- lon; training; Sixth Amphibious Force, Atlantic Fleet [ch.] Ibid, App. C, 4. AMPHIBIOUS warfare. See also preceding heads; also Injury—by branch of service; Invasion. For historical ex- amples see under World War II. Ashburn, F. S. Mobile surgery unit for amphibious opera- tions. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 552-4.—Baxter, J. P, III. Amphibious warfare. In his Scientists Against Time, Bost, 1946, 67-82.—Binning, R. Medical organization for amphibious warfare; experiences of four landings in the Medi- terranean. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 50-3.—Carson, L. D. The evacuation of sick and non-effective wounded in amphibious warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 305-13.—Clements, A. F. Eye trauma in amphibious troop operations of the U. S. S. Solace. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1944, 37: 404.—Foster, R. B. Oral surgery in amphibious warfare. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1946, 33: 293-304.—Greenfield, K. R, & Palmer, R. R. The relation of GHQ to amphibious training. In: U. S. Army in World War II, Wash, 1947, AGF 1: 85-92.— Henry, M. G. Emergency surgical measures aboard an APA during an amphibious invasion. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1057-68.—Hering, E. R. The role of the Hospital Corps in amphibious assault. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: 13-8.— Kern, R. A. The naval medical officer's surgical problems in amphibious warfare. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1945, 8: 326-32.—Knowlton, D. S. Amphibious operations. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 96-9.—McNair, S. S. Eye injuries in am- phibious warfare. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1379-81.— Medical records, amphibious operations. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. A, lg —Mersheimer, W. L. Mobile surgical units for amphibious warfare. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 551-6.—Morrison, O. B, jr, & Mazet, R, jr. The functions of medical units in amphibious operations. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 204-14. \lso Bull, internat. Serv. sante\ Liege, 1946, 19: 175-9.— P..J.M. Amphibious medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 424.— Ulen F G. Dental logistics in amphibious operations. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1948, 48: 528-37. AMPOULE. See under Drug supply. AMPUTATION. See Surgical technic, Amputation; Surgical unit, Amputation. ANAEROBIC infection. See Wound infection, anaerobe. ANATOMY, Pathological. See Pathology. ANEMIA. See under Disease. ANESTHESIA. See Injury, Treatment: Anesthetization. ANESTHETIZATION. See Injury, Treatment: Anesthetization; Sur- gical technic, Anesthetization. ANGULAR acceleration. See as subheading under Acceleration. ANIMAL. See also Ambulance, animal-drawn; Dog; Horse; also such headings as Casualty, animal; Chemical warfare; Embarkation; Epizootic; Evac- uation; Hospital; Transportation; Veterinary Corps; Wound—in animals. American Red Star Animal Relief In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash., 1923, 1: oo7.-Igarasi, Y Nan-Si ni okeru gun-yo dobutu eisei ni kan-suru tyosa gaiyo [^itary animal hygiene in South China] Rikugun zyuidan to, P?42? 5y54-64.-MacKe..ar, R.S ,Jr Thejuse of^iimakjm Shssaf ^ohi^^^^^30^^^^ Evanston, 1942, 23: No. 3, 17.—Nan-Si (hoku-bu Hutu-In) gun-yo dobutu eisei ni tuite [Hygiene of the military animals in South China (Northern French Indo-China)] Rikugun zyuidan ho, 1942, 308-15.—Robinet, G. Gli animali e la guerra. Minerva (Riv.), 1940, 50: 244.—Soegawa, M, & Kato, H. Nanchang, Hsiianchang oyobi Tangyang hukin ni hassei-seru gun-ken, gun-ba no Trypanosoma-syo ni tuite [Trypanoso- miasis in war dogs and war horses in the vicinity of Nanchang, Hsiianchang and Tangyang] Rikugun zyuidan ho, 1942, 78-91, incl. 2 pi.—Steevenson, G. F. The collection of animals for slaughter in India. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1944-45, 16: 157-9.—Watanabe, Y. Riku-Zyu-siki muketu kyosei-ki ni tuite [An instrument devised by the Army Veterinary School for the bloodless castration of animals] Rikugun zyuidan ho, 1942, 365-78.—Yamane, S. I-gun dobutu sityo no katudo to sono kyokun [Transport animals in the Italian Army and their training] Ibid, 206-13. ANOXIA. See also Altitude. [United States] National Research Coun- cil. Committee on Aviation Medicine. Sub- committee on Oxygen and Anoxia. Minutes of the meeting. Wash., 1944- Yale University. School of Medicine. Yale Aeromedical Research Unit. Report No. 41: A memorandum concerning studies under Contract OEMcmr-38 on problems of anoxia in man and animals since June 1944. 6 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1945. Anoxia in high altitude flying. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 172.—Armstrong, H. G. Anoxia in aviation. J. Aviat. M, 1938, 9: 84-91.—Bauer, L. H. High altitude and oxygen want. Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila, 1939, 1: 883-6.—Burchell, H. B, & Masland, R. L. Anoxia. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 4, 5-7.—Dussik, K. T. Entwicklung von der Hohen- forschung zur klinischen Verwertung des Sauerstoffmangels. Wien. Beitr. Neur, 1949, 2: 117-20.—Dybowski, W. Badanie lotnik6w w komorze niskich cisiiien. In: Zarys wsp6l. metod. bad. lotn. lek. (Huszczy, A.) Warsz, 1936, 78-94.—Gauer, O. Fliehkraftertraglichkeit bei Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrt- medizin, 1944, 9: 104-8.—Gemmill, C. L. A review of research work on anoxia and oxygen equipment carried out in the Physiological Section of the Research Division of the School of Aviation Medicine. Contact, Pensacola, 1944-45, 4: 390-2.— Genaud, P. E. M. Anoxie. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1939, 110: 373-431.—Gray, G. W. Three stages of oxygen starva- tion. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 228-30. Anoxia on the dawn patrol. Ibid, 230-2.—Hardmeier, E. Zum Problem des relativen Sauerstoffmangels bei Flugen in mittleren Hohenlagen (2500-4000 m) Vjschr. schweiz. Sani- tatsoff, 1949, 26: 91-4.—Jokl, E. Medical problems of avia- tion- reflex responses at high altitudes; the anoxaemic oxygen collapse. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 289-92.—Nims, L. F. Anoxia in aviation. Annual Rev. Physiol, 1948, 10: 30.5-14.—Skrypin, V. Hipoksemia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 1258-67.—Stories of anoxia. Con- tact, 'Pensacola, 1941-42, 1: No. 2, 15. ---- acute and fulminating. Kossmann, C. E. Follow-up report of a case of severe anoxic anoxia with recovery. lOp. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 372, U. S. -Air Force School Aviat. M. Acute high altitude anoxia. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 89, 57.—K, B. G. Electrocardiographic changes in fulminating anoxia. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 6, 12.—King, B. G, & Henson, M. Electrocardiographic changes in fulminating anoxia. J. Aviat.-M, 1947, 18: 3-17.— Kossmann, C. E. Severe anoxic anoxia; follow-up report of a case with recovery. Ibid, 465-70.—Piacentini, V. L'anossia acuta provocata dalla respirazione di miscele povere di ossigeno. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1943, 6: 30-50.—Ward, R. L, & Olson, O C Report of a case of severe anoxic anoxia with recovery. J.'Aviat, M, 1943, 14: 360-5 ---- Cardiovascular system. Gauer, O., & Kramer, K. Measurement of cardiac ventricular pressures of intact animals exposed to oxygen want. 10 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. 08-46-38, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Hemingway, A. The effect of oxygen depriva- tion on cardiovascular and cerebral function as observed in the anoxia demonstration at 35,000 feet [4] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 226, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ANOXIA 318 ANOXIA Henry, J. P., Klain, I. [et al.] On the effects of acute anoxia on the permeability of the capillaries in the human arm [12]p. 28cm. Wash., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 497, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Kossmann, C. E. Venous pressure, circulation time, and cell-plasma ratio during acute progres- sive anoxia in man. 14p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 4, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Starr, I., & McMichael, M. Changes in circulation and respiration in anoxemia. 6p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 165, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. White, M. S. The effect of anoxia of high altitude flight on the electrocardiogram. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 11, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Baum, W. S., Malmo, R. B, & Sievers, R. F. A compara- tive study of the effects of exercise and anoxia upon the human electrocardiogram. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 422-8.— Faraglia, L, Piacentini, V, & Gennaro, T. La velocity della circolazione del sangue nell'anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1943, 6: 69-75.— Glock, W. Untersuchungen bei Atmung sauerstoffarmer Ge- mischluft; fottlaufende Verzeichnung der Pulszeit. Luft- fahrtmedizin, 1941-42, 6: 201-12. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942^3, 3: 411 (Abstr.)—Gollwitzer-Meier, K. Ueber die Azidose des Herzmuskels unter Sauerstoffmangel. Ibid, 526 (Abstr.)—Grandpierre, R, & Franck, C. La dilatation et l'hypertrophie cardiaques dues a l'anox^mie. Mid. aeronaut, 1947, 2: 279-94.—Heimsoth, G. Pulsfrequenz und Austrei- bungszeit des Herzens nach Versuchen im Hochgebirge, bei Arbeit und bei akutem Sauerstoffmangel. Zschr. Kreis- laufforsch, 1942, 34: 329-35.—Herbst, R. Der Einfluss des Sauerstoffmangels auf den Kreislauf. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936, 1: 20-5.—Jensen, K., Kratz, W, & Schoedel, W. Periphere Kreislaufumstellung im akuten Sauerstoffmangel. Ibid, 1940-41, 5: 40-6.—Kramer, K, & Luft, U. C. Activities of the vascular system during hypoxia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Oct, 15; 1949, Jan, 24.—Loeschcke, H. Die Grenzen der Kreislaufumstellung im akuten 02-Mangelversuch. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942, 7: 1-8.—Lo Monaco Croce, T., & Giacobini, E. Modificazioni roentgenchimografiche ed elettro- cardiografiche del cuore nelle condizioni di massima anossia nell'uomo. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1942, 5: 14-44.—Meneses Hoyos, J. El electrocardiograma de la anoxia experimental. Bol. san. mil, Mex, 1949, 2: 243-51.—Mercker, H. Zur Frage der Herzinsuffizienz im Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrt- medizin, 1943, 8: 217-23.—Rein, H. Abhangigkeit der Ener- gieumsetzungen im Herzen von der Leber im besonderen Hin- blick auf seine Leistungsfahigkeit im Sauerstoffmangel. Schr. Deut. Akad. Luftfahrtforsch, 1943, 7: 69-71.—Schutz, E. Elektrokardiogramm und Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1937-38, 2: 192.—Schwarz, W. Untersuchungen uber die verschiedenen arteriellen Blutdruckreaktionen bei Sauerstoff- mangel. Ibid, 1936-37, 1: 82-100—Schwiegk, H. Heart and lack of oxygen. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 242.—Smith, G. M., Seitz, C. P., & Clark, K. B. Variations in the angioscotoma in re- sponse to prolonged mild anoxia. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 590-5.—Van Liere, E. J. Effect of anoxic anoxia on the heart; influence of exercise and effect of acute anoxia at rest. Ibid, 1941, 12: 131-5.—White, M. S, Kossmann, C. E., & Ershler, I. The effect of high altitude and rebreathing on the duration of electrical systole in man. Am. Heart J, 1942, 24: 230-9. ---- Detection. Draeger, R. H., & Fauley, G. B. The design and construction of a simplified electronic flicker-fusion apparatus and the determination of its effectiveness in detecting anoxia. 23p. 26>^cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Res. Proj. X-159, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Prast, J. W., & Noell, W. K. Anoxia warn- ing device; the slow-wave activity of the brain during earlier stages of oxygen lack. 8p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-050, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Prast, 3. W. Anoxia warning device; equipment for indica- tion and automatic signalization of oxygen lack by electro- encephalometric means. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 4. ------& Noell, W. K. Anoxia warning device. Ibid, 1948, Jan, 5; Apr, 8. ---- Effect. See also Acceleration (high altitude; Tolerance) Adams, W. R., Alving, A. S. [et al.] The effects of chronic intermittent anoxia in man; introduction, summary of results at 10,000 and 11,500 feet and conclusions. 6p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 160, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- Effects of chronic intermittent anoxia in man; miscellaneous observations. 3p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 161, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Smith, R. E. Physiological responses to hy- poxia induced in man by inspiration of a low oxygen-nitrogen mixture. 12p. 26}^cm. Be- thesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. NM 001 003 (or, X-313) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Anthony, A. J. Ueber die Wirkung des Sauerstoffmangels unter besonderer Berucksichtigung luftfahrtmedizinischer Probleme. Munch, med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 737.—Barach, A. L. Pilot error and oxygen want; with a description of a new oxygen face tent. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 1868-72. ------ Concerning oxygen-want in pilots flying at 12,000 feet alti- tudes. N. York State J. M, 1939, 39: 121-3.—Binet, L. Ob- servations physiologiques sur le mal des altitudes. In his Quest, physiol. actual. Par, 1927, 40-8.—Dvorak, J., Ko- pecky, M., & Mikula, J. Pokus o objektivni hodnoceni vlivu anoxie za vyikov^ho letu. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1948, 17: 262-4.— Glock, W. Untersuchungen bei Atmung sauerstoffarmer Gemischluft. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1941-42, 6: 201; passim.— Hartmann, D, & Adamaszek, W. Zum Vergleich der Wirkung von Unterdruck und Sauerstoffreduktion am Menschen. Ibid, 1938-39, 3: 116-31.—Hiestand, W. A., & Miller, H. R. Fur- ther observations on factors influencing the hypoxic survival of mice subjected to barometric decompression. Anat. Rec, 1944, 89: 571.—Leedham, C. L. An interesting reaction to oxygen want. J. Aviat. M, 1938, 9: 150-4.—Physiological responses to hypoxia induced in man by inspiration of a low oxygen-nitrogen mixture. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, 2.—Vacca, C. Risultati di moderne ricerche sugli effetti provocati dall'anossia nell'organismo umano. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 59-92.—Wiggers, C. J. Aviation physi- ology; the effects of anoxia. Clin. Bull, Clevel, 1942, 6: 82-7. ---- fatal. See also subheading (Pathology) Buchner, F. Die pathogenetische Wirkung des allgemeinen Sauerstoffmangels, insbesondere bei der Hohenkrankheit und dem Hohentode. Klin. Wschr, 1942, 21: 721-5.—Ladewig, P. Anoxaemic changes in the liver, with regard to the high-altitude death of airmen. Nature, Lond, 1943,151: 558.—Miiller, E., & Rotter, W. Ueber histologische Veranderungen beim akuten Hohentod. Beitr. path. Anat, 1942, 107: 156-72.—Pichotka, J. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen zur pathologischen Histolo- gic des akuten Hohentodes. Ibid, 117-55. ---- Hematology. Smith, R. E., & Pace, N. The effect of acute hypoxia, with and without added carbon dioxide, on the blood cells in man. 5p. 26}^cm. Be- thesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-313, U. S. Nav. M. Res Inst. Effect (The) of acute hypoxia, with and without added carbon dioxide, on the blood cells in man. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 20.—Egorov, P. I. Vliianie hipoxemii na krovoobrashchenie i krovetvorenie. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 13-9.—Frey, J., & Jochmann, H. Ueber die Einwirkung des Sauerstoffmangels auf das Knochen- mark. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1943, 8: 281-9. ---- Manifestations. Fulton, J. F., & Nims, L. F. Decompresrion sickness and anoxia in man and animals. 22 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1946. Forms No. 54, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Grandpierre, R. Symptomes et traitement des accidents dus a l'anox^mie de l'altitude. Mid. aeronaut, 1947, 2: 123.— Lutz, W. Der anoxische Scheintod. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1943, 8: 171-95.—Zhironkin, A. Simptomy kislorodnogo otravleniia u cheloveka. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1225-7. ---- Mental aspect. Anthony, R. A., Clarke, R. W. [et al.] A comparison of the psychological effects of first ANOXIA 319 ANOXIA and second hours of exposure to anoxia at 15,000 feet. 7 1. 28cm. N. Haven, Conn., 1943. Forms No. 18, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 141, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Chapanis, A. Evaluation of the Contrast Discrimination Test as an anoxia demonstration device. 19p. 27cm. Dayton, 1946. Forms No. TSEAA-695-65, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Liberman, A. M., Miles, W. R. [et al.] The effects of acute anoxia upon psychological func- tion in man at altitudes of 3,000, 10,000, 13,000 and 16,000 feet. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 324, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Also forms No. 29, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Harvard University. Harvard Medical School. Department of Psychiatry. In- vestigation on the effect of anoxia on the elec- troencephalogram and on the behavior of pa- tients with combat fatigue, psychoneurosis, and in normal control subjects. Technical report No. 10: A comparison between the automatic analyzer and hand-operated devices for the study of speech in interaction and in free association. 14 1. 28cm. Bost., 1949. Forms Project XIV 05-664, Contract N5 ori-76, U. S. Off. Nav. Res. ---- [The same] Technical report No. 11: The effect of breathing low oxygen mixtures on a battery of psychological performance tests in psychoneurotic patients and normal controls. 16 1. 28cm. Bost., 1949. Forms Project XIV 05-664, Contract N5 ori-76, U. S. Off. Nav. Res. Barach, A. L., McFarland, R. A., & Seitz, C. P. The effects of oxygen deprivation on complex mental functions. J. Aviat. M, 1937, 8: 197-207.—Giulio, L. La verticale apparente in condizioni di ipossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 16-27.— Hoffman, C. E., Clark, R. T., jr, & Brown, E. B., jr. Blood oxygen saturations and duration of consciousness in anoxia at high altitudes. Am. J. Physiol, 1945-46, 145: 685-92.— Mi ckenzie, C. G., Riesen, A. H. [et al.] Duration of conscious- neis in anoxia at high altitudes. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 156- 6 , &c.—Shock, N. W. The effect on learning of repeated e posures to lowered oxygen tension of the inspired air. J. t omp. Psychol, 1942, 34: 55-63. ---- Metabolic effect. Ivy, A. C, Farmer, C. J. [et al.] The effect on human subjects of the degree of ascorbic acid deficiency induced and of the metabolism of the vitamin by mild anoxia and its correlation with acid-base disturbances and 17-ketosteroid excre- tion. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 457, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Keyes, G. H., & Kelley, V. C. Study of effects of altitude anoxia on glucose metabolism; the glycogenic effect of adrenal cortical extract. 6p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-030, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Langley, L. L., Nims, L. F. [et al.] Anoxia, carbon dioxide and liver glycogen. 9 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1943. t . A] t Forms No. 14, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 108, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Nims, L. F., Bunting, H. [et al.] Anoxic anoxia and acid-base balance. 5 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1943. TT . ., , Forms No. 13, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 107, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Faraglia, C. S. A. Analisi dei meccanismi alattacido e lattacido di contrazione del debito di ossigeno nel lavoro com- piuto in parziale anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 194d, b: idJ- 48.—Giardini, A. Ricerche sui rapporti intercorrenti fra senso luminoso, anossia e glicemia. Ibid, 1948, 11: j*51 M. Goralewski, G. Der Einfluss von Sauerstoffmangel auf den Calciumspiegel im Blut. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936-^7, 1: <«»- 43.—HUlnhagen, O. Ueber Storungen der Warmeregulation im akuten Oj-Mangel bei Kaltebelastung. Ibid, 1944, 9: 16-25.—Jouck, K. T. Ueber Sauerstoffverbrauch und Warrne- haushalt im Sauerstoffmangel. Ibid, 26-32.—Keyes, G. H. A study of the effects of altitude anoxia on glucose metabolism. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 1.—McDonald, R. K. Effects of altitude anoxia on glucose metabolism. Ibid, 1947, June, 3.—Noell, W., & Chinn, H. I. The effect of carbohydrate regulatory factors upon cortical survival in anoxia. Ibid, 1948, Oct, 3.—Riihl, A. Ueber den Arbeitsstoff- wechsel bei Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936-37, 1: 241-58.-|-SiIlani, L. S. Comportamento dei grassi totali, del fosforo lipoideo, e dei corpi chetonici nel sangue deU'organismo umano sottoposto all'azione di prolungata anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1948, 11: 15-24. Nervous system. Engel, G. L., Webb, J. P., & Ferris, E. B., jr. Quantitative electroencephalographic studies of anoxia in humans; comparison with acute alco- holic intoxication and hypoglycemia. 20p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 346, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Halstead, W. C, Adams, W. [et al.] The effects of chronic intermittent anoxia; neuro- psychological aspects. 15p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 159, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Noell, W., & Chinn, H. I. The cerebral survival time of rabbits in anoxia; the develop- ment and evaluation of a standard procedure. 15p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-071, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----■ The cerebral survival time of rabbits in anoxia; neurophysiological factors. 14p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 21-02-071, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The cerebral survival time of rabbits in anoxia; effects of previous oxygenation. lOp. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 21-02-072, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Noell, W., & Dombrowski, E. B. Cerebral localization and classification of convulsions pro- duced by severe oxygen lack; electroencephalo- graphic studies on rabbits. 21p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, Tex., 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 497, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Thorner, M. W. The effects of altitude chamber anoxia upon the human electroenceph- alogram. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 119, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Baxter, N. E., White, C. S. [et al.] Syncopal reactions of anoxic subjects observed in the low pressure chamber; relation- ship to the incidence of epilepsy; preliminary report. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1103-6.—Brazier, M. A. B. Studies on the physiology of flight; effect of anoxia on the electroenceph- alogram of psychoneurotic and normal adults. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1946, 56: 725-9.—Chinn, H. I., & Noell, W. Chemical changes of brain during anoxia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Oct, 13; 1949, Jan, 20.—Chornyak, J. The pathogenesis of the structural changes in the central ner- vous system produced by anoxemia. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 695-702.—Klingman, W. O. Nervous system disturbances from anoxia and related factors in flying person- nel. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1947, 106: 388-93. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1948, 59: 813-7.—Kornmuller, A. E, Palme, F., & Strughold, H. Ueber Veranderungen der Gehirn- aktionsstrome im akuten Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedi- zin, 194CW1, 5: 161-83.—Lindenberg, R., & Noell, W. K. Neurohistologic investigations on general oxygen deficiency of the brain. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 9 — Lo Monaco Croce, T. La sensibilita del riflesso ipertensorio alio stimolo anossico. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1942, 5: 3-13.— Malmejac, J., & Chardon, G. Resistance des centres respira- toires vaso-moteurs et adrenalino-secr^teurs a l'anoxie. Mid. aeronaut, 1946, 1: 344-50.—Mangiacapra, A. La grafica cerebrale in anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1943, 6: 5-29. Influenza di stimoli psichici e fisici sulla grafica cere- brale in anossia. Ibid, 149-66.—Noell, W. K. The recovery of the brain from anoxia after administration of analeptic drugs; electroencephalographic studies on rabbits. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 337-45.------& Chinn, H. I. The cerebral survival time of rabbits in anoxia; the development and evaluation of a standard procedure. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M. 1948, Jan, 7; Apr, 10; July, 6; 1949, Jan, 5, 6. ------ The cerebral survival time of rabbits in anoxia; effects of previous oxygenation. Ibid, Jan, 8; Apr, 11; 1949, Jan, 6.—Noell, W., & Dombrowski, E. Cerebral localization and classification of ANOXIA 320 ANOXIA convulsions produced by severe oxygen lack. Ibid, 1947. June, 28.—Noell-Schneider, Oxygen deficiency in the cerebra' circulation. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 512 (Abstr.;— Prast, J. W, & Noell, W. K. Indication of earlier stages of human hypoxia by electroencephalometric means. J. Aviat. M, 1948. 19:426-34— Schneider, M. Die Gehirndurchblutung im Hohenkollaps. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942^3, 3: 527 (Abstr.)—Yaskin, J. C, & Thorner, M. W. The effects upon the cerebral cortex of altitude chamber anoxia. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1943, 69: 88-93. ---- Pathology. Lewis, R. B., & Haymaker, W. High alti- tude hypoxia; autopsy observations in seventy- five fatal cases and an analysis of the causes of the hypoxia. 34p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 513, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Biichner, F. Strukturveranderungen durch allgemeinen Sauerstoffmangel, insbesondere bei der Hohenkrankheit. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 526 (Abstr)—Kritzler, R. A. Acute high altitude anoxia; gross and histologic observations in 27 cases. War Med, Chic, 1944, 6: 369-77.—Lewis, R. B. High altitude hypoxia; the autopsy findings in 75 fatal cases and an analysis of the causes of hypoxia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 20. ------ & Haymaker, W. High altitude hypoxia; observations at autopsy in 75 cases and an analysis of the causes of the hypoxia. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 306-36.—Lewis, R. B., & Pichotka, J. The pathogenesis of the morphologic changes in the liver and other internal organs due to acute and chronic hypoxia and their functional significance. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Apr, 26. ------ & Walker, W. Pathogenesis of the morphologic changes in the liver and other internal organs due to acute and chronic hypoxia and their functional significance. Ibid, 1947, Oct, 1; 1948, Jan, 20.—Luft, U. Das morphologische Bild hvpoxamischer Organ veranderungen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1937-38, 2: 231-8.—Van Liere, E. J, & Stickney, J. C. The organ weight-body weight ratios in dogs following exposures to discontinuous anoxia. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 194-9. ---- Performance. Birren, J. E., Fisher, M. B. [et al.] Effects of anoxia on performance at several simulated altitudes. 19p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-293, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Also J. Exp. Psychol, 1946, 36: 35-49. Brobeck, J. R., Clarke, R. W. [et al.] A biochemical study of the effect of anoxia on exercise performance in human subjects. 18 1. 28cm. N. Haven, Conn., 1943. Forms No. 24, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 250, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Effects of anoxia on performance at several simulated alti- tudes. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.- June, 17.—Koch, A. Ueber die Arbeitsfahigkeit des gesunden Menschen bei 02-Mangel entsprechend einer Hohe von 4-8000 ni. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1938-39, 3: 204-15.—Ricketts, H. T, Adams, W. R. [et al.] The effects of mild anoxia on neuro- muscular coordination in skilled investigators. J. Aviat M 1945, 16: 429-31.—Schnell, J. Uber das Verhalten des Muskel- binnendruckes (Aluskeltonus) bei akutem Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942, 7: 68-83. ---- Physiopathology. Alving, A. S., Adams, W. [et al.] The effects of chronic intermittent anoxia in man; studies of renal function. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 135, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Anthony, R. A., Clarke, R. W. [et al.] Renal function in man at reduced partial pres- sures of oxygen. 2 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1943. Forms No. 17, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 138, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Dalton, A. J., Jones, B. F. [et al.] Changes in the testes of rats following repeated daily ex- posure to lowered barometric pressure with re- duced oxygen tension; preliminary report. 7p 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 166, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Kelley, V. C, & McDonald, R. K. Further observations on the effects of altitude anoxia on renal function. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field 1947. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 500, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Also in Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 154: 201-6. ---- Some observations of the effects of alti- tude anoxia on renal function. lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 506, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Anthony. Ueber die Wirkung des Sauerstoffmangels unter besonderer Berucksichtigung luftfahrtmedizinischer Probleme Klin. Wschr, 1940, 19: 750.—Burkhardt, W. L., Flickinger, D, & Adler, H. F. Production of histamine in the body during hypoxia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 24— Charnyi, A. M, Strelcov, V. V. [et al.] Potreblenie kisloroda i krivaia dissociacii oxihemoglobina v period posledeistviia vysotnoi anoxii. Arkh. pat, Moskva, 1946, 8: 22-7, illust.— Garrard, W. D. Effect of the anoxia produced at high altitude on infection and immunity. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Apr, 41.—Green, D. M, Butts, J. S, & Mulholland, H. F. The relationship of anoxia susceptibility to diet. J Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 311-27.—McDonald, R. K.' Renal func- tion studies in relation to anoxia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Mar, 21. ------ & Kelley, V. C. Effects of altitude anoxia on renal function. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 154: 193-200.—Nichols, J. Quantitative histochemical changes in the adrenal following exposure to anoxia. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 171-8.—Scano, A. Sul comportamento della pres- sione del liquido cefalo-rachidiano in anossia. Riv. med aeronaut, 1947, 10: 144-70, tab.—Schnell, J. Ueber das Verhalten des Muskelbinnendruckes (Muskeltonus) bei akutem Sauerstoffmangel. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 585 (Abstr.)—Weltz, G, & Werz, R. v. Die Darmbewegungen unter Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942, 7: 98-117 Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 585 (Abstr.) ---- Prevention and treatment. Davis, S. K. Effects of cytochrome C on anoxia. 8 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-112B, U. S. Air Force Aero M. Laborat. Gibbs, F. A., Gibbs, E. L. [et al.] The value of carbon dioxide in counteracting the effects of low oxygen. 12 1. 28cm. N. Haven, 1942. Forms No. 11, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Also forms No. 47, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. Gray, J. S. Concerning the use of carbon dioxide to counteract anoxia. 44p. 27cm Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 310, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Humm. F. D., Liberman, A. M., & Nims, L. F. Performance comparison of oxygen and oxygen-COs mixtures at 43,300 feet. 5 1. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 32, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Ivy, A. C, Friedemann, T. E., & Grodins, F. S. Effectiveness of a high carbohydrate diet in raising the ceiling of men under the condition of anoxia. 20p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 329, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Count. Nims, L. F., & Fulton, J. F. A memorandum concerning studies under contract OEMcmr-38 on problems of anoxia and oxygen equipment. 5 1. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 35, Rep. Yale Aeromed. Res. Unit. Noell, W. K. Cerebral recovery from anoxia after use of analeptics; studies on rabbits. lOp. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 519, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Smith, P. K. Effect of sulfonamide drugs on anoxia tolerance; effects of prophylactic doses of sulfanilamide, sulfathiazole, sulfadiazine and sulfapyrazine. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 76, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. .—~ Lack of effect of thiamine chloride or nicotinic acid amide on hypoxia tolerance. 3 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 223, U. S. Air Force School WLTV7at«M-^AIso forms ReP- No- 266. Com- Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Snapp, F. E., Adler, H. F., & Kramer, K. The effect of various respiratory stimulants on ANOXIA 321 ANOXIA dogs depressed by anoxia. 6p. 26cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-034, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Adler, H. F. Eftect of COj and Oj on anoxic respiratory centers. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Mar, 16.— Behnke, A. R. Measures to counteract anoxia. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 60-2.—Beinert, H., Kramer, K. [et al.] Further investigation on the injection of respiratory catalysts in an attempt to improve anoxia tolerance. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 30; 1948, Jan, 27; Apr, 37; Oct, 12; 1949, Jan, 19.—Dill, D. B, Benson, O. O, jr fet al.] Benzedrine sulphate, amphetamine, and acute anoxia; respiratory effects. J. Aviat. M, 1940, 11: 181-6.—Emerson, G. A. Drug prophylaxis against iethal effects of severe anoxia; neostigmine bromide and diphenylhydantoin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1943, 54: 252-4. ------& Van Liere, E. J. Drug prophylaxis against lethal effects of severe anoxia. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 689-706.—Faraglia, L. L'azione del- l'aneurina sulla resistenza all'anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1942, 5: 391-401.—Flickinger, D, & Adler, H. F. A study of the role of respiratory enzymes in anoxia. Sympos. Mil. Phys- iol, Wash, 1947, 44.—Garasenko, V. M. The use of carbon dioxide at lowered barometric pressures. Am. Rev. Sovet M, 1944-45, 2: 119-25.—Gibbs, F. A., Gibbs, E. L. [et al.] The value of carbon dioxide in counteracting the effects of low oxygen. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 250-61.—Graybiel, A, Michelsen, J. [et al.] Benzedrine sulphate, amphetamine, and acute anoxia; effects on the cardiovascular system. Ibid, 1940, 11: 186-93.—Knehr, C. A. Benzedrine sulphate, amphet- amine, and acute anoxia; mental work. Ibid, 194-6.— Lo Monaco Croce, T., & Faraglia, L. Azione dei composti benzedrinici sulla resistenza all'anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1941, 4: 109-24, ch.—Millikan, G. A. Anoxia and oxygen equipment. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 296- 317.—Noell, W. K. The recovery of the brain from anoxia after application of analeptic drugs; electroencephalographic studies on rabbits. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 29. ------& Chinn, H. I. The effect of carbohydrate regulatory factors upon cortical survival in anoxia. Ibid, 1949, Jan., 8.— Petrov, 1. R. [The administration of small amounts of CO2 combined with oxygen in anoxia] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 50—Poupa, O, & Schreiber, V. Vliv cysteinu na odolnost k vySkove" anoxii. Biol, listy, Praha, 1949, 30: 190-3.—Rahn, H, & Otis, A. B. Survival differences breathing air and oxygen at equivalent altitudes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y, 1949, 70: 185._Riesen, A. H, Tahmisian, T. N, & Mackenzie, C. G. Prolongation of consciousness in anoxia of high altitude by glucose. Ibid, 1946, 63: 250-4.—Schwarz, W. Folgeerschei- nungen therapeutischer 02-Gaben bei Sauerstoffmangel. Luft- fahrtmedizin, 1939-40, 4: 14-7.—Snapp, F. E., Adler, H. F, & Kramer, K. The effect of various respiratory stimulants on dogs depressed by anoxia. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 20; 1949, Jan, 21.—Wantig, W. Versuche zur medikamentosen Behandlung und Verhutung der Hohenkrank- heit; der Einfluss einiger Medikamente auf das Verhalten des Kaninchens bei Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936-37, 1: 178-84. ---- Respiratory effect. Adams, W., Barron, E. S. G. [et al.] The effects of chronic intermittent anoxia; alveolar gas tensions. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 345, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Dustin, E. H. Effects of hypoxia on respira- tion after adrenolytic drugs. 66p. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-696-79H, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Helmholz, H. F., jr, Bateman, J. B., & Boothby, W. M. The effects of altitude anoxia on the respiratory processes. 17p. 28cm. Wash 1944. Forms Rep. No. 360, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Opitz, E. Oxygen reserve in man after inter- ruption of oxygen at high altitude. 6 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. A ^ . Forms No. S7-46-27, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Benzinger, T. Das Verhalten der Alveolarluft bei abneh- mendem Sauerstoffgehalt der Einatmungsluft und bei Zusatz von Kohlensaure. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936-37, 1: ^2o-cS7. ------ & Konig, H. Alveolarluft und Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 159-75.—Clamann, HG, Becker-Freyseng, H., & Liebegott, G. Das allgemeine Ver- halten und die morphologischen Liingenveranderungen ver- schiedener Tierarten bei langer Einwirkung erhohten Sauer- stoffteildrucks. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1940-41, 5: 17-2d.— Eckel, K. Zur Methodik der Mangelatmung mit definierten NjOz-Gemischen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der unregelmiissigen Luftdruckschwankungen. Ibid, 1944, ». 68-81—Faraglia, L. Le condizioni respiratone nel lavoro 824787—VOL. 11, 4th series-----21 compiuto in anossia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1942, 5: 180-99.— Fegler, J. [Investigations on the effect of rarified atmosphere with partially equalized pressure of oxygen on the volume of the dead space in the respiratory apparatus] Polski przegl. med. lot, 1938, 7: 1-15.—Hartmann, D. Zum Vergleich der Wirkung von Unterdruck und Sauerstoffreduktion am Men- schen; Allgemeinverhalten und Atmungsuntersuchungen. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1938-39, 3: 116-24.—Helmholz, H. F., jr, Bateman, J. B, & Boothby. W. M. The effects of altitude anoxia on the respiratory processes. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 366-80.—Koch, E. Die Atemsteigerung bei Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 154-8.—LeMessurier, D. H. Oxygen lack and carbon monoxide. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 121.—Lloyd, P. Use of oxygen on the Mount Everest Expedi- tion, 1938. Nature, Lond, 1939, 143: 961-3.—Opitz. Atem- steigerung im Sauerstoffmangel nach Hohenanpassung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 870. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch, 1940, 32: 429.—Strughold, H. Atmung und Wirkstoffe. Luft- fahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 192-7.—Vinet, L., & Strumza, M. V. Mecanisme de la persistance de l'activite' nerveuse respiratoire dans l'anox^mie. MeU aeronaut, 1946, 1: 338-40. ---- Sense organs. Halstead, W. C, Adams, W. [et al.] The effects of chronic intermittent anoxia; neuro- psychological aspects (dynamic visual field re- sults) 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 343, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hecht, S., Hendley, C. D., & Frank, S. The effect of anoxia on visual contrast discrimination. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 184, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hecht, S., Hendley, C. D. [et al.] Contrast discrimination charts for demonstrating the effect of anoxia on vision. 16p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 358, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. United States. Air Force. Aero Medical Laboratory. Memorandum report No. ENG- M-49-695-12H; Test for demonstration of the effects of anoxia on vision. 3p. 26}£cm. Day- ton, 1943. Bietti, G. B., & Giardini, A. Influenza dell'anossia sui movi- menti oculari; ricerche comparative sull'azione dell'anossia e dell'alcool da solio associati. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 198-210, tab. ------ Azione della anossia acuta sul potere di fusione delle immagini retiniche. Ibid, 339-48.—Bietti, G., & Scano, A. Ricerche di pupillografia in anossia. Ibid, 1948, 11: 177-209, pi.—Dumont, P, Bailliart, J. P. [et al.] Notes sur les troubles fonctionnels visuels et les modifications retiniennes d'origine anox^mique chez l'aviateur. Bull. Soc. fr. opht, 1947. 60: 348-58.—Grether, W. F., Cowles, J. T., & Jones, R. E. The effect of anoxia on visual illusions. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 19, 249-55.— Griittner, R. Ueber das Verhalten des optokinetischen Nystag- mus im akuten Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1944, 9: 1-15—Hartmann, H. Die obere Horgrenze bei Sauerstoff- mangel. Ibid, 1936-37. 1: 192-202.—Nizetifi, B., jr. Influen- za dell'anossia sulla migrazione del pigmento retinico. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1948, 11: 516-22, pi.—Schmidt, I, & Bingel, A. Effect of oxygen lack on color saturation thresholds. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Oct, 5.—Tittel, S. Das Verhalten der optischen Reaktionszeit im akuten Sauerston- man^el und in der anschliessenden Phase der Erholung. Luft- fahrtmedizin, 1943, 8: 201-16. ---- Sequelae. See also Aircraft crashing. Burchell, H. B. Report of accidents result- ing from anoxia in aircraft. 12 1. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 206, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Masland, R. L. Report of accidents resulting from anoxia in aircraft, v. p. [25] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 206, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Also forms Rep. No. 225, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ____ [The same] 83p. 27cm. Randolph Field 1944. Forms Rep! No. 3. Proj. No. 206, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Burchell H. B. Report of accidents from anoxia in aircraft. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 9, 20.—Oxygen deficiency offered as explanation for aviation accidents. Pennsylvania M. J, 1937-38 41-102.—Wormley, G. W. An anoxia accident in the Eighth Air Force. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 9, 20. ANOXIA 322 ANTHROPOMETRY ---- Tolerance (& acclimatization) Gagne, R. M., & Smith, P. K. Criteria of anoxia tolerance; evaluation of a group of psy- chological tests for use as indices of anoxia. 27p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 89, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Grether, W. F. Criteria of anoxia tolerance; development of psychological tests for use in the altitude chamber [34] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 89, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----& Smith, P. K. Criteria of anoxia toler- ance; validation of a group of psychomotor tests as measures of the effects of partial anoxia upon human performance. 8 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 89, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Koltze, H. *Zur Frage der Anpassung an den 02-Mangel im TJnterdruck [Berlin] 15p. 23cm. Charlottenb., 1939. Pace, N., Consolazio, W. V., & Lozner, E. L. Preliminary studies on the transfusion of red blood cells into normal men in order to increase tolerance to hypoxia. 5p. 26}^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-524, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, Vaughan, B. E., & Houston, C. S. Physio- logical changes in acclimatization to high alti- tude; the use of the A-103 Pauling oxygen analyzer to determine oxygen partial pressure. 11 1. 27cm. Pensacola, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-720 (Av-376-s) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. Gordon, H, Korenyi, Z, & Scholtz v. Mereny, G. Ueber den Mechanismus der Hohenumstellung bei schnell eintre- tender Hypoxic Luftfahrtmedizin, 1943, 8: 290-302.— Herbst, R. Ueber Anpassungsvorgange des menschlichen Korpers an Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1936-37, 1: 141-60.-—Houston, C. S. Operation Everest; a study of acclimatization to anoxia. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1783-92. Also Contact, Pensacola, 1946-17, 6: 160-5. ------ The adaptations which produce acclimatization to oxygen lack. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 237-43.—Leblond, C. P., Gross, J, & Laugier, H. Effect of fasting on resistance to anoxia. Ibid, 1943, 14: 262.—McFarland, R. A, & Dill, D. B. A comparative study of the effects of reduced oxygen pressure on man during acclimatization. Ibid, 1938, 9: 18-44.—Margaria, R, & Faragua, L. Modificazioni della resistenza alia anossia prova- cate da variazione dell'equilibrio acido-base del sangue. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1941, 4: 22-30.—Preliminary studies on the transfusion of red blood cells into normal men in order to in- crease tolerance to hypoxia. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Re*. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 31.—Reynolds, O. E, & Phillips, N. E. Adaptation of the albino rat to discontinuous chronic exposure to altitude anoxia. Am. J. Physiol, 1947-48, 151: 147-54.—Schwarz, W. Der Einfluss des Alters auf die Wider- standsfiihigkeit gegen Sauerstoffmangel. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1936, 1: 39-43.—Vannotti, A. The adaptation of the cell to effort, altitude and to pathological oxygen deficiency. Schweiz med. Wschr, 1946, 76: 899-903. Also Deut. med. Wschr. 1947, 72: 43 (Abstr.) ANTHRAX. See under Epidemic. ANTHROPOMETRY. See also Fitness; Height and weight; Medical examination; Recruiting statistics. Berman, I. R. The reliability of height, weight, chest, and abdominal measurements of aviation cadets. 9 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 18, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Brennecke, T. *Untersuchungen iiber Kor- perlange, Brustumfang und rechten Oberarmum- fang an Stellungspflichtigen des Kantons Basel- Stadt. 41p. 8? Basel, 1935. Brues, A. M. Body measurements of AAF flyers (graphic) 221. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-695-32-L, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Lobo da Silva, A. A anthropologia no Exer- cito brasileiro. p. 7-299. 33 ^cm. Rio, 1928. In: Arch. Mus. nac. Rio. 1928, 30: MacDonald, A. Anthropometry of soldiers. p. 1071-98. 8? Bombay, 1920. In: Proc. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc, 1920. Randall, F. E. Anthropometric nomograph of Army men. 20 1. 27cm. Wash., 1949. Forms No. 147, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) ----& Munro, E. H. Anthropometric nomo- graph of Army women. 13 1. 27cm. Wash., 1949. Forms No. 148, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 9: Report on anthropometric measurements. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. ■---- Project No. 9: Partial report on anthro- pometric measurements; size increase of men wearing various clothing combinations. Ip. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Balestra, D. La preparazione dell'indagine antropometrica sugli iscritti in una classe di leva in Italia. Metron, Roma, 1932-33, 10: 53.—Bunkin, N. Indeksy fizicheskogo razvitiia (antropometricheskie) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 903-5.—-Cassinis, U. La misura dei diametri toracici in confronto a quella del perimetro nel giudizio di idoneita fisica. Gior. med. mil. 1934, 82: 4.—Frassetto, F. A uniform blank of measurements to be used in recruiting; a plea for the standardization of anthropological methods. Am, Anthrop, 1919, 21: 175-81. ------ II sistema di normalita fra statura, perimetro toracico e peso nelle norme per il recluta- mento. Arch, fascista med. polit, 192S, 2: 14-8. Also Riv. antrop, 1928-29, 28: 469-73. ------ Rapporti fra statura peso e perimetro toracico nei soldati italiani; tabelle del valori normali e paranormali. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1933, n. ser, 8: 31-50, 5 ch. ------ Formule di normalita fra sta- tura peso e perimetro toracico nei soldati italiani delle classi recenti con speciale riguardo all'arma di cavalleria. Gior. med. mil., 1933, 81: 730-60.—Gini, C. Alcuni risultati preliminari dell'indagine antropometrica sui soldati italiani. In his Saggi di demogr, Roma, 1934, 589-607.—Hertzberg, H. T. E. Post- war anthropometry in the Air Force. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1948, 6: 363-71.—Hoist, H. B. [Some chest measurements from military manoeuvres of 1921] Norsk tskr. mil. med, 1922, 26: 16-8.—Howard, J. W. Antropologia militar. Sem. med, B. Air, 1919, 26: pt 2, 449-52.—Koch, E. W. Wachs- tumsbeschleunigung, Rekrutenlange und Durchschnittsgrosse der Erwachsenen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1936, 62: 1140.— MacDonald, A. Anthropometry of soldiers. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, 94: 1023-7. Also repr. Also An. Acad, cienc. me'd. Habana, 1918-19, 55: 577-600. Also Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1919, 24: 191-208.—Morant, G. M. Anthropometric problems in the Royal Air Force. Brit. M. Bull, 1947, 5: 25-31.—Pinto Novaes, J. A antropometi ia nos efectivos da Forca Armada. Arq. anat, 1932-33, 15: 1; 101; 553.—Randall, F. E. Anthropometry in the Quartermaster Corps. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1948, 6: 247; 373. ANTIAIRCRAFT. See also Air defense; Defense; Flak. Gray, G. W. The antiaircraft director. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 139—Hotzl, H. Der Luftschutz- sanitatsdienst bei der Truppe. Gasschutz, 1942, 13: 47.— Laurie, A. R. Anti-aircraft medical services. In: Org. Strat. & Tact. Army M. Serv. War (Nicholls, T. B.) Lond, 2. ed, 1940, 218-21.—Leonardov, B. Protivovozdushnaia oborona. In; Bolsh. med. encikl, 1933, 27: 428-32.—Miiller, A. Ueber das Schiessen gegen Flugzeuge und Luftschiffe. Naturwiss. Wschr, 1915, 14: 337-45.—Popov, G. Mediko-sanitarnaia sluzhba mestnoi protivovozdushnoi oborony. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 696-700. ------ Protivovoz- dushnaia oborona medicinskih uchrezhdenii. Ibid, 4: 899- 901.—Taboada Sangro, C. Las armas antiaereas y los pro- gresos de la aviation. Eje>cito, 1941, No. 23, 13-7. ANTI-ATLAS campaign (1931) See under Wars and campaigns. ANTIBIOTICS 323 ARCTIC SERVICE ANTIBIOTICS. See under such headings of the section as Therapeutics, Antibiotics; Wound, Treatment: Antibiotics; Wounded, Treatment: Antibiotics. ANTI-G suit. See Acceleration, Protection: Clothing. ANTILLES. See as subheading under World War II. ANTIQUITY. See under Medical organization; Surgery—by periods; Wars and campaigns, Antiquity. ANTISEPSIS. See under Surgical technic, Antisepsis. ANXIETY states. See as subheading under War neurosis. ANZIO beachhead. See as subheading under World War II. AP A For reference see under Amphibious warfare. APAMAMA. See as subheading under World War II. APPARATUS. See under such terms as Equipment; Ortho- pedics, Apparatus; Radiology, Apparatus, etc. APPENDICITIS. See Disease—by specific types: Appendicitis. APPLIED psychology. See Psychology, applied. APTITUDE. See such terms as Aviator, Aptitude; Medical examination, Aptitude test. ARCTIC service. See also Aviation, Climatic aspect; Kit; Opera- tion, arctic; Winter warfare. Shestov, V. I. Sanitarnoe obespechenie plavanii v severnykh moriakh. 189p. 21cm. Leningr., 1939. Standley, P. C. Edible plants of the Arctic region. 49p. 19Kcm. Wash., 1943. Forms Navmed 119, U. S. Navy Bur. M. & S. United States. Air Force. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Information Branch. ADTIC digest. Ser. No. 1, Digest No. 1, 3. 2 nos. 13p.; 17p. 27cm. Eglin Field, 1943. United States. Air Forces. Flight Con- trol Command, and Safety Education Section. Arctic emergencies. 65p. 14J^cm. n. p., 1943. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual, TM 1-240: Arctic manual, April 1, 1942. 74p. 21}^cm. Wash., 1942. Airborne bacteria and other organisms in the polar area. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. Arctic Aeromed. Laborat, 1948, July, 2.— Antarctica. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1949-50, 29: No. 9, 98-101.—Arctic trials. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1949, No. 10, 2; No. 11, 5-11.—Griffin, D. R. Investigation of the physiological basis of orientation of migratory birds in Arctic and sub-Arctic regions. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, Julv, 396.—H. M. S. Vengeance; Arctic trials. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1949, No. 9, 5.—Hovanitz, W. Arctic biology, Colias. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 396.—Kobzev, A. Zapoliarje (territoria) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 758-78.— Lally, T. F. A tour of duty in the Arctic. Contact, Pensacola, 1945-46, 5: 426-32.—Literatura po sanitarnomu obespecheniiu plavanii v severnyh moriah i kosvenno kasaiushchaiasia etih voprosov. In: San. obesp. plavan. v Severn, moriah (Shestov, V. I.) Leningr, 1939, 184-6.—MacGinitie, G. E. Distribution and ecology of Arctic marine organisms. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 398.—Poulter, T. C. Geophysical studies in the Antarctic. Ibid, 248.—Ronne, F. Antarctic adventure. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1948, Mar, 3-10.— Shelesnyak, M. C. Arctic Research Laboratory, Office of Naval Research, Point Barrow, Alaska. Science, 1948, 107: 283. ------Arctic summer, 1949. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1950, Feb, 15-20.—Shestov, V. 1. Sanitarno-profilakticheskoe obespechenie. In his San. obesp. plavan. v Severn, moriakh, Leningr, 1939, 8-107, map. ------ Klimaticheskie usloviia plavanii. Ibid, 8-15. ------ Zagriaznennost vozdukha mikroorganizmami. Ibid, 13-5. ------ Zhilishchno-bytovye usloviia na sudakh. Ibid, 15-33. ------ Ochki-konservy. Ibid, 45. ------ Sanitarno-profilakticheskoe obespechenie; pitanie. Ibid, 47-83. ------ Vodosnabzhenie. Ibid, 84- 92. ------ Khimiko-bakteriologicheskie issledovaniia vody ledovykh ozer i poluchaemoi pri taianii Ida. Ibid, 87-90. —---- Osobennosti sanitarno-profilakticheskogo obespeche- niia na zimovke. Ibid, 100-7. ------ Lechebno-evakua- cionnoe obespechenie. Ibid, 108-39, tab. ------ Medi- cinskii uchet lichnogo sostava. Ibid, 108-14. ------ Ambu- latornaia obrashchaemost i zabolevaemost. Ibid, 114-26, tab. ------ Sposoby konservirovaniia i khraneniia nekotorykh produktov pitaniia. Ibid, 166-9.—Stage, H. H, & Deonier, C. C. Central Arctic survey. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1948, No. 3, 39-41.—Stefansson, V. Encyclopedia Arctica. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 395.— Washburn, A. L. Bibliography on the Arctic. Ibid, 395. ---- Clothing. Belding, H. S. Protection against dry cold. 19p. 26}£cm. Lawrence, Mass., 1949. Forms No. 155, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) Goddard, W. L. Sweat retention and thermal insulation of arctic clothing lined with wool, fiberglas, and a cotton-fiberglas admixture. 20p. 26^cm. Lawrence, Mass., 1949. P'orms No. 153, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 11: Report on Project No. 11: Test of clothing, battle, four- zone (OQMG-214) cold and arctic zone issues. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. ---- Project No. 20: Studies of cold weather clothing. Report on Sub-Project No. 20-1: The effect of leakage from closures upon thermal pro- tection (OQMG test number 57 I-A) v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. ---- [The same] Report on Sub-Project No. 20-2: The insulation provided by windbreaks (OQMG test No. 57-11) v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. United States. War Department. Technical manual TM 10-275: Principles of cold weather clothing and equipment. 82p. 23cm. Wash., 1944. Yaglou, C. P. A rational method for deter- mining local and over-all insulation of low tem- perature clothing. 9p. 26}^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 8, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Anti-cold preparations in the extreme cold region. Med. Targets, 1945, No. M-AB, 98.—Beam, F. A. Clothing for war in Arctic climates; experiences in Iceland. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 282.—Belding, H. S. Effects of wind on protection provided by Arctic clothing. Bull. Shelter (NRC) Wash, 1949, 20.------Russell, H. D. [et al.] Analysis of factors concerned in maintaining energy balance for dressed men in extreme cold; effects of activity on the pro- tective value and comfort of an arctic uniform. Am. J. Physiol, 1947, 149: 223-39.—Clothing, arctic. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 83-5.—Clothing, wet-cold, combat. Ibid, 81.—Determination and evaluation of prin- ciples concerned in the development of better protection against cold environments. Ibid, 117.—Device for protection of head and respiratory tract against cold. Ibid, 263.—Hiidmann. Practical problems of the protection against cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 249.—Perry, W. O. Insulating cloth for cold-weather clothing. Techn. Data Digest, Dayton, 1949, 14: No. 23, 13-9.—Protec- tion from the cold in northern regions. In: Prev. Med. in ARCTIC SERVICE 324 ARCTIC SERVICE World War II, Wash, 1948, 8: 231-44.—Rational (A) method for determining local and over-all insulation of low temperature clothing. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 8. ---- Hygiene. Bright, N. Cold room test of five small stoves to ascertain suitability as components in personal type arctic survival kits. 19 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-670-20D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Dutilly, A. A. A bibliography on the relation of mosquitoes to vegetation in the Eurasian arctic and subarctic. 108p. 26^cm. Wash., 1950. Forms No. 162, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) Murray, N. N. Urinal; arctic survival equip- ment. 7p. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-670-22J, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. United States. Air Force. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Information Center. Informa- tional bulletin. Ser. A, No. 8: care of personnel in the Arctic. 9p. 26Kcm. Eglin Field, 1943. Yaglou, C. P., Lee, G., & Solish, G. I. Per- formance of military shelters in high winds and in sub-zero temperatures. 14 1. 27cm. Wash., 1949. Forms No. 2, Progr. Rep. Com. Envir. Hyg. U. S. Army. Berghout, C. F. Methods of heating Arctic shelters. Bull. Shelter (NRC) Wash, 1949, 21.—Clark, L. K. Recommenda- tions of Subcommittee on Waste Disposal concerning human waste disposal in the Arctic. Ibid, 82-4.—Cox, W. C. A consideration of the characteristics of the proposed Arctic shelters. Ibid, 48-51.—Disposal of garbage in permafrost areas. Bull. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 16. meet, 183- 94.—Roppes, W. F. A report on characteristics of snow houses and their practicability as a form of temporary shelter. Ibid, 14. meet, 138-55.—Krupin, A. S. [Sanitary sketch of the expeditionary trip on the hydrographic boat Taimyr to the drifting station "North Pole"] Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1941, 1: 276-302.—Moore, E. W. A summary of available data on quality of Arctic waters. Bull. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 17. meet, 227-40.—Muntsch, O. Hygienische Erfahrungen bei militarischen Unternehmungen im kalten Klima. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 376-8.—Newton, C. D. Study of environmental conditions in Arctic shelters. Bull. Shelter (NRC) Wash, 1949, 16-8.— Rogers, H. G. Report on investigation of sanitary features of utilidor construction and substitutes therefor in Arctic installa- tions. BuU. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 13. meet, 111- 5.—Wilson, C. S. Insect control measures in the arctic. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1948, No. 4, 54-6. ---- Medical aspect. Barker, E. D. Field test of Casualty Camp, Arctic Aerial Delivery. 18p. 26J^cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-670-21-I, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Green, J. C, & Smith, F. K. Field test of the bag, casualty, evacuation (experimental) 6p. 26Hcm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1950. Forms Proj. No. 21-01-023, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. Johnson, C. A. Cold weather medical prob- lems in the Alaskan Theater 1943-44. lip. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 313, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Molnar, G. W., & Allen, M. E. Cold room tests of the efficiency of the Finnish paper evacu- ation bag. 30 1. 29cm. Fort Knox, 1949. Forms Proj. No. 6-64-12-08-(3) U. S. Army Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat. United States. Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Medical series 1, No. 1: Medical conditions in Arctic regions [Revised] 7p. 27cm. Orlando, 1944. United States. Army. Medical Nutrition Laboratory. Report No. 42: Final report of survival in the cold; a metabolic and nutritional study of soldiers acclimatized to heat trans- ported abruptly to a very cold climate, 4 Jan- uary-11 February 1948. 78 1. 26cm. Chic, 1948. Winfield, R. H. Medical aspects of R. A. F. polar research flights. 47 1. 16}^cm. Lond., 1946. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 663, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Bond, A. A medical officer in the Antarctic. Med. Press, Lond, 1948, 220: 9.—Eisberg, H. B. Some of the problems facing a Naval medical officer in the Arctic. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 278-83.— Miller, M. R. Relationship of allergic manifestations of living in a cold climate. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. Arctic Aeromed. Laborat, 1948, Jan, 15.—Owens, J. E. Dental studies in the Arctic and Antarctic. Bull. Dent. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 167-70.—Polar medicine. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 2, 19-22.^Shestov, V. I. Specificheskie arkticheskie zabolevaniia. In his San. obesp. plavan. v Severn. moriakh, Leningr, 1939, 114-23. ------ Pomeshcheniia medicinskogo naznacheniia i medicinskoe snabzhenie. Ibid, 127-33. ------ Normy medicinskogo snabzheniia. Ibid, 129-31. ------ Organizacia medicinskogo obespecheniia. Ibid, 133-9. ------ Evakuacia bolnykh na materik. Ibid, 139. ------ Vyvody; proekt nastavleniia, instrukcii, po sanitarnomu obespecheniiu plavanii v severnykh moriakh. Ibid, 140-62. ------ Orientirovochnye normy medsan- khozsnabzheniia dlia sudov poliarnogo plavaniia s ekipazhem ot 50 do 100 chelovek s uchetom vozmozhnoi zimovki. Ibid, 169-77. ------ Voprosy podlezhashchie uglublennoi i per- voocherednoi razrabotke v chasti sanitarnogo obespecheniia plavanii v severnykh moriakh. Ibid, 180. ------ Instruk- cia ob ispolzovanii dostupnykh protivocingotnykh sredstv, soderzhashchikh vitamin C. Ibid, 163-6.—Study of accom- modations for wounded in the extreme cold zones and of camping in snow covered regions. Med. Targets, 1945, No. M-AB, 98.—[Trichinosis in Arctic] Bull. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 16. meet, 188.—Wright, H. E. Tickborne diseases of the Northwest. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash., 1948, 8: 207-14. ---- Physiology. See also Winter warfare. Bader, M. E., Mead, J., & Pillion, M. E. Individual differences in vascular responses and their relationship to cold tolerance. 31p. 27cm. Lawrence, 1949. Forms No. 157, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) Blair, J. R., Urbush, F. W., & Reed, I. T. Preliminary observations on physiological, nutri- tional, and psychological problems in extreme cold, Fort Churchill, Canada (winter, 1946-1947) 40 1. 29cm. Fort Knox, 1947. Forms Proj. No. 57-3, U. S. Army M. Dep. Field Rea Laborat. Goldthwait, D. A., & Winik, L. J. Body temperatures of two men under Arctic field con- ditions for twenty-two consecutive hours. 8 1. 27cm. Lawrence, 1948. Forms No. 45, Mem. Rep. Envir. Protect. Sect. (U. S. Quartermast. Gen.) Haterius, H. O., & Maison, G. L. Experi- mental hypothermia and rewarming in the dog; recovery after severe reduction in body tempera- ture. 23p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-113, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Miller, A. J. Physical fitness for strenuous work in relation to the survival situation in a cold environment. 7 1. 27cm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1948. Forms Proj. 14, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. ---- & Miller, M. R. The physiological effects of brief periods of exposure to low tem- peratures. 18 1. 27cm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1948. Forms Proj. 2, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. Osgood, L. E., Zimmerman, W. J. [et al.] The urinary excretion of 17-ketosteroids by men under field conditions in extreme cold. 5 1. 28}<>cm. Fort Knox, 1949. Forms Proj. No. 6-64-12-02-(ll) U. S. Army Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat. Razran, G. H. S. The effects of arctic condi- tions upon human behavior and reactions with ARCTIC SERVICE 325 ARGENTINA special emphasis upon Russian findings and ex- peditionary needs. 43 1. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Spealman, C. R. The effect of body warmth and foot exercise on the temperature of feet im- mersed in ice water. lOp. 26}^cm. Betjhesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-297, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 1: Cold weather operations. Report on Sub-Project No. 1-11: Influence of cold upon the efficiency of personnel, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. ---- [The same] Sub-Project Nos. 1T7, 1-15. A critique of army rations; acceptability and dietary requirements, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. Together with Project No. 2: Operations at high tempera- tures. ---- [The same] Second partial report on Sub-Project No. 1-19, Study of the physiological effects of cold. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Adolph, E. F. Acclimatization to Arctic climates. Bull. Shelter (NRC) Wash, 1949, 27.— Bazett, H. C. Acclimatiza- tion studies at the Arctic Aero Medical Unit, Ladd Field. Ibid, 23.—Blair, J. R., Urbush, F. W., & Reed, I. T. Pre- hminary observations on physiological, nutritional, and psy- chological problems in extreme cold. Fort Churchill, Canada (winter, 1946-1947) Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. B, No. 8, 1-40, 4 pi.—Brown, D. R. E. Visibility conditions in polar regions. Minutes Army-Navy Vision Com, 1947, 19. meet, 123-6, 3 ch.— Campbell, D. H. Immunology and blood chemistry of Arctic animals. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 399.—Croft, N. A. C. Arctic rations. Activit. Rep. U. S. Quartermast. Food & Cont. Inst, 1948, 1: 244-6.—Dobson, L. Arctic trail ration. Ibid, 349.—Dove, W. F. U. S. A. F. survival ration Arctic field test. Ibid, 108.—Emergency ra- tions for polar flights. Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 81V.—III ingworth, F. Eskimo foods for the Polar soldier. New Health, Lond, 1948, 23: No. 9, 2.—Individual psychological reaction to cold. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. Arctic Aeromed. Laborat, 1948, July, 3.— Irving, L. Physiology basic to the acclimatization of life to Arctic environments. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 397.—Kramer. Chemical regulation of heat in extreme cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 248.—Lange, K, Gold, M. M. A. [et al.] Factors influencing resistance to cold environments. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 849-59.—Life in the Arctic. In: School Lect. U. S. Air Force Arctic &c. Inform. Cent, N. Y, 1943, No. 1, 12-8.—Molnar, G. W., Blair, J. R. [et aj.j Studies of physiological problems under field conditions in extreme cold, Fort Churchill, Manitoba, Canada, winter 1947- 48. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. D, Proj. 3, No. 11, 1; Proj. 4, No. 1, 1. ------ 1948. App. C, Proj. 1, No. 1, 1; Proj. 2, No. 1, 1; Proj. 3, No. 1, 1; Proj. 4, No. 1, 1.—Molnar, G. W., Magee, R. B., & Dur- rum, E. L. Foxhole studies. Ibid, App. A, No. 1, 38-52. ------ Temperature responses of Eskimos to outdoor weather. Ibid, 4-21.—Narsete, E. M. Some physiologic responses of airmen on long-range flights in the Arctic. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20:336-42.—Neumann,P. Condicionescorporales y espirituales de las tropas en el clima subdrtico de Noruega septentrional, mas alK del 70? de latitud. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 578-82.—Orth, G. L. Food requirements in the arctic regions. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 204-6.—Stefansson, V. The diets of explorers. Ibid, 1944, 95: 1-3.—Studies of physiological prob- lems under field conditions in extreme cold, Fort Churchill, Manitoba, Canada, winter 1947-48. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1947, July, 106; 1948, Jan, 178-83.—Study of subjective sensations and loss of dexterity produced by local cooling. Annual Rep. Armored M. Res. Laborat, 1946, App. C, 10.—Survey (A) of human adjustment problems in the northern latitudes. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. Arctic Aeromed. Laborat, 1948, July, 3.—Swain, H. L., Toth, F. M. [et al.] Food consumption of soldiers in a subarctic climate, Fort Churchill, Manitoba, Canada, 1947-48. J. Nutrit, 1949, 38: 63-72. ARCTIC warfare. See Operation, arctic. ARDENNES. See World War I, Ardennes. ARGEL retreat (1775) See Wars and campaigns. ARGENTINA. See under various headings of this section as Air Force; Air Force Medical Service; Dental Corps; Hospital Report; Medical care; Medical Corps; Medical Department; Medical examina- tion; Medical organization; Medical service; Morbidity; Navy Medical Service, etc.; also Wars and campaigns. ARGENTINE-BRAZIL war (1825-27) See Wars and campaigns. ARGONNES. See this subheading under World War IL ARM A See Aviator, Flying adaptability. ARMED Forces Institute of Pathology. See under Pathology. ARMED. Forces Medical Library. See under Library. ARMORED cavalry. See also Armored division; Armored force; Reconnaissance; Tank. Daugherty, C. B. Medical service with the horse-mecha- nized cavalry. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 621-6. Also Spanish tr. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1942, 6: 260-4.—MacNamara, H. P. Medical service with horse-mechanized cavalry on maneuvers. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 182-4.—Romeike, H. Deutsches Soldatentum; Panzerspahtrupp; immer vom. Mil. Wbl, Berl, 1942-43, 127: 117-21. ARMORED division. See also Division; Injury—by branch of service. Aitken, D. G. Dyspepsia and the sick parade; 141 cases in an armoured regiment. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 223-30.—Basri Oeniigoren. [The problems of health service in the armoured divisions] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: 61-6.—Eccles, C. E, & Perkins, H. N. The medical services in an armoured division. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 155-64.—Leingerber. Grundbedingungen und Grundziige chirurgischen Arbeitens am Hauptverbandplatz einer Panzer- division. Chirurg, 1944, 16: 153-66.—Mericle, E. W. The psychiatric and the tactical situations in an armored division. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 325-34. ------ The psychiatrist in an armored division. Ibid, 1947, 7: 386-90.— Morrison, E. F. S. Jottings on the medical administration of an armoured division during active service. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 220-9.—Reid, W. G. Drivers aptitude tests of the third armored division. Harper Hosp. Bull, Detr, 1941-42, 1: 97-102.—Rouppert, S. Uwagi o dzialalnofici sluzby zdrowia dywizji pancernej. Lek. wojsk, 1942, 34: 199-203.—Zdunkiewicz, J. [Working conditions of the soldiers of the tank division from the view-point of hygiene] Ibid, 1939, 33: 194-202.—Zigarelli, J. F. Armored division personnel adjustment plan. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 449-51. ARMORED force. See also Armored cavalry; Armored division; Infantry; Motorization; Tank; Tank warfare. Guderian, H. Las tropas blindadas y su cooperaci6n con las otras armas. Tr. from German by H. K. Brenner. 47p. 24}£cm. B. Air., 1943. Akodus, J., Bel'sky, V, & Sukachev, V. Zheleznodorozhnye voiska. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 618-21.—Akodus, J., & Troicky, D. Zheleznodorozhnye perevozki voisk. Ibid, 621-7.—Belov, S. I. Medicinskoe obespechenie otdel'noi tankovoi brigady v nastuplenii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 9, 19-23.—Duenner, R. H. Medi- cal service of the armored force. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 300-6.—Haddenhorst, W. Krankheiten im Lichte der Sonder- verhaltnisse bei der Panzertruppe. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmacht- vers. (Heinemann-Gruder, C.) Dresd, 1942, 119-31. Also in 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 125-37.— Lampis, E. II servizio chi- rurgico nel piano organizzativo tattico-logistico delle grandi unita moto-corazzate. Settimana med, 1942, 30: 382.— Lieschke. Sanitatsdienstliche Probleme bei Panzertruppen. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 103-7.—Marzano, G. J. An assist- ARMORED FORCE 326 ATMOSPHERIC CHAMBER ant to the battalion sui goon in an armored unit. Mil. Surgeon, 194't 104- 2<)7-307.—Petrov, A. Bronetankovye 1 mekhamzi- rovannye voiska. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 557-07. ARMY Medical Center. See under Medical center. ARMY Medical Department. See Medical department, U. S. Army. ARMY Medical Library. See under Library. ARMY Nurse Corps. See Nurse Corps, U. S. Army. ARP For Air raid precaution see under Air defense. ASIA. See under such terms in section as Prisoner of war—by captor powers; also names of Asian countries as subdivisions of Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. ASPHYXIATING gas. See under Gas poisoning. ASSAM-BURMA. See as subheading under World War II. ASSAULT. See with Attack. ASSIGNMENT. See under Classification; Procurement; Re- serve officer. ASTHMA. See Disease—by specific type: Asthma. ATLANTIC area. See under World War II. ATLAS campaign (1932) See for reference under Ambulance service, History. ATMOSPHERIC chamber. See also Aviation physiology; Aviator, Altitude tolerance; Flying, Altitude. Gray, J. S. The time-distribution of symp- toms at 35,000 and 38,000 feet in the low pres- sure chamber. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 71, IT. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Greenberg, R. J. Practical guide for aviation physiologists in the use of the altitude chamber as a diagnostic aid. 19 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 4, Proj. No. 467, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Loucks, R. B. An evaluation of various psy- chological performance tests for altitude chamber research. 31p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 202, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Masland, R. L. Recommendations for the handling of reactions following altitude chamber flights, v. p. [77]p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 217, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Belostocky, E. M. Izmeneniia kalibra sosudov setchatoi obolochki glaza pri podjemakh v barokamere. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 3, 17-20.—Brestkin, M. B.uokamera. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-4S, 1: 400-7 — Decompression chamber work. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1947, No. 3, 13-21.—Farber, V. B. Vlijanie na kro- vetvorenie mnogokratnogo prebyvanija v kamere ponizennogo davlenija. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 12, 27-33.— Finkel. Rannjaja simptomatologija obmoroka v uslovijakh barokamerv. Voen. san. delo, 1941, 105.—Flynn, V. P., & Flynn, S. E. Atmospheric chamber for flight examinations. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 86-8.—Fulton, G. P., & Phillips, S. Analysis of symptoms causing forced descents m the altitude chambers at the San Antonio Aviation Cade! Center. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 244-52.—Heath, E. M. Altitude chamber as a diagnostic aid. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 1-3.— Heidbrink, J. A. High altitude chamber. V. S. Patent Off, 1941, No. 2,258,054.—High altitude chambers; altitude train- ing in the Japanese Army Air Forces; Navy Air Force. Rep. Air Techn. Intellig. U. S, Tokyo, 1945, No. 201, 1-17; No. 273, 1-14.—High altitude chambers; research laboratories and equip- ment Ibid, No. 274, 1-10.—Mobile decompression chamber. Gr. Britain Flving Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 31, illust.—Sme- da', H. A. Present dav training in the low pressure chambers at Pensacola. Contact, "Pensacola, 1945-46, 5: 458-60.—Stijns, & Abraham. Experience faite au caisson pneumatique de l'A£ronautique militaire a Evere: du 26 au 31 d^cembre 1937. Arch, beiges Serv. san. arm^e, 1939, 92: 157-70.—Wiesehofer, H. Eine fahrbare Unterdruckkammer zur Belehrung von Flugzeugbesatzungen uber die Hohen wirkung, Bauart: DVL- Zeuzem. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 457-60. ---- Training. See also subdivisions of Altitude (Acclimatiza- tion; Tolerance) Fainberg, R. S. [Acclimatization for high altitude flying by means of training in the barochamber] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 7, 6-11.—Gates, D. C. Low pressure chamber activi- ties; oxygen indoctrination unit. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 2: 87-9.—McGoldrick, T. A, jr. New oxygen training program in low pressure chambers and planes. Ibid, 1944-45, 4: 325.— Pukhalsky, A. A. Individualjnyi podkhod pri trenirovke letnogo sostava v barokamere. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 9, 36-40.—Robertson, J. J. High altitude training, Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 14.—Sukhovyj, F. I. [In- vestigations of the efficacy of training for high-altitude flying in low-pressure chambers] J. Physiol. USSR, 1939, 27: 481-9.— W., D. Fahrbare Unterdruckkammer zur Schulung von Flug- zeugbesatzungen. Umschau, 1941, 45: 211.—Wolfe, K. P. The high altitude training program for fighter pilots. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 179-84. ATOMIC bomb. See also Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission; Atomic energy; Atomic warfare. Ashley Montagu, M. F. Anthropologists vs the atom bomb. Science, 1950, 111: 182.—Atomic (The) explosion. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 15-22.—Austin, B. F. The atomic bomb. J. M. Ass. Ala- bama, 1945-46, 15: 347-9.—Bacher, R. F., & Feynman, R. P. The atomic bomb. Pub. U. S. Dep. State, 1946^7, No. 2661, 18-21.—Behrens, C. F. Fission, piles and bombs. In his Atomic Med, N. Y, 1949, 29-44.—Bliss, R. W. What you should know about the atomic bomb. Nuclear Sc. Abstr, 1949, 3: 434.—Brodie, B. Navy Department thinking on the atomic bomb. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 177-80. A critique of Army and Navy thinking on the atomic bomb. Ibid, 207-10.—Burford, W. B. The Johns Hopkins University and the atomic bomb. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag, 1945-46, 34: 114-8.—Caballero, R. El origen de la bomba at6mica desde Democrito hasta Rutherford y Niels Bohr. Esc. farm, Guatemala, 1946, 9: 11-7.—Caldirola, P. Detonation wave in nuclear explosions (transl.) Nuclear Sc. Abstr, 1949, 2: 291.—Characteristics of an air burst. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 23-45.—Characteristics of subsurface and surface bursts. Ibid, 46-67.—Computation of dosages produced by radiological contamination resulting from an atomic ex- plosion, and determination of allowable stay times. Ibid, 223-9.—Dauer, M. Evaluation of the five atomic bombs. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 3, 1-9. Also Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 4, 38-44.—Duclos, G. La bombe atomique. Lutte cancer, Par, 1946, 24: No. 76, 96-103.—Dufrenoy, M. L. De la genese a la bombe atomique. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1949, 49: 22- 38.—Esquema teorico de la bomba atomica. Vida, Mex, 1946, 9: 221-3.—Gould, S. H. The theory of relativity and the atomic bomb. Sc. Month, 1947, 65: 48-60.— Haight, H. H The atomic bomb in action. In: Atomic Med. (Behrens, C. F.) N. Y, 1949, 45-58.—Harkins, W. D. The neutron, the inter- mediate or compound nucleus, and the atomic bomb. Science, 1946, 103: 289-302.—Jones, H. S. Splitting the atom. In: Science Looks Ahead (Low, A. M.) Lond, 1942, 461-7.— Laborde, S. De la decouverte d'Henri Becquerel a la bombe ATOMIC BOMB 327 ATOMIC BOMB d Hiroshima. Presse meU, 1946, 54: 675. Also Lutte cancer 1947, 25: 75-82.—Lastavica, L. O atomskoj bombi. Voj san' pregl, Beogr, 1949, 6: 477; passim.—Liberalli, C. H. La bomba at6mica. Rev. As. Esc. quim. farm, Quito, 1949, 5: No. 5, 51-6.—Pascal, P. Bombe atomique. In his Chim. gin Par, 1949, 148.—Persico, E. II nuovo fuoco. Scientia, Bo- logna, 1946, 79: 83-92.—Radioactividad de las bombas at6mi- cas. Cruz Roja espan., 1949, 49: 33.—Report of President Truman on the atomic bomb. Science, 1945, 102: 163-5.__ Ridenour, L. N. A U. S. physicist's reply to professor Blackett. Sc. Am, N. Y, 1949, 180: No. 3, 16-9.—Sizoo, G. J. Atoom- bom en uraanzuil. Ned. tschr. natuurk, 1947, 13: 127-39.__ Skilling, W. T. Sunshine and the atomic bomb. Sc. Month 1946, 62: 211-8.—Solomon, A. K., & Morrison, P. The mili- tary effectiveness of the atomic bomb. Pub. U. S. Den State 1946-47, No. 2661, 37-44.—Sudre, R. Les principes de la bombe atomique. Gaz. hop, 1945, 118: 278.—Thomson, G Nuclear explosions. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, Ser. A, 1949, 196: 311T24, 4 pi.—Viner, J. The implications of the atomic bomb for international relations. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1946, 90: 53-8.—What every medical officer should know about the atomic bomb. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 187; passim. Also Ital. transl, Riv. med. aeronaut, 1949, 12: 411; passim. ---- Effects. See also World War II (Hirosima; Xagasaki) Aftermath; a pictorial summary of the medical and other effects of the atomic bombing of Japan. Med. Radiogr Rochester, 1948, 24: 34-8, illust.—Beck. Mechanische und thermische Schadigungen durch die Atombombe. Ther Umschau, Bern, 1949-50, 6: 154.—Effects of atomic explosions on structures and matenel. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 72-97, illust.— Effects of atomic explosions on personnel. Ibid, 98-110, illust.—Effects of the bomb burst. In: Introduct. Radiol Safety (U. S. Navy Bur. Med. Surg.) Wash, 1947, 29-34.— Effets (Les) de la bombe atomique. Nature, Par, 1945, 326.— Garraud, R. M. Effets de la bombe atomique sur les popula- tions civiles non protegees. Rev. mid. nav. Par, 1948, 3: 215-21— Investigation (The) of the effects of the atomic bomb by the National Research Council in Japan. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 13-31.—Jornlin, F. M. The atomic bomb's effects on plants and soils. Nuclear Sc. Abstr, 1949, 3: 123.—Lapp, R. E. Atomic bomb effects. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 1, 7.— Muraour, H. Observations au sujet des ph£nomenes lumineux et calorifiques qui accompagnent la detonation de la bombe atomique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1945, 221: 200.—Price, F. L. Effects resulting from atomic bomb explosion. J. Florida M. Ass, 1947-48, 34: 651-3.—Rochette. Bombe atomique et stomatologie. Inform, dent. Par, 1946, 28: 496.—Scaling laws for estimating blast, thermal, and immediate nuclear radiation effects for atomic bombs of different energies. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 218-22.—Scoville, H., jr. The atomic bomb and the resultant phenomena. Ibid, 1950, 3: 16-23, illust.—Stokinger, H. E. Air pollution and the particle size-toxicity problem. Nucleonics, 1949, 5: No. 6, 50; passim.—Sue, P. Effets de la bombe atomique et de l'energie nucleaire. In his Dix ans appl. radioact. Par, 1948, 178. ---- Manufacture. See also worker; Munitions plant. Bale, W. F. Health protection in the produc- tion and use of atomic energy. lOp. 27cm. Oak Ridge, 1946. Forms MDDC 536, Docum. U. S. Atom. Energy Com. Felton, J. S. Industrial health and medical rehabilitation at an atomic energy laboratory. 13p. 27cm. Oak Ridge, 1946. Forms MDDC 554, Docum. U. S. Atom. Energy Com. Bale, W. F. Health protection in the production and use of atomic energy. Occup. Med, 1946, 2: 1-7. Also Diplomate, 1947, 19: 23-7.—Beers, N. R. The atomic industry and human ecology; on risk. Nucleonics, 1949, 5: No. 3, 2; passim.— Benning, C. H. Public health aspects of medicine in Oak Ridge. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1948, 41: 87-90.—Bowers, J. Z. Atomic energy; industrial health implications. Tr. Indust. Hyg. Found, Pittsb, 1948, Bull. 10, 15-9.—Chronological table; developments in nuclear physics and in the atomic bomb project. In: Atomic Energy Act (U. S. Congr. 79. Congr. Senate) Wash, 1946, 72-125. Also In: Atom. Energy Regul, Alb, 1947^8, 15: 7, 2086-90.—Clarke, E. K. Psychiatric problems at Oak Ridge. Am. J. Psychiat, 1945-46, 102: 437-44.—Davidson, W. F. Some design problems of nuclear power plants. Nucleonics, 1949, 5: No. 5, 4-15.—Dragon (The) Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1950, 7: 140.— Feather, N. American work on the atomic bomb project. Nature, Lond, 1945, 156: 768.—Felton, J. S. Industrial health and medical rehabilitation at an atomic energy labora- tory. J. Rehabil, Des Moines, 1947, 13: 3-12. - - A Wolman, A. Some public health problems in nuclear fission operations. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1949, 39: 443-53.—Manhattan Uistnct documents. Nucleonics, N. Y, 1948, 2: No. 4, 40-2.— Morton, R. J. The sanitary engineer faces new problems from atomic energy developments. Harvard Pub. Health Alumni Bull, 1948 5: 35-8.—Parker, H. M. Insurability of atomic ^5ngy™orK?rs- Tr- Ass- Life Insur- M- Dir. America (1948) 1949, 32: 42-58.—Report of the President's Commission on Labor Relations in Atomic Energy Commission Installations. Hermann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 194-202.— Speculations regarding a super bomb. Europ. Sc. Notes, 1949, i: 198.—Vital statistics of Atomic Energy Commission com- munities. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 179. Wirth, J. E. Essential safeguards in production and use of atomic energy. Occup. Med, 1946, 2: 428-38. complete industrial health service at an atomic energy labora- tory. South. M. J, 1948, 41: 449-55. ------ The unusual in industrial health at an atomic energy research laboratory. Mississippi Valley M. J, 1950, 72: 23-8.—Gorman, A. E., & ---- Pathological effect. See also Casualty, atomic; also Atomic energy, Medical aspect; Atomic warfare, Medical aspect. Bettencourt, N. de. Energia atomica e medicina; dois aspectos; bomba atomica e iso- topos radioactivos. 36p. 25cm. Lisb., 1950. Also in Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1949, 12: 12-45. Genaud, P. E. M. L'arme atomique; ses effets sur les etres vivants. p. 1-60. 24cm. Par., 1948. In: Rev. Corps san. milit. Par, 1948, 4: 1-60. Lapp, R. E. Nuclear physics for the medical officer; pt 2: Nuclear fission and the atomic bomb. v. p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Liebow, A. A., Warren, S., & DeCoursey, E. Pathology of atomic bomb casualties, p.853- 1027. 25Mcm. Ann Arb., 1949. In: Am. J. Path, 1949, 25: 853-1027, incl. 44 pi. Michelet, M. A. La maladie de la bombe atomique [Micro-film] Par., 1947. Tobias, C. A., Weymouth, P. P., & Wasser- man, L. R. Some biological effects due to nuclear fission, lip. 27cm. Oak Ridge, Tenn., 1947. Forms MDDC 1239, Docum. U. S. Atom. Energy Com. Alesi-Guarnieri, M. La bomba atomica, danni biologici e mezzi per evitarli. Clin, nuova, Roma, 1949, 8: Varia, p. xxi-xxiv.—Anderson, E. G. On the frequency and transmitted chromosome alterations and gene mutations induced by atomic bomb radiations in maize. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S, 1948, 34: 387-90.—Atomic bomb, medical aspects of. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 167.—Aubertin. La maladie de la bombe atomique. In: Actual, m^d. chir. prat. Par, 1947, 1: 412-4.— Barondes, R. D., & Levine, D. I. Atomic radiation effects; the release and neutralization of humoral toxic agents. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 153-60.—Baruch, J. Z. De ziekte veroorzaakt door de atoombom. Tschr. ziekenverpl, 1947, 57: 206-10.—Benkwith, K. B. Retinal hemorrhage as seen in an atomic-bomb casualty. Am. J. Ophth, 1946, 29: 799, pi.—Bernier, J. L. The effects of atomic radiation on the oral and pharyngeal mucosa. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1949, 39: 647-57, illust.—Bickel. De la bombe atomiqlue a la me'decine. Praxis, Bern, 1949, 38: 337.—Biological effects of atomic ex- plosion. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 5, 1-10. Also Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 2, 36-40.—Block, M. A. Considera- tions in the study of burn sequelae in atomic bomb survivors. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 47-55. ------ & Tuzuki, M. Observations of burn scars sustained by atomic bomb survivors; a preliminary study. Am. J. Surg, 1948, 75: 417-34.—Brown, M. S. Chromosome irregularities produced by atomic irradiation. Genetics, 1948, 33: 98.— Brues, A. M. Nature of trauma in atomic warfare. Am. J. Surg, 1948, 76: 563-6— Carreras Galliano, J. M. Lesiones orales producidas en las victimas de la bomba atomica. Pr6tesis clin, Habana, 1946, 7: No. 7, 3.—Clemedson, C. J. Nagot om atombombsdetonationen och dess medicinska verkningar. Sven. lak. tidn, 1948, 45: 221-34.—Cloce, H. P. Medical treatment of atomic bomb casualties. Philadelphia M, 1948- 49, 44: 7, &c—Cogan, D. G, Martin, S. F, & Kimura, S. J. Atom bomb cataracts. Science, 1949, 110: 654.—Cooney, J. P. Medical effects of atomic explosion. In: Radiol, Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 30-8, illust.— Copley, A. L. Hemorrhagic diathesis in Hiroshima, Nagasaki and at Bikini atomic bomb test. J. Am. M. Ass, 1948, 137: 145.—Creyghton, J. W. Gevolgen van een atoombomexplosie voor de mens. Geneesk. gids, 1949, 27: 414-8.—Criado Car- dona, R. Patologia de la explosion at6mica. Med. & cir. guerra, 1949, 11: 423-41.—Cronkite, E. P. Diagnosis of ionizing radiation injury by physical examination and clinical labora- tory procedures. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 57-64. ------ Hema- tologic changes following exposure to radiation with particular reference to the Bikini animals and the atomic bomb. In- Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 9, 1-4. ------ & Chapman, W. H. A critical analysis of the svn- drome of acute total body radiation illness; its role in atomic ATOMIC BOMB 328 ATOMIC BOMB warfare and its influence on the future practice of military medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 7-21.—DeCoursey, E. Human pathologic anatomy of ionising radiation effects of the atomic bomb explosions. Ibid, 1948, 102: 427-32. Patologia y terapia de las lesiones causadas por la bomba at6mica. Arch. mid. mex, 1949, 7: 563-73. ------ Patho- logic anatomy of radiation effects of atomic bomb explosion. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 8, 1-10. Also Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 3, 7—11. ------ Medical aspects of atomic explosion. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1949, 42: 289-95. ------ Funda- mentals of radiation pathology. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 47-51. ■----— Pathologic anatomy of radiation effects of atomic explosion. Ibid, 52-6.—Delaunay, A. Les effets biologiques de la bombe atomique. Synth. s£m£i. the>, 1949, 3: 618-20.— Den Hoed, D. Biologische aspecten van de werking der atoombom. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 61—4.—Dobasi, S. Gensi-bakudan-syo no koha tiken rei [,. cure of atomic bomb wounds by the use of koha] Rinsyo geka, 1946-47, 1: No. 2, 44—9.—Draeger, R. H. Mechanical injuries and burns in the Bikini animals. Am. J. Path, 1947, 23: 891. ------ Tullis, J. L, & Cronkite, E. P. Injuries produced by the atomic bomb; observations on animals exposed at Bikini. Ibid, 891- 3.—Espino, J. M. Efectos de la bomba at6mica en el ojo humano, y otros asuntos. Gac. mid. Caracas, 1947, 55: 25- 31.—Evans, G. C. D. Some aspects of atomic bomb injuries. Leech, Cardiff, 1947-48, 3: No. 2, 13-5.—F., G. Pathologie et traitement des le'sions causees par la bombe atomique. Con- cours med, 1950, 72: 385.—Genaud, P. E. Effets de l'explo- sion de la bombe atomique sur les etres vivants. France m6d, 1947, 10: No. 7, 3-6. ------ Le syndrome clinique des irradies par l'explosion atomique. Presse med, 1949, 57: 443.— Easiwato, T. Zibiinkokagaku-ryoiki ni okeru gensi bakudan higai ni tuite [Atomic bomb damage in otorhinolaryngology] Tiryo, 1946, 28: 147.—Keller, P. D. A clinical syndrome fol- lowing exposure to atomic bomb explosions. J. Am. M. Ass, 1946, 131: 504-6.—King, O. C. The surgical treatment of the effects of the atomic bomb. Bull. Tarrant Co. M. Soc, 1948- 49, 20: No. 11, 12. Also Philadelphia M, 1948-49, 44: 47- 51.—Kurusu, M, Date, T. [et al.] Gensi-bakudan-syo ni tuite [Atomic bomb disease] Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi, 1947- 48, 43: 93-108.— Labignette, P. Action eUoigncSe des bombes atomiques sur les femmes enceintes. Concours med, 1947, 69: 884.-—Lacassagne, A. Observation chez l'homme, en con- sequence de l'explosion de bombes atomiques, des principaux syndromes connus en radiophysiologie experimentale. Bull. Acad. nat. meU, 1948, 132: 104-7.—Lapp, R. E. Radiations from fission products. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 1, 3.—LeRoy, G. V. Hematology. Am. J. Path, 1947, 23: 890. ------ The medical sequelae of the atomic bomb explosion. J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 134: 1143-8. Also Portuguese transl. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1948, 37: 61-9.— Levent, R. A propos de la maladie atomique. Gaz. hop, 1949, 122: 114.—Looney, W. B. The medical aspects of the atomic bomb. Virginia M. Month, 1949, 76: 73-5.—Lyon, G. M. Effects of atom bomb radiation on the human body. West Virginia M. J, 1947, 43: 391-5.—Mallet, L. Le danger atomique au point de vue radiations. Atomes & radiat. Par, 1946-47, 1: 180-3.—Massa, F. Aspetti medici della bomba atomica. Gior. med. mil, 1949, 96: 339-78.—Medical aspects of an atomic explosion. In: Introduct. Radiol. Safety (U. S. Navy Bur. Med. Surg.) Wash, 1947, 41-9.—Medical effects of atomic explosion. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 6, 1-15. Also Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 2, 28-35.—Medical problems of the atomic bomb. Gen. Pract. Clin, Wash, 1949, 6: 1-7.— Medizin und Atombombe. Schweiz. Apoth. Ztg, 1949, 87: 221-4.—Miyake, K, Yonezawa, T. [et al.] Gensi-bakudan-syo no byori-kaibo ni tuite [Pathological anatomy of .,] Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi, 1946, 42: 20-2.—Nakaidzumi, M. The radioactivity of the atomic bomb from the medical point of view. Nuclear Ac. Abstr, 1949, 3: 492.—Nee], J. V. The question of the genetic effects of the atomic bombing. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 54-61.—Negre. La disintegration nucleaire et ses effets biologiques. Maroc meU, 1947, 26: 381; 426.—Parsons, R. P. Trauma resulting from atomic explosions. Am. J. Surg, 1948, 76: 559-62 — Pearse, H. E., & Payne, J. T. Mechanical and thermal injury from the atomic bomb. N. England J. M, 1949, 241: 647-53.— Puig Muset, P. Datos de orientaci6n sobre la vitamina P; a prop6sito de la terapeutica de las radiaciones de la bomba atomica. Acta me'd. hisp, 1949, 7: 344-55.—Rapaport, M. Patologia de la energfa radio-ionizante; efectos de la bomba at6mico. Dfa meU, B. Air, 1948, 20: 1178.—Reboul. Les effets m£dicaux de la bombe atomique. Sem. hop. Par 1948 24: 141-6.—Rohr, E. Die Wirkung der Atombombe auf Mensch und Tier. Hippokrates, Stuttg, 1948, 19: 43__ Rosenstiel. Etudes des effets biologiques du bombardement atomique. Rev. med. nav. Par, 1946, 1: 67-72.—Saez, F. A. Investigaciones geneticas sobre la acci6n de la bomba at6mica Cienc. & invest, B. Air, 1949, 5: 289.—Sano, T., Yasui, H. [et al.] Syom ni oyobosu gensi bakudan no eikyo [Effects . . upon children] Acta paediat. jap, 1947, 51: 5.— Sassa, K. Clinic of the atomic bomb radiation sickness. Nuclear Sc « Ar'u-^49! -3:, 433.—Scano, A. Prime conoscenze sugli ^*„ ,™gicl della bomba atomica. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1946, 9:; 199.------ Gli effetti biologici della bomba ato^ mica. Ibid 1948,11:63-9.—Schubert, G. Medizinische Folgen von Atombomben-Explosionen. Grenzgeb. Med, 1948, 1: 123-6.—Scoville, H, jr. Nuclear radiation effects of atomic bomb detonations. Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 2, 23-7.—Solandt, O. M. Results of atomic bombing. Bull. Toronto East M. Ass, 1947, 12: No. 6 [8-15]—Tamagawa, T., Katibe, G. [et al.] Gensi bakudan ni insuru kaisoku-syu (keloid) no kenkyu [., scar tissue caused by atomic bomb] Okayama igakkai zassi, 1947, 59: 39.— Tobias, C. A, Weymouth, P. P., & Wasserman, L. R. Some biological effects due to nuclear fission. Science, 1948, 107: 115-8.—Trincas, M. Malattia da bomba atomica. Minerva med. Tor, 1949, 40: 61-3.—Tullis, J. L. The pathologic changes induced by ionizing radiations in the Bikini animals. Am. J. Path, 1947, 23: 891. ---r— Radioresistant cells in certain radiosensitive tissues of swine exposed to atomic bomb radiation. Arch. Path, Chic, 1949, 48: 171-7. ------ & Warren, S. Gross autopsy observations in the animals exposed at Bikini; a preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 134: 1155-8.—Tuzuki, M. Clinical course of the atomic bomb injuries. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 76—85. ------ Injurious effects of the explosion of the atomic bomb upon the human body. Ibid, 68-75.----- The principles of the medical care of the atomic bomb radia- tion injuries. Ibid, 102-5.—V., D. Gesundheitliche Auswir- kungen von Atombomben-Explosionen. Volksgesundheit, Ras- tatt, 1948, No. 12, 21-3.—Verge, J. La maladie de la bombe atomique. Rev. path, comp. Par., 1948, 48: 11.—Ward, D. P. From radar to the atom bomb in medicine. Electron. M. Digest, 1949, 33: 6-24.—Warren, S. L. Medical aspects of the atomic bombings. Rhode Island M. J, 1946, 29: 907-12. ------ Bryan, F. A, & Buettner, R. J. The atom bomb; hazards incident to its use. Indust. M, 1947, 16: 275-9.— What every medical officer should know about the atomic bomb; biologic effects of nuclear radiation from an atomic explosion. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 269; 422 — Wiesner, B. P. Biological dangers from atomic fission. Lancet, Lond, 1946, 1: 33.—Wilder, H. C. Pathology of the eye in atomic bomb casualties. Am. J. Path, 1947, 23: 890.—Wil- liams, E. G. Public health aspects of the atomic bomb. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 11, 1 — Yao, T, & Wada, T. Gensi bakudan-syo ni rei, toku-ni sono ketueki-zo ni tuite [., Atomic bomb injury; blood pictures] Rinsyo zibiinkoka, 1946, 1: 24-8.—Yarigi Jauregui, R. Nove- dades en medicina de aviacion; aspectos medicos del bombardeo at6mico. Rev. mil. La Paz, 1947, No. 113, 76-87.—Yosida, H. Gensi-bakudan-syo no ketueki syoken [...blood in atomic-bomb disease] Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi, 1947—48, 43: 109-12, tab.—Yosio, K. Gensi-bakudan-syo no zoki kino ni tuite [Visceral function in atomic-bomb disease] Ibid, 1946, 42: 47-9. Tests. Anderson, E. G., Longley, A. E. [et al.] Hereditary effects produced in maize by radiations from the Bikini atomic bomb; studies on seedlings and pollen of the exposed generation. Genetics, 1949, 34: 639-46.—Bomb tests. Sc. American, 1949, 181: No. 4, 20.—Bullen, K. E. The Bikini bomb and the seismology of the Pacific region. Nature, Lond, 1948, 161: 62.—Cronkite, E. P. The hematology of the Bikini animals. Am. J. Path, 1947, 23: 891. ------ The hemorrhagic syn- drome of acute ionizing radiation illness produced in goats and swine by exposure to the atomic bomb at Bikini, 1946. Blood, Bait, 1950, 5: 32-45.—Davis, W. Atomic bomb facts; simple information needed to understand Bikini tests. MD, Chic, 1946, 1: No. 8, 25-8.—Debierne, A. Sur le nuage de Bikini. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 1220-2.----— Sur la guerre, la bombe atomique, la pluie, la secheresse, le beau temps et le regime bikinien. Ibid, 1948, 226: 1302-4.—Deribere, M. Les experiences de Bikini. Nature, Par, 1946, 337-42.— Effects of underwater bomb. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 52.—Eniwetok atomic tests. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1949-50, 29: No. 11, 16-9, illust.— Ford, W. L. Radiological and salinity relationships in the water at Bikini atoll. Nuclear Sc. Abstr, 1949, 2: 335.—Garcia de Pruneda. Las experiencias de Bikini. Cruz Roja espan, 1949, 49: 42-7.—Hodge, H. C. Impressions of Operation Cross- roads. J. Dent. Res, 1947, 26: 435-9.—Leet, L. D. Earth motion from the atomic bomb test. Am. Scientist, 1946, 34: 198-211.—Pendergrass, E. P. Experiences at Bikini, with comments on nuclear energy in medicine. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1947, 43: 159-63. ------ The atomic bomb experiments in the Pacific; with a consideration of the relationship of atomic energy to the future of medicine. North Carolina M. J, 1947, 8: 271-6.—Randolph, L. F., Longley, A. E., & Li, C. H. Cyto- genetic effects in corn exposed to atomic bomb ionizing radia- tion at Bikini. Science, 1948, 108: 13-5.—Schultz, L. P. The biology of Bikini Atoll, with special reference to the fishes. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1947) 1948, 301-16, 17 pi — Sterner, J. H. The Bikini experiment; the largest single in- dustrial hygiene project in history. Indust. M„* 1947, 16: 279-81.—Wagers, R. P. Some veterinary aspects of the atomic bomb tests. Norden News, Lincoln, 1948, 22: No. 4, 6; passim. ATOMIC Bomb Casualty Commission. See also Casualty, atomic. Tuzuki, M. Report on the medical studies of ATOMIC BOMB 329 ATOMIC ENERGY the effects of the atomic bomb, p.67-111. 27cm. Wash., 1947. In: Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com. Relation (The) between vital statistics and the work of the ABCC. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 62-4. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 518-21. ATOMIC energy. See also in this section Atomic warfare; Atomic bomb; Weapon. Atomic energy year book. Lond., 1949- GUIDE TO PUBLISHED RESEARCH ON ATOMIC energy, v.1-3. 3v. 27cm. Oak Ridge, 1946- 48. For continuation see Nuclear science abstracts, v.l, 1948- Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Laboratory for Nuclear Science and En- gineering. Technical report. Task Contract N5ori-07806. Cambr., No. 26, 1949- United States. Congress. Senate. Spe- cial Committee on Atomic Energy. Essential information on atomic energy; including a glossary and bibliography. 94p. 23cm. Wash., 1946. Allan, H. R. Atomic energy and society. Nature, Lond, 1948, 162: 1005.—Anderson, J. S. Chemical aspects of atomic energy. Ibid, 1950, 165: 134-t3.—Andrade, E. N. da C. The atom and its energy. West London M. J, 1948, 53: 75-91.— Andreatta, C. Energia nucleare e magmatismo. Scientia, Bologna, 1946, 80: 77-83.—Andrews, D. H. Faith for the atomic age. Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag, 1949, 48: 103-6.—Astakhov, K. V. Atomnaia energiia. Nauka & zhizn, 1947, 26; passim.—Atomic energy and its utilization. Nature, Lond, 1945, 156: 547-51.—Atomic energy develop- ments in France during 1946-50. Ibid, 1950, 165: 382 — Atomic energy exhibition; the atom train. Ibid, 1948, 162: 267.—Atomic energy research; the Harwell establishment. Pharm. J, Lond, 1948, 107: 75.—Atomic Energy Research Establishment; progress at Harwell. Brit. M. J, 1948, 2: 263-5. Also Nature, Lond, 1948, 162: 317-20.—Atomic struc- ture. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1948, 1: 41-61, illust.—Atoomkernen als energie- bron; symposium van de Nederlandsche natuurkundige ver- eeniging, gehouden op Vrijdag 26 April 1946 in het Physisch laboratorium der Rijks-Universiteit te Utrecht. Ned. tschr. natuurk, 1947, 13: 81; 113.—Bacher, R. F. Research and the development of atomic energy. Science, 1949, 109: 2-7. ■----- & Feynman, R. P. Peaceful uses of atomic energy. Pub. U. S. Dep. State, 1946-47, No. 2661, 21-3.—Bibliography (A) of atomic energy. In: Nuclear Phys. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 4, 1-21.—Borst, L. B. Engineering oppor- tunities in atomic energy. Nucleonics, 1949, 5: No. 6, 66-70.— Bothe, W. Special nuclear reactions. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 21 & 24, No. XXIX-47, 5.—Broglie, L. de. La structure des atomes et l'energie atomique. Psyche, Par, 1947, 2: 382; 513; 661; 785.—Buchta, J. W. A physicist's summary of atomic energy. Am. J. Optometr, 1945, 22: 578-88.—By-products of atomic energy. Atomic Energy Yearb, Lond, 1949, 47-55.— Campbell, D. C. Radiation instruments for military use; intro- duction. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 4: 1. ------ Radiation in general. Ibid, 3-5. ------ Ionization chamber. Ibid, 7-14, illust. ------ Gas amplification. Ibid, 15-7, illust. ------ Proportional counter. Ibid, 19. ------ Geiger-Mueller counter. Ibid, 21-6, illust. ------ Scaling circuits. Ibid, 27. ------ Count rate meter. Ibid, 29. ------ Crystal and chemical detection. Ibid, 31-3. ------ Photographic dosimetry. Ibid, 35-8, illust. ------ Cloud chambers and accelerators. Ibid, 39. ------ Shape and characteristics. Ibid, 41-3, illust. ------ Calibration. Ibid, 45, illust. ------ Opera- tional instrumentation. Ibid, 47-57, illust. ------ Descrip- tion of actual instruments. Ibid, 59-82, illust. ------ A-N nomenclature list. Ibid, 85. ----;— Glossary of terms concerned with radiac instruments. Ibid, 87.—Chadwick, J. Atomic energy. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 1: 315-20. ------ Atomic energy and its applications. Nature, Lond, 1947, 159: 421-5.—Compton, A. H. Atomic energy as a human asset. Ibid, 1946, 157: 146-51. Also Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1946, 90: 70-9. Also Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1946) 1947, 161-76. ------ & Jeffries, Z. Future of atomic energy. Pub. U. S. Dep. State, 1946-47, No. 2661, 81-6.—Conant, J. B. Atomic energy. Texas Rep. Biol. M, 1947, 5: 188-98.—Condon, E. U. Atomic energy; development and application. In: Atomic Energy Act (U. S. Congr. 79. Congr. Senate) Wash, 1946, 36-47.—Daniels, F. Comments on the development of atomic energy. Papers U. S. Symp. Isotopes in Biol, 1948, 433-42.— Darwin, C. Atomic energy. Science Progr, Lond, 1946, 34: 449-65.—Dauer, M. The production, procurement and handling of radioisotopes. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 114-21.—Dietz, D. Atomic energy. Britan. Bk, 1947, 82-8.—Dumont, E. L ener- gie atomiqus. Centre med, Moulins, 1947, 53: 126-9.— Dunning, J. R. The future of atomic energy. Am. Scientist, 1950, 38: 60-84.—Electricity and magnetism. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1948, 1: 19-30.—Electromagnetic waves. Ibid, 31-9.—Energia at6mica. Farmacoter. actual, Madr, 1946, 3: 581.—Frank- Kamenetsky, G. K. [Physical investigation of the atomic nucleus in Soviet Russia during 1938] Priroda, 1939, 28: No. 2, 40-51.—Glossary; scientific terms relating to atomic energy. In: Atom. Energy Regul, Alb, 1947-48, 15: 8, 2090- 104.—Hebein, J. Materija, atom i energija. Med. glasn, 1947-48, 2: 72-7.—Heisenberg, W. Research in Germany on the technical application of atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1947, 160: 211-5.—Historical survey [Atomic energy] In: Atom. Energy Regul, Alb, 1947-48, 15: 6, 2066-86.—Hogness, T. R. Atomic energy. Illinois Dent. J, 1946, 15: 136-45.— Instrumentation and photographic dosimetry. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1948, 1: 121-45, illust.—International (An) bibliography on atomic energy. Nuclear Sc. Abstr, 1949, 3: 100.—Johns, A. E. Atomic energy. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1947) 1948, 177-90.—Joliot-Curie, F. L'energie atomique. Bull. Acad. med. Par, 1945, 129: 721-4. Also Atomes, Par, 1946, 1-3. Also Experientia, Basel, 1946, 2: 60-2. ------ L'energie atomique en France. Atomes, Par, 1947, 187-91.—Katzoff, S. L. Atomic bombs, atomic medicine, nuclear physics, the cyclotron and radio-active elements. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q, 1947^8, 39: No. 4, 11-3.—Kothari, D. S. Nuclear energy and its utilization. J. Sc. Indust. Res, Delhi, 1945-46, 4: 324-8.— Kowarski, L. Physique et technique de l'energie atomique. Atomes, Par, 1946, No. 5, 13-7.—Lapp, R. E. Elementary principles of atomic energy. Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 4, 25-36. ------ The ele- ments of nuclear energy. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 1-15.—Lawrence, J. H. Constructive and destructive aspects of atomic energy. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1948, 45: 330-4.—Leikind, M. C. A bibliography of atomic energy, March 1, 1946-February 1, 1947. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 127-35.—Lexique atomique. Atomes, Par, 1946, No. 5, 6.—McMahon. Utiliza- tion of atomic energy. In: Atomic Energy Act (U. S. Congr. 79. Congr. Senate) Wash, 1946, 19-21.—Majorana, Q. Energia atomica. Rendic. Accad. sc. Ist. Bologna (1945-46) 1947, 50: 15—41.—Malisoff, W. M. On the non-existence of the atomic secret. Philos. of Sc, Bait, 1946, 13: 1.—Martin, L. H. Atomic energy. Australas. J. Pharm, 1946, 27: 543-5.— Motion and energy. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1948, 1: 7-17.—Natanson, L. Ener- gia atomowa. Nauka polska, 1947, 25: 507-18.—Natural radioactivity and nuclear structure. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1948, 1: 63- 87.—Neutron physics and fission. Ibid, 105-20.—Nielsen, J. R. Atomic and molecular energies. Sc. Month, 1946, 63: 470-6.—Nimmo, R. R. Atomic energy [Bk Rev. by S. Wein- troub] Nature, Lond, 1948, 162: 239.—Nuclear reactions. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1948, 1: 89-103.—Oliphant, M. L. The release of atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1946, 157: 5-7. ------ The utiliza- tion of nuclear energy. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain (1945) 1947, 33: 506-14.—Peace and atomic power. Nature, Lond, 1948, 161: 741-4.—Pirkey, E. L. Atomic energy, its liberation. Kentucky M. J, 1948, 46: 177-82.—Pregel, B. Peacetime uses of atomic energy. Social Res, 1947, 14: 27-44.—Reactor (The) program. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1950, 7: 14-8.—Release of information on atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1947, 159: 411.—Richardson, R. S. Atomic power in the laboratory and in the stars. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1946) 1947, 151-9.—Rosengarten, G. Fifty years of atomic energy. Am. J. Pharm, 1946, 118: 132-6.—Rowlands, S. Atomic energy. S. Mary Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1946, 52: 67-70.— Sangiorgi, G. Fasti e nefasti dell'energia atomica. Gior. med. mil, 1949, 96: 539-52.—Smyth, H. D. From X-rays to nuclear fission. Science in Progr, N. Haven, 1949, 6: 1-22. ------ The national laboratories; their role in atomic energy develop- ment. Nucleonics, 1950, 6: 4-9.—Spallation. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1950, 7: 69.—Stewart, I. Atomic energy. In his Organiz. Sc. Res. War, Bost, 1948, 120-3.— Thibaud. Introduction k la vie atomique origine et avenir de l'energie atomique. J. radiol. electr, 1947, 28: 198.—Thomas, C. A, Leverett, M. C. [et al.] Nuclear power. Pub. U. S. Dep. State, 1946-47, No. 2661, 125-7.—Thomson, G. P. Atomic energy and its implications. Nature, Lond, 1946, 157: 826.—Trabacchi, G. C. L'energia del nucleo atomico e la sua utilizzazione. Rendic. Ist. sup. san, Roma, 1945, 8: 381-98.—■ Wigner, E. P. Atomic energy. Research, Lond, 1947-48, 1: 577-80. Also Science, 1948, 108: 517-21.—Willits, J. H. Social adjustments to atomic energy. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1946, 90: 48-52.—Winne, H. A. Atomic energy in industry. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst, 1947-48, 177-88. ---- Control, and ethical aspect. May, H. L. Narcotic drugs and atomic energy; analogy of controls. 14p. 20cm. N. Y., 1946. Pike & Fischer. Atomic energy regulation [v.p.] 25cm. Alb., 1947-48. United States. Congress. Senate. Spe- cial Committee on Atomic Energy. Atomic 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----22 ATOMIC ENERGY 330 ATOMIC ENERGY energy act of 1946; report [To accompany S. 1717.] 125p. 23cm. Wash., 1946. ---- Atomic energy; hearings. Pt. 3-5. p.463-573. 23cm. Wash., 1946. United States. Department of State. Publication 2702: The international control of atomic energy; growth of a policy. 281p. 22#cm. Wash., 1946. ---- Publication 2661: The international control of atomic energy; scientific information transmitted to the United Nations Atomic Energy Commission, June 14, 1946-October 14, 1946. 6v. in 1. 195p. 23cm. Wash., 1947. Atomic (The) Energy Act of 1946. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1946, 2: No. 3, 18-25.—Atomic Energy Act of 1946; P. L. 585, 79th Congr, 2nd Sess, Approved 1 August 1946. In: Atom. Energy Regul, Alb, 1947-48, 10: 1-21, 1005-32.—Atomic Energy Act, 1946, Great Britain; summary of essential features. Atomic Energy Yearb, Lond, 1949, 99-102.—British state- ments relating to the atomic bomb; statements by Prime Minister Attlee and Winston Churchill, issued August 6, 1945. In: Atomic Energy Act (U. S. Congr. 79. Congr. Senate) Wash, 1946, 48-71.—Control of atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1947, 159: 823.—Darwin, C. Agency's research and development activities. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 256.—Ethical basis of atomic energy control. Nature, Lond, 1948, 161: 989-91.—Hill, A. V. The moral responsibilities of scientists. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1946, 1: No. 7, 3.— International control of atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1946, 157: 853-5; 1948, 161: 291-3. Also Atomic Energy Yearb, Lond, 1949, 216-20, illust.—Kartman, L. Science and atomic politics. Am. Scientist, 1947, 35: 364-70.—Kay, L. W., & Gitlin, I. J. Atomic energy or the atomic bomb; a problem in the development of morale and opinion. J. Social Psychol, 1949, 29: 57-84.—Langmuir, I. World control of atomic energy. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1946, 90: 65-9.—Lilienthal, D. E. Organization and administration of the international agency. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 203-6.—McMahon, B. The struggle for atomic peace. Tr. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1948) 1949, 32: 76-84.—McNaughton, A. G. L. Agency's functions in relation to location and mining of ores. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 257.—Miller, M. The atomic scientists in politics. Ibid, 242.—Millikan, R. A. The con- trol of the atomic bomb. Pharos, Slaterville Springs, 1946-47, 10:3-7.—Oliphant, M. L. Control of atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1946, 157: 679.—Operational and developmental func- tions of the international agency. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 253-5.—Peierls, R. E. Atomic energy; threat and promise. Endeavour, Lond, 1947, 6: 51-7.—Rose, F. de, McNaughton, A. G. L. [et al.] Agency's rights & limitations relating to inspections, surveys & explorations. BuU. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 262-5.—Senate report on Atomic Energy. In: Atomic Energy Regul, Alb, 1947-48,15: 1-10, ZU05-125 — Shils, E. A. American policy and the Soviet ruling group. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 237-41.—Shot well, J. T. The control of atomic energy under the charter. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1946, 90: 59-64.—Simpson, J. A. The scientists as public educators; a two year summary. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 243-6.—Technological control of atomic energy activities. Ibid, 1946, 2: No. 11, 18-29. Also U. S. Dep. State, 1946-47, No. 2661, 143-95.—Text of the agreed declaration on atomic energy by the President of the United States, the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, and the Prime Minister of Canada, issued November 15, 1945. In: Atomic Energy Act (U. S. Congr. 79. Congr. Senate) Wash, 1946, 33-5.—Urey, H. C. International aspects of atomic energy. Papers U. S. Symp. Isotopes in Biol, 1948, 423-32. --- Medical aspects. Mallet, L. C. M., & Lecamus, H. F. E. Bombardement atomique et radioactivite arti- ficielle; applications biologiques et medicales. 183p. 21Hcm. Par., 1946. Siri, W. E. Handbook of radioactivity and tracer methodology. 867p. 28cm. Davton, 1948. Forms No. 5669, Techn. Rep. U. S. Air Force. Also forms No. MCREXD-696-60, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Abderhalden, E. Die Atombombe als weiteres Beispiel einer an sich segensreichen Verwertung von Forschungser- gebnissen, mit jedoch lebensfeindlicher Auswirkung. In his Gedank. eines Biolog. &c„ Ziir, 1947, 40.—Campana, A. Da Hiroshima al carbone 14; l'energia nucleare al servizio della medicina. Gior. med. mil, 1947, 94: 61-4.—Cooney, J. P. Atomic energy. In: Rep. Conf. Surg. General with' Army Surgeons, Wash, 1948, Jan, 58-60.—Draeger, R. H., & Warren, S. Medicine at the crossroads. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull 1947, 47: 219-25.—Hogness, J. R. Tracer techniques. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj ) Vvash, 1950, 3: 122-6.—Houghton, K. H. Biological effects of radiation. Ibid, 39-46.—Leifer, E. Radioactive isotopes in clinical medicine. Ibid, 127-32.—Lyon, G. M. Medical aspects of atomic energy. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 269-73.— Martinius, J. Atome, Atombomben, Materie, Kraft, der Lichtather im Weltall. Pharm. Ztg, Berl, 1950, 86: 51.— Measurement and evaluation of radiological hazards. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 127-41.—Pendergrass, E. P. The atomic bomb experiments in the Pacific with a consideration of the relationship of atomic energy to the future of medicine. Phila- delphia M, 1946-47, 42: 325-30. Also Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1946-47, 14: 107-12.—Recognition of radiation hazards. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 111-26, illust.—Skarzynski, B. Dzialanie patologiczne energii atomowej. Polski tygod. lek, 1947, 2: 393.—Soberman, R. J. Internal hazards of fission products and plutonium. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 79-82.—Sue, P. Energie nucieaire et bombe atomique. In his Dix ans appl. radioact. Par, 1948, 99-102.—Whitby, L. Efectos de la energia atomica en la sangre. Prensa med. argent, 1947, 34: 648-50.—Williams, E. G. Public health aspects of atomic energy. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 83-6. ---- Reactors. Mann, W. B. The cyclotron. 92p. 17cm. N. Y., 1940. Akers, W. Metallurgical problems involved in the genera- tion of useful power from atomic energy. Nature, Lond, 1947, 160: 182.—Atomic energy reactors. Atomic Energy Yearb, Lond, 1949, 23-46.— Burcham, W. E. The one- million-volt accelerating equipment of the Cavendish Labora- tory, Cambridge. Nature, Lond, 1947, 160: 316-8.—Dun- worth, J. V. Operational characteristics of the Harwell piles. Research, Lond, 1949, 2: 73-8.—Fermi, E. Elementary theory of the chain-reacting pile. Science, 1947, 105: 27-32.— First (The) reactor. Atomic Energy Yearb, Lond, 1949, 18-22, illust.—Gemant, A, & Archer, H. M. Study on the radioactive-electric converter. Nucleonics, 1948, 3: 40-5.— Harrer, J. M. Controlling a power-producing nuclear reactor. Ibid, 1950, 6: No. 3, 58-65.—Hundred million-volt, 49 hundred-ton atom smasher. Chem. Leaflet, 1941-42, 15: No. 2, 54-6.—Mallet, L, & Lecamus, H. Les generateurs de la desintegration atomique. In their Bombard, atom. Par, 1946, 50-78.—U. S. A. reactors [tab.] Atomic Energy Yearb, Lond, 1949, 78.—World's accelerators. Sc. American, 1948, 179: No. 4, 18. ATOMIC Energy Commission. Langham, W. Medical and biological research activities of the Los Alamos Laboratory. 16p. 27cm. Oak Ridge, 1947. Forms MDDC 1439, Docum. U. S. Atom. Energy Com. United States. Atomic Energy Commis- sion [Document] Oak Ridge, MDDC 145, 1946— ---- Semiannual report. Wash., 1 (1946) 1947— ---- Abstracts of declassified documents, v. 1-2. 2v. 27cm. Oak Ridge, Tenn., 1947-48. For continuation see: Nuclear science abstracts, v. 1, 1948- ■---- Declassified documents release. Oak Ridge, No. 11, 1948— United States. Atomic Energy Commis- sion. Medical Board of Review. Report. 11 1. 26cm. Wash., 1947. [United States] Brookhaven National Laboratory. Administrative and scientific progress report. Upton, July/Dec. 1948- Combines its Administrative progress report and Scientific progress report, formerly issued separately. ---- Scientific progress report. Upton, N. Y., Jan./July, 1948. United States. Clinton National Labora- tory. 1947 summary of nuclear data, p.81- 186. 20}/2cm. N. Y., 1948. In: Nucleonics, N. Y, 1948, 2: Atomic Energy Commission. In: Science & Pub. Policy (U. S. President Sc. Res. Bd) Wash, 1947, 2: 243-53.—Atomic Energy Commission documents. Nucleonics, 1948, 3: 28-33.— Atomic Energy Commission publications. Ibid, 1949, 4: No. 6, 70.—Boardman, B. F. Atomic Energy Commission research data being released by increased tempo. J. Southeast. Res, Atlanta, 1949, 1: 24.—Current AEC unclassified contracts for biological, medical, and physical research. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 161-75.—Fellowship boards and AEC fellowships for 1949-50. Ibid, 183-9.—Major research centers of the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. Ibid, ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION 331 ATOMIC WARFARE 151; 1950, 7: 197.—Medical Board of Review reports to U. S. A. E. C. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 272-4.—Nuclear (A) research institute at Oak Ridge. Science, 1946, 103: 705.— Pearson, P. B. The Atomic Energy Commission as it relates to the biological sciences. Proc. Food Nutr. Bd. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 1949, 9: 47.—Santamarina, V. Comisi6n nacional de aplicacion de la energfa at6mica a usos civiles. Arch. Inst. nac. hidr. clim. med, Habana, 1946-47, 1: No. 4, 48-53.— United States Atomic Energy Commission reports to Congress. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 275-80.—Warren, S. Medical program of the Atomic Energy Commission. J. Am. M. Ass, 1948, 138: 1227. ATOMIC warfare. See also Atomic bomb; Atomic energy. Bradley, D: V. No place to hide. 182p. 19^cm. Bost., 1948. Crowther, J. G., & Whiddington, R. Science at war. 185p. 20cm. Lond., 1947. Lapp, R. E. Must we hide? 182p. 22cm. Cambr., 1949. Smyth, H. D. A general account of the devel- opment of methods of using atomic energy for military purposes under the auspices of the United States Government, 1940-1945. 182p. 23cm. Wash., 1945. United States. Atomic Exergy Commis- sion. Information for the press, No. 216: The city of Washington and an atomic bomb. 8 1. 27cm. Wash., 1949. Analysis of effects of bombs on people and areas. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 47-55, illust.— Bronowski, J. Atomic bombardment and its effects in relation to fire engineering. Brit. Chem. Digest, 1947-48, 2: 84-8.— Brookover, W. B. Scientific analysis of fear in human relations. Social Sc, 1949, 24: 164-7.—Cooney, J. P. A proper psycholog- ical approach toward atomic warfare. Fog Horn, S. Franc, 1948-49, 8: No. 36, 2. ------ Psychological factors in atomic warfare. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1949, 39: 969-73. Also Radiology, 1949, 53: 104-10. Also in: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 110-3 — Howard, J. W. A proper psychological approach toward atomic warfare. Bull. Dade Co. M. Ass, 1949, 20: No. 4, 35-7.—Kryter, R. J. Atomic power in war and peace. Proc. Am. Drug Manuf. Ass, 1949, 37. meet, 54-83; 42. meet, 52-76.—Lapp, R. E. Effect of an atom-bomb explosion on a typical American city. In: Nuclear Phvs. (Lapp, R. E.) pt 2, Wash, 1947, No. 2, 1-12, 3 diagr.—Loftus, J. E. Strategy, economics, and the bomb. Sc. Month, 1949, 68: 310-20.— Luft, J, & Wheeler, W. M. Reaction to John Hersey's Hiro- shima. J. Social Psychol, 1948, 28: 135-40.—Mallet, I, La guerre atomique. Medecin fr, 1949, 9: 103, 116.—Radiological warfare. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 68-71.—Tuzuki, M. Problems in con- tamination of the bombed area. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 94-8.—Van Roojen, J. The biological implications of radioactive warfare. S. Afr. M. J, 1946, 20: 772-9. ---- Defense. See also Air delense; Atomic bomb, Patho- logical effect; Defense; Radar. Bauer, A. J. Preventive measures for atomic explosion. 3p. 27cm. Wash., 1948. United States. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project. Radiological defense. 4v. 26^cm. Wash., 1948-51. United States. Navy. Bureau of Medi- cine and Surgery. An introduction to radio- logical safety. 56p. 26cm. Wash., 1947. Andrews, H. L. Essentials of instrumentation. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 24-9.—Atom (The) bomb and the nurse. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946, 83: 249.—Atomic (The) bomb and our cities from report of U. S. Strategic Bombing Survey. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1946, 2: No. 3, 29.—Bauer, A. J. Preventive meas- ures for atomic explosion. Delaware M. J, 1948, 20: 121-3. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 55-7. Also Lawrence Co. M. Soc. Bull, 1948-49, 15: No. 3, 11-4.—Behrens, C. F. Radio- logical safety in atomic warfare. Rhode Island M. J, 1949, 32: 195-8.—Brown, C. J. Medical preparedness in atomic defense. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1948, 17: 191-6.— Bryan, P. H. H. Defense in atomic warfare. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1950, 30: 79-84.—Carling, E. R. The future comes apace; what shall defend the interim? Brit. J. Radiol, 1949, 22: 1-10.—Christopherson, D. G. Defence against the atomic bomb. Nature, Lond, 1946, 158: 151-3.—Coale, A. Reducing vulnerability to atomic attack; protective methods that may reduce the potential consequences of an attack by atomic bombs. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 71-4.—Creyghton, J. W. Luchtbeschermingsmaatregelen tegen een aanval met atoombommen. Geneesk. gids, 1949, 27: 490-3.—Decontami- nation. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 160-79, illust.—Emergency control measures. Ibid, 180-201, illust.—Eyerman, M. F. Radiolog- ical defense. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1949-50, 29: No. 2, 19-24.—Fetter, T. R. Atomic disaster plans in Philadelphia. Philadelphia M, 1947-48, 43: 1847, &c—Glorieux. Lucha contra la bomba at6mica. Arch. med. mex, 1949, 7: 574-82.— Hoffman, E. J. Radioactive decontamination problems. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 87-90.—Lyon, G. M. Radiological defense. Ibid, 97-101.—Marco, F. de. Abrigos contra a bomba atomica. An. paul. med. cir, 1947, 53: 183-90.—Military organization and training for atomic defense. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Woap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 202-16, illust.—Negre & Bolot. Principes de defense passive anti- atomique. Presse med, 1949, 57: 82; 108.—Park, W. E. If an atomic bomb should fall. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1949, 61: 473-8.—Principles (The) of military defense against atomic weapons; historical experience. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 1-14, illust.— Protection against A-bomb effects. Chemistry, Wash, 1946- 47, 20: No. 10, 36-9.—Protection of personnel. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1951, 2: 142-59, illust.—Schneider, O, & King, E. R. Atomic dis- aster planning. In: Atomic Med. (Behrens, C. F.) N. Y, 1949, 208-24.—Stone, W. W. Protection against atomic bombs. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 91-6.—Tuzuki, M. Protection and rescue problems against the atomic bomb. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 99-102.—Winant, F. I, jr. Command aspects of radiological defense. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 102-9. ---- Medical aspect. See also Atomic bomb, Pathological effect; Atomic energy, Medical aspect. Cox, W. C. Notes on preventive medicine in the atomic age. 21p. 27cm. Wash., 1948. Wilson, W. L. Medical planning for atomic disaster. 9 1. 32cm. Wash., 1950. Andreen, A. Medicinska aspekter pk atomkriget. Sven. lak. tidn, 1947, 44: 1181-3.—Army doctors say mass hysteria need not follow atomic bomb explosion. Pennsylvania AI. J, 1947-48, 51: 905.—Bauer, A. J. Treatment of acute radiation illness. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 69.—Blech, G. M. We will still be use- ful. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 114-6.—Cozza, A. II pericolo atomico dai punto di vista medico. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1949, 54: 287; passim.—Cunningham, M. An Army nurse looks into atomic nursing. Trained Nurse, 1950, 124: 12.—• Del Villar Madrid, R. Aspectos medicos de la guerra atomica. Bol. san. mil, Mex, 1948, 1: 155-63.—Draeger, R. H. Therapy of acute radiation illness. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 65-8.—Glorieux. La bombe atomique envisagee par le Service de sante de 1'Armee. Ann. belg. med. mil, 1949, 102: 117-63.—Jacobson, L. O, Stone, R. S, & Allen, J. G. Physicians in an atomic war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1949, 139: 138-40.—Kester, W. O., & Miller, E. B. Veterinary aspects of atomic explosion. J. Am. Yet. M. Ass, 1948, 113: 325-9.------Atomic warfare and the veteri- nary profession. Ibid, 1949, 114: 113-9.—King, E. R. Medical aspects of an atomic disaster plan. V. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1948, 48: Suppl, 185-204.—LeRoy, G. V. Medical problems of atom- ic warfare. Bull. North Shore Br. Chicago M. Soc, 19-17. Dec, 13-7.—Lueth, H. C. Problems of medical care in the atomic age. Philippine M. World, 1948, 3: 347-56.—Newell, R. R. Wartime radiation; the calculated risk. Radiology, 1949, 53: 111-3.—Pearse, H. E, & Payne, J. T. Therapy and handling of mechanical and thermal injury from the atom bomb. In: Radiol. Defense (U. S. Armed Forces Spec. Weap. Proj.) Wash, 1950, 3: 71-8, illust.—Snyder, L. H. Atomic bombs over Washington. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1949, 18: 505- 11.—Some medical aspects of atomic warfare. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, 113-6.—Stafford, J. Medical weapons against atom. Chemistry, Wash, 1947-48, 21: No. 8, 7-10.—Street, R. T. The dentist's role following an atomic bomb explosion. Frater, Menasha, 1948-49, 48: No. 3, 5. Also J. Missouri Dent. Ass, 1949, 29: 93. Also J. Georgia Dent. Ass, 1949-50, 23: 19-21. ------ & Street, J. B, jr. The dentist's role following an atomic bomb explosion. J. Michigan Dent. Soc, 1949, 31: 224-6. Also J. N. Jersey Dent. Soc, 1949-50, 21: 6-9. ------ What the dentist can do to aid survivors of an atomic bomb blast. CAL, Chic, 1949-50, 12: No. 5, 2; 18.—Sunderman, F. W. Civilian med- ical planning for atomic catastrophes. Philadelphia M, 1947- 48, 43: 1893, &c.—Teneff, S. Sui compiti dei medici in un'even- tuale guerra atomica. Minerva med. Tor, 1949, 40: Varia, 559-61.— Wedd, G. D. Medical aspects of atomic warfare. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1949, 35: 29-36.—What every medical officer should know about the atomic bomb; public health aspects of atomic explosion. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8:431-3.—Wilkins, J. H. Atomic warfare and animals. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1949, 20: 63; 104. ATTACK 332 AVIATION ATTACK (and assault) See also related references under Aid station; Air defense; Air raid; Battle; Combat; Gas warfare, Attack-Offensive; Operation; Pursuit. Mercier, R. G. Preparativos de ataque. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 20-2.—Nahid Tunasar. [Health service in sudden attacks and night combats] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: 7-9.—Spalek, W. [Psychology of the soldier during attacks and in panic] Lek. wojsk. 1926, 8: 443-7. ATTITUDE research. See under Militarism, Attitude research; Physician, Attitude toward war. ATTU. For military medical history see as subdivision under World War II. AUDIOMETRY. See Aviator, Audiometry; Deafness; Ear; Medical Examination, Audiometry. AUSTRALIA. For military affairs of this commonwealth see such sect, heads as Dental care; Dental corps; Dental service; Hospital report; Medical Corps; Medical department; Medical examination; Medical organization; Morbidity; Navy Medical Service; Neuropsychiatric examination; Nutrition service; Pharmaceutical service; Pharmacist; Physician; Prisoner of war; Ration; Recruiting; Tuberculosis; Venereal diseases; Veterinary Corps; World War I; World War II. AUSTRIA. See for references under Hospital report; Medical organization; Medical service; Mor- bidity; Orthopedics; Recruiting; Tuberculosis; Venereal diseases; World War I; World War II. AUSTRO-PRUSSIAN war (1866) See under Wars and campaigns. AUTOPSY. See under Pathology; Prisoner of war, Autopsy; Vehicle. AVIATION. See also Aeronautics; Blind flying; Fighter aviation; Flight; Flying; Landing. Brimhall, D. R. The effect of military requirements on civilian aviation. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 155-60.—Con- necticut airplane maneuver—Aug, 1912. Group photograph: Col. L. M. Mans; Col. W. Stephenson; Lt. Benj. D. Foulvis. See Collection in Library.—Delgadillo, A. Consideraciones generales sobre aviacion. Rev. mil. La Paz, 1942, 6: 321-5.— Lederer, L. G. The application to commercial aviation of some physiological factors developed by military aviation medicine. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 85-90.—Military aviation seen through the eyes of an army pilot. J. Aeronaut. Sc, 1940-41, 8: Rev. Sect, No. 3, 7.—Reyes, A. F. La aviaci6n militar. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1935, 35: pt 2, 45-56.—Rynin, N. A. [Striving for velocity and height of flight] Priroda, 1940, 29: No. 9, 30-45. ---- Altitude. See Altitude. ---- Climatic aspect. United States. Air Force. Arctic, Des- ert & Tropic Information Center. School lectures. lOv. in 1. 27cm. N. Y., 1943. Plischke, E. Trans-Arctic aviation. Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1944) 1945, 285-96.'—Sirito, H. A. Influencias de las temperaturas bajas en la navegaci6n aerea. Rev. mil, B. Air 1942, 42: pt 1, 465-70. --- Meteorological aspect. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. F. P. R. C. 392 (a) Effect of atmospheric conditions on the aviator. 10 1. 26^cm. Lond., 1941. Jagsich, J. El problema meteorol6gico de la aviaci6n militar. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1940, 40: pt 2, 1157-72, 6 maps.— Nagel. Der Einfluss des Wetters auf die Tatigkeit der Luft- waffe. Mil. Wbl, Berl, 1938-39, 123: 1494-7.—Problem (the) of rain, snow, and dust static. News Lett. U. S. A. Air Corps, 1940, 23: No. 12, 7. ---- Speed and acceleration. See Acceleration; Supersonic speed. — Stratosphere. See also Aeromedicine, stratospheric; Strato- sphere. Tomlinson, D. W. Development of substratosphere flying. J. Aviat. M, 1941, 12: 136^3. AVIATION dentistry. See Altitude, Dental effect; Dentistry, aviation. AVIATION medical technician. See also Technician. United States. Naval School of Avia- tion Medicine. Aviation medicine technicians' manual. 120p. 26cm. Pensacola, 1942. Beals, L. S., jr. The aviation medicine technician. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 2-4.—Stone, A. B., jr, & Simmons, L. V., jr. Aviation medicine training. Ibid, 24. AVIATION medicine. See Aeromedicine. AVIATION neuropsychiatry. See Neuropsychiatry, Aviation aspect. AVIATION physiology. See also Flying; Research. Goldie, E. A. G., & Gilson, J. C. Report on a visit to the Physiological Institute, University of Gottingen. v. 1. [28] 1. 29cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 632, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res Com. Great Britain. Royal Air Force. Physi- ological Laboratory. Progress report. Lond. (1943/44) 1944— Forms numbers of F. P. R. C. Rep. Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. United States. Army Air Forces. Air Service Command. Aero Medical Labora- tory. Your body in flight; an illustrated book of knowledge for the flyer. 83p. 27%cm. Fairfield, 1943. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual TM 8-310: Notes on physiology in aviation medicine. 95p. 23cm. Wash., 1940. Armstrong, H. G. Notes from the Physiological Research Laboratory, Wright Field, Dayton, Ohio. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 2, 26; No. 3, 73; 1938, 2: 15; 83; 157 — Brestkin, M. Aviacionnaia fiziologia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 19-24.—Centre (Le) d'etudes de biologie aeronautique du Service de sante de l'air. Econom. hop, 1947, 16: No. 100, 19.—Fulton, J. F. Physiology of aviation and medical preparedness. Connecticut M. J, 1940, 4: 590-4.—Graybiel, A., & Smedal, H. A. History of the development of the Physiological Research Department and the Altitude Training Unit. Contact, Pensacola, 1946-47, 6: 153-9.—Lyman, C. P. Physiology and military aviation. Proc. Hawaii. Acad. Sc. (1943-45) 1945, 19-20. meet, 5.— Physiological intercommunication research in the R. C. A. F. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 33-44.—Rein, F. H. Die physiologische Forschung im Dienste neuzeitlicher militararzt- licher Aufgaben, insbesondere bei der Luftwaffe. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 124-9. AVIATION psychiatry. See subheadings of Psychiatry (aviation; U. S. Air Force) AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY 333 AVIATOR AVIATION psychology. See Psychological service (U. S. Air Force) Psychology (Air Force) AVIATOR. See also Air Force; Aviation; Flight personnel. Viteles, M. S. The aircraft pilot; 5 years of research, a summary of outcomes. 46p. 27^cm, Wash., 1945. Forms No. 46, Rep. Div. Res. U. S. Civil Aeronaut. Admin. Capek, D. Soins preventifs de l'aviateur militaire. Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, 1938, 8. sess, 365-91. Also Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1939, 12: 772-96.—Cutler, S. J, & Rafferty, 3. A. Study of regular Army pilots for years 1920-1941. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 32.—Grant, N. W., & Lee, R. E. Flat Foot Floogie. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 19.—Ledford, G. E. Industrial aid for our changing requirements. Ibid, 210.—Pivovarov, M. A. Nekotorye voprosy uslovii raboty letchika. Voen. med. J, 1945, No. 7, 39-42.—Taylor, S. Planes, but no pilots. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 17-20. ---- Altitude tolerance. See under Altitude. ---- Aptitude. See also subdivision (Flying adaptability) Karpovich, P. V. Relation between co- ordination exercises and flying ability. 4 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 86, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Beaven, C. L. Aptitude for flying. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 3, 61-6.—Prediction of aptitude. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 4, 8. ---- Audiometry. See also Medical examination, Audiometry. Dickson, E. D. D., Simpson, J. F. [et al.] A new method of testing the hearing efficiency of aviation candidates. 4 1. 16^cm. Lond., 1943. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 532, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Knowlton, G. C. Effect of rhythmic pressure variation upon auditory acuity. 16 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-696-52, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Senturia, B. H. Determination of auditory acuity following various periods of exposure in the altitude chamber. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 129, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- A survey of auditory acuity among pilots and enlisted trainees. 14 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 171, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Auditory acuity of aviation cadets. 10 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 239, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Shoch, D. E. Comparison of auditory acuity of flying personnel and non-flying personnel. 3p. 22cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 514, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Casella, B. Alterazioni di udito da variazione di pressione. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1938, 1: 113-25. Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 447 (Abstr.)—Ewing. A new method of testing the hearing efficiency of aviation candidates. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1943, No. 553, 1.—Hallpike. Recommenda- tions on proposed new hearing test. Ibid, No. 559, 1-3. ----- Proposed new test of hearing for air crew candidates. Ibid, 1944, No. 564, 12.—Hill, B. New method for testing the hearing efficiency of aviation candidates. Ibid, No. 572, 1-3.— New (The) hearing test for R. A. F. candidates for flying. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1948, Mar, 12 — Senturia, B. H. Auditory acuity of aviation cadets. .Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1944, 53: 705-16.— Shoch, D. E. Validation of auditory acuity standards in AR 40-110. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, June, 7; Oct. 13; 1948, Jan, 14. ------ Comparison of auditory acuity of flying personnel and non- flying personnel. Ibid, Oct, 38.—Sullivan, J. A. A statistical analysis of audiometric surveys in the Royal Canadian Air Force. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1946, 50: 400-28.— Tonndorf, J., & Guild, E. Validation of auditory acuity standards in AR 40-110. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 9; 1949, Jan, 11. Barotrauma. See Altitude (various subheads) Barotrauma. — Cardiovascular system. See also Cardiology. Kossmann, C. E. Collapse at low altitude in a case of previously unrecognized heart disease. 8 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 210, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Zepplin, K. *Die bisherigen Ergebnisse der militarischen Fliegeruntersuchungsstelle zu Ro- stock (unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Kreislaufsystems) [Rostock] 15p. 21cm. Gu- tersloh i. Westf., 1937. Bazett, H. C. The inadequacy of present tests for cardio- vascular fitness. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 1: No. 3, 3-10.— Leach, J. E. Diseases and defects in aircrew trainees; cardio- vascular system. War Med, 1945, 8: 1-4.—Marvin, H. P., & Hall, W. F. Electrocardiographic studies of Army Air Corps officers. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 497-501.—Stewart, C. B., & Manning, G. W. A detailed analysis of the electrocardiograma of 500 R. C. A. F. aircrew. Am. Heart J, 1944, 27: 502-23.— Young, C. A. Hypotension in aviation; with a review of 159 fatal crashes. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 222-35. Also War. Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 375-88. ---- Care. Cutler, S. J., & Rafferty, J. A. Statistical study of care of flyer reports of the 8th Air Force. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 18; 1948, Jan, 31; July, 16.—Tamisea, J. A. The care of the flier. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 23-6. ---- Classification. Sheldon, W. H. A basic classification applied to aviation cadets; the method. 18p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 127, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Faubion, R. W., & Bellow, R. M. Personnel work in the Army Air Forces; the Classification Division, Army Air Forces Technical Training Command. Psychol. Bull, 1942, 39: 643-64.—Flying Uncle Sam's thunderbirds. Occupations, 1942-43, 21: 54-8.—Mathewson, F. A. L, Wilson, D. R. [et al.j Medical classification of R. C. A. F. groundcrew on the basis of functional requirements. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1943, 49: 512-5.— Melton, A. W. Intercorrelations [of standard aircrew classifica- tion tests] Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 4, 1012-8. ---- Clothing. See Clothing, Air Force. For protective cloth- ing see also under Acceleration, Protection. ---- Combat pilot. Levy, N. A. Personality disturbances in com- bat fliers. 89p. 22#cm. N. Y., 1945. Combat (The) criterion program. Aviat. Psychol. Techn. Mem, 1944, No. 4, 1-14.—Combat validation, pilots. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 72-106.— Preliminary studies of combat-category arrangement. Aviat. Psychol. Techn. Mem, 1945, No. 6, 1-15. ----- Co-pilot. Copilot. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 16, 143-50. ---- Deafness. See Aero-otitis. ---- Decompression. See subdivisions of Altitude (Aeroembolism; Decompression) AVIATOR 334 AVIATOR ---- Defects. Franzen, R. H., & Brimhall, D. R. Analysis of physical defects found by the Armed Services in pilots certified to be without disqualifying defect by civil pilot training examination. 18p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. Forms No. 2, Rep. Div. Res. U. S. Civil Aeronaut. Admin. Strong, S. M. Correcting physical defects in applicants for aviation training. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: 343-5. ---- Diseases. See also Acceleration, Injuries; Aero-otitis; Airsickness; Altitude, Anoxia; Barotrauma; Com- pressed air illness; Kinetosis, etc. Cutler, S. J., Rafferty, J. A. [et al.] Statis- tical study of Care of Flyer Reports; incidence of removals from flying status and number of days lost, by diagnosis, U. S. 8th Air Force, Jan.-Oct. 1943. 16p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 508, U. S. Air Force School Aviat, M. Cutler, S. J., Rafferty, J. A., & Cherry, J. D. Statistical study of Care of Flyer Reports; incidence of altitude diseases, gunshot wounds and cold injuries, U. S. 8th Air Force, Jan.-Oct., 1943. 23p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 508, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Reid, D. D. Sickness and stress in operational flying, p. 123-31. tab. 25cm. Lond., 1948. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 701, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Also: Brit. J. Social M, 1948, 2: Charlet, R. Etat de la denture et aptitude physique du personnel navigant de l'aeronautique militaire, fiches signaie- tiques bucco-dentaires, procede pratique d'identification. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 124-6 — Childhood diseases slow Army Air Corps training program at Chanute. Life, 1941, Apr. 14, p.67.—Graybiel, A, Brown, N., & Crispell, R. Medical complaints of flying personnel at a naval air station. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 508-17.—Guild, E, Curwen, G, & Ferber, C. Review of literature concerning the detrimental effects of alcohol and lack of sleep on flying pro- ficiency. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 10.— Kukoverov, A. V. K voprosu ob utomlenii letnogo sostava. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 11, 46-9.—Monaco, B. Studio statistico sulle cause di inability del personale aero- navigante militare riconosciute nel decennio 1928-37. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1938, 1: 35-81. ---- Drugging. Drugging of war flyers. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1940, 152: 271. ---- Ear. See also Aero-otitis; Barotrauma; also sub- heading (Otorhinolaryngological aspect) Busch, H. Zur ohrenarztlichen Untersuchung auf Flieger- tauglichkeit. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 116-20.—Dickson, E. D. D., & Bateman, G. H. A survey of the aural health of aircrew candidates for service with the Royal Air Force. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1944, 59: 437-42. ---- Education. Wylie, C. R., jr. Scientific education for Air Force officers. Sc. Month, 1947, 65: 94-102. ---- Electroencephalography. Thorner, M. W. Procurement of electro- encephalographic tracings on 1000 flying cadets for evaluating the Gibbs' technique in relation to flying ability. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 7, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Thorner, M., Gibbs, F. A, & Gibbs, E. L. Relation between the electroencephalogram and flying ability. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 255-62. ---- Equilibrium (and vestibular apparatus) See also Vertigo; also subheading (Otorhino- laryngological aspect) Wenger, M. A. Studies of autonomic balance in Army Air Forces personnel, lllp. 25^cm. Berkeley, 1948. Forms No. 4, v.19 (or, No. 101) Comp. Psychol. Monogr. Alandarov, N. S. [Results of vestibular stability training] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 94. ------ [Comparative data in in- vestigations of the vestibular apparatus among aviators and students] Ibid, 1937, No. 4, 39-41.—Cabal lero, A. Aparato vestibular del personal en vuelo. Rev. espan. otoneuroft, 1947, 6: 253-60.—Casella, B. La cronassia del nervo vesti- bolare nel personale aeronavigante e negli aspiranti al pilo- taggio. Gior. med. mil, 1937, 85: 806-24.—Cioch, R. [In- creased excitability of the vestibular organs among the flying personnel] Polski przegl. med. lot, 1939, 8: 40-7.—De Kruyff van Dorssen, H. G. B. The balancing chair. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 99-100.—Held, B. An experiment with the balancing chair. Ibid, 101-4.—Kantorovich, J. [Use of physical exercises for training the organs of equilibrium in aviators] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 29-32.—Kulikovsky, G. [Training of the vestibular apparatus in aviators] Ibid, 21-9.—Mikhlin, E. [Reflex from the vestibular apparatus on the vessels of the nasal mucous, and its significance in selection of students for aviation] Ibid, 1937, No. 4, 41-6.—Osolikhina, M. [Training of the vestibular apparatus] Ibid, 37-9.— Polkowski, K. O koniecznoSci rozszerzenia badan zmyslu rownowagi u personelu latajacego. Lek. wojsk, 1932, 20: 917-26. ---- Eye. See also subheading (Vision) Mercier, A., & Duguet, J. Physio-pathologie oculaire de l'aviateur. ccxxxiii p. 23}^cm. Par., 1947. Rose, H. W. Ophthalmological experiences during flying fitness examinations. 7 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. U 13-16-26, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Tiffin, J., & Bromer, J. Analysis of eye fix- ations and patterns of eye movement in landing a Piper Cub J-3 airplane. 26p. 27}£cm. Wash., 1943. Forms No. 10, Rep. Div. Res. U. S. Civil Aeronaut. Admin. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual TM 8-300: Notes on eye, ear, nose, and throat in aviation medicine. 286p. 23cm. Wash., 1940. Adams, J. C. The importance of tangent screen diagnosis. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 1: No. 4, 13.—Alpern, M. B. Visual standards for Army air pilots. Optometr. Week, 1941-42, 32: 1101.—Blatt, N. Seiectionnement des aviateurs au point de vue de leur organe visuel. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1940, 112: 323-34. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 359 (Abstr.)—Bur- meister, H. Untersuchungen iiber Aenderungen der optischen Reaktionszeit des Menschen beim Einwirken hoher Fliehkrafte. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1938-39, 3: 277-84.—Byrnes, V. A. Eye problems in combat aviation. Texas J. M, 1942—43, 38: 399- 402. ------ Evaluation of eye tests used in the examination of Army aviators. Ibid, 1944-45, 40: 235-40.—Chavez Velando, L. A. El astigmatismo y la aptitud para la aviaci6n. Rev. san. mil, Lima, 1935, 8: 54-71.—Counsel], W. D. Air Force eye standards and examination procedure. Tr. Ophth Soc. Australia, 1940, 2: 7-18.—Cridland, N. The cover test for near. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 361-4.—Cyrlin, B. [Protection of the eyes in the arctic regions and high altitudes] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 4, 24-31. ------ & Vishnevsky, N. A. [Physiology of vision in night and altitude flights] Ibid, 1936, 58-64.—Dazzle (The) Sub-Group. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 6.—Eyes of the British Air Force. Am. J. Optometr, 1943, 20: 204-6.—Flekkel, A. Zabolevaniia glaz v aviachasti. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 4, 97.—Granstrom, K. O. Erfarenheter av ogonundersokningar a militarflygar- aspiranter. Sven. lak. tidn, 1942, 39: 294-313.—Hargreaves, J. M. Some interesting ophthalmological factors in the selec- tion of the military aviator. J. Aviat. M, 1936, 7: 9-11.— Imus, H. A. Visual standards for naval aviation. Proc. Vir- ginia Acad. Sc, 1947-48, 26: 128. ------ Visual examina- tion of flyers returned from combat. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 62-93.—Kafka, M. M. Military pilots' vision. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: 339.—Livingston, P. C. Heterophoria in aviation; its significance and its treatment. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K, 1934, 54: 337-59. ------ The use of contact lenses in the Royal Air Force. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 408, 1. ------ Visual problems of aerial warfare; day studies in photopic vision. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 2: 67-73.— Locknitz, K. Ueber die Ergebnisse von Fusionsmessungen bei Sonderuntersuchungen auf Fliegertauglichkeit. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1938, 3: 173-5.—Lohlein, W. Bleibende Schadigung der Sehbahn im Hohenflug. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1938, 101: 818-22.—Marchman, O. M., jr. Diseases and defects in air- crew trainees; visual system. War Med, Chic, 1945, 8: 371-5— Mayou, B. An orthoptist with the R. A. F. at home and over- seas. Brit. Orthopt. J, 1947, 4: 122-34.—Mikhailov, N, & Totrov, M. [Effect of hidden strabism on the technique of piloting] Voen. san. delo, 1938, No. 2, 62-4.—Ono, K. Unter- suchung iiber die Akkommodationszeit am Auge des Marine- I fliegers. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 57.—Orthoptisfs AVIATOR 335 AVIATOR work with the Royal Air Force in England. Am. J. Optometr, 1943, 20: 181-3.—Pol, W. [Changes in the acuity of vision among the military aviators between 1927-1932] Lek. wojsk, 1934, 24: 373-8. ------ [Vision qualifications for aviation Ibid, 1937, 30: 694-6.—Ramirez, F. El ojo y la aviaci6n. Rev. mil. La Paz, 1942, 6: 741-6. Also Rev. san. mil, Cara- cas, 1942, 1: 41-7.—Rosenberg, S. P, & Vengrzhenovsky, G. S. [Significance of convergence in the School of Aviation] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 37-40.—Schmidt, I. New tests for examination and training of color vision; Munsell papers. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, July, 9; Oct, 10.— Schwichtenberg, A. H. A study of the field of binocular vision of flying cadets at primary Air Corps training center. J. Aviat. M, 1935, 6: 64-7.—Scobee, R. G. Research on visual stand- ards in the Army Air Forces. Minutes Army Navy Vision Com, 1945, 11. meet, 24-6.—Starkiewicz, W. [Effect of stunt flying in low altitude on the functional state of the eye] Lek. wojsk, 1936, 28: 231-45.—Stauffer, H. B. The use of a Hughes double rotary prism in aviation examinations. J. Aviat. M, 1942, 13: 148.—Strughold, H. The human time factor in flight; the latent period of optical perception and its significance in high speed flying. Ibid, 1949, 20: 300-7.—Vasconcelos, N. de. A oftalmologia em face da aviacao; semiotecnica de exame para aviador. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1941, 2: 319-31.— Velhagen, K, jun. Sehorgan und Luftfahrt. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 207; 254.—Weaver, W. R. Night flying—ophthal- mological factors. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 3, 1-7.—Wolpaw, B. J. Visual standards in aviation. Minutes Army Navy Vision Com, 1945, 11. meet, 27-30.—Zaionchkov- sky, M, & Kogan, E. [Correcting lens for flyers and for the observers] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 4, 21-4. ---- Fatigue. See also War neurosis; War psychosis. Bartlett, F. A note on early signs of skill fatigue. 2p. 33cm. Lond., 1948. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 703, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Knorre, G. v. Flying fatigue. 111. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. S8-46-29, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Transl. from Forschber. Inspek. San. Wesens Luft- waffe, 1943, No. 18/45. Wenger, M. A. Psychophysiological studies; test differences between returnees with and with- out symptoms of operational fatigue. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 4, Proj. No. 421, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Anxiety reactions in airmen; operational fatigue. In: Flight Surgeon Ref. File, Wash, 1945, AAF Man. 25-0-1, Sect. 8, No. 11, 1-5.—Balser, B. H, & Pacella, B. L. Studies on flying personnel with operational fatigue; carbohydrate and electroencephalographic studies. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1945, 102: 76-8.—Bierman, H. R. Physical fatigue in single control military aircraft. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 253-6.—Fiumel, A. Astenja lotnicza. Lek. wojsk, 1933, 21: 692-705. ------ [Fatigue of the aviation personnel in relation to the evolution of aviation technique] Ibid, 1939, 33: 291-5.—Graybiel, A., Horwitz, O, & Gates, D. The problem of fatigue among student pilots at the Naval Air Training Center, Pensacola, Florida. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 9-25.—Grinker, R. R, Willerman, B. [et al.] A study of psychological predisposition to the develop- ment of operational fatigue. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1946, 16: 191-214.—Henschke, U. [et al.] Pilot fatigue, the capillary system and nutrition. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-56, 44.—Hollwich, F. Pilot fatigue. Ibid, 53 — Jeffries, W. M. Stress on personnel flying the hump. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 603-12.—Kalez, M. M, & Hovde, R. C. Pilot-staleness. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1441-50. Keator, J. E, Kimball, A. [et al.] Fatigue factors in helicopter flying. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 28.— Kelsey, M. P. Flying fatigue in pilots flying long-range single- seat fighter missions. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 14-6.— McFarland, R. A. Fatigue in aircraft pilots. War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 430-48.—Murray, J. M. The syndrome of operational fatigue in flyers. Psychoanal. Q, 1944, 13: 407-17.—Reid, D. D.—Sickness and stress in operational fly- ing. Brit. J. Social M, 1948, 2: 123-31.—Storring, G. E. [The treatment of flying fatigue] CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVIII-49, 91-3—Szak, J., & Csefko, 1. A faradas jelent6sege a rep. hajoz6 szolgalatban. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 681-6.—Tillisch, J. H., & Walsh, M. N. Chronic exhaustion state in test pilots. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 917-22.—Weaver, E. M. F., Van Valkenburg, J. D. [et al.] Medical problems of long range fighter missions; a study in fatigue. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 341-51.—Zimmerman, H. A. Fatigue in B-29 crewmen. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 304-7. ---- female. See under Women in the Air Force. ---- Fitness. See also under Aircrew. Grow, M. C, & Armstrong, H. G. Fit to fly. 387p. 20cm. N. Y., 1941. Damon, A. Physique and success in military flying. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, 1947, 5: 239.—Duguet, J., Nardin, R. [et al.] Etude des nouvelies conditions medicales d'aptitude physique au service dans le personnel navigant de 1'Armee de l'Air. Med. aeronaut, 1946, 1: 92-105.—Fiumel, A. [Effect of skiing on physical and mental fitness of the aviation personnel] Lek. wojsk, 1937, 29: 730-6.—Galla, E. A haj6z6 es a sport. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 465-8.—Graybiel, A, & West, H. The relationship between physical fitness and success in training of U. S. Naval flight students. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 242-9.— Karpovich, P. V. The physical fitness of Army flyers. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1944, 15: 109 &c. ------ & Green, E. L. Physical fitness and age of Army Air Forces personnel. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 96-9.—Karpovich, P. V, & Weiss, R. A. Physical fitness of men entering the Army Air Forces. Res. Q. Am. Ass. Health, 1946, 17: 184-92.—Marshall, G. S. Physical fitness in R. A. F. flying personnel. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1939, 2: 91-100.—Starfinger, W. Dienstfahigkeit und Flie- gertauglichkeit nach iiberstandener Erkrankung. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1941, 6: 129-33. ---- Fitness tests. See also under Aircrew. Brown, J. S. The S. A. M. Rate Control Test. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 39, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The S. A. M. Single Dimension Pursuit Test, models A, B, C, D, and E (CM801B-1, B-2, B-3, B-4, and B-5) lip. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 42, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Btjel, J., & Melton, A. W. Develop- ment and evaluation of the S. A. M. Discrimina- tion Reaction Time Test (CP611D) Model B. 19p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 470, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Brown, J. S., & Weitz, J. A pre-validation study of pilot selection test situations using the Link Trainer. 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 340, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Buel, J., & Melton, A. W. The S. A. M. Two-Hand Coordination Test for the classifica- tion of aviation cadets; apparatus and procedures [31]p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 124, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Byrnes, V. A., Carlson, W. A. [et al.] Study of time required to complete a 64-examination for flying [5]p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Proj. No. 21-02-082, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Davis, F. B. The AAF qualifying examina- tion. 266p. 23Kcm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 6, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. Deemer, W. L., jr. Records, analysis, and test procedures. 621p. 24cm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 18, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. Elbel, E. R., & Ronkin, R. R. Palmer skin resistance as a measure of physical fitness. 31p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 319, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Finch, G. The S. A. M. Speed of Manipula- tion Test. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. I, Proj. No. 460, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The S. A. M. Drift Correction Test. 13p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 462, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The SAM Check-List Dial Setting Test. lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 463, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. AVIATOR 336 AVIATOR Gibson, J. J. Motion picture tes ing and research. 267p. 23cm. Wash., 1947. Forms Rep. No. 7, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. Program U. S. Air Force. Grether, W. F. The School of Aviation Medicine Steadiness Test, Form B. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 95, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Karpovich, P. V. A comparative study of the Behnke and the Harvard step-up tests for physical fitness. 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 148, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The effect of reverse and forward grips upon performance in chinning. 2 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 178, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The reliability of the AAF Physical Fitness Test. 2 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 184, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Effect of age upon the Physical Fitness Rating. 2 pts. 7p.; 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1 & 2, Proj. No. 191, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Studies of the AAF Physical Fitness Test; training curves in chinning. 4 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 245, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- [The same] effect of secondary body movements on chinning scores. 1 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 245, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- [The same] selection of a time limit for sit-ups. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 245, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. [The same] sit-ups and leg-lifts. Randolph Field, 1945. 2p. 2fcm Forms Rep. No. 4, Proj. No. 245, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Loucks, R. B. Substitution of a microswitch scoring system for the photocell scoring technique now employed in Target Link Test. 3p. 27cm Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 416, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Melton, A. W. The S. A. M. Steadiness Test, Form A, for the classification of aviation cadets. 28p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942 Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 77, U. S. Air Force Schooi Aviat. M. ---- A comparison of the old and new Rudder Control Tests, CM120B and CM120C, and of the single target and triple target forms of the new Rudder Control Test. 25p. 27cm Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 339, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Apparatus tests. 1056p. 23Kcm Wash., 1947. ' Forms v. 4, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. Payne, R. B. The AFSAM Compensatory Balancing Test, Model A. 8p. 26cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1943. Forms Test No. 2, Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-011, U. S, Air Force School Aviat. M. *,~T7 «The AFSAM Pursuit Confusion Test, Model A. 9p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949 Forms.TestNo. 1, Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-011, U. S. Air ■force bchool Aviat. M. Phillips, B. E. The relationship between certain aspects of physical fitness and success in pilot training. 65p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 500, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Robinson, T. N., Maison, G. L., & Martin, M. J. The Flack test. 11 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-64, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Ronkin, R. R. A comparative study of the Behnke and Harvard step-up tests for physical fitness; further studies of the Harvard Step-up Test. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 148, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Turk, H. M. A simple coordination test in selection of aviation cadets, lip. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 196, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Wenger, M. A. Psychophysiological studies; the test battery, its rationale, and the effects of certain uncontrolled variables. p. 71-112. 27cm. S. Antonio, 1945. Forms T45-6, Res. Bull. Psychol. Res. Unit S. Antonio Cadet Center. Williams, A. M., jr, & Brown, J. S. A pre- validation study of pilot-selection test situations using the Canadian Link Tester. 27p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 356, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Byrnes, V. A., Carlson, W. A., & Flickinger, D. D. Study of the average time requirement for adequate completion of the 64-examination. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Apr, 16.—Carlson, W. A. A proposed aid in the selection of Army flying cadets. J. Aviat. M, 1939, 10: 66-71.—Ferree, C. E., & Rand, G. [An instrument for testing pilot fitness] Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 293 (Abstr.)—Gilmer, B. v. H., & Preston, H. O. Group testing. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 18, 7-13, 3 pi.—Pieron, H. Tests de selection en aviation militaire. Bull. Inst. nat. travail, Par, 1947, 3: 33; 65; 110.—Rafferty, J. A., & Hager, R. P. Con- struction of a battery of tests for the selection of students for the aviation medical examiner's course. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct. 17. ---- Flying adaptability. See also subdivision (Aptitude) Berman, I. R. The validity of the flying adaptability rating in predicting success in avia- tion training. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 66, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Rafferty, J. A., & Deemer, W. L., jr. Statistical evaluation of the experimental ARMA of World War II; factor analysis of items. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 21-02-097, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Sheldon, W. H. Use of the somatotype in standardizing and objectifying the ARMA (Adaptability Rating for Military Aeronautics) 21 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 127, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Carlson, W. A. A suggested flying adaptability rating worksheet for file. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 20-2.— Rafferty, J. A, & Deemer, W. L, jr. Statistical evaluation of the experimental adaptability rating for military aeronautics of World War II. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 16. ---- Gastrointestinal tract. Brauch, F. Zur Frage der Beeintrachtigung der fliege- rischen Leistungsfahigkeit durch Magen- und Darmerkran- kungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 460-6. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 529-32 (abstr.)—Gunzin igaku; hikosi to i-syozy5 [., airplane pilots and stomach symptoms] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 359.—Mallison, R. Magenbeschwerden bei Flugzeugfuhren. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 411-3. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 528 (abstr.) AVIATOR 337 AVIATOR ---- Headache. See also in v.11, ser. 4, Index-Catalogue under Migraine. Akopdzhanian, A. [Aviator's headache, and attempts in treatment with oxygen] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 4, 50. ---- Height and weight. See also under Anthropometry. Morant, G. M. Preliminary report on body measurements of 2400 candidates for air crew. 8 1. 27>2cm. Lond., 1943. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 538, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res, Com. ---- Age-height-weight standards suitable for use in medical examinations of aircrew candidates. 3 1. 29cm. Lond., 1946. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 653, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. ---- The heights and weights of Royal Navy pilots compared with those of R. A. F. pilots. 6 1. 27cm. Lond., 1947. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 673, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. ---- Surveys of the heights and weights of Royal Air Force personnel. 20p. 33}£cm. Lond., 1949. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 711, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. ---- Surveys of the heights and weights of Royal Air Force personnel. Pt 2. 22p. 33cm. Lond., 1949. Forms FPRC 711 (a) Fly. Pers. Res. Com. Gr. Britain. --- Hygiene. United States. War Department. Army Air Forces. Air Forces manual No. 23: Hand- book of recovery. 24p. 28cm. N. Y., 1944. Baker, C. J. Personal hygiene of the flier. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 3, 32-42.—Crane, F. A. Dental sug- gestions. Ibid, 54-6.—Crane, J. E. Time out for rest. Connecticut M. J, 1944, 8: 379-80.—Wright, D. G. Rest for operational flyers. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 42. ---- Life expectancy. Cutler, S. J., & Rafferty, J. A. Comparison of life expec- tancy, period of active duty, and medical history of flying and non-flying officers. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 14; Oct. 9; 1949, Jan, 15.—Willius, F. A. A talk on the adjustment of man to the advancing years of life. * light Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 109-11. --- naval. McFarland, R. A., & Franzen, R. H. The Pensacola Study of Naval Aviators, final sum- mary report. 139p. 27>£cm. Wash., 1944 Forms No. 38, Rep. Div. Res. U. S. Civil Aeronaut. Admin. Carr, R. M. An alumnus returns. Contact, Pensacola. 1942, 2: 17-20.—Fiske, D. W. Validation of naval aviation cadet selection tests against training criteria. J. Appl. Psychol., 1947, 31: 601-14. ---- Neuropsychiatry. See also Neuropsychiatric examination. Davis, D. R. Behavior of neurotic subjects in the Cambridge cockpit. 19 1. 27>/2cm. Lond., Forms F. P. R. C. No. 530, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Reid, D. D. The influence of psychological disorder on efficiency in operational flying. 14 1. 27cm. Lond., 1942. . Forms F. P. R. C. No. 508, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Symonds, C. P. A series of cases with psycho- logical disorder examined in relation to the prob- lem of selection of flying personnel. 10 1. 29cm. Lond., 1941. „ .. . ™ • t> t> = Forms F. P. R. C. No. 412a, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. . Wenger, M. A. Studies of autonomic balance in Army Air Forces Personnel, lllp. 25>icm. Berkeley, 1948. „ . . .. Forms No. 4, v. 19 (or No. 101) Comp. Psychol. Monogr. Archer, B. C. The emotional factor in service aviation. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1939, 25: 108-19.—Bick, J. W., jr. The problem of the severe psychoneurotic in the Army Air Forces. Am. J. Psychiat, 1945-46, 102: 222-30.—Bigelow, R. B. Psychiatric problems in military aviation. Am. J. Ortho- psychiat, 1942, 12: 715-7. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 381-402.—Dolbnin, T. V. K voprosu o nevrozakh letnogo sostava v voennoe vremia. Voen. san. delo. 1941, 59-61.— Fulton, J. F, & Thorner, M. W. Unsolved neurologic prob- lems in military aviation. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1941, 67: 112-5.—Green, D. M. Aeroneuroses in a bomb training unit. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 373-7.—Hastings, D. W. Neuro- psychiatric experiences in the AAF. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 359.—Jensen, W. S. Some interesting neuropsychiatric factors in the selection of military aviators. J. Aviat. M, 1935, 6: 107-12.— Klingman, W. O. Psychiatric problems in flying personnel. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1944-45, 14: 109-13.— Przysiecki, E. [Role of sports in the development of mental qualities, indispensible for aviators] Lek. wojsk, 1935, 26: 712-19.—Reinartz, E. G. Research aspects at the AAF School of Aviation Medicine in nervous and mental diseases. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis. (1944) 1946, 25: 54-62.— Requarth, W. H. Emotional disturbances encountered in carrier pilots. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 253-62.— Symonds. Clinical and statistical study of neuroses precipi- tated by flying duties. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. 1944, No. 564, 9-12. ---- Neurosis. See under War neurosis. — Nutrition service. See Nutrition service, Aviators. — Orientation. See under Flight, Formation. — Oto-rhino-laryngological aspect. See also subheadings (Audiometry; Ear) Hall, D. S. Diseases and defects in aircrew trainees; ear, nose, throat and oral cavity. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1946, 44: 319-27.—Halm, T. A repuiessel kapcsolatos ful-orr-gegeszeti probiemak. Honvedorvos, 1951, 3: 113-27.—Kulikovsky, G. Vestibuliarnaia trenirovka. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 694-8.—Simpson, J. F. A general survey of otorhinological considerations in service aviation. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1941-42, 35: 245-8. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1942, 57: 1-7. — Oxygen deficiency. See Anoxia. ---- Performance test. Channell, R. C. An analysis of pilots' per- formances in multi-engine aircraft, R5D. 49 1. 28cm. Port Washington, 1947. Forms No. 151-1 (20-0-1) Rep. Spec. Dev. Center U. S. Off. Nav. Res. Loucks, R. B. A skid-slip recorder for assess- ing the proficiency of student pilots during routine check rides. 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 347, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Weitz, J. Effect of shape and color coding of airplane controls on speed and accuracy of per- formance, lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 336, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Page, H. E. A cumulative record of naval aviator profi- ciency. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19:211-8.—Proficiency measures. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 147-61. --- Personality test. O'Gorman, W. D., & Kunkle, E. C. A study of the relation between Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory scores and pilot error in aircraft accidents. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 477, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Also J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 31-8. Turk, H. M. Relation of broken homes to success in flying training (elementary schools) 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 203, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. AVIATOR 338 AVIATOR Carlson, W. A. Nervous stability. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 207.—Construction of keys X, Y, and Z for the bio- graphical inventory. Aviat. Psychol. Techn. Mem, 1944, No. 3, 1-5.—Hamlin, P. G. Personality reactions in a group of military airplane pilots; with special reference to behavior to alcohol. J. Aviat. M, 1939, 10: 129-35. Also Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1940, 5: 293 (Abstr.)—Heathers, G. L. Personality and adjustment studies. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 15, 59-85.—Humm, D. G. Note concerning the validity of standard and custom-built personality inven- tories in a pilot selection program, by Donald E. Super. Educ. Psychol. Measur, 1948, 8: 257-61.—Jennings, L. S. Minne- sota multiphasic personality inventory; differentiation of psy- chologically good and poor combat risks among flying per- sonnel. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 222-6, &c—Lawrence, D. H. Biographical surveys. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 15, 102-18.—Lottig, H. Bedeutung und Methodik der Personlichkeitsbeurteilung in der Fliegertaug- lichkeitsprufung. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 337-42.— Moravek, Z. Vyzkum osobnosti a jeho theoreticke pfedpo- klady pfi vtfberu k v^konne letecke sluzbe. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 320-30.—Super, D. E. The validity of standard and custom-built personality inventories in a pilot selection program. Educ. Psychol. Measur, 1947, 7: 735-44. ---- Physical examination. See also Hyperventilation; also various sub- divisions (Fitness; Fitness test, etc.) Davis, F. B. The AAF qualifying examination. 266p. 23^cm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 6, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. Great Britain. Air Ministry. The medical examination for fitness for flying (Royal Air Force and Civil) 90p. 8? Lond., 1936. ---- [The same] 4. ed. 90p. 8? Lond., 1938. Repr. from 1936 ed. & includes Amendment Lists Nos. 1 & 2. ---- [The same] 4. ed., repr. 94p. 21}£cm. Lond., 1940. Kossmann, C. E., Green, E. L., & White, E. C. The reliability and value of thoracic and abdominal measurements in the physical examina- tion for flying. lOp. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Froms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 243, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Loucks, R. B. The use of muscle action po- tential measurements in the selection of aircrew trainees. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 274, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Dolbnin, T. V. Sanitarnaia dokumentaciia i osvidetelstvo- vanie vo vrachebnykh komissiiakh letnogo sostava v voennoe vremia. Voen. san. delo, 1941, 103-5.—General contributions to techniques of prediction and experimentation. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1948, No. 1, 261-95.—General evaluation of the AAF qualifying examination. Ibid, 1947, No. 6, 231-3.—History of the AAF qualifying examination. Ibid, 1-9.—Keevil, J. J. The examination of candidates for air pilots. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 69.—Kenny, E. B. Remarks on recruiting in general and a review of 1,000 examina- tions for the Fleet Air Arm. Ibid, 1945, 31: 39-45.—Leedham, C. L. Causes of failure in the physical examination for flying as seen in cadet applicants. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 583-8.— Martins Garcia, J. Da aplicacao da biotipologia na selecao de aviadores. Rev. med. mil, Rio. 1941, 30: 378-88.—Mis- cellaneous examinations developed by the staff responsible for the construction of the AAF qualifying examination. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 6, 213-30.— Miscellaneous types of items developed for use in the AAF qualifying examination. Ibid, 199-211.—Modifications in the AAF qualifying examination and data pertaining to se- lected forms. Ibid, 33-51.—New physical examination form. Med. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947-48, 9: No. 10, 1-3.—Office of the Flight Surgeon, Narsarssuak Army Air Base; medical screening of the outpost personnel. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 6: 79-81.—O'Kelley, W. R. Aviation physical examination. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 20-3.—Physical examination for flyers; changes in technic. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 46.—Physical examination for flymg: AR 40-110. Ibid, 175.—Principles underlying the construction of the AAF qualifying examination. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 6, 11-31.—Reports of physical examination for flying. Burned. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl, Wash, 1947, 8: No. 10, 3-7.—Takagi, K. Ohbei ni okeru kokudomusya sintai kensa [Physical examination of pilots in Europe and America] Gun idan zassi, 1927, No. 165 f4!-51-—Travers, T. a'B. Muscle balance and its importance m the selection of air crew. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 123 — Uses of the AAF qualifying examination. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 6, 53-8.—Westerberg, E. Nagra synpunkter pa lakarundersokningarna av militarflygare. Sven. lak. tidn, 1943, 40: 295-302. ----Physical examination: Findings. Berman, I. R. An estimate of the number of men in the United States who could qualify aa pilots under existing standards. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 50, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Franzen, R., & McFarland, R. A. De- tailed statistical analysis of data obtained in the Pensacola study of naval aviato s. 45p. 18cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 41, Rep. Div. Res. U. S. Civil Aeronaut. Admin. Grulee, C. G., jr. A study of records of air- crew personnel eliminated from flying after graduation from flying training. 11 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 211, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Rook, A. F. Sub-standard candidates; a report on the after history followed for a period of ten years of 106 candidates accepted for pilot- ing duties in the Royal Air Force with a sub- standard physical efficiency and on 103 controls. lip. 33^cm. Lond., 1948. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 698, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gore, T. L, & Lawton, W. H. An analysis of 575 examina- tions at Maxwell Field for primary flying training. J. Aviat. M, 1936, 7: 172-6.—Lyons, R. E. Analysis of the causes of disqualification of 164,687 applicants rejected for aviation training. Ibid, 1949, 20: 193-200.—Sellers, A. H., Corbet, A. A. G. [et al.] Findings in wartime physical examination of volunteers for air force service, and some implications for the future. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1949, 61: 462-7. Physical standards. See also under Medical examination, Physical standards. [United States] National Research Coun- cil. Committee on Selection and Training of Aircraft Pilots. The medical requirements of the Civil Aeronautics Administration and the recommended medical requirements of the Per- sonnel Licensing Division of the Provisional International Civil Aviation Organization. 75p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. United States War Department. Army regulations. No. 40-110: Standards of physical examination for flying. 24p. 8? Wash., 1931. —— [The same] Changes No. 2. 7p. 8? Wash., 1933. ---- [The same] Changes No. 3. 8p. 8? Wash., 1935. Belli, C. M. Requisiti fisici e psichici per il servizio di pilota aereo nella R. Marina. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1914, 2: 352-62.—Consideracoes gerais, bases e propostas referentes ao projecto de regulamento relativo a revisao do pessoal aero- nautico navegante. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1947, 10: 41-7.— Damon, A., Randall, F. E. [et al.] The importance of human sizing standards in aviation. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 3, 8.—Egorov, P. I. [Requirements concerning the state of in- ternal organs for candidates for aviation service] Tr. Acad. mil. med.Kiroff, 1935, 4: 175-98.—Estudo base para a seleccSo e inspeccao do pessoai aeronautico navegante. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1947, 10: 26-40.—Grant, D. N. W. Physical stand- ards and waivers. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 275-8.—Kafka, M. M. The flying cadet candidate and the family physician. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 956. Also Med. World, Phila, 1941, 59: 298.—Mashburn, N. C, & Marshall, F. A. Aviation medical standards, British R. A. F. versus U. S. Army Air Corps. J. Aviat. M, 1942, 13: 62-71.—Spunt, E. T. New physical standards for army pilots. N. England J. M, 1941, 225: 999-1001.—Tuttle, A. D. Physiological and psychological characteristics of successful pilots. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 227-37. ---- Psychological examination. See also Neuropsychiatric examination; Psy- chological service. AVIATOR 339 AVIATOR Grether, W. F. Development of the S. A. M. Steadiness Aiming Test, Form B, for use in the selection and classification of aircrew per- sonnel. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 88, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Humphreys, L. G. Factor analysis of the integration battery. 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 418, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Re-analyses of foresight and planning, judgment, and reasoning tests. 19p. 27cm Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 438 & 442, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. IM. ---- Analyses of judgment and reasoning tests in aviation-student and high-school popu- lations. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 442, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Loucks, R. B. The validity of smoothness of control measurements obtained during perform- ance of the S. A. M. Two-Hand Coordination Test as a basis for selection of aircrew candidates. 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 3, Proj. No. 45, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Wexger, M. A. Psychophysiological studies, No. 1-5. p.71-125; 149-82. 27cm. S. Antonio, 1945. Forms No. 6, 7, 9-11, of T45, Res. Bull. Psychol. Res. Unit S. Antonio Cadet Center. ---- Psychophysiological studies; intercorre- lations, factor analyses, and equations for esti- mating factors. 16p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 421, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Aviation cadet qualifying examination of the Army Air Forces. Psychol. Bull, 1944, 41: 385-94.—Aviation (The) psychology program of the Army Air Forces. Ibid, 1943, 40: 759-69.—Barison, F. II reattivo di Rorschach in 108 piloti aviatori decorati al valor militare. Gior. psichiat, 1943, 71: 231-3.—Barrett, W. G. Psychologic armoring for the Air Forces. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 142-5.—Carlson, W. A. Intelligence testing of flying cadet applicants; a report on psy- chometric measurement. J. Aviat. M, 1941, 12: 226-9.— Delucchi, J. R. Selection of military aircraft pilots; our view- points about professional selection and psychological examina- tion. Ibid, 1942, 13: 234-44. ------ & Mata, L. Un estudio del examen de la atencion aplicable a la seleccion de pilotos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 190-5.—Detachment histories. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 1-11.—Flanagan, J. C, & Fitts, P. M., jr. Psycholog- ical testing program for the selection and classification of air crew officers. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 6, 1-5.—General contribution to the theory and knowledge of education and training and the evaluation of effectiveness. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1948, No. 1, 251-7.—General contri- butions to the theory and knowledge of individual differences and trait differences. Ibid, 239-50.—History, organization, and research activities, Psychological Test Film Unit, Army Air Forces. Psychol. Bull, 1944, 41: 457-68—Husen, T. Psykologiska undersokningar av flygaspiranter. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1946, 71: 51-98.—Information tests developed for the AAF qualifying examination. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 6, 75-103.— Kellum, W. E. An early attempt to evaluate psychological fitness for flight training. Contact, Pensacola, 1946-48, 6: 232-5.—Knappe, S. Badania psychologiczne na ushigach medycyny lotniczej. Lek. wojsk, 1945, 36: 63-9.—Lawrence, D. H., & Levine, A. S. Attitude studies. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 15, 86-101.—Lead crew aptitude. Ibid, No. 17, 162-82.— Manual of standing operating procedures for psychological processing (air crew) AAF Training Command. Ibid, No. 18, 511-75.—Mashburn, N. C. Some interesting psychological factors in the selection of military aviators. J. Aviat. M, 1935-36, 113-26.—Mata, L. Test of topographic memory applicable in military aviation. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 526 (abstr.)—Meier-Muller, H. L'importance _ du facteur psychologique dans l'examen d'aptitude pour aviateurs mili- taires. Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, 1938, 8. sess, 201-13. Also Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1939, 12: 503-14.—Melton, A. W. History of the development and use of apparatus tests in the aviation psychology program. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 4, 1-21.— Perceptual tests developed for the AAF qualifying examina- tion. Ibid, No. 6, 173-97, pi.—Prediction (The) of combat performance of Naval aviators by means of psychological tests, Aviat. Psychol. Techn. Mem, 1945, No. 5, 1-9— Problems of criteria and control. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 19-23.—Psychological test construction and research in the Bureau of Naval Personnel; validity of the basic test battery, Form 1, for selection for ten types of ele- mentary naval training schools. Psychol. Bull, 1945, 42: 638-44.—Ramirez, R, & Yalour, R. R. Selecci6n psicologica previa de los aspirantes a pilotos en los grandes contingentes. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 657-61.—Recapitulation and conclusion. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 193-200.—Studies on the problem of evaluating pro- ficiency. Ibid, 1948, No. 1, 115-38.—Tests of mechanical comprehension developed for the AAF qualifying examination. Ibid, 1947, No. 6, 143-71.—Tests of practical judgment and reasoning developed for the AAF qualifying examination. Ibid, 105-41.—Vann, J. W. To what extent is reality adjust- ment concerned in the selection of the flying trainee? U. S. Nav. M Bull, 1937, 35: 434-40.—Verbal tests developed for tt« . F quallfymg examination. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 6, 59-73.—Weitzman, E, & Bedell, R. C. The Central Examining Board for the training of naval air cadets. Psychol. Bull, 1944, 41: 57-9. Psychophysical test. Guilford, J. P., & Lacey, J. I., eds. Printed classification tests. 919p. 23}£cm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 5, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. Wenger, M. A. Psychophysiological studies; test differences between aviation students and operational-fatigue patients, p. 113-25. 27cm. S. Antonio, 1945. Forms T45-7, Res. BuU. Psychol. Res. Unit S. Antonio Cadet Center. Buel, J, & Payne, B. Personnel selection and classification procedures; psychomotor tests.—Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Oct, 16; 1948, Jan, 17.—Jensen, W. S. Aspectos neurofisicos en el examen para aviadores. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1938, 37: 73-80.— Leoszko, J. Z psychotechniki lotnictwa. Lek. wojsk, 1927, 10: 406.—Mata, L. La psicocro- nometria en examenes para aviadores. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1938, 37: 809-21. ------ Examenes psicofisicos en vuelo; comunicacion previa. Ibid, 1941, 40: 314-7. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 527 (abstr.)—Odilon Ortiz, G. El examen psicofisiologico para la aeronavegacion. Rev. san. mil, Asun- cion, 1939-40, 13: 1065-74—Payne, R. B., & Buel, J. Per- sonnel selection and classification procedures; psychomotor tests. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 25.— Poppen, J. R. Influence of aircraft performance on selection and care of military aviators.—War Med, Chic, 1941, 1: 180-7.—Ronchevsky, S. P. [Certain points in psycho-hygienic work in the selection of men for military aviation] Tr. Acad. mil. med. Kiroff, 1936, 6: 175-83.— Talenti, C, & De Meo, E. [La psicotecnica in medicina aeronautical Deut. Militararzt. 1940, 5: 292 (abstr.) ---- Ration. See under Ration (Aviator; U. S. Air Force) — Re-examination. See also Medical examination, Recategoriza- tion. Anthony, A. Fragen der arztlichen Beurteilung und Begut- achtung; Sonderverhaltnisse bei der Luftwaffe. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtversorg. (Heinemann-Griider, C.) 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 137-45.—Benson, O. O. Periodic physical examination of noncommissioned officers of the first three grades. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 2, 22-4.—Physical recheck of new flying class. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 2, 17-21.— Terres y Prieto, R. _ La inspeccion medica peri6dica de loa pilotos aviadores mejora su eficiencia y les evita accidentes. In: Mem. Sem. med. mil, Mex, 1937, 1. Congr, 9-19. ---- rejected. See for reference under Rehabilitation, U. S. Air Force. ---- Selection. See also other subheadings; also Medical ex- amination, Physical standards. Great Britain. Air Ministry. Instructions for the guidance of medical officers in the selec- tion of recruits for the Royal Air Force. 29p. 12? Lond., 1939. Armstrong, H. G. U. S. A. F. developments in the selection and classification of flyers. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 469-73.— Davies, W. W. Some observations on aviation cadet selection J. Aviat. M, 1940, 11: 37-42.—Drew, C. G. The selection of aircrew in the Royal Air Force. Acta med. leg. social, Brux 1948, 1: 529-39.—Flanagan, J. C. The selection and classified- AVIATOR 340 AWARD tion program for aviation cadets, aircrew; bombardiers, pilots, and navigators. J. Consult. Psychol, 1942, 6: 229-39.— Groes- beck, B, jr. Personnel selection procedures in military avia- tion. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 16-9.— Jenkins, J. G. Naval aviation psychology; the procurement and selection organiza- tion. Am. Psychologist, 1946, 1: 45-9.—Kellum, W. E. Re- cent developments in selection of candidates for aviation training. Am. J. Psychiat, 1943-44, 100: 80-4.—Lee, J. G. Selecting the military pilot. Arizona M, 1944, 1: 58-61.— Leedham, C. L. A proposed method of procuring flying cadets. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 94-5.—Lemaire, E. Pilotlann secimi (trans.) [Selection of pilots] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1947, 76: 14-21.—Leoszko, J. [Collaboration of physicians with instructors in aviation schools] Lek. wojsk, 1935, 26: 705-11.— Manning, R. V, & Yellowlees, L. A. RCAF aircrew selection methods. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 58-61.— Mashburn, N. C. The selection of the trainee for military aviation. Mil. Sur- geon, 1939, 84: 428-41. ------ Physical, physiological, and psychological considerations in selecting personnel for military aviation. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1940, 37: 181-5.—Mathew- son, F. A. L. Medical aspects of aircrew selection. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1942, 47: 318-22.—Mitchell, H. D. Aircrew selection. Am. J. Psychiat, 1942-43, 99: 354-7.—Ramirez, R., & Yalour, R. R. El problema de la selecci6n de aspirantes a piiotos en los grandes contingentes. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 332- 4.—Selection (The) and classification of air-crew personnel. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1948, No. 1, 51- 114, 6 ch.—Selection and evaluation of lead crews. Ibid, 1947, No. 16, 220-54.—Sillevaerts. La selection des pilotes a la lumiere des donnees de medecine et de physiologie aeronau- tiques. Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, 1938, 8. sess, 77-95.—White, N. W. Neglected aspects of selecting Air Corps personnel. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 26-30, 4 diagr. ---- Training. See also Altitude, Tolerance; Atmospheric chamber, Training; Cadet; Reconnaissance; Target; Training. Karpovich, P. V. Development of special aviation exercises. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 26, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Arkhangelsky, A. [Psycophysiology and ground training in aviation] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 31.—Burwell, J. B. Stu- dent training at the Air Corps training center. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 2, 12-6.—Findings regarding instructional problems in the flying training schools. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1948, No. 1, 139-92.—Gale, C. H. Training military pilots. Yale Rev, 1941-42, 31: 477-91.— Karpovich, P. V. Physical training for flyers. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: 24.—Norman, R. D. A comparison of earlier and later success in naval aviation training. J. Appl. Psychol, 1947, 31: 511-8.—Pixlee, J. E., & Gubin, E. K. Physical training for army flyers. Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 417-9.— Sullivan, W. H., jr. The Naval Aviation Physical Training Program. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 3; 53. ---- Transport pilot. Tillisch, J. H, & Lovelace, W. R., II. The physical mainte- nance of transport pilots. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin. (1941) 1942, 33: 78-86. ---- Vision. See also subheading (Eye) also Dazzle; Vision. Esteban, M. Las funciones visuales en aero- ndutica. 79p. illust. 24cm. Madr., 1941. Fonda, G. E., Green, E. L., & Heagan, F. V., jr. Comparison of results of sight-screener and clinical tests. 19p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 480, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. National Research Coun- cil. Committee on Aviation Psychology. An investigation of the relationship between visual ability and flight performance. 123p. 27Kcm. Wash., 1948. Forms No. 78, Rep. Div. Res. U. S. Civil Aeronaut- Admin. Weaver, E. M. F. The importance of vision in aviation. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 289-99.—Zaionchkovsky, M. U., & Kogan, E. S. [Comparative evaluation of Russian, American, and international qualifications in vision for aviators and candidates for aviation schools] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 25-32. AWARD. See, Decoration. Award of Silver Star. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82> 41.—Medical officers awarded the Purple Heart. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 627.—Strott, G. G. Silver Star awards to Naval medical personnel for service rendered during World War I. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: 83-9. AZOV war (1695-96) See under Wars and campaigns. BACTERIOLOGICAL warfare. See also Biological warfare. Pentler, C. F. *Some thoughts on bacterio- logical warfare. lOp. 8? 1932. Bacterial warfare. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1942, 43: 297.—Berg van Linde, A. Bakteriologisk krigforing. Hyg. rev, Stockh 1949, 38: 113-8.—Blumental, N. [Bacteriological war] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1932, 3: 167.—Duperie, R. La guerre bacteriologique. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 56: 27-9.— Epler, R. [Bacterial war] Polska gaz. lek. 1935, 14: 203-5.— Ericsson, H., & Berg von Linde, A. Bakteriologisk krigforing. Hyg. rev, Stockh, 1949, 38: 113-8.— Fontes Peixoto, G. J. A guerra microbiana. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: No. espec, 222-38.—Fox, L. A. Bacterial warfare. Sc. Month, 1942,55:5-18.—Gershenfeld, L. Bacteria and the war. Pop. Sc. Talks, 1936, 14: 46-61. Also in: Science in War (Phila- delphia Coll. Pharm.) 1942, 46-61.—Gorer, P. A. Bacterial warfare. In: Frustr. science (Hall, A. D, et al.) Lond, 1935, 115-28.—Gray, G. W. War and disease. Harper's Magazine, May 1941, 614-24.—Guerra (A) bacteriol6gica. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 18: No. 354, 126.—Herderschee, D. Bacteric- logische oorlogvoering. Tschr. sociale geneesk, 1948, 26: 489.—Molehill (The) of bacterial warfare. What's New, North Chic, 1943, No. 72, 8.—Parr, L. W. The professor talks about bacterial warfare. Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 344.— Ragno, S. V. L. Bacterial warfare. Gradwohl Lab. Digest. 1941-42, 5: No. 3, 4-6.—Raynaud, M. La guerre bacteriolo- gique. Medecin fr, 1949, 9: 106-8.—Schweiger, L. La guerra ai germi deU'aria. Medico condotto, 1948-49, 46: No. 10, 86-8.—Shalett, S. Bacterial warfare. In: Science Yearb, N. Y, 1947, 110-9.—Soto Morales, F. de. Sobre guerra bacteriol6gica. Farmacoter. actual, 1946, 3: 215-7.—Ultime (Le) fantasie sulla guerra batterica. Gazz. osp, 1937, 58: 1131-7.—Wasserstrom, T. Wojna bakteryjna. Lek. wojsk, 1948, 24: 380-400.—Wibaux, R, & Chandelier. La guerre microbienne. Mouvem. san. Par, 1940, 17: 53-6.—Yorke, R. Bacterial warfare. Doctor, Lond, 1945, 4: 201. ---- Defense. See also Epidemic; Epizootic. Rosebury, T., Kabat, E. A., & Boldt, M. H. Bacterial warfare, a critical analysis of the avail- able agents, their possible military applications, and the means for protection against them. p.7-96. 25/ocm. Bait., 1947. Also J. Immun, Bait, 1947, 56: Anti-bacteriological warfare. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 10: 25-9.—Le Bourdelles. La guerre bac- teriologique et la defense passive antimicrobienne. Bull, med. Par, 1939, 53: 179-85.—Se-descubre un rayo de la muerte contra los germenes como arma de guerra. Bol. clase, Lima, 1942, 10: 233-7.—Sestini, L. E possibile una guerra batterio- logica? Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1934, 40: pt 2, 549-61.— Velu. La prophylaxie contre les maladies epizootiques et la guerre microbienne. Rev. vet. mil. Par, 1934, 18: 325-36.— War with bacteria. Week. Bull. Oregon Bd Health, 1942, 20: No. 15, 1-4. ---- Ethical aspect. See Humanitarianism. ---- History. Oliaro, T. Contributo alia storia della guerra batterica. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt 1, 756-60. ---- Manuals. Bardanne, J. La guerre et les microbes. 253p. 18>-2cm. Par. 1937. Klein, D. *La guerre microbienne [Lyon] 154p. 8? Bourg, 1935. Morata Cant6n, J. Guerra qufmica y bac- terioldgica. 292p. 22Hcm. Barcel., 1938. Sartory, A., & Sartory, R. La guerre bac- teriologique. 66p. 12? Par., 1935. ---- Medical aspect. Bruynoghe, R. La guerre microbienne. Rev. med. Louvain, 1933, 341-6.—De Cesare, G. La guerra microbica. Minerva med. Tor, 1935, 26: pt 1, 733-7.—Duffour, J. La guerre bacteriologique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 333- BACTERIOLOGICAL WARFARE 341 BACTERIOLOGICAL WARFARE 49.—Duperie, R. La guerre bacteriologique. Ibid, 1935, 112: 7-9.—Fox, L. A. Bacterial warfare; the use of biologic agents in warfare [1933] Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 563-79. Also J. Lab. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 539-53.—Griaznov, I. S. [Bacteriological warfare] Kazan, med. J, 1941, 37:80-4.— Mayer, R. L. Epidemics and bacteriological warfare. Sc. Month, 1948, 67: 331-7.—Rochaix, A. Epidemies provoquees; k propos de la guerre bacterienne. Rev. hyg. Par, 1936, 58: 161-80.—Shapiro, S. E. [Perspectives in application of bac- terial warfare in future war] Soviet, med, 1938, No. 22, 38- 40.—Simmons, J. E. Bacteriological and sanitary problems of wartime. Biol. Colloq, Corvallis (1943-44) 1945, 14 — Voizard, F. A propos de la guerre bacteriologique. Progr. med. Par, 1936, 655-9.—Wiesmann, E. Zum Problem des Bakterienkrieges. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1948, 25: 5-12. Also transl. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1950, 30: 106-10. ---- Objectives. Fontes Peixoto, G. Os objetivos militares da guerra microbiana. Hora med, Rio, 1944, No. 72, 39. ---- Possibility. Bettencourt, N. de. A guerra bacteriologica; possibilidades actuais e previsoes. Bol. Dir. serv. salide mil, 1946, 9: 111— 23.—Boye de Camino, H. Posibilidades de una guerra bac- teriologica. Rev. quim. farm, Santiago, 1946, 4: No. 44, 2-4.—F, G. Une guerre bacteriologique ou toxique est-elle pratiquement realisable? Concours mid, 1949, 71: 2667.— Feasibility of bacterial warfare. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 810.—Gieszczykiewicz, M. [Possibility of bacteriological war- fare] Polska gaz. lek, 1936, 15: 349-52.—Guerra (La) bac- teriana; las posibilidades y la realidad. Bol. Of. san. panamer, 1942, 21: 1033-9.—Karyszkowski, L. [Role of bacteria in future wars] Lek. wojsk, 1935, 25: 717-26.—Najera, L. La guerra parasitol6gica, recurso de las naciones debiles; sus posibilidades futuras. Kuba, 1946, 2: 121-35.—Palmieri, V. M. E reale il pericolo di una guerra batteriologica? Ri- forma med, 1942-43, 59: 163.—Rudowski, W. Mozliwosci wojny bakteriologicznej. Lek. wojsk, 1948, 24: 281-94.— Skinner, G. A. Does germ warfare threaten? Everybody's Health, S. Paul, 1942, 27: No. 3, 4.—Velu, H. La guerre microbienne est-elle realisable? Rec. med. vet, 1935, 91: 822-52. ---- Research. See also Epidemic; Epizootic. Rosebury, T. Experimental air-borne infec- tion. 222p. 23^cm. Bait., 1947. Sarfati, E. *Presomptions d'echecs dans la production experimentale d'epidemies et d'epi- zooties. 47p. 25^cm. Par., 1940. Rosebury, T. Studies of animal coat contamination. In his Exp. Airborne Infect, Bait, 1947, 117720. —---- Res- piratory exposure of guinea pigs and mice. Ibid, 148-51. ------ General data on studies with viruses. Ibid, 182. ------ Comparative stability and infectivity. Ibid, 201-9. ------Respiratory and other routes of infection compared. Ibid, 207-9. ---- Weapons. Astuto, G. L'arma batterica in una guerra futura. Igiene mod, 1937, 30: 241-55.—Cernovsky, J. [Animal infections, transmissible to man, from the standpoint of intentional spread- ing] Voj. zdravot. listy, 1936, 12: 120-34.—C. P., M. Un arma nueva contra los microbios. Casa med, Madr, 1945, 2. epoca, No. 52 [47]—Flick, V. L'arma batteriologica. Rass. clin. ter, 1927, 26: 211-29.—Fox, L. A. The use of biologic agents in warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1933, 72: 189-207. —----- A biologist looks at war; the correlated development of man and his weapons. Army Ordnance, Wash, 1934, 14: 272-8. ------ Bacterial warfare; the use of biologic agents in war- fare. Vet. Bull, Wash, 1934, 28: 79-100.—Georges, L. L'arme bacteriologique; future concurrente des armes chimique et ballistique; ses limites de rendement. Paris med, 1922, 44: (annexe) 392-8.—Jarcho, S. Malaria as a military weapon; a captured German broadside. Bull. Hist, M, 1945, 18: 55^9 — Lins, A. Microbiologia de guerra e guerra bacteriologica. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 19: No. 357, 32-8.— Lusztig, A. Der Bakterienkrieg. Zschr. Desinfekt, 1931, 23: 93-112. Also transl. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1936, 15: 266-71.—Marcenac. L'ame bacteriologique dans les guerres modernes. Rev. v6t. mil. Par, 1934, 18: 301-23.—Popescu, F. [Bacterial warfare] Rev. vet. mil, Bucur, 1936, 7: 502-26—Ramos Rodriguez, E. La llamada arma bacteriologica. Rev. espan. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 158-73—Rosebury, T. Stability and infectivity of a group of bacteria and viruses. I? his Exp. Airborne Infect, Bait, 1947, 137-215. -—— Men- ingopneumonitis virus. Ibid, 183-7. Psittacosis virus Ibid 187-201.------The Gleason and Borg strains of psittacosis virus. Ibid, 197-201—Tomasek V [Could bac- teria be used as a war weapon?] Voj. zdravot. listy, 1936, 12: 279-94. ---- by countries. Ward, T. G., & Caldwell, R. B. Bacteriological warfare report of APO 502, 708, 709, 244, 246, 247. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 10: 23. ---- by countries: Germany. Rumania. Ministerul Apacerilor Straine. Microbe-culture at Bukarest; discoveries at the German legation; from the Rumanian official documents. 15p. 8? N. Y., 1917. Bliimmer. Der Bazillenkrieg und die Kriegsbazillenliige. Mil. Wbl, Berl, 1929, 114: 737.—Kliewe. Feindsabotage durch Bakterien. Ber. Arbeitstag. berat. Aerzte, 1944, 4: 51. --- by countries: Japan and China. Ayres, P. B., Gilbert, F. J., & Hendrickson, R. M. Japanese bacteriological warfare. 3p. 25Kcm. [n.p.] 1945. Forms No. M-05, Med. Targets. Newman, B. M. Japan's secret weapon. 223p. 21cm. N. Y., 1944. Bacteriological warfare. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: 269.— Bacterial (On) warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 233.—Bac- terial warfare. Chin. M. J, 1943, 61: 259-63.—Japanese use the Chinese as guinea pigs to test germ warfare. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1942, 39: 571.—S, W. Planned bacteriolog- ical warfare? Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 551. BACTERIOLOGIST. Radoye, T. Du role des bacteriologistes dans la future guerre. Arch. med. beige, 1933, 86: 410-33.—Taditch, R. [On the role of the bacteriologists in future wars] Voj. san. glasnik, 1932, 3: 409-25. ------ & Barbieri, P. A. iQue papel les tocara desempefiar a los bacteriologos en la guerra futura? Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1934, 33: 40-58. BACTERIOLOGY [incl. microbiology] See also other terms in Military Section as Bacterial warfare; Bacteriologist; Epidemic; Epidemiology; Epizootic; Food; Wound infection, Bacteriology. San Francisco, Calif. Letterman General Hospital, United States Army. Enlisted Technician's School. Bacteriology syllabus. 41p. 27cm. S. Franc, 1942. Aristovsky, V. Mikroorganizmy. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1054-61.—Davis, D. J. Bacteri- ology and the war. Sc. Month, 1917, 5: 385-99.—Gerundo, M. Role of bacteriology in war. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: 366-9.—Gray, G. W. Death on the microbe front. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 201.—Grumbach, A, & Regamey, R. Gedanken zum bakteriologischen Dienst der Armee. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1945, 22: 101-4.— Magalhaes, M. A microbiologia e a guerra. Resenha med., Rio, 1942, 9: 620-47.—Neiman, I. S. Bacteriology and war. Q. Chicago M. School, 1941-42, 2: No. 3, 4.—Pollak, R. [Bac- teriological experiences acquired during the World War] Voj. zdravot. listy, 1937, 13: 147-55.—Puntoni, V. L'importanza della batteriologia ed il posto che le spetta nella medicina mili- tare. Gior. med. mil, 1936, 84: 931-6.—Ritchie, M. B. H. Bacteriology in the next war. J. R. Army. M. Corps, 1924, 43: 24-8.—Schreiber, W. Infektionskrankheiten; die bak- teriologische Ausriistung des Feldheeres. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 11-24.—Thompson, L. Medical bacteriology in Army hospitals; progress since 1918. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1940, 15: 705-7. ---- Laboratory. See also Laboratory; Medical laboratory. France. Armee. Laboratoire de recher- ches BACTERIOLOGIQUES ET DE SEROTHERAPIE DE l'armee. Laboratoire de recherches bacteriologi- ques et de serotherapie de l'armee. lOp. 27cm. [Val de Grace?] 1925. Germany. Oberkommando des heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/15: Pack- ordnung des Kleinen bakteriologischen Feld- laboratoriums; Packordnung; Gebrauchsanwei- sung, vom August 1941. 20p. 21cm. Berl., 1941. ■---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/16: Packordnung des Bakteriologischen Feldlabora- toriums; Packordnung; Betriebsanleitung, vom BACTERIOLOGY 342 BALLISTIC IMPACT August 1941 [Reprint] 55p. 21cm. Berl, 1942. Knorr, M. Die motorisierten bakteriologischen Labora- torien der Luftwaffe. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 474-6.—Michael, M, jr. Bacteriologic laboratory in a combat area. Bull. I". S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 335-40.— Millet, M. Activite des laboratoires de bacteriologie beiges pendant la guerre 1940-1945. Arch. med. belg, 1947, 2: 1-21.— Razi Maner [The bacteriological field laboratory] Askeri sih- hiye mecuasi, 1939, 68: 73-8.—Schreiber, W. Das bakterio- logische Feldlaboratorium. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 67- 72.—Wohlfeil, T, & Freytag, B. Erfahrungen mit einem fahrbaren bakteriologischen Laboratorium zum Soforteinsatz bei Epidemien, mit der Moglichkeit zur Durchfuhrung von Massenuntersuchungen und fiir Zwecke der Seuchenforschung an Ort und Stelle. Ibid, 1942, 7: 302-10. ---- Methods. Delay, P. D. Contact plates and Army inspection of food plants. Army Vet. Bull, 1943, 37: 46-52.—Fisher, G. M. Ispolzovanie rybnykh otkhodov v bakteriologicheskoi praktike. Voen. med. J, 1945, No. 7, 60.—Hornbostel, W. Die Feder- strichmethode nach Lindner und ihre Anwendungsmoglichkeit in der Feldbakteriologie. Med. Zschr, Munch, 1944,1:60-2 — Lorber, L. Bacterologiai tenyeszteses vizsgalatok egyszerii m6dszere, thermostat neikul. Honvedorvos, 1951, 3: 455.— Unger, A. Technik der Entnahme und Einsendung bakterio- logischer Untersuchungsstoffe. Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 290-4. BACTERIOPHAGE. See under Wound, Treatment: Bacteriophage. BAG [and pouch] See also such other terms in section as Arctic service, Medical aspects; Blanketing; Burial pouch; Burns, Treatment: Local remedies; Casualty bag; Equipment; First aid. Development of an improved hospital corps pouch—field units. Burned News Letter, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 10, 21 — Individual (The) jungle pouch and pack. Bull. U. S. Army M, Dep, 1943, No. 69, 26.—Khrenov, A, Korostelev, V, & Mala- khov, B. Sumki sanitarnye. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 373-6.—Lamb, H. D. A note on a first- aid bag for emergency use afloat. J. r. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 64.—Osipenko, K. Veshchevoi meshok. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1928, 4: 806. BAIL-OUT equipment. See Aircrew, Oxygen supply; Parachute. BALANCING test. See Aviator, Fitness test. BALKAN. See in Military Section under World War I. BALKAN wars (1912-13) See under Wars and campaigns. BALLISTIC impact. See also next heading. Bierman, H. R., & Larsen, V. R. Reactions of the human to impact forces revealed by high speed motion picture technic. lOp. 27cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 5, Res. Proj. X-630, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Tarver, M. E., & Morales, M. F. Prelim- inary studies on a technique to measure the physiological effects of ballistic impact on living tissues by using 20 percent gelatin gels as an embedding medium. 21p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-599, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Tillett, C. W., Ill, Banpield, W. G., jr, & Herget, C. M. The effect of a non-perforating projectile on the animal body protected by steel armor. 33p. 27cm. Army Chem. Cent., Md, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 228, Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Masket, A. V. The measurement of forces resisting armor penetration at ballistic speeds. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 104'.), 65: 212.—Preliminary studies on a technique to measure the physiological effect of ballistic impact on living tissues by using 20 percent gelatin gels as an embedding medium. Sum- maries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 24. BALLISTICS. See also preceding heading; also other terms of Military Section as Explosive; Injury; Projectile; Shrapnel, etc. Beitrage zur Ballistik und technischen Physik verfasst von Schulern des Herrn Geheim- rat Professor Dr. phil. Dr Ing. E. h. Carl Cranz anlasslich seines 80. Geburtstages am 2. Januar 1938. 216p. 22>{cm. Lpz., 1938. Cranze, C. J. Lehrbuch der Ballistik [Berl., J. Springer, 1925-27] Reprint. 3v. 24cm. Ann Arb., 1943. Vahlen, K. T. Ballistik. 2. Aufl. [Berl., W. De Gruyter & Co., 1942] Reprint. 267p. 8! Ann Arb., 1945. Herpin, A. La physique des ondes de choc. Rev. sc. Par, 1947, 85: 817-26.—Logan, D. D. Detonation of high explosive in shell and bomb, and its effects. In: War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 214-24.—Nancrede, C. B. The laws of physics and ballistics; the true explanation of the lodgment and deflec- tion of the majority of modern military small-arm projectiles; not the ricochet hypothesis. Contr. Med. Res. V. C. Vaughan Anniv, 1903, 276-9.—Rodriguez, J. A. La posibilidad de tiro de una boca de fuego; formas de las trayectorias. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1942, 42: pt 1, 449-59.—Roever, W. H. Effects of the earth's rotation on the range and drift of a projectile. Science, 1943, 97: 115.—Stange, K. Die Erfassung des Luftwider- standes aus photogrammetrischen Aufnahmen des fliegenden Geschosses. Umschau, 1943, 47: 164-7.—Teneff, S. Genera- lity sui proiettili e sulla loro azione. In: Chir. guerra (Uffre- duzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 89-103, illust. ---- Wound ballistics. See also Bullet; Injury, Blast; Injury—by weapons; Wound. Grundfest, H. Penetration of steel spheres into bone. 16p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Missile Casualt. Rep. No. 10, Div. M. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Harvey, E. N., Butler, E. G. [et al.] The mechanism of wounding by high velocity missiles; microsecond x-ray studies. 18p. 28cm. Wash.. 1945. Forms Missile Casualt. Rep. No. 6, Div. M. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. McMillen, J. H., & Gregg, J. R. The energy, mass and velocity which is required of small missiles in order to produce a casualty. 26p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Missile Casualt, Rep. No. 12, Div. M. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Puckett, W. O., & McElroy, W. D. Studies on the displacement of nerves and blood vessels by the temporary cavity formed in animal tissues by the passage of high velocity missiles. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 14, Missile Casualties Rep. Div. M. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Black, A. N. Wounding mechanism of high-velocity mis- siles. Brit, M. J, 1942, 1: 239. ------Burns, B. D., & Zucker- man, S. An experimental study of the wounding mechanism of high-velocity missiles. War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 68- 74.—-Callender, G. R. Wound ballistics; mechanism of pro- duction of wounds by small arms bullets and shell fragments. War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 337-50.—Cicchetti, H. E. Algunos aspectos de balistica terminal y su relaci6n con cirugia de guerra. Rev. pub. nav, B. Air, 1949, 2: 187-233.—Harvey, E. N. Studies on wound ballistics. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 191-205, 6 pi. ------ & Butler. Wound bal- listics. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, July, 126-8.—Harvey, E. N., Whiteley, A. H. [et al.] Piezoelectric crystal measurements of pressure changes in the abdomen of deeply anaesthetized animals during passage of a high-velocity missile. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 509-28.—Kustanovich, S. Ranevaia ballistika. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1017-21.—Michael, P. High explosive fragments; their fate in the human body. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 269-74.—Stonham, F. V. Surgical ballistics. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1946, 2: 863-5.—Teneff, S. Azione dei varii proiettili BALLISTICS 343 BARRACKS sul corpo dai punto di vista fisico. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi O.) Tor, 1940, 99-102.—Welbourn, D. B. Wounding mecha- nism of high-velocity missiles. Brit. M.J, 1942,1: 89.—Wound ballistics. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 167; 1947, July, 123; 1948, Jan, 204. BALLOON. See Aerostatics; Airship. BALNEOTHERAPY. See under Therapeutics. BALTIC. See under World War I; World War II. BANDAGE. See also Dressing; Surgical technic. Brunner, K. Der beschriinkt ruhigstellende Klebro-Verband. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 543-7.—Folsch, W. Der Verband. In: Feldchirurgie (Kafer, H.) 9. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 80-9 — Eozlov, M. A. [A cradle bandage] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 7, 50-4.—Markovsky, V. Individualnyi pereviazochnyi paket. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 905-8, pi.—Mashtafarov, V. N. [Economical bandages for wounds and affections of the trunk] Feldsher, Moskva, 1939, No. 4, 41-3.—Mysh, V. M, Tip i kharakter poviazki. In his Materialy istor. khir. voen. vrem, Novosibirsk, 1947, 100-14.— Novozhilov, D. A. [A special bandage for transport immobiliza- tion of the upper extremity] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 11, 73.—Nusret Earabey [Bandages] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: 138-47.—Petrov, N. N, & Chechulin, A. S. Poviazki. In: Lechen. ran. voine (Petrov, N. N.) 6. ed, Leningr, 1942, 333-96.—Serebriakova, S. N. [A simplified face bandage] Voen. san. delo, 1943, 75.—Velikorecky, A, Bronstein, J. [et al.] Poviazki. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 651-68, illust. BARBITURIC acid. See under Surgical technic, Anesthetization. BAROTRAUMA. See also in this section, Aerootitis; Altitude, Injury. Wilhelm, O. Les variations brusques de la pression atmospherique comme danger et cause des accidents tympaniques et labyrinthiques chez les artilleurs, scaphandriers, militaires des sous- marins et aviateurs de l'armee nationale. p.97- 155. 25^cm. Liege, 1938. In: Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, Liege, 1938, 8. sess, 97-155. Undric, V. Barotravma. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 407-11. BARRACKS. See also Cantonment; Housing; Mess hall; Prison; Receiving barracks; Shelter. Babecki, J. [A new type of military barracks in Poland] Lek. wojsk, 1928, 11: 475-81.—Des Cilleuls. Recent improve- ments in barracks in the French Army. Bull, internat. Serv. sant<5, Liege, 1938, 11: 82.— Eempthorne, G. A. Historical notes on barracks, Scottish Command. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 24-33.—Osipenko, E. Baraki. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 395-400.------Kazarma (casa-armata) Ibid, 2: 1091-107.—Structural tile barracks for the Women's Army Corps. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 129: No. 25, 62-4.—Zelenev, N. Kazarmy. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1930, 12: 65-75. ---- Hygiene. See also Bed: Bivouac; Camp. Prussia. Kriegsministerium. Medizinal- Abteilung. Garnisonbeschreibungen, vom Standpunkt der Gesundheitspflege aus auf- gestellt. 7v. (maps) 23^cm. Berl., 1893-1903. CONTENTS v.l. Kassel. 1893. v.2. Stettin. 1895. v.3. Liegnitz. 1896. v.4. Hannover. 1896. v.5. Frankfurt a. O. 1899. v.6. Potsdam. 1900. v.7. Bremen. 1903. United States. Medical Field Service School. Carlisle Barracks, Pa. Military preventive medicine: Housing of troops. 43p. 8? Carlisle, Pa., 1929. Danielsen, E, & Unger, A. Untersuchungen iiber die Be- schaffenheit der Luft in Schlafraumen von Soldaten. Veroff. Heer. San, 1938, H. 105, 112-20. Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 295 (Abstr.)—DeMont, H. G. Insect control in stand- ing barracks; a report on the use of D. D. T. in Jamaica, Febru- ary to October, 1945. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 86: 47-54.— Des Cilleuls, J. Les ameliorations recentes apportees k l'hy- giene du casernement francais. Sess. Off. internat. docum, meU mil, 1937, 7. Sess, 11-25. Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 296 (Abstr.)—Iwabuti, C. Etude hygienique sur la caserne dans la region subtropicale, principalement sur le pouvoir refroidissant de l'air. Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1932, 31: 119.— Partitioning of barracks; effect on morbidity rates from respira- tory disease. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 885-7.—Passauer, E. Hygienische Anforderungen an Kasernen. In: Wehrhy- giene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 305-31.—Sampaio, M. Higiene das casernas, dos acampamentos, dos acantonamentos, bivaques e trincheiras. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 425-35. ---- Medical aspects. Garmany, G. Psychiatry under barracks conditions. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 160-4. BASE. See also Airbase. Back to the base. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 19, 5.—Stasov, P. Bazy voenno-morskie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 356-8.—Tomlinson, P. S. The medical problems of a base and of the L. of C. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 72: 217-23. ---- naval and submarine. Babione, R. W. New solutions to primary sanitation prob- lems in Naval advanced bases. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 281-6.—Duncan, D. His Majesty's naval base, Singapore; its medical aspects. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1939, 25: 394-411.— Emerson, C. A. Evacuation at a South Pacific base. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: 26-9.—Fowler, C. D. Sanitation in a tropical advanced naval base. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 5, 45-51.—Given, D. H. C. Health organization on H. M. Naval Base, Singapore, and results; with comments on the practice of preventive medicine seen during tours in the Far East, Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg, 1927-28, 21: 344-70 — Johnson, L. W. Medical service at remote naval bases. Mil. Surgeon 1942, 90: 290-9.—Eelley, E. Neuropsychiatric experiences in advance base unit. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 140-6. BASE depot. See Depot. BASE hospital. See Hospital, general CZ; Hospital report, United States: General hospitals. BASIC training. See under Training. BASTOGNE. See World War II. BATAAN. See World War II. BATH. See also Swimming pool. Addenbrooke, E. F. Streamlined foot baths. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 602.—Amchfelavsky, I. V. [Construction of a simple and accessible bath house] Feldsher, Moskva, 1939, No. 3, 42-7.—Baster, N. M. E. S. H. bath set. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 189-95.—Bath unit, 24 showerhead. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 53.— Clay, H. H. An improvised hot and cold spray bath for use in field. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 291-4.—Golovko [A bathhouse at the front] Voen. san. delo, 1943, 79.—Gordon, J. E. Batiiing ablution facilities. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 10, 6.—Gotz, L. [Portable, com- plete shower apparatus] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 44-6.— Hutchinson, G. R. A portable improvised shower. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 195-8.—[Improvised wash basin and shower bath] Voj. san. glasnik, 1940, 11: 427-9.—Kirichinsky, A. R. Iskusstvennye vanny tipa Ckhaltubo i ikh primenenie v patologii voennogo vremeni. Vrach. delo, 1946, 26: 517- BATH 344 BATTLE 22.—Krotkov, F. G. [A field bathhouse] Voen. san. delo, 1943, 87.—Markowe, M. Notes on a captured Italian mobile bath unit. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 245-7.— Mikhel'son, G. Dushevye ustanovki. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 194(>-18, 2: 584-7, pi.—Shower bath without fixtures in a camp before the Battle of Gettysburg, 1863, after a contemporary woodcut [Illust.] Clin. Excerpts, 1943, 17: 171.—Turner, A. E. An improvised shower. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 274.—Wells, F. A. A portable bath, treat- ment, and operation table for field use. Mil. Surgeon, 1933, 73: 194-6. BATH company. Fumigation and bath company. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 12.—Mikhelson, G. Polevoi bannyi otriad. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 711-3. BATTALION aid station. See also Aid station; First aid. Eulifai, A. Zlj. eii. szakasz mukodese a csapatgyakorlato- kon. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 450-3.—Petrov, A. Batal'onnyi medicinskii punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 429-32.—Vasilache, S. Mecanismul functionary unui post de prim ajutor batalionar. Romania med, 1941, 19: 235. BATTALION surgeon. See also Medical officer. Biezynski, J. D. *Le m6decin de bataillon en temps de guerre. 38p. 8? Par., 1939. Carotenuto, P. La chirurgia del medico di battaglione. Forze san, Roma, 1937, 6: 917.—Hints for battalion surgeons. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1944, 24: No. 2, 47.'—Lazzeroni, A. La chirurgia del medico di battaglione. Forze san, Roma, 1937, 6: 506—Medecin (Le) de battaillon, 1914-18. Bruxelles mid., 1935-36, 16: 779.—Medical officer to an Infantry battalion. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 606.—Sobel, R. Psychia- try and the battalion surgeon. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 72-6. ------ The battalion surgeon as psychiatrist. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: Suppl, 36-44.—Vandel, F. M. Assistant battalion surgeons in combat. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 20-5. BATTLE. See also Combat; for famous battles see Wars and campaigns. Mercier, R. G. La batalla moderna, devoradora de hom- bres. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 115.—Skadkowski. Bitwa. Lek. wojsk, 1920, 1: No. 29, 6-16.—Wright, Q. The frequency and types of battles in classic, Western, Sinic, and Chinese civilizations. In his Study of War, Chic, 1942, 1: 591-7. ---- Effect. See also Disease; Injury; War neurosis; War psychosis. Graham, J. D. P. High blood-pressure after battle. Lancet, Lond, 1945, 1: 239.—Huot, L, & Voivenel, P. Dia- grama psicol6jico de la batalla. Tribuna med. (Chile) 1918, 12: 994-8.—Ranson, S. W. The normal battle reaction; its relation to the pathologic battle reaction. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: Suppl, 3-11. ---- Medical work. See also Battlefield; Casualty; Combat; Evacu- ation; First aid; Wounded. Combat first aid; how to save life in battle. lOOp. 16cm. Wash., 1944. Italy. Direzione generale della sanita militare marittima. D. S.—12: Norme di pronto soccorso in combattimento. 18p. 24cm Roma, 1940 [i. e. 1943] Barrows, D. P. Evacuation from battle. California West. M., 1943, 59: 129.—Beecher, H. K. Pain in men wounded in battle. Ann. Surg, 1946, 123: 96-105. Also Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 445-54.—Bielecki, M. G. [Evacuation of wounded from the firing line] Lek. wojsk, 1938, 31: 354-60.— Cherkassky, I. [Organization in attending wounded during battle in field hospitals] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 5, 8-10 — Crowe, W. W. The dental officer in battle. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 768-72.—Delaney, J. F. Importance of first aid in the field. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 5, 117.—De Laroquette, M. Apercus sur le traitement des blessed dans une ambulance de premiere ligne. Paris me'd, 1915-16, 17: 396- ^"2.—Handling the wounded in battle. N. York M. J, 1918, 108: 1084.—How men of medicine work in heat of battle. Bull. Los Angeles M. Ass, 1944, 74: 571; 612.—Euroki, M. Shang- hai dai issen butai ni okeru sensyo-kanzya syuryo gaikyo [The general situation in the first-line regiments in Shanghai in regard to medical care received by those wounded (in battle)] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 303, 787.—Margorin, E. [Instruc- tion to division sanitary officers in giving first aid during battle] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 10-6.—Morin, H. G. La releve des blesses en premiere ligne (Service de sante' du bataillon d'infanterie au combat) J. mid. Bordeaux, 1917, 47:71-6.— Rocha, I. da. Primeiros soccorros aos feridos na linha de frente. Brasil-med, 1918, 32: 7.—Serbinov, I. F. [Plan for medical services in battle] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 11, 30-5. ---- naval. Rault, C. V. Naval dental officers in battle. J. Second Distr. Dent, Soc. N. York, 1943, 29: 183-6.— Valeri, V. Con- tributo personale sul primo trattamento delle ferite degli arti riportate in combattimento navale. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1943, 49: 174-81. ---- Noise. Hoople, G. D., Wolfe, W. C, & Bregande, S. C. Unrecog- nized battle noise trauma. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. (1946) 1947, 34: 262-73. BATTLE casualty. See Casualty. BATTLE fear. See under Combat. BATTLEFIELD. See also Battle; also such terms as Aid station; Evacuation; First aid. ---- Medical activities. See also Battle, Medical work; Blanketing; Blood transfusion; Blood transfusion service; Evacuation, etc. _ Anagnosti, V. D. [Organization and documentation of evacu- ation ; selection of wounded on the battlefield] Voj. san. glasnik, 1940, 11: 473-99.—Astafjev, A. Uborka polei srazheniia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 626.—Battle- field inquest. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, No. 51, 7.— Bertein, P. Exploration nocturne du champ de bataille. Presse mid., 1908, 16: annexe, 745.—Binhold. Kurzer geschicht- licher Ueberblick iiber die Verwundetenfiirsorge im Felde. Med. Welt, 1941, 15: 222-4.—Blagodatsky, N, & Barinstein, L. [Sorting and evacuation of wounded from the battlefield] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 7-13.—Ernst, M. Die Beurteilung der Transportfahigkeit im Felde. In: Kriegschir. Ratgeber, Berl, 1941, 203-13.— Fluteau. De l'^clairage du champ de bataille. Caduce'e, 1905, 5: 19-21.—Front-line (From) to general hos- pital; evacuation of casualties from fighting areas. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1945, 80: 317; passim.—Eorczakowski, J. [Elim- ination of blood loss by prompt evacuation of the wounded from the firing line to the hospital according to the regulations of military surgery] Lek. wojsk, 1938, 31: 308-15.—Lippay- Almassy, A. [Analgesia and anesthesia on the battlefield] Orv. hetil, 1941, 85: melhik, 45.—Martin Barreiro. La evacuaci6n en el campo de batalla con relaci6n a los modernos medios de combate. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 174-92.—Nimier, H. Les premiers soins a donner aux blesses sur le champ de bataille. J. sc. mid. Lille, 1913, 36: pt 1, 512—8. ------ Evacuation des Hesse's apr£s une bataille. Ibid., 536-41.—Secheyron. Eclairage du service medical en campagne; Eclairage apres le combat. Arch. prov. chir. Par, 1908, 17: 7-15.—Sharma, A. N. Evacuation of casualties from the front line to base hospital during war and peacetime. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 220-4.—Timofeevsky, P. [Principles in transporta- tion of the wounded from the battlefield during evacuation] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 6, 45-57.—Tobold. L'eclairage du champ de bataille dans l'armee allemande. Caduce'e, 1905, 5: 19; 43.—Tregubov, S. L. [Immobilization on the battlefield] Sovet. med, 1940, No. 4, 8-10.—Zalkind, I. Rozysk ranenyh. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1164-70.— Zoege von Manteufel. Ueber die arztliche Tatigkeit auf dem Schlachtfelde und in den vorderen Linien. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir, 1906, 35: pt 2, 495-502 [Discussion] pt 1, 17. Also Arch. klin. Chir, 1906, 80: 711-8.— Zolkover, A. M. [Clearing the battlefield of wounded] Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 10,14. — Medical tactics. See also Battle, Medical work. Branovatchki, E. Emploi tactique des £quipes chirurgicales sur le champ de bataille. Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, Liege, 1938, 8. sess, 215-41. Also Bull, internat. Serv. sante\ Liege, 1939, 12: 567-92.—Georgievsky, A. S. [Medical tactics_ in battle] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 11, 36-9.— Nikolic, F. J. [Problems of medical tactics; first example: an attacking division] Voj. san. glasnik, 1940, 11: 263-75, map. BATTLEFIELD 345 BELGIUM ---- Sanitation. Koike, M. Senti eisei-zyo no syo-kunzi [Various instruc- tions as to battlefield sanitation] In: Den Masanao Koike (Sato, T.) Tokyo, 1940, 583-600. ------ Senti eisei sisatu hokoku [Report of tour of inspection of battlefield sanitation] Ibid, 618-38.—Labranca, G. II risanamento dei campi di guerra. Minerva med. Tor, 1941, 32: pt 1, 566 (Abstr.) BATTLESHIP. See also Navy; Ship; Vessel. Ellis, F. P. Environmental factors influencing health and efficiency in warships. Brit. M. J, 1948, 1: 587-92. Also Pub. Health, Lond, 1947-48, 61: 104-7.—Grey, C. G. War- ships. In: Science Looks Ahead (Low, A. M.) Lond, 1942, 192-202.—Lagovsky, N. Lineinyi korabl. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 537-42.—Shplet, A. G. Krat- koe opisanie eskadrennago bronenosca Cesarevich. Protok. zasied. obsh. morsk. vrach. Kronstadt, 1903-04, 41: No. 2, 41-6.—USS North Carolina (BB55) In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 13, App. B, 2. ---- Medical problems. See alsp in this section, Medical department (of ship) Hinkle, L. E, jr. Neuropsychiatric problems on a battle- ship. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1813-22. ---- Sanitation. Andreev, V. [Sanitary technique on warships] Voen. san- delo, 1937, No. 1, 22.—Bellile. De l'inutilite de la patente de sant£ pour les navires de guerre. Marseille mid., 1926, 63: 701-7.— Lundberg, V. L. [Hygiene on war vessels] Tskr. mil. halsov, 192/, 52: 1-15, 3 diag.—Massani, M. Contributo alio studio della ventilazione e del microclima delle navi da guerra. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1938, 44: 407; 1939, 45: 5. Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 295 (Abstr.)—Morey, V. [Study of the sanitary and hygienic conditions of the living quarters on war- ships and cruisers] Voen. san dielo, 1937, No. 1, 24-9.— Richards, T. W. Battleship ventilation: use of barracks during overhaul period. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1915, 9: 345-7.— Stevka, A. Contemporary conditions in air supply in battle- ships. Voj. san. glasnik, 1936, 7: 61-89.—Stutz, L. Auf Ueberwasserschiffen. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl., 1944, 440-2.—Sugioka, N. On the estimation of air ion in the warships and the influence of anion on the fatigue of the crew. BuU. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1936, 25: No. 5, 1. BAYONET. See under Wound- BAZOOKA. See with Rocket launcher. BEACHY Head (1690) See under Wars and campaigns. BEAM approach. See under Blind flying. BED [and bedding] Howell, R. P., & Benton, G. R, jr. The universal shock block. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 312.—Linthicum, E. S. Double bunking the Army. Ibid, 279.—Schuessler, C. F. Develop- ment of a lightweight ward bed. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 41. ------ Development of a light- weight adjustable bed. Ibid, 42. BEDCLOTHES. Development of a method for oil treatment of bedclothes. Rep. Com. Airborne Infect. U. S. Army, 1944 4 —Development of triton oil emulsion for oil treatment of bedclothes. Ibid, 1945, 3.—Effect of control measures; oiling bedclothes and floors. Ibid, 5-9. BEDPAN. See under Hospital construction, Equipment. BEHNKE step-up test. See Aviator, Fitness tests. BELGIUM. References to this country are to be found under the following headings of the Military -by weapons: Bayonet. Section: Dental service; Medical corps; Medi- cal department; Medical examination; Medical organization; Medical service; Morbidity; Phar- maceutical service; Pharmacy; Tuberculosis; Venereal diseases; World War I; World War II. BELT. See also Acceleration, Protection; Clothing, Air Force; Harness. Andrus, E. C, Day, E. [et al.] Studies on the effects of abdominal pressure belts upon the flow and distribution of blood. 55p. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Forms Rep. No. 21, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Jennings, B. E. Treatment of regulation Navy webbing belts to preserve marks of identi- fication. 7p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1947. -Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. NM 012 006, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Eaufmann, W. Beschwerden beim Tragen des Koppels. Gastroenterologia, Basel, 1942, 67: 85 (Abstr.) BENDS. See under Altitude, Aeroembolism. BENGAL. See World War II. BERGER single pressure suit. See Acceleration, Protection: Clothing; Cloth- ing, Air Force. BERIBERI. See under Disease. BERMUDA. See under World War II. BERRIDGE apparatus. See under Ambulance, Equipment. BEVEZIERS (1690) See under Wars and campaigns. BIAK Island. See under World War II. BIKINI test. See Atomic bomb, Tests. BIOGRAPHY. See also Military surgeon. Beaumont, W. Wm Beaumont's formative notebooks, 1811-1821; with an introductory essay by 87p. 24cm. N. Y., 1946. ' Quelques grandes figures de la chirurgie et de la medecine militaires. 423p. 23^cm. Par., 1947. ---- Quelques grandes figures de la pharmacie militaire. 387p. 23Kcm. Par., 1948. Mooney, B. More than armies; the story of Edward H. Cary, M. D. 275p. 22Kcm. Dallas, 1948. AUemann, A. Noted surgeons of the United States Army and Navy. In: Cyclop. Am. M. Biogr. (Kelly, H. A.) Phila, 1912, 1: p. xxxviii.—Blaessinger, E. Bibliographie. In his Quelq. grand, fig. pharm. mil. Par, 1948, 44.—Hirsh, J. Biographies in retrospect. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 487-94.— Jones, H. W. Biographies of medical officers of the Govern- ment services. Army M. Bull, 1941, No. 57, 101-3. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 557-9.—Visnyevszkij, A. V. A chi- rurgija c. foly6irat szerkesztobizottsaganak megemh5kez£se. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 108. years; two early annotations and Genevieve Miller. Blaessinger, E BIOLOGICAL WARFARE 346 BIOLOGY BIOLOGICAL warfare. See also Bacteriological warfare. United States. Department of the Army. Bureau of Public Relations. Biological war- fare. 8 1. 27cm. Wash., 1946. United States. Navy Department. Navy studied biological warfare at University of Cali- fornia. 3 1. 27cm. Wash., 1946. Biologic warfare. J. Am. M. Ass, 1946, 130: 349.—Biolog- ical warfare. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 5, 5.—Bordereau. La guerre biologique. Stras- bourg meU, 1948, 108: 380-9.—Dekking, F. De biologische oorlog. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 3712-5.—Earliest re- corded instance of the use of biological warfare. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1731.—Fischer, M. Soliloquy on a dead fish. Ohio M. J, 1949, 45: 715-20.—Fontes Peixoto, G. J. A guerra microbiana. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1940, 29: 511-30.—Kara- kasevic, B. O bioloSkom ratu. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 438-45.—Reiser, R. A. Biological warfare considerations which may be of interest to veterinarians. Vet. Extens. Q, Phila, 1949, 50-9.—Merck, G. W. Official report on biological warfare. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1946, 2: No. 7, 16. - Biological warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 237^2. Fred, E. B. fet al.] Implications of biological warfare. Pub. U. S. Dep. State, 1946-47, No. 2661, 65-71.—Van Roojen, J. The biological implications of radioactive warfare. S. Afr. M. J, 1946, 20: 772-9. ---- Defense. Rosebury, T. Peace or pestilence; biological warfare and how to avoid it. 218p. 21cm. N. Y., 1949. Bibliogr.: p. 199-210. Cox, W. C. [Panama Canal Department antibiological war- fare] In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 11: 60.— Witebsky, E. Our responsibilities in the prevention of biologic warfare. Proc. N. York Ass. Pub. Health Lab, 1946, 26: 55-7. ---- Possibility. Biological warfare potentialities. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 10, 14-7. Also Month. Health Rep. Mil. Distr. Washington, 1949, 2: No. 8, 13— Kazeeff, W. N. La guerre microbienne est-elle possible? Nature, Par, 1939-40, 67:_pt 2, 225-8. Also transl, Minerva (Riv.) 1940, 50: 241.— Najera, L. La guerra parasitologica, recurso de las naciones d£biles: sus posibilidades futuras. Rev. med. trop. parasit, Habana, 1946, 12: 44-56.—Possibilities (The) of biological warfare. Pharm. J, Lond, 1946, 102: 22. Research. Merck, G. W. Peacetime implications of biological warfare. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Pract. Pharm. Ed, 1946, 7: 304-10. Also Merck Rep, 1946, 55: No. 3, 11-4. ------ Peacetime benefits from biological warfare research studies. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1947, 110: 213-6. BIOLOGIST. See also sect, heads Bacteriologist; Manpower. Biologists in war-time. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 227-9.— Bronk, D. W. Re-employment of biologists now in the Army Air Forces. Science, 1945, 102: 335.—Martin, H. War prob- lems and post-war responsibilities of the Association of Applied Biologists. Ann. Appl. Biol, Lond, 1943, 30: 109-16.— Nicholas, J. S. The war problem of manpower in biologv and agriculture. Am. Scientist, 1942, 30: 294-8.—Thimann, K. V. The role of biologists in warfare. Bull. Atomic Scientists, 1947, 3: 211. BIOLOGY. Chambers, R. Post-war biology rehabilitation. Science, 1944, 100: 449. ------ Rehabilitation of the biological sciences in the post-war period. Am. Natur, 1945, 79: 44-51.— Gashchenkov, I. I. [Biology at the service of defense] Bull. Acad. sc. URSS, sir. biol, 1942, No. 3, 167-72.—Griggs, R. F. Biology and agriculture in the postwar world. Science, 1945, 101: 23.5-9.—Hawkins, J. E, jr. Biologv and medicine in the war. Ibid, 1942, 95: 507.—Kerr, J. G. Biology and war. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 221.—Russell, E. J. The function of applied biology in war time. Ann. Appl. Biol, Lond, 1941, 28: 170-7.—Tang, P. S. Biology in war-time China. Nature, Lond, 1944, 154: 43-6. ---- Institutes. Centro de estudos do Instituto Militar de Biologia. Brasil med, 1942, 56: 293.—Santos, J. F. dos. Hist6rico e evolucao °o Instituto Militar de Biologia. Arq. Inst. mil. biol, Rio, 1941, 2: 19-24. ------ Relat6rio das activades do Instituto Militar de Biologia em 1941. Ibid, 1942, 3: 90-102. ;----- A preparacao de soros; padr5es no Instituto Militar de Biologia. Ibid, 1943, 4: 65-9. illust. BIOLOGY War Committee. Biology (The) War Committee. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 234; 1944, 154: 693. BIRTH rate. See Manpower; War, Effect. BIVOUAC. See also Camp. Roeiand, C. Sur l'organisation des bivouacs. Rev. path. comp. Par, 1917, 17: 254-7.—Saona, A.—Instalaci6n e higiene de los acantonamientos y bivacs. Rev. san. mil, Lima, 1936, 9: 97-107. BLACKOUT. See also Air defense; Air raid. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Blackouts. 60p. 26^cm. Wash., 1941. Bear, W. P. Commercial and industrial blackouts on the Pacific Coast. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 818-21.—Black- out. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 63: 195. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 206: 275.—Brown, R. B, jr. Eastern com- mercial and industrial blackouts. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 822-5.—Hibben, S. G., & Reid, K. M. Comments on blackouts. Ibid, 210-6.—Roxann. Blackout. R. N, Ruth- erford, 1942-43, 6: No. 3, 24.—Verdunklung. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 272-83. ---- Accidents and hazards. Alcohol and black-out road accidents. Med. Leg. Crim. Rev, Lond, 1940, 8: 269-71.—Arnold, H. L, jr. The blackout and health. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 374.—Buchan, G. F, Charles, J. A. [et al.] Health aspects of the A. R. P. black-out. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 63: 175, 183, 191.—Deaths from road accidents doubled by the black out [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 1975.—Eccles, W. McA. Drink and black-out accidents. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 359.—Fatal accidents in the black out. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 673, diagr.—Hill, L. Health aspects of A. R. P. black-out, Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 64:6.—Neal, H.K. Check your blackout hazards! Red Cross Courier, 1942, 21: No. 10, 11.—Stafford, J. Emergency action in case of injury in blackout, war traffic or raid, here are rules of first aid for life saving. Science News Lett, 1942, 41: 55.— Traffic accidents increased by the blackout [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 2251. ---- Dimout. Breeding, H. A. Observations of night sky brightness and lume with special reference to coastal dimout requirements. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 830-4.—Clum, H. G. Discussion of coastal lighting dimout. Ibid, 826-9.—Hibben, S. G. Ex- periences with the dimout. Ibid, 1943, 38: 251-63.—Parker, M. Some comments on the dimout. Ibid, 1942, 37: 866-8. ---- Engineering. Berry, D. S. Engineering for blackouts. Pub. Safety, Chic, 1942, 22: 12.—Black-out and ventilation; war-time problems to be solved. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 360.—Bonnard, A. Black-out and ventilation. Ibid, 506.—Kuhl & Zimmermann. Naturliche und kiinstliche Liiftung des verdunkelten Betriebes. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 72-7.—Prahl. Besondere Massnahmen der Betriebsfuhrung bei der Verdunklung. Ibid, 80-2.— Stewart, C. W., jr. Blackouts. Mil. Engineer, 1941, 33: 177- 81.—Weitz, C. E. Blackout engineering. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 666-71.— Wietfeldt. Ueber die Verdunklung in gewerblichen Betrieben. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 5-9. Hospital. Hospital (A) blackout. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 8, 99.— Leshley, I. Keeping fit in the black-out. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1939, 35: 1349; 1374; et passim.—New black-out system for hospitals; darkness without curtains. Med. Times, Lond, 1939, 67: 160.—Some blackout experiences. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 3, 32.—Vaniushkin, N. Z. Opyt svetomaski- rovki gospitalei. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 5, 98-100. ---- Legal aspect. Lehmann. Aenderung der Verdunklungsverordnung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 1343.—Leibbrand, W. Wir- kungsbereich der Dunkelheit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 46-8.—Neon sign case; relief refused by tribunal. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 641.—Riessen, J. H. van [Regulations for darkening in air-raids] Mil. spectator, Gravenh, 1936, 105: 301-7.—Schlager. Wer ist bei Verdunkelung fur Unfalle haftbar? Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1939, 36: 756. BLACKOUT 347 BLACKOUT OF PILOT ---- Lighting. Adler-Herzmark, J. Lighting, ventilation and safety in factories during blackout. Indust. M, 1942, 11: 76-8.—Deep red light better than blue in blackouts. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 541.—Eddy, G. A. Blackout of street lighting. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: 87; 791.—Everett, W. S. Lighting con- trol objectives of the War Department. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 862-5. ------& Reid, K. M. Visual aids to traffic movement under blackouts. Ibid, 1941, 36: 1184-1204.— Ferree, C. E, & Rand, G. Color and composition of light in relation to the blackout, J. Aviat, M, 1942, 13: 193-200.— Illuminated signs during black-out hours. Brit. Dent. J, 1940, 69: 39.—Kohler. Beleuchtung der Arbeit; Beleuchtung und Luftschutz. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 67.—Lighting in factories and ventilation during the black-out, J. R. Aran" Af. Corps, 1940, 75: 378-82.—Luckiesh, M. Blue lieht undesirable for blackouts. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 113.—Mead, H. C. Motor vehicle blackout lighting. Ibid, 839-43.—Pearson, H. J. C. Airport lighting under blackout conditions. Ibid, 846-8.—Reid, K. M. Blackout and dimout of street lighting and traffic signals. Ibid, 849-56.—Roper, V. J. Motor vehicle blackout lighting. Ibid, 835-8.—Schauberger. Ver- dunklungserleichterungen fiir Kraftfahrzeuge. Gasschutz & Luftschutz. 1941, 11: 255-7.—Wank, R. A, & Wakefield, E. H. Blackout lighting using the principle of mutual exclusion by color. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1943, 38: 41-4.—Wartime street lighting. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 635.—War-time street lighting and aids to movement in street. Brit. J. Ophth, 1941, 25: 125-30. ---- Medical aspect. Blackout traffic regulations; emergency permits for physi- cians in Los Angeles County. Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass, 1942, 72: 209.—Fishbein, M. Emergency permit for physi- cians during blackout. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1942-43, 45: 65.—Weaver, J. D. Report from Los Angeles; blackouts symbolize the impending changes which total war brings to medical practice. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 4, 59-61. ---- Optical problems. Barbrow, L. E., Bock, J. E. [et al.] Equipment and pro- cedure for photometric measurements of blackout and dimout luminaires. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1943, 38: 509-17.— Isakov, L. [Black-out problems viewed from the standpoint of physio- logical optics] Priroda, Leningrad, 1943, 32: No. 2, 58-60. ---- Psychological effect. Achard, C. Tous feux eleints; scenes de la vie obscure. Presse meU, 1939, 47: 1621-3.—Schultz, J. H. Seelische Reaktionen auf die Verdunklung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1940, 66: 564-7.—Solomon, J. C. Reactions of children to black- outs; a preliminary note. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1942, 12: 361. ---- Safety find, identification] Bakeman, C. T. Traffic signals during blackouts. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 857-61.—Blackout. Pub. Safety, Chic, 1942, 21: 6.—Blackout drill at Canandaigua, N. Y. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1941-42, 18: 340.—Blackout regulations. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 2, insert, 9.—Identifi- cation of vehicles in blackout. J. Am. M. Ass, 1043, 121: 1226.—Kremer. Grundsatzliche Forderungen des Arbeits- schutzes bei der Verdunklung. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 62.— Pennant to identify vehicles in blackout. N. England J. M. 1943, 228: 592.—Rittgers, V. A. Before the blackout. Pub. Safety, Chic, 1941, 19: No. 5, 26.—Schneider, O. Besondere Aufgaben der Unfallverhutung bei der Verdunklung. Arbeits- schutz, 1940, 77-80. ---- Technic. Baehr, G. Blackout. Hosp. Progr, 1942, 23: 25.— Clough, H. D. Get down to brass tacks to develop successful blackout. Hosp. Management, 1942, 53: 21.— Commery, E. W., McKinlay, H. G, & Webber, M. E. Residence blackout methods and materials. Ilium. Engin, Bait, 1942, 37: 491-518.—Fb. Ueber die Verdunkelung durch geeignete Filterung des Lichts. Umschau, 1941, 45: 77.—Khocianov, L. K. [Blackout devices in industrial buildings] Hig. & zdorov, 1942, 7: No. 5, 18-29 — Making automatic blackouts. Chem. Leaflet, 1941-42, 15: No. 6, 110.—Paul, H. Black-out of casement windows. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 64: 6.—Sato, K. Karo wo yQ-suru kozyo no zyokyo tyosa; toka kansei ni tomonau kanki taisaku kenkyu [Investigations on a factory with furnaces from the standpoint of environmental hygiene; the problem of ventilation during black-outs] Kosei kagaku, 1940-41, 1: 548-55. ---- Visibility. Brandenburg, K. Verdunklung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 14.—Fritsche, H. Zur Biologie der Verdunklung. Ibid, 15.—Holmes, W. J. Seeing in the blackout. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 375.—Infra-red (The) camera covers a blackout. Red Cross Courier, 1941-42, 21: No. 8, 7.— Miiller, H. K. Augenarzt und Verdunklung. Deut. med. Wschr, 1940, 66: 567-9. BLACKOUT of pilot. See also Acceleration, Blackout; Blackout suit. Clark, W. G., & Jorgenson, H. Studies of self-protective anti-blackout maneuvers. lOp. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 488, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Graybiel, A., Patterson, J. L., jr., & Pack- ard, J. M. Sunburn as a cause of temporary lowering of blackout threshold in flyers. 9 1. 27cm. Pensacola, 1948. Forms Res. Proj. NM-001-019, U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. Also J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 270-5, &c. Ham, G. C, & Hortenstine, J. C. Objective determination of circulatory changes preceding, during and following greying, blackout and syncope on the tilt-table. 6 1. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 54, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Baldes, E. J., Code, C. F. [et al.] Human centrifuge and studies of black-out. J. Physiol, Lond, 1945-46, 104: Proc, 39.—Clark, W. G, & Christy, R. L. Use of the human centri- fuge in the indoctrination of a Navy fighter squadron in the use of antiblackout equipment. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 394-8— Gomez Gomez, L. A. Aceleraci6n y desaceleracion en aviaci6n, y su influencia en el organismo humano. Med. cir, Bogota, 1945, 10: 1-19.—Lambert, E. H., & Wood, E. H. The problem of blackout and unconsciousness in aviators. Med. Clin. N. America, 1946, 30: 833-44. Also transl, Med. deporte, B. Air, 1948, 12: 1315-22, &c—Neustater, W. L. What is a black-out? a study of fifty cases. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 139- 42.—Stewart, W. K. Some observations on the effect of centrifugal force in man. J. Neur. Psychiat, Lond, 1945, 8: 24-33.—Wood, E. H., Lambert, E. H., & Code, C. F. Do permanent effects result from repeated blackouts caused by positive acceleration? J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 471-82.—Young, M. W. Anatomical factors involved in the blacking out phenemenon. Anat. Rec, 1946, 94: 531. BLACKOUT suit. See also Acceleration, Blackout; Blackout of pilot. Lambert, E. H. Comparison of the protective value of an anti-blackout suit on subjects in an A-24 airplane and on the Mayo centrifuge. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 487, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---Wood, E. H., & Baldes, E. J. The pro- tection against the effects of acceleration afforded by pulling against a weighted control stick and the influence of this on the effectiveness of pneu- matic anti-blackout suits. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 265, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Lamport, H., Clark, W. G., & Herrington, L. P. The comfort and acceleration protection on the centrifuge of the L-12 pneumatic lever anti- blackout suit. 5, 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 483, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Terry, C. W. Flight tests of anti-blackout equipment. 12p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 441, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Cotton, F. S. An aerodynamic suit for the protection of pilots against black-out. Austral. J. Sc, 1945, 7: 161-6. BLADDER injury. See under Injury—by organs. BLANKET. Miller, B. H., & Spangler, H. J. Field testing of paper blanket, Sterner, fire resistant. 8p. 27}km. Brux., 1940. In: Mid. devant le peril aeirochim. (Ferond, M.) 2. ed. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-91: Blood transfusion. 4p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Bagdasarov, A. Eshche o perelivanii krovi. Voen. san. delo. 1939, No. 6, 47-55. ------ & Dultsin, M. C. Blood trans- fusion in military medicine. Am. Rev. Soviet M, 1944-45, 2: 199-206.—Banaitis, S. I. Perelivanie, konservacia i khranenie krovi. In: Kratky kurs voen. polev. khir. (Kurpiianov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 195-204.—Bash, M. Blood transfusions. Med. Bull. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 8, 21-31.—Blinov, N. I. Perelivanie krovi. In: Lechen. ran. voine (Petrov, N-. N.) 6. ed, Leningr, 1942, 206-13.—Dyke, S. C, Bailey, H. [et al.] Blood transfusion. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 65-84.—Faranacci, C. J. Blood transfusion. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 10, 3-13.—Forst, H. C. Buckets of blood; your blood donation, an absolutely painless procedure, may help save a warrior's life. Sc. American, 1942, 167: 118-20.—Girones, L. Transfusion de sangre. In his Cuest. mid. quir. guerra, Santander, 1938, 331-67.—Herlinger & Bozitch. Transfusion du sang. Rev. Corps san. milit, 1946, 2: 139.—Hoche, O. Die Bluttransfusion. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 240.— Hussey. Blood transfusion. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 7: 880-4.—Kingreen. Blutstillung und Blutersatz. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 50-2.—Lang & Schwiegk. Transfusi6n de sangre. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 309.—Levantovsky, M. I. [Blood transfusion] Feldsher, Moskva, 1939, No. _ 2, 22-7.—Merenyi, G. A verdtomlesztes katonaorvosi jelentosege. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1948, 29: 161-5. —Oribe, J. A. La transfusion de la sangre. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1936, 35: 166; 221.—Pereira dos Santos, R. A transfusao de sangue. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1938, 27: 140-4.—Sa, V. J. de. Transfusao sanguinea. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1941-42, 2: 777-86.—Trueta, J. Blood transfusion. In his Principl. & Pract. War Surg, S. Louis, 1943, 147-63, illust.—Vaughan, J. M. Blood transfusion. In: War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 22-34. Also Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 19-21. Also transl. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 29-36 — Vinograd-Finkel, F. Perelivanie krovi (transfuzia krovi) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 409-26. ---- Apparatus. Anderson, L. S. An intravenous set for small ships. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 198-202.—Bailey. H. Cannulization for infusion and transfusion. In his Surg. Mod. Warfare, 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 48-55.—Bayer, A. Vorschlag fiir die Ein- fuhrung eines Bluttransfusionsgerates in die Wehrmacht und fur die Organisation des Spenderdienstes im Kriegsfalle. Chirurg, 1939, 11: 634-40.—Biedermann. Ein besonders fur Heereszwecke geeigneter Bluttransfusionsapparat. Ibid, 654- 6.—Blood plasma bottle holder. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 30.—Brandtner. Ein automatischer Bluttrans- fusionsapparat mit Ventilen. Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 401; 1938, 3: 161.—Brown, H. R, jr. Single unit emergency plasma procuring and donor apparatus. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1144.—Bucher, R. Ein neues Transfusionsgerat fiir die Armee und den praktischen Arzt. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 444-7.—Clemens, J. Ueber die Einfachheit und Reaktions- losigkeit der Blutubertragung bei Verwendung des Infusors und des Vetrens. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 653-61.—Danitch, R. Rapport preiiminaire sur l'appareillage pour la transfusion du sang en campagne. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1938, 20: 1100-11, ch. Also Rapp. Com. internat. it. mat. san, Geneve, 1939, 13: 72-83, tab.—Danyo, A. Auto-transfusion set; hemorrhage in the operating room. Hosp. Corps Q, 1949, 22: 26-8.—Forti, E. Contributo alia pratica risoluzione del problema trasfusionale ai fini civili ed a quelli militari; illustra- zione di un nuovo apparecchio da trasiusione. Gior. med. mil, 1937, 85: 146-60.—Hayes, S. N, Dhall, S. R. [et al.] A trans- fusion set for use in hospitals or in the field. Ind. AI. Gaz, 1941, 76: 649-52.—Hurteau, E. F. A modification of the gravity transfusion set. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 682 — Kekalo, B. V. Apparat dlia kapelnogo perelivaniia krovi. Voen. med. J, 1945, March, 55.—Kremer. Quelques observa- tions relatives au probleme de la standardisation du materiel k employer pour la transfusion du sang. Ann. belg. mid. mil, 1949, 102: 175-8.—Lisicky, R. M. [Care of blood transfusion apparatus] Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 11, 25.—Luchenko, N. Universalnyi apparat dlia priamogo perelivaniia krovi, vnutrivennykh, vnutrimyshechnykh i podkozhnykh vlivanii. Voen. san. delo, 1939, No. 11, 66-9.—M., T. Podgotovka posudy i apparaturj. dlia perelivaniia krovi. Feldsher & akush, 1949, 53.—Matthes, H. G. Ein einfaches, fiir Krieg und Frieden brauchbares Gerat zur direkten Bluttransfusion. Chirurg, 1941, 13: 653-6.—Mazza, M. A. La transfusi6n sanguinea directa con el aparato Labat-Parodi. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 888-93.—Noll, K., & Viczian, F. Uj trans- fuzios szereiek. Honvedorvos, 1952, 4: 79.—Peterson, P, & Ames, R. H. Improvised donor set for giving indirect trans- fusions. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 1251.—Rufanov, I. G. Ocherednye zadachi hemotransfuzii v khirurgicheskoi praktike. In: Vopr. khir. voiny (Gorky gosud. med. inst.) Gorky, 1946, 10-6.—Shostak, L. Usovershenstvovanie apparata dlia nepriamogo perelivaniia krovi. Voen. san. delo, 1939, No. 11, 62-6.—Shvangiradze, R. [Author's apparatus for blood trans- fusion during military operations] Nov. khir. arkh, 1940, 46: 162-5.—Silvis, R. S. An aid to intravenous technic; vein- seeker. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1142-4.—Stupperich, G. Behelfsmassiger Dauertropfer aus leeren Ampullen zur intra- venosen Infusion. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 718.—Szba- novsky, V. P. [Simplified apparatus for blood transfusion and its use during military operations] Radianska med, 1940, 5: No. 7, 78-82.—Uses for the Army-Navy plasma unit. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 29-32.—Vazquez Anon, V. Impresiones sobre la transfusion sanguinea en un equipo quirurgico de vanguardia. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 349-51.—Wolff, J. W., & Meijer, F. H. Een eenvoudig apparaat voor bloedtransfusie en voor het bewaren van bloed en bloedplasma. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 26 (Abstr.)—Zimmer, G. Die Bluttransfusion mit Vetren und Vorschlage fiir die Verwendung an Bord. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 157-61. ---- Complications. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 204: Complications of blood transfusion. 14p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Air embolism during transfusion. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, No. 49, 5.—Allen, H. C. Case report of a trans- fusion phenomenon. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1644 — Cornet. Des incidents transfusionnels. Arch. Serv. san. Armee beige, 1946, 99: 90-3.—Fluid intake after hemolytic transfusion reaction. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 85, 29.—Grossman, E. B., Stewart, S. G., & Stokes, J., jr. Post- transfusion hepatitis in battle casualties and a study of its prophylaxis by means of human immune serum globulin. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 129: 991-4.—Osman, A. A. Blood trans- fusion reactions. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 78-84.—Ottensooser, F., & Pasqualin, R. As- pectos sorologicos da transfusao de sangue; acidentes hemo- liticos ap6s transfusao, eritroblastose fetal e o novo fator sangulneo Rh. Arq. biol, S. Paulo, 1944, 28: 49-56.—Russell, H. K., & Hess, F. T. The prevention of transfusion reactions. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 725-8.—Schallock, G. Ueber seltenere Organveranderungen nach Transfusionen und In- fusionen. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 545-50.—Souza Lima, M. Sobre as reacoes perigosas nas transfusoes de plasma humano. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1945, 34: 431-46.—Transfusion and venous spasm. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, No. 47, 7. BLOOD TRANSFUSION 351 BLOOD TRANSFUSION ---- Field technic. See also Battle, Medical work; Battlefield, Medical activities. Fritschi, J. *La transfusion sanguine dans les postes avances de l'armee. 69p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Bagdasarov, A. A. [Blood transfusions in 2 cases under fire] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 8, 19-29.—Barlow, K. G. A. Blood transfusion in the field; experiences in the M. E. F. In: Inter- allied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 186-93.—Beecher, H. K, & Burnett, C. H. Field experience in the use of blood and blood substitutes (plasma, albumin) in seriously wounded men. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 2: 2-7.—Blumberger. Die Bluttransfusion bei der Behandlung innerer Krankheiten im Felde. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 127 (Abstr.)—Brown, J. C. M. A simple method of serum transfusion in the field. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1945-46, 3: 144^6.—Domanig, E. Die Blutubertragung an der Front. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 562 (Abstr.)—Ellis, F. P. Blood transfusion in the field. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 194-202.—Ellis, R. W. B. Blood transfusion at the front. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1937-38, 31: 684-6.— Heusser, H. Beitrag zur Bluttransfusion im Felde. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 1290.—Holle, F. Die Technik der Bluttransfusion im Felde. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 984-91. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942^3, 3: 276 (Abstr.)—Impor- tance of whole blood transfusions in battle casualties. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 6, 7.----Knoll, H, & Marki, H. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Bluttransfusion im Felde. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 744-8.—Morel I, T. Blut- transfusion im Felde. Deut. med. Wschr, 1938, 64: 1356.— Osswald, F. Die Bluttransfusion im Felde. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 992-8.—Palmer, I. Frontorganisationen av blodtrans- fusion. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 2: 295-9.—Plasma transfusion at a casualty clearing station. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 832.—Skundma, M. G. [Blood transfusion during military operations] Sovet. med, 1941, 5: No. 9, 10-4.—Spath, F. Die Bluttransfusion im Felde. Wien. med. Wschr, 1940, 90: 890. --- History. Gatti, C. F. Historia militar de la transfusion sanguinea. Arch. Seer, salud pub. (Argentina) 1947, 2: No. 13, 56-72.— Hirsh, J. The story of blood transfusion; its civilian and mil- itary history. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 143-58. --- Indications. Bagdasarov, A. A., & Dulcin, M. S. [Indications for hemo- therapy in rear evacuation hospitals] Klin, med, Moskva, 1942, 20: No. 7, 27-35.—[Blood transfusion in internal diseases and its role during military operations] Ibid, 1941, 19: No. 9, 74—6.—Blood transfusions in patients with severe injuries. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 13-6.—Blood transfusion in the reparative management of battle wounds. Ibid, 1945, No. 85, 4.—Blumberger, K. Die Bluttransfusion bei der Behandlung innerer Krankheiten im Felde. Med. Klin, Berl, 1943, 39: 230-4.—Boon, T. H. Blood and its derivatives in the treatment of air raid casualties. Newcastle M. J, 1941-42, 21: 38-45.— Csefko, I, & Varro, 3. Transfusio es infusio hatasa a ve>al- vadasra. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 588-95.—Dacie, J. V., & Homer, G. F. Blood-loss in battle casualties; use of trans- fusion fluids. Lancet, Lond, 1946, 1: 371-7.—Emerson, C. P., jr. The use of blood and plasma in the treatment of battle casualties. Am. J. Surg, 1946, 72: 307-14.—Faure, L. La place de la transfusion sanguine dans l'asphyxie par les gaz de combat, par submersion et par electrocution. Sud mid. chir, 1945_, 77: 445-9.—Filatov, A. N. Pokazaniia k perelivaniiu krovi. In: Lechen. ran. voine (Petrov, N. N.J 6. ed, Leningr, 1942, 214-27.— Gillerson, A. B., & Aseeva, I. V. Perelivanie krovi pri pronikaiushchikh ognestrel'nykh raneniiakh grudnoi kletki. In: Vopr. pereliv. krovi, Gorky, 1944, 227-37.— Govaerts, P. Etude de l'an^mie posthemorragique chez les blessed; indications de la transfusion immediate. Tr. Ambul. Ocean, La Panne, 1917, 1: fasc. 2, 355-81.—Hedri, E., A Mat6, I. A transfusio ellenjavallatai. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 49-;52.—Kaplan, A. V., & Khanin, L. A. [Massive blood trans- fusion in grave cases of loss of blood caused by gunshot wounds] Klin, med., Moskva, 1942 20: 31.—Kazansky, V I.,&Pokroysky, P.I. Perelivanie krovi pri gnoino-septicheskih oslozhneniiakh ognestrel'nykh ran voennogo vremeni. In: Vopr. khir. voiny (Gorky gosud. med. inst.) Gorky, 1946, 419-33.— Khromov, B. Perelivanie krovi v usloviiakh khimicheskoi voiny. Voen. san delo, 1939, No. 10, 33-42.—Kisioka, K. Boketu-si oyobi yukessei ni tuite [Death from bleeding, and transfusion of blood] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 301, 547-90.—Knudsen, J. W. Emergency blood transfusion. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 37.—Korolev, B. A. O vnutriarterial'nom vvedenii krovi pri travmaticheskom shoke. In: Vopr. pereliv. krovi, Gorky, 1944, 238-49.—Kurlova, V. K. Opyt perelivania krovi pri travmaticheskikh povrezhdeniiakh glaza. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 125-8 — Macnab, G. H. The value of transfusion in war injuries. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 205: 514-8. Also Mod. Treat. Yearb, Lond, 1942, 8: 223-9, pi.—Murakami, S. Study on compensative liquid for blood transfusion at the time of danger of death from acute hemorrhage. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 14.—Norris, J. C. Emergency blood trans- fusions on hospital ships in war zones. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 938-44—Perez, B, & Vera, A. R. Transfusi6n de sangre; indicaciones, contraindicaciones, complicaciones. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1946, 45: 844-52.—Schaefer, G. Indications for the transfusion of various kinds of blood. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 48-53.—Schroeder, W., & Duesberg, R. Zur Patho- physiologic und Klinik der Kollapszustiinde; die Beeinflussung der Kreislauftatigkeit durch Blut- und Serumtibertragungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 536-41.— Transfusion during opera- tion. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 4, 8.—Whitby, L. The development and the results of transfusion in the treatment of battle casualties. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, ---- Material. Alvarez de los Cobos, S. Sangre y sus derivados en cirugfa. Bol. san. mil. Mix., 1949, 2: 453; passim.—Gatti, C. F. J., & Gorostordoy, H. Responsabilidad medica y transfusion; control de sangre y plasma. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1948, 47: 431-58.—Kendrick, D. B., jr. The use of plasma, whole blood and human serum albumin by the Armed Forces. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1944, 7: 289-95. Also transl. Rev. mil. Peru, 1944, 41: 609-16. ---- Material: Blood. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Medical Division. A technical manual on the preservation and transfusion of whole human blood. 31p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. Also rev. ed. DeGowin, E. L. The possible role of whole blood trans- fusions in military medicine. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 127: 1037-9.—Del Villar Madrid, R. La transfusion de sangre total en campana. Sugestiones, Mex, 1943-45, 9: No. 115, 111-4.— Excessive use of whole blood. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 8, 11.—Markowitz, J. Transfusion of defibrinated blood in P. o. W. camps at Chungkai and Nakom Paton, Thailand. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 86: 189-97.—Norris, J. C, & Schwarting, J. C. Universal O vs. typed blood (a comparative evaluation) Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 297-300.— Rogers, J. A. Transfusion of whole blood in the theaters of operations. Circ. Letter Off. Surg. Gen. War Dep, 1943, No. 108, 1-4.—Use of refrigerated blood for armies. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 111: 1311.—Whole blood; new refrigeration system. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 89, 3.—Whole blood trans- fusions at the front. Ibid, 1943, No. 69, 3-5.—Willcutts, M. D., & Hicks, R. A. Safe universal blood. U. S. Nav. M. Bull. 1944,42:852-5. ---- Material: Blood, conserved. Dekkert, H. *Ueber die Notwendigkeit der Transfusion von konserviertem Blut bei den Sanitatsformationen der Front unter Beriick- sichtigung der bisherigen Erfahrungen im Krieg und Frieden. 28p. 23cm. Berl., 1940. Aleksandrowicz, J. [Conserved blood used in blood trans- fusion in military sanitary service] Lek. wojsk, 1937, 29: 399- 408.—Bandeira de Mello, N. A transfusao de sangue conser- vado em tempo de guerra. Impr. med, Rio, 1939, 15: 143-50. Also Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1939, 28: 37-51. Also Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 402-13.— Bonnel, P. H. Le sang conserve*; ses avantages, son utilisation. Rev. mid. nav. Par, 1948, 3: 33-41.—Biirkle-De la Camp, H. Ueber die Bluttransfusion im Kriegsfall unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verwen- dung konservierten Blute. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 564 (Abstr.)—Corelli, F. La trasfusione di sangue conservato nelle armate in guerra. Riforma med, 1939, 55: 635-7.—Czekalow- ski, J. W. Z badafi nad krwia konserwowana.. Lek. wojsk, 1941, 34: 173-6.—Edwards, F. R. Preserved blood transfusion. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 75-8.—Franz, C. Die Transfusion von konserviertem Blut im Krieg. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 433-7.—Guest, G. M. Methods of preservation of whole blood. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 462-72.—Hardin, R. C. Military uses of stored blood. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1941, 31: 158-60.—Kolesni- kov, 1. S. [Conservation of blood] Tr. Acad. mil. me'd. Kiroff, 1935, 3: 3-24. ------ [History of blood transfusion with stored blood] Ibid, 1936, 7: 15-22.—Kolff, W. J. [Experiences with stored blood in war-time] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 4385-9.—Longo, D. La trasfusione di sangue conservato e stabilizzato; metodo Corelli. Gior. med. mil, 1938, 86: 595-9.— Maisonnet & Jeanneney. La transfusion de sang conserve' aux armies. Arch. belg. Serv. san. armie, 1938, 91: 276-80. Also Mim. Acad, chir. Par, 1938, 64: 1000-4.—Nechaev, E. N. Opyt massovoi zagotovki konservirovannoi krovi i snabzheniia eiu deistvuiushchei armii. In: Vopr. pereliv. krovi, Gorky, 1944, 9-21.—Pefia Regidor. Die Bluttransfusion in der Kriegs- chirurgie; einige Komplikationen bei der Transfusion mit konserviertem Blut. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 682.— Raska, K. [Transfusions with stored blood] Voj. zdrav. listy, 1938, 14: 350-9.—Ricard. Le sang conserve' aux armees; sa valeur, sa production. Reun. mid. chir. Armee fr, 1946, num. BLOOD TRANSFUSION 352 BLOOD TRANSFUSION Bpec, 31-8.—Schiirch, O. Transfusion with stored blood. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 299 (Abstr.)—Schulz, E. Transfusao de sangue universal conservado. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1941, 30: 569-71. ---- Material: Cadaveric blood. Nisimura, T, & Sakakibara, S. Hinsi no sensyosya ni sitai yori etaru ketueki wo yuketu sitaru iti rei. [Case of .,] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 307, 1443-6.—Saxton, R. S. Towards cadaver blood transfusions in war. Lancet, Lond, 1938, 1: 693. ---- Material: Citrate blood. Duran Jorda, F. La transfusi6n de sangre citratada con- Bervada; el problema de la dosis. Rev. san. guerra, 1937, 1: 322-8. ------ Contribuci6n al estudio del metabolismo in vitro del a sangre citratada-conservada; la destrucci6n leucoci- taria. Ibid, 340-3, 2 pi. ------ & Benlloch Llorach, A. Contribuci6n al estudio del metabolismo in vitro de la sangre citratada-conservada; la destrucci6n del complemento. Ibid, 344—7.—Duran Jorda, F., & Margarit Aleu, E. Contribuci6n al estudio del metabolismo in vitro de la sangre citratada- conservada; estudio sobre la cifra de los hematfes, leucocitos y hemoglobina. Ibid., 329-34.—Duran Jorda, F, & Sarda Roca, J. Contribucion al estudio del metabolismo in vitro de la sangre citratada-conservada; la resistencia globular del hematie. Ibid., 335-9. ------ Contribucion al estudio del metabolismo in vitro de la sangre citratada-conservada; el metabolismo de la urea. Ibid, 352-4.—Duran Jorda, F., & Soteres Diez, F. Contribuci6n al estudio del metabolismo in vitro de la sangre citratada-conservada; los procesos de glucolisis. Ibid, 348- 51.—Duran Jorda, F., & Villaro Closa, V. Contribuci6n al estudio del metabolismo in vitro de la sangre citratada-con- servada; la accion amilolltica. Ibid, 355-7.—Jorns, G., & Greis, W. Citratblutiibertragung und Blutstillung. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 355-8. ---- Material: Plasma. Lozner, E. L. Studies on liquid plasma dur- ing second year of storage. 4 1. 26^cm. Be- thesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res, Proj. X-105, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Lozner, E. L. Statistical study of 1751 ad- ministrations of plasma preserved in the liquid state. 18 1. 26}{cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-179, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ----Lemish, S., & Campbell, A. S. Chemical and physico-chemical studies on human plasma preserved in the liquid state at room temperature during third year of storage. 7p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-105, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Chemical and physico-chemical studies on human plasma during three years of storage in the liquid state at room temperature. 21 p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-105, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Medical Division. A technical manual on citrated human blood plasma, detailing its procurement, processing, and use. 41 p. 26}|cm. Wash., 1942. Also other ed. 44p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. ---- Blood plasma technical manuals, Sup- plement No. 1. 9p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. Blood plasma demonstration package. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: 17.—Blood plasma performs miracles at the war fronts. Bausch & Lomb Mag, 1942, 18: No. 2, 16.— Blood plasma saved my life. Red Cross Courier, 1942-43, 22: No. 9, 4.—Bunch, G. H. Plasma as an agent for transfusion in war. South. M. & S, 1941, 103: 20.—Burcham, T. A., & Zimmerer, E. G. The use of the civilian defense blood plasma reserve in Iowa. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1943, 33: 125-7.—Bushby, S. R. M., & Whitby, L. E. H. Army blood transfusion service technique for the nitration of blood plasma. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 4-11. ------ Certain properties of plasma with a new method for large scale production of a non-clotting product. Ibid, 1942, 78: 255-9.—Chemical and physico- chemical studies on human plasma during 3 years of storage in the liquid state at room temperature. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 1.—Edwards, F. R. Plasma infusion. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 56-9.—Elliott, J., Tatum, W. L., & Busby, G. F. Blood plasma. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 118-25.—G., S. T. Liquid plasma; danger of mercury poisoning. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: 18.—Gray, G. W. Blood plasma. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 208-12.—Green, D. M. Use of plasma in very long range aircraft. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1945, 2: 290.—Hardgrove, M. The Army and Navy plasma project. Wisconsin M. J, 1942, 41: 58.—Henderson, J. Human plasma; a review of its preparations and indications in military and civil practice. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1942, 39: 271-7.—Hill, J. M., & Muirhead, E. E. Desiccated plasma for national defense; mass production methods based on the Adtevac process. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1941-42, 27: 812-9.— Hubbard, M. E. Discussion of blood and plasma transfusiona Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 125-8.—Human plasma and serum albumin [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 3, 28.—Jame & Demanche. A propos de la plasmatherapie. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1945, 39: 245-8.—Kendrick, D. B, jr, & Newhouser, L. R. Human plasma and serum. Army M. Bull, 1941, No. 58, 61-71.—Kimbrough, J. W. A mechanical difficulty in administering blood plasma. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 540.—Kleinschmidt, H. E. Peacetime use of war blood plasma. Am. J. Nurs, 1946, 46: 524.—Korolev, B. A. Klinicheskie nabliudeniia nad perelivaniem plazmy. In: Vopr. khir. voiny ^cm. Barcel., 1938. Administering plasma in a foxhole. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 72, 21.—Bagdasarov, A. A., & Selcovsky, P. L. [Au sujet des transfusions du sang dans le rayon des armees] Khirurgia, Mjoskva, 1940, No. 4, 31-5.—Banaitis, S. I. [Organ- ization of blood transfusion at the front] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 11, 6-13.—Dulcin, M. Stanciia perelivaniia krovi. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 293-6.— Franzani, O. F. Transfusion de sangre en los ejercitos en lucha; estado actual de la cuesti6n. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 775-80.—Lumb, G. Blood transfusion service; forward units in North Africa. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 203.—Poliakova [Blood transfusion and the rdle of the nurse and feldsher] Feldsher, Moskva, 1940, No. 5, 25-9.—Powles, C. P. Blood transfusion service in the battle zone. N. Zealand M. J, 1943, 42: 179.—Senko, V. [Organi- zation of blood transfusion in the regimental area during defensive operations] Voen. san. delo. 1943, 72.—Transfusion for the journey. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 29, 67s-—Whitby, L. Blood transfusion in the field; organization of supphes. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942^5) 1947. 183-6.—Zalesskaia [Blood transfusion in the medical- sanitary battalion] Med. sestra, Moskva, 1944, No. 3, 27 — Zuckerman, M. A. [Blood transfusion in the regimental and army zones] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 5, 48. ---- hospital. United States. Civilian Defense Office. Medical Division. Publication No. 2220: The operation of a hospital transfusion service. 90p. 23cm. Wash., 1944. Berezov, E. L, Korolev, B. A, & Nechaev, E. N. 0 pokazaniiakh k perelivaniiu krovi v tylovykh evakohospi- tahakh. In: Vopr. pereliv. krovi, Gorky, 1944, 140-53.— BLOOD TRANSFUSION 355 BLOOD TRANSFUSION Cimhes, I. L. Perelivanie krovi v evakohospitahakh VCSPS za chetyre goda Velikoi otechestvennoi voiny. In: Vopr. khir. voiny (Gorsky gosud. med. inst.) Gorky, 1946, 148-56.— Corelli, F. II Centro di trasfusione dell'Ospedale Militare (Celio) di Roma. Policlinico, 1944, 51: sez. prat, 618-20.— Edwards, J. E. A system for an efficient transfusion service in the Army General Hospital. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 30, 6-11—Ellis, F. P. A descrip- tion of the blood transfusion and resuscitation unit, 64th General Hospital. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 136-44.— Ginsberg, V. Experiences of a transfusion officer with 2,000 transfusions in an Army general hospital. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 42-5.—Hess, I. W., & Sutton, R. L. Use of whole blood in a field hospital. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 325-7.—Korabelnik, B. K„ & Budarina, E. M. Pereli- vanie krovi v periferiinom evakohospitale. In: Vopr. pereliv. krovi, Gorky, 1944, 340.—Kravchenko, P. V. Perelivanie krovi v tylovom evakohospitale. Ibid, 327-31.—Margolis, G, & Trobaugh, F. E, jr. Transfusion service in an Army hospital in Europe. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1947, 2: No. 3, 55-8.—Nikolaeva, V. I., Moskaleva, V. P., & Shmerkovich, D. Perelivanie krovi v N-skom evakohospitale. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot N-sky evakhosp. (Dikovicky, A. A.) Gorky, 1943, 57-66.—Rafalkes, S. B. Opyt organizacii i raboty punkta perelivaniia krovi v periferiinom hospitale. In: Vopr. pereliv. krovi, Gorky, 1944, 336-9.—Shitova, V. I., & Radushkevich, V. P. (Blood transfusion in the treatment of war injuries and their complications in hospitals of the interior] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 7, 24-7. ---- Logistics. Baehr, G. Emergency distribution of blood plasma. Operat. Letter U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1943, No. 27, 1.—Blake, H. S. Delivery of whole blood to theaters of operations. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 10, 11.—Boyd, J. S. K. Blood transfusion service; supply problems in an overseas base. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942^5) 1947, 205-7.—Daily shipments of whole blood to Europe. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 2.—Kendrick, D. B., jr, Elliott, J. [et al.] Supply of preserved blood to European Theater of operations; a preliminary report. Ibid, 1945, No. 84, 66-73.—Mason, J. B. The role of ADSEC in the supply of whole blood to the Twelfth Army Group. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 9-14 — Organization of blood supply in the Soviet Army. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1944, 24: No. 2, 73.—Shainmark, A. C. The supply of whole blood to forward mobile medical field units of the Ninth U. S. Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 14-6.— Supply of blood to the Eighth Army. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 19, 9.—Watkins, G. L. Method for individual transportation of plasma in the field. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 1038-40. ---- naval. See also Blood bank. Barroso, G. Consideracoes sobre a transfusao de sangue na guerra naval. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1942, 3: 939-48, 2 pi.— Ellis, F. P. Blood transfusion as a naval problem. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1946, 32: 178-85.—Steffan, P. Die Blutubertragung in der Kriegsmarine. Veroff. Marine San., 1936, Hft. 28, 5-40 ---- Organization. See also Blood donor. Dame, J. *Organisation de la transfusion sanguine; dans un secteur d6partemental hospita- lier de la zone des armees. 39p. 25}£cm. Lyon, 1939. Albertini, A. v. Der Blutspendedienst des Schweizerischen Roten Kreuzes. Militarsanitat, Ziir, 1948, 30: 43; 51.— Arutiunov, A. I., & Meshman, F. D. [Organization of the trans- fusion service in the army and regimental zones] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 6, 23-5.—Bagdasarov. La transfusi6n de sangre en la U. S. S. R. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 81-6.—Bendarzewski, S. Organizacja przetaczania krwi na froncie wschodnim podczas ostatniej wojny. Polski tygod. lek, 1949, 4: 760-4.—Beudin. Organisation et fonctionnement des services de transfusion a 1'Armee beige. Arch. Serv. san. Armee beige, 1947, 100: 251-6.—Brown, G. S. Blood lines of fighting men. South. Pharm. J., 1941-42, 34: No. 2, 18.— DeGowin, E. L., & Hardin, R. C. A plan for collection, trans- portation and administration of whole blood and of plasma in warfare. War Med, Chic, 1941, 1: 326-41.—Derchinsky, G. D. Organizaciia sluzhby perelivaniia krovi v deistvuiu- shchei armii. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 32-4.—Dowling, G. B. The Red Cross blood program. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 94-6.—Doyle, J. B. Civilian needs for whole-blood trans- fusion. N. England J. M, 1944, 231: 567.—Duarte da Cunha, B. Em servicos de transfusao de sangue na Gra-Bretanha. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1945, 34: 7-17.—Edwards, J. E. A system for an efficient transfusion service. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 481-5.—Ekrem Kavur [Organization of trans- fusions of citrated blood in the army] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1939, 68: 57-62.—Faria, R. Consideracoes sobre a organizacao dos servicos de transfusao de sangue. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1947, 36: 175-93.—Garcia Oliver, J. La transfusi6n san- guinea en la guerra; relaciones entre la organizaci6n civil y militar; indicaciones principales de tan importante terapeutica. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 728-35.—Giacardy, P. La campagne du sang dans le Sud-Oqest en 1939-1940; perspec- tives d'apres-guerre. Sud. mid., chir, 1945, 77: 449.—Heap, B. M. Blood transfusion service; organization and results at a home base. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 209-12.—Henri, G. L'organisation de la transfusion sanguine en temps de guerre. Presse mid., 1938, 46: 1230.—Hoekstra, R. A. De bloedtransfusiediensten in het buitenland na de tweede wereldoorlog. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 2219—4.— Jegorov, A. Sur l'organisation du service de transfusion sanguine dans l'armee. Tr. Inst. hyg. pub. itat Tchecosl, 1937, 8: 144-8.—Julliard, J., Konqui & Dutasta. Organisation du centre de transfusion sanguine du Maroc. Rev. Corps san. milit, 1945, 1: 355-77.—Levittoux, H. O organizacji przeta- czania krwi podczas wojny. Lek. wojsk, 1933, 21: 385-91.— Moureau, P. L'organisation des services de transfusion san- guine en temps de guerre. Protect, pop. civ. Par, 1938, 1: 277-87.—Pereira Macas Fernandes, A. Organizacao de um servico de transfusao de sangue. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1941, 4: 42-58.—Plasma transfusion aboard ship saves Kearny crew member's life. J. Nat. M. Ass, N. Y, 1942, 34: 44.—Red Cross blood collections to go on nation-wide basis at request of Army and Navy. Illinois M. J, 1941, 80: 449.—Seedorff, J. [Organization of blood transfusions during war] Militcerlsegen, 1937, 43: 181; 430.—Taylor, E. S. Procurement of blood for the armed forces. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 119-23.—Taylor, K. P. A. Factors in efficient mass blood procurement. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 25-31.—Tellegen, A. O. H. [Experi- ences in organization of blood transfusion service during the war] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 2528-37.—Uribe Guerola, E. Los comites de la defensa civil y la transfusi6n de sangre. Rev. mex. cir, 1943, 11: 357-61.—Whitby, L. Blood trans- fusion service; organization and results in 21. Army Group. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 208.—Zalewski, F. [Organization of blood transfusions in military hospitals] Lek. wojsk. 1937, 29: 107-12. BLOOD typing. See Blood grouping. BLOOD vessels. See such headings in this section as Disease— by organs: Cardiovascular system; Injury—by organs; Surgical technic, Cardiovascular system; Wound—by organs. BOARD. See Committee; Epidemic, Control; Rehabilita- tion Board, etc. BODY armor. See also Ballistic impact; Clothing; Injury, Control. Greenberg, R. J. An evaluation of body armor for flying personnel; a medical evaluation report AAF-AS-M43. 13p. 27cm. Randolph Field, Tex., 1946. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 467, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Margolis, S. I., & Shelesnyak, M. C. De- sign of armor jacket for aviation personnel. 7p. 26>^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-227, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Design and evaluation of an armored standard Navy life jacket. lOp. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-227, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- & Draeger, R. H. Effectiveness and practicability of body armor in preventing in- juries from bullets and other missiles. 18p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-227, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Tillett, C. W., Ill, Banfield, W. G., jr, & Herget, C. M. The effect of a non-perforating projectile on the animal body protected by steel armor. 33p. illust. 27cm. Army Chem. Cent., Md, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 228, Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Tillett, C. W., Ill, Herget, C. M., & Odell, F. A. Preliminary study on body armor protec- BODY ARMOR 356 BOMBARDMENT tion from wounding. 27p. 27cm. Army Chem. Center, Md, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 165 Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Armor in modern warfare. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 1725.—-Armored vests for American airmen. Ibid, 1943, 122: 1262.—Body armor. Milit. Rep, Wash, 1943, No. 6, 40. Also Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 12. Also Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 11, 4.—Body armor in the AAF. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 8, 9.—Body protection of the soldier. Connecticut M. J, 1940, 4: 621.—Curwen, M. D. The protection of the soldier. Cath. M. Guard, Lond, 1939- 40, 17: 231-3.—Dean, B. Helmets and body armor; the medi- cal viewpoint. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 1-8.—Design of armor jacket for aviation personnel. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 13.—Design and construction of a nylon armored suit for protection of luze stripping personnel of the Bureau of Ordnance. Ibid, 14.—Development of body armor, helmets and armored clothing. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 259.—Effectiveness of weapons and the possibility of body armor. Health (U. S. War Dep. Surg. Gen. Off.) 1945, May, 2-7.-^Grow, M. C. The use of body armor in aviation during wartime. J. Aviat. M, 1946, 17: 500-3. ------& Lyons, R. C. Body armor; a brief study on the de- velopment. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1945, 2: 8-10.—Prevention (The) of war wounds by armor. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 417.—Protection of the soldier in warfare. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 626.—Soldiers in armor. Ibid, 1942, 118: 833.— Suit of armor for silver winged airmen. Ibid, 1944, 125: 215.— Temkin, H. A suggested method of obtaining personal pro- tection in the field. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1940, 75: 265.— Walker, K. The role of light armour in modern warfare. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 992. ------ Light armour in modern warfare. Ibid, 1940, 2: 132.—Webster, A. P. Development of body armor. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 10, 31-3. BOER War. See under Wars and campaigns. BOLIVIA. For references on this country see the following headings of Military Section: Hospital report; Medical service; Morbidity; Surgery; Venereal diseases; Wars and campaigns. BOMBARDIER. See also Bomber crew. Benton, R. S. Tailors' dimensions and head and face measurements of very heavy bom- bardment personnel. 7 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-32XX, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Brown, J. S., Buel, J., & Melton, A. W. Development and evaluation of the S. A. M. visual coincidence reaction test, Model B (CP613B) lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 78, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Bombardier. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 16, 171-90.—Combat validation, bombardiers. Ibid, No. 17, 24—54.—History, organization, and research activities, Psychological Research Project (Bombardier) Army Air Forces. Am. Psychologist, 1946, 1: 385-92.— Melton, A. W. Special research projects; selection of bombar- diers. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 4, 935—44.—Popov, A. P. K voprosu o vliianii poletov na piki- ruiushchikh bombardirovshchikakb na organizm letchika. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 40-3. BOMBARDMENT. See also Air raid; Casualty; Injury—by weapon. Tarnowski, M. Dzialanie bomb lotniczych. 119p. 8? Warszawa, 1935. Battino, R. La place du bombardement aerien dans la guerre totale. Protect, pop. civ. Par, 1938, 1: 291-307.—Darnall, J. R. Buzz-bomb assaults on London. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 463-74.—Debrabant, H. L'aviation de bombardement et l'aviation de transport. Mid. aeronaut, 1948, 3: 100; 167.— Eel Is, R. Strategic bombing photographs. Q. J. Curr. Acq. Libr. Congr, 1947-48, 5: 9-11, 2 pi.—Garwood, F. The vari- ance of the overlap of geometrical figures with reference to a bombing problem. Biometrika, Cambr, 1947, 34: 1-17.— Gomez, C. A. Los bombardeos aereos. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1938, 38: pt 1, 1565-8.—Gray, G. W. Bombs. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 78-81.—Palla, F. Fliegerbomben und deren Wirkungen. Zschr. Gewerbehyg, 1934, 41: Fabriks- feuerw, 44.—Pons Bedoya, A. Determinaci6n del numero de bombas necesario y suficiente para combatir un objetivo; bombardeo a media altura, de ataque y en picada. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1942, 42: pt 2, 303-33.—Quero Molares, J. Le bom- bardement des villes ouvertes. Protect, pop. civ. Par, 1938, 1: 71-100.—Riad Bey, A. M. L'interdiction du bombardement aerien. Ibid, 64-70.—Swan, G. S. A history of the rescue and after-care of 2 cases after 4 days' burial. Australas. Nurs. J, 1941, 39: 227.—Thurnwald, H. Bombenschaden und Wohnungswechsel. In her Gegenwartsprobl. Berl. Famil, Berl, 1948, 38-40.—Young, J. L. 2,000 R. A. F. major bombing raids, during 774 nights. Bull, from Britain, 1942, No. 105. 17. ---- atomic. See Atomic bomb. ---- Biological effect. See also Injury—by weapon. United States. Strategic Bombing Sur- vey. The effect of bombing on health and medical care in Germany. 388p. 27cm. Wash., 1945. Also 2. ed. 388p. 26cm. Wash., 1947. ---- The effects of bombing on health and medical services in Japan. 253p. 26}£cm. Wash., 1947. Alliez, J., & Charpin, J. Guerre et troubles mentaux; peut- on parler de psychoses du bombardement? Marseille mid., 1945, 82: 141-4.—Alotin, A. [Lessons learned from the bom- bardment of Tel-Aviv] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1941, 20: 35-8.— Bauer, F. K. The sick rate. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Ger- many (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 108- 12.—Beck, D. J. De prophylaxis en therapie van paniekre- acties bij luchtbombardementen. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1944, 88: 341-3.—Berg, C. Bombs and shelters; the phantasies and not the facts frightened the young soldier. In his War in the Mind, 2. ed, Lond, 1944, 181-7.—Effect (The) of bombing on health and medical care in Germany. Pharm. J, Lond, 1946, 102: 54.—Effects of strategic bombing on Germany's health. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 277-9.—Enloe, C. F. The effects of bombing in Germany. Ibid, 6: 347-51.—Lowdell, D. P. Bombing and health. J. Am. M. Ass, 1946, 131: 857.— Psychology and high explosive (flying bomb) Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1944, 212: 33.—Ranson, S. W. Effects of heavy aeriai bombardment on prisoners of war. Am. J. Psychiat, 1945-46, 102: 647-9. BOMBER. See also Air ambulance; Aircraft, Comfort. Goldie. Visibility from turrets. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 434, 8.—Lawrence, J. H., Tobias, C. R. [et al.l A study of aero medical problems in a liberator bomber at high altitude. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 286-310. ---- B-29. Glenn, C. R. Medical aspects of the B-29. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1944, 13: 472.—Grant, D. N. W. Med- ical aspects of pressurized aircraft. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1944, 37: 579-83.—Green, D. M. Aero medical aspects of the B-29. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 12, 16-8.—Medical problems of the B-29. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 79, 20 — Notes from the Air Surgeon's Office; comments on the B-29 J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 349. BOMBER crew. See also Aircrew; Bombardier. Bartlett, F. C, Horn, V., & Mackworth, N. H. The synthetic training of pathfinder air bombers in visual centring on target indicators. 28 1. 29^cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 423w, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Reid, D. D. The significance of sickness in operational bomber crews. 12 1. 33cm. Lond., 1947. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 672, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Henschke, U. [et al.] Selection and training of operators of remote controlled bombs and guns. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-56, 43.—Williams, D. Research in bomber squadrons. Brit. M. Bull, 1947, 5: 40. BOMBING mission. Glavis, L. R., jr. Bombing mission number fifteen. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1946, 41: 189-98. BONE bank. See also Orthopedics; Surgical technic, Bones and joint. BONE BANK 357 BRAZIL Reynolds, F. C, & Oliver, D. A clinical evaluation of the merthiolate bone bank; a preliminary report. Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1949, 4: No. 6, 45.—Sierra Rojas, L, & Estrada Sanchez, F. Banco de hueso del Hospital central militar. Bol. san. mil, Mex, 1949, 2: 595-605. Also transl. Bull, internat. Serv. sante\ Liege, 1949, 22: 207-17. BONE injury. See Fracture; Injury—by organs. BONE surgery. See Fracture; Orthopedics; Surgery, traumatic; Surgical technic. BOOT. See also Clothing; Foot; Shoe. Yaglou, C. P. Improvements in combat boot design. 8p. 26>km. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-279, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Bailey, K. V. Modification of the regulation army steel helmet and boots. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1940, 75: 160-71.— Boyers, L. M. Acute traumatic tenositis of the tendon cal- caneus due to military boots. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 500.— Improvements in combat boot design. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 17.—Koeppel. Bericht iiber durchgefuhrte Versuche an schwachfussigen Soldaten im Standort Zweibrucken (Pfalz) Vorschlag zur Verbesserung des Soldatenstiefels. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 211-4.—Melville, C. H. Boots. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1912, 19: 68-76.—Special boots for soldiers. Bull. Army M. Dir, Lond, 1941, No. 4, 2. BOOT leather. Forrester, H. W. Boot leather: with special reference to the tropics. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1935, 64: 184-6. BORNEO. See under World War II. BORODINO battle (1812) See under Wars and campaigns. BOUGAINVILLE. See under World War II. BOXER rebellion (1900) See under Wars and Campaigns. BRACE. See also Orthopedics; Shoe. Knudson, A. B. C. Braces in the rehabilitation of veterans. OALMA J, Wash, 1947-48, 2: 11-7.—Modified ring for ischial weight-bearing brace. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 155.—New spring drop foot brace. Ibid, 639.—Surgical braces. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1947, July 3.—Thiemeyer, J. S., jr. Construction of braces in the field. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 372. BRAIN. See Disease; Injury—by organs; Neurology; Neuropsychiatric examination; Neurosurgery, Methods: Brain. BRAIN surgery. See Neurosurgery. BRAUNSCHWEIG invasion (1792) See under Wars and campaigns. BRAZIL. For references on this country see the following headings of Military Section: Air Force Medical Service; Dental care; Dental service; Hospital report; Medical Corps; Medical examination; Medical service; Military medicine; Morbidity; Neuropsychiatric examination; Nurse; Nursing service; Nutrition service; Pharmacy; Psychi atry; Recruiting; Reserve officer; Tuberculosis; Vene- real diseases; Veterinary Corps; Veterinary Service; Wars and campaigns; World War II. BREAD. Boyer, J. Biscuits de soldats, pains de guerre et biscottes pour prisonniers. Nature, Par, 1945, 76-9.—Bread deteriora- tion. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 365. Also Activit. Rep. U. S. Quartermast. Food & Cont. Inst, 1949, 2: 252-4.—Ermolaev, M. O tiaguchei bolezni khleba. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 4, 73.—Hengst, M. Sol- datenbrod. Kampf d. Karies, 1936, 1: 18-20.—Horrocks, W. The bread of the nation. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 111-4.—Maurizio, A. Histoire du pain de soldat et du pain de guerre. In his Hist, aliment, vigit., Par, 1932, 557-68.— New cereals for Army. Science News Lett, 1943, 43: 340.— Vlasov, A. Opyt sanitarnoi kharakteristiki muki i khleba po dannym laboratornykh issledovanii. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 4, 46-50. BREATHING regulator. See Aircraft, Oxygen installation; Oxygen mask. BREMEN. See World War II. BRIGADE. See also Medical battalion. Boaz, J. J. Tactics of the medical service with independent brigade. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 373.—Jakovlev, G. Brigada (brigade) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946—48, 1: 548.—Petrov, A. Brigadnyi medicinsky punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 553.—Popov, G. Druzhina sanitarnaia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 581. BRONCHITIS. See with Respiratory system, Disease. BROWN-OUT. See Blackout, Dimout. BUDAPEST siege (1944) See under World War II. BUDA siege (1686) See under Wars and campaigns. BUG-VISTULA offensive. See under World War II. BULGARIA. References to this country are to be found in Military Section under the following headings: Medical service; Morbidity; Surgical service. BULLET. See also Ballistics; Injury—by weapon; Pro- jectile. Cameron, J. R. Incendiary, tracer and explosive bullets. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 269-76.—Henderson, N. P. Wooden German bullets. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 356.------ & Beadnell, C. M. German explosive bullets. Ibid, 1943, 1: 170.—Lampost, H, Ward, A. A, & Schorr, M. G. Appraisal of rapid killing power of high velocity bullets. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 215-9.—Phosphorus bullets. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 20, 10.—Popplewell, J. R. F. Geiman ex- plosive bullets. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 111.—Roig, D. S. Beitrag zum gerichtsmedizinischen Studium der sogenannten Explo- sivkugeln. Zbl. Chir, 1943, 70: 644 (Abstr.) BULLET wound. See Injury, gunshot; Wound infection, Bullet. BUNA campaign. See under World War II. BUREAU OF MED. AND SUR. 358 BURNS BUREAU of Medicine and Surgery. See also Surgeon General, in this section. Anniversary (100) of the founding of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery of the Navy Department. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 478-80.—Bureau (The) of Medicine and Surgery [U. S. Navy] In: Manual M. Dep. U. S. Navy, Wash, 1942, 1-4.—Bureau (The) of medicine and surgery moves. U. S. Nav. M. Bull. Suppl, 1919,13: 74, 2 pi.—Gibson, W. S. The organization and finances of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Ibid, 1913, 7: 39-53.—Navy Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Army & Navy Register, 1943, 64: No. 3336, 10 (clipping)—Schultz, H. S. The first decade of the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 136-42. BURIAL. Astafjev, A. Kremacia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 97-9. ------& Morev, V. Pogrebenie. Ibid, 4: 672-4.—Bradley, G. P. Burial custom formerly ob- served in the naval service. J. Am. Folklore, 1894, 7: 67-9. BURIAL pouch. Pouch, human remains, burial type. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 249. BURMA. See under World War II. BURNER. See also Equipment. Bodenlos, L. J. Performance evaluation of the Taykit gasoline burner as compared with the Coleman military burner model No. 527 currently used with the field instrument sterilizer. 10 1. 27}^cm. Camp Lejeune, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 16, Res. Proj. NM 011 021, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Improvised burner for heating mess kit wash water. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 19, 30-2. BURNS. See also Injury. Lund, C. C, & Levenson, S. M. Report of burns, v. p. [72 1] 27cm. Chic, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 37, Med. Nutrit. Laborat. U. S. Army. Battle, R. V. Burns. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 87-94.—Bricker, E. M. Burns. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1943, No. 11, 11-6.— Burns in war. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 433.—Camardelli, O. Queimaduras. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1943, 32: 50-60.—Carling, E. R. Burns. In: War Surg. (Brit. M. Stud. Ass.) Lond, 1944, 37-45.—Goncalves Bogado, L. Queimaduras de guerra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 1087-98.—Howe, J. W. War burns. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1942-43, 42: 137-42.— Kupriianov, P. A. Ozhogi. In: Kratky kurs voen. polev. khir. (Kupriianov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 218-27.— Lindsay, H. C. L. War burns. Urol. Cut. Rev, 1942, 46: 386-90.—Logie, N. J. Burns in warfare. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 2: 138-40.—Mayat, V. Ozhogi (combustiones; burn) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1466-72.— Oldfield, M. C. Burns in wartime. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 1-13.—Pugh, H. L. Burns. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1947, 47: 391-5.—Schauenberg. Resume' d'un rapport sur les brulures. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1940, 17: 87-95.— Serenati, Q. J. Burns. Med. Bull. Europ. Command, 1950, 7: 101-9.—Sheehan, J. E. Burns as war wounds. Am. J. Surg, 1943, 61: 331-8.—Teneff, S. Causticazioni in guerra. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 546.—Traube, V. Verbrennungen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zillmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 60-9.—Trueta, J. Burns. In his Principl. & Pract. War Surg, S. Louis, 1943, 398-413.—Wakeley, C. P. G. War burns. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 60-9.— Woolhouse, F. M. Burns. Treatm. Serv. Bull, Ottawa, 1949. 4: No. 9, 23-32. ---- Air Force. Agrelo, R. Normas para el tratamiento de las quemaduras en el personal de aerondutica. Sem. mid., B. Air, 1946, 53: pt 2, 444-8.—Bums in the AAF. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 12, 20-2.—Glerc, J. E. A., & Lagrot, F. Les brulures dans l'aviation. Mid. aeronaut, 1946, 1: 5-17.—Hogg, B. M. General care and treatment of burns. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: 19-21.—Incidence and management of burns in the Air Force. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 3, 20.—Ivanov, V. A. Ozhogi u letnogo sostava frontovoi aviacii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 12, 33-8.— McDowell, M. The nursing treatment of burns in an R. A. F. hospital. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1945, 41: 108, &c—Weinshel, L. R. The treatment of burns at an Army Air Forces advanced flying school. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 389-99. ---- air raid. Gohrbrandt, E. Treatment of burns resulting from air raids; general directions. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 2, 37-9.—Engel, G. C. Burns in air raids. Week. Roster, Phila, 1941-42, 37: 813.—Maeta, T, Murai, S. [et al.] ZyusyosyQdan kasyo tiryo hokoku. Tohoku igaku zassi, 1944-46, 35: 279-81.—Pearson, R. S. B. Treat- ment of burns in air-raid victims. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 74-6. ---- Clinical aspect. Dzhanelidze, J. J, & Postnikov, B. N. Klinicheskaia kartina i techenie ozhogov. In: Opyt sovet. med. Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 354-62, pi.—Miyata, S, & Kayasima, K. [Clinical observation of cases of scalding] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 22-35. ---- Complications and sequelae. See also in this section, Shock. Dzhanelidze, J. J, & Postnikov, B. N. Ozhogi; oslozhnenia. In: Opyt sovet. med. velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 403-13.—Hiraga, M. Studies of burn scar. Med. Targets, 1945, No. M-AB, 125.—Pastinszky, I. Egett betegek kiterjedt nyaikahartya is bormonilia fertozeserol. Honvedorvos, 1952, 4: 145-50. ------ A tetanus gyakorisaga egea-fagyasi sei-Ulteken. Ibid, 40173.— Rebaudi, F., & Musso, A. Tratta- mento di deformita di origine cicatriziale. Gior. med. mil, 1940, 88: 46-55.—Sellers, E. A. Shock after burns. Proc. Com. Nav. Med. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada, 1945, 4. meet, 159. ------ & Goranson, E. S. The closed plaster method in the prevention of shock after burns. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1944-45, 2: 431-7. ---- Etiology. Barr, D. P. Burns in chemical warfare. In: Burns Shock &c. (U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.) Phila, 1943, 99-103.—Burns incident to the use of rocket launchers. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 4, 6.—Edwards, C. R. Electrical burns. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 523.—Kroemer, W. Beobachtungen bei Verbrennungsver- letzung durch Molotow-Coctail. Deut. Militararzt, 1944, 9: 65-7.— Wakeley, C. P. G. Chemical burns. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait,-1942, 2: 520-3.—Wells, D. B. A propos des brulures causees par l'incendie du cirque de Hartford. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1948, 25: 1-5. ---- extensive. Berkow, S. G. A program for the emergency treatment of extensive burns. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 946-52.— Donovan, S. J, & Carr, F. J., jr. Extensive (60 percent) burn. Ibid, 1410-2.—Johnson, J. R. Eighty-three percent body surface burn with recovery. Ibid, 1945, 45: 163-5.—Sail, N. T. Burns en masse. Ibid, 1942, 40: 570-6, 2 pi. ---- fatal. Dzhanelidze, J. J., & Postnikov, B. N. Ozhogi; letalnost. In: Opyt sovet. med. velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 416-21.—Zinck, K. H. Death from burning. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 3, 133; Disc, 134-6. ---- naval. Czwalinski, P. F. Burn treatment at sea. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 838-40.—Heggie, R. M., & Heggie, J. F. Infected burns in naval personnel. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 664-7.—Holmgren, B. [Treatment of burns, especially during naval battles] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1936, 61: 259-76.— Jacobs, R. G. Treatment of burn cases off the U. S. S. Wasp. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1943, 36: 235.—Keevil, J. J. Organization and treatment of burns during naval actions. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 117-23.—McLaughlin, C. W., jr. The treatment of major burns in naval warfare. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1945) 1946, 53: 308-21. Also Nebraska M. J, 1946, 31: 11-9.— Stubenbord, J. G, 3d. The immediate treatment of burns at naval air stations. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 192-201. --- Pathology. Braasch, J. W., Bell, J. H., & Levenson, S. M. Report of excretion of nitrogen and elec- trolytes following thermal burns in the rat. 23 1. 27cm. Chic, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 57, U. S. Army Med. Nutrit. Laborat. Braasch, J. W., Wakerlin, G. E. [et al.] Report of the effect of testosterone propionate on the total urinary nitrogen excretion of the rat following burns. 41p. 27cm. Chic, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 63, U. S. Army Med. Nutrit. Laborat. BURNS 359 BURNS Anderson, C. B. C, & Douglas, J. P. Some observations on burns due to explosion. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 70: 168-77.—Ashe, W. F., jr, & Roberts, L. B. Experimental human burns; partial report. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 82.— Deaver, J. M., Cronkite, E. P., & Phillips, R. B. Severe burn; case report; notes on abnormal nitrogen metabolism. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1162.—Dzhanelidze, J. J., & Post- nikov, B. N. Patogenez ozhogov. In: Opyt sovet. med. velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 342-53.—Dziemian, A. The effects of burns on carbohydrate metabolism. Sympos. Mil. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 251-6.—Elman, R, & Brown, F. L, jr. Experimental burns; methods, mortality and hemoconcentra- tion curves. War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 477-81.—Farmer, A. W. Pathology of burns. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 182-5.—Gor- don, S. D, & Gordon, R. A. Blood changes following thermal burns. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1943-14, 1: 312-20.—Lischer, C, & Elman, R. Experimental burns; effect of elastic pressure applied to a burned area. War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 482. ------ & Davey, H. W. Experimental burns; changes in plasma albumin and globulin. Ibid, 1944, 5: 43-5.—Nicholson Taves, O. O metabolismo gasoso nas queimaduras graves. An. Hosp. centr. exerc, Rio, 1943, 8: 87-92.—Pathological study of burns. Med. Targets, 1945, No. M-AB, 117.—Prior, A. P. The pathology of the liver in deaths from thermal burns. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 90: 101-8.—Rossiter, R.J. Plasma loss in burns; a review of the literature. Bull. War M, Lond, 1943—44, 4: 181-9.—Sturgis, S. H. Observations on physiology, metabolism, and treatment of a severe burn. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 215-24. ------ Observations on altered protein metabolism after thermal injury. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 94-6.—Tesaf, J. Popalenf. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 278-83.—Zinck, K. H. Patho- logische Anatomie der Verbrennung zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Blutgewebsschranke und zur Morphologie der Elweisszerfallsvergiftungen. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 645 (Abstr.) ---- Problems. Cope, O. The burn problem. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 149-58.—Dzhanelidze, U. U. Problema ozhogov v mirnoe i voennoe vremia. Vest, khir, 1948, 68: No. 4, 72.— Gala, P. Le probleme actuel des brulures. Rev. mid. nav. Par, 1947, 2: 243-5.—Problem of burns in military surgery. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 14-6.—Van Cauwenberghe. Quelques considerations sur le traitement des brulures. Bull. internat. Serv. sant£, Liege, 1940, 13: 199. ---- Prognosis. Wakeley, C. P. G. The late end-results of war burns. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 410-2. ------ Gillies, H., & Hud- son, R. V. Late end-results of war burns. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1940-43, 63: 129-42. ---- Protection. Fauley, G. B. Protection against flash burns by protective films applied to the skin [v. p.] 26>&m. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-178, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. 14: Report on Project No. 14: Methods of protection against flash burns, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. --- Project No. 14: Supplemental report on Project No. 14: Methods of protection against flash burns; time-temperature relationships which produce hot air burns of human skin. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. Corey, E. L. Flashburn protection. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 10, 27-30.—Fauley, G. B, & Ivy, A. C. Prevention of flash burns by a protective glove film. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 209-15.—Flash-burn cream. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 13, 9; 1945, 5: No. 4, 6.—Flash burn pro- tective cream. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 76, 7 — Prevention of thermal burns. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 20, 31. ---- Statistics. Enoepp, L. F. Military burns; an analysis of 308 cases. Am. J. Surg, 1942, 57: 226-30.—Maitland, A. I. L. War burns; a survey of the treatment and results in 100 cases. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 3-17.—Polskin, L. J. Burns of World War II. Q. Chicago M. School, 1945-46, 7: 15-9. --- Surgery. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB-MED 151: Surgical manage- ment of thermal burns. 5p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Converse, J. M, & Duchet, G. Successful homologous skin grafting in a war burn using an identical twin as donor. Plastic & Reconstr. Surg, 1947, 2: 342-4.—Hamdi Bako [Treatment of consequences of a burn by skin grafting] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1939, 68: 26-32.—Kirkham, H. L. D. Plastic pro- cedures in burns. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 202-8.—Peskova, H. Chirurgicke' liienl nasledku spalenin. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 33-45.—Removal of slough from deep burns. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: 18-20.—Surgical management of thermal burns. Ibid, 1945, 5: No. 10, 1-5.—Wakeley, C. P. G. The treatment of war burns. Surgery, 1941, 10: 207-32. —;--- Burns and their treatment. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 505-25. ------ The prevention of scarring after burns. Ibid, 519. --- Treatment. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Treatment of burns and prevention of wound infections, lip. 25cm. Wash., 1942. --- [The same] OCD publication 2203-1: Treatment of burns and prevention of wound infections. Rev. ed. 12p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. United States. War Department. Sur- geon General's Office. Circular letter No. 15: Treatment of burns. 3p. 25^cm. Wash., 1943. Asboth, A. Az igia 6s ldbsz&rfekely nepegeszsegiigyi szem- pontb61; ujabb modszerekkel elert eredmenyek is megtakaritas. Nepegeszsegiigy, 1949, 30: 680-4.—Barroso, G. Tratamento de queimaduras. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1944, 5: 427-31.— Berkow, S. G. Burns incident to war; measures for their pre- vention and treatment. Clinics, Phila, 1943-44, 2: 1265-94.— Bermudez, E. Tratamiento de las quemaduras en la ultima guerra. Gac. meU, Lima, 1945-46, 2: 275-81.—Bove, C. Treatment of war burns. N. York State J. M, 1942, 42: 1366- 70.—Burian, F. Zasady 16ceni spalenin. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 147-52.—Campelo, M. Tratamento das queimaduras. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1943, 4: 77-92.—Carillon, R. J. Au sujet des brulures. Rev. corps san. mil. Par, 1948, 4: No. 4, p. i-xii.—Chaney, W. C. Treatment of war burns. Memphis M. J, 1942, 17: 192.—Clavelin, C. H. C. J., & Carillon, R. J. Le traitement des brules dans les formations sanitaires aux armees. Rev. serv. san. mil. Par, 1937, 106: 571-96.T-Cohen, S. M. Experience in the treatment of war burns. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 251-4.—Conklin, F. L. Burns. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 139-42.—Converse, J. M., & Bouille. Traitement des brfilures de guerre. Algene mid., 1943, 187-99. Also Maroc mid., 1943, 230-6.—Coutinho, A. Queimaduras de guerra. Rev. meU Pernambuco, 1943, 13: 175-90.—Cowel, W. The treatment of burns. Ann. belg. mid. mil, 1948, 101: 41-7.— Dennison, W. M., & Divine, D. Treatment of burns in war- time. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 14-8.—Dzhanelidze, J. J., & Postnikov, B. N. Lechenie ozhogov. In: Opyt sovet. med. velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 363-402.—Ellis, J. D. Management of burns as war casualties. Bull. South Chicago M. Soc, 1941-42, 12: No. 6, 15-7.—Emerson, G. V. Treatment of war burns. Pacific Coast M, 1942, 9: No. 2, 2-5.—Ferguson, L. K. The treatment of burns and war wounds. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1945, 21: 127-44.—Ferraro, D. Scottature in pace e in guerra; patogenesi e cura. Forze san, Roma, 1940, 9: No. 4, 23-31.—Florcken, H. Die Be- handlung der Kriegsverbrennungen. Chirurg, 1940, 12: 89- 92.—Fox, T. A. Newer concepts in the treatment of burns with suggestions for the management of wartime thermal injuries. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 557-70.—Freitas Duarte, A. de. Tratamento das queimaduras de guerra. An. Hosp. centr. exerc, Rio, 1943, 8: 51-60.—Gay, E. C. Treatment of burns. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 298-305.—Hakansson, E. G. Treat- ment of burns. Proc. Am. Drug Manuf. Ass, 1943, 32. meet, 161-75.—Halford, F. J. The management of war burns. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 191.—Hamilton, J. E., & Barnett, L. A. The treatment of war burns. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 1575-88.—Harkins, H. N. The treatment of burns in wartime. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 385-90.—Henschen, C. Die Behandlung der Friedens- und Kriegsverbrennungen. Helvet. med. acta, 1941, 8: 77-148.—Hill. Treatment of burns; a short review of service burns during the war. Med. Bull, Bombay, 1946, 14: 13-5.—Hunt, G. H. A station letter in reference to the treatment of burns. Hosp. News, Wash, 1942, 9: No. 6, 1-4.—Iadevaia, F. Trattamento degli ustionati. Gior. med. mil, 1947, 94: 207-15.—Kendall, A. W. The treat- ment of war burns. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.) 1941, 205: 42-5. Also in Mod. Treatm. Yearb. (Wakeley, C. P. G.) Lond, 1941, 309-15, 3 pi.—Koch, F. Nagra sjiikngskirurgiska synpunkter pa brannskador. Sven. liik. tidn, 1941, 38: 1351- 6.—Koch, S. L. Treatment of burns. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 27: 106-8.—Lam, C. R, & Harkins, H. N. Treatment of burns. Ibid, 109-11.—McDowell, F. Treatment of burns in World War II as observed by Lieutenant Colonel James Barrett Brown. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1942-43, 37: 173-5 (Abstr.)—Macey, H. B. A consideration of burns in warfare. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1943, 18: 241-6.—Manzella, M. Quemaduras; tratamiento. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1946, 45: BURNS 360 BURNS 1395-406.—Marques Porto, E. Tratamento das queimaduras de guerra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1943, 51: 585-608. Also Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1943, 32: 141-68.—Memorandum on the treat- ment of burns. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 169 (Abstr.)— Merz & Calvet. Traitement des brulures. Bull. Serv. san. Par, 1944, 2: No. 5, id. spic, 1-3.—Mitchiner, P. H. The treatment of burns under war conditions. Med. Press & Circ., Lond, 1939, 202: 26-31. Also in Mod. Treat. Yearb, 1940, 62-71, 4 pi.—Morison, J. H. S. Treatment of burns. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1939-40, 16: 146-8.—Nakagawa, K., Suzuki, N. [et al.] Hizyozi kasyo no tiryo-ho ni kan-suru kenkyu (dai ikkai hokoku) Acta derm, Kyoto, 1944, 43: 503-5.—Ogilvie, W. H. Treatment of war burns. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 335.—Palmer, E. P., & Palmer, E. P., jr. Treatment of war burns. Southwest. M, 1942, 26: 251-5.—Paranagua, C. Tratamento das queimaduras de guerra; estudo trauma- tol6gico da acSo dos lanca-chamas e dos explosivos. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 19: No. 356, 57-72.—Passalacqua, L. A. The treat- ment of wartime burns. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1942, 34: 140-6—Penberthy, G. C, & Weller, C. N. The treatment of burns. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 188-98.—Reddingius [War medicine; indications for treatment of burns] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2737.—Roddis, L. H. Burns incident to war; measures for their prevention and for treatment. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 65-75.—Rosenqvist, H. Brannskadebe- handling, sarskilt ur militar synpunkt. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 29-37.—S., W. Treatment of burns in war- time; American views. Australas. J. Pharm, 1943, 24: 85.— Scherling, S. S., Overholt, B. M, & Stahmer, K. H. Treat- ment of burns due to chemical warfare agents. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 74, 52-62.—Sheehan, J. E. Burns and their treatment. In: Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 210-9.—Treatment of burns (War Wounds Committee of the Medical Research Council) Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 425.—Treatment (The) of burns. Army M. Bull, 1942, No. 61, 24-30. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 334-9.—Treatment of burns [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 1: 19-22. Also Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 2, 72-6 (Abstr.)—Treatment (The) of burns [SGO Circ. Lett.] J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 682.—Treatment of phosphorus burns. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 425 (Abstr.)—Treatment of war burns. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 672.— Vance, C. L. Burns and their treatment. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1129-33.—Wakeley, C. P. G. War burns and their treatment. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 20-34. ------ The treatment of war burns. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 819-25. ------ War burns and their treatment. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1941, 146: 27-37. ------ The treatment of war burns. War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 41-67. ------ Burns of war. In: Med. Annual, Lond, 1945, 63: 60-2, pi. ------ Wilson, W. C. [et al.] Treatment of war burns. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 679.—Walton, F. E. On the management of burns. Surgery, 1944, 15: 547-52.—Wanamaker, F. H. Care of the burn casualty. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 1239- 44.—Woods, H. B. Treatment of severe war-time burns. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39: 827.—Yemm, W. A. Therapy of burns in war. Physiother. Rev, 1943, 23: 13-6.—Zarubin, S. A. Termicheskie ozhogi i ikh lechenie. In: Vopr. khir. voiny &c. (Gorky gosud. med. inst.) Gorky, 1942, 138-69. ---- Treatment, field. Bonnel, P. Etat actuel du traitement d'urgence des brulures. Rev. med. nav. Par, 1948, 3: 253-61.—Caveny, E. L. The early management of burn cases in mass quantity. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 824-8.—Johnston, C. C. Treatment of burns in forward areas. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 76, 109-13.—Kirby, C. Treatment of burns at first-aid posts. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 526.—Laufer, M. Prvnf pomoc a osetfenf spalenin v poli. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 152-4.— Lund, C. C., Green, R., & Levenson, S. M. First-aid treatment of burns. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 11, 37-9.—Masini, P. Le traitement des brnles dans les formations sanitaires aux armees. Hopital, 1939, 27: 544-8.—Stein, J. J. Treatment of burns in the field. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 3, 113-5 — Stetsiuk, F. F. Lechenie ozhogov vtoroi stepeni vo frontovykh usloviiakh. Feldsher & akush, 1947, 49.—Westermann, H. H. Vorschlage fiir die Erstversorgung von Brandwunden im Felde. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 209-11. ---- Treatment, hospital. Brooke, E. M. Burns and their treatment among E. M. S. hospital in-patients. Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 259.—Kern, R. A., Norris, R. F. [et al.] The treatment of burns; a discussion based on experience with 360 cases seen on board a U. S. hos- pital ship. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1654; 1944, 42: 59 — Marino, H. El tratamiento moderno de los quemados; obser- vaciones hechas en hospitales militares y civiles de Gran Bretafia y Estados Unidos. Rev. mid. Hosp. brit, B. Air, 1946, 2: 1-11.—Rawles, B. W., jr, & Massie, J. R., jr. Burns; review of cases treated in overseas Army general hospital. Vir- ginia M. Month, 1944, 71: 605-9.—Shaw, C. E. W. And always there are burns; how they treat burn cases aboard U. S. S. Solace. Mod. Hosp, 1944, 63: No. 5, 72; No. 6, 74 — Surgical procedures in military hospitals in Britain; treatment of burns. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 2: 482.—Wolfe, H. R. I., & Clegg, H. W. The use of plasma in a hospital ship. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 191-3. --- Treatment: Local remedies. Darby, E. M. K, Trumper, M., & Fauley, G. B. The evaluation of certain ointment bases suggested for the treatment of burns. 4 1. 26}fcm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-215, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Abbott, M. D, & Gepfert, J. R. The topical use of medicated human plasma in the treatment of burns. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 193.—Alcover Sureda, P. Tratamiento de las quema- duras por el acido tanico. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 28-33.—Bunyan, J. The Bunyan-Stannard bag; envelope treatment of burns. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 524-9.—Callahan, G. B. Burns treated by cod liver oil ointment, paper tissue dressing; a peacetime dressing brought to war. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 439-42.—Downs, T. M. A comparison of certain drugs used as local applications to burns. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 936-8.—Frank, G. Az egettek kezetese kulonos tekintettel a helyi eljarasokra. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 74-83.—Gey, R. Behandlung der Brandverletzungen mit Lebertran oder Tannin? der Versuch eines Vergleiches. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 287.—Green, F. H. K. The local treatment of thermal burns. Bull. War M, Lond, 1944-45, 5: 605-13.—Gunn, W. D. The treatment of burns with mercurochrome. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1937, 23: 260.—Hamilton, W. M. Tannic acid. Ibid, 1949, 35: 113.—Hook, F. R. Burn dressings. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 6: No. 3, 19.—Keenan, H. J. Preparation of burn jelly in the field. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: 49.—Leonenko, P. M. [Phototherapy of burns] Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 598 (Abstr.)—Local treatment of burns (E. M. S. memoran- dum) Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 489. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 664-6 (Abstr.)—McAleese, J. J. Topical penicillin in the treatment of burns. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1946, 2: No. 3, 21-7.— McClure, R. D, & Lam, C. R. The early local treatment of burned areas with special reference to war injuries. In: Burns Shock &c. (U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.) Phila, 1943, 27-42. ------ Tannis acid treatment of burns; an obsequy. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 2: 66. ----- The local treatment of burns. Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y, 1944-45, 6: 108-10.—McGraw, A. B. Emergency dressing for burns of the extremities. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 2, 40^-4.—Manzella, M. Termo-pulverizador electrico; tratamiento local de las quemaduras. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1946, 45: 855-7.—Pollock, B. Dried plasma sheets in treat- ment of burns; in treatment of war wounds; preliminary re- ports. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1171-3.—Rivas Diez, B. & Delrio, J. M. La anestesia local en el tratamiento de las quemaduras. Bol. Acad, argent, circ, 1944, 28: 1182-92.— Rogers, W. L., Cohen, T. M., & Goldberg, R. R. Value of sulfonated oils in the treatment of burns and other denuded surfaces. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1125-8.—Shaar, C. M., Ferguson, L. K., & Nova, P. L. The treatment of super- ficial burns with microcrystalline sulfathiazole. Ibid, 1942, 40: 954-7, 2 pi.—Stockton, A. B. The local treatment of war burns. Stanford M. Bull, 1944-45, 2: 71-3.—Sulphonamide powder in burns. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 24, 8.—Sulzberger, M. B. Acid debridement. Ann. Surg, 1947, 125: 418-30.—Tamai, T. Die Behandlung der Verbrennung mit Rivanol-Lebertran. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1938, 27: No. 3, 1.—Thiessen, N. W., & Steinreich, O. S. The local treatment of burns in the Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 208-11.-—-Use on burns of ointments containing sulfonamides. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 4, 3. ---- Treatment: Methods. Deaver, J. M., & Cronkite, E. P. Practical considerations in the treatment of burns. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 120-2 — Fischer, R. L. The constitutional management of war burns with special reference to shock. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1942- 43, 42: 143-5.—Fluid (The) and nutritional therapy of burns. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: 2-10.—Flynn, S. E. In- sulin treatment of burns. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1940, 38: 538- 40.—Fox, T. A. Newer concepts in the treatment of burns; with suggestions for the management of wartime thermal in- juries. J. Lab. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 474-84.—Glover, D. M. Transition in burn treatment; the war years. Am. J. Surg, 1948, 76: 547-58.—Harkins, H. N. Physiological aspects of the treatment of burns. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 186-8.—Henry, H. B. A new treatment of burns; case reports. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1939-40, 16: 143-5.—Hirshfeld & Smith. Whole blood and electrolyte therapy of experimental burns. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 5, 16.—Importance (The) of plasma protein replacement in severe burns. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 438.—Ivory, H. S. The use of cortical adrenal extract in the treatment of severe burns. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 423-9.—Llamazares Gomez, C., & L6pez RSos, F. Tratamiento de las quemaduras de los miembros, mediante los apositos de yeso. Rev. espan. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 5: 279- 81.—Martinez Carranza, H. J. V. Tratamiento de las que- maduras a cielo cerrado. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1946, 45: 998-1004.—Oddo, P. As aquisicoes mais recentes da terapeu- tica das queimaduras; como estao sendo tratados os comburidos da guerra atual? Pub. med, S. Paulo, 1942-43, 14: No. 8, 43-56.—Pendleton, R. C. The paraffin wax open-air treatment BURNS 361 CADET CORPS of burns. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 198-202.—Porritt, A. E. New methods with burns. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 227.— Quantitative evaluation of certain treatments in the healing of third degree burns. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 8, 6. Also Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 39.—Richards, D. W., jr. Administration of fluids in severe burns. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 13, 5-7.—Simon, M, Pastinszky, I, & Feher, O. Az igisi shock antihistamin kezelesenek kfse>leti alapjai. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 84-90, illust.—Sokolovsky, M. P. [Coagulation therapy of burns] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 10, 77.—Strange, W. W., & Mourot, A. J. The late treatment of flash burns. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 953-60.—Widmeyer, R. S. Burns, various types; treatment and prognosis from the military as well as the civilian viewpoint. J. Florida M. Ass, 1942-43, 29: 165- 8.—Wilson, W. C. The treatment of burns. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 352-61. BUTTER. See also Food. Bieri, J. G., & Haugen, G. E. Report on captured enemy equipment; CEE #176267, Ger- man synthetic butter. 4p. 27cm. Bethesda, Md, 1946. Forms Res. Proj. X-159, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10-2: Conservation of butter and fats [2] p. 27cm. Wash., 1946. Report on captured enemy equipment; German synthetic butter. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.- June, 33.—Zeki Faik Ural. Memleketimizde yag meselesi. Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1945, 74: No. 44, 1—11. BUTTOCKS injuries. See under Injury—by organs and regions. CABINET. See also Chest; Equipment. Macleod, G. E. A galvanized-iron cupboard for first-aid dressings as a permanent fitting in turrets and casemates. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1915,1: 351.—Shimer, K. Medical department administrative cabinet. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 3, 43-5.—Simpson, R. K. Cabinet for ophthalmic instruments and appliances. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 42—4, pi. CABIN pressurization. See Aircraft, Altitude cabin. CADET. See also subsequent headings: also Aviator, Physical standards. Great Britain. War Office. Pre-service physical training and recreation for army cadets. 170p. 18^cm. Lond., 1943. Kagiyama, S. On the body length in the cadets at the time of the entrance in the naval cadet school. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1936, 25: No. 6, 1.—Pick, B. Some observations on cadets' training. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1917, 3: 454-64. CADET Corps. See also Flying Cadet Board. Brown, D. M., & McNeill, W. P. Manual of instruction for Seventh Day Adventist medical cadets. 2v. 27^cm. Takoma Pk., 1941. Courville, C. B., & Gilbert, E. W. Medical Cadet Corps training manual. 2. ed. 285p. 23y2cm. Glendale, 1943. Sevexth-Day Adventist Medical Cadet Corps; Washington Area. Entrance blanks [9] 1. 28Kcm. Takoma Park, 1940. ---- Examination, Lessons I to V, Red Cross first aid; for instructors only [15] 1. 28Hcm. Takoma Park, 1940. ---- General orders, No. 1-3. 3 nos. 28J^cm. Takoma Park, 1940. ---- Miscellaneous subjects [11] 1. 28Hom. Takoma Park, 1940. ---- Special orders, No. 5-6; 8-13. 8 nos. 28Kcm. Takoma Park, 1940. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----24 ---- Training outline, No. 1-4. 4 Nos. 28Kcm. Takoma Park, 1940. Ashbaugh, F. G. Uniform and insignia regulations (Medical Cadet Corps) In: Med. Cadet Corps Train. Man. (Courville, C. B. &c.) 2. ed, Glendale, 1943, 39-42.—Courville, C. B. Medical military training for civilians; the Medical Cadet Corps. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 161-70. CADET nurse. See also next heading; also Nurse; Nursing; School, Nursing. Goostray, S. Problems of cadet nurse school curriculum. Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 10, 65-7.—Regulations for cadet nurse training presented herewith. Ibid, No. 8, 31-3.—Reporting from Washington; ask all hospitals join nurse cadet drive under 6 field offices. Ibid, No. 9, 28-30.—Schmidt, E. L., & Mere- dith, C. The senior cadet program in a Naval hospital. Am. J. Nurs, 1945, 45: 196-200.—Sorenson, M. M. The senior cadet program in an Army hospital. Ibid, 200-3.— Spalding, E. K. The senior cadet nurse. Ibid, 1943, 43: 749-51. CADET Nurse Corps. See also preceding heading. Cadet Nurse Corps News. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1945- United States. War Information Office. Office of Program Coordination. Informa- tion program for the United States Cadet Nurse Corps. 14p. 26Hcm. Wash 1943. Bolton, F. P. United States Cadet Nurse Corps. Congres- sional Record, 1943, 89: A3804 (clipping) Also Hosp. Progr, 1943, 24: 272-9.—Bolton (The) Act. Ibid, 283.—Dunn, M. J. The U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Ibid, 235-7.—Family (The) physician and the U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1944. 41: 126-30.—More about the Cadet Corps. Hosp. Topics, 1943, 21: No. 9, 23-6.—Owen, M. R. The U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps; adaptations in nursing education and their sig- nificance for the future. Hosp. Progr, 1943, 24: 238-41.— Parran, T. The family physician and the U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Health Bull, Raleigh, 1943, 58: No. 9, 14-6. Also Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1943, 12: 405. Also Connecti- cut M. J, 1944, 8: 36.------The hospital's stake in the U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Mod. Hosp, 1943, 61: No. 3, 58. ------ The Cadet Nurse Corps. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 127: 995.—Petry, L. U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps, established under the Bolton Act. Am. J. Nurs, 1943, 43: 704-8. ------ The public health significance of the U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 1353-5. ------ The U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps; a summing up. Am. J. Nurs, 1945, 45: 1027.— Re: The Cadet Nurse Corps. Hosp. Topics, 1943, 21: No. 8, 12.—Schwitalla, A. M. United States Cadet Nurse Corps. Hosp. Progr, 1943, 24: 226-9. ------ U. S. (The) Cadet Nurse Corps; an appeal to the Catholic hospitals. Ibid, 241-3. ------ The U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Ibid, 309-13. ------ Recent developments in the U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps. Ibid, 1944, 25: No. 2, 41-6.—Speaks, R. A. The U. S. Cadet Nurse Corps at Freedmen's Hospital, Washington, D. C. Nat. Negro Health News, 1943, 11: No. 3, 9.—United States Cadet Nurse Corps. N. England J. M, 1943, 229: 349.—United States Cadet Nurse Corps, a career opportunity for young women. Hygeia, Chic, 1943, 21: 897.— U. S. (The) Cadet Nurse Corps. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 100. Also Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1943, 39: 269. CADUCEUS. Arnold, H. L., jr. Fielding H. Garrison, the Caduceus, and the United States Army Medical Department. Bull. Hist. M, 1943, 13: 627-30.—Bercher, J. A propos du caducee. Bull. Serv. san. Par, 1944, 2: 334.—Caduceus (The) the official insignia of the Medical Department of the Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 503.—Heraldry (The) of the caduceus, the acorn, and the oak leaf. Hosp. Corps. Q, 1949, 22: No. 4, 3.— Poston, R. I. The rod and the serpent and other badges. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 227-9.—Sorge, F. Von der Schlange des Aeskulap. Deut. Militararzt. 1939, 4: 79. CAEN battle. See under World War I. CAISSON disease. See Compressed air illness. CALORIC requirements. See under Nutrition. CAMEROONS. See under World War I. CAMOUFLAGE 362 CAMP CAMOUFLAGE. See also Defense; Security. Black, A. P., & Trumper, M. Camouflage ponchos, toxicity test for. 2p. 26}£cm. Be- thesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Friedmann, H. The natural-history back- ground of camouflage. 17p. 23^cm. Wash., 1942. Also Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1943) 1944, 259-74, 16 pi. Trumper, M. Test for skin irritation from contact with fortisan yarn mesh fabric, camou- flage suits [1] 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 15, Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. United States. War Department. FM 21-45: Protective measures, individuals and small units. 154p. 17cm. Wash., 1942. Alvarez del Manzano, B. Ocultaci6n. Ejercito, Madr, 1942, No. 32, 80.—Brown, D. R. E. Developments in naval camouflage. Minutes Army Navy Vision Com, 1945, 14. meet, 29-33.—Color and camouflage. In: Psychol. Armed Serv. (Boring, E. G.) Wash, 1945, 63-96, illust.—Construction techniques changed by camouflage requirements. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: No. 25, 91.—Cott, H. B. Camouflage. Ad- vance. Sc, Lond, 1948, 4: 300-9.—Gibson, H. L. Penetrating nature's camouflage by introducing contrasts. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass, 1942-43, 11: 45-50.—Goff, H. Industrial camouflage experiments. Mil. Engineer, 1943, 35: 126-9. Hartley, P. H. T. Animal camouflage. Endeavour, Lond, 1948, 7: 97-103, incl. 4 pi.—Hartman, H. The basis of modern camou- flage. Biol. Colloq, Corvallis (1943-^4) 1945, 8-10.—Luckiesh, M. The principles of camouflage. Tr. Ulumin. Engin. Soc, 1919, 14: 234-55.—Natural vegetation used in highly successful camouflage; camp in everglades is scattered over 9-mile site with no streets and buildings hidden under trees. Science News Lett, 1942, 42: 92.—Tecoz, H. F. L'invisible devant la science. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 705.—Uglum, J. R. Visual perception and camouflage. Yearb. Optometry, 1943, 49-51. ---- Medical aspect. Camouflage battle dressings. Curity Res. Notes, Chic, 1945, 4: 12-5.—Krichevsky, J. Maskirovka v voenno- medicinskoi sluzhbe. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 683-7. ------ & Janovsky, A. Maskirovka. Ibid, 681-8.—Photographs of coverage for blackout entrance to ward tent. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 16, 18.—Schickele, A. Visibility, signalisation et camouflages des formations sanitaires en campagne. Sess. Off. internat. docum. med. mil, 1938, 8. sess, 179-99. Also Bull. internat. Serv. sante\ Liege, 1939, 12: 447-65. CAMP. See also Cantonment; Prisoner of war, camp; Reserve officer, Camp; Training camp; also under Venereal disease. Beardslee, C. G. Underground storage for floods assures army camp water supply. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: 406.— Fiam, B. A nyari kihelyez^sek is h6munka. Honvedorvos, 1951, 3: 294-7.—Fire prevention in building army camps. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 129: 548.—Hansen, P. Sewage dis- posal problems at Army camps. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 181-6.—Malov, S. Lagerj. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1930, 15: 297-303.—Mobilization camps. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 4: 1-39.—Morris, S. J. Detention and quarantine camps. Ibid, 1926, 6: 173-85.— Osipenko, K. Bivak (bivouac) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 478. ------& Maslinkovsky, T. Lagerj. Ibid, 3: 346-58. ---- Construction camp. Daniels, J. Health conditions in camps. In: Hearings Nat. Defense Migr. U. S. Congr. H. Repr, 1941, 77. Congr, 1. sess, pt 11, 4269.—Sanitary regulations for contractors camps and construction areas, Constructing Quartermaster, Panama Canal Department. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 11: pt 3, Chapt. 19, Exh. A, 1-8. --- Description. Straub, P. F. Sanitation of the Maneuver Camp at San Antonio, Texas. 24 1. 33cm. San Antonio, 1911. United States. War Department. Camp Travis, Texas. Camp Dental Surgeons. Camp Travis and its part in the World War. 337p. 31cm. N. Y., 1919. [United States Military Camps, 1877] 104p. 19^cm. n. p., 1879. Birds-eye view of the Camp of the Army of Occupation com- manded by General Taylor, October 1845; Uthograph by Charles Parsons, 1847. In: Album Am. Battle Art (U. S. Libr. Con- gress) Wash, 1947, 146.—Blech, G. M. Impressions of Camp Grant. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 585-8.—Camp Dupont, near Philadelphia; aquatint, from Blake's martial music of Camp Dupont, c. 1816. In: Album Am. Battle Art (U. S. Libr. Congress) Wash, 1947, 109.—Erickson, P. T. Public health and national defense at Camp Shelby. Mississippi Doctor, 1940—41, 18: 595; 651.—Soldiers' Rest, Alexandria, Va.; Uthograph by Charles Magnus, 1864. In: Album Am. Battle Art (U. S. Libr. Congress) Wash, 1947, 247.—White, J. W. A miUtary medical tour. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1943, 39: 281. ---- Hygiene and sanitation. Haag, F. E. Lagerhygiene. 65p. 19cm. Munch., 1943. Maer, M. *Hygiene des camps militaires permanents et mobiles en France. 43p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Vos, I. H. J. De zorg voor de gezondheid in het leger. 63p. 20^cm. Zalt-Bommel, 1918. Cheyrou-Lagreze. De l'assainissement integral des camps des troupes d'occupation de 1'Afrique du Nord. Rev. hyg. Par, 1932, 54: 670-86.—Civilian contacts complicate problems of military sanitation. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1941, 38: 326.— D'Amico. Problemi di medicina miUtare; sul razionale utilizzo dei competenti nel campo sanitario. Cult. med. mod. Pal, 1935, 14: 137-40.—Des Cilleuls, J. M., & Bellon, J. Les ameliorations recentes apportees a l'hygiene des camps dans l'Armee francaise. BuU. internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1939, 12: 673-701. Also Deut. MUitararzt, 1940, 5: 296 (Abstr.)— Gordon, J. E. Selection of camp sites and camp sanitation. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 9, 24-6. Sanitary surveys. Ibid, 26-30.—Improvised equip- ment to cope with sanitary problems in the field. Med. BuU, U. S. Chief Surg Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 23, 27-30 — Losonczy, G. A nyari kihelyezesek eg£szs6gv6delmi probiemai. Honvedorvos, 1951, 3: 282-94.—Netusil, F. Pomery zdravotni u voj ska v posicich vysinovych a taborech v udolich. Cas. lek. desk, 1917, 56: 184.—Sayan, M, & Yenisey, H. Sltmah bir mintikada ordugah kurmak icab ederse ordugahi bu minti- kanm neresine ve ne sekilde kurmahdir? Askeri sihhiye mec- muasi, 1947, 76: 49-52.—Woodruff, C. E. The sanitation of the modern camp; principles and practices. Mil. Surgeon, 1907, 21: 485-511. ---- Medical service. See also in this section, Medical service. Bayley, J. H. Improvisation and practical work in camp; a few hints to junior R. A. M. C. adjutants. J. R. Aimy M. Corps, 193§, 70: 316-20.—Coordination of dental activities in large camps. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1941, 12: 191-6.—Csonka, I. Hogyan szerveztem meg a tabor eii. elliit&sat. Honvedorvos, 1951, 3: 548-52, iUust.—Ingalls, R. E. Camp dental adminis- tration. J. Ass. Mil. Dent. Surg. U. S, 1919, 3: 57-66.— Kelen, A. Life in Utopia or the medical organization of an army camp. McGUl M. J, 1944, 13: 323-6.—Mason, J. B. Medical organization in the permanent camp and in the field. Med. Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 1527-51, map.—Military medicine in New York State army posts and camps. N. York State J. M, 1941, 41: 1528-30.—Vra£ari6, B. Duznosti sanitetske sluzbe u resavanju higijenskih problema u logoru. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1949, 6: 155-64. CAMPAIGN. See Wars and Campaigns. CAMP hospital. See Hospital, Camp hospital. CANADA. For references on Canada's military affairs see the following headings in the Military Section; Aeromedicine; Air Force Medical Service; Den- tal Corps; Dental Service; Dentistry; Hospital Report; Medical Corps; Medical department; Medical examination; Medical organization; Morbidity; Naval medical service; Neuropsychi- atric examination; Neuropsychiatry; Nurse; Nursing service; Nutrition service; Orthopedics; Physician; Ration; Recruiting; Rehabilitation; Surgeon; Surgical service; Tuberculosis; Ven- ereal disease; Veterinary Corps; World War I; World War II. CANAL ZONE 363 CANTONMENT CANAL Zone. See under Venereal disease—by countries. CANNED food. See under Ration. CANTEEN. See also Food supply; Ration. Dreyfus-See, G. Les modifications au reglement des can- tines. J. med. Paris, 1939, 59: 569.—Herzberg, E. Co-opera- tive canteens. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 789. CANTEEN (of water) See also Water supply. Fair, G. M. Disinfection of water; summary report of the effectiveness of bursoline No. 3 tablets in the disinfection of water in canteens. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 4, San. Engin. Rep. (NRC) Wash. Mathieson, D. R. Sterilization of individual water supplies (canteens) chemical, bactericidal and amoebicidal tests on single operation, in- dividual superchlorinating-dechlorinating units. 12p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Sterilization of individual water supplies (canteens) the practicability and effectiveness of potassium permanganate [iodide] iodate and citric acid mixture. 5p. 26J^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ----Duggan, T. L., & Stoll, A. M. Steriliza- tion of individual water supplies (canteens) an evaluation of elemental bromine adsorbed on activated silica. 8p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Mathieson, D. R., & Stoll, A. M. Steriliza- tion of individual water supplies (canteens) bursoline tablets; amoebicidal and storage tests. 4p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Evaluation of canteen de-chlorinators. 1 1. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 6, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Moore, F. J., & Kessel, J. F. Sterilization of drinking water in canteens [1] 1. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 7, San. Engin. Rep. (NRC) Wash. Abstract. Stoll, A. M. Tests for deterioration of old stock CDC water chlor and dechlor units. 4p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 7, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Sterilization of individual water supplies (canteens) globaline tablets; storage tests. 4p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 8, Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Acceptability in field tests. Bull. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 14. meet, 135.—Sterilization of individual water suppUes (canteens) an evaluation of elemental bromine adsorbed on activated silica. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 3.—Sterilization of individual water supplies (can- teens) bursoUne tablets; amoebicidal and storage tests. Ibid, 4.—Webb, H. B. Studies on tablets for individual disinfection of small water supplies for field use by troops. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 209-16. CANTONMENT. See also Barracks; Camp. United States. Army. Construction Di- vision. National army cantonments; plans and photographs; June, 1918 [98] 1. 22cm. Wash., 1918. Ellsworth, S. M. Water demands and sewage production in miUtary cantonments. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 21-7.—Gal legos Landeros, A, & Paz Berdeghel, J. J. Papel del servicio sanitario de batall6n durante el acantonamiento. Sugestiones, Mex, 1943-45, 9: No. 115, 83-92.—Hutcheson, R. H. Public health problems in cantonment and extra- cantonment areas. South. M. J, 1944, 37: 100-3.—National Army cantonments. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 4: 41-158.—Richmond, A. E. Cantonment health administration. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1930, 54: 356; 422.—Shields, W. S. Selection of sites for camps and cantonments. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1926, 6: 92-128.—Underground cities in Russia. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-43, 23: No. 2, 44.—Watson, M. The lesson of Mian Mir. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1931, 34: 183-5, chart. ---- Extra-cantonment area. Blanchard, C. K. Health in extra cantonment areas. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1942, 26: 179-83.—Quezon, M. L. Executive Order No. 203 designating PhiUppine Army extra cantonment zones in all mobiUzation centers and empowering the Director of Health to promulgate all needful health rules and regulations therein. Month. BuU. Bur. Health, Philip- pines, 1939, 19: 249. CAP. See also Clothing. Hagan, E. T. Cap—summer, attached sun- glasses (commercial) 9p. 26>|cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-666-16J, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Potential hazard in service cap insignia. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 18. CAPTURE. See in this section Hospital, captured; Prisoner of War. CARBON monoxide. See also Aircraft, Hazards; Aircraft carrier; Aircrew, Hygiene. Doku-gasu tosite no iti-sanka tanso [Carbon monoxide] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 334, &c. ---- Analysis and determination. Chinn, H. I. A method for the determination of carbon monoxide in alveolar air, together with a correlation of values thus obtained with car- boxyhemoglobin concentrations in blood. 9 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 233, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----• A method for the determination of CO in alveolar air. 8p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 233, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Consolazio, W. V., Pecora, L. J. [et al.] The evaluation of methods for determining the con- centration of carbon monoxide. 15p. 26)^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 5, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Hall, F. G. Carbon monoxide determination. 14 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-696-41, Memo Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Hall, J. F., jr. Substances affecting the iodine pentoxide method for the determination of carbon monoxide in gas; samples and methods for their removal. 8 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-695-31, Memo Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Pitts, G. C. A modification of the iodine pentoxide method for the analysis of carbon monoxide in small gas samples. 7p. 26J^cm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 11, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. CARBON MONOXIDE 364 CARBON MONOXIDE United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. T-9: Final report on Project No. T-9, NDRC infra-red gas analyzer for determination of rapidly changing carbon monoxide concen- trations, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Breitenecker. Testing for carbon monoxide. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 3, 144—6.—Carbon monoxide poisoning; examination of specimens in suspected cases. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1949, 35: 126.— Evaluation (The) of methods for determining the concentration of carbon monoxide. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 21.—Preservation of blood containing carbon monoxide for transportation from the field to the laboratory. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: 10.—Seydel, F. Stufen- photometrische Kohlenoxydbestimmung im Blutstropfen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1939, 4: 223. ---- Blood absorption. See under subheading (Metabolism) ---- Effect. Behnke, A. R., White, W. A., jr [et al.] A study of repeated daily short exposure to high concentrations of carbon monoxide. 5 1. 26%cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-160, U. S Nav. M. Res. Inst. Scobee, R. G., & Chinn, H. I. The effect of carbon monoxide on night visual efficiency. 2p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 234, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Vollmer, E. P., King, B. G. [et al.] The effects of carbon monoxide on three types of performance, at simulated altitudes of 10,000 and 15,500 feet. 16p. 26>^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 7, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Effects (The) of carbon monoxide on three types of per- formance, at simulated altitudes of 10,000 and 15,500 feet. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 23. --- Indicator and detection. Houghten, F. C, White, W. A., jr, & Davis, F. H. A study of the accuracy and reliability of the Mine Safety Appliances Carbon Monoxide Alarm. 14p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-160, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Pecora, L. J., & Consolazio, W. V. An eval- uation of the Sjostrand carbon monoxide indi- cator. 4p. 27cm. Bethesda, Md, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 10, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Evaluation (An) of the Sjostrand carbon monoxide indicator. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 16.—Lauche. Carbon monoxide poisoning and detection of CO. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 3, 138; Disc, 145. ---- Metabolism. Behnke, A. R., White, W. A., jr [et al.] Measurements of CO absorption in man; a formula for computing concentration vs time of exposure. 16 1. 26}fcm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-160, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Forbes, W. H., Sargent, F., & Roughton, F. J. W. The rate at which carbon monoxide is taken up by man. 17p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 97, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Goldman, D. E. The physics of respiratory gas exchange; carbon monoxide uptake in man. 8p. 26Mcm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 12, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Lilienthal, J. L., jr, & Pine, M. B. The effect of varying partial pressures of oxygen and carbon monoxide on the uptake of carbon monoxide in man; with a note on the NBS Analyzer for alveolar CO. lip. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 253, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Pace, N. A nomograph for the estimation of the uptake of carbon monoxide by the blood of flying personnel. 9p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 8, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- A nomograph for the estimation of the uptake of carbon monoxide by flying personnel breathing air or breathing through a diluter demand regulator. 5p. 26}?cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 9, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Consolazio, W. V. [et al.] The rate of blood absorption of low concentrations of carbon monoxide in ambient air at simulated altitudes up to 10,000 feet. 2 pts [9] 1.; 14p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1 & 2, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Pitts, G. C, & Pace, N. The relationship between various levels of COHb in the blood and the equivalent physiological altitude. 20p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- The rate of blood absorption of low con- centrations of carbon monoxide at sea level. 5p. 26>^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 6, Res. Proj. X-417, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Roughton, F. J. W., & Darling, R. C. The effect of carbon monoxide hemoglobin on the oxygen dissociation curve of blood. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 93, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Ryder, H. W., Engel, G. L. [et al.] The effect of carbon monoxide hemoglobinemia of approxi- mately 20% on the cerebral blood flow, gas exchange, and electroencephalogram in human beings. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 95, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Tobias, C. A., & Lawrence, J. H. The elim- ination of carbon monoxide from the human body with reference to the possible conversion of CO to C02. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 458, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Diringshofen, H. v. Die Sauerstoffsattigung des Blutes bei Kohlenoxydeinatmung und Hohenwirkung. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1938-39, 3: 216-9.—Lawrence, J. H., & Tobias, C. A. Is CO oxidized to CO2 in the human body. Air Surgeon's BuU, 1945, 2: 452.—Nomograph (A) for the estimation of the uptake of carbon monoxide by the blood of flying personnel. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 23.—Pace. N. Function of liver in carbon monoxide metabolism. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 391.—Rate (The) of blood absorption of low concentrations of carbon monoxide in ambient air at simulated altitudes up to 10,000 feet. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 33.—Rate (The) of blood absorption of low concentrations of carbon monoxide at sea level. Ibid, 1945, Jan.-June, 22.—Relationship (The) between various levels of COHb in the blood and the equivalent physio- logical altitude. Ibid, 1944, July, 34. —— Poisoning. See also World War II, Leningrad siege. Archer, B. C. Carbon monoxide poisoning associated with confusional psychosis and a striatal syndrome. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 84-7.—Buhtz. Poisoning by carbonic monox- ide. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 3, 139-43; Disc, 145.— Dervillee, L'Epee & Lanta. Resultats d'une enquete regionale sur les intoxications oxycarbonees aigues des gazogenes pendant la p^riode de guerre. Med. usine, 1948, 10: 330-3.—Gillies, H. Mental sequelae in acute carbon monoxide poisoning and brain injury. J. R. Nav M. Serv, 1945, 31: 60-2.— Lauche. Die Ursachen der tod- lichen CO-Vergiftungen bei Soldaten. Ber. Arbeitstag. berat Aerzte, 1944, 4: 125.—Meigs, J. W. Carbon monoxide poisoning. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 542-6.— Proctor, R. L. G. Twelve fatal cases of carbon monoxide poisoning due to enemy action. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 68-70.—Richmond, A. E. Carbon monoxide poisoning; a review. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 79-95.—Velkovich, CARBON MONOXIDE 365 CARDIOLOGY B. G. Klinika ostrykh otravlenii okisiu ugleroda na fone khronicheskogo vozdeistviia etogo iada. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot Otech. voiny (Leningr. inst. hig. truda) Leningr, 1945, 131-7. ---- Protection and tolerance. Macdonald, T. C, Roxburgh, H. L., & Mackay, G. D. The basis for present R. A. F. standards of carbon monoxide tolerance in aircraft. 3 1. 23}£cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 350, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Pitts, G. C, & O'Neal, J. D. Effect of ozone on carbon monoxide uptake. 5p. 26}£cm. Be- thesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 13, Res. Proj. NM 001 005 (or, X-417) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Stewart, W. K., & Worthington, M. E. Note on physiological protection against carbon monoxide inhalation. 3 1. 26cm. Lond., 1942. Forms F. P. R. C. 405, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Effect of ozone on carbon monoxide uptake. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, 2. ---- Sources and hazards. See also Aircraft, Hazards; Gas poisoning; Shelter; Tank; Vehicle. Bouyssy, M. *Le danger oxycarbone en temps de paix, en temps de guerre. 156p. 24J^cm. Par., 1938. Chinn, H. I. CO-hemoglobin levels of workers employed in plane repair shops. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 465, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Girauld, A. *Le danger oxycarbone en temps de guerre. 26p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Pappenheimer, J. R. Carbon monoxide in military aircraft. 14p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 94, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. United States. Air Force. Aero Medi- cal Laboratory [Wright Field, Ohio] Memo- randum report No. ENG-M-49-695-24: Carbon monoxide (CO) in portable shelters heated with Evans gasoline heaters. 9 1. 26^cm. Dayton, 1943. Bauer, F. K. Carbon monoxide poisoning. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 24.—Carbon monoxide studies of pilots of P—47 aircraft. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 7, 4—Mori, H„ Kurasima, S., & Kuroiwa, K. Totan, rentan ni yoru iti-sanka- tanso tyiidoku no ni rei [from the use of pressed bean-cake and briquettes (pressed coal-dust) as fuel] Hokuetu igakkai zassi, 1942, 57: 217-27.—Noro, L. Ueber die durch Motorab- gase verursachten Kohlenoxydvergiftungen bei der Mannschaft von Panzerformationen. Acta med. scand, 1945, 121: 382- 91.—Roth, T. Akute Kohlenoxydvergiftung im Flugzeug. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 248-51. CARBON tetrachloride. See also Poisoning. Carbon tetrachloride poisoning. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 396.—Conaway, H. B, & Hoven, F. Electrocardiographic changes in carbon tetrachloride poisoning. Ibid, 1946, 46: 593-5.—Dillenberg, S. M., & Thompson, C. M. Carbon te- trachloride poisoning; a report of twenty cases with one death. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 39-44.—Losse, H. Carbon-tetra- chloride poisoning. Med. Bull. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 10, 13-20.—Perry, W. J. Carbon tetrachloride poisoning; a report of 88 cases. Army M. BuU, 1942, No. 64, 70-5 — Sanford, S. P. Carbon tetrachloride poisoning. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1486-8.—Schubert, R. Akute Tetra- chlorkohlenstoff-Vergiftung durch Feuerloscher im Flugzeug. Deut. Mihtararzt, 1942, 7: 457-9.—Sherman, S. R., & Binder, C. F. Hazards of carbon tetrachloride in present-day use. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 590-9.—Squires, R. D. Carbon- tetrachloride intoxication. Med. BuU. Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 7, 30-8. CARDIOLOGY. See also Internal medicine. Leedham, C. L. Aviation cardiology; an out- line of the diseases of the cardiovascular system as applied to aviation medicine. 2. ed. 227p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1940. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual TM 8-305: Notes on cardiology in aviation medicine. 204p. 23cm. Wash., 1940. Bishop, L. F., jr. Cardiology in the Army Air Forces, A. U. S. Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1946, 19: 209-17.— Bramwell, C. War-time problems of a cardiologist. Glasgow M. J, 1942, 137: 1-21, 2 pi.—Connor, L. A. Division of Internal Medicine: Cardiovascular Section. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1923, 1: 377-81.— Hyman, A. S. The newer cardiology and aviation medicine. N. York Physician, 1941-42, 17: 18-23.—Niehaus, F. W. Cardiology as related to military medicine; a consideration of certain cardiac findings and lesions. Nebraska M. J, 1942, 27: 343; passim.—Sales, L. M. Some aspects of cardiology as seen at the Veterans Administration, IndianapoUs, Indiana. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1945, 38: 293-5.—Treupel, G. Kriegsarzt- Uche Herzfragen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1915, 11: 356-9. CARDIOTACHOMETER. See under Acceleration, Cardiovascular effect. CARDIOVASCULAR system. See also Cardiology; also the following headings in this section: Acceleration; Altitude; Anoxia; Aviator; Blood vessel; Disease; Flying; Injury— by organs; Medical examination; Surgical tech- nic; Wound—by organs. Nicoll, P. A., & Webb, R. L. Studies on the behavior of the vascular network in an intact mammal. 13p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-112E, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Riley, R. L., & Remington, J. W. Dye in- jection method for determination of cardiac output. 5 1. 26^>cm. Pensacola, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. X-726, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Fishberg, A. M., & Jackson, C. E. Cardiovascular [system] In: Basic Sc. Notes (U. S. A. Med. Dep. Res. Grad. Sch.) 1948, 4: No. 11, 1-33.—Godinov, V. M. Portainaia reflexogennaia zona. Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1949, 17: 107-16, 7 pi.— Kvale, W. F., & Herndon, E. G. Cardiovascular [system] In: Basic Sc. Notes (U. S. A. Med. Dep. Res. Grad. Sch.) 1948, 4: No. 12, 1—44.—Rogov, A. A. O sosudistykh reflexakh chelo- veka. Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1949, 17: 321-31 — Taussig, H. B., & Jackson, C. E. Cardiovascular [system] In: Basic Sc. Notes (U. S. A. Med. Dep. Res. Grad. Sch.) 1948, 5: No. 2, 1-41.—Visscher, M. B., & Jackson, C. E. Cardio- vascular [system] Ibid, 4: No. 10, 1-43.—Winsor, T., & Jack- son, C. E. Cardiovascular [system] Ibid, 5: 1-28. CARE. See such headings as Aviator, Care; Dental care; Disabled, Care; Medical care; Prisoner of war, Care; Tuberculous, Care; Wounded, Care. CARIBBEAN defense. See under World War II. CAROLINES battle. See under World War II. CARTHAGENA expedition (1741) See Wars and campaigns. CASUALTY. See also Aid station; Clearing station; Collect- ing station; Disease; Injury; Wounded. For statistical data see also Morbidity; Mortality; Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. Belickaia, E, Andreev, F., & Punin, B. Poteri voennye liudskie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 784-94.—Campbell, J. L. Casualties in army and civU Ufe. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1941, 30: 479.—Hamburger, P. Case his- tory of a casualty. American Mercury, 1944, 58: 75-81 (clip- ping)—Johnson, W., & McMurray, T. P. Problems of war casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 490.—McLaughlin, C. W., jr. War casualties at home and abroad. Nebraska M. J, 1942, 27: 346-9.—Military casualties and accidents among workers. CASUALTY 366 CASUALTY J Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 239.—Narat, J. K. The handling of war casualties. Am. J. Surg, 1945, 67: 106-10.—Pickett, S. E. Casualty rate among American nurses in irulitary service. In: Hist. Am. Red Cross Nurs. (Dock, L. L.) N. Y, 1922, 1031.—Rust, B. K. War casualties. Bull. Mahoning Co. M. Soc, 1944, 14: 9; 14. ---- airborne. See Air evacuation, Organization. ---- air raid. See also Air raid; Dead; Injury; Wound; Wounded. ,TT „ Air-raid casualties. In: Effects of Bomb. Japan (U. b. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) Wash, 1947, 142-58, iUust tab- Air raid casualties in October. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942 118. 396 —Air-raid casualties surveyed. Lancet, Lond., iy*u, ^. 473 —Air raid casualty organization. S. Mary Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1940, 46: 135.—Assistenza (Per 1) immediate deUe vittime dei bombardamenti. Minerva med., Tor, 1940, 31. Dt 1 varia, 564-6 (microfilm)—Bauer, F. K. The nature of air raid casualties. In: Effect of Bomb. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) Wash, 1945, 14-29, iUust.; 2. ed. Wash, 1947 14-29, illust.—Casualties of air raids. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938' 111- 1481- 2223.—Casualties (The) of German reprisal raids' Ibid, 1942, 119: 962.—Civilian (The) casualties of air raids'[Great Britain] Ibid,. 1941 117: 13l^iyiliar. casualties sustained in 11 months of air raids [Great Britain] Ibid, 194rf, 121- 274.—Colt, G. H. A. R. P. casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1. 378__Cooray, G. H. An analytical study of air-raid casual- ties treated at the General Hospital, Colombo, with special reference to some clinical features. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass, 1942 39- 197-217, 8 pi.—Eastwood, S. R. Au- raid casualties in an E.'M. S. hospital. Q. Rev. Med. Women Fed, Lond, 1941 Apr 17-27.—Freebody, D. Some observations on casu- alties in a'recent air raid. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1943-44, 37 • 230-2 —Grant, R. T. Observations on air raid casualties. GuV's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1941, 55: 90-5.—James, N. E. Air ra?d casualties. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1943, 18: 303-15.- Kinc W S & Moller, A. W. Experiences of air bombardment in an urban area. Vet. J. Lond 1943 99: 258-68-Later air-raid casualties. Rep. Chief M. Off. Mm. Health, Lond. (1939-45) 1946, 143-7.—Maxwell, C. L. The medical aspects of air raid casualties and air raid precautions and treatment. J. Aviat. M, 1941, 12: 212-7.—Patey, D. H. Some observa- tions on air-raid casualties. Middlesex Hosp. J, 1940, 40: 122-5__Peters, R. J., Dunlop let al.] Civil defence casualties. Tr R' Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1942-43, 39: 41-3.—Reduction in civilian air raid casualties. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 2089- 2184 —Shirlaw, G. B. Classification of air-raid casual- ties ' Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 344.—Siddons, A. H. M. [et al.] Air raid casualties. BuU. War M, I*>nd, 1942-43 3: 3 (Abstr)—Templeton, W. L, Ball, M, & Quist, G. Air-raid casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 416.—Weddell J. M. Air raid casualties. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 73-8. ---- amphibious. See Injury—by branch of service. ---- animal. Barton, W. P. Some animal casualties by enemy action. Vet. J, Lond, 1943, 99: 53.—Casualties. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1941-42 13* 23.—Mace, D. L. Animal casualties from chemi- cal warfare agents. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1941, 99: 209. ---- atomic bomb. See also Atomic warfare; also Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission. [United States] Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission. General report, January 1947. 112p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 53.—Braes, A., & Henshaw, P. S. Long-term foUow-up on atomic bomb casualties. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 10-2.—Lapp, R. E. Atomic bomb casualties. In his Must We Hide? Cambr, 1949, 12-21.—National Academy of Sciences, National Research CouncU Committee on Atomic Casualties, Atomic Bomb Casu- alty Commission report, January 1, 1949, to June 30, 1949. Semiann. Rep. U. S. Atom. Energy Com, 1949, 6: 176-8.— Tentative list of ophthalmological equipment for consultants to Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission of the Committee on Atomic Casualties, National Research CouncU. BuU. Ophth. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 141.—Tuzuki, M. Damages and casu- alties by the atomic bomb. Gen. Rep. U. S. Atomic Bomb Casualty Com, 1947, 86-93. ---- Battle casualty. See also Battlefield, Medical activities. Mann, W. L., jr. Combat and non-combat personnel casualties. 45p. 4? Wash., 1937. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB-MED 147: Notes on care of battle casualties. 18p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Care of battle casualties. Circ. Lett. Chief Surgeon Europ. Theater Oper, 1944, No. 101, 1-9.—Cleghorn, R. A. Interim report on clinical and physiological observations on battle casualties. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1944-45, 2: 145-55.—Danck- werts, P. V. Experiences of a battle-casualty. Health Horizon, Lond, 1946, No. 3, 45-9.—Hawley, P. R. Organization and care of battle casualties. Am. J. Surg, 1947, 74: 680-6.— Notes on care of battle casualties. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 245-65.—Notes on care of battle casualties. Circ. Lett. Surgeon Mediterr. Theater U. S. Army, 1945, No. 8, 1-20.—Notes on care of battle casualties. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 234-48.—Prior, A. P. Post-mortem appearances in battle casualties. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 275-8. ---- chemical. See also Injury, chemical. Haggard, H. W. Chemical casualties. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 864-71. Also in Essent. Emerg. Tr. (Connecticut M. J.) N. Haven, 1942, 128-37. ---- Comparative statistics. Duncan, L. C. The comparative mortahty of disease and battle casualties in the historic wars of the world. J. MU. Serv. Inst, U. S, 1914, 54: 140-77.—Jungblut. Betrachtungen uber Kriegsverluste durch Waffen und Krankheiten. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1936, 1: 49-52.—Kawinski, J. [Statistics of losses during the last wars] Lek. wojsk, 1932, 20: 1; 73.—Roddis, L H. Naval and Marine Corps casualties in the wars of the United States. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 305-10.—Werner. Kriegsverluste einst und jetzt. Rotes Kreuz, Berl, 1906, 24: 682. ---- Died of wound in action. Snyder, H. E., & Culbertson, J. W. Study of Fifth Army Hospital battle casualty deaths; an analysis of case reports from field and evacua- tion hospitals on 1450 fatally wounded American soldiers; a preliminary report. 3v. 27cm. Gardone Riveira, 1945. Demmer, F. Ueber die primaren Todesursachen nach Verletzungen im Felde. Zbl. Chir, 1943, 70: 1537 (Abstr.)— Rothmann, A. Spattod nach Kriegsverletzungen. Klin. Wschr, 1942, 21: 509.—Snyder, H. E., & Culbertson, J. W. Causes of death in battle casualties reaching hospitals. Am. J. Surg, 1947, 73: 184-98.—Taschner, A. Spattod nach Kriegs- verletzung. Wien. med. Wschr, 1947, 97: 343-7. ---- Gas casualty. See also Gas poisoning; Injury, chemical. Gordon, J. E. Gas casualties. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948. 2: pt 8, 1-4, 3 pi.—Reception of gas casu- alties. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 28, 3.—Recep- tion of gas casualties. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 14, 27-9.—Waitt, A. H. Gas casualties. J. Internat. CoU. Surgeons, 1944, 7: 296-300. ---- Killed in action. Kettler, L. Ueber die unmittelbare Todesursache bei Kriegsverletzungen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1942, 7: 511-6. ---- Military loss. Lamport, H. The military loss resulting from a casualty related to the days lost from active duty. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 15, MissUe Casualties Rep. Div. M. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. United States. National Research Coun- cil. Division op Medical Sciences. Missile casualties report. Wash., No. 13, 1945- Brandi, B. VoraussichtUche Kriegsverluste und die Mog- Uchkeiten ihrer Berechnung. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. MU. M. Pharm, 1939, 10. Congr, 93-116; Disc, Proc, 151-63.— Konczacki, A. Wzkazowki do obUczenia strat _oddzial6w walezacych, ich rozmieszczenia oraz zapotrzebowania srodk6w transportowych. Lek. wojsk, 1926, 7: 259-73, 2 pi. Also Spanish transl. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1929, 28: 245-66 — Lamport, H. The relationship between the military loss re- sulting from a casualty and the days lost from active duty. Yale J. Biol, 1945-46, 18: 567-75.—Love, A. G. Probable casualties in war and methods of calculation. Off. Rep. Inter- nat. Congr. MU. M. Pharm., 1939, 10. Congr, 119-45. ---- Missing in action. Loi aUemande sur la disparition des militaires, la declaration de deces et la fixation de la date de la mort. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1942, 24: 902-4. CASUALTY 367 CATALOG ---- naval. Andreev, F., & Punin, B. Poteri v voenno-morskom flote. In: Encikl. slovar voen. me'd, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 792-4.— Bowles, J. P., Dorgan, L. T., & Marron, J. R. Two unusual types of casualty to naval personnel. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 890, pi.—Creagh, G. B. Battle casualties aboard a light cruiser. Ibid, 1943, 41: 937-45.—Cuono. J. D. Com- ments on casualties aboard assault cargo vessel; with report of two thoracic cases. Ibid, 1945, 44: 1273-6.—Dunlop, G. R. Casualty handUng afloat; practical problems. Ibid, 901-8.— Groseclose, E. S. Troop casualties aboard an attack transport. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 100-5.—Ishiguro. Ueber Verwundung und KrankheitsfaUe bei den Marine-Mannschaften [Japanese text; German abstr, Hft. 11] Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1905, 19: 509^16.—Zur Verth. Seekriegsverletzungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1913, 39: 774. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1913, 60: 1056. ---- Non-battle casualty. See also Injury, accidental. Drigalski, W. v. Allgemeine Uebersicht iiber Kriegsverluste. In his Aufstieg d. San. Korps, Oldenb, 1939, 25-9.—Soltau, A. B. War wastage from minor ailments. J. State M, Lond, 1922, 30: 461-9. ---- Prevention. See also Body armor. Prevention (The) of unnecessary casualties in wartime. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 110-1.—Scalone, I. A proposito deUa limitazione deUe mutilazioni. PoUclinico, 1916, 23: sez. prat, 1019-22. ---- Reception, care, disposition, and sorting. Cutler, E. C. Plans for the reception, care and disposition of casualties. In: InteraUied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 424-6.—Debenham, R. K., & Kerr, A. B. Triage of battle casualties. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 125-9.—Donald, C. Arrangements in Southern Command for the reception and grouping of casualties. In: InteraUied Conf. War Med. (1942- 45) 1947, 427-31.—Gillespie, B, & Owens, J. C. Reception and treatment of casualties aboard an assault transport. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 245-52.— Morgan, J. G. Forma- tion of a control post for the triage of casualties between an Army and base hospitals. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 132.—Murison, C. S. Walking cases. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1916, 2: 23.—Shepherd, J. A. Organization of a casualty re- ception unit. Ibid, 1946, 32: 257-63.—Shirlaw, G. B. Casu- alty services. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 851; 875; 897; 933; 959. ---- Reporting. See also Battlefield. Register (The) of sick and wounded—tenta- tive. 16p. 4? Carlisle Barracks, 1938. United States. Department of the Army. Army Regulations No. 40-1025; Medical De- partment: The report of sick and wounded. 7p. 8? Wash., 1924. ---- No. 40-1030; the register of sick and wounded. 14p. 8? Wash., 1924. Also other issue. 8p. 8? Wash., 1927. Also 3p. 8? Wash., 1933. ---- No. 40-5; the register of sick and wounded. 3p. 8? Wash., 1934. Alderman, F. H. Required reporting of casualties in the field. Hosp. Corps Q, 1949, 22: No. 2, 20-32.—Herbert, G. F. Casualty reporting. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1944, 24: No. 5, 48-51. ---- Shipwreck. See Shipwreck. ---- Wounded in action. See chiefly Wounded. Wilson, W. C. State of men severely wounded in battle. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 1: 587-91. CASUALTY bag. See also Bag; Blanketing; Evacuation. Green, J. C, & Smith, F. K. Field test of the bag, casualty, evacuation (experimental) 6p. 26&cm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1950. Forms Proj. No. 21-01-023, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. Bag and/or equipment for casualty evacuation. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 279. CATALOG. See Supply catalog. CATAPULTAGE. See Acceleration, vertical; Aircraft, Ejection seat. CATARRHAL fever. See Epidemic, Types: Common cold. CAUDA equina injury. See under Nervous system; Injury. CAVALRY. See also Armored cavalry; Reconnaissance; Tank; also Horse. Soper, A. C, & Pierce, J. T. Surgeon's hand- book for the mounted service, in field and gar- rison. 78p. 8? Kansas City, 1926. Georgievsky, A. Kavaleriia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1063-70.—Gramillo Fernandez, A. Con- tribuci6n al estudio para la organizaci6n de nuestra cabaUeria de ejercito. Rev. mil., B. Air, 1938, 38: pt 1, 663; 885; 1169.— Igoshin, V. A. Kozhnye zabolevaniia sredi kavaleristov. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 6, 11-4. ---- motorized. See Armored cavalry. CAVALRY field ambulance. See Ambulance service, History. CELLULITIS. See under Wound infection. CENSORSHIP. For references see under Information; Prisoner of war, Correspondence; Publication; Public information; Security. CENSUS. See also Manpower; Recruiting; Statistics. Meynier, A. Levees et pertes de mUitaires en France de 1792 a 1815. Congr. internat. popul. (1937) 1938, 1. Congr, 2: 98-104.—Reyes, F. E. El primer Congreso de la poblaci6n y los problemas demografico-nulitares; tasas cuantitativas y potenciaUdad mUitar. Rev. mil., B. Air, 1941, 41: pt 2, 1279-302. CENTER. See such terms as Hospital center; Medical center; Rehabilitation center; Training center. CENTRAL Pacific. See under World War II. CENTRIFUGAL force. See also Acceleration, centrifugal; Aviator, Eye; Centrifuge. Maclnnes, D. A., & Ray, B. R. The effect of centrifugal force on the EMF of galvanic ceUs. Science, 1947, 105: 636.— Stewart, W. K. Investigations on centrifugal force. J. Physiol, Lond, 1945-46, 104: Proc, 7. ---- Biological effect. See also Acceleration, Blackout; Blackout of pilot. Davidson, S., & Stewart, W. K. Note on some physiological effects of low values on centrif- ugal force encountered in flight. 7 1. 29cm. Lond., 1944. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 573, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gougerot, _ L. *Effets physiologiques des forces d'inertie; etude des effets circulatoires, CENTRIFUGAL FORCE 368 CENTRIFUGE respiratoires et vestibulaires chez l'aviateur. 96p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Hallenbeck, G. A., & Engstrom, R. L. The response of normal dogs to prolonged exposure to centrifugal force. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 279, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Holt, J. P. The effect of centrifugal force on the carotid blood pressure of dogs and the use of a water suit in modifying this effect. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 63, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Rushmer, R. F. Physiology of increased intrathoracic pressure in relation to the effect of centrifugal forces. 4 pts. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943-44. Forms Rep. No. 1-4, Proj. No. 160, U. S. Air Force School Aviat M. Bergin, K. G. Methods of studying the effects of centrifugal force on man. In his Aviat. Med, Bristol, 1949, 115-9, illust.— Clark, W. G, Gardiner, I. D. R. [et al.] The effect of positive acceleration on fluid loss from blood to tissue spaces in human subjects on the centrifuge. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1946, 5: No. 1, pt 2, 17.—Franks, W. R, Kerr, W. K., & Rose, B. Some effects of centrifugal force on the cardio-vascular system in man. J. Physiol, Lond, 1945—46, 104: Proc, 9. ------ Some neuro- logical signs and symptoms produced by centrifugal force in man. Ibid, Proc, 10.—Graybiel, A, & Brown, R. H. The delay in visual reorientation following exposure to a change in direction of resultant force on a human centrifuge. Minutes Armed Forces NRC Vision Com, 1949, 24. meet, 123.— Lambert, E. H., & Slaughter, O. L. Venous pressure in the extremities of man during positive acceleration on a centrifuge. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1947, 6: 146. ---;--- Plethysmographic study of leg volume changesin man during positive acceleration on a centrifuge. Ibid, 203.—Lambert, E. H, & Wood, E. K. The problem of blackout and unconsciousness in aviators. Med. Clin. N. America, 1946, 30: 833-44.—Maaske, C. A, Maison, G. L, & Hallenbeck, G. A. Pattern of human cardiac response to centrifugal force. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 48.— Maison, G. L, Maaske, C. A, & Martin, E. E. Sensory effects of centrifugal force on man when seated. Ibid, 48.—Mat- thews, B. H. C. The effects of mechanical stresses on man. Brit. M. J, 1945, 2: 114-7.—Mclntyre, A. K. Some subjective effects of angular and centrifugal accelerations. J. Physiol, Lond, 1945-46, 104: Proc, 11.—Mesolella, V. Alterazioni istologiche deU'orecchio, del naso, deUa laringe e deUa trachea per effetto deU'accelerazione centrifuga; ricerche nelle cavie. Atti Clin, otolar. NapoU, 1939-41, 15: 309-53, 10 pi.—Pezzeri, V. Azione della forza centrifuga sull'apparato cardiovascolare; ricerche sperimentali elettrocardiografiche. Riv. med. aero- naut, 1942, 5: 130-79.—Rose, B., Kerr, W. K., & Franks, W. R. On the effects of centrifugal force on the cardio-vascular system in man. Rev. canad. biol, 1947, 6: 174.—Stewart, W. K. Some observations on the effect of centrifugal force in man. J. Neur. Psychiat, Lond, 1945. 8: 24-33. ---- Tolerance. Clark, W. B., & Graybiel, A. Studies of human adaptation to centrifugal force; visual per- ception of the horizontal. 19 1. 27cm. Pensa- cola 1949. Forms Proj. No. NM 001 059.01.22, Res. Rep. U. S. Nav. School Aviat. M. Hallenbeck, G. A., Baldes, E. J. [et al.] The effect of immersion in water on the tolerance of dogs to centrifugal force. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 278, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Rushmer, R. F. A study of the role of intra- abdominal pressure in tolerance to centrifugal force. 18p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 316, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Stewart, W. K. Influence of drugs on ability to withstand centrifugal force. 3 1. 23^cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 338, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Lamport, H., Hoff, E. C, & Herrington, L. P. StatisticaUy vaUd tests of drugs and other factors affecting the resistance of mice to acceleration. Am. J. Physiol, 1945, 143: 262-71.— Lund, D. W. Man's tolerance to positive acceleration in different orientations of the body. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1947, 6: 156.—Makuuti, S, & Iwabuti, Y. Koku seirigaku no kenkyu; ensinryoku tai-sei ni kan-suru iti-ni no zikken [...becoming used to centrifugal force] Nippon seirigaku zassi, 1944, 9: 631-42. CENTRIFUGE. See also Acceleration, centrifugal; Blackout of pilot; Centrifugal force. Baldes, E. J., & Porter, A. N. Human centrifuge operation (motion picture) Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 3.------ Human centrifuge operation. Ibid, 5: No. 1, pt 2, 3.—Can- field, A. A, jr. The human centrifuge. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1950, Mar, 1-4.—Christy, R. L. The new human centrifuge. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 454-8.—Drury, D. R. The human centrifuge. Stanford M. BuU, 1947, 5: 148-50.— Franks, W. R, Kerr, W. K, & Rose, B. Description of a centrifuge and its use for studying the effects of centrifugal force on man. J. Physiol, Lond, 1945-46, 104: Proc, 8.—Hall, F. G, Maison, G. L. [et al.] The human centrifuge; demon- stration (motion picture) Fed. Proc, Bait, 1945, 4: 29.— Knutson, J. R. B., & Wood, E. H. Useof an improved photo- electric plethysmograph for determination of blood loss from the ear on the human centrifuge. Am. J. Physiol, 1948, 155: 448.—Smith, G. H. An apparatus for increasing the speed of the hand centrifuge. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 100. CENTRIPETAL force. See Acceleration, centripetal. CHAIN of evacuation. See Battlefield, Medical activities; Evacuation; also the various echelons of evacuation as Aid station; Collecting station, etc. CHAIR. See also Equipment. New (A) type of chair for encephalography and sinus- ography. Army M. BuU, 1943, No. 68, 155-7.—Robnett, A. H. A coUapsible chair for eye, ear, nose, and throat work on board ship. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1913, 7: 245. CHAMBER, atmospheric. See Atmospheric chamber. CHANCROID. See under Venereal disease. CHAPLAIN. See also Hospital service, Religious service; Religious service; Staff. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 373: Bestim- mungen fiir besondere Dienstverhaltnisse der Kriegspfarrer beim Feldheer, vom 18. Juni 1941. 24p. 21cm. Berl., 1941. Furrer, J. Heifer an Leib und Seele. In: Sanitatstruppen, Zur, 1942, 80-2.—Gregory, W. E. The chaplain and mental hygiene. Am. J. Sociol, 1946-47, 52: 420-3. CHARLEROI battle. See under World War I. CHEMICAL agent. See also Explosive; Flame; Gas; Smoke. Gibson, A. ProbabiUties of new chemical agents. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1943-44, 29: No. 5, 28-31.—Schwartz, L. Chem- icals used in war. In: Man. Indust. Hyg. (U. S. Pub. Health Serv.) Phila, 1943, 188-90.—Waitt, A. H. Description of chemical agents. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 277-300. ---- Chemical weapon. See also Chemical warfare; Gas warfare. Bias, L. Nuevos agresivos qufmicos y su importancia terapeutica. Monit. farm, Madr, 1948, 54: 21-3.—Chemical warfare agents. Hawau M. J, 1941-42, 1: 180, ch.—Chemical warfare agents [Reproduction of Government poster] J. Indiana M. Ass, 1942, 35: 283.—Farah, E. Agentes qufmicos de guerra. Rev. clfn. S. Paulo, 1943, 13: 17-27.—Gallo, U. Aggressivi chimici. BoU. chim. farm, 1939, 78: 345-9.— Jackson, K. E. Chemical agents of warfare. J. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1933, 8: 259.—Meyer, J. Chemische Kampfstoffe. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 38- 106.—Mielenz, W. Die chemischen Kampfstoffe der Nach- kriegszeit. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanshan, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 322-36.—Peters, G. Chemische Kampfstoffe. Umschau, 1938, 42: 1157.—Porter, W. N. Front-Une chemical weapons. Merck Rep, 1944, 53: No. 4, 4-8.—Simizu, T. CHEMICAL AGENT 369 CHEMICAL AGENT Kagaku-heiki ni tuite. Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1937, 36: 1906- 28.—Steiner, J. Ueber die chemischen Kampfstoffe. Wien. med. Wschr, 1938, 88: 1172-5.—Valade, P., & Salle, J. Apercu sur les nouveaux toxiques de guerre. Rev. vit. mil Par, 1948, 3: 377-85, 2 pi.—Varandas de Azevedo, R. Do agressivos qufmicos de guerra. Rev. mid. Pernambuco, 1942 12: 114-47. Also Sao Paulo med, 1942, 15: pt 1, 159-90.— Vasconcellos Dias, A. de. Agressivos quimicos. Impr. mid., Lisb, 1935, 1: 82; passim.—Waitt, A. H. The ground weapons of chemical warfare. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 87-117, 2 pi. ------ Air chemical weapons. Ibid, 118-36.—War gases and chemicals. Laboratory, Pittsb, 1942, 13: 60, ch.— War gases and chemicals. Canad. J. M. Techn, 1942-43, 4: 118.— Winternitz, M. C. Chemical-warfare agents; introduc- tion. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 2: 533-15. ---- Decontamination. See Decontamination. ---- Detection. See also Gas detection. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Medical Division. OCD publication 2219: Identification of chemical warfare agents. 16p. 23^cm. Wash., 1943. Beck, G. Nachweis einiger chemischer Kampfstoffe. Pharm. acta helvet, 1938, 13: 302-4.—Detection of chemical warfare agents in water. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 5, 39-15. Also Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 17, 21-5.—Dultz, G. Nachweismethoden von Kampfstoffen aus der Literatur zusammengestellt. Wien. pharm. Wschr, 1939, 72: 548-52.—Hoshall, E. M. Odor identification of chemical warfare agents. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1941, 27: 99-107.—Maksimenko, S. Indikacia boevykh otravliaiushchikh veshchestv. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 910-20.—Robertson Liberalli, M. Detecao de agressivos quimicos. Rev. quim. farm, Rio, 1942, 7: 141-6.—Ruiz, M. S. Dos agressivos qufmicos; como instalar o laborat6rio para a sua identificacsio. Pub. farm, S. Paulo, 1942-43, 8: 5-10.—Wirth, W. Chemische Kampf- stoffe und ihre FeststeUung in der Umgebung und am Korper. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 357-68. --- Properties. Sartori, M. [Chimica delle sostanze aggres- sive] Die Chemie der Kampfstoffe. 2. Aufl. 377p. 23^cm. Brnschw., 1940. Bacq, Z. M. Reactions des toxiques de guerre avec les groupes thiols des prolines, du gluthation et de la cysteine. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1946, 11: 137-64.—Dixon, M., & Needham, D. M. Biochemical research on chemical warfare agents. Nature, Lond, 1946, 158: 432-8.—Felix, K. Die Kampfstoffe, ihre Eigenschaften, ihre Wirkung und der Schutz gegen sie. Deut. Aerztebl, 1934, 64: 698-704.—Gast, J. Classification and physical characteristics of the chemical war- fare agents. BuU. N. York M. CoU, 1942, 5: 37-51.—Mohler, H. Elektronenformeln von chemischen Kampstoffen. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, Bern, 1940, 31: 125-9.—Teneff, S. GU aggressivi chimici e la loro classificazione. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 509-23, Ulust, pi.—Waitt, A. H. Properties of the agents of chemical warfare. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 25-37. ---- Toxicology. See also Gas poisoning; Injury, chemical; Poisoning. Bellesini, C. Note sull'azione fisiopatologica di un nuovo aggressivo chimico denominato pericolo No. 1. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 248-56.— Bennett, G. A. Pathologic changes induced by chemical agents of warfare. N. England J. M, 1943, 228: 593.—Bergmeister, R. Die chemischen Kampfstoffe vom Standpunkt eines Augenarztes. Wien. med. Wschr, 1941, 91: 765-71.—Boyland, E. Biochemical reactions of chemical war- fare agents. Nature, Lond, 1948, 161: 225-7.—Chistoni, A. Tossicologia degU aggressivi chimici di guerra. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1938, 19: 419-32.—Del Guerra, A. Diversity di reazioni organiche agli aggressivi chimici. Forze san, Roma, 1939, 8: No. 10, 704-7.—Felir, K. Die Wirkungen der Kampf- stoffe, insbesondere auf die Augen. In: Gegenwartsprobl. Augenh, Lpz, 1937, 242-9.—Friedenwald, J. S., & Hughes, W. F., jr. The effects of toxic chemical agents on the eye and their treatment. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 2: 603-20, pi. ------ Chemical warfare agents; effects on the eye and their treatment. In: Ophthalm. in the War Years (Wiener, M.) Chic, 1948, 2: 63-70.—Gillert, E. Die toxikolo- gische Reichweite der chemischen Waffe. Med. KUn, Berl, 1939, 35: 1071-3.—Gilman, A., & Cat tell, M. Systemic agents; action and treatment. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 2: 546-64, 2 pi.—Ginsburg, G. Toxicology of warfare agents and principles of treatment. Med. World, 1943, 61: 75-7.— Goldman, L, & Cullen, G. E. Some medical aspects of chem- ical warfare agents; a review. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 114: 2200-4.—Hull, E. Some medical aspects of chemical warfare agents. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1942-43, 95: 499-501.—Lang, K. Ueber den Einfluss des Kampfstoffes LOST auf Eiweiss- korper. Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 480.—Lindeman, W. i oksykologiczna klasyfikacja chemicznych Srodk6w boiowych. Lek. wojsk, 1927 9: 197-218.—Lobo, A. Agressivos quimicos (estudo clinico) Hospital, Rio, 1941, 20: 231-53. Also Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 447-68.—Majella Bijos, G. Bioqui- nuca do aggressivos. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1940, 29: 195-202.— Marucci, L. Gli aggressivi chimici di guerra in oftalmologia. Gior. med. mil, 1939, 87: 281; 382.—Poole, L. T. Chemical warfare in relation to ophthalmology. In: Modern Trends in Ophth, Lond, 1940, 1: 636-52.—Prosser, C. L., Von Limbach, B. [et al.J Responses of fish melanophores to chemical warfare agents. Physiol. Zool, 1947, 20: 349-54, 2 pi.—Rud, H. De kemiske krigsmidlers virkning. In: Skader mennesk. org. (Johannsen, E. W, et al.) Kbh, 1940, 129-60, 3 pi.—Scherling, S. S., & Blondis, R. R. Effect of chemical warfare agents on the human eye. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1944, 32: 381-7.—Serra, G. Note di fisiopatologia degli aggressivi chimici. Gior. med. mil, 1948, 95: 54; 143; 241.—Sotgiu, L. Patologia delle lesioni da aggressivi chimici. Gazz. med. ital, 1942, 101: 349-70.— Sulzberger, M. B., Baer, R. L. [et al.l Skin sensitization to vesicant agents of chemical warfare. J. Invest. Derm, 1947, 8: 365-93.—Wiitjen, J. Pathologische Anatomie der Kampf- stoffvergiftungen. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 341-3, pi.—Wood, J. R. Chemical warfare; a chemical and toxicological review. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 455-60. CHEMICAL Corps. See also Chemical warfare; Gas Warfare. Abercrombie, W. F. A list of reprints of papers published in the open literature by mem- bers of Medical Division and its contractors. 15p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, Md, 1947. ------ [The same] Supplement 1. 7p. Edgewood Arsenal, Md, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 129, Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. CHEMICAL warfare. See also Biological warfare; Gas; Gas warfare; Incendiary; Poison; School; Smoke. Alexander, J. Chemical warfare. In his Colloid Chem, N. Y, 1931, 3: 239-50.—Baker, W. C. The broad view of chemical warfare. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1939, 25: 141-4.— Brodmann. Analytical problems of chemical warfare. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 312.—Brooksbank, A. Chemical, gas, warfare. Aus- tralas. J. Pharm, 1936, n. ser, 17: 238-46.—Chemical warfare. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 1: Suppl, 29-32.—Cunningham, G. R. Chemical warfare. Bol. As. mid. Puerto Rico, 1942, 34: 10-6.— Haldane, J. B. S. Science and future warfare. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1938, 24: No. 1, 7-17.—Hanslian, R. Die voraussichtUche Gestaltung des Zukunftskrieges und die Einwirkung des chemi- schen Kampfmittels auf diese Gestaltung. In his Chem. Krieg, 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 596-616.—Hederer, C. Generalite's sur 1'arme chimique. In his Guide mid. Z, Par, 1939, 11-8.— Kendall, J. Chemical warfare. Britan. Bk, 1942, 157. ------ La guerra quimica amenaza al ciudadano. Rev. mil. Perti, 1942, 29: pt 3, 93-5.—Koby, Z. W. Is chemical warfare on the way? South. Pharm. J, 1941-42, 34: No. 6, 24.—Lechuga, S. Del arma quimica. Ejercito, Madr, 1943, No. 41, 12-8.— Lenhoff, C. D. T, & Simon, L. A. Aghast, to say the leastl a skit. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1940, 26: 29-34.—Ljunggren, G. De kemiska stridsmedlen. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 76-91.—Lucas, C. C. Chemical warfare. Canad. J. M. Techn, 1940-41, 3: 18-24.—McLean, F. C. Chemical warfare. In: Med. & War (Taliaferro, W. H.) Chic, 1944, 172-88.—Maxwell, I. Chemical warfare. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1941, 1: 97-103.—Monvid, G. Axis items tell a story. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1944, 30: No. 3, 44-6.—Mulvey, R. K. Warfare with chemicals. Purdue Pharm, 1941-42, 19: 56.— Prentiss, A. M. Chemicals in warfare. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1940, 26: 150-4.—Revert Cutillas, C. Ideas generales y algunas consideraciones de orden toxicol6gico sobre la guerra quimica. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1933, 11: 35; 354.—Ripoll, A. La agre- si6n quimica. Defensa, Mex, 1943, 3: No. 22, 45-8 (cupping)— Salcedo S., R. La guerra quimica. Rev. mil. Peru, 1944, 41: 189-95.—Vega Herrera, A. M. La guerra quimica. Rev. san. mil, Asunci6n, 1938-39, 12: 861-6. Also Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 55; 285; 788; 1940, 39: 167.—Wooders, M. A, & Curtis, D .A. Chemical warfare. In their Emergency Care, Phila, 1942, 401-21. ---- Bibliography. United States. Library of Congress. Reference Department. Chemical warfare; a check list, March 1, 1943. and Supplement No. 1, June 1, 1944. 38p. 26>(cm. Wash., 1944. Chemische (Der) Krieg; Literaturverzeichnis. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 717-52. CHEMICAL WARFARE 370 CHEMICAL WARFARE ---- Defense. See also Civilian defense. Box Maria-Cospedal, A. Defensa en caso de guerra qufmica. 174p. 22^cm. Madr., 1940. Protection (La) de la population civile en temps de guerre. Par., v.l, No. 1, 1938- Carlsohn, H. Schutz gegen chemische Kampfstoffe. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 107-12.— Casas Fernandez, J. Guerra qufmica; algunos datos practicos para la defensa de la poblaci6n civil. Bol. med, Madr, 1935, 3: No. 52, 7; passim.—Castilho, V. de P. Agressivos quimicos; estudo resumido sobre a sua constituicao; meios gerais de defesa. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1943, 4: 183-202.—Craver, B. N. The hospital and chemical warfare. Mod. Hosp, 1943, 61: No. 4, 128-32.—D., L. Protection des populations civUes contre la guerre chimique; le veritable danger. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1938, 20: 443-7.—Dean, G. E. M. Chemical warfare defence. Austral. J. Dent, 1938, 42: 95-104.— Defense against chemical warfare. Week. BuU. CaUfornia Dep. Pub. Health, 1943, 22: 21; 25.—Gilbert, E. W. Defense against chemical warfare. In: Med. Cadet Corps Train. Man. (CourviUe, C. S. &c.) 2. ed, Glendale, 1943, 70-80, tab.— Harrell, G. T. Chemical warfare in civiUan defense. North Carolina M. J, 1943, 4: 4-6.—Huet, J. A. Contre le danger aero-cbimique. Presse mid., 1935, 43: 315.-—Ikhteiman, M. S. [Sanitary-chemical defense] In his Rukov. kurs. sredn. med pers, Moskva, 1937, 620-40.—McConnell, W. J. Memoran- dum on protective measures against common implements ol warfare. N. York State J. M, 1942, 42: 350-4.— Porter, Landis & Fisher. Civilian protection; chemical warfare in- struction of 7 regional schools estabUshed by O. C. D. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 126-32.—Predtechensky, B. Sanitarno- kbimicheskaia zashchita. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1405-7.—Protection des populations civUes contre la guerre chimique. Rev. Internat. Croix-Rouge, 1935, 17: 332-45; 1936, 18: 993-1007; 1937, 19: 378; 1171; 1938, 20: 68; 138; 540.—Romero, N. A guerra qufmica; meios de protecao individual e coletiva. Rev. med. cir. BrasU, 1943, 51: 305-18.—Schantz, E. J. Impregnation test. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1944, 30: No. 5, 47.—Schutz der Augen und der Atmungsorgane. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 112-63.—Stanzig. Schutzmassnahmen gegen Brandgase und Nebel. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1944, 57: 81-3.— Tanon, L, & Cot. La protecci6n de los ninos y la guerra quimica. Monde mid. (Ed. espan.) 1941, 51: 137-44.— Waitt, A. H. Protection of individuals. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 195-210, pi.—Younger, H. B. Defense against chemical warfare. DaUas M. J, 1942, 28: 36-9. ---- Defense: Food. Divis, A. Schutz des Proviantes gegen chemische Kriegsmittel; besprochen von Maxi- milian Hevler. p.848-52. 23^cm. Wien, 1934. Photostat copy from Mil. wiss. Mitt, Wien, 1934, 65: Food supplies and chemical warfare. Circ. Lett. Chief Sur- geon Europ. Theater Oper, 1944, No. 105, 1-3.—Gemein- hardt, K. Lebensmittel und chemische Kampfstoffe. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 215. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 262.—Ruchhoft, C. C, Placak, O. R., & Schott, S. The detection and analysis of arsenic in water contaminated with chemical warfare agents. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1943, 58: 1761-71.—Stenberg, A. I. [UtiUzation of food products contaminated with chemical warfare substances] Hig. & zdorov, 1942, 7: No. 3, 8-13. ---- Defense: Organization. Friedland, I. G, & Volfovskaja, R. N. [The preparation of civil medical institutions in military areas for protection against chemical warfare] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1943, No. 10, 31-7.— Nordenflycht, L. Plan fundamental de preparaci6n del pals para la guerra quimica. Actes Soc. sc. Chili, (1922-25) 1930, 32: 119-139.—Porter, W. N. A word to HuntsviUe; an address dehvered by Maj. Gen. Wilham N. Porter, chief of the chemical Warfare Service, to employees of HuntsviUe Arsenal, Hunts- viUe, Alabama, Jan. 12, 1942. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1942, 28: 62-6.—Tomson, N. M. [VentUation of cities and antichemical defense] Hig. & san, Moskva, 1943, 8: No. 5, 7-10. ---- Defense, passive. Li Tsi Gziou. *La defense passive des popu- lations civiles contre la guerre aero-chimique en Chine. 60p. 25cm. Lyon, 1933. Majella Bijos, G. Agressivos qufmicos de acao extensa e Uimitada; aspectos da defesa passiva. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1942, 31: 195-208.—Serafini, U. Difesa passiva e guerra chimica. Polichnico, 1940, 47: sez. prat, 1643; 1702. ---- Defense, tactical. United States. War Department. Field manual; FM 21-40: defense against chemical attack. 154p. 19cm. Wash., 1940. Also Rev. ed. 292p. 17>^cm. Wash., 1946. Ahlheim. Behelfsschutz zum Ueberschreiten von vergifte- tem Gelande. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 290-3.— Predtechensky, B. Protivokhimicheskaia zashchita. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 906-8. ---- Defense, veterinary. Richters, C. E. Die Tiere im chemischen Kriege. 4. Aufl. 280p. 24Hcm. Berl., 1939. Andreoni, R. Gli animaU in guerra aerochimica. Profila&si, 1938, 11: 97-102.—Blount, W. P. Chemical warfare and farm animals. Vet. J, Lond, 1944, 100: 249-57.—Chemical war- fare; its effect on Army animals and food. Vet. Med, Chic, 1942, 37: 358-63.—Farm (The) Livestock Emergency Service; duties of veterinary surgeons and animal stewards when bombs containing phosphorus _ or other poisonous substances have been dropped during an air raid. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1943, 55: 167.—Mace, D. L. Horses in chemical warfare. Vet. Bull, Wash, 1940, 34: 95-112. Also Chem. Warf. Bull, 1941, 27: 58-63. ------ & Udall, R. H. Veterinary Corps con- siderations of chemical warfare. Army Vet. BuU, 1943, 37: 185-217.—Muntiu, N. Protection of the horse in chemical warfare. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1938, 23: 139-50; 24: 63-73, 2 pi.; 150-60.—Richters, C. E. Animals in chemical warfare; review. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1938, 50: 805-16. --- Equipment. See also Equipment. United States. Army. Chemical Corps. Chemical Warfare Service field materiel data [140]p. 13cm. Edgewood, 1943. Fitch, W. K. German chemical warfare equipment. Pharm. J, Lond, 1944, 99: 230.—Rodyenko, P. Camouflage for chem- ical weapons. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1938, 24: No. 1, 18-22. ---- Ethical and legal aspects. Estatuto juridico e o emprfigo tatico da guerra qufmico e bacteriol6gico. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil., 1938, 315-28.— Hanslian, R. Die staatspolitische theoretische Bewertung des chemischen Kampfmittels. In his Chem. Krieg, 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 253-91.—Use of poison gas and bacteria in war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 1501. ---- Experiments. See also under Research. Cullumbine, H. Chemical warfare experiment using human subjects. Brit. M. J, 1946, 2: 576-8. ---- First aid and nursing. See also Injury, chemical. Cowell, E. M. The pocket book of first aid in accidents and chemical warfare. 19p. 16? Lond., 1937. Holcomb, R. C. First aid in chemical warfare. Delaware M. J., 1943, 15: 1-7. --- Gases. See Gas warfare. --- History. Ayres, P. B., Gilbert, F. J., & Baldridge, R. C Japanese chemical warfare. 21p. 25Hcm. n. p., 1945 Forms No. M-C, Med. Targets. Bernstein, C. The law of chemical warfare; a discussion of the historical and legal aspects of chemical warfare in inter- national law. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1942, 28: 174-86.—History (The) of poisons used as war weapons. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 730-2.—Japanese use of chemicals; a report on chem- ical warfare tactics used against the Chinese people. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 188-91. Also MU. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-43, 23: No. 3, 61.—Mielenz, W. Die chemischen Kampf- stoffe des Weltkrieges (kurzer nulitarischer Ueberblick) In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 37-48.— Prentiss, A. M. A quarter century of chemical warfare. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1943-44, 29: No. 7, 9-14.—Rivas Goday, J. J. Presente y porvenir del arma quimica. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1934, 12: 365; 1935, 12: 13; passim.; 1936, 14: 72.—Schweis- heimer, W. Poison as a war weapon in history. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1941, 154: 196-8.—Zanetti, J. E. Early experiences in chemical warfare. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1940, 26: 91-101. ---- Injury. See Injury, chemical; also Burns, Etiology; Gas poisoning. CHEMICAL WARFARE 371 CHEMICAL WARFARE ■--- Instruction. Baker, W. C. The field officers' course. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1937, 23: 129-33, 2 iUust.—Barre, C. [Sweden's hospital and Army physicians for civiUan aviation and medical aid station personnel] Sven. lak. tidn, 1935, 32: 456; 493; 524.—Burke, C. V. Training aids. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1941, 27: 90-3, iUust.—Burn, R. C. Pictorial training. Ibid, 141-3.— Chemical warfare course. Science, 1942, 95: 400.—Danford, R. M. The line and staff officers' class. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1939, 25: 96-9.—Dewey, F. H. The story of a film; behind the scenes in preparing CWS training films and film strips. Ibid, 1943-44, 29: No. 7, 29-35.—Hines, F. T. The field officers' class. Ibid, 1938, 24: 129-34.—Markham, H. S. Exhibit trains attract thousands; tour of 79 cities brings in over 4000 inquiries for chemical warfare equipment. Ibid, 1942, 28: 56.—Padlon, J. F. Chemical warfare training in the C. M. T. C. Ibid, 1939, 25: 34-7.—Regimental training activities. Ibid, 1940, 26: 18-28.—Rice, 3. W. Training films and film strips. Ibid, 1941, 27: 108-13, iUust.—Riegelman, H. South- west Pacific experiment; training that sticks. Ibid, 1944, 30: 21-5.—Roe, E. L. Teach when you teach; the lives of many men depend upon the efficiency with which officers train them for combat. Ibid, 1942, 28: 154-61.—Roller, H. G., & Gold- man, L. A practical and brief program for the teaching of chemical warfare to a medical reserve officers' troop school. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 29-35.—Sears, J. D. Regimental training on inactive status. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1939, 25: 165-70.—Shekerjian, H. Noncommissioned officers' class. Ibid, 122-5.—Short courses in Oregon on chemical warfare. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 1255.—Suggested precautionary measure in CWS training. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 11, 19.—Training of physicians in the medical aspects of chemical warfare. N. York State J. M, 1942, 42: 1523.—Williams, C. F. 306th Regimental Training, 1937. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1938, 23: 134-8. --- Manual. See also Gas poisoning; Gas warfare. Chemischen (Die) Kampfstoffe; Wirkung, Hilfeleistung, Entgiftung. 2. Aufl. 55p. 22cm. Berl., 1937. Hanslian, R. Der chemische Krieg. 2. Aufl. 411p. 24cm. Berl., 1927. ---- [The same] 3. Aufl. 1. Bd: Militarischer Teil. 779p. 25cm. Berl., 1937. Izzo, A. Guerra chimica e protezione antigas. 464p. 25}£cm. Milano, 1943. Liepmann, H. Death from the skies; a study of gas and microbial warfare. Transl. from the German by Eden and Cedar Paul. 286p. 8? Lond., 1937. Morata Cant6n, J. Guerra qufmica y bac- teriol6gica. 292p. 22>^cm. Barcel., 1938. Prentiss, A. M., & Fisher, G. J. B. Chem- icals in war; a treatise on chemical warfare. 739p. 8? N. Y., 1937. United States Army. Chemical Warfare School. Chemical warfare miscellany. 146p. 25cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1940. Forms No. 6, Pamph. Chem. Warf. School. Wachtel, C. Chemical warfare. 312p 22^cm. Brooklyn, 1941. --- Medical aspects. See also Gas poisoning; Injury, chemical. Dickinson, K. S. The main points of chem- ical warfare from the medical aspect. 68p. 8! Lond., 1937. Ferond, M., Coppez, J. H. [et al.] Le medecin devant le peril a6ro-chimique. 2. 6d. 447p. 18^cm. Brux., 1940. Great Britain. War Office. Medical man- ual of chemical warfare, 1939. 110p.; 15p. 24cm. Lond., 1939. Also 1940 ed. 104p.;15p. 24}£cm. Lond., 1940. Also American ed. 104p.; 15p. 22}km. Brooklyn, 1941. Also rev. ed. 106 p.; 15p. 22cm. N. Y., 1942. Also 1943 ed. 88p. 24}£cm. Lond., 1943. ---- Medical manual of chemical warfare, 1940: Amendments, No. 1. 12p. 24#cm. Lond., 1941. Italy. Ministero della Guerra. Direzione Generale di Sanita Militare. Manuale sanitario per la guerra chimica. 104p. 8? Roma, 1935. New York Medical College. Symposium on medical aspects of chemical warfare, p.33- 139. 25Kcm. N. Y., 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. OCD publication 2214-1: Revised course outline; medical aspects of chemical warfare emergency medical services. 18p. 28cm. Wash , 1943. Algunos aspectos clinicos de los elementos mas importantes de la guerra qufmica. Bol. Of. san. panamer, 1940, 19: 800.— Bacq, Z. M. Toxiques de guerre; medecine de paix. BruxeUes med, 1947, 27: 2111-8.—Berg6s Ribalta, F. de A. Aspectos medicos de la guerra quimica. Mundo med, 1933,15: 430-2.— Bodansky, O. Contributions of medical research in chemical warfare to medicine. Science, 1945, 102: 517-21.—Bunim, J. 3. CUnical features of gas warfare. Med. BuU, N. Y, 1942- 43, 8: 39-44.—Chaney, W. C. The civilian physician's respon- sibility in chemical warfare. Memphis M. J, 1942, 17: 170-2.—Cowell, E. M. Chemical warfare and the doctor. Brit. M. J, 1939, 2: 736; 778. Also in War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 191-213.—Dearing, W. P. The role of emergency medical service in gas defense. Ohio M. J, 1944, 40: 17-21.—Fawcett, R. E. M. Chemical warfare and modern therapeutics. Med. World, Lond, 1948-49, 69: 77.—Flury. Consequences of chemical warfare. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 230-9.—Foker, L. W. Medical aspects of chemical warfare. Staff Meet. Bull. Hosp. Univ. Minnesota, 1942-43, 14: 255-63.—Greenwood, G. R. The medical aspects of chemical warfare research. S. Luke Hosp. Bull, Bethlehem, 1947-48, 2: 45-52.—Hanssen, O. E. Medisinske synspunkter pa kjemisk krigf0ring. Tskr. Norske laegeforen, 1949, 69: 398-401.—Instruction in medical aspects of chemical warfare. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 801. Keegan, A. P. Medical aspects of chemical warfare in civiUan defense. Med. World, 1943, 61: 291-6.—Medical (The) aspects of chemical warfare. Detroit M. News, 1942-43, 34: No. 40, 5.—Medical aspects of chemical warfare. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 17, 2-20.—Medical aspects of chemical warfare. PhUadelphia M, 1942^43, 38: 7-15.—Pochapin, I. M. Medical aspects of chemical warfare. Pennsylvania M. J, 1941-42, 45: 795-800. Also Pittsburgh M. Bull, 1942, 31: 304; 351.—Powell, R. M. Medical aspects of chemical warfare as related to civiUan defense. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1943, 36: 289-98.—Roe, J. H, & Hunter, O. B. The medical aspects of chemical warfare. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11: 448.—Seifter, J. Medical aspects of chemical warfare. Clin. Bull. School M. Western Reserve Univ, 1943, 7: 31-3.—Sillevaerts, C. Le medecin et la guerre a^ro-chimique. BruxeUes-m6d, 1931-32, 12: 1134; passim.— White, S. A. Some medical aspects of chemical warfare. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1938, 24: 135-44. Organization of attack. German preparations for chemical warfare; offensive and defensive measures. Pharm. J, Lond, 1945, 101: 32.— Heavey, W. F. Engineers in chemical warfare. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1939, 25: 7-15.—Unmacht, G. F. Chemical warfare procurement districts. Ibid, 1938, 24: 89-93. ---- Problems. Campbell, S. M. CompUcations in anaesthesia due to chemical warfare. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1940,13: 144-52.— Wirth. Chemical warfare problems. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 195-200. ---- Psychological aspect. See also Psychological warfare. Rennie, T. A. C, & Small, S. M. Psychological aspects of chemical warfare. 45p. 23cm. N. Y., 1943. Psychological aspects of chemical warfare. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 17, 26-8. Tactics. See also subheading (Organization of attack) United States. Army. Military Intelli- gence Service. Special series, No. 16: Enemy capabilities for chemical warfare. 156p. 19^cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Special series, No. 24: Enemy tactics in chemical warfare. 105p. 23cm. Wash., 1944. Barstow, W. E., jr. Chemical warfare and infantry. Infantry Journal, 1944, 54: No. 2, 30 (cupping).—Boettger, C. R. Die Taktik der chemischen Waffe im Angriff und in der Verteidigung. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 559-77.—Caldwell, R. B. Weather and terrain. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1941, 27: 146-7.—Dnefias, D. de. El arma qufmica y la tactica. Ejercito, Madr, 1942, No. 33, 37-41.— Prentiss, A. M. Chemical support of infantry. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1939, 25: 145-58. CHEMISTRY 372 CHEST CHEMISTRY. See also Chemical agent; Chemical warfare; Laboratory. Barcena Valencia, M. La quimica aplicada a la guerra. Bol. clase, Lima, 1942, 10: 141-8.—Barker, M. E. Chemistry in warfare; a recent address to the students and faculty of William and Mary CoUege. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1942, 28; 74-84.—Greene, J. W. Chemistry in the war effort. Tr. Kansas Acad. Sc, 1943, 46: 280-5.—Grey, C. G. Chemistry in war. In: Science Looks Ahead (Low, A. M.) Lond, 1942, 160-5.—Hall, W. W., & Gault, P. S. Advances in clinical chemistry. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1940, 38: 1-27, pi—Millar, G. E. Chemistry and war. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1937, 23: 60- 4.—Osol, A. Chemistry in the war. In: Science in War (Philadelphia CoU. Pharm.) 1942, 85-97.—Roberts, R. C. Chemistry in wartime. Q. Chicago M. School, 1941-42, 2: No. 2, 22.—Stine, C. M. A. Molders of a better destiny. Science, 1942, 96: 305-11. ---- Manual. W Haynes, W. The chemical front. 264p. 22cm. N. Y., 1944. Hessel, F. A., Hessel, M. S. H., & Martin, W. Chemistry in warfare, its strategic im- portance. 164p. 22cm. N. Y., 1940. Also new ed. 179p. 21^cm. N. Y, 1942. Langhans. Wehrchemie als Dezimalklassi- fikation der Feuer-, Explosions-, Nebel-, Rauch-, Giftkampf-Momente. 475p. 8? Berl., 1937. Sala, E. Chemie, eine unsichtbare Waffe. 83p. 19Hcm. Berl., 1944. United States. Army Medical School. Chemistry. 182 1. 26cm. Wash., 1933. Forms No. 146, A. M. C. U. S. Army M. Center. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual TM 3-215: Military chemistry and chemical agents. 164p. 23cm. Wash., 1940. Also another ed. 171p. 21}£cm. Wash., 1942. CHEMOTHERAPY. See under Therapeutics; also such terms as Injury, Treatment: Chemotherapy; Wound, Treatment: Chemotherapy. CHEST. See also Cabinet; Equipment; Kit. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/4: Zusam- menstellung der Packordnungen der Sanitatsbe- haltnisse. 22p. 21cm. Berl., 1941. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/5: Packordnung des Sanitatskastens 1930; vom Januar 1935 [Reprint] 8p. 21cm. Berl., 1937. Also reedition. 8p. 21cm. Berl., 1941. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/12: Packordnung des Gebirgs-Sanitatskastens, Anl. S 2263, vom 1. April 1939. lOp. 21cm. Miinch., 1939. Also reedition. 14p. 21cm. Berl., 1944. Germany. Oberkommando der Kriegs- marine [Marine-Druckvorschrift] M. Dv. 271/6: Soil der Sanitatsausrtistungen. Teil 6: Instru- mentenbestecke und arztliche Gerate. 68p. 22cm. Berl., 1941. Skinner, R. W., Ill, Spangler, H. J., & Brown, L. S. Modification of the present Field Medical Unit No. 30; chest, utensils, hospital. 17 1. 27cm. Camp Lejeune, 1945. Forms Res. Proj. X-5 77, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Spangler, H. J. Development and testing of field medical assembly chests. 3 Nos. 28cm. Camp Lejeune, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 1-3, Res. Proj. NM 012 007, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Chest, combat, medical. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1947, July, 128-31.—Chest, MD, complete (60) Ibid, 138-48.—Medical dispensary chest. Ibid, 132-6.— Plasma and saline bottle holders. Ibid, 155.—Schuessler, C. F. Development of a lightweight packing case. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 40. ------ Develop- ment of a lightweight dental chest. Ibid, 41. ------ De- velopment of a lightweight flight examiner's chest. Ibid, 43.— Weinger, 1.1., & Wallach, G. L. Helpful improvisations for use with field dental chest. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 5, 24-6. CHILE. For references see the following headings in this section: Dental service; Hospital report; Medical examination; Morbidity; Pharmaceutical service; Tuberculosis; Venereal disease; Veterinary serv- ice. CHINA. For references see under the following headings of the Military Section: Air Force Medical Serv- ice; Dentistry; Hospital report; Medical Depart- ment; Medical organization; Medical service; Morbidity; World War I; World War II. CHINESE Civil War (1911-1926) See under Wars and campaigns. CHINESE-Japanese War. See various subheadings of Wars and cam- paigns (1894/1895; 1900; 1938) CHIROPODIST. B, Y. Army commissions? J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod, 1942, 32: No. 6, 25.—Chapman, H. L. How wiU the war affect the chiropodist? Ibid, No. 5, 7.—Chiropodists in the British Army. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: No. 12, 24.—Chiropodists in the British Royal Army Medical Corps. Clin. J. Chiropody, 1940-41, 11: 411-3.—Katz, I. Chiropodists in the victory program. Ibid, 1941-42, 12: 120.—Lelyveld, J. The chiropo- dists' place in the civilian defense program. J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod, 1942, 32: No. 2, 14.— Meldman, E. C. Regional editors aid war effort. Ibid, No. 8, 17.—Philadelphia chiropo- dists conduct foot chnic at United Service Organizations club. Ibid, 1943, 33: No. 6, 22-4.—Simko, M. V. Classification of hiropodists in tne draft. Ibid, 1940, 30: No. 12, 9. ----- Class II for drafted chiropodists. Chiropody Rec, 1941, 24: 69. ------ Concerning the Selective service act. J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod, 1941, 31: No. 2, 12-4. CHIROPODY. See also Foot; Shoe. Ayres, P. B., Gilbert, F. J., & Hendrick- son, R. M. Podiatry in the Japanese Navy. 9p. 25^cm. n. p., 1945. Forms No. M-03, Med. Targets. Chiropody in the Navy. Chiropody Rec, 1942, 25: 190.— Chiropody and World War II. J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod, 1942, 32: 21.—Danielson, W. A. Chiropody and muitary service. Ibid, No. 2, 11.—Military chiropody. Clin. J. Chiropody, 1941-42, 12: 63; 119.—Stickel, W. J. Voluntary chiropodical chnic program in Army camps. Ibid, 1940-41 11: 406-11.— Von Schill, N. Military chiropody. Ibid,' 1941-42, 12: 167; 207. CHIROPODY Corps. Austin, D. W. Why a chiropody corps? Clin. J. Chiropody, 1940-41, 11: 195-7.—Chiropody officers in the Army Medical Corps. California West. M, 1942, 57: 148.—Hack, M. To- ward a chiropody corps. J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod, 1940, 30: No. 10, 9-11. CHITRAL campaign (1932) See under Wars and campaigns. p-CHLOROPHENYL- TRICHLOROETHANE. See as DDT. CHLOROPICRIN. See also Gas warfare. Blume, R. *Beobachtungen an griinkreuz- vergifteten Kaninchen, die mit Pernocton narko- tisiert wurden [Berlin] 26p. 22cm. Miinch., 1941. CHLOROPICRIN 373 CITIZENS' DEFENSE CORPS Amchislavsky, I. V. [Chloropicrin and its use for mass dis- infection in rural districts] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 9, 47-51.—Des Cilleuls, J. La chloropicrine au service de l'hy- giene. Rev. hyg. Par, 1939, 61: 272-87—Efimenko, V. I. [Apparatus for rapid evaporization of chloropicrin] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 8, 43.—Halpern, B., & Cruchaud, S. Action preventive de l'antihistaminique n-dim^thyl'amino-2-propyl-l- thiodiphenylamine sur l'pedeme aigu experimental du poumon, provoque' par l'administration d'un gaz toxique, la chloropicrine. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 225: 1194-6.—Heubner, W. Ueber das Todlichkeitsprodukt des Chlorpikrius. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1939-40, 107: 749.—Kamei, M., Okuyama, M., & Sirakawa, K. Nankin musi ni talsuru chloropicrin kunzy koryoku siken seiseki hokoku [... chloropicrin fumigation against bed bugs] Gun idan zassi, 1927, No. 167, 573-77.— Lukjanovich, M., Fedorov, N., & Bidenko, D. [Zur Frage der Bestimmung von Chlorpikrin in Nahrungsprodukten] Vopr. pitan, 1935, 4: No. 6, 81-8.— Ritlop, B. Das Todlich- keitsprodukt des Chlorpikrins. Zschr. ges. exp. Med, 1939, 106: 296-302.—Shimizu, S. A new colour reaction of chlor- picrin and tetra-chlorid of carbon. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1939, 28: 12. CHLOROVINYLDICHLOROARSINE [Lewisite] See also Gas warfare. Barron, E. S. G., Miller, Z. B. [et al.J Reactivation by di- thiols of enzymes inhibited by lewisite. Biochem. J. Lond, 1947, 41: 69-74.—Cameron, G. R., Carleton, H. M., & Short, R. H. D. Pathological changes induced by lewisite and allied compounds. J. Path. Bact, Lond, 1946, 58: 411-22, 2 pi. ------ Disturbances of function induced by lewisite (2- chlorvinyldichlorarsine) Q. J. Exp. Physiol, Lond, 1947, 34: 1-28.—Cullumbine, H. Treatment of lewisite shock with sodium salt solutions. Brit. M. J, 1946, 1: 607.—Donohue, J, Humphrey, G., & Schomaker, V. The electron diffraction in- vestigation of isomeric lewisites. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1947, 69: 1713-6.—Fell, H. B., & Allsopp, C. B. The effects of lewisite and of lewisite oxide on living cells in vitro. Brit. J. Exp. Path. 1946, 27: 305-9.—Ferguson, R. L., & Silver, S. D. A method for the visual demonstration of lewisite in skin. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1947, 17: 37.—Leopold, I. H., & Adler, F. H. Specific treatment of ocular burns due to lewisite (0-chloro- vinyldichloroarsine) Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1947, 38: 174-81.— Mann, I, Pirie, A, & Pullinger, B. D. A study of lewisite lesions of the eyes of rabbits. Am. J. Ophth, 1946, 29: 1215-27, 2 pi. ------ The treatment of lewisite and other arsenical vesicant lesions of the eyes of rabbits with British anti-lewisite (BAL) Ibid, 1947, 30: 421-35.—Sentiurin, B. Liuizit (B- khlorvinildikhlorarsin) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 601-4.—Thomson, J. F., Savit, J., & Goldwasser, E. Tests of 2,3-dimercaptopropanol and related dithiols for de- contamination of lewisite on human skin. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther, 1947, 89: 1-13.—Trethewie, E. R. Comparison of ointment aerosol-5 with number 5 against lewisite. Med. J. Australia, 1947, 1: 785. CHOLERA. See under Epidemic. CITIZENS' Defense Corps. See also Gas warfare, Defense: Organization. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. The control system of the Citizens' Defense Corps. 30p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. ---- United States Citizens Defense Corps; who can join, how to join, qualifications... 39p. 27cm. Wash. [1942?] In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Medical Division. Analyses of duties and training of U. S. Citizens Defense Corps for gas defense [14] p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. ---- Duties of U. S. Citizens Defense Corps in gas defense. 4p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Training Section. Staff manual United States Citizens' Defense Corps. 7p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. Duties of U. S. Citizens Defense Corps in gas defense. Ann. Int. M, 1943, 18: 425-8. Also Connecticut M. J, 1943, 7: 199-201. Also J. Nat. M. Ass, N. Y, 1943, 35: 72. Also Texas J. M., 1942-43, 38: 675.—Landis, J. M. Duties of U. S. Citizens Defense Corps in gas defense. Operat. Letter U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1943, No. 104, 1-7. CIVILIAN defense. See also Chemical warfare, Defense; Citizens' Defense Corps; Gas warfare, Defense; National defense. [International] Convention internationale pour la protection de la population civile. Avant- projet. lip. 24cm. n. p., 1936[?] [Leake, C. D.] Notes for civilians on morale, bombs, and gas. Leaflet. 28cm. S. Franc, 1942. ---- [The same] Notes on morale, burns, bombs and war gasses, for physicians [6] p. 2lHcm. Springf., 1942. Civil defense. Annual Rep. Am. Nat. Red Cross, 1940-41, 35-8.—Civilian defense. Virginia M. Month, 1941, 68: 699. Also N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 464.—Civilian defense a reality. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 31.—Civilian's (A) war. Nassau M. News, 1941, 15: No. 8, 1.—Costedoat. La protec- tion civile du pays en temps de guerre. Sem. hop. Paris, 1949, 25: 1831-4.—Cox, G. W. Civilian defense in the national emergency. Texas J. M, 1942-43, 38: 288-91.—D., L. A propos du vol en pique\ Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1940, 22: 731-8.—Ehlgotz, H. Stadtebau und Luftschutz. Techn. Gemeindebl, 1936, 39: 273-6.—Grey, C. G. Anti-aircraft de- lences. In: Science Looks Ahead (Low, A. M.) Lond, 1942, 187-91.—LaGuardia, F. H. Civilian defense. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1941, 27: 135-40.—Need for protective services in time of war. Notice U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1943, Nov, 1 — Russ, W. B. Not by guns alone. Texas J. M, 1942-43, 38: 423-6.—Skinner, G. A. War emergencies in civilian popula- tions. Mississippi Valley M. J, 1942, 64: 18-23.—Wilson, V. L. Adventure in Civilian Defense. Am. J. Nurs, 1943, 43: 644-9. Air defense. See also Air defense. Air-raid protection; suggestions and data from official sources. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: 14.—Civil (The) popu- lation and air attack. Nature, Lond, 1937, 139: 387-9.— Crespo, J. B. El bombardeo aereo y las poblaciones indefensas. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1938, 38: pt 2, 1181-3.—Fraser, C. Attack from the air. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 71-5.—Hernandez, V. Cuidado de los civiles durante raids aereos y otros desastres. Rev. mex. cir, 1942, 10: 329-36.—Hodsoll, J. General raid lesson. Baltimore Health News, 1943, 20: 112-4.—Johnson, L. W. We are already late in our preparations for aerial bombardment. Mod. Hosp, 1940, 55: No. 6, 43-5.—Pampered parasites. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 453.— Protection des populations civiles contre la guerre aero-chi- mique. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1938, 20: 1017-27; 1939, 21: 20; 392.—Wells, H. Air raid defense publications. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1940, 26: 155-73. ---- Air raid casualty service. See Emergency medical service. ---- Air raid warden. See under Civilian defense worker. ---- Centers, information bureaus, and posts. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Casualty record book [23] p. 27cm. Wash., 1942[?] Blank forms for listing casualty records. Littlewood, F. D. Functions of an information bureau fol- lowing an air raid. J. R. San. Inst, 1942, 62: 183-9.—N, S. R. At a London rest centre. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 1053.— Panis, G. [Que doit §tre un poste de secours dans la defense passive.'] Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 295 (Abstr.)—What's what in emergency. Lancet, Lond, 1942. 2: 10^. — Emergency medical service. See Emergency medical service. — First aid. See under Emergency medical service. — Food service and protection. See also under Gas warfare. London. Air Raid Defence League. Food in war time. 28p. 21cm. Lond., 1939. CIVILIAN DEFENSE 374 CIVILIAN DEFENSE Hardy, E. Foods need guarding from gas and glass. Food Indust, 1942, 14: No. 5, 37.—Jefford, F. R. Food treatment. J. R. San. Inst, 1942, 62: 190.—Schutz von Nahrungsmitteln and Wasser. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 164-75.—Tiedeman, W. D. Maintaining sanitation in serving food under emergency conditions. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1942, 18: 663-6. Gas defense. See Gas warfare, Defense. — Industrial aspect. See also Civilian defense worker; Emergency medical service. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Protection of industrial plants and pub- lic buildings [8] p. 27cm. Wash., 1941. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. Baehr, G. Protection of civilians and industry in wartime. Proc. Indust. Hyg. Found. America, 1941, 6. meet, 108-12.— Civil defence in industry. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 424.— T., E. A. Air raid precautions in the factory. Ibid, 423.— War conference for protection of industrial workers. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 1307. Manual. Air Raid Precautions; in ten parts. 1. Amer. ed. [298] p. 22cm. Brooklyn, 1941. Great Britain. Ministry of Home Secu- rity. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precautions training manual No. 2: Manual for officers responsible for A. R. P. train- ing. 67p. 21>^cm. Lond., 1940. Hawaii, U. S. Office of Civilian Defense. Women's Division. Victory handbook. 32p. 28cm. Honolulu, 1942. Hunke, H. Zagrozenie powietrzne i obrona przeciwlotnicza [Trans, from German by A. Wojtyga] 190p. 8?. Warsz., 1934. Hyde, H. M., & Nuttall, G. R. F. Air defence and the civil population. 215p. 8° Lond., 1938. Kr6likiewicz, S. Obrona przeciwlotnicza. 147p. 8? Warsz., 1935. Leyson, B. The air raid safety manual. 92p. 19cm. N. Y., 1942. McBride, J. Air raid precautions against bombs and the poisonous gas of warfare, with emergency first aid. 95p. 16cm. Sidney, 1942. New York State Council of Defense, & New York State Education Department. Education for civilian defense. N. Y., 1942- Radziszewski, W., & Chrz^szczewski, J. Vademecum obrony przeciwlotniczej i przeciwga- zowej ludnoSci cywilnej; ze szczeg6iowem uwz- ghjdnieniem zasad ratownictwa przeciwgazowego. Wyd. 2. 928p. 17cm. Warsz., 1936. United States. Federal Works Agency. Air raid protection manual for Federal A. R. P. Officers. 99p. 19cm. Wash., 1941. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. A handbook for demolition and clear- ance crews. 52p. 19cm. Wash., 1941. ---- Handbooks. 8 pamphl. in 1 v. 19cm Wash., 1942. ---- A handbook for messengers. 44p. 19cm. Wash., 1941 [ie. 1942] Title page 1941, last page reprinted 1942. In: Handbooks (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense) 1942. ---- A handbook for road repair crews. 44p. 19cm. Wash., 1941 [ie. 1942] Title page 1941, last page reprinted 1942. In: Handbooks (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense) ---- Textbooks, v. p. 24cm. Wash, [after 1942] L ---- Measures and equipment. See also Gas mask; Helmet; Respirator, etc. United States. Work Projects Adminis- tration. Bibliography of air raid precautions and civil defense. 2v. 343p.; 528p. 25cm. Wash., 1941-42. ---- [The same] Russian supplement. 27p. 26^cm. Wash., 1942. Air raid instructions. Personnel J, 1941-42, 20: 239-42.— Air raid precautions. Lancet. Lond, 1935, 2: 261; 1465.— Air raid precautions. Brit. M. J, 1936, 1: 649; 2: 1159; Suppl, 187; 1941, 1: 528.—Air raid precautions. Pharm. J, Lond, 1938, 87: 393.—Air raid precautions. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112:656.—Air raid precautions. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1939, 35: 750; 778; 816; 845; 885; 942.—B., J. Protection des populations civiles contre le pird aerien. Arch. mid. beiges, 1935, 88: 625-7.—Bernal, J. D, Fremlin, J. H. [et al.] Air raid pre- cautions. Nature, Lond, 1937, 139: 760.—Bishoff, L. Mass- nahmen vor, wahrend und nach Flugzeugangriffen (mit Brisanz- Sprengbomben, Brandbomben, Giftstoffbomben) auf die Zivilbevolkerung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1935, 65: 319-26.— De Saram, G. S. W. Air raid precautions. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass, 1938, 35: 479-88, 3 pi.; 1939, 36: 135-42.—Do's and don'ts in air raids. Health, Mount. View, 1942, 9: No. 4, 18.— Donaldson, M. Air raid precautions. Brit. M. J, 1938, 2: 1227.—Gibbs, E. C. Air raid precautions in [college] residence halls. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1942, 18: 233-5.—H, R. H. Air-raid precautions. Ulster M. J, 1937, 6: 73-5.—Hanns, A. Mise en ita.t de protection d'une agglomeration contre les raids aeriens. Strasbourg med, 1938, 98: 380-3.—Hatt, R. T. A simple air- raid alarm. Science, 1942, 95: 301.—Instruction in protection against air raids and poison gas attacks. J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1233.—Lehmann, M. Selbstschutz auf Grund des Luft- schutzgesetzes. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1047.—Leys, D. Air raid precautions. Brit. M. J, 1937, 1: 1091.—Sparks, F. J. Discussion on air raid precautions, opening paper. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 303-7.—Steel helmets and civilian duty respirators. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: Suppl, 23.—Swartout, H. O. If we should be bombed. Health, Mount. View, 1942, 9: No. 4, 6.—Turner, H. M. S. Observations on air raid pre- cautions. Brit. M. J, 1936, 2: No. 3964, Suppl, 339-41.— Vespermann. Die Aufgaben des Gesundheitsamtes im Luft- schutzsanitatsdienst. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1937-38, 3: A, 437-40.—Wooders, M. A, & Curtis, D. A. Air raid precau- tions. In their Emergency Care, Phila, 1942, 443-55. ---- Organization and planning. See also Air defense. Jercho, W. Organizacja obrony przeciwlot- niczej dom6w mieszkalnych; 2. drug. 92p. 21cm. Warsz., 1938. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. How to organize civilian protection in your community [8]p. 27cm. Wash. [1941?] In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. ---- Planning guides, memoranda, pamphlets, training guides. 17 pamphl. in 1 v. 27cm. Wash., 1942. United States. Office of Civil Defense Planning. Civil defense for national security. 301p. 23Hcm. Wash., 1948. Wilson, W. L. Notes on civil defense plan- ning. 19 1. 32cm. Wash., 1949. ----■ National activity for civil defense. 15 1. 32cm. Wash., 1950. Gliederung, Aufgaben und Tatigkeit des Danischen Luft- schutzverbandes. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 83-7.— Grimme, H. Zehn Jahre Reichsluftschutzbund, zum 29. April 1943. Ibid, 81-3.—Guarding the home front. Occupa- tions, 1942-43, 21: 106-8.—Hodsoll, J. Cooperation between civil defence services. Baltimore Health News, 1942, 19: 97-9.—Kruse. Luftschutz auf dem Lande. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 153-6.—Projet de la Croix-Rouge ameri- caine relatif a la defense civile. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1941, 23: 1022.—Public and private ownership, a co-operation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 313.—Tarbett cites lack of air raid preparedness; necessity of further development of air raid plans shown at N. E. W. W. A. meeting at Providence, R. I. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 467.— Zurborn. Aus- bildung im Selbstschutz und Erweiterten Selbstschutz auf dem Lande. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 175; passim. passive. See also Chemical warfare, Defense, passive; Gas warfare, Defense. [Beigica] Comentarios a la Instrucci6n general para la protecci6n antiaerea pasiva de la pob!aci6n y de las instala- CIVILIAN DEFENSE 375 CIVILIAN DEFENSE ciones civiles. Rev. estud. mil, Madr, 1935, 7: 218-20.— Defesa passiva contra os ataques aeros. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1936, 2: 121-5.—Herrera Chueca, S. La defensa anti- aerea pasiva. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1943, 43: pt 2, 1257-73.— Jinga, P. Projet de creation de zones sanitaires. Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1938, 11: 298-305.—Mesures de defense passive. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1940, 22: 389; 1005; 1942, 24: 183.—Precautions contre les attaques aeriennes; la defense passive. Nature, Par, 1939, 67: pt 2, 8; 43; 79.— Protection des populations civiles; mesures de defense passive. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1939, 21: 829; 1941, 23: 294; 370; 594; 672. ---- Protection of children. See also Civilian evacuation; Evacuation. Eliot, M. M. Civil defense measures for the protection of children, report of observations in Great Britain, February 1941. 186p. 23Hcm. Wash., 1942. Ptjech, G. La protection des enfants et la guerre aero-chimique. 39p. 8? Par., 1936. Adam, R. Physical and mental care of children in war. Bull, from Britain, 1942, No. 87, 13.—Air raid rules for baby. Georgia Health, 1942, 22: No. 5, 1.—Aves, G. M. After-care for the evacuated. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39: 566.— Barker, H. A special school evacuation unit; some observations on its value. Ment. Health, Lond, 1942, 3: 37-9.—Beattie, N. R., & Lowe, J. J. H. Evacuation and the difficult child. Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 67: 205.—Burbury, W. M. Effects of evacuation and of air raids on city children. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 660-2.—Care of babies during air raids. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 985. Also Memphis M. J, 1942, 17: 111.—Corbin, H. The baby in a blackout. Pub. Health Nurs, 1943, 35: 26.—Dixon, C. W. Some experiments in the cleansing of children. Med. Times, Lond, 1939, 67: 183.—Eliot, M. M. La protecci6n de los nifios en zonas de peligro y planes para su cuidado despu^s de evacuaciones por necesidades militares. Bol. Inst, protec. inf., Montev, 1943, 16: 324-44. ------ & Bain, K. Protection of children in danger zones. Child, Wash, 1942-43, 7: 1-3.—Evacuation (The) of children from danger areas. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 411.—Kipnis, A. B. [Air- raid, preventive measures in pediatrics] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 287-90.—Korsunskaia, M. I. [Health service for evacuated children] Hig. zdorov, 1942, 7: 12-7.—Mansfeld. Arbeitszeit der Jugendlichen bei Ausfall des Berufsschulunterrichts wegen Fliegeralarms. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 282.— Mons, W. E. R. Air raids and the child. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 625.—Passim [notes on civiUan defense] Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1940, 54: 185.—Percival, E. N. Children in wartime. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1942—43, 42: 342-4.—Proteccion (La) de los ninos y las madres en las ciudades en tiempo de guerra; la proteccidn en zonas de peligro. Bol. Inst, internac. amer. protec. inf., Montev, 1942, 16: 194-208.—Rolleston, C. The medical examination of evacuees. Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 67: 30.— Saving children in air attacks. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1030.—Smith, R. M. Protection of children in wartime. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 236.—Thomas, R. Children in wartime; foster parents. Bull, from Britain, 1942, No. 77, 7-10.—Van Horn, A. L., & Hall, B. Planning for crippled children in the event of evacuation. Crippled Child, 1942—43, 20: 88. ---- Protection of the sick. See also Hospital administration, Protection. Agena. Ausbau des Krankentransportes im Luftschutz. Zschr. ges. Krankenhausw, 1934, 590-2.—De Senectute [pseud.] Chronic sick in bombed towns. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 987.—Evacuation of patients from London. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 163.—Gregory, A. Chronic sick in bombed towns. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 284.—Sick (The) in bombed areas, by Cockney. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 696.—Sinclair-Loutit, K. W. C, & Shirlaw, G. B. The sick in bombed areas. Ibid, 823.—War notice. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: Suppl, 95. ---- Psychological aspect. Causse, P. *De quelques aspects psycho- logiques de la defense passive. 36p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Bartemeier, L. H. Psychiatry in civilian defense. In: Psychiatry & War (Sladen, F. J.) Springf, 1943, 278-85. ---- Red Cross service. See under Red Cross. ---- Services. See also other subheadings; also in this section, Emergency medical service. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Civilian war services; an operating guide for local defense councils. 40p. 23Kcm. Wash., 1943. United States. Office of Defense Health and Welfare Services. Health, welfare and related aspects of community war services. Rev. ed. 15p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. Ellis, W. J. Community wartime services. Training school Bull, 1942-43, 39: 150-2.—Heringhans. Allgemeine Fiirsorge bei Grossangriffen. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 22-8.— Hogben, G. H. Welfare of persons rendered homeless as the result of enemy action. J. R. San. Inst, 1940-41, 61: 171-4.— Racz, L, & Telbisz, A. [Service for air raid precautions] Orv. hetil, 1938, 82: mell, 198.—Sillevaerts, C. Ce que doivent 6tre les services d'une s^curite' civile qui veut 6tre efficace Bruxelles med, 1949, 29: 2005; 2066. ---- Shelter. See Emergency medical service, Shelter serv- ice; Shelter. ---- Training. See also Emergency medical service; First aid. Canada. Office of the Director of Civil Defence. Training pamphlets. Ottawa, No. 1, 1944- . Great Britain. Ministry of Home Secur- ity. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precautions training bulletin, No. 2. 16p. 2iy2crn. Lond., 1940. United States. Federal Works Agency. Training bulletin No. 1: Air raid defense training for federal employees [28]p. 18^cm. Wash., 1941. ---- Training bulletin No. 2: Air raid defense training for federal employees. 6p. 19J^cm. Wash., 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Training courses for civilian protection; enrolled volunteer groups. 34p. 27cm. Wash., 1941. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Training Sect.) 1942. United States. Office of Education. Education and national defense series: Pamphlets. Wash., No. 9, 1941- . Air Wardens' School and Boys State hold assemblies at school for deaf. Welf. Bull, Springf, 1942, 33: No. 8, 17 — Ejercicios de defensa antiae'rea, afio 1943; directivas a seguir por la poblaci6n. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1943, 43: pt 2, 847-69.— Exercise (An) in A. R. P. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 1133-5.— Fisher, J. B. War Department civilian defense courses gradu- ate over 500 in 1941; program expected to be expanded in 1942 to graduate 5000 students. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 28- 30.—Hodsoll, J. Exercises for civil defense services. Baltimore Health News, 1942, 19: 88-90.—I am a bomb! Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1942, 38: 272.—Koblelev, P. P. Compulsory defense training. Personnel J, 1941-42, 20: 236-8.—Peirce, W. A. An experience in civilian defense training. Water Works & Sewer, 1942, 89: 339.—Raid demonstration for American physi- cians (London) J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1371.—Roojen, P. H. van [Organization of courses for aerial defense] Geneesk. gids, 1938, 16: 462—4.—St. [Instructions for air raid attacks] Ibid, 1114.—Voluntary defense training, by a Moscow house- wife. Personnel J, 1941-42, 20: 231-5.—Werks-, Luft- und Gasschutztibung. Zschr. Gewerbehyg, 1934, 41: Fabriks- feuerw, 35; 40. ---- Utilities. Lange, T. S. Budowa i obsluga sieci tele- fonicznej O. P. L. 2. ed. 121p. 8? Warsz., 1934. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Defense Communications Board. Memorandum on municipal signaling systems; including specifications for emergency electrical power equipment. 24p. 27cm. Wash., 1941. Forms No. 12, Pub, Off. Civilian Defense U. S. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. Air-raid damage and electricity supply. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 173; 362; 435.—Handley, B. Air raid precautions as affecting public utility undertakings, with special reference to electricity undertakings. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 332-4; disc, 344-8.—Repair squads for water and sewerage systems. CIVILIAN DEFENSE 376 CIVILIAN DEFENSE N. Hampshire Health News, 1942, 20: No. 2, 15.—Sewell, T. Sanitary questions arising from enemy attack on towns. J. R. San. Inst, 1942, 62: 154-60.—Shestakov, M. N. [Repair of damages to water mains and sewers] Vodosnab. san. tekhn, 1942, 17: 9-13.—War (A) game test of telephone service. Bell Teleph. Q, 1939, 18: 3-12, 4 pi. ---- Utilities: Sewage. Batten, F. J. R, & Hardy, J. Air raid precautions as adapt- able to sewage disposal works. Sewage Purif, Lond, 1939, 1: 32, &c—Devendorf, E, & Dappert, A. F. War damage to sewerage systems; New York State formulates mutual aid plans. Sewage Works Engin, 1942, 13: 497-502.—Hardy, E. Pro- tecting English sewage works from air raids. Ibid, 305.— Ingram, W. T. Protection of sewage works in war time. Sewage Works J, 1943, 15: 711-24.—Protection during war of public sewerage systems; some timely suggestions for preventing sabotage in sewer systems. Sewage Works Engin, 1944, 15: 93.—Sewer squad organization for air raids. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: 423. ---- Utilities: Water supply. Air attack effects and guarding water works property; report on general and plant management sessions held at Chicago wartime conference. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 830; 862.—Air-raid organization measures for water supply pro- tection. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: 92; 990.—Arnold, G. E. Protection of water and food supplies in an emergency. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 1097-1104.—Bennett, R. Operation of distribution systems under bombing conditions; a summary and conclusions based principally on English experience. Water Works & Sewer, 1942, 89: 261-5.—Berry, H. Water service in wartime London. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1942, 34:1298-1327. ------ Pumping stations in the blitz. Ibid, 1689-91.—Bunnell, A. E. K. Wartime control of public utili- ties. Ibid, 823-8. —Carl, K. J. Can American water systems provide adequate civiUan defense? with reference in particular to fire service in the vicinity of fractured mains should air raids come. Water Works & Sewer, 1942, 89: 194-7.—Casey, J. J. Emergency cistern supply; San Francisco has large cistern supply for fighting fire if the city is bombed. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 658-60.—Cleary, E. J. Strategy and tactics on a wartime waterworks project. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 129: No. 15, 64-8.—Cook, H. J. Organizing an emergency waterworks repair unit. Water Works & Sewer, 1942, 89: 177.—Critchlow, H. T. Water supply defense in New Jersey. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1941, 33: 1517-33.—Dappert, A. F. New York State Mutual Aid Plan for Water Service in Case of Emergencies. Ibid, 1942, 34: 189-99.—Domestic water sup- plies in war. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 381.—Emergency (The) water supply program. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 351.— Gorman, A. E. Chicago civilian defense plans for water safety control. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1942, 34: 1343-56 — Goudey, R. F. Wartime protection of water supplies. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: 1174-80.—Hochlerner, T. Defense measures for New York water supply. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1941, 33: 689-700.—Howard, N. J. Defense of water supply works. Ibid, 1475-80.—Howe, B. V. Safe water supplies, a vital necessity in times of emergency. Colorado Bd Health Bull, 1942, 6: 11-3.—Jordan, H. E. Public water supply in the civil defense program. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1941, 33: 121-37.—Host, N. A. [Project of sanitary zones for the protection of water supply] Hig. & zdorov, 1941, 6: No. 11, 16-22.—Kovarsky, M. [Protection of piped water and other sources of potable and agricultural water during air raids] Ibid, 53.—Louis, L. The mutual aid plan for water works and sewage plants in Indiana. Month. Bull. Bd. Health Indiana, 1942, 45: 183.—McNamee, R. L. Water supply in wartime. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1943, 35: 687-93.—Maintenance of water supplies under war conditions. Pub. Works, N. Y, 1942, 73: No. 8, 29-32.—Morison, A. G. Air raids and water purity. Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 67: 19.—Nuebling, E. Guarding New York's supply. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 640; 704.— Oakman, R. G. Operating a water works during war time conditions and emergency. Ibid, 1941, 94: 1612. ------ War time protection of public water supplies; New England Water Works Association hears of plans followed by various states in New England. Ibid, 1942, 95: 142; 156.—O'Neill, J. H. Emergency water supply and sewage disposal. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1942-43, 95: 73-7.—Organization and train- ing of water main emergency repair crews and auxiliary per- sonnel assigned to emergency water service duties. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1942, 34: 803-22.—Perera, R. Emergency reservoirs. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 16-9.—Potter, H. H. Sterilization of water mains and emergency water supplies. Ibid, 417.—Protection (The) of public water supplies for national defense. Health News, Albany, 1941, 18: 195.— Protection of water supplies in war time. Week. Bull. Cali- fornia Dep. Pub. Health, 1942-43, 21: 21.—Reinke, E. A. Supervision of public water supplies in wartime. Ibid, 157-9.— Renton, G. F. Sterilization of water mains and emergency water supplies. J. R. San. Inst, 1942, 62: 33-53.—Sanitation (The) of public water supplies in wartime. Health News, Albany, 1942, 19: 185.—Scott, W. J. Water supplies and sani- tation under war conditions. Connecticut Health Bull, 1942, 56: 223-7.—Should bombs come; equipment and materials available for meeting conditions brought about by explosions of bombs. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 298-303.—Spieker, R. G. Watei works preparedness in South Dakota. Clarifier, Pierre 1942, 7: 5.— Tarbett, R. E. Water supply protection in civilian defense. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1942, 34: 1335- 42 —Thomas, D. S., & Foote, H. B. Notes on water works defense. Ibid, 1941, 33: 1866-8.—Thrasher, W.E. Auxiliary water supply in Westchester County, N. Y. Ibid, 680-88.— Use of water supplies during air raids. N. Hampshire Health News, 1942, 20: No. 2, 13-5.—War protection of public water supplies. Ibid, 2-5.—Wartime waterworks problems. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 129: No. 3, 77.—Water supply in air raids. Ibid, 1942, 128: 192.—Water supply protection in civilian defense. Week. BuU. Oregon Bd Health, 1942, 20: No. 21, 1—4.—Water supply protection in U. S. coastal states; an outline of plans of water systems in states that border the 2 oceans. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 90; passim.—Weir, W. V. Emergency repair of distribution systems. Water Works & Sewer, 1942, 89: 349-51.—Wildsmith, A. C. Wartime water works maintenance in Britain. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1942, 34: 179-88.—Wood, W. H., & Pulham, C. J. Protection of utility services in wartime. Ibid, 1941, 33: 1440-7. ---- Veterinary aspect. Air raid precautions for animals. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1940, 52: 325.—Air raid precautions, animals, in Victoria. Austral. Vet. J, 1942, 18: 134-6.—Alur, K. R. A. R. P. hints for ani- mals. Ind. Vet. J, 1942-43, 19: 81-3.—A. R. P. for animals in England. Australas. J. Pharm, 1941, 22: 515.—Bourmer. Der Luftschutz in den Schlacht- und Viehhofen. Vet. Bull., Lond, 1943, 13: 145 (Abstr.)—Bywater, H. E. Air raid pre- cautions for animals. Ind. Vet. J, 1940, 17: 177-97. Also Vet. J. Lond, 1940, 96: 221; 269.—Care of pets in an air raid. A-V, Phila, 1942, 16.—Coleman, S. H. We are a united front; humane care for animals during air raids and other wartime emergencies. North Am. Vet, 1942, 23: 515-9.—DeCamp, C. E. A program for air-raid service for animals. Ibid, 376.— Laue, W. Tierluftschutzanlagen in meiner Praxis. Zschr. Veterinark, 1935, 47: 117-25.—Treatment (The) and disposi- tion of stockyards animals subjected to gas attacks. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1943, 103: 80.—Willson, R. F. Air raid precau- tions for the veterinarian; care of small animals. M. S. C. Vet, East Lansing, 1941-42, 2: 48.—Wooldridge, W. R. The veter- inary profession and air raid precautions for animals. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1940, 52: 315-24. ---- by countries. Poland. Ministerstwo Spraw Wewne- trznych. Og61na instrukcja o organizacji samo- obrony ludnos'ci pod wzgledem o. p. 1. 16p. 19Kcm. Warsz., 1937. ---- Instrukcja dia komendant6w obrony przeciwlotniczej i przeciwgazowej dom6w (blo- k6w) mieszkalnych. 16p. 20^cm. Warsz., 1938. Romeyko, M. Wskaz6wki dia powolanych do peinienia sluzby obserwacyjno-meldunkowej przy obronie przeciwlotniczej kraju. 4. ed. 38p. 8? Warsz., 1935. Air raid precautions in India. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1938-39, 8: 477.—Allemagne. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1942, 24: 120-2.—A. R. P. in Germany. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 1025.— A. R. P. work in India; handbook issued by Government. Ind. M. Gaz, 1941, 76: 242.—Calvo Fonseca, R. Un aspecto del problema de la defensa civil. Rev. med. circ. Habana, 1942, 47: 25-30.—Cordova, C. C. de. La campana de la Liga puer- torriquena contra el cancer y la defensa civil. Rev. Liga puertorriq. cancer, 1942, 2: 1.—Cornejo, R. H. La defensa civil en el Peru. Cron. med, Lima, 1943, 60: 260-72— Couvy. Provisions de prophylaxie aenenne en Afrique occidentale francaise. Ann. mid. pharm. col. Par, 1937, 35: 565-75.— Defensive measures against air bombardments (France) J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 1578.—Desfosses, P. La defense anti- aenenne en Italie. Presse med, 1935, 43: 53.—Fiinfte Durch- fiihrungsverordnung des Reichsministers der Luftfahrt und Oberbefehlshabers der Luftwaffe zum Luftschutzgesetz. Reichsgesundhbl, 1938, 13: 321.—Gebele, H. Sammelbencht iiber Gas- und Luftschutz. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 406 (microfilm)—Government of India's ARP proposals. Ind. M. Gaz, 1941, 76: 619.—Groulx, A. Le Comite de protection civile et la profession medicale. Union mid. Canada, 1942, 71: 792-800.—Haegele, K. Die ersten Massnahmen des Landrats als Feststellungsbehorde bei Fliegerschaden. Deut. Verwalt, 1943, 20: 159-61.—Eastein, G. W. [Passive defense of the civilian population against air raids; Spanish experiences] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1939, 83: 3372-82.—Leonhartsberger, H. Das Luftschutzgesetz und seine praktische Durchfuhrung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1939, 52: 737-40.—Luftschutzgesetz. Reichs- Gesundhbl, 1935, 10: 641.—McCall, J. 3. L. Air raid precau- tions, or passive air defence in Australia. Med. J. Australia, 1939, 2: 554.—Mesures de defense passive. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1943, 25: 488-91.—National emergency services of New South Wales. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 619—New activities under the minister; A. R. P. organzations protect civilians in the more vulnerable centres. Nat. Health Rev, Ottawa, 1940, 8: 20-3.—Protection against aerial attacks [Netherlands] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 522.—Protection des populations civiles; mesures de defense passive; Allemagne. CIVILIAN DEFENSE 377 CIVILIAN DEFENSE OFFICE Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1942, 24: 678.—Protection des populations civiles; mesures de defense passive [Allemagne; France] Ibid, 346-8.—Roggero, A. J., & Gonzalez, R. A. Defensa antiaerea; conferencia. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1941, 41: pt 2, 767-812, 2 maps, ch.—Speicher. Luftschutz und Reichs- autobahnen. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 65-7.—Vargas, F. R., Zuckermann, C. [et al.] Protecci6n de la poblaci6n civil en epoca de guerra. Rev. mex. cir, 1943, 11: 3-9.—Wald- kirch, E. v. La protection antiaerienne en Suisse. Mid. & hyg, Geneve, 1947. 5: 191. ---- by countries: Great Britain. Cambridge Scientists' Anti-War Group. The protection of the public from aerial attack, being a critical examination of the recommenda- tions put forward by the Air Raid Precautions Department of the Home Office. 127p. 19cm. Lond., 1937. Airraid precautions (London) J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 106: 1506.—Airraid precautions (Great Britain) Ibid, 1938, 111: 70.—Airraid precautions in London._ Lancet, Lond, 1938, 2: 914.—Baehr, G. Lessons from British experience in civilian defense. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 1045.—British experience in civil defense. California West. M, 1942, 57: 369.—Davies, T. Air raid precautions from a chief constable's point of view. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 319-25, disc, 344-8.—Govern- ment (The) and precautions against air raids [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 109: 2078.—London's war-time problems. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 1023.—Mackintosh, J. Civil defense problems in Britain. Westchester M. Bull, 1942, 10: No. 4, 13.—Maintenance of public-services during the bombing of London. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1030.—Precautions against air raids [London letter] Ibid, 1937, 109: 884.— Protection in air raids [Great Britain] Ibid, 1938, 110: 1682.— Protection of the civiUan population against air raids [England] Ibid, 1937, 108: 1552.—Protection (The) of London against air raids. Ibid, 1938, 111: 1117.—Royal College of Surgeons takes precautions against air raids. Ibid, 1939, 113: 1501.— Shinnie, A. J. Civil defence measures in Westminster, 1939- 1945. Med. Off, Lond, 1946, 76: 175.—Williams, H. CiviUan protection in bUtzed England. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag, 1941-42, 30: 1-5. Also Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag, 1942, 41: 5-9. --- by countries: United States. Dupuy, R. E., & Carter, H. Civilian defense of the United States. 296p. 21^cm. N. Y., 1942. United States. Office of Civil Defense Planning. Civil defense for national security. 301p. 23}£cm. Wash., 1948. Wilson, W. L. Civil defense. 13 1. 26^cm. Wash., 1950. ---- Civil defense today. 16 1. 32cm. Wash., 1950. ---- How should we apply the lessons learned in World War II to future planning? 37 1. 27cm. Wash., 1950. ---- Our stake in security [2]p. 27J^cm. Wash., 1950. Also: Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1950, 19: 147-8. Carl, K. J. Evidence presented that American cities can take it when mains are subjected to wartime bombing condi- tions. Water Works Engin, 1942, 95: 516-9.—Civilian defense. Illinois M. J, 1942, 81: 93.—Civilian defense in Minnesota. Minnesota M, 1942, 25: 288.—Civilian defense in San Bernar- dino County. Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1942, 38: 598-600.— Faus, R. B. Pearl Harbor and civil defense. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 890-7.—Mackintosh, J. M. Civil defence in the United States. Pub. Health, Lond, 1941-42, 55: 163- 5.—Measures being taken for civilian defense in Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania Health, 1941-42, 2: No. .9, 6—Mehl, H. Vom Luftschutz in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. Gas- schutz, 1942, 12: 238-44.—Mesures de defense passive; Alle- magne; Etats-Unis. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1941, 23: 1001-3.—Schlichter, C. H. Civilian defense. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 215. CIVILIAN Defense Office. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Circular, medical series. Wash., No. 1, 1941- ---- A civilian defense volunteer office; an official arm of the local defense council; what it is, how to organize it, what it does. 27p. 27cm. Wash., 1942. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. * ---- [Insignia of the Civilian Defense Or- ganization and their definition] 16 1. 26K«n. Wash., 1942. ---- Operations letter. Wash., 1942- ---- Release, Aug. 9, 1943: Changes in sani- tary engineering section, Medical Division, Office of Civilian Defense. 11. 26^cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Release, Aug. 9, 1943: Changes in staff of Medical Division, Office of Civilian Defense. 1 1. 26Hcm. Wash., 1943. Baehr, G. Medical Division, Bulletin No. 3; prepared by the Office of Civilian Defense, Washington, D. C. Hosp. Progr, 1942, 23: 19-30.—Change in terminology of directives. Circ. M. Ser. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, 19.—Civil defense for national security by the Office of Civil Defense Planning. Nuclear Sc. Abstr, 1949, 2: 159.—Civilian defense; Office of CiviUan Defense. N. England J. M, 1941, 225: 961.—Hughes, W. L. The Civilian Defense Physical Fitness Program. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1942, 13: 71; 106.—Official bulletin of the Office of CiviUan Defense. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 2, in- sert, 2.—Physical fitness division aboUshed. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 199.—Releases, United States Office of CiviUan Defense. Bull. Am. CoU. Surgeons, 1943, 28: 164-7.—Third defense region, OCD, gives EMS course for physicians. Balti- more Health News, 1942, 19: 55. CIVILIAN defense worker. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense, and Office of Defense Health and Welfare Services. Volunteers in health, medi- cal care and nursing, lip. 27cm. Wash., 1942. In: Planning Guides etc. (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Train- ing Sect.) 1942. Harrison, C. The First Aid Corps; ConsoUdated Vultee Corporation, Nashville, Tennessee Division. Indust. M, 1943, 12: 390-3.—Horder. Rest for civil defence workers. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 888. ------ Convalescent homes for civil defence workers. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 747. ------ Rest homes for civil defence workers. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 199.—Protection des populations civiles contre la guerre a^ro-chimique; a propos de la mobiUsation civile des femmes. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1939, 21: 202-17.—Women's help in civil defense. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 95. --- Air raid warden. Canada. Office of the Director of Civil Defence. Training manual for wardens. 81p. 21cm. Ottawa, 1944. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. A handbook for air raid wardens. Rev. ed. 60p. 19cm. Wash., 1941. --- Award. Awards for gaUantry in civil defence. Pub. Health, Lond., 1940-41, 54: 94. Also Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 141. ---- Injury and disease. Aerztliche Untersuchung der Luftschutzdienstpfliehtigen. Reichsgesundhbl, 1938, 13: 322-4.—Bernecker, E. M. Medi- cal care for civilian defense workers who are injured in the per- formance of their duties. Bull. M. Soc. Co. Kings, 1943, 22: 158. Also N. York State J. M, 1943, 43: 1546.—Bonnet, F. Amputacion traumatica parcial de mano por explosi6n de detonante de bomba de ejercicio; consideraciones m£dico- legales. Rev. As. mid. argent, 1943, 57: 249-51.—Civilian Defense workers entitled to medical care under War CiviUan Security Program. Bull. M. Soc. Co. Erie, 1943, 20: No. 5, 8.—Horder. Health of the civil defence worker. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 521.—Personal injuries connected with civil defence. Med. Off, Lond, 1940, 64: 114. ---- by occupations. Air raid precautions; the role of the pharmacist. Pharm. J, Lond, 1938, 86: 593-5.—Air-raid precautions; short points for the guidance of chemists. Ibid, 1939, 89: 263.—Bourke, J. J. Civilian defense and the role of the dental profession. N. York J. Dent, 1944, 14: 157-60.—Chemists and air raid casu- alties. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 90: 257.—Christy, R. L. Colo- rado State Dental Association emergency plan for civiUans. J. Colorado Dent. Ass, 1942-43, 21: 19.—Parkin, J. An engineer and surveyor's part in air raid precautions schemes. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 325-32, disc, 344-8.—Role (The) of dentists in civilian defense. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 11.—Somers, T. The place of the master of works and city engineer in the scheme of air raid precautions. J. R. San. Inst, 1938-39, 59: 76-81. CIVILIAN DEFENSE WORKER ---- by occupations: Nurse. United States. Civilian Defense Office. Medical Division. Role of nurses in civilian war service explained in new OCD bulletin. 6p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Baehr, G. The nursing representative in the local Medical Advisory Council. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1941, No. 4. ------ Training of volunteer nurses' aid. Ibid, 1941, No. 2.—Edwards, C. R. The nurse's responsibility in civilian defense. Bull. Nurses' Alumnae Ass. Univ. Maryland, 1942, 16-8.—Hunt, W. D. Nurses in civiUan defense. Pacific Coast J. Nurs, 1941, 37: 723.—Nurses' Aides Unit of United States Citizens Defense Corps. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 17, 1-4.—Randall, M. Your part in civilian defense. Am. J. Nurs, 1942, 42: 60. Also Pub. Health Nurs, 1942, 34: 22.—Role of nurses in civilian war service explained in bulletin. Hosp. Management, 1943, 55: No. 3, 49-51. Also Puerto Rico Health Bull, 1943, 7: 107-9.— Swanson, M. The school nurse and civilian defense. Pub. Health Nurs, 1942, 34: 203-9.—Volunteer Nurses Aide Corps. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 556. CIVILIAN evacuation. See also Civilian defense, Protection of chil- dren; Evacuation. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Evacuation bulletin No. 2: The civilian evacuation program; planning for evacuation and reception care. 53p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense and Office of Defense Health and Welfare Services. Bulletin No. 1: The civilian evacuation program; policies and principles. 6p. 27cm. Wash., 1943? Evacuation measures for Greater London. Med. Off, Lond, 1944, 72: 60.—Evacuation of populous areas in war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 111: 2026.—Evacuation System Manual No. 2. N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 165-8.—Fougerat. La defense passive vue par un me'decin; l'eVacuation et 1'eparpiUe- ment des populations menacees. J. mid. Paris, 1938, 58: 441; 466.—Haine, J. E. The medical side of evacuation. Med. Off, Lond, 1939, 62: 147.—Jansma, K. Apercu his- torique sur le sort des non-combattants dans les conflits armea. Protect, pop. civ. Par, 1938, 1: 35-63.—Kephart, C. I. Evacu- ation planning and operation. Tr. Nat. Safety Counc, 1942, 31. Congr, 2: 102-4.—Swift, S. The administration of the government evacuation scheme in the city of Oxford. J. R. San. Inst, 1942, 62: 127.—Talamo, P. Aggressivi chimici; rapporti con la gravidanza; necessity e modo di stabilire una sana profilassl antigas per le gravide, in caso di guerra. CUn. ostet, 1939, 41: 515-22.—Umquartierung siecher und gebrech- licher alter Personen aus Luftschutzgriinden und wegen FUeger- schiiden. Deut. Aerztebl, 1943, 73: 210. CIVILIAN medical care. See this subheading under Physician. CIVIL Relief Act. See also Civil rights; Dependent. Changes in Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act made by bill enacted by Congress and approved on October 6, 1942. Ohio M. J, 1942, 38: 1056.—Greene, S. Soldiers' and sailors' reUef legislation is broadened; Congress authorizes added legal rights for men in service. Med. Econom, 1942^43, 20: 77-86.— Hassett, J. N. The Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act. Philadelphia M, 1941-42, 37: 1486. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1941-42, 36: 395-7. Also BuU. Sangamon Co. M. Soc, 1942, 7: 71-3.—Jensen, W. A. Civil reUef for soldiers and sailors; a critical analysis. Current Leg. Thought, 1941-42, 8: 144-50.—Recent amendments to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 2074-6.— Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940. Current Leg. Thought, 1940-41, 7: 452-7. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 51; 1942, 120: 539.—Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act amendments. IlUnois M. J, 1942, 82: 337-9. Also J. Arkansas M. Soc. 1942-43, 39: 138-40. Also N. York J. Dent, 1943, 13: 30-2.—Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil ReUef Act; stay of action. Current Leg. Thought, 1943-44, 10: 423-6.—Stephens, D. W. Highlights of the Soldiers' and Sailors' ReUef Act. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 1546-8. CIVIL rights. See also Civil Relief Act; Prisoner of war, Civilian status; also Physician, Civilian affairs; Soldier; Veteran, Laws and regulations. . Act (An) concerning renewal of hairdressers and cosmeti- cians Ucenses to persons in the armed forces. Connecticut Health Bull, 1943, 57: 170.—Lewis, S. R. Protection of civil- CIVIL RIGHTS ian interests of persons in miUtary service. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 500-3.—Protection of civil rights of persons in mil- itary service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 306. Also J. Okla- homa M. Ass, 1942, 35: 75. Also J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1942, 35: 66-8.—Protection of civil rights for those in service. Illi- nois Dent. J, 1942, 11: 74-6.—Rights (The) and privileges of men in the military forces. Mil. Engineer, 1943, 35: 352-5.— Spohr, W. Der Schutz der Wehrmachtsangehorigen durch die Gerichte. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 689-91. CIVIL War. See at various places under Wars and cam- paigns (1642-60: 1860-64; 1911-26; 1936-39) CLASSIFICATION. See also Aviator subheadings (Classification; Psychophysical test) also Medical examination, Classification and regrading; Neuropsychiatric examination; Occupational specialty; Personality test; Personnel selection; Physician, Classifica- tion; Wounded, Classification. United States. War Department. Tenta- tive army regulations No. 605-95: Commissioned officers, v.l. Officer civilian classification, v.2. Officer military classification and job specifica- tions. 425p. 32cm. Wash.. 1943. Bingham, W. V. How the Army sorts its manpower. Har- pers Mag, 1942, September, 432-40.—Brigham, C. C, Garrett, H. E. [et al.] Report of the Committee on Classification of Military Personnel advisory to the Adjutant General's Office. Science, 1941, 93: 572-4.—Harrell, T. W., & Churchill, R. D. The classification of military personnel. Psychol. BuU, 1941, 38: 331-53.—Hopkins, P. Observations on army and air-force selection and classification procedures in Tokio, Budapest, and BerUn. J. Psychol, Provincet, 1944, 17: 31-7.—Kelley, D. M. Classification of personnel in the British Army. War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 386-92.—Malone, C. L. Army classifica- tion. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-44, 23: No. 12, 11-4.— Personnel research in the Army; the classification system and the place of testing. Psychol. BuU, 1943, 40: 205-11.— Strong, E. K. Work of the Committee on Classification of Personnel in the Army. J. AppUed Psychol, 1918, 2: 130-9.— Yerkes, R. M. Psychological examining and classification in the United States Army. Science, 1920, 51: 597. CLASSIFIED matter. See Security. CLASS of supply. See Supply; also under such terms as Am- munition; Clothing; Equipment; Food; Fuel, etc. CLEARING company. See also Clearing station. De Sautelle, W. A. Forward medicine; medicine in a clearing company. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 199-201.—Suggestions for clearing companies in battle zones. Gen. M. Interest Lett, Ottawa, 1945, No. 10, 8. CLEARING station. See also the forward and rear echelons of the medical evacuation chain such as Aid station; Collecting station; also such terms as Battlefield, Medical activities; Blood transfusion, Field technic; Evacuation, etc. Abramov, P. Glavnyi polevoi evakuacionnyi punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 95-9.— Akodus, J. Polevoi evakuacionnyi punkt. Ibid, 4: 719-22.— Brown, J. J. M., Ross, J. A. [et al.] Experience at a casualty clearing station. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 443-5.—Casualty clearing stations in mobile warfare. Brit. M. J, 1918, 1: 457.— Challenor, L. T. Life in a C. C. S. during the Great war. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1940, 75: 53-7.—Clarke, R. C. The evolution of a casualty clearing station on the Western front. Bristol Med. Chir. J, 1937, 54: 1-20.—Danilov, V. Etap medicinskoi evakuacii. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 1261-5.—Ford, F. S. L., & Maclean, W. L. The casualty clearing station. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1940, 19: 427-34.— Goodwin, T. H. The casualty clearing stations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1917, 69: 636.—Grissinger, J. W. Comments on a pro- posed casualty clearing station. Mil. Surgeon, 1932, 71: 16- 20.—Konoplev, P. RaspredeUtelnyi evakuacionnyi punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1052-5.— Kurgannikov, I. N. Nekotorye voprosy raboty evakopunkta glubokogo tyla. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 5-8.—Leonardov, B. Glavnye punkty CLEARING STATION 379 CLOTHING medicinskoi pomoshchi. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1934, 28: 69.— Life in a casualty clearing station. Long Island M. J, 1918,12: 373-82.—Lorenz, W. F. A casualty clearing station. Mil. Surgeon, 1932, 70: 323-53.—Necesidad (Sobre la) de los Puestos de clasificaci6n; casos especiales. Voz san, N. Oil, 1937, No. 20, 8; No. 21, 12.—Nikolaev, G. F. Lechebnye meropriiatia na polkovykh medicinskih punktakh i evakuacia na divizionnye medicinskie punkty. In: Opyt sovet. med. Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1949, 12: 82-6. ------ Obshchie principy okazania pomoshchi i etapnogo lechenia ranennykh v zhivot; sroki dostavki ranennykh v zhivot na DMP i v KPPG. Ibid, 86.—Ortega Gordejuela, L. _ Recogida y evacuaci6n de bajas en los puestos de clasificaci6n de Cuerpo de Ejercito. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 578-85, map.— Perkov, N. Frontovoi evakuacionnyi punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 811-5.—Pilzer. Ueber Krankenhaltstationen; ihre Aufgaben und zweckentsprechen- den Einrichtungen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1915, 28: 1369-72.— Poliakov, N. A. RaspredeUtelnye posty medicinskoi sluzhby Krasnoi armii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1945, March, 40-3.— Position (The) of casualty clearing stations. Brit. M. J, 1915, 2: 834-6.—Semeka, S. Medicinskij raspredeUtelnyi post. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1002-10.— Stacy, H. S. Notes from the No. 2 casualty clearing station. Med. J. AustraUa, 1916, 2: 175-9.—Underground (An) casualty clearing station. Hospitals, 1941, 15: No. 6, 79.—Work in a British clearing station. N. York State J. M, 1941, 41: 221. ---- Activities. See also Evacuation; Wounded, Classification. Berezkin, F. [Basic principles in classification of wounded during evacuation] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 6, 32-45.— Caceres Gordo, P. Recogida y evacuaci6n de bajas en los puestos de socorro y clasificaci6n divisionarios. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 492-500, map.—Fedotov, 1. [Classification of wounded and its significance in field medicine during evacuation] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 5, 3-8.—Olea Herraiz, I. Recogida y evacuaci6n de bajas y escalones de tratamiento en el Cuerpo de Ejercito. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 573-8.—Ritter, A. Triage. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1945, 22: 8-18.—Wachsmuth, W. Erste Sichtung und Verteilung der Verwundeten vom Standpunkte des Chirurgen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1939, 4: 441-6.—Warren, J. H. Reception and evacuation; notes on administrative problems arising in a large general hospital (1,500 beds) acting as a casualty clearing station. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 220-4. --- Surgical service. See also Battlefield, Medical activities; Divi- sion; Hospital, portable; Surgical service, field; Surgical unit. Duran, M. G. Puestos quirdrgicos avanzados. Coimbra med, 1938, 5: 229-50.—Fiddes, F. S. Surgery at a casualty clearing station. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 276-80.— Hoche & Monod. L'activite' d'un centre chirurgical de premiere urgence en septembre 1939. Gaz. h&p, 1940, 113: 426 (Abstr.)—Nursing service in a C. C. S. in England and North- west Europe. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 147-9.—Picque, R. Postes chirurgicaux avanc^s. BuU. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 613-35.—Quenu. A propos des postes chirurgicaux avanc<5s. BuU. meU, Par, 1917, 31: 201.—Rogers, L. S. Abdominal surgery in forward areas; observations made in a casualty clearing station, 1941-1943. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg, 1944-45, 14: 37-41.—Speed, K. Present status of sur- gery at casualty clearing stations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1917, 69: 1343-5.—Uglov, F. G. Objom i kharakter khirurgicheskoi raboty na DPM. Voen. san. delo. 1941, No. 5, 55-62. CLIMATOLOGY. See also Arctic service; Tropical service; also Intelligence. United States. Army. Office of the Quartermaster General. Research and Development Branch. Environmental Pro- tection Section, Report. Wash., No. 131, 1948— Mills, C. A. Some considerations of climatic and weather influences as appUed to miUtary medicine. Army M. BuU, 1937, No. 39, 58-71.—Spassky, V., & Rosanov, P. KUmat. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2:1299-311. CLINICAL psychology. See Psychology, clinical. CLOSED plaster treatment. See under Wound, Treatment: Dressing. CLOSTRIDIUM infection. See Wound infection, clostridial. CLOTHING. See also Uniform; also Acceleration, Protection; Arctic service; Blackout, suit; Body armor; Boot; Cap; Decontamination; Ditching suit; Equip- ment; Gas warfare, Protective clothing; Harness; Helmet; Shoe; Tropical service, Clothing, etc. Bustios G., L. Tecnica de vestuario y equipo. Rev. mil. Peru, 1944, 41: 129; 195.—Cazamian. L'habiUement dans la Marine francaise: composition; logement; lavage du linge. Arch. m<§d. pharm. nav, 1926, 116: 210-45.—Fardamento e equipamento. Rev. med. Parana, 1943, 11: 147-55.—Ferra- bouc, L. Remarques sur la chemise et sur le col du soldat. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1935, 29: 319-22.—Inovay, J. Inovay, un nouveau boucUer d'infanterie. Arch. mid. belg, 1935, 88: 23-32.—Musehold, P. MiUtarische Bekleidung und Aus- rustung. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1910, 9: 540-8.—Schr otter, H. Ueber einen zweckmassigen Schnitt der Soldatenhose. Militararzt, Wien, 1915, 49: 499-502.— Shluger, N., & Shaposhnikov, A. Forma odezhdy. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 777-86.—Walther, K. Bekleidung und Korperreinigung. In: Wehrhygiene (Hand- loser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 341-54.—Yaglou, C. P. Subcom- mittee on Shelter and Clothing. BuU. San. Engin. (NKC) Wash, 1949. 16. meet, 177. ---- Air Force. Brues, A. M. Size of clothing for female flying personnel. 9 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-32-T, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Damon, A. Sizing of AAF clothing (jackets and trousers) 10 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-695-32-D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Hutchinson, J. C. D. Physiological tests on flying clothing for use in the tropics. 191. 29cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 624, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Maison, G. L. Evaluation of anti-G suits. 8 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-51C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Scherlis, S., & Andrtjs, E. C. Studies on the influence of pneumatic leggings upon the flow and distribution of blood. 19p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms. Rep. No. 115, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. [United States] National Research Coun- cil. Committee on Aviation Medicine. Sub- committee on Clothing. Minutes. Wash., 1945- Akerman, J. D. Pressure-applying aviator's suit with hel- met. U. S. Patent Off, 1946, No. 2,404,020. ------ Avia- tor's pressure vest. Ibid, 1949, No. 2,467,364.------ Boothby, W. M. [et al.] Sealed aviator's suit and helmet and means for controlling gas pressure and oxygen delivery therein. Ibid, 1945, 2,390,233.—Beall, H. W. Aviator's suit. Ibid, 1943, No. 2,335,475.—Burns, H. L. Automatic control system for high altitude pressure suits. Ibid, 1948, No. 2,449,548.— Colley, R. S. Partitioned inflatable suit. Ibid, 1946, No. 2,404,567.—Cotton. The Cotton pneumodynamic suit. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 404, 4-6.—Franks. The Franks' hydrostatic suit. Ibid, 4.—Freygang, W. H. Altitude breathing suit. U. S. Patent Off, 1937, No. 2,096,612.—Holste, M. R. Liquid-jacketed aviator's garment. Ibid, 1941, No. 2,228,115; 1942, Re. 22,101.—Kaimykov, P. [Suits for aviators] Voen. san. delo, 1935, 24-30.------ [Warm clothing for the aviation corps] Ibid, 1937, No. 4, 14-19.—Klanke. Erfahrungen iiber die gesundheitUchen Bean- spruchungen bei regelmassigen Wetterhohenflugen (5000 m) und ihre Herabsetzung durch einen Flieger-Ueberdruckanzug. Luftfahrtmed. Abh, 1938, 2: 182-9.—Krotkov, F. [Altitude scaphander] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 4, 12-14.—Mejean, J. G. Connecting device for electrical and pneumatic conduits. U. S. Patent Off, 1942, 2,302,707.—Pneumatic pants for fighter pilots. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 84, 17 — Range, R. W. FUegersonderbekleidung. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 512-6.—Sellmeyer, T. J. Flying suit. U. S. Patent Off, 1945, No. 2,379,497. --- Army. United States. War Department. Basic field manual, v. 1: Field service pocketbook, Chap. 3: Equipment and clothing mounted and dismounted organizations. 44p. 19cm. Wash., 1938. CLOTHING 380 CLOTHING Clothing. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 5: I; 8: 81-5.—Cohen, S. A. Soldier's clothing. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 138-46.—Cox, W. C. Clothing; the Panama Canal Department. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 11: 3-6.—Ferrabouc. Le vetement et l'dquipement du soldat. Ann. hyg. Par, 1937, n. s, 15: 387.—Gordon, J. E. Clothing and equipment. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 10, 8.—Krotkov, F. Odezhda voennaia. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1932, 22: 125-31.—Noir, J. La question vesti- mentaire pour les soldats en campagne. Concours med, 1940, 62: 277.—Osipenko, K, & Saveljev, A. Veshchevoe dovolstvie voisk. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1928, 4: 803-6.—Roulin, G. Un costume rationnel pour le soldat. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 250-5.—Sanzio, C. Ponderac5es sobre o peso do equipamento do infante. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1937, 26: 153-8.—Van Auken, H. A. Clothing. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 4: pt 2, 57, pi.—Weed, F. W. Equipment and clothing; A. E. F. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1926, 6: 608-61. —— Environmental aspect. See also Exposure suit. Batjm, W. A. The climate of the soldier; vertical temperature distribution surrounding the soldier. 69p. 26Kcm. Wash., 1949. Forms Pt 3, No. 124, Envir. Protect. Ser. Rep. (U. S. Quartermast. Gen.) United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] [Project No. 1: Cold weather operations] Sub-Project Nos. 1-1, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6: Partial report on the adequacy of armored force winter clothing, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. Adaptations of man which influence clothing requirements in cold weather. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 121.—Cowan, C. R, & Grant, R. Investigation on cold weather clothing, tropical clothing and life saving equip- ment. Proc. Com. Nav. Med. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada, 1945, 4. meet, 27-37.—Kalmykov, P. E. Racionalizaciia teploi odezhdy boicov. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 2, 76-80.-—Ranke. Clothing problems. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 248.—Ropa (La) del soldado segun las regi6nes. In: Plan analft. salud pub. (Argentina Seer, salud pub.) B. Air, 1947, 3: 1462.—Winter tests. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 494-7. ---- Fabric. Fauley, G. B., & Hyslop, F. The flash- resistant properties of fabrics proposed for flight clothing. 5 1. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-372, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Fourt, L. Infra-red reflecting fabrics as radi- ation barriers in clothing. 24p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 142, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Gerking, S. D., & Robinson, S. Physiolog- ical comparisons of water repellent and water absorbent clothing. 6p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 432, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Kanzow, R. R. *Untersuchung von Mili- tartuchrocken mit und ohne Zellwollbeimengung auf ihr Warmehaltungsvermogen im Tragversuch [Kiel] 32p. 23cm. Eisfeld i. Thur., 1937. Cerbulescu, C. Tibrele textile de care are nevoe armata. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1031.-—Kanzow, R. Unter- suchung von MiUtartuchrocken mit und ohne Zellwollbeimen- gung auf ihr Warmehaltungsvermogen im Tragversuch. Arch. Hyg, Miinch, 1938, 120: 364.—Kolesnikov, J. V. [Properties and hygienic evaluation of the fabric of the Red Navy uniforms] Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1941, 1: 191-237.—Krotkov, F. G, & Spassky, V. A. [Hygienic characteristics of material for army uniforms] Tr. Acad. mU. med. Kiroff, 1934, 1: 338- 46.—Liebersohn, Z. L. [Determination of air permeabiUty of the fabrics and clothing] Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1941, ---- flameproof. Black, A. P., & Trumper, M. Findings re- garding saniflamed herringbone twill in respect to flameproofness, reaction to dry-cleaning sol- vents, skin toxicity [4] 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Hagan, E. T. Suits-protective, fire fighting. 26p. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-666-1L, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. 27: Report on Project No. 27: Test of com- pounds, fire resisting, for field treatment of clothing, OQMG-253. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. ---- heated. Hall, J. F. Tests on the thermo-stable elec- trically heated flying suit, two-piece production model. 8 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-695-2-D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Shaub, H. G., Hall, J. F., jr, & Fetcher, E. S., jr. Extremity protection at low temper- atures with electrically heated clothing and heat distribution in electrically heated clothing. 14p. 26Kcm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-105J, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Taylor, C. L. Cold-protective tests of elec- trically heated clothing. 14p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 354, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. F-2 and F-3 electricaUy heated flying suits. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 5, 17.—Kornev, A. A, & Troflmuk, N. A. [Electrically heated clothing for high altitudes] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 86-93. ---- Hygiene. Fourt, L., & Harris, M. The effect of cloth- ing on evaporation [1] 1. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 434, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Robinson, S., & Gerking, S. D. The effects of army clothing on the heat tolerance of work- ing men. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 433, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- & Turrell, E. S. The effects of air movement and air permeability of clothing on working men [17]p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 415, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hellebrandt, F. A, Fries, E. C, & Larsen, E. M. The influence of the regulation army pack on body alignment and postural stability. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1942, 1: pt 2, 39 (Abstr.)— Sampaio, M. Higiene do fardamento e equipamento. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 407-23.—Shelton, J. M, & Bush, F. W. Contact dermatitis from black cotton socks. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1408-10. ---- impregnated. Dtjmke, P. R., & Whittenberger, J. L. Effect of CC-2 impregnated permeable pro- tective clothing on body temperatures of troops during tactical problems at Camp Blanding, Florida. 14p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal. 1946. Forms Rep. No. 47, Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. ---- & Himmelfarb, S. The effect of one layer and of two layers of permeable protective impregnated clothing on the ability of soldiers to perform exhaustive work under simulated tropical conditions while wearing the combat gas mask. lip. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 10, Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Fiedler, J. G. Stable emulsion of dimethyl phthalate for impregnation of clothing; methods of application. 9 1. 27Kcm. Camp Lejeune, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-505, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. T-ll, Final report on Project No. T-ll; test of heat load imposed by clothing treated to CLOTHING 381 CLOTHING repel insects and arachnids, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Bushland, R. C. New Guinea field tests of uniforms im- pregnated with laundry-resistant miticides. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 194o 1: No. 4, 61-6.—Cole, M. M, & Pratt, S. R. Clothing treatments. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No 6 10.—Impregnation of clothing for protection against tsutsugamushi disease (scrub typhus) (Form letter) Burned New? Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 10, 27-9.—Smith, C. N, Cole, M M & Pratt, S. R. Clothing treatments. Armed Serv. Re's. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 10-2.—Smith. C. N, & Fye, R. Clothing treatments. Ibid, 9. ---- Maintenance. See also Decontamination; Disinfection; Laun- dry. Hayasi S. A survev on the cleaning of clothes on war-ships. Bull Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1939, 28: 66.—Kessler, J. Kleider- desinfektion und -Entgiftung im Felde. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941 71: 1396.—Specifications for oven for drying clothes. Bull.' U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 29-31. ■--- protective. See also Exposure suit. Taylor, C. L. Studies of the adequacy of cold-protective flying clothing. 16p. 28cm. Wash. 1944. Form's Rep. No. 339, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc ---- Studies of the adequacy of cold-pro- tective flying clothing. 19 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-2-U, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Testing of cold-protective clothing for aircraft personnel. 19 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-2F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Brandenburg, K. Schutz des Soldaten im Kriegsdienst. Med. Klin, Ber!, 1940, 36: 1313.—Clothing, protective. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 95.— Doriot, G. F. Environmental protection. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc 1944-45, 88: 196-203.—Protective clothing. In: Flight Surgeon Ref. File, Wash, 1945, AAF Man. 25-0-1, Sect. 8, No 4 13-5.—Robinson, S, & Belding, H. S. Protective clothing. In: Advance. MU. Med, Bost, 1948, 2: 497-519.— Walker, K. M. The protection of the soldier in warfare. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1939-40, 33: Sect. Surg, 607-14. Also Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 41. --- special. Karpovich, P. V. The effect produced on the scores of the AAF Physical Fitness Test by the wearing of the fatigue uniform [5] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 179, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Chute. What particular clothing has been developed for tank crews? Univ. Toronto M. J, 1942-43, 20: 295.—Krotkov, F., & Shonin, D. [Hygienic uniforms for the ski division in the Red army] Voen. san-delo, 1936, 23-31.—Military bush jacket for summer wear in India [illust.] In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 4: pt 2, opp. p. 58. --- Supply. Campbell, R. D. Preparation of clothing almanacs. 17p. 26}£cm. Wash., 1949. Forms No. 144, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) FucifTos, J. El abastecimiento. Ejercito, Madr, 1942, No. 27, 7-12. --- Test. Kark, R. M. Winter test trials, Canada & Newfoundland. 2p. 28cm. [Ottawa? 1944?] Forms No. C-6079, Rep. Ass. Com. Army M. Res. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada. Newburgh, L. H., & Harris, M. Clothing test methods. 98p. 27Kcm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 390, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. Nat. Res. Counc, Wash. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. 1: Cold weather operations. Report on Sub- Project No. 1-1: Test of the adequacy and range of use of winter clothing, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. Together with Sub-Project No. 1-18, Study of the methods for selection of men for cold weather operations. ---- ventilated. Marbarger, J. P. Air ventilated clothing. 49p. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAA-695-2FF, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. T-2: Final report on Project No. T-2, test of heat load imposed by protective clothing; ventilation requirements of a ventilated suit. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. COAST Guard. See also Hospital report, United States: Coast Guard; School. Gukov, A. P. [Medical-sanitary service for the railway artillery in defensive sea areas] Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1941, 1: 110-8.—Jobs in the Coast Guard. Occupations, 1942- 43, 21: 59-63.—LeBlanc, T. Coast Guard medical service. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 9, 69-81.—Loewus, J. S. Chem- ical warfare training in the Coast Guard. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1941, 27: 158-60.—Poliakoff, H. Mild rheumatic reaction in Coast Guard recruits. Am. J. M. Sc, 1947, 213: 37-9.— Spars; Women's Reserve of the U. S. Coast Guard Reserve. Occupations, 1942-43, 21: 539-41.—Stanulonis, S. W. The United States Coast Guard. Contact, Pensacola, 1944-45, 4: 334_44.—Stratton, D. C, & Springer, D. C. Problems of pro- curement, training, and morale among members of the Women's Reserve of the United States Coast Guard Reserve. J. Consult. Psychol, 1943, 7: 274-9. COAST Guard Academy. See under School. COCKPIT. See Aircraft subheadings (Cockpit; Control) CODLIVER oil ointment. See in this section, Burns, Treatment: Local remedies. COLD clothing. See in this section, Arctic service, Clothing; also subheadings of Clothing. COLD environment. See also Arctic service; Winter warfare. Miller, A. J. Physiological and biochemical evaluation of long term acclimitization to a cold environment. 3pts. 27cm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1948. Forms Sect. 1-3, Proj. 1, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. Pecora, J. S. Physiological and biochemical evaluation of long term acclimatization to a cold environment; cold pressor test in the study of acclimatization to cold. 22 1. 27cm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1948. Forms Sect. 8, Proj. 1, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. ■---- Physiological and biochemical evalua- tion of long term acclimatization to a cold en- vironment; basal metabolic rate studies in rela- tionship to cold acclimatization. 7 1. 27cm. Ladd Air Force Base, Alaska, 1948. Forms Sect. 9, Proj. 1, U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. Sacks, J. G., & Sweel, A. A preliminary study of psychological and psychiatric observa- tions of military personnel under natural condi- tions of severe cold, wind and isolation; Fort Churchill Experiment, 1947-1948. 77p. 27cm. Wash., 1948. COLD ENVIRONMENT 382 COLD EXPOSURE United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. 20: Report on studies of cold weather. Sub- Project No. 20-4: Immobilized air (OQMG test number 57-1V) v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. Bogucki, L. Frigorymetr Dorno—jego zastosowanie i znaczenie. Lek. wojsk, 1933, 21: 289; passim.—Influence of diet on resistance to cold. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 23, 31.—Rascher, S. Memorandum for behavior of troops in great cold. CIOS Rep, Lond., 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 29-31.—Rodrigues Pepe, R. O frio. Rev. mil. med. vet, Rio, 1939, 2: 1507-15. ---- Diseases. See Cold exposure; Cold injury; Epidemic, Types: Common cold. ---- Protection. See various subheadings of Arctic service. COLD exposure. See also Arctic service, Physiology; Cold en- vironment; Cold injury. Armstrong, H. G. The loss of tactical efficiency of flying personnel in open cockpit aircraft due to cold temperatures. Mil. Surg, 1936, 79: 133-40.—Breitner & Loos. Effect of cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 246.—Circulatory changes from general hypothermia and local cooling of body parts. Annual Rep. Armored M. Res._ Laborat, 1946, App. C, 11.-—Effects of hypothermia on vitamin A and carotene levels in blood and liver. Ibid, App. C, 6.—Gray, G. W. Below-zero effects. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 239.—Holzltinner, E., Rascher, S, & Finke, E. [Blood, spinal fluid and urine during the chilling experiments] CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 53. —:--- [The clinical picture resulting from intense chilling] Ibid, 49-53. ------ [Post- rescue collapse] Ibid, 57. —;---- [Effects of pharmacolog- ical agents and especially with alcohol] Ibid, 60.—Katz. Effects of warming and cooling on body temperature and circu- lation. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1947, July, 111; 1948, Jan, 187.—Lutz, W., & Werz, R. v. Kaltetod und Sauerstoffmangel. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 143-51.—McConnell, K. P., & Tobin, L. H. Effects of hypothermia on vitamin A and fat metabolism in the rat. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. D, Proj. 1, No. 2, 1; Proj. 4, No. 2, 1; 1948, App. C, Proj. 1, No. 3, 1.—Miller, M. R., & Miller, A. J. Physiological effects of brief periods of exposure to low temperatures. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 179-85.—Physiological effects of exposure to cold. BIOS Final Rep, Lond, 1947, Item 24, No. 566, 12-5.—Werz, R. v, & Seelkopf, K. Alkohol und Auskuhlung. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 118-42. ---- experimental. See also Cold injury, experimental. HOLZLOHNER, E., RaSCHER, S., & FlNKE, E. Bericht iiber Abkuhlungsversuche am Menschen. 54p. 25cm. Munch., 1942. Photostat copy in CIOS Rep., Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 164-207. Alexander, L. [Organization of those experiments on shock from exposure to cold in human beings] CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 65-8.—Holzlohner, E., Rascher, S., & Finke, E. Bericht iiber Abkuhlungsversuche am Men- schen. Ibid, 47-68. ------ [Resuscitation from shock pro- duced by exposure to cold temperatures] Ibid, 54-6. ------ Summary of Bericht iiber Abkuhlungsversuche am Menschen. Ibid, 62-4.—Lutz, W. Reports of investigation on effects of reduced body temperatures. Ibid, No. XXVI-56, 68. ------ Auskuhlung. Ibid, No. XXIX-21, 55.—Mitscherlich, A., & Mielke, F. Versuche iiber langandauernde Unterktihlung. In: Diktat d. Menschenveracht. (Mitscherlich, A.) Heidelb, 1947, 37-51. ---- Immersion in water. See also Cold injury; Shipwreck. Alexander, L. The treatment of shock from prolonged exposure to cold, especially in water. 228p. 24^cm. Lond., 1945. Forms File No. XXVI-37, Item No. 24, CIOS Rep, Lond. King, B. G., & Singer, R. B. Report of air- sea rescue technics and equipment tests on Opera- tion Frostbite including medical findings on sur- vivors after immersion in cold ocean water. 35p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 16, Res. Proj. X-127, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Newburgh, L. H., & Spealman, C. R. Physiological responses to immersion in cold water. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 164, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Pace, N., & Smith, R. E. The influence of room temperature on recovery of hand skin temperature following immersion of the hand in cold water. 8p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-341, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Spealman, C. R. Blood flow through the extremities at low temperatures and its possible relation to immersion foot. 8p. 26%cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-297, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- The relationship between foot tempera- ture and amount of insulation surrounding the foot immersed in cold water. 13p. 26^cm Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-297, U. S. Nav. M. Res' Inst. ---- Early changes occurring in feet exposed to cold water and evaluation of insulation as a means of protection. 19p. 27cm. Bethesda, Md, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-297, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Body cooling of men and animals immersed in water, lip. 26}£cm. Bethesda, Md, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Talso, P. J., Crosley, A. P., jr, & Clarke, R. W. Effects of the cold pressor test on glomer- ular filtration and effective renal plasma flow. 6 1. 29cm. Fort Knox, 1947. Forms Proj. No. 55-5, U. S. Army M. Dep. Field Res. Laborat. Body cooling of men and animals immersed in water. Sum- maries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 11.— Effect (The) of body warmth and foot exercise on the tempera- ture of feet immersed in ice water. Ibid, 1944, July, 27.— Effectiveness (The) of partial immersion and periodic immer- sion in water for cooling men in hot spaces. Ibid, 1945, July- Dec, 35—Holzltihner, E., Rascher, S., & Finke, E. [The effects of immersion in water at temperatures varying from 2.3° C-12° C] CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI- 37, 48. ------ [Problem of death produced by cooling in water] Ibid, 56-60.—Influence (The) of room temperature on recovery of hand skin temperature following immersion of the hand in cold water. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 28.—Kelsey, M. P. Acute exposure of flyers to arctic waters. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 2, 7-10.— Patterson, R. H. Effect of prolonged wet and cold on the ex- tremities. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 75, 62-70.— Rascher, S. [The experiments on intense chilling in water] CIOS Rep., Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 22.—Weltz, G. A., & Reiter, R. Tierversuche tiber Auskuhlung und Erwar- mung in Wasser, Seenotfall. Ibid, 69-117. ---- Physiopathology. Effect (The) of low temperature on the rate of absorption of drugs injected suboutaneously. Annual Rep. Armored M. Res. Laborat, 1946, App. C, 10.—Jensen, H. F, & Cagan, R. N. Study of the effects of subnormal temperatures on the metab- olism of various phosphorous compounds in rats. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. D, Proj. 4, No. 3, 1.—Jensen, H. F, & Steeples, G. L. Study of the effects of hypothermia on the control of endocrine secretion. Ibid, No. 4, 1; 1948, App. C, Proj. 1, No. 5, 1.—Kossmann, C. E. Responses of the body to cold. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 3, 1-4— Schachner, H, & Gierlach, Z. S. A study of thyroid function at low environmental temperatures with the aid of radioactive iodine. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1948, App. C, Proj. 1, No. 6, 1. ---- Protection and prevention. Newburgh, L. H., & Spealman, C R. Pro- tective value of water-tight suits for personnel immersed in cold water or exposed to cold wind on rafts. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 175, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. COLD EXPOSURE 383 COLD INJURY ---- Protective clothing for subjects im- mersed in cold water. 9 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Spealman, C. R., & Catchpole, H. R. Re- port on captured enemy equipment; CEE No. 6766, German flyer's immersion suit (Seenot- kleidung) 4p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 5, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Body cooling in water and effectiveness of petrolatum in retarding heat loss. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 12.—Holzloehner. Prevention and therapy of cooling effect. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 57.—Spealman, C. R. Pro- tection of feet immersed in cold water. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 169-78. ---- Rewarming and recovery. Ames, A., Ill, Goldthwait, D. A. [et al.] An evaluation of methods of rewarming men; including a brief investigation of the effects of glucose alcohol and successive exposures on the reactions of men to cold. 40 1. 2972cm. Wash., 1948. Forms No. 134, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) Lutz, W. [The rewarming death] CIOS Rep, Lond, J945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 7. ------ Recovery from lowered body temperature. Ibid, No. XXVI-56, 64-6.—Rascher, S. Versuche zur Erwarmung unterkulhter Menschen durch ani- malische Warme. Ibid, No. XXVI-37, 223-8.—Weltz, G. A. Ueber Auskuhlung und Wiedererwarmung bei Seenot. Ibid, 152-9. COLD injury. See also Injury; also Arctic service; Winter warfare. Brandis, H. J. v. Allgemeine und ortliche Kalteschaden im Kriege. 40p. 25cm. Stuttg., 1943. Forms H. 27, Vortr. prakt. Chir. ---- [The same] General and local cold injury in war. 38 1. 26^cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. 1, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Tabanelli, M. Congelamenti di guerra. 92p. 23^cm. Bologna, 1946. Also Arch. ital. chir, 1946, 68: 111-95. Arjev, T. Zamerzanie; simptomokompleks, opredeliaemyi padeniem temperatury. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 751-3. ------ Oznoblenie (pernio, perniones) Rrid, 3: 1472-4. ------ Otmorozhenie (congelatio) Ibid, 4: 192-201, 3 pi. ------ & Gamov, V. S. Otmorozheniia. In: Opyt sovet. med. Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 191-331, 19 pi.—B, R. B. Injuries due to cold. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 6, 10-2.—Calcagni, A. II problema dei congelamenti visto da un medico mihtare. Atti Accad. med. lombarda, 1942, 31: 204-6.—Caputo, B. Sui congelati di guerra. Med. con temp. Tor, 1941, 7: 428-30— Frey, S. Die ortlichen Erfrierungen im Kriege. Med. Klin, Berl, 1942, 38:1009; 1036; 1067. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 543 (Abstr.)—Frostbite. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 71, 24-7.—Greene, R. Frostbite and kindred ills. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 689-93.—Hamilton, J. Frost-bite. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 225-8.—Jenrich. [A contribution to the subject of frostbite] Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 544 (Abstr.)—Kilian & Siegmund. Injuries due to cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 1. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 10, 163-88.—Eorhonen, A. [Frost bite during warfare] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1940, 56: 128-35. Also Nord. med, 1941, 9: 516-8.—Kupriianov, P. A. Otmorozheniia. In: Kratky kurs voen. polev, khir. (Kupriianov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 212-8.—Lippay-AImassy, A. [Frostbite on the battle field] Orv. hetil, 1941, 85: mell, 24.—Martins Pereira, H. A. A influencia do frio sdbre a saude do soldado combatente. Rev. med. brasil, 1947, 23: 345-51. Also Re- senha mid., Rio, 1948, 15: 5-9.—Matras, A. Die Erfrierung. In: Wehrmedizin (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 3: 139-47.— Mendonca Castro. O frio, flagello das guerras. Impr. med, Rio, 1939, 15: 1681.—Moser, H. Ueber Erfrierungen. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 255 (Abstr.)—Pitkin, K. I. Ma- terialy ob otmorozheniiakh. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 2, 26-31.—Riunione medica sulla questione dei congelamenti; Osrjedale Militare di Torino, 30 Settembre 1940-XVIII. Minerva med. Tor, 1940, 31: pt 2, 561-89.—Sauerbruch, F. Erfrierungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 477-9. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 428 (Abstr.)—Sharpe, W. C. Trench frost-bite. Lancet, Lond, 1915, 2: 674.—Sheinis V, N. [Frost-bite] Feldsher, Moskva, 1944, 14-20—Spitzmuller, W. Erfrierungen. In: Kriegschirurgje (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 238-54.—Strandell, G. Injuries due to cold. Bull. War M., Lond, 1941-42, 2: 164 (Abstr.)—Stucke, K. Kalteschaden und Erfrierungen im Felde. Beitr. klin. Chir, 1942, 174: 1-10.—Teneff, S. Le lesioni da freddo in guerra. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 538-^5, illust.—Trench frost-bite. Brit. M. J, 1915, 2: 933. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1916, 66: 512.—Traube, V. Erfrierungen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zillmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 60-9.—Wachsmuth, W. Kalte- schaden. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 215-20.—Wright, I. S, & Allen, E. V. Frostbite, immersion foot, and allied conditions. Army M. Bull, 1943, No. 65, 136-50. ---- Clinical aspect. See also in this section under names of various wars and campaigns, e. g. World War II. Bazil, A. Sur un cas de froidure a type d'erythetne poly- morphe. Rev.med. nav. Par, 1948, 3: 307-9.—Beltramini, A. Clinica e terapia dei congelamenti di guerra. Settimana med, 1948, 36: 308-21.—Bugliari & Canavero. Neuroartikulare Erscheinungen nach Erfrierung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 26 (Abstr.)—Girgolav, S. S. Klinika otmorozhenii voen- nogo vremeni. In: Tr. Plen. Hosp. so v. Narkomzdr. SSSR (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 248-54.—Giuntini, L. Rilievi clinici sui congelati di guerra. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1941, 9: 168-70.—Goldman, L. G, & Lubo, V. K. Klinika, lechenie i profilaktika otmorozhenii. Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda khir. (1938) 1939, 24. meet, 202-5.—Jofe, M. S. Klinika i effektivnost lecheniia otmorozheniia. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 417-27, illust.—Loos, H. O. Zur Klinik und Therapie ortlicher Er- frierungen. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 131 (Abstr.)—Parzani, C. Contributo alia nosologia dei conge- lamenti; osservazioni cliniche di guerra. Atti Ist. venet. sc, 1940-41, 100: pt 2, 109-16.—Silverman, J. J. Frostbite; a subjective case history in a German soldier. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 216-9.—Smith, J. L, Ritchie, J, & Dawson, J. Clinical and experimental observations on the pathology of trench frostbite. J. Path. Bact, Cambr, 1915-16, 20: 159-90, 4 pi. ---- Complications and sequelae. See also Wound infection. Pichotka, J., & Lewis, R. B. The prevention of secondary infection due to Pseudomonas aeruginosa in frostbitten tissue. 3p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 21-02-079, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Gamov, V. S. Otmorozheniia; oslozhneniia. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 260-80, 2 pi.—Glagolev, A. P. Stolbniak posle otmorozhenii i ozhogov. Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda khir. (1938) 1939, 24. meet, 205-26.— Grujic, M. Lije&enje angiospastidnih edema Sake iza smrza- vanja intraarterljalnom primjenom novokaina. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 247.—Masztak, R. Wspolczesne po- glady na oziebienie odmrozenie. Lek. wojsk, 1949, 25: 181- 95.—Oehlecker, F. Die Sudecksche Krankheit, insbesondere nach Erfrierungen. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 312 (Abstr.) ---- Diagnosis. Arjev, T. J, & Rokhlin, D. G. Otmorozheniia; diagnostika. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 241-51.—Kibel, I. B. Rentgenologicheskie dannye pri otmo- rozheniiakh. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 441-6, illust. ---- Disability. Gohrbandt. Wiedereinsatz Frostgeschadigter. Ber. Ar- beitstag. Ost. berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 53-5. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Cong. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 5, 57-9.—Hofmann, E. Ueber den Einsatz Frostge- schadigter. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 66. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Cong. (1943) 1948, Proj. I, pt 5, 71.—Sunder-PIassmann, P. Durchblutungsschaden, Wehrdienstbeschadigung und Unfall. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1944, 91: 453-6. ---- experimental. See also Cold exposure, experimental. Lewis, R. B., & Miller, M. R. The effect of pressure wrapping of frozen rabbit ears on the subsequent development of edema and degree and rate of recovery. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 489, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. COLD INJURY 384 COLD INJURY Miller, M. R. The effect of vasodilators and vasoconstrictors on the vascular changes in the rabbits's ear, rapidity of body cooling and the rapidity of freezing of the ear during exposure of an ear to cold. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 490, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The sequence of vascular events and tem- perature changes occurring in rabbits when an ear is exposed to a cold atmosphere. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 491, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Miller, M. R. The effect of pressure wrapping of frozen rabbit ears on the subsequent development of edema and de- gree and rate of recovery. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, Mar, 30. ------ The effect of vasodilators and vaso- constrictors on the freezing of the ear of a rabbit exposed to extreme cold. Ibid, June, 22.-—Pichotka, J, & Lewis, R. B. A study of the physical and physiological conditions in animals due to experimental cold injury. Ibid, 1949, Jan, 19. ---- Immersion foot and trench foot. Burch, G. E., Myers, H. L. [et al.] Objective studies of some physiologic responses in mild chronic trench foot; abstract. 3p. 28cm. [Wash.?] 1945. Forms No. 65, Infect. Wounds Burns, Com. M. Res. U. S. Off. Sc. Res. Develop. Gtjenon des Mesnards, G. M. Contribu- tion a l'etude et au traitement des pieds gel6s. 64p. 24cm. Par., 1941. Ungley, C. C. The immersion foot syndrome. p. 269-336. 23^cm. N. Y., 1949. In: Advance. Surg, 1949, 1: 269-336. United States. War Department. Trench foot. 6p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. Forms TB MED 81, Techn. Bull. War Dep. U. S. Abramson, D. I., Lerner, D. [et al.] Clinical picture and treatment of the later stage of trench foot. Am. Heart J, 1946, 32: 52-71.—Abramson, D. I, & Schumacher, H. B, jr. Seque- lae of trench foot and their treatment by lumbar sympathec- tomy. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res, 1945, 18: 24. Also J. Lab. Clin. M, 1946, 31: 479.—Aird, I. Immersion foot, trench foot, shelter foot, bridge foot. In his Compan. Surg. Stud, Edinb, 1949, 114.—Alves Bastos, V. Pe de trincheira. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1947, 36: 277-80.—Arjev, T. J. O bystrom i medlen- nom sogrevanii otmorozhennykh konechnostei. Tr. Vseoiuz. sezda khir. (1938) 1939, 24: meet, 199-202.—Barsky, A. V. [Treatment of the neuritic form of trench foot] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1944, No. 4, 69.—Bates, R. R. Surgical aspects of trench foot. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1946, 83: 243-8.—Baumann, J. Pied d'immersion; syndrome de White. Presse med, 1945, 53: 27.—Berson, R. C, & Angelucci, R. J. Trench foot. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 91-9. Also Med. BuU. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: 22-7.—Blackman, J. G. Trench foot. Brit. M. J, 1916, 1: 818.—Blackwood, W„ & Russell, H. Further experiments in the study of immersion foot. Edinburgh M. J, 1945, 52:160-5, 2 pi.—Block, M. His- tologic aspects of the skin in the late stages of trench foot. Arch. Path, Chic, 1947, 44: 360-71. ------ Genesis of the gangrenous and reparative processes in trench foot. Ibid, 1948, 46: 1-34.—Boland, F. K, jr, Claiborne, T. S., & Parker, F. P. Trench foot. Surgery, 1945, 17: 564-71.—Bunker, M. L. Experiments on the determination of skin temperature in cases of immersion foot in experimental animals. Proc. Com. Nav. Med. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada, 1945, 4. meet, 133.—Castex, A. Les gelures aux pieds dans les tranchees. Bull. Acad, mid., Par., 1915, 3. ser, 73: 250.—Cavina, G. Intorno alle congela- zioni dei piedi in patologia di guerra. Minerva med. Tor, 1942, 33: 121-5, illust.—Cohen, S, Linn, L., & Zimmerman, 3. The role of hyperhydrosis in trench foot. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 32, 27-9.—Cooper, G. Note on the treatment of trench feet. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1917, 28: 495.—Cottet, J. Trench foot (etiology; pathology; symptomatology) War M, Par, 1918, 2: 707-11.—Crismon, J. M. Frostbite and trench foot. In: Advance. Mil. Med. Bost, 1948, 1: 176-81.—Darier, J, & Civatte, A. Les pre- tendus "pieds geles" ou les froidures des tranchees. Bull. Soc. med. hdp, Paris, 1915, 3. ser, 39: 79-87.—Dry, T. J. Experiences with late trench foot and frost-bite. Nebraska M. J, 1946, 31: 443-6—Duelling. J., Harcourt, J. d' [et al.J Les troubles trophiques des extremities produits par le froid sec en pathologie de guerre. J. chir. Par, 1940, 55: 385-402.— Edwards, J. C, Shapiro, M. A., & Ruffin, J. B. Trench foot- report of 351 cases. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 58-66.—Elliott, G. A. Foot conditions due to cold and wet. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 86-92.—Externally applied negative thoracic pressure in treat- ment of trench foot. Gen. M. Interest Lett, Ottawa, 1945, No. 14, 10.—Fossey, A. M. de, & Merle, P. Le pied des tran- chees. Bull. Soc. med. hop, Paris, 1915, 3. ser, 39: 101-10 — Friedman, N. B. The pathology of trench foot. Am. J. Path. 1945, 21: 387-433, incl. 10 pi. ------ Lange, K, & Weiner, D. Pathology of experimental immersion foot. Arch. Path, Chic, 1950, 49: 21-6, illust.—Frost-bite or trench-foot. Lancet, Lond, 1915, 1: 812.—German (A) view of trench leg. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, 92: 547.—Gordon, J. E. Trench foot. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 10, 20. -----■ Trench foot in the armies. Ibid, 23.—Greene. R. Trench-foot. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 140-3.— Immersion foot. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1945-46, 3: 340-2.— Krause, L. A. M, Wallace, J. J, & Silverman, J. J. The inci- dence of palpable pulsations in convalescent trench foot; an analysis of 500 patients at an Army general hospital. Am. J. M. Sc, 1946, 211: 729-32.—Kreyberg, L. Trench-foot. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 139.—Krontiris, A. Experiences with sympathectomy for sequelae of trench feet. Ann. Surg, 1947, 125: 505-7.—Kukin, N. N. [The treatment of frostbite of the limbs by means of novocain block and the oil-balsam bandage] Bull. War M, Lond, 1943-44, 4: 74 (Abstr.)—L., P. Le pied de tranchee. Gaz. hdp, 1940, 113: 84.—Lacroix, P. Gelures des pieds et pieds de tranchees. Concours mid., 1940, 62: 409.—Lawen, A. Untersuchungen iiber die Durchblutung des Fusses von Frontsoldaten im gesun- den und kranken Zustand, namentlich bei Frostschaden. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 479-91. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 1310 (Abstr.)-—Lange. Frost-bite and immersion foot. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 52.—Late complications of trench foot. N. York M. J, 1917, 106: 754.— Latimer, J. W. Postwar aspects of the trench foot problem. Med. Clin. N. America, 1946, 421-9.—Lorenz, A. Operative Therapie der Kriegserfrierungen im Bereiche des Fusses. Zschr.' Orthop, 1944, 75: 118-26.—Management (The) and disposition of patients suffering from trench foot. Circ. Letter Off. Surgeon Mediterr. Theater U. S. Army, 1945, No. 2, 1-4. Orlov, G. A. Okhlazhdenie v vode. Khirurgia, Moskva, 1949, No. 9, 17-25.—Pastinszky, I. A loveaz&rokl&b kdrtana, megel6- zise es kezelese.' Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 657-64.—Patterson, R. H, & Anderson, F. M. War casualties from prolonged exposure to wet and cold. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1945, 80: 1-11.— Photographs illustrating the pathology of immersion foot. Brit. M. Bull, 1944, 2: 139.—Prevention of trench foot. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 1-3.—Ragan, C. A, & Schecter, A. E. Clinical observations on early trench foot. Ibid, 4: 434-40.—Ranking, G. N. Trench foot. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 94.—Redisch, W. Chronic trench foot, a problem in the care of World War II veterans. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 509-13.—Ryles, C. S. Trench-foot. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-15) 1947, 143-5.—Sainton, P. Le pied des tranchees. Chron. med. Par, 1918, 25: 183.—Salsano, P. Esiti lontani di congela- mento di un arto inferiore al lume dell'indagine radiologica e dei rilievi oscillometrici e termometrici. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: 421-9.—Schecter, A. E.. & Ragan. C. A. Trench foot; the diagnostic value of ischemic pain. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 89, 98-100. Also Med. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 264-6.—Shumacker, H. B, jr. The sur- gical treatment of gangrene in trench foot. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1946, 83: 513-20. ------ Injuries due to cold, with particular reference to frostbite and trench foot. Wisconsin M. J, 1947, 46: 317-24.—Silverman, J. J. An inquiry into the incidence of hyperhidrosis in convalescent trench foot. Ann. Int. M, 1946, 25: 702-10.—Simeone, F. A. Trench foot. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 92.—Spiridonov, A. H. Sroki i metody operativnykh vmeshatelstv pri otmorozheniikakh palcev nog i ruk. In: Sborn, nauch. rabot N-sky evakhosp. (Dikovicky, A. A.) Gorky, 1943, 33-43.—Stein, I. D. Vascular injuries due to cold with particular reference to the late phase of trench foot. Mod. Concepts Card. Dis, 1946, 15: [1]— Sterzi, G. II congelamento dei piedi dei soldati; suo tratta- mento con i raggi Rontgen. Gior. ital. derm, sif, 1942, 83: 243-74.—Strieker, P, & Bach, F. Traitement des pieds de tranchee par des infiltrations de scurocalne du sympathique lombaire; influence sur les douleurs et les phenomenes ischemi- ques. Gaz. h6p, 1940, 113: 205.—Toone, E. C, & Williams, J. P. Trench foot: prognosis and disposition. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 198-210.—Trench foot. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, 92: 547. Also Boston M. & S. J, 1918, 178: 367. Also Circ. Lett. Chief Surgeon Europ. Theater Oper, 1944, No. 126, 1-10. Also BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 265- 71.—Trench foot; by a military observer. Mil. Surgeon, 1917, 41: 598-609.—Trench foot and preparation for wet cold. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 2, 5-11.—Trench foot or so-called frost-bite. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1915, 29: 86-8.—Trench shin. MU. Surgeon, 1917, 41: 609.—Ungley, C. C, Channell, G. D., & Richards, R. L. The immersion foot syndrome. Brit. J. Surg, 1945-46, 33: 17-31.—Weed. F. W. Trench foot. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 290-3.—White, J. C. Trench foot, shelter foot, and im- mersion foot. Am. J. Nurs, 1943, 43: 710-3.—Wilson, L. B. Trench foot. Bull. Internat. Ass. Med. Mus, Ann Arb, 1918, No. 7, 202-23— Yamada, H, & Kagawa, T. Zur Therapie von Pernionis nebst Bemerkung iiber Pied de tranchee. (Japanese text) Jap. Zschr. Derm. Urol, 1920, 20: 40-7— Zee, M. L. Treatment of trench foot; use of whirlpool bath. Med. BuU. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 5, COLD INJURY 385 COLD INJURY ---- Pathogenesis. Starlinger, F., & Frisch, O. v. Die Erfrie- rung als ortlicher Kalteschaden und die allge- meine Auskuhlung im Kriege. 151p. 20cm. Dresd., 1944. Arjev, T. J. Nekotorye dannye ob izmenenijakh v tkanjakh pri otmorozenijakh. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1951, 1: 238-40— Bogdanov, F. R. Patogenez, klinika, profilaktika i lechenie otmorozhenii. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverd- lovsk, 1941, 399-416, illust. —Buttner, K, Frank, A, & Bolze, J. Das Anfrieren der Haut an kalten Metallen. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1944, 9: 18-20.—Calder, R. M. Cold allergy; report of a case. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 291-3—Girgolav. S. S, Arjev, T. J, & Gamov, V. S. Etiologia i patogenez otmorozenij. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. oted. vojne, Moskva, 1951, 1:211-37.—Kreyberg, L. Om kuldereaksjoner i huden og frostskadenes mekanisme. Nord. med, 1946, 30: 973-6.—Leditznig, C. Konstitution und Kalteschaden. In: Wehrmedizin (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 3: 148-53.—Levin, A. I, & Khalezkaya, F. M. [A contribution to the pathogene- sis of frostbite, the role of local disturbances in circulation] Bull. War M;, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 427 (Abstr.)—Siegmund. Pathological findings with frostbites; inanition impairments. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 1. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 10, 174-83.—Wohlfeil. Diminished resistance: opinion on the development of frostbites; the distribution of infectious diseases. Ibid, 190-2; Disc, 201.—Zanotti, M. Alcuni dati sulla costituzione individuale dei congelati di guerra. BoU. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1941-42, 42: 277-90.----- Risultati della intradermoreazione di Rotter nei militari colpiti da congelamento. Gior. med. mil, 1947, 94: 442-53. ---- Pathology. Cignolini, P., & Castellaneta, V. Rendiconto clinico del centro di studi di criopatologia; inverno-1937-38. Gior. med. mil, 1939, 87: 367-82.—Mfiller, W. Ueber Todesursachen bei ortlichen Erfrierungsschaden. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 16. Also Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 130 (Abstr.)— Pathological studies of frostbite. Med. Targets, 1945, No. M-AB, 117.—Schultz. Pathology of the effects of cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 57.—Shabanov, M. Patologo-histologicheskie izmeneniia serdechnososudistogo apparata u krolikov pri otmorozheniiakh. Tr. Saratov, gosud. med. inst, 1939, 2: pt 2, 71-5.—Shulman, M. S, & Glikin, M. I. Izmeneniia kostei pri otmorozhenii. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 428-40, iUust.—Staemmler. Pathologisch-anatomische Grundlagen der chronischen Gewebs- schadigungen bei Erfrierungen. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 51-3. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 5, 54-6. ---- Physiopathology. Baldi, F. Differenze psicologiche fra i congelati ed i feriti di guerra. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1941, 9: 164-6.—Burdenko, N. N. Fagyas hatdsa a szimpatikus idegrendszerre. Hon- vedorvos, 1950, 2: 717 (Abstr.)—Cuppini, R. Osservazioni suUa morfclogia; concentrazione proteica e cloruri del sangue dei congelati di guerra. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: 585-7.—Levin, A. I, & Maisel, T. J. [A contribution to the study of carbo- hydrate metabolism in patients with frostbite] Bull. War. M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 427 (Abstr.)—Liebesny, P. Physio- pathology, treatment, and prevention of frost injuries; with special reference to frost injuries in warfare. N. York State J. M, 1944, 44: 2118-23.—Pastinszky, 1, & Plank, E. Hide- ginger okozta pressorreflex vaitozasok pernios betegeken. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 424-9.—Schwiegk. H. Circulation and metabolism in case of local freezings. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 376 — Tolstoukhova, L. I. Morfologia krovi pri otmorozheniiakh. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural, voen okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 447-57. ---- Prevention. Macht, M. B., Bader, M. E. [et al.] The inhibition of frostbite wheals by the iontophoresis of antihistaminic agents. 9 1. 29%cm. Wash., 1948. Forms No. 135, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quarter- mast. Gen.) Arjev, T. J. Profilaktika i lechenie otmorozhenii v usloviiakh armeiskogo frontovogo raiona. In: Tr. Plen. Hosp. so v. Narkomzdr. SSSR (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 254-6. ------ Profilaktika otmorozhenii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 12, 3-8. ------ Otmorozheniia; profilaktika. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 322-5.— Astaflev, A. D. [Prevention of frost-bite] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1944, 76-9.—Aubert & Crouzet. Les accidents causes par le froid dans les armees en campagne et leur pro- phylaxie. Arch. med. chir. province, 1933, 23: 219-28.— Delepine, S. Some of the effects of exposure to wet cold and 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----25 their prevention (prevention of frost-bite, trench-foot, water- bite) Brit. M. J, 1915, 2: 888-92.—Des Cilleuls, J. M, & Bellon, J. G. F. E. Les accidents generaux provoquds par le froid et leur prophylaxie dans l'armee. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1938, 109: 479-506. Also Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 289-91.—K, F. [The use of fats and ointments for pre- vention of frost-bite] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 2, 63-5.— Krotkov, F.G. [Prevention of frost-bite] Ibid, 65-71. ------ [Prevention of frost-bite in troops] Ibid, No. 11, 61-7.— Loehe. Effect of cold; prophylaxis and diagnosis. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 51-3.—Maksimov, S. V, & Smelkov, J. S. Fiziologicheskie kolebaniia temperatury konechnostei i ikh znachenie dlia profilaktiki otmorozhenii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 4, 23-8.—Pavlov, S. T, & Smirnov, K. K. [Prophylaxis of frost-bite with fats] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 37-43.— Prevention of trench-foot (local frigorism) Lancet, Lond, 1915, 2: 1304.—Starlinger, F. Zur Vorbeuge der Erfrierungen im Felde. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 1779-82. —----■ Zur Kalte- schaden vorbeuge im Felde. Ibid, 1943, 70: 1570-3.— Zembrzuski, L. Powstawanie i profilaktyka odmrozeri w wojsku. Lek. wojsk, 1920, 1: No. 37, 17-21. ---- Surgical aspect. Altenkamp, T. Beitrag zur Frostschadenbehandlung durch Grenzstranganasthesie. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 130 (Abstr.)—D'Agostino, F. Particolari di tecnica sul trat- tamento chirurgico dei congelati. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: 147.—Gamov, V. S. [On the surgical treatment of congelations of high degrees at evaco-hospitals of Leningrad] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1944, No. 12,35-41. ------ Otmorozenij a; operativ- noe ledenie. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1961, 1: 295-316, 3 pi.—Jung, A, & Fell, H. Arteriographie, Sympathicusinfiltration und Sympathektomie bei Erfrierungs- schaden. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 219 (Abstr.)— Jusevich, M. S. Usecheniia perednego otdela stop posle otmorozhenii v sviazi s protezirovaniem. Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god Otechest. voiny, 1942, 2: 100-11.—Manheim, A. E. K voprosu ob operativnom lechenii otmorozhenii 3. i 4. stepeni na stope. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Tadzhik. Narkomzdrav.) Stalinabad, 1945, 87-92—Philipo- wicz, J. Sympathektomie bei Erfrierungen; vorlaufige Mittei- lung. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 428 (Abstr.)— Schisano, A. Sulla cura chirurgica dei congelati gravi. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: 187-96.—Schurer, F. v. Periarterielle Sympathektomie bei schwerer Erfrierung. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43. 3: 98 (Abstr.) ---- Treatment. United States. Army Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Medical series 1, No. 2: Treatment of injuries due to cold. 5p. 27cm. N. Y., 1943. Also Reprinted 4 p. Orlando, Fla, 1944. Adams-Ray, J. Om kylskadors behandling. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 59-69.—Alipov, G. V. Lechenie otmorozhenii i ikh posledstvii v tylovyh EH. In: Tr. Plen. Hosp. sov. Narkomzdr. SSSR (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 256-9 — Arjev, T. J. Otmorozenij a; pervaja pomo§6. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1951, 1: 281-3. ■------& Gamov, V. S. Otmorozheniia; lechenie. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1951, 1: 281-321.—Castro, M. As geladuras e seu tratamento. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1945, 34: 459-61.—Cirenei, A. Note clinico-terapeutiche sui congelati in cura neU'ospedale militare di Roma. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90:55-66.—Drulev, V. A. [Treatment of frost-bite] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, No. 10, 19-22.—Firt, L. Choroby zpusobenS chladem a jejich lefiba. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1949, 18: 274-8 — Friedland, M. O. [The treatment of frost-bite] Feldsher, Moskva, 1942, No. 10, 1-4.—Girgolav, S. S. Otmorozheniia i ikh lechenie. Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda khir. (1938) 1939, 24. meet, 188-96.—Kevorkian, A. A. [Treatment of frost-bite] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 11, 57.—Kimbarovsky, M. A. Lechenie otmorozhenii v tylovyh EH. In: Tr. Plen. Hosp. sov. Nar- komzdr. SSSR (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 259-64.— Kononenko, I. F. Lechenie otmorozhenii i ikh posledstvii. Ibid, 264-7.— Kulikova, A. I. Lechenie otmorozhenii na konechnom etape evakuacii. In: Vopr. khir. voiny &c. (Gorky gosud. med. inst.) Gorky, 1942, 170-82.—Levit, V. S. [Treatment of frost-bite] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 10, 12-6.—Miller, M. R. Frostbite and factors in the therapy of frostbite. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1947, June, 23.—Moriconi, L. Note pratiche sul trattamento dei congelamenti di guerra. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1941, 9: 158-60.—Panizzi, E. II trattamento dei congelati nell'Ospedale militare di Ariiano. Ibid, 151-8.— Rivoir [Frost-bite and frost gangrene and their treatment] Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 497 (Abstr.)—Saltner. Therapie der Kalteschadigungen der Haut unter militarischen Verhaltnissen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 578 (Abstr.)— Starlinger. Therapy of injuries caused by cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 54-7.—Sturm, V. A. Otmorozheniia i ikh lechenie. Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god Otechest. voiny, 1942, 2: 29-39.— Therapie (Zur) der Kalteschadigungen der Haut unter mili- tarischen Verhaltnissen. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 398 (Abstr.)— Treatment (The) of frostbite. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1948, 48: 99. COLD INJURY 386 COLD INJURY ---- Treatment: Drugs. Pichotka, J., & Lewis, R. B. The use of heparin in the treatment of experimental frost- bite. 8p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 21-02-079, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Chiurco. G. A. Precisazioni suUa terapia biologica vita- minica per la riparazione dei tessuti nelle lesioni di guerra e da congelamento. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1941, 9: 170-92, iUust.—Lendle. Pharmacologic results in animal experiments concerning local injuries due to cold. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 60-6. ------ & Zipf. Pharmacological evaluation of the medicinal therapy of local injuries caused by effects of cold. Ibid, 58-60.—Lewis, R. B, & Pichotka, 3. The use of anticoagulant therapy in frostbite with special reference to heparin. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Apr, 26; July. 17; Oct, 11; 1949, Jan, 18. ------& Walker, W. B. The use of anticoagulant therapy in frostbite with special reference to heparin. Ibid, Jan,_21.— Zanotti, M. L'indirizzo proteinoterapico nella cura dei con- gelati di guerra; fatti ed esperienze. Gior. med. Marca trevig, 1941, 3: 152-6. ---- Treatment: Methods. Miller, M. R. Frostbite and factors in the therapy of frostbite. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 492, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. PlONTKOVSKY, I. A., & JANOSHEVSKAIA, R. K. G>H3HHeCKHe MeTOABI Jie^eHHH OTMOpOHCeHHH. 20p. 20cm. Moskva, 1944. Arjev, T. J, & Gamov, V. S. Otmorofenija; etapnoe le6enie. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1951, 1: 316-21.—Astuni, A. Orientamenti e direttive nella moderna terapia dei congelamenti. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: 787-9.— Binhold, H. Sollen Erfrierungen schnell oder langsam erwarmt werden? Deut. MiUtararzt, 1942, 7: 491-6.—Bogdanov, F. R., & Epstein, V. V. Lechenie posledstvii otmorozheniia iskus- stvennymi macestinskimi vannami v usloviiakh tylovogo hos- pitalia. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 477-80.—Bychkova, O. N, & Naftol'ev, J. A. Vosstanovlenie trudosposobnosti pri otmorozheniiakh. Ibid, 458-65, iUust.—Bykova, O. S, & Drobiz, F. D. Griazelechenie pri otmorozheniiakh. Ibid, 466- 70.—Dolinskaia, A. T. [Early application of the electric field of ultra-high frequency in frost-bites at the front] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1940, 60: No. 2, 3-6.—Gamov, V. S. Otmorozenija; konservativnoe le6enie. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1951, 1: 283-95.—Goecke, C. A. Ueber die Behandlung der Erfrierungen mit Sulfonamiden. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 99 (Abstr.)—Golofastova, E. K. Kom- binirovannyi sposob lecheniia ran po metode docenta Mode- stova oblucheniem ultrafioletovymi luchami s posleduiuschchim nalozheniem poviazki iz obluchennogo rybego zhira. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 504-7.—Izdebsky, S. M. Fizioterapia otmorozhenii. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 202-7.—Kamenskaia, T. P. Blok po Vishnevskomu pri otmorozheniiakh. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 481-6.—Kaz, B. L, & Lukanov, A. F. [Med- ical aid for frost-bite in wartime] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 9, 21-8— Kovda, R. J, & Usim, T. S. [Treatment of frost-bite with the ultra-high frequency field] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 445-7.—Kubota, M. Tosyo toku ni no tiryo ni taisuru rinsyo-teki kenkyu. Gun idan zassi, 1929, No. 188, 281-8.—Ljubina, N. 1., & Mitin, V. V. [Results of physiotherapy of frost-bites in base hospitals] Kazan, med. J, 1940, 36: No. 6, 18-22.—Matheis, H. Kurze Mitteilung zur Behandlung der Erfrierungen. Deut. MiU- tararzt, 1942, 7: 153-5.—Miller, M. R. The evaluation of recently developed methods of treatment of frostbite. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. Arctic Aeromed. Laborat, 1948, Jan, 15.— Mintz, I. J. K voprosy lecheniia otmorozhenii ultravysoko- chastotnym polem (UVC) In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 471-6.— Modestov, V. K. Lechenie ran i otmorozhenu i ikh posledstvii fizio- i balneologicheskimi faktorami. Ibid, 494-7. ------ Lechenie ran i otmorozhenii orosheniem iodobromnoi vodoi i emulsiei iz rybego zhira. Ibid, 498-503.—Pershin, A. G. Opyt lecheniia posledstvii otmorozhenii na Sochi-Macestinskom kurorte. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1945, No. 10, 7-11.—Piont- kovsky, M. A. [Physiotherapy of frost-bite] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, No. 3, 6-10.-—Ponzio, M. SuUa terapia deUe perfrigera- zioni di guerra. Minerva med. Tor, 1940, 31: pt 2, 588.— Rabinovich, J. S. [Treatment of frost-bite in military zones] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1941, No. 6, 46-9.—Racz, I. A fagyasok korszeru kezelese. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 648-57.—Rupasov, N. F. Kharakteristika otmorozhenu i metody ikh lecheniia. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 487-93.—Schumacker, H. B, jr. Early treatment of frostbite. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1950, Mar, 5-9.—Scotti, G. Considerazioni sul trattamento immediato dei congelati gravi di guerra. Policlinico, 1943, 50: sez. prat, 1085-8.—Smirnov, 1.1, & Orlov. Lechenie obmoro- zhennykh v tylovykh evakohospitaliakh. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 10, 57-9.—Spampinato, L. Sul trattamento dei congelati. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1947, 52: 187-90.—Zal- kindson, E. T. Fizicheskaia terapia pri otmorozhenii. Tr. Evakohosp, Leningr, 1943, No. 5, 29-34. ---- by branches of service. Debrunner, H. Die Klinik und die Behand- lung der ortlichen Erfrierungen; militararztlicher Bericht iiber 26 Falle von Kalteschaden beim Dislokationsmarsch zu einem Skikurs entstanden. 128p. 25cm. Bern, 1941. Curry, W. A, & Begg, R. W. Experiences with frost bite and allied conditions amongst torpedoed merchant seamen. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1942, 21: 313-7.—Davis. L. High alti- tude frostbite. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1943, No. 11, 17-9. ------ Scarff, J. E. [et al.] High alti- tude frostbite. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1943, 77: 561-75, ill — E, J. Frostbite in horses. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1943-44, 15: 32.—Friedman, N. B, & Kritzler, R. A. The pathology of high-altitude frostbite. Am. J. Path, 1947, 23.: 173-87, incl. 4 pi.—Frostbite. In: FUght Surgeon Ref. File, Wash, 1945, AAF Man. 25-0-1, Sect. 8, No. 4, 10-3.—Frostbite among American combat airmen greatly reduced. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 638.—Iwazaki, K. Kotoku zyQ nendo Hoku-an-syo teturi seinen giyutai kunrensyo ni okeru tosyo-kanzya hassei zyokyo narabi-ni kore ga ryoho tosite no kokan-sinkei-setu syusei-tyQsya ni tuite [... frostbite in the young men of the Teturi patriotic driU-ground, and the treatment of the same by injections of alcohol into the sympathetic nerve ganglia] Nip- pon igaku, 1944: 250-3, iUust.—Keynes, G. L. Cold, R. A. F.'s other enemy, is beaten. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 3-5.—Sheeley, W. F. Frostbite. Air Surgeon's BuU, 1945, 2: 23-5. COLD-PROTECTIVE clothing. See Clothing, protective. COLD war. See under Militarism, in this section. COLEMAN burner. See under Burner. COLLECTING platoon. See also Ambulance section; Collecting station; Litter bearer. Eggers, H. Ueber Kriegschirurgie auf dem Hauptverband- platz. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 503 (Abstr.)—Krotkov, F. G. [Clearing up the battle-field] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 6, 52-5.—Wickens, B. T. Notes on operation of a coUecting com- pany in combat. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 435. COLLECTING station. See also Aid station; Ambulance; Clearing station. Alksne, J. O. [Problems of the principal dressing stations] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1915, 244: med. spec, pt, 165-89.— Breslauer, F. Der Hauptverbandplatz. Deut. mil. arztl. Zschr, 1917, 46:1; 33.—Dankov, S. S. Kontrol'no-sortirovoch- nye medicinskie punkty na putiakh evakuacii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 9, 23-5.—Michael, P. R. [The principal dressing station] Geneesk. gids, 1940, 18: 2-9.—Nikolaev, G. F. Obshchie principy okazania pomoshchi etapnogo lechenia ranennykh v zhivot; okazanie pervoi pomoshchi ranennym v zhivot, vynos ikh s polia boia i sroki dostavki na polkovye medicinskie punkty. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1949, 12: 78-82.—Petrov, V. Mestnyi evakua- cionnyi punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946- 48, 3: 1028-31.—Ramirez, R. Punto de reunidn de enfermos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43: 71-6.—Semeka, S. Punkt sbora legko ranenykh. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 993-6. ---- Medical service. See also Battlefield, Medical activities; Evacua- tion; First aid; Wounded. Eggers, H. Ueber Kriegschirurgie auf dem Hauptverband- platz. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 113-7. Also in Kriegs- chir. Ratgeber, Berl, 1941, 28-41.—Engels, H. Zwei wesentU- che Hilfsmittel bei der Versorgung der Verwundeten auf dem Hauptverbandplatz. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1941, 6: 285.—Melz- ner, E. Der Frontchirurg auf den Hauptverbandplatzen des Ostens. Ibid, 1944, 9: 20-42.—Petermann. Chirurgische Tatigkeit und Erfahrungen auf dem Hauptverbandplatz. Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, 12: 1127-32.—Schliep, L. Kriegs- chirurgjsche Arbeit auf dem Hauptverbandplatz. Munch. COLLECTING STATION 387 COMBAT med. Wschr, 1914, 61: 1796.—Solbrig. Sieben hundert funf und fiinfzig Verwundete in zwei Tagen versorgt auf dem Haupt- verbandplatz einer Sanitatskompanie Illust. Ztg, Lpz, 1941, January, p. 56.—Staden, v. Chirurgische Tatigkeit auf dem Hauptverbandplatz. Med. Klin, Berl, 1917, 13: 215.— Stark, W. Tatigkeit und Probleme des Chirurgen auf dem Hauptverbandplatz im Westen. Zbl. Chir, 1941, 68: 2050-7.— Stromberg, G. G. Organizacia operativnoj dejatelnosti i pomo- shchi tjazhelo-ranenym v linii glavnykh perevjazochnykh punk- tov. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1914, 239: med. spec, pt, 14-30. COLOMBIA. For references to this country see Medical organization; Nurse; Tuberculosis. COLOR vision. See under Vision, in this section. COMBAT. See also Attack; Battalion surgeon; Battle; Offensive; Operation; War neurosis; War psy- chosis. Akodus, J. Vstrechnyi boi. In: "Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 1057-64.—Lammirato, A. E. El relevo de unidades en el combate. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1942, 42: pt 1, 483-505.—Marshall, S. L. A. Why men fight. In his Men against Fire, N. Y, 1947, 138-56.—Moloney, J. C. Prewar contrast between the Japanese and American attitude toward hand-to-hand combat. In his Magic Cloak, Wakefield, 1949, 199-204.—Vasilyev, A. Air action against combat formations. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-43, 23: No. 2, 21-3. ---- Air combat. See also Aircrew; Air warfare. Bennett, M., & Wulff, V. J. Oxygen con- sumption of aircrew in combat. 11 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-660-48-F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Combat requirements. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 107-46.—Console, W. A. Psychiatric reactions to aerial combat and their sequelae. Connecticut M. J, 1946, 10: 900-2.—Janis, I. L. Morale attitudes of com- bat flying personnel in the Air Corps. In: Amer. Soldier (Stouffer, S. A.) Princet, 1949, 2: 324-61. —---- Objective factors related to morale attitudes in the aerial combat situa- tion. Ibid, 362-410.—Pera, G, & Mangiacapra, A. Psicologia del combattimento aereo; considerazioni in margine a Esperienze psichiatriche deU'VIII Forza Aerea, di D. W. Hastings, D. G. Wright, B. C. Glueck. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1947, 10: 191- 213.—Physical examination of Naval aviators returning from the combat areas [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 1: No. 8, 27.—Rathaus, L. M, & Bamdas, B. O reakci- iakh letchika na boevoi polet. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 1-2, 27-34.—Studies of individual reactions to combat. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1948, No. 1, 207- 35.—Walsh, M. N. Psychologic conditioning for aerial combat. Air Surgeon's BuU, 1945. 2: 233. ---- Medical service. See also Battle, Medical work; Battlefield, Medical activities; Combat zone. At the front. Pharm. Advance, 1942-43, 14: No. 161, 5 — Cohen, N. H. The role of the Medical Department in combat. Ann. Int. M, 1943, 18: 428.—Heflebower, R. C, Wunderlich, F. R, & Koon, G. H. The Medical Service of the Infantry Division in combat; service of Medical, Dental and Veterinary Corps. Mil. Surgeon, .1927, 60: 645-76, 1 ch. & 3 maps.—How men of medicine work in heat of battle. BuU. Los Angeles M. Ass, 1944, 74: 571; 612.—Martins Pereira, H. A. Generali- dades sobre o tratamento m6dico-cirurgico nas frentes de combate. Rev. med. brasU, 1946, 20: 67-84, pi.—Meyer, G. E. The dental service in combat. MU. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 152-5.— Szarecki, B. Kilka uwag praktycznych dia nilodych koleg6w chirurgow, pracujqcych na froncie. Lek. wojsk, 1920, 1: No. 21, 1-9; Disc, No. 31, 13-5, iUust. ---- naval. See under Battle, naval; Dental Officer, Navy; Naval warfare. ---- Psychological effect. See also War neurosis; War psychosis. Stouffer, S. A., Lumsdaine, A. A. [et al.] The American soldier; combat and its aftermath. 675p. 24>^cm. Princet., 1949. Forms v. 2, Stud. Social Psychol. World War II. Liideritz, H. Das Gemeinschaftserlebnis in der vordersten Linie. Zschr. angew. Psychol, 1938, Beih. 79, 28^2.— Marshall, S. L. A. Combat isolation. In bis Men against Fire, N. Y, 1947, 44-9.—Menninger, W. C. Stresses most commonly encountered in combat. In his Psychiat. in a Troubled World, N. Y, 1948, 72-7.—Mierke, K. Die wesenswandelnde und wesensformende Kraft des Kriegserlebnisses. Zschr. angew. Psychol, 1938, Beih. 79, 1-27.—Stouffer, S. A, Lumsdaine, A. A, & Lumsdaine, M. H. Attitudes before combat and behavior in combat. In: Amer. Soldier (Stouffer, S. A.) Princet, 1949, 2: 3-58.—Vialle, L. Desenchantement; notes pour la psychologie du combattant. J. psychol. norm, path. Par, 1936, 33: 285-308. COMBAT aviation. See also Aviation; Aviator; Combat, Air com- bat; Fighter; Fighter aviation, etc. Winfield, R. H. The use of benzedrine to overcome fatigue on operational flights in Coastal Command. 5 1. 23}£cm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 361, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Dill, D. B. Food preferences in combat flights. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 590-3.-—Mouchard. El factor aero en la guerra moderna. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1941, 41: pt 2, 1353-64. COMBAT boot. See Boot. COMBAT exhaustion. See War neurosis. COMBAT fatigue. See War neurosis, combat induced. COMBAT intelligence. See Intelligence. COMBAT neurosis. See War neurosis, combat induced. COMBAT performance. For its prediction in pilots see Aviator, Psycho- logical examination. COMBAT pilot. See Aviator, Combat pilot; also Fighter avia- tion. COMBAT psychiatry. See also Battle, Effect; Battlefield, Medical activities; subheadings of Combat (Medical service; Psychological effect) Neuropsychiatric casualty; Psychiatry; War neurosis; War psy- chosis. Drayer, C. S, & Ranson, S. W. Combat psychiatry. BuU, U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 91-6.—Hanson, F. R.. & Ranson, S. W. Combat psychiatry; statistical studies. Ibid, 1949. 9: Suppl, 191-204.—Jungle clinic aids unstrung soldiers. Wis- consin M. J, 1943, 42: 1167.—Mayer-Gross, W. Practical psychiatry in war-time. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 2: 1327-30.— Sheps, J. G, & Coburn, F. E. Psychiatric study of 100 battle veterans. War Med, 1945, 8: 235-7.—Wright, D. G. Prepara- tion for emotional stresses of combat. Air Surgeon's BuU, 1944, 1: No. 12, 6. COMBAT psychosis. See War psychosis. COMBAT ration. See under Ration. COMBAT troops. See also Troops; also such terms as Battle; Combat; Rotation, etc. also name of military units as Battalion; Division, etc. Mercier, R. G. El combatiente, en lucha con el enemigo. p. 13-44. 19cm. Madr., 1940. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940. COMBAT TROOPS 388 COMMANDO ---- [El combatiente, en lucha con la miseria] p. 77-112. 19cm. Madr., 1940. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940. ----El combatiente, en lucha con el sufri- miento. p. 113-48. 19cm. Madr., 1940. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940. A, C. Les trembleurs heroiques. Chron. med. Par, 1917, 24: 283.—Adler, M. H. Case study of a combat veteran. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1948, 108: 200-10.—Johnson, D. E, & Thickstun, J. T. Fraternity in combat. Am. J. Psychiat, 1945-46, 102: 245-56.—Marshall, S. L. A. Men under fire. In his Men against Fire, N. Y, 1947, 179-202.—Martinez Bande, J. M. Para una psicologia del combatiente. Ejercito, Madr, 1942, No. 33, 33-6.—Martins Pereira, H. A. Influencia do calor, da agua e do sal na saude dos combatentes. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1947, 36: 428-33.—Mercier, R. G. Preparacion ffsica para el combate. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 15-8.—Quelques reflexions de combattants. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1915, 15: 30-4.—Smith, M. B. Atti- tudes of ground combat troops toward rear echelons and the home front. In: Amer. Soldier (Stouffer, S. A.) Princet, 1949, 2: 290-323. COMBAT zone. See also Air evacuation; Battlefield, Medical activities; Combat, Medical service; Field serv- ice; Front; Medical organization; Tuberculosis; Venereal disease; War neurosis; War psychosis. Borden, D. L. Treatment of wounded in the combat zone. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1944, 78: 125-32.—Cabot, H. Surgical management of major casualties in the combat zone. Proc. Mayo Clin, 1932, 7: 80-7.—Care (The) of the injured in combat zones. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1943, 28: 109-14.—Churchill, E. D. Modern surgery in combat area with evacuation based on the surgical urgency of the wound. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 3, 7.—Ferguson, L. K. Function of the medical officer in battle zones. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1269-74.—Holfelder. H. Ueber die Aufgaben der Sanitatstaktik in der vordersten Kampfzone. Mil. Wbl, 1936-37, 121: 1790; 1863.—Lopez Cotarelo, A. Organizaci6n de los servicios sanitarios militares de vanguardia. In: Cuest. mid. quir. guerra (Girones, L.) Santander, 1938, 527-56.— Martins Pereira, H. A. Emprego das formacoes de satide nas frentes de combate. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1946, 35: 33-55.— Ripps, I. Medical service in the combat zone. Merck Rep, 1945, 54: No. 3, 12-5.—Romero Pferez, A. El servicio medico en el escal6n de combate. Sugestiones, Mex, 1943-45, 9: No. 115, 164-73.—Shaar, C. M. Care of the injured in combat zones. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 1667-72.—Walters, W. Care of the injured in war zones. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1943, 28: 115-21. COMBINED operation. See also Operation. Great Britain. War Office. General Staff. Combined operations pamphlet No. 39 B: R[oyal] A[rmy] M[edical] Cforps] based on 1942 organization of field medical units [Reprint] 38p. 18^cm. [Ottawa?] 1943. Mann, W. L., & Hume, E. E. Medical tactics of combined operations of the Army and Navy. 36p. 4? Wash., 1937. Also Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 1: 3-35.—Also Spanish tr. Rev. san. nav, Valparaiso, 1937, 7: 177-81.—Also Mil. Surgeon, 1938. 82: 439; 529. United States. Navy. Bureau of Medi- cine and Surgery. Medical service in joint oversea operations. 36p. 19cm. Wash., 1940. Martyn, A. I. C. Organisation and function of medical arrangements in combined naval and military operations. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 1: 38-54. Also J. R. Army M. Corps, Lond, 1938, 70: 105-7.—Sabrie, Solcard. [et al.] Organisation et fonctionnement du service de sante dans les operations combinees des armees de terre et de mer [discussion] Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 2: 111-31. COMMAND and General Staff College. See under School. COMMANDER. See also Leadership. Airplane commander. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 16, 89-142.—Richard. SanitatsdienstUche Probleme fiir den Truppen-Kommandanten. Militarsanitat, Ziir, 1946, 28: 36; 1947, 29: 53. COMMANDO. See Ranger. COMMISSARY. See also Food; Nutrition; Supply. Hospital commissary administration. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 6, 14-9.—Procurement and accounting of commissary stores. Ibid, 20-4. COMMISSION. See such terms as Officer; Reserve officer, etc.; also Procurement. For groups of experts see Committee; also under names of commissions as Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission; Atomic Energy Commission, etc. COMMITTEE. See also under specific names of committees as Biology War Committee; also under Military medicine; Preparedness, medical; Venereal dis- ease. Banks, B. M. A manual of boards for medical officers. 231p. 26>£cm. Clinton, Iowa, 1944. United States. War Department. Army regulations, No. 40-80: Medical Department board. Ip. 8? Wash., 1929. Karpov, I. E. [Activity of Army medical commissions of the rear evacuation hospitals and certain Army medical examina- tions] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 41-5.—Molodcov, N. Voenno-vrachebnaia komissia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 868-71.—Voennaia komissiia Prezidiuma AMN SSSR. Vest. Akad. med. nauk SSSR, 1946, No. 5, 17. COMMON cold. See under Epidemic, Types. COMPANY. See also Ambulance Corps; Bath company; Division; Regiment. Akodus, J. Rotnyi medicinskii post. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1171.-—Medical service in an infantry company. Voz san. N. Orl, 1937, No. 16, 6.—Perkov, N. Rota. In: Encikl. slovar voen med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1170. ---- Medical company. See also Medical battalion; Medical troops. Karpechenko, L. Mediko-sanitarnaia rota. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 695.—Mikhelson, G. Obmyvochno-dezinfekcionnaia rota. Ibid, 1432.—Philipp, R. Eine Kompanie Soldaten; Blatter aus dem Tagebuch einer Sanitatskompanie. In: Sanitatstruppen, Zur, 1942, 83-9, illust.—Shustov, V, & Komissarov, M. Otdelnaia rota medi- cinskogo usileniia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 141-4.—Walkowski, S. Rola lekarza-instruktora kompanji zapasowej sanitarnej. Lek. wojsk, 1921, 2: 1658-62. COMPENSATION. See as subheading under the following terms of this section: Injury; Tuberculous; Veteran; War neurosis; War psychosis. COMPRESSED air illness. See also Altitude; Atmospheric chamber. Alan, W. D. Caisson disease. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 199-203.—Best, C. H, & Taylor, N. B. Caisson disease; compressed air illness; aeroembolism; the bends. In their Physiol. Basis Med. Pract, 3. ed. Bait, 1943, 599.—Caisson disease. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 10, 4-6.— Donald, K. W. A case of compressed-air illness. Brit. M. J, 1944, 1: 590.—Dudley, S. F. Caisson disease (compressed-air illness) In: Brit. Encyl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond, 1936, 2: 730-6.—Francis, W. S. An unusual case of compressed-air illness. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 188.—Henderson, R. D. Caisson's disease, bends, diver's paralysis. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 187-99. ---;— Symposium on caisson disease; caisson disease; bends; diver's paralysis. Memphis M. J, 1939, 14: 70-6.—Henderson, Y. Compressed air illness. In: Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait, 1940, 1: 1106- 11.—Ivanov, D. I. Gastro-intestinal reflex in caisson disturb- ances during rapid rise to high altitudes. Am. Rev. Soviet M, 1947-48, 5: 49-51.—Krivosheenko, N. Kessonnaia COMPRESSED AIR ILLNESS 389 CONSCRIPTION bolezn. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1203-12.—Manabe, K. A case of severe caisson disease. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1938, 27: No. 10, 2.—Schilling, C. W. Compressed-air illness. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1938, 36: 9; 235.—Swain, V. A. J. Caisson disease, compressed- air illness, of bone with a report of a case. Brit. J. Surg, 1941- 42, 29: 365-70.-—Thome, I. J. Predisposition to compressed air illness. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1044-51. COMPRESSION injury. See under Injury. COMPULSORY service. See under Service; also Universal military training. CONCEALMENT. See Camouflage. CONCUSSION. See under Injury. CONFERENCE. See Hospital staff, Conference. See also Military medicine, Congresses; Surgery, Con- gresses. CONFUSION. See under War psychosis. CONGELATION. See Cold injury. CONGO. See under World War II, in this section. CONSCIENTIOUS objector. See also Militarism, Pacifism. Schulthess, P. *Ueber Militardienstver- weigerung aus krankhafter Ursache; nach dem Material der Ziircher Psychiatrischen Klinik. 37p. 8? Zur., 1933. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, 1933, 32: Boisen, A. T. Conscientious objectors; their morale in Church-operated service units. Psychiatry, Bait, 1944, 7: 21.5-24.—Clark, R. A, & Burgess, A. M. jr. The work of conscientious objectors in state mental hospitals during the second World War. Psychiat. Q. Suppl, 1948, 22: 128-40.— Conscientious (The) objector. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 178.—Conscientious objectors (Parts 652 and 653) In: Phys. Exam. Select. Serv. Registr. (U. S. Select. Serv. System) Wash, 1948, 2: 183-7.—Crespi, L. P. Attitudes toward con- scientious objectors and some of their psychological correlates. J. Psychol, Provincet, 1944, 18: 81-117.------Public opinion toward conscientious objectors; measurement of national approval-disapproval. Ibid, 1945, 19: 209-50. ------ Intensity of social rejection in stereotype and attitude. Ibid, 251-76. ■----■— Opinions on significant conscientious objector issues. Ibid, 277-310.—Engle, T. L. Attitudes toward war as expressed by Amish and non-Amish children. J. Educ. Psychol, 1944, 35: 211-9. ------ An analysis of themes on the subject of war as written by Amish and non- Amish children. Ibid, 267-73.—Gaupp. Dienstverweigerung aus religiosen (und politischen) Griinden und ihre gerichts- arztUche Beurteilung. Med. Korbl. Wurttemb. arztl. Landes- ver, 1918, 88: 167; 175.—Gory, A. E, & McClelland, D. C. Characteristics of conscientious objectors in World War II. J. Consult. Psychol, 1947, 11: 245-57.—Jorger, J. B. Ueber Dienstverweigerer und Friedensapostel. Zschr. Neur. Psychiat, 1918, Orig, 43: 117-33.—Jones, A. T. A medical officer's conscientious objection. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 86.—Lange, J. Dienstverweigerung aus religiosen Griinden. Munch, med. Wschr, 1937, 84: 13-16.—Lessons (The) of Dudley. Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 67: 25.—May, M. A. The psychological examination of conscientious objectors. Am. J. Psychol, 1920, 31: 152-65.—Medical (A) officer's conscience. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 553; Disc. 2: Suppl, 92.—Mitchell, C. F. A psychiatric program for the civilian public service camps. News Letter, N. Y, 1942-43, 12: 105-8.—Mullen, J. M. The case of the conscientious objectors. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag, 1942-43, 31: 5-8.—Stalker, H. Conscientious objectors with psychiatric states. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1943, 89: 52-8. CONSCRIPTION. See Recruiting. CONSERVATIVISM. See under Militarism. CONSTRUCTION battalion. Construction Battalion dispensaries. In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 14, 86-8 — Hurlbut, J. L. Medical problems in a construction battalion. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 793-6. CONSULTANT. See also Medical consultant; also names of specialists. Appoints five science writers as civilian consultants. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 216.—Kaufman, S. H, & Clark, R. A Value of civilian psychiatric consultation for Army University Cadets. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1945, 15: 489-94.—Lipkin, S. The Personnel Consultant in an Army rehabilitation center. Psychol. BuU, 1944, 41: 524-31.—Sari in, C. N. Psychiatric consultations in the Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 139-43. CONTACT lens. See also Eyeglass; also Aviator, Eye. Zertuche Rodriguez, A. Cristales de contacto y cristales de combate. Arch. med. mex, 1944, 2: 322-30. Also Rev. Esc. med. mil, Mex, 1944, 3: No. 16, 7-12. CONTAMINATION. , See Decontamination. CONTRACT surgeon. See Medical officer, civilian. CONTRAST discrimination test. See under Anoxia, Mental aspect. CONVALESCENT. See subsequent headings; also Hospital, con- valescent; Hospital report, United States: Con- valescent hospitals; Hospital service, convales- cent; Rehabilitation; Replacement; Training. Browne, J. S. L., Schenker, V. [et al.] Some metabolic aspects of damage and convalescence. 15p. 28cm. [Ottawa? 1944?] Forms No. C-6060A, Rep. Ass. Com. Army M. Res. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada. Henneman, P. H. Metabolic aspects of con- valescence. 91 [i. e. 101] 1. 27cm. Wash., 1948. In: Basic Sc. Notes (U. S. A. Med. Dep. Res. Grad. Sch.) 1948, 3: No. 2, 1-94. Weiss, R. A. Physical training program for convalescent medical patients. 30p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 246, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Andreae, W. A, Weil, P. G, & Browne, J. S. L. Studies on vitamin requirements in damage and convalescence. Proc. Comm. Army M. Res. (Nat. Res. Counc. Canada) 1945, 7. meet, 2: C-6177.—Browne, J. S. L, Schenker, V, & Weil, P. G. Further studies on the metabolic aspects of damage & convalescence. Ibid, 1944, 5. meet. No. 2, C. 6140, 1-22, 9 fig.—Childress, H. M. Regulated group exercise for con- valescent patients. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 581-4.—Conference on nutrition in damage and convalescence. Proc. Com. Army M. Res. [Canada] 1944, 5. meet. No. 2, C. 6137, 1-31.^— Convalescent reconditioning in hospitals. Circ. Letter Off. Surg. Gen. War Dep, 1943, No. 168, 1-6.—Cooksey, W. B. Convalescence; as a postwar problem. Mod. Hosp, 1944, 63: No. 3, 48-50.—Deutsche, A. Reduction of sick time in Army hospitals. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: A5009.—Hermida, J. La recuperation de enfermos. In: Cuest. mid. quir. guerra (Girones, L.) Santander, 1938, 463-92.—Levis, D. The man- agement of convalescent soldiers. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 238-48.—Lowman, E. W. Planned convalescence. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 611-20.—Neu ,H. N, & Urban, F. K. Convalescence and rehabilitation in a general hospital in the tropics. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 377-85.-—Nutritional aspects of convalescent care. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 76, 85-97.—Rusk, H. A. The Army Air Forces convalescent re- habilitation training program. Congressional Record, 1943, CONVALESCENT 390 COOK BOOK 89: 10586-88. ■—---- Convalescent training program. Air Surgeon's Bull, 1944, 1: No. 2, 14-6. ------ Rehabilitation and convalescent care; the apphcation of mUitary experience to civilian practice. In: Integr. Pract. M. (Hyman, H. T.) PhUa, 1947, 4: 4117-31.—Tansey, S. P. Post-war trends in con- valescence. Canad. Hosp, 1946, 23: 32.—Tureen, L. L. Psy- chiatric complications in convalescent patients. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 4, 11-7 — Weniger. Les soldats en congS de convalescence. Deut. mU. arztl. Zschr, 1910, 39: 950-3. ---- Air Force. See also Rehabilitation. Karpovich, P. V. Physical fitness for con- valescents. 13p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 224, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. War Department. Army Air Forces. Information letter; Army air forces convalescent-rehabilitation training program. Wash., No. 1, 1943- Bijou, S. W, & Gillman, R. D. Origins of the psychological program in AAF convalescent hospitals. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 15, 1-14.—Bijou, S. W, & Heathers, G. L. Research in AAF convalescent hospitals. Ibid, 52-8.—Gillman, R. D, & Ramsey, G. V. A. A. F. Con- valescent-Rehabilitation Program. Psychol. BuU, 1944, 41: 548-50.—Lucio, W. H, & McReynolds, P. W. Interests in relation to convalescent activities. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 15, 119-32.—Rusk, H. A." The Army Air Forces' convalescent-rehabilitation training program; the first year's experience. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1943, 36: 649- 51. ------ Convalescent training program in the Army Air Forces. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1944, 70: 19-22. ■------ Con- valescent care and rehabilitation in the Army Air Forces. Med. Clin. N. America, 1945, 29: 715-28. —---■ The Army Air Forces Convalescent Training Program; its contribution to the medicine of tomorrow. South. M. J, 1945, 38: 12-6. CONVALESCENT company. See also Rehabilitation; Replacement depot. Bohm, M. Die Genesungs-Kompagnie; eine Anleitung zum Dienst in der Genesungs-Kom- pagnie der Ersatz-Truppenteile und in der Leicht- kranken-Abteilung der Lazarette. 32p. 12° Berl., 1915. CONVALESCENT depot. See also Replacement depot. Briggs, T. F. The organisation of a convalescent depot. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 75-7, ch.—Kersley, G. D. The convalescent depot overseas. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 36-8.—Medicines for Army convalescent homes. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91:183.—Military convalescent homes. S. Afr. M.J, 1940, 14: 361.—Neu, H.N, & Urban, F. K. Convalescence and rehabUitation in a general hospital in the tropics. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 377-85.— Sandiland, E. L. The army convalescent depot in this war up to date. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 153-62.—Vander- meiren, H. Considerations au sujet des depots de convalescents anglais. Arch. Serv. san. Arm£e beige, 1947, 100: 33-7.— Zigan, A. [MUitary convalescent camps in 1939] Voj. san. glasnik, 1940, 11: 175. CONVALESCENT hospital. See Hospital; Hospital report, United States. CONVOY. See also Ambulance service; Motorization; Transport; Transport ship; Vehicle; Vessel. Troup, W. D. G. Arctic convoy. In: Interallied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947, 361-3.—Van Auken, H. A. Motor convoys. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 4: pt 2, 116.—Wilkins, R. D. Convoy rescue ships. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30: 65-9. COOK book. Germany. Luftwaffe [Luftwaff en-Druck- vorschrift] L. Dv. 86a: Kleines Feldkochbuch fiir behelfsmassiges Kochen. 48p. 14}£cm. Berl., 1942. ---- [Luftwaffen-Druckvorschrift] L. Dv. 86c: Zubereitung der Startverpflegung. 32p. 15cm. Berl., 1943. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 86: Feldkoch- buch. 124p. 15cm. Berl., 1941. United States. Navy Department. Bu- reau of Supplies and Accounts. The cook book of the United States Navy. Rev. 1944. 430p. 27>^cm. Lond., 1941. Germany. Luftwaffe. [Luftwaffen-Druck- vorschrift] L. Dv. 771: Die biologische Prufung von kampfstoffverdachtigen oder entgifteten Lebens- und Futtermitteln in Veterinar-Unter- suchungs-Stellen des Sicherheits- und Hilfs- dienstes. 23p. 21cm. Berl., 1939. Contamination and reclaiming of food. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 17, 20.—Gemeinhardt. The poisoning of large suppUes of drinking water by chemical warfare agents and the possibiUty of their removal. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 291; Disc, 292.—Kroeber. Decontamination of drinking water from suppUes contaminated with chemical warfare agents. Ibid, 291.—Mace, D. L. Food supplies and chemical warfare agents; contamination, decontamination and protec- tion. Vet. Bull, Carlisle, 1940, 34: 289-309.—Perotti, L. Utilizzazione e distruzione di prodotti alimentari avariati o di quelli inquinati da gas tossici. Atti Conv. lombardo aliment. pop, 1938, 1. Conv, rep. No. 18,1-8. —;---- Utilizzazione e produzione di prodotti alimentari avariati o di quelli inquinati da gas tossici. Riv. Soc. ital. igiene, 1938, 60: 91-5. DECONTAMINATION service. See also Gas poisoning subheadings (First aid; Medical service) Gas warfare, Defense. Great Britain. Home Office. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precau- tions memorandum No. 3: Organisation of decontamination services. 2. ed. 12p. 24^cm. Lond., 1938. Rabinowitch, I. M. Organization of decon- tamination services. 66p. 20Kcm. Ottawa, 1942. Landis, J. M. Decontamination services. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 567. ---- Station. Kalmakov, M. Sanitarno-degazacionnyi punkt. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1386-9.—Landis, J. M. Adapting gasoline filling stations for decontamination. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 567.—March Field decontamination station. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1941, 27: 144.—Remy, C. E. Hospital degassing station. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 11, 93-106. DECORATION (and citation) See also Award. Mead Johnson & Company [Evansville, Ind.] Courage and devotion beyond the call of duty; being a partial record of official citations to medical officers in the United States Armed Forces during World War II. 2. prelim, ed. 1024p. 15>^cm. Evansville, 1946. United States. Navy. Bureau of Naval Personnel. NAVPERS 15,790: Decorations, medals, ribbons, and badges of the United States Navy, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard, 1861- 1948. 235p. 27cm. Wash., 1949. United States. War Department. Office of The Adjutant General of the Army. American decorations; a list of awards of the Congressional Medal of Honor, the Distinguished- Service Cross and the Distinguished-Service Medal awarded under authority of the Congress of the United States, 1862-1926. 845p. 8? Wash., 1927. Decorated American medical officers. Med. Pocket Q, 1945-46, 26: No. 2, 5-13.—[Presented Medal of Honor] Lloyd C. Hawks. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 8 — Strott, G. G. The French Army FourragSre in the United States Navy. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 3, 151-60 — United States Army and Navy decorations awarded to dental officers for distinguished service in the World War. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 381-3. DEEP-SEA diving. See Diver; also under Altitude, Aeroembolism: Prevention. DEFECT. See also under such terms as Aviator, Defects; Dental health, Defects; Recruit, Health and dis- ease; also such terms as Disability; Disabled; Fitness; Medical examination, etc. Baier, D. E. The marginaUy useful soldier. Am. J. Ment. Defic, 1943-44, 48: 62-6.—Bean, W. B. The lack of relation- ship between minor clinical and biochemical abnormalities in healthy soldiers. Proc. Centr. Soc. CUn. Res, 1946, 19: 62.— Consiglio, P. La pretesa rieducabilita dei preguidicati miUtari in guerra. Riv. psicol. appl, 1913, 9: 333-52, pi.—Jude. Enfants et soldats anormaux. Caducee, Par, 1912, 12: 61-3. DEFENSE. See also Air defense; Atomic warfare, Defense; Bacteriological warfare, Defense; Biological war- fare, Defense; Chemical warfare, Defense; Citizens Defense Corps; Civilian defense; Counterattack; Gas warfare, Defense; National defense; Preparedness. Kernan, W. F. Defense will not win the war. 193p. 20j4cm. Bost., 1942. Axelrod, J. V. [Les 5 jours de l'lnstitut medical de Voron&ge, consacres aux questions de defense sanitaire] Sovet. med, 1939, No. 15, 42.—Bassi, G, D. Organizacion de la defensa antiaerea. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1942, 42: pt 2, 533-41.— Guillaume, A. Defense passive. Strasbourg mid., 1939, 99: 9.—Malinovsky. Sanitarnoe obespechenie strelkovogo bata- ljona v pozicionnoi oborone. Voen. med. J, 1945, No. 7, 54-6.-—Martinez Lorenzo, V. Defensa antiaerea; normas para el empleo tactico en la defensa de un punto o zona. Ejercito, 1942, No. 32, 37-41.—Norlander, O. [Measures for quick defense preparedness] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1940, 65: 1-12.-—Numa Sanchez, A. Defensa antiaerea pasiva de una base. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1943, 43: pt 2, 373-85.— Pickert. Nochmals: Luftschutz eines Armeekorps. Mil. Wbl, Berl, 1936, 121: 874-7.—Protas, S.. & Akodus, J. Oborona. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1437-43 — Ramos de Molins, F. Instalacion defensiva de la division organica. Rev. san. mil, Madr, 1934, 24: 289-98.—Scott, T. E. Defense problems of the Medical Department U. S. Army. Rec. Columbia M. Soc. Richland Co, 1941, 5: No. 7, 5.-—Stroganov, S. N. [Sanitary-technical defense of the rear lines] Vodosnab. san. tekhn, 1942, 17: 30. ---- radiological. See Atomic warfare, Defense. DEFERMENT 396 DELIRIUM DEFERMENT. See Medical student; Physician; Selective service. DEFICIENCY disease. See under Disease by specific types; also Malnutrition. DEFLASKING. See under Denture, Technic. DEGASSING. See Decontamination; Gas warfare. DEHYDRATED food. See under Ration. DEHYDRATION. See also Tropical service, Physiology. Jacobs, H. J. Fluid loss in animals. lOp. 26>km. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-696-104A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Johnson, C. A. Effects of heat and exercise associated with dehydration on the peripheral circulation. 15 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-698-17, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Beach, W. V. Renal colic of dehydration. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 135. DELINQUENT. See also Criminal; Disciplinary barracks; Dis- cipline; Neurotic; Psychopath; also such terms as Neuropsychiatric examination; Rejection; Unfit. Abrahams, J, & McCorkle, L. W. Group psychotherapy of military offenders. Am. J. Sociol, 1945-46, 51: 455-64.— Adler, H. M. Disciplinary problems of the army. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1919, 44: 644-9.—Baganz, C. N. Psychia- tric aspects of delinquency in the Navy. J. Crim. Psychopath, 1942^3, 4: 459-64. Also Dis. Nerv. Syst, 1943, 4: 82-4.— Bovet, T. Zur Psychologie des Diensttrotzes. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941, 71: 722.—Consiglio, P. Indagini neuro-psichi- atriche su molte centurie di delinquenti militari. Atti Congr. internaz. med. farm, mil, 1923, 2: 255.-—Curran, D. Naval crime and punishment. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30:182-91.— Geeraert. Aptitude et aspect medico-legal des deiinquants a l'armee. Ann. belg. med. mil, 1948, 101: 143-7.—Glueck, S, & Glueck, E. T. Predicting behavior in the Army and Navy In their Crim. Careers, N. Y, 1943, 276-80.—Jacoby, A. L. Disciplinary problems of the Navy. Ment. Hyg, Concord, 1919, 3: 603-8. ------ Disciplinary problems; methods of procedure in the Navy. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1919 44: 649-53.— Johnston, W. C. B, Otness, H. R., & Stouffer, A. W. jr. A method of psychological screening of naval offend- ers. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 300-6.—Lagrone, C. W. Develop- mental factors in relation to recidivism and non-recidivism among military deUnquents. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1947, 17: 241-53.-—Locke, B, & Cornsweet, A. C. The naval personal inventory and the naval offender. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1949 49: 289-95. ------ [et al.] Study of 1,063 naval offenders! Ibid, 1945, 44: 73-86.—McCallum, M. R. The study of the delinquent in the Army. Am. J. Sociol, 1945-46, 51: 479-82.— Misconduct status [U. S. Navy] In: Manual M. Dep. U. S Navy, Wash, 1942, 283-5.—Nordman, C, & Bonhomme, J. De l'utilisation des indisciplines en temps de guerre. Progr med. Par, 1916, 3. ser, 31: 70-2.—Otness, H. R, & Stouffer, G. A. W. jr. The naval offender; motivating factors. U S Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 1029-35.—Pacheco e Silva, A. c! Os simuladores; os indisciplinados; os desertores e os traidores em face da psiquiatria. In: Psiquiat. guerra (Fac. med. S Paulo) 1943, 259-66.—Schneider, A. J. N, & LaGrone, C. W. jr. Delinquents in the Army; a statistical study of 500 re- habilitation center prisoners. Am. J. Psychiat, 1945—46, 102: 82-91.—Schuppius. Der unsichere Dienstpflichtige; eine krimi- nalpsychologische Studie. Deut. mil. arztl. Zschr, 1910, 39: 860-71.—Semrad, E. V. RehabUitation of mUitary offenders In: Man. MU. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C, & Yakovlev, P. I.) Phila, 1944, 570-5.—Simonin, J. Les rabioteurs dans l'armee; quelques reflexions a propos de leur mentautS. BuU Soc. mid. lig. France, 1910, 2. ser. 7: 31-44.—Stouffer, G. A, jr, & Otness, H. R. 100 civilian delinquents in the Navy; a comparative analysis of 100 civilian delinquents in the Navy with 100 unselected enlisted men in the Navy. J. Clin. Psy- chopath, 1946-47, 8: 251-70.—Weiss, I. I. Rehabilitation of military offenders at the Ninth Service Command RehabUita- tion Center. Am. J. Psychiat, 1946-47, 103: 172-8. DELIRIUM. See under War psychosis. DELOUSING. See Disinfestation; Lousiness. DEMENTIA. See under Psychosis; War psychosis, in this section. DEMOBILIZATION. See also Hospital, Demobilization; Mobiliza- tion; Troop movement; also such terms as Dis- charge; Disabled; Rejection, etc. United States. Congress. 79. Congress, 1. Session. House of Representatives. Com- mittee on Military Affairs. Demobilization of the Army of the United States. Hearings ... on the demobilization of the Army of the United States and voluntary recruiting for the United States Army, August 28 and 31, 1945. 94p. 23cm. Wash., 1945. Chisholm. Emotional problems of demobilization. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass, 1944-45, 21: 53-5.—Pratt, G. K. The calj of the cradle; some psychiatric problems of demobilization Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1942, 26: 39-49.—Quiroz, J. D. Reflexiones sanitarias a prop6sito de la desmovilizaci6n. Rev. san. mil Asunci6n, 1942, No. 135, 139-42.—Wishart, J. Statistical as-. pects of demobilization in the Royal Navy. J. R. Statist. Soc." Lond, 1947, 110: 27-50. DENGUE. See also several subheadings under World War II. United States. Army Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Dengue. Rev. 2p. 27cm. Orlando, 1944. Forms pt 2, Notes Trop. Dis, Arctic Desert Trop. Br. A. A. F. U. S. Carson, D. A. Observations on dengue. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 1081-4.—Dengue. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 5: 47.—Dengue and perverted taste. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 85: 204.—Dengue control. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 5: 48.—Diasio, J. S, & Richardson, F. M. Clinical observations on dengue fever; report of 100 cases. MU. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 365-9.—Ewing, D. Q. The dengue fevers. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944, 28: 1471-83.—Gilbertson, W. E., & Usinger, R. L. Dengue control in the Hawaiian Islands. Malaria Contr. in War Areas, 1944, July No, 2-5.—Hayasi, T. Syowa ni-nen bako rikugun butai ni ryuk6-seru dengue-netu ni tuite [1927 dengue epidemic among the Army cavalry troops] Gun idan zassi, 1929, No. 191, 715-52, tab.—Holdsworth, R. P, jr. Local control of epidemio dengue fever. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 377-81.—Hughes, A. C. C. The leucocyte count in dengue. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1946, 32: 194-6.—Hyman, A. S. The heart in dengue; some observations made among Navy and Marine combat units in the South Pacific. War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 497-501.— Johnson, J. A., jr, Martin, W. B., & Breslow, L. Dengue-like fever on Okinawa. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 306- 11-—Kaplan, A, & Lindgren, A. Neurologic complications following dengue. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 506-10.— ke?ovA G- V- & Lindberg, H. A. The diagnosis of dengue. Bull U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 79, 92-100.—Magliano, •"• &,Azzi' E- Epidemia di dengue sulle coste della Migiur- tinia durante le operazioni per la conquista dell'Impero. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1938, 44: 337-44.—Philip, C. B. Infectivity of dengue serums transported in ordinary ice by air. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 226.—Prevention (The) of dengue ^ver- ,_Ibl 1936> 6- Sess, 79-84.—Zeligs, M. A, Legant. O, & Webster, E. H. Epidemic dengue; its abortion in a combat area. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 856-60. DENMARK. For references on this country see the following headings of Military Section: Army; Dental care; DENMARK 397 DENTAL CARE Hospital report; Medical examination; Medical organization; Medical service; Military medicine; Morbidity; Nutritional service; Pharmacological service; Recruiting; Reserve officer; Tubercu- losis; Venereal disease; Wars and Campaigns (1864) World War II. DENTAL ambulance. See Ambulance. DENTAL care. See also Amphibious warfare; Dental health; Dependent, Medical care; Desert warfare. Dental rehabilitation problems in registrants under Selec- tive Service and Training Act. IUinois Dent. J, 1941, 10: 293-8.—Poelstra, T. L'aide dentaire en temps de mobiUsation et de guerre. J. dent, beige, 1940, 31: 43-6.—S, J. A. Prac- tical problems in dental rehabUitation. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 233. ---- veteran. See also Dental service—by countries: United States: Veterans; Medical care, veteran; Veter- an, Welfare; also Disabled, Medical and health service. Robinson, L. G. Dental treatment for veterans. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1946, 12: 217-9.—Treatment of recruits and re- turned soldiers. N. Zealand Dent. J, 1916-17, 12: 7-30.— Weeks, W. P. Simplifying the problems in furnishing treat- ment to veterans. BuU. N. Carolina Dent. Soc, 1949-50, 33: 77-85. ---- by countries. Arnold, J. J. RehabUitation. Dent. J. Australia, 1946, 18: 133-7.—Braband-Koster, J. Vor miUtaere tandpleje. Tand- laegebladet, 1934, 38: 82-4; Disc, 142; passim.—Figer, J. Organisace oSetfenf chrupu u leteckych utvaru. Voj. zdrav. listy, 1948, 17: 302.—Odontologia nas classes armadas [Ulust.] Rev. brasU. odont, 1946, 4: No. 2, 31-9.—Taylor, A. T. Re- habiUtation. Dent. J. AustraUa, 1946, 18: 130-3. ---- by countries: Germany. Fischer, F. F. H. *Zur truppenzahnarzt- lichen Versorgung in Krieg und Frieden. 39p. 23cm. Lpz., 1936. Pieritz, G. Die Versorgung Zahn-, Mund- und Kieferkran- ker an Bord grosserer Einheiten der Kriegsmarine. Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr, 1943, 46: 375-7.—Wiebe. Zahnbehandlung im Felde, ein Bericht aus der Praxis des heutigen Krieges. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1941, 9: 124. ---- by countries: Great Britain. Bailey, E. R. Notes on dental treatment in an Army intake centre. Brit. Dent. J, 1945, 79: 70-2.—Dental treatment of soldiers on leave. Ibid, 1941, 70: 105.—Eddowes, C. D. W. The treatment of the Forces. Ibid, 1940, 68: 526.—Richards, P. G. Dental treatment in the Navy; the pursuit of the ideal and the practical. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1918, 4: 347-52 — Stewart, D. A Victorian scheme of dental aid for the army. Brit. Dent. J, 1948, 85: 232. ---- by countries: Russia. Entin, D. Stomatologicheskaia pomoshch v Sovetskoi Armii. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 328-32. ---- by countries: United States. Curb service dentistry. Dent. Items, 1945, 67: 999-1002 — Hector, G. A, & Moore, 3. L. A visual roster of dental service for combat crews. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 8, 22 — Mead, S. V. Dentistry in the armed forces and in govern- mental agencies. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 1291-5. Also J. Kansas State Dent. Ass, 1943, 27: No. 4, 42-6. ---- by countries: United States: Army. A. D. A. approves program for rehabiUtation at special meet- ing of board of trustees. Illinois Dent. J, 1941, 10: 357-60.— Army dental chief pledges good teeth for all soldiers. Detroit Dent. BuU, 1941, 9: No. 12, 24.—Army dentists in the field keep right at their work in addition to taking care of casualties [Illust.] Dent. Surv, 1943, 19: 685.—Clegg, H. No tooth- aches for desert soldiers. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 341.—Dental treatment for the soldier in the United States Army. Bull. Dep. Health Lincoln, 1943, July, 5. Also Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 305.—Dental treatment for tactical units. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1941, 12: 187-90.—Fly, W. P, jr. Your patient, our responsibility. J. Tenneesse Dent. Ass, 1943, 23: No. 2, 15-8.—Front Une dental unit serves the 8th Army [IUust.] Dent. Rec, Lond, 1943, 63: 99.—Guralnick, W. C. Experiences in exodontia and oral surgery at an Army post. Am. J. Orthodont, 1943, 29: Oral Surg, 241-6 — Reichert, R. O. Oral rehabilitation; case report. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 79, 74-6.—Roistacher, D. H. Den- tistry in the infantry. Dent. Surv, 1946, 22: 300-2. ---- by countries: United States: Navy and Marine. F, I. Dental first aid for submarines, destroyers, or any ship without a dental officer. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 3, 12-4.—Phillips, H. M. Around the world by tooth and nail; a dental bridge to the Orient. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1935, 25: 496.-—Prosthetic dental treatment, authoriza- tion of [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 3, 27. DENTAL caries. See under Tooth disease. DENTAL chest. See also Chest; Dental instrument; Equipment; Field case; Kit. Changes in dental officer's and dental private's kits. Army Dent. Bull, 1942, 13: 129-34.—Dental instrument case. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 8, 20.—Foster, J. M, & Hargreaves, J. M. An experimental portable field dental chest for the Army Air Forces. Ibid, No. 2, 25. DENTAL clinic. See Ambulance, dental; Dental service, Mo- bile unit; Hospital report, United States: Dental hospital. DENTAL Corps. See also Dental officer; Dental reserve; Dental service. Koch, C. R. E. The organization of the Army and Navy Dental Corps. In his Hist. Dent. Surg, Chic, 1909, 1: 143-8.— Lufkin, A. W. The Army and Navy Dental Corps. In his Hist. Dent, 2. ed, Phila, 1948, 207.—Opportunities in the U. S. Public Health Service, Veterans Administration and Army and Navy Dental Corps. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1946, 33: 49-54.—Ryan, E. J. Rank without authority; the story of the handicaps under which the Dental Corps of the Army and Navy operate. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 932; 962. ---- Argentina. Bauchiero, M. Sobre los odont61ogos militares y su funci6n de legistas en el ejercito. Tribuna odont, B. Air, 1921, 5: 28.— Cambiaggi, J. E. Dentistas mUitares; antecedentes hist6ricos sobre la formacion de nuestro cuerpo. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43: 1311-4.-—Lopez, J. A. Opiniones sobre los odont6Io- gos militares y su funcion de legistas en el ejercito. Tribuna odont, B. Air, 1921, 5: 24-8. ---- Canada. Canadian Dental Association and Canadian Dental Corps. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 623.—Canadian Dental Corps. Ibid, 1940, 6: 139-46, 13 portr.—Canadian Dental Corps (overseas) Brit. Dent. J, 1944, 76: 293-5.—Canadian Dental Corps, H. Q. Staff. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 263, group portr.—Dental Corps news. Ibid, 1940, 6: 506; 606; 1941, 7: 316.—Gibson, W. J. Canadian Dental Corps. Ibid, 1941, 7: 439-42.—Logan, M. Dentistry overseas. Ibid, 1942, 8: 335.— Lott, F. M. Wartime functioning of the Canadian Dental Corps. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 1388-91.—Trelford, W. G. The Canadian Dental Corps. Brit. Dent. J, 1940, 68: 425-7. ---- Germany. Martiny, V. Heereszahnarztliches. Zahnarztl. Mitt, 1936, 27: 751-4.—Stiefel, M. I was a dentist in the German Army. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1628-31. ---- Great Britain. Army (The) Dental Corps. Brit. Dent. J, 1940, 69: 3; 1942, 72: 71.'—Charles, G. F. Some major considerations in the formation and development of an army dental corps. Proc. Congr. Austral. Dent. Ass. (1939) 1940, 10. Congr, 779-89 — Notes on the Army Dental Corps, by a Dental Officer. Brit. Dent. J, 1942, 72: 65-8.—Woods, S. H. An outline of den- tistry in the British army, 1626-1938. Proc. Congr. Austral. Dent. Ass. (1939) 1940, 10. Congr, 789-98. ---- New Zealand. Hamilton, W. R. The New Zealand Dental Corps. Brit. Dent. J, 1942, 72: 212.—Hunter, T. A. New Zealand Dental Corps. Ibid, 1936, 61: 159-66.—New (The) Zealand Dental Corps. N. Zealand Dent. J, 1939, 35: 258-62. DENTAL CORPS 398 DENTAL CORPS ---- Spain. Muniz Toca, F. Cuerpo de odontologos miUtares. An. espafi. odontoestomat, 1943, 2: 11-5.—Subirana, L. Informe de la Comisi6n de nombramiento de dentistas en el ejercito y la armada. Actas Congr. dent, espafi. (1905) 1906, 3. Congr, 172; 211. --- United States Army. See also Dental reserve. United States. War Department. Army regulations No. 40-15. Medical Department. Dental Corps, general provisions. 5p. 8°. Wash., 1925. Accomplishments of the Army Dental Corps. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 34.—Activities of the Army Dental Corps. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 304. Also J. District of Columbia Dent. Soc, 1943, 17: No. 3, 9.—Army (The) Dental Corps. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1941, 28: 1897-9. Also Texas Dent. J, 1943, 61: 184-6.—Army (The) Dental Corps in action [Illust] Dent. Digest, 1942, 48: 66-9.—Army Dental Corps promotions; rank from February 1, 1942. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 1289-91.—Brigadier general, Dental Corps. Army & Navy Reg,, 1937, 58: No. 2993, 1.—Deegan, H. A practicing dentist of Washington State, a distinguished World War No. 1 veteran, discusses the Dental Corps, United States Army. Congressional Record, 1944, 90: A2517.—Dental (The) Corps. Dent. Bull, Wash, 1936, 7: 27; 72.—Dentist (The) in the Army. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 2053-5.— Dentists for the United States Army Dental Corps. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 203-8.—F., L. C. Proposed history of the Dental Corps. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1941, 12: 302-4.— Fairbank. L. C. The Army Dental Corps. Bull. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1938, 5: No. 8, 13-5. ------ The Army Dental Corps and national defense. BuU. Connecticut Dent. Ass, 1941-42, 18: 20-30.—Harper, N. A. The Dental Corps of the Army. J. Am. Dent. Hyg. Ass, 1944, 18: 7.—Kobrin, N. From immigrant pioneer to Dental Corps. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1944, 31: 278, &c—Marshall, J. S. The United States Army Dental Corps. In: Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 137-42.—Mills. R. H. Discussion of problems of Army Dental Corps. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 1813-5. ------ Dental Corps increases its responsibiUties. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 168-73.------Factors in the develop- ment and progress of the Army Dental Corps. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 531-6.—Mosher. D. F. The Dental Corps of the United States Army. J. Missouri Dent. Ass, 1940, 20: 11.—Munn, R. B. A dental man's life in the Army Dental Corps. Dent. News, 1941, 24: No. 9, 16.—Phalen, J. M. When teeth were expendable. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 444.— Pollock, H. C. Dental Corps quotas and procurement. Am. J. Orthodont, 1943, 29: 551-4.-—Raise age Umit for Dental Corps commissions. Illinois Dent. J, 1943, 12: 214.—Robinson, J. B. Dental Corps quotas and procurement. BuU. Massachusetts Dent. Soc, 1943, 19: No. 4, 5-8.—Ryan, E. J. Freedom for the Dental Corps. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 960.—Sand, R. A. Observations of the Army Dental Corps in war. Northwest Dent, 1943, 22: 78-84.—Sleppy, E. E. P. Our Dental Corps. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1918, 8: 375-8.—Smith, T. L. The Army Dental Corps. Texas Dent. J, 1950, 68: 10-2.—White, W. D. The Dental Corps of the United States Army. Austral. J. Dent, 1943, 47: 103-10. ------ The Dental Corps of the United States Army. Brit. Dent. J, 1943, 74: 55-64. --- United States Navy. United States. Congress. House of Representatives. 58. Congr. 3. sess. H. R. 18722. Feb. 2, 1905. A bill authorizing the appointment of dental surgeons in the Navy; introd. by Mr. Cousins. 1 leaf. 8? Wash., 1905. ---- 60. Congr. 1. sess. H. R. 16620. Feb. 6, 1908. A bill authorizing the appointment of dental surgeons in the Navy; introd. by Mr Butler. 1 leaf. 8? Wash., 1908. Bill creating the rank of Rear Admiral in the Naval Dental Corps. J. District of Columbia Dent. Soc, 1943, 17: 30-2.— Chandler, A. W. The Dental Corps of the United States Navy. West Virginia Dent. J, 1947-48, 22: 208.—Dental (The) Corps [U. S. Navy] In: Manual M. Dep. U. S. Navy, Wash, 1942, 13-22.—Dentistry Division (Assistant for Den- tistry) In: tj. S. Nav. M. Dep. at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 2, 84-90.—Further testimony in hearings on Naval Dental BUI. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1945, 32: 470; passim.— Harvey, H. E. The United States Navy Dental Corps. Ann. Dent, 1939, 6: 201-13.—Information for persons desiring to enter the Dental Corps of the United States Navy. MU. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 529-35.—Navy (The) Dental Corps. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1918, 8: 27.—Navy opposes granting of Rear Admiral ranking to head of Dental Corps. Illinois Dent. J, 1942, 11: 495.—Rault, C. V. The Navy Dental Corps in war time. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 326-8.—Rear Admiral for the Navy Dental Corps. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 118-21 — Reorganization of Dentistry Division, BuMed. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 8, 30-2.—Schlack, C. A. A short history of the United States Naval Dental Corps. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 775-9.—Ulen, F. G. The Dental Corps comes of age. Ibid, 1944, 43: 1145-56.—United States Navy Dental Corps. N. York J. Dent, 1940, 10: 417. DENTAL equipment. See also Chest; Dental chest; Dental instru- ment; Dental service, Mobile unit; Equipment; Field case; Kit; Vehicle, dental. Germany. Oberkommando der Kriegs- marine [Marine-Druckvorschrift] M. Dv. 271/ 8: Soil der Sanitatsauriistungen. Teil 8: Zahn- arztliche Ausriistung. 18p. 22cm. Berl., 1941. McAfee, L. B., & Baskin, L. D. Dental field equipment; developed by the Medical Depart- ment Equipment Laboratory, Medical Field Service School, Carlisle Barracks, Pennsylvania, 1932. 25p. 22^cm. Carlisle, 1932. Dental equipment and supplies, Medical Department. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 3: 605-27.—Equipment of the Canadian Dental Corps. Brit. Dent. J, 1940, 69: 87.—Feldman, M. B. Electric dental water heater. Med. BuU, U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 32, 65.—Foot engine and other mobUe field equipment help Army dentists give dental care to U. S. troops throughout the world [Portrait] Dent. Surv, 1943, 19: 683.—Geikin, M. Stomatologicheskii nabor. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 332.—Greenberg, H. H. The electric field dental unit. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 3, 49.— Jeffcott, G. F. Maintenance of dental equipment. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 654.—Richter, J. W. Table for dental photography. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 359.—Sanderson, M. A, & Watkins, R. D. Hospital dental cart. Army Dent. BuU, 1942, 13: 189-92.—Smith, T. L, & Sydenham, H. R. A report on the dental field equipment of the U. S. Army. Dent. BuU, Wash, 1937, 8: 87-91.—Zuckerman, H. Maintenance and repair of dental equipment. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 3, 51-68. DENTAL examination. See also Dental health; Medical examination. Beckwith-Ewell, S. L. The predetermining dental survey. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 104.—Cardoso Caldas, Z. A inspecao dentaria para os candidates ks classes armadas. Rev. brasU. odont, 1945, 3: No. 5, 59-62.—Deatherage, C. F. Dental examinations in the Selective Service System of the State of IlUnois. IUinois Dent. J, 1941, 10: 492-5.—Galatser, A. N. K voprosu ob osmotre zhevatelnogo apparata u novobrancev. Zubovrach. vest, 1912, 28: 1033-6.—Hunter. Instructions relating to dental examination and treatment of recruits. N. Zealand Dent. J, 1915-16, 11: 171-3.—Medical circular No. 2: Dental. In: Phys. Exam. Select. Serv. Registr. (U. S. Select. Serv. System) Wash, 1948, 2: 103-8.—Teeth (The) of the recruit. Hygeia, Chic, 1941, 19: 439.—Wells, C. R. Selective Service and dental examinations. J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1942, 28: 102-4. ------ Dentistry in selective service. Northwest Dent, 1942, 21: 77-82. ------ The dental aspects of Selective Service. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 106-10.—Wetzel, E. C. Teeth in the draft. MUwaukee M. Times, 1941, 14: No. 8, 17. ---- Standards. See also Dental health, Defects. Dental standards for physical examinations. Army Dent. Bull, 1942, 13: 204.—Helliwell, J. P. The dental standard of the recruit. Brit. Dent. J, 1927, 48: 1421-7. Also Pub. Health, Lond, 1927-28, 41: 171-8. Also J. R. Army Med. Corps, 1928, 50: 163-74. DENTAL health. See also Health; Recruit, Health and disease; Rejection. Der Stepanian, A. Le coefficient dentaire miUtaire. Inform. dent. Par, 1948, 30: 499.—Entin, D. Zuby (dentes) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 850-7.—Maly, L. W. Another dental survey procedure. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 29-31.—Ottofy, L. The teeth and wartime efficiency. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1935, 25: 955.—Plans of the CouncU on Dental Health. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 84, 22.—Robinson, J. B. Dental health and the national defense. Michigan Pub. Health, 1942, 30: 23-6.—Sydenham, H. R. Notes on a different type of dental survey for troops. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1939, 10: 25-7. ---- Defects and sequelae. See also Defect; Dental care; Denture; Re- cruit, Health; Rehabilitation; Tooth disease. DENTAL HEALTH 399 DENTAL HEALTH Brauer, J. C. Dental physical fitness; whose responsibility? J. Health Phys. Educ, 1944, 15: 553, &c—Caceres, P. S, & Taddia, R. E. Los ineptos para el servicio de las armas por insuficiencia masticatoria y su recuperacion para el ejercito. Rev. san. mU, B. Air, 1941, 40: 305-13—Cary dis, N, & Poelstra, T. Los edentados en el ejercito; definicion; trata- miento; utiUzacion mUitar en tiempo de paz y en tiempo de guerra. Rev. san. nav, Valparaiso, 1937, 7: 191-3.—Dental characteristics of Navy recruits by recruiting area. Statist. Navy M, 1950, 6: No. 3, 4-6.—Dyspepsia (The) of the edentate soldier. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, 93: 371.—East, B. R. Physi- cal fitness for miUtary service and public health dentistry. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 1673. ------ United States draftees' dental defects of 1863, 1864, 1918 and 1940-41. MU. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 661-4.—Harper. C. F. A Uttle matter of percentages. J. Am. CoU. Dentists, 1943, 10: 77.—Helliwell, J. P. The relation between dental disease and general health in the Army. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. MU. Med. & Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 126-30.—Hovell, J. H. Dental sepsis in recruits. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 205: 119-22.— Jacobs, W. H. Teeth mean nothing in war. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 637-40.—Klein, H. The dental status and dental needs of young adult males, rejectable, or acceptable for miUtary service, according to Selective Service dental re- quirements. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1941, 56: 1369-87.— Maj, G. Aspetti medico-legaU del problema odontoiatrico miUtare. Zacchia, 1942, 7: 656-72.—Mori, R. Argomenti di medicina legale miUtare; imperfezioni e infermita a carico dell'apparecchio di masticazione e attitudini fisiche al servizio miUtare. Stomatologia, Mod, 1938, 36: 193-207—Prehabili- tation of registrants; dental requirements and advice. Hygeia, Chic, 1941, 19: 801.—Robinson, H. B. G. Our ghost army, an old dental story. Washington Univ. Dent. J, 1941-42, 8: 87-91.—Schoeny, L. J. Dental deficiencies and rehabUitation of selectees. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1942-43, 95: 171-4 — Strusser, H. Dental defects in Selective Service eUgibles. N. York J. Dent, 1941, 11: 202.—Watry. L'Stat de la denture dans ses rapports avec l'aptitude au service mUitaire. Arch. med. beiges, 1929, 82: 729-34.—Winters, S. R. By the skin of their teeth. Hygeia, Chic, 1941, 19: 536-8. ---- by countries. Bunge, E. F. E. *Das Ergebnis der zahnarzt- lichen Untersuchung der SA.-Mannschaften der Standarte 116 nebst Reservestandarte 116. 44p. 23cm. Marb., 1936. Stade, F. *Das Ergebnis der zahnarztlichen Untersuchung der SA-Mannschaften der Stan- darte 30. 20p. 22}£cm. Marb., 1937. Albanese, P. La morbUita dentale e paradentale nel nostro esercito. Gior. med. mil., 1943, 91: 33-43.—Caries. Condi- tions d'aptitude physique au point de vue dentaire dans l'armee francaise. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. MU. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 124.—Clark, J. M. El estado de la dentadura y la aptitud fisica para los diferentes servicios miUtares. Rep. Internat. Congr. MU. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 335-67.— Dental fitness of Canadian forces. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1940, 60: 297-300.—Dental infection in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1935, 2: Suppl, 1225.—Gurvich, P. L. [Caries of the teeth among the enlisted men of the navy] Morsk. vrach, 1914, 440-57.—Kokushin, M. N. O zubakh u soldat Peterburgs- kogo garnizona. Voen. med. J, S. Peterb, 1912, 233: med. spec, pt, 424-9.—Macdonald, W. Y. The dental condi- tion of personnel of the Indian Army. Brit. Dent. J, 1944, 77: 170.—Shannon, R. The teeth of recruits in the Royal AustraUan Air Force. Austral. J. Dent, 1944, 48: 59-62.— Wood, J. T., Woods, S. H, & Colbran, C. L. The state of the teeth in relation to physical fitness in the different mUitary services. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 309-35.—Woods, S. H. Chronic dental infection as a cause of inefficiency in the Army. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936, 66: 383-91. Also Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1935-36, 29: 375-82. --- by countries: United States: Army. See also Tooth disease. United States. War Department. Sur- geon General's Office. Medical Statistics Division. Statistical Analysis Branch. Re- port No. ID: Dental defects among Army induc- tees, March 1943. 12p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Changes in dental requirements, mobilization regulations. Army Dent. BuU, 1942, 13: 128.—Currie, N. L. The dental health of an army; its need and suggested methods of attain- ment and maintenance. Dent. J. Australia, 1937, 9: 146-52.— Dental prosthetic needs in the U. S. Army. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 68-71.—Nizel, A. E., & Bibby, B. G. Geographic variations in caries prevalence in soldiers. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31:1619-26.—Scott, H. O. Dental conditions in the Army before and during the present war. Dent. Rev, Chic, 1918, 32: 985-90.—Vail, W. D. A study of dental con- ditions of officers of the Army with reference to the loss of teeth and their replacements. Dent. BuU, Wash, 1933, 4: 103-7. ---- by countries: United States: Navy. See also Tooth disease. Schlack, C. A., & Birren, J. E. Dental status of 71,015 Naval personnel examined in 1942; number of dental defects per person with regional and age variations. 21p. 27cm. Be- thesda, 1946. Forms No. 3, Rep. Res. Proj. X-131, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Dunning, J. M. The dental status of midshipmen; 16. class, U. S. N. R. Midshipmen's School, New York City. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 895-900.—Schlack, C. A., & Birren, J. E. Influences on dental defects in naval personnel. Science, 1946, 104: 259-63.—Schlack, C. A, Flynn, J. P, & Gerende, L. J. The effect of age and region of birth upon the relative number of naval personnel having dental prosthetic replacements. J. Dent. Res, 1947, 26: 265-72. DENTAL hygienist. See also Dental technician. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-34: Instructions for the preparation of the Monthly Report of Den- tists and Dental Hygienists, VA Form 10-2587 (Sept. 1946) 4p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Dental hygienists needed for Army dispensaries. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 1301.—Dental hygienists needed for Army dispensaries, new regulations. N. York J. Dent, 1943, 13: 271.—Gilbreth, F. B., & Gilbreth, L. M. The conservation of the world's teeth, a new occupation for crippled soldiers. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1917, 7: 1216-23.—Miller, M. C. Dental hygienists in the Army. Illinois Dent. J, 1942, 11: 477-9.— Vangstad, C. I. A dental assistant goes to war. CAL, Chic, 1942-43, 5: No. 11, 11. DENTAL instrument. See also Dental chest; Dental equipment. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/22: Pack- ordnung und Betriebsanleitung des Zahnarzt- lichen Gerates 41, vom 1. 11. 42. 128p. 21cm. Berl., 1942. Bolan, S. A metal cUp for tongue blades. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 2, 50.—Care of the dental handpiece. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 339.—Hammersley, W. L. Care of dental angle handpieces. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 234.— Heat sterilization of dental handpieces by Uquid petrolatum and another non-corrosive viscous fluid. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 40.—Holmes, S, & McCoy, D. F. A portable dental aspirator. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 374.—King. D. A. Improvising in the field. Ibid, 1945, 45: 173.—McSweeney, J. T.. & Dunkle, C. K. Improvised dental cuspidor and aspirator. Ibid, 357.—Parke, G. L. SteriUzation and lubrication of dental handpieces. Ibid, 955-9.—Schantz, C. W., & Scrivener, C. A. Lubrication and sterUization of dental handpiece; report of a study. Ibid, 44: 817-23.—Sterilization (The) of the dental handpiece. Month. Health Rep. Mil. Distr. Washington, 1948, 1: No. 3, 12.—Zahnarztliches Gerat 41. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1942, 7: 157. DENTAL laboratory. See also Medical laboratory. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-178: Instructions for preparation of Monthly Report of Central Dental Laboratory Activities, VA Form 10- 7386. 3p. 27cm. Wash., 1949. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 148: Instructions for preparing and mailing prosthetic cases to Central Dental Laboratory. lOp. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Army Dental Laboratory in Northern Ireland. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1942, 62: 277.—Burgin, H. N. Some notes on the Cen- tral Dental Laboratory, Jefferson Barracks. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1940, 11: 73-9.—Gebbie, K. C. Dental laboratory in base area, Middle East. Mouth Mirror, Lond, 1943-44, 20: 184-7.—Hart, M. C. Experiences of a field dental laboratory in the B. L. A. Brit. Dent. J, 1946, 80: 305-7.—Instructions for preparing and mailing prosthetic cases to Central Dental Laboratory. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 361.— Instructions for preparing and sending cases to the Central Dental Laboratories. Dent. Bull, Carlisle, 1941, 12: 180-6.— Johnson, J. B., jr, & Wilson, G. H. The mobile dental labora- tory. In: Hist. Wartime Res. M. Field Equip. (U. S. Army Surgeon General Office) Wash, 1946, 407-43. ------ The DENTAL LABORATORY 400 DENTAL PERSONNEL World War I dental laboratory. Ibid, 407. ------ The modified portable dental laboratory. Ibid, 409. ------ The improvised mobile dental laboratory. Ibid, 491-3. ------ Text of service test report on mobile dental laboratory from 16 May 1943 to 19 June 1943, prepared by First Con- valescent Hospital, Second Army. Ibid, 672-5.-—New Army mobile laboratory. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 637. DENTAL officer. See also Dental Corps; Dentist; Dental sur- geon; Officer: also such headings as Decoration, etc. Clopper, P. W. Duties of an Army dental officer. Illinois Dent. J, 1943, 12: 333-5.—Glass, D. F. The dental officer in the field. Brit. Dent. J, 1944, 77: 104-6.—Graziani, M. Odontologia de guerra; papel do dentista miUtar. An. paul. med. cir, 1943, 46: 406-11. Also Rev. brasil. otorinolar, 1943, 11: 540-4. Also Rev. paul. med, 1943, 23: 19-22.—Hahl & Dieck. Der Militarzahnarzt in der finnischen Armee. Suom. hammaslaak. toim, 1918, No. 22, 37-40.—Harper, N. A. The Army dental officer. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 950-4 — Ingalls, R. E. The diary of a dental officer. Dent. Bull, Carlisle, 1939, 10: 1-18.—Kopetzky, S. J. The dental officer in the armed service. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 72.— Ryan, E. J. Reorganize the Army and Navy Dental Corps; freedom of action for dental officers is essential to efficient service. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 1396-9.—Squirru. C. M. Los dentistas y la primera cura quirurgica en el campo de ba- talla. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 457-69.—Street, F. E. Impressions of a dental officer on D Day. Brit. Dent. J, 1944, 77: 284-6. ---- divisional. See also Dental service. Baskin, L. D. Duties of dental officers in the divisions. Dent. Bull, Carlisle, 1937, 8: 131-38.—Dental service with a division. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 386-8. ---- Education and training. See also Dentistry, Instruction; School, dental; Training. Burns, W. R. A course of indoctrination for dental officers and dental technicians. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 886-9 — Dental officers in training. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1059-61.—Dyce, J. M. Orientation to the need of an army. In his Photogr. Aids Clin. Dent. Pract, Lond, 1948, 3.— Force, R. W. The transition of a civUian dentist to a dental officer. MU. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 141-3.—Horner, H. H. Op- portunities for dental officers in education and research. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1946, 33: 55-7.—Instructions for dental officers. Army Dent. Bull, 1942, 13: 199.—Postwar education of dental officers. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 17-9.— Rowlett, A. E. A visit to a R. A. F. dental training centre. Brit. Dent. J, 1943, 75: 7-9.—Training of dental officers. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 14. ---- Navy. Etter, F. K. The United States Navy dental officer in combat. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 408-12.—Grunewald, A. H. The duties of a dental officer afloat. J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1938-39, 24: 364-7.—Johnson, L. W. Praise for our Navy dental officers. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 646- 51.-—Knox, A. The Navy dental officer in peace and war. Ann. Dent, 1942-43, n. ser, 1: 165-71.—Lyle, A. G. Post- graduate and research training for dental officers of the Navy. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1947, 34: 185-8.—Ulen, F. G. Duties of the dental officer in naval combat. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 187-90. ---- Procurement and assignment. See also Dentist; Procurement. Availability of dentists for miUtarv service to be determined. Illinois Dent. J, 1943, 12: 100-4.—Dentists are asked to ac- cept commissions on voluntary basis by President J. Ben Robinson in message on procurement quotas. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 1313-6.—Diehl, H. S. Dental education and the procurement and assignment service. Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools, 1943, 20: 217-26.—Easley, D. C, jr. A dentist enters the Service. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 1080-2.— Examination for appointment in the Dental Corps, regular Army. Dent. Digest, 1940, 46: 206.—New procedure for com- missioning dental officers. Med. BuU. U. S. First Army, 1948, 3: No. 4, 6.—Procurement (A) and assignment agency. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1941, 28: 2057-60.—Procurement and assignment agency created for dentists by President. IlUnois Dent. J, 1941,10: 513.—Shortage of dentists in the armed forces. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 1595-7.—Siegal, L. R. Procurement and assignment service notes. Bull. Connecticut Dent. Ass, 1944 21: 32. ---- Society. Allied Forces Dental Society. Brit. Dent. J, 1943, 74: DENTAL personnel. See Dental hygienist; Dental officer; Dental surgeon; Dental technician; Dentist. DENTAL pulp. See Dentistry, Aviation dentistry; Pulpa; Tooth. DENTAL reserve. See also Dentist; Reserve; Reserve officer. Camalier, C. W, & Altman, 1. Postwar plans of dentists in service; plans for additional training. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1945 32:692-701. ------ Private practice. Ibid, 803-14. ------ Special. Ibid, 1013-22.—Dental (The) trade looks at Selec- tive Service. Dent. News, 1940, 23: No. 11, 11.—Dues reduced for dentists in service. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 265.— Dwyer, H. S. Postwar dental guidance. J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1945, 31: 175-8.—Guide (A) for dentists who enter Army service; changing from civiUan to military life requires rapid adjustment. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1332.—Harper, N. A. The value of contacts with reserve officers. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1938, 9: 79-81.—Iowa dentista in war service. Iowa Dent. Bull, 1942, 28: 101-5.—Is the supply of dentists adequate for the Army? the dental require- ments of the armed forces have been widely misinterpreted. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1199.—Kleinert. C. H. A veteran talks to dentists in Service. Ibid, 1624-7.—Leases on dental offices of men called into military service. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 1132.—Lessard, P. J. Postwar readjustments for the military dentists. Dent. Items, 1944, 66:670-2.—McClain, M. Five dental wives, and the war. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1190-3.—Protection (The) of the practices of dentists on full-time war service. Austral. J. Dent, 1942, 46: 59.— Resources of dental profession made available to country for war needs. Illinois Dent. J, 1942, 11: 3-5.—Scherer, W. H. President's message; when the dental officer returns. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1946, 33: 21-4.—You may be away for a long time; some practical suggestions to the dentist entering military service. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 174-7. ---- Navy. Erdman, R. F. Dental inactivation in the Reserve Fleet. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 1022-6.—Tartre, J. A. The training of medical department officers in the Navy, with par- ticular reference to the indoctrination of dental reserve officers ordered to active duty. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 709-12. ---- Organized Reserve Corps. Dental (The) Reserve Corps. Dent. Bull, Wash, 1936, 7: 19-26.—Gaynor, C. J. The Organized Reserve Corps: procure- ment, training, distribution and purpose of the medical section. Ibid, 1937, 8: 111-21.—O'Dell, C. W. The organized Dental Reserve Corps. Dent. Student, 1928-29, 7: No. 3, 24.— Rogers, J. A. Dental assistants' and hygienists' service in U. S. Army hospitals. Circ. Letter Off. Surg. Gen. War Dep, 1943, No. 117, 1. DENTAL school. See under School. DENTAL service. See also Camp, Medical service; Dental care; Hospital service, dental; Prisoner of war, Dental care. Caceres, P. S, & Taddia, R. E. Los servicios estomatol6gi- cos en la guerra. Rey. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 520-6.— Entine, D. A. L'assainissement des dents et l'importance de cette mesure pendant la paix et la guerre. Rapp. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 2: 211-4.— Fairbank, L. C. Orthodontics; its place in military dentistry. Am. J. Orthodont, 1940, 26: 313-9.—Geismar, A. Dentistry on wheels at the front. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 168 (Abstr.)—Johnson, H. J. The need for periodic dental atten- tion. Proc. Life Ext. Exam, 1941, 3: 139-41.—Moss, H. M. A plan for dental service in wartime. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 139-41.—Taylor, R. S. Guardians of the army's health. Dent. Mag, Lond, 1930, 47: 178-84.—Vivanco Furst, H. Organizacion de algunos servicios odontologicos militares latinoamericanos. Rev. odont, B. Air, 1936, 24: 84; 213; 289. ---- Air service. Daily dental air service to Russian guerriUas. Dent. Mag, Lond, 1944, 61: 111. ---- Mobile unit. See also Dental laboratory; Vehicle, dental. Foster, J. M. Mobile dental operating units. 27 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. TSELA-5B-698-26A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. DENTAL SERVICE 401 DENTAL SERVICE ---- Mobile dental operating units. 51 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-698-26, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Cullen, R. L. The Navy dentist and the portable field dental unit No. 35. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 461-3 — Guillobey, J, & Coutifi, M. R. Le groupe dentaire mobile. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1947, 3: 266-82.—Johnson, J. B, jr, & Wilson, G. H. The mobile dental operating unit. In: Hist. Wartime Res. M. Field Equip. (U. S. Army Surgeon General Office) Wash, 1946, 486-532.—Kahn, S. H. Mobile dental units; American Navy's new service. Hosp. & Health Management, 1946, 9: 322.—Lott, F. The mobile clinic of the Canadian Dental Corps. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 431—4.—Mobile dental surgeries. Q. BuU. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, No. 13, 11-4, iUust.—Williams. J. P. A division dental clinic in the field. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 100-3. ---- by countries. Australian Army Medical Corps Dental Service. Dent. J. Australia, 1943, 15: 151-4.—B. De militair tandheelkundige dienst in Indie. Tschr. tandheelk, 1948, 55: 155.—Castro- verde, J. A. de. La colaboracion odontologica en los frentes de guerra; externo e interno. Policia seer, nac, Habana, 1942-43, 11: 200-2.—Cavalcanti Filho, C. A odontologia na marinha de guerra. Rev. Ass. paul. cirurg. dent, 1947-48, 1: No. 2-3, 43-6.—Douglass, G. The essential fundamentals of an army dental service in peace. Proc. Congr. Austral. Dent. Ass. (1939) 1940, 10. Congr, 798-802.—Gaal, K. [Plan for the organiza- tion of dental care in the Army] Nepegeszsegiigy, 1940, 21: 281.—Haddon-Rowat, F. H. Army dental services; a retro- spect. S. Afr. Dent. J, 1949, 23: 131-3.—Male, L. G. The role of dental services in peace and war. Austral. J. Dent, 1938, 42: 320-2.—Muylaert, P. O. O dentista nas corporacoes mUitares. Rev. farm, odont, Niteroi, 1942, 8: 141-3.—Pavia Espinosa, M. Segunda Convencion de medicos mUitares mexicanos; organizacion del servicio odontologico miUtar al dotarse al Ejercito nacional de los elementos indispensables para el cuidado de su boca y de sus dientes. Rev. odont, Mex, 1941, 13: No. 61, 1-8.—Piatnicky, F. Opyt raboty s zubnymi vrachami. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 6, 80.—Rojas Garcia, A. El servicio odontol6gico del Territorio Militar del Chaco. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1944, No. 141, 119-27.— Toro F, C. Organizacion del Servicio dental militar en tiempo de paz y en campana. Bol. Esc. odont, Quito, 1944, 2: 4-16.— Valenzuela Donoso, M. Servicios odontologicos del ejercito de ChUe. Rev. odont, B. Air, 1929, 844-6.—Villanueva Meyer, J. Los servicios odonto-estomatologicos en campana. Bol. Esc. odont, Lima, 1938, 2: 9-14. ---- by countries: Belgium. Graulich, H. Projet d'une organisation ideale du Service dentaire a l'Armee beige. J. dent, beige, 1940, 31: 47-55.— Zeckendorf. Le service dentaire au Service de sant6 en temps de paix, tel qu'il est et tel qu'U pourrait etre. Ibid, 24-42. --- by countries: Canada. Canadian Army Notes on Winter Warfare. Pamphlet No. 9: Dental service, 1945 (Pro- visional) 37p. 18Kcm. Ottawa, 1945. Cameron, G. L. Dental services. Treatm. Serv. BuU, Ottawa, 1947, 2: No. 6, 88-90.—Dental service to the Air force. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1940, 6: 249-52. ---- by countries: Finland. Hahl & Dieck. Der MiUtarzahnarzt in der finnischen Armee. Suom. hammaslaak. toim, 1918, No. 22, 37-40.— Siven, G. Tandvarden bland var miUtar. Ibid, 1919, No. 24, 34-57. ---- by countries: France. Chateau, J. L'hygiene et les soins dentaires dans les 6coles et dans l'armee. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1904) 1905, 33: pt 2, 1565-7.—Lacronique. La stomatologie dans l'organisa- tion du service de sant6 aux armies et a l'interieur. Rev. stomat. Par, 1939-40, 41: 761-76. ---- by countries: Germany. Axhausen, G. Der Zahnarzt im Kriegsanitatsdienst. Ber. Deut. Ges. Zahn Ac. Heilk. (1937) 1938, 74. Tag, 2. T, 401- 15.—Luerssen. Erganzungsvortrag zum Thema: Der Zahnarzt im Kriegssanitatsdienst. Ibid, 415-8.—Pieritz, G. Die Versorgung Zahn-, Mund- und Kieferkranker an Bord grosserer Einheiten der Kriegsmarine. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 496-9.—Schmuziger, P. Der Zahnarzt im Kriegssanitatsdienst. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh, 1939, 49: 165-72. --- by countries: Great Britain. Great Britain. Royal Army Dental Corps. Army dental centres. MS. 94p. [n. d.] MS. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. Austin, A. B. Dental service in the British Army. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 117-23.—Compte, D. Odont61ogos en la guerra; su actuaci6n en Gran Bretafia. Dfa mid., B. Air, 1949, 21: 980.—Elliot, W. E. The dental service of the army. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 206: 290.—Fletcher, E. E. The Naval Dental Service. Brit. Dent. J, 1914, 35: 1160-7.— Kaye, J. Army dental service in the United Kingdom. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1946, 1: No. 3, 51 — Lyon, H. J. Post war dental services. Brit. Dent. J, 1941, 70: 196.—Mobile dentistry in the Royal Air Force. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1944, 7: 322.—Parrott, A. H. War-time emergencies. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1939, 59: 481-91.—Planning for dental services. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 25.—Rankin. Facts, figures and finance from Army dentistry of relative importance to state dentistry. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1920, 40: 354-60.— Wood, C. E. Dentistry in the Royal Navy. Brit. Dent. J, 1920, 41: 266-9. ---- by countries: Japan. Arioli, P. C, & Ayres, P. B. Dentistry in the Japanese Armed Forces. 15p. 25^cm. [n. p.] 1945. Forms No. M-02, Med. Targets. Harrill, C. H. Dentistry in the Japanese Armed Forces. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 88, 102.—Kawamata, T, & Sato, S. Yora no keiken-seru gunzin sika-teki tiryo no ni-san ni tuite [...dental treatment in the Army] Sikwa geppo, 1941, 21: 142-6.—Matumoto, S. Gunzin ni okeru sika-teki tiryo [Dental treatment in the army] Ibid, 1942, 22: 51-6. ---- by countries: Spain. Casasnovas, D. Comisi6n para el estudio de la implantacion del servicio odontologico en el ejercito y la armada. Actas Congr. dent, espafi. (1911) 1912, 6. Congr, 303-31. —— Bases para la implantacion del servicio odontologico en el ejercito y la armada, asi en tiempo de paz como en el de guerra. Ibid, (1916) 1917, 8. Congr, 266-71.—Montull, R. Considera- ciones sobre el servicio odontologico en la beneficencia, en el ejercito y en la armada. Ibid, (1909) 1910, 5. Congr, 212-4.— Ribera Sanchis, A. Recuerdos sobre la campana odontologica en el frente del Este. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1943-44, 2. epoca, 6: 685; passim. ---- by countries: Sweden. Thour6n, G. Om organisationen av tandvarden vid armen. Sver. tandlak. forb. tidn, 1942, 34: 299-329. ---- by countries: United States. Dental activities increase on many fronts as nation marshals aU resources for war. Illinois Dent. J, 1942, 11: 59-76.—■ Fairbank, L. C. The dental service in the miUtary establish- ment. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 29-31.—Kanter, J. C, & Nash, S. L. Dental program of an amphibious force. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 700-4.—Kelly, E. K. Problems of providing professional dental care for one and a half mUUon men. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 100-5.—Koch, C. R. E. Report of the Committee on Army and Navy Dental Legislation. In his Dent. Surg, Chic, 1909, 1: 142.—New directive on dental service during the war. Army Dent. Bull, 1942, 13: 193.— Tingay, L. H. A discussion of dental service in a theater of operations and suggested changes. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 414-22.—Welch, M. H. Dental service in the European Command. Ibid, 392-5. ---- by countries: United States: Air Force. Kennebeck, G. R. Dental service of the U. S. Air Forces. MU. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 385-92. Also Texas Dent, J, 1950, 68: 13-6. ---- by countries: United States: Army. Administrative notes from the dental service, office of the Surgeon General. Army Dent. BuU, 1942, 13: 127.—Brann, C. T. Dental service in an Army camp. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 334-6.—Brauer, J. C. RehabUitation by the Army Dental Corps. J. Kansas State Dent. Ass, 1945, 29: No. 2, 23-5. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 145-8.—Brazeau, J. D. Dentists go with the troops. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 324-7.— Cunningham, J. Dental service at the 2nd Medical General Dispensary, Frankfurt, Germany. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 220-2.—Dental service; accepted procedures, not experimen- tation. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82, 20.—Dental service in the army, and dental education as influenced by present war conditions. Dent. Rev, Chic, 1918, 32: 867-9.— Dental service in the E. T. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1946, 1: No. 1, 39-43.—Dental (The) Service in relation to the organization of the Army. Dent. BuU, DENTAL SERVICE 402 DENTAL SURGEON Carlisle, 1941, 12: 197-200.— Fairbank, L. C. Medical and dental relations in the U. S. Army. J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1938-39, 24: 645-51. ------ The dental policy of the Medical Department, U. S. Army. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1939, 10: 57-67. Also MU. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 308-17. ------ Prosthetic dental service for the Army in peace and in war. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1941, 28: 798-802.—Fauber, J. E. Dental service at Camp Edwards. BuU. Massachusetts Dent. Soc, 1943, 19: No. 4, 15.—French, W. I. Army medico-dental relationship. MU. Surg, 1939, 85: 232-8.—Gage, H. C. A letter to Dr Clyde Englund. J. Colorado Dent. Ass, 1942-43, 21: 56-9.—Harper, N. A. Dental service with tactical units. Army Dent. Bull, 1942, 13: 87-94.—Jeffcott, G. F. Command responsibUity for adequate dental service. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1947-48, 27: No. 5, 39-42.—Laflamme, F. L. K. Dental service for C. C. C. enroUees in the Eighth Corps Area. Dent. BuU, 1938, 9: 190-2.—Ludwig, H. R. With the Army. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1918, 8: 145-7.—Metz, K. H. Dental service in a theater of operations. MU. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 105-13.—Milburn, E. Dental service in the Army. BuU. Massachusetts Dent. Soc, 1943, 19: No. 4, 10-4.—Nelson, C. A. Prosthetic service in the Army. J. Am. CoU. Dentists, 1942, 9: 191-4.—Rich, W. With our military forces. Alpha Omegan, PhUa, 1943, 37: 130-4.—Smith, T. L. The dental service in the postwar Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 376-8.-— Sorber, O. M. The U. S. Army Dental Service. Frater, Menasha, 1903-04, 3: 5-8.—Tingay, L. H. Dental field serv- ice. MU. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 179-83.—Trivino Rodriguez, J. Como tienen organizado el servicio de odontologia en el Cuerpo dental del Ejercito de los Estados Unidos. An. espan. odonto- estomat, 1946, 5: 521-46.—Undesirable tendencies revealed by monthly reports of dental service. Dent. BuU, Carlisle, 1941, 12: 324-6.—W, A. A plan for providing dental service for mUitary registrants. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 95. ---- by countries: United States: Navy. Dental health service in the Navy. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 846-9.—Grant, W. H. Prosthetic service in the Navy. J. Am. Coll. Dentists, 1942, 9: 194-7.—Grunewald, A. H. Prosthetic dentistry in the United States Navy. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1941, 28: 606-13.—Harrison, M. E. The dental service of the Navy of the United States. Ibid, 1928, 15: 265.—Morrow, C. E. The Dental Department [School of Aviation Medicine] Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 2: 64.— Rehrauer, W. Organization and administration of the dental service at a large Naval training station. MU. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 498-503.—Ulen, F. G, & Allen, C. E. Dental planning afloat and ashore. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 1245-68. ---- by countries: United States: Veterans Administration. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-41: Revised instruc- tions for preparation of VA Form 10-7309, Monthly Report of Dental Activities, reports control symbol 10CE-8. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Beers, L. Y. Present dental objectives and poUcies of the Veterans' Administration. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 251-4.— Cruttenden, L. M. Dentistry in the Veterans' Administration. Illinois Dent. J, 1946, 15: 457-62— Fowler, M. M. Dental service in Veterans' Administration. N. York J. Dent, 1947, 17: 61-7. —— Kennedy, E. M. [et al.] Dental service in the Veterans Administration. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 378- 85.—Fritz, G. B. Dentistry in the Veterans Administration. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1946, 36: 426-32.—G, M. H. Dental service for discharged Armed Forces personnel. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1945, 11: 81-3.—Irwin, V. D. The dental program of the Veterans Administration. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 215-20.-—Mead, S. V. The Veterans Administration program. New York Dent. J, 1947, 13: 90-2.—Small, J. J. Operation of the dental program of the Veterans Administration in Penn- sylvania. Pennsylvania Dent. J, 1946-47, 14: 248-50.— Veterans (The) Administration is stepping up the number of dental clinics from 100 to approximately 200. Dent. Health, Wash, 1946, 6: 17-21.—Voyles, J. S. The Veterans Adminis- tration and dental service. J. Missouri Dent. Ass., 1947. 27: 232. ---- by countries: Yugoslavia. Pulja, A. [Dental aid during war] Voj. san. glasnik. 1940. 11. qa efi DENTAL supply. See also Dental equipment; Dental instrument; Denture. Hammersberg, R. E. Notes on dental suppUes and equip- ment during World War II. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 409.— Joyner, M. S. The problem of supply of dental equipment and stores. Austral. J. Dent, 1943, 47: 233-5.—Taylor, N. O. Dental materials. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948 July, 424—Wrought gold alloy treatment. Bull U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 15. DENTAL surgeon. See also Dental officer; Staff. Jaffer, J. H. The dental surgeon with combat troops. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 171-4.—Kelley, N. D. The need of dental surgeons in the Navy. Tr. California Dent. Ass. (1908) 1909, 35. Sess, 52.—Vaughton, A. J. Dental surgeons in the forces. Brit. Dent. J, 1942, 72: 174. DENTAL surgery [incl. oral] See also Dentistry; Plastic surgery; Stoma- tology; also Injury—by organs and regions. Bainbridge, W. S. La cooperaci6n del cirujano y el dentista en la practica miUtar. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1942, 6: 335- 46.—Caballol y de Vera, F. Importancia de la estomatologia en el ejercito. Ibid, 1940, 4: 149-51.—Hemberger, A. J. Oral surgery; its practice and problems in the Army Dental Corps. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 257-9.—Howarth, V. A model dental surgery at the Military Exhibition, Hereford. Brit. Dent. J, 1944, 77: 47.—Lyons, C. J. War dental surgery. J. Ass. Mil. Dent. Surg. U. S, 1919, 3: 3-12.—Seldin, H. M. War dental surgery. J. Florida Dent. Soc, 1943, 14: No. 11, 13-22. Also J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1943, 29: 263-74.—Stout, R. A. MiUtary dental surgery. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 1803-7.—T, K. H. Oral surgery in war and civiUan defense. Am. J. Orthodont, 1942, 28: Oral Surg, 316. DENTAL technician. See also Medical technician; Technician. United States. Army Dental School [Washington, D. C] Course for dental tech- nicians, seventeenth session, September 15, 1938 to September 14, 1939. 8 1. 26>£cm. Wash., 1938. Forms No. 214, A. M. C. U. S. Army M. Center. United States. Naval Dental School [Bethesda, Md.] Handbook for dental pros- thetic technicians. 350p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1948. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual, TM 8-225: Dental technicians. 200p. 21^cm. Wash., 1942. United States Army. Army and Navy Gen- eral Hospital. Enlisted Technician's School. Text, dental section; compiled by Sodus A. Collins [and] Joseph J. Hoffrichter. 164p. 26cm. Hot Springs, 1943. United States Army. Letterman General Hospital, Enlisted Technician's School. Manual for dental technicians. Rev. & repub. 1943. 147p. 27cm. S. Franc, 1943. United States Army. Medical Depart- ment Enlisted Technicians School [Fort Sam Houston, Tex.] Course for dental tech- nicians, v. p. [128]p. 26cm. Fort Sam Houston [1942?] Lott, F. Canadian Dental Corps technicians' course. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 395.—Stillerman, J. I. U. S. Navy pharmacist's mates (DP) dental prosthetic technicians. Dent. Students Mag, 1944-45, 23: No. 10, 25-8.—U. S. Navy trains dental technologists. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1944, 34: 382. DENTIST. See also Civilian defense worker; Dental officer; Dental reserve; Draft; Reserve officer. Carpenter, C. H. The Army dentist as a factor in what ia the matter with dentistry. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1919, 9: 921.— Clevenger, L. My husband is an Army dentist. Ibid, 1943, 33: 34-6.—Dentists; their position and work in the French Army. Ash's J, Lond, 1918, 167-70.—Dentists refused com- missions, the Auied Dental Council intercedes for appUcants. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 250-4.—Medicodental relations in the armed services. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 696.— Obrey, L. J. The Navy dentist, a versatile man. BuU. Massa- chusetts Dent. Soc, 1943, 19: No. 3, 18-22.—Schure, J. Signs, dentists and the Army. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 247-9.—Willman, W. The armed forces in the dental schools. Illinois Dent. J, 1943, 12: 348.—Women dentists in the forces. Brit. Dent. J, 1943, 74: 215. ---- Defense role. See also National defense; Preparedness; also Manpower. DENTIST 403 DENTISTRY Catchpole, R. Dental man power. Brit. Dent. J, 1942, 72: 99.—Clarke, N. F. England expects. Ibid, 73: 117.—Dental man power. Ibid, 1941, 70: 375.—Dental man power in Eng- land. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 25.—Dentists in training to aid physicians. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 543.—Douglass. G. The dental profession in its relation to national preparedness for defence. Dent. J. AustraUa, 1939, 11: 537-50.—Flagstad, C. Wartime responsibUity of the dentist. Northwest Dent, 1945, 24: 27-9.—Futterman, M. J. Effective utiUzation of dental manpower. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1942, 29: 546-8.— Grubin, S. The dentist in wartime. J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1940-41, 26: 153-5.—Klein, H. Dental needs versus dental manpower. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 263-6.— Lott, F. The place of a dentist in the national emergency. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 355-7.—Mills, R. H. Dentis- try's contribution to the war effort. J. Florida Dent. Soc, 1944, 15: 10-3.—Oliver, O. A. A message to the dental pro- fession. Am. J. Orthodont, 1942, 28: 258.—Preparedness, mobiUzation. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 106-9.—Relation (The) of the dentist to the nation's war effort. Illinois Dent. J, 1943, 12: 232—41.—Requirements of dental man-power. Month. BuU. Health Statist, Lond, 1944-45, No. 12, 28-32 — Ross, D. There is no shortage of dentists. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1476-8.—Salzmann, J. A. Dentistry in war. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 378.—Schram, D. F. U. S. aids den- tists in war areas. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1943, 33: 794-7.— Siegal, L. R. War and the dentist. BuU. Connecticut Dent. Ass, 1942-43, 19: 31-6.—Strusser, H. Dental manpower and war needs. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 142-4. The supply of dentists. Med. Care, 1943, 3: 164.—Turner, E. C. Increasing the dental output to meet the demands of war. Brit. Dent. J, 1941, 70: 85-8.—War and the dentist. IlUnois Dent. J, 1942, 11: 334-42.—Wells, C. R. Role of dentistry in the war effort. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1942, 29: 835-41. DENTISTRY. See also Dental service; Dental surgery; also Research, dental. Alvarez Boettiger, R. Odontologia miUtar. ADM, Mex, 1949, 6: 305-11.—Koch, C. R. E. Dentistry in armies and navies. In his Hist. Dent. Surg, Chic, 1909, 1: 134-55.— MUitaere (Den) tandpleje. Tandlaegebladet, 1948, 52: No. 10a, 83-5.—Oliver, O. A. The importance of medico- dental cooperation. MU. Surgeon, 1938, 83: 329-39.—Schantz, C. W, & Scrivener, C. A. MUitary dental esthetics and psy- chology. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 593-5.—Speakman, L. C. War dentistry. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1918, 8: 22-6. ---- Aviation dentistry. See also Altitude, Dental and oral effect. Mitchell, D. F. A bibliography of aviation dentistry. 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms No. 1, Rep. Proj. No. 391, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- [Another edition] 8p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1946. Forms No. 2, Rep. Proj. No. 391, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Orban, B. Problems in aviation dentistry: Experimental studies of pulp changes produced in the decompression chamber; final report. Ip. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 481, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. United States. Air Force. School of Aviation Medicine. Aviation dentistry. 2. Conference, 12-14 November, 1945. 12p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Andrews, N. H. A study of the dental status of male and female personnel who enlisted in the Royal Australian Air Force during the 1939-45 war. Austral. J. Dent, 1948, 52: 12-24.—Coda, O. C, & Cambiaggi, J. E. La ficha odontol6gica en el personal aeronavegante. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1946, 45: 520-30.—Effect of aviation conditions on the dental pulp and periosteum; vibration. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 1.—Flying and dentistry. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 12, 1-4.—Foster, J. M. Mobile dental operating unit. Ibid, 7.—Hester, W. R. Minimizing trauma to dental nerve tissue. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 1.—Kennebeck, M. E. Dental suggestions. FUght Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 29-31, 2 pi.—Levy, B. M. Aviation dentistry. Am. J. Orthodont, 1943, 29: Oral Surg, 92-5.—Reynolds, O. E., Hutchins, H. C. [et al.] Aerodontalgia occurring during oxygen indoctrination in the low-pressure chamber. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 845-76.—Sognnaes, R. F. Further studies of aviation dentistry dental symptoms reported by fighterpUots exposed to prolonged high altitude operations. Norske tannlaegeforen. tid, 1946, 56: 306-13.— White, D. P. Preliminary bite-wing roentgenographic examina- tion of Naval aviation cadets. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 901-8. Conferences. See also Military medicine, Congresses. Assembled generale de 1'amicale des dentistes miUtaires de terre, de mer et de l'air de la 4. region. Inform, dent. Par., 1948, 30: 983-5. ---- Evaluation. Harvey, W. The appUcation to civUian practice of some dental lessons of the last war. Brit. Dent. J, 1946, 81: 111— 22.—Wood, J. T., Broderick, R. A., & Rushton, M. A. The application to civiUan practice of some dental lessons of the last war. Ibid, 73-81. ---- Forensic aspect. See also Forensic medicine. Caceres, P. S. Algunas resenas sobre odontologia legal. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 257; 335; 411; 511; 608; 665. ---- Instruction. See also Dental officer, Education and training. Clark, S. W. The military medico-dental training course as viewed by the dental school. Dent. BuU, Wash, 1938, 9: 184-5.—Dyce, J. M. The army training film: Our teeth. In his Photogr. Aids Clin. Dent. Pract, Lond, 1948, 62-85.— Fairbank, L. C. The unification of medical and dental educa- tion in the basic sciences. MU. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 277-84.— Heflebower, R. C. Military medico-dental training course. Dent. BuU, Wash, 1938, 9: 168-83.—Hogan, B. W. The Navy predental program. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1943, 30: 1923-5. The predental and dental phases of the Navy V-12 program. J. Dent. Educ, 1943-44, 8: 93-9.—Hunter, W. A. Dental training program at Leavenworth, Kansas. Dent. Laborat. Rev, 1949, 24: 29-38.—Institute (An) of war medi- cine and surgery for dentists; valuable course offered in Chicago to prepare dentists for war service. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1942, 32: 1346-8.—MacLane, C. C. The first annual military medico-dental training course for medical department reserve officers, Chicago, IlUnois. Mil. Surgeon, 1938, 83: 235-8.— Meyer, G. E. The mUitary medico-dental training course as viewed by the dental student. Dent. BuU, Wash, 1938, 9: 186-9. ---- Lectures and manuals. American Dental Association. Dental Preparedness Committee. Lectures on mili- tary dentistry. 104p. 23^cm. n. p., 1941[?] Also Rev. ed. 105p. 23cm. [n. p., 1942?] Institute op War Medicine and Surgery for Dentists [Chicago, 1942] Lectures on war medicine and surgery for dentists. 172p. 25cm. Chic, 1943. Yamasaki, K. Gunzin sika [Military den- tistry] 338p. 22^cm. Tokyo, 1937. ---- Methods. See also other subheadings; also Dental service; Denture. Accepted dental therapeutics and procedures. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 14.—Berenyi, B. Uj implanta- cios fogp6tlas. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 97.—Ellison, C. C. Cold and heat therapy in dentistry. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 241-6.—Lusterman, E. A. Some practical suggestions in operative dental procedure. Ibid, 1947, 101: 116-9.—Matu- moto, H, Takahasi, S, & Takimoto, K. Gaku-sensyo no izyo yugo ni yoru kosa kogo ni tai-suru kino-teki gaku-kyosei- ho no oyo ni tuite [The use of methods of functional ortho- dontia for decussate occlusion due to healing in abnormal posi- tions of war wounds on the jaws] Kokubyogakkai zassi, 1941, 15: 485.—Oring, S. M. CoUoid impression techniques. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 3: 50.—Taylor, A. R. Soldering and dentistry. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: 55-9.—Weiner, L. _ The local use of sutfanilamide and sulfa- thiazole in extraction wounds; a preUminary report. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 157-64. ---- preventive. See also Dental hygienist; Paradentosis. Dennard, W. E. Preventive dentistry. Hosp. Corps Q., 1945, 18: No. 4, 9.—Fairbank, L. C. The dental aspects of preventive medicine. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 11-5.—Fischer, E. T. Our opportunity for preventive dental medicine. Ibid., 1943, 92: 17-25.—Preventive dentistry. Q. BuU. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, No. 12, 14-6. ---- prosthetic. See also Dental laboratory; Dental service— by countries: U. S.; Denture; Prosthesis. Cummer, W. E. The teaching of war prosthesis and orthognathia. Proc. Am. Inst. Dent. Teachers, 1919, 26: DENTISTRY 404 DENTURE 69-75.—Harper, N. A. Orthodontic properties of certain pros- thetic restorations. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 4: 21-3.—Martinier, P, & Roy, M. La prothese dentaire dans la chirurgie de guerre. Presse m6d, 1914, 22: 646.—Saltsman, A. N. Applying esthetic principles to pros- thetic dentistry. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 5, 104-7. ---- Radiology. See also Radiology. Force, R. W. The value of intra-oral radiographs in diag- nosis; their use and abuse. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 429-3—— Molt, F. F, & Feeley, N. O. Instructions in roentgenographic procedures for dental officers. Dent. Digest, 1944, 50: 13-8. ---- by countries. Clark y Mascaro, J. M. Evoluci6n de los servicios de cirugfa dental en nuestro Ejercito. In: San. milit. cubana (Cuba. Ejerc. Secc. san.) Habana, 1928, 135-44, Ulust.— Dentistry in the Chinese Army. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 42.-—Dimitrescu, D. Organizarea si functionarea serviciului stomatologic in campanie; opera de asistentS stomatologics, in timp de rS,zboi. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1112-26.—Fernandez Herraiz, J. La odontologia en el ejercito. Actas Congr. m6d. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 102-6.—Frutiger, R. E. Dentistry in the German Army. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 73, 100-3. Also J. Kansas State Dent. Ass, 1944, 28: No. 2, 30, &c—Lott, F. M. An historical outline of dentistry in the British and Canadian forces. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 12-4.—McCay, A. R. Dentistry in New Guinea. Dent. Mag, Lond, 1938, 55: 29-39. ---- by countries: Great Britain. Woods, S. H. An outline of dentistry in the British Army, 1626-1938. Brit. Dent. J, 1939, 66: 147-60. Also J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 130; 200. Also Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1938- 39, 32: Sect. Hist. Med, 99-112. ---- by countries: United States. Fairbank, L. C. Dentistry in national defense. Washington Univ. Dent. J, 1941-42, 8: 45-51.—Present status of dentistry in the Armed Forces. IlUnois Dent. J, 1944, 13: 198-206. Also J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 270-7. ---- by countries: United States: Army. Army Surgeon General speaks. Dent. Digest, 1943, 49: 498-507.—Dentistry in the Army. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1944, 31: 1506-8.—Glascock, C. H. The progress of dentistry and the Army Dental Corps. Dent. Bull, Wash, 1936, 7: No. 4, 181-91.—Livermore, A. R. Army dentistry. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1918, 8: 267.—Rollins, F. G. Concerning Army dentistry. Ibid, 1919, 9: 1397. ---- by countries: United States: Navy. Dentistry in the Navy. Dent. Items, 1944, 66: 980-1000 — Dentistry's role in the Navy. Dent. Surv, 1942, 18: 652.— Pavone, P, jr. United States Marine Corps [field dentistry] Dent. Items, 1944, 66: 357-62. ---- in war. Brauer, J. C. War dentistry. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 93. ■----- Contributions of dentistry to World War II. Merck Rep, 1945, 54: 12-5.—Clawson, D. Dentistry in global war. Dent. Health, Wash, 1943, 2: 6-8. —---- Dentistry in total war. Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools, 1943, 20: 188-98.— Dentistry in war time. Brit. Dent. J, 1940, 69: 136.—Dorea, A. Aspectos da odontologia de guerra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 941-7.—Doubleday, F. N. In war tune. J. Canad. Dent. Ass, 1941, 7: 425-9.—Fairbank, L. C. Dentistry and the national defense. Am. J. Orthodont, 1940, 26: 1074-82. —---- Dentistry's part in this great emergency. J. Kansas Dent. Ass, 1941, 25: No. 3, 17-21.—Gibbs, M. D. Dentistry and the World War. Tristate M. J, 1941-42, 14: 2760.— M, W. H. Dentistry and national defense. N. York J. Dent, 1940, 10: 293.—McGee, R. P. Some things we learned in the war. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1920, 10: 1016; 1217; 1383.—Oddens, W. [Experiences during the war-days in the municipal hospital at the Hague] Tschr. tandheelk, 1941, 48: 395-408, 15 pi.— Reesman, W. L. Dentistry in the war. Dent. Outlook, N. Y, 1943, 30: 118-20.—Thoma, K. H. Dentistry and the war. Am. J. Orthodont, 1943, 29: Oral Surg, 131.—War dentistry. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 339.—Wells, C. R. Dentistry in the war. J. Dent. Soc. N. York, 1941-42, 8: No. 11, 19-35.— White, C. M. The general practice of dentistry in time of war. Dent. Items, 1943, 65: 555-8. DENTURE. See also Dental care; Dental service; Den- tistry, prosthetic. De Ford, C. C, & Schlack, C. A. Dental prosthetic restora- tions constructed for naval personnel. J. Dent. Res, 1942, 21: 493-6.—Garcia, H. Problems in denture prosthesis. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1947, 2: No. 6, 39-46 — Grunewald, A. H. Planning, organization, and administration of a large dental prosthetic activity during wartime. U. S. Armed Forces M. J, 1950, 1: 340-57.—Hutchins, H. C. Acci- dents resulting from loose dental objects in the mouth. U. S Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 517-9.—Jeffreys, F. E. Instructions for prosthetic patients. Ibid, 1946, 46: 1116-8.—Murphy, W. J. Some problems encountered in dental prosthetics for recruits. Ibid, 1227-9.—Shaffer, F. W. Use of water-seal, plasticlike bags for retaining finished acrylic dentures in a moist atmosphere. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 260.—Taylor, G. The story of a tooth plate; an unusual war injury. J. R Army M. Corps, 1918, 30: 228. ---- Artificial tooth and crown. Dahl, L. H. A simplified technic for acryUc jackets. U. S Nav M. Bull, 1945, 44: 121-4.—Henderson, D. A simplified technique for acryUc jacket crowns. Ibid, 1949, 49: 67-71.— Nassie, D. O. Technic for construction of acrylic jacket crowns. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 5, 110-2.—Shaffer, F. W. A simplified technique for making acrylic jackets. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 791.—Stevens, F. W. The acryUc jacket crown; a practical technic. MU. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 418-25. ------ The anterior acryUc dowel crown. Bull U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82, 100-2.—Supplee, S. H, & Murphy, W. J. Artificial teeth in Navy dental prosthetics U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1185-91. ---- Bridge, and partial denture. Bull, T. P. Designing and casting partial dentures. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 315-20.—Burgin, H. N. Designing plastic- base partial dentures. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 745-9.—Frizzed, E. H. Partial denture prosthesis at advance bases. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 697.—Grossman, M. M. Use of the stress-breaker in fixed bridgework. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 91-4.—Keck, A. J, & Davin, T. W. Fixed anterior acrylic restorations. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 301-3.—Malone, R. W. Frequency of type dental bridge restorations; report on 173 restorations. Ibid, 1942, 40: 358-60.—O'Brien, L. W. Functional partial dentures. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 222-4.—Stevens, F. W. The acrylic jacket crown as an abutment for a fixed bridge. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 639-43. ---- full. Casey, J. B. Streamlining full denture prosthesis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 396, 3 pi.—Drew, W. P. The fuU lower denture. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 3, 98-100 — Machicote, A. J. Protesis inferior completa; su retenci6ii. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1940, 39: 1058-60.------Pr6tesis completa; su valor diagnostico. Ibid, 1943, 42: 341.—Mieszkis, E. Le pourvoi en protheses des 6dent6s dans l'armee. Rapp. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 2: 206.—Sullivan, F. K. Occlusal balance in full denture prosthesis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1254-8. ---- Impression material, technic and tray. Barnes, W. E. Impression materials. Hosp. Corps Q, 1946, 19: No. 7, 19.—Carey, M. R. Full lower impression. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 120-2.—Cohen, H. I. Anatomic plastic trays. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 2: 17-9.—Cunningham, W. J, & Pope, M. R. Colloid mucostatic impression technique for full lower dentures. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1698-1701.—Kildebeck, O. C. The use of hydrocoloids in full denture impressions. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 2, 60.—Mallory, G. D, jr. Alginate impression technique. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1083-7.— Muco-seal and muco-seal impression technique. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1946, No. 4, 14-8.—Paros, F. P, & Zimmer- man, I. Hydro-coUoidal impression. Hosp. Corps Q, 1946, 19: No. 7, 28.-—Rojo, A. M. Impresiones funcionales en un desdentado completo; tecnica de Greene modificada; tecnica de Fournet y TuUer. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 270; 339.—Suhr, A. W, & Tillar, V. I. A simplified full impression technique. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 71, 87-90. ---- Repair. Arnold, M, & Baranowski, A. Repair of fixed bridges and acrylic dentures in the field. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 85.—Curry, H. J. Replacement of missing teeth of acryUc dentures in the field. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1118.—Epstein, F. Broken facing repair technique. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 120.—Friedrich, E. G. Repair of acrylic dentures. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 401-3.—Jeffreys, F. E, & Hemphill, C. D. Emergency repairs of prosthetic appliances. Ibid, 1944, 42: 465-7. ---- Technic. Callar, D. Modified acrylic inlay. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 357-9.—Collett, H. A, jr. AcryUc resin denture material. Ibid, 1947, 47: 817-20.—Etzkorn, J. G. Coil spring multiple denture flask press. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 89, 121.—Goldberg, N. G., & Makozov, V. I. [Sim- plest method of converting vulcanizers for dental prostheses for use with electricity] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 10, 53.— Grunewald, A. H. The coloring of denture plastics. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 846-52.—Knox, F. D. Gum rubber DENTURE 405 DEPENDENT base for vulcanite dentures. MU. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 139-42.— Mills, M. L, & Ring, M. Deflasking technique. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 599-601.—Schupper, N. A method of shading clear acryUc. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 32, 23.—Schuyler, C, Friedrich, E. G, & Vaughan, H. C, jr. Processing acrylic dentures; compression and injection method. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 297- 300.—Skiff, M. S. Construction of accurate-fitting trial plates. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 512. DEPENDENT. See also Civil rights; Emergency medical serv- ice. H. R. Bill 3265 (Servicemen's Dependents' Allowance Act) of 1942 to Military Affairs Committee. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: 7769 (clipping)—Helman, M. Soldiers' dependents. S. Afr. M. J, 1941, 15: 239. --- Aid. United States. War Department. Per- sonal affairs of military personnel and aid for their dependents, January, 1943. 45p. 23cm. Wash., 1943. Barrett, W. D. County society proposes cash subsidy for families of service men. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 559.— France, Ministre de la Sant6. Attribution des allocations mUitaires. Rev. philanthrop. Par, 1937, 53: 130-40.—Kuck- lenz, K. Die Fursorge fiir die Familienangehorigen der Ein- berufenen. Deut. Apoth. Ztg, 1939, 54: 1054-6.—Pollard, J. B, Walker. A. T. [et al.] Administration of a Navy depend- ents' unit; a plea for coordination. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 1441-7.—Popley, H. A. WeUare of the soldier's family. Ind. J. Social Work, 1945-46, 6: 40-52.—Provision (The) of meals for soldiers' families in France. Lancet, Lond, 1916, 1: 1138.—Schweizerische Samariterbewegung. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 170.—Smith, A. K. Care of soldiers' families in Soviet Russia, 1943-44. Child, Wash, 1944-45, 9: 13-5. --- Emergency maternity and infant care. United States. Children's Bureau. Folder 29: The emergency maternity and infant care program for wives and babies of servicemen and of men recently discharged from the Armed Forces. Rev. ed. [8]p. 21>km. Wash., 1945. Belz, J. F. Caring for infants and wives of servicemen. Oregon Health BuU, 1943, 21: No. 27, 3. ------ Oregon's EMIC program, I. Ibid, 1944, 22: No. 10, o; No. 11, 3; No. 12, 3.—Butler, A. M. The emergency care program for the wives and babies of our enlisted men. Med. Care, 1944, 4: 212-7.—Carson, M. J. Free medical and hospital service pro- vided for wives and babies of certain classes of service men. Health BuU, Raleigh, 1943, 58: No. 5, 13.—Daily, E. F. Med- ical and hospital maternity and infant care for wives and in- fants of enlisted men. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 945.— Dodds, P. The Pennsylvania emergency maternity and infant care program. Pittsburgh M. BuU, 1943, 32: 694-6.—Eliot, M. M. The Children's Bureau, EMIC and postwar planning for child health; a statement. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1944, 25: 351-67.—Emergency maternity and infant care program; statement of administrative policies [Children's Bureau] J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 124: 241-6.—Emergency maternity and infant care for wives of enlisted men in the armed forces (H. J. Res. 159) Congressional Record, 1943, 89: 7837-56 (clipping)— EMIC program. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1944, 25: 88-91.— Finlay, E. F. Why are applications for emergency maternity and infant care rejected? Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull, 1942- 44, 7: No. 10, 9-13.—Foster, L. F. The federal plan for pro- viding obstetric and pediatric care for wives and infants of service men. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 124: 171-8. Also J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1944, 37: 1-4.—Hospital maternity and infant care for wives and infants of enlisted men [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 2, 25.—Hospital maternity and infant care for wives and infants of enlisted men. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 3, 283.—Hotopp, M. Maternity aid infant care for wives and infants of enlisted men in the armed forces. Delaware M. J, 1943, 15: 153-5.— Jewett, R. E. EMIC program and fee schedule. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1944, 37: 153-5.—Keettel, W. C. Medical and hos- pital care for the wives and infants of non-commissioned men in the armed forces. Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull, 1943, 8: No. 5, 21-4.—Knight, C. P. War wives and GI babies. Dela- ware M. J, 1944, 16: 126-9.—Maternity care for wives of certain grades of enlisted men. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 382.—Medical care for wives and infants of enlisted men. West Virginia M. J, 1943, 39: 232; p. xix-xxvi.—Medical and hospital, obstetric and pediatric care for wives and infants of men in military service. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1943-44, 40: 46-50.—Missouri plan for medical and hospital, obstetric and pediatric care for wives and infants of men in military service. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1942, 39: 353-5.—Obstetric care for wives of enlisted men in Minnesota; a correction. Minnesota M, 1942, 25: 1003.—Obstetrical care for wives of the military. Rocky Mountain M. J, 1943, 40: 511.—Obstetric and pedi- atric care for wives and children of enlisted men. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 1257.—O'Konski, A. E. Emergency relief for dependents of men and women in our armed forces. Congres- sional Record, 1943, 89: A5165 (clipping)—Plass, E. D. The physician's attitude toward the emergency maternity and in- fant care program. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 127: 102-6.— Present status of emergency maternity and infant care pro- gram for dependents of men in the armed forces. CaUfornia Health, 1943, 1: 26-8—Rice, T. B. Difficulties in enforcement of the EMIC Program. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1944, 37: 261. ------ & Jewett, R. E. Maternity and infant care for wives and infants of men in military service. Ibid, 1943, 36: 316.— Stewart, J. Obstetric care. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1943, 40: 127.—Thirteenth annual meeting of the American Academy of Pediatrics; St. Louis, Nov. 9-11, 1944; EMIC Session. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1945, 26: 89-103.—Thompson, W. B. Emer- gency Maternity and Infant Care (E. M. I. C.) Program. California West. M, 1944, 61: 72-5.—Uncle Sam provides obstetric care; maternity and infant care for wives and infants of men in military service. Am. J. Nurs, 1943, 43: 470. ---- Medical, dental, and hospital care. Adair, F. L. The program of medical and hospital care for the wives and families of enUsted men. Illinois M. J, 1943, 84: 259-63.—Adler, S. W. Medical care for dependents of men in military service. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 645-50.— Arrangements effected for hospital care of soldiers' dependents. Canad. Hosp, 1944, 21: No. 3, 33.—Camacho y Lopez, M. Donde, cuando y como debera impartirse la atenci6n medica a los familiares de los militares. In: Mem. Sem. med. mil. Mix., 1937, 1. Congr, 29-37.—Council's statement opposes Children's Bureau proposal for medical program for families of service men but offers sound plans for meeting needs if they arise. Ohio M. J, 1943, 39: 762-4.—Downs, T. M. Dependent pa- tients at naval dispensaries. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: 20-3.— Eliot, M. M. Experience with the administration of a medical care program for wives and infants of enlisted men. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 34-9.—Farmer, M. L. Medical service for dependants of serving men. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: Suppl, 78.—Greul. Heilfursorge fiir Soldatenfrauen und -kinder. San. Ber. Deut. Marine (1930) 1932, 22.—Lautsch, H. Die Krankenversicherung der Kriegshinterbliebenen. Deut. Aerzte- bl, 1939, 69: 482-5.—Lehmann. Aufnahme und Entlassung von Wehrmachtsangehorigen in offentlichen und privaten Krankenanstalten. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 640.— McMorries, E. D. Medical care of dependents of naval personnel. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1939, 37: 415-21.—Medical attendance on soldiers' dependants. S. Afr. M. J, 1942, 16: 47.—Medical care of wives and children of enlisted men. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 554. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 1231.-—Medical and dental treatment; soldiers' famUies. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1941, 61: 344.—Medical (The) and pharma- ceutical service to dependants of members of the armed forces. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 524.—Mount, W. B. Medical care program for wives and children of enUsted men. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1943, 40: 436-9.—Navy Relief Society assistance in medical care of naval dependents. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 126: 438.-—Opposition to medical program for families of service men [Ohio] Fed. Bull, Chic, 1943, 29: 287.—Osborne, F. J. Prenatal dentistry for wives of service men. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1944, 27: 107-10.-—Out-patient medical atten- tion, dependents [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 9, 22-7.—Reciprocal medical arrangements for Canadian and United States soldiers. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 237.—Revised memorandum of arrangements between Dependents' Board of Trustees and the Canadian Hospital Council concerning the handling of hospital accounts of de- pendents of members of the Armed Forces. Canad. Hosp, 1945, 22: No. 3, 33-5.—Shaar, C. M. Surgical care of de- pendents of naval personnel. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1939, 37: 421-7.—Sherman, E. A. Medical care for the dependents of military personnel. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1944, 25: 194-200.-—Sister Ste-Gertrude-de-Nivelles. How the problem of soldiers' dependents was settled in Quebec City. Hosp. Progr, 1944, 25: 72.—White, J. R. Hospitalization of naval dependents. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1939, 37: 444-6. ---- Social service. Hofstein, S. The impact of family forces on the soldier as met by the military social worker. Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1945, 29: 385-94.—Johnson, L. W. Social service for naval dependents. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1939, 37: 446-51.—War Service; Home Service. Annual Rep. Am. Nat. Red Cross, 1937-38, 63-73. ---- Veteran's family. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-38: Medical care of domiciliary members. 3p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. ---- Widow. Harmsen, H. Der Einfluss der versorgungs- gesetzlichen Regelung auf die wirtschaftliche und soziale Lage der Kriegerwitwen; eine soziologische und bevolkerungspolitische Untersuchung, zu- DEPENDENT gleich der Versuch einer sozialhygienischen Beur- teilung und Kritik unserer heutigen Versorgungs- gesetzgebung. p.201-55. 8? Berl., 1926. Veroff. Medverwalt, 1926, 22: Stranz-Hurwitz, H. Kriegerwitwen gestalten ihr Schicksal; Lebenskampfe Kriegerwitwen nach eigenen Darstellungen. 136p. 8? Berl., 1931. Harmsen, H. Die Lage der Kriegerwitwen. Klin. Wschr, 1926, 5: 2076-80. ----m Wife. Dank auch der Soldatenfrau; die Betreuung der Soldaten- frau und -Kinder. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1940, 8: 149.—Hirsch - feld, M. War wives and immorality. In his Sex. Hist. World War, N. Y, 1937, 36-57.—Langner, H. P, & Foster, S. A clinic's experience with the problems of the serviceman's wife. Am. J. Orthopsychiat, 1946, 16: 227-43.—Lawrence, B. G. Psychiatric problems of service men's wives. Delaware M. J, 1945, 17: 89.-—Patterson, R. M. Neurotic reactions in wives of service men. Dis. Nerv. Syst, 1945, 6: 50-2.—Thompson, W. B. Neuroses of war wives. California West. M, 1945, 63: 167-9. DEPOT. See also Ambulance Supply Depot; Medical depot; Replacement depot; Store; Supply; Sup- ply depot; Zone. M, N. The depot, the recruit, and the Swedish drill. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1907, 9: 502^.—Nicholls, H. W. Medi- cal work at a depot. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1932, 18: 106-11. DEPRESSIVE state. See under Neurosis; War neurosis. DEPTH perception. See also Vision. Fontaine, J. T., & Channel, R. C. Cross validation of Stromberg Gwathmey test of depth perception. 7p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Res. Proj. X-130 (Av-V4-2) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Proj. Rowland, W. M. Comparison of Howard- Dolman Depth Perception Test, Wulfeck Group Test of Stereo Acuity, and Keystone depth per- ception apparatus. 13p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms No. 1, Rep. Proj. No. 59, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----& Rowland, L. S. A comparison of three tests of depth perception. 16p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1944. Forms No. 1, Rep. Proj. No. 238, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Trumbull, R. The reliability of the Verhoeff test of depth perception. 8 1. 27cm. Pensacola, 1946. Forms No. 1, Rep. Res. Proj. X-717 (Av-374-w) U. S. Naval School Aviat. M. Hirsch, M. J, & Weymouth, F. W. Distance discrimination; effect of motion and distance of targets on monocular and binoc- ular distance discrimination. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 594-600. ■----■— Distance discrimination; the relationship of visual acuity to distance discrimination. Ibid, 1948, 19: 56-8.-— Nicholls, J. V. V. Depth perception in aviation. J. Canad. M. Serv., 1944-45, 2: 267-76.—Seiger, H. W. Variations in illumination of the depth-perception apparatus. J. Aviat. M, 1944, 15: 401-4.—Walker, R. Y. The superiority of binocular over monocular vision in depth perception in respect to the vertical or horizontal position of the object. Ibid, 1940, 11: 87-95. ----— Differences in judgment of depth perception between stationary and moving objects. Ibid, 1941, 12: 218-25. DERMATITIS. See also Dermatology; Dermatosis. Trumper, M., & Kerkian, A. Dermatitis from wearing Waves' Navy blue shirt. 3p. 26Kcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms No. 10, Rep. Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Turner, J. M., & Doherty, D. G. Contact DERMATITIS dermatitis due to rating badge.s worn by Waves. 6p. 26#cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms No. 16, Rep. Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Bernard, C. de, Morel, A, & Crupper, C. Dermites causees par le cuir du casque. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr, 1939, 33: 325- 9.—Carpenter, C. C, & Banzer, J. W, jr. Dermatitis from blue uniforms. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 754-7.—Chakravarty, A. N. Dermatitis artefacta in the army. Internat. M. Abstr, Calc, 1948, 4: 110-3.—Deguilhen, C, & Nun, C. Un cas de maladie de Schamberg. Rev. med. nav. Par, 1946, 1: 409- 12.—Faylor, W. O. G, Fergusson, A. G, & Atkins, W. R. G. Dermatitis from wearing Army spectacles. Brit. M. J, 1945, 2: 40-2.—Fergusson, A. G. Match-box dermatitis. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 98.—French, S. W, & Halpin, L. J. Dermatitis venenata; report on allergy clinics in the Fourth Service Command. Ann. AUergy, 1943, 1: 131-8. •----- Treatment of dermatitis venenata. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 275-8— Hill, M. A, & Gordon, R. M. An outbreak of derma- titis amongst troops in North Wales caused by rodent mites. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp, 1945, 39: 46-52.—Hodgson, G. A, & Hellier, F. F. Dermatitis caused by shirts in B. L. A. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 87: 110-7.—Hollander, M. H. A case of exfoliative dermatitis, due to penicillin. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1947, 4: No. 3, 18.—In- flammatory dermatoses in the western and southwestern Pacific areas, with special reference to treatment. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 2, 26-30.—Kaplun, B. J. [Paratraumatic war dermatitis] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, No. 3, 10-2.— Kaschel. Beitrag zur Beobachtung der sogenannten Wiesen- dermatitis (Dermatitis bullosa striata pratensis) Deut. MiU- tararzt, 1939, 4: 270.-—McKinlay, R. Vesicular dermatitis due to wild parsnip. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 401-4.— Merrill, E. D. Contact poison plants in the Old World tropics. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 115-7.—Mustard gas or plant dermatitis. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 28, 2.-—Robertson, D. H. Dermatitis medicamentosa. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1946, 1: No. 4, 25 — Sefton, L. A case history of exfoliative dermatitis with compli- cations. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 87: 39-41.—Wirtel, K. O. Treatment of dermatitis in the tropics. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 2, 45-9. DERMATOLOGIST. See also Dermatology. Dermatologists in the war. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1943, 48: 417.-—Goldman, L. The dermatologist in the military organization. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 256-60.—Guy, W. H. Dermatologists for the Army and Navy. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1942, 46: 619-27.—Schwartz, L. The role of the prac- ticing dermatologist in our war effort. J. Invest. Derm, 1942, 5: 347-52.—Sompayrac, L. M. A dermatologist in the Navy J. Florida M. Ass, 1942-43, 29: 63-6. DERMATOLOGY. See also Dermatitis; Dermatologist; Dermato- phytosis; Dermatosis; also such terms as Cold injury; Skin; Tropical medicine; Tropical service. Unna, P. G. Kriegsaphorismen eines Der- matologen. 2. Aufl. 198p. 24^cm. Berl., 1917. Ayres, S, jr. War dermatology; some general aspects. California West. M, 1942, 57: 294-7.—Bering. Dermatolo- gische Winke fur den Truppenarzt. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 578; 1141 (Abstr.)—Fischer, C. Kleine Dermatologie des Truppenarztes. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 296-301.—Forsey, R. The problem of the sailor's skin. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1943, 48: 212.—Lane, C. G. Military dermatologv. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 293-9.—Lebedev, D. V. Mikologia i voina. Priroda, 1947, No. 5, 60.—Lehmann, C. F. Dermatology in the Army. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 1469-75.—MacGruer, H. A. Military dermatology. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 7: 971-7.—MacKenna, R. M. B. Experi- ences in military dermatology. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 191-4. ------ Notes on military dermatology. Brit. J. Derm. Syph, 1944, 56: 1-11, pi. ------ On military dermatology. Brit. M. Bull, 1945, 3: 158-61. Also Spanish tr. Rev. As. med. argent, 1946, 60: 204-8.—Peller, S, & Stephenson, C. S. Skin irrita- tion and cancer in the U. S. Navy. Am. J. M. Sc, 1937, 194: 326-33.—Pillsbury, D. M, & Livingood, C. S. Experiences in military dermatology; their interpretation in plans for improved general medical care. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1947, 55: 441-62.—Sabatini, C. Note e appunti sulla dermatologia geroiatrica nell'ambito dello studio della senescenza umana. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1948, 53: 47-58.—Schmidt, O. E. L. Dermatology in wartime. Stanford M. Bull, 1944-45, 2: 20- 5.—Sulzberger, M. B. Dermatology and syphilology in the Navy. J. Invest. Derm, 1942, 5: 381-8.—Unger, P. N. Clinical abstracts of an unusual case of skin sensitivity to the metal tags worn by the troops in the field. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 67-9.—War and dermatology. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 207-9.—Warren, L. H. MiUtary dermatology. Ann. Int. M, 1944, 20: 395-404. 41 DERMATOLOGY 407 DERMATOPHYTOSIS .--- Organization. Benedek, T. Military dermatology in general hospitals in the Zone of the Interior and in the Pacific Ocean area in World War II; based on observations of 6,683 consecutive cases. Urol. Cut. Rev, 1948, 52: 160-74.—Dennison, A. D, jr. Treatment of dermatologic conditions aboard a destroyer. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 524-9.—Dermatology in the British Expeditionary Force in France. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121' 207.—Dermatological problems in tropical theaters. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 299.—Dupont, A, & Deweert, J. Un an d'activite de Centre dermato-syphiligraphique de l'Hopital miUtaire de Namur. Arch. belg. derm, syph, 1948, 4: 54-8.—Epstein, E. Dermatologic practice in a station hospital in Southern California; a comparison with private practice. Arch. Derm. Syph, 1945, 52: 21-5.—Feder, A. Ther- apy unit for patients with skin diseases. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep 1946, 5: 343-5.—Finkle, T. H. Dermatological problems in an Army hospital. Ibid, 1947, 7: 1047-50.—Franks, A. G, & Davis, M. I. J. Dermatology in an Army general hospital. Urol. Cut. Rev, 1942, 46: 728-33.—Hanfling, S. L, & Gold- bloom, A. A. Dermatologic problems in a staging area station hospital. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1947, 55: 322-6.—Ingram, J T Dermatological experiences with the British Expedi- tionary Force, France, 1939-40. Brit. J. Derm. Syph, 1942, 54: 224-31.—Novy, F. G, jr. Dermatological experiences in a United States Naval hospital. California West. M. J, 1943, 58: 323.—Savage, J. Dermatology on active service; with a plea for re-organization of the skin department. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 246-8.—Scholtz, J. R. Army Air Forces dermatology program. Arch. Derm. Syph, 1945, 52: 6-8.-— Sommers, J, & Wrong, N. M. Organization of a combined dermatological-radiotherapeutic centre in the Canadian Army overseas. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1948-49, 22: 205-9. Also Canad. M. Ass. J, 1949, 61: 30-2.—Woolhandler, H. W. Dermatology in an Army station hospital. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1944, 49: 91-102. ---- Therapeutics. See also Dermatitis; Dermatosis; Syphilis; Venereal disease. Asbury, C. W. Penicillin and nonspecific foreign protein fever therapy in treatment of acute and chronic eczematoid dermatoses. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 406.—Cohen, T. M. Dermatologic therapy in the tropics. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1119-23.—Feindel, R. Ueber eine zweckmassige Salbenkombination zur Therapie einiger in Kriegszeiten besonders haufiger Dermatosen. Wien. med. Wschr, 1941, 91: 381—Ferloni, A. V. J. La sulfamidoterapia externa en derma- tologia y su importancia en la prdctica medico-militar; tecnica y resultados en 1508 casos personales de piococcias primitivas y secundarias. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1945, 44: 60; 207.— Kierland, R. R. Local use of peniciUin preparations in cutane- ous diseases. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 57-9.—Longhin, S, Bucsa, T., & Ionescu, S. Contributiuni la tratamentul dermato- zelor alergice cu substanta P a lui Oriel. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 732-9.—McCann, W. J. Treatment of skin diseases on an attack transport; use of undecylenic acid. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 1205-7.—Martinez Pazos, A. La luz ultravioleta en el tratamiento de la dermatosis. Med. & cir. guerra, 1946, 8: No. 18, 25-36.—Matiash, K. D. UVC- terapia piodermitov i nekotoryh drugih dermatozov. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdm, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 211-6.—Precepts in dermatological therapy. BuU. Army M. Dep, Ix>nd, 1943, No. 23, 7.—Theodorescu, S. Crioterapia in dermatologie. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 757-63.—Vonkennel. Sulfanilamidbehandlung mfektioser Dermatosen. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3 Congr, 46. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 5, 49. DERMATOPHYTOSIS. See also Dermatitis; Dermatosis: Epidermo- phytosis. Duggan, T. L., & Mooney, J. J. Studies of the fungistatic and irritative qualities of agents suggested for the treatment of dermatophytosis. 14p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms No. 2, Rep. Res. Proj. X-469, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Hopkins, J. G., Fisher, J. K. [et al.] Treat- ment and prevention of dermatophytosis. 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 71, Trop. Dis. Rep. Div. M. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Chmel, L. Pliesfiove onemocnenia koze vzhladom na vojensku sluzbu. Voj. zdrav. Usty, 1948, 17: 333-6.—Duggan, T. L., & Mooney, J. J. Studies of the fungistatic and irritative qualities of agents suggested for the treatment of dermato- phytosis. Rep. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, No. 2, 1-6, 8 tab.— Fraser, P. K. Copper sulphate and para-nitrophenol in the prophylaxis of dermatophytosis. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 279-81.—Fruin, R. L. A suggestion in the treatment of derma- tomycosis. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 56.—Hopkins, J. G, Hillegas, A. B. [et al.] Treatment and prevention of dermato- phytosis and related conditions. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 42-53.—Lawson, R. N. Therapy of tinea. MU. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 301.—Pastinszky, I. Gombas b&rbetegsegek gyakorisaga is megelozese a hadseregben. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 546-58.—Pavlov, S. T, & Kopson, I. I. Gribkovye bolezni kozhi (dermatomikozy) In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1950, 27:-28: 58-71.—Rubin, S. S. Dermato- phytids; an allergic manifestation. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 497-501.—Sinani, M. Gribkovye zabolevaniia (derma- mycetes) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 249-60.—Snow, J. S. The management of dermatophytosis. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 147-51.—Stephens, F. L. PreUminary laboratory tests on the fungicidal action of copper sulphate and para-nitrophenol on dermatophytes. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 273-9.—Sullivan, M, & Fishbein, H. A. Field trial of United States Army fungicidal ointment. J. Invest. Derm, 1948, 10: 293-9.—Sulzberger, M. B, Shaw, H. C, & Kanof, A. Evaluation of measures for use against common fungous infections of skin; screening tests by means of paired compari- sons on human subjects. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 237- 48.—Vernon, S. Ringworm therapy; fungicidal skin varnish. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 470.—Young. D. C. Secondary infection of dermatophytosis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1604. ---- tropical. See also Dermatosis, tropical; Tropical service. United States. Army Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Superficial fungous diseases & other common tropical dermatoses. 12p. 27cm. Orlando, Fla., 1944. Forms Pt 4, Notes Trop. Dis, Arctic, Desert Trop. Br. A. A. F. U. S. Fungus infections of the skin. Statist. Navy M, 1947, 3: No. 7, 8-10.-—Saltner, L. Die oberflachUchen Pilzerkrankungen der Haut in den Tropen. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 416-23. Die tiefen PUzerkrankungen der Haut in den Tropen. Ibid, 423-8. DERMATOSIS. See also Dermatitis; Dermatophytosis; also such terms as Lousiness; Scabies, etc. Aliavdin, A. Krasnyi ploskU lishai (lichen ruber planus Wilsoni) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 95.—Allen, A. C. Survey of pathologic studies of cutaneous diseases during World War II. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1948, 57: 19-56.—Aretz. Bemerkungen iiber Hautkrank- heiten und deren Behandlung im Wehrdienst. Med. Klin, Berl 1941, 37: 153-5.—Barber, H. W. The seborrhoeic state. In: Med. Dis. War (Hurst, A. F.) 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 457-66 — Biirhan Urus & Hakki Salman. Ordumuzda pyodermique cilt intanlari ve bunlarin kisaca tedavileri. Askeri sihhiye mec- muasi, 1942, 71: 34-43.—Canizares, O. Cutaneous diseases in Army Air Force personnel. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1947 56: 364-72.—Carpenter, C. C. Treatment of smaU skin lesions. Hosp. Corps Q, 1946, 19: No. 4, 6-8.—Colahan, B. N. O. A record of commoner skin diseases at a Royal Aus- tralian Air Force hospital. Med. J. Australia, 1944, 1: 107-9.— Cormia, F. E. Causes of delayed involution of skin diseases with special reference to overtreatment. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 16, 9-13.—Cutaneous diseases in the R. A. F. in Malaya. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1948, 62-6.—Dean, D. M. A case of epidermidolvsis bullosa hereditaria. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 74-9.—Ferloni, A. V. J. Patologia y tratamientos para el pie del soldado de infanterfa. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 58; passim.—Fernandez de la Portilla, J. Sobre el trata- miento de las piodermitis de guerra. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 340-7.—Frost, A. Notes on skin infections: Darwin, Australia. Med. J. Australia. 1942, 2: 136.—Gorbo- vicky, S. E, & Ivanov, N. A. Kharakteristika kozhnoi patologu u voennosluzhashchikh. Vest, vener, 1945, No. 2, 54-8.— Grigg, J. Skin diseases in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 773.—Gruca, A. O przyczynach obraiseri naskorka i wrzod6w n6g w oddzialach frontowych. Lek. wojsk, 1921, 2: 201-3.— Junquet, H. X. J. Les pyodermites les plus frequentes dans l'armee et leur traitement de choix. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1931 94: 753-67.—Kley, E. C. Skin diseases aboard a de- stroyer. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 407.—Korobkov, D. I, Menchel, B. M, & Frankfurt, S. S. [Treatment of pyodermia and moist eczema with carbolic acid] Feldsher, Moskva, 1944, No. 3, 43.—Lewis, B. Epidermolysis bullosa. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1948, 34: 162-5.—Livingood, C. S. Dermatologic prob-, lems in the returning veteran. Pennsylvania M. J, 1946-47- 50: 581-7.—Lutz, W. Einige Bemerkungen iiber Hautkrank heiten und Dermatotherapie im Militardienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr 1940, 70: 1031-4.—MacKenna, R. M. B. RehabUi- tation for skin cases. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 392.—Macpherson, R. K. Some aspects of the incidence of skin disease in R. A. A F ground crew. Secret Rep. Fatigue Lab. Nat. Health Med. Res. Counc. Australia, 1945, No. 9, 1-8, 3 tab, ch. [declassified]—Mayr, J. Furunkulosen bei Soldaten. Miinch. med Wschr, 1941, 88: 547. Also Urol. Cut. Rev, 1941, 45: DERMATOSIS 408 DERMATOSIS 607 (Abstr.)—Memmesheimer, A. M. Occupational diseases of the skin. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-12, 2: 528 (Abstr.)- Mental factors in skin disease. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, No. 44, 5.—Morton, P. H, & Deas, T. C. Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1948, 48: "2-6.- Nickel. W. R. Some aspects of skin diseases as a military problem. Northwest M, 1945, 44: 4-7—Nippert, P. H, & Fetter, F. Epidermolysis bullosa; report of 7 cases. U. h. Nav M. Bull, 1945, 44: 154-8—Park, R. G. Chronic skin infections in the Forces. N. Zealand M. J, 1944, 43: 130-5.— Pavlov, S. Kozhnye bolezni. In: Encikl. slovar yoen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1329-33.—Payenneville. Un cas de maladie de Meleda. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph, 1940, 47: 55-7.— Sarateanu, F, & Lazarescu, D. Acneea rozacee cu complica- tiuni oculare. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 740-6, must.— Shelton, J. M. Epidermolysis bullosa; report of a case. U. &. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 424-7— Thomas, E. G. Cluneal notes in dermatology. J. R. Nav M. Serv■ 1940, 26: 248-52.- Turumati, K. Konzi senso no hihu oyobi seibyoka sikkan ni oyobosita eikyo ni tuite [The effect of the recent war on skin diseases and on venereal diseases] Rinsyo hihu hinyoka, 1949, 3- 25-7 —Vickers, H. R. The treatment of some common dermatoses. J. R. Nav M Serv, 1942 28:36-42•-Wh.tt.ng- ton, I. Skin diseases in H. M. ships. Ibid, 1943, 29: 108-10.— Winkler, M. Hautkrankheiten und Eidg. Mihtarversicherung. Dermatologica, Basel, 1945, 91: 34-7. Disability. See also Disability, Recruit, Health. Bereston, E. S, & Ceccolini, E. M. Incidence of derma- toses in twenty thousand army induction examinations; with a note on syphilis with negative serologic reactions. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1943, 47: 844-8.—Boldt A. Dermatolo- gische Fragen bei der Musterung. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 217-23—Griffith, W. Skin diseases as military disabilities. Tr. London Derm. Soc, 1917, 6: 70-3—Rachold. Hautkrank- heiten und Wehrdienstbeschadigung. Deut. Mihtararzt, 19d9, 4- 322-5.—Vohwinkel. Beurteilung der Dienstfahigkeit der Psoriatiker. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 60-2. tropical. See also Dermatitis, tropical; Dermatophytosis, tropical; Tropical service, Disease. Bernachon, P. Notes a propos des affections cutanees dans les regions tropicales. Rev. med. nav. Par, 1947, 2: 147-55.— Clark, T. W. Treatment of the common skm diseases in an Army hospital in the tropics. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944, 28- 1532-40 ------ Treatment of skin diseases in the tropics. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 70-6 — Delaney, J. R. Observation of skin diseases in the tropics. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1117.—Goldman, L. Tropical diseases of the skin in returning military personnel and tourists. Cincinnati J. M, 1945-46, 26: 352-69.—Greenwood, K. Com- mon skin disorders of the army in the tropics. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1949, 92: 284-9.—Myers, W. K. Clinical impressions of skin disease in a tropical operational area. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1944, 2: 10-3.—Nauck. Tropische Hautkrankheiten. Veroff. Marine San, 1942, H. 34, 104-6.—Phillips, K, & Buhler. V. B. Dermatologic conditions prevalent in tropical areas; treatment with heavy dosage of ultraviolet ray. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 1193-9.—Simons, R. D. G. P. Der- matoses in tropen-krijgsgevangenschap. Ned. tschr. geneesk , 1946, 90: 351-5.—Skin diseases in the tropics. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 10. ---- in war. Ayres, S, jr. Dermatology and the war; infections, infesta- tions, irritations, burns, ulcers, etc. Clinics, Phila, 1944-45, 3: 728-73.—Barber, H. W. Skin disease in war. In: Med. Dis. War (Hurst, A. F.) Bait, 1940, p. 279-308. Also 2. ed, Lond, 1941, 371-408, 2 pi. Also 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 435-74, 2 pi. Also 4. ed, Lond, 1944, 450-91.—Brain, R. T. Skin diseases in war. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 760-3— Brill, E. H. Hautkrankheiten im Kriege. Med. Welt, 1941, 15: 525-8 — Carslaw, R. W. Wartime dermatology; with a plea for economy. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 420-2.—Davis, D. B, & Bick, J. W, jr. Skin reactions observed under wartime stress. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1946, 103: 503-8.—Davis, E. Dermatoses seen in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1942, 208: 14.—Diseases of the skin in wartime. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: Suppl, 77- 80.—Fausto, C. Sul comportamento di alcune dermatosi durante 5 anni di guerra. Rass. med. sarda (1945) 1947, 47: 395-400.—Gordon, H. Skin diseases in war time. West Lon- don M. J, 1940, 45: 1-6.—Ingram, J. T. Skin diseases in war- time. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 842.—Lingenfelter, G. P. Skin diseases under war conditions. Southwest. M, 1943, 27: 9-13.—MacCormac, H. Three skin diseases in wartime (sca- bies, impetigo, eczema) Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 667-9. ------ War-time diseases of the skin. Practitioner, Lond, 1940, 144: 165-73.—Percival, G. H. War and skin disease. Edinburgh M. J, 1941, 48: 73-84. Also Edinburgh Postgrad. Lect. (1940-41) 1942, 2: 510-21.—Peters, A. D. K. The treatment of war-time skin diseases. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1943, 209: 372-4. Also Mod. Treat. Yearb, 1944, 10: 172-7 — Rabut, R. Dermatoses de guerre et d'apres-guerre. Hopital, 1946, 34: 42—Saffron, M. H. Dermatology and the war. Mil Sureeon 1942, 91: 559-64.—Schrafl, A. Hautkrank- heiten im Krieg. Praxis, Bern, 1939, 28: 643-6.-Stevanin, M. Osservazioni cliniche e considerazioni etiopatogenetiche sulle dermatosi di guerra. Dermosifilografo, 1944, 19: »|-9L— Thompson, S. Skin diseases in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond 1942 207: 285-9. Also Mod. Treat. Yearb, Lond, 1943 9- 155-63.—Vickers, H. R. The treatment of the war- time'dermatoses. Ibid, 1941, 234-42, pi—Vogel. Hautleiden der Zivilbevolkerung im Kriege. Munch, med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 859. DESERT. See also Desert warfare. Talso, P. J., & Clarke, R. W. Observations on physiological problems in desert heat, Task Force Furnace, Yuma, Arizona. 23 1. 29cm. Fort Knox, 1948. ^ Forms Proj. No. 6-64-12-03-(l) U. S. Army M. Dep. Field Res. Laborat. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] [Project No. 2: Operations at high temperatures] Project No. 2-5: Test of the adequacy of K-2 ration in the desert. 3p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1942. ---- [Project No. 2: Operations at high temperatures] Project No. 2-5: Detailed report on test of adequacy of K-2 ration in the desert. 7p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1942. ---- [Project No. 2: Operations at high tem- peratures] Sub-Project No. 2-8: Report on effect of desert conditions on personnel; results of desert field study, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1942. ---- Project No. 2: Operations at high tem- peratures. Report on Sub-Project No. 2-11, Influence of high temperatures on the efficiency of personnel; studies of men in simulated desert heat. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. ---- Project No. 2: Operations at high tem- peratures. Report on Sub-Project No. 2-12, Study of methods of attaining and maintaining acclimatization to high temperatures; studies of men in simulated desert heat. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. Together with Sub-Project No. 2-11. ---- Project No. 2: Operations at high tem- peratures. Report on Sub-Project No. 2-13, Effect of training on the efficiency of performance at high temperatures; studies of men in simulated desert heat. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. Together with Sub-Project No. 2-11. ---- Project No. 2: Operations at high tem- peratures. Report on Sub-Project No. 2-17, Study of the physiologic effects of high tempera- tures; studies of men in simulated desert heat. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. Together with Sub-Project No. 2-11. Akodus, J. Pustyni, stepi. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 997-1003. Care of personnel in the desert. In: School Lect. U. S. Air Force Arctic &c. Inform. Cent, N. Y, 1943, pt 2, No. 1, 12-20.—Cordier, D. Caracteristiques physiologiques des climats desertiques et tropicaux. In his Probl. med. guerre, Montreal, 1943, 12-20.—Magnicky, V. I. [Medical-sanitary protection of the Army in the deserts of Central Asia] J. profil. subtrop. klin. med, Tashkent, 1934, 4: 21; 54—Maietta, A. L. Notes on medical experiences in the Mojave Desert during the summer of 1943. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 385^90.— Restoration (The) of thermal balance during acclimatization to work in desert heat. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 131.—Talso, P. J, & Clarke, R. W. Observations on physiological problems in the desert heat, Task Force Furnace, Yuma, Arizona. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1948, App. A, No. 2, 1-23, illust.— Testing equipment in Task Force Furnace. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1947-48, 27: No. 11, 19-23. DESERTION. See also Criminal; Delinquent; Neurotic; Psy- chopath; War psychosis. . Bromberg, W, Apuzzo, A. A, & Locke, B. A psychologic study of desertion and overleave in the Navy. U. S. Nav. M. DESERTION 409 DETENTION CAMP Bull, 1945, 44: 558-68. Also in Phys. & Psychobiol. Standards (U. S. Navy Bur. M. & S.) Wash, 1949, 160-5.—Rashkis, H. A. Notes on interviewing AWOL soldiers. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1945, 40: 100.—Uribe Cualla, G. Un caso de deser- ci6n del Ejercito verificada por un esquizofrenico. Rev. med. leg. Colombia, 1944-45, 7: No. 37, 76-82.—Wertham, F. Medico-legal report on a deserter. Am. J. Psychother, 1947, 1: 189-92.—Zeller, G. A. Charge of desertion. In his Post- Mortem Finding, Cedar Rapids, 1942, 24. DESERT sore. See also Tropical service. Bettley, F. R. Desert sore, a preUminary study. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 107-12.—Macrae, D. Desert sore. Ibid!, 1944, 83: 274-8.—Tropical ulcers and desert sores. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 16. DESERT warfare. See also Desert; also under appropriate sub- headings of Wars and campaigns; also World War II. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory [Fort Knox, Ky.] Project No. 2: Operations at high temperatures. Partial report on Sub-Project No. 2-6: Water and salt requirements for desert operations, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1942. ---- Project No. 2: High temperature in tanks. Final report on Sub-Project No. 2-6, Determination of water and salt requirements for desert operations, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. Abbey, R. A. Dentistry in the desert war. Brit. Dent. J, 1941,71:290.—Ascroft. P. B. Surgery in desert warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 337-9.—Ayoub, J. E. M. Desiccation keratitis. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30: 79-86.—Blood transfusion in the desert. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 53.— Desert fighting. Army & Navy Register, 1943, 64: 3 (clip- ping)—Fellers, B. F. Lecciones de la campana en el desierto. Rev. mU. Peru, 1943, 40: pt 2, 1-12.—Harrison, N. K. Travel- ling transfusions in the Western Desert. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 148.—Kwoczynski, J. [Medical service of the brigade in desert warfare] Lek. wojsk, 1941, 34: 16-8.—Literature on desert warfare. Bull. M. Libr. Ass, 1943, 31: 61.—Lucas, H. K. Transfusion in the ambulance, its value in the Western desert. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 503-5.—Porritt, A. E. Surgery in the desert, Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 2.55-8. ------ [The hos- pital in the desert (Africa)] Med. rabot, 1944, 7: No. 10, 4; passim.—Ravina, A. Les experiences americaines et les besoins en eau des formations miUtaires dans les regions desertiques. Presse med, 1948, 56: 602.—Steuber, W. Der Aufstand in der Wiiste. In his Arzt & Soldat, Berl, 1940, 283-9. DESICCATOR of plasma. See Blood transfusion, Material: Plasma, dried. DESTROYER. See also Ship; also Dermatology, Organization; Dermatosis; Medical department of ship. Bongiovanni, A. M. Psychometric examinations aboard a destroyer. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 27-32.—Durburg, J. R. Destroyer surgery. Ibid, 1945, 45: 171.—Eaton, W. E. Medical service in the destroyer force. Aesculapian, Chic, 1942-43, 33: No. 5, 7. Also Bull. North Br. Chicago M. Soc, 1942-43, 12: No. 5, 13.—Minonosec. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1070-2.—Ollerenshaw, G. Im- provised medical apparatus for use in H. M. destroyers. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 141-3. DESTRUCTOR. See also Fecal matter; Equipment; Sanitary fill; Sanitation. Evans, F, & Clay, H. H. Portable all-metal destructor. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 86-8. Osipenko, K. Destruktory. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 452-4. * DETENTION. See also Disciplinary barracks; Prison; Punish- ment. Conditions in detention barracks. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 764.—Prewer, R. R. Detention from the medical aspect. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 346-50. ------ Psychiatry in detention. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 368-70. DETENTION camp. See under Camp; Recruit. DETERGENT. Turner, J. M., & Harvey, M. H. Evaluation of acidolate, skin detergent. 7p. 26Mlcm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms No. 18, Rep. Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Slater, W. C. Detergents, ancient and modern. Med. BuU. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: 33-6. DETONATION. See Ballistics; Explosion; Injury, Blast. DETOXICANT. See under Decontamination, Equipment and apparatus. DEXTRAN. See Blood transfusion, Material: Substitutes of blood: Dextran. DIABETES insipidus. See under Disease—by specific types. DIABETES mellitus. See also Glycosuria; Medical examination. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 168: Diabetes mellitus. 8p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Altshuler, S. S. Diabetes in the armed services. Proc. Am. Diabetes Ass, 1944, 4: 111-8.—Czosnyka, L. C. Peripheral neuritis in diabetes mellitus. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 393-5.— Furlong, J. J. Diabetes meUitus in a naval hospital; review of fifty consecutive cases. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1947, 47: 42-51 — Grafe, E, & Tropp, C. Dreijahrige Erfahrungen einer Korps- diabetikerstation. Deut. Militararzt, 1944, 9: 73-6.—Gutzeit, K. Erkenntnisse aus dem Kriege und fiir den Krieg bei der Behandlung des Diabetes meUitus. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1944, 91: 271-4.—Handelsman, M. Diabetes mellitus. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 463-8.—Hines, C. R. Diabetes mellitus; presently recognized concepts of management. Ibid, 1949, 9: 912-9.—Hirschfeld, I. Periodontal symptoms associated with diabetes. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 489-500.— John, H. L. Diabetes and its relation to certain metaboUc diseases. Army M. Bull, 1940, 51: 1-25.—Joslin, E. P, Root, H. F. [et al.] Current problems in diabetes melUtus. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1940, 38: 27-39.— Lincke, F. E. Der Zucker- kranke im Kriege. Umschau, 1940, 44: 193.—Michaud, L. Discours d'ouverture; l'expertise du diabdte sucr6. Helvet. med acta, 1944, 11: 3-15.— Mowrey, F. H, & White, S. G. Diabetes mellitus complicated by hypercholesterolemia, lipemia retinalis, and hepatomegaly; a case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 228-34.—Rathery, F. Les diabetiques aux armees. BuU. Acad, med. Par, 1940, 123: 436-9. Also Gaz. hop, 1940, 113: 467.—Sherrill, J. W, Norman, I. L. [et al.] The management of diabetes mellitus. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1949, 49: 29-40. ---- Disability. Blotner, H, & Hyde, R. W. Studies in diabetes mellitus and transient glycosuria in selectees and volunteers. N. England J. M, 1943, 229: 885-92.—Joslin, E. P. Diabetes and military service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 198. ---- experimental. Waisbren, B. A., & Samsell, J. E. Induction of alloxan diabetes in mice. 7p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms No. 3, Rep. Res. Proj. X-759, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Waisbren, B. A., & Vollmer, E. P. Effect of alloxan diabetes on susceptibility to streptococcal and pneumococcal infections in Swiss mice. 6p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. NM 007 024 or, X-759, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Effect of alloxan diabetes on susceptibility to streptococcal and pneumococcal infection in Swiss mice. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, July, 8.—Induction of aUoxan diabetes in mice. Ibid, Jan, 1. DIABETES MELLITUS 410 DIET ---- in veterans. Duncan, G. G. The management of diabetes mellitus. 16p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Forms Techn. BuU. TB 10-29, U. S. Veterans Admin. Matz, P. B. A study of diabetes mellitus among ex-service men. 19p. 26Hcm. n. p., n. d. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10-18: Out-patient care of diabetes mellitus. 7p. 27cm. Wash., 1946. Kamin, L. E. Toxic jaundice in diabetes. Med. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1943-44, 20: 164-72. DIAGNOSIS. See such terms as Medical laboratory; Medical technic; Neurosis; Radiodiagnostics; also names of pathological conditions. DIARRHEA. See also Digestive system, Disease; Dysentery; Dyspepsia; Epidemic: Typhoid. United States. Army Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Diarrheal di- seases. Rev. 5p. 27cm. Orlando, 1944. Forms Pt 3, Notes Trop. Dis, Arctic Desert Trop. Br. A. A. F. U. S. Absorption of quinine and atabrine in patients with diarrhea. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82, 25.—Acute diarrhoea in the tropics. Q. BuU. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, No. 12, 13.—Armstrong, T. G. Fatty diarrhoea. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 26-9.— Bade, A. Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung der Durch- fallkrankheiten bei der Truppe. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1943, 90: 231.—Boycott, J. A. Endemic diarrhoea. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 87: 81-6.—Common diarrhea in Korea. Health U. S. Army, 1947, 2: No. 8, 10.—Denecke, G. Die Behandlung der Durchfallserkrankungen im Felde. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 1069; 1103.—Diarrheal diseases. Med. BuU. U. S. First Army, 1948, 3: No. 4, 18.—Diarrheal and dysenteric diseases. Ibid, 1949, 4: No. 7, 25-7.—Felsen, J. The pre- vention and control of infectious diarrheas among mUitary forces. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 65-74.—Gordon, J. E. The wide-spread epidemic of diarrhea in Army areas, autumn of 1944. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 1: pt 3, Sect. 2, No. 1, 11-3. ------ Water-borne common diarrhea. Ibid, 22. ------ Food-borne common diarrhea. Ibid, 24.— Holler, G. Das gehaufte Auftreten von DurchfaUskrankheiten zur Zeit der Sommermonate im Generalgouvernement. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 164 (Abstr.)— Kenamore, B. Chronic diarrhea in military personnel returning from the tropics. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 121-4.—Kraemer, M. Diarrhea in an Army general hospital. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1946, 43: 325-8.—Plass, H. R. Common diarrhea. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 99.—Sherwood, R. O. Sutfadiazine for acute diarrhea. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1944, 3: 38.—Wakefield, E. G. Diarrheal states. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 373-5. DICHLOROETHAN. See under Solvent. DICTATORSHIP. See Militarism, Totalitarianism. DIET. See also Dietitian; Hospital service, Diet. For regular food service see Food; Mess; Nutrition; Nutrition service; Ration; Ration supply. Kataev, P. S. 06 opraHH3auuu pannoHajii.- Horo h jieie6Horo nuTaHua b 3BaKorocnuTajiax. 112p. 22cm. Moskva, 1942. Forms No. 6, Sborn. instr. metod. mat. evakohosp. United States. Navy. Bureau of Med- icine and Surgery. NAVMED 502: Diet formulary. 102p. 21cm. Wash., 1945. Dawe, C. H. Diet and disease in the Navy. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1927, 13: No. 4, 273-85.—Debarge, J. Regime et ser- vice mUitaire. Praxis, Bern, 1940, 29: 595-7.—Fox, L. A. Re- ducing diet. Army M. Bull, 1939, 48: 26-30.—Marshak, M. Dietoterapia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946- 48, 2: 499-510, tab.—Self selection of diets in rats rendered anoxic by decompression to altitude; salt appetite. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 21.—Suther- land. H. A. Supplementary feeding mixtures for convalescent Army personnel; preliminary clinical trails. Proc. Comm. Army M. Res. (Nat. Res. Counc. Canada) 1945, 7. meet, 2: C-6179. DIETETIC service. See Hospital service, Food supply and diet. DIETITIAN. See also Women's Medical Specialist Corps; also Nutrition service. Hagan, G. C. History of Medical Depart- ment hospital dietitians; of 20th Station Hospital. MS. 2p. and 2 incl. [Also: of 8th General Hos- pital, MS. 6p. and exhibits A-E] [Before Oct. 1945] MS. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. United States. Army. Eighth General Hospital. History of Medical Department hos- pital dietitians of 8th General Hospital. MS. 6p. [Before Oct. 1945] MS. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. Van Meter, A. R. The dietitian service. p. 1375-441. 22^cm. N. Y., 1922. In: Hist. Am. Red Cross Nurs. (Dock, L. L.) N. Y, 1922. Army (The) needs dietitians. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 355.—Barber, M. I. The dietitian in national defense program. Hospitals, 1941, 15: No. 12, 20-3. Also Tr. Am. Hosp. Ass, 1941, 43: 241-4 (Abstr.)—Bensley, E. H. The Army hospital dietitian. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1943-44, 1: 216-20— Birkland, B. The apprentice dietitian in an Army station hospital. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 708-10.—Bulman, G. Dietitians and the Veterans Administration. Ibid, 1946, 22: 233-5.— Burns, H. C. The army dietitian and her duties. Ibid, 1942, 18: 28-30. ------ The Army needs dietitians. Ibid, 1943, 19: 625.—Cox, E. L. The dietitian in the Women's Army Corps. Ibid, 1944, 20: 30-4.—Dietitians for foreign service, medical department, U. S. Army. Ibid, 1942, 18: 382.— Dunstan, E. M. The Army Medical Department and the dietitian. Ibid, 1944, 20: 441-3.—Foley, M. A. The Army hospital dietitian in World War I. Ibid, 398.-—Glimpses of the Army dietitian in service. Ibid, 1943, 19: 578/—Holz, A. The advantages to the dietitian of Army hospital training. Ibid, 710-2.—Huddleson. M. P. The dietitian in the World War. Ibid, 1940, 16: 629-38.—Jeffs, K. Dietitians in the Royal Canadian Air Force. Ibid, 1944, 20: 19-22.—Johnson, W. M. The dietitian in a large Army hospital. Ibid, 1943, 19: 284-6.—Manchester, K. The dietitian in army service. Ibid, 1942, 18: 30.—Murray, E. M. Duties of an army dieti- tian. Ibid, 676-8.—Nelson, H. E. The dietitian in an evacu- ation hospital. Ibid, 1944, 20: 250.—One thousand womnn dietitians needed. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 72, 8.—Streidl, M. A. The dietitian in the Army hospital. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1944, 20: 22-6.—Van Meter, A. R. Red Cross dietitians' service in the European War. In: Hist. Am. Red Cross Nurs. (Dock, L. L.) N. Y, 1922, 1412.—Viguers, R. T. The dietitian in a small Army hospital. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 282-4.-—Why the army dietitian needs military status. Ibid, 1941, 17: 35-7. ---- Navy. Brown, M. K. The dietitian in the Navy. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1944, 20: 26-8.—Crozier, A. E. The dietitian in the Royal Canadian Navy. Ibid, 1945, 21: 366-8.—Reed, R. M. Dieti- tians in the Navy. Ibid, 100-2. DIGESTIVE system. See also Gastroenterology; Injury—by organs and regions; also names of digestive diseases as Diarrhea; Dysentery; Peptic ulcer; also Stomach. Braicev, V. Priamaia kishka (rectum) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 934-47.—Daikhovsky, J, Plecer, V, & Ochkin, A. Zhelchnvi puzyr' (vesica feUea) Ibid, 2: 669-75.—Daikhovsky, J, & Shlapobersky, V. Dvenad- catiperstnaia kishka (duodenum) Ibid, 326-31.-—Levig, V. Pishchevod (oesophagus) Ibid, 4: 544-55, pi.—Molchanov, N, Tikhomirov, I, & Makarenko, A. Kishechnik (enteron) Ibid, 2: 1278-96, pi.—Rakhlin, L, & Makarenko, A. Pod- zheludqchnaia zheleza (pancreas^ Ibid, 4: 687-94.—Seo, S. A special lecture on the physiological operation of digestive organs. Med. Techn. Intellig. Field Rep, 1946, No. 3, 39-44.— Slater, I. H, & Lautkin, A. Redundant duodenum; a radio- graphic study. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1651-7. ---- Disease. See also such terms as Diarrhea; Dysentery; Dyspepsia; Liver disease, etc. Allbee, R. H, & Mayfield, J. L. Obstruction of duodenum in case of failure of rotation of intestine associated with un- DIGESTIVE SYSTEM fused pancreas and mesenteric bands. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 452-7.—Anderson, W. S. Cevitamic acid in the treat- ment of duodenal and gastric hemorrhage. Med. Bull. Veter- ans Admin, 1938-39, 15: 261-3.—Broh-Kahn, R. H. The laboratory diagnosis of enteric infections caused by the Sal- monella-Shigella group. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 770-6 — Chamberlin, D. T. Functional digestive disease as seen at Lawson General Hospital. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1943, 32: 40-3.—Clegg. Investigation into the aetiology of infective enteritis at Alexandria in the autumn of 1939. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 206-8.—Daikhovsky, J. KoUt (colitis) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1359-66. ------ & Ochkin, A. Zhelchnokamennaia bolezn' (chole- Uthiasis) Ibid, 661-9.—Dunn, W. H. Gastroduodenal dis- orders, an important wartime medical problem. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 967-83.—Fernandez Martinez, F. Los enfermos de aparato digestivo a la guerra, en la guerra y por la guerra. Actual, med, Granada, 1941, 17: 321-8. Also Medicina, Madr, 1941, 9: pt 2, 40-9—Gutzeit, K. Die Beurteilung und Bewertung von Befunden im Magen-Darmkanal. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 693; 721.—Hoshino, M, & Abe, M. A case of primary duodenal cancer. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 51.—Hurst, A. F. Constipation in soldiers. In his Med. Dis. War, 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 190-2.—Kantor, J. L. Digestive disease and mUitary service; with special ref- erence to the Medical Department of the U. S. Army. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 254-65—Kirchner, A. A. The digestive disturbances of the Negro soldier as seen in a large Army general hospital. Rev. Gastroenter, 1944, 11: 397-408.— Novgorodskaia, E. M, Avdeeva, T. A. [et al.] [Nature of gas- tro-intestinal disorders in dystrophic states] Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god Otechest. voiny, 1943, 3: 46-55.—Pulsifer, L. Psychiatric aspects of gastrointestinal complaints of the soldier in training. MU. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 481-5.—Rosenak, B. D, & Foltz, L. M. Digestive diseases in a station hospital overseas; observations over a 2 year period. Gastroenterology, 1945, 4: 213-27.—Saleiro Pitao, J. Doengas do trato digestivo em medicina mUitar. Rev. mid. circ. BrasU, 1945, 53: 1-13.— Schoneberg, G. Der Verdauungsapparat. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtvers. (Heinemann-Gruder, C.) Dresd, 1942, 190- 202.---— Fragen der arztUchen BeurteUung und Begut- achtung; der Verdauungsapparat. Ibid, 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 232—45.—Vasconcelos, D, & Lima, J. F. Duodenites parasi- tarias. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1949, 38: 47-52. ---- Foreign body. Codas Thompson, Q, & Riveros, M. Cuerpos extranos en las vfas digestivas. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1943, No. 136, 3-8, 10 pi.—Dubau. Epingle ouverte, barrette, dans les voies digestives. BuU. Soc. med. mU. fr, 1939, 33: 298.—Rikkl, A. V. Nekotorye itogi i perspektivy izucheniia deiatelnosti pishchevaritelnogo apparata cheloveka i zhivotnykh. Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1949, 17: 289-320. DIGITALIS. See under Therapeutics. DIMETHYL-PHTHALATE. See Clothing, impregnated. DIPHTHERIA. See also Immunization; Wound infection, Diphtheria. Diphtheria. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 47-51.— Diphtheria in campaigns. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 36, 1.—Diphtheria problems. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 177.— Diphtheria in a war danger; London. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 1262.—Dornhorst, A. C. Diphtheria. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 105.—Fleming, D. S. Diphtheria and the war. McGill M. J, 1944, 13: 313-22.— H, J. W. Diphtheria in military medical practice. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 9, 2-4.—Harries, E. H. R. Diphtheria. In: Med. Dis. War (Hurst, A. F.) 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 377-97. Also, 4. ed, Lond, 1944, 392-412.—Hutchi- son, J. H. Diphtheria. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 101-3.—Meehan, J. W, & Michie, H. C. Diphtheria. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 9: 233-61.—Nelson, K. R. Diphtheria. War Med, Chic, 1941, 1: 671-4.—Rozova, E. N, & Nosov, S. D. Difteriia za gody Voiny II. Sovet. med, 1947, 11: No. 2, 11-3.—Schmidt, B. Diphtherie. In: Wehrhygiene (Hand- loser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 72-83.—Wood, P. Diphtheria. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 103-5. ■--- cutaneous. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 143: Cutaneous diph- theria. 6p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Altshuler, S. S, & Friend, F. Cutaneous diphtheria. Med. BuU. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 4, 15-8.—Chambers, J. V. Cutaneous diphtheria. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1946, 46: 744-8.—Cutaneous diphtheria. Bull. U. S. DIPHTHERIA Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 292-4. Also Surgeon Circ. N. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 4, 2.—Gordon, J. E. Chronic cutaneous diphtheria. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash., 1948, 1: pt 3, Sect. 4, 6.—Kay, C. F., & Livingood, C. S. Myo- cardial complications of cutaneous diphtheria. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 462-4.—Myers, J. D. Chronic cuta- neous diphtheria. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 19, 27-9.—Recognition and treatment of cutaneous diphtheria. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 20-2. ---- Diagnosis. Kasuga, K. Suiso-ion nodo ni yoru diph- theria-kin oyobi do-rui zikin no bunrui ni tuite [Classification of diphtheria bacilli and allied micro-organisms according to the density of hydrogen ions] p. 1015-70. 21cm. Tokyo, 1928. In: Gun idan zassi, 1928, No. 183. ---- & Okumura, N. Gram-si ho yo-sei diphtheria-kinzoku syo-kin no bunrui ni tuite [Classification of various kinds of gram-positive diphtheroid micro-organisms] p. 257-314. 21cm. Tokyo, 1928. In: Gun idan zassi, 1928, No. 177. Amies, C. R, & Roberts, J. The bacteriological diagnosis of diphtheria; methods evolved for the special conditions oper- ating in a miUtary hospital in the Middle East. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 166-70.—Ashbel, R, & Poliakova, A. Diphtheria virulence tests on the Syrian hamster. Ibid, 1943, 81: 191^3.—Bejarano, J. F. R, & Romano, A. Considera- ciones sobre el diagnostico bacteriologico de la difteria. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 1040-7.—Casassa, M. T, & Demi- chelis, C. Ricerche su stipiti di Corynebacterium dyphtheriae ai fini della classificazione secondo Anderson. Gior. med. mil, 1938, 86: 1090-8.—Detection (The) of virulent diphtheria bacUU. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 367.—Diagnosis of diphtheria. Select. Army M. Dep. BuU, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 38.—Diphtheria; diagnosis. Bull. Army M. Dir, Lond. 1942, No. 10, 4.—Lev, M, Volk, B. W. [et al.] Rapid labora- tory diagnosis of diphtheria. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 105-9.—Voit. Diphtheria; early diagnosis; therapy except for serum therapy, pharyngeal and wound diphtheria, bacillus carriers, active and passive immunization. Conf. Med. Con- sultants to Wehrmacht, 1. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, p't 10, 128-31; Disc, 133-7. ---- Disability. Schoen. Diphtheriefolgen: Behandlung, Beurteilung der Dienstfahigkeit, spatere Einsatzmoglichkeit. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 162-6.—Uhlenbruck. Diphtheriefolgen, Behandlung und Beurteilung der Einsatz- fahigkeit. Ibid, 166-72. ---- Epidemiology. Bolton, J. H, & Pivawer, M. J. Faucial diphtheria among army personnel in Belgium, 1945; an analysis of 122 cases. Brit. M. J, 1947, 1: 373-6.—Dennis, R. L. Report of a diph- theria epidemic. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 517-9.— Diphtheria experience in the Emergency Public Health Labora- tory Service during 1941. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Lab. Serv, Lond, 1943, 2: April, 31-6.—Jacobziner, H. A Schick survey on Guam. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 923- 6.—Norris, R. F, Kern, R. A. [et al.] Diphtheria in the tropics; a report of 18 cases on a United States naval hospital ship. Ibid, 1944, 42: 518-24.—Quiroz, J. D. La difteria en nuestro medio rural. Rev. san. mil, Asunci6n, 1939-40, 13: 1004-7.— Recent diphtheria experience. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 3: No. 2, 9.—Sellers, A. H, Caldbrick, G. D, & Hardie, J. B. Wartime diphtheria experience in the Royal Canadian Air Force in relation to the use of diphtheria toxoid. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1949, 40: 193-9.—Stern, R. L, & Grynkewich, S. E. Diphtheria epidemic in adults in the tropics. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 562-9. ---- Pathology, and clinical aspect. Altshuler, S. S, & FitzGerald, P. J. The heart in diphtheria. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 4: 3-6.— Burke, E. N. Diphtheritic myocarditis, a report from an Army laboratory. Ibid, 1946, No. 2, 14-6.—Cushing, R. W. Diph- theria; the bull neck bypertoxic type; a mixed infection. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81:165-70.—Givhan, E. G, jr, & Mahon, E. J. Diphtheritic paralysis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 267-9.—Kent, G. T. Diphtheritic myocarditis. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1946, 1: No. 4, 16-20 — Kiittner. PeritonsiUitis und Diphtherie. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 330-2.—Lynch, H, & Dovey, E. G. Nasal diphtheria invading the paranasal sinuses, with curious history. Med. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1943-44, 20: 212-4— Okabe, K. [A case of conjunctivitis due to diphtheria] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 194-6, pi.—Rankin, J. H. Diphtheritic polyneuropathy. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 32, 32-5. 1 DIPHTHERIA 412 disability ---- Prevention. See also under Immunization. Bejarano, J. F. R. Algunas consideraciones sobre el valor de la reacci6n de Schick. Rev. san. mU, B. Air, 1943, 42: 197-204.—Curtis, J. K. Diphtheria; prevention and control. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 4, 8-10—Denhoff, E, Kolodny, M. H. [et al.] Plan to control diphtheria in a general hospital. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 59-66.—Diph- theria antitoxin; new scales of issue. Bull. Army M. L>ep, Lond, 1944, No. 39, 8—Karelitz, S, & Moloshok, R. E. Immunity to diphtheria in Army personnel. War Med, Chic, 1944, 6: 232-5.—Kariya, K, Yamamoto, K, & Shibatani, 1. [Prophylaxis for diphtheria among naval men] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 137-49—Sellers, A. H, Baillie, J. H. ret al.l Findings on re-Schick testing of Air Force personnel. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1945, 36: 390-5— Watarai, R, Ito, I. [et al.] Tyubu Maru-maru butai ni okeru diphtheria no boeki ni tuite [Quarantine for diphtheria in a division of the Japanese army] Gun idan zassi, 1943, 81-3. ---- Treatment. Bachmann, A. A proposito del empleo del suero antidifterico en la Uamada difteria hipertoxica. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 194.2, 41- 119-22—Benjarano, J. F. R. Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento y la profilaxis de la difteria. Ibid, 1943 42: 593; 643 • 745 —Bonetti Dupont, C. A. Tratamiento de la difteria grave Ibid, 248-56.—Death from mismanaged diphtheria. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, No. 43, 7— Duliscouet. Recherches experimentales sur une substance bactenolytique derivee des germes antagonistes; ses applications dans la, thera- peutique de la diphterie. Arch. med. pharm. nav, 1939, 129: 410-43 —Gordon, J. E. Serum treatment of diphtheria. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1943, No. 13 9.— McDaniels, H. E. Penicillin resistance of diphtheria bacilli. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 95.—Skinner, J. W. Penicillin in persistent diphtheria; treatment of patients with repeated positive throat cultures. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 264-6. DIPHTHERIA carrier. See also Diphtheria; Immunization. Bagnall, A. W, & Bain, A. F. Use of penicillin in the carrier stage of faucial diphtheria; interim report of its use in a group of 47 cases. Proc. Conf. Army Physicians Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 107-9.—Berman, B. B, & Spitz, S. H. Treat- ment of diphtheria carriers with penicillin. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 87-91.—Hertel. Zur Behandlung von Diph- theriebazillentragern und Dauerausscheidern. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 113-5.—Karelitz, S, Moloshok, R. E, & Wassermann, L. R. Penicillin in the treatment of diphtheria and the diphtheria carrier state. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 32, 67-72 — Klose. Siebrecht & Darge. Zur Frage der Entkeimung von Diphtheriebazillentragen und Dauerausscheidern. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1944, 10: A, 74-83.—Schiavone, E. L. Bus- queda de portadores sanos de Corynebacterium diphthenae; algunas consideraciones sobre ellos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 68; 185.—Thrift, G. N. The report of a persistent nasal diphtheria carrier treated with peniciUin. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S. 1945, 3: 19. DIPHTHERIA Commission. Report of Diphtheria Commission. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1946, 1: No. 4, 49-52. DIPLOPIA. See under Vision. DIRECTORY. Strait, N. A. Roster of all regimental sur- geons and assistant surgeons in the late war, with their service, and last-known post-office address. 320p. 23cm. Wash., 1882. DISABILITY. See also Defect; Disabled; Discharge; Rejec- tion; also such terms as Dermatosis, Disability; Diabetes mellitus, Disability; Diphtheria, Dis- ability; Neurosis, Disability; Venereal disease, Disability; War neurosis, Disability. Galli, E. A. Ventaja del reconocimiento previo de toda la clase militar, para disminuir, corregir y prevenir invalideces. Relat. of Conf. argent. As. ayuda &c. invalido (1943) 1944, 1. Conf, 210-3.—Molodcov, N. InvaUdnost. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 900.—Wohrizek, T. Zur Behandlung der Invaliditat. Prag. med. Wschr, 1915, 40: 232-4.—Zelenev, N, & Slobodsky, K. InvaUdnost voenniaa. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1930, 11: 344-51. ---- Classification and disposition. Abuse of medical disposition channels. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 85, 34.—Brooke. R. The assessment of func- tional recovery after war wounds of the limbs. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 19-23.—Casos de invalidez e de incapacidade fisica para o servico militar. An. Min. educ. Brasil, 1945, Jan, 7_14 —Corr, W. P. The disposition of substandard military personnel. California West. M, 1943, 59: 116-9- Mdntire, R. T, & Denfeld, L. E. Enlisted personnel of the active list disabled for general service, disposition in the case of (Form letter) Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 13, 42-4.— Recommended invalidings for a selected group. Statist. Navy M, 1949, 5: No. 3, 2-5.—Vigdorchik, N. A. K voprosu o peresmotre deistvuiushchei klassifikacii invalidnosti. Vrach. delo, 1945, 25: 601-6. ---- Evaluation. Strickland, C. R. Disabled American veter- ans; interpretation of disabilities for rating pur- poses. 37 1. 22cm. Wash., 1946. Avendano, L, & Zavala y Zavala, M. Medicina legal militar; informes sobre invalidez. Cr6n. mid., Lima, 1905, 22: 125-8; 1906, 23: 357-9.—Benn, G. Wehrdienstbeschadigung im Sin'ne der Verschlimmerung. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtvers (Heinemann-Gruder, C.) Dresd, 1942, 97-102.—Boriani, G. Quanto pu6 e deve dare l'indagine radiologica nella diagnosi e nella valutazione delle malattie ed imperfezioni comprese negli elenchi A e B (cause di inabiUta al servizio miUtare) Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: 748-74.-—Borri, L. Posizione etico-giuridica della lesivita bellica e deduzioni medico legali. Riv. med. leg, 1916, 6: 40; 65; 287.—Bradford, C. H. Considerations for the evaluation of physical disabilities. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 25-31 —Causes of invalidism in military service [Australia] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 2610.—Ewald, G. Grundlagen und Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der Wehrdienstbeschadigung- Frage. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 85 (Abstr.)— Fiske, C. N. Damage table for physical disability in United States Navy, 1910, international nomenclature. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1912, 6: 217.-—Granjux. De Tetat anterieur dans l'apprSciation de l'invalidite des militaires. Paris mid., 1915- 16, 20: 591.—Gullbring, A, & Beinof, R. [Examinations by specialists and revision of pensions for lung- and cardiac cases acquired during military service] Hygiea, Stockh. 1937, 99: 657-67.—Kessler, W. Die Grundlagen fiir die Beurteilung der Dienstbeschadigungsfolgen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1939, 4: 276- 81.—Martineck. Invaliditatsbeurteilung bei Kriegsverletzten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1943, 69: 580.—Riihe. Beurteilung von Dienstbeschadigungsfragen (D. B.-Fragen) Veroff. Heer. San, 1937, H. 102, 269-77.—Schnizer. Dienstbeschadigung fur Rheumatismus und Tuberkulose nicht anerkannt. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1926, 32: 22-5.—Vokoun, F. J. Lessons learned from pension rating boards. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 113-5.—Weidenmann, W. Zur Frage der Dienst- fahigkeit beim Fehlen des Schlusselbeins. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1938, 3: 487-91. ---- Line of duty. See also preceding subheading; also Forensic medicine. Ambrogi. Infirmite's acquises par les reservistes apres l'accomplissement du service legal. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr, 1938, 32: 445.—Benn, G. Fragen der arztlichen Beurteuung und Begutachtung; medizinische Fragen; allgemeiner Art; die Zusammenhangsfrage. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtvers. (Heine- mann-Gruder, C.) Dresd, 1942, 89-97.—Chamberlain, W. P. Decisions as to whether or not disabilities were in line of duty. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 9: 587-609.—Criterio (II) cronologico nella causalita lesiva di servizio. Gior. med. mil, 1933, 81: 1070-2.—Rey. L'imputa- bilit6 au service des infirmites. Montpellier med, 1918, 40: 166.—Viola, D. In tema di causaUta lesiva di servizio in medicina legale militare. Arch, antrop. crim. Tor, 1936, 56: suppl, 644-8.—Wachsmuth. Ueber Dienstschaden am Bewegungsapparat. Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 193-201. ---- mental. See also Recruit, Mental defective. Gowan, L. R. Psychiatric aspects of military disabilities. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 129-37.—Tredgold, R. F. Invalidism from the Army due to mental disabilities; the aetiological significance of military conditions. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1942, 88: 444-8. DISABILITY allowance. See also Disabled, Laws and regulations; Injury, Compensation. Fitzgibbons, L. E. Disability benefits for discharged soldiers; law, regulation and procedure. Current Leg. Thought, Ij"*~ 46, 12: 184-97.—Margolis, D. J. Compensation laws and the Veterans Administration. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1945, 101: 462-9. DISABLED 413 DISABLED DISABLED. See also Blind; Casualty; Deaf; Disability; Injury; Veteran; War victim; Wounded. Wells, E. C, & Moss, J. W. We're not heroes! Cartoons of life in a veterans hospital. 24 1. 8? n. p., 1933. Yost, E., & Gilbreth, L. E. M. Straight talk for disabled veterans. 31p. 21cm. N. Y., 1945. Forms No. 106, Pub. Affairs Pamphl. Buckelew, H. H. The returning injured soldier. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1945-46, 42: 173-5.—Child, I. L. Personal adjust- ment of the disabled veteran. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc , 1945, 239: 135-43.—Dollinger, G. Mi tortenjSk a rokkant kat'onakkal? Orv. hetil, 1915, 59: 73-6. Also German tr. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1915, 51: 25-8.—Erhebungen iiber das Ableben der Kriegsbeschadigten. Reichsgesundhbl, 1936, 11: 257—Molodcov, N. Invalid voiny. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 896-900.—Mowrer, E. R, & Mowrer, H. R. The disabled veteran in the family. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1945, 239: 150-9.—Phalen, J. M. Our attitude toward the disabled. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 376 — Physically (The) disabled. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1945, 239: 10-9.—Wittkower, E. The war-disabled; their emotional, social, and occupational situation. Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 587-90. --- Care. See also Rehabilitation. American National Red Cross. Helping disabled veterans. 72p. 23cm. Wash., 1945. Brown, F. J. Schools and coUeges serve the disabled. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1945, 239: 165-74.—Clark, O. W. The disabled soldier, bis care over 300 years. Crippled Child, 1942-43 20: 145.—Danzig, D. USO and the disabled service man. Occup. Ther. RehabU, 1945, 24: 168-70.—Harcourt, J. d\ El problema de los invaUdos de guerra. An. med. Ateneo Ram6n y Cajal, Mex, 1943-44, No. 3, 33-47, illust.— Heidinger, J. V. It is the duty of the government to make pro- vision for the care of its disabled veterans. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: A2863 (clipping)—Mann, I. T. Our relation- ship to the disabled ex-service men of the state. Tr. M. Soc. N. Carolina, 1924, 71: 113-7.—Outhwaite, L. The physically handicapped in the war and postwar period. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1942, 69: 489-98.—Return of the disabled. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 675.—Rice, M. W. The program of the Disabled American Veterans. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 59-64.—Simple devices enable veterans to drive motor vehicles safely. Occup. Ther. Rehabil, 1945, 24: 263. --- Care—in foreign countries. India. Army. Medical Directorate. In- validing overseas; officers' postal addresses, p. 2. 25cm. Delhi, 1945. Forms No. 256, Admin. Instr. M. Dir. Army India. [Italy] Opera Nazionale per la protezione ed assistenza degli invalidi della guerra. Agli invalidi della guerra. 67p. 20J^cm. Roma, 1918. Kriegsbeschadigtenfursorge (Die) v.l, 1 v. 25^cm. Berl., 1916-17. For continuation see Die Kriegsbeschadigten- und Krieger- hinterbUebenen-Fiirsorge. Kriegsbeschadigten- (Die) und Krieger- hinterbliebenen-Fursorge. v.4-5. 2v. 25}^cm. Berl., 1920-21. Continuation of Die Kriegsbeschadigtenfursorge. Radike, R. Kriegsbeschadigten-Fiirsorge des stellvertretenden Sanitatsamts des III. Armee- Korps in Gemeinschaft mit dem Landesdirektor der Provinz Brandenburg. 96p. 22cm. Berl., 1916. Soukhov, A. Les invalides de guerre au pays des Soviets. 27p. 16>^cm. Moskva, 1944. Todd, J. L. The French system for return to civilian life of crippled and discharged soldiers. 75p. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Forms No. 5, ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled, N. Y. Underhill, R. M. Provision for war cripples in Italy. 18p. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Forms No. 12, ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled, N. Y. ---- Provision for war cripples in Germany. 45p. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Forms No. 13, ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled, N. Y. Bosredon, L. La caisse des invalides de la Marine. J. mid. Bordeaux, 1929, 59: 379-88.—Brofeldt, S. Varden av krigs- invaliderna. Nord. med, 1941, 10: 1104 (Abstr.)—D, D. Une belle realisation en faveur des invalides de guerre. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1948, 30: 563-6.—Douriez, P. Soins gratuits aux pensionn^s de guerre; etude des r6centes r^formes. Concours mid., 1943, 65: 18-21.—Geiger. Kriegsbeschadig- tenfursorge. Deut. Aerztebl, 1934, 64: 168-75.—Heinemann- Gruder, C. Geschichte der Versorgung beschadigter Soldaten in Preussen-Deutschland. In his Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtvers, Dresd, 1942, 1-5.—Heinonen, J. Om krigsinvalidvarden i Finland. Nord. med, 1947, 36: 2264-6.—Jazykov, D. K. Organizacionnyi plan izucheniya otdalennykh rezultatov vosstanovitelnogo lecheniya invalidov Velikoi otechestvennoi voiny. Sovet. zdravookhr, 1949, 28-35.—Model village for disabled Chinese soldiers. Month. Labor Rev, 1944, 58: 760.—Perret, J. L. L'aide aux invalides de guerre en Finlande. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1941, 23: 406-8.—Saba tie, R. Pour les invalides. Caducee, 1908, 8: 50.—Soukhov, A. La ^adaptation sociale des invalides de guerre en Russie Sovietique. Ann. mid. sociale, Par, 1945, 2: No. 13, 2.— Zienkiewicz, M. Stan obecny opieki nad inwalidami wojennymi w M. S. wojsk. Lek. wojsk, 1921, 2: 1645-52. ---- Disease. Delius, L. Kreislaufkrankheiten und Nieren- krankheiten bei Kriegsbeschadigten; Haufigkeit, Erscheinungsform und Verlauf. 124p. 8? Lpz., 1936. Forms Heft 28, Arbeit & Gesundh. O. Martineck. Kameneva, E. N. [Neural health of war invalids] 35p. 17cm. Moskva, 1928. Annenberg, M. I. Iz opyta trudovoi konsultacu dlia invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny s nervnopsikhicheskimi zabolevaniiami na zavode. Sovet. nevropsikh, 1948, 7: 183- 8.—Ozherelev, A. A. Kharakteristika khirurgicheskikh zabolevann u invalidov Voiny II. Hosp. delo, 1947, No. 6, 3-9. ---- Employment. Beschaftigung (Die) von Schwerbeschadigten in der Eisen- und Metallindustrie. Bd 1. 428p. 25}^cm. Hannover, 1940. Krais, F. Die Verwendungsmoglichkeiten der Kriegsbeschadigten in der Industrie, in Gewerbe, Handel, Handwerk, Landwirtschaft und Staats- betrieben. 455p. 25^cm. Stuttg., 1916. New York, N. Y. Institute for the Crippled and Disabled. Publications. Ser. 1, No. 16: Opportunities for the employment of disabled men. 33p. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Stein, G. R. Placement technique in the employment work of the Red Cross Institute for Crippled and Disabled Men. lip. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Forms No. 9, ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled, N. Y. [United States] Conference on selective placement of disabled veterans and other handicapped [1945] Proceedings. 146p. 27cm. Wash., 1945. Verzhbilovsky, P. P. Trudovoe ustrojstvo invalidov otechestvennoj vojny. 31p. 20cm. Moskva, 1943. Baker, H. Industry's plans for absorbing the disabled veteran. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1945, 239: 128-34 — Banta, K. V. Placement service for disabled veterans. Ibid, 109-14.—Batsheva, M. M, Brandis, S. A, & Gorkin, Z. D. Opyt racionalnogo trudoustroistva invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny, rabotaiushchikh na zavodakh Kharkova. Vrach. delo, 1946, 26: 533-8.—Bishop, W. A. The doctor's part in the place- ment of disabled veterans. J. Am. Insur, 1944, 21: No. 8, 8, &c.—Bridges, C. D. Workmen's Compensation and employ- ment of the handicapped. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 48-53.—Brusilovsky, L. J. O trudoustroistve invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 48-50.—Cardwell, M. The return to employment of disabled ex-service men. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1944, 212: 204-7.—Cosgrove, E. The disabled veteran in the Federal Government. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Social Sc, 1945, 239: 115-21.—Crissey, O. L. Selective placement at AC Spark Plug Division, GMC. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 40-7.— Davydova, A. N. Trudoustroistvo invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny s posledstviiami pronikaiushchikh ranenii cherepa. DISABLED 414 DISABLED Sovet. nevropsikh, 1948, 7: 199-205.—Employment of disabled veterans and other handicapped persons; mutual companies announce poUcy and plan for placement of returning servicemen. J. Am. Insur, 1944, 21: No. 7, 7.—Hayes, H. T. Employer institutes on selective placement. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 133-5.—Hellerstein, S. G. [Organ- ization of work for wounded with partial loss of working capacity] Nevropat. psikhiat, 1942, 11: No. 4, 70-3.— Hendrix, A. A. New experiences in putting the disabled veteran back to work. Proc. Indust. Hyg. Found. America, 1944, 9. meet, pt 1, 15-21.—Hussey, R. The industrial physician views selective placement. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 95-100.—Jansson, K. Arbets- varden av krigsinvaUder i Finland. Nord. med, 1949, 42: 1944-7.-—Kennedy, E. Employer institutes on selective place- ment. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 136.—Kholodkovski, V. Le travail des invalides de guerre en U. R. S. S. Sem. hop. Par, 1946, 22: 1342-5.—Kleditz. Die Beschaftigung von Kriegs- und Unfallverletzten in der Eisen- und MetaUindustrie. Arbeitsschutz, 1941, 83-5.—Krieger, H. L. The industrial physician views selective placement. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 106-8 — Lindgren, H. C. The Navy counsels the war-disabled. Occu- pations, 1944-45, 23: 133-5.—Litchfield, E. H. The disabled veteran in State and local government. Ann. Am. Acad. PoUt. Social Sc, 1945, 239: 122-7.—Novicky, B. E. Opyt raboty po trudoustroistvu invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 50-2.-—Olander, M. M. Owens-Illinois employs the disabled. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 38.— Peterson, C. M. War casualties and industrial rehabUitation. Mississippi VaUey M. J, 1944, 66: 56. ------ The industrial physician views selective placement. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 109-12.—Rehabilitation: a study of the health and working experience of 1000 consecutive persons boarded out of the Forces as unfit for further service. Health Bull, Edinb, 1942-43, 2: 35-7.—Reid, J. The AF of L and the disabled worker. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 56-8.-—Riihe, E. Arbeitsverwendungsun- fahigkeit, Versehrtheit. Deut. MUitararzt, 1939, 4: 535-40.— Rusk, H. A. The disabled, the physician and employment. South. M. J, 1946, 39: 501-7.—Selby, C. D. The industrial physician views selective placement. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 101-5.—Smirnow, V. Selective placement for the handicapped handbook. Ibid, 9-17.— Stover, E. M. Industry brings jobs to veterans in hospitals. Occupations, 1943-44, 22: 474-6.—Streets, B. F. Guidance of the disabled veteran returning to work. Proc. Indust. Hyg. Found. America, 1944, 9. meet, pt 1, 25-33.—Velosky, J. G. The C. I. O. and the disabled worker. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 54.—Weatherby, E. C. Selective Service plans for disabled veterans. Ibid, 27-33. ---- Examination. See also Medical examination. Bond, G. S. Survey and invaUding procedure. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1930, 16: 77-89.—Kinsey, R. E. Study of 1,000 separated from the Army on certificate of disabiUty of discharge. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 64-75.—Serbinov, I. F. Itogi medicinskogo pereosvidetel'stvovanua invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny v Ukrainskoi SSR. Sovet. zdravookhr, 1947, 28-33.—Thorndike, A. The disabled veterans of World War II; analysis of 600 cases examined at Harvard University. N. England J. M, 1948, 238: 48-51. --- Laws and regulations. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 187/1: 1. Fiirsorge- und Versorgungsgesetz fiir die ehemali- gen Angehorigen der Wehrmacht und ihre Hinter- bliebenen; Wehrmachtfursorge- und -versorgungs- gesetz. 2. Fiirsorge- und Versorgungsgesetz fur die ehemaligen Angehorigen der Wehrmacht bei besonderem Einsatz und ihre Hinterbliebenen; Einsatzfursorge- und -versorgungsgesetz. 585p. 22cm. Berl., 1940. Souquet, J. Code des anciens combattants et des victimes de la guerre. 3. 6d. 803p. 8? Par., 1936. N, 3. L'appUcation de l'article 64 de la loi des pensions ce que coutent a l'Etat des soins aux pensionn6s de guerre. Concours med, 1940, 62: 795.—Riihe. New laws governing the care and welfare of disabled soldiers in Germany. BuU. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 153 (Abstr.)—Tarifs pour la remuneration des soins medicaux auxquels les invalides de guerre ont droit en vertu de l'article 64 de la loi des pensions. J. sc. med. LUle, 1921, 39: pt 2, 145-7. ---- Medical and health service. See also Orthopedics. Martineck, O., & Kuhne, H. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Sozialversicherung und Kriegsbe- schadigtenversorgung. 387p. 8? Berl., 1932. Forms Heft 20 Arbeit & Gesundh. O. Martineck. Milovidskaia, K. JIeue6Haa noMomB HHBa- jiiiAaM OTenecTBeHHoii bohhbi. 48p. 14^cm. Moskva, 1946. Aleksandrovsky, A. B. [The treatment of the disabled of the present war] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1944, No. 9, 23-8.— Andreeva, I. A. Opyt dispansernogo obsluzhivanua invalidov Velikoi otechestvennoi voiny v poliklinike. Ibid, 1949, 35-8.— Antelava, N. V. Organizaciia lecheniia invalidov Voiny II v Gruzinskoi SSR i analiz itogov pervogo goda lecheniia. Hosp. delo, 1947, No. 6, 9-13.—Babichev [Experience in the work of the interregional Committee for selection of the disabled of the Patriotic war for treatment] Sovet. zdravoohr, 1944, No. 12, 58.—Brofeldt, S. A. Viime sotamme invaliidien huol- losta ja sen jarjestelysta; vara krigsinvaliders vard och dennas organisation. Nord. med, 1941, 9: 626 (Abstr.)—Careful hospital program outUned for disabled soldiers, sailors; sug- gestions offered for assisting in rehabilitation of the wounded. Hosp. Management, 1943, 56: No. 5, 22-4.—Genkina, M. N. MecUcinskaia i socialno-proizvodstvennaia kharakteristika invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny s neuropsikhicheskimi naru- sheniiami. Sovet. nevropsikh, 1948, 7: 49-58.—Griffith, C. M. Medical and hospital service experience with disabled veterans of World War II. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 135-40. Also in Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 498-504.—Grossman, Y. L. Organizaciia lechebnoi pomoshchi invalidam Voiny II; zhiteUam selskikh mestnostei. Sovet. med, 1947, 11: No. 5, 27-30. —---- & Sysolin, K. G. O nekotorykh nedostatkakh v medicinskom obsluzhivanii invalidov Velikoi otechestvennoi voiny. Sovet. zdravookhr, 1947, No. 7, 19-23.—Giintz, E. Ziel und Erfolg bei der Be- handlung von Korperbehinderten unter Berucksichtigung ihres spateren Arbeitseinsatzes. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1941-42, 7: B, 53-62.—Kolesnikov, S. A. [Organization of specific treat- ment of disabled soldiers of the present war] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1943, No. 6, 3-10.-—Kononenko, I. F. Lechenie invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny; vazhneishaia gosudarstvennaia zadacha. Vrach. delo, 1946, 26: 97-104.—Krusen, F. H. Physical meas- ures for treatment of the disabled. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 391-3.—Kurashov, S. V. [Polyclinical service of the disabled of the Patriotic war] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1944, No. 10, 15-22.— Medical bills in Congress; changes in status. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 376.—Ognev, B. V. [Medical service for disabled soldiers of the present war in the Krasnopresnensky district in Moscow] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1944, No. 7, 38-41.-—Petrosian, K. A. Organizaciia lecheniia invalidov Voiny II v Armianskoi SSR. Hosp. delo, 1947, No. 6, 13-6.—Shimshelevich, B. J. [Physical methods of treatment of the disabled of the Patriotic War in the polyclinics and health stations] Med. sestra, Moskva, 1945, No. 6, 3-7.-—Soins medicaux aux ayants droit. Arch. med. beiges, 1934, 87: 132.—Viktorov, V. Problemy lecheniia invalidov voiny. Med. rabot, 1946, 9: No. 32, 2.— Vladimirovich, G. A. O lechenU invalidov Otechestvennoi voiny v Moskovskoi oblasti. Sovet zdravookhr, 1945, No. 7-8, 11-7.—Williamson, T. B. Why the medical commission? IUinois M. J, 1934, 66: 239-41. ---- Rehabilitation. See also Rehabilitation. American National Red Cross. ARC cir- cular 1263: Helping disabled veterans. 72p. 23cm. Wash., 1945. Ferrannini, L. La rieducazione professionale degli invalidi della guerra. 118p. 18^cm. Milano, 1916. Flemming, E. Wie Kriegsbeschadigte und Unfallverletzte auch bei Verstummelung ihr Los verbessern konnen. 104p. 30cm. Saarbriicken, 1915. Fuss, F. Rehabilitation of the disabled serv- iceman: a selected bibliography. 8p. 23cm. N. Y., 1944. Also rev. & enl. ed. 14p. 23cm. N. Y., 1944. Galtier-Boissiere, E. Oeuvres protectrices du soldat blessS ou malade. 80p. 8? Par., 1917. Industrial Hygiene Foundation of Amer- ica. Special series, bulletin No. 2-4: Putting the disabled veteran back to work. Pt 1-3. 3 nos. 23cm. Pittsb., 1943-46. Interallied Conference on the Aftercare of Disabled Men [3. Conf., Roma, 1919] L'as- sistenza di guerra in Italia. 815p. 26cm. Roma, 1919. Maisel, A. Q. The wounded get back. 230p. 21cm. N. Y., 1944. DISABLED 415 DISABLED Owen, J. P., Kessler, H. H. [et al.] Rehabili- tation of the war-disabled, p. 1439-49. 23cm. Annap., 1944. Proc. U. S. Nav. Inst, 1944, 70: San Antonio, Texas. San Antonio Avia- tion Cadet Center. Station Hospital. Re- habilitation of war casualties; preliminary bib- liography. 13p. 22cm. S. Antonio, 1943. Selby, C. D., Andrews, J. N. [et al.] Putting the disabled veteran back to work. 24p. 23cm. Pittsb., 1943. Also 2. ed. 33p. 23cm. Pittsb., 1945. Andrews, J. N. Putting the disabled veteran back to work. Indust. Hyg. Digest, 1944, 8: No. 11, 7-9.—Barth. Die Zuriick- fuhrung der Kriegsbeschadigten ins Berufsleben durch Schulung. In: Verwendungsmogl. d. Kriegsbeschiid. (Krais, F.) Stuttg, 1916, 79-99, iUust.—Butler, M. Rehabilitation from the stand- point of the carrier. N. York State J. M, 1941, 41: 1055-7.— Curutchet, J. L. La rehabilitaci6n de invalidos y lesionados en Gran Bretana. Prensa mid. argent, 1947, 34: 851-5.— Droin, D. Reintegration des invaUdes de guerre dans la vie normale. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1949, 31: 275; 343.— Dunlop, E. A. Canada rehabilitates its disabled veterans. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 124-6.— Durieux. La reeducation des blesses et des malades de guerre aux Etats-Unis. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1945, 39: 179-86.— Galsworthy, J. The spirit and the letter. Rev. interall. mutU. guerre, 1919, 2: 107-12.—George, I. L., & Allen, C. E, jr. RehabUitation at Baton Rouge refinery. Indust. M, 1941, 10: 83-7.—Gourdon, J, Dijonneau & Thibaudeau, J. Le rendement professionnel des malades de guerre. Bull. Acad. med. Par, 1923, 3. ser, 89: 177-81.—Hall, G. I. After the war is over. Hygeia, Chic, 1940, 18: 303-7.—Hardy, J. The Army's medical program for the disabled. Crippled Child, 1944—45, 22: 66, &c.—Heinonen, J. Readaptation des invaUdes de guerre. BuU. internat. Serv. san to, Liege, 1947, 20: 125- 30.—Honhon. La reeducation apres la guerre des hommes qui n'ont pu profiter de la reeducation professionneUe pendant les hostiUtes. Rapp. Conf. interaU. Itude r66duc. profess, 1917, 303-7.—Huddleston, O. L. The use of the convalescent ward in the rehabiUtation and disposition of disabled soldiers. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1944, 25: 82-7.—Irons, E. E. Medicine not in piU boxes. Carry On, Wash, 1919, 1: 19-21.—Jenkins, I. D. Finding the right job for the disabled veteran. In: Putting the Disabled Veteran Back to Work (C. D. Selby, et al.) Pittsb, 1943, 13-17.—Jocz, M. W, & Prendergast, J. J. Reconditioning problems for disabled veterans. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1944, 43: 577-81.—Krieger, H. L. Putting the dis- abled veteran back to work. In: Putting the Disabled Veteran Back to Work (C. D. Selby, et al.) Pittsb, 1943, 10-2.— Krusen, F. H. RehabiUtation of the chronicaUy disabled with Bpecial reference to the use of physical measures. MU. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 339-46. Also in RehabU. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 454-63.—Kuechle, B. E. The place of the compensation insurance carrier in the field of rehabUitation and reemployment of disabled servicemen. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 291.—Lueth, H. C. A reconditioning program for disabled soldiers. Illinois M. J, 1944, 86: 93-6.— MacArthur, I. RehabiUtation of the disabled for postwar South Africa. S. Afr. M. J, 1945, 19: 151-3.—McDougall, J. B. Problems involved in the rehabiUtation of the disabled in England. In: Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 607-13.—McMahon, J. F. Putting the disabled veteran back to work. Crippled Child, 1944-45, 22: 2, &c-—Marlow, F. W. Relation of the medical service of Canada to the problem of invaUded soldiers. Canad. J. M. & S, 1917, 41: 161-70.—Menninger, W. C. Readjustment of the handicapped veteran. Ohio M. J, 1947, 43: 504-10.— Miller, J. The vocational training of our disabled soldiers in Alberta. Canad. Nurse, 1918, 14: 859-64.—Rankin, J. E. RehabiUtation of disabled veterans. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: A1528 (cUpping)— Rehabilitation. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 493.—Rehabilitation of disabled soldiers and sailors. Hear- ing News, Wash, 1943, 11: No. 9, 17.—Rehabilitation of ex- service personnel with a disabiUty not accepted as* being related to war service. Med. J. AustraUa, 1947, 1: 509-11.—Rehabili- tation of veterans disabled in the present war. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: 2032-4 (clipping)—Tomlinson, G. Report of Inter-Departmental Committee on the rehabiUtation and resettlement of disabled persons. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942- 43, 3: 485-8 (Abstr.)—Vocational rehabiUtation of disabled veterans of World War II. Month. Labor Rev, 1944, 58: 109-11.—Webster, F. A. M. Getting staii borne for a start. Occup. Ther. RehabU, 1945, 24: 256-8.—Woods, R. S. Re- habiUtation in the British Emergency Medical Service. In: RehabU. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 416-23.—Zhichin, A. Medical aid and rehabiU- tation for war invaUds in Russia. Hospital, Lond, 1946, 42: 293. ■--- Rehabilitation: Methods. Faries, J. C. Training in English technical schools for disabled soldiers. 12p. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Forms No. 8, ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled, N. Y. Bailey, D. Training for strengthening the selective place- ment program. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Disabled Vet, Wash, 1945, 127-32.—Dembo & Hilgard. Social psychological rehabilitation of the physically handicapped. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 49-52; 1947, July, 98; 1948, Jan, 177.—Frosch, L. Sollen unsere Kriegsverletzten auch heute noch zandern und pendeln? Med. Welt, 1941, 15: 445.—Gorinevskaia, V. Kompleksnoe lechenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1390-5.—Holmblad, E. C. Industrial rehabilitation of permanently injured workers. Pub. Health Nurs, 1943, 35: 204-7.—Johnstone, R. T. Indus- trial participation in the rehabilitation of the war wounded. In: Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 541-7.—More than modern medicine needed to rehabilitate badly wounded service men. Diplomate, 1943, 15: 293.—Patti, M. Su un trattamento sussidiario dei postumi di ferite di guerra. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1946, 51: 167-74.— Shortley, M. J. War and post-war rehabilitation of handi- capped persons. Physiother. Rev, 1944, 24: 61-3. ---- School and training. Breuil, J. The Vocational School for Dis- abled Soldiers at Rouen, France, lip. 28cm. N. Y., 1918. Forms No. 11, ser. 1, Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled, N. Y. Dembowski, J. Obecny stan szkolenia inwalid6w wojennych w Polsce. Lek. wojsk, 1921, 2: 494-8.—Scuola (Una) per feriti di guerra in Germania. Minerva med. Tor, 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 86. DISCHARGE. See also Demobilization; Disability, Classifica- tion and disposition; Hospitalization, Admission and discharge; Neurotic, Discharge; Prisoner of war, Discharge; Rejection. Hersey, J. Joe is home now [13]p. 21cm. [N. Y.] 1944. Also in Life, 1944, July 3. United States. Congress. House of Rep- resentatives. 55. Congr. 2. sess. H. R. 10864. June 30, 1898. A bill for the relief of soldiers and sailors. 1 1. 8? Wash., 1898. United States. Congress. Senate. 56. Congr. 2. sess. S. 5035. Dec. 5, 1900. A bill to provide for medical care and surgical treatment of honorably discharged soldiers, sailors and marines. 3p. 8? Wash., 1900. United States. Congress. Senate. 56. Congr. 2. sess. S. 5931. Feb. 8, 1901. A bill to provide for medical care and surgical treatment of honorably discharged soldiers, sailors and marines. 8? Wash., 1901. United States. Congress. House of Rep- resentatives. 57. Congr. 1. sess. H. R. 203. Dec. 2, 1901. A bill to provide for medical care and surgical treatment of honorably discharged soldiers, sailors and marines. 3p. 8? Wash., 1901. Army regulations relative to discharge of enlisted men from active service. Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1944, 28: 502-5.—Bender, W. R. G. RehabiUtation and the returning veteran; the man as he leaves the service. Ibid, 1945, 29: 1-7.—Disability discharges. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 52-5 — Discharges from the Army on medical grounds, 1943-1945. In: Statist. Rep. Health of Army (Gr. Britain War Off.) Lond, 1948, 1-10.—Discharges of A. T. S. under Para. 11 (pregnancy certification) Ibid, 15-8— Flicker, D. J, & Coleman, O. H. Medical discharges from mUitary service; a report of 600 cases. N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 945-8. ------_ MUitary dis- charge for inadequacy; report of 182 cases. Ibid, 1943, 228: 48-52.—Kadrovach, D. G. Supplement to paper Compilation of Army Regulations and other directives pertaining to the Department of Army policy in the elimination of inapt and unadjustable enlisted personnel. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: 2.—Manceaux & Sutter. Trois fanfarons de lareforme. Algerie med, 1941, 4. ser, 45:152-5.— Morris, S. J., Shields, W. S, & Balderston, S. V. Physical examination on discharge from service. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1926, 6: 474-513.—Policy on discharge of Medical Department personnel. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 19.—Rekkoku guntai ni okeru zyoeki-sya [Statistics on soldiers mustered out of the armies of the Euro- pean powers (for health reasons)] In: Teikoku rikugen eisei seiseki no kako oyobi genzai narabi-ni Ohsyu rekkyo guntai eisei seiseki (Japan. Rikugun-syo) TokyS, 1930, 345-75, 15 ch.—Rikugun ni okeru zyoeki [Statistics on mustering out of DISCHARGE 416 DISEASE the Japanese army (for health reasons)] Ibid, 301-45, 16 ch.— Sanders, L. Administrative procedures in the handling of the discharge of disabled service men. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1944, 7: 263-74. DISCIPLINARY barracks. See also Detention; Prison; also such terms as Criminal; Delinquent; Discipline, etc. Cavanagh, J. R, & Gerstein, S. Group psychotherapy in a naval disciplinary barracks; preliminary report. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1949, 49: 645-54.—Gardner, G. E. The role of the psychiatrist in the naval disciplinary barracks. Ibid, 1946, 46: 1368-76.—Manson. M. P, & Grayson, H. M. The psy- chological clinic at the MTOUSA Disciplinary Training Cen- ter. Am. Psychologist, 1946, 1: 91-4.—Pennington, L. A. The psychologist's duties in the Naval disciplinary barracks. J. Consult. Psychol, 1945, 9: 186-90. DISCIPLINE. See also Leadership; Morale. For misconduct see Criminal; Delinquent; Disciplinary barracks. Courville, C. B. MiUtary discipline and courtesies. In: Med. Cadet Corps Train. Man. (Courville, C. B. &c.) 2. ed, Glendale, 1943, 34-8.—Kinney, J. L, Bengtson, B. N., & Pennington, L. A. Neuropsychiatric and psychologic aspects of discipline. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1944, 52: 546-9.— Madigan, P. S. Military neuro psychiatry, discipline and morale. J. Crim, Chic, 1941-42, 32: 491-7. ------ & Farrell, M. J. Military discipline; a problem in readjustment. J. Laborat. Clin. M, 1942-43, 28: 485-8.—They who get slapped ["Patton incident"] Psychiat. Q, 1944, 18: 153-6. DISEASE. See also such terms as Aviator, Disease; Dis- ability; Epidemic; Epizootic; Morbidity; Prisoner of war, Disease; Recruit, Health and disease; Sick; Tropical disease; Wounded; also such terms as Dispensary; Hospital; Sick call; Sick leave; also names of diseases as Alcoholism; Dysentery, etc.; For diseases in a particular campaign see Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. For treatment see also Surgical technic. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 193/8: Wehr- macht-Sanitats-Vorschrift. Teil 8 [Aerztliche Berichtanweisung] Beiheft: Krankheiten-Ver- zeichnis. 50p. 21cm. Berl., 1936. Groschke, H. F. H. Aeussere Erkrankungen. 99p. 24cm. Berl., 1890. Forms No. 3, Veroff. Krankengesch. Garnisonlazar. Adams, J. C. Disease in naval warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 158-63.—Drigalski, W. von. Bedrohung durch Krankheit und Bedeutung der Krankheit als Kriegserscheinung. In his Aufstieg d. San. Korps, Oldenb, 1939, 35-41.—Kamin- sky, L. Nomenklatura boleznei. In: Encikl. slovar voen med. Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1359-66.— Kilduffe, R. A. Disease and destiny. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 851-66.—Mercier, R. G. Bajo el signo del sufrimiento. In his Grandez. & miser, d combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 122-33.—Ronai, T. Foglalkozasi betegsegek a csapatszolgiilatban. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 407- 9.—Rose-Innes, R. H. Reports of four interesting cases treated at 110 Military Hospital over the last 18 months S. Afr. M. J, 1947, 21: 219-24.—Stefanovski, G. A. Boleznen- nost sredi soldat i eia prichiny. Voen. med. J, St. Peterb, 1893, 178: unoffic. pt, 3. sect, 77-91.—Sutermeister, H. M. Erfahrungen aus der Lagermedizin. Praxis, Bern, 1948, 37: 44-51.-—Symonds, C. P. Some diseases which have become common among soldiers in this country. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1917, 21: 84-7.—Voiskovye bolezni. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1928, 5: 542.—Wethmann, H. Aeussere Krankheiten. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 220-5. ---- Forensic aspect. Brusilovsky, L. J. Jatrogennye zabolevania v hospitalnoi obstanovke i borba s nimi. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 344-8.—Costedoat, M. L'imputabilite par preuve d'une maladie dans l'armee. Ann. mid. leg, 1947, 142-4.—Diseases (The) of active service. Lancet, Lond, 1916, 1: 1048.—Schnizer. Apoplexie und Myxodem nicht Folge einer Dienstbeschadigung. Med. Klin Berl, 1926, 22: 141.—Staehelin, R. Krankheitebeginn und Kausalitat im Eidgenossischen Militarversicherungsgesetz. Helvet. med. acta, 1941, 8: 657-65. ---- internal. See also Internal medicine. Gutzeit, K, & Althoff, H. Zur Frage der WDB. bei konsti- tutionell bedingten inneren Krankheiten. Miinch. med. Wschr 1941, 88: 901-4.—Merkelbach. O. Internistische Erkrankun- gen und Militarmedizin. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 716-25.—Michaelis, L. Erfahrungen aus einem Heimat* lazarett fiir innere Erkrankungen; die im Felde entstandenen inneren Erkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1916, 42: 284.— Mosse, M. Nicht-infektiose innere Krankheiten im Krieg und Frieden. Ibid, 63-6.—Sittmann, G. Andere innere Erkran- kungen. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, 3. Aufl, Miinch, 1917 nt 2, 104-19. " ---- preventable. See also Preventive medicine. Alonso y GARcfA Sierra, E. Enfermedades evitables en el ejercito. p. 625-90. 24%cm Madr., 1935. In: An. Acad. nac. med, Madr. (1933) 1935, 53: Disease control. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash 1948, 9: Tab. A, 13-5.—Environmental disease. Ibid, 8: 218^ 44.—Sichel, G. Preventable disease in the Navy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1905, n. ser, 80: 138. ---- surgical. Keck, E. B. Surgical problems in the returning veteran. J. S. Carolina M. Ass, 1945, 41: 222-4— Luria, R. A. [Cases of simultaneous surgical disease and disease of the internal organs requiring surgical and therapeutic aid] Sovet. med, 1942, 6: No. 7, 6-12.—Monroe, A. R. Surgical conditions in the ex-soldier. Med. Q, Ottawa, 1919, 1: 210-2, pi. —— by organs and regions. See subsequent headings; also under names of organs and systems as Digestive system, Disease; Ear; Eye; Respiratory system, Disease. ---- by organs and regions: Abdomen. See also Surgical technic. Barootes, E. W. Subphrenic abscess. Treatm. Serv. BuU, Ottawa, 1949, 4: No. 3, 18-36.—Bown, W. C. Abdominal pain and its interpretation. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 361-5.— Campbell, J. F. M. Anatomy of the abnormal in relation to radiology. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 174-9.—Denhoff, E. The significance of eosinophilia in abdominal complaints of American soldiers. N. England J. M, 1947, 236: 201-6.— Dowse, J. C. A. Three cases of abdominal pain. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 72: 164-73.—Ettles, D. C. M. The acute abdomen in mUitary surgical practice; a clinical study of 430 consecutive cases of acute abdominal disease submitted to operation in the General Surgical Unit of the Cambridge and Louise Margaret Military Hospitals during the 20-month period, October 15, 1946 to August 14, 1948. Ibid, 1949, 92: 121-9.—Garcia Moran, J. Formas atipicas de abdomen agudo. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 445-9 — Gillespie, B. Study of 100 cases of abdominal pain in service women. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 179-85.—Gurevich, N. Diafragma. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 474-8, pi.—Jameson, E. M. Diaphragmatic hernia; a case report. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 183-7.—Luria, R. A. [Acute abdomen] Feldsher, Moskva, 1940, No. 12, 1-7.— Maksimenkov, A, Makarenko, A. [et al.] Zhivot. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 686-704.—Post I e- thwait, R. W. The diagnosis of acute abdominal pain in the miUtary service. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 66-72.—Rock, J. W. Investigation into the abdominal complaints of veterans of the world war. Ibid, 1937, 81: 287-9.—Shepler, J. R, & Young, C. L. Parietal pain in lower right abdominal wall. Ibid, 1944, 95: 216-9.—Solans, L. Dos casos de eventracion diafragmatica derecha acompanados de dextro-gastria. Med. & cir. guerra, 1948, 10: 25-31.—Stalker, L. K. Acute conditions within the abdomen. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 384-90.—Waugh, J. M. Management of acute abdominal emergencies. Ibid, 1939, 85: 329-31.—Willcutts, M. D. Medical abdominal emergencies. Med. Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 1627-36. — by organs and regions: Brain. See also Injury; Neurosurgery, Methods: Brain. Gama, C. Tumores qufsticos de la cisterna magna compri- miendo el 4<> ventrfculo. Rev. san. mil, Asunci6n, 1939-40,13: 1093-1109.—Haynes, W. G. Pneumocephalus; case report of a patient who was observed to have mental changes, with a description of the operative repair of the pneumocephalus. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 568-71.—Prior, A. P. A case of cerebral cysticercosis. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 278-80.— Propper-Grashchenkov, N. I. [Gaseous infection of the brain] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 6, 9-14. DISEASE 417 DISEASE ---- by organs and regions: Cardiovascular system. See also next heading; also Heart; Hyper- tension; Injury; Medical examination, Cardio- vascular system; Varicose vein. Heyn, J. M. P. *Das Auftreten der jugend- lichen Endarteritis obliterans speziell beim Soldaten [Berlin] 31 p. 22}id, 1944-45, 16: 154.—Dogs for defense. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1942, 100:490.—Dogs as mine pointers. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1944, 56: 363.—Golubev, V. G. Ispolzovanie sobak dha evakuacii ranenykh. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 5, 100-2. ----- O sanitarnykh sobakakh. Ibid, No. 10, 98.— Handling, feeding are care of war dogs. MU. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942-43, 23: No. 2, 60-3.— Meginnis, P. J. War dogs. North Am. Vet, 1944, 25: 40-3.—Papel (O) do cao na guerra. Impr. med, Rio, 1941, 17: No. 326, 124; 1942, 18: No. 345, 142.—Papillon, E. A. De l'utilisation des chiens par le Service de sante miUtaire. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1907, 36: 476-9.—Parmenter, D. Army's 4-footed soldiers. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1944, 104: 61.—Purposes (The) of dogs for de- fense, inc. Ibid, 1942, 101: 29.—Ryzhkov, S. Sobaki sluzheb- nye. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 184- 8.—Schmid, B. Zur Psychologie unseres Hundes und seine Verwendung im Kriege. Umschau, 1940, 44: 516-21.—Sixty- five GI dogs bolster moral. A-V, Phila, 1943, 51: 78 — Timofeevsky, P. Otriad sobachikh nartovykh upriazhek. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 250.—War dog training. Vet. Med, Chic, 1944, 39: 436-8.—War dogs; peace and war. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1949, 20: 107-11 — War dogs trap Japs in Burma. Vet. Med, Chic, 1945, 40: 18.—Williams, N. C. Dogs of war. A-V, Phila, 1942, 50: 130.—Young, G. D. War Dogs Training School. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1946-47, 18: 17-20.—Young, W. A. Dogs for defense. North Am. Vet., 1942, 23: 638. —---- A visit to Fort Robinson. Ibid, 1944, 25: 292-6. --- Disease. Mathieson, D. R., & Jachowski, L. A., jr. Tests on the effectiveness of urea stibamine (Brahmachari) in the treatment of dog filariasis. lOp. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-360, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Danby, D. C. E. Lameness due to a foreign body. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1944-45, 16: 191.—Randall, R. Giant worms in kidney of dog. Bui'. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 72, 9.—Schnelle, G. B, & Wilcox, W. A. Ovariohysterec- tomy in the war dog. North Am. Vet, 1944, 25: 419-21. DOGSLED. See Ambulance, animal-drawn. DOMINICAN Republic. See under Hospital report. DORDOGNE. See under World War II. DOVER. See under World War II. DRAFT [incl. draftee] See also Medical examination; Recruit; Re- cruiting; Selective Service; Universal military training. See also under such terms as Dentist; Medical student; Physician, etc. Allen, F. L. Drafting this army; a progress report on Selec- tive Service. Harper's Magazine, 1942, July, No. 1106, 121- 30.—K, J. A. Selective draft act of 1940. J. Nat. M. Ass, 1940, 32: 253.—Lacey, H. O. The doctor and the draft. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, 177: 609.—Molodcov, N. Prizyv. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1933, 27: 180-4.—P., H. C. Dentists in the draft. Am. J. Orthodont, 1942, 28: 323.—Procedure for draftee dentists. N. York J. Dent, 1942, 12: 93.—Rakh- manov, A. Prizyv. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 862-5.—Rogers, J. F. Drafts; now and then. Hygeia, Chic, 1941, 19: 623-5.—Tuckerman, J. E. Some impressions gained in examining under the selective draft plan. Ohio M. J, 1917, 12: 601.—Wilson, A. Effects of draft-exam order. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 2, 42. DRAINAGE. See also Sewage. For surgical drainage see under Surgical technic. Dixon, H. B. L. A self-operating system of drainage by syphonage. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 236-40. DRESSING. See also Bandage; Burns, Treatment: Local remedies; Camouflage; Wound, Treatment: Dress- ing. Spangler, H. J. Comparative analysis and field testing of a captured German battle dressing and a U. S. small battle dressing, Carlisle model, camouflaged. lOp. 27}2cm. Camp Lejeune, 1945. Forms Res. Proj. X-575, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Banaitis, S. Pereviazka. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 390-3.—Berkutov, A. N. Primenenie masliano-balzamicheskoi poviazki Prof. Vishenevskogo v voiskovom raione. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 6, 21-3.— Bingham, R. Use of nylon plastic screening cloth as a non- adherent dressing material. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 4, 54.—Brodsky, J. A. [Sawdust as substitute for absorbent cotton] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1944, 85.—Device for making gauze dressings. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 33.— Eichelter, G. Quengelverbande bei Kriegsverletzungen. Zschr. Orthop, 1944, 75: 23-33.—Gallagher, J. L. A new multi purpose war dressing. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 609-17.—Ham- mond, A. G. Occlusive dressing; the Almaza patch. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 94.—Henschen, C. Zur Frage einer Reform des individuellen Verbandpackchens der schwei- zerischen Armee: Einfiihrung gleitsicherer Verbande mit Cello- phandeckung der Wunde. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 1023-8.—Holmes, R, & Terry, R. A method for preparing sterile petrolatum gauze in the field. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: 32—Kaplan, A. [Standardiza- tion of the preparation and wrapping of sterile material for times of war] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 2, 21-5—Khodorkov, F. A. [The application of the oil balsam dressing method in various hospitals] Bull. War M, Lond, 1943-44, 4: 68 (Abstr.)— Markovsky, V. Marha. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 651.—Nusret Karabey [Individual dressings and ideal antiseptic for the Army] Askei sihhiye mecmuasi, 1941, 70:87-95.—Papish, G. N. O pereviazochnom materiale. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 6, 96.—Pravila khraneniia i otpuska perevia- zochnogo materiala. Sborn. instr. metod. mat. evakohosp, 1942, No. 7, 20.—Pshenichnikov, V. I. [Oil-balsam dressings in field surgery] Sovet. med, 1940, No. 7, 23.—Rathle, H. Economy of dressings. J. R. Army Corps, 1943, 81: 190.— Secchi, J. Notas sobre una nueva forma de fijar apositos por medio de un ajustador adhesive Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1944, 43: 1586-8.—Simple dressing for granulating wounds. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 88, 46.—Sterilised dressing packets for field surgical units. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 34, 2.—Surgical dressings, Medical Department. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 3: 317-32.—Surgical dressings and sutures; Medical Department. Ibid, 541-62.—Use of wax paper as a surgical dressing. Bull. DRESSING 422 DRIG U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82, 34.—Weatherford, R. A. Preserved sterile goods. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 2, 47.— Williams, A. Relief for Old King Cotton. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 548-52.—Wolfe, J. J. The use of wet dressings. Field M. Bull. U. S. Armv. N. Delhi, 1944, 3: 23. DRESSING carriage. Allen, M. L. The dressing carriage. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 10, 62.—Auxiliary swinging tray for dressing carriage. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 174. DRESSINGS destructor. Clay, H. H. A simple form of dressing destructor. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 210-3. DRESSING station. See Aid station. DRIFT correction test. See Aviator, Fitness tests. DRILL. See also Training; also Physician, in this section. United States. War Department. Ad- jutant General. Drill regulations and service manual for sanitary troops, United States Army. 287p. 18? Wash., 1917. Gunzi kyoren to ko-i [Military driU and the school physi- cian] Nippon gakko eisei, 1931, 19: 669-71.—Mounce, D. D. School of the soldier without arms; squad and platoon drill. In: Med. Cadet Corps Train. Man. (CourvUle, C. B. &c.) 2. ed, Glendale, 1943, 127-41. DRINKING fountain. Drinking fountain. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 85.— Hitchens, A. P, & Ross, O. A. Bubbling drinking fountains. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 25-31. DRINKING water. See Canteen (of water) Decontamination—of food and water; Water supply. DRIVER. See under such terms as Armored division; Occupational specialty; Tank; Truck; Vehicle. DROPFOOT brace. See under Brace. DROWNING. Avdeev, M. Utoplenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med Moskva, 1946^8, 5: 688.—Bucher, R. Kampf dem Ertrin- kungstod! Militarsanitat, Ziir, 1949, 31: 65. DRUG. See also subsequent headings; also such terms as Materiel; Pharmaceutical service; Pharma- copoeia; Pharmacology; Surgical technic, Anes- thetization; Therapeutics, Chemotherapy; also under names of diseases. Fussell, It. E. Testing of standard drugs and containers to various physical stresses. 16p 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms No. 1, Rep. Proj. No. 510, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. San Francisco, Calif. Letterman General Hospital, United States Army. Enlisted Technician's School. Pharmacy; drug syno- nyms and common names. 18p. 26^cm S Franc, 1942. Shoshkes, M., McKay, E. A., & Wills, J. H. The efficacy of corn oil and corn oil emulsion as vehicles for certain oil soluble drugs. 19p. 26cm. Army Med. Center, 1949. Forms No. 199, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Silver, S. D. The relation of time to the dose required to produce a given physiological effect. 21p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 22, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. United States. Army. 5250th Technical Intelligence Company. Medical Analysis Section. Japanese drugs and medicines. 217pl 20cm. n. p., 1945 [?] Forms No. 1, Enemy Materiel Med. ---- Japanese medical equipment; Japanese drugs and medicines. Inventory report. Tokyo No. 1, 1946- Baryshnikov, K. Miksty. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1066-70.—Classification of medicines' Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: 48.—Deleanu, N. T, & Dick, J. Prepararea provitaminei A, carotina. Rev. san. mil, Bucur 1936, 35: 894-7.—Dulcin, M. Krovetvornye sredstva. In! Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 132-5.—Fliick, H. Beitrage zur Gehaltsbestimmung der Arzneitabletten des Armeesanitatsmaterials. Pharm. acta helvet, 1933, 8: 38- 53.—Girard, P. Medicaments nouveaux. Rev. Corps san. mil., Par, 1947, 3: 592-605.—Ionescu, A. M. Contributiuni la studiul purit&tei, alterSrei si conservarei substantelor medicamentoase. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 858-69.— Khrenov, A. Medikamenty. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 693-6.—Maimind, S. Lekarstvennye sredstva. Ibid, 418-49.—Parfenov, A. Kumysolechenie (vinum lactis) Ibid, 288-91.—Romano, A. C. Importancia de la reaccion del medio en las preparaciones farmaceuticas; algunas incompatibilidades; su resolucion. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1948, 47: 141-55— Solacolu, T., & Kollo, C. Carac- terele esentei de Mentha piperita extrasa din piante cultivate in tara. Rev. san. mil., Bucur, 1936, 35: 870-6. DRUG addiction. See also Alcoholism. Cordite. A new vice among soldiers. West. Druggist, Chic, 1904, 26: 17.—Hunter, C. G. A case of delirium tremens; an account by a patient. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1948, 34: 41-5.— Moore, M. Drug addiction in miUtarv service. Collect. Lect Metrop. State Hosp, Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 1, 60-73 DRUGGING (of aviator) See under Aviator. DRUGGIST. See Pharmacist. DRUG industry. See also Pharmacy. Ashby, M. War-time drug suppUes; possibilities of Empire production; methods of cultivation. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 93: 78; passim.—Baxter, J. P., III. Antimalarials. In his Scientists Against Time, Bost, 1946, 299-320.—Cerbulescu, C. Produsele industriale care s'ar putea otyine cu materii prime din tara si de care are nevoie Serviciul sanitar al armatei in timp de pace si in timp de r&zboiu. Rev. san. mil., Bucur, 1936, 35: 808-18.—Daley, W. A. Saving on drugs. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 85.—Development (The) of drug manufacture in Australia; a remarkable wartime achievement. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 765.—Drug production within the Empire. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 93: 234.—Enloe, C. F, jr. The pharmaceutical industry. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 294. ------ KnoU, A. G, Ludwigshafen. Ibid, 294-8, Ulust. ------ I. G. Farben, Hoechst. Ibid, 300-5. ------ Pharmaceutical manufacture at Leverkusen. Ibid, 306-28.—I.instead, H. N. The war and phar- macy in Great Britain. Australas. J. Pharm, 1941, 22: 357 — MacMillan, C. L'industrie des produits pharmaceutiques en Australie pendant la guerre. Produits pharm, 1947, 2:133-6 — Patch, R. R. The application of manpower to the production of pharmaceuticals. Proc. Am. Drug Manuf. Ass, 1943, 32. meet, 49-53.—Phelps, H. J. Historv of the Organon Factory during the occupation. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1944, Item 24, No. X-14 & XII-23, 3-6.—Rangel Sobrinho, O. da F. Industria quimica e defesa nacional. Rev. brasil. farm, 1942, 23: 322- 30.—Russell, F. H. Some economic weapons in total warfare. Proc. Am. Drug. Manuf. Ass, 1944, 33: 109-21.—Saving on drugs. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 15.—Suzzi, F. II contributo deUa sanita miUtare italiana alia technica della preparazione e conservazione dei medicinali per uso ipodeimico. Rapp. Congr. Internat. med. pharm. mil, 1931, 2: 169.—U. S. A. and the war. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 93: 180. DRUG resources. See also previous and subsequent heading. United States. War Department. Office of the Under Secretary. Planning Branch. DRUG RESOURCES 423 DRUG SUPPLY Drugs resources. 95 numb. 1. 27cm. Wash., 1941. Census of essential drugs. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 384.—Gomes da Cruz, J. P. As plantas medicinais e a guerra. Rev. flora med, Rio, 1942, 9: 471-85.—Lunga, J. [Obtaining raw material for the production of drugs during military operations] Voj. zdravot. listy, 1934, 10: 105-7.— Rossiisky, D. M. [Medicinal resources of the USSR] Feldsher, Moskva, 1943, 34-7.—Substitutes for imported drugs. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 110.—U. S. has plenty of vitamins, vaccines, and anesthetics. Science News Lett, 1941, 39: 87.—What is happening to botanical drugs? J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 163. DRUG supply. See also Drug industry; Drug resources; Materiel, medical; also under names of drugs as Penicillin; Quinine; Sulfonamide, etc. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 149: Descriptive list of drugs and chemicals in Far East CAD units. 25p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Coffres pharmaceutiques des armees. Arch. med. beiges, 1936, 89: Bull, 161.—Drummond, J. Drugs for the troops. S. Afr. M. J, 1941, 15: 415.—Ortolan, J. A. The practicability or desirabUity of omitting from the supply table certain drugs. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1916, 10: 490-2.—P., W. K. The logistics of pharmacy. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 4, 33.—Supply (The) of drugs. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1943-44, 96: 159. --- Ampoules. Damasio, A. J, Luna Freire do Pilar, O, & Magela Bijos, G. Notas sobre a preparacao de empolas no servico farmacfiutico do exercito. Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1939, 28: 302-8.—Papish, G. N. [Effect of low temperature on medicinal substances in ampules] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 12, 53.—Prouzerque, R. Sur un procedG de remplissage et sur la preparation des ampoules m6dicamenteuses k la pharmacie de reserve du corps de de- barquement de Casablanca. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1911, 58: 48-55.—Rohner, L. J. Preparation et conservation des ampoules medicamenteuses en usage chez les services de santo des armees de terre et de mer. Rapp. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil,, 1931, 1: 436-46. --- Blood substitutes. See under Blood transfusion. --- Conservation. See also Pharmacotherapy, Economy. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-107: Drug policy and procedure. 4p. 27cm. Wash., 1948. ---- Technical bulletin TB 10A-191: Drug policy and procedure. 4p. 26^cm. Wash., 1949. Conservation (The) of essential drugs. Austral. Vet. J, 1942, 18: 49.—Economise now. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 704.— Poriadke (O) propisyvaniia i izgotovleniia lekarstv iz prepara- tov, ukazannykh v farmakopee v vide rastvorov. Sborn. instr. metod. mat. evakohosp, 1942, No. 7, 20.—Pravila khra- neniia i otpuska syvorotok i vakcin, izgotovliaemykh dlia primenenua na liudiakh, v aptechnykh skladakh, aptekakh i lechebnykh uchrezhdenUakh. Ibid, 16.—Pravila po peregonke, proverke i khraneniiu destUUrovannoi vody. Ibid, 21.— Spisok A: Iadovitykh lekarstvennykh sredstv, kotorye dolzhny khranitsia v aptekakh pod zamkom. Ibid, 23.—Spisok B: Silnodeistvuiushchikh lekarstvennykh sredstv, kotorye dolzhny khranitsia s predostorozhnostiu otdelno ot prochikh lekar- stvennykh sredstv. Ibid, 24.—Tator, K. Conservation of supplies. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Pract. Pharm. Ed, 1942, 3: 55.—Vega Herrera, A. Alteracion, conservacidn y almacena- miento de sustancias medicinales. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1940, 39: 622-6.—War emergency formulae. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 147.—What the drug trade has done to win the war. Am. Druggist, 1918, 66: No. 5, 54-6. --- Control and rationing. Control of drugs and medical supplies. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 1298.—Control (The) of drugs and wartime pre- scribing. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 213.—Enloe, C. F, jr. The apothecary and drug rationing. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 336.—Garat, Y. Etude schematique du mecanisme de la repar- tition et de la distribution des matures contingentees en pharmacie. Ann. pharm. fr, 1943, 1: 59-61.—Goris. Sur l'etat de nos approvisionnements en produits pharmaceutiques en avril 1941. BuU. Acad, med. Par, 1941, 3. ser, 124: 456-64. ■----- Sur l'etat de nos approvisionnements en produits pharmaceutiques, en novembre 1941. Ibid, 125: 216-23.— Kriegswirtschaftliche Massnahmen zur Sicherstellung des Aizneimittelbedarfes der Armee und Zivilbevolkerung. Veska Zschr, Luzern, 1939, 3: 37.—MacGuire, F. A. Restrictions on the supply of drugs and control of the use of surgical gauze; National Security, Medical Co-ordination and Equipment, Regulations. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 11.—Olsen, P. C. Simplified methods of wartime stock control. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Pract. Pharm. Ed, 1943, 4: 331-3.—Ramon, G. A propos des rapports presented au nom de la Commission du rationne- ment pharmaccutique. BuU. Acad, mid., Par, 1941, 3. ser, 124: 495. ------ Rapport sur l'approvisionnement en serums et vaccins. Ibid, 496-9.—Sato, T. Rikugun yaku-sei kankei [The relation of the Army to drug control] In his Den Masanao Koike, Tokyo, 1940, 671-7. ---- by countries. Advisory panel on drugs and medicines. Calcutta M. J, 1943, 40: 85.—Baker, D. V. Survey of the British drug and cosmetic trade in wartime. Australas. J. Pharm, 1941, 22: 361-4.—Bennett, F. C. Australian supplies of drugs and medicinal chemicals in war time. Ibid, 439; 511.—Causa (A) de la guerra faltan algunos medicamentos en nuestro arsenal terapeutico. Bol. Dep. hig. Prov. C6rdoba, 1941/42, 1: No. 4, 3.—Doctors and druggists. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1943, 22: 139.—Drug shortage in Germany. Pharm. J, Lond, 1942, 95: 22. Also Australas. J. Pharm, 1943, 24: 423.—Drug sup- plies from the Empire. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 21.—Drug supplies for liberated civilian populations. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1943, 55: 252.—Drug supplies in wartime [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 1469.—Drugs and the Far East. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 93: 199.—Drugs rushed to China. West Virginia M. J, 1941, 37: 333.—Drugs in wartime in India. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: 233.—Eichler. Neuer Arznei- lieferungsvertrag mit der Wehrmacht. Deut. Apoth. Ztg, 1943, 58: 349.—Ermel. Zur neuen PoUzeiverordnung iiber das Werben fur Heilmittel. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 1148 — Gemeinhardt, K. Arzneimittel bei der Wehrmacht. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1570.—Mortimer, A. Drug supplies in war time. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 92: 24.—Pharmacies in unoccu- pied France; serious shortage of supplies. Ibid, 259.—Re-draft (A) of the drug biU. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 823.—Reichert. Die Arzneimittelversorgung der Wehrmacht. Deut. Aerztebl, 1940, 70: 53.—Shortage of drugs; Ministry of Health's state- ment. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 372.—South African Union and the drug position. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 846.—Supply of pharmaceutical products in Germany. Ibid, 818.—War and pharmacy in Great Britain. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1941, 154: 203.—Wartime shortages in pharmaceutical commodities in Great Britain. Australas. J. Pharm, 1940, n. ser, 21: 572.— Wielen, P. van der [Medicinal remedies in wartime] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 3409-16. ---- in wartime. Banzer, G. Moglichkeiten der Arzneiversorgung im Kriege. Deut. Aerztebl, 1940, 70: 39.—Beirne, H. P. Prescription ingredient shortage. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 125.— Davy, E. P. Scarcity of prescription drugs. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1943, 28: No. 2, 13.—Drugs and war-time alterna- tives. Nature, Lond, 1940, 146: 496.—Effect of the war on drug supplies. J. Am. M. Ass,' 1940, 115: 230. Also Texas J. M, 1943-44, 39: 398-400.—Hamill, P. Drugs; their use and supply in war-time. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 368.— Loeper, M. Rapport general sur le ravitaUlement pharma- ceutique. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1941, 3. ser, 124: 508-15 — Ormerod, M. J. Drug shortage in wartime. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev, 1943, 23: 61.—Plentiful or essential drugs. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 472.—Powell, H. T. Demand exceeds supply of drugs and fine chemicals. Mod. Hosp, 1943, 61: 106-10 — Prather, O. L. Medicine and pharmacy in war. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1942, 35: 460-2.—Tyrrell, T. M. Scarcity of ophthal- mic drugs. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 731.—War (The) affects materia medica. Med. Soc. Rep, Scran ton, 1941, 35: No. 6, 23.—War drug shortages. Milwaukee M. Timey, 1943, 16: No. 5, 22.—War and drugs. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 29.—War shortage of drugs and medical appliances. N. York State J. M, 1942, 42:857. DRUG treatment. See Pharmacotherapy. DUGOUT. See also Shelter; Trench. Leidy, J. A surgical dugout and how to ventilate it. Mil. Surgeon, 1918, 42: 350, pi.—Patterson, J. K. A black-out flyproof tent-dugout operating room. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1130-3. DUMP. See under Supply. DUNKIRK. See World War II. DUODENAL ULCER 424 DYSENTERY DUODENAL ulcer. See with Peptic ulcer. DURA mater. See under Nervous system, Disease. DUST. See also Air raid; Tank. May, J. A new method for measuring dust. 13 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms No. 03-46-28, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Air sanitation and dust control. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: 3.—Desaga. Death caused by dust. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 3, 137.—Galambos, J. The use of concentrated calcium chloride solution for the prevention of dust. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 428 (Abstr.)—Konimeter available for loan. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1936, 34: 561.—Miller, W. R, Jarrett, E. T. [et al.] Evaluation of ultraviolet radiation and dust control measures in control of respiratory disease at a Naval training center. J. Infect. Dis, 1948, 82: 86-100. DYSENTERY. See also Epidemic; also Digestive system, Disease. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 119: Bacillary dysentery. 4p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. Bacillary dysentery. Bull. Aimy M. Dir, Lond, 1941, No. 2, 3.—Bacillary dysentery; War Department Technical Bulletin T. B. Med. 119. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 36-9.—Bacillary dysentery in war. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 1023—Boyd, J. S. K. Bacillary dysentery. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 2: 90.—Calarco, J. J. The dysenteries. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944, 28: 1497-1508.—Callender, G. R. Dysenteries and diarrheas; their importance in the miUtary service. War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 459-64.—D'Antoni, J. S. The dysenteries. N. Orleans M & S. J, 1944-45, 97: 101-7—Diarrhee, dvsenterie. Statist. med. Armee (France) (1894) 1896, 127-33.—Dotzer & Schuller. Experiences in 2 outbreaks of dysentery in camps. War Med Chic, 1943, 3: 667 (Abstr.)—Dysentery, bacillary. Res. Pro- gram U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, July, 99-102.—Hegler C. Die Ruhr. Med. Welt, 1939, 13: 1427-31.—Hurevitz H. M. Bacillary dysentery. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 4, 23-7. Also War Med, Chic 1944, 6: 247-50.—Hurst, A. Dysentery. In his Med. Dis' War, 2. ed, Lond, 1941, 201-36, pi. Also 3. ed, 1943, 277- 314, 2 pi. —---- Bacillary dysentery. Ibid, 277-93.— Jonin, I, Kraevsky, N. [et al.] Dizenteria. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 510-27.—Krieger, H. Die bazUlare Ruhr. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 1125- 1149- 1170.—Kuhns, D. M, & Anderson, T. G. A fly-borne bacillary dysentery epidemic in a large military organization. Am J Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 750-5.—Love, R. J. M. Bacillary dysentery. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait 1942, 2: 875-7.—McCommons, D. M. Bacillary dysentery' Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: 7-12—Maksimovicn, N. A. [Chronic dysentery (material from evacuation hospitals) Khn. med, Moskva, 1944, 22: No. 4, 33-5—Manson-Bahr, P. H. Dysentery and diarrhoea in wartime. Brit. M. J, 1942^ 2; 3f6; 374. —---- Epidemic dysentery in the armed forces! Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1943, 210: 37-40. Also Mod Treat. Yearb, 1944, 10: 272-80.—Seize, V. Consideracoes sobre a disenteria bacilar. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1944, 5: 533-9.—Sylla, Walter & Boehmig. Bacillary dysentery. Conf' Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948 Proj 1, pt 7, 95-102.—Thompson, C. M, White, B. V, jr, & Schafer! W. L. Shigellosis studies; etiology and clinical features. IT S* Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 528-40.—Voegtlin, W. L. Bacillary and amebic dysentery. Northwest M, 1944, 43: 69-73.-— Willatt, I. D. Dysentery. Proc. Conf. Med. Specialists East Army, Calc, 1943, 38-43.—Williamson, R, Fuller, R. [et al ] BacUlary dysentery. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1948. 48: 818-21.— Zellweger. Ueber eine Dysenterie-Epidemie (Typus Sonne- Krusej im Aktivdienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: ---- Bacteriology and serology. Barnes, L. A., & Casterline, J. E. Obser- vations on the production of hydrogen sulfide by Shigella alkalescens. 3p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-756, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Kasuga, K., Goto, K, & Hirozuki, K. Siga-kei sekiri-kin no kensaku ni teki-suru fuch- sin-aryusan natrium [Appropriate acid fuchsins (fuchsin sodium sulphite) for the index of Shigella dysenteriae] p. 1279-331. 21cm. Tokyo, 1928. In: Gun idan zassi, 1928, No. 185. Archer, G. T. L. A factor inhibiting the agglutination of Bact. alkalescens by homologus serum. J. R. Army M. Corps 1942, 79: 109-17.—Barnes, L. A. Pathogenic enteric bacilli- the Shigella group. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944. 43: 1178-92. ------ & Casterline, J. E. Observations on the production of hydrogen sulfide by Shigella alkalescens. Ibid, 1947, 47: 478-80.—Bensted, H. J. Bacillary dysentery; the significance of the inagglutinable Flexner in the light of recent investiga- tions. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 342-7.—Boyd, J. S. K. The antigenic structure of the mannitol-fermenting group of dysentery bacilli. Ibid, 72: 85-107— Carlquist, P. R. War- time Army medical laboratory activities; development of Shigella typing by antigenic analysis. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1947, 37: 840-5.—Dysentery, bacillary; initiated 1 October 1941 for the antigenic analysis of prevailing strains, evaluation of virulence by suitable techniques and development of treat- ment agents. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 107.—Ewing, W. H, & Bruner, D. W. Selection of Sal- moneUa and Shigella cultures for typing. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 155-60.—Felsen, J, & Leven- kron, E. Experimental studies in the production of agglutinins to B. dysenteriae. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 221-9.—Fisher, M. N. [Serodiagnosis of dysentery according to Vidal] Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god Otechest. voiny, 1943, 3: 107-16.— Getty, R. W, Clifton, F. [et al.] Large scale isolation and identi- fication of Shigella organisms in the field. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 729-33.-—Ivancevic, Z. Ispitivanje vrednosti kon- zervansa za dizentericne klice. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1949, 6: 310.—Kisigami, S, & Tanaka. Y. [On the para-type man- nite non-fermenting bacilli isolated from dysentery patients who were stricken suddenly under prevailing conditions] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 42-9.—Larkum, N. W. Classi- fication of the Shigellas. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 106-10.—Novgorodskaia, E. M, Andreeva, A. P, & Preo- brazhenskaia, N. I. Epidemicheskaia vspyshka dizenterii, vyzvannaia palochkoi novogo tipa. Raboty Leningr. vrach. za gody Otechest. voiny, 1945, 6: 57-63.—Petriaev, E. D. Opyt primeneniia reakcii precipitacii dlia diagnostiki dizenterii. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 3, 32-4.—Pochechuev & Spesivceva. Bacteriofagodiagnostika dizenterii. Ibid, 1940, No. 4, 96.— Sachs, A. Difficulties associated with the bacteriological diag- nosis of bacillary dysentery. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 235-9.—Sachs, H. A report on an investigation into the characteristics of new types of non-mannitol-fermenting bacilli isolated from cases of bacillarv dysentery in India and Egypt. Ibid, 1943, 80: 92-9.—Starobinec, G. M, Shustrov, B. M, & Kliuge, V. A. K voprosu o reakcii aggliutinacii filtrata kala pri issledovanii na bacillonositelstvo dizenterii. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 98— Thompson, C. M, & White, B. V, jr. Shigellosis studies; clinical observations on dysentery caused by Shigella flexneri III. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 901- 10.—Typing sera for the genus Shigella. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 627-9. ---- Diagnosis. See also preceding subheading. Aldin, R. The diagnostic importance of the stools in the dysenteries. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 66-9.—Bashina- Liuboshic, S. B. [Quick diagnosis of dysentery] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 8, 81.-—Dysenteries, diagnosis and treatment [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 7, 24-7.—Martin, P. G. Sigmoidoscopy and the diagnosis of chronic amoebic and bacillarv dysentery. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30: 241.—Predtechensky, S. N. Metodika rannei i bystroi diagnostiki dizenterii. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 6, 83.—Romao, A. J. Orientacao diagnostica nas disenterias bacilares. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1944, 5: 669-80, ch.— Shigellosis; early diagnosis and objective response to treat- ment. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945. 4: 392-4. ---- Geography. See also World War I; World War II. Adams, J. W, jr, & Atwood, R. T. Bacillary dysentery; a bacteriologic and cUnical analysis of 251 cases occurring in an Army camp. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 14-20.—Arce Q, A. Disenterfa bacilar; su incidencia en salud publica en America Latina. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1944, 181-213.—Berge, C, & Fauconnier, J. BacUlary dysentery in the 4th maritime region, Bizerta-Ferryville, in 1939-40. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 401 (Abstr.)—Dotzer & Schuller. Erfahrungen bei zwei Ruhrseuchenausbnichen in Lagern. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 95; 160.—Franzani, O. F. La disenteria bacilar en el Departamento de San Rafael, Mendoza. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 678r80.—Heinemann, B. Incidence of Shigellas and Salmonellas isolated from American military personnel in Egypt; a bacteriologic analysis. War Med, 1945, 8: 105-8.— Kohasi, N, & Ueda, S. Taiwan Hohei Dai Iti Rentai ni okeru saikm-sei sekiri (Y-kata) no ryuko ni tuite [An epidemic of bacillary dysentery (type Y) in Formosan Infantry Regiment No. 1] Gun idan zassi, 1927, No. 165, 255-310, tab.—M, R. A. Gunner Parker. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 143 — Mattei, A. Febbre cUmatica massauina estiva. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1939, 45: 229-45.—Randall. C. C, & Dunn, H. O. DYSENTERY 425 DYSENTERY Types of Shigella isolated from military personnel in North Africa. War Med, 1945, 8: 389-91.—Rapoport, M. A. [Etio- logical data on dysentery in Leningrad] Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god Otechest. voiny, 1943, 3: 98-106.—Saunders, H. P. Dysentery epidemic; report of one hundred eighty-four cases. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 1209-11.—Schad. Ueber Ursache und Verlauf einer Ruhrepidemie (Flexner) bei zwei Truppenteilen. Munch, med. Wschr, 1939, 86: 564.— Stewart, W. On the viabiUty and transmission of dysentery baciU by flies in North Africa. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 42-6.-—Wasserstrom, T. Kilka uwag na marginesie epidemii czerwonki. Lek. wojsk, 1949, 25: 350-8. ---- Manifestation. Kruspe. Zur Aetiologie der Reiterschen Erkrankung. Derm. Wschr, 1941, 112: 457-64.—Kurzrok, I. Leczenie zapalenia stawow po czerwonce zastrzykiwaniem mleka. Lek. wojsk, 1921, 2: 72-5.—Wachsmuth, H. O, & Wirtz, K. Beitrag zur Symptomentrias Conjunctivitis, Urethritis, Arthritis nach Enteritis. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 258-63 — Yosino, S. Syowa san nen yahShei dai nizyuni rentai ni ryuko-sesi saikin-sei sekiri kanzya no kaihuku-ki ni okeru kanzyomyaku ni tuite [The very slow pulse in convalescence of sufferers from the epidemic of baciUary dysentery that swept the 22d regiment of field-artillery in 1928] Gun idan zassi, 1930, No. 200, 160-8. ---- Pathology. Abente Haedo, F, & Rodriguez Devincenzi, A. La insufi- ciencia suprarrenal de la disenteria bacilar. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1940-42, 14: 437-51.—Dick, J. C. Histological findings in fatal cases of bacillary dysentery. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 240-5.—Faure & Levy. Tetanies latentes de 1'adulte revelees par la dysenterie bacUlaire. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr, 1948, 42: 45.—Stormer. Postdysenterische Magen- Darmerkrankungen. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 142-6.—Tasiro, K. Experimental studies on the susceptibiUty of rats fed with vitamin B deficient food to the paradysentery infection; report. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940/29: 30.—Zimmerman, L. M. Diffuse peritonitis second- ary to baciUary dysentery. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1949, 49: 313-5. ---- Treatment [incl. prevention] Dennig, H. Die Behandlung von Magendarmstorungen und Ruhrerkrankungen mit einfachen truppenarztlichen Mitteln. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 1111 (Abstr.)—Biihler, F, & Grimm, K. Zur Behandlung der DurchfaUkrankheiten im Felde. Med. Klin, Berl, 1943, 39: 610-2.—Dysentery control studies. In: Malaria Control in War Areas, Atlanta, 1945-46, 78.—Finerman, W. B, & Weiss, J. E. Control of bacillary dysentery in a tropical outpost; report of 1,000 cases. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 81, 71-82.—Gunzin igaku; saikin-sei sekiri no tirvo [...treatment of bacillary dysentery] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 358.—Hill, C. Britain defeats desert enemy No. 2; Army doctors announce new anti-dysentery treatment. Australas. J. Pharm, 1943, 24: 257.—Hoff. Ruhrbehandlung im Kriegslazarett. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 1286 (Abstr.)—McManis, A. G, & Rich, W. G. Treatment of dysentery at sea. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 82.—Management (The) of the dysenteries. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 183.—Mathers, G. Treatment of dysentery at sea. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 614.—Miller, F. G. The treatment of dysentery in a forward hospital. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1945, 84: 171-4.— Nickusch, R. Ueber vergleichende Behandlung der BaciUen- ruhr. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1941, 6: 361-3— Siroko, A. L. Novoe v borbe s dizenteriei. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 10, 100.—Skvorcov, V. Borba s bacilliarnoi dizenteriei (hemo- kohtami) v vesenne-letnii period. Ibid, No. 4, 22-4.— Successful treatment of dysentery at sea. What's New, North Chic, 1943, No. 75,16.—Wilson, D. C. Notes on the treatment of baciUary dysentery. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 357-61. ---- Treatment: Chemotherapy. Bulmer, E, & Priest, W. M. Sulfaguanidine in the treat- ment of baciUary dysentery. J. R. Army M. Corp, 1942, 79: 277-86.—Chulkov, P. S. Opyt khimicterapii dizenternnogo bacillonositelstva i khronicheskoi dizenterii. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 9, 40-50. ------ & Chistovich, G. N. [Chemo- therapy of bacterial infections; the action of sulfidine and sulfazole on dysenteric bacilli in vitro and in mice] Ibid, 194,5 No. 4, 42-7.—Clark, A. P. C. Bacillary dysentery; a controlled series treated by sulphaguanidine. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30: 240.—Cornell, V. H, Watt, J, & Dammin, G. J. Sulfa- guanidine in the control of Shigella paradysentenae infections in troops. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 253-5.—Eickhoff, A, & Sturmer, K. Kurzer Erfahrungsbericht uber die Behandlung der Flexnerruhr, vor allem mit Sulfopyridinpraparaten. Deut. Militararzt, 1944, 9: 12.—Hill, C. Doctors' victory against dysentery in the desert. Hygeia, Chic, 1943, 21: 16.—Lyon, 'G. M. The chemotherapy of baciUary dysentery; further observations on sulfaguanidine. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 601-8.—Page, S. G, jr. Sulfaguanidine in the treatment ol bacillary dysentery. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 72, 50-62.—Saile, W. Behandlung der Bacillenruhr mit Eubasi- num und Vergleich mit anderen Behandlungsmethoden. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 104-7.—Samokhin, G. 1. [Sulfidin in treatment of bacillary dysentery] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 567-71.—Savage, T. R. The treatment of acute bacillary dysentery with sulpha- pyridine; a possible emergency substitute for sulfaguanidine. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 275-8.—Scott, R. B. On the effect of sulphaguanidine in acute bacillary dysentery. Ibid, 1945, 84: 159-62.—Sulphaguanidine in the treatment of bacillary dysentery in soldiers. Bull. Army M. Dir, Lond, 1942, No. 9, 1-3.—White. B. V, jr, Thompson, C. M. [et al.] Shigellosis studies; resistance of Shigella flexneri III to therapy with sulfadiazine. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 704-8. Treatment: Phage, serum and vaccine. Barnes, L. A., Bennett, I. L., jr, & Gordon, R. S. Field trial of Shigella flexneri III vaccine; background, scope, and organization of the program. 26p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1949. Forms No. 5, Rep. Res. Proj. NM 005 010 (or, X-756) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Also U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1949, 49: 757-74. ---- Field trial of Shigella flexneri III vac- cine; serum agglutination studies. 28p. 26>^cm. Bethesda, 1949. Forms No. 6, Rep. Res. Proj. NM 005 010 (or, X-756) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Field trial of Shigella flexneri III vac- cine; coproantibody studies. lOp. 26^Scm. Bethesda, Md, 1949. Forms No. 7, Rep. Proj. NM 005 010 (or, X-756) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Also J. Infect. Dis, 1950, 86: 197-201. Barnes, L. A., & Durant, R. C. Field trial of Shigella flexneri III vaccine; preliminary report of cultural results. 18p. 27cm. Bethesda, Md, 1949. Forms No. 8, Rep. Proj. NM 005 010 (or, X-756) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Young, F. C. F., & Duggan, T. L. A labora- tory study of bacteriophages for the control of bacillary dysentery. lOp. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944 Forms No. 1, Rep. Res. Proj. X-165, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Bauer, O. E, & Velik, M. A. NabUudenua nad deistviem sukhogo dizenteriinogo bakteriofaga. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 9, 35-9.—Bras de Sa, L. J. Uma epidemia de disenteria bacilar no corpo de tropas em Valpoi rapidamente jugulada, pela vacinacao antidisenterica. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1936, 2: 376-8.—Felsen, J. Human convalescent serum and vaccina- tion in the prevention and treatment of bacillary dysentery. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 417-23. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 504-10.—Fisher, M. N. [Laboratory efficacy m phage-therapy of dysentery] Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god Otechest. voiny, 1943, 3: 91-7.—Gray, G. W. Dysentery and bacteriophage. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 219.— Guthof, O. The bacteriophage treatment of dysentery. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 308 (Abstr.)—Kestermann, E, & Vogt, K. E. Recent researches on active immunization against dysentery with separated antigens. Ibid, 401 (Abstr.) — Kirsenko, V. K. O techenu dizenterii u vakcmirovannykh protiv nee po Bezredka. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 75-7.— Klose, F, & Schrder, W. Ein Beitrag zur Ruhrschutzbehand- lung mit polyvalenten Ruhrbakteriophagen. Deut. Militar- arzt 1941, 6: 265-7. Also Spanish transl. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1942, 41: 264-9.—Koifman, S. I. Opyt lecheniia bacil- liarnoi 'dizenterii bakteriofagom. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 72-5.—Laboratory (A) study of bacteriophages for the control of baciUary dysentery. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 9.—Sait Bilal. Essais d'immunisation avec la toxine dysenterique Shiga enrobee a la lanoline. Askeri vet. mecmuasi, 1938, 15: 332-4.—Skvorcov, V. V. [Evaluation of preparations for active immunization against dysentery m the Army] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1944, June, 35-7.—Troickij, V. L. Predokhraniteljnaja vakcinacija protiv dizenterii. In: Dost, sovet. med. Ote6. vojny, 1943, 1: 84-96.—Vierthaler. BaciUary dysentery; immunization, bacteriophages, preserva- tion and transport. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 1. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 9, 87; Disc, 92-8. DYSENTERY (amebic) Greif, R. L. Agglutination of Endamoeba histolytica cysts. 7p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Res. Proj. X-166, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Stoll, A. M., Ward, P. A., & Mathieson, D. R. The effect of ultraviolet radiation on cysts of Endamoeba histolytica. 4p. 26>^cm. Be- thesda, 1945. Forms No. 5, Rep. Res. Proj. X-110, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series- -2S DYSENTERY 426 DYSPEPSIA United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 159: Amebiasis. 8p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. [The same] Change 1. 2p. 26cm. Wash., 1947. Alkan, W. Amoebiasis as seen during 18 months with a military hospital. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1947, 33: 143-6 — Amagliani, N. Sulla diagnosi parassitologica dellEntamoeba histolytica; nota pratica. Gior. med. mil, 1947, 94: 480-6.— Amebic dysentery; amebiasis. Seminar, Phila, 1943, 5: No. 3, 13-7.—Amebic dysentery and the diarrheal diseases. Health (U. S. War Dep. Surg. Gen. Off.) 1945, Jan. 22.—Bomford, R. R. Chronic amoebiasis in soldiers. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 279-83.—Brady, F. J, Jones, M. F, & Newton, W. L. Effect of chlorination of water on viability of cysts of Enda- moeba histolytica. War Med, Chic, 1943, "3: 409-19.— Brown, P. W. Amebiasis. North Carolina M. J, 1944, 5: 1-4.—Cameron, J. A. M, & Collins, J. C. Intestinal obstruc- tion by amoebic granulomata. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 140-2.—Chang, Shih Lu. Studies on Endamoeba histolytica; destruction of cysts of Endamoeba histolytica by a hypochlorite solution, chloramines in tap water and gaseous chlorine in tap water of varying degrees of poUution. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 46-55.—Chopra, R. N. A drug indigenous to India for treat- ment of amoebic dysentery. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1942, 1: 40— Coumel. Molinier [et al.] Interet et enseignements de la rectoscopie dans l'amibiase. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1949, 43: 21-4.—Coxon, R. V. Some observations on amoebic dysenteiy. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 91: 243- 56.—Dickson, R. C, & Ross, M. Amoebiasis in veterans. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1949, 61: 13-8.—Effect (The) of ultraviolet radiation on cysts of Endamoeba histolytica. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 2.—Gilje, L. E, & Lampson, R. S. Acute appendicitis in amebic dysentery; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 109-11.— Hauer, A. Infektionskrankheiten; die wichtigsten Infektions- krankheiten, ihre Verhutung und Bekampfung; Amobenruhr. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 44-7. —---- Comments on the discussion on malaria and amebic dysentery. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 87.—Hurst, A. F. Amoebic dysentery. In his Med. Dis. War, 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 293-304, 2 pi.— Intractable intestinal amoebiasis. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, No. 43, 4.—Johnson, H. Chronic amoebic dysentery with hepatitis. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 706.—Liebermann, H. R. Carrier rate of intestinal parasites in the non-European staff of a military hospital in Natal, with special reference to E. histolytica. S. Afr. M. J, 1945, 19: 231-3.—McCommons, D. M. Nursing care of amebic dysentery. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 2, 22-8.—Macfarlane, L. R. S. Un- usual aspects and therapy in amoebic dysentery. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1947, 89: 223; 255.—Palmer, E. D. Military ame- biasis; observations on the complete courses of forty cases, with results of treatment. Am. J. Trop. M, 1946, 26: 543-57.— Petrov, V. Dizenteria amebnaia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 519-24.—Poirot. La dysenterie amibienne aux armees. Presse mid., 1940, 48: 469-71.—Rappaport, I. Pathogenesis of intestinal amebiasis. Med. Bull. U. S First Army, 1949, 4: No. 9, 3-7.—Remzi Tarakci [Case of amoebic dysentery in a dog and report of similar cases] Askeri vet. mecmuasi, 1940, 18: 284-96.—Scaffidi, V. I grandi parassitismi intestinali di entamebe a cisti tetranucleate. Gior. med. mil, 1947, 94: 385-95.—Terzani, A. L'amebiasi dei soldati come problema di medicina civile. Boll. Accad. med. pistoiese, 1941, 14: 241-3.—Treatment of amoebic dysentery. BuU. Armv M Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 21, 1; 1945, No. 51, 2.—Walton, H. C. m! The symptomless transient urinary carrier of enteric organisms among Egyptians. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1949, 93: 298-303 — Westphal. Parasitology of amebic dysentery. Conf. Med Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 7, 105.—Yosida, M, Ito, M. [et al.] Sengo amoeba-sekiri no surel ni tuite [Various cases of postwar amebic dysentery] Iryo, DYSENTERY carrier. Getty, R. W, Clifton, F. [et al.] Treatment of bacillary dysentery carriers with sulfonamides. U. S. Nav M Bull 1945, 45: 914-8.—Hoagland, R. J, Harris, F. H, & Raile! R. B. Treatment of bacillary dysentery carriers. War Med Chic, 1943 4: 400-3—Philbrook, F. R, Barnes, L. A. [et al] Prolonged laboratory observations on clinical cases and carriers of Shigella flexneri III following an epidemic. U. S Nav M BuU, 1948, 48: 405-14, tab. DYSPEPSIA. See also Dental health, Defects; Diarrhea; Digestive system, Disease; Peptic ulcer. Brockbank, W. The dyspeptic soldier; a record of 931 con- secutive cases. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 39-42.—Bull H C H The dyspeptic soldier. Ibid, 185.—Chavasse, C. C. H. Dys- pepsia in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 174—Conybeare J. J. Dyspepsia m the Royal Air Force. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1944, 57: 188-90.—Demole, M. La maniere de se comporter, au service mihtaire. vis-a-vis des dyspeptiques, conclusions de la Societe de gastroenterologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942 72: 347.—Dyspepsia. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 35.— Dyspepsia in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 836.—Dyspeptic (The) soldier. East Afr. M. J, 1940-41, 17: 475.— Ferro-Luzzi, G. Su alcune forme dispeptiche pill comuni nei soldati. Gior' med. mil, 1930, 78: 368-79.—Gill, A. M, Berridge, F. R, & Jones, R. A. Differential diagnosis of dyspepsia; analysis of 217 service cases. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 727-31.—Gold, R. L. Gastroscopic findings in patients with dyspepsia at an Army hospital. Gastroenterology, 1943, 1: 254-7.—Goldbloom, A. A, & Schildkrout, H. Dyspepsia regimen; a method of rehabilita- tion. War Med, Chic, 1944, 6: 24-6.—Graham, J. G., & Kerr, J. D. O. Digestive disorders in the forces. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 330-8.—Guyer, R. B. The comparison of radiological and gastroscopic findings in 200 dyspeptic soldiers Brit. J. Radiol, 1943, 16: 241-6.—Hill, L. C. Dyspepsia in the Army. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 1: 452-4.—Hinds-Howell, C. A. A review of dyspepsia in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 473.— Hobbs, G. E. Dyspepsia in the Army; a study of the problem among the troops in M. D. No. 1. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1943-44, 1: 417-28.—Howell, T. H. Anaemia with dyspepsia; a syn- drome encountered in Indian troops. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond 1947, 50: 110-2.—Hunt, T. C. Dyspepsia in soldiers. Lancet! Lond, 1942, 2: 323.—Hurst, A. Digestive disorders in soldiers In his Med. Dis. War, 2. ed, Lond, 1941, 318-41; 3. ed, Lond 1943, 169-92. Also Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1941, 8: 321-3! ------ Dyspeptics in the Army. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 91. ------ Trastornos digestivos en los soldados. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 935-41.—Hutchison, J. H. The inci- dence of dyspepsia in a military hospital. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 78-81.—Love, H. R. Dyspeptic symptoms in soldiers. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 101-9.— Mackay-Dick, J. The periodic dyspepsia syndrome. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 91: 36-42.— MacNab, G. R. An analysis of 215 cases of dyspepsia where a barium meal was done. Ibid, 1943, 80: 280.—Maingot, R. The dyspeptic soldier. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 124.—Mills, W. G. Abdominal hyperaesthesia in army dyspeptics. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 315.—Monges. L'aptitude militaire des digestifs. Marseille mid., 1940, 77: pt 1, 81-97.—Montgomery, H, Schindler, R. [et al.j Peptic ulcer, gastritis and psycho- neurosis among naval personnel suffering from dyspepsia. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 890-4.—Montgomery, R. Dyspeptic conditions in the Army. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 226- 32.—Mussen. R. W. Vapours and dyspeptic feelings. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 309-14.—N, A. G. Digestive dis- orders in the forces. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1941, 45: 72.—Nonulcer dyspepsia in soldiers. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 645 — Payne, R. T, & Newman, C. Interim report on dyspepsia in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 819-21. ------ Dyspepsia in the Army. Ibid, 1941, 1: 382. ----— Dyspeptics in the Army. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 193.—Saffley, R. The radio- logical investigation of dyspeptic soldiers. Brit. J. Radiol, 1941, 14: 96-101.—Schindler, R. Chronic dyspepsia in the armed services. J. M. Soc. Co. N. York, 1942, 1: No. 34, 4-6 — Spira, J. J. Dyspepsia in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 915.—Tidy, H. L. Dyspepsia in the forces. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 113-22. ------ Dyspepsia and peptic ulcer in the services. In Med. Annual, Lond, 1945, 63: 100-3. ------ Newman, C. E. [et al.] Discussion on dyspepsia in the forces. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1940-41, 34: 411-26.—Tidy, H. L, Scadding, J. G. [et al.] Dyspepsia in the forces. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 448-50.—Wade, H. J. Dyspepsia in the Royal Navy; study of 1003 consecutive cases. Ibid, 1942, 2: 636-9. EAR. See also Deafness; Medical examination; Surgical technic. Wing, K. G. Suggestions for working with celloidin; with special reference to the inner ear. 1. 113-63. 28cm. N. Lond., 1949. Forms Proj. NM 003 041 27 01 (or, No. 151, v. 8) Rep. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Laborat. Kulikovsky, G. Ototopika (ous, otos) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 220-3.—Poos, E. E. The ear in aviation and warfare. Eye Ear &c. Month, 1941-42, 20: 342. ---- artificial. See Ear mold; also Surgical technic, Ear. Disease. See also such terms as Aviator, Ear, etc.; Ear, nose and throat; Eye, ear, nose and throat. Conley, J. J. Analysis of 100 consecutive cases of aural disease in an Army general hospital. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 38: 541-6. ——--- Atresia of the external auditory canal occurring in miUtary service; a report on the correction of this condition in ten cases. Ibid, 1946, 43: 613-22.—Lebensohn,' J. E. Impacted cerumen; incidence and management. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1071-5.—Morris, S. J. Diseases and injuries of the ears. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt 2, 767-78.—Vieira Filho, O, & Barcelos, W. Sfndrome de Gradenigo; exposicao de um caso. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1949, 38: 65-71. EAR 427 EAR INJURY .--- Inflammation. See also Aero-otitis. Campbell, P. A. The diagnosis and treatment of acute and chronic external otitis. 9p. 27cm. Wash. 1947. Forms Techn. Bull TB 10-31, U. S. Veterans Admin. Senturia, B. H. Sulfonamide therapy in the treatment of external otitis; local application. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 186, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Aero-otitis externa. 3 1. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 317, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ----Penicillin therapy in external otitis. lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 247, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Etiology of external otitis. 15p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 349, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- & Broh-Kahn, R. H. The use of strep- tomycin in the treatment of diffuse external otitis, 17p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 486, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Senturia, B. H., & Wolf, F. T. The action of sulfonamides on fungi isolated from cases of otomycosis. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 212, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Ashley, P. External otitis in the tropics. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1230-6.—Ballance, G. A. External otitis. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1943, 29: 255-8.—Beach, E. W, & Hamilton, L. L. Tropical otitis externa; ear fungus. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 599-602.—Castle, M. E, Buckles. D. L, & Acker, H. T. A simple treatment for pseudomonas otitis externa. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 559.—Dean, G. O. A treatment for otitis externa in the tropics. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1696.-—External otitis in the tropics. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 8.—Gill, W. D. Otomycosis; some remarks concerning its diagnosis and treatment. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 192-6.—Gordon, A. T. Otitis externa. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 245.— Muzzio, J. C. Labe- rintitis circunscripta o fistula del laberinto. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1947, 46: 368-82.—Quarles van Ufford, W. J. MiUtair- hygienische problemen in Indie; otitis externa. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 1310-2.—Senturia, B. H. Treatment of external otitis. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 3, 22-4.— Studies on the etiology- of otitis externa, and on the in vitro effect of parachlorophenol and peniciUin on the organisms involved. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 31.—Sullivan, T, & Hersee, W. E. Treatment of infections of the external ear canal in a tropical theater of war. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 3, 58-61.—Zimmerman, H. A. Preliminary report of the use of suUadiazine bentonite solution in the treatment of external otitis. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 426. EAR injury. See also Deaf; Deafness; Gunfire; Head in- jury; Injury, blast. Alexander, G., & Urbantschitsch, E. Die Kriegsverletzungen und die Kriegskrankheiten des Gehororganes. 136p. 27cm. Wien, 1920. Doerler, R. A. Contribution k l'etude des blessures du massif auriculaire par coups de feu. 36p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Mundnich, K. Die Schussverletzungen des Ohres und der seitlichen Schadelbasis. 74p. 25cm. Lpz., 1944. Armenio, O. A. I traumi dell'orecchio da arma da fuoco. Atti Clin, otolar. Napoli, 1939-41, 15: 91-119.—Baldenweck, L. L'oreille et la guerre. Rev. laryng, Bord, 1940, 61: 437; 473.— Collier, D. J. Ear injuries in air raids. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 639. ------ Injuries to the ear in war time. Mod. Treatm. Yearb, Lond, 1943, 9: 226-30.—Escher, F. Die Kriegsschaden des Ohres. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1944, 21: 59-73.— Greifenstein, A. Kriegsverletzungen der Gehororgane. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zillmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 221-8— Hagerman, F. Karolinska Sjukhuset's material of aural shot injuries. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 382-5.—Hipskind, M. M. War injuries to the auditory apparatus; clinical and audiometric observations. Laryngoscope, 1945, 55: 678-705.—Lydic, L. A. Wartime ear injuries. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1945-46, 45: 321.—Negus, V. E. Injuries to the ear in war. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 638-53; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 785-800; 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 760-75.—Pencik, A. S. Travmaticheskaia glukhonemota. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Tadzhik. Narkomzdrav.) StaUnabad, 1945, 42-8.— Perwitzschky, R. Die Kriegsverletzungen und -schadigungen des Gehororgans; ihre Behandlung und ihre Prognose. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 446 (Abstr.)—Preobrazensky, B. S. Ognestrelnye ranenija naruisnogo ukha. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 8: 259-84, 2 pi.—Schwartz- berg, J. A. Travmatideskie povreidenia lobnykh pazukh. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognestr. povrezhd. ukha &c, Moskva, 1944, 24-6.—Siirala, U. Audiometrische Untersuchungen iiber Ohrenschaden im Kriege. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1943-44, 153: 228-37.—Tanklevsky, G. A. K voprosu ob opredelenii pod- linnoi glukhoty. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 156-61.—Teneff, S. La ferite d'arma da fuoco dell'orecchio. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 689-93.—Undric, V. F. Ognestrelnye ranenija srednego i vnutrennego ukha. In: Opyt sovet. med. v VeUk. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 8: 285-327, 5 pi.—Wells, W. A. The danger to the hearing apparatus in modern warfare. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 215-23. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 133-42.—Zimmerman, G. S. Boevye povrefdenia ukha, naruienia funkcii slukhovogo nerva, so6etaju§6iesja s po- vrefdeniem 6erepa i mozga. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech. ognestr. povrezhd. ukha &c, Moskva, 1944, 7-9. ---- Blast injury. See also Gunfire; Injury, blast. Fantoni, M. Akusticna trauma. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 450-2.—Flodgren, E. The habituation practices, a serious danger to the hearing organs of the soldiers. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 376-82.—Fox, S. L. The effects on hearing of acoustic trauma in industry and war. South. M. J, 1943, 36: 97-100.—Gyulafalvy, T. Robbanasok altal okozott halloszervserulesekrol. Orv. hetil, 1943, 87: 423-5.—Hofmann, L. v. Schadigungen und Verletzungen des Ohres durch Explosionen und Detonationen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 433-44.—Linn, L., & Stein, M. H. A psychi- atric study of blast injuries of the ear. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater U. S, 1944, 1: 6. Also War Med, 1945, 8: 32 — Miiller-Weitz, E. Ueber Detonationsschaden am Gehororgan. Deut. Militararzt, 1944, 9: 338-41.—Perlman, H. B. Acoustic trauma in war and in peace. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1942, 35: 834- 6.—Ruedi, L, & Furrer, W. Entstehung und Verhutung von kriegsbedingten Schallschadigungen des Ohres. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1947, 24: Spec. No, 43-51.—Spak, V. M, & Slein, B. N. Poslekontuzionnye rasstrojstva slukha i re6i. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 4, 11-3.—Udincev, V. N. Vozdusnye kontuzii organov slukha. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 124-7.—Vahdettin Ozan [Injuries caused by detonations and the need for official warning] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: 1-8. ---- Deafness. See also Aviator, Ear; Deafness: Hearing, Rehabilitation; Hysteria; Noise. Defective hearing in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 529.— Guild, S. R. War deafness and its prevention. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 70-6.—Howard, J. C, jr. Auditory impair- ment in returned service personnel. J. Missouri M. Ass, 1946, 43: 762-5.—Lederer, F. L. Hearing loss in the Navy and Marine Corps; incidence, etiology, and statistical analysis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, Suppl, 194-201.—Manning, A. C. America's reconstructed deafened soldiers. Jewish Deaf, N. Y, 1920, 6: No. 2, 9-13.—Moncada Nieto, L. Ensayos sobre tres casos de sordera producida por onda explosiva. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 105.—Miihl, K. Das Absehen bei Gehorgeschadigten und Ertaubten. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 551-66— Schmticker, K. Ge- horschadigungen durch Kriegseinfliisse. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1940, 31: H. 11, 23-6.—Siirala, U. War injuries to the ear and the hearing. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1948, Suppl. No. 74, 141-4.-—Soraluce, J. Sordera de guerra. Med. & cir. guerra, 1949, 11: 247-58.—Ullmann, E. V. Traumatic deafness in combat flyers. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1944, 40: 374-81.— Vojadek, V. I. Kontuzionnye porazenija s rasstrojstvami slukha i reci. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 8: 328-65.—War deafness; an annotated bibUography of material in the Volta Bureau files. Volta Rev, 1943, 45: 27; passim.—Weiss, J. A. Deafness due to acoustic trauma in warfare; analysis of 72 cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1947, 56: 175-86.—Wit, G. de. Professional deafness in the Naval staff. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1942, 30: 373-82. EAR mold. St John, J. H. Plastic ear mold for communi- cations equipment. 7 1. 29cm. Fort Knox, 1947. Forms Proj. No. 57-5, U. S. Army M. Dep. Field Res. Laborat. Also Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. B, No. 11, 1-7, illust; App. D, Proj. 1, No. 8, 1, diagr. EAR MOLD 428 EAR PLUG Dietz, V. H. A new technical procedure in the fabrication of external prosthetic appliances. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 293-303.—Physiological considerations in the use of plastic ear molds for communications equipment. Annual Rep. Armored M. Res. Laborat, 1946, App. C, 9.—Plastic ear mold for com- munications equipment. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1947, July, 105.—Resnick, F. A, & Apter, B. F. Fabrica- tion of ear molds. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, Suppl, 226-31. EAR, nose and throat. See also Otorhinolaryngology; also such terms as Altitude, Ear, nose and throat; Aviator, Ear; Eye, ear, nose, and throat. Preobrazensky, B. S. [et al.] Hhctpvkuhh no jieneHHio paHeHuft yxa, Hoca, ropjia u nocjieKOH- Ty3H0HHHX paccTpoficTB cjiyxa h penu. 33p. 21>4cm. Moskva, 1944. Forms No. 19, Sborn. instr. metod. mat. evakohosp. Burns, S. S. Some unusual cases met with in ear, nose and throat service in a base hospital. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1919, 38: 73-5.—Hasslauer, W. Ohren-, Nasen- und Halskrankheiten. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, 3. Aufl, Miinch, 1917, pt 2, 179- 208, illust.-—Simpson, R. R. Notes on some common disorders of the ear, nose, and throat. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 148-52.—Vails, R. Nursing aspects of ear, nose and throat diseases. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: 19. ---- Injury. See also Ear injury. Milovidov, S. I., & Preobrazensky, B. S. [et al.] C6opHHK Hay*mi>ix pa6oT no JieneHHio orHecTpejiBHbix noBpeacrreHnfl yxa, ropjia h Hoca. 76p. 22cm. Moskva, 1944. Vojacek, V. I. [et al.] Xupyprna. Pa3«. 5: OrHecTpejitHue paHenun h noBpeJKueHHa Hoca, ropjia h yxa. 387p. 26Hcm. Moskva, 1950. Forms v.8, Opyt sovet. med. v VeUk. ote6. vojne, Moskva. Alekseev, D. T. [Injuries of the oto-rhinolaryngological organs during war time] Vest, otorinolar, 1941, No. 6, 48-53.— Belkina. N. P. Ognestrelnye ranenija glotki i sejnogo otdela pi§6evoda. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otec. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 8: 102-38, 3 pi.—Coates, G. M, & Miller, M. V. War injuries of the ear, nose and throat. Med. Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 1653-76.—Cohn, B. Begutachtung von 1009 im Kriege entstandenen oder verschlimmerten Ohren-, Kehlkopf- und Nasenleiden. Mschr. Ohrenh, 1921, 55: 516-30.—Craig, D. H. A report on the first 1000 cases which attended the ear, nose and throat department of a military hospital. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 86-91.—David de Sanson, R. Trauma- tismos e ferimentos de guerra em oto-rinolaringologia. Rev. brasil. cir, 1943, 12: 183-96.—Di Lauro, E. Casistica trauma- tologica e cUnica di guerra. Valsalva, 1948, 24: 189-94.— Heindl, A. Hals-, nasen- und ohrenarztliche Begutachtung Kriegsverletzter und kranker Soldaten. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 543-50.—Horacek, M. Serie vaiecnych poranenf oSetfovanych na prazskd otolaryngologic^ klinice v r. 1945. Cas. lek. cesk, 1945, 84: 1525-7.—Kessler W. Versorgungsarztliche Erfahrungen; die Frage der Dienst- beschadigung bei Hals-, Nasen, und Ohrenleiden. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 286-92.—Kulikovsky, G. G, & Svetlakov, M. I. Obsdaja kharakteristika ranenij nosa, gorla i ukha i kontuzionnykh porazenij. In: Opyt sovet. med. v. VeUk. ote6 vojne, Moskva, 1950, 8: 22-46.—Magalhais de Oliveira Bar- bosa, J. Breves apontamentos a proposito da classificacao, evacuagao, e recuperagao dos doentes e feridos do foro oto-rino- laringologico, em campanha. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1943, 5: 144-9.—Preobrazensky, B. S. Voprosy lecenija invalidov VeUkoi otecestvennoi voiny s posledstvijami LORranenii i LORkontuzii v hospitaUakh NKZdrava SSSR. Vest, oto- rinolar, 1946, 8: 3-7.—Sellari Franceschini, A. Contributo alio studio deUa traumatologia di guerra in otorinolaringoiatria. Otorinolar. ital, 1947, 15: 63-73.—Sviridova, A. E. K statistike boevykh LORpovrezhdenij za vremia Velikoi otedestvennoj vojny. Vest, otorinolar, 1946, 8: 11-5.—Voia6ek, V. Kon- tuzija oto-rino-laringologi6eskikh organov. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 37-40.—Voss, O. Die Kriegs- verletzungen von Ohr, Nase und Hals. Med. Klin, Berl 1939, 35: 1589-91.—Wolfsohn, S. I. [Foreign bodies in gun- shot wounds of the ear, throat, and nose] Feldsher. Moskva 1943, No. 8, 12-4. EAR plug [incl. protection] See also Explosion; Gunfire; Injury, blast. Campbell, P. A. The effect of wearing ear cotton upon hearing acuity [6] 1. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 10, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Ogden, F. W. Evaluation of ear plug effec- tiveness; preliminary report. 9 1. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 257, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Ear plug protection against noise and concussion of gunfire, lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 326, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Patt, H. M. Survey of hearing deficit in certain Marine Corps personnel and an evalua- tion of the effectiveness of the V-51R ear warden compared to the Knight-Dunbar modification thereof in protecting the ear against concussion blast. 2 Nos. 16, 331. 27cm. Camp Lejeune, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1 & 2, Res. Proj. X-488, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Peugnet, H. B., & Senturia, B. H. Evalua- tion of ear plug effectiveness. 8 1. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 257, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 12: Report on Project No. 12; Test of accousti-guard, ear protective device, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. ---- Project No. 26: Report on Project No. 26; Investigation of ear plugs for protection against gun blast, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. ---- Project No. T-12: Report on Project No. T-12; Test of ear protective devices, silents. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Cox, L. K, & Geller, J. W. Anticoncussion ear plugs; pre- vention of aural complications from gunnery concussion. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 139-42.—Flodgren. E. Experiences from the experiments in ear protection in the Swedish Army August-October 1941. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 385- 97.—Halm, T, & Jantsek, G. Mechanikai hallascsokkentea letesftese hangdrtalmak megelozesere a hall6jarat elz&rasaval. Honvddorvos, 1950, 2: 699-701, Ulust— Loebell, H. Ver- hutungen von Kriegsschaden am Gehororgan. Med. Klin, Berl, 1942, 38: 97.—Nasiell, V. Principles concerning the prophylaxis of aural injuries in the service. Acta otolar, Stockh, 1944, 32: 509-26.—New ear protector adopted by Navy. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 1196.—Senturia, B. H, & Peugnet, H. B. Aero-otitis externa. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 108 EAR prosthesis. See Ear mold; Prosthetic service. EAST. See related material under Geopathology, World War II. EAST Africa. For military medical references see Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. EASTERN Europe. See under World War II. ECUADOR. For related material see under Surgery; Wars and campaigns. ECZEMA. See also Dermatosis. Carpenter, C. C, Nuckolls, C. R., & Dyke, J. S. Nummular eczema and prostatitis; its treatment with peniciUin. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1947, 47: 453-7.—Dantas, O. Modernas noc5es sobre o eczema. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1943, 4: 347-58.— Kohe. Yara ve ekzama tedavisinde balik yagi tatbiki. Askeri vet. mecmuasi, 1941, 19: 145 (Abstr.)—Miitzenmacher, M. A. ECZEMA 429 EDUCATION [Paratraumatic eczema] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 288-91.—Query, L. C. Traite- ment des dermites en general, et en particulier des dermites eczemateuses accompagnant certaines blessures de guerre. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1917, 17: 156.—Sefton, N. Eczema umido curado pelo hormonio masculino. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1942, 31: 217.—Vasconcellos, N. G. Eczematisacoes. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1948, 9: 1373-88. EDEMA. See also Gas edema; Heart, Disease. Opizzi, J. La dieta en los cardioh6patorrenales cr6nicos con edemas. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1940, 39: 843-9.—Rapoport, J. Otek (oedema) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946- 48, 4: 148-51.—Rashba, J. E. [Pathogenesis and clinical aspect of edema] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 539-46. EDUCATION. See also Instruction; Instructor; School; Training. For special education see such terms as Aviator, Education; Prisoner of war, Edu- cational service; Veteran, Education. Kabo, D. Ideologideskaja obrabotka molo- deii i soldat v Hitlerovskoj Germanii. 39p. 21>2cm. Ashkhabad, 1942. United States. Department op the Army. Education manual. Chic. [&c] EM 29, 1946- Akodus, J. Vseobl6ee voennoe obudenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946—48, 1: 1049-51.—Casarini, A. La preparazione miUtare e guerriera nei dialoghi di Platone. Atti Accad. stor. arte san, 1940, S. 2, 6: 93-110.—Education for the miUtary services. Rev. Sc. Instrum, 1942, 13: 307.—Espy, H. G. Guidance in the Armed Forces Institute. Occupations, 1943-44, 22: 169-73.—Hawkins, T. H. Education in the British Army. Nature, Lond, 1943, 151: 438-40.— Janecek, K., & Petracek, J. [MUitary education] Cas. lek. Cesk, 1938, 77: 296-300.—Koike, M. Gakko ni okeru budo ni tuite no syutvo [A plea for the military arts in schools (fencing, judo, etc.)] In: Den Masanao Koike (Sato, T.) Tokyo, 1940, 369- 72.—Kyoiku [Education] In: Dai Nippon Teikoku Rikugun- syo zyuni-kai tokei nenpo (Japan. Rikugun-syo) Tokyo, 1899, 151-249.-—Lloyd, C. Education in the British Army. Nature, Lond, 1946, 158: 775; 821.----— The present outlook in army education. Ibid, 1948, 161: 262.—Moyle, R. Refresher courses for service M. O.s. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 181.—Rytz, E. Gedanken eines Arztes zur militarischen Erziehung. Militar- sanitat, Zur, 1947, 29: 33-5.—Sarfatti, G. Un corso di pedagogia miUtare. Riv. psicol, 1921, 17: 167-70.—Vagts, A. War and the colleges. J. Am. Mil. Inst, 1940, 4: 67-75.— Vigon, J. Educacion militar. Ejercito, 1942, No. 26, 19-22.— Wartime mobilization of education. Occupations, 1941-42, 20: 459-61.-—Williams, G. Education and recreation in the Army. Med. Times, N. Y, 1920, 48: 63.—Witty, P. A., & Goldberg, S. Evolution in education through Army experience. J. Educ. Psychol, 1944, 35: 338-46. ---- medical. See also Dental officer; Flight surgeon; Medical officer; Medical student; Military surgeon; Psy- chiatrist; School, medical; Veterinarian. War-time Graduate Medical Meetings. Bulletin. Phila., v.l, 1943- Chesney, A. M. Some tenets of postgraduate medical education. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 585-91.— Dougherty, E. C. The miUtary programme of medical education in the United States. S. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1944-45, 48: 4-6.—Fraser, P. K. Postgraduate education in the services. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 1: 762.—Larsell, O. Current problems in relation to accelerated program for premedical and medical education. Northwest M, 1944, 43: 161-4.—Lebedenko, V. Training of medical personnel in U. S. S. R. before and during the present war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 449.—Lueth, H. C. Army refresher courses. Ibid, 1945, 129: 38.—MacEwen, E. M. The accelerated program in medicine. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1944, 30: 132-8. Also J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1944, 19: 139-43 — Mclntire, R. T. Medical education from the standpoint of the Navy Medical Corps. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 210.— Medical education and the war; a series of articles by Federal authorities responsible for medical service in connection with the war. Ibid, 1255-374. ---- medical—in war. See also Medical student. Akeroyd, J. H. Post graduate medicine at the University of Vienna Medical School. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 2: No. 2, 25-30.—Alexander, L. The medical school curriculum in war-time Germany. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVII-71, 1-21.—B, W. H. The war and medical education. Ann. Int. M, 1943, 19: 1035-8.—Balfour, D. C. Gaduate medical education and the war. Papers Annual Congr. M. Educ. (Am. M. Ass.) Chic, 1943, 39. Congr, 12-5. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin. (1943) 1944, 35: if2-"—Burns, B- '■ War and medical education. Tristate M. J, 1942-43, 15: 2841.—Carey, E. J. Medical education in the present war. Illinois M. J, 1944, 85: 252.—Diehl, H. S. The role of medical education in the war. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1942, 28: 291-301. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 213. Also J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1942, 17: 369-76. ------ Medical education and the Procurement and Assignment Service. Diplomate, 1943, 15: 159-64. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 635-8. ------& West, M. D. The procurement and assign- ment service and medical education. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1943, 18: 15-33.—Elliott, E. C. Education and the war. Papers Annual Congr. M. Educ. (Am. M. Ass.) Chic, 1943, 39. Congr, 4.—Fitts, F. M. Medical education in wartime. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1945, 20: 93-7.—Fritz, G. B. Serious defects are seen in wartime medical training. Med. Econom, 1942-43, 20: No. 10, 65-7.—Graduate medical education in wartime. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 1377.—Graham, E. A. Medical education; a war casualty. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q, 1944-45, 8: 147-53.—Hackel, J. P. War as it affects medical education. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: No. 4, 18.—Halliday, W. R. Medical education under air-raid condi- tions. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 685.—Henry, D. D. Changes and challenges in education today. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 614.—Johnson, V. The significance of war-time acceleration in medical education. Diplomate, 1942, 14: 207-16.-—Kretschmer, H. L. Medical education, the war, and vou. Marquette M. Rev, 1944-45, 9: 1-8.—Meakins, J. C. The effect of the war on medical education in Canada. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 209.—Medical education under air-raid conditions; position of the London schools. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 567.—Medical education under the air raids (London) J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 1902.—Medical education during the war. Med. Clarion, Manila, 1941, 7: No. 4, 3.—Medical education facilities fully meeting wartime needs. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1943-44, 46: 98.—Medical education and the war effort. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 1396.-—Medical education in war-time. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 737. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 1126 — Medical education in war time; emergency measures. Brit. M. J, 1939, 2: 1155-7.—Miller, J. R. Medical education and war. Illinois M. J, 1944, 85: 247-51.—Musser, J. H. War and medical education. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1943-44, 40: 29-31. ------ The limitations of medical education in war time. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1943-44, 96: 414-6.—Peters, J. P. Medical education in wartime. Interne, N. Y, 1943, 9: 149-51.—Problems of war-time medical education. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 175.—Rappleye, W. C. Memorandum on medical education and defense. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1942, 28: 6. ------ The financial aspects of medical education in the war program. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1944, 19: 43-5. ------ Effects to date of the wartime program of medical education. Ibid, 46-8.—Reese, H. H. Medical education. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 169-81, illust.—Shikov, G. T. [The work of the Novosibirsk Institute for post-graduate training of physicians during the present war] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1943, No. 3, 34-9.—Sinclair, J. G. Application of Army methods to civilian medical courses. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll, 1947, 22: 278.—War conditions emphasize the need of up-to-date medical knowledge. California West. M, 1942, 56: 57.—Wilbur, R. L. Some war aspects of medicine; report of the chairman of the Council on medical education and hospitals. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 661-3.—Wilbur (Dr) comments. N. York State J. M, 1941, 41: 1237.—Wilson, J. W. Premedical education in war time. Rhode Island M. J, 1942, 25: 247-9.—Wiskott, A. Bericht iiber das Medizinstudium an der Universitat Miinchen wahrend des Krieges. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVII-71, 6-8.—Zollinger, R. M, Reynolds, F. H. K. [et al.] Medical education in Germany. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 540-4. ---- Role of medical officer. Bonnet, E. F. P. La participation du medecin mUitaire a la formation morale et physique du soldat. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 239-43. Also Spanish tr. Rev. pub. nav, B. Air, 1948, 1: 293-9.— Campana, A. La participation du medecin miUtaire a la forma- tion morale et physique du soldat. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 256-8.—Chaidron. Role du medecin militaire dans la formation physique et morale du soldat. Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil, 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 178-86— Gecow, L. Der AnteU des Mili- tararztes an der moraUschen Bildung des Soldaten. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 237.—Geuens. Le role du medecin militaire dans la formation physique et morale du soldat. Rapp. Congr. internat. raid. pharm. mil, 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 169-77.—Meyrelles do Souto, A. La participation du medecin militaire a la formation morale et physique du soldat. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 264.—Perez Saenz de Miera, D. La participation del medico militar en la formacion moral y fisica del soldado. Ibid, 259.—Petchot-Bacque. La partici- pation du medecin militaire dans la formation morale et physique du soldat. Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil, 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 187-202.—Puig Quero, M. La participa- cion del medico militar en la formacidn moral y fisica del EDUCATION 430 ELECTRIC WELDING soldado. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 260-2.—Sharp, A. C. R. The role of the military doctor in the physical formation and moral of the soldier. Ibid, 244-50.—Zamfir, D, & Supulescu, J. J. La participation du medecin a la formation physique et morale du soldat. Ibid, 266. ---- sanitary. See Health education; Hospital service, educa- tional; Prisoner of war, Educational service. EE G See Electroencephalography. EFFORT syndrome. See under Heart. EGG. See also Food; Food supply. Gordon, J. E. Food poisoning from powdered egg. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 1: pt 3, Sect. 2, No. 2, 15. ——■— Food poisoning from powdered egg in the United States Army. Ibid, 18-20.—Menges, R. W. Inspec- tion of dried whole eggs. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 603-9.—Payton, J. The spray process for making whole egg powder. Ibid, 1943, No. 70, 71-85— Stateler, E. S. Coopera- tive research solves Army egg-drying problems. Food Indust, 1945, 17: 99, &c-—Wendland, The preservation of eggs. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 310. EGYPT. For references to this country see Hospital report; Morbidity; World War II. EGYPTIAN campaign. See Wars and campaigns (1798) World War I; World War II. EIRE. For reference see under Venereal disease. EJECTION posture. See under Acceleration, Tolerance. EJECTION seat. See Aircraft, Ejection seat. ELBOW. See under Joint. ELECTRIC shock. See Injury, electric. ELECTRIC shock therapy. See under Therapeutics. ELECTRIC supply. See with Civilian defense, Utilities. ELECTRIC welding. See also Welder. Dreessen, W. C. J., Brinton, H. H. [et al.] Health of arc welders in steel ship construction; a survey made in cooperation with United States Maritime Commission and United States Navy 200p. 23Kcm. Wash., 1947. Forms Pub. Health BuU. No. 298, U. S. Pub. Health Serv. Trumper, M. Eye flash injuries from welding arc. 9p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-202, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Benson, C. Treatment of photophthalmia foUowing ex- posure to the rays of the welding arc. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 737-43.—Carter, T. J. Electric welding; particularly eye hazards and protective measures. Ibid, 1939, 37:138-42.— Eye flash injuries from welding arc. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 12.—Lo Schiavo, R. Intossi- cazione acuta e cronica fra i saldatori elettrici. Ann. med. nav Roma, 1943, 49: 101-12.—Sato, S. [Eyesight of employees handling electric welding every day] Bull. Nav. M. Ass Tokyo, 1941, 30: 380-8.—Tabuti, C, & Noda, K. A case of cutaneous injury owing to the light of electric welding. Ibid 1937, 26: 9. ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY. See also Cardiology; Cold environment; Heart; Medical examination, Cardiovascular system. Ernsthausen, W., Wittern, W. W. v., & Reismann, K. The torsion ballistocardiograph 36p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-696-116A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Kossmann, C. E. Some limitations of the electrocardiogram in the physical examination for flying. 27p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 8, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. Army Medical School [Washington, D. C] Clinical electrocardio- graphy; basic course in clinical medicine, 1930- 1931. 48 1. 27cm. Wash., 1930. Forms No. 112, A. M. C. U. S. Army M. Center. White, M. S. A device for obtaining electro- cardiographic leads from the precordium. lip 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 9, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Benson, O. O, jr. The effect of decreased barometric pres- sure on the electrocardiogram. J. Aviat. M, 1940, 11: 67-74.— Calver, G. W. An ink recording electrocardiograph. U. S Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 351-3, pi.—Care of the electrocardi- ograph machine on shipboard. Burned News Lett, Wash 1944, 3: No. 13, 18.—Clagett, A. H, jr. Electrocardiographic changes involving the ST segment and T wave. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 37-43.—Dietzel. Anregung zur Einfuhrung einer (4.) Brustwandableitung der Herzstromkurve in den Lazaretten der Wehrmacht. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 377.—Douglas, A. H. R. Mechanism of T deflection in the precordial electrocardio- gram. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 647-52.—Kay asi ma, K. Die klinische und experimentelle Erforschung iiber das Elektro- kardiogramm. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 58 — King, J. T, & Robb, G. P. Common errors in electrocardio- graphic diagnosis. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82, 55-66.—Mailer, A. Beitrage zur Beurteilung elektrokardio- graphischer Befunde bei wehrmachtarztlichen Untersuchungen. In: Wehrmedizin (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 3: 282-9.—Risak, E. Die Bedeutung der Herzstromkurve in der militararztUchen Begutachtung. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 578-82.—Schnur, S. The value of limitations of the electrocardiogram. J. Aviat. M, 1942, 13: 143-7. ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY. See also Anoxia, Nervous system; Aviator, Electroencephalography; Medical examination; Neurology, Examination; Neuropsychiatric ex- amination. Prast, J. W. Short-wave artifacts in EEG records. 7p. 26Hcm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 507, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Schroeder, R. E. Prediction of flying ability from the electroencephalogram by the RCAF. 7 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. . ?0Tm? Rep- No- *■ Pr°J- No- 85, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Thorner, M. W. The reliability of the gross evaluation of electroencephalograms by tech- nicians. 21p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. . Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 62, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. . Electroencephalograms in successful pilots and unsuccessful flying cadets. lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 72, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- Davis' Analysis of relation of the electro- encephalogram to flying. 4 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 94, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY 431 EMBARKATION United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-6: Courses of instruc- tion for VA personnel in electroencephalography, and processing of applicants desiring to attend courses. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1946. ---- Technical bulletin TB 10A-180: Courses of instruction in electro-encephalography for VA personnel, and processing of applicants desiring to attend courses. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1949. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 74: Electroencephalog- raphy: operative technique and interpretation. 6p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. Cohn, R, & Katzenelbogen, S. Electro-encephalographic studies. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1939, 37: 596-9.—Ferraro, D. Attivita elettrica del sistema nervoso centrale, e precisazioni sullo stato attuale della elettro-encefalografia transcranica. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1939, 45: 47-51.—Gibbs, F. A. Electro- encephalography; principal patterns, diagnostic evaluation. In: Man. Mil. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C, & Yakovlev, P. I.) PhUa, 1944, 681-96.—Harty, J. E, Gibbs, E. L, & Gibbs, F. A. Electroencephalographic study of 274 candidates for military service. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1942, 48: 677-80. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1942, 96: 435-40. Also War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 923-30.—McDaniel, F. L, Hines, C. G. [et al.] The electroencephalogram in neurological diag- nosis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 856-67.—Mead, L. C. Electrical activity of the brain. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1949, June, 1-4.—Pacella, B. L. Use of electroencephalography in the war effort. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1943, 50: 622-4.—Prast, J. W. EEG experimentation during physical activity. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 4. ----■— Development of a method for automatically analyzing EEG's. Ibid, 7. ------ & Barthomaeus, H. A. Develop- ment of a method for automatically analyzing EEG's. Ibid, 1948, Apr, 11.—Prast, J. W, & Blinn, K. A. A system for remote electroencephalography. Ibid, Oct, 3; 1949, Jan, 8.— Rossen, R. A critical analysis obtained from 873 electroen- cephalographic examinations. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1947, 47: 494-503.—Schwab, R. S. Use of electroencephalography in the Navy in wartime. Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic, 1943, 50: 489-92. ------ The apphcation of electro-encephalography in the Navy in war time. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1943, 98: 68-73. Also War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 404-9. —Serota, H. M. AppUcabiUty of the electroencephalogram (EEG) to military medical problems. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 537-9.—Silverman, D. Electroencephalography in the Army general hospital. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 163-8.—Solomon, P, Harris, H. I. [et al.l Electroencephalography in the selection of Naval re- cruits. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1310-7.—Turner, W. J, & Roberts, C. S. A year's experience with electroencephalog- raphy. Med. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1943-44, 20: 239-45. --- Apparatus and devices. Bartholomaeus, H. A., Noell, W. K., & Prast, J. W. Modifications in technique of placement of needle electrodes in brain studies. 4p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. Rep. 21-02-047, U. S. Air Force School of Aviat. M. Prast, J. W. Development of new preamplifiers for the existing electroencephalographs. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 5; Apr, 7. ELECTROMAGNETIC waves. See such terms as Atomic energy; Illumination; Radiation gamma; Radiology; Vision, etc. ELECTROPHORESIS. See Neurology, Therapeutics; Physical therapy; Therapeutics, Electrotherapy. ELECTROSURGERY. See under Surgical technic. ELECTROTHERAPY. See under Therapeutics. EMBARKATION. Felton, J. S. Army industrial medical program at a port of embarkation. Indust. M, 194.5, 14: 854-95.—Fernandes Giao, M. R. Notas sobre o funcionamento do Servico de saiide em operacoes de desembarque de viva forca. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1938, 429-48.—Lindeman, S. J. L. Embarkation medical duties. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936, 67: 173-7 — Port of embarkation, Hoboken, New Jersey. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 4: 253-342 — Port of embarkation, Newport News, Virginia. Ibid, 343- 481.—Rix, J. C. A simple method of embarking and disem- barking horses and mules. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1943-44, 15: 68.—Wuori, L. A. Veterinary activities with animals at a port of embarkation. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1945, 107: 387-91. EMBOLISM. See Altitude, Aeroembolism; Diver; Fat em- bolism. EMERGENCY. See also subsequent headings; also First aid; Flying; Hospital service, emergency; Surgery, emergency. Noce, C. Soc6rros de urglncia em tempo de guerra. 159p. 21cm. S. Paulo, 1942. Roberts, H. G. Emergency care, medical field service, as adapted for war action. 86p. 21i2cm. Los Ang., 1943. United States Army Air Forces. Jungle, desert, arctic emergencies. 149p. 14cm. n. p., 1943. ---- Jungle, desert, arctic, ocean emergencies. 174p. 14cm. n. p., 1943[?] United States. Navy. Office of the Chief of Naval Operations. Aviation Train- ing Division. How to survive on land and sea. 264p. 23^cm. Annap., 1943. Emergency practice now possible without injury. Med. Bull. Continent. Air Command, 1949, 1: 15.—Larkworthy, T. C. Surgery by a non-surgeon. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 281-7.—McDonald, S. F. Military medical emergencies. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 576-9. EMERGENCY kit. See also Kit. Bright, N. Water drop test of Kit, Emer- gency Rescue, Arctic Sled, 2-Man. 15p. 26}4cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-670-21K, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Description of Swedish Air Force sur- vival kit for cold weather. 16p. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-670-20F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. LT. S. Air Force. Hanselman, N. K. Emergency survival equipment, Alaskan wet cold field test. 21p.. 27cm. Dayton, 1950. Forms No. MCREXD-670-20G, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. United States. Air Force. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Information Center. Informa- tional bulletin. Ser. A, No. 4: Army Air Forces emergency kits and equipment. 7p. 26}£cm. Eglin Field, 1943. Arctic survival kit developed. Techn. Data Digest, Dayton, 1950, 15: No. 3, 10.—Weekes, D. J. New emergency kit for pilots. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: 38. EMERGENCY Maternal and Infant Care. See under Dependent. EMERGENCY medical field unit. See also subsequent heading; also First-aid post. United States. Federal Works Agency. First aid detachments for air raid protection. lOp. 18>km. Wash., 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Medical Division Bulletin No. 2: Equip- ment & operation of emergency medical field units. 16p. 27cm. Wash., 1941. ---- Notice [pertaining to] Care and mainte- nance of Mobile Medical Team and Casualty Station. 5 1. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Buckman, L. T, Samuel, E. R, & Donaldson, W. F. From preparedness to actual defense; urgent call for weekly drills of EMERGENCY MED. FIELD UNIT 432 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE Emergency- Medical Field Units; civilian defense. Pittsburgh M. Bull, 1940-41, 30: 867.—Civilian defense activities in Ohio accelerated; need for local Emergency Medical Field Units emphasized. Ohio M. J, 1942, 38: 65-8.—Continuation of OCD medical units. Ibid, 1944, 40: 162.—Emergency Medical Field Units in action. Hosp. Counc. Bull, Chic, 1942, 5: No. 3, 15-7.—Equipment for Emergency Medical Field Units. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 65.—Equipment and operation of emergency medical field units [OCD Medical Division Bull. No. 2] Hosp. Progr, 1941, 22: 403-7. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1790-4. Also J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 36-8. Also Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: No. 2, 8-10.—Miller, H. The Alexian Brothers' Hospital Medical Field Unit. Hosp. Counc. Bull, Chic, 1942, 5: No. 5, 15-9.—Office of Civilian Defense Medical Division defines duties of stretcher teams in emergency medical service. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1943-44, 46: 52.— P, S. B. Our mobile unit. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 941.—Revised instructions for Field Casualty and Ambulance Units of the Emergency Medical Service. CaUfornia West. M, 1943, 58: 27. EMERGENCY medical service. See also Civilian defense; Hospital service, emergency. Texas, U. S. A. National Defense Com- mittee on Health and Emergency Medical Care. Health and emergency service. 14p. 28cm. Austin, 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Medical Division Bulletin No. 1: Emer- gency medical services for civilian defense. lOp. 26cm. Wash., 1941. ---- Medical division memorandum. Wash., No. 1, 1941- Emergency medical service for civilian defense. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 793-6; 2170. Also J. Kansas M. Soc, 1941, 42: 523-6. Also Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1941, 10: 409-12.—Fineberg, M. Medical communication. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1942-43, 37: 262.—Foard, F. T. The medical aspects of Civilian Defense. J. Lancet, 1943, 63: 316-9.— Halverson, W. L. National defense and disaster relief. Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1943, 58. meet, 50-65.— How to help. Southwest. M, 1942, 26: 33.—Hyde, H. V. Z. Civil emergency service. Delaware M. J, 1942, 14: 223-6.— Jacobson, S. Medical service and civilian defense. Med. Bull, N. Y, 1941-42, 7: 85.—Johnson, A. M. Emergency medical services. Health Bur, Rochester, 1942, Oct, 2-4.—Keller, W. S. Emergency medical service of civilian defense. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1943, 36: 16-21.—Lambie, J. S. Emergency medical service for catastrophies. Indust. M, 1942, 11: 248- 50.-—Mathews, G. F. Address on emergency medical care. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1942, 35: 27-9.—Medical (The) aspects of National Service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 757.—Reed, J. A. Emergency medical service in operation. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11: 32-4.—Reggio, A. W. Emer- gency medical service. J. Maine M. Ass, 1943, 34: 147-50.— Robinson, E. A. Emergency medical services in war and after. Month. Bull. Bd. Health Indiana, 1943, 46: 29. ---- Air raid casualty. See also Air raid; Evacuation—of wounded; Ship. Medical and sanitary care of the civilian population necessitated by attacks from hostile aircraft. 13 v. MS. n. p., 1940. 13 MSS. submitted in "The Sir Henry S. WeUcome compe- tition, 1940," by various anonymous authors. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. OCD publication 2214-1: Revised course outline; medical aspects of chemical warfare emergency medical services. 18p. 28cm. Wash, 1943. Air raid assistance; the N. P. U. scheme. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 15.—Air-raid casualty services; the period of testing' Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 716.—Bang, O. Orientering vedr0rende forskelhge sp0rgsmaal indenfor luftvaernets sanitetsberedskab. Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1462-5.—Blackmore, H. S. Air raid precautions, with special reference to their medical aspects Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1936-37, 30: 469-76.—Booth, W. G, Potts, T. N. V. [et al.] Discussion on health visitors and mid- wives in relation to air raid precautions. J. R. San Inst 1939-40, 60: 160-74.—Brittain, H. A, & Latter, K. A. Re^ ception of air raid casualties. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 284-6.— Casualty and health problems of air raids. Pub. Health Lond, 1940-41, 54:3.—Conti. Gesundheitsdienst bei Terroran- gnffen. Deut. Aerztebl, 1943, 73: 172.—Cooper, E. L. The preparation of casualties for evacuation and means of trans- port of air raid casualties. Med. J Australia, 1939, 2: 910.— Creyghton, J. [Medical problems caused by aerial warfarel Geneesk. gids, 1938, 16: 492; 520; 549.—Crome, L., Fished R. E. W, & Shirlaw, G. B. Casualty organization in air-raids. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 1: 655-8.—Deutschle, J. How England provides efficient care for victims of aerial attack. Hosp Management, 1941, 51: No. 6, 17.—Dispatch (The) of emer- gency casualties among civilians. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118- 1455. Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1941-42, 36: 368.— Distribution of air-raid casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 518- 728.—Eccles, W. M, & Densham, A. T. The clearance of air raid casualties from aid posts. Ibid, 1940, 2: 332.—Emergency medical service for civilian defense [OCD Medical Division Bull. No. 1] Hosp. Progr, 1941, 22: 399-403.—Experience gained in regard to air raid casualty and hospital services Pub. Health, Lond, 1940-41, 54: 5.—Hedener, B. [Civilian air protection from the view-point of medical attendance Sven. lak. tidn. 1938, 35: 834-7.—Hill, C. London's casualty service. Hosp. Management, 1942, 53: 8.—Hockett, A. 3., Pratt, O. G. [et al.] Air raid casualties. Hospitals, 1!»42, 16- No. 2, 26-8.—Holt, H. M. Air raids; dealing with casualties at an incident. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 611.—Massey, A, Alder- son, G. G, & Brockington, C. F. Clearance of urban air-raid casualties at the perimeter. Ibid, 1941, 2: 130.—Medical phase of air raid precautions [Budapest letter] J. Am. M. Ass 1938, 111: 1779.—Mobilization of the Emergency Medical Service on air raid alerts. Circ. M. Ser. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense 1943, No. 33, 1. Also J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 361.— Preparations for civilian air raid casualties. Ibid, 1939, 113: 244.—Rennie, J. Some observations on recent air raids in Sheffield. Pub. Health, Lond, 1940-41, 54: 109-11.—Shirlaw G. B. C. E. P. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 599—Sinclair-Loutit! K. Civilian casualty clearance in air-raids. S. Barth. Hosp J, Lond, 1937-38, 45: 271-6.—Swan, W. A. M. Rescue work after air raids. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 506.—Telbisz, A. [Med- ical problems of air-raid protection] Orv. hetil, 1938, 82: [mell.] 113-5.—Transportation for casualties. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 1226.—Vallely, N. M. Air raids: dealing with casu- alties at an incident. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 498.—What to do in an air raid. Nassau M. News, 1942, 16: No. 2, 1.—White, M. S. Medical problems of air warfare. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 385-7.—Williams, H. Air raid medical administration in England. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 540-5.—Wilson, W. L. Medical and sanitary care of the civilian population necessi- tated by attacks from hostile aircraft. Army M. Bull, 1942 No. 60, 63-107. ---- First aid. See also First aid. Great Britain. Home Office. Treatment of casualties and decontamination of personnel. 15p. 8? Lond., 1935. Forms No. 1, Air Raid Precaut. Memor. Gt Britain Home Off. Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Emergency medical services instructions, Part 1: Medical treatment and special centres. 60p. 24>km. Lond., 1941. Baehr, G. Advanced first aid for civilian defense. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1941, No. 1.—Bradshaw. H. H. Emergency management of civilian casualties resulting from warfare. In: Treat. Gen. Med. (Reimann, H. A.) Phila, 1943, progr. vol, 203-14—Can onico, A. N. Comentarios acerca de la asistencia de los heridos ocasionados por el bom- bardeo sobre Londres. Bol. Inst. clin. quir, B. Air, 1941, 17: 232-6.-—DeVoto, B. Triangular bandages go on babies. Har- pers Mag, 1942, Sept, 445-8.—First aid in an air raid. West- chester M. Bull, 1942, 10: No. 5. 13.—Illingworth, C. F. W. Treatment of air raid casualties in Britain. What's New, North Chic, 1942, No. 59, 11 (Abstr.)—Lee, J. R. Experiences in the reception and treatment of air-raid casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 584-6.—Linstead, H. N. Treatment of air- raid casualties; payment of material used by chemists. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 90: 373.—Medical services in air raids. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112:254— Mitchiner, P. H, & Cowell, E.M. The air raid; organisation of medical aid. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 1: 41-4-—Pasmore, H. S, & Williams, B. Delay in treatment of air-raid casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 533.—Peeters, H. [Organization of medical aid after aerial attacks] Geneesk gids, 1938, 16: 465-78.—Phillips, L. Some practical points in the reception and treatment of air raid casualties. Med. .1. Australia, 1942, 1: 395-7.—Pocock, R. Air-raid precautions and first-aid treatment of bombed casualties. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1941-42, 41: 245.—Popov, G. M. [Methods in reconnoi- tring the territory for medical help during air-raids] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 10, 41-6.—Qvist, G. Reception and treat- ment of air raid casualties. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 120-2—Reorganization of scheme for treatment of air raid casualties [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 113: 2435 — SJla!'p'T-J* C- Emergency medical defense in a combat zone. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 7, 42; 114.—Sheen, A. W. Where to treat the air raid casualty. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 189.—Shirlaw, G. B, Fisher. R. E. W., & Crome, L. A. R. P. dressing stations. Med. Off, Lond, 1939, 61: 117.—Some lessons of the raids. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 59.—Stice, L. Pnmeros auxilios en tiempo de guerra. Rev. mid., Puebla, 1943, 16: No. 151, 20-32.—White, N. Delay in treatment of air-raid casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 459 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE 433 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE ---- Hospitalization. See also Hospital service, emergency. United States. Civilian Defense Office. Release. Dec. 17, 1943: OCD announces increase in hospital pay rate for EMS patients in disaster. 1 1. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Amendment to agreement regarding temporary hospitaliza- tion and medical care necessitated by enemy action to civilians Circ. AI. Ser. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1943, No. 12, 1.—Amer- sham communique^ S. Mary Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1941, 47: 83.—Baehr, G. Role of hospitals in emergency medical services. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 3, 13-9. ------ Hospital service for civilian casualties. Hosp. Progr, 1942, 23: 229-32. ------Hospitals mobilize for the care of civilian casualties] Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 4, 50-3. ------ British and American hospitals in civilian defense. Hosp. Progr, 1943, 24: 255-7.—Base hospitals for civilians; a round-up of hospital news which also discusses the interne supply, training of nurses, open staffs, and plasma. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 8, 89-92.—Belchor, G. Roi de los hospitales de los Estados Unidos en los servicios medicos de emergencia para la defensa civil. Dfa med, B. Air, 1943, 15: 132-4.—Cameron, D. H. W. The E. M. S. hospital; its problems and progress. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 205: 285-7.—Caring for the civilian; Strat- ton Audley Park Auxiliary Hospital. Nurs. Times, Lond 1941, 37: 700.—Cross, E. A. Plan for hospitalizing civilians injured in enemy activity is announced. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 4, 108.—De Courcy, J. L. Hospital organization for home defense. Cincinnati J. M, 1942-43, 23: 75-7.—Emergency hospital organisation and medical arrangements in connection with civilian evacuation. Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Min Health, Lond. (1938) 1939, 57-69.—Emergency Medical Serv- ice head centre at the Atkinson Morley Emergency Hospital. S. George Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1943-44, 33: 9.—Enrollment of hospital personnel in the U. S. Citizens Defense Corps. Circ. M. Ser. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1943, No. 34, 1.—Firth, S. J, & Park, H. Reception of casualties in an Emergency Medical Service hospital. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 491-3.—Frazer, W. M. Emergency organization of hospitals in Great Britain during the war. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 12, 17-26.—Galloway, R. L. Experiences in an E. M. S. base hospital in the London area. Edinburgh M. J, 1942, 49: 16-28.—Government to pay for hospitalization of civiUans injured bv enemy action. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 1374.—Hirshovitz, B. [Emergency hospitaliza- tion in Tel-Aviv] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1941, 20: 39-42 — Hoffman, C. S. Complacency in war preparations greatest threat to hospitals; surveys being made to determine readiness of emergency medical services for raids. Hosp. Management, 1942, 54: No. 4, 21.—Hospital accommodation for air raid casualties (Ministry of Health statement, September 22, 1938) Brit. M. J, 1938, 2: 719.—Hospital accommodation for air raid casualties [London] J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 111: 856.—Hospital (The) and the defense program. Hosp. Counc. Bull, Chic, 1942, 5: No. 3, 8—11.—Hospital organization for air raids. Med. J. Australia, 1942. 2: Suppl, 9-12.—[Hospital reception of air-raid casualties] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 136-9.-—Hospitals and air-raids; organisation of a city casualty hospital. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 49-51.—Hospitals care for civilian casualties. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11: 157.—Hospitals to be reimbursed for care of civilian casualties. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 354. Also Med. Times, N. Y, 1942, 70: No. 5, 7. Also North Carolina M. J, 1942, 3: 253 — Houser, G. F. Ready for raids. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: 44 — How hospitals are preparing to meet air raid emergencies. Hosp. Management, 1942, 53: No. 2, 30.—Hunt, W. D. Role of the hospital in civilian defense. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 6, 28-30. Also Minnesota M, 1942, 25: 542-4.—Hyde, H. V. Z. The hospital in civilian defense. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 12—4.—Ivanov, P. P. [Basic principles in the organization of air-raid defense in hospitals] Vrach. delo, 1941, 23: 361-4.— Lescher, F. G. Hospital organization in the Emergency Medi- cal Service. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 798-812; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 917-32; 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 1019-37.—Lethem, W. A. War wounds and air raid casualties; organization of the emergency medical services; hospitals. Brit. M. J, 1939, 2: 656-8.—MacDonald, M. The hospitals' work in air raids; Mr. MacDonald's tribute. Ibid, 1940, 2: 466,—Manion, R. J. The program of air raid pre- caution and civilian passive defense. Hosp. Progr, 1943, 24: 49.—Mulvany, D. K. Hospital organisation in air-raids. Irish J. M. Sc, 1941, 6. ser. No. 185, 186-95.—Munger, C. W. Civilian hospitals and the national defense. Tr. Am. Hosp. Ass, 1940, 42: 970-4.—Notes from an air-raid hospital. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 203: 105.—Nursing executives for emergency base hospitals. N. England J. M, 1943, 228: 267.— Ord, A. G. Organisation of a medium-sized hospital for air-raid casualties. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 283.—Passim [on medical preparedness of hospitals in air raids] Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1939, 53: 299.—Plan (A) for British hospitals. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 2: 945-50.—Plans for hospitalization of civilians injured through enemy action is established; details outlined. Ohio M. J, 1942, 38: 485.—Pratt, O. G. Hospital care of patient in civiUan defense. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 4, 23-8.—Pritch- ard, W. H. The University Hospitals and civilian defense. Clin. Bull. School M. West. Reserve Univ, 1943, 7: 23-5 — Rose, T. F. The organization of a casualty clearing hospital for air raids. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 203-7.—Rules for I affiliated hospital units of the Office of Civilian Defense. Sci- ence 1943, 97: 572.—Sloan, R. P. Ready for disaster; how one small eastern hospital has prepared. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 4 47-9.—Temporary hospitalization for civilians injured as result of enemy action. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 983.— Temporary hospitalization and medical care necessitated by enemy action to civilians. Hosp. Progr, 1942, 23: 95-8.— Underground (An) emergency hospital for air-raid casualties. Lancet Lond, 1941, 2: 494-6, plan.—What British hospital does when air raid sirens wail; use of trained attendants instead of interns on ambulances criticised in Olsen Committee report. Hosp. Management, 1942, 53: No. 2, 28.—Wulp, G. A. Hos- pitalization. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 182-228, illust. ---- Nursing. Appointment of a Nurse Deputy to the Chief of Emergency Medical Service. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 13.—Year (A) of air-raids. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1938, ---- Organization and planning. See also Civilian defense. Mitchiner, P. H., & Cowell, E. M. Medical organisation and surgical practice in air raids. 247p. 20}km. Lond., 1939. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Volunteers in health, medical care and nursing, lip. 27cm. Wash., 1942. In: Planning Guides [&c] (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense, Training Sect.) 1942. ■---- Organizing emergency welfare service in your community. 22p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Medical Division. Bulletin No. 4: Central control and administration of emergency medical service. 14p. 27cm. Wash., 1942 [?] —— Bulletin No. 7: Emergency medical service in industrial plants. 12p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Wilson, W. L. Civilian organization for health in time of war. lip. 27cm. Wash., 1948. —— Integration of administration of medical care for the civilian population in total war. 5 1 27cm. Wash., 1948. ---- Medical plans for civil defense and disaster; with particular attention to local plan- ning with or without national plans. 16 1. 27cm Wash., 1949. ■---- Medical plans for civil defense and dis- aster relief. 13 1. 28cm. Wash., 1950. Also U. S. Armed Forces M. J, 1950, 1: 462-75. Anglade. Uno de los aspectos de la organizacion m6dico- quirurgiea de la defensa pasiva; el puesto de auxilio bajo abrigo (apreciaciones practicas) Monde med. (Ed. espafi.) 1941, 51: 111-6.—Baehr, G. Relationship of Emergency Medical Service to control centers. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1941, No. 6.— Bentall, W. C. The medical organization of air raid precautions. Practitioner, Lond, 1937, 139: 131-48.-— Bradley, F. R. The emergency medical services of civilian protection. Week. BuU. S. Louis M. Soc, 1941-42, 36: 259- 70.—Central control and administration of emergency medical service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 185-93.—Chievitz, O. Om bombeskader. Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 1317-21.— Civilian medical defense; Medical Advisory Board of OCD in joint meeting with Regional Medical Officers, Washington, Dec. 8-9. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 339.—Conservation of dealers' stocks of medical and surgical supplies. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 16.—Decharneux, G. La coordination des activites medicales pour la protection de la santo des populations civiles en temps de guerre. Bruxelles med, 1938-39, 19: 1497-506.—Emergency medical service for war plants. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 751.—Gill, C. Organi- zation of Emergency Medical Service on state level. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 8.—Health and medical committees urged to assist with war-time health prob- lems. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 911.—Johnson, A. M. Plans for emergency medical services. Health Bur, Rochester, 1942, Feb, 2-4.—Kohn, F, & Hall, M. H. Sending assistance to bombed towns. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 650.—LaCroix, J. R. Lessons from the bUtz. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1942, 47: 112-6.— Landis, J. M. Scope and administration of Emergency WeUare Service of U. S. Citizens Defense Corps. Operat. Letter U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 101, lr6— Lueth, H.C. Cuidados medicos y sanitarios de la poblaci6n civil en caso de ataques aereos. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1941, 5: 111-29.—Mackintosh, J. This may happen here. ConnecticutM. J, 1942, 6: 212-6.— Martin, J. F. Plans for civUian medical care lag in face of atom war. Med. Econom, 1947-48, 25: No. 5, 53-9.—Medical plan EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE 434 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE for civilian defense. Hosp. Topics, 1942, 20: 16-20.—Medical preparedness in the grass roots. South. M. & S, 1942, 104:398- 400.—Medical and Surgical Relief Committee of America. Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag, 1942, 41: 10.—Nava, P. Suges- toes para a organizacao de guerra dos servicos de pronto socorro da Secretaria geral de saude e assisttacia. Rev. mid. mun, Rio, 1942, 4: 285-92.—Organization of medical and pub- lic health activities for civilian defense. Month. Bull. Mary- land Dep. Health, 1941-42, 13: 101-3.—Organized medicine in civilian defense. Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass, 1942, 72: 55.— Reggio, A. W. Civilian medical defense and its adaptation to peacetime civil life. N. England J. M, 1943, 229: 667-70 — Relation of Emergency Medical Services to industrial plants. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 14, Suppl. 1.—Saladrigas, E, Hill, R. B. [et al.] Informe oficial del Instituto Finlay al Sr. Ministro de defensa sobre los problemas sanitarios de la defensa civil. Salub. asist. social, Habana, 1942 45: 32-8.—Seeley, C. Organization of the emergency medical services. Brit. M. J, 1939, 2: 697-9.—Services for the care of civilian casualties. N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 69.— Schohe. Gedanken zur Taktik des Selbstschutzeinsatzes. Gasschutz & Luftschutz, 1943, 13: 181-6.—Uniform plan of therapy in civilian defense. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 265.— Wilander, O. Nagra synpunkter pa luftskyddsatgarder vid sjukhus. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 178-85.—Wilson, W. L. Medical aspects of government serv- ices in time of national emergency. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948 8: 493-8. ------ Civil defense planning. Ibid, 1949, 9: 880-9. ---- Physician. Imami, S. Le corps medical en face du peril aero-chimique. 85p. 8? Par., 1935. United States. War Information Office & Civilian Defense Office [Affiliated units of civilian physicians] 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Additional duties of local Chiefs of Emergency Medical Service. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 15.—Air raid precautions and the medical profession. Brit. M. J. 1936, 2: 239.—Armstrong, G. E. Medical cooperation in civil defense. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 335-8.—Baehr, G. Duties of the local Chief of Emergency Medical Services. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1941, No. 3. Also Rhode Island M. J, 1941, 24: 228. Also N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1941-42, 94: 305. ------ The doctor and the hospital in civUian defense. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 27: 154-8. ——■— The interne in civilian defense. Interne, N. Y, 1942, 8: 78 &c. ------ Functions recommended for State Hos- pital Officer. Med. Div. Mem. U. S. Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 9, 1-3.—Brauns, W. Der Betriebsarzt im Werkluftschutz. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 1825-7.—Canadian and American doc- tors for the E. M. S. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 398.—Civilian defense; duties of the local chief of emergency medical service. N. England J. M, 1941, 225: 994.—Civilian physicians in Office of Civilian Defense and the U. S. Public Health Service; affiliated units to give Army temporary local assistance in military emergencies. Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 5, 31-4. Also J Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 44.—Doctor (The) and civilian defense. Texas J. M, 1941-42, 37: 643-6.—Doctors' duties in air raids. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 35.—Doctors in time of war; scales of pay for a national emergency medical service. Ibid, 1939 2: 238.—Duties of the local chief of emergency medical services. J. MissouriM. Ass, 1941, 38:416.— G. P. (The) in air- raids. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1:1183.—General practitioners and A. R. P. services. Ibid, 1941, 1: 21.—Gliddon, W.O. Airraid precautions and the doctor. Nat. Health Rev, Ottawa, 1942, 10: 109-12.—Gordon, D. The medical profession and the civilian defense plan. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1021.— Gorrsline, R. M. The need for medical officers by the defence services. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1942, 46: 69.—Green-Armytage, V. B. Emergency medical service. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 27.—Hackney, J. F. The doctor's role in civilian defense. Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc, 1942, 16: No. 5, 7.—Keller, W. S. The physician and the war in relation to the Office of Civilian Defense. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1942, 20: 777-81.—L, M. La guerre aero-chimique et la protection des populations civiles; le role du corps medical. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1935, 16: 531-9.— Martin. Was hat der kraftfahrende Arzt bei Fliegeralarm zu beachten? Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1939, 36: 605.—Medical preparedness for civilian defense. Week. Roster, Phila, 1941- 42, 37: 1189.—Mudd, J. L. Duties of medical incident officers. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1942-43, 37: 264.—Muntsch, O. Die Bedeutung der arztlichen Mitwirkung im Gasschutz- und Luftschutzdienst. Fortsch. Med, 1934, 52: 333-5.—Nixon, J. A. Duties of doctors in air raids. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: suppl, 9.—Osincup, G. S. The role of the physician in defense. J. Florida M. Ass, 1941-42, 28: 475-7.—PhUlips, A, Murnane, P. J. [et al.] The practitioner's place in A. R. P. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 362.—Physicians and air raid precautions [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 1730.—Physicians' work in air raids [Great Britain] Ibid, 1941, 116: 1980.— Poer, D. H. Doctors in the civilian defense program. Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc, Atlanta, 1942, 16: No. J5, 12.—Protection of physicians in air raids. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 1400.— Roe, G. C. F. Equipment of air-raid incident doctors. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 47.—Rosmann, H. K. Medical per- sonnel. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 159-68, map.—Schriver, L. H. The Medical Corps of Civilian Defense. Cincinnati J. M, 1942-43, 23: 303.—State civilian defense medical offi- cials commissioned in public health service. J. Am. M. Ass. 1942, 119: 1030.—Wulp, G. A. The general practitioner. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 166-8. ---- Public health aspect. Wilson, W. L. Public health approach to civil defense. 18 1. 32cm. Wash., 1950. Air raids and the public health. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 208.—Blackmore, H. S. The role of the health department in carrying out the air raid precautions regulations. J. R. San. Inst, 1936-37, 57: 593-601—Bruere, P, & Lerich, N. Princi- paux probl^mes d'hygidne poses par la protection collective contre les attaques aeriennes. Ann. falsif. Par, 1937, 30: 257.— Burr, C. J. The role of the health department in air raid pre- cautions organization. J. R. San. Inst, 1939-40, 60: 66-70.— Clay, H. H. Conservancy sanitation; its adaptation to modern requirements, with special reference to problems connected with air raid precautions. Ibid, 128-38.—Fontes Peixoto, G. J. Articulagao do Servico de Saiide com a defesa passiva da populacao. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: No. espec, 180-7.—HabernoII, A. Stellung und Aufgaben des Gesund- heitsamts im Luftschutzsanitatsdienst. Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1938-39, 4: A, 563-7.—Haralson, M. F. Health department services in war emergency. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 175.— Hay, C. P. The public health department and air raid precau- tions. Med. Off, Lond, 1938, 60: 41-3.—Health (The) aspects of civil defense. Tr. Conf. State Terr. Health Off, 1940, Spec, 131-5.—Health department functions in civilian protection. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 1028.—Health workers and sani- tation in emergencies. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1942-43, 12: 64.— [Hungary] [Order No. 39,302-1939. Ip. M. for sanitary air- protection supply of the civilian population] Nepegeszsegiigy, 1940, 21: 122.—La Guardia, F. H. Health and civilian defense. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1941, 10: 419-24.—Massey, A, & Martin, W. R. Air raids and the sanitation problem. J. R. San. Inst, 1940-41, 61: 141-3.—Peeters, H. [General hygienic aspect of air-raids] Geneesk. gids, 1936, 14: 739; 765.—Public health aspects of intensive air raids on a built-up area. Pub. Health, Lond, 1942-43, 56: 7.—Pyro, V. Kus historie zdravotnf sluzby protileteckfi policie za valky. Cas. lek. cesk, 1946, 85: 1267-9—R61e (Le) du service de sante dans la protection de la population civile contre la guerre aerienne. Arch. med. beiges, 1936, 89: Bull, internat, 234-9.— Rosenthal, G. Problemes d'hygiene poses par la protection collective contre les attaques a6riennes. Bull. Soc. med, Paris, 1937, 322.—Sanderson, C. E. The functioning of the Health Department at Plymouth following heavy raids. J. R. San. Inst, 1942, 62: 117-22.—Simeon, A. L'organisation sanitaire contre les bombardements afiriens. Bull. Acad. med., Par, 1943, 127: 434-9.—Tarbett, R. E. Emergency sanitation pro- cedures. Am. J. Nurs, 1942, 42: 865.—Turnbull, J. J. Health phases of civilian defense. Pittsburgh M. Bull, 1940-41, 30: 747-50.—Underwood, F. J. Medicine and pubUc health in civilian defense. Mississippi Doctor, 1942-43, 20: 299-302.— V, F. Hygiene im Luftbombardement Londons. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941, 71: 845.—Van Volkenburgh, V. A. Sym- posium on medical problems in national defense; from the view- point of the State health department. N. York State J. M, 1941, 41: 1158-63. ---- rural. Hill, F. T. Emergency medical service for a smaU city. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 662-4.—Popov, G. M. [Manage- ment of mass medical work in villages following air raids] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 3, 48-53. Also Sovet. med, 1938, No. 23, 39-41.—Stearns, K. D. Civilian medical defense in a small city. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 5, 40-3. ---- Shelter service. See also Shelter. Aid posts in air-raid shelters. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 147.—Aid posts in air-raid shelters; Lord Horder's recommenda- tions. Ibid, 165.—Central shelter sick bay for City of London. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 352.—Closing of medical posts in London's air raid shelters. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 897.—Medical notes in ParUament; sick bays in shelters. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 617.—Pharmacists and the shelter problem. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 141.—Shelter service. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 205. ---- Surgical service. See also Emergency medical field unit. Bailey, K. V. The emergency surgical station. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 474.—Dixon, C. W. A mobUe surgical unit for air raid precautions purposes. Med. Off, Lond, 1938, 60: 241.— Entin, N. A. [Contribution au travail chirurgique pendant la defense antiaerienne d'une locality habitee] Khirurgia. Moskva, 1941, No. 2, 38-41.—Haberer, H. v. Einsatz der Chirurgen bei Luftangriffen. Wien. klin. Wsehr, 1944, 57: 188-92 — Howitt, H. G. Mobile surgeries for bombed areas. Brit. M. J, EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE 435 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE 1941, 2: No. 4216, 83.—Ulingworth. C. F. W. Surgical organisa- tion in air raids. Edinburgh M. J, 1941, 48: 793-8.—Mac- Donald, M. Mobile surgical units. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 271. ---- Training. Great Britain. Home Office. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precau- tions handbook No. 10: The training and work of first aid parties. 52p. 24J^cm. Lond., 1939. Shirlaw, G. B. Casualty training, organisa- tion and administration of civil defence casualty services. 283p. 22>km. Lond., 1940. Bibliogr. on A. R. P.: p.271-8. Emergency medical services featured in new sound motion picture. Health News, Albany, 1942, 19: 141.—Emergency Medical Service Training School. Chin. M. J, 1942, 60: 84-6; 1944, 62: 99-105.—Kortenhaus, F. Ueber die Unter- weisung der Zivilbevolkerung in der ersten Hilfeleistung im Luftschutz. Munch, med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 412.—Revised instructions for field casualty and ambulance units of Emer- gency Medical Service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 1222. Also Southwest. M, 1943, 27: 43-5. ---- by countries [and localities] Baehr, G. Organization of emergency medical service in New York. N. York State J. M, 1942, 42: 551-5.—Barron, J. L. Health Department defense measures in Nassau County, N. Y. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1941, 33: 701-4.—Beelman, F. C. Medical defense in Kansas. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1942, 43: 412-4.—Bourdon, C. A. Les centres de triage des blesses et les hopitaux dans l'organisation du Comito de protection civil a Montreal. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 682-5.—Civilian medical defense in New Jersey. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1942, 39: 9-12.—Colt, R. M. National Defense Council at Gloversville, N. Y. J. Am. Water Works Ass, 1941, 33: 1869-74.—Costa Mandry, O. Control and administration of emergency medical services in civiUan defense of the Island of Puerto Rico. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1942, 34: 314-27.—Coulter, J. S. El hospital y el medico en la defensa civU de los Estados Unidos de Norte America. Rev. radiol. fisioter. Chic, 1943, 10: 1-5.—Croulx, A. Air raid precautions in Montreal and the health officer. Canad. Pub. Health J, 1942, 33: 532-40.— Cutler, E. C. Civilian medical defense in Massachusetts. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 7-10.—Davies, W. R. Civilian medical defense for Lackawanna County. Med. Soc. Rep, Scranton, 1942, 36: No. 6, 9-13.—Denisov, N. S. [Future problems of the medical-sanitary service of iocal anti-aircraft defense] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1943, No. 6, 16-24. ------ [Medico-sanitary service of local civilian defense organizations during the present war] Ibid, 1944, No. 7, 14-23.—Emergency medical service in Westchester. Westchester M. Bull, 1943, 11: No. 5, 9.—German, W. J, & Smith, G. M. The organiza- tion and function of the Emergency Medical Service in Con- necticut. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 514-21. Also in Essent. Emerg. Tr. (Connecticut M. J.) N. Haven, 1942, 3-12.— Groulx, A. A. R. P. in Montreal and the health officer. BuU. hyg. Montreal, 1942, 28: No. 3, 1-19.—Hauss, A. P. How Floyd County Emergency Medical Service has been developed. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1942, 35: 642-7.—Howlett, G. P. The CiviUan Casualty Service. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1942, 47: 256-8.-—Indian Medical Association's memorandum on civil defence medical measures for Bengal. Calcutta M. J, 1942, 39: 425-7. Also J. Ind. M. Ass, 1942-43, 12: 33.—LaCroix, J. R. More lessons from the Blitz. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1942, 47: 447-50.—Lovegrove, T. A. R. P. precautions. Med. J. AustraUa, 1942, 1: 155.—Manual of Emergency Medical Serv- ices Connecticut State Defense Council. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 202-11.—Medical preparedness for civilian air-raid casualties. Calcutta M. J, 1943, 40: 350.—Oliver, W. L. Emergency medical service in New York state. Messenger, 1944, 41: 5-8.—Organization (The) of Emergency Medical Service in the counties and cities of Pennsylvania. Pennsyl- vania Health, 1941-42, 2: No. 9, 7-9.—Organization of local emergency medical services (chart) Baltimore Health News, 1942, 19: 4.—Plan de asistencia medica de urgencia en caso de emergencia nacional por la actual guerra. Tribuna mid., Habana, 1942, 15: 43-7.—Plan to meet medical-health emer- gencies in Ohio becomes part of civiUan defense program; important duties given local medical preparedness chairmen. Ohio M. J, 1941, 37: 1184-6.—Popov, G. M. [Organization of medical-sanitary service in local air-raid defense of industries and rail and water transportation] Feldsher, Moskva, 1940, No. 9, 50-3—Schlichter, C. H. Emergency Medical Service of the New Jersey State Defense Council. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1943, 40: 197-9.—Servicio medico-sanitario en Estados Unidos para la defensa de la poblacion en caso de emergencia. Bol. Of. san. panamer, 1942, 21: 258-65.—Sillevaerts, C. L'organisation des secours medicaux du Commissariat general de la Protection aerienne passive. Bruxelles mid., 1939-40, 20: 792-801.—Solandt, O. M. Medical aspects of civil defence. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1947, 57: 460-3.—Underwood, F. J. Emer- gency medical service. Mississippi Doctor, 1942-43, 20: 516.^— Vilaseca, J. E. Refugios y reservas nacionales de cicatrization. Rev. As. med. argent, 1943, 57: 802-11— War emergency organization; conditions of Service Committee. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 523. ---- by countries: Great Britain. Air raid precautions; discussion by Hampstead division of the B. M. A. Brit. M. J, 1938, 2: Suppl, 332.—Baehr, G. Lessons from British experience in civil defense. Connecticut M. J, 1943, 7: 58.—Blackham, R. J. The Emergency Medical Service. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 199-206.—Bruce, G. R. Medical air raid precautions; the point of view of a locai authority. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1939, 2: 609-18.—Buchan, G. F. Co-ordination of civil defence medical work in Willesden' Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: Suppl, 19.—Casualty organisation bv the Home Guard. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 771.—[Central Medical War Committee] air raid precautions. Brit. M. J, 1940 1- Suppl, 56.—Changes in the E. M. S. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 464.—Cowell, E. M. The organization of the medical services in air raid precautions. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 145- 76.—Davidson, A. The contribution of the Emergency Medical Service to medicine and surgery in Scotland. Edinburgh M J 1942, 49: 553-67.—Dunn, C. L. The Emergency Medical Services (England and Wales) the inter-war period; historical survey. Med. Press, Lond, 1947, 218: 525-30.—Elliott, E. L. Unification of casualty services. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 397.— Emergency medical defense in Suffolk County. News Lett Suffolk Co. M. Soc, 1942, 20: 1.—Emergency Medical Service Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 295. Also Lancet, Lond 1941, 2: 256; 1943, 2: 264.—Emergency (The) Medical Services Rep. Chief M. Off. Min. Health, Lond. (1939-45) 1946, 127- 64.—Friend, D. G. The medical aspects of England's prepara- tion for air attack. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 85: 301-7.—Gentle art of resilience. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1942, 207: 169.— Goff, C. W. Medical air raid preparations in England. J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1939, 3: 504.—Grogono, E. B. London's air raids. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 643.—Hunter, J. B. The Emergency Medical Service and the future. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 287.—Lethem, W. A. [L'organisation du service medical d'urgence en temps de guerre] Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 498 (Abstr.) German text.—Logie, A. J. Emergency medical management in Great Britain. J. Florida M. Ass, 1943-44, 30: 113-7.—McCarthy, K. C. Emergency medical defense; Brit- ain's findings. Med. Econom, 1941-42, 19: No. 6, 62; 108.— McCleary, G. F. British medical arrangements for civU defense. Med. Care, 1941, 1: 7-18.—McCurrich, H. J. Economy with efficiency in the E. M. S. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 788.—Medical aspects of A. R. P. Ibid, 1941, 1: 250.— Murchie, F. Medical air raid precautions; the central aspect. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1939, 2: 599-608.—Rennie, D. C. England during the war. Med. BuU. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y, 1944-46, 6: No. 5, 122-31.—Wilkinson, S. F. Emergency medical service. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 58.—Williams, H. Air raid medical administration; current British practice. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 137-41. ------ Blitz medical services in England and what they teach us. IlUnois Health Mess, 1943, 15: 26-30.—Williamson, A. B. Air raid precautions from the point of view of the medical officer of health. J. R. San. Inst, 1938- 39, 59: 307-19, Disc, 344-8.—Willway, F. W. Some observa- tions on sending assistance to bombed towns. Brit. M. J, 1942, 2: 552-4.—Wilson, P. D. War medical service in Great Britain. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1941, 72: 815-8. EMERGENCY ration. See as subdivision under Ration. EMOTION. See under such terms as Combat psychiatry; Morale; Neuropsychiatric casualty; Psychopath; Psychosomatic medicine; Staging area; War neurosis, etc. EMPLOYEE. See also Air defense; Occupational specialty; Personnel. Civilian employee medical service. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 706.—Cox, W. C. The development and future of the Army federal employes health service program. BuU. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1948, 8: 926-32.—Deming, D. Civil Service and the war. Am. J. Nurs, 1944, 44: 109-12.—Lennon, R. T. Placement testing of the civilian personnel in the Air Service Command. Psychol. Bull, 1944, 41: 167-79.—Validation of the general clerical abilities test for selection and placement of War Department civilian personnel. Am. Psychologist, 1947, 2: 141-4.—Woodbury, H. J. Physical examination and immuniza- tion of contractors' employees. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 8: 63-8. EMPLOYMENT. See under such terms as Blind; Disabled; Prisoner of war; Veteran. ENCAMPMENT. See Camp. ENCEPHALITIS 436 ENCEPHALITIS ENCEPHALITIS. See also Disease—by organs: Brain; Menin- gitis; Polioencephalitis. Haymaker, W. E., & Smadel, J. E. The viral encephalitides. 67p. 25om. Wash., 1943. Forms No. 6, Study Batch U. S. Army Inst. Path. Arthropod-borne encephalitides. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 124.—Chumakov, M. P. Epidemi- ceskie virusnye infekcii centralnoj nervnoj sistemy i metody ikh diagnostiki. In: Dost, sovet. med. Ote6. vojny, 1943, 1: 132-41.—Coumel, Paraire [et al.] Considerations sur une encephalite a forme psychique. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1948, 42: 31-4.—Dankovsky, N., Shapoval, A. [et al.] Encefality. In: Encikl. slovar voon. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 1199-211 — Feemster, R. F. Encephalitis in the mUitary services; epidemi- ology, diagnosis, and management in large troop concentra- tions. Collect. Lect. Metrop. State Hosp, Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 1, 195-209. ------ EncephaUtis in the miUtary services. In: Man. MU. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C, & Yakovlev, P. I.) Phila, 1944, 353-67.—Pette. Encephalitis, Myelitis, Polyradiculitis, Polyneuritis, Poliomyelitis; entziindliche Erkrankungen des Zentralnervensvstems. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 220-3.—Schneider, C. Prob- lems of encephalitis. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 187.—Tolosa, A. Diag- nostico e tratamento das encefaUtes agudas nao supuradas. In: Psiquiat. guerra (Fac. med. S. Paulo) 1943, 47-60. ---- Control. Encephalitis studies. In: Malaria Control in War Areas, Atlanta, 1945-46, 77.—Hammon. D. D. T. encephaUtis con- trol program. Annual Rep. Com. Neurotr. Virus Dis. U. S. Army (1945-46) 1946, 8. ---- Geography. Infectious encephalitis in the Far East. Health U. S. Army, 1948, 3: No. 3, 14.—Sabin, A. B. Neurotropic virus diseases in the west Pacific and Far East. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 3, 56. ---- Japanese type. Hurlbut, H. S. Failure of the offspring of mosquitoes infected with Japanese B encephalitis to transmit the virus. 4p. 26}^cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. NM 005 007, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- The transmission of Japanese encepha- litis by mosquitoes after experimental hiberna- tion. 5p. 27cm. Bethesda, Md, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 9, Proj. NM 005 007, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- & Thomas, J. I. Potential vectors of Japanese encephalitis in the Caroline Islands. 5p. 26>^cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 5, Res. Proj. NM 005 007, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- The cyclic transmission of Japanese encephalitis by Culex quinquefasciatus, utilizing voung albino mice. 6p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 6, Proj. NM 005 007, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. United States. Army Medical Department Research and Graduate School. Preparation of Japanese encephalitis vaccine, chick embryo type dried, for the U. S. Army, 1947. 14p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Cyclic (The) transmission of Japanese encephalitis by Culex quinquefasciatus, utilizing young albino mice. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, July, 4.—Encephalitis epidemic in Japan. Annual Rep. Com. Virus Dis. U. S. Army (1948) 1949, 3-6.—Failure of the offspring of mosquitoes in- fected with Japanese B encephalitis to transmit the virus. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, 6.—Imano, Y. Simin ryuko-sei noen no ni rei [Two cases ,.] Gun idan zassi, 1925, No. 148, 1293-309.—Japanese B encephalitis. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 122-4. Also Annual Rep. Com. Virus Dis. U. S. Army (1948) 1949, 10. Also Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 5, 8.—Japanese B encephalitis vaccine. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1948, Jan, 153.—Manitoff, A. Japanese B encephaUtis; current epidemic in Tokyo. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 10, 7-9. Also Med. BuU. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 4, 7.—Moaner, W. E„ jr. Japanese B encephalitis; epidemiological report of the 1945 outbreak on Okinawa. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 586-97.—Paul, J. R. St. Louis and Japanese B encephalitis vaccines. Annual Rep. Com. Neurotr. Virus Dis. U. S. Army, 1944, 9.—Plans for the vaccination of Americans in Japan against Japanese B encephalitis in 1947. Res. Program U. S Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 120.—Potential vectors of Japanese encephalitis in the Caroline Islands. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. Res. Inst, 1948, July, 4.—Sams, C. F, Thomas. L. G. [et al.] Symposium on Japanese B encephalitis. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1948, No. 4, 81-95. Also Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 10 1-15. Also Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 4, 3-13.— Smadel, J. E, Randall, R, & Warren, J. Preparation of Japanese encephalitis vaccine. Bull. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1947, 7: 963-72.—Subproject on Japanese B encephalitis vac- cine. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, July 94-9; Oct, 102-7; 1947, Apr, 56-8.—Taylor. G. Japanese B encephalitis; clinical aspects. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 10, 11-4. Also Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 4,11-3.—Thomas, L. G. Japanese B enceph- aUtis; epidemiology. Surgeon Circ. AI. Sect. Far East Com- mand, 1948, 3: No. 10, 2-5.—Tigertt, W. D. Japanese B en- cephalitis; laboratory studies. Ibid, 9-11. Also Aled. BuU. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 4, 7-11.—Turner, E. A. Japa- nese B encephalitis; field control measures. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 10, 5-7. Also Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: No. 4, 4-7.—Ward, R, & Sabin, A. B. Japanese B encephalitis. Annual Rep. Com. Neurotr. Virus Dis. U. S. Army (1945-46) 1946, 2-4. ---- post-vaccinal. See Encephalomyelitis, post-vaccinal. ---- in animals. Young, G. D, & Hyam, R. I. C. Report on an outbreak of hard pad disease in B. A. 0. R. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1949, 20: 24-9. ENCEPHALOMENINGITIS. Garmany, G. Intellectual deterioration following acute encephalomeningitis. J. R. Nav. AL Serv, 1944, 30: 53. ENCEPHALOMYELITIS. United States. Naval Medical Research Institute. The inactivation of eastern and western strains of equine encephalitis virus by mechanical agitation. 7p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Project X-176, Nav. M. Res. Inst, U. S. Cunha, R. Da transmissao a animais dome'sticos de um virus da encefalomieUte equina, isolado na Bala (BrasU) Rev. mU. med. vet, Rio, 1941, 4: 3101-31.—Encephalomyelitis vaccine. Army M. Bull, 1939, 49: 24.—Equine encephalomyelitis. Ibid, 1941, No. 58, 143.—Equine encephalomyeUtis. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, July, 134; Oct, 182; 1947, Apr, 90; July, 90; 1948, Jan, 166.—Gilyard, R. T. Mosquito transmission of Venezuelan virus equine encephalo- myelitis in Trinidad. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 75, 96-107.—Inactivation (The) of eastern and western strains of equine encephalitis virus by mechanical agitation. Sum- maries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 7.— Kelser, R. A. Equine encephalomyelitis. Vet. BuU, Carlisle Barracks, 1940, 34: 1-6.—Luna, B. Existe la encefalo-mieUtis equina en Cuba? Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1939, 3: 274-6.— Mace, D. L„ OU, R. L., & Cortez, F. S. Evidence of the presence of equine encephalomyelitis virus in Philippine animals. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 504-7.—Malaga Alba, A. Algunos casos de encefalopatia in vernal en los ca- ballos del ejercito. Rev. mil. Peru, 1939, 35: 380-94. ----- Encefalopatia equina en el verano de 1938. Ibid, 1939, 36: 89- 102, pi.—Mitchell, R. B., Lasher, N. A., & Anslow, R. O. The effect of hypoxia produced at high altitude on the infection of chick embryos with equine encephalomyelitis virus. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1949, Jan, 14.—Randall, R. The preparation of equine encephalomyelitis vaccine (chick) by the Army Veterinary School. Vet. Bull, Carlisle Barracks, 1940, 34: 7-12. ------ Equine encephalomyelitis. Army Vet. Bull, 1942, 36: 157-71. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 659-70.—Schoening, H. W. The epizootiology of infectious equine encephalomyeUtis in the United States. Vet. Bull, Carlisle Barracks, 1940, 34: 13-9.—Shirlaw, J. F. Equine encephalomyelitis in India. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1939-40, 11: 40; 75, pi.—Ulio, J. A. Requisition for equine encephalo- myeUtis vaccine. Army Vet. Bull, 1943, 37: 126. ---- human. Bejarano, J. F. R. Los ultravirus, virus neur6tropos; encefalomielitis humana de origen equino. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1942, 41: 499; 570; 667; 724. ---- post-vaccinal. Postvaccinal encephalo-myeUtis. BuU. Army AI. Dir, Lond, 1942, No. 10, 1-3. Also Select. Army M. Dep. BuU, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 53. Also BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 34, 3.—Rugg-Gunn, M. A. Two cases of encepha- ENCEPHALOMYELITIS 437 ENERGY METABOLISM litis following vaccination. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1947, 33: 222-5 ■—Siegler, A. M. EncephaUtis due to antirabies vaccine; report of a case. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1948, 48: 620-5. ENDARTERITIS. See with Disease—by organs: Cardiovascular system. ENDOCARDITIS. See also under Heart. Diamond, J. L. Subacute bacterial endocarditis; 4 cases. Aled. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1944-45, 21: 41-7.—Etinger, J. G, & Shmerling, M. G. O 6astote zabolevaemosti revmatiz- mom i podostrym septideskim endokarditom v period vojny i v poslevoennye gody. Ter. arkh, 1949, 21: No. 2, 15-23.— Gillespie, J. O, Tobias, G. [et al.] [Acute subacute bacterial endocarditis] Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 602-9 — Gomez Cuellar, P. La penicilina en las endocarditis malignas lentas. Med. & cir. guerra, 1948, 10: 363-6.—Gonzaga Rodri- guez, L. Sobre el tratamiento de las endocarditis lentas por la penicilina. Ibid, 1946, 8: No. 20, 10-2.—Hunter, T. H. Subacute bacterial endocarditis. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 229-31.—Josselson, A. J. Subacute bacterial endo- carditis; a report of a healed case with death due to congestive heart failure. Med. BuU. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 4, 1-5.—Jovanovic, R. Dijagnosticka osnova bakterijalnog endokarditisa. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1949, 6: 88-92.—Pizzi, F. W, & McCarthy, F. W. Subacute bacterial endocarditis successfully treated with penicillin. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 1010-3.—Szigal, A. M. Az endokarditisek klinikai alakjai is azok osztalvozfisa. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 293-9. ENDOCRINE system. See also under Medical examination, Endo- crine system. Durisif, S. Jedno tumacenje nervnih uticaja na endokrinu sekreciju. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 373-8.—Jensen, H. F., & Steeples, G. L. Study of the effects of hypothermia on the control of endocrine secretion. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1948, App. C, Proj. 2, No. 4, 1. Also Proj. 3, No. 3, 1. --- Diseases. See also names of endocrine diseases as Goiter; Thyrotoxicosis, etc. Diseases of ductless glands and spleen (endocrines) Statist. Navy AI, 1948, 4: No. 9, 10-2.—Filberbaum, M. B. Water- house-Friderichsen syndrome; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 549.—John, H. J. Endocrinopathies in the miUtary service. J. Clin. Endocr, 1943, 3: 55.—Leichliter, J. W., & Fish, C. E. The Waterhouse-Friderichsen syndrome; a report of a case in a soldier. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 77-81.— Olmedo, C. Comentarios sobre el sfndrome adiposo-hipoge- nital. Rev. san. mil, Asunci6n, 1943, No. 138, 161-8. ENDOCRINOLOGY. See also Medical examination, Endocrine system. Hutton, J. H. War endocrinology. 363p. 23^cm. Chic, 1943. Hutton, J. H. War endocrinology and recent progress. Clin. Med, 1943, 50: 10-4.—Lianas Villacampa, J. De la organoterapia a la hormonoterapia. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1936, 14: 162.—Shipner, L. B. Endocrinology in the miUtary service. IlUnois AI. J, 1947, 91: 35-40. ENDURANCE. See also Fatigue. Deschwanden, J. v. Zur Frage der Steigerung von Leistungs- und Widerstandsfahigkeit der Truppen. p. 3-8. 22^cm. Basel, 1935. Also Allg. schweiz. MiUtarztg, 1935. P'an, K. Yu-sh6ng yii k'ang chan [Eugenics and endurance in war] 263p. 19cm. Shanghai[?] 1943. Forms No. 7, Jen-wen sheng-wu-hsiieh lun-ts'ung. Keator, J. F. Correlation of static physical endurements. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, July, 27. ------ Payne, R. [et al.] Correlation of static and physical endurance. Ibid, 1949, Jan, 27.—Molnar, G. W. Factors influencing endurance in a wet-cold environment. Sympos. MU. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 257-60. ENEMY capabilities. See under Intelligence. ENERGY metabolism. See Metabolism. ENGLAND. See under Wars and campaigns; see also Great Britain, for other related headings. ENIWETOK. See World War II; also Atomic bomb, Test. ENLISTED personnel. See Personnel; Reserve; Soldier. For medical care of wives see Dependent, Emergency Maternity and Infant Care. ENTERIC fever. See also Digestive system; Typhoid. Bauer, F. K, & Watkins, J. H. Enteric fevers. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 63-73.—Brandao, H. Diagn6stico das febres entericas pelo laborat6rio. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1946, 35: 57- 65.—Dick, J. C. Laboratory findings in enteric group fevers in the Middle East Forces. J. Hyg, Lond, 1945-46, 44: 430- 6.—Syverton, J. T, Ching, R. E. [et al.] Typhoid and para- typhoid A in immunized military personnel. J. Am. Al. Ass, 1946, 131: 507-14. ENTERITIS. See also Diarrhea; Digestive system; Dysen- tery; Dyspepsia; Gastroenteritis. For regional enteritis see under Ileum. Abel, J. Zur Frage der Enteritis mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Rontgenuntersuchung. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 198-204.—Cal lender, G. R, & Inmon, E. H. Diarrhea, enteritis, and dysentery. Army M. BuU, 1937, No. 40, 24-75.— Stindl, F. Die Behandlung des akuten Darmkatarrhs mit Kartoffelkohle. Deut. MUitararzt, 19*2, 7: 284.—Wachsmuth, H. O, & Wirtz, K. Beitrag zur Symptomentrias Conjuncti- vitis, Urethritis, Arthritis nach Enteritis. Ibid, 1943. 8: 258- 63.—Winckelmann, H. Zur Chemotherapie von Darmka- tarrhen. Ibid, 319. ENTOMOLOGIST. See also Entomology. Description of the profession of entomology issued by the War Manpower Commission. J. Econom. Entom, 1944, 37: 165.-—Hardenbergh, W. A. Entomologists and the Sanitary Corps. Ibid, 465-7. ENTOMOLOGY. See also such terms as Disinsectation; Epi- demic; Epidemiology; Insect; Insecticide; Lousi- ness; Preventive medicine, etc. United States. Army Medical Depart- ment Research and Graduate School. Out- line of course in entomology; medical entomology and other members of the phylum Arthropoda as ticks and mites which are of medical and veter- inary importance. 52 1. 26>^cm. Wash., 1933. United States. Naval Medical School. Laboratory guide to medical entomology with notes on malaria control. 193p. illus. 27cm. Bethesda, 1943. Annand, P. N. Entomological problems imposed by war conditions. J. Econom. Entom, 1943, 36: 193-200. ------ The war and the future of entomology. Ibid, 1944, 37: 1-9.— Bradley, G. H. Entomological services on the program for malaria control in war areas. Ibid, 475-7.—Bunn, R. W. Entomological service in the Army. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 40-4 —Cory. E. N. Entomology and the war. J. Econom. Entom, 1943, 36: 355-8. ------ Graham, S. A. [et al.] Report of the Committee on coordination of entomology with war effort, December 7, 1943. Ibid, 1944, 37: 179.—Cory, E. N., Matheson, R, & Bishopp, F. C. Report of the Joint Committee on Military Entomology of the American Associa- tion of Economic entomologists and Entomological Society of America. Ibid, 1943, 36: 159; 1944, 37: 180; 1945, 38: 137.— Cory, E. N, Peairs, L. M. [et al.] Report of the Committee on Coordination of Entomology with the war effort, 1942. Ibid, 132-5 —Ellsworth, J. K. Medical entomological problems of the war. Biol. CoUoq, CorvaUis (1943-44) 1945, 18-21.- Herms, W. B. Medical entomology meets the impact of war. J. Econom. Entom, 1945, 38: 8-11.—Hungerford, H. B. Rela- ENTOMOLOGY 438 ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE tion of entomology to the war effort. Tr. Kansas Acad. Sc, 1943, 46: 303-8.—Knight, K. L, & Hurlbut. H. S. A taxo- nomic study of arthropods of parasitological importance, with special emphasis upon those capable of disease transmission. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 59.— Metcalf, C. L. Entomological training for the Armed Forces. J. Econom. Entom, 1943, 36: 482.—Ozburn, R. H. Problems of medical entomology of militarv importance in Canada. Ibid, 1944, 37: 455-9.—Snyder, T. E, St. George, R. A. [et al.] Wood in implements. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 23. ENUCLEATION. See Eyeball; Ophthalmology, surgical. ENURESIS. Thorner, M. W. A study of enuresis in avia- tion cadet applicants. 6p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 134, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. Al. Backus, P. L. Enuresis in the Army. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 868. ------& Mansell, G. S. Investigation and treatment oi enuresis in the Army; preliminary report on 277 cases. Ibid, 462-5.—Benowitz, H. H. The enuretic soldier in an AAF basic training center; a study of 172 cases. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1946, 104: 66-79.—Bisher, W. Enuresis in the adult. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 244-6.—Carillon, Trial & Pelot. Traitement de certaines enuresies essentielles par radiothfirapie des ganglions etoiles. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1948, 42: 83.—Levine, A. Enuresis in the Navy. Am. J. Psychiat, 1943-44, 100:320-5 — Menninger, W. C. Enuresis. In his Psychiat. in a Troubled World, N. Y, 1948, 181-4.—Michaels, J. J. The significance of persistent enuresis in the history of the psychopathic per- sonality. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 315.—Ostrovsky, M. I. K voenno-vra6ebnoi ekspertize no6nogo enureza. Voen. med. J, Aloskva, 1947, No. 10, 22-4.—Rosie, R. J. Nocturnal enuresis. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1941, 77: 46-9.-—Shlionsky, H, Sarracino, R, & Bischof, L. J. Functional enuresis in the Army; report of a clinical study of 100 cases. War Aled, Chic, 194.5, 7: 297-303.—Suby, H. I. The management of enuresis. Aled. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 21, 18-22. ENVIRONMENT. See also such terms as Arctic service; Clothing, Environmental aspect; Cold environment; Cold exposure; Endurance; Heat; Tropical service. Stein, H. J., Bader, R. A. [et al.] A study of hormonal alterations in men exposed to heat and cold stress. 22 1. 27Hcm. Wash., 1948. Forms No. 140, Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quartermast. Gen.) United States. Army. Office of the Quartermaster General. Research and Development Branch. Environmental Pro- tection Section. Memorandum report. Law- rence, Mass., No. 6, 1947- Basal metabolic rates of Eskimos, acclimatized white per- sonnel, and non-acclimatized Air Force personnel. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. Arctic Aeromed. Laborat, 1948, July, 2.—Belding, H. S, Darling, R. C. [et al.] Notes on methods used at the fatigue laboratory to evaluate the thermal insulation provided by cold weather clothing. Clin. Invest. Rep. (OSRD) Wash, 1943, No. 24, 1.—Body reactions and requirements under varied environmental and cUmatic conditions. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1947, July, 103.—Burton. Theory of protective clothing. Clin. Invest. Rep. (NRC) Wash, 1943, No. 16, 12.—Cox, W. C. Reaction to influence of surroundings. In: Prev. Aled. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 11: pt 2, 77.— Effect of environment on nutrition. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 335.—Improvement of instru- ments and techniques for environmental research and testing. Ibid, 133-6.—Mills, C. A. Physical environment and effective man power. Alii. Surgeon, 1937, 80: 331-8.—Molnar, G. W, Magee, R. B. [et al.] Temperature responses of Eskimos to outdoor weather. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1948, App. A, No. 1, 4-21.—Siple. Experience in living m a cold climate. Clin. Invest. Rep. (NRC) Wash, 1943, No. 16, 10. ENVIRONMENTAL hygiene [and medi- cine] See also such terms as Arctic service; Cold ex- posure; Environment; Heat; Tropical service, etc. Illinois, U. S. A. Department of Public Health. Educational health circular No. 125: Statutes of Illinois relating to environmental sanitation and disease prevention in and around military camps, naval bases and defense indus- tries. 21p. 21^cm. Springf., 1941. United States. Army Epidemiological Board. Commission on Environmental Hy- giene. Report. Wash. (1946/47) 1947- —— Progress report. Wash., No. 1, 1948- Brown, H. R, jr. Research in environmental medicine. Q. Project Sum. Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 401 .—Environ- mental sanitation. In: Effects of Bomb. Japan (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) Wash, 1947, 92-121, illust.—Yaglou. Com- mission on Environmental Hygiene. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1948, Jan, 164. EOSINOPHILS. See also Disease—by organs: Abdomen; Hematology. Hirst, W. R, & McCann, W. J. Tropical eosinophilia; report of a case. U. S. Nav. Al. Bull, 1945, 44: 1277-81.—Ritchie, E. A. A. Tropical eosinophilia; an aetiological inquiry. J. R. Army Al. Corps, 1944, 83: 177-82.—Terakado, M, & Kikuti, T. A case of familial eosinophilia. Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 33.—Tropical eosinophilia. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 40, 1.—Weinbaum, J. G, Riblet, L, & Benedict, C. D. Tropical eosinophilia. Bull. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1949, 9: 477-83. EOSINOPHILIC granuloma. Martinez Pazos, A. Granuloma eosinofilo de los huesos. Med. & cir. guerra, 1947, 9: 417-20.—Michael, P, & Norcross, N. C. Eosinophilic granuloma of bone. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 661-8.—Silliphant, W. M, & Hull, D. B. Eosino- philic granuloma of bone, with report of two cases. Ibid, 1947, 47: 1058-66.—Weaver, E. N, & Carter, J. R. Eosinophilic granuloma of bone. Ibid, 1066-72. EPIDEMIC [incl. infectious disease] See also Infection; also names of specific epi- demic diseases as Encephalitis; Epidemic hemor- rhagic fever; Frambesia; Hepatitis; Influenza, etc. For epidemic in national armies see also Morbidity. Bauer, F. K., & Watkins, J. H. Communi- cable diseases, p. 30-81. 26cm. Wash., 1947. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947. Dieudonne, A., Gruber, M. v. [et al.] [Uebertragbare Krankheiten, andere innere Er- krankungen, usw.] 3. Aufl. 268p. 17Hcm. Munch., 1917. Forms No. 2, Taschenb. Feldarzt, Alunch, 1917. Hill, J. H. Silent enemies; the story of the diseases of war and their control. 266p. 2lHcm. N. Y., 1942. Schlossberger, H. Kriegsseuchen; histori- scher Ueberblick iiber ihr Auftreten und ihre Bekampfung. 84p. 25cm. Jena, 1945. United States. Department of the Army. Army regulations, No. 40-245: Medical Depart- ment. The prevention of communicable diseases of man; management of cases in hospitals and dispensaries. 5p. 23cm. Wash., 1923. Anderson, T. B. H. Endemic and epidemic diseases includ- ing tropical diseases. Northwest Al, 1943, 42: 167-9.— Bayne-Jones, S. Epidemics. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 541-4.—Boldyrev, T. Epidemia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 1244-7.—Curschmann, H. Ueber Seuchen in Kriegs- und Notzeiten. Aerztl. Wschr, 1946-47, 1-2: 1008-11.—Dochez, A. R, MacLeod, C. M, & McCormack, J. E. Infectious diseases. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 5-45.—Enloe, C. F., jr. Why there were no epidemics. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 82.—Kneeland, Y.. jr. Notes on certain infectious diseases. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 30, 12-5.—Rozdestven- sky, V. Infekcionnye bolezni. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 953-62.—Rudnev, G. Infekcionnyi bolnoi. Ibid, 962-5.—Schlossberger, H. [Die Seuchen in der schonen Literatur] In his Kriegsseuchen, Jena, 1945, 13-5.—Schoneberg, G. Die Infektionskrankheiten. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtvers. (Heinemann-Gruder, C.) Dresd, 1942, 259-75.—Some diseases of military significance. Seminar, Phila, 1943, 5: No. 3, 4; passim. EPIDEMIC 439 EPIDEMIC ■--- airborne. United States. Army Epidemiological Board. Commission on Air-Borne Infections. Report of the Commission on Air-Borne Infec- tions. Wash., 1943/44- Control of airborne disease in the Service. Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. AI. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, No. 13, 17-20. --- Control. See also Preventive medicine. Dieudonne, A., & Weichardt, J. W. Ueber- tragbare Krankheiten; Ursachen, Verhutung, Bekampfung. p. 1-56. 18cm. Munch., 1917. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, 3. Aufl, Alunch, 1917, pt 2. Babecki, J. Wytyczne walki z epidemiami w Polsce z chwil^ zakonczenia dzialati wojennych. Lek. wojsk, 1943, 35: 122- 32.—Bejarano, J. F. R. Consideraciones generales sobre pro- filaxis en las enfermedades infecciosas. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43:151-8.—Birguen, S. Rapport general sur les mfithodes modernes pour empficher les maladies cqntagieuses de se propa- ger dans l'armee. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 192.—Boldyrev, T. Protivoepi- demicheskij plan. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 929-32.—Bullock, N. C. Communicable disease control at Camp Grant, Illinois. Bull. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 49-54.—Chulkov, P. S. [Control of diphtheric and meningococcic infections in military districts and thera- peutic institutions of the Red Army] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 580.—Davide, H. Epidemibekampandets praktiska utformning under krig. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 62-9.—Dubos, R. J. Trends in the study and control of infectious diseases. Proc. Am. PhUos. Soc, 1944-45, 88: 208-13.—Epidemiology and communicable disease control. In: Prev. Aled. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 6: 47-52.—Gordon, J. E. Organization for the control of epidemics. Ibid, 1: pt 3, Sect. 1, 2.—Hetsch, H. Infektionskrankheiten; allgemeine gesetzliche Alassnahmen gegen Infektionskrankheiten. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 7-9.—Hume, E. E. Modern concepts of the prophylaxis of epidemic diseases in armies. Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil, 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 757104.— Inoue, T. Senzi-ka no boeki ni tuite [Prevention of epidemica in the time of war] Nippon rinsyo, 1943, 1: 842-5.—Jusatz, H. J. Hygienisch-bakteriologische Einfiihrung; Truppen- und Lazaretthygiene zur Verhutung und Bekampfung von Infek- tionskrankheiten im Kriege. In: Taschenb. ansteckenden Krankheiten Alenschen (Gutzeit, R. J. K.) Berl, 1944, 35-74.— Kennedy, T. F. Prophylactic methods adopted in the army to deal with epidemic diseases. Rapp. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil., 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 105722— Kobzev, A. F. Organizacija protivoepidemideskogo barjera vo vnutrennem raione strany. Voen. med. J, 1945, No. 7, 23-8.—Kroyicky, A. J. [Experience of a sanitary epidemiological institution in a city within the battle zone] Hig. & san, Moskva, 1944, 9: No. 6, 42-5.—Lemoine, G. H. Prophylaxie des fievres erup- tives dans ses rapports avec l'amenagement des casernes. Rev. hyg. Par, 1905, 27: 1-13.—Maner, R. Probleme de prophylaxie des maladies infectieuses de l'Armee turque. Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1947, 76: No. 50, 15-7.—Meyrelles do Souto, A. Expos6 general des proc6d6s modernes de pro- phylaxie des maladies §pid6miques a l'armee. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 187-90 — Military control of insect and snail borne diseases. J. Mil. Al. Pacific, 1945, 1: 24-33.—Nakamura, K. Son-si no heiho to densen-by5 yobo [Sun's tactics and the prevention of epi- demics] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 692.—Normas profilacticas. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1943, 42: 282.—Piatkin, K. D. Pro- tivoepidemi6eskoe obespechenie vojsk v nastupatelnoj operacii. Voen. med. J, Aloskva, 1945, No. 4, 15-7.—Popovici, D, Nestorescu, N, & Ciocarlie, D. Notes sur les methodes mo- dernes de prophylaxie des maladies epid6miques dans l'armee. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mU. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 190.—Regamey, R. H. Expose general des precedes modernes de prophylaxie des maladies 6pid6miques aux armies. Ibid, 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 123-39.—Reitano, U. ExposS general des procedes modernes de prophylaxie des maladies epidemiques aux armees. Ibid, (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 184.—Rodenwaldt, E. Friihzeitige Erkennung und Bekamp- fung der Heeresseuchen. Deut. Aerztebl, 1940, 70: 184r9. ----- Geomorphological analysis as an element of fighting epidemics. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 224.—Schlossberger, H. Ueber die Bekampfung der Kriegsseuchen. In his Kriegsseuchen, Jena, 1945, 50-69.—Schmidt, B. Seuchen verhutung. In: Innere Wehrmed. (Handloser, S.) Dresd, 1944, 17r65.—Set, medical, for detached troops of an epidemic prevention depot. Jap. M. Material Rep, 1946, No. 195, 1-5.—Sharma, A. N. General expose on modern prophylaxis of epidemical diseases in the army. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 177-83.—Sharp, A. C. R. General survey of the methods of prophylaxis in epidemics in armies. Ibid, 159-64.— Slezacek, L. Modern! koncepce profylaxe epidemickych nemoci v armadach [transl.] Voj. zdrav. Usty, 1948, 17: 37- 47.—Standard operating procedure for control of malaria and other insect-borne diseases during a combat operation. J. Mil. AI. Pacific, 1945, 1: 37-41.—Vagedes, v. Verhutung und Bekampfung der iibertragbaren Krankheiten im Heere. In: Realencycl. d. ges. Heilk, 4. Aufl, Berl, 1910, 9: 548-97.— Ward, T. G. Control measures against importation of disease by men returning from overseas duty. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1945, 35: 572-4.—Zeiss, H. Infektionskrankheiten; Geomedi- zin und Seuchenbekampfung. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 9. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 227-9.— Zemskov, M. V. [Certain peculiarities of antiepidemic meas- ures in the army] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 9, 37-42. ---- experimental. See Bacteriological warfare. — Hospital epidemic. Dust-borne infections in hospital. Bull. Army AI. Dep, Lond, 1942, No. 17, 3-5. Also Select. Army Al. Dep. Bull, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 29.—Hamburger, M, jr. Studies on the transmission of hemolytic streptococcus infections; cross infec- tions in Army hospital wards. J. Infect. Dis, 1944, 75: 58- 70.—McCullough, C. P. A device for reduction of contact exposure in sickbays afloat. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1750-2.—Rozdestvensky, V. Organizacia hospitalnogo dela; vnutrihospitalnye infekcii. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 4: 78. --- Incidence. United States. Army. Surgeon-General's Office. Preventive Medicine Service. [Maps prepared for Global epidemiology, a geog- raphy of disease and sanitation by James S. Simmons] 14 maps. 28cm. Phila., 1943. United States. War Department. Geo- graphical distribution of certain diseases. 14 maps. 23cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Pamphl. No. 8-6, U. S. War Dep. Bauer, F. K, & Watkins, J. H. Scabies, Weil's disease, other diseases. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 73.—Bessmertny, B. Epi- demideskie indeksy. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 5: 1243.—Cebrelli, G. Le malattie infettive nel- I'Epiro. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1947, 52: 375-80.—Dlouhy, J. Odraz posledni valky u infek6nfch chorob v naiem kraji. Cas. lek. cesk, 1946, 85: 119-21.—Incidence (The) of communicable diseases in military service. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 32.— Kauntze, W. H. The occurence and control of transmissible diseases in British colonial territories from the outbreak of the recent war to December, 1945. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par, 1946, 38: 274-86, incl. French transl.—Sanchez, S. Enfermedades infecto-contagiosas y parasitarias en la frontera noreste. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1936, 35: 1-29—Ziezold. Practical results of predicting epidemics. Conf. Med. Con- sultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 225 —Zikowsky, J. Seltene Infektionskrankheiten der Heimat. Aled. Klin, Berl, 1942, 38: 921-4. Also Zbl. Bakt, 1. Abt, 1943, 143: 269 (Abstr.) ---- Line of duty. Jahn, D. Zur Frage der Wehrdienstbeschadigung bei Infektionskrankheiten. Alunch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 1341-3.—Schoneberg, G. Fragen der arztlichen Beurteilung und Begutachtung; die Infektionskrankheiten. In: Arzt i. d. Wehrmachtversorg. (Heinemann-Gruder, C.) 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 306-24.—Theorell, T. [A claim of compensation for an infectious disease acquired in military service] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1927, 52: 60-5. ---- Pathology. Kalmanson, G. M. The presence of specific antigens in the blood stream in early acute phases of various specific infectious diseases. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. AI, 1947, June, 17.— Koberle, F. Zur Pathologie aktueller Kriegsseuchen (l"leck- fieber, Tularamie, Hepatitis epidemica, Feldnephntis) Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1944, 35: 10-26.—Melnotte, P. E. M, & Bolzinger, R. L. F. Les appUcations a la pathologie mfec- tieuse des notions nouvelies sur la dissociation des especes microbiennes et leur structure antigenique. Rev. Corps san. mil„ Par, 1947, 3: 199-235.—Otto, R. Infektionskrankheiten; allgemeine Aetiologie. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl 1944, 1-4.—Schdne, G. Die klinische Bewertung der Wl'utinationsreaktion (Gruber-Widalschen Reaktion) bei den verschiedenen Infektionskrankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr, 1944, 70: 384-6.—Wolter, F. Die Entstehungsursachen der Kriegsseuchen vom kontagionistischen und vom epidemiolo- gischen Standpunkt. Med. Praxis, 1940, No. 29, 149-58. ---- Treatment. Sittmann, G. Uebertragbare Krankheiten; Krankheitserscheinungen und Behandlung. p. 57-103. 18cm. Miinch., 1917. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, 3. Aufl, Alunch, 1917, pt 2. EPIDEMIC 440 EPIDEMIC Diakov, U. I. [Sanitarv epidemiological measures in miUtary operations] Feldsher, Aloskva, 1941, No. 10, 30-3.—Gefen, N. E. Polivakcina NIISI dlja odnovremennoj i odnokratnoj vakcinacn protiv kholery, brjushnogo tifa, paratifov, dizenterii i stolbnjaka. In: Dost, sovet. med. Otec. vojny, 1943, 1: 108-18.—Holler, G, Mathis, A, & Ortner, E. Kasuistische Beitrage zur Therapie der Kriegsseuchen. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1944, 57: 345-52.—Machold, K. Ausschnitt aus neuen Erkenntnissen in Diagnose und Behandlung einiger kriegs- wichtig gewordener Infektionskrankheiten. Ibid, 5-15. ---- Types. Hosemann, G. Versuch einer Ordnung der Infektionskrank- heiten nach dem Grad der Schwere. In: Infektkr. jetz. Kriege (Germany. Heeres-Saninsp.) Berl, 1944, Docum. No. 8715, 18-20, tab. ------ Die nach den Krankenblattern seltenen Infektionskrankheiten. Ibid, 24.—Weichselbaum, A. Aetio- logie, Epidemiologic und Prophylaxe der wichtigeren Kriegs- seuchen. Vortr. Epidem. (Wien. Aerztekammer) Wien, 1914, No. 46, 1-9. ---- Types: Amebiasis. See Dysentery (amebic) ---- Types: Cholera. United States. Army Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Cholera. Rev. 4p. 27cm. Orlando, 1944. Forms Pt 9, Notes Trop. Dis. Arctic Desert Trop. Br. A. A. F, U. S. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 138: Cholera. 7p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Cholera. Seminar, Phila, 1943, 5: No. 3, 8-12.—Curtis, J. K, & Butler, F. A. Cholera. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: No. 1, 1-6.—Date, T. Syowa 14-nendo TyQ-Nansi ni te bunri-seraretaru cholera-kin kinkei ni tuite. [On types of the cholera vibrio isolated in Middle and South China in 1939] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30:579-84.—Ermoljeva, Z. V, & Jakobson, L. M. Diagnostika kholery i dejstvie fagoprofilaktiki pri kholernykh vspyshkakh. In: Dost, sovet. med. Otec. vojny, 1943, 1: 50-64.—Eugling, M. Interessante Cholerafalle im Weltkrieg. Aerztl. Prax, Wien, 1938, 12: 265. Also Wien. klin. Wschr, 1938, 51: 984-6.—Grattan. H. W. An outbreak of twenty-eight cases of cholera among British troops in Benares during September-October, 1912. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 72: 21-5.—Higgins, A. R. Cholera in Shanghai war refugees. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1939, 37: 287-9.—Hoffmann, W. Cholera asiatica. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 47-9.—Jude, A. L. Le cholera. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1947, 3: No. 6, I-VIIL—Kisigami, S. On the cholera vibrio isolated from a patient in the town of Ondo in Hiroshima Prefecture. BuU. Nav. Al. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 55.—Lamb, F. H. The cholera epidemic in South China. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1938, 24: 64-6.—Love, R. J. M. Cholera. In: Surg. Alod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 887.— Markowitz, J. Experiences with cholera in a jungle camp in Thailand. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 86: 150-8.—Marras, F. M. Osservazioni sierologiche in rapporto alia agglutinabilit& del V. di El Tor isolato durante il peUegrinaggio del 1937. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1938, 44: 107-18.—Navy cholera research. MU. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 246.—Oda, K, Sindo, C, & Nisihara, H. On types of cholera vibrio isolated in Shanghai in 1938; first report. BuU. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 9.— Report on cholera studies in Calcutta; value of chemotherapy in the treatment of cholera and use of blood plasma in cholera coUapse. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 1049-53.—Rudnev, G. Kholera (cholera asiatica) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 912-23.—Schlitze. Cholera asiatica. In: Beitr. Kriegsheilk. Deut. Ver. Rot. Kreuz, Lpz, 1908, 173-6.—Turnbull, T. A. Some aspects of cholera in Kongmun, South China. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1938, 24: 138-42.— Van Auken, H. A. The cholera epidemic. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 4: Suppl, 12-4.—Virulence and antigenicity of various strains of Vibrio cholerae. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, July, 73-6.—Waud, S. P. Notes on cholera. Field M. BuU. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1943, 2: 67.— Woodward, L. K, jr. Condition simulating appendicitis follow- ing cholera vaccine inoculation. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1946, 46: ---- Types: Coccidioidosis. Denenholz, E. J, & Cheney, G. Diagnosis and treatment of chronic coccidioidomycosis. Arch. Int. M, 1944, 74: 311-30.— Lee, R. V. Coccidioidomycosis; in the Western flying training command. California West. M, 1944, 61: 133.—Shelton, R. M. A survey of coccidioidomycosis at Camp Roberts California. J. Am. AI. Ass, 1942, 118: 1186-90. ---- Types: Common cold. See also Influenza. Lightfoot, C. Some effects of the common cold upon speech; psychological studies of train- ing techniques. 27 1. 28cm. Port Wash., 1949. Forms No. 411-1-8, Techn. Rep. Spec. Dev. Center U. S, Off. Nav. Res. Blitch, C. G, & Doyle, J. F. The efficacy of cold vaccine; an investigation conducted among soldiers. MU. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 46-52.—Brewster, J. M. Benadryl as a therapeutic agent in the treatment of the common cold. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1947,47:810. ------ Antihistaminic drugs in the therapy of the common cold. Ibid, 1949, 49: 1-11.—Brorson, S. [In- vestigations on the effect of vaccination for colds] Militaer- laegen, 1940, 46: 99-104.—Brown, E. E. Colds on two Aleutian islands. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1946, 6: 79-82.—Dust in the air; cold in the head. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 28, 6.—Kern, R. A. Abuse of sulfonamides in the treat- ment of acute catarrhal fever. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 686-94.-—Parsons, H. H. EosinophUic (acidophUic) bodies in the common cold. Alii. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 543.—Randolph, A. C. Care of the common cold. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 857-60.—Schlichting. Verhutung von Erkaltungs- krankheiten durch Chinin. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1938, 3: 357.— Schneider, H. Erkaltungskrankheiten. MUitarsanitat, Ziir, 1946, 28: 86-9.—Short, J. J., Toomey, L. O. [et al.] Comparison of 4 routine procedures in the treatment of acute catarrhal fever. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 848-51.—Zhukovsky, E. [Use of autohemotherapy in so-called colds] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 11, 98-101. ---- Types: Epidemic encephalitis. See Encephalitis. ---- Types: Hepatitis. See Hepatitis. ---- Vector. Arthropod-borne infections. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 8: 206-14.—Huff, C. G. Insects, disease, and modern transportation. In: Med. & War (Taliaferro, W. H.) Chic, 1944, 76-88.—Insect-borne diseases. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 3: 19-23.—Wright, H. E. Tick- borne diseases of the Northwest. Ibid, 8: 207-14. ---- Virosis. See also names of viral diseases as Encephalitis; Hepatitis, etc. Joseph, A. War and viruses. Pharm. Advance, 1942-44, 14: No. 157, 5-8.—Smorodincev, A. Virusy (virus) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 722-6. ---- in war. Hill, J. H. Silent enemies; the story of the diseases of war and their control. 266p. 21}£cm. N. Y., 1942. Major, R. H. Fatal partners, war and dis- ease. 342p. 23^cm. Garden City, 1941. Muller, O. Der Krieg und die Infektions- krankheiten. 23p. 24cm. Tub., 1915. Forms No. 9, Durch Kampf z. Frieden. Abdulkadir Noyan [War epidemics] Askeri sihhiye mec- muasi, 1940, 69: i-vU.—Archibald, A. M. War brings epi- demics; is your child protected? Health, Toronto, 1943, 11: No. 3, 6.—Arnstein, M. G. Communicable disease in wartime. Pub. Health Nurs, 1943, 35: 194-6.—Cannon, P. R. War, famine and pestilence. Sc. Month, 1943, 56: 5-14.—Castro, M. Guerra e peste. Impr. med, Rio, 1942, 18: No. 348, 93-5.—Dawson, J. A., & Kessler, W. R. Biology and war, Biol. Rev. City Coll, N. Y, 1943, 5: 3-7.—Day, A. A. Infec- tion and war. Q. BuU. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1946, 20: 169-74.—Dearing, W. P., & McKneely, T. B. War time prob- lems in communicable disease control. BuU. Am. CoU. Sur- geons, 1944, 29: 147-52.—Diego, J. Guerras y pestes. Horiz. med. Mix., 1944, 2: 117-26.—Drake, C. B. War and pesti- lence. Minnesota M, 1944, 27: 634-40.—Drigalski, W. v. Weltkrieg, Seuche und Infektion. In his Aufstieg d. San. Korps, Oldenb, 1939, 62-70.—Fromme, W. Uebertragbare Krankheiten und Krieg. Arch. Hyg, Munch, 1943, 129: 66-73.—Gordon, R. M. Biology in wartime. Irish J. AI. Sc, 1946, 145-59.—Hasenjaeger, E. Taking the offensive on the germ front. Trained Nurse, 1943, 110: 101-5.—Holla, W. A. War and infectious disease. Westchester M. BuU, 1943, 11: No. 4, 10; passim.—Holler, G., Schickel, A, & Zajitschek, R. Ueber die Kriegsseuchen. In: Wehrmedizin (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 3: 10-36.—Infectious diseases in war. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 341.—Keefer, C. S. Epidemic diseases in wartime. Med. Clin. N. America, 1943, 27: 1201-11.—Kohler, F. Mo- derne Kriegsseuchen. MUitarsanitat, Ziir, 1946, 28: 77-80.— Liskutin, J. InfekfinI choroby a epidemie v prvnl a druhi svetove valce. Lek. wojsk, 1943, 35: 99-121.—Mackie, T. T. Wars and epidemics. In: March of Med. (N. York Acad. M.) N. Y, (1944) 1945, 93-112.— McKinnon, N. E. War time EPIDEMIC 441 EPIDEMIC CONTROL BOARD problems in communicable disease control. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1944, 29: 145.—Martelli, C. Malattie belliche. Rinasc. med, 1943, 20: 1.—Oettingen, W. Die Infection im Kriege; mit Ausschluss der specifischen Infectionen und der aUgemeinen Infection. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir, 1913, 42: 2. T. 496-513; Disk, 1. T, 233-40.—Osborne, W. A. War and infectious disease. Australas. J. Pharm, 1943, 24: 126.— Palanca, J. Las epidemias de la postguerra. Sem. me'd. espafi, 1943, 6: 359-75.—Pickles, W. N. Rural epidemiology; epidemic disease in English village Ufe in peace and war. Aled. Off, Lond, 1942, 68: 113.—Ricalde Gamboa, R. La guerra y las epidemias relacionadas con ella. Pasteur, A16x, 1945, 1: 53-61.—Rivers, T. M. Epidemic diseases. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1947, 91: 88-94.—Roi les ton, J. D. War and infectious diseases. Clin. J, Lond, 1945, 74: 85-97.-—Shaw, E. B. Communicable diseases in war time. California West. AI, 1944, 61: 235.-—Spitta, O. Die Kriegsseuchen und ihre Einwirkung auf die Zivilbevolkerung. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1947, 68: 11-4.-—Stormer, A. Infektionskrankheiten im Lichte der Kriegserfahrungen. Aled. Klin, Alunch, 1946, 41: 305-10.—Stokes, J, jr. Contagious diseases in wartime. J. Pediat, S. Louis, 1942, 21: 106-9.—Zuckermann, C, & Bustamante, M. E. Epidemias de guerra. Proc. Internat. Coll. Surg. (1941) 1943, 3. Congr, 163-5. EPIDEMIC Control Board. United States. Army Epidemiological Board. Report to the Surgeon General, U. S. Army, June 30, 1941. v. p. 28cm. Wash. [?] 1941. United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Collected reprints. Wash., v.l, 1941/43- United States. War Department. Sur- geon General's Office. Preventive Medi- cine Service. Board for the Investigation and Control of Influenza and Other Epi- demic Diseases in the Army. Collected papers. Wash., v.l, 1944- Army (The) Central Epidemic Control Board. J. Am. Al. Ass, 1942, 118: 463.—Bayne-Jones. Army Epidemiological Board. Res. Proaram U. S. Army AI. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 113. --- Commissions. United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Acute Respir- atory Disease. Annual report. Wash. (1946/ 47) 1947- --- Quarterly progress report. Wash., No. 8, 1948- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Air-Borne Infections. Report. Wash., 1943/44- --- History of the Commission on Air- Borne-Infections, 1941-45. MS. 47p. 1945. MS. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. United States. Armed Forces Epidemiol- ogy Board. Commission on Environmental Hygiene. Report. Wash. (1946/47) 1947- --- Progress report. Wash., No. 1, 1948- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Epidemio- logical Survey. Annual report. Wash. (1943/ 44) 1944- Title varies, 1943/44 as Report. United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Hemolytic Streptococcal Infections. Report. Wash. (1943/44) 1944- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Immuniza- tion. Annual report. Wash., 1. (1947/48) 1948- --- Quarterly progress report. Wash., No. 6, 1948- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Influenza. Report. Wash. (1943/44) 1944- --- Quarterly progress report. Wash., No. 8, 1948- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Liver Dis- eases. Annual report. Wash., 1. (1947/48) 1948- --- Quarterly progress report. Wash., No. 2, 1948- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Measles and Mumps. Report. Wash., 1943/44- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Meningo- coccal Meningitis. Annual report. 1943/44- 1946. 3v. 28cm. Wash., 1944-46. United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Neurotropic Virus Diseases. Annual report. Wash. (1943/ 44) 1944- --- History of the Commission on Neuro- tropic Virus Diseases, 1941-45. MS. 52p. 1945. Also Appendix. MS. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Pneumonia. Report of the activities. Wash., 1943/44- --- History of the Commission on Pneu- monia, between May 1941 & Dec. 1945. MS. 28p. [After 1945] A1S. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Tropical Diseases. Report. Wash. (1943/44) 1944- United States. Armed Forces Epidemio- logical Board. Commission on Virus and Rickettsial Diseases. Annual report. Wash. (1946/47) 1947- --- Quarterly progress report. Wash., No. 9, 1948- Bayne-Jones, S. The United States of America Typhus Commission. Army AI. Bull, 1943, No. 68: 4-15.—Eight decorated for typhus control service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 915.—Three members of Typhus Commission receive awards. Ibid, 562. EPIDEMIC hemorrhagic fever. Mayer, C. F. Epidemic hemorrhagic fever; preliminary draft. 83p. 4? Washington, 1951. Smorodincev, A. A. [et al.] Etiologia i klinika hemorragideskogo nefrozo-nefrita. 46p. 8? Moskva, 1944.. Takami, R. M. Epidemic hemorrhagic fever. 12 1. 4? [n. p.] 1951. Abrikosov, A. I. Hemorragideskij nefrozo-nefrit. In his Osnovy 6astnoi pat. anat, 4. ed, Moskva, 1950, 420.—Churilov, A. V. Klinika tak nazyvaemogo infekcionnogo nefrozonefrita. Klin, med, Moskva, 1941, 19: 78, &c. ------ Problema hemor- ragi6eskogo nefrozonefrita; klinika. Arkh. biol. nauk, 1941, 62: 44 &c.—Cygankov, G. M. Klinika tak nazyvaemogo infek- cionnogo nefrozonefrita. Klin, med, Aloskva, 1941, 19: 105 &c.—Dunaevsky, M. I. Problema hemorragi6eskogo nefrozo- nefrita; izmenenija krovi. Arkh. biol. nauk, 1941, 62: 53 &c— Hamazaki, Y. RyQk<5-sei syukketu-netu. Nippon rinsyo, 1946. 4:61.------& Ozawa, S. RyOk5-sei syukketu-netu no byori tiken hoi. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1944, 56: 757 &c.—Honzin, R, Kurata, Y, & Ikeda, K. [Studies on inflammation; a new disease, febris haemorrhagica infectiosa] Nippon byflrigakkai kaisi, 1944, 34: 10.—Isibasi, T. Ryuko-sei syukketu-netu byori-kaibSgaku-teki kenkyu. Gun idan zassi, 1944, 372: 501.—Kisimoto, M. Ryuk5sei syukketu-netu no hati hoken rei ni tuite. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1949, 61: 60.—Kitano, H. RyQko-sei syukketu-netu ni kan-suru kenkyu. Gun idan zassi, 1944, 370: 269. Also AlansyQ igaku zassi, 1944, 340: 191. Also Nippon densenbyo gakkai zassi, 1944, 18: 1 etc.—Leibin, L. Problema hemorragideskogo nefrozonefrita; patologo- anatomocfiskaja kartina. Arkh. biol. nauk, 1941, 62: 64 &c.— Maekawa, M. Iwayuru Song5-netu. Zikken ihd, 1943, 29: 334 &c.—Mayer, C. F. Epidemic hemorrhagic fever of the Far East; or endemic nephroso-nephritis; a short outline of the disease with supplemental data on the results of experimental inoculation of human volunteers. Mil. Surgeon, 1952, 110: 276-84.—Okamura, M. Kyu-sei tyllyOtokki-en to ayamara- retaru ryuko-sei syukketunetu. Gun idan zassi, 1943, 966- 72.—Ono, K. Ryuko-sei syukketu-netu ni kan-suru keiken. Iwate igaku senmon gakko zassi, 1944, 7: 9.—Reznikov, A. I. K voprosu o tak nazyvaemykh infekcionnykh nefrozo-nefritakh. Voen. san. delo, 1940, 6: 25 &c.—Rotenburg, S. S. Svoe- obraznyi infekcionnyi nefrit. Ter. arkh, 1940, 18: 156, &c.— Sat5, T. Ryuko-sei syukketu-netu no byflri-sosiki syoken un idan zassi, 1944, 372: 545. —Smorodincev, A. Nefrozo- EPIDEMIC HEMORRHAGIC FEVER 442 EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS nefrit hemoragicheskij. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 3: 1343-7.—Suzue, K. Ryuko-sei syukketu-netu byori kanken. Nippon igaku oyobi kenko hoken, 1943, No. 331, 15.—Terskikh, V. I., Narcissov, N. B, & Smirnov, M. R. Endemideskii nefrozo-nefrit i leptospiroznaja vodnaja Ukhoradka. KUn. med, Moskva, 1941, 19: 68 &c. EPIDEMIOLOGY. See also Bacteriology, Laboratory; Epidemic; Immunology; also names of specific epidemic diseases. Brazzaville, French Equatorial Africa. Institut Pasteur de Brazzaville. Rapport sue le fonctionnement technique. Brazzaville, 1943- Boldyrev, T. E. Problemy epidemiologii v voennoe vremja. In: Dost, sovet. med. Otec. vojny, 1943, 1: 7-16. Also Eng- lish transl. In: Microb. & Epidem. (Babsky, E. B.) Lond, 1945,7-16.------Protivoepidemideskie meroprijatija. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 922-9. ------ Epidemiologia voennaja. Ibid, 5: 1228-43.—Burgasov, P. Epidemiologi6eskaja karta. Ibid, 1220-2, 3pl.—Cheever, F. S. The teaching of epidemiology at the Naval Medical School. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 2, 17-20.—Davide, H. Bak- teriologi och epidemiologi under krigsforhallanden. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 38-61.—Foley, G. E. Present-day concepts of epidemiology. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1948, 48: 386-90.—Galambos, A. Epidemiology in war- time. N. York Physician, 1942-43, 19: No. 4, 28; No. 5, 30 — Kuzminsky, A. S. E§6e o vedenii epidemiologideskikh kart. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 104. ------ K metodike vedeniia epidemiologicheskoi karty v voiskovom raione. Ibid, 1941, No. 4, 67-72.—Magnitsky, V. K voprosu o vedenii epidemiologideskikh kart. Ibid, 1940, No. 4, 61-6.—Petro- sian, Y. L. Metodika i praktika vedenija sanitarno-epidemio- logideskoj karty. Ibid, No. 8, 56-65.—Pugadev, K. F. [Conference of epidemiologists at the front] Ibid, 1942, No. 9, 74.-—Recommendations for course of instruction in epi- demiology. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 3, 265.—Rogozin, I. I. The institutes of epidemiology and microbiology during the Patriotic War. In: Microb. & Epidem. (Babsky, E. B.) Lond, 1945, 153-8.—Rozdestvensky, V. Epidemiologideskoe obsledovanie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946- 48, 5: 1222-8. Rudnev. G. P, & Sokolova, N. M. [Epidemi- ological tables] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 2, 43.—Simmons, J. S. Epidemiology in the army. Army Al. Bull, 1940, 53: 36-44.—Skvorcov, V. V. [The work of the epidemiological laboratories] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 53-6. ---- Organization. Benjaminson, E. Sanitarno-epidemiologi6eskij otrjad armii. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 4: 1411-3.— Boldyrev, T. Epidemiolog voennyi. Ibid, 5: 1217-20.----- & Korostelev, V. Protivoepidemiceskaja zasdita vojsk. Ibid, 4: 914-22.—Korostelev, V. Protivoepidemideskaja zasdita v VMS. Ibid, 921.—Semasko, N. A. [Sanitary epidemiological work in rural districts during the war] Hig. & san, Aloskva, 1944, 9: No. 6, 33-7.—Uvarov, M. M. [Sanitary epidei cal stations during the present war] Ibid, No. 9, 30-8. EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa. See with Dermatosis. EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS. See also Dermatophytosis; Foot, Mycosis. Duggan, T. L. Investigation of the fungi- static activity of reagents that might be suitable for use in the treatment of epidermophytosis. 12p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-469, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Arraud, C. Epidermomycose interdigito-plantaire. Arch. mdd. pharm. nav, 1934, 124: 544-50.—Athlete's foot. Bull. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1944, No. 82, 19.—Beckjord, P. R. The prophylaxis and treatment of epidermophytosis of the feet. MU. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 895-8.—Derzavis, J. L, & Poppen, J. R. A campaign against athlete's foot. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 600-2.—Digneo, E. M. Control of athletes foot. Hosp. Corps Q, 1946, 19: No. 5, 21.—Duggan, T. L. Investi- gation of the fungistatic activity of reagents that might be suitable for use in the treatment of epidermophytosis. Rep. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, 1-5, 7 tab.—Fitz-Hugh, T, jr, Livingood, C. S, & Rogers, A. M. Dhobie mark dermatitis. Bull. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 55-8.—Haulon, S. Vicissitudes du traitement des dpidermophyties. Rev. mdd. nav. Par, 1946, 1: 413-7.—Investigation of the fungistatic activity of reagents that might be suitable for use in the treat- ment of epidermophytosis. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 37.—Leitman, D. S. Epidermofitija stop. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 6, 62-7.—Memmesheimer. A. M. Die Erkennung und Behandlung der Epidermophytie. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 386-9—Monacelli, M. Le epider- mofizie nella pratica dermatologica militare. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif, 1941, 4: 242-4. ------ Note e osservazioni su le epidermofizie. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1943, 49: 3-16, 2 pi.— Radovicky, G. A. [Epidermophytosis of feet and hands] Voen. san. delo, 1943, 12-23.—Rouse, J. W. H, & Hadly, W. A. Army experience with ids. Alii. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 798-801.— Sand. M. Sul contagio della epidermofizia inguinale; consi- derazioni personali. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1949, 54: 283-6. ------ Contributo alia terapia della epidermofizia inguinale. Ibid, 316-9.—Sneddon, I. B. Epidermophyton infections of the skin. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 154-60.—Taylor, S. J, jr. A simple treatment for epidermatophytosis. Alii. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 93-6.—Venkei, T. Az epidermomykosisok kezelese. Honvddorvos, 1950, 2: 701-14, Ulust. EPIDIDYMITIS. See also Genitals; Gonorrhea; Injury; Uro- genital apparatus. Barton, J. D. M. Two cases of subacute epididymitis. J. R. Nav. Al. Serv, 1941, 27: 72.—Epididymitis. BuU. Army M. Dir, Lond, 1942, No. 13, 6.—Garafalo, F. I fibromiomi deU'epididimo. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 436-42.—Investiga- tion of non-specific epididymitis. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, Suppl. No. 10, 1—4.—Non-specific epididymitis. Select. Army AI. Dep. Bull, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 58-60—Nonspe- cine epididymitis. J. Am. Al. Ass, 1943, 122: 458. EPILEPTIC. Lennox, W. G., & Walker, A. E. The treat- ment of the epileptic veteran. 18p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Forms Techn. BuU. TB 10-28, U. S. Veterans Admin. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical, bulletin TB 10A-46: Designated cen- ter for diagnosis, treatment and follow-up studies of patients suffering from genetic epilepsy. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. Deut sch, A. L, & Zimmerman, J. A plan for the treatment and rehabilitation of epileptic veterans. N. York State J. M, 1947, 47: 1284.—Duval & Trinite-Schillemans, A. Impor- tantes malformations craniennes chez un dpileptique. Bull. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1947, 41: 35.—Fox, J. T. Epileptics in air- raids. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 631.—Lehman, A. Placement of applicants with epilepsy. Proc. U. S. Conf. Placem. Dis- abled Vet, Wash, 1945, 138-41.—Lennox, W. G. Rehabili- tation of epileptic service men. Am. J. Psvchiat, 1943-44, 100: 202-4. Also Collect. Papers Dep. Neuropath. Harvard M. School, 1944, 13: No. 47, 202-4. ------ & Cobb, S. Employment of epileptics. In: Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 567-79.—Prudhomme, C. Dilantin sodium in the treatment of epileptic Negroes. Aled. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1941-42, 18: 148-52.—Roseman, E. The epileptic in the Army. Am. J. Psychiat, 1944-45, 101: 349-54.—Schmidt, W. Die unerlaubten Entfernungen der Epileptiker. In his Forens. psychiat. Erfahr. im Kriege, Berl, 1918, 161-7. EPILEPSY. See also Neurosis, Convulsive states. India. Army. Medical Directorate India. Technical instructions No. 6. Memorandum on neurology; Epilepsy, p. 1-2. 34cm. N. Delhi, 1943. In: Techn. Instr. Med. Dir. Army India, 1943, No. 6/7. Schmidt, W. Fuguezustande und Epilepsie. p.137-67. 24^cm. Berl., 1918. In his Forens. psychiat. Erfahr. im Kriege, Berl, 1918. United States. Veterans Administration'. Technical bulletin TB 10A-170: Observation of seizure; use of VA Form 10-2614d-2a, Report of Seizure. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1949. Bailey, P. War and epilepsy and the Veterans Administra- tion. Res. Pub. Ass. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1947, 26: 529-35.— Bandeira de Mello, N. Constituicao e epilepsia. Rev. med mil, Rio, 1941, 30: 350-77.—Biagini. G. II fenomeno d'osta- colo di Donaggio negli epilettici. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 176-80.—Borgarello, G. La diagnosi di epilessia in medicina legale militare. Ibid, 1943, 91: 44-8.—Braun, F. EpUepsie, MiUtar und Ehe. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 74.—Cappon, D. The pitressin hydration test in the diagnosis of epilepsy. J. R- Army M. Corps, 1947, 89: 132-5.—Chor, H. Some aspects of epilepsy in the Navy. Dis. Nerv. Syst, 1946, 7: 37-46.— Cull ins, J. G, Morgan, J. D., & Corum, C. L. Influence of cevitamic acid in idiopathic epilepsy, preUminary report. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1941-42, 18: 301-3.—De Nieder- hausern. A, & Moruzzi, G. Problemi patogenetici e diagnostici nello studio dell'epilessia umana. Gior. med. mil, 1942, 90: EPILEPSY 443 EPIZOOTIC 881-910.—Fergusson, I. Some problems of epilepsy in the Royal Navy. J. R. Nav. AI. Serv, 1946, 32: 112-4.—Fulmer, J. C. Removal of large area of calvarium in epilepsy. Aled. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1939-40, 16: 280— Furlado, D. O problema da epilepsia e a medicina militar. Clin. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1935, 1: 346-57.—Gardner, W. A. The use of sodium diphenyl hydantoinate, dilantin, in epilepsv. Aled. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1940-41, 17: 372-5.—Hilger, D. W, Mueller, A. R, & Freed, A. E. The pitressin hydration test in the diag- nosis of idiopathic epilepsy. Alii. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 309-13.-— Importance of history in the differential diagnosis of fits. BuU. Army Al. Dir, Lond, 1941, No. 4, 1. Also Select. Army Al. Dep." Bull, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 54.—Lennox, W. G. Epi- lepsy and paroxysmal neuropsychiatric syndromes. In: Man. Alii. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C, & Yakovlev, P. I.) Phila, 1944, 203-25.-—Martinez, J. M. Indicaciones quiriir- gicas en las epUepsias focales, valor del neumoencefalograma y del electroencefalograma. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1949, 48: 51-6.—O'Brien, J. F. Epilepsy or hysteria; a study of con- vulsive seizures and unconscious states in one hundred ex- service men. Boston AI. & S. J, 1925, 192: 103-7.—Pacheco e Silva, A. C. As epilepsias. In: Psiquiat. guerra (Fac. med. S. Paulo) 1943, 73-83.—Parsons, H. H. Eosinophilic bodies in the blood of epileptics. Alii. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 97.— Prudhomme, C. The antagonistic action of sodium amytal and benzedrine suUate, amphetamine, in serial epileptic episodes. Aled. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1942-43, 19: 186-90.—Sereisky, M. EpUepsia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946- 48, 5: 1253-5.—Tatarelli, G. L'epUessia; considerazioni cliniche e medico legali sull'art. 28 E. I. per la Marina. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1948, 53: 79-96.—Teixeira, N. L. Testes diagn 6s ticos para a determinacao do limiar epileptogeno. Rev. med. mil;, Rio, 1945, 34: 39-55. ---- traumatic. See also Head injury. Jourdran, M. L. M. *Crises nerveuses chez les blesses de guerre cranio-cerebraux. 88p. 8? Bord., 1917. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-135: Post-traumatic epilepsy center. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1948. Baruk, H. Les crises nerveuses gdndralisdes; sdmdiologie; diagnostic; conduite a tenir notamment en neuro-psychiatrie muitaire. Ann. med. psychol. Par, 1944, 102: pt 2, 245-78 — Jasper, H. The value of electroencephalography in the diag- nosis of post traumatic and other forms of epilepsy. Proc. Com. Army M. Res. (Canada) 1944, 5. meet. No. 4, C.6123, 1-12.—Manceaux, A, & Susini, R. Les crises nerveuses dans l'armde; dtude portant sur 1.100 cas. Algdrie mdd, 1946, 331-4.—Quadfasel, F. A, & Walker, A. E. Problems of post- traumatic epilepsy in an Army general hospital. Res. Pub. Ass. Nerv. Ment. Dis, 1947, 26: 461-75.—Sachs, E. Two important post-war problems in neurological surgery. Dis. Nerv. Syst, 1946, 7: 221—Siris, J. H. The management of post-traumatic epilepsy. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 144-9.—Trani, N, & Giacanelli, V. U. Su di un caso di epilessia riflessa da ferita di guerra. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 181-6. EPISCLERITIS. See under Eye, Disease. EPIZOOTIC. See also such terms as Foot and mouth disease; Glanders, etc.; also under names of animals such as Dog; Horse, etc. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 57: Heeres- veterinarvorschrift. Anh. 2: Seuchenvorschrift. 221p. 15cm. Berl., 1930. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 61/5: Kolonial-Veterinarvorschrift; Tierseuchen; Be- kampfung und Behandlung [Reprint] 215p. 15cm. Berl., 1942. Miessner, H. Kriegstierseuchen und ihre Bekampfung; Leitfaden fiir Veterinaroffiziere, beamtete und praktische Tierarzte. 161p. 23cm. Hannover, 1915. ---- [The same] Epizootics and their con- trol during the war. Transl. by A. A. Leibold. 215p. 21cm. Chic, 1917. Boldyrev, T. Epizootia. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 5: 1252.—Communicable disease problems of the veterinarian in wartime. Vet. Aled, Chic, 1942, 37: 495.—Eichhorn, A. Personal survey of wartime animal- disease control in Great Britain. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1942, 100: 7-11.—Todd, F. A. Historical sketch of the development of the control of animal diseases in Germany. Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 4, 45-50 — Wagener, K. Die Hiihnerpest, Geflugelpest, als Kriegstier- seuche. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1941, 537. ■--- experimental. See Bacteriological warfare. EQUILIBRIUM [incl. vestibular appara- tus] See also Aviator, Equilibrium. Birren, J. E. Static equilibrium and vestib- ular function. 8p. 26%cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-293, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ----& Fisher, M. B. Standardization qf two tests of postural equilibrium; the railwalking test and the ataxiagraph. 13p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-293, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Coermann, R. Untersuchungen uber die Einwirkung von Schwingungen auf den menschlichen Organismus. Luftfahrt- medizin, 1939-40, 4: 73-117.—Sommer, J. Zur Frage der Einwirkung von mechanischen Schwingungen auf den Eigen- reflexapparat des Menschen. Ibid, 292.-—Standardization of two tests of postural equilibrium; trie railwalking test and the ataxiagraph. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 25. EQUIPMENT. See also such terms as Ambulance; Ammuni- tion; Bag; Burner; Cabinet; Camp, Hygiene and sanitation; Chair; Chemical warfare, Equipment; Chest; Clothing; Destructor; Dressing; Field case; Hospital construction, Equipment; Kit; Nutrition service, Equipment; Oxygen equip- ment; Weapon, etc. Contributions to the theory and knowledge of the design of equipment. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1948, No. 1, 259.—Ferrabouc, L. La tenue militaire de campagne. Rev. mdd. fr, 1938, 19: 403-24.—Krotkov, F, & Jakovenko, V. Obmundirovanie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 3: 1418-31.—Riabov, P. Kipiatilniki. Ibid, 2: 1218-22.—Shaposhnikov, A. Ekipaz flotskij. Ibid, 5: 1115- 20. --- aero-medical. See also Aeromedicine. United States. Navy. Aero-Medical De- partment. Weekly memorandum for Equip- ment and Material Section, Bureau of Aero- nautics. 9 December 1944. 2p. 27cm. Phila., 1944. For further reports see Monthly memorandum .,; U. S. Navy Aero Medical Equipment Laboratory. Barr, S. S, & Baime, J. E. Portable flight surgeon's examin- ing room. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 55.—Ledfors, G. E. History of progressive changes in equipment used by the Medi- cal Department. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 356.—Lovelace, W. R, II, & Resch, J. A. Flight testing of items of medical equipment used by military pilots and their crews. Collect. Papers Alayo Clin. (1943) 1944, 35: 826-31. Also J. Aviat. AI, 1944, 15: 26-31.—Medical field equipment for the air corps. Army AI. BuU, 1936, 35: 25-7. ---- Aviator's. Gagge, A. P. Personnel equipment problems in ETOUSA and NATOUSA. 7 1. 28Hcm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-695-34, Memo. Rep. Aero AI. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Hanselman, N. K. Ice saw-snow knife with shovel, detachable handle type. 5 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1949. Forms No. MCREXD-670-22I, Memo. Rep. Aero AI, Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Haas, F. E. Personal equipment program, Fourth Air Force. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 188.—Trockman, R. J. Personal equipment program in the Eighth Air Force. Ibid, 186. ---- dental. See Dental equipment. EQUIPMENT 444 EQUIPMENT ---- medical. See also names of equipment; also such terms as Destroyer; Drug; Emergency medical field unit; Instrument; etc. [Germany] Heer. Dienstvorschrift 5: _Ent- wurf: Vorschrift fiir die Behandlung der Sanitats- ausnistung und fiir die Herstellung von Verband- und Arzneimitteln. 153p. 21cm. Berl., 1935. ---- Packordnung des Satzes (a) Truppen- sanitatsausnistung. 16p. 8? Berl., 1937. Johnson, J. B., jr, & Wilson, G. H. A history of wartime research and development of medical field equipment. Part I. Medical Department Litter Program. Part II. Medical Department Vehicle Program. MS. 730p. [Before June 1946] MS. in Histor. Div. SGO U. S. Army. United States. Army. 5250th Technical Intelligence Company. Medical Analysis Section. Japanese medical equipment report. Tokyo, No. 151, 1945- Title varies according to the type of material handled; alternate title is: Japanese medical material report. United States. Department of the Army. Technical bulletin TB MED 186: Moisture- proofing and fungi-proofing (tropicalizing) Medi- cal Department equipment. Rev. ed. 7p. 26cm. Wash., 1950. Werthmann, H. Das Sanitatsgerat des Feld- heeres. 2. Aufl. 258p. 19cm. Miinch., 1944. Forms Bd 5, Taschenbiicher des Truppenarztes. ----& Willecke, W. [The same] [1. Aufl.] 221p. 19^cm. Munch., 1942. Alden, C. H. Recent changes in the field equipment of the Aledical Department United States Army. Mem. Congr. mdd. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr, 2: 202-21.—Combat equip- ment, Medical Department. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 3: 251-62.—Equipping medical field units. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1943, No. 70, 2-4.—Field Hospital, Ambulance Company, and other divisional unit equipment. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 3: 263-88.—Fischer. Sanitatsausrustung. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 210. Also Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 255-7.—Hays, S. R, & Morgan, C. V. Moderni- zation of equipment. In: Rep. Conf. Surg. General with Army Surgeons, Wash, 1948, Jan, 66.-—Iliesco, P. C. Rapport sur I'dquipment sanitaire individuel du personnel subalterne des Services de santd au combat. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1937, 19: 18-53.—Improvised equipment. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1944, 3: 98-102.—Individual equipment, Aledical Department. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 3: 235-50.—Johnson, J. B, jr, & Wilson, G. H. Outline used in preparation of individual development project histories included in monograph on wartime research and development of medical field equipment. In: Hist. War- time Res. M. Field Equip. (U. S. Army Surgeon General Office) Wash, 1946, 728-31.—Knoll, W. Infektionskrankheiten; die chemischen Untersuchungsgerate in der Feldsanitatsausrustung. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 24-7 — Linthicum, E. S. Hand cart or trailer for movement of medical equipment. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 243-7.—Mann, W. L, & Brown, A. B. Experimental field medical equipment. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 563-5, 2 pi.—Moucka. Chemische Gerate der Feldsanitatsausrustung. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 211. Also Conf. Aled. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 257 — Muddiman, J. B. C. Japanese army medical equipment; tvpical field allocation and distribution. Med. Techn. Intellig. Field Rep, 1946, No. 5, 1-28.—Muniz Angulo, L. Ensenanza v equipos en la sanidad militar norteamericana. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1940, 4: 316-22.—Poliakov, N, & Rozanov, P. Komplektnoe medicinskoe osnaSdenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1395-400.—Randfn y Vergara, J, Padilla y Cespedes, V. M. [et al.] Informe sobre los equipos sanitarios en compafia y paz, usado por la marina e infanterfa de marina norteamericana en Caimanera, Guantanamo, Cuba. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1941, 5: 136-41.—Richards, T. W. A new brigade medical outfit. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1914, 8: 62-5.—Roberts, R. H. Some ship-made improvisations. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 391-3.—Spassky, V. Termometr. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 475.— Timofeevsky, P. Spalnyi mesok. Ibid, 238-40.—Unger & Maiss. Problems of medical equipment from the pharma- ceutical point of view. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 216.—Zimmerman, H. A. Compressed air atomizer. BuU. U. S. Armv Al. Dep, 1947, 7: 246. ---- optical. See also Eyeglass; Optometry. Ellenbogen, A. Primenenie zeltvkh stekol na flote. Aled. pribav. morsk. sbor, 1904, pt 2, 365-77, tab.—Trimby, H. Ophthalmic instruments for Uncle Sam. Bausch & Lomb Mag, 1942, 18: No. 3, 6. ---- pharmaceutical. See also Drug; also names of drugs; also Thera- peutics. Alcazar, A. Equipos farmacduticos de campafia, en cajas transportables. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1935, 13: 321-39.— Apparatus for dispensing corrosive agents. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 419.—Mafz Eleizegui, L. Analisis ffsico y qufmico de los objetos de vidrio y caucho utilizados en los Servicios de Sanidad Alilitar. Bol. farm, mil, Madr, 1929, 7: 129-52. ---- sanitary. See also Sanitation. Hanon-Valcke. Aerateur; pieces relatives aux experiences faites a la manutention militaire de Metz. 55p. 8? Par., 1851. United States. War Department. Office of the Adjutant General. Document No. 897. Notes on sanitary appliances, War Plans Division, April, 1919. 40p. 8? Wash., 1919. Cot & Genaud. La ddtection physiologique. Presse mdd, 1939, 47: 1029-31.—Goncarov, P. Kamera okurivanija. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946—48, 2: 1111.— Poliakov, N. Sanitarno-khoziaistvennoe imusdestvo. Ibid, 4: 1407.—Sanitary cover for meat blocks. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1945, No. 84, 27.—Ungerer. Peculiarities of the Russian sanitary equipment. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8. 214.—Zunjic, J. O stednji sanitetskog materijala. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 248-51. ---- surgical. See Surgical equipment. ---- Testing. See such terms as Desert; Environment, etc. ---- veterinary. See also Veterinary medicine. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. No. 463: Be- schreibung des veterinararztlichen Gerats vom 4. Februar 1933. 108p. 21>^cm. Berl., 1933. Hess, H. E. Veterinary field equipment. Vet. BuU, Wash, 1937, 31: 191-3.—Veterinary equipment and suppUes, Medical Department. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1928, 3: 629-58. EQUIPMENT laboratory. See also Equipment; Laboratory. Dabney, A. S. The U. S. Army's Medical Department Equipment Laboratory; its research and contributions to field service. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 1-16.-—Field equipment museum. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 9-11.—; Kitagawa, Z. Mako-situ sadan; rikugun no mako-zyutu ni tuite [...the grinding laboratory; workshop technic of the army] Ika-kikaigaku zassi, 1928-29, 6: 411-3.—McKinney, G. L. Some recent activities and developments at the Medical Department Equipment Laboratory, Carlisle Barracks, Pa. Army M. BuU, 1936, No. 37, 37-56. ------ Current activi- ties in the Medical Department Equipment Laboratory, Carlisle Barracks, Pennsylvania. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 105-15.—Medical (The) Department Equipment Laboratory, Carlisle Barracks, Pa. Army M. BuU, 1923, No. 2, 36-43 — Nakayama, Y. Mako-situ sadan; rikugun mako seido oyobi kinmu ni tuite [...the grinding laboratory; regulations and duties in the army repair shopsl Ika-kikaigaku zassi. 1928-29, 6: 404-11. EQUIPMENT officer. Personal equipment officer. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 5, 16.—Reynolds, S. R. M. Personal equipment officers and the care of the flyer in the AAF. J. Aviat. AI, 1945, 16: 202-4, &c. ERGOMETER. Karpovich, P. V. Improvements in the fric- tional bicycle ergometer. 5 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 65, U. S. Air Force School I Aviat. M. ERGOMETER 445 ERYTHROCYTE Mata. L. Exploracion de rendimiento del trabajo mental y fisico en la unidad de tiempo. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1940, 39: 230-8. ERITREA. See under World War II. ERYSIPELAS [and erysipeloid] Ferguson, L. K, Hand, E. A, & Strauch, J. H. Treatment of erysipeloid of Rosenbach with penicillin. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1947, 47: 150-53.—Gleiser, L. M. Erysipelas infections in man and animals. Aled. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1949, 4: 14-7.—Kohayakawa, K. Tandoku no keika to hakkekkyu-su no kankei ni tuite [., leucocyte count and the course of erysipe- las] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 299, 313-27.—Rushmore, R. W. A virulent swine erysipelas vaccine in Italy. Aled. BuU. Aledit. Theater U. S, 1945, 3: 168.—Swine erysipelas. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1945, 4: 159. ERYTHEMA. See also Dermatosis; Skin. United States. Naval Medical Research Institute. Studies of experimental heat rash. lOp. 27cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Project X-479, Nav. Aled. Res. Inst, U. S. ---- multiforme. Duemling, W. W., & Lesney, T. A. Erythema multiforme; a study of 10 cases. U. S. Nav. Al. Bull, 1945, 44: 968-72 — Erger, B. D. Erythema multiforme pluriorificialis (Stevens- Johnson disease) AIU. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 308-12.—Gorman, J. E. The Stevens-Johnson syndrome; report of two cases. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1949, 49: 50-4.—Hartley, L. P, & Nelson, C. F. Erythema multiforme pluriorificialis (Stevens-Johnson disease) and Vincent's stomatitis. Army Dent. Bull, 1943, 14: 119-30.—Hoffman, I. L, & Stone, T. E. Report of case of Stevens-Johnson disease. AIU. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 494.-— Robertson, H. F., & Donovan, T. J. Erythema multiforme exudativum or buUosum. Ibid, 1945, 96: 259-62.—Umiker, W, & Crofoot, M. Stevens and Johnson's disease. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1946, 46: 1466-9. ---- nodosum. See also Tuberculosis. Franco, H. da V. Eritema nodoso; consideracoes etiopato- gdnicas e ensaio terapEutico. Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1949, 38: 9.5-101.—Ramel, R. Erythdme noueux et assurance militaire. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1936, 13: 83-9, iUust. ERYTHREMIA. Chambers, W. E. Polycythemia vera. Aled. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1932-33, 9: 318.—Gale, R. J, & Cook, W. R. Ery- thremia; a case report. Aled. Bull. Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 7, 27-9.—Korol, E, & Bogen, E. F. Polycythemia; a study of 18 cases. Aled. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1944-45, 21: 188- 200.—Stanton, J, & Scharf, L. E. Polycythemia vera rubra (erythremia) Ibid, 1943-44, 20: 453. ERYTHROCYTE [incl. erythrocytopoiesis] See also Blood transfusion, Material: Red cells; Erythremia; Flying; Hematology. Lozxer, E. L., Lemish, S., & Schachman, H. K. Chemical and physicochemical studies on modified globin prepared from human eryth- rocytes. 13p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-352, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Pace, X., Lozner, E. L. [et al.] The increase in hypoxia tolerance of normal men accompanying the polycythemia induced by transfusion of eryth- rocytes. 20p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-524, U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst. Yamada, M. Sekkekkyu teityo syokuen-eki sinto-atu teiko-ryoku sokutei no issin hoho oyobi sono seiseki ni tuite; hu, zin-sekkekkyti bunrui- kei to no kankei ni tuite [... resistance of ery- throcytes ...] p. 1495-554. 21cm. Tokyo, 1928. Gun idan zassi, 1928, No. 186. Ardry. Sur la conservation et l'utilisation aUmentaire des hematies. Bull. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1948, 42: 170.—Asihara, S. [On Yoshida's reaction and Brosamlen's reaction of apparently healthy men whose sinking time of red blood cells accelerates continuously] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 370-9.— Behnke, A. R. Injection of red blood cells. Sympos. AIU. Physiol, Wash, 1947, 62.—Chemical and physicochemical studies on modified globin prepared from human erythrocytes. Summaries Res. U. S. Nay. AI. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 15.—Increase (The) in hypoxia tolerance of normal men ac- companying the polycythemia induced by transfusion of eryth- rocytes. Ibid, 22.-—Kriipe, M. A new method of following the fate of transfused erythrocytes; results with stored human blood. BuU. War AI, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 198 (Abstr.)—Love, J, Ganz, R. N, & Fearon, H. D. Adaptation of the Wester- gren method of sedimentation test. U. S. Nay. AI. Bull, 1944, 42: 947-9.—Maupin. Transfusion des globules rouges recueUlis aprds la sdparation du plasma. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1948, 4: 249-63.— Negisi, Y. Alassyo ketueki-tyu ni okeru enki-sei siko karyO sekkekkyu ni tuite [... basophilic granules in the erythrocytes .,] Gun idan zassi, 1927, No. 167, 483-566, tab. chart.—Spingarn, C. L, & Jones, J. P. Hyaluronic acid, a tissue polysaccharide; some effects on erythrocytes. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1945, 44: 963-7.—Tawara, H. [Experimental investigation of influence of low pressure and its sudden change upon body weight, number or quantity of red blood cells, and sinking time of red blood ceUs of rabbits] Bull. Nav. AI. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 77-94.—Yazaki, T. Rinsyo-zyo oyobi kenko zyotai kansatu-zyo sekkekkyu tinko hanno no kati ni tuite [The value of erythrocytic sedimentation test in regard to the state of health and clinical observations] Gun idan zassi, 1929, No. 197, 605-64. ESCAPE. See Aircrew, Escape; Prisoner of war, Escape; Submarine. ESOPHAGUS. See also Digestive system; Gastrointestinal tract. Boone, H. R, & Dailey, J. E. Foreign body (denture) in the esophagus. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1943, 41: 167-71.— Boosalis, N. G. Carcinoma of the esophagus. Surg. Staff Semin. Alinneapolis Veterans Hosp, 1947, 3: 13-34.—Bratesco, V, & Racoveano, V. Sur les corps etrangers perforants de l'oesophage. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1934, 33: 471-3.—Codas Thompson, Q, & Iribas, C. Hemorragias por varices esofagicas. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1943, No. 138, 129-36.—Fox, J. R. Chemical burn of the esophagus; report of a case from occupa- tion forces in Japan. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1948, 48: 118-20.— Hynes, W. P., & Haynes, G. O. Alegaesophagus. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1939-40, 16: 285.—Klein, L, & Grossman, M. Rupture of the esophagus. Ibid, 1942-43, 19: 277-83 — Lindsay, W. L. Pulsion diverticulum of the esophagus. Ibid, 1940-41, 17: 407.—Springorum, P. W. Speiseiohrenveratzung durch konzentiierte Lauge beim Gebraueh des Tauchretters. Deut. Alilitararzt, 1943, 8: 45-8.—Vahdettin Ozan. Esophagus yabanci cisimlerinde nasU hareket etmelidir? Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1944, 73: No. 42, 1-9. ESPRIT de corps. See also Leadership; Morale. Blesse, F. A. Esprit de corps and morale (edit.) Aled. Bull. North Afr. Theater U. S, 1944, 1: No. 2, 1.—Bostroem, A. Der seelische Zustand der Truppe. Veroff. Heer. San, 1939, H. 109, 17-30.—MacBrayer, R. A. Esprit de corps versus provincialism. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 20, 9. ETHER. See under Surgical technic: Anesthetization. ETHICS. See also such terms as Gas warfare, Ethical aspect; Geneva convention; Humanitarianism; Medical officer; Secret; Venereal disease, Ethical aspect. Campana, A. Corso di etica medica internazionale alia Scuola di sanita miUtare. Gior. med. mil, 1949, 96: 174-6.— Voncken, J. La ensenanza del derecho internacional mddico. Bol. Hosp. milit, Habana, 1949, 2: Spec. No, 62-4. Also French text, Gior. med. mU, 1949, 96: 243-51. ------ The future of medicine in times of war. J. Am. AI. Ass, 1949, 139: 525. ETHIOPIA. See under Wars and campaigns; World War II. EUGENICS. See under Militarism; also Endurance. EUROPE 446 EVACUATION EUROPE. See Prisoner of war—by captor powers: European; Relief; World War I; World War II. EUROPEAN Theater. See World War II. EUSTACHIAN tube. Esteban Cambiaggi, J, & Coda, O. C. La pdrdida de la distancia intermaxilar como causa en la estenosis de la trompa de Eustaquio. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1945, 44: 1625-43.— Gibbs, O. S. The use of a gas mask for the relief of occluded eustachian tubes and sinuses. J. Aviat. AI, 1944, 15: 32-5.— Shoch, D. E. Effect of irradiation on eustachian tube resistance. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. Al, 1947, June, 4. EVACUATION. See also names of various echelons of the evacu- ation system. Russia. Armija. Glavnoe voenno-sani- tarnoe upravlenie Krasnoj armii. 3nMHHe cpeACTBa caHHTapHoft BBaicyaiiHH. 75p. 20cm. Moskva, 1941. Evacuation services in the Army. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 349.—Hunani, E. C. M. Evacuation of the 4th C. C. S, B. E. F, 1940. Brit. J. Nurs, 1942, 90: 13.—Leonardov, B. Evakua- cia. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1936, 35: 140-6.—Metaksa, A. Vradebno-nabliudatelnye stancii i punkty. Ibid, 1928, 5: 687-91.-—Novicky, B. E. O nekotorykh uzlovykh voprosakh evakuacii. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Aloskva, 1942, 9-11.—Veiel, E. Zur Evakuierung des Feldheeres. Alunch. med. Wschr, 1914, 61: 2263. ---- Air evacuation. See Air evacuation; Air ambulance. ---- of animals. C[hase], A. F. Animal war victims. A-V, Phila, 1940, 48: 89.—Crosby, J. F. Collection and evacuation of animal casu- alties in large units. Vet. Bull, Wash, 1938, 32: 91-107.— Dildine, S. C. Discussion of Lieut. Colonel Crosby's mono- graph on Collection and evacuation of animal casualties in large units. Ibid, 108-11.—War work of the Animal defence and anti-vivisection society; evacuation of animals service. A-V, Phila, 1940, 48: 59. ---- of civilians. See Civilian evacuation. — of wounded. See also such terms as Aid station; Air evacua- tion; Battle, Medical work; Battlefield, Medical activities; Civilian evacuation; Clearing station; Collecting station; Division, infantry; Emergency medical service, Air raid casualty; Hospital subheadings (evacuation; mobile, etc.) War neurosis; Wounded, Transportation. Kuschel, E. *Verwundetentransport und -verteilung im Weltkrieg; Vergleich mit friiher, Ausblick in die Zukunft. 32p. 23cm. Berl., 1941. Belickaja, E. Dokumentacija ledebno-evakuacionnaja. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 546-50.— Blaustein, G. Vnutrikorabelnaja evakuacija. Ibid, 1: 779-84.—Campeanu, L. La mdthode du lever prdcoco des opdrds appliqude a l'dvacuation des blessds de la guerre. Rapp. Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 2: 305-11.— Dreyer, K. The problem of evacuation of wounded soldiers in our army [Hebrew text] Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1948, 35: 88. Also J. M. Ass. Israel, 1948, 35: No. 11, 88.—Evacuation of patients to zone of the interior. Circ. Lett. Chief Surgeon Europ. Theater Oper, 1944, No. 102, 1-10.—Georgievsky, A, & Shestov, V. Ledebno-evakuacionnoe obespedenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 496-521, pi, Evakuacia medicinskaia. Ibid, 5: 1100-13.—Henshaw, E. M. Some psychological difficulties of evacuation. Ment. Health, Lond, 1940, 1: 5-10.—Herbert, W. P. The evacuation of wounded with the British and Americans contrasted. Tr. AI. Soc. N. Carolina, 1925, 72: 243-51.—Khodorkov, F. A. [Peculiarities of medical evacuation work in winter] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1944, 11-9.—Kirk, N. T. The evacuation and emergency treatment of war wounded. N. England J. Al, 1942, 226: 624-6.—Lobo, A. Abacos para previsoes do senico de saude na guerra. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1940, 29: 46-52.—[Medical classification and evacuation of the slightly wounded in the field sanitary service] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 4, 57-60.—Mercier, R. G. El combatiente, en lucha con la evacuaci6n sanitaria. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Aladr, 1940, 149-75.------Seleccion racional de los evacuados. Ibid, 162-4. ------ Rapidez de las evacuaciones. Ibid, 167.—Moppert. L'dvacuation gdndrale des blessds, malades et gazds. Praxis, Bern, 1940, 29: 43-6.—Morgan, C. V. Evacuation. Aled. Bull. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 4, 42-5.—Munikhes, R. Konvert evakuacionnyi. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 2: 1402-4.— Orlewicz, S. [Segregation of wounded, gassed and sick] Lek. wojsk, 1936, 27: 577-602.—Patients evacuated to zone of the interior. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 9.—Polevsci- kov, P. Otdelnye osibki v ledenii i evakuacii. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 544-9.—Saib Birken [Estimation of evacua- tion] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: No. 31, 14-20.— Schickel6. Le triage mddico-chirurgical. Arch. mdd. beige, 1934, 87: Bull, internat, 175-87.—Semeka, S. Evakuacionnoe napravlenie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 5: 1098.—Shamaskin, M. Sortirovka ranenvkh i bolnykh. Ibid, 213-21, pi.—Sokolowski, T. [Segregation of the sick] Lek. wojsk, 1936, 27: 603-9.-—Suzuki, S. Syosya no kyiisyutu to hanso ni tuite [Rescue of and carrying of the wounded (in war)] Nippon rinsyo, 1943,1:836-42.-—Swenson, K. J. Evacu- ation of casualties in time of war. Alii. Surgeon, 1938, 83: 544-51.—Tabib Kay & Murat [Evacuation of wounded, sick and crippled in times of war] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1935, 64: 153-6.—Timofeevsky, P. I. [Military-sanitary service during war; evacuation and bases for treatment] In: Rukov. kurs. sredn. med. pers. (Ikhteiman, AI. S.) Moskva, 1937, 655-63.—Tuffier, T. Practical problems from the viewpoint of a field inspector. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1915, 20: 713-5.—Wooders, M. A, & Curtis, D. A. Principles of evacuation. In their Emergency Care, Phila, 1942, 422-9.—Wulp, G. A. Effects of hospital evacuation; medical effects of individual and mass evacuations. In: Effect of Bombing &c. Germany (U. S. Strateg. Bomb. Surv.) 2. ed. Wash, 1947, 210-4. ---- of wounded: Equipment, and means. See also Ambulance; Transportation; Vehicle; Wounded, Transportation. Anselevic, R. A. Priemy perekladyvanija ranenykh v pole- vykh uslovijakh. Voen. med. J, Aloskva, 1947, No. 3, 21-6.— Banaitis, S. I. Transportnaja immobiUzacija. In: Kratky kurs voen. polev. khir. (Kupriianov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 204-12.—Birguen, S. Evacuation des blessds et des malades par les moyens de transport modernes; les prd- cautions k prendre. C. rend. Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 216.—Davidson, T. W. The effects of mechanization on evacuation. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 72: 284-6.—Elder, A. V. The evacuation of sick and wounded by sea. Ibid, 1929, 53: 161-72. Also Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 7-28.—Friedman, E, & Fijol, W. A plywood chute for casualties. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 9, 65.—Gaaiorowski, M. [Evacuation of wounded and sick by water] Lek. wojsk, 1932, 19: 68-74.—Gecow, L. Medios modernos de evacuacion de heridos y enfermos. Aled. & cir. guerra, 1947, 9: 691; passim. Also Rapp. Congr. inter- nat. mdd. pharm. mil, 1947, 11. Congr, 1: 143-66.—Ionescu, V, Apostol, O. [et al.l Les moyens modernes d'dvacuation des blessds et malades. C. rend. Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 229-31.—Kafer, H. Transport und Transportfahigkeit der Kriegsschussverletzten. In his Feld- chirurgie, 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1941, 26-34.—Koyl, L. F. Modern methods of evacuation of the wounded and sick; indications and contra-indications. C. rend. Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 198-207.—Kozlov. A. [Means for evacuation of the wounded] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 11, 49-52.—Kugler, A. Feldgerate zum Kranken transport bei Briichen und Wunden der Extremitaten. Chirurg, 1939, 11: 197-200.—Lafont Lopidana, M. Procedimientos modernos de evacuaci6n de heridos y enfermos. C. rend. Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 227.—Lazaroni, A. F. Medios modernos de evacuacion de heridos y enfermos. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1948, 47: 114-8.—Lutz, F. C, & Bonsole, H. Y. D. A time-saving combination sling. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1944, 43: 557.—Manganaro, C. Moyens modernes d'dvacuation des blessds et malades; indications et contre- indications. C. rend. Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mU. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 214-6.—Modern methods of evacuation of the sick and wounded; indications and contra-indications. Ibid, 228.—Nicholls, T. B. Effects of mechanization on evacu- ation. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 217-21.—Oudard & Schickele. Les dvacuations par eau et par air. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 41-103.—Potter, B. E. Hand-seats for casualties. Brit. AI. J, 1940, 2: 168.—Saidac, I. Principii de evacuare sabitara in campanie, vechicule si material pentru spitaUzare dela linia de lupta pan& la zona interioara. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 312-22, illust.— Sharma, A. N. Evacuation by land. C. rend, Congr. internat. mdd. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 219.—Solcard. Les appareils de transports des blesses a bord dans la marine francaise. BuU. internat Serv. santd, Lidge, 1939, 12: 72-80 — Szell. J. A sebesiiltszallftasr61. Honvddorvos, 1950, 2: 393- 400, plan.—Transportation difficulties hamper removal of German wounded. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 644.—Verdial, V. H. Utilizacao e rendimento dos meios de evacuacao de EVACUATION 447 EXAMINING ROOM feridos e doentes em campanha. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil. 1941, 4: 211-67, 5 tab. ■---- of wounded: Medical and surgical service. See also various echelons in the chain of medical evacuation. Dalin, N. P. [Military hygiene during evacuation from rear hospitals] Sovet. med, 1941, 5: 43-5.—Girgolav, S. S. [Volume of surgical aid during evacuation] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 6, 11-21.—Kiasev, A. P. [Surgical aid and sanitary service during evacuation] Vrach. delo, 1938, 20: 977-80.— Rozansky, V. I. Opyt raboty khirurga na evakopriemnike GOPEP. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 10, 77-9.—Volcenok, M. S. [Care of wounded during evacuation] Feldsher, Aloskva, 1941, No. 5, 42. ---- of wounded: Organization. See also Wounded. Abramov, P. Evakuacionnaja komissija. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 5: 1093-8.—Akodus, J. Le- debno-evakuacionnoe obespedenie armii. Ibid, 1: 273-6.— Banaitis, S. 1. Organizacia raboty po okazaniiu pomosdi ranenym i objem pomo&di v rote, na BMP i PA1P. In: Kratkij kurs voen. polev. khir. (Kupriianov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 60-79.—Bukov, V. A. [Organization of evacuation of wounded and sick from the Aledsanbats accord- ing to classification] Voen. med. J, Aloskva, 1944, 18-24.— Cheyrou-Lagreze, H. Notes de pratique mddicale militaire; hospitalisation rdgionale et evacuations. Marseille mdd, 1936, 73: pt 2, 349-58.-—Darnall, J. R. Aledical evacuation system in a theater of war. AIU. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 191-5.—Francis, J. R. Medical Administrative Corps officers in the chain of evacuation. Ibid, 1947, 100: 414-8.—Georgievsky, A, & Komissarov, M. Ledebno-evakuacionnyj plan. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946^8, 3: 521-9.—Gillespie, F. S. [Evacuation from front line] Circ. Lett. Brit. AI. Liais. Off, Carlisle, 1944, No. 13, 1-4—Girgolav, S. S. Organiza- cionnye meroprijatija po okazaniju pomosdi pri ranenijakh. In: lichen, ran. voine (Petrov, N. N.) 6. ed, Leningr, 1942, 34_44.—Gorinevskaia, V. V. [Principles of organization in evacuation of wounded soldiers] Sovet. med, 1941, 5: No. 15, 3-8.—Kirk, N. T. Organization for evacuation and treatment of war casualties. Ann. Surg, 1941, 113: 1020-33.—Krinsky, L. T. [Organization of therapeutic medical-evacuation work in miUtary districts] Klin, med, Moskva, 1942, 20: No. 3, 18-22.—Kupriianov, P. A. Dokumentacija na etapakh evakua- cu vojskovogo i armejskogo tyla. In: Kratky kurs voen. polev. khir. (KiiprUanov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 43-59. ------ Sistema evakuatii. Ibid, 114-22.— Libov, L. L. Ledenie ognestrelnykh ran; kharakteristika etapov evakuacu i ikh ledebnoi funkcii. In: Opyt sovet. med. velik. otech. voine, Moskva, 1950, 1: 98-120.—Lyle, H. H. M. The cooperation between the Army services of evacuation and hospi- talization. Ann. Surg, 1941, 114: 161-8. Also Surgery, 1941, 10: 516.—Normal (The) chain of evacuation. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1944, No. 83,11-3.—Ochkin, A. D. Defekty predydusdikh etapov evakuacii, otobraiennye v hospitaliakh glubokogo tyla. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 14-9.—Pavlovic, V. G. [Main principles in the organiza- tion of the French military health service for evacuation of the sick and wounded] Voj. san. glasnik, 1939, 10: 701-14.— Punin, V. [Evacuation of the wounded in the Navy] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 1, 7-14.—Shogam, D. N. O ledebno- evakuacionnom obsluzivanii kontuzennykh v armeiskom rajone. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 12, 8-15. EVACUATION bag. See Arctic service, Medical aspect. EVACUATION hospital. See under Hospital; Hospital report, United States; see also Blood transfusion service, hos- pital. EVAPORATOR. Barnes, L. A., Edge, C. O. [et al.] Studies of the efficiency of shipboard evaporators in pro- ducing safe potable water and the pollution hazard of using open sea water aboard ships. 38p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-756, U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst. EXAMINATION. See Medical examination; Neuropsychiatric examination; also as subdivision under Disabled; Neurology; Tuberculous; Vision; Wounded. EXAMINING room. See under Equipment, aeromedical. EXANTHEMA. See also Dermatosis; Epidemic. Panaitescu, E. G, & Popescu, C. (Exanthematous fever) Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1934, 33: 147-62.—Weber, F. C, Oppel, T. W, & Raymond, R. W. A mild exanthematous disease seen in the Schouten Islands. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 4, 11-6. EXCISION of wound. See Wound surgery, Excision. EXCRETA. See Fecal matter. EXERCISE. See also Drill; Physical training; Physical therapy; Stress; Training. Clarke, R. W, Baldwin, D, & Kahana, E. M. Renal circula- tion and excretion as affected bv stress. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1948, App. C, Proj. 3, No. 8, 1; Proj. 4, No. 8, 1.—Clarke, R. W, Crosley, A. P, jr, & Talso, P. J. Renal circulation and excretion in man as affected by exercise. Ibid, 1947, App. D, Proj. 1, No. 4, 1.—Elkins, J. C. Conservation of health by exercise. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 4, 74-6.—Lovell, E. R. Exercises in the field. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 308.—Sanchez Iriarte, J. Valor higidnico y fisiologico del ejercicio. Pr&ct. mdd, Aladr, 1944, 2: No. 12, 28-32. ---- therapeutic. See also Physical therapy; Rehabilitation. Keith, M. T. Emphasis on exercise as a therapeutic agent; in a naval physical therapy department. Physiother. Rev.. 1947, 27: 10-3.—Knoll, W. Nachbehandlung Kriegsverletzter durch Leibesiibungen in der Gemeinschaft. Deut. MUitararzt, 1940, 5: 481-3.—Lanckenau, N. I. Rehabilitation by modern methods of exercise. In: Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B, & Runes, D. D.) N. Y, 1943, 614-21.—Lauber, H. J. Gymnastik, Sport und Beschaftigung als Behandlungsmethoden im einem Kriegslazarett. Alunch. med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 254—6.—Levenson, C. L. Therapeutic exercises in management of war injuries; a review. Arch. Phys. M, 1947, 28: 587-96.— Pfab. Zur Uebungsbehandlung Kriegsverletzter. Zbl. Chir, 1941, 68: 25.—Portable exercise cart. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 35-7. EXERCISER. Eaton, L. T, & McBride, M. L. A portable remedial exer- cise gym for bed patients. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 221.— Exercising bicycle. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 422.— Improvised (An) hand exerciser. Ibid, 157. EXFOLIATIVE dermatitis. See under Dermatitis. EXHAUSTION. See Fatigue; also under Division, infantry. EXOPHTHALMOS. See also Eye, Disease; Goiter. Filmer, G. A. Alyositis of extraocular muscles causing unilateral exophthalmos. Proc. AIU. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 148-52.—Friedman, B. Aleasurement of relative exophthalmos by roentgenography. U. S. Nav. M. Bui!, 1945, 45: 482-7.— Giacobbe, C. Esoftalmo pulsante traumatico. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 331-40.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. Intermittent exophthalmos. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt 2, 591. EXPEDITIONARY Forces. See also activities of special expeditions under Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. Bouvier, E. J. Organisation et fonctionnement du service de santd dans les expdditions coloniales. Ann. mdd. pharm. col. Par, 1939, 37: 1001-11.—Garton, W. M. A mobUe battaUon aid station equipment for use with United States Marine Corps Expeditionary forces. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1930, 28: 711-5, 2 pi.—Johnson, L. W. Problems of medical activities with expeditionary forces. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 1-14.—Keller. H. Technische Wehrhygiene; ein Beitrag zur EXPEDITIONARY FORCES 448 EXPLOSIVE Organisation von Expeditionstruppen. Deut. Alilitararzt, 1941, 6: 477.-—McKinney, G. L. The organization and function of the medica! services in colonial expeditions. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. AI. Pharm, 1939, 10. Congr, 75-87; Disc, Proc, 117-27. EXPERIMENTATION. See also Chemical warfare; Cold exposure; Cold injury; Diabetes mellitus; Research; War criminal. Gordon, J. E. License for animal experimentation. In: Prev. Aled. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 7, 15.— Rosebury, T. Alethods for handling and maintenance of animals. In his Exp. Airborne Infect, Bait, 1947, 48-54, illust. ---- human. See also such terms as Cold exposure; War criminal, etc. Abridged statement of Extraordinary State Committee of U. S. S. R. (covering medical aspects only) for the ascertaining and investigation of crimes committed by the German-Fascist invaders and their associates in the Oswiecim Death Camp. J. Lancet, 1945, 65: 326-9.—Alexander, L. Dr Rascher's letters and preliminary reports from Himmler's cave material. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 18-37. ——— The re-investigation of Dr Weltz's Institute, in search of the final report of the experiments on human beings, and of whatever unrecorded data may be available. Ibid, 37-42. —---- Visit to the concentration camp in Dachau, in search of remaining apparatus used in the experiments on human beings, and of eye witnesses of the experiments. Ibid, 42-6. ----— A visitor, who saw the experiments on human beings in Dachau, Dr Rascher's immediate superior and friend, Oberfeldarzt Dr Daniel, of Munich, now possibly in the Augsburg stockade. Ibid, 67.—Champy, C, & Risler. Sur une sdrie de prdparations histologiques trouvdes dans le laboratoire d'un professeur allemand; expdriences faites sur l'homme au camp de Struthof. Bull. Acad, mdd. Par, 1945, 129: 263-6.—Conscientious objectors contract disease to help Army fight infections. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 125: 636.—Holzlohner, E, Rascher, S, & Finke, E. The final report on the experiments on human beings. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 46-68.-—Ivy. Naci orvosok embertelensdge. Orvosok lap, 1947, 3: 210.—Lutz, W. [Experiments on human beings at the concentration camp in Dachau] CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXVI-37, 39.—Rascher, S. [Experiments with human beings in Dachau] Ibid, 20. EXPLOSION. See also subsequent headings; also subheadings of Injury (blast—by weapon type: Mine) Cameron. G. R, Short, R. H. D, & Wakeley, C. P. G. Pathological changes produced in animals by depth charges. Brit. J. Surg, 1942-13, 30: 49-64.—Corey, E. L. Medical aspects of blast. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1946, 46: 623-52 — Friedell, M. T, & Ecklund, A. M. Experimental immersion blast injury. Ibid, 1943, 41: 353-63.—Greaves, F. C, Draeger, R. H. [et al.] An experimental study of underwater concussion. Ibid, 339-52.—Grime, G, & Sheard, H. The experimental study of the blast from bombs and bare charges. Proc. R. Soc, Lond, 1946, 187: Ser. A, 357-80.—Hume, E. E. The Naples post office explosion. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 142-50.— Smolnikov, A. V. [Losses from explosions on boats] Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad, 1941, 1: 261-75. EXPLOSIVE. See also Explosion; Gas poisoning. Bebie, J. Manual of explosives, military pyro- technics and chemical warfare agents. 171p. 21cm. X. Y., 1943. Davis, T. L. The chemistry of powder and explosives. Complete in one volume. 490p. 22cm. N. Y., 1943. Fairhurst, I. Manual of high explosives, incendiaries and poison gases. llOp. 19cm. Greenfield, 1942. Moisson, J. J. A. *Action anatomo-physiolo- gique de Pexplosif de guerre. 52p. 24cm. Par., 1941. Zeitschrift fiir das gesamte Schiess- und Sprengstoffwesen mit der Sonderabteilung Gas- schutz. Miinch., 37: 1942- Abdel Aziz Azzam. Some contributions to the microchem- ical examination of explosives and ammunition. Mikrochim. acta, Wien, 1937, 2: 283-6.—Arin, A. Vzryv. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 1: 705-11.—Baxter, J. P, III. New explosives and propellants. In his Scientists Against Time, Bost, 1946, 253-65.—Carlsohn, H. Splitter-, Spreng- und Alinenbomben. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Alever, J.) 2 Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 18-32.—Gray, G. W. The nature of ex- plosives. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 169-72 —----Picric acid and TNT. Ibid, 172-5.—Guzman Velasco, L. El alimento de la guerra; consume v potencia de explosivos Rev. mil. La Paz, 1943, 7: 65-8.—Hunt, J. K. Explosives, versatile tool of industry and war. Sc. Month, 1943, 57: 514-22.—Keeser, E. Erganzende Bemerkungen iiber die Wirkungsweise von Sprengstoffen. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945 Item 24, No. XXXII-47, 15-9.—Korovin, A. Yzryvnaja volna. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 1: 711-6.—Ovenston, T. C. J. Chromatographic method for the identification and estimation of mineral jellv in propellant explosives. Analyst, Lond, 1948, 73: 616.—Taylor, J, Hall, C. R. L, & Thomas, H. The thermochemistry of propellent explosives. J. Phys. Colloid Chem, 1947, 51: 580-92. ---- Injury. See Injury, blast. ---- Toxicity. Cullumbine, H. The toxicology of explosiyes. CIOS Rep, Lond, 1945, Item 24, No. XXXII-5, 4.—Fischer, H. Sympto- matologie und Therapie der Sprenggasvergiftungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 313-6.— Heubner. Zur Toxikologie der Sprengstoffe. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 199-206. Also Conf. Aled. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 240-8.—McGee, L. C. The toxicity of military explosives. J. Am. AI. Ass, 1943, 121: 852.—Noro, L. Untersuchungen iiber die Trotyl-, Tetryl- und Knallquecksilbervergiftungen bei den Arbeiters dei Alunitions- fabriken Finnlands. Bull. War Al, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 469 (Abstr.)—Pflesser. Zur Toxikologie der Spreng- und Brand- gase. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 206. Also Conf. Aled. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 248.—Schwarz, F. Sprenggasver- giftungen, ein vernachlassigtes Kapitel der Kriegstoxikologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 78-81. EXPLOSIVE decompression. See Altitude, Decompression, explosive. EXPLOSIVES industry. See also Munition worker; Munitions plant. Brandt, A. D. Industrial hygiene engineering in the Army explosives manufacturing and processing industry. Indust. AI, 1944, 13: 639-48.—Karaffa-Korbutt, K. V. ^Manufacture of explosives from a sanitary and hygienic view-point] Voen. med. J, Petrogr, 1915, 244: med. spec, pt, 227-9.—Kay, K. Occu- pational hazards in the munitions industry. Nat. Health Rev, Ottawa, 1939, 7: 139-45.—Koelsch, F. Gesundheitsschutz in der Sprengstoffindustrie. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1941, 32: No. 9, 10-9— McConnell, W. J., Flinn, R. H, & Brandt, A. D. Occupational diseases in government-owned ordnance explosives plants; observations on their prevalence and control during World War II. Occup. Med, 1946, 1: 551-618—Reichs- Gcsundheitsblatt. Gesundheitsschutz der Arbeiter in der Sprengstoffindustrie. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 529-31 (Abstr.) EXPOSURE. See Cold exposure. EXPOSURE suit. See also Clothing, protective. Brooks, P. M. Flying exposure suits. 15 i. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-2H, Memo. Rep. Aero AI. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Griffin, D. R., Folk, G. E., & Belding, H. S. Physiological studies of exposure suits in hot and cold environment. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 286, Com. Aviat. AI. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Margolis, S. I. Design and construction of a continuous wear exposure suit for the Bureau of Aeronautics. 7p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 6, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Robinson, S., Gerking, S. C., & Newburgh, L. H. Comfort limits of continuous wear exposure suits in the heat. 15p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 450, Com. Aviat. AI. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Spealman, C. R. Evaluation of BuAer and Army quick donning exposure suits. 8p. 26}4cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 7, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst. EXPOSURE SUIT 449 EXTREMITY INJURY ----& Margolis, S. I. Comparative comfort of the combination rain suit-exposure suit (Red Star Rubber Company) and Navy parka rain clothing. 8p. 26}{cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 9, Res. Proj. X-189, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Yaglou, C. P., & Schneider, O. Heat loss under simulated high altitude conditions with unheated and heated flying clothing. 13p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 75, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Evaluation of BuAer and Army quick donning exposure suits. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July- Dec, 8.—Exposure (An) suit for multi-place aircraft. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1946-47, 4: 13-21.—Field trial of an exposure suit for shipboard use. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan -June, 8.—Vasey, P. M. The inflatable exposure suit. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1949, 35: 65-7. EXTREMITY. See also Finger; Forearm; Fracture; Hand; Surgical technic, Extremity; Wound—by organs: Extremity. Homans, J. Venous thrombosis in the lower limbs; its present day treatment. 8p. 27cm. Wash. 1947. Forms Techn. Bull TB 10-30, U. S. Veterans Admin. Abente Haedo, F. Contribuci6n al estudio del simp&tico de los miembros. Rev. san. mil, Asunci6n, 1940—41, 14: 9-37.— Atsatt, R. F. Bizarre pain in the extremities. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1941, 39: 56-60.—Froggalt, T. W. Heat cellulitis; seq: epidermophytosis. J. R. Nav. AI. Serv, 1942, 28: 197. Hingson, R. A, & Southworth, J. L. The use of continuous caudal and continuous spinal analgesia in the diagnosis, prog- nosis, and rehabilitation of the peripheral vascular diseases of the lower extremities. MU. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 474-87.— [Immobilization of the extremities] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 6, 83.—-Silverman, J. J. Erythermalgia (erythromelalgia) of the extremities in a soldier. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 240-3.—Stalker, L. K. Problems related to the venous system of lower extremities among Army personnel. Ibid, 1947, 100: 66-8.—Villacian Rebollo, A. El nuevo tratamiento de las flebitis agudas de los miembros inferiores. Actas Congr. med. mU. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 476-9—Werssowetz, O. F. v. Biophysics of pathological locomotion as related to lower extremities. MU. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 94-104. --- Venous pressure. See under Centrifugal force, Biological effect. EXTREMITY injury. See also Finger; Forearm; Fracture; Humerus; Joint; Leg, etc.; also Wound. For treatment see also Surgical technic, Extremity. Arguelles L6pez, R. Las escuelas de las heridas de guerra de los miembros. 192p. 22^cm. Barcel., 1942. Ciba Pharmaceutical Products. War in- juries of the extremities. 25p. 23cm. Summit, 1945. Franz, K. Die Kriegsschussverletzungen der Gelenke und Knochen der Gliedmassen. 30p. 25cm. Stuttg., 1937. Leo, E. Lesioni osteo-articolari per armi di guerra. 484p. 8? Genova, 1919. BibUogr.: 389-481. Nakamura, A. Gunzin geka; sisi sonsyo [... leg and arm injuries] 197p. 21cm. Tokyo, 1943. Prost, H. *Sarcomes conjonctivo-musculaires des membres et blessures de guerre. 46p. 25^cm. Lyon, 1939. Cavalli, M, & Argentieri, E. Endoarteriaterapia novocai- nica nei postumi di lesioni traumatiche degli arti. Gior. med. mU, 1949, 96: 154-9.—Cole, J. P, & Neel, H. B. Injuries of the extremities in amphibious warfare. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1944, 79: 573-83.—Hammel, H. Eine Notabschniirbinde zur Ver- hutung der Nachblutungsgefahren bei Extremitatenverletzun- gen in ruhigstellenden Gipsverbanden. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1944, 9: 290-3.—Heinemann-Gruder, C. Die Kriegsschussverlet- zungen der Gliedmassen. In: Feldchirurgie (Kafer, H.) 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1941, 323-48; 6. Aufl, Dresd, 1943, 350-76. ------ Die Verletzungen der Gliedmassen. Ibid, 9. Aufl, Dresd, 824787—VOL. 11, 4th SERIES-----29 1944, 354-81.—Lathe, G. H, & Cameron, K. G. Biochemical studies on wounded men; the condition of extremity cases on admission to field dressing stations. Proc. Com. Army M. Res. (Canada) 1945, 8. meet. No. 2, C.6243a, 1-12, 4 ch.—Mazet, R, jr. An elucidation of certain commonly disregarded neuro- vascular manifestations in war wounds and traumata to the extremities. In: Lect. Reconstr. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1944, 190-5.—Naegeli, T. Ueber Extremi- tatenkriegsverletzungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 726-8.—Nobre Cartaxo, J. A. Feridas dos membros. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil, 1946, 9: 124-55—Ostapko, K. I. [Re- qualification and reorganization of occupation for patients with sequels of trauma of the extremities and its importance in the national defense] Ortop. travmat, Kharkov, 1940, 14: No. 4, 61-76.—Petrov, N. N. Ranenija kisti, stopy i palcev. In his Lechen. ran. voine, 6. izd, Leningr, 1942, 325-32.—Rose, C. A, Hess, O. W, & Welch, C. S. Vascular injuries of the extremities in battle casualties. Ann. Surg, 1946, 123: 161- 79.—Rupasov, N. F. K voprosu o funkcionalnoi profilaktike konednostej posle ranenija miagkikh tkanej. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 508-11.—Stammers, F. A. R. War injuries of the extremities and their treatment in forward areas. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1948, 274-90.—Tarkovskaia, V. J. Preduprezdenie i borba s kontrakturami pri ognestrelnykh ranenijakh kone6nostej. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 323- 32.—Werthmann, H. Die Kriegsverletzungen der Gliedmassen. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1948, 25: 106-16. ---- Lower extremity. Eichelter, G. Schussverletzungen der unte- ren Extremitaten. p.271-339. 24>km. Wien, 1944. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 2: Konig, F., & Hagemann, R. Untere Ex- tremist. p.910-76. 24>^cm. Lpz., 1917. In: Lehrb. Kriegschir. (Borchard, A. F.) Lpz, 1917. Teneff, S. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco dell'arto inferiore. p. 1151-254. 25cm. Tor., 1940. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940. Buxton, S. J. D. Injuries of the lower limb. In: War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 77-90.—Cochrane, W. A. Lower limb casualties. In: War & Doctor (Mackintosh, J. M.) 2. ed, Lond, 1940, 77-87.—Gillespie, G. E. Acute arterial injuries of the lower extremity. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 193-7.-—Miiller, W. Kriegsverletzungen der unteren Extremi- taten. In: Kriegschirurgie (ZiUmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 460-97. ---- Treatment. See also Surgical technic, Extremity; Wound— by organs and regions: Extremity. Eguiagaray, J. Algunas ideas sobre trata- miento de las heridas de guerra de los miembros. p. 145-202. 21}^cm. Santander, 1938. In: Cuest. m6d. quir. guerra (Girones, L.) Popov, V. I. [et al.] Xupyprua. Pa3A. 13: OrHecTpejibHBie paHeHHa h noBpeatReHHa ko- HeuHOCTefi; khctb h cTona. 360p. 26^cm. Moskva, 1950. Forms v. 18, Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Aloskva, 1950. VlNOKUROV, D. A., & Usolceva, E. V. 06mHe npuHiiHnu jienemiH orHecTpejitHux no- BpejKAeHHft khcth h najibneB. p.69-152. 26^ cm. Moskva, 1950. In: Opyt sovet. med. v VeUk. otec. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 18: Berezkin, F. F. O funkcionalnoi profilaktike pri ranenijakh konecnostej. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 5, 4-11.—Erlacher, P. Orthopadische Nachbehandlung kriegsverletzter Extremitaten. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1947, 59: 521-4.—Leontiev, A. N. Restora- tion of functions of limbs. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 397-9 — Nielsen, E. A. [Physiotherapy of trauma of the neural trunks of the extremities] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 427-33.—Peracchia, G. Sul tratta- mento delle gravi ferite di guerra degli arti. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1947, 60: 145-78.—Pershin, A. G. Le6enie posledstvij ognestrelnykh povrezdenij konefinostej na kurorte So6i-Macesta. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 2, 31-7.—Pfab. Zur Uebungsbe- handlung nach Gliedmassen-Verletzungen. Deut. A'lilitararzt, 1942, 7: 462-5. ---- Upper extremity. Anschutz, W., & Kappis, M. Die Kriegs- verletzungen der oberen Extremitat. p.821-909. 24^cm. Ldz.. 1917. In: Lehrb. Kriegschir. (Borchard, A. F.) Lpz, 1917. EXTREMITY INJURY 450 EYE Teneff, S. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco dell'arto superiore. p.1059-150. 25cm. Tor., 1940. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940. Bay, E. Die Fallhand nach Schussverletzungen des Armes als funktionelles Symptom. Deut. Militararzt, 1944, 9: 435-7.—Legge, R. F. Avulsion of forearm; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 1236-8.—Touzard. Section traumatique du paquet vasculo-nerveux du pU du coude; ligature des vaisseaux humeraux; suture immediate du median; guerison complete au douzieme mois. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1947, 41: 128-30.—Westhues, H. Schulter. In his Fortsch. Lager. Schwerverw, Berl, 1943, 84-7, Ulust. ------ Oberarm. Ibid, 87-9, iUust. —— EUbogen. Ibid, 89-92, illust.— Wustmann, O. Kriegsverletzungen der oberen Extremitaten. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zillmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 409-60. EYE. See also such terms as Altitude, Eye and vision; Aviator, Eye; Medical examination, Eye; Night vision; Vision. Eye care in wartime. Am. Opt. Vision, 1943, 27: No. 2, 4.— Pinson, E. A. Intra-ocular pressure at high altitudes. J. Aviat. Al, 1940, 11: 108-11. ---- artificial. See also Prosthesis. United States. Army. Valley Forge Gen- eral Hospital. Plastic artificial eye program. 21 1. 26Mcm. Phoenixville, 1944[?] Blaess, M. J. Cosmetic ocular rehabUitation. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 96-9.—Clifford, J. The processing of the Ruedemann implant eye. Proc. MU. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 12.— Cole, W. E. Plastic artificial eye program for middle Pacific area. J. AIU. M. Pacific, 1946, 2: 67-74.—Cutler, N. L. The new orbital implant. Proc. MU. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 17.— Dietz, V. H. The evaluation of recent ophthalmic concepts as related to the fabrication of plastic artificial eyes and im- plant devices. Ibid., 43-8.—Erpf, S. F., Dietz, V. H, & Wirtz, M. S. Prosthesis of the eye in synthetic resin; a preliminary report. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 76-86. ------ Plastic-artificial-eye program, U. S. Army. Am. J. Ophth, 1946, 29: 984-92. ------ Ophthalmoprosthesis, U. S. Army, World War II. MU. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 405-8.—Greenberg, M. M. The use of acryUcs for enucleation with implant and as a temporary prosthesis. Hud, 1945, 96: 269-71.—Hanson, W. V. AcryUc eye prostheses. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, Suppl, 268-78.—Hartmann, K. Ueber Ekblepharonprothesen aus Zellstoff bei Verlust des Auges und grosseren Defekten in der Umgebung als kiinstlicher Lid-Augenersatz. Deut. Alili- tararzt, 1943, 8: 387-9.—Hartzfeld, E. G. Painting eyes; dental technician and acryUc prosthesis. Hosp. Corps Q, 1949, 22: 22.—Jennings. J. W, & Corrico, W. Plastic eye prosthesis. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1945, 1: No. 4, 51-3.—Kelly, E. K. Plastic eye prosthesis (European Command) Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 3: No. 2, 24-9.— Kerboeuf, F. L. M. Notes concernant la fabrication d'une prothese oculaire en mature plastique. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1947, 3: 499-506.—Kuharich, M. Temporary acryUc ocular prostheses. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 727.— Lloyd, R. S, & Jones, R. M. The Cutler-Guyton eye implant and prosthesis; two cases. MU. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 205-8.— Mead, M. E, & Reardon, M. Painting the artificial eye. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 6, 21.—Murphey, P. J., & Schlossberg, L. Eye replacement by acryUc maxUlofacial prosthesis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 1085-99, pi. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 469-78. ------ Acrylic eye prosthe- sis. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 3, 20-2.—Niiranen, J. V. The Navy's plastic ocular restoration. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 402-6.—Nisi, S. Gigan ni tuite [Artificial eyes) Gun idan zassi, 1930, No. 200, 201-8.—Ruedemann, A. D. Discus- sion on the use of tantalum and the implant eye in orbital i econstruction. Proc. Mil. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 8-12.—Sea- noltz, J. F. AcryUc eye prosthesis. Hosp. Corps Q, 1946, 19: No. 7, 26.—Sellers, F. J. AcryUc ocular prosthesis. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1947, 89: 91-100.—Stewart, R. E. Plastic artificial eye and restoration program, Veterans Administra- tion. MU. Surgeon, 1947, 101: 396-404.—Struble, G. C. The use of tantalum and the Ruedemann eye implant in orbital reconstruction with presentation of cases. Proc. MU. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 2-5.—Witter, G. L. The use of dermal instead of fat implants in deep sockets. Ibid, 20-8. ---- Disease. See also such terms as Amphibious warfare; Blind; Desert warfare; Diphtheria, Pathology; Eye injury; Hysteria; Medical examination, Eye; Vision. Agin, L. J. Episcleritis in a flying officer. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 96-8.— Bellecci, P. Erpes zoster e cheratite neuro- parahtica. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1946, 51: 123-36.—Dansey- Browning, G. C. Some war time statistics. Brit. J. Ophth 1949, 33: 670-7.—Gasteiger, H. Ueber den Einfluss dei Krieges auf die Augenerkrankungen in der Heimat. Aerztl Wschr, 1946-47, 1-2: 364; 401.—Kaneko, S. Ryo-zyo ganka enisi ni syutugen-seru rinpa-nikusyu (Kundrat'sche Krankheit) no iti rei [., supraorbital lymphosarcoma (Kundrat)] Gun idan zassi, 1927, No. 164, 122-8.—Knapp, A. A, & Blackberg, S. N. Ocular pathology in various types of dietary deficiencies with particular emphasis on arteriolar sclerosis; an experimental study. II. S. Nav. Al. Bull, 1943, 41: 1339-44.—Kolen. A. Glaznica. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Aloskva, 1946-48, 2: 1-7, pi.—Kronfeld, P. C. Experimental pathology. In: Ophthalm. in the War Years (Wiener, M.) Chic, 1946, 1: 307- 43; 1948, 2: 204-30.—Longhi. DeU'ottalmia mUitare. Gior. med. mil, 1851-52, 1: 155.—Morgan, G. E. Amblyopia ex anopsia in the Armed Forces. Am. J. Ophth, 1946, 29: 713- 7.—Nelson. O. N. Amblyopia exanopsia nullifying cataract operation. Aled. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1940-41, 17: 190.— Paez Allende. F. Signos oculares en las enfermedades generates Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1945, 44: 411-5.—Poos, E. E. Psy- chosomatic manifestations in ophthalmology. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 442-6.—Ramirez, R. La sepsis bucal en oftalmologfa'; su importancia en el medio militar. Rev. san. mil, B. Air ' 1943, 42: 125-8.—Sanger, W. W. Common eye conditions among mUitary men. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1945, 38: 235-8.— Schweinitz, G. E. de. Focal infections. In: Aled. Dep. U S Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt 2, 580. ----- Congenital anomalies. Ibid, 615.—Simoyama, T, & Matu- naga, I. Senso-sei hakunaisyo ni tuite [Wartime cataract] Gun idan zassi, 1943, 1293-310, incl. 2 pi.—Spero, L. P. Two cases of intraocular tumour. J. R. Nav. Al. Serv, 1946, 32: 49.—Siireyya Gorduren [Study of the eye from the chnical and therapeutic view-point] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: 103-13.—Watson, B. A case of sudden blindness in a young adult. J. R. Nav. Al. Serv, 1944, 30: 252.—Wilder, H. C. Intra-ocular tumors in soldiers. World War II. Alii. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 459-90.—Yudkin, A. M. Congenital anom- alies. In: Ophthalm. in the War Years (Wiener, M.) Chic , 1946, 1: 105-15; 1948, 2: 95-110. EYE, ear, nose and throat. See also Ear, nose and throat. Fox, F. G. Some eye, ear, nose, and throat findings in men being examined for enroUment in the CivUian Conservation Corps. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 83-6.—Sternstein, H. J. Man- agement of common eye, ear, nose, and throat conditions in Naval practice. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1946, 46: 1041-52. EYEBALL. See also Ophthalmology, surgical. Belz, A. H. M. L'amelioration des cavit^s d'enucleation par inclusion tenonienne de tete de f6mur de nouveau-ne. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1947, 3: 484-98.—Filmer, G. A. Relaxa- tion deformities of the eyelids and socket foUowing enucleation. Proc. Mil. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 152—1.—Karsch, J. Erfahrun- gen mit der Polyviolplome bon Thiel bei Enucleatio bulbi bei Verwundeten. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1944, 9: 415-7.—Krol, A. G. [Should enucleation be performed at the front hospitals?] Vest, oft, 1942, 21: No. 5, 27. ------ [Enucleation of the eye by the general surgeon] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 7, 77-9.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. Method of restoring an obhter- ated socket. In Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt 2, 654.—Witter, G. L. The use of fascia lata in retro-tarsal atrophy foUowing enucleation. Proc. Mil. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 36-43. EYEGLASS. See also Equipment, optical; Optometry; Vision, Refraction. Blum, H. F. Testing of H 11 RD goggle for fogging under certain conditions. 4 1. 26}km. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-210, U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst. ---- Tests of ventilated dark adaptation goggles and ventilated Polaroid aviation goggle No. 1067 for fogging [3] 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-210B, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Fusion density sun-scanning goggles. 5 1. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-319, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. .----Lee, R. H., & White, W. A., jr. Evalua- tion of fogging characteristics of the Polaroid X-29 aviation type goggles. 4p. 26^cm. Be- thesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-203, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. EYEGLASS 451 EYEGLASS Hartline, H. K., & McDonald, R. Use of ultra-violet absorbing goggles in aircraft at night. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms Rep. No. 64, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Keil, F. C., jr. Improved aviation goggles. 8p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 145, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. King, B. G., & Mathis, J. A. Field tests on Polaroid X-29 aviation type goggles. 4 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-203B, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Lee, R. H. Report on testing of goggles (TED No. UNL 2533) electrically heated single aperture type; manufactured by General Electric Company. 3 1. 26yzcm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Res. Proj. X-203A, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ----& Blum, H. F. A test of plastic inserts for aviator's goggles (TED No. UNL-2544) 4p. 26>£cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-276, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Lee, R. H., & Finch, E. M. Night vision tests on wired goggles (non-fogging) 5p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-407, U. S. Nav. Al. Res. Inst. Leyzorek, M. Restrictions of visual fields caused by the B-8 flying goggle both alone and with A-14 oxygen mask and by three types of Chemical Warfare Service gas masks. 7 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-37-D, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ----& Pinson, E. A. Fogging characteristics and visual fields of flying goggles. 3 1. 27}£cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-695-37-A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Rose, H. W., & Schmidt, E. Physiological effects of reflective, colored, and polarizing oph- thalmic filters; effect of ophthalmic filters on color vision. 15p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 21-02-040, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Rowland, L. S. An investigation of the per- formance of polaroid wind-foil, glare-foil, and dark adaptor goggles, lip. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 63, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Schoen, Z. J., & Dimmick, F. L. Relative efficiency of goggles for dark adaptation. 10 1. 28cm. N. Lond., 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. NM-003-024, (or, X-757) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Laborat. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 91: Mounting corrective lenses in welder's goggles. 3p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. American Optical Company goggles protect the eyes of those who see action. Am. Opt. Vision, 1942, 26: No. 3, 14.— Belostocky, E. 06ki. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 286-92.—Blew, C. L. The origin and history of ophthalmic lenses and spectacles. MU. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 670-5.—Bolgov, P. J, Gerasimenko, P. N. [et al.l [Protective- corrective spectacles] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 4, 35-8.— Brandt, J. F. Binoculars see action. Bausch and Lomb Mag, 1942, 18: No. 4, 4.—Carson, L. D. Development of all-purpose single aperture goggles; dark adaptor and aviation types. J. Aviat. M, 1943, 14: 10-4.—Cheshire. UtUity of night glasses. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 434, 4.—Correc- tive lenses in welder's goggles. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 186-8.—Craik. Red filters for pre-adaptation goggles. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com.. 1942, No. 448, 2. ------ Filters for anti glare goggles. Ibid, 1943, No. 540, 4.— Ditchburn. The focussing of night glasses. Ibid, No. 554, 1.— Edip Opan. Gozluk yerine yapisan camlar. Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1944, 73: No. 42, 15-9.—Gilbert, W. Ueber Ge- fahrdungen und Augengefahrdete im Felddienst. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 93.—Goggles and Spectacles Sub-Committee. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 7.—[Goggles or spectacles] Q. Bull. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1949, 127-32.—Gwillim, J. Glasses go to war. Bausch & Lomb Mag, 1942, 18: No. 2, 14.—Hallett, J. W.. & Pittler, S. Acrylic moist chamber spectacles and pinhole glasses. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 462-5.—Hansen, J. E. Notes on the manufacture of spectacle frames during a war period in the United States. Am. J. Optometr, 1944, 21: 236-8. -Heinsius, E. Augenabstandsmessung bei der Truppe. Deut. Militai arzt, 1944, 9: 360-3.—Knapp, A. A. Eyeglasses for combat. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 964-6.—Krol, A. G. [Spectacles for soldiers] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 9, 53.—Matthews. J. L. The development of goggles. Proc. Mil. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 106-11. ■——■— Some considerations in the selection of flying sun glasses. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 39-46.—Miles. Pre- adaptation goggles. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1942, No. 434, 2.—Neblett, H. C. Spectacles in our armed forces in war. South. M. & S, 1942, 104: 278.—Olle, R. G. Provision y reposici6n de anteojos y cristales oftalmicos al ejercito en campana. Rev. san. mU, B. Air, 1945, 44: 678-704.—Peck- ham, R. H. Visual protective devices. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 10, 34-6.—Prevention of fogging of glasses. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 80, 13.—Repair of spectacles at the front. Ibid, No. 81, 34.—Rose, H. W, Schmidt, I. [et al.] Physiological effects of reflective, colored, and polarizing oph- thalmic filters. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 11; Apr, 14.—Schmid, A. Die BrUlenglaser des Wehr- mannes; Ersatz, Reparaturen, Nach- und Riickschub im KriegsfaU. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1944, 21: 90-100.— Shorney, C. R. Report on fitting glasses and contact lenses. Proc. Com. Nav. Med. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada, 1945, 4. meet, 131.—Spearman, M. P. S. New antihaze goggle for seaplane pilots. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 539.—Spectacles for prisoners of war. Optic. J, N. Y, 1942, 79: No. 15, 13.— Sterling, S. Wartime demands for ophthalmic lenses. Bausch & Lomb Mag, 1943, 19: No. 2, 6.—Stratton, K. L. TrUocal lens for pilots. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 8, 11.—Vick. Goggles and spectacles; coordination of design. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com, 1944, No. 571, 5. EYE injury. See also Chemical agent, Toxicology; Electric welding; Gas poisoning, Pathology: Eye; Head injury; Wound. Sitchevska, O. L. War and eye injuries. 8p. 23cm. N. Y., 1942. Forms No. 380, Pub. Nat. Soc. Prevent. Blind. Also in Sightsav. Rev, 1942, 12: No. 2. Abreu Fialho, S. Oftalmologia de guerra. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 19: No. 357, 89-94.—Alabaster, E. B, Caiger, H. [et al.] Ocular injuries resulting from the war; general discussion. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 51-76.—Balten, M. M., & Itzikson, L. J. [Significance of roentgen examination in war injuries of the eye] Vest, oft, 1941, 19: 135-9.—Bellows, J. G. Observations on 300 consecutive cases of ocular war injuries. Am. J. Ophth, 1947, 30: 309-23.—Berens, C, & Hartman, E. War injuries of the eyes. J. M. Soc. Co. New York, 1942, 1: No. 33, 5-7.—Berg, F. Om varden av ogonskador i krig. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 2: 207-10.—Bursk, G. [War trauma of the eyes] Med. rabot, 1944, 7: No. 9, 2.— Clark, J. W. Invasion eye injuries. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 88, 83-6.—Culler, A. M. War injuries of the eye; a study of 118 cases encountered at U. S. Naval Base Hospital. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1557-64.—Das Gupta, B. K. War injuries of the eye. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1943-44, 13: 79-82.— Discussion on war injuries in relation to ophthalmology and neuro-surgery. Optometr. Week, 1943-44, 34: 1238; passim.— Doherty, W. B. Some of the most important ocular and orbital wounds in war. Am. J. Ophth, 1942, 25: 135-49, 2 pi. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 108-29.—Duthie, O. M. Discussion on ocular injuries resulting from the war. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 31-43.—Eye wounds in the forward area. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 2: 147.—Feigenbaum, A, & Landau, J. War injuries of the eye. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1949, 36: 8.—Friedenwald, J. S. Corneal epithelium; mitosis and wound healing. In: Ophthalm. in the War Years (Wiener, M.) Chic, 1948, 2: 184-9.—Gamier Vasconcelos, N. Trau- matismos oculares na guerra. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1942, 3: 949-63.—Gastev, A. A. Povrefdenija glaza. In: Lechen. ran. voine (Petrov, N. N.) 6. ed,.Leningr, 1942, 265-76.—Green- wood, A. Injuries and diseases; conjunctiva. In: Aled. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt 2, 678-82.— Hermann, H. Zur Rontgenologie der Kriegsverletzungen des Auges und der Orbita. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 384-7.— Hessberg, R. J. Review of contributions and experiences of World War II to ophthalmology; injuries of the eyes and the head. Ophth. iber. amer, B. Air, 1946-47, 8: 1; 119. ------ Augenarztliche Erfahrungen aus dem zweiten Weltkrieg. Med. Klin, Munch, 1947, 42: 841-6.—Holmes, W. J. Eye injuries in warfare. Hawau M. J, 1941-42, 1: 171-3.—Jess, A. Ueber Kriegsverletzungen und Kriegsschaden der Augen. Klin. Wschr, 1940, 19: 823. Also Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 847. ------ Augenverletzungen durch amagnetische SpUtter. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 18.— Kadlecova-Truhlafova, V. Odnf poranenf z konce valky zpusobena vybusninami. Cas. lek. cesk, 1946, 85: 862-4 — Karandasheva, D. M. [Predominant wounds of the eyeball] Vest, oft, 1943, 22: No. 3, 24-7.—Kelen, A, & Rosenblum, M. Glaz. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: EYE INJURY 452 EYE INJURY 1308-28, pi.—Kolcova, O. A. Oftalmoskopideskie nabljudenija pri ranenijakh i kontuzijakh golovy i Uca. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 110-23.—Kolen, A. A, & Rycroft, B. W. Lessons from modern warfare. In: Modern Trends in Ophth, N. Y, 1947, 2: 483-503.—Kyrieleis. Orbitalverletzungen. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 21.— Law, F. W. Ophthalmic injuries in warfare. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1941, 55: 15-20. ------ The ophthalmic casualty. Ibid, 1944, 58: 220-3.—Lipovich, N. S. Voennye travmy glaz po materialam glaznogo otdelenija evakohospitalja. San. sluzhba, Sverdlovsk, 1946, No. 6, 50-2.—McGrigor, D. B, & Samuel, E. War wounds of the orbit and eyeball. Brit. J. Radiol, 1945, 18: 284—90.—Magitot. Injuries and wounds of the eye. In: Aled. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 7: 785.—Masters, R. J. Injuries. In: Ophthalm. in the War Years (Wiener, AI.) Chic, 1946, 1: 471-90; 1948, 2: 359- 91.—Matthews, J. L. Ophthalmic injuries of war. WTar Aled, Chic, 1943, 4: 247-61. Also Med. Rec, Houston, 1944, 38: 815-8. ----— Heridas oculares de guerra. Arch. As. evit. ceguera Mexico, 1946, 4: 265-77.—Neglect of eye in- juries. Aled. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 20, 4.—Ochiai, B. [Spaltlampenmikroskopie iiber den Glaskorper der kriegsverletzten Augen] Acta Soc. ophth. jap, 1941, 45: 442-65.—Ocular injuries in the war. J. Am. AI. Ass, 1941, 117: 2183.—OUe, R. G. Traumatologfa ocular mUitar. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1947, 46: 148-68.— Payne, B. F. Ocular contusions in national emergencies. .1. Am. M. Ass, 1950, 142: 243-6; Disc, 253-6.—Podolsky, E. War injuries of the eyeball. Eye Ear &c. Month, 1942-43, 21: 148.—Ridley, F., Brain, W. R, & McKissock, W. Discussion on war injuries in relation to ophthalmology and neuro-surgery. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1941-42, 35: 753-8.—Rohrschneider, W. Die Wirkung neuzeitlicher Waff en bei den Kriegsver- letzungen der Augen. Deut, Militararzt, 1942, 7: 417-23. ------ Kriegsverletzungen der Augen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zillmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 171-202.—Rones, B, & Wilder, H. C. Traumatic ocular injuries in soldiers; preliminary study. Am. J. Ophth, 1945, 28: 1112-4. — Traumatic injuries of the eyes in soldiers. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1945, 33: 493. ------ Nonperforating ocular injuries in soldiers. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 6: 484. Also Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1946-17, 51: 278-94. Also Am. J. Ophth, 1947, 30: 1143-60. Also Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1948, 39: 435-40.— Sanchez Payo, J. Algunas consideraciones sobre traumatismos oculares de guerra. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 474-84, illust.-—Savin, L. H. Eye injuries in warfare. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 298-300. Also in: Mod. Treatm. Yearb. (Wakeley, C. P. G.) Lond, 1941, 286-92.— Scott, G. I, & Michael son, I. C. An analysis and foUow-up of 301 cases of battle casualty injurv to the eyes. Brit. J. Ophth, 1946, 30: 42-55.—Sen, P. C. Eye injuries in war. Calcutta M. J, 1943, 40: 301-5.—Servilovsky, T. A. Ranenija glaz v nastupatelnye operacii armii. Vest, oft, 1945, 24: No. 4, 42-4.—Shimkin, N. I. Ophthalmic injuries in war. Brit. J. Ophth, 1940, 24: 265-86. ------ Lesiones oftalmicas de guerra. Aledicina, Mex, 1942, 22: 279 (Abstr.)—Sitchevska, O. War and eye injuries. Sightsav. Rev, 1942, 12: 83-9.— Smith, R. War injuries to the eyes. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 640.—Soudakoff, P. S. Concerning Lagrange's law ol indirect ocular war injuries. Am. J. Ophth, 1943, 26: 293-6.— Stallard, H. B. Non-perforating injuries of the eyeball. In: Surg. Alodern Warf. (BaUey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 607-16; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 835-44; 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 807-16 — Stockhusen, P. A rare injury to an aviator with remote effect on the eye. Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1940,23: 453.—St ruble, G. C, & Kreft, A. J. War injuries of the eyes and visual pathways. War Aled, Chic, 1945, 8: 290-304.—Sukhin, E. A. Kharakter ranenij glaz vo vremia boevykh dejstvij. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 6, 12-4.—Szily, A. Doppelseitige Verwundungen. In his Atlas d. Kriegsaugenh, Stuttg, 1917, 2. Lfg, 269-94, Ulust, 3 pi.—Takeda, T, & Kawai, E. Hi-senko-sei sensyo-gan ni okeru gantei syoken ni tuite [Views about the fundus oculi in cases of eye injury where there is no rupture] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 305, 1149-58, 2 pi.—Teneff, S. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco della regione orbitale. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 677-85.—Traquair, H. M. War injuries of the eye and the general practitioner. Practitioner, Lond, 1940, 145: 282-8.—Trexler, C. W. War-induced eye injuries. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1944, 42: 124-31.—Ubaldo, A. R, & Yambao, C. V. Ocular war injuries. J. PhiUppine AI. Ass, 1946, 22: 281; 429.—War injuries of the eye. J. Am. AI. Ass, 1942, 118: 1311. Also Med. J. AustraUa, 1943, 1: Suppl, 61-4.—Wessely, K. Auge; einschUesslich Orbita, Lider und Sehbahn. In: Lehrb. Kriegschir. (Borchard, A. F.) Lpz, 1917, 484-506 — Wiser, H. J. Eye injuries in war casualties aboard a hospital ship. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 67-73.—Zuckerman. S. Discussion on ocular injuries resulting from the war. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 45-50. ---- air raid. Air raids and injuries to tne eye. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 232.—Beauvieuz & Nicolas. Traumatisme oculaire bilateral (bombardement) J. med. Bordeaux, 1946, 123: 149.—Bohnen, J. AugenartzUche Erfahrungen bei Luftangriffen auf die Zivilbevolkerung. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1944, 57: 159-61.— Campbell, D. R. Ophthalmic casualties resulting from air raids. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 966.—Fishbein. M. Raids aereos y lesiones oculares. Rev. otoneur, B. Air, 1943, 18: 180.— Fridenberg, P. Eye injuries in blackouts and air raids; some notes on first aid. N. York Physician, 1942-43, 19: No. 6, 23.— Siegert, P. Augenarztliche Erfahrungen bei Fliegeran- griffen. Med. Welt, 1944, 18: 34-8.—Young. A. L. Ophthal- mic casualties resulting from air raids. Med. Press & Circ Lond, 1942, 207: 45-7. ---- Burns (chemical and thermal) See also Gas poisoning, Pathology: Eye. Beall, J. G. War chemical burns of the eye. Arch. Ophth Chic, 1942, 28: 368.—Infected chemical burns of the eye. Bull U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 8.—Matthews, J. L. Ophthalmic injuries of war; thermal burns. Med. Rec Houston, 1944, 38: 828; 849.—Scherling, S. S., & Blondis, R. R. The effect of chemical warfare agents on the human eye. Mil! Surgeon, 1945, 96: 70-8.—Schmelzer, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Phosphorverbrennung des Auges und ihre Behandlung. Deut. AliUtararzt, 1944, 9: 353-8.—Szily, A. Aietastatische Ophthalmie nach Kriegsverwundungen. In his Atlas d. Kriegsaugenh, Stuttg, 1917, 2. Lfg, 224-38. illust, 3 pi. ---- Complications and sequelae. See also Blind. Clerici, A., & Celotti, M. di F. Esiti di ferite oculari di guerra. 96p. 25cm. Milano, 1942. Sanvenero-Rosselli, G. Orizzonti di chirurgia di guerra; i mutilati del viso. Forze san, Roma, 1941, 10: No. 17, 3-17. ---- Foreign body, intraocular. Rose, H. W. [Behandlung von Fremdkorpern besonders im Auge nach dem Ueberzugsprinzip] Treatment of foreign bodies, especially in the eye using the coating principle. 4 1. 27cm. Heidelb, 1946. Forms No. U7-46-13, Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero AI. Cent, Heidelb. Szily, A. Steckschiisse der Orbita und ihrer Umgebung. p. 113-90. 31cm. Stuttg., 1916. In his Atlas d. Kriegsaugenh, Stuttg, 1916, 1. Lfg. ---- Perforierende Bulbusverletzungen, intra- okulare Fremdkorper und Infektionen. p. 318- 54. 31Kcm. Stuttg., 1917. In his Atlas d. Kriegsaugenh, Stuttg, 1917, 2. Lfg. Abbott, A. J. The use of the Berman locator in the evalua- tion of intra-ocular foreign bodies. Proc. Alii. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 156-63.—Aid in locaUzation of foreign body in the eye. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 8.—Akamatu, Z. Senzi-tyu bo-kaigun kosyS ni okeru kakumaku ibutu no tokei-teki kansatu narabi-ni yobo taisaku [Statistical observations on foreign bodies in the cornea in a certain naval arsenal during the war, and measures of prevention] Rinsyo ganka, 1948, 2: 159-61.— Arkhangelsky, P. F, & Abdishev, V. A. [Appliance for precise localization of foreign bodies in the eye in roentgenography] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 502-4.—Cortanovic. Dva sludaja velikih stranih tela u orbiti bez spoljnih lezija. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1945, 2: No. 8, 54.—Deviatov, N. N. O dalnejsem utodnenii metodiki opredelenija zaleganija inorodnykh tel v glazu. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 65-73.—Dieter. Augenverletzungen durch magnetische Splitter und ihre Behandlung. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 15-8.—Guist, G. Kriegs- verletzungen durch Fremdkorper am Auge mit Berucksichti- gung der Eintrittspforte, ihrer Wirkung und ihre Behandlung. In:_ Kriegschiruigie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 373-92.— Haik, G. M. The management of intraocular foreign bodies in military practice. Am. J. Ophth, 1946, 29: 815-27. ----- Intraocular foreign bodies; wartime experiences applied to a peacetime problem. J. Am. Al. Ass, 1947, 135: 894-901.— Intraocular foreign bodies. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1945, 4: 9.—Kantorovich, A. J. O pokazanijakh k udaleniju zastarelykh vnutriglaznykh oskolkov pri boevykh travmakh. Vest, oft, 1946, 25: No. 3, 14-7.—Kirwan, E. O, & Gupta, M. S. War injuries of the eye; localization and removal of magnetic intra- ocular foreign bodies. Ind. M. Gaz, 1943, 78: 530-2, 2 pi — Love, J. M. A practical method of localizing a foreign body in the eye, when a Sweet's localizer is not available. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 281-4.—Lucie, H. Intraocular foreign bodies in naval personnel. California M, 1948, 69: 114-9.—McGuire, W. P, & Raffetto, E. C. Construction of a contact lens for localization of intraocular foreign bodies. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 1239-42—Maikova-Stroganova. V. S. Rentgenologideskoe opredelenie lokalizacii inorodnykh tel v orbitakh (vnutri i vne glaza) pri ognestrelnykh ranenijakh. Tr. Evakohosp, Leningr, 1943, No. 5, 125-55.—Mielke, S. Injuries of the eye by metallic foreign bodies. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 288 (Abstr.)— Ostroumov, V. M. [Diagnostic value of the magnet test in injuries of the eyes by foreign bodies in war and peace] Vest. oft, 1941, 19: 139-42.—Perkins. E. W. Localization of intra- EYE INJURY 453 EYE INJURY ocular foreign bodies. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 215-7.—Peter, L. Idegentest altal okozott szemsenilGsek; localisatios eljar^sok; idegentestek eltavolftasa. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 91-6.—Pokrovsky, A. I. [The characteristics of intra- ocular foreign bodies of peace and war in connection with the question of their removal] Vest, oft, 1943, 22: 4-7.—Poliak, B. L. [Intraocular foreign bodies in war trauma and theU extraction with the electromagnet] Ibid, 1941, 19: No. 7, 11-7.—Riwchun, M. H. Removal of intra-ocular foreign bodies. Proc. Mil. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 154-6.—Rose, H. W. The coating principle as used in treatment of foreign bodies in the eye. Aled. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 2: No. 2, 8-13.—Rycroft, B. W. The giant magnet in ophthalmic battle casualties. Brit. Al. J, 1945, 1: 234.—Schlichting, H. Die nichtmagnetischen intraokularen Fremdkorper bei Kriegs- verletzungen. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 133-5 (Abstr.)—Stallard, H. B. War surgery of the eye; removal ol magnetic intra-ocular foreign bodies by the posterior route. Brit. Al. J, 1942, 2: 629-31. ------ War surgery of the eye; an analysis of 102 cases of intra-ocular foreign bodies. Brit. J. Ophth, 1944, 28: 105-35.—Struble, G. C. Technical refine- ments in the removal of magnetic intra-ocular foreign bodiei from the posterior segment of the eye. Proc. AIU. Ophth. Aleet.. 1945, 164-73.—Tikhomirov, P. E. [Diascleral extraction oi intraocular fragments in war trauma] Vest, oft, 1941, 19: No. 7, 18-20.—Tokuda, T, & Tanaka, T. [Ein FaU von einer iibei 20 Jahren zuruckgebiiebenen ZUie als Fremdkorper in del Vorderkammer] BuU. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: 77- 80, pi.—Wilder, H. C. Intraocular foreign bodies in soldiers. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1946-47, 51: 585-93. Also Am. J. Ophth, 1948, 31: 57-64. --- gunshot. Szily, A. Schadelschusse und Auge. p. 13-61. 31cm. Stuttg., 1916. In his Atlas d. Kriegsaugenh, Stuttg, 1916, 1. Lfg. Visnevskij, N. A. [et al.] XupypruH. Pa3fl. 4: OrHecTpejitHHe paHeHHH h noBpejKAeHHH rjia3. 331p. 26>km. Moskva, 1951. Forms v. 7, Opyt sovet. med. v VeUk. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1951. Huzihira, Y. Syozyu-kuho ni yoru gan-gaisyo no iti rei [,.by rifle blank-cartridge] Gun idan zassi, 1928, No. 175, 77-80.—Ivanov, N. K. Ognestrelnye povreidenija organa zrenija. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 5, 67-71.—Kogan, N. D. Ognestrelnye ranenija glaznicy. Vest, oft, 1945, 24: No. 4, 11-5.-—Kreft, A. J. Orbital and ocular injuries produced by modern war missiles. Proc. MU. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 18-20.— Kuo, Ping-kuan [Ueber Chorioretinitis sclopetarium und ihre verwandten Fundusverletzungen im Kriege] Nat. M. J. China, 1941, 27: 193-217.—Levkoeva, E. F. Patomorfologia ognestrelnoj rany glaza. In: Opvt sovet. med. v VeUk. ote6. vojne, Aloskva, 1950, 7: 42-61, 11 pi.—Murzin, A. N. Otek soska zritelnogo nerva pri ognestrelnykh derepno-mozgovykh povrezdenijakh. San. sluzhba, Sverdlovsk, 1946, No. 6, 126- 9.—Paiva Gonjalves. Augenlid- und Augenhohlenverletzungen durch Feuerwaffen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 444 (Abstr.)— Szily, A. Orbital-Schlafenschusse. In his Atlas d. Kriegsaugenh, Stuttg, 1916, 1. Lfg, 62-77, 3 pi. ------ Lasionen durch Geschosse mit grosserer Zerstorungskraft; traumatischer Enophthalmus und Exophthalmus. Ibid, 191—4, pi. ------ Durchschusse, nebst ophthalmoskopischen und histologischen Befunden der dabei beobachteten Chorio- Retinitis proUferans und atrophica. Ibid, 1917, 2. Lfg, 239-68. 9 pi. --- perforating. Rettig, H. *Pathologisch-anatomische Unter- suchung zweier durch perforierende Kriegs- verletzung erblindeter Augen [Heidelberg] 27p. 8? Worms, 1935. Corti, C, & Del Tufioz, G. Las heridas penetrantes del globo ocular en oftalmologia de gueira; consideraciones sobre treinta casos. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 84-9.—Esteban, M. Conducta a seguir ante una herida pene- trante de globo ocular. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 132-46.—Franich, E. Su di un caso ignorato di ferita pene- trante deU'occhio da scheggia metallica. Gior. med. mil, 1940, 88: 603-9.—Goulden, C, & Whiting, M. H. Perforating wounds of the eyebaU. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 617-37; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 845-65; 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 817-38.-—Greenwood, A. War injuries involving penetration of the eye and orbit. Am. J. Ophth, 1941, 24: 1438.-—Hartmann, K. Perforating wounds of the eye in war. BuU. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 103 (Abstr.) Also Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 805-12.—Hermann, H. Zur Wirkung der SuUonamide bei perforierenden Augenverletzungen. Deut. AliUtararzt, 1944, 9: 358-60.—Iofe, C. M. Dyrcatye defekty v feltom pjatne pri povrezdenijakh Ucevogo otdela fierepa. San. sluzhba, Sverdlovsk, 1946, No. 6, 130-4.—Jordano Barea, J. Contribuci6n al estudio de las alteraciones visuales en los heridos penetrantes de craneo. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 3: 331-51.—Skeoch, H. H. Penetrating war wounds of the eye and orbit. Brit. J. Ophth, 1945, 29: 113-20, 8 pi. Also J. R Army AI. Corps, 1945, 84: 218-22. ---- Prevention. Eye protection in chemical warfare. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 33, 6.—Kolen, A. A. Zas6itnye o6ki maska dlja predupre£denija ranenij glaz v sovremennom boju. San. sluzhba, Sverdlovsk, 1946, No. 6, 143.—Paiva Goncalves. Cuidados a ter nas formagoes sanitarias avancadas com os portadores de ferimentos oculo-palpebrais ou 6rbito-oculares. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 375-83.—Parsons, J. Protec- tion of the eyes from war injuries. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 157-78.—Rycroft, B. W. The incidence and prevention of eye injuries in H. Ai. Forces. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1943, 81: 74-7.—Silva Rebelo, A. da. Acidentes ocu- lares do trabalho no Marinha de Guerra; sua profilaxia. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1941, 2: 479-92.—Velhagen. Ueber die Verhutung von Augenschaden im Kriege. Med. Klin, Berl, 1942, 38: 241-4. ---- Treatment. Muller, H. K. Die Behandlung der Kriegs- verletzungen des Auges im Felde. p.893-984. 28}£cm. Lpz., 1945. In: Ophth. Operat. (Thiel, R.) 3: Tikhomirov, P. E. [et al.] Hhctpvkuhh no jieneHio BoeHHux TpaBM h 3a6ojieBaHHfi opra- Ha 3peHHH. 60p. 22cm. Moskva, 1944. Forms No. 20, Sborn. instr. metod. mat. evakohosp. Bair, H. L. Management of ocular injuries. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 208-11.—Bird wood, G. T. First-aid treatment of injured eyes. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 136.—Bruckner, R. Richt- linien fiir die erste Behandlung kriegsbedingter Augenverlet- zungen. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1944, 21: 131-42.— Coppez, J. H. Traitement d urgence des accidents oculaires. In: Mid. devant le peril aerochim. (Ferond, M.) 2. id., Brux, 1940, 227-31.—Cordes, F. C. Nonsurgical aspect of ocular war injuries. Am. J. Ophth, 1943, 26: 1062-71.—Fridenberg, P. First aid in eye injuries; a measure of civUian defense. Dis. Eye &c. Throat, 1942, 2: 134.—Heesch. K. Die Wundver- sorgung von Kriegsverletzungen der Lider und ihrer Umgebung. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 699-702.—Kalfa, S. F. [Control of increase of pressure foUowing war traumata] Vest, oft, 1944, 23: No. 3, 25-7.—Koch, C. C. War time ocular first-aid. Am. J. Optometr, 1942, 19: 26-35.—Kolen, A. A. [Certain problems of conservative and surgical therapy of war traumata of the eyes] Vest, oft, 1943, 22: No. 5, 14-7.—Lock. J. A. N. The effect of penicillin in a case of severe injury to the eye. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1947, 33: 315.—Medrano, I. R. Normas a seguu- en el tratamiento de los traumatismos del globo ocular. Rev. espan. med. cir. guerra, 1934-44, 2. epoca, 6: 331-6.— Mylius, K. Schwere Augenverletzungen; erste HUfe und end- giiltige Versorgung. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 423-7. Also BuU. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 271 (Abstr.)—Saba, G. Sulla terapia deUe causticazioni corneo-congiuntivali da acido acetico. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1947, 52: 69-74.—Sheresev- skaja, L. J. [Physiotherapy in war wounds of the eye] Vest. oft, 1944, 23: No. 4, 27-30.—Tyrrell, T. M. First-aid treat- ment of war injuries of the eye. Mod. Treatm. Yearb, 1945, 271; 1946, 95. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1945, 213: 52—4.—Whitsell, F. M. Treatment of ocular injuries among combat troops. Texas J. M, 1944-45, 40: 646-52. EYE irrigator. Uhde, G. I. Suggested change in the American Army can- teen to increase its efficiency as an eye irrigator. MU. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 503. EYELID. Berkley, W. L. Treatment of cicatricial entropion. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 729-36.—Clausen. Verletzungen der Lider und Tranenwege. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 19. Also Engl, transl. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 5, 18.— Hartridge, H. The effects of bUnking on visual efficiency. In his Recent Advanc. Physiol. Vision, Lond, 1950, 73-7.— Heesch, K. Die Wundversorgung von Kriegsverletzungen der Lider und ihrer Umgebung. Deut. MUitararzt, 1943, 8: 699-702.—Kohout, J. J. Prosthetic device for support of eyeUds. BuU. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1945, 4: 117.—Thygeson, P. The etiology and treatment of blepharitis; a study in military personnel. Proc. Mil. Ophth. Meet, 1945, 80-99. Also Arch. Ophth, Chic, 1946, 36: 445-77. Also MU. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 191; 279.—Vaughan-Jones, R. Abnormal synkinesis. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 405.—Viana, L. Tumor da paipebra superior. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1945, 34: 463-7. EYE movement. See also Medical examination, Eye. Scobee, R. G. The effect of exhaustion and of moderate anoxia on ocular muscle balance. 3p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 292, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. EYE MOVEMENT 454 FAR EAST Ikeda, S. [Studies on the accommodation time of sailors] Deut. AliUtararzt, 1940, 5: 568 (Abstr.)—Scobee, R. Binocular neuromuscular mechanisms. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 364.—Spero, L. P. A case of complete ophthalmoplegia externa. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 64.— Wells, J. L. The Marcus-Gunn syndrome; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1275-8. EYE refraction. See under Vision, Refraction. EYESHIELD. Our new and versatile eyeshield, Ml. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1943-44, 29: No. 5, 45. EYESTRAIN. Berens, C. Ocular fatigue; ocular fatigue and accompany- ing asthenopia in relation to military preparedness and mUitary service; especial reference to aviation. Ophth. iber. amer, B. Air, 1945-46, 7: 165-86. Also Spanish transl, 187-201 — Ebert, E. C. Eyestrain. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1940, 38: 373-5.—Test of stereoscopic range estimator for eyestrain. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. Al. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 37. FABRIC. See Clothing, Fabric; Fluorescent fabric. of FACE. See also Head injury; also subheadings Surgical technic (Face; maxillo-facial) Dietz, V. H. The fundamentals of facial moulage. MU. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 271-80.—Dolin, H. K. Vertical dimension. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 904-11.—Fulcher, O. H, & Lane, W. Z. Progressive facial hemiatrophy: report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 192-6. FACIAL nerve. See also Nervous system, Disease; Neurosur- gery. Anschiitz, A. W. Ueber die FaciaUslahmung beim Kopfte- tanus; klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 311 (Abstr.)—Lathrop, F. D. Facial nerve surgery in the European Theater of Operations. Laryngoscope, 1946, 56: 665-76. Also Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. (1946) 1947, 34: 225-40.—Shields, C. D, & Smith, E. M. Physical medicine management of facial nerve paralysis. Mil Surgeon, 1950, 106: 122-4, Ulust— Shtess, A. P. [On pseudo- alternating paralysis as a clinical symptom of acute cranio- cerebral trauma] Bull. War. AI, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 429 (Abstr.)—Siegel, A. Facial paralysis; a case report. U. S. Nav AI. Bull, 1942, 40: 949, 2 pi.—Tupin & Causse. Les paralysies faciales vues par l'otologiste. Bull. Soc. med mil fr, 1949, 43: 89-91. FACTORY. See Civilian defense, Industrial aspect. FAMILY. See also Dependent; Veteran, Family relation Gruenberg, S. M. The family in a world at war. 2. ed. 298p. 21 ^cm. N. Y., 1942. Bossard, J. H. S. FamUy problems in wartime. Psychi- atry Bait, 1944, 7: 65-72.—Burgess, E. W. The effect of war on the American famUy. Am. J. Sociol, 1942-43, 48: 343- 52.—Gardner, G. E. The famUy in a world at war. Ment. Hyg, Alb, 1942, 26: 50-7.—Gruenberg, S. M. The family faces war. Health, Alount. View, 1942, 9: No. 12 8—Webb B. Health and the famUy. S. Barth. Hosp. J. War' Ed, Lond ' 1941-42, 3: 141-3. FAMINE. See also Relief; UNRRA. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 53: Emergency feeding of infants, children, and other special groups of civil populations. 12p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. Ellis, A. R For European relief; organization of famine rehef m the field. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 339.—Famine in occupied territory and Uberated Europe. Gen. M. Interest Lett, Ottawa, 1944, No. 6, 6-8.—Koning, J. W. Hunger diseases during the period of famine in 1945. Gastroenterology, Basel, 1946, 71: 327-38. FAR East. See under World War II. FARMING. See Food production. FAROES. See under World War II. FAT embolism. George, E. M, & Blumgren, J. E. Aiassive fat embolism following fracture of the femur; report of four fatal cases with necropsy findings. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1265-73.— Gerwig, W. H, jr. Traumatic fat embolism. Mil. Surgeon 1942, 90: 549-55.—Sandell, D. H. Fat embolism. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 95-7. FATIGUE. See also Aviator [Fatigue; Psychophysical test] Battleship, Sanitation; Eyestrain; March; Neuro- psychiatric casualty; War industry; War neurosis. Allue Martinez, F. La fatiga y modo de combatirla. Ejer- cito, 1943, No. 40, 45-7.—Armitage, H. G. Use of fatigue diagnosis. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 5, 96.—Chute. Would you discuss the question of fatigue of tank crews and what is being done to combat it? Univ. Toronto M. J, 1942- 43, 20: 297.—Dill, D. B. Physiology of fatigue; factors and criteria of endurance. Collect. Lect. Metrop. State Hosp Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 1, 210-7. ------ Bock, A. [et al Fatigue. Clinics, Phila, 1943-44, 2: 1126-54.—Fetterman, J. L. Fatigue and exhaustion states in the Army and in in- dustry. Med. Clin. N. America, 1945, 29: 771-85.—Hamilton, F. J. Fatigue. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 344-52. Also in Phys. & Psychobiol. Standards (U. S. Navy Bur. M. & S.) Wash, 1949, 84-8.—How to control industrial fatigue. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1950, 5: 3.—Kapner, B. H. Fatigue. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 9, 20-2.—Mercier, R. G. En lucha con la fatiga. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 84-91.—Risak, E. Ueber die Erschopfung. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 680-3.—Romano, J, Engel, G. L. [et al.] Problems of fatigue as illustrated by experiences in the decompression chamber. War Med, Chic, 1944, 6: 102- 5-—Ryan, T. A. Relation of muscular tension to effort and fatigue. Q. Project Summary Off. Nav. Res, 1948, July, 378.— Sayers, R. R. Major studies of fatigue. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 786-823.—Skill fatigue. Gr. Britain Flymg Pers. Res. Com, 1940-45, 49-51.—Stein, H. Beitrag zum Krank- heitsbild des Ermudungsschadens am Knochensystem bei Soldaten. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 135.—Wishart, J. Ex- haustion. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 91: 216-8. mental. Drew, G. C. An experimental study of men- tal fatigue. 26 1. 23V2cm. Lond. [1941?] Forms F. P. R. C. 227, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Shands, H. C, & Finesinger, J. E. Psychi- atric aspects of fatigue. 144 1. 28cm. Bost., 1949. Forms No. 12, Techn. Rep. Invest. Effect Anoxia (Dep. Psychiat. Harvard M. School) & Project XIV 05-664, Contract N5 ori-76, U. S. Off. Nav. Res. Williams, D. The effect of mental fatigue upon the electroencephalogram. 7 1. 26cm. Lond. [1942?] Forms F. P. R. C. No. 505, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. ,ITsJ1'Wi|). R- S. Psychiatry attacks fatigue. Research Rev (U. S. Navy) 1949, June, 17-22. ---- Prevention and treatment. Davis, D. R. Effect of large doses of aneurin and other vitamins on the development of mental fatigue in normal young men. 7 1. 27^cm. Lond., 1942. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 477, Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Frunske, F. GesundheitUche Gefahren der Genuss- und Reizmittel bei der Ermudungsbekampfung und Leistungs- steigerung. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 226-36.—Owen, J. W., Tillman, C. G. D, & Brunner, ?* ™ Treatment of combat fatigue in a forward-area hospital. In: Phys. & Psychobiol. Standards (U. S. Navy Bur. M. & S.) Wash, 1949, 89-93.—Simonson, E, Enzer, N., & Blankstein, S. S. Effect of amphetamine, benzedrine, on fatigue of the central nervous system. War Med, Chic, 1941, 1: 690-5.— Somerville, W. The effect of benzedrine on mental or physical fatigue in soldiers. Canad. Al. Ass. J, 1946, 55: 470-6. FATIGUE 455 FEMUR ■--- tropical. See also Heat. Macpherson, R. K. General aspects of trop- ical fatigue as seen in RAAF ground crew. 12p. 34cm. Brisbane, 1945. Forms No. 3, Open Rep. Fatigue Laborat. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia. Lee, D. H. K. Field investigation into the incidence of tropical fatigue. Secret Rep. Fatigue Lab. Nat. Health Med. Res. Counc. AustraUa, 1944, No. 1, 1-4, ch. [declassified] ----- & Macpherson, R. K. Tropical fatigue and warfare. J. Appl. Physiol, 1948, 1: 60-72.— Use (The) of salt in the prevention of heat fatigue and exhaustion. Army M. BuU, 1942, No. 60, 114. FATIGUE fracture. See under Fracture; also March fracture. FEAR. See also Combat; Courage; Morale. Dollard, J. A., & Horton, D. Fear in battle. 64p. 18cm. Wash., 1944. Appel, J. W. Fear versus cowardice. In: Discov. Ourselves (Strecker, E. A, & Appel, K. E.) 2. ed, N. Y, 1943, 189-96 — Mercier, R. G. El reverso de los heroes. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 176-203.—Schmidt, W. Feigheit. In his Forens. psychiat. Erfahr. im Kriege, Berl, 1918, 179-84. FECAL matter. See also Destructor; Latrine; Sanitary fill. Daunis, P. *Du danger des matieres females des armees. 43p. 25%em. Par., 1938. Bonnette. Le perU iica.1 et urinaire du front; feuiUfies profondes et abris amovibles; cabinets pliants et urinoirs improvises. BuU. mid., Par, 1916, 30: 501-4.—Clark. L. K. Human waste disposal by smaU groups and individuals in the Arctic. BuU. Waste Disp. (NRC) Wash, 1948, 15-25.—Cox. W. C. Disposal of human excreta. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 11: 23-7.—Feces incinerator, British design [Ulust.] Ibid, 2: pt 9, opp. p. 18. --- Examination. Burlingame, P. L. Findings on stool examinations of indigenous personnel in Army messes, 1946 to 1948; preliminary report. Aled. BuU. Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 6, 31 — Ether (An) sedimentation technique for routine stool examina- tions. Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1947, No. 11, 14.— Jude, A. L. Acquisitions nouvelies dans la technique des coprocultures. Rev. Corps san. mil. Par, 1947, 3: 236-49.— Ritchie, L. S. An ether sedimentation technique for routine stool examinations. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 326.— Stool survey, U. S. S. Pennsylvania. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1940, 38: 433.—Tigertt, W. D. Stool cultures for typhoid and dysentery organisms. Circ. AI. Sect. Far East Command, 1947, No. 6, 10-9. FEE. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-53: Fees allowable for unauthorized medical services rendered subse- quent to May 15, 1947 [l]p. 27cm. Wash., 1947. ---- Technical bulletin TB 10A-217 [The same] 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1950. Basic fee schedule of Veterans Administration, effective May 25, 1946. Oral Hyg, Pittsb, 1946, 36: 1208-11.—Fee schedule approved by the CouncU of the Massachusetts Medical Society for medical services rendered under the Veterans Administration Medical Care Program. N. England J. M, 1946, 235: 124-35.—Medical care charges effective 1 July, 1949. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 7, 10.—Tarif fiir arztliche Leistung bei der Truppe. Schweiz. Aerzteztg, 1946, 27: 212-7. FELDSHER. See also Medical technician; Surgeon. Gorfin, D, & Grossmann, J. Feldsher. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1936, 33: 607-11.—Ivashov, N. N. [Middle medical personnel of the Russian Army during the time of Peter I. and Suvorov] Feldsher, Aloskva, 1944, No. 9, 55-8.—Shabanoy, A. N. [Preparation of feldshers for work in evacuation hospi- tals] Ibid, 1942, 38-40. ------ [Preparation of feldshers in wartime] Ibid, No. 2, 44-9.—Stepanov, S. A. [Sanitation and hygiene activity of the feldsher] Ibid, 1943, No. 10, 35-8.— Tuktanov, G. A. [Preparation of feldshers in wartime] Ibid, 1942, No. 4, 57.—Weiner, R. I. [R61e of feldshers during military operations] Ibid, 1941, No. 10, 46. FEMUR. See Extremity, lower; Fracture; Hip. FEVER. See also Enteric fever; Epidemic; also such terms as Epidemic hemorrhagic fever; Fort Bragg fever; Medical examination, Fever; Undulant fever; Yellow fever, etc. Bennett, I. L., jr, & Holderman, B. S. The relationship between the fever caused by bac- terial pyrogens and the fever of acute infections. 17p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. NM 007 047, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- The relationship between the fever caused by bacterial pyrogens and the fever pro- duced by the intravenous injection of acute sterile exudates. 9p. 26)4cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. NM 007 047, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Park, C. R., & Palmes, E. D. The regulation of body temperature during fever. 20 1. 29cm. Fort Knox, 1948. Forms Proj. No. 6-64-12-06-(6) U. S. Army M. Dep. Field Res. Laborat. Berenberg, A. L. Fevers of obscure origins. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 5, 17-20.—Beyer, E. C. Fever of undetermined origin. Med. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 208.—Cannella, A. II problema diagnostico delle febbricole secondo i moderni mezzi di indagine. Gior. med. mil, 1940, 88: 593-602.—Park, C. R, & Palmes, E. D. The regulation of body temperature during fever. Annual Rep. Aled. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1948, App. A, No. 6, 1-20. ------ Thermal regulation during fever. Ibid, App. C, Proj. 4, No. 11, 1.—Thermal regulation during fever. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 138-40. FEVER therapy. See as subheading under Therapeutics. FIBROSITIS. See Rheumatism. FIBULA. See under Leg; also Fracture; Osteomyelitis. FICTION. Pavard, A. Le dr Laplinte, Lambinet et cie; scenes de la vie m6dico-militaire. 127p. 18cm. Par., 1946. FIELD. See Battlefield; Terrain; also subsequent terms. FIELD ambulance. See also Aid station; Ambulance service, In- struction; Division, infantry; also subsequent term. Cox, W. L. S. [Mechanized field ambulance training; Gibraltar] Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 499 (Abstr.)— Oldfield, J. The scope of the field ambulance as a training school. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, 1914, 22: 685-94.—Sandiland, E. L. A suggestion for a canvas cover for a mobile A. D. S. of a cavalry field ambulance. Ibid, 1935, 65: 174-8.—Young, A. D. The parachute field ambulance. Ibid, 1947, 89: 235-49. FIELD ambulance service. See also Ambulance service, History; Hospital, Field hospital; Hospital report, United States; Medical service. Neil, J. H. Field ambulance organization and administration, Rev. ed. 128p. 18cm. Lond., 1919. Advice from the field. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 35, 7.—Hughes, H. L. G. Reorganization of a field ambulance. J. R. Army Al. Corps, 1941, 76: 261-9.—Langer, • F. The ambulance service in the field. Bull. Czech. M. Ass. FIELD AMBULANCE SERVICE 456 FIELD SERVICE Gr. Britain, 1942, No. 3, 4-8.—Nicholls, T. B. The organiza- tion of a field ambulance. In: Surg. Alod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 778-90. FIELD case. See also Dental equipment. MacMillian, R. N. Dental field case. AIU. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 643-5. FIELD Casualty and Ambulance Unit. See Emergency medical field unit. FIELD dispensary. See Dispensary. FIELD hospital. See under Hospital; also Battle, Medical work; Hospital report, United States: Field hospital. FIELD manual. See also under appropriate subject headings; First aid, Manual; also Hygiene; Military medi- cine; Sanitation. Ashburn, P. M. The elements of military hygiene, especially arranged for officers and men of the line. 314p. 8? Bost., 1909. Faltmedicinskt vademecum. 148p. 17cm. Stockh., 1940. Fuchs, D. Praktische Hygiene und Bekamp- fung der Infektionskrankheiten im Felde. 223p. 12? Wien, 1918. India. Army. Medical Directorate. Field service hygiene notes; India, 1940. 635p. 17Hcm. Delhi, 1941. Jankau, L. Kriegsarztliches Taschenbuch fiir Feld-, Marine- und Lazarett-Aerzte nebst Kriegs- arztliohem Tagebuch. 3 v. 12? Lpz., 1915. Straub, P. F. Medical service in campaign; a handbook for medical officers in the field. 164p. 12? Phila., 1910. Taschenbuch des Feldarztes. 2. & 4. Teil. 2 v. 17^cm. Munch, 1914-17. Taschenbucher des Truppenarztes. Bd. 1-7. 7 v. 19cm. Munch., 1940-44. Toubert, J. H. Le livre de poche du Service de sante" en campagne. 75p. 13cm. Par., 1940. United States. War Department. Med- ical field manual, FM 8-10: Medical service of field units. 285p. 17cm. Wash., 1942. ---- Medical field manual FM 8-15: Medical service of the Corps and Army. 75p. 19cm. Wash., 1941. ---- Basic field manual, FM 21-10: Military sanitation and first aid. 192p. 17}^cm. Wash., 1940. ---- [The same] Higiene militar y primeros auxilios. 131p. 26cm. Habana, 1942. Forms No. R. I. 370-5, Folleto Ejercito Cuba. Issued as a supplement to Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1944, 8: No. 4; 1945, 9: No. 1-3. ^ Medical field manual; medical service in joint oversea operations. 36p. 19cm. Wash., 1940. Manual medico de campafia; servicio medico de la divisi6n; preparado bajo la dirreccidn del Jefe de sanidad del Ejercito norteamericano. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1943, 7: No. 2, Suppl.; 1-142.—Manual medico de campana; servicio medico de la divisi6n (apendices 1-6) preparado bajo la direccion del Jefe de sanidad del Ejercito norteamericano. Ibid, 1944, 8: 142-78.—Manual mddico de campana; servicio medico del cuerpo de ejercito y del ejercito; preparado baja la direcci6n del Jefe de sanidad del Ejercito norteamericano. Ibid, Suppl, 3-21. FIELD service. See also Blood transfusion, Field technic; Blood transfusion service, field; Journalism; Medical organization; Medical service; Nursing service; Nutrition service; Orthopedics; Sanita- tion; Surgical organization, Veterinary service. Cowell, E. M. Field service notes for regi- mental officers. 148p. 17cm. Lond., 1940. Mirtov, V. P. BoeHHo-caHHTapHaH opraHH- 3arrHH Ha BopoAHHe b aBrycTe 1912 r. p. 405- 54. 23^cm. S. Peterb., 1913. Voen. med. J, S. Peterb, 1913, 236: med. spec. pt. Almeida Garrett, A. de. Servico de saude em campanha. Portugal med, 1916, 2: 465; passim.—Blanchard, W. H. Ob- servations on field medical service. MU. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 443-51.—Bouissou, J. J. D. Thames d'exercices pratiques sur la fonctionnement du Service de santd en campagne. Arch. mid. pharm. mil, 1935, 103: 863-87, 2 map. Also Rev. serv. san. mil,, 1936, 105: 859-79, 5 map. —;--- Essai sur le role du mddecin du 4e Bureau de l'Etat-Major d'une armee en campagne. Ibid, 1937, 107: 781-808. ------ Une solution aux themes d'exercices pratiques sur le service de santd en campagne. Ibid, 1938, 108: 727; 1939, 111: 87.—Fernandez Giao, M. R. Service de sante en campagne; organisation du service de 1'avant. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect. mid. hyg. mil. nav, 302.-—Generalidades sobre el Servi- cio de sanidad en campafia. Rev. Esc. mdd, mil, Mdx, 1943, 2: No. 11, 7-12.-—Gergovich, W. Wplyw wojny Wyskawicznej na organizacje i uzycie sluiby zdrowia wojska w polu. Lek. wojsk, 1943, 35: 145-57.—Kneri, A. A. Po povodu polevykh sani- tarno-taktideskikh zanjatij voennykh vradej. Voen. med. J, S. Peterb, 1913, 236: med. spec, pt, 264-7.—Martin, J. I. Aledical field service. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 104: 250-3 — Mazza, M. A. Servicio sanitario en campafia; conceptos fundamentales; organizaci6n del servicio; la tarea mddico quirurgica en los escalones; el encadenamiento de las forma- ciones; las evacuaciones. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43: 189; passim.—Olea Herraiz, I. Apostillas a los servicios de sanidad militar en campafia. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 254-61.—Peixoto, G. OrganizacSo em pessoal do Servico de Saude em campanha; mobilizacao do pessoal de saude e subordinacao mUitar e dependencia tdcnica. Rev. med. cir. BrasU, 1942, 50: No. espec, 68-74.—Porto, E. M, & Ratsbona, R. Objectivos do Servico de Saude em campanha; conjuncao de elementos tdticos e princfpios tdcnicos; principios fundamentals de funcionamento. Ibid, 7-22.—Schickele. Les grands principes d'organisation du Service de sante en campagne. Sess. Off. internat. docum. mid. mil. (1935) 1937, 5. Sess, 11-28.—Shockley, M. A. W. A simple marker set for the solution of medical field problems. Mil. Surgeon, 1912, 31: 323.—Smirnov, E. I. [Role of the physician-therapeutist in field sanitary service] Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 8, 7-14.— Weddell, J. M. Medical organization in the field [war wounds and air raid casualties] Brit. M. J, 1939, 1: 836. Also in War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 9-13.—Zamjatin. A. I. [Distribution of surgeons at the front] Voen. med. J, Petrogr, 1916, 245: med. spec, pt, 292-9. FIGHTER. See also Aircraft, Fighter; Aircrew, Oxygen supply; Combat, Air combat; Dentistry, Aviation dentistry. Brouwer, J. E. Des limites adrophysiologiques imposees au pilote de l'aviation de chasse. Sess. Off. internat. docum. mid. mil. (1934) 19i(6, 4. Sess, 133-44. Also Spanish transl. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1937, 69: 141-8.—Biirker, K. Blutuntersuchun- gen an Fliegern eines Jagdgeschwaders. Luftfahrtmedizin, 1941-42, 6: 333-9.—Drugging and doping of war flyers; Stuka- tablets and pep-pills. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 345.— Fighter pilot project. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 17, 183-92.—Fighter pilot studies. Ibid, No. 16, 14-82.—Ford, E. S. C. Principles and problems of maintenance of fighter-bomber pilots; a report. War Med, 1945, 8: 26-31.-—Kirsch, R. E. A physiological study of avi- ators during combat flying. J. Aviat. M, 1945, 16: 376-84.— Meier-Miiller. Zur Physiologie und Psychologie der Kampf- flieger. Praxis, Bern, 1944, 33: 31.—Vacca, C. Brevi nozioni su problemi medici sorti in relazione ai nuovi compiti del pilota da caccia. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1948, 11: 623-5. FIGHTER aviation. See also Bomber; Flight. Gagge, A. P. Report on conferences at Wright Field; present day oxygen equipment; activity of radio personnel during flight; personnel problems in operation of gun turrets. 4p. 28cm. Wash., 1941. Forms No. 17, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Romejko, W. J. Effects of fields of vision from fighter aircraft on the number and rate of accidents. 3 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-48L, Memo. Rep. Aero AI. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. FIGHTER AVIATION 457 FILE SYSTEM Sweenet, H. M. Firing tests on pressurized airplanes. 46 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-426-40, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Romer, B. v, & Romer, H. v. Was konnen unsere Kampf- flugzeuge aushalten? Umschau, 1941, 45: 725-8, Ulust.— Visual fields of fighter aircraft vs accidents. Accid. Bull. (U. S. A. Air Forces) 1945, Sept, 2-5. FILARIASIS. See also Dog, Disease; Helminthosis; Para- sitosis. United States. Army Air Forces. Arctic, Desert and Tropic Branch. Filarial diseases. Rev. 8p. 27cm. Orlando, 1944. Forms Pt 6, Notes Trop. Dis, Arctic, Desert Trop. Br. A. A. F, U. S. Babione, R. N. Mumu; a few facts about filariasis for folks who fear that filaria-infected fellows wUl fetch filariae from the front. Hawaii M. J, 1945^6, 5: 69-71.—Boyd, W. S. FU- ariasis. Malaria Control in War Areas, 1944, Dec, 5.— Burhans, R. A, Camp, J. D. [et al.] Lymphangitis of suspected filarial origin; a preliminarv report concerning its treatment. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1944, 42: 336-40.—Coggeshall, L. T. Filariasis in the serviceman; retrospect and prospect. J. Am. AI. Ass, 1946, 131: 8-12. ------ Care of the filariasis patient. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 89-94.—Early filariasis in American soldiers. BuU. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1944, No. 76, 45-9 — Faust, E. C. Filariasis and schistosomiasis. N. Orleans M. & S. J, 1944-45, 97: 115-20.—Filariasis. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 85, 16.—Filariasis, reclassification of personnel with a history of, for duty without Umitation as to area [Form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 12, 29 — Filariasis Registry; Establishment of [Form letter] Ibid, No. 10, 29.-—Flynn, P. D. FUariasis suspects; review of cases admitted. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1944, 42: 1075-9.—Fogel, R. H, & Huntington, R. W, jr. Genital manifestations of early filariasis. Ibid, 43: 263-70.—Ha viland, J. W. Recent experiences with filariasis. Northwest M, 1944, 43: 371-6.— Huntington, R. W, jr. Skin reactions to Dirofilaria immitis extract. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 707-17.—Johnson, P. A. G. FUariasis; clinical findings in 189 cases. Ibid, 1944, 43: 950-4.—King, B. G. Early filariasis diagnosis and clinical findings; a report of 268 cases in American troops. Am. J. Trop. Al, 1944, 24: 285-98.—Love, R. J. M. Filariasis. In: Surg. Aiod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 877-9 — Lowman, E. W. Incidence of filariasis in children. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1944, 42: 341-3.—Lymphadenopathy and filariasis. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 250.—Michael. P. FU- ariasis among Navy and Marine personnel; report on laboratory investigations. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 1059-74. ■----— Filariasis; histopathologic study. Ibid, 1945, 45: 225-36, 8 pi.—Moore, J. L. Notes on filariasis. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 374-7.—Neumann, H. Filariasis in the white man. BuU. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1945, 4: 230-5.—S, J. J. Filariasis. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 5, 1-4.—Saunders, G. M, Bianco, A. A, & Jordan, W. S. Intradermal tests with Dirofilaria immitis antigen as a diagnostic aid in human filariasis. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1946, 46: 1242-53.—Smith, F. R, jr. FUariasis; a study of 737 patients so diagnosed. Ibid, 1945, 44: 719-25.—Special study of filariasis. BuU. U. S. Army Al. Dep, 1944, No. 81, 6.—Study (A) of lymph in relation to the chemo- therapy and pathology of filariasis and malaria; microanalytical method for antimony in lymph, blood, urine and tissue. Sum- maries Res. U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 32.—Thomp- son, K. J., Rifkin. H, & Zarrow, M. Early filariasis in young soldiers. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 129: 1074-9.—Troops exposed to filariasis parasite being observed at Wakeman General Hospital. Ibid, 1944, 126: 305.—Venner, R. B. Filarial problem on Nanumea. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 955-63 — Westwater, J. O. Filariasis bancrofti. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 10, 22.—Zeligs, M. Intradermal tests with Dirofilaria immitis extract in human filariasis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1947, 47: 824-6.—Zuckerman, S. S, & Hibbard, J. S. Clinico- pathologic study of early filariasis with lymph node biopsies. Ibid, 1945, 44: 27-36. ---- in animals. See also Dog, Disease. Singh, R. K. Cutaneous filariasis. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1944-45, 16: 193.—Tests on the effectiveness of urea stibamine (Brahmachari) in the treatment of dog filariasis. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 29. FILE system. See also Records administration. United States. War Department. Ad- jutant General of the Army. War Depart- ment decimal file system. 427p. 231/2cm. Wash., 1943. Design for a combination health and service record filing cabinet and desk. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 10, 14.—Maughan, G. B. Aledical records-keeping. Med. J. (R. Canad. Navy) 1944, 7: No. 11, 1-14.—Simon, G. B, & Berwick, L. Considerations for the establishment and use of machine records systems. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 18, 57-72. ■------ Determiners for the use of machines. Ibid, 57-61. ------ The records system. Ibid, 73-86. ------ Basic records files. Ibid, 87-136. ------ Training data files. Ibid, 137-208. FILTER. See also Water supply. For optical filter see under Eyeglass. Ikhelevich. [A filter plant made from materials on hand] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 9, 59-62.—Report on captured enemy equipment; Membranfilter, German. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 32. FINGER. See also Extremity; Extremity injury; Fracture; Hand. Burnett, H. A. An early regime for severe finger injuries. MU. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 25.—Du Bourguet, & Bouille. Un cas de luxation ouverte complexe mdtacarpo-phalangienne de l'index; rdduction opdratoire. Bull. Soc. mdd. mU. fr, 1938, 32: 48.—Furlong. Finger injuries in tank crews. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 483.—Oldham, J. B. War wounds of the fingers. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 476-80. Also in Mod. Treatm. Yearb. (Wakeley, C. P. G.) Lond, 1941, 299-308.—O'TooIe, J. B, jr. Celluloid splint in traumatic amputation of distal phalanges. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 460.—Read, F. L, & Haslam, E. T. Immediate skin grafts on finger injuries. Ibid, 183-6.—Schulze, H. A. Treatment of fracture-disloca- tions of the proximal interphalangeal joints of the fingers. MU. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 190.—Thompson, C. M. Danger of finger rings. U. S. Nav. Bull, 1946, 46: 1273.—Ulfelder, H. Fingers and thumbs. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 31, 16-9.—Wurl, O. A. Hereditary clubbing of the fingers and toes; case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 217-9. FINGERPRINT. See also Identification. Fukuda, R. [Study of finger-prints of naval men; frequency of appearance of every type and index number of finger-prints] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 14-21. FINLAND. For material related to this country see the following headings of Military Section: Dental service; Hospital report; Medical care; Medical service; Morbidity; Nurse Corps; Nursing service; Tuberculosis; Veterinary Corps; World War II. FINSCHHAFEN. See under World War II. FIREARM. See also Weapon. Alvaro-Alberto. Sobre a erosao das armas de fogo. An. Acad, brasil. cienc, 1942, 14: 327; passim.—Kustanovich, S. Oruzie ognestrelnoe. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 87-96, pi.—Wilson, L. B. Firearms and projec- tiles; their bearing on wound production. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 9-56. FIRE power. See also Combat; Neuropsychiatric casualty; War neurosis. C, E. L. Effect of benzedrine on fire power, preliminary report of a controlled field study. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 1: No. 6, 18.—Marshall, S. L. A. Ratio of fire. In his Men against Fire, N. Y, 1947, 50-63. ------ Fire as the cure. Ibid, 64-84. FIRE protection. See also Heat. Buettner, K. Effects of extreme heat on man; protection of man against conflagration heat. 18p. 26>-2cm. Randolph Field, 1950. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-103, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. War Department. Fire protection in civilian defense. 44p. 24cm. Wash., 1941. In: Textbooks (U. S. Off. CiviUan Defense. Training Sect.) after 1942. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series-----30 FIRE PROTECTION 458 FIRST AID Yaglou, C. P., King, B. G., & Vollmer, E. P. A suggested water suit for protection against fire and intense heat. 4p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. NAI 007 033, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. FIRST aid. See also subsequent headings; also Battle, Medical work; Battlefield, Medical service; Chemical warfare, First aid; Emergency medical service, First aid; Eye injury, Treatment; Gas poisoning, First aid; Surgery, emergency, etc. American First Aid Conference. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, 173: 675.—Baehr. G. Advanced first aid for civilian defense. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1941, 154: No. 11, 20. Also Rhode Island M. J, 1941, 24: 228.—Boyce, L. P. First aid on the giant flying boats. Red Cross Courier, 1938-39, 18: No. 12, 9.—First aid. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1919, 13: Suppl, 43.—First aid, no gas. Red Cross Courier, 1943-44, 23: No. 4, 13.—Mac- donald, W. G. Care for Home Guard casualties. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 295.—Maslinkovsky, T., & Rozanov, P. Pervaja pomosd. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 384-8.—Roe, G. C. F. First-aid in war-time. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 582.—Rybushkin, I. Neotloznaja pomosd. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 1308-11. ---- Apparatus and equipment. See also First-aid post. Alstead, S. First-field dressing. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 383.—Gutman, W. Comment; homeopathic remedies for first aid in air-raids and similar emergencies. J. Am. Inst. Homeop, 1942, 35: 278.—Kraus, J. H. First aid in war emergency; how to make apparatus. Science News Lett, 1942, 41: 168. Instruction. Great Britain. Ministry of Home Se- curity and Ministry of Health. Air raid precautions handbook No. 10: Training in first aid for civil defence purposes. 2. ed. 68p. 25cm. Lond., 1944. United States. Army. Signal Corps Re- placement Training Center [Fort Mon- mouth] BTD-5: First aid; instructor's lesson plans. 82p. 26cm. Red Bank, 1942. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 116: Use of war wound moulages in teaching emergency medical care and first aid. 8p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. United States. War Department. Sur- geon General's Office. Army Medical Museum. Instructions; graphic portfolio on first aid. 52 1. 112cm. Wash., 1943. Abramov, P. V. Instrukcija po organizacU khirurgideskoj pomosdi ranenym na fronte. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947 No. 2, 49-56.—Bernoulli, R. Einfiihrung in die erste HiUe' MUitarsanitat, Ziir, 1946, 28: 63; passim.—Collective training at an aid post. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 163.—Cutler, E. Lecture at the Royal Naval Hospital, Chatham. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 1: 531.—Examination in first-aid. War Doctor, 1942-43, l- No. 12, 9.—First aid personnel instructions; procedure' ori moculations given at first aid stations. In: Prev. Med in World War II, Wash, 1948, 8: 193.—Hunt, S. M., jr. First aid in- struction for Army airmen. Red Cross Courier, 1940-41 20- r °- ■&• 6.—Johnston, 3. M. First-aid instruction in war-time! In: War & Doctor (Alackintosh, J. M.) 2. ed, Lond, 1940 99-116.—Scott, D. C. First-aid teaching to non-medical personnel. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 286-8. The teaching of first-aid to non-medical personnel in the British Army. In: InteraUied Conf. War Med. (1942-45) 1947 44-6 — Soldiers should be taught first aid. J. Am. Al. Ass, 1941 117- 468—Spira, J. J. First-aid standard lecture for troops. ' J. r! Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 149-51.—Stafford-Clark, D. The teaching of first-aid m the air to non-medical personnel in the Royal Air Force. In: InteraUied Conf. War Aled. (1942-45) ---- Manual. See also Wounded, Treatment. Akester, E. Practical wound treatment; a first aid book illustrating the use of the pad and bandage as issued to all services. 47p. IVAcm Aldershot, Engl., 1944[?] American Red Cross. Advanced first aid for civilian defense. 28p. 23cm. Wash., 1941. Anleittjng in der ersten Hilfeleistung bei Unglucksf alien auf Torpedobooten, Peilbooten, Wachtbooten u. dgl. Neuabdruck unter Beriick- sichtigung der bis zum 1. Marz 1905 eingetre- tenen Aenderungen. 23p. 16? Berl., 1891 [1905] Bailey, E. G. Wartime first aid for every- man. 96p. 13Hcm. Bickley, Engl., 1942. Burci, E. Assistenza ai feriti. 36p. 16° Milano, 1915. Forms No. 18 of Probl. san. guerra. Calliano, C. Soccorsi d'urgenza. 9. ed. 439p. 18? Milano, 1916. Cowell, E. M. The pocket book of first aid in accidents and air raids, including chemical warfare. 3 ed. 92p. 16cm. Lond., 1941. Eiselberg, F. v. Verwundetenfiirsorge im Kriege. 32p. 8? Wien, 1914. Eliason, E. L. First aid in emergencies. 11. ed. With a supplement on civilian defense and poison gases. 260p.; Sl-S16p. 17>^cm. Phila., 1942. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. la. Anh. 2. Merkblatt 53d/63: Richtlinien fiir die Versorgung Verwundeter in den vorderen Sanitats-Einrich- tungen. 163p. 14cm. Berl., 1942. Gorinevskaia, V. V., & Ramm, M. G. LTepBaa xupyprunecKaa noMomb npu TpaBMax BoeHHoro h MupHoro BpeMeHu. 388p. 22cm. Moskva, 1942. Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Circular 1831: Air raid precautions act, 1937; collective training for first aid posts. 5p. 24J^cm. Lond., 1939. Hammer, N. W. First aid for war casualties. 2. ed. 78p. 18^cm. Lond., 1943. Keogh, C. First aid for fighting men. 8p. 17cm. Lond., 1942[?] Latjn, R. Vademekum des Truppenarztes; erste Hilfe. 276p. 19Hcm. Munch., 1939. Also 3. Aufl. 283p. 1940. Also 4. Aufl. 296p. 20cm. Munch., 1943. Lindsay, D. Civilian first aid for war wounded. 89p. 18cm. Croydon, 1940. Medicus [pseud.] Everybody's pocket first aid for war-time, with full page diagram of arte- rial pressure points. 60p. 12cm. Jerusalem, 1941. Merkblatter iiber Hilfeleistung bei Erkran- kungen durch chemische Kampfstoffe. 56p. 14^cm. Wiesb., 1939. Morin, E. Guide pratique de 1'infirmiere- hospitaliere et de Pinfirmier-brancardier. 5. ed. 206p. 8? Par., 1932. Perego, V. Sgombero dei feriti e degli am- malati in guerra. 2. ed. 32p. 16? Milano, 1915. Forms No. 8 of Probl. san. guerra. Salmond, M. A first book of first aid in peace and war. 4. impression. 88p. 14cm. Exeter, 1941. Scotland. Department of Health. Emer- gency medical services memorandum No. 4: Memorandum for the guidance of medical officers and other personnel at first aid posts. 20p 24>£cm. Edinb., 1939. United States. Army. Letterman Gen- eral Hospital. Minor surgery and first aid. 57p. 27cm. S. Franc, 1944. United States. Army. Quartermaster Reserve Training Corps. Instructors guide, 1G-16: First aid. 18p. 27cm. Camp Lee, 1943. FIRST AID 459 FIRST AID United States. Army Air Forces Pre- flight School (B-N) Office of the Surgeon. First aid and military hygiene for pre-flight school (B-N) v. p. 27cm. Monroe [194-?] United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. First aid in the prevention and treat- ment of chemical casualties. 31p. 24cm. Wash., 1941. In: Textbooks (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense. Training Sect.) after 1942. ---- A handbook for rescue squads. 56p. 19cm. Wash., 1941 [i. e. 1942] In: Handbooks (U. S. Off. CivUian Defense. Training Sect.) 1942. ---- & American Red Cross. Handbook of first aid. 72p. 19cm. Wash., 1941 [i. e. 1942] In: Handbooks (U. S. Off. Civilian Defense. Training Sect.) 1942. Wenger, H. L., & Sense, E. First aid primer, also including civilian defense health aids, emergency feeding, blackout instructions, morale through nutrition. 104p. 21cm. N. Y., 1942. Wood, R. C. The soldier's first aid; a simple treatise on how to treat a sick or wounded com- rade. 93p. 8? Toronto, 1917. Another edi- tion. 119p. 14Kcrn. Toronto, 1940. ---- Medical service. See also Emergency medical service. Doctors at first-aid posts. Med. Times, Lond, 1939, 67: 121. Also Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 47.—Hull, G. R. Doctors at first-aid posts. Ibid, 69.—Lyth, J. C. Doctors at first-aid posts. Ibid, 72.—Ross, J. M. A. R. P.; where the G. P. comes in. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 54.—Trenkler, R. [Aledical aid during war] Voj. zdrav. listy, 1926, 2: 20-5.— Uniforms for doctors at first-aid posts. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 71. ---- military. See also Injury, Treatment; First treatment. Bachrach, W. H. First aid at high altitudes. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 102.—Sevan, F. A. A simplified method of applying the Thomas' splint as a first-aid measure. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 244-7.—First-aid for every soldier. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2:313-6.—First aid for the Fourth Armored Division. Red Cross Courier, 1942, 21: No. 10, 16.— First aid simplified. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 20, 10.—Gilbert, E. W. First aid. In: Med. Cadet Corps Train. Man. (CourvUle, C. B. &c.) 2. ed, Glendale, 1943, 147-9.—Hyde, F. S. Nursing and first aid among subjects taught medical soldiers. Hosp. Management, 1943, 55: No. 5, 54-8.—Johnson, H. S. Streamlined first aid. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 41-5.—Keler, A. Nasa iskustva u obuci vojnika u pruzanju prve pomo6i i samopomo6i. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1949, 6: 135.—Martinez Almoyna, C. Cirugfa de las primeras urgencias de campafia. Medicina, Madr, 1946, 14: pt 1, 135- 49.—Ramsay, W. A. First-aid for every soldier. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 382.—Robinson, W. W. First aid to the war wounded. J. Alaine M. Ass, 1917-18, 8: 166-9.—Serrano, J. El socorro de urgencia. Ejercito, 1941, No. 23, 51-4.—Vestal, P. W. Emergency field treatment. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 937-40.—Weber, M. R. [On the evaluation of first aid at the front and treatment of a certain category of surgical pa- tients at the base hospitals] Ortop. travmat, Kharkov, 1940, 14: No. 4, 8-13. ---- Mobile unit. See also Emergency medical field unit. Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Emergency medical services memorandum No. 7: Notes on the use of mobile first aid units in the Civil Defence First Aid Post Service. 8p. 16^cm. Lond., 1944. Cronin, E. The mobile unit and early care of casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 793.—Hospitals organize catastrophe units; New York City. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 128 — Mobile units again. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 79. ---- naval. Great Britain. Admiralty. First aid in the Royal Navy. 115p. 14cm. Lond., 1932. Also another ed. 117p. Lond., 1941. Also new ed. 106p. 18cm. Lond., 1943. United States. Public Health Service. The ship's medicine chest and first aid at sea. 207p. 23^cm. Wash., 1929. Grube, F. Seaway first aid. Red Cross Courier, 1942-43, 22: No. 6, 13.-—Wise, J. C. First aid in naval warfare. J. Ass. AIU. Surgeons, 1905, 16: 153-61. ---- Organization. See also Aid station; Burns, Treatment, field; Chemical warfare, First aid; Emergency medical service, Organization; First-aid post. First aid; it is citizen's big civilian defense job. Life, 1941, 11: No. 13, 75-83.—Hodgson, J. C. First-aid to the injured. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 2: 502.—Poblete Nunez, O. Los servicios de primeros auxilios en el Reino Unido. Arch. Soc. cirujan. hosp, Santiago, 1944, 14: 34-8.—Ward, G. Casualty organisa- tion by the home guard. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 708. ---- Technic. See also Emergency medical service; Surgery, emergency; Surgical technic. Drigalski, W. v. Erste HiUe, Transport, Lazarett. In his Aufstieg d. San. Korps, Oldenb, 1939, 129-35—Garre, K. Was hat der Krieg hinsichtUch der ersten Wundversorgung Neues gelehrt? Deut. mU. arztl. Zschr, 1918, 47: 201-7.— Lasher, W. W. First aid vs. subsequent treatment. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 129-33.—Stice, L. Wartime first aid. Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 412-5.—Tinter & Rosner. Zur ersten HUfe im Kriege und im Frieden. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1916, 29: 965. FIRST-AID bag. See Bag. FIRST-AID kit. See also Kit. Babcock, E. R. Field testing of seamless die- drawn aluminum first aid kits. 14 1. 27^cm. Camp Lejeune, 1949. Forms Rep. No. 17, Res. Proj. NAI 011 021, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. Mahoney, D. I., jr. Kit; First Aid, Battle Dressing Set, Complete. 9 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-698-35, U. S. Air Force Aero M. Laborat. ---- Kit, First Aid, Battle Dressing, All Climate, Aircraft. 12p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-698-35A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Shelesnyak, M. C. Design of a first-aid kit for use on pneumatic life-rafts. 2 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-554, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ----& Margolis, S. Design of an individual first aid kit for aviation personnel. lOp. 26)£cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Res. Proj. X-371, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Spangler, H. J. Development of a jungle first aid kit, individual. 12p. 27cm. Camp Lejeune, 1945. Forms Res. Proj. X-590, U. S. Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. United States. Naval Medical Research Institute. Research project X-554, report No. 1, supplement: Tentative specification, kits, first-aid, camouflaged, for pneumatic life rafts. 20p. 26J4cm. Bethesda, 1945. Demolis, Thomann & Chausse. Contribution a l'etude physico-chimique et bacteriologique des paquets de pansement individuel miUtaires. Rev. internat. Croix-Rouge, 1927, 9: 905-49.—First-aid kits, auxiliary [form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1943, 2: No. 4, 24.—Heibel, G. A. First aid container from a salad oil can. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 5, 119.—Mkhitarov, S. Individualnyj paket. In: Bolsh. med. encikl, 1930, 11: 380.—Morrison, O. B, jr. An emer- gency kit for use by medical departments in ships. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 425-7, 2 pL—Maclnnes, W. H. Preserva- tion of first-aid materials in gun bags located at positions ex- posed to the weather. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 2, 68.— New emergency field kit. Surg. Business, 1942, 5: No. 9, 10.— Palmer, D. W. A seagoing first-aid kit. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 406.—Pervov, A. Individualnyj protivokhimideskij FIRST-AID KIT 460 FITNESS paket. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 908-10, 2 pi.—Poland, W. M. Watertight first-aid kits. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 5, 34.—Shelesnyak, M. C. First-aid kit for aviation personnel. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1945, 44: 1284-7. FIRST-AID man. See with Medical troops; also Aid station; Hospital Corps. FIRST-AID post. See also Aid station; Emergency medical field unit; Emergency medical service, First aid; First aid subheadings (Manual; Medical service) Great Britain. Ministry of Health. Circular 1764: Air raid precautions act, 1937: First-aid posts and ambulance services. 9p. 24}£cm. Lond., 1939. Air raids, doctors and first-aid posts. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 383.—Elder, H. H. A. First-aid-post work in air raids. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 275.—Equipment (The) of first-aid posts. Pharm. J, Lond, 1942, 94: 116.—First (The) aid post, its organization and activities. News Lett. Suffolk Co. M. Soc, 1941, 19: No. 12, 8.—First-aid post equipment. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 371.—First-aid posts. Ibid, 1940, 2: 27. Also Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: Suppl, 33. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 206: 397.—First-aid posts and hospitals in air attack. Lancet, Lond, 1939, 1:168.—First aid posts in London. J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 2448.—First Wisconsin mobUe casualty station. Wisconsin M. J, 1942, 41: 493.—Line, L. A. N. First-aid-post work in air raids. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 193.—Nicholls, T. B. The organization of a first-aid post. In: Surg. Alodern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 813-20; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 933-40.—Popov, G. M. [First-aid sta- tions for wounded in air-raids] Feldsher, Aloskva, 1938, No. 11, 57-63.—Practice at a first-aid post. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 634.—Russell, V. First aid posts as tempo- rary welfare centres. Aled. Off, Lond, 1940, 63: 69.— Smith, F. E. G. A First-Aid Post near the Thames. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 206: 465-8.—Treatment at first-aid posts. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1939, 35: 1142; 1178. FIRST-AID tag. See also Identification tag. Jackson, V. A. The emergency medical tag. In: Aled. Cadet Corps Train. Alan. (Courville, C. B. &c.) 2. ed, Glendale, 1943, 150-3.—Strott, G. G. The individual first-aid packet and the emergency medical tag. Hosp. Corps Q., 1943, 16: No. 2, 29-46. FISH. See also Food inspection; Food poisoning. United States. Air Force. Arctic, Des- ert and Tropic Information Center. In- formational bulletin. Ser. A, No. 11: Poisonous and dangerous fishes of the Tropical Pacific 15p. 27cm. Eglin Field, 1943. Poisonous fish in the MarshaU Islands. BuU. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1944, No. 76, 32.—Venomous fishes. Ibid, No. 72 10-2.—Vonfraenkel, P. H, & Krick, E. S. Fish poisoning by barracuda in the Marianas. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1945 44- 427-31. FITNESS. See also Aviator, Fitness; Civilian Defense Office; Medical examination, Physical standards; Preparedness; Recruit; Recruiting; Rejection; Unfit, also under such terms as Defect; Dental health, Defects; Vision, etc. Weiss, R. A. Physical fitness of entering AAF personnel. 5p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944 Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 195, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Army Air Forces physical fitness research program. Res. Q. Am. Ass. Health, 1944, 15: 12-5.—Bock, A. V. CiviUan fitness. Hygeia, Chic, 1943, 21: 431.—Caceres, J. A. Aptitud para el servicio miUtar. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1932 31- 413-28 — Civilian physical fitness. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 518.—Currier, D. E. Population fitness as it affects our na- tional defense. Trained Nurse, 1941, 107: 106.—Fitness for service. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 75.—Freudenthal, P. & Tntrerl^se2i^E-^ The Pr°Per Physical state. Militaerlaegen, 1935, 41: 239-42.—Geiges, E. Physical fitness for wartime demands. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 11.—Hall, J. Physical fitness of every mdividual is essential to winning the war. Florida Health Notes, 1942, 34: 73-5.—La Salle, D, & Larrick, N. Physical fitness and the Schools at War Program. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1942, 13: 475.—Legrand, C. II faut moderniser le rSglement sur l'aptitude physique au service miUtaire. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr, 1922, 16: 220-2.—Melnotte. L'aptitude physique dans l'armee nouvelle. Sem. hop. Par, 1948, 24: 136-41.—Miles, W. R, Ryan, T. A., & McFarland. R. A. Physical conditions of efficiency. In: Psychol. Armed Serv. (Boring, E. G.) Wash, 1945, 199-224.—National fitness. Health Bull, Melb, 1938, No. 55, 1544-6.—Our puny American youth. Good Health, 1940, 75: 99.—Perrott, G. S. J. Physical status of American young men. Connecticut AI. J, 1941, 5: 817.—Physical fitness of American youth, 1917-18 and 1940-41. Alonth. Labor Rev, 1941, 53: 395.—Rogers, J. F. F. F. F. F, 2000 A. D. J. School Health, 1948, 18: 137-42.—Rothe, H. F, Paterson, D. G. [et al.] Efficiency and fatigue. In: Psychol. Armed Serv. (Boring, E. G.) Wash, 1945, 167-98.—Selectees and their physical fitness. N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 663.— Van Etten, N. B. Fitness for the national emergency. North Carolina Al. J, 1941, 2: 278-83.—Weible, W. L. Fit to fight. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1944, 15: 128 &c—Zahn, F. Allge- meine Wehrpflicht und die Statistik. Allg. statist. Arch, 1935-36, 25: 81-8. ---- Borderline cases. See also such terms as Dental health, Defects; Tuberculous, Fitness, etc. Farwell, W. G. Additional border-line cases at the recruiting office. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1917, 11: 584, 9 pi.— Lazzari, A. Lesioni permanenti e idoneita miUtare. Forze san, Roma, 1934, 1427-9.—Lull, G. F. Fitness for duty of miUtary pa- tients on discharge from hospital. J. Indiana Al. Ass, 1945, 38: 82.-—Messing, K. Die BeurteUung der Dienstfahigkeit und Dienstunfahigkeit fiir den Truppenarzt; Beurteilung bei orthopadischen Krankheiten. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 985-9.—Squirru, C. M. Consideraciones de las enfermedades proteiformes que estan colocadas en lfmites de la aptitud y la inaptitud para el servicio de las armas. Actas Congr. nac. med, B. Air. (1934) 1935, 5. Congr, 7: 679-82.—Starfinger. La capacidad para el servicio mUitar en general y de la aviacion en particular, despufis de las enfermedades. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1944, 43: 627-41.—Uhlenbruck. Consequences of diphtheria, treatment, and judgement of the fitness for military service. Conf. Aled. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 3. Conf. (1943) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 6, 197-205. ---- Conditioning. See also Physical training; Training. Armee und korperliche Ertiichtigung. Praxis, Bern, 1941, 30: 832.—Bock, A. V. CivUian fitness. Hygeia, Chic, 1943, 21: 344.—Bookwalter, K. W. A critical analysis of achieve- ments in the physical fitness program for men at Indiana University. Res. Q. Am. Ass. Health, 1943, 14: 184-93 — Daubert, R. B. A physical conditioning program as conducted at Michigan State College. Ibid, 175-83.—Duggan, A. S. An open letter to the members, American Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1942, 13: 3; 52.—Greenbie, M. L. B. The lusty art of keeping fit. In her Art of Living in War, N. Y, 1943, 182-98 — Grout, R. E. Physical fitness through health education; a wartime manual for high schools. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 429.-—Hellebrandt, F. A. Aledical impUcations of the British national fitness campaign. War Aled, Chic, 1942, 2: 230-45. ------& Karpovich, P. V. Fitness, fatigue and recu- peration; survey of methods used for improving the physical performance of man. Ibid, 1941, 1: 745-68.—McCristal, K. J. Pre-military conditioning. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 28.—National (The) Co-ordinating Council for Physical Fitness. Health, Canberra, 1939, 17: 13-9.—Owen, H. R. Keeping fit for victory. Am. J. Pharm, 1942, 114: 157-66.— Preparation of teachers for physical fitness program through health education. Alonth. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1943, 46: 162.-—Rott, O. M. Health education program for physical fitness. Northwest M, 1943, 42: 105-8.—Wilce, J. W. The physical fitness program. J. Am. Ai. Ass, 1943, 122: 193.— Yoho, R. What is the function of the Physical Fitness Com- mittee of Office of CiviUan Defense? Alonth. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1943, 46: 105. Constitution. See also Anthropometry; Height and weight. Agnello, V. La costituzione morfologica nella valutazione fisica miUtare. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1933, n. ser, 8: 169-200, ch.—Bober, H. Die Bedeutung der Konstitutions- wissenschaft fur die Wehrmacht. Konst. & Klinik, 1939, 2: 9-16.—Cassinis, U. II servizio militare e l'indirizzo costitu- zionaUstico in biologia e patologia. Riv. san. sicU, 1930, 18: 1513.------ L'indirizzo costituzionalistico e il servizio militare. Endocr. pat. cost, Bologna, 1931, n. ser, 6: 365-79.— Distribution of somatotypes in RTC recruits. Annual Rep. Armored M. Res. Laborat, 1946, App. C, 8.—Freeman, R. G. Constitutional factors in the selection of recruits. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 631-41.—Gerlach, P. Neue Beitrage zur Frage der militarischen Brauchbarkeit und Bewahrung der Konstitutionstypen. Veroff. Heer. San, 1938, H. 105, 258- 75.—Gigon, A. Konstitution und Rekrutierung. Schweiz. FITNESS 461 FITNESS med. Wschr, 1923, 53: 325-32.-—Kraus. Habitus und Diathese in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die militararztliche Gutachtertatigkeit. Aled. KUn, Berl, 1917, 13: 79.—Lo Schiavo, R. Ricerche sulla valutazione costituzionale militare con i due quozienti biometrici del Pende. Ann. med. tfav, Roma, 1939, 45: 19-27.—Miiller, F. v. Einiges iiber konstitutionelle Er- krankungen und Dienstfahigkeit. Berl. klin. Wschr, 1917, 54: 22.—Miiller, O. Ueber die Bezeichnung der Korperformen beim Musterungsgeschaft und bei Reihenuntersuchungen. Deut. MUitararzt, 1939, 4: 28-33.—Paolillo, S. La costituzione fisica secondo i moderni concetti e la selezione dei militari. Gior. med. mil, 1930, 78: 335-47.—Pende, N. La valutazione constituzionale militare. Riforma mel, 1937, 53: 447-50.— Physique (The) of recruits. Nature, Lond, 1917, 100: 109.— Rocha Vaz. Constituicao individual e recrutamento militar. An. Hosp. centr. exerc, Rio, 1942, 7: 15-24. Also Rev. mid. brasil, 1944, 16: 73-91.—Tunoda, S. Sotei ni okeru taikaku oyobi taisitu-kei ni tuite [On the types of physique and diathesis (constitution) found in (young army) conscripts] Zyuzenkai zassi, 1931, 36: 131-55. ---- Factors. Meisner, H. Einfluss der sozialen Lage auf die Militartauglichkeit. p.342-99. 25#cm. Munch., 1913. In: Krankh. & soziale Lage, Miinch, 1913, 1: 342-99. Noack, V. Militardiensttauglichkeit und Berufstatigkeit, soziale Stellung und Wohnweise in Oesterreich-Ungarn, insbesondere in Wien. p.77-128. 24cm. Lpz., 1915. Arch, sozial. Hyg, 1914, 10: Bonney, M. E. Psychological factors in total fitness for war. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1943, 14: 254.—Cove-Smith, R. Fac- tors in national fitness. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1940, 3: 157-61.-—Ferraz, A. A idade na formacao dos contigentes mUitares. Neurobiologia, Recife, 1939, 2: 237-46.—Kark, R, & Doupe, J. Nutrition, environment and physical fitness; a study of Indian soldiers in Burma. J. Trop. M. Hyg, Lond, 1946, 49: 103-7.-—Ottolenghi. L'abUita al servizio militare in rapporto aUa capacita lavorativa civile. Zacchia, 1921, 1: 71.—Physical efficiencv in relation to diet. Res. Program U. S. Army Aled. Res. Bd, 1947, July, 24; 1948, Jan, 67. ---- Medical judgment. See also subheadings of Medical examination (Interpretation of findings; Physical standards) Dienstanweisung zur Beurteilung der Dienst- fahigkeit fur das Heer und zur Ausstellung Heeresarztlicher Zeugnisse (D. A. Of.) vom 22. 3. 1929. 264p. 8? Berl., 1929. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. la. Anh. 2. Merkblatt 53d/62: Aerztliche Anweisung zur Beurteilung der Kriegsbrauchbarkeit bei Kriegs- musterungen. V. U. Wm. T. 4, Ausz. 1. 33p. 21cm. Berl, 1942. ---- [The same] Medical instructions for the classification of registrants with regard to their fitness for military service in wartime. 12 August 1942. 33 1. 33cm. n. p., 1948 [?] Forms Pt 1, Proj. I, Aled. Sect. U. S. Naval Techn. Unit Europe. Duthie, J. J. R. Classification of the Army intake on a basis of physical capacity; report of a suggested method. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1944, 83: 86-9.—Fiirst, T. Die Verwertung schularztUcher Ergebnisse fiir die Beurteilung der Militardienst- tauglichkeit. Alunch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 984-7.—Hayes, P. W. The evaluation of physical efficiency. Bull. U. S. Army AI. Dep, 1949, 9: 599-601.— Martin J. F. Physical fitness for overseas service. Boston M. & S. J, 1919, 153: 527— Miiller, H. Die Beurteilung der Taughchkeit fur die Wehrmacht. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1935, 82: 867. ■ Tauglich fiir die Wehrmacht. Umschau, 1935, 39: 517.— Oliveira Esteves, J. d'. Como debe interpretarse la aptitud y capacidad para el servicio miUtar. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1948, 47: 459-62. --- naval. United States. Navy. Bureau of Naval Personnel. Training Division. Physical Fitness Section. Physical fitness manual for the U. S. Navy. 145p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Physical fitness of officers. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1941, 39: 571.—Tunney, J. J. Physical fitness of naval personnel. Ibid, 471-9. Tests. See also Medical examination, Test; also Aviator, Fitness tests; Neuropsychiatric examina- tion subheadings. Bean, W. B., Park, C. R. [et al.] A critique of physical fitness tests. 62 1. 29>km. Fort Knox, 1947. Forms No. 56-1, Proj. U. S. Armored Med. Res. Laborat. Behnke, A. R., Welham, W. C. [et al.] The step-up test to evaluate fitness for physical exer- tion in healthy men. 26p. 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-134, U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst. Spear, C. J., & Smith, R. E. Report of findings of the G. B. Ray spectroscopic measurement of blood reduction time as an index to physical fitness. 15p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 3, Res. Proj. X-134, U. S. Nav. AI. Res. Inst. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 5: Crew fatigue. First partial report on Sub-Project No. 5-29, development of tests to evaluate the physical fitness of men; comparison of tests of physical fitness, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. ---- Project No. 8: First partial report on Project No. 8: Preselection tests [Military per- sonnel] v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1943. ---- Project No. 8: Second partial report on Project No. 8: Preselection tests [Military personnel] v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. ---- Project No. 8: Final report on Project No. 8: Preselection tests [Military personnel] v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Baru, V. I., & Vladimirov, G. E. [Physiological value of 3000 meter sprint as test of physical fitness] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1932, 3: 384-9.—Bean, W. B, Park, C. R. [et al.] A critique of physical fitness tests. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. B, No. 3, 1-42, 21 ch — Critique (A) of physical fitness tests. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 141.—Haraldson, S. Kondi- tionsprovning av varnpUktiga. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1949, 74: 49-58.-—Kopplin, F. Der Anstiegsversuch; eine Methode zur zahlenmassigen Erfassung der korperlichen Leistungsfahigkeit. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 108-15.—Lovelock, J. E. The problem of measuring physical fitness for hard work: a comparison of a fitness test with a mixed performance test. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 255-62.—Patt. H. M. Evaluation of certain tests of physical fitness. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 169-75.—Report of findings on the G. B. Ray spectro- scopic measurement of blood reduction time as an index to physical fitness. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, Jan.-June, 4.—Toughening the American soldier; medical tests of the United States Army. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1943, 39: 171. FLAK. See also Antiaircraft. Hickam, J. B. Protection afforded by the flak curtain against the German 20 mm HE projectile. 9 1. 28cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-697-1M, Alemo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Palmer, A. The relationship between flak wounds and the fragments causing them in air crew personnel. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1946. Forms Missile Casualt. Rep. No. 16, Div. Al. Sc. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. FLAME. See also Chemical agent. Ginzler, A. M. Pathologic findings in animals subjected to flame attack. 19p. 27cm. Edge- wood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 54, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Ham, G. C. Final report of duty in the SWPA and POA (30 July 1944 to 13 November 1944) FLAME 462 FLATULENCE [Death from flame thrower] v. 1. [32] 1. 22cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1944. Forms No. 17, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warf. Serv. U. S. Army. Hobson, L. B. Flame attack study; blood gases, hemoconcentration, and rectal tempera- tures of goats killed by exposure to flame attack in Japanese-type B bunker. 17 1. 27cm. Edge- wood Arsenal, 1947. Forms No. 112, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. ---- & Harvey, T. S. Flame attack study; studies on goats exposed directly to flame of petroleum fuels fired from flame throwers. 44 1. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1947. Forms No. 113, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Wexler, J., Walker, J., jr, & Ginzler, A. M. Evaluation of alkaline therapy in WP burns. 12p. 22cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 25, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warf. Serv. U. S. Army. FLAMEPROOFNESS. See also Clothing, flameproof. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. T-5: First partial report on Project No. T-5, test of flame- proofed clothing; physiologic effects of wearing flameproofed clothing in hot environments. v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. ---- Project No. T-5: Second partial report on Project No. T-5, test of flameproofed clothing; effects of wearing flameproofed clothing in hot environments, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. ---- Project No. T-5: Third partial report on Project No. T-5, test of flameproofed clothing; effects of wearing flameproofed clothing in hot environments, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. ---- Project No. T-5: Fourth partial report on Project No. T-5, test of flameproofed clothing; test of physiological heat load of flameproofed clothing, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. FLANDERS. See under Wars and campaigns (1742-1748) World War II. FLASH burns. See under Burns (Protection; Treatment: Methods) FLATFOOT. See under Foot. FLATULENCE. See also Altitude, Gastrointestinal tract. Blair, H. A. Abdominal gas. 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 349, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. --- Dern, R. J., & Fenn, W. O. Ab- dominal gas. lip. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms No. 193, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. McDonough, F. E. Roentgenograph^ ob- servations on the amount and distribution of intestinal gas at altitude in relation to abdominal symptoms. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms No. 216, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. McLester, J. S. Memorandum on intestinal gas. 3p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms No. 59, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Rasberry, E. A., & Abbott, W. O. The effect of succinylsulfathiazole on the volume of intes- tinal gas in normal young men. 4p. 28cm Wash., 1944. Forms No. 257, Rep. Com. Aviat. AI. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Castafiedo, J. A. El agua oxigenada en el tratamiento de la indigestidn gaseosa. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1943, 7: 108. FLEET. See also Amphibious forces; Naval medicine, fleet. Komissarov, M. Flotilii voennye. In: Encikl. slovar voen med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 772.—Korak, N, Rozanov, P., & Ivanov, V. Voenno-morskoj flot. Ibid, 1: 914-22.—Marin- iiverlakarens rapport 6ver besok vid vissa medicinska och andra institutioner m.Sn. i Forenta Staternas flotta februari- mars 1946. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1946, 71: 117-39.—Medical department facilities in operation in the United States Eighth Fleet as of 1 January 1945 [tab.] In: U. S. Nav. M. Dep at War Admin. Hist, Wash, 1946, 2: Chap. 15, 37.—Organization chart; Force Medical Office, Service Force, Pacific Fleet Ibid, Chap. 13, App. C, 2. FLICKER fusion apparatus. See under Anoxia, Detection; Vision. FLIGHT. See also Air travel; also subsequent headings D'Angelo, S. A., Stacy, R. W., & Kosky, S. Metabolism on long range missions. 41p. 27cm Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL 3-696-75C, Memo Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Apollonov, A. [Medical control in altitude flights] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 38-41.—Electro static hazards. Med. Bull. Continent. Air Command, 1949, 1: No. 2, 39-42.—Vokhmianin, P. [Medical control in record flights] Voen. san. delo. 1936' 19-22. ---- Dive. See Acceleration, Blackout; Dive bombing. ---- Formation flight. Fowler, E. P, jr. Formation vertigo; oculo-vestibulo-dis- orientation in formation flying. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 330-5.—Oliveira Esteves, J. V. d'. La ubicaci6n del piloto durante los vuelos en formacion. Rev. mid. Jat. amer. B, Air, 1938-39, 24: 1232-6. Also Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941. 40: 453-5. instrumental. See Blind flying. — Polar flight. See Arctic service, Physiology. — Pursuit flight. See also Fighter. Janas, T. [Results in attempts to regain equilibrium fol- lowing pursuit flight] Polski przegl. med. lot, 1937, 6: 173-6 — Konieczny, A. [Examination of the circulatory system before and after pursuit flights] Ibid, 24-30.—Wisniewski, W. [State of the circulatory system before and after pursuit flights] Ibid, 15-23. FLIGHT nurse. See also Air evacuation. Thorp, F. P., & Stein, M. Development of a flight nurse's utility kit. lip. 26cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 509, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Anderson, C. M. The winged nurse. In her Emot. Hyg, 3. ed, Phila, 1943, 227-30.—Benson, C. Britain's flying nurses. Am. J. Nurs, 1944, 44: 101.—Binder, E. M. Training flyers for high altitudes; a new kind of industrial nursing. Ibid, 1942, 42: 1370-2.—DeWitt, J. R. N. goes to MacDill Field. R. N, Rutherford, 1942-43, 6: No. 2, 26-8. ----- Flight nurses. Ibid, No. 6, 32; 72.—Greenberg, M. Training of flight nurses and air evacuation medical technicians. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 328-31.—Ingells, D. J. Fashions for flymg nurses. Air Force, 1943, 26: No. 10, 35.—Mercy takes wings; Britain's parachuting nurses. What's New, North Chic, 1943, No. 56, 10.—Nurse (The) has wings; training to be a para-nurse. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1942, 38: 810.—Rescue, (To the) Ibid, 1937, 33: 200.—Stroup, L. B. A new service m an old cause. Trained Nurse, 1940, 105: 184-8. ----- Aero-medical nursing and therapeutics. Am. J. Nurs, 1944, 44: 575-7.—White, R. Y. Air evacuation nurses. Red Cross FLIGHT NURSE 463 FLIGHT SURGEON Courier, 1942-43, 22: No. 11, 7.----— Army nurses in the air. Am. J. Nurs, 1943, 43: 342-4.—Zeller, V. Educational program for flight nurses. Mil. Surgeon, 1950, 106: 217. FLIGHT personnel. See also Air crew; Air Force; Aviator, Selection; Bomber crew; Fighter; Flight instructor; Flight nurse; Flight surgeon, etc. Great Britain. Flying Personnel Re- search Committee. Minutes of the meeting. Lond., 1., 1939- Forms Nos. of its F. P. R. C. reports. ---- F. P. R. C. No. 144: Report to the Secretary of State for Air on the activities of the Flying Personnel Research Committee. 24 1. 25cm. Lond., 1940. ---- F. P. R. C. No. 651: Report to the Secretary of State for Air on the Committee's activities for the period June 1940 to December 1945. v. 1 [96] 1. 32cm. Lond., 1946. Symonds, C. P., & Williams, D. J. Investi- gation of psychological disorders in flying per- sonnel by Unit Medical Officers. 18 1. 20j4cm. Lond., 1945. Forms F. P. R. C. No. 412k, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Carson, L. D. Problems of flight personnel selection and training. MU. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 32-6.—Hurtado, A, Aste- Salazar, H. [et al.] Physiological characteristics of flight per- sonnel. J. Aviat. Al, 1947, 18: 406-16.—Lovelace, W. R, n, & Gagge, A. P. Indoctrination, equipment, nutrition and sani- tation. In: Aviat. M. & Psychol. (Lovelace, W. R, II) Wright Field, 1946, 102—4.—Rogers, J. A. Dental identification record for all flying personnel. Circ. Letter Off. Surg. Gen. War Dep., 1943, No. 7, 1. --- Hygiene. Dolbnin, T. V. [Organization of the rest periods of aviation personnel] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 6, 26-30.—Hygiene of the flying personnel. FUght Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 3, 23-30. FLIGHT surgeon. See also Aircraft carrier; Equipment, aero- medical; Parachute. Collias, N. E., & Bachrach, W. H. Com- ments by AAF returnees on the value of the flight surgeon. 17 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-697-16, Memo. Rep. Aero AI. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Army Air Force surgeons, Washington, Jan. 20-23. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 124: 781.—Aviation medical examiners. Ibid, 1942, 120: 211.—Flight surgeon; the story of aviation medicine. Interne, N. Y, 1943, 9: 231-4.—Flight (The) surgeon and the hazard of flying. FUght Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: No. 1, 23-6.—Flight (The) surgeon's oath. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 324; 570.—Flying doctors for the air force [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 1213.—Future of the Medical Officer in the AAF. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 7, 20.— Giordan. Stage d'appUcation des medecins de l'air en 1948; le voyage en Afrique du Nord. Med. aeronaut, 1948, 3: 235-47.—Hunter, R. J. The first flight surgeon. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 349-53.—Jensen, W. S. Why the flight surgeon? Ibid, 1936, 79: 367-72.—Kondratowicz. Lekarz lotniczy. Lek. wojsk, 1927, 9: 341-4.—Kossman, C. E. The flight surgeon. Med. Bull, N. Y, 1941-42, 7: 67-70.—McDonald, L. E. Should doctors fly? FUght Surgeon Topics, 1939, 3: 200-4.—Marple, C. D. The mUitary flight surgeon. Centaur, Menasha, 1945-46, 51: 34-9.—Medical pUots. J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 940.—Memory (In) of flight surgeons. Ibid, 1943, 121: 846.—Olson, O. C. The combat flight surgeon in England. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1944, 37: 430-4.—Pukhalsky, A. A. O profile aviacionnogo vrafia. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 98.—Surgeon has wings. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, No. 40, 2.—White, S. A visual aid in Flight Surgeon's Office. FUght Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 161-2.—Why should the flight surgeon fly? Ibid, 1937, 1: No. 3, 20-3. --- Duties. Aviation medical examiners. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 314; 954.—Conway. W. H. A day in the Ufe of a flight surgeon. Westchester M. Bull, 1945, 13: 5.—Cook, F., & Scott, J. C. The effective flight surgeon. Contact, Pensacola, 1943, 3: 185-90.—Corless, J. F. Statistical control officer and the tactical surgeon. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 12, 19.— Engel & Schmittmann. Der Arzt im Luftkrieg. Deut. Aerz- tebl, 1943 73: 218-21.—Flickunger, D. D. The flight surgeon as a doctor. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 134-5.—Fou- quieres. Sur le role du medecin de groupe aerien. Mid. aeronaut, 1947, 2: 185-7.—Grant, D. N. W. The flight surgeon in action. Army Navy J, 1943-44, 83: 605. •-----■ Work of the flight surgeon. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 131-5.— Hall, G. E. Special problems of the R. C. A. F. medical officer. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1941, 45: 387-90.—Hohn, A. C. Duties of a flight surgeon on staff duty. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 1: No. 3, 14—6.-—Leedham, C. L. A suggested plan for a flight surgeon's office. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: 152-5, plan.—Medical officer and airline travel. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 20. 26-8.—Meier- Miiller, H. Der FUegerarzt; die Verantwortung bei der Flugwaffe mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des fliegerarzt- lichen Dienstes in der schweizerischen Armee. Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1936, 11: No. 430.-—Naylor, G. Service as a medical officer in the U. S. Army Air Forces; training, duties, assign- ment abroad, pay, and rank of M. D.'s who join. Med. Econom, 1942-43, 20: No. 4, 55-60.—Novikov, S. [Role of the physician in the aviation division] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 31-4.—Stovall, W. R. Study of flight surgeon population in relation to national and international obligations. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 456-60.—Wurdemann, H. V. FUght (The) surgeon in civilian practice. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: No. 1, 38-9. ---- Education. Krotkov, F. G. [Training of aviation physicians] Voen. san. delo, 1936, 15-18.-—Policy to be foUowed in placing present interns and residents who wiU be assigned to the Army Air Forces. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1943, 40: 209.—Reinartz, E. G. How the flying fighters' doctor is made. Connecticut M. J, 1943, 7: 820-7.—White, M. S. Tactical training of the flight surgeon. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 12, 8. ---- Experiences. Furman, A. L. Air force surgeon. 252p. 21cm. N. Y., 1943. Rogers, C, & Halland, H. E. Flight sur- geon. 295p. 21cm. N. Y., 1940. Slaughter, F. G. Air surgeon. 306p. 20Hcm. Garden City. 1943. Blanco Cancino, R. Mis impresiones como medico del Escuadron 201. Rev. cirug. Hosp. Judrez, Mex, 1945, 17: 375-88.—Cook, C. K. I'm in the Air Corps now. Minnesota M, 1942, 25: 902.—Dobos. N. E. Observations of flight surgeon on a carrier in combat. Contact, Pensacola, 1942, 2: 68-71.—Gentry, T. C. Aero medical experiences in China. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 69-72.—Leenson & Golikov. [The work of the flight surgeon under battle conditions] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 8, 27.—McDaniel, R. FUght surgeons, unsung heroes of America's fighting forces. Army Doctor, 1942-43, 1: No. 7, 8.—Memos of an aero-medico. Ibid, 1942, 1: No. 2, 5-8.—Wright, H. B. Reminiscences of an air-line flight surgeon. Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2: No. 1, 27-33. ---- naval. A, J. C. Functional relationship of medical officers and flight surgeons assigned to staffs and commands. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 8, 16.—Adams, J. C. The new policy of training naval flight surgeons. J. Aviat. M, 1939, 10: 99-102.—Bassett, C. G, & Dean. G. O. A survey of possible assignments and duties for naval flight surgeons. Contact, Pensacola, 1944-45, 4: 286-94.—Gemmill, C. L. The development of training of naval flight surgeons. Ibid, 277-80. ---- Standards. Armstrong, H. G. Selection, training, and rating of medical examiners and flight surgeons. lOp. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 13, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Campbell, P. A. A method of selection of aviation medical examiners for special assign- ment, v. p. [27] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 200, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Campbell, P. A. Hava hekimligi; kulak ve yukan solunum organlarUe ilgisi (transl.) [Air physicians; ear and respiratory system] Askeri sihhiye mecuasi, 1947, 76: No. 48, 53-9.— Glasier, W. A. Classification for Medical Corps officers of the Army Air Forces. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 313.—Grow, M. C. Flying status of flight surgeons. FUght Surgeon Topics, 1937, 1: No. 4, 17-22.—Rafferty, J. A, & Hager, R. P. Con- struction of a battery of tests for the selection of students for the aviation medical examiner's course. Q. Res. Rep. U. S. School Aviat. M, 1948, Jan, 31. FLOATING posture. See with Acceleration, Tolerance. FLOW METER 464 FLUOROPHOSPHATE FLOW meter. Hull, W. E. Optical flow meter. lip. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 275, Com. Aviat. Al. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- [The same] 131. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-42C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Stadd, M. A portable gas flow meter. 14 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-696-78C, Alemo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Blair, E. A. Development of a polarographic flow meter. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. D, Proj. 1, No. 5, 1, ch.; Proj. 2, No. 2, 1; Proj. 3, No. 4, 1. FLUORESCENT fabric. See also Fabric. Trumper, M. Tests on conti-glo fluorescent fabric [1] 1. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 13, Res. Proj. X-180, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Also Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1944, July, 10. FLUORESCENT lighting. See under Aircraft, Illumination. FLUORIDE. See under Poisoning. FLUOROACETATE. Chenoweth, M. B., & Gilman, A. Z. Re- sponse of various species to methyl fluoroacetate. 19p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 63, Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Chenoweth, M. B„ & Gilman, A. Studies on the pharma- cology of fluoroacetate; action on the heart. BuU. U. S. Axmy M. Dep, 1947, 7: 687-706.—Possible treatment of sodium monofluoracetate (1080) poisoning. Surgeon Circ. Al. Sect. Fai East Command, 1949, 4: No. 5, 9. FLUOROPHOSPHATE. Koelle, G. B., Binzer, B. B., & Gilman, A. Z. The relationship between cholinesterase inhibition and the pharmacological action of PF3. 34p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1946. Form6 No. 69, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. ---- The chronic toxicity of PF3 in dogs, monkeys and rats. 22p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1946. Forms No. 71, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Laughlix, R. C. Miosis of the pupil as a test for water contamination by PF3. lip. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1944. Forms No. 1, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. McNamara, B. P., Stabile, D. E. [et al.] Myanesin in the treatment of poisoning produced by DFP. 5p. 26^cm. Army Chem. Cent., 1949. Forms No. 222, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Mazur, A., & Bodansky, O. The mechanism of the detoxification of PF3 and related fluoro- phosphates in the animal organism. 25p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 29, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. _---- The regeneration of cholinesterase ac- tivity in PF3 poisoning and the effect of injected cholinesterase preparations in normal and PF3 poisoned animals. 31p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 35, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Wescoe, W. C, Greex, R. E. [et al.] The influence of atropine and scopolamine on the central effects of DFP. 22p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1947. Forms No. 125, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. FLUOROSCOPY. See under Radiodiagnostics. FLY. See also Insect; Insecticide; see also Ento- mology. Dethier, V. G., & Chad wick, L. E. An anal- ysis of the relationship between solubility and stimulating effect in tarsal chemoreception. 25p 26>^cm. Army Chem. Cent., 1949. Forms No. 221, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Rees, B. E. The water and fat content of the larva of Drosophila. 6p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1946. Forms No. 81, Rep. Aled. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Snodgrass, R. E. The feeding apparatus of biting and disease-carrying flies: a wartime con- tribution to medical entomology. 51p. 24^cm Wash., 1943. Boyd, J. E. M. Entomological notes; on a muscid fly breed- ing on a ship at sea. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1922, 38: 378.— Cooper, G. W. Alyiasis; case report. U. S. Nav. Al. Bull, 1930, 28: 112-4.—Gahan, J. B, Masters, N. E, & Pearsall, R. D. House fly studies in Egypt. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 62— Goulding, R. L, jr. Co- operative salt-marsh sand fly investigations. Ibid, 20-2.— Harris, S. T. Human myiasis, externa. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1929, 5: 412-6— Loughnan, W. F. M. Notes on a case of myiasis. J. R. Army Al. Corps, 1922, 38: 458.— Special fly investigations at Pharr, Texas, Laboratory. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 66. FLY control. See also DDT; Fly trap; Insecticide. Dethier, V. G., & Chadwick, L. E. An anal- ysis of the relationship between solubility and stimulating effect in tarsal chemoreception. 25p. 26Hcm. Army Chem. Cent., 1949. Forms No. 221, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Abrahams, S, & Ferencuha, J. Effectiveness of various fly larvicides. Field AI. Bull. (Burma) 1945, 4: 257-9.—Baer, L. S, & Allen, R. F. Prevention of fly borne diseases in islet and atoll warfare. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 296-301.—Blaszyk, P. Richtlinien fiir die HersteUung von Fliegenmasken fiir Verwundete und Kranke. Deut. Militararzt, 1944, 9: 149.— Brasil, V. A defesa contra a mosca. Rev. med. hyg. mil, Rio, 1927, 16: 29-41.—Brooks, J. E. Bermuda Volunteer Rifle Corps fly trap. J. R. Army AI. Corps, 1941, 76: 49.—Brother, G. M. DDT in fly control. Aled. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 141-6.—Browne, R. W. Fly control. AIU. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 546-8.—Chamberlain, W. P. Fly control. In: Aled. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1926, 6: 293-304.—Fly control. Aled. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1947, 2: No. 4, 7.—Fly control with DDT. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 22.—Fotheringham, J. B. Fly prevention; some suggestions and observations from a general hospital in Normandy, 1944.—J. R. Axmy M. Corps, 1945, 85: 151-60.— Gahan, J. B. Toxicity of 11 Navy DDT emulsion concentrates to adult house flies. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 61.----— Investigations of the control and biology of the house fly and other insects of medical importance in the Aliddle East. Ibid, 61-4.—Gilbert, I. H, Wilson, H. G. let al.] Resistant house flies. Ibid, 27.—Hering, E. R. Use of sodium arsenite in fly control. U. S. Nav. AI. Bull, 1945, 44: 432-4.—Investigational work on house flv larvicides. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 72.— Krotkov, F. Borba s mukhami v lagernyj period. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 4, 17-22.— Randin, J, & Muniz Angulo, L. Campana contra la mosca en el ejercito. Rev. san. mil, Habana 1940, 4: 195-9.—Record of fly control program. Med. BuU. U. S. First Army, 1946, No. 2, 8.—Snyder, F. M. Development of insecticide resistant houseflies. Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent, 1949, No. 6, 55-7.—Spencer, H, Hedden, J. C, & Dworsky, L. B. Destruction of housefly Q,rVtLo PuPae in sewage sludge beds. MU. Surgeon, 1942, ?t ^cm. Par., 1939. Stewart, L. Protection and salvage of foods in wartime (including decontamination of gassed foods) 63p. 18^cm. Lond., 1942. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10-4: Food conservation. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1946. ---- Technical bulletin TB 10A-179: Utili- zation of left-over foods. Ip. 27cm. Wash 1949. Barber. M. I. War on waste in the Army. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1944 20: 357-60.—Brown, M. C. Butter or guns' Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 762-8—Burger, M., & Heinrich, A. Nanrungsausnutzungsversuche bei Gesunden und Kranken- ™e Ausnutzung der Kriegskost. Deut. Zschr. Verdauungskr \ 1940-41, 4: 234-9.—Economy in certain articles. Australas. J. Pharm, 1940, n. ser, 21: 321.—Gordon. J. E. Leftover foods. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 1: pt 3 Sect. 2, No. 2, 30—Harris, J. W. Use and conservation of our home food supplies. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1944, 20: 9-11.— Kendrick, J. F. Food conservation, its added importance in wartime. Health BuU, Raleigh, 1943, 58: No. 8, 11-4.— Lethem, W. A. Food salvage in war-time. J. R. San. Inst 1940-41, 61: 194-6—Proctor, B. E, Cameron, E. J. [et al.l Food conservation. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 780-2.— S|l^cm. Wash., 1940. ---- Technical bulletin MED 226. Veter- inary food inspection procedure. 30p. 26cm. Wash., 1947. Alaettin Eser [Inspection of fish] Askeri vet. mecmuasi, 1940, 18: 267-83.—Bloomquist, E. W. Inspection of fish of the Pacific Northwest. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 79, 84-91. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 164-9.—Curley, E. M. The inspection of food for Army requirements. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1938, 92: 765-8.—Dildine, S. C. The mspection of fresh meat and meat food products and dairy products. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 391-6.—Diller. Examination of food. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 214.-—Food inspection and the Army's health. Health U. S. Army, 1949, 4: No. 8, 2-10.—Gemeinhardt. K. Zusammen- fassender Bericht iiber die Ergebnisse in der Frage der Grund- analyse im Bereiche der Heeressanitatsinspektion. In: Wehrmachtverpflegung, Dresd, 1942, 1: 279-92.—Henry, M. FOOD INSPECTION 468 FOOD POISONING Armv food inspection. Austral. Vet. J, 1938, 14: 191.-—Hess, H. E. Quick-frozen foods; fish. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 638-47.—Inspection of food. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 6: 84-8.—Kalmykov. P. E. Prostye (nelabora- tornve) metody koli6estvennogo kontrolja gotovoj pis6hi. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1945, Apr, 24-9.—Kester, W. O. Army food inspection. Canad. J. Comp. M, 1938, 2: 301-6.— Lindfield, A. Problems of food inspection in war-time. J. R. San. Inst, 1940-41, 61: 123-35.—Mayer, K. Vorlaufiger Bericht iiber die bisherigen Ergebnisse in der Frage der Grundanalvsen bei Leber- u. Blutwurstkonserven im Bereiche der Heeres-Veteriniir-Inspektion. Zschr. Veterinark, 1941, 53: 303-11. Also in Wehrmachtverpflegung, Dresd, 1942, 1: 292- 302.—Meat, vegetable, and fruit inspection. Hosp. Corps Q, 1944, 17: No. 6, 57-103.—Minkovich, I. Bakteriologifieskoe issledovanie pi§6hewkh produktov. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 1354-6.—Petrovksy, K. Sanitarno- higieni6eskie issledovanija pisdi i pishchevykh produktov. Ibid, 1375-9.—Problems of food inspection in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 206: 2.—Riedel. Lebensmittel- iiberwachung in den Heeren der Kulturstaaten. Zschr. Veterinark, 1938, 50: 289-325.—Rummel. Die Ueberwachung von Lebensmitteln tierischer Herkunft im Bereiche des Heeres. Ibid, 1941, 53: 291-6. ------ Veterinare Lebensmittel- iiberwachung und Wehrmachtverpflegung. Ibid, 1944, 56: 173-9.—Schonberg, F. Zur Beurteilung von Fleisch- und Wurstwaren im Kriege. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr, 1940, 157-60, illust.—Soothill, V. F. The importance of food inspection in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1942, 207: 212-14.—Who will do the inspecting? J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1942, 100: 138. ---- Equipment. See also Food laboratory. Adams, H. S. Essential field equipment for the food sanitarian. In his Milk & Food Sanit, N. Y, 1947, 255.— Korff, F. A, & Kaplan, E. Field equipment for food inspectors. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 1110-6.—Schiirmann, E. Neues Untersuchungsbesteck fiir die Durchfuhrung der veterinaren Lebensmitteluberwachung beim Feldheer. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg, 1943-44, 54: 61. ---- Organization. See also Veterinary service. Reinicke, E. A. *Gesundheitspflege der Truppe durch veterinare Lebensmittelkontrolle in der Wehrmacht und den Heeren der ver- schiedenen Kulturlander. 67p. 22cm. Berl., 1939. Aureggio. Quelques reflexions sur les fonctions des inspec- teuis des viandes civils et militaires basees sur les arrfites du Ministre de l'agriculture et les instructions du Ministre de la guerre de 1883 a 1908. BuU. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon, 1908, 11: 233-45.—Dildine, S. C. Army veterinary inspection of foods of animal origin. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 390-401.—Food mspection by the Veterinary Corps. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1942, 100: 117.—Krotkov, F. Inspektor po pitaniju i vodo- snabzeniju. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 939-41.—McKim, O. E. Veterinary inspection of foods, its importance and responsibUity. MU. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 409- 17.—Moore, H. K. Organization and operation of the Veter- inary Corps food inspection service. Ibid, 1945, 96: 237-41.— Smock, S. C. Preparation of report of veterinary meat and dairy hygiene inspection. Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1947, No. 9, 7-9.—Starnes, M. B. Veterinary food inspection service of the armed forces. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1949. 114: 388-92. FOOD laboratory. See also Medical laboratory. Ferloni, A. V. J., Schiavone, E. L., & Gifuni, F. R. Datos y consideraciones acerca de un equipo para andlisis expeditivo de aguas y de aUmentos. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1945, 44: 1152- 64.—Military Food Laboratory, Kasauli. Annual Rep. Pub Health Comm. India (1936) 1938, 2: 22-4.—Orlov, N. I, & Stenberg, A. I. [The work of food sections of the sanitary bacteriological laboratories in wartime] Hig. & san, Moskva 1943, 8: No. 5, 19-24.—Work at the Kasauli miUtary food testing laboratory. Ind. M. Gaz, 1940, 75: 563. FOOD poisoning. See also Egg; Food infection; Poisoning. United States. Veterans Administration. Technical bulletin TB 10A-111: Investigation of food poisoning. 2p. 27cm. Wash., 1948. Albert, A. Physical properties and the action of drugs. Pharm J, Lond, 1940, 91: 100.—Breese, B. B.. Stanbury, J. B, & Upham, H. C. Food poisoning at a naval training Ration. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1205-15—Cohen, r. P. Acute outbreak of food poisoning. Hosp. Corps Q I'Mo, 18: 35.—Cole, G. M, & Baer, L. S. Prevention of food poisoning epidemics. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 393-5.— Edward, D. G. An outbreak of food poisoning in a miUtary unit. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Lab. Serv, Lond, 1943, 2: March, 23.—Food poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943' 121: 1156.—Food poisoning in wartime. Statist. Bull. Metron' Life Insur, 1943, 24: No. 3, 9.—Gilman, R. L. A review of fish poisoning in the Puerto Rico-Virgin Islands area; a report of 10 cases occurring on Culebra Island. U. S. Nav. M Bull 1942, 40: 19-27, 2 pi.—Gordon. .1. E. Food poisoning. In': Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 1: pt 3, Sect. 2, No! 2, 1-39, 8 pi, 8 tab, ch.------Holiday food poisoning. Ibid, 13-5.—Hays, J. F. Food poisoning. U. S. Nav M BuU, 1942, 40: 373-6.— Hoechstetter, S. S. Food poisoning Med. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1943-44, 20: 58-60.—Jones J P Food poisoning. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1451.—Kita'no,' M. Waga rikugun ni okeru syoku-tyudoku no tokei-tek'i kansatu [., in the Japanese army] Gun idan zassi, 1936, No. 272, 49-80.—Laufer. Clinical study of convulsive disorders in man as affected by total withdrawal of bleached flour from the diet. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1948, Jan, 78.—Macdonald, I. An outbreak of food poisoning 'j R Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 208.—Marsh, E. H. Investigation of outbreaks of food poisoning. Bull. U. S. Army M Deo 1946, 5: 350-3.—Perkins, J. E, & Mayers, M. R. Food pois- oning in state's war industry plants. Indust. Hyg, Alb, 1944, 23: 66-8.—Respiratory diseases and food poisoning, 'u s' Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 1282.—Schulze, H. A. The Atter- berry food poisoning case. Med. Bull. Europ. Command 1949 6: No. 5, 17-21.—Shronts, J. F, Katsampes, C. P, & Campbell', E. P. Analysis of 100 food poisoning outbreaks; food intoxica- tion, water- and food-borne infections. U. S. Nav. M. Bull 1945, 44: 1321-4.—Tapp, E. M. Food poisoning. Med. Bull' Veterans Admin, 1943-44, 20: 61-6.—Taylor, C. E. Food poisoning. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1946 L: No. 2, 36-45. Also Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, l\ FOOD rationing. See also Ration; Ration supply. League of Nations. Economic Intelli- gence Service. Wartime rationing and con- sumption. 87p. 2Zy2cm. Geneve, 1942. Massachusetts, U. S. A. Department of Public Health, & Massachusetts Committee on Public Safety. Dietary equivalents for wartime rationing. 1. 28cm. Bost. afterl 1942. Besse, R. Restrictions et regimes. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 34.—Bocalandro, C. A. Racionamiento de la a!imentaci6n en tiempo de guerra. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1943, 43: pt 2, 723; 1029; 1275.—Couturat, J. Sur le rationnement alimentaire. Presse med, 1940, 48: 945.—Dionisi, Noyan Abdul Kadir & Zekin Ural. Estudio comparativo del reaprovisionamiento de vlveres y de la aUmentaci6n de los enfermos en tiempo de paz y en tiempo de guerra. Rev. san. nav, Valparaiso, 1937, 7: 193-200.—Food distribution in war-time. Nature, Lond, 1941 JHi 335~7-~Food (Tne) rationing order. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 239.—Food rationing in wartime. Ibid, 123: 422-4.—Gariepy, L. H. Rationnement et alimentation. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 30-2.—Harvey, D. Notes on the rationing of foodstuffs. East Afr. M. J, 1943, 20: 235-9.— Mahaffey, J. L. Rigid supervision of food supplies and mUk on the home front. Certif. MUk, 1943, 18: No. 203, 3.—Mallory, a «2mt evaluation of typical diets. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 621-4.—Martin, E. Alimentation rationnee et besoins vitaux. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 35.—Oldfield, J. Eating for Y1Q j0ry' jBrit- AI- J- 1940, 1: 994.—OPM places restrictions on foods and materials; orders affect tires, wrappers, cans, fats and oils, coffee, alcohol, molasses and sugar. Food Indust, 1942, 14: No. 2, 67.—Orosco, G. Importancia del racionamiento de ahmentacion en tiempo de paz y de guerra. Rev. san. mil. La Paz, 1940, 4: 898-900.—Propos (A) des restrictions alimen- taires. Presse med, 1940, 48:- 838.—Prufung (Zur) der Lebensmittelatteste. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1940, 8: 71.—Randoin, L. Les quantites minima de principes nutritUs necessaires et les rapports et gquiUbres alimentaires a reaUser dans les rations destinees aux adultes. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1941, 3. ser, 124: 429-37—Rose, F. How to meet the needs of the normal diet with rationing of food. CaUfornia West. M, 1944, 61: 289. Sandoz, L. M. Discussion de la ration alimentaire en temps de guerre. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh, 1941, 51: 548-71 — Saunders, J. C Food rationing and supply. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 2: 580.—Training institutes for food control officials. N. Hampshire Health News, 1943, 21: No. 5, 19.—Viton, A. Rationing m theory and practice. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: Jolf o Wa^ra% P- M- We won'* st»rve- Hygeia, Chic, 194,5, 21: 364-71.—War-time consumption and rationing. Nature, Lond, 1943, 151: 371.—What to eat in war-time. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 1131. ---- complementary. Betr. Lebensmittelrationierung; Zusatzkarten. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh, 1942, 84: 323.—Extra rations for special cases. Bnt. M. J, 1940, 1: 1000.—Jones. J. Supplementing the dietary. Ibid, 1941, 1: 381.—New wartime feeding plans for children and war workers. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 313.— FOOD RATIONING 469 FOOD RATIONING Razioni complementari per alcuni lavoratori. Fol. med. Nap, 1941, 27: 679. ---- Effect. Anderson, C. A. Food rationing and morale. Am. Sociol. Rev, 1943, 8: 23-33.—Discussion et vote du rapport de M. Le Noir sur la pratique des activity physiques dans ses rapports avec la ration alimentaire actuelle. Bull. Acad, r&id., Par, 1942, 126: 241.—Eimer, K. Vorteile und Gefahren der Ernahrungseinschrankung. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 659.-—Gesundheit unter der Rationierung. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 270.-—Le Noir. Sur la pratique des activites physiques dans ses rapports avec la ration aUmentaire actuelle. Bull. Acad, mid.. Par, 1942, 126: 216.—Maladies et restrictions; tickettose et uramanie. Praxis, Bern, 1941, 30: 794.—Rationing and morale. Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, 1943, No. 108, 160.-—Richet, C. Sur la limitation temporaire des exercices physiques pendant la periode des grandes restrictions ali- mentaires. Bull. Acad, mid.. Par, 1942, 126: 72-5.—Widdow- son. E. M. The effects of wartime rationing on child health. Arch. Dis. Childh, Lond, 1942, 17: 61. ---- Medical and dietetic aspect. See also Diet. Adlersberg, D, & Hauser, T. Special diets under rationing. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 576.—Alimentation (L') des malades et le rationnement federal des denrees aUmentaires. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1942, 468-80.—Blumenthal, R. W. The doctor's part in food rationing. MUwaukee M. Times, 1943, 16: No. 5, 11.—Cox, G. L. Food rations at sanatoria. Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 68: 188.—Davies, C. K, jr. Procedure for obtaining more rationed foods because of illness. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1944, 13: 391.—Debre & Lesne. a) Note pour le corps medical sur les notions essentieUes de dietStique a rappeler dans les circonstances actueUes; b) ConseUs aux menageres et particuUerement aux mfires de famUle, aux itu- diantes sociales et aux personnes des oeuvres d'enseignement manager, pour obvier aux inconvenients du rationnement aU- mentaire. BuU. Acad, mid., Par, 1940, 123: 702-7.—Extra ration points for special diets. J. Indiana M. Ass, 1943, 36: 312-5.—Fairchild, T. E. The part of the physician in rationing. Wisconsin M. J, 1944, 43: 175-8.—Fleisch, A, & Kappeli, J. L'alimentation des malades dans le cadre du rationnement federal. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1942, Gegen Tuberk, 32-6.—Food rationing and the doctor. Bull. Acad. M. Cleve- land, 1944, 29: No. 10, 6, &c.—Foodstuffs for therapeutic use [under war-time rationing] Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 581.—Guex, M. Nouvelle reglementation des dispenses medicales. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 34.—Hey wood. J. D. The part of the physician in rationing. Wisconsin M. J, 1945, 44: 129.—Hoxie, G. H. Doctors and the rationing boards. Med. Times, Lond, 1943, 71: 239.—Invalid diets and food rationing. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1943, 33: 231.—Krankenernahrung (Die) im Rahmen der eidgenossischen Rationierung; Richtlinien fur Aerzte. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1942, 450-61.—Lapp. F. W. Diatverord- nungen im Kriege. Wien. med. Wschr, 1941, 91: 328-31.— McLaughlin, J. A. Supplementary food rations. N. England J. M, 1943, 229: 31.—Martel, H. Au sujet d'une circulaire qui attribue un supplement de ration aUmentaire aux malades internes des hopitaux psychiatriques. Bull. Acad, mid., Par, 1943, 127: 88.—Nuove (Le) norme per l'adeguamento deUe razioni alle esigenze dietetiche del malati. PoUcUnico, 1941, 48: sez. prat, 506.—Polk County plan for food rationing to patients requiring special diets. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1943, 33: 276-9.—Putto [Distribution of food for the sick, physicians and nursing personnel in Germany] Geneesk. gids, 1941, 19: 50.— Rathery, F. La ration aUmentaire de l'homme malade. J. mid. Paris, 1940, 60: 328-30. ------ Le personnel medical devant les restrictions aUmentaires. BuU. Acad, mid.. Par, 1941, 124: 80-90.—Remmen, E. T. The physician and the OPA in the management of patients requiring special thera- peutic diets. California West. M, 1944, 61: 290. ------ West, H, & Howson, C. The physicians' part in food ration- ing. Ibid, 1943, 58: 290.—Roueche, H. Les questions de rationnement aUmentaire a l'Academie de medecine et au Co- mite national de l'enfance. J. meU Paris, 1940, 60: 323-36.— Rowsome, F. H, jr. When your patient asks for a note to the Ration Board whether to comply with the request and what to say if you do. Med. Econom, 1942-43, 20: No. 6, 47; 124.— Weekly supplementary allowances of rationed foods for invalids. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1941, 4: 254. ---- Organization. Le Noir. Expose du programme de la Commission du rationnement aUmentaire. BuU. Acad, med. Par, 1940, 123: 651.—Mayer, A. Rapport au nom de la Commission du ra- tionnement aUmentaire. Presse mid., 1940, 48: 867. ---- Technic. Brockington, C. F. A comparison of the rationing systems in Germany and the United Kingdom. Pub. Health, Lond, 1944—45, 58: 54.—Goldmnnn, J. Differential rationing in prac- tice. Nutrit. Abstr, Aberdeen, 1942-43, 12: 453 (Abstr.)— Lesn6, E. Sur le rationnement alimentaire, a propos des cartes d'alimentation. Bull. Acad, med. Par, 1940, 123: 652-66. ■----- De la necessity de dfiplacer les centres de distribution des titres de rationnement actueUement dans les 6coles. Ibid, 1943, 127: 187.-—Payot, F. Quelques considerations adminis- tratives sur le rationnement des denrees alimentaires. Rev. mid. Suisse rom, 1942, 62: 540.—Point (The) system of ra- tioning. Science, 1943, 98: 379. ---- by countries. Dmochowski, L. Food conditions in occupied Poland; analysis of the German food-rationing system in Poland. 92p. 25cm. Lond., 1944. Egle, M. Die Rationierung von Lebensmitteln in der Schweiz. Ernahrung, 1943, 8: 171-4. ------ Rationierung in Schweden. Ibid, 233-6.—Food rations'in other countries. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 122-4.—Foot, D. Rations in occu- pied Europe. Lancet, Lond, 1944, 1: 167.—Melding nr. 419 fra Forsyningsdepartementet, Direktoratet for proviantering og rasjonering. Tskr. Norges laegeforb, 1942, 62: 400.— Melding nr. 574 fra Forsyningsdepartementet, Direktoratet for proviantering og rasjonering av 1. februar 1943. Ibid, 1943, 63: 77-85.—Monatsrationen (Die) im August 1943. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt. 1943, 66; 158; 202; 267.—Rations (Les) mensuelles en juUlet 1944. Ibid, 1944, 277-9.—Regime (Le) alimentaire actuel de la population beige, ses caractenstiques et l'influence qu'auraient sur lui les mesures envisagees pour lutter contre les restrictions des importations en temps de guerre. Bull. san. pub, Brux, 1939, 4: 783-819.—Soziale (Die) Seite der Rationierung in der Schweiz. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 308.— Ten Haaf, D. Y. Wartime food rationing in the Netherlands. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1946, 22: 984-6.—Vitamines et rationnement en Belgique. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 550. ---- by countries: France. Randoin, L., & Maillard, J. L'evolution des restrictions alimentaires au cours des annaes 1942, 1943 et 1944 pour les principales categories de consommateurs. p. 270-325. 24cm. Par., 1947. In: BuU. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment. Par, 1947, 35: 270-325. Justin-Besancon, L. Les restrictions aUmentaires dans les hopitaux de Paris pendant l'occupation. Bull. Acad, mid., Par, 1945, 129: 77-83.—Le Noir. Sur l'etat du rationnement alimentaire au dSbut de l'hiver 1942-1943. Ibid, 1942, 126: 496-500.—Minoli, R. F. Food rationing and mortaUty in Paris, 1940-1941. MUbank Mem. Fund Q, 1942, 20: 213-20.— Rothman, B. El racionamiento de los aUmentos en Francia (octubre de 1940 a setiembre de 1941) Rev. As. argent, dietol, 1943, 1: 133-42. ---- by countries: Germany. Christiansen, J. [Rationing in Germany] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 549.—Food rations in Axis and occupied countries, 1943. Month. Labor Rev, 1943, 57: 37-9.—Increase of food rations in shop canteens in Germany. Ibid, 1941, 52: 100.— Richter, J. H. Food rationing in Germany. Bull. Hyg, Lond, 1942, 17: 782 (Abstr.) ---- by countries: Great Britain. British Information Services [New York] Rationing of food in Great Britain. Rev. 1943. 14p. 23#cm. N. Y., 1943. British (The) figure improves with rationing. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 549.—Butter ration reduced [Great Britain] Ibid, 1940, 115: 1819.—Crane, J. The British pattern of food rationing for hospitals. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 4, 92-4.— Food distribution and rationing in Great Britain. Month. Labor Rev, 1941, 53: 1401.—Increase of food rationing; supplies well maintained [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1#31.—Plans for food control in war time [Great Britain] Ibid, 1938, 110: 1935.—Pyke, M. Four years of planned feeding in Great Britain. Nature, Lond, 1943, 151: 658.— Reduction of rationed foods. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 1383.— Wartime food control in Great Britain. Month. Labor Rev, 1942, 55: 728-34.—Wartime food and price control in Great Britain. Ibid, 1940, 50: 326.—War-time rationing and con- sumption. Brit. Food J, 1943, 45: 11. FOOD research. See under Research. FOOD substitute. Balavoine, P. Apercu sur les aliments de remplacement pendant la guerre; leur valeur nutritive. Mitt. Lebensmittel- untersuch, Bern, 1946, 37: 70-5.—BrueYe. _ Les succedanes aUmentaires et la sante pubUque; role educatif des sanitaires. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1945, 39: 248-51.—Food substitutes, control, order, 1941, of the Ministry of Food. Analyst, Lond, 1942, 67: 139.—Hogl, O. Die Ersatzlebensmittel in der gegenwartigen Kriegszeit. Zbl. ges. Hyg, 1943, 51: 178 (Abstr.)—Sampling of food substitutes. Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 67: 84. FOOD SUPPLY 470 FOOD SUPPLY FOOD supply. See also Civilian defense, Food service; Food rationing; Hospital service, Food supply; Ration supply. Clayton, C. P. G. The supervision of food supplies in war- time. Brit. Food J, 1940, 42: 41; 51; 61.—Food-supplies. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 1179.—Mackenzie, I. A. Food for aU. Bull, hyg, Montreal, 1943. 29: 1-15.— Martel, H. Rapport sur certaines viandes r6cuperables. Presse mid., 1943, 51: 51 (Abstr.)—Wickard, C. R. Food supplies. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: A1084. --- foreign. United States. Air Force. School of Applied Tactics. Living off the land...South- west Pacific tropics...Arctic. 79p. 25cm. Eglin Field, 1944 [?] Food from America. Brit. Food J, 1944, 46: 52.—Food supplies under the Lend-Lease Act. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1905.—Large amounts of U. S. foods wiU be shipped to Britain. Food Indust, 1941, 13: No. 4, 66.—Walworth, G. Foreign supplies [of food] In his Feeding the Nation, Lond, 1940, 31. ---- Geography. Russell, J. Britain's food in wartime. 32p. lS^cm. Lond., 1941. Abel, M. Food news in Hawau. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 328.—Alimentacao nacional. Fol. med, Rio, 1943, 24: No. 5, p. ix-xi.—Ample suppUes of essential foods [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941. 116: 156.—Babicka, M. The current food situation inside Poland. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 261-4.—Bigwood, E. J. Belgium's food problem. Ibid, 1945, 21: 69-72.—Bonney, T. De que se aUmenta agora o povo francos. Impr. med, Rio, 1942, 18: No. 342, 148-50.—Britain fortifies its food. Nova Scotia M. BuU, 1941, 20: 21-3.— Cronshaw, H. B. Britain gears food resources to war time needs. Food Indust, 1940, 12: No. 2, 43-5.—Davidson, C. S. Nutrition and food supply in Germany and Austria. Nutrit. Rev, 1946, 4: 161-3.—Europe eats meat today unable to save for tomorrow. Science News Lett, 1940, 37: 388.—Food crisis and nutritional requirements. J. Ind. M. Ass, 1943-44, 13: 116.—Food and nutrition in Scotland. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 252.—Food problem [India] J. Ind. M. Ass, 1942-43, 12: 167.—Food scarcity and gruel kitchen. Calcutta M. J, 1943, 40: 350.—Food (The) situation [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 793.—Food (The) situation in Europe. Ibid, 1386.—Food situation satisfactory [England] Ibid, 1941, 117: 1197.—Foot, D, & Davies, R. Food-supplies for Greece. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 1: 661.—Gotz, M. New menu in England. Food Indust, 1944, 16: 984.—Hammarskjold, B. Var livs- medelsforsorjning under nu pagaende krig; forutsattningar och utsikter. Nord. med, 1941, 11: 2658-62.—Harvey, T. E. Food-supplies in France and Belgium. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 28.—Jaffe, S. Why France goes hungry. Food Indust, 1941, 13: No. 9, 39.—Kephart, O. T, & Schell, E. D. The German food situation. Month. Labor Rev, 1941, 53: 283- 92.-—L, J. R. Wartime food developments in Germany. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1943, 49: 212.—Luna Freire do Pilar, 6, & Majela Bijos, G. Alimentos e medicamentos na guerra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1944, 52: 541-7. — Marrack, J. R. For European relief; feeding a hungry Europe. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1944, 40: 132.—Minoli, R. F. El problema de la ali- mentaci6n en Francia desde el 1 de octubre de 1940 al 30 de septiembre de 1941. Rev. med, B. Air, 1942, 4: 153-70.— National (The) food supply in war time [Netherlands] J. Am. M. Ass, 1938, 110: 1686.—Nutritional (The) state of rural Oxfordshire children. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1941, *i 255.— Peters, L. A. H. The contemporary food situation inside Hol- land. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 259.— Petitpierre, C. Food supply in Switzerland during the war. Biol. Human Affairs Lond, 1948-49, 14: 116-20.—Phipard, E. F. Preparations for longer time feeding in liberated countries. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 269.—Radin, G. Yugoslavian plans for restored food sufficiency. Ibid, 271-3.—Scarcity of food [Paris letter] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 1470.—SekuUch, M. State of nutri- tion in enemy-occupied Yugoslavia. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond 1943-44, 37: 118.—Spicknall, C. G, Fishburn, H. D, & Baum, W. S. O regime aUmentar na Alemanha e nos paises ocupados durante o segundo ano de guerra. Brasil. med, 1944, 58: 304-6.—Stamford, J. Must America go hungry? Am. Mer- cury. 1943, Jan, 92-101.—Starvation in Southern France. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 166.—Tecoz, H. F. L'alimentation en France depuis la perte de l'Afrique. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 382.—Thomson, J. C. The food problems of Free China. Nutrit. Rev, 1942-43, 1: 257-9.—Undernourishment a pressing problem [Belgium] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 116: 2881.—War- time eating centres. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 326.—Wilder, R. M. Nutrition in the United States; a program for the present emergency and the future. Ann. Int. M, 1940-41 14: 2189-98—Wright, N. C. Britain's feeding-stuffs gap; can it be closed? Vet. Rec, Lond, 1941, 53: 50-1.—Young, J. Food situation in Belgium. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1943-44 --- Organization. See also Food rationing, Organization. [United States] National Research Coun- cil. Committee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment. Subcommittee on Food Supplv. Bulletin, food supply. Wash., 1948- Appleby, P. H. What Hot Springs conference means to food processors. Food Indust, 1943, 15: No. 8, 59-61.— Boudreau, F. G. Food and nutrition poUcy here and abroad. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 215-8.—Burton, L. V. Where is the plan? Food Indust, 1942, 14: No. 4, 31. ------ Four jobs for war food requirements committee. Ibid, No. 7, 37.— Commission federate pour l'alimentation de guerre. Bull. Eidg. Gesundhamt, 1941, 555.—Committee to studv food needs of invaUds. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 383. Also IlUnois M. J, 1943, 83: 374.—Eden, Addison & Wool ton. Food con- ference at Hot Springs. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 122.—Food plans for wartime [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1939, 112: 2617 — Government plans for food in war time [Great Britain] Ibid, 113: 1143.—Harding, T. S. Food planning in a wartime economy. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1943, 19: 200.— O'Connor, M. E. A plan for meeting commodity needs in wartime. Ibid, 1942, 18: 515-7.—Scientific (A) food policy. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 309-11.—Tiedeman, W. D. Subcommittee on Food Supply. BuU. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash, 1949, 16. meet, 176.—Walworth, G. The preparation of wartime food plans. In his Feeding the Nation, Lond, 1940, 519-33.—Wilder, R. M. Nutrition planning for the national defense. War Med, Chic, 1941, 1: 143-57. ---- postwar. Bourne, G. Feeding post-war Europe. Nature, Lond, 1942, 149: 182-4.—Bringing Europe back to life; AlUes now at work on comprehensive plan. Nova Scotia M. Bull, 1942, 21: 266-8.—Problem (The) of feeding Europe after the war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 279. ---- Problems. Bacharach, A. L. Some nutritional problems of war and peace. Pharm. J, Lond, 1940, 91: 192.—Cowgill, G. R. Some food problems in war time. Am. Scientist, 1943, 31: 142-50. Also Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. (1943) 1944, 591-9.—Debre & Lesne. Sur les notions essentielles de diet^tique k rappcler dans les circonstances actueUes. J. m6d. Paris, 1940, 60: 326. Also Presse med, 1940, 48: 877.—Food in case of invasion and heavy bombing. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 158.—Food (The) problem. Ibid, 474-6.—Gannett, F. The food problem. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: A1382.—Guaranteed minimum diet. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 1: 1103.—Keys, A. War and mUi- tary food problems. Everybody's Health, S. Paul, 1942, 27: No. 4, 4.—Koehne, M. Wartime food problems. Ohio M. J, 1944, 40: 824-31.—Mann, B. A survey of some of the nutrition problems of war time. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1941, 37: 662.— Prescott, S. C. Food problems in wartime. J. Bact., Bait, 1943, 45: 47 (Abstr.)—Tecoz, R. M. Quelques problemes aUmentaires actuels. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 209. ----- Probldmes aUmentaires actuels. Ibid, 1943, 32: 5-8.— Verteuil, E. de. Radio talk on food problems during war time. Carib. M. J, Trinidad, 1943, 5: 82-6.—Walworth. G. The problem of feeding the nation in wartime. In his Feeding the Nation, Lond, 1940, 518-33.—Wartime food problems dis- cussed by IFT. Food Indust, 1942, 14: No. 7, 41-3 — Wilensky, A. O. The food problem in the present and in the postwar world. Rev. Gastroenter, N. Y, 1943, 10: 314. in war. Callow, A. B. Good health on war-time food. 32p. 16Hcm. Lond., 1941. Okey, R. E., & Luck, M. G. Wartime food for four income levels. 44 1. 27>£cm. Berkeley, 1943. Plimmer, V. G. Food values in war-time. 80p. 18cm. Lond., 1941. Ritzman, E. M. Calories in wartime. 16p. 23Hcm. Durham, 1942. United States. Human Nutrition and Home Economics Bureau. Fats in wartime meals. 4p. 28^cm. Wash., 1943. Amantea, G. II problema dei rapporti fra aUmentazione e riproduzione, e la sua importanza in condizioni di guerra. Gior. med. mil, 1940, 88: 697.—Aykroyd, S. K. Feeding the people in war-time. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1940, 9: 267-9.— Bartlett, A. C. Food in the present emergency. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1942, 18: 811-4.—Billington, L. K. The family's food in wartime. Wisconsin Bd Health Q. Bull, 1943, 8: No. 5, 36.— Bowes, A. D. Food in war time. Pennsylvania Health, 1943, 4: No. 2, 4.—Brockington, F. The fortification of foodstuffs. Pub. Health, Lond, 1940-41, 54: 26.—Burton, L. V. We are losing precious time. Food Indust, 1942, 14: 35.—Cannon, P. R. Food and the war. In: Med. & War (Taliaferro. W. H.) Chic, 1944, 23-39. Also Illinois Dent. J, 1944, 13: 3-14 — FOOD SUPPLY 471 FOOD SUPPLY Clements, F. W. Another scale of family coefficients. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 234.—Cowell, S. J. Food in war time. J. R. San. Inst, 1940-41, 61: 1-15.—Criticism of the war loaf [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 1903.—Diet in war-time; the carbohydrate foods. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1940, 3: 259-61.—Diet in war time; unrationed foods, fish, eggs, milk, cheese, pulses, nuts. Ibid, 208-13.— Doriot, G. F. Food and war. Nutrit. Rev, 1942-43, 1: 289-92.—Faure, L. Le ravitaillement national en viande en cas de guerre. Bull. Acad. vit. France, 1938, 11: 141-3.—Feeding the world. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 86.—Food changes due to the war [Gt. Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 162.—Food (The) situation [Great Britain] Ibid, 1941, 116: 2096; 2880; 1942, 118: 395; 576.— Food and the war. Ibid, 1940, 115: 536.—Food in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 122.—G. Die Aus- wirkung der Kriegsernahrung auf die deutsche Schuljugend. Deut. med. Wschr, 1940, 66: 1167.—Harding, T. S. Our food situation. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1942, 155: No. 15, 22-30. ------ Food in 1943. Am. J. Pharm, 1943, 115: 168-72. ----— Feeding folks at war. Ibid, 1944, 116: 268-75.—Hastings, M. Nutritional defense against germ invasion. Phys. Cult, N. Y, 1941, 85: 40; 63.—Irish, D. D. WU1 we eat? Chem. Leaflet, 1942-43, 16: No. 11, 56-60.—Kenwood, H. Our war-time food. Brit. Food J, 1940, 42: 101.—King, C. G. Food and nutrition as related to the war. Science, 1943, 97: 129-31.— McBride, G. W. What war has done to fats and oils supply. Food Indust, 1942, 14: No. 2, 57-9.—Mathews, S. Foods in wartime. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1943, 32: 329-33.—Maurizio, A. Pflanzennahrung in Zeiten der Missernte und des Krieges. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch, 1940, 31: 12-38.—More (The) we eat together. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 217.—Mottram, V. H. Food and the housewife. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 62-4.—Myers, W. I. The current food situation. Med. Woman J, 1943, 50: 208-13.—Nutrition in war time. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1940, 204: 393.—Pett, L. B. Nutrition, now and later. J. Am. Diet. Ass, 1942, 18: 837-9—Robinson, W. Food; its relation to fitness, unfitness, diseases and war. Clin. J, Lond, 1940, 69: 229-33.—Rowntree, J. Food in war time. Marriage & Family Liv, 1943, 5: 55.—Smith, S. W. A sound wartime dietary. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 63.—Walker, V. War and the famUy's food. Florida Health Notes, 1942, 34: 135.—Wal- worth, G. Wartime achievements and their effects. In his Feeding the Nation, Lond, 1940, 24-47.—War benefits. Good Health, 1941, 76: 36.—War-time food regulations. Med. Leg. Crim. Rev, Lond, 1940, 8: 241.—What the well-fed man will eat in 1943. CertU. Milk, 1943, 18: 9. ---- in war: Children, infants, and mothers. Bourne, G. War-time food for mother and child. 78p. 19cm. Lond., 1942. Great Britain. Ministry of Food. Your baby's food in war time, the first year. 20p. 18Hcm. Lond., 1942. Scotland. Department of Health. The feeding of infants and pre-school children; a guide for use in war-time nurseries. 4. ed. 20p. 21cm. Edinb., 1944. Bacchetta, V. La razione aUmentare dei bambini e deUe madri nutrici nei vari strati deUa popolazione di Roma nel quadrimestre dicembre 1944-marzo 1945. Arch. ital. pediat, 1949, 13: 235-60.—Bartoli, C. Lo sviluppo ponderale del lattante in Roma in rapporto con le condizioni aUmentari di guerra. Pediat. internaz, Roma, 1948, 1: 45-50.—Bewilligung zusatzhcher Lebensmittel fiir stiUende Mutter und Woch- nerinnen sowie fur Kinder und JugendUche als Spender von PoliomyeUtis-Rekonvaleszentenblut. Zbl. ges. Hyg, 1943, 51: 178.—Bokkel Huinink, A. ten [Feeding of chUdren during ration times] Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1940, 84: 3001-16.— Calvo Bernad, A. Profilaxis de las alteraciones nutritivas infantiles por curas crenocUmfiticas. Med. & cir. guerra, 1948, 10: 281-4.—Costantino, G. Contributo alio studio dei problemi dell'aUmentazione del bambino durante la guerra. Med. ital, 1943, 24: 119; passim.—Exchaquet, L. L'aUmentation du nourrisson en temps de guerre. Ann. paediat, Basel, 1942, 159: 177-86. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 342.— Frontali, G. Problemi deU'aUmentazione infantile durante e dopo la guerra. Pediatria (Riv.; 1947, 55: 721. ------ Inchiesta sull'aUmentazione infantile in Roma durante e dopo la guerra. Pediat. internaz, Roma, 1948, 1: 1-32.—Hofmeier, K. Die Ernahrung des gesunden Kindes unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kriegsverhaltnisse. Wien. med. Wschr, 1943, 93: 357-61.—Kerr. A. L. Feeding of chUdren. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 162.—MacNeill, N. M. Infant feeding in a rationed era. Pennsylvania M. J, 1943-14, 47: 209-11.— Miiller, E. Zur Ernahrung des Kindes in Notzeiten. Arch. Kinderh, 1946, 133: 26-34.—Oxenius, K. Entstehung und Losung aktueller Sauglingsprobleme in der Praxis. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 87-92.—Peruzzi, D. Relazione per uno studio sui regimi di alimentazione adottati in lattanti e bambini entro l'anno di eta durante due viaggi di circum- navigazione del continent* africano. Med. ital, 1948, 28: 301-5.—Saito, H. Senzi-ka no nyuzi eiyo [Nourishment of infants under wartime conditions] Tiryo, 1944, 26: 174-84.— Tanaka, K. Senzi-ka nyOyozi eiyo sido no taiken [Experience in the direction of ,.] Naika & syonika, 1943, 3: 64-7.— Widdowson, E. M, Wilson, D. C. [et al.] Wartime rationing and children's health. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 920. ------ Discussion on the effects of war-time rationing on chUd health. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1941-42, 35: 273-S. FOOD transport. Egan, H. E. Inspection and transportation of perishable food items by air-Uft. Med. Bull. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 2, 1.—Forbes, D. Cargo space and the food supply. J. R. San. Inst, 1940-41, 61: 136-40— Increased food re- strictions to save shipping. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 879. FOOT. See also Boot; Chiropody; Medical examina- tion, Foot; Shoe; Surgical technic. Barry, D. Foot standards for war service. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1942, 1: 404-6.—Feet of the future. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 911.—Fernald, J. M. Plaster foot models. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 76, 121.—Foot (The) and its rela- tion to military service. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 591-601.—Foot standards under Selective Service. J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod, 1941, 31: No. 9, 19.—Harris, R. I, & Beath, T. X-ray technique for the study of foot architecture. Proc. Com. Army M. Res. [Canada] 1944, 5. meet. No. 4, C.6114, App. C, 1-3, 5 fig — Piatt, H. The soldier's foot. Bull. War M, Lond, 1943-44, 4: 690.—Roven, M. D. MiUtary podiatry. In: Modern Foot Ther. (Gross, R. H.) N. Y, 1948, 656-76, illust.—Schuster, O. N. Keeping the Marines on their toes. Merck Rep, 1943, 52: 4-8.—Soldier's (The) foot. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 2: 312 — Sudo, 1. On the relation between sole reflex and pain in the calf muscles. BuU. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1931, 20: No. 5, Suppl, 5 (Abstr.)—Toubert. La podologie dans l'armee. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1945, 39: 155-9. ---- Appliances and prosthesis. See also Prosthesis. United States. War Department. Office op the Surgeon General. Circular letter No. 154: Arch support program (Insert type) 5p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Foot and ankle. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 156.—Rosnovsky, A. [A variation of the Ught wire splint for immobiUzation of the tibiotarsal joint and of the foot] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 10, 79-81.—Street, D. M. Plexiglass arch supports. Air Surgeon BuU, 1945, 2: 109. ---- Defect and disability. See also next subheading. Heim, H., & Wunderlich, H. Fufischaden und Kriegstauglichkeit; wehrmachtarztliche Er- fahrungen und praktische Richtlinien zur Be- handlung. 58p. 24cm. Lpz., 1940. Also 2. Aufl. 58p. 24cm. Lpz., 1943. Ruther, H. *Spatresultate der Klump- fussbehandlung hinsichtlich der Wehrfahigkeit. 19p. 21cm. Heidelb., 1939. Baumann, E. Probleme der statischen Erkrankungen (mechanisch-biologisches Missverhaltnis) im MUitardienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 709.—Braun, G. S. Pes cavus, bUateral; a case report. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 346-8 — Burnham, W. H. Army foot disabUities. MU. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 20-4.—Debrunner, H. Die sogenannten statischen Bein- beschwerden und ihre Beurteilung im MiUtardienst. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 62-72.—Disabilities of the foot. BuU. Army M. Dir, Lond, 1942, No. 13, 1-3. Also Select. Army M. Dep. BuU, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 19-21.—Down- grading for foot defects. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 26, 7.—Dredge, T. E. Physical treatment of disabUities of the foot commonly encountered in military service. Arch. Phys. Ther, 1943, 24: 653-9.—Farrier, R. A, & Roberts, L. J. Foot disabiUties found in aviation personnel. Contact, Pensacola, 1943-44, 3: 255-62.—Ferciot, C. F. Foot disabiUties considered from a functional view, as related to mUitary and civil life. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 220-4.—Geckeler, E. O. Disorders of the foot in relation to military service. Med. Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 1843-57.—Grebe, H. Ueber Fussfehler und InfanterietaugUchkeit. Deut. Militararzt, 1942 7: 392-4 — Hale, T„ jr. The cause and prevention of weak feet. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 518-35.—Helferich, H. Eine HUfe bei schmerzhaftem Spreizfuss im Krieg und Fneden. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1944, 91: 470.—Kendrick, R. E. Congenital talipes equinovarus; treatment with the modified Denis Browne splint. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1949, 49: 730-5.—Salsbury, C. R. The diagnosis and grading of foot disabilities in the recruit. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1944-45, 2: 671-81.—Scherb, R., Francillon, FOOT 472 FOOT M. R, & Burckhardt, E. Fussbeschwerden im MUitardienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 701-5.—Splithoff, C. A. Symptomatic weak feet in naval personnel. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 1045-7.—Stevenson, A. S. The management of disabUities of the feet in the Army. Med. Clin. N. America, 1943, 27: 1129-53. Hygiene. Disease. See also other subheadings; also Cold injury, Immersion foot and trench foot. Harris, R. I., & Beath, T. Clinical investiga- tion of soldiers' foot ailments. 19p. 28cm. Ottawa [?] 1944 [?] Forms No. C-6068, Rep. Assoc. Com. Army M. Res. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada. ---- Army foot survey; an investigation of foot ailments in Canadian soldiers. 2 v. in 1. [v. p.] 28}£cm. Ottawa, 1947. Forms No. 1574, Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada. New, W. N., & Haynes, H. A., jr. Skin disorders of the feet; stress in relation to. v. 1 [34] 1. 27cm. Camp Lejeune, 1945. Forms Res. Proj. X-441, U. S Nav. M. Field Res. Laborat. United States. Army. Surgeon-General's Office. Minor foot ailments; shoe fitting. 32p. 15Hcm. Wash., 1918. Armstrong, G. W. Foot problems in soldiers. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1943, 210: 103-6.—Blancardi. A propos des pieds de tranchees. Maroc mid., 1940, 20: 129-32.—Clen- dening, L. Navy foot trouble; good feet essential for our sailors, too. Chiropody Rec, 1941, 24: 71.—Cold feet. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 47-9.—Daniels, B. T., & Wilson, C. H. A survey of foot complaints on road marches. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 306-12.—Ferloni, A. V. J. Patologia y tratamientos para el pie del soldado de infanterfa. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 58; 134; 244.—Foot problems in the Army. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1945-46, 3: 434.—Greeley, P. W. Plastic repair of radiation ulcers of the sole. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 827-30.—Greene, R. The prophylaxis of trench foot. Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 270.—Gruji6, M. Novokainska blokada lumbalnog simpatikusa kod recidivirajuce gangrene stopala iza preboljelog pjegavca. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 378- 80.—Harris, R. I. Foot problems in the Army and out of it. BuU. Vancouver M. Ass, 1943-44, 20: 273-6. ------ & Beath, T. Clinical investigation of soldiers' foot ailments. Proc. Com. Army M. Res. [Canada] 1944, 5. meet. No. 4, C. 6114, 1.—Kark, W. Foot strain in the services. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 83: 166-71.—Krotkov, F. Potertosti. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 795-7.—Lake, N. C. Frost-bite and trench foot. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (BaUey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 530-47.—MacKenzie. J. Clinical investigation of soldiers' foot ailments. Proc. Com. Army M. Res. [Canada] 1944, 5. meet. No. 4, C. 6114, App. A, 1-5, 19 fig.—Marwil, T. B, & Brantingham, C. R. Foot prob- lems of Women's Reserve. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 4, 98-100.—Niles, H. D, & Medina Romero, M. A. Dermatitis producida por la piel del zapato. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1940, 4: 118-23.—Pieds gelea et pieds maceres (pieds de tranches, donnSes cliniques et therapeutiques) Maroc med, 1940, 20: 120-2.—Ragan, C, & Schecter, A. E. Clinical observations on early trench foot. Med. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 260-4.—Schmier, A. A. The foot prob- lem as seen in soldiers. Am. J. Surg, 1946, 72: 668-78.— Wesson, A. S. Foot strain. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 134-6.—Witten, V. H., & Leider, M. Minor pathologic conditions of the foot in Navy personnel. U. S Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 764-8.—Wood, H. L. C. The foot problem in service cases. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1941-42 35: 193-5. ---- Flatfoot. Appleton, A. B. Flat-foot in the Army. Brit. M. J 1941 2: 355.—Burkitt, R. T. Flat-foot in recruits. Ibid, 1: 967.— Cardenas, M. de. El pie piano por insuficiencia en los heridos de guerra. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1941, 6: 257-67. — Der Plattfuss infolge Insuffizienz bei Kriegsver- wundeten. Zbl. Chir, 1943, 70: 650 (Abstr.)—Cuttle, T. D. A. method for evaluating the muscle balance in so-caUed flat foot in recruits for the Navy. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943 41- 216-9.—Flatfoot. Statist. Navy M, 1949, 5: No 8 '6— Hipps, H. E, & Neely, H. The injection treatment of flat feet. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 262-6—Piatt, A. D. What is meant by degree of flat-foot? Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 327-30 — Sjovall, H. [Flat-foot and its affections] Tskr. mil. halsov. 1941, 66: 80-8.—Todd. A. H. The treatment of flat feet in recruits. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1941, 206: 130-6 The treatment of flat feet in recruits. Mod." Treat. Yearb Lond, 1942, 8: 210-23.—Vogl. A. Zur BeurteUung von Senkfussen bei der Truppe. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1942, 72: 2b.—Zur Verth Dienstbeschadigung bei Plattfuss. Veroff. Heer. San, 1939, No. 108, 140-7, illust. See also Epidermophytosis; Foot injury; Prisoner of war, Disease. Crisp, E. J. Physiotherapy and the soldier's foot. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1941-42, 35: 217-20.—Csavoy, R. J., km. Lond., 1949. Bergounioux, J. Le formulaire des hopitaux militaires egyptiens en 1840. Bull. Soc. hist, pharm. Par, 1919, 24-30 — Changes in the National War Formulary. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: Suppl, 25-7.—Heathcote, R. St A. National War Formu- lary, 1941. Practitioner, Lond, 1942, 148: 101-4.—Leak, W. N. National War Formulary. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 788.— National War Formulary. BuU. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 228 (Abstr.) Also Brit. M. J, 1947, 2: 225.—Quinn, D. E, & Lazar, H. The hospital formulary. Med. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1942-43, 19: 435-9.—Wartime prescribing; the National War Formulary. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 118: 551.— Wartime prescribing; scope of National War Formulary. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 662. FORT Bragg fever. Fort Bragg fever and other short fevers in the chimpanzee. Res. Program U. S. Army Med. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 119.— Tatlock, H. Studies on a virus from a patient with Fort Bragg fever (pretibial fever) J. Clin. Invest, 1947, 26: 287-97. FORT Churchill experiment (1946-48) See also Cold environment; Operation, arctic. Blair, J. R, Urbush, F. W., & Reed, I. T. Preliminary observations on physiological, nutritional, and psychological problems in extreme cold, Fort ChurchiU, Canada (whiter, 1946-1947) Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Laborat, Fort Knox, 1947, App. B, No. 8, 1-40, 4 pi.—Molnar, G. W, Blair, J. R. [et al.] Studies of physiological problems under field conditions in extreme cold, Fort ChurchiU, Manitoba. Canada, winter 1947-18. Ibid, App. D, Proj. 3, No. 11, 1. FORTIFICATION. See also Defense. Akodus, J. Krepost. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 3: 99-104.—Grisham, V. I, & Shvorin, B. I. [Organization of medical work in construction projects in fortified areas] Sovet. med, 1942, 6: No. 8, 27-9.—Osipenko, K. DZOT. (derevo-zemljanaja ognevaja todka) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 458. ------ DOT (dolgovremennaja ognevaja todka) Ibid, 2: 573-5. FOWL plague. See under Epizootic. FRACTURE. See also Crutch walking; Fat embolism; In- jury—by organs and regions: Bones; March frac- ture; Orthopedics; Surgical technic, Fracture. Hanyuda, K., & Takikawa, K. Sensyo kossetu. [War fractures] p. 665-741. 25^>cm. Tokyo, 1942. Nippon seikeigeka gakkai zassi, 1942-43, 17: Porto, E. M. Piano de organisacao para a assistencia aos fraturados na guerra. 20p. 23^cm. Rio, 1938. Alvargonzalez, L. Nuestra experiencia en las fracturas de guerra. Cir. ap. locomotor, Madr, 1944, 1: 337-61, Ulust.— Buxton, St J. D. The fracture problem in war time. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1941, 146: 311-6.—Carerj, L. SuUe fratture di guerra. BoU. Soc. piemont. chir, 1940, 10: 166-85.—Coventry, M. B, & Macey, H. B. Wartime fractures in the Navy. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 34-7.—Coyle, J. T., & Thompson, W. D., jr. Fractures in battle casualties. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 57-63.—Darrach, W. Fractures sustained in war. Am. J. Surg, 1942, 56: 341. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 322-4.—Diez Rodriguez. D. F. Meditaciones sobre las fracturas de guerra. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 4: 401-9, Ulust.—Fracture, simple. Statist. Navy M, 1948, 4: No. 6, 2-4.—Kaplan, A, & Andreev, F. Perelomy kostej (fractura ossis) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 426-38.—Nordentoft, J. M. Some cases of soldier's fracture. Acta radiol, Stockh, 1940, 21: 615-21.—Schroder, F. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der schleichenden Frakturen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 491.—Simple fractures in bad position. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 29, 8. --- Apparatus and instruments. See also Fracture table; Orthopedics, Appa- ratus; Splint. Bond, B. J. Small type skeletal traction apparatus. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 124-6.—Cashman, W. M. The Haynes external fixation splint in the treatment of lower extremity fractures. Ibid, 1945, 44: 257-61.—Clark, T. H. Bed frame & litter for handling fracture of the spine. Air Surgeon Bull, 1944, 1: No. 9, 21.—Donehue, F. M. Com- bined stretcher and treatment bed for transportation of pelvic and spinal injuries. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 444-6.— Faber, K. Ein neuer Schraubenzugapparat fur das Bein. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1941, 6: 74.—Fitzgerald, F. P. The use of Cramer wire. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 643-53.—Graeme, M. L. A walking caUper for Pott's fracture. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1946, 32: 285.—Grizaud. Appareil de visee pour osteodese par broches ou boulons, de construction facUe (en campagne) Afrique fr. chir, 1944, 2: 74-7.—Gunther, W. A, & Holzer, N. T. An apparatus for the reduction of fractures of the wrist and forearm. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1760-3.—Hand, W. F. Device for use in transverse fractures of the patella. Ibid, 42: 1182.—Hoffmann, R. Tuteur a rotules et fractures de guerre. Rev. chir. Par, 1940, 78: 140-53.—Ivankovich, V. A. [An apparatus for reposition and fixation in fractures of the femur and lower leg] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 7, 61-7.—Kaganovich-Dvorkin, A. L. [An apparatus for operative treatment and fixation of the lower extremity with unUorm extension] Ibid, 58-61.— Kromer, K. Eine neue Extensions-Transportschiene fiir Oberschenkel-, Knie- und Unterschenkelschussbruche. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 661-3.—Lawson, J. A device to replace the walking iron in plaster cases. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 39.-—Moore, M, jr. Improvised metal pins for skeletal transfixion. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 1036.—Portable lightweight fracture frame. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 85, 32.-—Regnault, J. Appareils de marche avec etrier de deoharge pour fractures et lesions diverses du membre inferieur chez l'homme; apphcation possible en chirurgie veterinaire. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1917, 17: 33-7. ------ La guerre et les appareils de marche pour fractures du membre inferieur. J. prat. Par, 1940, 54: 51-4.—Ribble, G. B. T. Elastic traction device for the Thomas and similar metal splints. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 170—Saypol, G. M. A spUnt for the treatment of fractured fingers requiring traction. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 226-8.—Silver, C. M, & Rusbridge, H. W. Cal- ibrated bone-holding clamp. Bull. U. S. Army M, Dep, 1944, No. 77, 119. ------ Traction apparatus for fractures of femur. Ibid, 1946, 6: 196.—Walsh, W. E., & Stubenbord, J. G. Buck's extension apparatus; support for pulley in traction. Hosp. Corps Q, 1949, 22: 35.—Weissberg, J. L. An improvised traction frame. Med. BuU. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 1: No. 5, 34.—Woolfrey, H. J, Willard, D. H. [et al.] Molded plaster slabs. Hosp. Corps Q, 1947, 20: 12-4. ---- compound. Arnulf, Ferrand & Boquet. De l'emploi de la penicUline dans les osteosyntheses pour fracture ouverte des membres. Reun. mid. chir. Armee fr, 1946 num. spic, 123-9.—Bugyi, I. Ein zweizeitiger Behandlungsweg offener Frakturen. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-13, 3: 505 (Abstr.)—Cherry, J. H. Treatment of compound fractures in World War II. South. M. & S, 1947, 109: 148-51.—Compere, E. L. The treatment of compound fractures in the war injured. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 205-10.—Davidson, W. D. The treatment of compound fractures. MU. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 688-91.—Deibert, I. E. The treatment of compound fractures in war time. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1943, 40: 12-4.—Grenade, A. H. Resultats du traitement des fractures ouvertes du temps de guerre. Acta chir. belg, 1947, 85-108.—Hendry, R. W. Early closure of compound fractures. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 10-5.—Livingston, S. K. Results in compound fractures with osteomyeUtis as experienced by the Veterans Administration over the past 20 years. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1942, 74: 546-8.—Lyon, W. F. Compound fractures. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 53-9.—MacFarlane, J. A. Com- pound fractures in war 1944. Lancet, Lond, 1945, 1: 135-8.-— Mensor, M. C. Treatment of compound fractures and osteo- myeUtis from war wounds, with moving picture demonstration. BuU. Am. CoU. Surgeons, 1943, 28: 133.—Milne, R., & Bailey, H. Compound fractures of individual bones. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (BaUey, R.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 662-7.—Nakamura, A. Zyutoku-naru hukuzatu kossetu kansensd no syoti ni tuite [Management of seriously-infected wounds due to compound fractures] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 303, 945.—Newell, E. D. The treatment of compound fractures under war conditions. J. Tennessee M. Ass, 1942, 35: 304-8.—Nicholson, J. T., Ferguson, L. K. [et al.] Treatment of compound fractures aboard a hospital ship- U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 607-22 — Pugh, H. L. Compound fractures. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 39-53.—Romney, H. Tratamiento de las fracturas abiertas de guerra. San. & benef. mun, Habana, 1942-43, 2: 225-32.— Scudder, C. L., Kennedy, R. H. [et al.] Compound fractures and wounds in war. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1941, 73: 757.—Shaar, C. M, Harris, R. I. [et al.] Fractures. Clinics, PhUa, 1943-44, 2: 1155-64.—Stanek, W. F, & Peterson, W. C. Compound fractures occurring in the Army; factors influencing treatment. Am. J. Surg, 1945, 67: 333-41.—Talkenberger, A. Kon- servative oder operative Behandlung der komplizierten FRACTURE 476 FRACTURE KnochenbrUche? BuU. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 139-41 (Abstr.)—Toffelmier, D. D. Experiences with compound fractures from the Pacific combat area with presentation of new appliances for the care of the war injured. Bull. Am. CoU. Surgeons, 1943, 28: 132.-—Watson-Jones, R. Open and infected fractures and war wounds. In his Fractures, 3. ed, Edinb, 1943, 1:203-53. ---- Fatigue fracture. See also March fracture. Borsay, J, Dettre, G, & Honig, V. Tulterhel6ses toresek. Honvedorvos, 1950, 2: 501-9, iUust.—Fatigue fractures (in- cluding march fracture) BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 28, 1.—Gershon-Cohen, J, & Doran, R. E. Fatigue-stress fractures; diverse anatomic location and similarity to malignant lesions. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 674-84.—Honecker, K. Ueberlastungsschaden am Knochensystem. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 234-41.—Miiller, W. Der miUtarische Abrisser- miidungsschaden. Ibid, 283-6.—Mussgnug. Ermudungs- briiche der Knochen. Med. KUn, Berl, 1940, 36: 1256 (Abstr.)—Richmond, D. A. Fatigue fractures. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 12, 9-12. ---- gunshot. See also Injury—by weapons: Gunshot. Teneff, S. Le fratture d'arma da fuoco. p.362-97; 1088-1123; 1184-220. 25cm. Tor., 1940. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940. Debrunner, H. Ueber Schussfrakturen. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1940, 70: 1015-9.—Fractures caused by projectUes. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 602—42.—Hickson, S. Gunshot injuries of long bones and joints. In: Rep. Surg. Cases S. Afr. War (Stevenson, W. F.) Lond, 1905, 169-96, 31 pi.— Podoliak, G. A. Diagnostika i lecenie ognestrenykh perelomov krupnykh trub6atykh kostej v uslovijakh mediko-sanitarnogo bataljona. Vest, khir, 1948, 68: No. 5, 75. ---- gunshot: Treatment. See also Plaster of Paris; Surgical technic, Fracture. Lange, F., & Trumpp, J. Die Behandlung der Schussfrakturen. p.52-102. 18cm. Miinch., 1915. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, Miinch, 1915, 3. T. Babich, B. K. [Comparative evaluation of various methods in treatment of gun-shot fractures in evacuation hospitals] Ortop. travmat, Kharkov, 1940, 14: No. 5, 12-7.—Border, L. GrundsatzUches zur Behandlung von Knochenschussbrucheo und Gelenkschussen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung schadi- gender Massnahmen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 2: 212—36.—Bohm, G. S. [Divers views concerning plas- ter treatment of gunshot fracture at rear hospitals] Sovet. med, 1943, 7: No. 7, 20-2.—Fuchs, B. [Measures for pre- venting deformation and shortening in gunshot fractures] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 32-6.—Gebhardt, K., & Stump- fegger, L. Zur Versorgung der Knochenschussverletzungen. In: Kriegschir. Ratgeber, Berl, 1941, 99-104.—Heusser, H. Schuss-Frakturen und ihre Behandlung in der Front. Praxis, Bern, 1940, 29: 233-7.—Hohmann, G. Die funktionellen Gesichtspunkte bei der Behandlung der Schussfrakturen. In: Kriegschir. Ratgeber, Berl, 1941, 144-9.—Holle, F. Die primaren Verbandanordnungen bei GUedmassenschussbriichen und ihr Einfluss auf die endgiiltige Haltung versteifter Gelenke. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 597-604.—Killian, H. Der Dis- traktionsgipsverband als Verfahren der Wahl fur die Versorgung der Knochenschussbruche im Felde. Ibid, 263-7.—Lange, I. Die Behandlung der Folgezustande von Schussfrakturen. In: Taschenb. d. Feldarzt, Munch, 1915, 3. T, 103-31, illust.— Novotelnov, S. A. [Closed plaster treatment of gunshot frac- tures] Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 554 (Abstr.)— Palmer, I. Nyare erfarenheter rorande skottfrakturernas behandUng. Tskr. mU. halsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 12-28.— Petrov, B. A. Le6enie ognestrelnykh perelomov glukhoj gip- sovoj povjazkoj. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 405.—Prikhodko, A. K. [Immobilizing dressings in treatment of gun-shot fractures in evacuation hospitals] Ortop. travmat, Kharkov, 1940, 14: No. 5, 17-26.—Reichstein, D. I. [Closed method in treatment of gun-shot fractures in evacuation hospitals] Ibid, 97-101.—Sedykina, N. V. [Ob- servations on the treatment of gun-shot fractures in evacuation hospitals] Ibid, 48-55.—Tikhodeev, S. M. Roi kostnykh oskolkov v processe zaiivlenija ognestrelnykh perelomov kostej po rentgenovskim dannym. In: Sborn, nauch. rabot evako- hosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 187-93.—Weinstein, V. G. Osnovnye principy lecebnoj immobiUzacU ognestrelnykh perelomov. Tr. Evakohosp, Leningr, 1943, No. 2, 17-29. ---- Healing [incl. delay] Byrne, J. J., & Watson, W. M. Healing of a fracture after delayed treatment. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1736-41.— Causes and prevention of delayed union of fractures (M. R. C. War Wounds Committee) Bull. War M, Lond, 1943-44, 4: 559-61.—Dixon, J. L. Radiographic evaluation of healing fractures. MU. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 796-8.—Frisch. O. Die Pseudarthrose nach Schussfrakturen der langen Rohrenknochen und ihre Behandlung. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 2: 497-525.—Healing of war fractures. Rep. M. Res. Counc, Lond. (1939-45) 1948, 39.—Krockert, G. Lasst sich durch Vitamingaben eine verstarkte Mineralisation bei der Frakturregeneration im Rontgenbild beobachten? BuU. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 267 (Abstr.)—Okuyama, S. On the effect of hot-springs on secondary symptoms of bone-fraoture observed from skin temperature. BuU. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1940, 29: Suppl, 15.-—Pezzi, G. Su un metodo di poliradiotera- pia associato aUa cura interna nelle decalcificazioni localizzate. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1946, 51: 193-8.—Popov, V. N., & Ivanov, N. I. [The effect of procaine block on the healing of bone fractures; on the role of the neural factor in the pathologv of bone fractures] Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 436 (Abstr.)—Sloat, J. I. Treatment of non-union of shaft frac- tures. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 28-39.—Stephenson. N. R. Studies of fracture healing; investigation of fracture healing at the R. C. N. Hospital, St. John's Newfoundland. Proc. Com. Nav. Med. Nat. Res. Counc. Canada, 1945, 4. meet, 113-9. ------ & Stock, O. M. Studies on fracture healing; phos- phatase activity after bone injury in rats. Ibid, 123-5.— Yamada, S. Sensyo ni yoru kari-kansetu ni tuite [Pseudar- throsis caused by war-wounds] Gun idan zassi, 1940, No. 323, 395-412, 4 pi. — March fracture. See March fracture. ---- Prognosis. Argiielles Lopez, R. Secuelas de las fracturas de guerra; rigideces articulares; contracturas y anquUosis. Rev. espan. med. cir. guerra, 1938, 1: 253-60, iUust.—Glasner, J. A re- cuperagao do fraturado na guerra. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1941, 30: 403-12.—Orr, H. W. Determining factors in the end-results following war wounds and compound fractures. War Med. Sympos,_N. Y, 1942, 314-21.—Wojciechowski. Schorzenia urazowe i pourazowe kosei; nowsze poglady na ich przebieg i leczenie. Lek. wojsk, 1928, 12: 269. ---- Transportation. See also Wounded, Transportation. Uchenko, P. J, & Lurie, M. S. [Sur certaines erreurs et insuccea dans le traitement des fractures fermees et par arme a feu des membres en tenant compte de formes d'immobilisation de transport aux diverses stapes de l'dvacuation] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940, No. 10, 142-6.—Kirk, N. T. Entablillamiento de urgencia de las fracturas para el trasporte (transl.) Rev. san. mil, Lima, 1934, 7: 410-20, 3 pi.—Nilsson, J. R. A pro- gram for first aid and transportation of fractures on railroads. Proc. Med. Surg. Sect. Ass. Am. Railr, 1940, 20: 68-76.— Splinting and transportation of fracture cases. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1943, 2: 102-7.—Stewart, W. J. The transportation of soldiers with fractures. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1947, 84: 750-2.—Tregubov, S. L. [ImmobiUzation on the battle field] Ortop. travmat,;Kharkov, 1940, 14: No. 5, 82-6 ---- Treatment. See also Surgical technic, Fracture. Bosworth, B. M. Treatment of fractures in the combat area. Am. J. Surg, 1945, 67: 342-59.—D'Harcourt, J, & Pruneda, J. Normas generates de tratamiento de las fracturas de guerra. Rev. espafi. cirug, 1935, 17: 4-25, Ulust.—Ghorm- ley, R. K. Treatment of war-time fractures. Proc. Mayo CUn, 1940, 15: 673.—Harris, R. I. Treatment of war fractures. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 246-50. ------ Treatment of war fractures. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1944-45, 2: 6-10.—Hingston, D. Le traitement des fractures de guerre. Union mid. Canada, 1943, 72: 803-5.—Kirschner, M. Die Behandlung der Knoch- enbrUche im Kriege. Veroff. Marine San, 1942, H. 34, 13-10. Also Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 80 (Abstr.)— Lazzeroni, A. Sul trattamento dei fratturati esposti nella pratica di guerra. Forze san, Roma, 1936, 5: 1670-3.— Leitao, M. Aparelhagem e tratamento de fracturas, no exercito em campanha. Clin. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1938, 4: 107-13 — MacGregor, K. H. The treatment of fractures in war and in peace. Brooklyn Hosp. J, 1948, 6: 146-53.—Marques Porto. E. Da assistencia aos fraturados na guerra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 353-73.—Nichols, E. Mechanics of fracture therapy in smaU animals. Army Vet. BuU, 1942, 36: 296- 301.—Picot. Traitement des fractures de guerre. Bull. med. Par, 1940, 54: 235.— Rebaudi, F., & Musso, A. Tratta- mento e risultati nelle fratture di guerra. Chir. org. movim, 1940-41, 26: 333-48. Also English transl, Surg, Gyn. Obst, 1942, 74: Suppl, 79 (Abstr.)— Roca, C. A, & Lazaroni, A. F. Fracturas de guerra. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1945, 44: 1110-; 29.—Trattamento (II) delle fratture degli arti in chirurgia di guerra. Pohclinico, 1940, 47: sez. prat, 1623.—Treatment of war fractures. Brit. M. J, 1940, 1: 948. FRACTURE 477 FRACTURE ---- Treatment: Fixation and immobilization. Anquin, C. E. de. Fijaci6n externa con ferula Stader, en fracturas; dos principales indicaciones. Rev. san. mil, B. Air. 1946, 45: 982-97.—Bradford, C, & Wilson, P. D. Mechanical skeletal fixation in war surgery; report of 61 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1942, 75: 468-76.—Cuervo y Castillo, T. A proposito de un pequefio dispositivo adaptable a las barrenas para la medici6n autom&tica de la longitud del tornillo en las osteoslntesis. Bol. Hosp. milit, Habana, 1949, 2: 54.— Fixation of fractures with metal. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No 83, 3-5 —Hodge, N. V. La fijacion metaUca interna en los fracturados de las fuerzas ae>eas. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43: 18-20.—Hoffmann. R. Closed osteosynthesis, with special reference to war surgery. Acta chir. scand, 1942, 86: 235-66.—Kuentscher, G. IntrameduUary splinting. Med BuU. U. S. Chief Surg, Europ. Theater, 1947, 3: No. 2, 5-8.— Martin Santos, L. Forma de inmoviUzar los fracturados ante la evacuaci6n. Libro de actas Jorn. med. espafi. (1943) 1944, 3. Jorn, 2: 236.—Peterson, L. T. External skeletal fixation. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: 766-9.—Spriggs, J. B. Haynes splint treatment of fractures of the long bones. MU. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 191-3.—Trueta, J. Reduction and fixation of fractures. In his Principl. & Pract. War Surg, S. Louis, 1943, 236-42, illust.—Zuelzer, W. A. An indirect method of fixation of smaU fractured fragments with the help of a hook- plate; a preliminary report. Med. BuU. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: No. 3, 16-20. ---- Treatment: Methods. Bohler, L. Technik der Knochenbruchbe- handlung im Frieden und im Kriege. 7. Aufl. Bd 2. p.789-1578. 24>£cm. Wien, 1941. Also 9.-11. Aufl. 3v. 24>km. Wien, 1943-44. Mathieu, A. *Penicilline dans les osteosyn- theses pour fractures exposees de guerre [Lyon] 66p. 25cm. Bourg, 1945. Ettorre, E. _ A proposito del metodo chiuso di cura deUe ferite osteoarticolari neUa guerra di movimento. Bol. Soc. piemont. chir, 1940, 9: 185-94.—Fontaine, R. Les fractures de guerre et leur traitement; quelques reflexions concernant notre experience personneUe. Strasbourg med, 1947, 107: 163-73. ------& Wiest, E. Les fractures de guerre et leur traitement; quelques reflexions concernant notre experience personneUe. BuU. internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1948, 21:1-24.-— Hall, H. B. Management of fractures under war conditions. Minnesota M, 1943, 26: 537-9.—Jeffrey, J. S. Battle casualty fractures in Italy; treatment with peniciUin. Brit. J. Surg, 1944-45, 32: 144-7.—Keating, C. RehabUitation of fractures in the Royal Navy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1943, 209: 168-70. Also Mod. Treat. Yearb, Lond, 1944, 10: 246-50, pi.—Koshkina, E. L. Parafinoterapia svezikh perelomov. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin. A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 208-11.—Laning, R. H., Small, W. D., & Flower, C. F. Management of fractures in the United States Navy. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 1703-22.—Leriche. Orthopedic treatment of fractures. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 7: 836-9.—Mayr, O. Einfache, unblutige Korrektur schlecht stehender Frakturen im Kriege. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1943, 90: 571-4.—Mester, Z. A harcteri toreskezelesrol 14 honap tapasztalatai alapjan. Orvostud. kozl, 1944, 5: 256.—Miyosi, M. Genti ni oite tiken-seru kotu-sensyo ni tuite [Successful treatment on the spot of bone injury sustained in war] Gun idan zassi, 1943, 1030-52.— Moreno Valle, R. Primeros auxUios en los fracturados. Bol. san. mil, Mex, 1949, 2: 408-10.—Novozhilov, D. A. [Fango- therapy in bone fractures] In: Sborn. trud. posv. G. I. Turner (Leningrad. Voen. med. akad. Kirov) Leningr, 1938, 159-73.— Palagi, P. Osservazioni sul trattamento delle fratture di guerra. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1941, 9: 103-10, Ulust.— Poli, A. DeUe possibiUta di trattamento deUe fratture in un ospedale da campo di la linea. Arch, ortop, Milano, 1946, 59: 3-7.—Prophylactic penicillin; complete fractures of femur, tibia and humerus [tab.] In: Statist. Rep. Health of Army (Gr. Britain War Off.) Lond, 1948, 283.—Putti, V. Cirurgia de guerra; as fraturas e o metodo de Magati. Resenha clin. cient, S. Paulo, 1942, 11: 453-6.—Quesada, F. Quesada's method for the treatment of fractures in total warfare. MU. Surgeon, 1942, 91: 17-21.—Roca, C. A, & Lazaroni, A. F. Tratamiento de las fracturas de guerra; consideraciones sobre los tutores extemos. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1946, 45: 1031- 48.—Shands, A. R„ jr. Suggested therapy for the more common fractures and dislocations. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 7, 12.—Spurling, R. G. Early treatment of combined bone and nerve lesions. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 444-6.—Toffelmier, D. D. Differentiation in types of treat- ment of fractures occurring on shipboard and in land combat. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 22-8.—Torraca, L. Trattamento deUe fratture di guerra col metodo occlusive Minerva med. Tor, 1941, 32: pt 1, 473 (Abstr.)—Tourney, J. W. Soft tissue protection in fracture treatment. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 1143-5.—Trotta, A., & Velasco, R. N. Tratamiento de las fracturas expuestas graves; perspectivas de la sulfamidoterapia intraarterial. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 445.—Vasiljev, G. A. Zakrytye perelomy kostej po dannym aviacionnogo armejskogo hospitalja. In: Voen. med. Leningr. fronte (Russia Olavn. voen. san. upravl.) Moskva, 1946, 191-200.—Waugh, ?«« oome Pnases 0I fracture treatment. Mil. Surgeon, 1947, 100: 381-5.—Wustmann, O. Praktische Winke fiir die Versorgung von Knochenbruchen im Feldlazarett. Munch. med. Wschr, 1941, 88: 877-81. ---- Treatment: Organization. Garcia Moran, J. Atenci6n de las fracturas de guerra en un,equlpo no especiaUzado de vanguardia. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spam) 1939, 1. Congr, 164-9.— Gomez-Duran, M. Tac- ticaterapeutica de urgencia de fracturas de guerra en el frente. Ibid, 198-208.—Marques Porto, E. Piano de organisacao para a assistencia aos fraturados na guerra. Med. cir. pharm. Rio, 1938, pt 2, 249-66.—Proposed National scheme of frac- tureclinics [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1940, 115: 546.— Queipo de Llano, A. La organizacidn, factor principal en el tratamiento de las fracturas de guerra. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 270-81. Also Rev. espan. med cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 485-99.—Vals Marin, C. Organizacion de un servicio de fracturados de guerra. Actas Congr. med. mil (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 346-8. ---- Treatment: Plaster of Paris. See Plaster of Paris. ---- Treatment, surgical. See Surgical technic, Fracture. ---- Treatment: Traction. Klapp, R., & Ruckert, W. Die Drahtex- tension in der Friedens- und Kriegschirurgie 2. Aufl. 208p. 24J/2cm. Stuttg., 1944. Barysnikov, K. I. [Technic of skeletal extension] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1944, June, 12-7, 2 pi.—Bulleid, J. H. A method of maintaining extension on the Thomas' splint. J R Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 240.—Goldstone, B. The operating table used as a traction instrument for fractures. Ibid, 1944, 83: 70-2.—Heinrich, G. Zur Frage der Drahtextension und des kombinierten Drahtzuggipsverbandes im Felde. Deut MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 586-90. ---- by site. See also under names of bones and joints; also such terms as Head injury, etc. Lewis, J. W. Diagnosis of fractures of the ribs, scapula, sternum and mandible. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 175-7. ---- by site: Ankle. See subheading (—by site: Foot) ---- by site: Carpus. Allen, W. E., jr. Fracture of the carpal navicular. Mil Surgeon, 1943, 93: 464-7.—Bedrick, J. J, & Zawadzki, S. A. Some observations on the fractured carpal scaphoid. Ibid 1946, 98: 488-91.—Bliss, H. J. Ununited fractures of the scaphoid. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 70-2.—Dickison, J. C, & Shannon, J. G. Fractures of the carpal scaphoid in the Canadian Army; a review and commentary. Surg. Gyn Obst, 1944, 79: 225-39.—Enyart, J. L, Brown, H. J., & Trun- nell, J. B. Radiographic study of fractures of the carpal navicular bone. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1948, 48: 66-8.—Finn, H. G., & Palmberg, K. J. Fractures of the carpal scaphoid; a study of 10 cases. Ibid, 1944, 42: 38^16.—Fractured carpal navicular bone. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 10.— Fractures of the carpal scaphoid. Bull. Army M. Dir, Lond 1942, No. 11, 2. Also Select. Army M. Dep. BuU, Lond! (1941-42) 1943, 13.—Henry, M. G. Fractures of the carpal scaphoid bone in industry and in the mUitary service. Arch Surg, 1944, 48: 278-83. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 199- 205.—Hipps, H. E. Fractures of the carpal navicular. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 467-76.—MacFarlane, J. A. Frac- tures of the carpal scaphoid in the Army overseas. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1943-44, 1: 443-8.—Middlebro, J. P. Fractures of the carpal scaphoid. Ibid, 525-9.—Nicholson, C. B. A note on fractures of the carpal scaphoid. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 287-9—Nusselt, H. Was muss der Truppenarzt vom Kahnbeinbruch der Hand wissen? Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 493-6.—Schoonbrood. Etude des lesions spontanees et traumatiques des os spongieux en marge d'une description des fractures du scaphoide carpien. Arch, beiges mid. mil, 1938, 91: 6-19.— Steidl, H. Heilung veralteter Kahnbein- briiche der Hand durch Nagelung. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 714-8.—Van de Voorde, C. La fracture du scaphoide car- pien. Arch. Serv. san. Armee beige, 1947, 100: 26.—Ymaz, J. I. Tratamiento de las fracturas del escafoides carpiano. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1944, 43: 1284-9. ---- by site: Clavicle. Bonnet, G. F. P. R. Le traitement des fractures de la clavicule. Rev. Serv. san. mil. Par, 1938, 109: 23-34.— Casas Ochoa, T. Fracturas claviculares de guerra. Rev. FRACTURE 478 FRACTURE espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 2: 64-75.—Jimeno-Vidal, F. Schlusselbeinschussbruche. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir, 1939-40, 40: 586-93— LeCocq, E. A, & Gilman, P. K, jr. Ununited frac- ture of the clavicle; report of case. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1166.—Van Demark, R. E., & Goodman, M. C. Fractures of the clavicle in mUitary trainees. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 197-9. by site: Extremity. D'Agata, G. Sul trattamento moderno delle fratture degli arti. Gior. med. mil, 1938, 86: 691-9.—Dubs. Erste Versor- gung und erster Transport bei den Schussfrakturen der Extremi- taten. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1935, 12: 2-21.—Friend, L. F. Traction treatment of fractures of the metacarpals, metatarsals, and phalanges. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 988-90, 2 pi.—Funsten, R. V, & Frankel, C. J. Compound fractures of the extremities; results of treatment. Ibid, 1940, 38: 494-9.—Gorinevskaia, V. V. Perelomy konednostej. In her Perv. khir. pomoshch travm. voen. mirn. vrem, Moskva, 1942, 270-92. ----■— Otkrytye i ognestrenye perelomy kone6nostej i ikh le6enie. Ibid, 292-9.—Guliaev, A. V. Obra- botka ognestrenykh perelomov kone6nostej v divizionnom hospitale. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 5, 62-7.—Hampton, O. P, jr, & Parker, J. M. Observations on battle fractures of the extremities. Surgery, 1944, 15: 869-86.—Killian. Das Distraktionsgipsverfahren zur Behandlung von Extremitaten- frakturen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der feldmassigen Versorgung. Klin. Wschr, 1940, 19: 1294.—McMurray, T. P, & Lloyd, E. I. Methods of applying extension to the Umbs. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (BaUey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 373- 8.—MacPherson, J. D. War wounds of extremities involving bone. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 261.—Papo. Fractures des extremites. Rev. Corps san. milit, 1946, 2: 145-7.—Priorov, N. N. Treatment of gunshot fractures of the extremities in evacuation hospitals of the U. S. S. R. Brit. M. J, 1945, 1: 177.—Soler Terol, M. Tratamiento de fracturados de extremi- dades en hospitales de vanguardia. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 305-9.—Torraca, L. II trattamento delle fratture degli arti in chirurgia di guerra. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1940, 46: 201-12.—Walker, J. C. End results, frac- tures of long bones. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 491-547, tab.—Ziazin, G. M. Ranenie dUnnykh trubdatykh kostej verkhnej konednosti po materialam evakopunkta; kharakter ranenija, etapnaja evakua- cija, ledenie i iskhody. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 236-44. ---- by site: Extremity, lower. Baluss, J. W, jr. Improvised weU-leg traction; a descrip- tion of the apparatus and its application to mUitary surgery. Mil. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 146-9.—Blumenfeld, E. Footdrop following skeletal fixation. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 83, 73-6.—Clavelin, Plisson [et al.] Modalites du traite- ment et de l'dvacuation des blessds atteints de fractures fermdes et ouvertes des grandes diaphyses du membre infdrieux aux diffdrents dchelons sanitaires de l'armde. Presse mdd, 1940, 48: 537.-—Gusmao Antunes, M. Tratamento das fraturas do membro inferior na guerra. Rev. mdd. brasil, 1944, 17: 697- 724.—Hoffmann, R. L'attelle trochantdrienne en chirurgie de guerre. Helvet. chir. acta, 1945, 12: 125-33.—Kunz, H. Ueber die Versorgung der Schussfrakturen der unteren Extremitaten im Kriege. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 473-9.—Rumble, E. T, & Millspaugh, J. A. Ten factors in the closed plaster technique for compound fractures of lower extremities. MU. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 448.—Steindler, A. The compound fractures of thigh and leg in military and civU practice. Ibid, 1940, 87: 54-63.—Tejeda L., A. Dos casos de fractura del miembro inferior; servicio de cirugia. Rev. san. nav, Valparaiso, 1936, 6: 10-4.—Winge, M. Transportskinne til underextremitets- fracturer; the Tobruk-splint. MUitaerlaegen, 1946, 52: 37- 41; iUust.—Wustmann, O. Die Behandlung von Phlegmonen und Abszessen nach infizierten Schussbruchen der unteren GUedmassen. BuU. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 553 (Abstr.) ---- by site: Extremity, upper. Fitts, W. T, jr. Fractures of the upper extremity; a review of experiences in World War II. Am. J. Surg, 1946, 72: 393- 403.—Galletto, G. La lussazione sottoglenoidea dell'omero accompagnata a frattura della grande tuberosity. Gior. med. mil, 1940, 88: 277; 367.—Hickson, S. Bones of the upper extremity. In: Rep. Surg. Cases S. Afr. War (Stevenson, W. F.) Lond, 1905, 190-6.—Hillebrand. Behandlung von Armfrakturen im Kriegslazarett. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1943, 90: 496.—Javorsky, S. E. Ognestrelnye perelomy kostej predplechja. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 224-35.— Rauhs, R. Die Schussfrakturen der oberen Extremitaten. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 2: 237-70.—Shoor, M. Multiple fractures of arm and forearm; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 693-5.—Tikhodeev, S. M, & Brusilovskaia, L. V. Rastiazenie sumki pledevogo sustava pri ognestrelnykh perelomakh pleda. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 129-34.—Ulicky. G. I. Ognestrelnye perelomy pleda. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 196-223. illust. ---- by site: Femur. Tiemann, G. *Transport, Behandlung und Ergebnis der Oberschenkelschussfrakturen im Weltkrieg im Vergleich zu den Kriegen des 19. Jahrhunderts. 47p. 22cm. Berl., 1940. Alban, H. Maintenance of femoral skeletal traction. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 481-3.—Armstrong, J. R. Treatment of fractures of upper third of shaft of femur. Lancet. Lond, 1940, 1: 957-9.—Banaitis, S. O. [Closing speech of the chief surgeon of the front] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 76-8.—Baumann. Oberschenkelschussfrakturen, Amputations- indikation bei Kriegsverletzungen. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 269.—Cawley, J. J, jr, Abell, C, & Freede, H. Early definitive treatment of fractures of the femur. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 948-52.—Collom, S. A, jr, & Ewing, W. M. A com- parative study of 100 fractures of the shaft of the femur; an abstract. Med. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 37-9.—Demmer, F. Gips oder Extension beim fiebernden Oberschenkelschussbruch? In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 2: 340-78.—Ferreira de Barros, J. Algumas consideracoes sobre oito casos de fraturas de fdmur, tratados pelo mdtodo da tracao continua transesqudletica. Rev. med. mU, Rio, 1941, 30: 331-8.—Fiihrer, S. L. [Errors in the treat- ment of gunshot fractures of the femur] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 4, 26-8.—Furlong, R. Synopsis of the results of treatment of 288 cases of open fracture of the femoral shaft, Feb. 1944 to Jan. 1945. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 6-8.—Graifer, G. R. Ledenie ognestrelnykh perelomov bedra v uslovijakh armejskogo tyla. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 4, 19-24.—Haebler, C. Experiences with the marrow nail operation according to the principles of Kuentscher; gunshot fractures of the femur. U. S. Armed Forces M. J, 1950, 1: 65-87, Ulust.—Hampton, O. P, jr. Observations on the use of balanced skeletal traction for battle fractures of the femoral shaft. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 2: 46-51.-—Hanin, Z. O. [Gunshot fractures of the femur at a base hospital] Sovet. med, 1941, 5: No. 17, 19.—Hart, V. L. Treatment of fractures of the adult femur. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 379-84. ------ Balanced suspension and fractures of the femur. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 57-63.— Heim, H. Bedeutung der Schussfrakturen des Oberschenkels im Kriege. Med. KUn, Berl, 1940, 36: 576 (Abstr.)—Hochwalt, W. R, Rogers, S. C, & Culmer, A. E, jr. Fractures of the femur. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 88, 86-90 — Iudin, S. S. [The treatment of gunshot fractures of the femur under conditions of modern warfare] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 20-8. Also Am. Rev. Soviet M, 1943-44, 1: 197-204. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1944, 78: 1-8. Also Spanish transl, Prensa mdd. argent, 1946, 33: 641.—Ivanov, K. S. [Gunshot wounds of the femur according to data of evacuation points] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 35.—Jimeno Vidal, F. Trans- portfrage bei Oberschenkelschussbriichen. Chirurg, 1940, 12: 548-51.—Johnston, C. C. Portable plaster spica and Thomas splint traction for treatment of fractured femur. MU. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 495-7.—Kabakov, G. L. Opyt kompleksnoj obrabotki ognestrelnykh perelomov bedra po Iudinu v vojskovom raione. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 9, 11-3.—Kaplan, A. V. [The basic principles of treatment of gunshot fractures of the femur and extent of surgical aid at a classification center at the front] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 65-74.—Kazakevich, I. E, & Balakina, V. S. [Treatment of gun-shot fractures of the thigh in base hospitals] Sovet. med, 1940, 4: No. 23, 14-6.— Keon-Cohen, B. T. Fractures of the femur in war-time; a review of 32 cases. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg, 1942-43, 12: 163-90.—Khodkevich, S. P. Pozdnee vytjazenie pri ledenii ognestrelnykh perelomov beder. In: Tezisy doklad. (Tomsk. gosud. med. inst.) Tomsk, 1942, 14-6.—Kochev, K. N. [The treatment of wounds of the femur under conditions of the regimental zone] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 17-21.— Kovalev, D. A. [Characteristics of wounds of the femur according to data of Army field hospitals] Ibid, 25-7.— Kusiik, M. I. Ledenie ognestrelnykh perelomov bedra. Vest. khir, 1946, 66: No. 5, 115.—Laski, Z. [Injuries of the femur and near-by articulations, immobUization and transportation during the campaign] Lek. wojsk, 1929, 13: 339-42.—Lopu- khovsky, V. M. [The treatment of gunshot wounds of the femur under conditions at the front] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 4.—Lusskin, H. Intertrochanteric fractures of the femur; early care on a hospital ship. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 1221-7. ------& Hoffman, R. R. Fractures of the shaft of femur; early treatment on a hospital ship. Ibid, 1946, 46: 888-94.—McKeever, F. M. Treatment of fracture of shaft of femur. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 690-6.—McLachlta, A. D, & MacFarlane, J. A. Fractures of the femur in the Canadian Army in England. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1944, 51: 41-6.—McMurray, T. P. Thomas' splint in the treatment of fractured femur. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (BaUey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 624-8.—Mansi, R. L. A case of insufficiency fracture occurring in the neck of the femur. Brit. J. Radiol, 1943, 16: 119.—Mead, N. C. Transportation of the non- transportable patient with fracture of the femur. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater of Oper, U.S., 1945, 3:256-8. ------ Trans- portation of patients with fracture of femur. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 174-8.—Mikhalevsky, I. I. [Blind plaster casts in fractures of the femur] Voen. san. delo, 1943, 77.— Modlin, J. Double skeletal traction in battle fractures of the lower femur. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 119.— FRACTURE 479 FRACTURE Nusselt, H. Ermudungsbruch des Schenkelhalses bei einem 39 jahrigen Soldaten. Mschr. UnfaUh, 1944, 51: 186-9.— Phemister, D. B. Circulatory disturbances in the head of the femur. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 129-36.—Pinelli. Le traitement actuel des fractures de cuisse dans l'armde. Maroc mdd, 1941, 21: 26-31.—Pokrovsky, I. A. Opyt ledenija ognestrelnykh perelomov bedra. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 6, 17-21.—Power, R. W. ImmobiUzation and transportation of the fractured femur in war. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 509. Also Spanish transl. Rev. san. mil., B. Air, 1944, 43: 129-32.— Rakhomov, N. N. [Physical culture therapy in gunshot wounds of the femur according to data of evacuation hospitals] Khirur- gia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 36-40— Roca, C. A, Imaz, J. I, & Lazaroni, A. F. La doble tracci6n; fracturas supracondfleas del fdmur. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1944, 43: 1530-41.—Ruckert, W. Schwierigkeiten und Wandlungen in der Behandlung infizierter Oberschenkelschussbriiche. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 560-7.—Rukosuev, S. G. [Closed plaster cast in the treat- ment of gunshot fractures of the femur at evacuation stations] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1942, No. 3, 100-6.—Rutkevich, N. L. [Disposal of patients with gun-shot fractures of the thigh in evacuation hospitals] Sovet. med, 1940, 4: No. 24, 41.— Schroder, C. H. Die schleichende Fraktur des Schenkelhalses. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 225-34.—Shamov, V. N. Organi- zacija etapnogo ledenija ognestrelnykh perelomov bedra i ranenij krupnykh sustavov. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1945, 20-9.— Shastin, N. P. [Gunshot fractures of the femur according to data of front Une forward field hospital] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 28.—Shur, M. J, & Chaikov, I. M. [The causes for failure in the treatment of gunshot fractures of the femur, according to data of a classification center] Ibid, 48-55.— Sokolowski, T. O jednoUt^ metode. ledzenia zwyklych i otwartych zlaman kosei udowej. Lek. wojsk, 1941, 34: 162.— Sprengell, H. Erfahrungen mit der Marknagelung von Oberschenkelbruchen. BuU. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 141 (Abstr.)-—Stadler, F. V. Ognestrelnye perelomy bedra. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 254-61.—Stivey, B. A. Treatment of compound fractured femur, as carried out at R. A. F. base hospital. Nurs. Mirror, Lond, 1946-47, 84: 351.—Sukovatykh [Gunshot wounds of the femur according to data of a forward field hospital] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 21-5 — Takigawa, I. Sensyo daitaikotu-setu ni okeru kosen-zizoku- ken-in ryoho no tiken [Experiments in steel-wire traction therapy in fracture of the femur in war-wounded] Gun idan zassi, 1940, No. 320, 41-52, 2 pi.—Talbot. Un cas de pseudar- throse particuUSrement complexe aprds une fracture sous- trochantdrienne du femur. BuU. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1948, 42: 108.-—Tellez Lafuente, D. A proposito de varios casos de fractura pertrocanterea del fdmur. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1942, Afio 5, 537-47, Ulust.—Tepliakov, S. V. [Gun- shot wounds of the femur and treatment at the regimental medical post] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 8, 12-4.—Tete, H, Pelegrini, Y. L, & Dorland, J. A. A propos d'un arrache- ment du petit trochanter. BuU. Soc. mdd. mil. fr. Par, 1948, 42: 95.—Tufano, A. Contributo al trattamento deUe fratture esposte di guerra del femore. Rass. internaz. clin. ter, 1948, 28: 90-8. ■—-—— Considerazioni cliniche e terapeutiche sulla ferite-fratture di guerra con speciale riguardo a queUe del femore. Ibid, 359-74.—Wachsmuth, W. Zur Behandlung der Oberschenkelschussbriiche im Felde. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1942, 7: 122-32.—Westhues, H. Oberschenkel. In his Fortsch. Lager. Schwerverw, Berl, 1943, 52-8, Ulust.—Wiggins, H. E, & Lewis, G. B. Intramedullary fixation of fractures of the femur. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1948, 48: 161-74.—Wisniowski, P. Zur Behandlung der OberschenkeLschussbruche im Heimat- lazarett. Zbl. Chir, 1943, 70: 846-55. ---- by site: Foot. See also March fracture. Bershon, A. L. Fractures of the feet and toes. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 551-8.—Borsay, J, & Dettre, G. A szdmfeletti labtdcsontok baleseti jelentosdge. Honvddorvos, 1950, 2: 576-88, Ulust.—Cleveland, M., Willien, L. J, & Doran, P. C. Treatment of undisplaced fractures at the ankle joint. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 77, 103-5.—Didiee. Fracture parceUaire isolde de la grande apophyse du cal- candum. BuU. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1929, 23: 183-7.—Epstein, G. J. Ogranidennye povreSdenija stopy s odnovremennym perelomom kostej. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. oted. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 18: 274-84.—ltd, K., & Kobori, H. Aete drum- kan kossetu to kosyo-site [The drum-can fracture] Gun idan zassi, 1943,1416-22, incl. pi.—James, T. A fracture-dislocation of the ankle occurring in flying accidents. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 372.—Klompus, I. Fractures of toes; a simple method of treatment. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 850.—Lura, A. Fratture isolate dello scafoide tarsale. Gior. med. mil, 1943, 91: 417-26.—Milne, R. Wounds of the ankle and tarsal joints. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (BaUey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 481-90; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 704-13.—Nikulina, A. N. Ognestrelnye ranenija stopy i ikh ledenie. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech. ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 275-87, Ulust.—Rommel, R. W. Compression fractures of the ankle and foot following a torpedo explosion; case report. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 405. ---- by site: Forearm and hand. See also subheading (—by site: Carpus) Anderson, J. C. A case of multiple bony injuries of both wrists, including a fractured cuneiform and dislocated semilunar bone. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 115.—Bronstein, M. M. [Gunshot fractures of the forearm and their treatment at the various stages of evacuation] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1944, No. 6, 73-6.—Clybourne, H. E. The use of the Navy traction appara- tus in the reduction of fractures about the wrist. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1943-44, 43: 510-2.—Ebeling, W. W. Skeletal traction in fractures of hand and wrist. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 477-82.—Freifeld, J. A. Ognestrelnye perelomy kisti i palcev. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 134-40.—Janysin, V. Z. Travmy pravogo predpledja pri rudnoj zavodke avtomasin. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 91-3.—Jimeno-Vidal, F. Der Drahtgips- verband nach Bonier in der Behandlung der Vorderarmschuss- briiche. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1944, 9: 87-96.—Long, R. D, & Fett, H. C. Medullary canal wire transfixion in metacarpal and forearm fractures. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 253-6.— Quigley, T. B. An improvised aid to the reduction of forearm fractures. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, 1944, No. 21, 26-8. ■------& Urist, M. R. A new method of digital skeletal traction. Ibid, 1945, No. 30, 56-8.—Rettig, W. Zur Behandlung der Unteraimschussbruche. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1944, 9:393.—Shaar, C. M. Fractures of the forearm and elbow with particular reference to war casualties that occur in training and combat. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 17-22.—Smyslov, M. I. Ognestrelnye perelomy kostej kisti i zapjastja po dannym tylovogo hospitalja. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 2, 41-3.— Spiridonov, G. G. Ognestrelnye povrefdenija kisti i palcev. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 245-53, illust.—Tavernier, L. L'enclouage mddullaire dans le traitement des fractures des os de l'avant-bras par projectUes de guerre. Lyon chir, 1945, 40: 620-4. ---- by site: Hip. See also subdivision (—by site: Femur) Colonna, P. C. Reconstruction surgery in the treatment of old, ununited fractures of the hip. In: Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb, 1943, 149-52.-—Device to improve the care of patients in double hip spica casts. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 618-20.— Stuck, W. G. Fractures of the hip as a problem in miUtary surgery. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 58-64. ---- by site: Jaw. See under Jaw. ---- by site: Joint. Magliulo, A. Le fratture di guerra degli arti, escluse le ferite articolari; evoluzione e tratta- mento definitivo. p.415-504. 25cm. Roma, 1943. Atti Congr. naz. chir. guerra (1942) 1943, 1. Congr, 415-504. Abdrakhmanova. Ranenija krupnykh sustavov. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 194J, 305-9.—Comte & Thomann. Fractures ouvertes de guerre du coude et du genou. Maroc mdd, 1940, 20: 72; 139.—Fevraleva, T. A. Ognestrelnye ranenija sustavov. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 288-304.—Gektin, F. L. 0 psevdartrozakh kostej predplechja posle ognestrelnykh perelomov. Ibid, 333-9. ---- by site: Leg. See also subheading (—by site: Extremity, lower) Bierman, M. I. Avulsion fracture of the fibula. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 647-52.—Boone, R. R, jr. New walking rocker for fractures below the knee. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 324.—Butterworth, R. D, & Clary, B. B. Compound fractures of the shafts of the tibia and fibula treated by plating the fibula. Med. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1945, 3: 245.—Cameron, D. M. The long leg cast. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surgeon Europ. Theater, 1944, No. 26, 4-7.—Giannestras, N. J. Management of ankle fractures and fractures of the tibial and fibular shafts at station hospitals and in battle casualty stations. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 474-81.—Magliulo, A. Sulla rotazione del frammento distale neUe fratture diafisarie isolate deU'ulna. Gior. med. mil, 1925, 73: 232-52.—Milgram, J. E. Closed fractures of leg and ankle. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 727-31.—Niessen, H. Schussfrakturen der Beine; ein Beitrag zur Frontchirurgie. Arch, orthop. UnfaUchir, 1944, 43: 20; 29.—Nikolsky, V. V. Kharakteristika i tedenie ognestrelnykh ranenij goleni. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 262-74.—Smyth, E. A. A brief survey of the treatment of fractures of the leg and foot. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 147-52.—Urist, M. R, Ries, L, & Quigley, T. B. Improvised methods of management of compound fractures of leg. Bull. FRACTURE 480 FRACTURE U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 396-8.—Waugh, R. L. Externa skeletal fixation used with ordinary extension splints in the treatment of fractures of both bones of the leg. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 102: 188-91. ---- by site: Olecranon. Beccherle, G. Sul trattamento delle fratture dell'olecrano. Gior. med. mil, 1912, 60: 730-7.—Debrie, E. J. Fracture en V de l'oldcrane; suture osseuse; gudrison. Arch. mdd. pharm. mU, 1907, 50: 57-60.—Fiolle, J. Note sur les fractures de l'oldcrane par projectiles de guerre. Marseille mdd, 1918, 55: 241-5.—Simovich, M. Frakture olekrana. Voj. san. pregl, 1947, 4: 262. ---- by site: Patella. Le Bec, Y. L. H. *Traitement des fractures ouvertes de la rotule en chirurgie civile et en chirurgie de guerre. 31p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Coode, C. D. A case of osteo-chondral fracture of the patella. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1949, 35: 293-6, illust.—Davis, J. W. Fracture of the patella. Mil. Surgeon, 1927, 60: 314-8, 2 pi.— Dumont & Verger. Sur un cas de fracture ouverte de la rotule avec luxation postdrieure totale complexe du tibia. Bull. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1949, 43: 73.—Fett, H. C, & Mackby, M. J. Fractures of the pateUa. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 335- 42.—Pigeon. Fracture transversale ouverte de la rotule; suture prdcoce, directe, aux crins longitudinaux; traitement ambulatoire. BuU. Soc. mdd. mU. fr, 1925, 19: 68—Wheeler, J. W. Original method for repair of fracture of the patella. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1939-40, 16: 349. ---- by site: Pelvis. See also Plaster of Paris. Alexandrov, A. V. [Fractures of the pelvis among soldiers during peace] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1930, 1: 75-81.— Davidovic, S. [Fractures and dislocations of the pelvis] Voj. san. glasnik, 1934, 5: 726-49.— Dobell, C. E. Multiple frac- tures of pelvis—recovery. Mil. Surgeon, 1934, 75: 176.— Elansky, N. N. [Treatment of fractures of the pelvis, com- plicated by injuries of the bladder and urethra in field cam- paigns) Sovet. khir, 1934, 7: 85-97.—Gardner, L. L. An unusual complication of fracture of the pelvis. Mil. Surgeon, 1926, 58: 392-5.—Westhues. On the application of suspension to the pelvis. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 2, 87-9. ---- by site: Radius. Baudet. Fracture cundenne interne peu frdquente de l'ex- trdmitd infdrieure du radius. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1929, 23: 10-2.—Cabret & Dubois. Fdlure du radius d'origine trauma- tique, ostdomydUte et septicemie consdcutives. Rev. vdt. mil. Par, 1936, 20: 423-9.—Clavelin, Giraud & Tupin. A propos d'un cas de fracture ouverte de Monteggia. Bull. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1938, 32: 355-9.—Hakala, E. W. Fractures of head of radi- us. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 2, 7-9.—Morisson, R. A. F. Les fractures parcellaires de la cupule radiale; signes cliniques et indications thdrapeutiques. Arch. mdd. pharm. mil, 1938, 88: 557-71.—Perrigon de Troyes & du Bourguet. Deux cas de fractures parcellaires de la tdte radiale. BuU. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1937, 31: 152-5.—Price, S. H. R. Fracture of the head of the radius. J. R. Nav. M. Serv 1938, 24: 149. ---- by site: Rib. See also March fracture. Boue, A. De quelques relativites dans les fractures costales chez le dromadane de bat nord-africain. Rev. vdt. mil. Par, 1947, 2: 348-53.—Lavezzo, P. Sobre dos casos de fractura de primera costUla. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1949, 48: 77-80.— Olmedo, R. F, & Diaz Roig, S. La neuroUsis intercostal como tratamiento en las fracturas de costUlas. Rev. san. mil Asuncion, 1939-40, 13: 1075-9.—Schnee, A. J. [Method of treatment of fractures of the ribs] Voen. san. delo. 1942 No 7, 22-6. ---- by site: Scapula. Hutchinson, C. A. Impacted fracture of the neck of the scapula. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1934, 62: 62-5.— Idrac. Frac- ture du col chirurgical de l'omoplate. Bull. Soc. mdd. mU. fr 1935, 29: 205-8.—Khanin, M. G. Ognestrelnye perelomy topatok In: Vopr. khir. voiny (Gorky gosud. med. inst.) Gorky, 1946, 278-83.—Morandi, G. Postumi funzionali deUa scapolo-omerale da fratture da arma da fuoco corpo della scapola per retrazione dei muscoli scapolari. Gior. med mil 1947, 94: 216-22.—Streckfuss, H. Das traumatisch verur- sachte Schulterblattkrachen. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1942, 7:39-46. ---- by site: Spine. See also Spine. Watson Jones, R. Fractures of the spine sustained by R. A. F. pilots and the relationship of these injuries to Sutton harness, parachute harness and other equipment. 10 1. 23}/2cm. Par., 1939. Couillaud, J. J. P. Les gaz de combat. 2. ed. 174p. 18cm. Par., 1939. Kendall, J. Breathe freely; the truth about poison gas. 179p. 12? Lond., 1938. L6pez Cobos, F. Gases de combate; en- fermedades que producen y su terapdutica en el hombre y los animales; sistemas de protecci6n individual y colectiva. 350p. 22%cm. Avila, 1934. Reig Cerda, V. Gases de guerra. 284p. 23Hcm. Valenc, 1939. Arnaldo, J. Gazes de guerra. Rev. med. Pernambuco, 1943, 13: 258-62.—Bijos, G. M. Gases de combate. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1942, 50: 785-99. Also Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1942, 31: 485-504.-—Boettner, R. Gases de combate. Rev. san. mil, Asunci6n, 1940-41, 14: 343-81.—Chopra, G. S. War gases. Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras, 1939, 8: 369-81.— Cunha, B. Consideracoes em torno dos gazes de combate. Arq. brasU. cir, 1941, 9: 217-26.—Eugen, M. Combat gases and the German doctrine. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1939, 25: 25- 33.—Fisher, J. L. War gases. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1939, 17: No. 2, 1.—Forster, A. Kampfgase. In: Handworterb. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1940, 384-6.—Forster, A. War gases. Univ. Durham School M. Gaz, 1939-40, 40: 148-50.—Friend, A. W, &ToveIl, R. M. Gases encountered in warfare. Anesthesiology, 1942, 3: 546-52.—Gas and gassing. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1940, 43: 165.—Gas as a weapon. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1938, 24: No. 1, 23-8.-—Gases in warfare. Bull, san, Montreal, 1940, 40: 28-30.—Gray, G. W. Gas as a weapon. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 159-61.—Kehoe, R. A, Kitzmiller, K. V, & Goldman, L. Discussion of the lectures and demon- strations on war gases. Cincinnati J. M, 1942—43, 23: 449.— Lange, G. Om krigsgas. Laegeforen. aarb, afd. 3, Kbh, 1935, 20: 104-29.—Leipert, T. Ueber neuere Gaskampfstoffe. Wien. klin. Wschr, 1938, 51: 549-51.—Michailescu, C. N, Balfinescu, I. [et al.] Gazele de lupta. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1331-489.—Modi, J. P. War gases. In his Textb. Med. Jurispr, 6. ed, Bombay, 1940, 815-7.—Morais Sarmento, D. Gases de guerra; introducao; a onda da morte. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1935, 1: 407-9.—Pakowska, O. [A few words on war gases] Med. prakt, Poznan, 1934, 8: 174-82.—Parks. E. H. Gas! J. Indiana M. Ass, 1940, 33: 454.—Parrilla Hermida, M. Los gases de guerra. In: Cuest. med. quir. guerra (Girones, L.) Santander, 1938, 369-91.—Phillips, A. W. War gases. In: Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) PhUa, 1939, 6: 763-7.—Poison gas. Physician Bull, 1942, 7: 109-11.—Poison gases in warfare. Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1942-43, 21: 25-7.—Reaud, A. Gases de guerra. San. & benef. mun, Habana, 1942-43, 2: 291-308, ch.—S, F. C. War gases. Philadelphia M, 1942-43, 38: 29.—Shire. T. H. Gas; an introduction to reality. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1938, 52: 385-90.—Silverman, M. War gases. CaUfornia West. M, 1942, 56: 263.—Smith, H. W. War gases. Med. BuU, N. Y, 1941-42, 7: 135-8.—Tosta da Silva. Saude e hygiene naval: Ugeiras consideracoes sobre os gazes de combate. Sciencia med, Rio, 1929, 7: 118-33.—War gases. Iodine Facts, Lond, 1940- 46, 1: 53. Also Med. World, 1942, 60: 553.—War gases in a nutsheU, by The Kernel. Ulster M. J, 1939, 8: 200-4.—White, F. D. Some notes on war gases. Univ. Manitoba M. J„ 1937-38, 9: 104-9. ---- Decontamination. See Decontamination. ---- Production. See also Oxygen generator. Anthony, R. S. Tear gas generator; an improvised device for use in lengthy gas chamber exercises. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1942, 28: 187.—Hausser, G. Les risques professionals au cours de la fabrication des gaz de combat. Presse mid., 1940, 48: 21. ---- Properties. Sartori, M. The war gases; chemistry and analysis. 360p. 23^cm. N. Y., 1939. Bardan, D, & Scarlatescu, N. L'influence de rhumidite sur l'absorption des gaz de combat; chlore, phosgene et chloro- picrine par le charbon actif. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1939, 5. ser, 6: 46-55.—Clemedson. C. J. Nyare engelsk stridsgas- forskning; en kort oversikt over nagra centrala problem. Tskr. mU. halsov, 1947, 72: 25-37.—Gomes da Costa. Qufmica de gases de guerra. Bol. Dir. serv. saude mU, 1938, 377-98.— Gunzin igaku; doku-gasu no kihatu-sei [... the volatility of GAS 483 GAS CASUALTY poison-gas] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 360.—Pereira Forjaz, A. Gases de guerra; qufmica; toxicologia e defesa. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1935, 1: 410-9. ---- Therapeutic use. See also under specific names of war gases. Gilman, A. Therapeutic applications of chemical warfare agents. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1946, 5: 285-92.—Hopkins, S. J. War gases in therapeutics. Manuf. Chem, Lond, 1948, 19: 338-40. ■---- Types. See also Carbon monoxide; Explosives; also specific names of war gases. Bacq, Z. M. Travaux regents sur les toxiques de guerre; le BAL (British anti-lewisite) 48p. 25cm. Par., 1947. Forms No. 8, Actual, biochim. Drugov, J. Okis ugleroda. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946^8, 3: 1474-82.—Glebovich, A. TetraetUsvinec [(CjHs^Pb] Ibid, 5: 484-8. ------ Fosgen (CCljO) Ibid, 791_4. ------ Khlor (Clj) Ibid, 909-12.—Gray, G. W. Chlorine, phosgene, mustard. In his Science at War, 3. ed, N. Y, 1943, 161-4.—Skinner, J. F. Poison war-gases in sewage. Sewage Works Engin, 1941, 12: 315.—Strel'cov, V. Karbogen. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 1129-32.— Tabun, U gas che fa impazzire. Rass. giuliana med, 1948, n. ser, 4: 619. GAS analysis. Benzinger, T. H., & Kitzinger, C. A method for continuous recording of gas composi- tion by means of an interferometer. 13p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. NM 001 011, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Edelmann, A. A method for the determina- tion of water vapor tension in gases; a pre- liminary report. 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 482, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Epstein, J., Sober, H. A., & Silver, S. D. Titration of acid gases by electrolytic generation of hydroxyl ion. 12p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 28, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Goldman, D. E., & Consolazio, W. V. Method of removing gas for analysis from col- lecting cylinder of a continuous flow sampling device. 2 1. 26%cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Suppl. to Rep. No. 4, Res. Proj. X-417 U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Hall, F. G., Holmes, F. E., & Jordan, C. D. Micro gas analyser. 6 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-7F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Hamilton, J. G., & Tobias, C. A. Technique of production of radioactive inert gases. 3p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 400, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Harvey, E. N., Barnes, D. K. [et al.] Re- moval of gas nuclei from liquids and surfaces. [1] 1. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms Rep. No. 407, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Stevens, C. D., & Van Fossen, P. An oxygen absorbent for the Scholander quick gas analyzer. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms Rep. No. 202, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Turpin, F. H., Loomis, W. F. [et al.] Solu- bilities of gases in water and oils. 8p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms Rep. No. 455, Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Palmes, E. D, Albert, R. E, & Hart, J. J. A modification ol the infrared gas analyzer for measurement of sweat rates ovei localized skin areas. Annual Rep. Med. Dep. Field Res. Labor- at, Fort Knox, 1948, App. C, Proj. 2, No. 15, 1.—Simonson, E. A new precision pipette for volumetric gaseous analysis. J. Aviat. M, 1941, 12: 240-2.—Yanagisita, Y. Eisei zairyo kenkyu si; rika-gaku kensa-gu naiyd gasu bunseki-ki ni tuite [... the apparatus for the analysis of gases] Gun idan zassi, 1928, No. 177, 337-40. GAS casualty. See Casualty, Gas; Decontamination. GAS chamber. Marqtjand, C. B., Kethley, T. W., & Kriete, H. A. The construction and operation of a gassing chamber for human tests. 40p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 36, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Sokolov, P. I. [Ventilation of toxicological chambers by means of a thermal stimulator] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 11, 63-7. GAS detection. See also Emergency medical service, Air raid casualty. Dansk farmacevtforening. Kemiske kamp- stoffer; haandbog for gassporere. 2. udg. 31 lp. 23^cm. Kbh., 1944. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208-23: Pack- ordnung und Arbeitsvorschrift des Priifgerats fiir chemische Kampfstoffe, vom 1. 8. 43. 45p. 21cm. Berl., 1943. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395-6: Gasabwehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 6: Der Riech- probenkasten. 8p. 15cm. Berl., 1939 —— [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395-1 la: Gasabwehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 11a: Die Gasspurgerate, vom 25. 7. 41. 40p. 15cm. Berl., 1941. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395-13: Gasabwehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 13: Der Gas- anzeiger, vom 15. 3. 41. 31p. 15cm. Berl., 1941. Great Britain. Air Raid Precautions Department. The detection and identification of war gases. 53p. 24^cm. Lond., 1939. Also another edition. 22}£cm. N. Y., 1940. Also another edition 24J^cm. Lond., 1941. Jacobs, M. B. War gases; their identification and decontamination. 180p. 24cm. N. Y., 1942. Rabinowitch, I. M. A. R. P. table of war gases; what they are, how to recognize them, what to do when gassed, first aid treatment. 7p. 20/2cm. Ottawa, 1942. Von der Heide, J. F. *Untersuchungen zur Auswahl der Gasspurer. 62p. 23cm. Berl., 1939. Boyer, L, & Couillaud, J. Les gaz de combat; toxicologic; detection. Marseille med, 1939, 76: pt 2, 341-118— Bruere, P. La deteccion de los productos agresivos de la guerra llamada de los gases y el roi del medico. Monde mid. (Ed. espafi.) 1941, 51: 117-26.—Bubbler set for war gas detection. Engin. News Rec. 1943, 130: No. 20, 68.—Chemical agent vapor detector kit. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: 19.—Detection of toxic gases. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1937, 23: 95-100, 2 fig.— Falkof, M. M, & Gehauf, B. New gas sentinels. Ibid, 1944, 30: 38-40.—Flury. Die Gefahren des Luftkrieges mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der arztlichen Aufgaben; Unter- scheidung der Kampfstoffe, ihre Prophylaxe und Therapie. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild, 1939, 36: 577-84.—Gas detection; far cry from canaries and snails of World War I to detection kits of today. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1943-44, 29: No. 4, 27-30.— Gigon, A, & Noverraz, M. Detection de gas de guerre. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1939, 69: 859.—Gordon, J. E. Kit water testing poisonous. In: Prev. Med. in World War II, Wash, 1948, 2: pt 8, 3.-—Hamel, A. Gasspiirerausbildung. MU. Wbl, Berl, 1937-38, 122: 2430.—Identification (The) of war gases; details of the new A. R. P. service. Pharm. J, Lond, 1939, 89: 397.—Jaubert, G. F. [Comment est organist le service de la detection dans le departement de la Seine] Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 440 (Abstr.)—Long, L. R. Gas reconnaissance. Australas. J. Pharm, 1942, 23: 46.—Lutteral, E. C. Detectores de gases t6xicos. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1940, 40: pt 2, 1197; passim.—Meiter, E. G. Modern methods of gas detection and control. Tr. Nat. Safety Counc, 1939, 28. Congr, 1: 55-60.—Stan, I, & lonescu, P. S. Despre detectarea gazelor de lupta. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 444; 563; 1039; 1161.—Telbisz, A. [Recognition of war gases] GAS DETECTION 484 GAS GANGRENE Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: meU, 102-4.—Typical war gases and their recognition. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 3, 73.—Vastagh, G. Az arzentartalmu harcgdzok kimutatdsa>61 eielmiszerekben. Kozl. Magyar Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int., 1940, 13: No. 41, 1-19. GAS edema. See also Gas gangrene; Head injury, Infection; Wound infection, Clostridial. Beck, H. Zur Gasodembehandlung. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 98-100.—Bingold, K. Ueber Gasodeminfektionen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 237-9.—Bothe. Behandlung des malignen Oedems mit dem Sauerstoffbehandlungsgerat des Heeres. Zschr. Veterinark, 1942, 54: 206-9.—Domagk. G. Neuere Untersuchungen zur Behandlung der Gasodemin- fektionen mit SuUonamidpraparaten. Bull. War. M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 70 (Abstr.)—Dormanns, E. Ueber das Gasodem der Kriegswunden. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 610-28. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 69 (Abstr.)—Griessmann, H. Ueber Gasodemerkrankungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 296-302. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 252 (Abstr.)— Klose, F. Gasodem. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 119-25. ------ & Schroer, W. Chemo- und Serumtherapie bei der Infektion mit Gasodemerregern im Tierversuch. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 191 (Abstr.) ------ Tierexperimenteller Beitrag zur Chemo- und Serum- therapie des Gasodems. Ibid, 311 (Abstr.)—Pohl, R. Ront- gendiagnostik des Gasodems. In: Wehrmedizin (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 3: 566-78.—Schmidt-Lange, W. Gasodem und Abschniirung. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 7 (Abstr.)— Schroer, W. Chemo- und Serumtherapie in ihrer Einwirkung auf die histologischen und bakterioskopischen Befunde bei der Infektion mit Gasodemerregern im Tierversuch. Ibid, 253 (Abstr.)—Simon-Weidner, R. Latentes Gasodem. Deut. MiUtararzt. 1944, 9: 288.—Teneff, S. L'edema maligno. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 242.—T6th, B. Das Diathermiemesser in der Behandlung des Gasodems. BuU. War M,»Lond, 1942-43, 3: 130 (Abstr.) GAS flowmeter. See Flowmeter. GAS gangrene. See also Gas edema; Wound infection. Lardennois, G., & Baumel, J. Les infections gangreneuses des membres consecutives aux plaies de guerre. 248p. 22cm. Par., 1920. Bibliogr.: p. 221-41. Altemeier, W. A, & Furste, W. L. The problem of gas gangrene. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 140-8.— Brandt, H. GesiifJsteckschuss und Gasbrand. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1943, 8: 295-7.—Clinical picture of CI. oedematiens gas gangrene. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 24, 1.— Coenen. Gas gangrene. BuU. War M, Lond, 1941—42, 2: 165 (Abstr.)-—Complications of war wounds; gas gangrene. Bull. Army M. Dir, Lond, 1941, No. 2, 2.—Cooke, W. T, Peeney, A. L. P. [et al.] Clostridial infections in war wounds. Lancet, Lond, 1945, 1: 487-93.—Coudane. Un cas de gangrene post-traumatique de la face. Bull. Soc. mid. mU. fr, 1946, 40: 104-7.—Curry, J. Shrapnel wounds with gas gangrene. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 899.—D'Abreu, A. L. Gas gangrene. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 115-21. ------& Bailey, H. Gas gangrene. Ibid, 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 128-36.—Eagles, G. H. Gas-gangrene. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1946, 87: 201-8.—Eliot, E, jr. Gas gangrene. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 11: pt 1, 265-83, 3 pi.—Endo, T. [Study on the bacilU associated with gas gangrene isolated from dust from naval vessels] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 506-9.—Frankau, C. Common infections of wounds; tetanus and gas gangrene [War wounds and air raid casualties] Brit. M. J, 1939, 1: 989-91.—Gas gangrene. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1940, 75: 316-21. Also BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944, Suppl, No. 15, 1-7.—Gas gan- grene; an Ulustrative case. Ibid, No. 39, 2.—Gas gangrene; increased risks and better methods. Bull. War M, Lond, 1943-44, 4: 687-90.-—Hindhaugh, A. Gas gangrene at sea. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 158-63.— Hoche, O. Die putride Wundinfektion. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 1186.— Houck, C. D. Gas gangrene. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1947, 4: No. 2, 9-14.—Jaeger, F. Gasbrand. In: Kriegschir. Ratgeber, Berl, 1941, 184-8.—Knoflach, I. G. Ueber Wundinfektion und Wundbehandlung (Gasbrand, Tetanus) In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 71-99.—Konar, N. R. A case of gas gangrene. Ind. M. Gaz, 1942, 77: 678.—Krumm, J. F. Is gas gangrene a misnomer? BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 440-4.—Lenner, S. Erfah- rungen mit Gasbranderkrankungen im Felde. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 1123 (Abstr.) Also War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 660 (Abstr.)—Martin, P. G. C. A case Ulustrating the early onset of gas gangrene. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1942, 28: 388.— Massons, J. M, & Broggi, M. La gangrena gaseosa en cirugfa de guerra. Medicma, Madr, 1942, 10: 128-43.—Nesgovorov, V. E. [Bacteriological diagnosis of gas infection under war conditions] J. mikrob, Moskva, 1944, No. 9, 31.—Nikishin, K. E, & Struganova, A. G. [Rare case of a gaseous abscess] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 301-5.—Onoda, H. Gasu-eso ni kan-suru tiken hoi [Supplementary report on gas-gangrene] Bull. Nav. M. Ass, Tokyo, 1941, 30: 643-50.—Pfanner, W. Ueber die Infektionen mit gasbildenden Bakterien. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 92-7.—Pl&t&reanu, V. M. Ueber Gasgangran; personliche Erfahrungen im jetzigen Kriege 1942. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 1320-8. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 310 (Abstr.)— Pfirto, E. M. Estudo sintetico sobre a gangrena gasosa no V Exercito Aliado. Rev. mid. cir. Brasil, 1944, 52: 303; 667.— Rebaudi, F, & Miani, B. La cancrena gassosa nelle nostre colonie in guerra e in pace; considerazione cliniche e tera- peutiche. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 241-53. Also German transl, Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941, 71: 1629 (Abstr.)— Rendering of reports on gas gangrene. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1942, No. 17, 8. Also Select. Armv M. Dep. Bull, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 9.—Roca, C. A, & Antelo, J. N. Aspecto radiogr&fico de la gangrena gaseosa. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 681 (Abstr.)— Rodgers, H. W. Gas gangrene. Proc. Congr. Army Surgeons Centr. Mediter. Forces, 1945, 119-23.— Rzepecki, W. Zgorzel gazowa. Lek. wojsk, 1942, 34: 228- 35.—Shaposhnikov, N. I. Gazovaja infekcija. In: Voen. med. Leningr. fronte (Russia. Armija. Glavn. voen. san upravl.) Moskva, 1946, 214-8.—Staehle, M. E, & Ruehlman. D. D. Gas gangrene infection in combat area; report of 13 cases. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 1069.—Starkey, D. H, & Morton, H. S. Infected wounds; gas gangrene and tetanus. Treatm. Serv. BuU, Ottawa, 1949, 4: No. 6, 15-24.—Stock, A. H. Anaerobic spore-bearing flora of gas gangrene, Italy. Med. BuU. Medit. Theater of Oper. U. S, 1944, 2: 159-62.—Teneff, S. La gangrena gassosa. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 226-42, Ulust, pi.—Trueta, J. Gas gangrene. In his Principl. & Pract. War Surg, S. Louis, 1943, 93-118, Ulust.— Urrutia, J. M. Gangrena gaseosa; diagnostico y tratamiento. Rev. san. mU, B. Air, 1943, 42: 716-22.—Wildegans. Result of arteriographic studies of gas gangrene. Conf. Med. Con- sultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 2, 94-6. ---- Pathology. BlELING, R., & Nordmann, M. Kriegs- erfahrungen zur Pathologie und Therapie des Gasbrandes. 80p. 24%cm. Jena, 1941. Forms H. 47, Veroff. Konst. Wehrpath. Coupal, J. F. Pathology of gas gangrene following war wounds, p.407-567. 10 pi. 26cm. Wash., 1929. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, vol. 12. Guerreri d'Antona, G. Inclusioni gassose traumatiche e gangrena gassosa, nelle ferite di guerra. Policlinico, 1944, 51: sez. chir, 225-38.—Heller, E. Blutleere und Gasbrand. Deut. Militarzt, 1941, 6: 9.—Kulichkov, N. A, & Zhmur, V. A. [Gas infection after the data of S. F. A.] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1945, June, 31-7.—Lippelt, H. Beobachtungen iiber die Ver- breitungsweise der BacUlen der Gasbrandgruppe im menschU- chen und tierischen Organismus. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1941, 6: 144-8. ------ Also War Med, Chic, 1943, 3: 664 (Abstr.)- Yachnin, S. Infection of war wounds by Clostridium organisms (gas gangrene) Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 29, 19-27. ---- Prevention. Altemeier & Logan. Immunization against gas gangrene. Res. Program U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, July, 103-5. ------ Immunization against gas gangrene; the nature and control of clostridial infections. Ibid., Oct, 112.—Gorinev- skaia, V. V. [Anaerobic gaseous infection; its prevention and control in military zones] Ortop. travmat, Kharkov, 1941, 15: No. 2, 4-18.—Halford, F. J. Gas gangrene and tetanus; their prevention and management in war wounds. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 169.—Investigations reported in War Med- icine of experimental control and prevention of one of deadly foes of the wounded. Am. M. Ass. News, 1942, Feb. 8, 1.— Ivanovics, G, Gieszer, N. [et al.] Chemotherapie der Kriegs- verletzungen, bzw. ihre Prophvlaxe mit Riicksicht auf die Gasphlegmone. Zbl. ges. Hyg, 1943, 51: 58 (Abstr.)—Mey- rel les do Souto, A. Prophylaxie de la gangrene gazeuse et du t^tanos. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. pharm. mil. (1947) 1948, 11. Congr, 2: 185-7.—Pfaff, R. Gasbrand und Gas- brandprophylaxe. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1944, 9: 315-7.—Prophy- lactic use of gas gangrene anti-toxin. BuU. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 165 (Abstr.)—Schbne, G. Prophylaxis and treat- ment of gas gangrene. Ibid, 166 (Abstr.)—Schreus, H. T. Chemoprophylaxis of gas gangrene; local application of sul- phonamides and results obtained under approximately natural conditions, lacerated wounds contaminated with earth. Ibid, 448 (Abstr.) ------ & Peltzer, E. Chemoprophylaxis of gas-gangrene; communication experimental soil-infections by Friedrich's technique. Ibid, 268-70 (Abstr.)—Stewart, S. E. Antigenic value of Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium welchii, toxoid in prevention of gas gangrene. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 87-98. GAS GANGRENE 485 GAS MASK ■--- Treatment. Bonnin, N. J, & Fenner, F. Local implantation of sul- phanilamide for the prevention and treatment of gas gangrene in heavily contaminated wounds; a suggested treatment for war wounds. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 134-40.-—Chernaia, L. A. Nekotorye eksperimentalnye dannye o mekhanizme dejstvija protivogangrenoznoj syvorotki; znacenie antitoksina pri passivnom immunitete. Voen. san. delo, 1940, No. 8, 65-9. Also BuU. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 538 (Abstr.)—Cozen, L. The therapy of gas gangrene. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 231.— Curtillet, E. La penicilline dans les gangrenes gazeuses. Rixm. med. chir. Armee fr, 1946[?] num. spec, 69-71.—Deno, R. A. New weapons against gas gangrene; specter of the battlefield yields to chemotherapy, danger of dirt infections in war wounds lessened. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Pract. Pharm. Ed, 1942, 3: 114-6.—Gudeke, N. Tratamiento quirurgico de la gangrena gaseosa. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 385-7.-—Jablons, B., & Krebs, L. H. Diagnosis and treatment of infectious (gas) gangrene. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 394-413.—Kirk, N. T. Prophylaxis and treatment of gas gangrene (CI. welchii) bj suUanilamide. Army M. BuU, 1940, 51: 46-8.—Kolpakova, E. G. [La lutte contre l'infection anaerobique gazeuse et son traitement au rayon de placement de la division] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940, No. 9, 19.—Langley, F. H, & Winkelsteir, L. B. Gas gangrene: a study of 96 cases treated in an evacua- tion hospital. J. Am. M. Ass, 1945, 128: 783-92.— Lenner, S. Erfahrungen mit Gasbranderkrankungen im Felde; aus einem Feldlazarettim Westen. Chirurg, 1940, 12: 481-6.—Mirfaiziev, M. Otkrytyj sposob ledenija gazovoj infekcii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 2, 15-7.—Ojea Rabasa, R. Profilaxis y tratamiento de las infecciones gangrenosas de las heridas de guerra. Actas Congr. mid. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 250- 9.—Piollet. Surgical varieties and treatment of gas gangrene. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 7: 772-4.—Rodes de Sisternes, L. Sintomatologfa precoz y tratamiento de la gangrena gaseosa en heridas de guerra. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 284-7.—Rosenthal, G. A propos des plaies de guerre; utilite d'un traitement specifique anti-perfringens dans les manifestations de la gan- grene gazeuse. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1915, 15: 257-60.— Ryvline, J. B. On the treatment of gas gangrene. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 445-7 (Abstr.)—Schreus, H. T, Brauns, A, & Schummer, H. Comparison of the action of various sulphonamide compounds on gas gangrene infections produced by bacterial cultures, CI. welchu, CI. oedematiens and CI. septique, and considerations to be remembered in this connex- ion. Ibid, 447 (Abstr.)— Smithers, D. W. The X-ray treat- ment of gas gangrene. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (BaUey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 122-4; 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 137-9.—Tuchel, V, & Curcumeli, J. Betrachtungen iiber den Gasbrand und seine Behandlung im gegenwartigen Kriege. Zbl. Chir, 1942, 69: 861-4. Also BuU. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 130 (Abstr.)—Use of gas gangrene antitoxin. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 30, 3-5.—Zhuravlev, P. M. [Prophylaxis and treatment of gas gangrene with anaerobic bacteriophages] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 8, 24-30. ------ & Pokrovskaja, M. P. Fagoprofilaktika i fagoterapija gazovoj gangreny. In: Dost, sovet. med. Otec. vojny, 1943, 1: 118-24. GAS mask. See also Oxygen mask. Canada. Director of Civil Air Raid Pre- cautions. Your gas mask. Rev. ed. 3p. 16cm. Ottawa, 1942. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395/2a: Gasab- wehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 2: Die Gasmaske 30. v. p. [37]p. 15cm. Berl., 1939. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395/7: Gasabwehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 7: Das Heeres-Sauerstoffschutzgerat, vom 1.8.39. 32p. 15cm. Berl., 1939. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395/8: Gasabwehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 8: Der Heeresatmer, vom 26.10.37. v. p. [28]p. 15cm. Berl., 1938. United States. War Department. Tech- nical manual TM 3-205: The gas mask. 144p. 21%cm. Wash., 1941. Also another edition. 31p. 21^cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Technical manual TM 3-205 C 1: The gas mask. 4p. 21>^cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 169: Tech- nique for applying gas mask to a helpless patient. 15p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Baby's gas helmet driU. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1940, 36: 308.—Baum, E. Die Gasabwehr in der Nachkriegszeit; Einzelschutz; Gasmasken; Deutschland. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 414-36.—Goncharov. P. I. Protivogaz dlja ranenykh. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 4, 27-34.—Haase-Lampe, W. Die Gasabwehr in der Nach- kriegszeit; Einzelschutz; Sauerstoff-Schutzgerate; Fremd- staaten. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 468-83. ------ Der Gasschutz unserer Gegner. Gasschutz, 1943, 13: 9; 178. ------ Der Gasschutz unserer Gegner; Filtergerate und Sauerstoff-Schutzgerate. Ibid, 201; 221; 244.—Hanslian, R. Die Gasabwehr; Einzelschutz; Gasmasken. In his Chem. Krieg, 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 190-227.—Harvey, W. Some aspects of dentistry in relation to aviation. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1944, 64: 199-209.—Kaiser, J. Putting over gas mask drill. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1940, 26: 57-67.—Leahy, M. A. Universal gas mask driU; a consolidation of present gas mask drills of the Army (optical) Navy and Coast Guard. Ibid, 1943-44, 29: 114-25.—MacMillan, K. D. Gas mask spectacle pliers. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 375.—Mehl, H. G. Die Gasabwehr in der Nachkriegszeit; Einzelschutz; Gasmasken; Fremdstaaten. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Ber, 1937, 1: 436-53.—Miles, J. L. Fitting the gas mask. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1944, 30: No. 3, 36-8.—Predtechensky, B. Pro- tivogaz. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 901-6.—Protection against gas bombs [German] respirator for British soldiers [illustr.] See Collect, of pictures in Library.— Technique for applying gas mask to a helpless patient. War Dep. Techn. Bull, 1945, No. 169, 1-15.—Waitt, A. H. The gas mask. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 171-94, 2 pi. ------ Use of civilian gas mask. Ibid, 301.—Wilson, A. Evolution of the American gas mask. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1943-44, 29: No. 7, 15. ---- Effect. Dumke, P. R., & Comroe, J. H., jr. The effect of the resistance of the gas mask canister on cardiac output in the resting subject. 6 1. 22cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1944. Forms No. 3, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warf. Serv. U. S. Army. ---- HlMMELFARB, S., & WHITTENBERGER, J. L. The effect of the resistance to inspiration imposed by the combat gas mask canister on the ability of soldiers to do exhaustive work in temperate and in simulated tropical conditions. 15 1. 22cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1944. Forms No. 9, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warf. Serv. U. S. Army. Photostat. Jones, E. C. Notes on treatment of respirator dermatitis. Brit. M. J, 1943, 1: 757.—Lee, D. H. K, White, C, & Klemm, G. Effect of respirator (anti-gas) upon gun sighting perform- ance. Secret Rep. Fatigue Lab. Nat. Health Med. Res. Counc. Australia, 1944, No. 2, 1-3, 3 tab.—Nowak, A, & Markiewicz S. W sprawie widzenia w masce przeciwgazowej typu R. S. C, Lek. wojik, 1929, 13: 181-5—Robinson, S, & Gerking, S. D. Heat stress imposed by gas masks. Clin. Invest. Rep. (0SRD) Wash, 1945, No. 64, 1.— Sautoro, N. Ricerche sul comporta- mento del senso luminoso, del senso cromatico e della pupilla in soggetti sottoposti a respirazione contro resistenza (maschera antigas) Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 744-51. --- Hygiene and care. Byrne, A. F., Hammond, C. W., & Wilson, C. E. Gas mask disinfection. 16p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1946. Forms No. 64, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395/3: Gasab- wehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 3: Reinigen des Gaschutzgerats, vom 1.8.41. 15p. 15cm. Berl., 1941. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395/4: Gasabwehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 4: Prufgerat fiir Gasmasken, vom 8.6.37. 16p. 15cm. Berl., 1937. Wilson, C. E., & Wiles, J. S. A study oi quaternary ammonium salts as gas mask disir> fectants. 17p. 26J^cm. Army Chem. Cent. 1949. Forms No. 206, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army Caldwell, W. E. Disinfecting gas mask facepieces; compre- hensive discussion of the merits and demerits of various known methods of disinfecting facepieces. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 48-51.—Haase-Lampe, W. Augenfenster-Luftspulung nach dem Prinzip Tissot, angewendet in Gasmasken. Gas- schutz, 1943, 13: 186; passim.—Landis, J. M. Care and distribution of gas masks. Operat. Letter U. S. Off. Civ Defense, 1943, No. 106, 1.—Meyer. Das neue Prufgerat fin Gasmasken beim deutschen Heer. Gasschutz, 1943, 13: 263.— Scheer, W. Prufgerat fiir den Atemwiderstand von Filterein GAS MASK 486 GAS POISONING siitzen durch Verwendung einer Stauscheibe. Ibid, 1942, 12: 220.—Smirnov, S. G. [G as method for determining the clear- ance in a gas mask] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 7, 53-7. ---- Types. Canada. Director of Civil Air Raid Pre- cautions. Anti-gas protective helmet for babies. 8p. 18>km. Ottawa, 1943. Reisz, J. *Contribution a l'etude de la pro- tection contre les gaz de combat par les appareils filtrants. 44p. 8? Par., 1938. Bangert, F. Der Gasschutz unserer Gegner; Kampfstoff- Filter. Gasschutz, 1943, 13: 136-41—Calderwood, H. N. Gas mask carbon; past and present problems in connection with the procurement of activated charcoal are explained. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 102-6.—Cot & Genaud. La protection des enfants et la guerre chimique; l'entratnement des tout- petits au port du masque. Nourrisson, 1939, 27: 336-52.— Dally, P. Presentation d'un appareil pour les inhalations midicamenteuses et la protection contre les gaz de guerre. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1939, 385-7— Fabrication (Sur la) et vente des appareils de protection contre les peiils aerotoxiques [decret] Bull. Min. san. pub. Par, 1936, 305-9.—Gas mask for war dogs [illustration] J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, 1945, 106: 87 — Gas masks for patients with head wounds. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 84, 26.—Head wound gas irask designed by Chemical Warfare Service. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 126: 901.— Mehl, H. G. Die Gasabwehr in der Nachkriegszeit; liinzel- schutz; Sauerstoff-Schutzgerate; Deutschland. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 454-68—Plastics in gas masks; a discussion on plastic parts in, and a complete history of, the modern gas mask. Chem. Vs arf. Bull, 1942, 28: 196-205.—Rankin, S. M. Corrugated hoses for gas masks. Ibid, 1941, 27: 163-5.—Rothschild, J. H. Assault service gas mask. Ibid, 1943-44, 29: No. 7, 17-23- Sirow, R. D. Molding plastics for protective equipment. Ibid, 1940, 26: 137-45.— Storesund, M. S. Antidim for gas nasks. Ibid, 68-71.— Unger, C. Die Vorteile der Gasmaske 38 gegeniiber der Gasmaske30. Gasschutz, 1943, 13:262. GASOLINE burner. See Burner; Heater. GAS poisoning. See also subsequent headings; also Carbon monoxide, Poisoning; Chemical agent; Flame; Injury; Oxygen poisoning. Leake, C. D. Suggested readings on medical aspects of war gas injury. Leaflet. 28cm. S. Franc, 1942. Barot, L. Memento clinique et therapeutique des gaz de combat. Arch. med. Angers, 1939, 43: 92-103.—Hurst, A. Gas poisoning. In his Med. Dis. War, 2. ed, Lond, 1941, 409-24; 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 475-91.—Mazel, P, & Robin, P. Les gaz de guerre; etude clinique et therapeutique. J. raid. Lyon, 1938, 19: 689-703.—Navarre, P. Lesiones y trastornos debidos a los gases de combate. Monde mid. (Ed. espan.) 1941, 51: 80-7. Also Bol. Col. mid. Habana, 1942, 5: No. 2, 9; 24.—Poole, L. T. Gassing and poison gases in war. In: Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond, 1937, 5: 502- 32.—Rabinowitch, I. M. Chemical warfare in peace. McGill M. J, 1944, 13: 139-49.—Rose, H. M. Symposium on war medicine; war gas injuries among the civilian population. J. M. Soc. Co. New York, 1942, 1: No. 27, 5-8.—Stalker, W. W. Common household cleaning fluid plus heat equals deadly war gas. Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1947-48, 20: 914.—Sug- gested readings on medical aspects of war gas injury. Cali- fornia West. M, 1942, 57: 162. ---- Asphyxiating gas. See also Carbon monoxide. Carmona, L. I gas asfissianti; brevi notizie sugU aggressivi chimici, considerati specialmente dai punto di vista medico. Riv. san. sicil, 1933, 21: 567; 647.—Gerard, R. W. Recent research on respiratory irritants. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 2: 565-87.—Hurst, A. F. Lung irritant (asphyxi- ant) gases. In his Med. Dis. War, 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 476-83. —^--- Nasal irritants. Ibid, 490.-—Lorenti, G. B. Episodio di intossicazione de gas cloro. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1938, 44: 452.—Moyens (Les) therapeutiques a employer en mature d'asphyxie par gaz de combat. Clinique, Par, 1937, 32: 296.— Schwarz, F. Uebersicht iiber die fiir den Militararzt bedeu- tungsvollen Atemgifte. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 286- 9.—Waitt, A. H. The choking or suffocating gases. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 38-46. ---- Classification. Agrelo, R, & Franci, J. M. Los gases de combate; historia y clasificaeion. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1942-43, 28: 37-42.—Cot & Moynier. Classification et symptomatologie des gaz de combat. Monde meU, 1939, 49: 554-63. Also Spanish transl, Monde med. (Ed. espafi.) 1941, 51: 67-79. ---- Diagnosis. Barre, C. [Diagnosis of injuries caused by war-gases and other injurious gases in field and cities] Nord. med, 1939, 3: 2305-8. Also German transl, Deut MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 295 (Abstr.)—Diagnosis and treatment of gas casualties. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 92: 252.—Grzhebin, Z. N. [Clinical aspect and differential diagnosis of skin affections, caused by poison war gas] Klin, med, Moskva, 1940, 18: No. 4, 123-9.—Vallebona. A. Vrejtje radiologjike mbi inkluzjonet gasoze ne plaget me arm6. Fletor. mjeks. shqipt, 1942, 1: 43-5. Incl. Ital. transl. ----- Disability. Denecke, G. Wie ist die MUitartauglichkeit der im Kriege 1914-1918 Kampfstoffgeschadigten zu beurteilen? Med. KUn, Berl, 1939, 35: 1529-32.—Smith, S. A. Gases of warfare. In his Forens. Med, 8. ed, Lond, 1943, 287-90. ---- First aid. See also Decontamination, personal; Gas war- fare, Defense; Injury, chemical. Burnley, S. Catechism of first aid for gas casualties. 53p. ll}^cm. Lond., 1940. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/10: Ueber- sicht der Gas-Sanitatsmittel in der Feldsani- tatsausrustung. 7p. 21cm. Berl., 1935. Also Rev. ed., 7p. 21cm. Berl., 1941. ---- [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 208/ 11: Packordnung der Sanitatsausriistung, leichter Satz, vom April 41 [Reprint] 8p. 21cm. Berl., 1942. Germany. Oberkommando der Kriegs- marine [Marine-Druckvorschrift] M. Dv. 271/9: Soil der Sanitatsausriistungen. Teil 9: Gas- sanitatsmittel. 30p. 22cm. Berl., 1941. Great Britain. Air Raid Precaution De- partment. Air raid precautions handbook No. 2: First aid and nursing for gas casualties. 3. ed. 47p. 16Kcm. Lond., 1938. Also 4. ed. 41p. 16^cm. Lond., 1943. Rabinowitch, I. M. First aid and nursing for gas casualties. 83p. 20}£cm. Ottawa, 1942. Wheaton, A., & Co. Emergency first aid for casualties and emergency help for gas casualties. [4] p. 25^cm. Exeter, Engl. 1942[?] Anagnosti, V. [Elementary principles in the organization of medical aid, classification of gassed soldiers and first-aid stations] Voj. san. glasnik, 1938, 9: 119-35.—Chest, gas casu- alty treatment, field, small. Jap. M. Equip. Rep, 1946, No. 211, 1-4.—Chest, gas casualty treatment, medical officer's, field. Jap. M. Material Rep, 1946, No. 201, 1-3.—Chest, gas casualty treatment, veterinary, field, type 1938. Ibid, No. 196, 1-3.—Keller, P. E. First aid to gas casualties; the feasi- bility of rendering adequate and specific first aid to gas casu- alties in the battalion aid station. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1937, 23, No. 1, 15-9.—Massara, F. Difesa e pronto soccorso anti- gas in guerra. Gazz. med. ital, 1936, 95: 21-5.—Mena Muiioz, M. Tratamiento medico de urgencia a los gaseados en los puestos de socorro mis avanzados. Rev. espan. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 4: 441-5.—Merkblatt fiir Hilfeleistung bei Gaser- krankungen. Heer-Druckvorschr, 1935, No. 208/10, Suppl. p. [1-3]—Morton, M. It's dangerous not to know; first aid for gas victims requires knowledge. Trained Nurse, 1942, 108: 352.—Muntsch, F. Giftgaserkrankungen und Gasschutz. In: Amtl. Unterrichtsb. ii. erste Hilfe (Krueger, R.) Berl, 20. Aufl, 1944: 121-36.—New gas casualty set. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 12-4.—Popov, G. M. [War gases and first aid in injuries from air raids] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 6, 53-66.—Recognition (The) and first aid treatment of gas casualties. War. Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 456-65.— Reimann, H. A. Emergency treatment in gas warfare. In his Treat. Gen. Med, Phila, 1943, progr. vol, 215-34.— Robinson, W. A. Gas cleansing centres, first-aid posts, and their counterpart in the field. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1940, 75: 114-7.—Sanocky, V. A. [First aid and treatment of war gas poisoning] Farm. & toks, Moskva, 1941, 4: No. 6, 3-7.— Schersten, B. Nagot om stridsgaser, gasskydd samt forsta hjiilpen vid behandling av gasskador. In: Handledn. & Fors- varsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 92-117.—Schicks, G. C. Emer- gency treatment of gas casualties. N. Jersey J. Pharm, 1943, 16: No. 3, 2-4.—Set, gas casualty treatment, leather covered pack panniers. Jap. M. Equip. Rep, 1946, No. 190, 1-7.— Set, gas casualty treatment, regimental. Jap. M. Material Rep, 1946, No. 194, 1-3.—Set, gas casualty treatment, veterinary, experimental, type i945. Ibid, No. 199, 1-5.—Tailor (A) made GAS POISONING 487 GAS POISONING kit for gas casualties; portable first aid box development by ingenious chemical officers at Forts Monroe and Meade. Chem. Warf Bull, 1942, 28: 136-8.—Waitt, A. H. First aid. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 255-74.------War gas cases; first aid treatment. Am. J. Nurs, 1942, 42: 489-98. ---- Hospitalization. See also Decontamination. United States. Civilian Defense Office. OCD advises gas cleansing stations at hospitals. 1 1. 26^cm. Wash., 1943. Hospitals and gas casualties; notes on reception and man- agement. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 980.— Meakins, J. L., & Priestley, J. G. Report on the length of stay in hospital in the United Kingdom and the disposal of gas casualties. Rep. Chem. Warf. M. Com. Gr. Britain, 1918, No. 16, 3-19.—Sankey, B. B. Hospitals and gas casualties. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1942, 27: No. 2, 11.—Timko, I. M. [Peculiarities of the organization of work in hospitals for the gassed] Sovet. zdravookhr, 1943, No. 3, 27-33. --- Manifestation. Great Britain. Chemical Warfare Medi- cal Committee. Reports. No. 3: The symp- toms and treatment of the late effects of gas poisoning. 9p. 24cm. Lond., 1918. Fischer, H. Symptomatologie und Therapie der Blau- und Weisskreuzkampfstoffe und der NesselgUte. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 306-8. ------ Symptomatologie und Therapie der Grunkreuzkampfstoffe. Ibid, 308-12.—Geiger, J. C. Symptoms of war gases; their treatment. CaUfornia West. M, 1940, 53: 198.—Girgolav, S. S. Ranenija, otrav- lennye boevymi otravljaju£6imi veSdestvami (BOV) In: Lechen. ran. voine (Petrov, N. N.) 6. ed, Leningr, 1942, 147-53.—Hombourger, P. Notions sur la symptomatologie et la therapeutique des lesions causees par les gaz de combat. Anesthesie, Par, 1939, 5: 420-38.—Hurst, A. F. Functional symptoms foUowing gassing. In his Med. Dis. War, 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 490.—Marrero Jimenez, R. E. Trastornos producidos por los gases de combate. Bol. Col. mid. Camagiiey, 1942, 4: 371-3.—Muntsch, O. Doku-gasu ni yoru igosyo ni tuite [Symptoms subsequent to gas poisoning] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 300, 428-30.—Narciso, A. Gases de guerra; clinica; lesoes e sintomas. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1935, 1: 419-24.—Navarre, P. Lesions et troubles dus aux gaz de combat. Monde med, 1939, 49: 564-70.—Orbiz Reyes, M. Sintomatologia y tratamiento de los gaseados en combate. Rev. med. cubana, 1942, 53: 367-79.—Staehelin, R. Sympto- matologie der KampfgasvergUtungen. Med. KUn, Berl, 1940, 36: 152. Also Munch, med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 82. --- Manual. Btjscher, H. Giftgas! und wir? Die Welt der Giftgase, Wesen und Wirkung, Hilfe und Heilung. 2. Aufl. 228p. 8? Lpz., 1937. ---- [Griin- und Gelbkreuz...] Green and yellow cross; special pathology and therapy of injuries caused by the chemical war materials of the green cross group (phosgene and diphosgene) and of the yellow cross group (mustard gas and Lewisite) 156p. 27cm. Cincin., 1944. Gerlinger, H. Manuel des gaz de combat. 74p. 8? Strasb., 1935. Gillert, E. Die Kampfstofferkrankungen. 2. Aufl. 86p. 25cm. Berl., 1938. BibUogr.: p. 76-82. ---- [The same] Die Kampfstofferkran- kungen (Kampfstoffverletzungen) 4. Aufl. 108p. 25}km. Berl., 1939. BibUogr.: p. 95-102. --- [The same] Die Kampfstoffverlet- zungen. 5. Aufl. HOp. 25^cm. Berl., 1941. Also 6.-7. Aufl. 120p. 24^cm. Berl., 1943. Also 8.-10. Aufl. 140p. 25cm. Berl., 1944. Also 11. u. 12. Aufl. 176p. 24cm. Berl., 1944 --- [The same] Gases de guerra. 157p. 18cm. Madr., 1940. Great Britain. Privy Council. Medical Research Council. An atlas of gas poisoning. 3. ed. 15p. 24cm. Lond., 1939. Also rev. ed., 15p. 22cm. Brooklyn, 1942. Forms App. 3 to Med. Man. Chem. Warf. (War Off. Gr. Britain) Rev. ed, Brooklyn, 1942. L6pez Cobos, F. Gases de combate; enferme- dades que producen y su terapeutica en el hombre y los animales; sistemas de proteccidn individual y colectiva. 350p. 22Kcm. Avila, 1934. Lustig, A. Patologia e clinica delle malattie da gas di guerra. 4. ed. 424p. 25cm. Milano, 1937. Muntsch, O. Leitfaden der Pathologie und Therapie der Kampfgaserkrankungen. 94p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Also English ed., 153 1. 4? n. p., 1932. Also 3. Aufl. 132p. 8! Lpz., 1935. Also 4. Aufl. 142p. 24>^cm. Lpz., 1936. Also 5. Aufl. 150p. 24^cm. Lpz., 1939. Also 6. Aufl. 160p. 24Hcm. Lpz., 1941. Also 7. Aufl. 161p. 25cm. Lpz., 1944. Reig Cerda, V. Gases de guerra; fisio- patologfa; quimica; defensa individual y colectiva. 284p. 23}4cm. Valenc, 1939. Takemura, B. Doku-gasu igaku [Poison gas from the standpoint of medical science] 259p. 21cm. Tokyo, 1941. Telbisz, A. Harcgazbetegsegek k6r- es gy6gy- tana. lOOp. 8? Budap., 1934. ---- Medical service. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Dokument] D1118. Das Gasschutz-Feldlabora- torium, vom 25.5.41 [Reprint] 57p. 20Hcm. Berl, 1943. Balanescu, I., & Balaban, I. Consideratiuni asupra func- tionarei serviciului sanitar in legatura cu gazele de lupta. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1480-9.—Barre, C. [Studies in the English Army on medical service for the gassed and in tank units] Tskr. mil. halsov, 1939, 64: 61-83.—Leake, C. D. Concerning procedures in handUng war gas injuries. California West. M, 1942, 56: 262.—Muntsch, O. The transport, care and medical treatment of gas casualties. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 70: 107.—Sillwaerts, Paitre [et al.] Transport, hospitalization et traitement des blesses gazes [discussion] Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil, 1937, 9. Congr, 2: 133-50. ---- Naval aspect. Ellis, F. P. The hazards of toxic gases in warships excluding agents of chemical warfare. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1947, 33: 25-37 —P, R. S. Toxic irritant gases as a potential hazard in fires. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 4: No. 7, 11. ---- Pathology. See also Cyanogen. Badia, L. R. Patologia y terapeutica de los gases de guerra. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 519-40.—Eek, N. van. [Injuries from chemical war gases] Tschr. tandheelk, 1939-40, 47: 302-26.—Felix. Die Pathologie der Kampfstofferkrankungen. Sitzber. Frankf. med. Ges, 1936, 11-3.—Ginzler, A. M. Pathologic effects of the common war gases. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1942-45, 84-6.—Muntsch, O. Leitfaden der Pathologie und Therapie der Kampfgaserkrankungen. Ver- trauensarzt, 1934, 2: 222-6.—Wallace, S. A. The pathology of gas warfare. Tristate M. J, 1942-43, 15: 2854-7. ---- Pathology: Eye. See also Eye injury; Mustard gas. Balaban, I. Actiunea gazelor de lupta asupra ochilor si tratamentul gazatilor oculari. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 396-408.—Berens, C, & Hartmann, E. The effect of war gases and other chemicals on the eyes of the civilian population. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1943, 19: 356-67.—Czurda, A. Beo- bachtungen uber Hornhautschaden bei Tranengasveratzungen des Auges. Wien. med. Wschr, 1947, 97: 257; passim.— Dautrebande. L'aspect ophtalmologique de l'intoxication par gaz de combat. Bruxelles med, 1939-40, 20: 376.—Decon- tamination of eyes after exposure to lewisite. Med. Div. Mem. U S Off. Civ. Defense, 1942, No. 12. Also Nebraska M. J, 1942| 27: 187. Also N. England J. M, 1942, 226: 667.— Delayed action blindness due to gas poisoning in the war. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 109: 1647.—Dor, L. Gaz de combat et brulures des yeux. Arch, opht. Par, 1939-40, n. ser, 3: 873.— Eye injuries from tear, nose and choking gases. Bull. Army M. Dep Lond, 1944, No. 33, 6.—Eye injuries from vesicant gases. Ibid, No. 32, 3-5.—Garcia Miranda, A, & Navarro Rojas, R. Nuevas pautas para el tratamiento de las afecciones oculares por los agentes quimicos de guerra. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 140-50.—Gilbert, W. Ueber Kampfstofferkrankungen des Auges. Med. KUn, Berl, 1939, GAS POISONING 488 GAS POISONING 35: 1621.—Godwin, E. D. War gas injuries of the eye. Cali- fornia West. M, 1942, 57: 299-301.—Greenwood, A. Ophthal- mic disturbances due to the war gases. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, ll~pt 2, 714-8, pi — Heinsius, E. Ueber Kampfstofferkrankungen am Auge. KUn. Mbl. Augenh, 1939, 103: 644.—Injuries of the eye caused by war gases. BuU. Pract. Ophth, S. Franc, 1942, 12: 27-35.— Karnicki, K. Uszkodzenia oczu przez gazy bojowe. Lek. wojsk, 1927, 9: 303-15.—Kugelberg, I. Gasskador ur oftal- mologisk synpunkt. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 154-61.—Liquid vesicant contamination of the eyes. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 30.—Mann, I, & Pullinger, B. D. The pathology of cholestherin and fat depo- sition in mustard gas injuries of the cornea. Brit. J. Ophth, 1942, 26: 503-7.—Roe, G. C. F. Cleansing eyes of gas at fii st- aid posts. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 795.—Rosengren, B. [War gases from the ophthalmological view-point] Tskr. mU. halsov, 1940, 65: 13-8.-—Schmelzer, Die Kampfstoffverletzungen des Auges (mit experimentellen Untersuchungen) Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1941, 106: 603.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. Burns of eye by intermediate product in manufacture of diphosgene. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt 2, 591, pi.—Treatment of gas lesions of the eye, revised nstructions. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 464 (Abstr.)— Treatment of mustard gas lesions of the eye. Ibid, 1942-43, 3: 145 (Abstr.)—Turtz, C. A. Gas injuries to the eye in war- fare. Bull. N. York M. Coll, 1942, 5: 94-100.—Uhde, G. I. Eye injuries from so-called non casualty war gases; report of cases. Am. J. Ophth, 1948, 31: 323-7.—Whalm an, H. F. Chemical injuries of the eye, their treatment with special ref- erence to war gases. California West. M, 1943, 58: 279. ---- Pathology: Lung. Ekopf, H. *Die Beeinflussung der durch Gelb- kreuzkampfstoff gesetzten Bronchitiden durch die Bier'sche Aethertherapie im Tierversuch [Berlin] 34p. 20Hcm. Hamb, 1940. Eckert-Mobius, A. Die Kampfstofferkrankungen der oberen Luftwege und ihre Behandlung. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 313- 5.—Loftier, W. Zur Klinik und Therapie der Kampfstoffscha- digungen; Lungenschadigungen durch Griin- und Gelbkreuz- gase. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 282-6.—Muntsch, O. Zu dem Aufsatz: Betrachtungen iiber die medikamentose Kreislaufbehandlung des Lungenodems bei Kampfgasvergifte- ten. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 389.—Ritlop, B. [Respiratory lesions due to war gases] Orvostud. kozl, 1940, 1: 44-8. ---- Pathology: Skin. Keller, W. *Die Empfindlichkeit der menschlichen Haut gegentiber Kampfstoffen der Gelbkreuzgruppe [Bern] 26p. 24>£cm. Basel, 1942. Also in Dermatologica, 1942, 85: No. 1. Lucam, F. Les lesions cutanees provoquees par les gaz de combat; etude experimentale. Ann. anat. path. Par, 1939, 16: 705-32.—Lutz, W. Behandlung der durch Kampfgasc hervorgerufenen Hauterscheinungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1940, 36: 180.—Tarras-Wahlberg, B. Gasskador ur dermatologisk synpunkt. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 145-53. ---- Physiopathology. Werner, H. *Elektrocardiographische Unter- suchungen bei kampfstoffvergifteten lungenge- schadigten Tieren nach Behandlung mit Deri- phyllin [Berlin] 30p. 21cm. Borna-Lpz., 1939. Bacq, Z. M. Reaction des vesicants et toxiques de guerre avec la cysteine et le glutathion. Acta biol. belg. 1942 2- 430-2.—Cameron, G. R, Gaddum, J. H, & Short, R. H.' D. The absorption of war gases by the nose. J. Path. Bact, Lond 1946, 58: 449-55, 3 pi.—Kramer, M. Humoralno dejstvo matenja na kardiovaskularni aparat, respiraciju i centralni zivcani sistem. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 432-7.— Lewison, E. F. Sensitivity to war gases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942 118: 248.—MichSilescu. C. N. Fiziopatologia intoxicatiilor prin gaze de lupta. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1331-68.— Muntsch, O. Neuere Forschungsergebnisse iiber Kampfgas- wirkung auf Kreislauf, Herzfunktion und Atmung. Nauheim FortbUd. Lehrg, 1935, 11: 146-53. ---- Sequelae. Bagirova, N. [On the sequels of war-gas poisoning] KUn med, Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 9-10, 116.—Balanescu, I, & Balaban, I. Tuberculoza pulmonara la gazati. Rev. san mil Bucur, 1936, 35: 632-8.—Flury. Folgezustande nach Kampf- stoffverletzungen. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943 3. Congr, 191-9.—Levsh, P. M. [Tuberculosis following poisoning with war gas] J. profil. subtrop. klin. med, Tash- kent, 1934, 4- 3-10—Marie, G. L. E, Hugonot, G. A. [et al.] Letat actuel des sequelles des diverses lesions de l'appareil respiratoire dues a l'action toxique des gaz de combat. Rev Serv. san. mil., Par, 1938, 109: 745-89—Muntsch, O. Bei- trage zur Beurteilung von Spatfolgen nach Kampfstoffver- giftung. Veroff. Heer. San, 1937, H. 102, 277-90.— Pozharsky, F. I. [Pneumosclerosis foUowing poisoning with war gasesl Probl. tuberk, Moskva, 1937, No. 11, 112-28.—Price, G. B. After-results of gassing. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1938, 196: 218-22.—Tanon, L. Secuelas de las afecciones por los gasea de combate. Monde mid. (Ed. espafi.) 1943, 53: 1-6. ---- Surgery. Derooz, J. *De quelques points interessant le traitement des brulures cutanees par les gaz de guerre. 13p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Barre, C. [Treatment of surgical cases, complicated by chemical gas] Tskr. mil. halsov. 1938, 63: 1-10. -----■ [Surgery and gas injuries] Nord. med, 1939, 3: 2731. Also in: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 2: 305-7.— Carvalhal, L. J. O tratamento dos feridos gaseados; contri- buicao ao estudo da cirurgia de guerra. Rev. mid. mun, Rio, 1942, 4: 65-80.-—Cordier, D. Cnoix des anesthesiques pour le bless6 ga.zi. In his Probl. med. guerre, Montreal, 1943, 99- 117.—Lendle, L. Zur Frage der Chloroformverwendung fur die Narkose auch bei Kampfgaskranken. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 164-8.—Lippay-Almassy, A. [War gases and military surgery] Orv. hetil, 1941, 85: mell, 6.—Rosenbaum, S. A brief outline of the treatment of wounds caused by war gases. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1939, 17: No. 2, 2-4.—Wirth, W. Narkose bei Kampfstoffvergifteten. Kongrber. Internat. Kongr. Rettungswes. (1939) 1941. 5. Kongr, 144-6. ---- Tear gas. Andreoni, R. Azione di Ulcuni aggressivi lacrimogeni sul cavallo e sul cane. Clin, vet, Milano, 1938, 61: 451-4.—Bacq, Z. M, & Fischer, P. Reaction des groupes sulfhydriles de l'ovalbumine denatured et native avec certains toxiques de guerre lacrymogenes et vesicants. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1946, 28: 234-9.—Dixon, M. Reactions of lachrymators with enzymes and proteins. Biochem. J, Lond, 1948, 42: Suppl, xxvi.—Giral, F. Productos lacrimogenos de aplicacion en guerra quimica. Ciencia, Mex, 1940, 1: 214-20.—Waitt, A. H. The tear gases and other agents. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y.. 1942, 58-68. ---- Toxicology. Bltjme, R. *Beobachtungen an griinkreuz- vergifteten Kaninchen, die mit Pernocton nar- kotisiert wurden [Berlin] 26p. 22cm. Miinch., 1941. Marsh, D. F., & Leake, C. D. Mechanism of war gases. Leaflet. 28cm. S. Franc, 1942. Weston, R. E., & Tobias, J. M. An apparatus for determining retained dose of inhaled toxic gases. 19p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1945. Forms No. 23, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Agrelo, R, & Franci, J. M. Acci6n t6xica de los gases de combate sobre el organismo. Rev. med. lat. amer, B. Air, 1942-43, 28: 110-6.—Berg6s, F. de A. El mecanismo de las intoxicaciones por gases de guerra. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 462.—Chartschenko, N. S, & Irschanskaja, K. N. Wirkung der Schachtgase auf den Organismus; Wirkung von CO2 auf die Lungen ventilation, auf die Reflexerregbarkeit und auf den Muskel in situ. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1932-33, 6: 245-8 — Corbet, C. Gazes de guerra; acao farmacol6gica. An. paul. med. cir, 1943, 45: 49 (Abstr.)—Desreux, V., & Fischer, P. Mecanisme de l'inactivation de la papaine par certains toxiques de guerre. Actual, biochim, Liege, 1947, No. 10, 127-40.— Effects (The) of war gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 1903. Also Chn. Osteopath, 1939, 35: 712.—Efremov, V. G. [On the selection of standard experimental animals for study of toxi- cology, pathology and prophylaxis of war gases] Tr. Nauch. issledov. inst. fiziol. Saratov, 1934, 1: 429-38.—Figuera y de Benito, E. de la. Mi experiencia personal sobre las lesiones y accidentes toxicos producidos por el sulfuro de etilo diclorado o iperita. Libro de actas Jorn. med. espafi. (1943) 1944, 3. Jorn, 2: 202-8, Ulust.—Flury, F. Die toxikologischen Grundprobleme der Kampfstoffwirkung. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 56-60.—Goldenberg, A. Influence des gaz de combat sur le corps humain. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1939, 17: No. 2, 1.— Leake, C. D, & Marsh, D. F. Mechanism of action of ordinary war gases. Science, 1942, 96: 194-7.—Longcope, W. T. Importance of researches on war gases to clinical medicine. Occup. Med, 1946, 2: 34-44.—Marsh, D. F. Mechanism of action of ordinary war gases. Q. Phi Beta Pi M, 1942, 39: 202-4.—Mechanism of action of war gases. California West M, 1942, 57: 162.—Muehlberger, C. W. The toxicology of war gases. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: 617-22.—Rothlin, E. L.rgebnisse tierexperimenteller Untersuchungen uber den Vergiftungsverlauf nach Phosgen und Yperit. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 1205-10.—Tito, E. Accion de los agresivoa quimicos, gases de combate, en el hombre y en los animales. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1939, 38: 951-84. GAS POISONING 489 GAS POISONING ■--- Treatment. Great Britain. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precautions handbook No. 3: Medical treatment of gas casualties. 2. print. 145p. 16cm. Lond., 1939. Metelmann, J. *Ueber Behandlung der durch Gelbkreuzkampfstoff gesetzten Haut- wunden mit Kamille. 13p. 23cm. Berl., 1938. Morimune, Y. Doku-gasu to sono tiryo [Poison gas and its treatment] 164p. 21J^cm. Tokyo, 1941. Rudkin Press. How to tell & what to do if they are gassed. 120p. 18%cm. Little Dormers, Engl., 1941. [United States] National Research Coun- cil. Committee on the Treatment of Gas Casualties. Report. Wash., No. 9, 1944- United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 101: Use of BAL in oil and BAL ointment in treatment of systemic poisoning caused by lewisite and other arsenical blister gases. 3p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. A, M. I feriti-gassati ed il loro trattamento. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1939, 45: 178-81.—Abramov, J. [Waterless treatment of war gas cases] Med. sestra, 1944, No. 6, 12-4.— Balanescu, I. Le penl aerien: les gaz de combat; la thera- peutique des gazes. Bull. Acad. mid. Roumanie, 1937, 2: pt 4, 623-38. ------ & Balaban, I. Tratamentul gazatilor. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1369-96, iUust.—Cherkes, A. I. [The basic principles of the therapy of war gas poisoning] Farm. & toks, Moskva, 1943, 6: No. 5, 3-13.—Dorffel, J. Kampfstofferkrankungen der Haut und ihre Behandlung. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 369-72.—Genaud, P. Tratamiento de los gaseados (con exclusion de los vesiculados) Monde mid. (Ed. espan.) 1941, 51: 88-96.—Glebovich, A. A. [Oxygen in the therapy of war gas affections] Farm. & toks, Moskva, 1941, 4: No. 6, 8-14.—Greer, R. E. Treatment of war gases. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, 1943, 36: 139-43.—Grzhebin, Z. N. [Basic principles in the treatment of affections of the skin, caused by war gases] KUn. med, Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 6, 83-6.—Hanzlik, P. J. Use of dogs in developing treatment of war gas poisoning. California West. M, 1938, 49: 182-5.— Hasan Kadri. Orduda ve geride gazh-yaraUlarin tiryaji, nakil ve tedavisi. Askert sihhiye mecmuasi, 1942, 71: 1-8.— Izrailsky. A. [Technique of blood-letting in treatment of poisoning by suffocating war gases] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 8, 23-5.—Leake, C. D, & Marsh, D. F. The management and prevention of civiUan war gas injury. Ann. Int. M, 1944, 20: 376-89.—Male, L. Treatment of civiUan gas casualties. Med. J. Australia, 1937, 1: 18-21.—Manual terapfiutico de gaseados, Exercito americano (transl.) Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1948, 37: 349-86.—Mata, M. Gases da guerra; terapeutica; profilaxia e tratamento. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1935, 1: 425-38 — Medical treatment of gas casualties; issued by the Home Office Air Raid Precautions Department. Nova Scotia M. BuU, 1939, 18: 491; 539.—Mitchell, H. E. Treatment of victims of poison gas with special reference to the use of the bronchoscope. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1943, 37: 371-6.—Miiller, W. Der Materialbedarf fiir die Behandlung von Gasverletzten. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 316-8.—Muntsch, O. Zur Behandlung von kampfstoffbeschmutzten Brisanzwunden. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1564.—Oliveira, E. Gases de combate; consideracoes clinico-terapfiuticas. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1939, 28: 409-38. Also Hospital, Rio, 1940, 17: 625-52.—Pannier, gas casualty treatment, medical officer's, field. Jap. M. Material Rep, 1946, No. 210, 1-4.—Rose, H. M. Symposium on war medicine; war gas injuries among the civilian population; prophylaxis and treatment. J. M. Soc. Co. New York, 1942, 1: No. 28, 4—7.—Savy, P. Traitement de l'intoxication par les gaz de combat; gaz toxiques. Union med. Canada, 1941, 70: 414-6.—Sohier, R. Tratamiento de los vesiculados. Bol. Col. med. Habana, 1942, 5: No. 8, 15; passim.—Stocken, L. A, & Thompson, R. H. S. A procedure for the treatment of gas casualties. Brit. M. J, 1941, 2: 448-51.—Sulzberger, M. B. Protection and treatment of the skin exposed to blister gases. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 2: 588-602, pi.—Telbisz, A. Harcgazmergezettek kezeles6hez sziikseges gyogyszerek. Orv. hetU, 1944, 88: meU, 14.—Teorell, T. Nyare behandlings- metoder mot stridsgaser. Tskr. mil. halsov, 1944, 68: Suppl, 165-72.—[Waterless treatment in affections caused by war gas] Farmacia, Moskva, 1941, 4: No. 11, 14.—Westergren, A. Stridsgasernas invartes-medicinska skador och deras behandUng. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 126-40. ------ Om behandlingsprinciper vid stridsgasskador. Ibid, 141-4.—Yuasa, T. Boku iryo to dokugasu syogai [Medical treatment under air defence and poison-gas injury] Senzi igaku, 1944, 1: 9-12. ■---- Vesicant gas. Bacq, Z. M, & Angenot, P. Inhibition d'une fermentation lactique par des vesicants, dont certains toxiques de guerre. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1940, 134: No. 5, 105-7.—Bacq, Z. M., & Desreux, V. Reaction des vesicants et des toxiques de guerre avec les prolines. Acta biol. belg, 1942, 2:369-71.—Cleansing of hair contaminated by vesicant gases. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 225 (Abstr.) Also Med. Off, Lond, 1942, 67: 76 — Cressman, E. H. Vesicants in chemical warfare. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1942-43, 42: 145-9.—Davis, M. I. J. The dermatologic aspects of the vesicant war gases. J. Am. M. Ass, 1944, 126: 209-13.—Fischer, P. Inactivation de l'urease et de la papaine par certains toxiques de guerre et vesicants. BuU. Soc. chim. biol. Par, 1946, 28: 240-6. —— Dosage de certains toxiques de guerre et vesicants par les substances sulfhydryles. J. pharm. Belgique, 1947, 2: 225-9.—Gammel, J. A. The vesicant gases, their action on skin and eyes. Clin. Bull. School M. West. Reserve Univ, 1943, 7: 34-6.—Garcia H. Bernalt, A. Los vesicantes. Rev. espafi. rned. cir. guerra, 1939, 3: 455-62.—Goldman, L. Recent advances in the medical aspects of the vesicants as related to civilian defense. Cincin- nati J. M, 1942-43, 23: 444-8. ------ Some medical prob- lems of vesicant chemical warfare agents as affecting civiUan populations. Bull. N. York Acad. M, 1943, 19: 57-72. ------ & Cullen, G. E. The vesicant chemical warfare agents. Arch. Derm. Syph, Chic, 1940, 42: 123-36.—Hurst, A. F. Vesicant gases. In his Med. Dis. War, 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 483-9 — Kuske, H. Die Schadigungen durch hautwirksame Kampfstoffe Abwehrmassnahmen und Behandlung. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 289-94.—Marsh, D. F, & Leake, C. D. Detergents as prophylactics against vesicant exposure. Texas Rep. Biol. M, 1944, 2: 22.—Mendonca Castro. Guerra e gases vesicantes. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 19: No. 357, 95-104.—Sohier. R. Tratamiento de los vesiculados. Monde med. (Ed. espafi.) 1941, 51: 97-109.—Use of BAL in oil and BAL ointment in treatment of systemic poisoning caused by lewisite and other arsenical blister gases [Form letter] Burned News Lett, Wash, 1945, 5: 22-4.—Waitt, A. H. The blister gases. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 47-57. ---- in animals. Effects (The) of war gases on animals. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1939, 51: 1102-6.—Henry, M. Gas warfare as affecting horses and mules. Austral. Vet. J, 1935, 11: 143-8.—Osman Zeki Yiiceyalcin [Poison war gases from the view-point of veter- inary medicine in relation to domestic animals, horses and cattle] Askeri tibbi baytarl mecmuasi, 1936, 13: 369-76.— Sadettin Tektas [Protection against war gases] Askeri vet. mecmuasi, 1940, 18: No. 144, 14-31. GASTRECTOMY. See under Surgical technic, Stomach. GASTROENTERITIS. See also Enteritis; Stomach. Cellars, J. R., Rose, B., & Kerr, W. K. Effects of gastro-enteritis on fighter pilots. 6 1. 29cm. Lond., 1945. Forms No. 619, F. P. R. C. Gr. Brit. Flying Pers. Res. Com. Haulon, J. Le syndrome neuro-toxique des gastro-ententes du nourrisson; apercu clinique et medications r6centes. Rev. med. nav. Par, 1947, 2: 371-4.—Lloyd, P. C. Acute relapsing gastro-enteritis. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 27, 19-21.—Molchanov, N. Gastroenterit (gastro- enteritis) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 1146-9.—Warren, W. R. Acute infectious gastroenteritis, an epidemiologic and clinical study. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1950, 5: No. 3, 12-5.—Whitley, F. H, Fodor, A, & Williams, R. An outbreak of gastro-enteritis. Ibid, 1949, 4: No. 7, 9-13. GASTROENTEROLOGY. See also subsequent heading; also Internal medicine. Annis, J. W, & Eldridge, F. G. Military gastroenterology. South. M. J, 1943, 36: 791-8—Boles, R. S. The war's challenge to gastroenterology. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1942, 9: 241—4.—Chamberlin, D. T. Military gastro-enterology; the first vear. South. M. J, 1943, 36: 523-8.—Douthwaite, A. H. Gastro-enterology. Practitioner, Lond, 1941, 147: 622-9.— Kantor, J. L. Gastro-enterology and military medicine; the utilization of a modern specialty in peace and war. Mil. Surgeon, 1934, 74: 113-24. ------ Role of gastroenterology in American military medicine. N. York State J. M, 1941, 41: 1458-60. ------ Report of the Committee on Military Preparedness. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1942, 9: 114—Pitao, J. S. Gastroenterologia no exercito. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1949, 38: 73-7. — Organization. Texier, P. N. *Notes sur Futility et l'organi- sation d'un service specialise de gastro-enterologie militaire de guerre; etude de premiers resultats 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----32 GASTROENTEROLOGY 490 GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT en periode de mobilisation. 48p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Gibb, W. T. Gastroenterology in a large naval hospital. South. M. J, 1944, 37: 507-10.—Hall, A. The gastro-intestinal section, Army General Hospital. Am. J. Digest. Dis, 1942, 9: 389-92.—Harris, S. Division of Internal Medicine; section of Gastroenterology. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1923, 1: 381-3.—Kantor, J. L. Organization of the gastrointestinal service in the Army during the second World War; personal observations and impressions. Gastroenterol- ogy, 1947, 8: 157-9.—Magnes, M. A gastro-intestinal out- patient service. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 85, 99-103.—Monat, H. A, & Carleton, W. T. Effective manage- ment of gastro-intestinal department at Naval hospitals. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 459-62.—Morrison, S. Interservice consultations in one Army general hospital; comments with particular reference to the section on gastroenterology. War Med, Chic, 1945, 7: 84-94.—Quiroz, J. D. Necesidad de la creacion de un dispensario nacional para enfermedades del aparato digestivo. Rev. san. mil, Asuncion, 1942, No. 135, 161-4.—Schindler, R. Gastroenterology in the Army; methods of examination and disposition of cases. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 263-76. GASTROINTESTINAL tract. See also Altitude, Gastrointestinal tract; Aviator; Digestive system; Injury; Surgical technic, gastrointestinal. McDonough, F. E. Roentgenographs studies of gastrointestinal motility observed in swing test subjects, lip. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Also another ed., 2 pts, 9 1., 7p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942-43. ----The effect of altitude on gastrointestinal motility. 7 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Also another ed., Ip. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Hayden, R. S. Serial spot film device. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 118-20.—Leigh, T. F. Gastro-intestinal studies on the field X-ray machine. Ibid, 1946, 5: 474-7.— Lossen, H. Zur Technik der rontgenologischen Magen- Darmuntersuchung. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1944, 9: 408-11.— Shirley, A. R. Roentgenological examination of the gastro- intestinal tract. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1941-42, 18: 280-3. ---- Disease. See also such terms as Digestive system, Dis- ease; Dysentery; Dyspepsia; Enteritis; Gastro- enteritis, etc. Barondes, R. de R. Powdered blood plasma and eggwhite perorally in therapy of gastrointestinal disorders. Mil. Sur- geon, 1947, 101: 306-9—Beguiristain, M. A, Rottjer, E. A, & Etala, E. La alimentacion precoz en las hemorragias gastro- duodenales. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1941, 40: 127-33.—Berk, J. E. Gastro-intestinal problems in miUtary medicine. Med Clin. N. America, 1941, 25: 1859-72. ------ Trends and shortcomings in the approach to gastrointestinal diseases; a review based on experience in an Army general hospital. Pennsylvania M. J, 1943-44, 47: 897-901. ------ Gastro- intestinal problems in the Army. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1944, 41: 365-70. Also French transl. Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1945, 18: 6^13—Berkovich, I. M, & Kassiura, M. B. Osobennosti tedenija zeludo6no-kise6nykh zabolevanij u detej starsego vozrasta v voennoe vremja. Pediatria, Moskva, 1947, No. 2, 45-52.—Carleton, W. T. Gastro-intestinal tract dis- turbances; functional disturbances on a psychogenic basis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 538-48.—Cilli, V. Identificazione di alcuni ceppi di gastro-enterotossiemia degli ovini e dei caprini in Eritrea. Boll. Soc. ital. med. igiene trop. (Sez. Eritrea) 1942, 1: No. 2, 54-60.—Ehrlich, J. C, & Hunter, O. B, jr. Tumors of the gastrointestinal tract; a survey of 813 in persons of mUitary age during World War II. Surg. Gyn Obst, 1947, 85: 98-106.—Halsted, J. A. Clearing company for gastro-intestinal disease. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 88, 90-5. ------ Functional gastrointestinal disorders- lessons learned from miUtary medicine. N. England J. M 1946, 235: 747-51. ------ Gastrointestinal disorders of psychogenic origin; management in forward areas. Bull. U. S Army M. Dep, 1949, 9: Suppl, 163-80.—Heintzelman, J. H. L., & Jacox, H. W. Organic upper gastro-intestinal disease at an advance base. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 1035-7.— Hoffman, I. L. Spontaneous passage of two nails through the gastrointestinal tract. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 804.—Ivy, A. C, Bockus, H. L. [et al.] Gastro-intestinal dis- orders. Clinics, 1943-44, 2: 1219-44.—Kost, N. A. [Control of gastro-intestinal diseases during military operations] Sovet med, 1942, 6: No. 5, 35-7.—MacRae, J. D. The importance of X-ray in gastro-intestinal disorders in soldiers. Tr. M. Soc. N. CaroUna, 1925, 72: 251.—Markoff, N. Magendarmer- krankungen und MiUtardienst. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1943, 73: 157-60—Monat, H. A, & Batzle, J. H, jr. The signifi- cance of Hanger's test (cephalin-cholesterol flocculation test) in disorders of the stomach and colon. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1568-70.—Morrison, S. Psychosomatic gastroin- testinal problems in the United States Army. Gastroenterology, 1947, 8: 231-3.-—Pincus, I. J. Gastro-intestinal disorders as seen in an Army station hospital. South. M. J, 1943, 36: 284-7.—Rudolph, J. A, & Sage, C. V. Allergic problems of the gastrointestinal tract; report of cases seen in military service, Ann. Allergy, 1948, 6: 11-20.—Rush, A. Gastrointestinal dis- turbances in the combat area; preliminary observations on functional disorders of the digestive tract. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 123: 471-3.—Savitt, R. A. Gastrointestinal disorders in military and civilian life. Rev. Gastroenter, 1947, 14: 402-9.— Tamraz, J. M. A case of acute gangrenous diverticulitis, Meckel's, with perforation due to fish bone. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 328.—Turner, H. M. S. Egyptian tummv. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 293.—Weinstein, E. A, & Stein, M. H. Psy- chogenic disorders of the upper gastrointestinal tract in combat personnel. War Med, 1945, 8: 365-70. ---- Injury. See also Wound. Uffreduzzi, O. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco dello stomaco edell'intestino. p. 940-87. 25cm. Tor., 1940. In his Chir. guerra, Tor, 1940. Aguilo Aguilo, P. A proposito de una herida retroperitoneal de colon. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1939, 3: 363-71.— Brown, H. M, & Perlmutter, I. K. Case report of a traumatic rupture of the duodenum. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1943, 2: 120-2.—Crisp, W. J. C. Case of a gunshot wound of stomach and duodenum with recovery. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 41.—Fraser, I. Avulsion of stomach from duodenum. Ibid, 1940, 75: 383-6. ------ Wounds of the stomach, duodenum, liver and spleen. In: Surg. Modern Warf, (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 217-23.—Garcia Baron, A. Heridas del duodeno por armas de fuego. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1941, 6: 211-9.—Isihara, K. Sensyo-sei tyokutyo- ro ni tai-suru tyoheki hogo-zyutu ni tuite [Technique of in- testinal wall suture for rectal fistula due to a war wound] Gun idan zassi, 1943, 1475-81.—Nikolaev, G. F. Operacii pri ranenijakh zeludka i dvenadcatiperstnoj kiSki. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. otech. voine, Moskva. 1949, 12: 201. ----- Odnovremennye ranenija razlidnykh otdelov zeludo6no-kise6- nogo trakta. Ibid, 215-9.—Teneff, S. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco della faringe e dell'esofago. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 769-78, illust.—Touzard & Perrin. Perforation traumatique par contusion de la 3« portion du duodenum; suture; guerison. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1947, 41: 130-3 — Uffreduzzi, O. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco del retto. In his Chir. guerra, Tor, 1940, 1004-15, Ulust. GASTROSCOPY. See under Stomach. GAS warfare. See also Chemical warfare; Gas; Gas mask; Gas poisoning. Fitch, W. K. Gas warfare. 2. print. 103p. 18>^cm. Lond., 1943. Meyer, J. Der Gaskampf und die chemischen Kampfstoffe. 3. Aufl. 376p. 22Ucm. Lpz., 1938. Waitt, A. H. Gas warfare. 2. print. 327p. 21cm. N. Y., 1942. Also Rev. ed. 332p. 21cm. N. Y., 1944. Woker, G. J. Der kommende Giftgaskrieg. 4. Aufl. 134p. 18cm. Lpz., 1925. Baxter, J. P, III. Why not gas? In his Scientists Against Time, Bost, 1946, 266-81.—Boyd, L. J. Employment of gas in warfare. Bull. N. York M. Coll, 1942, 5: 33-6.—Cadman, W. H. Gas warfare. Pharm. J, Lond, 1942, 95: 196 — Eboli, C. M. O gas e a guerra. Rev. Cruz Verm, brasil, 1944, 2: No. 13, 13-5.—Gas (The) menace. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1938, 24: 106-9.—Gas warfare. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 240.— Kendall, J. Gas warfare. Edinburgh M. J, 1940, 47: 664-74. Also Edinburgh Postgrad. Lect. (1940-41) 1942, 2: 401-11.— Matubara, K. Dokugasu senso [Poison gas warfare] Toyo gakugei zassi, 1918, 35: 456-61.—Mercier, R. G. Ataque por nubes de gas. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940, 52-5.—Waitt, A. H. The employment of gas in battle. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 137-54. ---- Attack. Hanslian, R. Entstehung und Entwicklung des Gasangriffs. In his Chem. Krieg, 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 1-37. -----■ Gasangriffsformen des Weltkrieges. Ibid, 77-187, 3 maps. ------ Die Gasangriffsformen der Nachkriegszeit. Ibid, 337-71.—Herrera, S. R. Los gases t6xicos como apoyo en el ataque de la infanterfa. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1944, 44: pt 2, 577-83. GAS WARFARE 491 GAS WARFARE ■--- Bibliography. Haferkorn, H. E., & Neumann, F. Poison- ous gas in warfare; application, prevention, de- fense, and medical treatment; a short, annotated bibliography of gases and kindred devices ap- plied in the present war. Part II. 1 1. 14p. 230mm. Wash., 1918. Heuss, R. v. Rundschau: Gaskampf und Gasschutz. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild, 1937, 28: H. 11, 40-55.—M, M. Gases da guerra; bibliografia. Clfn. hig. & hidr, Lisb, 1935, 1: 439-43. ---- Defense. officer of civilian defense. 138p. 27cm. Cincin., 1942. Zangger, H. Die Gasschutzfrage. p.209- 340. 22^cm. Bern, 1932. In: Schweiz. Zschr. Unfallmed, 1932, 26: Anti-gas precautions [Great Britain] J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 876. Also Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 22.— Antigas preparations. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 403.—Arnold, H. L. What to do about poison gas. Hawaii M. J, 1941-42, 1: 179-82.—Barcroft, J. Gas attacks; what to do and when to do it. Ulster M. J, 1942, 11: 51-61.—Brooksbank, A. CivUian defence in chemical, gas, warfare. Australas. J. Pharm, 1937, n. ser, 18: 708; 816; 958; 1054; 1174.—Bruce, T. Profylaktiska skyddsatgarder och preventiv behandUng mot stridsgaser. In: Handledn. & Forsvarsmed, Stockh, 1940, 1: 118-25.— Civil defense against war gases. Nature, Lond, 1942, 150: 642.—Civilian (The) and gas attacks; advice which the pharma- cist can give. Pharm. J, Lond, 1941, 92: 48.—Civilian pro- tection against poison gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 897.— Creyghton, J. [Protection against war gases] Geneesk. gids, 1937, 15: 78; 108; 153.—Criticism of the protective measures against poison gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 108: 1187.—D, L. Protection des populations civiles contre la guerre chimique [a propos du bombardement aerien des villes ouvertes] Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1938, 20: 728-39.—Dautrebande, L. La protection individuelle contre les toxiques de combat. Sess. Off. internat. docum. mid. mil, Liege, 1938, 8. sess, 61-75.—Duties in gas defense. N. England J. M, 1943, 228: 378.—Gas precepts. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 26, 4.—Haldane, J. B. S. Civil defence against war gases. Nature, Lond, 1942, 150: 769.—Hanslian. R. Die Gasabwehr. In his Chem. Krieg, 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 187-252. ------ Die Gasabwehr in der Nachkriegszeit; Einzelschutz; Korperschutz. Ibid, 483-8.—Harrison, E. F, and gas defence. Brit. M. J, 1938, 2: 295.—Hasan Kadri Dirim. Passif korunmada harp gazlari. Anadolu klin, Istanbul, 1941, 9: 89-100.—Hints on gas from bombs. CaUfornia West. M, 1942, 56: 89.—How to protect oneseff against gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 889.—How to protect yourseU against gas. Am. J. Nurs, 1942, 42: 787.—How to protect yourself against war gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 122: 606.—How to protect yourself against war gases. N. Hampshire Health News, 1942, 20: No. 9, 3.—Huntoon, C. R. Three practical suggestions. Chem. Warf. BuU, 1942, 28: 133-5.—loan, D. Protectia contra gaze- lor de luptS. si bazele ei fiziologice. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1397-440, illust.—Isacescu, D. A. Consideratiuni asupra atacului din avion si a mijloacelor de protectie ale populatiei civile. Ibid, 1441-8.—Lupo, C. W. Civilian de- fense against war gases; with special reference to the lacrimal and respiratory mucous membranes. Brooklyn Hosp. J, 1940, 2: 133^2.—Lutte contre les gaz; mesures de fortune k appliquer en cas de surprise par les gaz. Bull. san. Algerie, 1939, 34: 223-8.—O'Brien, H. R. How to protect yourself against war gases. Connecticut Health BuU, 1943, 57: 138.— Office of CiviUan Defense; how to protect yourseU against gas. N. England J. M, 1942, 227: 156.—Personal protection against poisonous gases. Week. BuU. Calffornia Dep. Pub. Health, 1942-43, 21: 107.—Precautions against gas attacks on civiUans. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 120: 218.—Preparation against a gas attack [Great Britain] Ibid, 1941, 116: 2708.—Preparations for a gas attack. Ibid, 117: 58.—Protection against gas. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11: 323.—Protection (The) of patients against attacks of poison gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 468.—Protection des populations civiles contre la guerre chimique. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1937, 19: 769-83.—Schicks, G. C. CiviUan protection during gas attack. N. Jersey J. Pharm, 1943, 16: No. 2, 8.—Simon. L'appUca- tion des pheiiomenes d'adsorption k la protection contre les gaz. Arch. med. beiges, 1937, 90: 157-73.—Spolyar, L. W. How to protect yourself against war gases. Month. BuU. Bd Health Indiana, 1942, 45: 279.—Threat (The) of poison gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1942, 119: 1125.—Valentine, C. Food, clothing and shelter in gas warfare. R. N, Rutherford, 1942-43, 6: No. 2, 16; 48.—Vigne, P. Quelques notions simples sur la pro- tection contre les principaux gaz de combat, yperite, arsines caustiques, suffocants. Avenir mid., Par, 1939, 36: 199-203.— Warrick, L. F. Protection against gas attack in civUian defense. Wisconsin Bd Health Q. BuU, 1943, 8: No. 5, 15-8.—Whitacre, R. J. The anesthetist and gas defense. Current Res. Anesth. 1942, 21: 120. ---- Defense: Devices. See also Clothing; Gas mask; Shelter. Cullumbine, H, & Liddell, H. F. The penetration of anti-gas ointments into skin. Brit. J. Derm. Syph, 1946, 58: 294-7, 2 pi.—Gas-proof (A) pram. Nurs. Times, Lond, 1939, 35: 253.—Luzhinsky, G. F. O korrigiruju§6ikh steklakh k protivo- gazam. San. sluzhba, Sverdlovsk, 1946, No. 6, 158-60.— Roeiand, C. Appareil de protection pour le cheval contre les gaz. Rev. path, comp. Par, 1919, 19: 239-46.—Serra, G. Mezzi improwisati di protezione antigas. Gior. med. mil, 1938, 86: 611-7.—Trabuc, F. Les donnees theoriques qu'il est indispensable au medicin de connaitre en matiere de defense passive contre la guerre aero-chimique. Arch. m6d. Angers, 1939, 43: 6-12.—Visser, J. [Protective properties of cellophan against mustard gas] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1938, 78: 471-83. See also Civilian defense; Citizens Defense Corps; Decontamination. Canada. Director of Civil Air Raid Pre- cautions. Protect vourself against poison gas. 59p. 20cm. Ottawa, 1943. Champion Paper and Fibre Company. Technical notes and data on civilian protection against gas. 2. print. 146 1. 27}£cm. Hamil- ton, 1943. Dorey, G. *La protection des enfants en bas age contre les gaz de combat. 51p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Feist, W. Obrona przeciwlotniczo-gazowa wnetrza kraju. 206p. 20cm. Warsz., 1933. Fentox, J. Gas; a synopsis of defence against. 2. ed. 58p. 18? Lond., 1937. Great Britaix. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precautions handbook No. 1: Personal protection against gas. 2. ed. 124p. 16cm. Lond., 1938. ---- Anti-gas protection of babies and young children. 8p. 16}<2cm. Lond., 1940. Also another ed. Lond., 1941. ---- Personal protection against gas. 3. ed. 113p. 16cm. Lond., 1944. Forms No. 1, Air Raid Precautions Handb, Min. Home Security, Gr. Britain. Guest, L. H. If air war comes; a guide to air raid precautions and anti-gas treatment. 88p. 8? Lond., 1937. Hampe, E. Der Mensch und die Gase; Ein- fuhrung in die Gaskunde und Anleitung zum Gasschutz. HOp. 21^cm. Berl., 1932. Mercier, R. G. El combatiente, en lucha con los gases, p.45-75. 19cm. Madr., 1940. In his Grandez. & miser, d. combat, 2. ed, Madr, 1940. Muntsch, O. Schutz und Hilfe gegen chemi- sche Kampfstoffe. p. 13-33. 22cm. Berl., 1937. In: Chem. Kampfstoffe, 2. Aufl, Berl, 1937. Paris. Universite. Institut d'hygiene. La protection contre les gaz de combat. 284p. 21}£cm. Par., 1939. Prudhommeaux, P. *Les bases actuelles de la protection individuelle contre les gaz de com- bat. 104p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Rabinowitch, I. M. Anti-gas precautions for merchant shipping. 66p. 20^cm. Ottawa, 1942. ---- Personal protection against gas. 104p. 20^cm. Ottawa, 1942. Ruff, O., & Fessler, J. Gasschutz. 8. Aufl. 67p. 16? Lpz., 1937. Sisson, H. A. On guard against gas; an ac- count of the principles of gas warfare and of the steps to be taken by the ordinary citizen to defend his family. 91p. 8? Lond., 1938. Stackelberg, S. Alerte aux gas! que faire. 234p. 8? Lausanne, 1935. Taunton, C. Defence against gas; protection, first-aid, tactics, etc. 48p. 18cm. Lond., 1944. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Technical manual for the senior gas GAS WARFARE 492 GAS WARFARE ---- Defense: Food. See also Decontamination; Food economy; Gas detection. Great Britaix. Air Raid Precaution Department. The protection of foodstuffs against poison gas. 8p. 12? Lond., 1938. Great Britaix. Mixistry of Food. Food and its protection against poison gas. 2. ed. 18p. 24tfcm. Lond., 1941. Nickerson, M. H., Bauer, V., & Clare, V. A kit for the detection of blister gases on foods and food packaging materials. 11 1. 22cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1944. Forms No. 2, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warf. Serv. U. S. Army. Rabinowitch, I. M. Protection of food and water against poison gas. 58p. 20}->cm. Ottawa, 1942. Vettier, G. *La protection des denrees alimentaires contre les gaz de combat. 85p. 8? Par.. 1937. Wooldridge, W. R. War gases and foodstuffs: Chemical warfare and food supplies. 50p. 2lHcm. Lond., 1942. Dixon, J. A. Protection of foods against poison gas. Med. Off, Lond, 1941, 66: 76.—Foodstuffs and gas contamination. Pub. Health, Lond, 1941^2, 55: 52.—Gassei food reclaimed by British. Food Indust, 1941, 13: No. 11, 33.—Gemetro, L. Animales y carnes de consumo en contacto con agresivos qufmicos de guerra; generalidades; preveneion, saneamiento, aprovechamiento. Rev. mil, B. Air, 1943, 43: 601-6.— Gibrin, C. Preservation des aliments contre les effets des gaz de combat. BuU. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment. Par, 1938, 26: 405- 10.—Page, A.B. P. Damage to foodstuffs in chemical warfare. J. R. San. Inst, 1940-41, 61: 155-9.—Protection (The) of food against poison gas [England] J. Am. M. Ass, 1937, 109: 1825.—[Regulations for protection of food products from war gas] Hig. & zdorov, 1941, 6: No. 9, 44-6—Stainsby, W. J, & Taylor, A. McM. The detection of war gases in foodstuffs. Analyst, Lond, 1941, 66: 44-54. ------ The rapid determina- tion of arsenic in foodstuffs contaminated with lewisite. Ibid, 233-9.—Surenianc, J. S. [Safeguarding water supply outlets in gas attacks] Hig. & san, Moskva, 1944, 9: No. 3, 13-7.— Watkins, E. A. Procedures for food sanitarians in gas defense program. Sanitarian, Los Ang, 1943-44, 6: 324, &c.— Williams, H. A. The determination of arsenic in foods con- taminated by war gases. Analyst, Lond, 1941, 66: 228-33.— Wooldridge, W. R. War gases and foodstuffs. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1941, 53: 661; 675. ------ The protection of food- stuffs from war gases. Ibid, 663-5.-—ZIotnikov, D. S. [Pro- tection of food products from war gases] Feldsher, Moskva, 1941, No. 11, 13-8. ------ [Protection of food supply from contamination by war gases] Hig. & zdorov, 1941, 6: No. 11, 22-7. ---- Defense: Organization. See also Citizens Defense Corps; Decon- tamination service; Laboratory. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Dokument] D1118: Das Gasschutz-Feldlabora- torium, vom 25.5.41 [Reprint] 57p. 20}Scm. Berl., 1943. Bircan, K. N. [Preliminary work concerning war gas and anti-war gas campaign in the U. S. A.] Askeri s;hh:ye mecmuasi, 1937, 66: 98-104.—Defense against gas attack as prepared by a CalUornia county. Mod. Hosp, 1942, 58: No. 3, 71-3.—Gas defense program. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1943, 1561 140.-—Kelynack, A. V. War gases from the point of view of the hospital—gas attack and hospital management. Med. Press & circ, Lond, 1937, 194: 266.—Labemann, R. W. E. Einzel und Sammelschutz gegen Gas-, Brand- und Splitterwirkungen Mil. Wbl, Berl., 1933, 118: 223-5.—Loir. A. Protection (La) contre les gas de combat en ItaUe. Arch. med. chir. Normandie 1935. 3035-51.—Lorenti, G. B, & Sartori, M. Contributo alle studio della protezione coUettiva antigas. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1939, 45: 225-8.—Pennsylvania is prepared against wai gas attack. Pennsylvania Health, 1943, 4: No. 8, 8.—Schoss- berger, H, & Baum, E. Die Gasabwehr in der Nachkriegszeit, Sammelschutz. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl.' 1937, 1: 488-532.—Unger. Der Gasschutzunteroffizier und dit neuen Bestimmungen iiber den Nachweis seines Gerats Gasschutz, 1943, 13: 252-4.—Waitt, A. H. Protection ol groups. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 211-27, pi.—Wolfson, Z. G. [Sanitary protection for children against chemicals] Hig. & san, Moskva, 1940, 5: No. 6, 11-7. ---- Defense: Supply. See also Decontamination. Gas precautions for medical suppUes. Dent. Rec, Lond, 1941, 61: 340.—Protecting medical supplies against contamina- I tion by gas. Brit. M. J, 1941, 1: 901.—Tyner, G. P. Security for the service of supply. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1938, 24: 85-8. ---- Defense, tactical. Germany. Oberkommando des Heeres [Heeres-Druckvorschrift] H. Dv. 395/16: Gasab- wehrdienst aller Waffen. H. 16: Behelfs- Gasschutz, vom 26. 6. 44. 70p. 15cm. Berl., 1944. Alcazar Ojeda, A. Que clase de sales serfan las que se darian a un cuerpo de zapadores que se encaminara rumbo a un campo preparado por el enemigo para batirlo con gases. Rev. med. ejerc. nac, Mex, 1936, 1: No. 5, 21.—Boettger, C. R. Die Taktik der Gasabwehr und der Gasschutz des Heeres durch taktische Massnahmen. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 577-87.—Donle, A. Zusatzliche Gasabwehrmassnahmen an stehenden Fronten. Gasschutz, 1943, 13: 254-62.—Leconte, M. La conduite a tenir en cam- pagne en presence des gaz de combat. Gaz. hop, 1940, 113: 197-200.—Parrilla Hermida, M. Algunas notas sobre tactica sanitaria antigas. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 605-10.—Tempelhoff, F. v. Die Gasabwehr in der Nachkriegszeit; der Gasschutzdienst in der Truppe. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 549-59.—Waitt, A. H. Tactical protection. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 228-39. ---- Defense, veterinary. Rabixowitch, I. M. Anti-gas precautions for animals. 32p. 20Hcm. Ottawa, 1942. Gasschutz der Tiere. In: Grundl. Luftschutz. (Meyer, J.) 2. Aufl, Lpz, 1942, 175-8.—Muntiu, N. Protectia animalelor contra gazelor de lupti. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1448-65, illust.—Wilkins, J. H. A note on the protection of service animals against war gases in World War II. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1947-48, 19: 18; passim. ---- Ethical aspect. Gas use bring threats of retaliation; warning to axis by United Nations inspires editorial comment in American news- papers. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1942, 28: 111-4.—Goran, M. The myth of poison gas. Sc. Month, 1941, 53: 374-6.—Herrera Chueca, S. R. Es cruel la guerra de gases? Rev. mil, B. Air, 1943, 43: pt 2, 521-5.—Orzechowski. Die Gasmoral. Veroff. Marine San, 1942, H. 34, 230-4.—Will the Axis resort to gas warfare? Statist. BuU. Metrop. Life Insur, 1943, 24: No. 9, 1. ---- History. Voivenel, P., & Martin, P. La guerre des gaz; journal d'une ambulance Z. 276p. 19cm. Par., 1919. Gasses (44) used in World War; new ones promised for next; chlorine, bromine, arsenic and ethyl radicle figure prominently in numerous lethal compounds. Science News Lett, 1939, 35: 60.—Heizer, R. F. Mixtum compositum; the use of poison gases in warfare by the American Indians. Ciba Sympos, 1944-45, 6: 1906.—Indians attacking a village on the St. Lawrence River by means of poison gas (after Thevet, 1558) [IUustration] Ciba Sympos, 1944-45, 6: 1907.—Simoes, A. Curioso phenomeno em gaze da Grande Guerra. Tr. Congr. region, med. Bahia, 1937, 1: 204-7.—Staehelin, R. Erst- maUge Verwendung von Giftgasen im Krieg. Wien. med. Wschr, 1939, 89: 1066.—Waitt, A. H. The birth of chemical warfare; the first gas attack. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 14-24. ---- Instruction. Canada. Director of Civil Air Raid Pre- cautions. A. R. P. defence against gas. Ottawa. 1942- Jordan & sons [London, Engl.] You are safe if you know war gases, learn and live. 24p. 18>km. Lond. [n. d.] Uxited States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Instructor's period guide; state and Iocs! gas specialist schools. 13p. 27cm. Wash., 1943 Ausbildung (Die) einer berittenen Kompanie im Gasabwehr dienst. Mil. Wbl, Berl, 1938-39, 123: 2702.—Donald, P. A new method of gas training. Brit. M. J, 1943, 2: 81.— Educating the public in protection against poison gas. J. Am. M. Ass, 1941, 117: 1723.—Eyster, J. A. E. Instruction of civilian physicians in gas warfare. Wisconsin M. J, 1943, 42: 1253.—Feddersen, T. [The part of the military physician in instructions for war gases defense] MUitaerlaegen, 1938, 44: 147-54.—First (The) antigas school [Gloucestershire] J. Am. M. Ass, 1936, 107: 292.—Gas course for Los Angeles physicians. Bull. Los Angeles Co. M. Ass, 1942, 72: 467.—Gas training with a real gas. Milit. Rep, Wash, 1942, 21-5.—Merrill, I H. B. Practice teaching for gas noncoms. Chem. Warf. BuU, GAS WARFARE 493 GAS WARFARE 1942, 28: 139.—Milton, H. M. Gas school on wheels; how one large organization used initiative and solved its training problems. Ibid, 206-9.-—New courses for [civiUan] gas spe- cialists. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 137.—Organization of state gas speciaUst schools. Ibid, 767.—Short courses in med- ical aspects of gas warfare to be offered physicians by Ohio's 3 medical schools. Ohio M. J, 1942, 38: 861. ---- Medical aspect. See also Emergency Medical Service. Dearing, W. P. The role of the emergency medical service in gas defense. 4p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. San Francisco, Calif. Committee on Med- ical Aspects of War Gases. Recommenda- tions. 7 1. 28cm. S. Franc, 1942. United States. Office of Civilian De- fense. Release, Aug. 9, 1943: New gas protec- tion in OCD Medical Division. 1. 26}^cm. Wash., 1943. Dearing, W. P. The role of the emergency medical service in gas defense. Bull. Am. CoU. Surgeons, 1943, 28: 160-4.— England (In) now; a running commentary by peripatetic cor- respondents. Lancet, Lond, 1940, 2: 242.—Ionesco-Matiu, A. Les gaz de combat, au point de vue chimique, industriel el national. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1938, 3: 79-102.— Kirk, N. T. The medical aspects of gas warfare. In: Surg. Tr. Motor-skelet. Syst. (Bancroft, F. W.) Phila, 1945, 1245- 51.-—Kraefft. New experiences in air-raid defense medical service and the problems of the air-raid warden in case gas ii used. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 2. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 8, 201.-—Marzecki, J. Lekarz, a wojna gazowa. Med. & przyroda, 1938, 2: No. 2, 22-4.—Mitchiner, P. H, Gas warfare and the doctor's responsibility to his patients. Brit. M. J. 1938, 1: Suppl. No. 1734, 93-5.—Ritlop, B. Gazha- borti is az orvos. Orvostud. kozl, 1942, 3: 703.—Scott, E. W. Role of the PubUc Health Laboratory in gas defense. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 275-8.—Tainter, M. L. The medical aspects of war gases and chemicals; a summary. Stanford M. BuU, 1942, 1: 6-8.— Takemura, B. Doku-gasu igaku no genkyo [... medical science and poison gas] Tozai igaku, 1941, 8: 136-44.—Thomann, J. Chemischer Krieg und MiUtarphar- mazie. In his Ausgew. Kap. MUit. Pharm, Bern, 1940, 121-32. --- Naval aspect. Great Britain. Air Raid Precautions Department. Air raid precautions handbook No. 7: Anti-gas precautions for merchant ship- ping. 3. ed., 1943 repr. 37p. 16J^cm. Lond., 1941. Also 4. ed. 35p. 26y2cm. Lond., 1943. United States. Navy. Bureau of Naval Personnel. Navpers 15039: Gas! Know your chemical warfare. 41p. 23cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Nutritional aspect. See also Decontamination. Udall, R. H., Nickerson, M. H. [et al.] Investigation of the toxicity of foods exposed to high vapor or liquid concentrations of CK. 16p. 27cm. Edgewood Arsenal, 1946. Forms No. 68, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Warfare Serv. U. S. Army. Andreoni, R. La guerra chimica e i prodotti della pesca. Azione vet, 1940, 9: 22-6.—Dowgiallo, J. Food and poison gas. Vet. J. Lond, 1942, 98: 185; passim.—loan, D, & Bala- ban, I. Infectarea apei, alimentelor si furajelor prin gazele de lupta. Rev. san. mil, Bucur, 1936, 35: 1465-80.—Ritlop, B. [Food poisoning by chemical war gases] Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 311-5.—Spengel, D, & Ushaev, A. [Samples of food and water infected by chemical gases] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 8, 34.— Telbisz, A. [Are water and food poisoned by war gases con- sumable?] Orv. hetU, 1937, 81: meU, 89. ---- Organization. Waitt, A. H. Gas on a hostile shore. In his Gas Warfare, N. Y, 1942, 155-67, pi. ---- Protective clothing. See also Decontamination. Crowden, G. P. Body temperature control and physiologi- cal reactions during muscular work in gas protective clothing. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 70: 145; 217.—Muscular work in gas-protective clothing. Brit. M. J, 1938, 1: 1011.—Pred- techensky, B. Protivokhimideskaja odezda. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 908-10.—Sorley, E. R. The use of gas protective clothing in Singapore. Brit. M. J, 1939, 1: 385-7.—Uglov, V. A. [Hygienic properties of army grey cloth, saturated with paraffine] Tr. Acad. mil. mid. Kiroff, 1935, 2: 268-71.—Use of the individual protective cover. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1943-44, 29: 126-8. ---- Tactics. See also subheading (Attack) Tempelhoff, F. Gaswaffe und Gasabwehr; Einfuhrung in die Gastaktik. 220p. 8? Berl., 1937. Hanslian, R. Die gastechnischen Rustungen der Fremd- staaten. In his Chem. Krieg, 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 291- 321.—Zenetti, E. Die taktische und schiesstechnische Ent- wicklung des Artillerie-Gasschiessens bei den Fremdstaaten. In: Chem. Krieg (Hanslian, R.) 3. Aufl, Berl, 1937, 1: 372- 409. GEIGER-MULLER counter. See under Atomic energy; Radioactivity. GENERAL hospital. For all varieties see Hospital; Hospital report (subheadings) GENERATOR. See Gas, Production; Oxygen generator. GENEVA Convention. See also Humanitarianism; Prisoner of war; Red Cross. Anderegg, M. Die Schutzbestimmungen in den internationalen Abkommen iiber das Rote Kreuz. 122p. 23^cm. S. Gallen, 1942. United States. Navy. Bureau of Med- icine and Surgery. NAVMED 903: Manual on the Geneva Convention and Naval Medical Liaison with the American Red Cross. 38p. 23cm. Wash., 1945. Delperee, R. La convention de Geneve et la protection des populations civiles. Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 1937, 10: 94-6. •—■---- La lutte pour la protection des popula- tions et les conventions humanitaires. Ibid, 355-7.—Des Cilleuls. La contribution francaise aux conventions humani- taires; depuis les origines jusqu'd. la convention de Geneve de 1864. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1948, 42: 114-8.—Des Gouttes, P. Projet de convention concernant la condition et la protec- tion des civils de nationaUte ennemie qui se trouvent sur le territoire d'un beUigerant ou sur un territoire occup6 par lui. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1935, 16: 649-62.—Geneva Con- vention relative to the protection of civilian persons in time of war. Ibid, Suppl, 1949, 2: 228-92.—Genfer (Zum) Abkom- men zur Verbesserung des Loses der Verwundeten und Kranken der Heere im Felde und uber die Behandlung der Kriegsgefan- genen. Reichsgesundhbl, 1938, 13: 417.—Genferkonvensjonen av 27. juU 1929 om saredes og sykes behandling i krig. Norsk tskr. mil. med, 1932, 36: 21; 46.—Konczacki, A. A. Refleksje na temat odczytu o konwencji genewskiej. Lek. wojsk, 1927, 9: 143-50.—Pictet, J. S. The new Geneva conventions; reten- tion of members of the Army Medical Services who have fallen into the hands of the enemy. Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1950, 3: Suppl, 30; passim.—Rapport du Comity international de la Croix-Rouge sur le projet de convention pour la creation de localites et zones sanitaires en temps de guerre, adopte par la commission d'experts rdunie a Geneve les 21 et 22 octobre 1938. Ibid, 1939, 21: 161-201.—Revision of the Geneva Con- vention of July 27, 1929, for the relief of the wounded and sick in armies in the field. Ibid, 1948, 30: Suppl, 200-21. GENITALS. See also Epididymitis; Injury; Urogenital appa- ratus; also Gonorrhea; Venereal disease, etc. Goldin, G. Polovoj chien (penis) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 749-53, pi.—Jordania, I. Polovye organy. Ibid, 753-63.—Newman, H. R. Anomalies of the urogenital tract in soldiers. Connecticut M. J, 1947, 11: 16- 22.—Non-venereal diseases of genital tract. Med. Bull. U. S. First Army, 1948, 3: No. 2, 25-8. ---- Injury. Cardenas, M. de. Solucion autoplastica de una extra- ordinaria herida de los organos genitales. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1941, 7: 185-92.—Hirschfeld, M. Genital injuries, war eunuchs, etc. In his Sex. Hist. World War, N. Y, 1937, 224-44.—Kiittner, H. Geschlechtsorgane. In: Lehrb. Kriegs- chir. (Borchard, A. F.) Lpz, 1917, 774-96.—McCrea, E. D. Wounds of the scrotum, testicles and penis. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 265-9. Also 2. ed. Bait, GENITALS 494 GEOPATHOLOGY 1942, 1: 463-7. Also 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 958-62.—Stevenson, W. F. Gunshot wounds of the genital organs. In his Rep. Surg. Cases S. Afr. War, Lond, 1905, 122-4.—Stogov. V. A, & Golubchanskaia, A. V. K voprosu ob ognestrelnykh raneni- jakh predstatelnoj zelezy. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva. 1942. 177-9. GEOPATHOLOGY. See also names of diseases as Dysentery, Geography; also Intelligence, medical; World War I; World War II. United States. Air Force. Arctic, Des- ert and Tropic Center. Informational bulletin No. 16: Handbook of Burma and Northeastern India. 104p. 15Hcm. N. Y., 1944. United States. Army. Surgeon-General's Office. Preventive Medicine Service. Health precautions for Central and South Africa and the West Coast of Africa. lOp. 29cm. Wash., 1941. United States. Army Service Forces. Manual M354-13: Civil affairs handbook, Japan. Section 13: Public health and sanitation. Pre- liminary draft. 215p. 26cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Manual M356-13: Civil affairs hand- book, Germany. Section 13: Public health and sanitation. Preliminary draft. 51 p. tab. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ----■ Manual M357-13: Civil affairs hand- book, The Netherlands. Section 13: Public health and sanitation. Preliminary draft. 86p. 26cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Manual M358-13: Civil affairs hand- book, Bulgaria. Section 13: Public health and sanitation. Preliminary draft. 73p. 26cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Manual M359-13: Civil affairs hand- book, French Indo-China. Section 13: Public health and sanitation. 57p. 26cm. Wash., 1943. United States. Navy. Bureau of Medi- cine and Surgery. NAVMED 266: Epidemi- ology of diseases of naval importance in Formosa. v. p. [103]p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- [The same] Supplement. NAVMED 460. 39p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. United States. Navy. Office of the Chief of Naval Operations. Publications, OPNAV 50E-9, Occupied areas section: Civil affairs handbook:—Izu and Bonin Islands. 188p. 27#cm. Wash., 1944. United States. War Department. Pam- phlet. No. 8-6: Geographical distribution of cer- tain diseases. Rev. ed. 14 maps. 23cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 27: Medical and sanitary data on Germany. 120p. 26cm. Wash. 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 30: Med- ical and sanitary data on Formosa. 18p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 52: Med- ical and sanitary data on Denmark. 31p. 26cm. Wash. 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 66: Med- ical and sanitary data on Finland. 22p. 26cm. Wash. 1944. ----. Technical bulletin TB MED 79: Med- ical and sanitary data on Eritrea. 15p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 86: Med- ical and sanitary data on French Indo-China. 35p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 93: Med- ical and sanitary data on the Dodecanese Islands. 12p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 118: Med- ical and sanitary data on Hainan. 24p. 26cm. Wash., 1944. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 129: Med- ical and sanitary data on the Gold Coast. 24p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 140: Med- ical and sanitary data on Hungary. 52p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. — Technical bulletin TB MED 174: Med- ical and sanitary data on India. 82p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 178: Med- ical and sanitary data on Italy. 178p. 26cm. Wash. 1945. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 214: Med- ical and sanitary data on Egypt. 50p. 23cm. Wash., 1946. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 215: Med- ical and sanitary data on Eire. 51p. 27cm. Wash., 1946. ---- Technical bulletin TB MED 217: Med- ical and sanitary data on the Ivory Coast. 36p. 26#cm. Wash., 1946. Alphabetical list of TB MED's pertaining to the Far East. Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1949, 4: No. 6, 3-7.—Barkhuus, A. Geomedicine and geopolitics. Ciba Svmpos, 1944-45, 6: 2017-20.—Brink, V. Army medicine in Egypt. S. Afr. M. J, 1943, 17: 331r4 — Darnall, J. R. PecuU- arities of certain common diseases in Panama. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 87: 531-6.—Deney. Maladies dominantes a Dakar. Arch. med. pharm. nav, 1938, 128: 984-1009.—Dieuaide, F. R. Problems of disease in the Far East. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 57-61.—Jusatz, H. J. Zehn Jahre Geomedizin; ein kritischer UeberbUck iiber die geomedizinische Forschungs- arbeit des letzten Jahrzehnts. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 1031-5.—Kitano, M. Moko ni okeru gan yoso-syo ni tuite [Myiasis of the eyes in MongoUal] Gun idan zassi, 1938, No. 299, 291-308, 2 pi.—Krieg und Volksgesundheit in Italien. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 251.—Lejeune, F. Der Nahe Osten; eine medizinisch-rassengeschichtliche Studie. Deut. med. Wschr, 1941, 67: 468; 491.—Manson-Bahr, P. The prevalent diseases of Libya. Lancet, Lond, 1941, 1: 253-5. ------ The prevalent diseases of Italian East Africa. Ibid, 609-12.—Medical and sanitary data on Italy. War. Dept. Techn. BuU, 1945, No. 178, 1-75.—Rabl, R. Krankheitsanderungen in der geographischen Pathologie. Klin. Wschr, 1941, 20: 950-5.—Ramirez Espindola, A. Im- portancia de la geografia m^dico-miUtar. San. mil, Mex, 1948, 1: 17-22.—Rodenwaldt, E. Geomedizin. FIAT Rev, Wiesb, 1948, Hyg. pt 1, 65-73.—Strugnell, L. F. A thumbnail sketch of public health in Crete. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 54-8.—Walker, R. F. Geneifa. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 73: 40-6.—Zeiss, H. Die Geomedizin des Ostraumes. Deut. Aerztebl, 1943, 73: 140-2. GERMANY. For references to this country see the following terms in Military Section: Aeromedicine; Air Force; Air Force Medica] Service; Army; Bac- teriological warfare; Dental care; Dental Corps; Dental service; Food rationing; Hospital report; Medical care; Medical Corps; Medical Depart- ment; Medical examination; Medical officer; Medical organization; Medical service; Military medicine; Military surgeon; Morbidity; Navy; Navy Medical Corps; Navy Medical Service; Neuropsychiatric examination; Neuropsychiatry; Nurse Corps; Nursing service; Nutrition service; Orthopedics; Pharmaceutical service; Pharma- cist; Pharmacy; Physician; Prisoner of war; Psychiatry; Ration; Recruiting; Sanitation; Sur- gery; Surgical service; Tuberculosis; Venereal disease; Veterinary Corps; Veterinary service; Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. GERM warfare. See Bacteriological warfare; Biological war- fare. G FORCES 495 GLARE G forces. See Gravitation. GIARDIASIS. See also Parasitosis. Hurst, A. F. Lamblia diarrhoea. In his Med. Dis. War, 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 310-4.—Jameson, J. E. Notes on cases of chronic diarrhoea and vague ill-health, apparently due to the flageUate Giardia lamblia. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 320-3.—Monat, H. A, & McKinney, W. L., jr. Giardiasis; question of pathogenicity. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1204-6.—Weselmann, H. Ueber die Bedeutung des Vorkom- mens von Lamblien im Duodenum und im Gallenwegssystem. Deut. Militararzt. 1943, 8: 204-7. GILBERTS. See under World War II. GINGIVA. See also next heading; also Mouth. Budge, C. T. Carcinoma under denture. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 595.—Clemente, N. V. Soft fibroma; case report. Ibid, 1944, No. 76, 113-5.—Stobie, H. Treatment of diseases of the gums; treatment in the Army. Brit. Dent. J, 1943, 75: 173.—Stutz, L. Kurze Mitteilung uber Zahnfleisch- bluten. Deut. MUitararzt, 1940, 5: 278. GINGIVITIS. See also Mouth; Vincent's infection. Buxton, J. L. D. The treatment of gingivitis in recruits. Mod. Treat. Yearb, Lond, 1942, 8: 207-10.—Casey, J. B. Ulceromembranous gingivitis; a plan for simplified treatment. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 1448-50.—Eghave. H, & Pind- borg, J. J. Om gingivitter og deres behandUng. MUitaerlaegen, 1947, 53: 1-6.—Hoffman, R. H., Bassel, A, & Calvosa, G. F. PenicUUn troches for gingivitis. AU- Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 408.—Horowitz, A. H, & Horowitz, S. L. Chemotherapeutic adjuncts in the treatment of necrotic gingivitis; a review. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 97: 112-21.—Light, A. E. Bleeding gums in Army personnel. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 789- 94.—Macdonald, A. C. Bleeding gums and gingivitis in naval ratings. Lancet, Lond, 1943, 2: 697-9.— Mladek, I. Ulcera- tive gingivitis in army medical practice. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 495 (Abstr.)—Moir, L. J. Treatment of acute gingivitis with zinc oxide paste and wooden points. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 34-7.—Parsons, C. G. Gingivitis in the forces. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 214.—Schluger, S. Necrotizing ulcerative gingivitis in the Army; incidence, com- municabUity and treatment. J. Am. Dent. Ass, 1949, 38: 174-83.—Smart, G. A. Incidence of gingivitis in the Royal Air Force. Brit. M. J, 1944, 2: 242-4.—Stuhl, F. Gingivitis in the forces. Lancet, Lond, 1942, 1: 276. ------& Coventry, J. B. [The same] Ibid, 153.—Treatment of ulcerative gingi- vitis. Select. Army M. Dep. BuU, Lond. (1941-42) 1943, 24 — Vadmand, J. Gingivitis ulcero-membranacea. MUitaerlaegen, 1947, 53: 7-10.—Van Der Aue, O. E, & Cullen, V. R. Gingi- vitis among submarine personnel; a comparative study. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 811-6. GLANDERS. See also Epizootic. Hetsch, H. Rotz. In: Wehrhygiene (Handloser, S, et al.) Berl, 1944, 126.—Hughes, D. V. Report of an outbreak of glanders in North Africa. Med. Bull. Medit. Theater U. S, 1945, 3: 31.—Rosebury, T. MaUeomyces pseudomallei. In his Exp. Airborne Infect, Bait, 1947, 151-8. ■----— MaUeo- myces maUei. Ibid, 159-61. GLARE. See also Dazzle. For antijglare goggles see also under Eyeglass. Dixon, F. The relation between systolic blood pressure and effects of glare. 1 1. 23}^cm. Lond., 1941. Forms No. 397, F. P. R. C. Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Keil, F. C, & Campbell, P. A. A detachable sun glare shield [8] 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 107, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. King, B. G., & Birren, J. E. Laboratory test of anti-glare spectacles. lOp. 26}£cm. Be- thesda, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-172 (AV-V7-3) U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Strughold, H. Intermittent light as a weapon. 7 1. 27cm. Heidelb., 1946. Forms Jan. 2 issue of Transl. U. S. Air Force Aero M. Cent, Heidelb. Glare. News Lett. R. Nav. Air M. School, 1949, No. 11, 12-4.—Stiles, W. S. Wartime problems of glare and dazzle. Brit. M. Bull, 1947, 5: 50-2. GLASS [& glassware] See also Laboratory; also Eyeglass; Optics. Alarcon Puertas, E. Analisis fisico y qufmico de los objetos de vidrio y caucho empleados por el servicio medico. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 110.— Anti-scatter treatments for window glass; notes from the Information Bureau of the Building Research Station. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 30; 92.—Bruere. Essai colori- m6trique de la verrerie par un colorant triple. Off. Rep. Inter- nat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 112.—Multiple micro-tube washer. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 46.— Pagniello. Analisi fisica e chimica delle vetrerie e oggetti in caoutchouc utilizzati per i servizi di sanitd,. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 118.—Parri, W, & Bracaloni, L. Saggi per un rapido giudizio sulla neutrality dei vetri. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 187-97.—Popawski, W, & Fabicki, J. Analyse chimique et physique du verre. Off. Rep. Internat. Congr. Mil. M. Pharm, 1929, 5. Congr, 113.— Saito, T. Physical and chemical tests of glass and rubber ar- ticles. Ibid, 119. GLAUCOMA. See also Eye, Disease. Barkan, O. Glaucoma. In: Ophthalm. in the War Years (Wiener, M.) Chic, 1946, 1: 355; 1948, 2: 276.—Carra, G. II glaucoma primitivo sotto il profilo medico legale. Gior. med. mil, 1949, 96: 623-30.—McKee, T. L. Juvenile glaucoma; report of a case in a 19 year old soldier. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 50-3.—Mal loi de la Riva, F. Estudio clinico y terapEutico del glaucoma. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1943-44, 2. epoca, 6: 225; 297.—Mercier, A. Glaucomes de guerre. Rev. mid. fr, 1945, 26: 25-7.—Schmelzer. Glaukomuntersuchungen im jetzigen Krieg. Klin. Mbl. Augenh, 1947, 112: [Discussion] 91. GLEASON & Borg virus. See with Bacteriological warfare, Weapons. GLOMERULONEPHRITIS. See under Nephritis. GLOVE. Brues, A. M. Hand size and required glove size for flying personnel. 3 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-695-32E, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Debons, A. Gloves as a factor in reduced dexterity. 6p. 26Hcm. Ladd Air Force Base, 1950. Forms Proj. No. 21-01-018 (Phase 1, Program 1) U. S. Air Force Arct. Aeromed. Laborat. Mendelson, E. S., Hosbach, L. [et al.] The testing of insulation in gloves by the use of a cold box for cooling the hand only and calori- metric estimations of the heat exchange under these conditions. 26p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 435, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, Taylor, C. L. Tests of experimental elec- trically heated flying gloves. 7p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 314, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Bundy, H. E. Sensitivity to latex gloves. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin, 1941-42, 18: 200-2.—Glove powder box. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 79, 14.—Gloves, mos- quito. Q. Techn. Progr. Rep. Quartermaster Gen, 1948, Sept, 91.—Gusev, A. Per6atki khirurgideskie. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 4: 482-5.—Skorin, I. Obezzarazivanie khirurgi6esfcikh perdatok pri pomoSdi pre- parata neopantocid. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 9, 55-9.— Taylor, K. P. A. Conservation of rubber gloves by chemical sterilization; study of efficacy of chemical sterilization and com- parison of the effects of heat and chemical sterilization upon rubber gloves. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 916-22.— Wolff, U. Sterilisation der Gummihandschuhe mit der Sagro- tan-Vasoform-Methode. Munch, med. Wschr, 1937, 84: 1100-2. GLYCOL 496 GONORRHEA GLYCOL [and derivatives] Wilson, O., & Rosenbaum, S. J. Concentra- tion studies in the process of nebulization of triethylene glycol solution. 14p. 27cm. Edge- wood Arsenal, 1947. Forms No. 130, Rep. Med. Div. Chem. Corps U. S. Army. Meyer, A. Use of glycol vapors for air sterilization. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1946, 1: No. 5, 19-22 — Tests of practical apphcation of triethylene glycol vapor in the control of air-borne infection. Rep. Com. Airborne Infect. U. S. Army, 1945, 14-9, tab.—Thiirauf, K. Ueber Vergiftungen mit glykolhaltigen Kiihlerfrostschutzmitteln. Deut. MiU- tararzt, 1943, 8: 622. GLYCOSURIA. See also Diabetes mellitus; Medical examina- tion. Gichner, M. G, & Gibson, C. D, jr. Management of soldiers with glycosuria in a separation center. Am. J. Clin. Path, 1946, 16: 279.—Keeping, J. A., & Lawrence, R. D. Glycosuria in recruits; incidence and classification. Lancet, Lond, 1947, 1: 901-3.—Peel, A. A. F., & Peel, M. W. Glyco- suria in recruits. Glasgow M. J, 1941, 135: 141-52. GOGGLES. See under Eyeglass. GOITER. See also Thyroid; Thyrotoxicosis. Ambrosi, V. II gozzo acuto nei rapporti con quello cronico; a proposito di un focolaio fra i miUtari dislocati in provincia di Cuneo. PoUclinico, 1941, 48: sez. prat, 1606-19.—Barre, M. Haben wir eine Kropfepidemie? ein Beitrag zur Diskussion uber die Kriegsstrumen. Deut. med. Wschr, 1949, 74: 55.— Blackwell, C. C. Horner's syndrome associated with goitre; case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 219-22.—De Bernardinis, V, Bottaliga, M, & Coppo, M. Episodio di gozzo a rapida insorgenza fra truppe dislocate nella provincia di Cuneo. PoU- clinico, 1941, 48: sez. prat, 618-26.—McClendon, J. F., & Foster, W. C. Goiter, iodine and mUitary strength. J. Clin. Endocr, 1942, 2: 193.—Pasqualini, R. Q, & Luxardo. J. C. Bocio endemico en la gobernaci6n de Misiones. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1946, 45: 1050-4.—Radojcic, B., & Joksimovit, S. Prilog profilaksi akutne i endemicne strume u nasoj zemlji. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 87-91.—Schnizer, v. Psy- chopathie, Basedow und Herzanfalle nicht als Dienstbeschadi- gung anerkannt. Med. KUn, Berl, 1926, 22: 61.—Wespi, H. J, & Eggenberger, H. Kropfprophylaxe und DiensttaugUch- keit. Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941, 71: 1184-7. GOLD. Herrmann, C. L., Nyman, B. [et al.] The effect of British anti-lewisite (BAL) on the excre- tion of gold salts. 3p. 22cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 482, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Western, O. C. Preparation of coUoidal gold. Hosp. Corps Q, 1945, 18: No. 10, 37-41. GOLD Coast. See under World War II. GONORRHEA. See also Venereal disease. Cox, O. F. The management of gonorrhea for the national defense. Bull. Genitoinfect. Dis, 1941, 4: No. 5, 1.—Gonococ- cus infection, urethra. Statist. Navy M, 1947, 3: No. 9, 6-9.— Guilloz, T. Traitement de l'ure'trite chronique ou goutte mUi- taire par le courant galvanique. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1907, 36: 400.—Jame, L. Presentation d'un film de propa- gande antiveneriene, intiulule La blennorragie; danger social. DeUber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr, 3: 359.—Pattison, D. H, & Burhans, R. A. Posterior gonococcal urethritis. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 278-80.—Proppe, A. Zur truppenarztUchen Diagnostik und Therapie der Gonorrhoe Miinch. med. Wschr, 1943, 90: 215-8. Also Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 87 (Abstr.)—Sand, M. La blenorragia neUa storia deUa medicma. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1949, 54: 333^6.—Strauss, H, & Grunstein, I. Sulfathiazole therapy of 500 prostitutes with chronic gonorrhea; the control of venereal disease in wartime. J. Am. M. Ass, 1943, 121: 1187-90. ---- Complications and sequelae. See also Epididymitis. Vogt, F. C. Is gonorrhea a medical problem? Circ. M. beet. Far East Command, 1947, No. 10, 14.—Vonderlehr, R. A. Renaissance of the gonorrhea control program. Am. J. Svph, 1943, 27: 411-4.—Zaigraev, M, Levin, A, & Jordania, I. Gonoreja (gonorrhea) In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 112-24. ---- chronic. Brofman, B. L. Gonorrheal arthritis with keratodermia blennorrhagicum. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Thea- tre, 1947, 2: 4-9.—Fox, F. G. Acute catarrhal prostatitis reUeved by tonsUlectomy in the presence of acute gonorrhoea. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1935, 33: 530.—Gateley, J. R. Case of keratodermia blennorrhagicum (gonorrheal dermatitis) Ibid, 1945, 45: 1159-62.—Gonococcal arthritis. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 23, 8.—Green, T. H, jr. Acute epi- didymitis following treatment for acute gonorrheal urethritis. Med. BuU. Europ. Command, 1949, 6: No. 10, 7-10.—Harner, C. E, & Kelly, R. E. Extra-urethral penile gonococcal infec- tion; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1943, 41: 197-9.— Hiehle, W. W, & Hamp, A. K. Response of keratosis blen- norrhagica to peniciUin. MU. Surgeon, 1949, 105: 211-5.— Klotz, B. Paraf renal abscess; complication of gonorrheal urethritis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 543-5.—Malhotra, S. N. [Gonorrhoeal epididymitis] Deut. MiUtararzt, 1940, 5: 508 (Abstr.)—Ogg, F. W, & Funkhouser, S. P. Gonococcal septicemia, with recovery. Med. BuU. Veterans Admin, 1941- 42, 18: 318.—Oudard & Coureaud. Arthrite gonococcique de la hanche; quatre cas d'arthrite gonococcique aigue et suraigue de la hanche. Arch. me'd. pharm. nav, 1929, 119: 405-14.— Report of studies in gonococcal and non-gonococcal urethritis. Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command, 1948, 5: 9- 21.—Torrey, W. E, jr. Gonorrheal endocarditis; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 1755-9.—Valverde, B. A lavagem das vesfculas seminais e o cateterismo dos deferentes. Arq. brasU. med. nav, 1949, 10: 1675-81, ch. ---- Complications and sequelae: Eye. Bickford, N. A case of bUateral gonorrhoeal ophthalmia cured with a small dosage of M & B 693. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 43.-—Evans, A. J. Gonococcal conjunctivitis treated with penicillin. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1945, 31: 176.—Gerasi- menko, T. N., & Poliak, B. L. [Treatment of gonorrhea of the eyes in adults with intravenous injections of sulphidine] Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1944, 46-8—McNair, S. S. Gonorrheal ophthalmia; report of 2 cases of unusual origin. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 43: 532-4— Seelig, C. A. Gonorrheal ophthalmia; treatment with intra-ocular peniciUin; report of a case. Ibid, 1945, 44: 389.—Smart, F. P, Young, C. A, & Phillips, K. The treatment of gonorrheal ophthalmia by diathermy in con- junction with suUonamides; report of 3 cases. Ibid, 1943, 41: 1727-30.—Spalluto, A. Un caso di cherato-congiuntivite blenorragica curato con la peniciUina. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1946, 51: 163-6.—Town, A. E. Gonorrheal ophthalmia; treated with penicUlin. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 387, pi — Wheeler, S. J. A case of gonococcal ophthalmia. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 80-4. ---- Control and prevention. Gillis, E. A. Gonorrhea control during the decade of World War II. Am. J. Syph, 1948, 32: 99-105.—Granet, E. Local prophylaxis for gonorrhea; an improved technic. MU. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 25-7.-—Joses, M. Sulfathiazole prophylaxis of gonor- rhea and chancroid. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942, 40: 113-5.— Kaufman, J. B, & Litterer, A. B. Study of suUathiazole in calomel ointment as a prophylaxis for gonorrhea; a preliminary report. Ibid, 1944, 42: 483-5. ------ Study of suUathia- zole in calomel ointment as a prophylaxis against gonorrhea; report of 10,006 treatments. Ibid, 1945, 45: 381-3.—Kline, E. F, & Ryan, T. C. Sulfathiazole prophylaxis in prevention of gonococcus infections. Ibid, 1942, 40: 360.—Pelouze, P. S. Progress in the wartime management of gonorrhea. Vener. Dis. Inform, 1944, 25: 42-5.—Rogers, J. A. Sulfathiazole by mouth in the prophylaxis of gonorrhea. Circ. Letter U. S. Surg. Gen. War Dep, 1943, No. 146, 1. ---- Neisseria. Kaplan, A. M. Culturing the gonococcus. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 1410.—Morton, H. E, & Leberman, P. R. Cultivation of the gonococcus; advantages of chocolate agar with bacto-supplement-A as culture medium. Ibid, 43: 409-19— Trowbridge, M, jr, & McConkey, R. M. Value and shortcomings of the cultural method in the diagnosis of gonor- rhoea, with special reference to the use of the Peizer medium. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 36-42. Treatment. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 196: Management of gonorrhea. 3p. 26cm. Wash., 1945. Blount, R. E. Suggestions for the management of gonorrhea Surgeon Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 3, 15-7.—Fein, H. S, & Hymes, J. J. The management of gonor- rhea. Field M. Bull. U. S. Army, N. Delhi, 1944, 3: 15-9 — III, H. M. Treatment of gonococcus infection. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 78-80.—Jones, T. R. L. Treatment of gonorrhoea, balanitis, and acquired phimosis. Brit. M. J, 1942, 1: 664.— GONORRHEA 497 GONORRHEA Justesen, A. Gonorebehandling ombord i skip. Tskr. Norske laeeeforen , 1947, 67: 230.—Management of gonorrhea. War Dep Techn Bull, 1945, No. 196, 1-3. Also Surgeon Circ. M. Sect'. Far East Command, 1948, 3: No. 6, 15-8— Negreanu, A. Tratamentul actual al blenoragiei la barbati. Rev. san. mil, Bucur 1936, 35: 788-96.—Parsons, R. P. Gonorrhea, 1941. U S. Nav. M. BuU, 1941, 39: 74-80.—Proppe. Treatment of acute gonorrhea. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 2, 111.—Teodorescu, A. I. Consideratiuni asupra metodei Basset-Poincloux aplicata mai ales in complicatiunUe uretritei gonococice. Rev. san. mil, Bucur 1936,35:307-11.—Treatment of gonorrhea. War Dep. Techn'. BuU, 1944, No. 96, 1-3. .--- Treatment: Antibiotics. Broh-Kahn, R, H. The treatment of gonor- rheal urethritis with oral penicillin. 9p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 404, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. War Department. Tech- nical bulletin TB MED 16: Penicillin treatment of resistant gonorrhea. Ip. 26cm. Wash., 1944. Atcheson, D. W. A new source of penicUlin in the treatment of chronic gonorrhea. Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 95: 58-62— Coch- rane G C. PeniciUin treatment of acute gonorrhoea and its compUcations, and early syphilis (in Africans) as practised in the East Africa Command. East Afr. M J, 1946 23: 285 - Daily R L, Weynert, J. B, & Saltzman, J. Treatment of 500 cases of sulfonamide-resistant gonorrhea with penicillin. Med. BuU North Afr. Theater U. S, 1944, 1: No. 5, 21.-Dueml,ng W W & Horton, S. H, jr. The determination and treatment of'penicillin-resistant gonorrheal urethritis; report of 24 cases. II S Nav. M. BuU, 1947, 47: 605-16.—Eames, J. W, & McClay A O. The treatment of acute uncomplicated gonor- rhoea in' the male by means of a single mtramuscular ejection of oUy penicUlin B. P. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 90: 65-71 — Gutierrez Mendiola, R. PenicUina retardada en gonococias. Med. & cir. guerra, 1948, 10: 371-4.-Hume, E. B., & Silver. M. M. The treatment of gonorrhea not responding to initial course of penicillin. Med. BuU. Medit. Theater U. S, 1945, 3: 267-9 —Kristal J J. PenicUlin sodium m treatment of sul- fonam'ide-resistant gonorrhea in a station hospital War Med, Chic 1945, 8: 34.—Lawler, A. L. PeniciUin in the treatment of gonococcus infection urethra; report of 300 cases U. fc>. Navl M. Bull, 1947, 47: 796-800.—Lebovic, A. DalSi zkuSe- nosti s le6enlm kapavky penicUlinem. Voj. zdrav listy, 1948, 17: 59.—Lestrade, de. Essai de traitement de blennorragies aigues par penicilline-retard. BuU. Soc. med. mU. fr, 1947 41 • 169-72 —Long, J. H. Treatment of acute gonorrhea with penicuUn; results in 100 cases. BuU. U. S Army M. Dep, 1945 No 86, 95-100.—Marin, Vukas & Radivojeyitch. Em- ploi des suUamides et de la Pfnicill^e dans la blennorragie. Rev. Corps san. mil, 1946, 2: 154— Menville, J. G, & Ross, C. W. Penicillin in suUonamide-resistant gonorrhea; pre- liminary report of 124 cases. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944 43 &oos __ PeniciUin in suUonamide-resistant gonorrhea, supplementary report of 144 cases. ^dr ^-^T^'^S ton, J. T. PeniciUin and gonorrhea; an informal[study. Med. BuU Medit. Theater U. S, 1945 3: 266.-M.queu A P Bruel R , & Gandin, J. PeniciUotherapie locale et sulfamido- therapie associee a petites doses dans le traitement dejablenor- rarieaieue BuU. Soc. m6d. mil. fr, 1946, 40: 265-8.—Murpny, ^Experimental use of penicillin in treatment of suUona- mide-resistant gonorrhea. Bull. U. S. Army M Dep, .1944 N0.T9 101-5.-Olivier & Bastien. Pto^***"™^ blennorragie. BuU. Soc. med. mil. fr, 1949, 43: 133—Fages, F?&MarTsour, M. Traitement ambulatoire de la blennorragie par la penicilline subtosan et la penicUhne G-retard. Ibid., 1947 41: 195-8.—Penicillin for gonorrhoea. BuU. Army jvi. IVn' T™d 1945 No 48, 1-3.—Penicillin therapy in gonor- rhea" Med" Bull.' US Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre, .1944, No 21 29 -PistUli, G, «fe Tosti, A. Associazione di piccole dos'i di' penicillina e streptomicina neU'uretnte gonococcica. Gior. mei miTl949, 96: 294-6.-Possib.e masking of early syphilis by penicillin therapy for gonorrhea. Air Surgeon BuU, 1944, 1: No. 10, 5,-Preliminary report on Penicillin therapy of gonorrhea; China, Burma India. Field NL BuU. US Army, N. Delhi, 1944, 3: 130.—Riba, L. W, Schmidlapp, C.' J & Bosworth, N .'L. Use of penicUlin f,Dr gonorrhea resist- ant to suUonamide compounds; report of 450 cases^ War Med Chic, 1944, 6: 72-9.— Ricchiuti, J. F. & Brett, W. B. treat- ment of gonorrhea with peniciUin m a Naval dispensary. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 520-3—Romansky, M. J, & "i»manj G. E. PeniciUin; prolonged action in beeswax-peanut oil mixture; single injection treatment of gonorrhea. Bull. u. a. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 81, 43-9—Schwartz, W. H., & Edge C a Results of penicillin treatment of sulfonarn.de-res^tant gonorrhea? summary of 4,439 cases treated m United States Naval hospitals, July 1943-March 1944. US. Nav M BuU 1944, 43: 193-5—Tosti, A. La penicillina oleosa a piccole dosi neUa cura deUa infezione gonococcica. Gt10r- ^f,-,™^1^ 96:397-401.-Treatment of gonorrhoea mth penicillinandI with suUa drugs. In: Statist. Rep. Health of Army (Gr. Britain War Off.) Lond, 1948, 289-92. —; Treatment: Chemotherapy. Boldt, A, & Ziibert, J. Ueber Scheinheilungen, Rezidive und den Wert der Provokation bei der Chemotherapie der mannlichen Gonorrhoe. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 647-52.— Boslow, H. M. Treatment of gonorrhea with sulfathiazole. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 88: 659.—Bruner, R. E. Sulfapyridine in gonorrhea. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1941, 39: 376-82.—Cady & Ferrier. Resultats actuels de la chimiotherapie dans le traite- ment de la blennorragie sulfamido-r6sistante. BuU. Soc. mid. mil.fr, 1945, 39:314-6.—Conti, M. E. Therapy of gonorrhea by the use of sulfanilamide and its allied compounds; a review of the literature and a report of 150 consecutive cases treated at the Norfolk Naval Hospital. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 94-106.—Dahmann, P, & Dickgiesser, F. Schnellbehandlung der Gonorrhoe und ein bewahrtes Go-Kulturverfahren. Deut. MUitararzt, 1942, 7: 330.—Felke. Chemoresistente Gonor- rhoeen. Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte, 1943, 3. Congr, 65. ------ Chemoresistance in gonorrhea and other bacte- rial diseases. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 2, 108-10.—Gorenberg, H, & Shulman, P. SuUonamide therapy in gonorrhea; results in 210 cases. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 596-8.—Griswold, W. R. A comparative study of results of suUonamides in treatment of gonorrhea. Ibid, 1943, 41: 196.—Hachez, E., & Rosendahl. Vergleichende Chemotherapie bei der Gonorrhoebehandlung. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 50-3.—Hand, E. A. The treatment of chronic gonorrhea with combined sulfathiazole and intra- venous typhoid vaccine. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1365- 9.—Heyn, W. Die chemotherapeutische Behandlung des mannlichen Harnrohrentrippers, Erfahrungen an einem gros- seren Krankengut. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1942, 7: 322-30. Also Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 340 (Abstr.) —Junghanns, E. Ueber Olobintin (40%) zur SensibUisierung sulfonamidresi- stenter Falle von Gonorrhoe des Mannes vor der Behandlung mit einem anderen Sulfonamidpraparat. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1943, 8: 108.—King, A. J, & Williams, D. I. Intensive treat- ment of gonorrhoea and non-specific urethritis with sulphapy- ridine. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 72-86.—Kruspe, M. Die Behandlung der Gonorrhoe unter Feldverhaltnissen mit Eubasin und Dagenan. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 295.— Lowry, E. C, & Hewit, L. W. The treatment of suUonamide resistant gonorrhea, preliminary report. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 449-53.—Metcalfe, E. E. Sulfathiazole treatment of gono- coccal infection of ambulatory cases aboard ship; supplemen- tary report. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1941, 39: 382-6.—Moore, F R. Evaluation of the use of suUonamides in the treatment of gonorrhea. Ibid, 386-91.—Morschhauser, B. Fortschritte der chemotherapeutischen Behandlung der Gonorrhoe unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Eleudron. Deut. MiUtarartz, 1942, 7: 318-22. Also BuU. War. M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 341 (Abs'tr.)—Narbel, F. Contribution a l'etude du traitement chimiotherapique de la blennorragie; resultats obtenus chez 374 patients miUtaires. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1941, 18: 59_7Q —Norsworthy, R. The treatment of gonorrhoea by M & B 693 in Hong Kong. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 52-63 - Officer J. M. Treatment of gonorrhoea with M <& a WS. J R Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 163-6.—Pappas, J. P. Sutfa- pyridine 8-7-7-6 treatment of acute gonorrheal urethritis in the male; a report on 68 cases foUowed for 8 months. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 45-57. ------ Sulfathiazole single- massive-dose therapy of acute gonorrheal urethritis m the male. Ibid 662-7 ------ Sulfadiazine in the treatment of gonor- rhea" Ibid, 91: 681-4.—Pardoll, D. H, & Dennis, R. L. Chemotherapy, pyrotherapy and penicillin in the treatment of gonorrhea. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43; 988-96.—Parkin- son. E. H. Sulphapyridine-fast gonococci. J. R. Nav. M. Serv 1942, 28: 393.—Parsons, R. P. An estimate of sulfadi- azine' in the treatment of gonorrhea. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1942 40 • 13-9 —Priest, W. H. D. Treatment of acute gonor- rhoea, by a mass unit (10 grams) dosage of sulphapyridine. J R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 81: 139-41— Quattnni M. 24 Ore di cura per le uretriti gonococciche con la sulfamide metil- tiazoUca; gravi alterazioni morfologiche del gonococco. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 721-43.-Reque, P. G & Bergsma D. SuUathiazole for the prevention of gonorrhea. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 97-102—Robert, H. Schluss- bemerkung zu den Ausfuhrungen yon Doctor Stiller. JUeut. MUitararzt, 1940, 5: 347—Rose, D. L, Kendell, H. W & Simpson, W. M. Refractory gonococcic infections; elimination by combined artificial fever and chemotherapy as related to military medicine. War Med,. Chic,. 1941, 1: 470-8.— Schlockermann. SuUonamide resistance m gonorrhea. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf (1944) 1948, Proj. 1 at 2 112—Stiller, K. Zur Sofortbehandlung der Gonorrhoe mit Albucid. Deut. MiUtararzt 1940, 5:346.-Sulfathiazole prophylaxis for gonorrhea. In: Prev Med. in World War II, Wash 1948, 6: 57-60.—Volavsek, W. Klinische Erfahrungen mit der Chemotherapie des Trippers. Wien med. Wsclir, 1943 93- 533.—Wagner, D. Die Dagenanbehandlung der Gonorrhoe mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Versagerur- sachen. Deut. MUitararzt, 1942, 7: 396.-Wa.wersig, R. We- sentlich verbesserte Behandlungsergebnisse bei der Gonorrhoe durchCombination von SuUonamiden mit 40%igem Olobintin Thid 1944 9-58-60 ------ Some remarks on the chemore- sistance of'gonorrhea. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, IS (1944) 1948. Proj. 1, pt 2, 113-6.-Weckstein, A M., & Rasmussen, S. H. A bacteriologic study of the resistance of organisms isolated from cases of non-specific urethritis to 98 GOVERNMENT GONORRHEA three chemotherapeutic agents. Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 99: 312- 6.—Weinert, T. F, & Scala, C. J. Evaluation of sulfathiazole in the treatment of gonorrhea. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 489-91.—Zide, H. A, & Davis, I. Chemotherapy of gonorrheal urethritis in the male with sulfanilamide, sulfapyridine and suUathiazole. War Med, Chic, 1942, 2: 445-9. ---- Treatment: Methods. Amouroux. Resultats de traitements de la blennorrhagie aigue a bord des petits batiments. Rev. mid. nav. Par, 1947, 2: 269-77.—Atcheson, D. W. Duty status treatment of acute gonorrhea. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 159-63— Beneventi, F. A. Early use of sounds for gonorrheal urethritis. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 43: 967-9.-—Bosco, I. II contenuto citologico del secreto uretrale blenorragico durante l'infezione e sotto l'influ- enza della terapia sulfamidica e penicillinica. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1949, 54: 417-46.—Camp, T. Single injection therapy for gonorrhea. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1947, 47: 451.—Campbell, G, & Carpenter, G. R. The treatment of acute gonorrhea in the Army. Ind. J. Vener. Dis, 1945, 11: 8-12. Also Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras, 1945, 14: 49-53.—Cronin, E. The hvper-pvrexial treatment of gonorrhoea by continuous intra- venous T. A. B. vaccine. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 263-8.—Gueli, F. La cura ambulatoria deUa blenorragia nelle collettivita militari. Riv. med. aeronaut, 1943, 6: 170-6.— Harrison, J. H, Botsford, T. W, & Trichel, B. E. Experiences and progress in the treatment of gonorrhea in an Army general hospital overseas: 1942-1944. MU. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 416-9 — Kolopp, P. Resultats du traitement de la blenorragie k l'Hopi- tal militaire regional de la 21e region et a l'Hopital civU (Sainte Blandine) de Metz. Ann. derm, syph. Par, 1946, 6: 803-5 — McDonald, R. M. Fever therapy; a review of 150 cases of sulfonamide resistant gonorrhoea. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1943- 44, 1: 549-54.—Moncorps, C. Versaumnisse und Fehler bei der Gonorrhoebehandlung des Mannes in der Allgemeinpraxis. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 508 (Abstr.)—Odstrcil, J. O pro- vokactif schopnosti jodovych par a jich pouzitf jako mSrftka pro vyhojeni chronicke latentnf kapavky pfi demobilisaci. Cas. 16k. Cesk, 1918, 57: 355; passim.—Pappas, J. P. A recom- mendation for the use of a consolidated graphic progress chart toward the more efficient management of gonorrhea in the male. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 664-8.—Perisho, G. M. Fever therapy in chemoresistant gonococcus infections; an analysis of 150 consecutive cases. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1944, 42: 971-6.— Phillips, K, & Mundorff, A. B. War time management of gonorrheal urethritis by chemo-fever therapy; analysis of 1,649 cases at a United States Naval hospital. Urol. Cut. Rev, 1943, 47: 374-8.—Ruberti Fiera, D. E. Quattro anni di terapia endovenosa. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1928, 34: pt 2, 339—51.-— Shuttleworth, V. S. Diagnosis and treatment of resistant gonorrhoea. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1945, 31: 25-9.—Stam, A. C. M. Tweede mededeeling over gonorrhoe-behandeUng in het Militair Hospitaal te Utrecht. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1947, 91: 1443-5.—Steenbergen, E. P. van. Eerste resultaten van gonor- rhoebehandehng in het Militair Hospitaal te Utrecht. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1946, 90: 1755. Also German transl, Derma- tologica, Basel, 1946, 93: 307.—Therapeutic trials; gonorrhoea. BuU. Army Health Statist, Lond, 2. ser, 1945-46, No. 4, 31-6.—Verdier, C. E. [Gonorrhea; treatment with hydro- chloric acid] Deut. MUitararzt, 1940, 5: 508 (Abstr.) ---- Treatment: Vaccine. Stern, S. Manufacture of anti-gonococcus vaccine by Nitto Vaccine Sera Laboratory, Mukomachi, Kyoto Prefecture. Med. Techn. InteUig. Field Rep, 1946, No. 2, 1-9.— Wied- mann, A. Die Vakzinetherapie der Gonorrhoe des Mannes. In: Wehrmedizin (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 3: 116-26. GOTHIC line. See under World War II. GOVERNMENT. See also Occupied area. Germany. Office of Military Govern- ment for Germany. U. S. Zone. Monthly report of the Military Governor [n. p.] No. 25-50, 1947-49. ---- [The same] Statistical annex [n. p.] No. 11-29, 1948-49. ---- Public welfare; bimonthly review. No. 23. 13p. 33cm. [n. p.] 1947. Japan. Supreme Commander for the Allied Powers. Summation of non-military activities in Japan [n. p.] No. 11, 1945- Ryukyu Islands. United States Army Military Government. Summation of ac- tivities [bi-monthly] No. 1-12. 12v. 33Hcm. [n. p.] 1946-48. United States. Army. Office of the Provost Marshal General. Military Gov- ernment Division. Civil affairs handbook on France. Section 13: Public health and sanitation. Preliminary draft. 40p. 26}£cm. Wash., 1943. ---- Civil affairs handbook on Greece. Sec- tion 13: Public health and sanitation. Prelim- inary draft. 61 p. 26cm. Wash., 1943. Duties and functions of miUtary government veterinary officers. Pub. Health WeU. Techn. BuU, Tokyo, 1947, Vet. 1, 1-11.—Duties and functions of weUare officers, military government. Ibid, Wei. 6, 1-7.—Simmons, J. S, Turner, T. B, & Hiscock, I. V. Health programs under military govern- ment. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1945, 35: 35-41. GRADENIGO syndrome. See under Ear, Disease. GRADIENT pressure suit. See under Gravitation, Protection. GRAFTING. See under Surgical technic. GRANULOMA malignum. See also Hematology; Reticuloendothelial system. Boucher, H, Ferrand, M. [et al.] A propos des formes anormales de la maladie de Hodgkin; trois observations dont une forme aigue pleurale. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr, 1949, 43: 105.—Connelly, J. R, Smith, J. T, & Straughan, J. M. Hodg- kin's disease. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1948, 48: 180-9.—Galletto, G. Su 3 casi di linfogranuloma; considerazioni anatomo- patologiche e cliniche. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 49-70.— Hodgkin's disease. Statist. Navy M, 1949, 5: No. 3, 6-11.— McCoy, J. J, jr. Hodgkin's disease involving the epicardium; report of a case. U. S. Nav. AI. BuU, 1948, 48: 272-5.— Weiser, M. Lymphogranulomatose und Wehrdienstbe- schiidigung. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 641-5. GRANULOMA venereum. See under Venereal disease. GRAVITATION. See also Acceleration; Centrifugal force. Randall, F. E. The center of gravity of the seated fighter pilot. 6 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. TSEAL-3-695-32HH, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Silvette, H, & Britton, S. W. A slide rule for the determina- tion of g. J. Aviat. M, 1948, 19: 296. ---- Effect. Britton, S. W., & Corey, E. L. Centrifugal and gravitational effects on animals and their alleviation [7] 1. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms No. 40, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. —— & Stewart, G. A. Gravitational effects on animals and their alleviation. 20p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms No. 41, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. ---- Physiological studies on high gravita- tional forces. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1942. Forms No. 56, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Acceleration (G-forces) research equipment, studies, results and training. Rep. Air Techn. InteU. U. S, Tokyo, 1945, No. 219, 1-15.—Beckman, E. L. Protection afforded the cerebro- vascular system by the cerebrospinal fluid under the stress of negative G. J. Aviat. M, 1949, 20: 430-8.—Hallenbeck, G. A, Wood, E. H. [et al.] Comparison of effects of positive G on subjects studied at both the Mayo and Air Technical Service Command centrifuges. Fed. Proc, Bait, 1946, 5: No. 1, pt 2, 40.—Rushmer, R. F. The effect of positive radial acceleration on the intrarectal pressure. J. Aviat. M, 1947, 18: 96-101.— Some aspects of G and acceleration. Air M. News Lett, Lond, 1945, No. 2, 2-5. ---- Protection. See also Acceleration, Protection; Clothing, Air Force. Clark, W. G., Henry, J. P., & Drury, D. R. Determination of the most satisfactory single constant pressure with which to inflate the GRAVITATION 499 GRAVITATION standard Gradient Pressure Suit. 12p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 366, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Davenport, H. W. Environmental tempera- ture and the cardiovascular effects of inflating a pneumatic suit (GPS) 2p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 362, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hallenbeck, G. A. JP-2 Pressure Regulating Valve for anti-G suits in jet propelled aircraft. 14 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-696-78F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Henry, J. P. Use of the Anti-G Suit to aid in the relief of fighter pilot discomfort. 5p. 27cm. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-689-2A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- Clark, W. G. [et al.] Determination of the effect of time of inflation on the G protection gained from the Clark G-4 suit. 14p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 398, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Mackenzie, C. G. Slowing of the heart by inflation of the G-suit at 1 G. 10 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-696-75A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Martin, E. E., Henry, J. P. [et al.] Evalua- tion of the anti-G suit. 18p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-689-2C, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Stewart, W. K. Final report on effect of abdominal compression on ability to withstand G. 5 1. 23Hcm. Lond., 1941. Forms F. P. R. C. 300, Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Wood, E. H., Code, C. F., & Baldes, E. J. The protection afforded the human by hydro- static as compared to pneumatic anti G devices. 15p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms No. 207, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Wood, E. H., Lambert, E. H. [et al.] Factors involved in the protection afforded by pneu- matic anti-blackout suits. 22p. 28cm. Wash., 1944. Forms No. 351, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Anti-G suit development. Air M. News Lett, Lond, 1945, No. 2, 6-8.—Bergin, K. G. Prevention of effects of G. In his Aviat. Med. Bristol, 1949, 120-8. --- Tolerance. See also Acceleration, Tolerance. Clark, W. G., & Jorgenson, H. Effect of ingestion of fluid and food on G tolerance. 9p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 490, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Greeley, P. O., Jorgenson, H. [et al] Effect of anoxia on G tolerance. 3p. 28cm. Wash., 1945. Forms No. 480, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Hallenbeck, G. A. The effect of repeated short exposures and of prolonged exposures to increased G on human subjects. 14 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1944. Forms No. ENG-49-696-56, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Maaske, C. A. The hourly variation of human G tolerance and the effect of benzedrine medica- tion. 8 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1945. Forms No. TSEAL-3-696-4F, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Maher, P. J. Human tolerance to negative G in aircraft. 3p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-695-69B, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Maison, G. L., Maaske, C. A., & Martin, E. E. Description of the Materiel Command human centrifuge, techniques employed there- with and results of studies on normal G tolerance of human subjects. 20 1. 27cm. Dayton, 1943. Forms No. ENG-49-696-4D. Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. GREAT Britain. For material on this country see in Military Section the following subjects: Aeromedicine; Air Force Medical Service; Civilian defense; Dental care; Dental Corps; Dental service; Dentistry; Emergency Medical Service; Food rationing; Hospital report; Medical care; Medi- cal Corps; Medical Department; Medical exam- ination; Medical officer; Medical organization; Medical policy; Medical service; Military medi- cine; Military surgeon,; Militia; Morbidity; Navy; Navy Medical Corps; Navy Medical Service; Neuropsychiatric examination; Neuro- psychiatry; Nurse Corps; Nursing service; Nutrition service; Orthopedics; Pharmaceutical service; Pharmacist; Pharmacy; Physician; Pris- oner of war; Psychiatry; Ration; Recruiting; Rehabilitation; Reserve officer; Sanitation; Sur- gery; Tuberculosis; Venereal disease; Veter- inary Corps; Veterinary service; Wars and campaigns; World War I; World War II. GREECE. For references to this country see under Morbidity; Venereal disease; Wars and cam- paigns; World War I; World War II. GREENLAND. See under World War II. GRENADE. See under Injury—by weapons: Grenade. GROUP psychology. See under Psychological warfare. GUADALCANAL. See under World War II. GUAM. See under World War II. GUANTANAMO Bay. See under World War II. GUATEMALA. See under Hospital report. GUERILLA. See also Dental service, Air service. Anderson, N. J. Guerrilla warfare. Mil. Rev, Fort Leavenw, 1942, 22: No. 84, 42-5.—Parker, G. The function and functioning of a surgeon in guerUla warfare. J. R. Army M Corps, 1946, 87: 101-9. Also Spanish transl. Rev. mil. La Paz, 1948, No. 125, 70-7.—S, M. S. The doctor with the guerrUlas. Pharm. Advance, 1947, No. 173, 18. GUIANA (Dutch) See under World War II, Surinam. GUIDED bomb [incl. missile] See under Bomb; Rocket. GUMS. See Gingiva. GUNFIRE 500 GUNNERY GUNFIRE. See also Injury—by branches of service: Artillery. Beach, W.V. Gun-fire deafness. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2:395.— Collins, E. G. Aural trauma caused by gunfire; report on a clinical investigation of 108 soldiers exposed to gunfire who, on some occasion, had complained of injury to their ears. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1948, 62: 358-90.—Cope, B. A, & Johnson. H. B. Aurai scotomas produced by gunfire; a study of audiometric curves of traumatic deafness. Arch. Otolar, Chic, 1947, 45: 676-86.—Cotton in ears during gunfire. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 2, 79.—Davis, E. D. D. Deafness due to gun-fire. Med. Press, Lond, 1940, 204: 332-4. Also in Mod. Treatm. Yearb. (Wakeley, C. P. G.) Lond, 1941, 243-7.—Kiml, J. ZahluSenf po stfelbe. Cas. lek. cesk, 1949, 88: 1222-6.— Machle, W. The effect of gun blast upon hearing. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar, 1944-45, 49: 90-6.—Murray, N. E., & Reid, G. Temporary deafness due to gunfire. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1946, 61: 92-130, 6 pi.—Nestor Gomez, R. Hipoacusias por sonidos; sordera de los artiUeros. Rev. pub. nav, B. Air, 1949, 2: 43-62.—Passe, E. R. G. Gun-fire deafness. Brit. M. J, 1940, 2: 295.—Reid, G. Further observations on tem- porary deafness foUowing exposure to gunfire. J. Lar. Otol, Lond, 1946, 61: 609-33, pi.—Suggit, S. C. Deafness resulting from gunfire and explosions. Ibid, 1943, 58: 313-26. ------ Gunnery and blast deafness. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1945, 31: 151-5. -—-—■—■ Gunfire deafness. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1946, 215: 424-6.—Thomas, L. Some physical effects of gun- fire. J. Ass. MU. Dent. Surg. U. S, 1906, 19: 56-64. GUNNER. See also Gunnery. Brown, J. S. The S. A. M. Pedestal Sight Manipulation Test, Model B (CM824B) for the selection of B-29 gunners. 20p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 352, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Smith, M. H., jr. The S. A. M. Pedestal Sight Manipulation Test, Model B (CM824B) for the selection of B-29 gunners. 9p. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 352, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- & Haire, M. The proficiency of un- trained gunners during ten successive gun camera missions. 21p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 343, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. ---- The proficiency of graduate basic gun- ners during ten successive gun camera missions. 33p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 344, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Weitz, J., & Melton, A. W. The S. A. M. Pedestal Sight Manipulation Test (CM824A) for the selection of flexible gunners; apparatus and procedures [15]p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 338, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Pascal, G. R. The gunner. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 11, 21-8. ------ Schrader, W. B, & Valentine, J. A. The selection and training of gunnery officers. Ibid, 383-404.—Stolurow, L. M, & Schrader, W. B. The selection of gunners. Ibid, 61-98.—Valentine, J. A. The gunner's job. Ibid, 11-20. GUNNERY. See also Gunfire; also Ear injury, Blast injury. Craig, D. R., & Ellson, D. G. A comparison of a two-handed and several one-handed control techniques in a tracking task [flexible gunnery test] 25p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-694-2L, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. ---- A comparison of one-handed and two- handed tracking [flexible gunnery test] 29p. 27cm. Dayton, 1948. Forms No. MCREXD-694-2M, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Haire, M., & Smith, M. H. The relationship between B-29 gunnery proficiency and certain proposed selection tests. 14p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 476, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Hobbs, N. Psychological research on flexible gunnery training. 508p. 23^cm. Wash., 1947. Forms No. 11, Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces. Melton, A. W. Flexible gunnery proficiency on the gun camera mission as effected by practice on the Sperry Spotlight Trainer (E-8, modified) and the Panoramic Gunnery Trainer, Mark II. 29p. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1944. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 321, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Rowland, W. M. A model photo-electric machine gun for target ranges and indoctrination in night gunnery under conditions of extreme darkness. 13 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1943. Forms Rep. No. 2, Proj. No. 81, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Smith, M. H., jr, & Haire, M. The relation- ship between certain proposed selection tests and gunnery proficiency as measured by gun camera missions. Rep. No. 1-3. 3 Nos. 27cm. Ran- dolph Field, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 1-3, Proj. No. 342, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. United States. Air Force. School of Aviation Medicine. Research report, project No. 81, report No. 1: A model photoelectric machine gun and target range for indoctrination in night gunnery under conditions of extreme darkness. 5 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. 21: First partial report on Project No. 21: Determination of the sources, magnitude and costs of gunnery errors, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. —— Project No. 21: Second partial report on Project No. 21: Determination of the sources, magnitude and costs of gunnery errors, v. p. 28cm. Fort Knox, 1944. Flexible gunnery. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 16, 209-19.—Hobbs, N. A brief history of the flexible gunnery program. Ibid, No. 11, 1-10. -----■ The role of psychologists in flexible gunnery research. Ibid, 29-37. ------ Psychological research on flexible gunnery training; summary and critical evaluation. Ibid, 435-68. ------& Schrader, W. B. The development and evaluation of training programs. Ibid, 289-336.—Irion, A. L. The nature of gunnery proficiency. Ibid, 39-59. ------ Attitudes and adjustment of flexible gunners. Ibid, 259-87.—Stolurow, L. M. The development of achievement tests. Ibid, 99-117.— Valentine, J. A. The development and use of phase checks. Ibid, 119-39.—Val lance, T. R. Contributions to the develop- ment of flexible gunnery equipment, theory, and technique. Ibid, 405-33. GUNNERY instructor. See also Instructor. Hendricks, J. E. War deafness in gunnery instructors. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1946, 55: 68-80.—Stolurow, L. M, Irion, A. L, & Pascal, G. R. The selection and training of gunnery instructors. Res. Rep. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Air Forces, 1947, No. 11, 337-81. GUNPOWDER. Bogin, L, & Rozhkov, V. Porokhowe gazy. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946^8, 4: 769-73— H, F. C, & B, E. W. Ether intoxication in powder storage and handling rooms of naval vessels. Burned News Lett, Wash, 1944, 3: No. 12, 15. GUNSHOT injury. See Injury—by weapons; Gunshot; also such terms as Eye injury, gunshot; Foreign body, gun- shot; Fracture, gunshot; Heart injury, Foreign body; Surgical technic; Wound, Mechanism. GUNSIGHT 501 HAND GUNSIGHT. See also Gas mask, Effect. Armstrong, R. C. Night gunsights. 5p. 28cm. Wash., 1943. Forms No. 122, Rep. Com. Aviat. M. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. United States. Air Force. School of Aviation Medicine. Research report, project No. 82, report No. 1: A study of methods of gun sighting at extremely low levels of illumination. 10 1. 27cm. Randolph Field, 1942. GYM. See also Exerciser. Farrell, V. D. Construction and use of bed gymnasium. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 1621-3. GYMNASTICS. See also Physical training; Physical therapy. Goncharov, P. T. Gimnastideskie kolca v ledebnoj gim- nastike. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 6, 40-3.—Herion. Visite de l'Ecole Normale de Gymnastique et d'Escrime de l'Armee beige. Rapp. gen. Congr. internat. gvmn. scol, 1910, 3. Congr, 174-81, 2 pi, tab.—Johnson, R. H. Military ath- letics at the University of Illinois. Res. Q. Am. Ass. Health, 1943, 14: 378-90.—Kiehling, R. Erfahrungen mit gymnasti- schen Uebungen bei Kranken der Inneren Station eines Re- servelazaretts. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 486.—Menges, J. Leibesubungen im Lazarett. Ibid, 540-3.—Preparation miUtaire, exercices d'application, jeux fiducatifs, sports. Rapp. gen. Congr. internat. gymn. scol, 1910, 3. Congr, 182-234.— Walthard. Friihturnen. Yj.schr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 118-20.—Zacepin, T. S. [Gymnastics in water] Voen. san. delo, 1943, No. 7, 42-4. GYNECOLOGY. Assis Pacheco, M. V. Um ano na chefia do Gobinete de ginecologia da Policlinica militar. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1947, 36: 474-84.—Edwards, W. B. Gynecological problems in a Marine hospital. Mil. Surgeon, 1948, 103: 357-9.—Jordania, I. F. Ginekologija voennogo vremeni. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1946, No. 3, 16-21.—Miller, J. R. Obstetrics and gynecology and their relation to the war. Connecticut M. J, 1942, 6: 951-5.—Moore, J. Gynaecology in the women's services. Mag. London School M. Women, 1946, 8: 37-41.—Zhordania, I. F. Ob u6astii ginekologov v sanitarno-epidemiologiceskoj razvedke v dejstvujuS6ej Krasnoj Armii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1945, Apr, 17-21. ------ Ginekologiceskaja po- moshch. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 1: 1230-3. GYNECOMASTY. Clarkson, P. The Webster operation for gynaecomastia. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1949, 93: 161-7.—Costa, P. V. da. Ginecomastia. Arq. brasil. med. nav, 1947, 8: 1265-70. HABITUS. See under Fitness, Constitution. HAMILTON chair. See also Wounded, Transportation. Thompson, T. O. Hamilton chairs. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 70:402-5. HAMMOCK. History of the hammock. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 194. HAND. See also Surgical technic, Hand. Bingel, A. G. A., & Maier-Leibnitz, H. In- vestigations of handwriting-forces; the develop- ment of the technique. 9p. 26cm. Randolph Field, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. No. 21-02-070, U. S. Air Force School Aviat. M. Spealman, C. R. Effect of ambient air tem- perature and of hand temperature on blood flow through the hand. lOp. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 5, Proj. X-297, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Barker, D. E. Multiple exposures in hand photography. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1946, 5: 478.—Effect of ambient air temperature and of hand temperature on blood flow through the hand. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 19. ---- artificial. [California] University of California. University at Los Angeles. Department of Engineering. Studies to determine the func- tional requirements for hand and arm prosthesis; the final report covering work during the year 1946-1947. 33 1. 28cm. Los Ang., 1947. Forms Subcontract 17 [pt 13] of No. VAm 21223, Prime Contract U. S. Veterans Admin. International Business Machines Corpo- ration. Subcontractor's final report on research and development of arms and hands operated by electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic methods; development of nylon hands; arm and hand mo- tion studies; covering the period from June 1945 through June 1947. 2v [487] 1. 28cm. Endi- cott, 1947. Forms Subcontract 11 [pt 6] of No. VAm 21223, Prime Con- tract U. S. Veterans Admin. Kingsley, P. L., & Towle, H. J., jr. Descrip- tion of a prosthetic hand appliance. 18p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1948. Forms Rep. No. 1, Proj. NM 009 003, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Pittsburgh, U. S. A. University. Mellon Institute of Industrial Research. Subcon- tractor's final report on an investigation of plastic materials on coverings for artificial hands; cov- ering the period from October, 1946, through June, 1947. 72 1. 28cm. Pittsb., 1947. Forms a part [pt 7] of No. VAm 21223, Prime Contract U. S. Veterans Admin. Sierra Engineering Company. Subcontrac- tor's final report on a review of prosthetic de- vices, their design and manufacture, particularly hands, force multiplier, sense of touch mechan- ism, and arms; covering the period from July 15, 1946 to June 30, 1947 [105] 1. 28cm. Sierra Madre, 1947. Forms Subcontract 17 [pt 11] of No. VAm 21223, Prime Contract U. S. Veterans Admin. Vard. Subcontractor's final report on the development of artificial arms for amputees who have had the cineplastic operation; covering the period from July 15, 1946 through February 28, 1947. 106 1. 28cm. Pasadena, 1947. Forms Subcontract No. 1 (2. Tier 1) [pt 15] of No. VAm 21223, Prime Contract U. S. Veterans Admin. Description of a prosthetic hand appliance. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1948, 16.—Hands. Res. Pro- gram U. S. Army M. Res. Bd, 1946, Oct, 160.—Improved artificial hand. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1947, 7: 338-40.— Shallenberger, W. H. A discussion of force and energy avail- able at the finger tips of a hypothetical artificial hand operated by cineplastic muscle motors. In: Prime Contract U. S. Veterans Admin, Sierra Madre, 1946-47, VAm 21223, No. 17, App, 2-8.—Wagner, E. M. Notes and analysis of a cine- plastic hand design discussion at Northrop Aircraft Prosthetic Development Laboratory, May 16, 1947. Ibid, App, 9-19. ----— Notes on quick disconnect standardization. Ibid, App, 22-4. ---- Disease. See also Cold injury; Frostbite; Hand injury; Paralysis. Acute infections of the hand. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, 4: 100-4.—Ayre, W. B. Dupuytren's contracture; a report of 64 cases among the Veterans Guard of Canada. J. Canad. M. Serv, 1945-46, 3: 57-61.—Finamore, V. Su un caso di morbo di Dupuytren giovanile. Ann. med. nav, Roma, 1947, 52: 97-102.—Goetz, A. G, & Fatherree, T. J. Made- lung's deformity; case report. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 44: 148-51—Gray, G. A, & DeTarnowsky, G. O. Dupuytren's contracture; report of two cases. U. S. Armed Forces M. J, 1950, 1: 49-57.—Griffiths, D. L, & Crawford, T. Neuromata of palmar fascia simulating Dupuytren's contracture. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 130.—McMaster, P. E, & Levin, R. T. Osteochondritis dissecans of carpal scaphoid; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 45: 742-4—Requarth, W. H. Diagnosis and treatment of localized infections in the hand. HAND 502 HARNESS Ibid, 1946, 46: 1354-67.—Schlack, H. Zur Kenntnis der Dupuytrenschen Fingerkontraktur, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Wehrdienstbeschadigungsfrage. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 787-9.—Van der Eecken. Rapport sur la technique et les resultats obtenus par les interventions et soins postoperatoires sur les phlegmons en general et particulierement ceux de la main. Arch. Serv. san. Armee beige, 1946, 99: 237. HAND coordination test. See Aviator, Fitness tests. HANDICAPPED. See Disabled. HAND injury. See also Burns; Cold injury; also subdivisions of Fracture—by site (Carpus; Forearm and hand) also Surgical technic, Hand. Bruner, J. M. The treatment of war injuries of the hand in the U. S. Army. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1946, 36: 509-11 — Bunnell, S. Observations on hand injuries. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 4. ■----— Suggestions to improve the early treatment of hand injuries. Ibid, No. 88, 78-82.— Burnt hand again. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1943, No. 28, 7.—Callewaert, H. La reeducation de l'£eriture chez les mu- tiles et amputes de la main droite. Arch. Serv. san. Armee beige, 1946, 99: 71-7.—Cutler, C. W, jr. Early management of wounds of the hand. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 85, 92-8.—Fisher, D, & Segal, J. Injuries of the wrist. Mil. Surgeon, 1940, 86: 134-42.—Mouat, T. B. Wounds of the hand. In: Surg. Modern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb, 1940-41, 437-42. Also 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 717-22. ------ Infected wounds of the hand. Ibid, Edinb, 1940-41, 443-52. Also 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 2: 723-33.—Nikiforova, E. K. [Gunshot wounds of hand and fingers] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 167-71.—Pratt, D. R. Suggestions on immobilization of the hand. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 86, 105-8.-—Sanchis Olmos, V. Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de las heridas de guerra de la mano. Rev. san. guerra, 1937, 1: 135-9.—Uderman, S. I. [War wounds of the hand and fingers] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 158-66.—Usolceva, E. V. Kratkij o6erk istorii ledenija ognestrelnykh povrezdenij kisti i palcev. In: Opyt sovet. med. v Velik. ote6. vojne, Moskva, 1950, 18: 13-9. ------ Klassifikacia povrezdenij kisti i palcev. Ibid, 20-7, 2 pi. ■—---- Ob£6ie voprosy kliniki ognestrelnykh povrezdenij kisti. Ibid, 56-68. ------ Obsirnye povrezde- nija kisti i palcev. Ibid, 180-204, 4 pi. ------ Razrusenija kisti. Ibid, 205-16, 6 pi. ------ & Vinokurov, D. A. Statistika i kharakteristika ognestrelnykh povrezdenij kisti i palcev. Ibid, 28-55, 13 pi. ------ Ogranicennye povrezde- nija kisti. Ibid, 153-79, 6 pi. HAND strength. Age and hand strength. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1945, July-Dec, 18.—Standardization of a test of hand strength. Ibid, Jan.-June, 18. HAND washing. Greenbaum, H. Field device for hand-washing. Mil Surgeon, 1944, 94: 374-6.—Johnston, M. B. A hand-washing device. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 78, 43.—Wiles, I. A. Hand washing device for use in the field. Ibid, No 75 117 ' HARNESS. See also Fracture—by site: Spine; Parachute. Bierman, H. R. Static loading tests of lap safety belts and shoulder harnesses (NAF 1201-1) 6p. 26Mcm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. 2, Res. Proj. X-630, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. ---- Test and evaluation of experimental harness under controlled crash conditions. 28p 26}£cm. Bethesda, 1947. Forms Rep. No. 11, Res. Proj. X-630, U. S. Nav. M. Res Inst. ---_ Wilder, R. M., jr, & Hellems, H. K. The principles of protection of the human body as applied in a restraining harness for aircraft pilots 17p. 27cm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 6, Res. Proj. X-630, U. S. Nav. M Res Inst. United States. Armored Medical Re- search Laboratory. Project No. T-8: Report on Project No. T-8, test of harness, man, M- 1944, type 1, OQMG project No. 257-43. v p 28cm. Fort Knox, 1945. Bierman, H. R, Wilder, R. M., jr, & Hellems. H. K. Pro- tection of the human body; principles as applied in a restraining harness for aircraft pilots. J. Am. M. Ass, 1947, 133: ">22-6.— Effect of using safety harness. Q. BuU. Dir. Gen. M. Serv. Air Min, Lond, 1947, Dec. 1.—Principles (The) of protection of the human body as applied in a restraining harness for aircraft pUots. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 27.—Versoy, I. R, & Loeffel, L. H. Aviator's belt or the like. U. S. Patent Off, 1946, No. 2,397,709. HAWAII. See under Venereal disease; World War II. HAY fever. Bieberdorf, F. W, & Hampton, S. F. Hay fever exciting plants in the Southwest. Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 259-61.— Desensitizing for hay fever. BuU. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1944 No. 40, 5.—Kalisch, A. C, & Golz, H. H. Hay fever. Med' BuU. Medit. Theater U. S, 1945, 3: 205-8.—Steen, W. B. Treatment of hay fever and seasonal bronchial asthma (polli- nosis) Air Surgeon Bull, 1945, 2: 256-9. HEADACHE. See also Aviator, Headache. Kunkle, E. C, Maher, P. J., jr [et al.] The human centrifuge in the study of pain perception and headache mechanisms. 8p. 27cm. Dayton, 1947. Forms No. TSEAA-695-72A, Memo. Rep. Aero M. Laborat. U. S. Air Force. Jones, H. L, jr. Headache; an etiologic approach; with special reference to the so-called vacuum headache. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 507-19.—Kompf, H. [Headaches of nasal origin] Lek. wojsk, 1945, 36: 151-5.—Victor, J, jr. Head- aches; tension type. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 890.— Wolff, H. G. Headache mechanisms. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1948, 8: 641-53.—Woods, W. W., & Stutzman, J. W. Tropical headache; preUminarv report on diagnosis and treat- ment. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1946, 46: 501-6. HEAD injury. See also Ear injury; Epilepsy, traumatic; Eye injury; Facial nerve; Neurosis, traumatic; Neurosurgery; Surgical unit, Head surgery; Wound. British (The) Journal of Surgery. War surgery supplement No. 1: Wounds of the head. 268p. 26cm. Bristol, 1947. Allison, R. S. A review of some medical aspects of head injury. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1944, 30: 152-61.—Ascroft. P. B. A survey of fatal head wounds. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1947, No. 1, 178-82.—Cairns, H. Head injuries. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 212.—Carmody, J. T. B. War wounds of the head. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 1227-39.—Craig, W. M. War injuries of the head. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11: 474-8. ■----— Injuries to the head in time of war. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1943) 1944, 60-4.—Fetterman, J. Factors in recovery from injuries to the head. War Med, Chic, 1944, 5: 232-7.— Garibaldi. Ferita lacero-contusa alia testa. Gior. med. mil, 1851-52, 1: 147.—Gomoiu, V. Einige Betrachtungen zu den Kopfverwundungen in der Kriegschirurgie. Wien. med. Wschr, 1943, 93: 146 (Abstr.)—Head injuries. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 156. Also Accid. Bull. (U. S. A. Air Forces) 1945, Jan, 4-6.—Head wounds; special battle problems. What's New, North Chic, 1943, No. 75: 10-3.—Howe, J. W. Head injuries in total war. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass, 1942^3, 42: 516-9.—Jefferson, G. War wounds of the head. In: War Wounds (Brit. M. J.) Lond, 1939, 147-66.—Jiano. J. Plaies de la carotide primitive, du nerf pneumogastrique, du nerf sym- pathique, du plexus cervical; contusion du plexus brachial; plaies de l'oesophage, Ugature de la carotide, suture du pneumo- gastrique et de l'oesophage. Mem. Acad, chir. Par, 1947, 73: 112-4.—Kuprijanov, P. A. Povrezdenija golovy. In: Kratky kurs voen. polev. khir. (Kuprijanov, P. A, & Banaitis, S. I.) Moskva, 1942, 239-66, 5 pi— Lieber, H. An analysis of head injuries at the Navy Yard, New York, with reference to pre- vention; January 1, 1941, to June 30, 1941. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1942, 40: 473-6.—Merritt, H. H. Head injury; review of the literature. War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 61; 187.—Money, R. A, & Nelson, T. Y. Experiences with battle wounds of the head. Ann. Surg, 1943, 118: 1-33.—Open wounds of the head in wartime. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 1: Suppl, 57-60.— Petrov, N. N. Ranenija golovy. In his Lechen. ran. voine, 6. lzd, Leningr, 1942, 247-60.—Rowbotham, G. F. Wounds of the head. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1943, 209: 74-7.—Siris J. H. Injuries of the head; evaluation and management. U. S Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 670-80. HEAD INJURY 503 HEAD INJURY ■---- Brain injury. See also Neurosurgery. Azevedo Sodre, J. P. Ferimentos cranio-encefaUcos. Impr. med, Rio, 1943, 10: No. 354, 64-9.—Babsky, A. A, Sosnovsky, A. G, & Samburg, A. M. [Blessures du crane et du cerveau] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940, No. 4, 36-49.— Birkmayer, W, & Huber, K. Befunde iiber die Hitzekoagulation des Serums nach Hirnverletzungen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 329-36.—Burdenko, N. N, & Volkov, S. N. [On dislocation of the brain; war traumas] Vopr. neirokhir, 1942, 6: No. 5, 11-22.—Calzada Hidalgo, A. Algunas consi- deraciones sobre heridas de craneo y cerebro. Rev. san. guerra, 1937, 1: 204-7.—Colmers, F. A. War wounds of the skull and the brain. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1944, 7: 116-28.— Courville, C. B. Some notes on the history of injury to the skull and brain. BuU, Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1944, 9: 1-16.— Dmitriev, I. P. [Prolapse of the brain in gunshot wounds of the skull in miUtary operations] Tr. Kuban, gosud. med. inst. Armu, 1939, No. 7, 123-30.—Dott, N. M. Injuries of the brain and skuU. In: Surg. Mod. Warfare (BaUey, H.) 2. ed. Bait, 1942, 1: 259-87. ------ Alexander, G. L, & Ascroft, P. B. [The same] Ibid, 3. ed, Edinb, 1944, 717-59.—Emdin, P. I. [Open cranio-cerebral wounds] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredne- aziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 313-7.—Fabing, H. D. Cerebral blast syndrome in combat soldiers. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1946, 71: 29-33.—Franz. Ist die Lehre der hydrodynami- schen Druckwirkung fiir die Erklarung der Geschosswirkungen im Gehirn wirklich iiberholt? Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 145-9.—Gurevich, M. O. [War trauma of the brain by minute fragments] Nevropat. psikhiat, 1942, 11: No. 5, 3-5.—Haynes, W. G. Penetrating brain wounds; analysis of 342 cases. J. Neurosurg, 1945, 2: 365-78, 3 pi. ------ Extensive brain wounds; analysis of 159 cases occurring in a series of 342 pene- trating war wounds of the brain. Ibid, 469-78.-—Hurst, A. Cerebral and spinal concussion. In his Med. Dis. War, 2. ed, Lond, 1941, 111-22. Also 3. ed, Lond, 1943, 115-29.— Injuries to the head and brain. Hosp. Corps Q, 1943, 16: No. 2, 77-9.—Janssen, C. Les plaies cranio-encephaliques par projectUes de guerre. Tr. Ambul. Oc6an, La Panne, 1917, 1: 105-64.—Janzen, R. Das Wesen der gedeckten HUnverletzun- gen durch Geschosse. Nervenarzt, 1947, 18: 475.—Kammerer, T., Strieker, P, & Messerschmitt, J. A propos de 48 cas de dicis post-opeiatoires consecutifs k des blessures cranio-cer6- brales par projectUes de guerre. J. chir. Par, 1945, 61: 246- 51.—Kennedy, F. Brain injury in war. Am. J. Surg, 1942, 56: 343-5. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 104-7.— Korniansky, G. P. [Craniocerebral gunshot wounds; data of the neurosurgical division of a forward evacuation hospital] Vopr. neirokhir, 1943, 7: No. 2, 17-26.—Kostic, S. O ratnim povre- dama lobanje i mozga. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1947, 4: 219- 24.—Lluesma Uranga, E. Observaciones y experiencias clinicas en las heridas de guerra del cerebro y del craneo. Rev. san. guerra, 1937, 1: 97-108, 8 pi.—McCormick, C. P. Gunshot wound of the brain. J. Canad. AI. Serv, 1943-44, 1: 254 — Mnukhina, G. M. Smertnost posle 6erepno-mozgovykh ranenij v vojskovom rajone po materialam PAL. Vopr. neirokhir, 1946, 10: 50-2.—Miiller, H. R. Katamnestische Erhebung an Hirnverletzten bis Kriegsende. Nervenarzt, 1947, 18: 474.— Ovcharenko, P. P. [CUnical aspects, diagnosis and treatment of contusions and concussions of the brain] Voen. med. glub. tyla (Sredneaziat. voen. okrug) Tashkent, 1943, 423-6.— Peters, G. Die Gehirnveranderungen bei stumpfer Gewaltein- wirkung von vorn (auf die Stirn) Luftfahrtmedizin, 1942-43, 7: 344-79.—Pinto Pupo, P. Traumatismos cranio-encefaiicos; sfndromos imediatos, tardios e sequelas. In: Psiquiat. guerra (Fac. med. S. Paulo) 1943, 197-218, 3 pi.—Prokhoroya, M. I. K voprosu o soderzanii pirovinogradnoj kisloty v spinnomoz- govoj zidkosti. Uchen. zapiski Leningr. gosud. univ, ser. biol. nauk, 1944, 12: No. 77, 103-13.—Ramm, M. G. Zakrytye i otkrytye povrezdenij a 6erepa i mozga. In: Perv. khir. moshch travm. voen. mirn. vrem. (Gorinevskaia, V. V.) oskva, 1942, 165-91.—Rapoport, M. U. [Cranial and cranio- cerebral wounds; data from the rear evacuation hospital] Sovet. med, 1942, 6: No. 9, 27.------Osobennosti slepykh oskolodnykh cerepno-mozgovykh rannenij. Vopr. neirokhir, 1942, 6: No. 6, 17-23.—Rogovoi, I. U. Pronikajus6ie ranenija 6erepa, ikh osloznenija i rezultaty lecenija po dannym speciali- zirovannogo evakohospitalja. Ibid, 1947, 11: No. 6, 53-5.— Russell, W. R. The neurology of brain wounds. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1947, No. 1, 250-2— Rybushkin, I. Che- repno-mozgovye travmv. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 990-3.—Schaltenbrand, G. Ueber die Wirkung des Flugtransportes auf Hirnverletzte. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1939, 4: 208-11.—Schroder, W. Der Weg der Hirn- schusse bis in das Heimatgebiet. Med. Welt, 1943, 17: 393- 8.—Shchepinsky, A. A. [Clinical symptomatology of injuries of the motor centres of the brain and their relation to the topography of cranial wounds] Voen. med. J, Petrogr, 1915, 244: med. spec, pt, 568-95; 1916, 245: med. spec, pt, 273.— Shefer, D. G. Ognestrelnye ranenija 6erepa i mozga, po ma- terialam hospitalja glubokogo tyla. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot lech, ognest. ran. & otmorozh. (Ural. voen. okrug) Sverdlovsk, 1941, 93-103.—Simpson, J. D. Concussion and contusion. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1939, 25: 67-9.—Smith, D. F. Air-raid casualty; severe frontal lobe injury. Ibid, 1943, 29: 271.— Spatz. Pathological anatomy of closed and open wounds of the brain. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 276-9.—Tonnis, W. Frische Hirn- verletzungen und ihre Behandlung. Deut. MiUtararzt, 1939< 4: 446-54. Also Spanish transl. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942> 41: 621-37. -—---- Zur Einteilung der Schussverletzungen des Gehirns. Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 225-32. ------ Gunshot injuries of the brain. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 1. Conf. (1942) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 9, 14; Disc, 17-23. ■------ Alterations in the cerebral ventricles follow- ing gunshot wounds of brain. Ibid, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 323.—Wegner, W. Craniocerebral injuries. In: Man. Mil. Neuropsychiat. (Solomon, H. C, & Yakovlev, P. I.) Phila, 1944, 440-57.—Windle, W. F. Definition of the term concussion. Neurosurg. Rep. (OSRD) Wash, 1945, No. 68, 72-83. ------ Experimental studies on concussion. In: Advance. Mil. Med, Bost, 1948, 1: 168-75.—WoodhalI, B. [Penetrating wounds of the brain] Neurosurg. Rep. (OSRD) Wash, 1945, No. 68, 95.—Zvonkov, N. Dinamika v klinike ostroj travmy golovnogo mozga pri pronikaju&dhikh ranenijakh 6erepa. Vopr. neirokhir, 1947, 11: No. 6, 52. ---- Brain injury: Treatment. See also Neurosurgery, Methods: Brain. Afanasiev, S. V. [First aid for craniocerebral wounds in the regimental and army zones] Vopr. neirokhir, 1943, 7: No. 5, 56.—Aita, J. A. The therapy and rehabilitation of men with brain damage. Proc. Neuropsych. Conf. 6. Serv. Command, 1945, 143-61.—Aubin, H, Raynaud, M, & Wilmoth, M. Primenenie bolsikh doz sulfamida pri khirurgideskom le6enu cerepno-mozgovykh ran voennogo vremeni. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 617.—Baker, G. S, & Adson, A. W. Treatment of craniocerebral injuries in modern warfare. Minnesota M, 1943, 26: 282-7.— Botterell, E. H, & Wilson, K. E. The active management (non-operative) of cranio-cerebral injuries. Canad. M. Ass. J, 1944, 51: 498- 509.—Cairns, H. La penicilina en las heridas del cerebro y de la medula. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1945, 44: 602-17.—Chemo- therapy in brain wounds and meningitis. Bull. Army M. Dep, Lond, 1945, Suppl. No. 20, 1-7.—Connolly, R. C. The man- agement of the untreated brain wound. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1947, No. 1, 168-72.—Davidoff, L. M. The treat- ment of gunshot wounds of the head and brain during the present war. Hebrew M. J, N. Y, 1943, 2: 180-6.—Dolin, A. O, Zborovskaia, I. I. [et al.] Sotrjasenie i kontuzija golov- nogo mozga i ikh lecenie na fiziologi6eskikh osnovanijakh. In: Voen. med. Leningr. fronte (Russia. Armija. Glavn. voen. san. upravl.) Moskva, 1946, 152-65.—Dragojevi6, B. Vaznost intrakranijalnog pritiska i preventivnih mera protiv svih vrsta komphkacija u posmatranju i ledenju kraniocerebralnih povreda. Voj. san. pregl, Beogr, 1948, 5: 453-8.—Dudar, M. L. Roi srednego medicinskogo personala v ukhode za 6erepno-mozgovymi ranenymi. Feldsher, Moskva, 1945, No. 4, 45-7.—Ecker, A. D. Watertight dural closure in brain wounds with special reference to pedicled grafts. Med. BuU. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theater, 1945, No. 28, 35-7.— Egorov, B. G. El tratamiento quirurgico de las heridad craneoencefalicas en la Union Sovidtica durante la guerra. Rev. san. mil. argent, 1948, 47: 156-66.—Finlayson, A. I. Penetrating war injuries of brain; desirability of early definitive surgery. BuU. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1945, No. 87, 61-9 — Garsin, R, & Guillaume, J. O celesoobraznosti sistematifies- kogo primenenija preventivnoj sulfamidoterapii i rannego khirurgideskogo vmeSatelstva pri 6erepno-mozgovykh og- nestrehivkh ranenijakh. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 612.—Guleke, N. Soil die frische Hirnschusswunde genaht werden? Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 1-9. Also English transl. Bull. War M, Lond, 1941-42, 2: 273 (Abstr.) Also Spanish transl. Rev. san. mil, B. Air, 1942, 41: 694-710.—Horrax, G. The treatment of war wounds of the brain. N. England J. M, 1941, 225: 8.w-63. Also War Med. Sympos, N. Y, 1942, 89-103.—Ivanov-Smolensky, A. G. Opyt ledenija surdomutizma kontuzionno-kommocionnogo proiskhoSdenija. Voen. med. sborn, 1945, No. 2, 205-11.— Krivopusk, P. T. Itogi sovremennogo ledenija derepno- mozgovykh ranenij v evakohospitale glubokogo tyla. Vopr. neirokhir, 1947, 11: No. 6, 55.—Latteri, S. Sul trattamento primario delle ferite cranio-cerebrali in guerra. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 322-30. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr, 1941, 71: 1630 (Abstr.) Lebedenko, V. Surgical treatment of brain wounds in the Russian Army. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass, 1943, 69: 17-21.— Martel, T, Lenormant, S. [et al.] O ledenii ognestrelnykh cerepno-mozgovykh ranenij v voennoe vremja i rezultatakh, polu6ennykh peredovym hospitalem. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 577.—Milko, V. Haborus agyseriilesek ellaVisa 6s a primaer sebzards. Orv. hetil, 1943, 87: mell, 85-7.—Mjasiscev, V. N. Psikhogenez i psikhoterapija nervno-psikhi6eskikh narusenij pri boevykh travmakh mozga. Uchen. zapiski Moskov. gosud. univ. Lomonosova, 1947, 111: 71-4.—Osipov, V. V. [Neurosurgical aid in craniocerebral wounds under conditions of a surgical field hospital] Vopr. neirokhir, 1944, 8: No. 4, 56.—Pitts, W. R. The treatment of penetrating wounds of the brain produced by missiles of war- fare. South. Surgeon, 1946-47, 12: 88-109.—Popovian, I. M, & Blachman, L. J. [The modern method of the surgical aid in craniocerebral lesions in the regimental and army zones] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 8, 3-9.—Povorinsky, U. A. Kompleksnyj metod lecenija postkontuzionnoj glukhonemoty. Voen. med. sborn, 1945, No. 2, 199-204.—Propper-Grashchenkov, N. I. Therapy of craniocerebral wounds. War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 111 (Abstr.) ——— Surgical technic in craniocerebral HEAD INJURY 504 HEAD INJURY wounds. BuU. War M, Lond, 1943-44, 4: 75 (Abstr.)— Protopopov, I. I. [Treatment of craniocerebral injuries in base hospitals] Voen. med. J, Moskva 1944, 51.—Ruesken. Occupational therapy for brain injurv patients. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4. 321-3.-—Russell, W. R. Rehabilitation after gunshot wounds of the brain. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1947, No. 1, 252-5.—Shearburn, E. W, & Mulford, E. H. Ambulatory treatment of cerebral concussion. Bull. U. S. Armv M. Dep, 1943, No. 69, 36-41.—Small, J. M, Turner, E. A, & Watt, A. C. The management of brain wounds in the forward area. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1947, No. 1, 75-80.—Strieker, Kammerer & Messerschmitt. Quelques observations de mycothdrapie dans les blessures cranio-cdrdbrales et leurs com- plications infectieuses. Rdun. mdd. chir. Armde fr. [1946?] num. spdc, 72-85.—Vincent, S, Marte, T. [et al.] O metode obrabotki ognestrelnykh derepno-mozgovykh ranenij. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 532.— Visalli, F. Alcune considerazioni sui criteri di trattamento dei feriti cranio-cerebrali in guerra. Gior. med. mil, 1941, 89: 455-7.—Wix. Der heutige Standpunkt in der Behandlung Hirnverletzter. Veroff. Marine San, 1942, H. 34, 74-80. Also Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 81 (Abstr.)—Wolf, W. Chirurgische Versorgung der Schadel-Hirnschussverletzungen des Weltkrieges. Miinch. med. Wschr, 1940, 87: 797-9. Also Nord. med, 1941, 10: 1336 (Abstr.) --- Cranium. See also Disabled, Employment. Axhausen, G. O. R., & Kramer, F. Die Kriegsschussverletzungen des Hirnschadels. p.359-452. 24Hcm. Lpz., 1917. In: Lehrb. Kriegschir. (Borchard, A. F.) Lpz, 1917. Barcia Goyanes, J. J. Heridas del cr&neo y raquis; lesiones del sistema nervioso periferico. p.239-301. 21}£cm. Santander, 1938. In: Cuest. mdd. quir. guerra (Girones, L.) Santander, 1938. G6mez-DurXn, M. Heridas de craneo. p.9- 124. 24^cm. Madr., 1938. In his Cirug. guerra, Madr, 1938, 1: Schonbauer, L. Verletzungen des Hirn- schadels. p.257-319. 24}£cm. Wien, 1944. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: Arnaud, M. Les traumatismes ouverts du crane par faits de guerre. Mdd. trop, Marseille, 1949, 9: 491-501.—Assis Pacheco, L. P. Consideracoes sobre um caso de fractura da base do cranio. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1947, 36: 50-60a.—Baker, G. S, & Chenault, H. Compound, comminuted fractures of the skull in battle casualties. Minnesota M, 1946, 29: 560.— Barre, J. A. Traumatismes craniens fermds rdcents. Chirurgie, Lausanne, 1942, 4: 57-88.—Blokhin, N. N. K patogenezu i terapii posledstvij boevykh travm derepa. Uchen. zapiski Leningr. gosud. univ, ser. biol. nauk, 1944, 12: No. 77, 68-80.— Brehant, J. Les traumatismes fermds du crane. Rev. Corps. san. mil. Par, 1945, 1: 21-9.—Calvert, C. A. Orbito-facio- cranial gunshot wounds. Brit. J. Surg, War Surg. Suppl, 1947, No. 1, 119-41.—Campbell, E. H, jr. Compound, com- minuted skull fractures produced by missiles; report based upon 100 cases. Ann. Surg, 1945, 122: 375-97.—Craig, A. Mas- toiditis, complicating fracture of skull. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1941, 27: 93.—Ferey, D. Quelques rdflexions sur les fractures fermdes du crane k propos de cas rdcents observds dans un centre netirochirurgical d'Armde. Mdm. Acad, chir. Par, 1940, 66: 242-5.—Gazova, O. A. Travmatideskie poraiehija derepa i ikh osloSnenija. In: Sborn. nauch. rabot evakohosp. (Pravdin, A. N.) Moskva, 1942, 321-5.—Greenwood, A. Ocular mani- festations of intracranial injuries. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1924, 11: pt. 2, 718-23.—Guzman Ruiz, A. Los traumatizados de crAneo vistos desde un hospital- base. Actas Congr. mdd. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr, 221- 38.- Kafer, H. Die frischen Kriegschussverletzungen des Hirnschadels. In his Feldchirurgie, 6. Aufl, Dresd, 1943, 213-30. Also 9. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 217-33.—Khoroshko, V. K. O zakrytoj travme derepa i o posledstvij akh vozdusnoj travmy na vojne. Hosp. delo, 1947, 15: No. 2, 9.—Martel, T. O ranenijakh derepa. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 602.—Morisson. Blessure de la rdgion occipitale par coup de feu a blanc; effets ballistiques sur le casque d'in•■ fanterie. Bull. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1925, 19: 30-3.—Peiper, H- Die Schussverletzungen des Gehirnschadels im Kriege. Deut. med. Wschr, 1939, 65: 1598-1601. Also Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 566 (Abstr.)— Perlmutter, I. Trivial symptoms follow- ing extensive skuU fracture. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1946, 46: 911.—Petrov, I. R, & Danilov, M. G. [The effect of reduced barometric pressure on animals with cranial wounds; in con- nection with air evacuation of wounded] Voen. san. delo, 1942, No. 10, 43.—Petrov, M. Pouki ot voennovremennite naranjavanija na derepa, grbnadnija stlb i perefernite nervi; vtondni arterialni krvoizlivi. Voen. san. delo, Sofia, 1947, 2: 80-96.—Pfeifer, W. Ueber Erscheinungsformen und die Me- chamk von Schadelschussverletzungen. Deut. Militararzt, 1943, 8: 72; 153.—Skull fractures produced by missiles. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep, 1944, No. 82, ].—Stehr, L, & Traube, V. Hirnschadelschussverletzungen. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zillmer, W.) Dresd, 1943, 147-71.—Stevenson, W. F. Perforating gunshot fractures of the skull; 61 cases. In his Rep. Surg. Cases S. Afr. War, Lond, 1905, 31-42.— Tolins, S. H. Avulsion of parietal bone; report of a case. U. S. Nav. M. BuU, 1945, 44: 618-20. ---- Cranium: Treatment. Banaitis, S. [Neurosurgical aid for cranial wounds during an offensive] Nevropat. psikhiat, 1944, 13: No. 4, 46-52.— Dolgopol, M. B. O raspoznavanii i ledenii legkoj derepnoj travmy na razlidnykh etapakh evakuacii. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 2, 20-2.—Ferrey, D. Po povodu ledenija zakrytykh perelomov derepa. In: Zametki voen. polev. khir. (Judin, S. S.) Moskva, 1943, 620.—Garcin. R, & Guillaume, J. Po povodu lechenija zakrytykh cherepnykh travm v peredovom neirokhirurgicheskom otriade. Ibid, 623.—Grant, F. C. Treat- ment of cranial injuries in war. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 1623-36.—Lecene. Gunshot wounds of the skull; their immediate treatment. In: Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash, 1927, 7: 907-10.—Petit-Dutaillis. A propos de la conduite a tenir dans les plaies du crane par projectiles de guerre. Rev. neur. Par, 1939-40, 72: 604-6.—[Resolution of the VI. session of the Neurosurgical Council on gunshot wounds of the skull] Vopr. neirokhir, 1944, 8: No. 2, 61-3.—Romney, H. Fractura abierta del frontal con pdrdida de sustancia cerebral, desinfeccion quirurgica seguida de sutura primitiva sin drenaje. Rev. san. mil, Habana, 1942, 6: 43-53.—Zehnder, M. Kopfschutz- und Transportverbande fiir Kriegsschadelver- letzte. Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff, 1943, 20: 58-62. ---- Examination. Cohn, R. An electroencephalographic study of experimental subdural hematomas. 15p. 26Hcm. Bethesda, 1946. Forms Rep. No. 1, Res. Proj. X-299, U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst. Yosioka, H. Pneumo-encephalography ni yoru tobu sensyo no kenkyu [54]p. 26cm. Tokyo, 1940. Gun idan zassi, 1940, No. 320, 3; No. 322, 239. Agte, B. S. Voprosy diagnostiki ognestrelnykh derepno- mozgovykh ranenij v armejskom rajone. Voen. med. J, Moskva, 1947, No. 10, 16-21.—Althausen, N. N. [Application of roentgenological contrast methods of examination in diag- nosis of traumatic injuries of the brain; war traumas] Vopr. neirokhir, 1942, 6: No. 5, 23-9.—Binet, L. L'examen des blessds du crane par les mdthodes physiologiques; ddductions pratiques pour la rdeducation professionnelle. Rev. interall. mutil. guerre, 1918, 1: 121-8.—Electroencephalographic (An) study of experimental subdural hematomas. Summaries Res. U. S. Nav. M. Res. Inst, 1946, Jan.-June, 13.—Epstein, L. Encephalografi ved traumatiske hjernelidelser. MUitaerlaegen, 1943, 49: 81-100, pi.—Esteban, M. La colaboracion del oftal- m61ogo en cirugia craneal de guerra. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1945, 7: 635-43.—Ginsburg, V. Cherep; rentgenodi- agnostika ranenij derepa. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 5: 986-9, 3 pi.—Gotze, W. Bioelektrische Nachuntersuchungen an Hirnverletzten. Bull. War M, Lond, 1942-43, 3: 429 (Abstr.)—Harris, H. I, Wittson, C. L, & Hunt, W. A. Value of electroencephalogram in prognosis of minor head injuries; preliminary report. War Med, Chic, 1943, 4: 374-9.—Konuma, T. Zaigo tobu sensyo-sya kensin syflroku [A report on examination of soldiers wounded in the head] Iryo, 1948, 2: No. 3, 20-3.—Kopylov, M. Rentgeno- diagnostika ranenij i zabolevanij golovnogo mozga. In: Encikl. slovar voen. med, Moskva, 1946-48, 2: 90-3.—Kosin- skaia, N. S. Rentgenologideskaja klassifikacija ognestrelnykh perelomov svoda derepa. Tr. Evakohosp, Leningr, 1943, No. 5, 90-114.—Lumsden, K. B, & Fleming, J. A. C. The impor- tance of otological examination in head injuries, including reference to its relation to radiological investigation. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 33-9.—Pereira da Silva, C. Trau- matismos cranio-encefalicos nos acidentados de guerra; con- sideracoes radiol6gicas. Impr. mdd, Rio, 1945-46, 21: No. 381, 37-49.-—Rezende Barbosa, J. E. O valor do exame oto- neuro!6gico nas sfndromes comocionais post-traumaticas a dis- tancia. Kev. paul. med, 1943, 22: 255.—Samukhin, N. V. Znadenie ispytanija v barokamere pri ekspertize travm derepa u letnogo sostava. Voen. san. delo, 1941, No. 1, 6-13.— Sandomirski, J. Niekt6re wlasciwosci rentgeno-diagnostyki w przypadkach postrzalowego uszkodzenia czaszki. Lek. wojsk, 1946, 36-8.—Vurgaft, M. B. Issledovanie glaznogo dna pri ranenijakh derepa v specializirovannom XPPG. Vopr. neirokhir, 1946, 10: 60.—Yamada, S. Tobu-sensyo ni okeru no-hyomen satuei ni tuite [Photography of the surface of the brain in cases of war-wounds of the head] Gun idan zassi, 1940, No. 320, 53-66, incl. 3 pi.—Yosioka, H. Pneumo-encephalog- raphy ni yoru tobu sensyo no kenkyu; undo-mahi, tikaku donma to encephalography [Studies in war-wounds of the head based on pneumo-encephalography; motor paralysis and blunting of sensation, and encephalography] Ibid, 3-32, 5 pi. HEAD INJURY 505 HEAD INJURY ■--- Face. See also Face; Jaw. Ganzer, H. Die Kriegsverletzungen des Gesichts und Gesichtsschadels. 651p. 25cm. Lpz., 1943. Teneff, S. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco della faccia. p.661-713. 25cm. Tor., 1940. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940. Chiurco, G. A. Contributo alia cura delle ferite d'arma da fuoco della faccia. Atti Congr. europ. chir. plast. guerra (1942) 1943 291-8.—Converse, J. M. War injuries of the face. Tr. Am.'Acad. Ophth. Otolar. (1941) 1942, 46: 250-5.—Corbin, F. R. Fractures of the malar and zygoma. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 750-4.-—Erich, J. B. Fractures of the facial bones. Ibid, 88* 637-9 —Ginestet & Chemin. Prdsentation de blessds de la face. Bull. Soc. mdd. mU. fr, 1945, 39: 281.—Kerr, A. B. Interstitial emphysema of the face and paronychia as self- inflicted injuries. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1945, 84: 230 — Kretschmer, F. Blutungen nach Verletzungen im Bereiche des Gesichtsschadels. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 1: 445-53.—Lathrop, F. D. Lesions of the facial nerve due to war injuries and their repair. Proc. R. Soc. M, Lond, 1944-45 38: 629-34.-—Lipscomb, T. H. Facial fractures as seen in 'the Naval service. South. M. J, 1943, 36: 665-8. Macartney, C. Some minor nasal and aural injuries in recrea- tions. J. R. Nav. M. Serv, 1940, 26: 139-43.—Mclndoe, A. H. Injuries of the face. In: War Surg. (Brit. M. Stud. Ass.) Lond, 1944, 31-7.—Majocchi, A. Mutilati del viso. In his Veglie in Casa di cura, Roma, 1946, 107-25.—Masson, H. Rdduction et contention atvpiques d'une disjonction cranio- facial basse. Bull. Soc. mdd. mil. fr, 1947, 41: 139.—Mikhel- son, N. M. Ognestrelnye povreidenija Uca i celjustej v svete sovremennykh znanij. In: Tr. Konf. rabot. dheliust. khir. evakohosp, Moskva, 1945, 22-35.—Neumann, R. Die Kriegs- verletzungen des Gesichts und Gesichtsschadels. Zahnarztl. Rdsch, 1943, 52: 1151^.—Nuernbergk, W. Geschosswirkung und Minenverletzung in Weichteilen und Skelett des Gesichtes. In: Kriegschirurgie (Zimmer, A.) Wien, 1944, 2: 598-620.— Petrov, N. N. Ranenija Uca i polosti rta. In his Lechen. ran. voine, 6. ed, Leningr, 1942, 260-5.—Rost, F. Gesicht und Mundhohle. In: Lehrb. Kriegschir. (Borchard, A. F.) Lpz, 1917, 453-83.-—Sanchez Arbide, A. Mutilaciones faciales de guerra. Temas Congr. lat. amer. cir. plast. (1942) 1943, 2. Congr, 428-50.—Specht, F. Facharztliche Erfahrungen uber Gesichtsschadelverletzungen in Krieg und Frieden. Munch. med. Wschr, 1942, 89: 391-5.—Stahl, O. Die Knegsschuss- verletzungen des Gesichts einschl. der Augen und Ohren. In: Feldchirurgie (Kafer, H.) 2. Aufl, Dresd, 1941, 206-14. Also 6 Aufl, Dresd, 1943, 230-8. Also 9. Aufl, Dresd, 1944, 234- 42 —Teneff, S. Generality sulle ferite d'arma da fuoco della faccia. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 661-75. ----- Le lesioni della faccia prodotte da agenti traumatici ottusi e da agenti fisici e chimici. Ibid, 676. ---;—;. Le ferite d'arma da fuoco del naso e delle cavita paranasah. Ibid, 685-9—Waggoner, D. T. Multiple fractures of the facial bones; report of a case. J. Mil. M. Pacific, 1946, 2: No. 4, 47-57 —Webster, G. V. War wounds of the lips and cheeks. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1945, 45: 819-26. ---- Face: Treatment. See also Surgical technic, Face. Kintz, F. P. Traumatic wounds of the soft tissues of the face with a preliminary report on a new azochloramide solution, and a new modified sulphanilamide solution. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 60-70.—Lathrop, F. D. The repair of traumatic lesions of the facial nerve secondary to war wounds. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1946, 26: 763-73—Rosenthal, W. Die Wehrchirurgie des Gesichtsschadels; die definitive Wundver- sorgung. Ber. Deut. Ges. Zahn &c. Heilk. (1935) 1936, 72: pt 2, 134-47.—Schneider, K. W. The cause and treatment of life endangering secondary hemorrhages in case of injuries of the face-skull. Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht, 4. Conf. (1944) 1948, Proj. 1, pt 4, 388; Disc, 390.—Teneff, S. Esiti delle ferite d'arma da fuoco ed interventi plastici della faccia. In: Chir. guerra (Uffreduzzi, O.) Tor, 1940, 708-10. ---- Foreign-body retention. See also Foreign body. . Babcsin, I. S, & Koszinszkaja, N. S. Az agyban ldvo idegen testek. Honvddorvos,